Arctic Bibliography: Volume 15 9780773594272

Table of contents :
Cover
Title
Copyright
Contents
Introduction
Journals cited in Arctic Bibliography, Vol. 15
Libraries cited in Arctic Bibliography, Vol. 15
Translations
Bibliography
Language symbols used in the Index
Index

Citation preview

ARCTI C BI BLI OGRAPHY PREPAREDBY

THEARCTI CI NS TI TUTEOF NORTHAMERI CA WI THS UPPORTOF

GOVERNMENTAGENCI ESOF THEUNI TEDS TATESANDCANADA EDI TEDBY

MARETMARTNA

VOL. XVI

ARCTIC BIBLIOGRAPHY PREPARED BY

THE ARCTIC INSTITUTE OF NORTH AMERICA WITH SUPPORT OF

GOVERNMENT AGENCIES OF THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA

EDITED BY

MARET MARTNA

VOL. XV

pAt hor.,74 y 94

Montreal and London McGill-Queen's University Press 1971

McCjLL-:QUEENS UNTVERSTTY ESS

© The Arctic Institute of North America 1971

Library of Congress Catalog Card No. 53-61783

ISBN 0 7735 9071 4 Legal Deposit last quarter 1971

Printed in Canada by John Deyell Limited, Lindsay, Ontario

Reproduction in whole or in part is permitted for any purpose of the United States and/or Canadian governments

II

SUPPORTING AGENCIES U.S. Army Research Office — Durham Atomic Energy Commission Coast Guard National Library of Medicine National Science Foundation Office of Naval Research

Canada Council Defence Research Board Dept. of Indian Affairs and Northern Development

III

DIRECTING COMMITTEE DR. NORMAN J. WILIMOVSKY, University of British Columbia,

Vancouver, B.C., Chairman MISS MOIRA DUNBAR, Defence Research Board of Canada DR. J. M. HARRISON, Dept. of Energy, Mines and Resources, Canada MR. LACHLAN F. MACRAE, National Library of Canada, Ottawa PROF. PAUL H. NESBITT, University of Alabama, University, Ala.

Representative, Army Research Office — Durham Representative, Atomic Energy Commission Representative, Coast Guard Representative, Library of Congress Representative, National Library of Medicine Representative, National Science Foundation Representative, Office of Naval Research DR. GRAHAM ROWLEY, Dept. of Indian Affairs and Northern Development,

Canada DR. A. L. WASHBURN, University of Washington, Seattle DR. JAMES H. ZUMBERGE, University of Arizona, Tucson, Ariz.

IV

INTRODUCTION The present volume of Arctic Bibliography summarizes and indexes 8299 publications, making a total of 101599 books and papers abstracted since the beginning of the project. Of the 8299 abstracts in volume 15, 3167 (about 38%) are of works published in English, 4545 (about 55%) in Russian, 303 in the Scandinavian languages, 102 in French, 148 in German, and 134 in other languages. Most of the papers, 6040, were published in 1966-1967, some 200 in 1968, 1712 in 1963-1965, 304 in 1960-1962, and 43 prior to 1960. Mineral exploration and development continues to be the most widespread and intensive interest in the North and is so reflected in the literature, with papers in the field of geology and mineralogy the most numerous of all. Oil discoveries on the North Slope of Alaska at Prudhoe Bay give further evidence that great areas of the Far North are potentially favorable for oil and gas. Discoveries and development in southern Alaska and western Siberia, and exploration for oil in the Canadian Arctic Islands are also reflected in literature. Glaciologists, oceanographers and meteorologists increasingly study the changes in climate in the Arctic, the role of solar radiation, heat flux, inversion, etc. Significant among many contributions is Energy balance of the Arctic by Vowinckel and Orvig. Discussion continues on the subject of the overall effect upon world climate and upon the Arctic in particular of an ice-free Arctic Ocean. Transportation, a key factor in northern development, is so represented in the literature on air, and surface travel and freighting, and transportation by pipeline. Icebreakers, submarines, and tankers are evaluated for their performance in ice-infested seas. Ice conditions on rivers, lakes, and seas continue to draw special attention. Data on the freeze-up and breakup of some waterways are systematized, their forecasting worked out, and means of extending the navigation season studied. The use of air-bubbling systems to maintain harbors open to shipping after freeze-up is considered. Formation and growth of ice, its strength, impact on harbor installations, power stations, locks, dams, etc., are described. V

Construction adapted to conditions of the arctic environment of bridges, dams, roads, port facilities, mining and housing complexes, and problems of building on permafrost, muskeg, etc., are discussed. New concepts in town planning and architectural design for the North have given rise to an increasing literature on these subjects. Efforts to counteract labor turnover in northern areas are described. Higher wage rates in hardship areas, increased mechanization, reduction of occupational hazard in mines, well established communities with modern facilities, and training of local population, including aborigines, for local employment are considered essential in the development of the North. Canadians reveal the dwindling resource base of the Eskimo, his valuable craft skills, his native bent toward cooperation, and his relentless incorporation into the modern world. Social scientists urge reappraisals of the health, training and precarious economy of the Alaskan Indians. Raising living standards is the first concern of the government in the North of the USSR. Health service, hospital facilities, and acclimatization problems in the North continue to make up a significant part of the literature. I wish to express my gratitude to the U.S. and Canadian government agencies and other organizations whose generous support has made the publication of this volume possible. For the facilities provided and numerous courtesies, grateful acknowledgment is made to the Librarian and staff of the Library of Congress. Grateful acknowledgment is also made to the Librarian and staff of the U.S. Geological Survey, and to other helpful librarians, too many to name, who provided literature and research material to the analysts of the Arctic Bibliography. It has been a pleasure working with the Arctic Institute teams in Montreal, Vancouver, and Washington. Last but not least I would like to thank Marie Tremaine, who has so generously put her vast knowledge at the disposal of the new editor. Washington, D.C. September 1971

VI

Maret Martna Director, Arctic Bibliography Project

CONTENTS Introduction

v

Journals cited in Arctic Bibliography, Vol. 15

Ix

Libraries cited in Arctic Bibliography, Vol. 15

xxv

Translations

xxvi

Bibliography

1

Language symbols used in the Index

1339

Index

1341

VII

ARCTIC BIBLIOGRAPHY STAFF MARET MARTNA,

Director and Editor

MARIE TREMAINE, ALAN COOKE,

Editor emeritus

Research analyst in exploration and development Editorial assistant

LANA EKIMOFF,

Research analyst in Geography, Geology, Meteorology, Oceanography

L. ALAN EYRE,

NATALIE FRENKLEY,

Research analyst in Archeology, Anthropology, Sociology

DR. EDWARD GELINS, SYLVA GETHIN,

Research analyst in Meteorology, Oceanography

Research analyst in Scandinavian materials

MARY C. GRIER,

Research analyst in Biology, Physiology, Geology

ERNEST M. HARWOOD,

Jr.,* Research analyst in Geology

DR. CLARA ROM LOUGEE, NANCY

K. McGAVOCx, Editorial assistant

LEE PERKINS,

Research analyst in Biology

JUNE SCHACHTER,

Research analyst in Social Sciences, Zoology

ANATOL J. SHNEIDEROV, DR. VLADAS VILIAMAS, Geology DAVID

Research analyst in Geophysics, Engineering

Research analyst in Geography, Geomorphology,

B. WASHINGTON, Administrative assistant

*Deceased

VIII

Research analyst in Geography, Geology

Aug. 8, 1970

JOURNALS CITED IN v.15 OF THE ARCTIC BIBLIOGRAPHY

Académie Polonaise des Sciences. See Polska Akademia Nauk. Acoustical Society of America. Journal. Menasha, Wis. Acta agriculturae scandinavica. Stockholm. Acta biologica et medica germanica. Berlin. Acta borealia. Tromsd: A. Scientia. B. Humaniora. Acta botanica fennica. Helsinki. Acta crystallographica. London. Acta ethnographica. Budapest. Acta lapponica Fenniae. Rovaniemi. Acta linguistica. Budapest. Acta medica polonica. Warszawa. Acta medica scandinavica. Stockholm. Acta physiologica. Budapest. Acta physiologica polonica. Warszawa. Acta physiologica scandinavica. Stockholm. Acta virologica. Praha. Acta zoologica fennica. Helsinki. Actualite economique. Montreal. Aerospace medicine. Washington. Agressologie. Paris. Akademiis meditsinskikh nauk. Moskva. Vestnik. Akademiis nauk SSSR: Doklady. Novaiä sera. Izvestiia. Fizika atmosfery i okeana. Izvestiia. Fizika Zemli. Izvestiia. Seriia biologicheskaia. Izvestiia. Seriia geograficheskaia. Izvestiia. Senil geologicheskaia. Izvestiia. Senil literatury i iazyka. Vestnik.

Botanicheskir institut: Trudy: Senil 8, Paleobotanika. See also Botanicheskir zhumal Dal'nevostochnyr filial. Vladivostok. Trudy. Senil geologicheskaia. Gel'mintologicheskaia laboratonia. Trudy. Geologicheskii institut. Trudy. Geologicheskir muzer. Trudy. IAkutskir filial, Yakutsk. Nauchnyesoobschchenia. Institut arkheologii: Kratkie soobshcheniia o dokladakh i polevykh issledovaniiakh. Institut etnografii. Trudy. Institut geologii rudnykh mestorozhdenii, petrografii, mineralogii i geokhimii. Trudy. Institut iazykoznania. Trudy. Institut merzlotovedeniia. Sevemoe otdelenie. Trudy. Institut okeanologii. Trudy. Komi filial, Syktyvkar. Trudy. Institut geologii. Trudy. Komissiia po izucheniiu chetvertichnogo perioda. Biulleten'. Komissüa po opredelenüu absol^ intnogo vozrasta geologicheskikh formal-sir. Trudy sessii. Krymskaia astrofizicheskaia observatoriia. Izvestiia. Laboratonia geologii dokembria. Trudy. Laboratonia vulkanologii. Trudy. Mezhduvedomstvennyi geofizicheskir komitet. Geomagnitnye issledovaniia. IX

Kosmicheskie luchi. Meteorologicheskie issledovaniI . PoIi rnye stianüä. Mineralogicheskir muzer. Trudy. Murmanskir morskoff biologicheskir institut. Trudy. Muzef antropologii i etnografii. Sbornik. Okeanograficheskai komissiiä. Trudy. Sibirskoe otdelenie. Drevniaia Sibir'. Izvestiia. Seriia obshchestvennykh nauk. Izvestiia. Seriia tekhnicheskikh nauk. Institut geografii Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Doklady. Institut geologii i geofiziki. Trudy. Institut vulkanologii. Trudy. See also Biulleten' vulkanologicheskikh stamsil. Komissiia po izucheniiu podzemnykh vod Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Materialy. Severo-Vostochnyi kompleksnyr nauchno-issledovatel'skir institut. Trudy. Sibir' perioda feodalizma. Transportno-energeticheskir institut. Trudy. Ural'skii filial. Sverdlovsk: Institut geologii. Trudy. Akademiis nauk URSR, Kiyev: Mizhvidomchyr geofizichnyi komitet. Informatsionnyr biulleten'. Mors'kyi hidrofizychnyr instytut. Ekspress-informatsiia. Akusherstvo i ginekologiia. Moskva. Alaska. Dept. of Fish and Game: Informational leaflet. Alaska. Division of Mines and Minerals: Geochemical report. Geologic report. Alaska. University: Anthropological papers. Biological papers. X

Geophysical Institute. Geophysical research report. Institute of Business, Economic and Government Research. Reports. Institute of Water Resources. Annual report. Alaska medicine. Anchorage. Alaska review of business and economic conditions. College. Alaska sportsman. Ketchikan. Alaskan Science Conference. Proceedings. Alaska's health and welfare. Juneau. Alberta historical review. Edmonton. Albertan geographer. Alpine journal. London. American alpine journal. N.Y. American anthropologist. American antiquity. American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin. American Dietetic Association: Journal. American Geophysical Union: Geophysical monograph. Transactions. American heart journal. St. Louis. American journal of clinical nutrition. N.Y. American journal of international law. N.Y. American journal of physical medicine. Baltimore. American journal of physiology. Boston. American journal of public health. Boston. American journal of science. Menasha, Wis. American Medical Association. Journal. American Meteorological Society. Transactions. American Microscopical Society. Transactions. American midland naturalist. Notre Dame, Ind. American mineralogist. Washington.

American Philosophical Society, Philadelphia. Proceedings. American Railway Engineering Association. Bulletin. American-Scandinavian review. N.Y. American Society of Civil Engineers: Proceedings. Santa Barbara Specialty Conference. Soil Mechanics and Foundations Division. Journal. American Society of Naval Engineers. Journal. American Universities Field Staff. Reports Service. Polar area series. American Water Works Association. Journal. Anadyr'. Chukotskii kraevedcheskii muzei. Zapiski. Angara. Irkutsk. Animal behaviour. London. Animal kingdom. N.Y. Annales de geophysique. Paris. Annals and magazine of natural history. London. Antarctic journal of the United States. Washington, D.C. Anthropologica. Ottawa. Anthropological linguistics. Bloomington, Ind. Anthropologische Gesellschaft in Wien. Mitteilungen. Anthropos. Wien. Archiv für Hydrobiologie. Berlin. Archiv für Meteorologie, Geophysik und Bioklimatologie, Wien: Ser. A.: Meteorologie und Geophysik. Ser. B: Allgemeine und biologische Klimatologie. Supplementum. Archiv für Psychiatrie. Berlin. Archives des sciences physiologiques. Paris. Archives of dermatology. Chicago. Archives of environmental health. Chicago. Archives of pathology. Chicago.

Archives of surgery. Chicago. Arctic. Montreal. Arctic anthropology. Madisoi, Wis. Arctic circular. Ottawa. Arctic Institute of North America: Anthropology of the North. Research papers. Technical papers. See also Arctic. Arkheograficheskii ezhegodnik. Moskva. Arkhitektura SSSR. Moskva. Arkiv för geofysik. Stockholm. Arkticheskii institut SSSR. See under Leningrad... Army aviation digest. Camp Rucker, Ala. Asian perspectives. Tucson, Ariz. Association de geographes frantais, Paris. Bulletin. Astarte. Tromso. Astronomicheskii zhurnal. Moskva. Atmospheric environment. N.Y. Atuagagdliutit: Grdnlandsposten. Godthåb. Auk. Boston. Avtomobil'nye dorogi. Moskva. Avtomobil'nyr transport. Moskva. Baikal. Ulan-Ude. Baltica. Vilnius. Basler Beiträge zur Geographie und Ethnologie. Ethnologische Reihe. Beaver. Winnipeg. Bedford Institute of Oceanography. See under Canada. Bedford ... Beiträge zur Physik der Atmosphäre. Frankfurt. Bergen, Norway. Universitet. Arbok. Berlin. Freie Universität. Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik. Meteorologische Abhandlungen. Beton i zhelezobeton. Moskva. Bezopasnost' truda v promyshlennosti. Moskva. Biological bulletin. Boston. Biuletyn peryglacjalny. Lddz. B ülleten' eksperimental'noi biologii i meditsiny. Moskva. XI

Biulleten' tekhniko-ekonomicheskoi inforripatsii gosudarstvennogo nauclino-issledovatel'skogo instituta nauchnoi i tekhnicheskoi informatsii. Biulleten' vulkanologicheskikh stantsii. Moskva. Blyttia. Oslo. Botanicheskii institut im. V.L. Komarova. See under Akademia nauk SSSR... Botanicheskii zhurnal. Moskva. Botaniska notiser. Lund. British Columbia. Department of Mines and Petroleum Resources. Bulletin. British journal of nutrition. Cambridge, Eng. British medical journal. London. Bruns Beiträge zur klinischen Chirurgie. Tübingen. Bryologist. Brooklyn. Bulletin des recherches historiques. Levis, Que. Bulletin of Canadian petroleum geology. Calgary, Alta. Burenie; nauchno-tekhnicheskif sbornik. Moskva. C.I.L. oval. (Canadian Industries, Ltd.) Toronto. CRREL. See under U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Cahiers de geographie de Quebec. Quebec. Cahiers des dix. Montreal. Cahiers oceanographiques. Paris. Cambridge Philosophical Society. Cambridge, Eng. Biological reviews. Canada: Advisory Committee on Northern Development. Government activities in the North. Bedford Institute of Oceanography. Reports. Defence Research Board. Arctic reports. Directorate of Scientific Information Services. Translations from the Russian. XII

Defence Research Medical Laboratories: Research papers. Department of Energy, Mines and Resources. Marine Sciences Branch. Manuscript report series. Department of Indian Affairs and Northern Development. Northern Co-ordination and Research Centre: Mackenzie Delta Research Project. NRCR reports. Yukon Research Project. Department of Indian Affairs and Northern Development. Northern Science Research Group. Geographical Branch: Bibliographical series. Geographical papers. See also Geographical bulletin. Memoirs. Department of National Health and Welfare. Northern Health Service. Report on health conditions in Northwest Territories. Dominion Observatory. Ottawa. Gravity map series. Fisheries Research Board. Journal. Geological Survey: Bulletin. Economic geology report. Maps, preliminary series. Memoir. Miscellaneous report. Paper. Preliminary series map. Meteorological Branch. Circulars. Mineral Resources Division. Mineral report. National Museum: Anthropology papers. Bulletin. Canadian alpine journal. Winnipeg. Canadian Association of Geographers. Occasional papers in geography. Canadian cartographer. Ottawa.

Canadian field-naturalist. Ottawa. Canadian forces sentinel. Ottawa. Canadian geographical journal. Ottawa. Canadian historical review. Toronto. Canadian Institute of Mining and Metallurgy. Transactions. Car-ian journal of biochemistry. Ottawa. Canadian journal of botany. Ottawa. Cana 1:.: T 'iirnal of earth sciences. Una.. Canadian join.. of microbiology. Ottawa. Canadian journal of physics. Ottawa. Canadian journal of physiology and pharmacology. Ottawa. Canadian journal of public health. Toronto. Canadian journal of zoology. Ottawa. Canadian library. Ottawa. Canadian Medical Association. Journal. Canadian mineralogist. Toronto. Canadian mining and metallurgical bulletin. Ottawa. Canadian mining journal. Toronto. Canadian nurse. Winnipeg. Canadian Oceanographic Data Centre, Ottawa. Data record series. Canadian petroleum. Don Mills, Ont. Canadian surveyor. Ottawa. Cartographer. See under Canadian cartographer. Chicago. Natural History Museum. Fieldiana geology. Ciel et terre. Bruxelles. Circulation research. Baltimore. Civil engineering. Easton, Pa. Clinica chimica acta. Amsterdam. Clinical science. London. Columbia University. Lamont Observatory: Contributions. Technical reports. Commercial fisheries review. Washington, D.C. Comparative biochemistry and physiology. Oxford. Compass of Sigma Gamma Epsilon. Provo, Utah.

Compressed air magazine. N.Y. Condor. Santa Clara, California. Conference on coastal engineering. Proceedings. Congres international des sciences anthropologiques et ethnologiques. See under International Congress of Anthropological and Ethnological Sciences. Copeia. N.Y. Crustaceana. Leyden. Cryobiology. Rockville, Md. Culture. Quebec. Dal'nii Vostok. Khabarovsk. Danish Foreign Office journal. København. Dansk geologisk forening, København. Meddelelser. Dansk ornithologisk forening, København. Tidsskrift. Dansk paedagogisk tidsskrift. København. Danske Videnskabernes Selskab, København: Biologiske meddelelser. Biologiske skrifter. Historisk-filologiske meddelelser. Dekorativnoe iskusstvo SSSR. Moskva. Denmark: Danmarks fiskeri- og havundersOgelser. Skrifter. Discovery. London. Dock and harbour authority. London. Doshkol'noe vospitanie. Moskva. Druzhba narodov. Moskva. Earth and planetary science letters. Amsterdam. Ecological monographs. Durham, N.C. Ecology. Brooklyn, N.Y. Economic geology. Lancaster, Pa. Eiszeitalter and Gegenwart. Hanover. Ekonomika sel'skogo khoziaistva. Moskva. Ekonomika stroitel'stva. Moskva. Engineering journal. Montreal. Entomoiogicheskoe obozrenie. Moskva. XIII

Entomologisk tidskrift. Uppsala. Erdkunde. Bonn. Ethnographia. Budapest. Ethnographisch - archäologische Zeitschrift. Berlin. Ethnos. Stockholm. Evolution. Lancaster, Pa. Expedition. Philadelphia. Expeditions polaires franraises. Paris. Bulletin d'information. Experientia. Basel. Exploration review. London. Explorers journal. N.Y. FEC news. Paramus, N.J. Facilities for atmospheric research. Boulder, Colo. Fauna ach flora. Uppsala. Federation [of American Societies for Experimental Biology] proceedings. Baltimore. Fennia. Helsinki. Finland: Geodeettinen Laitos. Julkaisuja. Geologinen Tutkimuslaitos: Bulletin. Geoteknillisiä julkaisuja. Finska Vetenskaps-societeten, Helsinki: Commentationes biologicae. Commentationes physico-mathematicae. Finskt Museum. See under Suomen muinaismuistoyhdistys. Helsinki... Fish boat. New Orleans. Fisken og havet. Bergen, Norway. Fiskets gang. Bergen, Norway. Fiziko-tekhnicheskie problemy razrabotki poleznykh iskopaemykh. Novosibirsk. Flying. N.Y. Folk. Kdbenhavn. Folk-lore journal. London. Fornvännen. Stockholm. Fragmenta floristica et geobotanica. Krakow. France. Bureau de recherches geologiques et minieres. Memoires. Frontiers. Philadelphia. Gazovoe delo. Moskva. Geochimica et cosmochimica acta. London. XIV

Geodeztia i kartografiia. Moskva. Geoexploration. Trondheim. Geofizicheskaia razvedka. Moskva. Geofizicheskie issledovaniia. Moskva. Geofizicheskii biulleten'. Moskva. Geograficheskoe obshchestvo SSSR: Doklady otdelenii i komissii. Geograficheskii sbornik. See also Voprosy geografii. Izvestüa. Komi filial. IzvestiIä. Otdelenie matematicheskoi geografii i kartografii. Doklady po kartografii. Vostochno-Sibirskif otdel, Irkutsk. Izvestüa. Geografiis v shkole. Moskva. Geografisk tidsskrift. Kdbenhavn. Geografiska annaler. Stockholm: Ser. A: Physical geography. See also Terra. Geographica helvetica. Bern. Geographical bulletin. Ottawa. Geographical magazine. London. Geographical review. N.Y. Geographische Berichte. Berlin. Geographische Rundschau. Braunschweig. Geography. London. Geokhimia. Moskva. Geologi. Helsinki. Geological Association of Canada. Proceedings. Geological Society of America. N.Y.. Bulletin. Memoirs. Special papers. Geological Society of London. Proceedings. Geologicheskaia izuchennost' SSSR. Moskva. Geologiia i geofizika. Novosibirsk. Geologiia nefti i gaza. Moskva. Geologiia nefti i gaza severo-vostoka Evropeiskoi chasti SSSR. Moskva. Geologiia rudnykh mestorozhdenif. Moskva. Geologische Rundschau. Leipzig. Geologiska Föreningen. Stockholm. Förhandlingar.

Geomagnetizm i aeronomii i. Moskva. Geo-marine technology. Washington. Geophysical journal. London. Geophysics. Houston, Tex. Geotektonika. Moskva. Geotektonische Forschungen. Berlin. Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitel'stvo. Moskva. Gigiena i sanitarii`a. Moskva. Gigiena truda i professional'nye zabolevaniia. Moskva. Gorkiy. Politekhnicheskii institut. Trudy. Gornyi zhurnal. Moskva. Grana palynologica. Stockholm. Greenland. Geologiske undersdgelse: Bulletin. Miscellaneous papers. Groinland. Charlottenlund. Grdnlandsposten. Godthåb: Combined with Atuagagdliutit. Habitat. Ottawa. Helgoländer Wissenschaftliche Meeresuntersuchungen. Historisk tidsskrift. København. L'Homme. Paris. Homo; internationale Zeitschrift für die vergleichende Forschung am Menschen. Stuttgart. Houille blanche. Grenoble. Hvalrådet. Oslo: International whaling statistics. Skrifter. Scientific results of marine biological research. Hydrobiologia. Den Haag. IGY World Data Center A: Glaciology. Glaciological notes. Indian journal of physiology and pharmacology. Lucknow. Indiana University: Uralic and Altaic series. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers. Proceedings. N.Y. Institution of Mining and Metallurgy. London. Transactions. Sect. B: Applied earth science. Instrumentation technology. Pittsburgh.

International Association of Scientific Hydrology. Publications. International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries: Halifax, N.S.. Annual proceedings. Research bulletin. Dartmouth, N. S. Special publication. Statistical bulletin. International Congress of Anthropological and Ethnological Sciences. Compte rendu. International Geological Congress: Reports of proceedings &c. International geology review. Washington, D.C. International Geophysical Year. World Data Center. See under IGY... International journal of bioclimatology and biometeorology. Leyden. International Pacific Halibut Commission (U.S. and Canada). Report. International Volcanological Association. Bulletin volcanologique. International whaling statistics, Oslo. See under Hvalrådet. Internationale Revue der gesamten Hydrobiologie and Hydrographie. Systematische Beihefte. Berlin. Irkutsk. Nauchno-issledovatel'skii institut epidemiologii i mikrobiologii. Trudy. Irkutsk: Oblastnoi kraevedcheskii muzei. Zapiski. Universitet. Kratkie soobshcheniiä i doklady o nauchno-issledovatel'skikh rabotakh. Iron age; the national metalworking weekly. N.Y. Iskusstvo. Moskva. Istoriia SSSR. Moskva. Istoricheskie zapiski. Moskva. Istoriko-filologicheskii sbornik. Syktyvkar. XV

Izvestii vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenif, Moskva: Geodeziia i aerofotos"emka. Geologiia i razvedka. Neft' i gaz. Japan: Radio Research Laboratories. Journal. Science Council. Report of ionosphere and space research in Japan. Jordens folk. Etnografisk revy. Kdbenhavn. Jorden runt. Stockholm. Journal de physiologie. Paris. Journal of American folklore. Boston. Journal of animal ecology. Cambridge, Eng. Journal of applied meteorology. Lancaster, Pa. Journal of applied physics. Menasha, Wis. Journal of applied physiology. Washington, D.C. Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics. London. Journal of Canadian petroleum technology. Calgary, Alta. Journal of cellular physiology. Philadelphia. Formerly Journal of cellular and comparative physiology. Journal of chemical physics. Lancaster, Pa. Journal of comparative and physiological psychology. Baltimore. Journal of geography. Lancaster, Pa. Journal of geology. Chicago. Journal of geomagnetism and geoelectricity. Kyoto. Journal of geophysical research. Chicago. Journal of glaciology. London. Journal of mammalogy. Baltimore. Journal of occupational medicine. Chicago. Journal of paleontology. Bridgewater, Mass. Journal of parasitology. N.Y. Journal of pediatrics. St. Louis. Journal of petroleum technology. Dallas, Tex. XVI

Journal of physics of the earth. Tokyo. Journal of physiology. London. Journal of protozoology. Utica, N.Y. Journal of psychology. Worcester, Mass. Journal of sedimentary petrology. Menasha, Wis. Journal of the atmospheric sciences. Lancaster, Pa. Journal of the West. Los Angeles. Journal of thoracic and cardiovascular surgery. St. Louis. Journal of trauma. Baltimore. Journal of wildlife management. Menasha, Wis. Kandalakshskii gosudarstvennyf zapovednik. Trudy. Kansas. University. University of Kansas paleontological contributions. Kholodil'naiä tekhnika. Moskva. Khudozhnik. Moskva. Klinische Wochenschrift. Berlin. Kdbenhavn. Universitet. Mineralogisk-geologiske Museum. Communications geologiques. Kolkhoznoe proizvodstvo. Moskva. Kora vyvetrivaniia. Moskva. Kosmicheskie issledovaniia. Moskva. Krakow. Uniwersytet Jagiellonski. Prace geograficzne. Krasnoyarsk. Sibirskii tekhnologicheskif institut. Trudy. Kroeber Anthropological Society. Papers. Krylis rodiny. Moskva. Kul'tura i zhizn', Moskva. Kulturgeografi. Kdbenhavn. Lapin tutkimusseura, Rovaniemi. Vuosikirja. Laval Universite, Quebec. Centre d'etudes nordiques. Travaux divers. Travaux et documents. Leningrad: Arkticheskif i antarkticheskif nauchno-issledovatel'skir Institut. Trudy. See also Problemy Arktiki...

Glavnaia geofizicheskai:a observatonia. Trudy. Gornyr institut. Zapiski. Gosudarstvennyi gidrologicheskii institut: Sbornik rabot po gidrologii. Trudy. Gosudarstvennyi nauchno-issledovatel'skii institut ozernogo i rechnogo rybnogo khoziaistva. Sibirskoe otdelenie. Trudy. Gosudarstvennyi pedagogicheskii institut: Gerfsenovskie chteniia: Filologicheskie nauki. Sofsial'no-ekonomicheskie i istoricheskie nauki. Uchenye zapiski. Korablestroitel'nyi institut. Trudy. Nauchno-issledovatel'skii institut geologii Arktiki: Trudy. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologiia i biostratigrafiia. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'naia geologiia. TSentral'nyi nauchno-issledovatel'skii institut morskogo flota: Informatsionnyi sbornik. _ Trudy. TSentral'nyi . nauchno-issledovatel'skii institut rechnogo flota. Trudy. Universitet. Vestnik. Vsesoiuznyi" geologicheskir institut: Informafsionnyi sbornik. Trudy. Vsesoiuznyi neftianoi nauchno-issledovatel'ski i geologorazvedochnyi institut. Trudy. Lesnaia promyshlennost'. Moskva. Lesnoe khozIäIstvo. Moskva. Letopis' Severa. Moskva. Limnology and oceanography. Baltimore. Litologiia i poleznye iskopaemye. Moskva. Living wilderness. Washington, D.C.

Low temperature science. Teion kagaku... Lund. Universitet: Arsskrift.

See under

Acta.

Geografiska Institution. See Lund studies... Lund studies in geography: Ser A: Physical geography. Lychnos. Uppsala. McGill University: Arctic Meteorology Research Group. Publication in meteorology. Marine Sciences Centre. Manuscript report. Sub-Arctic Research Laboratory. Research papers. Magadan: Oblastnoi kraevedcheskii muzei. Kraevedcheskie zapiski. Vsesoiuznyi nauchno-issledovatel'skii institut zolota i redkikh metallov. Sbornik referatov. Marine engineering and shipping review. N.Y. Marine geology. Amsterdam. Mariners' weather log. Washington. Materialy k biobibliografii uchenykh SSSR. Serif geologicheskikh nauk. Materialy po geologii i poleznym iskopaemym Severo-Zapada RSFSR. Leningrad. Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova. Kirovsk. Materialy rybokhoziaistvennykh issledovanii Severnogo bassei:na. Murmansk. Mazama. Portland, Ore. Meddelelser om Grdnland. Kdbenhavn. Medifsinskaia geografiis, Omsk. Medifsinskaia parazitologii i parazitarnye bolezni. Moskva. Meteoritika. Moskva. Meteorological magazine. London. Meteorologiia i gidrologiI . Leningrad. Meteorologische Rundschau. Berlin. XVI I

Michigan Academy of Science, Arts and Letters. Papers. Micropaleontology. N.Y. Mikrobiologiia. Moskva. Military engineer. Washington, D.C. Mineralogicheskif sbornik. Lvov. Mineralogi% i geokhimii . Leningrad. Minerva chirurgica. Torino. Mining engineering. N.Y. Morskor sbornik. Leningrad. Moskovskoe obshchestvo ispytateler prirody: Biulleten'. Otdel biologicheskir. Bfülleten'. Otdel geologicheskir. Moskva: Gosudarstvennyr istoricheskir muzer. Ezhegodnik. Gosudarstvennyr nauchno-issledovatel'skir institut nauchnor i tekhnicheskor informatsii. Biulleten' tekhniko-ekonomicheskor informatsii. See under Biulleten' tekhniko-ekonomicheskor informatsii... Gosudarstvennyr okeanograficheskir institut. Trudy. Gosudarstvennyr zaochnyr pedagogicheskir institut. Uchenye zapiski. Nauchno-issledovatel'skir institut aeroklimatologii. Trudy. TSentral'nyi institut prognozov. Trudy. Universitet: Vestnik: Ser. 4: Geologiia. Ser. 5: Geografiia. Ser. 6: Biologii , pochvovedenie. Vsesoiuznyr nauchno-issledovatel'skif institut morskogo rybnogo khoziarstva i okeanografii. Trudy. Mosquito news. New Brunswick, N.J. Murmansk. Poliarnyr nauchno-issledovatel'skir institut morskogo rybnogo khoziarstva i okeanografii. Trudy. XVIII

Murmanskaia biologicheskaia stanisiih. See under Akademiis nauk SSSR. Murmanskii... Musk-ox. Saskatoon, Sask. Na rubezhe. Petrozavodsk. Na stroikakh Rossii. Moskva. Narodnoe obrazovanie. Moskva. Narody Azii i Afriki. Moskva. Nash sovremennik. Moskva. National geographic magazine. Washington, D.C. Nationalmuseets arbejdsmark. Kdbenhavn. Naturaliste canadien. Quebec. Nature. London. Naturen. Bergen. Naturens verden. Kdbenhavn. Nauchno-tekhnicheskoe obshchestvo sudostroitel'nor promyshlennosti. Trudy. Nauchnye doklady vyssher shkoly, Moskva. Biologicheskie nauki. Nauka i religiia. Moskva. Nautilus. Philadelphia. Naval engineers journal. See under American Society of Naval Engineers. Journal. Naval research. Washington. Navigation. Los Angeles. Navy civil engineer. Washington. Neftegazova% geologiia i geofizika. Moskva. Neftianoe khoziarstvo. Moskva. Neues Jahrbuch für Geologie and Palaeontologie. Abhandlungen. Stuttgart. New England journal of medicine. Boston. New scientist. London. New York Academy of Sciences. Annals. New Yorker. Nordens museer. Kdbenhavn. Nordens tidning. Stockholm. Nordenskiöld-samfundet i Finland, Helsinki. Tidskrift. Nordisk institut for folkedigtning. Skrifter. Kdbenhavn. Nordisk medicin. Helsinki.

Nordkalotten. Övertorneå. Norges vel. Oslo. Noril'sk. Nauchno-issledovatel'skif institut sel'skogo khoziarstva Krainego Severa. Trudy. Noril'sk. Vechernir industrial'nyr institut. Trudy. Norois. Poitiers. Norbottens läns hembygdsförening, Luleå. Årsbok. Norsk geografisk tidsskrift. Oslo. Norsk geologisk tidsskrift. Oslo. Norsk hvalfangst-tidende ... Norwegian whaling gazette. Sandefjord. Norsk institut for tang- og tareforskning, Oslo. Report. Norsk natur. Oslo. Norsk pedagogisk tidskrift. Oslo. Norsk pelsdyrblad. Bergen. Norsk Polarinstitutt. See under Norway... Norsk skogindustri. Oslo. Norsk skoleblad. Oslo. Norske turistforening. Arbok. Norske videnskabers selskab, Trondheim: Forhandlinger. Skrifter. Norske videnskaps-akademi, Oslo: Arbok. Geofysiske publikasjoner. Matematisk-naturvidenskapelig klasse. Skrifter. See also Hvalrådet. Skrifter. North. Ottawa. North Dakota Academy of Science. Proceedings. Northwest Territories. Commissioner. Annual report. Ottawa. Norveg. Oslo. Norway: Fiskeridirektoratet: Skrifter. Serie havundersdkelser. Report on Norwegian fishery and marine investigations. Geografiske oppmåling. Beretning. Geologiske undersdkelse. Skrifter.

Meteorologiske Institutt. Scientific report. Norsk Polarinstitutt: Årbok. Meddelelser. Skrifter. Novosibirsk. Sibirskii nauchno-issledovatel'skir institut geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syris. Trudy. See under Sibirskif... Nov)/ mir, Moskva. Nytt magasin for botanikk. Oslo. Nytt magasin for zoologi. Oslo. Objets et mondes. Paris. Oceanus. Woods Hole, Mass. Ogonek. Moskva. Ohio. State University. Institute of Polar Studies: Report. Oil and gas journal. Tulsa, Okla. Oilweek. Calgary, Alta. Okeanologiia. Moskva. Okhota i okhotnich'e khoziärstvo. Moskva. Okhrana truda i sotsial'noe strakhovanie. Moskva. Ontario field biologist. Toronto. Ontario history. Toronto. Ornis fennica. Helsinki. Oslo. Norsk Folkemuseum: By og bygd. Osnovaniia, fundamenty i mekhanika gruntov. Moskva. Ottar. Tromso. Oxford University Exploration Club. Cowley, Eng. Bulletin. Pacific discovery. San Francisco. Pacific Northwest quarterly. Seattle. Pacific science. Honolulu. Paideuma. Frankfurt. Palaeontology. London. Paleontologicheskir zhurnal. Moskva. ParazitologiIå. Leningrad. Paris. Ecole Pratique des Hautes Etudes. Centre d'etudes arctiques. Contributions. Pathologie et biologie. Paris. Pechora, Komi ASSR. Nauchno-issledovatel'skii ugol'nyi institut. Trudy. XIX

Pechoro-Ilychskir gosudarstvennyr zapovednik. Trudy. PediatriI . Moskva. Petermanns geographische Mitteilungen. Gotha. Petroleum engineer. Tulsa, Okla. Pfligers Archiv für die gesamte Physiologie. Bonn. Photo interpretation. Paris. Photogrammetric engineering. Washington, D.C. Physiologia bohemoslovenica. Praha. Physiological reviews. Baltimore. Physiology and behavior. N.Y. Planetary and space science. London. Planovoe khoziarstvo. Moskva. Pochvovedenie. Moskva. Polar notes; occasional publication of the Stefansson Collection. Hanover, N.H. Polar record. Cambridge, Eng. Polar times. N.Y. Polarboken. Oslo. Polarforschung. Kiel. Poliarnaia zvezda. Yakutsk. Pollen et spores. Paris. Polska Akademia Nauk. Instytut geografii. Prace geograficzne. Poznånskie towarzstwo przyjaciol' nauk. Komisija medycyny doswiadezalnej. Prace. Prikladnaia geofizika; Sbornik stater. Moskva. Priroda. Moskva. Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki; Sbornik stater. Leningrad. Problemy ispol'zovamia promyslovykh resursov Belogo moria i vnutrennikh vodoemov Karelii. Moskva. Problemy Severa. Moskva. Progress in elementary particle and cosmic ray physics. Amsterdam, N.Y. Progress in oceanography. Oxford. Przeglad geograficzny. Warszawa. Przeglad morski. Torun, Poland. Put' i putevoe khoziarstvo. Moskva. Quarterly journal of experimental physiology. London. Rabochee soveshchanie po

paleogeografii Urala. Trudy. Sverdlovsk. Radio science. Washington, D.C. Radiocarbon. New Haven, Conn. Radiological health data. Washington, D.C. Railway gazette. Chicago. Rand Corporation. Rand reports. Rastitel'nost' Krainego Severa SSSR i ee osvoenie. Moskva. Rastitel'nye resursy. Leningrad. Rastitel'nyr pokrov Krasnoiärskogo krail. Novosibirsk. Razvedka i okhrana nedr. Moskva. Razvilka (Moskovskaya oblast'). Vsesoiuznyr nauchno-issledovatel'skir institut prirodnykh gazov. Trudy. See under Vsesoiuznyr nauchno-issledovatel'skir institut prirodnykh gazov. Trudy. Rechnor transport. Moskva. Reclamation era. Washington, D.C. Repertorium specierum novarum regni vegetabilis. Leipzig. Review of palaeobotany and palynology. Amsterdam. Revue canadienne de biologie. Montreal. Revue de geographie de Montreal. Revue roumaine de physiologie. Bucharest. Ricerca scientifica. Ser. 2. Rendiconti. Section B: biologica. Roma. Riistatieteellisiä julkaisuja. Helsinki. Rivista aeronautica. Roma. Rock Mechanics Symposium. Proceedings. Royal Air Force quarterly. London. Royal Canadian Mounted Police quarterly. Ottawa. Royal Engineers journal. Chatham, Eng. Royal Meteorological Society, London. Quarterly Journal. Royal Naval Medical Service, London. Journal. Royal Society of Canada. Special publications.

Royal Society of London: Philosophical transactions. Proceedings. Ser. A. Russkill iazyk v naisional'noff shkole. Moskva. Rybnoe khoziaffstvo. Moskva. Samefolket. Uppsala. Saskatchewan. Dept. of Mineral Resources. Report. Scandia. Stockholm. Schiff und Hafen. Vetersen. Science. Washington, D.C. Scientific American. N.Y. Scottish Mountaineering Club journal. Edinburgh. Sea frontiers. Coral Gables, Fla. Seismological Society of America. Bulletin. Sel'skokhoziärstvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Omsk. Sever, Petrozavodsk. Severo-Zapad Evroperskoff chasti SSSR. Leningrad. Shipping register and shipbuilder. Montreal. Sibir' v period stroitel'stva sotsializma i perekhoda k kommunizmu; materialy po istorii Sibiri. Novosibirsk. Sibirskaia tematicheskais komissi I po istorii uglenakoplemia; Materialy soveshchaniI Sibirskoff tematicheskoff komissii. Novosibirsk. Sibirskie ogni. Novosibirsk. Sibirskiff geograficheskiff sbornik. Moskva. Sibirskiff nauchno-issledovatel'skiff institut geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syris. Trudy. Leningrad. Sierra Club bulletin. San Francisco. Skid och friluftsfrämjandet. Arsbok. Stockholm. Skogs- och lantbruksakademien, Stockholm. Tidskrift. Skrifter fraa norsk stradnamnarkiv. Oslo. Skytteanska samfundet. Umeå, Sweden. Handlingar.

Smena. Moskva. Smithsonian Institution: Smithsonian miscellaneous collections. Snd og ski. Oslo. Societå italiana di biologia sperimentale, Napoli. Bollettino. Societas pro fauna et flora fennica, Helsinki: Memorandum. Societas scientiarum fennica. See Finska Vetenskaps-societeten. Societe des americanistes de Paris. Journal. Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine, New York. Proceedings. Society of Professional Well Log Analysts. Annual Logging Symposium. Transactions. Soil science. New Brunswick, N.J. Soil Science Society of America. Proceedings. Sotsialisticheskii trud. Moskva. Sotsial'noe obespechenie. Moskva. Southern California Academy of Sciences, Los Angeles. Bulletin. Sovetskaia antarkticheskaia ekspeditsilä. Informatsionnyff biulleten'. Leningrad. Sovetskaia antropologiia. Moskva. See Voprosy antropologii. Sovetskaia arkheologüa. Moskva. Sovetskaia etnografiia. Moskva. Sovetskaia geologna. Moskva. Sovetskaiä medifsina. Moskva. Sovetskiff moriak. Moskva. Sovetskiff Sofia. Moskva. Sovetskoe finno-ugrovedenie. Tallinn. Soviet anthropology and archeology. N.Y. Soviet geography. N.Y. Space science reviews. Dordrecht, Holland. Sportivnaii zhizn' Rossii. Moskva. Spravochnik po klimatu SSSR. Leningrad. XXI

Srednee speisial'noe obrazovanie. Moskva. Stavanger, Norway. Museet: Arbok. Sterna. Stroitel'stvo truboprovodov. Moskva. Studia ethnographica upsaliensia. Uppsala. Studia fennica. Helsinki. Studia forestalia suecica. Stockholm. Studia geologica polonica. Warszawa. Studia geophysics et geodaetica. Praha. Studia varia series. See Royal Society of Canada... Suomalainen eläin- ja kasvitieteellinen seura Vanamo, Helsinki: Kasvitieteellisiä julkaisuja. Annales botanici. Suomalainen Tiedeakatemia, Helsinki. Sitzungsberichte. Toimituksia. Annales. Ser. A. IV: Biologica. Suomalais-ugrilainen seura, Helsinki: Aikakauskirja. Journal de la Societe finno-ougrienne. Toimituksia. Memoires. Suomen geologinen seura, Helsinki. Julkaisuja. Suomen hyönteisiieteellinen aikakauskirja. Annales entomologici fennici, Helsinki. Suomen muinaismuistoyhdistys, Helsinki: Aikakauskirja. Suomen museo. Finskt museum. Svensk botanisk tidskrift. Stockholm. Svensk faunistisk revy. See Zoologisk revy. Svensk geografisk årsbok. Lund. Svensk lantmäteritidskrift. Stockholm. Svenska järnvägstidningen. Stockholm. Svenska kraftverksföreningen, Stockholm. Publikationer. Svenska vägföreningen, Stockholm. Tidskrift. Svenska vattenkraftföreningen, Stockholm. Publikationer.

Svenska Vetenskapsakademien, Stockholm: Årsbok. Avhandlingar i naturskyddsärenden. Sveriges natur. Stockholm. Sweden: Geologiska undersökning: Årsbok. Berggrundsgeologiska och geofysiska kartblad (Serie Af). Teion kagaku [Low temperature science]. Sapporo, Japan: Ser. B: Biological sciences. Tellus. Stockholm. Terra. Helsinki. Tidskrift i sjöväsendet. Karlskrona. Tidsskrift for hermetikindustri. Oslo. Tidsskrift for kjemi, bergvesen og metallurgi. Oslo. Tidsskrift for skogbruk. Oslo. Tijdschrift voor economische en sociale geografie. The Hague. Tomsk. Universitet: Trudy. Uchenye zapiski. Torfianaia promyshlennost'. Moskva. Toronto. Royal Ontario Museum. Life sciences division. Contributions. Transportnoe stroitel'stvo. Moskva. Tromsd, Norway. Museum. Skrifter. See also Acta borealia. Turku, Finland. Yliopisto. Julkaisuja. Ser. A, II: Biologica-geographica. Ugol'. Moskva. Ulan-Ude. Burnatskii kompleksnyi nauchno-issledovatel'skir institut. Trudy. Undersea technology. Arlington, Va. U.S.S.R.: Komitet po zemlianomu polotnu. [Sbornik] Moskva. Verkhovnyr Sovet. Vedomosti. Moskva. U.S.. Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory.

U.S. (continued) Fort Wainwright, Alaska. Technical report. Army aviation digest. See Army aviation digest. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Hanover, N.H. Cold regions science and engineering. Research, report. Special report. Technical report. Bureau of American Ethnology. Bulletin. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries. Fishery industrial research. Bureau of Mines: Bulletin. Open file reports. Report of investigations. Bureau of Ships. Journal. Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife. Resource publication. Coast and Geodetic Survey. Publications. Coast Guard. Oceanographic report. Dept. of State. Treaties and other international acts series. Environmental Data Service. Environmental Science Services Administration. ESSA world. ESSA technical report. Fish and Wildlife Service: Circular. Refuge leaflet. Regulatory announcement. Special scientific reports: fisheries. Statistical digest. Forest Service research note PNW. Forest Service resource bulletin PNW. See also U.S. Northern Forest Experiment Station. Geological Survey: Bulletin.

Circular Geologic quadrangle maps of the United States. Miscellaneous geologic investigations. National atlas sheets. Oil and gas investigation maps. Professional papers. Reports, open file series. Water supply papers. Topographic Division. Bulletin. National Bureau of Standards. Journal of research. National Museum. Proceedings. Naval Oceanographic Office. Technical report. Navy Electronics Laboratory, San Diego, Calif. NEL report. Northern Forest Experiment Station, Juneau, Alaska. Research note NOR. Public Health Service. Division of Radiological Health. See under Radiological health data... Weather Bureau: Bibliography of special studies. Monthly weather review. Meteorological Satellite Laboratory. Report. United States Naval Institute, Annapolis, Md. Proceedings. Uppsala. Universitet. Geological Institutions. Bulletin. Ural-altaische Jahrbücher. Wiesbaden. Vår fågelvärld. Stockholm. Vestnik statistiki. Moskva. Vetenskaps-societeten i Lund. Årsbok. Veterinariih. Moskva. Vie del mondo. Milano. Vladivostok. Dal'nevostochnyi nauchno-issledovatel'skii gidrometeorologicheskii institut. Trudy.

XØ

Vladivostok. Tikhookeanskir nauchno-issledovatel'skir institut morskogo rybnogo khozilistva i okeanografii. Izvestiia. Vodosnabzhenie i sanitarnaiä tekhnika. Moskva. Vokrug sveta. Moskva. Voprosy antropologii. Moskva. Voprosy arkhivovedeniia. Moskva. Voprosy bezopasnosti v ugol'nykh shakhtakh. Moskva. Voprosy ekonomiki. Moskva. Voprosy geografii. Moskva. Voprosy geografii Kamchatki. Petropavlovsk-Kamchatskiy. Voprosy geografii Sibiri. Tomsk. Voprosy fazykoznaniii, Moskva. Voprosy ikhtiologii. Moskva. Voprosy istorii, Moskva. Voprosy okhrany materinstva i detstva. Moskva. Voprosy paleontologii. Leningrad. Voprosy virusologii. Moskva. Vor viden. Kobenhavn. Vsesoiuznoe astronomo-geodezicheskoe obshchestvo, Moskva. Bibileten'. Vsesoiuznoe geograficheskoe obshchestvo SSSR. See under Geograficheskoe obshchestvo... Vsesoiuznoe mineralogicheskoe obshchestvo, Leningrad. Zapiski. Vsesoiuznoe paleontologicheskoe obshchestvo, Moskva. Trudy sessii. Vsesoiuznoe vulkanologicheskoe soveshchanie, Moskva. Trudy. Vsesoiaznyr nauchno-issledovatel'skir institut prirodnykh gazov. Trudy. Vsesoiuznyr neftegazovyr nauchno-issledovatel'skir institut. Trudy. Moskva. WHO chronicle. Geneva. Washington (State). University, Seattle: Dept. of Atmospheric Sciences. Reports. Dept. of Oceanography. Technical report. Water resources research. Washington, D.C. XXIV

Weather. London. Western miner and oil review. Vancouver, B.C. Western political quarterly. Salt Lake City. Wisconsin. University: Department of Meteorology. Technical report. Geophysical and Polar Research Center. Research report series. World oil. Houston, Tex. World petroleum. N.Y. World Petroleum Congress. Proceedings. Yakutsk. Respublikanskii kraevedcheskii muzer. Sbornik nauchnykh stater. Ymer. Stockholm. Zakonomernosti razmeshcheniI poleznykh iskopaemykh. Moskva. Zapadno-Sibirskir nauchno-issledovatel'skir geologo-razvedochnyi neftianor institut. Trudy. Moskva. Zdravookhranenie Rossirskor Federatsii. Moskva. Zeitschrift für angewandte Geologie. Berlin. Zeitschrift für den Erdkundeunterricht. Berlin. Zeitschrift für Ernährungwsissenschaft. Darmstadt. Zeitschrift für Ethnologie. Berlin. Zeitschrift für Erzbergbau und Metallhüttenwesen. Stuttgart. Zeitschrift für Geomorphologie. Berlin. Zemletriaseniia v SSSR. Moskva. Zemlia i vselennaia. Moskva. Zhilishchnoe stroitel'stvo. Moskva. Zhivotnovodstvo. Moskva. Zhizn' Zemli. Moskva. Zhurnal mikrobiologii, epidemiologii i immunobiologii. Moskva. Zoologica; scientific contributions of the New York Zoological Society. Zoologicheskii zhurnal. Moskva. Zoologisk revy. Stockholm.

LIBRARIES cited in ARCTIC BIBLIOGRAPHY Vol. 15 CaMAI—Arctic Institute of North America, Montreal, Canada.

DNAL—National Agricultural Library, Washington, D.C.

CaMM—McGill University, Montreal, Canada.

DN-HO—Naval Oceanographic Office, Suitland, Md.

CaOG—Geological Survey, Ottawa.

DN-Sh—U.S. Navy, Bureau of Ships, Washington, D.C.

CaOGB—Geographical Branch, Dept. of Energy, Mines and Resources, Ottawa. CaON-B—National Research Council of Canada, Division of Building Research, Ottawa. CaONA—Dept. of Indian Affairs and Northern Development, Ottawa. CaOTY—York University, Toronto. DGS—Geological Survey, Washington, D.C.

DNLM—National Library of Medicine, Washington, D.C. DSI—Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. DWB—Weather Bureau, changed to Atmospheric Sciences Library, Silver Spring, Md. MiU—University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, Mich.

DI—Dept. of the Interior, Washington, D.C.

MULandsburg—University of Maryland, College Park, Md. Landsburg Library.

DLC—Library of Congress, Washington, D.C.

SPRI—Scott Polar Research Institute, Cambridge, England.

XXV

TRANSLATIONS English translations of Russian and other foreign language papers are listed in Arctic Bibliography as feasible, but these listings are by no means complete. The central source of information on the location and identification of translated materials, completed or in process by or for U.S. government agencies is the National Technical Information Service, Springfield, Va. 22151 (formerly CFSTI—Clearinghouse for Federal Scientific and Technical Information) who also lists items in U.S. Government Research and Development Reports. The National Translations Center, John Crerar Library, 35 West 33rd St., Chicago, Ill., 60616, provides service on translations of both government and non-government origin, also translations of the National Lending Library of Great Britain. Both the National Technical Information Service and the National Translations Center provide information on request about the availability of a translation of a specific paper, and about how to order it. The Special Libraries Association publishes a semi-monthly bulletin, Translations Register-Index that announces new additions to the National Translations Center's collection and provides a quarterly cumulative index. For National Translation Center accessions the Register section lists prices for paper copies (HC) and microfilm copies (MF). Subscription is $50 per year. The National Science Library, National Research Council of Canada also maintains an author index of completed scientific translations in Canada, other countries of the Commonwealth, and the United States, and provides information on request as to the existence and location of scientific papers. Inquiries should be addressed to Translations Section, National Science Library, Ottawa 7, Canada. Editor, Arctic Bibliography

XXVI

ARCTIC BIBLIOGRAPHY ÅBERG, B., see No. 96300 93301 AHMAN, E. Riksantikvarielimbetets norrlandsundersökningar; 4, Petrografisk översikt av Umeälvsmaterialet. (Pornvännen 1967. v.62, no.1, p.8-11) In Swedish. English summary. Title tr.: The Royal Antiquarian Office's Norrland investigations; 4, Petrographic survey of the Ume River material. Discusses problems of the precise identification of stone citing as example, determining whether a small quartz piece is part of a quartzite or of a quartz pegmatite. Descriptions are given of the major quartz, quartzite, quartz sandstone, and sandstone rocks in the Urne basin, also the slates, flagstones, porphyry and other lesser types of which varieties occur as well. Other papers in this series are by E. Bandon and M. DLC. Biörnstad, qqv. 93302 AHMAN, E. En tunnelprofil genom Svartöberget Luleå. (Geologiske foreningen, Stockholm. Förhandlingar 1967. v.89, no.1, p.62-66, table, illus) 2 refs. In Swedish. English summary. Title tr. A tunnel profile through Black Island mountain, Luleå Explains rock sequence in walls of tunnel carved through a rock mound in the Luleå harbor area, Sweden, where new ore transport facilities are being developed. Amphibolite, the main rock type, is penetrated by dikes of red granite and pegmatite. These cut older dikes of gray granite. DGS. 93303 AHMAN, E. Västra Gräddmanshällan, Kalix Skiirgård, Norrbottens län. (Geologiska foreningen, Stockholm. Förhandlingar 1967. v.89, no.1, p.50-61, map, table, illus) 17 refs. In Swedish. English summary. Title tr.: Western Gräddmanshällan, Kalix archipelago, Norrbotten province. Discusses surface geology of the westernmost of a pair of low, undeveloped islands ca 19 km south of Kalix, composed of

bedrock and glacial morainic materials. The bedrock includes dolomite and dolomitic limestone containing reefs of calcareous algae, calcareous quartzite, and slate, with brecciated zones and kimberlite dikes. The moraine includes green kimberlite breccia boulders containing dolomite fragments, and large blocks of brown conglomerate. Their concentration at the west end of the island appears to indicate that their original location is west or northwest of the island. DGS. 93304 ÅKERBERG, E. Plant husbandry in the Nordic countries in relation to edaphic and climatic factors. (Acta agriculturae scandinavica. Supplementum 1965. no.12, p.7-23, maps, tables, Ilus) Reviews edaphic and climatic factors affecting plant growth and the development of local strains and ecotypes. Examples discussed include several grasses, barley and spring wheat. Maps show length of the vegetation period, date of the beginning of flowering of Tussilago farfara, northward shift of the limits of spring wheat 1922-46 and the agricultural regions of Scandinavia and Finland. Broad regional surveys are included for each country. DLC. 93305 AAMOT, H.W.C. Heat transfer and performance analysis of a thermal probe for glaciers. Hanover, N.H. 1967. 12 p. graphs, tables, illus. Refs. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Lab. Technical report no.194) Evaluates the performance of the Philberth probe, a non-recoverable instrumented vehicle which penetrates glacial ice by utilizing a hot point to melt the ice and an insulated cable coil to effect lateral transfer. Performance diagrams indicate the great influence of ice temperature on performance, colder ice requiring greater penetration speed to prevent stalling. Optimum heat input is calculated, since excessive heat produces an oversized hole and with insufficient heat the probe will stall and freeze in. The probe is

1

considered a potentially valuable tool in the investigation of thick ice sheets such as the inland ice of Greenland. CaMAM. 93306 AAMOT, H.W.C. Pendulum steering for thermal probes in glaciers. Hanover, N.H. 1967. 11 p. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Lab. Special report no.116) Pendulum steering, a new concept of attitude stabilization for thermal probes or coring drills in ice, eliminates instability. The center of support is placed above the center of gravity. A lower and upper hot point produce melt penetration. The ratio of their power levels is the basis for stabilization, which is provided by the automatic control of the heater in the upper hot point. This feature makes possible a single thermal probe design that is suitable for all ice cap temperatures and a wide range of penetration rates (i.e. applied power levels). The simplicity of a thermal probe with pendulum steering suggests availability at modest cost and versatility as a widely applicable tool. DLC. 93307 AAMOT, H.W.C. The Philberth probe for investigating polar ice caps. Hanover, N.H. 1967. 17 p. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Lab. Special report no.119) The Philberth probe is a surface-controlled non-recoverable instrumented vehicle that can penetrate polar ice sheets down to 3600 m by melting. It can be used to measure temperature, stress, ice movement, and seismic, acoustic and dielectric properties. It can also be used for other investigations with remote instrumentation. The probe consists of a hot point for melt penetration, instrumentation for control and measurement functions, two supply conductor coils to link the probe with the surface for transmission of power and measurement signals, and a reservoir section. The probe is filled with a dielectric fluid. DLC. La93308 AARONS, J. and others. titudinal effects on satellite scintillations. (Annales de geophysique 1962. v.18, no.1, p.349-55, graphs, maps) Refs. French and Russian summary. Other authors: H.M. Silverman and B.A. Ramsey. Reports on radio signals in the 20-40 Mc/sec range from the 5-66 (BE-B) satellite beacon recorded during 17-30 Apr 1965 at Thule, Sagamore Hill, and Arecibo stations. The Thule passes recorded scintillation indices

S(max) — S(min) = 70-100% S(max) + S(min) a large part of the time. Evidence indicates that the elevation angle was less 2

important than the sub-ionospheric latitude of the ray path from satellite to ground. Diurnal periods 0200-0430 and 1400-1700 EST are investigated. It is found that a scintillation boundary with a curtain-like appearance is present at all times near the auroral zone, indicating that precipitated particles play a role in producing ionospheric irregularities in the auroral region. During the post-midnight pre-sunrise time, scintillation of 30-40% amplitude exists from low to sub-auroral latitudes. It is unlikely that these scintillations are caused by precipitated particles. DLC. AARONS, J., see also No. 98278 93309 AARSETH, B. Forsøk med reindriftsfag i skolen. (Norsk skoleblad 1964. v.28, no.30, p.1214-16; no.31, p.1228-30, illus) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Research in the study of reindeer husbandry within the school system. Discusses a course for classes 7-9, ages 13-16, recently introduced into a school attended by Lappish nomad children. It consists of 27 weeks of classroom training, 3 hr/wk, during Nov-June, 4 weeks of field study in the upland during July-Aug, and 7 weeks of practical work with various herds and herders during Aug-Nov, the busiest season. Administrative problems such as initiating and directing the effort, determining locations for fieldwork, lack of textbooks, etc are noted. The new course must be correlated with regular courses in biology, botany, hygiene, etc, and with other Lappish and reindeer-oriented activities and organizations. Modern technology enables the livestock industry to produce more milk and meat/head. Early scientific training of personnel may bring about similar results. DLC. 93310 AAS, B. Ranunculus cymbalaria, en soleie på marsj. (Blyttia 1966. v.24, no.4, p.389-94, map, illus) Refs. In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: Ranunculus cymbalaria, a buttercup on the move. Discusses finds of this American halophyte in southern Scandinavia, and suggests that it may have come as seed in ships' waste. It is possible also that it may have been carried southward by the Labrador current then northeastward along the Gulf Stream. DLC. AASE, J.M., see No. 98825 93311 AASEN, O. and S. MYKLEVOLL. De vanligste boreale og sub-tropiske haiarter i Nord-Atlanteren. (Fiskets gang 1965. v.51, no.49, p.739-49, graphs) In Norwegian. Title tr.: The most common boreal and subtropical shark species in the North Atlantic. Describes and illus sharks which fishermen

may encounter in these waters. Included are Lamna nasuc lsurus oxyrinchus; Carharodon carcharias, Naples vulpinus, A. superciliosus. For each the identifying features: color, size, growth stages, life habit, and occurrence are noted. Later papers in the journal deal with shark species in other areas. DI.

ence 1961. v.15, no.1, p.137-43, table, illus) 10 refs. Presents data on collections of ascidians made in this north coast area. Eight species of the order Enterogona are described and details of anatomy and habitat are tabulated. DLC.

93312 ABAKUMOVA, N.B. Shchelochnye pegmatity Eletozerskogo massive gabbroidnykh i shchelochnykh porod. (Sovetskalå geologlih 1966, no.5, p.131-40, tables, illus) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Alkaline pegmatites of the Yeletozerskiy massif of gabbroid and alkaline rocks. Describes the geology and mineralogy of these pegmatites. Two types are distinguished according to mode of occurrence: one having veins and lenses in gabbro and spessartite, and the other pegmatites formed in nepheline syenites. DLC.

93316 ABDULLIN, R.A. and S.G. SARKISIAN. 0 treshchinovatosti mezozolskikh otlozheniT v Priural'skoT chasti Zapadno-SibirskoT nizmennosti. (Neftegazovatå geologhå i geofizika 1967, no.2, p.45-47, illus) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Fracturing of Mesozoic deposits in the Ural part of the West Siberian lowland. Reports a lithologic-petrographic study of Upper Jurassic deposits of the Shaim oilbearing region. Macro- and microfissures are analyzed. Their effect on the permeability of the reservoir rocks is discussed, the size of the fissures described and illus. The microfissures are usually filled with bituminous material. DLC.

93313 ABASHKINA, A.V. K voprosu sopostavlenåä vizeiskikh otlozhenil basse►na verkhneT Pechory, Donbassa i Podmoskovnogo basseina. (Izvestiia vysshikh uchebnykh zavedemT. Geologiih i razvedka 1966, no.5, p.24-32, table) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Correlation of Visean deposits of the upper Pechora basin, Donbass and Moscow basin. Reports a study of corals of gen Lithostrotion and Diphyphyllum in the Pechora basin. Visean deposits of the region are divided into three local series and the most characteristic coral species for each are given. A correlation is given of these corals with the Donets and Moscow basin, and the Lithostrotion fauna of the Pechora found the more diverse. DLC. 93314 ABATSKII, I.M. 0 roli erozionnykh proØsov pri of enke perspektiv boksitonosnosti iugo-zapadnoT chasti SibirskoT platformy. (Sibirski n: issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syr'ib. Trudy 1967, no.58, p.87-91, graph, table, map) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Role of erosion processes in appraisal of bauxite prospects in the southwestern part of the Siberian platform. The majority of bauxite manifestations of Mesozoic-Cenozoic age are relicts of erosiondenudation processes which took place in Neogene-Quaternary time. The character and intensity of erosion processes in the Podkamennaya Tunguska, Chadobets and other areas of the Siberian platform are analyzed and the results are utilized in appraising the bauxite prospects of the region. DLC. 93315 ABBOTT, D.P. The ascidians of Point Barrow, Alaska; part 1, suborder Phlebobranchia, Enterogona. (Pacific sci-

93317 ABEL, J.F., Jr. Under-ice mining techniques. Wilmette, Ill. 1961. 86 p. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Lab. Technical report 72) Methods of excavating in the Greenland Ice Cap, and the planning required, equipment employed, and problems encountered are described individually for each of five operating seasons (1955-59), and relative cost evaluations of the different methods are given. Three basic methods were used: hand-picking and manual haulage; explosives and manual haulage (drill-blast-muck cycle); and mechanized mining and haulage. Manual methods, which are of low capacity and limited to widths under 12 ft, are justified only when small openings are required, and in remote, inaccessible regions. The drill-blastmuck cycle of mining has a slightly higher capacity than manual methods, but requires power to operate the drills and to ventilate after blasting. Explosives can be used for room spans not exceeding 12 ft; when greater spans are excavated by blasting, the resulting roof is unstable. The machine method using mechanized coal mining equipment has the highest capacity and the lowest unit cost Openings with roof spans in excess of 36 ft have been made with coal mining machines without dangerous roof conditions developing. DLC. 93318 ABELE, C. Performance testing of an air cushion vehicle on the Greenland ice cap. Hanover, N.H. 1966. 19 p. graphs, tables, illus. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Lab. Special report no. 91) Refs. 3

Evaluates performance tests of the Bell Tri-Cell Plenum Air Cushion Vehicle on inland ice in the vicinity of Camp Tuto, Greenland. These indicated a 35 mph cruise speed over snow, a max speed of 42 mph, and ability to ascend a 6 to 10% slope against a 15-knot wind, to travel over soft snow drifts 30 in high and to cross 5 ft ditches. Downslope travel was most effectively achieved by a controlled yawing procedure, but better control during descent is highly desirable. The payload capacity of this model is 1000 lb excluding operator and fuel. The skirt lifting sideforce concept and the harrow disk attachment proved to be very effective for control and maneuverability of the vehicle. CaMAI, DLC, 93319 ABEL'S, R. G. Radius delstvilå Sverdlovskol magnitnol observatorii. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Ural'skiI filial. Inst. geofiziki. Trudy 1965, no.3, p.43-59, tables) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Radius of effectiveness of the Sverdlovsk Magnetic Observatory. The radius of effectiveness is defined as the max distance from a station to which the measurements of D (magnetic inclination) and H (magnetic horizontal component) obtained at the station can be transferred with some precision. The Sverdlovsk Observatory data on magnetic field activity, direction and distance for D, H, and D & H are presented in a table. DLC. 93320 ABEL'SKII, A.M. and G.A. DMITRIEVA. Geologicheskoe stroenie zony sochleneniiä Lenskogo i Leno-Anabarskogo kraevykh progibov po dannym selsmorazvedki. (Leningrad. N:Ø1. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'naii geologiiä 1967, no.10, p.53-64, graphs, maps) In Russian. Title tr. Geological structure of the joint zone of the Lena and Lena-Anabar downwarps according to seismic survey. Reports 1961-63 seismic investigations, interpreting the data and comparing them with structural geology data to get a better idea of the deep structure of southwestern part of Lena-Anabar trough. Structural plans of the D'yappal' and Kelimysr areas are clarified, and the greater thickness of Triassic and possibly Jurassic deposits noted. Thickness of the sedimentary cover and depths of the basement are determined. The new search for oil is discussed, stressing the need for deep drillings. DLC. 93321 ABLES, J.G. and others. The cosmic radiation anisotropy as a separable function of time and radiation. (Planetary and space science 1967. v.15, no.3, p.547-55, 4

graphs, table, illus) Refs. Russian summary. Other authors: E. Barouch and K.G. McCracken. Describes the method for displaying the data from the worldwide network of neutron monitors, incl Inuvik, Ft Churchill, Goose Bay, and other stations. The technique permits study of simultaneous changes in the isotropic and anisotropic components even when they are changing markedly over a time scale of less than one day. The manner in which the anisotropy varies as a function of time in response to solar-oriented disturbances of the interplanetary medium is discussed in particular. The anisotropy is depicted in a contour map showing the dependence of cosmic ray flux upon time and direction. DLC. ABOVSKII, V.P., see No. 101184 93322 ABRAHAM, G. and P.v.d. BURGH. Pneumatic reduction of salt intrusion through locks. (American Soc. of Civil Engineers. Hydraulics Div. Journal 1964. v.90, no.HY1, p.83-119, graphs, diagrs, 5 refs. illus) The intrusion of salt water through navigation locks can be reduced by releasing air bubbles from the bottom of the lock chamber. Theory and measurements made in difficult locks with depths of 5 m, 7112 m, and 10 m can be used to determine the required amount of air under variable operation conditions. The relationships in the hydrodynamics of bubble curtains suggested are used by S. Ince in A guide to the design of air bubblers 1964. DLC. 93322A ABRAHAMSSON, K.V. Arctic environmental changes. Washington, DC 1966. 79 p. maps, tables, illus. (Arctic Institute of North America. Research paper no. 39) 165 refs. Reports a Jun-Jul 1965 field study of environmental changes which occur during the winter-summer transition in the Mackenzie Delta and along the Beaufort Sea coasts of the Northwest Territories and Yukon Territory. Includes general descriptions of the physiography of the British and Richardson Mts, Arctic plateau and coastal plain, Old Crow area, Caribou and Hyndman Lake Hills, Anderson River uplands, the climate, spring moisture regime, snow cover, albedo, permafrost, structural soils, pingos and breakup of river, lake and sea ice. The descriptions are illustrated by 23 maps (appendix I) and 45 plates (append II) and 12 tables of average and extreme climatic data CaMAI. (append III). ABRAMOV, A.V., see No. 100212

93323 ABRAMOV, R.V. Mnogoletnie i sezonnye izmenenitå geograficheskogo polozheniia Islandskogo minimums atmosfernogo davlenii . (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Izvestna 1966. v.98, no.4, p.317-25, tables, graphs, map) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Long-term and seasonal changes in the geographic position of Icelandic low of atmospheric pressure. Reports study of the data of 1891-1962. Average monthly, yearly and year-to-year changes of the latitudes of this low are calculated, the data illus. Its most northerly position was 64.6° in 1901, the most southerly 60.4°N lat in 1956. DLC. ABRAMOV, R.V., see also No. 97818 ABRAMOVA, L.N., see No. 101003 ABRAMOVA, N.T., see No. 98161 93324 ABRAMOVA, Z.A. 0 lokal'nykh razlichiiakh paleoliticheskikh kul'tur Angary i Eniseia. (Sovetskaiå arkheologiia 1966. v.10, 15 refs. In Russian. no.3, p.9-16, illts) Title tr.: Local differences between the paleolithic cultures of the Angara and Yenisey basins. Compares the geology, ecological conditions, and location of late paleolithic sites, their use for habitation and/or workshop, quality and availability of stone and other material, typology and manufacture technique of tools, etc. A correlation of the Angara and Yenisey sites is attempted, Malta and Buret' the oldest. DLC. 93325 ABRAMOVA, Z.A. 0 vkladyshevykh orudiiåkh v paleolite Ensela. (Akademåå nauk SSSR. Institut arkheologii. Kratkie soobshchenii3 1967. no.111, p.12-18, Title tr.: Mus) 16 refs. In Russian. Paleolithic tools with side and end-blades on the Yenisey. Describes bone spearheads and cutting tools with inserted flint blades discovered in 1964 at Kokorevo and other late paleolithic sites on the upper Yenisey River. Similar implements were found on the upper Angara River at the post-paleolithic Verkholensk and the neolithic Kamennyy-Kezhemsk Island sites; none are known from the paleolithic Mal'ta and Buret'. DLC. 93326 ABRAMOVICH, B.M. Kratkü ocherk o fizicheskom razvitii naseleniiä Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. (Voprosy antropologii 1967. no.25, p.112-16) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Sketch of the physical development of the population of Siberia and the Far East. Surveys anthropometric data and physical

fitness of aborigines and immigrants based on selected 19-20th c data. Endemic diseases, such as goiter in the upper Lena region and TB, widespread among the Udigeets, Tungus, etc affect physical fitness. Regional climatic and geographic conditions, type of work, urban versus rural residence, also degree of ethnic mixing between aborigines and Russians are considered. Physical standards of metis tend to agree with Russian norms. DLC. 93327 ABRAMOVICH, D.I. K voprosu ob ispol'zovanii vod Obi. (!n: Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Novosibirskil otd. Vodnye resursy Zapadnoi Sibiri, Novosibirsk '1964, p.72-79, tables, graph, map) 12 refs. Title tr.: Utilization of the In Russian. waters of the Ob. Presents a map of the Ob River showing the projected hydroelectric stations and the existing ones. Construction of the Lower Ob hydroelectric station at Salekhard is discussed. Its potential effects on forests, meadows, climate and fish are briefly summarized. Upon review of all possible effects, author finds construction of such a station, with two million kw capacity desirable. DLC. ABRAMOVICH, I.I., see No. 97924 93327A ABUZIAROV, Z.K. Chislennyl prognoz polel vetra i volnenirä. (USSR. Gidrometeorologicheskil n: issl. isentr. Trudy 1967. no.8, p.92-106, graphs, maps, tables) Title tr.: Numerical 6 refs. In Russian. forecast of wind fields and waves. Develops the calculation method for forecasting wind and sea in the North Atlantic, using the EVM electronic computer. The calculation is carried out from the given atmospheric pressure at 99 points along a parallel from 80°W at 10° intervals and along a meridian from 70°N at 5° intervals. For calculation of the wind velocity and direction, 135 points are used with 5° intervals along both the parallel and the meridian. Algorithms are developed and applied to the solution of the problem. Results of experimental calculations are found satisfactory, but they can be improved by introducing the propagation of sea swell into the algorithm. DLC. 93328 ACKERMAN, R.E. Prehistoric art of the Western Eskimo. (Beaver 1967. v.298, no.2, p.67-71, illus) A short illus critique of sculpture unearthed from burial sites in western Alaska and Magadanskaya Oblast', USSR. CaMAI. 5

93329 ADAMS, G.W. and L.R. MEGILL. A two-ion D-region model for polar cap absorption events. (Planetary and space science 1967. v.15, no.7, p.11ll-30, graphs, table) Refs. Russian summary. Proposes the two-ion model of the chemistry of the lower ionosphere, capable of explaining D-region phenomena which the classical one-ion model fails to explain. The lower ionosphere phenomena during solar cosmic ray events are briefly described. This investigation aims to explain the chemistry of the lower atmosphere, which determines the lifetime of the free electrons, resulting from the ionization of neutral air molecules, and produces polar cap absorption (PCA) of radio waves, affecting the transmission of signals. The existence is postulated of a second negative ion, X-, formed by Oz +X -*X-+ 02 process with rateyr. The product•rx [X] is calculated as a function altitude from daytime PCA data, and the two-ion model is then applied to twilight and nighttime PCA conditions and to nighttime nuclear burst conditions. An agreement between theory and experiment is obtained for all conditions. The existence of the second negative ion seems therefore to be well supported, but the identity of X remains unknown. The two-ion model provides a method of interpolating results between the daytime and nighttime DLC. observations. 93330 ADAMS, W.P. and others. The bathymetry and ice cover of lakes in the Schefferville area. (In: McGill Univ. SubArctic Research Lab... Research paper no.21, 1966. p.201-212, table, illus) Refs. Other authors: J.B. Shaw and D.R. Archer. Presents preliminary survey data on the bathymetry, snow depth, ice thickness and hydrostatic water level of a group of 13 lakes in the vicinity of Schefferville, Quebec. Maps of 1964-65 parameters are presented for each CaMAI. lake. 93331 ADAMS, W.P. and J.B. SHAW. Improvements in the measurement of a lake-ice cover. (Journal of glaciology 1966. v.6, no.44, p.299-301, illus) Refs. French and German summary. Also McGill Univ. Sub-Arctic Research Lab. Research paper no. 21, p. 191-94. Describes, with diagram, a device used to measure the rates of accretion of black and white ice at Knob Lake, Canada. Its purpose is to avoid the necessity for repeated drilling. A method for measuring the hydrostatic water level is also described.CaMAI, DWB. 93332 ADAMS, W.P. and B.F. FINDLAY. Snow measurement in the vicinity of Knob Lake, central Labrador-Ungava, winter 6

1964-65. (In: McGill Univ. Sub-Arctic Research Lab... Research paper no.22, 1966. Refs. Prep.96-113, maps, tables, illus) sented at the Eastern Snow Conference, Hartford, Conn., Feb. 1966. Discusses problems of snowfall measurement as exemplified by investigations in this area 1964-65 (B.F. Findlay, qv). Serious under-recording of snowfall values by gages at regular meteorological stations indicates that extended snow surveys, incl white ice on lakes, are essential if accurate water equivalents are to be obtained. Tabulated data and maps of Knob Lake are used by way of illustration. Recommendations are made for improving snowfall observations in the CaMAI, DOS. area. 93333 ADAMS, W.P. and others. Snowfall and snowcover at Knob Lake, central Labrador-Ungava. (In: McGill Univ. SubArctic Research Lab... Research paper no.22, 1966. p.114-40, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. Other authors: W.R. Cowan, B.F. Findlay, J.S. Gardner and R.J. Rogerson. Reviews 1954-66 studies of snowfall and snowcover in this area. Snowiness is shown to be a particular feature of the climate of this area. The effect of exposure on snow depth is examined, and problems of measuring falling snow are discussed. Results of a catchment survey are presented, with particular emphasis on the need to take account of white ice on lakes. Time profiles of snow cover are presented monthly for three successive winters, 1963-66. Recommendations for improving both observational techniques and application of the data to hydrologic problems are made. CaMAI, DOS. 93334 ADAMS, W.P. The sodum dichromate dilution method of measuring stream discharge. (In: McGill Univ. SubArctic Research Lab... Research paper no.22, 1966. p.141-53, tables, illus) Refs. Describes a method of measurement of stream discharge used at Schefferville, Canada and elsewhere, the principal advantage of which is an accuracy greatly superior to that of conventional current meters. The method utilizes a sodium dichromate solution which is injected at constant rate into the stream and the degree of dilution is measured downstream by colorimeter. The equipment, of French design, is described and illus. The advantages and disadvantages of the method, based on its use in Labrador-Ungava, and its application to hydrologic studies in the CaMAI, DGS. sub-Arctic, are evaluated. 93335 ADAMS, W.P. and J.B. SHAW. Studies of ice cover on Knob Lake, New

Quebec. (Cahiers de g6ographie de Quebec. 1967. v.11, no.22, p.88.96, illus) Summarizes the results of ten years of observation and research into the growth of lake ice in the vicinity of Schefferville, Canada. Annual variations and important factors in the development of relative thicknesses of white and black ice are analyzed. Snow cover, wind and the number of freezing days each winter were all critical factors. Relevant parameters are graphed, and brief notes on the methodology of the study are included. A comprehensive bibliography of DLC. the data and reports is given. ADAMS, W.P., see also No. 94028 93336 ADELSTEIN, S.J. and others. Cell proliferation kinetics in the tongue and intestinal epithelia of hibernating dormice (Glis glis). Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1966. 15 p. tables, graphs, illus. (US. Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory. Technical report no. AAL-TR-65-16) 24 refs. Other authors: C.P. Lyman and R.C. O'Brien. Attempts to define the state of cellular division and to describe the dynamics of the cells' response to arousal in the hibernating dormouse, in view of the striking reduction in cellular proliferation during hibernation indicated for some mammalian species. DNA synthesis takes place at a very reduced rate then but the number of epithelial cells synthesizing DNA is the same in active and hibernating animals. Evidence indicates blocks to mitosis in both the post-synthesis gap and intermitotic phase of the cell divisional cycle. On arousal, mitoses flourish with the appearance of all mitotic figures, indicating that both blocks are relieved with a partial synchronization of the proliferating CaMAI. cells.

sidered parallel but widely separated in age. Time determinations in Fennoscandia can rely most safely on geologic dating. DLC. 93338 AFANAS'EV, A.P. Glinistye mineraly chetvertichnykh otlozheni nekotorykh raionov Kol'skogo poluostrova. (In: Akademirå nauk SSSR. Kol'skii filial. Chetvertichnye otlozheniii...1964, p.78-91, tables, graphs, illus) 14 refs. In Russian. TYtle Clay minerals of Quaternary deposits of some regions of Kola Peninsula. Reports study of samples from Umbozero and Imandra silts and from Khibiny and Luyavrurt moraines. The clay fraction is represented by hydromica, vermiculite and its mixed-layered formations; the admixtures are feldspars. In the clayey fraction of moraines of the Khibiny and Luyavrurt alkaline massif there are specific minerals, allophane, gibbsite, opal, formed by present weathering of nepheline. DLC.

ADIE, R.J., see No. 93591

93339 AFANAS'EV, A.P. and A.V. ATAMANOV. Kora vyvetrivanii`a na ul'traosnovnykh porodakh Kovdorskogo massiva i sviilzannoe s ne! mestorozhdenie vermikul 1967. no.8, p.3-17, lita. (Korn vyvetrivani Refs. In Russian. graphs, tables, illus) Tide tr.: The weathering crust on ultrabasic rocks of the Kovdor massif and associated vermiculite deposits. Describes this massif of southwest Kola Peninsula, consisting mostly of olivinites. Its structure, thickness and type of weathering crust are described, as are zones of disintegration, hydromica and clay. Mineral composition of the weathering crust is analyzed; the main minerals are hydrophlogopite, vermiculite, kolskite, sungulite, saponite and hydrochlorite. These are characterized, and the genesis of the vermiculite DLC. deposits is discussed.

93337 ÅYRÅPØ A. Den yngre stenålderns kronologi i Finland och Sverige. (Finskt museum 1955. v.62, p.5-52, illus). In Swedish. German summary Title tr.: Chronology of the younger stone age in Finland and Sweden. Discusses occurrences of ceramic cultures over a wide area of northwestern Europe and Russia and attempts to correlate a certain phase with the post-glacial rise of the land above sea level in Fennoscandia. Sauramo, using geologic data, equated the Littorina transgression to approx 2000 B. C. His chronologic system can be used from place to place to date later occurrences along shorelines. Other artifacts from the same locations are also described. The Vrå culture and the oldest ceramic culture in Finland are con-

93340 AFANAS'EV, A.P. Mineralogi dolednikovol kory vyvetrivaniiä Kol'skogo poluostrova i priurochennykh k nei mestorozhdenil vermikulita. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 172 p. maps, graphs, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Mineralogy of the preglacial weathering crust of Kola Peninsula and related vermiculite deposits. Monograph outlining the mineral composition and geochemical features of preglacial weathering in various rocks. Mineral indicators of age in weathering products are distinguished. A new type of sungulite weathering is described with which large vermiculite deposits are connected. Considerable attention is given to Kovdor and Vuoriyarvi vermiculite and hydrophlogopite deposits. Preglacial weathering products are 7

concluded to be prospective for vermiculite DLC. formation. 93341 AFANAS'EV, A.P. and V.V. KOLESNIKOVA. 0 gidroflogopite i vermikulite Kovdorskogo mestorozhdeniiii. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1967, no. 5, p.214-220, graphs, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr» Hydrophlogopite and vermiculite of the Kovdor deposits. Kovdor deposits of vermiculite and phlogopite are associated with the weathering crust of ultrabasic and alkaline rocks. These two minerals are described noting their chemical composition, physical properties and other features. Hydrophlogopite represents the first stage of the leaching and hydration of phlogopite. Three samples are described. Intensely hydrated phlogopite is similar in color and composition to vermiculite. Heat tests of phlogopite, hydrophlogopite and vermiculite are described. The occurrence of these minerals is described. Classification of hydrated micas of the Kovdor region is discussed. DLC. 93342 AFANAS'EV, A.P. and VIA. EVZEROV. 0 sostave pereotlozhennykh produktov vyvetrivaniri nefelinovykh sienitov. (In: Akademiii nauk SSSR. Kol'skil filial. Chetvertichnye otlozheniT... 1964, p. 92-95, graphs) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Composition of the redeposited weathering products of nepheline syenites. Reports a mineralogic and chemical study of clays of the Lovozero and Khibiny tundras. Their stratigraphic position and mode of occurrence are described. They are presumed to have been formed during the interstadial of the Valdai glaciation. They are apparently products of nepheline syenite weathering, and show that in the Quaternary weathering of nepheline syenites was very weak. DLC. 93343 AFANAS'EV, A.P. Obshchari osnova gidronimov na -iii, iug; -ug, eg; liga, -uga, -ega, iugan, -egan, to (Sovetskoe finno-ugrovedenie 1966. v.2, no.4, p.303-307, map, tables) 20 refs. In Russian. German summary. Title tr.: Common base of hydronyms ending in El, iug. ug, eg, ~uga, uga, ega, iugan, egan, and fl. Traces the migration routes and settlement pattern of Permiak, Zyryan, Lappish, Samoyed and other Finno-Ugrian tribes in the first and second millennia AD, on the basis of river names in northern European Russia. An older linguistic substrate linked to ancestral Ostyak and Vogul groups is identified by comparison with river name suffixes in the DLC. Khanty-Mansi National District. AFANAS'EV, A.P., see also No. 93695 8

93344 AFANAS'EV, B.L. 0 pereo[senke roti "barov" v obrazovanii ugol'nykh plastov Pechorskogo basserna. (Izvestüa vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenlf. Geologiri i razvedka 8 refs. In 1966, no.1, p.37-40, illus) Russian. Title tr.: Overestimation of the role of "bars" in formation of the coal seams of the Pechora basin. Disputes the lagoon-bar hypothesis in formation of coal seams in the Vorkuta basin: the marine horizons are not members of the coal cycle, and the position of the coal seams in the section and in the area does not DLC. support the lagoon-har hypothesis. 93345 AFANAS'EV, B.L. Sopostavlenie paleogeograficheskogo razvitii territorii Latvii i Komi ASSR v kalnozoe. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1967. v.22, ser.5: geog. no.1, p.58-63, tables, h us) 9 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: A comparison of the paleogeographic development of Latvia and Komi ASSR areas in the Cenozoic. Summarizes the main features of Cenozoic sections of each of these areas. The sections are similar in character and tectonic development. In both regions glacial and marine strata are deposited rhythmically on the bedrock surface. Transgressions and regressions are noted. DLC. AFANAS'EV, B.V., see No. 100639 93346 AFANAS'EV, G.D. and I.V. BORISEVICH. Proterozorskie ul'trabazitovye intruzii i slozhnost' interpretaisii dannykh po ikh absoh itnomu datirovanitü. (Akademiri nauk SSSR. Izvestiri 1966. ser. geol. no. 3, p. 3-15, tables, graphs) 16 refs. In Russian. Tide tr. Proterozoic ultrabasic intrusions and problems in determination of their absolute age. Also pub in Akademiri nauk SSSR. Komissiri po opredeleniiü absolrütnogo vozrasta geologicheskikh formafsit Trudy 1967. no 14, p 61-73. Reviews the ultrabasic intrusions of the Monche Tundra in Kola Peninsula. Use of the K-Ar method for determining the absolute these rocks is discussed and the age available data are critically examined, with conclusion that this particular method for ultrabasic rocks requires thorough reexamination and substantiation by geologic factors. The Monchegorsk petrographic complex is compared with Sudbury in Canada and Bushveld in South Africa. DLC.

o:

93347 AFANAS'EV, IU.T. and others. Perspektivy neftegazonosnosti triasovykh i iiirskikh otlozhenii Viliuiskol gemisineklizy i predverkhoihnskogo progiba. (Geologiii nefti i gaza 1966. v.10, no.10, p.21-25, map, illus) 11 refs. In Russian. Other authors:

E.A. Gaideburova and K.I. Mikulenko. Title tr.: Prospects for oil and gas in Triassic

AFANAS'EVA, L.I., see No. 99947

and Jurassic deposits of the Vilyuy hemisyneclise and the Verkhoyansk trough. The most favorable conditions for oil and gas accumulation are anticipated in clayeysandy marine and coastal-marine deposits of Lower Jurassic and Triassic age, because of their lithologic composition, paleogeographic and paleotectonic conditions, geochemical and bituminous characteristics. These deposits are described, and various structures are examined. The most prospective areas with Jurassic deposits are the Lindenskaya and Lunkhinskaya depressions. DLC.

93350 AFANAS'EVA, M.A. Monoklinnye pirokseny trappov Øntral'nol chasti Sibirskol platformy. (In: Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1967. v.151, Refs. In Rusp.107-115, graphs, tables) sian. Title tr.: Monoclinic pyroxenes of traps in the central part of the Siberian platform. These pyroxenes are divided into calciumsaturated and non-saturated ones. Their X-ray analyses are presented. The evolution of clinopyroxenes in the crystallization process of trap magma is described. In the Nizhnyaya Tunguska region, eight varieties are distinguished according to optical data. The presence of pyroxenes in the initial, middle and late stages of trap magma differentiation is characteristic of all complexes of trap DLC. formation.

93348 AFANAS'EV, P.IA. ValtntnyT isekh strany. (Dal'nil Vostok 1967. v.35, no.3, p.145-50, illus) In Russian. Title fr.: Currency plant of the country. Sketch of Magadan Province often called the currency plant because of its gold, tin, tungsten, etc resources. The bolshevist struggle for the area in the civil war period, the development of mining from primitive manual work to modern dredging, and the principal prospectors and organizers of the industry are outlined. The Province was set up in 1953. Mercury production began in 1967. The hunting and farming of fur bearers, fisheries, development of the town of Magadan, and improved living standards are noted, as is the rise of literary interests and publishing with 262 works produced since 1954. DLC. 93349 AFANAS'EV, P.S. Govor verkhoiånskikh Ibkutov. Yakutsk, IAkutskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1965. 176 p. tables. Approx. 60 refs. In Russian. Title tr. The Verkhoyansk Yakut dialect. Study based mainly on 1956 and 1959 fieldwork in the upper and middle Yana basin. Phonetic, lexic and morphological differences of the local speech from literary Yakut are discussed and a glossary of some 2,200 words appended. The history of the former Ust'-Yansk District and its peopling by Yakut clans from central Yakutia are sketched; tsarist colonialism is contrasted with Soviet administrative policy; regional ethnographic and folklorist studies since the 19th century are reviewed. Social, economic and cultural progress is depicted with data for the 1950's on ethnic composition of rural and urban areas, standard of education, health,

social and cultural facilities, etc. The Use Yansk District, consolidated into the Yansk District in 1964, had about 19,000 population in 1954, Intl about 7,900 Yakuts and 350 Tungus, mostly rural, and 9,000 Russians, mostly in workers' settlements; 1,055 of the Yakuts and 280 Russians lived in Verkhoyansk. DLC.

93351 AFANAS'EVA, M.A. and IÜ. G.

STARITSSII. Trappovye intruzii srednego techenii r. Moyero. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1967. v.112, p.183-97, maps, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. The trap intrusions of the middle Moyero River. Describes the dimensions, form and composition of these intrusions. Four types of intrusions are distinguished corresponding to four intrusive complexes: leucocratic amphibolized intrusion of normal series, normal series intrusions, intrusions with increased iron content, and those with increased alkaline content. Each type is described and illus. DLC. 93352 AFANAS'EVA, T.V. Ispol'zovanie aerometodov pri kartirovanii i issledovanii pochv. Moskva, Izd-vo Moskovskogo Univ. 1965. 158 p. tables, graphs, illus. Approx. 120 Title tr.: Utilization of refs. In Russian. aerial methods for mapping and investigation of soils. The first general part deals with methods and procedures in air photography and interpretation. The second special part deals with their application in soil studies, with one section p 83-89 on tundra and arctic soils, incl a classification. DLC. AFANAS'EVA, V.B. and N.P. 93353 ESAKOVA. 0 svia- zi peremeshcheniiä gra-

niisy snezhnogo pokrova s tipami isirkuh i ii G. IA. Vangengel:ma v vesenmi period. (Leningrad. Glavnaia geofizicheskatå observatoritå. Trudy 1965. no.168, p.45-48, tables, maps) 3 refs. In Russian. Title f. The relationship between the displacement of the snow-cover limit and the G. IA. Van9

gengeim types of circulation during the spring period. Investigates the form of the relationship and the influence of circulation factors on the subsequent shifting of snow-cover limit using the 108 ten-day maps of snow-cover distribution for Mar-May 1949-57. The years considered are divided into those of rapid displacement of the limit northward, and the slow displacement yr. Charts for the shift of the limit for the first decades of Mar, Apr, and May in 1949, and for the first decades of Apr 1957 and 1951 are given. The number of days with Vangengeim's circulation types W, E, C in the spring of 1951 are calculated, giving average days (%) 55 of circulation W, 19 of circulation E, and 26 of circulation C. For the years of 1949, 1952, 1954, 1955-57 with a slow spring shifting of snow line the days of W, E, and C types circulation were 18, 50, and 32% respectively. DLC. 93354 AFANAS'EVA, V.I. Korotkoperiodicheskie kolebanil magnitnogo poltå zemli. (Akademiiii nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskil komitet, III razdel programmy MGG: geomagnitnye issledovaniia Sbornik statel 1961. no.3, p.5-10, table, graphs) In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Short-period pulsations of the earth's magnetic field. Reports analysis of the pulsations from the data on geomagnetic and earth current variations recorded at 12 Soviet observatories, incl Tiksi Bay and Lovozero. Pulsations of 30-240 sec periods and of one or more gamma amplitude are analyzed for their distribution within 24 hr and by season. A correlation between the continuous pulsation type (pc) and critical frequencies of the F 2 ionospheric layer of 0.97 at equinox, 0.88 in winter, and 0.74 in summer is easily detected. Earth current variations at Lovozero and Shatsk are compared. The origin and variations of pc, and the train type pulsations (pt) are interpreted as being produced by "slow" corpuscular streams (pc), or ionospheric clouds, while pt are induced by the corpuscular streams precipitating in the polar latitudes. DLC. 93355 AFINOGENOV, P. Podgotovka shoferov na Kamchatke. (Avtomobil'nyi transport 1965. v.43, no.11, p.53) In Russian. Title tr.: Training drivers in Kamchatka. Notes the Petropavlovsk driver-training school. It has six classes on theory, and three on driving practice. The curriculum includes: the automobile, traffic safety, general electric technology, elevators and transportation equipment, metals, etc. DLC. 10

K probleme AFFfSKII, A.I. 93356 retskogo isrusa. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otdelenie. Severo-Vostochnyi kornpleksnyl nauchno-issledovatel'skii institut. Trudy 1967, no.30, p.55-68, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Rhaetic stage. Discusses the stratigraphic position and age of this stage attributed by some geologists to Jurassic by others to Triassic deposits. Attention is directed to the Rhaetic stage in the Northeast of the USSR. The sections of these deposits in the Viliga and Bol'shoy Anyuy River basins are examined in some detail and found to be of the Norian stage. The data indicate that it is impossible to separate the Rhaetic stage by paleontological or by stratigraphic signs. This crisis of the Rhaetic stage should be settled by a special international DGS. commission. 93357 AFITSKII, A.I. Pozdneinrskie (Painotseramidy s reki Bol'shoy Anmi'. leontologicheskil zhurnal 1967, no.3, Refs. In Russian. Title p.120-23, illus) tr.: Late Jurassic Inoceramidae from the Bol'shoy Anyuy River. Presents a systematic description of two new species of Inoceramus from the Callovian deposits of Chukotka: I. pseudolucifer and I. godunzowi; dimensions, comparison, geologic and geographic distribution, etc are given. DLC 93358 AFITSKII, A.I. Stratigraf it triasovykh otlozhenll basseina r. Bol'shoy Amül, pravyl pritok nizhnego techeniia r. Kolymy. (Akademiil nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.175, no.2, p.418-21) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of the Triassic deposits of the basin of the Bol'shoy Anyuy River, right tributary of the lower Kolyma River. Reports results of own 1958-64 field studies and literature research. Ladinian, Carnian, Norian and Rhaetic stages of Triassic deposits are described noting place of occurrence, lithologic properties and fauna. DLC. 93359 AFONINA, R.G. and IA. I. FEL'DMagnitna% aktivnost' v vySHTEIN. sokikh shirotakh severnogo polusharnå v period MGG. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiia 1967. v.7, no.2, p.373-76, graphs, illus) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Magnetic activity in high latitudes of the Northern Hemisphere during IGY. Analyzes the distribution of equivalent amplitudes of K indexes of geomagnetic activity, ft 7, used for disclosing the spatialtemporal regularities of K Data of 21 high latitude stations are used in the analysis of magnetograms. Latitude distribution of i r

for the planetary K = 3 index during winter and summer seasons is given in two pairs of diagrams, in geomagnetic coordinates, ø, and corrected geomagnetic coordinates ø' for each pair. A comparison of Ø and ø' effects on the distribution showed that the dispersion value decreases from 53 to 38 v in winter, and from S5 to 30 v in summer when 0' is used instead of (D. CaMAI, DLC. 93360 AFONSKAIA, M.O. Konferentsiiii po razvititü i razmeshcheniiii proizvoditel'nykh sil Komi ASSR. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Izvestüa, ser. geog. 1967, no. 1, p. 156-57) Title tr.: A In Russian. conference on development and distribution of the productive forces of Komi ASSR. Describes the 20-23 Sept 1966 conference in Syktyvkar, with about 400 participants and 85 papers delivered. It had sections on regional problems, fuel-energy, forestry and the wood industry, titanium and the chemical industry, construction and construction materials, agriculture and the food industry. Plans were drawn for next 15 yr. Some of the papers are briefly discussed, and problems are DLC. summarized. 93361 AFRAIMOVICH, E. B. and others. Srednie Sypolia po dannym za sentiåbr' 1958 g. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyi geofizicheskil komitet. Geomagnitnye issledovanitå Sbornik statel 1966. no.8, p. 31-51, tables, graphs, map) 11 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: A.D. Bazarzhanov, M. Mishin, E.I. Nemisova, N.K. Osipov, M.L. Platonov and V.D. Urbanovich. Title fr.: The mean Sq fields according to September 1958 data. Presents the results of spherical harmonic analysis of the quiet solar daily magnetic variation data recorded at 80 worldwidedistributed stations, incl Sitka, Srednikan, and Yakutsk. The results are presented in geomagnetic coordinates, separately for the American, European and Asiatic sectors. It was found that along with several new regularities disclosed, the external earth current systems of the three sectors are different by the position of the whirls, their values, and the relationship between intensities of the northern and southern whirls. The changes of zero isolines of the earth currents, and changes of Sq currents with UT were noted. DLC. AFREMOVA, R.A., see No. 99274 93362 AGADZHANIAN, A.K. and others. Rezul'taty paleogeograßcheskikh issledovami razreza Mamontova gory (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1967. v. 22, ser. 5: geog. no.6, p.86-89, illos) In Russian. Other

authors: V.I. Bardin, T.D. Bofirskatå, N.I. Glushankova and N.G. Sudakova. Title tr.: Results of paleogeographic investigations of Mamontova Mountain section. Reports a paleogeographic study of the Neogene-Pleistocene deposits of this mountain in the Lower Aldan valley of Yakutia. The deposits are described as to composition, thickness, vegetation, climatic changes, tectonic movements, and sedimentation conditions. DLC. AGAFONOV, A.A., see No. 97806 93363 AGAFONOV, N.A. Proekt blektrodvizheniia ledokola "Lenin" s atomnoi silovol ustanovkoi. (Nauchno-tekhnicheskoe o-vo sudostroitel'noi promyshlennosti. Trudy 1959. v.8, no.5 (31), p.81-93, table, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Electromotive icebreaker Lenin with an atomic installation. Presents detailed information on the propulsion mechanism, general specifications of the ship, and data on the electric propeller motor. The main electric current contour, and excitation and control of the electromotive propulsion system are given in the text, accompanied by a draft of the contour. Discusses measures of protection of the electric propulsion system against shorts in the main line due to overloading and other causes. With a practically unlimited energy supply, this icebreaker can operate in the extreme north latitudes, and extend the navigation season in the Arctic. DLC. 93364 AGALAKOV, V.S. Kharakteristika atmosfernykh proisessov nad akvatorii`anti dal'nevostochnykh morel i prilegantshchimi k nim ralonami Aziatskogo materika. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1967, no.5, p.95-102, tables, map) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Characteristics of atmospheric processes over water areas of the Far Eastern Seas and adjacent regions of Asiatic continent. Analyzes cyclonic and anticyclonic activity east of 120°E incl Kamchatka, Magadan Province and the Okhotsk and Bering Seas. The seasonal variation of cyclones and anticyclones is outlined. Cyclonic activity proceeds from Okhotsk Sea, Kamchatka, Bering Sea and the northern part of the Pacific throughout the year into the zone of DLC. the arctic and polar fronts. 93365 AGALAKOV, V.S. Snegos"emka na severnom sklone Kltnchevskol gruppy vulkanov. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1967, no.5, p.185-87, table) In Russian. Tide tr.: Snow survey on the north slope of the Klyuchevskaya group of volcanoes. Reports on measurements made 27 Mar-3 11

Apr 1967 of the thickness and density of the snow cover at 30-2300 m alt. Max thickness is at 1600-1800 m alt reaching 245 cm; density min is in the 300-500 m with a max at 30 m and another at 1000 m alt, beyond which no density measurements were made. DLC. 93366 AGAPOVA, V. Kurorty Kamchatki. (Okhrana truda i soisial'noe strakhovanie 1967. v.10, no.12, p.20-21, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Resorts of Kamchatka. Describes Nachiki, a sanitarium near Plotnikova River, 90 km northwest of Petropavlovsk-Kamchatskiy. Its mineral waters 85°C, contain silicon acid and are used for treatment of radiculitis, rheumatism, psoriasis, and gynecological diseases. The sanitarium can accommodate over 100 patients; additional buildings are under construction. The Paratunka spa with its hot water swimming pool and the Malkinskiye mineral springs with year-round bathing facilities are noted. Near the latter, mineral springs of the Essentuki type have been discovered recently. DLC. 93367 AGARWAL, R.G. Regional correlation of geological and geophysical data in the Lake Athabasca area, northern Saskatchewan. Regina 1962. 4 p. maps. (Saskatchewan. Department of Mineral Resources. Report ro. 75) 40 refs. Presents colored, total intensity aeromagnetic and geologic maps of the area, at scale 1:253,440, with explanatory notes. Three major regional magnetic trends are indicated, striking northeast, representing major zones of weakness and related to extensive intrusive bodies which locally contain more basic minerals. There is good correlation of magnetic data with fault systems. A bibliography lists 20 maps and 20 reports of surveys in the map area. DGS.

Akademiis nauk SSSR. Nauchnyl sovet po rudoobrazovanim. Geologiiä rossypel 1965. In Russian. Title tr.: Some p.142-43) regularities in gold placer distribution in the upper reaches of the Kolyma and Indigirka. Summarizes the geologic structure of the region in which the original sources of gold placers are attributed to gold-quartz formation. Elevated old river nets, flat watersheds, gentle slopes, high terraces and saddles are suggested for placer search. DLC. 93370 AGER, B.H. Snow cover properties and winter climate in north Sweden. (In: Intl. Conf. on Low Temp Science; Physics of snow and ice ... 1967, v.1, pt.2, p.1029-36, map, tables, illus) 9 refs. Presents data on frequency distribution of grain size and density for different snow types, snow-type distribution, air temperature, precipitation and snow depth for three forested areas north of 64°N latitude in Sweden. The hardness of snow is discussed. Most of the observations were made in connection with field tests since 1946 by forest research organizations in cooperation with the Swedish Army. DOS. AGID, R., see No. 93532 93371 AGRANAT, G.A. Zarubezhnyl opyt osvoeniia Severa. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Izvestitå, ser. geog. 1967, no.3, Refs. In Russian. p.60-71) Title tr.: Foreign methods of economic development of the North. Mining in Alaska and Northern Canada increases steadily. Private investment and state subsidies are discussed. The structure of the economy is compared with that of the Soviet North. The development of mining, electric power, transportation in the North American North is reviewed with emphasis DLC. on the technology.

AGARWAL, S.P., see No. 94677 93368 AGATEP, C.P. Holothurians of the genera Elpidia and Kolga from the Canadian Basin of the Arctic Ocean. (Southern California Academy of Sciences. Bulletin 1967. v. 66, no. 2, p. 135-41, illus) Refs. Describes two species of elasipodid holothurians, Elpidia glacialis glacialis and Kolga hyalina, specimens of which were collected by Menzies trawl from drifting station Arlis II. Drawings and taxonomic notes are included. DGS. 93369 AGEIKIN, A.S. Nekotorye zakonomernosti razmeshcheniiii rossypel zolota verkhov'ev rek Kolymy i Indigirki. (In: 12

93372 AGTERBERG, F.P. and others. Paleocurrent trend analysis of a delta in the Bjorne Formation (Lower Triassic) of northwestern Melville Island, Arctic Archipelago. (Journal of sedimentary petrology 1967. v.37, no.3, p.852-62, map illus) 21 refs. Other authors: L. V. Hills and H.P. Trettin. The Bjome Formation represents an early Triassic marginal facies of the Sverdrup Basin, Canadian Arctic Archipelago. On northwestern Melville Island, the formation forms a prograding fan-shaped delta characterized by concentric lithofacies. The dip azimuths of planar foresets and the axes of spoonshaped troughs constitute paleocurrent indicators in 59 localities. Analysis of paleocurrent trends by the method of least squares is applied to

local averages for the combined features. The paleocurrent trends are evaluated for the linear polynomial equation and a graphical method is presented which can be extended to the cases of higher order polynomial equations. DGS. 93373 AGTERBERG, F.P. The use of multivariate Markov schemes in petrology. (Journal of geology 1966. v.74, no.5, pt.2, p.764-85, tables, illus) 21 refs. The Markov scheme is a relatively simple type of statistical model which may be used to represent the structure of a multivariate series. The method is here applied to two series of major oxide data from the basaltic rocks of the Yellowknife volcanic belt, Mackenzie District. The trend factor describes a periodical curve which suggests some long-period fluctuations in chemical composition of the basaltic magma. DGS. 93374 AHRNSBRAK, W.F. Summertime radiation balance and energy budget of the Canadian tundra. Madison, Wis. 1968. 50 p. graphs, maps, tables. (Wisconsin Univ. Dept. of Meteorology. Technical report no. 37) Refs. Presents results of micrometeorologic studies at three sites in Keewatin District: Pelly Lake, Snowbunting Lake and Curtis Lake. These are used to compute the radiation balance and energy budget at the surface in the Canadian tundra. Values of net radiation are 60% to 90% higher than those given elsewhere. The data show that in summer net radiation is nearly balanced by sensible heat transfer. Latitudinal and seasonal differences account for most of the variation observed. Comparisons are made with studies by others at Barrow, Alaska and Resolute Bay, Franklin Dist. CaMAI. 93375 ANTI, T. and others. Dicranum leioneuron Kindb_ new to the British Isles and Labrador, with a description of the sporophyte. (Bryologist 1965. v.68, no.2, p.197-201) 6 refs. Other authors: P. Isoviita and W.S.G. Maas. This little known moss is reported as new to these regions. In Labrador it is fairly common in ombrotrophic bogs along the coast. Finds from Norway and Finland are DSI. also listed. 93376 ANTI, T. Parmelia olivacea and the allied non-isidiate and non-sorediate corticolous lichens in the northern hemisphere. Helsinki 1966. 68 p. maps, illus. (Acta botanica Fennica no.70) 159 refs. Describes taxonomy, distribution and habitats of nine species of these lichens. Among them Parmelia olivacea is essentially boreal

although incompletely circumpolar as it does not occur in the interior of N America. Parmelia septentrionalis is also boreal but completely circumpolar. In east Asia and Alaska a distinct variety, P. olivacea f. albopunctata is provisionally recognized. Parmelia trabeculata is believed to have a boreal range from Alaska to Newfoundland. CaMAI, DLC. 93377 AIDLA, T.A. Issledovanie metoda predpostroechnogo ottaivaniia. (Magadan. Vses. n.-issl. inst. zolota i redkikh metallov. Sbornik referatov 1961 pub. 1962, p.34-37) In Russian. Title tr.: Investigation of a preconstruction thawing method. Describes briefly the geology of the soil in the Myaundzha village area near Magadan where a four-story building is planned, and discusses a progressive application of the hydraulic method of thawing the ground based on preconstruction thawing experiments made in 1960 and 1961 and observations during the construction of a four-story building. 60 well-points were sunk into the 40.5x18.5m2 area with an average water consumption of 0.38 1/sec per wellpoint. The gravel-pebble ground was found to have a self-packing effect in thawing, and ground treated by the hydraulic method is easier to drain. If preconstruction thawing is done, any substructure should be completed before ground freezing. Excavation for foundations in thawing ground can be done with mechanized equipment. Preconstruction thawing leads to lower construction costs. DLC. Bone tools and 93378 AIGNER, J.S. decorative motifs from Chaluka, Umnak Island. (In: Laughlin, W.S. and W.G. Reeder. Studies in Aleutian-Kodiak prehistory... Arctic anthropology 1966. v.3, no.2, p.57-83, tables, illus) 14 refs. Studies type and style of bone artifacts based on 1962 fieldwork at this stratified site on Umnak Creek near Nikolski village. Four cultural horizons are identified and changes in ecology and economy inferred from fluctuation in the number of specialized tools: increase of fur seal and decrease of sea otter between the two lower horizons, dated to 1700-1300 BC and 1200-1100 BC respectively; increase in fish and seal with further decrease in sea otter at the cultural level of 1100-700 BC; an about equal frequency of pinnipeds and sea otter and increased dependence on fish in the upper horizon, 500 AD to the 18th c. Analysis of ornamentation shows Aleut characteristics since the earliest time, differing from styles on Kodiak and DSI. Alaska Peninsula. 13

AIGNER, J.S., see also No. 97370 AIGNER, P., see No. 94209, 99400 AINBINDER, A.B., see No. 100296 AIRIIIANTS, A.S., see No. 93670 AITKENS, D.S.W., see No. 99655 93379 AJO. Svensk-Finsk Dekka-kjede innviet. (Sjømann 1962. v.15, no.10, p.5-7, map) In Norwegian. Title fr.: The Swedish-Finnish Decca network inaugurated. Describes the chain of radio stations put into service in 1961 over the Gulf of Bothnia and used in the navigation service. More than 600 trading and fishing craft of Swedish registry are equipped for guidance by Decca service. The power sources, beam length and operation, station composition, interstation distances, etc are briefly discussed, as is the system by which a ship's position is determined. The northernmost station is near Kallax in Norrland county, Sweden. DLC. 93380 AKADEMIA NAUK SSSR. Obsuzhdenie dei'atel'nosti Kol'skogo filiala. (Its.• Vestnik. v.36, 1966, no.6, p.18-21) In Russian. Title tr.: Discussion of the activities of Kola Branch. The Academy of Sciences' Kola Branch founded in 1949, had five research institutes and the Polar-Alpine Garden in 1966. E.K. Kozlov's report on its activities covers the study and development of mineral resources and problems of technology, vegetation resources, marine biology of Kola Peninsula waters, investigation of the earth's crust and polar ionosphere. DLC. 93381 AKADEMIJA NAUK SSSR. Vladimir Afanas'evich Obruchev. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1965. 231 p. illus. In Russian. (Materialy k biobibliografii uchenykh SSSR. Send geol. nauk no.20) A.N. Churakova and others, eds. Title tr. Vladimir Afanas . evich Obruchev. Tribute to this noted geologist and investigator of Siberia and other areas of the USSR, with a chronology of his life and activities, and a short outline of his scientific work. The literature concerning his life and work is listed p 25-63. A list of geographic and geologic names (about 20) given in his honor are listed, as are those of fauna and flora. An exhaustive bibliography of his publications is the main part of this work, incl both a chronology of them and an alphabetic list. DLC. 14

93382 AKADEMIIA NAUK SSSR. lAkutskü filiaL Institut blologii. Pozvonochnye zhivotnye I:Akutii, materialy po 6kologii i chislennosti. Yakutsk, IAkutskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1964. 132 p. tables, graphs, map, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Vertebrates of Yakutia; materials on their ecology and population size. Presents 14 papers dealing with mammals, fishes and birds, also their helminths. Southern, central and northern Yakutia are covered. The papers including fauna distributed in northerly regions are abstracted under their author's names viz (titles tr): TAVROVSKII, V.A. Quantitative calculation of sables. EGOROV, O.V., and M.V. POPOV. Aerovisual count of wild ungulates. KONECHNYKH, G.K., and others. Counting elk and roe deer from the air. EGOROV, O.V., and IU. V. LABUTIN. Food of large mammalian predators. PERFIL'EV, V.I. On the fall migration of birds. LEPESHKIN, D.A. Distribution of fishes in the Vilyuy. LEPESHKIN, D.A. Formation of fish fauna in the Vilyuy. KIRILLOV, F.N. Fish species of the Aldan. POPOV, M.V., and V.L. KONTRIMAVICHUS. Characteristics of helminths in the snow-hare. GUBANOV, N.M., and others, Dynamics of helminths of Citellus undulatus. GUBANOV, N.M., and IiJ.L. MAMAEV. Hehninth fauna of birds. DLC.

93383 AKADEMIIA NAUK SSSR. lAkutskiv filial Institut geologiL Geologiia i petrologiiå dokembriiä Aldanskogo shchita. V.I. Ki[sul, ed. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 319 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geology and petrology of the Precambrian of the Aldan shield. Presents 22 papers on the lower Precambrian describing the metamorphic and metasomatic formations of this shield. Though some of the papers deal with upper Aldan basin areas, all of them are briefly summarized under their authors' names, viz: V.G. Betluzhskikh and others, A.R. Entin, R.I. Grishk►an. L.I. loffe, V.I. Kiriul (4 papers), V.I. Kitsul and K.A. Lazebnik, V.I. Kit'sul and others, P.A. Kopylov, V.A. Kudravtts ev, K.A. Lazebnik (2 papers), E.P. Maksimov and A.N. Ugri`umov, E.P. Mironiuk, S.P. Murzaev, A.F. Petrov, B.G. Lutis, A.V. Saviiskii and E.I. Shteller, N.I. Verevkin and others, and A.N. Zedgenizov. DLC.

AKADEMIA NAUK SSSR. InIstoricheskil fol'klor evenkov; skazanira i predannå Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 399 p. map, illus. Refs. In Russian and Tungus. Compiled by G.M. Vasilevich. Title tr.: Evenki historic folklore; tales and legends. Collection of over seventy Tungus heroic tales and tribal legends recorded, 1935-60, in vernacular, translated into Russian and annotated by the compiler. The subject matter, historic and ethnologic value, style, etc are discussed and major folkloristic studies reviewed in the preface. Tunes and musical intermezzi of the Kodakchon epos are dealt with by H.M. Dobrovol'sklI, p 384-86. Five sample scores and an index of geographical, tribal, clan, and personal names are appended. DLC. 93384

stitut etnografii

93385 AKADEMIIA NAUK SSSR. InNastoi'ashchee i proshloe magnitnogo pole Zemli. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1965. 320 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr. The present and past of the earth's magnetic field. Presents some 58 papers dealing with geomagnetic research in recent years. Eight pertinent to the Arctic are described in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: A.S. Bol'shakov and IU. P. Skovorodkin, F.S. Feinberg and E. N. Lind, V. B. Grendo, T.I. Lin'kova, B.M. Matveev, D.M. Pecherskil, I.M. Pudovkin and others, and E.N. Sidorova. DLC.

stitut fiziki Zemli.

93386 AKADEMIIA NAUK SSSR. InMaterialy gltåtsiologicheskikh issledovanil; Novara Zemlrå: temperaturn snega, fima i l'da; vyp. 1: statsionamye nablifidenina na stani ii Ledorazdel'nari. Moskva 1964. 109 p. tables. In Russian. English summary. I.F. Khmelevskoi, comp. Title tr.: Data on glaciological investigations; Novaya Zemlya: temperature of snow, fim and ice, no.1: observations at the Ledorazdel'naya station. Contains tabulated results of observations made 19 Jan 1958 - 28 Feb 1959 on this station at 795 in absolute height on the glacial shield of the Northern Island of Novaya Zemlya between Russkaya Gavan' and Blagopoluchiya Bay. Temperature of the snowfirn-ice station was measured at various levels in a drillhole to 15 m depth except during 21 Sept - 10 Nov 1958. The routine temperature recordings and monthly averages are also given in tables. DLC.

stitut geografri.

93387 AKADEMIIA NAUK SSSR. Institut geografi. Materialy gliatsiologicheskikh issledovanii; Novara Zemltä: temperatura snega, fima i l'da; vyp. 2: staüionarnye

nabliüdeniii na stanüii Bar'er Somnenil i marshrutnye issledovaniiä. Moskva 1963. 92 p. tables, maps. In Russian. English summary. I.F. Khmelevskoi, comp. Title tr.: Data on the glaciological investigations, Novaya Zemlya temperature of snow, firn and ice; no.2, observations at the Bar'yer Somneniy station and en route. Contains tabulated 1957-59 observations on Shokal'skiy Glacier in the Russkaya Gavan' area of the Northern Island of Novaya Zemlya. Methods of observation and instrumentation are stated. Ice temperature was measured from the surface to 30 m depth. DLC. 93388 AKADEMIfA NAUK SSSR. Institut geagrafi. Nakoplenie veshchestva v ozerakh. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1964. 192 p. maps, illus. Refs. L.L. Rossolimo, ed In Title tr.: The accumulation of Russian. material in lakes. Contains eight papers of which six are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz (titles tr): FEDOROVA, E.I. Iron accumulation in lakes within limits of the Baltic crystalline shield. FEDOROVA, E.I_Iron ore lakes of Kola. MIRONOVA, N.IA. Summer temperature regime of Kola Peninsula lakes. MIRONOVA, N.IA. and L. L. ROSSOLIMO. Accumulation of glacial erosion products in lakes of the Polar Ural. MIRONOVA, N.IA. and T. N. POKROVSKAIA. Limnological characteristics of some lakes of the Polar Ural. POKROVSKAIA, T.N.. Phytoplankton photosynthesis of lakes of the Polar Ural. DLC. 93389 AKADEMIIA NAUK SSSR. Institut geografi. Sever Evropelskol chasti SSSR. G.D. Rikhter, ea Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 452 p. maps, tables, graphs, illus. In Russian. Over 500 refs. Title tr.: Northern European USSR. Comprehensive outline by 16 specialists of the natural conditions and resources of the area comprising the Leningrad economic region, Karelian and Komi ASSR, Murmansk, Arkhangel'sk and Vologda Provinces. The character of the area as a whole, p 21-288, is depicted by describing its relief, geologic structure, climate, and permafrost; its waters incl seas, rivers, lakes, groundwater, water balance, and development of the water resources; its soils, vegetation, incl tundras, forests, meadows, bogs, and the wildlife. The regional discussion, p 291-422, includes sections on zoning, and the natural resources of Murmansk and Arkhangel'sk Provinces and Karelian and Komi ASSR, their development 15

in power engineering, mining, lumbering, fisheries, etc. Plant (Russian and Latin names) and place name indexes are appended. DLC. 93390 AKADEMIIA NAUK SSSR. Institut iazykoznanü. IAzyki narodov SSSR. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966-1968. 5v. 659, 531, 464, 712, 524 p. tables. Refs. In Russian. Title tr Languages of the peoples of the USSR. Collection of papers on the 127 languages spoken in European and Asiatic Russia: v 1, Indoeuropean; v 2, Turkic, incl Yakut; v 3, Finno-Ugric and Samoyed; v 4, Ibero-Caucasian; and v 5, Mongolian, Tungus-Manchu, and Paleosiberian languages. An introduction and a concluding essay by IÜ.D. Desheriev deal with general linguistic problems incl languages of northern minorities. The introduction, v 1, p 9-30, includes statistical data on ethnic groups based on the 1959 census, criteria in the selection of dialects for use as literary language, adaptation of the Cyrillic alphabet to different phonological systems, formulation of orthography rules, development of new terminology, etc. His concluding paper, v 5, p 508-519, discusses modern trends: the creation of written literary languages accelerates extinction of dialects, socio-economic closeness of ethnic groups favors absorption of minor languages by the language of the dominant group, etc. The influence of Russian is felt primarily in vocabulary, also phonology and semantic structure, while morphology and syntax have remained virtually untouched. Russian, in turn, is being enriched by loan words from local occupational and toponymical terminology. Thirty-five papers on northern languages are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names viz: V.A. Avrorin, V.A. Avrorin and E.P. Lebedeva, G.M. Kert, V.D. Kolesnikova and O.A. Konstantinova, O.A. Konstantinova, E.A. Krelnovich (2 papers), V.I. Lytkin (2 papers), K.E. Maltinskalä (2 papers), G.A. Menovshchikov (3 papers), K.A. Novikova, V.Z. Panfilov, T.I. Petrova, E.D. Prokofeva, E.I. Rombandeeva, P.IA. Skorik (4 papers), O.P. Sunik (3 papers), N.M. Tereshchenko (4 papers), N.I. Tereshkin, E.I. Ubn itova, A.P. Volodin and A.N. Zhukova, and A.N. Zhukova (2 papers) qqv. DLC. 93391 AKADEMIÜ NAUK SSSR. Institut razykoznanüa Morfologicheskatä tipologilä i problema klassifikatsii tåzykov. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1965. 303 p. tables. Refs. In Russian. Tyde Ir» Morphological types and problems of language classification. Collection of 32 papers incl ten on northern languages abstracted under their 16

authors' names, viz: N.M. Emelianova, P.1. Inenlikei, E.A. Krelnovich, G.A. Menovshchikov, V.V. Senkevich-Gudkova, P.IA. Skorik, N.M. Tereshchenko, V.I. TSintsius, A.P. Volodin, and A.N. Zhukova, qqv. Three general papers on the Causes of stability of agglutinative languages by B.A. Serebrennikov, p 7-26, Typology of agglutinative languages by O.P. Sunik, p 26-64, and Agglutination and incorporation by I.I. Meshchaninov, p 245-46, include comparative material on Finno-Ugric, Tungus, and Paleosiberian languages. DLC. 93392 AKADEMIIÅ NAUK SSSR. Institut russkogo iazyka. Slovari, izdannye v SSSR: bibliograficheskil ukazatel', 1918-1962. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 232 p. Refs. In Russian. title tr.: Dictionaries published in the USSR: bibliographic guide, 1918-1962. Lists about 4000 dictionaries and glossaries arranged by language and subject specialization, incl 125 in northern languages, viz: twenty-eight Zyryan, ten Vogul and five Ostyak, twelve Samoyed, thirty-three Yakut incl a Russian-Yakut-English and a RussianYakut-German pub in 1960, twenty-six Tungus, nine Gold and one Gilyak, five Koryak, seven Chukchi, six Asiatic Eskimo, one Yukaghir and two Lappish: a physical geography glossary and a dictionary of geographic names in the Lovozero Tundras, Kola Peninsula. DLC. 93393 AKADEMIIA NAUK SSSR. Kol= Chetvertichnye otlozheniib i ski! filial. gruntovye vody Kol'skogo poluostrova. Leningrad, Izd-vo Nauka 1964. 148 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Quaternary deposits and ground waters in Kola Peninsula. Contains 15 papers, all abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz (short titles tr): AFANAS'EV, A.P. Clay minerals. AFANAS'EV, A.P. and V. IA. EVZEROV. Composition of redeposited weathering products of nepheline syenites. ANTONOV, A.A. Chemical composition of the waters in Panskaya gabbro-norite massif. ANTONOV, A.A. and M.D. MALYSHEV. Winter manifestation of groundwater. ARMAND, A.D. and others. Last glaciation. ARMAND, A.D. and others. Late glacial marine deposits Imandra. EGOROVA, I.A. and R.M. LEBEDEVA. Interstadial deposits. EVZEROV, V.IA. Lithologic features and rhythmic structure. GARIFULIN, L.L. Rock streams.

GRAVE, M.K. and V.IÅ. EVZEROV. Relief and unconsolidated deposits Lovozero. KLIMOCHKIN, V.V. and LF. KLIMOCHKINA. Groundwater in northern Khibiny. LEBEDEVA, R.M. Vegetation development Tuloma. MAKIEVSKII, S.I. and A.A. NIKONOV. Relief and geologic structure. MALYSHEV, M.D. and A.A. ANTONOV. Hydrogeologic regions Khibiny massif. NIKONOV, A.A. Late Quaternary movements of the earth's crust. DLC.

ALEKHICHEV, S.P. and others. Dust control. ANISTRATOV, IÜ.I. Transport of snowy ore in slide chutes. BARON, L.I. and A.V. KLIUCHNIKOV. Efficiency of smooth blasting. BARON, L.I. and G.N. SIROTILJK. Gradient of consumption of explosives. BARON, L.I. and others. Smooth blasting. BUSYREV, V.M. and L.V. SHEVELEV. Effects of mining processes on mica extraction. BUSYREV, V.M. and others. Mining mica

deposits. Kolskit filiaL Formirovanie rel'efa i chetvertichnykh otlozhenll Kol'skogo poluostrova. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 133 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Relief formation and Quaternary deposits of Kola Peninsula. M.K. Grave and A.D. Armand, eds. Contains 11 papers, all abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: A.D. Armand and M.K. Grave, A.D. Armand and R.M. Lebedeva, A.D. Armand and others, I.V. Bussen and E.I. Uspenskai., V.IA. Evzerov, L.M. Grave, M.K. Grave and S.I. Makievsk7, L.A. Kirichenko, B.I. Koshechkin and others, M.T. Kozlov, and L.IA. Samsonova. DLC. 93394 AKADEMIIÅ NAUK SSSR.

Kol= skit filiaL Metallurgicheskie shlaki Monchi i Pechengi, kompleksnye issledovania novogo mineral'nogo syr'iå. D.D. Tenner, ed Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1965. 203 p. graphs, tables, illus. In Russian. Tide tr.: Metallur93395 AKADEMIIA NAUK SSSR.

gical slag from Monche and Pechenga; investigations into a new mineral resource.

Contains seven papers on various types of slags, all of which are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: LA. Gudovich and O.M. Timoshenko, L.A. Gudovich and others, B.I. Gurevich and A.P. Zosin, IU.K. Mitiünin and V.M. Gorinov, A.A. Postnikov, and E.E. Rossinski and B.A. Banesev (2 papers). DLC 93396 AKADEMIIA NAUK SSSR. Kol= skit filiaL Tekhnologiia razrabotki rudnykh mestorozhdenii Zapoliaria. Leningrad, Izd-vo Nauka 1964. 222 p. tables, graphs, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Mining technology in polar regions. Presents 33 papers, all abstracted in this Bibliography under their author's names, viz (titles tr.): ALEKHICHEV, S.P. and G.V. KALABIN. Pneumatic screens to control air leakage. ALEKHICHEV, S.P. and L.A. PUCHKOV. Ventilation of raises.

FADEEV, A.B. Forming fracture by a blast. IL'IN, S.A. Roadway system on benches. KHANUKAEV, A.N. Delayed-action blasting. KHANUKAEV, A.N. and L.K. SAVRASOV. Mechanism of an isolated stroke of a steel drill on rocks. KHANUKAEV, A.N. and others. Action of cumulative charges in secondary breaking. KLIUCHNIKOV, A.V. Smooth blasting at

Nittis-Kumuzh'ye. LOMONOSOV, G.G. Water-blasting. PUCHKOV, L.A. and S.P. ALEKHICHEV. Aerodynamic characteristics of a porous medium zone of caving. ROZINOER, B.L. Breaking out ore with rising boreholes. ROZINOER, B.L. and others. Evaluation

of the crushing quality of ore. RZHEVSKII, V.V. Trends in open-pit mining. SHASHMURIN, IU.A. and V.D. LUKOVSKII. Analytic method of determining the porosity of a mixture. SHASHMURIN, IU.A. and V.D. LUKOVSKII. Determining the configuration of leaks. SHASHMURIN, IU.A. and V.D. LUKOVSKII. Photoplanimetric method in determining cross-sections of mine workings. SHIMAN, M.1. Effect of uneven chute draw. SIGACHEV, A.E. and A.B. FADEEV.

Using combined charges in ... a pit. TURCHANINOV, I.A. Stability of exposures in mine excavations. TURCHANINOV, I.A. and E.V. KASPAR'IAN. Regularities of fissured tectonics... and effects on rock pressure phenomena.

TURCHANINOV, I.A. and V.I. PANIN. Physical and mechanical properties of country rocks. TURCHANINOV, I.A. and others. Deformations of vertical shafts in rock. TURCHANINOV, LA. and others. Rock pressure in Rasvumchorr apatite mine workings. VASSERMAN, A.D. and A.V. STEKH17

NOVSKII. Ventilation of secondary breaking horizons. VASSERMAN, A.D. and S.P. ALEKHICHEV. Effect of the cage position in the shaft upon the air distribution in the mine. VORONKOV, N.A. Underground ore DLC. mining. 93397 AKADEMIIÅ NAUK SSSR. Kol= ski! filial Geologicheskl! institut. Shchelochnye porody Kol'skogo poluostrova. Moskva, Nauka 1966. 113 p. graphs, maps, tables, Mus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Alkalic rocks of the Kola Peninsula. Presents eleven papers, six of which are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: I.D. Batieva, A.V. Galakhov, E.A. Kamenev, L.V. Kozyreva (2 papers) and V.V. Proskunåkov and S.I. DLC. Zak. 93398 AKADEMIIA NAUK SSSR. Komi filial A.A. Dedov. (Its: Trudy 1965. no.14, p.146.47, illus) In Russian. Obituary of Andrei Alekseevich Dedov, geobotanist and investigator of the vegetation in the northeastern European USSR. Born 1902 he was graduated by Leningrad State Univ and from 1931 carried on studies of pastures for reindeer. He organized more than 20 expeditions in the area and became an authority on flora of the North. He died in DLC. 1964. 93399 AKADEMIIA NAUK SSSR. Komi filial 0 vlüanii perebroski stoka severnykh rek v bassein Kaspiia na narodnoe khoziaistvo Komi ASSR. Leningrad, Izd-vo Nauka 1967. 207 p. graphs, maps, tables. Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr» The transfer of northern river discharge into the Caspian Sea and its influence on the national economy of Komi ASSR. Monograph presenting revised concepts on the diversion of Pechora and Vychegda waters into Caspian by means of an unprecedented complex of hydraulic projects: several dams, two hydroelectric stations, three large reservoirs, and two canals. The many-sided effects of these projects on the physiographic environment and the economic status of Komi are analyzed. The considerable changes anticipated in climate, vegetation, soils, drainage, hydrologic conditions, etc are described. Positive and negative effects on forestry, the lumber and oil-gas industries, on fisheries, agriculture, and transportation are evaluated. The spatial distribution of the DLC. population is also discussed. 93399A AKADEMIIA NAUK SSSR. Komi filial Institut geologil Stratigrafirä i paleontologüa severo-vostoka evropelskol 18

chasti SSSR. Moskva, Nauka 1966. 114 p. Title tr.: tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Stratigraphy and paleontology of the northeastern European part of the USSR. Presents seven papers, six of which are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: G.A. Chernov, N.V. Kalashnikov, Z.P. Mikhallova, V.A. Molin, V.A. Raznitsyn, and L.M. Vartükhina. DLC. 93400 AKADEMIIÄ NAUK SSSR. LaAerometody pri boratorira aerometodov. poiskakh poleznykh iskopaemykh i geologicheskom kartirovanii. Leningrad, Izd-vo Nauka 1964. 104 p. graphs, maps, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Aeromethods in mineral prospecting and geologic mapping. Contains 15 papers, seven of them deal with northern regions and are abstracted under their authors' names, viz: A.V. DolivoDobrovol'skil (2 ,papers), A.V. Dolivo-Dobrovol'skil and N.V. Podol'skil, B.I. Koshechkin (3 papers), and A.I. Loshchakov, qqv. DLC. 93401 AKADEMIIA NAUK SSSR Murmanskir morsko! biologicheski! institur: Akklimatizatsiia dal'nevostochnykh lososeT v basselnakh Bareniseva i Belogo morel. Leningrad, Izd-vo Nauka 1965. 112 p. tables, graphs, illus. (Its: Trudy v.9(13)) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Acclimatization of FarEastern species of salmon in the Barents and White Sea basins. Presents a collection of papers dealing with the hydrological, hydrochemical and bottom conditions of the waters flowing into the Barents and White Sea, also those of Sakhalin Island from which eggs of pink and chum salmon were transferred to northern Europe for acclimatization. The significant differences between the native and new aquatic environments are claimed to be the cause of the very poor acclimatization of these fish, and some doubts are voiced as to whether this vast operation in fish transplanting will succeed. All the papers are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: E.L. Bakshtanskil and O.I. Nilova, A.V. Belova, L.A. Galkina, G.L. Grtsevskarå, A.A. IAstrebkov, A.N. Kanid'ev, A.N. Kanid'ev and L.A. Frolenko, A.M. Norma and A.Sh. Borisova, G.M. Persov, L.E. Pozdmakova, A.M. Zhitenev, L.D. Zhiteneva and L.A. Galkina, and L.D. Zhiteneva and A.N. DLC. Zhitenev. 93402 AKADEMII:A NAUK SSSR. Nauchny! sovet po rudoobrazovanI i Geolorossypel. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1965. 400 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The geology of placers. Contains 56 papers, 21 of which are

abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: A.S. Agelkin, A.D. Armand and others, G.Kh. Falnshtein, E.Z. •Gorbunov, V.A. Kalinzhnyl, O.V. Kashmenskaiä and Z.M. Khvorostova, IU.P. Kazakevich and S.D. Sher, ILJ.P. Kazakevich and N.A. Vashko, O.S. Kochetkov, M.A. Krutozarskll and others, B.N. Leonov and B.I. Prokopchuk, L.V. Li, M.M. Odintsova and O.K. Smirnova, Z.V. Orlova, M.I. Plotnikova and others, I.S. Rozhkov, A.A. Saprykin and I.L. Shofman, N.A. Shilo and G.F. Pavlov, IIJ.D. Smirnov, E.I. Tishchenko, and it-1.N. Trushkov. DLC. 93403 AKADEMILA NAUK SSSR. Otdelenie nauk o Zemk Problemy metallogenii Sovetskogo Dal'nego Vostoka; trudy vyezdnol sessii na Dal'nem Vostoke. V.I. Smirnov, ed Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1967. 146 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Titte tr.: The problems of metallogeny of the Soviet Far East; proceedings of field session of the division of earth sciences of the Academy of Sciences of USSR in the Far East. Contains thirteen papers, eight of which are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: N.P. Anikeev and I.E. Drabkin, V.A. IArmoliuk, A.A. Nikolaevskit, E.A. Radkevich, N.A. Shilo and A.V. Lozhkin, N.A. Shilo and A.A. Sidorov, V.A. Titov, and A.V. Zil'berØti and others. DLC. 93404 AKADEMII:A NAUS SSSR. Sibirskil institut zemnogo magnetizma, iona sfery i rasprostranenha radiovoln. Issledovaniia po geomagnetizmu i abronoØ. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 288 p. graphs, tables, illus. Refs. N.M. Erofeev, ed In Russian. Title tr.: Studies in geomagnetism and aeronomy. Contains 38 papers, nine of which are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: G.P. Kalinovskaiii, E.S. Kazimirovskii and G.I. Kilin, V.D. Kokourov, G.F. Krymskii and others, A.I. Kuz'min and others. G.V. Shafer, IU.G. Shafer and other.; P.A. Vinogradov and M.A. Merkulenko, and P.A. Vinogradov and V.N. Vinogradova. DLC. 93405 AKADEMI A NAUK SSSR. Sibirskoe otdelenie IÄzyki i fol'klor narodov sibirskogo Severe. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 219 p. tables. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Languages and folklore of the peoples of the Siberian North. Collection of eleven linguistic and two papers on follore, abstracted in this volume under their authors' names, viz: V.A. Avrorin (2 papers), A.F. Boitsova, P.I. Inenliker, A.I. Kuz'mina, E.P. Lebedeva, G.A. Menov-

shchikov, K.A. Novikova, S.N. Onenko (2 papers), E.S. Rubtsova, E.I. Ubnätova, and A.P. Volodin, qqv. DLC. 93406 AKADEMII4 NAUK SSSR. Sibirskoe otdelenie Institut ekonomiki i organtzaFsii promyshlennogo proizvodstva. Regional'nye osobennosti bkonomicheskogo razvitiia ralonov strany, na primere Sibiri. Moskva, Izd-vo Mysl' 1966. 206 p. tables, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Regional characteristics in the economic development of the country based on the example of Siberia. Discusses economic aspects of Siberia. High quality and shallow coal deposits of which the Kuznetskiy and Kansko-Achinskiy alone contain over 70% of all industrially usable coal in the Union are considered. Large petroleum and gas deposits have been discovered in Western Siberia (25% of all reserves in the country). The Yenisey, Ob, Lena, and Angara Rivers can provide cheap electric power. Over 60% of all hydropower resources of the Soviet Union are in Siberia and the Far East. Negative factors as well are noted: poorly developed transportation network, sparse population and consequent shortage of manpower. DLC. 93407 AKADEMIIÅ NAUK SSSR. Sibirskoe otdelenie Institut geologii i geofiziki. Chetvertichnyl period Sibiri. V.N. Saks, ed. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 514 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Quaternary period of Siberia. This second volume of papers from the All-Union conference on investigation of the Quaternary period at Novosibirsk in Sept 1964 contains materials for presentation to the seventh congress of the International Quaternary Assoc at Boulder, Colorado, Aug-Sept 1965. The volume has sections on stratigraphy, paleogeography, history of flora, fauna and man, genetic types of Quaternary deposits, and methods of investigation. About a third of the volume pertains to northern areas, and the (19) papers are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: S.A. Arkhipov, V.V. Feniksova, S.P. Gorshkov, S.P. Gorshkov and A.V. Minervin, G.F. Gravis, V.I. Kaüalalnen and ILJ.N. Kulakov, F.A. Kaplianskarå, I.P. Kartashov, I.L. Kuzin, I.L. Kuzin and N.G. Chochia, S.A. Laukhin, G.M. Levkovskaiä, V.S. Lomachenkov, V.D. Nashchokin, L.M. Shmelev, O.V. Suzdal'ski7, L.S. Troitskll, V.V. Zhukov and others, and V.A. Zubakov. DLC. 93408 AKADEMIIA NAUK SSSR. SiInstitut geologii i geobirskoe otdelenie. fiziki. Novye dannye po biostratigrafii devona i verkhnego paleozoiä Sibiri. A.B. Ivanovskil and B.S. Sokolov, eds. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 19

1967. 80 p. maps, tables, illus. Refs. In Tide tr.: New data on the Russian. biostratigraphy of the Devonian and Upper Paleozoic of Siberia. Contains eight papers, five of which are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: R.E. Alekseeva, V.N. Dubatolov and R.E. Alekseeva, IÜ.A. Dubatolova, O.V. IÜferev, and K.V. Simakov. DGS. 93409 AKADEMIIA NAUK SSSR. Sibirskoe otdelenie. Institut geologii i geofiziki. Novye dannye po biostratigrafli nizhnego paleozoia Sibirskoi platformy. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1967. 162 p. maps, hus. Refs. In Russian. A.B. Ivanovski and B.S. Sokolov, eds. Tide tr.: New data on the biostratigraphy of the Lower Paleozoic of the Siberian platform. Of the nine papers, eight deal with northerly areas and are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: V.I. Korshunov and I.T. Zhuravleva, T.V. Lopushinskaih, T.V. Lopushinskai and IÜ.K. Sovetov, T.A. Moskalenko, A.M. Obut and R.F. Sobolevskais, A.V. Rozova and A.G. IAdrenkina, IU.I Tesakov, and IU.I. Tesakov and B.R. Shpunt. DGS. 93410 AKADEMIIA4 NAUK SSSR. Sibirskoe otdelenie. Institut merzlotovedeniia Materialy gliatsiologicheskikh issledovanil, Suntar-Khaiäta; geotermicheskie nabhüdeniiä i izmereniiä teplovykh potokov. Moskva 1963. 180 p. tables, illus. In Russian. Prepared by R.M. Sapozhnikov. Tide tr.: Materials of the glaciological investigations, Suntar-Khayata; geothermal observations and measurements of heat flow. Presents tabular data of systematic measurements of ground temperature from the surface to 20 m depth 1 July 1957 - 31 Aug 1959. Heat flow in soils in kcal/m2/hr is similarly reported for 8 Feb 1958 - 31 Aug 1959. Methods of the measurements are explained. DLC. 93411 AKADEMIIA NAUK SSSR. Sibirskoe otdelenie Institut merzlotovedeniia Podzemnye vody IAkutii kak istochnik vodosnabzheniiä. Moskva, lzd-vo Nauka 1967. 111 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Tyde tr. The groundwaters of Yakutia as a source of water supply. Collective work systemizing recent data on fresh and slightly saline groundwater for water supply. A hydrogeologic zoning of Yakut ASSR is presented. The best conditions are found in the Aldan hydrogeologic massif and the Lena-Amga interfluve. Conditions are more complicated in the northern regions where almost all groundwater lies 20

within permafrost rock. Attention is directed to the methods of estimating discharge. The DLC. utilization of taliks is described. 93412 AKADEMIIA NAUK SSSR. Sibirskoe otdelenie Institut vulkanologii. Opticheskie i petrokhimicheskie issledovaniiä magmaticheskikh obrazovanii TSentral'noi Kamchatki. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1967. 190 p. graphs, map, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. (Its: Trudy no.25). Title tr.: An optical and petrochemical investigation of magmatic formations of central Kamchatka. This extensive collective work is based on studies in 1959-65. Its first part describes the optical properties, chemical composition and evolution of the rock-forming minerals of the magmatic rocks of Upper Cretaceous-Tertiary plutonic and volcanic-plutonic formations. Plagioclases, potassium feldspars, amphiboles, biotites and pyroxenes are analyzed. In pt 2 the petrochemical properties of magmatic rocks are analyzed. The extensive comparative material presented allows the evolution of magmatic solutions to be shown. DLC. 93413 AKADEMIIÄ NAUK SSSR. Sibirskoe otdelenie. Institut zemnoi kory. Metodika gidrogeologicheskikh issledovanü i resursy podzemnykh vod Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 359 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Tide tr: Methods of hydrogeologic investigations and the groundwater resources of Siberia and the Far East. Presents a collection of 41 papers, twelve of which pertain to the northern regions and are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: G.D. Ginsburg, V.A. Kudriävtsev and others, V.V. Kurennoi, F.N. Leshchikov and G.B. Pal'shin, L.N. Maksimova and others. N.I. Obidin, E.V. Pinneker (2 papers), A.I. Pnakhin, N.N. Romanovskü, O.N. Tolstikhin, and N.A. Veit DLC. mina. 93414 AKADEMIIA NAUK SSSR. Sibirskoe otdelenie. Severo-Vostochnyl kompleksnyf nauchno-issledovatel'ski institut Magnitnye svoistva izverzhennykh porod. Magadan 1964. 191 p. graphs, maps, tables, Refs. In Russian. illus. (Its: Trudy no.9) Title tr.: The magnetic properties of igneous rocks. Presents four papers, the main one by D.M. Pecherskll, and those by T.P. Zimnikova, A.P. Milov and others, and I.M. Speranskaiä and D.M. Pecherskr7, all abstracted in this Bibliography under the authors' names. DLC.

93415 AKADEMIIA- NAUK SSSR.

Si-

blrskoe otd-ie Severo-Vostochnylkompleksny! nauchno-issledovatel'ski! institut. Pozdnemezozolskie granitoidy Chukotki. N.A. Shilo, ed. Magadan 1965. 242 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. (Its: Trudy no.12) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Late Mesozoic granitoids of Chukotka. Contains seven papers on the characteristics of late Mesozoic magmatic formations and their metallogeny, all of which are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: ILI.S. Berman, V.V. Gorbov and others, A.P. Milov and V.S. Ivanov, N.A. Shilo and I.A. Zagruzina, I.A. Zagruzina, I.A. Zagruzina and P.P. Kolesnichenko, and A.V. Zil'benmin[s. DGS.

Sibirskoe otdelenie Sibirski nauchno-issledovatel'skil institut energetikl Metody bor'by

93416 AKADEMIIA NAUK SSSR.

s ledovymi zatrudneniiämi na gidrostantsii kh Sibiri. Novosibirsk 1965. 96 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Methods of controlling ice problems at Siberian hydroelectric stations. Most of the papers in this volume deal with river and lake ice and are abstracted under their authors' names, viz (titles tr.): BUBYR', A.A. The use of ice constructions in building hydroelectric plants and ports. BUTIAGIN, I.P. Ice cover of a water reservoir. BUTIAGIN, I.P. and V.K. MORGUNOV. New devices and methods of investigating ice phenomena. KORZHAVIN, K.N. Dynamic effect of ice on the structures of hydroelectric stations and on bridge piers. LISER, I.IA. Ice dams and their control. PANFILOV, D.F. Fast ice deformation on rivers. SUSLOV, M.P. Control over icing on the inner surface of water lines. DLC.

Sibirskoe otdelenie. Tansportno-enetgeticheski! institut. Voprosy ledotermiki. No-

93417 AKADEMIIA NAUK SSSR.

vosibirsk, Izd-vo Sibirskogo otd-ii AN SSSR 1961. 111 p. graphs, tables, illus. (Its: Trudy no.11) Refs. In Russian. K.N. Korzhavin and I.P. Buttägin, editors. Title tr. Problems in ice thermics. Contains eleven papers, all are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: A.A. Bubyr', I.P. Butiagin (2 papers), F.I. Bydin, A.M. Estifeev, K.N. Korzhavin, K.N. Korzhavin and I.P. Buttägin, I.IA. Liser (2 papers), V.K. Morgunov, and V.M. Samochkin. DLC.

93418 AKADEMIIA NAUK SSSR. Ural'skü filial IAmalo-NenetskiT naGsionalt nyI okrug. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1965. 276 p. graph, maps, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Yamal-Nenets National District. B.F. Shapalin, ed. Outlines the geography and economy of this 750,300 km2 area in northwesternmost Siberia. The establishment of the district, exploration of the region, its population, nationalities, and the labor supply are outlined. Education, cultural and social facilities are dealt with. The geologic structure of the region, its minerals, natural gas, peat resources, its climate, coastal waters, rivers and lakes, vegetation and wildlife are reviewed. Fisheries, lumbering, reindeer and livestock raising, fur farming, agriculture, hunting and trapping are summarized. Transportation by sea, river, railroad, air and road, and means of communication are sketched. Tabulated data are given on the development and present status of each branch of the economy. The reorganization of all collectives of the district into state farms (sovkhozy) or other state organizations is noted in the section on reindeer raising. In 1964 251,000 of the 355,000 reindeer were owned by 11 state farms and eight other state organizations, 101,400 by workers and employees. Further expansion of the economy of the district by natural gas and water power development (Lower Ob Hydro-Electric Station) etc is discussed in conclusion p 246-56. A bibliography of nearly 500 publications is appended. DLC. 93419 AKASOFU, S.I. and C.I. MENG. The abnormally early appearance of active auroras. (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1967. v.29, no.5, p.601-602, illus) Refs. Explains why active auroras appear abnormally early in the evening hours in the auroral zone during intense geomagnetic storms. Records of the westward travelling electric surges observed at Kotzebue on 27 Nov 1957, and at Kotzebue, Big Delta, and Anchorage on 21 Sept 1957, are noted; the phenomenon is considered to be a natural consequence of the equatorward expansion of the auroral oval from 72°dp lat to about 65° dp lat during intense geomagnetic storms. Active features of auroras can be explained by westward travelling surges which propagate along the expanded oval. DLC. 93420 AKASOFU, S.I. and C.I. MENG. The abnormally early appearance of the eastward motion of auroras in the evening. (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1967. v.29, no.8, p.1029-31, graph, illus) Refs.

21

Shows that in the early evening sky the intense eastward drifting fl band can sometimes occur behind the westward traveling surge, as early as 19 hr LT. This evidence is vital to understanding the generation mechanism of the polar (westward) electrojet, since the eastward motion of auroras is associated with the jet, and consequently with the negative geomagnetic bay. All-sky camera photos of the westward traveling surge observed at Barrow in the evening 11 Feb 1958, and the corresponding three-component magnetograms are given. All-sky camera photographs of the eastward drifting fl band after the passage of the surge, and as observed at Betties in the evening of 12 Oct 1957 are also presented with corresponding magnetic records of the H-component at Big Delta and DLC. Anchorage. 93421 AKASOFU, S.I. and C.I. MENG. Auroral activity in the evening sector. (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1967. v.29, no.8, p. 1015-18, illus) Refs. Shows that the auroral zone is not the central region of auroral activity in the early evening sector but simply a locus of the midnight part of the auroral oval. From study of the extensive IGY all-sky camera records, the intense auroral activity is found to occur on the poleward side of the auroral zone in the early evening sector. H-component magnetograms from College, and the corresponding all-sky camera photos from Ft Yukon in the evenings of 13/14 and 18/19 Feb 1958, and of 8/9 Mar 1958 from Alfavik and Ft Yukon are given with reference to the negative geomagnetic bays of 400, 350-550 and 500 gammas magnitude respectively, at Barter Island. DLC. 93422 AKASOFU, S.I. Auroras. (In: LUGG General Assembly 1967. US National report 1963-1967. American Geophysical Union. Transactions 1967. v.48, no.2, p.540-46) Refs. Reviews significant American work in the study of auroral phenomena during the period 1963-67. A bibliography of nearly 200 items includes 18 papers by the author during this period, in which his work at the Geophysical Institute at College, Alaska is reported. DLC. 93423 AKASOFU, S.I. The development of geomagnetic and auroral storms. (Journal of geomagnetism and geoelectricity 1966. v.18, no.2, p.109-123, graphs, maps, tables, illus) Refs. Examines the development of the main phase of geomagnetic storms and of magnetic and auroral substorms on the basis of analyses of individual storms. The low latitude mag22

netic disturbance field D, its storm-time part D5 and daily variation of D, DS are discussed with references to the D effect on the magnetic field at College, Sitka, Cape Uelen, Tiksi Bay, and Dikson Island. The indented ring current formation proposed in 1964 is elucidated. Solar plasma flow in interstellar space is considered to originate in solar flares, and carrying neutral hydrogen atoms, produce auroral and polar magnetic storms. DLC. 93424 AKASOFU, S.I. The development of geomagnetic storms after a negative sudden impulse. (Planetary and space science 1964. v.12, no.6, p.573-78, tables, graphs) 15 refs. Russian summary. Shows that the solar plasma flow may be a necessary but not a sufficient condition for the development of geomagnetic storms. Additional factors are needed for the ring current and auroral activity. Examples from several locations, including College and Sitka, are given to show that an appreciable geomagnetic storm sometimes does not develop until after an abrupt reduction of the plasma pressure to the level prevailing before the sudden commencement storm value. Measurements from Mariner II satellite showed the total planetary geomagnetic index, KA correlates well with the velocity of DLC. solar plasma. 93425 AKASOFU, S.I. The development of the auroral substorm. (Planetary and space science 1964. v.12, no.4, p.273-82, illus) 17 refs. Russian summary. Presents a working model of simultaneous auroral activity over the entire polar region in terms of the auroral substorm. The substorm has two characteristic phases, one expansion, the other recovery, and each phase is divided into three stages. The characteristic auroral displays during each stage are described in detail over the entire polar region, and all the major features seen at individual stations are combined into a consistent picture of largescale auroral activity. DLC. 93426 AKASOFU, S.I. and others. Dynamics of the aurora, 4: polar magnetic substorms and westward traveling surges. (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1966. v.28, no. 5, p.489-96, graphs, maps) 11 refs. Other authors: C.I. Meng and D.S. Kimball. Examines these substorms from data of an extensive network of all-sky camera and magnetic stations in Canada-Alaska-Siberia, incl Vrangelya Island, the arctic coast, College, Big Delta, Healy, and Northway in Alaska. The earlier suggestion, in No 84914, that the westward electrojet extends to the

polar cap, is corroborated by the observation that the surge is accompanied by an intense negative bay, and since it advances into the polar cap along the auroral oval during the auroral substorm, the region in which a negative bay is observed expands along the DLC. path of the surge. 93427 AKASOFU, S.I. and others. Dynamics of the aurora, 5: poleward motions. (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1966. v.28, no.5, p.497-503, table, graphs, maps) 11 refs. Other authors: D.S. Kimball and C.I. Meng. Describes the poleward motion of auroral bands in the midnight sector during the early phase of auroral substorm, giving examples of weak and medium polar expansions at Betties and College, and a large-scale intense expansion at Anchorage, College, Big Delta, Healy, Northway, Barter Island, and Barrow. The polar magnetic substorm associated with this motion of auroral bands is examined. It is shown to be initiated in the auroral oval, and before or during it there are no equatorward auroral motions across the dipole pole from the dayside to the nightside along the DLC. noon-midnight meridian. 93428 AKASOFU, S.I. and others. Dynamics of the aurora, 6: formation of patches and their eastward motion. (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1966. v.28, no.5, p.505-511, table, graphs, illus) 10 refs. Other authors: C.I. Meng and D.S. Kimball. Discusses the formation and development of auroral patches within about 10-30 min after the onset of the auroral substorm in the midnight sector. Eastward drift of the patches and irregular auroral bands, initiated by the auroral and magnetic activity in the midnight sector is studied, and described as recorded at Betties. The speed of the patches as obtained for 60 cases, shows a variation from < 100 to > 450 m/sec. The eastward drift of irregular auroral bands recorded at Farewell is deDLC. scribed and discussed. 93429 AKASOFU, S.I. and others. Dynamics of the aurora, 7: equatorward motions and the multiplicity of auroral arcs. (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1966. v.28, no.6/7, p.627-35, graphs) 13 refs. Other authors: D.S. Kimball and C.I. Meng. Describes the equatorward shift of auroral arcs and bands associated with the earth's diurnal rotation, and with the recovery phase of the auroral substorm, and the equatorward spread of irregularly folded auroral bands, and patches. Distribution of multiple arcs over Ft Yukon and College 22 Feb 1958, and the

motions of such arcs equatorward and poleward over Kotzebue on 18 Feb 1958 are given in diagrams, as are the distribution of auroras between College and Farewell on 25 Dec 1957, and the equatorward shift of the auroral oval over the Arlis Ill ice floe on 4 Mar 1964. The speed of the equatorward motion of the individual arcs or band is found to vary from 0-50 to 800-900 m/sec, with the concentration on 150-250 m/sec in about DLC. 60% of the cases observed. 93430 AKASOFU, S.I. Electrodynamics of the magnetosphere: geomagnetic storms. (Space science reviews 1967. v.6, no.1, 199 p.21-143, graphs, maps, table, illus) refs. Summarizes fundamental morphological data and reviews critically the theories of the interaction between the solar plasma flows and the magnetosphere, using a vast number of observations of geomagnetic and auroral storms, made at a worldwide network of stations, incl many north of 50°N in dp coordinates. In the first section the structure of the solar plasma flows and the magnetosphere is briefly discussed; section 2 describes effects of the direct impact of the plasma flow on the magnetosphere. Sections 3 and 4 deal with the major phase of geomagnetic storms, as manifested by the formation of the asymmetric ring of electric current belt and development of auroral and polar cap magnetic substorms. Numerous diagrams and graphs elucidate the text. DLC. 93431 AKASOFU, S.I. and S. YOSHIDA. Growth and decay of the ring current (Journal of and the polar electrojets. geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.1, p.231-40, graphs) Refs. Shows that, although intense polar magnetic substorms tend to occur frequently when the ring electric current is growing rapidly, there is a tendency for the ring current to grow prior to the growth of well-defined geomagnetic substorms. Earlier estimates of the rate of energy injection to produce the ring current are found to be too low, because the simultaneous dissipation of the energy has not been considered. When this is considered, an unreasonably high energy conversion would be necessary to produce the ring current if the energy were carried out by protons in the solar plasma. Records of several geomagnetic storms observed at Reykjavik and College are cited to demonstrate this thesis. For critical comments DLC. see No. 94627. 23

93432 AKASOFU, S.I. and C.I. MENG. Intense negative bays inside the auroral zone; 1, the evening sector. (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1967. v.29, no.8, p.965-73, map, illus) Refs. Examines the occurrence of geomagnetic disturbance bays inside the auroral zone in the early evening hours. Magnetic records of the Baker Lake, Ft Churchill, and Minook stations are the basic data used and IGY data for the simultaneous auroral activities. The appearance of such bays can be explained by the westward extension of the polar electrojet which follows the traveling auroral surge along the auroral oval. The simultaneous magnetic records from Barter Island, Barrow, Ft Yukon, College, Healy, and Anchorage are presented in a diagram. DLC. 93433 AKASOFU, S.I. and S. CHAPMAN. On the asymmetric development of magnetic storm fields in low and middle latitudes. (Planetary and space science 1964. v.12, no.6, p.607-626, tables, graphs) 26 refs. Russian summary. Analyzes the disturbance of the geomagnetic field on 13 Sept 1957 in low and middle latitudes, comparing the records with those made at Sitka, Fredericksburg (geomag lat 49.6N), Julianehåb, Tromso, Tiksi, Dikson, and Uelen. It is shown that there must be a fairly steady current system, partially external and partially ionospheric, which contributes a substantial portion of the asymmetry in the field, independent of the growth and decay of auroral electrojets. A gap in the ring current belt on the nightside of the earth is suggested, and the ring current closed through the ionosphere. DLC. 93434 AKASOFU, S.I. and C.I. MENG. Polar magnetic substorm in the evening sector. (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1967. v.29, no.9, p.1127-35, table, illus) Refs. Studies the morphology of the disturbance field of the substorm, using a north-south chain of four Alaskan stations: Barter Island, Ft Yukon, College, and Anchorage. In the evening sector, a typical auroral zone station is in a transition belt between the region of an intense negative geomagnetic bay on the poleward side and the region of a weak positive hay on the equatorward side; thus the station experiences various types of geomagnetic disturbance field. These disturbances are classified into five types, and a typical latitudinal change of the disturbance between 70° - 60°N is obtained. DLC. 93435 AKASOFU, S.I. A source of the energy for geomagnetic storms and auroras. (Planetary and space science 1964. v.12, no.9, 24

47 refs. p.801-833, tables, graphs, illus) Russian summary. Shows that an enhancement of the ionized component of the solar plasma flow or intense turbulent motions contained in it does not introduce substantial energies into the magnetosphere for the ring current belt and auroral substorms. The role of energetic neutral hydrogen atoms is examined as a possible source of the energy for the ring current belt. The course of development of auroral substorms over the entire polar region suggests that their energy is not directly introduced into the magnetosphere across the boundary, and that a source of the substorms' energy is stored in the magnetosphere in an unobservable form before it is converted into the substorm energy. The neutral hydrogen atoms are also considered to be a possible source of energy that can be stored in the ring current belt. The horizontal component of geomagnetic field of 3 Dec 1958, and sudden commencement time of magnetic storms of 4 Sept and 19 Dec 1957 at Honolulu and College are compared. All-sky camera photographs taken at Kotzebue, Shmidta, Farewell and other stations are reproduced. DLC. AKASOFU, S.I., see also No. 96637, 98031, 98032 93436 AKHNAZAROV, E.B. 0 nekotorykh osobennosti kh razvititå narodnogo khoziMstva Magadanskoi oblasti. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. SeveroVostochnyl kompleksnyl n: issl. inst. Trudy Refs. In 1967. no.17, p.160-72, tables) Russian. English summary. Title tr.. Certain features in the national economic development peculiar to Magadan Province. Statistical study of current conditions and targeted growth, 1966-70, with comparative data based on the 1959 census. The total 1966 population was 318,000; 85% urban. Net increase, 1959-64: 25% or 120,700 people in the entire Province, 55% in the Chukchi National District. This increase was due rather to immigration than natural growth: an urban family in Magadan Province, in 1959, consisted of three persons versus an RSFSR average of 3.5. The immigration pattern, in turn, shows an imbalanced sex and age ratio: in 1959, there were 100 males over 20 yr old for every 78 women in Magadan Province, while the average in the entire USSR North and the Soviet Far East was 100 men versus, respectively, 114 and 105 women. A harsh climate and inadequate living conditions in the developing industrial areas of the Far North have little appeal for homesteaders; the majority of the population are men under 35 yr old. Conditions are further aggravated by

the settlement patterns of small (50-300 inhabitants) widely dispersed mining and industrial concerns, and a population density of 2.4 people/100 km2 versus 43/100 km2 in Murmansk Province, etc. Proper social, health, and cultural services are enjoyed by some 270,000 urban residents in Magadan Province leaving the industrial fringe areas poorly supplied. Economy suffers from a disproportionate labor fluidity responsible for an annual loss of 900 thousand man-days or some 25-30 million rubles/yr. Measures to alleviate social and working conditions and attract family settlement are discussed: better housing, consumer goods supply, employment for women, mechanization of labor, rational distribution and utilization of the labor force, etc. Comparative statistical data on employment by industry are tabulated for DGS. 1960-65. 93437 AKI, K. Scaling law of seismic spectrum. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.4, p.1217-31, graphs, illus) Refs. Investigates the dependence of the amplitude spectrum of seismic waves on source size, using two dislocation models of an earthquake source. Theoretical models of the earthquake source are analyzed mathematically, and assumptions of similarity and scaling law of seismic spectrum are discussed. Relations between mg (the logarithm of amplitude of teleseismic body waves) and MS (surface wave magnitude), and between fault length and M, for the exponential-autocorrelation function model are studied. The theoretical and observed spectral ratios of the two models are compared with those measured at Resolute, Weston, and Ottawa. DLC. 93438 AKIMOV, B.N. Effektivnee izpolzovat' osnovnye fondy tralovogo flota Sevemogo basselna. (Rybnoe khoziMstvo In Russian. 1966. v.42, no.5, p.73-74.) Title tra Use more effectively the basic funds of the trawling fleet of the northern basin. Comparison between 1962 and 1964 showed that despite the enlargement of basic funds in this period, the quantity of catch dropped by 7.4%. The difference in value of fish was even larger. Causes of this decline are analyzed and means of improvement DLC. suggested. 93439 AKIMOV, B.N. Nekotorye pokazateli ekonomicheskol effektivnosti raboty BMRT Sevemogo basseira. (Rybnoe khoIn zfalstvo 1966. v.42, no.3, p.82-83) Russian. Title tr.: Some indicators on the economic efficiency of the large trawler-

freezer factories (BMRT) in the northern basin. Reviews, in percents, the efficiency of these vessels active for the past 10 yr in this area. The efficiency is compared for each year of 1961-64 and mathematically analyzed. DLC. 93440 AKSENENKO, G.R. 0 vhianii dinamiki chislennosti gryzunov v Zapoliar'e na kolichestvo zagotovlennol pushniny. (In.• Soveshchanie zoologov Sibiri, Tomsk, 1966. Voprosy zoologii, p. 169-70) In Russian. Title fr.: The influence of rodent population dynamics in the polar regions on the number of prepared furs. In Murmansk Province the number of captured animals and treated pelts depends directly on the number of voles and lemmings present. A study done in the Kola Peninsula of predatory furbearing animals, such as foxes, showed the same dependence on DLC. rodents. 93441 AKULIN, V.N. Izmeneniia zhirnosti molodi krasnoi i svi2z' ikh so skatom. (Rybnoe khoziiiistvo 1966. v.42, no.8, p.11-12, graphs) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Changes in fatness of young sockeye salmon, as related to their descent. Reports studies at the Paratunka Laboratory in Kamchatka. In yearlings no changes in body fat were found prior to their descent into the sea. In 2- and 3-yr olds a sharp decline in fatness was noted prior to DLC. descent. 93442 ALABUZHEV, P.M. and others. Energeticheskie pokazateli elektromekhanicheskogo buril'nogo molotka NETI-1-BM. (Fiziko-tekhnicheskie problemy razrabotki poleznykh iskopaemykh 1965, no.3, p.97-106, 16 refs. In Russian. Other graphs, illus) authors: G.F. Kopelkin and B.A. Shekhovi ov. Title tr.: Energy indexes of the NETI-I-BM electric mechanical hammer drill. Describes the hammer drill, estimating its energy consumption, and its efficiency at a striker energy of 0.5-2.5 kg/strike, number of strikes 1-1,000/min, striker weight 0.8 kg, crosshead slipper stroke 32 mm, and the striker stroke 28 mm. A kinematic scheme of the apparatus is given, and its operation discussed in some detail. Laboratory and field tests in Kola Peninsula show that there is a definite number of strikes/Ø for the different rocks when the efficiency coefficient DLC. reaches its highest value. 93443 ALAMDAROV, R. Agregat dhä sozdaniia nezamerzaiiishchei akvatorii. (Rechnoi transport 1965. v.24, no.1, p.54-55, 25

illus) In Russian. Title tr.: An installation for creating a nonfreezing water area. Describes an apparatus with a motor-driven ship propeller installed on an anchored floating raft. The propeller produces a current along the surface of the area to be kept free of ice, and maintains the surface temperature above 0°C by convection. Such an installation equipped with 5 kw electric motor can maintain a polynya 80 m long and 20-25 m wide in air temperatures of -15 to -20°C. Installations with 11 and 30 kw motors, working under the same ambient temperature, can maintain an open water surface 240 m by 25-30 m, and 320-360 m x 30-40 m in area, respectively. This floating installation is very versatile in application. DLC. 93444 ALANIIIA, M.V. and others. Raspredelenie chastoty vnezapnykh izmenenil intensivnosti kosmicheskikh lucheT i solnechno-sutochnarä yariatshä. (Akademilå nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskif komitet. Kosmicheskie luchi. Sbornik stater 1967. no.8, p.52-64, tables, graphs) 7 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: L.I. Dorman and L. Kh. Shatashvlli. Title tr.: Frequency distribution of sudden variations of cosmic ray intensity and the solar daily variation. Analyzes the frequency distribution of sudden increases and decreases of cosmic radiation associated with the solar activity cycle, and the seasonal variation of the neutron component of cosmic rays for 1957-64. Statistical instrumental errors in determination of cosmic ray intensity are given for 18 stations, incl Sulphur and Yakutsk. A closer relationship is found between sudden changes of cosmic ray intensity, and their solar daily variations. The suggestion is made that this relationship may be due to the presence of inhomogeneities in the solar wind. DLC. 93445 ALANIÜ, M.V. and others. Statisticheskii analiz solnechno-sutochno! variatsii kosmicheskikh lucheT po dannym napravlennykh teleskopov i neTtronnykh monitorov. (AkadeØä nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyt geofizicheskif komitet. Kosmicheskie luchi. Sbornik state! 1967. no.8, p.14-19, table, graphs) 6 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors L.I. Dorman, V.K. Koiava, L.G. Osepaishvili and O.G. Rogava. Title tr.: Statistical analysis of solar daily variation of cosmic rays from directed telescope and neutron monitor data. Investigates the stochastic relationship between the amplitude and the phase of the solar daily variation of the neutron component of cosmic rays, using IGY records of fine cosmic ray stations, incl Sulphur. A good 26

correlation between the phase coefficient, K,Ø,jand the amplitude co-efficient, Krt, is found for pairs of stations in the same longitude. The analysis of the variation shows that the vector of its anisotropy rotates clockwise for cosmic rays having cutoff of 14.5 Bev, and in the opposite direction for 2 Bev cosmic rays. This indicates the simultaneous existence of two sources of the solar diurnal variation rotating in opposite DLC. directions. Area Redevelopment 93446 ALASKA. Overall economic developCommittees. ment programs by election districts, 1961-1966. n.d. var. paging, graphs, maps, tables, illus. A continuing series of Overall Economic Development Reports prepared by Area Redevelopment Committees set up in each election district of Alaska for presentation through the state govt to the Area Redevelopment Administration of the Federal Govt. Each report lists the members of the particular district committee(s), describes briefly the topography, the social and economic condition of the area, the incidence and causes of unemployment and economic stagnation and the condition of public services and utilities. The resource base of each election district is evaluated, with indication as to current and potential use. Most reports have supporting documents, statistical data and factual information not published elsewhere, and some have maps and illus. In each case a detailed program of area redevelopment is submitted. Ketchikan, 7 p. Deplores the high unemployment rate, and the under-utilization of local resources. The future for each of the four main economic bases is evaluated: fisheries, lumber, minerals, and tourism. High power and labor costs are important, but transportation cost is considered to be the critical factor in all cases, the reduction of which is the most urgent need. The Marine Highway ferries have helped to reduce the district's isolation. Petersburg-Wrangell-Kake, 18 p. The seasonality of employment is severe and recommendations are made to offset this by mineral development in the hinterland, a major lumber plant at Wrangell and considerable development of tourist accommodation, amenities and attractions. A museum of Indian culture is suggested. Although Kake is classified as a first-class city, it has no sewage system, garbage is deposited on the beach, water supply is sometimes non-existent, the boat harbor is unsafe, and communications are limited to one two-way radio. Housing is decrepit due to the depressed economy. Some diversification of fishing is

considered feasible, with development of lumbering and recreational activity. Yakutat - Port Chilkoot - Haines. Hoonah, 45 p. Describes the poor economic situation of Yakutat city (pop 300). Most buildings are close to dereliction (Ulm) and utilities are non-existent or in bad condition. With adequate water supply seafood canning would expand operations, with more power, roads, water, sewage and accommodation there is great potential for tourism and hunting. In Haines-Port Chilkoot (pop 900) only govt and services provide year-round employment. Fishing and forestry are both seasonal, and the future of the latter is in doubt. Lack of power and market conditions inhibit iron ore exploitation. The potential of the Marine Highway for increasing tourism is evaluated, but the need for speculative capital is emphasized. At Hoonah (pop 850) highly seasonal halibut, salmon and crab fishing and processing provide virtually the only source of income. Logging is on a very small scale. Serious problems arising from destruction of the town by fire are explained. Road development is required to aid tourism and logging, but the city will continue to depend on fishing. It is considered that the resources of this entire election district are virtually untouched. Cordova 24 p. Extreme seasonality of employment is characteristic of this district (pop 2000). In the brief canning season 1000 migrant workers enter, but for the rest of year a large proportion of the population is unemployed. The difficulties placed in the way of mineral exploitation by conservationist policies of the Federal govt are discussed. Provided transport facilities are improved, tourism offers greatest economic potential. There is also proven potential for a major smelting, electro-metallurgical and electro-chemical complex, using local and imported ores. Parts of the Chugach National Forest are overmature and export of logs to Japan ought to be permitted. Agricultural potential is recognized to be limited. Seward 16 p. Describes the growth of the city to a pop of 3200 in 1957 and subsequent rapid decline by more than 50% owing to the transfer of trade to other ports and decline of fisheries. One large sawmill has also closed. Future developments envisaged include boat repairing and tourism. An optimistic scheme envisages a multi-million dollar fur seal industry and $112 million annual increase in payrolls through dock and railroad terminal extensions. Lack of capital is considered a major hindrance to development. Western Kenai, 34 p. This district has shown recent population

increase (to 9500), and is one of the most favorable areas for agriculture in Alaska. Feed grains, livestock, vegetables and heated greenhouse production offer most potential. Exceptionally pure oil and natural gas is produced and reserves are in excess of any foreseeable demand. 25 sawmills exploit abundant forest resources. A petrochemical complex should be developed in the area and liquified gas exported to Japan. Goad natural harbors need development and a complete package-tour of the peninsula would be a great tourist attraction. A hindrance to adequate housing is that few homesteaders have title to the land they occupy. Aleutian Islands, 5 p. Reviews briefly the effects of remoteness and other problems upon the Aleutian precinct (pop 4000) which extends 1500 mi. The town of Atka once had highest per capita income in US, but is now a depressed area due to extinction of the fur industry. The islands have some of world's richest grazing land and sheep raising for wool has proven potential, but Federal govt has made conservation interests paramount. Herring was once a world famous industry but spawning grounds were destroyed by the military. One small salmon and crab cannery opened 1954. Far more than half the workforce is seasonally unemployed. Adequate capital is the most urgent requirement for development. Anchorage, 74 p. Half of all business in Alaska is transacted in this district. Abundant resources of oil and gas, iron, coal and forests offer enormous potential for future development, and the city will increasingly act as the major trade and supply center for most of the state. A major cement plant is proposed. The port facilities need upgrading to allow bulk handling and the area transportation network needs improvement. Various industries based on local resources are proposed, including food processing, textiles and metallurgy. The appendix includes much useful statistical data on wages, mineral production, fisheries, airport traffic, utilities, real estate and business operations. Palmer, 45 p. Nearly 21/4 million acres in this district are suitable for agriculture but less than 1% of these are presently cultivated. The extent of mineral wealth is almost unknown. Principal potential sources of development are extension of homesteading in the Susitna valley, a pulp mill, and recreational activity ancillary to Anchorage. This district is considered to have more advantages for industry than the Anchorage area. Kodiak, 54 p. The population of this district is growing at 51/2%/yr. Crab processing and military in27

stallations dominate the economy which greatly requires diversification. The chief factor contributing to economic decline is the lack of local capital. Fishery resources are described as almost unlimited, particularly scallops, shrimp and bottomfish, but processing facilities are too limited to cope with either supply or demand . on an economic basis. Cattle ranching could be greatly expanded. The new ferry service and its tourist potential should be exploited fully by construction of new facilities. The area suffers from an acute shortage of proper housing, and public utilities are inadequate for expansion. The disposal of fish offal from the processing plants is a particularly serious problem, and a sewage plant which could sell manufactured fertilizer is proposed. Bethel-Kuskokwim-Wade Hampton 37 p. This district depends upon trapping, logging by small operators and a very small mineral output. Income from welfare is unsatisfactory and a more enlightened policy of rehabilitation is needed. The greatest problems are the incidence of TB and the high cost of medical care for non-natives. Fur farming and reindeer herding have been abandoned. Resources have not been adequately surveyed but inaccessibility hinders exploitation of known minerals and available agricultural land. Further growth of the lumber industry seems feasible. This district is not suitable for large-scale enterprises. Fairbanks, 37 p. Presents basic data on climate, land use, pop. and labor. Much employment is seasonal and in-migration exceeds available job opportunities. Pop rose during 1950-1960 from 5771 to 13, 311. High transportation costs and high labor cost due to high cost of living inhibit development. Termination of placer mining was due to constantly rising costs against a fixed price for gold. A year-round operating ore treatment plant for gold, silver, lead and antimony is proposed. Resources would support a permanent pulpwood industry. Peat moss resources are very large, far exceeding present output of 2450 cu yd/day. Agricultural output could be expanded but is limited by markets. More rental space is required for small industry. Barrow, 10 p. This district is at a great disadvantage in maintaining a stable economy due to remoteness and extreme arctic climate. Ocean transport is limited to one month and one ship and not all items ordered can be delivered. The reindeer industry is defunct due to poor land management and reversion of stock to wild state. Reindeer meat is now flown in at 29 cents lb. Coal is seasonally mined, but potential for a large export trade to Japan would depend upon roads and a 28

harbor. The airport should be made more accessible by ending present restrictions. There is a continuing shift of population from outlying areas to Barrow where unemployment is already high. Kotzebue, 9 p. Reports a population explosion with all the attendant needs but none of the resources for a progressive society. Mining has almost ceased; wolf attacks and a lack of interest in reindeer herding has reduced this resource. In 1959 less than 25% of employable persons worked all year, and 35% did not work at all. Only 4% of houses meet official criteria of soundness. Fishing offers doubtful potential. Greatest possibilities are considered to be copper production using local ores and coal, a subsidized gold mining industry and polar bear hunting as a tourist attaction. Nome, 21 p. The extreme harshness of the environment is stressed, and the limited amenities of the district indicated. The demographic composition and migration of the population are outlined. It is emphasized that the era of unchecked exploitation has ended, and a population remains of which four-fifths is leading a substandard existence. Power is considered a necessity for all villages and a prerequisite for all furture development plans. Rising prices for hair seal may indicate a possibility for cash income. There would appear to be a growing market for genuine craft goods, but quality and consistency of supply of sewn goods for the ski trade is essential; use of jade, wood, metal and soapstone is also indicated. Rehabilitation of the reindeer industry is problematic. Long range educational and retraining programs are essential since this district is the most depressed in the entire US. Annette Islands Reserve (Metlakatla), 13 p. The history of community ownership of industry and utilities characteristic of this Indian settlement is outlined. The economy is almost completely dependent upon the highly seasonal fishery and canning industry, which is now obsolescent. Diversification of fisheries will depend upon technological advances, and development of limited lumber resources will require proper planning and management. Tourism and industry are unlikely to be attracted to Metlakatla on account of its insularity. Financial institutions are absent and capital difficult to obtain. Inadequate civic facilities are reviewed. Sitka 43 p. The fishing industry approached extinction after 1950 owing to obsolescence of processing plants and the absence of a safe boat harbor. The saw lumber industry disappeared and has been replaced by a Japanese pulp mill. The present size of this is sub-economic

and the mobility of its workforce does not make it a stable factor in the local economy. Migrant rather than local workers benefit from various seasonal operations. Limited finance, high transportation costs and the precipitous terrain of Baranof Island make investment problematic and hinder tourism. A redevelopment problem should make available more forest reserve land so that the pulp mill can be enlarged to economic size and a sawmill become feasible. Expansion of the bottom fish industry should be encouraged. The $6 million Blue Lake power plant proposal should aid establishment of new industry. CaMAI. 93447 ALASKA. Dept of Labor. Review and analysis of Alaska's unemployment insurance financing: past, present, future. Prepared by Research and Analysis Section of the Employment Security Division. Juneau 1964. 36 p. tables, graphs. Analyzes the conditions which were instrumental in bringing about the decline of the Alaska unemployment compensation program and its insolvency in 1955. Continued dependence upon Federal sources of funds and the loss of income to Alaska through repayment of the long standing debt to the Federal govt are considered bad. Changes in the system are proposed and discussed, which would prevent such insolvency, promote greater economic stability and provide better temporary financial support for unemployed during recessions. DLC. 93448 ALASKA. Division of Mines and Minerals. Report for the year 1966. Juneau 1966. 115 p. graphs, maps, tables. In sequence to No. 84936. Value of total mineral production in 1966 was highest on record, with oil and gas showing great increase, mercury and coal steady and gold continuing to decline. A report of the petroleum industry summarizes prospecting, drilling and production activity, with graphs and maps of fields; 13 tables present data on well production and other aspects of this developing industry. Reports of field work by Division personnel are given, and a chapter is devoted to the productive mineral deposits of southeastern Alaska (maps, refs). Active mining operations in 1966: 705; coal mines: 5; oil and gas companies: 30. More than a third of all DGS. operations employ only one man. Co93449 ALASKA. UNIVERSITY. operative Extension Service. (Its: Publication no. 7, 9, 10, 11, 60) A series of leaflets giving information on those varieties of garden shrubs, vegetables, flowers and fruits most suited to Alaskan

climatic conditions. General advice on gardening and horticultural practice in Alaska is CaMAI. also given. Continuing series. 93450 ALASKA. UNIVERSITY. Cooperative Extension Service. Answers to questions about: land and living in Alaska. College, Alaska 1965. 15 p. maps, table, illus. (Its: Publication no.54) Gives advice to potential agricultural settlers and homesteaders on homesteading, farm conditions and marketing opportunities. The hardships and costs of farm development in the state are stressed and the reasons for high and often non-competitive production CaMAI. costs outlined. 93451 ALASKA. UNIVERSITY. CoCondensation operative Extension Service. control for Alaskan homes. College, Alaska 1965. 20 p. illus. Refs. (Its: Publication no.62) Discusses the causes and effects of condensation in buildings in Alaska, a problem which has increased in importance with recent trends to smaller, tightly insulated homes. The installation of vapor barriers and other preventive measures are explained with diagrams, and the best methods of ventilation are considered. CaMAI. ALASKA MEDICINE. Alaska's 93452 hospitals and nursing homes. (Its: v.9, 1967, no.3, p.105-108, maps) Contains four maps showing locations of hospitals and nursing homes; packaged disaster hospitals; regional population in 1967 and projected population for 1970-2000. Notes number of beds in each hospital; population in towns and regions, etc. CaMAI. 93453 ALASKA MEDICINE Directory of Alaska's physicians. (Its: v.9, 1967, no.3, p.96-104, map) Lists private practitioners according to cities, with notes on specialty, address and telephone no. Lists also physicians in USPHS, Dept of Health & Welfare, military physicians and those at the Arctic Health Research CaMAI. Laboratory. 93454 ALASKA MEDICINE. Ingenuity is a must in arctic frontiers; wildlife and (Its: v.8, Eskimos challenge researchers. 1966, no.4, p.81-82) Reviews activities of the Arctic Health Research Center of Anchorage, estab 1948. Investigator and supporting personnel, field of research, facilities and buildings are conCaMAI. sidered. 29

93455 ALASKA MEDICINE Tenth annual Lederle symposium for Anchorage. (Its: v.9, 1967, no.1, p.23-24, illus) Notes on this post-graduate symposium with list of visiting lecturers and their specialties, Lederle symposia in the US since their inception in 1952, gifts of Lederle Labs to St Mary's Mission, etc. CaMAI. 93456 ALASKA REVIEW OF BUSINESS and economic conditions Alaska's economy in 1965. (Its: v.3, 1966, no.1, p.1-8, tables) Summarizes production, income, employment, trade, tourism, population growth and other aspects of Alaska's economy for 1965, with seven statistical tables. CaMAI, DLC. 93457 ALASKA REVIEW OF BUSINESS and economic conditions. The Fairbanks economic community. (Its: v.3, 1966, no.2, p.1-8, tables) Describes the growth of this city from its origin as a gold rush town in 1903 to its present role as regional center and service center for nearby military bases. Statistics on population growth, employment, industry, business and commerce are given. Economic prospects for the city are evaluated, petroleum and space science being recently added to traditional activities. The problems of supplying utilities in sub-arctic conditions are briefly considered. The roles of the university and tourism are also considered to be increasingly significant. CaMAI, DLC. 93458 ALASKA REVIEW OF BUSINESS and economic conditions The fur industry in Alaska. (Its: v.3, 1966, no.4, p.1-8, tables) Recounts briefly the history of the Pribilof fur seal industry and its present structure. The Fouke Fur Co of South Carolina at present has sole processing contract, but competitive bids are expected after 1970. Open otter hunting seasons are anticipated soon. A curious situation regarding the hair seal is discussed: while the US Govt pays $1 million in bounties annually for its reduction as a pest, the market price in Europe is so high that in 1965 40,000 were exported by air freight over the polar route. Estimates of the value of the land mammal fur industry are presented and the role of the resident trapper is discussed. Potential for fur farming is considered dependent upon the development of a feed supply from bottom fish, meat and cannery waste. The processing of furs in Alaska would make the industry more valuable to the state. Greater promotion of the special qualities of Alaskan furs is considered the best means to revive this generally declining industry. CaMAI, DLC. 30

ALASKA REVIEW OF BUSI93459 Japan NESS and economic conditions. trade in Alaska's economy. (Its: v.3, 1966, no.3, p.1-8, tables) Indicates the increased role played by Japan in Alaska's economy and trade. This takes the form of joint US-Japanese enterprises, growing investment by Japanese interests in pulp, lumber, oil and canning industries in the state, and increased trade. The potential of Alaska as a supplier of raw materials for Japan's industries is limited only by Japanese policy to spread trading links as widely as possible for political reasons. Thus Soviet subarctic regions are supplying commodities similar to those from Alaska: coal, pulpwood, oil and gas, aluminum and minerals. But with Japan's gross national product growing more rapidly than any nation's in history, an ever-expanding market for Alaska's resources is envisaged. Relevant economic statistics for Japan are tabulated. Petroleum products, coal, wood products, iron ore, copper, livestock, marine products, and tourism are each evaluated in relation to Japanese requirements and interest. The so-called two price system is a handicap to the development of copper. Underwriting credit by Japanese firms is making development investment relatively easy. CaMAI, DLC. 93460 ALASKA SPORTSMAN. Mikado gold mine. (Its: v.32, 1966. no.1, p.21.) Notes the Mikado gold mine in the Chandalar mining district under development by the Little Squaw Mining Co since 1959 is to go into operation within a yr, following installation of a mill with min capacity of 50 tons ore/day. Four claims and a millsite have been subleased. An estimated $1.5 million worth of $87/t ore has been blocked out. CaMAI, DLC. 93461 ALASKA SPORTSMAN. Once you know them... you'll dig'em. (Its: v.33, 1967, no.4, p.18-19, map, inns) Describes Cook Inlet beaches razor clams, how to locate and dig them. Kenai beds, being too small for the clam packers may be harvested by diggers (bag limit is 60) on a CaMAI, DLC. sport fishing license. 93462 ALASKA SPORTSMAN. Pacific Seal Company. (Its: v.33, 1967, no.6, p.40, illus) Discusses prospects for Alaska's hair seal industry, now grossing $1 million/yr for trappers. Pacific Seal Company of Anchorage handles most of the pelts (34,000 in 1966). The company hopes to make Alaska a fur processing center, and will bid for the Pribilof

Island fur seal contract when it reopens in 1970. CaMAI, DLC.

'HARING, R.C. Applications of community economic base research in Alaska.

93463 ALASKA SPORTSMAN. Reindeer on Hagemeister. (Its: v.32, 1966. no. 1, p.21.) Notes three Eskimos from Togiak starting a herd on this island in Bristol Bay, with 300 head borrowed from the Nunivak herd. Experts believe the island can support 1,000-3,000 reindeer. When the herd is stabilized, the meat and surplus animals will be marketed. CaMAI, DLC.

Engineering. Stricklin, M.R. Restoration and rehabilitation in Seldovia, Alaska, following the 1964 earthquake. •HERRMAN, F.A. Status report on the Gastineau Channel model study. 'TANAKA, J.M. Stabilization investigations of the Turnagain slide. Swanston, D.N. Late Pleistocene glacial sequence from Maybeso Creek Valley, Prince of Wales Island, Alaska. Sharma, G.D. Depositional environments and sediments in southeastern Alaska. *PATRIC, J.H. Simplified method for estimating potential evapotranspiration in Alaska.

93464 ALASKA SPORTSMAN. Salcha homesteader. (its: v.32, 1966. no.4, p.40) Notes a frost tube designed and patented by Joe Balch, a Salcha homesteader. It creates its own permafrost and reduces the wobbly seasonal frost layers. The tube requires no outside energy source; once charged with fluid, it operates indefinitely. CaMAI, DLC. 93465 ALASKA SPORTSMAN. Salmon fishing. (Its: v.32, 1966. no.1, p.18.) Notes that 1965 salmon fishing, excellent in Bristol Bay, declined sharply elsewhere. In western Alaska (incl Bristol Bay) the case pack was 1,538,622 as compared with 551,842 for 1964. Southeast Alaska packed 720,855 cases, 1,215,439 in 1964; Kodiak 170,927, the worst on record; south-central Alaska 968,514, with 1,706,693 in 1964. Tagged fish failed to show up in quantity. CaMAI, DLC. 93466 ALASKA SPORTSMAN. Unalaska sulfur. (Its: v.32, 1966. no.1, p.21.) Notes the possibility of a chemical plant to exploit sulfur deposits on a 6,000 ft volcano on this Aleutian island; it is being investigated by the Soci6t6 Nationale de Petroles d'Aquitance of Paris, which has holdings in Canada and Australia and produces one million tons sulfur/yr subsidiary to its oil and gas operations. CaMAI, DLC.

Medicine and public health. Maynard, J. and others. Mortality due to heart disease among Alaskan natives, 1955-65. *DUNCAN, I.W. Immunoelectrophoresis of the group-specific proteins in Alaskan Indians and Eskimos. Philip, B.A. Distribution of solutes during chromatographic or counter current separations in thermodynamically non-ideal systems. *PALMER, H.E. and others. Fess in Alaskan natives. Biology. Mitchell, W.M. Variation in Bromus pumpellianus and its implications on eco-differentiation. Petajan, J.H. and H.C. Marshall. Development of the muscular response to cold. Karlstrom, E.L. Northwestern toad, Bubo boreas boreas, in central Alaska. Larson, A. and E. Folk. Composition of urine from bears in winter lethargy. 'WEST, G.C. and others. Seasonal changes in metabolism of Alaska willow ptarmigan.

93467 ALASKAN SCIENCE CONFERENCE, 17th, Anchorage Aug. 29 - Sept. 1, 1966. Science in Alaska 1966; proceedings. College, Alaska, American Association for the Advancement of Science, Alaska Div. 1967. 77 p. tables. Refs. E.G. Viereck, ed Presents ten papers and 13 abstracts or summaries of papers given at this conference. The ten papers* are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz:

Agriculture *LAUGHLIN, W.M. Kennebec potato yield, composition and mineral uptake as affected by fertilizer phosphorus solubility and fertilizer rate. Brundage, A.L. and L.Allen. Utilization of high moisture barley in rations of dairy cattle. Michaelson, N.E. Crop production with supplemental irrigation in Alaska. Washburn, R.H. Honey production in Alaska. CaMAI.

Economics. SHILL, R.M. Mackenzie reindeer operations. *TUSSING, A.R. World trade and criteria for resource development in Alaska.

ALASKA'S HEALTH AND 93467A WELFARE Alaska's child care institutions developing important roles. (its: v.24, Feb. 1967. p.6-7, illus) Describes Alaska Christian Home, one of 31

24 child care institutions of the State, its capacity (14 boys and 10 girls, aged 6-16), teachers, vocational teaching, recreations, founders, etc. CaMAI. 93467B ALASKA'S HEALTH AND WELFARE Alaska's children immunized against measles in big campaign. (Its: v.24, Apr. 1967, p.4) Reports the first year, 1966, of children's mass immunization being 90% successful. Participating organizations are noted. Campaign is to continue until 1967 and include CaMAI. babies newly turned one yr old. 93468 ALASKA'S HEALTH AND WELFARE. Alaska's traffic accidents go higher with every passing year. (Its: v.23, Apr. 1966, p.4) Notes the rising number of traffic accidents and death toll, with excessive speed as main cause. A table of these accidents in the US is CaMAI. included. 93469 ALASKA'S HEALTH AND WELFARE. 'Campships' are furnished for 100. (Its: v.24, Aug. 1967, p.2) Reports the second of these activities for 9-14 yr old children who have no other opportunity to attend camp. Facilities, management, etc are noted. DLC. 93469A ALASKA'S HEALTH AND WELFARE. Carbon monoxide poisoning takes tragic and needless tolls. (Its: v.24, Feb. 1967, p.8) Details circumstances of 1965 CO-deaths in Alaska and offers precautionary measCaMAI. ures. 93470 ALASKA'S HEALTH AND WELFARE. Environmental health experts cope with area problems. (Its: v.24, Nov. 1967, p.6-8, illus) Describes activities during the Fairbanks flood of Aug 1967 incl sanitation, water supply, sewage, and rehabilitation. Food and beverage inspection is also noted. DLC. 93471 ALASKA'S HEALTH AND WELFARE Food stamp program is operated as pilot project in Alaska. (Its: v.23, Aug. 1966, p.6) Reports this program started Dec. 1965 in three Seward communities. Of 73 families only 42 used the stamp since some could not afford the small cash outlay. Present operation, necessary reform, etc are noted. DLC. 93471A ALASKA'S HEALTH AND WELFARE Health and Welfare works for 32

(Its: v.24, June well-being of Alaskans. 1967, p.2-16, illus) Deals with government services; mental health, incl the Alaska Psychiatric Institute; public health service and its branches; public welfare; Division of Youth and Adult Authority, etc. Statistical services, incl vital statistics, and new health and welfare faCaMAI. cilities are also noted. 93472 ALASKA'S HEALTH AND WELFARE Hill-Burton funds benefit Alaska hospitals and health centers. (Its: v.23, Oct. 1966, p.6) Reviews the over $3 million aid given by this Fund to Alaskan health institutions during its 20 yr of activity. Amendments to federal legislation have increased the amount available for Alaska to $750 thousand/yr. CaMAI. 93473 ALASKA'S HEALTH AND WELFARE. Hillcrest Home for Boys is now operating in Fairbanks. (Its: v.23, Dec. 1966, p.3, illus) Describes this home, its capacity (8), aims, board of directors, houseparents, resources, etc. CaMAI. 93474 ALASKA'S HEALTH AND WELFARE New Anchorage area child care homes house 70 children. (Its: v.23, Apr. 1966, p.3,5) Reports on three children's homes, their sponsors, location, wooded areas, recreation facilities, etc. The location and sponsors of 24 child care institutions in Alaska are also CaMAI. listed. 93475 ALASKA'S HEALTH AND WELFARE New anti-measles vaccine is now available for children. (Its: v.23, Feb. 1966, p.1, illus) Discusses expected protection from the new vaccine; age for vaccination (1-17 yr) and CaMAI. vaccination centers are noted. 93476 ALASKA'S HEALTH AND WELFARE Sanitarian hold food service courses on state ferries, too. (Its: v.23, Oct. 1966, p.1-2, illus) Describes this training with film strips, CaMAI. movies and reading material. 93477 ALASKA'S HEALTH AND WELFARE. YAA crews perform varied services throughout the state. (Its: v.23, Feb. 1966, p.4-5, illus) Reviews conservation work performed 1965 by the Youth and Adult Authority correctional institutions, incl clearing of the old Russian Fort in Sitka and the Chilkoot Trail,

repair and painting totem poles, care of camp grounds and recreation areas, etc. CaMAI. 93478 ALBEE, P.R. and H.F. BATES. VLF observations at College, Alaska, of various D-region disturbance phenomena. (Planetary and space science 1965. v.13, no.3, p.175-206, graphs, maps, tables) 45 refs. Russian summary. Discusses the phase and amplitude anomalies of very low frequency radio wave propagation, associated with specific events in the D region of the ionosphere. 1846 optically detected solar flares were observed when the NBA recorder was operating at College, where several stabilized VLF radio transmitters have been monitored between late 1961 and mid-1964. Of the 1846 flares, 66 produced phase anomalies recorded on the NBA. Polar cap precipitation events disrupt polar VLF signals propagation. VLF phase anomalies produced by the American and Russian high altitude nuclear tests on 9 July 400 km above Johnston Island and 22 Oct 1962, by the 20 July 1963 solar eclipse, and by the 1 Oct 1961 sub-auroral-latitude particle precipitation event are shown and DLC. discussed. ALBEE, P.R., see also No. 93849 93479 ALBIN, M.S. and others. Spinal cord hypothermia by localized perfusion cooling. (Nature 1966. v.210, no. 5040, p.1059-60, table, graphs, illus) 3 refs. Other authors: R.J. White, G.E. Locke and H.E. Kretchmer. Describes a new technique for rapid cooling of the mammalian spinal cord while cord temperature remains practically unchanged. Apparatuses used and results on dogs are presented and the potential of the method assessed. DLC. 93480 ALBINSSON, G. Norrlanningarnas konsumtions-vanor. (In: Norrländska framtidsperspektiv 1964, p.115-47, Title tr.: tables) 10 refs. In Swedish. Comsumption customs in northern Sweden. Discusses differences between consumption standards in the five northernmost provinces and the rest of Sweden that may underlie the net migration from Norrland. Climate, distance, and development are factors in the problem. The first affects calory intake, clothing, heating, and vitamin needs, import of fruits and vegetables, etc. Distance is a factor because the majority of Norrlanders live in underdeveloped areas, large settlements are less dense, and cultural and administration centers less accessible, and consumers' goods from the south are more difficult to acquire. Manufactured goods are

the chief imports and raw or unfinished materials are the exports. Income is somewhat lower, and two or more occupations higher than elsewhere. Social and educational subsidies, recreation and communications media, housing types and conveniences and public health are also considered. DLC. 93481 ALBREKTSSON, T. and J. THEMAN. Fortsatt ornitologisk inventering i Padjelanta nationalpark juni månad 1965. (Fauna och flora 1966, no.1, p.1-8, illus) In Swedish. 23 refs. Title tr.: Continuation of the ornithological inventory in Padjelanta national park, June 1965. Reports own observations in this locality in nothern Sweden. 85 species (listed) have so far been recorded, 50 of which breed there, with a further eight probably breeding. Comments are included on 31 species of DLC. particular interest. ALDER, B., see No. 98699, 98700, 98701 93482 ALEIKIN, I. Peredovoe avtokhozialstvo na Kamchatke. (Avtomobil'nyl transport 1965. v.43, no.3, p.7-8) In Russian. Title tr.: An advanced auto transport center in Kamchatka. Describes the organization and performance of the Kamchatmorgidrostroy base. By Nov 1964 the seven-yr transportation plan was already 97.6% fulfilled, reducing the cost by 1.8 kopeks/ton-km. Utilization factor of the base in 1964 was 0.69. DLC. ALEINIKOV, N.A., see No. 95653 93483 ALEINIKOV, S.M. and V.I. SINOMIN. Koordinatsionnoe soveshchanie po teme "Termicheskil i ledovyl rezhimy svobodnykh rek i podpertykh b'efov i ikh regulirovanie." (Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitelt In Russtvo 1967. v.37, no.9, p.56-58) sian. Title tr. Coordination conference on the topic "Thermal and ice regimes of free and dammed river reaches and their regulation." Reviews the reports presented at four sections of the 22-25 May 1967 conference at the Kazakh Research Institute of Power Engineering in Alma-Ata. The section on free rivers had 14 papers, that on dammed reaches, 19; 13 reports were given to the section on construction and operation of hydraulic installations, and seven to that on regulation of ice and thermal regimes. The next (Sept-Oct 1968) coordination conference is to be on investigation of ice gorge and bridge phenomena in rivers and power plant ponds, and the methods for controlling their DLC. effects. 33

ALEINIKOV, S.M., see also No. 100110 93484 ALEKHICHEV, S.P. and G.V. KALABIN. K voprosu ispol'zovanüa vozdushnykh zaves dhä bor'by s utechkami vozdukha na rudnike im. S.M. Kirova. (In: Akademii"a nauk SSSR. Kol'skü filial. Tekhnologirazrabotki... 1964, p.159-64, table, illus) 4 refs. In Russian. TYtte tr. The use of pneumatic screens to control air leakage in the S.M. Kirov mine. Discusses the summer and winter ventilation regimes in the mine with reference to the main gallery in the Kukisvumchorr wing, where an undesirable air flow at 2500-3000 m3/min is present, and more than 40% of the ventilators' debit is wasted by leakage through ore chutes, bunkers, etc in the summer season. An air-screen is proposed to cope with the situation. The essence of this method is a strong planar jet of air from a special slit which moves across the undesired flow of air, preventing its further progress along the workings. The main parameters of the airscreen, and the formulas for their determination are given in a table. Installation of four such air-screens at the mouth of the main gallery of 28 m2 cross-section should improve considerably the efficiency of forced ventilation in the mine. DLC. 93485 ALEKHICHEV, S.P. and others. Metody bor'by s pyl'tü na gorizonte vtorichnogo droblenva apatitovogo rudnika im. S.M. Kirova. (In: Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Kol'sklI filial. Tekhnologiia razrabotki... 1964, p.136-45, tables, illus) In Russian. Other authors: E.G. Maksimov, V.I. Usynin and K.P. Krotov. Title 6:: Methods of dust control at the secondary breaking level in the S.M. Kirov apatite mine. Reports an inspection of the dust regime in the mine, causes of the dusty air, and recommendations for sprinkling the ore with water during the screening process and breaking the barite-free lumps by waterblasting instead of the blast-hole method in use. Test results of secondary breaking by water blasting, showing its economic and technical efficiency are given in tables. Data on performance of three types of water sprinkler is tabulated. The mine ventilation scheme is considered inadequate, and its improvement is recommended. DLC. 93486 ALEKHICHEV, S.P. and L.A. PUCHKOV. 0 provetrivanii zaboev pri prokhodke vosstamshchikh malogo seche(In Akademia nauk SSSR. Kol'skii nitä. filial. Tekhnologiia razrabotki... 1964, p.150-56, illus) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ventilation of faces when sinking raises of small cross-section. 34

Discusses the problem, suggesting either staple and ore-chute drilling machines for driving a vertical or steeply inclined passage between two workings in the mine, without blasting and without a man at the stope, or without changing the usual technology of sinking the raises, if blasting is used. Various methods are reviewed for ventilating small cross-section raises during their sinking, at the Rasvumchorr apatite mines, Ensk mica mines, Ege-Khaya tin mines, and others. The most practical method is considered to be using a portable arrangement of rubberized pipes with a forced air or ejector venDLC. tilation. ALEKHICHEV, S.P., see also No. 99254, 101018, 101019, 101173 93487 ALEKHINA, L.P. Porody-kollektory verkhneT i'ury Berezovskogo ralona. (Sibirskil n: issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syr'ia. Leningrad. Trudy 1966, Refs. In no.47, p.115-22, tables, illus) Russian. Title tr.: Upper Jurassic reservoir rock of the Berezovo region. Reports study of lithologic composition of rock consisting of gritstones, sandstones, and porous shell limestones. Five classes are distinguished. Their porosity, permeability, density and other features are described. DLC. 93488 ALEKHINA, L.P. Uslovii formirovanii porod-kollektorov produktivnogo gorizonta Berezovskogo gazovogo mestorozhdeniiä. (Geologiiä nefti i gaza 1966. v.10, no.2, p. 18-21, illus) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Conditions for the formation of reservoir rock in the productive zone of the Berezovo gas deposits. Reports a lithological and petrographic investigation of Upper Jurassic sandstones of this horizon. Formation of the sandstones occurred in two stages, monomineralic changing to polymictic. The difference in time of deposition explains the variation in the rocks on the dome, slope and limb of the structure. This study raises the possibility of establishing the degree of tectonic control of local structures in the northwest part of the West Siberian lowland to aid further exploration. DLC. ALEKSANDROV, A.V. Tekh93489 nicheskie problemy, sviazannye s osvoeniem gazovykh mestorozhdeniI Severe. (Stroitel'stvo truboprovodov 1967. v.12, no.3, Title tr.: Technical In Russian p.6-9) problems connected with the assimilation of the gas deposits of the North. Discusses natural gas production as planned through 1975, with assimilation of the more

northerly Gubkino, Komsomol'skoye, Novyy Port, and Tazovskoye deposits of Tyumen Province, and pipeline construction in Yakutia. Production in the northern Tyumen is to go to 26-30 billion m3 /yr by 1970, and 120 billion m3 /yr in 1975. Some 1.1 million running meters of deep drillings are planned to bring in 1.4 trillion m3 of gas deposits. Pipelines operate satisfactorily at -60 to 70°C. For operation at a design temp of -40°C, they are recommended as above-ground for permafrost areas, above and below ground, and surface construction in marshy and wet loam areas, and underground for all other types of terrain. Mechanized equipment for pipeline laying in the North is discussed. DLC.

Four forms are common in the lower Lena basin and can be identified by distinct morphological and biological differences. These fish are widely distributed in the Lena itself, in tributaries, lakes and the littoral zone of the Laptev Sea. Their food includes both plankton and benthic organisms. Their morphological differences and biological specialization are of significance in wildlife management and in their treatment as a natural resource of this area. Their adaptability indicates that they could be used to seed other areas for the development of commercial fisheries. DLC.

93490 ALEKSANDROV, I.V and others. Geokhimicheskie osobennosti raspredeleniia azota v karbonatakh iz karbonatitov Aldana. (Geokhimirå 1967, no.7, p. 868-70, table) 2 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.F. Volynets and V.S. Pavlenko. Title tr.: Geochemical features of nitrogen distribution in carbonates from Aldan carbonatites. Reports the content of N and NH3 in carbonates from enclosing rocks and carbonatites. Five groups of these rocks are recognized and the N and NH3 behavior determined. DLC.

93493 ALEKSANDROVA, M.I. and K.A. 0 kormovykh dostoinstvakh MOISEEV. mal'vy. (Akademirå nauk SSSR. Komi filial. Trudy 1965. no. 14, p. 83-92, tables) 8 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Nutritional value of the mallow. Discusses the yields, dry weight, and protein content of three Malva species grown in Komi during 1961-63. Daily increase in dry matter, protein and main inorganic nutrients in July-Aug are given; as are protein and net albumin content, dry weight and protein in crops, cellulose and sugar contents and mineral content. DLC.

ALEKSANDROV, P.E., see No. 97204

ALEKSANDROVA, N.M., see No. 99462

ALEKSANDROV, V.A., see No. 96292

ALEKSANDROVA, R.A., see No. 99820

93491 ALEKSANDROVA, E.N. and V.V. KUZNETSOV. K izuchenim biologii prokhodnykh ryb r. Leny v osenne-zimnil period. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1967. v. 22, ser. 6: biol., pochvovedenie, no. 3, p. 12-22, graphs, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Biology of migrating fish in the Lena during autumn and winter. Discusses biology of migrating fish (Coregonus sardinella, C. muksun and C autumnalis) caught in the Lena delta on the southern shore of the Laptev Sea. The many morphological varieties of C muksun are noted. Dimensions and general state of fish depend on the salinity of water. When there is a shortage of males over 285 mm in length, a great decrease in breeding is observed. DLC.

93494 ALEKSANDROVA, V.D. K istorii rastitel'nosti Novosibirskikh ostrovov v poslelednikovoe vremi`a. (Botanicheskil zhurnal 1966. v.51, no.11, p. 1580-92, map, Refs. In Russian. English sumtables) mary. Title tr.: On the postglacial history of the vegetation of the New Siberian Islands. Study of a fossil peat bog on the Bol'shoy Lyakhovskiy Island revealed its formation under alluvial conditions in a river valley. The islands were at that time fused and part of the mainland, with a warmer climate than today. DLC.

93492 ALEKSANDROVA, E.N. and V.V. KUZNETSOV. 0 vnutrividovykh formakh lenskogo muksuna Coregonus muksun (Pallas) Smitt. (Moska. Univ. Vestnik 1968. v. 23, ser 6: biol., pochvovedenie, no. 1, p. 28-37, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. Intraspecies forms of the Lena muksun Coregonus muksun (Pallas) Smitt.

ALEKSANDROVA, E.N., see also No. 97272

93495 ALEKSEENKO, E.A. Kety; istoriko-etnograficheskie ocherki. Leningrad, Nauka 1967. 262 p. map, tables, illus. Tide tr.: Approx. 300 refs. In Russian. Yeniseians; historic and ethnographic sketches. Studies this ethnically and linguistically isolated group of about a thousand people living along the Yenisey River approx 60-66°30'N, Krasnoyarsk Province. Historical data since contact times are reviewed and the material and spiritual culture of the late 19thearly 20th centuries described. Hunting and 35

fishing, fur trade, subsidiary reindeer husbandry, housing and furnishing, diet, clothing, family and kinship structure, child rearing, marriage and burial rites, religious beliefs and shamanism are dealt with in turn. Cultural and socio-economic changes of the Soviet era are discussed: establislunent of cooperatives, collectivization, education, public health, trade, etc. DLC. 93496 ALEKSEEV, A.I. Gavriil Andreevich Sarychev. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 168 p. map, illus. Approx 50 refs. In Russian. Biography of this Russian navigator and scientist with attention directed to his hydrographic work and mapping of the northeast Asiatic coast. His voyages are described, particularly his participation in the Northeastern Expedition of 1785-1793 under Billings. Its main events are recounted, and controversial questions raised by the narratives of Sarychev (No 37223) and Sauer (No 37228) and the still unpub journals of Billings are discussed. Some 15 publications of Sarychev during 1802-1826 are listed at end. DLC. 93497 ALEKSEEV, G.N. and K.F. VOITKOVSKII. IAkutsk - Moskva na av-

tomobile. Moskva, Izd-vo Mysl' 1966. 208 p. maps, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Yakutsk to Moscow by automobile. Describes their 11,500 km 42-day trip with a Moskvich-402. They left Yakutsk on 21 June (1964?) and drove via Never, Ulan-Ude, Krasnoyarsk, Novosibirsk, Tyumen', and Sverdlovsk, reaching Moscow on 2 Aug. The poor roads and lack of service stations are stressed. Gold, flogopite and iron ore deposit areas traversed in Yakutia are noted. Route maps are included. DLC. 93498 ALEKSEEV, K.V. Opredelenie ob"emnogo vesa betona plotiny Bratskol GES. (Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitel'stvo 1967. v. 37, no. 6, p. 33-34, tables) In Russian. Title tr.: Determination of the volume weight of the concrete of the dam of the Bratsk hydroelectric power station. Estimates the dam's volume weight by using the equation: v = vivf/2 v,, where vi is the weight of densified concrete mixture of composition i, and v, is the volume of concrete of this mixture. The filler and the plasticizing admixture for the six different types of concrete in the dam are given in a table. The average volume weight of core samples from several drillholes to 446 m combined depth in the dam is found to be 2.44 t/m3 as against the value 2.42 t/m3 calculated by the equation. When the 0.018 t/m3 mean weight of the armature in the 36

reinforced concrete section of the dam is taken into account, the measured and calculated values are found practically to coDLC. incide. ALEKSEEV, M.N. and others. Ob osnovakh geokhronologii antropogena SibirskoT platformy. (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. Geologicheskil inst. KorrehäisiIå antropogenovykh otlozheniT... Moskva 1965, p. 68-77) 16 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors. E.I. Rayskil and S.M. TSeitlin. Title tr.: Principles of Quaternary geochronology in the Siberian platform. Reviews recent studies of Quaternary deposits in the Lena, Aldan, Vilyuy, Yenisey and other basins. Three main divisions are recognized: Eopleistocene, Pleistocene and Holocene, and the first divided into three horizons according to faunal and pollen complexes. The Pleistocene represents deposits of four glaciations, the Samarovo, Taz, Zyryanka and Sartan, and of three interglacials. The Holocene began approx 10,000 yr ago. Presented at INQUA Conference, Bpulder 1965. DLC. 93499

93500 ALEKSEEV, M.N. and others. Osnovnye geokhronologicheskie etapy antropogena Sibirskol platformy. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Izvestinä 1966, ser. geol. no. 3, p. 101-103, table) In Russian. Other authors: E.I. Rayskil and S.M. TSeitlin. Title fr.: Main geochronologic stages of the Anthropogene of the Siberian platform. Reviews studies of Quaternary deposits in the Nizhnyaya Tunguska, Lena, Vilyuy, Angara, Yenisey and other regions. Lithologic, paleontologic, and absolute age determination data are considered. A scheme of the Quaternary deposits is discussed (but not described). The deposits are grouped in large periods, Eopleistocene, Pleistocene and Holocene, which are briefly characterized. DLC. Materialy o religioznykh verovaniiakh iakutov kak istoriko-etnograficheskiT istochnik. (Sovetskatå etnografiia 1966, no. 2, p. 22.33) Approx. 30 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Study of religious beliefs of Yakuts as a source of history and ethnography. Discusses features in Yakut mythology and shamanistic legends which elucidate ethnic origin, cultural links, social structure, and prehistoric migration. The Yakut pantheon as reflected in heroic epos evolved during the 93501 ALEKSEEV, N.A.

transition from the primitive communal stage to patriarchal society. Archaic elements, incl animism, affinal to Turkic and Mongolian concepts imply a south Siberian origin. The

absence of peculiarly Buryat traits in Yakut shamanism as well as any reference to Genghis-Khan's campaigns indicate that by the mid-12th century most of the Yakut ancestral tribes had moved down the Lena River. Strong Evenki Tungus and Yukaghir influence on Yakut religion attests to prolonged cultural association. DLC. ALEKSEEV, N.G., see No. 95698 ALEKSEEV, N.V., see No. 99241 93502 ALEKSEEV, V.P. Izuchenie antropologicheskogo sostava SSSR za 50 let. (Sovetskaia etnografita 1967, no. 5, p. 25-43) Refs. In Russian. English sumTitle tr.: Study of the ethnic mary. composition of the population of USSR in the last 50 years. Reviews research in physical anthropology of Soviet minorities incl the Ural-Altaic and Paleosiberian peoples of European and Asiatic USSR. Craniometric, odontological, dermatoglyphic, etc studies, as well as blood group analyses and paleo-anthropological field work are considered. Controversies regarding the classification of Siberian anthropological types are discussed. The customary racial division into the Paleosiberian or Baykal, Central Asiatic, and Arctic types has been variously revised by G.F. Debets, M.G. Levin, and others. The taxonomic system developed by N.N. Cheboksarov recognizes two basic types: the Pacific, comprising the Arctic and the East and South Mongoloid groups, and the Continental, consisting of the Baykal and Central Asiatic groups. Ancient mixings are considered responsible for the evolution of other, seemingly autonomous, types. DLC. 93503 ALEKSEEV, V.R. 0 printsipe postroeniii i soderzhanii kompleksnykh geokriologicheskikh kart. (In: Vses. mezhduvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po geokriologii, 8th. Materialy v.2, 1966. p. 56-64, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On principles of construction and the content of complex geocryologic maps. Discusses geocryologic maps based on the cryologic formation principle that was used in mapping of southern Yakutia. Types of frozen rock, types of seasonal freeze-thaw layers, cryogenic-geologic formations, and taliks are discussed. Content of geocryogenic maps at scale 1:10,000-1:50,000; 1:100,000-1:200,000, and 1:500,000 and more is outlined, and methods of construction are noted. DLC. ALEKSEEV, V.R., see also No. 101205

93504 ALEKSEEV, V.S. Flotatsiia apatita iz obshchikh mokrykh khvostov KovdorskoT obogatitel'noT fabriki. (In: Obogashchenie poleznykh iskopaemykh Kol'skogo poluostrova... 1966. p. 69-75, tables, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Apatite flotation from general wet tailings of the Kovdor concentration plant. Studies the possibility of obtaining an apatite concentrate from tailings of the disintegration zone ore, from which the main mass of quartzite and dolomite has been removed by flotation. A method is presented in two diagrams which produces apatite concentrate that can be used for manufacturing smelted magnesian phosphate fertilizers. A higher concentration of phosphorus pentoxide (P205), up to 29.07-32.77% can be obtained by using electromagnetic separation. DLC. 93505 ALEKSEEV, V.S. 0 vozmozhnosti flotatsionnogo otdeleniia kal'tsita of apatita. (In: Obogashchenie poleznykh iskopaemykh Kol'skogo poluostrova... 1966. p. 19-23, graphs, illus) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The possibility of calcite-apatite separation by flotation. Discusses the procedure of enrichment of iron ore from the wet tailings at the Kovdor plant. The ore contains baddeleyite, forsterite, apatite, and calcite, the last two being difficult to separate because of their similar flotation properties. Laboratory work resulting in separation of apatite concentrate with 25-27% phosphorus pentoxide is described, demonstrating the feasibility of industrial calciteapatite separation. DLC. 93506 ALEKSEEV, V.S. and others. Poluchenie kianitovykh kontsentratov dlia ogneupornoT promyshlennosti. (In: Obogashchenie poleznykh iskopaemykh Kol'skogo poluostrova... 1966. p. 56-62, tables, illus) In Russian. Other authors: G.G. Morozov, L.E. Antonenko and L.F. Skhådneva. Title tr. Kyanite concentration for the refractory materials industry. Discusses the processing of Keyvy series kyanites by various methods, aiming at a higher concentration of the ore. 1963 results of ore separation in heavy suspensions are analyzed. The enrichment scheme given in a diagram and the results in a table show that quality standardized granular concentrates can be obtained by using nodular deep horizon kyanite of the Tyapsh-Manyuk deposits. DLC. 93507 ALEKSEEV, V.S. and others. Poluchenie vysokokachestvennykh kianitovykh kontsentratov. (In: Obogashchenie poleznykh iskopaemykh Kol'skogo poluos37

trove... 1966. p.63-68, graphs, tables, illus) In Russian. Other authors: G.G. Morozov, L.E. Antonenko and L.F. Skliiidneva. Title tr.: Production of high quality kyanite concentrates. Reports on methods of obtaining kyanite concentrates with not less than 58% alumina using nodular deep-horizon kyanite of the Tyapsh-Manyuk deposits. The purpose is to obtain two varieties of kyanite concentrate: one with 58% alumina for production of aluminum and its alloys, and the other of 52% or more alumina to use in casting anti-pickup dies in foundries. The best way to get both varieties of the concentrate is found to be by flotation of graphitized minerals, using a pine oil 30 g/t, one minute mixing time, flotation time 5 min; kyanite flotation, using sulfuric acid 50 glt, pH of the pulp 6.0, 1 min mixing time with the acid; use of the collector (MDTM: C17-C20 = 1:1) 500 g/t, mixing time 5 min; flotation time 3 min. DLC. ALEKSEEV, V.S., see also No. 98681 93508 ALEKSEEVA, L.N. "Sevemoe sitenie." (Tanisy narodov SSSR 1956. no. 3, p. 33-55, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: "Aurora borealis." Describes this representative Komi folk dance for girls, the steps, costume, choreography; musical accompaniment is appended. DLC. 93509 ALEKSEEVA, RE. Famenskie (In: brakhiopody Severo-Vostoka SSSR. Akademiis nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geologii i geofiz. Novye dannye po biostratigrafii devona i verkhnego paleozoil Sibiri... 1967. p. 14-20, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Famennian brachiopods of the Northeast of the USSR. Presents systematic account of Upper Devonian brachiopods collected in the SetteDaban Range, Kolyma, Vostochnaya Khandyga and other areas with notes on their geographic and stratigraphic distribution. Of the eight species described, Trifidorostellum aldanicum and T verchojanicum are new to science. DGS. 93510 ALEKSEEVA, R.E. and N.A. NUZHDINA. Nekotorye srednedevonskie terebratulidy Omolonskogo massive, SeveroVostok SSSR. (Paleontologicheskil zhurnal 1967, no. 1, p. 137-43, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tit: Some Middle Devonian terebratulids of the Omolon massif, northeastern USSR. Presents a systematic account of two new brachiopods, one of fam Stringocephalidae, Omolonia antiqua n gen et sp; the other of 38

sub-fam Rensselandiinae Chascothyris sibirica DLC. n sp. 93511 ALEKSEEVA, R.E. Sibiritoechia, novyl rod otnåda Rhynchonellida. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v. 167, no. 5, p. 1147-49, illus) In Russian. Title tr. Sibiritoechia, a new genus of order Rhynchonellida. Presents a systematic description of Lower Devonian brachiopods found in the Verkhoyansk Range, Cherskogo mountain system, Sette-Daban Range, and elsewhere: Sibiritoechia n gen represented by S. convexa, S. lata and S. oblonga n spp. DLC. ALEKSEEVA, R.E., see also No. 94988 ALEKSEEVA-POPOVA, N.V., 98845, 98846

see

No.

ALEXANDER, E.R., see No. 94225 93512 ALEXANDER, H.L. Alaskan survey. (Expedition 1967. v. 9, no. 3, p. 20-29, maps, illus) 3 refs. Deals with the author's 1966 archeological survey of the Galbraith Lake and Atigun River valley, Brooks Range-Endicott Mts region. Over forty sites were located incl five sizable villages of so-called modern Eskimo occupation and several sites of the Denbigh and, possibly, pre-Denbigh era. Some of the sites appear stratified, one Denbigh contains rich organic material: important factors for comparative and absolute dating. Expeditionary equipment, camping techniques, the mosquito plague, etc are noted. The Atigun River and valley, unexplored except for aerial surveys, are described. No Eskimos came to this area probably since 1920, following the disappearance of caribou through overkill or shift in migration route. The information leading to the expedition came from an old Eskimo of Anaktuvuk Pass, a village settled in 1947 by remnants of nomadic Nunamiut bands. Their tales of encounters with Indians in the Brooks Range are lent credulity by the author's 1962 discovery of a site on Chandler Lake: remains of dwelling and recovered artifacts lack any similarity to Eskimo DLC. work. 93513 ALEXANDER, S.E. The Alexbow ice plow; a summary of remarks made in conjunction with his movie on the trial runs of Alexbow. (National Northern Development Conference, Edmonton, Alta 1-3 Nov. 1967, p. 115-18, h us) Compares a conventional icebreaker, the John A. Macdonald, and its icebreaking capability with the prototype Alexbow on a barge-like craft built at Kingston Shipyards

Ltd, 92 gross t, 65 ft long, 30 ft beam. The point of her 5/8 in. concave steel bow glides beneath unbroken ice, exerting upward pressure which breaks the ice, makes it ride up the blade slope and off upon the unbroken ice cover alongside the channel cleared. On Mar 1967 trial runs on Lake Ontario, the Alexbow craft was pushed by a tug through 12-14 in. ice at 2.5-3.5 knots, clearing a 30 ft wide channel and negotiating 180° turns in the ice. This free-floating bow pushed by tug or small boat is planned for production by Alexbow Ltd, Ottawa, and development is expected of a self-powered Alexbow, a detachable Alexbow to be fitted to conventional vessels for ice navigation, also an Alexbow designed for incorporation into the hull of a vessel under construction. Attention is drawn to the application of the Alexbow to shipping for oil and minerals to be extracted in the high Arctic. Introductory note on the author cites his experience with the RCMP 1932-61, on the arctic patrols of the St Roch 1935-39, and with USN task force in Canadian Western Arctic waters 1955-1957. CaMAI. 93513A ALFORD, D. Density variation in alpine snow. (Journal of glaciology 1967. v.6, no. 46, p. 495-503, graphs, maps) 11 refs. French and German summary. Reports on studies of the annual snow layer in the Beartooth Mts of SW Montana and on the west flank of Mount Logan in the St. Elias Range in the Yukon. They were undertaken to determine whether snow stratigraphy analyses could contribute to the understanding of the alpine environment. A similar distribution of at least one physical property of the snow pack in the two areas was disclosed. The average density of the pack, obtained by integrating a series of measurements taken at 5-10 cm vertical intervals over the total thickness of the annual layer, reaches a maximum value near a mid-point of the total elevation covered by each traverse and decreases linearly toward the elevation extremes. As a preliminary hypothesis the distribution of average snowdensity values along slopes is directly related to a semi-stable zonation of near-surface air CaMAI, DLC. temperatures. 93514 ALFORD, M.E. Build a wooden kayak. (Alaska sportsman 1966. v. 32, no. 7, p. 16-19, illus) Presents plans, bill of materials and instructions for building an unusually stable, nearly unsinkable plywood two-seater kayak. Designed for long distance touring, the craft draws only 21/2 in. when loaded to 450 lbs, allowing it to navigate the shallowest DLC. streams.

93515 ALFORD, M.E. Yukon's mountain wealth. (Canadian geographical journal 1966. v. 72, no. 1, p. 16-21, map, illus) Describes the potential of the Icefield Ranges and St Elias Mts of the Yukon for mountaineering and glaciological study. The work of the Icefield Ranges Research Project DGS. is mentioned. 93516 ALFVEN, H. Note on the "auroral oval." (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v. 72, no. 13, p. 3503, graph) 5 refs. Notes the importance of the so-called auroral oval for explaining the basic morphology of auroras, and points out that it was discovered by Carlheim-Gyllensköld (cf No.2873) during the First International Polar Year at Cap Thordsen on Vestspitsbergen and by H. Alfv6n in 1940. DLC. 93517 ALGERMISSEN, S.T. Mechanism of the Prince William Sound earthquake. (In: ESSA Symposium on Earthquake Prediction, 1966. Proceedings p. 20-25, graphs, map) Summarizes, with graphs, studies of the compression-dilatation patterns and faultplane solutions of the main. Mar 28 shock in 1964 and three other shocks between Feb 6 and Mar 30. Methods of analysis are briefly explained, and their relevance to problems of prediction noted. DLC. 93518 ALGERMISSEN, S.T. Seismic studies in Alaska. (In.' ESSA Symposium on Earthquake Prediction, 1966. Proceedings p. 48-52, graphs, maps, table) Reviews progress in seismic studies in Alaska since 1964. Despite its location in the circum-Pacific earthquake belt, there were no permanent seismograph stations in southcentral Alaska prior to the Mar 1964 earthquake. Seismographs are now installed at College, Sitka, Anchorage, Cordova, Kodiak, Kenai, Gulkana, Middleton Island and Seward. One major objective of seismic research is the prediction of the area likely to be affected by aftershocks following a major earthquake. More than a thousand aftershocks 28 Mar - 31 July 1964 in south-central Alaska are mapped, with a histogram of their magnitude, and a plot of cumulative strain release. A profile of crustal deformation across Kodiak Island is also shown. DLC. ALfAVDIN, V.F., see No. 99894 A.N. 93519 ALLAS, E.E. and MESHCHERIAKOV. Sovershenstvovanie tekhniki spetsial'nykh gidrotekhnicheskikh rabot v energeticheskom stroitel'stve. 39

(Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitel'stvo 1967. v. 37, no. 11, p. 38-45, table, illus) In Russian. Tytte fr.: Improvements of the technique of special hydrotechnical work in hydropower construction. Reports on the luting shield construction technique, giving length, and depth of the shield, the total length of the boreholes in it, also the composition and amount of luting mixture for 19 hydroelectric power plant dams, incl the Novosibirsk, Onda, Bratsk, and Krasnoyarsk dams. The luting process is discussed as an anti-filtration technique in hydrotechnical installations, also as a means of strengthening building foundations, by injecting into the dam or foundation a liquid mixture of cement, sand, and clay; the methods and equipment used are described. DLC. ALLDREDGE, L.R., see No. 96750 93520 ALLEN, E. Operation of open-pit mine equipment in sub-zero weather. (Canadian mining and metallurgical bulletin 1966, v. 59, no. 656, p. 1429-34, illus) Describes operation of 250 pieces of equipment at the Lac Jeannine iron mine, Nouveau-Quebec, under conditions with average temp of 27.5'F and 240 days below freezing yearly. Charts show various heating, insulating, lubricating and winterizing devices and procedures which are in successful operation and others which have been discontinued. Use of natural vs synthetic rubber is indicated. In addition to problems of cold, a minimum of a million cubic yds of snow is cleared annually and 8 -10,000 cubic yds of sand used on mine roads. DLC. ALLEN, J.R., see No. 94470 93521 ALLEN, K.C. Lower and middle Devonian spores of north and central Vestspitsbergen. (Palaeontology 1965. v. 8, no. 4, p. 687-748, illus) 68 refs. Describes spores from 250 rock specimens selected from over a thousand collected, beginning 1959, and representing all members of the lower-middle Devonian succession in Vestspitsbergen. The spore genera and species are based only on morphologic criteria, their botanical affinities are for the most part unknown. Of 82 dispersed spore species recorded, 48 are described as new. Five new genera (Bullatisporites, Craspedispora, Cymbosporites, Aulicosporites, and Chelinospora) are proposed. Archaeozonotriletes is amended. DOS. 93522 ALLEN, R.L. BuDocks helps to build a new Kodiak. (Naval civil engineer 1966. v. 7, no. 1, p. 18-21, illus) 40

Describes the role of the US Navy in assisting this city to recover from damage incurred by the Mar 1964 earthquake and seven tsunamis which it generated. Damage and subsequent urban renewal is summarized and illus. Relief operations by various Navy units are outlined. The incident of the "Mary Ruby" and various other problems of the reconstruction period are recounted. $7.5 million were alloted for renewal and improvement of public facilities, but more than $20 million in new buildings is anticipated by 1970. DLC. 93523 ALLEN, R.S. Morphology of fading of radio waves transversing the auroral ionosphere. (In: NATO Inst. on Ionospheric Radio Communications in the Arctic. Proceedings 1967 pub 1968. p. 294-315, graphs, illus) 12 refs. Develops the morphology of scintillation fading for high and very high frequencies. Forms are indicated for variation of depth of fading with subionospheric latitude, geomagnetic conditions, seasonal and diurnal time, and solar cycle. The observations and studies made with cosmic sources and beacon satellites are used and the amplitude and/or phase deviations obtained of a radio wave that had traversed an irregularity in the ionosphere. These data were recorded from a number of stations, incl Kiruna, Narsarssuaq, and Thule. The report shows present knowledge of high latitude scintillation establishes a method for normalizing data obtained by different observatories with varying radio frequency or geometric parameters, and suggests new observational procedures. Interdependence of several parameters indicates that a common cause controls the details of DLC. their behavior. ALLEN, R.S., see also No. 98278 93524 ALM, B. and others The density of birds in two study areas of the alpine region in southern Lapland in 1964. Lund, C.W.K. Gleerup 1965. 14 p., tables, illus. (Lund. Univ. Acta, section 2, no. 4) 9 refs. Other authors: A. Enemar, H. Myhrberg and S. Svensson. Study of one-km2 areas in the low and middle alpine parts of the Ammarnlis region of Sweden. Size and composition of the breeding population were determined in each area. In the low alpine part 100 pairs/km2 were found; in middle alpine 50 pairs/km2. The meadow pipit was dominant in both parts, comprising 65 and 51%, respectively, of all birds. DLC. AL'MUKHAMEDOV, A.I., see No. 98409, 100175

ALMUKHOV, A.M., see No. 97151 93525 AL'PERT, IA. L. VLF and ELF waves in the near-earth plasma. (Space science reviews 1967. v. 6, no. 6, p. 780.840, graphs, tables) Refs. Discusses phenomena associated with very low frequencies and extremely low frequencies of radio waves in the near-earth plasma, and develops a theory. The electron whistler at frequencies lower than 1 kc/sec, and the wave appearing at ion gyro-frequencies (proton whistler) are interpreted. Oscillograms are given of these two branches of the waves recorded from satellites and from ground stations incl Great Whale River, Greenland at 81.6°, 79.9° and 71.2'N, and Tromso. Spectra of the oscillations, velocities and attenuations of the waves, and for some cases conditions of plasma instability and its oscillation changes are calculated, and the more significant experimental facts summed up. DLC 93526 Lawrence ALPINE JOURNAL Rickard Wager, 1904-1965. ( Its: v. 71, 1966. no. 313, p. 349-55, illus) Obituary of distinguished geologist, whose work on the Skaergaard intrusion in Greenland is well known. J.L. Longland comments (p 350-55) on his abilities as expedition leader and mountaineer. DLC. 93527 ALSOP, L.E. and A.A. NOWROOZI. Faster Fourier analysis. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v. 71, no. 22, p. 5482-83, table) 1 ref. Analyzes a record obtained on a strain seismograph after the large Rat Island (Aleutian Islands) earthquake of Feb. 4, 1965 (magnitude 3/4), as an example for use of an algorithm which considerably reduces the DGS. time required for Fourier analyses. 93528

KITIN.

ALTMAN, L.P. and V.S. NINekotorye voprosy elektrifikatsii

sel'skogo khoziaistva Severo-Zapadnogo ekonomicheskogo ralona. (Severo-Zapad evropeiskol chasti SSSR 1965, no. 4, p. 7 refs. In Russian. 130-39, table) Title tr.: Some problems in the electrification of agriculture in Northwestern economic region. Discusses electric power requirements and supply for the region incl Komi and Karelia ASSR, Murmansk and Arkhangelsk Provinces. Some data are given on the needs in the kolkhozes and sovkhozes, and electrification in the seven-year plan 1959-65. Heat supply in the region is also conDLC. sidered. ALTSCHULER, N., see No. 99680

93529 ALTYKIS, E.V. and I.A. DIUBKIN. Statisticheskaia struktura nekotorykh kharakteristik tsirkuliatsii atmosfery. (Leningrad. Arkticheskll i antarkticheskii n: issl. inst. Trudy 1966. no. 277, p. 28-33, maps, tables, illus) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Statistical structure of certain characteristics of atmospheric circulation, Analyzes the components of atmospheric pressure at sea level and geopotential of the 500 mb isobaric surface. The atmospheric processes over the Atlantic-Europe and North America-eastern Pacific in 35-75'N are investigated and network of stations whence data are taken is given in a polar chart. The analysis shows no stable asynchronous relations between the intensity of the zonal circulation components in different regions. CaMAI, DLC.

ALVER, B., see No. 94087 93530 ALVRE, P. Zur Frage nach der Entwicklung 'ja , jä > i in den uralischen Sprachen. (Sovetskoe finno-ugrovedenie 1965. v. 1, no. 1, p. 11-20) 24 refs. In German. Russian summary. Title tr.: Development of *ja, jö > i in Uralic languages. Comparative morphological study of these plural suffixes in Lappish, Samoyed, and Balto-Finnish. The plural i suffix is considered to have evolved from the collectiveword dormant 'ja or jä. DLC. 93531 ALYPOVA, O.M. Nekotorye dannye o fizicheskikh svolstvakh vulkanicheskikh porod ralona Kliiichevskoi gruppy vulkanov. (Bmlleten' vulkanologicheskikh stanti 11967, no. 43, p. 56-62, graphs, tables) Title tr.: Some data on Refs. In Russian. the physical properties of volcanic rocks in the area of the Klyuchevskiy group of volcanoes. Reports on the specific magnetic susceptibility, residual magnetization, density, specific gravity and porosity of these rocks in central Kamchatka Peninsula; their physical properties are shown in relation to SiO2 content. Methods of investigation are briefly DLC. discussed. 93532 AMBID, L. and others. Effets de diverses doses d'insuline sur la glycemie et la temperature centrale d'un hibemant, le hamster dor6, Mesocricetus auratus. (Journal de physiologie 1965. v.57, no.1, p.217-18, table) 4 refs. In French. Other authors: R. Title tr.: Effects of Amplis and R. Agid. various doses of insulin upon glycemia and core temperature of a hibernator, the golden hamster Mesocricetus auratus. Insulin injected in doses of 0.05-240 units/100 gr body weight showed, except at 41

the lowest dose, severe, protracted hypoglycemia and a sharp drop in body temperature. Injection of one unit into a hypothermic animal spontaneously awakened did not prevent rewanning (to 30°C) and glycemia was 10 mg/100. DNLM. AMMON, H.P.T., see No. 95169 93533 AMMOSOV, I.I. and V.I. GORSHKOV. Katagenez porod i neftegazonosnost' Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.171, no.1, p.159-62, table, map) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Catagenesis of rocks and oil-gas occurrences of the West Siberian lowland. Notes that established patterns of rock alteration and degree of compaction have a direct connection with the distribution of oil and gas deposits. Map shows the degree of compaction of Jurassic deposits in the western and central parts of the lowland incl Malyy Atlym, Ust'-Balyk and other areas of Tyumen Province. DLC. 93534 AMMOSOV, ib.N. K ekologii cheshuekrylykh-dendrofagov TSentral'nol IAkutii. (In: Entomofauna lesov... 1966. p.125-38, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr Ecology of dendrophagous insects of Central Yakutia. Species distribution of these insects is directly related to topography, climate and the distribution of their tree-hosts. They show vertical zonality and their patterns of destruction differ slightly from those of nearby areas. The long winters and short summers work to the advantage of these insects. Species composition and tabular data are included. DLC. 93535 AMOSOV, M.A. and A.D. SULKIN. Khimicheskii sostav boksitovykh porod Chadobetskogo podmätiiä i ego geneticheskoe znachenie. (Sibirskil n.-issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo Syria. Trudy 1967, no.58, p 77-86, graphs, table) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The chemical composition of bauxite rocks of the Chadobets uplift and its genetic importance. The several bauxite deposits in this uplift differ in geologic position, source material and chemical composition. The deposits may occur in karst depressions in limestone which is in contact with Upper Cambrian terrigenous rock or with intruded dolerite. All of the components, quartz, A1203, Fe and Ti, but particularly the Ti, are significant in explaining the genesis of the bauxite. DLC. AMPLIS, R., see No. 93532 42

93536 AMSRUD, B. Turliv på 78 grader bok 1967. nord. (Norske turistforening. p.172-77, hus) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Outdoor life at 78°N. Reviews living month to month in Svalbard, noting weather, flora, fauna, and various activities. DLC. 93537 AMSTISLAVSKII, A.Z. Ledovitomorskd sig-pyzh'ian iz r. Tan'iü (bassein nizhnel Obi). (In: Soveshchanie zoologov Sibiri, Tomsk, 1966. Voprosy zoologii, p.93-94) In Russian. Title tr. The humpback whitefish in the river Tan'yu of the lower Ob River basin. Coregonus lavaretus was discovered in this river in 1964. The life cycle of the fish is long; 3.13 yr old specimens were found. Forms found in the Tan'yu River differ significantly in length, rate of growth, weight and fertility from others found in the Ob basin. DLC. AMSTISLAVSKII, A.Z., 101049

see also

No.

AMUNDSEN, K.D., see 101280 93538 AMUNDSEN, M.C. Lofotfisket årligt eventyr på Norges störste haysfjord. (Nordens tidning 1957. v.15, no.1, p.16-20, illus) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Lofoten fishing an annual adventure on Norway's largest sea fjord. Reviews this cod fishery, its history, vessels, methods, etc. also the geography of the archipelago. DLC. 93539 ANAN'EV, G.S. Sledy deiatelnosti seta v verkhoviakh r. Kolymy. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1967. v.22, ser.5: geog. no.1, p.138-40, map, illus) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Traces of mudflow activity on the upper reaches of the Kolyma River. Describes regions of mudflow hazard in north-central Magadan Province. From airphoto interpretation of a 4,500 km2 area, some seventy river valleys are distinguished with traces of mudflow. Characteristic conditions are given for valleys of potential mudflow, such as the presence of old glacial deposits, length of the valley, absolute elevation of 930-1460 m, etc. DLC. 93540 ANAPOL'SKAIA, L.E. Klimaticheskoe ralonirovanie territorii SSSR dhä stroitel'stva sooruzhemi. (Leningrad. Olavaaiä geofizicheskaa observatoriia. Trudy 1965, no.178, p.3-23, graph, maps, tables) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Climatic zoning of USSR area for building. Discusses the distribution of the effective temperature and moisture regime throughout

the USSR. Climatic zones are distinguished and briefly characterized. To the first zone are attributed the areas with the harshest climatic condition for construction. Negative temperature prevails 60-70% of the year. This zone requires a special type of construction and the selection of frost- and moistureresistant construction materials. DLC. 93541 ANAPOL'SKAIA, L.E. and Z.M. SOKRATILINA. Metodika otsenki surovosti klimata dliü opredelenitå uslovil raboty mekhanizmov i mashin. (Leningrad. Glavnaia geofizicheskaia observatoritå. Trudy 1967. no.210, p.109-121, tables) 3 refs. In Russian. Title !r. Methods of appraising the severity of climate for determination of the working conditions of mechanical equipment and machinery. Describes difficulties in utilizing manpower and machines under severe climatic conditions in the northern areas of the USSR. Suspension of outside work for men is required when the temperature is below -20°C in calm weather or -15°C with wind. Such temp also affects some mechanical equipment and machines. The duration of periods with temp below 0°, -15°, -20°, and -30°C is estimated, e.g. the temp is -15°C in the valleys of Yakutia for 170-180 days, in the coastal areas of West Siberia 120 days. The absolute minimum of air temp, -45°C, is east and north of the line Leningrad-Balkhash. Other data are also reviewed. DLC.

intrusions in the basin of the Severnaya tributary to the Nizhnyaya Tunguska. Their morphology, petrography and petrochemistry are analyzed. Intrusions of this group are differentiated from troctolite gabbro-dolerites to quartz dolerites. Mineral composition of the ores resembles copper-nickel deposits and includes pyrrhotite, chalcopyrite, cubanite, pentlandite, etc. The sulfide mineralization is described. DLC. ANDERSEN, F., see No. 101308 93544 ANDERSEN, H.T. Brunt fett. (Nordisk medicin 1966. v.75, no.17, p.473-75, 12 refs. In Norwegian. English table) summary. Title tr.: Brown fat. Brown fat occurs in all hibernating animals, particularly rodents, and in young primates. Despite the small quantity of brown fat in the body (3-5% total body weight in newborn and less in adult animals), its relatively great respiratory activity, heat production and strategic location around large central vessels and close to the central nervous system support the belief that this tissue may be responsible for non-shivering thermogeneDNLM. sis.

93542 ANASTASENKO, G.F. Kristally datolita iz porod trappovol formatsii severozapada SibirskoI platformy. (Akademiih nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v. 171, no. 3, p. 3 refs. In Russian. 706-709, table, illus) Title M.: Datolite crystals from the trap formation of the northwestern Siberian platform. Reports study of datolite from skam hornfels and globular lavas. Four varieties of datolite crystals are described with results of goniometric investigations. Two types of crystals are recognized: long-prismatic and short-prismatic. DLC.

93545 ANDERSEN, H.T. Cardiovascular adaptations in diving mammals. (American heart journal 1967. v.74, no.3, p.295-98) 26 refs. Prolonged submergence of vertebrate divers is accompanied by marked retardation of the heart beat, produced by vagal inhibition, and constriction of circulation to all parts of the body except the brain and heart. Thus the diving mammals and birds reserve their limited oxygen stores for the tissues most vulnerable to damage by lack of oxygen. The flexibility of the thorax in seals and whales and the corresponding collapse of their lungs during deep dives, with concomitant thickening of the alveolar membrane, protects them from air at high pressure. Therefore, these marine divers are not susceptible to the bends or decompression illness which human divers experience. DLC.

and 93543 ANASTASENKO, G.F. others. Novye dannye po petrology i rudonosnosti nekotorykh differentsirovannykh intruzil doleritov na levoberezh'e reki Severnoi. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1965. Regional'naia geologitä no.5, p.21-52, tables, graphs) 19 refs. In Russian. Other authors: L.G. Sukhov and M.I. Mitroshin. Title d:: New data on the petrology and ore-bearing properties of some differentiated dolerite intrusions on the left bank of the Severnaya River. Describes the Khuperi-Kholukan group of

93546 ANDERSEN, H.T. Physiological adaptations in diving vertebrates. (Physiological reviews 1966. v. 46, no. 2, p. 212-43, tables) 139 refs. Discusses the mechanisms by which functional adjustments to prolonged diving are elicited and controlled. The literature published since 1939 on respiration, cardiovascular adjustments, and nervous mechanisms in amphibians, reptiles, birds and mammals in diving is reviewd. In closing, similar responses in man are mentioned, noting that the adaptation of diving ver43

tebrates is the perfection of a fundamental DLC. facility common to all vertebrates. 93547 ANDERSEN, H.T. and A. LOVO. Respiratorisk kjemosensitivitet hos dykkende dyr. (Nordisk medicin 1967. v.77, no.3, p.69-71, illus) 12 refs. In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: Respiratory chemosensitivity in diving animals. Reviews literature, published since 1929, on diving species of birds and mammals. The concept that the respiration in such animals is insensitive to CO2 accumulation and lack of 02 that CO2 inhibits respiration in aquatic species and stimulates respiration in terrestrial animals, is no longer valid. DNLM. 93547A ANDERSEN, S. On beryllite and bertrandite from the Ilimaussaq alkaline intrusion, south Greenland. Contribution to the minerology of Ilimaussaq, no. 5 (Meddelelser om Grønland 1967. v.181, no.4, p.11-27, graphs, tables, illus) 13 refs. These two beryllium silicates occur in analcite veins and pockets formed in a late stage of the development of the complex, associated with epididymite, eudidymite, chkalovite and sorensenite. The beryllite was identified on the basis of the similarity in X-ray data with the Lovozero type mineral. That the two minerals differ mainly in their water content suggests that a water vapor difference was the main factor controlling their formation. Chemical analyses by I. DGS. Sørensen are included. 93548 ANDERSEN, V. Knud Faester 24. juli 1887-30. januar 1966. (Grønland 1966, no.6, p.223-24) In Danish. Biographical note on this Danish engineer who joined the Greenland administration in 1913 and played a decisive part in the development of the Greenland food industry. CaMAI, DLC. 93549 ANDERSON, B. and others. Studies of the importance of the thyroid and the sympathetic system in the defence to cold of the goat. (Acts physiologica scandinavica 1967. v.69, no.1-2, p.111-18, illus) 18 refs. Other authors: L. Ekman, B. Hökfelt, M. Tobin, K. Olsson and D. Robertshaw. Results of experiments with hypothyroid goats during acute cold-exposure (-3°C) show that to maintain thermal homeostasis in the cold, markedly hypothyroid goats must compensate for the lack of thyroid hormone by a conspicuous increase in adrenaline secretion. Bilateral cutting of splanchnic nerves in euthyroid goats produced nearly complete absence of adrenaline in the urine but no rise in body temperature and shivering during 44

local cooling of the anterior hypothalamus. The hyperglycemic response to hypothalamic DNLM. cooling was blocked completely. 93550 ANDERSON, D. The net in the bay. New York, Johnson Reprint 1967. 276 p. map. Reprint of 1864 edition, No 427. DLC. ANDERSON, D.L., see No. 100714 93551 ANDERSON, D.M. Heat of freezing and melting of sea ice. Hanover, N.H. 1966. 15 p. graphs, tables. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Research report no.202) Refs. Shows that the latent heat of freezing ice in equilibrium with sea water is less than that of freezing pure water at 0°C. In the analysis and computations presented, the tabulated values are given of relative partial molal enthalpy of water in sodium chloride solutions, and the latent heat of vaporization of sea water of variable chlorinity computed from vapor pressure data. The latent heat of freezing of water supercooled in the range 0 to about -22°C is given in a diagram. Although the discovered differences appear to be small, the published values of heats of freezing and melting and specific heat of sea ice should be used with discretion. CaMAI. 93552 ANDERSON, D.M. The interface between ice and silicate surfaces. Hanover, N.H. 1967. 31 p. graphs, tables, illus. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Research report no.219) Refs. Reports on experimental study using a particular layer lattice silicate, montmorillonite. Structural features of montmorillonite clays are described, and other aspects bearing on interfacial phenomena are discussed. The nature of silicate surfaces, of water and aqueous solutions, and the mechanisms of clay-water interaction are considered, as axe the physical and thermodynamic properties of clay-adsorbed water, freezing point depression and supercooling, the existence of unfrozen interfacial water, spatial distribution of unfrozen water, and the nature of the ice phase, and phase relationships. The structural changes of the montmorillonite clay due to changes in interlamellar spacing under + 5°C and above to -5°C, -5°C to -10°C, and -10°C and below are illustrated in scale. The conclusion on the research is presented in a schematic phase diagram for water imbibed by montmorillonite, showing the effect of clay surfaces on the vapor pressure, the freezing point and the slope of the solid-liquid CaMAI, DLC. equilibria.

93553 ANDERSON, D.M. and R.C. REYNOLDS. Umiat bentonite; an unusual montmorillonite from Umiat, Alaska. (American mineralogist 1966. v. 51, no. 9-10, p. 1443-56, graphs, illus) 12 refs. Also pub as: US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Research report no 223) Two bentonite beds of high purity, 10-12 in thick, intercallated with black, fissile Cretaceous shale, are exposed on the south face of Umiat Mountain, about 4 mi northeast of Umiat. X-ray diffraction, X-ray fluorescence and other diagnostic techniques show the bentonite to be nearly pure montmorillonite with certain beidellitic characteristics. DGS. ANDERSON, D.M., see also No. 99405 93554 ANDERSON, D.N. Mount Hunter from the northeast. (American alpine journal 1967. v.15, no.2, p.269-71, illus) Reports briefly the 21 June, 1966 ascent of this 14,570-ft peak in Mount McKinley National Park, the first via the avalancheinfested northeast ridge. D.W. Anderson and DGS. the author reached the summit. 93555 ANDERSON, E.R. Single-depth charts of the world's ocean basins at depths to 3500 fathoms. San Diego, Calif. 1964. maps. (US. Navy Electronic Lab. Report no.1252) Portrays the bathymetry of the oceans in a series of regional single-depth charts at 500-fm intervals from 500 to 3500 fm. The regions for the Arctic Ocean are Siberia, Canada, Greenland and European USSR. Pub in two chart sizes, one 8x10", the other 17x22". As the charts are on Mercator projection, the central Arctic is not repDLC. resented. ANDERSON, F.L., see No. 97504 93556 ANDERSON, K.A. and others. Balloon and rocket observations of auroralzone microbursts. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v. 71, no. 19, p. 4617-29, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. Other authors: L.M. Chase, H.S. Hudson, M. Lampton, D.W. Milton and G.K. Parks. Presents the results of 18 balloon flights from Flin-Flon, and six balloon flights and four Nike-Apache rockets launched from Ft Churchill in 1965. The purpose of the probes was to relate X-ray microbursts to other forms of auroral zone electron precipitation, to describe this phenomenon, that typically occurs in two episodes per day for several days following a geomagnetic storm and for a day or two following strong negative magnetic bays, also to compare microburst

episodes observed at Mcllwain shells 6 and 8, and to present some rocket observations of the primary electrons. It was found that electron precipitation with 5-30 second characteristic times can be fit by an energy spectrum of exponential form with e -folding energy of 20 Key. DLC. ANDERSON, K.A., see also No. 98852 ANDERSON, S., see No. 99644 93557 ANDERSON, V.H. High altitude, side-looking radar images of sea ice in the Arctic. (In: Symposium on Remote Sensing of Environment, 4th, 1966. Proceedings p.845-57, map, illus) Presents, with 15 illus, a comparison of radar patterns with conventional photography over sea ice in the Arctic Ocean, also between Ellesmere Island and Greenland, and Ice Island T3 in the Beaufort Sea, with low altitude visual observations made concurrently and photographs. Examples include radar imagery of the eroding processes of polar ice as it moves southward to warmer environments and of Arctic Ocean ice existing under a deteriorating environment. While at present the main information obtainable concerns differentiation between winter and old polar ice, it is to be expected that further investigation of the relationships of various frequencies of radar energy to properties and configurations of sea ice will result in much more information being obtained. See also paper by R.D. Leighty (qv) DLC. in this Bibliography. 93558 ANDERSSEN, H. Notater om floraen i Bodø og Bodin. (Blyttia 1967. Refs. In Norwegian. v.25, no.2, p.69-73) Title tr.: Notes on the flora in Bodø and Bodin. Reports on the vegetation of this little investigated locality. Specimens of most materials collected have been sent to the Tromsø museum. A score of more forms are DLC. discussed, some by genus only. 93559 ANDERSSON, A. and L. HANSSON. Smådäggdjursundersökningar i norra Norge 1965. (Fauna och flora 1966, no.2, In Swedish. p.49-72, map, tables, illus) English summary. 23 refs. Title fr.: Investigation of small mammals in northern Norway in 1965. Reports observations by authors in northern Nordland in August and the beginning of September. Seven species were recorded, mostly common shrew (Sorex araneus). Clethrionomys rutilus and Microtus rattiØ were found outside their previously known range. No difference was observed in total popu45

lation density between meadow and heath birch forest at lower altitudes. Bogs had a much smaller population, and in the mountains investigated the density was one third of that at lower altitudes. DLC. 93560 ANDERSSON, G. Arbetsmarknaden i norr. (Byggnadsindustrin 1964. v. 34, no. 15, p.1255-57, table illus) In Swedish. Title tr.: The labor market in the North. Presents industry distribution for the hundred thousand or more gainfully employed in Norrbotten county, Sweden. The status of the main industries is reviewed and employment within the construction industry reviewed in depth. Emergency employment is mostly in highway construction. The problems of seasonal and under-employment have not been solved by labor market policy; greater local effort and new opportunities are needed. DLC. ANDERSSON, I.Ö., see No. 97524 93561 ANDERSSON, O. Jag ville bli riklapp. (Svenska järnvägstidningen 1967. v.54, no.15-16, p.20-22, illus) In Swedish. Title Er: I wanted to become a rich Lapp. Describes the experience of a 17-year-old Lapp who hired out as reindeer herder to a large herd owner. Failing to break even financially, he went to the Lappish school at Jokkmokk, and became a journalist. He draws attention to two neglected Swedish Lapp minorities: the young boys who become underpaid herders, and the Lappish women, who lack the community rights which the men have. DLC. 93562 ANDJUS, R.H. and others. Brain metabolism and resistance of a hibernator (Citellus citellus ) and the rat to different anoxic conditions, including cardiac arrest in deep hypothermia. (Suomalainen Tiedeakatemia. Toimituksia. Annales. Ser. A. IV: Biologics 1964, no.71, Intl. Symposium... Hibernation 1962. Proceedings no.71/1, p.9-23, graphs, illus) Refs. Other authors: T. Cirkovi6, N. Cuperlovi6, J. Davidovi6, V. Markovi6-Uskokovi6 and T. Velimirovi6. At all levels of body temperature compatible with breathing, incl normal body temp, the nonhibernating, artificially cooled ground squirrel is significantly more resistant than the rat to acute asphyxia provoked by tracheal occlusion. This greater survival time, evaluated by post-occlusion respiratory movement, is explained by movements supported by anaerobic processes in the CNS. Also the ground squirrel tolerates longer periods of suspended animation at 0°C and can be fully reanimated in 100% of the cases after 3 hr of 46

complete cardiac arrest as compared with 60-70 min for the rat. Even 5.5 hr of 0'C body temp can be tolerated by the ground squirrel with a 50% revival expectancy, after reanimation. Also repeated coolings and reanimations may be performed without adverse effect. This often prolongs toleration of low temp so that complete recovery in these cases may occur after 7 hr at 0°C. The increased resistance of the ground squirrel, in comparison with the rat, to anoxia may be explained by the squirrel's greater ability to utilize anaerobic metabolism. DLC. 93563 ANDJUS, R.K. and others. Influence of hibernation and of intermittent hypothermia on the formation of immune hemagglutinins in the ground squirrel. (Suomalainen Tiedeakatemia. Toimituksia. Annales. Ser. A. IV: Biologica 1964, no.71, Intl. Symposium... Hibernation 1962. Proceedings no.71/2, p.25-36, graphs) Refs. Other authors: O. Mati6, V. Petrovi6 and V. Rajevski. Hibernation prevents the appearance of immune hemagglutinins in the blood stream of ground squirrels injected with foreign red blood cells. The appearance of antibodies is postponed until arousal from hibernation. On arousal (artificially or spontaneously induced) even after 40 days from the administration of the antigen, agglutinin titer reaches that of the controls within a week of arousal. DLC. 93564 ANDREEV, A. Zakalennye tundrol. (Sportivnai3 zhizn' Rossii 1965. v.9, no.3, p.4, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Hardened in the tundra. Notes the skiing contest between a Petropavlovsk-on-Kamchatka team and one from a school in Tigil'. The latter proved superior, and this is explained by the location of Tigil' in the tundra where the skiing season is quite long, and the harsh climate has an invigorating effect upon the people who live there. DLC. 93565 ANDREEV, B.A. Osnovnye strukturrye elementy fundamenta vostochnykh ralonov SSSR. (Akademill nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.170, no.2, p.402-405, table, map) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Main structural elements of the basement in the eastern regions of the USSR. Reviews geological and geophysical data of Yakutia and Magadan Province, and presents a generalized plan of the distribution of structural elements of the basement which are briefly described. Crustal fault blocks are recognized as the principal structural element; they include the Precambrian structures of

central Siberia, Olenek, Kolyma-Omolon, Chukotka, Aldan-Okhotsk, Magadan, etc. DLC. 93566 ANDREEV. G.I. and Iu. M. FOMIN. Novye arkheologicheskie pami tniki na r. Podkamennaia Tunguska. (Akademii2 nauk SSSR. Inst. arkheologii. Kratkie soobshcheniiå 1966. no.106, p.106-110, illus) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr: New archeological sites on the Podkamennaya Tunguska River. In sequence to No. 85067. Describes fieldwork in 1964 at Baykit, Poligus and several down-river locations. Of particular interest are stone tools and pottery types similar to Cis-Baykal, upper Lena, and Angara artifacts of the early neolithic to late bronze ages. Inferred material culture also shows affinities to more southerly areas, mainly the middle Angara basin. DLC. 93567 ANDREEV, I. KEI. 0 sostoianii i merakh uluchsheniia zdravookhranenhå v Evenkiiskom natsional'nom okruge Krasnoiarskogo kraia. (Zdravookhranenie Rossyskoi Federai ii 1966. v.10, no.10, p.44-46) In Russian. Title tr.: Present state and means of improving public health in the Evenki National District, Krasnoyarsk Province. Summarizes a report by E.L. Solomin, head of the District public health department. 1960-65 selected statistical data are cited on: hospitals, clinics, and tubercular sanitaria, hospital beds, etc. Cases of tuberculosis, mumps, and measles declined, 1963-65, about 1.5 times, toxic dyspepsia 2.7 and enteritis 15.2 times. The ratio of physicians reached 30.6/10.000 population in 1966. Criticized, among others, are child diet and pediatric care, particularly lags in the anti-TB vaccination program and TB treatment. Current goals for improved medical control and prophylactic medicine are listed. DLC. 93568 ANDREEV, T.A. and others. 0 seismicheskoi aktivnosti Severo-Vostoka. (Akademii nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otdelenie. Severo-Vostochnyi kompleksnyl nauchno-issledovatel'skiT institut. Trudy 1967, no.30, p.159-66, tables) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: I.F. Kraveis and S.V. Mishin. Title tr.: Seismic activity of the Northeast of the USSR. Reports a 1963-66 seismological study of Magadan Province and adjacent areas based on 20 stations. Some sixty earthquake epicenters were determined and their coordinates, energy, and depth of focus are given. Regional distribution of epicenters is outlined. The seismicity of the town of Magadan where

a seismic station has existed since 1952 is also outlined. DGS. 93568A ANDREEV, V.N. Osobennosti zonal'nogo raspredeleniia nadzemnoi fitomassy na Vostochnoevropelskom Severe. (Botanicheskti zhurnal 1966. v.51, no. 10, p.1401-1411, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The character of zonal distribution of the aboveground vegetation mass in the East European North. Account of two years of study by a large group of botanists, extending from the Arctic semi-desert to the forest zone. It was found that the general phytomass increases from north to south as does its annual increase. Qualitative changes in the different plant types also take place in the same direction. DLC. 93569 ANDREEVA, E.M. and others. Paleobotanicheskaia kharakteristika zhivetskikh otlozhenii Severnogo Timana. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1967. v.129, p.43-47) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: L.S. Kossovoi, N.G. Pashkevich and N.M. Petrosinn. Title tr.: The paleobotanical characteristics of Givetian deposits of northern Timan. Describes spore complexes of the lower and upper Givetian stages Acanthotriletes, Retusotriletes and Hymenozonotriletes predominant in the lower, and Archaeozonotriletes in the upper Givetian deposits. Some other plant remains of Givetian age are also briefly noted. DLC. ANDREEVA, E.V., see No. 101150 93570 ANDREEVA, O.N. Nizhneordovikskie otlozhenitå severa Sibirskoi plat(Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil formy. inst. Trudy 1967. v.129, p.12-26, illus) Title fr.: Lower OrRefs. In Russian. dovician deposits in the north of the Siberian platform. Reports a study of Upper Cambrian and Ordovician deposits in the Chopko, Kulyumbe, Moyero and Alakit River basins. These deposits are correlated. Attention is directed to the Lower Ordovician, and Tremadocian and Arenigian deposits are described noting their fauna. DLC. ANDREEVA, O.N., see also No. 101221 93571 ANDREWS, J.T. and B.B. SMITHSON. Till fabrics of the crossvalley moraines of north-central Baffin Istand, Northwest Territories, Canada. (Geological Society of America. Bulletin 1966. v.77, no.3, p.271-90, graphs, map, tables illus) Refs. 47

Analyzes 103 till fabrics from this region. On the basis of dip patterns, fabric strengths and morphology four types are distinguished: simple linear, s-shaped, hooked and asymmetric. Problems of their origin and relation to kame features are discussed. Cross-valley moraines are considered as forming at the base of an ice cliff grounded in a glacial lake. CaMAI, DGS. ANDREWS, J.T., see also No. 97609, 100627 93572 ANDRIENKO, D.A. Opredelenie vysot odnorodnykh dug i polos poliarnykh sirånii v bukhte Tiksi. (Akademill nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskil komitet. Geofizika i astronomiiii. Informatsionnyi bwlleten' 1965. no.8, p.35-39, graphs, 8 refs. In Russian. English sumillus) mary. Title fr.: Determination of the altitudes of the homogeneous quiet arcs and bands of auroras in Tiksi Bay. Presents the methods and results obtained by wide film photography. Curves of the altitude distribution of the lower (109.4 km) and upper (140 km) edges of the arcs are drawn, and their vertical extent determined to be 24.9 km on the average. The altitude distribution curve of the lower edge of the auroras is found to have two maxima at 120 and 155 km high. DLC. 93573 ANELL, B. Animal hunting disguises among the North American Indians. (Studia ethnographica upsaliensia 1964. v.21, p.1-34, map, illus) Approx 70 refs. Though less widespread than among southerly tribes, deceptive clothing for hunting and stalking was used also in the North. Caribou antlers were worn by Iglulik, Netsilik, Caribou, and Bering Sound Eskimos; Copper Eskimos held antler-like objects above their heads, while the Chugach wore wooden head-pieces resembling the head of the hunted animal. Caribou Eskimos also used wolf disguises to drive caribou herds toward watercourses. No hunting disguises are reported from the northern North-West Coast and Northern Athapaskan tribes, except for the Great Bear Lake region. Satudene, Slave, Yellowknife, Dogrib, and Hare Indian dress and hunting techniques are described among others. While practiced by some Ural-Altaic groups like the Tungus, Ostyaks, Samoyeds, and Lapps, hunting in animal disguise seems unknown in northeast Asia. The origin of this culture is believed to be in the upper paleolithic of the Eurasian steppe rather than in the arctic tundra or subarctic taiga. DSI. ANGER, CD., see No. 94593 48

ANGER, G., see No. 99421 93574 ANGLURE, B.S. d'. Mission chez les esquimaux tarramiut du Noveau-Quebec, Canada. (L'Homme 1967. v.7, no.4, 4 refs. In French. Title tr.: p.92-100) Fieldwork among the Tarramiut Eskimos of New-Quebec, Canada. Study in acculturation based on 1965-66 fieldwork in northern Ungava Peninsula. This group of about 1300 people resides in six coastal villages: Puvirnituq, Ivujivik, Salluit, Kangirsujuaak (renamed Maricourt-Wakeham), Quartaq, and Kangirsuk. The aboriginal kinship system, social structure, subsistence economy, religious beliefs and shamanism, child rearing, seasonal nomadism, etc are described and recent changes discussed. Improved health services have reduced mortality: births exceed the death rate by 20-25%o. Government subsidies, increased job opportunities, development of the arts and crafts industry, and the recent rise in seal skin prices have raised the average yearly family income from $140 in 1946 to $3000 in 1966. Community improvements, schools, and increased dependence on trading posts have contributed to settlement and diminished the authority of the band leader. DSI. 93S74A ANGLURE, B.S. d'. L'organisation sociale traditionelle des Esquimaux de Kangirsujuaaq (Nouveau-Quebec). Quebec 1967. 213 p. maps, illus. (Laval Univ. Centre d'etudes nordiques. Travaux divers no.17) Refs. In French. Title h:: Traditional social organization of the Kangirsujuaamiut Eskimos. Presents first stage of ethnographic reconstruction, based on data collected in 1961 at Maricourt-Wakeham and in 1962 at Fort Chimo. In the absence of any earlier ethnographic work, except Turner's (cf. No.18093, 37860) available documents of travelers in the region were sifted, data provided by Eskimo informants were assembled and thus an outline of social organization at the end of the 19th century traced. The milieu, ecological adaptation, economic organization, social and religious organization are described. The work is designed to provide the basis for a future study of the changes that have taken place in this community in the last 60 yr. CaMAI. 93575 ANIKEEV, N.P. and I.E. DRABKIN. 0 perspektivakh zolotonosnosti Magadanskol oblasti. (ln.• Akademiia nauk SSSR. Otd-ie nauk o Zemle. Problemy metallogenii Sovetskogo Dal'nego Vostoka... 1967, p.103-106) In Russian. Title fra Prospective gold reserves in Magadan Province.

Describes the principal regions in which gold placers occur. main Kolyma gold-bearing belt, the Chukotka region, Kolyma platform, the Okhotsk Late Mesozoic folded province and the Okhotsk-Chukotka volcanic belt. Summarizes information on locations of possible occurrences of gold placers and lodes. DLC. 93576 ANIKEEV, N.P. and others. Osnovnye zakonomernosti razmeshcheniiä mestorozhdenü zolota v iügo-vostochnoi chasti Glavnogo zolotonosnogo poi sa SeveroVostoka SSSR. (Geneticheskie osobennosti i obshchie zakonomemosti razvitiiä zolotol mineralizaüü Dal'nego Vostoka. E.A. Radkevich, ed Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966, p.152-66, map, illus. In Russian. Other authors: A.P. Birkis, I.E. Drabkin and A.P. Kuklin. Title tr. The main distribution patterns of gold deposits in the southeastern part of the main gold-bearing belt of the Northeast of the USSR. Discusses methods of compiling metallogenic maps. A special approach is worked out considering deep structures, thickness and facies of sedimentary formations, intensity of magnetism manifestations, etc. The principal features of the geologic structure are reviewed noting the main tectonic elements of the region: the In'yali-Debin synclinorium, AyanYuryak anticlinorium and Elgi-Kulinskaya zone of gentle dislocations. Characteristics are given of the main metallogenic factors: deep faults; morphology and intensity of folding, character and intensity of magmatism, etc. Five areas are selected in which the majority of these factors are present and are therefore prospective for gold-bearing deposits. DLC. ANIKEEVA, L.I., see No. 97313 93577 ANIKEEVA, N.G. Izyskanie metodov bor'by s zapylennost'iii pri pogruzochno-razgruzochnykh operarsiiikh. (Magadan. Vses. n.-issl. inst. zolota i redkikh metallov. Sbornik referatov 1961 pub. 1962, p.62-66) In Russian. Title tr.: Search for a method to control dust in loading and unloading operations. Describes experimental work on dust control at the Matrosov and Iul'tin mines in the Magadan region, on the basis of earlier investigations of 1958-61. A single-phase dust control system is found to be as efficient as a two-phase one and requires less repair work during its operation. The 0.8m/sec air velocity found in braced drifts needs further verification. The dust content of the working areas decreases with an increase in air velocity. DLC.

ANIKIN, R.K., see No. 96902 93578 ANIKINA, G.N. and V.A. STARTSEV. Nekotorye voprosy razvitiia khimicheskoi promyshlennosti v Komi ASSR. (Problemy Severs 1967, No.12, p.117-23) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Some problems in development of the chemical industry in Komi ASSR. English translation available from National Science Library, National Research Council, Ottawa. Ample resources of wood, salt, natural gas, coal, tungsten, etc are available for developing the chemical industry, but they are utilized only in part and by small rudimentary chemical plants. Plans expanding the industry worked out by scientists of the Academy of Sciences' Komi Branch are outlined, with data on expected production and cost. The importance of the Seregovo salt deposits (NCI) estimated at 3 billion t is stressed. CaMAI, DLC. 93579 ANISIMOV, A.F. Dukhovnaiä zhizn' pervobytnogo obshchestva. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 243 p. Refs. In Russian. Title tr. Spiritual life in primitive society. Comparative study of aboriginal religious beliefs as reflected in folklore, incl the Ural-Altaic peoples, Paleosiberians and Eskimos. Social, economic, and psychological factors, ideology, marriage taboos and exogamy, clan and family structure, division of labor by sex, child rearing patterns, importance of individual initiative within the framework of the community, etc are discussed. Material needs, economic specialization, and labor are considered the root of all cultural and religious manifestations. DLC. 93580 ANISIMOV, A.F. Etapy razvitnä pervobytnoi religii. Leningrad, Izd-vo Nauka 1967. 162 p. Approx. 100 refs. In Russian. Title Ira Stages in the development of primitive religion. Discusses evolutionary steps in religious beliefs reflecting changes in basic economic pursuits and social structure since the paleolithic and their survival in contemporary aboriginal lore. Animism, animal worship and hunting magic of primitive hunting and fishing cultures survive in Chukchi, Kamchadal, and Evenki Tungus beliefs. Totemism arose in the early matriarchal stage of exogamy and reflects a territorial and genetic clan awareness and a harsh economic environment. The fully developed matriarchal society with rudimentary agriculture is characterized by ancestor and totem worship, a budding cosmology, magic and fetishism. Vestiges of this period are preserved in the 49

female deities prevalent in Eskimo and Chukchi mythology. Animal herding coinciding with the rise of the patriarchal structure led to social inequality. These tendencies produced anthropomorphic lords of animals, a hierarchic division of nature deities, shamanism, etc: examples are cited from Gilyak, Yukaghir, Tungus, and Chukchi tales. True polytheism with an ethnic concept of divinities is linked to the disintregation of clan society and the rise of the so-called military democracy stage reached by the Ostyaks and Voguls at the time of Russian conquest. DLC. 93581 ANISIMOV, A.M. Itogi i zadachi gosudarstvennogo regulirovaniiä rybolovstva v Ob'-Irtyshskom basseine. (In: Soveshchanie po biologicheskoi produktivnosti vodoemov Sibiri... 1966, p.16-18) In Russian. Title tr.: Task and goals of state regulation of fish catches in the Ob-Irtysh basin. As a result of poor fishing practices in this area the Siberian Science Research Institute of the Fishing Industry established, 1964-65, planning committees to draft new rules for the regulation of fisheries. DLC. 93582 ANISIMOV, A.M. Zagraznenie rybokhozillstvennykh vodoemov i mery bore (In: Soveshchanie po bioby s nim. logicheskol produktivnosti vodoemov Sibiri... 1966. p.170) In Russian. Title tr. Pollution of fishery waters and means of controlling it. Describes existing problems in Tyumen Province and nearby areas and analyzes ways of coping with them. DLC. ANISIMOV,

It. A.,

see No. 94304

93583 ANISIMOV, V.V. and M.I. KRINITSYN. Stroitel'stvo magistral'nykh truboprovodov v raionakh vechnoi merzloty. Leningrad, Gos. nauchno-tekhnicheskoe izdvo 1963. 145 p. graph, tables, illus. Refs. In Title fr.: The construction of Russian. trunk pipelines in permafrost regions. Discusses the increasing demand for gas and oil pipelines in the Ural, West and East Siberia, Yakut ASSR and other areas of permafrost. The natural and climatic conditions of these regions are characterized as are the physical and mechanical properties of frozen ground, heaving, naleds, solifluction and thermokarst phenomena. The main problems of pipeline construction are discussed. Types of work connected with the construction and layout of pipelines are analyzed, and the organization of transportation by motor road, river, air and other means is DLC. discussed. 50

93584 ANISIMOVA, N.P. Temperatura donnykh otlozhenii kak pokazatel' moshchnosti podozernykh talikov na primere Leno(In: Vses. Amginskogo mezhdurech'►a. mezhduvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po geokriologii, 8th. Materialy v.3, 1966. p.188-97, graphs, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr» The temperature of bottom sediments as an indicator of the thickness of taliks beneath lakes as exemplified in the Lena-Amga interfiuve. Reports cryologic and hydrogeologic investigations using the geothermal method. The lakes of the region are described, and the temperature regime and bottom sediment measurements reported. These measurements show that closed and continuous taliks under the lakes can be detected. Water from these talfiks can be utilized for water supply. DLC. ANISKINA, N.A., see No. 97792 93585 ANISTRATOV, IÜ.I. Transportirovka zasnezhennoi rudy po rudospuskam s nagornykh kar'erov Zapoltåria. (In: Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Kol'skii filial. Tekhnologitä razrabotki... 1964, p.92-101, illus) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Transport of snow encrusted ore through chutes from upland mine pits in the arctic region. Discusses measures to prevent slide chutes getting choked up when the ore is mixed with snow. Experience at the pits of the Apatit and Pechenga mining combines is cited to show that sprinkling the ore with sodium or calcium salts as done at the Kaula and Kiruna mines in Sweden and the Sullivan in Canada, or crushing the ore finer prior to its slide down the chute as done elsewhere in the North, is not applicable to the RasvumchorrTsirk and the Tsentral'nyy with vertical chutes 140 m and 600 m long. Elbow-shaped slide chutes are recommended for reducing the kinetic energy acquired by ore-lumps during such a long fall, thereby preventing the ore from being compressed at the chute DLC. mouth. 93586 ANNERSTEN, L. Interaction between surface cover and permafrost. (Biuletyn peryclacjalny 1966, no.15, p.27-33, graphs) Refs. Reports 1961-62 field study of permafrost distribution in the Schefferville area, northern Quebec. Measurements of soil temp between 15-60 m depth show great variations in penetration of the annual temp wave which are attributed to surface temp variation and thermal properties of the soil. Soil temp decreases with depth to 25 m, then increases to the permafrost base at 65 m. Permafrost at present is degrading and occurs in 2.5 times the sluice width from PLZ. This study resulted in a method of estimating the designs of certain of these installations and their parameters. It was found also that several further improvements (described) should be introduced, besides equipping the sluice with a dependable PLZ, and installing streamers at each sluice head. Installations have been designed which will extend navigation 30 days and are to be tested in winter of 1968/69 at one of the sluices of the canal. DLC. 78

93757 BALANIN, V.V. and L. BYKOV. Mery bor'by s obmerzaniem vorot shliuza. (Rechnoi transport 1966. v.25, no.10, p.30-32, table, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Measures to control freezing of a sluice lock. Develops a formula for determination of ice thickness on the lock facing. It was found that a double gate lock cannot function normally under upper Volga River weather conditions and keep the upper reach level in the chamber for a long time. A wooden facing 10 cm thick on the outer side of the gate sharply reduces the ice thickness, and enables the gate to function normally for one month beyond the navigation season. Under more severe weather conditions, the gate should be heated and the wooden facing applied for a month's extension of navigation. DLC. 93758 BALANIN, V.V. and others Prokhodimost' transportnykh sudov i ledokolov v shuge. (Rechnol transport 1967. v.26, no.12, p.47-48, graph) In Russian. Other authors: M. Botsan and B. Levit. Title tr: The ability of cargo vessels and icebreakers to make way in frazil ice. Considers the navigability of these vessels in frazil, slush, or brash ice, or any combination of them. The interaction of frazil with the hull and the driving-steering mechanism of a vessel depends on the composition and intensity of the ice, and on the type of driving-steering mechanism, the draft, traction force, running and maneuvering abilities of the vessel, also the presence and distribution of heated compartments along its effective length. Two cases are considered: when the frazil layer is thinner than the draft measure of the vessel, and when it is thicker, as in an ice jam. River icebreakers and tow-boats are considered whose total length of heated hull is about 80% of the vessel's length, and those with 30% of heated length. In frazil ice thinner than the draft of the first-case vessels, their maneuverability and speed diminishes 20-60% when moving downstream, and may reduce to zero when moving against the stream. At places of ice jam, the maneuverability of these vessels is practically zero, and working the second-case (30% heated hull) vessels is impossible. The method of mechanically rolling the vessel to help form a layer of water between the frazil and the hull, thus improving the efficiency of transit is described. Heating the bow and stern of an experimental vessel, in addition to 80% of its length, and rolling the vessel in frazil markedly improved its icebreaking and running performance. DLC. 93759 BALASHOV, IÜ.A. and A.A. SHARAS'HIN. Geneticheskoe znachenie raspredeleniiii redkozemel'nykh elementov v

porodakh ul'traosnovnykh-shchelochnykh intruzii. (Geokhimiih 1966, no.1, p.48-59, tables, graphs) 36 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Genetic significance of rare-earth element distribution in rocks of ultrabasic-alkaline intrusions. Reports a study from Kola Peninsula and the Gulya intrusion of the Maymecha-Kotuy interfluve in Krasnoyarsk Province. The abundance of rare elements in ultrabasicalkaline rocks is due to magmatic differentiation. Distribution of rare elements shows magmatic genesis of unaltered rocks in ultrabasic and alkaline series of these massifs. DLC. 93760 BALASHOV, I J,A. and G.V. Rasprostranennost' redNESTERENKO. kozemel'nykh elementov v trappakh Sibirskol platformy. (Geokhimiiü 1966, no.7, 17 refs. In Rusp.854-60, tables, graphs) sian. Title ht: Distribution of rare-earth elements in traps of the Siberian platform. Reports the distribution of rare-earth elements in undifferentiated and differentiated traps mostly from the Noril'sk region. The main factor of their distribution is crystallization differentiation. Changes are noted in the relation of europium and samarium (ELL/Sm) which show the degree of difDLC. ferentiation. 93761 BALASHOV, 111.A. and P.M. GORIAINOV. Redkozemel'nye elementy v dokembrilskoi zhelezorudnoi formatsil Priimandrovskogo ralona. (Geokhimiia 1966, no.3, p.312-22, tables, graphs) 33 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Rareearth elements in the Precambrian iron-ore formation of the Lake Imandra region. Outlines the geochemistry of rare-earth elements in the Precambrian metamorphic rocks of this region near Olenegorsk in Kola Peninsula. All the rocks except gneisses are enriched with rare-earth elements of the yttrium group. Their formation conditions are discussed and the presence of heavy lanDLC. thanides noted. BALASHOV, I1.1.Æ, see also No. 99821 93762 BALASHOV, Z.G. Pervye nakhodki ellesmerotseroidnykh isefalopod iz srednekembrilskikh otlozhenii basselna r. Oleni k. (Voprosy paleontologii 1966. v.5, p.35-37) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: First find of ellesmeroceratid cephalopods from Middle Cambrian deposits of the Olenek River basin. Presents a systematic description and illus of Olenecoceras rastorquense n gen et sp from the Amga Middle Cambrian stage, belonging to fam Ellesmeroceratidae. Geologic and

geographic distribution of this mollusc is given. DLC. BALASHOVA, I.V., see No. 100029 93763 BALASUBRAHMANYAN, M. and others. Some observations on the influence of rutin and gossypin in experimental frostbite. (Indian journal of pathology and bacteriology 1963. v.6, no.4, p.I68-71, table, illus) 5 refs. Other authors: M.K. Ramanathan and S.S. Subramanian. Describes a simple method for producing cold injury in rats. Addition of rutin, but not gossypin, to the diet offered some protection in frostbite. DNLM. 93764 BALASUBRAHMANYAN, V.K. and others. The multiply charged primary cosmic radiation at solar minimum, 1965. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.7, p.1771-80, graphs, tables) Refs. Other authors: D.E. Hagge, G.H. Ludwig and F.B. McDonald. Summarizes some preliminary results obtained from cosmic-ray charge and energy spectra at minimum solar modulation effects. The spectra for helium through oxygen were synthetized from cosmic-ray experiments flown on OGO 1, IMP 3, and high altitude Skyhook balloon flights at Ft Churchill. This synthesis provides charge and energy spectra of the galactic cosmic rays extending from helium through neon with differential energy measurements, typically from about 25 Mev/nucleon to 1 Bev/nucleon. The low energy cosmic-ray spectra and charge composition are of special interest since these features should be most sensitive to the basic processes that influence the galactic cosmic rays prior to their reaching the vicinity of the DLC. earth. 93765 BALBYSHEV, I.N. Vremena Leningrad, Lengoda; kalendar' prirody. izdat 1964. 158 p. tables, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Seasons; nature calendar. A month-by-month account of changes in the natural environment of northwestern RSFSR, by a member of the Geographical Society of the USSR. Fauna and flora, incl morphological descriptions are dealt with. A special chapter on collection, preservation and uses of medicinal plants is included. DLC. 93766 BALESTA, S.T. 0 skorostnom razreze vulkanogennykh obrazovanif Avachinskogo vulkana. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. vulkanologii. Trudy 1967. no.24, p.112-15, graphs, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. A velocity section of 79

volcanic formations of the Avachinskaya Volcano. Reports special seismic soundings made in 1963 to investigate the deep structure of this volcano using the velocity of elastic wave distribution. Typical seismograms are presented as well as typical hodographs. Various horizons are established. DLC. Opyt primeneniia tochechnykh seismozondirovanif pri izuchenii stroeniia Avachinskogo vulkan. (Geologita 93767 BALESTA, S.T.

i geofizika 1967, no.8, p.93-97, graph, maps, illus) 7 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Use of seismic spot sounding for investigating the structure of the Avachinskaya Volcano. Reports results of spot sounding by refracted waves in 1963 and 1964. Depth of occurrence of the Cretaceous basement is plotted on a schematic map. A preference of joint analysis of longitudinal and alternating waves is shown. The regular decrease of alternating wave intensity in the area of the volcano is considered. DLC. BALESTA, S.T., see also No. 95214, 100014

Meropriiatiia partii po formirovaniiu na[sionai'nol intelligentsii na Kralnem Severo-Vostoke SSSR. (AkademiIå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyl kompleksnyf n: issl. inst. Trudy 1967. no.17, p.125-36) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Party 93768 BALITSKII, V.G.

measures aimed at developing an aboriginal intelligentsia in the Soviet Far Northeast.

Reviews legislative measures on education in the Chukchi and Koryak National Districts and in Kamchatka. The first schools opened in 1925 with an experimental program devised to ease the children's transition to school life. Subsequent programs of the 1920's were geared to regional economic demands, local customs, seasonal nomadism, etc. The reduction to writing of several northern vernaculars, publication in these of primers, popular scientific and party literature, etc had a favorable effect on student enrollment. Expansion of the school net, increase of aboriginal students are traced with selected statistical data, to 1960, on Chukchi and Koryak students, teachers, medical personnel, party workers, etc. DOS. BALKOV, V.A., see No. 97822A BALL, E.G., see No. 95991

93768A BALOBAEV, V.T. Raschet glubiny protaivaniia s uchetom vneshnego teploobmena. (In: Sezonnoe protaivanie i promerzanie gruntov na territorii Severo80

Vostoka SSSR... 1966. p.47-57, graph, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Calculation of the depths of thawing with estimation of exterior heat exchange. Discusses methods and formulas used in calculating thawing depth. In such calculations the heat exchange in the air layer adjacent to the ground surface must be taken into account. The components of exterior heat exchange such as radiation balance, heat consumed by evaporation, and coefficent of turbulent exchange are considered, and formulas and graphs are given for calculating thawing depths. Use of this method is demonstrated for conditions in Yakutia. DLC. 93769

BALTRASHEVICH,

A. K.

Rasprostranennost' kolienteritov sredi detel rannego vozrasta v IAkutske i kratkail kharakteristika vozbuditelel. (Irkutsk, Siberia. N-issl. inst. epidemiologii i mikrobiologii. Trudy 1962, no.7, p. 341-48, illus) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Contagiousness of colienteritis infection among young children in Yakutsk and a short description of the

agents. E. coli, type "408" is responsible for many outbreaks of enteritis in the Far North. A serological survey made during the outbreaks of 1961 showed that serotypes 0= 111, 0= 55, 0= 26n9u, and "144" were the principal strains responsible for severe symptoms among young children. The disease is widely distributed in Yakutia and is responsible for over 25% of acute cases of intestinal infection. The distribution of pathogenic serotypes in Yakutsk is similar to that in other cities of the Soviet Union. DLC. 93770 BALYKOVA, N.A. Uslovitå povysheniiü kul'tumo-tekhnicheskogo urovmå

zhenshchiny-rabotnitsy. (Akademitå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe of-die. Izvestilh 1966, no.9, p.61-63) Ref. In Russian. Title tr: Ways to raise the cultural and professional level of female workers. Statistical study of time budgeting based on 1963 data from the industry in Krasnoyarsk Province. Women workers spend 33.6 hr/week on household chores, men 15.3 hr; 23.1% of the women versus 41.6% of the men

are enrolled in vocational or educational schools. Single girls study 7.07 hr/week, childless married women 6.6 hr, with children 0-1.5 hr. Regular use of public eating facilities would reduce time spent on cooking from 10-12 hr/week to 6.6 hr; introduction of a 5-day work week would increase leisure time from 14 to 19.5 hr/week. The time saved could be used for study and professional training. DLC.

BAME, S.d., see No. 96146 93770A BANCROFT, A.M. and P.W. BASHAM. An FM magnetic tape recording seismograph. Washington, DC 1966. 38 p. graphs, illus. (Arctic Institute of North America. Research paper no.38) 7 refs. Describes a three-component, short-period seismograph which uses frequency-modulated magnetic tape as the recording medium. The techniques for maintaining a well-calibrated system under field conditions are discussed in detail. Describes present methods for editing and conversion to a digital format and explores the possibilies for a modified system which produces additional long-period information from short-period seismometers. CaMAI. 93771 BANDI, H.G. Magia dell' Alasca. (Vie del mondo 1965. v.27, no.10, p.959-70, map, illus) In Italian. Title tr. The magic of Alaska. Account in travelog style with illus of a journey trough Alaska. The landscape, wildlife and peoples are described, with emphasis on the undeveloped nature of the state. There are references to its strategic significance and conditions of the indigenous population. DLC. BANDI, H.G., see also No. 99760 93772 BANIN, A.P. Ekonomicheskaia

effektivnost' perekhodov na osnove kornpleksnoi otsenki. (Stroitel'stvo truboprovodov 1967. v.12, no.4, p.19-21, table) In Russian. Title tr. Economic effectiveness of crossings in light of a broad evaluation. Discusses the advantages of a suspended river crossing for pipelines as compared with submerged crossings. Although more expensive in actual construction than the underwater type, the suspended crossing has almost double the period in service, and less expensive maintenance and repair. Therefore when this detailed evaluation is used in estimating cost, the suspended crossing proves to be more economical and advantageous in the long run, especially for pipeline construction in the Far North, DLC. Siberia, and Central Asia. 93773 BANKS, M. Sledges to Schweizerland. (Geographical magazine 1966. v.39, n.6, p.463-74, maps, illus) Describes a dog-sled journey to establish an advance depot of provisions for a British naval expedition to the Schweizerland Mts of east Greenland, 1966. The party, based on Kungmiut, traveled 170 mi in 11 days

following the Knud Rasmussen and Haabets glaciers. DLC. 93774 BANKS, M.E.B. Two North (Alpine journal American expeditions. 1966. v.71, no.312, p.19-25, illus) D scribes first British ascent of Mount McKinley by the first biennial Joint Services Expedition, 1962, led by the author. In 1963 author joined Arnold Wexler, Stirling Hendricks, and Don Hubbard for a month of climbing in the Logan Range, Mackenzie District. Ten first ascents were made. DLC. 93775 BANKS, P.M., and C.F. SECHRIST, Jr. Time history of high latitude electron number density and radiowave absorption profiles during the solar cosmic-ray event of November 10, 1961. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.9, p.2275-86, table, graphs) 22 refs. Calculates the electron number density at Ft Churchill and Cape Jones, and the pronounced very low frequency radiowave absorption on the path from Rugby to College. Solar proton energy spectra measured by means of the Explorer 12 satellite are utilized and the electron production rate profiles at the magnetic dip pole are determined for the 50-hr period following the onset of the polar cap absorption (PCA) event. A considerable enhancement of the electron number densities is found in the D layer of the ionosphere and at lower altitudes. Computed values of the 30 Mc/s radiowave absorption are compared with cosmic noise absorption measured by means of 30 Mc/s riometers at Ft Churchill and Cape Jones, and a reasonable agreement shown except for times during the main phase of the PCA events. DLC. 93776 BANKS, R.E. The cold layer in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. (Journal of geophysical research 1966, v.71, no.6, p. 1603-1610, graphs, maps) Refs. Examines the origin of the cold water that forms a layer at intermediate depth in the Gulf, using bathythermograph data for 1952-62, and hydrographic station data for 1956-62. The correlation of average winter air and cold layer temperatures indicates that in situ water cooling is the dominant mechanism which produces the cold layer. The only external source, inflow of Labrador water through the Strait of Belle Isle, accounts for but 14% of the volume of the cold water at the end of the cooling season. DLC. 93777 BANNIKOV, A.G. Po zapovednikam Sovetskogo Soiliza. Moskva, Izd-vo Mysl' 1966. 264 p. maps, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: In the preserves of the Soviet Union. 81

Describes in some detail twelve of the more important state preserves, with a sketch map, the purpose, activities and contributions of each. The two northernmost are the Kandalaksha and Pechora-Ilych, p15-42. Appended p213-23 is a list of 76 Soviet preserves with their location, purpose, size and address; and a folded map shows their distribution. The list includes besides the Kandalaksha and Pechora-Ilych, the Laplandskiy Preserve of 180,400 hectares in Kola Peninsula with Apatity Station its center. DLC. BANNING, L.H. see No. 96132 93778 BANNOV, A.T. and A.G. SHNEERSON. Kak byla likvidirovana chesotka oveis v Krasnoiärskom krae. (Veterinariiä 1957. v.34, no.9, p.43-46, graph, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: How mange in sheep was eliminated from Krasnoyarsk province. Describes the antiscabies campaign, begun in 1945, to combat losses because of poor quality skins. A vigorous disinfection and decontamination program resulted in a steady decline in the condition over the following ten years. Proper insect control keeps the incidence of the disease at a near-zero level. DLC. BANNOV, A.T., see also No. 93686 93779 BARABANOV, N.V. Structural design of sea-going ships. Moscow, Peace Pub. 1966. 463 p. graphs, tables, illus. Translation by 0. Sapunov, of Konstruküüa korpusa morskikh sudov. Comprehensive text book on marine vessel design according to the USSR Shipping Register adopted in 1956. Chap 6 on types of cargo vessels includes a section on polar ships, describing the L and UL ice-strengthened ship designs and icebreaker classes. Hull construction amidships in the ice area and plating of the fore body data are given in a table. Chap 12 contains a section on icestrengthened sides of polar ships. Threedimensional and planar drawings illus the text The English translation is a close rendition of the Russian text both technically and linguistically. DLC. 93780 BARABASH-NIHIFOROV, I.I. The sea otter and stages in its investigation. English translation of No 27971, available as TT-67-61547 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va. 22151. 93781 BARADIEV, B. and D. SHIRETOROV. Protiv poter' v ole(Sel'skokhozislstvennoe proiznevodstve. 82

vodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1967. v.11, In Russian. Title tr.: no.8, p.54-55) Losses in reindeer husbandry. Reports 34,500 reindeer lost in Yakutia in 1964 and 42,000 in 1965. On Eginskiy state farm there was a net yield of 1227 as 2869 were lost. The means of control used in the tundra proved ineffective in taiga areas, and the only solution is construction of fences. The practical and economic feasibility of this method is illustrated by examples from other parts of the USSR. DLC. BARADIEV, B., see also No. 99107 93782 BARAGAR, W.R.A. Geochemistry of the Yellowknife volcanic rocks. (Canadian journal of earth sciences 1966. v.3, no.1, p.9-30) 50 refs. Chemical analyses of samples taken at 500-ft intervals through two sections of the Yellowknife Group are presented in graphical and composite form. The Yellowknife section is about 40,000 ft thick with base undefined; the Cameron River section, 45 mi NE, is about 7000 ft thick and may be complete. Chemical aspects are: variation in composition with stratigraphic height, and bulk composition of volcanic rocks. In the Yellowknife section, two volcanic cycles are defined in which mafic lavas increase upward in sialic components culminating in acidic layers. The Cameron section shows a similar but less well-defined trend. Frequency distribution diagrams show Yellowknife volcanic rocks to be similar to F. Chayes' circumoceanic basalts in Ti02, CaO, and MgO and to his oceanic basalts in A1203. Characteristic rock type is basalt. DGS. 93783 BARAGAR, W.R.A. and others. Volcanism and mineral deposits. (Canada. Geological Survey. Papers 1966, no.66-42, p. 8-14, maps) Other authors.- A.M. Goodwin and J.G. Souther. Discusses theoretical aspects of the relationship between volcanism and ore deposits with examples drawn from the northern Cordillera, British Columbia, the area northeast of Great Slave Lake, Mackenzie District, and the Superior Province, Ontario. Areas of such investigations include the nature, origin and preferred tectonic settings of volcanic activities and products; sequential patterns in volcanic piles; hot-spring, fumarolic, and other surface and near-surface manifestations; sub-volcanic intrusive activities, and the parental association of deeper-seated magDGS. mas. BARAGAR, W.R.A., see also No. 94443, 94444

BARAKSANOV, G.G., see No. 101203 93784 BARANOV, G.I. 0 primenenii konechnykh integral'nykh preobrazovaniT tipa Fur'e k resheniiu nekotorykh okeanologicheskikh zadach. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskii nauchno-issl. institut. Trudy 1967, no.281, p.137-49, graph, map, tables) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Application of finite integral transformations of the Fourier type to the solution of some oceanological problems. Discusses the solution of Stommel's equation adapted for computation of the flow lines of Arctic Ocean water. The problem is discussed mathematically using a new form of finite integral transformations based on trigonometric functions. Formulas are developed for the core of integral transformations, for the second derivatives, and for the Fourier type transformations. Putting in the final formula of solution, the coefficient/3= 0, the centers of the arctic anticyclones and the water circulation coincide. When ß = 0.4.10•!3 /cm sec, the displacement of the DLC. water circulation is obtained. 93785 BARANOV, M.A. and V.V. KOSMIN. Novai zheleznaia doroga na Severe Kanady. (Transportnoe stroitel'stvo 1966. v.16, no.5, p.55-56) In Russian. Tide trA new railroad in the Canadian North. Describes (from paper by J.L. Charles, qv) the 692-km line for transportation of ore, fish products and other freight from the Great Slave Lake area. Preliminary technical and economic studies of the region were made on the basis of maps and air photography, an engineering geology survey, soil studies, etc were carried out, the route established and the roadbed settled as 6 m wide. In sections where permafrost is present, measures were taken to keep the ground frozen or to strengthen it with the increase of temperature. Communication between parties was maintained by short-wave radio. By Oct 1964 the line was laid and by May 1965, 60% of the ballast work was completed and traffic at DLC. 25-50 km/hr started. 93786 BARANOVA, N.P. and S.F. BISKE. Pozdnepliotsenovyi chetvertichnyi 6tap rel'efoobrazovaniiå na Severo-Vostoke SSSR. (Geologili i geofizika 1967, no.3, p.3-11) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Late Pliocene-Quaternary stage of relief formation in northeastern USSR. Reports systematic geologic and geomorphic investigations in 1959-1965 especially in the Koryak and Anyuy uplands. Crustal movements beginning in the late Pliocene, rejuvenated the drainage systems with deposition of thick continental beds in depressions.

During the last half of the early Quaternary, the Bering Sea transgression began. Associated volcanic activity, climatic changes, glaciation and permafrost are also noted. DLC. 93787 BARANOVA, Z.P. Rezul'taty ucheta molodi pikshi v Barentievom more v osenne-zimnil period 1964/65 g. (Materialy rybokhozI istvennykh issledovanil Severnogo basselna 1966, no.7, p.48-52, map, tables) 4 Title tr.: Results of refs. In Russian. estimating abundance of young haddock in the Barents Sea in the fall-winter period 1964-65. Investigation shows abundance in the south to be lower than in the previous year. Details of year-classes in areas of study are tabulated and mapped. DLC. 93788 BARASA, A. and L. TIZZANI. Formazione di cellule binucleate in colture in vitro mantenute a temperature subnormali. (SocietA italiana di biologia sperimentale. Bolletino 1965. v.41, no.19, p.1115-18, tables) 22 refs. In Italian. Tide tr.. Formation of binuclear cells in in vitro cultures maintained at subnormal temperatures. Account of observations on embryonic chicken heart cells cultured at 38°C and 21-23°C. In the latter mitosis was arrested in one third of the cells, and slowed down in the others. When the cold-exposed cultures were gradually returned to 38°C, some of the arrested cells divided normally but some DNLM. degenerated. 93789 BARASHKOV, G.B. and others. Sezonnye izmenenii khimicheskogo sostava u fukusovykh vodoroslei Barenfieva monå Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Rastitel'nye resursy 1966. v.2, no.2, p.191-200, graphs, tables) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: Title A.V. Vakhrashina and IÜ.E. Petrov. tr Seasonal changes in the chemical composition of Fucaceae from the Barents Sea coast of the Kola Peninsula. Studies the four most common species; all show similar seasonal changes, but the three species of Fucus are richer in N and poorer in I than Ascophyllum nodosum. Seaweeds growing in freshened waters contain more iodine and carbohydrates but less ash. The higher in the littoral these plants grow the more their chemical composition depends on DLC. the environment. 93790 BARASHKOV, G.K. Soderzhanie ioda v vodorosliakh Murmana. (Rybnoe khoziaistvo 1966. v.42, no.3, p.69-70, table) In Russian. Title tr.: Iodine content in algae of the Murman. 83

Presents, in tabular form, the iodine content in dry weight of 12 species, collected in Oct, Jan, Apr, and Aug. The use of seaweeds for various purposes is also discussed. English translation available as TT-67-61886 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va., 22151. DLC. 93791 BARASHKOVA, E. Stimuliatory dliä lishainikov. (Sel'skokhoziiiistvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1966. v.10, n.2, p.34) In Russian. TYde tr.: Stimulants for lichens. Reports experiments to accelerate growth of lichens for reindeer. Best results were obtained by applying thiamine, gibberellic acid and herbicide 2.4 D immediately after the disappearance of snow in spring. Growth increased lichens 40-60%. Spraying is planned with a water solution of 0.2 kg thiamine, 0.4 kg 2.4 D, 0.0006 kg gibberellic acid + 20 kg (NH4)2S0 and 40 kg KH2PO4/hectare. DLC. BARBAROUX, L., see No 100300 BARCLAY, W.S., see No. 99759 93792 BARCUS, J.R. and T.J. ROSENBERG. Energy spectrum for auroral-zone X rays; 1, diurnal and type effects. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.3, p.803-823, graphs, table, illus) Refs. Presents balloon observations of X-rays produced by ^'50-250 Key electron precipitation into the auroral zone. Instrumentation installed on balloons launched from College, Ft Yukon, Ft Wainwright, and Fairbanks in 1963-64 is briefly reviewed as are the flight data. The general form of several sample X-ray spectra is considered in relation to the primary electron influx and the atmospheric modification of the production spectrum. A distribution for the occurrence frequency of a particular spectral form is shown, and a persistent trend toward a softer spectrum with increasing intensity, and diurnal effects are illus. The relationship of spectral variability to the auroral absorption of cosmic radio noise is considered. The results of the study are pictorially summarized. DLC. 93793 BARCUS, J.R. and R.R. BROWN. Energy spectrum for auroralzone X rays; 2, spectral variability and auroral absorption. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.3, p.825-34, graphs, table) Refs. Shows that simultaneous measurements of bremsstrahlung X-rays and ionospheric radio absorption in the auroral zone demonstrate the importance of spectral variability in energetic electron precipitation for the in84

terpretation of the ionospheric D-region effects. Although the riometric observations at College and Ft Yukon, and by balloon flights from Ft Yukon and Ft Wainwright are generally consistent with present knowledge of upper atmospheric processes, they suggest a less dominant role for nighttime detachment below 70-80 km than previously assumed. DLC. 93794 BARCUS, J.R. and others. Spatial and temporal character of fast variations in auroral-zone X rays. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.1, p.125-41, graphs, tables) Refs. Other authors: R.R. Brown and T.J. Rosenberg. Investigates fast pulsations, characterized by half-widths of 2-10 sec and temporal spacing of 4-30 sec, in the bremsstrahlung intensity of auroral zone X-rays, by using simultaneous pairs of NaI scintillation counters on balloons launched from Fairbanks, Ft Wainwright, and Ft Yukon in 1963 and 1964, and separated by 100-200 km. The microburst phenomena, for which the full width of each burst at half-maximum is about 200 msec, are also studied and the spatial scale size for coherent electron precipitation shown to be essentially the same for both pulsation types, viz approx 100 km in extent. Spectral analysis shows these phenomena to be nonstationary but suggests that quasi-periods of 5-10 sec ought to be considered a significant feature of the process responsible for such variations. DLC. 93795 BARCUS, J.R. Storage of radioactive debris in the polar vortex. (Journal of the atmospheric sciences 1965. v.22, no.4, p.460-62, graph) 6 refs. Analyzes the data of balloon ascents from Fairbanks in June 1962 and Sept 1963, and from Barrow on 10,11,13,18, and 24 Mar 1963, presenting the results in a diagram. The June 1962 and Sept 1963 (more than 60) measurements showed an absence of such debris, the March 1963 ascents after an intensive high latitude series of atomospheric nuclear tests by the USSR 5 Aug-25 Dec 1962, showed a considerable and nearly constant excess of radioactive debris repeatedly encountered in the polar strata sphere. This stable layer of radioactive debris, appeared at about 10 km altitude, reached a max at 20 km, and declined to zero below 30 km. It is considered due to nuclear disintegration products injected into the stratosphere in the fall - early winter of 1962, and subsequently kept in storage in the polar atmospheric vortex. These in situ observations of vortex storage have a bearing on

atmospheric circulation in their relevance to the residence time of radioactive debris. DLC. 93796 BARDIN, G.I. and D.M. MIKHEL'SON. 0 chislennom sposobe sutochnogo prognoza vetra v Arktike v sviåzi s formami atmosfernoT tsirkuliåtsii. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1966. v.279, p.69-74, maps) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The numerical method of 24 hr wind forecast in the Arctic as related to the forms of atmospheric circulation. Reports use of the method in 1964-65 at the Tiksi observatory. Quadratic interpolation of pressure field anomalies, using Chebyshev's polynomials, were used for preparing wind prognosis in the Laptev Sea for the navigation season. 560 synoptic charts for the 1948-1969 summer seasons were used in preparing 560 matrixes of pressure fields. An example of the results is shown in three charts of the Laptev Sea: the pressure field of 22 Sept 1954, prognosis of pressure anomaly on 23 Sept 1959, and the actually observed pressure on that date. The difference between the observed and calculated pressure anomalies was less than 5mb in absolute scale, corresponding to 100% justification of the forecast. DLC. BARDIN, V.I., see No. 93362 93797 BARKALOVA, K.N. Grozovatå deiatel'nost' v severnom polusharii v 1963 g. (Leningrad. Glavnatå geofizicheskarå observatorhå. Trudy 1965. no.177, p.39-41, map, table) In Russian. Tide tr.: Thunderstorm activity in the Northern Hemisphere in 1963. Presents a chart for the winter, spring and summer seasons, Dec 1962-Aug 1963. The more active areas were Southeast Asia, southwestern Europe and the Mississippi basin. Negligible thunderstorm activity was on the coasts of the Arctic Ocean, Greenland, Kamchatka, Chukotka and Alaska. DLC. 93798 BARKANOV, I.V. Osobennosti sostavleniia metallogenicheskikh i prognoznykh kart Vostochnol (sovetskol) chasti Baltiiskogo kristallicheskogo shchita. (Shatalov, E.T., ed. Printsipy i metodika sostavlenai metallogenicheskikh i prognoznykh kart. Moskva, Nedra 1966, p.135-41) In Russian. Tide tr.: Features of compiling metallogenic and prediction maps in the eastern, Soviet, part of the Baltic crystalline shield. Discusses the content of such maps for the Karelia-Kola Peninsula area. Indicated upon them should be the degree of rock metamorphism, areas of migmatization and distri-

bution of metasomatic granites, lithologic properties of the rocks, structural-tectonic zoning data, etc. The use of magnetic, gravity, other geophysical methods is discussed. Speciali;.ation of ore fields is considered. DLC. 93799 BARKOVA, M.V. Kharakteristika palinologicheskikh spektrov iz otlozhenir vtorykh nadpoimenykh terras Anabar-Olenekskogo mezhdurech ia. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologiiii i biostratigrafiia 1967, no.18, p.91-101, graphs) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Characteristics of the palynological spectra from deposits of the second terrace above the floodplain of the Anabar-Olenek interfluve. Describes the spore-pollen spectra of this terrace from 94 rock samples. They indicate that in Karginskiy time, when this terrace was formed, the forest limit was farther north than at present. The area studied was covered with forest in which birch and alder were predominant and in some places there was some pine. A moderate subarctic climate prevailed. DLC. BARLOW, J.S., see No. 97861 93800 BARMICH, M. fit . . 0 terminologii odezhdy u nenfiev Kaninskor tundry. (Leningrad. Gos. pedagogicheskil inst. Gertsenovskie chteniTh: filologicheskie nauki 1966. no.19, p.138-39) In Russian. Title tr. Clothing terminology of the Kanin Tundra Samoyeds. Notes the uniformity of this vocabulary throughout the Nenets Samoyed region; in the Kanin Tundra the local dialect has words not encountered in any other Nenets dialect. DLC. 93801 BARMIN, IÜ. Za 67-1 parallel'iü. (Master lesa 1964. v.8, no.10, p.16, Tide tr.: Beyond the illus) In Russian. 67th parallel. Sketch of Igarka, the shipping center for Siberian timber, 40 yr operation of Igarka Port, 210-fold increase of the timber cargoes, difficulties due to severe climate and permafrost, loading facilities, living conditions, cultural amenities. DLC. 93802 BARNES, D.F. Four preliminary gravity maps of parts of Alaska. Washington, DC 1967. 5 p. maps. (US. Geological Survey. Reports; open file series no.908) Consists of four gravity maps and an index map, about 1:5,000,000, covering northern Alaska, north of 65°30:66°N and 144°-171°W, a southeast interior area from the International boundary to 152°W south of 65'N, DGS. and the Alaska Peninsula. 85

93803 BARNES, D.F. Gravity changes during the Alaska earthquake. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.2, p.451-56, graphs, maps, illus) Refs. Reports on gravity changes produced by the 27 Mar 1964 earthquake as measured in Sept 1964 with a geodetic meter of 0.01 mgal reading sensitivity. The elevation observed along the Valdez-Tonsina traverse did not exceed 0.6 m, though elevations up to 3 m occurred elsewhere in the earthquake area. The elevation changes are considered to have been accompanied by a net change of the total mass affecting the gravity readings, rather than by purely chemical or elastic changes. The data of gravity stations at Anchorage, Tonsina, Thompson Pass, Valdez, Cordova, and five other places in the area were used for computing the elevations. DLC. BARNES, D.F. see also No. 94466 93804 BARNES, F.F. Coal resources of Alaska. Washington, DC 1967. 36 p. graph, map, tables. (US. Geological Survey. Bulletin 1242-B) 48 refs. Summarizes information concerning the quantity, quality, and distribution of coal in seven areas: northern Alaska, three fields on the flanks of the Alaska Range, and three fields in the Cook Inlet Basin. Total reserves are estimated at 130,125 million tons, incl 19,429 million tons of bituminous and 110,696 million t of subbituminous and lignite. Since 1953 annual production has fluctuated between 650-850 thousand t, mostly subbituminous from the Nenana field and a bituminous from the Matanuska field. Competition from oil and gas, and to some extent from hydroelectric power, is forcing coal operators to seek possible new markets; one possibility lies in the chemical industry using DGS. low-grade coal as raw material. 93805 BARNES, F.F. Coal resources of the Cape Lisburne-Colville River region, Alaska. Washington, D.C. 1967. 37 p. map, section, tables. (US Geological Survey. Bulletin 1242-E) 18 refs. Evaluates the coal resources of this region and maps the coal-bearing rocks on a scale of 1 in:16 mi, based on 1923-26 and 1944-53 data from investigations in Naval Petroleum Reserve No 4. Coal occurs extensively in Cretaceous rocks that have been moderately folded and faulted in the foothills of the Brooks Range but are flat or gently folded under the coastal plain to the north. Estimated coal resources total nearly 120,200 million tons, of which nearly 19,300 million are bituminous and 100,900 million subbituminous. The bituminous coal occurs in 86

mid-Cretaceous rocks in the foothills whereas the subbituminous occurs in rocks of the same age under the coastal plain and in Late Cretaceous rocks in the eastern part of the 58,000 mit area. The map shows coal-bearing rocks north of 68°30'N and between 150° and DGS. 165° W. 93806 BARNES, F.F. Geology and coal resources of the Beluga-Yentna region, Alaska. Washington, DC 1966. 54 p. maps, tables. (US. Geological Survey. Bulletin no. 1202-C) 22 refs. The Beluga-Yentna region, embracing the northwestern part of the Cook Inlet Tertiary basin of south-central Alaska, is a broad lowland covered by glacial and alluvial deposits but believed to be underlain principally by the coal-bearing Kenai formation. Tertiary rocks consist of interbedded claystone, siltstone, sandstone, and conglomerate, and many coal beds. Conglomeratic sequences in the southwest and northwest are considered to be upper and basal members of the Kenai formation. Strong folding and faulting of the Kenai is limited to areas adjacent to parts of the mountain front and to Castle Mountain fault zone. Estimated coal reserves total 2,400 million t of subbituminous B to lignite rank. DGS. Development, 93807 BARNETT, D.M. landforms and chronology of Generator Lake, Baffin Island, NWT. (Geographical bulletin 1967. v.9, no.3, p.169-88, graphs, map, table, illus) 32 refs. Describes this proglacial lake at the margin of the Barnes Icecap, ponded against the local watershed at the SE margin. The lake is the source of the eastward flowing Clyde River, which in preglacial time flowed SW into Foxe Basin. As the ice retreated SW 26 km, over a period of 1500 yr, the lake has generally increased in area and depth, at one time having an area of 120 km2 and draining north into the Sam Ford River. The trend reversed when a lower col was uncovered to form a new overflow channel. The lake fell some 75 m when the present outlet opened. The most striking landforms in the lake basin are asymmetrical cross-valley moraines which may have a subglacial origin. Other features described are an abandoned shoreline, icepushed ridges, deltas, and what is provisionally considered a proglacial lake terrace, 2-4 m below the old shoreline on the south side of the former lake. No material suitable for radiocarbon dating having been found so far, lichenometry is used with reservations for dating the beginning of the higher lake 1500-1000 yr BP and the draining 950-750 yr DGS. BP.

93808 BARNETT, D.M. Preliminary field investigations of movement on certain Arctic slope forms. (Geographical bulletin, Ottawa 1966. v.8, no.4, p.377-82, illus) Describes observations at three sites at the head of Inugsuin Fiord, east Baffin Island. No movement was observed 1964-66 at Site 1, an embayment with interrelated slopes. Radial, non-uniform movement totalling 4.5-5.2 cm occurred at Site 2, on solifluction lobes along a river bank. Active development was noted at Site 3, on a 650 ft high scree cone. DGS. A re-exam93809 BARNETT, D.M. ination and re-interpretation of tide gauge (Canadian data for Churchill, Manitoba. journal of earth sciences 1966. v.3, no.1, p.77-88, map, table, graphs) 32 refs. Tide gauge data from Churchill for the period 1928-39 are reviewed and rejected as inaccurate. The rate of uplift proposed by Gutenberg (cf No 6396) on the basis of these data therefore is rejected also (up to 3 m and modified figure of 1.05 m/century). Data for 1940-64 are subjected to statistical analysis, which indicates an apparent lowering trend of Hudson Bay water level. Linear regression DGS. suggests a rate of 2 ft/century. 93810 BARNETT, S.A. Adaptation of mice to cold. (Cambridge Philosophical Society. Biological reviews 1965. v. 40, no.1, p.5-51, tables, illus) 144 refs. Mice bred continuously for two years in an environment at -3°C, adapt by increasing their heat production, eating more food, reducing activity, building better nests, and increasing weight of stomach, intestine, liver and heart. Reproduction is slowed in the female at -3°C; hybridization confers greater resistance to cold. Mice of the 12th generation of a mixed stock were heavier but with less adipose tissue and showed a decline in nestling DNLM. mortality. 93811 BARNETT, S.A. Genotype and environment in tail length in mice. (Quarterly journal of experimental physiology 1965. v.50, no.4, p.417-29, tables, graphs, illus) 28 refs. Account of experiments with inbred strains, F1 types of their crossing, and a mixed stock, reared at 21° and -3°C. In all classes absolute tail length was lower at -3°C, even when body length was the same. All, except the mixed stock, had fewer and smaller vertebrae when reared at low temperature. These additional observations do not support the hypothesis that the tails of mice have a thermoregulatory function in the DNLM. cold.

BARON, C., see No. 97282 93812 BARON, L.I. and A.V. KLIÜCHNIKOV. Analiticheskti metod opredelenitå effektivnosti kontumogo vzryvaniiå. (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. Kol'skil filial. Tekhnologiia razrabotki... 1964, p.48-54, tables, Title tr.: An graphs) 3 refs. In Russian. analytical method of determining the efficiency of smooth blasting. Develops formulas for the most efficient blasting of mine workings, with minimum of overbreaking. The number of additional trimming holes is calculated from the drifting speed in vertical and horizontal workings. The number of additional outline holes, and mining parameters of the 50-South drift at Nittis-Kumuzh'ye and seven other mines are given in a table. Other conditions being equal, a reduction in the amount of rock overbreaking results in a better rate of drifting and raising. A formula for calculating the maximal number of trimming holes is given. DLC. 93813 BARON, L.I. and G.N. SIROTIUK. Issledovanie gradienta udel'nogo raskhoda VV pri otbolke skvazhinnymi zanådami v usloviiåkh prokhodki razreznoi (In: Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Kolt transhei. skit filial. Tekhnologii3 razrabotki... 1964, 3 refs. In p.102-111, tables, graphs, illus) Russian. Title tr.: An investigation of the gradient of specific consumption of explosives in breaking out a working trench by borehole charges. Reports a study into evaluating explosive breaking up of rock in open-pit mining. Observations of the mass explosion of borehole charges at the heading face of the trench of the + 231 m horizon at Zhdanov copper-nickel pit are presented parametrically in a table. The gradient of specific expenditure of explosives is found to be a more representative index in evaluating the effectiveness of the process discussed, than the index of specific expenditure of explosives, DLC. widely used at present. 93814 BARON, L.I. and others. K voprosu o primenenii kontumogo vzryvanii (In: na rudnikakh Kol'skogo poluostrova. Akademiia nauk SSSR. Kol'skil filial. Tekhnologifii razrabotki... 1964, p.36-42, table, illus) 9 refs. In Russian. Other authors: I.A. Title Turchaninov and A.V. Kliuchnikov. tr.: Use of smooth blasting at Kola Peninsula mines. Discusses methods and techniques of blasting to secure smooth-walled profiles of assigned perimeter. Experience at Canadian mines is cited with regard to determining optimal parameters for blasting, and re87

quirements as to shape, size, and detonation speed of the explosives. The lack is noted of theoretical studies of this blasting method in connection with the physical and mechanical properties of the rocks and the blasting parameters. Cases are mentioned of overbreak of 16-38% in the workings profile at the Nittis-Kumuzh'ye mines, and 22-47% at Pechora coal and other mines. Such overbreak increases the cost of drifting, slows it down 10% or more, and complicates timbering of shafts. Smooth blasting is recommended to avoid rock burst; and its other advantages for the Rasvumchorr and S.M. Kirov apatite mines, Sopchinskiy and the deposit of the Severonikel combine are pointed out. DLC. 93815 BARON, L.I. and others. Opyt kompleksnogo issledovaniia soprotivli emosti gornykh porod razrusheniiii pri dobyvanii. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 224 p. tables, graphs, map, illus. 122 refs. In Russian. Other authors: M.D. Fugzan and E.I. Markenzon. Rile tr.: Investigation of rock resistance to breakdown in mining. Describes the geology and tectonics of the apatite deposits at the S.M. Kirov mine in the Kukisvumchorr - Yukspor region of Kola Peninsula. Types of ore, rock-making minerals, mechanical properties of ores and rocks are briefly characterized. Main attention is devoted to extraction technology. Methods and results of laboratory studies of ore processing are outlined, and the breaking strength of ores is treated in some detail. Physical properties and drilling capacity of rocks are analyzed for various types of drill: perforate, rotary, etc. Appraisal is given of different methods of processing. DLC. BARON, L.I., see also No. 101173 BAROUCH, E., see No. 93321 93816 BARR, D.A. The Galore Creek (Canadian mining and copper deposits. metallurgical bulletin 1966. v.58, no.651, p.841-53, maps, illus) Refs. Presents a detailed report on these copper deposits in northern British Columbia, 30 mi from the Alaska border, and 60 mi northeast of Wrangell, Alaska. The geologic setting and the results of the geophysical and geochemical surveys carried out 1960-64 are discussed, with maps, sections, geomagnetic profiles and illus of rock and mineral specimens. Cupriferous replacements in highly fractured zones occur in a 7 mil area of rugged terrain. Chalcopyrite is the principal copper sulfide mineral but bomite, pyrite, and 88

magnetite also occur in quantity. The numerous accessory minerals are indicated. DGS, 93817 BARR, S.G. Upper mantle structure in Canada from seismic observations using chemical explosions. (Canadian journal of earth sciences 1967. v.4, no.5, p.961-75, map, tables, illus) 10 refs. Long-range seismic observations at the standard Canadian seismic stations, from chemical explosions in Hudson Bay and Lake Superior, are used to derive a P-wave velocity structure for the upper mantle. The coordinates of observed cusps are used to define the structural discontinuities, which are at depths of 126 and 366 km, in close agreement with the depths of the S-wave velocity discontinuities deduced from surface-wave observations. The observations do not require a low velocity layer in the upper mantle. DGS. 93818 BARR, W. and R.M. KOERNER. Devon Island programs, 1965. (Arctic 1966. v.19, no.2, p.201-204, map) Programs in geomorphology and glaciology, supported by the Arctic Institute of North America, and others, and using its facilities and equipment, were carried out Jun-Aug 1965 on Devon Island. The ice cap experienced the third successive summer of low melting, the entire ice cap occupying the accumulation area. High-level marine features showed a marine limit of 74.1 m in the Sparbo-Hardy Lowland, 65.9 m in Base Camp, and 82.7 m in the Skogn Lowland. Up to 18 separate beach ridges were distinguished in each area. CaMAI, DLC. 93819 BARR, W. and others. Devon Island programs, 1966. (Arctic 1967. v.20, no.1, p.44-49, maps) Other authors: R.C. Brooke, D.J.T. Husseil, R.H. King and R.M. Koerner. Five two-man field parties, investigating glaciology, glacioisostatic and periglacial geomorphology, botany and ornithology, used the facilities of the Arctic Institute of North America base camp on Devon Island, JunAug 1966. The activities and programs are indicated with suggestion of results. The initial survey of periglacial processes centered on patterned ground, soils and slopes development. The breeding of the Lapland longspur (Calcarius lapponicus) was the primary object of the ornithologic investigations. Heavy predation, mainly by parasitic jaegers CaMAI, DLC. and arctic foxes is noted. BARR, W., see also No. 98268

93820 BARRETT, P.J. Effects of the 1964 Alaskan earthquake on some shallowwater sediments in Prince William Sound, Southeast Alaska. (Journal of sedimentary petrology 1966. v.36, no.4, p.992-1006, illus) Refs. Describes effects of this earthquake on sediments at four sub-tidal and inter-tidal sample localities. Effects at each site are described in turn and illus. Core logs and changes in grain size are diagrammed. Among the effects noted were: mass movement of pre-quake sediment with warping and rupture; raising of sediment surfaces from a sub-tidal to an inter-tidal environment; and change in grain size due to introduction of post-quake sandy material. Relative roles of erosion, transportation and sorting are assessed. Conditions at two sites suggest that a rapid change from a low to a high energy environment of deposition need not cause a rapid change in the type of sediment if there is a readily available supply of sediment. No changes could be attributed directly to the 40 ft waves generated by the earthquake. DLC. 93821 BARRINGER, A.R. The use of multi-parameter remote sensors as an important new tool for mineral and water resource evaluation. (In: Symposium on Remote Sensing of Environment, 4th, 1966. Proceedings p.313-26, graphs, illus) Refs. Describes successful joint use of airborne electromagnetic, magnetic and radiometric sensing devices in geophysical and geologic mapping. An example is given of such mapping in the lowland east of James Bay, Canada, where significant structures are deeply buried under a surface mantle.DWB. 93822 BARRINGTON, R.E. and others. Ion composition and temperature at 1000 km as deduced from VLF resonances and topside ionograms. (In: NATO Advanced Study Institute, 3rd. Electron density profiles... 1966. p.387-96, graphs, illus) 11 refs. Other authors: J.S. Belrose and G.L. Nehns. Presents the experimental evidence of the ion composition of the ionosphere at 1000 km altitude. Simultaneous topside ionograms, and observations of very low frequency plasma make possible the determination of an effective mass for the positive ions of the plasma in the vicinity of spacecraft. This mass is found to increase significantly as a function of latitude, and shows an approximate conjugacy in the geomagnetic field, as demonstrated by the ionograms from Resolute, the South Atlantic and Ottawa. From the determined effective ion mass and the electron scale height, a range of effective temperatures of the ionosphere can be deduced, showing them in the polar regions to

be twice the value of those at lower latitudes. DLC. BARRINGTON, R.E., see also No. 93924

BARRON, W, see No. 95061 93823 BARSDATE, R.J. and W.R. MATSON. Trace metals in arctic and sub-arctic lakes with reference to the organic complexes of metals. (In: Intl. Symposium on Radioecological Concentration Processes, Stockholm 1966. Proceedings pub 1967. p.711-19, graphs, tables) 6 refs. This study of geochemical processes active in determining the distribution of trace metals was made with samples from five lakes on the Arctic coastal plain, three in the foothills north of Brooks Range, one in Anaktuvuk Pass, and Smith Lake near Fairbanks, Alaska. The physical environment and biological processes are controlling factors in the distribution of microconstituents in these shallow lakes. There is a freeze-out of colored organic material and concentration of it in lower levels of the lake. During intense runoff in spring the organic material is low at the surface, and mixing processes are attenuated during the summer by thermal stratification of the lake waters. Although the rate of primary production and the standing crop of phytoplankton and benthos is generally low in high latitude lakes, with the use of high specific activity tracers a rather high uptake of Mn, Co, and Pb by suspended particulate materials in the lakes, was demonstrated. DLC. 93824 BARSKAIA, T.A. and G.A. VICHURINA. Vliianie zamorozkov na aktivnost' fermentov uglevodnogo kompleksa u rastema. (Nauchnye doklady vysshei shkoly. Biologicheskie nauki 1966. no.2, p.153-55, table) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Effect of frosts upon the activity of carbon-complex enzymes in plants. Describes experiments with potatoes. Killing frosts did not affect these enzymes, and it is concluded that death of plants was caused by structural changes in their cells. DLC. 93825 Illustrations of BARSS, M.S. Canadian fossils; Carboniferous and Permian spores of Canada. Ottawa 1967. 94 p. maps, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 67-11) 80 refs. Illustrates microspores from, among other localities, the lower Mattson formation (lower Carboniferous) of Northwest Territories at 61°13'N 123°37'W; an unnamed Permian formation on Tatonduk River, Yukon Territory at 64°58'N 140°54'W; and from the Permian Sabine Bay formation on the east 89

side of Sabine Peninsula, Melville Island (co-ordinates not given). DLC. 93826 BARSUKOV, O.M. and K. it. ZYBIN. 0 neperpendikuliarnosti vektorov variai iT E i H elektromagnitnogo poll Zemli. (Akademiiii nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyt geofizicheskiil komitet, III razdel programmy MGG: geomagnitnye issledovanåå. Sbornik stater' 1961. no.3, p.83-88, graphs, illus) 5 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The non-perpendicularity of variation vectors E and H of the earth's electromagnetic field. Discusses experimental data on a predominant direction of the variation vectors of the E and H components of the electric and magnetic field intensities of the earth. The non-perpendicularity of their direction is explained on the example of the horizontal anisotropy of deep rocks at Lovozero and Borok regions. DLC. 93827 BARTH, E.K. Egg dimensions and laying dates of Larus marinus, L argentatus, L fuscus, and L canus. (Nytt magasin for zoologi 1968. v.15, p.5-34, tables, graphs, illus) 34 refs. Presents statistical data on the dimensions of eggs from four species of gulls collected 1941-64, mainly from Tranöy (Senja), Troms, on the islands of Rott and Kjör near Stavanger, and localities in southern Norway. The shape and color pattern can be very similar from one species to another. L marinus and argentatus have the largest eggs in north Norway, where L fuscus and canus have the smallest. L fuscus eggs from the north are significantly smaller than those from southernmost Norway, paralleling the distribution of the dark and intermediate color forms. The date of egg laying was later in the northern (dark) form of fuscus. DGS. 93828 BARTH, E.K. Spredte observasjoner. (Stavanger. Museet. Sterna 1967. v.7, no.5, p.217-18) In Norwegian. English summary. Title h:: Scattered observations. Brief observations on birds, incl the arrival dates of seven migratory species at Kongsfjorden in Vestspitsbergen in 1963, and the nesting/hatching of snow sparrows in box 7 ft above the ground. DLC. 93829 BARTH, F.K. The role of the entrepreneur in social change in northern Norway. Bergen, Norwegian Univ. Press 1963. 83 p. illus. Refs. (Bergen, Norway. Univ. Årbok. Humanistisk ser. no.3) Defines entrepreneurship and reviews the scope of the four papers presented. Regional economy of northern Norway is described as a characteristic arctic mixture of precarious 90

subsistence and occasional bursts of wealth. The ethnic complexity of the area is emphasized. Possible practical applications of the studies are suggested. The four papers are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viv BROX, O. Three types of north Norwegian entrepreneurship. EIDHEIM, H. Entrepreneurship in politics. PAINE, R. Entrepreneurial activity without its profits. RUDIE, I. Two entrepreneurial careers in a small local community. DLC. 93830 BARTH, O. Die neue Nickelhütte der International Nickel Co. of Canada Ltd. in Thompson, Manitoba, Kanada. (Zeitschrift für Erzbergbau and Metallhüttenwesen 1962. v.15, no.1, p.1-6, map, illus) In German. Title tr.: The International Nickel Co. of Canada Ltd.'s new nickel smelting plant at Thompson, Manitoba, Canada. The new INCO plant, which opened in Mar 1961, is on the Bumtwood, a left tributary of Nelson River, in the MysteryMoak Lake nickel district, discovered after a 10-yr program of prospecting by helicopterborne magnetometer surveys and some half million drilling tests. The town of Thompson was built for the company's employees. The ore is pentlandite with low Cu content. The plant includes shaft, dressing plant, smeltery with converter plant, anode foundry and electrolysis unit. Electric power is supplied by the Kelsey Power Station (Manitoba Hydroelectric Board) on the Nelson River just upstream from Split Lake. All units of the installation and processes are described. The plant cost $185 million and will produce 75 million lb/yr of pure nickel. DGS. 93831 BARTHOLOME, P.J. Survey of ionospheric and meteor scatter communications. (In: NATO Inst. on Ionospheric Radio Communications in the Arctic. Proceedings 1967 pub 1968. p.143-54, graphs, illus) 5 refs. Surveys techniques with particular attention directed to the automatic request for repetition (AROJ intermittent system of radio signal transmission by ionospheric scatter and meteor-trail reflections. In Arctic regions, this system may be significant in view of its relative ability to operate despite ionospheric disturbances. If propagation conditions degrade, the main result is a temporary reduction of the traffic capacity but the quality of the transmission channel remains unaffected. High speed meteor-burst systems should be given special consideration since they are more economical in power and offer

a higher probability of retaining their minimum performance under all circumstances. DLC. 93832 BARTON, S. Arctic diary. (US. Environmental Science Services Administration. Essa world 1967. v.2, no.3, p.22-27, illus) Describes the operation, working conditions, daily routine and supply logistics of the joint Canadian-US weather stations at Resolute, Mould Bay, Isachsen, Eureka and Alert. Their essential purpose is the acquisition of two upper air soundings to 100,000 ft altitude daily throughout the year. The facilities at each station are described with note of some of the personnel as of Apr 1967. MdU Landsberg 93833 BARTOSHINSKAIA, E.S. Sapropelity vostochnoT okrainy Tungusskoy sineklizy. (Geologili i geofizika 1966, no.9, p.148-49, map) 5 refs. In Russian. Title Sapropelites in the eastern margin of the Tungusskiy syneclise. Describes sapropelites of the Akhtaranda River basin. Cannel, boghead and sapropellic coals are petrographically described and their DLC. chemical composition noted. 93834 BARTOSHINSKII, Z.V. Nekotorye osobennosti almazov iz rossypeT SeveroVostoka Sibirskol platformy. (Geologiiä i geofizika 1967, no.3, p.60-67, tables) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Some features of placer diamonds from the northeast of the Siberian platform. Reports a study in the Lena, Kuoyka, Olenek and Anabar regions. Form of diamond crystals, color, transparency and photoluminescence of the crystals are characterized. The diamond regions are compared. The greatest quantity of macroscopic crystals is found in the Molodo River placers. DLC. 93835 BARTOSHINSKII, Z.V. and A.G. D'IAKOV. Ob odnol osobennosti almazov iz aWüvial'nykh rossypeT severo-vostoka Anabarskol almazonosnoi provintsii. (Geologiih i geofizika 1967, no.5, p.127-29, map) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A specific feature of diamonds from alluvial placers in the northeast of the Anabar diamond-bearing province. Discusses the origin of rounded diamonds with signs of mechanical erosion in alluvial placers, with conclusion of their connection with diamond placers of Lower and Upper Jurassic age. The Lena-Anabar zone of deep faults, and especially the Udzhinskiy uplift is believed to be a rich original source of DLC. diamonds.

93836 BARYSHEVA, K.P. K faune kumovykh rakov zal. Ali-asks. (Moskva. Vses. n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Trudy 1965. v.58, p.79-84, tables, map.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The cumacean crustaceans of the Gulf of Alaska. Records 14 species collected in 1960 and 1961 from 48 bottom samples. Morphology, sex, size, depth of finds and earlier records are noted. Local and general geographic distribution and aspects are considered. DLC. BARTÜNKOVA, R., see No. 96426 93837 BASARGIN, V. Praktika ekspluataäü teplokhodov tipa "Baltiiskü" v ledovykh usloviiäkh. (RechnoT transport 1967. v.26, no.11, p.48) In Russian. Title tr.: Ice navigation practice of Baltiyskiy type diesel vessels. Describes the experience of operating diesel ship Baltiyskiy-17 on Lake Onega, 15-16 May 1964 leading a 12-ship convoy in wake formation. The convoy, diesel ships Baltiyskiy-5, -10, -20, 21, -22, -23, and Belomorskiy12, -15, -16, -17, -19, -18, made the trip from Petrozavodsk to Povenets through ice 8-10 points dense and 30-55 cm thick. A few errors made in this trip and avoided in subsequent convoys are stated: the convoy was formed of ships of different running speed; the wake formation was the only one used; radio communication within the convoy was lacking; its stretch, 4-4.5 mi in length, was excessive; the ships' maneuverability in ice deteriorated when steering nozzle was turned 5° from the diameter plane of the vessel. The construction of diesel ship Baltiyskiy -17 is described as fully adequate for navigation in ice and water. Suggestions and recommendations are given for preparing vessels for ice-navigation on Lakes Ladoga and Onega, and for piloting river fleet convoys. Following these preparations may extend the navigation season by 10-12 days. DLC. 93837A BASHAM, P.W. and K. WHITHAM. Microseismic noise on Canadian seismograph records in 1962 and station capabilities. Washington, DC 1966. 19 p. graphs, maps, tables. (Arctic Institute of North America. Research paper no. 36) 9 refs. Presents cumulative frequency plots and amplitude probability levels of specific hour and daily maximum short-period microseismic amplitudes and curves illustrating the 90% and 50%a probability levels of unified magnitude perceptibility for epicentral distances up to 110°, and the 90% probability 91

level of local earthquake magnitude perceptibility for epicentral distances up to 20°. Among the eight first-order stations studied were Alert, Mould Bay, Resolute and Schefferville (Aug-Dec only). The curves are used to explain an easily demonstrated station variability in teleseism reporting, and to assess the theoretical coverage of Canadian seismicity in 1962. CaMAI. BASHAM, P.W., see also No. 93770A 93838 BASHARIN, A.K. Osnovnye cherty tektonicheskogo razvitii3 Vostochnogo Verkhoian'ia. (Geotogitå i geofizika 1966, no.1, p.63-75, maps, profiles) 55 refs. In Russian. English summary. Tide tr.: Main features of tectonic development of the eastern Verkhoyansk region. This region is between the Aldan shield and the Okhotsk massif. According to changes of the tectonic regime, features of the magmatic and sedimentary formations, and degree of metamorphism, five stages of development are recognized: Lower Archean, Upper Archean, Proterozoic, Paleozoic and Verkhoyansk (Middle Carboniferous - Jurassic). The development of this folded complex was dependent on basement structures and deep faults. DLC. 93839 BASHARIN, A.K. VostochnoVerkhoianskaia epikratonnatå geosinklinal'. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1967. 202 p. maps, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Tide fr.: East Verkhoyansk epicratonic geosyncline. Outlines the tectonics and development of the folded province between the Okhotsk massif and the Aldan shield. From analyses of data on the stratigraphy, thickness of formations, unconformities, and fold structures, it is concluded that this province represents a geosyncline developed in Archean basement rock. Three major stages of development are recognized: an early stage that persisted throughout the Archean, middle incl the Proterozoic, Paleozoic and half of the Mesozoic, and late from the Jurassic possibly to the present time. Faults and associated fold dislocations are also described. DLC. 93840 BASHARIN, G.P. Zadachi okhrany pamiatnikov istorii i kul'tury. (Yakutsk. Respublikanskii kraevedchesktr muzei. Sbornik nauchnykh stater 1966. no.4, p.125-41). In Russian. Title tr. Protection of historical and cultural monuments. Describes archeological and historical sites of Yakutia, monuments to scientists and political leaders, historical buildings, etc. Their neglect during World War II and further deterioration in post-war years are 92

noted, and measures for their restoration and DLC. upkeep discussed. BASHLAI, A.G., see No.101562 98341 BASIN, A.M. Ploskaiå zadacha o (Leningrad. Korablestroitel'nyt dvizhitele. inst. Trudy 1940, no.5, p.53-63, graphs, In Russian. Title tr.: The planar illus) problem of propeller. Analyzes the possibility of constructing a hydraulic model, to reproduce the kinematic and dynamic phenomena of a ship's propeller. The analysis is based on two possible discontinuity surfaces, extended infinitely as a film of vortexes or vortex path, when the velocity discontinuity changes in magnitude, or in magnitude and direction. A thorough mathematical analysis is given for propeller in the free (unbound) stream of an ideal fluid, or in its bound stream. Formulas for the efficiency coefficient of propeller are worked out. The relationship between the load on the propeller and the efficiency coefficient is given in a semi-logarithmic graph. DLC. 93842 BASKAKOV, N.A. 0 sovremennom sostoihanii i dal'neishem sovershenstvovanii alfavita dhå unrkskikh iazykov narodov SSSR. (Voprosy i3zykoznaniia 1967. v.16, no.5, p.33-46, tables) In Russian. Tide 1r.: Present state and further improvement of an alphabet for Turkic languages spoken in the USSR. Discusses ways to reduce the number of letters from the currently used 74 to 30-40 symbols adapted to the phonetics of all Turkic languages incl Yakut. DLC. 93843 BASLER, R.P. Annual variation of auroral absorption. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.3, p.982-84, graphs) Refs. Investigates the mechanism that would transfer the energy from the streaming solar plasma to the earth's atmosphere, to produce geomagnetic and auroral disturbances. The annual variation of cosmic radio noise absorption at College at geomagnetic noon is studied from Sept 1957-May 1963 data. The results, presented graphically, show a minimum of auroral absorption in June, which is considered representative of the qualitative behavior of auroral absorption all over the world. The mechanism of the variation is attributed to the frictional interaction between the streaming plasma and the earth's magnetic field, caused by an instability of the Kelvin-Helmholtz type at the magnetospheric DLC. boundary.

93844 BASOV, V.A. ForaØery rodov Marginulina i Marginulinopsis iz volzhskikh i berriasskikh otlozhenil basseina reki Kheti, Khatangskaiä vpadina. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologitå i biostratigrafiiä 1967, no.18, p.38-90, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Foraminifers of genera Marginulina and Marginulinopsis from the Volga and Berriasian deposits of the Kheta River basin, Khatanga depression. Presents systematic descriptions of these Upper Jurassic and Lower Cretaceous forams, incl the new species Marginulina subformosa, M integra, M. secta, M. occulata, M transmutata, and M impropria, with notes on their stratigraphic distribution. DLC.

93847 BATES, H.F. Latitude of the dayside aurora. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.15, p.3629-33, graphs) Refs. Reports study of the diurnal variation of the southern boundary of the optical and radio auroral precipitation belt during 1965. Hourly readings of the minimum slant range to the aurora from College are made from the College backscatter data. The location and the rate of occurrence of the auroral precipitation are found to be essentially independent of the seasons and the solar cycle. The results obtained are in excellent agreement with the comprehensive study of all-sky auroral photographs for the 1957-1959 period, reported by IA.I. Fel'dshtein (qv) in 1966. DLC.

93845 BASOV, V.A. and others. Novye dannye po stratigrafii inrskikh otlozhemi Vostochnogo Talmyra. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1963. Regional'naia geologiiii no.1, p.157-64, table) 4 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.A. Zakharov, M.S. Meseihnikov and E.G. IUdovnyl. Tide tr.: New data on the stratigraphy of Jurassic deposits of eastern Taymyr. Reports a 1962 study in the Chemokhrebetnaya and Podkamennaya River basins. Lower, Middle and Upper Jurassic deposits are recognized and subdivided into stages and substages. In the upper Oxfordian, a horizon new for the Arctic is established by means of Oppelidae. DGS.

93848 BATES, H.F. and others. On the correlation of optical and radio auroras. (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1966. v.28, no.5, p.439-46, table, graphs) 13 refs. Other authors: A.E. Belon, G.J. Romick and W.J. Stringer. Discusses the connection between optical and radio auroras. Optical data obtained with all-sky cameras at College, Ft Yukon, Betties, Barrow, Bar I, and T-3 ice island (1964), and radio data recorded with the multifrequency backscatter sounder operated at College during 12 days of Dec 1964, are compared to show that the radio-wave scattering belt includes the visual auroral belt. Most high frequency and the low-high frequency backscatter radio echoes are concluded to be auroral echoes originating in the E and F regions in the high latitude ionosphere. The multifrequency high frequency backscatter sounder makes year-round observation of the DLC. auroral belt possible.

BASSETT, H.G., see No. 98804 §9

Industrisliza93846 BATALIN, tsiiå neftepromyslovogo stroitel'stva v Zapadnoi Sibiri. (Stroitel'stvo truboprovodov In Rus1966. v.11, no.11, p.32-34, illus) sian. Tide tr.: Industrialization of construction in oilfields of Western Siberia. Discusses the building of pipelines and surface installations, with reference to mechanization and coordination of work during the laying of a 110-km pipeline in the region of Shaim in the first three months of 1966. Recommendations are given to lay the pipes either 4 m deep to keep the line at above O°C in winter, or 60-80 cm below the surface, to protect the pipes from mechanical damage. Among other suggestions, building foundations on piles is considered to be rational under the climatic conditions of Western Siberia. Planning and organization of oil-field construction in Western Siberia, to expedite the work and cut costs are considered. DLC.

93849 BATES, H.F. and others. On the relationship of the aurora to non-great-circle (Journal of high-frequency propagation. geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.5, p.1413-20, graph, table, map, illus) Refs. Other authors: P.R. Albee and R.D. Hunsucker. Presents a statistical analysis on the nongreat-circle propagation to determine forward oblique pulse signals recorded at College from various sites during 1963-64. The excess delay time of the signal of interest and that of a clearly identifiable great-circle-path were studied on the transmission lines from Palo Alto, Thule, Andøya, and other stations to College. The excess propagation time on the Palo Alto-College path was found to vary inversely with geomagnetic activity. A comparison of simultaneous College backscatter and Palo Alto-College off-path data showed that the locus of off-path sidescatter extended 93

north of the ionospheric backscattering belts, indicating that the deviated modes were produced by sidescatter from the auroral belts. DLC. 93850 BATES, H.F. A proposed polar auroral radar system. (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1966. v.28, no.9, p.903-907, graphs) 8 refs. Proposes to install one multi-frequency HF (high frequency) backscatter sounder at the north geomagnetic pole, to obtain real-time information on the position of the entire auroral belt around the Northern Hemisphere. Auroral echoes recorded with Granger Associates 4-64 Mc/s step-sounders at College and Thule show that aspect-sensitive auroral backscatter can be obtained from the south in the Northern Hemisphere. Comparison of simultaneous backscatter records obtained at College and Thule over nearly reciprocal paths shows the auroral belt latitude data to be independent of the latitude of the auroral radar. The resulting ionograms can be interpreted quickly enough to provide real-time results. DLC. BATES, H.F. see also No. 93478, 97678

Novye dannye o veshchestvennom sostave shchelochnykh granitov Kol'skogo poluostrova. (In: Akademhä nauk SSSR. Kol'skil filial. Geologicheski inst. Shchelochnye porody Kol' skogo poluostrova... 1966. p.65-78, map, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New data on the composition of alkaline granites of the Kola Peninsula. Reports quantitative data on the mineral composition of the alkaline granites of Zapadnyye Keyvy, Belyye Tundry, Ponoy and Strel'na rivers, Purnach Lake and KanozeroKolvitskoye lake regions. The percentages of rock-forming and accessory minerals are determined, tabulated and interpreted. DLC.

and/or dimensions, and according to levels related to a prescribed standing water level and according to position within the site itself. Terminology must be precisely defined if types of materials are to be understandingly described. Other papers in this series are by M. Biömstad and E. Altman, qqv. DLC. 93853 BAUER, A. Le bilan de masse de l'indlandsis du Groenland n'est pas positif. (HouiIle Blanche 1966. v.21, no.7, p.833-36, 18 refs. In French. Title tr.: The illus) mass budget of the inland ice of Greenland is

not positive. Calculations based on observations during the International Glaciological Expedition to Greenland, 1957-58, 1964, indicate a negative mass budget of the inland ice amounting to 110 km3 /yr equivalent value in water, which would represent a uniform rise in sea level of 0,3 mm/yr, contradicting results of earlier

calculations, which are here critically analyzed. A number of cases of glacier retreat observed in the past 14 yr in North and West Greenland are cited in support of a negative budget, with the knowledge that further research is needed to verify these calculations. DOS.

93851 BATIEVA, I.D.

BATRAKOV, V.G., see No. 98250 93852 BAUDOU, E. Riksantikvarieämbetets norrlandsundersökningar; 2, Forslag till gruppering av fyndmaterialet av sten på norrländska stenåldersboplatser. (Fornvännen 1966. v.61, no.2, p.72-89, tables) In Swedish. English summary. Title tr.: The Royal Antiquarian Office's Norrland investigations; 2, Proposal for grouping of stone finds on the Norrland stone age dwelling sites. Discusses problems of classifying materials collected at sites under investigation in northern Sweden. Materials should be separated as: refuse or belonging to one of several site locations, according to type of stone 94

93854 BAUER, A. Le programme des recherches glaciologiques de l'Expbdition Glaciologique Internationale au Groenland, campagnes 1967 et 1968. (Expeditions Polaires Franrraises. Bulletin d'information 1965, no.18, p.7-19, map, tables) In French. Title fr.: The program of glaciological research of the International Glaciological Expedition to Greenland, 1967 and 1968 field seasons. Reviews glaciologic study of the Greenland inland ice since Nansen (1888) and presents a mass budget (tables), indicating a deficit by ablation of 46 km3/yr which represents a rise in ocean level by 0.13 mm/yr uniformly over the globe. Work planned for the 1967 and 1968 field seasons is summarized. This is to

be concentrated along two profiles, one N-S and the other E-W, crossing 250 km east of Disko Island. Studies include physical and chemical glaciology, geodesy, measurement of the deformation of the inland ice, seismic ice studies, observations of ice temp, incl temp

profiles across the inland ice, accumulation and ablation. Meteorologic and climatologic research include heat and radiation budget measurements by German and Austrian members at two stations. Glacial movement in western Greenland is to be examined (Umanak and Disko bays) and associated bathymetric work is envisaged, with a view to improving estimates of the mass of icebergs produced at glacier fronts. CaMAI.

BAUER, A., see also No. 96292 93855 BAULIN, V.V. and others. Geokriologicheskie usloviiä Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1967. 213 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Other authors: E.B. Belopukhova, G.I. Dubikov and L.M. Shmelev. Title tr.: Geocryological conditions of the West Siberian lowland. Deals with the distribution, temperature and stratification of permafrost in that part of this lowland north of 61-62°N, based on 1960-64 field work in the Yamal, Gydan and Taz Peninsulas, the Poluy-Nadym interfiuve, Ob and Yenisey valleys and elsewhere. The regional geologic and physiographic setting, drainage, climate, vegetation, frost heaving and fracturing, thermokarst, and the evolution and zoning of permafrost are described. DLC. 93856 BAULIN, V.V. Moshchnost' merzlykh tolshch kak odin iz pokazateleI tektonicheskogo stroenili raiona, na primere severs Zapadnoi Sibiri. (Geolognä i geofizika 1966, no.1, p.53-62, graphs, map) 18 refs. In Russian. Translation into English by E.R. Hope, Defence Research Board of Canada, no. T464R, 1966; also available as N67-10548 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va. 22151. Title tr: Thickness of permafrost beds as an index of the tectonic structure of the region, as exemplified in northwestern Siberia. Reviews the thickness of permafrost in the Yamal Peninsula, Ust'-Port, Turukhansk and other regions. A clear relationship is established between the depth of its lower limit and the tectonic structure of the area. Its thickness may decrease markedly (80-120 m) over anticlinal uplifts. This phenomenon, in the author's opinion, is common throughout the West Siberian Plain. He proposes that the distribution of permafrost thicknesses be explored further especially by electric logging and the data used for study of the tectonics. DLC. 93857 BAULIN, V.V. O merzlotnom raionirovanii Zapadnol Sibiri. (In: Vses. mezhduvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po geokriologii, 8th. Materialy v.3, 1966. p.36-43, map) Refs. In Russian. Title Ir. Cryogenic zoning of West Siberia. Discusses the development of permafrost in the Quaternary period. Zoning of permafrost is based on its structure and thickness. Northern, central and southern zones are distinguished and briefly characterized as to thickness, average annual temperature, and other features. The northern and central

zones are divided into sub-zones. A schematic map of cryogenic zoning is enclosed. DLC. BAUMANN, C., see No. 98065 93858 BAUR, F. Meteorologische Beziehungen zu solaren Vorgängen, II. Teil; Meteorologischer Nachweis von Strahlungsschwankungen der Sonne. Berlin, D. Reimer 1967. 88p. graphs, maps, tables. (Berlin. Freie Universität. Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik. Meteorologische Abhandlungen, v.50, no.4) In German. Title tra English and French summary. Meteorologic relationships with solar events, pt.2: Meteorologic evidence of solar radiation fluctuations. Presents statistical proof of influence by solar events upon weather conditions. Polar charts of atmospheric circulation at the 500 mb level for several significant months are included. The emphasis is mainly on central Europe but arctic conditions are mentioned DWB. briefly. BAZANOV, E.A. and others. 93859 Gas- and oil-bearing provinces of Siberia. (World Petroleum Congress, 7th, Mexico 1967. Proceedings v.2, p.109-120, maps, illus) French summary. Describes two large oil- and gas-bearing provinces in Siberia. Mesozoic strata of the platform cover are the productive beds of the West Siberian Lowland, where structure is relatively simpler than in East Siberia, between the Yenisey and Lena Rivers. Although exploration is much less advanced here, known occurrences of oil and gas range in age from upper Precambrian to Jurassic, and probably Cretaceous. The sedimentary basins of East Siberia occupy the ancient Siberian Platform and Mesozoic fore-deeps of the Taymyr and Verkhoyansk folded zones. Stratigraphic, lithologic, and structural features of various oil-gas fields and shows are DGS. briefly indicated. 93860 BAZANOVA, T.D. Raspredelenie mineralov gruppy amfibolov v mezozoiskikh i kainozoiskikh otlozheniiikh Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (Litologiiä i poleznye iskopaemye 1966, no. 5, p.107-113, maps) In Russian. Title tra Distribution of the amphibole minerals in Mesozoic and Cenozoic deposits of the West Siberian lowland. Presents distribution charts in: Lower and Middle Jurassic, Valanginian, Aptian-AlbianCenomanian, Maestrichtian-Danian, and Neogene, incl northern Tyumen and KrasnoDLC. yarsk provinces. 95

93861 BAZAROVA, T.N. and a.M. FEIGIN. Mineralotermometricheskoe issledovanie nefelina iz Lovozerskogo massiva. (Vses. mineralogicheskoe o-vo. Zapiski 1966. v.95, no.3, p.364-66, tables) 2 refs. In Title tr.: Mineral thermometric Russian. investigation of nepheline from the Lovozero massif. Reports several types of inclusions investigated: single-phase liquid, two-phase gasliquid, two-phase liquid-gas, three-phase and multi-phase inclusions. Temperatures of homogenization are determined. DLC. 93862 BAZARZHANOV, A.D. and others. Sposob analiticheskogo predstavlenia "mgnovennykh" pole! magnitnykh varia[st% (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. MezhduvedomstvennyT geofizicheskil komitet. Geomagnitnye issledovaniia. Sbornik state! 1966. no.8, p.5-22, tables, graphs, map) 14 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: V.M. Mishin, E.I. Nemtsova and M.L. Platonov. Title tr.: A method of analytical representation of instantaneous fields of magnetic variation. Describes the method of spherical analysis of the quiet solar daily variations (Sq)) of the earth's magnetic field given by the instantaneous values of the geomagnetic field components recorded at 68 observatories distributed worldwide incl Srednikan, Dombas, and Yakutsk. The method was tested for Sept 1958, showing that the so-called unpotential part of the Sq field does not exceed the calculation error, its actual changes with UT being several times greater than the error of calculation. DLC. 93863 BAZARZHANOV, A.D. and Sutochnyl khod magnitnoi aktivothers. nosti v period MGG. (AkadeØå nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyi geofizicheskiT komitet. Geomagnitnye issledovaniia. Sbornik state! 1966. no.8, p.63-81, tables, graphs) 33 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: V.M. Mishin, E.I. Nemi ova and O.A. Troshichev. Title tr.: Daily variation of magnetic activity during the IGY period. Studies these variations from the records of the 92 worldwide-distributed observatories, incl 15 stations in the North, during geomagnetically disturbed days of 1957-1959. The diurnal variations observed included both the known local time and the UT components. The changes in magnetic intensity are proportional to vosX, where X is the zenith angle of the sun. It is concluded that there exist two quasi-circular zones of maximum electric conductivity of disturbed ionosphere near 63-65° and 78° geomag lat. DLC. 96

BAZARZHANOV, A.D., see also No. 93361 93864 BAZHANOV, N.S. 0 furunkuleze u loshade! v usloviiakh ZapoGar ia. (Veterinaritå 1956. v.33, no.9, p.43-35) In Russian. Title tr.: Furunculosis in horses of the polar region. Reports a mass outbreak caused by improper use of damaged harnesses. Thorough cleaning and drying of tack is recommended to halt such outbreaks. Vitamins and mineral supplements are also considered. DLC. 93865 BAZHENOVA, T.H. and others. O bitumoproiavleniiakh v karbonatnykh konkreüitåkh graptolitovykh slanisev reki Kurelki. (Akademii nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.167, no.2, p.420-22, table, illus) In Russian. Other authors: S.A. Kashchenko and V.G. Matukhina. Title tr.: Bitumen occurrences in carbonate concretions from graptolitic shales in the Kureyka River basin. Bitumen occurrences in carbonate concretions and casts of nautiloids in Middle Llandoverian graptolitic shale were studied by fluorescent methods. The concretions containing free liquid bitumens indicate the possible migration of free liquid bitumens from fine-grained rocks into empty cavities where fluid accumulations may develop under optimum conditions. DLC. 93866 BAZHENOVA, T.H. and S.A. KASHCHENKO. Zakonomernosti raspredeleniia nefteproiavleni! na Sukhotungusskoi ploshchadi, Turukhanskti ralon. (Sibirskil n:isel. isnt. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syris. Trudy 1967. no.63, p.77-88, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title I : Distribution patterns of oil manifestation in Sukhaya Tunguska area. Describes the character of bitumen distribution, varying in form and scale. The composition, physical properties, and mode of occurrence of the bitumen are analyzed, as is its association with enclosing rocks. Quantitative and qualitative patterns of its distribution in a given area are determined by a combination of such factors as migration, hypergenesis, metamorphism, reservoir properties of rocks, and structural-tectonic conditions. DLC. BAZHENOVA, T.K., see also No. 99856, 100474 BAZHINSKII, N.N., see No. 96360 93867 BAZLOVA, T.I. K voprosu o vertikal'nom raspredelenii vodianogo para v arkticheskoT atmosfere. (Leningrad. Arkticheski! i antarkticheski n: issl. inst. Trudy 1966. v.279, p.25-41, graphs, table) 14 refs.

In Russian. Tiile fr.: The vertical distribution of water vapor in the arctic atmosphere. Considers the peculiarities of humidity distribution as shown in data of radiosounding. The calculated values of specific humidity and water content in the atmosphere for the four seasons are given in a table based on the records of Vize Island, Cape Zhelaniya, Cape Uyedineniya, Kotet= nyy Island, Preobrazheniya Island, Khatanga, Vrangelya Island, Cape Shmidta, Uelen, Cape Chelyuskin, Tiksi Bay and Cape Shalaurova. The specific humidity and temperature in winter, and the summer temperature as calculated and actually measured (at 80°N and at Thule) to 50 km height are given in DLC. two graphs. 93868 BEAL, M.A. and others. The floor of the Arctic Ocean: geographic names. (Arctic 1966. v.19, no.3, p.215-19, maps, tables) Other authors: F. Edvalson, K. Hunkins, A. Molloy and N.A. Ostenso. A table listing 54 major features of the ocean floor in the Arctic, gives the final suggested name, approx location, and the status of the name with the US Board on Geographic Names and the Intl. Hydrographic Bureau. Recommendations are based on decisions made at a meeting called by the US Navy Electronics Laboratory, San Diego, Calif, Jan 1966. The criteria for decisions were: consistency with Undersea terms and definitions (US Board on Geographic Names, 1964) and Limits of oceans and seas (Intl Hydrographic Bureau 1953), common usage, priority of discovery or naming, association with established geographic features, and minimizing ambiguity. It is suggested that a straight line across the narrowest constriction of Bering Strait should mark the southern boundary of the Chukchi Sea, rather than the Arctic Circle, as recommended by the I.H.B., and that, in the absence of any hydrographic or physiographic features designating a unique region, the name Beaufort Sea should be dropped. The opinions are those of the writers personally. CaMAI, DGS. 93869 BEALES, F.W. and S.A. JACKSON. Precipitation of lead-zinc ores in carbonate reservoirs as illustrated by Pine Point ore field, Canada. (Institution of Mining and Metallurgy, London. Transactions 1966. v.75, Sect. B, p.278-85, map, illus) 12 refs. Proposes a theory that Pb-Zn orebodies of the Mississippi Valley type occur in carbonate rocks because well developed permeability provided an escape route whereby connate waters could move from an adjacent sedimentary basin. During the later stages of

compaction of a shale sequence the expelled connate waters are likely to be hypersaline and to carry Pb, Zn and other metallcs as soluble chloride complexes. Concurrently, water rich in H2S will also escape from the adjacent carbonate complex through the same system which provided the most permeable route. Where the basinal waters meet the carbonate formational water, metallic sulphides precipitate. The Pine Point orebodies, in the Presqu'ile dolostone, east of Great Slave Lake, appear to represent an excellent geologic model for the ore genesis here DGS. described. 93870 BEALS, C.S. and A.S. RAFFMAN. Geological and geophysical studies of Hudson Bay. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 1967. no. 67-41, p. 196-210, map) 53 refs. Defines the boundaries of present knowledge of Hudson Bay geology, which lies in a shallow depression on the Canadian Precambrian Shield. Geologic mapping reveals the Shield as the stable nucleus of the North American continent for at least 600 MY. Its basement structure, various Precambrian rock units and the status of programs supporting magnetic, gravity, seismic, isotopic dating and heat flow investigations are briefly characterized. The program of the 1965 Hudson Bay project is considered, and the eleven papers on earth sciences included in the forthcoming Hudson Bay Centennial Volume' are briefly discussed. DGS.

BEASLEY, T.M., see No. 98825, 98826 93871 BEATON, J.R. Methionine tox(Canadian icity in rats exposed to cold. journal of physiology and pharmacology 1967. v.45, no.2, p.329-33, tables, illus) 9 refs. Methionine feeding at 24°C caused hypophagia, low body weight gain, increased kidney weight, decreased liver weight, Fe deposition in the spleen, and paleness of the eyes; there was no effect on the liver fat concentration. At 7°C, food (and methionine) intake increased and effects were accentuated, with addition of a condition resembling severe frostbite of the ears and paws. Apparently the catabolic effect of cold exposure does not eliminate the deleterious effect of excess dietary methionine. DLC. BEATTIE, E.J., .1R., see No. 95035 'Science, history and Hudson Bay, ed. by C.S. Beals. Ottawa, Queen's Printer, 1968. 2v. 1057 p. 97

93872 BEAVER. Artists on Arctic Bay. ( Its: v.298, 1967. no.2, p.20.25, illus) Presents 16 illus of sculpture in bone and stone by Eskimos of this Baffin Island settlement. CaMAI. 93873 BEAVER. Nauja, painter at Rankin Inlet. (Its: v.298, 1967. no.2, p.48-53, illus) Presents eight reproductions in full color of paintings by this Eskimo artist and two others, Allukpik and Pitseolak, with a brief critique of their work. CaMAI. 93874 BECCAT, R. and B. MICHEL. Thrust exerted on a retaining structure by unconsolidated ice covers. (International Assoc. for Hydraulic Research, 8th congress, Montreal 1959. Proceedings v.3, 11-SI, 3p) The thrust exerted by ice on a hydraulic structure may originate either from the thermic expansion of a solid ice cover or from the forces acting on separate blocks of ice and transmitted by an unconsolidated ice cover. The forces, per unit width, acting on an unconsolidated ice cover may be expressed P= pd-r ps+ Pv+ Pg where p= total force at a normal section of the flow, pd= hydrodynamic thrust on the frontal edge of the cover, ps= force exerted by water friction under the cover, pv= thrust exerted by wind friction on the cover, and pg= weight component of the cover. To compute the value of ps is the most difficult. Values of the friction coefficients, obtained from measuring head losses at the Beauharnois power canal, were 50, with a solid ice cover made only of floes and 90, with the same cover and frazil ice deposited underneath. Thrust from an unconsolidated cover is almost always smaller than that caused by the solid cover; on a flexible structure such as a boom the thrust of a broken cover rarely exceeds 3000 lb/ft. DLC. BECCAT, R., see also No. 94465 93875 BECK, A.E. and J.H. SASS. A preliminary value of heat flow at the Muskox Intrusion near Coppermine, N.W.T., Canada. (Earth and planetary science letters 1966. v.1, no.3, p.123-29, graphs, map, table) 23 refs. Considers temperature measurements obtained to a depth of over 1 km about two yr after the drilling of a hole (collar elevation 578 m) which penetrates the mafic and ultramafic rocks of the Muskox Intrusion. Measured temp were corrected for the effects of a nearby lake, and were combined with the conductivity data to give a heat flow of 1.3±0.lµ cal/cm2 sec. DGS. 98

93876 BECKER, C.J. Johannes Brøndsted. (Vetenskaps-societeten i Lund. Årsbok 1966, p.134-41, illus) In Danish. Reviews the scientific life of this Danish archeologist who studied and wrote on the early Vikings in Europe, and on the presence of Norsemen in America before the time of DLC. Columbus. 93877 BECKMAN, L. On the anthropology of the Swedish Lapps. (Studia ethnographica upsaliensia 1964. v.21, p.35-44, 30 rifs. tables) Discusses the ethnic origin of Swedish and Norwegian Lapps on the basis of blood and haptoglobin analyses. Mongoloid traits exist in both groups and may be due to intermixture with north Asiatic peoples or to Mongolian descent. The higher rate of Asiatic influence among Norwegian Lapps and differences between Swedish Lapp subpopulations are discussed. DSI. 93878 BEDARD, J. New records of alcids from St. Lawrence Island, Alaska. (Condor 1966. v.68, no.5, p.503-506) Refs. Describes four species of this family, rare or new for the Island, observed during the warmer season of 1964 and 1965. Weight, condition of plumage and nutrition, occurrence and nutrition, occurrence or nesting in nearest areas, range, etc are noted. DLC. BEDFORD INSTITUTE OF OCEANOGRAPHY, see CANADA. BEDFORD INSTITUTE OF OCEANOGRAPHY. 93879 BEHANNON, K.W. and N.F. NESS. Magnetic storms in the earth's (Journal of geophysical remagnetic tail. search 1966. v.71, no.9, p.2327-51, graphs, Refs. Russian translation pub in illus) Geomagnetizm i aeronomiia 1966, v.6, no.3, p.430-71. Discusses the interaction of the solar wind with the geomagnetic field at distances of 7-31.4 earth's radii. Detailed measurements of the field were obtained by the IMP 1 satellite 27 Nov 1963-30 May 1964 during which period five magnetic storms were observed at 11 terrestrial geomagnetic stations, incl College. Two types of the correlated temporal variations in the earth's magnetic tail on the antisolar side of the magnetosphere, and on the earth's surface were established; positive correlations, in which increases in the magnitude of both the tail and horizontal component of the geomagnetic field occur; and negative correlations for which an increase in the tail field magnitude and planetary geomagnetic index, Kp is accompanied by a decrease in the H component of the terrestrial field. DLC.

93880 BEHLKE, C.E. Analysis of salmon capabilities in steep fish ladders. (Alaska. Univ. Inst. of water resources. Annual report 1966. p.27-44, graph, illus) 3 refs. Discusses pool-type and pipe-type fish ladders in terms of an energy theory, involving seventeen equations, analyzing power requirements and energy expenditure of fish relative to a total force. CaMAI. 93881 BEHLKE, C.E. and R.S. MURPHY. Evaluation of water research needs in Alaska. (Alaska. Univ. Inst. of water resources. Annual report 1966. p. 45-54) Summarizes the needs of water research in terms of the great diversity in regional physiography, climate, and rapid industrial expansion. Pulp mills and the oil industry raise problems of water pollution and its effects on fish; road construction affects salmon spawning grounds. The quality and quantity of surface and ground waters are little known. Water supply to Arctic coastal communities, hydroelectric or atomic power supply, and the onset of man-made pollution are also noted. CaMAI. 93882 BEIROM, S.G. Gidrogeologicheskie uslovii i rezhim podzemnykh vod v beregovoi zone vodokhranilishcha Novosibirskol GES v period ego napolnenitä (Akademiih nauk SSSR. 1956-1959 gg. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-energeticheskiil inst. Trudy 1961. no.13, p.151-67, graphs, maps, tables) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Hydrogeological conditions and the groundwater regime in the shore zone of Novosibirsk hydroelectric station reservoir during the period of its filling in 1956-1959. Reports study of surface and groundwater within the reservoir periphery, with observations at 52 boreholes along ten profiles. The geomorphology and geology of the reservoir area and hydrogeological conditions of its shore zone are described. The groundwater regime is discussed, and the change noted in its chemical composition as the water held back by the dam changes. Methods of calculating and forecasting the groundwater regime in the backwater zone are given for the hydrogeological conditions of Ob valley. Surface- and groundwater are evaluated for water supply, and as factors affecting the engineering-geology conditions during the power plant construction. DLC. 93883 SEIROM, S.G. and I.K. NEVECHERIIA. Ispol'zovanie podzemnykh vod beregovoi zony vodokhranilishcha Novosibirskoi GES. (Akademihå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-energeticheskii inst. Trudy 1961. no.13, p.169-75, map,

tables, illus) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr: Utilization of groundwater of the shore zone of the Novosibirsk hydroelectric station reservoir. Reports a hydrogeological study to develop a water supply using ground- and filtration waters. Their chemical composition and bacteriology were determined from borehole samples taken along and perpendicular to the reservoir. The total mineralization was found to be 412 mg/1 with a considerable content (6-8 mg/ 1) of iron, and the bacteriological condition sound. DLC. BEL, C., see No. 100974, 100975 93884 BEL'CHIKOVA, I.P. Osobennosti prirody gumusovykh veshchestv taezhnykh pochv Srednel Sibiri, razvivanrshchikhsih na osnovnykh porodakh. (Pochvovedenie 1966, no.10, p.46-55, tables) 18 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr The nature of humic matter in the Middle Siberian taiga soils developing on basic rocks. Reports study of cryogenic soils in the Nizhnyaya and Podkamennaya Tunguska interfluve. They are characterized by the presence of fulvic acid. The group composition and nature of the humus are close to those of taiga podzolic soils. However, due to the high base exchange in the soil profile the humus is more securely bound to the mineral part than is the case in podzolic soils. DLC. 93885 BELEVICH, A.M. Diatomovye vodorosli chetvertichnykh otlozhentT LenoAnabarskogo mezhdurechia (severnaia chast' Sibirskoi nizmennosti). (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1966. Paleontologiia i biostratigrafiia no.12, p.78-S0) 2 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Diatoms of the Quartemary deposits of the Lena-Anabar interfiuve. Four complexes of diatoms are distinguished for the first time for this region, the Taz, Kazantseva, Karginskiy, and present. Each is briefly characterized and the forms DLC. listed. 93886 BELEVICH, A.M. 0 vozraste dozyrianskikh otlozhenii na reke Solenoi, Ust'-EniseIskiil raion. (Leningrad. N= issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologiiå i biostratigrafiiä 1965. no.9, p.5-7) 4 refs. In Russian. Title fr.: The age of pre-Zyryanka deposits on the Solenaya River, Lower Yenisey region. Describes marine and brackish diatoms found in rocks on the left bank of the Solenaya River. According to geographic distribution, arctic, arctic- , north- and south-boreal diatoms are identified. The 99

enclosing rocks are considered of Kazantseva CaMAI, DLC. age. BELEVICH, A.M., see also No. 101402 BELIAEV, B.N., see No. 98387 93887 BELIAEV, E.A. Geografiia sovetskol nauki. (Akademit nauk SSSR. Vestnik 1967. v.37, no.10, p.27-34, maps, In Russian. table) Title tr.: The geography of Soviet science. Outlines the development of a network of scientific institutions in the Soviet Union during 1917-1967; they increased from 289 to 4724. The role of the Academy of Sciences in this expansion is stressed, as is that of its Kola, Karelian, Komi and Yakut Branches in the North. DLC. 93888 BELIAEV, G.M. Novye dannye ob andraditsoderzhashchikh pegmatitakh Aldanskogo shchita. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.177, no. 6, p.1434-37, illus) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New data on andradite-bearing pegmatites of the Aldan shield. Presents a petrographic description of these pegmatites outcropping on the Aldan-Timpton watershed. They consist of feldspar, plagioclase, garnet, monoclinic pyroxene, grunerite and biotite. These minerals are described. Genetically andradite-bearing pegmatites are intrusive metasomatic rocks. The formation of these rocks occurred at 7-9 km depth and a temperature of 440-540°C. DLC. 93889 BELIAEV, I.V. and I.M. MIGOVICH. 0 glubinnom stroenii territorii Apuka-Pakhachinskogo pokrova. (Uses. vulkanologicheskoe soveshchanie 1964. Trudy v.3 pub. 1966, p.67-74, maps) 4 refs. In Title tr.: Deep structure of the Russian. Apuka-Pakhacha cover area. Describes this volcanic cover consisting of various deposits from Senonian to late Miocene in age. Tectonic development of this region is outlined. The anomalous magnetic field is analyzed and individual anomalies, the group and zones of anomalies are discussed. Geologic-geophysical data reveal long lasting faults, which are characteristic elements of the Apuka-Pakhacha volcanic cover structure and possibly control the distribution of large centers of effusive activity. DLC. 93890 BELIAEV, I.V. and others. Tektonicheskoe ralonirovanie zaliva Shelikhova i prilegaiüshchikh ralonov, po geofizicheskim dannym. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.171, no.5, p.1149-52, table, map) 4 refs. In Russian. Other authors.. O.D. Kor100

sakov, B.M. Chikov and A.IIJ. IlJnov. Title tr. Tectonic zoning of Shelekhova Bay and adjacent regions according to geophysical data. Divides the Shelekhova Bay area according to magnetic fields into a Kamchatka zone, incl the western coast of the peninsula, and a Magadan zone incl the Koni, P'yagina and Taygonos peninsulas. A structural map of the area is presented and the main structures characterized. Seismic profiles are also noted. Geophysical data give the possibility of more detailed zoning of this area. DLC. 93891 BELIAEV, V. Liubitel'skatå okhota v Diksonskom ralone. (Okhota i okhotnich'e khozi Tstvo 1967. v.13, no.10, p.13, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: The amateur hunting in Dikson District. The game of this area includes polar bear, arctic fox, seal, ermine, and (in summer) wild reindeer; also ptarmigan, several geese and long-tailed duck. The ten-day spring hunting season is in June. DLC 93892 BELIAEV, V.A. K opredeleniiu napnåzhem7 v sistemakh grebnol val—grebnol vint pri udare poslednego o tverdyl predmet. (Gorkiy. Politekhnicheskil inst. Trudy 1961. v.15, no.1, p.11-20, tables, illus) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Determination of stresses in the systems screw shaft - screw when the latter strikes a solid object. Presents a study of stroke stresses generated in the ship's screw shaft and in the screw blade when it strikes ice. The finiteness of the electric motor moment of inertia is taken into consideration. Dynamic analysis of the problem is given, and equations describing the values of the shaft deformation are derived. An application is demonstrated by a numerical analysis of the system of the river ice-breaking vessel Don. The equations derived show that stresses in the screw shaft are greater than in the base section of the blade, indicating that breakage of' the shaft is more probable than that of the screw blade. This result is in agreement with the known cases of breakage in the screw shaft - propeller of Don-type vessels. DLC. 93893 BELIAEV, V.A. Ob udare tverdogo predmeta o lopast' grebnogo vinta. (Gorkiy. Politekhnicheskti inst. Trudy 1958. v.14, no.1, p.17-22, graphs, tables) 22 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Collision between a solid object and the blade of a ship's screw. Describes an experimental collision, the setup, the process and results of analytical study of the latter. Bending and torsional stresses in the screw shaft, and bending stresses in the root part of the blade, or impact are shown in oscillograms, and the

results calculated therefrom are presented in a table. Compared with the results of analytical calculation of the stresses, the experimental results show some divergences, which are probably due to the yielding of the shaft supports. DLC. 93894 BELI:AEV, V.V. and B.A. MAL'KOV. Tennicheskii analiz lamproftrov Sevemogo Timana. (Akademii nauk SSSR. Komi filial. Inst. geologii. Trudy 1967. no.7, p.43-47, table, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Thermal analysis of lamprophyres of northern Timan. Reports results from 25 samples of these and other rocks from Cape Bol'shoy Rumyanichnyy, Arkhangel'sk Province. Thermal analysis is found suitable for thermally active minerals and determination of the volatile components. DLC. BELIAEV, V.V., see also No. 100990 93895 BELIAEVA, A. Svet novoT zhiz(Magadan. OblastnoT kraevedcheskiT ni. muzeT. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1966. no.6, p.20-26, illus) Title tr In Russian. Flame of new life. Traces the history of Anadyr' founded as the trading post Novo-Mariinsk in 1889, renamed Anadyr' village in 1923 and made a town in 1965. It is the capital of the Chukchi National District and a major port of the Soviet northeast. The collective farm nearby, set up in 1930, has 559 people mostly Chukchis, and an area of 4, 837,000 hectares, over half reindeer range. In 1964 the herd of 24,270 brought in 170,000 rubles, fishing 318,000 r, fox hunting 30,000 r. Gross kolkhoz income increased fivefold over 1954, average pay of herders doubled, and the foreman's rose to 2,687 rlyr. Data are also given on capital investment, production by industry, farm construction, mechanized equipment, etc. DLC. 93896 BELIAEVA, A.V. Drevnie pogrebemil i na Okhotskom poberezh'e. (Akademiih nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. SeveroVostochnyl kompleksnyl n: issl. inst. Trudy 1967. no.17, p.80-84, maps, illus) In Russian. English summary. Title tr. Ancient burials on the Okhotsk Sea coast. Preliminary report on the 1955-56 archeological survey by the Magadan Regional Museum and the Yakut Branch of the Academy of Sciences. Three cemeteries with a total of 34 graves were discovered east of Magadan, between Astronomicheskaya and Srednyaya Bays. Three of the four excavated graves were multiple burials. Grave inventories, incl charcoal, indicate compliance with definite burial rites. Craniological studies

suggest a Yukaghir or Lamut Tungus clasDGS. sification. 93897 BELIAEVSKII, N.A. and V.V. FEDYNSKÜ. Izuchenie glubinnykh nedr zemli i zadachi sverkhglubokogo burenvä. (Sovetskatä geologii 1961, no.12, p.55-77, graphs, maps, table, illus) 18 refs. In Russian. English translation in Intl. geology review 1962. v.4, no.7, p.757-75). Title tr.: Deep structure of earth and problems of super-deep drilling. Discusses proposals for super-deep (below 7 km) drilling programs at several locations in the USSR. Of five sites, one is near the shore of the White Sea in northern Karelia. Reasons are given for the choice of this site, in particular the shallow depth of the Conrad discontinuity. Problems likely to be met with DLC. are discussed. 93898 BELIAKOV, L.N. Ob oshibkakh pri izmerenii dreifa l'da samopisiiem techemi BPV. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki. Sbornik state' 1966. no.23, p.41-44, graphs, illus) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Errors in ice-drift measurement by the BPV self-recording current-meter. Reports on the 1963-64 ice-drift measurements by the drifting station NorthPole-12. They were made continuously with IiJ.K. Alekseev's BPV-2 at the 750 m horizon where current effects are absent. The station's position was taken each day by an astronomical fix. The BPV-2 record was found to have errors which could be corrected by correlating the position record. DLC. BELIiAKOV, L.N., see also No. 95021, 100009. BELIAKOV, L.P. and others. 93899 Nizhnekamennougol'nye otlozhenii severnogo kryla Anabarskol anteklizy, mezhdurech'e Fomich-Khatanga. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologitä i biostratigrafiia 1967, no.20, p.33-39, map, illus) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: R.A. Ganelina, E.S. KuteTnikov, N.N. Lapina Title tr.: Lower and IÜ.G. Rogozov. Carboniferous deposits of the northern limb of Anabar anteclise, Fomich-Khatanga interfluve. Describes complete stratigraphic sections and correlates the marine fauna with that of DLC. Toumaisian rocks in the Kuzbass. 93900 BELIAKOV, L.P. 0 problematichnykh obrazovaniiiikh v otlozheniiakh (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. Mukunskol serii. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional=. nett geologii 1966, no.8, p.218-21, illus) In 101

Russian. Title tr.: Problematic formations in the Mukun series deposits. Describes hematite-clayey plates found in northwestern slope of Anabar anticline in quartz sandstones of the Mukun series of the Upper Proterozoic. They are polygonal in form, of non-organic origin and considered to be fossil desiccation polygons. DLC. 93901 BELfAKOV, L.P. Teksturnye osobennosti terrigennykh otlozhenif sinüskogo kompleksa severo-zapadnogo sklona Anabarskol anteklizy. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'naii geologii 1966, no.9, p.95-111, map, illus) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Textural features of terrigenous deposits of the Sinian complex in the northwest slope of the Anabar anteclie. These deposits are in two strata, one greenstone-arenaceous, the other argillite-siltstone; the former cross-bedded, the latter massive in texture. These features help establish the conditions of sedimentation. The greenstone-arenaceous stratum was formed under coastal-marine conditions. Tectonic conditions are also briefly noted. DLC. 93902 BELIAZO, V.A. 0 vlii`anii 11-letnego [sikla solnechnoi aktivnosti na tsirkuhä~siiu atmosfery. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1967, no. 26, p.29-34, graphs) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The influence of the 11-year cycle of solar activity on atmospheric circulation. Investigates whether or not the distribution particularities of atmospheric circulation according to the 11-year cycle of solar activity have their effect displayed during definite months of one or another phases. Solar activity and atmospheric circulation data are compared for the 1891-1962 period. On the limb of diminishing solar activity the C and W forms of atmospheric circulation are found to be prevalent, and on the limb of growing solar activity, the E form of circulation is anomalously developed at the beginning of the growth, then the processes of the C and DLC. E+ C forms become prevalent. 93903 BELKINA, L.M. 0 chastotnoi zavisimosti pogloshcheniiå radiovoln v ionosfere. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiiI 1967. v.7, no.6, p.997-1000, graphs, table) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Frequency dependence of radiowave absorption in the ionosphere. Shows that observations of the space-time variation of radiowave absorption in the ionosphere do not agree with the nondeflecting absorption formula LA•AI (-/ f )m of the magnetoionic theory, when m is taken to equal 2, A being a constant, f operating 102

frequency and fr the longitudinal component of gyrofrequency, and when the electron collision frequency squared is considerably smaller than the wave angular frequency squared. From the records of world-wide radio-absorption stations, incl Tromso, frequency variation was found to depend on the latitude of the observation point, season, and CaMAI, DLC. solar activity level. 93904 BELKINA, S.G., and others. Predlozheniia po izmeneniiü i utochneninr korrelza[sionnoi stratigraficheskol skhemy mezozoiskikh i kalnozolskikh otlozhenii Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (Zapadno-Sibirskif n: issl. geologorazvedochnyi neftimnol inst. Trudy 1965. no.1, p.5-26) Approx. 35 Title tr.: Proposal for refs. In Russian. change and specification of correlated stratigraphic scheme of Mesozoic and Cenozoic deposits of the West Siberian lowland. Presents alterations in the unified scheme of 1960, proposed by Belkina and 24 other scientists on the basis of recent studies, paleontologic collections and drillings. Of the 52 items of change, many concern arctic areas of this wide region inci the northern Tyumen and Krasnoyarsk region. The proposal has broad implications. DLC. 93905 BEL'KOV, I.V. and N.N. KOLESNIKOV. 0 sootnoshenii iiirkoniii i gafnilå v granitakh Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1967. no.5, p.115-18, graph, table) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. The ratio of zirconium and hafnium in granites of Kola Peninsula. Presents tabulated data on the Hf02 content and values of the ratio ZrO2IHfO2 in accessory zircons from average samples of the granites. The average value of Zr02/Hf02 changes significantly in different granites: in alkaline granites it is 50, in plagiogranitesgranodiorites 42, in biotite plagio-microcline granites 33, in pegmatoidal microcline granites and alaskites 20. Comparison is made with other regions of USSR. DLC. 93906 BEL'KOVICH, V.M. and A.V. IABLOKOV. 0 strukture stada zubatykh kitoobraznykh (Odontoceti). (In: USSR. Ikhtiologicheskatå komissilm. Morskie mlekopitamshchie... 1965. p.65-69, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Structure of Odontoceti herds. Reports on observations of herds in nature, detailed morphological and ecological studies of tagged dolphins, examination of organs, and general observations of all cetaceans in the White, Kara and Barents Seas, and the Sea of Okhotsk. The basic structural unit of the beluga herd appears to be a perennial

family group consisting of the female and her offsprings of different ages. BEL'KOVICH, V.M. see also No. 96214, 96817 93907 BELL, F.H. The halibut fishery, Shumagin Islands and westward not including Bering Sea. Seattle, Wash. 1967. 34 p. maps, tables, illus. (International Pacific Halibut Commission. Report no.45) 9 refs. Describes the development of the halibut fishery conducted by the US and Canadian vessels in the far western grounds, i.e. from a line running southeast from Kupreanof Point, westward along the Alaska Peninsula and Aleutian Islands. Canadian participation, which was slight until 1956, accounted for 53% of the total production, 1956-66. The lengths and distribution of fishing seasons, size and age composition, and growth data for halibut are discussed in relation to management of the fishery. DI. BELL, F.H. see also No. 95013 BELOBORODOV, L.I., see No. 101173 93908 BELOBORODOV, S.D. Prokladka nefteprovoda cherez zabolochennyl uchastok. (Stroitel'stvo truboprovodov 1966. v.11, no.6, p.30, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Laying oil pipeline across a swampy region. Describes trenching, laying and insulating of pipes in the 147-200 km sector of the Ust'-Balyk - Omsk oil line. A number of small swamps with peat 2-7 m thick at some places require a special technique. Work started at the end of Feb 1966, when ice was 50-60 cm thick on the swamps with a thick layer of peat. This experience showed that in Tyumenskaya Oblast' during the winter season insulation of up to 1000 in pipe/day is possible. Removal of trees and stumps must be done early in order to expedite freezing in depth. Snow cover over the trench line must be removed regularly for the same purpose. DLC. 93909 BELOGORSKII, V. IA. and M.P. NEMZER. Materialy o razvitii i differentsiatsii skeleta tristi zdorovykh deter pervykh trekh let zhizni v uslovitåkh Murmanskogo (Voprosy antropologii 1966. Zapoliaria. 13 refs. In no.23, p.79-87, tables, graphs) Russian. Title tr: Data on the development and divergencies in the skeleton of the hand in healthy children, three years old and under, in conditions of the Murmansk Arctic. Presents the results of a 1960-61 X-ray study conducted on 949 randomly chosen children born in Murmansk. The order of

appearance of ossification centers conformed to normal standards; irregularities were rare and confined to infants under the age of 18 months, with a maximum of 6.1% in the 12 to 17 mo group. Ossification centers usually formed at an earlier age than in comparable children in Leningrad and Moscow. The surprisingly good bone structure of Murmansk children is attributed to local medical care which has counteracted successfully adverse climatic effects usually retarding skeletal ossification in children of the Far North. DLC. 93910 BELOLIPETSKII, A.P. and others. 0 nekotorykh rezul'tatakh khimicheskogo i rentgenostrukturnogo izucheniia mineralov gruppy epidota-ortita. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1967. no.5, p.129-37, graph, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: A.P. Denisov, N.A. Elina, and E.A. Kul'chitskaia. Title tr.: Some results of chemical and roentgenostructural investigation of minerals of the epidote-orthite group. Describes the refraction, specific weight, color and other properties of rare earth epidote and orthite. Chemical analyses are given. Physical properties of minerals of the isomorphic series of epidote-orthite change with changes of chemical composition. For orthite with high content of rare earths cerium is characteristic, for epidote, yttrium and heavy lanthanides. DLC. 93911 BELOLIPETSKII, A.P. and N.A. ELINA. 0 sostave redkikh zemel' v aktiessornykh mineralakh zhil'nykh obrazo(Materialy vanil shchelochnykh granitov. po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1967. no. 5, p.124-28, tables) Refs. In Russian. Tytte tr.: Composition of rare earths in accessory minerals in vein formations of alkaline granites. Accessory minerals such as zircon, monazite, chevkinite, orthite, gadolinite, fergusonite, garnet, fluorite, sphene, and others are described, and the composition and distribution of rare earths are noted. Concentrators of rare earths in vein formations of alkaline granites are associated rare earth minerals and minerals containing rare earths as isomorphic admixtures. DLC. BELON, A.E, see No. 93848, 94689, 94787, 99484, 99485, 100433, 100434 93912 BELOPUKHOVA, E.B. Osobennosti merzlotnykh form rel'efa v Zapadnoi Sibiri. (In: Vses. mezhduvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po geokriologii, 8th. Materialy In Rusv.6, 1966. p.117-25, tables, illus) 103

sian. Title tr.: Features of frost forms of relief in West Siberia. Describes the heaving forms of the relief and vein-polygon relief mostly distributed in the northern parts of West Siberia. Three groups of hummocks from heaving are recognized: some form in the process of closed talik freezing, others form in places of groundwater discharge, and those of the third group are formed by the migration of water from water-bearing horizons toward the edge of freezing. A classification of vein-polygon relief is also given and its main forms are described. Thermokarst lakes are also noted. DLC. BELOPUKHOVA, E.B., see also No. 93855 93913 BELORUSOV, D.V. Spe iificheskie osobennosti Zapadno-Sibirskogo narodnokhoziaTstvennogo kompleksa. (Problemy Severa 1967, no.12, p. 124-36, map, tables) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Specific features of the West Siberian national economic complex. English translation available from National Science Library, National Research Council, Ottawa. Western Siberia has a great area, over 2 million km2 incl northern Tyumen, and great natural resources: 8 billion m3 of timber, 16 trillion m3 of natural gas, over 30% of the country's oil, 90 billion tons of peat, water power, meadows, pastures, etc. But it has a sparse population and a thin network of transportation; it does not produce building materials and its level of resource development is quite low. Planning for the economic and industrial development of Western Siberia is discussed generally, stressing the advantages of developing many branches of industry at once, and priority to construction of living accommodations to attract a labor force. CaMAI, DLC. 93914 BELOUSOV, A.P. and others. Novoe v stratigrafii drevnikh tolshch Liapinskogo Urala. (Sovetskara geologirå 1967, no.4, p.132-34, map) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: A.V. Ponomarev and A.V. TSymbahük. Title tr.: New data on the stratigraphy of old strata of the Lyapin Ural. Reports a study in the Lyapin River basin: remains of crinoid and cystid fauna are identified, and the age of the old strata. determined as Ordovician by K.A. L'vov (No. 59918) is considered not substantiated. DLC. 93915 BELOUSOV, V.I. Geological structure of the hydrothermal systems of Kamchatka. (Intl. Volcanological Assoc. Bulletin volcanologique 1967. v.30, p.63-73, map) 4 refs. 104

Describes the geologic setting of two types of hydrothermal systems in Kamchatka, where most of the thermal fields of economic importance are in the east volcanic zone. Like most high-temperature hydrothermal areas elsewhere in the world, the Pauzhetka type is characterized by water-bearing rocks which are only slightly porous, with poor jointing and low permeability, and . overlain by impermeable rocks. Regionally the tuffaceoussedimentary rocks are undisturbed; locally they are cut and disturbed by many extrusions. The hydrothermal fields occupy such shatter zones. In the Banno-Paratunsk type, of the southern part of the east zone, water-bearing rocks are Paleocene-Neocene sedimentary, pyroclastic and extrusive deposits. With two exceptions, the commercial systems are below a 100°C temperature. The rocks are highly indurated with low permeability, and extensive jointing throughout, Effective permeability is high due to the DGS. many fracture zones. 93916 BELOUSOV, V.I. and B.V. IVANOV. Pumice formations in the area Uzon depression-Geysemaia River Valley in Kamchatka. (Intl. Volcanological Assoc. Bulletin volcanologique 1967. v.30, p.75-79) 2 refs. The Uzon depression and Geyzernaya River Valley occupy the central part of the east Kamchatka volcanic zone. Pumices, associated with Recent volcanism, in places directly overlie volcanic-sedimentary strata. Some of the pumice, formed from effusive andesites and andesite-dacites, are in place. Loose, slightly consolidated, unsorted clastic pumice found in the region, is considered to have been separated, transported and redeposited by large discharges of intermittent streams of water formed by melting of a glacier by heat of subglacial extrusions. DGS. 93917 BELOUSOV, V.V. and E.M. RUDICH. 0 meste ostrovnykh dug v istorii razvititå struktury zemli. (Sovetskaii geoloRefs. In girä 1960, no.10, p.3-23, maps) Russian. English summary. English translation in Intl. geology review 1961. v. 3, no. 7, p. 557-74. Title tr.: Role of island arcs in the development of the earth's structure. Using the island arcs of the northwest Pacific, incl the Kurils and Aleutians as examples, the origin of island arcs in general is discussed. Two types are postulated, one representing arching folded ranges, the other directly due to tension along deep faults. The role of crustal expansion, especially in areas within and bordering on the oceans, is stressed. The formation of the oceans is considered to be the last known stage in the

development of the earth. The effect of radioactive heat is discussed. DLC.

Editor's introduction includes a list of Nordqvist's Vega publications. DLC.

BELOUSOVA, N.I., see No. 100221

BELOV, M.I., see also No. 97458

93918 BELOV, M.I. K stolethü prodazhi Aliaski. (Geograficheskoe obshchestvo SSSR. Izvestira 1967. no.4, v.99, p.290-300) 15 refs. In Russian. Title Ir.: The centenary of the sale of Alaska. Discusses the causes and events of the sale of Alaska in 1867. Russian-American Co is described, noting the main study of its role, No. 74505, and other Russian and American literature. Russian explorations in Alaska are summarized. The political situation in Czarist Russia is outlined. DLC.

93920B BELOV, N.A. Granulometricheskil i veshchestvennyi sostav vzvesi mona Laptevykh. (In: Leningrad. Arkticheskii i antarkticheskii n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1967. v.278, p.142-46, map) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Granulometric and material composition of suspensions in the Laptev Sea. Reports study of suspended matter collected in 1961-62 by the expeditionary ship Azimut It derives mainly from the hard particles of river discharge, and partly from abrasion of the seacoasts. Some of it is ice-borne eolian sediments, algae, mineral materials, etc. Granulometric, spectral and microfaunal analyses of the collected material are reported. Three groups of diatom algae are distinguished as freshwater, marine and mixed, and each is characterized. DLC.

93919 BELOV, M.I. 0 predstoiashchikh poiskakh ekspediisii V.A. Rusanova. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1967, no.25, p.106-107) In Russian. Title h.: Future search for the V.A. Rusanov expedition. Reviews the search for the Gerkules which disappeared possibly in Kara Sea in 1913. Evidence to date is examined and further efforts suggested. DLC. 93920 BELOV.,. M.I. and P.S. VORONOV. Pamiati IA. IA. Gakkelia. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Izvestiib 1966. v.98, Title no.3, p.269-71, illus.) _In Russian. tr.: In memoriam IA. IA. Lakkel'. Obituary of this well known geographer and explorer for 33 yr with the Arctic and Antarctic Institute. He took part in the 1932 cruise of the icebreaker Sibirikov from Arkhangel'sk to Bering Strait, and thereafter was engaged in arctic studies. His publications (182) are noted but not listed. DLC 93920A BELOV, M.I., comp. Russkie dokumenty ob ekspeditsii po Severo-Vostochnomu prokhodu na parakhode "Vega", 1878-1879 gg. (In: Leningrad. Arkticheskiil i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Russkie arkticheskie... 1964. p. 144-232, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title h.: Russian documents on the expedition along the Northeast Passage on the steamer Vega. 1878-1879. Outlines the contribution of O.F. Nordqvist a young military officer loaned by the Russian government to the Vega expedition as Russian translator and naturalist. His report to the Russian Geographical Society in 1879 is printed for the first time p 164-217. It reviews the course of the expedition and presents results of his own work (cf No 12485-12489). Excerpts from his diary Oct 1878-July 1879 dealing with the wintering on Chukotka are given also.

BELOV, N.V., see No. 94153 93921 BELOVA, A.V. Materialy k morfologii krovi molodi gorbushi, vyrashchivaemol na Ura-gubskom rybovodnom zavode. (In: Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Murmansk( morskol biologicheskii inst. Trudy 1965. v. 9 (13), p. 88-94, tables, illus) 22 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Materials on the blood morphology of young pink salmon raised in the Ura Bay hatchery. Study of the blood picture in spring of material brought to this hatchery near Murmansk in the preceding fall. Red and white blood elements are described at various developmental stages: they show no difference from those of fishes in the wild. In the white cell picture the only difference noted is in young, crowded during transportation, etc, in the fall; and this is attributable to 02-deficiency. DLC. BELOVA, E.N., see No. 94940 BELOVOL, I.I., see No. 97100 93922 BELROSE, J.S. and others. Physical properties of the polar winter mesosphere obtained from low-frequency propagation and partial reflection studies. (U.S. National Bureau of Standards. Journal of research 1964. v. 68D, no. 12, p. 1319-23, graphs) 20 refs. Other authors: L. R. Bode and L.W. Hewitt. Reports information obtained about electron densities and electron collision frequencies during the 1963.64 winter observations of partial radio wave reflections at a frequency of 2.66 Mc/sec near local 105

midnight at Resolute Bay. Utilizing different amplitudes of the ordinary and extraordinary backscatter waves, authors found electron densities to range from 10/cm-3 at 80 km high, to 1,000/cm-3 at 110 km. Collision frequency values are found to be 2-4 times greater than average daytime results at lower latitudes. These results, and some indirect inferences based on low frequency radio propagation between Thule and Ft Churchill lead to the conclusion that the polar winter mesopause region is hotter than previously thought, and that electron and gas temperatures there are not equal. DLC. A 93923 BELROSE, J.S. and others. preliminary investigation of diurnal and seasonal changes in electron number density over Resolute Bay as observed by partial reflections. (In: NATO Advanced Study Institute, 3rd. Electron density profiles... 1966. p.37-47, illus) Refs. Other authors: L.R. Bode and L.W. Hewitt. Discusses observations of reflections at 2.66 Mc/sec frequency at midday and midnight in Dec. 1964. Different amplitudes of the ordinary and extraordinary backscattered waves were utilized and information was obtained about electron number density and collision frequencies at 60-100 km altitude. The results obtained for seasonal variations of the amplitudes and collision frequency of mono-energetic electrons imply unexpectedly high values of the collision frequency within the altitude range. The data are compared with those of similar experiments at Ft Churchill and And4ya, and the seasonal and solar effects on the phenomena are discussed. DLC. 93924 BELROSE, J.S. and R.E. BARRINGTON. VLF noise bands observed by the Alouette I satellite. (US. National Bureau of Standards. Journal of research 1965. v.69D, no.1, p.69-76, maps, graphs, illus) 15 refs. Attempts to explain the very low radio frequency (VLF) ionospheric noise or hiss observed from the satellite, launched 29 Sept 1962 into an almost circular orbit with 80° inclination to the equator. Spectrograms of VLF ionospheric noise observed in Alouette on 31 Jan 1963 and received at the Resolute Bay and other stations are presented. It was found that at the time of major noise storms, the auroral zone is sometimes well defined by the observations, as lying between L ( equatorial radius of the earth) 4 to 9 at magnetic latitudes 60-70°. No final explanation of the phenomenon is given. DLC. BELROSE, J.S. see also No. 93822 106

Glu93925 BELYI, V.F. and others. binnoe stroenie i tektonicheskoe polozhenie vulkanicheskogo Okhotsko-Chukotskogo poiasa. (In: Vses. vulkanologicheskoe soveshchanie 1964. Trudy v.2 pub. 1966, p.282-86) 8 refs. In Russian. Other authors: Title tr.: S.M. Til'man and N.A. Shilo. Deep structure and tectonic position of the Okhotsk-Chukotka volcanic belt. Describes this belt extending about 3,000 km from Ayan northeast to Chukotka. The volcanism accompanied recurrence of movement along deep preexisting faults. The belt represents a specific category of border structure and may be considered a geoDLC. suture. 93926 BELYI, V.F. and others. Lower Cretaceous of Okhotsk-Chukotka volcanic belt. (Intl. geology review 1966. v.8, no.10, p.1226-36, map, tables, illus) Refs. Other authors: A.F. Efimova and K.V. Parakeisov. English translation of No 85536. CaMAI, DLC. 93927 BELYI, V.F. and I.M. MIGOVICH. 0 raznoobrazii kalnozolskikh vulkanicheskikh formatsil Chukotki i Kori kskogo nagor'i'a. (In: Vses. vulkanologicheskoe soveshchanie 1964. Trudy v.2 pub. 1966, p.83-92, graphs, map, illus) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The variety of Cenozoic volcanic formations of Chukotka and Koryak upland. Describes the Paleogene, Neogene and Quaternary volcanic formations of these regions. Spilite, andesite-basalt, basalt, alkaline basalt, andesite, ignimbrite and other formations are analyzed and their distribution, composition and other features described. Chemical analyses of the rocks are included. DLC. 93928 BELYI, V.F. and others. Tektonicheskaih karta Severo-Vostoka SSSR masshtab 1 : 2,500,000. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyl kompleksnyl n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1964. no.11, p.3-28, map, illus) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: A.A. Nikolaevskiil, S.M. Til'man and N.A. Shilo. Title tr.: The tectonic map of the Northeast of the USSR at 1:2.5 million scale. Presents explanatory notes to this map covering the area from the Lena east to the Bering and Okhotsk Seas, and to be published in the near future. The tectonic zoning is presented according to the age of folding. Pre-Riphean massifs and Siberian platform, Palezoic massifs. Koryak-Kamchatka Cenozoic folded zone and Okhotsk-Chukotka volcanic belt are distinguished and characterized. Structural complexes, stages and

substages are described. Geologic formations are evaluated, as is the distribution of effusive rocks. DLC. 93929 BELYI, V.F. S.M. and TIL'MAN. Tektonika i istoritå razvitii2 Okhotsko-Chukotskogo vulkanicheskogo poiasa. (Geotektonika 1966, no.2, p.83-94, map, illus) 12 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Tectonics and evolution of the Okhotsk-Chukotka volcanic belt. Distinguishes three stages in the development: Aptian-Turonian, Late Senonian-Danian, and Early Paleogenic. Each of these cycles is characterized by a typical volcanic formation. The belt has a zonal structure and a heterogeneous basement. A relationship is established between the main development stages of the Okhotsk-Chukotka belt and the Anadyr-Koryak Cenozoic folded system. DLC. 93930 BELYSHEV, S.F. K poznaniiii odonatologicheskol fanny Zapadno-Sibirskol ravniny. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Vostochno-Sibirskii otdel. Izvestitä 1962. v.60, p.56-59) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Contribution to knowledge of the Odonata fauna of the West Siberian plain. Reports a study of dragonflies from the Ob River valley approx 62-63° N. From a collection of 44 specimens nine species are systematically described. A smaller collection from the Inya River basin is also reported and four species are described. DLC. 93931 BELYSHEV, B.F. Ob istorii vozniknoveniia kitalskogo i kamchatskogo diz"iunktivnykh arealov amerikanskogo dozorshchika, Anax junius Drury, Odonata: Insecta. (Zoologicheski zhurnal 1966. v.45, no.8, p.1159-63, map) 25 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: History of the origin of the Chinese and Kamchatkan disjunctive ranges of Anax junius Drury, Odonata: Insecta Author claims independent origin of the Kamchatkan and Chinese populations of this dragonfly. The first one was formed during one of the xerothermal periods of the Quaternary, by migration from America along the Aleutian range; the Chinese by migration DLC. via the Pacific islands. BELYSHEVA, E.V., see No. 98447 93932 BEME, R.L. and others. Vodoplavaiüshchie del'ty Indigirki i rafsionalizatsilå ikh ispol'zovanifa. (Ornitologiia 1965. v.7, p.20-28, tables) 7 refs. In Russian. Other authors: S.G. Priklonskii and S.M. Uspenski . Title tr.: Waterfowl of the Indigirka delta and their efficient utilization.

Reports observations on nesting and flights during the summer of 1960 in four localities along a 723 km route. Absolute numbers of nests and their number per 10 km route are tabulated, as are numbers of birds per species seen for each 10 km and 5-day period. Totals for each species in the delta and duration of flight period are also given. Regulating the kill is suggested. DLC. 93933 BENDER, J.A. Deformation of excavations in a high polar neve. (In: Intl. Conf. on Low Temp. Science; Physics of' snow and ice... 1967, v.1, pt.2, p.973-82, 12 refs. tables, illus) Presents data on deformation and computed overburden observed over a 1-yr period in a shallow horizontal tunnel and over an 8-yr period in a deep tunnel in the snow at a site east of Thule, Greenland. Some theories developed to explain deformation of a cylindrical tunnel in neve are critically analyzed. A minimum deformation rate is predicted for a depth of about 40 m based on the increase of both overburden pressure and DGS. viscosity with depth. BENDER, J.A., see also No. 96292 93934 BENDER, M.M. and others. University of Wisconsin radiocarbon dates, U. (Radiocarbon 1966. v.8, p.522-33) Refs. Other authors: R.A. Bryson and D.A. Baerreis. Dates are included for seven geologic samples from Ennadai Lake, one from Dubawnt Lake, Keewatin District and six samples from Lynn Lake, Manitoba (p 530-32). DGS. 93935 BENDER, M.M. and others. University of Wisconsin radiocarbon dates, (Radiocarbon 1967. v.9, p.530-44) III. Refs. Other authors: R.A. Bryson and D.A. Baerreis. Among the geologic samples measured, four from Ennadai Lake, Keewatin District and one from Artillery Lake, Mackenzie District are included (p 540-41). DGS. 93936 BENDIX-ALMGREEN, S.E. and others. Notes on the geology and geomorphology of the Carey boer, north-west København, C.A. Reitzels forGreenland. lag 1967. 19 p. maps, illus. (Meddelelser om 10 refs. Other Grønland. v. 164, no. 8) authors: B. Fristrup and R.L. Nichols. The Carey Oer, a group of small islands, in the Smith Sound resulted from the submergence of an uplifted dissected late Pliocene-early Pleistocene erosion surface. Investigations on Nordvestø, the largest island, show that it, and apparently all the islands, 107

consist of Precambrian metamorphic rocks dominated by gray, banded gneiss and pink gneiss intruded by doleritic dikes and sills. The presence of glacial erratic boulders, identical with sedimentary rocks found on the mainland, indicates that the islands were covered by the Greenland ice sheet. Raised beaches occur at various levels up to 265 ft. Frost cracks, solifluction lobes, frost mounds, frost-shattered rock, talus, permafrost, and snow-bank trimlines are common. DGS. 93936A BENDIX-ALMGREEN, S.E. De 4stgrdnlandske Perm-edestiders anatomi med saerligt henblik på Fadenia crenulata. (Dansk Geologisk Forening. Meddelelser 1962. v.15, no.1, p.152-53) In Danish. Title tr.: Anatomy of Permian edestids of East Greenland with reference to Fadenia crenulata. Summarizes the most important points of research on these Permian sharks, with brief accounts of the neurocranium, postmandibular visceral skeleton, pectoral girdle, and dorsal and caudal fins. DGS. BENDIX-ALMGREEN, S.E., see also No. 94754 93937 BENEDIKTOVA, R.N. and L.L. KHALFIN. Sovremennoe sostoianie stratigraficheskoi izuchennosti kamennougol' nykh i permskikh otlozhenii srednei Sibiri. (In: Stratigrafiia paleozoi? srednel Sibiri... 1967. p.155-69, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Present state of the stratigraphic investigation of Carboniferous and Permian deposits of middle Siberia. Reviews geosynclinal, syneclise and trough cross-sections of these deposits in the Taymyr Peninsula, Siberian platform, and other areas. Their lithologic and biostratigraphic division is outlined. Correlation is made of the Upper Paleozoic deposits of Kuzbass, Siberian platform and Taymyr. Further stratigraphic tasks are summarized. DLC. 93938 BENEDUM EARTH MAGNETISM SYMPOSIUM, 1st, Univ. of Pittsburgh, 12-13 Mar. 1962. Proceedings. T. Nagata, ed Pittsburgh, Univ. of Pittsburgh Press 1962. 175 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. Contains 13 papers, four of which are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: M.D. Fuller, T. Nagata (2 papers), and N.R. Paterson. DLC. 93939 BENEDUM SYMPOSIUM OF EARTH MAGNETISM, 2nd, Univ. of Pittsburgh 23-25 November 1964. Proceedings. (Journal of geomagnetism and geo108

electricity 1966. v.18, no.2, p.109-331, graphs, maps, tables, illus) Refs. Contains 16 papers, eight of which are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: S.I. Akasofu, J.W. Kern, K. Maeda and J.M. Young, S. Matsushita, K. Moe (2 papers), L.R. Tepley and E.C. Zipf, DLC. Jr. 93940 BENETATO, G. and others. Concerning the effect of adeno [sic]- and neurohypophyseal hormones on animals under hibernation conditions. (Revue roumaine de physiologie 1965. v.2, no.3, p.199-209, illus) 18 refs. Other authors' E. Daneliuc, V. Nestianu and E. Gabrielescu. Tests of the effects of vasopressin and ACTH on Citellus ctelus in hibernation under different experimental conditions showed thai vasopressin in all cases induced arousal effects which lasted 2-4 days. Such effects induced by ACTH, although rapid, were of short duration. These tests and data published by others indicate that vasopressin is important in triggering centers of adaptation to conditions that demand increase of energy metabolism, incl arousal from hibernation. During hibernation, hypothalamic neurosecretory material is blocked rather DNLM. than activated. 93941 BENEVOLENSKAIA, Materialy po morfologii zatylochnoT kosti (Voprosy antropologii 1966. no.24, p.122-36, 28 refs. In Russian. Tide lr.: tables) Contributions to the morphology of the occipital bone. Comparative craniological study Mel Lapps and Eskimos. Differences in the curvature indices of the occipital bone and squama occipitalis are considered important as race DLC. diagnostic factors. BENGTSSON, G., see No. 97525 93942 BENKO, IÜ.K, 0 tempe rosta atlantichesko-skandinayskoT sel'di pokoleniia 1959 goda; materialy 1961-1963 gg. (Materialy rybokhozFaalstvennykh issledovanil Severnogo basseina 1966, no.7, p.27-34, graphs, maps, tables) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Rate of growth in Atlanto-Scandinavian herring of the 1959 year-class. Studies the first four years' growth based on size composition of catches from several areas, midsummer 1963. Rate of growth by months and years in these areas, and size composition in 1962-63 are also taken into DLC. account. 93943 BENKO, I-U.K. and others. 0 vtorom ralone zimovki i massovom nereste sel'di v ralone Lofotenskogo melkovodia

(Materialy rybokhozTistvennykh issledovanil Sevemogo basseina 1966. no.7, p.19-26, maps, graphs, tables) 13 refs. In Russian. Other authors: A.S. Seliverstov and V.K. Zilanov. Title tr.: The second wintering area and mass spawning of herring in the area of the Lofoten shallow waters. Analyzes Russian and Norwegian landings from the Lofoten shelf in 1958-65 taking into account the increase in population and catches in the North Atlantic area. Size composition of herring, rate of growth, and migrations are discussed. DLC. 93944 BENKO, IU.K. and V.H. ZILANOV. Razmemo-vozrastnaiii struktura atlantichesko-skandinayskoi sel'di. (Rybnoe khozraIstvo 1966. v.42, no.7, p. 17-19, tables, graphs) In Russian. Title 6•.: Size-age structure of Atlanto-Scandinavian herring. Discusses changes of size-age composition in Russian and Norwegian catches during 1958-65. These changes were mainly due to the two fertile generations of 1959 and 1960. This increase results in enlargement of spawning and feeding areas, and extension of migrations. DLC. 93945 BEN'KOVA, N.P. and others. Rezul'taty nabhüdenti ionosfery v magnitnosopriazhennykh tochkakh Kergelen - Sogra. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiia 1967. v.7, no.5, p.815-24, graphs, map, tables) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Observation results of the ionosphere at the magnetically conjugate points Kerguelen and Sogra. Presents the preliminary results of a 196566 study, giving an analysis of the variations of ionospheric parameters during Sept-Oct 1965. The purpose was to ascertain the conjugacy effect in the drifting of ionospheric disturbances in the upper and lower ionosphere under quiet and disturbed geomagnetic conditions. A comparison of the median daily variations of critical radio frequencies of the ionospheric F layer shows that the degree of ionization at the solstice period is approx identical at the two stations, and is apparently controlled by the geomagnetic field. The maximum daily variation occurs at Sogra and Kerguelen at the same universal time, and the disturbance intensity during geomagnetic storms is considerably higher at Kerguelen than at Sogra. CaMAI, DLC. BEN-MENAHEM, A., see No. 97017 BENNETT, R.G. Glacial lake 93946 overflow channels, south Svartisen. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Arbok 1964 pub. 1966, p.236-39, map, illus) 3 refs. Reports observations made during the 1959-64 Cambridge expeditions to Svartisen,

northern Norway. The past drainage connections, marked by four dry channels through the dividing watershed of two roughly parallel valleys, suggest that an icedammed lake may have existed in the higher valley at the end of the Pleistocene glaciation. DLC. 93947 BENNETT, R.G. Periglacial features of the Osterdalsisen outwash plain, Svartisen. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Arbok 1964 pub. 1966, p.233-36, map, illus) 6 refs. Reports observations during the 1959-64 Cambridge expeditions to Svartisen, northern Norway. Kettle holes in fine sediments around the ice-dammed lake are thought to have been formed by ice blocks drifting to the shore in the spring rather than by ground ice concentrations. There is some evidence of ground freezing in erosion terraces above the lake delta. DLC. 93948 BENNETT, S.M. and T.M. NOEL. An electron bombardment theory of high-latitude sporadic E. (In: A.H. Waynick ed. Geomagnetism and aeronomy. Washington D.C. 1965, p.77-99, table, graphs, maps) 20 refs. Also: v.4, Antarctic Research ser. of the American Geophysical Union. Refers to a quasi-periodic sporadic-E event with a period of the order of four hr observed at Ft Churchill on 1 and 2 Jan 1958 and presented in a diagram as an example of variations produced by the magnetospheric time-of-flight spectrometer effect discussed in DLC. this work on Antarctic research. 93949 BENNINGTON, K.O. Desalination features in natural sea ice. (Journal of glaciology 1967. v.6, no.48, p.845-57) Salinity profiles of young sea ice show salinity differences of 2-3% within an approx 3 cm distance, horizontally as well as vertically. This ice is also very permeable and that hampers an attempt to explain such pronounced salinity variations. Two generations of brine-drainage features are described; the first is inherited from the liquid and the later-generation channels develop from brine-pocket and Tyndall-figure migration. It is proposed that at least part of the brine contained in the ice mass migrates downward in the following way: cold dense brine cascades from higher levels, causing the more dilute, warmer brine at lower levels to partially freeze. This would also account for some of the local variations in salinity. DLC. BENSON, B.E., see No. 94626 109

93950 BENSON, C.S. Polar regions snow cover. (In: Intl. Conf. on Low Temp. Science; Physics of snow and ice... 1967, v.1, pt.2, p.1039-63, map, tables, illus) 45 refs. Discusses problems involved in the deposition of snow and post-depositional changes in it. The importance of stratification of snow and fim as a record of precipitation and an indicator of diagenetic facies, is indicated. Greenland is an ideal laboratory for such studies. Alaska is described as a seasonal snow cover laboratory, which contains two sharply defined climatic boundaries (the Alaskan coastal ranges and the Brooks Range), three major climatic types (maritime, continental and arctic), and all varieties of snow cover. With the collection of arctic meteorological data since World War II, the Arctic Ocean is now assuming importance as a source area for snow accumulation along with the Pacific and Atlantic Oceans. Among physical measurements made on snow strata, stable isotope ratios are of special interest because they vary seasonally, from one climatic zone to the next, and within a zone as a function of distance along an individual DGS. storm track. 93951 BENSON, C.S. A reconnaissance snow survey of interior Alaska. College, Alaska 1967. 71 p. maps, diagrs, illus. (Alaska. Univ. Geophysical Inst. UAG 13 refs. R-190) Notes (p 59) depressions in the snow cover of some lakes over holes in the ice. One such hole 2 m in diam had ice only 1 cm thick, whereas over the lake generally the ice was >1 m thick. These holes are kept open by bubbles from unknown sources on the lake bottoms; they persist through the 8-9 mo winter with air temperatures below -50° C; in some but not all cases the bubbles contain inflammable gases. The holes are a hazard to travellers on the surface and to aircraft landing. On the margins of rivers and streams (p 63) overflows may soak the snow, which is wet even with air temp down to -40° C. Around small streams and springs, slush or a water layer covered or not by dry snow are a DGS. hazard for the traveller. C.A. 93952 BENSON, C.S. and FURST. A study of the freezing cycle in an Alaskan stream. (Alaska. Univ. Inst. of water resources. Annual report 1966. p. 100-116, graphs, illus) Studies since 1963 the initial formation of frazil and anchor ice, freeze-up, overflows, and breakup of ice on Goldstream Creek near College. In turbulent streams supercooled water persists until freeze-up is complete. Anchor and frazil ice depend on supercooled water for growth but not for their persistence.

110

Ice forms on the top, bottom and within turbulent streams; when the channel is completely blocked, water breaks through and spreads in sheets to form overflow ice on top of the river ice. Overflow ice has varied crystal structure and takes various forms. Soaking of snow cover from stream margins may occur. Ice with a lava-like texture forms as water slowly oozes onto the river ice surface. Overflow layers may vary from snow ice with small crystals oriented at random; to large well oriented crystals of thick water layers which freeze slowly. Hollow channels and refrozen channels were also found in the overflow ice. CaMAI. BENSON, C.S., see also No. 101339 93953 BENSON, R.F. A discussion of the theory of ionospheric cross modulation. (US. National Bureau of Standards. Journal of research 1964. v.68D, no.10, p.1109-1122, graphs, tables) 31 refs. Reviews the basic equations of the theory of ionospheric cross modulation due to the interference interaction of the two radio waves propagating through the ionosphere. Cross-modulation profiles are presented for the theories introduced by V.A. Bailey and D.F. Martyn in 1934, and by L.G.H. Huxley in 1953, and the results compared. Discussed in the light of observations of considerable cross modulation in the lower D region of the ionosphere above College, Alaska, neither of the theories is found to hold over the entire D region, and a new theory of the ionospheric cross modulation is considered necessary. DLC. 93954 BENSON, R.F. Electron collision frequency in the ionospheric D region. (US. National Bureau of Standards. Journal of research 1964. v.68D, no.10, p.1123-26, graph) 10 refs. Reviews briefly the information on the ionospheric D region electron collision frequency available from rocket observations at Ft Churchill in Nov 1956 and July 1957, comparing them with cross modulation observations in June and Aug 1960, and Nov. 1961 at College. A satisfactory agreement is reported between the values of the collision frequency vm = 8.4x107 p/sec, where p is the atmospheric pressure expressed in mm of mercury, obtained in laboratory experiments and those obtained from the rocket flights. DLC. Den gr4nlandske 93955 BENZON, J. radioavis. (Gr4nland 1966, no.4, p.137-44, illus) In Danish. Title tr.: The Greenland radio news service. Describes organization and activities of this

service, started in 1942. Nine bulletins, in Danish and Eskimo, are transmitted daily. CaMAI, DLC. 93956 BEÖTHY, E. Die Bezeichnungen für Himmelsrichtungen in den finnisch-ugrischen Sprachen. Bloomington, 1967. 241 p. tables. (Indiana Univ. Uralic and Altaic series v.84) Approx 150 refs. In German. English summary. Title tr. Names of cardinal points in Finno-Ugric languages. Comparative etymological, morphological and semantic study of cardinal points of the first and second degree in thirteen FinnoUgric languages incl Lappish, Ostyak, Vogul, and Zyryan. The majority of the names are autochthonous Finno-Ugric words, and reflect a local-geographic or a solar orientation. DLC. 93957 BERDENNIKOV, V.P. Metody rascheta davleniia zazhomykh i zatornykh mass 1'da na sooruzheniia. (Leningrad. Gos. gidrologicheskil inst. Trudy 1967. no.148, p.3-28 tables, map, illus) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A method of computing the pressure exerted by ice jams and ice dams on installations. Considers the frequency of occurrence of ice jams and dams on rivers throughout the USSR, pointing out the orographic, morphometric, and climatic effects, feeding of the rivers, degree of roughness of their beds and their geographic orientation. Regions with rivers prone to ice jams, and those on which ice dam phenomena prevail are shown on a map accompanied by a tabulation of 45 rivers, their regions on the map, and local factors favoring ice jam and dam formation. The pressure of jam and dam ice masses on hydraulic installations, e.g. a bridge pier, is discussed, and formulas are given for its computation, also for that of pressure in tons per running meter of the shore installation with its front perpendicular to the current direction, and for the front parallel to the current. Parameters are determined for rough calculation of the pressure of jam and dam ice masses on hydraulic installations: kinetic stress (pushing force) of such ice masses, coefficients of roughness of the lower surface of the jam or dam, and that of the river surface slope at the jam or dam areas. The total pressure of the jam and dam ice acting on the installations is calculated by a formula derived by the author, who compares the results with those calculated by the Canadian engineers B. Michel and I. Ouellet. Comparison of the two formulas shows much closer agreement between the calculated values than with the values of the official USSR instructions, SN76-59. The calculation procedure is given by examples for bridges of

the Severnaya Dvina, Dnestr, and Yenisey Rivers. DLC. 93958 BERDENNIKOV, V.P. and Mikrokolebaniis ledtånogo pokrova kak pokazatel' ego napnåzhennogo sostoianiis. (Leningrad. Gos. gidrologicheskil inst. Trudy 1967. no. 148, p. 64-71, tables, illus) 9 refs. In Russian. Other authors: A.G. Title tr.: Dertügin and N.A. Khaminov. Microvibrations of the ice cover as an indication of its state of stress. Microvibrations of 1 to 15-18 min periods, and 2.5-3 mm amplitude were recorded automatically on a drum tape rotating one revolution/24 hr and recording at 10:1 scale. The recording apparatus consisted of two poles frozen into the ice cover, and a four-meter long steel alloy string tightly connecting the self-recorder lever on one pole with the other pole. Two such apparatus recorded vibration of ice, and air temperature variation was recorded simultaneously by a thermograph installed in an enclosure. Besides local unevenness of ambient temperature, mechanical stress in the ice cover of the river is caused also by changes in water level of the river, under-ice currents, friction of air masses during wind, and other factors. A powerful factor in formation of ice stress condition is the wave of spring flood, and the mechanical fracturing of ice during formation of ice jams and dams. Records of temperature variations are compared with those of elastic oscillations in the ice sheet, showing a synchronous behavior of these two phenomena, as presented in a table. A graph of air temp gradient against the microvibration amplitude in the ice cover is given. The observations prove that the records provide information on thermal compression and DLC. extension of ice.

other.

93959 BERDICHEVSKII, G.I. and N.V. SVIRIDOV. Prochnost' izgibaemykh zhelezobetonnykh elementov pri nizkikh otrifsa(Beton i zheletel'nykh temperaturakh. zobeton 1965. v. 11, no. 1, p. 16-21, tables, graphs) In Russian. Title tr.: Strength of flexural reinforced concrete units at low negative temperatures. Reports investigation of the physical and mechanical properties of concrete and reinforced concrete under simultaneous action of force and temperature. Two groups of experiments are reported, one on the physical and mechanical properties of concrete in frozen and thawed state within the temperature range of + 20 to -50° C; the other on the strength and crack-resistance of unstressed and pre-stressed beams. Brand 400-500 concretes frozen to -50° C are found to have their cubic and prismoidal strengths

111

increase by factors of L5 and 1.7 respectively, tensile strength at bending, and the conventional value of cohesion strengths increase by a factor of 2; concrete compression strength is found to average 15% less after a single cycle of freezing from -30 to -50' C and subsequent thawing. Strength, crack-resistance, and stiffness of pre-stressed flexural elements at temperatures down to -40° C do not depend, practically, on the temperature of the test. DLC. 93960 BERDICHEVSKII, L.S. Osnovnye etapyrazvitite biologicheskikh issledovanii v oblasti rybnogo khoziiffstva za 50 let. (Zoologicheskü zhurnal 1967. v. 46, no. 10, p. 1552-65) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Main stages of developments of biological investigations in the realm of fisheries during the past 50 years. Historical outline beginning with activities during the regime of Peter the Great, with most of the paper devoted to developments during Soviet times. The latter are divided into the pre-World War II period, devoted to conservation, modernization and exploitation of own resources, and the post-war period aiming at exploitation of the World Ocean. Institutions, administrative as well as technical, and outstanding individuals are dealt with, as are present-day problems, Soviet fisheries at home and abroad. DLC. BERDICHEVSKII, M.N., see No. 100672 BERDICHEVSKII, RI., see No. 95698 93961 BEREGOVØ N.A. DrevneTshie kul'tumye tradiisü Amerikanskor Arktiki i ikh svtåzi s severo-vostokom Sibiri, po raskopkam 1955-1964 gg. (AkademiIä nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyl kompleksnyi n: issl. inst. Trudy 1967. no. 17, p. 85-102, illus) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Ancient cultural traditions of the American Arctic and their links with Northeast Siberia, according to excavations of 1955-1964. Discusses the characteristic traits of the ten prehistoric cultural traditions of Alaska and northern Canada and compares them to corresponding developments in Asia. The initial peopling of America took place prior to the final submersion of the Bering Land Bridge, i.e. before 11,000 yr ago. This bridge was a flat tundra through most of the Quaternary era, watered by the Anadyr and Yukon rivers and extending from the St Lawrence Island north to the Diomedes. Probable migration routes along the now submerged Pacific coast and southern rim of the Bering Land bridge are traced. Kamchatka and the Anadyr mouth region are 112

considered likeliest to contain sites dating back to this migration era. Affinities are seen between the British Mountain tradition and the Siberian late paleolithic; the Old Cordilleran tradition and mesolithic sites on the Angara River; and between the Northwest Microblade tradition and the mesolithic horizons of the stratified site Ushki on the Kamchatka River. Analogies are also seen between the paleolithic horizons of Ushki, dated by N.N. Dikov to about 14,000 BP, and a site on Anangula (Ananiuliak) Island in the Aleutians estimated by W.S. Laughlin (qv) to DGS. be 12,000 yr old. 93962 BEREGOVOI, V.E. GeografiI okraski belol triasoguzki. (Ornitologirå 1965. v. 7, p. 446-51, map) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geography of the coloration of the white wagtail. Describes and illus (map) the different color patterns of this bird which ranges over nearly all Asia and East Africa. Arctic areas are DLC. included in its range. 93963 BERESNEV, N.F. and others. Novye dannye po neftianym mestorozhdeniråm Zapadno-Sibirskoi nizmennosti. (Zapadno-Sibirski! n: issl. geologorazvedochnyl neftianol inst. Trudy 1965. no. 1, p. 132-54, tables) 8 refs. In Russian. Other authors: S.I. Bliznichenko, I.I. Nesterov and O.A. Remeev. Title tr.: New data from the oil deposits of the West Siberian lowland. Notes 13 deposits discovered during Jan 1963-Apr 1964, two in the Shaim region and nine in the middle Ob. They are described, especially the Teterevskoye and Srednemulyminskoye deposits of the Shaim region and two new deposits in the Surgut arch: Severo Surgut and Vershinnoye. Depths, yield and other features are analyzed. Information from deposits known prior to 1963 directs attention to the Ust'-Balyk deposits, their oil-bearing beds, yield, depths, oil properties, stratigraphic position and other features are described and comparative characteristics are tabulated. Other deposits of West Siberian lowland are also dealt with. DLC. 93964 BEREZHNOI, V.G and G.L DRAPKINA. Izuchenie anomal'nogo prirosta lesa v ralone padeniiä Tungusskogo meteorite. (Meteoritika 1964. no. 24, p. 162-69, graphs, maps) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Investigation of the anomalous forest growth in the region of the Tunguska meteorite fall. Reports a 1961 forest-taxation investigation in the area where this meteorite fell in 1908. Previous forest fires are reviewed from 1760 and diagrammed. At the time of the meteorite explosion, the existing forest was not a

uniform stand, but highly diversified growth. The extent and other features of the fire of 1908 are analyzed, and subsequent reforestation described. The present forests are characterized. The zone of increased tree growth is impossible to determine. DLC. 93965 BEREZIN, N. Sever — kral lesno! industrii. (Lesnaia promyshlennost' 1967. v. 47, no. 5, p. 1-3) In Russian. Title tr. North, the lumber industry area. Reviews the development of this industry in the Arkhangel'sk region. First tractor logging base was established in 1928, roads and railroads were largely constructed prior to World War II. By 1940 annual lumber output had reached 15.9 million m3• After the setback of the war years the industry recovered fast and is expanding. Export in 1966 reached 23.0 million m3. At present, 22 large sawmills are operating, and a pulp and paper plant was established in Kollas. DLC. 93966 BEREZKIN, I.G. Lenskie ravniny Erkeni, Tulmada i Engseli. (Yakutsk. Respublikanskil kraevedcheskii muzel. Sbornik nauchnykh state! 1966. no. 4, p. 199-208, map, illus) 10 refs. In Russian. Title Ir Lena valleys: Erkeni, Tuymada, and Engseli. Ethnographic study of these three valleys extending from Pokrovsk to the mouth of the Aldan. In the 15th c Yakut tribes displaced Evenki Tungus nomads who occupied the middle Lena basin since the 13-14th c. The social structure of its Yakut clans in the 17th c, internecine wars, resistance to colonization, and eventual subjugation, in the 1630's, by Kozak troops under Petr Beketov are described. Territorial and administrative subdivision of the region is discussed and the name Namsky District traced to Nam, a Yakut princeling of the late 16th c. DLC. 93967 BERG, E. Fundamental and applied research in seismology in Alaska; final report. College, 1966. 44 p. maps, graphs, illus. (Alaska. Univ. Geophysical Inst. Geophysical research report. UAG R-179) 38 refs. Reports the establishment of permanent stations at Mt McKinley and Tanana, and a semi-permanent station at Black Rapids. Selection, sensitivity, instrumentation, time schedules, and the seismicity, tectonic results, etc are described. About one half of the total energy is released along the coastal region of the Alaska mainland; significant activity along a branch reaching into the Fairbanks area is also recorded. Fault plane solutions from the 1964 earthquake indicate that predominant compressional force is directed more or less perpendicularly to the range. There is indication that the 1964 earthquake

and major aftershocks of magnitude?5.5 and located on the continental shelf were possibly triggered by low ocean tide loads. The pressure variation during an ocean tide cycle on the bottom of the shelf is considered significant in carrying the last part of the stress-strain curves of the rock into the "strain softening" region towards failure. DGS. 93968 BERG, E. and J. KIENLE. Gravity measurements in the Katmai volcano area, Alaska. College, 1966. 5 p. table, graphs. (Alaska. Univ. Geophysical Inst. Geophysical research report UAG R- 176) 4 refs. Tabulates data for gravity values of 80 stations along five profiles across the Katmai volcanic area and free-air and Bouguer anomalies for six different densities from 2.20 g/cm3 to 2.85 g/cm3. A separate paper will give interpretation when the gravity can be evaluated along with results of seismic recordings and geology of the area. Typical rock samples have been collected along the gravity profiles and density determinations are underway. DGS. 93969 BERG, E. and others. Preliminary determination of crustal structure in the Katmai National Monument, Alaska. (Seismological Society of America. Bulletin 1967. v. 57, no. 6, p. 1367-92, graphs, maps, tables, illus) 30 refs. Other authors: S. Kubota and J. Kienle. Reports results of seismic and gravity observations summer 1965, in the active volcanic area of Katmai. It is concluded from these results that the seismicity is closely associated with the tectonics and volcanoes of the area, that Poisson's ratio for the upper part of the mantle is close to 0.30, indicative of the presence of material with low rigidity (or magma) at a depth below the Moho, that there is only weak agreement between the depth to the Moho derived from gravity data and the depth based on the chosen seismic model, and that an uplift along a very steep Bouguer anomaly is tectonically associated with the occurrence of the active volcanoes and a possible low-density structure (magma reservoir) is located at its southwestern tip. DGS. 93970 BERG, G.R. and others. Effect of central cooling in man on pituitary-thyroid function and growth hormone secretion. (Journal of applied physiology 1966. v. 21, no. 6, p. 1791-94, graphs) 19 refs. Other authors: R.D. Utiger, D.S. Schalch and S. Reichlin. Ingestion of 500 g of cracked ice produced a prompt increase of 02-consumption in some 113

individuals. However no activation of the pituitary - thyroid axis or of growth hormone secretion were noted. DLC. 93971 BERG, H.C. and E.H. COBB. Metalliferous lode deposits of Alaska. Washington, D.C. 1967. 254 p. maps. (US Geological Survey Bulletin 1246) 272 refs. Summarizes from reports published before Sept. 1965, the geology of Alaska's metalbearing lodes, incl their structure, stratigraphy, origin, past production, etc. Lists are given of mineral occurrences that accompany the 35 mineral-deposit location maps. The maps show 692 localities where metalliferous deposits have been found, incl 1739 mines, prospects and reported occurrences, of which 821 are described individually or cited in the text. Three small-scale maps show mining regions and districts, physiographic provinces, and general geology. DGS. 93972 BERG, M. Utsettinger av laksyngel i vatn og tjern. Trondheim 1967. 62 p. graph, maps, tables, illus. Refs. In Norwegian. English summary. (Fisk og fiskestell no. 4). Title tr.: Planting of salmon fry in lakes. Reports results of stocking the virgin Sn4fjord river-basin with salmon fry. About two-thirds of the planted fry grew up and migrated as smolts, many 2, some 3-5 winters old. Migrating and maturing of males was partly independent; if they grew rapidly, they descended to the sea before maturing. All returned to spawn after one year in the sea. Stationary stocks were obtained in a lake with a small catchment area. DLC. 93973 BERGAN, IGr4nlandseskimoenes mØte med europeisk kultur. (Norsk skoleblad 1964. v.28, no. 45, p. 1748-49) In Norwegian. litle tr.: The Greenland Eskimo's meeting with European culture. Traces European contact with Greenland Eskimos and the influence of Danish culture. The development of social welfare (incl old-age compensation after 55), public health and education is outlined, as are changes in economic activities. Denmark has done well by the Eskimos, though the primitive culture has been partly lost. DLC. BERGER, S., see No. 98756 93974 BERGERUD, A.T. Management of Labrador caribou. (Journal of wildlife management 1967. v. 31, no. 4, p. 621-42, graphs, maps, tables, illus) Refs. Studies population status, recruitment and mortality of this caribou, 1958-63, to determine population trends. Two primary herds were recognized in areas outlined. Census 114

figures for the southern herd for each year are quoted and March recruitment for this herd averaged 11%. The other herd was estimated at 15,000 in 1958. Annual natural mortality (estimated in March) was 6%. Harvest figures are also given. Calf mortality in the first nine months of life was calculated at 71%. DLC. 93975 BERGLING, R. Kyrkstaden i övre Norrland; kyrkliga, merkantila och judiciella funktioner under 1600- och Umeå 1964. 402 p. maps, 1700-talen. tables, graphs, illus. (Skytteanska Samfundet. Handlingar no. 3) Approx 510 refs. In Swedish. English summary. Title tr.: The church town in upper Norrland; religious, mercantile and judicial functions during the 17th and 18th centuries. Contains study of the origin and development of groups of small houses used by parishioners on visits to church in the two northernmost Swedish counties. The earliest reference to a church town in the public archives is about 1600, and they seem to have existed for some time. They probably arose at the time of the Reformation, when church attendance became more rigorously enforced, rather than at the time when the churches were built. In the lappmarks, court sessions, tax collection, markets and church services were arranged for the same days and the same place for practical reasons, two former once a year, the latter twice. In the coastal areas, these functions also took place in the church towns but on separate occasions. DSI. BERGMAN, H.C. see No. 94503 93976 BERGQUIST, H.R. Micropaleontology of the Mesozoic rocks of northern Alaska. Exploration of Naval Petroleum Reserve no. 4 and adjacent areas, northern Alaska, 1944-53; part 2, regional studies. Washington, DC 1966. 227 p. maps, tables, illus. (US. Geological Survey. Professional paper no. 302-D) 87 refs. Most of the thousands of outcrop and coring samples of Paleozoic through Pleistocene rocks taken in this area are Cretaceous in age. Six Cretaceous microfaunal zones are defined and correlated in the Barrow-Simpson-Fish Creek and Topagoruk areas. The microfaunal assemblages from samples taken in test holes and cores are described and listed on faunal charts. DGS. 93977 BERGSLAND, K. Some problems of Aleut phonology. (Halle, M., comp. For Roman Jakobson, The Hague, 1956, p. 38-43, table) 3 refs. Discusses the distinctive features of phonemes in the Atka Island speech and its

relationship to other Aleut dialects and to Eskimo. The lack of oral labial consonants may be due to a former use of labrets. DLC. 93978 BERGSLAND, K. Some wellknown mountain names and border questions in southern Lappland. (Studia ethnographica upsaliensia 1964. v. 21, p. 45-54, map) Refs. Dialectal study of 16-18th century Lappish geographic names in the southern area where the long-disputed national border was set in 1751. The mountain Lapps of this region payed taxes both to Norway and Sweden. Tribal and linguistic borders are discussed on the basis of etymological analyses. DSI. BERGSLAND, K., see also No. 98641 93979 BERINGER, W. Viking country. (Royal Air Force quarterly 1965. v. 5, no. 1, p. 38-40, illus) Discusses briefly certain strategic aspects of arctic Norway, particularly Finnmark, from the point of view of air power. An underground headquarters in the Nordland area is mentioned. DLC. BERKEY, F.T., see No. 98859 93980 BERKOFSKY, L. and R. SHAPIRO. An investigation of the effects of high-level heating on the large-scale cir(In: culation of the lower atmosphere. Symposium of the arctic heat budget and atmospheric circulation. Proceedings... 1966. p. 443-67, graphs, maps, tables) Refs. Analyzes results of two numerical integrations derived from actual data of a dynamical model of the atmosphere, devised for the investigation of atmospheric heating at high level on large-scale air motions. The source of energy is assumed to be anomalous solar corpuscular radiation which produces increased auroral activity and geomagnetic disturbances, totalling to only 1.77 X 10-a cal/cm2 over the region from the pole to 30°N. The differences between the results calculated with and without high-level heating are discussed, and compared by means of 37 north polar diagrams. Summaries of the kinetic, potential, and total energies for the months of Jan and Apr are given in two separate tables. There appears to be some evidence of a small but noticeable difference in the average atmospheric circulation that develops in this model between the situations in which a small amount of heat is added in and auroral ring at a pressure of 0.1 mb, and those cases when no heat is added. DLC.

93981 BERLAND, B. The hood and its extrusible balloon in the hooded seal Cystophora cristeta ERXL. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Arbok 1965 pub 1966, p. 95-103, illus) Refs. Describes the structure and morphology of the hood of mature males of this species, with illus. Experiments with cut-off heads are described which show the physiological mechanism by which the balloon is extruded from the nostril, but how this is accomplished in life requires further research. The hood and balloon may be inflated alternately or the hood alone may be inflated. Observations indicate that inflation may take place not only during whelping and mating seasons or when alarmed but at any time and when at complete rest. DLC. 93982 BERLIANT, A.M. Otrazhenie noveishikh tektonicheskikh dvizhenil v oro(Moskva. grafli Bol'shezemel'skoi tundry. Univ. Vestnik 1966. v. 21, ser. 5; geog. no. 4, In Russian. Title tr.: p. 111-15, map) Reflection of recent tectonic movements in the orography of Bol'shezemel'skaya Tundra. Reports some data obtained from study of the relief and use of a cartographic method. The intensity of recent tectonic movements is mapped. The orography and geomorphology of the northern and northwestern parts of the area are distinctly different from the southeast. In the northwest, the orography is recent; in the southeast Paleozoic folded structures predominate in the relief. From geophysical data the structure of the basement is outlined and a new structural plan interpreted. DLC. 93983 BERLIN, T.S. and others. Klimaty v itirskom i melovom periodakh na severe SSSR po paleotemperatumym opredeleniiam. (Geologiia i geofizika 1966, no. 10, p. 17-31, table, graphs, maps) 25 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: D.P. Naidin, V.N. Saks, R.Y. Tel's and A.V. Khabakov. Title tr.: Climates in the Jurassic and Cretaceous periods in northern USSR according to paleotemperature determination. Presents data on paleotemperature as determined from the rostra of Jurassic and Lower Cretaceous belemnites collected in Franz Joseph Land, the Pechora basin, Northern Ural, Taymyr, Anabar and Lena basins, and Kamchatka. The average annual temperatures range 13-25°C according to the isotopic composition of oxygen-Ols/O16 (about 100 determinations) the average annual paleotemperatures range 10-22°C according to the Ca/Mg ratio (about 200 determinations); the seasonal variation of paleotemperatures ranges about 5-7°. Hence 115

arctic areas in Toarcian, Late Jurassic and Neocomian stages are concluded to have been parts of the subtropical zone; in the Middle Jurassic and Late Volga stages they were parts of the temperature zone. DLC. 93984 BERMAN, IiJ.S. Daiki rudnogo uchastka Pepenveem. (In: Akademia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyr n: issl. inst. Pozdnemezozolskie granitoidy Chukotki... 1965. Trudy no. 12, p. 231-36, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Tide tr.: Dikes of the Pepenveyem ore zone. Describes subvolcanic bodies and dikes of Upper Cretaceous-Paleogene volcanism associated with low temperature gold-silver mineralization. The Pepenveyem ore zone is situated in the northeastern part of the Okhotsk-Chukotka volcanic belt on the left bank of the Erguveyem River. These andesite dikes are described, their age and ore manifestations are discussed and chemical and mineralogic composition noted. DGS. 93985 BERNHARD, H. Waldbrände in Kanada and ihre Bekämpfung. (Geographica helvetica 1964. v. 19, no. 3, p. 182-86, tables) In German. French summary. Tide tr.: Forest fires in Canada and their prevention. Reviews these fires mostly from data for 1950-59; their number, areas destroyed, causes, cost of fire protection, etc. 80% of forest fires are caused by human carelessness. Data on forest protection and techniques for containing fire are also given. The regions dealt with include Northwest Territories and Newfoundland among others. DLC. 93985A BERNIER, C.F. The solving of cold-weather problems. (Canadian mining and metallurgical bulletin 1966. v. 59, no. 656, p. 1442-43) One of four articles dealing with sub-zero weather operations in Canadian mines. The problems of diesel engine operation, hydraulic pump failure, and freezing of fines on conveyor belts are considered. A CaCI solution drip proved effective on the conveyor belt, using 1 lb of Cad for every 200 tons of wet ore conveyed. See also E. Allen, P.W.A. Mayer, and J.M.B. Scarborough, qqv. DLC. 93986 BERNOV, S.N. and others. Povedenie radiai:sionnykh poiäsov i anomal'noe pogloshchenie kosmicheskogo radioshuma v zone poliarnykh süanil vo vremia magnitnykh bur' 12-14 fevrahä i 20-21 fevrahä 1964 g. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiia 1967. v. 6, no. 1, p. 3-10, graphs, table, illus) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Behavior of radiation 116

belts and the anomalous absorption of cosmic radio noise in the auroral zone during magnetic storms of 12-14 February and 20-21 February 1964. Compares the behavior of the external radiation belt in cases of anomalous absorption of the noise (AZA) with different phases of magnetic storms, using data from nine land-based stations in the North and drifting station North Pole-10. During the first phase of the storm, the specular points of electrons of the external radiation belt can be displaced to lower altitudes by several hundred km. At times AZA is accompanied by a reduction of electron concentration in the belt, and at other times electron concentration there increases. This indicates short period accelerating processes when electrons are either added to the belt or precipitated from it. DLC. 93987 BERNSHTEIN, V.A. Sdvigi regionarnogo krovoobrashcheniiä pri nemedikamentoznol gipotermii. (Acta biologica et medica germanica 1966. v. 16, no. 1, p. 1-10, tables, illus) 21 refs. In Russian. German and English summary. Tide tr.: Changes in regional blood flow during non-medical hypothermia. In unnarcotized rats, the blood supply to brain, myocardium, lungs and bones remains normal during initial cooling, deteriorates at body temperature of 30°C, and radically at 16°C. Blood supply to the kidneys is weakened during the normal cooling period but is more or less restored with progress of hypothermia. Blood supply to skin and skeletal muscles was reduced at each stage of cooling. Portal pressure measurements showed that considerable quantities of blood are displaced into the veins of the peritoneal cavity. DNLM. 93988 BERRANGE, J.P. Some critical differences between orogenic-plutonic and gravity-stratified anorthosites. (Geologische Rundschau 1965 pub 1966. v. 55, no. 3, p. 617-42, tables) Approx. 95 refs. French, German, and Russian Summary. Presents a classification of anorthosites based on contrasted modes of occurrence. Examples from Nain, Labrador, and four localities in West Greenland are classified as orogenic-plutonic; the Kiglapait intrusion in Labrador, the Nordingrå-Rödö complex in Sweden and others are classified as gravitystratified The comparative features, incl age, form, internal structures, contact effects and associated rocks, of each generic type are discussed. It is admitted that there are certain anorthosite-bearing complexes with features more or less corresponding to both types. Some examples from Labrador are given.

Author's conclusions are challenged by B.F. Windley, qv. DLC. 93989 BERRY, D.R. The Oxford Finnmark Expedition, 1961. (Oxford University Exploration Club. Bulletin 1961. no. I1, p. 55-61) Reports partial results of this five-man expedition led by the author to study the geology and botany of the Tana Fjord region of North Norway. Geologic mapping was carried out over a small part of the metamorphosed Caledonides and Eo-Cambrian and Cambrian sediments in Hansvikdalen, a folded and faulted area at 70° 37' N. 17° 10' E, and Berlevåg, a metamorphosed area at 72° 52' N. 18° 20' E. Sedimentary sequence was determined at Buetjern 70° 33' N. 18° 30' E. Some 200 mosses and 400 higher plants were collected in these areas; a wide variation in Salix was noted. Peat formations on raised beaches were observed as were the growth rates of lichens, which are under analysis. Travel, supplies, and equipment are briefly discussed. Income and expenditure are itemized; the expedition was financed by Oxford colleges and several foundations. DLC.

its north shore. Only trace quantities of heavy minerals were found. Traces of tin appeared in two samples from Norton Bay. There were no deposits of potential economic value. In 1959, when this field work was done, access to the region was by small bush aircraft. In the absence of roads or good harbors, local travel was by foot or small boat. The climate on Seward Peninsula is subarctic and semiarid, with strong winds. light rain, and midsummer snow. Tidal range is 2-4 ft in both Norton Bay and Kotzebue Sound. DI. 93992 BERSON, G. Termal'nye vody v teplitsakh. (Sel'skokhoziåistvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1967. v. 11, no. 10, p. 46-48, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Thermal water in hothouses. Hot springs, where available, are the cheapest and most convenient source of heat for hothouses and hotbeds. The best possibilities are in Kamchatka which has 14 groups of hot springs and Magadan Province with six, all well suited to this purpose. Since 1961, three state farms have utilized underground heat on a small scale, Talaya in Magadan, Nachikinskiy and Oktyabr'skiy in Kamchatka, and now several large agricultural developments are planned. DLC.

93990 BERRYHILL, R.V. and J.J. MULLIGAN. Beryllium investigations at the Lost River mine, Seward Peninsula, Alaska. Washington, DC 1965. 71 p. maps, tables. (US. Bureau of Mines. Open file report no. 28) 20 refs. Describes the original reconnaissance sampling of fluorite-beryllium deposits, which occur as veins and replacements along faults and fractures and along the walls of dikes in altered limestone at the Lost River tin mine. Beryllium never has been recovered commercially from deposits of the type found in this area. The sampling indicated the occurrence of substantial amounts of beryllium minerals (principally chrysoberyl) in a complexly mineralized zone near the mine. Work on this deposit stopped when the US Geological Survey discovered other Be deposits in the Lost River valley that apparently were less complexly mineralized and higher in grade. DI.

93993 BERTHELIER, J.J. and D.J. STURGES. Simultaneous measurements of electron density and temperature in the northern auroral zone. (Planetary and space science 1967. v. 15, no. 6, p. 1049-54, graphs) 7 refs. Russian summary. Presents a preliminary report on measurements recorded by two Dragon rockets D20 and D19 launched from Andøya on 26 May and 15 June 1966, respectively. The data were obtained in a 65-240 km altitude range during a moderately strong zenithal aurora. An unusually rapid rise of electron density through the D and E regions, together with a density peak in the E region at approx 100 km alt and a layer of enhanced density in the vicinity of 170 km, is observed, as is a correlation of these high density regions with marked increases in the electron temperature. DLC.

93991 BERRYHILL, R.V. Reconnaissance sampling of beach and river mouth deposits, Norton Bay and Kotzebue Sound, Seward Peninsula, Alaska. Juneau, Alaska Office of Mines Research 1962. 13 p. maps, tables. (US. Bureau of Mines. Open file report no. 20) Reports petrographic data for bedrock samples and pan concentrates of beach deposits sampled between Golovin and Koyuk, south shore of Seward Peninsula, and between Goodhope River and Alder Creek on

93994 BERTHELSEN, A. Canadaen Grønland, geologisk sammenligning. (Dansk geologisk forening. Meddelelser 1961. v. 14, no. 4, p. 363-73, map, table) 27 refs. In Danish. English summary. Tide tr.: Canada-Greenland, a geological comparison. Recent studies are reviewed, and a correlation of the Precambrian across Davis Strait is attempted. From the Inuit region in Canada results show that the north Greenland fold belt is of Variscan age and not Caledonian, as 117

previously believed. The crustal segment separating the two areas conceivably dates back to Precambrian. DLC. 93995 BERZIN, A.A. Opredelenie vozrasta nastupleniiå polovoi zrelosti samtsov kashalota severnol chasti Tikhogo okeana. (1n: USSR. Ikhtiologicheskaii komissiia. Morskie mlekopitaiüshchie... 1965. p. 27-37, Refs. In Russian. graph, tables, inns) Title tr.: Determination of onset of sexual maturity in male sperm whales of the northern Pacific. A histologic study of 160 testicular specimens from 140 whales, showed a definite increase in the weight of the testicle with increasing length of the whale until maturity. Using the opening ducts as a criterion, the maturation period is about 5 yr. All testicles increased until the whale reaches a length of 15.0-15.5 m and then decrease somewhat while the ducts enlarge, at which time the animal becomes sexually active. DLC. 93996 BESKOW, G. Vattenkraften och naturen. (Svensk lantmäteritidskrift 1959. v. 51, no. 5/6, p. 439-46, map, illus) In Swedish. Title tr.: Water power and nature. Discusses changes in natural conditions as a result of waterpower development, and the desirability of conserving some areas. The main physical effects of damming and of adjusting water levels are the slumping and eroding of shorelines, especially on clay and sand, the destruction of vegetation and normal conditions in shallow water areas and on delta plains, alternate flooding and dessication, and ice pressure. Indirect consequences are destruction of fish migration facilities, wildlife habitats, and vegetation. The landscape beauty is spoiled, a general loss of tourism and human enjoyment results. The areas in northern Sweden that should be conserved are outlined on a map. The whole Pite valley is designated as worth protection in its natural state. DLC. 93997 BESKROVNYI, N.S. Neftiänye bitumy i uglevodorodnye gazy kak sputniki gidrotermal'noi deiatel'nosti. Leningrad, Izd-vo Nedra 1967. 208 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. (Leningrad. Vses. nef ilnot n: issl. geologo-razvedochnyl inst. Trudy no. 258) Title tr.: Petroleum bitumen and hydrocarbon gases associated with hydrothermal activity. Presents results of investigation of the geologic conditions for petroleum bitumen occurrence in igneous rocks of the volcanic pipes of the Siberian platform. Petroleum bitumen is described in the volcanic pipes of the Angara-Ilim region, and the kimberlite pipes of Daldyn and Malaya Botuobiya. 118

Petroleum bitumen in crystalline rocks is reported. In all cases the connection with hydrothermal activity is stressed. CaMAI, DLC. BESPALAIÅ, E.A., see No. 100466 93998 BESPROZVANNAIA, A.S. Dalgotnatå anomaliia poludennoi ionizatsü sloia F2. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1966. v. 280, p. 100-114, tables, graphs) 11 refs. In Russian. Title h Longitudinal anomaly of the noon ionization of the F2 layer. Shows that by using the P. Rothwell hypothesis (1962) on the nature of seasonal anomaly of F2 layer it is possible to explain the longitudinal anomaly of the noon ionization of this layer. The geographic coordinates of magnetically conjugate points in the Northern and Southern Hemispheres, determined the magnetic factor M. which determines the magnetic control of F2 ionization, was calculated on a Ural-2 electronic computer. With the value of M determined for the worldwide network of 129 vertical sounding stations including 14 stations in the North, the variation of the coefficient, M, with longitude, latitude, and season can be shown to explain qualitatively the peculiarities in the geographic distribution of the noon ionization of F2 layer. DLC. 93999 BESPROZVANNAL4, A.S. K voprosu o geograficheskom polozhenii zony anomal'nogo pogloshchenitå v severnom polusharii. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1966. v. 280, p. 67-75, table, graph, maps) 22 refs. In Russian. Title fr.: Geographic position of the anomalous absorption zone in Northern Hemisphere. Studies radio wave absorption of the polar cap and auroral zone types (Polar absorption II and III) in the ionosphere using vertical sounding data, recorded during IGY at 16 stations, including 13 stations in the North. As the nature and morphological characteristics of absorptions II and III are essentially different, it is possible from the data of minimum usable frequency values to establish that the main zone of polar radio absorption calculated by A.N. Kazantsev (1956) corresponds to the E.H. Vestine (1944) zone of maximum frequency of auroral display, and closely corresponds to the actual absorption zone obtained from the ionospheric data, shifting 3° south during the years of high solar activity. DLC. 94000 BESPROZVANNAIA, A.S. On the nature of the anomalous nocturnal ionization of the F2 layer in high latitudes.

(In: Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskii n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1968. v. 241, no. 4, p. 16-24, graphs, table, illus) 16 refs. English translation of No. 70185. CaMAI, DLC. 94001 BESPROZVANNAIA, A.S. and others. Rezul'taty geofizicheskikh issledovanii v vysokikh shirotakh. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1967, no. 27, p. 134-51, graphs) 69 refs. In Russian. Other authors: G.N. Gorbushina, V.M. Driafskil, L.N. Zhigalov and A.I. 01'. Tide tr.: Results of geophysical investigations in high latitudes. Summary is presented of work of the Arctic and Antarctic Institute Leningrad scientists utilizing data of the IGY and IQSY. Polar phenomena of auroras, geomagnetic activity, auroral absorption, sporadic layer phenomena, and electron fluxes data are analyzed and correlated in the Arctic and Antarctic. An attempt is made to describe the mechanism of the generation of irregular geophysical phenomena in the auroral zones, and polar cap regions, on the basis of the present model of the earth's magnetosphere; a meridional profile of the magnetosphere is given. DLC. BESSMERTNAIA, M.S., see 99818 94002 BETEKHTINA, O.A. Assorsiatsii lagunnykh i presnovodnykh peletsipod iz verkhnepaleozoiskikh uglenosnykh otlozhenii Sibiri. (In: Stratigrafltä paleozoih srednei Sibiri... 1967. p. 233-40, table, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Associations of lagoon and freshwater pelecypods from the Upper Paleozoic deposits of Siberia. Presents the stratigraphic distribution and correlation of Upper Paleozoic lagoon and freshwater pelecypod assemblages in the Kuznetskiy, Gorlovskiy and Minusinskiy basins, the Siberian platform and western Taymyr. DLC. 94003 BETEKHTINA, O.A. and others. Sopostavlenie karbona i permi Verkhoiania, Taimyra i Kuzbassa. (In: Stratigrafii3 paleozoih srednei Sibiri... 1967. p. 244-48, table) Refs. In Russian. Other authors. O.I. Bogush and O.V. IUferev. Title tr.: Correlation of the Carboniferous and Permian of Verkhoyansk, Taymyr and Kuzbass. Presents a correlation of Carboniferous and Permian deposits of these widely separated regions based on analyses of foraminifer, pelecypod, ammonite, brachiopod and other fauna and flora. Development and sedimentation conditions of the areas are briefly characterized. DLC.

94004 BETEKHTINA, O.A. Verkhnepaleozoiskie nemorskie pelei ipody (dvustvorki) Sibiri i Vostochnogo Kazakhstana. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 220 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. In Russian. Tide tr.: Upper Paleozoic non-marine pelecypods (bivalves) of Siberia and eastern Kazakhstan. Presents systematic description of bivalve molluscs of, among other regions, the Taymyr Peninsula, Kureyka, Nizhnyaya Tunguska and Podkamennaya Tunguska River basins. Methods of investigation and geologic review of the deposits are given. 18 genera (four new) and 60 species (40 new) of the Anthracosidae, Modiolopsidae, Myalidae, Mytilidae and Unionidae are described. DLC. 94005 BETLUZHSKIKH, V.G. and others. Stratigrafiia arkheiä ralona verkhnego techeniib r. Timpton. (In: Akademill rauk SSSR. IAkutsktf filial. Inst. geologii. Geologiib i petrologirä dokembriia Aldanskogo shchita... 1966. p. 26-33, map, tables) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.A. Kudnävfsev and N.A. Sokolov. Title tr.: Archean stratigraphy of the upper Timpton River region. Describes the stratigraphy of the upper Timpton or Kuril'tin-Gonam complex about 15,000-17,000 m thick. The Kabatin and Zvereva series are distinguished and divided into smaller stratigraphic units. Comparison is made with the Aldan and Stanovoy complexes. The age of the Kuril'tin-Gonam is not yet clearly established. DLC. 94006 BEVZIÜK, V.M. 0 plotnosti i prochnosti miagkikh glin Karelii i Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Izvestitä vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenn. Geologiiä i razvedka 1967, no. 3, p. 103-106, graphs, illus) 8 refs. In Russian. Title fr.: Density and strength of the soft clays of Karelia and Kola Peninsula. Reports a study of clays along the Leningrad-Murmansk railroad and elsewhere. Changes of the natural moisture of clays were investigated and the results are graphed. Clay strength increases with depth. A connection is found to exist between the natural moisture of the ground and the content of clayey particles. Natural moisture of clays depends upon their density. DLC. 94007 BEWERSDORFF, A. and others. Diurnal energy variation of auroral X-rays. (Annales de geophysique 1966. v. 22, no. 1, p. 23-30, graphs, table) Refs. French and Russian summary. Presents diagrams of balloon flights of 7-8, 11-12, 14-15, and 16-17 Sept 1963 at Kiruna demonstrating a remarkable daily variation in the average energy spectrum of auroral X-rays in the range 20-150 Key. The 119

variation is shown to be caused mainly by a similar daily variation of the energy spectrum of the primary auroral electrons. The steepest spectra are observed just after local midnight, indicating that the steepness of the X-ray spectrum is related to the occurrence of rapid fluctuation of intensity. DLC. BEWERSDORFF, A., see also No. 100852 94008 BEZDENEZHNYKH, L.P. and others. K metodike fai ial'nogo izuchenii osadochno-metamorficheskikh tolshch Karelii i Kol'skogo poluostrova. (In: Problemy osadochnoi geologii... 1966. v. 1, p. 253-75, maps, illus) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: T.F. Negrui a and V.Z. Negrui'.sa. Tide tr. Study of sedimentary-metamorphic facies of Karelia and the Kola Peninsula. Studies the lithology of IAtulian formations in Karelia and the hyperborean strata in northern Kola Peninsula. Methods used in field and laboratory are characterized. The sedimentary-metamorphic rocks are described according to layers; micro-, mesa, macroand mega-rhythms are noted. Compilation of lithologic-paleogeographic and paleotectonic maps is discussed. The facies method is considered most suitable. DLC. 94009 BEZNOSIKOV, IA.N. Pechatnoe delo v Komi ASSR na pervom titape kid= turnot revolibliii 1918-1925 gg. (Istorikofilologicheski sbomik 1965. no. 9, p. 17-30, table) Approx. 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Publishing activity in Komi ASSR during the first stage of the cultural revolution 1918-1925. Reviews the state of Zyryan literature and linguistic studies before the Revolution and describes the propagation of printing under the Soviets. The reorganization of the periodical press with the increase of newspapers since 1921, incl such in Zyryan, and the output of the Komi publishing house started in 1920 are dealt with. Educational purposes, ideological and political principles, also circulation, sales, etc. are discussed. DLC. 94010 BEZUGLAIÄ, E.IIJ. Tikhookeanskil stratosfernyl antitsiklon i ego rot' v termicheskom rezhime stratosfery zimor nad Severo-Vostokom SSSR. (Leningrad. Glavnatå geofizicheskaiå observatoritå. Trudy 1967. no. 211, p. 17-22, graphs, maps) 7 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: The Pacific stratospheric anticyclone and its role in the thermal regime of the stratosphere in winter over the Northeast of the USSR. Describes the position and transfer of this Pacific anticyclone based on analyses of daily charts of the 30 mb surface for Oct-Mar 1961-65 for the Nagayevo, Seymchan, Om120

olon and Anadyr stations. The center and trajectory of its transfer is determined. This anticyclone has substantial effects on winter temperature increase in Magadan and Chukotka. DLC. 94011 BGATOV, V.I. and R.G. MATUKHIN. Flrüorit v ordovikskikh i silurilskikh otlozheniiakh Sibirskor platformy. (Litologiia i poleznye iskopaemye 1967, no. 1, p. 111-15, graph) Refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Fluorite in Ordovician and Silurian deposits of the Siberian platform. Reports a find of fluorite on the upper Morkoka, a tributary to the Markha. Ordovician and Silurian deposits are described, as is the occurence of fluorite, its thickness, and microscopic features. It is found in Lower Ordovician and Wenlockian deposits. It was formed in a basin of high salinity and is a regional phenomenon. DLC. 94012 BGATOV, V.I. and others. Fosfatonosnost' verkhnepaleozoTskikh i nizhnemezozoIskikh otlozhenil Severnogo Kharaulakha. (Sovetskaiä geologira 1967, no. 5, p. 45-56, illus) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: E.K. Gerasimov and T.A. Divina. Title tr.: Phosphate occurrences in Upper Paleozoic and Lower Mesozoic deposits in northern Kharaulakh. Outlines a study in 1960-1962 and 1963. Distinguishes 10 sedimentary cycles in the phosphate-bearing rocks. Phosphate nodules and phosphatized organic remains constitute as much as 15% of the rock in the base of the transgressive sequence at the boundary of each cycle. Coarse-grained zones within the main cycles also contain concentrations of phosphate. The deposits are not of economic importance. DLC. 94013 BGATOV, V.I. and R.G. MATUKHIN. Fosfatoproiavlenie v eifel'skikh otlozhenitäkh v doline r. Kurelki. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1966. v. 146, p. 128-32, table) Refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: The occurence of phosphate in Eifelian deposits of the Kureyka River Valley. Describes phosphate mineralization in Devonian deposits. A section of the ore band is described as consisting of siltstone, argillite, marshalite and manganosiderite. Chemical composition of the ore band is presented. The P205 content in some cases goes up to 16-18%. DLC. 94014 BGATOV, V.I. and others. 0 perspektivakh kalienosnosti devonskikh otlozheniT severs SibirskoT platformy. (Geologiia i geofizika 1967, no. 4, p. 44-47, map) 11 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.P. Kazarinov, R.G. Matukhin and V.S. Ne-

sterovskii. Title tr.: Prospects of potassium in Devonian deposits in the north of the Siberian platform. Reports the disclosure of salt-bearing Devonian deposits in the Pyasino Lake region, consisting of halite with bands of dolomitic marl and anhydrite. Analyses of these salts are included. Prospects of potassium and boron salts in the Khatanga and Ust-Yenisey depressions are noted. DLC. 94015 BGATOV, V.I. Strontsü v paleozolskikh otlozheniiakh Sibirskoi platformy. (Sovetskaih geologiiit 1966, no.4, p.122-32, sections) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Strontium in Paleozoic deposits of the Siberian platform. Reports a 1962-63 study of strontium in the Upper Cambrian and Ordovician deposits in the Maymecha River basin, in Ordovician deposits of the Podkamennaya Tunguska and in Silurian deposits of the Kulyumbe. Horizons with a greater strontium content are described. In some it is up to 18.8%. These data indicate widespread strontium mineralization of Upper Cambrian, Ordovician and Silurian deposits. The Siberian platform has good prospects for industrial deposits of DLC. celestine and possibly strontianite. 94016 BGATOV, V.I. Zakonomernosti razmeshcheniih [selestina v paleozoe Sibiri. (Geologii i geofizika 1966, no.4, p.15-25, table, map) 19 refs. In Russian. English Title tr: Patterns of celestine summary. distribution in the Paleozoic of Siberia. Reports lithologic investigations of crosssections of the Paleozoic in the Maymecha, Kureyka, Markha, Chuna, Kulyumbe and other river basins. Cambrian, Ordovician and Silurian deposits were examined and a wide distribution of strontium horizons found. The main mineral of strontium is celestine, in some cases strontianite. Celestine-bearing deposits are confined mainly to dolomitic limestones formed under conditions of increased salinity of the depositional basins. Fluorite and barite are also observed sometimes in paragenesis with celestine. DLC. BGATOV, V.I., see also No. 96655 BGATOVA, G.F., see No. 100856

namics of the occurrence of the white whale in the Kandalaksha Gulf. In Kandalaksha gulf, White Sea, the beluga appears in May, reaches a peak by August, and gradually decreases in numbers to a minimum in December. DLC. 94018 BIANKI, V.V. Letnee razmeshchenie vodoplavaiushchikh ptii na Belom more. (In: Soveshchanie po geografii resursov vodoplavaii shchikh ptits v SSSR... 1965, pt.1, p.52-53) In Russian. Title tr. Summer distribution of water birds near the White Sea. Surveys population in this area 1956-64. Most specimens collected were ducks. Population of the offshore islands was estimated at more than 1.5 thousand. Nest counts of shore birds other than ducks yielded evidence of about 0.5 thousand pairs. The common arctic tern was the most abundant bird. DLC. 94019 BIANKI, V.V. and others. Ob ekologii serol vorony, Corvus cornix L., na ostrovakh i poberezh'e Belogo i Barentseva morel. (Zoologicheskil zhurnal 1967. v.46, no.8, p.1269-70) Ref. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: N.S. Bolko, V.D. Title tr.: Kokhanov and I.P. Tatarinkova. Ecology of the hooded crow, Corvus cornix L. on the islands and shores of the White and Barents Seas. Describes nesting and its locations, brooding, hatching dates, and young on the White Sea and Murman coasts. Attracted by abundance of food some of these birds winter there, occasionally near human settlements. DLC. 94020 BIANKI, V.V. Osen' na Belom more. (Priroda 1966. v.55, no.9, p.127-28, table, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Autumn on the White Sea. Sketches seasonal changes in wildlife and flora. Bird migration starts in Aug with bean geese, loons and sandpipers, cranes and crows in Sept, mass exodus of duck and goose species from early Sept through Oct; swans and sparrows leave in late Oct. The process of birch leaf decay in 1958-62 is tabulated for the White Sea district of Karelia: color change began Sept 11-15, and leaf shedding ended Oct 6-10. DLC.

BIAKINA, V.P., see No. 101118 BIÅLOBZHESKII, S.G., see No. 100677 94017 BIANKI, V.V. Dinamika vstrechaemosti belukh v Kandalakshskom zalive. (In: USSR. Ikhtiologicheskaih komissiia. Morskie mlekopitaiushchie... 1965. p.70-72, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Dy-

94021 BIANKI, V.V. Osenml prolet vodoplavaiushchikh ptits cherez Beloe more. (In: Soveshchanie po geografii resursov vodoplavaiushchikh ptits v SSSR... 1965, pt.1, p.53-55) In Russian. lille Ir.: Autumn flight of water birds across the White Sea. Observation of nesting grounds show that 121

in crowded areas daily flight reached 0.1-5.5 thousand birds/day. DLC. 94022 BIANKI, V.V. and others. Sovremennoe sostoiiinie gnezdovi obyknovennoi gagi na Evropeiskom Severe SSSR. (Problemy Severa 1967, no.11, p.218-23, map) 8 refs. In Russian. Other authors: T.D. Gerasimova and V.N. Karpovich. Title tr. Present state of nesting grounds of the common eider in northern European USSR. English translation available from National Research Council of Canada Library, Ottawa. Presents data on the Somateria mollissima mollissima L. distribution and population in the White and Barents Sea area. The 130-island Preserve in Kandalaksha Bay has about 3000 nests, Onega Bay in 1960,1700; Novaya Zemlya in 1946 had a nesting population of 25,000; Vaygach Island waters 1280, 45% depleted by poachers; the Sem' Ostrovov Preserve 970 nests, etc. Most of the eiders are found on islands or shores of the preserve, in other areas the population is smaller and decreasing. Protection is urgently needed. DLC. 94022A BIAYS, P. Quelques aspects de la geographie des glaces marines dans l'est du Canada. (In: J.N. Malaurie. Nouveau-Quebec. Paris 1964. p.95-136, maps, tables) Refs. In French. Title t.: Some geographic aspects of sea ice in eastern Canada. Describes ice conditions in Hudson Bay and Strait, James and Ungava Bays, along the coast of Labrador and in the Gulf of St Lawrence, and discusses their effect on the development of northern Quebec and Labrador in connection with wheat and ore shipping routes, the native peoples, white settlers and seasonal workers. Data on ice and navigation seasons are summarized in maps and diagrams. CaMAI, DLC. BIBIKOVA, E.V., see No. 100817 94023 BIDET, R. and others. Effet de la temperature sur le degre d'hydratation et la teneur en Na et K de coupes de cortex renal de rat et de hamster. (Archives des sciences physiologiques 1965. v.19, no.3, p.247-57, tables) 23 refs. In French. Other authors.' M.M. Leclerc and C. Kayser. Tide fr.: The effect of temperature on the hydration and Na and K content of renal cortex sections from rat and hamster. Sections of renal cortex of rat and hamster in vivo and in vitro at 37°C and 6°C were tested for hydration and content of Na and K. Hydration was higher in the sleeping hamster than in rat tissue and Na penetrated the incubated tissue of both. At low temperature 122

the cellular K concentration was maintained in the hamster and lowered in the rat. It is concluded that this is a cause/effect relaDNLM. tionship in hibernation. BIDZHIEV, R.A., see No. 98139, 98346, 98347 94024 BIEDERMANN, H. Ethnographische Bemerkungen zum Problem der normannischen Vinlandfahrten. (Anthropologische Gesellschaft in Wien. Mitteilungen 1967. v.96-97, p.109-114, maps) 17 refs. In German. Tide tr.: Ethnographic remarks to the problem of the Norsemen's voyages to Vinland. Supports the veracity of sagas and ancient maps on the basis of new archeological evidence produced by H. Ingstad's excavations at L'Anse au Meadow on Epaves Bay, Newfoundland (No 79568, 79569). An attribution of the site to Dorset Eskimos is rejected and its establishment about 1000 AD as a Norse colony considered indisputable. The appearance of Viking colonies on early maps as islands is attributed to the custom of tracing known lands only and the treatment of the unknown as water. DSI. BIEN, G.L., see No. 96170 94025 BIGELOW, W.G. and others. A report on studies with Marmota monax; I, biochemical and pharmacological investigations of blood and brown fat. (Suomalainen Tiedeakatemia. Toimituksia. Annales. Ser. A. IV: Biologics 1964, no.71, Intl. Symposium... Hibernation 1962. Proceedings no. 71/3, p.37-50, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. Other authors.- A.S. Trimble, E. Schönbaum and L. Kovats. A brief outline of nine years' research designed to reveal a biologically active substance in hibernating mammals. Testing was based on the premise that such a substance would increase the animal's tolerance to low body temperatures in normally non-hibernating animals. Although minimal positive evidence has been obtained, one cannot conclude that such a humoral agent really exists. DLC. BIGELOW, W.G., see also No. 95639 94026 BIIANOV, G.F. Propusk stroitelt nykh raskhodov i perekrytie reki pri vozvedenii Viliuiskoi gidroblektrostantsii. (Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitel'stvo 1966. v.36, no.2, p.1-5, table, illus) In Russian. Title IT.: Engineering the stream flow and spanning the river at the Vilyuy hydroelectric station construction site. Air temperatures in the region range from

+ 3? to -61°C. Precipitation in the 141 thousand m2 dam catchment area hardly exceeds 350 mm/yr. River discharge is irregular: about 84% in the spring, 14% in summer, and only 2% through the winter. Freeze-up usually begins in mid-Oct, and the ice cover becomes 1.5-1.8 m thick during the winter. Building of the dam and construction trench is described in some detail. The spring breakup was initiated by blasting a channel 1,600 m long and 50 m wide in the ice cover above the dam. The ice cracked across the entire width of the river, and was gradually drawn by the current into a narrow channel to be discharged through the construction trench. The river was spanned on 31 Oct 1964, and the power plant units began to be transported to the left bank. DLC. 94027 BIKKENINA, D.A. 0 nekotorykh rezul'tatakh izuchenhå organicheskogo veshchestva porod i bitumov Kuonamskoi svity wzhnogo sklona Anabarskoi anteklizy. (In: Leningrad. Vses. neftifinoT n: issl. geologorazvedochnyi inst. Trudy 1966. no.249, p.264-79, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Organic matter and bitumen of the Kuonamka series in the southern slope of the Anabar anteclise. Reports a geochemical investigation of Middle Cambrian deposits, collected in the Olenek River valley. The Kuonamka series is enriched with organic matter, but the chloroformic bitumen content is slight, and humic acids are absent. The composition of hydrocarbons is also analyzed. The bitumen is of syngenetic origin. DLC. 94028 BILELLO, M.A. and others. Prediction of ice formation on Knob and Maryjo Lakes, Schefferville, Canada. (In: McGill Univ. Sub-Arctic Research Lab... Research paper no.2l, 1966. p.213-25, graphs, tables) Refs. Other authors: W.P. Adams and J.B. Shaw. Explains a method developed by the first author for predicting the dates of ice formation and permanent freeze-over of freshwater bodies from daily air temperatures. Its applicability to Knob and Maryjo Lakes is discussed and ice forecast curves for 1965 illus. Considering the unusually early onset of freezing temperatures in Oct 1965, the predictions were extremely good. (See also No. 85623 for explanation of method.) CaMAI. 94029 Relationships BILELLO, M.A. between climate and regional variations in snow-cover density in North America. Or Intl. Conf. on Low Temp. Science; Physics of snow and ice... 1967, v.1, pt. 2, p.1015-28, maps, tables, illus) 26 refs.

Analyzes snow-cover and climatic data for 27 stations in Alaska, the Canadian Arctic Islands, Labrador, Greenland and northern US. Four categories of snow density are recognized, viz: 0.20-0.23 g/cm3 for inland stations with light winds, 0.24-0.27 g/cm3 for stations with moderate winds, 0.28-0.30 g/cm3 for inland and coastal stations with stronger winds, and 0.32-0.36 g/cm3 for cold and windy Arctic stations. Presents a nomograph, with average winter air temperature and wind speed as independent variables, with which to estimate the average snowcover density for any location in the arctic, subarctic and north temperate zones, and an average snow-density map of N America. DGS. 94030 BILELLO, M.A. Survey of arctic and subarctic temperature inversions. Hanover, N.H. 1966. 35 p. graphs, maps, tables. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Technical report no.161) Refs. Presents a statistical analysis of available data on arctic and subarctic temperature inversions. The stations examined comprise four in Alaska (Barrow, Nome, Fairbanks, Yakutat), six in Canada (Alert, Clyde River, Coral Harbour, Churchill, Mould Bay and Coppermine), and one in Greenland (Thule). In each case frequency, base height, thickness, base temperature and temp gradient are examined. Seasonal and regional variations are discussed. Certain aspects of inversions on the inland ice of Greenland are briefly considered in an appendix. DWB. 94031 BILTON, H.T. and S.A.M. LUDWIG. Times of annulus formation on scales of sockeye, pink, and chum salmon in the Gulf of Alaska. (Canada. Fisheries Research Board. Journal 1966. v.23, no.9, p.1403-1410, map, tables, illus) Refs. Study shows that annulus formation in this area begins between early Nov and Jan. Many sockeyes and pinks complete during Dec or Jan but chum salmon complete theirs in Feb or Mar. Young sockeye and chum commence new growth earlier. DLC. 94032 BINNS, R.E. Drift pumice on postglacial raised shorelines of northern Europe. Tromsø, Universitetsforlaget 1967. 64p. maps, tables. (Acta borealia. A. Scientia, no.24) 141 refs. Norwegian summary. Coastal drift pumice occurs on the coasts of Greenland, Norway, Jan Mayen, Svalbard, and also in northwestern USSR in various quantities and modes of occurrence. Distribution of the deposits suggests the Gulf Stream as the transporting agent. Attempts to determine the source of the drift pumice by 123

comparing chemical data of the pumice and of volcanic rocks in possible source areas of eruption have been negative, mainly because of scarcity of data. Iceland is the most likely source on coasts of Scandinavia, Greenland, Svalbard and the USSR, however, an Aleutian source cannot be wholly excluded. DGS. 94033 BIÖRNSTAD, M. Riksantikvarietimbetets norrlandsundersökningar; 1, publiceringen. (Fornvännen 1966. v.61, no.2, p.65-72) In Swedish. English summary. Title tr.: The Royal Antiquarian Office's Norrland investigations; 1, publishing. Discusses broad outlines, goals, problems, and organization of archeological investigations in northern Sweden. Concerted work began in the early 1940s in connection with power-station and lake-regulation projects. It has thrown new light on the ancient culture of the region, but the material has been insufficiently studied and only few of the findings have been published. Other papers in this series are by E. Bandon and E. Ahman, qqv. DLC. 94034 BIÖRNSTAD, M. Riksantikvarieämbetets norrlandsundersökningar; 3, Stenarkivets uppläggning. (Fornvännen 1967. v.62, no.1, p.1-7, map) In Swedish. English summary. Title tr.: The Royal Antiquarian Office's Norrland investigations; 3, The Stone archive plan. Discusses problems of correlating of Stone Age sites in region where there is great variety in the local materials used. In general, museum collections contain easily recognized types of stone tools, weapons, and ornaments. In detailed site investigations few completed pieces are found. In large-area investigations, such as all or northern Sweden, a wide range of rock types may be encountered and more precise descriptions are needed. The major rock classes need mineral differentiation, and the choice of rocks should be evaluated with respect to types available to the Fite. The archive should eventually comprise material from all northern Sweden. DLC. 94034A BIRD, J.B. The physiography of arctic Canada, with special reference to the area south of Parry Channel. Baltimore, Johns Hopkins Press 1967. xix, 336 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. > 700 refs. Results of 1948-58 field work in the southern Arctic, i.e. treeline to Parry Channel, literature search and air photograph analysis of the landforms and terrain are assembled here, offering a sounder base for air photograph interpretation. The geologic setting, regional climatic conditions, glaciers, permafrost, soils and vegetation are briefly described as a background for extensive 124

discussions of the geomorphic history, present-day processes and descriptions of special landscapes; limestone regions, arctic terrain, arctic coasts. The section on geomorphic history (p 59-154) deals in turn with major surfaces, Pleistocene glaciations, marine transgressions and proglacial lakes and their influence on arctic landscapes. The section on geomorphic processes (p 157-253) describes weathering and minor forms developed by it, mass movement, patterned ground, the role of river, lake, sea and glacier ice, snow, rivers and wind, and the development of arctic slopes. Charted, mapped and tabulated data, illustrations and explanations of terms are especially useful. DLC. 94034B BIRD, P.M. Radionuclides in food. (Canadian Medical Association. Journal 1966. v.94, no.12, p.590-97, tables, illus) 10 refs. French summary. Reviews the factors which led to the development of a fallout monitoring program, and summarizes data collected 1960-64. The high levels of Cs137 connected with the unique lichen-reindeer (caribou)-human food chain in the Canadian North is briefly discussed. DNLM. 94034C BIRIÜKOV, I.A. Materialy k kharakteristike fizicheskogo razvititii novorozhdennykh narodnosti mansi. (Meditsinskaia geografiiä 1965. no.1, p.32-36, tables) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Materials on the physical development of Vogul neonates. Presents tabulated data on 451 infants born, 1959-64, in the Khanty-Mansi National District, Tyumen Province. Vogul infants were 1.3-2.3 cm shorter than the Russian. Weight of Vogul newborn boys was lower, that of girls higher than data recorded by M.V. Gabova (cf No 95416) in 1954 in the Chukchi National District and by A.G. Suvorov (cf No 97937) in the Nenets National District in 1958. DLC. 94035 BIRITJKOV, I.A. and IÜ.N. SEMOVSKIKH. Razvitie zdravookhraneniia v Khanty-Mansiilskom i IAmalo-Nenetskom natsional'nykh okrugakh Tiumenskoi oblasti. (Meditsinskai`a geografi►a 1965. no.1, p.24-31, table) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Progress in health control in the KhantyMansi and Yamal-Nenets National Districts of Tyumen Province. Presents selected statistical data on public health, 1900-65. In 1959, the Khanty-Mansi District had a population of 123,900: 9.2% Ostyaks, 4.6% Voguls, 0.7% Nenets Samoyeds; the Yamal-Nenets District 62,300 inhabitants; 8.9% Ostyaks, 22.4% Nenets and 2% Sel'kup Samoyeds. The ratio of physician

per 10,000 population, in 1963, was 8 and 21, respectively; hospital beds per 1000 pop: 8.7 and 13.6. The number of physicians in the Khanty-Mansi District increased, 1931-65, from 18 to 140; in the Yamal-Nenets District from 3 to 153. Assistant medical personnel rose from 114 to 1230 and from 19 to 687, respectively. In 1940, 53 aborigines were on the medical staffs of both districts. In 1965, 93 Ostyaks, Voguls, and Samoyeds were studying at the Omsk Medical School which, since 1957, also operates a secondary school with boarding facilities for aborigines. Two schools in Salekhard and Khanty-Mansiysk train obstetricians and medical assistants. Epidemiological and hygienic control has lowered morbidity and child mortality. Diphtheria, malaria, and trachoma have been virtually eradicated, while TB and tapeworm infection are still comparatively frequent. DLC. BIRKELUND, T., see No. 94754 94036 BIRKENGOF, A.L. K voprosu o drevnel "Novgorodskol kolonii" na Aliaske. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Izvestiih 1967. v.99, no.4, p.301-307, illus) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Concerning the ancient Novgorod colony in Alaska. Discusses oral lore of Siberian settlers, written records of the 18th century, and contemporary studies. Russian settlement of Alaska in the 16th c is refuted, also the existence of a bona fide Novgorod colony. However, Siberian colonists of Novgorod ancestry are supposed to have settled in Alaska in the mid-17th c. The author considers it likely that the earliest Russian colony was established by shipwrecked sailors of Fedot A. Potapov's party, members of Semen Dezhnev's expedition of 1648. Tradition holds that one of the lost ships foundered off Alaska. Like many of the crew, these sailors were probably recruited in the Indigirka region, settled at that time by descendants of Novgorod colonists. DLC. 94037 BIRKENMAJER, K. Course of the geological investigations of the Hornsund area, Vestspitsbergen, in 1959 and 1960. (Studia geologica Polonica 1964. v.11, p.7-33, illus) Approx. 60 refs. Polish summary. Describes the program, localities and type of fieldwork of the Polish Spitsbergen Expedition in the 1959 and 1960 summer seasons, incl visit of a party from the 21st International Geological Congress. The geological investigations are outlined: petrologic studies of the Hecla Hoek succession and geologic mapping of it, study of the Devonian-Cretaceous sequence of rocks north of Hornsund and fauna obtained, ore-bearing

veins, tectonic interpretation of the area, Quaternary deposits. DGS. 94038 BIRKENMAJER, K. Devonian, Carboniferous and Permian formations of Hornsund, Vestspitsbergen. (Studia geologica Polonica 1964. v.11, p.47-123, tables, maps, sections, illus) Approx. 55 refs. Polish summary. Discusses the stratigraphy from 1958 and 1960 field observations and preliminary results of faunal and microspore analyses. A correlation of the Hornsund sequence is made with those of other parts of Spitsbergen. Some sedimentological, paleogeographic and tectonic aspects of the late Paleozoic are DGS. outlined. 94039 BIRKENMAJER, K. and J. WOJCIECHOWSKI. On the age of ore-bearing veins of the Hornsund area, Vestspitsbergen. (Studia geologica Polonica 1964. v.11, 13 refs. Polish summary. p.179-84, table) Describes ore-bearing quartz, quartz-ankerite and ankerite veins investigated during the 1957-1960 Polish Spitsbergen Expeditions. They contain pyrite, chalcopyrite, pyrrhotite, galenite and sphalerite, sometimes also magnetite and hematite, as well as secondary minerals such as limonite, cuprite, malachite and azurite. The veins cross rocks of the Precambrian-Lower Ordovician Hecla Hoek succession. Their age is suggested as pre-Devonian and post-Hecla Hoek. DGS. 94040 BIRKENMAJER, K. Quaternary geology of Treskelen, Hornsund, Vestspitsbergen. (Studia geologica Polonica 1964. v.11, p.185-95, tables, maps, sections, illus) 9 refs. Polish summary. Presents a geologic map at 1:10,000 scale of the Quaternary deposits of TreskelenTreskelodden Peninsula, as compiled by the author during the Polish Spitsbergen Expedition of 1958. Explanation of the map is given and bedrocks, raised marine features, moraines, etc are briefly characterized. The Heintz scheme of deglaciation of the peninsula (No 29594) over the past 50 yr is DGS. supplemented and modified. 94041 BIRKET-SMITH, K. The circumpacific distribution of knot records. (Folk 1966/67. v.8-9, p.15-24, maps) Over 100 refs. Deals with this record-keeping device used by a large number of aboriginal tribes on both sides of the Pacific Ocean, incl the Kutchin and Tanaina Indians and the Norton Sound Eskimos. An historical connection between them remains a moot question, though a bilateral diffusion from neolithic age China DSI. seems probable.

125

94042 BIRKET-SMITH, K. Nye fremskridt inden for Eskimoforskningen. (Nationalmuseets arbejdsmark 1950, p.81-100, In Danish. Title tr.: map, table, illus) Recent progress in Eskimo Research. Discusses and tabulates the apparent connections between cultures on the Pacific Coast, Bering Strait, northern Alaska, arctic Canada, and Greenland during the past 1500 yr. Across the north of the continent most dwelling sites appear to have been beyond the northern limits of present Eskimo occupance. Important expeditions of the early 20th century are discussed. Artifacts from several cultures are illustrated and compared. The cultures are typified as whale-hunting, sealDLC. hunting and inland. 94043 BIRKET-SMITH, K. Studies in circumpacific culture relations; 1, potlatch and feasts of merit. KØbenhavn, Munksgaard 1967. 98 p. table. Refs. (Danske videnskabernes selskab. Historisk-filosofiske meddelelser. v.42, no.3) Summarizes information on the social background and institutions of North American Northwest Coast aborigines, and makes comparison with traditions of Paleo-Asiatics and Malayo-Melanesians. Birth, prowess, and wealth rights and display led to the gift practice now known as potlatch in the area from Point Barrow to Oregon, and from the coast to the Alaskan interior and the British Columbia plateau. In its original form potlatch is believed to have been a feast of merit, a function which took place when a crisis or important event had occurred in the life of an individual of the upper stratum of the local DLC. society. 94044 BIRKHOLZ, N.J. Dissolved organics in interior Alaska ground waters. (Alaska. Univ. Inst. of water resources. Annual report 1966. p.7-18, graphs) 3 refs. Indicates progress made on a project to identify trace organic compounds and later to determine their amounts and distribution in the waters of Alaska. Samples were mainly deep well waters in permafrost areas. Techniques, rather than results, are here deCaMAI. scribed.

coho salmon Oncorhynchus lcisutsch at five yr intervals 1925-60. Its periodicity is discussed. The herring catch is also compared with that of the pink salmon O. gorbuscha. Possible negative effects of the quantity of herring on the quantity of salmon is considered. DLC. 94046 BIRMAN, I.B. Zakonomernosti raspredeleniii tikhookeanskikh lososer v more i vliiinie faktorov sredy na ikh chislennost'. (In: Soveshchanie po voprosam lososevogo khoz►arstva Dal'nego Vostoka, 3rd. Petropavlovsk Kamchatskiy, 1960... pub. 1964. Refs. In p.17-35, graphs, maps, tables) Russian. Title tr.: Distribution relationships of the Pacific salmon in the sea and the influence of environmental factors on their numbers. Studies population, incl migration patterns of this salmon in northwest Pacific waters off Kamchatka and Sakhalin, based on information from tagging operations and previous literature. Basic features of salmon distribution in the North Pacific, relative distribution of the commercially more important strains between the Bering Strait and Kamchatka, changes in the population of formerly good fishing grounds and the location of new ones based on survey data are discussed. Fish sizes at various stages of their life cycle, explanations of population shifts and the effects of predators on salmon resources are also considered. Special emphasis was placed on fish nutrition and the biology and environment of the red salmon. DLC. BIRNSTINGL, M., see No. 96483 94047 BISHOP, D.M. and M.E. STEVENS. Landslides on logged areas in southeast Alaska. Juneau 1964. 18 p. map, tables, illus. (US. Northern Forest Experiment Station. US. Forest Service research paper NOR-1) 18 refs. Recent large-scale clearcut logging of timber in Maybeso Creek valley and Neets Bay-Gedney Pass area, near Ketchikan, has resulted in an increase of debris avalanches and flows on steep slopes during heavy rainfall. The characteristics and possible mechanism of these landslides are disDLC. cussed.

BIRKIS, A.P., see No 93576 94045 BIRMAN, I.B. 0 kolebaniiåkh chislennosti sel'di i lososer v vodakh zapadnogo poberezhia Kamchatki. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1967, no.5, p.110-16, graphs) Refs. In Russian. Title era Changes in the amount of herring and salmon in the waters off the west Kamchatka coast. Compares the variation in catch of GizhigaKamchatka herring and West Kamchatka 126

94047A BISKE, G.S. Marginal'nye for(In: my poslednego lednika v Karelii. Rabochee soveshchanie po... obrazovanii materikovogo l'da, Tallim, 5-6 üumå 1961. p.27-28) In Russian. Title Ir.: Marginal forms of the last glacier in Karelia. Notes that there are no forms in Karelia which can be correlated with frontal moraines of Salpausselka in Finland. Glacial accumulative forms, masses of fossil ice, and

unconsolidated glacial deposits dispersed on Precambrian crystalline basement are summarized. DLC. BISKE, S.F., see No. 93786

94048 BITERMAN, I.M. and E.R. GORSHKOVA. Proiavleniia rifelskogo osnovnogo magmatizma na severo-vostoke Sibirskol platformy. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.168, no.1, p.165-67, table) 3 refs. In Russian. Title IL: A manifestation of Riphean basic magmatism in the north-astern Siberian platform. Describes two intrusions in the Olenek River basin consisting of diabases. Their main rock-making minerals are plagioclase, pyroxene and ilmente. The chemical composition of the diabases is given. The age of the intrusions is on the boundary between the Middle and Upper Riphean or about DLC. 1100± 100 MY.

94049 BITERMAN, I.M. and M.G. OVANDER. Srednepaleozolskie kory vyvetrivanfil na severo-vostoke Sibirskol plat(Sovetskaia geologiI 1967, no.5, formy. p.57-66, graphs, map, illus, table) Refs. In Russian. Title fr.: Middle Paleozoic weathered crust in the northeastern Siberian platform. Describes crust weathering in the LenaOlenek interfluve especially in the Molodo and Kyutingde River basins. Several sections of weathering are described noting the composing rocks, thickness, products and other features. The weathered products consist mostly of montmorillonite, kaolinite and alunite. Conditions of weathering are deDLC. scribed.

94050 BIULLETEN' VULKANOLOCICFIESKIKIY STANTSIZ Vtoroe Vsesoiuznoe vulkanologicheskoe soveshchanie. In Russian. (Its: no.39, 1965, p.69-74) Title tr. The Second All-UnionVolcanologic Conference. Describes the conference held 3-17 Sept 1964 at Petropavlovsk. Topics discussed included the deep structure in areas of recent volcanism according to geophysical data, present volcanism and its geologic results, postmagmatic processes and geotherms of volcanic provinces, volcanic formations, volcanism and tectonics, and metal-bearing properties of volcanic rocks. Papers delivered are listed, and conclusions of the conference DLC. stated. BJERKNES, J. Atmospheric te94051 leconnections responding to equatorial ano(In: Symmalies of ocean temperature. posium on the arctic heat budget and

atmospheric circulation. Proceedings... 1966. p.473-96, graphs, maps, illus) Refs. Considers the possible influence upon the Arctic climate of low latitude anomalies in atmospheric and oceanic circulation, "El Nino" conditions of 1941-42 and 1957-58 in particular. It is shown that the earth quadrant affected by El Nino warming at the equator develops strong westerlies over the northeastern Pacific and a deep low in the Gulf of Alaska. This weakens the Island Low and the easterlies to the north of it, leaving the central Arctic under the influence of the DLC. anticyclone north of Alaska. BJORDAL, J., see No. 99497, 100756

94052 BJØRKE, H. and others.

Tokt med F/F "Johan Hjort" til varsildfeltene utenfor We i tiden 7.-17. mars 1967. (Fiskets gang 1967. v.53, no.20, p.325-27, graph, map) In Norwegian. Other authors. O. Dragesund and O. Nakken. Title tr: Cruise of the research vessel Johan Hjort to the spring herring area beyond M4re 7-17 March 1967. Reports research on amounts of eggs, fertility, development, and spawning localities off the northwest coast of Norway. Daily studies were made of water conditions, temperature, salinity, plankton, and light. Underwater photography was employed and bottom collections were made. The eggs were found localized and generally not in the area where mature fish were being caught. DI.

94053 BJÖRKHEM, K.E.

Problemställningar inom en västsvensk glesbygd. (Svensk lantmäteritidskrift 1964. v.56, no.1, Title tr.: p.45-53, tables ) In Swedish. Problems within a thinly settled district in central Sweden. Reports appraisal of a commune that has one part mainly in agriculture, two in agriculture and forestry, and the fourth almost entirely in forest. The first, a flatland, should remain in agriculture, with the holdings consolidated into farms of 50 hectares or larger. The second and third, with mixed industry, should become forest and provide more income; the fourth can become more rationally managed. There are several forestoriented industries whose consumption equals the annual forest increment. Population decreases are found in the mixed areas and the increase is near industrial sites. With more scientific management, forest cultivation would absorb the population idled by land redistribution. Many owners of small holdings are elderly or absentee owners, hence redistribution can be expected to take place without great sacrifice of interests. Inventory studies should be made of land and forest

127

preliminary to planning the readjustments and increase in productivity, from which employment and family income can be exDLC. pected. 94054 BJØRLYKKE, H. De alluviale gullforekomster i indre Finnmark. Oslo, Universitetsforlaget 1966. 66p. maps, table, illus. (Norway. Geologiske undersøkelse. Skrifter no.236) 29 refs. In Norwegian. English summary. Title h.: The alluvial gold deposits in interior Finnmark. Describes the finds in northern Fennoscandia where gold has been produced on a small scale. These occurrences are classified as preglacial accumulations undisturbed by ice erosion during the ice age, preglacial accumulations disturbed and redeposited in moraines and fluvioglacial deposits, and accumulations in postglacial river beds, chiefly washed out from moraines. Some goldbearing sand and gravel appear related to the surrounding solid rock; others containing precious and semiprecious minerals appear characterized by long transport. No gold has been found in native rock, but it may have come from sandstone which may have previously covered the area. Value of washing gold on large scale is weighed against probable resulting damage to pine forest and DGS. salmon fishing. 94055 BLACHUT, T.J. and F. MÜLLER. Some fundamental considerations on glacier mapping. (Canadian journal of earth sciences 1966. v.3, no.6, p.747-59, maps, tables, illus) 24 refs. Discusses the accuracy, choice of scale and contour interval, delineation of various glacier units, and extent of detail plotting required to serve glaciological purposes, primarily calculations of mass change. The 1:10,000 map of the entire White Glacier on Axel Heiberg Island accompanies the paper as an exDGS. ample. 94056 BLACK, R.F. and W.S. LAUGHLIN. Anangula: a geologic interpretation of the oldest archeologic site in the Aleutians. (Science 1964. v.143. no.3612, p.1321-22, table, illus) 13 refs. In sequence to No 35809. Discusses the dating of an archeological site on the west coast of Anangula or Ananiuliak Island. The island, once part of the Bering Land Bridge, formed the west end of the Alaska Peninsula till 12-13,000 yr ago. The cultural horizon overlies ash deposits, estimated at 17-20,000 yr old. Contamination of the charcoal specimens by living rootlets renders their C-14 dating of approx 8000 BP unreliable. An age closer to 12,000 BP is considered likely. Geological stratification of 128

the site, erosion, effects of deglaciation and climatic changes on oxidation in the ashes, etc are taken into consideration. Artifacts, particularly angle burins, burin spalls, and core tablets show definite Asiatic affinities. Rise in sea level and coast erosion destroyed most sites of this probably sea-oriented culture. Only coasts protected from rapid erosion might have preserved traces of this early migration era; such sites should be in DLC. the eastern Aleutian Islands. 94657 BLACK, R.F. Late Pleistocene to recent history of Bering Sea - Alaska coast and man. (In: Laughlin, W.S. and W.G. Reeder. Studies in Aleutian-Kodiak prehistory... Arctic anthropology 1966. v.3, no.2, p.7-22, maps, tables) Approx 70 refs. Outlines the geologic history of the region: depression and rise of the Bering platform, changes in shore lines and sea levels, climatic fluctuations, glacial advances and retreats, volcanic activity, etc. Conditions during the Late Pleistocene presented no prohibitive impediments to man's penetration from SiDS I. beria to Alaska. BLACK, R.F., see also No. 94443 94058 BLACKADAR, R.G. Geology of Mingo Lake - Macdonald Island map-area, Baffin Island, District of Franklin. Ottawa 1967. 54 p. tables, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Memoir 345) Map 11S5A, scale 1:253,440. 18 refs. Describes, with accompanying map in color, the geology of a 3000 mil area of southern Baffin Island and adjoining offshore islands. A K-Ar age determination (1700 MY) indicates an early Proterozoic age for the metamorphism, the rocks resembling those of Grenville Province. The petrologic characteristics of the various rocks are tabulated and described in detail. Abundant mate bands and inclusions occur, while boudins and lenses of hornblende-pyroxene rock are widespread. A number of complex åome and basin structures are mapped, illus and discussed. A sedimentary origin for most of the presently metamorphosed rocks is postulated. A series of diabase dikes and some features of glacial geology are briefly described. The process of metamorphism is considered in a special chapter and the author concludes that all deformation took place when the rocks were in a plastic state. An iron-rich mineralized zone occurs in the area, but does not appear to be of economic value. The soapstone deposits are, however, of very great value to the Eskimo craft industry in Baffin Island. Several presently worked deposits of these are described and illus. CaMAI, DGS.

94059 BLACKADAR, R.G. Kodlunarn Island and Frobisher's "gold". (Arctic circular 1965-66 pub. 1967. v.17, no.1, p.1-12, table) Reports visit to this island from which Martin Frobisher obtained supposed gold in 1576-77, and gives a résumé of Frobisher's expeditions. The dubious role played by the Italian alchemist J. B. Agnello is considered, and the author shows that those duped into investing large sums in the venture included the Queen, the Lord High Treasurer, the Lord High Admiral, the Lord Chancellor, the Queen's Secretary and the famous lawyer Sir Julius Caesar. A table shows the quantities of ore carried by 14 ships from six localities. The "gold" is considered to have been amphibolite at Kodlunarn Island and pyrite at other CaMAI. sites. 94060 BLACKADAR, R.G. Precambrian geology of Boothia Peninsula, Somerset Island, and Prince of Wales Island, District of Franklin. Ottawa 1967. 62 p. maps, tables, graph, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Bulletin no.151) 22 refs. One of the final reports of a 1962 reconnaissance geological survey, this paper deals with the Precambian geology of the Boothia Peninsula and western Somerset Island region, dominated by the Boothia Arch and composed of igneous and metamorphic rocks with K-Ar ages ranging from 1635 to 1660 MY. All pre-Paleozoic rocks are cut by gabbro dikes and sills. The petrologic structure, lithology, and mineral and chemical composition are described and accompanied by tabulated data. It is considered that many of the gneisses, even the most granitic looking, are metamorphosed sedimentary and volcanic rocks. Partial melting and injection of the mobile fraction into less plastic material occurred under high temperature and pressure and was followed by potash metasomatism. CaMAI, DGS. 94061 BLACKARD, W.G. and others. Insulin secretion in hypothermic dogs. (American journal of physiology 1967. v.212, no.5, p.1185-87, tables, graphs) 19 refs. Other authors: N.C. Nelson and J.A. Labat. Plasma insulin concentrations, determined by the glucose tolerance test, were considerably lower in hypothermic (25-29°C) than in control animals. It is indicated that lowered pancreatic insulin secretion is a factor in the altered carbohydrate metabolism of hypothermia. DLC. 94062 BLACKMER, R.H., Jr. and S.M. SEREBRENY. The relationship between maritime precipitation, radar enchoes and cloud cover viewed by satellites in polar

orbits, v.l. Menlo Park, Calif. 1967. 87 p. (Stanford Research Institute. Final report covering period Jan 1965-Dec 1966. Contract N62306-1642, Cwb-11091, SRI proj. 5412 and 5562) Analysis of concurrent radar data and TIROS IX cloud photographs were made to develop techniques for determining areas of precipitation and severe weather within a given satellite observed cloud situation. During the period studied, 14 Feb-15 June 1965, there were a number of occasions when frontal bands or cyclone centers were within range of one or more of the ten radar sites at the time of satellite passage. Examples of the precipitation distribution associated with various synoptic patterns are presented with discussions of pertinent features of the attendant cloud cover. From these examples a model of the probable distribution of precipitation within and around a typical maritime cyclone was constructed. Situations in which there is widespread cloud cover but little or no precipitation are also discussed. DLC. BLAGIKH, B.M., see No. 99904 94063 BLAGOVESHCHENSKII, D.I. Novye formy vshei (Siphunculata), parazitiruntshchikh na lastonogikh i zå üakh. (Entomologicheskoe obozrenie 1966. v.45, no.4, p.805-813, illus) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: New forms of lice (Siphunculata), parasites on pinnipeds and hares. Describes a subspecies and new species parasitizing on two arctic seals and a new species from the snow hare. Their eggs are DLC. also described. BLAGUL'KINA, V.A., see No 99703 Pre94064 BLAKE, J.B. and others cipitation of 400-key electrons in the auroral zone. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.21, p.5129-34, illus) Refs. Other authors: S.C. Freden and G.A. Paulikas. Reports the measurements of precipitating electrons with energy over 400 Key, made with a solid-state detector 25 Feb - 10 Mar 1965, aboard a near-polar satellite at 170-220 km alt. Auroral-zone data were taken in two longitude intervals 170°-225°E and 278°-300° E called respectively the Alaska and Boston intervals, and in latitudes 58.2°-61.1°N. During every auroral-zone pass, a flux of electrons of > 400 Key was observed as ranging 103-105 electrons/cm2 sec, though at other latitudes the max flux observed was < 150 electrons/cm2 sec. DLC. 129

94065 BLAKE, K.W. and N.H. KNUDTZON. Comparison of propagation predictions and measured performance for two paths over the Norwegian Sea. (In: NATO Inst. on Ionospheric Radio Communications in the Arctic. Proceedings 1967 pub. 1968. p.272-78, map, illus) Describes an experiment in the high frequency radio band on the Andøya-Keflavik and Oslo-Keflavik paths, each about 1700 km long. Transmissions were made regularly from Oslo and Andøya on 3.8, 5.4, 7.6, 11.6, 15.8, and 20.3 MHz, and signal strength of each frequency recorded at Keflavik every 14 sec during 10 min in every hour of two consecutive days of the week during July 1964 - July 1965 incl a minimum of solar activity. The levels of the maximum, median, minimum, and of the cosmic noise were read for each of the 14,000 ten-min periods for each path. The results are presented in three-dimensial monthly reliability (frequency) plots for Aug, Oct, Nov 1964, and Feb 1965. DLC. End moraines 94066 BLAKE, W., Jr. and deglaciation chronology in northern Canada, with special reference to southern Baffin Island. Ottawa 1966. 31 p. tables, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 66-26) Reports first accurate mapping of a 325 mi long end moraine system, crossing Frobisher Bay. Another end moraine crossing Foxe Peninsula is thought to correlate with it. C-14 dates indicate that some segments of the Frobisher Bay system were forming about 8,200 BP and continued to form for several CaMAI, DLC. hundred years. BLAKE, W., Jr., see No. 95022, 95023, 97653 94067 BLAKENEY, T.S. The Alpine Club archives and their uses. (Alpine journal 1966. v.71, no. 313, p.285-95) Considers nature and scope of the Club's archives: chiefly own records from 22 December 1857 to the present day. Club also holds some personal papers, incl Edward Whymper's papers related to his Greenland trips. Microfilming guide books in all Alpine DLC. Club archives is proposed.

human soft tissue and bone, and in bone, also 226Ra and 90Sr. The highest average concentrations of 210Po were in the liver and kidney, those in the gonads, lung and thyroid were only about one half as great, and in the spleen, pancreas and heart, the least. High concentrations of 210Po and 210Pb were found in Alaskan lichens and moss, but no higher than in samples from the central US. It is estimated that an Alaskan might ingest 60 pCi/day of 210Po from caribou meat alone, while a resident of the central US will ingest DLC. 1-10 pCi/day from all sources. 94069 BLATT, W.F. and J. KERKAY. The effect of repeated heat and cold exposure on serum protein composition in man. (Canadian journal of physiology and pharmacology 1967. v.45, no.4, p.571-75, illus) 16 refs. In young men acclimated to 0°C for 6 weeks, after 3 weeks of cold exposure total serum protein and albumin content decreased while globulin fractions increased. During the last 2 wk there was a gradual return to normal. The hemacrit levels were significantly lowered during both exposures, the lipoprotein distribution remained essentially unDNLM. changed. 94070 BLATTEIS, C.M. Thermogenic (Fedprocesses during cold in hypoxia. eration Proceedings 1966. v.25, no.4, p.1271-74) The fall in rectal temperature during hypoxic breathing in the cold suggests an hypoxia-induced decrease in body heat content, presumably subsequent to a relative reduction in heat production as reflected by the lowered 02 consumption under the conditions of the experiments. The results are in agreement with previous reports, and extend them to show that, as with the hypoxic reduction of the metabolic response to infused catecholamines, the inhibition by hypoxia of the cold-induced increase in 02 consumption occurs without any demonstrable depression of the cold-induced rise in plasma FFA and glucose. The precise mechanism of the hypoxic depression of the metabolic response to cold remains to be DLC. elucidated. BLIND, J., see No. 98629

BLANCHARD, J.E., see No. 95210 BLINOV, N.I., see No. 95021, 98447 94068 BLANCHARD, R.L. Relationship between 210Po and 210Pb in man and his (In: Intl. Symposium on environment. Radioecological Concentration Processes, Stockholm 1966. Proceedings pub. 1967. p.281-96, map, tables, illus) 51 refs. Reports investigations of 210Pb and 210Po in 130

94071 BLINOVA, E.I. Osnovnye tipy zaroslei vodoroslei litorali Murmana. (OkeanologiiI 1966. v.6, no.1, p.151-58, table, Title tr.: Main illus) 2 refs. In Russian. types of algal growth on the Murman littoral. Reports a 1961-62 study of 320 sites with

marine algae growing upon bottom, shore, and cliffs more or less protected from action of the sea. Five types of growth are distinguished according to ecological conditions, degree of protection from waves, bottom relief and character of substrate. Each type is described noting slope of the littoral, predominant algae, content of biomass, and other features. DLC. 94072 BLIUMENTAL, L.IU. Burenie merzlykh gruntov na stroitel'nykh ob"ektakh. (GornyT zhurnal 1967. v.142, no.9, p.68-69, tables, illus) In Russian. TYtte tr.: Drilling frozen ground for constructions. Describes three new types of mobile drilling apparatus, developed by the Administration for Drilling and Blasting Work by adapting prospectors' drillmobiles to construction purposes. Tabulated data are given on the efficiency of each type. DLC. 94073 BLIZNICHENKO, S.I. and others. Novye dannye po gazovym mestorozhdeniiåm Zapadno-Sibirskoi nizmennosti. (Zapadno-Sibirskul n.-Øl geologorazvedochnyi neftianoi inst. Trudy 1965. no.l, p. 155-61, table) 5 refs. In Russian. Other authors: I.G. Levchenko, I.I. Nesterov, K.V. Podoiniisina and O.A. Remeev. Title tr.: New data on gas deposits of the West Siberian lowland. Lists the gas deposits, discovered during 1953-64, 26 with notes on time of discovery, age, depth of occurrence, and reserves. New data are given on oil deposits known prior to 1963 and for those discovered during Jan 1963-Apr 1964. The Syskonsyn'ya deposits are treated in some detail as to geologic structure, depths, gas-bearing beds. In the 16 mo period three new deposits were discovered in the Berezovo and one in Shaim region. They are briefly characterized as to depths, yield, mode of occurrence, etc. DLC.

climatic belts. The physical effect of the dust is explained; in addition to absorbing more radiation, grain size of snow is increased and this increases absorption of the near infrared. Thus a slight contamination can greatly change the energy balance. DWB. BLOCH, R., see No. 94457 BLOKHIN, T.IA., see No. 96561 BLOMQVIST, G., 101273C

see

No. 101273B,

94075 BLOOR, B.M. and others. Oxygen tension of the brain and its modification with hypothermia. (Archiv für Psychiatric 1963. v.204, no.3, p. 310-16, graphs.) 7 refs. Other authors: W.E. Neville, F.R. Hellinger and G.H.A. Clowes. Account of experiments with dogs cooled to 10' C. A-V oxygen difference, metabolic rate, sagittal sinus and cerebrospinal fluid p02 were determined and compared with controls. A lowering of the ambient partial pressure of oxygen in the brain is indicated. DNLM. 94076 BLUM, P.A. and others. On ultra-long period seismometers operating under vacuum. (Royal Society of London. Proceedings 1966. Series A, v.290, no.1422, p.318-22, table, illus) 2 refs. Other authors: R. Gaulow, G. Jobert and N. Jobert. A new ultra-long period seismometer, operating in a vacuum, has been devised and put in operation in Paris and Moulis (Pyrenees), France, for study of the free and forced oscillations of the earth. Photoelectric detection allows telerecording, amplification, and filtering. Results concerning the free periods from the Alaska earthquake 28 Mar 1964 are graphed and tabulated. DGS. BLUSSON, S.L., see No. 94444

BLIZNICHENKO, S.I., see also No. 93963

BOAG, T., see No. 94436

94074 BLOCH, M.R. Historical evidence of sea-level change and its relation to polar albedo. (In: Symposium on the arctic heat budget and atmospheric circulation. Proceedings... 1966. p. 179-96, graphs, map, illus) Refs. Presents evidence of eustatic sea-level changes based upon historical documentation of the European salt industry and Roman seaports. The changes are related to discoloration of snow by volcanic dust and consequent changes in albedo in polar areas, particularly the Antarctic. Dusting by volcanic material causes polar heat sinks to become shallower, promoting migration of

94077 Det norrländska BOALT, G. (In: Norrländska framkulturproblemet. tidsperspektiv 1964, p.149-68, tables) In Swedish. Title tr.: The Norrland culture problem. Discusses special local cultures in contrast to national effort and international interests, and outlines the elements of culture, material and immaterial. Education, development, selection, and the role of professional people, libraries and bookstalls, museums and theaters, etc are considered. They are said to be fairly well represented in Norrland. Comparatively few important people are resident there according to the Who's who, but many 131

natives of Norrland are important elsewhere DLC. in Sweden. 94078 BOBEK, P. and E. GINTER. Lipotropic effect of cold on rat liver. (Nature, 9 Apr 1966. v.210, p.204, tables) 11 refs. Reports experiments with rats fed ad libitum a high fat-cholesterol diet for 7-13 wk and exposed daily for 8 hr to a near-freezing temperature. In contrast to controls (kept at 22°C), the cold-acclimatized group showed a lower hepatic biosynthesis of fatty acids coupled with their increased catabolism in the DLC. liver. BOBKOV, M.F., see No. 95243 94079 BOBOV, N.G. Proiskhozhdenie plastovykh zalezhel podzemnogo l'da na severnykh ravninakh. (In: Vses. mezhduvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po geokriologii, 8th. Materialy v.2, 1966. p.154-63, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Origin of sheet deposits of ground ice on northern plains. Discusses horizontal beds of ground ice widely distributed in the northern plains of Siberia, Chukotka, Alaska, and elsewhere. Author attempts to clarify the origin of this ice and its effect on the development of relief and Quaternary deposits, and describes briefly own studies in the Noril'sk region. Geocryologic profile of the Kayyerkan quarry is presented and mode of occurrence of ground ice is described. This type of ice should be called repeated segregational ice. DLC. 94080 BOBRIEVICH, A.P. and others. Novye dannye po petrografii i mineralogli kimberlitov IAkutii. (Intl. Geological Congress 22d, New Delhi 1964. Doklady sovetskikh geologov. Problema 7: bazal'ty plato. Moskva 1964. p. 88-102, tables graphs) 19 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: I.P. Ilupin, A.A. Pankratov and G.I. Smimov. Title tr.: New data on the petrography and mineralogy of the kimberlites of Yakutia. Divides the kimberlites of western Yakutia into basaltic and lamprophyric types, which are subdivided into porphyric kimberlites, eruptive breccia of porphyric kimberlites, kimberlite tuffs and breccias. The mineralogic composition of kimberlites is analyzed. Three stages of mineral formation are recognized. Petrochemical composition of kimberlites is given from 339 chemical analyses. The xenoliths of kimberlites are also analyzed. DLC. 132

94081 BOBROV, M.S. Obshcheplanetarnail kartina geomagnitnykh vozmushchenll korpuskuliarnogo proiskhozhdeniia. (Akademii nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskii komitet. VI razdel programmy MGG: solnechnatä aktivnost' 1961. no.1, In Russian. English p.36-96, tables, illus) summary. Title d:: Global picture of geomagnetic disturbances of corpuscular origin. Reports an investigation of the morphology of geomagnetic disturbances, and structure of solar corpuscular fluxes: their density, degree of nonhomogeneity and characteristic sizes, order of the value of the magnetic field "frozen" into the condensed flux nonhomogeneities, etc. Magnetograms of 70-odd stations, incl 21 in far northern regions were DLC. used and are illus. 94081A BOCH, M.S. and N.G. SOLONEVICH. Stratigrafiia i vozrast bolot vostochnoevropeiskol lesotundry. (In: Vses. botanicheskoe o-vo. Priroda bolot... 1967. p.98-103, graphs) Refs. In Russian. Title Stratigraphy and age of East European forest-tundra bogs. Reports a 1961-64 study of the Siva maskinskiy region of Komi ASSR. About four hundred peat samples from 75 drillholes were analyzed and they indicate that forest-tundra bogs differ from taiga zone bogs in the species composition of peat builders, average thickness, and other features. Their age is illus by eleven spore-spollen diagrams from nine of the bogs. Two groups are distinguished as sub-Atlantic and sub-Boreal in age. DLC. 94082 BOCHKAREV, V.S. and B.S. POGORELOV. Novye dannye o khronologicheskom rubezhe permskol i triasovol (Akademitä nauk SSSR. Doklady Bistem. 1967. v.173, no.1, p.153-55, map, illus) 14 refs. In Russian Title tr. New data on the chronological boundary of the Permian and Triassic systems. Reports a stratigraphic study of trap formation of the West Siberian lowland and its borders. Absolute age determined by the birefringence dispersion in plagioclases and pyroxenes. Data are given for basalts in the Chernysheva Ridge, Kharayelakh plateau, Tyumen drilling site, etc. The boundary between Permian and Triassic is estimated at DLC. 255-260 MY. BODE, L.R., see No. 93922, 93923 94083 BODNEV, M. Novyl sudopod" emnik na Enisee. (Rechnol transIn port 1967. v.26, no.1, p.30-33, illus) Russian. Title tr.: A new riverboat elevator on the Yenisey.

Describes in detail a 9 m wide rail-track elevator with a turntable arrangement and self-propelled chamber to carry the elevated vessel from the lower to the upper pond or vice versa. Construction started on this elevator at the Krasnoyarsk hydroelectric power plant in 1963. It is to lift or lower vessels in transit 100 m on upper and lower rail tracks of 1,731 m combined length. Thus construction of a costly system of locks can be avoided. The complicated orography of the power plant region, deep drop from the upstream to downstream ponds (100 m), the high amplitudes of water-level variation in them (13 m in the lower and 6.3 m in the upper pond), were taken into consideration in designing the elevator, as was the requirement of two-way passage for at least 14 vessels/24 hr. Work has progressed to the stage of mounting the construction elements, and deepening the rock bed of the lower shipcarrying track. DLC. 94084 BODYLEVSKII, V.I. IUrskie i melovye fanny Novol Zemli. (Leningrad. Gornyi institut. Zapiski 1967. v.53, no.2, Title p.99-112, illus) Refs. In Russian. tr.: Jurassic and Cretaceous fauna of Novaya Zemlya. Reports results of many years' study incl selected collections and critical evaluation of the literature. In the stratigraphic part a section of these deposits is described. In the paleontological part ammonites of gen Temnoptychites, Russanovia gen new, Toilia, Polyptychites and Dorsoplanites are described, with a new genus and three new species DLC. established. 94085 BÖCHER, T.W. and others. The flora of Greenland. Copenhagen, Haase 1968. 312p. map, illus. Other authors: K. Holmen and K. Jakobsen. English translation by T.T. Elkington and M.C. Lewis of No 49796. 94086 BÖCHER, T.W. University arctic (Danish Foreign Office journal station. 1967, no.58, p.30-33, illus) Reviews the situation and facilities of the Arctic Station of Copenhagen Univ on Disko Island, Greenland. The new building, erected in 1966, is described; the potential of the institute as a base for arctic research, particularly in the biological sciences, is considered. CaMAI. 94087 BØDKER, L. and others. The Nordic riddle; terminology and bibliography. Copenhagen, Rosenkilde and Bagger 1964. 101p. Refs. (Nordisk institut for folkedigtning. Skrifter no.3) Other authors: B. Alver, B. Holbek and L. Virtanen.

Defines and discusses the etymology of over 200 terms used in Nordic riddles, arranged in alphabetical order. A bibliography of about 450 titles including ten on Lappish folklore and an index of Dutch, English, and German terminology are included. DLC. 94088 BÖHM, H. Der Kurs für Hochgebirgs- and Polarforschung 1966 in Obergurgl, Ötztal. (Erdkunde 1966. v.20, Title tr.: no.4, p.299-310) In German. Courses for high-mountain and polar studies 1966 in Obergurgl, Otztal. Describes a series of lectures given 18-25 Sept 1966, the seventh such occasion, attended by some 80 participants from Austria, Switzerland, Denmark, Chile and the two German republics. Special attention was given to the study of glaciers and glaciology. Different methods were discussed, and these were demonstrated in the post-meeting field CaMAI, DLC. excursions. 94089 BÖHMERT, D. Die Freiheit der Luftfahrt im Luftraum über dem nördlichen (Archiv für Luftrecht 1938, Polarmeer. no.8, p.248-89) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Freedom of air transportation over the Arctic Ocean. Considers the Arctic Ocean as center of the polar zone around which the world forms a belt. Repudiates the Sector theory on which the USSR sovereignty claim over the Arctic is based, also the theory of the arctic seas being DLC. a Soviet "mare clausum". 94090 BØRSET, O. Fjellskogen. (Norske turistforening. Arbok 1967. p.60-73, Title tr.: The illus) In Norwegian. mountain forest. Discusses physical aspects of forest growth in the alpine and treeline regions, with emphasis on conditions in Norway. Growth and species zonation are affected mainly by temperature and wind. Much of the higher forested area is bogland. Good cutting, care, and reforestation practices are described. The esthetic and economic value of the mountain forest for tourism and recreation is stressed. The newly created national park in the Femund area is noted as largely above treeline and as having some primeval forest. DLC. 94091 BOESKOROV, G.K. IÄkutskaiü khudozhestvennaiä literature v gody Velikoi Otechestvennol volny. IAkutsk, IAkutskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1960. 186 p. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Yakut literature during World War II. Deals with prose, poetry, and plays written by Yakut writers in this period. Biographies of major essayists, poets, and playwrights are 133

given. Style, ideological purity, treatment of Yakut way of life, traditional and historical elements, political awareness and patriotism are discussed among others. DLC. 94092 BOETZKES, O.G. Sir Martin Frobisher's search for the Northwest Passage. New York, Exposition Press 1964. 163 p. An account of the life and voyages of this arctic explorer based principally on the narrations of Dionese Settle and George Best; approx half the volume consists of an edited version of the latter's description of Frobisher's second and third voyages and other writings. DLC. 94093 BØYUM, G. The energy exchange between sea and atmosphere at Ocean Weather Stations, M, I and A. Oslo, Universitets forlaget 1966. 19 p. tables, diagrs. (Norske videnskaps-akademi, Oslo. Geofysiske publikasjoner, v.26, no.7) 10 refs. Discusses the regional variation of energy transfer from the northern North Atlantic Ocean, on the basis of data from weather-ship stations M (66°N.2°E) I (59°N.19'W) and A (62°N.331V). Monthly and annual values of the energy exchange in the form of latent heat of evaporation, sensible heat, total energy and the Bowen ratio have been computed, and an empirical formula giving the variation with height of the mean wind has been evaluated, using data from station M. All the energy terms show a similar seasonal variation, with higher values in winter and lower in summer. Consecutive annual values, 1948-58, show considerable DGS. year-to-year variation. 94094 BOGDANETS, Iu. 0 primenenii namyva territorii pri stroitel'stve na vechnoT merzlote. (RechnoT transport 1966. v.25, no.1, p.38) In Russian. Title tr. Using the alluvium of the area in construction on permafrost. Discusses the use of hydraulic filling of permanently or temporarily flooded areas over permafrost at ports and other river installations for shipping. In locations with thawed ground and available sand this is much cheaper than filling the area with excavating machines. This method was used at Yakutsk in 1961, when an area of the port was raised by 2-3.5 m. Examination of permafrost beneath the filled area showed the permafrost roof lowered 30-40 cm, seldom 50-70 cm because of the water pumped over the area along with the fill. It is expected that in a year's time the permafrost roof will rise and join the seasonally frozen ground. This method is recommended for elevating the 134

area in the lower Yana port under conDLC. struction. 94095 BOGDANOV, A. and G. EFREMOV. 0 tipe sudna smeshannogo plavaniia. (RechnoT transport 1965. v.24, no.3, p.33-34, table) In Russian. Title tr.: The type of vessel for sea and river navigation. Discusses the specific requirements for a cargo vessel to navigate both sea routes and inland waterways. The trips, possibly several thousand km long, must allow the vessel a specified depth throughout. A 5540 km experimental trip of the diesel river boat Baltiyskiy-18 with a cargo of apatite concentrate from Murmansk to Baku in July-Aug 1964 is noted, as is a 6370 km trip in Oct 1964 of the sea-going diesel Kubatly from Pekhlevi on the Caspian to Gdansk on the Baltic. Both confirm the efficacy of this kind of transportation. In design, construction and performance, river boats are found better adaptable to coastwise runs than are sea-going ships to river navigation. DLC. 94096 BOGDANOV, A. SH. Poiski i razvedka mestorozhdenii sul'fidnykh mednonikelevykh rud s primeneniem geofizicheskikh metodov. (Sovetskaia geologiia 1967, no.1, p.46-56, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Prospecting and exploration of copper-nickel sulfide ores by geophysical methods. Reports the purpose and advantages of using geophysical methods in the search for copper-nickel deposits in Kola Peninsula, the Noril'sk region and elsewhere. They are used to investigate structures at depth and conditions of formation of these deposits, with reference to criteria for discovering new deposits and extensions of known occurrences. Seismic, gravimetric and magnetic methods are evaluated and the prospecting is DLC. summarized. 94097 BOGDANOV, E.N. 0 sozdanii spetsial'nogo oborudovaniia dhå razrabotki rossypel Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (Problemy Severe 1967, no.12, p.197-204) 3 refs. In Russian. Title fr.: Developing special equipment for placer mining in Northeast of USSR. English translation available from National Science Library, National Research Council, Ottawa. Standard tractors, bulldozers, dredges, excavators, drilling rigs, etc do not stand up to the severe climatic conditions of the Northeast. The costs of repairs and overhauling in one year far exceed the cost of the machines. There is an urgent requirement for all types of mechanical equipment adapted in design and quality of materials to work in permafrost and at negative air temperatures. Dredge buckets

made in the Soviet Union serve less than three yr, but those imported from abroad are good under the same conditions for ten yr. DLC. 94098 BOGDANOV, IU.B. and others. Nekotorye osobennosti litologii i khimizma metamorfizovannykh osadochnykh porod vostochnoT chasti Balttilskogo shchita. (Leningrad. Univ. Vestnik, ser. geol. i geograf. 1966. v.21, no.18, p.18-28, graphs) 17 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: A.S. Voinov, V.P. Petrov and A.A. Predovskil. Title tr. Some features of Ethology and chemistry of metamorphosed sedimentary rocks in the eastern part of the Baltic shield. Some 250 chemical analyses of Precambrian rocks of the Pechenga, Imandra-Varzuga and Keyvy regions of Karelia and Kola Peninsula show evolutionary changes in sedimentation from Late Archean to Middle Proterozoic. An attempt is made to reconstruct the primary sedimentation conditions. DLC. 94099 BOGDANOV, M.A. and others. Ob otsenke prognoza gidrometeorologicheskikh usloviT i urozhalnosti promyslovykh ryb v SevernoT Atlantike i tüzhnykh moriakh Evropelskol territorii Soiliza na 1965 g. i prognoz na 1966 g. (Rybnoe khoziaistvo 1966. v.42, no.7, p.14-16, tables) Ref. In Russian. Other authors: S.I. Potaichuk and E.V. Soliankin. Tide tr. Assessing the forecast of hydrometeorological conditions and fertility of commercial fishes in the North Atlantic and southern seas of European Russia for 1965, with a forecast for 1966. Hydrographic conditions and a near-correct forecast for 1965 are noted, and a prognosis for 1966, based mainly on hydrometeorological conditions during the preceding winter is presented. According to this, the Norwegian and Barents Seas will be highly infertile for herring and cod and the White Sea very fertile for herring. DLC. 94100 BOGDANOV, V.I. and Ii1.D. KHODOTOV. Nekotorye zakonomernosti glybovol struktury Baltiiskogo kristallicheskogo shchita. (Geotektonika 1967, no.1, p.109-111, map, illus) Refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Some patterns of block structure of the Baltic crystalline shield. Discusses the gravity field, seismicity and recent tectonic uplifts of the Baltic shield. Statistical analysis is made to determine the patterns of block structure distribution of the region. It is established that the blocks in the western parts of the shield have a northwest strike, and in eastern parts an eastern strike. DLC.

94101 BOGDANOV, V.I. and I.I. SOROKINA. Otsenka izmeneniiå plotnosti kristallicheskikh porod zemnoT kory s glubinor v ralone Kovdorskogo shchelochno-ul'traosnovnogo massiva, Kol'skii geofizicheskiT poligon. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.173, no.6, p.1313-16, illus) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Appraisal of the density changes of crystalline rocks of the earth's crust with depth in the region of Kovdor alkaline-ultrabasic massif, Kola geophysical polygon. Reports study of 3500 rock samples from natural outcrops and drilling cores of this massif in Kola Peninsula. The average density of gneisses is 2.65 g/cm3 and of the entire massif 3.07 g/cm3. The density of the granite-gneiss complex at 3-10 km depth is found to be 2.70 g/cm3. DLC. 94102 BOGDANOVA, L.A. Petrograficheskaia kharakteristika ugleT raiona reki Chuni. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskit inst. Trudy 1967. v.110, p.255-66, map, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Petrographic characteristics of the coal of the Chuna River region. Reports on the composition of Upper Paleozoic coals of this region: two classes and several types are recognized. The coal seams are described, in particular their thickness and composition. Chemical analyses of coal of various degrees of metamorphism are also reported. DLC. 94103 BOGDANOVA, T.L. Nekotorye voprosy rosta sosny i berezy v usloviiåkh Komi ASSR. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Komi filial. Trudy 1965. no.14, p. 122-32, tables, graphs) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some problems of pine and birch growth in Komi ASSR conditions. Reports data of 1959-60 studies in the Syktyvdinskiy district. Young 11-15 yr trees were measured in various types of forest at selected sites of 0.25 hectare area, and seasonal growth determined. June is the main month of pine shoot growth, which has max duration of 34-39 days, max intensity 3.5 cm in 3 days, in forests with green moss and lichen. Min duration and intensity of growth is 21-29 days and 1 cm/3 days in pine forest with birch-lichen. Birch has a longer growing period, 40-65 days in June-July. DLC. 94104 BOGOIAVLENSKII, N.A. Mediu pervoselov Russkogo Severa. Leningrad, Izd-vo Meditsina 1966. 160 p. map, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Medicine among first settlers of the Russian North. Account of medical and sanitary conditions in the 11-17th century. The geography and history of the area are outlined, as are living

Øa

135

conditions incl housing, clothing, laundering, food and drink, public sanitation, such as water sources, baths, etc, sanitary conditions of workmen and spiritual culture. Medicine proper (p 70-158) is covered as to healing methods of epidemic and non-infectious diseases, early medical writings, hospitals etc, "healers" and doctors. Medical techniques, medicinal herbs, stones (minerals) and remedies of animal origin are also discussed. DLC. 94105 BOGOLEPOV, K.V. Mezozo% skata tektonika Sibiri. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1967. 328 p. maps, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Mesozoic tectonics of Siberia. Presents a monograph outlining in the first section the main principles of classification and investigation of tectonic structures. The second and third parts deal with structures of shelf and continental series. The West Siberian plateau, Lena-Yenisey trough, LenaAldan plateau and Angara-Vilyuy trough are analyzed. Structure of the basement and Mesozoic formations are described, as are the morphology and development of tectonic forms. The Altay-Sayan, Taymyr, Kazakhstan-Ural-Novaya Zemlya, Central Siberia, etc areas of combined uplifts are characterized. The structural plan and features of development of the earth's crust of Siberia in the Mesozoic are treated in the fourth section of this work. DLC. 94106 BOGOLEPOV, K.V. Nekotorye zakonomernosti mezozolskol tektoniki vnegeosinklinal'nykh oblastel Sibiri. (Geologila i geofizika 1966, no.12, p.3-18, tables, graphs, map) In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Some patterns of the Mesozoic tectonics of extra-geosynclinal provinces of Siberia. Establishes the types and stages of development of provinces of arch uplifts formed during the Mesozoic tectonic stage. The Ural, Taymyr, Central Siberia, Lena - Aldan, Yana-Kolyma and other uplifts are characterized. The asymmetry of the earth's crust development is discussed. Two large lateral series of geologic structures in the Mesozoic tectonic stage are distinguished and described. DLC. 94106A BOGOMOLOV, IÜ.G. Nekotorye voprosy geotermii i gidrogeotermii Sibirskol platformy. (In: Soveshchanie po geotermicheskim iss!edovanbm 1964. Trudy 2, pub 1966, p.244-50, maps, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some geothermal and hydro-geothermal problems of the Siberian platform. Summarizes investigations including the Aldan and Anabar shields, Vilyuy depression, 136

etc. The thermal parameters of 57 drillings are given. The temperature and hydrochemical characteristics of the Yakut and AngaraLena artesian basins are tabulated. Depths, temperature, mineralization of groundwater are stated. Permafrost and raliks are also noted. DLC BOGOMOLOV, IJ.G., see also No. 100206 BOGORAZ, V.G., see No. 97461 94107 BOGORODTTBKAfA, N.I. K voprosu o sostave organicheskogo veshchestva i proiskhozhdenii bituma v otlozheniiakh Kuonamskol svity ilizhnogo sklona Anabarskol anteklizy. (In: Leningrad. Vses. neftibnol n: issl. geologorazvedochnyi inst. Trudy 1966. no.249, p.280-90, tables) In Russian. Title tr.: Composition of the organic matter and origin of the bitumen of the Kuonamka series deposits in the southern slope of the Anabar anteclise. Reports study of carbonate Cambrian rock samples collected in the Olenek, Sytykan, Daldyn, Tirekhtyakh and other regions. Elemental and group composition of the bitumen is analyzed. The data show the bitumen of oil type to be of secondary origin, having migrated from other horizons. Investigation of hydrocarbons is also reported. DLC. 94108 BOGORODSKAIIA, L.I. and others. Vysokomolekuliarnye uglevodorody rasseiinnogo organicheskogo veshchestva na primere iurskikh otlozheni Zapadno-Sibirskol plity. (Sibirskil n: issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syria. Trudy 1966, no.47, p.132-55, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: A.E. Kontorovich and L.F. Lipnitskatä. Title tr. High-molecular hydrocarbons of dispersed organic matter, as exemplified by Jurassic deposits of the West Siberian platform. Reports results of geochemical study of samples from Malyy Atlym, Surgut, Ust' Balyk and other areas of Tyumen Province. Dispersed organic matter of the Jurassic deposits contains the entire complex of high-molecular hydrocarbons which are sources of oil. The composition of hydrocarbon changes with the degree of submersion and rise of temperature. Three groups of oils are recognized. The geochemical data reveal features of oil and gas deposit formation. DLC. BOGORODSKTI, V.V., see No. 100804 94109 BOGOROV, V.G. Produktivnye ralony okeana. (Priroda 1967. v.56, no.10,

p.40-46, maps, table, illus) In Russian. Title Ir. The productive areas of the oceans. Maps and discusses the degree of productivity, as determined by plankton biomass in the upper 100 m of the oceans, except the Arctic Ocean. Subarctic and arctic seas are included. Factors affecting the fertility of main areas are discussed. DLC. 94110 BOGOROV, V.G. Shest'desfat let so dmå rozhdeniiä P.P. Shirshova. (Okeanologiih 1966. v.6, no.1, p.187) In Russian. Title tr. The 60th anniversary of the birth of P.P. Shirshov. Tribute to Petr Petrovich Shirshov, oceanographer and hydrobiologist active in arctic regions; he participated in the 1932 trip of the Sibiriakov along the Northern Route, the North Pole-1 drifting station, etc. He died in 1953. DLC BOGOROV, V.G., see also No. 95229 94111 BOGUSH, O.I. and O.V. IÜFEREV. Foraminifery karbona i permi Verkhoiania. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 223 p. map, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title Er. Carboniferous and Permian foraminifers of the Verkhoyansk region. Presents for the first time a monographic account of forams of the northern Kharaulakh and Sette - Daban regions based on own studies of 1961-64 and collections of others. The history of investigations is reviewed and biostratigraphy of Carboniferous and Permian deposits outlined according to forams. Methodical and systematic problems are discussed. Carboniferous and Permian forams of Siberia are compared with those of other regions. In the systematic part, more than a hundred species are described, belonging to the Astrorhizida, Ammodiscida, Endothyrida, Fusulinida, Miliolida, Ataxophragmida and Lagenida. Many new species are included. DLC BOGUSH, O.I., see also No. 94003, 97948 94112 BOGUSLAVSKII, G.A. Ostrova Solovetskie; ocherki. Arkhangelsk, SeveroZapadnoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1966. 162 p. map, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr. Solovetskiye Islands, sketches. This archipelago 64°57'-65°12'N in the southern White Sea consists of three relatively large islands, Bol'shoy Solovetskiy, largest in this sea, Anzer and Bol'shaya Muksalma (246.9, 24 and 17.6 km2 in area), and three small: Bol'shoy and Malyy Zayatskiy and Malaya Muksalma (1.25, 1.02 and 0.57 km2). Their glacial origin, geomorphology, relief, and soil are outlined, as are the coasts, and their algae, and the climate. The islands

have 492 freshwater lakes covering approx 2720 hectares, abundant flora and fauna incl 105 species of birds. The biological station 1880-1889, the Kreml' monastery, churches and other edifices are described p 42-109. The routes by land and water to the points of interest to tourists are stated; numerous photos and a fold map, at ± 2 km : 1 in. augment the text. DLC. 94113 BOGUSLAVSKII, S.G. and Vertikal'nyi turbulentnyT obmen v oblasti Farero-Shetlandskogo kanala. (Akademiia nauk URSR, Kiev. Mors'kyi hidroflzychnyi instytut. Ekspress-informal iih 1966, no.3, p.29-34, maps, table) 3 refs. In Russian. Other authors: L.G. Paranichev, V.G. Kinükhin and V.G. Zhidkov. Tide tr. Vertical turbulent exchange in the FaroeShetland Channel. Calculates this exchange between the Atlantic and the Arctic Oceans from measurements, made on the 18th voyage of the Mikhail Lomonosov, of temperature, salinity, dissolved oxygen, and current speeds at three sections passed across the Faroe-Shetland Channel. During the fall-winter period considered, the main flow at levels lower than 500-600 m was to the southwest. In the northeast part of the channel at a depth of 1400 m the temp was found to be -0.77 to 4.0°C and the salinity 34.9 to 35.0 %°.At the Wayville-Thompson Threshold these values were 7-8°C and 35.3-35.4 %o. Due to the shape of the channel and the existence of a stable layer between the Atlantic water and the arctic water, changes in the characteristics of the latter were considered to be due only to vertical turbulent exchange or to ascending or DLC. descending currents.

others.

BOGUSLAVSKII, S.G., see also No. 98388 94114 BOHN, D. Glacier Bay; the land and the silence. San Francisco, Sierra Club 1967. 165 p. maps, illus. Refs. (Sierra Club Exhibit Format ser. no. 16) Presents a comprehensive account, illus by more than a hundred photographs of exceptional quality by the author, of Glacier Bay National Monument, Alaska. Its history, topography, mountains, glaciers and wildlife are described. The effects of earthquakes and seismic waves are noted. The author's own mountaineering experiences are described in diary form. The bibliography of approx 270 items is the most complete available on the park and its environment. DLC. 94115 BOIARKINA, A.P. and others. Izuchenie udarnoT volny Tungusskogo meteorita po vyzvannym eiu razrusheniiim lesa. (Meteoritika 1964. no.24, p.112-28, 137

12 refs. In Russian. table, graphs, map) Other authors. D.V. Di min, I.T. Zotkin and V.G. Fast. Title tr.: Investigation of the shock wave of the Tunguska meteorite according to induced destruction of forest. Summarizes the 1938, 1958, 1960 and 1961 studies of forest destruction from the 1908 meteorite fall. Data for 580 points throughout an area >2000 km2 are assembled and a general description of the destruction is given. The direction and front of the shock wave is analyzed. Recent air photographs of the area are compared with conditions of DLC. 1938. 94116 BOIARSKAIÄ, R.V. Primenenie ionnogo travleniii dill v}nävleniih mikroneodnorodnosti mineralov na primere titanomagnetitov. (Geologiih rudnykh mestorozhdenii 1966. v.8, no.1, p.108-111, illus) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Use of ion etching for clarification of the micro-heterogeneity of minerals as exemplified by titanomagnetites. Reports investigation of titanomagnetites from ore pegmatites and olivinites of Afrikanda and Lesnaya Sopka in Kola Peninsula. A method of etching the pegmatites by ion bombardment is used it is considered widely acceptable for investigating the microstructure of mineral objects. DLC.

region, and terrace development are described. The vegetation of the profile is examined by spore-pollen analyses. Two cold periods are recognized and briefly charDLC. acterized. BOIARSKAIA, T.D., see also No. 93362 BOIARSKII, G.K. and others. 94119 Tektonicheskaiä skhema platformennogo chekhla Zapadno-Sibirskol plity. (ZapadnoSibirskii n.-issl. geologorazvedochnyl neftiänoi inst. Trudy 1965, no.1, p. 71-91, tables, 7 refs. In Russian. Other authors. map) ILJ.N. Karagodin, N.N. Rostovtsev, M.IA. Title tr.: Rudkevich and V.G. Smimov. Tectonic scheme of the platformic cover of the West Siberian platform. Presents the tectonic scheme worked out in 1964 by a group of geologists. It is explained in some detail and comparisons are made with the schemes of 1957, 1958, 1959 and 1961. The classification of platformic structures adopted in compiling the 1964 scheme is explained. Arctic areas of Tyumen are DLC. included. BOI'ARSKII, O.G., see No. 97166

94117 BOIARSKAIA, T.D. and N.G. ZAIKINA. Izmenenitä rastitel'nosti, ozernosti i klimata PoliIrnogo Urals v golotsene, po dannym sporovo-pyl'tsevogo i diatomovoga analizov otlozhenti ozera Khodata-ILlgan-Lor. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1967. v.22, ser. 5: geog. no.1, p.92-94, illus) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Vegetation, lacustrine and climatic changes in the Polar Ural in the Holocene according to the data of sporepollen and diatom analyses of Lake KhodataYugan-Lor sediments. Reports study of a 1.50 m core of bottom sediments, in which two units are recognized on the basis of spore-pollen diagrams. They are described. Diatom analysis is also reported. These two parts of the Holocene deposits represent different physiographic conditions. DLC.

94120 BOICHUK, V.V. Zakonomernosti prostranstvennoi izmenchivosti snezhnogo pokrova na Severo-Vostoke. (Akademiih nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otdelenie. Severo-Vosnauchnoisslekompleksnyr tochnyi dovatel'skii institut. Trudy 1967. no.30, Title tr.: Refs. In Russian p.204-206) Regularities in the spatial patterns of the snow cover in the Northeast. Reports on analysis of some 25,000 measurements of height made in snow surveys in the Kolyma and Chukotka regions. Statistical treatment on computers indicates that the redistribution of snow in these regions is different in character from that in the central parts of the USSR. Typical redistribution in Magadan Province, and regions adjacent to the East Siberian, Bering, and Okhotsk Seas is considered. The role of tundra and forest-tundra vegetation is shown to have little effect on snow cover redistribution in DGS. the Northeast.

94118 BOIARSKAIA, T.D. and N.G. P6riodes froides du PleisSUDAKOVA. tocene de la Siberie Orientale sur l'exemple du profil geologique de Mamontova Gora. (Biuletyn peryglacjalny 1967, no.16, p.5-13, graphs) In French. Title tr.: Cold periods of the Pleistocene of East Siberia, as exemplified by a geologic profile in Mamontovaya Mountain. Analyzes this profile in the Aldan Valley. Tectonic conditions, paleogeography of the

Zashchita of ob94121 BOIKO, I.V. merzaniia ventiliatornykh ustanovok na shakhtakh kombinata Vorkutugol'. (Pechora, Komi ASSR. N: issl. ugol'nyi inst. Trudy 1964, no.1, p. 72-93, tables, illus) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Protection of ventilation against icing at the Vorkuta Combine mines. Considers conditions that lead to icing of ventilation flaps, and the subsequent loss of automatic and distance control in airing mines. Outer air ducts' temperature field is

138

treated mathematically, size and type of insulation needed to keep the exposed parts of the system free from icing at + 1°C are calculated. Protection of the system at mines no 16 and 1-2, "Khal'mer-Yu", is accomplished with recirculating the air. Tables of ventilated air temperatures in air ducts and in the mine are given. Ventilation systems for new projects are suggested. DLC. BOIKO, N.S., see No. 94019 94122 BOIKOV, V.N. Sezonnail dinamilca morfo-fiziologicheskikh priznakov mlekopitaii shchikh v Priobskoi lesotundre. (In: Soveshchanie zoologov Sibiri, Tomsk, 1966. Voprosy zoologii, p. 172-74) In Russian. Title tr.: Seasonal dynamics of physiological and morphological signs in mammals of the forest tundra near the Ob River. Six mammal species were examined at intervals from 1960-65 to determine the effects of seasonal changes on biorhythms in internal organs. The animals examined were: muskrats, water voles, rats, shrews, field mice, and the arctic squirrel. Heart size changes depended on the energy balance and heat productivity of the animal. The smallest relative kidney size was in the muskrat and the water vole, and the largest in the field mouse. Kidney size changed little in all species. Largest suprarenal gland activity and size was in the arctic squirrel, smallest in young muskrat. DLC. BOIKOV, V.N., see No. 94123 94123 BOIKOVA, F.I. and V.N. BOIKOV. 0 strukture popuhåLSÜ ondatry v Priobskoi lesotundre. (In: Soveshchanie zoologov Sibiri, Tomsk, 1966. Voprosy zoologii, p.174-76) In Russian. Title fr.: Muskrat population structure in the forest tundra near the Ob River. Studies fluctuations in this population, and reports a drop in 1955-1956 and a rise in 1959-1965, when age and sex ratios appear to reflect an increase in fertility and viability of the young animals. DLC.

Age and manifestation of permafrost and its degradation are noted. The genesis and development history of the relief are summarized. DLC. 94125 BOITSOVA, A.F. Sochetaemost' soglasnykh v evenkilskom iazyke. (Akademita nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. IAzyki i fol'klor... 1966, p.143-59, table) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Consonant harmony in the Evenki language. Comparative phonetic study of consonant combinations within syllables and words in Evenki and other Tungus languages. DLC. 94126 BOJKOV, R.D. Differences in the vertical ozone distribution deduced from Umkehr and ozonesonde data at Goose Bay. (Journal of applied meteorology 1966. v.5, no.6, p.872-77, graphs, tables) 15 refs. Presents a statistical comparison of data obtained by Regener chemiluminescent sensor with data obtained from Umkehr profiles. The observations by both methods were made at Goose Bay, Labrador. Inadequacies in sampling are evaluated, and differences between the two methods are assessed. The Umkehr method is considered inadequate for studies of short period changes although both methods show approx similar percentage distributions of the ozone amount. DWB. BOLEY, C.C., see No. 101241, 101242 94126A BOLLINGBERG, H. and O.V. PETERSEN. Genthelvite from the Ilimaussaq alkaline intrustion, south Greenland. Contribution to the mineralogy of Ilimaussaq, no.4. (Meddelelser om Grtnland 1967. v.181, no.4, p.3-9, tables) 2 refs. Reports discovery of tiny white or yellow grains of this silicate mineral in cavities in albititic veins, associated with aegirine, neptunite, catapleiite, eudidymite, epididymite, tugtupite and leucophane. The mineral was identified by X-ray and spectrographic methods. Chemical data compared with analyses of genthelvite from Lovozero, Kola Peninsula are tabulated. DGS. BOLLINGER, G.A., see No. 100347

94124 BOITSOV, M.N. K istorii merzlotnogo rel'efa iugo-vostoka p-va L4mal. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskiT inst. Informatsionnyi sbornik 1962, no.53, p.3-20, map, illus) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The history of cryogenic relief in the southeast of Yamal Peninsula. Describes the outwash plain on the western side of Ob Bay, and the distribution of three types of relief: large block, large block thermokarst, and so-called notch - thermoabrasion relief. Each type is characterized.

94127 BOLOTINSKAIr1, M. SH. Izuchenie stadd dlitel'nogo razvitita makroprotsessov tihå detalizai ii prognozov pogody na mart-mal. (Leningrad. Arkticheski i antarkticheskil nauchno-issledovatel'skil institut. Trudy 1967, no.275, p.69-94, graphs, maps, tables) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Study of long range development stages of macroprocesses for a particularization of weather forecasts for March-May. Describes the development of methods for 139

weather forecasts for arctic regions. Peculiarities of transformation in circulation are discussed and typical maps plotted. These maps are based on uniform circulation periods taken from the Institute's records. Regions characterized by low baric changes, many in the western Soviet Arctic, are centers of greater atmospheric activity. DLC. 94128 BOLOTINSKAIA, M. SH. On the quantitative characteristics of atmospheric circulation patterns. (In: Vangengeim, G. IA. and A.F. Laktionov, eds. Hydrometeorology of the polar regions... 1967, p.58-81, graphs, maps, tables) 15 refs. English translation of No 77587. CaMAI. 94129 BOLOTOVA, E.S. Nekotorye osobennosti formirovaniri fotosinteticheskogo apparata i ego vliTnie na urozhai kukuruzy. (Akademite nauk SSSR. Komi filial. Trudy 15 1965. no.14, p.57-64, tables, graphs) refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Some characteristics in the formation of the photosynthetic apparatus and its effect on corn yields. Studies the growth in leaf area during the season and its dependence on temperature and spacing of plants. Weight of fresh mass (for siloing) and dry weight of yields per area are dealt with. Optimal density of plants and the strain most suitable for the area (61°41-N 50'48'E) are also considered. DLC. 94130 BOL'SHAKOV, A.S. and IIJ.P. SKOVORODKIN. Izucheaie pervonachal nogo mekhanizma obrazovanitå ostatochnoi namagnichennosti lavovykh potokov. (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. Inst. fiziki Zemli. Nastoiashchee i proshloe... 1965, p.124-30, tables, graphs) 7 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Investigation of initial mechanism of the generation of remanent magnetization in lava flows. Discusses the possibilities of utilizing lavas in paleomagnetic studies. Magnetometric and petrographic investigations of recent lava flows from some Kamchatka volcanoes are reported. Their remanent magnetization occurred in the cooling process, induced by the local geomagnetic field. Values and direction of remanent magnetism are outlined. DLC. 94131 BOL'SHAKOV, S.M. Naledi kak otritsatel'noe fiziko-geologicheskoe ilvlenie. (USSR. Komitet po zemlianomu polotnu. Sbornik 1966. no.7, p. 72-83, tables, illus) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Naleds as a negative physical-geological phenomenon. Notes the insufficient knowledge of the naled-formation process, which hampers development of measures to prevent their 140

destructive effects on railroads and automobile roads. The combinations of specific climatic features, geologic structure, and hydrogeological conditions under which naleds formation is likely are discussed. The fact that only nine naleds developed on the 400 km western sector of Tayshet-Lena railroad, as compared with 92 on 320 km of the eastern sector illustrates the diversity and complexity of the phenomenon. Formation of naleds in and along the valleys of Ilim, Kupa, Kuta, Yana, Indigirka, Nora and Lena Rivers is discussed; and the influence of permafrost on naled phenomena is analyzed. DLC. 94132 BOL'SHAKOV, V.N. Biologic razmnozhenite, vozrastnaia struktura i dinamika chislennosti lemmingovidnoi polevki. (Problemy Severa 1967, no.11, p.114-17, table) 13 refs. in Russian. Tide tr.: Biology of multiplication, the age structure and the population dynamics of the lemming voles. English translation available from the National Research Council of Canada Library, Ottawa. Reports a 1963 and 1964 study of Alticola lemminus G. Miller in the Kharaulakh Mts of the lower Lena region. This rodent occurs in stony mountain tundra and in moist moss tundra. Its population consists of two age groups: those born in the previous June which overwintered, and those bom in the current June. The litter averages 7.5 young. The maturing process of the newborn in comparison with the vole and the lemming, is slow. DLC. 94133 BOL'SHAKOV, V.N. Sravnitelt nate kharakteristika nekotorykh ekologicheskikh i morfo-fiziologicheskikh priznakov melkikh mlekopitaiushchikh v severnykh i gomykh ralonakh ikh arealov. (In: Soveshchanie zoologov Sibiri, Tomsk, 1966. Voprosy zoologii, p. 176-77) In Russian. Title tr.: Comparative characteristics of ecological and physiological morphology of small mammals in northern and mountainous regions of their range. Studies water voles of the northern and polar Urals to determine their differences from more southerly specimens. These voles (Microtus spp) are typical of the Yamal tundra and the mountainous regions, and differ little from each other, and from the southern specimens. DLC. 94134 BOL'SHAKOVA, O.V. Ustoichivye geomagnitnye mikropul'satsii i solnechnye korpuskuliirnye potoki. (Geomagnetizm i abronomiti 1966. v.6, no.6, p.1088-93, graphs, illus) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr: Continuous geomagnetic micropulsations and solar corpuscular streams.

Correlates the solar corpuscular radiation from chromospheric flares, and active regions and quiet regions of the sun, with definite types of geomagnetic pulsations: Pc 2, Pc 3, and Pc 4. The characteristic features of these groups of micropulsation are analyzed from the 1957-64 records of the vertical and horizontal components of the geomagnetic field at Borok and Petropavlovsk-Kamchatskiy magnetic observatories. From the study of morphological properties of these pulsations, variations of the streams' geometry that generate these pulsations, and the changes in the intensity of radiation of this type are derived. DLC. BOL'SHAKOVA, O.V., see also No. 100774, 100775, 100778 94135 BOLTON, T.E. Some late Silurian Bryozoa from the Canadian Arctic Islands. (Palaeontology 1966. v.9, pt 3, p.517-22, map, illus) 16 refs. Describes Diplotrypa franklini n sp from localities in Cornwallis, Somerset, Devon, and Ellesmere Islands, the cyclostome species Fistulipora(?) mutabilis and Cyclotrypa silurica, originally described from the Ludlovian of Gotland (Sweden), all characteristic of the early Ludlovian faunas of the Canadian Arctic Islands. DGS.

curlew (Numenius borealis) was shot down 4 Sept 1963 in the West Indies. From its breeding range in the Barren Grounds north of the Arctic Circle, the curlew migrated in Aug southeast to Labrador where it fattened on crowberries and snails before attempting the nonstop flight over the Atlantic and Caribbean to South America. DLC. 94137 BOND, T.P. and others. Microcirculation during hypothermia, high speed cinematograph studies. (Archives of surgery 1964. v.89, no.5, p.887-90, illus) Refs. Other authors: J.R. Derrick and M.M. Guest. Account of microcirculation in the dog mesentery before and during deep hypothermia, with blood pressure and perfusion rate kept constant. Red cell aggregation began at 28°C, increased with decreasing temperature and became severe at 15-5°C body temperature; velocity of cells decreased to one-third of normal and flow ceased in most capillaries. DLC. 94138 BONDARENKO, A.T. Chastotnaia zavisimost' dielektricheskikh svolsty porod Kol'skogo poluostrova. (AkadeØä nauk SSSR. lzvestitå Fizika Zemli 1965, no.5, p.101-107, graphs, table) 23 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Frequency dependence of the dielectric properties of the rocks of Kola Peninsula. Determines the dependence, and the tangent of the angle of dielectric losses in 12 kinds of rock from different locations in the Peninsula. Electric properties of dry, alkaline, and ultrabasic rocks as determined for frequencies of 102-107 c/s are given in a table. Methods of the investigation, and instrumentation are described. DLC

94136 BOMKE, H.A. and others. The nature of worldwide geomagnetic disturbances generated by the Starfish explosion of July 9, 1962. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.11, p.2777-89, tables, maps, illus) Refs. Other authors- A.K. Harris, J.W. Walker and W.J. Ramm. Proposes a new approach in the study of the worldwide effects recorded by standard magnetometers a few minutes after this detonation at Johnston Island, using data of 51 magnetic observatories incl Resolute Bay, Sodankylå, College, Baker Lake, Dombås, Churchill, Sitka, Yakutsk. The isopleths were plotted on a world map, using standard contouring techniques. In the system of these global lines of equal magnetic signal strength, a pair of clearly defined maxima is shown near the geomagnetic meridian of the explosion site. A coordinate system is introduced, based upon the geomagnetic field direction at each station, one axis along the dipole field line, and the two orthogonal axes lying in the planes perpendicular to the dipole field. DLC.

94139 BONDARENKO, N.M. Novye vidy pozdnemelovykh rastent'i severa Sibiri, ustanovlennye po sporam i pylise. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologiia i biostratigrafitå 1966, no.14, p.75-88, illus) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New species of Late Cretaceous plants of northern Siberia, determined by spore and pollen. Presents systematic description and illus of 13 moss, pteridospermaphyte and angiosperm species which are characteristic for the flora of the Cenomanian, Maestrichtian and Damian stages of Cretaceous deposits in the Ust'-Yenisey and Khatanga depressions. DLC

94136A BOND, M.W. Did a Barbados hunter shoot the last Eskimo curlew? (Audubon magazine 1965. v.67, no.5, p.314-16, map, illus) Refs. What may have been the last Eskimo

94140 BONDARENKO, N.M. Spory i pyl'tsa verkhnemelovykh otlozhenü Khatangskoi vpadiny. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologitå i biostratigrafii 1967, no.19, p.81-98, 141

tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Spores and pollen of the Upper Cretaceous deposits of the Khatanga depression. Outlines the main results of a 1963-64 study. The stratigraphy and palynological characteristics of these deposits divided into stages are described. Systematic description is given of spores and pollen of some Upper Cretaceous mosses, ferns, and angiospermous plants. DLC. 94141 BONDARENKO, V.N. Opyt primeneniiå mnogomernogo statisticheskogo analiza pri petrokhimicheskikh issledovaniiakh vulkanogennykh kompleksov Kamchatki. (Sovetskait geologic 1966, no.9, p.155-60, tables) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Use of multivariate statistical analysis for petrochemical investigation of volcanic complexes of Kamchatka. Reviews petrochemical investigations of rocks of Neogene and Quaternary volcanism. In Neogene time two cycles of volcanism are recognized; the first led to formation of the Anavgay series and second to the Alney. Chemical composition of rocks is analyzed for Si02, A1203, CaO, M80, and other components. To the max likelihood estimates of the principal components, multivariate statistical analysis and the matrix theory are applied. English translation in Intl. geology review 1967, v.9, no.8, p. 1062-1066. DLC. 94142 BONDAREV, V.I. and S.V. CHERKESOVA. Ordovikskie i siluniskie otlozheniiä Talmyra. (In: Stratigral1i paleozoia Srednei Sibiri... 1967. p.68-86, map, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: The Ordovician and Silurian depostis of Taymyr. Describes the Lower, Middle and Upper Ordovician deposits divided into horizons. Faunal characteristics of each horizon are given. Llandoverian, Wenlockian and Ludlovian stages of the Siberian deposits are also described. DLC. 94143 BONDAREVA, N.A. Sem' nedel' na Komandorakh, k 225-letilil otkrytiiä ostrovov. Petropavlovsk-Kamchatskiy, Dal'nevostochnoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1966. 56 p. illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Seven weeks on the Commanders, 225 years after the discovery of the islands. 1966 made 225 yr since Vitus Bering discovered these islands, and 140 yr since the Aleuts settled on them. So the Kamchatka Division of the All-Russian Society for the Preservation of Historical and Cultural Monuments (founded in 1966) sent two expeditions there. One under V.N. Vinogradov reached Bering Island on 17 June and set up a monument on the site of Bering's grave which was unveiled on 17 July; it is a 3.5 m high 142

iron cross on a stone pedestal. Earlier markers on the site are noted and illus, as are two monuments recently erected in Nikol= skoye. The second expedition, headed by the author, arrived in Aug, collected historical and ethnographic material and rearranged the Aleut People's Local History Museum (Aleutskil narodny"T kraevedcheskii muzei) in NikoP skoye. Seven Aleut songs recorded on Bering Island are given with melodies. The poor state is mentioned of the grave of A.I. Cherskil who spent five yr developing the local fur industry and died in 1920. DLC. 94144 BONDESEN, E. Observations on recent sand volcanoes. (Dansk geologisk forening. Meddelelser 1966. v.16, p.195-98, illus) 10 refs. Also issued as: Greenland. Geologiske undersøgelse. Miscellaneous papers no.48. Describes some small eruptive sedimentary features located at Graenseland in SW Greenland. They consist of very small cones which appear to erupt rhythmically as a result of pressure gradients in a closed sedimentary basin. DGS. 94145 BONDESEN, E. and others. Precambrian organisms and the isotopic composition of organic remains in the Ketilidian of south-west Greenland. KØbenhavn, Reitzel 1967. 41 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. (Meddelelser om GrØnland v.164, no.4) 55 refs. Other authors: K.R. Pedersen and 0. Jørgensen. Also pub as: Greenland. Geologiske undersØgelse. Bulletin 1967. no.67. Describes geological studies of considerable scientific significance in the Graenseland area. These indicate the existence of identifiable organisms in the Ketilidian division of the middle Precambrian, 2500-1700 MY. Vallenia erlingi n gen et sp is described in detail and illus; it bears no close affinities to any other fossil or living group, though a planktonic habit is suggested. Also coal, graphite and oil shale of organic origin occur in these rocks. Experiments to verify this conclusion, using 8 C-13 values, are reported by 0. Jørgensen. CaMAI, DLC. BONEHILL, B., see No. 94236 BONNYCASTLE, D.D., see No. 96273 BORCHERT, H., see No. 99421 94146 BORDEN, T. Five Alaska hospitals currently plan construction projects. (Alaska's health and welfare, June 1966. v.23, P.3) Describes plans, several of them completed, for enlargements or additons to hospitals in

Ketchikan, Wrangell, Petersburg, Glennallen and Anchorage. The first two hospitals will have an additional 52 beds. CaMAI. BOREIKO, F.I., see No. 98930, 101173 BORIS, E.I., see No. 99943 BORISENKO, N.F., see No. 95531 94147 BORISENKOV, E.P. and N.F. POLYSALOVA. The automatic introduction of meteorological information from communication lines into an electronic digital computer and its analysis. (In: Vangengeim, G.IA. and A.F. Laktionov, eds. Hydrometeorology of the polar regions... 1967, p.135-45, table, illus) 4 refs. English translation of No 77608. CaMAI. 94148 BORISENKOV, E.P. A quantitative description of some characteristics of the general atmospheric circulation and their relation to the radiation regime of the Arctic. (In: Symposium on the arctic heat budget and atmospheric circulation. Proceedings... 1966. p.111-34, maps) Refs. Constructs a mathematical model applicable to problems of atmospheric circulation and the heat balance of the Arctic. A new technique is introduced for calculating available potential energy of the air. The flux of available potential energy through warm and cold intrusions is shown to be more important for an open region than its local changes. The expansion of the fields of mean monthly anomalies of air temp for the decade 1954-63 into natural orthogonal components is explained, and the results analyzed. The fields of the first, second and third eigenvectors of mean monthly air temp anomalies and total radiation are mapped. These show that warming occurred in the Arctic 1954-63, a principal factor being the penetration of warm Atlantic air masses into the Arctic through circulation processes. The effect of outflows of marine Pacific air may also be observed. The paper concludes with a reference to further research being undertaken to elucidate the role of the circulation regime and other factors in the formation and variation of the temp field and energy balance of the Arctic. DWB. 94149 BORISENKOV, E.P. Seasonal energy transformations in the atmosphere of the Northern and Southern Hemispheres. (In Vangengeim, G.IA. and A.F. Laktionov, eds. Hydrometeorology of the polar regions... 1967, p. 121-34, maps, tables) 5 refs. English translation of No 77610. CaMAI. BORISENKOV, E.P., see also No. 97452

BORISEVICH, I.V., see No. 93346, 96910 94150 BORISOGLEBSKAIA, N.V. Krovososushchie mokreisy, Diptera: Heleidae, Belomorskogo poberezh'iä. (Zoologicheskii zhumal 1967. v.46, no.2, p.229-34, tables, graphs) 13 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Biting midges, Diptera: Heleidae, of the White Sea coast. Reports a summer 1961 study on the Karelian coast, where 13 species of sandflies, gen Culicoides, were found. Seasonal fluctuation of the mass species in two different habitats and diurnal biting activity (on July 6-7) are dealt with. DLC. 94151 BORISOGLEBSKAIA, N.V. Mesta vyploda krovososushchikh mokreisov, Diptera: Heleidae, na poberezh'e Belogo monä. (Zoologicheskii zhumal 1966. v.45, 10 refs. In Russian. no.3, p.459-61, tables) English summary. Title tr.: Sites of emergence of biting midges, Diptera: Heleidae, on the White Sea coast. Two sites of emergence of these insects were found in Karelia. One is brackish, the other freshwater, and both are connected with the sea. The brackish is the source of mass emergence for at least three species. DLC. 94152 BORISOV, B.L. Iz istorii sovetskogo stroitel'stva v Sibiri. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Izvestiiä 1967, no.1, p. 73-79, tables) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: History of the building of the soviets in Siberia. Comparative statistical study of the 1929-65 election returns with selected separate data for Yakut ASSR and northern minorities: total number of voters, percentage of women, educational level and ethnic affiliation of elected officials, etc. The total number of voters in Yakut ASSR rose from 45.2 in 1929 to 69.9% in 1934; women voters: 22.4 to 56.2%, respectively; 51% of the 347 chairmen of rural soviets elected in 1931 were not literate. In 1965 6457 Yakuts and over 3900 northern aborigines were elected deputies to local soviets in Siberia. DLC. BORISOV, M.V., see No. 96533 94153 BORISOV, S.V. and others. Trekhmemy kremnekislorodny karkas v kristallicheskoI strukture neptunita. (Akanauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.166, no.4, p.933-36, table, illus) 5 refs. In Russian. Other authors: R.F. Klevisova, V.V. Bakakin and N.V. Belov. Title tr.: Threedimensional silicon-oxygen framework in the crystal structure of neptunite. Reports a crystallographic and mineralogic study of neptunite from the Malyy Pun143

karuayv region of the Lovozero massif in Kola Peninsula. Coordinates of atoms and structure of the mineral are given; positions of the Mn and Ti atoms described. A threedimensional silicon-oxygen framework is established and its formula analyzed. DLC. 94154 BORISOV, V.I. Nekotorye dannye serologicheskogo analiza stad grenlandskogo ttülentå, Pagophilus groenlandicus Erxleben. (Zoologicheski zhurnal 1966. v.45, no.12, p.1890-92, illus.) 11 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title b:: Some data on serological analysis of the Greenland herd of harp seals, Pagophilus groenlandicus Erxl. Blood sera of these seals from the White Sea, Jan Mayen and Newfoundland waters were studied immunologically. Results did not show differences between the populations considered. DLC. BORISOVA, A. SH., see No. 99635 94155 BORISOVA, L.G. and G.I. TURKENICH. Inertia temperatury vozdukha na territorii SSSR v razlichnye epokhi (Moskva. TSentral= solnechnoT aktivnosti. nyl institut prognozov. Trudy 1966, no.154, p.23-33, maps, tables) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Air temperature inertia over the USSR during different epochs of solar activity. Shows the variance in the probability of retention of the monthly mean air ternperature, due to variations in solar activity in different regions. The probability of the retention for June-July and Sept-Oct as obtained from the records of 98 USSR stations including those in the North is given in a table and three charts for Wolf sunspot numbers 25, 26-64, and < 65. The calculation results show that while on the average the sign of the anomaly is retained in 73% of the cases, in different regions and during different intensity of solar activity, this probability varies from 26 to 92%. DLC. 94156 BORNS, H.W., Jr. and R.P. GOLDTHWAIT. Late-Pleistocene fluctuations of Kaskawulsh Glacier, southwestern Yukon Territory, Canada. (American journal of science 1966. v.264, no.8, p.600-619, maps, tables, illus) Refs. Presents a detailed history of this glacier from 12,000 BP to present. A 30-mi retreat of the glacier from the Shakwak Valley commencing before 12,500 BP is documented. Loess and paleosols from the Slims (hypsithermal) interval are described and illus, with additional pollen data. Evidence of neoglacial advance commencing 3000 BP, is presented, particularly from moraine morphology and vegetation. Modern activity at 144

the glacier terminus is discussed, with particular reference to sub-glacial streams. Intermittent retreat has taken place during the past 100 yr. DLC. BORODENKOVA, Z.F., see No. 99594 94157 BORODIN, L.S. and others. Osobennosti khimicheskogo sostava i raspredelenie titanomagnetita v kompleksnykh massivakh ul'trabazitov, shchelochnykh porod i karbonatitov. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. lzvestiiå 1966, ser. geol. no.5, p.3248, tables, graphs) 28 refs. In Russian. Other authors: Title B.P. Zolotarev and L.I. Serdobova. tr.: Features of the chemical composition and distribution of titanomagnetites in complex massifs of ultrabasites, alkaline rocks and carbonatites. Reports a geologic, petrographic and geochemical study of various types of rocks of the Kotuy-Maymecha and Karelia-Kola alkaline provinces. Two groups are distinguished: the primary intrusive ultrabasites and the alkaline rocks and carbonatites. Chemical composition and features of titanomagnetite distribution are analyzed. Element-admixtures in the titanomagnetites are determined. In those from primary ultrabasites chromium, nickel and vanadium are characteristically present. DLC. BORODKIN, B.S., see No. 93755 BOROVITIN, M.P., see No. 94901 94159 BOROVITSKII, V.P. and others. Opredelenie malykh kolichestv zolota v prirodnykh vodakh Aldanskogo raiona. (Geokhimiia 1966, no.4, p.483-88, tables, graph) 10 refs. In Russian. Other authors: A.D. Title tr.: Miller and V.N. Shemiakin. Determination of small amounts of gold in natural waters of the Aldan region. Discusses methods and techniques of analysis involving the use of calomel; their value in permafrost conditions is noted. The gold DLC. content is reported. BOROVKO, N.G. and others. 94159 Novye dannye po litologii pohüdovskoT svity Severnogo Urals. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1964. v.119, p.239-47, 2 refs. In Russian. Other graphs, table) authors: A.D. Ishkov and G.N. Kell'. Title tr.: New data on the lithology of the Polyudov series of the Northern Ural. Reports a lithologic and mineralogic study in the Kolva-Vishera region and Polyudov Ridge. Lower and upper strata of this series are analyzed. The gravel, boulder, sandstone and cement composition of conglomerates of the lower stratum is described, and the heavy

fraction mineral composition given. The upper stratum is similarly treated. Possible occurrence of diamond placers is discussed. DLC. 94160 BOROVKO, N.G. and I.N. GOLUB. 0 vozraste nemykh tolshch Pohidova knizha Sevemogo Urals. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.169, no.4, p.895-97, map, profile) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr: Age of the barren beds of Polyudov Ridge in the Northern Ural. Analyzes the stratigraphy of terrigenous barren beds of this ridge and establishes local stratigraphic units. A geologic map of the area is presented. Some paleophytologic data are given and absolute age determined tentatively. The thick complex of rocks possibly was formed over a long period from the Upper Riphean through the Cambrian. DLC. BOROVKO, N.G. and others. 94161 Stratigrafiia, usloviia obrazovanii i almazonosnost' otlozhenil "churochnoy" svity, Sevemyl Ural. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1964. v.119, p.23-50, maps) Approx. 60 refs. In_ Russian. Other authors: G.N. Kell' and IU.D. Smirnov. Title tr.: Stratigraphy, formation conditions and diamond-bearing properties of the Churochnaya series deposits, Northern Ural. Reports study of lithology-facies, petrographic composition, mineralogy and age of these deposits. The series extends in age from Late Proterozoic to Cambrian and possibly Early Ordovician. It is divided into four new series and each is described in detail. Two varieties of placer diamonds are recognized large rounded crystals and small octahedron. Sources and time of formation of the DLC. diamonds are discussed. 94162 BOROZDIN, EL Diurnal periodicity of spermatogenesis stages in reinEnglish translation of No 85798, deer. available as TT-67-51234 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va. 22151. BORSHCH-KOMPANEETS, V.I., see No. 101173 94163 BORSHCHEVA, N.A. and N.P. LAZARENKO. K voprosu o vzaimootnoshenii otlozhenil srednego i verkhnego kembriiå na severo-vostoke Anabarskogo podmatira. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'naia geologiia 1966, no.9, p. 78-87, map, table) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The interrelation of Middle and Upper Cambrian deposits in the northeast of the Anabar uplift. Reports a 1965-66 lithologic-stratigraphic

study in the basin of the Maspaaky (Maspaky), tributary to the Malaya Kuonamka. Middle and Upper Cambrian deposits are analyzed and their fauna described. No discontinuity is found between the two. DLC. 94164 BORSHCHEVA, N.A. K voprosu ob unasledovannosti drevnikh melovykh dolin sovremennol gidroset'iii na severo-vostoke (Leningrad. N.-issl. Sibirskol platformy. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'naia geologiia 1967, no.10, p.44-52, map, tables) Ref. In Russian. Title 6:: Inheritance of old Cretaceous valleys in the northeast of the Siberian platform. Describes fragments of old Cretaceous valleys in Maspaky, Tokur, Choppo-Delingde and other river valleys of Yakutia. The distribution and the lithologic and mineralogic composition of the Cretaceous deposits are described. Two lithologic beds are distinguished, one sandy-coal-bearing and the other gravel-sandy. Diamond placers are found in Cretaceous deposits and further DLC. study is suggested. BORUSHKO, II1.I., see No. 98930 94165 BORUTSKII, E.V. Harpacticoida (Crustacea, Copepods) Vashutkinykh ozer (basselna r. Usy). (In: Vses. gidrobiologicheskoe o-vo. Gidrobiologicheskoe izuchenie... Kralnego Severe SSSR... 1966. p.51-62, Title tr.: tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Harpacticoida (Crustacea, Copepods) of the Vashutkin Lakes (Usa River basin). Variety and quantity of biomass of Harpacticoida decreased from the littoral to the profundal zone. Types of Crustacea in the littoral zone were typical of tundra lakes. Two species, P. schmeili and M duthei, the former more common in the sublittoral zone and the latter in the littoral, were found in sandy soil at all depths. A. northumbrica and Br. zschokkei were collected only in the sublittoral. Among rocks in the littoral zones up to 73,500 specimens/m3 were collected, all typical bottom dwellers and most prevalent in DLC. undisturbed and secluded areas. 94166 BORZHONOV, B. and L. MICHURIN. Master svoego dela. (Okhota i okhotnich'e khozi Istvo 1967. v.13, no.11, p.12-13, map, illos) In Russian. Title tr.: An expert in his job. Sketches the work of M.G. Degtiarev, a hunter in the Taymyr National District, who was awarded the order of the Red Banner of Labor in 1965 for his ahievements in fox trapping. His 700 km2 hunting ground extends from the Kara seacoast 70 km inland. Methods of laying out the trap lines (1780 145

traps) are described (map). In 1960-1965 he delivered 1088 pelts valued at 37,000 rubles. DLC. 94167 BOSTOCK, H.H. Geological notes Itchen Lake map-area, District of Mackenzie. Ottawa 1967. 13 p. maps, table. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 66-24) 10 refs. The map area is at 65°-66°N.111°-l13Ø. The Yellowknife Group (early Precambrian) is prominently exposed, dipping steeply in a broad belt, which seems to form part of a major synclinal structure. Basic and some acid volcanic rocks with quartz-biotite and quartz-amphibole gneisses are present in the lower part of the group, knotted schist with graywacke in the upper part. Along the NW margin of the belt, knotted schists bearing amphibolite bodies with which gold, accompanied by arsenopyrite, pyrrhotite, magnetite, pyrite, chalcopyrite and loelingite, is associated, are tentatively correlated with basic volcanic rocks along the SE margin. K-Ar ages of biotite and muscovite in gneisses and other hybrid rocks, derived from rocks of the Yellowknife Group, and in rocks of the group itself, range from 2075-2350 MY. DGS. BOSTOCK, H.H., see also No. 94444 94168 BOSTRÖM, R. Desirable magnetic-field measurements in the high-latitude magnetosphere. (Space science review 1967. v.7, no.2 /3, p.191-97, illus) Refs. Discusses the question of how the auroral electrojet circuit is closed, using magneticfield measurements for an answer. Different models of the auroral zone and electrojet current system are analyzed. A feature common to all of them is that magnetic disturbance observed on the ground is due mainly to the ionospheric currents. To measure the magnetospheric currents, a magnetometer aboard a polar orbiting satellite must be used. Postscript states that a satellite equipped with a flux gate magnetometer was flown in 1966 and 1967. Localized disturbances of the order of 30-400v, possibly related to the currents were found above the auroral zone at 1000 km altitude. DLC. 94168A BOSTROM, R.C. Water expulsion and pingo formation in a region affected by subsidence. (Journal of glaciology 1967. v.6, no.46, p.568-72, illus) French and German summary. Though pingos are absent or of sparse occurrence in the Arctic generally, they are present in hundreds in the Mackenzie Delta region of Canada. Geophysical evidence indicates this to be a region of contemporary 146

tectonic subsidence. Recently deposited sediments in a subsiding layer are not subject to compaction so long as they are saturated and frozen. Upon passing through the 0°C isothermal surface, compaction of the buried material takes place all at once through the withdrawal of support by interstitial ice. In the Mackenzie delta region a rigid impermeable layer, about 300 ft thick, is perched upon a layer newly thawed and surcharged with water. The resulting water expulsion produces an artesian head which is responsible for the formation of pingos. The Mackenzie River pingos, therefore, belong to the hydraulic class, contrary to earlier opinion. CaMAI, DLC. BOSYKH, IILA., see No. 99086 BOTEVA, E.B., see No. 101203 94169 BOTKUNOV, A.I. Sokhrannosti (iselostnost) kristallov almazov iz trubki "Mir". (Vses. mineralogicheskoe o-vo. Zapiski 1967. v.96, no.3, p.312-15, tables) Refs. Title tr.: Preservation (conIn Russian. dition) of diamond crystals from the Mir pipe. Reports a study of diamond crystals from samples, and the gross production of the Mir pipe in Yakutia. Up to 52.6% of the crystals are distorted and 90% of those defective can be attributed to natural processes. Various types of distorted crystals and such from various types of kimberlite bodies are reviewed and the data tabulated. Causes of distortion are briefly discussed. DLC. BOTKUNOV, A.I., see also No. 99894, 100201 BOTSAN, M., see No 93758 94170 BOTVINNIKOV, V.I. Ekonomicheskie predposylki i puti razvititå sel= skogo khozråistva v raionakh Obskogo Se(In: Problemy osvoeniib Zapadnovern Sibirskoi... 1966, p.128-31) 2 refs. In Russian. Title h:: Economic prerequisites and development of agriculture in the northern Ob River region. Estimates that this region will reach a population of more than 6 million by the year 2000. Supplying the area with agricultural produce, from other regions of the USSR, and organization of local enterprise is discussed. Pur-Taz, lower Ob-Yamal, Konda-Sos'va, middle Ob and Vasyugan-Tym regions are briefly reviewed and suitable areas for agDLC. riculture noted. 94171 BOTVINNIKOV, V.I. Kontury novykh territorial'nykh kompleksov estestvennykh resursov Zapadnol Sibiri. (In..

Problemy osvoeniiå Zapadno-Sibirskoi... 1966, p.39-47, map) In Russian. Title Er.: The periphery of the new areas of natural resources in West Siberia. Summarizes oil, gas, forest, peat, coal, etc reserves in the northern part of West Siberia. According to resources five areas are distinguished and briefly characterized: KondaSevernaya Sos'va, the area of the middle course of the Ob' River, Vasyugan-Tym, Pur-Taz, lower Ob'-Yamal. DLC. 94172 BOTVINNIKOV, V.I. and V.M. 0 transportnom osvoenii novykh kompleksov prirodnykh resursov Zapadnot Sibiri. (In. Problemy osvoeniiii Zapadno-Sibirskoi... 1966, p.58-66, map) In Russian. Title tr: Establishing transportation to new area of natural resources in West Siberia. Reviews distribution of natural resources in West Siberia with special reference to oil and gas. Transportation of machinery, construction materials, etc in connection with the exploitation of these resources is considered. Transportation figures of these goods (in tons) for 1980 are calculated for Bakchar-Okhteur'ye, Surgut, Konda-Sos'va, lower Ob and Taz-Pur areas. Construction of roads, oil and gas pipelines etc are also briefly discussed. DLC.

TSEPLIAEV.

94173 BOTYGIN, V. Krasnye lirangi. In (Agitator 1966. v.34, no.19, p.44-45) Russian. Title tr.: Red skin tents. Describes a kind of "bookmobile" service to remote areas. Fifty such wanigans are currently assigned to Chukotka. They carry books and newspapers, musical instruments, records and record players, movie projectors, microscopes, etc. A staff of lecturers in party-political and social work, can also act as advisers on nutrition, animal husbandry, etc. Efficiency of the service is hampered, however, by lack of motorized equipment to move the wanigans, inoperable movie installations at low winter temp, inadequate clothing of DLC. staff members, etc. 94174 BOVEY, J. The growth of NWT government. (North 1966. v.13, no.4, p.40-43) Traces the course of administration of what is now the Northwest Territories from 1870. Increase of Council meetings from annual to monthly during 1930-45 is noted. The first resident of the Territories was appointed to the Council in 1946; the 1951 Northwest Territories Amendment Act increased the Council to eight members, of which three were elected. Further changes came, and by

1964 the Deputy Commissioner remained the only civil servant sitting on the Council. CaMAI, DLC. 94175 BOW, J.M. and C. PURDAY. A method of preparing sperm whale teeth for age determination. (Nature, 23 Apr 1966. v.210, p.437-38, illus) 7 refs. Describes a quick, non-exacting method, using acid etching, which produces light and dark laminae (on bisected teeth) in reflected light. Techniques of sectioning and photographing are also noted. DLC. 94176 BOWBELSKA, I. Wpiyw gtgbokiej hipotermii wywotanej chtodzeniem pridem krwi na zuiycie tlenu. (Poznaiiskie towarzystwo przykaciot nauk. Komisija medycyny do§wiadczalnej. Prace 1965. v.31, p.5-37, illus) 48 refs. In Polish. English summary. Title tr.: Oxygen consumption during deep hypothermia induced by blood stream cooling. Increase of oxygen content in venous blood, decrease of arterio-venous difference and coefficient of oxygen utilization are proofs of greatly decreased oxygen consumption in deep hypothermia. But constant dilitation of the circulatory bed in this period suggest that the body needs are greater than real oxygen consumption. Influence of pH and cold on the oxyhemoglobin dissociation curve may make it impossible to satisfy this need for oxygen. Oxygen deficit acquired in the circulatory arrest period is proportional to the 02 consumption and coefficient of 02 utilization in the final period of cooling. DNLM. BOWER, M.E., see No. 95613, 96150 BOX, B.M., see No. 100394 BOYD, J.W., see No. 94177 94177 BOYD, W.L. and J.W. BOYD. Microbiological studies of aquatic habitats of the area of Inuvik, Northwest Territories. (Arctic 1967. v.20, no.1, p.27-41, tables, illus) 15 refs. French and Russian summary. Results of chemical analyses and bacterial counts of waters in eight lakes and the Mackenzie River at Inuvik, show a uniform chemical composition throughout the ice-free period (Jun-Aug), an increase in psychrophilic and mesophilic bacteria, and low counts of thermophilic bacteria and molds. Water supplied to Inuvik from the Mackenzie River, has been pumped into Hidden Lake during freeze-up, allowed to settle, then filtered and chlorinated. This system is described and problems of circulation and sewage disposal 147

noted, with tabulated data on microbial and chemical properties of the sewage lagoon. CaMAI, DGS.

BRABB, E.E., see also No. 94586, 98804 §11 BRABENDER, I., see No. 99774

BOYD, W.L., see also No. 100324 94178 BOYLAN, J.W. and S.K. HONG. Regulation of renal function in hypothermia. (American journal of physiology 1966. v.211, no.6, p.1371-78, tables, graphs) 43 refs. Details parameters in renal function of dogs kept at a steady-state temperature of 25°C. All measured urinary constituents were found to approach their plasma concentration. Reabsorption, water and renal plasma flow, glomerular filtration, tubular perfusion, renal 02 consumption, etc are considered. DLC. 94179 BRABB, E.E. and M. CHURHIN, Stratigraphic evidence for the late Devonian age of the Nation River formation, east-central Alaska. (US. Geological Survey. Professional paper 1967. no.575-D, p.4-15, maps, table, illus) 17 refs. Failure to recognize an unconformity at the base of the overlying Tahkandit Limestone (Permian) at the type locality of the Nation River formation near the mouth of the Nation River has led to controversial problems concerning its age. Stratigraphic evidence (supported by palynologic data) indicates that the formation is almost certainly late Devonian. DGS.

Jr.

94180 BRABB, E.E. Stratigraphy of the Cambrian and Ordovician rocks of eastcentral Alaska. Washington, DC 1967. iii, 30 p. maps, table, illus. (US. Geological Survey. Professional paper no. 559-A) 23 refs. Proposes four new formation names for the westernmost known exposures of Cambrian sedimentary rocks in North America: Funnel Creek Limestone and Adams Argillite (early Cambrian) and Hillard Limestone (early Cambrian-early Ordovician) in the Hillard Peak and Hard Luck Creek areas, and Jones Ridge Limestone (early Cambrian-middle or late Ordovician) in the Jones Ridge-Squaw Mountain area. Facies maps prepared from measured sections and paleontologic data suggest that the Jones Ridge-Squaw Mountain area represented a shoal or reef environment during the early Paleozoic; the HillardPeak-Hard Luck Creek area was a turbulent marine shelf receiving terrigenous material from unknown sources. Petroleum exploration is suggested on the basis of rapid facies changes, reeflike sedimentation and occurrence of bitumen and other organic matter in the rocks. DOS. 148

94181 BRACE, L.H. and others. Detailed behaviour of the midlatitude ionosphere from the Explorer XVII satellite. (Planetary and space science 1965. v.13, no.7, p.647-66, table, graphs) 38 refs. Russian summary. Other authors: N.W. Spencer and A. Dalgarno. Studies the diurnal and latitudinal behavior of the summer ionosphere near the altitude of the F2 max at the time of solar min activity. Measurements of electron temperature, T0, and the ambient positive ion density Ni were made by electrostatic probes on Explorer XVII over College at 60°N geomag, Quito at 10° geomag, and at 40° geomag for altitudes below 400 km. The results, presented in a table and graphically, are accompanied by a detailed discussion. DLC. 94181A BRACE, L.H. and N.W. SPENCER. Direct measurements of positive ion density and electron temperature in the (In: NATO Advanced Study F-region. Institute 1963. Proceedings 1964. p.85-92, graphs, illus) 6 refs. Presents the data from a series of ejected electrostatic probe measurements of electron temperature and positive ion density in the E and F regions of the ionosphere, discussing the data in terms of their bearing on the question of thermal equilibrium in the iona sphere. Electron temperature profiles from four daytime flights at Ft Churchill and Wallops Island Mar 1960 - Mar 1961 are compared for quiet and disturbed ionospheric conditions. The conclusions are compared with data from an identical cylindrical probe carried aboard Explorer 17, and corrected accordingly. DLC. 94182 BRADIE, R.A. SLAR imagery for sea ice studies; side-looking airborne radar facilitates the identification of formation, growth, drift, deformation, and disintegration. (Photogrammetric engineering 1967. v.33, no.7, p.763-66, illus) 6 refs. SLAR can cover large areas on relatively small amounts of film and collect imagery during day and night, also in bad weather. Illustrations of Hotham Inlet and Selawik Lake, Alaska, within the winter pack ice, and along the Foggy Island Bay section of' the coast of Alaska, in fast ice, are included with explanatory notes. A movement of floating sea ice can be detected in some images. Pressure ridges, floes, bergs, hummocked ice, young ice, grease ice, and a polynya are CaMAI, DLC. indicated.

94183 BRADY, J. Native land claims. (Alaska review of business and economic conditions 1967. v.4, no.6, p.1-12, map) Reviews in historical perspective the present impasse over native land claims in Alaska. The legal background, involving questions of sovereignty, the Act of Cession, and various court decisions, are outlined. Reasons for the magnitude of claims in 1967, which now cover most of the state, are explained. Effects upon oil revenues are assessed. The respective interests of the state, homesteaders, the natives and the federal govt are contrasted, and factors influencing the 1967 land freeze" imposed by the US Secretary of the Interior are suggested. Methods of acquiring title are explained, and while present positions of the respective parties are unyielding, eventual compromise is believed CaMAI. likely. 94184

BRAEKKAN, O.R.

Fisk som

råvare. (Fiskets gang 1965. v.51, no.5, p.68-72) In Norwegian. Tide tr.: Fish as a raw product. Discusses the great variety in fish with respect to season, nutritional qualities, geographic location, catching methods, transport, processing and marketing, and the role of research in deriving the best results in the industry. Fat content and the flavor of fish are considered, as are location, timing, and abundance of fish food, which may affect smell and flavor. Quality of flesh is different during mating season from its ordinary standard. The weight of roe and milt is substantial. Unprocessed foodstuff of fish should be rationally handled. More knowledge on enzyme and biochemical factors is DI. needed. 94185 BRÄNHOLM, A. Bäverns framtid i Sverige. (Sveriges natur. Arsbok 1967. p.37-46, map, illus) Refs. In Swedish. Tide tr.: Future of the beaver in Sweden. Reveiws the history and present status of this furbearer. It has a population of scarcely 2000 with concentrations mostly in the south. Areas in Norrland where it is active are of little use for lumbering or cultivation. Its conservation should be considered. DLC. 94186 BRAHM, C. and S.R. GEIGER. Additional records of the scyphozoan Stephanoscyphus simplex Kirkpatrick. (Southern California Academy of Sciences. Bulletin 1966. v.65, no.1, p.47-52, map, tables) 8 refs.

Reports wide distribution of this coelenterate species; of 32 bottom samples from the Arctic Ocean, Stephanoscyphus simplex was present in fifteen. These new records are from collections made from ARLIS I, ARLIS

II, and the icebreaker USNS Burton Island, at depths of 110-1440 m. This data suggests that S. simplex is found at shallower depths in DGS. the Arctic Ocean than elsewhere. 94187 BRAHM, C., and J.L. MOHR. Report of an echiuroid worm Hamingia

arctica Danielsen and Koren from the Beaufort Sea. (Southern California Academy of Sciences. Bulletin 1962. v.61, pt. 2, p.123) 4 refs. A complete specimen of this worm was recovered from clayey silt at a depth of 110 m in the Beaufort Sea in bottom samples taken by the USNS Burton Island, 1960. This is a first regional report of this species in

normal substrate; it had previously been washed ashore at Pt Barrow after a storm. DGS. 94188 BRAHM, C., and J.L. MOHR. Report of a scyphozoan Stephanoscyphus

simplex Kirkpatrick from the Arctic Ocean. (Southern California Academy of Sciences. Bulletin 1962. v.61, pt. 1, p.64) 3 refs. A single specimen from a depth of 1540 ni at 71°45'N.144°55'W in the Beaufort Sea, and a colony from a depth of 471 m at 74°54'N.165°48'W in the Chukchi Sea, extend the distribution of this species into the Arctic, and the range of its temperature DGS. tolerance to -0.4°C. 94189 BRATTSEVA, O.A. and I.V. MELEKESTSEV. Chetvertichnye oledeneniiå TSentral'noi Kamchatskol depressii i ikh znachenie dhå raschleneniia molodykh vulkanogennykh porod Kamchatki. (Akademhå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. vulkanologii. Trudy 1966, no.23, p.168-77, Tide tr.: The Refs. In Russian. illus) Quaternary glaciation of the central Kamchatka depression and its importance for separation of the recent volcanic rocks of Kamchatka. Reports study of glacial relief and glacial deposits of this region. According to their preservation and position on various hypsometric levels, two glacial and aqueo-glacial complexes are separated and described. Moraines and fluvioglacial plains of both complexes are analyzed. The older complex is attributed to Middle and the younger to Upper Quaternary glaciation. Data on the glaciations are used for separation of recent DLC. volcanic rocks. 94190 BRAITSEVA, O.A. Geomorfologicheskoe stroenie TSentral'noi Kamchatskoi depressii i nekotorye voprosy neotektoniki. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1967, no.5, p.74-79, maps) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. Geomorphic structure of the Central Kam-

149

chatka depression and some problems of recent tectonics. Reports the compilation of a geomorphic map of this depression, and the studies made in the process. These enable a new interpretation to be given to some geomorphic problems. Three areas of the depression are separated and their relief formation and other features are characterized. A general plan of recent tectonic movements is presented and interpreted. They substantially affected the relief formation. DLC. 94191 BRATTSEVA, O.A. and LS. EVTEEVA. K istorii eli i pikhty na Kamchatke v chetvertichnoe vremia. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1967, no.5, p.144-46, table) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. On the history of spruce and fir in Kamchatka in Quaternary time. Reports palynological study of the Quaternary horizons of the Central Kamchatka depression. Three epochs of climatic cooling are disclosed. Spruce was widely distributed in the warm periods; and in cold periods, it remained only in some areas. Fir died out in the Upper Pleistocene. The present fir stand is of recent formation and not a relic of glaciation. DLC. 94192 BRAISEVA, O.A. and others. Nekotorye voprosy stratigrafii osadochnykh chetvertichnykh otlozhenii Vostochnoi Kamchatki i ikh znachenie dltä opredeleniis vozrasta vulkanicheskikh obrazovanii. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. vulkanologii. Trudy 1966, no.23, p.112-67, map, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Other authors I.S. Evteeva, E.G. Lupikina and I.V. Melekestsev. Title tr.: Some problems of stratigraphy of sedimentary Quaternary deposits of eastern Kamchatka and their importance for age determination of volcanic formations. Reports work in the region of Kamchatskiy and Ol'ga Bays, where a geologic and geomorphic study of the glacial and marine forms of relief was made with spore-pollen complex and diatom analyses of the Quaternary deposits. The stratigraphic data obtained are used to determine the age of volcanic activity. Three types of volcanic structure, differing in age, are recognized and briefly characterized. DLC. 94193 BRATTSEVA, O.A. and others. 0 vozraste molodykh pemzovykh otlozhenii ralona Kuril'skogo ozera na IUzhnoi Kamchatke. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. vulkanologii. Trudy 1966, no.23, p.105-111, map, illus) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: T.S. Kraevatå and E.G. Lupikina. Title tr.: On the age of the recent 150

pumice deposits in the Kuril'skoye Lake region of southern Kamchatka. Notes four varieties of pumice deposits in the terrace-like valleys of the Ozemaya, Vychenkiya, Unkanovich, etc Rivers. Their thickness, distribution and other features are characterized. The age of the pumice is discussed, and spore-pollen analyses of peat buried there are reported which indicate acid DLC. volcanism in Holocene time. 94194 BRAISEVA, O.A. and I.S. EVTEEVA. 0 vozraste tolshchi "sinikh glin" TSentral'noi Kamchatskoy depressii. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Komissiia po izuchenitn chetvertichnogo perioda. Biulleten' 1967, no.33, p.164-72, table, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The age of the blue clays stratum in the central Kamchatka depression. Describes the distribution of the so-called blue clays, their comparison, mode of occurrence, and other features in the Kamchatka and other river basins. Their thickness varies in different regions and is up to 6 m. Spore-pollen analyses of these deposits are reported and their age attributed to the second half of the Lower Quaternary. CaMAI, DLC. 94195 BRASLAVETS, K.M. K voprosu o gruppirovke govorov "Kamchatskogo (Akademii nauk SSSR. Sinarechii ". birskoe otd-ie. Izvestiia 1967, no.6, p.134-35) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Grouping of jargons of the so-called Kamchatka patois. Describes phonetic and morphological peculiarities of idioms spoken by russified Kamchadals and by Kamchadal-assimilated descendants of early Russian and Cossack DLC. settlers. 94195A BRASSARD, G.R. and W.C. STEERE. The mosses of Bathurst Island, NWT, Canada. (Canadian journal of botany 1968. v.46, no.4, p.377-83, map) 8 refs. Describes Bathurst Island and presents an annotated list of 82 mosses reported there. Pterygoneurum arcticum is new to the bryoflora of arctic Canada. Sixteen species were found in subfossil peat. During postglacial times most species would almost certainly have re-invaded Bathurst Island from the west (the Bathurst flora is most like Prince Patrick Island) or from the probable refugium in northern Ellesmere Island to the DLC. northeast. 94196 BRASSARD, G.R. New or additional moss records from Ellesmere Island N.W.T. (Bryologist 1967. v.70, no.2, p.251-56) 16 refs. Reports 17 rare arctic mosses from Tan-

quary Camp (81°25'N 76°55'W) with notes on habitat, frequency, geographic distribution, etc. An additional form Psilopilum cavijolium is new to the island. DSI. 94197 BRATASH, V.P. and others. Primenenie neitronnogo gamma-metoda dliä vydelemia gazonosnykh kollektorov na mestorozhdeniiakh IAkutii. (Neftegazovaia geologiiå i geofizika 1966, no.12, p.19-22, illus). In Russian. Other authors: R.M. Zhokhova and V.V. Zabelin. Tide fr.: Use of the neutron gamma-method for picking out gas-bearing reservoir rock in Yakutia deposits. Discusses the results of the neutron gamma logging (NGL) in searching for petroleum and gas horizons at the middle Vilyuy, Nedzheli and Badarannaakh deposits in the Khapchagay elevation area where current prospecting in Yakutia is concentrated. Comparison of logging diagrams for gas-bearing horizons at the middle Vilyuy and Nedzheli deposits immediately after their tapping, and after a time interval (17 May-7 July 1964) showed no advantage in logging the NGL DLC. diagrams after the time interval. 94198 BRATASH, V.P. and R.M. ZHOKHOVA. Primenenie promyslovo-geofizicheskikh issledovanil na gazovykh mestorozhdenifikh IAkutii i puti povysheniii ikh effektivnosti. (Geologiiå i geofizika 1967, no.4, p.93-98, graphs) Ref. In Russian. Tide tr.: Use of geophysical prospecting in gas deposits of Yakutia and ways of increasing their effectiveness. Describes a group of gas deposits in the Lower Jurassic and Triassic in the central part of the Vilyuy syneclise. Various methods are used for separation of the reservoir rocks and appraisal of their saturation: standard gas logging, induction logging, radiometry, cavity measurement, etc. Their effectiveness is disDLC. cussed and comparisons made. 94199 BRATBERG, E. Bunndrifter, seabed drifter; et nytt instrument som antyder vannstrømmen naer havbunnen. (Fiskets In gang 1965. v.51, no.1, p.9-10, illus) Norwegian. Tide tr.: Bottom drifter; a new instrument which indicates water movement near the sea bottom. Describes several models of a plastic device used to register sea-bottom currents. Each drifter is released at a registered place to be later recovered in fishermen's nets, by frogmen, or wherever drifted ashore. Significant results depend upon the recoveries being properly registered and reported. Drifters have been dropped in the Canadian coastal regions from the Bay of Fundy to the Gulf of St Lawrence, off the northwestern Norwegian

coast, the southeastern Barents Sea, and DI. elsewhere. 94200 BRATLIE, A. Grouse on the beam. (Alaska sportsman 1967. v.33, no.7, p.32, 48-50, illus) Describes techniques employed by Alaska Dept of Fish and Game to study the spruce grouse. The bird is captured, leg-banded, color-tagged on the wing for future visual identification, and fitted with a transmitter secured by means of a tiny harness fitting under the wings. Each bird transmits on a different frequency that can be picked up over a mile radius. DLC. 94201 BRATSKAIA GES; Sbomik dokumentov i materialov. Irkutsk, VostochnoSibirskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1964-1967. 2v: 557, 679 p. tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Bratsk Hydroelectric Station; a collection of documents and materials. Presents 454 documents relating to the planning and construction of this power station on the Angara River, with an introduction by M.F. Zhuravlev (v 1, p 8-38), a detailed chronology of the dam and station construction for Sept 1954 - Nov 1961 in v 1, and Jan 1962 - Dec 1966 in v 2, and a bibliography of 87 items. The disastrous ice breakup 12 May 1957, is reported (v 1, p 146-47) when a large 2 m thick icefield hit the upper part of the unfinished dam in some places overrunning it. DLC. 94202 BRATTSEV, L.A. and others. Kamo-Pechoro-Vychegodskii vodokhoziaistvennyI kompleks i ego vozmozhnoe vliignie na otdel'nye otrasli narodnogo khozisistva Komi ASSR. (Problemy Severa 1967, no.12, p.87-94, map) 20 refs. In Russian. Other authors: P.P. Vavilov and G.T. Mamaev. Title tr.: The Kama-Pechora-Vychegda water-economic complex and its effect on separate branches of the national economy of Komi ASSR. English translation available from National Science Library, National Research Council, Ottawa. The project to divert 40 km3/yr of Pechora and Vychegda River water southward is outlined. It includes three reservoirs of altogether 250 km3 capacity, two of them in Komi ASSR. Their potentially negative effect on the climate, soil conditions, transportation, agriculture, forestry, fisheries and on industry generally is stressed. Several technical modifications of the project are suggested. The paper is based on study of this Gidroproekt project by the Academy of Sciences' Komi Branch. CaMAI, DLC. 151

94203 BRATTSEV, L.A. Merzlotnyi faktor v proektirovanii i stroitel'stve shakht Pechorskogo ugol'nogo basseina. (In: Vses. mezhduvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po geokriologii, 8th. Materialy v.3, 1966. p.6-18, table) In Russian. Title tr.: The cryogenic factor in the planning and construction of the mines in the Pechora coal basin. Discusses problems in the planning, construction, and exploitation of these mines where nine out of twelve coal fields with 90% of the reserves are in areas of permafrost. The climatic conditions, thickness of the permafrost, its upper limit, etc are reviewed. Directions are given for preconstruction surveys, geobotanical, hydrogeologic, etc. Sinking of mine shafts in permafrost is described. Effects of permafrost on economics of coal mining are considered. DLC. 94204 BRAUN, W.K. Stratigraphy and microfauna of middle and upper Devonian formations, Norman Wells area, Northwest Territories, Canada. (Neues Jahrbuch für Geologie and Palaeontologie. Abhandlungen 1966. v.125, p.247-64, maps, tables, illus) 10 refs. Summary in German. The Givetian sequence of formations, established on the basis of microfaunal distribution in ascending order, is Hume, Hare Indian, and Kee Scarp. The Frasnian sequence contains the Unnamed beds, Canol and Imperial formations. Sections at Carcajou Ridge, Jan Lake, Powell Creek, and West Powell Creek are described. There is a gap of variable magnitude between the Givetian and Frasnian rocks. The Unnamed beds and black, non-calcareous Canol formation overlap and gradually overstep the topographical remnants of late Givetian reefs. DGS. BRAUN, W.K., see also No. 98804 § 19 94205 BRECHER, H.H. Surface velocity measurements on the Kaskawulsh Glacier, Yukon Territory, Canada. Columbus, Ohio 1966. 73 p. graphs, map, tables, illus. (Ohio. State Univ. Inst. of Polar Studies. Report no.21) Reports summer 1964 measurements of a set of 24 markers on this glacier. Short term velocities over several days are compared with mean seasonal and annual velocities. No significant differences from mean seasonal DGS. velocities were observed. 94206 BRECKENRIDGE, W.J. Dovekie on Little Diomede Island, Alaska. (Auk 1966. v.83, no.4, p. 680) Reports several specimens of Plautus alle caught on this island in mid June. Hitherto accidental occurrence of this bird at Point Barrow constituted its Alaskan status. DLC. 152

94206A BRECKENRIDGE, W.J. and D. CLINE. Sandhill cranes and other birds (Auk 1967. from Bering Strait, Alaska. v.84, no.2, p.277-78) Reports 14 May - 4 Jun 1964 observations of birds at Wales. Spring arrival dates for 32 species are recorded. Some 15-20 thousand sandhill cranes in flocks of 12 to 1200 birds were migrating to nesting grounds in eastern DLC. Siberia. BREGADZE, T.V., see No. 95771 94207 BREIILING, W.J. and others. Traveling ionospheric disturbances associated with nuclear detonations. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.1, p.307-315, graphs, tables) Refs. Other authors: R.A. Kupferman and G.J. Gassmann. Analyzes data from 54 observatories, . incl Anchorage, Lycksele, Murmansk, Barrow, Provideniya Bay, Salekhard, Sodankylä, and Yakutsk. These data indicate the presence of several traveling ionospheric disturbances originating from the 1962 high-altitude nuclear tests over Johnston Island. These disturbances were propagated over large distances and were observed as changes in the F2-layer critical frequency. They are interpreted as a series of waves propagated at various velocities. The July 9, Oct 20 and 26, and Nov 1 and 4 travel-time curves of the disturbances propagation are presented, indicating dispersion and velocities range of DLC. 50-900 m/sec. 94208 BRENDEL, W. and others. Elektrolytveränderungen in tiefer Hypothermie; 2, Beziehungen zur klinischen and biologischen überlebenszeit. (Pflügers Archiv für die gesamte Physiologie 1966. v.288, no.3, p.220-39, graphs, tables) 40 refs. In German. English summary. Other authors: C. Müller, H.J. Reulen and K. Messmer. Title tr. Changes in electrolytes during deep hypothermia; 2. relationships to clinical and biological survival time. Studies H2O, Na and K content of rats cooled to 15, 10, and 5°C and maintained at these temperatures until cardiac standstill, at times specified. Electrolyte changes and swelling of the brain, liver, lung and kidney are thought to be chiefly due to inhibition of active cation transport during hypothermia. Cardiac standstill and ischemia intensified the disturbances. An agreement between the development of electrolyte changes and the biological survival time seems to exist. DLC. 94209 BRENDEL, W., and others. Elektrolytveränderungen in tiefer Hypothermie; 4, Die Kälteschwellung des Gehirns beim Win-

terschliifer. (Pflügers Archiv für die gesamte Physiologie 1966. v.292, no.2, p.83-89, tables) 19 refs. In German. English summary. Other authors: H.J. Reulen, P. Aigner and K. Messmer. Title tr.: Changes in electrolytes during deep hypothermia; 4, cold induced brain swelling in hibernators. Hibernators (Glis glis) develop cold induced brain swelling at colonic temperatures near 0°C during the summer, but not during winter hibernation with intact circulation. This cold swelling may be caused by inhibition of active cation transport. DLC. BRENDEL, W., see also No. 98058, 99400 94210 BRENNEMAN, G. and R. FORTUINE. Enteropathogenic Ercherichla coli diarrhea in Western Alaska. (Alaska medicine 1966. v.8, no.3, p.56-63, graphs, map, table) 8 refs. Reports 61 cases in Eskimo and Indian babies treated in the summer of 1965 with data on epidemiology, symptoms, clinical course and laboratory findings Seventeen babies died, seven of chickenpox; only nine had an uncomplicated clinical course. CaMAI. 94211 BRERETON, R.C. Flight test results of seeding firings (BB I-08 and 09) at Fort Churchill, Manitoba. Valcartier, Quebec 1964. 8 p. tables. 4 refs. (Canada. Canadian Armament Research and Development Establishment. CARDE technical note 1587) Describes two unsuccessful firings for an atmospheric seeding experiment. The first failed through malfunction of a timer; the cause of the second failure is unknown. The flashbulb tracking technique, however, was shown to have a high degree of accuracy. DWB. 94212 BREW, D.A. and others Tectonic history of southeastern Alaska. (In: Symposium on the Tectonic History... Vancouver, 1964 pub 1966. p.149-70, maps, table) 60 refs. Other authors: R.A. Loney and L.J. Patrick Muffler. Dominantly eugeosynclinal deposition of marine clastic, volcanic, and carbonate rocks in southeastern Alaska during Paleozoic and Mesozoic time was interrupted by periods of shallow-water deposition, nondeposition and erosion. Analysis of the geologic history is complicated by deformation, metamorphism, and intrusion that affected the region in Cretaceous and Tertiary time, obscuring most pre-existing structures, original depositional limits and facies patterns of the pre-Tertiary rocks. The analysis suggests that the depositional troughs consistently trended about

north-northwest, that only single troughs existed during any pre-Tertiary time interval, that major source areas were present both to the west and east of the troughs, and that there is about 50 mi of Tertiary separation along the Chatham Strait fault. DGS. 94213 BREW, D.A. and L.J.P. MUFFLER. Upper Triassic undevitrified volcanic glass from Hound Island, Keku Strait, southeastern Alaska. (US. Geological Survey. Professional paper 1965. no. 525-C, p.38-43, illus) 10 refs. Angular clasts of undevitrified basaltic glass occur in bedded calcareous vitric aquagene tuff that is part of a fossiliferous upper Triassic sequence of pillow breccia, pillow lava, massive lava, tuff, and limestone. The glass fragments are of very fine sand to granule size and are tightly cemented by sparry calcite. Other similar fragments in the tuff are patchily devitrified to light-green crystalline material, and still other fragments are thoroughly devitrified and slightly rounded. A K-Ar age of 126 MY was obtained on carefully selected fragments of the fresh glass. The discrepancy between this date and the 180-200 MY age predicted from the paleontologic evidence is probably due to loss of DGS. radiogenic argon. BREW, D.A., see also No. 97629, 97752 BREWER, F.C., see No. 97513 94214 BREWER, M.C. The Soviet (Arctic Drifting Ice Station North-67. 1967. v.20, no.4, p.263-65) Reports impressions and observations during two visits to North-67, Apr 1967. The personnel, organization, living arrangements, food, clothing, and the extensive air service attached to the operation involving some 300 CaMAI, DGS. people are described. BRIANTSEV, B.A., see No. 99514, 99515 BRIAZGIN, N.N., see No. 95021 BRICE, N., see No. 96440 94215 BRIDGWATER, D. Feldspathic inclusions in the Gardar igneous rocks of South Greenland and their relevance to the formation of major anorthosites in the Canadian Shield. (Canadian journal of earth sciences 1967. v.4, no.6, p.995-1014 maps, illus) 36 refs. The formation of the Gardar rocks with their anorthosite xenoliths and plagioclase megacrysts, which occur over a 50,000 mit area in South Greenland, probably started about 1300 MY and continued to about 1200 153

MY ago, during a period immediately preceding the development of the Grenville metamorphic belt of the Canadian Shield. They are relevant to the problem of the anorthosites in the Canadian Shield, since they provide evidence for the formation of anorthosites in pre-Grenville, post-Elsonian non-orogenic conditions. It is suggested that the main factor controlling the formation of the two main types of primary anorthosites is the relative specific gravity of the plagioclase and its parent magma. The separation of plagioclase by flotation from complementary mafic minerals provides a mechanism by which anorthositic rocks can form from basic magmas apparently unaccompanied by mafic DGS. layers. 94216 BRIMAN, M. Polka na desist' knizhek. (Nauka i religiiä 1966. v.8, no.5, p.4-11) Ref. In Russian. Tide tr: Ten books on a shelf. Includes an evaluation of economic and cultural standards in Vorkuta with a comparatively high per capita income and other towns in Komi ASSR without hardship pay increments. Vorkuta, with 200,000 population, has almost 50,000 television sets, but expenditures for books there fell about 15% from 1960 to 1964 despite a rise in the province generally, and fashion and other popular magazines are preferred to sociopolitical and literary journals. This trend is discussed and economic well-being found the reason for the decline of ideological and cultural interests, particularly among young people. DLC. 94217 BRINGER, H.G. Vegetationen i branter, talus och hällmark room några kalkstens- och dolomitområden room Torneträsk-området. (Botaniska notiser 1965. v.118, no.1, p.1-20, tables) Refs. In Swedish. English summary. Title Ira The vegetation of precipices, talus and rocks in some limestone and dolomite areas in the vicinity of Tometräsk. Lists species found in crevices and shelves with a southern exposure, in juniper scrub below subalpine precipices, on subalpine talus slopes, alpine calcareous slopes and in soil patches of mountain localities north and west of the lake. Chasmophytes and various lime-loving plants are described, some rare species are noted, and typical localities are characterized. The vegetation of thin soil on flat rock resembles that of talus slopes or meadow birch forest. The vegetation layers are typified. DLC. BRISCOE, O.G., see No. 95314 154

94217A BRITISH COLUMBIA. Dept. of Mines and Petroleum Resources. Annual report of the Minister... for the year ended Dec 31, 1966. Victoria, BC 1967. 76 and 442 p. graphs, maps, tables. ....for the year ended Dec 31, 1967. Victoria, BC 1968. 82 and 504 p. graphs, maps, tables. This report has been published each yr since 1874; as report of the Minister of Mines of the Province of British Columbia until 1959, and beginning 1960 as cited. Separately paged introductory section deals with statistics, departmental work and personnel. Sections dealing with lode metals, placers, structural materials and industrial minerals, petroleum and natural gas, inspection of mines and quarries, coal, and inspection of electrical equipment and installations follow. Properties, both productive and nonproductive, with approx location cited are described, in some cases incl the geologic setting. The mines and properties are arranged under 24 provincial mining divisions, of which the entire Atlin and Liard, and parts of Skeena, Omineca and Cariboo divisions of the Middle North region are also included. DI. 94217B BRITISH COLUMBIA. Dept. of Mines and Petroleum Resources. Index No. 4 to publications of the British Columbia Department of Mines and Petroleum Resources. (Annual reports of the Minister, 1954 to 1964, and Bulletins no.36 Victoria, BC 1966. 142 p. map, to 51) tables. Alphabetical index of authors, subjects and geographic names with an index map showing the 24 provincial mining divisions. All of Atlin and Liard, parts of Skeena, Omineca and Cariboo districts are included. Tables listing the recorded production of lode-metal mines and the occurrences of metals in lode deposits are appended. The approximate position of each property is given in latitude and longitude. DI. BRITISH MEDICAL JOUR94218 NAL. Dangers of cold immersion. (Its: no.5392, May 9, 1964, p.1202) 13 refs. Reviews cases where even a 15-second cold-immersion or immersion of one hand in ice water for a few minutes caused vaso-vagal collapse. Main achievements are noted in therapy by rewarming since F. Lapchinsky (possibly first) advocated it in 1880. DNLM. 94219 BRIITON, M.E. U.S. Office of Naval Research Laboratory, Point Barrow, Alaska. (Polar record 1967. v.13, no.85, p.421-23, illos) Describes the facilities, program, and op-

eration of drifting stations developed at the Arctic Research Laboratory, Point Barrow, since it was established in 1947. CaMAI, DLC.

XVIII/3. (Erdkunde 1966. v.20, no.3, 6 refs. In p.208-211, graphs, map, illus) German. Title tr.: Greenland Inland Ice, remarks on F. Loewe's paper in Erdkunde 1964. v.18, no. 3.

94220 BRIÜKHANOV, A.V. 0 me-

Presents an explanation and some data on the route of the International Glaciological Expedition to Greenland (EGIG) 1959, and the measurements of elevation of the inland ice, air temperature there and at similar height in the free atmosphere, and comparison of the elevation measurements obtained by barometer and by leveling.

khanizme dvizheniiå snezhnykh lavin. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1966. v.21, ser. 5: geog. no.2, p. 92-96, graph, Mils) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The mechanism of snow avalanche movement. Outlines the stereophotogrammetric survey method to be used for avalanche studies. The apparatus and devices are described. Use of stereoscopic photographs of five 1964/65 avalanches in the Khibiny is reported. The preliminary results given are favorable for the method. DLC. BRIÜSHININ, P.I., see No. 98401 94221 BROADBOOKS, H.E. Ecology and distribution of the pikas of Washington and Alaska. (American midland naturalist 1965. v.73, no.2, p.299-335, map, tables, illus) 45 refs.

Reports study made during July and Aug of 1959, 1961-62, in three areas incl Mt McKinley National Park. Both Alaskan (Ochotona collaris) and Washingtonian (0. princeps) pikas were found to be strongly territorial in the summer. Their home ranges and territories (specified) were about equal in the two states. Habitats, tameness, calls, haying and haypiles are described. Winter survival, competition and cooperation, predation, the population and its distribution are discussed. Variation and speciation are also considered. DLC. 94222 BROCK, M.A. Hibernation and temperature effects of the ageing of red blood cells. (Suomalainen Tiedeakatemia. Toimituksia. Annales. Ser. A. IV: Biologica 1964, no.71, Intl. Symposium... Hibernation 1962. Proceedings no. 71/4, p.51-63, graphs, tables) Refs. Alterations in cellular metabolism associated with senescence may be studied readily in cell types such as erythrocytes which

differentiate to a mature form, live for a fixed period of time and then die. Once they are mature, they do not differentiate, but survive as anucleate cells until they are removed from the circulation. The life of red cells is affected by both hibernation and temperature changes. Erythrocyte life span is prolonged by hibernation in that aging processes are retarded. DLC. 94223 BROCKAMP, B. Das grönländische Inlandeis, Bemerkungen zum Aufsatz von Fritz Loewe in der Erkunde, Bd.

CaMAI, DLC. BRODOVA, N.S., see No. 97237

Lower respiratory illness among Alaskan Eskimo children. (Archives of environmental health 1965. v.11, no.5, p. 620.23, graph, tables) 13 refs. Reports bronchitis or pneumonia (lower respiratory illnesses) as major causes of infant mortality, with the decline of TB. At least 35% of the study population (Bethel area, western Alaska) were attacked by these illnesses during the first year of life; 15% of the children through age ten had repeated infections, believed to occur in children whose first attack was in the early months of DLC. their lives.

94224 BRODY, J.A.

94225 BRODY, J.A. and others.

Measles

vaccine field trials in Alaska; III, two-year follow-up of inactivated vaccine followed by live, attenuated vaccine and of immune globulin with live, attenuated vaccine. (American Medical Association. Journal 1966. v.196, no.9, p.757-60, tables, graphs) 10 refs. Other authors: E.R. Alexander and M.L. Hanson. In sequence to No 85881. Tests indicate that inactivated plus live vaccine did not produce antibody capable of persisting at desired levels. There is some suggestion from the data that these products actually interfered with the normal development of antibody following natural measles DLC. infection. 94226 BRODY, J.A. and otherx

Prevention of rubella by gamma globulin during an epidemic in Barrow, Alaska, in 1964. (New England journal of medicine 1965. v.272, no.3, p.127-29, tables, illus) 12 refs. Other authors: J.L. Sever and G.M. Schiff. Gamma globulin was given to school boys, 0.25 ml per lb body weight (0.55 ml per kilogram) during the early days of the epidemic. Serologically determined rubella infection was prevented in some 50% and clinical rubella in about half the patients in whom infection occurred. The protection lasted for at least a month. Certain questions 155

remain unanswered concerning the efficacy, dose size, and timing of the administration to pregnant women, whose protection represents the only interest in the use of gamma globulin against rubella. DLC. BRODY, J.A., see also No. 94659, 97716, 98814, 99366, 99369, 99370 BROECKER, W.S., see No. 97152 94227 BRÖMSSEN, U. von. Jordartsbildning och isaysmältning i Handölsåns dalgång i västra Jämtland. (Geologiska föreningen, Stockholm. Förhandlingar 1966. v.88, no.1, p.90-112, tables, graphs, maps, profiles) 23 refs. In Swedish. English summary. Title Ir. Sedimentation and ice melting in the Handölsån valley in western Jämtland. Reports on the late-glacial history of this mountain valley in the upland area of central western Sweden, where sedimentation occurred in lateral areas between the central valley and the valley sides. Analysis of the terraces, plains, and other features is made to ascertain whether an ice tongue or a lake occupied the central part of the valley. The deposits are found to represent the gradations of stream flow along the sides of the ice tongue and not the strand terraces of a valley lake. The ice tongue experienced a general retreat, which is briefly correlated with the contemporary regional geology. DGS. 94228 BRØNDSTED, J. Nordens første bebyggelse. (Nationalmuseets arbejdsmark 1950, p.101-112, maps) In Danish. Title tr.: The North's first settlement. Considers indicators of the location of the first post-Glacial settlement on the Fennoscandian peninsula. Geological conditions suggest Denmark and southern Sweden or northern Norway. The earliest cultures could have come from the south via Europe or eastward from the White Sea region to northern Norway. The Komsa and Fosna may be variations of the same basic culture. The strong likeness between the Lyngby in Denmark and the Fosna suggests that these cultures came from the south, possibly about 9000 BC. DLC.

68°-69°N. 1440-147'W range in age from Devonian through the Triassic and possibly Jurassic. Tabulated faunal data is included. DGS. BROSGE, W.P., see also No. 98804 § 26, 99388 94230 BROTZEN, O. and others. Geochemical prospecting by the Geological Survey of Sweden. (Canada. Geological Survey. Papers pub 1967. no.66-54, p. 44-71, 15 refs. Other authors: A. tables, illus) Danielsson, J.Ek and B. Nairis. Since 1963, ore prospecting in northernmost Sweden has included geochemical methods applied to samples of stream sediments, soils, rocks from drilled cores, and plants. Procedures and standard sampling patterns for sediments and soils are noted; biogeochemistry and drill core sampling are still in an experimental stage. Examples of special studies of stream sediments (Stekenjokk area) and of metal distribution in till (Malånäs district) and in wall rocks around two pyritic ore bodies (Adak area) are described and DGS. graphically illustrated. 94231 BROWN, A.J. and E. WHAM LEY. Preliminary investigation of the phase boundaries between ice VI and VH and ice VI and VIII. (Journal of chemical physics 1966. v.45, no.11, p.4360-61) The object of the work is to measure the phase boundaries VI-VII and VI-VIII with a view to confirming the transformation detected by the dielectric measurements, and to determine the entropy change in the transition VII-VIII. This should allow a determination of whether ice VIII is oriDLC. entationally ordered or disordered.

BROOKS, CK., see No. 95223

94232 BROWN, A.S. Investigation of mercury dispersion haloes around mineral deposits in central British Columbia. (Canada. Geological Survey. Papers pub. 1967. no.66-54, p.73-83, map, illus) 12 refs. Discusses soil profiles mainly of Hg or Mo prospects, one Cu and one Ag-Pb-Zn prospect, all north of 54°N lat. Secondary Hg dispersion haloes were detected at all properties, with great variation in anomaly peaks from Hg to Mo deposits. The peaks for the Hg, Au-Ag, Pb-Zn, Cu, and Mo groups follow the theoretical sequence related to temDGS. perature of deposition.

94229 BROSGE, W.P. and H.N. REISER. Preliminary geologic map of the Arctic quadrangle, Alaska. 1:250,000. Washington, DC, US Geological Survey 1965. One sheet with explanatory notes. table. 5 refs. The rocks exposed in the map area

94233 BROWN, A.S. Geology of the Rocher Deboule Range. Victoria, BC 1960. 78 p. maps, tables, illus. (British Columbia. Dept of Mines and Petroleum Resources. Bulletin no.43) 40 refs. The map area 55°-15'N 127°15=45'W, in

BROOKE, R.C., see No. 93819

156

the Hazelton Mountains, British Columbia, is a highly dissected range (total relief 7400 ft) isolated by wide valleys from adjacent mountain masses. The range consists of the upper two units of the Hazelton group (upper Jurassic-lower Cretaceous) and the Rocher Deboule stock of the Bulkley intrusions. The stock was emplaced passively, perhaps by stoping, after folding of the Hazelton group, from the middle lower to late upper Cretaceous. The major fold is a large syncline trending northeast; the range represents a point of major flexure in the regional arcuate fold axes, east to northeast to northwest. The rocks of the range have been dropped along a valley fault system, the center of the range raised as a horst along three normal faults. Known mineral showings, chiefly veins filling minor shears, are concentrated in an aureole about the stock. Tungsten and copper ores are produced. The mines and other prospects are described. CaMAI.

the progress in opening new access roads with the aid of federal and territorial governments, are surveyed for the Dawson, Mayo, Whitehorse, and Watson Lake mining districts. The past domination of mining development by larger companies is now being challenged by companies who raise their funds through public subscription. CaMAI. 94236 BROWN, CV. and others. Relationship of anemia to infectious illnesses on Kodiak Island. (Alaska medicine 1967. v.9, no.3, p.93-95, graph, tables) 9 refs. Other authors. G.W. Brown and B. Bonehill. Reviews earlier literature and reports study of 78 children 0-3 yr old in six Kodiak villages. Children given iron orally for 3 months or more showed higher Hb levels than those given less. Serious illnesses appear to be correlated with iron deficiency anemia in such children. CaMAI. BROWN, G., see No. 99367

94234 BROWN, B.R. and M.K. WELLS. A contribution to the geology of the Vassijaure-Sjangeli area of Swedish Lapland. (Geologiska foreningen, Stockholm. Förhandlingar 1966. v.87, no.4, p.527-47, maps, illus) 8 refs. Describes results of 1956 and 1957 survey of the area immediately south of the NarvikKiruna railway, as carried out by the North Sweden Research Group belonging to the Exploration Society of University College in London. The area includes a part of the Rombak-Sjangeli window of Precambrian basement unconformably overlain by a thin sequence of allochthonous basal conglomerate, quartzites, etc, which are Lower Cambrian and in part possibly Eocambrian. These are followed concordantly by lowgrade micaceous and chloritic schists which are essentially cataclastic in origin and contain tectonic inclusions of basement rocks. They belong to the Abisko Nappe and are parautochthonous, contrasting with higher grade and completely recrystallized garnet mica schists of the overlying Seve-Koli Nappe. The basement comprises extensive syenite and granite intruded into steeply dipping schists. Evidence suggest a magmatic origin for effects of progressive deformation of Caledonian crustal movements on textures and structures of basement rocks. DLC. 94235 BROWN, C.J. Yukon mining (North 1966. v.13, no.3, survey - 1965. p.32-38, map, illus) By 1950, heavy metals had replaced gold and silver in the mining development of the Yukon. The companies active in exploration and development of silver, lead, zinc, copper, nickel, asbestos, antimony, iron, and coal, and

BROWN, G.M., see No. 101226A 94237 BROWN, G.W. Report on empyema among Alaska native children; a study of 22 cases from the Alaska Native Medical Center, U.S. Public Health Service, Division of Indian Health, Anchorage, Alaska. (Alaska medicine 1966. v.8, no.4, p.71-76, graphs, tables) 6 refs. Reports 22 cases in children 1 month to 12 yr old, treated from mid 1957 through April 1966, with data on clinical course, laboratory, X-ray and bacteriological findings. Follow-up showed no abnormal physical signs and normal chest roentgenograms. There was only one fatality. CaMAI. BROWN, G.W., see also No. 94236 BROWN, I.C., see No. 96030 94238 BROWN, J. Massive underground ice in northern regions. (US Army. Army Science Conference, West Point, N.Y. 1966. Proceedings. v. 1, p.89-102, map, 18 refs. illus) Discusses the formation, distribution, properties, and possible uses of ice wedges or vein ice, which are vertically oriented, foliated masses of interconnected ice within perennially frozen ground. Actively growing wedges generally occur in the colder, continuous permafrost zones of the Northern Hemisphere; inactive wedges occupy vast areas of frozen ground, previously exposed to a more severe climate. Nearly the entire tundra-covered Barrow land mass, northern Alaska, is occupied by some form of ice wedges. Ice wedges lie below the troughs 157

which form the polygon pattern in surface soils, and portions of polygons which show no surficial expression. Older, inactive wedges are buried beneath the zone of active wedge formation. Radiocarbon dating of organic residues from wedges shows that the Barrow tundra produced wedges 14,000 yr ago; pollen analyses from ice and frozen ground suggest a progressive warming trend since that time. Bacterial populations are proven to exist over long periods of time in both ice and frozen ground. Low chemical concentrations in ice-wedge melts support a melt water-hoar frost origin for wedges. Uses of massive underground ice include excavation or melting of the ice to provide cavities or tunnels for storage, instrument platforms and waste disposal. DLC. 94239 BROWN, J. and P.V. SELLMANN. Radiocarbon dating of coastal (Science, 15 July peat, Barrow, Alaska. 1966. v. 153, p.299-300, map) 9 refs. A buried, frozen section of peat from the Barrow spit at sea level gave radiocarbon dates between 700 and 2600 BC; they predate formation of the northern extension of the spit. A continuous frozen peat section extends to 1.5 m below sea level; it is composed of freshwater vegetation. Radiocarbon dates of upper, middle and basal parts of a core are 2650 ± 160, 2860 ± 140, and 4570 ± 130 yr BP. It is unlikely that sea level was higher than the proposed pond during the development of the peat section. Drowning and subsequent burial of the peat occurred as the result of either encroachment of the ocean by inland erosion or a rising sea level. Rapid changes of level have been postulated for the formation of the compound ridged spit. There is no doubt that sea level at Barrow has been within several meters of that existing now, since 700 BC. Further evidence suggests a low sea level 4500-4000 BC. DGS. 94240 BROWN, J. Soils of the Okpilak River region, Alaska. Hanover, N.H. 1966. 49 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Research report no.188) Presents a study of arctic pedologic processes and morphology in this region north of the Brooks Range. Mapping of soil types revealed great complexity, and approx 55 types of soil conditions and surface features are identified, mapped and illus. The relations of glacial and bedrock geology, vegetation, climate and soils in this area are outlined. Effects of frost action are described in detail and include a wide variety of patterned ground. Soils observed include mats, lithosols, arctic brown, a podsol-like soil associated 158

with the arctic brown, tundra soils and various organic soils. Profiles of many of these are illus. The relative roles of climate, microrelief, bedrock geology and time in the soil forming process are evaluated. The arctic brown soils are distributed on well drained sites. Organic terrain is characteristically associated with a combination of peaty soils and ice-wedge polygons, nutrients being supplied to the peat through frost churning. Chemical data on various soils are tabCaMAI. ulated. 94241 BROWN, J. Tundra soils formed (Soil over ice wedges, northern Alaska. Science Society of America. Proceedings 1967. v.31, no.5, p.686-91, tables, illus) 17 refs. Discusses the fine grained, predominantly mineral soils associated with the troughs of ice wedge polygons near Barrow. A thin layer of soil is isolated over ice wedges enlarging in perennially frozen ground as a result of repetitive winter cracking of the ground and filling in by ice. The soil thaws seasonally from the surface downward and freezes from both the top and bottom accompanied by moisture migration and resultant dehydration of the midsection. Meadow tundra soils are largely underlain by ice wedges at a depth of 60-70 cm. Upland tundra soils occur on the polygon tops; they usually consist of 2-5 cm of surface peat and 30-40 cm of mottled brown mineral soil and then an organic-rich mineral zone. No significant migration of cations or mineral grains was observed in a 70-cm deep tundra soil. Climatic conditions or local thermal disturbances can induce thawing of ice wedges, with creation of new soil environments. Study of ice lens and wedge morphology permits evaluation of both recent and paleoclimatic environments. Evidence of these changes has been traced over a 14,000-yr period at Barrow. Tabulated data on particle size distribution and partial chemical analyses of a meadow tundra soil are included. DGS. 94242 BROWN, J. and P.L. JOHNSON. U.S. Army CRREL topographic map Barrow, Alaska. (1:25,000). Hanover, N.H. 1966. 1 p. map. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Special report 101) Presents a 1:25,000 scale infrared photomap of a 100 mi2 area around Barrow with 1 m contours and 1/2 m supplementary form-lines superimposed. Infrared aerial photography was flown at a scale of 1:9500 with an infragon, 3-in focal length lens and a Wratten 89B filter in July 1964. Horizontal and vertical control were established in the summer of 1964. Twenty-six map sheets at a

scale of 1:5000 were prepared photogrammetrically with a contour interval of 1/2 m, and then compiled on a photographic base for the present map. CaMAI, DLC. BROWN, J.A., Jr., see No. 99282 94243 BROWN, J.R. and A.R. MILNE. Reverberation under arctic sea-ice. (Acoustical Society of America. Journal 1967. v.42, no.1, p.78-82, graphs, map, illus) 8 refs. Reports scattering strength data from under spring pack ice at 76°41'N 129Ø in Beaufort Sea. The ice surface consisted of 10-15% pressure ridges separating random patches of 1 yr ice. Reverberation under the ice is highly sensitive to surface roughness and can be much higher than that in the open ocean. Scattering strength measurements over a wide range of frequencies are available only for rough ice, and the scattering strength is high even at low frequencies. However, there is a decrease in scattering strengths for the lower frequencies at the low grazing angles of interest to long-range sound transmission. DLC. 94244 BROWN, J.S. Ore lead isotopes of the British Isles and Scandinavia. (Economic geology 1966. v.61, no.7, p.1191-1204, tables) 9 refs. Presents data on the isotopic composition of lead ores from northern Norway (Nordland, Fmnmark). It is postulated that the ores originated in early Paleozoic sediments, but mild contamination by radiogenic lead, presumably from the Precambrian, was added by Caledonian metamorphism. DGS. BROWN, R.B., see No. 98285 94245 BROWN, R.J.E. Comparison of permafrost conditions in Canada and the USSR. (Polar record 1967. v.13, no.87, p.741-51, maps, illus) Refs. Compares the extent of both continuous and discontinuous permafrost in these two countries, about half of each being affected by the phenomenon. In Asia the discontinuous zone extends as far south as 47°N. The distribution is believed related to the extent of Pleistocene continental glaciation, the large ice-free periglacial areas of Siberia being more susceptible to the development of deep permafrost than glaciated areas at the same latitude in Canada. The differential of present climate, vegetation and rock type are also stressed. The occurrence of various permafrost features is briefly reviewed. The study of permafrost is considered to be much more advanced in the USSR than elsewhere. CaMAI, DLC.

BROWN, R.J.E., see also No. 96484, 97440 BROWN, R.L., see No. 94637 94246 BROWN, R.R. Auroral zone electron precipitation accompanying a sudden impulse in the geomagnetic field. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.9, p.2448-51, graphs) 6 refs. Discusses the observations of bremsstrahlung accompanying sudden impulse (SI) of 955v in the horizontal component of geomagnetic field. An SI of excellent quality that occurred during the balloon Flight 10 on 3 Sept 1966 over Fairbanks is analyzed, and shown in a histogram, along with the storm magnetogram and X-ray intensity record obtained at the same time. The observed SI photon precipitation is found to be weak (average 60 photons cm2 ster) in comparison with auroral events even though the magnetic disturbance was quite large. DLC. 94247 BROWN, R.R. Electron precipitation in the auroral zone. (Space science reviews 1966. v.5, no.3, p.311-87, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. Summarizes experimental knowledge using direct measurements from artificial satellites, rockets, and balloons at high latitudes, and cosmic noise absorption techniques using riometers at ground based stations. Geomagnetic disturbances, auroral emissions, enhancements of the electron density, are studied as well as bremsstrahlung X-rays at balloon altitudes, associated with large fluxes of electrons precipitating into the atmosphere at small angles with respect to the geomagnetic field. Records at College, Kotzebue, Kiruna, Ft Churchill, Healy, Fairbanks, Ft Yukon, Ft Wainwright and other stations are used, as are data of satellites Injun III and Explorer XII. DLC. 94248 BROWN, R.R. and R. PARTHASARATHY. Observations of the September 2, 1966 PCA event, midday recovery in absorption. (Planetary and space science 1967. v.15, no.11, p.1667-75, graphs, tables) Refs. Russian summary. Reports the observations of the end-phase of a polar cap absorption made by riometers at College, Healy, and Kotzebue, and from several balloons launched from College on 2-3 Sept 1966. A strong ionospheric radiowave absorption during the daylight hours of two days following a class-3 solar flare at 0538 UT was observed. Of particular interest in this event was the distinct midday recovery in absorption which began around 1930 UT and returned to a higher level again at about 2230 UT, indicating that the increase in absorption was accompanied by corresponding changes 159

in particle flux, with the high energy spectrum increasing before the lower energy end. DLC. 94249 BROWN, R.R. On the influence of composition and spectra of solar cosmic rays on the intensity ratio I(A5577)/I(A3914) in polar-glow aurora. (Planetary and space science 1964. v.12, no.7, p.665-74, graphs) 21 refs. Russian summary. Shows that the presence of alpha particles increases the intensity ratio I(A5577)/I(A3914) in the exponential rigidity spectra for solar cosmic ray protons and alpha particles in the polar-glow aurora. For a constant composition, steepening of rigidity spectra produces the same effect. Representative values for this ratio show that variations in composition and spectral shape in the course of solar cosmic ray events, individually, produce changes of comparable magnitude in the intensity ratio. It is suggested that the Stanford absolute intensity scale value of 1.3kR that comes from linear interpolation between values at 65°N (geomag) at College and 88°N (geomag) at Thule may be too high by a factor of two. DLC. BROWN, RR, see also No. 93793, 93794 BROWN, W.E., see No. 94436 94250 BROX, O. Social stratification in a North-Norwegian fishing community. (In: Nordic Symposium... 1962 pub 1965, p.83-90.) 4 refs. Discusses socio-economic processes from 1875 census data and fieldwork in a fjord community on the outer coast of Troms Province. The complementary features, fishing and farming, and the advantages of large households for economic division of labor, prosperity, and social status, etc. are discussed. Such social stratification is based on labor control and animal-product consumption rather than on size of herd as in nomadic societies or resource control as in the feudal system. Though equality existed within the nuclear and the extended family, economic criteria divided the community into social strata. Offspring of lower strata families tended to attach themselves to prosperous households with a high level of consumption. DLC. 94251 BROX, O. Three types of north Norwegian entrepreneurship. (In: Barth, F.K. Role of the entrepreneur in social change in northern Norway... 1963. p.19-32 in Bergen, Norway. Univ.Årbok. Humanistisk ser. no.3) Describes two sample localities (fictional names) both linked only by sea to other 160

settlements, and shows how entrepreneurship varies according to the ecological situation of each. The general failure of entrepreneurial activity and its low profitability in one locality is related to certain social values and the neighbor-kinship system. In the second locality the motivation to abandon one hamlet is analyzed from an economic viewpoint, and the effects of concentration of economic activity at one main harbor. The dominance of one entrepreneur in this community is discussed, and the methods whereby he achieved this are described. The social consequences of community dependence upon a single commercial operation are outlined. DLC. 94252 BRUCE, A.C. Intensive tuberculosis prevention program is child centered. (Alaska's health and welfare, Oct. 1967, v.24, p.1-3, illus) Notes decline of new active TB to 54% in 1966. Goals for further reduction, advances in tuberculin testing of pre-school and school children, sources of new cases, and testing of school personnel are described. CaMAI. 94253 BRUCK, K. and B. WÜNNENBERG. Alterations in the thermogenetic mechanism during postnatal development; the dependence on environmental temperature conditions. (Helgoländer wissenschaftliche Meeresuntersuchungen 1966. v.14, p.514-27, table, illus) 25 refs. German summary. In the newborn guinea pig, exposed to 8°C temperature, non-shivering thermogenesis (NST) accounts for at least 90% of the total cold-induced heat production, which is 3-4 times basal metabolic rate and sufficient to maintain colon temp at the normal level of 39°C. The shivering mechanism is already developed at birth but is not used under normal conditions. At age of four weeks the NST was 10-15% in animals reared at 30°C and 50% in those reared at 8°C. The large amount of brown fat present in the newborn guinea pigs was still present at age four weeks in the cold group but in smaller weight percentage; it had acquired the appearance of white fat in the warm group. It is concluded that the process of replacement of nonshivering by shivering thermogenesis during postnatal development is a developmental process that can be retarded but not entirely inhibited by cold environmental conditions. DI. 94254 BRUCK, K. and W. WÜNNENBERG. Beziehung zwischen Thermogenese im "braunen" Fettgewebe, Temperatur im cervicalen Anteil des Vertebralkanals und Kältezittern. (Pflügers Archiv für die gesamte Physiologie 1966. v.290, no.2,

p.167-83, tables, illus) 24 refs. In German. English summary. Title fr.: The relation between heat production in brown fat, temperature in the cervical vertebral canal and cold induced shivering. Shivering was induced by exposure to low temperature (16°C) of adult guinea-pigs in which nonshivering thermogenesis was blocked by drugs, and of young subjects which had been raised in a warm environment with the resultant development of white rather than brown fat. In the latter group shivering was suppressed by moderate local rewarming of the cervical vertebral canal. It is concluded that shivering is suppressed in the newborn (and cold-acclimated adult) mammal by the temperature of thermosensitive structures in the area of the cervical vertebral, which is being maintained above shivering threshold by the heat supplied from the interscapular and cervical brown adipose tissue. DLC. 94255 BROCK, H. and B. WONNENBERG. Blockade der chemischen Thermogenese und Auslösung von Muskelzittern durch Adrenolytica und Ganglienblockade beim neugeborenen Meerschweinchen. (Pflügers Archiv für die gesamte Physiologie 1965. v.282, no.4, p.376-89, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. In German. English summary. Title tr.: Blocking of chemical thermogenesis, and onset of shivering by adrenolytics and ganglion-blockage in the newborn guinea pig. Studies animals, newborn to 6 wk old, kept in a cool (15° - 16°C) environment. Results indicate that contribution of' chemical thermogenesis to the total heat production is reduced from 91 to 26% within the first three weeks of life. It was also noted that the shivering mechanism is less effective than chemical thermogenesis. DLC. 94256 BROCK, K. and W. WÜNNENBERG. Eine kiilteadaptative Modifikation; Senkung der Schwellentemperaturen fur Kiiltezittem. (Pflügers Archiv für die gesamte Physiologie 1967. v.293, no.3, p.226-35, table, illus) 11 refs. In German. English summary. Title tr.: Lowering of the threshold temperature for cold-induced shivering as an adaptation to cold. The threshold temperature for eliciting shivering in a cold-acclimated (3°C) group of 4 and 8 months old guinea pigs was 1°C lower than that of the control group reared at 28-30°C. DLC. 94257 BROCK, K. The mechanism of cold-induced heat production in newborn animals. (In: Intl. Biometeorological Cong., 3rd, Proceedings... 1967. p.241-50, graphs, illus) Refs. French and German summary.

In newborn guinea pigs exposed to 8° and 16°C, electrical activity of the musculature remained at zero and Os-consumption rose by 200-300% over the basal rate. From the second week of life rhythmic discharges from the musculature were recorded. This, and experiments with hexamethonium-bromide indicate that temperature regulation in newborn and young animals resembles that of cold-adapted adult subjects. DLC.

94258 BROCK, K. and W. WÜNNENBERG. Die Steuerung des Kältezitterns beim Meerschweinchen. (Pflügers Archiv fiir die gesamte Physiologie 1967. v.293, no.3, p.215-25, illus) 16 refs. In German. English summary. Title tr.: The steering of coldinduced shivering in the guinea pig. Body surface temperature and cervical temp were varied independently in 4-8 week old guinea pigs while shivering action of two muscle groups was recorded. The data indicate that the mean body temp rather than any local temp within the body core may be considered the controlled variable in producing shivering. DLC.

BROCK, K. and B. WÜNNENBERG. Über die Modi der Thermogenese beim neugeborenen Warmblüter. (Pflügers Archiv für die gesamte Physiologie 1965. v.282, no.4, p. 362-75, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. In German. English summary. Title tr.: Ways of thermogenesis in newborn mammals. Describes experiments with guinea pigs exposed to 8° and 16°C environments. The results indicate that the large heat production necessary to maintain a constant body temperature in the newborn can only be provided by effective chemical thermogenesis. Nonshivering thermogenesis is reduced with age. DLC. 94259

BROCK, K., see also No. 101448, 101450 94260 BRUEMMER, F.

Baffin's landlocked cod. (Canadian geographical journal 1966. v.72, no.5, p.180-83, illus) Describes Ogac Lake near Frobisher Bay which contains cannibalistic cod. The lake is connected with the sea by a short river in which at peak tides the flow is reversed. Freshwater forms a layer 15 ft deep, below which is salt water unconnected with the ocean. Cod are believed to have been marooned in this lower layer by eustatic rise in sea level. Cannibalistic tendencies are considered due to poor food sources in the lake. DGS.

161

94261 BRUEMMER, F. Expo 67: man and the polar regions. (Canadian geographical journal 1967. v.74, no.6, p.194-99, illus) A brief description and critique of this exhibit at the 1967 Montreal World's Fair and its portrayal of the arctic regions and their development. CaMAI, DLC. 94262 BRUEMMER, F. Kodlunarn Island's gold rush. (Canadian geographical journal 1966. v.72, no.2, p.48-51, illus) Recounts the first Canadian gold rush, 1577-78, when hundreds of English miners shipped 2400 t of worthless mica from this island near Frobisher Bay in the mistaken belief that it was gold. The mine workings DGS. and dry dock are illus. 94263 BRUEMMER, F. Narwhal, the sea unicorn. (Beaver 1966. v.296, no.4, p.30-37, illus) Reports research on the narwhal by the Canadian Fisheries Research Board at Koluktoo Bay, Baffin Island, and summarizes present knowledge of this whale. The most puzzling features are considered to be the function, if any, of its 6-10 ft spiralled tusk, highly prized in the Middle Ages as "unicorn horn", and the great seasonal migrations which may involve thousands of animals. The use of sayssats by narwhal trapped by ice is noted. CaMAI. 94264 BRUEMMER, F. Samson Koeenagnak: an Eskimo of the Barren Land. (Canadian geographical journal 1967. v.74, no.3, p.84-91, map, illus) Describes the life of a typical Barren Lands Eskimo, and discusses the almost total depopulation of this region due to the critical dwindling of the caribou herds from three million to less than a tenth of this number. Koeenagnak and his family were the only humans inhabiting a 25,000 mi2 area west of Baker Lake, Canada in 1967. CaMAI, DLC. 94265 BRUEMMER, F. Seals at La Tabatiere. (Canadian geographical journal 1966. v.72, no. 4, p.130-33, illus) Describes the annual seal harvest taken by this village near the Quebec-Labrador border. The unique trap method, handed down since the early 19th c, is outlined. The catch averages 500 seals, trapped over a period of two weeks in Dec. Despite fluctuating prices for pelts, the income from this catch is vital DGS. to the population of this village. BRUGGEMANN, P.F., see No. 100614A BRUN, A.M., see No. 94534 162

94266 BRUN, E. Thule-Qanaq. (GrØnland 1966, no. 3, p.109-10) In Danish. Title tr.: Thule-Qanaq. Emphasizes that the 1954 move of Thule settlement to Qanaq was a result of the express wish of the inhabitants. It is also pointed out that the new settlement was called Thule because the population desired it. Finally, it is refuted that Peter Freuchen took part in the foundation of old Thule. (0. Skov, qv.) CaMAI, DLC. BRUNE, J.N., see No. 97532 BRYAN, G.M., see No. 97891 94267 BRYAN, M.L. The morphology and morphometry of lakes in the Schefferville, Quebec, area. (In: McGill Univ. Sub-Arctic Research Lab... Research paper no.22, 1966. p.154-82, maps, tables, illus) Refs. Presents data on the morphology, orientation, and other physical features of 202 lakes in a 1380 mi2 area of Labrador and northern Quebec. Nine lakes were studied in detail and soundings made. Lake shape indices, open water densities, slope and depth indices are calculated. Problems of morphometry in limnology are discussed. The lakes are shown to be morphologically related to the geology of the area, those on the Archean shield being dissimilar in several parameters from those in the sedimentary belt CaMAI, DGS. of the Labrador Trough. 94268 BRYANS, A.M. and others. Northern venture. (Canadian Medical Assoc. Journal 1966. v.94, no.15, p.791-94, maps) 17 refs. French summary. Other authors D.J. Delahaye, M.W. Partington, J.H. Read and J.H. Wiebe. The Faculty of Medicine, Queens University, Kingston, Ontario, in collaboration with the Directorate of Indian and Northern Health Services of Canada, has, since 1964, supplied pediatric services to the James Bay zone with headquarters at the Moose Factory Indian Hospital. Brief comments on the health problems and the program are included. Infant mortality accounts for 57% of all Eskimo and 37% of all Indian deaths. DNLM. 94269 BRYLKIN, IÜ.L. A new method for identifying oil-saturated formations in the central regions of the western Siberian lowlands. English translation of No 85919, available as ATS-86T90R from Associated Technical Services, East Orange, N.J. 07017.

94270 BRYSON, R.A. Airmasses, streamlines, and the boreal forest. Madison, Wisc. 1966. 79 p. graphs, maps, table. Refs. (Wisconsin Univ. Dept. of Meteorology. Technical report no.24) Presents theoretic, statistical and empirical evidence for a close causal relationship between air mass types and vegetational zones in North America. Maps show frequency of air mass type for July and resultant streamlines for each month of the year. The forest-tundra border is shown to correspond with the mean summer position of the arctic frontal zone, the forest itself lies between the summer and winter positions of this frontal zone, and the prairie-forest boundary corresponds with the winter frontal position. An appendix explains the mathematical formulation used in the air mass analysis. DWB.

mer while winters were warmer than present over the US. The authors consider it inconceivable that the Arctic Ocean should have been ice-free or even partially open. Changes to Boreal conditions (period 2) were abrupt and the resulting climatic and vegetational patterns are described. At this time subsident Pacific air extended further east than at present, and grasslands were more extensive. Changes to early sub-Boreal time (period 3) and subsequently are outlined. A consistent matching of climatic pattern and biotic evidence can be demonstrated for the past 10,000 yr. This is particularly true of the Boreal forest in the sub-Arctic. CaMAI, DWB.

94271 BRYSON, R.A. and W.M. WENDLAND. Carbon isochrones of the retreat of Madison, Wis. the Laurentide ice sheet. 1967. 26 p. graphs, maps. (Wisconsin. Univ. Dept. of Meteorology. Technical report no.35) Refs. Presents a map showing the position of the ice front at 500 yr intervals over the last 13,000 yr. The retreat is shown to have averaged 12 mi/century over much of eastern North America. The computational method using radiocarbon dates is explained. Of the many dates used, isarithmic analysis showed that surprisingly few were clearly incorrect. The most striking conclusion is the continuous presence of the ice sheets until well after the accepted close of Wisconsin time ca 10,500 BP, with continental ice sheets persisting through the entire hypsithermal period. Hudson Bay and Foxe Basin cleared early (ca 8000 BP), and a broad low corridor opened from the Arctic to the Plains in Boreal time (ca 8500 BP). The paleoclimatologic implications of the study are CaMAI. discussed.

94273 BUBYR', A.A. Ispol'zovanie sooruzhenil iz l'da pri stroitel'stve gidrostaniiii i (In: Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Siportov. birskoe otd-ie... Metody bor'by s ledovymi... 1965, p.57-71, illus) 13 refs. In Russian. 77tle tr.: The use of ice constructions in building hydroelectric plants and ports. Reports on the building and utilization of ice landings and dams at the ports of Dudinka and Igarka on the Yenisey. Eleven seasonal and permanent landing stages of various types are noted as designed, constructed, and tested within a four-year period. Particulars of artificially building up surface ice, and accelerating the process of ice formation by preliminary aeration of water in frosty air are discussed, as are problems of the thermal physics of ice and of ice-building techniques. Porous ice is recommended as thermalinsulation material in ice construction. DLC.

94272 BRYSON, R.A. and W.M. WENDLAND. Tentative climatic patterns for some late glacial and post-glacial episodes in Madison, Wis. central North America. 1967. 27 p. maps. (Wisconsin Univ. Dept. of Meteorology. Technical report no.34) Refs. Reconstructs airmass regimes over North America (1) during the late glacial period ca 12,000 BP (2) the period 9000-8000 BP and (3) 5000-3500 BP. Using the technique developed by the authors which delineates air mass boundaries and fronts by reference to boundaries of biotic communities, maps are presented for each period showing mean frontal positions and circulatory patterns. During the late glacial period the upper westerlies were strong along 40.45° in sum-

BRYSON, R.A., see also No. 93934, 93935, 101276, 101277

94274 BUBYR', A.A. Prodlenie navigaiii zaderzhaniem osennego ledoobrazovanii . (Akademi% nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-energeticheskil inst. Trudy 1964. no.15, p.93-109, map, tables) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Extension of navigation by delaying the fall freezing. Proposes to extend the navigation period at Dudinka, the sea and river port at the mouth of that river, a right tributary of the lower Yenisey. Due to variable backwater in the Dudinka estuary, which extends 50 km upstream during spring flood on the Yenisey, and 5-20 km during the low-water period, the dredged channels become easily filled with sand. The author proposes to maintain the navigation depth in the estuary by regulating the river bed and the discharge in the port's water body by the force of water current from a special reservoir. The water management estimates made for this purpose showed it possible to have in the reservoir during the 163

fall-winter period a considerable volume of water warmer than that of Dudinka River. It is proposed to exploit this to extend navigation until the freeze-up on the Yenisey. The projected reservoir is in the mouth of the Boganidka River, a right tributary of the Dudinka, 17.5 km upstream; and after the ice cover has formed on it, its water is heated to 1-4° positive by the heat flux from the bottom. Flushes of warmer water from the reservoir into the near 0°C water in the Dudinka would raise that river water temperature and stall freeze-up of the port. Data of freeze-up on the Dudinka and the Yenisey are tabulated for 1936-58 showing that the port freezes 2-27 (average 13) days earlier than the Yenisey River at the town of Dudinka, and navigation closes in Oct. Author considers it feasible to keep Dudinka estuary open till Dec 1-15. The basic hydrological parameters of Boganidka River are given from the 1944-45 data, and the discharge tabulated for 1936-47. Characteristic data on the projected Boganidka reservoir, the fall-winter temperature in the six lakes of which the reservoir is planned to be formed, and the prognosis of the reservoir water temperature are given. An estimate of water cooling in the Dudinka estuary is presented in some detail, with the initial hydrological data, and expected temp variation along 17.5 km of the Dudinka stream. The temp expected at the inflow of Dudinka water into the Yenisey ranges 0.11-0.33°C according to variants of calculation. Plans for filling the projected reservoir and its water management are given. The method proposed for the port of Dudinka can be used advantageously at Igarka, Salekhard, Knatanga, Labytnangi, and other ports in estuaries which freeze over earlier than the DLC. main water courses. 94275 BUBYR', A.A. Termicheskif rezhim ledianykh portovykh gidrotekhnicheskikh sooruzhemi. (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-energeticheskil inst. Trudy 1961. no.11, p.75-97, graphs, tables, illus) 10 refs. In Russian. Title fr.: Thermal regime of ice hydrotechnical constructions in ports. Considers porous ice as a structural material for building mooring piers, breakwaters, and dams in northern ports. A study is reported of the thermal regime of uninsulated installations and others completely flooded periodically, all built of ice at Dudinka to protect the port petroleum base from river ice at breakup, and for mooring river vessels while the permanent reinforced concrete piers are under construction. The results of the investigation are given, and recommendations made for more durable port installations of 164

ice. The years of testing these particular ice constructions at the port of Dudinka are not DLC. indicated. Influence of the 94276 BUCHA, V. non-dipole geomagnetic field on dispersion of palaeomagnetic data. (Studia geophysics et geodaetica 1964. v.8, no.2, p.195-200, maps) 4 refs. Russian summary. Notes several factors which might be responsible for the phenomenon of dispersion of paleomagnetic data, and discusses one in some detail i.e., the effects of the nondipole-residual field. The residual field is characterized by six pronounced continental anomalies and can be approximated by imagining the existence of six dipoles placed approx vertically at 3000 km depth. The perceptible differences in the paleomagnetic data i.e. the Paleozoic results for Australia and N. America, or Europe characterize the different positions of these continents compared with their recent positions. The author believes in the reliability of paleomagnetic data in studying the so-called displacement of DLC. the poles. 94276A BUCHHEISTER, C.W. Duplicity and destruction at Amchitka. (Audubon magazine 1965. v.67, no.6, p.381) The president of the National Audubon Society discusses threats to national wildlife refuges, as exemplified by Operation Long DLC. Shot. 94277 BUCKER, H.P., and others. Reflection of low-frequency sonar signals from a smooth ocean bottom. (Acoustical Society of America. Journal 1965. v.37, no.6, p.1037-51, graphs, tables) Refs. Other authors: J.A. Whitney, G.S. Yee, and R.R. Gardner. Reports bottom-reflection losses for a low-frequency sonar signal of 0.7-3.0 kc/sec measured in a deep-water (2000 fathom) area in Bering Sea, also at 2000 and at 200-fm off the California coast. The bottom losses were large at small grazing angles. The differences in bottom losses at the same grazing angle are attributed to the type and depth of sediment and layers of sediment. The sea floor in the Bering Sea area probably has a shallow covering of absorbing sediment over a hard subbottom. There was reasonable agreement between the measured values and theoretical computations based on physical models of the DLC. bottom. BUCKLEY, J.T. see No. 96749 94278 BUDANOV, G.F. and V.A. MOLIN. Pogranichnye sloi permskol i triasovol' sistem v Zapadnom Pritiman'e. (Izve-

still vysshikh uchebnykh zavedentl. Geologita i razvedka 1966, no.9, p.27-36, graphs, tables, illus) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Bordering layers of the Permian and Triassic systems in western Timan. Describes the lithology and fauna of layers between the Permian and Triassic in the Mezen' River basin and in some boreholer. The boundary between the two is established mostly by phyllopod and vertebrate fauna. Spectral, chemical and mineralogical analyses support the established boundary. DLC. 94279 BUDANOV, V.I. Metodika ekspeditsionnykh issledovanil beregovoi zony mona. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1964. 224 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The methods of expeditionary investigation of the coastal zone of the sea. A work in three parts, of which the first part summarizes the purposes underlying the study of seacoasts, such as preservation of the coasts, port construction, navigation, fisheries, etc. In pt 2 field methods of coastal studies are outlined, those to be used at sea, those on land, and methods of aerial photography. The last part outlines special features of the coastal zones for study such as the dynamics of coasts and beaches, waves and currents, debris, etc. DLC. BUDANTSEV, Lit,, see No. 96764, 100516 BUDARIN,

IÜ.M.,

see No. 99478

94280 BUDD, G.M. and N. WARHAFT. Body temperature, shivering, blood pressure and heart rate during a standard cold stress in Australia and Antarctica. (Journal of physiology 1966. v.186, no.1, p.216-32, tables, illus) 45 refs. After 24 weeks residence in the Antarctic, men previously given a test cold exposure, showed improved ability to maintain rectal temperature. There was no change in shivering, cold diuresis, and response of skin temperature. Bradycardia from cold exposure was greater in the Antarctic; blood pressure did not change. These results are attributed to cold acclimation, involving increase of tissue insulation due to enhanced vasoconstriction. DLC. 94281 BUDD, G.M. and N. WARHAFT. Cardiovascular and metabolic responses to noradrenaline in man, before and after acclimatization to cold in Antarctica. (Journal of physiology 1966. v.186, no.1, p.233-42, table, illus) 15 refs. The rise in blood pressure and fall in heart rate in proportion to the dose of noradrenaline is much less in cold-acclimated men. The fall in finger temperature in

proportion to dose is unchanged or increases. Oxygen consumption, originally unaffected by noradrenaline, is increased in proportion to dose after cold acclimation. The increase in pulmonary ventilation during infusion increases slightly after acclimation. DLC. 94282 BUDD, G.M. Skin temperature, thermal comfort, sweating, clothing and activity of men sledging in Antarctica. (Journal of physiology 1966. v.186, no.1, p.201-215, tables, illus) 26 refs. In woolens and double-thickness windproof parkas, rather than the furs worn in the Arctic, skin temperature fell on exposure to cold and was unaffected by activity. Sweating and thermal comfort were related to both skin temp and activity. During the hours spent outdoors, the model value of skin temp was 27°C; men felt cold but did not shiver in 11% DLC. of the observations. BUDENNYI, IÜ.A., see No. 101536 94283 BUD'KO, I.A. and others. Mak inavit i valleriit v rudakh Noril'ska i Tal(Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii nakha. Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'naih geologha 1966, no.9, p.203-209, tables, illus) 8 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.M. Izoitko, E.A. Kulagov and G.A. Mitenkov. Title tr.: Mackinawite and valleriite in ores of Noril'sk and Talnakh. These two minerals are frequently met in sulfide copper nickel ores of these regions.They are similar in physical properties and mackinawite has often been described as valleriite. Both are described noting their mode of occurrence, physical and optical properties, etc. Valleriite is possibly a trigonal modification of chalcopyrite; mackinawite a trigonal sulfide of iron. They are important for study of the Cu - Fe - S System. DLC. 94284 BUD'KO, I.A. and E.A. KULAGOV. Troilit v zhil'nykh rudakh Noril'ska i Talnakha. (Akademirå nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.169, no.2, p.428-29, tables, graphs, illus) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Troilite in veined ores of Norilsk and Talnakh. By detailed X-ray study of pyrrhotites from sulfide ores of these deposits, it was discovered that some parts of the veins have not pyrrhotite, but troilite. The two are compared and some properties of troilite described. It frequently occurs with cubanite. DLC. 94285 BUDNIKOV, V.I. Otsenka perspektiv boksitonosnosti verkhnepaleozolskoi uglenosnoI formaisii TSentral'noi Sibiri. (Sibirski! n: issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syria. Trudy 1967, no. 58, Title tr.: Refs- In Russian. p.106-110) 165

Appraisal of bauxite-bearing prospects of Upper Paleozoic coal-bearing formations of Central Siberia. Notes that Upper Paleozoic coal-bearing deposits are associated with bauxite deposits as exemplified in Pennsylvania, China, etc. Similar conditions exist in the Tungusskiy syneclise, Taymyr folded zone, Kuznetskiy trough and elsewhere in Siberia. Facies-cyclic and lithologic-formation methods are suggested for bauxite deposit prospecting. DLC. 94286 BUDNIKOV, V.I. and O.V. VARG. Permskie otlozhenitå Sibirskol platformy. (In: Stratigrafiia paleozoia srednei Sibiri... 1967. p.205-212) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Permian deposits of the Siberian platform. Describes the stratigraphy of Lower and Upper Permian deposits widely distributed in the Noril'sk region, and the Nizhnyaya Tunguska, and Vilyuy river basins. Various local series are distinguished and their distribution, thickness, floral complexes and fauna are described. Permian flora is compared with that of the Kuzbass. DLC. 94287 BUDNIKOV, V.I. and others. Uglenosnye otlozhenii karbona Sibirskol platformy. (In: Stratigrafii paleozoia srednei Sibiri... 1967. p. 199-204) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: A.P. Stepanov, L.N. Gutova, K.P. Volkova and S.V. TarnovskiL. Title tr.: Carboniferous coal-bearing deposits of the Siberian platform. Describes the stratigraphy of the Lower, Middle, and Upper Carboniferous deposits in the Noril'sk, Nizhnyaya Tunguska, Kureyka, Vilyuy and other regions. Various local series are distinguished and described, noting distribution, lithologic composition, thickness, etc. The stratigraphic position of these series is mostly based on study of flora and sporepollen assemblages. DLC. 94288 BUDYKO, M.I. Izmenenie kli(In: mata i puti ego preobrazovaniia. Akademiia nauk SSSR. Inst. geografii. Razvitie i preobrazovanie geograficheskol sredy, Moskva 1964, p.62-72, graphs, maps) In Russian. Title tr.: Changes of climate and ways of its transformation. Reviews in general recent study of heat balance and its effects on climate. Large-scale climatic changes in the past are discussed. Causes of thermal zonality are considered including arctic and antarctic regions. Ice cover in the Arctic and Antarctic appears to be rather a cause than a consequence of low temperature in high latitudes. The annual course of absorbed radiation in the central Arctic is demonstrated on the ice and water surfaces. The human factor in climate changes 166

is also discussed, and some consideration given to a destruction of the ice cover in the Arctic Ocean. DLC. Polar ice and 94289 BUDYKO, M.I. climate. (In: Symposium on the arctic heat budget and atmospheric circulation, Proceedings... 1966. p.3-21, graphs, maps) Refs. Discusses the quantitative relations between the regime of polar ice and climatic conditions. It is shown that if snow and ice covered the whole surface of the earth its mean temperature would decrease by 100°C. Theoretic computations of ice cover and thickness are compared with mean actual conditions. Graphs are presented which indicate that a small anomaly of the summer temp decreases ice thickness much more than a large anomaly in the cold months. A 4°C positive anomaly in summer will melt the old polar ice completely in four yr, although it is possible an even smaller anomaly could initiate a self-perpetuating trend producing the same result. The present polar ice depresses the winter temp 30 - 35°C and the summer temp 5°C. In an Arctic Ocean without pack ice, as in pre-glacial times, shore ice several hundred km in width forms each winter and melts completely each spring. A slight negative anomaly in temp could produce expansion of this to produce old ice covering most of the Arctic Ocean. The instability of the present ice cover is demonstrated and the possibility and effects of its artificial removal briefly considered. DWB. 94290 BUDYKO, M.I. Polar ice and climate. English translation of No 77733, available as TT-65-60715 on loan from CFSTI, Springfield, Va., 22151. 94291 BUDYKO, M.I. Vozmozhnost' izmenenii`a klimata pri vozdelstvii na pohårnye l'dy. (Sovremennye problemy klimatologii. Leningrad, Gidrometeorologicheskoe izd-vo 1966. p.347-57, graphs, maps) Title tr» 10 refs. In Russian. Possibility of climatic change by action on polar ice. Analyzes the relationship between polar ice masses and arctic climate over long periods of time. The lowering of incident radiation is partially offset by the increased albedo in arctic regions. Temperature-radiation factors are presented in mathematical terms. Data on solar radiation was obtained from the Main Geophysical Observatory (Glavnaia geofizicheskaia observatoritn) and indicates that a sharp decrease in the absorbed radiation of the snow cover lowers the temperature over a wide area. A quantitative discussion of the effect of the thickness of the arctic ice mass

and its effect on air temperature is also presented, as are its seasonal effects. Certain trends in present-day arctic climatic conditions appear to correlate with those in late Tertiary-early Quaternary time. DLC. BUFFINGTON, E.C., see No. 99763 BUGAEVA, M.F., see No. 96949 94292 BUGGE, A. Polareskimoen i Canterbury; supplerende oplysninger vedr. Kallihirua. (GrØnland 1966, no.1, p.17-22, illus) In Danish. Title tr.: The polar Eskimo in Canterbury; supplementary information concerning Kallihirua. Adds in continuation of' No 85939 a short list of Danish and Greenland sources on Kallihirua and some quotations from these. CaMAI, DLC. BUGGE, S., see No. 99620 94293 BUGRIM, S.F. Otsenka prigodnosti zoly dlia ispol'zovaniiä ee v iiicheistykh betonakh. (Pechora, Komi ASSR. N: issl. ugol'nyi inst. Trudy 1964. no.1, p.330-38, tables, graphs) In Russian. Tide fr.: Use of ashes in cellular concretes. Investigates coal ash from the Pechora basin and Cheremkhovo deposits. Slag from fuel is substantially different in physical and chemical properties from the ash of the same fuel. Chemical composition, granulometric composition, size of specific surfaces, weight by volume in pouring, alkalinity, water required for making ash mortar, degree of regularity in volume changing, stability against silicate and ferrous decomposition, relative activity of the ash, and weathering resistivity of ashes from Angarsk, Vorkuta, and Sosnovskaya heat and power plants are determined and given in tables and graphs. DLC. 94294 BUGRIM, S.F. Teplofizicheskaia kharakteristika gazozolobetonnykh panele! naruzhnykh sten v usloviiakh Zapoliir tå. (Pechora, Komi ASSR. N.-issl. ugol'nyt inst. Trudy 1964, no.1, p.313-18, table, graphs) 2 refs. In Russian. Tide tr» Thermophysical characteristics of gas-ash-concrete exterior wall panels in polar regions. Examines thermophysical properties of these panels as insulators in apartment buildings at Vorkuta. Graphs of their temperature and moisture regime are given for Nov 1960 - Feb 1962 from measurements in one experimental flat of this house with one-layer external walls of gas-ash-concrete. High thermal insulation quality of weight 950-1050 kg/m3 by volume was established. DLC.

94295 BUGRIM, S.F. and others. Treshchinostoikost' krupnorazmernykh izdelil iz elektroprogrevaemogo gazozolobetona. (Pechora, Komi ASSR. N: issl. ugol'nyi inst. Trudy 1964. no.1, p.300-313, tables, graphs) 6 refs. In Russian. Other authors: E.I. Slepokurov, L.A. Erokhina, E.N. Kudnävisev and F.I. Kai. Title tr.: Resistance to fissure of large blocks of electrically heated gas-ash-concrete. Considers fissuring of exterior wall panels manufactured at the Vorkuta and Angarsk plants. The gas-ash-concrete is composed of 600 kg dry ash, 300 kg portland cement M400, 30 kg ground lime, 10 kg semihydrate gypsum, 7.5 calcium chloride, 0.2 kg powdered aluminum and about 450 1. of water. Chemical composition and physical properties of ashes from Sosnovskaya, Vorkutinskaya, and Angarskaya heating and power plants and sand from Yarega are given. Thermal treatment and drying of concrete is a combined process. Observations show that development of a mesh of fissures increases in intensity with initial moisture of the charge, and the speed of drying. No fissures were formed when 300 kg of ash was replaced with broken brick or agloporite of 5-20 mm grain, and no calcium chloride was added to the charge. DLC. 94296 BUGRO, F.E. Konstruki ii i parametry postoI nnoi krepi vertikal'nykh stvolov shakht, prokhodimykh po mnogoletnemerzlym porodam chetvertichnykh otlozhenil v Vorkutskom ralone. (Pechora, Komi ASSR. N: issl. ugol'nyI inst. Trudy 1964, no.1, p.235-51, tables, graphs, illus) 3 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Construction and parameters of permanent supports in vertical mine shafts sunk into permafrost rocks of Quaternary deposits in the Vorkuta region. Describes this construction in the pithead and in the mouth of the shaft. Two rows of concrete blocks were used to support the mouth of the shaft, and 0.8-1.2 m thick concrete or reinforced concrete, brand 90:110 and 150, was used for support in pitheads. It was found that pressure on the side of the shafts sunk into permafrost Quaternary rock is less than calculations by M.M. Protod'iäkonov's method show. Using 0.4 m thick support walls instead of the previous 0.6 m an economy of 156 rubles/m of shaft is effected. Detailed estimates for this construction in the permafrost of Vorkuta region, where 90% of the supports are made of monolithic concrete, are given. DLC. 94297 BUGRO, F.E. and others. Metodika proektirovanii tsiklichnoi organizatsii rabot pri skorostnoi prokhodke vertikal'nykh stvo167

lov shakht. (Pechora, Komi ASSR. N: issl. ugol'nyI inst. Trudy 1964, no.1, p.267-74, table) 2 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.V. Evtushenko and V.N. Levchuk. Title tr.: Cyclic shaft sinking speed. Presents a sequence of operations with predetermined duration of each in the cycle, and develops formulas for the determination of each operation. Timing for sinking, hoisting, filling, and face work cycles is estimated, and the maximum speed of shaft sinking subject to this timing is calculated. Monthly average of shaft sinking and support construction speed by cyclic operation based on experience using both skip and cage at Vorkutugol' varied from 46.8 m to 58.3 m. DLC. 94298 BUGRO, F.E. Opyt prokhodki i ekspluataiiii vertikal'nykh stvolov shakht po porodam chetvertichnykh otlozhenil v merzlotnykh usloviiäkh Vorkutskogo ralona. (Pechora, Komi ASSR. N.-issl. ugol'nyi inst. Trudy 1964, no.1, p. 212-34, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Sinking and exploiting vertical mine shafts in Quaternary rocks under permafrost conditions in the Vorkuta region. Describes the methods used in 20 of the main and auxiliary shafts in Vorkutugol'. 33% of these shafts were sunk through the Quaternary. Measures taken to prevent damage during shaft development are discussed. Grouting was found to be necessary in shafts with positive temp of airing. DLC. 94299 BUGRO, F.E. Organizatsiiä i tekhnologiiä prokhodki vertikal'nykh stvolov shakht po mnogoletnemerzlym porodam chetvertichnykh otlozhenn v Vorkutskom raione. (Pechora, Komi ASSR. N: issl. ugol'nyi inst. Trudy 1964, no.1, p.252-66, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Shaft sinking through permafrost of Quaternary deposits in the Vorkuta region. Discusses shortages in this equipment in Vorkuta since 1959, where cost is 2-3 times higher than sinking through bedrock elsewhere. Insufficient mechanization and inadequate organization are found to slow down progress. Available equipment and its use is described, work organization, types of concrete used for supports and permafrost thawing are given in detail. The necessity for grouting is also stressed. DLC. BUGRO, F.E., see also No. 97498 94300 BUHLMANN-HENGELHAUPT, U. and others. Tägliche Höhenkarten der 50-mb-Fläche sowie monatliche Mittelkarten für das Jahr 1962; Teil IV, 4. Vierteljahr. Berlin, D. Reimer 1966. unpaged, maps. 168

(Berlin. Freie Universität. Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik. Meteorologische In German. Abhandlungen, v.24, no.4) Other authors: I.Buschner, K. Petzoldt, I. Reuter, U. Rüge, G. Warnecke, and R. Scherhag. Title fr. Daily synoptic charts of the 50-mb level with maps of monthly means for the year 1962. Presents daily and mean monthly charts of atmospheric pressure for the 50-mb level; monthly changes and deviations are also plotted. The Northern Hemisphere to 10°N is shown on a polar stereographic projection (scale 1:125 million). Maximum detail is in DLC. the arctic regions. 94301 BUTAKOVICH, N.G. 0 podlednoI zhizni ondatry na Krainem Severe. (Zoologicheskü zhurnal 1966. v.45, no.8, p.1270-71, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Life of muskrats under the ice in the Far North. Notes their life and habits in northern Yakutia. The animals blow holes near burrows in the banks. The holes are plugged with aquatic plants, which are apparently collected under the ice and consumed, when needed, DLC. above it. 94302 BUTANOV, G.F. Opyt stroitel'stva gidrouzla v usloviiäkh vechnoT merzloty. (Gidrotekhnicheskce stroitel'stvo 1965. v.35, no.10, p.15-23, illus) In Russian. Tatle tr.: Construction of a hydraulic unit under permafrost conditions. Describes the climatic and engineeringgeology conditions in the Irelyakh River region in relation to construction of the Irelyakh Dam for collecting ice- and snowwater for utility purposes. This is the largest existing dam with a frozen core, and permafrost base. Construction conditions in temperatures ranging from -63°C in winter to 35°C in summer are discussed. The dam, 320 m long and 20 m high, was started in Oct 1961, and completed in Nov 1963; it impounds the Irelyakh Reservoir of 12 DLC. million m3 capacity. 94303 BUIANOV, N.F. Opyt raboty Okhotomorskol ekspeditsii. (Rybnoe khoztåTstvo 1967. v.43, no.12, p.29-31) In Russian. Title tr.: Work experience of the Okhotsk Sea Expedition. Reviews winter 1966-67 fishery research in the sub-arctic and arctic Pacific, incl Aleutian and Alaskan waters. Some ten vessels are listed as participating in these brief investigations. Weather conditions, difficulties and mishaps are noted. DLC.

94304 BUKANOV, N.I. and IILA. AMSIMOV. Soderzhanie kaWä v morskoff vode i gidrobiontakh Belogo moni. (Materialy rybokhozialstvennykh issledovanil Sevemogo basseilas 1966, no.7, p.183-91, tables) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr:: Potassium content in sea water and hydrobionts of the White Sea. Studies K-content during summer 1965 in sea water, seaweeds, some invertebrates and fishes. Material from numerous stations is analyzed and results tabulated. Anomalies and their causes are discussed. DLC. 94305 BUKANOV, V.V. and E.M. MEL'NIKOVA. Aksinit iz zhil al'pilskogo tips Pripoliarnogo Urala. (In: Petrografihi i mineralogifi Pripoliärnogo Urala... 1966, Refs. In p.64-72, graphs, tables, illus) Russian. Title tr.: Axinite from alpine type vein of the Polar Ural. Reports a study of axinite found in quartz-micaceous schists of Khus'oyka mountain. Crystals, their cleavage, hardness, chemical analyses, optical properties, and other features are described. According to its chemical composition and optical properties, axinite belongs to the isomorphic series of ferroaxinite-manganaxinite. DLC. 94306 BUKANOV, V.V. K voprosu simmetrii aksinita. (Uses. mineralogicheskoe o-vo. Zapiski 1966. v.95, no.3, p.345-48, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. Axinite symmetry. Reports study of axinite from the Khust oyka deposits in the Polar Ural. Its mode of occurrence, chemical analyses, crystals and other features are analyzed. The symmetry of the crystals has special attention and the axes are described. DLC. 94307 BUKANOV, V.V. and others. Khlorit iz zhil al'pllskogo tips ralona gory Nerol~ci na Pripoliknom Urale. (In: Petrografuå i mineralogiii Pripohårnogo Urala... 1966, p. 81-97, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: L.A. Razniisyna and G.E. IÜshkova. Title tr.: Chlorite from alpine type veins in the Neroyka mountain, Subpolar Ural. Describes the mode of occurrence, physical and optical properties, chemical composition, spectral analyses, roentgenometric investigations and thermal tests of chlorites. It is established that chlorites of near-vein altered rocks are analogous with chlorites of alpine type veins. The end products of chlorite weathering are clarified as montmorillonite and goethite. DLC.

94308 BUKATA, R.P. and R.A.R. PALMEIRA. The effect of the filamentary interplanetary magnetic field structure on the solar flare event of May 4, 1960. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.21, p.5563-68, table, illus) 11 refs. Discusses the neutron monitor and meson telescope data on this event as observed at Churchill, Sulphur Mountain, Resolute, College, Thule, Godhavn, and other stations. Considering the solar magnetic field in the form of Archimedes spiral with a co-rotating population of magnetic filaments adhering to it, authors show that the observations are consistent with a filamentary structure of the interplanetary magnetic field. Detailed observations of high energy solar flare events suggest that such a basic filament structure has been in existence for at least seven yr. DLC. BUKATA, R.P., see also No. 97726 94309 BUKDAHL, M.O. Harald Moltke and his Greenland journey. (American Scandinavian review 1967. v.55, no.3, p.278-282, illus) A brief biography of this famous painter of arctic scenes, people and activities. His journeys to Disko Island, Cape York, Lapland, and Thule are mentioned and several of his most famous works are described and illus. DLC. 94310 BUKHAREVA, N.T. Ob izuchenii leksiki sibirskikh govorov. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Izvestiii 1966, no.l, p. 123-29) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Study of Siberian dialectical vocabularies. Discusses studies on Russian dialects and considers the need for further research in areas of contact with aborigines, e.g. the Kolyma and middle Ob regions, Yakutia, Magadan and Kamchatka Provinces. Most loanwords relate to weather, traditional trades like fishing, hunting, reindeer husbandry, and also clothing, household and professional gear, animals and plants. Particularly frequent are short aboriginal terms for the state or DLC. quality of snow, wind, etc. 94311 BUKHGOL'TS, V.P. and V.IU. KORSAK. Avtomatizaisiii shakhtnykh dverel na rudnike ventilråisionnykh "Zapoliamyi . (Gomyi zhurnal 1966. In Russian. v.141, no.8, p.57-58, illus) Title tr Automation of the ventilation doors at Zapolyamyy mine. This mine complex of the Noril'sk Combine covers a large area and has an elaborate ventilating system with 28 automatic doors which can be used also in the case of fire. The 169

construction, remote control, etc are outDLC. lined. 94312 BUKIN, A.A. and Ii1.M. DOGAEV. K voprosy ob effektivnosti severnykh variantov mashin. (Problemy Severa 1967, no.12, p.248-50, table) In Russian. Title tr.: Effectiveness of the northern models of machinery. English translation available from National Science Library, National Research Council, Ottawa. Standard models of mechanized equipment are not suited to northern conditions; they require frequent repair and replacement of parts and their working life is short. These disadvantages have been offset by more and more new equipment and spare parts, by the setting up of local repair shops, etc. But the need to work out modifications of standard models for operation under conditions of the North is recognized. Data on first results of such modifications, two types of bulldozers, rippers, and excavators are tabulated and (favorably) evaluated. CaMAI, DLC. BUKIN, V.I., see No. 99821 94313 BURS, I.I. Listvennichnye redkoles'ia na severe Leno-Olenekskogo mezhdurech'ii. (Moskovskoe o-vo ispytatelei prirody. Otd. biologicheskii. Biulleten' 1966. v.71, no.4, p.71-82) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title d:: Larch in open woodlands in the northern Lena-Olenek watershed. Long-term studies of larch in open woodlands showed that tree density decreases from south to north. A decrease in the mean height of stands is also noted. Eight groups of DLC. associations are distinguished. 94314 BUKSHTYNOV, V.I. Fauna i ekologhå krovososushchikh dvukrylykh nasekomykh iiiga Tiumenskoi oblasti. (Moskva. Vses. n: issl. inst. veterinarnoi sanitarii. Trudy 1966. v.25, p.309-319, graphs, Refs. In Russian. German sumtables) mary. Title tr.: Fauna and ecology of bloodsucking insects in the southern Tyumen Province. Species collected in this area, 50 in all, include: twelve Tabanidae, two Chrysops, Aedes, Anopheles, and Culex. The area where collections were made has a continental climate with very cold winters. Maximum activity lasts 34-65 days depending on the species. Maximum daily activity is at dawn DLC. and dusk. 94315 BULAKH, A.G. and others Flogopitonosnost' piroksenitov Sebl'-l:Avrskogo massiva na Kol'skom poluostrove. (Mineralogiia i geokhimiii 1967. no.2, 170

p.119-35, tables, graphs) 11 refs. In Russian. Other authors: B.V. Gubachev, E.T. Gubacheva and M.D. Evdokimov. Title tr.: Phlogopite-bearing pyroxenites of the Sebl! Yavr massif in Kola Peninsula. Analyzes the mica-bearing properties of this massif, associated mostly with phlogopite, of which four varieties are distinguished and each described. Optical properties and chemical composition of the micas are presented and compared with such of the Gulya and Kovdor massifs. Technical properties of the DLC. micas also are characterized. 94316 BULAKH, A.G. K genezisu karbonatitov Sebl'-IAvrskogo massiva, Kol'skii poluostrov. (Mineralogiß i geokhimiii 1967. no.2, p.110-18) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Genesis of carbonatites of the Sebl'-Yavr massif, Kola Peninsula. Reports a detailed mineralogic and petrographic study. Conditions and stages of crystallization, mineral formation, and other features of the carbonatites are analyzed. The hypothesis is advanced that their formation took place mainly by hydrothermal and metasomatic means. DLC. 94317 BULATOV, L.V. and V.F. ZAKHAROV. Nekotorye osobennosti nakopleniiå i raskhoda tepla v igo-zapadnoi chasti Karskogo monå. (Leningrad. Arkticheski i antarkticheskii nauchno-issledovatel'skii institut. Trudy 1967, no.257, Title tr.: Some p.119-24) In Russian. pecularities of gain and loss of heat in the southwestern part of the Kara Sea. Hydrological data obtained in the convergence zone of the Barents and Kara Seas show the advection influence from Barents Sea to be insignificant. Mixed layer depth is ca 20 m with about equal temp at various levels. The heat balance in this layer is composed of solar radiation absorbed by the sea, the effective radiation of the sea, the loss of heat by evaporation, the turbulent thermal exchange, and the thermal flux from the water with corresponding signs. The single positive energy in the balance is the absorbed solar energy. Its maximal value is 4.1 kcal/cm2 per 10-day period in June, total quantity during the summer is 45 kcal/cm2. DLC. 94318 BULATOV, S.N. Metodika rascheta dat ochishcheniiå oto l'da protochnykh vodokhranilishch i prognoz ochishcheniii Kamskogo vodokhranilishcha. (Moskva. TSentral'nyi inst. prognozov. Trudy 1961, no.114, p.3-35, graphs, map, tables) 16 refs. In Russian. Tide Ir.: Methods of calculating the dates of ice clearance from

running-water reservoirs, and of forecasting clearance of the Kama reservoir. Proposes and works out these methods considering the heat that comes to the ice cover during its melting period, especially the heat that flows to the lower surface of the cover. The method of long-range forecasting of ice clearance from the Kama reservoir is based on the correlation between the indexes of atmospheric circulation in March with the dates of accumulation of 2 to 5.5 thousand calories of heat in the ice cover. Of 12 test forecasts, ten were correct within a four-day margin, and two within five days. The same method in a simplified form was used for the short-range forecasting. DLC. 94319 BULATOV, S.N. Osobennosti temperaturnogo i skorostnogo rezhima Bratskogo vodokhranilishcha pod ledimnym pokrovom. (Moskva. TSentr. inst. prognozov. Trudy 1965, no.151, p.64-81, tables, graphs, map) 4 refs. In Russian. Title d'.: Features of the temperature and velocity regime of the Bratsk reservoir beneath the ice cover. English translation in Soviet hydrology 1966, no.3, p.262-76. Under the ice cover of deep flowing reservoirs there is a thermocline where the temperature and density gradients increase sharply with depth. The appearance of this layer is attributable to the presence of a current and to the known anomaly of the thermal expansion of water, whereby the water density increases as the temperature increases from 0° to 4°C. The thermocline divides the water mass into two parts, of which the upper is mobile and the lower stagnant. The movement of the water in the upper part is determined by the conditions under which the reservoir fills and empties and is of a turbulent nature. In the lower, stagnant part, the movement of water is determined only by free convection. The depth of the thermocline is determined by a combination of morphometric features of the bottom in a given section of the reservoir, the transit water discharge, and the difference in water densities above and below the thermocline. DLC. 94320 BULATOV, V.I. Obzor opytov kompleksnogo fiziko-geograficheskogo raionirovaniiå Zapadnoi Sibiri. (Voprosy geografii Sibiri 1966, no.6, p.102-109) 39 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Review of attempts at broad physiographic regionalization of West Siberia. Reviews the physiographic zoning of this large region from 1807. Each attempt is briefly characterized as to scope and type of zoning and the small units. Zones of tundra, forest tundra, forest, etc are described. Now

some schemes need only adjustments for agriculture and development of industry. DLC. 94321 BULATOV, V.V. Kinematika odnosharoshechnogo burovogo dolota. (Fiziko-tekhnicheskie problemy razrabotki poleznykh iskopaemykh 1965, no.2, p.51-61, illus) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Kinematics of the single-roller drilling bit. Demonstrates mathematically the kinematics of the single roller-bit for use in very deep (5 km) drillholes by the oil industry. It is found that, although the roller-bits with superhard alloy or diamond cutting edges lack the dynamic action of the usual triple- and four-bit drills, their performance is 50-60% higher. The single roller-bit was field-tested in the Sredniy Vasyugan and Myl'dzhino areas. DLC. BULATOVA, G.A., see No. 100778 94322 BULATOVA, Z.I. 0 nakhodkakh foraminifer v senonskikh otlozheniiakh r. Sevemol Sos'vy. (Geologiii i geofizika 1967, no.2, p.86-91, illus) 25 refs. In Russian. Title t .: A find of foraminifers in Senonian deposits of the Severnaya Sos'va River. Reports a foram study in Cretaceous deposits of this northwest region of Tyumen Province. Comparative analysis shows that forams as well as ammonites and pelecypods are of great importance for correlation and dating of the enclosing deposits. DLC. 94323 BULGAKOV, N.P. The extreme winter boundary of ice in the eastern seas. English translation of No 85952, available as AD-655 235 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va. 22151. 94324 BULGAKOVA, E.N. and others. K probleme genezisa taksitovykh gabbrodoleritov differentsirovannykh trappovykh intruzii Noril'skogo ralona. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.177, no.2, p. 418-21, table, illusa 12 refs. In Russian. Other authors: IU.R. Vasi]'ev and V.V. Zolotukhin. Title tr.: The genesis of taxitic gabbro-dolerites of differentiated trap intrusions of the Noril'sk region. Reports a petrographic study of this intrusion of Noril'sk II. Results show that crystallization of pyroxenes in the gabbrodolerites occurred at temperature not less than 1330°C. Two temperature-groups of inclusions are established. A secondary solution of lower temperature is suggested in the genesis of the taxitic rocks. DLC. 171

94325 BULGAKOVA, M.D. Krestiakhskie konglomeraty ust is r. Leny i uslovitå ikh obrazovaniia. (Litologiih i poleznye iskopaemye 1967, no.3, p.127-34, graphs, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Krestyakh conglomerates in the Lena River mouth and conditions of their formation. Describes Visean deposits noting their sedimentation conditions and other features. Three horizons of these conglomerates are distinguished and characterized as to thickness, composition, etc. The main types of rock are described: block breccias, conglomerates, sandstones, limestones, etc. Their formation conditions, the tectonic movements and water basin are discussed. DLC. 94326 BULGAKOVA, M.D. Novye dannye o vulkanogennykh i kremnistykh porodakh v osnovanii Verkhoianskogo kompleksa. (Akademiii nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.171, no.3, p.713-16, tables, illus) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr. New data on volcanic and siliceous rocks in the basement of the Verkhoyansk complex. In the Verkhoyansk terrigenous complex volcanic rocks and silicates are widely developed. Lithologic description is given of those in the northern Kharaulakh Mts and Sette-Daban. The volcanic rocks consist mostly of tuffs, the siliceous mostly of silicites, lydites, etc. Their chemical composition is given. Visean volcanism is characterized. DLC. 94327 BULGAKOVA, M.D. and V.P. SEMENOV. Terrigenno-mineralogicheskie provinüü pozdnel permi, triasa i rannel fury (Izvestiii vysZapadnogo Verkhosania. shikh uchebnykh zavedenil. Geologiia i razvedka 1967, no.1, p. 44-52, illus) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Terrigenous mineralogical provinces of Late Permian, Triassic and Early Jurassic of the western Verkhoyansk region. Reviews the main mineralogical associations of Upper Permian, Middle and Upper Triassic and Lower Jurassic deposits in the Lena, Aldan and Yana basins. In the Upper Permian a central province is distinguished with zirconium-apatite-rutile minerals, and the Tumara-Tukulan province with mainly zirconium, leucoxene-tourmaline and garnet minerals. The accessory mineral associations of the Middle and Upper Triassic and Lower Jurassic are also characterized and charted; they vary substantially in time and space. DLC. BULGAKOVA, M.D. see also No. 99830 172

94328 BULL, C. and C. MARANGUNIC. The earthquake-induced slide on the Sherman Glacier, south-central Alaska, and its glaciological effects. (In: Intl. Conf. on Low Temp. Science; Physics of snow and ice... 1967, v.1, pt. 1, p.395-408, maps, illus) 15 refs. Presents the results to 1966 of a continuing study of this 107m3 rock slide in the Chugach Mu, Alaska, and its effects on the regime of the glacier. The causes of the slide are related to exceptionally unstable lithologic conditions in the source area, and evidence is presented that the wide-spreading debris sheet was supported on an air cushion. The methodology used in measuring the effect on accumulation and ablation rates is outlined and maps show survey stations, velocity of ice and ablation rates. The thickness of debris is shown to provide sufficient insulation to change a negative regime to a positive one, and there are indications that the glacier is beginning to advance. Continued investigation of the glacier during the next decade will provide an excellent opportunity to study many active glaciological features. DWB. BULL, C., see also No. 95916 94329 BULLARD, E. and others. The fit of the continents around the Atlantic. (Royal Society of London. Philosophical transactions 1965. Ser.A, no.1088, v.258, p.41-51, maps, graphs, tables) 13 refs. Other authors: J.E. Everett and A.G. Smith. Contributed as part IV of a Symposium on Continental Drift, organized for the Royal Society by P.M.S. Brackett, Sir E. Bullard, and S.K. Runcorn. Describes fits of these Atlantic continents made by numerical methods, using a "least squares" criterion of fit. Best fit is found to be at the 500-fathom contour. The root-meansquare errors for fitting Africa to South America, Greenland to Europe, and North America to Greenland and Europe are 30 to 90 km; these fits are believed not to be the result of chance, though reliable statistical data are not available. Fit of North America, Greenland and Europe at the 500-fm contour is shown on a conical projection with overlaps and gaps indicated; fit of all the continents around the Atlantic at the same contour is shown on a transverse Mercator projection. Discussion was opened by J.H. Taylor, presented by M.G. Rutten, A.L. Hales, R.M. Shackleton and A.E. Nairn, and concluded by W.B. Harland, qv. who outlined, p.59-75, the tectonic evolution of the Arctic-North Atlantic Region. DGS.

94330 BULLARD, R.W. Changes in regional blood flow and blood volume, during arousal from hibernation. (Suomalainen Tiedekatemia. Toimituksia. Annales. Ser. A. IV: Biologica 1964, no.71, Intl. Symposium... Hibernation 1962. Proceedings no. 71/5, p.66-76, graph, tables, illus) Refs. These changes were determined by radioactive tracer studies in the thirteen-lined ground squirrel (Citellus tridecemlineatus). In early arousal, most of the increased cardiac output was distributed to thoracic tissues and axillary brown fat. As arousal progressed to a heart rate of 200 beats/min blood flow to the anterior portion of the animal increased. In the final stages of arousal, flow to posterior regions increased. No shifts of blood volume of hemodynamic significance could be demonstrated. However, the volume of distribution of tagged iodine was lower in aroused animals than in controls. DLC. BULMASOV, A.P., see No. 95051 BULYGINA, O.P., see No. 97972 BULYNNIKOVA, A.A. see No. 94331 94331 BULYNNIKOVA, S.P. and A.A. BULYNNIKOVA. Stratigrafitä verkhnel fury i valanzhina Turukhan-Eloguiskogo ralona po forminiferam. (Geologitä i geofizika 1966, no.6, p.60-69, map) 10 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Upper Jurassic and Valanginian stratigraphy of the Turukhan-Yeloguy region according to foraminifera. Describes the stratigraphy of Callovian, Oxfordian, Kimmeridgian, Volga and Valanginian successions, incl lithologic and foraminiferal data. The Ammodiscidae are predominant in the Upper Jurassic, the Polymorphinidae in the Lower Cretaceous. DLC. 94332 BUNAK, V.V. Die anthropologische Erforschung Osteuropas. (Anthropologische Gesellschaft in Wien. Mitteilungen 1967. v.96-97. p.12-20, graphs) 22 refs. In German. TYUe tr.: Anthropological study of eastern Europe. Reviews Soviet race diagnostic research: craniological measurements, pigmentation, hair growth, etc, also area of type formation, metisation, and migratory diffusion. Ostyaks, Voguls, Zyryans, and Samoyeds are included among others. Mongolic features in neolithic skulls of the second-first millennium BC from Oleniy Island, Barents Sea, may be due to admixture with immigrant Siberian tribes or to survival of paleolithic European traits in northern isolates. DSI.

94333 BUNAKOVA, O.V. and R.V. KAMENETSKAIA. Bibliografiiä trudov Institute etnografli im. M.N. Miklukho-Maklatä, 1900-1962. Leningrad. Izd-vo Nauka 1967. 281 p. In Russian. Title tr.: Bibliography of works pub in 1900-1962 by the M.N. Miklukho-Maklai Institute of Ethnography. Lists 5195 titles, mostly from its Trudy series and from Sovetskaiaetnografüa; the items are arranged by subject and geographic region; about 20% are on northern minorities of the USSR, a few on Indian and Eskimos. Author and ethnic group indexes are appended. DLC. 94334 BURAND, W.M. A geochemical investigation between Chatanika and Circle Hot Springs, Alaska. Juneau 1965. 11 p. graph, maps, table, illus. (Alaska. Div. of Mines and Minerals. Geochemical report no.5) Anomalies found on Deadwood Creek may be related to mineral deposits associated with local granites and their fine-grained equivalents; other anomalies may reflect a general increase in mineralization of the bedrock, but could lead to discovery of possible economic deposits. Upper reaches of streams heading in the highlands near Pedro Dome, and the headwaters of Sourdough and Faith Creeks should be sampled for tin and beryllium as well as copper, lead, zinc, and molybdenum, and areas adjacent to most of the granitic bodies should be investigated. DGS. 94335 BURAND, W.M. and R.H. SAUNDERS. A geochemical investigation of Minook Creek, Rampart district, Alaska. Juneau 1966. 14 p. table, map, illus. (Alaska. Division of Mines and Minerals. Geochemical report no.12) The Minook Creek drainage basin comprises the major part of one of the older placer mining districts in Alaska; minerals found in the concentrates have included cassiterite, galena, cinnabar, and nuggets of native copper and silver, and the area could be favorably considered for lode prospecting. Of the 120 samples taken, 59 contained anomalous amounts of one or more metals. Three parallel mineralized zones appear to be rather clearly indicated: a lead zone on the NW side of Slate Creek, a copper zone on the SE side of the same creek, and a copper-zinc zone extending across lower Chapman Creek into headwaters of Hoosier Creek. Other mineralized areas are indicated in which linear dispersion patterns are not readily apparent. DGS. 173

94335A BURAND, W.M. A geochemical investigation of the Nenana highway area. Juneau 1966. 7 p. table, map, illus. (Alaska. Division of Mines and Minerals. Geochemical report no.10) Reports 1965 investigation of stream sediments accessible from the highway between Nenana and Ester Station. The bedrock is chiefly Precambrian (?) schist and undifferentiated Mesozoic (?) meta-igneous and acidic igneous rocks. Five of the 62 samples of sediments from stream valleys on the Tanana-Goldstream divide carried anomalous amounts of Cu, Pb, Zn and Mo. DGS.

Arctic. Proceedings 1967 pub 1968. p.91-107, graphs, illus) 9 refs. Discusses this aid which gives promise of reliable and accurate (of order 2 km error) navigation on the worldwide basis. It is described as working on 10-14 KHz radio frequency over a distance of the order of 5000-6000 nautical mi. Navigation requirements to the system, the propagation conditions for the radio-wave lengths of some 20-30 km, incl the wave attenuation and the relation of phase velocity to frequency are discussed with emphasis on high latitude influences of ionospheric disturbances associated with solar proton events. DLC.

BURBANK, L., see No. 99001 BURCKLE, L.H., see No. 99657 94336 BURDIIAN, B.G. Zagnåznenie Ob'-Irtyshskogo basseina. (Priroda 1968. v.58, no.2, p. 88-89, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Pollution of the Ob-Irtysh basin. Reports on pollution from industrial waste, especially from oil refineries, and the resulting drop in fish reserves. In 1964 supposedly 5 million m3/day were discharged into the Ob system of rivers. DLC. 94337 BURDYKINA, A.P. Rezhim zamerzaniih ust'ev rek Kolymy i Indigirki; proffsess zamerzanii ust'ev rek. (Leningrad. Arkticheskti i antarkticheskil n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1967. v. 278, p.84-112, graphs, tables) Title tr: 11 refs. In Russian. Freezing regime of the mouths of the Kolyma and Indigirka Rivers; the process of river mouth freezing. Discusses this process from the time of the appearance upon the river of grease ice, fast ice, and frazil ice to freeze-up in the delta. Hydrological, meteorological, and synoptic conditions accelerating or retarding the process of delta freezing are compared. Observation data of 1935-64 providing long-term means of freeze-up in the Indigirka and Kolyma deltas are used to obtain prognostic relationships between the ambient conditions and the dates of freezing onset and complete freeze-up of the deltas. A method of longrange forecasting of the freeze-up periods of the river deltas of the East Siberian Sea basin is developed by comparing the hydrometeorological and synoptic processes with the processes of ice formation therein. DLC. BURENOK, V., see No. 94947 94338 BURGESS, B. Some aspects of the VLF OMEGA navigation as appropriate to the arctic environment. (In: NATO Inst. on Ionospheric Radio Communications in the 174

94339 BURGESS, H. Arctic furs: prime or worthless? (Beaver 1966. v.297, no.2, p.26-27, illus) Describes the training of Eskimos in the grading of furs and skins at Churchill, Man., by the Dept of Northern Affairs and Natural CaMAI. Resources, Canada. 94340 BURGESS, H. Eskimo art from Holman. (North 1966. v.13, no.3, p.12-16, illus) Interviews Father Henri Tardy, Oblate missionary at Holman, Victoria Island, western Canadian Arctic, who recalls the discovery of Kalvak's artistic talents, and taping of stories and legends of the Copper Eskimos. Exhibition of the Holman prints at the New Brunswick Museum, 1965, is noted, and artistic activity in Holman reviewed. CaMAI. 94341 BURGESS, H. High school drop(North 1966. v.13, no.5, p.12-15, ins. illus) An Apprentice Training Program, established by ordinance of the Northwest Territories Council 1964, is providing vocational training to young Eskimo men and women with an 8th grade, or equivalent, standing. The program, facilities, and life style in the Pre-Vocational Training School at Fort Churchill, Manitoba, are described. CaMAI. 94341A BURGESS, H. Killinek - turning point. (North 1967. v.14, no.6, p.20-23,

illus)

Describes Killinek, now Port Burwell, on Killinek Island off the northern point of Labrador, its severe climate and wealth of seals and fish. A co-operative formed in 1959 has developed a handicraft program and a fishery which includes filleting and freezing of CaMAI, DLC. char, cod and halibut. 94342 BURGH, J. Unique water system is devised for southeastern village.

(Alaska's health and welfare, Aug. 1966, v.23, p.1-2, map, illus) Describes Angoon, the Tlingit Indian village in southeastern Alaska, and the steel reinforced rubber hose that brings water from Admiralty Island to the village across the Kotzebue Inlet. Cost and labor are disCaMAI. cussed. BURGH, P.v.d., see No. 93322 94343 BURIAK, V.A. 0 genezise suit fidnol minerslIzalsü Lenskogo zolotonosnogo ralona. (Geologiia i geofizika 1967, no. 1, p.113-18, table, illus) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Genesis of sulfide mineralization in the Lena gold-bearing region. Describes the sulfide mineralization in Upper Proterozoic sedimentary-metamorphic strata. Evidences of its metamorphic origin are given. Diagenetic-epigenetic, early metamorphic, and metamorphogenic-metasomatic DLC. varieties of sulfides are analyzed.

plutons into a sequence of volcanic and marine sedimentary rocks started an Alaskan Peninsula. Uplifted and eroded, these granites supplied most of the material for the area's thick upper Jurassic-lower Cretaceous arkosic sequence. A thick flysch sequence representing most of the Cretaceous, was deposited on an unknown basement along the southeast coast of' the Peninsula. These turbidites were intruded during the Paleocene by granodiorite plutons and uplifted to form the present Pacific continental shelf. About 30,000 ft each of Mesozoic and Tertiary sedimentary rocks accumulated on the Peninsula while an equal amount of flysch was deposited in the area of the present continental shelf. Of five periods of deformation, those in the early Jurassic, early- and mid-Tertiary were associated with plutonic intrusion accompanied by only minor structural warping; all the prominent structural features of the Peninsula were formed by post-Miocene deformation. A general uplift of the area is continuing. DGS.

94344 BURK, C.A. The Aleutian arc and Alaska continental margin. (In: Symp on Continental Margins... 1965. Proceedings pub 1966. p.206-15, maps, illus) 6 refs. The Alaska Peninsula presents the continental margin of southern Alaska and a part of the Aleutian Island arc. The ShumaginKodiak Shelf separates the Alaska Peninsula from the Aleutian Trench. From what is known of the structural and stratigraphic history of these regions, it is probable that the Alaska Peninsula may have existed by middle Jurassic time, that the Shumagin-Kodiak Shelf is no older than Tertiary, but whether the area was previously a trench, continental rise, or slope, is unknown; also that the Aleutian Trench is no older than Tertiary and may be much younger, and that the volcanic arc of the Alaska Peninsula and Aleutian Islands developed in the earliest Tertiary. In the Bering Sea, a major oceanic trench, an island arc which spans both oceanic and continental crust, the margins of two major continents, and even aseismic ridges (Bowers Bank) are DGS. noted.

94346 BURKHANOV, V.F. Kriterii opredeleniiii inzhenerno-geograficheskoi graniisy Severa SSSR. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1967. v.22, ser. 5: geog. no.5, p.82-90, map, tables) In Russian. Title tr.: Criteria for determining the engineering-geography limits of the Soviet North. Discusses economic achievements in the North in recent years. The area with its severe climatic and other conditions has different requirements in mechanical equipment, metal construction, and materials suited for use at low temperatures. Existing definitions for delimiting the northern regions are mostly unsatisfactory. Some steel loses stability and develops brittle fracture at low temperature. Thus steel resistivity, severity of climate may be considered as indicators for delimiting arctic regions. Four engineeringgeography zones of the North are recognized and briefly characterized, an arctic zone of highest severity, subarctic zone of high severity, a northern severe zone, and an DLC. eastern zone of medium severity.

94345 BURK, C.A. Geology of the Alaska Peninsula - island arc and continental margin. New York 1965. 250 p. maps, tables, illus. (Geological Society of America. Memoir no.99) 203 refs. Describes geologic history and structural configuration, accompanied by a geologic map 1:250,000 and a tectonic map 1:1,000,000 based on field work in the lesser-known area southwest of Wide Bay. Columnar sections of 17 (including nine type) localities, and faunal lists are appended. During the early Jurassic, intrusion of granitic

94347 SURKOV, V.Y. and E.K. PODPORINA. Pervye dannye o redkikh zemtiakh v kimberlitovykh porodakh. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.171, 15 refs. In no.4, p.970-73, table, illus) Russian. Tide tr.: First data on rare earths in kimberlite rocks. Reports a study of Mir, Zarnitsa and Udachnaya kimberlite pipes of Yakutia. Kimberlite breccias and basaltic kimberlites were examined and content of rare earths determined. The composition of lanthanoids in

175

kimberlite, ultrabasites, and ultrabasic and alkaline rocks is diagrammed. DLC. 94348 BURLAGA, L.F. Anisotropic diffusion of solar cosmic rays. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.17, p.4449-66, tables, graphs) 29 refs. Presents a mathematical model which permits a relatively simple solution describing characteristics of solar cosmic rays propagation on the basis of the postulated anisotropy in the interplanetary medium. The solution of the derived diffusion equation is found to depend on the solar longitude of the flare that causes the cosmic ray eruption. Excellent intensity-versus-time fits for the flare events are obtained from the data recorded at Deep River on 15 Nov 1960 and 18 July 1961, Murmansk on 4 May 1960, Churchill on 3 Sept, 15 Nov 1960 and 20 July 1961, Sulphur Mt on 20 Nov 1960, College on 12 Nov 1960, and other stations. It is demonstrated that the solution of the diffusion equation does apply during the anisotropic phase of several events. DLC. 94349 BURLAKOV, V.A. and E.E. LISKUN. Ob optimal'noi vysote blokov pri betonirovanii vysokikh gravitatsionnykh plotin. (Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitel'stvo 1967. v.37, no.8, p.13-16, graph, table, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: The optimal height of concrete blocks in gravity dam construction. Reports the engineering investigation associated with dam building technology, proposing to use 6-12 instead of the usual 3-4 m high blocks as structural units in building concrete dams. Field investigations of 1963-66 at the Krasnoyarsk Hydroelectric Power Station showed the feasibility and advantage of using vertically joined concrete blocks up to 12 m high, thereby saving time, labor, and cost. The method developed in forming the concrete blocks in several-floor built-up casings, under required temperature regime enabled 475.2 thousand tons of concrete in 9-12 m high blocks to be laid in the dam. The 12 m high blocks as compared with the 3 m, reduce the cost of construction work by 3.9%, labor consumption by 27.3%, manual labor by 33.3%; they give 1.44 kg/m3 metal economy, increase labor mechanization by 34.8% and raise 2.1 fold the rate of erecting the block darn in height. Laying the concrete in high blocks saved 280,500 rubles, 9,170 man-days labor and 393,500 t of metal in 1965-66. Concrete blocks more than 12 m high are found to be of no advantage.DLC. 94350 BURLIN, 1:U.H. and V.V. DONTSOV. Naftidoproiavlemia na poberezh'e Beringova mona. (AkadeØå nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.171, no.1, 176

In Russian. Title tr.: Naphp.163-65) thide seeps on the coast of the Bering Sea. Oil seeps have been reported on the Bering Sea coast near the provincial boundary of Magadan and Kamchatka. Accumulations of hydrocarbons in rocks of the Khatyrka and other Miocene downwarps, a seep in the Bystraya estuary and other evidence, incl the presence of potential source and reservoir rocks, warrant further investigation. DLC. BURLIN, ILJ.K. Vozmozhnye 94351 ploshchadi neftegazonakopleniiii v Anadyrskoi vpadine na Chukotke. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1967, ser. 4, geologiiå no.1, p.51-57, 2 refs. In Russian. Title fr.: map) Possible areas of oil and gas accumulation in the Anadyr depression of Chukotka. Describes the structure of the depression according to geological investigations, gravimetric and seismic surveys. Its stratigraphy, lithology, bitumen and natural oil and gas manifestations are reviewed, and a possible oil-gas basin depicted on a map. Parent strata for oil beds and bands of reservoir rocks are characterized. Prospects seem favorable, especially in the central part of the depression, other regions are still to be investigated. DLC. BURLIN, IU.K., see also No. 94929, 97004 94352 BURLINGTON, R.F. and G.J. KLAIN. Gluconeogenesis during hibernation and arousal from hibernation. (Comparative biochemistry and physiology 1967. v.22, no.3, p. 701-708, tables) 22 refs. Dietary glucose is unavailable for fasting hibernators, so the blood glucose level is maintained by glycogenolysis or gluconeogenesis. Study of the capacity for gluconeogenesis in renal and hepatic tissue from hibernating, arousing, and normothermic ground squirrels (Citellus tridecemlineatus) showed decreased liver glycogen and blood glucose during hibernation. Two hours after arousal, liver glycogen remained low while blood glucose was normal. At 6°C, glucose synthesis from all substrates was significantly increased in renal tissue from hibernating animals. The rate of gluconeogenesis is limited by low temperature during hibernation; however, a part of the blood glucose in hibernating animals results from a sustained capacity for glucose synthesis. DNLM. BURLINGTON, R.F., see also No. 96808 94353 BURMANTOV, G.G. Formirovanie funkisional'nykh tipov poselenil v ralonakh i`uzhnoi taigi, na primere Krasnoiärskogo Priangar ~a. (Akademiila nauk SSSR. Inst.

geografii Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Doklady 1966, no.13, p.56-62, map) 3 refs. In Russian. French summary. Tide tr.: The formation of functional types of settlements in the southern taiga regions, as exemplified in the Angara basin of Krasnoyarsk Province. Reviews the development of settlements of this region since the 17th century. The first settlers engaged in agriculture, hunting and fisheries. The growth of industrial settlements, changes in kolkhozes and sovkhozes, and settlements connected with gold mining are reviewed. Urban and workmen's communities, lumbering centers, etc are discussed, as are multifunctional settlements. The agricultural, hunting and fishing communities are shrinking, as growing industry fosters concentration of population. DLC. 94354 BURMISTROVA, I.I. Sovremennoe raspredelenie foraminifer i stratigrafiia verkhnechetvertichnykh otlozhenff Barentseva more. (Okeanologiii 1967. v.7, no.2, p.302-308, graphs, map, illus) 6 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Present distribution of foraminifers and stratigraphy of Upper Quaternary deposits of the Barents Sea. Reports analysis of 13 surface samples and 70 more from seven cores 80-140 cm in length to study foraminifers in the bottom sediments. Calcareous forams increase quantitatively with depth, and the agglutinating forams decrease. Planktonic foraminifera are represented by two species. Study of the forams reveals changes in the bottom conditions during the period of deposition. In the cores, four horizons are established, of which the first and third correspond to the time of free association of the sea with the Atlantic Ocean. Deposition of the second and fourth horizons coincided with a period of regression of the sea. DLC. 94355 BURNEVSSAIIA, V.A. Novye dannye po stratigrafii dodevonskikh otlozhenti paleozoiä Kolvo-Visherskogo krai3 i PechorskoT vpadiny. (Moskovskoe o-vo ispytatelel prirody. B/ülleten'. Otd. geologicheskll 1967. v.42, no. 2, p.43-51, tables, illus) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New data on the stratigraphy of pre-Devonian Paleozoic deposits of the Kolva-Vishera region and Pechora depression. Reports study of the Kolchim and Polyudov local series and the Pomyanennovskaya stratum. Distribution, petrographic composition, fauna and other features of these deposits are described. The Pomyanennovskaya stratum is of Cambrian age, the Polyudov series Ordovician, and the Kolchim Silurian. DLC.

94356 BUROV, G.M. Arkheologicheskie nakhodki v starichnykh tort inikakh basselna Vychegdy. (Sovetskail arkheologüa 1966. v.10, no.1, p.155-73, table, graphs, illus) Approx. 55 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Archeological finds in old peat bogs of the Vychegda basin. Describes the results of 1961-63 excavations in peat bogs adjoining the stratified Vis I and Vis II sites. Of particular interest are well preserved objects of wood, bark and grass fiber. bows, ski or sledge runners, fishing nets, etc. The geological formation of the bogs, stratification, pollen deposits, etc are considered, and the age of individual culture layers evaluated: second millennium BC to first millennium AD. DLC. 94357 BUROV, G.M. Naldeno v Vychegodskikh torfianikakh. (Priroda 1966. v.55, no.9, p.74-79, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Found in the Vychegda peat bogs. Describes the results of 1960-65 fieldwork by the Vychegda archeological party of the Academy of Sciences' Komi Branch at two bog sites on Lake Sindorskoye. The wellpreserved artifacts include hundreds of wood and bark objects, grass and fiber netting, also pottery, stone and bone fishing and hunting implements, etc. The Vis I site includes objects of the mesolithic era, 7-6th millennium BC. Vis II finds date from the second millennium BC to the fifth century AD. Problems of preserving water-soaked wooden objects are discussed: hardwood, tightly wrapped in paper, may be dried though slowly, the process taking several months. Objects of soft wood do not withstand dehydration and must be kept in water. The age and formation of the bogs in ancient river beds, faunal remains, etc are also dealt with. DLC. 94358 BUROV, G.M. Raskopki v bassetne r. Vychegdy. (In: Ural'skoe arkheologicheskoe soveshchanie. Voprosy 1962, p.107-111, illus) In Russian. Tide tr.: Excavations in the Vychegda River basin. Describes 1960 fieldwork at the stratified Vis I and II sites reported in No 70465. The remains of three rectangular houses, the first stone . age dwellings discovered in Komi ASSR, included typical neolithic hole-comb pottery and flint implements. Above these were found structures of the mid-second millennium BC containing bronze age artifacts, wooden objects well preserved in mineralized peat of the floodplain. The uppermost layers belong to several iron age cultures of the first millennium AD. DLC. BUROVA, T.A., see No. 96771 177

BURRI, M., see No. 93718 BURROWS, J.R., see No. 94565 94359 BURSA, A.S. Discoasteromonas calciferus n. sp., an arctic relict secreting Discoaster Tak Sin Hok 1927. (Grana palynologica 1964. v.6, no.1, p.147-65, illus) 24 refs. Erects the new family Discoasteromonadaceae for Discoasteromonas calciferus n g n sp, a coccolithine showing close morphologic parallelism of fossil and recent series. Calcareous inclusions and discoasters corresponding to fossil Discoaster are specific for this family. Description of organic and inorganic structures and discussion of the reproduction and morphogenesis of the new genus are based on study of some 15,000 cells from the undersurface of the ice in the inshore waters of Devon Island, Canadian Arctic Islands. Comparison of recent and fossil discoasters is based on sediment core samples from the North Pacific and Atlantic Oceans. DGS. 94360 BURSA, A.S. and L. JOHNSON. Nannoplankton of' marine origin from Great Bear Lake in the Northwest Territories of Canada. (Nature 1967. v.214, no.5087, p.528-29, illus) 9 refs. Reports a number of the provisional total of some 291 phytoplankton species in Great Bear Lake to appear to be of marine or brackish origin. Distephanus speculum, a silicoflagellate, has not before been found in a truly lacustrine habitat, and the dinoflagellate species of Gymnaster has been found only in marine waters. The presence of these marinetype organisms in an area that was completely ice-covered during the Wisconsin glaciation and that offers no evidence of later marine invasion is discussed. A possible explanation is offered: marine waters, "sluiced-up" in front of the advancing ice, were gradually freshened by northerly flowing rivers and certain species were able to survive and eventually to adapt to a completely freshwater existence. DLC. 94361 BURSKII, A.Z. Encrinuridae iz ordovikskikh otlozhenii severa Pa!-Khoia i ostrova Valgach. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1966. Paleontologiiä i stratigrafiia no.11, p.79-84, tables, illus) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Encrinuridae from Ordovician deposits in northern Pay-Khoy and Vaygach Island. Describes two trilobites, Encrinuroides waigatschensis n sp and Atractopyge aspera (Linnarsson). Their distribution, diagnosis, dimensions, comparison and other features are given with illus. DLC. 178

94362 BURSKII, A.Z. Semelstvo Lichidae iz ordovikskikh otlozhenü Valgacha i severnogo Pai-Khoia. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. PaleontologiI i biostratigrafia 1966, no.13, p.43-66, tables, illus) 38 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Lichidae family from Ordovician deposits of Vaygach and northern Pay-Khoy. Reports study of the stratigraphic distribution and systematic composition of Ordovician Trilobites of this family, first described by Hawle et Corda 1847. Its representatives are most frequent in Middle Ordovician deposits. One new species Conolichas acerbigranum is described from central Vaygach, and a comparison of fam Lichidae is given. DLC. 94363 BURSKII, A.Z. Semelstvo Raphiophoridae i Pterygometopidae iz ordovikskikh otlozhenn severe Pai-Khoi'a i ostrova Vaigach. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologiiä i biostratigrafiza 1966, no.16, p. 8-21, tables, illus) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Fam Raphiophoridae and Pterygometopidae from Ordovician deposits in northern Pay-Khoy and Vaygach Island. Presents systematic description of some Ordovician trilobites of these families, with Lonchodomas triangulus L parvulus, and Calyptaulax brevioculus described as new. Collected material, comparison and geographic and geologic distribution are indicated. CaMAI, DLC. 94364 BURSKII, A.Z. Semelstvo Remopleurididae iz ordovika severa Pai-Khoiå, ostrova Valgach i ruga Novo! Zemli. (Leningrad. N:isel. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1966. Paleontologåå i bia stratigrafiia no.12, p.30-45, tables, illus) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Fam Remopleurididae from Ordovician of northern Pay-Khoy, Vaygach Island and Southern Novaya Zemlya. Presents a systematic description of four species of trilobites of fam Remopleurididae Hawle et Corda, representing three genera and two subfamilies. Two species are described for the first time, Eorobergia inferius and E summa a spp. DLC. 94365 BURSKII, A.Z. Trilobity ii gorskogo gorizonta, srednil ordovik, severs PalKhoia i Valgacha. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologiia i biostratigrafiia 1967, no.17, p.27-S1, tables, illus) 39 refs. In Russian. Title Ir. Trilobites of the Yugorskiy horizon, Middle Ordovician, from Northern Pay-Khoy and Vaygach. Presents systematic description of 17 tri-

lobites of fam Glaphuridae, Illaenidae and Cheiruridae, incl Glaphurina trapezialis and Stenopareia jugorskii n spp. Collected material, main features, dimensions, comparison, distribution and age are given. CaMAI, DLC. BURTON, A.C., see No. 99952 BURTON, L.R., see No. 97615 94366 BURTON, S., and K. GRAY. Inherent and maximum microbiological activity in Smith Lake. (Alaska. Univ. Inst. of Water Resources. Annual report 1966. p.19-26, table) Reports on a study of the potential to change environment, shown in a new group of nitrogen-fixing and in psychrophilic (coldloving) bacteria. The rate of growth in psychrophiles is dependent on nutrient supply and not temperature of the environment. Biological processes do not come to a standstill when the lake is covered by a layer of ice. CaMAI. BUSBEE, C.E., see No. 94387 94366A BUSHUEV, A.V. and others. Rezul'taty ekspeditsionnykh issledovanil dreifa i dinamiki lediånogo pokrova Arkticheskogo basseina vesnoi 1961. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1967. no.257, p.26-44, graphs, tables) 7 refs. In Russian. Other authors: N.A. Volkov, Z.M. Gudkovich and V.S. Loshchilov. Title tr.: Results of expedition investigations of the drift and dynamics of the ice cover in the Arctic Basin, Spring 1961. Contains data from the drifting stations North Pole 8 and 9 during the summer 1960 and winter 1961 in the region of 79°N and 160-155°W. The ice drifted 3.8 km/day. The distance between the two stations was 415 km with a small variation. The drift of North Pole 8 was 4.8 km/day on circular orbit at the distance of 1000 km from the rotation center and 5.8 km/day at the distance of 1200 km. In this region of the Arctic basin, the ocean surface rotates with variable velocity caused by the influence of wind and the ocean currents beneath the ice. DLC. 94367 BUSLAEV, I.G. Us!ova+ estestvennogo uvlazhneniiå tsentral'noi IAkutii i (Akanekotorye voprosy gidromelioratsii. demiIb nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geografii Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Doklady 1966, no.11, p.24-30, graph, tables) 16 refs. In Russian. French summary. Tide tr.: Condition of natural moistening in Central Yakutia and some problems of hydromelioration.

Develops equations for determining the natural moistening of this wide region using heat balance and water balance components. Average moisture is 250-400 mm, and total evaporation 240-350 mm/yr. Characteristic moistening is calculated for some stations of Yakutia and found in good agreement with the actual measurements. DLC. 94368 BUSLOV, V.V. 0 vozmozhnosti vytesnenifi nefti gazom vysokogo davlenitå na mestorozhdeniiiikh Komi ASSR. (Vses. neftegazovyl n: issl. inst. N: tekhn. sbornik po dobyche nefti 1965. no.28, p.71-74, tables, graphs) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The possibility of oil displacement by high pressure gas in the Komi ASSR deposits. Attempts to estimate the possible petroleum delivery at the West Tebuk, East Savinobor, Michayu, and Pashnya deposits by pumping fat gas into the deposits and pressing the oil out by high gaseous pressure. A table of chemical parameters of the oil, the accompanying natural gas, and the initial and saturation pressures are tabulated. By pumping the accompanying fat gases into deep oil deposits in low permeability layers, it is considered feasible to double or triple the petroleum delivery. DLC. 94369 BUSSEN, I.V. and A.S. SAKHAROV. Geologitå Lovozerskikh •ndr. Leningrad, Izd-vo Nauka 1967. 125 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The geology of Lovozero tundras. Reviews the investigation of the Lovozero alkaline massif on Luyavrurt. Its geologic position and structure are outlined noting its limits, age, tectonics and other features. Six groups of alkaline rocks are recognized and described in some detail. Attention is directed mainly to the inner structure and form of the massif and its pluton, also to the primary lamination of the massif and its causes. The Quaternary and Recent deposits are described. Features of the relief and its dependence upon the geology are discussed. Geologic history of the Luyavrurt is summarized. DGS. 94370 BUSSEN, I.V. and D.L. ROGACHEV. Porodoobrazutüshchii evdialit Lovozerskogo shchelochnogo massive. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1967. no.5, p.194-213, graph, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Rockforming eudialyte of the Lovozero alkaline massif. Eudialyte is found in almost all the alkaline rocks of this massif in north-central Kola Peninsula, and in some of them it is a rock-forming mineral. Three varieties are recognized: eudialyte proper, optical positive, 179

eucolite, optical negative, and mesodialyte an isotropic variety. Each is described. The forms of eudialyte are analyzed. Chemical composition of rock-forming eudialyte is tabulated. The mode of occurrence of this mineral in various rocks is characterized, and the presence of rare earth elements is DLC. noted. 94371 BUSSEN, I.V. and E.I. USPENSHAIi'l. Serail glina doliny r. Elemaralkc; Lurävrurt, Kol'skii poluostrov. (In: Akademia nauk SSSR. Kol'skil filial. Formirovanie rel'efa... 1966. p.118-25, map, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title lr.: Gray clay of Elemarayk River valley; Luyavrurt, Kola Peninsula. Describes the geologic structure of the region, a section of gray clays, their physical properties, mechanical and material composition, and chemical analyses. The gray clays are the end products of alkaline rock weathering of the Lovozero massif. Deposition of clays occurred in the stable condiDLC. tions of a closed lake basin. BUSSIERES, A., see No. 95910 94372 BUSYREV, V.M. and others Analiz effektivnosti razrabotki shndianykh mestorozhdenii sistemami s zakladkoT i magazinirovaniem. (in: Akademiia nauk SSSR. Kol'skil filial. Tekhnologiia razrabotki... 1964, In Russian. Other p.12-18, tables, illus) authors: P.S. Ivanov and L.V. Shevelev. Title tr.: Analysis of mining mica deposits by stowing and storage methods. Discusses basic technical and economic indexes of the two methods at the Yena, Rikalatva, and Vysokoye mines in Kola Peninsula. Both are described, and stowing considered the less efficient with 40-50% ore loss in the stope as compared with 20-30% by the storage method. DLC. 94373 BUSYREV, V.M. and V.V. GUSHCHIN. Effektivnost' razrabotki apatitonefelinovykh rud sistemol etazhnogo prinuditel'nogo obrusheniia. Leningrad, Izd-vo Nauka 1964. 98 p. tables, graphs, Mus. Approx 45 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The efficiency of mining apatite-nepheline ores by the induced block caving method. Generalizes the experience with this method at the Kukisvumchorr-Yukspor apatitenepheline mines of the Apatit combine. Actual labor consumption, and economic advantages of the system are discussed, and possibilites for increasing its productivity are indicated. The method of breaking the ore by borehole blasting from sublevel cross-cuts is DLC. suggested. 180

94374 BUSYREV, V.M. and L.V. SHEVELEV. Metodika izuchenia vlüaniia prot`sessov dobychi na pokazateli izvlecheniea sWdy. (in: Akademiii nauk SSSR. Kol'skii filial. Tekhnologii razrabotki... 1964, p.58-60, table) Ref. In Russian. Title lr.: A method of studying the effects of mining processes on the index of mica extraction. Proposes a method of evaluating mining technology from the viewpoint of the quality of the mica, and the degree of completeness of its extraction, in as much as the value of mica drops sharply with decreasing quality and size of its crystals. The value of mica in mine blocks with low cast blast-hole drilling and explosive is determined immediately after breaking the ore. The quality and size of these crystals taken as unity index is compared with mica quality and sizes from other locations under different mining technology conditions. A scale of indexing mica extraction by different mining processes can thereby be established. The selling price of mica of different quality from the Yensk mines is DLC. given. BUSYREV, V.M., see also No. 101173 94375 BUTIAGIN, I.P. Ledtänoi pokrov vodokhranilishcha. (In: Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie... Metody bor'by s ledovymi... 1965, p.12-22, graphs, tables, illus) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ice cover of a water reservoir. Reports the results of studies of the basic changes in structure and properties of the ice cover of Ob' River, following the construction of the reservoir of the Novosibirsk hydroelectric power station. The processes of the formation, growth, and melting of the river and reservoir ice, and their different structures and strengths are outlined. Contrary to earlier observations indicating that the ice cover of Siberian lakes is 15-20% thicker than that of the rivers, no such difference was found. The ice thickness on the river and the reservoir is plotted against the sums of daily average negative temperatures. Differences in the structure and physical-mechanical properties of the two ice covers were found to affect the seasonal formation and destruction of ice on them. DLC. 94376 BUTIAGIN, LP. Ledoreznali mashina dhä ustroistva prorezei v ledianom (In: pokrove i prigotovleniii obrazisov. Akademia ' nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-energeticheskil inst. Trudy 1961. no.11, p.107-110, illus) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: An ice-cutting machine for making cuts in the ice cover and for preparation of samples. Describes a new type apparatus, light in

weight and powered by a small gasoline motor. The 95 cm long saw and a 3.5 hp motor can cut ice 90-100 cm thick at about 20-30 running m/hr, and 40-50 cm thick ice at 35-45 run m/hr. The machine is mounted on a sled, and can be moved easily by one person. Four of these machines have been used to get ice samples up to 50x90x400 cm, for investigating the mechanical properties of the ice cover, also to cut open channels in the ice cover for ships to move into their wintering places. A generalized design of the machine is given, also a photo showing two in operation. DLC. 94377 BUTIAGIN, I.P. and V.K. MORGUNOV. Novye pribory i metody issledovanü ledovykh låvlenil. (In: Akademitå

nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie... Metody bor'by s ledovymi... 1965, p.88-95, illus) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New devices and methods of investigating ice phenomena. Describes the construction and the methods of using five kinds of apparatus: a portable ice-cutting machine 25 kg in weight working on the principle of the Druzhba saw powered by a gasoline motor; a device for determining ice strength in spring by measuring its ultimate bending strength rapidly (50-60 measurements per day); an electric meter for measuring the thickness of an ice sheet by the method proposed in 1933 by P.I. Syrnikov; a cross-slit photographic camera for determining the velocity of floating bodies which permits velocity readings up to 2-3/min; and a photo-camera for determining the size of floating icefields and floes. All these instruments were designed and are produced in the USSR. DLC. 94378 BUTIAGIN, I.P. 0 prochnosti lediünogo pokrova pri izgibe. (Akademiiii nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportnoenergeticheskil inst. Trudy 1955, no.5, p.81-86, graph, table, illus) 4 refs. In Russian. Title IT.: The bending strength of an ice cover. Reports the field experiments on the flexure strength of ice, reviewing briefly similar experiments of the Lugs, Neva, and Severnaya Dvina Rivers. The so-called piano key method was used; in which the ice cover

is sawed through from three sides in the form of a piano key, with one end of the oblong block remaining attached to the ice cover. The free end of such a sample is either lifted up or pressed down gradually by a dynamometer, until the ice block breaks. Experiments carried out between 25 Mar and 15 Apr 1953 on one of the Siberian rivers are described. The conditions and results of the experiments given in a table, show 5.50

kg/cm2 ultimate flexure strength of the pre-breakup time ice. DLC. 94379 BUTIÅGIN, I.P. 0 prochnosti lediånogo pokrova pri srezyvaiushchikh usiliI kh. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-energeticheskii inst. Trudy 1958. no.7, p.47-57, graphs, tables, illus) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tra Strength of ice cover for shearing stresses. Reports results of spring 1956 and 1957 tests of the Ob River ice cover for destruction under shearing stress, 2 km downstream from the Krasnoyarsk dam. Pertinent earlier work is briefly reviewed pointing out that test results from small ice samples are different from those obtained on ice cover in situ. The test method is explained, and a generalized plan of the apparatus is given. The test samples were 20x20 and 30x30 cm in area. Ultimate strength values of the ice cover, measured for shear, bending, and crushing are given in a table for clear (crystalline), and turbid (with air inclusions) ice. The results

show that the official instructions give far too high (by a factor of 2.5 to 3.5) values of the ice cover strength, as obtained from tests of ice samples only 50-60 cm2 in area. DLC. 94380 BUTIÄGIN, I.P. Prochnost' ledianogo pokrova v ledovykh nagruzkakh na gidrosooruzhen i . (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-energeticheskil inst. Trudy 1961. no.11, p.25-48, 12 refs. In Russian. graphs, tables, illus) Title tr.: Ice cover strength for ice loads on hydraulic constructions. Reports 1953-59 experiments on samples of cubical and prismatic forms 6x6 to 200x80 cm in cross-section, for measuring compression, bending, and shear deformations. Field experiments were also made on ice loaded at the edge until it broke up. From 481 measurements on Ob River ice in 1953-57, and 533 on that of the Novosibirsk reservoir in 1958-59, data are obtained on the value of ultimate strength of river and reservoir ice covers for various types of deformation. The observed effect of sample size on determination of the strength value enables new standards to be proposed for estimating dependable values for ultimate ice-cover strength on the Oka River and on the Novosibirsk reservoir and in calculating the static and dynamic ice effects on hydraulic installations. DLC. 94381 BUTIAGIN, I.P. Prochnost' ledilinogo pokrova v vesennii period. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-energeticheskll inst. Trudy 1964. no.15, p.67-76, graphs, tables, illus) 13 refs.

181

In Russian. Title tr.: The strength of an ice cover during the spring period. Generalizes the data of 1953-1961, describing the reduction in strength of ice on the Ob, Angara, and Yenisey Rivers and the Novosibirsk water reservoir before their spring breakup. Ice samples 8x8x60 cm were tested near 0°C, ambient temp for bending and breakup by the method of a free beam on two supports 50 cm apart. The stress value determined was about 0.1 kg/cm2. Results are presented in tables showing the ice cover strength prior to ice movement on the three rivers at Ogurtsovo, Bratsk, and Krasnoyarsk respectively, and on the Novosibirsk reservoir. At Ogurtsovo the ice strength in different years ranged 15.1-0.8 kg/cm2, at Bratsk 9.2-1.7 kg/cm2 in 1960, and at Krasnoyarsk 10.0-0.6 kg/cm2; on the Novosibirsk reservoir, it varied in different years from 12.1 to 1.2 kg/cm2. The pre-breakup ice-cover strength at Ogurtsovo was reduced 1.9 times by the end of breakup in 1954, and in 1956 the reduction factor was 1.7; at Krasnoyarsk in 1961 it was 2.2. The reduction of ice cover strength as a function of the sums of daily mean positive temperatures is given in a graph for the Novosibirsk reservoir in 1958, the Angara at Bratsk for 1960, the Yenisey at Krasnoyark in 1961; it is also given according to F.I. Bydin's 1935 formula, and the values shown to be greatly in excess of those actually observed. The test values of the strength reduction of the reservoir ice samples obtained under the conditions of negative daily mean air temp are given in a graph for 25 Mar-14 Apr 1959, the curves for ice samples of different forms showing the strength reduction by a factor of more than 2. Thus ice cover strength on Siberian rivers in winter is concluded to diminish by a drop factor of 1.5-2 before spring breakup, when the ice temp becomes close to 0°C. The main factors affecting the ice strength are an increasing air temp and solar radiation. The reservoir ice cover loses its mechanical strength faster than that on rivers. DLC. 94382 BUTIAGIN, I.P. Prochnost' l'da i ledi pogo pokrova; naturnye issledovanii`a na rekakh Sibiri. Novosibirsk, Nauka 1966. 153 p. illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Strength of ice and the ice cover; full-scale investigations on rivers of Siberia. Monograph on the physical and mechanical properties of ice on rivers, lakes, and water reservoirs, viz the Ob, Angara, and Yenisey River systems, and the Novosibirsk reservoir in 1952-65. Data of 3,365 experimental determinations of ice cover strength are assembled, as are records of the processes of ice-cover growth and thinning. The in182

vestigations establish the parameters needed to calculate the bearing capacity of ice acted upon by dynamic loads in carrying hydrotechnical constructions from the surrounding ice cover. The effects of the ice movement and breakup on ice-based construction sites can be estimated, when the size of the crystals, anisotropy of the cover, the kind and amount of foreign matter (air bubbles, dirt, etc) included in the ice, and its laminar homogeneity are given. Structural features of ice cover, peculiar to the free river-bed conditions of the rivers and reservoir, can be used in calculating the ice-cover stability and the rate of its destruction, such as reduction in its strength under the influence of spring processes before the ice breakup, and in determining the dependence of ultimatestrength value on the size of test samples, kind of deformation (compression, shear, bending), loading method, and other basic factors. The effect of these factors on the strength of the ice cover under a load action from a few seconds to 3-5 min and up to the beginning of plastic deformation of ice (50-60 min) is considered. No difference in the ice cover thickness was found at the Novosibirsk reservoir, or on the Ob at Ogurtsovo, the Yenisey at Shumikha, and the Angara at Bratsk. In Jan, when the sum of negative degree days reaches 1,000°C, the thickness reaches 70% of' its winter max. Russian investigations are reviewed in eight pages of chap 1, with values of physical quantities given in the international system of units. DLC. BUTIAGIN, I.P. and others. 94383 Propusk 1'da cherez plotiny Bratskoi GES pri vskrytii Angary v 1960-1961 gg. (Akademi i nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-energeticheskü inst. Trudy 1964. no.15, p.51-59, graph, map; tables, illus) In Russian. Other authors: I. IA. Liser and V.M. Samochkin. Title tr.: Passing of the ice over the Bratsk hydroelectric station during breakup on the Angara River in 1960-1961. Describes specific features of Angara breakup in the Bratsk power plant sector prior to its construction and of the ice cover on the river before the breakups of 1960 and 1961. The mean and extreme values of ice cover bending strength in 1960 were 6.1, 17.5 and 1.2 kg/cm2, respectively, and in 1961 8.2, 15.7 and 2.3 kg/cm2, respectively. Strength reduction of the cover 13 Apr to 7-9 May 1960 is given in a table, and ice condition at the power plant site on 9 May 1960 is given in a chart. Water level and air temperature variation for Apr and May 1960 in the construction area are given in a graph. Onset and progress of breakup in 1960 and 1961 are described in detail and illus by photos

showing ice passing over the dam crest. The narrowing of the river bed at the construction site contributed to reduction of the spring ice run intensity, and increased the speed of the stream. This resulted in formation of polynyas and by-washes and reduced the total thickness of ice at the right bank of the river. The strength of the ice cover on the Angara is considerably reduced before breakup, thus facilitating the passage of the ice across the dam. The 1960 and 1961 spring breakups did not cause any special difficulty in the construction program though the dam orifices passing the water and ice were only 12 m wide, i.e. half the value officially recommended for the northern rivers of the USSR. DLC. 94384 BUTIAGIN, I.P. Tolshchina i stroenie ledianogo pokrova Novosibirskogo vodokhranilishcha. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-energeticheskil inst. Trudy 1964. no. 15, p.11-23, graphs, tables, illus) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Thickness and structure of the ice cover of the Novosibirsk reservoir. Discusses results of the 1957-1961 investigations on the formation, properties, and breakup of the ice on this power station reservoir. Thickness was measured with Syrnikov's electric apparatus. In 1958-1959 the ice cover grew on top and bottom at about the same rate in the initial period of freeze-up but in 1959-1960 almost no ice formed from the top, a difference attributed to the temperature regime of the winter. The greatest thickness observed as at the Beregovoye point 102, 123, and 132 cm on 28 Mar 1958, 10 Apr 1959, and 5 Apr 1960, respectively. The dependence of the Ob River ice thickness (at Ogurtsovo), and that of the reservoir (at Berdsk, and on its lower part) in the form of a function of the sum of daily average negative air temp is given in a graph. Gives also empirical formulas with which the thickness of the ice cover can be estimated. The average ice thickness at 12 points of the reservoir, 1959-1961, was 63 to 102 cm for each point. Differences between the laminar and crystalline structure of ice on the Ob and on the reservoir are explained by a more quiet freeze-up on the reservoir than on the river. The reservoir ice cover is characterized by fissures and thermal cracks up to 5 cm wide, a lower surface smoother than that of river ice, a transparent, vertically oriented crystalline structure and superimposed layers of naled ice and frozen soaked snow. Melting in the spring develops with increasing intensity on both surfaces of the ice cover. Solar radiation breaks up the ice into crystals and groups of crystals with loss of mechanical strength. In evaluating the load capacity of reservoir ice

the weakening effect of thermal cracks must be considered. DLC. 94385 BUTIAGIN, I.P. Tolshchina i struktura ledlånogo pokrova r. Obi. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-energeticheskii inst. Trudy 1958. no.7, p.5-20, graphs, tables, illus) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Thickness and structure of the Ob River ice cover. Generalizes the results of 1950-1956 observations of the process of formation and destruction of the ice cover. The purpose of the investigation was to determine the initial data for predicting the ice regime in the reaches of the river where the Novosibirsk and other hydroelectric power plants are located. Formation of the ice cover was found to depend mainly on the temperature regime of the freeze-up period. Growth of the ice is continuous on its lower surface, but on the upper surface it grows intermittently due to layers of naleds. Melting of the ice in spring is continuous and intensive: 20-50% of its max thickness by the time of ice movement. On lakes and reservoirs, the ice grows 15-20% thicker than on large rivers. 40-50% of the Ob ice cover has a turbulent, non-crystalline structure. Of all the natural phenomena, the most active in the destruction of the ice is radiation. DLC. 94386 BUTIÅGIN, LP. Zashchita gidrotekhnicheskikh sooruzheniI of vozdeistviiä l'da pri ledokhodakh na malykh rekakh Zapadnoi Sibiri. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-energeticheskri inst. Trudy 1955, no. 5, p.43-68, graphs, map, table, illus) 33 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Protection of hydraulic installations against ice effect during the ice run on small rivers of western Siberia. Discusses this problem in the light of specific local conditions of hydroelectric power plants and transportation facilities on streams of the middle and upper Ob River. Features of ice breakup on streams of the Siberian steppes are different from those on taiga and mountain rivers, and this must be taken into consideration in designing dams, bridges, and other installations. To account for this local difference, the ice-movement velocity is introduced into the formula of specific ice discharge. Recommendations for protecting structures are given, based on empirical formulas and on field observations of the effectiveness of different constructions, and measures against dynamic action of river ice are outlined. A plan of the Ob basin area is included with the small rivers of intensive or weak (or no) breakup indicated by name. DLC. 183

BUTIAGIN I.P. see also 93417, 96965 94387 BUTLER, C.E. and C.E. BUSBEE. Human enteric pathogens in dogs in central Alaska; part II. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1966. 8p. tables. (US. Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory. Technical report no. AAL-TR-66-4) 9 refs. In continuation of No 86001. A second year's study of Salmonella and related enteric pathogens in dogs of Fairbanks shows a higher incidence rate in house pets than those in kennels, or dogs used as sentries or pets on military bases. Only the house pets had access to refuse. All other factors could be elmininated, leaving the dog as apparent intermediate vector between humans. CaMAI. 94388 BUTLER, C.E. and others. Salmonella anatum; report of an Alaskan outbreak. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1966. 9p. tables. (US. Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory. Technical report no. AAL-TR-66-5) 3 refs. Other authors. W.L. Miller, C.T. Marrow, and R.D.Evans. Reports on gastroenteritis, viral and bacterial, a perennial problem in central Alaska that reaches almost epidemic proportions in early summer and early autumn. During a 1964 epidemic at the Univ of Alaska, students and food handlers were found to be infected with Salmonella anatum. Polycillin (ampicillin) proved very effective in eradicating the organisms from the patients. CaMAI. 94389 BUTLITSKII, A. Osobennosti Øoklimata zhilishch na Kralnem Severe. (7hilishchnoe stroitel'stvo 1965, no. 2, p.20-23, illus) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Features of the microclimate of dwellings in the Far North. Discusses the air conditioning and thermal insulation of apartments at Norilsk, and other places, with special attention to air circulation through . the stairwell and in apartments of five-story buildings. Triple glazing of the windows is recommended. Heating of the ground-floor floors is found to stabilize the temperature regime in the lower zones of the rooms, and to improve the hygroscopic regime of the apartment as DLC. well. 94390 BUTOMO, S.V. Radiocarbon dating in the Soviet Union. (Radiocarbon 1965. v.7, p.223-28) Includes measurement of a fin (or flipper) from a 10-m terrace, Franz Josef Land, of 4250 ± 90 [2300 BC], which gives a clue to DGS. the rapidity of uplift (2.5 mm/yr). 184

94391 BUTORIN, D.A. Ode zimuet belukha. (Rybnoe khozialstvo 1966. v.42, no.1, p.28-29) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Where does the white whale winter? While it is known to spend the summer in the Kola and Laptev Seas, the location of its wintering is controversial. S.E. Kleinenberg and others (qv) claim that it winters in the same areas under the ice feeding on Pacific cod numerous in these areas during winter and spring. DLC. 94392 BUTORINA, M.A. and A.V. MIZEROV. Izmenenie kislotnosti pakhotnykh pochv Karelii pri ikh okul'turivanii. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Karel'skü filial. Plodorodie pochv Karelii. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1965, p.134-43, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Changes in the acidity of the arable soils of Karelia from their cultivation. Acidity varies greatly within a single arable region. This is due to the mechanical composition of the soils and especially to the degree of their cultivation. Under increased cultivation, pH increases, but the actual and exchange forms of acidity decrease. The present regime of acidity of the arable soils of Karelia is considered unfavorable. DLC. 94393 BUTTON, D.K. and A. PFIESTER. Kinetics of vitamin limited microbiological activity. (Alaska. Univ. Inst. of water resources. Annual report 1966. p.55-62, graphs) In order to assess the significance of naturally occurring vitamin levels in Alaska's waters, the velocity of reproduction of Cryptococcus albidus was measured in relation to extra-cellular concentration of thiamine. Procedures are discussed. CaMAI. BUVALETS, N.S., see No. 96949 94394 BUZANSKI, P.M. Alaska and nineteenth centry American diplomacy. (Journal of the West 1967. v.6, no.3, p.451-67) Refs. Attempts to refute the popular view that the acquisition of Alaska in 1867 was foisted upon a reluctant US by an expansionistminded Secretary of State, and that prevailing opinion considered the territory worthless. It is contended that a majority of the press may have favored the treaty. Sealing and missionary problems of the late 19th c are reviewed in the light of the author's thesis that there was considerable official appreciation of the value of the Alaska purchase during the 19th c. DLC. BUZINOV, I.A., see No. 96569

94395 BUZNIKOV, N.F. 0 velichine davlenitå l'da na mostovuiu oporu v usloviiakh rechnogo potoka. (Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitel'stvo 1933. v.4, no.2, p.29-30, tables, illus) In Russian. Title tr. The value of ice pressure on a bridge pier under river flow conditions. Reports on the static pressure exerted by ice on a bridge pier during the first movement, and the main phase of breakup, according to experiments on models of Kostroma, Saratov and Central Inst of Transport Construction type starlings. Results are tabulated for floes of 10, 15, and 20 thousand m2 area, and surface velocities of 1.03, 1.55, 2.03, and 2.56 m/sec. The pressure P on the cutting edge of the pier is found to be greater on an inclined edge than on a vertical one; P is proportional to area of the ice floe; P varies as the square of the river flow velocity, and is directly proportional to the water density. The P values for the Central Inst of Transport Construction type of pier starling as obtained with the formula derived from the model experiment agree well with the values observed in the field. DLC. 94396 BUZUEV, A. ](A. Albedo of ice in the arctic seas according to data from aircraft observations. Santa Monica, Calif. 1968. (Rand Corp. Report no P-3835) Other authors: N.P. Shesterikov and A.A. Timerev. DGS. English translation of No 86012. 94397 BUZUEV, A. Iit. and III.V. NIKOLAEV. Vybor optimal'nykh variantov plavaniiå sudov v usloviiåkh Arktiki. (Leningrad. Arkticheskii i antarkticheskil nauchno-issl. institut. Trudy 1967. no.281, p.164-69, tables) 2 refs. In Russian. Tide Tr.: Selection of the optimal alternative for navigation under arctic conditions. Deals with the possibility of using statistical methods in decisions of choice for navigating in ice. The various types of vessels under ice-breaker escort are discussed and the ice conditions analyzed. The loss in time and money is analyzed for ship caravans depending upon the forecast of the ice conditions in the sea ahead. The statistical method is recommended as preferable. DLC. BUZUEV, A.IfA., see also No. 95687 BYBIN, E.A., see No. 97044 94398 BYCHIKHIN, N.P. Etiologic gnolnykh zabolevani kisti i pal'tsev ruk u rabochikh rybnoi promyshlennosti Severnogo basseina. (Sovetskaiå meditsina 1965, v.28, no.7, p.130-34) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Etiology of suppurative diseases of the

hand and fingers of fish industry workers in the northern basin. Fishery workers and sailors are frequently infected with suppurative lesions of the hands and fingers aggravated by small pieces of fish scales that are rubbed into the skin. Bacteriological studies of smears from infected hands revealed staphylococcus, proteus, other gram positive and gram negative bacilli, micrococcus, etc. Abscesses of the fingers yielded primarily Staph. aureus sensitive to antibiotics which effected rapid cures. Improved first aid and general sanitation of hands is recommended for lowering the incidence of this type of infection. DLC. 94399 BYCHKOV, IU.M. and others. 0 nizhnetriasovykh otlozhenii kh Omolonskogo massiva. (Sovetskaia geologiiia 1966, no.3, p.157-60, map) 12 refs. In Russian. Other authors: I.V. Polubotko and M.I. Terekhov. Title tr.: Lower Triassic deposits of the Omolon massif. Reports the distribution of outcrops of these deposits, and describes some of them as to composition, thickness and identified molluscan fauna. Lower Traissic deposits are also found in the Gizhiga River basin and these are briefly characterized. DLC. 94400 BYCHKOV, V.A. 0 napadenii kosatok na morskikh kotikov u ostrova Tiulen'ego. (Zoologicheskil zhurnal 1967. v.46, no.1, p.149-50) 11 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr Attack of killer whales upon seals on Tyuleniy Island. Describes how five killers made their way through a single entrance into a lagoon, and after the kill left by the same way. This island in the Okhotsk Sea is site of fur seal rookeries. . Author considers predation on seals by these whales as not common.DLC. 94401 BYDIN, F.I. 0 printsipakh bor'by s ledokhodom. (In: Akademii nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-energeticheskil inst. Trudy 1961. no.11, p.63-64) In Russian. Title f.: Principles of combating ice breakup. Discusses blasting as a method for protecting river installations against damage by dynamic action of ice during breakup. Blasting of the ice cover below, not above the installation is recommended; blasting near the installation exposes it to stronger dynamic action of ice moving from the upper reaches of the river. Delaying breakup may be a useful measure, as the ice weakens with the delay and becomes less dangerous to installations. Ice jams on the Neva cause floods in Leningrad. If one or more bridges were built on the river above Leningrad the ice 185

jams would shift upstream where floods would do less damage. DLC. 94402 BYGGNADSINDUSTRIN. Byggen i norr. (Its: v.34, 1964, no.15, p.1250.53, illus) In Swedish. Title tr.: Construction in the North. Reviews recently built structures in Norrbotten: hotels, industrial and commercial buildings, schools, church, and homes. DLC. 94403 BYGGNADSINDUSTRIN. Fabriksbyggnad for FOCO Skellefteå. (Its: v.34, 1964, no.14, p.1168-69, illus) In Swedish. Title tr.: Factory construction for FOCO in Skellefteå. Summarizes building plans for the Forslund & Co hydraulic truck crane factory with 12,000 m2 floor space. Preplanning problems were settled in June 1962, and the project ready for bids in Mar 1963; it is to be finished by Sept 1964. Data are given on planned costs, volume of the various components, personnel, materials, ventilation, heating, and electric power. DLC.

Features of older and recent volcanic formations of the USSR Far East. Characterizes older, recent, and present volcanic formations of the area iucl the Kuril-Kamchatka volcanic arc. Central and eastern Kamchatka volcanic zones are distinguished, and three phases of volcanism noted in the former. Gold, silver and copper are associated with andesites formed by magmatic differentiation. DLC. 94407 BYLINY PECHORY i Zinnego berega. Leningrad, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1961. A.M. Astakhova, ed. 606 p. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Bylinas of the Pechora and Zimniy Coast. Presents 161 local variants of Russian epic tales and ballads, some with music, collected in 1937-56 in northern Arkhangel'sk Province. Biographical data on the informants are given and recording techniques discussed. Commentaries and a glossary of some 300 idiomatic and obsolete words are appended. DLC. CABANAC, M., see No. 100574

94404 BYGGNADSINDUSTRIN. Ny bro Sverige-Finland klar till jultrafiken. (Its: v.35, 1965, no.13, p.1146, illus) In Swedish. Title tr.: The new bridge between Sweden and Finland cleared for Christmas traffic. Summarizes data on the 471-m nine-span bridge over the Tome River between Overtorneå and Ylitornio. Costs were increased by the unexpected levy of a Finnish tax on the construction materials, all of which came from Sweden. DLC. BYKOV, L., see No. 93756, 93757 94405 BYKOVA, E.L. and I.B. NIKITINA. Vzaimosviaz' zheleza i kremn►a s organicheskim veshchestvom v prirodnykh vodakh IÜzhnoT IAkutii. (Geokhimiia 1966, no.10, p.1258-61, tables, graph) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr Interconnection of iron and silicon with organic matter in the natural waters of southern Yakutia. Reports a 1964 geochemical study in four different northern taiga landscapes. Their organic carbon content is determined, and a direct connection established between iron and organic carbon. There is also a connection between silicon and organic matter. DLC. 94406 BYKO VS1Ø E.V. Osobennosti proshl1kh i noveTshikh vulkanogennykh formatsil Dal'nego Vostoka SSSR. (In: Vses. vulkanologicheskoe soveshchanie 1964. Trudy v.2 pub. 1966, p.22-32, table, graphs, map) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: 186

94408 CADE, L.P. Matanuska valley farming-dairying. (Alaska sportsman 1966. v.32, no.1, p.12-I4, illus) Reviews dairy farming in the valley from 1935 and present-day operations which include mechanical milkers, elevated milking parlors and pipeline milkers. Most of the cows are serviced by artificial insemination. The Dairy Herd Improvement Assoc eight herds in 1964 averaged 10,944 lb milk/cow, the top herd (brown Swiss), producing 13,433 lb milk and 510 lb butterfat per cow. The valley herds are one each Jersey and brown Swiss, the remainder Holstein. They represent 70% of the cows in Alaska and produce about 17 million lb milk/yr. The 53 grade-A dairy farms, located at Fairbanks, Juneau, Soldatna, Big Delta and Palmer, do $3.7 million/yr business, two-thirds that of Alaskan agriculture. Improved herd management is shown by increased production despite a decrease in the number of cows. During the 7-8 mo feeding period, they get oat-pea silage, hay, vitamin and mineral fortified concentrate, sometimes potatoes; in summer grazing period some herds are fed green-chop brome grass, timothy and oat-pea mix. DLC. 94408A CAHALANE, V.H. The grizzly outlook: cloudy to fair. (Audubon magazine 1965. v.67, no.3, p.170-171, map, table, illus) Estimates of the grizzly bear population in Alaska vary from 8 to 18 thousand. In Canada, of the 11-18 thousand grizzlies 90% inhabit British Columbia and the Yukon

Territory, the remaining 10% are divided between Alberta and the Northwest Territories. The population appears to be static in Alberta and British Columbia, decreasing in the Yukon and increasing in the Northwest Territories, where its range has expanded eastward to a line south of Coronation Gulf. DLC. 94409 C4HIERS de GEOGRAPHIE de QUEBEC Cumulative index 1956-66. (its: v.10, 1966, no.21) 318 p. Whole issue is devoted to cumulative index of Cahiers de Geographie de Quebec no.1-20, 1967-66; Laval Universite. Institut de Geographic, Travaux no.3,8,9,10,11,14,15, 1955-65; Notes de geographie no.1-8, 1952-56; Cahiers de geographie no.1-7, 1952-56; Laval Universit6. Centre d'etudes nordiques, Travaux divers no.1-14, 1964-66, and its Travaux et documents no.1-3, 1963-66. Main feature is a 235 p subject index compiled by the ASYVOL process; an author listing and bibliographic reference section are included. The Arctic, especially eastern Canada, is well represented, with 77 entries under Labrador, Nouveau Quebec, Quebec-Labrador and Arctique. DLC. CAHILL, L.J., Jr., see No. 95211 94410 CAILLEUX, A. Actions du vent et du froid entre le Yukon et Anchorage, Alaska. (Geografiska annaler. Ser. A, physical geography 1967. v.49, no.2-4, p.145-54, map, illus) 21 refs. In French. Title tr.: The effects of wind and frost action between the Yukon River and Anchorage, Alaska. Reports on aerial observations of periglacial features in the Fairbanks-Fort Yukon-Circle region and along the Richardson Highway. The features include tor-like forms, nivation benches, V- and U-shaped valleys, solifluxion lobes, pingos, palsas, round and oval ponds, cave-in lakes, thermokarst mounds, thermodolines (here called thermokarstic suffusion), thin cracks in frozen loess or sand, and secondary deposits of CaCO3, MgO, and iron hydroxide. Many of these features are compared with traces of similar or the same features in central Europe and elsewhere. CaMAI, DLC. 94411 CAILLEUX, A. and L.E. HAMELIN. Periglaciaire actuel sur le littoral du (Cahiers de geoBic, Bas-Saint-Laurent. graphic de Quebec 1967. v.11, no.23, p.361-78, table, illus) 35 refs. Also issued as: Laval, Universite. Centre d'Etudes Nordiques. Mélanges no.18. In French. Title tr.: Contemporary periglacial effects on the shores of the Bic region, lower St. Lawrence. These shores are highly dissected and

exposed to strong frost weathering under a climatic regime with annual air temp ranging 0°-65°F and 179-240 days below freezing. The shore features associated with the combined effects of frost, wave action, floating and shore ice and snow are large ice-rafted boulders, rock pavements, shallow pools filling holes left by rafted boulders, chunks of turf plucked by freezing to the bottom of ice, then transported and dropped, small patches of sand and gravel deposited by grounded floes, and dissected tidal marshes. CaMAI, DLC. CALDWELL, W.G.E., see No. 98804 94412 CALIFORNIA. Dept of Water Resources. The Alaskan earthquake. Sacramento 1965. 64 p. maps, tables, illus. (Rt. Bulletin no. 116-5) Refs. Seismic activity in California is second only to that in Alaska; therefore this Dept appointed a committee to review data for the evaluation of design concepts and construction practices for earthquake-resistant structures. The geologic setting and data on the 22 Mar 1964 earthquake, crustal warping and tsunamis are outlined as introduction to analysis of the damage due to defects in design and construction, soil failures and breakdown of communications, public works facilities, etc. When a structure vibrates from ground motion, the structural frame, shear walls and exterior walls react dynamically together as a system. A number of failures were results of negligence or improper design in providing bracings and rigid connections to transfer the lateral forces to the proper members for resistance. The reinforcing of one column in a group to resist lateral forces was disastrous because it had to resist the full lateral load until it failed or became overstressed. The deck of wooden roofs, too flexible for the relatively rigid concrete walls, was unable to function as a horizontal diaphragm. Most structures built upon firm foundations or founded upon piles survived the quake with little or no damage. Elevated mass systems added to the inertial forces developed during vibration, and being in a critical location, they contributed to connection damage and column buckling. Light mass structures are better than heavy ones; irregular ("L" and "T°) shape structures were susceptible to damage. Adequate clearance between structures reduces damage incurred when adjacent buildings pound together. DGS. 94413 CALLAHAN, J.E. and A.A. WENEX. Geologic reconnaissance of possible powersites at Spur Mountain, Tyee, and Eagle Lakes, southeastern Alaska. Washington, 187

DC 1959. (rev. 1967) 87 p. maps, table, illus. (US. Geological Survey. Reports, open file series no.972) 11 refs. Describes these three sites. The lakes fill glacially scoured bedrock basins in the Coast Range NE of Ketchikan, are within a few mi of tidewater and accessible by float-equipped aircraft, though not by trails. Bedrock consists of granitic intrusive rocks and high rank metamorphic rocks associated with or resulting from emplacement of the Coast Range batholith. The strike of gneissic banding or foliation and the trend of observed contacts is generally toward the NW. Measured strikes range from N-S to WNW. Joints are steeply dipping or vertical, and as a rule are laterally persistent, but widely spaced. No evidence of movement on joint faces nor faulting in the outcrop was observed. Under each powersite the sites of dam, powerhouse and reservoir, the tunnel routes, and sources of construction materials are discussed. Data on mineral and chemical composition and C.I.P.W. norms, in percent, of rock samples from each site, are tabulated. DGS. 94414 CALLOW, W.J. and others. National Physical Laboratory radiocarbon meas(Radiocarbon 1965. v.7, urements, III. p.156-61) 14 refs. Other authors: M.J. Baker and G.I. Hassall. Includes measurements from Wolstenholme Valley, Willow Valley, 61°46-N 74°05'W, and Deception Bay, 62°07'N 74°38 -W, in DGS. Quebec. 94415 CALLOW, W.J. and others. National Physical Laboratory radiocarbon measurements, IV. (Radiocarbon 1966. v.8, p.340-47) Refs. Other authors: M.J. Baker and G.I. Hassall. Includes dates of four shells from near Deception Bay, Ungava Peninsula, Canada (p 344-45). DGS. CALVERT, C.R., see No. 95314 94416 CALVERT, W. Observations of ionospheric irregularities and plasma resonances by the fixed-frequency topside sounder satellite. (In: NATO Advanced Study Institute, 3rd. Electron density profiles... 1966. p.281-98, illus, table) Refs. Presents some examples of phenomena observed by the Explorer XX satellite, the second in the international topside sounder program. The satellite, launched 24 Aug 1964 into a circular orbit of 80° inclination at approx 1000 km height operated on the 1.50, 2.00, 2.85, 3.72, 5.47, and 7.22 Mcls radio frequencies, pulsed in sequence, returning to a given frequency after 0.105 sec. The observations provide new and unique data on 188

ionospheric irregularities and plasma resonances. The ionospheric scattering irregularities are found present in approx 50-80° geomag lat. A typical polar record showing low latitude edge to scatter irregularities at 77'N 66°W is given in two ionograms. DLC. 94417 CALVERT, W. Steep horizontal electron-density gradients in the topside F (Journal of geophysical research layer. Refs. 1966. v.71, no.15, p.3665-69, illus) Discusses the Alouette I and Explorer XX observations of very steep electron density gradients in the high-latitude F layer which occur at the equatorward trough of the exosphere, near L = 4 (L one earth radius) or within the auroral zone where the topside electron density is enhanced and variable. The logarithmic electron-density gradient at first location may be as large as 0.06% per km, and at very high latitudes the gradient may exceed 0.6% per km. Within the auroral zone at 1000 km alt, the relative density changes, dN/Ndx per km, of >60% were observed. The ionograms are given, showing electron density gradients at the trough and DLC. the auroral zone up to 79°N. 94418 CAMERON, A.W. Canadian mammals. Ottawa, Queen's Printer for the National Museum of Canada 1964. 81p. maps, illus. Deals with over 60 species considered of interest to the non-specialist, giving information on their physical characteristics, breeding, feeding, and migratory habits, etc. Distributions are mapped, showing ranges of over half the species to extend into subarctic and arctic areas. Economically, the most important of these to the Indians and Eskimos are the caribou, polar bear, seals, and CaONA. the fur bearers. 94419 CAMERON, H.L. Radar and ice surveys. (Conference on the feasibility of conducting oceanographic explorations from aircraft, manned orbital and lunar lab. Woods Hole, Mass. 1964. Proceedings pub. 1965, p.341-50, maps, illus) Discusses advantages obtained by the use of high altitude aircraft and high definition radar over conventional aerial surveys of the sea ice. Experimental missions flown during winters of 1962-64 at 41,000 ft are described and five sample radar photos are presented. By using 5 min time lapse pairs and application of the principle of stereo time lapse velocity determination, the speed of ice mass movement can be determined. It is concluded that this technique makes accurate ice cover surveys in subarctic and arctic areas economically feasible, and a complete survey

of the arctic ice conditions is now possible at reasonable cost. DWB. 94420 CAMP, P.R. and D.L. SPEARS. Conductivity changes produced in ice by optical irradiation 0.8 to 2.7 p.. Hanover, N.H. 1966. 27 p. graphs, tables, illus. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Research report 175) Refs. Describes a series of experiments to produce orientational defects and ions by intense light pulse. The effects of intensity and wavelength of the incident light, temperature of the sample and area of its illumination were studied. The existence of orientational defects in lattice is an important feature of present theories of electrical conduction and dielectric relaxation in ice. It is concluded that neither orientational defects nor ion pairs were produced in appreciable quantity by the light, but that the apparent photo-conduction observed was the result of flash-heating of a thin surface layer of the ice sample whose bulk properties were significantly different. The flash irradiation of the ice sample in the wavelength range 0.8-2.7g is found to increase the ice conductivity, the amplitude of the increase roughly proportional to the light intensity, and the change in conductivity independent of voltage applied. CaMAI.

on the N Shore of the Gulf of St Lawrence: in three hr on 23 Aug, 755 gray jays passed over, and the migration continued uniterrupted from mid-Aug until well into Oct. The birds followed the same general route originating in NE Quebec and Labrador, and south to the coast, where they strike westward then northwestward inland. DGS. 94423 CAMPBELL, J.M. Radiocarbon dating and far northern archeology. (International Conference Radiocarbon and Tritium Dating, 6th, Pullman, Wash. 1965. Proceedings pub. 1966?, p.179-86. (US. Atomic Energy Commission. Publication no. CONF-650652) 24 refs. Considers the validity of radiocarbon dating in the Far North, and shows two major variables, permafrost and the extremely slow dessication and decay of organic materials, to be positive. The possibility of adverse effect is present in chemical and mechanical conditions. It is concluded that few if any chemical factors unique to the North cause dates to be suspect. However, solifluction, intense differential freezing and thawing over permafrost and near-surface permafrost or large gravel do offer problems connected with dislocation of soils and mixing of archeological remains. DGS. CAMPBELL, M., see No. 96034

94421 CAMP, P.R. and others. ElecHanover, N.H. trical conduction in ice. 1967. 52 p. graphs, table, illus. (US. Army Cold Regions Research & Engineering Lab. Research report no.198) Refs. Other authors: W. Kiszenick and D.A. Arnold. Attempts to resolve the conflict as to DC electrical conductivity of ice. Evidence was found for conductivity on the surface and in bulk ice due to impurities in ice. Using ice of the highest purity, both AC and DC conductivity measurements show the DC conductivity nearly independent of temp down to temp at which the high frequency AC and DC conductivities are roughly equal. Below this temp, the DC conductivity drops rapidly with decreasing temp, and the high frequency AC conductivity tends to level off. This result suggests that high frequency conductivity is limited by two processes in parallel, while the DC conductivity is limited by the same two processes in series. Experiments with samples of less than the highest purity always showed a sharply decreasing conduction as the temperature fell. Considerable experimental details are included. DLC.

94424 CAMPBELL, N. The lead-zinc deposits of Pine Point. (Canadian mining and metallurgical bulletin 1966. v.59, no.652, p.953-60, map, illus) 28 refs. Describes lead-zinc ore bodies discovered at depth in major Precambrian faults of the Pine Point area, south shore of Great Slave Lake, by exploratory drilling, 1948-55. The ore, which consists of disseminated sphalerite and galena replacements, colloform sphalerite and coarse galena filling cavities, occurs mainly at certain horizons in a large, coarsely-recrystallized dolomite barrier reef. Extensive fracturing and folding suggests that reef development was influenced by postPrecambrian tectonic movements associated with old faults in the basement complex. The ore may have been deposited by solutions moving from distant sources to favorable structural and chemical environments in the reef or environments related to it. Reserves of 21.5 million tons, averaging 4% lead and 7.2% zinc, were reported in 1965, and production of approx 248,000 t of concentrates/yr from DGS. open pits is in progress.

94422 CAMPBELL, J.M. An impressive gray jay migration. (Canadian field-naturalist 1965. v.79, no.2, p.157-58) Reports observations in 1964 at Moisie Bay

94425 CAMPBELL, N.J. and others. Preliminary assessment of the physical oceanography of the Labrador Sea during Norwestlant-2, 1963. 44 p. graphs, maps, table 189

(Canada. Bedford Inst. of Oceanography, Dartmouth, N.S. Unpublished manuscripts. Report B.I.O. 64-3) Refs. Other authors J.R.N. Lazier and R.H. Loucks. Reports results of serial temperature and salinity observations made by CSS Baffin, CNAV Sackville, and USS Atka in the Labrador Sea, as the Canadian part in Norwestlant-2 Survey of the International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries. The data are plotted in vertical and horizontal sections which comprise the appendix of this report. The strong West Greenland Current is on the east side of the sea while the Labrador Current is mainly confined to coastal regions of Baffin Island and Labrador. A branch of the West Greenland current swings westward as a slow drift joining the Labrador Current south of Davis Strait. The water of the Labrador Sea is divided into six water masses on the basis of temp and salinity characteristics. The four main masses are the Irminger-Atlantic, intermediate, deep, and bottom water. The depths, nature, and movements of these water DLC. masses are indicated. 94426 CAMPBELL, R. The discovery and exploration of the Pelly (Yukon) River. (North 1967. v.14, no.4, p.9-15, illus) A selection from a Canadian textbook published in 1882, describing the author's first glimpse of the Pelly River in 1840 after crossing the watershed at Finlayson Lake with three Indians and a French Canadian interpreter. Subsequently, Campbell established posts, explored the region, and proved the Pelly and Yukon were identical by descending the Pelly in 1850 as far as Fort Yukon, returning to Fort Simpson via the Porcupine, Peel and Mackenzie Rivers. CaMAI. 94427 CAMPBELL, R.B. Geology of Glenlyon map-area, Yukon Territory (105 L). Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1967. 92 p. maps, tables, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Memoir 352) Refs. French summary. Describes, with accompanying maps in color, the bedrock and glacial geology of a 4000 mil uninhabited area of the central Yukon. The abundant glacial features are described in detail, particularly the abandoned stream channels which are prominent in the region. The map of surficial geology distinguishes by color, drumlins, moraines, stream channels, nunataks, cirques, dunes and other visible features. Sedimentary rocks from Cambrian to Jurassic outcrop in the area, the Tintina Trench forming a major lithologic boundary. Argillaceous rocks predominate, and fossiliferous formations are few. Igneous rocks of various ages, incl Tertiary basalt 190

flows, occur in small areas. No significant minerals of economic value were located in CaMAI, DGS. the map area. 94428 CAMPBELL, R.H. Areal geology in the vicinity of the Chariot site, Lisburne Peninsula, northwestern Alaska. Washington, DC 1967. 71 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. (US. Geological Survey. Professional paper no.395) 46 refs. The exposed bedrock in this area of about 350 ØZ ranges in age from early Mississippian (Carboniferous) to early Cretaceous and represents nearly continuous marine conditions. The lithology of the various rock units, incl measured sections, is described. A zone of imbricate thrust faults, trending north, which dominates the structure in the western half of the area, and the folding of the eastern province appear to be contemporaneous; the major deformation probably occurred in late Cretaceous or early Tertiary time. Subsequently, erosion has reduced the area to a surface of relatively low DGS. relief. 94429 CAMPBELL, T.A. Eagle Plain (North area helicopter seismic operation. 1967. v.14, no.5, p.8-12, illus) During the summer 1964, Mobil Oil used a Bell Model 2040 helicopter with a ca 4000-lb load capacity, to transport a specially-designed seismic drilling rig, for a survey in the Eagle Plain region, Yukon Territory. The drill was transported between shot points, located 1/4 mi apart; the fastest recorded move of drill and crew was 61/2 min. Instruments used to record the reflected sound waves from the seismic blasts were moved by a smaller helicopter, Bell 47-J2. CaMAI, DLC. 94430 CAMPBELL, W.H. Low attenuation of hydromagnetic waves in the ionosphere and implied characteristics in the magnetosphere for Pei events. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.13, p.3429-45, tables, graphs, illus) 25 refs. Studies the natural hydromagnetic waves in a frequency range of 0.5-1.0 cps, called Pc-1 geomagnetic pulsation event. Detected at the conjugately located station Baie St Paul in Canada and Eights in Antarctica, these waves, coupled with radio signal, produce its attenuation in the ionosphere. The magnitude of energy absorption indicate no significant DLC. ionospheric heating. 94431 CAMPBELL, W.H. A study of geomagnetic effects associated with auroral zone electron precipitation observed by balloons. (Journal of geomagnetism and geoelectricity 1964. v.16, no.1, p.41-61, graphs, table) Refs.

Reviews geomagnetic pulsations data for 15 bremsstrahlung X-ray events detected by balloon-borne counters at College 1960-62. The data used are count rate fluctuations in electron bremsstrahlung obtained at balloon altitudes, standard observatory magnetograms, and induction loop geomagnetic pulsation records. Derived total disturbance field variations and line current electrojet triangulations are used in interpreting the magnetic field effect associated with particles precipitation. The micropulsations and rapid fluctuations in the auroral zone bays are thought to have their source in the enhanced conductivity created by and local to the particle precipitations. Numerous magnetograms and diagrams elucidate the text. DLC. 94432 CANADA. Advisory Committee on Northern Development. Government activities in the North 1966. Ottawa 1967. 255 p. tables. In sequence to No 86044, with the same general format and scope as No 57217, reporting the operations and plans of 67 Canadian federal agencies and branches of agencies working wholly or partly in the North. Among the activities and changes occurring during 1966 are the following: Dominion Bureau of Statistics. Vital statistics tabulation is expected to be computerized by 1968. Geographical Branch, Dept of Energy, Mines and Resources. Reports plans to establish a long-period base camp on Baffin Island for detailed study of physical geography, also expansion of glaciological studies. Geological Survey. 90% of the North had been mapped by end of 1966 on scales 1:500,000 or greater. New remote-sensing techniques are being increasingly employed. Interest continues to center on oil-gas provinces in the North. Mines Branch. Research to improve yield and purity of concentrates at Canada's only tungsten mine in NWT is reported. Low temperature effects on steels are being studied. The continuing Polar Continental Shelf Project is reviewed, incl glacial, periglacial, hydrographic, marine geologic, sea ice and other phases of the study. Topographic mapping of the Arctic and Hudson Bay islands at 1:250,000 (27 sheets) was completed. Fisheries Research Board Reports studies of fish in Great Bear Lake and Cambridge Bay. Both indicate low fisheries potential. Research into seal and whale resources is reviewed. Canadian Wildlife Service. An intensive

study of reindeer management and ecology was begun in 1966. Resource and Economic Development Group. Data on mineral production show an increase in NWT in 1966 and a decrease in the Yukon, but New Imperial Mines Ltd report plans to commence production and export via Skagway in 1967. National Museum of Canada, Natural History Branch. Bones of toothed Cretaceous birds (Hesperornis) were recovered in unprecedented abundance from Horton River, Mackenzie Dist. Dept of Transport. Substantial improvements to northern airports are reported. In addition, various changes and developments in administration, government and social welfare are reviewed, with emphasis on greater autonomy for the northern territories. CaMAI. 94433 CANADA. BEDFORD INSTITUTE of Oceanography, Dartmouth, N S. Annual report 1962- maps, tables, illus. (Its: Unpublished manuscripts) Refs. The Institute was officially opened 26 Oct 1962, to function as Canada's Atlantic and Arctic center for shipborne surveys and for marine research in the physical sciences in support of fisheries, navigation, maritime defense, research on natural resources, and weather forecasting. Beginning 1965, the Institute integrates the Atlantic Region of Marine Sciences Branch, Department of Energy, Mines and Resources with a program embracing physical and chemical oceanography, air/ice/sea interactions, marine geophysics and geology, tides and currents, hydrographic charting, and research on instrumentation, and the Dartmouth Laboratory of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, with a program of environmental oceanography in coastal and shelf waters of interest to fisheries, incl biological oceanography. The Institute also houses the Secretariat of the International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries. The annual reports cover programs, incl ships' tracks, all personnel, and lists of Institute publications for the year. DLC. 94434 CANADA. Coast Guard. Guidance to merchant ships navigating in ice in Canadian waters. Ottawa 1966. 40 p. illus. Parts 1 and 2 supersede Guidance to merchant ships navigating in the Gulf of St. Lawrence in winter and... proceeding to ChurchilL Pt 3 deals with the Canadian Arctic: describes aerial ice reconnaissance and forecasting, radio broadcasts of ice and weather data services. The ice regime in Foxe Basin, Baffin Bay - Davis Strait, Queen Elizabeth Islands - Parry Islands is outlined, 191

incl formation and breakup of ice. Appendixes give a key to ice symbols, diagrams of concentration of ice, figures illustrating the relative sizes of sea ice (giant floe to growler) and various types of ice topography caused by pressure, also the ice reporting code for ships navigating in ice. CaMAI. 94435 CANADA. Defence Research Board Trials of SR.N5 hovercraft in northern Canada, spring 1966. Ottawa 1966. 72 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. (Its: Report no. DR 182) Reports the results from trials under late winter and spring conditions in and near the Mackenzie Delta to assess the craft's use as transport medium in arctic coastal areas, river basins and estuaries. The tests were made over a variety of surfaces: fast ice, pressure ridges, first year sea ice, and overland, in temp ranging from -24°F to 60°F. Only the severest river breakup conditions created significant problems, and vehicle maintenance problems were limited to damage to the skirts, a material which does not withstand prolonged operation in low temp. The report includes operational evaluation of the craft, description of navigation systems, maintenance and equipment design, logistics and support requirements, comprehensive assessment of the craft, conclusions and recommendations. CaMAI. CANADA- Dept of Energy, Mines å Resources. Geographical Branch, see No. 96498 94436 CANADA. Dept of Indian Affairs and Northern Development People of light and dark, edited by M. van Steensel. Foreword by H.R.H. Prince Philip. Ottawa Queen's Printer 1966. xx, 156 p. maps, illus. 100 refs. Collection of thirty popular essays, originally written for the Northern Service of the Canadian Broadcasting Corp and produced under the title The changing North. An introduction by R.G. Robertson, p xv-xix, considers major developments in the Canadian North since the 1940's. ... and then came Man, by W.E. Taylor, Jr, p 1-5: Traces 5000 yr of Eskimo archeology from the proto-Eskimo Denbigh Flint complex of northwest Alaska and its pre-Dorset descendants in the Canadian Arctic to the Newfoundland Dorset and, finally, the Thule culture, extinct since the mid-19th c. From the Orkney Islands to the shores of the Hudson Bay, by R. Glover, p 6-9: Reconstructs the annual work cycle of a 192

Hudson's Bay Co fur trader in the late 17-19th c. Influence of European man on the Eskimos, by J. W. VanStone, p. 10-13: Sketches the pre-contact life pattern, socio-economic change induced by the fur trade and missionaries, and current rehabilitation effort of the government. Influence of the missionary, by C.D. Ellis, p 14-19: Shows his positive effect on social behavior, family life, education, etc. Since the days of barter, by P. Nichols, p. 20-24: Looks at changes in trading post operations from a vantage point of 30 yr experience among Eskimos of arctic Canada. Regular air service and mail-order buying have put an end to dependence on the trading post. The credit and debt pattern inherent in fur barter has given way to cash transactions based on wage income; store supplies reflect awakened taste for western merchandise. New jobs are created and hiring policies changed to meet growing employment demand. 53% of the arctic staff of the Hudson's Bay Co are Eskimos; Eskimo-operated co-op stores are sponsored by the Canadian government, etc. Milady's fur... the trapper, by D. Gimmer, p 25-28: Examines the effect of acculturation on the Indian and Eskimo fur hunter: formal education provides no trapline training, comforts of settled life discourage prolonged absences, etc. Air travel is costly and economically unrewarding as fur prices have not kept up with rising cost of living: thus, distant areas remain unharvested, while country close to settlements is over-hunted. Trapper training and assistance programs are essential to rehabilitate aboriginal fur trade. ... of whales and whalers, by D.C. Foote, p 29-33: Reviews Eskimo bowhead and white whale hunting in the pre-contact era, over-kill by commercial whalers in the 18- early 20th c, and present small-scale hunting by Canadian and Alaskan Eskimos. Careful conservation programs are needed to restore the arctic whale population. About our untold resources, by W.M. Gilchrist, p 34-37: Surveys major mining developments noting high cost of operation and rising demand for trained technologists. Engineering problems and ways to attract business and labor to hardship areas are discussed. Soviet recruiting programs are compared with similar incentives offered by

the Canadian government and industrial concerns. Boom towns... Must they bust? by J. Fried, p 38-42: Contrasts the uncontrolled urban developments and planned short-life settlements, both based on temporary exploitation, with stable communities arising from long-range projects; development of local resources for self-support in times of economic recession is considered essential for added security. The divergent fates of mining towns like Yellowknife and Ranklin Inlet, fur towns like Aklavik, military bases e.g. Fort Churchill, and new administrative centers such as Inuvik and Frobisher Bay are used as examples. The co-operative movement in the North, by F.G.Vallee, p 43-48. Considers the co-op an effective tool for the emancipation and rehabilitation of Indians and Eskimos. In addition to its economic advantages, the co-op has an important social and educational value by providing training and experience in management, labor, and craftsmanship, etc. Operation and management of single-commodity co-ops and multi-purpose establishments such as the Povungnituk Co-operative Society in arctic Quebec are discussed. From shaman's flight to satellite, by H.J. Williamson, p 49-53. Deals with the expansion of the radio and telephone communication systems since the 1920's bolstered in the post-war years by the conversion of military installations to civilian use. Services provided by the Royal Canadian Corps of Signals, the Hudson's Bay post, the Canadian Broadcasting Corporation and National Telecommunication, the Bell Telephone Co, the Joint Arctic Weather and Air Traffic Control stations, etc are reviewed. ... and how to get from point to point, by W.E.Brown, p 54-58. Describes traditional and motorized land and water craft now in use: dog-team buffs, Eskimo komatik sleds, toboggans, ski-doos, tractor-trains, canoes and outboard motors, etc. The solution to the arctic transportation problem is seen in air traffic made increasingly safe by weather stations, DEW line radar installations, etc. The Canadian Arctic Water Basin, by O.S.C. Robertson, p 59-63. Discusses shipping conditions, more favorable in the eastern than the western part of the North American Arctic Basin: both more adverse than the Russian Arctic waters. Shipping seasons, routes and ice conditions, draft limits, wharfage and port installations, use of icebreakers

and ice-breaking cargo ships, etc are surveyed. Unlike USSR ports used mainly for export, American arctic ports are built to receive cargo, except for Churchill which handles both. Efficiency of nuclear submarines as commercial freighters is evaluated. The Russian Arctic Water Basin, by O.S.C. Robertson, p 64-67. Outlines the development of the Northern Sea Route with data on ships, tonnage, cargo capacity, weather and icebreaker stations, etc. Sea ports, located mainly near major straits and at the mouths of rivers, are geared primarily to export; river ports serve as trans-shipment points for in and out-going cargo. The North as a laboratory, by J. Lotz, p 68-71. Considers studies of pingo formation, clothing insulation, air bubbling effect on water freezing, plant and animal survival in hostile environment, etc. On understanding another people, by J.J. Honigmann, p 72-75. Stresses the importance of recognizing cultural relativity, i.e. differing standards of the other man's culture, in assessing his behavior pattern and customs. Examples of interracial understanding through acceptance of cultural relativity are cited from personal contacts with Eskimos and Indians. Greenland, by N.O. Christensen, p 77-80. Ranks the increase in population with inherent housing and education needs and the language barrier as prime problems. 45% of all Greenlanders are 15 yr old or younger; 14,000 are expected to attend school in 1967. Outpost schools are taught by Greenlanders unversed in Danish, while Danes speaking no Greenlandic teach in high-schools. A new school law on bilingualism, if passed, will remove the language obstacle from education and, indirectly benefit the economy and social conditions by bridging the communication gap between Eskimo labor and Danish management. Russia, by T. E. Armstrong, p. 81-84. Analyzes the efficiency of Soviet exploration and development of the North by forced labor in the 1930-1940's and economic incentive in recent years. Natural resources, supply problems, local food production, river and railroad transportation, air traffic, etc are dealt with. Major mining and industrial complexes such as Noril'sk are contrasted with lesser projects in Canada, and operational differences of the Soviet system versus free private enterprise discussed. Alaska, by W. Irving, p 85-89. Ascribes 193

rapid acculturation under American administration to historical processes in settlement, mainly that Alaskan aborigines were not displaced by white farmers. Current economic development, federal projects and the growing role of private industry are reviewed. Major unresolved problems are education, vocational training, and rehabilitation of remote communities dependent on subsistence hunting and fishing or a single industry whose extinction would threaten survival. The law through Eskimo eyes, by G. van den Steenhoven, p 90-94. Presents an uncritical analysis of social control in a traditionally leaderless society without institutionalized authority, as observed among Eskimos of the Keewatin District. There is no abstract concept of justice nor punishment per se asocial behavior endangering the community is disciplined by social isolation or ridicule. Murder is disapproved of, though justifiable motivation or the murderer's usefulness as a good hunter are acceptable excuses. Conflicts between individuals are left to the involved parties or their families: killing and blood-feuds may ensue, with persuasion the only form of community control. The law through our eyes, by M.M. de Weerdt, p 95-99. Explains the structure of the territorial constitution of the Northwest Territories and Yukon based mainly on British, later Canadian civil law. Its flexible interpretation by the territorial law courts makes allowance for aboriginal traditions. Further checks to the rise of unrealistic laws is seen in Eskimo and Indian education toward full participation in government: federal franchise was granted to aborigines in 1962 and the first elections in the eastern Arctic held in Sept 1966. Indian living... old style, by R. Slobodin, p 100-105. Uses the Kutchin, one of the last Canadian Indian groups to become involved in fur trade, to recreate pre-contact social organization in the subarctic inland. Family structure, hunting groups, dwellings and transportation, division of labor in a subsistence economy based on caribou hunting, social taboos, band leadership, shamanism, etc are dealt with in turn. Changes in Indian communities, by J. Helm, p 106-109. Sketches life in a modern North Athapaskan bush village, the last stronghold of a vanishing social order. A bush village is a loosely knit community of four to eight households related by blood or marriage. Informal sanctions by exhortation and ridicule maintain basic obligations to the 194

community in this highly individualistic society: crime, psychosis, broken homes are rare. Survival of the bush community is threatened, however, by the economic opportunities offered to Indians in larger settlements. The forgotten people, by V. Valentine, p 110-14. Notes the plight of the half-breeds or Metis. Their social isolation, ambiguous legal standing, discriminatory treatment under the provisions of the Indian Act, etc are discussed. Eskimo communities then and now, by D. Damas, p 115-19. Compares the social and economic structure of the Central Eskimos during three historic phases: aboriginal lasting to the early 20th century; the somewhat overlapping contact-traditional ushered in by fur traders and missionaries; and the presentday centralized phase. The aboriginal pattern was based on wide kinship and partnership associations formed and dissolved according to the needs of the seasonal hunting cycle. The trapping and hunting camp dependent on the trading post typifies the contact-traditional phase: extended kinship ties and voluntary partnerships disappear; supervision of economic, religious and legal life is taken over by the trader, missionary, and police. The last phase is the centralization of Eskimos in large heterogeneous white-controlled settlements offering wage labor, schools, government aid programs, etc. Mixed communities, by N. Grabunin, p 120-27. Studies social problems in multiethnic communities based on 1963-64 field work in the eastern Arctic. Hostilities between Indians and Eskimos tend to disappear in a common opposition to the dominant whites. Behavior problems arising from the unequal degree of Euro-Canadian prejudice toward different minorities, social and cultural differences between Eskimos and Indians, growth of polarized divisions between the white and aboriginal population segments, etc are discussed. Only education and speedy acculturation can prevent a further downgrading of Eskimos and Indians to the lowest socio-economic caste. Local schools versus hostels, by C.Hobart, p 128-31. Compares the small community school with the large residential school. Experiences in residential school education of Eskimos in Greenland, Alaska, and Canada are discussed from the point of view of children, parents, teachers, and education per se. While acculturation and level of scholastic attainment are higher in residential than community day schools, hostel education

increases the gap between traditional and western way of life and creates problems of semi-acculturation: youngsters who cannot adapt to urban conditions yet are not equipped to life on the land. The modern medicine man, by P. Moore, p 132-36. Reports on the progress of preventive and curative medical services in the Northwest Territories to control epidemics among aborigines lacking acquired immunity. Successful operations by the Health Service and the Eastern Arctic Patrol, X-ray and vaccination campaigns, training programs for native health workers, etc are reviewed and plans for further improvement noted. Mental health in the North, by T.Boag, p 137-40. Recognizes Eskimo and Indian susceptibility to hysteria and other forms of psychosis aggravated, in recent years, by acculturation stress. Mental health problems of whites, caused by isolation and other environmental factors, will probably decline to the Canadian average through technological development of the North, while the problems of the aborigine will depend on the degree and stability of his integration. The risks of partial integration are marginal existence with concomitant social deprivation, behavior problems, and poor mental health. Conclusion, by E.A. Cote, p 141-44. Recapitulates statistical data on human and natural resources of the Yukon and the Northwest Territories: 40% of the Canadian land mass inhabited by 40 thousand people. 85% school age children receive schooling; 1500 new homes for Eskimos and Indians will be provided in the next five years; a $10 million annual road building program is planned over the coming ten years. Oil and gas bearing sedimentary rocks are estimated at one million cubic miles; large iron deposits have been located; lead, zinc, asbestos, and tungsten mines are being developed, etc. DLC. Dept of Mines and 94437 CANADA. Geographical Branch. Technical Surveys. Selected bibliography of Canadian geography... Ottawa 1964, 1965. 41, 106 p. (Its Bibliographical series no.32-33) Lists (cf No 70529) books, pamphlets, periodical literature and, separately, maps, published in 1962 and 1963 respectively. DGS. 94438 CANADA. Dept of National Health and Welfare Radiation Protection Divison. Summaries of 137Cs data from northern Canada (In: Intl. Symposium on

Radioecological Concentration Processes, Stockholm 1966. Proceedings pub 1967. p.263-66, graphs, map, tables) Presents tabulated data and/or graphs on cesium content of caribou and reindeer meat, human urine and whole body counts of northern and Ottawa residents during Jan 1963 - Dec 1965. DLC. Dept. of Northern 94439 CANADA. Affairs and National Resources. The Northwest Territories today; a reference paper for the Advisory Commission on the Development of Government in the Northwest Territories. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1965. 136 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Assesses the economy, resources, industry, social problems and present government of NWT, with a projected course of development over the next five years. The assimilation of the rapidly expanding indigenous populations (Indian, Metis and Eskimo) into the economic structure of the white population, the needs of which now dominate the administration of Government programs, both social and economic, is discussed. Production of minerals, pertroleum and gas in the Mackenzie River valley continues to be the main bulwark of the economy. Statistical data is appended. DLC. Dept. of Northern 94440 CANADA. Affairs and National Resources. Water Resources Branch. Surface water data for Arctic and Western Hudson Bay drainage and Mississippi drainage in Canada. Water year 1962-63, 1963-64. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1966. 2 vol: 793, 775 p. maps, tables. (Its: Water resources paper no.141,145) In sequence to No. 77832. Contains data on daily discharge in ft3lsec and daily gage heights in ft for 1 Oct 1962 30 Sept 1964 (some stations reported for calendar yr 1963-64). Drainage basins are the DLC. same as in previous reports. CANADA. Geological Survey. 94441 Canadian Upper Mantle Report, 1967; a report on the work of scientific groups in Canada on projects contributing to the International Upper Mantle Project, prep. on the occasion of the XIVth General Assembly of the International Union of Geodesy and Geophysics, Zurich, Switzerland. Ottawa 1967. 245 p. maps, graphs, diagrs. (Its: Paper no. 67-41) Ref. Contains 16 papers reporting the accomplishments of upper mantle studies during the past several years and indicating some of the future goals which remain to be achieved. Most of the papers pertain in some part to arctic Canada; these deal with tectonics, seismology, magnetism, gravity, geodesy, 195

tides and recent movements of the earth's crust, heat flow, isotope studies, volcanology, meteorite studies, crater studies, and drilling for scientific purposes. The one regional study, C.S. Beals and A.S. Raffman: Geological and geophysical studies of Hudson Bay, is abstracted under the authors' names, qv. DGS. 94442 CANADA. Geological Survey. Permafrost in Canada. Ottawa 1967. (Its: Map 1246A) 1:7,603,200. 66 refs. Colored map (about 291/4'x281/21 with explanatory notes on the distribution and occurrence of continuous and discontinuous permafrost in relation to climate and terrain, and in the five regional physiographic units: Canadian Shield, Hudson Bay Lowland, Interior Plains, Cordillera and Arctic Archipelago. The southern limit of permafrost appears to coincide with the 30°F air isotherm. There is little precise data on the discontinuous-continuous permafrost boundary; on this map the boundary is placed at the approximate location of the 17° mean annual air isotherm to correspond with a mean annual ground temp of 23°F. Of the 24 ground temp stations, Inuvik, NWT, and Mackenzie Delta show a mean annual air temperature of 15.6°F, ground temp of 26° at 25-100 ft depth, 23.8-26.5° at 0-100 ft depth, and permafrost thickness of > 300 and 300 ft respectively. CaMAI. 94443 CANADA. Geological Survey. Report of activities, 1964, part 2. Ottawa 1965. 79 p. maps, illus. (Its: Paper no. 65-2) Refs. Contains short papers presenting the results of current scientific work of the Survey. Some report complete projects, others are interim progress accounts of research that will eventually be described in full. Ten of the papers are of arctic interest, viz BLACK, R.F. and A. LAROCHELLE. Palaeomagnetic results on the Miles Canyon basalts, southern Yukon. p.2-5. BARAGAR, W.R.A. Geochemistry of the Yellowknife group volcanic rocks. p.21-22. CHAMBERLAIN, J.A. and R.N. DELABIO. Valleriite and mackinawite in the Muskox intrusion. p. 36. CHAMBERLAIN, J.A. and others. Native metals in the Muskox intrusion. p.37. FAHRIG, W.F. and others. Major element abundances in a part of the Canadian Shield. p. 39-40. DONALDSON, J.A. and G.D. JACKSON. Archaean sedimentary rocks of northwestern Ontario. p.51-54. RODDICK, J.A. Right-lateral movement along the Tintina fault. p.57. CHRISTIE, R.L. Triassic disconformity in 196

the Tanquary Fiord-Yelverton Pass region, Ellesmere Island, NWT. p.67-70. McGREGOR, D.C. Upper Devonian spores from the Griper Bay formation, Parry Islands, NWT. p.78. NORRIS, A.W. Reconnaissance Devonian stratigraphy of the northern Yukon Territory and northwestern District of Mackenzie. DGS. p.78-79. Geological Survey. 94444 CANADA. Report of activities; part A, May to October, 1966. Ottawa 1967. 221 p. graphs, maps, illus. ( Its: Paper 67-1, part A) Brief reports on field work, arranged by province, territory, or district. All statements are subject to confirmation by office and laboratory studies; details of activities and data in the reports will, in many instances, be published later as maps and/or reports of the Survey. Papers on areas within the limits of this Bibliography are: CHRISTIE, R.L. Operation Grant Land (1966), northern Ellesmere Island. p 2-3. DAWES, P.R. Lower Palaeozoic rocks, western part of the North Greenland fold belt. p. 4-6. FRISCH, T. Igneous and metamorphic rocks, northern Ellesmere Island. p.7. FYLES, J.G. Winter Harbour moraine, Melville Island. p. 8-9. NASSICHUK, W.W. Studies of PermoCarboniferous and Mesozoic strata on northern Ellesmere Island. p. 10-12. NORFORD, B.S. Biostratigraphic studies, northeast Ellesmere Island and adjacent Greenland. p.12. TRETYIN, H.P. Geology of pre-Mississippian "eugeosynclinal" rocks in selected areas of northern Ellesmere Island. p.13-18. DAVIDSON, A. Preliminary investigation of plutonic rocks within the Ennadai-Rankin Inlet greenstone belt. p.19-20. HEYWOOD, W.W. Rankin-Ennadai orogenic belt. p.20. HEYWOOD, W.W. and S.M. ROSCOE. Pyritic quartz pebble conglomerate in the Hurwitz Group, District of Keewatin. p.21-22. DONALDSON, J.A. Study of the Dubawnt Group. p.23-25. FYLES, J.G. Eskers west of Hudson Bay in Districts of Keewatin and Mackenzie. p.25. BARAGAR, W.R.A. Volcanic studies; Coppermine River basaltic flows. p.26-28. BOSTOCK, H.H. Wholdaia Lake (75 A). p.29. BOSTOCK, H.H. Itchen Lake map-area. p.29-33. FRASER, J.A. Study of the Epworth Group. p.34. FYLES, J.G. Mackenzie delta and Arctic coastal plain. p.34-35.

HOFFMAN, P.F. Stratigraphy, sedimentology, and palaeocurrents in the East Arm of Great Slave Lake. p.36-39. REINHARDT, E.W. Thubun Lakes area. p.40-43. BLUSSON, S.L. Sekwi Mountain, Nahanni and Frances Lake map-area. p.44-45 NORRIS, D.K. and A. LAROCHELLE. Tectonic analysis of the Northern Cordillera. p.45-46. FINDLAY, D.C. Study of ultramafic rocks, Yukon Territory. p.47. GABRIELSE, H. Operation Selwyn, 1966. p.47-48. HUGHES, O.L. Surficial geology studies, Aishihik Lake map-area. p.48-49. OWEN, E.B. Engineering geology investigations of dam sites, Yukon Territory. p.49-50. RAMPTON, V.N. Pleistocene geology, Snag-Kluane Lake, southwestern Yukon. p.50-51 MONGER, J.W.H. Atlin Horst project [B.C.] p. 76-77. RUTTER, N.W. Surficial geology of the Peace River dam and reservoir area [B.C.]. p.87-88. SOUTHER, J.G. Cordilleran volcanic study, 1966 [B.C.]. p.89-92. TOZER, E.T. Triassic biostratigraphic studies, Fort Nelson (94 J) and Trutch (94 G) map-areas, northeastern British Columbia. p.94-95. CURRIE, K.L. The Manicouagan circular structure [Quebec]. p.165. EMSLIE, R.F. Michikamau intrusion [Labrador]. p.193. STEVENSON, I.M. Northwest River (13 D, E; 23A) map-area, Labrador and Quebec. p.193-95. TAYLOR, F.C. Geological reconnaissance, northern Quebec and Labrador. p.195. WILLIAMS, F.M.G. Snegamook (13 K Eh/2) map-area [Labrador]. p.195-96. MULLIGAN, R. Metallogenic study of the beryllium-tin province of the Cassiar batholith, Yukon and British Columbia. p. 206. SANGSTER, D.F. Geochemistry of lead and zinc deposits in carbonate rocks [Including Pine Point, District of Mackenzie]. p.212-13. ZAJAC, I.S. Stratigraphy of Superior-type iron-formation in the Schefferville-Knob Lake area of Quebec and Labrador. p.214-15. DGS. 94445 Geological Survey. CANADA. Tectonic map of the Canadian Shield. Prepared by the Ontario Dept. of Mines, Quebec Dept. of Natural Resources and the Geological Survey of Canada under chairmanship of C.H. Stockwell. Ottawa 1965. scale 1:5,000,000. 36x36 in. (Its: Map 4-1965)

Divides the area into four main orogenic regions, the Kenoran, 2490 MY, the Hudsonian, 1735 MY, the Elsonian, 1370 MY, and the Grenville, 945 MY BP. The rock units are depicted according to the age of their involvement in orogeny, i.e. according to age of folding, metamorphism, and essentially contemporaneous emplacement of granitic rocks. A second main category includes unfolded and gently folded rocks which have not been affected by orogeny. These are subdivided into gently dipping homoclines and virtually flat-lying cratonic cover, and their age of deposition is indicated. A third category includes post-orogenic features, such as certain alkaline intrusions, certain volcanic rocks, and dikes of diabase and gabbro. DGS. Hydrographic Serv94446 CANADA. ice. Labrador and Hudson Bay pilot, comprising the Strait of Belle Isle to Button Islands and Hudson Strait and Bay. 2d edition. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1965. 522 p. tables, map, illus. Revised edition of No 39136, with similar format and introductory section. The sailing directions include data on bathymetry, season of navigation, tides, danger areas, port facilities and conditions of loading and discharge. Coasts described are the Strait of Belle Isle to Cape Charles chap 2, Labrador 3-8, Hudson Strait, Hudson Bay, east side, James Bay, and Hudson Bay, west side, chap 9-12. The meteorologic tables appended are reduced to data from Belle Isle, Goose, Cape Harrison, Resolution Island, Cape Hopes Advance, Coral Harbour, Churchill, Great Whale Island and Moosonee. Excellent index of geographic features etc completes the volume. CaMAI. 94447 CANADA. Meteorological Ice summary and analysis 1965, Branch. Canadian Arctic. Toronto 1967. 82 p. tables, maps. Discusses the breakup pattern in the Canadian Arctic incl the Beaufort Sea to l60Ø, the ice growth period, observed ice conditions, and progress of breakup. Mean pressure charts, ice charts, and tables of climatic data are included. CaMAI. 94448 CANADIAN CONFERENCE ON MICRO-METEOROLOGY, 1st, Toronto, 1965. Proceedings, part 1. Toronto 1967. 270 p. graphs, tables, illus. Refs. Contains papers presented at this Conference, held 12-14, April 1965, and sponsored by the Meteorological Subcommittee of the National Research Council Associate Committee on Geodesy and Geophysics. 197

Three of these papers are abstracted in this volume under their authors' names, viz: GOLD, L.W. Micrometeorological observations of the Snow and Ice Section, Division of Building Research, National Research Council. LATIMER, J.R. and E.J. TRUHLAR. A survey of the measurement of solar and atmospheric radiation in Canada. WILLIAMS, J.P. Heat balance over saturated sphagnum moss. MdU. 94449 CANADIAN GEOGRAPHICAL JOURNAL Massey medal 1967. (Its: v. 74, 1967, no. 3, p. v-vi, illus) Notes award to Dr. J. Ross Mackay for work on physical geography of Canada, in particular the influence of glaciers on landforms. The citation and the Governor General's congratulation are included. CaMAI, DLC. 94450 CANADIAN NURSE Nursing in the North. (Its: v. 63, 1967, no. 2, p. 32-33, illus) Presents nine illustrations of health stations, nurses at work, and their outfits and traveling conditions in the northern area of Canada with explanatory notes. DNLM. 94451 CANADIAN OCEANOGRAPHIC DATA CENTRE. Arctic 1961: August 2 to October 12. Ottawa 1966. 322 p. maps, graphs, tables, illus. (Its: Data record series no. 12) 19 refs. Reports data of aerial temperature, salinity, dissolved oxygen, density, sound observations and bathythermograms collected during oceanographic surveys in Davis Strait, Hudson Bay, Baffin Bay and waters of the Canadian Arctic Islands to about 105°W in Viscount Melville Sound, carried out from the Canadian Coast Guard Service icebreakers John A. MacDonald and Labrador, summer 1961, under direction of the Division of Oceanographic Research, Canadian Hydrographie Service. DLC. 94452 CANADIAN OCEANOGRAPHIC DATA CENTRE. Great Bear Lake, N.W.T.; two surveys July 12, 1964 to August 28, 1965. Ottawa, Queen's Printer, 1966. 248 p. map, tables, illus. (Its: Data record series no. 13) Presents data collected under the same program and using the same vessel as in 1963 (No. 86084); includes depths and water temperatures for each station and some scattered records of oxygen. The maximum ice thickness of 2-21/2 m is reached by beginning April. DN-HO. 198

94453 CANADIAN SHIPPING. Blade may open icebound ports. (Its: v. 38, 1967. no. 9, p. 52-53, illus) Describes, with illus, the Alexbow, a new $60,000 device designed for breaking landDLC. fast ice in harbors. CANADIAN SHIPPING. Na94454 tional ports set tonnage records. (Its: v. 38, 1967. no. 9, p. 31-32, illus) Refers in brief note to improvements carried out in grain exporting facilities at DLC. Churchill, Man. 94455 CANADIAN SHIPPING. Supply fleet is busy in Arctic. (Its: v. 38, 1967. no. 11, p. 50-51, illus) Describes the operations of the Canadian Dept. of Transport in supplying arctic settlements, weather stations and outposts. The fleet of 22 vessels, ten helicopters and personnel are briefly described. DLC. 94456 CANADIAN SHIPPING. Tsimpsean Indians setting high longshoring standards. (Its: v. 38, 1967. no. 9, p. 53, illus) A brief note on the completion of the new port of Stumaun Bay, near Port Simpson, B.C. The port is shipping logs from northern British Columbia and Alaska to Japan. About 12 million bd ft are exported annually. Indian labor is effectively used. DLC. 94457 CANGUILHEM, B. and R. BLOCH. Evolution saisonniere de !'elimination des hormones surrbnaliennes chez un hibernant, Cricetus cricetus. (Archives des sciences physiologiques 1967. v. 21, no. 1, p. 27-44, tables, illus) 69 refs. In French. Tide fr.: Seasonal development of elimination of suprarenal hormones in hibernator Cricetus cricetus. Results of urine analyses for catecholamines, chromogens and aldosterone in hamsters indicated the absence of a seasonal cycle of urinary elimination of catecholamines and a reduction in the amount of their elimination under the influence of cold adaptation and successive arousals A seasonal cycle of suprarenal cortex activity occurs independent of the temperature. DNLM. 94458 CARAS, R.A. North American mammals; fur-bearing animals of the United States and Canada. New York, Meredith Press 1967. 578 p. maps, tables, illus. Refs. The ranges, characteristics, habits, and reproduction of the mammals are described in systematic order. Checklists for states, provinces and territories provide a regional index. There are chapters on polar bears, wolves, the well-known fur-bearers of the North, seals,

walruses, whales, lemmings, moose and muskoxen, among many others. DLC.

CARLSON, L.D., see No. 95044

served to change in an anomalous manner on these dates at 0903 and 0937 respectively. These changes appear directly attributable to changes in the boundaries of the earthionosphere waveguide that supports VLF propagation. DLC.

CARLSSON, G., see No. 99562

CARRICK, R., see No. 100274

CARLSSON, L., see No. 96839

94461A CARRIERE, G. L'oeuvre des Oblats de Marie-Immaculee dans le nord canadien oriental. (In: J.N. Malaurie. Nouveau-Quebec. Paris 1964. p. 395-425, maps) 25 refs. In French. Title tr.: The work of the Oblates in the northern part of eastern Canada. Traces the missionary activities of this order in the James Bay area beginning 1847, Hudson Bay since 1893, Ungava Bay 1871, and the Labrador coast 1867. The account is documented and includes data on Indian, Eskimo and white populations at various times in these northern apostolates and a location map of established missions. CaMAI, DLC.

CARAWAY, W.H. see No. 95471

94459 CARMICHAEL, C.M. The magnetization of rock containing magnetite and hemoØenite. (Geophysics 1964. v. 29, no. 1, p. 87-92, graphs, illus) 8 refs. In the Allard Lake region, northeastern Quebec, an area of oxide-rich norite containing both hemoilmenite and magnetite produces no magnetic anomaly detectable by either airborne or ground magnetometer. This is because the magnetite crystals are magnetized normally and the hemoilmenite crystals inversely in such a proportion as to cancel their magnetic moments and produce therefore no magnetic effect. Though such occurrence is unusual, the possibility should be kept in mind in airborne survey interpretation at localities where rocks of an inverse remanent magnetization may be present. DLC. 94460 CARPENTER, D.L. and IL STONE. Direct detection by a whistler method of the magnetospheric electric field associated with a polar substorm. (Planetary and space science 1967. v. 15, no. 2, p. 396-97, graph) Refs. The substorm was temporarily isolated and occurred at about 0640 UT on 15 July 1965 during a period of moderate but steady geomagnetic disturbance. The magnetometric and riometric measurements were recorded at the conjugate stations Great Whale and Byrd. DLC. 94461 CARPENTER, G.B. and others. Midlatitude observations of nighttime VLF signal-amplitude anomalies associated with magnetic bays. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v. 71, no. 7, p. 1928-35, graphs, map, tables) Refs. Other authors: J.P. Katsufrakis and I. Kimura. Reports observations of very low frequency radiowave propagation anomalies in local nighttime when there were no solar flare effects, high altitude nuclear detonations or severe magnetic storms. Magnetometer and riometer data on ionospheric measurements, and deviation of the horizontal component of the geomagnetic field on 5 Oct 1963 and 16 Jan 1964 are given for five middle latitude stations, incl College and Sitka, Alaska. The intensity of several VLF signals were ob-

CARROLL, N.V., see No. 98259 94462 CARROLL, R.D. Rock properties interpreted from sonic velocity logs. (American Society of Civil Engineers. Soil Mechanics and Foundations Division. Journal SM 1966. v. 92, no. 2, p. 43-51, graphs, table, illus) The relationships found among pertinent rock properties and sonic velocity logs in sedimentary and volcanic rocks in a series of holes drilled on Amchitka Island, Alaska, illustrate how geophysical logging can supplement, or supplant, coring in areas of subsurface engineering interest. Rocks penetrated consisted of Tertiary submarine and subaerially deposited clastic volcanic material containing intrusive basaltic andesite. Comparisons are made of the sonic log with lithology, breaking stress, sonic travel time, and compressive strength. DLC. 94463 CARSTENS, T. and A. TRAEITEBERG. Hydraulic survey and model investigation of the inner Rana Fjord. (Conference on Coastal Engineering, 10th, Tokyo 1966. Proceedings pub 1967. v. 2, p. 1313-30, 5 refs. maps, illus) The storage of freshwater in power plant reservoirs to maintain an even river flow during the winter into Rana Fjord, north Norway, will increase stratification of' the fiord waters and facilitate the formation of a permanent ice cover. A field study of tidal and river flows showed that the tidal flow had a steady component giving a horizontal circulation in the fiord, in addition to the 199

vertical circulation associated with the diffusion of salt water upward into the surface layer. A small scale model showed that a small jetty would turn the turbid surface (river water) jet away from the incoming tidal current toward the outbound horizontal current, thereby relieving the harbor area of its present sediment supply. Because of a low benefit-cost ratio, a change of surface flow pattern was rejected; a bubbler system was chosen to prevent ice formation, with dredging to keep the harbor open. DLC. CARTER, C., see No. 94622 94464 CARTER, J.C.H. A relict priapulid from Northern Labrador. (Nature 1966. v. 211, no. 5047, p. 438-39, illus) 5 refs.

Describes. with illustrations, the marine worm, Halicryptus spinulosus. It was discovered in the little coastal Lake Tessiarsuk (56°30"N 61°57'W) which receives sea water periodically during high tides. DLC. 94465 CARTIER, L. and R. BECCAT. Mechanism of ice cover formation on rivers; experimental studies with natural ice. (Intl Assoc. Hydraulic Research. 8th congress, Montreal 1959. Proceedings, v. 3, 12-SI, 2 p) Experiments were made in a canal 300 ft long, 47 ft wide and 10 ft deep in the St. Lawrence near Lachine Rapids, to analyze the conditions of buoyancy and submersion of superficial floes coming to rest, maximum flow velocities against which ice covers build up or recede, and factors governing the process of their formation and progress. The theory developed relates this mechanism to accumulation, to a definite thickness of drifting floes when carried beneath the cover as it builds up. The experimental data corroborate the theory and confirm that, within an absolute critical velocity depending on the canal's depth, conditions of formation and advance of an ice cover are confined to the relationship between mean flow velocity and incoming amount of ice. DLC. 94466 CASE, J.E. and others. Gravity survey and regional geology of the Prince William Sound epicentral region, Alaska. Washington, DC 1966. 12 p. graphs, maps, table, illus. Refs. (US. Geological Survey. Professional paper 543-C) Other authors: D.F. Barnes, G. Plafker and S.L. Robbins. Summarizes the regional geologic structure and tectonic history of this area, four principal lithologic units being identified. Comparison is made with a gravity survey covering 500 stations over an area of approx 350 mil. A regional gradient decreasing 200

northward is viewed as due to thickening of the continental crust. A prominent gravity high superimposed upon this gradient is related to a wide belt of greenstone volcanic rocks (Orca group). This belt is considered as possibly part of an ancient volcanic arc and an important geologic unit along the Gulf of Alaska coastline. DGS. 94467 CASTREN, M.A. Grammatik der samojedischen Sprachen. Bloomington, Indiana Univ. 1966. 609 p. (Indiana Univ. Publications. Uralic and Altaic series, v. 53) In German. 7Ytle tr.: Grammar of Samoyed languages. Photolithographic reproduction of No. 63835. DLC. 94468 CAVANAGH, L.A. Concentrations of carbon monoxide and organic gases in Arctic atmospheres. Menlo Park, Calif. Stanford Research Institute 1968. 29 p. graphs, tables, illus. (Final report covering the contract period 1 May 1967 - 30 Apr 1968. Contract N00014-67-C-0515) 11 refs.

Describes observations of CO and hydrocarbon concentrations in arctic air at Point Barrow, Alaska, 24 Aug to 11 Sept 1967. The CO analyzer employed rapid quantitative reaction between CO and hot HgO, methane concentration was determined by a hydrogen flame detector, low molecular weight hydrocarbons were measured by gas chromatography, and particulate matter was indicated by a Rich expansion-type condensation nuclei counter. The instrumentation specifications and experimental methodology are explained. The results are tabulated and discussed. The CO concentration was low, 55-260 ppb, considerably below levels occurring on the Greenland inland ice. An unexpected finding was the anomalously high level of n-butanol, 100 times the concentration of any other non-methane organic. The very careful tests of the validity of' this result are given in detail. Fermentation of the tundra cover by the bacteria Clostridium butylicum and C acetobutylicum under very high near-surface summer temperatures is suggested as the causative factor. Suggestions for additional research are proposed. DLC. 94469 CHABAN, P.D. and I.D. ZISovershenstvovanie provetrivanitå MIN.

rudnika "Val'kumei." (Magadan. Vses. n.-issl. inst. zolota i redkikh metallov. Sbornik referatov 1961 pub 1962, p. 59-61) In 7Ytle 6:: Improvement in the Russian. ventilation system of the Val'kumey mine. Reports observations of artificial ventilation system introduced in this mine in the Magadan region. It is effective in the eastern part of the mine, whereas the natural

air-current circulation is still effective in the western part. This division is probably due to the presence of a non-isolated hoisting shaft and to the low ventilation parameters given to the system. The electric motor of 155x103 V capacity and 980 rpm is not satifactory. A motor of 350x103 V and 1000 rpm is necessary for efficient operation. DLC. 94470 CHAFFEE, R.R.J. and others. Biochemistry of brown fat and liver of hibernating golden-mantled ground squirrels, Citellus lateralis. (Canadian journal of physiology and pharmacology 1966. v.44, no. 2, p. 217-23, tables, graphs) 18 refs. Other authors: E.T. Pengelley, J.R. Allen and R.E. Smith. Study of cold acclimation culminating in hibernation, with controls living at 24 ± 2°C. Body and liver weight of the hibernators were both 20% lower than in controls, but their brown fat 40% greater. Respiration rates of mitochondria from brown fat were considerably higher than those from the liver. DLC. 94471 CHAFFEE, R.R.J. and others. Cellular physiology of cold- and heat-exposed squirrel monkeys (Saimiri sciurea). (Journal of applied physiology 1966. v. 21, no. 1, p. 151-57, tables) 27 refs. Other authors: J.R. Allen, M. Brewer, S.M. Horvath, C. Mason, and R.E. Smith. Enzymatic and other assays already done on rodents were made on squirrel monkeys, exposed to 24°C for five weeks and then exposed to 14-16°, 36-39°, or 24°C; these temperatures are extremes survived by 90% of the monkeys. There was a higher rate of oxidation of a glycerophosphate by brown fat homogenates and liver mitochondria of coldexposed than of control animals. However, in general, very few of the many enzymatic systems assayed changed. This suggests that cellular chemical thermoregulatory metabolic response patterns of Saimiri sciurea are quite different from those of rodents. DLC. 94472 CHAFFIN, Y.M. Koniag to king crab: Alaska's southwest, Kodiak from sea otter settlement to king crab capitol. Anchorage?, Chaffin 1967. 252 p. maps, illus. Refs. Includes chapters on physical environment, earliest Alaskans, Russian and American settlers, principal industries, flora and fauna, and the disastrous earthquakes that have reshaped Kodiak's terrain and institutions. A concluding prospectus for regional development emphasizes the importance of tourism and trophy hunting in Kodiak's future, fisheries, revitalized by adding shrimp and

other bottom fish to round out the once sharply seasonal operations, and livestock. DLC. CHAIKA, V.M., see No. 99842 94473 CHAKRABORTY, K.L. Ferromagnesian silicate minerals in the metamorphosed iron-formation of Wabush Lake and adjacent areas, Newfoundland and QueOttawa 1966. 34 p. graphs, map, bec. tables, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Bulletin no. 143) 41 refs. The Wabush iron-formation is a metamorphosed Precambrian ferruginous sediment in the southern part of the Labrador geosyncline. On the basis of mineral assemblages, the whole formation is divided into three main lithological units: oxide iron-, silicate iron-, and carbonate iron-formations. A large number of ferromagnesian and lime silicate minerals, such as anthophyllite, cummingtonite, manganoan-cummingtonite, hypersthene, diopside, actinolite, and garnet have formed in response to metamorphic processes. Mineral identification was based on their chemical and optical properties, modes of occurrence and X-ray studies. Results suggest that the iron-formation was altered isochemically with a minimum possible migration of material, and has reached the epidote-amphibolite facies or garnet-staurofite zone of metamorphism. Manganese-bearing anthophyllite and manganoan-cummingtonite are evidently the source of secondary manganese in the iron ores of this region. DGS. 94474 CHALYSHEV, V.I. and others. Granitsa permi i triasa v krasnotsvetnykh otlozheniihkh Sevemogo Priuralia. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1965. 120 p. tables, graphs, illus. Approx. 70 refs. In Russian Other authors: L.M. Variukhina and V.A. Molin. Title tr.. The boundary between Permian and Triassic in red-bed deposits of the Northern Ural region. Gives a detailed sratigraphic scheme of the Upper Permian and Lower Triassic of the Chernysheva Ridge, Bol'shezemel'skaya uplift, and part of the Pechora depression. Lower Triassic phyllopods are described for the first time and the stratigraphic distribution given. Spore-pollen complexes of the Permian and Lower Triassic are also described and comparison made with similar regions elsewhere. The limits of Lower and Upper Permian and of Permian and Triassic CaMAI. are discussed. 94475 CHALYSHEV, V.I. and L.M. VA0 razvitii triasovykh floRIÜKHINA. risticheskikh kompleksov Sevemogo Priura1' Lä. (Vses. paleontologicheskoe o-vo. Trudy 201

sessii 9th, 1967, p. 126-35, map, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Development of the Triassic floristic complexes of the Northern Ural region. Outlines the distribution of Triassic deposits from the middle Pechora north to the Pay-Khoy. The climate of the Triassic system is characterized. The floristic complexes of the Lower, Middle and Upper Triassic had remarkable continuity throughout the entire period, their modification taking place gradually without breaks. Climatic zonation was weakly expressed in the Triassic. DLC. 94476 CHALYSHEV, V.L Stratigrafiiå i litologii lagunno-kontinental'nykh otlozhenil permi i triasa Srednei Pechory. Leningrad, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1961. 103 p. tables, map, illus. 36 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: The stratigraphy and lithology of lagooncontinental deposits of the Permian and Triassic of the middle Pechora. Describes Permian and Triassic deposits from earlier studies and own investigation of about 200 outcrops, flora and fauna, with spore-pollen determinations of more than 300 samples. The lagoon-continental Permian and Lower Triassic deposits are divided into four series. A lithologic description is given. Three stages of tectonic movements are noted. Fades of the Permian and Triassic deposits are analyzed. Correlation is made with other areas of the Pechora-Vorkuta coal basin. DLC. CHAMBERLAIN, E., see No. 96107 94477 CHAMBERLAIN, IA. Sulfides in the Muskox intrusion. (Canadian journal of earth sciences 1967. v. 4, no. 1, p. 105-53, tables, illus) 34 refs. Sulfide phases are concentrated along the margins and in chromite-rich horizons within the central layers of the Muskox Intrusion, Mackenzie Dist, and disseminated elsewhere except in the almost barren core. Primary sulfide assemblages in layered series are nickel-rich at base, copper-rich at middle levels and iron-rich near the top; in marginal zones this order is reversed. Stages of formation appear to include replacement of host rocks at below 675° C, serpentinization with progressive loss of oxygen, and weathering in peripheral zones where H2S reacted with primary sulfides, oxides, and silicates. In the feeder dike of the intrusion and diabase dikes of the area, dissemination was uniform; sulfides crystallized in place with no zoning. DGS. CHAMBERLAIN, JA., see also No. 94443 CHAN, K.L., see No. 100652, 100653 202

94478 CHANDLER, R.P. and S. WIEDER. Radionuclides in the northwestern Alaska food chain 1959-1961, a review. (Radiological health data 1963. v. 4, no. 6, p. 317-24, map, tables) 13 refs. Includes environmental studies made at Ogotoruk Creek in connection with Project Chariot. Sr-90 values in fishes and marine mammals, and the Sr-90 and Cs-137 content in caribou meat, are dealt with, as are the diet of Alaskan Eskimos and Indians, and their burden of Sr-90 and Cs-137. DLC. 94479 CHANDLER, R.P. and D.R. SNAVELY. Summary of cesium-137 and strontium-90 concentrations reported in certain Alaskan populations and foodstuffs 1961-1966. (US. Public Health Service. Radiological health data and reports 1966. v. 7, no. 12, p. 675-89, graph, map, tables) Refs. Presents tabulated data on caribou and reindeer meat of herds from Alaska, St. Lawrence and Atka Islands. Samples from sea and freshwater fish, milk and total diet are also considered, as well as published data of DLC. certain Alaskan populations. 94480 CHAPLYGIN, E.I. and A.V. IANES. K metodike dolgosrochnykh okeanograflcheskikh prognozov. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1967. no. 25, p. 21-34, 17 refs. In Russian. graphs, tables, illus) Title Ir.: Methods of long-range oceanographic forecast. Discusses the problem in general terms. Changes in the atmosphere and ocean are considered according to two groups of forces: inner, i.e. terrestrial or hydrometeorological, and outer, i.e. external, forces of cosmic character or originating from the sun, moon, and rotation of the earth. Processes arising in the ocean-atmosphere system are discussed. The inflow of Atlantic waters into the Arctic Ocean is characterized. Existing oceanographic-forecasting methods and their imDLC. provement are discussed. 94481 CHAPLYGIN, E.I. Perennial variations in the hydrological characteristics of the Atlantic Current. (In: Vangengeim, G.IA. and A.F. Laktionov, eds. Hydrometeorology of the polar regions... 1967, p. 227-32, graphs, table) 4 refs. English translation of No 77919. CaMAI. 94482 CHAPMAN, J.H. The topside ionosphere. (In: NATO Advanced Study Institute, 3rd. Electron density profiles... 1966. p. 264-69, maps, table) Refs. Reviews the state of knowledge of the topside ionosphere for 1961-63 and 1963-65, referring to investigations on electron density

distribution in polar and subpolar regions of the Western Hemisphere. Experiments with incoherent scatter radars and topside sounder satellites, Alouette and Explorer XX are noted, as are two recent studies concerning the polar ionosphere and plasma resonances. DLC. 94483 CHAPMAN, R.M. and R.L. FOSTER. Locations and descriptions of lode mines and prospects in the Fairbanks district, Alaska. Washington, DC 1967. 28 p. map, tables. (US. Geological Survey. Reports, open file series no. 913) 34 refs. Text, bibliography (p 1-7) and a location map with tabulated data on metals, mineralogy, and geologic setting of 132 prospects or mines in the Pedro Dome area, and 51 prospects or mines in the Ester Dome area, and semiquantitative spectrographic analyses and gold analyses of rock samples from the Cleary Creek, Pedro Dome and Gihnore Dome areas, all in the Fairbanks region, Alaska. The lode deposits and prospects in this region are known mainly for their gold content; there has been some production of antimony, tungsten, and lead-silver. DGS. CHAPMAN, R.M. see also No. 95355 94484 CHAPMAN, R.P. and H.D. SCOTT. Backscattering strengths of sea ice. (Acoustical Society of America. Journal 1966. v. 39, no. 6, p. 1191-93, map, graphs) 5 refs. Backscattering strengths from smooth young ice and heavily rafted winter ice in Melville Lake, Labrador, and the Gulf of St Lawrence, are compared with measurements from arctic ice. The strengths for the rough ice are about equal to the smallest that have been reported for arctic ice and are greater than those measured for the smooth ice. There is little variation of scattering strength with frequency for either rough or smooth ice. DLC. CHAPMAN, S., see No. 93433 94485 CHARAKHCH'IAN, A.N. and others. Interesnyi sluchal v fluktuatsii intensivnosti kosmicheskikh luchei v stratosfere 3 dekabri 1964 g. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiia 1966. v. 6, no. 3, p. 586-87, graph) Ref. In Russian. Other authors V.N. Sokolov and T.N. Charakhch ian. Title tr.: An interesting case of intensity fluctuation of cosmic rays in the stratosphere on 3 Dec 1964. Compares the geomagnetic rigidity of cosmic-ray cutoff over Dolgoprudnyy with that over Olen'ya station in Murmansk province. Observations with radiosondes over

Dolgoprudnyy during the 3 Dec 1964 event showed a cosmic ray flux count considerably lower than that over Olen'ya. This difference corresponding to a decrease in rigidity of geomagnetic cutoff up to +'0.5 Bev seems unrealistic, and needs an explanation. DLC. 94486 CHARAKHCH'IAN, A.N. and others. Kosmicheskie luchi of solnisa 21 i 26 senti`abri 1963 g. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomii 1966. v. 6, no. 1, p. 126-28, graphs, table) 8 refs. In Russian. Other authors: A.N. Kvashnin and T.N. Charakhch' ian. Title Ir.: Cosmic rays from the sun on 21 and 26 September 1963. Presents comparative data on cosmic ray intensity at Olen'ya and Apatity in Kola Peninsula, and at Mirnyy in the Antarctic during solar flares on these dates. The intensity counts at these stations are shown graphically to practically coincide. Data are given on the energy spectrum and the diffusion coefficient of solar cosmic rays, showing a tendency to an increase of the coefficient with a decrease of solar activity. DLC 94487 CHARAKHCH'IAN, A.N. and T.N. CHARAKHCH'IAN. Vekovye izmenennå intensivnosti kosmicheskikh luchei i 11-letni tsikl aktivnosti solntsa. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomhå 1966. v. 6, no. 3, p. 486-93, graphs, table) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Secular variations of cosmic-ray intensity and the 11-year cycle of solar activity. Analyzes the data on the variations in the stratosphere during 1957-64, using records of monthly mean values of the cosmic ray maxima from five stations, incl Murmansk. The radius of the sphere around the sun, in which a modulation of the galactic cosmic rays takes place, is found to depend on solar activity. The total galactic cosmic-ray intensity reached almost 90-95% of the unmodulated cosmic-ray intenstiy at the end of 1964. The conclusion is drawn that during the min solar activity period, there is no essential difference in the energy spectra of galactic cosmic rays near the earth, and those outside the region of the modulation. DLC. CHARAKHCH'IAN, T.N., see No. 94485, 94486, 94487 94488 CHARD, CS. Nekotorye problemy doistoricheskoi khronologii na SeveroVostoke Azii. (Sovetskaill etnografiia 1967, no. 2, p. 94-99) 7 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Problems of pre-historic chronology in Northeast Asia. Urges a revision of the present dating of mesolithic and neolithic cultures in the Soviet Far East and the Baykal region. The time 203

scale now in use is based on the controversial Chinese chronology developed by G. Andersson, and considered scientifically unsound by the author. Radiocarbon analysis of the eastern Siberian material is expected to reveal a considerably greater time depth than assumed at present. Paper presented at the Xlth Pacific Science Congress held in Tokyo, Aug-Sept 1966. DLC. 94489 CHARD, C.S. Northeast Asia. (Asian perspectives 1964 pub 1966. v. 8, no. 1, p. 10-20) Reviews field work in Siberia since 1960, incl excavations at the Eskimo Old Bering Sea cemetery in Uelen and Ekven, Chukchi Peninsula and the discovery of new paleolithic sites in Mongolia considered by A.P. Okladnikov to be closely affinal to coeval Siberian finds. An annotated listing of 83 titles on Soviet archeology, pub 1960-63 is appended. DLC. CHARD, C.S., see also No. 99008 94490 CHARLES, J.L. Construction of the Great Slave Lake Railway. (American Railway Engineering Association. Bulletin 1964. v. 66, no. 587, p. 31-47, maps, illus) Reports engineering and economic aspects of design and location surveys, regional geology and soil surveys, muskeg and permafrost, roadbed design and construction: cleaning, grading and culverts, Meikle Valley crossing, and bridges, track (the "Pioneer" self-propelled on-track rail-laying machine) ballast and communications. The railway will provide economical transportation through Northern Alberta to Great Slave Lake. Bridges to cross the rivers in northern latitudes, which flow from south to north, need to be designed with aminimum number of piers and ample vertical clearance during extreme high water and to avoid danger from ice during spring break-up. DLC.

94492 CHATONNET, J. and Y. MINAIRE. Facteurs hormonaux agissant sur la marge de thenmogeni se de r6gulation au froid chez le chien. (Archives des sciences physiologiques 1967. v. 21, no. 3, p. 235-60, tables, illus) 57 refs. In French. Tide tr.: The action of hormones on the margin of regulatory thermogenesis of the dog in cold. Reviews the results of research on the action of catecholamines and hormones of the thyroid and suprarenal cortex in basal and maximum regulatory thermogenesis of the dog in cold, published mainly since 1930. DNLM. 94493 CHATONNET, P.J. and M. TANCHE. Role du muscle dans les r6actions de lutte contre le froid. (In: Intl. Biometeorological Cong., 3rd, Proceedings... 1967. p. 816-21) Refs. In French. English and German summary. Title tr.: Role of muscle in defense reactions against cold. Compares metabolic processes during muscular work and the response to cold stress. No fundamental differences could be found in experiments with animals. A nexus between heat production without shivering and that by muscle is indicated. DLC. CHATONNET, P.J., see also No. 100574

CHASE, L.M., see No. 93556

94494 CHEBANOV, S.M. Nekotorye dannye po biologii kamchatskogo kraba Paralithodes camtschatica Tilesius, v Bristol'skom (Moskva. Vses. n: issl. inst. morzalive. skogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanograf i. Trudy 1965. v. 58, p. 91-94, maps.) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some data on the biology of the Kamchatka crab Paralithodes camtschatica Tilesius, in the Bristol Bay. Reports a study of this huge king crab during Dec 1963 - 4 Jan 1964 and 11 Apr - 6 May 1964. Distribution of mature males, females and of young during both periods is determined, also periods of feeding and DLC. molt.

94491 CHASEN, RE. Distant early warning systems in the North American Arctic. (Polar record 1967. v. 13, no. 86, p. 595-96, illus) Outlines briefly the original purpose and present utility of this defense system which required 23 thousand engineers working 21/2 yr to construct. Designed as a 10 thousand mi line of protective stations to guard against assault by manned bombers over the pole, it is now obsolete but continues to function mainly as a communications facility for other systems. Elaborate medical and recreational facilities at some of the stations are described. DLC.

94495 CHEBANOV, S.M. Raspredelenie giperiid v pripoverkhnostnom sloe iuzhnoT chasti Beringova mona i prilezhashchikh raionakh Tikhogo okeana. (Moskva. Vses. n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Trudy 1965. v. 58, p. 85-90, graphs, map.) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr The distribution of Hyperiidae in the near-surface layer of the southern Bering Sea and adjacent areas of the Pacific Ocean. Reports study of the diurnal occurrence of these planktonic crustaceans in the upper 0.5 and 5-25 cm. Two maxima were noted, one in the morning, the other in the evening. During these periods feeding was at maximum. The

204

plankton was collected 24 June - 18 Aug 1962. DLC. CHEBOKSAROV, N.N., see No. 98939 94496 CHEBYKINA, N.V. K voprosu o soderzhanii podvizhnogo margantaa v podzolistykh pochvakh Komi ASSR. (Akademii nauk SSSR. Komi filial. Trudy 1965. no. 14, p. 12-20, tables) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Content of availabe manganese in podzolic soils of Komi ASSR. Presents analyses of available Mn, humus, acidity and total nutrient level in podzolic soils developed on rocks of various compositions. The largest amount of available Mn accumulates in horizons containing organic matter, especially humus, in surface and tilled layers. There is a direct relation between humus and Mn content in soils. Clayey soils contain more Mn than sandy ones, the former having a greater exchange capacity for DLC. adsorbing nutrients. 94497 CHEKANOVSKII, A.L. Sbornik neopublikovannykh materialov A.L. Chekanovskogo, stat'i o ego nauchnol rabote. Irkutsk, Irkutskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1962. 364 p. maps, illus. Refs. In Russian. Tide tr. Collection of hitherto unpublished materials by A.L. Chekanovskil, papers on his scientific work. Contains eight papers on this 19th century explorer, also four by him, and two groups of his correspondence. Six additional papers by I.L. Kleopov and S.V. Obruchev deal with Chekanovskil's unpublished manuscripts, biological taxa and geographic features named for him; they list all his papers, also works about him; his chronology and a personalia glossary complete the collection. Five papers are of specific northern interest, viz: Main stages of A.L. Chekanovsk'-'s life and activities (Osnovnye etapy zhizni i deiatel= nosti A.L. Chekanovskogo) by I.L. Kleopov and V.B. Ltatskilt p 8-21, illus. 12 refs. Aleksandr Lavrent'evich Chekanovskil, 1833-76, was born at Kremenets, Volyn' Province into a Polish family. After studies at Kiev and Dorpat Universities, and participation in the 1863 Polish uprising against tsarist Russia, he was deported to Siberia in 1864, but from 1868 served the Irkutsk Branch of Russian Geographical Society as geologist. His 1873-75 expedition in the Yenisey-Lena interfluve is described in some detail with tribute to its scientific results, and his various other activities are noted. In 1876 he went to Petersburg and worked up results of his fieldwork and on 30 Oct of that year he killed himself. A.L. Chekanovskil in the North of Eastern Siberia (A.L. Chekanovskil na severe

Vostochnol Sibiri) by E.I. Komutova, p 35-40. Reviews his work in the Nizhnyaya Tunguska and Olenek regions, incl the mapping of these rivers. His separation of Silurian, Devonian and other deposits, discovery of a trap formation and account of the relief and its genesis are stressed. A.L. Chekanovskil, first discoverer of the trap magmatic province in Eastern Siberia (A.L. Chekanovskil, pervootkryvatel' trappovol magmaticheskol provin[sii Vostochnol Sibiri) by V.L. Masaltis, p 41-46, 5 refs. Notes this discovery in 1873 in the Nizhnyaya Tunguska River region. The distribution, zonation, facies and other properties of the formation are characterized. Chekanovsku "''s interpretation of it is still valid. Ethnographic observations and linguistic records of A.L. Chekanovskil (Etnograficheskie nablmdenii i lingvisticheskie zapisi A.L. Chekanovskogo) by G.M. Vasilevich, p 47-54, illus. Discusses his notes on the Evenki Tungus nomadizing along the Olenek and Vilyuy Rivers and on the Kondogirskaya group of the Nizhnyaya Tunguska showing a tendency to semi-permanent settlement; their way of life, trade relations, acculturation by Yakuts, social structure and clan movements, toponymics, also dialectal peculiarities are noted. The last is considered of some importance in view of the linguistic changes and tribal displacements since the 1870's. Addenda to the journal of the Olenek River Expedition of 1874 (Dopolneniia k dnevnikam Olenekskoi ekspeditsii 1874 g) by A.L. Chekanovskil, p 136-204, maps. Presents hitherto unpublished sections of his records for 3 July-5 Oct 1874 as well as marginal notes as deciphered and edited by R.F. Gekker in 1926. They deal primarily with the topography and geography of the Olenek between its tributaries, the Verkhnyaya Tomba and Kutingna, roughly 67°18' - 70°20-N; flora and fauna, seasonal movements of the Tungus and some ethnographic data are included. These addenda complement No 3032. Explanatory notes on publication of the expeditionary materials are given in a four DLC. page introd by S.V. Obruchev. CHEKHOV, A.D. see No. 100677 94498 CHEKHOVICH, V.D. and A.I. Ø. 0 vozraste isfarinskogo i grebenskogo gorizontov verkhnego silura. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskr'l inst. Trudy Refs. In 1967. v. 129, p. 36-42, table) Russian. Tide tr.: On the age of the Isfara and Greben' horizons of the Upper Silurian. Presents stratigraphic description and correlation of Upper Silurian deposits of the Isfara horizon of southern Tyan'-Shan and the Greben' horizon of Vaygach Island, which is 205

similar to the Polar Ural. A biostratigraphic division of the Upper Silurian deposits of Polar Ural is given based on tabulate corals and brachiopods. DLC. CHEKLER, C., see No. 97282 CHEKNEV, B.M., see No. 94549, 94551 94499 CHEKOTILLO, A.M. 0 terminologicheskoi neuriådttce v merzlotovedenii. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1966. v. 21, ser. 5: geog. no. 6, p. 115) In Russian. Title tr.: On terminological confusion in geocryology. Notes lack of generally accepted terminology and criticizes usage of some terms. Compilation by a central authority is suggested. DLC. 94500 CHELEBAEVA, A.I. and others. Stratigraficheskoe polozhenie i uslovna formirovaniiä korfskol tufogenno-uglenosnoi tolshchi. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. vulkanologii. Trudy 1966. no. 23, p. 67-85, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.N. Sinel'nikova and P.A. Mchedlishvili. Title tr.: The stratigraphic position and formation conditions of Korfa tuffaceous coal-bearing stratum. Reports a study of the Tertiary deposits on Korta Bay in northeastern Kamchatka. A section between the Vyvenka and Av'yavayam River mouths is analyzed, and two marine and two continental local units are described. On the basis of the plants in the coal-bearing beds, the continental units are assigned to the lower and middle Pliocene. The marine section is possibly upper Miocene and partly lower Pliocene in age. DLC. CHELEBAEVA, A.I., see also No. 99913 94501 CHEMEREVSKII, R. Proektirovanie zhilykh zdanfi dhå sel'skikh raIonov Kralnego Severe. (71ilishchnoe stroitel'stvo 1965, no. 10, p. 14-18, Mus) In Russian. Title tr.: Designing domestic buildings for rural regions of the Far North. Discusses plans of one-two story buildings with walls of squared timber and panels. They are for four one-room, two two-room, two three-room, and four two- and three-room apartments. The buildings are designed to meet the requirements for a comfortable inside temperature at -45 to -56°C outside, and the sanitary requirements of communities of 250-500, and industrial settlements of 35-40 men. The buildings are designed to meet the standards of architects and builders DLC. of Nenets National District. 206

94502 CHEMESOV, O.G. V glubinakh Barentseva mona. Moskva, Voenizdat 1965. 112 p. illus. In Russian. Title tr.: In the depths of the Barents Sea. Account of the feats of Soviet submarine crews in the northern theater of World War II. Events are described in chronological order with stress on heroism of groups, officers or individuals. DLC CHEMODANOV, A.V., see No. 99327 94503 CHEN, J.Y.P. and H.C. BERGMAN. Effects of cold exposure upon the action of therapeutic drugs; part II. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1966. 17 p. tables, graphs, illus. (US. Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory. Technical report no. AALTR-66-3) 2 refs. In continuation of No 86157. Describes in this part of the experiments the effect of analgesic meperidine, tranquilizer prochlorperazine, and stimulant dextroamphetamine on rats, dogs and monkeys. Toxic responses of rats to all these drugs was invariably greater in cold than at room temp. The differences in toxicity in monkeys and dogs were not as great as in rats, which may have been due to the ability of larger animals to retain body heat in the cold for a longer time. CaMAI. 94504 CHEPIK, S. Krupnelshii v mire. (Master lesa 1964. v. 8, no. 12, p. 16-17, illus) In Russian. Tiile tr• The largest in the world. Describes the town of Bratsk started in 1958. It is the site of the great hydroelectric station, and has a large mechanical and chemical wood processing plant. DLC. 94505 CHEPIK, S. More sluzhit hüdiam. (Master less 1964. v. 8, no. 10, p. 26, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: The sea serves men. When the dam at Bratsk was closed in 1961, the reservoir (called the Bratsk Sea) began to fill; in 1964 it contains 70 billion m3 of water, in 1965 it is to have 180 billion; it is nearly 80 m deep and has a surface area of 3000 km2. Its economic value for timber transportation, etc is noted. DLC. 94506 CHEPURKO, N.L. Biologicheskara produktivnost' i potreblenie mint ral'nykh elementov v lesnykh i tundrovykh (Moskva. landshaftakh Khibinskikh gor. Univ. Vestnik 1966. v. 21, ser. 5: geog. no. I, p. 59-66, tables) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tre The biological productivity and consumption of mineral elements in forest and tundra landscapes of the Khibiny Mts. Reports a study of forest and tundra plant

94531 CHERNIKIN, E. Vosstanovit' Kronotski zapovednik. (Okhota i okhotnich'e khortäistvo 1967. v.13, no.1, p.14-15, no.5, p.46, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: The Kronotskiy Preserve must be restored. This state preserve in Kamchatka was established in 1934, abolished in 1952, reinstated in 1959 but closed again two yr later. Its remarkable natural phenomena are cited: valley of geysers discovered 1941, a stand of relic Kamchatka fir, Aides gracilis, unique in the world, the Kamchatka sable, largest in the Soviet Union, the mountain streams with 100 m waterfalls, the quiet, slow rivers of the tundra, etc. Their conservation is essential. In no. 5 of the journal, the RSFSR Council of Ministers' decision to set aside 964,000 hectare area for this preserve is DLC. announced. 94532 CHERNIKIN, E.M. K biologii tikhookeanskogo orlana. (Ornitologitä 1965. v.7, p.272-75, table, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Biology of Steller's sea eagle. Reports investigations during Nov 1959-June 1961 in the Kronotskiy Preserve. Numbers and density observed in different habitats, nests, nesting and young are noted. DLC. 94533 CHERNIKOV, A.M. and A.D. SYROVATSKII. Ekspediüiiä I. I. Redovskogo v IAkutiIü i k Okhotskomu mono, 1806-1807 gg. (Yakutsk. Respublikanski' kraevedcheskii muze'. Sbornik nauchnykh state' 1966. no.4, p.170-91, map, illus) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: I.I. Redovsku s expedition to Yakutia and the Sea of Okhotsk, 1806-1807. Describes this 5, 500 km journey by horse, boat, dog and reindeer team from Irkutsk to Gizhinsk, based on Redovsku s journal. The expedition, sponsored by the Academy of Sciences, was cut short by the death of Redovskil in Gizhinsk on 8 Feb 1807: original plans included also a survey of Kamchatka and the North Pacific Islands. Redovski' left Irkutsk, 20 May 1806 and arrived in Yakutsk 15 June. On 22 June his seven-man party with a military escort of three set out east to Amga and Ust'-Maysk, veered southeast to Aldomsk on the Sea of Okhotsk, thence northeast along the coast to Okhotsk, which they reached 20 Aug and left 11 Nov arriving in Gizhinsk on 5 Jan 1807. Cited journal quotations deal with the living conditions, customs, food, clothing, reindeer economy, etc of encountered Yakut and Tungus bands, also Russian trade relations with the aborigines, life in the garrison towns and trading posts. The expedition route, hardships of travel, difficulties in procuring transport

animals, etc are discussed and major towns and posts described: Yakutsk, Okhotsk, Tauysk, Yamsk, et al. The publication of Redovskii s journal planned by the Academy of Sciences did not take place and the manuscript was considered lost until its rediscovery in 1931, by L.B. Modzalevskii. DLC. 94534 CHERNOMASHENTSEV, A.I. and A.M. BRUN. Ispytaniiä novykh puskovykh podogrevatele' dvigatele' GAZ v usloviiäkh nizkikh temperatur. (Avtomobilnaiä promyshlennost' 1965. v.31, no.8, p.8-10, graphs, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Tests of the new GAZ engine starter preheaters under low temperature conditions. Reports on the Gor'kovskiy Avtozavod tests of its GAZ-52, GAZ-53S, and GAZ-66 automobiles, equipped with starter heaters of 10,000 - 11,000 Kcal/hr production capacity, and 1.8-2 kg/hr fuel consumption. They were tried out in winter 1962-63 during road tests of these cars in the Far North region under ambient negative temperatures of 15-55°C. Graphs are given of the heaters' performance, with a cooling system working on water and antifreeze in the temperature range of -50°C to + 100°C, against time up to 35 min. DLC. 94535 CHERNOOK, S.V. Tektonicheskaia karta Kanadskogo shchita 1:5000000. (Geotektonika 1966, no.6, p.90-94, map) 4 refs. In Russian. Title Ir.: Tectonic map of the Canadian Shield at 1: 5 million scale. Presents a detailed description of this map (cf No 75941, 94451) and reviews a few DLC. others also. 94536 CHERNOV, G.A. Siluniskie stromatolity podnatiia Chernova, Bol'shezemelskaia tundra. (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. Komi filial. Inst. geologii. Stratigrafiiä i paleontologhä severo-vostoka evrope'sko' chasti SSSR... 1966. p.90-105, table, illus) Refs. In Russian. ?itle tr.: Silurian stromatolites of the Chernova uplift, Bol'shezemel'skaya Tundra. Reports study in different sections of Lower and Upper Silurian deposits, one bed in the Lower Ludlovian and seven in the Upper Ludlovian. The types of stromatolites are described and illus. Stromatolites and facies of the deposits are characterized, the former considered important in the stratigraphy and correlation of deposits. DLC. 94537 CHERNOV, I.M. Sinopticheskie usloviia nachala ledoobrazovanilä na rekakh (Moskva. TSentr. inst. bassena Eniseia. prognozov. Trudy 1965. no.151, p.171-75, Title tr. 7 refs. In Russian. table) 211

Synoptic conditions at the beginning of ice formation on the rivers of the Yenisey basin. Analyzes conditions of 1938-64. The years with extremely early, extremely late, and normal time of ice formation are selected. Average charts of ATØ for the months of Sept and Oct over the arctic and adjacent areas are analyzed, and the distribution of cyclones and anticyclones, the temperature, transition etc described. Synoptic data are related to time of ice formation, and their value for forecasting noted. DLC.

Middle 94541 CHERNYSHEVA, N.E. Cambrian trilobites of East Siberia, part 1. English translation of part of No 63912, available as RTS-3135 from National Lending Library for Science and Technology, Yorkshire, England.

94538 CHERNOV, Iil.I. Kompleks antofil'nykh nasekomykh v tundrovol zone. (Voprosy geografii. sbornik 1966. v.69, p.76-97, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Anthophilous insect associations in the tundra zone. Such associations are very poor in this zone because some major groups are absent in the arctic fauna. Bumblebees are the most important of the tundra flower-feeding insects. Though represented by a small number of species, they play an exclusive role in pollinating of a great number of plants. Among other anthophilous dipters of the tundra zone fam Muscidae, Empididae, Syrphidae and Calliphoridae predominate. DLC.

94542 CHESEMORE, D.L. Notes on the food habits of arctic foxes in northern Alaska. (Canadian journal of zoology 1968. v.46, no.6, p.1127-30, tables) 33 refs. Study of these foxes near Teshekpuk Lake, Sept 1961 through May 1963, revealed that lemmings are their primary prey but sea mammal and caribou carrion also is an important year-round food, and birds and bird eggs in their summer diet. Scarcity of suitable food in winter may explain the increase in non-food items found in their diet then. Fox scats can be separated according to size into adult and pup classes; the color of a scat reflects both its age and contents. A comparison and analysis of summer and winter scats, a tabulation of food remains found at den sites, and a survey of remarks in literature on summer and winter food habits of foxes are included. DLC.

94539 CHERNOV, V.M. Vulkanogennye zhelezisto-kremnistye i kolchedannye formatsü Karelii. (In: Problemy osadochnol geologi... 1966. v.1, p.103-115, map, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title Tr.: Volcanic iron-silica and iron pyrite formations of Karelia. Studies iron-silica strata in the Kostomuksha region, using the lithologic method. Two varieties of rocks are recognized according to paragenetic association of rocks. Lithologic and chemical characteristics of iron-silica and iron pyrite formations in Karelia are analyzed. DLC. CHERNOVA, L.S., see No. 100263 CHERNOVA, N.A., see No. 96877 CHERNOZEMOVA, V.G., see No. 95068 CHERNYT, V.G., see No. 101522 94540 CHERNYKH, V.V. Novye pozdnesiluriiskie foraminifery Urala. (Paleontologicheskii zhurnal 1967. no.2, p.37-43, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr:• New late Silurian foraminifers of the Ural. Presents a systematic account of Ammovolummininae n subfam, the new genera Ammovolummina and Serpenulina and five new species from the eastern slope of the Ural in the Ivdel region. DLC. 212

CHERNYSHEVA, N.E., see also No. 94967, 100418 CHEROSOV, M.A., see No. 99689

94543 CHESNOKOV, B.P. Osobennosti khimicheskogo sostava rud magnetitovykh mestorozhdenil ingo-zapadnoi chasti Sibirskoi platformy. (Geologiia i geofizika 1967, no.4, p.119-24, tables) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Features of the chemical composition of magnetite ore deposits in the southwestern part of the Siberian platform. In the past five yr many magnetite deposits, genetically related to trap magmatism, have been discovered in the Angara and Podkamennaya Tunguska region. The deposits are localized in tectonically weakened basement zones which were the most mobile components of the platform during its development. One group of ore deposits with similar composition is controlled by the Angara-Tychansk structural zone and has local negative magnetic anomalies. Another type, in the Angara zone, has an almost pure magnetite composition and shows positive magnetic anomalies. It differs from the first type in lower MgO, TiO2 and Fe203 contents. Chemical analyses are tabulated and/ DLC. directions given for prospecting. 94544 CHESNOKOV, N.I. Promkhozy obskogo Severa. (Okhota i okhotnich'e khoziaistvo 1967. v.13, no.10, p.9, map) In

receiver for high frequency ionospheric radio communication system at high latitudes. The engineering information is illus by block diagrams and graphs. DLC. COLLIN, A.E., see No. 95210 94634 COLLINS, C. and L.A. MAYNARD. Simultaneous VHF riometer and forward-scatter observations of the disturbed lower ionosphere. (In: NATO Inst. on Ionospheric Radio Communications in the Arctic. Proceedings 1967 pub 1968. p.155-64, graphs, map, illus) 6 refs. Reports continuous observations Apr 1960-July 1962 of the radio-wave propagation mode of 41 and 104 MHz along the Ottawa-Goose Bay path over 1400 km long. A 30 MHz polar riometer at Mont Joli illuminated the mid-point of the path and simultaneous measurements were made of the cosmic noise absorption in or near the scattering region in the lower ionosphere during magnetically disturbed periods. Variations in the intensity of the signal propagated by the scattering regions near the path mid-point are found to be strongly correlated over long periods with variations in the intensity of the cosmic noise as recorded by the riometer. Qualitative information about the characteristics of the precipitating particle flux and the disturbed ionosphere at 70-85 km alt is provided by the temporal variations of the ratio of the median scattersignal intensity to absorption. DLC. COLLINS, F.R., see No. 99439 94635 COLLINS, G.M., Jr. 13 billionbbl. potential for Beaufort Sea area. (Oilweek 1966. v.17, no.27, p. 43-46, maps, illus) Assesses oil and gas possibilities in the Mackenzie Delta-Beaufort Sea area, and outlines the regional geology of the three main geologic provinces: the Interior Plains, the Cordillera, and the Arctic Coastal PlainBeaufort Shelf. Technical advances have made drilling possible in water more than 250 ft deep, and plans are in preparation for drilling in waters 1000 ft deep within five years. Show of gas in a Mackenzie Delta well, reported oil and gas seeps, and other evidence of hydrocarbons indicate a volume of sediments of 120 thousand mi3 containing about 12.8 billion barrels of recoverable oil. DGS. 94636 COLLINS, H.B. Diamond Jenness and arctic archaeology. (Beaver 1967. v.298, no.2, p.78-79, illus) A tribute to this Canadian authority on Eskimos and Indians, who in 1924 identified artifacts excavated at Cape Dorset and on

Coats Island as those of a new Eskimo culture which he called the Cape Dorset culture; and in 1926 was the first to describe the Old Bering Sea culture and to postulate its age, relationship to other Eskimo and Old World cultures, its geographical range and probable place of origin. CaMAI. 94637 COLLINS, J. and R.L. BROWN. Frozen king crab, Paralithodes camtschatica, meat: effect of processing conditions on fluids freed upon thawing. (US. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries. Fishery industrial research 1965. v.2, no.4, p.45-53. tables, illus) Ref. Reports studies made at the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Technological Laboratory, Ketchikan, Alaska to determine the effect of variations in production methods on the amount of fluids freed upon thawing. Certain changes in production methods are recommended. DLC. 94638 COLVIN, W.B. ARCO's three-leg tower for Cook Inlet. (Petroleum engineer 1968. v.40, no.5, p.66-67,. illus) Tripod tower Spark, being built for the Atlantic-Richfield Co is scheduled for Oct 1 1968. The tower of three 13-ft diameter legs stands 107 ft high and operates in water depth of 62 ft. Six wells can be completed through each of two legs. Ice conditions stop tender-attended drilling about three months each year. Spark does not require a support tender. DOS. 94639 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW. Washington, DC, US Fish and Wildlife Service. v.29, 1967- in progress. graphs, maps, tables, illus. A monthly review presenting information on trends and developments in the fishing industry, with statistical data, maps and tables on selected topical aspects. The programs of the US Bureau of Commercial Fisheries are reviewed regularly. A special section on Alaska appears each month. DLC. 94640 COMPRESSED AIR MAGAAir bubbles battle king winter. ZINE (Its: v. 26, 1957. no.2, p.84, illus) Notes use of bubbler systems in Sweden. One company lays the line in a zigzag pattern to increase the width of the lane covered, and fills the line with water when the air is shut off to prevent clogging of the air holes. The holes rarely clog if plastic line is used. DGS. COMPRESSED AIR MAGA94641 ZINE The belts of an icebreaker. (Its: v.66, 1961, no.2, p.24, illus) The Herkules, commissioned by A/S Norsk Bjergningskompagni as an icebreaking 227

ocean tug and salvage vessel has four 1100 hp diesels which transmit power to a single propeller through the world's largest V-belt installation. Each of the motors drives 24 belts to the central shaft and its variable-pitch propeller. The V-belt drive was selected to absorb the shock of the propeller striking chunks of ice; it requires few replacement parts and reduces the weight of the drive unit so that the vessel can carry an additional 150 tons of fuel oil. DLC. CONAWAY, C.H., see No. 100104 94642 CONGER, D. Siberia, Russia's frozen frontier. (National geographic magazine 1967. v.131, no.3, p.297-345, maps, illus) Sketches living conditions and various aspects of economic development in Siberia from own impressions on three visits. Author travelled by rail and air in both summer and winter. His stops included Oymyakon, Yakutsk, Verkhoyansk, Irkutsk, Bratsk, and Novosibirsk. DLC. CONDON, W.H., see No. 96093 94643 CONYBEARE, C.E.B. Origin of Athabasca oil sands, a review. (Bulletin of Canadian petroleum geology 1966. v.14, no.1, p.145-63) 73 refs. Reviews literature published 1917-65 on stratigraphic and structural relations, age, depositional environments and .ethology of the McMurray formation, with reference to problems involving the oil-impregnation and sources of oil in these sands. There is evidence that most of the oil was introduced into the McMurray formation after its deposition and probably mainly from a Cretaceous source. However, some of the original oil content may have been derived from erosion of seeps in truncated Devonian carbonates. DGS. 94644 COOK, D.J. Profiles in mineral industry education; University of Alaska. (Mining congress journal 1966. v.52, no.4, p.56-59, illus) A Territorial College and School of Mines opened in 1922 with six students, to become the University of Alaska in 1935. Reorganized in 1960, to include six academic colleges and the Division of Statewide Services, a Department of Mineral Engineering was placed in the College of Earth Sciences and Mineral Industry. The curriculum, research program, faculty and laboratory facilities of this department are briefly characterized. DGS. 228

94645 COOK, F.A. Fluvial processes in (Geographical bulletin the high Arctic. 1967. v.9, p.262-68, maps, tables, illus) 11 refs. French summary. Describes the Mecham River, a small post-Pleistocene stream incised in Ordovician and Silurian limestones of the extensive plateau in SE Cornwallis Island, NWT. It is effecting rapid headward erosion and empties through a narrow box canyon at the head of Resolute Bay. The area of the drainage basin is arid and is underlain by permafrost to a depth of about 1300 ft. There is an active layer of about 2 ft during the short summer season. On the basis of quantitative measurements it is suggested that the intense spring freshet from rapidly melting snow is responsible for the bulk of transport of weathered material, in solution, suspension and by saltation. Rainfall statistics show that nearly 89% of all showers provide less than the 0.3 in. of rain required to influence transport of material. Although the amount of water released by the thawing of the active layer is considerable, this source contributes much less to the total runoff than does either snow or rain. DGS. COOK, F.A., see also No. 95909 94646 COOK, R.G. Study of methods of elimination of ice jamming on northern (Alaska. Univ. Inst. of water streams. resources. Annual report 1966. p.85-96, map, graphs, illus) 2 refs. Describes the measures taken to accelerate ice melting in the Chena and Tanana Rivers near their confluence in Apr-May 1966 and the successive stages of decay resulting from use of coal ash. Twenty tons were spread along one shore by a converted B-25 bomber in about 10 hr flying time. The dusted channel opened nine days before the rest of the river. A series of dusted strips across the river is suggested, and where there is a significant snow cover, mechanical removal may be faster and more economical than dusting. The dust layer acts as an insulator if excessively thick. Slushy dusted snow, frozen solid by a sudden freeze, melts more slowly, than untreated snow. CaMAI, DLC. 94646A COOKE, A. The exploration of New Quebec. (In: J.N. Malaurie. NouveauQu€bec. Paris 1964. p.137-79) 170 refs. Describes in chronological order the exploration of the Peninsula, 17th century-1950. Haphazard intrusions in the 18th c bi competing French and British fur traders turned, in the 19th c, to a more systematic exploration of the interior by the Hudson's Bay Company, the Oblate Order, and by private and government sponsored expe-

Reviews snow conditions for the winter 1964-65 and describes observations made of the snow regime, incl snow temp and depth of cover. Black threads laid on the surface after significant snowfalls aided interpretation of time profiles when pits were subsequently dug. This winter was characterized by a large accumulation in the early part of the winter. CaMAI. COWAN, W.R., see No. 93333 94673 COWEY, C.B. Comparative studies on the activity of D-glyceraldehyde3-phosphate dehydrogenase from cold- and warm-blooded animals with reference to temperature. (Comparative biochemistry and physiology 1967. v.23, no.3, p.969-76, tables) 17 refs. Discusses the problem whether cold adaptation is due to changes in the relative amount of certain enzymes or enzymes from cold-blooded animals differ in their physical properties from those in warm-blooded animals. This comparison of activity of GDPH from cod, lobster and rabbit muscle showed that enzymes from the cold-blooded animals were three times more active than the rabbit enzyme at 5°C but only 1.3 times at 25° and 35° C. DNLM. COWLEY, F.C., see No. 95947 94674 COX, A. and G.B. DALRYMPLE. Geomagnetic polarity epochs; Nunivak Island, Alaska. (Earth and planetary science letters 1967. v.3, no.2, p.173-77, tables) 31 refs. Experimental results of paleomagnetic and K-Ar age measurements on 29 basalts from this island are tabulated, compared with analogous data from elsewhere in the world, and discussed in connection with boundaries between the Brunhes and Matuyama polarity epoch (0.694 MY), the Gauss/Gilbert boundary (3.32 MY), the ages of the Jaramillo normal event (0.93-0.88 MY) and the Gilså normal event (1.65± 0.09 MY). Identifies two new normal events within the Gilbert reversed epoch, the Cochiti normal event (3.7 MY) and Nunivak normal event (4.1 MY). DGS. 94675 COX, A. and others. Geomagnetic polarity epochs: Pribilof Islands, Alaska. (Geological Society of America. Bulletin 1966. v.77, no.9, p.883-909, graphs, maps, tables, illus) Refs. Other authors: D.M. Hopkins and G.B. Dalrymple. Presents a study of St George and St Paul Islands in which three methods of geochronology are compared: paleomagnetic, radiometric and stratigraphic. Assemblages of

Pleistocene molluscs which occur in sedimentary rocks interbedded with lava flows, K-Ar determinations on basalt, and measurements of the direction of the geomagnetic field at the time of lava flow emplacement are all utilized to ascertain the ages of the rocks. These data consistently indicate that the oldest volcanic rocks on northeastern St George are late Pliocene or early Pleistocene; those on St Paul are middle Pleistocene. Volcanism on St George terminated sooner, and it is nearly stripped of primary volcanic features, while on St Paul extrusions have continued almost to the present. A detailed paleomagnetic correlation with other areas and a diagrammatic geochronology of superimposed lava flows are presented. The data from the Pribilofs are related to marine transgressions recorded on the Alaska coasts. CaMAI, DGS. 94676 CORE, W. The Russian discoveries between Asia and America. Ann Arbor, Mich., University Microfilms 1966. 388 p. maps. (March of America Facsimile ser. 40) A new facsimile edition of No 34257, with short foreword. DLC. 94677 COXELL, H. and others. Survey of cosmic-ray intensity in the lower atmosphere. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.1, p.143-54, graphs, maps, tables) Refs. Other authors: M.A. Pomerantz and S.P. Agarwal. Presents an isocosm map with isorigidity contours of cosmic rays, based on the Project Magnet 1, a worldwide geomagnetic survey conducted by the US Naval Oceanographic Office Nov 1959-Oct 1960, a period near solar activity maximum. The longitude variation of the position of the cosmic ray equator, the north and south cosmic radiation intensity plateaus, and the attenuation of the nucleonic component in the lower atmosphere are given. A chart of northern polar routes traversed by Project Magnet 1 is given, as are data obtained during the northern polar survey with the airborne neutron monitor, incl the data at Thule. DLC. 94678 CRAIG, A.B. and M. DVORAK. Thermal regulation during water immersion. (Journal of applied physiology 1966. v.21, no.5, p.1577-85, tables, graphs) 20 refs. Reports study of ten subjects immersed for one hr in water of 24°C to 37°C. In water temperatures less than 35.6°C there was a decrease in core temperature, although vasomotor controls of heat loss were evident. In water of 30°C or less, increased heat production was noted. DLC. 233

CRAIG, R.A., see No. 96638 94679 CRAIG, R.W. Alaska; promising new oil frontier challenges explorationists. (Oil and gas journal 1966. v.64, no.28, p.152-54, graphs, maps, illus) Summarizes a paper given before the American Association of Petroleum Geologists National Convention, St Louis, 1966. Five of the 15 sedimentary basins in Alaska are now being explored. Prior to 1957, there were $80 million expenditures, compared with over $450 million 1957-65. A 5-man surface geological crew costs $25-$30 thousand/month; a seismic offshore gas-exploder crew about $75,000/mo; conventional land seismic crew, $50-$150 thousand/mo. A 12,000-ft exploratory well on land has averaged about $1 million; an offshore well, about $2 million. Oil-productive zones in the Cook Inlet basin are found in lower-middle Tertiary sands and conglomerates; the only known commercial field on the North Slope to date, the Umiat, produces from shallow Cretaceous sands in the permafrost. Multimillion dollar offshore seismic programs in Bristol Bay and the Gulf of Alaska, 1966, are evidence of petroleum expectation in the 250,000 mil within these coastal waters. DGS. CRAIG, R.W., see also No. 98793 94680 CRAMER, T. Right of the Same to land and water. (Studia ethnographica upsaliensia 1964. v.21, p.52-62) Reviews the legal-historical background of Lapps and the changes in Swedish civil legislation affecting them in the 17-19th centuries. Early court records show that, within their territory, Lapps held legal title to the land. Ownership rights were vested, primarily, in Lappish villages which, in turn, were separated by demarcation lines and incorporated in territorial divisions. Colonial trends in the 17th c infringing on Lappish rights of ownership led to conflicts in the 18-19th c. Ordinances, edicts, policies in allotment of disposable crown lands, and the eventual acknowledgement of the Lapps' right to land and water are discussed. DSI. 94681 CRAMER, T. Right of the Sames to land and water. (In: Nordic Symposium... 1962 pub 1965, p.111-26, illus.) Deals with legislation since the 17th century, mainly for Jämtland, favoring the settlement of Swedish and Finnish farmers on Lapp territory. In the 1830's the Lapps protested division of their common lands, demanded demarkation of boundaries, retention of ancestral reindeer tracts, and restitution of the winter forest ranges oc234

cupied by new settlers. The 1850 report by Ludvig Falkman, Director-General of Surveying, is discussed. The Lapps' acculturation potential was considered low, but their land claims valid, and in the 1860-1870's the limit of cultivation came to be considered the boundary of Lapp territory beyond which new settlement was discouraged. But controversial problems of rights to the common lands remained. DLC. 94682 CRAMER, T. Om de svenska samernas privaträttsliga rätt till land och vatten. (Svensk lantmäteritidskrift 1966. v.58, no.2, p.229-31) Refs. In Swedish. Title tr.: The rights of Swedish Lapps to land and water by civil law. Discusses recent statements and attitudes toward these rights, which were clearly stated in a codicil to the 1751 agreement establishing the boundary between Sweden and Norway. The rights of Lapps to cross the border are respected. But the limits of reindeer Lapps' rights within Sweden, to crown lands, to cultivation, or other, were a subject of discussion and determination in Jämtland province in the early 19th century, and are still subject to disagreement in northern Sweden. Several pertinent problems need legal definition. DLC. 94683 CRAMPIN, S. Higher-mode seismic waves from atmospheric nuclear explosions over Novaya Zemlya. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.12, p.2951-58, graphs, maps, tables) 26 refs. Calculates the second Rayleigh mode, and the second and the third Love mode of elastic surface wave modes observed at Uppsala from nuclear explosions over Novaya Zemlya; map shows positions of the nuclear explosions there in 1961 and 1962. The group velocity dispersion, the energy, and the initial phase of DLC the higher modes are calculated. 94684 CRANE, H.R. and J.B. GRIFFIN. University of Michigan radiocarbon dates, X. (Radiocarbon 1965. v.7, p.123-52) 60 refs. Includes measurements from Lokanaapa bog, 67°50'N 27°40'E, Lammasvuoma bog, 67°50'N 24°50-E, Lake Mustajärvi, 67°40'N 25°15'E, and Teuravuoma bog, Finland, and from two archaeologic sites in NWT, Canada, Buchanan site, 69°24'N 106°15'W and JackDGS.: son site, 70°l1'N 124°44'W. CRASS, M.F., see No. 95808 94685 CRANE, H.R. and J.B. GRIFFIN. University of Michigan radiocarbon dates XI. (Radiocarbon 1966. v.8, p.256-85) Refs.

Reports the ages of 14 samples from northeastern Greenland (72°15'N 24°I5'W), which provide information for establishing glacial chronology and determining the rate and amount of local crustal uplift (p 259.61) and of ten archeologic samples from various sites in southern Baffin Island (p 274-79). DOS.

94686 CRAVEN, J.D. Temporal variations of electron intensities at low altitudes in the outer radiation zone as observed with satellite Injun 3. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.23, p.5643-62, graphs, tables) Refs. Studies the temporal variations of the intensities of electrons with energies E>40 Key, E>230 Key, and E>1.6 Mev trapped in the outer radiation zone, and mirroring at altitudes of 1500 by km, using GeigerMueller tubes aboard Injun 3, 1 Jan - 31 July 1963. Intensity variations recorded are compared with those of 3-hr averages of the horizontal component of the geomagnetic field at College for several of the 20 geomagnetically disturbed periods observed by the satellite. There appears to be evidence that in the auroral region at 1500 km the spacio-temporal behavior of the intensities of 40 Key electrons is directly related to the development of polar magnetic and auroral substorms. DLC.

94687 CREAGER, J.S. and D.A. McMANUS. Geology of the floor of Bering and Chukchi Seas, American studies. (In: Hopkins, D.M. ed. Bering land bridge..., 1967. p.7-3I, graph, maps, table) Refs. Reviews earlier information and surveys concerning bottom sediments and bathymetry carried out by the United States and Canada since 1940. The oceanographic and geologic setting of these seas is characterized. PostWisconsin subsurface and surface sediments are examined. Post-Wisconsin history is described, noting the Wisconsin glaciation, sea-level changes, transgressions and regressions, and modern marine sedimentary environments. The final break in the land link between the continents appears to have occurred when the post-Wisconsin transgression covered the sill west of St Lawrence Island. This sill 46 m deep is shallower than the sills nearing Bering Strait. Its configuration associates it with a possible glacial origin, suggesting that the sill is not the result of post-Wisconsin deposition. The land bridge no longer existed when sea level stood at -38 m 12 thousand yr ago. CaMAI, DLC.

CREATH, W.B. 94688 Mississippian microfossil problematicum from Canada. (Journal of paleontology 1964. v.38, no.6, p.1105-1106, illus) 6 refs. Describes a problematic microfossil, Hyphala triloba n g n sp, from Middle or Late Mississippian marine shale, on the west side of Jackfish River at 61°06'N. 123°59'W, NWT. The new species has a trilobate calcareous test with an aperture and short, thick apertural neck of varying shape, a thick wall with smooth surface and shoulders marked with probable attachment scars. DGS.

94689 CRESSWELL, G.R. and A.E. BELON. Observations of fast auroral waves. (Planetary and space science 1966. v.14, no.3, p.299-301, graphs, illus) 3 refs. Reports 14 Mar 1964 record from College, where fast-moving waves of weak luminosity, oriented east-west and moving south apparently from a stable arc at 50' north of zenith were observed visually. During three hours from 0130 LT, the waves were generated at the rate of one/sec until their disappearance into the dawn continuum. The College magnetogram for the morning of 14 Mar shows the waves to have occurred on the recovery side of a negative bay with a maximum value at 0100 LT. Fast run and sensitive earth current recordings did not show fluctuations which could be directly associated with the waves. On 1 Nov 1964 an auroral wave display of less than one wave/2 sec was observed again, 0330-0510 LT. Photometric records of this event were DLC. made. 94690 CRESSWELL, G.R. and T.N. DAObservations on pulsating auroras. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.13, p.3155-63, graphs, illus) Refs. Reports on a type of aurora that is restricted primarily to the equatorward boundary of the auroral display and to the post-breakup phase when the local horizontal geomagnetic field is strongly negative or recovering from a negative bay. These pulsating forms of aurora in the 0.1-100 sec period range were observed at College in Mar 1964, with an image orthicon television system and photometers. The pulsating phase of the display was found to be composed of numerous relatively short sequences of pulsations restricted to small field-aligned volumes. The luminosity was found to vary synchronously within a given auroral form, but adjacent forms could pulsate asynchronously. DLC.

VIS.

235

94691 CROASDALE, H.T. and S. APOLLONIO. Desmids of Devon Island, NWT, Canada. (American Microscopical Society. Transactions 1965. v.84, no.3, p.301-335, maps, tables, illus) Approx. 70 refs. Reports study of these algae in the summers of 1962 and 1963 at the Arctic Institute of North America research station on the north coast of the island. Some 120 forms, mainly arctic are briefly described and illus by line drawings, with notes on synonyms and location(s) of finds. DLC. 94692 CROASDALE, H.T. and R. GRÖNBLAD. Desmids of Labrador 1: desmids of the southeastern coastal area. (American Microscopical Society. Transactions 1964. v.83, no.2, p.142-212, maps, illus) Approx. 120 refs. Study of these algae from the Atlantic coastal strip between 51°-56°N with introductory sections on the climate and nature of the area, list of collecting stations (27) etc. The taxonomic part (p 148-208) describes over six hundred species, with line drawings and notes on size, appearance, location, frequency, etc. Fifteen of the species are believed to be new, 22 new to North America and Greenland, and 191 recorded for the first time in Labrador. DLC. CROASDALE, H.T., see also No. 96166 94693 CROCKER, C.S. The Mattagami story: plant services. (Canadian mining and metallurgical bulletin 1966. v.59, no.652, p.996-1002, illus) One of a series of three articles on this copper-zinc mine in Northern Quebec. Describes construction, power and water supply, maintenance of the mine and plant, which are peculiar in that there is no rock outcrop. The ground is weak and overburden is 28-80 ft in depth. A highly efficient system of maintenance control is reported. See also J.H. Iglesias, and J.B. Knapp and K.V. Konigsmann, qqv. DGS. CROCHET, J.H. see No. 95220 94694 CROMBIE, D.D. On the use of VLF measurements for obtaining information about the lower ionosphere, especially during solar flares. (In: NATO Advanced Study Institute, 3rd. Electron density profiles... 1966. p.118-33, graphs, illus) Refs. Discusses the methods of making very low frequency radio wave observations within the 3-30 Kc/s range, for studies of changes in electron density distribution in the D ionospheric region; attention is directed to simultaneous observations of the phase and amplitude of a continuous signal at a single 236

point remote from the transmitter. Phase and amplitude variations during solar flares were observed several thousand km from the transmitter (Panama-College at 8069 km included), and were used to deduce the corresponding D-region changes. It is suggested that the exponential model of the ionosphere can be used to explain VLF observations made during polar cap absorption events. A combination of the methods would greatly facilitate evaluation of the changes observed at the fixed site, in terms of D-region changes. DLC. Ar94695 CROZAZ, G. and others. tificial radioactivity reference horizons in Greenland fim. (Earth and planetary science letters 1966. v.1, no.1, p.42-48, graphs) 14 refs. Other authors: C.C. Langway, Jr. and E. Picciotto. Meltwater samples from a 12 m deep vertical fim core from Camp Century, Greenland were measured for gross beta and total Sr90 content. Annual firn layers representing the time interval 1947-64 were dated by classical stratigraphic techniques. Average net snow accumulation is 31.2g/cm2 yr over the profile. An easily identifiable index horizon is found to have formed by the first important fallout of radioactive debris from nuclear test bombs. The 1953 firn layer is clearly marked by a sudden increase in gross beta activity which corresponds to the stratospheric fallout from the Ivy test series. DGS. Ar94696 CROZAZ, G. and others. tificial radio-activity reference horizons in Greenland fim. Hanover, N.H. 1966. 8p. graphs, table. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Research report 280) Refs. Other authors: C.C. Langway, Jr. and E. Picciotto. Reports tests on a firn core from Camp Century, Greenland which show the existence of two distinct radioactive layers (1953,1961) corresponding to gross ß activity associated with nuclear tests. It is suggested that these horizons could be useful for estimating average accumulation rates all over the CaMAI, DLC. Greenland inland ice. 94697 CROZAZ, G. and C.C. LANGWAY, Jr. Dating Greenland fim-ice cores with Pb210. (Earth and planetary science letters 1966. v.1, no.4, p.194-96, graph, tables) 7 refs. The Pb210 dating method was applied tö deep thermally recovered fim-ice cores from Camp Centruy, Greenland. The Pb210 activity is found to decay exponentially with depth (expressed in water equivalent). The corresponding rate of snow accumulation, averaged over the past 150 yr, is (32± 3) g/cm2

yr, in good agreement with present day surface snow accumulation obtained by different methods. DGS. CROZIER, C.L., see No. 95621 94698 CRUM, H. Barbula johansenii an arctic disjunct in the Canadian Rocky Mountains. (Bryologist 1965. v.68, no.3, p.344-45) 6 refs. This moss hitherto known from a few arctic localities (Victoria Island, Brooks Range, Lena River) is reported in considerable numbers at approx 51°30'N 160°W. Its probable origin from southern, unglaciated areas of the Rockies, and not from nunataks, is postulated. DSI. 94699 CRUM, H. Dicranella crispa, a moss new to eastern Canada. (Canadian field-naturalist 1965. v.79, no.3, p.213) Reports specimens collected in Labrador, at Goose Bay in 1949, and at Cape Caribou, Grand Lake in 1963. CaMAI, DGS. 94700 CRUM, H. A variety of Timmia (Musci) new to North America. (Canadian field-naturalist 1967. v.81, no.2, p.113-15) Refs. Notes the range of Timmia norvegica Zett, and reports specimens from Northern Quebec, Alaska, Disko Island, also Finland, Norway and Sweden, of a Siberian type clearly referable to T. comata Lindb. & Arnell. T comata is considered to bear the same degree of relationship to T norvegica as T. bavarica does to T megapolitana; in both cases the differences are mainly quantitative, suggesting a small degree of speciation through polyploidy; hence T. comata deserves only varietal status. CaMAI, DGS. 94701 CRUMPTON, M.J. An antigenic site of sperm whale myoglobin. (Nature 1967. v.215, no.5096, p.17-20, tables, illos) 15 refs. Part of the antigenic activity of sperm whale myoglobin is known to reside in the C-terminal region. A more detailed investigation shows that the C-terminal antigenic site of the molecule corresponds to the C-terminal hexapeptide that includes the corner between a helical segment and a non-helical segment of myoglobin. DLC. 94702 CRUTCHER, H.L. and D.K. HALLIGAN. Upper wind statistics of the northern Western Hemisphere. Silver Spring, Md. 1967. 20 p. tables. graphs, maps. (US. Environmental Science Services Administration. Environmental data service technical paper EDS-1) 32 refs. Presents charts of the vector mean wind

direction, magnitude and standard deviation for the 850, 700, 500, 300, 200, and 100 mb levels. Each chart represents a three month period and covers the entire polar region and North American continent. A 17 p introductory section discusses statistical aspects of the distribution of wind vectors and the theoretic mathematic models used. These are amplified and illus in 25 figures. MdU Landsberg. CRUTCHER, H.L., see also No. 94563 94703 CRUTCHFIELD, J. and A. ZELLNER. Economic aspects of the Pacific halibut fishery. (US. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries. Fishery industrial research 1962 pub. 1963. v.1, no.1, p.1-173, tables, graphs, map) Refs. Assesses the present and future potential of this industry, from studies of the material resource and the economics of production and marketing. The position of Alaska is considered in detail. Recommendations to improve weaknesses in the structure of the industry are made. A map shows 1957 landings by port. DLC. 94704 CUMMINGS, W.D. and others. Rocket-borne measurements of particle fluxes and auroral light. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.5, p.1399-1407, graphs, table, illus) Refs. Other authors: R.E. LaQuey, B.J. O'Brien and M. Walt. Reports studies with auroral photometers and particle detectors flown on three NikeApache rockets to altitudes of 140 km at Ft Churchill in Mar 1964. The relative intensity ratio of the auroral wave-lengths 5577Å and 3914Å was determined to be (2± 1) to 1, and found essentially independent of altitude and auroral intensity, although theoretically this ratio should increase with altitude. Temporal changes in the precipitated flux of electrons with EE Z40 Key energy was compared with the much harder energy spectrum measured by the rocket flown at dawn into the region where no aurora was visible. Analyses of photometric data and of particle fluxes are given, and the observed features of auroral light intensity and particle fluxes are discussed. DLC. 94705 CURRIE, K.L. Geology of the New Quebec crater. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1966. 36 p. maps, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Bulletin no. 150) 16 refs. Reports a detailed survey of this crater (originally called Chubb, then Ungava) and its hinterland with the aim of re-evaluating the general view that it is of meteoric impact origin. A geologic map in color is presented on a scale of 1:18,000 and several relevant 237

features are illus. Critical evidence against impact origin is the size of epidote crystals in the rim, indicating that it must have been underlain by hot, quasi-static fluids during formation. Virtually no evidence to support impact origin was found, and collapse of a fluid-supported dome is considered a more plausible mode of origin. Since only the latest glaciation affected the crater, a young age for the feature is postulated, even though all hinterland rocks are Archean. Only drilling could establish origin with certainty. DGS.

magnitude residuals are associated with areas of recent tectonic activity as are late arrivals, while positive residuals and early arrivals are associated with tectonically stable areas. The trend of the power spectra also appear to be partially determined by the crustal and upper mantle structure in the vicinity of the station. The effect of the source parameters and travel path is indicated by a tendency for the spectral decrement to increase with increased distance to source and with increased depth. CaMAI.

94706 CURRIE, K.L. Shock metamorphism in the Carswell circular structure, Saskatchewan, Canada. (Nature 1967. v.213, no.5071, p.56-57, map, illus) 3 refs. Features assumed to result only from very high velocity impact of large missiles, occur in the basement rock of the Carswell circular structure, centered near 58°24'N 109°30'W in flat-lying Athabaska sandstone. Shock metamorphism has not been found in the sandstone, numerous outliers of which are scattered over the pre-Athabaska surface. The circumstances cast doubt on the theory. The phenomena can be explained by assuming that a strong shock wave propagated upwards through the basement, and was reflected, or reduced, at the interface with the Athabaska formation — a model which attributes shock metamorphic effects to terrestrial processes. Alternatively it might be concluded that identical criteria are perhaps produced by DGS. causes other than shock pressure.

94708 CURRIE, R.G. The geomagnetic spectrum 40 days to 5.5 years. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.19, p.4579-98, graphs, map, tables) Refs. Presents a power spectrum analysis of data comprising mean daily values of the D, H, Z geomagnetic field parameters for 27 observatories, incl Sitka, Sodankylä, and Godhavn. Data collections and analysis procedures are outlined, the semiannual and annual line spectra of H and Z, together with interpretations of their origin are given. A negative result for a previously reported quasi-biennial variation of the geomagnetic field, and evidence for the solar cycle subharmonic are discussed, as are preliminary results for the semiannual and annual lines in geomagnetic coordinates and the continuum spectrum. Further use of the digitized data for geomagnetic variations of >40 day periods is DLC. suggested. CURRY, C., see No. 94581

CURRIE, K.L., see also No. 94444, 97343 94707 CURRIE, R.G. and others. Addendum-analysis of Canadian Long Shot data. (Earth and planetary science letters 1967. v.2, no.1, p.75, table) 4 refs. Other authors. R.M. Ellis, R.D. Russell and O.G. Jensen. A re-examination of results of the underground nuclear explosion Long Shot, recorded at 14 Canadian stations (of which seven are in the Arctic), reveals surface waves at 12 stations with record amplitudes as low DGS. as 0.4 mm. 94707A CURRIE, R.G. A comparison of Long Shot and earthquakes. Washington, DC 1967. 81 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. (Arctic Institute of North America. Research paper no.40) 32 refs. The nuclear explosion, 2303 ft underground in Amchitka Island, 29 Oct 1965, was to provide data to increase ability to detect and locate nuclear explosions and to distinguish them from earthquakes at long range. Seismic signals of the two sources are similar on a regional scale. Negative Long Shot 238

94709 CURRY-LINDAHL, K. Världens hotade fauna. (Sveriges natur. Årsbok 1967. p. 113-36, illus) In Swedish. Title tr.: The world's threatened fauna. Reviews the species with seriously diminishing population, mostly due to overhunting. Included are seals, polar bear, walrus, European bison, whales, and many birds which sojourn or dwell in far northern regions. DLC. 94710 CURRY-LINDAHL, K. Vinterhämpling Carduelis flavirostris häckande vid Virihaure, Lule Lappmark. (Vår fågelvärld 1963. v.22, no.1, p.45-49, illus) Refs. In Swedish. English summary. Title tr.: Twite Carduelis flavirostris breeding near Virihaure, / Lule Lappmark. Reports find of a linnet nest with week-old young on June 23, at 630 m alt with 50% snow cover in Swedish Lapland. The site had southerly exposure on a mountain slope. This bird is a common breeder along the Norwegian coast, but rare in the Nordkapp region. Several instances of its nesting near Karesuando were reported in 1875. All sites

of the depths of seasonal thawing of frozen rocks. In the northeastern part of the delta, thawing continues for 2.5 months and depends on the air temperature, moss cover and water supply. Minimal thawing takes place on the high floodplain where it is 20 cm; in the coastal areas affected by tides it ranges DLC. 0.55-0.70 m. 94749 DANILOVA, N.S. Obrazovanie pokrovnykh suglinkov TSentral'noi IAkutii. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Izvestiiå 1967, ser. geog. no.4, p.82-89, table, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The formation of cover loams in Central Yakutia. The alluvial plain of Central Yakutia has widespread covering loams. They occur on the second and older floodplain terraces and their slopes, on the slopes of thermokarst depressions, and on watersheds. These loams are on the average 1.5-3.0 m thick and are thickest on the finely dispersed alluvium of floodplain terraces. Comparisons are made with European covering loaØ. Their development in Yakutia is genetically related to DLC. the degradation of permafrost. 94750 DANILOVA, T.R. Geologicheskie faktory, opredelivshie gazonosnost' Talnakhskogo medno-nikelevogo mestorozhdenii . (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologi Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'natå geologi a 1967, no.10, p.177-84) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The geologic factors determining the gas-bearing properties of the Talnakh coppernickel deposits. Mine gases in the Talnakh mines are a serious hazard to their exploitation. Methane, propane, butane, hydrogen, etc are found mostly in coals and clayey deposits, least in igneous rocks. The geologic structure of the region shows that there were favorable conditions for gas formation throughout the Paleozoic. Permafrost 100-375 m thick retains the gases which penetrate it. Fracturing and properties of rocks are considered in respect to occurrence of gases. DLC. DANILJSHEVSKAI:A, Al., see No. 98881, 100298 94751 DANNEGGER, M. Zur Behand(Münlung der örtlichen Erfrierungen. chener medizinische Wochenschrift 1964. 34 refs. In v.106, no.9, p.411-15, illus) German. English summary. Title tr.: Treatment of local frostbite. Discusses the etiology, pathogenesis, clinical symptoms, complications and sequels of cold injury. Case histories of 5 out of 12 third-degree injuries are presented and illus with color photographs. Good therapeutic results were obtained with Complamin com-

bined with sympathetic nerve block and followed by surgery. DNLM. Norsk vaer94752 DANNEVIG, P. varsling gjennom 100 Ir. (Naturen 1967. v.91, no. 2, p.67-91, illus) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Norwegian weather forecasting over a century. Outlines the development of meteorology and weather forecasting since 1854 when reconstruction of the path of a devastating storm, near the Black Sea during the Crimean War, led to the first organized forecasting by Leverrier. Norway entered the international meteorological service in 1860. The work of all the heads of its meteorological institute, and of others who have contributed to the science are reviewed. Many of the modern concepts in meteorology have been advanced by Norwegians and based on conditions in and near the Arctic. Forecasts in connection with early air navigation in the arctic area are noted. DGS. 94753 DANO, M. The crystal structure of tugtupite, a new mineral. (Acts crystallographica 1966. v. 20, no.6, p.812-16, tables, illus) 10 refs. The new mineral, tugtupite, is from the Tugtup agtaköfia in the Ilimaussaq intrusion, southern Greenland. The crystals are tetragonal with space group I4, and are strongly piezoelectric but show no pyroelectric effect. Optically the mineral is orthorhombic with the values of 2 V,. up to 10°. The specific gravity is 2.30± 0.02. The unit-cell constants are a = 8.583± 0.004, c = 8.817± 0.004 A. Final atomic positions with their Debye temperature factors and bond lengths with their standard deviations are tabulated. DGS. 94754 DANSK GEOLOGISK FORENING. Festdag for Professor Dr. Phil. Chr. Poulsen og Professor Fil. Dr. A. Rosenkrantz. (Its.: Meddelelser 1967. v.17, no.1, p.146-59, illus) Refs. In Danish and English. Title tr.: In honor of Professor Dr. Phil. Chr. Poulsen and Professor Phil. Dr. A. Rosenkrantz. Of the twelve papers presented at the time of their retirement in 1966 five are on Greenland: BENDIX-ALMGREEN, S.E. On the Finstructure of the upper Permian Edestids from East Greenland. BIRKELUND, T. (title tr.) Shell structure of ammonites from Maestrichtian in West Greenland. FLORIS, S. Scleractinian coral faunas of Denmark and West Greenland in Senonian, Danian, and Paleocene. KOCH, B.E. (title tr.) On well-preserved 245

fossil nuts from Paleocene of Agatdalen, NOgssuaghalvØen, NordvestgrOnland. POULSEN, V. Ordovician at Sukkertoppen. DGS. DARLING, R.C., see No. 94957 94755 DAS, A.B. and C.L. PROSSER. Biochemical changes in tissues of goldfish acclimated to high and low temperatures; 1, protein synthesis. (Comparative biochemistry and physiology 1967. v.21, no.3, p.449-67, tables, illus) 37 refs. The maximal net synthesis of protein at twelve hours of incorporation was 100-500% higher in cold-acclimated tissues than in warm-acclimated at 5°C, and less so at 15°C. The translational increase in enzymatic activities and oxidative metabolism of goldfish during cold acclimation may be achieved by a complicated rotational (gill and liver) or a simple translational (muscle) augmentation of the maximal net synthesis of proteins. DNLM. DASSAC, M., see No. 96813

DASSOW, J.A., ser No. 95815 94756 DATA RECORD of oceanographic observations and exploratory fishing. pub. annually by the Faculty of Fisheries of Hokkaido Univ. Hakodate, Japan, No. 1-, 1957- in progress. Each v. approx. 300 p. tables, maps. Presents data on the oceanography, bathymetry, weather, sea conditions, and marine biology by station and date for the northern North Pacific, Bering and Chukchi Seas. The cruises of various Japanese research vessels are briefly reviewed in each volume. Emphasis primarily on data of value for fisheries development. Scientific nomenclature is used for identification of fish species. DLC. DATSENKO, V.A., see No. 97393 94757 DAUVILLIER, A. Les migrations polaires. (Ciel et terre 1965. v.81, no.7-8, p.193-213, graphs, maps) In French. Title Ir.: The migrations of the poles. Reviews evidence from various sciences that the location of the poles in relation to the present continental crustal masses has migrated through geologic time. The migration from early Carboniferous to the present is mapped, indicating that at one stage the 'north' pole was in the present Southern Hemisphere. The three principal theories to account for the phenomenon are considered briefly. Recent evidence indicates that an angular displacement of the entire mass of the globe in relation to its axis of rotation is the 246

only adequate hypothesis. Geophysical and geomechanical aspects of the earth's axis and rotation are discussed and the secular variation of the geographic north pole 1891-1963 as computed by A. Stoyko is plotted. It is estimated that the force required for the polar migrations is 2.2x1018 ergs/s or 220 mill kw, one tenth the gravitation forces expended in tides slowing down the earth's rotation. Seismic activity in the 30° - 40° N and S lat zones is considered to be related to the deformation of the earth from sphere to ellipsoid. Coincidence of a large polar shift in 1891 with a major Japanese earthquake was noted by Brillouin. Stoyko has confirmed the correlation between the amplitude of polar displacement and the frequency of earthquakes with focal depths of 200-300 km. The relationship of ocean movements to the earth's mass energy budget is also discussed. DWB. 94758 DAV, B.N. Magnito-telluricheskie issledovanii v nizov'I kh reki Oleneka. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'natå geologiiä 1967, no.10, p.234-37, graph) Refs. In Title h : Magnetic-telluric inRussian. vestigation in the lower Olenek River region. Reports a 1964-65 study. Profiles of the soundings are recorded and the deep structure of the Lena-Anabar trough interpreted. This method is considered useful for deep regional investigation. DLC. DAVEY, S.P., see No. 99491 94759 DAVIDENKO, N.M. Povyshenie proby samorodnogo zolota pri perekhode ego v rossyp'. (Geologii i geofizika 1966, no.12, p.116-17, table) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr The increase in purity of native gold in its transition to placers. Reports a 1965 study in western Chukotka which established the purity of gold in a quartz vein as 853.0 and in placers about 2.2 km away as 897.3, the data obtained by spectral analysis. DLC. DAVIDOVIE, V., see No. 98992 94760 DAVIDOVICH, R.L. Hydro chemical features of the southern and southeastern parts of the Bering Sea. (In: Sovetskie rybokhoz&Istvennye issledovanilå v severo-vostochnol chasti Tikhogo okeana, vyp. 1. Jerusalem, Israel Program for Scientific Transl 1968, p.86-94, graphs, maps, table) 5 refs. English translation of No 78160. DLC. DAVIDOVICH, R.L., see also No. 95240

DAVIDSON, A., see No. 94444 DAVIDSON, D.W., see No. 101299 94761 DAVIDSON, G.C. The North West Company. New York, Russell & Russell 1967. 349 p. maps. Reprint of 1918 ed, No 3701. DLC. 94762 DAVIS, A.S. Forecast research on 1967 Cook Inlet area pink salmon fisheries. Juneau 1967. 13 p. graphs, map, tables. (Alaska. Department of Fish and Game. Informational leaflet no. 98) 2 refs. Predicts an estimated 250,000 pink salmon for the southern and outer districts of Cook Inlet in 1967. DI. DAVIS, L.G., see No. 97137 94763 DAVIS, R. Approach roads, Greenland 1960-1964. Hanover, N.H. 1967. 40 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Technical report 133) Refs. Presents the fifth and final report on the program (Project 1) to develop methods, techniques and design criteria for road construction and maintenance on both glacial ice and ice-free terrain. The investigations, carried out at Camp Tuto, Greenland, are described in detail. These include climatic observations, road and culvert construction, and evaluation of performance. Effects of ablation which caused failure of the original Ramp Road and other parts of the road system such as culverts and the crushed rock test section are described. Berms 20-50 ft wide alongside the road proved an effective way to reduce sloughing of shoulders, and the only effective type of drainage structure for use on the ice was a crib-supported bridge. The vertical and horizontal movement of roads and ice surface is graphed. Snow windrows 100 ft long and 200 ft apart are considered effective in decreasing ablation of the ice surface and consequent road damage. Subsurface temperature measurements in relation to road fill requirements are presented; these show that a 3.5 ft fill thickness is generally adequate. Various recommendations tire offered as an outcome of the investigations. CaMAI, DLC. 94764 DAVIS, R.A. Bird notes from James Bay in late November. (Canadian field-naturalist 1967. v.81, no.3, p.229-30) Refs. Reports on observations at Moosonee and Moose Factory 24-27 Nov 1965, a region hitherto actively investigated ornithologically only in summer. Records in lateness for the

herring gull Larus argentatus, and the swamp sparrow Melospiza georgiana ericrypta, and first recorded occurrence in the region of the evening grosbeak, Hesperiphona vespertina vespertina are given. Common ravens, gray jays, starlings, a pine grosbeak and a snow bunting were also seen. CaMAI, DGS. 94765 DAVIS, R.M. Ice surface movement on the Tuto ramp in North Greenland. Hanover, N.H. 1967. 24 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Technical report no. 164) Reports measurement of horizontal and vertical movement of the surface of the ice on this ramp, a relatively smooth ice slope on which a network of gravel roads has been constructed. 1956-63 observations at various points are tabulated and graphed, indicating direction and extent of movement. The procedures used are explained. Upward vertical movement in one section is explained as due to ice upthrust over a stagnant wedge of ice at the edge of the glacier. CaMAI. 94766 DAVIS, T.N. and M. SUGIURA. Auroral Electrojet activity index AE and its universal time variations. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.3, p.785-801, graphs, map, table, illus) Refs. Presents a means of interpreting records taken at ten magnetic observatories to derive an index AE (Auroral Electrojet) as a measure of global electrojet activity. This method, different from the conventional ones, used seven stations' 2.5-min readings of the horizontal component trace in standard magnetograms in the northern auroral zone. Three more auroral zone stations were used in the late phases of study. The method is adapted to digital records and modern computer techniques. The AE index is a direct measure of the axially nonsymmetric component of Dp (polar geomagnetic disturbance) activity. Inasmuch as this component is found to exceed the axially symmetric component in magnitude, AE can be considered an approx index of Dp. This method reveals some important Dp features more clearly and readily than other methods hitherto used. DLC. DAVIS, T.N., see also No. 94690 94767 DAVIS, T.R.A. Contribution of skeletal muscle to nonshivering thermogenesis in the dog. (American journal of physiology 1967. v.213, no.6, p.1423-26, illus) 11 refs. Relative to warm-acclimated dogs, in coldacclimated dogs oxygen consumption increased to a greater extent in the cold and was unaffected by nerve section; arterial 247

94775 DAWSON, E.Y. A guide to the literature on distributions of Pacific benthic algae from Alaska to the Galapagos Islands. (Pacific science v.15, no.3, 1961. p.370-461) Approx. 170 refs. Presents a list of some two thousand algal species, many found in Alaskan waters incl the Bering Sea. The range of each species is indicated and in each case the pertinent references are cited from the appended bibliography of approx 170 works. DLC. 94776 DAWSON, H.R. A comprehensive study of the Preissac-Lacome batholith, Abitibi County, Quebec. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1966. 76 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Bulletin no.142) 36 refs. The batholith outcrops in the gold- and base-metals-bearing greenstone belt of northwestern Quebec, between Val d'Or and Amos. The field relations, contact aureole, petrologic structure, and distribution and orientation of xenoliths collectively indicate a magmatic origin of the batholith. The rocks, which have the average composition by weight of granodiorite, range from intermediate monzonite and syenodiorite to granodiorite and leucoadamellite, with associated dikes of granodiorite, feldspar porphyry, pegmatite and aplite, and mineralized quartz veins. Deposits of beryl, spodumene, molybdenite-bismuthinite-pyrite, and pyrite and/or pyrite-gold are zoned outwards from the centers of the massifs. Outward-dipping contacts and mineralogical, chemical and gravimetric evidence suggest that the batholith is a shallow continuous body. Grayimetric data indicate a total thickness of 16,000 ft for granitic rocks and > 1000 ft for wall rocks of the intermassif septa. K-Ar ages for micas are in the range 2300-2800 MY, with the most probable age of 2630 MY. DLC. 94777 DEAN, J.M. and F.J. VERNBERG. Hypothermia and blood of crabs. (Comparative biochemistry and physiology 1966. v.17, no.1, p.19-22, table) 7 refs. Although the total blood volume in coldand warm-acclimated crabs is similar, when cold-acclimated, Uca pugilator has fewer blood cells, lower total blood protein and longer blood clotting time than warm-acclimated individuals. Activity of this species decreases with lower temperature, and the changes in blood are considered adaptations to hypothermic conditions. DLC. 94778 De ARMOND, R.N. The founding of Juneau. Juneau, Gastineau Channel Centennial Assn. 1967. 214 p. illus. Recounts the history of the Gastineau

Channel area from the visit of Vancouver in 1793 to the official naming of the city of Juneau on 10 Jan 1882. The account deals in detail with Indian-white relations in the mid 19th century, and the gold mining operations which brought into being the original settlement of Harrisburgh. The intrigues of Harris and Juneau are described and the various miners' meetings reviewed. Biographies are given for 300 individuals associated with Juneau in 1880-81. CaMAI, DLC. 94779 De BELLMOND, E. On the increase of friction loss due to surface ice. (Intl Assoc. for Hydraulic Research, 8th Congress, Montreal 1959. Proceedings v.3, 3 p., illus) Discusses the additional loss of head due to ice formation in streaming water, caused by additional friction between the running water and the ice cover formed on its surface, anchor ice on the bottom of the stream, and frazil ice in the stream. Tests in a canal show that the head loss in the canal when ice-covered is 1.36 times the loss when its surface is free of ice. DLC. 94780 DEBENEC, S. and others. Tägliche und mittlere Boden- und 300-mb-Karten der Nordhemisphäre im Jahre 1965. Berlin, Reimer 1965. unpaged. maps. (Berlin. Freie Universität. Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik. Meteorologische Abhandlungen v.54, no.1-12). Other authors: M. Geb, B. Kriester, R. Scherhag and R. Stuhrmann. In German. Title tr.: Daily and mean surface and 300-mb charts of the Northern Hemisphere for 1965. Presents synoptic charts on polar projection for surface and 300-mb level for each day of 1965, also monthly charts of variation, wind and water temperature. Max data coverage is in medium and high latitudes. DWB. 94781 DEBETS, G.F. Essai de determination du poids des hommes vivants d'apres les dimensions des os longs. (Intl. Congress of Anthropological and Ethnological Sciences, 7th, Moscow 1964. Trudy In French. 1967. v.2, p.243-50, tables) Title tr. Attempt to determine the weight of live men by the dimensions of their long bones. Presents formulas correlating the length of leg and thigh bones with total body size and weight for some thirty ethnic groups incl Eskimos, Lapps, and Ostyaks. Somatometric indices are presented taking into account racial factors e.g. the extreme shortness of tibia and femur in Lapps and Ostyaks. Osteometric studies of burials between the Dnepr and the Yenisey show a decrease in 249

skeleton massivity, hence body weight, since the Neolithic era. DLC. 94782 DECKER, H.F. Plants. (In: Mirsky, A., ed. Soil development and ecological succession in a deglaciated area of Muir Inlet, Southeast Alaska ... 1966. p.73-95, maps, tables) Refs. Describes plant succession over time in this deglaciated area, where the chronology of retreat is known in detail. Eight intergrading stages are indicated from early pioneer to alder thicket (35 yr), and finally after 70-90 yr to spruce forest, which supplants the alder thicket. The pioneer stage is dominated by Dryas drummondit which forms extensive mats. The spruce forest is viewed as a sub-climax, the final forest stage being sprucehemlock. Elsewhere in southeastern Alaska muskeg and pit ponds with Lysichitum americanum may follow the spruce-hemlock climax, but this stage has not been reached in Muir Inlet. Tree rings show that 200-215 yr have elapsed since the deglaciation of Bartlett Cove, 50 m seaward of the present glacier front. 145 species of vascular plants are tabulated according to various successional habitats, and these habitats are mapped. CaMAI, DLC. 94783 DECKER, R.W. Investigations at active volcanoes. (In: IUGG General Assembly, 1967. US National report 1963-1967. American Geophysical Union. Transactions 1967. v.48, no.2, p.639-47, tables) Refs. Summarizes the literature on volcanological investigations, published 1963-67, incl Alaska. A tabulated list of nine confirmed eruptions in Alaska is included. From geophysical studies in the Katmai National Monument, the depth of the Mohorovicic discontinuity was estimated at > 35 km under the volcanoes, rising to 31 km in the northwest. Ash stratigraphy indicated major explosive eruptions in the Alaska Peninsula during prehistoric times. The infrasonic pressure wave technique for estimating the explosive energy of remote volcanoes was used at the University of Alaska to record the Mt. Redoubt explosions. DLC. 94784 DECSY, G. Yurak chrestomathy. Bloomington, Ind. 1966. 107 p. (Indiana. Univ. Uralic and Altaic series, v. 50) Refs. Descriptive grammar of Nenets Samoyed language with appended texts and a glossary of about 700 words. Statistical data on the Nenets based on the 1959' census are included: approx 25,000 living in the Nenets, Yamal-Nenets, Taymyr, and Khanty-Mani National Districts, also in northern Komi ASSR and Novaya Zemlya. DLC. 250

94785 DEDEEV, V.A. and others. Geologiiä i perspektivy neftegazonosnosti severnol chasti Timano-Pechorskol oblasti. Leningrad, Izd-vo Nedra 1966. 274 p. maps, tables, illus. (Leningrad. Vses. neftiänol n: issl. geologorazvedochnyi inst. Trudy no.245) In 2Ytle tr.: Geology and oil-gas Russian. prospects in the northern part of the TimanPechora province. This area of about 200,000 km2 includes the Malozemel'skaya and Bol'shezemel'skaya Tundras from the Timan Ridge east to the Ural Mts and from the middle Pechora north to the Barents Sea. Results of investigations in 1958-63 are reported by eight scientists. The stratigraphy of pre-Paleozoic, Paleozoic, Mesozoic and Cenozoic deposits is described, Geomorphology and development of relief are analyzed and geomorphic zoning is presented. Tectonics of basement and platform cover are outlined. Hydrogeology of the region is characterized. Criteria and appraisal of oil-gas prospects are given. Practical recommendations are offered for 1966-70 regional prospecting and geophysical work in search for oil and gas. DLC. 94786 DEEHR, C.S. and M.H. REES. The eclipse of 20 July 1963 spectrophotometry of atmospheric emissions. (Planetary and space science 1964. v.12, no.9, p.875-88, tables, graphs) 31 refs. Discusses emissions in the day airglow: X5577[01], X 6300[01], and X A5890-5896 (Na) detected during the observations of atmospheric emissions from an unpressurized aircraft flying at 31,5000 ft in the region of Great Slave Lake in the shadow of the solar eclipse totality. A Birefringent filter photometer was used and its block diagram is given. The observations were made where the path of total eclipse crossed the auroral zone. Extrapolation of the observed emission intensity to a fully illuminated atmosphere leads to an estimated intensity of 21 to 33 kR. DLC. 94787 DEEHR, C.S. and others. An observation of artificial lithium twilight emission. (Journal of the atmospheric sciences 1966. v.23, no.3, p.362-63, illus) Refs. Other authors: G.J. Romick and A.E. Helon. Reports ejecting 50 moles of lithium vapor on 27 Feb 1965 from a Nike-Apache rocket at 80-160 km alt; and 12 hr later a high abundance of lithium detected on auroral spectrograms, taken at College, Ft Yukon, and Komakuk. Preliminary analysis of the data gives an indication of the north-south extent of the vapor, the duration of its existence, and an estimate of lithium abundance. Though the lithium abundance was above the natural background, it was not as

intense as reported following the explosion of nuclear devices in the atmosphere. The observation showed that the main population of lithium atoms released at Ft Churchill (58°N 95°W) drifted into the polar region north of 67°N 145°W during the 12-hr period after launching. This indicates the feasibility of using trace elements in the study of large-scale upper atmospheric circulation. DLC.

the southwest Barents and northeast Norwegian Seas in 1959-61. Studies density distribution of the main planktonic fish-food, viz: euphausiacean larvae, Appendicuria sp, Oikopleura sp, Fritillaria borealis and small copepods. The upper layer of 0-50 m is considered in several profiles; differences between the periods of investigation and their causes are discussed. DLC.

94788 DEGE, W. Grönland im Strukturwandel von Wirtschaft and Siedlung, aufgezeigt am Beispiel des Raumes um Julianehåb. (Erdkunde 1964. v.18, no.3, p.169-89; no.4, p.285-311, graphs, maps, tables, illus) 75 refs. In German. Title tr.: Greenland in the process of structural change of the economy and settlement, as exemplified in Julianehåb area. Describes the structure, landscape forms and climate of this subarctic southwesternmost area of Greenland. The trend of rising air and sea-water temperatures since about 1920 is discussed. This climatic improvement came to a halt in 1950, but this amelioration of climate has had far-reaching consequences for the economy and distribution of the population. The seal hunting and the cod, bass, halibut and shrimp fishing are described in some detail. With the climatic warming there was a catastrophic decline of the seal catch. As early as 1917 however, cod in abundance migrated into coastal waters. Sheep farming and some gardening efforts are also noted. Resettlement of dying-out communities and changes in population centers with the changing econCaMAI, DLC. omy are outlined.

94791 DEGTEV, V.S. Trudiäshchiesia Komi ASSR v bor'be za pod"em promyshlennosti v gody plätoi piätiletki, 1951-1955 gg. (Istoriko-filologicheskil sbor15 refs. In nik 1965. no.9, p.78-91) Russian. Title tr.: Workers of Komi ASSR in the struggle for industrial progress during the fifth five-year plan 1251-1955. Reviews capital investment, production, mechanization, and training of skilled workers by industry. Some data are given for individual mining concerns in the Pechora basin and the Komiles forestry combine. Poor production in the lumber industry through 1953 is attributed to bad management, inadequate supply and maintenance of machinery, high labor turnover, lack of trained specialists, etc. Corrective measures introduced in 1954 are discussed: technical and financial aid, new working methods, encouragement of labor initiative, on-the-job training, etc. By 1955, Komi industrial production generally had risen 55% over 1950, with export timber up 35% and coal mining 60%. DLC.

94789 DEGE, W. Grönlandforschung, Dänische Institute and Veröffentlichungsreihen. (Erdkunde 1963. v.17, no.3/4, p.237-4I, map) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Greenland studies; Danish institutions and serial publications. Describes the Ministry for Greenland Affairs and other agencies and societies, their organization and functions. Various periodicals dealing with Greenland are noted with their starting date, address, editor, series and other features. Map publications and some geographical books are also listed. CaMAI, DLC. 94790 DEGTEREVA, A.A. Zooplankton iugo-zapadnoi chasti Haremseva i severovostochnoI chasti Norvezhskogo morel v (Materialy rybokhoziaist1959-1961 gg. vennykh issledovanil Severnogo bassevna 1966, no.7, p.70-83, graphs, tables) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The zooplankton in

Materialy po 94792 DEGTEVA, G.K biologii khariusa ozera Chistogo. (Vladivostok. Tikhookeanskir n.-issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Izvestitä 1965. v.59, p.224-26, tables) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Materials to the biology of the grayling in Lake Chistoye. Reports a spring-summer 1963 study at this lake near Magadan with data on its dimensions, area, temperature, chemistry, etc. Size and weight composition of grayling in catches, growth rate, max size and fertility are DLC. discussed. 94793 DEGTIAREV, A.A. Koshel'kovyi lov sel'di v Norvezhskom more. (Rybnoe khoziäistvo 1966. v.42, no.3, p.26-29, graph, In Russian. Title tr.: Purse-net map) catches of herring in the Norwegian Sea. Describes fishing and hydrographical observations by a number of boats active in the summer of 1965 northeast of Iceland up to Svalbard waters. Optimal use of shoal locators, presence (or absence) of shoals and their locations are considered, as is proper judgment of fish movement. English trans251

lation available as TT-67-61890, from CFSTI, Springfield, Va., 22151. DLC. 94794 DEGTIAREV, V. and others. Sozdanie zatonov v Irtyshskom basseTne. (Rechnol transport 1967. v.26, no.12, p.43-44, tables, illus) In Russian. Other authors: A. Sedykh and M. Miasnikov. Title tr.: Backwater facilities in the Irtysh basin. Discusses the selection and construction of backwater areas in coves or creek outlets behind points, etc, where river fleet units can lie up between navigation seasons, protected from damage by ice, rough water and high wind. Such a facility was built in 1965 at the Irtysh ship repair base and at Surgut. Different types of backwater facilities, and methods of their construction are considered. The type of cove development at Surgut and at Khanty-Mansiysk cost respectively 2.9 and 31.2 thousand rubles/ha of the water area, without protective dams. DLC. 94795 DEHLINGER, P. and others. Free-air gravity anomalies along the Inside Passage of British Columbia and Alaska. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.24, p.6011-15, maps, table) Refs. Other authors: M. Gemperle, R.W. Couch and D.W. Hood. Reports the continuous measurements obtained in summer 1964 by a LaCoste and Ramberg surface-ship gravity meter aboard the Univ of Alaska R/V Acona. The track lines along the Inside Passage of canals, bays, channels, and fjords between Skagway and Seattle, and free-air and isostatic gravity anomalies were calculated along the traverses, usually at 1.5 km intervals. A map of the track lines and approximate free-air anomaly contours is presented. DLC. 94796 DEKHNICH, N.A. Funktsional= nye sdvigi v organizme v period akklimatiza[sii na Severe. (Vses. simpozium po voprosam meditsinskoT klimatologii, klimatoterapii i klimatoprofilaktiki, Sukhumi 1967. Moskva 1967. Materialy. p.57-60) In Russian. Title fr.: Functional shifts of man during acclimatization in the North. Changes in cardiovascular system reactions were investigated in a 3-yr study of over 1000 men, 19-25 yr of age. At the end of one yr, pulse rate was higher, maximum and minimum arterial pressure levels and pulse pressure were lower. Greatest reduction in pulse rate was observed in men from the South, reduction was less pronounced in those from moderate climates. No reliable dependence on original climate background was observed in the other indices which were normalized by the end of the second yr and 252

improved by the end of the third. Basal metabolisms were normal upon arrival; at the end of the first yr, increases of 4.3 and 3.6% were noted in men from southern and from moderate climates, respectively; at the end of the second and third yr the averages were 108 and 107.1%. Seasonal dependence of basal metabolism was noted after I yr. in the winter, 110.3% and in summer, 103.8%. The high basal metabolism level can serve as an indicator of functional rearrangement of the body and of the development of new dynamic stereotype, and determines the resistance of the body to the effects of cold. Tests under monitored physical stresses (Martin test) and cold stresses were conducted to reveal functional shifts in the cardiovascular system. The Martin test showed that upon arrival in the North vascular reactions were generally normal, with some cases of hypertonic and dystonic reaction, seldom hypotonic, and no gradual reaction. At the end of a yr the number of hypertonic and dystonic reactions increased. After 2-3 yr the vascular reactions to physical stress normalized. Upon arrival, the results of the cold tests were within limits of physiological fluctuations, but recovery to original was delayed. At the end of one year, vascular reaction to the cold was more pronounced, recovery was slow; at the end of 2 yr reaction was slow and recovery was rapid (3 min). Thus although the acclimatization process is largely complete by the end of the first year, some functional shifts still persist during the second year; formation of a new dynamic stereotypy continues in the second year. Results of the Ashner test (oculocardiac reflex) showed pulse reduction by 3-4 beats in 70.6% of the men upon arrival, increase in inverted and reduction in positive reactions at the end of one year, and normalization of reactions of the parasympathetic nervous system at 1.5 yr. The resistance of blood-carrying capillaries was tested to determine the functional state of enzymic systems, especially of the hyaluronidase-hyaluronic acid system. No change in this resistance was noted in 63% of the men upon arrival, at the end of one year this number dropped to 53% and on continued residence this resistance was recovered and improved, especially in men from the South. Thus determination of capillary resistance serves as an objective index of the degree of adaptation to northern climatic conditions. DLC. 94797 DEKUSAR, Z.B. Khimiia podzemnykh vod vtorichnykh kvartsitov Kamchatki. (Izvestita vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenif. Geologiia i razvedka 1966, no.3, p.153-54, table) In Russian. Title tr»

Groundwater chemistry of secondary quartzites in Kamchatka. Reports a 1960 hydrogeologic survey of thermal waters in the Yuzhno-Bystrinskiy Range. Five springs were analyzed and results are tabulated. Yield of springs is less than 0.5 1/sec, temperature not higher than 7°C. Presence of Mn, Mg, Si, Al and other components is noted. DLC.

Eight helminth species are recorded, with 22 newborn and two adults being free of worms. The small intestine was most heavily invaded. A correlation was found between age and degree of infection; suckling young were free of parasites. DLC. DELIBRIAS, G., see No. 100300

94799 de la BARRE, K. Middle North tour 1967. (Arctic 1967. v.20, no.4, p.262-63, map) A two-week tour of the Middle North in Canada, Jul 1967, was financed by the Rockefeller Brothers Fund and sponsored by the Arctic Institute of North America for 17 people with professional and career backgrounds in the social sciences. CaMAI, DLC.

94802 DeLONG, D.M. Insects. (In: Mirsky, A., ed. Soil development and ecological succession in a deglaciated area of Muir Inlet, Southeast Alaska... 1966, p. 97-120, map, table, illus) Refs. Presents data on the successive establishment of insect species over time in this area following deglaciation. The earliest species to become established are the larvae of mosquitoes and black flies. Successive stages, which are dated, are closely related to the plant succession. The number of species increases considerably in the 45 yr-old recession zone. Diptera become important in the 55 yr-old zone and later. Several species of wasp were first noted in the 90 yr-old zone. A problem of great biologic and ecologic interest was the observed abundance of Macrosteles fascifrons on a salt-grass tidal flat which was submerged twice daily beneath salt water at 2°C and even icebergs, although the insects have no known adaptations for aquatic respiration or cold shock. Approx 160 species of insects are tabulated according to length of time since glaciation. Several habitats are illus. CaMAI.

DELAHAYE, D.J., see No 94268

DELSOL, M., see No. 95317

94800 DEL GAUDIO, A. and others. Risultati sperimentali con l'ipotermia selettiva del miocardio. (Minerva chirurgica 1962. v.17, no.21, p.1061-65, tables, illus) 19 refs. In Italian. Other authors: A. Platania, G. Paliani and J. Zattoni. Title tr. Experimental results from selective hypothermia of the myocardium. Reviews methods for cooling the heart, and presents own method with dogs. Its advantages are absence of myocardial asphyxia and regular resumption of contractions. DNLM.

94803 DEMBOSKI, H. 1967 Churchill Skyhook program. (Facilities for atmospheric research 1967. no.5, p.18-19, map) Provides details of the activities and logistics of 1967 Skyhook series of balloon flights from Fort Churchill, Man. In Jun-Jul 25 flights for six scientific organizations took place. Five flights were failures, the longest flight was 21 hr and the highest float altitude achieved was 144,600 ft. Plans for moving ballooning activities to the rocket range site are mentioned. See also notes in no 2, winter 1966/67, p. 20 describing the 1966 program, and in no 3, spring 1967, p. 8. DWB.

94798 DEKUSAR, Z.B. Klassifikaisiia termomineral'nykh istochnikov Kamchatki. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Komissiia po izucheniiii podzemnykh vod Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Materialy 1967. Refs. In Rusno.3, p.80-84, graph, map) sian. Title fr.: Classification of the thermal mineral springs of Kamchatka. Attempts to classify according to the chemical and gas composition, temperature and composition of the nearest magmatic bodies. The classification is graphed upon a quadrat to which a hundred thermal springs are keyed. DLC.

94801 DELIAMURE, S.L. and V.V. TRESHCHEV. 0 gel'mintofaune khokhlacha, Cystophora cristata Erxleben, obitaiushchego v Grenlandskom more. (Zoologicheskii zhurnal 1966. v.45, no.12, p.1867-71, tables) 10 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title ir. Helminth fauna of the hooded seal, Cystophora cristata End., in the Greenland Sea. Study of' material from 89 animals, killed in the spring of 1964, northeast of Jan Mayen.

94804 DEMCHENKO, RSA. and L.P. PYRKOVA. Raschet minimal'noi temperatury verkhnikh sloev mnogoletnemerzlykh gruntov. (In: Sezonnoe protaivanie i promerzanie gruntov na territorii Severo-Vostoka SSSR 1966. p.130-34, graphs) Refs. In Titta tr.: Calculation of minimal Russian. temperature of the upper layers of permafrost. Offers such a calculation for the conditions existing at Yakutsk. The following factors are 253

taken into consideration: moisture, thermal and physical properties of ground in the layer to a depth of zero amplitude of annual fluctuation of temperature, number of days in the year with negative air temperature, and average height of the snow cover in winter. Experimental and calculation curves are presented for determining the minimal temperature of the upper layers of the ground. DLC. 94805 others.

DEMENT SKAIA, R.M.

and

Geofizicheskie issledovanii v So-

vetskoi Arktike. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional= nails geologiia 1967, no.11, p.164-73) In Russian. Other authors: A.M. Karasik, N.N. Mikhailov and N.N. Trubiåtchinskil. Title tr.: Geophysical investigations in the Soviet Arctic. Characterizes three periods of these investigations since 1917: that of episodic magnetic investigation 1917-34, the next period 1935-60 was one of planned investigations for prospecting purposes; this has been followed by a period of multi-phase geophysical work in the Arctic and Arctic Ocean. Methods and results of these activities are described. Achievements in study of the physical fields, and the morphology and tectonics of the Arctic Basin bottom are cited. DLC.

94806 DEMENITSKAIA, R.M. and A.M. KARASIK. Magnetic data confirm that the

Nansen-Amundsen Basin is of normal oceanic type. (In: Symp. on Continental margins...

Basin, here called Scandic, is bordered and crossed by huge neotectonic scarps, called morphodisjunctions. The Norway and East Greenland continental shelves consist of folded, Caledonian rocks and an overlying cover of sediments and plateau basalt. Both areas are crossed by the Britain-Norway and the East Greenland morphodisjunctions. The mid-oceanic ridge of Scandic is a rift zone, continuous with the mid-Atlantic rift and marked by modern volcanic activity, a rift fracture system, and epicenters of shallowfocus earthquakes. Outcrops of the metamorphic Caledonian (?) complex, found in two places in the rift zone, indicates that this complex forms the basement of the Moln's Rise. The crust of Scandic is predominantly of transitional type; upper mantle velocities of 7.5 and 8.1 km/sec have been determined. CaMAI, DGS. 94808 DEMENT'EV, G.P. and others.

Birds of the Soviet Union, vol. 4. English translation of part of No 34351, available as TT-65-50100 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va. 22151. Other authors: N.A. Gladkov, IU.A. Isakov, N.N. Kartashev and S.V. Kirikov. 94809 DEM'IANOVICH, A.N. and K.P. CHUDAKOV. Podgotovka tekhniki dhå

stroitel'stva v raionakh Krainego Severn. (Stroitel'stvo truboprovodov 1967. v.12, no.8, In Russian. Title tr.: p.10-15, table) Preparation of technical equipment for construction in regions of the Far North. Evaluates the capability of the mechanized equipment manufactured in plants of the

1965. Proceedings pub 1966. p.191-96, maps) Describes this basin of the Arctic Ocean as a typical ocean basin with linear magnetic anomalies similar to those found in the Pacific Ocean Basin. The Eurasian continental shelf anomalies end at the continental slope. A zone of lower-amplitude anomalies which occurs along the slope probably represents a sediment-filled trench. The western slope of the Lomonosov Ridge resembles magnetically a submerged continental slope with a similar filled trench. The Nansen-

Ministry of Gas Industry, and discusses the design and construction of the machinery and equipment required for efficient performance in the North, where 25% of the gas pipelines of the USSR have to be constructed. The present motorized equipment breaks down at low environmental temperatures as shown in operations in Magadan and at Noril'sk. Production of equipment dependable at -40°C is planned for 1967-68, and in 1969-70 machines and equipment to give satisfactory performance at -60°C are expected. DLC.

Amundsen Basin contains a Mid-Arctic Ridge similar to the Mid-Atlantic one. DGS.

94810 DEMIDOV, A.S.

and others.

refs.

Nekotorye rezul'taty regional'nykh rechnykh seismorazvedochnykh rabot na Talmyrskom poluostrove. (Izvestiia vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenii. Geologiii i razvedka 1966, no.12, p.84-90, map, illus) 10 refs. In Russian. Other authors: I.F. Kril' and S.I. Pais-evich. Title tr.: Some results of regional river seismic prospecting in Taymyr Peninsula.

Deals mainly with the Norway-Greenland basin, but includes the West Greenland shelf and Baffin Basin in the geomorphic diagram. The abyssal area of the Norway-Greenland

Reports seismic work in the Pyasina basin started in 1963 to determine the geologic structure of the Ust'-Yenisey basin and separate areas for oil and gas prospecting. The

94807 DEMENT SKAIA, R.M. and V.D. DIENER. Morphological structure and the

earth's crust of the North Atlantic region. (In.- Symp. on Continental Margins... 1965. Proceedings pub 1966. p.63-79, maps) 42

254

seismic wave velocity is analyzed, various structural elements are distinguished, several groups of rocks described, and recommendations offered on where search for oil and DLC. gas should be conducted. 94811 DEMIDOV, N.T. Istoriih razvitiiå rel'efa mezhdurech'ia Kakhtany i Palany. (Voprosy geografli Kamchatki 1967, no.5, p.133-35) In Russian. Title tr. History of the relief development of the KakhtanaPalana interfluve. Reviews exogenic and endogenic factors in the relief development of this region in northwestern Kamchatka Peninsula. Three main categories of relief are recognized, erosion-tectonic, accumulative-volcanic, and erosion-accumulative. Quaternary history of relief development is outlined. Glaciation DLC. history is also briefly noted. 94812 DEMIDOVA, N.G. Simpozium po metallogeny rtuti Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. (Geologiii rudnykh mestorozhdenif In Russian. 1967. v.9, no.1, p.113-15) Title tr.: Symposium on the mercury metallogeny of Siberia and the Far East. Reviews the meeting of 10-13 Oct 1966 in Novosibirsk: problems of mercury geology, geochemistry and metallogeny were discussed, incl such in Yakutia and Chukotka DLC. among other regions. DEMIN, A.I. 0 rezhime li94813 mannogo orosheniia lugov v TSentral'noi IAkutii. (Adademill nauk SSSR. IAkutskii filial Nauchnye soobshchenii 1962. no.8, p.63-68, graphs, tables) In Russian. Title tr.: The regime of basin irrigation of meadows in Central Yakutia. Discusses the effects of irrigation with dammed-up meltwater on the frozen ground and on yields. Melting of the frozen ground was determined on different meadows and with water in the basins 0-100 cm deep. Yields were found to depend on period, depth and length of flooding and the quantity of DLC. water used for irrigation.

of thermal diffusivity, moisture and specific weight. The results are graphically presented. DLC. 94815 DEMIN, A.I. Voprosy limannogo orosheniia lugov na mestnom stoke v usloviiakh TSentral'nol IAkutii. Moskva, Izdvo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 112 p. tables, graphs, maps. Approx. 100 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Catchwork irrigation of meadows with local runoff under conditions of central Yakutia. Outlines the factors to be considered in this type of irrigation: water regulation, heat, saline regime of the soil, etc from investigations of 1957-61 at Nyurbinskiy state farm in that district and the Bayaginskiy system of Tattinskiy district. Construction, effectiveness and other features of the method are described in detail incl the flooding of the meadows for a certain time. This mode of meadow irrigation substantially increases proCaMAI. ductivity and is inexpensive. 94816 DEMIN, D.V. 0 srednem kvadraticheskom otklonenii azimutov povalen(In: nykh derev'ev kak parametr vyvala. Kompleksnaia samodei tel'naih ekspeditsii po izuchenitü problemy Tungusskogo meIn teorita... 1963. p.95-96, graphs, map) Title tr.: The Russian. English summary. quadratic mean azimuth deviation of downed trees as a parameter of throwout. Reports a 1960 study of the direction of fall of over five thousand trees downed by the Tunguska meteorite explosion in 1908. Their azimuths appear as an accidental function of the coordinates consisting of regular and statistical components. The regular component is determined by the average direction of the tree fall in some area and is connected with the explosion kinetics; the statistical component is subordinated to a certain distribution law. Isoparametric lines are drawn on the preliminary study of the DLC. expedition materials. DEMIN, D.V., see also No. 94115

94814 DEMIN, A.I. Teplovol rezhim donnykh otlozheniI na melkovod'e arkticheskikh morel. (In: Sezonnoe protaivanie i promerzanie gruntov na territorii SeveroVostoka SSSR 1966. p.40-46, graphs, tables) In Russian. Title fr.: The thermal regime of the bottom sediments in the shallow water of arctic seas. Reports a study of three sites of 1.0-1.5, 1.5-2.5, and more than 3 m depth, in the Yana Bay area. The thermal and physical properties of the bottom sediments are analyzed, viz: the coefficient of heat conductivity, volume of heat capacity, coefficient

DEMIN, K.K., see No. 99592 94817 DEMIT, L. Northway. (Alaska sportsman 1966. v.32, no.1, p.23-24, illus) Describes this village between the Nabesna and Chisana Rivers about 50 mi from the Canadian border. The area is best known for northern pike and grayling fishing and duck hunting. It has an abundance of moose, caribou, muskrat, beaver, fox, lynx, wolf, and wolverine. Transportation is by highway and DLC. air. 255

94818 DEMPSEY, H.A., ed. David Thompson on the Peace River. (Alberta historical review 1966. v.14, no.1, p.1-10; no.2, p.14-21; no.4, p.14-19; maps, illus) Presents excerpts from the journals of Thompson, an explorer and fur trader with the Hudson's Bay Co 1784-1797 and the North West Co 1797-1812. The first part covers 5 Nov 1802 - 5 June 1803 when he was at a post on the Peace River about five mi above the confluence of the Smoky and in the Lesser Slave Lake area. Pt 2, 5 June - 10 Sept 1803, includes a trip down the Peace, exploration of part of the Notikewin River, trading with the Beaver Indians, gardening, hunting, etc. Pt 3, 11 Sept - 10 Dec 1803, describes a trip to the newly-established post of Horse Shoe House and journeys upstream in search of furs and meat. All three parts note day-to-day activities of the trading post, efforts to make equipment, ward off starvation, etc. CaMM. 94819 DEMPSEY, H.A., ed The Indians of Alberta. (Alberta historical review 1967. v.15, no.1, p.1-5, maps, illus) Outlines their history from earliest times to the present. Distribution of the tribes at the time of white contact, their movement within, into and out of the region and the languages now spoken are stated. The impact of the white man is discussed, as is the place of the Indian in society. CaMM. 94820 DEMPSEY, H.A., ed Thompson's journey to the Bow River. (Alberta historical review 1965. v.13, no.2, p.7-15, map, illus) Excerpt from his journal 17 Nov - 3 Dec 1800, describing his trip from Rocky Mountain House to visit the plains. CaMM. 94821 DEMPSEY, H.A., ed Thompson's journey to the Red Deer River. (Alberta historical review 1965. v.13, no.1, p.1-8, map, illus) In Oct 1800 David Thompson, in charge of Rocky Mountain House, the North West Co post at the confluence of the North Saskatchewan and Clearwater Rivers, went to meet the first trading party of Kootenai Indians from across the Rockies. This excerpt from his journal, 5-23 Oct covers the trip and negotiations with the Kootenais. CaMM. 94822 DEMPSTER, G. and others Experimental Coxsackie B-3 virus infection in Citellus lateralis. (Journal of cellular physiology 1966. v.67, no.3, p. 443-51, tables, Ulm) 6 refs. Other authors: E.I. Grodums and W.A. Spencer. In the non-hibernating squirrel, this is a mild infective disease, causing little or no 256

disturbance and only moderate damage in the brown fat tissue. In the hibernating animal, it is a severe infection, the progress of which is related to the number of arousal hours rather than number of infected days. During the hibernation phase, infective virus was not found in inoculated brown fat pads, while 48 hr after arousal high virus titers were recorded. In one case of complete loss of brown fad pads, the squirrel successfully DNLM. resumed hibernation. DEMPSTER, G., see also No. 95805, 100290 94823 DENISENKO, N.M. and others. Povedenie ionosfery i nekotorye osobennosti rasprostraneniiä radiovoln v periody geomagnitnykh vozmushchenil. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otdelenie. Severo-VostochnyT kompleksnyT n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1967. no.30, p.178-83, tables) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: IÜ.N. Gorshkov and N.P. Poddel'skil. Title tr.: Behavior of the ionosphere and certain peculiarities of radio wave propogation during periods of geomagnetic disturbances. Discusses the character of variation of critical frequenciesOjoF2 of the F2 layer before, during, and after magnetic storms. Deviations of Lj0F2 from median values are calculated by the formula: Afo F2(%) = (IOl2act-foF2 mcd/j0F2med)X100. An attempt was made to keep track of geomagnetic storm commencements and the variation of radio signal field intensity of a 1500 km distant medium-wave radio station on 181 kc/s. Data of vertical sounding of the ionosphere, magnetic observations, and field intensity measurements obtained during 1 July - 31 Dec 1966 at Magadan were used. DGS. DENISOV, A.P., see No. 93910, 101070 94824 DENISOVA, I.D. Podzemnoe pitanie rek Urala. (Leningrad. Gos. gidrologicheskil inst. Trudy 1965. no.122, p.51-66, tables, graphs, maps) 13 refs. In Title tr.: Subsurface feeding of Russian. rivers of the Ural. Analyzes the formation conditions of subsurface drainage in rivers such as Pechora, Shchugor, Ilych, Vishera and others, according to physiographic premises of climate, relief, precipitation, etc. Nine regions of the Urals are distinguished according to hydrogeologic conditions. The most northerly taking in the Polar and Subpolar Urals is characterized by the presence of permafrost, Quaternary deposits, naleds, freezing of suprapermafrost and interpermafrost water, etc. DLC.

94825 DENMARK. Meteorologiske institut. Summaries of weather observations at weather stations in Greenland 1951-1960. Charlottenlund 1967. 215 p. tables. In Danish and English. In sequence to No 70965. Presents data for the same 15 stations but the observations are extended to provide a ten-yr period for probability calculations as compared with the five-yr period of the previous volume. The same meteorological parameters are included. DWB. 94826 DENMARK. SOkortarkivet. Den Grønlandske lods, 1. del: Vestgrt nland. 2d ed. København, Schultz 1966. 361 p. 7Ytle tr.: maps, tables, illus. In Danish. Greenland pilot guide. Pt. 1: West Greenland. Rev ed of No 3878. Covers the coast from Kap Farvel to Kap Morris Jesup. General information on regulations, bathymetry (incl banks), climate, magnetic variation, tides, surface currents, and health conditions is given. A section on ice provides a glossary, descriptions of types of ice and directions for navigation. A list of Greenlandic place names with Danish equivalents is appended. DLC. 94827 DENNISTON, C. The blood groups of three Konyag isolates. (In: Laughlin, W.S. and W.G. Reeder. Studies in Aleutian-Kodiak prehistory... Arctic anthropology 1966. v.3, no.2, p.195-205, graph, tables) 17 refs. Deals with the 1961-62 examination of 307 individuals at Old Harbor, Karluk and Kaguyak on Kodiak Island, to enlarge existing data on Eskimos, examine possibilities for reconstructing past genetic relationships, and continue a long-range study of microevolution in small isolated groups. Methods of testing, age group analysis for gene frequency changes between generations, potential danger from inbreeding, etc. are discussed and the results of the blood group survey tabulated. The high incidence of A2 genes in Old Harbor and Karluk is attributed to European admixture. DSI. 94828 DENNISTON, G.B. Cultural change at Chaluka, Umnak Island: stone artifacts and features. (In: Laughlin, W.S. and W.G. Reeder. Studies in Aleutian-Kodiak prehistory... Arctic anthropology, 1966. v.3, no.2, p.84-124, graphs, tables, illus) 13 refs. Describes and classifies the lithic inventory recovered during the 1962 fieldwork. Most are manufacturing tools made by the chipping technique: unifacial and bifacial cutting, scraping, chopping and engraving tools, also projectile points, sinkers, bowls, lamps, etc. The stratigraphy of the Chaluka mound (200 m long x 61 m wide x 6.8 m deep) is

sketched, noting sample radiocarbon dates for all cultural horizons. A relative continuity of manufacturing tradition is revealed in the consecutive levels of Lower and Middle Chaluka: 1700-700 BC. A cultural break, marked by a gap of some 1200 yr, appears in Upper Chaluka, reoccupied about 500 AD. Available data give no clue whether the change was abrupt and due to migration or a gradual development. A maritime oriented economy is inferred for the entire history of the site. Portions of stone and whale bone structures incl house walls and slightly depressed paved floors, rectangular fire pits lined with stone slabs, etc were discovered throughout the three Lower Chaluka levels: 1700-1200 BC. Though none of these early stone houses have been fully excavated, they differ markedly from the large communal buildings described by the 18th c Russian voyagers to the Aleutians: rectangular semisubterranean houses built of driftwood and whale bones, and subdivided into family units. Remains of such structures were found in previous excavations at Chaluka. DSI. 94829 DENNY, C. Trail to the Yukon. (Alberta historical review 1967. v.15, no.3, p.24-28, illus) Former RCMP inspector describes the attempt to cut the Peace River-Yukon Trail, a short overland route to the Klondike for pack animals: the journey of 32 men and ten four-horse teams from Ft Saskatchewan via Athabasca River, Lesser Slave Lake, Peace River Crossing, to Fort St John where they began to cut the trail in 1905. Denny left the project at the end of 1906, but it continued to a point 100 mi north of Hazelton where the project was abandoned in 1907. CaMM. 94830 DENTON, G.H. and M. STUIVER. Late Pleistocene glacial stratigraphy Elias and chronology, northeastern St. Mountains, Yukon Territory, Canada. (Geological Society of America. Bulletin 1967. v.78, no.4, p.485-510, maps, tables, illus) Refs. Reviews previous work on the glacial geology of this range and presents results of the authors' field studies of drift, cirque floors, striation, fluting and other features of glacial morphology. Flow directions of glacier ice are mapped, drift sections are illus, and a glacial chronology presented with C14 dates indicated. This shows four glaciations separated by three non-glacial intervals between >49,000 BP and present. The glaciations are identified as Shakwak (>49,000 BP), Icefield (49,000-37,700), Kluane (30,100-cal 0,000), and Neoglacial (2640-present); the non-glacial intervals are Silver (>49,000), Boutellier, and Slims. Correlations of both glaciological 257

and climatic parameters with other regions appear to indicate broadly synchronous flucDGS. tuations. 94831 DENTON, G.H. and M. STUIVER. Neoglacial chronology, northeastern St. Elias Mountains, Canada. (American journal of science 1966. v.264, no.8, p.577-99, maps, illus) Refs. Presents a chronology of glacial events in this region from the Shakwak glaciation (>49,000 BP) to present, the Neoglacial being considered in detail. Evidence of drift morphology and stratigraphy, with C14 dating, is reviewd and illus, particularly from the vicinity of the Donjek Glacier. Onset of loess deposition shortly before 2640 BP is indicated, followed by glacial advance, the most extensive glaciation reaching a maximum during the last few centuries. Retreat was established at least a century ago. A preliminary attempt is made to correlate data from this area with other parts of the world, see Porter, S.C. and G.H. Denton, qv. DLC. DENTON, G.H., see also No. 99170 94832 DEPOCAS, F. Concentration and turnover of cytochrome c in skeletal muscles of warm- and cold-acclimated rats. (Canadian journal of phsiology and pharmacology 1966. v.44, no.6, p.875-80, tables, illus) 11 refs. French summary. The average concentration of this protein in all skeletal muscles is higher in cold- than in warm-acclimated rats. In ventrolateral abdominal muscles the concentration is significantly higher, while in gastrocnemius muscles it is similar in both groups of rats. The fractional rate of turnover of skeletal muscle cytochrome c in cold-acclimated rats is -0.047±0.005/day, corresponding to halflife 14.8 days. DLC. 94833 DERBIKOV, I.Y. and V.A. KASHTANOV. Pereotlozhennye boksity v al'b(?)-senomanskikh pribrezhno-morskikh osadkakh prieniseiskol chasti Zapadno-Sibirskoi nizmennosti. (Sibirskif n.-issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syr'ih. Trudy 1967. no.58, p.92-105, graph, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Redeposited bauxites in Albian(?)-Cenomanian coastal-marine deposits in the Yenisey part of the West Siberian lowland. Describes the physical and chemical properties of these bauxites as studied in the Turukhan and Bakhta River basins. They are thought to be products of laterite crust weathering on traps. Preliminary experiments for their enrichment are reported. Geo258

physical methods are considered for their DLC. further study. 94834 DERIÜGIN, A.G. Snezhnyi led i ego znachenie pri raschetakh tolshchiny ledianogo pokrova. (Leningrad. Gosud. gidrologicheskii inst. Trudy 1967. vyp. 148, p. 13 refs. In Russian. 29-44, tables, illus) Title tr.: Snow ice and its significance in computing the thickness of the ice cover. Discusses the growth of ice on the top of the ice cover on rivers, lakes, and water reservoirs due to snow upon the ice cover mixing with water coming up through cracks formed in the ice sheet by thermal stresses, variation of the water level, wind action, and seismic phenomena, and particularly through cracks at the juncture of the ice sheet with the shore; and sometimes due to the snow melting during thaws. The snow-ice phenomenon occurs on the Volga, Kama, Severnaya Dvina, Ob, Lena, and Amur Rivers, their tributaries, and lakes in their basins. Statistical observations are supported by empirical relationships of ice and snow physical-geometrical parameters, leading to formulas for computing the total thickness of the ice layer. This formula represents generally the observed ice thickness on these rivers and lakes. A computation is also given for the upper Svir' reservoir in 1963. DLC. DERIÜGIN, A.G., see also No. 93958 DERRICK, J.R., see No. 94137 94835 DERTSAKIÅN, A.K. Sverkhmoshchnaiä sistema gazoprovodov, Sever Tiümenskoi oblasti. (Stroitel'stvo truboprovodov 1967. v.12, no.3, p.9-13, tables) In Russian. Title tr: The super-power system of gas pipelines in northern Tyumen Province. Describes the system planned to transport natural gas from the Berezovo, Novyy Port, Tazovskoye, Purskoye-Urengoyskoye, etc deposits, the northern branch of the pipeline to go to Salekhard, Ukhta, Kotlas, Arkhangel'sk, Cherepovets, Leningrad, Moscow, Torzhok, Minsk, and westward, the Urals branch to go to Berezniki, Perm', Nizhniy Tagil, Izhevsk, Sverdlovsk and farther south. A schematic map on the front cover of the journal depicts the 7430 km system, the northern branch 5394 km, the Urals Branch 2036 km long. The plan includes 1748 water-obstacles, 118 railroad and 236 auto road crossings, 2410 km laid in permafrost, 4734 in forests, 1835 km in swamps, 2810 km under water, and 582 km in hard rock areas. The capacity of the system is 130 billion m3/yr of gas. Some nine million tons of metal are required for 18,767 km of pipe: 11,487 km 1420 mm in diam,

6169 km 1220 mm, and 1111 km 1020 mm. The capital investment for the gas extraction, and for its transportation and underground storage is estimated at 1443 and 4619 million rubles, respectively. Gas production and average transportation costs are also estimated. Pipes 24 m long are to be used in the construction. A labor force of 42,000 and 5000 construction machines, 2000 automobiles, 3500 caterpillars, and 3500 trailers are required. DLC. 94836 DERVIZ-SOKOLOVA, T.G. Botaniko-geograficheskie nabhüdeniia v raione zaliva Kresta (Chukotskll naisional'nyi ok(Botanicheskil zhurnal 1967. v.52, rug). no.4, p.538-42) Refs. In Russian. Title tr» Phytogeographical observations near Zaliv Kresta, Chukchi National District. Discusses and tabulates some 200 forms of plants collected summer 1964. Notes on geography, permafrost, temperatures and preDLC. cipitation are included. 94837 DERVIZ-SOKOLOVA, T.G. Flora krainego vostoka Chukotskogo poluostrova, poselok Utilen - Mys Dezhneva. (Rastitel'nost' Krainego Severe SSSR i ee osvoenie 1966, v.6, p.80-107, table) 24 refs. Title tr.: Flora of the eastIn Russian. ernmost part of Chukchi Peninsula from Uelen to Cape Dezhnev. Lists 259 plant species (Latin names) collected in 1958 and 1959 in a small area between Inchoun and Puoten Bay and several others from south of this area. Notes on their occurrence, distribution, frequency and ecology are included. Ten types of habitat are distinguished, and the systematic relations of 39 families, 119 genera and 280 species are outlined. The paleogeography of the region generally and the Bering landmass hypothesis are outlined in the introduction. 94838 DERVIZ-SOKOLOVA, T.G. Ocherk rastitel'nogo pokrova severnogo berega Anadyrskogo limana. (Nauchnye doklady vysshei shkoly. Biologicheskie nauki Refs. In Russian. 1967. no.6, p.94-98) Title tr.: On the plant cover of the Anadyr estuary coast. Notes plants on the lower course of Volchaya River and its tributary Skorbutnaya River. The Volchaya empties into the Anadyr Estuary (64°30' N 178°E). Plant associations DLC. are also discussed. 94839 DESAI, K.P. and E.J. MOORE. Well log interpretation in permafrost. (Society of Professional Well Log Analysts. Annual logging symposium, 8th, Denver, Colo. 1967. Transactions, p. N1-N27, graphs, illus) 9 refs.

Implicit in a quantitative interpretation of the well logs in permafrost is knowledge of its physical properties, temperature distribution and the proper field procedures. The vertical temp distribution in undisturbed permafrost is 40-60°F cooler than a normal distribution; the average geothermal gradient is around 1.7°F/100' in northern Alaska, with a range of 0.3°F/100'; the minimum temp occurs just below the zone of seasonal variation, around 75''_* 25', depending to a large extent on geographical location and surface features. When the drill penetrates the undisturbed permafrost it superimposes a radial distribution of temp upon the existing layered distribution. Differential equations and a method for calculating the radial distribution of temp are given, with discussion of the effect of temp upon fluid (brine) properties and rock properties. This data is applied to an interpretation of a well on the North Slope in DGS. Alaska. 94840 DESHERIEV, IU.D. Zakonomernosti razvitiiia i vzaimodelstviii i zykov v Moskva, Nauka sovetskom obshchestve. 1966. 402 p. tables. Refs. In Russian. Title fr.: Laws of linguistic evolution and interaction in Soviet society. Comparative study of the morphological development, lexic enrichment, phonetic and syntactic changes, etc of languages spoken in the Soviet Union. The influence of Russian and other long-established languages or vernaculars recently reduced to writing or still without script are discussed. The stylistic and functional developments in newly created literary languages are analyzed. Aleut, Eskimo, Ostyak, Vogul, Zyryan, Yakut, the Samoyed, Tungus and Paleosiberian languages are dealt with among others. Tabulated population data are given on the basis of the 1959 census. DLC. 94841 DESLAURIERS, C.E. Ice breakup in rivers. Quebec 1966. 37 1. graphs, diagrs. (International Hydrologic Decade. Canadian National Committee. Workshop seminar: ice formation and break-up in lakes and rivers, Quebec, Nov. 1966) Summarizes recent research on conditions and processes of breakup of ice in rivers. This phenomenon is controlled by meteorologic, geographic and geomorphic factors related to the physics of calorimetry, mechanics, hydraulics, etc. The course of breakup differs in early, normal and late breakups; all types have three major phases: the start of runoff in drainage basin and daily late afternoon flood wave which exerts upward force on the bottom of the ice cover; the drive or breakup marked by jams, floods, and damage; and the wash or removal of residual ice and jams on 259

banks and lowlands. The drive progresses under the influence of hydraulic, channel, and cryologic factors (analytic equations included). Author describes the preconditions, nature, and stability of simple ice jams of slow formation, limited height and duration, and without interception of river discharge; and of dry ice jams (or ice gorges) of quick formation, unpredictable height, long duration, and drastic cut of the flow. CaMAI. 94842 DESOLE, C. and E.A. PALLESTRINI. Responses of the oculomotor units to the labyrinth stimulation under hypo(Experientia 1967. v.23, no.10, thermia. p.823-24, illus) Refs. Reports experiments with curarized guinea pigs, cooled to a colonic temp of 18°C. In 65% of the cases rhythmic oculomotor responses were abolished at a temp of about 30°C; below this body temp only continuous activation was induced by labyrinth stimulation. DLC. 94843 DESSLER, A.J. and R.D. JUDAY. Configuration of auroral radiation in space. (Planetary and space science 1965. v.13, no.1, p.63-72, illus) 26 refs. Russian summary. Describes the configuration of energetic particles that cause auroras, using an "open tail" model of the magnetosphere. The magnetopause is shown to form a closed contour around each magnetic pole. The location of the auroral zone is associated with the latitude of the field magnetic lines that go to the neutral point on the day side of the magnetosphere. The authors claim that this essentially geometric model is able to account for the existence of the auroral zone, and the satellite observations of radiation near the ecliptic plane in the magnetospheric tail. DLC. 94844 DEITERMAN, R.L. and J.K. HARTSOCK. Geology of the Iniskin-Tuxedni region, Alaska. Washington, DC 1966. maps, tables, illus. (US Geological Survey. Professional paper no. 512) 40 refs. The ca 710 mil area mapped is on the west side of Cook Inlet. What may be one of the thickest (26,600 ft) and most nearly complete sequences of richly fossiliferous Jurassic rocks in the US occurs in this region. The average relief is about 2500-3500 ft and is dominated by the Biamna volcano, from which ten glaciers radiate to cover about 15% of the area. The rocks are divided into nine formations, three of which are subdivided into eight members. Oil and gas are known to be present on the Fitz Creek structure, a faulted asymmetrical anticline with closure on the Fitz Creek fault, but the generally impervious 260

nature of the rocks diminishes the value of the structure as an oil trap. 94845 DE1'1'r:RMAN, R.L. and others. Jurassic plutonism in the Cook Inlet region, Alaska. (US. Geological Survey. Professional paper 1965. no.525-D, p.16-21, map, illus) 11 refs. Other authors: B.L. Reed and M.A. Lanphere. Potassium-argon determinations on hornblende and biotite indicate an age of 170 MY for emplacement of the Aleutian Range batholith; geologic mapping suggests emplacement between early Jurassic and early middle Jurassic time. The age of this batholith agrees closely with the age of the Kosina batholith in the Talkeetna Mountains about 250 mi to the northeast. DGS. 94846 DETTERMAN, R.L. and others. Radiocarbon dates from Iliamna Lake, Alaska. (US. Geological Survey. Professional paper 1965. no.525-D, p.34-36, map, illus) 4 refs. Other authors: B.L. Reed and M. Rubin. A radiocarbon date of 8,520± 350 BP from a lacustrine sand deposit in a terrace at the west end of Iliamna Lake establishes a minimum age for the second major advance of the Brooks Lake Glaciation. The advance must be considerably older than 8,520 yr, as other terraces are cut into the moraine as much as 49 ft above the dated terrace. DGS. 94847 DETTERMAN, R.L. and B.L. REED. Surficial deposits of the Iliamna quadrangle, Alaska. Washington, DC 1967. I map with explanatory sheet. Surficial deposits and glacially modified bedrock surfaces of the area 59-60°N 153-156°W, are shown. Most of the deposits were formed during the Brooks Lake (Wisconsin) glaciation and subsequently modified by fluvioglacial, alluvial, colluvial, lacustrine and marine action. The large piedmont lake basins of Iliamna, Kukaklek, Nonvianuk, Clark, and Tazimina developed during the same glaciation. DGS. DETTERMAN, R.L., see also No. 96490, 99365 DEVLATKIN, A.A., see No. 96902 94848 DEVIATOVA, E.I. 0 kharaktere graniisy valdaiskogo lednika na territorii Arkhangel'skoi oblasti. (In: Rabochee soveshchanie po obrazovaniiu materikovogo l'da, Tallin, 5-6 iwmå 1961. p.34-35) In Russian. Tytte tr.: Character of the Valday glacier limits in the area of Arkhangel'sk Province.

The geomorphic glacier limit is not everywhere clearly expressed in the present relief. Possibly the glacier had a southerly and southeasterly direction. Its boundary is described noting areas of the Severnaya Dvina, Mezen, Pinega and other river basins. DLC.

bridge between the sides of the river. Most of the sludge passes under the ice bridge to flow further downstream; but a part of the sludge is intercepted by the bridge which thereby grows upstream, thus producing pack ice. DLC.

94849 DEVIK, O. Present experience on ice problems connected with the utilization of water power in Norway. La connaissance actuelle des probl6mes de glace, et leur influence sur l'exploitation de l'energie hydroelectrique en Norv6ge. (Journal of hydraulic research 1964. v.2, no.!, p.25-40, graphs, tables, illus) 3 refs. In English and French. Reports study of problems connected with slow turbulence set up when the current through a deep lake is increased by the flow from a power plant, affecting water temperature distribution and ice conditions; also problems connected with increasing general radiation from sun and sky, from March on. The so-called dynamic ice formation in rivers is caused by heat loss through radiation and exchange at the water/air surface, and by influence of cloudiness, wind and temperature. Equations and tables are given for calculating the amount of cooling. The behavior of frazil and the stream flow, formation of anchor ice and ice dams are noted, as is the use of sills to stabilize ice production in the manner of natural ice dams. An x-shaped raft is used to inhibit whirls and lower the risk of supercooled water being carried down to the trash rack of power plants. Elsewhere the feeder canal has been roofed against outgoing radiation, and electric heat elements installed under the roof. The profile of the canal must be wide enough to reduce turbulence and keep the water velocity below the critical value of 0.6 m/sec; measures must be taken to accelerater formation of an ice cover; the canal should be oriented away from exposure to prevailing DGS. winds in winter.

DEVIRTS, A.L. see No. 95817, 101100, 101101, 101102, 101103, 101104, 101105

Production of pack 94850 DEVIK, O. ice and ice bridges from floating sludge ice in rivers. (Intl. Assoc. for Hydraulic Research, 11th Congress, Moscow 1965. Transactions. v. 6, p. 424-25) Considers the formation of ice dams, pack ice, and ice bridges in turbulent rivers to be the combined effect of supercooling, crystal growth, frazil ice drift, dynamic compression, and regelation. Loose structures of sludge-ice clusters floating downstream are strengthened, when the stream is nearly covered with such structures, and they enter the parts of the river where it narrows and deepens. The floating layer of sludge ice is then compressed, the buoyancy increases, leading to the formation of an ice carpet, and an ice

94851 DEVOLD, F. Sildeundersøkelsene i Norskehavet 18. juni - 11. juli 1967. (Fiskets gang 1967. v.53, no.40, p.696-97, map) In Norwegian. Title tr.: The herring investigations in the Norwegian Sea, 18 June - 11 July 1967. Discusses reconnaissance for migrating herring off the west coast of Norway, and the possibilities of poor catch. Both west and north coast herring overwintered east of Iceland with the probable result that northerly spawning grounds are poorly occupied. In summer, herring appear along the polar front on both sides of the north-flowing warmer water, and in 1966 they reached the banks southwest of Bjørnøya. In 1967 they were found north to 77°N west of Spitsbergen, but they seek more southerly waters for the winter season. How this migration affects the fishing season must await later DI. information. 94852 DEVOLD, F. Tokt med "G. O. Sars" til Nord-Norge 22. juli - 14. august 1965. (Fiskets gang 1965. v.51, no.41, Refs. In Norwep.614-16, graph, map) gian. Title tr.: Cruise aboard the G.O. Sara off northern Norway, 22 July - 14 August 1965. Reports investigation of the amounts of herring and of hydrographic conditions in the north Norwegian Sea, where herring which spawn in northern coastal waters tend to school in summer. The general area searched was in 66° - 73°N, south and southwest of Bjørnøya. Good quality, fat, mature fish were found in 200-300 m depth by day and near the surface at night. Commercial vessels made a good catch when directed by search ship to the find. Hydrographic conditions indicate that these fish will reach coastal spawning grounds early, probably in the first half of Jan DI. 1966. 94853 DEVOLD, F. Vintersildinnsigene (Fiskets gang 1965. v.51, no.26, 1965. p.378-80, map) Refs. In Norwegian. Title tr.: The landward migration of winter herring, 1965. Summarizes operations of cruise vessels investigating herring occurrence off the Norwegian coast. A strong temperature front was charted between the warm ocean water and 261

the colder coastal waters, and herring were found moving along that front toward Vestfjorden and toward the coast up to 69°35'N at the end of Jan, three weeks earlier than normal. Second and third-time spawners (1959-60 year class) were found in the Vestfjord region. Weather was poor. Schools were reported by radio to fishermen waiting ashore. In the north fish lay at 12-70 m depth, and moved at nearly six m/24 hr. Off the southwest Norway coastal waters were warmer than the ocean. Near RØst strong winds spread cold water over warm water and made echo soundings difficult. Because of poor quality fishing in the north, much of the fishing fleet operated off the west coast. DI. 94854 DEVOLD, F. Vintersildinnsigene 1966. (Fiskets gang 1966. v.52, no.16, p.299-301, maps) Refs. In Norwegian. Title tr.: The landward migration of winter herring, 1966. Complements the 1965 herring migration report supra. The north Norwegian movement was significantly later than had been expected, probably because of the severe cooling of coastal waters. The fish remained farther north than had been expected and escaped detection. DI.

de WEERDT, M.M., see No. 94436 94855 De WINDT, H. From Paris to New York by land. London, Newnes 1904. 311 p. map, illus. Recounts experiences during an 18,500-mi journey in 1901-2 to determine the feasibility of constructing a railroad to connect Europe with North America via Asia and Bering Strait. The three-man party traveled by railroad to Irkutsk, by horse sleigh along the Lena River to Yakutsk, by reindeer sleigh to Verkhoyansk and Sredne-Kolymsk, and by dog sled along the Kolyma River and arctic coast to Bering Strait. After a sojourn at Uelen, the party crossed the Strait by US revenue cutter to Cape Prince of Wales and proceeded south by steamer to Nome and St Michael, up the Yukon to Dawson and Whitehorse, over the White Pass and Yukon Railway to Skagway, then down the Inside Passage. Travel conditions enroute are described, as are landscape, weather, settlements, the local natives (Yakuts, Chukchis, Eskimos) encountered, and living conditions of Russian political exiles, especially at Sredne-Kolymsk. De Windt concluded that it would be physically possible but not economically feasible to construct an intercontinental railroad. Appended are a subject 262

index, lists of travel distances, Yakut and Chukchi words, and daily weather records. DLC. 94856 DeWITI, R.N. A dynamical model of auroral morphology. (Space science reviews 1967. v.7, no.2/3, p.211-27, graphs, illus) Refs Describes a model of aurora behavior to provide a framework for diverse observations. The global distribution of auroras and average alignment of their arcs are discussed with diagrams of azimuth, °E from geomagnetic north against local time at Baker Lake, Churchill, and Barrow. Auroral substorm events are illus by reproductions of films taken simultaneously by all-sky cameras during IGY at Barrow, Ft Yukon, Kotzebue, and Vrangelya Island, Thule, Alert and Resolute. The relationship between the auroral substorm and the polar magnetic substorm is noted. The auroral oval on the dayside, polar cap auroras, and the relationship of aurora morphology to the configuration of the magnetosphere are disDLC. cussed. DeWOLFE, B.B. 94857 Biology of white-crowned sparrows in late summer at College, Alaska. (Condor 1967. v.69, no.2, p.110-32, graphs, tables) Refs. Study of 346 Zonotrichia leucophrys gambelii conducted between Jun 26 and Aug 27, 1957, incl body weight, gonad dimensions, molt, fat in the postbreeding period, behavior, and banding (of 254 birds). Defense of territory began to decline at the end of Jun; flocks started to form by 9 Jul, migratory behavior was first observed 7 Aug; by the end of Aug the areas of observation were deserted. Observations are largely in agreement with such made at same latitude in 1962 and 1963 (see No 88566). DLC. DEZHNEV, S.I., see No. 97381 94858 D'IACHENKO, L.N. and K.IA. KONDRAT'EV. Raspredelenie dlinnovolnovogo balansa atmosfery po zemnomu sharu. (Leningrad. Glavnarå geofizicheskaiä observatoriiii. Trudy 1965. no.170, p.192-201, 2 refs. In Russian. table, graphs, maps) Title tr.: Distribution of the long-wave balance of the atmosphere on the earth's globe. Presents the results of calculation, and maps of monthly and annual sums of the difference of the effective radiation on the earth's surface, and that escaping the earth from its upper atmosphere. Meteorological data obtained from 163 land and 95 sea stations were used in the K. I.A. Vinnikov, qv formula for calculating the escaping radiation

(ibid 1965, no. 168, p 123-39). Annual average values of the balance are tabulated and its isolines are drawn with intervals of 20 kcallcm2 for a 460.1 million km2 area. Annual variation of the balance for the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, and for Amderma and Tashkent, and its rate of variation for different landscape-climatic zones, incl Amderma and Barrow, are given in graphs. DLC. 94859 D'IACHKOV, M. Sovkhoz "Anadyrskil". (Magadan. Oblastnoi kraevedcheskil muzet. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1966. no.6, p.27-32) In Russian. Title tr.: Anadyrskiy state farm. Describes the growth of the first reindeer sovkhoz in the Chukchi National District started in 1929 in the middle Anadyr' basin with Snezhnoye as its seat. In 1964 it had 3,409,000 hectares and a reindeer herd of 17,300 with over a thousand annual increase, and produce worth 408,000 rubles. Fur hunting and some dairy farming are also reported. Average wages rose 535-3,444 rubles/yr in 1940-64. Most men in the reindeer industry get the 80% surplus pay and other hardship benefits for workers in the Far North under Supreme Soviet decree of 1960. Farm life, housing construction, social and educational facilities at Snezhnoye, Chukchi participation in sovkhoz administration, etc DLC are discussed. 94860 D'IAKONOV, F.V. Ekonomikogeograficheskie osobennosti i problemy Kam(Sibirskil geograficheskil chatskoi oblasti. sbomik 1967, no.5, p.7-34, map, tables) Title in: Features and Refs. In Russian. problems of the economic geography of Kamchatka Province. Reviews the natural conditions for economic development, noting the relief, geologic structure, natural resources such as coal and peat, timber, fish, etc. The population of the province and its manpower resources are discussed: the present population is 253,000 of which 80% are Russian. The fishing forms 90% of the industrial product. Agriculture and other branches of the economy are still undeveloped. The economic regions of Kamchatka are described: the southeast, the Kamchatka River valley, southwest, the northeast and northwest regions. DLC. 94861 D'IAKONOV, K.N. Tretia konferenüiia molodykh geografov Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. (Akademii nauk SSSR. Izvestiiå 1966, ser. geog. no.5, p.145-48) In Russian. Title tr.: Third conference of the young geographers of Siberia and the Far East. Reviews the 13-15 Apr 1966 meeting at

Irkutsk, where about 50 specialists dealt with problems of geomorphology, climatology, hydrology, soils, biogeography, medical geography, settlements, etc, incl some arctic regions. Some of the papers are summarized. DLC. 94862 D'IAKONOV, P.N. Anomalii v iaitienoskosti pernatykh. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1967, no.5, p.176-77) In Russian. Title d:: Anomalies of egg production by the feathered. Reports own observations of bird nests in the Ust'-Kamchatskiy region. In a scaup (Nyroca marila) nest 21 eggs were found instead of the usual 8-10; a laughing gull (Larus ridibundus) nest which usually has 2-3 eggs, rarely 4, had 5. A Siberian capercaillie (Tetrao urogalloides) nest usually has 8-9 eggs, but in three nests only 4 were found and in three others only 2 eggs. DLC. 94863 D'IAKONOV, P.N. Sezonnye ritmy prirody v raione poselka Kliuchi. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1966, no.4, p.23-31, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title Seasons in the Klyuchi region. Discusses phenology and ecology of this region in central Kamchatka based on ten years of observation. Average duration of seasons here is: winter 150 days, spring 97 days, summer 51 days, fall 67 days. DLC. 94864 D'IAKONOV, P.N. Tri fenomena (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki prirody. In Russian. 1967. no.5, p.173-76, illus) Title tr. Three natural phenomena. Describes ball lightning, an unusual rainbow, and a noctilucent cloud phenomenon. During an eruption of Bezymyannyy Volcano on 30 Mar 1956, a thunderstorm occurred, and in the intensely electrified air a pale golden ball about the size of a human head floating about 1 m above the ground, approached a birch tree, touched it, and disappeared with light cracking sound. The entire living tree with a 40 cm diam stem was turned into fragmented charcoal, although no fire was noticed. This ball lightning phenomenon lasted about 12 min. The rainbow was observed 20 Aug 1966, against a background of clouds over Sheveluch Volcano in the Kharchinskiy Mts. It appeared in pale violet, sky blue, greenish, then golden, pink, and reddish horizontal stripes extending from slightly above ground at the foot of the volcano, upward some 70 km; it lasted for 16 hr 05 min. The noctilucent clouds were observed 23 July 1966 on the Omsk-Irkutsk sector of a flight from Sverdlovsk to Kamchatka. They appeared north of the flight line as a huge east-west silvery band; a collision between this band and a silvery turbulent 263

cloud-ball moving eastward is described, and two sketches of the phenomenon are given. DLC. D'IAKONOV, V.P., see No. 95235, 95472 94865 D'fAKOV, A.G. 0 nomenklature almazonosnykh territoriT. (Geologitå i geofizika 1967, no.4, p.145-50) 38 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Nomenclature of diamond-bearing areas. Notes the existing inconsistency in areal terms in the designation of diamond-bearing deposits. Region, province, locality, field, polygon and other terms are briefly discussed and proposals made for their use. DLC. D'IAKOV, A.G., see also No. 93835 94866 DIBNER, A.F. Permskie kompleksy spor i pyl'i y Noril'skogo raiona i ikh znachenie dliii sopostavleniia otlozhenil. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologic i biostratigrafiia 1967, no.19, p.51-80, map, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr: Permian spore and pollen complexes of the Noril'sk region and their importance for the correlation of deposits. Summarizes for the first time the composition and distribution of spore-pollen complexes of Permian deposits, from own 8-yr palynological study. About eighty forms are listed, and the stratigraphic position of these complexes is determined. The Noril'sk Permian flora belongs to the Angara phytogeographic province. Variation of this flora is discussed. Composition of the Angara flora indicates a moderately warm and moist climate during the Late Paleozoic. DLC. 94867 DIBNER, A.F. Verkhnepaleozoiskie otlozheniih Leno-Khatangskogo progiba. (In: Stratigrafii paleozoia srednei Sibiri... 1967. p.213-15) In Russian. Title tr.: Upper Paleozoic deposits of the LenaKhatanga depression. Presents a stratigraphic plan of the Permian in the Nordvik region where these are the most investigated deposits. Lower and Upper Permian are described and separated into subdivisions and local series. This stratigraphic division is based on foraminifers, ostracods, and pollen-spore analyses. DLC. DIBNER, A.F., see also No. 95673, 97581 94868 DIBNER, V.D. and A.V. POSTNIKOV. Nekotorye rezul'taty geologo-geomorfologicheskogo profilirovannä pri pomoshchi ekholota NEL-5R na uchebnom sudne "Bataisk" v 1964 godu, Barentsevo more i monii severo-vostochnoi Atlantiki. 264

(Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'nai2 geologii 1967, no.10, p.217-22, graph, tables illus) Refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Some results of geologic and geomorphic profiling with a NEL-5R echo sounder on the training ship Bataisk in 1964, Barents Sea and seas of the Northeast Atlantic. Describes this type of experimentation and the echo sounder used. Profiling of the sea bottom may enable some features of the geologic structure of the bottom to be clarified; the thickness of the bottom sediments, their stratification may also be asDLC. certained. 94869 DIBNER, V.D. and N.M. KRYLOVA. Stratigraphic position and material composition of coal measures in Franz Josef Land. (Intl. geology review 1965. v.7, no.6, p.1030-38, map, illus) 17 refs. English translation of No 78263. DLC. DIBNER, V.D., see also No. 94807 DIKTSEV, E.N. Klassifikatsnä 94870 landshaftov i urochishch Sos'vinskogo Priob'iia. (Akademiih nauk SSSR. Inst. geografii Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Doklady 1966. no.13, p.3-11, table, illus) 4 refs. In Russian. French summary. Tyde tr.: The classification of landscapes and localities of Sos'va Ob region. Reports a geomorphic and landscape study in the Severnaya Sos'va and Konda River basins since 1964. The landscapes are classified according to degree of dissection (upland, lowland), genesis and development, and the lithologic and petrographic features of the surface deposits. Three types are distinguished according to character of the drainage. DLC 94871 DICK, T.M. Limits to navigation by ice in Port of Churchill. (American Society of Civil Engineers. Proceedings 1967. v.93, no.WW4-5559, p.11-26, graphs, maps, tables) Calculation for 148 observations of freezeup dates over the period 1720 to date gives the mean date of final freeze-up as of Nov 15 with a standard deviation of 12 days. An average opening date of June 12 is computed from records for 1937-65. Ice concentration at the shipping berth and dock as the result of surface currents is described. Consideration of river discharge and heat budget, which influence the formation and debacle of ice, and of effects of the proposed diversion of water from the Churchill into the Nelson River with storage in Southern Lake, leads to certain conclusions. Ice production commences in the Churchill River before it does

in the sea and owing to the surface current distribution makes the harbor untenable. Diversion of the river at Southern Indian Lake would greatly reduce the freshwater flow. The river would cool more quickly and produce ice sooner. Offsetting this is the reduction in average river velocity by the flow diversion. The velocity would possibly be reduced to the point where a solid ice cover would form more readily, thus inhibiting frazil ice production. It is expected that the diversion would cause ice to appear a few days earlier but the volume of ice should be substantially reduced. Local ice production within the harbor would not be affected. DGS. 94872 DIKKANEN, S.L. Sirma, residence and work organization in a Lappishspeaking community. Oslo, Norsk Folkemuseum, Universitetsforlaget 1965. 47 p. maps, tables. (Samiske samlinger v.8) 23 refs. Contains a field study in the area of Sirma in northern Norway on the NorwegianFinnish frontier. The village has about 230 inhabitants, settled Lapps who engage in animal husbandry and salmon fishing. The general economic background composition of the household residence patterns and work organization for fishing are outlined. The predominantly patrilocal residence pattern in an otherwise bilaterally oriented population is due to the fact that the salmon fishing requires two men working as a team. The patrilocal cluster in Sirma is thus not a patrilineal descent group, nor a land-owning unit, nor a local unit, but a cooperative group. When the need for cooperation is no longer present the cluster ceases to be effective. CaMAI. 94873 DIKOV, N.N. Arkheologicheskoe izuchenie Severo-Vostoka v sovetskoe vremtä. (Akademiiii nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyi kompleksnyi n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1967, no.31, p.46-62) 70 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Archeological study of the Northeast in the Soviet era. Reviews these studies since the late 1920's and describes excavations conducted since 1955 by the Chukchi and Magadan Museums of Regional History, and fieldwork in the 1960's, sponsored by the North-Eastern Complex Research Institute, Magadan. New theories arising from excavations in Chukotka and Kamchatka are summarized: a northern autochthonous origin of Eskimo culture; attribution of the neolithic culture in interior Chukotka to proto-Chukchi rather than Yukaghir groups with a semi-settled way of life, etc. Excavations of the Uelen and Ekven cemeteries, Chukotka, confirmed the hy-

pothesis of a reverse Eskimo migration from Alaska during the first millennium AD: the Birnirk stage of the Old Bering Sea culture. Proof of upper paleolithic links with the New World were provided by artifactual similarities between the Ushki site on Kamchatka and the Alaskan Kogruk Complex, British Mountain Tradition, and Anangula Island finds. Ethnogenetic and physical anthropological studies of Chukchis, Koryaks, Eskimos, etc. are also noted. DGS. 94874 DIKOV, N.N. Chegitunskie drevneeskimosskie mogil'niki. (Magadan. Oblastnol kraevedcheskii muzei. Kraevedcheside zapiski 1966. no.6, p.125-32, map, Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Old illus) Eskimo burials on the Chegitun'. Preliminary report on 1963 fieldwork in northeastern Chukotka. Three cemeteries with nine northeast-oriented graves and several house pits were excavated near the Chegitun' River mouth. The artifacts include toggle harpoon heads, a miniature winged object, bone armor plates, sled-runner and reindeer-harness fragments, etc. The sites are considered a local cultural outgrowth of the Old Bering Sea tradition strongly influenced by the Birnirk and Thule cultures of North American Eskimos. Skeletal remains are noted without osteological analysis. DLC. 94875 DIKOV, N.N. Drevnosti Sesha(Magadan. Oblastnoi kraevedchesktl na. muzei. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1966. no.6, Ref. In Russian. p.155-60, map, illus) Title tr.: Seshan antiquities. Reports discovery of Eskimo remains near Seshan, an abandoned Chukchi village on Cape Inkigur (Ikigur), northeast Chukotka. Preliminary fieldwork revealed several graves and a cultural layer 18 m long x 2 m thick. Artifacts typical for a sea-mammal hunting culture incl Old Bering Sea types are noted as are later monuments of religious or magic DLC. significance. 94876 DIKOV, N.N. K izucheniiu kul= turnogo naslediiä korennogo naseleniia Chu(Akademiih nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe kotki. otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyl kompleksnyl n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1967, no.31, p.87-92) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Contribution to the study of the cultural heritage of the aboriginal population of Chukotka. Deals with the author's 1967 field study of petroglyphs on the Pegtymel' River, discovered in 1965 by the geologist I.M. Samorukov. The petroglyphs cover excrescencies on the upper and middle tiers of 25-30 m high cliffs extending some 400 m along narrows on the upper course of the river. The majority of the pictures, done in 265

shallow intaglio, represent wild reindeer and sea mammal hunting, hunting magic, and religious subjects; feminine anthropomorphic figures predominate in the last. Remains of a hunting camp with neolithic artifacts and accumulations of reindeer bones and antlers mark this site as a river ford. The cliffs were probably sacred to Chukchis of the neolithic era with a sea mammal and reindeer hunting economy but no knowledge of reindeer domestication: a period dated to about the middle of the first millennium BC. DGS. 94877 DIKOV, N.N. Kamennyy vek Kamchatki i Chukotki v svete noveishikh arkheologicheskikh dannykh. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyii kompleksnyl n: issl. inst. Trudy 1964. no.8, p.5-27, maps, illus) Approx. 130 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Stone age in Kamchatka and Chukotka in the light of latest archeological data. Reconstructs cultural and ethnic processes in this area on the basis of author's 1956-63 fieldwork. A dependable relative chronology since the mesolithic is provided by the Ushki site in Kamchatka: its four cultural layers are clearly demarcated by intrusive ash deposits of the Shiveluch Volcano. The neolithic datings are supported by correlation with other stratified sites, particularly Ust'-Belaya on the Anadyr River, Chukotka. The periodization of Eskimo sites is based on the excavations at the Uelen cemetery. A uniform mesolithic core-scraper culture borne by tribes ancestral to the Paleosiberians and Amerinds extended across northeast Asia to North America. A differentiation of the Paleosiberian stock occurred in the early neolithic, i.e. fifth-third millennium BC, crystallizing in the second millennium BC into two distinct cultural foci: Chukotka and southern Kamchatka. The latter is possibly connected with proto-Aleuts and ancestral Eskimos. A division of the Paleosiberians into Chukchi-Koryaks and Itel'men Kamchadals took place in the late neolithic. A drop in temperature and the deforestation of the Bering Strait zone in the mid-first millennium BC gave rise to the Eskimo sea mammal hunting culture based on an older culture of arctic hunters and fishers of interior Chukotka. Sequential and coeval cultural and economic developments are described in turn for Kamchatka and Chukotka as well as for individual ethnic groups. Cultural links with Alaska are noted for all eras. DLC. 94878 DIKOV, N.N. 0 zadachakh istoricheskikh issledovanii na severe Dal'nego Vostoka SSSR. (Akademiih nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyl kompleksnyi n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1967. no.17, 266

p.4-14) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Aims of historical studies of the far northeastern USSR. Reviews historical, archeological, and ethnographic studies and fieldwork in Magadan and Kamchatka Provinces and lists publications through 1964. Differences of approach to the historic evolution of aborigines in pre-Revolutionary and Soviet writings are sketched. Guidelines are noted for current and future studies of the socioeconomic rehabilitation and cultural development of Chukchis, Koryaks, Eskimos, Aleuts, Yukaghirs, Kamchadals, Eveny Tungus, etc. DGS. 94879 DIKOV, N.N. Otkrytie paleolita na Kamchatke i problema pervonachal'nogo zaselenirå Ameriki. (Akademiih nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyi kompleksnyi n: issl. inst. Trudy 1967. no.17, p.16-31, illus) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Paleolithic finds in Kamchatka and the initial peopling of America. Reports the 1964 discovery of three paleolithic strata underlying the neolithic and mesolithic cultural layers at the stratified site No 1 near Ushki on Cape Kamennyy of Lake Ushkovskoye, Kamchatka basin. The paleolithic remains consist of stone tools scattered about several hearth spots and, in the lowest strata, also a burial covered by 1-2 cm thick red ochre deposits. Water seepage destroyed all organic matter which precludes radiocarbon dating. The age of the second paleolithic stratum, located at a depth of 2.3 m, is estimated at 14-16,000 yr BP; the mesolithic layer, 50 cm above it, has a C14 date of 10,360± 350 yr BP. The Ethic artifacts include crudely retouched scrapers, burins, lamellar blades, arrow points, etc. also some 800 beads. Lerma type points and the crudely worked spalls are affinal to the British Mountain tradition of Alaska. Wedge-like core tools, etc, resemble late paleolithic assemblages at Afontova Gora on the Yenisey and Krasnyy Yar on the Angara River, also the oldest American site on Anangula (Ananiuliak) Island, Aleutian Islands, and the pre-ceramic stages of Japan. Kamchatka is thus seen as a link between cultural impulses originated in Japan and relayed to America via the eastern Pacific coast and the Bering Land Bridge. DGS. 94880 DIKOV, N.N. The stone age of Kamchatka and the Chukchi Peninsula in the light of new archaeological data. (Arctic anthropology 1965. v.3, no.1, p.10-25, maps, illus) 55 refs. Translated by G.H. Clark from the Russian original pub in Akademiis nauk SSSR, Sibirskoe otd-ie, Severo-Vos-

tochnyT kompleksnyT n.-issl. inst, Trudy 1964, no.8, p.5-27. Reviews archeological sequences and ethnic processes from 1957-63 fieldwork particularly excavation of a stratified site on Lake Ushki, Kamchatka River basin. The mesolithic core scraper culture in its lowest level 10,675± 360 BP, extended from Sinkiang to Alaska. It was succeeded in NE Asia by the early neolithic probably coinciding with the rise of the Paleosiberian language family. Two culture foci of the middle neolithic formed in Chukotka and southern Kamchatka, developing different economies in the late neolithin: reindeer hunting by ancestral Chukchis and Koryaks, fishing by ancestral Kamchadals. Remains of a middle neolithic culture related to proto-Aleuts and ancestral Eskimos are in the second horizon of Ushki. Subsequent population displacements, cultural and economic processes, etc are discussed. The old Eskimo culture developed in Chukotka with adaptation to climatic cooling in the mid-first millennium BC. The Uelen burial rites are described and the so-called winged objects identified as the butterfly crown of shaman staffs. The butterfly is a female destroyer of sea mammals in Chukchi mythology; the winged object as ancestral figure related to the matriarchal clan cult. DSI.

94882 DIKOVA, T.M. Novye dannye k kharakteristike KanchalanskoT stoianki. (Akademitå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-VostochnyT kompleksnyi n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1964. no.8, p.41-53, map, illus) 8 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: New data on the characteristics of the Kanchalan site. Describes the inventory of five pit houses excavated in 1953-54 by V.V. Naryshkin near the mouth of the Kanchalan River. The artifacts and the excavator's journals, kept since 1961 at the Northeastern Research Institute, have not been previously published. Included in the collection are bone and stone scrapers, knives, awls, core tools, pick mattocks, pottery, etc. Bone assemblages and the location of huts near a river ford indicate a reindeer hunting economy with subsidiary berry and root gathering, and fishing; sea mammal hunting played a minor role. The only recorded floor plan shows a round hut, 3 m in diameter, with a central hearth for cooking and heating. Cultural affinities are seen with the late neolithic sites of interior Chukotka and the maritime Eskimo culture. A dating to the first millennium AD is suggested; ethnic affiliation, however, cannot be deduced from the available material. English translation in Arctic anthropology 1965. v.3, no.1, p.91-97. DLC. DIKOVA, T.M., see also No. 97074

94881 DIKOV, N.N. Uelenskil mogil'nik po dannym raskopok v 1956, 1958 i 1963 godakh. (Akademirå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyl kompleksnyi n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1967. no.17, p.45-79, map, illus) 20 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Uelen cemetery according to excavations of 1956, 1958, and 1963. Describes artifacts and osteological remains of 34 graves and discusses their ethnographic implications. Repetitive short-term use of the site broken by intervals of abandonment, rather than a continuous settlement, is inferred from the stylistic diversity of the artifacts. Predominance of Old Bering Sea graves suggests frequent use during all stages of this cultural era and sporadic visits by hunting parties during the subsequent Punuk and Birnirk periods. An Okvik grave indicates the existence of an older cemetery pre-dating the Old Bering Sea burial compound. Typology of the artifacts, however, reflects a uniform economy based on sea mammal hunting with subsidiary fishing and land animal hunting. Craniological studies, too, confirm the ethnic attribution of all burials as Eskimo. DGS. DIKOV, N.N. see also No. 99982

DILL, R.F., see No. 99950 94883 DINELEY, D.L. Fossil harvest in the Far North. (North 1966. v.13, no.1., p.42-49, map, illus) During the 1964 expedition of the University of Ottawa to Somerset Island, a rich collection of ostracoderm remains was made from limy sandstone, siltstone, and limestone at the base of the Peel Sound (Devonian) formation in the northwest part of the island. The nature, relationships, mode of life, and natural enemies of these long extinct fishes, known for over a century from Devonian rocks of northern latitudes, notably in Spitsbergen, are discussed. The summer landscape, weather, birds, land and sea animals, and sparse vegetation of Somerset Island are also described. CaMAI, DLC. 94884 DINELEY, D.L. Geological studies in Somerset Island, University of Ottawa Expedition 1965. (Arctic 1966. v.19, no.3, p.270.77, map) 5 refs. French and Russian summary. The 1965 field program, in continuation of a study of the Boothia Uplift, investigated the structure of the Precambrian metamorphic basement, the stratigraphy, sedimentology 267

and paleontology of the Aston and Hunting formations (Proterozoic), the Paleozoic rocks and Cretaceous-Tertiary strata around Aston Bay and Limestone Island, Stanwell-Fletcher Lake, and Creswell Bay, Devon Island. Study of Recent sedimentation, local Pleistocene features and seismic refraction measurements of the Stanwell-Fletcher Lake and area are also noted. CaMAI, DGS. DINELEY, D.L., see also No. 100819 94885 DINGER, J.E. Electrification associated with the melting of snow and ice. (Journal of the atmospheric sciences 1965. v.22, no.2, p.162-66, table, graphs) 7 refs. Measures the electrification associated with the melting of freshly fallen snow. The average charge density in that of 52 specimens was 0.06 esu/g-t and consistently of a polarity which left the water with a positive charge. Ice frozen in the laboratory from rain water and snow melt water gave an electrification upon melting, which averaged 0.274 esu/g-', and 0.173 esu/g-I, respectively. This electrification being an water-air interface phenomenon, is associated with the release of air bubbles during the melting process, and it is believed not to be an important process in the electrification of precipitation in clouds. DLC. 94886 DINGMAN, S.L. Characteristics of summer runoff from a small watershed in central Alaska. (Water resources research 1966. v.2, no.4, p.751-54, graph, map, table, illus) 5 refs. Measurement of rainfall and runoff in the Glenn Creek basin to throw light on the influence of discontinuous permafrost and the ground cover of thick spongelike mat of mosses on regional runoff characteristics, showed an extremely sluggish response to summer rainfall relative to that of similar streams in the middle latitudes. This response is attributed to the long distances traveled by the runoff through mosses and organic surface soils of the watershed to reach a channel and the large flow resistance offered by heavily vegetated and in part finely braided channel. Influence of permafrost on the hydrologic regime is less apparent in the data thus far collected. DGS. 94887 DINGMAN, S.L. and others. The effects of thermal pollution on river ice conditons; 1, a general method of calculation. Hanover, N.H. 1967. 22 p. graphs, tables. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Research report 206) Refs. Other authors: W.F. Weeks and Y.C. Yen. 268

Evaluates the effect of downstream changes in river temperature from thermal pollution due to the river water being used as a coolant in nuclear reactors and other industrial practices, and as a medium for transporting biological wastes. Such pollution may cause thinning or disappearance of the ice cover, and open reaches of the river for navigation through a significant part of the winter. The basic temperature-distance relationship being derived from fundamental considerations, the use of previously developed empirical and semiempirical formulas, and of a computer program is possible, as are universally applicable estimates of temperature profiles and the lengths of the ice-free reaches. Calculations based on representative values of the meteorological and hydrometric variables indicate that significant reaches in the south shore part of the St Lawrence Seaway could be kept ice-free by the proper placement of nuclear reactors. CaMAI, DLC. 94887A DINGMAN, S.L. and others. The effects of thermal pollution on river ice conditions. (Water resources research 1968. v.4, no.2, p.349-62, graphs, table, diagr) 21 refs. Other authors: W.F. Weeks and Y.C. Yen. Attempts to calculate the length of the ice-free reach that develops during the winter below a thermal pollution site on a river. A differential equation for the steady-state heat balance of a volume element of a river is developed, which leads to the expression Twx

x= Cx

dTw/ Q* Two

where x is distance downstream from the pollution site to the cross section where the water temperature equals Tom; Two is water temperature at x equals zero, Q* is rate of heat loss from the water surface, and Cx is a constant that includes flow velocity and depth. The value of x at Tax equals 0° C is taken as the length of the ice-free reach. Q* is the sum of heat losses due to evaporation, convection, long- and short-wave radiation, and other processes, each of which is evaluated by an empirical or theoretical expression. The two principal limitations in accurately calculating downstream temperature changes are related to difficulties in evaluating heat losses under unstable atmospheric conditions. Observations of lengths of ice-free reaches on the Mississippi River are in good agreement with the calculated values. Significant portions of the St Lawrence Seaway can be kept ice-free by the

installation of nuclear reactors at appropriate DGS. locations. 94888 DINGMAN, S.L. Hydrologic studies of the Glenn Creek drainage basin near Fairbanks, Alaska. Hanover, N.H. 1966. 30 p. graphs, map, tables, illus. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Special report 86) Refs. Presents preliminary results of these studies based on the first summer of a 5-yr program investigating this 0.7 mil basin. Data include observations of rainfall-runoff relations, hydrograph recessions, dissolved and suspended load and the overall water balance. Thermokarst features are described and illus. Attempts to measure water-handling properties of sphagnum were largely unsuccessful. The lag time between rainfall and peak storm discharge is shown to be much longer than for similar-sized streams in mid-latitudes. Approx 24% of rainfall appeared as runoff. CaMAI, DLC. 94889 DIONIS'EV, A.I. and IÜ.A. ANTONOV. Telemekhanicheskil kontrol' raboty uchastkov shakhty. (Pechora, Komi ASSR. N.-issl. ugol'nyii inst. Trudy 1964. no.1, p.193-200, illus) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Remote control of work in sections of mine. Discusses production processes involved: position of haulage cars and mining parameters, such as air draft velocity in workings, amount of methane in air, temperature rise in electrical apparatus. The Pechora Coal Research Institute (PechorNIUI) has developed a scheme for this remote control system. Models of the system were tested in laboratory and mines with DLC. positive results. 94890 DIRLAM, P.H. Arctic ivory and (Polar notes 1967, no.7, its working. p.29-36) Refs. Gives a brief history of the use of ivory, and characterizes several types as material for carving. Narwhal tusks are poor material due to thinness and spiralling, but they can be used successfully in near natural form for decorative purposes. Walrus tusks are highly prized as the distinguishing inner ivory may be used to good advantage. Sperm whale teeth have cream yellow inner ivory and snow-white outer layer which can be used to artistic effect. Walrus teeth are hard, solid, suitable for carving small objects. Old ivory also is mentioned. The obtaining, storing, handling and polishing of ivory are dealt with as are its use in scrimshaw, 18-19th century whaler's art of engraving, and its use for CaMAI, DLC. carving.

94891 DIÜBKIN, I.A. 0 nadezhnosti statisticheskikh kharakteristik meteorologicheskikh nådov. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1966. v.279, p.42-49, tables) 9 refs. In Russian. Title try Dependability of statistical characteristics of meteorological series. Presents the experimental results obtained from selections of the values of meteorological elements of equal volume, where time intervals are of varying value. The experiment consisted of calculating the statistical parameters from selections of equalvolume dependent and independent elements. The results are tabulated of calculating the statistical structure of the ground level pressure at Spitsbergen and Medvezhiy Island, using 10 dependent and 10 independent series. The accuracy of empirical meteorological characteristics is found to depend on the length of the observations, but very little on their frequency. DLC. 94892 DIUBKIN, I.A. and L.G. TOPORKOV. 0 ritmichnosti v neperiodicheskikh kolebaniiåkh urovnib VostochnoSibirskogo monå (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1966. no.277, p.141-46, graphs, table) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Rhythmicity of nonperiodic changes of level of the East Siberian Sea. Reports investigation of the correlation between the 5-9 day rhythm in the timedependent series representing atmospheric pressure, air temperature, and other meteorological elements, and the changes of level of this sea. By analyzing the oscillations energy spectrum during a number of navigations, 360 ordinate values for each navigation, the interval of frequencies characteristic of the time-dependent perturbations is established. The regularity in the rhythm regime of the East Siberian Sea is manifest in the time intervals between subsequent maximums which are not arbitrary ones, but are close to multiples of the mean period of oscillation (about 5 days). Schuster's periodogram analysis is used as standard of comparison between theoretically expected and actually observed distribution of the maximums. CaMAI, DLC. 94893 DILJBKIN, I.A. and L.IÜ. RYZHAKOV. Osobennosti statisticheskoi struktury dekadnogo davleniia na nekotorykh stantsiiikh severnogo polusharii`a. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1966. no.277, p.34-43, graphs, map, tables) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Peculiarities of the statistical structure of ten-day pressure at certain stations of the Northern Hemisphere. 269

Reports investigation of the ten-day atmospheric pressure series structures, based on 1951-60 data from 12 stations north of approx 57°N. The degree of correlation between the series members is found to depend mainly on seasonal peculiarties. CaMAI, DLC. 94894 DIiIBKIN, I.A. Vzaimosviaz' dal/knife na urovne moria i vysot izobaricheskikh poverkhnostel v vysokikh shirotakh severnogo polushariiä. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1966. no.277, p.20-27, graphs, maps, table) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Interrelationship between sea-level pressure and the height of isobaric surfaces in high latitudes of Northern Hemisphere. Analyzes the geographic distribution of characteristics of the relationship between pressure at the earth's surface and the geopotential of 700, 500 and 300 mb over a large area. The purpose is to verify the hypothesis on the homogeneity and isotropy of the field of the characteristics of different atmospheric layers. Bade topography maps data of Sept, Oct and Nov 1958-61 from 33 stations incl 24 north of 60° N are used in the analysis. The geopotential data of the three nib surfaces is found to contain a substantially different quantity of information about the sea-level atmospheric pressure over different areas of the hemisphere. This precludes obtaining a unique regression equation for prognosis of sea-level pressure over the entire Eurasian region, using geopotential data of the upper atmospheric pressure surfaces. CaMAI, DLC. DiüBEIN, I.A., see also No. 93529 DIiÜZHIKOVA, E.E., see No. 95672 DIUZHKOV, O.A., see No. 95672 94894A DIVINA, T.A. Litologicheska ä kharakteristika verkhnepaleozolskikh terrigennykh porod Kaierkanskogo mestorozhdeniia ugleI, Noril'skil ralon. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'natå geologiih 1966, no.9, p.133-48, illus) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Lithologic characteristics of Upper Paleozoic terrigenous rocks of the Kayyerkan coal deposits, Noril'sk region. Reports on the composition of rocks of the Tungusskiy series, as studied in cores from various drillings. Content of quartz, feldspars, micas, clays, and carbonate rocks are analyzed. Each local stratigraphic unit is described, noting also thickness, composition, plant remains and other features. DLC. 270

DIVINA, T.A., see also No. 94012, 95672 Nekotorye 94895 DIVSHINA, E.L. nizhnedevonskie anizomiarii i skhizodonty (Leningrad. iuzhnoi chasti Novoi Zemli. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologiia i biostratigrafiia 1967, 7 refs. In Russian. no.17, p.52-57, illus) Title tr.: Some Lower Devonian Anizomyaria and Schizodonta from the southern part of Novaya Zemlya. Describes three pelecypods, Modlomorpha chapmant, Pseudoaviculopecten trifidocostatus and Praemyophoria latifrons, with biometric data and notes on distribution. CaMAI, DLC. DMITRIENKO, V.K., see No. 98969 94896 DMITRIEV, I. Puti razvitiia flota Lenskogo parokhodstva. (Rechnol transport 1966. v.25, no.8, p.23-25, tables, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Development of the Lena Steamship Line fleet. Discusses the qualitative and quantitative improvements in this river fleet during 1958-65 and projects such improvements to the 1970 navigation season. During the seven-yr period the tanker tonnage increased 4.7 times, and that of dry cargo vessels 19.6 times, the diesel-engine boats to 88.2% of those self-propelled, and carrying capacity increased by the factor 1.9. The dry-cargo diesel-engine Lena with a 2500 ton capacity made her first trip from Osetrovo to NizhneYansk in 1962 demonstrating that the river is navigable by large-tonnage vessels. The Osetrovo-Vitim sector of the river had a 1.8 m guaranteed depth in 1966 and a 2.1 m navigating depth is planned for 1970 when traffic is estimated to be 42% more than in 1965. DLC. 94897 DMITRIEV, IÜ.I. 0 nekotorykh zakonomernostiakh kristallizatsii trappov razlichnoi osnovnosti. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Izvestiiä, ser. geol. 1967, no.8, p.16-34, tables, illus) 25 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some patterns of the crystallization of trap of varying alkalinity. Reports petrographic and petrochemical study of dolerites of the Chadobets uplift in the Angara-Podkamennaya Tunguska interfluve. Crystallization of traps is analyzed in respect to the composition of the primary magma. Separation of plagioclase, olivine and monoclinic pyroxene is characterized. Increased content of water and other volatile components in trap solutions fosters the twinning of monoclinic pyroxenes. DLC.

94898 DMITRIEV, IiJ.I. Osobennosti petrogenezisa trappov pri razlichnykh usloviiakh vnedreniiå. (Akademii nauk SSSR. Izvestiia 1966. ser. geol. no.5, p.73-84, tables, graphs, illus) 33 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Petrogenetic features of traps intruded under various conditions. Traps of the Chadobets domelike elevation in the southwest Siberian Platform at the junction of three large structures show regular changes in compostion with increase in stratigraphic depth. The tholeiitic component decreased with depth, whereas the K content increased in accessory titanomagnetite parallel with decreased Ti content and decreased value of the ferruginous coefficient of the traps. These changes were caused by variations in amts of volatile components in the intruding magma effected by increased pressure under conditions at great depth. The hybrid Chadobets traps formed from basaltic melts rich in H2O and were present only in large sills and absent in thin dikes. DLC. 94899 DMITRIEV, L.B. Povtomye geodezicheskie raboty na Avachinskom vulkane. (Brülleten' vulkanologicheskikh stantsit 1967, no.43, p.23-26, map tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Repeated geodetic work at Avacha Volcano. With the purpose of working out a method of forecasting the eruption of volcanoes by a minute study of ground dislocation, two geodetic polygons were established in the Avacha Volcano area, one along Sukhaya Elizovskaya valley for levelling with 5 bench marks, and the other around the crater with five observation points for triangulation. Data are tabulated on dislocation of bench marks and triangulation points in 1962-65. The results are considered inconclusive, and the extension of both polygons is recommended. DLC. 94900 DMITRIEV, N.A. Rybokhoziazstvennye issledovaniI v pervye gody Sovetskoi vlasti. (Rybnoe khozräistvo 1967. v.43, no.7, p.10-11) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Fisheries investigations during the first years of Soviet power. Notes the failure of the tsarist regime in this field; beginning of fisheries research in 1920; Lenin's role in further developments; activities in the arctic and Far Eastern seas; beginning of this journal for the industry in 1922. DLC. 94901 DMITRIEV, R.N. and others. Sovershenstvovanie tekhnologii dobychi uglia i provedenii podgotovitel'nykh vyrabotok v Pechorskom basseine. (Pechora, Komi ASSR. N: issl. ugol'nyi inst. Trudy 1964. no.1, p.5-12, tables) In Russian. Other

authors: M.P. Borovitin and IU.N. Makarov. Title tr.: Improvement of coal extraction techniques and workings in the Pechora basin. Discusses mining conditions and technology at Vorkutugol', in the TroInd! and Moshchnyi beds that produce 50% of the total of the combine, recommending new methods. The estimated coal production/longwall working/day is 1500 tons against 745 tons actually produced at the cost of 2.03 rubles/ton vs the estimated cost 1.164 rubles/ton. Labor efficiency also is only 13.3/tons/mines/shift against the estimated efficiency of 19.5. DLC. DMITRIEVA, G.A., see No. 93320 94902 DMITRIEVA, N.G. Opredelenie ob"ema sezonnogo oledeneniia basseinov rek gidrokhimicheskim metodom. (Moskva. TSentr. inst. prognozov. Trudy 1966. no.148, p.34-61, tables, diagrs.) 40 refs, In Russian. Title tr.: Determination of the volume of seasonal ice formation in river basins by the hydrochemical method. English translation in Soviet hydrology 1966. no.6, p.578-601. Describes a method for calculating the solid and liquid phases of the main substances dissolved in natural water during freezing and presents examples of the use of this method for determining the seasonal volume of ice in river basins in the permafrost zone. The seasonal volume of ice formation in the basins of the permafrost region consists of ice included in the active layer (ice content of soils), in swamps, in river channels, and in naleds. Observations on the growth of naleds DGS. are the basis of this article. 94903 DMITRIEVA, V.K. K voprosu ob "areal'nom" chetvertichnom vulkanizme v basseinakh rek Tikhaiå i Tigil' v Sredinnom Kamchatskom khrebte. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Izvestiiå, ser. geol. 1967, no.9, p.92-96, map) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: "Areal" Quaternary volcanism in the Tikhaya and Tigil' River basins in the Sredinnyy Range of Kamchatka. Describes two central volcanoes of this area, the Leningradets and Aleko. The height, pyroclastic products, structure and other features of Aleko are characterized, and three stages of its activity are described. The similarities and differences between Leningradets and Aleko are noted. The so-called areal volcanism is considered non-existant. DLC. DOBKINA, E.I., see No. 95817, 101100, 101101, 101102, 101103, 101104, 101105 271

94904 DOBRETSOV, N.L. and others. Primenenie mnogomernogo statisticheskogo analiza dhå reshenitå prognoznykh zadach na primere almazonosnosti kimberlitov. (Geologitå i geofizika 1966, no.8, p.15-22, tables) 6 refs. In Russian. Other authors: A.D. Khar'kiv and M.L. Shemiakin. Title tr.: Use of multivariate dimensional statistical analysis for solving problems in forecasting diamond-bearing capacity of kimberlites. The method of maximum probability used in multivariate statistics is employed for study of the diamond-bearing properties of kimberlites of Malaya Botuobuya, Daldyn, Markha and other regions of Yakutia. 57 samples were analyzed and the average chemical composition, cross-sectional size of kimberlite pipe, depths of the basement, rock type and mineral composition noted. Three groups of factors are found to determine the diamondbearing properties of kimberlites: primary kimberlite magma, the conditions of ascending and cooling of magma in pipes, and extraction and segregation of diamonds controlled by degree of their alteration. Difficulties in such forecasting are noted. DLC. DOBRETSOV, N.L., see also No. 99140, 99141 94905 DOBREISOV, V.B. and Iu. I. PROTASOV. Issledovanie elektricheskogo soprotivlenil gornykh porod i mineralov pri niikikh temperaturakh. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Izvestiii 1965. Fizika Zemli v.1, no.4, p.102-103, graph) In Russian. Title tr.: Investigation of electric resistance of rocks and minerals at low temperatures. Semiconductors and dielectrics were investigated at temperatures down to 77° K using parallelepiped samples of 1.0-3.5 cm3. Broken ice (0°C), mixture of ice and calcium chloride (-55°C) dry carbon dioxide (-78.5°C), and liquid nitrogen (-196°C) were used for cooling the samples. The semiconductors (coal, galenite, pyrrhotite, sphalerite, and iron-bearing quartzite) and the dielectrics (corundum, sandstone, granite, halite, and labradorite) were found qualitatively to have the same characteristics in cooling, i.e., with the decrease in temperature the electrical resistivity increases. The dielectrics however exhibit a sharp exponential increase (the resistance is 1014 ohm/cm at 200°K); whereas the semiconductors of high initial resistance (at 300°K) also exhibit a definite exponential growth. The semiconductors of low initial resistance (at 300°K) exhibit a linear temperature-resistance relationship. In general, the resistance of ore-minerals even at very low temperatures, is subject to rather insignificant changes. DLC. 272

94906 DOBRETSOVA, L.A. Rastitel! nost' Zhiganskogo raTona. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. IAkutskii filial. Nauchnye soobshcheniia 1962. no.8, p.3-25, illus) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Vegetation of the Zhigansk area. Reports study of what the author considers to be a northern taiga, excepting the mountain area to be reported later. Forest types, mainly larch, then pine, birch and others, their undergrowth and ground cover and scrubland, grassland and marshes are described. The area is in the Lena basin about the Arctic Circle. DLC. DOBRINSKAIA, L.A., see No. 101049 DOBRINSKII, L.N., see No. 100055 94907 DOBROV, E. Gorod pod odnoT krysheT. (Smena 1966. v.43, no.7, p.10-11, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Town under one roof. Reports architect A.I. Shipkov's project for an arctic town, i.e. a six-story, 180 m long and 42 m wide, enclosed, airconditioned unit with a 24 m wide street-garden inside. This plan is intended for Snezhnogorsk, a so-called satellite town of Noril'sk. Plans for similar constructions in Talnakh and other areas surrounding Noril'sk are mentioned. DLC. 94908 DOBROVOL'SKII, L.A. Opyt issledovaniiii karsta v tolshche mnogoletnemerzlykh porod. (Izvestil vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenli. Geologitå i razvedka 1967, no.1, p.121-22, graph) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Investigation of karst in a permafrost stratum. Reports a study in the Lena-Aldan interfiuve where Lower Cambrian deposits are represented by limestones, dolomites and marble. The geoelectric method used for determination of karst was found suitable in permafrost. DLC. 94909 DOBSON, F.W. Sighting of a Hudsonian godwit Limosa haemastica near Vancouver, B.C. (Canadian field-naturalist 1966. v.80, no.3, p.180-81) Reports the bird seen on 13 and 14 Sept 1964, at Iona Island, apparently the first record in SW British Columbia. Earlier records are for northerly locations. CaMAI, DGS. 94910 DODIN, D.A. and M.A. SADINekotorye voprosy differenisiai ii RON,. trappov na primere Kharaelakhskikh gor. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1967. v.151, p.141-52, graphs, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some

problems of differentiation of traps as exemplified in the Kharayelakh Mts. Formation of traps in these mountains proceeded in six tectonic-magmatic mesa cycles: one Upper Permian and five Triassic. Three types of differentiation are recognized: magmatic - abyssal, intrachamber - intrusivehypabyssal and intrachamber-effusive surface. A general plan of the development of magmatism is presented and interpreted. Some intrusions are described in detail. DLC. DODIN, D.A., see also No. 97924, 100466 94911 DODIN, V.Z. Sooruzhenie kanalov podzemnykh kommunikatsii v prosadochnykh vechnomerzlykh gruntakh, Tungusskif bassein. Moskva, Gos. izd-vo lit-ry po stroitel'stvu 1965. 192 p. tables, graphs, Title trmap, profiles, illus. In Russian. Construction of conduits for underground communications in degrading permafrost, Tunguska basin. Presents builders' experience in laying underground utility lines in the Tunguska basin using local materials, viz birchbark and moss treated in hot larch pitch for hydro- and thermal insulators respectively. Specific characteristics of underground lines in the region, the type of conduit, its control and maintenance, and the honeycomb degradation of the permafrost are discussed, as are the economic aspects of construction. In the conclusion some twenty pages are devoted to recommendations for conduit construction, DLC. operation, and maintenance. DOELL, R.R., see No. 95080 DOGAEV, IÜ.M., see No. 94312 DOHER, L.I., see No. 99778 94912 DOLBISH, G.A., and I.V. KlZEVETTER. Soderzhanie vitamina A v beringovomorskikh rybakh. (Moskva. Vses. n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Trudy 1965. v.58, p.303-310, 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: tables.) Vitamin A content in Bering Sea fish. Reports study of liver and intestine. with stomach of ocean perch, halibut, sablefish, and others taken at different seasons. The liver showed itself to be a rich source of vitamin A and of fat. DLC. 94913 DOLGII, A. Novyl tip sukhogruznogo teplokhoda dlii reki Leny. (RechnoI transport 1966. v.25, no.7, p.25, illus) In Russian. Title li- New type of dry-cargo diesel engine boat for the Lena River. Describes the low-draught 1000 dwt vessel

built by the Zhigalovo shipyard and delivered to the Lena River Steamship Line in 1965. She can navigate Lena tributaries with depths down to 1.35 m. Specifications are given. A special feature is her single hold without bulkheads. Double bottom and sides increase security against sinking and against wetting cargo. A series of such vessels are to be built for other Siberian rivers. DLC. 94914 DOLGIKH, B.O. Obrazovanie sovremennykh narodnostei Severe SSSR. (Sovetskata etnografiiä 1967, no.3, p.3-15) Approx. 30 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr» Formation of the contemporary minorities of the USSR North. Discusses the ethnic and linguistic origin and historic evolution of these 26 so-called small peoples of the North. They are grouped into seven basic types according to their formative process, not ethnic affiliation. The first type consists of descendants of large, tribally subdivided, ethno-linguistic families. This applies to the Koryaks, Gilyaks, Evenki Tungus, Sel'kup Samoyeds and partly to the Ostyaks and Voguls. The second type, represented by the Nganasan and Enets Samoyeds, arose by a merging of affinal tribes. The third type evolved from ancestral tribes which had branched out and absorbed neighboring groups: this type comprises the Chukchis, Golds, Nenets Samoyeds, and Eveny Lamuts. Most Amur Tungus peoples belong to the fourth type: daughter groups of a single ancestral tribe. The fifth type consists of remnant groups of nearly extinct families: the Yukaghirs, Ket Yeniseians, and Kamchadals. The sixth type features fringe populations whose bulk live outside the USSR: Eskimos, Aleuts, and Lapps. The seventh type, exemplified by the Dolgans, originated from a recent mixing of different ethno-linguistic groups. These formative diversities are factors influencing acculturation and should be considered in dealing with problems of interethnic cooperation, reduction to settlement, etc. DLC. 94915 DOLGIKH, B.O. Rod, fratritå, (Intl plemia u narodov Severnol Sibiri. Congress of Anthropological and Ethnological Sciences, 7th, Moscow 1964. Trudy 1967, v.4, p.223-31) 35 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Clan, phratry and tribe among North Siberian peoples. Defines these social structure terms and discusses historical factors obscuring their identification: wide range migrations, tribal splintering, inter- and intra-tribal mixing, etc, also the non-ethnic classification applied in tsarist times: the so-called administrative and territorial clans. Tungus, Gilyaks, Samoyeds, and Ket Yeniseians had tribal and clan 273

divisions. Phratries existed primarily in West Siberia: among the Ostyaks, Voguls, KetYeniseians, and Samoyeds; some of the Samoyed groups had both phratries and clans. All phratries and clans were patrilineal, though traces of older matrilineal structures can be detected among Yukaghirs, Voguls, Nganasan and Enets Samoyeds. Clan or phratry groupings seem to have been unknown to Koryaks, Chukchis, and Itel'men Kamchadals, while some 30 patrilineal clans have been recently detected among Asiatic Eskimos. Social and economic interests influencing clan and tribe formation in primitive patriarchal societies are dealt with. DLC. 94916 DOLGIN, I.M. Cloud investigations in the Arctic. English translation of No 78320, available as TT-64-51936 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va., 22151. 94917 DOLGIN, I.M. Meteorologicheskie i aerologicheskie issledovanifa v pohårnykh stranakh. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1967. no.27, p.105-113, tables) 42 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Meteorological and aerological investigations in polar regions. Summarizes investigations in the Arctic and Antarctic during Soviet regime according to five periods: 1917-32, 1932-40, 1941-45, 1946-56, and from 1957. Establishment of polar stations, the field parties, drifting stations, high latitude expeditions, radiosounding, airborne observations, and actinometric studies are noted, as is the IGY program, etc. Plans for further work are also briefly stated. DLC. 94918 DOLGIN, I.M. and G.U. KARIMOVA. Perlamutrovye oblaka v poliarnykh stranakh. (Sovetskaiii antarkticheskaiä ekspeditsitå. Informafsionnyi bmlleten' 1965. no.53, p.15-17) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Mother-of-pearl clouds in polar regions. Reports the meteorologic conditions for manifestation of mother-of-pearl or nacreous clouds in the Arctic and Antarctic. They occur at 18-25 km height with temperature below -80°C and in Northern Hemisphere with strong winds up to 70 m/sec. In northern Europe they usually occur when a deep cyclone is on the arctic front. Their frequency is greatest in winter time. DLC. 94919 DOLGIN, I.M. and L.V. DOLGANOV. Some results of meteorological investigations in the Arctic and in Antarctica during the International Geophysical Year. (In: Vangengeim, G.IA. and A.F. Laktionov, eds. Hydrometeorology of the polar regions... 274

6 refs. 1967, p.168-77, graphs, tables) English translation of No 78321. CaMAI. DOLGOV, V.A. 0 nekotorykh 94920 zakonomernosttåkh geograficheskoi izmenchivosti mlekopitamshchikh. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.171, no.5, p.1230-33, graphs, maps) 6 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Some regularities in the geographic variation of mammals. Study of intraspecific variation as evident in Sorex arcticus Kerr. from nine arctic and subarctic areas of the USSR, using craniological, incl dental parameters. These varied independently from area to area. DLC. 94921 DOLGOV, V.A. and O.L. ROSVozrastnye izmeneniiå nekoSOLIMO. torykh osobennostel stroeniia cherepa i bakulum khishchnykh mlekopitamshchikh i metodika opredeleniia vozrasta na primere pesisa, Alopex lagopus L. (Zoologicheskif zhumal 1966. v.45, no.7, p.1074-80, illus) 25 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Age changes in some skull structures and in the baculum of carnivores and a method of age determination as exemplified by the arctic fox, Alopex lagopus L. Following a comparison of different methods for age determination, authors report own study of 326 foxes, using variability of skull and baculum and closure of canine-tooth canal. Most reliable age determinations were obtained by tracing changes in the baculum, leading to establishment of four specified age groups. DLC. 94922 DOLGOVA, E.I. Vozmushcheniia v sloe F2 v period poliårnykh magnitnykh bur'. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiia 1967. 14 refs. In v.7, no.6, p.992-96, illus) Russian. Title tr. Disturbances in F2 layer during polar magnetic storms. Shows the relation of the ionospheric disturbances in F2 layer to these storms, using data of Aug 1957 - Dec 1959 from 37 northern Hemisphere stations including ten in the arctic-subarctic regions. The possibility of explaining the peculiarities of the daily disturbance variation by drifting ionization in the F2 layer is considered. CaMAI, DLC. 94923 DOLGOVA, Z. IA. K kharakteristike gormonal'noi aktivnosti nadpochechnikov pri snizhenii temperatury vnutrennei sredy organizma. (Konferenütia biokhimikov Respublik Srednei Azii i Kazakhstana, 1st, Alma-Ata, 1966. Trudy. Tashkent, Izd-vo Fan 1967. p.405) In Russian. Title Er» Characteristics of the hormonal activity of the adrenal glands during a decrease in tem-

perature of the organism's internal environment. Studies the functional activity of adrenal cortex in white rats during slight (29-32°C rectal) and deep (19-22°C rectal) hypothermia and the adrenal function of cooled animals under conditions of altered hormonal balance. The adrenals were removed, weighed, and the free cholesterol determined in the left adrenal and the ascorbic acid (AA) in the right adrenal. The effect of changed hormonal conditions on the organism's metabolic reactions during hypothermia was studied by injecting the animals with ACTH or cortisone. It was found that slight hypothermia is accompanied by a considerable increase in the cholesterol level and a decrease in AA concentration. During deep hypothermia the cholesterol and AA content of the adrenals decrease sharply. A decrease was found in the cell lipids of the adrenal cortex and in the AA in the zona glomerulosa during deep hypothermia. The relative weight of the adrenals increases during deep hypothermia and there is a considerable increase in the thickness of the adrenal cortex. These changes are considered to be the result on intensified production of corticosteroid hormones due to the organism's increased need for adrenal cortical hormones during hypothermia. The injection of ACTH does not change the reaction of the adrenals to cold and does not promote conservation of their functional reserves. The injection of cortisone before artificial hypothermia promotes normalization of the cholesterol and AA level of the adrenals. The results of the studies showed that the functional activity of the adrenal glands is increased during hypothermia. DLC. 94924 DOLGUSHIN, L. D. Regional= nye problemy oledeneniia po issledovanüam na Urale, v TSentral'noT Azii i Antarktide. Moskva 1963. 55 p. tables. Refs. In Russian. Title tr: Regional problems of glaciation according to investigations in the Urals, Central Asia and the Antarctic. Reports investigations to clarify the scale and general character of glaciation, geographic distribution patterns of glaciers and their types, features of their feeding, movement and ablation in connection with local climatic and orographic conditions. Each of the regions studied is treated in turn, and some common problems are discussed such as glaciers and the climatic snow line, glaciological zoning, evolution of glaciers, etc. DLC. 94925 DOLIVO-DOBROVOL'SKII, A.V. Opyt ispol'zovaniiå aeromagnitometrii dhå (In: izucheniia diz"iünktivnoT tektoniki.

Akademiia nauk SSSR. Lab. aerometodov. Aerometody pri poiskakh... 1964, p.56-62, graphs) In Russian. Title tr. An attempt at using aeromagnetometry for investigation of disjunctive tectonics. Reports the success of aeromagnetic surveying for recognizing dislocations with a break, strike faults and transverse faults in western Kola Peninsula, incl the Sal'nyye tundras. DLC. 94926 DOLIVO-DOBROVOL'SKII, A.V. Priroda a6romagnitnykh anomalil amfibolitov v ralone oz. Bol'shoy Lapot'. (In: Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Lab. aerometodov. Aerometody pri poiskakh... 1964, p.25-30, map, graphs) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: The nature of aeromagnetic anomalies of amphibolites in the Bol'shoy Lapot' Lake region. Reports 1957 and 1960 aeromagnetic surveys at 1:25,000 scale in this area of Kola Peninsula. General characteristics of the magnetic field are given and three belts of magnetic anomalies, northeastern, central and southeastern are described. A schematic map of the geology of the region is presented. The new data of the magnetic field of amphibolites shows the development of quartzDLC. magnetite rocks. 94927 DOLIVO-DOBROVOL'SKII, A.V. and IU. V. PODOL'SKII. Vliiiinie metamorficheskikh proliessov na kharakter magnitnogo polis porod granulitovol forma(In: Akademiiå tsii, Kol'skii poluostrov. nauk SSSR. Lab. aerometodov. Aerometody pri poiskakh... 1964, p.31-42, maps) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Effects of metamorphic processes on the character of the magnetic field of a granulite formation, Kola Peninsula. Reports an aeromagnetic survey in Anis and Sal'nyye tundras, and adjacent areas. The granulite formation region is characterized by poor outcropping and dense forest cover which hamper geologic mapping. The complicated character of the magnetic field is explained by the geologic structure of the region. Its general characteristics are given and its four zones described noting the intensity of the magnetic anomalies. Effects of metamorphism on the magnetic field are discussed, including changes in the distriDLC. bution of magnetized minerals. 94928 DOLLAR, A.T.J. Genetic aspects of the Jan Mayen fissure volcano group on the Mid-Oceanic submarine Mohns Ridge, (International Norwegian Sea (abstract]. Volcanological Assoc. Bulletin volcanologique 1966. v.29, p.25-26) Summarizes a paper presented to the International Symposium on Volcanology, 275

New Zealand 1965, which reports the evidence observed during six expeditions of at least six distinct volcanic phases, coupled with rhythmic magmatic variations in the oceanite-trachybasalt-trachyandesite-trachyte lava suite found on Jan Mayen. DLC. DOLMATOV, B.K., see No. 93613 94929 DOLZHANSKII, B.G. and others. Novye dannye o glubinnom stroenii tsentral'noI chasti Anadyrskoi vpadiny. (Geologiiå nefti i gaza 1966. v.10, no.10, p.15-21, map, illus) 11 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.V. Ivanov, V.V. Donisov, IÜ.K. Burlin and G.I. Roshchin. Title tr.: New data on the deep structure in the central part of the Anadyr depression. Results of a seismic refraction survey reveal folded structures at depth in Cretaceous and younger formations, with which oil and gas may be connected. DGS, DLC. DOLZHANSKII, B.G., see also No. 98207 94930 DOMAREV, V.S. and G.B. KOCHKIN. Kvarisevye porfiry i porfirity raiona verkhovii r. Vorogovki, Eniseiskil kriizh. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1967. v.112, p.155-64, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title d.: The quartz porphyries and porphyrites in the upper Vorogovka River region, Yenisey Ridge. Reviews the magmatic formations of this region, its stratigraphy and geologic structure. The quartz porphyries, basic effusives and diabase dikes and granosyenite and syenite porphyries are analyzed, as is their mineralogical and chemical composition. The absolute ages of five samples of these rocks range from 511 to 700 MY and indicate multiphased magmatism. DLC. 94931 DONALDSON, J.A. Marion Lake map-area, Quebec-Newfoundland (23 1/13). Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1966. 85 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Memoir 338) Refs. French summary. Describes, with accompanying map in color, the geology of a 360 mil area astride the Quebec-Labrador boundary 35 mi east of Schefferville. All bedrock is Archean and Proterozoic in age, and principal focus of interest is carbonate sedimentation in the Proterozoic. The Denault formation is described in detail, with 19 stratigraphic units, identified in four sections, tabulated in an appendix. Six types of stromatolites are prominent features of the dolomite of this formation and the role of algae in sedimentation is discussed. The chemical composition of various sedimentary and igneous 276

rocks is tabulated. The structural geology of the map area is outlined, and various theories as to age and nature of regional metaDGS. morphism are considered. 94932 DONALDSON, J.A. Two Proterozoic clastic sequences; a sedimentological comparison. (Geological Assoc. of Canada. Proceedings 1967. v.18, p.33-54, graphs, maps, tables, illus) 23 refs. The Proterozoic Dubawnt Group in the central Barren Lands, NWT consists of a pre-volcanic redbed sequence, volcanic rocks and related hypabyssal intrusions and a post-volcanic sedimentary sequence rich in quartzose sandstones. A major unconformity separates this group from deeply eroded basement rocks emplaced during the Hudsonian orogeny (K-Ar age 1735 MY). The stratigraphy, petrography and sedimentary structures of the Dubawnt elastics are described. Primary structures indicate that both suites were deposited by fluvial processes. The older sequence is interpreted as a post-orogenic piedmont facies accumulated in a tectonically unstable structural basin, the younger elastics as an alluvial plain facies accumulated slowly under stable condiDGS. tions. DONALDSON, J.A., see also No. 94443, 94444 94933 DONCHENKO, R.V. Investigations and computations of freezing processes in reservoirs. (International Assoc. for Scientific Hydrology. Symposium of Garda 1966, pub. 1966. no.70, v.1, p.362-70, graphs) 7 refs. A theoretical solution of the freezing process based on the correlation of heat exchange conditions, turbulent mixing, and rate of ice formation depending on the depth of the reservoir (by V.A. Rymsha, 1962), includes the combined influence of heat exchange and turbulent mixing on the distribution of heat of crystallization along the depth, in the equation: Pz

S (ch[(H-z) /,l nm]-ch (z /11 nm)

sh(H / nm) where: Pz - rate of ice formation up to depth = z; s - heat losses from water surface (cal/cm 2 /sec); n - coefficient of turbulent heat conductivity; m - parameter, determined by experiment; H - depth of the reservoir, cm; z - ordinate, read from the water surface, cm. 4 nm \

For the surface layer of water when z = 0 the formula is modified as follows: nm (P - ice formation rate or intensity). Equations for calculation of heat loss components by evaporation and radiation, radiation budget, and turbulent mixing coefficients are also given. Data on the characteristics and duration of ice cover formation indicate three main types of freezing of reservoirs. 1) accelerated freezing. The ice formation rate P03.10-5 cal/cm3 sec, short duration of the process (up to 3 days) and small initial ice thickness (up to 3 cm). 2) slow freezing. The extremes of variations for ice formation rate are much less and vary from 2.10.5 to 3.10.5 cal/cm3 sec, with duration from 3-10 days and initial ice thickness up to 15 cm. 3) freezing with drift frazil ice. The Po values do not exceed 2.10-5callcm3 sec, duration of freezing exceeds 10 days and ice thickness at the moment of settled freezing exceeds 20 cm. DGS PO

DONCHENKO, R.V., see also No. 99621 94934 DONHOFFER, S. and Z. SZELENYI. The role of brown adipose tissue in thermoregulatory heat production in the warm- and cold-adapted adult rat. (Acts physiologica 1967. v.32, no. 1-2, p.53-60, illus) 16 refs. Measurements of deep colonic, interscapulary brown fat and dorsal muscle temperatures at ambient temp of 30°, 20° and 10°C in adult rats adapted to 5° and 30°C, tend to contradict the generally held contention that in the adult animal, thermogenetic activity of brown fat is confined to the cold-adapted state. In the warm-adapted adult rat the brown fat was thermogenetically active and the activity reached a maximum at higher ambient temp than in cold-adapted rats. DNLM. 94935 DONN, W.L. and D.M. SHAW. The heat budgets of an ice-free and an (Journal of ice-covered Arctic Ocean. geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.4, p.1087-93, tables) Refs. Estimates whether an ice-free condition of the central ice-covered part of the Arctic Ocean can be maintained by the resulting thermal regime. The factors of the present heat balance of this approx 1017 cm2 area are used to deduce the changes that would occur upon the disappearance of the ice pack, whether from natural or artificial causes. A net annual heat balance is estimated to increase by < 260 times by using a mean

albedo about 61% for the permanent ice cover, the ocean current heat flux, long-wave radiation, evaporation, and sensible heat (the combined effect of which yields a net balance of 0.01x1021 cal/yr for the present icecovered area of the polar sea), also taken into account is a decrease of albedo of the ice-free surface of the sea to an estimated 10% (which consequently increases absorption of the insolation). Assuming 0°C temperature for the water surface, and the calculated heat balance of 2.63x1021 cal/yr, these conditions should be considered sufficient to maintain a stable ice-free surface of the North Polar Sea. DLC. 94936 DONN, W.L. and D.M. SHAW. The maintenance of an ice-free Arctic Ocean. (Progress in oceanography 1967. v.4, p.105-113, tables) 24 refs. A tentative evaluation of the thermal factors involved in the maintenance of an ice-free Arctic Ocean notes that ice removal would effect a decrease in albedo from 61 to 10% and an increase in the so-called greenhouse effect resulting from an increased atmospheric moisture content and greater cloud cover. The present surface is in essential radiation balance with a small positive gain of 0.01x1021 cal/yr 1017 cm2 (area of present ice-covered part of the Arctic Ocean). An ice-free polar sea would have a heat budget giving a positive balance of 2.63x1021 cal/yr if a temperature of 0°C is assumed for the open water. This heat excess could maintain an ice-free sea since it is about ten times the annual amount required to melt DGS. the present ice. 94937 DONN, W.L. and M. EWING. A theory of ice ages III; the theory involving polar wandering and an open polar sea is modified and given a quantitative basis. (Science, 24 June 1966. v.152, p.1706-1712, tables) 53 refs. Theory of polar migration and onset of glaciation are discussed, as are theory of the open Arctic Ocean, termination of the glacial stage, heat budget of an ice-free Arctic Ocean and freezing of the Arctic Ocean. The migration of the geographic poles to regions of thermal isolation caused a decline of temperature in the middle and higher latitudes. In the Northern Hemisphere, continental glaciation was initiated in high latitudes by additional precipitation from an ice-free Arctic Ocean. At the glacial culmination, ocean surface water temp would fall, rate of evaporation and precipitation over the ice sheets would decrease and ice sheets would retreat. The next glacial stage would begin when the polar pack ice vanished as a consequence of the small increase in ocean277

heat flux resulting from postglacial rise in sea level or small increase in radiation. CaMAI, DLC. DONNELL, J.R. and others. 94938 (Colorado School of Alaskan oil shale. Mines. Quarterly 1967. v.62, no.3, p.39-43) 4 refs. Other authors: I.L. Tailleur and H.A. Tonnelot. Reconnaissance in the area immediately north of the Brooks Range in 1965 found most of the exposed oil shale to be in the Southern Foothills belt, in the regional Mississippian - Lower Cretaceous sequence. Samples from Triassic-early Cretaceous rocks are reported as tasmanite, a black oil shale, and "whale-blubber rock." The former is composed almost entirely of a sporelike alga; it ranges from a few inches to 4 ft 7 in thick and yields up to 160 gal oil/t. The black oil shale in places 20 ft thick, yields 15-50 gal/t and trace elements, 1,500 ppb Ag, 120 ppb Au and abnormally high amounts of Ba, Cu, and Zn. The "whale-blubber rocks" 20 mi SW of the Eskimo village of Anaktuvuk Pass is mainly along river beds, never in place, yields 85 gal/t. Specific gravity of the oil from the Alaskan shale ranges 0.70-0.97 at 15.6°C and most of the oil flows freely at temperatures near 0°C. Results of spectrographic analyses of 10 minor elements are given in addition to Au, Ag, and Hg of which the maximum quantities found were 350, 20,000, and 2,800 DOS. ppb respectively. DONNELL, J.R., see also No. 100748 94939 DONTSOV, V.V. Gidrokhimicheskie pokazateli neftegazonosnosti vostochnol chasti Anadyrskol vpadiny. (Neftegazova►a geologiia i geoflzika 1966, no.5, p.30-33, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Hydrochemical indicators of oil and gas in the eastern part of Anadyr depression. Reports geochemical study of supra- and subpermafrost waters in Anadyr coal deposits. The general mineralization of groundwater clearly increases with depth. The predominant chlorine-magnesium type of suprapermafrost water changes to a chlorine-calcium type below the permafrost layer. Subpermafrost water contains iodine, bromium, DLC. boron and naphthenic acid. DONTSOV, V.V., see also No. 94350, 94929, 94998 94940 DORFMAN, M.D. and others. (Akademitå Novye dannye o ramzaite. nauk SSSR. Mineralogicheski! muzel. Trudy 1966, no.17, p.45-59, graph, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: E.N. Belova 278

and N.I. Zabavnntova. Title Ira New data on ramsayite. In the Khibiny massif two genetic types of ramsayite are distinguished, primary and secondary. Both are described noting their crystals and some other features. Primary ramsayite is a low temperature mineral and is associated with natrolite. Secondary ramsayite is formed as a result of alteration of the titanium-bearing minerals: ilmenite, lamprophyllite and sphene. Chemical composition and X-ray analyses are given. The presence of DLC. Nb205 in ramsayite is noted. 94941 DORMAN, L.I. and V.S. SMIRNOV. Asimptoticheskie napravlenitå kosmicheskikh luchei dlia sovetskol seti stanüil. (Akademhå nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyi geofizicheskil komitet. Kosmicheskie luchi. Sbornik state! 1967. no.8, p.128-29) 2 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Asymptotic directions of cosmic rays for the Soviet station network. Presents tables of asymptotic directions of cosmic rays from N,S,E, and W at 13 stations, incl Apatity, Tiksi, Kheysa Island, Cape Shmidta and Yakutsk. The tables compiled from about 5,000 trajectories were integrated for the particles of 0.85-350 BV arriving at the vertical, also at 16°, 32°, and (for some stations) 48° angles. The asymptotic directions are given in geographic coorDLC. dinates. 94942 DORMAN, L.I. Geophysical and astrophysical aspects of cosmic radiation. Amsterdam, North-Holland Pub. 1963. 358 p. tables, graphs. (Progress in elementary particle and cosmic ray physics v.7) Approx. 425 refs. Presents six chapters elucidating cosmic radiation phenomena and reviewing the extensive literature. Cosmic radiation as a transmitter and source of information on geophysical and astrophysical phenomena, interactions with terrestrial atmosphere, geomagnetism, and its variations in time and space, are dealt with, as are other phenomena induced by cosmic radiation from the sun and the galaxy. Many references are given to geophysical and astrophysical events observed from stations in the North. DLC. 0 94943 DORMAN, L.I. and others. vozrastanii intensivnosti kosmicheskikh luchei pered Forbush-effektami. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomitå 1967. v.7, no.4, p.714-16, graphs) 7 refs. In Russian. Other authors: N.S. Kaminer and T.V. Kebuladze. Title tr.: An increase of cosmic ray intensity before Forbush effects. Investigates the nature of this phenomenon using data of 1957-60 on variations of the

neutron component of several stations, incl Deep River and Mt Sulphur. In all 18 cases of moderate and strong geomagnetic storms studied, an increase of intensity of cosmic rays before the Forbush drop was observed. The spectrum of the particles which cause the intensity increase is about v —1.0, and the phenomenon is distinctly anisotropic in character. These and other observed effects lead to the conclusion that the phenomenon is due to a reflection of galactic particles from the moving magnetized front of the corpuscular flux reaching the earth. CaMAI, DLC. 94944 DORMAN, L.I. and others. Traektorii kosmicheskikh luchei v magnitnom pole Zemli, predstavlennom s vysokoi stepen'iu tochnosti. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiiä 1966. v.6, no.1, p.19-26, graphs, tables, illus) 11 refs. In Russian. Other authors: M. Ill. Medvedev and V.S. SØov. Title tr.: Cosmic ray trajectories in the earth's magnetic field represented with a high degree of accuracy. Investigates the effect of higher harmonics of the planetary geomagnetic field on the trajectories of cosmic rays. The accuracy of the present-day maps of the earth's magnetic field permits determination of asymptotic directions of low rigidity (1-10.5 Bv) from six spherical functions, with an accuracy up to 2°. The reception cones of 13 cosmic ray stations, incl Apatity, Tiksi, Kheysa Island, Cape Shmidta, and Yakutsk are given for rigidities of 1-938 By. DLC. 94945 DORMAN, L.I. and S. FISHER. Vliiinie izmeneniiå gelioshiroty Zemli na intensivnost' kosmicheskikh luchel v 1963-1964 gg. i otsenka perpendikuhhrnogo k ploskosti ekliptiki gradients intensivnosti kosmicheskikh luchei. (Akademitå nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyi geofizicheskil komitet. Kosmicheskie luchi. Sbornik statef 1967. no.8, p.88-99, graphs, tables) 3 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The effect of variation of the earth's heliolatitude on cosmic ray intensity in 1963-1964, and evaluation of the cosmic ray intensity gradient perpendicular to the plane of the ecliptic. Studies the variation rate of the neutron component of cosmic rays, using the monthly mean data of 11 cosmic ray stations, incl Deep River and Sulphur in Canada, and Murmansk. The results of harmonic analysis of the monthly mean values of cosmic ray intensity are given for the amplitude, and the maxima times of the first and the second harmonics are presented in a table. Reduction for the relative sunspot number effect is applied to the data analyzed. Two regions of decreased cosmic ray intensity corresponding

to the active regions in the northern and southern hemispheres of the sun existed near the solar equator during the period analyzed, and the intensity gradient perpendicular to the solar equator is evaluated. DLC. DORMAN, L.I., see also No. 93444, 93445 94946 DORMIDONTOV, A.S. 0 sud'he lososevykh ryb v budushchikh vodokhranilishchakh IAkutii. (In: Soveshchanie po biologicheskol produktivnosti vodoemov Sibiri... 1966, p.90-91) In Russian. Title tr.: The possible fate of salmon in future reservoirs of Yakutia. Discusses the possible adaptation of the salmon population in waterways which will be engulfed by planned dam building. Many related species are expected to adapt successfully but larger river species are expected to be endangered. DLC. 94947 DORODNIKOV, V. and V. BURENOK. Nasushchnye voprosy rechnogo transporta Krainego Severs Tiumenskoi oblasti. (Rechnoi transport 1967. v.26, no.11, p.10-11) In Russian. Title tr.: Questions of vital importance for river transport in the Far North of Tyumen Province. Proposes measures to expand the river fleet with M-class diesel freighters of 1,500-2,000 t displacement, the boats to be equipped with two or three 3-5 ton cranes and 50-ton self-propelled pontoons which can be taken aboard during passage or stormy weather. Development of new oil and gas deposits in Cape Kamennyy, Yaptik-Sale, Se-Yakha, etc. requires construction of new mooring places, dredging of the Yamsal'skiy, Tazovskiy, Mersalinskiy, Purovskiy and other river bars, and introduction of powerful icebreakers of m draught. DLC. 94948 DOROGOSTAISKAIA, E.V. and L.N. NOVICHKOVA-IVANOVA. Ob izmenenii al'goflory tundrovykh pochv v rezul'tate ikh osvoeniia. (Botanicheskil zhurnal 1967. v.52, no.4, p.461-68, tables) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Changes in algal flora of tundra soils resulting from their reclamation. Studies virgin and cultivated soils of the vicinity of Vorkuta. From the former, 23 species of algae are recorded with Protococcaceae and Volvocaceae prevailing. Cultivated soils contained 45 species with prevalence of filamentous Chlorophyceae. DLC. DOROKHOVA, K.IA., see No. 99576 94949 DORONIN, Iu.P. Characteristics of the heat exchange. (In: Symposium on the arctic heat budget and 279

atmospheric circulation. Proceedings,.. 1966. p.247-66, tables) Refs. Discusses meteorological and hydrological factors in the phenomena of turbulent heat exchange between the atmosphere and hydrosphere of the region. Comprehensive numerical methods to calculate the value of the heat balance components in the Arctic Basin were developed from data of drifting stations and patrol boats. Eddy mixing in the lower layers of the arctic atmosphere and heat exchange between the ice cover and the atmosphere are considered. The values of the constants v, ß , and 8 of 0.670, 0.050, and 0.22-0.30, respectively are used in Brunt's formula for the value of effective emission in the Arctic. DLC. 94950 DORONIN, IU.P. and A.V. SMETANNIKOVA. Metod rascheta nekotorykh gidrologicheskikh elementov poverkhnostnogo sloes mos=s v osenni period. (Leningrad. Arkticheskii i antarkticheskü n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1966. no.277, p.108-126, graphs, map, table) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Method of calculating certain hydrological elements of the surface layer of the sea during the fall period. Presents a thorough calculation of the hydrological characteristics of a homogeneous layer of Kara Sea water, according to the regimes at Amderma, Cape Sterlegova, Belyy, Dikson, and Uyedineniya Islands. The purpose is to enable prediction of when ice begins to form in these localities, also the date of complete freeze-up, and growth of the ice in thickness. The correlation of these phenomena with the indexes of individual meteorological and hydrological processes is interpreted as a physical process, and expressed mathematically by analytical equations. The result of the analysis is presented in five diagrams comparing the calculated freeze-up time with that actually observed at these stations. CaMAI, DLC. 94951 DORONIN, IU.P. On the heat balance of the Central Arctic. (In: Vangengeim, G.IA. and A.F. Laktionov, eds. Hydrometeorology of the polar regions... 1967, p.195-201, graph, tables) 12 ref's. English translation of No 78349. CaMAI. 94952 DORONIN, IIJ.P. and A.V. SMETANNIKOVA. Raschet elementov gidrologicheskogo rezhima verkhnego slo=a Karskogo moral v osenne-7imnil period. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1966. v.279, p.75-93, graph, maps) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Calculation of the elements of hydrological regime of the upper layer of the Kara Sea during the autumn-winter period. 280

Presents methods of calculating the hydrological process at the nodes of the regular geographic grid of this sea. The transformation of the air mass over the sea is determined from given characteristics of the sea surface, then the condition of the sea is determined from the calculated values of the meteorological elements. Isochrones of the 1936 and 1952 freeze-up, isochrones calculated by the method discussed, and the actually recorded freeze-up isochrones of the area are given in two charts. Other charts give the time of the sea's freeze-up in 1965 according to the calculated forecast, and that actually observed. DLC. 94952A DORONINA, N.A. Rezhim urovner r. Anabar. (In: Leningrad. Arkticheskü i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1967. v.278, p.72-83, graphs, map, tables, illus) 5 refs. In Russian. ?Etle tr.: The regime of the Anabar River level. Navigation is possible on the Anabar only during the period of spring flood. The summer level is too low for shipping. The possibility of using the river short-term floods in summer and autumn is considered, and the records of two stations, Saskylakh for 1936-63 and Dzhelinda 1943-61 are examined. The number, height and duration of summer and autumn floods are reported. The sand banks are also examined. The causes of the low level regime are discussed. DLC. 94953 DOROSHENKO, V.G. and E.I. IRZHAK. Rannevesennü rost ozimor rzhi. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Komi filial. Trudy 1965. no.14, p.93-101, tables, illus) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Early spring growth of winter rye. Reports four yr experiments in central Yakutia, demonstrating that the Viätka variety of rye continues growth in early spring till the disappearance of the snow cover. The lower threshold of growth is 0° to 5°C. Stages of organogenesis at different temperatures are also discussed. DLC. 94954 DORR, J.A., Jr. Wind-polished stones; two similar sites. (Michigan Academy of Science, Arts, and Letters. Papers 1965 pub 1966. v.51, p.265-73, illus) 6 refs. Discusses pebbles and cobbles at Franklin Bluffs, Alaska and at a site in Wyoming that show a high polish on part or all of their surface, whether the stone is angular or well rounded. Conditions encountered at both sites, favoring the wind-polishing of stones, are persistent strong wind, a downslope source of very fine but hard abrasive, an upslope source of relatively hard, but poorly consolidated or cemented coarse particles and a relatively long, steep slope for extended

continuous particle travel with frequent turning. Polished stones found throughout the world in many geologic formations have been called gastroliths and their polish attributed to grinding of plant food in the digestive tract of fossil herbivores. The present study tends to DGS. discount the gastrolith theory. 94955 DOSTAL', V.G. Razvitie lesnoi promyshlennosti v Zapadno-Sibirskom komplekse. (Lesnaiå promyshlennost' 1967. v.47, no.1, p.29-30) In Russian. Title fr.: Development of lumber industry in Western Siberia. Reports on projects of the 1966-70 fiveyear plan. The region under consideration covers over 2 million km2. Influence of oil and gas deposits in the region, construction of roads, particularly railroads is discussed. The 780-km long railroad Tyumen'-Tobol'sk-Surgut when completed will link the more than one billion m3 timber reserves of the Tomsk region and the planned industrial center at Kolpashevo with an annual capacity to process 5-6 million m3. It is calculated that lumber production in this area can reach 8 million m3 by 1970, and 15 by 1975. DLC. 94956 DOSTOVALOV, B.N. and V.A. KUDRIAVTSEV. Obshchee merzlotovedenie. Izd-vo Moskovskogo Univ. 1967. 403 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: General cryopedology. Manual for university students covering the fundamentals of cryopedology or geocryology, the development of frozen rocks from the geologic, geographic and physical points of view. The 12 chapters deal with the understanding of cryopedology and its methods, distribution and morphology of frozen rocks, thermodynamic conditions for development of permafrost, physical and physiochemical processes in freezing, frozen and thawing rocks, their structure and properties, cryogenic physical-geologic processes and phenomena, seasonal freezing and thawing, formation and development of permafrost groundwater in the areas of permafrost, zoning and mapping, history and development of the study of permafrost, the role and importance of frozen rocks in the DLC. national economy. DOVGAL', IIJ.M., see No. 95699 DOWNS, A.E.R., see No. 94658 94957 DOWNEY, J.A. and others. Central temperature regulation in the spinal man. (Journal of applied physiology 1967. v.22, no.1, p.91-94, tables, graphs) 9 refs. Other authors: H.P. Chiodi and R.C. Darling.

Study of 02-consumption in quadriplegics with the lower, insensitive body part deeply cooled. When central body temperature fell to about 35.6°C, shivering began in the innervated muscles and 02-consumption increased proportionately to the decreasing temperature. 02-consumption continued even when the sentient skin was kept warm. It is inferred that deep, cold-sensitive receptors initiate shivering and act independently of sentient skin stimulation. DLC. 94958 DOYON, D. and V. LAVOIE. Etude comparative des aires de Dicentra cucullaria (L.) Bernh. et de Dicentra canadensis (Goldie) Walp. au Quebec, 1. (Naturaliste canadien 1966. v.93, no.1, p.3-8, maps) Refs. In French. Title tr.: Comparative study of the areas of Dicentra cucullaria (L.) Bemh. and D. canadensis (Goldie) Walp. in Quebec, 1. Floristic surveys in sugar maple groves of northeastern Quebec enable determination of the limit of distribution of dutchman's-breeches and squirrel-corn in the region of Quebec City, Charlevoix, Saguenay and Lac St Jean. D. cucullaria is considered to belong to the Laurentian sugar maple grove and to be characteristic of a hygrophilic association of the sugar maple with the yellow birch grove which extends to the Lac St Jean area. D. canadensis has a more limited distribution; it is a member of the Laurentian sugar maple grove as far as Cote-de-Beaupre. CaMM, DLC. 94959 DOZHDIKOV, N.R. V are Arktiki. Moskva, Izd-vo Sovetskaza Rossiia 1967. 198 p. illus. In Russian. Title tr.: In the ether of the Arctic. Reminiscences of the oldest Soviet radiotelegraph operator, who announced the victory of October Revolution from Tsarskoye Selo in 1917. For about 40 yr he worked at various stations in the Arctic, incl Obdorsk (now Salekhard) in 1921-22, Novyy Port 1924-26; Igarka 1927, Chelyuskin 1932-33, Nordvik 1934-35, Tiksi 1937, Muostakh Island 1938; Preobrazheniya Island 1939-42, Cape Kosistyy 1944-45, at Kozhevnikogo (73°33'N il0'18'E) 1946-52, Pevek 1952-53, and Amderma 1955-58. The material and technical conditions of his work are characterized, as are personnel of the stations and of almost all the principal expeditions and research operations of the period. Resource development and the building of the Northern Sea Route are discussed. The search for salt and petroleum in the Nordvik area is treated in some detail. DLC. 281

DRABKIN, I.E., see No. 93575, 93576, of larvae during the 24-hr day were again DI. 93728 observed. 94960 DRABKOVA, V.G. Okislitel'novosstanovitel'nye potentsial i raspredelenie bakterii v poverkhnostnom sloe ila nekotorykh ozer Karel'skogo peresheika. (Mikrobiologiii 1966. v.35, no.6, p.1080-1086, tables) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Redox potential and occurrence of some bacteria in the top layers of mud in some Karelian lakes. Dissolved oxygen in the water of lakes with a high bacterial population did not reduce the redox potential of the mud as much as in lakes with a low microbial population. Redox potential was low in the absence of oxygen. Eh value did not change much from top to bottom. Aerobic bacteria were found even in lakes with a comparatively low Eh. The number of bacteria in mud decreased significantly toward the bottom (about 10 cm below the mud surface). DLC. DRAFTA-CIOBANU, D., see No. 98115 94961 DRAGESUND, 0. Forekomst av egg og larver av fisk i vest- og nordnorske kyst og bankfarvann våren 1964. (Fiskets gang 1965. v.51, no.11, p.166-72, graphs, maps, tables) Refs. In Norwegian. English summary. Title era Occurrence of fish eggs and larvae in the west and north Norwegian coastal and bank waters in the spring of 1964. Reports results of a cruise survey in 62°30' - 70°N sampling the location, depth distribution and quantity of the young of several varieties of fish. Methods and timing are explained. The numbers of eggs and larvae/m2 of sea surface indicate how choice the spawning grounds. Investigation of numbers at depths up to 50 m show generally greater concentration in upper layers of water at night. Hatching dates are recorded and comparisons made with findings of 1963. DI. 94962 DRAGESUND, 0. and P.T. HAGENSTAD. Forekomst av egg og yngel av fisk i vest- og nordnorske kyst- og bankfarvann våren 1965. (Fiskets gang 1966. v.52, no.24, p.467-72, graphs, maps) Ref. In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr. Occurrence of fish eggs and larvae on the west and north Norwegian coast and bank waters in the spring of 1965. Describes results of three cruises in terms of food fish occurrence and larvae sampling with plankton gear, current and hydrographic observations, and larvae measurements in late spring. Differences in the depth distribution 282

94963 DRAGESUND, 0. and P.T. HOGNESTAD. Forekomst av egg og yngel av fisk i vest- og nordnorske kyst- og bankfarvann våren 1966. (Fiskets gang 1967. v.53, no.25, p.419-22, maps, table) Refs. In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr Occurrence of fish egg and larvae in west and north Norwegian coastal and bank waters during the spring of 1966. Reports a survey which found cod eggs most numerous just west of the Lofoten Islands, the cod being more coastal than haddock in late May and June. Saithe and pout concentrations off Møre in the Norwegian Sea matched those of 1965. Herring larvae at the end of April indicated a long hatching/resorption period. DL 94964 DRAGESUND, 0. Sildeundersøkelser i Nord-Norge med F/F "G. 0. Sars" 11. - 23. januar 1965. (Fiskets gang 1965. v.51, no.16, p.230, graph, map) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Herring investigations in North Norway aboard the R/V G.O. Sacs, 11-23 Jan 1965. Summarizes a study north of the Lofoten Islands. For four cross sections outward from the coast, hydrographic data were taken every 20 nautical mi to a distance of near 200 mi. Surface temperatures and fish occurrence were registered where the presence of fishing craft indicated finds of fish. At levels where herring were taken, the temperature stood at 6-7°C. DI. DRAGESUND, 0., see also No. 94052 94965 DRAGUNOV, V.I. and others Fosfatoproeävleniiä v nizhnepaleozolskikh otlozheniiåkh severo-zapada Sredne-Sibirskogo ploskogor ia. (Leningrad. Vses. GeologicheskiT inst. Trudy 1966. v.146, p.95-102, illus) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.L. Librovich, V.G. Matukhina and V.D. Nemtsev. Title tr.: Phosphate manifestation in Lower Paleozoic deposits in the northwest of the Middle Siberian highland. Describes phosphate manifestations in Lower Cambrian and Ordovician deposits uncovered by drillings in the Sukharikha, Noril'sk, Kulyumbe, Kureyka areas and elsewhere. In the Cambrian deposits the phosphate horizon is 2.3 m thick, and the P205 content is 0.23-17.40%. Phosphate manifestations in the Middle Ordovician are also described. Criteria are summarized for further search for such deposits. DLC.

94966 DRAGUNOV, V.I. and others. Fosforitonosnost' Nizhne- i Srednedevonskikh otlozhenii r. Dzhaltula. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskiI inst. Trudy 1966. v.146, p.111-14, map) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: IU.S. Kulikov, R.G. Matukhin and S.L. Potapov. Title tr.: Phosphorite in the Lower and Middle Devonian deposits of the Dzhaltul River basin. Describes the composition and stratigraphy of Lower and Middle Ordovician deposits from a study in 1964. Five phosphorite zones are recognized and briefly characterized noting their thickness and content of P205 and MnO. Further investigations are sugDLC. gested. 94967 DRAGUNOV, V.I. and others. Nizhnepaleozoiskie otlozhenitå v fundamente vostochnoi chasti Zapadno-Sibirskoi nizmennosti (Eloguiskaia opornail skvazhina). (Akademiii nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.172, no.2, p.420-22) 9 refs. In Russian. Other authors: A.L. Smirnov and N.E. Chernysheva. Title tr.: Lower Paleozoic deposits in the basement of the eastern part of the West Siberian lowland. Correlates the logs of the Yeloguy test hole and a deep rotary hole drilled in the Kyksa area (several km northeast of Yeloguy). Age of the section as a whole is Middle Cambrian to Lower Ordovician. Remains of trilobites and brachiopods occur in Middle Cambrian limestone. Red beds which have thinned from 250 m farther east, to 48 m at Yeloguy, and wedge out farther west, are products of erosion of the Yenisey ridge during the Salayir diastrophism, and not of any other structures located to the west. DGS, DLC. 94968 DRAGUNOV, V.I. and others. Sootnoshenie kontinental'nykh uglenosnykh i vulkanogennykh otlozhenil v verkhovtkh t r. Chuni, bassein r. Podkamennoi Tunguski. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskii inst. Trudy 1967. v.112, p.93-97, illus) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.P. Ledneva and I.A. Siveriseva. Title tr.: The relation of continental coal-bearing and volcanic deposits on the upper Chuna, Podkamennaya Tunguska basin. Presents a detailed description of a section of these deposits of the Sungtapchinskiy dome. Age data as determined from analysis of spore-pollen complexes indicate the appearance of tuffite during Upper PermianTriassic time and support other evidence of a gradual change from continental sedimentation with coal to volcanic formations. DLC. DRAPKINA, C.I. see No. 93964

94969 DRAVERT, P.L. Burelom i ozhog lesa v basseine r. Keti. (Meteoritika 1948, In Russian. no.4, p.112-14, map) Title tr.: Tree fall and burn in the forest in the Ket' River basin. Advances a hypothesis that these depredations in the Ket' valley forest were caused by the fall of two blocks of the Tunguska meteorite in 1908, despite some hundred kilometers distance from the main fall. DLC. 94970 DREGVAL', A.A. and A.K. MATVEEV. 0 nekotorykh osobennosti`akh upotrebleniii form mnozhestvennogo chisla v kamasinskom iazyke. (Sovetskoe finno-ugrovedenie 1967. v.3, no.1, p.41-43) 2 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title t: Use of plural forms peculiar to the Kamasinets language. Morphological and semantic study of this virtually extinct Sayan Samoyed language. DLC. 94971 DREMOV, V.A. Drevnee naselenie lesostepnogo Priob'ia v epokhu bronzy i zheleza po dannym paleoantropologii. (Sovetskaia etnografiia 1967, no.6, p.53-66, tables) 40 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Ancient population of the forest and steppe zone of the Cis-Ob region in the bronze and iron ages, based on paleoanthropological data. Comparative craniological study of 12 bronze age and 42 iron age specimens excavated in 1959-66 in the upper Ob basin, and dated, respectively, to the late secondearly first millennia BC and the 6-10th centuries AD. The bronze age skulls show mixed Europoid and Mongoloid features close to the coeval Andronovo type which, in turn, may be ancestral to the modern Ob-Ugrians. The iron age series is, on the whole, more Mongoloid with a predominance of genetic traits encountered among Sel'kup Samoyed skulls of the 17-18th century. A racial continuity since the bronze age is considered likely in West Siberia; the iron age series occupies an intermediary position with diverse craniological traits inherited in part by present-day Samoyed, Ostyak, Vogul, and DLC. local Turkic tribes. DREMOV, V.A., see also No. 99553 94972 DRENOV, N.V. and IU.S. KRAKOVSKII. Etapy razvitiia i tektonicheskil kontrol' trappovogo magmatizma v predelakh isentral'noi i zapadnoi chastei Sibirskol plat(Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii formy. Arktiki. Trudy 1967. v.151, p.61-65). In Russian. Title tr.: Stages of development and tectonic control of trap magmatism in the 283

central and western parts of the Siberian platform. Reports study of the region between the Yenisey and 108°E, the Angara and the Arctic Circle. Four tectonic-magmatic phases of explosive and effusive trap volcanism are distinguished and the intrusive rocks described. Mineralization of copper and nickel sulfides is attributed to the mobile zones of platform basement. DLC. 94973 DRESCHER, J.W. Environmental influences on initiation and maintenance of hibernation in the arctic ground squirrel, (Ecology 1967. v.48, CiteIlus undulatus. no.6, p.962-66, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. Reports controlled laboratory experiments on the effects of temperature or photoperiod, alone or combined. The combination of decreased temperature and photoperiod (which simulates natural conditions) produced hibernation exceeding in duration the sum of times of the two independent parameters. DLC. DREWRY, W.P., see No. 98295 94974 DRIAGIN, P.A. Perspektivy uvelichenhå rybnykh resursov v vodoemakh IAkutskoi ASSR. (In: Soveshchanie zoologov Sibiri, Tomskk, 1966. Voprosy zoologii, p.101) In Russian. Title ti. Perspectives for improving the fish resources in the waterways of the Yakut ASSR. These waterways were examined and found suitable for salmon and other commercial fish culture. Seeding by qualified personnel is suggested. DLC. 94975 DRIAISKII, V.M. Avroral'noe pogloshchenie radiovoln v ralone severnogo geograficheskogo poliUsa. (Geomagnetism i aeronomiii 1966. v.6, no.2, p.361-64, graphs, tables) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The auroral absorption of radio waves in the region of geographic North Pole. Analyzes the cosmic radio emission records taken by drifting station North Pole-10 during 1963-64, a period near min solar activity. Events of auroral absorption are compared with analogous absorption events in the auroral zone. Comparison is also made of the events of 18 Apr 1964 recorded simultaneously at Khyesa, Dikson, and North Pole-10, indicating that auroral absorption of radio waves appears considerably reduced in intensity in the region near the pole. Not more than 15% of the time throughout winter and spring did the absorption exceed 0.5 db. DLC. 284

94976 DRIATSKII, V.M. Avroral'noe pogloshchenie v soprrazhennykh oblastiakh vysokikh shirot. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomii'a 1967. v.7, no.3, p.496-501, graphs, Title tr. tables) 10 refs. In Russian. Auroral absorption in conjugate regions of high latitudes. Discusses the behavior of auroral absorption in 1964 at Kheysa Island (416 events) and at Mirnyy (137 events) of more than 0.3 db intensity. Records of cosmic radio noise at these stations were used in the analysis. The auroral absorption events were of five min to several hr duration. The duration was shorter and events of higher intensity were more frequent at Mirnyy than at Kheysa Island. Intensity of conjugate events was found to be greater during local winter, and the absorption at Mirnyy observatory to occur somewhat earlier than at Kheysa Island. It was also found that the weaker the geomagnetic field disturbance at Mirnyy, the smaller was the relative number of conjugate auroral absorption events with Kheysa Island. The observed seasonal effect of conjugate events is considered to depend on the relative orientation of the earth and its magnetosphere in regard to the sun. CaMAI, DLC. 94977 DRIATSKII, V.M. Ionosfemye effekty, sviazannye s pol vleniem energichnykh elektronov v khvoste magnitosfery. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomitå 1967. v.7, no.5, p.891-93, illus) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The ionospheric effects associated with the appearance of high energy electrons in the magnetosphere tail. Investigates the correlation in the occurrence time and spectrum of auroral absorption of radio signals and the appearance of high energy electrons on the night side of the earth's magnetosphere. The auroral absorption event recorded riometrically on 28 May 1964 in the antarctic and arctic regions was found to coincide very nearly in time with a splash of E>45Kev electrons. Auroral absorption was distinctly observed at Kheysa Island, Cape Zhelaniya, Dikson, and Amderma, especially in the region of aurora borealis. No absorption was observed however at Great Whale River and Frobisher Bay. Reference is made to three other cases of this positive correlation, and also to high energy electrons' appearance on 28 Apr 1964 during which neither auroral absorption, nor unusual geomagnetic disturbances were observed in either polar region. CaMAI, DLC. 94978 DRIATSKII, V.M. Issledovanie prostranstvennogo i vremennogo raspredeleniia avroral'nogo pogloshcheniia po dannym

nabhüdenII seti riometrov v Arktike. (Geomagnetizm i a6ronomtia 1966. v.6, no.6, p.1061-70, graphs, table, illus) 23 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Investigation of the spatial and temporal distribution of auroral absorption according to observation data of riometer network in the Arctic. Investigates the latitude distribution of auroral radio-wave absorption during the period of max solar activity. Cosmic radio noise records of IQSY period at North Pole-10 drifting station (86°28' - 88°42'N 143°16' - 97°07'E), Kheysa Island, Cape Zhelaniya, Dikson Island, Amderma, and Noril'sk are used as basis for the analysis. The effect of geomagnetic field intensity on the absorption, and the latitude distribution of the absorption and auroral displays, and auroral absorption in other-longitude regions at high latitudes are compared. The daily variation rate of the absorption is analyzed, and the correlation pointed out between the precipitation of electrons of > 40 Key from the radiation belts of the earth, and the various ionospheric-magnetic disturbances, including the auroral absorption. DLC. 94979 DRIATSKII, V.M. and B.S. MOISEEV. Pogloshchenie kosmicheskogo radioizlucheniiii v vysokikh shirotakh, svi'azannoe s khromosfernymi vspyshkami. (Leningrad. Arkticheskii i antarkticheskil n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1966. v.280, p.86-90, table, graphs) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Absorption of cosmic radio emission in high latitudes, associated with chromospheric flares. Studies certain peculiar cases of sudden cosmic noise absorption (SCNA) from riometric records of summers 1959-60 at Tiksi Bay. Specific characteristics of the 14 cases observed are tabulated. A second phase of the absorption during the SCNA period is noticed which has never been observed near the equator, but appears with increasing intensity with distance from the equator. This phenomenon is considered to be associated with the precipitation of high energy charged particles ejected by the sun during its flares. DLC. 94980 DRIATSKII, V.M. Usloviia prokhozhdeniiä korotkikh radiovoln v Antarktike. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiih 1966. v.6, no.1, p.68-79, graphs, map, tables, illus) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Conditions of short-wave radio propagation in the Antarctic. Investigates the peculiarities of the propagation in terms of the length and orientation of the radio lines which are completely within the polar cap region, and the lines whose reception station is in the auroral zone, while

the wave entry point into the radio absorbing layer is in the zone of anomalous absorption, also the lines crossing the auroral zone which have both ends comparatively far away from the auroral zone, while the region of radio waves propagating through lower ionosphere is out of the abnormal absorption zone. Inasmuch as there are no data on the auroral zone absorption in the Antarctic, riometric observations with 32 Mc/s frequency at Dikson Island were used in this investigation. DLC. DRIATSKII, V.M., see also No. 94001 94981 DROBYSHEVA, S.S. Rol' vidovogo sostava v formirovanii chislennosti barenisevomorskikh 6ufauziid. (Murmansk. Poliarnyi n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoziuslstva i okeanografli. Trudy 1967, no.20, p.195-204, graphs, tables) 13 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr. Role of species composition in forming the stock of Barents Sea euphausiids. Euphausiid composition (species, sex, and age) and numerical dynamics were studied yearly in winter for nine yr. The plankton was collected at four sites, shown on map, and the specific ratio of three prevalent species, Thysanoessa inermis, Th. raschii and Mc ganyctiphanes norvegica was considered. In the group from the first region (warm currents) M. norvegica prevailed with an average 11%, reaching 30% in some years. Th. inermis was most constant. At the second site in waters sufficiently warm for the boreal fauna, Th. inermis prevailed, but in some years it decreased by 10-20% while the other two species increased. In the third area with alternately warm and cold waters, all species developed well, and the composition was variable. The Th. species prevailed most of the time, reaching up to 70%, and M norvegica in warm years up to 50%. The fourth area with very cold waters in winter favors Th. raschii development. Numerical importance was rather constant over the whole region, with changes of no more than 6.1% over nine yr. The dynamics were similar for Th. inermis and M norvegica but diverged for these two species and Th. raschii. Comparison between euphausiid stock and mean yearly temp yielded a numerical relationship between the adult Crustaceae and water temp of the preceding yr. On an overall basis, the plankton level in the Murmansk shallows and its northern slope is about the same throughout the whole sea. Feeding conditions are very good in this region. It was concluded that data from many years observation of three massively encountered species show the same periodicity but opposite phases with respect to each species; the 285

overall stock is rather constant for the whole sea but varies considerably for various areas. DLC. 94982 DRONIA, H. Der Stadteinfluss auf den weltweiten Temperaturtrend. Berlin, Reimer 1967. 65 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. 38 refs. (Berlin. Freie Universität. Institut flir Meteorologie and Geophysik. Meteorologische Abhandlungen v.74, no.4) In German. Title tr.: The influence of cities on worldwide temperature trends. Attempts to remove the warming influence of growing cities from worldwide temperature trends. The 19 stations north of 60°N show the most pronounced warming and subsequent cooling trend. It is shown that world temp has fallen 0.2°C since 1871/80. Many stations north of 60°N showed pronounced warming 1921-30 and cooling 1951-60. Data from arctic stations are tabulated in an appendix. DWB. 94983 St. Paul des DROUIN, E.O. Metis. (Alberta historical review 1963. v.11, no.4, p.12-14, illus) Describes the efforts of Oblate Fathers Albert Lacombe and Joseph-Adeodat Therien 1896-1909 to regenerate the half-breed Indians. They founded the colony of Saint Paul des Metis on the shores of Egg, later Therien, Lakes, about 128 mi northeast of Edmonton. CaMM. 94984 DROUIN, P.E. Contrales des crues au barrage de Manicouagan 5. (Intl. Assoc. for Hydraulic Research, 10th congress, London 1963. Proceedings v.2, p.49-56, graphs, map, illus) In French. English summary. Title tr.: Flood control at Manicouagan dam no.5. This flood control problem is solved by designing a spillway with capacity one third of the size required for the flood of 1:10,000 yr frequency. Such a control is economically achievable by maximum control level in spring, and by making the flood-discharge follow the limiting curve of the amount of DLC. water plotted against time (days). 94985 DROZDOV, A.O. Ob izmenenii osadkov severnogo polushariiä pri izmenenii temperatur Polamogo basseina. (Leningrad. Glavnaiä geofizicheskaiä observatoriIä. Trudy 1966, no.198, p.3-16, maps, tables, illus) 14 refs. In Russian. Etle fr.: The changes in precipitation of the Northern Hemisphere with changes in the temperature of the Polar Basin. English translation 483(M) available from National Lending Library, Boston Spa, Yorkshire, England. Describes the correlative connection between the Arctic Basin temperature and 286

precipitation in the lower latitudes of the Northern Hemisphere. This connection is used in appraising precipitation changes with respect to the ice content in the arctic seas. Atmospheric circulation is also taken into consideration. The precipitation changes are also discussed in the case of the temperature of the Arctic being raised 5°C above the DLC. present. DROZDOVA, V.M., see No. 99807 94986 DRUBE, H.C. and E. KRICKE. Tierexperimentelle Untersuchungen über die morphologischen Auswirkungen einer Erfrierung and Unterkühlung des Magens. (Klinische Wochenschrift 1964. v.42, no.12, p.577-81, illus) 10 refs. In German. English summary. Title tr.: Animal experiments on the morphological effects of freezing or cooling the stomach. Account of experiments with dogs having their stomachs cooled to sub mucus temperatures of -8°C, 0 to 2°C, or 4 to 6°C. The first group developed complete necrosis of the stomach and died within a few days; the second showed superficial lesions and hemorrhages of the mucous membrane, the third DNLM. showed minor cellular changes. DRURY, L.L., see No. 98963 94987 DRUZHININ, Iu. Opyt ekspluatafsii dvigatelei 8NVD-36 v Lenskom parokhodstve. (Rechnol transport 1966. v.25, no.7, p.26, tables) In Russian. Tyde tr.: Use of the 8NVD-36 gas turbine in the Lena Steamship Line. Reports on the performance and repairs of the turbine installed in 25% of the dieselengine boats of the line. The turbines proved to be highly dependable, easy in automatic regulation and requiring no continuous supervision during operation. Post-navigation repairs needed are tabulated and suggestions offered for reducing repair time. DLC. 94988 DUBATOLOV, V.N. and R.E. ALEKSEEVA. Nekotorye srednedevonskie tabuliäty i brakhiopody Penzhinskogo khreb(In: Akademirä ta, Koriakskoe nagor'e. nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geologi i geofiz. Novye dannye po biostratigrafii devona i verkhnego paleozoia Sibiri... 1967. p.21-31, illus) Refs. In Russian. Tyde tr.: Some Middle Devonian tabulata and brachiopods in the Penzhina Range, Koryak uplift. Presents systematic description of seven tabulate corals and six brachiopods with their geographic distribution and geologic age. Of the corals, Parastriaropora dobretzovi and DGS. Striatopora subrotunde, are new.

DUBATOLOV, V.N., see also No. 98804 94989 DUBATOLOVA, IU.A. Devonskie krinoidei khrebta Tas-Khayikhtakh, Seve(In: Akademitå nauk ro-Vostok SSSR. SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geologii i geofiz. Novye dannye po biostratigrafli devona i verkhnego paleozoia Sibiri... 1967. p.32-40, Title tr.: DeRefs. In Russian. illus) vonian crinoids of the Tas-Khayakhtakh Range. Presents systematic description of eight forms noting the collected material, comparison, geographic distribution, geologic age and other features. Three species are new: Tetragonotetragonalis grates, Tetragonocyclicus indefrnitus, and Pentagonocyclicus boDGS. botschaloensis. DUBATOLOVA, IÜ.A, see also No. 98804 § 14 94990 DUBIKOV, G.I. Podzemnye l'dy Zapadnol Sibiri. (In: Vses. mezhduvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po geokriologii, 8th. Materialy v.3, 1966. p.44-52, tables) In Russian. Title tr. Ground ice in West Siberia. Describes two types of ground ice in the northern part, mostly the Yamal, Gydan and Taz Peninsulas. Multiple vein ice and buried injection ice are distinguished, and the former divided according to type of growth into syngenetic and epigenetic ice, and according to age into recent and old or relict ice. The distribution and main characteristics of these categories are described. Four zones of the multiple-vein ice are delineated and briefly characterized. Buried injection ice is divided into two types, layered intrusive veins and DLC. laccolith type. 94991 DUBIKOV, G.I. Povtorno-zhil'nye l'dy v Zapadnol Sibiri. (AkadeØå nauk SSSR. Izvestitå 1966, ser. geog. no.5, p.73-80, table, map, illus.) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Multiple ice wedges in Western Siberia. Describes ground ice as studied in 1960-64 in the Yamal and Gydan Peninsulas, Salekhard and adjacent areas. Syngenetic and epigenetic types are distinguished according to formation conditions and briefly characterized. Recent and old ice wedges are separated. Three types of syngenetic wedges are recognized by their mode of occurrence and growth and each is briefly described. Epigenetic ice wedges are also treated. DLC. DUBIKOV, G.I., see also No. 93855

94992 DUBINA, R.B. and IU.V. NIKOLAEV. K probleme ob"ektivnogo analiza okeanologicheskikh pole!. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1966. v.279, p.100-104, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Objective analysis of oceanological fields. Investigates possible methods of mathematical analysis of hydrometeorological fields by the empirical processes used by oceanologists preparing data for weather forecasting. A system of differential equations is formed, the solution of which is demonstrated, resulting in satisfactory agreement between hydrometeorological data for the Laptev Sea obtained empirically by oceanologists, and such obtained by the method proposed. DLC. 94993 DUBOIS, J. Temps de propagation des ondes P å des distances epicentrales de 30 å 90 degres, region du sud-ouest Pacifique. (Anales de geophysique 1966. v.22, no.4, p.642-45, graph, maps, tables) Refs. In French. English and Russian summary. Title tr.: Travel time of P waves along the epicentral distances of 30 to 90 degrees in the southwestern region of the Pacific. Analyzes the seismic data due to the 29 Oct 1965 nuclear explosion in the Aleutians as recorded at 108 worldwide stations, incl Alert, Nord, Frobisher Bay, Tromsø, Kiruna, and Sodankylä. The data indicate that the correction to the Jeffrey-Bullen tables at about 70° epicentral distance changes from 5 sec under continents to 1.5 sec under the southwestern sector of the Pacific. The 3.5 sec difference in the travel time under the Pacific and under the continents was compared with E. Tryggvason records of travel time of longitudinal body wave P between Kiruna and Reykjavik, No 92477. DLC. DUBOVIK, A.D., see No. 95883 94994 DUBOVOI, A.A. Nekotorye osobennosti vzaimootnosheniiii antigenov pri (In: Irkutsk. respiratornol applikatsii. N: issl. inst. epidemiologii i mikrobiologii. In RusMaterialy 1967, p.114-18, table) sian. Title tr.: The relationship between antigens during aerosol immunization. Study of the effectiveness of aerosol immunization with combined diphtheria-influenza vaccines showed that selection of doses in the combined vaccine is of paramount importance. Combined aerosol immunization can produce immunological response to diphtheria antigen only when less influenza antigen is present, apparently because live influenza vaccine is highly immunogenic when administered by the aerosol 287

route, while diphtheria toxoid is less effective via aerosol. The combined vaccine contained diphtheria toxoid in a dose of 540 AU per ml, and 1-5 (or 20 intranasal) doses of influenza vaccine B per ml. During aerosol immunization each animal aspirated approximately 3.35 doses (0.68 or 0.14 intranasal doses of influenza vaccine and 75 AU of diphtheria toxoid). The immunological response to influenza antigen of any of the combined vaccines did not differ in intensity from response to individual immunization with corresponding doses. Production of diphtheria antitoxin during combined immunization depended on the ratio of vaccines. With 540 AU of diptheria toxoid and one intranasal dose of influenza vaccine, the level of antitoxin formation differed only slightly from antitoxin formation after a single diphtheria vaccination. DLC. 94995 DUBOVOI, P. 0 sisteme l'got rabotaiiishchim na Severe. (Planovoe khoziaistvo 1967. v.44, no.5, p.86-89, table) In Russian. Title tr.: The system of pay differential for working in the North. Discusses the need for reform in the wage scale to stop labor migration in the Far North and the Far East. The present system discriminates against newcomers: the first 10% increase is given only after 2 yr, biennial increases of 10% follow. In the first two yr, unacclimatized families have their greatest expenses, but earnings remain at the nonhardship level. This discourages influx of new workers and influences those recently hired to quit; 83% of the employees who left the Vorkutaugol' combine in 1964 had worked less than two yr. Greater fringe benefits and a pay-increase of up to 40% in the first yr are suggested for hardship areas with most acute labor shortage. DLC. DUBROVSKII, M.I., see No. 101097 94996 DUBROVSKII,, V. and others. Osetrovskü port, vorota IAkutii. (Rechnol transport 1966. v.25, no.1, p.20-22, illus) In Russian. Other authors: Z. Sherle and M. Title tr.: Port of Osetrovo, the Sorokin. gate of Yakutia. Describes the activity of this port on the Lena River, its installations, equipment, mechanization, and floating conveyors. Points out the need for package loading of piecefreight. Freight for Yana and Tiksi reaches Osetrovo in winter and is stored for more than six months, leading to spoilage and waste of time. Calls for coordination of freight shipments with the navigation schedule of the Lena Steamship Line. DLC. 288

94997 DUCE, R.A. and others Iodine, bromine, and chlorine in winter aerosols and snow from Barrow, Alaska. (Tellus 1966. v.18, no.2, p.238-47) Other authors: J.W. Winchester and T.W. Van Nahl. Iodine, bromine, and chlorine have been determined in atmospheric aerosols and in snow collected in Barrow, during Jan 1965, by means of neutron activation analysis. Aerosols collected using both an aircraft collector by impaction and ground-based 1.0 micron Type EA Millipore filter collector show concentrations of Cl to be much more variable than either Br or I, and I/Br points cluster at 0.1-0.2 gI/gBr for the filter samples. Cl varies from < 0.02 to 4 microgram Cl/cu m STP in the filter samples, and the aircraft concentrations agree with those taken by filter on the same days. Filter Br is 1-30 ngBr/cu m STP and I is 0.3-10 ngl/cu m STP, and the ratios I/Cl and Br/Cl increase sharply with decreasing Cl. Snow samples from the ground have Br/Cl somewhat greater than in sea water, although all halogen concentrations decrease with increasing distance from the sea up to 10 km. Assuming a mixture of undifferentiated sea salt and a more permanent atmospheric component, we estimate for the atmospheric component in the snows I/Br nearly equal to 0.2. Sea water, sea ice, and related samples were analyzed, and I/C1 _ 0.000004 gI/gC1 is normal for sea water, although Br/C1 = 0.0038 gBr/gCl stands a little high. CaMAI, DLC. DUCE, R.A., see also No 101338, 101339 94998 DUDANEfS, V. and N. DONTSOV. Skorostnaia gruzovais linii na Obi. (Rechnol transport 1966. v.25, no.1, p.14-15) In Russian. Title [r.: Express cargo line on the Ob. Describes transportation improvements along the 343 km Mogochin-Tashara sector of the Ob River. During the 1965 navigation season 625 thousand tons of lumber was planned for transport by six pushing tugs and 14 barges. Liquid fuel was used instead of wood and coal, and the main machinery and boiler regulation were automated. Running time between the two ports was reduced from 63 hr to 48 or less, and the crews of three vessels completed their quota in Sept. DLC. DUDIN, IÜ.I., see No. 99549 94999 DUDKIN, O.B. and others. Assotsiatsii mineralov v krainikh kalievykh i natrievykh differentsiatakh shchelochnykh intruzii, na primere Khibinskogo i Synnyrskogo massivov. (Vses. mineralogicheskoe o-vo. Zapiski 1967. v.96, no.5, p.567-76, tables,

illus) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: S.I. Zak and V.N. Gorstka. Tfrtle tr.: Mineral associations in the extreme potassium and sodium differentiates of alkaline intrusions as exemplified in the Khibiny and Synnyr massifs. Compares the rocks of the sodic Khibiny massif (Kola Peninsula) and potassic Synnyr massif (Baykal region). The former consists of the rock suite urtite-ijolite-malignite, the latter of pseudoleucitite-fergusite-shonkinite. Chemically the former is agpaitic and richer in Ti, Zr, Nb, P and rare elements, and the latter is miaskitic and poorer in these elements. DLC. 95000 DUDHIN, O.i3. 0 prirode kharakternoi okraski nekotorykh mineralov v shchelochnykh porodakh i pegmatitakh. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1967. no.5, p.169-84, graphs, illus) Title tr.: On nature of Refs. In Russian. color of some minerals in alkaline rocks and pegmatites. Attempt is made to investigate the physical nature of color of minerals in the Khibiny, Lovozero and other massifs of Kola Peninsula. The color behavior of sodalite-hackmanite, eudialyte, villiaumite, ussingite, amazonite is discussed and various factors affecting the color are characterized. It depends mostly upon the chemistry of the media. DLC. 95001 DÜTSCH, H.U. Ozone distribution and stratospheric temperature field over Europe during the sudden warming in January/February 1958. (Beiträge zur Physik der Atmosphäre 1962. v.35, no.1/2, 12 refs. German p.87-107, graphs, maps) and French summary. Presents a synoptic investigation of the correlation between the sudden stratospheric warming observed in Europe in Jan 1958, and a rapid temperature change from -20 to -75°C, and up to 170 p. mb variation in ozone partial pressure. Developments of the total ozone distribution and temperature field over Europe during breakdown of the circumpolar vortex at altitudes of 200 - 10 mb are given in charts covering a range from middle latitudes to arctic areas. A graph of mean temperature for Jan and Feb 1958 in different latitude zones is given. The observations confirm the view that the event has mainly a dynamic DLC. origin.

DUFFELL, S., see No. 101368 95001A DUFRESNE, F. Plight of the ice bear. (Audubon magazine 1966. v.68, no.6, p.418-24, map, illus) The polar bear, Thalarctus maritimus, is a

stateless animal, living on the arctic ice pack beyond national territorial limits, and now in need of protection by international agreement. This well illustrated article indicates the bears' range, sketches their life history, and briefly notes the progress made toward their protection. (cf No 88067, 96296). DLC.

95002 DUITSEVA, M.A. and D.A. PED'. Metod prognoza anomalii srednei mesiachnoi temperatury vozdukha s uchetom informatsii severnogo polusharitå (Moskva. TSentral'nyi institut prognozov. Trudy 1966, no.147, p.68-137, maps, tables) 35 Title tr.: Method of refs. In Russian. forecasting mean monthly air temperature, taking into account information for the Northern Hemisphere. Outlines various time-space correlations between atmospheric circulation and temperature. A statistical method of forecasting mean monthly air temp is proposed on the basis of these correlations. In this method initial parameters may be computed from regions which exert the greatest influence on the formation of mean monthly air temp anomalies over the European USSR. The parameters include the sea level atmospheric pressure or the H500 level, and the thermal state of the underlying surface, particularly of the upper layer of oceans. Asynchronous correlation charts are included. DLC. DUK, V.L., see No. 98092

DUKHIN, I.E., see No. 95051 DULIN, I.L., see No. 100229 Dorusskie to95003 DUL'ZON, A.P. ponimy Srednei Sibiri. (Voprosy geografii Ref. In Russian. 1966. v.70, p.41-46) English summary. Title tr. Pre-Russian toponyms in Middle Siberia. Etymological study of aboriginal river names mainly in Krasnoyarsk Province and Yakutia. Distinguishing features of Samoyed, Evenki Tungus, Ket Yeniseian, Dolgan, Yakut, etc nomenclature are discussed. DLC.

95004 DUL'ZON, A.P. Ketskie teksty; sel'kupskie teksty. (Tomsk. Univ. Uchenye In Russian. zapiski 1966. no.59, p.3-30) Title Ir.: Ket texts; Sel'kup texts. Cites twenty-four Ket Yeniseian tales recorded by the author and thirty-four Sel'kup Samoyed texts collected by A.I. Kuz'mina, followed by a Russian translation. DLC. 95005 DUL'ZON, A.P. 0 metodologii istoriko-sopostavitel'nogo izucheniia nerodstvennykh iäzykov. (Tomsk. Univ. 289

Uchenye zapiski 1966, no.57, p.78-87, tables) In Russian. Title tr.: Methodology in the historical and comparative study of non-related languages. Takes issue with E. A. Kreinovich (No 59398), V.I. Jochelson, and others for assuming a linguistic relationship between Yukaghir and the Yeniseian languages: Ket and the extinct Kott. Seeming similarities are due to coincidental phonetic concordance, erroneous interpretations in morphology, etc. Some few common traits are too insignificant to justify a claim of affinities. Yukaghir ties with Samoyed and other Ural-Altaic languages are not disputed. DLC. 95006 DUNBAR, C.O. Memorial to Lauge Koch, 1892-1964. (Geological Society of America. Bulletin 1966. v.77, no.12, P145-54, map, illus) Refs. Reviews the life and work of this Danish arctic explorer and geologist, which included 34 summers and six winters in Greenland. His journeys of 1916-18 and 1920-23 (map) are recounted with brief excerpts from Koch's diaries. His paleontologic work is outlined, particularly his discovery of the rich fauna of the northeast Greenland geosynclinal deposits, the results of which were published in 240 papers totalling over 52 thousand pages. His discovery of the oldest known land vertebrate, Ichyostegia, in eastern Greenland, is also mentioned. CaMAI, DGS. 95006A DUNBAR, M.J. and others. The Baffin Bay-North Water project; report no.1. Washington, DC 1967. 71 p. graphs, maps. (Arctic Institute of North America. Research report no.45) Refs. Other authors: D.C. Nutt and Moira Dunbar. Contains preliminary reports made prior to start of field work, reviewing and summarizing the historical and scientific data on the North Water, an area in Smith Sound and northern Baffin Bay which generally remains unfrozen or only lightly covered with ice throughout the winter, and forms a center of ice disintegration. The object of the study, undertaken by the Arctic Institute in late 1966, was to determine the cause of the North Water and to conduct a thorough examination of the entire Baffin Bay oceanographic system, including the effects on the surrounding land areas. A report on the position of the North Water, by Moira Dunbar, is included (p 68-70). CaMAI. 95007 DUNBAR, M.J. Ecological development in polar regions; a study in evolution. Englewood Cliffs, N.J., PrenticeHall 1968. 119 p. graphs, tables, illus. Refs. Study based on fieldwork in the Arctic and Subarctic of high latitude ecological systems. 290

Ecological stress, which determines the process of speciation and the growth of natural systems is discussed in relation to temperature effects, environment and biological productivity in polar regions, ecological adaptation, biogeography, systematics and ecosystem development, and habitat variety. DLC. 95008 DUNBAR, M.J. The sea waters surrounding the Quebec-Labrador peninsula. (Cahiers de geographie de Quebec 1966. v.10, no.19, p.13-35, tables, illus) 44 refs. Reviews oceanographic research in these waters from the voyage of Leif Ericsson in 1000 AD to the work of the HMCS Labrador in recent years. The status of present knowledge in the fields of bathymetry, water masses and currents, salinity, temp, ice conditions, tides and marine biology is summarized. The fluctuations of climate in historic time are discussed. The mid-1930's are identified as the point of change from a warming to a cooling trend. Winter measurements are essential to establish annual trends. DLC. 95009 DUNBAR, MOIRA. Geographical distribution of superstructure icing in the Northern Hemisphere. Ottawa 1964. 5 p. maps. (Canada. Defence Research Board, D Phys R (G). Report no. Misc. G-15) 3 refs. Presents three maps showing areas of serious icing probability for the winter months (Jan-Mar), for May and for Nov, with short explanatory introduction. Icing of ships' superstructures occurs when air temperatures below 29°F are combined with winds of 17 knots or more. Nov is the most severe month DWB. for this condition. 95010 DUNBAR, MOIRA. Mezhdunarodnai ledovai nomenklatura, po povodu stat'i V. L. TSurikova. (OkeanologilI 1967. v.7, no.6, p.1128-31, table) 6 refs. In Title tr.: International ice noRussian. menclature, in connection with V.L. Tsurikov's paper. Comments on new ice species, slush, fast ice, anchor ice, shore leads and other ice types with comparison of Russian terminology (cf No 100803). DLC. 95011 DUNBAR, MOIRA. The monthly and extreme limits of ice in the Bering Sea. (In: Intl. Conf. on Low Temp. Science; Physics of snow and ice... 1967, v.1, pt.1, p.687-703, maps, tables, illus) 21 refs. Summarizes, with maps and Tiros satellite photography, the main features of ice conditions in the Bering Sea. The factors controlling the extreme limit of ice are discussed,

with the advection of Pacific water along the edge of the continental shelf considered to be probably the most important. Reports of ice conditions by whalers in the 19th c suggest little change in the extreme limit over a century, but an earlier spring retreat is indicated. CaMAI, DWB. DUNBAR, MOIRA, see also No. 95006A 95012 DUNCAN, I.W. Immunoelectrophoresis of the group-specific proteins in Alaskan Indians and Eskimos. (In: Alaskan Science Conference 1966 pub 1967, p.42-45, tables) 4 refs. Explains the method by which the Gc proteins and the frequency of Gct and Gc2 genes in a population can be measured. Data on more than 300 Eskimos, Aleuts and Indians in Alaska are tabulated. These show the Gct gene frequency to be higher in Athapaskans than the rest of the population. The data are considered of anthropologic interest, particularly in the study of genetic linkage. DLC. DUNLAP, F.C., see No. 96168 95013 DUNLOP, H.A. and others Investigation, utilization and regulation of the halibut in southeastern Bering Sea. Seattle, Wash. 1964. 72 p. maps, tables. (International Pacific Halibut Commission. Report no.35) 52 refs. Other authors: F.H. Bell, R.J. Myhre, W.H. Hardman, and G.M. Southward. Reviews the regulations applied to the Bering Sea fishery, presents halibut catch statistics, and summarizes the results of exploratory fishing and biological investigations, Mel life history, habits, and ecology of the Pacific halibut. Halibut is present on most of the shelf area of southeastern Bering Sea. Concentrations of commercial sizes are restricted to a narrow band on the edge of the continental shelf between Unimak Pass and the Pribilof Islands and to a lesser extent along the Aleutian Islands. Tagging experiments show movement of halibut within Bering Sea and emigration to grounds in the Gulf of Alaska, British Columbia waters and occasionally as far south as Oregon. From 1958-63 combined Canadian and US catches have averaged > 5 million lb/yr. In 1963 the halibut fishery was opened to Japan. DI. 95014 DURCHEVA, V.N. Naturnye issledovaniiä svobodnykh temperatumykh deformaisü betona v blokakh plotiny Bratskoi GES pri dlitel'nom deistvii otritsatel'noi temperatury. (Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitell stvo 1967. v.37, no.6, p.28-33, graphs) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Field observation of free temperature deformation in the

concrete blocks of the Bratsk hydroelectric power plant dam. Discusses the effect of negative temperature on the deformation of large structural units of the dam. About a thousand teletensometers were inserted into the dam, 170 of them in the settling cones, and 120 of these instruments were periodically subjected to negative temperature. The curve of relationship is shown between the deformation of the concrete in the cone and temperature increments during its heating in the mixture, during its cooling under a positive temperature, its freezing, its further increase of negative temperature, and the seasonal warming. The linear expansion coefficient of the frozen concrete is found to be, on the average, 1.8 times greater than that under positive temperature. The elongation deformation set in the thawed concrete is pointed out, as are the resulting additional stresses in it. DLC. DURDEN, C.J., see No. 97725 95015 DURGAPRASAD, N. The enegry spectrum of cosmic-ray heavy nuclei of charge Z > 10 during a solar quiet time in July 1961. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.23, p.5625-33, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. Determines the energy spectrum of heavy nuclei (charge Z > 10) in the 200-700 Mev/nucleon range, using a stack of nuclear emulsions exposed on 8 July 1961 at a mean altitude of ---2.4 g/cm2 of residual atmospheric depth on a balloon flown from Ft Churchill. The charge and energy spectra were obtained principally from tracks of particles that ended in the detector by a combination of range and 5 -ray density measurements. Differential intensities of protons, helium, and heavy nuclei measured in 1963, 1961, and 1959 as a function of kinetic energy in Mev-nucleon are presented graphically. This investigation may also be useful in determining the energy dependence of the path length traversed by the the cosmic DLC. radiation. 95016 DURHAM, J.W. and F.S. MacNEIL. Cenozoic migrations of marine invertebrates through the Bering Strait region. (In. Hopkins, D.M. ed, Bering land bridge... 1967. p.326-49, tables) Refs. Presents biogeographic analyses of brachiopods, pelecypods and gastropods from the arctic coast of Alaska, the Bering Strait area, Chukotka, northeast Siberia, Aleutian Islands, and the Gulf of Alaska. Evidence suggests that no transarctic Cenozoic marine migrations through Bering Strait and the Arctic Ocean occurred earlier than about late 291

Miocene time; migrations during the late Pliocene and Pleistocene are well documented. These data do not depend on the connecting seaways having remained open continuously after their first establishment. CaMAI, DLC. 95017 DUROV, A.G. Atlas prirodnykh usloviI i estestvennykh resursov Severo-Zapadnogo bkonomicheskogo ralona. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Otdelenie matematicheskol geografii i kartografii. Doklady 1966. no.3, p.22-28) In Russian. Title tr.: Atlas of natural conditions and natural resources of the northwestern economic zone. Describes an annotated atlas to be pub in 1967 and to cover an area of 1,662,700 km2 incl Arkhangel'sk Province, Karelia and Komi ASSR. Its 172 maps (1:2,000,000 — 1:8,000,000), compiled by the Geography and Economics Research Institute of the Leningrad University, are arranged in nine sections: general; earth crust structure and mineral resources; relief and its economic implication; climatic conditions; hydrology; soils; flora; fauna; and natural zoning. Map books of labor resources, industrial development, transport, etc are also planned. DLC. 95018 DUROV, A.G. and I.L. GORDENINA. Formirovanie politiko-administrativnogo ustroistva territorii Severo-Zapada RSFSR. (Severo-Zapad evropeiskoi chasti SSSR 1965, no.5, p.139-45, maps) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Formation of the political-economic structure of the northwest area of the RSFSR. Reviews administrative division and changes from 1708 to date in the area which includes Murmansk and Arkhangel'sk Provinces and Komi ASSR. The divisions within these and other parts of the area are also dealt with. DLC. 95019 DUROV, A.G. Problemy spesia' nogo i kompleksnogo kartografirovaniis Severo-Zapadnogo ekonomicheskogo ralona. (Severo-Zapad evroperskoi chasti SSSR 1965, no.4, p.105-112) In Russian. Title tr.: Problems of specific and multipurpose mapping of the Northwestern economic region. Discusses mapping problems in this region which includes Karelia and Komi ASSR, Arkhangel'sk and Murmansk Provinces. The maps are compiled by various organizations, so numerous discrepancies and contradictions occur. Standardization of instructions, scales, legends and other features are suggested. Some arrangements for agricultural and other maps are discussed. Programs for atlases are described. DLC. 292

95020 DUTKIEWICZ, L. The distribution of periglacial phenomena in NWSörkapp, Spitsbergen. (Biuletyn peryglacjalny 1967, no.16, p.37-83, graphs, maps, tables, illus) Refs. French summary. Reports a 1957-59 study during the Polish Spitsbergen Expedition. The geology, relief, and climate are briefly sketched, and the characteristics and distribution of the periglacial phenomena treated in some detail. Patterned ground is analyzed and stone circles, frost-fissure polygons and stone stripes described. Microforms due to mass movement are also dealt with, congelifluxion lobes, gelivation furrows, debris cones, etc. Periglacial forms and phenomena are diversified in both their horizontal and their vertical pattern. This permits two parts to be distinguished, a western one characterized by less intensity of periglacial phenomena and an eastern one where the action of these processes is more vigorous. DLC. DUTRO, J.T., Jr., see No. 99508 95021 DVENADTSAT podvigov. Leningrad, Izd-vo Gidrometeorologicheskoe 1965. 321 p. illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Twelve exploits. V.M. Pase[skii, compiler, A.F. Treshnikov, chief editor. Presents accounts for general readers of each of the first 12 Russian drifting stations, all except the first prepared by the head of a team occupying the station. The first was set up in 1937, the second in 1950, third and fourth in 1954 and the others in turn almost yearly thereafter, usually by airplanes in Apr-May, except the tenth which was established by atomic icebreaker in Oct 1961. All the stations were on ice floe, except the sixth, which was on an ice island. Five of the stations drifted for about a year, the others for longer, the fourth 1954-57 and the sixth Apr 1956-Sept 1959. The earlier stations used tents for shelter, then prefabricated huts gradually came into use and accomodation was provided for visiting scientists, journalists and guests. At first sleds were used for transport on the ice floe but later each station had a tractor, airplane and helicopter. The early stations were powered by small electric dynamos, and in the later ones central electric stations supplied power for all the facilities. The details of station life, personnel, relief teams and resupply, the scientific investigations carried on, the more significant events of the drift (e.g. the automatic weather stations set up by the ninth), the menace of meltwater and ice cracking, are recounted for each of the 12 "exploits" as listed below (titles translated): 1 The first time on the North Pole, by E.T. Krenkel', p 12-42.

2 376 days on drifting ice, by M.M. Somov, p 43-62. 3 At the North Pole, by A.F. Treshnikov, p. 63-87. 4 Northward from Vrangelya Island, by E.I. Tolstikov, p 88-100. 5 Across the ocean on an ice floe, by N.A. Volkov, p 101-154. 6 8700 km on a drifting ice island, by S.T. Serlapov, p 155-72. 7 On the other side of the Pole, by V.A. Vedernikov, p 173-89. 8 Komsomol drifting station, by N.I. Blinov, p 190-212. 9 One year of struggle with the elements, by V.A. Shamont'ev, p 213-64. 10 The tenth continues the drift, by ILJ.V. Konstantinov, p 265-84. 11 The drifting eleventh, by N.N. Bnåzgin, p 285-307. 12 Our effort on Drifting Station North Pole 12, by L.N. Beltåkov, p 308-321. DLC. DVORAK, M., see No. 94678 95022 DYCK, W. and others. Geological Survey of Canada radiocarbon dates, IV. (Radiocarbon 1965. v.7, p.24-46) 31 refs. Other authors: J.G. Fyles and W. Blake, Jr. Includes measurements from Baffin, Ellesmere, Axel Heiberg, Bathurst, Prince of Wales, Victoria and Banks Islands, the District of Mackenzie, Yukon Territory and Hawley Lake bog, Ontario. DGS. 95023 DYCK, W., and others. Geological Survey of Canada radiocarbon dates, V. (Radiocarbon 1966. v.8, p.96-127, tables) Refs. Other authors. J.A. Lowdon, J.G. Fyles and W. Blake, Jr. Reprinted as Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 66-48) The sections on northern Canada (p 114-24) include measurements of 12 samples from Yukon Territory, 12 from the Northwest Territories, one from Eric Cove, northern Quebec, six from Baffin Island, two from Somerset Island, five from Bathurst Island, three from Prince Patrick Island, and one each from Victoria and Banks Islands. DGS. 95024 DYDINA, L.A. Razrabotka metoda meteorologicheskikh prognozov na 3-10 sutok tilrå Arktiki. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1967. no.27, p.114-22, graph, tables) 33 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Development of a method for 3-10 day meteorological forecasts for the Arctic. Notes the demand for this type of weather forecasting for navigation, fisheries, reindeer husbandry, mining, etc. Reviews the development of forecasting methods since 1946. Four groups of problems (with equations) are

developed: the first studies directly observed synoptic processes; the second studies successive processes; the third seeks supplementary forecast correlations in thermobaric fields of the troposphere; the fourth deals with physical and statistical methods of circulation forecasts for 5 to 10 days. Forecasts for 1962-66 are calculated and interpreted. DLC. 95025 DYDINA, L.A. Sequence of types of synoptic processes in the Arctic in relation to transformations of the main types of atmospheric circulation. English translation of No 71164, available as TT-65-60966 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va., 22151. 95026 DYDINA, L.A. Some characteristics of the regime of strong winds in the Arctic in connection with types of synoptic processes. (In: Vangengeim, G.IA. and A.F. Laktionov, eds. Hydrometeorology of the Polar regions... 1967, p.92-120, graphs, map, tables) 8 refs. English translation of No 78429. CaMAI. 95027 DYKE, A.P. Transhumance studies on the Labrador coast, Newfoundland: a preliminary report. (In: McGill Univ. SubArctic Research Lab... Research paper no.21, 1966. p.54-81, map, tables, illus) Refs. Traces the growth, decline and abandonment of settlements on the Labrador coast 1891 to 1965 and presents data on the transhumance pattern of the present population. The historical, economic and geographic factors affecting this pattern are briefly discussed. The census taking procedure is explained and population data tabulated. The six main groups of people on the coast (Liviers, Eskimos, Settlers, Indians, Stationers and Floaters) are discussed in turn. Liviers and Settlers are primarily engaged in cod and salmon fishing; Eskimos, who live north of Cape Harrison, depend upon cod, char and seal fishing; while 50% of the Nascopi Indian food supply is obtained from the annual caribou hunt. Stationers and Floaters are mainly Newfoundlanders engaged in seasonal fishing along the Labrador coast, the former based on a station and the latter completely mobile. The study provides the first detailed information available on the distribution and movement of population on the Labrador coast. A bibliography of 100 entries on the field studied is appended. CaMAI. 95028 DYKINS, J.E. Tensile properties of sea ice grown in a confined system. (In: Intl. Conf. on Low Temp. Science; Physics of 293

snow and ice... 1967, v.1, pt.1, p.524-37, 8 refs. table, illus) Reports the procedures and results of a study of artificially produced polycrystalline saline ice, 44 cm thick, frozen from natural seawater. The tensile strength is more dependent on orientation of the grain and subgrain structure than on temperature or grain (crystal) size. The horizontal tensile strength of the laboratory grown ice compares fairly well with that reported for natural sea ice. Reports the mean horizontal tensile strength at -4°C of 41 psi (2.9 kg/cm2), at -10 and -20°C of 67 psi (4.7 kg/cm2), and at -27° of 78 psi (5.5 kg/cm2). The mean vertical tensile strength at -4°C of 128 psi (9 kg/cm2), at -10°C of 152 psi (10.7 kg/cm2), at -20°C of 163 psi (11.5 kg/cm2), and at -27°C of 208 psi DGS. (14.6 kg/cm2).

95029 DYLIK, J. Problems of ice-wedge structures and frost-fissure polygons. (Biuletyn peryglacjalny 1966, no.15, p.241-91, illus) Refs. French summary. Reviews studies, mainly since 1950, of the initial forms of sand wedges, ice wedges, and frost-fissure polygons, and whether they are syngenetic or epigenetic. The use of various terms for identical facts, whether they are present-day or fossil phenomena, is not due to any essential difference between forms, but to the difficulty of recognizing in fossil forms that ice wedges are nothing but fragments of the polygonal patterns appearing in the walls of exposures. A summary of this literature with reference to the genesis of ice wedges and frost-fissure polygons, the upturned material at the contact of wedges, and the relations with thermokarst processes, is followed by a synthesis of known trends in the evolution of a polygonal relief pattern, i.e. the transformations of such patterns effected by their decay, for which the melting of ground ice, though not of fissure ice alone, is chiefly DLC. responsible. 95030 DYLIK, J. Solifluxion, congelifluxion and related slope processes. (Geografiska annaler. Ser. A, physical geography 1967. v.49, no.2-4, p.167-77, illus) 42 refs. French summary. Congelifluxion, a 'term proposed by the author in 1951, is defined as a particular type of solifluction, designating earth flow that occurs above a frozen subsoil, with a restriction to progressive and lateral movements. He urges his term's priority over later coinages for the same phenomenon (gelifluxion, gblisolifluxion, cryosolifluxion). The dynamics of congelifluxion are compared with those of other slope processes that operate 294

under periglacial conditions, notably earth flows, mud streams, sheetwash and creep. CaMAI, DLC. 95031 DZHINORIDZE, N.M. and S.V. MELEDINA. K stratigrafii sredne- i verkhnemrskikh otlozhemi nizov'ev r. Leny. (Geologii i geofizika 1966, no.3, p.137-42, Title map, sections) 8 refs. In Russian. Stratigraphy of Middle and Upper Jurassic deposits on the lower Lena River Reports a 1960-64 study of these deposits and determination of ammonite and belemnite fauna. Sections of Bathonian, Callovian and Volga stages are described and their fauna noted. Correlation of the Middle and Upper Jurassic deposits is made and some stratigraphic problems are evaluated. DLC. 95032 DZHINORIDZE, N.M. 0 vozraste dzhaskolskoT svity Zhiganskogo raTona. (In: Leningrad. Vses. neftianoT n: issl. geologorazvedochnyi inst. Trudy 1966. Refs. In no.249, p.129-36, map, illus) Title tr.: Age of the Dzhaskoy Russian. series in the Zhigansk region. Reports a 1960-64 study in this region and elsewhere along the Lena. Three rhythms in the Dzhaskoy series are characterized. The age is difficult to determine due to changes in vegetation, washout of some deposits, and changes in facies; it is possibly CallovianDLC. Kimmeridgian time. 95033 ESSA Symposium on Earthquake Prediction, Rockville, Md., 7-9 Feb. 1966. Proceedings. Washington, DC, Environmental Science Services Administration 1966. 167 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Presents 31 papers given at this symposium, prompted by the 1964 Alaska earthquake. The following six are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: ALGERMISSEN, S.T. Mechanism of the Prince William Sound earthquake. ALGERMISSEN, S.T. Seismic studies in Alaska. LANDER, J.F. Hypocenter programs. SMALL, J.B. Crustal movements from leveling. STEINBRUGGE, K.V. Structural damage, soil mechanics, and foundation engineering. SYKES, L.R. Spatial and temporal distribution of earthquakes. Several other papers present material indirectly relevant to south Alaska condiDLC. tions. 95034 EADE, K.E. Fort George River and Kaniapiskau River, west half, map-areas, New Quebec. Ottawa 1966. 84 p. tables,

maps, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Memoir no.339) Approx. 85 refs. Presents a detailed report on the geology of a 100,000 mil area of northern Quebec extending approx 450 mi east of James and Hudson Bays. The survey was carried out principally by the combined utilization of aerial photography and observation from helicopter, practically the entire area being covered on a 6-mi flight grid, with ground survey used in areas of particular interest. The general physical environment is briefly reviewed; the area is glaciated, with highly disorganized drainage. The general geology is described: all consolidated rocks are Precambrian in age. The formations and structural morphology are presented on a map in full color, issued as map 1155A of the Canadian Geological Survey. The nature and scale of the survey precluded mapping of undifferentiated volcanics or degrees of metamorphism, but these are briefly discussed. Main emphasis is on the lithology, origin and mineralization of the many varieties of granite, granitic gneiss, banded gneiss and migmatite. A formation consisting of flatlying, unmetamorphosed sandstones, arkose, siltstone and conglomerates of Proterozoic age (?) was newly discovered and named the Sakami Formation. There is crossbedding and evidence of deposition in a continental basin environment. The study concludes with a description of iron and sulfide deposits in several localities, including a detailed map in color of the Great Whale iron deposits at CaMAI, DGS. 55°N 76°W. 95035 EADIE, D.G.A., and others. Renal hypothermia, in vivo transaortic perfusion with Ringer's lactate solution. (Archives of surgery 1965. v.90, no.4, p.554-62, graphs, illus) 25 refs. Other authors: N.L. Tilney, H. Najafi, S.G. Economou and E.J. Beattie, Jr. Describes a method of cooling a single kidney in the dog by transarterial perfusion. At a mean body temperature of 21°C the kidney was protected against injury for 2 hr. For perfusion Ringer's lactate solution was used. DLC. 95036 EAGAN, C.J. Biometeorological aspects in the ecology of man at high latitudes. (International journal of bioclimatology and biometeorology 1966. v.10, no.3, p.293-304, graphs, map, table, illus) Refs. Discusses human adaptation to arctic environment. Two types are postulated: by becoming a part of the ecology of the region (northern natives), and by maintaining logistic lifelines to denser settled areas. The author sees few physiological adaptations in

the Eskimo to the climate, but discusses several cultural adaptations and evidence for a possible genetically controlled response in resistance of the fingers to cold. Some areas for future research are outlined. DWB. 95037 EAGAN, C.J. The responses to finger cooling of Alaskan Eskimos after nine months of urban life in a temperate climate. (In: Intl. Biometeorological Cong., 3rd, Proceedings... 1967. p.822-30, graphs, tables) Refs. French and German summary. Eskimos were significantly superior to finger cooling in 0°C water or -22°C air, than mountaineers who had lived for weeks in cold weather, or controls from laboratory workers. No differences were found between the latter and mountaineers. The superiority of the Eskimos is discussed. DLC. EAGAN, C.J., see also No. 98953 EARHART, J.R., see No. 96160 Food intake in 95038 EASTY, D.L. (British journal of nutrition Antarctica. 1967. v.21, no.1, p.7-15, tables, illus) 31 refs. The mean caloric intake of 25 men over a year was 3600 kcal/man daily; 12.1% of these calories were supplied by protein, 39.8% by fat, and 48.1% by carbohydrate. This intake is equivalent to that of a moderately active worker living in a temperate climate. DLC. Effects of the 95039 ECKEL, E.B. earthquake of March 27, 1964, on air and water transport, communications, and utilities systems in south-central Alaska: a description of the disruption and damage that all systems sustained from seismic vibrations and tectonic changes and from the slide, waves, and fires caused by the earthquake. Washington, DC 1967. 27 p. map, illus. Refs. (US. Geological Survey. Professional paper 545-B) 35 refs. Describes the disruptive effects of this earthquake upon public utilities, air transportation and shipping. Damage to airports, naval and air stations, ports and shipping is reviewed, with illus, and reconstruction work outlined. Public utilities and communications systems suffered damage estimated at $25 million, incl vibration damage to equipment and broken transmission lines. Gas distribution lines were severed but the main trunk line from the Kenai Peninsula was undamaged. Rapid restoration is considered due to a high degree of cooperation between public and private utility suppliers and the DGS. civilian and military authorities. 295

95040 ECKLUND, W.L. and M. GADSDEN. On the origin of the radio aurora. (Anales de gbophysique 1967. v.23, no.3, p.357-63, graphs) Refs. French summary. Reviews the application of the two-stream plasma instability hypothesis that explains observations of radar aurora. Observation data with a 50 Mc/s radar operated continuously during 1950 at Plum Island, Massachusetts, pointing at the E -region over Baie St-Paul, are described. They indicate that the direction, as well as the strength of an ionospheric electric current controls the appearance of the radar aurora. A model involving the existence in the ionosphere of a transverse electric field is discussed, and as possibly explaining the properties of radar aurora. The diurnal variation of occurrence of radar aurora over Baie St-Paul is plotted. DLC. ECONOMOU, S.G., see No. 95035 95041 EDGAR, C.B., Jr. An investigation of mass transfer by sublimation from a snow-surface. Hanover, N.H. 1966. 51 p. graphs, tables, illus. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Special report 90) Refs. Studies the method of sublimation of the snow which forms the tunnel walls at Camp Century in Greenland. The tunnels are closing at the rate of about 1 ft/yr. This is brought about by a densification of the snow layer in which the tunnels are made, and plastic flow of the tunnel walls. Irradiation of the snow walls for sublimation of the snow from the walls is considered as a way to keep the tunnels from closing. The effect of irradiation from a nonisothermal source on the mass transfer rate is investigated. A thermal network analysis is developed to predict the mass transfer rate due to combined effects of radiation and forced convection by a thin layer of air flowing over the snow surface. The analytical and experimental results indicate that mass transfer rates of sublimated snow can be predicted with # 13-20% uncertainty which should be considered acceptable, since even greater degrees of uncertainty exist in the air velocity and temperature, and the dewpoint temperature, used as independent variables in deriving the CaMAI. mass transfer equation. 95042 EDGERTON, A.T. and others. Passive microwave measurements of snow, soils, and snow-ice-water systems. Washington, DC 1968. xiii, 266, 54, 16, 4, 4 p. tables, graphs, illus. (US. Office of Naval Research. Earth Sciences Div. Geography Branch. Technical report no.4, SGD 829-6, period covered 1 Jan - 15 Nov 1967) Refs. 296

Other authors: R.M. Mandl, G.A. Poe, J.E. Jenkins, F. Soltis and S. Sakamoto. Reports results of an initial examination of the qualitative microwave characteristics of ice-water systems. In freshwater ice, the brightness temperatures exhibit a damped harmonic pattern as the ice thickness increases. Damping and the gradual increase in brightness temperatures occur as the losses and, hence, attenuation in the ice become larger due to increasing path lengths through the growing ice. Oscillations in brightness temperature persist for ice thickness equivalent to 10 or more free-space-wavelengths. In sea ice measurements, oscillations are less predictable and the brightness temperature response levels off for ice thicknesses exceeding about 2-3 free-space-wavelengths. These data show it is not possible to predict ice thickness using single frequency radiometers, there is not necessarily a unique solution to ice thickness for any particular brightness temperature. It may be possible to predict ice thickness within certain limits by utilizing multi-frequency techniques. It would, of course, be necessary to use lower frequency sensors to measure thicker ice layers. A series of more comprehensive experiments is planned. DGS. 95043 EDHOLM, O.G. Man and the environment. (In: Antarctic research... 1964, p.39-60, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. Reviews earlier work and deals with effect of polar climate esp. temp and wind and altitude on man. Heat production, food intake in base camp and during sledge journeys, cold diuresis, and effects on the circulatory system are considered. Cold acclimatization, effects of polar day and night, eosinophil level, clothing and shelter are also discussed. A final section deals with problems not reviewed in this study (cold injuries) and the future of polar physiology. CaMAI. 95044 EDHOLM, O. G., and A. L. BACHARACH, editors. The physiology of human survival. London, Academic Press 1965. 581 p. map, tables, graphs, illus. Refs. Collection of 17 papers dealing with human survival in a wide spectrum of stress conditions incl food or sleep deprivation, pregnancy and childbirth, aging, etc. Three of the papers deal specifically with arctic conditions, viz Cold, by L.D. Carlson and A.C.L. Hsieh, p 15-51, map, tables, graphs, over 160 refs. A physiological study aimed primarily at the problem of successful competition with the environment. Consecutive sections deal with the classical concepts of heat exchange between skin and environment and body core to skin, the mechanisms of heat exchange,

incl circulatory aspects, heat loss and production, and temperature regulation; physiological responses to chronic exposure (acclimatization) incl ethnic differences. A summary contains a chronologically tabulated list of studies since 1936, on cold adaptation, with notes on test subjects and conditions, criteria and results. Nutritional changes, by R.A. McCance and E.M. Widdowson, p 207-233, table, illus, approx 150 refs. A general review incl calories, protein deficiency, multiple stresses, minerals, etc. Scattered references to arctic or cold conditions deal with the psychological effect of starvation on polar expeditions, effects of cold and starvation on growth, Eskimo diet, etc. Time, light and diurnal rhythms, by M.C. Lobban, p 351-86, graphs, illus, 38 refs. Includes observations on the effects of the arctic night and arctic day on renal function, body temperature and its regulation in Eskimos, Indians, and white residents both permanent and transient. Studies in experimental changes of light-darkness duration, some resembling polar conditions, are also reviewed. An introductory discussion of some of these problems as well as those of titles, semantics, etc are provided by the editors. DLC. EDMONDS, CM., see No. 101239 95045 EDSMAN, C.M. The hunter, the games, and the unseen powers: Lappish and (In: Nordic SympoFinnish bear rites. sium... 1962 pub 1965, p.159-88, illus) Approx. 30 refs. Describes circumpolar bear myths and rites, their symbolism, religious experience, taboos, etc and recounts Eskimo, Gilyak, Lappish and Finnish bear and other animal tales. The role of exculpatory rites in connection with hunting, appeasement of the slain animal's master and of the animal itself, treatment of its remains particularly bones are discussed, as are sacrifice and magic, ceremonies incl bear burial. These rites are ascribed to DLC. primitive man's reverence for life. EDSMAN, CM., see also No. 100541 EDVALSON, F., see No. 93868 95046 EDWARDS, M.A. The role of arteriovenous anastomoses in cold-induced vasodilation, rewarming, and reactive hyperemia as determined by 24Na clearance. (Canadian journal of physiology and pharmacology 1967. v.45, no.1, p.39-48, illus) 23 refs. The degree of involvement of the ar-

teriovenous anastomoses was determined by the rate of removal of 24Na from a deposit in a rabbit's foot. The total blood flow was through the arteriovenous anastomoses in the cases of cold-induced vasodilation and rewarming following intense vasoconstriction; in reactive hyperemia, initial flow was partly capillary and partly anastomotic, giving way DLC. to entirely anastomotic. 95047 EELS, F.R. Alaska's economy in (Alaska review of business and 1966. economic conditions 1967. v.4, no.1, p.1-12, graph, tables) Assesses the year's industrial growth, stressing production and revenue from fisheries and the oil and gas industry. Forest industries, agriculture and mining are considered. New uses of state lands increased their revenue. Transportation, especially increase in air traffic and tourism, showing a 30% increase, are discussed. Business trends are given. Unemployment, largely seasonal, remains a problem. The 1966 population growth was 2% and the per capita income growth is estimated CaMAI. at 6.9%. 95048 EFIMOV, A. Itogi splava less v navigaTiiu 1965 goda i zadachi na 1966 (Rechnoi transport 1966. v.25, no.2, god. p.8-9) In Russian. Title tr.: Results of timber floating in the 1965 navigation season and the plans for 1966. Evaluates operations in the northern regions of the USSR, particularly Siberia. Some 66.5 million m3 moved in rafts by tugs and 17.6 million m3 aboard ship represents two-thirds of the river-borne timber. Operations in the Severnaya Dvina, and Ob basins among others are reported as to DLC. efficiency and amount of timber. 95049 EFIMOV, A.A., and L.P. IVAOb enstatitsoderzhashchikh oliNOVA. vinovykh porodakh Iosovskogo dunitovogo tela, Kytlymskii massiv, Severnyl Ural. (Akademiih nauk SSSR. Ural'skii filial. Inst. geol. Trudy 1965. no.70, p.51-53, table, 2 refs. In Russian. Title tra illus) Enstatite-olivine rocks of the Iov dunite body, Kutlym massif of the Northern Ural. Reports a mineralogical and chemical study of the enstatite and olivine. The enstatite is present as disseminations or veins consisting essentially of enstatite and olivine. The formation of enstatite, rather than diopside, after olivine indicates a local anomaly in metasomatic replacement of dunite by pyDLC. roxenites. 0 95050 EFIMOV, A.F. and others. nakhodkakh strontsievogo tomsonita v SSSR. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Doklady 297

1966. v.169, no.5, p.1153-55, table, graphs) 4 refs. In Russian. Other authors: A.A. Ganzeev and Z.T. Kataeva. Title tr:: The finding of strontium thomsonite in the USSR. Describes strontium thomsonite found in 1958 in the Inagli massif in southern Yakutia and in 1962 in the Fad'yukuda River basin of central Taymyr. The latter is of two varieties, white and rosy. Hardness, specific weight, optical properties, chemical composition, flame tests and other features of these thomsonites are given. DLC. 95051 EFIMOV, A.I. and I.E. DUKHIN. Maksimal'nye glubiny zaleganii mnogoletnemerzlykh gornykh porod. (Geologitå i geofizika 1966. no.7, p. 92-97, table) 28 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Maximal depths of permafrost occurrences. English translation available from the National Science Library, National Research Council, Ottawa. Notes that the thickness of permafrost at present is not known to exceed 650 m. Hence the report of A.P. Bulmasov that in the Tunkinskaya depression, Baykal region permafrost is found at 1200-1300 m comes under very critical consideration and revision is suggested. Permafrost thickness in arctic Europe, in Asia, Alaska and Canada is cited from published data. CaMAI, DLC. EFIMOV, 1U.N., see No. 98448 95052 EFIMOV, V.I. Intensifikatsiiå vyrashchivaniiä pokatnol semgi s pomoshch'~ü podogreva vody. (Materialy rybokhozrmstvennykh issledovanil Sevemogo basseina 1966, no.7, p.102-108, tables) 2 refs. In Russian. Ilitle tr.: Intensification of growth of salmon smolt by warming the water. Experiments reported from the Kandalaksha hatchery show that warming the water to 12°-13°C during March-May increases the growth of smolt up to 180%/month. DLC. 95053 EFIMOV, V.I. Intensifikaüiia vyrashchivanitä segoletkov semgi v prudakh Zapoliar'ia. (Rybnoe khozi istvo 1967. v.43, no.8, p.20-21, tables, graphs) In Russian. Title tr.: Intensification of raising salmon fry in ponds of the arctic area. Discusses the nature of the diet of fry and its insufficiency in the Kandalaksha hatchery, fertilization as means of increasing the aquatic vegetation and the microfauna on it. Artificial food, its composition and effect on the fry are also considered. DLC. 95054 EFIMOV, V.V. Issledovanie polis skorostei vetra v privodnom sloe. (Akademiis nauk URSR, Kiev. Mors'kyi hidrofizychnyi instytut. Ekspress-informatsitå 298

1966, no.3, p.58-64, graphs, illus) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Wind velocity field in the layer of air over water. Describes method used on the 18th expedition of the R/V Mikhail Lomonosov to determine simultaneously velocity in the layer of air over the water and wave height. Measurements were made with a special beacon consisting of a float and mast carrying wind velocity sensors. Bobbing was minimized by using a counterweight attached with a cardan joint. Vertical movement of the beacon was measured with a GM-16 wave graph which was suspended on a long cable. The float diameter was 120 cm, height of float 40 cm, height of mast 3.5 m, and total weight of beacon 110 kg. All electronic equipment was located on the ship and connected to the beacon by a 16-strand cable. Special low-inertia, mechanical anemometers were used to measure wind velocity. Electrical impulses from a FD-3 photodiode, the frequency of which was proportional to the measured wind velocity passed along the cable to the frequency meter. The current at the output of the frequency meter was then recorded on an H-700 oscillograph. The time constant of the anemometer was 0.4 sec, the dynamic range 2-15 m/sec, and the precision of measurement of wind velocity in this range 2%. Statistical processing of the curves recorded from the special beacon permitted computation of spectral densities of the waves and pulsations in wind velocity at several different heights above the surface. The average values and distribution of wind velocities at these heights were also determined. A high degree of correspondence was found between pulsations in wind velocities and the spectral densities of the waves, some variations in correspondence being accounted for by waves due to swell. In order that large pulsations in wind velocity not lead to errors in measurements, the time constant of the anemometer should be at least one order less than the period of waves caused by wind. DLC. 95055 EFIMOVA, N.A. and L.I. ZUBENOK. Radia[sionnyi i teplovol balans Urala. (Moskovskoe ob-vo ispytatelel prirody. Trudy 1966. v.18, p.134-42, maps) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Radiation and heat balance of the Ural. Discusses the heat exchange and balance, and turbulent heat exchange between the earth's surface and the atmosphere, also heat exchange between the earth's surface and underlying layers. Evaporation, total solar radiation, albedo, surface relief and exposure, meteorological, and other factors are considered, as are all parts of the Ural from southern to polar. Methods are described for

assessing the elements of the radiation and heat balance. Regularities in the distribution of these elements are investigated. Annual isogram charts are given for total and absorbed radiation, radiation balance, evaporation loss of heat, and turbulent heat exchange. DLC. 95056 EFIMOVA, Z.A. K voprosu o prognoze osennego ledoobrazovaniia na rekakh vytekaiiishchikh iz ozer, na primere r. Angary. (Leningrad. Gosud. gidrologicheskif inst. Trudy 1956, no.53, p.140-50, graphs, tables) Title tr.: 7 refs. In Russian. Forecasting the fall freezing of rivers flowing from lakes as exemplified by the Angara River. Describes the freezing process to freeze-up on the Angara, assuming that the process is similar for rivers flowing from power plant reservoirs and those from lakes. The possibility of short-range forecast of ice appearance on the Angara is considered, based on the sum of daily mean negative air temperatures ('t°). The error in forecasting for the 1936-51 period is shown to be within the range of + 2 to -4 days. The long range 16 to 55 day forecasts during the same period differed from actual dates of ice apperance by zero to 9 days error, a single 16-day error for the fall of 1943 excluded. DLC.

lation between estimated freeze-up dates, and atmospheric circulation during the month preceding the estimated date. The two Savchenkova methods used in the forecast give about the same percent of expected accuracy within ± 4 days: 86% and 95% for Ordynskoye, and 88% and 89% for Guseletovo. DLC. 95058 EFREMOVA, O. and Ill. fSEDERBAUM. Dlii tekh, kto rabotaet na (SoisialisticheskiI trud Krainem Severe. 1967. v.12, no.1, p.131-36) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: For those who work in the Far North. Considers labor and social security problems not explicitly covered by the March 1960 law on hardship benefits. Recent trade union decisions and amendments enacted Sept 1966 are used to elucidate specific points of legislation governing employment in the Far North and areas equated to the Far North. Retention of pension rights based on length-of-service in the Far North, hardship increments, etc are discussed in detail. Cases discussed include worker pronounced unfit for work in the Arctic though employable elsewhere; pensioner accepting assignment in the North; arctic workers called to military service or enrolling in educational instiDLC. tutions, etc.

EFIMOVA, Z.A., see also No. 97792 EFREMOV, G., see No. 94095 EFREMOV, IU.K., see No. 94732 95057 EFREMOVA, N.D. Metod dolgosrochnogo prognoza nachala ledostava na Novosibirskom vodokhranilishche. (Moskva. TSentral'nyi inst. prognozov. Trudy 1961. v.114, p.7I-78, graphs, map, tables) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A method of long range forecasting of the beginning of freezeup on the Novosibirsk reservoir. Presents general information on the morphometric characteristics of the three sectors of the reservoir. Its backwater extends 185 km up the Ob River from 20 km above Novosibirsk to the town of Kamen'. The reservoir is 2.5-3.5 km wide and 2-13 m deep, and has a 0.01 - 0.30 m/sec current. The estimate for the 1958 and 1959 onset of freeze-up on the reservoir at Ordynskoye was in complete agreement with the observed freeze-ups on Nov 8 for 1958 and Nov 3 for 1959; and at Guseletovo the estimated dates were Nov 11 and 6, as against Nov 10 and 5 actually observed in 1958 and 1959 respectively. This long-range forecast of the freeze-up onset derives from E.I. Savchenkova's method based on the corre-

95059 EGELAND, A. Discussions of VLF records obtained during polar cap (In: absorption and auroral disturbances. NATO Inst. on Ionospheric Radio Communications in the Arctic. Proceedings 1967 pub 1968. p.117-38, graphs, map) 23 refs. Discusses the influence of high latitude disturbances on very low frequency radio propagation, based on 1965-67 measurements for the paths between the Isfjord station on Vestspitsbergen and NPM, NPG, NBA, NSS, NAA, GBR, and JXZ transmitting stations. In a navigation system based on VLF transmissions, the changes in the VLF radiowave phase that alter the frequency must be taken into account in calculating the propagation time. The investigation shows a high correlation between anomalous VLF propagation conditions and disturbed ionospheric activity. For VLF waves propagated over distances 7000 samples show that 1) the mean Cu content of main rock types varies from 7 ppm in leucocratic granites to 61 ppm in basic volcanic rocks, 2) variations in the mean Cu content within each rock type, considered on a regional scale, are in general insignificantly small, with some exceptions, and 3) the distribution of the Cu in each type of rock is about lognormal. DGS.

of Rugaepollis kachemakensis occur in a dark brown lignitic shale, ten feet below the top of the exposed section. The new species shows affinities to the Portulacaceae, PhytolaccaDGS. ceae, or Cactaceae. ENGELSKJÖN, T., see No. 96832 95114 ENGINEER, London. Ice-breaking tug Amherstburg. (Its: v.222, 9 Dec 1966, no.5785, p.877, illus) Describes the dimensions, special features of the hull, propellers, rudders, navigating equipment, engines, and cooling system. The last, an alternative to lake water, is a group of ballast tanks aft which can carry coolant for use when ice conditions cut off the normal cooling water inlet. The Amherstburg was built for Canadian service on the Great Lakes. DLC.

EMSLIE, R.F., see also No. 94444 95111 ENBYSK, B.J. and F.I. LINGER. Mysid statoliths in shelf sediments off northwest North America. (Journal of sedimentary petrology 1966. v.36, no.3, p.839-40, illus) 4 refs. Also pub as Washington (State) University. Dept of Oceanography. Technical Report no.173, 1966. Reports and describes these ellipsoidal particles derived from Mysidacea (crustacea) occurring in sediments in Chukchi Sea, Bering Sea and Gulf of Alaska. Concentration of statoliths may contribute to anomalous amounts of fluoride in the sediments. CaMAI, DLC. 95112 ENEMAR, A., and others. The composition of the bird fauna in two consecutive breeding seasons in the forests of the Ammamäs area, Swedish Lapland. Lund, C.W.K. Gleerup 1965. 11 p. tables. (Lund. Univ. Acta, sectio 2, no.5) 10 refs. Other authors. S.Å. Hanson and B. Sjöstrand. Reports on conditions in ten study areas of the subalpine forest in 1964, as compared with those in 1963. Methods of study and vegetation of the areas are outlined. The total bird density was found to be the same in the two years, although the abundance of certain species changed, as specified. DLC. ENEMAR, A., see also No. 93524 95113 ENGELHARDT, D.W. Rugaepollis kachemakensis, gen. et sp. nov. from the Tertiary of Alaska. (Pollen et spores 1966. v. 8, no.1, p.135-39, illus) Summary in French. The pollen described is part of a wellpreserved palynologic assemblage recovered from a measured section of the Kenai formation, Cook Inlet. Abundant specimens 308

95115 ENGINEERING. Marine gearbox proved in service. (Its: v.204, 1967, p.384, diagr) The gearbox in the Swedish icebreaking tug Mercur was designed to withstand an increase in loading of 40% above full load. Pertinent features of the design are described and DN-Sh. illus. 95116 ENGINEERING NEWS RECORD. Idea for melting ice; air bubbles pumped to surface thaws arctic lake. (Its: May 23, 1957, v.158, p.66) Notes an Atlas Copco bubbler system installed in Great Bear Lake, NWT, in Dec 1956, thawed ice 5 ft thick. DLC. 95117 ENGINEERING NEWS RECORD. Pier measures ice pressures. (Its: Dec. 14, 1967, v. 179 p.34, illus) A new ice load recorder, developed by bridge engineers in Alberta, Canada, consists of a 21 ft-high, semicylindrical steel shell mounted on the upstream nose of the pier between its low-water and high-water marks. The base of the shell is hinged to the pier; the top is fitted with two sensitive load cells. Each load cell is simply a hinged round steel bar, fitted with electric strain gages attached to a continuous-graph recorder. The cells are capable of measuring ice loads greater than 400 t to within a few thousand lb. They are designed to measure only the dynamic loading against a pier resulting from the moving ice; they do not measure the static forces due to expanding ice sheets. DGS. 95118 ENGLE, E. Earthquake; The story of Alaska's Good Friday disaster. New York, John Day Co. 1966. 217 p. map, illus. 45 refs. Describes the 27 March 1964 earthquake,

with emphasis on devastation caused by the shock and resulting tsunamis to the buildings and populations of Anchorage, Kodiak, and other communities in southern Alaska. Much suffering was averted by the assistance of US military installations both in meeting the disaster and in recovering from it. An appendix lists the nature and scope of voluntary assistance from private institutions and emergency assistance from federal and state agencies. DLC. ENGLE, E.K., see No. 99325 95119 ENGLISH, W. Snowbound. (Alberta historical review 1962. v.10, no.2, p.20-23, illus) Reminiscences about a trip north in 1898 to trap in winter and dig gold in summer. From Ft Macleod, the party traveled with pack horses to Lesser Slave Lake, then west to Bear Creek, at the site where Grande Prairie now stands. Trapping and hunting activites, and hardships en route are described. The Swan Hills trail which they followed over 50 mi of discontinuous muskeg, was the route taken by most overlanders bound for the Klondike, though some went via Athabasca CaMM. Landing. 95120 ENGSTRAND, L.G. Stockholm natural radiocarbon measurements, VII. (Radiocarbon 1967. v.9, p.387-438) Refs. One of the samples is from a stump found below 10 m of sediments at the Lule River (66° 31'N 20°31'E) in Lapland (p 411). The DGS. date is 8120± 90, or 6170 BC. 95121 ENIKEEVA L.G. Svtåz' fosfora s organicheskim veshchestvom v ordovikskikh otlozhenhåkh basselna r. Podkamennoi Tunguski. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Refs. Trudy 1966. v.146, p.58-64, graphs) In Russian. Title tr.: Relation of phosphorus to organic matter in Ordovician deposits of the Podkamennaya Tunguska River basin. Reviews the Lower, Middle and Upper Ordovician deposits of this region and describes the relationship of the phosphorus and organic carbon in them. The conditions for enrichment of phosphorites by organic matter are discussed. The presence of marine transgression, moderate moist climate and tectonic stability are required for the accumulation of phosphorus enriched by organic matter. DLC. ENRIORI, C., see No. 99680 95122 ENTIN, A.R. Osnovnye zakonomernosti razmeshcheniIå flogopitovykh i magnetitovykh mestorozhdenil v TSentral'

no-Aldanskol flogopitonosnol i zhelezorudnol prrovintsii. (In: Akademitå nauk SSSR. IAkutskii filial. Inst. geologii. Geologitå i petrologitå dokembrii Aldanskogo shchita... 1966. p.85-92, map, table) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. Main patterns of the distribution of phlogopite and magnetite deposits in the central Aldan phlogopitebearing and iron-ore province. Reports on the large scale geologic mapping of these deposits in 1956-64, which indicates a spatial and genetic connection between phlogopite and iron ore deposits and large fields of granitization, active manifestation of Archean magmatism and tectonics. A contact-metasomatic genesis of these deposits seems probable. DLC. ENTIN, A.R., see also No. 101053 95123 ENTOMOFAUNA LESOV Kuril'skilth ostrovov, polaostrova Kamchatka, Magadanskol oblastl. R.G. Soboleva and L.A. Ivliev, eds. Leningrad, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 138 p. map, tables, illus. Refs. In Title tr.: Insect fauna in the Russian. forests of Kuril Islands, Kamchatka Peninsula and Magadan Province. Presents material on the fauna, ecology, and economic significance of various systematic groups of insects: beetles, orthopterids, moths, lice, mosquitoes, etc. Of especial interest is a comparison of the insects of the Kuril Islands and Kamchatka. Six of the fourteen papers are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz (titles tr): AMMOSOV, IU. N. Ecology of dendrophagous insects of Central Yakutia. IVLIEV, L.A. and D.G. KONONOV. Buprestidae of Magadan Province and Kamchatka. IVLIEV, L.A. and D.G. KONONOV. Coleoptera of Magadan Province. IVLIEV, L.A. Principal forest pests in Kamchatka Province and possible means of combatting them. KURENTSOV, A.I. Zoogeographical features of the fauna of Kamchatka Province. SAVCHENKO, E.N. Dipteran fauna of southern Magadan. DLC. 95124 EPIFANOV, A.N. Vliiånie vechnol merzloty na rost poimennykh listvennichnikov. (Lesnoe khozihistvo 1966. v.19, no.3, p.28-29, graph, tables, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Effect of permafrost on the growth of larch on floodplains. Reports results of 1960-64 experiments in the river valleys of Magadan Province. Larch was planted in well-drained soils not further than 40 m from the river bed. Main factors determining growth of trees were found to be 309

depth of ground thaw and length of vegetation period. No roots were found in permafrost layer. Proximity to the river determined the thickness of the trees (up to 1 m) and density of the forest. Results are tabulated and graphed. DLC. 95125 EPIFANOV, A.P. and I.A. PETROVA. 0 trebovaniiakh k temperaturnomu rezhimu massivnykh blokov stolbchatoi razrezki, ukladyvaemykh na betonnoe osnovanie razlichnogo vozrasta. (Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitel'stvo v.37, 1967. no.8, p.16-19, graphs, tables) In Russian. Title fr.: The temperature regime required for massive blocks of joint columns, laid on a concrete foundation of different aging. Formulates the temperature regime requirements in conformity with the building conditions of Krasnoyarsk hydroelectric power plant. Field investigations show that in cooling, the upper block measured up to L 15 m in the plane. The maximum stresses in the zone 0.25 L from the contact approach their greatest permissible values. The temperature regime of the blocks laid on a cooled foundation should proceed from the temperature condition of the foundation layer 0.2-03 L thick. The division of concrete foundations into fresh, up to one month aging, and old, aging over one month, is an inadequate characteristic of the temperature state of the foundation. DLC. 95126 EPPLEY, R.A. Earthquake history of the United States; pt. 1, stronger earthquakes of the United States (exclusive of California and western Nevada). Washington, D.C., Govt. Print. Office 1965. 120 p. tables, maps. 58 refs. Pt. 2 contains no arctic material. Reviews the most important earthquakes from the earliest times to the close of 1963, with brief notes on effects of each. Tables present data on epicenters, intensities and areas affected. One chap is devoted to the 197 known earthquakes in Alaska from 1786 to the end of 1963. The major earthquakes of 1899 (Yakutat) and 1958 (Yakutat) are described in greater detail. DLC. 95127 EPSHTEIN, A. Trudovye dogovory, zaklwchaemye na opredelennyl srok. (Sotsialisticheski trud 1964. v.9, no.10, p.133-38) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Work agreements contracted for a stipulated time. Deals, among others, with benefits granted to contract labor in the Far North or areas equated to the Far North in addition to basic hardship benefits received by all working in such areas. These additional benefits are doubled in the Mar 1960 amendment to the 310

labor law of Nov 1931. Contract workers are also provided with housing at the place of employment, while retaining domicile rights back home; the time spent in the Arctic is counted as time-and-a-half in the computation of their pensions. No standardized forms of contracts have been established by law. Individual contracts should be written agreements with detailed clauses on basic pay, hardship benefits, housing, options on renewal, etc, and should not violate any provisions of the labor code. The usual duration of service is two years on arctic islands, five yr in other hardship areas. DLC. 95128 EPSHTEIN, V.M. Acanthobdella livanowi sp. n., novyi vid drevnikh piiisvok, Archihirudinea, iz vodoemov Kamchatki. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.168, no.4, p.955-58, illus) 8 refs. In Russian. Title lr. Acanthobdella livanowi n sp, a new species of leeches, Archihirudinea, from Kamchatka's waters. Describes and illus this species by drawings and photographs, with comparisons to A.peledina. Both parasitize different salmorids. The new form was found in two lakes of Kamchatka. DLC. 95129 EPSHTEIN, V.M. A survey of the fish leeches (Hirudinea, Piscicolidae) of the Bering Sea, the Sea of Okhotsk and the Sea of Japan. English translation of No 71280 available from National Lending Library for Science and Technology, Yorkshire, England, as RTS-3071. 95130 ERA-ESKO, A. Die steinzeitlichen Forschungen der letzten Jahre in Nord-Finnland. (Suomen muinaismuistoyhdistys. Aikakauskirja 1957, no. 58, p.28-40, illus) 17 refs. In German. Title tr.: The stone-age research of recent years in northern Finland. Describes research efforts since 1953 in parishes as far south as Kuusamo and Kemijärvi mostly carried on in connection with water-regulation programs. Artifacts retrieved, axe heads, spear points, asbestos-clay ceramics, etc are noted. Some of the sites are related to raised shorelines. DLC. 95131 ERASHOVA, N.V. Geograficheskie otkrytitå Russkol poliarnoi ekspediFsii Akademii nauk 1900-1903 gg. (In: Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n.-issl. inst. Russkie arkticheskie... 1964, p.79-92, table) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geographic discoveries of the Russian Polar Expedition of the Academy of Sciences 1900-1903. Outlines the surveying and mapping work

of E.V. Toll's expedition on the Zarid, chiefly the west coast of Taymyr in the 1900-1901 winter. The shoreline of the peninsula and the 40-odd islands of the Nordenskiöld Archipelago were investigated. The results were summarized on five maps or plans, with nearly 250 new geographic names. A list of these names, in all 254, with indication of their position (no coordinates) and origin is included. CaMAI, DLC. 95132 EREMEEV, B. Ekspluataisiiii krupnotonnazhnykh gruzovykh teplokhodov na Enisee. (Rechnoi transport 1967. v.26, no.3, p.44-45) In Russian. Title tr.: Use of high tonnage diesel cargo boats on the Yenisey. Describes two 2,000-ton boats built in Rumania and Czechoslovakia for use in the Yenisey basin from 1964. The vessels have slightly different dimensions, the same power, and quite different steering and propulsion mechanisms. The Rumanian construction allows sternway maneuvering; both vessels tested during the 1965 navigation season gave satisfactory performance on the KrasnoyarskPodkamennaya Tunguska River sector. DLC. 95133 EREMEEV, G.G. 0 morozo(Beton i zhelezobeton stoikosti betona. 1964. v.10, no.2, p.64-65) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Frost resistance of concrete. Discusses the mechanism of frost destruction of freezing portland cement paste, showing that it cannot be due to hydraulic pressure, including the physical factors of crystallization and osmotic pressures, as proposed by T.C. Powers (1961) and his followers. The pressure, which develops during the process of the freezing of water in the pores of concrete, should be considered a more probable cause, since the coefficients of thermal expansion of ice and of the skeleton of the cement stone are different. DLC. 95134 EREMIN, R.A. and others. Gidrotermal'nyi metamorfizm v zolotorudnykh poliakh Okhotsko-Chukotskogo vulkanogennogo poiasa. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyi' kompleksnyi n-issl. inst. Trudy 1967. no.30, p.134-45, table) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.I. Nalborodin and A.A. Sidorov. Title tr. Hydrothermal metamorphism in gold-ore fields of the Okhotsk-Chukotka volcanic belt. Distinguishes three types of regional metamorphism as autometamorphic, circum-intrusive and post-volcanic. Their relation to gold-ore alteration is outlined. Two varieties of hydrothermal metamorphosed rocks are described: the medium temperature facies of

geopylitized rocks and hydrothermal quartzites, and the low temperature facies such as hydrothermal quartzites and hydrothermal argillites. The zonal distribution of hydrothermal altered rocks in gold-ore fields is described. Further studies are suggested. DGS. 95135 EREMINA, A. Nagrada Inchshim. (Doshkol'noe vospitanie 1967. v.40, no.6, p.72) In Russian. ?itle tr.: Award to the best. Lists the best nursery schools in Tyumen Province which has a total of 619 pre-school institutions attended by over 35,000 children. DLC. ERGIN, V.P. 95136 Peremeshchenie kromki ledostava v nizhnem b'efe Novosibirskoi GES. (Akademiii nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-energeticheskil inst. Trudy 1964. no.15, p.24-28, graphs, Title t.: tables) 6 refs. In Russian. Shifting of the ice on the lower reach of the Novosibirsk hydroelectric station. Verifies the calculated values of the extent of the open water in the 1959-60 winter by comparison with actual measurements. S.N. Kritskiy, M.F. Menkel', and K.I. Rossinskiy's formula was used for calculating the length Lk of the polynya from the time it had an observed length Lo, till the distance between the pond ice edge and the power station dam was L.(stabilization length). Then the length of open water Lk, can be determined thus: L k = L„ + (Ln-Lo)•f(C,t,13,h). Here C is the heat loss from the polynya surface, /3 latent heat of ice melting, and h the thickness of the ice whose edge is shifting. Methods are explained for determining the value of h, and those of heat losses due to convection and evaporation from the open water surface, and of the radiation balance (the evaporation) minus absorption of the total solar radiation). The calculated and observed positions of the polynya ice edge in Nov-Mar 1959-60 are shown in two graphs. The empirical formula proposed gives a slower rate of approach of the ice edge to the dam than that actually DLC. observed. 95137 ERICKSON, G. The natural gas industry in Alaska. (Alaska review of business and economic conditions 1967. v.4, no.2, p.1-8, graphs, map) Discusses prospects for development of this industry. Resources (estimated 100 billion Mcf), present gas fields, exploitation, cost, and means of transportation are considered. Consumption in Alaska, transmission facilities and planned pipelines to potential markets are 311

given. Liquefaction of natural gas and its impact on economy is also discussed. CaMAI. 95138 ERICSON, M.J. King crabs give up their secrets. (Frontiers 1961. v.26, no.2, p.44-48, illus) Reviews scientific investigations into the biology of Paralithodes camtschatica, particularly diet and breeding habits. The tagging program commenced in 1954 is described. The serious effects of large-scale Japanese and Soviet crabbing operations with mother ships and catchers are discussed; they are estimated to take two million crabs/yr close to the Alaskan coast. DLC. ERICKSON, O.M., see No. 94601 95139 ERIKSEN, A. Bergverkenes prospekterings-virksomhet. (Tidsskrift for kjemi, bergvesen og metallurgi 1966. v.26, no.11, p.191-92, tables) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Mining prospecting activity. Presents incomplete 1965 cost summary compiled from information collected from Norwegian mining concerns. For activity in Finland, Greenland, and Norway the costs of institute research and mining are differentiated. Institute research costs are further divided according to science and activity. In Norway the main search has been for iron and titanium ores. No attempt has been made to compare research costs and sales. DLC. 95140 ERIKSEN, H.K. Gjennom øde urskog i Øvre Pasvik. (Norsk natur 1966. v.2, no.1, p.20-22, illus) In Norwegian. Title b-. Through deserted primeval forest in Øvre Pasvik. Describes this conservation area in northeasternmost Finnmark along the river forming a boundary between Norway and the USSR. Some statistics, history, and a general description of the flora and fauna are given. DLC. ERIKSON, A.W., see No. 95329 95141 ERIXON, S. An innovation among the Lapps viewed in the light of northern Scandinavian practice. (Studia ethnographica upsaliensia 1964. v.21, p.71-80) Refs. Deals with the use of salt in coffee, a now vanishing Lappish custom preserved till World War I, in rural parts of Lapland, Norrbotten and Västerbotten. The origin of salting coffee and its later replacement by sweeteners are discussed. The introduction of salt to Lapland in the 17th c, its use in food and drink; widespread use of coffee in the 312

19th c, the sugar and honey trade, etc are discussed. DSI. 95142 ERIXON, S. Analysis of the individual through time and function stud(In: Nordic Symposium... 1962 pub ies. 1965, p.189-206, tables, illus) Study of an individual's life-rhythm, i.e. time allotted for major and minor activities in a given socio-economic milieu, based on information gathered by E. Larsson in 1940 from the six settled Lappish families of Granby and Ranby, Lycksele territory. Their reindeer husbandry and pasturing pattern, subsidiary fishing, seasonal life cycle, etc are described. Data from an adult male are tabulated to show his time by day and season spent on wood chopping, handicraft, taking reindeer to pasture, fishing, eating, sleeping, etc. Some comparison is made with the life-rhythm of Swedish peasants. DLC. 95143 ERKIN, V.M. K voprosu o genezise mestorozhdenil sery vo vtorichnykh kvartsitakh Kamchatki. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. vulkanologii. Trudy 1966. no.24, p.66-71) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Genesis of the sulfur deposits in secondary quartzites of Kamchatka. In the central Kamchatka ore zone, hydrothermal deposits of native sulfur are widely distributed in secondary quartzites. They are confined to brachyanticlinal uplifts, controlled by disjunctive dislocations and paragenetically connected with small granitoid intrusions. The Miocene sulfur of Kamchatka mainly accumulates in a subzone of alunite quartzites. DLC. 95144 ERKIN, V.M. 0 dvukh tipakh sernogo orudeneniia na Kamchatke. (Akanauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.175, no.2, p.422-24) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Two types of sulfur mineralization in Kamchatka. The two types of deposits are gas-hydrothermal deposits in secondary quartzites, not having a clear connection with volcanic piles, and impregnated deposits, associated with solfatara-altered rocks of the vent facies of andesitic caldera volcanoes. Both types are briefly described noting places of occurrence, age, zoning and origin. In the formation and preservation of sulfur deposits, geomorphic and hydrogeologic factors play the main role. DLC. 95145 ERLAM, R. Getting to the heart of the matter. (North 1967. v.14, no.4, p.2-5, illus) Describes constructive measures to prevent juvenile delinquency in Whitehorse, Yukon

Terr where probation officers have organized a skating rink and study hall. Homework, films, bingo, drawing contests and a lending library occupy children in the hall, supervised every evening by volunteer adults. A hockey team is being coached by RCMP constables. CaMAI. 95146 ERLIKH, E.N. Novye dannye o vulkano-tektonicheskikh strukturakh Kamchatki i voprosy razvitirå chetvertichnogo vulkanizma. (Geotektonika 1966, no.6, p.48-63, maps, sections) 17 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: New data on English summary. volcanic-tectonic structures of Kamchatka and problems of the development of Quaternary volcanism. Reports a study in three regions: the Karymskaya-Semyachik, the Klyuchevskiy group, and Uchinskiy Volcano. A new type of volcanic structure is described, a large oval or circular depression 20-60 km in diam and different from the normal type of caldera; they are here called supervolcanic structures. Groups of volcanoes are located within the ring depressions, the distribution of which is controlled by boundaries of graben synclines in the shieldlike basement. Arcuate faults paralleling the depression margins or highorder block structures control the distribution of volcanoes within the ring depressions. DLC. 95147 ERMAKOV, B.V. K stratigrafli pozdnemezozoiskikh fiishevykh otlozhenii na pravoberezh'e r. Ukelai ta, Koriakskoe nagor'e. (Geologirå i geofizika 1966, no.1, p.109-112, map, sections) 9 refs. In Russian. Titletr • Stratigraphy of Late Mesozoic flysch deposits on the right bank of the Ukelayat River, Koryak upland. Describes a section of Cretaceous deposits consisting of a Cenomanian-Maestrichtian sequence of aleurites, argillites, sandstones, and tuffaceous-siliceous rock which is characterized as to thickness, lithology and some other features. The flysch deposits are about DLC. 5500 m thick in all. 95148 ERMAKOV, I.C. Inzheuslovitå mostonerno-geologicheskie vykh perekhodov v Sibiri. (Transportnoe stroitel'stvo 1967. v.17, no.6, p.42-45, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Engineeringgeology conditions of bridge crossings in Siberia. Discusses the geomorphic features of crossing sites on the Ob, Yenisey, Angara, and Irtysh Rivers, and their tributaries. Typical features of banks and river beds are described for 21 sites, from the viewpoint of prospecting for optimal conditions for future construction of big bridges. General characteristics are

established for types of bases and foundations required. DLC. 95149 ERMAKOV, V.A. Izverzhenie Klmchevskogo vulkana v 1963-1964 gg. (Bwlleten' vulkanologicheskikh stadia 1966, 5 refs. In no.41, p.10-14, tables, graph) Russian. Title tr.: The 1963-1964 eruption of Klyuchevskiy Volcano. The weak activity of Klyuchevskiy, gas and ash emission to about 500 m alt was changed in Nov 1963 - Mar 1964 with extrusions to 1000 - 4000 m. The physical and chemical compostion of the ash and the altitudes of the greater eruptions are given. DLC. 95150 ERMAKOV, V.A. and S.M. TRUBITSIN. 0 kol'tsevykh obrushenii .kh v kratere Kltüchevskogo vulkana. (Biulleten' vulkanologicheskikh stanüi1 1966, no.40, p.36-39, illus) 6 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Ring-fracture stoping in the crater of Klyuchevskiy Volcano. Reports the 4 Aug 1964 ascent to the crater of Klyuchevskiy and a new vent observed; it is 500 m in diam, and 250-300 m deep, formed on the former bottom; it appeared since 1962, probably growing gradually within the last year. The former vent was 700 m in diam and 150-250 m deep; ring-formed remnants of its bottom are preserved in the wall of the new vent. DLC. ERMAKOV, V.A. and others. 95151 Sostoihnie deistvurüshchikh vulkanov Se(Bii lleten' vernoi Kamchatki v 1964 g. vulkanologicheskikh stanisü 1966, no.40, p.8-13) Ref. In Russian. Other authors: I.A. Mentailov and L.P. Nikitina. Title tr The state of active volcanoes in northern Kamchatka in 1964. Reports on Bezymyannyy, Sheveluch, Klyuchevskiy and Ploskiy Tolbachik, all of which exhibited some eruptive activity. Bezymyannyy was the most active: in 24 July 15 Aug and 7 Sept - 25 Oct, gas and ash were extruded to 2000-3500 m alt, agglomerate flows covered 0.6 - 0.8 km2, and the erupted material amounted to nearly a million m3. DLC. 95152 ERMAKOV, V.A. Termal'nye klrüchi v zapadnoi chasti khrebta Kumroch. (Bii lleten' vulkanologicheskikh stantsü 1966. no.42, p.30-32, table) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Thermal springs in the western part of the Kumroch Range. Describes hot springs discovered on the banks of the Bekesh, Pervyy Bekesh and Alasnaya Rivers in Kamchatka. The discharge 313

of all the springs together at 10-35°C is barely 10 1/sec. Chemical analyses are included. DLC. 95153 ERMAKOV, V.A. Vulkanotektonika Klmchevskoi gruppy vulkanov na Kamchatke. (Konfereni iiü molodykh uchenykh Dal'nego Vostoka, 8th, Vladivostok? 1965? Vos'matå konferentsiiå... Vladivostok 1965, p.22-23) In Russian. Title tr. Volcanic tectonics of the Klyuchevskaya group of volcanoes in Kamchatka. This group is in the north central Kamchatka depression. Among them are three active and nine extinct Holocene volcanoes. At the end of a first major cycle of volcanism in the Middle? -Upper Quaternary a largescale volcanotectonic depression formed in the southern and eastern groups and subsequently in other (Holocene) volcanic groups. The Klyuchevskaya group is divided into northern and southern parts of a latitudinal system of structural troughs. DLC. 95154 ERMOLAEV, M.M. and N.N. PAVLOVA. Osnovnye etapy i cherty dochetvertichnoi paleogeografii territorii podzony srednei taigi, v predelakh Arkhangelskol i Vologodskoi oblastei, 1. (Leningrad. Univ. Vestnip ser. geol. i geograf. 1967. v.22, no.24, p.113-22) 5 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Main stages and features of the pre-Quaternary paleogeography in the area of the middle taiga subzone; within the limits of Arkhangel'sk and Vologda provinces, 1. Deals with the Precambrian-Carboniferous history of this region, noting evidence of marine and continental conditions controlled by crustal movements. DLC. 95155 ERMOLAEV, N.P. and A.P. ZHIDIKOVA. Povedenie urana v prorsessakh progressivnogo metamorfizma i ul'trametamorfizma na primere zapadnol chasti Aldanskogo shchita. (Geokhimili 1966, no.8, p.900-916, tables, graphs) 25 refs. In Russian. English summary. Tide tr.: The behavior of uranium in processes of progressive metamorphism and ultrametamorphism as exemplified in the western part of the Aldan shield. Reviews briefly the lithologic characteristics and features of regional metamorphism of the area. Distribution of U in Archean rocks is analyzed. The average U content of schist and gneiss in the amphibolite facies was 2.75 ppm and 1.72 ppm in the granulite facies; in ultrametamorphic rocks it fell to 1.29 and 1.02 ppm. The metamorphic loss of U and Th is explained by the loss of water and carbon dioxide. DLC. 314

EROFEEV, N.M., see No.93404 95156 EROKHINA, A.A. Dernovo-taezhnye (merzlotno-gleevye) pochvy. (In: Genezis i geografiiå pochv..1966, p.120-39, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Soddytaiga (cryogenic-gley) soils. Describes these soils as studied in the Srednyaya and Nizhnyaya Tunguska interfluve, where they have developed on traps and carbonate rocks. Profiles and tabulated data on mechanical and chemical composition are shown. These soils were formed in a continental climate with a long period of negative temperature, a long period of freezing and high ice content. Transfer of iron oxides is very slight. DLC. EROKHINA, L.A., see No. 94295 95157 EROPOV, V.I. Gamazovye kleshchi dlinnokhvostogo suslika (Citellus undulates Pall.) v Priangar'e. (In: Irkutsk. N: issl. inst. epidemiologii i mikrobiologii. Materialy 1967, p.34-36) In Russian. Title tr.: Gamasid mites infesting the longtailed suslik (Citellus undulatus Pall.) in the Angara region. The authors studied 26,970 mites collected from 677 long-tailed susliks and 50 nests during 1963-65 in the Irkutsk region. Up to 18 kinds of mites were found on a single animal and up to 14 in the nests. The principal types were Hirstionyssus criceti Haemogamasus mandschuricus (78.6%), (12%), Euriparasitus emarginatus (5.9%), Garmania pygmaeus (1.1.%), Haemolaelaps glasgowi (0.3%), Macrocheles Latr. (1.1.%), and Parasitus Latr. (0.5%). HL criceti, HL glasgowi, and Hg. mandschuricus are possible disease vectors. The first two types can infest DLC. humans. 95158 EROPOV, V.I. K izucheniiii roli gamazovykh kleshchei v ochagakh rikketsiozov Priangar'ia. (In: Irkutsk. N: issl. inst. epidemiologii i mikrobiologii. Materialy 1967, In Russian. p.37-39) Title tr.: Role of gamasid mites in foci of rickettsiosis in the Angara. Twenty types of gamasid mites were collected from mammals, birds and their nests in this region. Most numerous were Hirstionyssus criceti, Haemogamasus mandschuricus and Euriparasitus emarginatus, gathered mainly from long-tailed susliks and their nests. Twenty-two biotests were conducted using 200-1000 mites of one type. Suspensions of pulverized mites were introduced intraperitoneally into guinea pigs. Studies of blood serum in RSK showed positive reactions with antigen D. sibiricus and R. burned. The possibility of stimulation of mite

rickettsiosis by Hi. criceti was studied by feeding mites on sick animals. Female Hi. criceti were allowed to feed on guinea pigs inoculated with D. sibiricus and R. burned. Then ground mites were suspended in a solution which was introduced intraperitoneally into two guinea pigs. Positive reactions were determined by a delay of hemolysis in dilution of serum not less than 1:20. In 20 experiments with 3088 mites it was established that in certain cases Hi. criceti was capable of absorbing rickettsia by sucking the blood of sick animals, although this did not occur in all cases. DLC. EROSHKINA, A.I., see No. 100994 95159 ERSHOV, N.N and I.A. TURCHANINOV. Problemy razrabotki poleznykh iskopaemykh Kol'skogo poluostrova; nauchnail sessiiä v Apatitakh. (Akademi% nauk SSSR. Vestnik 1966. v.36, no.8, p.110-111) In Russian. Tide h:: Problems of mining minerals in Kola Peninsula; scientific meeting at Apatity. Reports the meeting of 12-16 Apr 1966 attended by 150, at which about sixty papers were delivered. Specific conditions for resources development in Kola Peninsula and advanced methods of exploration and mining were stressed. DLC.

Three gabbrodolerite intrusions occur in different parts of the stratigraphic section in the Talnakh area. Epigenetic disseminated and vein ores occupy a large area at the outer contact of the northwest intrusion. Vertical zonation of ore lenses and intercalations and the structure of the contact aureole are related to positions of the isotherms surrounding the intrusion, the source of the ore solutions and of the heat responsible for mineralization. Comparison is made with the zoning established by J.E. Hawley in the Sudbury deposits in Canada. DLC. 95162 ERSHOV, V.V. Vliianie mineral• nykh udobrenil na mikrobiologicheskie (Miprolsessy lugovykh pochv Karelii. krobiologii'a 1966. v.35, n.l, p.169-73, Refs. In Russian. English sumtables) mary. Title tr.: Effect of mineral fertilizers on the microbiological processes of meadow soils in Karelia. Application of mineral fertilizers in Karelian meadow soils increased the numbers of microorganisms, especially nitrifying and cellulose-decomposing bacteria. Cellulose decomposition and amino acid production in soil was accelerated. Maximum effect of mineral fertilizers was on peaty podsol; less DLC. on clay podsol. ERSHOV, V.V., see also No. 99155

95160 ERSHOV, V.V. and G.B. POPOVA. Eksperimental'noe izuchenie diffuzionnykh protsessov v sul'fidnykh mednonikelevykh rudakh Noril'skogo ralona. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1967. v.151, p.230-43, graph, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Experimental investigation of diffusion processes in sulfide copper-nickel ore of Noril'sk region. Reports study of the solid diffusion of Norilsk-I and Talnakh sulfides. Temperature conditions of the formation and disintegration of nickel-bearing pyrrhotite were examined, the latter widespread in the copper-nickel ores of the region, and further diffusion processes of pentlandite-chalcopyrite and pentlandite-pyrrhotite were also investigated. Temperature and duration of heating, content of these minerals and other features are described. Processes of diffusion alteration are briefly characterized. DLC. 95161 ERSHOV, V.V. and G.B. POPOVA. Pervichnaiba zonal'nost' ekzokontaktovykh sul'fidnykh medno-nikelevykh rud Talnakhskogo mestorozhdeniia. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.173, no.6, p.1393-96, table, illus) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Primary zoning of the exocontact sulfide copper-nickel ores of the Talnakh deposits.

95163 ERV'E, IÜ.G. and L.I. ROVNIN. Dostoino vstretim 50-letie Oktibbnå (Geologi% nefti i gaza 1967. v.11, no.4, p.10-11) In Russian. Title tr.: A salute to the 50th anniversary of October. Reviews the search for oil and gas in Tyumen Province since the October Revolution: 37 oil and 28 gas deposits have been discovered. Use of seismic and other exploration methods is described. Gas deposits in northern Tyumen are noted, such as Zapolyarnoye with a trillion m3 and Urengoyskoye with 1.3 trillion. Plans for further exploration and development are summarized, especially near the Shaim - Tyumen Ust'-Balyk - Omsk oil pipelines. DLC. New northern 95164 ERVIN, A.M. Ottawa 1968. 25 p. townsmen in Inuvik. maps. Refs. (Canada. Dept. of Indian Affairs and Northern Development. Northern Coordination and Research Centre. Mackenzie Delta Research Project MDRP 5) Reports from sociological studies in Inuvik and the Mackenzie Delta region that a distinct social grouping is emerging which the author calls the Northerners, consisting of Eskimos, Indians, Matis and permanent whites in contrast to the transient southern white group which dominates the power 315

structure. It is postulated that ethnic factors alone no longer have primary importance in determining the nature of social interaction. The conflicting values of bush and town life are considered crucial in many behavioral problems. These include heavy drinking, the most serious problem with the greatest social and economic costs. Causes identified are anomie and marginality in an urban situation, psychologic inadequacy and desire for euphoria. Sexual exploitation of young women by transient whites, rejection of native males as mates, job absenteeism and disorientation of goals pose other serious social difficulties. Nine recommendations are made to maximize the range of choice offered to the native peoples of this area, and which involve dispelling the image of the government as a colonial power. Encouragement of 'Northerner' leadership is considered essential. See also paper by J. Mailhot, qv. CaMAI. ESAKOVA, N.P., see No. 93353 95165 ESCHER, A. The deformation and granitisation of Ketilidian rocks in the Nanortalik area, S. Greenland. København, Reitzel 1966. 102 p. tables, maps, illus. (Meddelelser om Grønland v.172, no.9) 35 refs. Also issued as: Greenland. Geologiske undersøgelse. Bulletin 1966. no.59. Describes in detail the general geology and geochronology of the Nanortalik Peninsula south of Julianehåb. Three successive phases of folding and fracture-cleavage are identified, and the geologic features of each phase are interpreted. Author considers that most of the schists in the area should be classified as migmatites; they are characteristically veined with pegmatites produced by metasomatic replacement. A relationship is postulated between deformation and pegmatization during the Ketilidian period. Features of the Sanerutian granites are described, three chronologic units being identified, the first a replacement body, the second part replacement part intrusive, and the third a purely intrusive body. Numerous illus and figures elucidate the structure and lithology of the DGS. area. ESEVA, V.I., see No. 94521 95166 ESPMARK, Y. Tågdöden bland (Zoologisk revy 1966. v.28, no.1, ren. p.20-31, table, graphs) In Swedish. English summary. Tide tr.: Train deaths among reindeer. These fatalities occur mostly in northern Norrland between Jokkmokk and Gällivare where train traffic is heavy and reindeer are numerous. The maximum is during Nov-Jan 316

when the animals are migrating, grazing is poor, low visibility and snow increase hazards. Fewer deaths occur in Feb-Mar when the reindeer are in winter quarters. In July the forest reindeer, plagued by biting insects, seek the railroad-track clearing where the wind blows freely. Daily variations in mortality are due to the animals' diurnal habits and to varied frequency of trains. Most of the animals are in good physical condition when killed. Experimental trails to reduce the number of these accidents are reported. DLC. 95167 ESSMAN, W.B., and F.N. SUDAK. Effect of hypothermia on the establishment of a conditioned avoidance response in mice. (Journal of comparative and physiological psychology 1963. v.56, no.2, p.366-69, graphs.) 9 refs. Cooling by 2.8°C may interfere with acquisition of response rather than with retention. Reduction of colonic temperature by 9.3°C stopped response to 3.8 ma. shock. Responses reinforced by a single punishing shock were not conditioned in hypothermic DNLM. mice. 95168 ESTIFEEV, A.M. Regulirovanie raskhoda na kaskade GES kak metod ude(In: Akademiril shevleniia stroitel'stva. nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportnoenergeticheskü inst. Trudy 1961. no.11, 4 refs. In p 57-61, graph, table, illus) Russian. Rile tr.: Regulation of discharge at the hydroelectric power station cascade, as a method of reducing cost of construction. Proposes to regulate water discharge in the upper and middle course power plants in such a way as to facilitate construction at stations on the lower course of the river. This is feasible if the cascade is built beginning with the upper river, as exemplified by the Angara River cascade of Irkutsk, Bratsk, and Ust= Rim power plants. The regulation of discharge of the Irkutsk reservoir allowed dam building during the 1956-57 winter, saved six months' time and tens of millions rubles. A reduction of discharge at upper power plants during spring breakup and at freeze-up eliminates the building of temporary bridges prior to freeze-up. Stream velocity in the Angara reaches 8 m/sec, and delays the ice cover breakup, extending the period in which solar radiation weakens the ice; its dynamic action on river installations is thereby diDLC. minished when breakup occurs. Der 95169 ESTLER, C.J. and others. Einfluss adrenerger ß-Blockade auf die Wärmebildung bei akuter Kälteexposition. (Pflügers Archiv für die gesamte Physiologie 1966. v.289, no.4, p.227-36, graphs) Refs.

In German. English summary. Other authors: O. Strubelt and H.P.T. Ammon. Title tr.: The influence of adrenergic /3 -blockade on

lowed by geomagnetic and riometric recording at Ft Churchill. DLC.

heat production in acute cold exposure. White mice treated with the /3 -sympathicolytic agent propranolol before exposure to 0°C, showed no increase in oxygen consumption, a fall of 17.1° in body temperature, no significant decrease of glycogen content of liver and muscle, and no increase in the level of unesterified fatty acids in the serum. This suggests that propranolol prevents mobilization of carbohydrates and fat which are necessary for enhancing metabolism and heat-production. DLC.

95173 EVANS, J.E. and others. Recent results from satellite measurements of lowenergy particles precipitated at high latitudes. (Space science reviews 1967. v.7, no.2/3, p.263-77, graphs, illus) Refs. Other authors: R.G. Johnson, R.D. Sharp and J.B. Reagan. Presents data from flights of low-altitude oriented polar-orbiting satellites, for two days in May and five days in Oct and Nov 1963. Worldwide precipitation patterns of electrons > 80 ev, and of protons > 4Kev in the noon-midnight sectors of the auroral zones and over the polar cap, are discussed. The approx total energy in the proton precipitation and energy spectra of electrons in the northern auroral zone, including that in Alaska are dealt with, as are day-night and North-South comparisons of precipitation patterns and total energy precipitated across DLC. the auroral zones.

ETINGOV, S.I., see No. 100758 95170 ETO BYLO na Kralnem Severe. A. IA. Sergeev, ed. Murmansk, Murmanskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1965. 415 p. map, illus. In Russian. Title tr. This took place in the Far North. Collection of some eighty-five eyewitness accounts, newspaper reports, and documents on World War II events on the Kola Peninsula: air, land, and naval encounters, submarine warfare, defense of Murmansk, etc. The Lapps' participation is noted: they served as scouts and soldiers, drove reindeer teams across the trackless tundra moving supplies and evacuating the wounded. A sketch of economic ruin and post-war reconstruction of Murmansk Province concludes the book. DLC. 95171 EVANS, C.D. and others. Aerial census of moose by quadrat sampling units. (Journal of wildlife management 1966. v.30, Refs. no.4, p.767-76, map, tables, illus) Other authors: W.A. Troyer and C.J. Lensink. Describes briefly the development and application of this method used for census of moose over two large areas in Alaska. The method provides usable data at reasonable cost. Results of the census are compared with other methods. A quadrat equalled one sq DLC mile. 95172 EVANS, D.S. A 10-cps periodicity in the precipitation of auroral-zone electrons. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.17, p.4281-91, table, graphs) 19 refs. Discusses the observations of characteristic energy spectra and systematic time fluctuations made by sounding-rocket payloads fully instrumented for the measurement of auroral electrons over the full energy range 1-> 250 Key, centered about 1,2,4,8,16, and 30 Key. The rocket was launched from Ft Churchill on 17 Feb 1966 into a moderately active breakup phase aurora, and was fol-

EVANS, R.D., see No. 94388 95174 EVANS, S. and G. de Q. ROBIN. Glacier depth-sounding from the air. (Nature 1966. v.210, no. 5039, p.883-85, illus) 3 refs. Depth soundings of some major glaciers and ice caps, northern Ellesmere Island, and McGill Ice Cap and Thompson Glacier, Axel Heiberg Island, were taken by high-frequency radio echo apparatus installed in a DHC-3 Otter aircraft, Apr 1966. Echo recordings of Gilman Glacier, Ellesmere Island, were taken along the same profile as had been followed for earlier gravity and seismic depth surveys. Examples of profiles are shown, which reveal mountain peaks just below the surface in addition to visible nunataks; the deepest section, 20 km from the snout, 660 m deep (700 m by gravity survey), the chaotic ice structure of the Otto Fiord Glacier caused by a forward surge of 3 km3, 1950-59, a bottom echo stronger than top echo on floating ice, but much weaker on the grounded ice rise of Ward Hunt Ice Shelf, and the transition from floating to grounded ice in Milne Fiord. DGS. 95175 EVANS, S. Progress report on radio echo sounding. (Polar record 1967. v.13, no. 85, p.413-20, table, illus) 19 refs. Summarizes 1963-64 activities of US Army Electronics Laboratory, Scott Polar Research Institute, University of Wisconsin Geophysical and Polar Research Center, and US Army Cold Regions and Research Laboratory, in tests of glacier sounding techniques in the Thule region, Greenland. 317

Sources of more detailed information and an assessment of the principal results are included. Field work in 1965-66 was confined to the Antarctic. CaMAI, DLC. EVANS, S., see also No. 99428 EVDOKIMOV, M.D., see No. 94315 95176 EVENTOV, Z.M. Razvitie kolkhoznogo rybolovstva za gody Sovetskor (Rybnoe khozIIlstvo 1967. v.43, vlasti. no.10, p.12-15, graphs) In Russian. Title in: Development of kolkhoz fisheries in the years of Soviet regime. Outlines of this form of the industry, beginning with cooperatives in 1923. The introduction of collectivization in 1929, relative growth of catches, motorization of vessels, and the World War II period are reviewed. The steep increase of post-war activities with the introduction of large fishing vessels, mechanization and floating factories are described. Activities in international waters are noted, also interkolkhoz ties, etc. DLC. 95177 EVERETT, B.N., Jr. The west ridge to Logan. (American alpine journal 1967. v.15, no.2, p.258-64, illus) Discusses ascents of King Peak, 16,971 It, on 5-6, July 1966, by six-man party; of Queen Peak, 17,300 ft, on 8 July 1966, by three-man group (first ascent); and of Mt Logan, 19,850 fX on 17 July 1966, by ten-man party. The ascent of Mt Logan took 27 days, the descent was made in one long day's trip. DGS. EVERETT, J.E., see No. 94329 95178 EVERETT, K.R. Mass-wasting in the Tasersiaq area, West Greenland. KØ benhavn, Reitzel 1967. 32 p. tables, map, cross-sections, illus. (Meddelelser om Grønland v.165, no.5) 21 refs. Outlines the bedrock geology of this 25 km2 area of steeply dipping gneissic rocks close to the Sukkertoppen Iskappe, and summarizes the topographic and climatic elements influencing geomorphic processes. The principle components of the mass wasting process are considered qualitatively and quantitatively: they include solifluction lobes, slump features, micromudflows and debris slides. Large mudflow activity in the past is indicated, although reasons are given for rejecting the C-14 dates obtained from buried organic material. The relative roles of wind, water and rockfall are evaluated. CaMAI, DLC. 318

95179 EVERETT, K.R. The morphology of the slopes of Ogotoruk Creek Valley, northwest Alaska. (Biuletyn peryglacjalny Refs. 1967, no.16, p.117-31, maps, table) Contribution 109 of the Institute of Polar Studies, Ohio State Univ. Data obtained from six large trenches cut into various slope situations indicate that movement on the upper third of the southeast-facing slope is extremely slow, and that this portion of the slope is in a condition of stability. Movement on the lower two-thirds of the slope is maintained mainly by solifluction and creep, with some areas of stabilized benches. The benched features on the opposing slope are stabilized forms which originated long ago during a climate warmer than present. The features are considered to have been formed by a process intermediate between earthflow and nonsaturated creep. CaMAI, DLC. 95180 EVGEN'EV, V. Kensingtonskaiii nadpis': byl' ili legenda? (Voprosy istorii v.41, no.9, p.215-18) In Russian. 1966. Title in: Kensington inscription: truth or fiction? Deals with the controversial Kensington stone, discovered 1898 in Minnesota. Its runic text purportedly written in 1362 by an exploratory party of Viking colonists is discussed. The authenticity of the inscription is considered probable. DLC. 95181 EVONUK, E. Cardiovascular effects of mild surface cooling. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1966. 10 p. tables. (US. Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory. Technical report no. AAL-TR-66-1) 14 refs. The cardiac output, limb blood flow, arterial pressure and heart rate were measured in warm and cold acclimatized dogs, when cross-circulated with mildly hypothermic dogs. Acute surface cooling of warm-acclimatized dogs liberates specific metabolites and/or neurohumors that had a profound cardiovascular effect on cross-circulated normothermic dogs. This effect was not observed in cold-acclimatized animals. Cold acclimatization apparently shifted the cardiovascular threshold response to these metabolites and/or neurohumors. CaMAI, DLC. 95182 EVONUK, E. Hemodynamic and metabolic responses of infused low molecular weight dextran. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1966. 10 p. tables, graphs. (US. Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory. Technical report no. AAL-TR-66-9) 10 refs. The intravenous infusion of low molecular weight dextran (LMD) to improve blood flow in treatment of freezing injury and other

ischemic states rests on tenuous evidence. Based on the theory that the clinical effects of LMD could be explained in part by a stimulation of endogenous histamine release, some of the pharmacodynamics that result from infusion of LMD were explored. It is concluded from the responses, that the metabolic processes are uninhibited at the peripheral cellular level and that the reduction in metabolic rate is due to a marked peripheral hemostasis and failure of the circulatory system to supply the oxygen demand. CaMAI, DLC. EVONUK, E., see also No. 98111 EVSEEV, ILA., see No. 95476 EVTEEVA, I.S., see No. 941911, 94194 95183 EVTUSHENKO, V.V. and others. Razrabotka sostavov isementnykh rastvorov i primenenie termokontroli pri fiementafsii porod i zakrepnogo prostranstva. (Pechora, Komi ASSR. N.-issl. ugol'nyi inst. Trudy 1964. no.1, p.274-81, illus) In Russian. Other authors: B.P. Karpov and IU.A. Antonov. Title tr.: Cement composition and thermal control in grouting. Discusses the experiences in the Vorkuta region and in the IUniaga mines since 1948. Unsuccessful efforts are ascribed to hydrological, cryological, or geological conditions of the region. Vorkuta cement plant's Portland cement, brand 500 is used as base, and sodium aluminate solution of 1.44 density is added to expedite setting. The grout mixed of equal quantities of Portland cement and water with 10% to 25% of sodium aluminate added makes the grout begin to set in 7 to 27 min, and to settle completely in 17 to 44 min. DLC. EVTUSHENKO, V.V., see also No. 94297, 97499, 97500 95184 EVZEROV, V.IA. Nekotorye litologicheskie osobennosti i ritmichnost' stroeniiå mezhstadial'nykh otlozhenii Lovozerskikh tundr. (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. Kol'skii filial. Chetvertichnye otlozheniia... 1964, p.69-77, table, graphs) 6 refs. In Russian. Title Ir: Some lithologic features and rhythmic structure of interstadial deposits of the Lovozero tundras. Describes the texture of these deposits. Cross, wave-like and horizontal bedding are recognized. Grain size of the rocks is also reported. Rhythmic structure of the deposits is established, and three rhythms are distinguished. They signify different conditions of sedimentation and changes in climate. DLC.

95185 EVZEROV, V.IÅ. 0 sostave glinistoi fraktsii moreny moskovskogo oledeneniI i otlozhenil boreal'noi transgressii na Kol'skom poluostrove. (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. Kol'ski filial. Formirovanie rel'efa... 1966. p.112-17, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Composition of the clayey fraction of moraines of the Moscow glaciation and deposits of the boreal transgression in Kola Peninsula. Reports the mineral composition of clays ( 10 Key energy are described and discussed. The range of invariant latitudes (INV) for which VLF hiss typically occurs is about 7° wide, centering on 77'INV and at 12.0 hr magnetic local time (MLT), decreasing to 72°INV at 23.0 hr MLT. VLF hiss does not appear to be associated with precipitation of electrons >40 Key, but it does appear to be associated with the intense fluxes of electrons of about 10 Key energy. In a preliminary study of magnetograms from College, several VLF hisses were found in association with auroral substorms. DLC. 95853 GUROVA, T.I. and others. Uslovitä formirovanirä kollektorov nefti i gaza Fury i neokoma Zapadno-Sibirskoi nizmennosti. (Litologirä i poleznye iskopaemye 1966, no.2, p.74-86, maps) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: L.I. Korobelnikova,. G.V. Maslennikova, L.D. Neuimina, G.E. Prozorovich, and E.G. Sorokina. Title tr.: Formation conditions of Jurassic and Neocomian oil and gas reservoirs in the West Siberian lowland. Outlines the factors determining accumulation and localization of reservoir rocks in Jurassic and Neocomian times, incl the Berezovo, Turukhansk areas. Lower and Upper Jurassic and Valanginian - Hauterivian deposits are analyzed for their lithologic composition and conditions for formation of reservoir rocks. The distribution of reservoir DLC. rocks is outlined for each period. 95854 GURSKY, K.H. Der augenblickliche Stand der Erforschung der nord(Anthropos amerikanischen Sprachen. 1966. v.61, no.3/6, p.401-454) Approx. 300 refs. In German. Title tr.: Present stand in research of North American languages. Reviews major studies up to 1964 in comparative linguistics, ethnolinguistics, lan-

guage classification, etc. The Eskimo-Aleut, Algonkin-Ritwan, and Nadene phyla are included. DLC. 95855 GURUNANJAPPA, B.S. Alaska native infant health problems. (Alaska medicine 1967. v.9, no.3, p.88-92, graphs) 2 refs. Reviews surveys on size and distribution of native population and deals with natality, infant morbidity and mortality in 1961-65. Comparison with the U.S. shows a high infant mortality among natives which, however, is steadily decreasing. CaMAI, DLC. 95856 GURVICH, I.S. 10 let deiatel= nosti sektora Severe Instituta atnografii AN SSSR. (Problemy Severa 1967, no.11, p.258-61) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr Ten years of activity of the northern section, Institute of Ethnography, Academy of Sciences of USSR. English translation available from National Science Library, National Research Council, Ottawa. The section was set up under B.O. Dolgikh in 1954, and it sponsored chiefly field parties to study northern native peoples. In 1959-65 parties of the Northern Expedition studied economic reconstruction and progress of acculturation during the Soviet period, also ways of further development. Five monographs pub by members of the section are listed, and nearly 90 papers pub in various journals are noted. CaMAI, DLC. 95857 GURVICH, I.S. Directions to be taken in the further reorganization of the economy and culture of the peoples of the North. (Soviet anthropology and archeology 1962. v.1, no.2, p.22-31) Refs. English translation of No 71927. DLC. 95858 GURVICH, I.S. Etnicheskaiii istoriiä Severo-Vostoka Sibiri. Moskva, Izdvo Nauka 1966. 276 p. maps, tables, graphs. (Akademia ' nauk SSSR. Inst. etnografii. Trudy. v.89) Over 200 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Ethnic history of Northeast Siberia. Basic demographic study of northern Yakutia, Magadan Province, and Kamchatka: 17th century to-date. Population movements, splintering and consolidation of ethnic groups, territorial expansion and reduction, etc are discussed on the basis of historical records, census data, and the author's ethnographic research. The relatively stable number of aborigines till the Soviet take-over, fluctuating between 33 and 52 thousand, is attributed to several factors curtailing a natural population increase: a technologically underdeveloped subsistence economy, isolation of small patriarchal hunting and herding groups easily affected by ecological

change, ravages by epidemics, etc. The fates of individual tribes, within this general framework, followed different courses. The once numerous Yukaghirs decreased in number by the 17th century after adopting a settled mode of life based on riverine fishing. Their number was further reduced by the intrusion into their territory of Eveny Lamuts, Yakuts, Chukchis and Russians. Assimilation and intermarriage with these intruders have almost destroyed any ethnic links between the present Yukaghirs and their 17th c ancestors. Evenki Tungus and Chukchis, on the other hand, expanded at the expense of Yukaghirs and Koryaks. The Chukchis, moreover, absorbed Asiatic Eskimo groups and consolidated into a dominant tribal unit, while the Itel'men Kamchadals lost their ethnic identity through almost total assimilation with Russian colonists. Mixing produced also new ethnic groupings e.g. the so-called northern reindeer herding Yakuts: a metis group formed by Yakuts who migrated to northeastern Yakutia in the 18-19th c and intermarried with the local Evenki Tungus and Russian settlers. Ethnic and cultural developments, changes in social structure and economy resulting from tribal contacts, the fur trade, and acculturative processes, etc are dealt with and current trends described. DLC. 95859 GURVICH, I.S. Nekotorye problemy etnicheskogo razvititå narodov SSSR. (Sovetskaia etnografiia 1967, no.5, p.62-77) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Certain problems in ethnic processes among the peoples of the USSR. Discusses, among others, ethnic changes in the North. Intratribal fusion of previously isolated groups and a gradual disappearance of local sub-dialects is taking place among Koryaks, Chukchis, and Tungus. Intertribal fusion is furthered by the consolidation of collective farms into racially mixed kolkhozes and sovkhozes. Mixed marriages particularly frequent among the Eveny Tungus, Yakuts, Yukaghirs, Chukchis, and Russians of the Kolyma region are also on the increase in Chukotka, Kamchatka, Krasnoyarsk and Tyumen Provinces, Yakut and Komi ASSR. Ethnic changes are most intense in industrial areas with a high rate of Russian immigration, a process which affects the ethnic composition of national districts. A general decrease in the ratio of aborigines versus newcomers is noted in most districts. DLC. 95860 GURVICH, I.S. Otmiranie religioznykh verovanü u narodnostei SeveroVostoka Sibiri. (In: Leningrad. Muzel istorii religii i ateizma. Voprosy preodoleniia... 1966, p.79-96) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr» 427

Disappearance of religious beliefs among the peoples of NE Siberia. Contrasts the effects of christianization and communist teaching on aboriginal religions. Christianity, apparently, never succeeded in eradicating these beliefs; instead, the Christian Trinity and saints merged with the images of ancient lords of nature or were incorporated as dominant deities into the pagan pantheon. Shamanism went underground and surfaced during the Civil War years in the guise of national anti-Russian cultural expression. Educational programs and medical propaganda have put an end to shamanistic practices. Ancient rites and surviving usages among Yakuts, Eveny Tungus, Koryaks, and Yukaghirs are described. Some hunting rituals are still practiced as quaint customs devoid of religious meaning. Dates of traditional festivals are changed to coincide with Soviet holidays. Christian and aboriginal beliefs are confined to the old, mainly DLC. women. 95861 GURVICH, I.S. Russian old settlers along the Kamchatka River valley. (Soviet anthropology and archeology 1963-64. v.2, no.3, p.39-48) 17 refs. English translation of No 79182. DLC. 95862 GUSEV, B.V. and others.

Magnetizm porod trappovor formatsii zapadnor chasti Sibirskoi platformy. Leningrad, lzdvo Nedra 1967. 84p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy v.152) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.V. Metallova and F.S. Falnberg. Title tr.: The magnetism of trap formation rocks in the western part of the Siberian platform. Reports results of a 1958-65 investigation of the magnetic properties and paleomagnetism of effusive and intrusive rocks in the Tungusskiy syneclise, Maymecha-Kotuy province, and other regions. From measurements of the magnetic parameters of several thousand rock samples, and from petrographic, mineralogical, chemical, X-ray, thermomagnetic and other analyses, the main patterns of trap magnetism are established. A close connection is recognized between the magnetic properties and the composition, genesis and age of the rocks. A separation of effusive and intrusive traps is presented. The character of magnetization of basalts of the syneclise gradually changes, increasing from west to east. Intrusive traps are divided into four groups according to composition and magnetization. CaMAI, DLC. 95863 GUSEV, G.S. K voprosu o vydelenii Giperboreiskoi platformy v predelakh SovetskoT Arktiki. (Soveshchanie po prob428

lemam tektoniki, Moscow 1963. Voprosy sravnitel'noi tektoniki drevnikh platform... Refs. In Ruspub 1964. p.146-53, map) sian. Title tr.: The separation of the Hyperborean platform within the limits of Soviet Arctic. Discusses the problem of the Hyperborean platform separated by N.S. Sha[skii (No 15840) and others. The data presented show that there is no single platformic structure called the Hyperborean platform. Rather, there are two medial massifs which are distinguished and described as the Novosibirsk and the East Siberian. Their similarities to other medial massifs of the Verkhoyansk-Chukotka folded province are DLC. noted. GUSEV, G.S. and N.I. NE95864 NASHEV. Novye dannye o vozraste mag-

maticheskikh proiavlemi v iuzhnot chasti gornol sistemy Cherskogo, IAkutiia, po opredeleniiåm absolwtnogo vozrasta i geologicheskim nabltüdenitåm. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Komissiib po opredeleniiu absoliütnogo vozrasta geologicheskikh formatsir. Trudy 1964 pub 1966, 13 sessiiii, p.352-55, table) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr. New data on the age of magmatic manifestations in the southern part of Cherskogo mountain system in Yakutia, according to absolute age determination and geologic observations. Presents tabulated results on K-Ar age determination on whole rock samples mainly from dikes and stocks in the southern part of Cherskogo Range. The results are used for interpretation of the tectonics and stratigraphy of the region. The absolute ages range from 65-225 MY and generally agree with geologic ages. DLC. 95865 GUSEVA, R.N. Foraminifery vul-

kanogenno-osadochnykh plioi enovykh otlozhenil o-va Karaginskogo. (Akademiih nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. vulkanologii. Trudy 1966. no.23, p.99-104, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Foraminifera of the Pliocene volcanic-sedimentary deposits of Karaginskiy Island. Reports a study of calcareous and arenaceous forams from the Pliocene Etolon series. Five complexes of calcareous forams are briefly characterized. The vertical distribution of forams in the Etolon series is noted. These complexes are compared with Sakhalin DLC. and other regions. 95866 GUSHCHENKOV, E.M. Tikhookeanskie vody v Arkticheskom basselne. (Priroda 1968. v.57, no.5, p.108-109, map, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Waters of the Pacific in the Artic basin. Discusses effect of the calculated 20-36

thousand km3 mean annual inflow through the Bering Strait on the hydrologic regime of the Chukchi Sea. Jun-Oct mean monthly heat inflow is estimated at 43,701x1012 kcal, sufficient to clear almost one half of the drift ice from the Chukchi Sea. Drifting Station North Pole-6 observations show the max water temperature here to be clearly marked at the depth of 50-100 m. English translation in US. Joint publications research service. Soviet-bloc research in geophysics, astronomy, and space 1968. no.184, p.29. DLC. 95867 GUSHCHIN, G.P. Ozon i aeroLesinopticheskie usloviia v atmosfere. ningrad, Gimiz 1964. 341 p. tables, graphs. 233 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ozone and aerosynoptic conditions in the atmosphere. Presents detailed data on vertical distribution of ozone, systematized from IGY and IGC records of 63 worldwide, ozonometric stations incl Alert, Resolute Bay, Tromsø, North Pole-6, Kheysa Island, Dikson, and Murchison Bay. The relation between atmospheric ozone and the temperature and baric fields, atmospheric jets, wind, vertical motion, and horizontal distribution in the Northern and Southern Hemispheres is discussed. A turbulence-photochemical theory of atmospheric ozone, based on turbulent diffusion and solar radiation, is proposed. The influence of ozone on the thermal regime of the atmosphere is considered. Results of these investigations show atmospheric ozone to be an important element of weather and cliDLC. mate. 95868 GUSHCHIN, N.IÅ. Osnovnye voprosy massovoi kollektivizafsii Sibiri i ikh osveshchenie v literature. (Sibir' v period stroitel'stva sotsializma i perekhoda k kommunizmu 1966. no.6, p.143-61, table) Approx. 100 refs. In Russian. Tide fr Basic questions relating to the mass-collectivization of Siberia and their interpretation in literature. General paper on this aspect of Soviet economic policy, incl Krasnoyarsk and Tyumen Provinces. Reasons for the tempo and methods of implementation are discussed: organizational problems, expropriation, reeducation of farmers, social and economic implications, insufficient supply of mechanized equipment to replace manual labor, lack of qualified specialists, etc. One of the impeding factors mentioned, was the high ratio, in Siberia, of kulak farmers, i.e. wealthy peasants, whose numbers had been further increased by the relocation of tens of thousands of kulak farmers from central DLC. Russia. GUSHCHIN, V.V., see No. 94373, 101173

95869 GUSTAFSSON, G. Ionization in the D-region during auroral break-up events. (Planetary and space science 1964. v.12, no.3, p.195-208, graphs) 25 refs. Russian summary. Reports study of sudden increases of radio-wave absorption, auroral emission, and geomagnetic field disturbances, based on riometer, photometer, and magnetometer recordings of 1961-62 at Kiruna. From 48 auroral breakup events, and the sudden (within a minute) decrease of cosmic noise to 10 db a good correlation is found between the measured auroral absorption, and the intensity variation of auroras. A correlation is also found between auroral luminosity, and variations of the geomagnetic X-component measured with a La Cour variometer and quick-run magnetograph. This correlation however, does not seem to be as good in detail as that between auroral intensity and absorption. The ionization rate in the Dregion is found higher than that due to ionization by X-rays, suggesting that the ionization causing the absorption is produced mainly by directly ionizing particles. DLC. 95870 GUSTAFSSON, G. On the orientation of auroral arcs. (Planetary and space science 1967. v.15, no.2, p.277-94, graphs, illus) Refs. Russian summary. Obtains the curves in a polar plot, representing auroral arcs over the latitude range of 64-90°. These curves are plotted from information on the direction of auroral arcs, mostly all-sky camera films, as measured during IGY at Amundsen-Scott, Baker Lake, Ft Yukon, College, Resolute, Kiruna, Vize Island, Pyramiden, Barrow, Churchill, Chelyuskin, Mimyy and Oasis, Godhavn, Hallet, Scott Base, Nord, d'Urville, Wilkes, Alert, and Thule, and organized in geomagnetic coordinates. The ovals of auroral arcs are found not to follow the corrected geomag lat. The shape of the auroral orientation curves correspond in the auroral zone region to an auroral oval based on the occurrence of DLC. auroras. GUSTAFSSON, G., see also No. 95061 95871 GUSTAVSON, M. The Caledonian mountain chain of the southern Troms and Ofoten areas, part 1: basement rocks and Caledonian meta-sediments. Oslo, Universitetsforlaget 1966. 162 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. (Norway. Geologiske undersøApprox 70 refs. kelse. Skrifter no.239) Norwegian summary. Presents a discussion of the area 68°-69° N 16-20° E represented by the Narvik map sheet at 1:250,000 scale, the first of three reports on the area. The general features and 429

petrography of the Precambrian rocks and so-called basal gneisses are described, and comments given on the stratigraphy, petrography, and metamorphism of the Caledonian metasediments. Relationships are shown between the Precambrian Rombak window, the basal Tysfjord massif, and sheet thrusts of Caledonian time. Six groups of the metasediments are mapped and their possible tectonic sequence discussed. Their metamorphism is divided into three phases: progressive metamorphism, post-deformational porphyroblastesis, and retrogressive metamorphism. Some mineralogical and chemical determinations are included. CaMAI, DGS. GUSTAFSSON, M., see also No. 97526 95872 GUSTOMESOV, V.A. Novye belemnity iz toara i aalena Sibiri. (Paleontologicheskil zhurnal 1966, no.1, p.60-71, Mus) 21 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New belemnites from the Toarcian and Aalenian of Siberia. Presents a systematic description of Lower Jurassic belemnites of the Lena, Molodo, and Motorchuna River basins. Two new genera are described in subfam Hastitinae: Sachsibelus and Lenobelus represented by S. mirus and by L lenensis, L gravis, and L reconditus. Another new species is also described, Dactyloteuthis yacutiensis of subfam Passaloteuthinae. The phylogeny of these belemnites is discussed. DLC. 95873 GUTHRIE, R.D. Differential preservation and recovery of Pleistocene large mammal remains in Alaska. (Journal of paleontology 1967. v.41, no.1, p.243-46, graphs) 3 refs. Reports on a study of the differential representation of fossilized skeletal elements within a species of Bison, Eguus, Ovibos, Alces and Rangifer, based on thousands of fossils recovered from placer mining operations in the Fairbanks region. The two major factors which seem to determine the probability of recovery are the size of the DGS. element and its compositon. 95874 GUTHRIE, R.D. The extinct wapiti of Alaska and Yukon Territory. (Canadian journal of zoology 1966. v.44, no.1, p.47-57, map, table, illus) Refs. Based on remains of this common North American deer found in Alaska and the Yukon Territory, author concludes that this species lived in these areas during the Wisconsin glaciation. It became extinct there probably due to vegetational changes. Taxonomic and antler problems of the wapiti are also discussed. DLC. 430

95875 GUTKIN, E.S. and N.M. RODCHENKO. Tektonika rudnykh pole! Severoural'skikh boksitovykh mestorozhdeni . (Geotektonika 1966, no.4, p.69-80, maps) 8 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr. Tectonics of the ore fields of the Northern Ural bauxite deposits. Presents a structural analysis of these deposits, incl the Burmantovo, Ivdel' and other areas. Analysis of postore tectonic dislocations shows three systems of joints, from which tensional and compressive stresses are determined. Structural analysis should be used in prospecting and development of bauxite deposits. DLC. 95876 GUTOVA, L.N. and E.B. RIABEI. Palinologicheskaia kharakteristika verkhne-paleozolskikh otlozhem7 iugovostochnoT chasti Tungusskogo basseTna. (In: Palinolognä Sibiri... 1966. p.41-50, map, tables) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Palynological characteristics of Upper Paleozoic deposits in the southeastern part of the Tungusskiy basin. Presents data of the Carboniferous and Lower Permian deposits from the lower Angara area and the Middle-Upper Carboniferous and Lower and Upper Permian deposits of the Vilyuy River region. Correlation is made of Upper Paleozoic stratigraphic sections of the Vilyuy, Nordvik, Angara, Kuznetsk and other regions. DLC. GUTOVA, L.N., see also No. 94287 95877 GUTSCHE, B.B. and others. Hereditary deficiency of pseudocholinesterase in Eskimos. (Nature 1967. v.215, no.5098, p.322-23, graph, table) 6 refs. Other authors: E.M. Scott and R.C. Wright. Presents results of a survey to determine frequency of occurrence of a blood serum abnormality in Eskimos of Alaska. Genetic in origin, the abnormality consists of a deficiency or absence of the enzyme pseudocholinesterase in the plasma of affected individuals, and has been found among unrelated southern Eskimos, in an area extending from Hooper Bay to Unalakleet and centered on the lower Yukon River. It is postulated in explanation that a benign, ordinarily rare mutation may become a frequent occurrence in a small population group that has been relatively isolated for many generations. DLC. 95878 GUZIEV, I.S. Shchelochnarä olivin-bazal'tovaiI formatsirä Zapadnol Kamchatki. (Akademiii nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. vulkanologii. Trudy 1967. no.24, p.126-44, graph, map, tables) Refs. In

Russian. Title tr.: The alkaline olivinebasalt formation of western Kamchatka. Describes this formation between Sopochnaya in the south and Palana in the north. The tectonic zoning of western Kamchatka is outlined and the structural position of this formation characterized. Petrographic types of the alkaline olivine-basalt formation are analyzed as trachydolerite-crinanites, sanidine-basaltoid rocks, trachyandesite basalts, trachyandesites, and andesite basalts. Each type is described as to rock-forming and accessory minerals, chemical composition and other features. DLC. 95879 GUZIEV, I.S. Shchelochnol magmatizm Tigil'skogo raiona Zapadnol Kamchatka. (In: Vses. vulkanologicheskoe soveshchanie 1964. Trudy v.2 pub 1966, p.197-203, graphs, illus) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr: Alkaline magmatism of the Tigil region in western Kamchatka. Presents a petrographic characterization of alkaline rocks. They are divided according to their structural features, mineralogic and chemical composition into three groups: trachydolerite-crinanite, sanidine, and shoshonite-trachyandesite; and each group is described. Features of the chemical composition and genesis of alkaline rocks are discussed. DLC. 95880 GVOZDETSKII, N.A., editor. Materialy po fiziko-geograficheskomu ralonirovanill SSSR: Sibir' i Dal'nlI Vostok. Moskva, Izd-vo Moskovskogo univ. 1964. 234 p. maps. Refs. In Russian. Title fr» Materials on the physiographic zoning of the USSR: Siberia and the Far East. Contains three studies: Krasnoyarsk Province by IU. P. Parmuzin, M.V. Kiri lov and IU.A. Shcherbakov, p5-70; Yakut ASSR by N.I. Mikhaflov, p71-129; and the Far East by IU. P. Parmuzin, p130-233. Treatment is similar in all three. Authors present a map of the area, and its division into physiographic regions on the basis of relief, climate, soils, vegetation, natural resources and human activity. The northern regions are described as arctic desert, polygonal tundra, arctic tundra, underbrush tundra, moss and lichen tundra, all types of forest tundra, taiga, etc. Each of these categories is divided into smaller physiographic units, which are briefly characterized. Extensive literature references are appended to each study. That on the Far East includes Magadan and Kamchatka Provinces, Chukotka, etc. DLC. GVOZDEV, N., see No. 98133

95881 GVOZDEV, V.S. Ledozaderzhanie na malykh rekakh s tsel'tü zashchity gidrotekhnicheskikh sooruzhenil. (Akademiii nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-energeticheskii inst. Trudy 1958, no.7, p.93-102, illus) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ice retention in small rivers for protection of hydraulic constructions. Discusses ways of holding back the ice on the upper reaches of industrial reservoirs during spring floods. Retaining walls made of groups of piles hammered into the bottom of the reservoir, and tied at the bottom and the top by steel bands are considered. These walls keep the ice pack from breaking away from the shores of the reservoir, so that it arches up on the shore, and the melt does not reach the dam of the reservoir. This was used on the Bisect', Irbit, and Tura Rivers. Another method is a floating dam (zapan') made of strongly tied log rafts, which is lined across the reservoir. This method is recommended, and the parameters of such floating dam are estimated for different ambient conditions. DLC. 95882 GYNGAZOV, A.M. and S.S. MOSHVITIN. 0 rasprostranenii nekotorykh ptiii v taezhnol zone Zapadnol Sibiri. (Ornitologitä 1965. v.7, p.71-75) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Distribution of' some birds in the taiga zone of western Siberia. Account based on actual observations and on bird collections of the Tomsk Univ. Twenty-four species are included with notes on earlier records and with dates and locations of present ones. DLC. 95883 GYNGAZOV, A.M. and others. Opyt aviaucheta vodoplavaiiishchikh pttis v uslovüakh poimy Obi. (In: Soveshchanie po geografli resursov vodoplavamshchikh phis v SSSR... 1965, pt.1, p.32-35, tables) In Russian. Other authors: A.D. Dubovik and I.P. Laptev. Title tr.: Aerial count of water birds in the Ob floodplain. The Tomsk University team used a YaK-12 plane to overfly nesting areas of water birds to make population counts. Rivers, lakes and swamp areas were more easily covered by plane than by ground expeditions. DLC. HAACK, P.M., see No. 95101, 95769 HAAVE, C.R., see No. 99194 95884 HAAVIO, M. Essais folkloristiques. Porvoo, Finland 1959. 270 p. illus. (Studia fennica v.8) Refs. In French, German, and English. Title tr.: Folkloristic essays. Includes discussions of supernatural beings 431

in Lappish and north Karelian tales, e.g. the Finnish forest spirit ihtiriekko is the bird tipper or epper to Låppisjärvi Lapps; the Voguls identify it with ltse, the ego-soul, and the Ostyaks the image- or shadow-soul. Beliefs in the aepparaf, the ghost or soul of a murdered child, are also popular in Norwegian Lapland, Finnmark, etc. Appended is a list of about 500 papers of 1920-1959 by this Finnish folklorist, of which a few deal with northern Ugrian peoples. DSI. HABGOOD, M., see No. 95410 95885 HABRICH, W. Siedlung and Besiedlung im Gebiet des Grossen Sklavensees. (Geographische Rundschau 1966. v.18, no.9, p.338-46, maps, illus) Refs. In German. English summary. 7rtle tr.: Settlement and colonization in the Great Slave Lake region. Describes settlements of this region from the time of the exploratory journey of Samuel Hearne, qv, in 1771. With the introduction of the fur trade, the economy of the Indians changed completely and the patterns of life and settlements were altered in consequence. Further change took place when gold was discovered in 1935 and Yellowknife began to boom. The post-war years brought other changes. Permanent settlements are growing as a result of the Mackenzie Highway and Great Slave Lake railroad. The Pine Point lead and zinc deposits also contributed to the growth of settlements. Yellowknife now has four thousand population and is the only urban center in the Northwest Territories. DLC. 95886 NADLEIGH-WEST, F. The Donnelly Ridge site and the definition of an early core and blade complex in central Alaska. (American antiquity 1967. v.32, no.3, p.360-82, map, h us) Refs. Discusses the lithic industry of the so-called Denali complex represented by four sites in the Tanana River basin: campus on the Univ of Alaska grounds near Fairbanks, two sites on the Teklanika River, and the Donnelly Ridge in the Alaska Range excavated by the author in 1964 (approx 63°46'N 145°48'W; 2675 ft above sea level). Some 1500 stone artifacts were recovered at Donnelly Ridge mostly from a depth of about 5-10' in unstratified moraine deposits. The artifacts, made mostly of gray chert, consist of microblade cores, core tablets, blades and microblades, biconvex bifacial knives, scrapers, burins, etc. Comparison with similar cultural manifestations in the American and Asiatic north shows closest analogies to sites in the Cis-Baykal region, e.g. Afontovo Gora, Verkholensk, and Krasnyy Yar and, par432

titularly, Ushki in Kamchatka. Bearers of the Denali culture originating in a hearth area west of Lake. Baykal entered Alaska before the final submergence of the Bering Land Bridge, i.e. prior to 10,000 BP. The so-called Koryak Corridor route along the Pacific seaboard of northern Asia may account for the cultural affinity between Ushki in Kamchatka and Denali in Alaska. CaMAI, DLC. 95887 HADLEIGH-WEST, F. A system of archaeological sites designation for Alaska. (American antiquity 1967. v.32, no.1, p.107-108) Suggests the use of a standard codifying scheme to solve the problem of geographical identification of sites. A system based on the 1:250,000 USGS topographic quadrangle map is discussed and an alphabetical list of 153 quadrangle names with recommended abbreviations presented. Three-letter abbreviations are preferred to preserve some semblance of the original place name. CaMAI, DLC. 95888 HAEFELI, R. Some results of the International Glaciological Expedition to Greenland, 1957-1960; concerning the rheological behaviour of snow and ice. (In: Intl. Conf. on Low Temp. Science; Physics of snow and ice... 1967, v.1, pt. 2, p.983-91, illus) 8 refs. Summarizes some results of tests, mainly of the plastic deformation of firn and ice under its own weight and external forces, made during the First International Glaciological Expedition to Greenland. Full reports on the investigations will be published in Meddelelser om GrØnland. DGS. 95889 HÅMET-AHTI, L. Tripleurospermum (Compositae) in the northern parts of Scandinavia, Finland and Russia. Helsinki 1967. 19 p. maps, tables, illus (Acta botanica fennica, no.75) 49 refs. Describes three subspecies of Tripleurospermum maritimum, here distinguished from T. inodorum; ssp phaeocephalum along and near the coast of the Arctic Ocean, Novaya Zemlya to Nordland district, ssp subpolare from northernmost Ural mts to the middle of Norway and a ssp maritimum ssp phaeocephalum hybrid in northern Fennoscandia and Kola Peninsula. The ecology and hybridization of this flowering plant are noted. CaMAI, DGS. 95890 HÄRME, M. and d. SIIVOLA. Plagioclase zoning in a gabbroic dike from Alatornio, northern Finland. (Suomen Geologinen Seura. Julkaisuja 1966, no.38, p.283-88, table, illus. Pub. as: Finland.

Geologinen Tutkimuslaitos. Bulletin no.222) 18 refs. Reports preliminary results of a study of zoned plagioclase from the chilled contact of a gabbroic dike, belonging to the igneous Haparanda suite, and intrusive in mica schist of Alatornio parish. The oscillatory variation of Ca-content was determined with an electron probe microanalyzer. Notes that the oscillation of hydrostatic pressure in the melt during crystallization is probably one of the primary factors in the formation of a zoned structure. DGS. HÄRME, M., see also No. 96301 95891 HASÄNEN, E. and J.K. MIET. TINEN. Gamma emitting radionuclides in subarctic vegetation during 1962-64. (Nature 1966. v.212, no. 5060, p.379-82, map, tables, illus) 18 refs. Reports results of analyses for K, Ma54, Cs137, Rulcb, and Sb125, in lichen, moss, birch, willow, and eleven annual vascular plants from stations in Finland, incl Lapland during these years of high fallout. Lichen, moss, and the annual horsetail form a high activity group. Uptake by aerial parts of vascular plants was more efficient than uptake by roots. Equisetum fluviatile was found to be a suitable indicator for Csi 37 content of freshwater biota. DLC. HASANEN, E., see also No. 96867, 98086 HAGBERG, S., see No 93647 HAGBERG, U.E., see No. 94733 HAGENSTAD, P.T., see No. 94962 HAGGE, D.E., see No. 93764 95892 HAGLUND, B. De fyra stora rovdjuren. (Skogs- och lantbruksakademien. Tidskrift 1968. v.107, no.3-4, p.134-49, In Swedish. graphs, map, tables, illus) English summary. Title tr. The four large beasts of prey. Reports study of food and kill habits of Sweden's major predators, the lynx, wolverine, bear, and wolf. Most of the bear's food is vegetal; lynx kills only for food, whereas wolverine often follows lynx to eat what remains of a kill. It is believed that there are now fewer than ten wolves in northern Sweden; reindeer and roe-deer make up most of kill in winter. DLC. Efter en rov95893 HAGLUND, B. viltundersökning. (Sveriges natur. Arsbok 1967. p.7-20, illus) In Swedish. Title tr.: After an investigation of beasts of prey.

Discusses the numbers and possible census of the larger predators, wolverine, lynx, bear, and wolf in Sweden, mostly in the less populated northern area. Each species has a different habit of kill. In the reindeer herds those over and under average age are the prey. Data are required on the roaming and eating habits of the four predators to establish the number needed for preservation of the species and for protection of their prey. For wildlife observation and control, snowscooter DLC. is recommended. 95894 HAGNER, S. Om fröproduktion, fröträdsval och plantuppslag i försök med naturlig föryngring. Stockholm, Skogshögskolan 1965. 43 p. tables, graphs, map. (Studia forestalls suecica no.27) 16 refs In Swedish. English summary. Title tr.: Yield of seed, choice of seed trees, and seedling establishment in experiments with natural regeneration. Summarizes the work in these experiments, differentiating between northern and southern conditions. Five of the trial stations are near or north of the Arctic Circle in Sweden. In the north on relatively high locations, the shelterwood Scots pine produced only a few hundred germinable seeds per tree per year. Many seeds from a single crop of cones of the Norway spruce were not shed until the second autumn after cone setting. Seed trees saved for regeneration purpose should be those with large amounts of cones rather than those of good size; the difference may reach 20-30% of the cone crop for both species. Ground scarification before seeding is found highly effective; growth may be only 1-2% on virgin ground but as much as 30-40% under favorable conditions on prepared soil. DLC. 95895 HAGSTRÖM, B. Protection of dam gates; gates with bottom seal above downstream water level. (International Assoc. for Hydraulic Research. 8th congress, Montreal 1959. Proceedings, v.3, 18-SI, 3p) If the gate structure, with surrounding masonry, forms a more or less enclosed chamber, dissipation heat from generators can be used to heat the gate by blowing hot air into the chamber. Usually special supplementary heating along lateral seals and at upper sections of lateral masonry is required to prevent ice from obstructing the return of the gate to its closed position. The lifting device should also be heated. DLC. 95896 HAINES, A.B. The walrus merman of the Arctic. (Frontiers 1960. v.25, no.1, p.25-27, illus) Reviews present knowledge of this valuable marine mammal incl its range, habits, and role in Eskimo life. Survival of the species is 433

in doubt, as the annual kill is twice its birth rate; its entire arctic population in 1960 was less than 50,000. DLC. 95897 HAJDÜ, P. Über die alten Siedlungsräume der uralischen Sprachfamilie. (Acta linguistica 1964. v.14, no.1-2, p.47-83, maps, tables) Refs. In German. Russian summary. Title tr. Ancient distribution areas of tribes belonging to the Uralic language family. Discusses the probable location of the ancestral homeland of the Uralian family and the formative center of its Finno-Ugrian branch on the basis of tree names in these languages. The spruce Picea, Siberian pine Pin us sibirica, fir Abies and other taiga trees known to all Uralian peoples suggest an origin in West Siberia between the lower Ob and the Pechora headwaters during the early or middle Holocene. The larch Larix and elm Utmus known only to the Fmno-Ugrian branch indicate a westward migration to the Ural-Kama region in the third millennium BC. Archeological evidence supporting author's palynological dating is included. DLC. 95898 HAKULINEN, L. Über die Bezeichnungen für den Körper. (Studia fennica 1965. v.12, p.5-15) Refs. In German. ?ide tr.: Names for the body. Etymologic study of words used for body and body parts, including Zyryan which differentiates the living and dead. DLC. 95899 HAKURA, Y. Entry of solar cosmic rays into the polar cap atmosphere. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.5, p.1461-72, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. Considers the mechanisms that differentiate the solar cosmic composition (protons, a-particles, and electrons) entering the polar cap atmosphere. Worldwide minimum radiofrequency records of 50 northern stations are used in a morphological study of the onset patterns of polar cap absorption events (PCA) owing to enhanced ionization of the atmosphere by penetrating solar particles. A typical solar-geophysical event of 16 Aug 1958, caused by solar flare of 3 intensity, which occurred simultaneously with a sudden ionospheric disturbance (SID) observed at Alert, is presented graphically. The results of this and similar observations are used to revise the St%rmer theory for charged particles penetrating into the distorted geomagnetic field. DLC. 95900 HAKURA, Y. and M. NAGAI. A lip-shaped pattern of auroral ionizations produced in association with elementary geomagnetic polar disturbances. (Japan. 434

Science Council. Report on ionosphere and space research in Japan 1965. v.19, no.4, p.519-20, graph, map) 3 refs. Discusses the spatial extent of the enhanced ionization area or that of the auroral particles precipitation into the polar ionosphere, which phenomenon suggests the scale of the neutral sheet in the geomagnetic tail, where the energetic electrons responsible for aurora may be produced. Magnetograms showing a typical isolated bay disturbance recorded at Hiraiso in Japan, and Healy in Alaska, and the associated auroral absorption of radio waves graph are given. It is noted that the dipole-field type electric current system is originated in a beautiful lip-shaped area of enhanced ionization formed along the auroral zone. DLC. 95901 HAKURA, Y. Tables and maps of geomagnetic coordinates corrected by the higher order spherical harmonic terms. (Japan. Science Council. Report of ionosphere and space research in Japan 1965. v.19, no.2, p.121-57, tables, graphs, maps) 5 refs. Presents a new coordinate system corrected for the displacement of landing points of the geomagnetic field lines by using the four spherical harmonic terms that follow the dipole term. The new coordinates are given for 2,486 points worldwide, incl principal geophysical observatories, 120 ionospheric vertical sounding, 52 VLF and whistler, 162 geomagnetic, 61 auroral, and 31 cosmic ray stations. Five world charts are presented with some examples to facilitate use of the tables for statistical analysis of various geophysical phenomena. This presentation is reviewed by I. Kondo (Comments on corrected geomagnetic coordinates proposed by Y. Hakura, in ibid 1965, v. 19, no.4, p515-18), who compares the Hakura coordinates with those presented by Kondo and Kodama at the Cosmic Ray Conference in London 1965. Cases are considered when the geomagnetic field parameters Lo, used by the latter, and Ro, used by Hakura, can be applied to the correction of geomagnetic coordinates in an analysis of the geophysical phenomena. DLC. 95902 HALL, E., comp Early Canada—a collection of historical photographs by officers of the Geological Survey of Canada. Ottawa 1967. 135 p. illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Miscell. Rep. 14) Contains an introductory note, biographical sketches of eleven survey geologists, and selected photographs taken 1873-1900's. Included are photos from northern Manitoba and Ontario by Robert Bell, Albert P. Low's studies in northern Quebec and Labrador, also from the cruise of the Neptune in

1903-1904, Joseph B. Tyrrell's work in northern Manitoba and the Klondike, R.G. McConnell's study of the Whitehorse copper belt and the Klondike gold field, etc. DOS. 95903 HALLAN, N. Kalvskinnet. (Norveg 1961. no.8, p.295-316, illus) 11 refs. In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: The calf skin. Discusses occurrences of this word among Norwegian place names. It may originally have represented holdings for which payments were made in calfskin, possibly in the 11th century. The best known Kalvskinnet is now a district within the city of Trondheim, but six places in northern Norway are known by that name. DLC. HALLIGAN, D.K., see No. 94702 HALLOWEL, A.I., see No. 99008 95904 HALMØ, K. Rapport om unders$kelser etter nye bliikveitefelter 1967. (Fiskets gang 1967. v.53, no.43, p.751-52) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Report on the 1967 search for new Greenland halibut fishing grounds. Discusses rise of this fishery since 1960 when line fishing from larger vessels began. The species, a deep-water fish, is commonly found near the bank edges in the Norwegian Sea. Its response to hydrographic conditions is largely unknown. It may be a food of the Greenland shark, and possibly it may be found along the bank edge west of VestDI. spitsbergen. 95905 HALTSONEN, S. Finnische linguistische and volkskundliche Bibliographie für die Jahre 1962-1964. (Studia fennica 1965. v.12, p.99-170) In German. Title tr.: Finnish linguistic and folkloristic bibliography for the years 1962-1964. Lists over 1500 works by author in these two fields. About 25% are on northern Finno-Ugrian peoples: Lapps, Zyryans, Ostyaks and Voguls. German or English translation of the titles and information on reprints, translations, and reviews are also given. An author index is appended. DLC. 95906 HAMELIN, L.E. Le centre d'6tudes nordiques de L'Universite Laval. (Culture 1967. v.28, p.169-73) In French. Describes the multi-disciplinary character of its staff and research projects, its museum of archeology, and some of its publications. Assistance from the provincial and federal governments, support and encouragement from individuals, future plans, etc are also CaMM. noted.

95907 HAMELIN, L.E. Classification generale des glaces flottantes. (Naturaliste canadien 1960. v.87, no.10, p.209-227, tables) Refs. In French. Title tr.: General classification of floating ice. Presents and briefly discusses a comprehensive classification of floating ice, based on origin of the ice, age, locale, and morphology. The detailed classification uses a three to seven-digit numerical system, and more than 300 types and sub-types are recognized and named in French. The author's classification is then compared in tabular form with two earlier systems: the 1954 Soviet classification in English translation and the WMO classification of 1957, in English. This table is useful for comparison of parallel nomenclature in English and French. DLC. 95908 HAMELIN, L.E. and J. LETARTE. Glaces de rive et haut estran, Ile d'Orleans, Canada; evolution depuis 1957. (Association francaise pour l'etude du Quaternaire. Bulletin 1966. no.2 (= annee 3, no.7), p.112-19, maps, table, illus) 18 refs. In French. Title tr. Ice on the shore and upper strand of the Ile d'Orleans, Canada; development since 1957. During eight yr, changes in micro-relief of the upper strand on the NW side of the island produced by floating ice, were studied by the use of marked boulders. The regional setting and ice conditions in the north arm of the St Lawrence, toward which the strand faced, are briefly described. Some of the boulders were driven deeper into the strand, others were disengaged by being frozen into ice and moved either by flood or ebb tides. Other boulders were introduced, presumably by ice in which they were rafted. Some boulders are striated by ice moved by the tide. Sediments are spaced around boulders as though forced out by movement of the boulder under control of ice floes. Pools (flarks) created by erosion or plucking of the vegetated strand by ice, form an intertidal terrain called (by A. Cailleux) a perforated marsh. Chunks of vegetated strand (schone) are plucked and rafted to new locations by floating ice. CaMAI, DGS. 95909 HAMELIN, L.E. and F.A. COOK. Le periglaciaire par l'image. Illustrated glossary of periglacial phenomena. Quebec 1967. 237 p. illus. 395 refs. (Laval Univ. Centre d'6tudes nordiques. Travaux et documents no.4) In French and English. Presents a glossary, with lengthy explanatory annotations and diags of approx 275 periglacial morphologic terms, a third of which are illus with photographs. Emphasis is on the phenomena, but processes are also 435

explained and discussed. A broad classification is used which divides the phenomena into those associated with ground ice, frost shattering, nivation, floating ice, fluvial features, eolian forms, patterned ground, solifluction, and congeliturbation. CaMAI, DGS. 95910 HAMELIN, L.E. and A. BUSSIERES. R6pertoire des travaux sur le nord publics par le Centre d'Etudes Nordiques et l'Institut de G6ographie de l'Universit6 Laval, 1953-1964. Quebec 1965. 42 p. map. (Laval Univ. Centre d'6tudes nordiques. Travaux divers no.8) In French. Title tr.: List of works on the North published by the Centre d'Etudes Nordiques and the Institut de G6ographie of Laval University 1953-1964. Included is a map showing southern limits of the area covered, also indexes by author, subject and location. CaMAI. HAMELIN, L.E., see also No. 94411 95911 HAMILTON, E.I. and K.S. SANDFORD. Rubidium-strontium ages from North-East Land, Spitsbergen. (Nature, Mar. 21, 1964. v.201, p.1208-1209, table, section) 5 refs. Determines the ages of the rocks at Nordaustlandet from biotite, muscovite, and feldspar samples, as ranging from 358 t 8 to 636 ± 20 MY, and that for the whole rock 581 ± 19 MY. It is concluded that the Caledonian type ages are represented by both metamorphic and granitic rocks, and older ages are preserved in a few structurally favorable areas. DLC. 95912 HAMILTON, E.L. Marine geology of abyssal plains in the Gulf of Alaska. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.16, p.4189-4213, tables, profiles, illus) Approx. 50 refs. Reports the results of two traverses made during the 1965 and 1966 US Navy Electronics Laboratory expeditions across the Gulf of Alaska, using the sparker type acoustic profiling system. A total output of 38,000 joules triggered simultaneously from two sound sources was sufficient to penetrate the sediment over the first prominent volcanic reflector. The reflections displayed a new geologic dimension that throws light on the stratigraphy and structure of the area, and on previous speculations and hypotheses about the marine geology of the Aleutian, Alaskan, and Tufts abyssal plains, and the Aleutian Trench. The thickness of sediments, hills, seamounts and ridges, and channel dimensions and characteristics were recorded, and the geomorphic and stratigraphic criteria 436

of the abyssal plain features are discussed. The geologic ages of the present Aleutian plain and trench, and the sediments are estimated. The evidence presented leads to the conclusion that the East Pacific rise in the Gulf of Alaska is in an advanced stage of rise evolution and has been quiescent since the Tertiary. DLC. HAMILTON, J.C., see No. 99651 95913 HAMILTON, T.D. Comparative glacier photographs from Northern Alaska. (Journal of glaciology 1965. v.5, no.40, p.479-87, maps, illus) Refs. French and German summary. Uses two sets of matching photographs, 1911 and 1962, to compare glacial features over this period in the Arrigetch Peaks section of the Brooks Range. Morainic ice cores evident in the earlier photos were probably formed in the late 19th c, when the second of two post-hypsithermal maxima occurred. Since 1911 general glacial recession and thinning is apparent, with the emergence of pronouced trim-lines and partial melting of ice cores beneath recent moraines. CaMAI, DWB, 95914 HAMILTON, T.E. Production, prices, employment and trade in Pacific Northwest Forest Industries. Portland, Ore., Pacific Northwest Forest and Range Experiment Station 1967. 26 p. graphs, tables. Presents data on lumber production and prices, employment in forest industries, trade in forest products, and other aspects of forest utilization in Alaska. Each quarterly issue has notes of topical interest. 1967 reports indicate a sharp growth of exports to Japan, but a fairly steady level of employment. DLC. 95915 HAMILTON, W.L. A change in the size-distribution of dust falling in the polar regions over the past fourteen centuries. (Polarforschung 1966. v.6, no.36, p.107-112, graphs, tables) Refs. Notes the size-distribution of dust particles 0.6-3 microns diam as measured in ice and snow samples from Greenland and Antarctica. The samples range from about 2 to almost 1400 yr in age. The shape of the average size distribution curve exhibits a pronounced change with time. This change is examined and its causes are discussed. The evidence does not rule out the possibility that the greater relative abundance of the submicron particles is related to increased man-caused air pollution. DLC. 95916 HAMILTON, W.L. and C. BULL. A comparison of the dust flux in the upper atmosphere and on the polar ice

sheets. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.10, p.2679-83, graphs) Refs. Compares the values of the flux of microparticles, falling from the atmosphere to the surface of the Greenland and Antarctic ice sheets, with the values of meteoric dust flux at 75-168 km altitude measured with rocker-borne samplers on days of meteor shower activity. A number of particles in specified volumes are counted in eight size intervals between 0.72 and 3.57p. diem. The dust concentration in ice cores from Site 2 on the Greenland ice sheet, at 2,000 m elevation and about 320 km east of Thule was found to vary cyclically with depth. These investigations should yield data on the origin of the dust that reaches the surface of the ice sheets, and on variation of the flux during considerable periods of the earth's recent DLC. history. 95917 HAMILTON, W.L. and C.C. LANGWAY, Jr. A correlation of microparticle concentrations with the oxygen isotope ratios in 700 year old Greenland ice. (Earth and planetary science letters 1968. v.3, no.4, p.363-66, graph, table) 9 refs. Study based on earlier work by others which demonstrated that vertical variations observed in sub-microscopic particle concentration in ice sheet accumulation are related to an annual pulse; that the average wavelength of the variation is approximately equal to the value of annual snow accumulation near this depth, and snow contains more microparticles in winter than in summer. The Coulter Counter technique was used to analyze a 1.29 m profile of a nearly 300 m deep ice core from Site 2, Greenland. A direct comparison of the particle concentration maxima and the isotope ratio minima indicates that winter snowfall contains many more dust particles than summer snowfall, although the two parameters are slightly out of phase. The dose agreement between the values for annual accumulation determined by the two techniques suggests that the Coulter Counter technique provides results which are compatible with the accepted oxygen isotope method of detecting annual accumulation strata in polar ice CaMAI, DGS. sheets. HAMMEL, H.T., see No. 100437 95918 HAMMER, M. Are low temperatures a species-preserving factor? illustrated by the oribatid mite Mucronothrus nasalis Willen. Lund, D.W.K. Gleerup 1965. 10 p. map, illus. (Lund. Univ. Acta, sectio 2, no.2) 20 refs. Discusses the small potential of geographic

spreading of this mite, its world distribution, incl southeast Greenland, arctic Scandinavia and high altitudes of the Andes, or around cold and glacier brooks in Europe and New Zealand. Historical-geological aspects are considered, as is a low temperature preference as possible explanation of this geographic DLC. distribution. 95919 HAMMOND, E.H. Classes of land-surface form in the United States. Washington, DC, U.S. Geological Survey 1966. 1 sheet. (National Atlas of the United States, sheet 64-61. 1:7,500,000) The separate sales edition of the Alaska sheet (no.64) includes the explanatory text (no.61). Four classes of landforms: plains, plains with hills or mountains, open hills and mountains, and mountains, are accompanied by additional classification of slope, local relief, and profile type. Other symbols indicate percentage of area covered by standing water or glaciers, and peaks, cones, crests, or DGS. escarpments. 95920 HANCOCK, D. Killer whales kill (Journal of and eat a minke whale. mammalogy 1965. v.46, no.2, p.341-42) Describes in detail the killing, on 26 May 1964 of a minke whale in Barkley Sound, Vancouver Island, by seven killer whales. Two of the latter were females with calf and kept a distance during the actual kill which was done underwater. Death of the minke was evidently caused by drowning. DLC. 95921 HANDFIELD, R.C. A New Lower Cambrian Archaeocyatha? (Journal of v.41, no.1, p.209-212, paleontology 1967. 3 refs. table, illus) Describes Acanthopyrgus yukonensis n g n sp from a Lower Cambrian limestone at 61°35'30"N. 128°11'W, in the Mackenzie Mts, Yukon Ten. The new fossil species has a segmented, porous, double-walled body. Whorls of spines occur between each segment. It is tentatively assigned to the Archaeocyatha. The association with the early Cambrian trilobite Serrodiscus sp. is also noteworthy, in that most North American archeocyathid faunas lack trilobites. DGS. HAND WEAVER AND CRAFTS95922 Qiviut from the musk ox. (Its. MAN. v.18, 1967. no.3, p.5-37, illus) Discusses the potential for production of qiviut, the winter undercoat of the musk ox. Efforts to domesticate the musk ox at the Univ of Alaska and in Vermont are described, and the method of obtaining the fiber explained. Selective breeding of the ox for specific fiber quality is being studied. Qiviut is extremely soft and fine and can be added to 437

other fibers such as merino to make lightweight garments suitable for sub-zero temCaMAI. perature. 95923 HANESSIAN, J., Jr. Expeditions (American Universities polaires frangaises. Field Staff. Reports service: polar area series 1960-63. v.1, no.1, p.1-26, graphs, map, illus) Reviews the work of Paul-Emile Victor and the French expeditions to Greenland 1948-53 (map). French participation in IGY is summarized and the Intl Greenland Glaciological Expedition of 1957-60 (EGIG) is described briefly. The Paris headquarters and staff of the Expeditions polaires frangaises are also DLC. described. 95924 HANESSIAN, J., Jr. A note on the polar regions; recent significant de(American Universities Field velopments. Staff. Reports service: polar area series 1960-63. v.3, no.2, p.1-32, maps) Reviews various definitions of the Arctic and outlines the main characteristics of the arctic environment, the problems of sovereignty, defense and development. One section deals with the use of nuclear power in DLC. the Arctic. 95925 HANNA, G.D. The great Alaska earthquake of 1964. (Pacific discovery 1967. v.20, no.3, p.25-30, illus) Changes caused by this earthquake in the natural environment, as a result of uplift or subsidence, subaerial and submarine sliding and their associated tidal waves, and disruption of intertidal zone life are emphasized here. A plane from which to measure the amount of such movements was offered in the former mean high tide line, to which barnacles had grown up and the black lichen Verrucaria had grown down. Land plants and algae will repopulate their respective life zones relatively quickly, but animal dwellers in the intertidal zone will require a much DLC. longer time. HANNELL, F.G., see No. 93688 HANSEN, B.L. and C.C. LANG95926 WAY, Jr. Deep core drilling in ice and core analysis at Camp Century, Greenland, 1961-1966. (Antarctic journal of the United States 1966. v.1, no.5, p.207-208, illus) Summarizes results of drilling program carried out by US Army CRREL at Camp Century. Cores were recovered during the 1960-61, 1962, 1963, and 1964 seasons; the interface at the bottom of the ice cap at 1387.4 m depth was reached in 1966. DLC. 438

HANSEN, B.L., see also No. 97318 95927 HANSEN, H.J. Rana Grubers (Tidsskrift for kjemi, oppredningsverk. bergvesen og metallurgi 1966. v.26, no.3, p.45-49, illus) In Norwegian. English sumTitle tr.: The Rana Mines' ore mary. preparation. Discusses the problems of beneficiating low-grade magnetite/hematite ore from these mines in northern Norway. The processing consists of autogenous grinding, spiral concentration, magnetic separation, and flotation. The new plant is described. About half its capacity is supplied by the Rana mines, the rest by ore from Sydvaranger and elsewhere. The tailings, pumped into the Ranafjord, could be used as fill along the strand. DLC.

HANSEN, H.P., see No. 93626 95928 HANSEN, K. The general limnology of arctic lakes as illustrated by examples from Greenland. KØbenhavn, Reitzel 1967. 78 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. (Meddelelser om GrØnland, v.178, no.3) 57 refs. Presents a selection of the work of Ulrik RØen on the limnology of arctic lakes carried out during his three-yr term as head of the Arctic Station, Godhavn, the first comprehensive study of such lakes continuously throughout the year. Sixteen are considered, three on the east coast, six on the west and seven on Disko Island. The characteristics and general biota of each lake are described; data are given on the hydrography, optical conditions, oxygen conditions and ice cover; the chemical composition is tabulated. The electrical conductivity of the water is compared with that of lakes in Denmark, Austria and Norway. The flora and fauna of the lakes is shown by tabulation of species, of which nearly 300 are represented. The bottom sediments of the lakes are described and predominant minerals tabulated. Observations indicate that deep lakes in northern Greenland are oligotrophic; the shallow lakes, however, show up to 65% eutrophy. The place of these lakes in Thienemann's system of lake DLC. types is assessed. 95929 HANSEN, P. Den atlantiske laks (GrØnland 1966, i grønlandske farvande. no.5, p.153-62, illus) In Danish. 7 refs. Tytte k:: Atlantic salmon in Greenland waters. Reports increase in Greenland salmon fisheries from 55 tons in 1960 to 1400 tons in 1964, or about 20% of the world catch. About 90 marked salmon caught off Greenland, 1960-65, indicate these waters as a feeding

ground for fish originating in N America and Europe. CaMAI, DLC. 95930 HANSEN, P.M. and F. HERMANN. Fisken og havet ved Grenland. København, Reitzel, 1953. 128 p. graphs, maps, table, illus. (Denmark. Danmarks fiskeri og havundersøgelser. Skrifter no.15) 80 refs. In Danish. Title fr.: Fish and the sea near Greenland. Discusses variations in the sea water, the recent increase in fish population off West Greenland and the significance of the fishing industry in Greenland's development of a money economy. The influence of the warm Gulf Stream and Irminger Current and the cold East Greenland and East Canada Currents, the resulting water stratifications and areal distribution off southeast and West Greenland are explained. Measurements of temperature, salinity, and currents are shown and related to the abundance of fish. Cod, the most important, live only where water is 1°C or above. The curve of June temperatures over Fylles Bank and other spawning grounds is directly related to the harvest of fish over the years. Changing seasonal temperatures vary with depth from place to place and with current influences. Seasonal overturning of water brings to the surface layers the phosphate and nitrogen vital to the rich flora and indirectly to the abundant fuana of northern seas. Increases in influential oceanic temperatures in the past quarter century have caused the withdrawal of arctic animals. Greenlanders no longer get food, clothing, and tools from the animal catch but must sell fish on the world market. This change to fishing as the primary occupation is a major factor for their modern development. The export tonnages of salt cod, frozen cod fillets and halibut are highest and deep sea shrimp are the leading market fish. Processing of fish products at several coastal locations is briefly mentioned. Graphs show the relative production of the West Greenland ports, the percentage of world catch at these locations, and the catch by various nations whose fishing fleets operate off Greenland. An index list of 25 important fish is given in Danish, Greenlandic, Faroese common and Latin scientific names. DLC. 95931 HANSEN, W.R. The Alaska earthquake of 1964. (Nature 1967. v.215, no.5099, p.348-5I, map, table) 18 refs. Discusses the long term effects of the earthquake on activities of man and the $311 million damage from destruction of port, highway, and railroad facilities, buildings and public facilities. Landslides caused the greatest damage to man-made structures and property; sea waves took the most lives. The

total biological effects will not be known for many years. In addition to the immediate wholesale extermination of marine organisms, freshwater fish and their eggs and fry, environmental disturbances have affected nesting habitats of shore birds, bottom dwellers such as fish and clams, and marshlands and meadows. Geophysical data on the shocks, the accompanying changes in level with resulting slides and tsunamis, and atmospheric effects are also noted. DGS. 95932 HANSEN, W.R. and others. The Alaska earthquake March 27, 1964: field investigations and reconstruction effort an introduction to the story of a great earthquake — its geologic setting and effects, the field investigations, and the public and private reconstruction efforts. Washington, DC 1966. 111p. maps, tables, illus. Refs. (US. Geological Survey. Professional paper no.541) Other authors: E.B. Eckel, W.E. Schaem, R.E. Lyle, W. George and G. Chance. Presents an explanatory, non-technical account, with color illus and maps, of this earthquake, its geologic setting, duration, related tectonic changes, damage and effects on various communities. Effects reviewed include those upon land, the sea-floor, flora, fauna, the atmosphere and magnetic fields. Investigations carried out by the US Geological Survey after the earthquake are reviewed, and the activities and recommendations of the Scientific and Engineering Task Force are described and evaluated in detail. The effects of the abrupt early termination of the Reconstruction Commission and its task forces are discussed. Immediate cleanup operations are described and illus, and long-term reconstruction projects outlined for the various stricken communities incl native villages. The work is also intended to serve as a general introduction to the entire series of US Geological Survey professional papers dealing comprehensively with all aspects of the earthquake and abstracted under their authors' names in this Bibliography. DGS. 95933 HANSON, L.G. Bedrock geology of the Rainbow Mountain area, Alaska Range, Alaska. Juneau 1963. 82 p. maps, tables, illus. (Alaska. Division of Mines and Minerals. Geologic report no.2) 36 refs. MS thesis, Univ. of Alaska. Describes the major rock units of the area, pre-Mississippian low-grade metamorphics associated with quartz diorite gneiss representing a sheared and partially recrystallized pluton; 5600 ft of McCallum Creek and 8000 ft of Rainbow Mountain beds composed of graywacke-like detrital rocks, andesitic and 439

dacitic tuffs and volcanic breccias, a few andesite flows and subordinate fossiliferous limestone. Separate systems of dikes and sills and a hornblende granodiorite pluton which intrudes the Carboniferous sedimentary rocks and andesites are also described. There is evidence of at least four major and distinctive cycles of deformation. Sulfide mineralization, although limited, occurs in several concentrations which warrant further investigation. Paleontologic data are tabulated. DGS. HANSON, M.L., see No. 94225 HANSON, S.Å., see No. 95112 95934 HANSON, W.C. Cesium-137 body burdens in Alaskan Eskimos during the summer of 1965. (Science, 29 July 1966, v.153, p.525-26. tables) 9 refs. cf. No. 87714, 87716, 87717. Studies all available residents of Anaktuvuk Pass on 23-24 July and 24 Aug. Cesium-137 body burdens of the residents were essentially constant during the period and about 30% lower than in 1964. The max value found was in a man with body burden of 1710-1740 nc Cs137. The Cs137 in caribou flesh closely parallels the trend of body burdens of the residents. Values obtained in 1965 are consistent with the gradual increase of Cs137 in lichens, caribou and people at Anaktuvuk Pass since 1962. The inconsistently higher value in 1964 is attributed to an unusual migration pattern in caribou during the DGS. previous winter. 95935 HANSON, W.C. and others. Concentration and retention of fallout radionuclides in Alaskan arctic ecosystems. (In: Intl. Symposium on Radioecological Concentration Processes, Stockholm 1966. Proceedings pub 1967. p.233-45, tables) 28 refs. Other authors: D.G. Watson and R.W. Perkins. Reports on a study to define radionuclide cycling rates and routes at Anaktuvuk Pass, by three radiological methods, viz: multidimensional and conventional radiochemical analyses for 16 fallout radionuclides in samples of the food chain, measurement of the biological half-time tracer amounts of Sr85 and Cs134 applied to a natural lichen community, and definition of the effective halftime of Cs137 in Eskimos removed from their normal diet of caribou and Dall sheep meat. Among other conclusions it is noted that Agrtom is reported for the first time in terrestrial biota; Cst 34 continued to decline during 1962, as did Mg54, another tracer originating with nuclear weapons tests; that snow cover prevents fallout deposition on 440

lichen species, with the exception of Cornicularia divergens, which grows on windswept ridges; Cs137 concentrations in all lichen species tend to increase with time regardless of snow cover, suggesting a preferential retention from snow melt; preliminary results of Cs137 half-life study in Eskimos on a modified diet gave mean values of 40 days for children, 52 days for minors, and 64 days for adults. DLC. 95936 HANSON, W.C. Radioecological concentration processes characterizing arctic ecosystems. (In: Intl. Symposium on Radioecological Concentration Processes, Stockholm 1966. Proceedings pub 1967. p.183-91, graphs, table) 48 refs. Radionuclides, originating mostly as fallout from nuclear weapons tests, but with those naturally occurring of K and Ra as an important component, occur widely in the Arctic, associated with the lichen-caribou (reindeer)-man food chain. Fallout deposition at 60° - 70°N latitude is about r/2-1/4 that of the temperate regions. Lichens are by far the most efficient accumulators of both natural and artificial fallout radionuclides. The seasonal variation of Cs137 body burdens in Anaktuvuk Pass Eskimos lags behind that of caribou, with maxima in early July, 1-2 months after use of spring-killed caribou, minima during winter months following use of fall-killed caribou which have fed on fresh green vegetation during the summer. Concentration processes of Sr90 and Cs137 in arctic flora, herbivores, carnivores and humans, are here discussed on the basis of studies in Finland, Sweden and Alaska. Other radionuclides identified in arctic human populations include Na 22, Fe55, Co60 CS134 and p02 to.

. DLC

HANSON, W.C., see also No. 98827 HANSSON, L, see No. 93559 HARANG, L. and K. MALM95937 JORD. Determination of drift movements of the ionosphere at high latitudes from radio star scintillations. Oslo 1961. 12 p. graphs. (Norske videnskaps-akademi. Geofysiske publikasjoner v.23, no3) 6 refs. Observes scintillations in the radio noise emission from the Cassiopeia source on 45 Mc/s, recorded at three stations making a right-angle triangle with bases of 600 m at Tromso close to the auroral zone. The observations show that the characteristic reversal of the N-S component is explained if a uniform drift towards W is assumed, and that the diffraction pattern on the ground consists of strongly elongated ellipses with their major axes directed along the pro-

jections of geomagnetic field lines seen from the radio source. The hypothesis that the scintillations are due to elongated blobs aligned along the geomagnetic field is supported. The drift speed of the blobs westward was found to be of the order of 400-600 m/s. DLC. 95938 HARANG, L.M. and R. LARSEN. Observations of enhanced radiation in the kc/s-band (5 and 8 kc/s) during auroral and geomagnetic disturbances. (In: NATO. Advanced Study Inst. 1963. Natural electromagnetic phenomena below 30 kc/s, 1964, p.143-56, graphs) 10 refs. Discusses observation data of naturally occurring electromagnetic radiation in the audio-frequency range. In the regions near the auroral zones this electromagnetic radiation may be separated into two components: a certain level of hiss which may vary from day to day with time of year and place of observation, and sudden bursts of enhanced radiation which may last from minutes to hours. Observations at Tromsø on geomagnetic disturbances, riometric records (28 Mc/sec), and auroral forms recorded on an all-sky camera are discussed. The appearance of enhanced very low frequency radiation on 8 kc/sec has been noted during auroral displays and geomagnetic storms. The flux of the bursts was found to be 10-16 watt/m2c. DLC. 95939 HARANG, O. and H. FETTERSEN. Variation in width of the Ha line in aurora. (Planetary and space science 1967. v.15, no.10, p.1599-1603, graphs) Refs. Reports the observations of the auroral spectral line Ha at Tromsø Dec 1966-Mar 1967. During 13-14 Dec and 1-2 Feb very narrow profiles of Ha were observed when their half width was gradually decreased from about 18Å to less than 5Å in about 1 hr, indicating relatively intense showers of low energy protons and continuous variation in the energy spectrum. Five Ha profiles obtained on 1 Feb are presented in histograms and compared with the profile of a night sky spectrum of the same spectral region obtained 12-13 Mar. It is shown that the narrow Ha were not due to galactic emissions. Histograms of Ha and of Ha profiles corrected for contamination by hydroxyl are given. DLC. 95940 HARDMAN, W.H. and G.M. SOUTHWARD. Sampling the commercial catch and use of calculated lengths in stock composition studies of Pacific halibut. Seattle, Wash. 1965. 32 p. tables, illus. (International Pacific Halibut Commission. Report no.37) 8 refs.

Since 1933, when sampling of commercial landings of halibut began as part of the Commission's investigation of stock composition, various methods have been tried for obtaining representative samples of fish lengths. The most recent development is a method of sampling which uses the relationship between body length and otolith radius demonstrated by G.M. Southward (cf No 75843). In this paper, the validity of such calculated lengths is demonstrated and the method is described using examples from Portlock Bank and Shumagin Islands, Gulf of DI. Alaska. HARDMAN, W.H., see also No. 95013 95941 HARE, F.R. Dynamic climatology: the larger scales of atmospheric motions. (In: Intl. Biometeorological Congress, 4th... 1967. p.21-27, graphs, maps) Refs. Discusses certain features of the circumpolar mean atmospheric circulation and its relationship to biotic zones. Maps show zonal subdivisions of vegetation in Labrador-Ungava and the zonation of the boreal foresttundra zone in the Northern Hemisphere. Fourier analysis suggests a resemblance between biotic zones and the long wave structure of the stratospheric westerlies. DWB. HARE, F.K. Recent climato95942 logical research in Labrador-Ungava. (Cahiers de geographic de Quebec 1966. v.10, no.19, p.5-12, illus) 18 refs. Outlines recent research in this field since 1950. Hydrologic studies indicate that precipitation is considerably in excess of that shown in standard climatological atlases. Studies of the heat-moisture balance are summarized. The peninsula is described as having, for its latitude, the harshest climate on earth, an ideal laboratory for the dynamic climatologist. Recent studies of airflow patterns indicate that cyclones from the south and southwest are crucial elements in producing the snow accumulation required for genesis of continental glaciation in this region. DLC. HARE, F.K. Stratospheric dy95943 (Royal Meteonamics north of 40°N. rological Society. Quarterly journal 1965. v.91, no.390, p.417-20, illus) 11 refs. Presents evidence for the view that in the stratosphere-mesosphere system a kinetic energy increase of the order of 101Ø mb-1 seems to continue throughout winter until abruptly reversed during the final warming. This probably arises from the presence of generating mechanisms within the polar-night 441

westerlies. The role of wave disturbances in this connection is considered. The need for DWB. further research is emphasized. 95944 HARGRAVE, M.R. Changing settlement patterns amongst the Mackenzie Eskimos of the Canadian northwestern Arctic. (Albertan geographer 1965-66, no.2, p.25-30, map) 17 refs. Traces the changes in settlement patterns from the 16th century to the present. A map shows 14 settlements now abandoned and six contemporary settlements in an area from the Alaska border to Banks Island. The influence of modern technology on traditional Eskimo economic and social patterns is discussed. The present large settlements are not considered economically viable, and the combination of high fecundity and limited employment is considered extremely serious. CaMAI, CaOGB, DLC. 95945 HARGREAVES, J.H. Auroral motions observed with riometers: movements between stations widely separated in longitude. (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1967. v.29, no.9, p.1159-64, illus) Refs. Inspects riometric records for Dec 1965, Mar, Apr, and June 1966 in a statistical study of the occurrence of auroral radio-absorption between Great Whale River and Reykjavik, and Great Whale River and College. The riometer traces on the record tapes are analyzed, showing that the auroral movements originate about local midnight, move both east and west at about 4°long/min, and finish at about 14 hr LT. Each auroral absorption feature propagates over at least 80° or 90° of geomag long, those moving on a global scale with eastward velocities different from the western velocities, each being of the order of tens of km/s at the equatorial DLC. plane. 95946 HARGREAVES, J.K. and R.D. SHARP. Electron precipitation and ionospheric radio absorption in the auroral zones. (Planetary and space science 1965. v.13, no.12, p.1171-83, table, graphs, map) 22 refs. Russian summary. Compares auroral absorption of radiowaves measured with riometers at six stations, including Frobisher Bay and Great Whale River, with the flux of energetic particles detected simultaneously 30 Oct - 3 Nov 1963 by an oriented polar satellite in a nearly circular orbit passing overhead at 300 km altitude. The absorption and the particle flux are found to be correlated, the relation depending on the time of the day. Electron density and absorption profiles are given in graphs. DLC. 442

95947 HARGREAVES, J.K. and P.C. COWLEY. Studies of auroral radio absorption events at three magnetic latitudes, 1, occurrence and statistical properties of the events. (Planetary and space science 1967. v.15, no.10, p.1571-83, graphs, tables, illus) 31 refs. Russian summary. Reports the absorption of cosmic radio noise with riometers situated at three pairs of magnetically conjugate stations: South PoleFrobisher Bay in the polar cap regions, Byrd-Great Whale River in auroral zones, and Eights-Baie St Paul in sub-auroral regions. The geographic distribution, statistical properties and effects associated with increased magnetic activity of the absorption events are derived. Events occurring in a diurnal pattern are found to have two maxima; the pattern changes with latitude and level of planetary magnetic activity. The night-time events coincide with the distribution of precipitation bursts of 10 Key electrons. The enhanced periods of the absorption lasting several days appear to be related to the passage of a sector DLC. of the solar wind across the earth. HARGREAVES, J.K., see also No. 94564, 94566 95948 HARING, R.C. Applications of community economic base research in Alaska. (In: Alaskan Science Conference 1966 pub. 1967, p.15-19) 12 refs. Defines an economic base study, distinguishes it from other economic evaluations, and discusses the difficulties of making such studies in the Alaskan context. The necessary kinds of information required are outlined, and suggestions made for both demand- and supply-oriented studies. The risks of decline and the weaknesses of local business conditions are viewed as important aspects. Three areas of further research are proposed: inventories of the stock of wealth in communities, other than items noted in the official census; studies of hidden unemployment; and investigations into the process of economic motivation in Alaskans. CaMAI. 95949 HARINGTON, C.R. The bear behind the paw. (Beaver 1966. v.297, no.2, p.14-15, illus) Discusses the theory that polar bears camouflage their black snouts with a paw when stalking seals. Several authorities are quoted, incl Father Bullard, Peter Freuchen CaMAI, DLC. and Dr. Kare Rodahl. HARINGTON, C.R., see also No. 99168

95950 HARLAND, W.B. Early history of the North Atlantic Ocean and its margins. (Nature 1967. v.216, no.5114, p.464-66, maps) 24 refs. Reviews the idea that the Atlantic Ocean was formed in late geological time and replies to J.T. Wilson, qv. The distinctive feature of Wilson's hypothesis is the postulate of a proto-Atlantic ocean basin in Lower Paleozoic time alongside the North Atlantic geosyncline. The author considers that this feature of Wilson's hypothesis does not seem to be supported by the evidence he gave, but it may well anticipate appropriate new data to support some part of it. DLC.

95951 HARLAND, W.B.

Proverka faktami teorii mobilizma. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'naiä geologiia 1967, no.10, p.71-98, maps) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. Drift theory tested by facts. Presents a paper based on two lectures by Harland concerning the hypothesis of continental drift. The history of this theory, basic

criteria, transfer of poles, and other features are summarized. Concrete cases in agreement with the hypothesis are considered, using geologic data on Greenland, Spitsbergen, and other areas of the Arctic and North Atlantic. DLC. 95952 HARLAND, W.B. The tectonic evolution of the Arctic-North Atlantic region. (Royal Society of London. Philosophical transactions 1965. Ser. A, v.258, n.1088, p.59-75, maps) 24 refs. Outlines a new theory relating the history of crustal movements in a limited area in the light of stratigraphic, structural, paleomagnetic and geophysical evidence. The evidence is discussed from the present backward in time, with a series of maps showing the present distribution of continents and reconstructions of continents in earlier periods, with special reference to the relation between Spitsbergen and Greenland. DGS. 95953 HARPER, A.E. and Q.R. ROGERS. Effect of amino acid imbalance on rats maintained in a cold environment. (American journal of physiology 1966. v.210, no.6, p.1234-38, table, graphs) 13 refs. Imbalance produced by including in the diets amino acid mixture equal in quantity to that of casein they contained, depressed the food intake and growth in rats kept at 23.5°C, but not in those kept at 7°C. Further additions of amino acids depressed the food intake and growth also in the 7°C group. The latter chose a protein-free diet over an imbalanced diet. DLC.

95954 HARRINGTON, R. Spitsbergen — Norway's arctic outpost. (Canadian geographical journal 1967. v.74, no.6, p.206-213, map, illus) A brief account of the author's visit to Svalbard aboard the Norwegian steamer Lyngen. The northernmost point reached was 80°N and various ports of call are described, incl Ny Ålesund, with the northernmost hotel in the world, open for 10 weeks annually. The coal industry is also mentioned and illus. CaMAI, DLC. 95955 HARRINGTON, R.F. Eulachon and the grease trails of British Columbia. (Canadian geographical journal 1967. v.74, no.1, p.28-31, map, illus) Notes that each year about mid-March, millions of Thaleichthys Facifrcus, member of the smelt family enter the Nass River from tidal water in Fishery Bay. It enters streams farther south as the season progresses. Its distribution ranges from Klamath River in northern California northward to the Bering

Sea. The only commercial returns reported recently are from Fraser River, but earlier the eulachon was of great importance in the Indian economy and the reason for two trails. One left the Nass at the upper limit of canoe navigation, crossed into Kitwancool valley, thence to Skeena River; the other followed the Kispiox River down to Indian villages in that region. Both were known as grease trails because the fat obtained from the fish formed an important item of Indian diet. The annual influx of Indians into the fishing grounds, their method of fishing and of obtaining the fat are described, as is their difficulty transporting it home. CaMAI, DLC. HARRIS, A.K., see No. 94136 95956 HARRIS, A.S. Small mammals and natural reforestation in southeast Alaska. Portland, Ore., Pacific Northwest Forest and Range Experiment Station 1968. 7 p. graphs, illus. (US. Forest Service. Research note PNW-75) Refs. Presents data on small mammal populations in a cut-over area and adjoining forest on Prince of Wales Island over a 9-yr period. The study shows that Peromyscus preferred the timbered land, but Microtus and Sorex were more plentiful on the cut land. However, the mammals did not adversely affect regeneration of Sitka spruce on the cutover plot. DLC. HARRIS, K.E., see No. 98313 HARRIS, S.E., see No. 97750 443

95957 HARRIS, W. Salmon fishing in Alaska; how and where. New York, A.S. Barnes 1967. 143 p. illus. Describes this sport mainly in southeastern Alaska. Species, average and record sizes, fishing equipment and areas, especially Ketchikan, are discussed. DLC. 95958 HARRISON, A.E. Alaskan glacier surges. (Alaska sportsman 1967. v.33, no.8, p.14-16, illus) Describes the sudden transport of a large volume of ice from the upper regions of a glacier to its terminus. This occurs when the ice flow into an area exceeds the outflow plus the melting. A zone of thickening ice is created which moves down the glacier like a wave. The ice behind the wave remains in compression and continues to thicken. During a surge, however, tension pulls the ice along in the wake of the maximum velocity zone and the glacier surface behind the surging ice may drop several hundred feet. Ice and wave velocities are usually 100-200 ft/day during surges. As the surge nears its end, compression may produce a 200-ft wall of ice moving rapidly down the glacier. Glacier surges seem only to occur in young, high, still rising mountains of the world, Alaska's being the best known. Muldrow Glacier, on Mt McKinley which surged 1956-57, is analyzed as a study in glacier surges. The US Geological Survey reported a record of 13 Alaskan surges during the summer of 1966. DLC. 95959 HARRISON, A.E. Ice surges on the Muldrow Glacier, Alaska. (Journal of glaciology 1964. v.5, no.39, p.365-68, table, illus) Presents maps of surface debris patterns and tabulated data which document a major surge on this glacier during 1956-57. Wave and mass velocities are indicated and the mechanism of flow discussed. Morainic patterns indicate that at least four surges have occurred on this glacier in the last 200 yr. CaMAI, DWB. HARRISON, D., see No. 96401 95960 HARRISON, J.D. Measurement of brine droplet migration in ice; interim report. (Journal of applied physics 1965. v.36, no.12, p.3811-15) Migration of NaCI, KF, and KI droplets through ice was measured in the temperature interval from -6 to 0°C in the presence of a 15°C/cm thermal gradient. Normally the droplets increased in velocity and size as they approached the ice-water interface. A 30 microns-diam droplet migrating at 0.3 microns/sec at -5°C would be 65 microns in

diam and migrating at 1.2 microns/sec at -1/2°C. Special phenomena observed were droplet elongation, diagonal migration, and constant-velocity migration. DLC. 95961 HARRISON, J.D. Solute transpiration pores in ice; interim report. (Journal of applied physics 1965. v.36, no.1, p.326-27) In the course of a recent study, ice was grown by progressive freezing of samples of water containing various solutes at different concentrations. Liquid-filled pores, here named solute transpiration pores, were frequently observed in ice which was not as sound as freshwater ice but not as cellular as sea ice. The characteristic of the solute transpiration pores is set forth by describing the morphologically similar brine drainage channels and elongated bubbles and followed by a description of the occurrence, form, and functioning of the pores themselves. DLC. HART, J.S., see No. 99801 95962 HARTIGAN, H. Jointly sponsored `Planning for Tomorrow' course is held. (Alaska's health and welfare, June 1966. v.23, p.4-6, illus) Reports second of these homemaker's schools held in the village of Nulato. Factors necessitating this project, its objectives of educating preadolescent and adolescent small groups in nursing, homemaking, nutrition, hygiene, etc, and its organization are disCaMAI. cussed. HARTSOCK, J.K., see No. 94844 95963 HARTWEG, R. La dentition des Esquimaux de l'Ungava et des Indiens Wabemakustewatsh de la cede orientale de la bale d'Hudson. Quebec 1966. 156 p. graphs, map, illus. (Laval Univ. Centre d'etudes nordiques. Travaux divers no.13) Refs. In French. Title tr.: Dentition of the Eskimos of Ungava and the Wabemakustewach Indians of the east side of Hudson Bay. Reports investigation of the dental arch, misplacement and congenital absence of teeth, congenital irregularities of early formation and growth, articulation of the incisors, wearing down of the crowns, anatomy of the incisors, structure of the molars, time of appearance of the permanent teeth, wisdom teeth, and dental pathology. The dentition of the Eskimos examined is characterized by a large and wide dental arch, large teeth, frequent misplacement of the incisors and canines, and numerous spaces between the teeth. The tips of upper and lower incisors generally meet directly when

the jaws close, resulting in rapid and intense abrasion of the crowns. 27.19% showed congenital lack of wisdom teeth (31.15% for men, 22.64% for women). The three molars are generally of equal volume; they consistently present underdeveloped characteristics, in more than half the cases there are five tubercles on the second lower molar. Caries, formerly unknown among Eskimos, makes advances as the traditional diet is abandoned and causes rapid destruction of the crowns. The Wabemakustewach Indians are similar to the Eskimos in general anatomy and in details of the upper and lower jaws. CaMAI. 95964 HARTWEG, R. Deux missions dans l'Arctique canadien. (Soci€t6 des Am6ricanistes. Journal 1966. v.55, no.2, p.644-45) 5 refs. In French. Title tr. Two expeditions to the Canadian arctic. Preliminary report on 1964 and 1966 fieldwork in physical anthropology; the first involved Eskimo groups in the Hudson Strait and NE Hudson Bay region of Ungava and a Swampy Cree Indian group at Great Whale River; the second, in the Igloolik region, included also studies in nutrition and effects of dietary acculturation, i.e. increase of dental caries in Eskimos. DSI. HARTWIG, A.E., see No. 97361 95965 HARTZ, T.R. The general pattern of auroral particle precipitation and its implications for high latitude communication systems. (In: NATO Inst. on Ionospheric Radio Communications in the Arctic. Proceedings 1967 pub 1968. p.9-32, graphs, map, illos) 28 refs. Considers the auroral-associated disturbances of the upper atmosphere, and particularly, the anomalous ionization of the ionosphere, from a gross statistical point of view, aiming to establish a relationship between auroral activity and ionospheric radio communications in the Arctic. The geographic regions in which the phenomena are most prevalent are indicated, and the latitudinal and diurnal variations of the ionospheric parameters are summarized. The relevance of the corpuscular precipitation pattern to a particular radio communication system in two dissimilar geographic zones is discussed, and the importance of these zones for radio communications pointed out. The two general factors of the propagation medium are radio-wave absorption, important in the diffuse zone and at the lower altitudes, and ionization irregularities, of greatest effect in the discrete zone at heights above 100 km. CaMAI, DLC.

HARWOOD, T.A., see No. 99197 HASEGAVA, M., see No. 95407 95966 HASELTON, G.M. Glacial geology of Muir Inlet, Southeast Alaska. Columbus, Ohio 1965. 34 p.+ 16 p. illus. (Ohio. State Univ. Inst. of Polar Studies. Report no.18) Reports results of 1963-64 field studies in this area to ascertain its recent glacial history, using morphologic evidence and radiocarbon dating. The late Pleistocene deposits examined are divided into six units. The earliest is a highly fossiliferous marine clay dated 10,000 yr BP and occurs up to 59 m above msl. The remainder are mainly tills, gravels and lacustrine deposits, a detailed stratigraphy of which is presented. Recent deglaciation of the area is described, incl morphologic features resulting therefrom. The sequence of glacial events from late Wisconsin time are summarized; this includes at least two major advances, the latest of which possibly took place between 1000 BC and the 18th c AD. Changes in sea level are also indicated. Correlations for the stratigraphy are shown and the features illus include interstadial stumps in position, crag and tail, outwash, grooved till and deformation of DGS. silts. 95967 HASHIMOTO, S. and others. Glaciological studies of the Antler glacier, Alaska. (Hokkaido Univ, Sapporo. Faculty of Science. Journal 1966. Ser. IV: geology and mineralogy. v.13, no.3, p.237-56, graphs, map, tables, illus) 8 refs. Other authors: H. Shimizu and K. Nakamura. A study of the ogives on Antler glacier was one part of the program of the Hokkaido University Alaskan Glacier Expedition 1964. The Antler is an arm of Gilkey glacier, northern Juneau Ice Field. Ogives occupy the main stream of the glacier for about 2 km directly below the ice fall; beyond this region the ogive patterns are very faint and surficial. An inactive region with greatly retarded movement lies on one side of a median moraine. Each region is marked by distinctive texture and foliation of the ice. Dirt is concentrated on the crests of the upper part of the ogives, contrary to the general theory that dirt bands result from washing or blowing down of the dirt. It appears that concentration of dirt depends on the texture of the ice which in turn is a surficial expression of the internal structure of the glacier, produced by the stress distribution in the ice. Ogive formation mechanisms may differ in different glaciers, depending upon such factors as scale, rate of flow and ice fall DGS. height. 445

95968 HASLE, G.R. Nitzschia and Fragilariopsis species studied in the light and electron microscopes; 1, some marine species of the groups Nitzschiella and Lanceolatae Oslo, Universitetsforlaget 1964. 48 p.+ 15 plates, tables, illus. Refs. (Norske videnskapsakademi. Matematisk-naturvidenskapelig klasse, n.s. no.16) Presents the first part of a definitive study of the two important phytoplankton genera Nitzschia Hassall and Fragilariopsis Hustedt. The distinction between these genera is considered dubious, the main difference being in the type of colony. Includes electron micrographs and taxonomic descriptions of twelve species of Nitzschia, with some quantitative data on the distribution and morphology of the genus. Approx half of the samples were taken from arctic and sub-arctic waters incl the Norwegian Sea, the Denmark and Hudson Straits. The genera of marine plankton discussed in this series of three studies occupy a very important position in the food chains of the ocean. DLC. 95969 HASLE, C.R. Nitzschia and Fragilariopsis species studied in the light and electron microscopes; 2, the group Pseudonitzschia. Oslo, Universitetsforlaget 1965. 45 p.+ 17 plates, tables, illus. Refs. (Norske videnskaps-akademi. Matematisk-naturvidenskapelig klasse, n.s. no. 18) In continuation of above. Discusses the taxonomy of the genus Pseudonitzschia Peragallo and presents data on 15 marine planktonic Nitzschia species occurring in chains of the Pseudonitzschia type, with electron micrographs. DLC. 95970 HASLE, G.R. Nitzschia and Fragilariopsis species studied in the light and electron microscopes; 3, the genus Fragilariopsis. Oslo, Universitetsforlaget 1965. 49 p.+ 16 plates. table, illus. Refs. (Norske videnskaps-akademi. Matematisk-naturvidenskapelig klasse, n.s. no. 21) In continuation of above. Discusses the marine plankton genus Fragilariopsis, some of the samples being taken from the Norwegian Sea and north Norway, and presents electron micrographs and taxonomic descriptions. DLC. HASSALL, G.I., see No. 94414, 94415 95971 HASSELBRINK, G. Die Konsonanten im zentralen Südlappischen unter dem Einfluss von Akzent und Silbenstellung. (Ural-altaische Jahrbücher 1965. v.36, no.1-2, p.72-103) 20 refs. In German. Title tr: Influence of stress and syllable disposition on the pronunciation of consonants in the central South Lappish dialect. 446

Study of the phonetic peculiarities of Lappish as spoken in Swedish Viisterbotten and the Vefsn dialect of Norway, based primarily on author's fieldwork in Vilhelmina DLC. parish about 1940. 95972 HASSELBRINK, G. Volgsjö, a lake- and place-name in Swedish Lapland. (Studia ethnographica upsaliensia 1964. v.21, p.133-58) Approx 50 refs. Etymological study of this name and other Lappish geographic names beginning with Voig or Vuol& mainly in the Vilhelmina parish. Such names are considered to be substantive-derivations from the verb vuölg= DSI. edh: to start, depart. HASTED, J.B., see No. 97999 HASTIE, L.M., see No. 99709 95973 HATCHER, V.B. and others. Caribou milk; 1. barren-ground caribou (Rangifer tarandus groenlandicus): gross composition, fat and protein constitution. (Canadian journal of zoology 1967. v.45, no.6, 12 refs. Other pt.1, p.1101-1106, tables) authors: E.H. McEwan and B.E. Baker. Reports gross composition of colostrum and early milk of two captive animals. Amino acid composition of the casein and whey proteins and the fatty acid composition of early milk are also considered. DLC. HATTERSLEY-SMITH, G.F. 95974 Note on ice shelves off the north coast of Ellesmere Island. (Arctic circular 1965-66 pub. 1967. v.17, no.1, p.13-14) Refs. Reports 1966 condition of these ice shelves. The M'Clintock and Ayles ice shelves were almost non-existent, break-up having been rapid since 1962; the Milne ice shelf showed little change from 1959. No other major changes were apparent. CaMAI. 95975 HATTERSLEY-SMITH, G.F. Operation "Hazen-Tanquary" 1967 and 1968. (Arctic circular 1968. v.18, no.1-2, p.20-24) Reports continued scientific activity in 1967 at Tanquary and Hazen camps, with list of researchers and personnel (23). The program, which included the major earth and CaMAI. marine sciences, is reviewed. 95976 HATTERSLEY-SMITH, G.F. and A. LONG. Postglacial uplift at Tanquary Fiord, northern Ellesmere Island, Northwest Territories. (Arctic 1967. v.20, no.4, p.255-60, table, illus) 6 refs. French and Russian summary. Constructs a postglacial uplift curve for the

upper part of Tanquary Fiord from radiocarbon ages of marine shells and peat. Data show the head of the fiord to be clear of glacial ice by at least 6500 yr BP. During 6500-5000 yr BP isostatic uplift was at a rate of about 3.5 m/century and subsequently about 25 cm/cent. CaMAI, DOS. 95977 HATTERSLEY SMITH, G.F. Record of Danish Thule and Ellesmere Land expedition, 1939-40. (Arctic circular 1968. v.17, no.2, p.23-25, illus) Reports finding cache and record (illus) left by James van Hauen of this expedition in a ravine near Antoinette Bay, Ellesmere Island. An attempt to locate a record left in the same area by the MacMillan Crocker Expedition of 1915 was not successful. CaMAI. 95978 HATTON, W.L. Relationship between the user, systems designer, & radio physicist. (In: NATO Inst. on Ionospheric Radio Communications in the Arctic. Proceedings 1967 pub 1968. p.439-41) Presents the viewpoint of radio communication system designers. Emphasis is put on a continuing dialogue between user and designer, and between designer and radiophysicist, especially throughout the development phase of a new communication system. Understanding of radio-wave propagation environment in the design of communication is important, especially under the difficult propagation conditions in the auroral zone in Canada. The radio physicist should elucidate the physical characteristics and processes of the ionosphere, to enable the designer to accommodate the parameters of the system to the conditions along a given communication circuit. An example is cited of recently discovered polar cap blackout phenomena, as observed in the first week of trials between Edmonton and Yellowknife of the new JANET meteor burst system. DLC. 95979 HAUG, A. Electron densities in the auroral zone D-layer during quiet iona spheric conditions. (In: NATO Advanced Study Inst. Finse 1965. Electron density profiles... 1966. p.61-65, graphs) 9 refs. Reports measurement of the electron density profiles close to the center of the auroral zone at Lavangsdalen using the partial reflection method in spring and in late summer 1964. In the analysis of the measurement data, the generalized magneto-ionic theory is used, and comparison is made to rocket measured profiles. The comparison indicates the existence of a weak background flux of ionizing energetic electrons. Comparison of the theoretical model of ionization without and with contribution from a back-

ground particle flux is presented in two DLC. diagrams. HAUG, A., see also No. 96450 95980 HAUGEN, E. The sources of the (Arctic 1966. v.19, no.4, Vinland map. p.287-95) 16 refs. Suggests that the accuracy of Greenland and Vinland contours can be explained in the existence of a distinct Greenlandic tradition which was entirely unaffected by the Icelandic accounts; that Eric Gnupson, Bishop of Greenland, or one of his Greenlandic informants supplied the information. CaMAI, DLC. 95981 HAUGLID, R. ed. Native art of Norway. New York, F.A. Praeger 1967. 176 p. illus. Originally pub as: The native arts of Norway. Oslo, Mittet 1953. Pictorial atlas with four essays: Wood carving, by R. Hauglid, p.9-62: includes examples of Viking ship ornaments. Rose-painting, by R. Asker, p.63-106. Norwegian art weaving, by H. Engelstad, p.107-138: deals also with so-called ranoweaving technique, probably indigenous to northern Norway, and used by Lapps. Reconstructed Viking tapestries are depicted. Folk-costumes, by G.I. Traetteberg, p.139-75: describes, among others, the wearing apparel of Lapps and notes Viking elements in contemporary Norwegian peasant DLC. dress. 95982 HAUPT, I. Wettersatellitenbeobachtungen and ihre Auswertung, das Europlische Wetterbild 1966; Teil I-V, MärzDezember 1966. Berlin, D. Reimer 1966/67, in progress. 5 pt. tables, maps, illus. (Berlin. Freie Univ. Inst. fur Meteorologie and Geophysik. Meteorologische Abhandlungen v.70, no.1-5) 13 refs. In German. English Title tr.: Weather satellite obsummary. servations and their interpretation, the European weather picture 1966, part 1-5, Mar-Dec 1966. Presents in five parts of approx 350 p each the weather satellite observations of the European-Atlantic area, which includes Greenland and the Arctic east to Novaya Zemlya and north to the Pole. Each issue contains photographic and other data for two-month periods commencing Mar-Apr 1966 (pt 1) and concurrently following, and consists of three sections. Sections 2 and 3 are similar in each part: section 2 consists of daily cloud mosaics accompanied by an interpretative summary of the weather patterns illus, with statistical data on the satellite orbits and photo-orientation; section 3 presents in list form the most significant orbital 447

data of Essa and Nimbus satellites for each two-month period. In each part section 1 contains special material: pt 1 includes explanatory notes on interpretation of the mosaics, with synoptic data (isobars, frontal patterns, etc) superimposed in color on reproductions of satellite photographs for selected days. Special enlargements of Greenland and adjoining seas are included. Pt 2 describes the equipment and working methods of the APT station in Berlin and details of the Nimbus satellite. DLC. HAURWITZ, B., see No. 95333 95983 HAUSER, W.E., ed 30 hikes in Alaska: western Chugach, Talkeetna, Kenai. Anchorage, Mountaineering Club of Alaska 1967. unpaged, illus. A small guide to wilderness excursions in the vicinity of Anchorage, with sketch-maps of routes, details of campgrounds and advice to hikers. DLC. 95984 HAUSMAN, L.A. Birds of prey of northeastern North America. 2d ed., rev. and enl. Peterborough, N.H., R.R. Smith 1966. xxvi, 164 p. illus. 33 refs. This slightly altered edition of the work pub in 1948 has an introduction on earliest bird studies, general anatomy and physiology of these birds, their habits, food, migration and usefulness to man. The main, special part deals with 35 forms, their size, appearance and coloration, food, eggs and young, geographic distribution, etc. Several species appear in subarctic regions. DLC. 95985 HAUSSER, R. and G. GALIANA. Transportation and deposit of frazil ice under ice covers. (International Assoc. for Hydraulic Research, 8th congress, Montreal 1959. Proceedings v.3, 6 p. graphs) Discusses the process of the ice cover on rivers increasing in thickness mainly because of frazil ice deposits. Assuming uniform flow under the ice cover, frazil ice-water mixture density close to unity, and the turbulence originating from the river bed smaller than that from the ice cover, variations of ice concentration, and the deposit thickness along the cover are calculated, and presented graphically. DLC. HAUSSER, R., see also No. 98847, 98848 95986 HAVEMANN, H. Tektonische Strukturen und Erdölgebiete der Arktis. (Zeitschrift far angewandte Geologie 1962. v.8, no.8, p.437-39, map) 2 refs. In German. TYde Ir.: Tectonic structures and oil regions of the Arctic. Reviews tectonic mapping by Russian and 448

American geologists, and the character of the region delineated. Possible oil basins are indicated according to L. Smirnow, No. 75758, and regional studies summarized. DLC. 95987 HAVENS, J.M. A November rain on the Greenland Inland Ice. (Meteorological magazine 1964. v.93, no.1105, p.228-31, graphs, maps) Reports occurrence of rain at 7650 ft on the south-central Inland Ice. The related weather conditions are described with synoptic charts and graphs of various meteorologic parameters. The effect of the warm spell upon the temperature regime in the first meter of snow is described. DWB. HAVENS, R., see No. 98280 HAWKINS, J.W., Jr., see No. 99301 95988 HAWKINS, R.S. Arctic search party. (Royal Engineers journal 1967. v.81, no.1, p.47-55) Presents historical material on the role of the sappers and miners of the Royal Corps of Engineers who accompanied the expedition of Sir John Richardson 1847-49 in search of Sir John Franklin. The route followed was from Lake Athabaska northwards to the lower Mackenzie region, wintering on Great Slave Lake 1848-49. DLC. HAWLEY, C.C., see No. 97752 95989 HAY, C. Exploration and production — from now to 1970. (Canadian mining and metallurgical bulletin 1966. v.59, no.648, p. 523-27, illus) Also issued as Canadian petroleum technology 1966. v.5, no.l. Summarizes oil and gas exploration in the Canadian Arctic to 1965, and estimates future DLC. possibilities. HAY, R.J., see No. 98711 HAYDOCK, J.L., see No. 97719 95990 HAYNES, C.V., Jr. Elephanthunting in North America. (Scientific American 1966. v.214, no.6, p.104-112, graphs, maps, illus) Reviews archeological evidence for human groups ca 11,000 BP which subsisted by hunting elephants of the genus Mammuthus using characteristically fluted flint projectile points. These have been found at Iyatayet and Utukok, Alaska and Engigstciak, Mackenzie District. The author suggests that the Two Creeks glacial interstage (ca 12,000 BP) opened an ice-free corridor between the

Cordilleran and Laurentian ice sheets. This allowed the hunters of central Alaska to spread southwards into lands where game was more plentiful. The extinction of Mammuthus ca 9,000 BP is considered due to the increase of population of this elephant-hunting culture. DLC. 95991 HAYWARD, J.S. and E.G. BALL. Quantitative aspects of brown adipose tissue thermogenesis during arousal from hibernation. (Biological bulletin 1966. v.131, no.1, p.94-103, graphs, tables, illus) 10 refs. A thermogram of a bat arousing from hibernation provides pictorial evidence of the large thermogenic capacity of brown adipose tissue. Measurements of excised tissue respiration failed to give a satisfactory estimate of the quantitative contribution of the tissue. DLC. 95992 HEACOCK, R.R. Evening micropulsation events with a rising midfrequency characteristic. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.1, p.399-408, graphs, illus) Refs. Reports the little known class of the earth's electromagnetic micropulsations, taken from telluric-current micropulsations, recorded continuously on slow-speed magnetic tape at College for 2112 yr, 1963-66; it shows the relationship of the events to ionospheric cosmic noise absorption and the onset of geomagnetic activity. Although the main interest of this class stems from its welldefined characteristics, it is also interesting because both the continuous and the impulsive types of micropulsation characteristics are seen in the events, called sweepers. Their origin may possibly be due to systematic changes in the characteristics of the lower exosphere cavity, or they may be related to systematic changes in the source emission frequencies. DLC. 95993 HEACOCK, RR. The 4-second summertime micropulsation band at College. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.11, p.2763-75, graphs) Refs. Gives the results of an experimental study of the band as revealed in the several years of continuous micropulsation and weak irregular micropulsation bursts recorded at College. Reports of —4-sec band activity are reviewed. Ground electric current electrodes were used as the sensors for the continuous recording at College. Comparisons of the telluric current data with induction loop, and helium magnetometer data indicated that no artificial bands were introduced by the telluric currents. Relationships of the 4-sec to shorter period bands are investigated. It is suggested

that the 4-sec of continuous electromagnetic pulsations may be related to the principal exospheric resonance. DLC. 95994 HEACOCK, RR. Two subtypes of type Pi micropulsations. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.15, p.3905-17, tables, graphs) 45 refs. Shows the existence of two Pi subtypes: the Pi burst, and Pi(c) event of continuous nonimpulsive character as the College data for May-Aug 1966 reveal, Impulsive broad band bursts occurring near local geomagnetic midnight are associated with impulsive cosmic radio-noise absorption events, that is with impulsive bursts of charged particles. The Pi(c) subtype is narrower in frequency range, and seems to be generated mainly within the auroral electrojets. DLC. HEACOCK, R.R., see also No. 101280 95995 HEARD, W.R. Observations on lampreys in the Naknek River system of Southwest Alaska. (Copeia 1966, no.2, p.332-39, graph, map, tables) Refs. Observations 1958-64 show both anadromous and dwarfed freshwater forms of Lampetra Japonica occur in this river system. Dates of reproduction and migration of each form are indicated. No evidence of parasitism detrimental to other fish was found. CaMAI, DLC. 95996 HEARNE, S. Coppermine journey. Boston, Little Brown, 1958. 145 p. map. F.M. Mowat ed The original (1795) text is abridged and rearranged, with "considerable modification of the eighteenth-century syntax, punctuation, phraseology, and spelling". Mowat's foreword summarizes Hearne's accomplishments, and notes the inaccessibility of his journals hitherto for the general reader. The original maps and sketches are omitted; but an end-paper map by J.H. Matthews shows the second and third journeys according to knowledge of the area in 1958. DLC. 95997 HEARNE, S. Journey from Fort Prince Wales, in Hudson's Bay, to the Northern Ocean, for the discovery of copper mines and a North West Passage, performed between the years 1769 and 1772.(1n: Mayor, W. F. Historical account of the most celebrated voyages, travels, and discoveries, from the time of Columbus to the present period, London, 1797, p.241-312, illus) Reprinted (118 p) by J&J Crukshank, Phila., 1802. Abridged version, written by Mayor, of Hearne's account, q. v., of his journey. 449

Hearne's maps and sketches are not inDLC. cluded. 95998 *HEARNE, S. A journey from Prince of Wales's Fort in Hudson's Bay to the Northern Ocean. Undertaken by order of the Hudson's Bay Company for the discovery of copper mines, a northwest passage, etc, in the years 1769, 1770, 1771, and 1772. London, A. Strahan and T. Cadell, 1795. 458 p. maps, illus. I Refs. Also printed in Dublin for P. Byrne and J. Rice, 1796, 459 p. in a smaller (octavo) volume than the original quarto, but with little change in text or illustrative material. Translated into Dutch, the Hague, J.C. Leeuwestijn, 1798, 2v.: 247, 289 p. J.R. Forster's annotations from the German edition of 1797, q. v. are added. Hearne's map, reduced in size, is included, also his plan of the Coppermine and two of the original illustrations. Classic account of explorations in northern Canada by this Hudson's Bay Co employee who made three attempts to travel overland from the Churchill River area to mines reported by the Indians near the mouth of the Coppermine River. The area traversed, the copper mines, the river's navigability, also fur trade potentialities, and a possible water passage through the continent from Hudson Bay were investigated. The first attempt failed due to desertion by the Indian guide less than 200 miles from the Fort. The second expedition, after traveling north over the Barren Grounds past Yathkyed Lake and west across the DooBaunt (Dubawnt) River, was forced to turn back when the quadrant for determining latitude was broken at about 63°10'N. The third attempt Dec 1770 - June 1772, was successful. Guided by the Chipewyan, Matonabbee, Hearne traveled northwest across the Cathawhachaga (Kazan) River and Wholdiah (Wholdaia) Lake, thence north into the Barren Grounds past several lakes and, finally northwest to the Coppermine about 40 mi from its mouth on Coronation Gulf. Hearne surveyed the river to the sea; the plan, at 60 English sea miles to a degree of longitude, is shown. He examined the mines (disappointing), and his Indian companions massacred a group of Eskimos, their traditional enemies. Returning, Hearne veered farther west than on the outward route, crossing Anthapuscow Lake (Great Slave, first time seen by a white man) before turning east towards the Fort. Heame's map, 311/2 x 22", shows the routes of the second and third journeys and the various physical features discovered. The explorer lived off the land in the manner of the Indians and tSee also Toronto Public Library. A bibliography of Canadiana 1934, no.445-446. 450

traveled by foot, canoe, sledge, and snowshoe. His chronological entries record daily life, weather and travel conditions, dealings with Company officials at the Fort, etc, also observations of the topography, lakes, rivers, fish, mammals (especially the musk ox, beaver, wood bison, deer or caribou, and moose), birds, vegetation, and peoples: Chipewyan, Cree, and Copper Indians and the Eskimos. The second last chapter describes in detail the Chipewyans: their appearance, character, marriage, food, hunting and fishing, implements, customs, superstitions, recreation, old age, etc., also the life and character of the guide, Matonabbee. The final chapter deals with the animal and plant life of the Hudson Bay region. Sketches, by Hearne, show Prince of Wales Fort, Indian canoes and implements, and Athapuscow Lake, also plans of three rivers emptying into James Bay: the Albany, Moose, and Slude (Eastmain). CaT. DLC. 95999 HEARNE, S. A journey from Prince of Wales's Fort in Hudson's Bay to the Northern Ocean in the years 1769, 1770, 1771, and 1772. Toronto, Champlain Society, 1911. 437 p. maps, illus. (Publications of the Champlain Society, 6) Refs. J.B. Tyrrell, e * Reprint of the 1795 edition, qv, with explanatory notes and several additions. An introduction by the editor discusses Hearne's life, character, and work, the historical background leading to his journeys, and the various published accounts, editions, and maps. Among Tyrrell's explanatory notes are several which identify and/or describe the physical features and localities mentioned by Hearne. Identification, clarification, and implication of Hearne's references to plant and animal life and, especially, his last chapter on the natural history of Hudson Bay region are contributed by E.A. Preble. A preface by Sir Edmund Walker, a portrait of Hearne, several photographs and illustrations are also added, as are six maps. Among these are earlier maps of Hearne's journey, pub in 1784 and 1787, and one by Tyrrell adjusting Hearne's 1795 map in accordance with knowledge of the country to 1909. A bibliography of 75 items and an index are also added. CaT, DLC. 96000 HEARNE, S. A journey from Prince of Wales's Fort in Hudson's Bay to the Northern Ocean 1769, 1770, 1771, 1772. Toronto, MacMillan 1958. 301 p. map, illus. Refs. R.Glover ed. Contains Hearne's account, "unabridged," with explanatory notes and introduction based on research in the Hudson's Bay Co *Reprinted by the Champlain Society in 1968.

records, British naval archives, etc. Hearne's life and achievements are discussed, also his friends, critics, and various circumstances concerning the writing and publication of his book and map. Several comparisons are made between Hearne's published account and a manuscript copy made in 1791 of the journal (lost) of his third trip. Hearne's map and sketches are reproduced from the Dublin edition of 1796, but the plans of the Coppermine and three other rivers are omitted. Bibliographic footnotes, an index, and a portrait of Hearne are added. DLC. 96001 HEARNE, S. Samuel Hearne's Reise von dem Prinz von Wallis-Fort an der Hudsans-Bay bis zum Eismeere, in den Jahren 1769 bis 1772. Berlin, Vossische Buchhandlung, 1797. viii, 284 p. illus. In German. Title tr. Samuel Hearne's journey from Fort Prince of Wales on the Hudson Bay to the Arctic Sea in the years 1769 to 1772. Selective translation of the introduction and nine chapters of Heame's Journey (qv) with explanatory notes by Johann Reinhold Forster, prof of Natural Sciences and Mineralogy at Halle Univ. The tenth chapter of natural history is omitted as scientifically worthless; also omitted are the maps and most illus. A Swedish version was pub in Stockholm, J. Pfeiffer, 1798: 204 p. Introduction, 10th chapter and all illus. omitted (copy in DLC). It is a translation of the German translation by M.C. Sprengel, Halle DLC. 1797; 229 p. (not seen). 96002 HEARNE, S. Voyage de Samuel Hearne, du Fort du Prince de Galles dans la Baie de Hudson, å l'Ocean Nord, Entrepris par ordre de la Compagnie de la Baie de Hudson, dans les annees 1769, 1770, 1771 et 1772, et ex6cut6 par terre, pour la dbcouverte Paris, Imd'un passage au Nord-Ouest. primerie de Pains, 1799. 2v: 373, 378 p. Title Ir.: maps, illus. In French. Refs. Voyage of Samuel Hearne from Fort Prince of Wales in Hudson Bay to the Northern Ocean, undertaken by order of the Hudson's Bay Company in the years 1769, 1770, 1771 and 1772 and executed by land for the discovery of a Northwest Passage. Translates Hearne's Journey, qv, into French, with two additions: an extract describing Hearne's achievement, from the Introduction to Cook's Third Voyage pub 1784; and a dedication by the translator, Lallemand, to La P6rouse, Hearne's French captor in 1782 who returned the manuscript of the journal to him (Hearne) on the DLC. condition that it be published. HEATH, J.B.R., see No. 101299

96002A HEBER, U. Biokhimicheskie i fiziologicheskie aspekty morozoustoichivosti rasten i. (In: Intl. Symposium on Cytoecology, Leningrad 1963. Kletka i temperatura sredy... 1964. p.23-28, graphs, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Biochemical and physiological aspects of frost resistance in plants. Introduction of sugars to the frost-sensitive organs of plants increases their frost resistance. The most sensitive protein complexes are those containing about 60% lipids. Photophosphorylation decreases as degree of cell freezing increases. Experiments on isolated mitochondria showed that freezing did not always absorb all available oxygen, but electron transport did cease. DLC. 96003 HEDLEY, M.S. The mineral industry of British Columbia. Victoria, British Columbia. Department of Mines and Petroleum Resources, 1966. 22 p. map, tables,

h us. Presents the principal facts of the mineral industry to the end of 1965. Of the 15 mines or areas shown in northern British Columbia, most produce gold, silver, copper, lead or zinc, two are oil and gas fields, one produces coal, and two, industrial minerals (asbestos, gypsum) and structural materials. A brief historic sketch and notes on conservation are included. DOS. HEEZEN, B.C., see No. 96472 96004 HEGG, B.M. A photo identification guide for the land and forest types of interior Alaska. Juneau 1967. 55 p. map, illus. (US. Northern Forest Experiment Station. US Forest Service research paper NOR-3) 6 refs. The forest survey of Alaska, begun in 1956, is based on modified infrared photography at 1:5000 scale. For interpretation, a dichotomous elimination key was evolved and is presented here with ground and aerial stereogram illustrations. A system of progressive couplets leads to identification of land and forest types, with commercial forest type further identified by stand-size classes. DLC. 96005 HEIDEKEN, F. von. Från flottning till landtransport, en vital fråga för Norrlands skogsindustri. (Svenska vägfdreningen. Tidskrift 1966. v.53, no.2, p.46-53, graph, map, tables, illus) In Swedish. English summary. Title tr.: From floating to land transport, a vital question for Norrland's forest industry. Discusses cost and competition between forestry practices in Sweden in relation to world supplies and competition on the 451

international market. The cool climate and slow rate of growth in Sweden necessitate low-cost operations where possible. Transport facilities, distances, loadings, and the present conditions of forest roads are evaluated. DLC. 96006 HEIJER, S. Något om verk-

samheten med fastighetsrationalisering i Norrbottens län. (Svensk lantmäteritidskrift 1966. v.58, no.3, p. 350-62, maps, tables) In Swedish. German summary. Title tr.: Notes on activities in real estate rationalization in the province of Norrbotten. Reviews problems encountered in land consolidation involving about 150,000 hectares in the Kiruna-Karesuando region of northern Sweden during 1957-66. Climate, agriculture, communications, living standards, and the productivity of forest land were considered as well as the legal aspects including the rights of Lapps and their reindeer herds. Land surveys and controlled aerial photographs were rationally used to identify those parcels of land which were either privately owned, or crown lands, or those of large forest industries. Maps show distribution of land holdings before and after consolidation in Piteå parish. DLC. HEIKKINEN, A., see No. 95288 96007

HEILMAN, P.E. Change in

distribution and availability of nitrogen with forest succession on north slopes in interior Alaska. (Ecology 1966. v.47, no.5, p.825-31, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. Black spruce succession resulted in development of sphagnum bogs in the former forest area, its c'eterioration, progressive N-deficiency in the upper layers, and rise of permafrost. By contrast, in soils under birch most of the N was found in the upper, warmer layers. The findings explain why burning may lead to a large increase of available nitrogen. DLC.

D. HULL. Blood flow in brown adipose tissue. (Journal of physiology 1965. v.181, no.2, p.60P-61P) 3 refs. Notes based on partial measurements of the venous outflow from the brown adipose tissue of newborn rabbits. When the ambient temperature fell from 35° to 25°C, blood flow increased from about 0.42 to 1.39 ml/min. It is concluded that heat production by the brown fat tissue is dependent on a generous supply of oxygen. DLC. 96008 HEIM, T. and

96009 HEIN, M.F. Reno-vascular hypertension. (Alaska medicine 1966. v.8, no.1, p.5-7, illus) 3 rP°.s. 452

Case report of a 53 yr old white male suffering hypertension due to renal artery obstruction. The condition was surgically corrected by dacron bypass. CaMAI, DNLM.

HEINE, C., see No. 99742 96010 HEINTZ, A. New radio carbon (C14) age determinations of mammal re-

mains from the permafrost in Siberia. (Norsk geologisk tidsskrift 1966. v.46, no.2, p.215-17) Refs. The Trondheim radiological dating laboratory, Norway, 1950, reports ages of a horse from the Indigirka region as 37,700i:2,200 yr, a mammoth from the Taymyr Peninsula as 37,600 yr± 5%, a woolly rhinoceros from the Yana River region as < 33,000 yr± 5%, and a bison horn in NE Siberia as 14,980± 120 yr BP. These ages are correlated with beginning and end of the main Würm stage of glaciation. DGS. HEINTZ, A., see also No. 98641 96011 HEINTZ, N. and M. MORDERHAUG. Fra Svalbards dyreverden 9, Notes

on the Svalbard fauna 9. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Arbok 1964 pub 1966. p.119-29, tables, illus) 6 refs. In Norwegian. English summary. Notes about 300 reindeer observed in 1964, but few calves, about 60 musk oxen, and polar fox at most places. Common and king eider and various geese are also reported, as are two whooper swans at Hornsund and at least six hatches of ptarmigan. Less common were northern golden and ringed plover, dunlin, sanderling, pomarine skua, great black-backed gull, and wheatear. CaMAI, DLC. 96012 HEINTZ, N. and M. NORDERHAUG. Fra Svalbards dyreverden 11;

iakttagelser over dyrelivet på Svalbard. On the Svalbard fauna 11; observations of the animal life in Svalbard. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Arbok 1965 pub 1966, p.104-118, tables, illus) In Norwegian. English summary. Summarizes observations on the fauna of Svalbard during 1965, and of Bjørnøya and Hopen for 1958-64, by members of the Polarinstitutt. Brief reviews for eight species of land and marine mammals and 62 species of birds are given with Norwegian and Latin names. Data on sightings of reindeer, polar bear, eiders, pink-footed geese and palebreasted brent geese are tabulated in greater detail. Data show a fairly large population of reindeer on Nordaustlandet, and eight sightings of walrus were reported throughout the

islands. A list of twelve rare birds registered in the Svalbard area in 1965 is given. CaMAI, DWB. HEINTZ, N., see also No. 95392 96013 HEISE, H. Exploration: here's another new northern play. (Oilweek 1966. v.17, no.31, p.16-24, maps) Reports 34 million acres held under permit and picked up last year along the east side of the Northwest Territories' interior plains. Favorable federal land regulations, surface evidence of oil and gas, and regional geologic investigation have prompted considerable activity in this area. Future exploration will probably occur mainly east of the Franklin Mts in Precambrian to Upper Devonian sediments containing a large percentage of potential reservoir rock. Assessment of the petroleum potential of the Great Bear Plain varies. Potential areas on the Anderson Plain have all been booked. CaMAI, DGS. 96014 HEISE, H. Transportation biggest problem. (Oilweek 1966, v.17, no.43, p.88-96, table, illus) Surveys current methods and equipment used for reaching northern drilling sites. Tracked vehicles, helicopters and giant air freighters are considered for year round operation. Robin-Nodwell Mfg Ltd and Foremost Developments Ltd are main suppliers of tracked vehicles; Bullock and Bell are among the helicopter builders, also Sikorsky and CaMAI, DGS. Fairchild Hiller. 96015 HEISE, H. What's a billion barrels in estimates of Athabasca tar sands reserves? (Oilweek 1967. v.18, no.32, p.43-46, map, illus) 2 refs. Describes the geology, possible oil content, and depositional problems of the Athabasca tar sands of northeastern Alberta. The Lower Cretaceous McMurray and Wabiskaw formations are believed to contain 500 to 700 billion barrels of highly viscous oil. Saturation varies considerably, and the depositional pattern is complex. CaMAI, DGS. HEISKANEN, K.I., see No. 100225 96016 HELA, I. Suomi ja meri. (Terra 1967. v.79, no.3, p.73-87, illus) In Finnish. Title tr. Finland and the sea. Discusses the relation of Finland to the sea especially in maritime commerce. Special attention is given to the Baltic Sea: its hydrographical features and characteristics, ice conditions, low primary production, and DLC. relatively poor fisheries.

96017 HELK, J.V. Glacier mapping in Greenland. (Canadian journal of earth sciences 1966. v.3, no.6, p.771-74, illus) Reviews the history and status of mapping in Greenland, noting the inadequate data on volume and subglacial topography of the Inland Ice. The possibilities of aerial photogrammetry for study of the regime of ice-dammed lakes is indicated by an example in southwest Greenland. DOS. 96018 HELLE, R. An investigation of reindeer husbandry in Finland. Rovaniemi, Lapin Tutkimusseura 1966. 65 p. maps, tables, illus. (Acta lapponica fenniae no.5) 78 refs. Surveys state-owned land north of 64°N, estimates the area of lichen growth as 32,000 km2, with a potential winter range grazing capacity for 237 thousand reindeer. Present reindeer population is about 149 thousand. CaMAI, DLC. 96019 HELLE, S.G. Wilhelm Solheim. (Norway, Norsk Polarinstitutt. Årbok 1964 In pub 1966, p. 199-201, table, illus) Norwegian. Obituary of this Norwegian topographer and cartographer (1890-1964) who took part in 26 expeditions, mostly to Svalbard, but also to Jan Mayen and East Greenland. DLC. 96020 HELLEN, W. Die Diapriinen Finnlands, Hymenoptera: Proctotrupoidea. Helsinki 1963. 35 p. map. (Societas pro fauna et flora fennica. Fauna fennica no.14) 24 refs. In German. Title tr.: Diapriinae of Finland; Hymenoptera: Proctotrupoidea Study of this subfamily of proctotrupids parasitizing other insects, with notes on earlier work and keys. Forty-eight species are described, 42 of them new for Finland. Seven species are recorded from Lapland. DLC. 96021 HELLER, C.A. and E.M. The Alaska dietary survey SCOTT. 1956-1961. Anchorage. US. Dept of Health, Education and Welfare, Nutrition and Metabolic Disease Section, Arctic Health Research Center. Washington, Gov. Print. Off. 1967. 281 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. Describes and presents tabulated results of a survey of the adequacy and quality of native diets in nine Eskimo and two Athapaskan Indian villages in Alaska: Point Hope, Noatak, Shishmaref, Shungnak, Akiak, Napaiskak, Kasigluk, Hooper Bay, Newtok, Allakaket, and Huslia. The ecology and economy of each village is summarized, with particular emphasis on the relative roles of locally acquired and purchased foods. Data on all aspects of nutrition, including caloric 453

intake, protein, carbohydrate, minerals, vitamins, and sources of various nutrients, are presented in 129 tables. These show that caloric intake is significantly deficient at all age levels but protein intake is high. Approx one-third of total calories in adult diets comes from fat, but contact with whites is causing the proportion of carbohydrates to increase. Levels of most minerals and vitamins are generally satisfactory, except for pregnant and lactating women (Vitamin A). Infant feeding practices are discussed. Although formula feeding has largely supplanted lactation, especially after three months, supplemental feeding is frequently delayed until 12 months or older. Repeated shortages of essential nutrients in infant diets is considered a major problem. Food cooking and meal preparation is described in detail for various village populations. The myth of the Eskimo as a heavy eater is refuted. Traditional and present food quest activities are evaluated, and the effect of improved transportation and technology considered. All animals, fishes and plants commonly used by native peoples are listed by common and species names. DLC. 96022 HELLER, C.A. The diet of some Alaskan Eskimos and Indians. (American Dietetic Association. Journal 1964, v.45, no.5, p.425-28) 5 refs. A study of diets of Alaskan natives compared with those of other US citizens and of the sources of eleven major nutrients, begun in 1956 by the Arctic Health Research Center, Anchorage, found an extreme variation in mean daily intake of these nutrients, due mainly to seasonal and geographic factors. Intake levels for northern coastal Eskimos were closer to the recommended dietary allowances of the National Research Council, than those for residents of the southwestern and interior villages. In general, protein and niacin intakes exceeded recommendations, calcium and ascorbic acid levels were low, thiamine and iron intakes were highest where meat was the main protein food, vitamin A highest where sea mammals and wild edible greens were availDLC. able.

and archives; its component parts in natiot. L1 collections, and in its general public libraries. The principal sources within each type are DLC. identified and briefly evaluated. 96024 HELLSTEN, C. Riktlinjer far fortsatt intressearrondering i skogsmark. (Svensk lantmäteritidskrift 1964. v.56, no.1, Tide tr.: p.171-81, maps) In Swedish. Lines of direction for the subsequent assemblage to special districts of the woodlots belonging to different groups of owners. Discusses general problems of rearranging forest management in thinly settled regions of Sweden. Farmers generally pay little attention to poor woodland nearby. Both farms and small forest plots are being relinquished and management on a larger scale is required. Suggestion is made that purchase of many small parcels within an area provides the owner, which may be a community, with trading capabilities. The basis of such a community operation should be the agricultural settlement, the community nuDLC. cleus. 96025 HELM, J. and V. THOMAS. (Beaver 1966. Tales from the Dogribs. v.297, no.2, p.16-20, map, illus) Narrates three legends of the origin of the Dogribs and the natural features of the region, and three tales of the early fur CaMAI, DLC. trade. HELM, J., see also No. 94436 96026 HELMBERGER, D.V. Head waves from the oceanic Mohorovicic disAnn Arbor, Michigan, Unicontinuity. versity Microfilms, Inc 1967. xiii, 177 1. maps, graphs, illus. PhD thesis, University of California, San Diego 1967. 31 refs. Investigates an effect in the travel time of seismic waves noticed in seismic arrivals in the North Pacific from the crust-mantle (Moho) transition: a strong event arriving after the Moho refraction, which could be interpreted as a Moho reflection. The observations used are from the northern and southern Aleutian basins in the Bering Sea. DGS.

HELLER, C.A., see also No. 99776 HELLINGER, F.R., see No. 94075 96023 HELLMER, S.O. Vägar till litteraturen om Norrland. (In: Norrländska framtidsperspektiv 1964, p.169-80) In Swedish. Title tr.: The sources of literature on Norrland. Sources include bibliographies on Norrland as a whole, its geographic and civil makeup; its public records, newspapers, magazines, 454

96027 HELMINEN, M. and J. VIRAMO. Animal food of capercaillie (Tetrao urogallus) and black grouse (Lyrurus tetrix) in autumn. (Ornis fennica 1962. v.39, no.1, p.1-12, graph, tables) Refs. Reports the crop contents of 651 birds of the first and 831 of the second species. Birds from all except the Aland districts, for 1956-60, are included. Animals found in the crop are systematically enumerated. The amount of animal food found in the crops was

very small and decreased toward the winter. DSI. HELTERBRAN, W., see No. 96497 HEMLEY, J.J., see No. 99363 96028 HEMMING, J.E. Notes on the status of some birds in south-central Alaska. (Condor 1966. v.68, no.2, p.163-66, table, illus) Refs. Reports 1963-64 records on occurrence and breeding of birds, particularly in the upper Cook Inlet area. Six species are dealt with. Earlier scarce records are noted. DLC. 96029 HENDERSON, A.R. Induced hypothermia is not "artificial hibernation". (American Medical Association. Journal 1966. v.198, no. 10, p.1074-78) 30 refs. The hibernating animal can control his metabolism in order to sustain his core temperature above the freezing point; homeothermic animals lose all control of their metabolism on any function capable of supplying endogenous heat. Both heart rate and respiration drop before body temperature does at the beginning of natural hibernation, which indicates a controlled altered state rather than a more or less simple bodily response to a dropping ambient temperature. These and other features of the natural hibernator are noted, to emphasize that artificial or induced hibernation is not applicable to man and that these terms should be discarded. DLC. 96030 HENDERSON, J.F. and I.C. BROWN. Geology and structure of the Yellowknife greenstone belt, District of Mackenzie. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1966. 87 p. maps, tables, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Bulletin no.141) 47 refs. Describes the stratigraphy and structure of an almost continuously exposed section of 22,000 ft of nearly vertical metamorphosed, Archean (Precambrian), volcanic and sedimentary rocks that contain the important Yellowknife gold deposits. About 50% of the volcanic assemblage consists of pillow Iavas and volcanic breccia. Irregular bodies of meta-diorite and meta-gabbro in the assemblage probably formed in place by recrystallization or dioritization of meta-basalts and -andesites. These bodies and dike swarms are mapped in detail. The volcanic rocks are conformably overlain by the sedimentary phase, and in places, disconformably by subgmywacke and conglomerate of uncertain age. The Giant-Campbell shear zone system (up to 2000 ft wide) is made up of interlacing schist zones between horses of unsheared greenstone. Gold deposits developed in the

schist during late stages or after the development of the shear zone. A system of late tear faults that rank with the largest dislocations in the earth crust, displaces the Yellowknife Group rocks and the early shear DGS. zone systems. HENDERSON, T.L.E., see No. 96055 96031 HENNIGH, L. Control of incest in Eskimo folk tales. (Journal of American folklore 1966. v.79, no.312, p.356-69, tables) 8 refs. Narrates four tales containing disguised or symbolized violations of the incest tabu collected 1961-62, along the arctic coast of Alaska. The tales are analyzed for the degree of disguise, acceptance of fact or motive, humor of situation, awareness of incestuous content by narrator and audience, and attitude of listener toward the tabu violator. Differences in tale interpretation as seen by the Eskimo informant and the psychiatrist are discussed. DLC. 96032 HENSHAW, J. Mass movements by snowshoe rabbits, Lepus americanus. (Canadian field-naturalist 1966. v.80, no.3, p.181) Two such movements occurred in Mar 1963 in Alaska, one about five mi southwest of Kobuk village, the other over Paxson Lake; one at Red Lake in Minnesota in 1912 is also noted. Author suggests an association between activity and weather patterns, as such movement (and feeding) of snowshoe rabbits, as well as of caribou, is particularly in evidence during the calm, cold periods that follow storms. CaMAL, DGS. 96033 HEPBURN, D.W. Northern education; facade for failure. (Variables 1963. v.2, no.1, p.I6-21) Criticizes the present condition and administration of Eskimo and Indian education by the Canadian Dept of Northern Affairs and National Resources. Religious segregation, high staff turnover, inappropriate curricula, heavy emphasis on academic work and downgrading of the native cultural heritage are all considered major problem areas seriously crippling educational progress. The author considers that a major reappraisal of aims and methods is required, with new direction to be given by a commission composed of educators, social scientists and native leadership. Large residential elementary schools should be abandoned. CaOTY. 96034 HEPPNER, J.P. and others. OGO-A magnetic field observations. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.21, p.5417-71, tables, graphs, illus) Approx. 60 455

refs. Other authors: M. Sugiura, T.L. Skillman, B.G. Ledley and M. Campbell. Summarizes findings from initial study of the fluxgate magnetometer orbited on the Eccentric Orbit Geophysical Observatory satellite (OGO-A or EGO-1) for vector field measurements over the ranges 0-3v and 0-500v at 4-24.5 earth radii from the earth's center and a 4-cell rubidium vapor magnetometer for scalar field measurements in weak fields. The instrumentation of the satellite launched 5 Sept 1964 into an orbit of 31° inclination, 282 km perigee height, and 155,780 km geocentric apogee, and the satellite orientation are described. The fluxgate magnetometer operation, its data system, and flight characteristics are given, and the locations of the magnetopause and bow shock are discussed with reference to solar wind velocity and geomagnetic activity. About 18 pages are devoted to the structure of the magnetosphere boundary and the bow shock. The data on the correlations with the auroral-zone negative bay onset, total field intensity, and other exospheric features are from monitors at Kiruna, Ft Churchill, College, Cape Chelyuskin, Dikson Island and Julianehåb among other stations. DLC. 96035 HERBERT, C.F. and W.H. RACE. Geochemical investigations of selected areas in southeastern Alaska, 1964 and 1965. Juneau 1965. 66 p. maps, illus. (Alaska. Division of Mines and Minerals. Geochemical report. no.6) Southeastern Alaska produces about 17% of its metals. Geochemical testing of stream sediments with available geologic information should prove useful to prospectors. Of the twelve areas investigated, five are recommended for further prospecting: Skagway, William Henry Bay, and Mansfield Peninsula, Gambier Bay and Pybus Bay on Admiralty Island. Tabulated data accompanies summaries of geology and geochemical investigation and prospecting of the twelve areas. DGS. 96036 HERBERT, F.A. and others. Pneumonia in Indian and Eskimo infants and children, pt 1, a clinical study. (Canadian Medical Assoc. Journal 1967. v.96, no.5, p.257-65, tables, illus) 4 refs. Other authors: W.A. Mahon, D. Wilkinson, O. Morgante, E.C. Burchak and L.B. Costopoulos. Reports results of a 1963-64 study of 97 subjects at the Charles Camsell Hospital, Edmonton, Alberta. 5% of the subjects were under 3 months old, 71% 3-18 months and 247. 18 months and over; etiologic distribution showed 10 bacterial cases, 25 viral cases, 2 rickettsial and the remainder undetermined. A high frequency of recurrent 456

cases tend to occur in ages 3 months-2 yr. Most of the subjects were suffering from DNLM. anemia. HERMANN, F., see No. 95930 96037 HEROUX, O. Metabolic adjustments to low temperatures in New Zealand white rabbits. (Canadian journal of physiology and pharmacology 1967. v.45, no.3, p.451-61, table, illus) 23 refs. French summary. Shaved adult rabbits kept at 6°C for 3-5 weeks, increased food consumption by 40%, maintained body weight, increased resting metabolism and cold resistance, showed almost no shivering, continued increased heat production when abruptly returned to 28°C, and increased oxygen consumption up to 41% after noradrenaline infusion. DLC. 96038 HERREID, C.F., Jr, and S. KINNEY. Survival of Alaskan woodfrog (Rana sylvatica) larvae. (Ecology 1966. v.47, no.6, p.1039-41, graph) Refs. Studies average number of eggs per egg mass, percentage of eggs fertilized, and early mortality in the egg mass from four ponds. It showed that an average 96% of eggs and larvae die before the metamorphosis is completed. DLC. 96039 HERREID, C.F., Jr, and S. KINNEY. Temperature and development of the wood frog, Rana sylvatica, in Alaska. (Ecology 1967. v.48, no. 4, p.579-90, graphs, tables) Refs. Describes laboratory tests and observations in ponds and lakes of Central Alaska where these frogs breed. First appearance (24 Apr-22 May) and egg laying (4-6 days later), number of eggs per mass and their diameter, development as related to water temp, and temp tolerance of eggs and of tadpoles are discussed. Further development, metamorphosis, and role of temp and food in survival and growth are described. DLC. 96040 HERREID, G. The geology and geochemistry of the Inmachuk River map area, Seward Peninsula, Alaska. Juneau 1966. 25 p. graphs, map, tables. Refs. (Alaska. Division of Mines and Minerals. Geologic report no. 23) Presents a report on the geology, mineral deposits and geochemistry of this 110 mil area in western Alaska. The bedrock is marble, domed by a granite intrusion, schists, and phyllite. A volcanic cone of olivine basalt is also conspicuous. The mineralogy and geologic associations of lead-zinc, gossan, placer tin and placer gold deposits are described. Geochemical data on both mineral

and stream sediment analyses are tabulated and discussed. The most promising localities for prospecting are indicated. DGS. 96041 HERREID, G. Geology and mineral deposits of the Dolomi area, Prince of Wales Island, Alaska. Juneau 1967. 30 p. graph, maps, tables, illus. (Alaska. Division of Mines and Minerals. Geologic report no.27) Studies the geology of a 9 mi2 area of southeastern Alaska, near Ketchikan. Previous geologic investigations are summarized. The geology of the area is characterized by metamorphosed Silurian(?) and Devonian(?) sediments, mainly schist-phyllite and marble. Quartz veins were formerly worked for gold. The geochemistry of stream sediment samples is discussed and values tabulated; these show that mineralization is concentrated along the faults of the Dolomi Bay system. The possibility of finding undiscovered mineral deposits along these faults north of the map DOS. area is suggested. 96042 HERREID, G.W. Preliminary report on geologic mapping in the coast range mineral belt, Alaska. Juneau 1962. 29 p. maps, tables, illus. (Alaska. Division of Mines and Minerals. Geologic report no.1) 9 refs. The metamorphic rocks of the mineral belt southwest of the margin of the coast range batholith in the Endicott-Tracy Arm and Juneau-Taku Inlet areas consist of phyllite grading into biotite schist, then quartz biotite as the metamorphic grade increases toward the batholith. Folds trending NW dominate the regional structure. Prior to emplacement of the quartz diorite steep small-scale folding about axes occurred on the NE side of the belt; subsequent to emplacement NE trending cross joints developed which control the mineral deposits in the area. The relations between the geology and mineralization of the copper zinc prospect SE of Point Astley, the Portland group and Neglected Prize prospects and the Alaska Juneau mine are discussed, and a report on a preliminary geochemical investigation of the Tracy and Endicott Arm area (by W.H. Race), p23-27, incl tabulated data, is given, which among other conclusions notes that ore bodies cannot be detected at any great distance by geochemical sampling in this particular area. DGS. 96043 HERRMAN, F.A., Jr. Status report on the Gastineau Channel model study. (In: Alaskan Science Conference 1966 pub. 1967, p.21-26) Reports studies to date on the hydraulic model of this channel constructed at the Waterways Experiment Station at Vicksburg,

Miss. Problems of model verification and their resolution are discussed, particularly reproduction of shoaling so that effects of improvements in the actual channel can be predicted accurately. Actual sloughing and shoaling in the channel are compared with model data and the usefulness of the model as an analytic and economic tool indicated. The future testing program is outlined. CaMAI. 96044 HERRMANN, M.R. and N.S. STEHLE. Protective coverings for ice and snow. (In: Intl. Conf. on Low Temp. Science; Physics of snow and ice... 1967, v.1, pt. 2, p.797-806, illus) 11 refs. Extensive summer melting of the ice surface hampers the year-round use of natural ice islands and smooth sea ice in the Arctic Ocean. The influence of solar radiation and temperature on ice or snow surfaces is dependent on reflectance, opacity, emissivity and insulation characteristics of the surface or protective cover. The US Navy has tried using sawdust, which has a high shipping bulk, aqueous foams, which are hard to generate and will not cure under normal polar climatic conditions, and polyurethane foam, which has proven successful in laboratory tests during alternating above- and belowfreezing temp and simulated solar radiation. Because of its buoyancy, the foam could float on water in extreme cases of deterioration, reducing solar radiation absorption by the DGS. water. 96044A HERSHKOVITZ, P. Catalog of Washington, Smithsonian living whales. Institution 1966. 259 p. (US. National Museum. Bulletin no.246) Refs. In this systematically arranged catalog an attempt is made to examine and evaluate the nomenclatorial status and zoological applicability of every scientific name proposed for living whales. Contains a glossary of cetacean vernacular names and an index to genera, species and common names. DLC. 96045 HERTTING, W. Some points concerning land, fo-est and fishing in Tor(In: Non.. Symposium... 1962 nedalen. pub 1965, p.255-64) 8 refs. Notes the area's frontier settlement character, though occupied from the 14th century, the local farmers engaged in salmon fishing, conflicts with the Crown on fishing rights and taxation norms. Unsatisfactory leasehold arrangements in the 19th century and the 1791 concession of fishing rights to the peasantry on a 100-yr lease are reviewed. Adverse effects of Sweden's defeat by Russia in 1809 are discussed: division of farms by the new frontier, land exchange disputes on both sides 457

of it, usufruct rights to meadows on river islands replacing former ownership, joint Russian-Swedish exploitation of Torne salmon resources, etc. The subdivision of farms as population increased from the 19th cnetury now hampers rational agricultural and forestry development. Current economic problems arise from litigation over fishing rights, small land owners' unwillingness to sell out to the more economic large farming estates, and the need for a better road-net to serve the forest industry. DLC. 96046 HERTZMAN, L. The multicultural nation. (Culture 1965. v.26, p.144-49) Discusses the Canadian problems of bilingualism and biculturalism, placing them in historical perspective. The Canadian pattern is shown to reflect some of the same experiences as those of other countries going through similar stages of development. Canadian treatment of indigenous populations on the whole has been destructive of their culture; Canadians appear not exactly in favor of assimilation nor of autonomy, nor of segregation, in their policies for Eskimos and Indians. CaMM. HERZ, K., see No. 99025 HESS, H.D., see No. 98282 HESS, W.N., see No. 94581 96047 HESSLER, V.P. On a floating island. (Science 18 Mar. 1966. v.151, p.1360-62, map, illus) Reviews the seven US Arctic drifting stations since the first one, Alpha I was established in 1957. Dates of establishment, sponsors, research performed, their path and changes are considered. DLC. HESSLER, V.P., see also No. 101284 96048 HESSTVEDT, E Lysende nattskyer. (Naturen 1966. v.90, no.5, p.284-92, graphs, illus) In Norwegian. Title tr.. Noctilucent clouds. Summarizes knowledge of bluish-white clouds with wave formation, found at 60-65°N in the early evening sky near 82 km elevation and almost exclusively in early summer. Low sunlight illuminating them from below seems a condition for their visibility. Hypotheses of cosmic dust and ice crystals have been advanced, but samples collected by means of rocketry indicate that the clouds are basically formed of iron and nickel particles. With the temperature ranges in the mesosphere and thermosphere of the upper atmosphere, vapor molecules appear to condense on the cosmic 458

particles, and refracted, partly polarized light from the thin ice coating creates the visibility. Investigation of the phenomenon continues in northern Europe, Siberia, Canada, and AlasDGS. ka. 96049 HESSTVEDT, E. Mother of pearl clouds in Norway. Oslo, Aschehoug 1959. 29 p. tables, graphs, maps. (Norske videnskaps-akademi. Geofysiske publikasjoner v.20, no.10.) 17 refs. Examines 168 mother-of-pearl-cloud situations in Scandinavia during 1926-1957, showing that these clouds occur in the winter season, mainly in Dec-Feb, and generally on the eastern side of the Norwegian mountains, 17-30 km high. A close relationship is found between the clouds and atmospheric waves of the polar front. The temperature in the stratosphere in a mother-of-pearl-cloud situation is found to be considerably lower than the average. Optical measurements of the droplet size in these clouds give diameters about 2-3µ. Synoptic weather charts for all Scandinavia are given for 29 Feb, 2 Apr 1956, 9 Jan and 16 Dec 1957. DLC. 96050 HESSTVEDT, E. On the water vapor content in the high atmosphere. Oslo 1964. 18 p. table, graphs. (Norske videnskapsakademi. Geofysiske publikasjoner v.25, no.3) 12 refs. Considers general atmospheric circulation in the stratosphere and mesosphere from about 20 km altitude. The upward air motion through the tropical tropopause may be sufficiently strong to transport water in the form of ice crystals into the stratosphere of the temperate and arctic zones. The content of H2O substance above 80 km is reduced rapidly by photodissociation, but below 80 km the photodissociation of water vapor is unimportant. The circulation in the upper atmosphere to 100 km and from 0° to approx 85°C is given for mid-summer and midwinter, late summer and late winter, and autumn and spring. DLC. HEURING, F.T., see No. 101556, 101557 96051 HEUSSER, C.J. A Pleistocene phytogeographical sketch of the Pacific Northwest and Alaska. (In: Intl. Assoc. for Quaternary Research, Congress 1965. Quaternary of the US... 1965. p.469-83, graph, maps, table, illus) Refs. Traces the changes during the Pleistocene in the phytogeography of Alaska. In Pacific coastal Alaska, pine parkland is shown to have given way to hemlock-spruce forest, while farther west to Kodiak Island coniferous forest developed from tundra. The role of unglaciated refugia in preservation and

subsequent redistribution of various plant species is discussed. Spruce survived in interior Alaska throughout the Wisconsin glaciation. No evidence of forest has been found on Seward Peninsula, and it is postulated that the arctic tundra has been little altered throughout most of the Pleistocene. Pollen diagrams are presented, and lateglacial and post-glacial vegetational types for eight localities in Alaska over a period of 14,000 yr are tabulated. DGS.

distinct association of gabbro to anorthosite sills and bodies in gneisses and granulites between Daly Bay and Roes Welcome Sound, and the Penrhyn Group for a sequence of deformed and altered sedimentary rocks that outcrop on Melville Peninsula. Ordovician and Silurian sandstone and dolomite outcrops on Simpson and Melville peninsulas and Southampton Island are noted. K-Ar ages of the Precambrian rocks are in the range of 1580-1690 MY. Results of analyses of an iron formation are given. CaMAI, DGS.

96052 HEUSSER, C.J. Polar hemispheric correlation: palynological evidence from Chile and the Pacific north-west of America. (In: Intl. Symposium on World Climate, 8000-0 B.C, 1966. Proceedings p. 124-41, maps, table, illus) Refs. Compares palynological data from these areas, incl southeast Alaska, and from them constructs a late-glacial and post-glacial paleoclimatic chronology. Generally parallel changes are identified between the two regions, and radiocarbon dates are utilized to establish a time scale. Pollen diagrams and peat stratigraphy sections are presented for two locations near Juneau and a composite diagram brings together pollen data from four locations near Juneau and one at Ketchikan. The author considers that the evidence supports the theory of harmonious climatic fluctuations in both polar regions during late-glacial and post-glacial time. DWB.

96054 HEYWOOD, W.W. Geological notes on Operation Wager, Northwest Territories. Ottawa 1966. 10 p. maps, tables. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 66-10) An interim report, which briefly summarizes results of a reconnaissance geological survey in northwestern District of Keewatin and southern Melville Peninsula, District of Franklin 1964. Although the oldest rocks are probably altered volcanics and sediments, more than 70% of the area is underlain by granitic and gneissic rocks. Peridotite, pyroxenite, and serpentinite occur in and near the metasediments and metavolcanics and a few diorite and gabbro plugs were seen. Diabase dikes intrude all Precambrian rocks but not the Ordovician and Silurian sandstones and dolomites that outcrop here and there in the N, NE and SE parts of the mapped area. CaMAI, DGS.

HEWIIT, L.W., see No. 93922, 93923

HEYWOOD, W.W., see also No. 94444

HEYLAND, J.M., see No. 97449

96055 HIBBERD, F.H. and T.L.E. HENSq current effects on the DERSON. seasonal variations in the E-region of the ionosphere. (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1967. v.29, no.5, p.477-88, tables, illus) Refs. Presents a table with calculated values of the index n that describes the seasonal variations of the E-region critical frequency for 65 stations, including 12 in the North. Charts show the variation of this index with latitude and local time for three longitude zones, centered at 15°E, 140°E, and 75'W. The contours of constant n exhibit asymmetries in latitude, time, and magnitude. These asymmetries correlate closely with corresponding asymmetries in the solar quietday electric-current system. DLC.

96053 HEYWOOD, W.W. Geological notes: northeastern District of Keewatin and southern Melville Peninsula, District of Franklin, Northwest Territories. Ottawa 1967. 20 p. maps, tables. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 66-40) 6 refs. Gives a preliminary report on the bedrock geology observed during Operation Wager, Jun-Aug 1964, the last of the major helicopter reconnaissance operations investigating the geology of the western Canadian Shield. Almost all geology was mapped directly on air photos in the field, and transferred to 1:250,000 topographic maps at the base camp. The air photos and photo mosaics aided in the geologic interpretation between flight lines. Precambrian rocks of Aphebian (early Proterozoic) age have been folded, altered, granitized and, in places, intruded by granitic and pegmatitic rocks. New stratigraphic names introduced are: Prince Albert Group for a sequence of early Proterozoic or Archean metasedimentary and volcanic rocks on Melville Peninsula and southwest of Committee Bay, Daly Bay Complex for a

96056 HICKEL, W.J. The wealth of the land and the growth of Alaska. (Journal of the West 1967. v.6, no.3, p.3S7-61, illus) A general introduction to the Alaska Purchase Centennial Number of Journal of the West (July 1967, v.6, no.3). Reviews briefly resources and emphasizes the great future role of the petroleum-natural gas 459

industry in the economy of the state. Mention is made of a $48 million ammonia-urea plant at Kenai which will be largest in US, also plans for bulk export of natural gas to Japan in super tankers. A railroad to Nome is suggested as the most practicable way of opening up the resources of Northwestern Alaska. DLC. 96057

HICKEY, J.L.S. The air of Anchorage today and tomorrow. (Alaska medicine 1966. v.8, no.1, p.8-15, graphs, tables) 16 refs. Air pollution according to study reported, is not a serious problem in the Anchorage area at present. However, projections of its future growth, if realistic, find Anchorage at a crossroad: if the population triples in the next 15 yr, the amount of air pollution may become a problem. CaMAI. 96058 HICKS, J.R. Improving visibility

during periods of supercooled fog. Hanover, N.H. 1966. 35 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Technical report no. 181) Describes tests carried out at Camp Century, Greenland in which burning propane dispensed from cylinders was used to disperse supercooled fogs. Four of the five tests were successful; one was affected by wind shift. Ice-crystal fog was not modifiable. Details of the tests, with hlus of observed results are given in an appendix. Comparison is made with similar tests carried out in New Hampshire. CaMAI, DLC. 96059 HICKS, J.R. Fog dispersal experiments using propane at Walla Walla, Washington. Hanover, N.H. 1967. 11p. graphs, tables, illus. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Technical report no. 198)

Reports successful experiments to induce glaciation of supercooled fog droplets using propane. Liquid dispensing proved generally more effective than gaseous. When wind is less than 5 or 6 knots and steady with respect to direction, two or three dispensers, each emitting 2.5 to 3 lb/min of liquid propane, could probably keep an airfield open to air traffic at a cost of about $20/hr. The propane system is easy to use, inexpensive, requires neither preparation nor personnel standby time after the initial installation. No combustible mixture has been found beyond 8 ft from the discharge nozzle of the propane-air mixture. See also author's papers Improving visibility... CaMAI, DLC. 460

96060 HICKS, J.R. Improving visibility near airports during periods of fog. (Journal of applied meteorology 1967. v.6, no.1,

p.39-42, map, illus) 5 refs. Reports the seeding of six fogs at Camp Century airfield, Greenland with grounddispensed liquified propane. The fire hazard associated with this method was investigated and found to stop beyond 8 ft from the nozzle. Five tests on supercooled fogs were successful. However, one ice fog proved unamenable to modification. In the successful cases, glaciation occurred and snow was precipitated, while visibility improved significantly. DWB. 96061 HIEKISCH, K. Die Tungusen; Oosterhout, Anthropological Publications 1966. 120 p. Refs. In German. Reprint of No 22615.

eine ethnologische Monographie.

96062 HIETALA, K. Lappi värikuvina. Helsinki, Tammi 1966. 61 p. illus. In Finnish. English translation pub New York,

Doubleday 1966. German translation pub Munich, Andermann 1966. JYtle tr. Lapland. An introduction, by M. Kilpi, describes the landscapes, natural attractions, sports, accomodations, and routes in Finnish Lapland, Thirty colored photographs, with explanatory notes, by Hietala, give information on specific activities and attractions. DLC. 96063 HIGASHI, A. Ice crystal growth in a temperate glacier in Alaska. (In: Intl. Conf. on Low Temp. Science; Physics of snow and ice... 1967, v.1, pt. 1, p.409-430, maps, tables, illus) 15 refs. Reports field studies, 1960 and 1964, carried out by Hokkaido University Alaskan Glacier Expeditions on ice crystal growth in the Mendenhall Glacier, southeast Alaska. Grain size, crystal c-axis orientation, stratification and foliation were studied. Strainrate tensor measurements are described and illus, with observational data tabulated. While simple annealing produces crystals up to a few cm in diameter, strain annealing induces growth of single crystals to 15 cm diameter.

These crystals are larger and have fewer defects than any synthetic crystals which it is now possible to grow. CaMAI, DWB. Echinoderes aril., a new kinorhynch from the Arctic Ocean. (Pacific science 1966. v.20, no.4, p.518-20) The first kinorhynch reported from within the Arctic Circle was Centroderes arcticus

96064 HIGGINS, R.P.

(Steiner, 1919) n. comb. This species was originally described in one of several invalid 'larval genera,' gen Centropsis Zelinka, 1907.

Fam Echinoderidae Butschli, 1876 has been reported from as far north as Bergen, Norway and the northern Baltic Sea, its southern limit of distribution is South Georgia Island in the southern Atlantic. Members of the single genus within this family, Echinoderes Claparede, 1863, are widely distributed and are common representatives of the phylum Kinorhyncha. The species described in this paper is the first member of the gen Echinoderes reported from within the Arctic Circle and is from the greatest recorded depth for the phylum. DLC. 96065 HILDES, J.A. The circumpolar people—health and physiological adaptations. (Biology of human adaptability, P.T. Baker and J.S. Weiner, eds. Oxford, Clarendon Press 1966. p.497-508). Refs. Discusses the incidence of various diseases among circumpolar peoples, principally Eskimos. The metabolic cold adaptation mechanisms in mammals and man are considered. DLC. 96066 HILGENBERG, O.0 Bestätigung der Kennedy-Channel-Scherung durch die Bruchstruktur von Grönland and NordostKanada. Evidence of the Kennedy Channel Shear by the fracture pattern of Greenland and northeastern Canada. Stuttgart, Schweizerbart 1966. 74 p. maps. Refs. In German. (Geotektonische Forschungen no.22) Presents results of a detailed empirical investigation of fracture patterns on both sides of the Kennedy Channel in order to reconstruct the tectonic origin of the shear. 1:1 million and large scale maps are listed and the structure patterns indicated for each sheet. A synthetic interpretation of the patterns is discussed on the basis of the author's theory of earth expansion. The rotational effects along the shear are shown and after reorientation the whole area between Mackenzie River and the eastern coast of Greenland is shown to be crossed by four sets of nearly parallel structure lines. The author postulates that the fracture pattern was initiated as a rhombic system predetermined by pressure along the equatorial bulge of the earth in consequence of diminishing rotational speed of the earth; at that early period the direction of rotation was the opposite of that today. The data from Greenland and Canada are shown to be in agreement with the recent findings of paleomagnetism and with the author's view of an expanding earth; also that the sialic continents represent the whole crust of the earth 750 million yr ago when its diameter was half as large as today. A set of folding maps show reconstructions of the shear zone and a hypothetic reconstruction of the

alignment of the sialic blocks on this smaller DGS. earth. 96067 HILKER, R.G. The Whitehorse copperbelt. (Western miner and oil review 1967. v.40, no.7, p.37-46, graphs, table, illus) Copper mineralization, consisting mainly of bornite and chalcopyrite, in this area of the Yukon Territory, occurs along an 18-mi belt near intrusive contacts of the upper Triassic Lewes River group with a Cretaceous batholith. The deposits are considered contact metasomatic in origin. Proven ore reserves in five near surface deposits comprise about 5.5 million tons of copper grading 1.25%, in parts molybdenite and an average $1.13 gold and silver values. Reserves of 3.5 million t grading 2.14% have been outlined at depth on the Little Chief deposit. Plans and sections of crushers and concentrator, and a geologic formation table of the copper belt are DGS. included in the illus. 96068 HILL, C.R. Routes of uptake of 210Pb into human tissues. (In: Intl. Symposium on Radioecological Concentration Processes, Stockholm 1966. Proceedings pub 1967. p.297-302, tables) 10 refs. Re-examination . of 210Po accumulation in human tissues by inhalation and ingestion of 210Pb and 210Po present in drinking water and in foodstuffs indicates that the principal source is food. This conclusion is supported by data on pCi/kg wet wt. 210Po from human placentas of residents of Yellowknife, inland rural Northwest Terr, and Hudson Bay coast. A discrepancy between observed metabolic behavior of the material, and the relevant ICRP (Intl Commission of Radioecological Protection) model may be related to the particular chemical form in which the dietary 210Po occurs. DLC. 96069 HILL, D. Hidden lakes. (Flying 1964. v.75, no.1, p.47, 76-78) Describer opportunities for fishing in isolated lakes in Alaska only accessible to small private amphibious aircraft. DLC. 96070 HILL, D. The sequence and distribution of Ludlovian, lower Devonian, and Couvinian coral faunas in the Union of (Palaeontology Soviet Socialist Republics. 1967. v.10, pt. 4, p.660-93, maps, tables) 217 refs. This summary of coral records drawn from some 200 references to (mainly) Russian literature on Ludlovian (Silurian), lower Devonian and Couvinian (lower middle Devonian) corals of the USSR, is arranged by broad geographic regions which include Novaya Zemlya, Vaygach Island and Pay Khoy 461

range, Taymyr Pensinsula, Tunguska-Anabar region of the east Siberian platform and the Verkhoyansk-Chukchi region. DGS. 96071 HILL, J.E.

Auroral heights over Churchill, Manitoba, during International Quiet Solar Year. (Canadian journal of physics 1965. v.43, no.10, p.1917-19, illus) 3 refs. Reports the Defence Research Northern Laboratory at Fort Churchill obtained 1197 heights of lower borders on various forms of aurora during IQSY 1964-65, while only 9.86% of all auroras measured occurred between 108 and 115 km, and 17.21% between 116 and 123 km, higher than when sunspot activity was at a maximum. Auroras as low as 63 km and as high as 240 km were measured, compared with 80 and 140 km in the previous study. DOS. 96072 HILL, J.R. and H.A. RAHIMTULLA. Heat balance and the metabolic

rate of new-born babies in relation to environmental temperature; basal metabolic rate. (Journal of physiology 1965. v.180, no.2, p.239-65, tables, graphs, illus) 40 refs. Study of metabolic rate (02-consumption) and body temperature to the age of 10 days. Even within a few hours after birth all showed metabolic response to (low) environmental temperature characteristic of homeotherms. Basal metabolic rate was directly proportional to body weight at a given age, and rose with increasing age. Change in critical temperature and thermal insulation are also considered.

DLC.

96073 HILL, R.M. Mackenzie reindeer operations. (In: Alaskan Science Conference 1966 pub 1967, p.1-2)

Describes briefly the reorganization and modernization of these operations since 1960. One contractor now manages the whole herd of 8000, assisted by eight employees. Open herd management has been adopted. Aircraft, dog teams, freighter canoes, HF and VHF radio and modern homes for herders have been adopted, with the result that the project is much more successful. Plans to substantially increase the herd are mentioned. CaMAI. 96074 HILL, R.M. Mackenzie reindeer operations. Ottawa 1967. 161 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. (Canada. Dept. of Indian Affairs and Northern Development. Northern Co-ordination and Research Center. NCRC 67-1) Presents a detailed study of all aspects of the Canadian Reindeer Project since its inception in 1935 and its reorganization in 1963. The reasons for change-over from close 462

to extensive open herding over a 18,000 mil reserve are given and the failure of native herding explained. All aspects of the present operations are comprehensively evaluated, incl herd and range management, abattoir operations, packing, transportation, and marketing. The principal market competition is from beef, and means of making reindeer meat more competitive are considered. An economic model is constructed for future operations to 1977 which shows that the industry is viable under certain conditions, incl increase of the herd to 30,000 head, reduction in production costs from 40 ¢ to 60 /lb, and replacement of the present arrangements by a capable and powerful

management.

CaMAI.

96075 HILL, R.M. Observations on white whales trapped by ice in the Eskimo Lakes during the winter of 1966-67. (Arctic circular 1968. v.17, no.3-4, p.28-36, map, illus) Refs.

Reports observations on 50 beluga trapped by winter ice near Inuvik, Mackenzie District. The whales were trapped early in Oct in fresh water; 20 remained at one breathing hole on Nov 10, and the final survivor perished Jan 21-26. Data and illus taken at breathing hole are presented. These include water temperature, body activity and hydrophone monitoring. CaMAI. 96076 HILLIARD, D.K. Studies on Chrysophyceae from some ponds and lakes in Alaska, 5; notes on the taxonomy and occurrence of phytoplankton in an Alaskan pond. (Hydrobiologia 1966. v.28, nos. 3-4, p.553-76, graphs, table, illus) Refs.

Reports results of study on periodicity and species composition of certain phytoplankton in a pond near Anchorage, specifically Pond II of the group reported by Asmund and Hilliard (cf No 69897, 87849). Special attention was given to this group which was dominant under winter conditions. Ice timing and thickness are noted. The 37 Chrysophyceae represent more than one fifth of the total number of species and varieties of algae observed during the year. Species are briefly catalogued as to time and water temperature, and five new species are systematically described. Names of other taxa are listed. DGS. HILLS, L.V., see No. 93372, 100762 96077 HILTEN, D. van. Palaeomagnetic indications of an increase in the earth's radius. (Nature, Dec. 28, 1963, v.200, p.1277-79, table, graph, maps) 23 refs. Discusses the hypothesis that the earth's radius has increased during geologic history.

It is assumed that increase in global area must be sought in the formation or enlargement of the oceanic basins. Hence distance along the earth's surface between two points on the stable part of the same continent remains constant, but the geocentric angle between these points decreases inversely proportional to the increase in the earth's radius. By use of paleomagnetic data in calculating positions of the North Pole during the Carboniferous and Triassic, distances between North America and arctic and subarctic USSR and other locations are calculated, and the values of the geocentric angles between these pairs of points derived. The paleomagnetic evidence seems to indicate an increase of the earth's radius since the Carboniferous at a rate which agrees roughly with the hypotheses of S.W. Carey and B.C. Heezen, the Cretaceous earth's radius being calculated at 6,027 km as against 6,373 km as its present radius. DLC. HINCKLEY, C., see No. 96078 96078 HINCKLEY, T.C. and C. HINCKLEY, Ø Ivan Petroff's journal of a trip to Alaska in 1878. (Journal of the West 1966. v.5, no.1, p.25-70, map) Refs. Reviews the career of this eccentric Russian-American and attempts to assess his dubious claims to fame in a biographical introduction (18p, map). The wide variety of occupations undertaken by Petroff is noted incl army service, employment with the Russian-American Company, census taker, customs officer, publisher, linguist, collector for the Bancroft Library and inveterate traveler. His falsification of state documents is discussed and the genuineness and value of his literary work are assessed. His journal of a trip to Alaska (24p) is presented in lightly edited form with numerous textual notes. DLC. 96079 HINES, C.O. On the nature of traveling ionospheric disturbances launched by low-altitude nuclear explosions. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.7, p.1877-82, graphs) 26 refs. Shows that major perturbations of the ionospheric F-layer critical frequency, resulting from the nuclear explosion of 30 Oct 1961 over Novaya Zemlya, can be consistently interpreted in terms of long-period gravity waves, if allowance is made for the obliquity of energy propagation. The more recent interpretation of the perturbations by shorter-period acoustic-gravity waves is found unsatisfactory as can be seen from the variations of the F-layer penetration frequency plotted against the Central European

Time from the records of five European stations, including Kiruna and Lycksele. DLC. HINES, J.Q., see No. 100658 96080 HINSCH, E. "Saging" av skifer. (Suomen muinaismuistoyhdistys. Aikakauskirja 1957, no.58, p.41-60, illus) 48 refs. In Norwegian. Tide (r.: "Sawing" of slate. Discusses the techniques of making barbed and plain spear points and other stone and bone implements characterized by bored holes, grooves, and special shaping. In these artifacts, the holes have been bored from two directions, and they range in number from one or two to four in an unfinished specimen found in northern Norway. The holes were fashioned before the spear point was shaped and sharpened, and they must have been used to hold fast the stone piece during its final shaping. The grooves were made during the process of shaping, and improved control of the abrasion and sharpening. These techniques were known throughout the Fennoscandian slate region. Their age is discussed in relation to other artifacts. DLC. 96081 HINTIKKA, V. Über das Grossklima einiger Pflanzenareale in zwei Klimakoordinatensystemen dargestellt. Helsinki 1963. 64 p. maps, graphs. (Suomalainen elain- ja kasvitieteellinen seura Vanamo. Kasvitieteellisiä julkaisuja v.34, no.5) Approx 130 refs. In German. Finnish summary. Title tr.: On the regional climate of several plant areas arranged in two climate coordinate systems. Explains the recognition of a coordinated relationship between certain climatic factors and the geographic distribution of various flora, particularly in northern Fennoscandia. If mean temperature of the coldest month is plotted along the abscissa and that of the warmest on the ordinate, station locations can be plotted in a straight line which approximates the limit of a specific plant species. In Europe there appears to be a direct correlation between summer precipitation and the temperature of the coldest month although this is not the case in eastern Canada. On the basis of such a coordinate system, vegetation can be described as occurring within zones of oceanic or continental climate. Such zones are briefly described for northern Europe and the occurrence of some twenty representative species is mapped. Where species are lacking, concurrence or competition with other species is probable. Changes of climate in postglacial time may be determined by 463

research on the distribution of fossil plant finds. DLC. 96082 HIPSZER, H. Quelques masques de hiboux et de corbeaux. (Anthropos 1967. v.62, no.1/2, p.68-88, hus) 29 refs. Title tr.: Some owl and raven In French. masks. Reinterprets certain Eskimo masks as stylized bird heads. The strong asymmetry reflects the high mobility and rapid changes in facial expression of the snowy owl. Frequent lack of eye-holes is explained by the use of these masks in dances involving almost stationary foot stamping. Finger masks with bird feathers used by Eskimo women in Alaska enhance the flight effect. Other masks with beak-like noses are considered raven heads. Eskimo folklore and mythology are cited in support of this theory. DLC. HIRASAWA, T., see No. 95406 96083 HIRVENOJA, M. Cladotanytarsus-Arten (Dipt., Chironomidae) aus Finnisch-Lappland. (Suomen hyönteistieteellinen aikakauskirja. Annales entomologici fennici 1962. v.28, no.4, p.173-81, illus) 2 refs. In German. Title tr.: Cladotanytarsus species (Dipt., Chironomidae) from Finnish Lapland. Presents morphometric description of five species of these midges from two lakes, incl pupae (aquatic) when known. Four of these species are new. DLC. 96084 HIRVENOJA, M. Culiciden (Dipt.) aus der Umgebung des SompiojärviSees, Finnisch-Lappland. (Suomen hyönteistieteellinen aikakauskirja. Annales entomologici fennici 1961. v.27, no.3, p.110-11) 2 refs. In German. Title Er.: Culicida (Dipt.) from the environs of Lake Sompiojärvi, Finnish Lapland. Describes the puddles and their pH from which larvae of five species of mosquitoes were collected and reared for study. Dates of emergence, duration of the pupal stage and earlier records are noted. DLC. 96085 HIRVENOJA, M. Description of the larva of Corynocera ambigua Zett. (Dipt., Chironomidae) and its relation to the subfossil species Dryadotanytarsus edentulus Anders. and D. duffi Deevey. (Suomen hyönteistieteellinen aikakauskirja. Annales entomologici fennici 1961. v.27, no.3, p.105-110, illus) 8 refs. In Sequence to No. 65159. Describes these larvae isolated from the bottom mud of Lake Sompiojärvi. Their morphology is discussed in relation to that of the two subfossil forms, and the taxonomy of DLC C ambigua determined. 464

96086 HIRVENOJA, M. Microtendipes nigellus n. sp., Dipt., Chironomidae. (Suomen hyönteistieteellinen aikakauskirja. Annales entomologici fennici 1963. v.29, no.4, p.247-49, illus) 5 refs. In German. Presents the morphology and morphometry of this midge from Lapland. Both imagoes, males and females, and pupae are included. DLC 96087 HIRVENOJA, M. Ein Vergleich der Culiciden-Fauna einiger slid- and nordfinnischen Schmelzwasserlachen. (Suomen hyönteistieteellinen aikakauskirja. Annales entomologici fennici 1962. v.28, no.3, p.97-106, maps, graphs, illus) 8 refs. In German. Title tr. A comparison of culicid faunas of some South- and North-Fnnish meltwater puddles. Reports on some mosquitoes from the environs of Lake Posolampi and from an area at 62°50'N 24°50'E. Dimensions and nature of the pools of snow water, type of bottoms, pH of water, vegetation, etc, and the species of mosquitoes found therein are described; their ecology in the two areas are compared. Water temperatures and their effect on hatching are also discussed. DLC. 96088 HIRVENOJA, M. Zur Kenntnis der Gattung Chironomus, Dipt., Chironomidae. (Suomen hyönteistieteellinen aikakauskirja. Annales entomologici fennici 1962. v.28, no.2, p.85-88, illus) 2 refs. In German. Title tr.: Contribution to the knowledge of genus Chironomus, Dipt., Chironomidae. Describes two new species of midges from the vicinity of Lake Posolampi: Chironomus clarus and C acerbus; of C clarus only males. DLC. 96089 HIRVENOJA, M. Zur Kenntnis der Gattung Polypedilum Kieff., Dipt., Chironomidae. (Suomen hyönteistieteellinen aikakauskirja. Annales entomologici fennici 1962. v.28, no.3, p.127-36, hus) 9 refs. In German. Tide tr.: Contribution to the knowledge of the genus Polypedilum Kieff. (Dips., Chironomidae). Describes imagoes and (briefly) pupae of these midges, two of them recorded from arctic Finland. Polypedilum (Tripodura) tetracrenatum n sp is described from a lake in Sodankylä, as to both male and female imagoes. DLC. 96090 HISDAL, V. The weather in (Norway. Norsk Svalbard in 1964-1965. Polarinstitutt. Arbok 1964 pub 1966, p.183-85; ibid 1965 pub 1966, p.151-53, tables) Presents tabular description of some fea-

tures of the large scale atmospheric circulation pattern. Monthly mean temperatures for Isfiord Radio are given and their deviation from the 1947-64 means indicated. Most months were colder than normal, with an unusally low temp in March 1965. DLC.

consolidated surficial deposits, mainly Quaternary silt, cover more than half the area. DGS.

HJALTE, K., see No. 101226

96094 HOBSON, E.S. Visual orientation and feeding in seals and sea lions. (Nature, 16 Apr 1966. v.210, p.326-27) 11 refs. Based on long-time underwater observations at all hours of day and night, and on other sources, author claims that these animals catch their prey at night by approaching it from underneath. This makes the prey better visible against the relatively bright sky. Bioluminescence of some fishes also may betray them at night. DLC.

96091 HJELLE, A. The composition of some granitic rocks from Svalbard. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Årbok 1965 pub 1966, p.7-30, maps, tables, illus) Russian summary. 31 refs. Distinguishes three main types of granitic rocks in the material collected by A. Hoel in 1923 and during the Norsk Polarinstitutt's 1957-65 expeditions: medium grained grey granite to quartz diorite in NW Vestspitsbergen; coarse, often porphyritic rocks of mainly quartz monzonite composition in the same area, in central NE Vestspitsbergen and in the Nordkapp area of Nordaustlandet; medium grained leucocratic granites in the Brennevinsfjorden and Rijpfjorden areas of Nordaustlandet. Modal and chemical analyses are given. DLC. HJELLE, A., see also No. 95490 96092 HJORT, K.G. Inför Trondheimsleden. (Nordens tidning 1955. v.13, no.2, p.4-9, map, illus) In Swedish. TYtle tr.: Inside the Trondheim gateway. Describes the geography, elevations, and environmental conditions in the region approx 63-64'N 11-12'E. It has an all-year international highway from Stjördal and one from Verdal on Trondheimsfjord (routes 710 and 720) which connect with Swedish routes north and south of the mountain lake Kallsjön. The costs, cooperation in planning and construction, and projected use of this highway system are noted. DLC. 96093 HOARE, J.M. and W.H. CONDON. Geological map of the Kwiguk and Black quadrangles, western Alaska. Washington, DC 1966. 7 p. map 1:250, 000, table. (US. Geological Survey. Miscellaneous geologic investigations. Map no. I-469) 21 refs. Field studies in the Yukon-Norton Sound region were mainly concerned with bedrock geology. Middle Jurassic-Quaternary rocks exposed in the Kwiguk and Black areas consist of old deformed, dominantly volcanic rocks, younger deformed sedimentary rocks, intrusive igneous rocks, and young undefonmed lava rocks. A northeast-trending belt of intensely folded Mesozoic sedimentary rocks is cut by two sets of faults. Un-

HOBART, C., see No. 94436

96095 HOBSON, G.D. and others. Crustal structure under Hudson Bay. (Canadian journal of earth sciences 1967. v.4, no.5, p.929-47, map, tables, illus) 15 refs. Other authors: A. Overton, D.N. Clay, and W. Thatcher. Presents time-term analyses of data from 41 shots of the Hudson Bay crustal refraction experiment, 1965. Among other conclusions, it is noted that near the center of a long-stable extensive area of Precambrian Shield rocks, the crust-mantle interface displays a surprising amount of relief; that the Mohorovicic discontinuity varies in depth DGS. 26-41 km. 96096 HOBSON, G.D. and D.C. FINDLAY. Down-hole geophysical studies of the Muskox Intrusion, Coppermine River area, District of Mackenzie (Canadian contribution to the International Upper Mantle Project no. 135). Ottawa 1967. 37 p. graphs, maps, table, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. 21 refs. Paper 66-44) After drilling was completed in the Muskox Drilling Project, 1963, two of the three BX size (21/2 in diameter) holes were used for a geophysical logging program which included self potential, resistivity, gamma ray, neutron, and geophone velocity surveys. The most useful of these is the neutron log, which clearly indicates features such as contacts between rock layers and changes in intensity of serpentini7ation of ultramafic members. So few data are available concerning the logging of igneous rocks in small-diameter holes, that this program was mainly a reconnaissance effort. It is noted that a caliper and sonic log and a density log in conjuction with core analysis would provide valuable supplemenDGS. tary data. 465

96097 HOBSON, G.D. Hudson Bay crustal seismic experiment; time and distance data. (Canadian journal of earth sciences 1967. v.4, no.5, p.879-99, map, tables, illus) 15 refs. Tabulates all preliminary data pertaining to participants, instrumentation, shot times and distances, travel times, and locations from a crustal refraction experiment, shot in Aug 1965, as part of the Hudson Bay Geophysical Survey. Eight stations were located on the periphery of the bay, while telemetering sonobuoys were monitored at a central location in the bay. DGS. 96098 HOBSON, G.D. A reconnaissance seismic refraction survey in Hudson Bay, Canada. (World Petroleum Congress, 7th, Mexico, 1967. Proceedings v.2, p.813-26, maps, illus) 20 refs. French summary. Reports the procedures and results of crustal refraction, conventional marine refraction and repetitive spark-source profiling programs conducted in Hudson Bay, Aug-Sep 1965, in continuance of seismic surveys of the Manitoba and Ontario lowlands, 1963-64. The thickness of Paleozoic and Mesozoic sediments overlying the Proterozoic (Upper Precambrian) strata is about 6000 ft. Favorable structural conditions appear to be present. The text is accompanied by figures showing bathymetry, Precambrian topography, east-west and north-south sections, and areal extent of Proterozoic, Silurian-Ordovician, Middle-Lower Devonian, and Upper Devonian or Lower Cretaceous formations in the Bay as defined by seismic methods. DGS. 96099 HOBSON, G.D. and A. OVERTON. A seismic section of the Sverdrup Basin, Canadian Arctic Islands. (Seismic refraction prospecting, A. W. Musgrave, editor. Tulsa, Okla., Society of Exploration Geophysicists 1967. p.550-62, map, illus) 5 refs. Presents the results of the 1961 Polar Continental Shelf Project. Seven seismic refraction profiles were shot along a line from a point 30 mi north of Ellef Ringnes Island, along its west coast to a point 30 mi south of the island into Belcher Channel. A S-55 helicopter with supply support and major moves by Otter aircraft were used. Dynamite charges were detonated to water depths of 1285 ft without use of boosters. A Decca Survey Chain for regional navigation proved not sufficiently accurate for long-range seismic refraction surveying. The profiles are shown in a cross section across the Sverdrup Basin, correlated by seismic velocities, indicating a thickness of approx 4000 ft of sediment in the center of the basin to a 466

formation with a horizontal velocity of 20,000 ft/sec "basement" or that the base of the unaltered sediments may be 64, 000 ft deep at this location. Hazards encountered during work on arctic sea ice, its motion, pressure ridges, rafting of ice sheets, and whiteout conditions are noted. DGS. 96100 HOBSON, P.M. The Alaska ferry system. (Geography 1967. v.52, pt. 2, no.235, p.202-205, map) Describes briefly the three sections of this system: Prince Rupert, B.C: Skagway, Cordova-Valdez, and the Kodiak ferries. Reference is made to the new link (1966) from Kelsey Bay, Vancouver Island connecting at Prince Rupert with the Alaska Marine Highway. DLC. 96101 HOCK, R.J. and A.M. LARSON. Composition of black bear milk. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1966. 3 p. table. (US. Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory. Technical report no. AALTR-65-21) 3 refs. Black bear (Ursus americanus) milk showed higher total solids, fat and protein and lower lactose than either cow or human milk; however, it was lower in fat, protein and total calories than milk of the polar bear (Thalarctos maritimus). CaMAI. 96102 HOCK, R.J. Relative viscosity and other functions of the blood of hibernating and active arctic ground squirrels. (Suomalainen Tiedeakatemia. Toimituksia. Annales. Ser. A. IV: Biologica 1964, no.71, Intl. Symposium... Hibernation 1962. Proceedings no.71 /13, p.185-98, graphs, tables) Refs. The relative viscosity of the blood of hibernating arctic ground squirrels (Citellus undulatus) is about 50% higher than that found in wild, active animals over the temperature range 5.8*-36°C. The hematocrit, erythrocyte count and hemoglobin are increased about 33% in the hibernators. Relative plasma viscosity and protein concentration are increased about 10%. There is no apparent seasonal change in relative viscosity of the blood from the active group in spring, summer and fall. DLC. 96103 HODGE, P.W. and others. Studies of particles for extraterrestrial origin; 3, analyses of dust particles from polar ice deposits. (Journal of geophysical research 1964. v.69, no.14, p.2919-31, graph, tables, illus) Refs. Other authors: F.W. Wright and C.C. Langway, JR. Analyzes 166 dust particles collected principally from Greenland and antarctic ice, using the electron-beam microanalyzer technique. Several particles are found to have

nickel/iron ratios indicative of a meteoritic origin. The remainder are thought also to be primarily of cosmic origin. The rate of deposition of opaque spherules is found to be nearly the same at all geographical locations sampled. The rate of deposition of dust particles over the surface of the earth is calculated to be over 106 t/yr. DLC. HODGE, P.W. see also No. 95372, 101367 96104 HODGES, J.C. and R.L. LEADABRAND. Auroral radar echo wavelength dependence. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.19, p.4545-49, graphs, map, table, illus) Refs. Describes the very-high and ultra-high radio frequency experiment started early in 1965 with a two-frequency radar, operated from Homer to College, to determine the wavelength (A) dependence between 139 and 398 MHz auroral echoes. The A-dependence of radar echoes on auroral ionization is found to be complex relationship that depends upon the strength of the auroral returns. The 139-MHz radar echoes were, on the average, 22 db greater in amplitude than those received with the 398 MHz radar, resulting in a wavelength dependence of A5 as compared to Al for the 400 to 800 Mc frequency range. No satisfactory interpretation of these data in terms of the plasma acoustic wave model for generation of auroral irregularities has yet been found possible. DLC. HODGES, J.C., see also No. 97401, 97402 96105 HOEG, O.A. Devonfloraen i ytre Trøndelag. (Blyttia 1966. v.24, no.4, p.218-21, illus) Refs. In Norwegian. English Title tr.: The Devonian flora in summary. outer Trøndelag. Discusses fossil flora from two localities on the north side of Orland peninsula, 50 km northwest of Trøndheim. The Dösvik outcrop is considered Lower Devonian, the Tristein site probably Middle Devonian. DLC. 96106 HOEG, O.A. Nyttevekster i fiellet. (Norske turistforening. Årbok 1967. Title tr.: p.38-49, illus) In Norwegian. Useful plants of the uplands. Reviews the contribution of this flora to the diet and economic life of upland and valley dwellers. Hunting, fishing and pasturing of livestock were the means of livelihood; with dwarf shrubs used for fuel, lichens for wild reindeer feed and cloudberry chief among the flora used as human food. Cloudberry is a source of calories and vitamin C. Along with certain seaweeds and lichens it was used as an antiscorbutic. Cotton grass, angelica, and mulgedium were widely known. Lichens were

sources of blue color (litmus) and bread meal. DLC. 96106A HÖHN, E.O. Observations on the breeding biology of Wilson's phalarope (Steganopus tricolor) in central Alberta. (Auk 1967. v.84, no.2, p.220-44, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. This bird ranges up to 400 mi N of Edmonton; breeds in shallow sloughs ringed by grasses and short sedges. Observations in the Edmonton area place spring arrival at early-mid-May, the first arrivals being females. Females leave the nesting ground in early June when males begin to incubate. Pair formation, mating behavior, distraction and other displays are described. "Spin walking" appears to be innate. Summarizes recent experimental work on the endocrine basis of phalarope nuptial plumages and aggressive behavior of females. DLC. HÖKFELT, B., see No. 93549 96107 HOEKSTRA, P. and others. Hanover, N.H. Frost-heaving pressures. 1965. 12 p. graphs, tables, illus. (US. Army Cold Regions Research & Engineering Lab. Research report no.176) Refs. Other authors: E. Chamberlain and A. Frate. Reports on measurement of the heaving pressure on a layered sample of a saturated soil, frozen from the top down in a specially designed test chamber. The purpose is to establish criteria on whether a soil is frost susceptible, and to test the hypothesis that pore size governs the behavior of soils upon freezing. The experiments attempt to relate pore size to heaving pressure, and show that heaving pressure can be easily measured, and is characteristic for each soil. CaMAI, DLC. 96108 HOEKSTRA, P. Moisture movement in soils under temperature gradients with the cold-side temperature below freezing. (Water resources research 1966. v.2, no.2, p.241-50, tables, illus) 22 refs. Measures moisture movement to a freezing front in an unsaturated porous medium of upland silt at Fairbanks, Alaska, and shows that the presence of an ice phase greatly enhances the amount of moisture transfer under temperature gradients. The chemical potential of unfrozen absorbed water in frozen soils, if in equilibrium with ice, is independent of total water content (unfrozen water plus ice). Consequently, no equilibrium moisture content distribution is reached, and water content in the frozen soil changes continuously. Moisture flow in the frozen soil takes place under temp gradients through the films of unfrozen water. Since the thickness 467

of the unfrozen films decreases with temp, the rate of water transport also decreases rapidly DGS. with decreasing temp below 0'C. 96109 HOEL, A. Svalbard, 1: Svalbards Oslo, Sverre Kildahl historie 1596-1965. 1966. 487 p. maps, illus. In Norwegian. ?itle tr.: Svalbard vol 1: history of Svalbard 1956-1965. First of three planned volumes to provide a basic work on this island group discovered by Icelanders in 1194 and rediscovered by Barendsz in 1596. Its natural conditions are briefly outlined, and its exploration, occupation, administration, current activities and conditions are dealt with. The coal and oil explorations, industrial explorations under British leadership, the German and Dutch activities and events leading to Russian interests in the area are chronicled. Expeditionary work since World War II is presented chronologically. Unpublished source materials in scientific and commercial organizations are extensively used Scores of photo-illus and maps amplify text and a highly itemized contents list is provided. CaMAI, DLC. 96110 HOESTLANDT, H. Examen compare de races polychromatiques de Spheromes (Cruscaces Isopodes) des cotes atlantique europeenne et pacifique americaine. (International Association of Theoretical and Applied Limnology. Verhandlungen 1964. v.15, pt. 2, p.871-78, map) 25 refs. In French. Title tr. Comparative examination of polychromatic races of Sphaeroma (Crustacea, Isopoda) of the European Atlantic and American Pacific coasts. Study of related species from temperate to subtropical Atlantic waters and such from the temperate to arctic Pacific. The Pacific forms showed a great development of thoracic epimerits. Gnorimosphaeroma oregonensis inhabiting Alaskan-Aleutian waters is chromatically less complex than S. serratum of the Californian coast. DLC. 96111 HOFFMAN, A.A.J. and C.W. HORTON. An analysis of some magnetotelluric records from Tikhaya Bay, U. S.S.R. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.16, p.4047-52, graphs) Refs. Analyzes sampled data recorded in Jan 1958. Power spectra, coherence functions, and apparent resistivities in two orthogonal directions are computed for a frequency range of 0.2-6.3 mc/s. The computed resistivities and the magnetotelluric field at Tikhaya Bay are found to be similar in behavior to corresponding quantities observed at Tbilisi, USSR. The values found for the apparent resistivity from the east-west and the north468

south components of the telluric field can be explained by layers 28 and 20 km thick, respectively, underlain by a high conductivity layer, as compared with the depths of 90-140 km to the conducting layer found by earlier investigators in Canada. The smaller thickness of the crust over the conducting layer at Tikhaya Bay may reflect the existence of the oceanic crustal structure in the Arctic. DLC. As96112 HOFFMAN, I. and others. corbic acid and carotene values of native eastern arctic plants. (Canadian journal of botany 1967. v.45, no.10, p.1859-62, table) Refs. Other authors: F.S. Nowosad and W.J. Cody. Studies vitamin C and A in leaves, stems, roots and berries of plants native to the Ungava Bay region, northern Quebec. Some were remarkably vitamin rich, as listed, indicating their value under survival conditions. CaMAI, DLC. HOFFMAN, P.F., see No. 94444 96113 HOFFMAN, R.A. Possible particle measurements in the high-latitude magnetosphere. (Space science reviews 1967. v.7, no.2/3, p.302-313, graphs, illus) Refs. Outlines a few high-latitude experiments which should be performed, making use of the particle-detector development programs. The rapid time variations in auroral particle bombardment are a fruitful area of research. Measurements are proposed of fairly narrow spikes in time or space of electron fluxes at 1000 km alt, with intensities approaching 109 particle/cm2-sec-ster above 40 Key, occurring occasionally and preferentially on the nightside of the earth, and of the 27-day periodicities of the solar wind studied in the aspect of the ratio s _ solar wind energy/interplanetary field energy density. Addendum indicates changes in interests of experimenters in magnetospheric particle physics during the 2 yr interval since the (Oct DLC. 1965) submission of this paper. 96114 HOFFMAN, R.A. Speculations (Suoon the regulation of hibernation. malainen Tiedeakatemia. Toimituksia. Annales. Ser. A. IV: Biologica 1964, no.71, Intl. Symposium... Hibernation 1962. Proceedings no. 71/14, p.199-216, graphs, tables) Refs. Discusses hibernation and hypothermia physiology. Animals such as the golden hamster remain essentially homeothermic at ordinary temperatures and undergo stimulus and preparation for hibernation only under the effect of declining temp. Seasonal hibernators have a favorable rate of brown fat deposition at the time of hibernation onset,

while the hamster hibernates only under unfavorable metabolic conditions, i.e. body weight loss prior to hibernation. At the same time this animal is stimulated to store food and apparently will not hibernate without such reserves. On the other hand the golden dormouse (Eliomys quercinus) seems to be conditioned for hibernation by starving and dehydration. Other evidences for seasonal acclimatization in preparation for a prolonged fast are also cited. The actual preparation process can be considered to start in the summer rather than in the fall. DLC. 96115 HOFFMANN, M. The warpweighted loom; studies in the history and technology of an ancient implement. Oslo, Universitetsforlaget 1964. 425 p. illus. Refs. (Studia norvegica, no.14) Presents a comprehensive study of the art of weaving by means of the vertical, warpweighted loom in western and northern Scandinavia. The history of this loom is traced from neolithic times, various ancient examples preserved in Scandinavian museums are described, and its current use in a few rural areas is discussed. These include the Lapp area, which is divided into Nord-Troms in Norway and northern Finland. Many important processes in the weaving art are described in detail and illus, and the distribution of significant local variations discussed. The various types of textile products are then considered, with illus of both ancient and modern examples. Six types of weave are identified. The last two chap recount the history of weaving in northern, western and mediterranean Europe since classical times. DLC. 96116 HOFMANN, D.J. and J.R. WINCKLER. The measurement at balloon heights of the low energy hydrogen and helium isotopes in the cosmic radiation at solar minimum, 1965. (Planetary and space science 1967. v.15, no.4, p.715-25, graphs, illus) Refs. Russian summary. Reports on measurements from the 106 cu ft balloon launched at Barrow 12 May 1965: 26 hr of data obtained at 3.5-5g/cm2 atmospheric altitude during the highest average counting rates due to galactic cosmic radiation during the current solar cycle, are analyzed to determine the energy spectrum of primary galactic protons, deutrons, He3 and He4 nuclei in the primary energy interval 70-150 MeV. The ratio of He3 nuclei to total helium nuclei is found to be 0.11 ± 0.5 at 100 MeV /nucleon. DLC. 96117 HOGG, G.M. The exploration of a sulphide-bearing belt, Labrador and New Quebec. (Canadian Inst. of Mining and

Metallurgy. Transactions 1966. v.69, p.339-46, maps, tables, illus) Refs. Summarizes results of thirteen years of exploration and reconnaissance prospecting for base metals in a 450-mi belt from Labrador City to Ungava Bay. These show predominantly iron and copper mineralization, but with zinc, nickel, lead, silver and gold also occurring. Expenditures to 1966 were in excess of $5 million, but only relatively superficial evaluation has been made because of high operating costs. No minable deposit had been located as of 1966. Mineralogical data and prospecting expenditures are tabulated. DLC. HOGNESTAD, P.T., see No. 94963 96118 HOKKAIDO University, Sapporo, Japan. Faculty of Fisheries. Hydrographic data obtained principally in the Bering Sea by training ship Oshoro Maru in the summer of 1955. Hakodate 1956. 59 (8)p. tables, map. Compiled by S. Motoda, H. Kotö, K. Katö and T. Fujii. Contains introductory notes on this cruise participating in the NORPAK expedition 21 June-29 Aug 1955, the vessel, crew, equipment and fields covered. Tables (p 8-59) present data on temperatures, chlorinity, salinity, phosphate, silicate and pH at 37 stations in the Bering Sea. Corrections (8 p) to these data, are appended. Sea birds and mammals sighted are tabulated. DLC. HOKKAIDO University, Sapporo, Japan. Faculty of Fisheries, see also No.94756 HOLBEK, B., see No. 94087 HOLE, L.W., see No. 99759 96119 HOLELKOVA, E. Reaction to cold of rats adapted to intermittent feeding and fasting. (Physiologia bohemoslovenica 1964. v.13, no.1, p.78-80, graphs) 6 refs. Russian summary. Rats adapted to a feeding-fasting regime and then exposed to 5°C and fed ad libitum consumed during exposure an average of 587 gm of food and gained 33 gm in weight. Non-adapted controls consumed only 540 gm of feed and lost 10 gm in weight. Thus the adapted rats responded more favorably to cold. DLC. 96120 HOLGERSEN, H. Ringmerkings• oversikt 1965. (Stavanger. Museet. Sterna 1967. v.7, no.7, p.297-304, tables) In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: Bird banding in 1965. Presents the 1965 report, 16th of the series, tabulating totals of banded birds, numbering 469

approx 18,000 more than any previous year. Local and scientific names are given for the 174 species, incl three ringed for the first time: the grebe Podiceps auritus, the tern, Sterna sandvicensis, and the redstart Phoenicurus ochrurus. The use of mist-nets enabled the banding of comparatively more full-grown birds than nestlings, and the marked rise in numbers of certain warblers, finches, and others. The list is incomplete because part of the Spitsbergen record is not included. DLC. 96121 HOLGERSEN, H. Stavanger Museums gjenfunn 1965. (Stavanger. Museet. Sterna 1967. v.7, no.7, p.305-330) In Norwegian. English summary. Title fr.: Stavanger Museum's recoveries 1965. Reports data on birds previously banded and recovered during 1965. Included are reports of both banding and recoveries from northern Norway and Spitsbergen, and recoveries from Greenland and Newfoundland. DLC. HOLLAND, J.D., see No. 95621 96122 HOLLIDAY, D.W. Nodular gypsum and anhydrite rocks in the Billefjorden region, Spitsbergen. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Årbok 1965 pub 1966, p.65-73, map, illus) Refs. Describes the lithology of Carboniferous and Permian sulfate rocks in Vestspitsbergen. These are shown to consist mainly of nodules. Their mode of formation is considered to be similar to deposits now being formed in the coastal salt plains of Arabia. The sediments associated with the evaporites are discussed, and the hypothesis of precipitation from marine waters is rejected in favor of evaporation from infratidal and supratidal flats. CaMAI, DLC. 96123 HOLM-HANSEN, B. Juleglimt fra ishayslitteraturen. (Norsk skoleblad 1964. v.28, no.51, p.1980-81) In Norwegian. Title br.: Glimpses of Christmas from polar sea literature. Comments on observation of Christmas by members of several expeditions, including that of Capt C.F. Hall in the 1870's, whose members spent the day on an icefioe. Nansen 1888-89 and 1893-96, Erichsen and Moltke 1903-04, Mikkelsen 1909-12, Rasmussen 1921-24, and John Giaever in the antarctic expedition of 1949-52. DLC. 96124 HOLM-HANSEN, B. Stemmen fra Thule vil snart bli taus... (Norsk skoleblad 1964. v.28, no.35, p.1360) In Norwegian. Title tr.: The voice from Thule will soon be silent. 470

Describes various native art forms of the North Greenland Eskimos, particularly the song and dance festivals. With the modernization of Greenlanders, their absorption into Danish cultural ways, and their removal from isolated and primitive life, the songDLC. and-dance form will be forgotten. HOLMAN, R.H.C., see No. 95110 96125 HOLMBERG, L. Ergebnisse optischer and chemischer Wasseranalysen 1911-31. 54 p. graphs, maps, tables. (Finland. Hydrologinen toimisto. Tiedonantoja 1935. no.5) In German. Title tr.: Results of optical and chemical analyses of water, 1911-1931. Presents summary on investigations performed by the Hydrographic Bureau in Finland in an area along the western part of the country, reaching beyond the Arctic Circle north and northeast of Tornio. Chemical composition, hardness, optical quality, inorganic and organic materials in the water, periodicity and amount of stream flow are discussed and tabulated. It is noted that in Finland, where much of the land surface is exposed bedrock, chemical weathering exceeds the mechanical except in certain districts. DLC. 96126 HOLMEN, B. Additions to the Sphagnum flora of Greenland. (Bryologist 1964. v.67, no.4, p.458-60, map) 4 refs. Reports two mosses new to Greenland: Sphagnum papilosum and S. tenellum. Climatic environment, occurrence in and outside Greenland, habitats, etc are noted. DSI. HOLMEN, K. see also No. 98943 96127 HOLMES, Mrs. B. Experiences of a missionary's wife. (Alberta historical review 1964. v.12, no.2, p.18-25, illus) Describes the journey with husband and small son from Liverpool in Aug 1902, west by CPR train, from Edmonton to Athabasca Landing by the mail buckboard, a 31/2 day trip, and to Lesser Slave Lake in a York boat towed by Indians (18 days). Life at the Anglican mission is sketched, and impressions of the Cree inhabitants given. In 1904 the family moved to Shaftesbury, near Peace River Crossing, travelling by bob sleigh. CaMM. 96128 HOLMES, G.W., comp. Location of pingos and pingolike mounds observed from the ground, from aerial reconnaissance, and on aerial photographs in interior Alaska. Washington, DC 1967. 13 p. (US. Geological Survey. Reports, open file series no.866)

Presents a list of pingos arranged alphabetically by quadrangle map name; geographic coordinates, vegetation (forest, shrub, bog), and observer are also given. DLC. 96129 HOLMES, C.W. and others. Pingos in central Alaska. Washington, DC 1968. 40 p. maps, table, illus. (US. Geological Survey. Bulletin 1241-H) 35 refs. Other authors: D.M. Hopkins and H.L. Foster. Summarizes available data on the distribution, form, vegetation, hydrology, microrelief, evolution, and age of several hundred small ice-cored hills. Pingos have recently been discovered in the zone of discontinuous permafrost, although these features were believed to be characteristic of the continuous permafrost zone. They appear in several stages of development, from a few decades old to some seeming as old as 7000 yr. The diverse ages of the pingos observed suggest continuous formation during Recent time. A descriptive summary of 34 pingos investigated is given in tabular form; maps, profiles and photos show other data. The term "pingo" in Eskimo means "small hill" and was first used DGS. precisely by Porsild in 1938. 96130 HOLMES, J.C. and R. PODESTA. The helminths of wolves and coyotes from the forested regions of Alberta. (Canadian journal of zoology 1968. v.46, no.6, p.1193-1204, map, tables, illus) 54 refs. Reports findings from animals collected 1959-67. Helminths from 98 wolves included 14 species (2 trematodes, 8 cestodes, 4 nematodes); those from 75 coyotes included 18 species (3 trematodes, 8 cestodes, 7 nematodes). Findings from Alberta are compared with studies in Alaska, Ontario, etc. Helminths of wolves in North America appear basically similar owing probably to similar food habits, whereas helminths in coyotes vary extensively in diversity and species, which may be due to varying food DLC. habits of the hosts. 96131 HOLMES, M. Structure of the area north of Ornes, Nordland, Norway. (Norway. Geologiske unders4kelse. Arbok 1965 pub. 1966. no.242, p.62-93, maps, illus) 9 ref's. Describes the surface geology of 400 km2 coastal area near 67°N. Rocks include Precambrian gneisses, possibly granitized sediments, and later schists, some possibly Cambro-Ordovician in age. Various stratigraphic features, such as structural grain, thrust sheets, and fold patterns, reveal three distinct phases of deformation, partly of DGS. Caledonian age.

96132 HOLMES, W.T., Jr. and L.H. BANNING. Electric smelting of titaniferous iron ores from Alaska, Montana, and Wyoming. Washington, DC 1964. 23 p. tables, graphs, illus. (US. Bureau of Mines. Report of investigations no.6497) Includes results and discussion of continuous electric smelting tests made on five samples of titaniferous material from the Klukwan iron deposit near the Chilkat River, 23 mi from Haines, and one sample from the Snettisham deposit, about 30 mi southeast of Juneau, Alaska. Results showed a TiO2 content for Klukwan slag of only 7.79%, for Snettisham 5.55%, however various types of high-grade pig-iron can be produced without serious operating difficulties from both deposits. DGS. 96133 HOLMQUIST, C. Dendrocoelopsis piriformis (Turbellaria Tricladida) and its parasites from Northern Alaska. (Archiv für Hydrobiologie 1967. v.62, no.4, p.453-66, map, tables, illus) Refs. The North American triclad species Dendrocoelopsis piriformis Kenk 1953 is a common inhabitant of arctic Alaskan lakes: 21 new localities were found in the summers of 1961, 1963 and 1964. Its probable absence from the coastal areas cannot be due to a supposed acidity of the water since pH generally amounts to 7-8 in the area. On the basis of anatomical investigations on D. piriformis, An der Lan's description (1941) of a European species, Digonoporus macroposthia, is discussed. The latter is supposed to be a synonym of some Dendrocoelopsis species. Cytological investigations of D. piriformis gave the chromosome number as 2n= 10, viz the same as in the European D. spinosipenis (Kenk) 1925. Morphological characters are distinctive, though. An unusual rate of infested triclads was found in northern Alaska. Apparently all populations were infested by a gregarine protozoan. In some cases the infection was heavy. Cestodes were rather unknown as parasites in triclads. Some Alaskan localities showed a high percentage of triclads with one or more plerocercoids of a proteocephalid. A few trematode cysts and nematodes were also found. DLC. Manayunkia 96134 HOLMQUIST, C. speciosa Leidy, a freshwater Polychaete found in northern Alaska. (Hydrobiologica 1967. v.29, no.3/4, p.297-304) Two new localities are reported for this worm. Details of the two lakes from the summer 1961, 1963 and 1964 investigations are given. A short summing up of the various Manayunkia species is presented, viz: M speciosa Leidy 1858, M. aestuarina (Bourne) 1883, M. baicalensis (Nusbaum) 1901, M. 471

caspica Annenkova 1920, and M brasiliensis Banse 1956. The opinion of Zenkevich (1935) and Kozhov (1963) that the genus may be rather old is accepted, but other theories must rest, until much more is known about the various species. DLC. 96135 HOLMQUIST, C. Turbellaria of northern Alaska and northwestern Canada. (Int. Revue der gesamten Hydrobiologie 1967. v.52, no.1, p.123-39, map, table, illus) Refs. Reports investigations 1961-64 of approx 50 lakes in these areas to obtain specimens of turbellaria. Five species belonging to different genera were recorded, four being newly reported in the Arctic. Detailed descriptions with highly magnified anatomical illus are presented for each species, and chromosome studies are reported. The author emphasizes that not enough is known of turbellaria to attempt detailed discussion of geographic distribution and related matters. DGS. 96136 HOLMSEN, G. and S. RICHTER. Bibliografi over Adolf Hoels arbeider. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Årbok 1964 pub. 1966, p.191-97) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Bibliography of Adolf Hoel's works. Lists about 130 works, published 1906-65 by this Norwegian geologist, glaciologist and Svalbard expert. DLC. 96137 HOLMSEN, G. Minner fra geologisk feltarbeide i Nordland for 60 år siden. (Norway. Geologiske undersøkelse. Arbok 1965 pub 1966. no.242, p.94-118, illus) In Norwegian. English summary. Tide tr.: Reminiscences of geologic fieldwork in Nordland 60 years ago. Recalls experiences as a young member of the Norwegian Geological Survey in 1907 and later. Problems of foot travel, resupply, lack of maps etc are recalled, also, in more detail, contacts with Lapps and Norwegian pioneers, some of whom were developing land left vacant since the Black Death. Health and medical service, housing, crops, reindeer husbandry, pack and farm animals and their insect pests and predators are noted. Of geologic interest are the limestone caves in the Salten and Rana region, and the nature of the upland wilderness near Sulitjelma. DGS. 96138 HOLMSEN, G. Minnetale over Adolf Hoel, 1879-1964. (Norske Videnskaps-Akademi, Oslo. Arbok 1965 pub 1966, p.37-43, illus) In Norwegian. Tide tr.: Eulogy on Adolf Hoel, 1879-1964. Reviews scientific life of this Norwegian geologist and polar explorer. His association 472

as a student with W.C. Brogger, Amund Helland, J.H.L. Vogt, Hans Reusch, and K.O. Bjørlykke, is noted, as is that with the Norwegian Geological Survey in its formative years, the Norwegian Geological Society and its Tidsskrift, and the Univ of Oslo. His field investigations, besides deposits of the glaciomarine limit in Northern Norway, were in glacial phenomena and the polar regions. His participation in expeditions to the Svalbard area 1907-39 is noted. He edited publications by the Spitsbergen Commission organized in 1918, was first chief of the Norges Svalbardog Ishaysundersøkelser, organized in 1928, and continued supervision of its notable series of Skrifter om Svalbard og Ishavet. His efforts for Norwegian sovereignty in East Greenland, Svalbard and Dronning Mauds Land are noted. After retirement, he continued his DGS. activity in publications. 96138A HOLMSEN, T.W. Sulfidisering av jernrik sinkblende ved flotation av sinkfattige komplekse sulfidmalmer. (Tidsskrift for kjemi, bergvesen og metallurgi 1966. v.26, no.3, p.50-58, tables, graphs) 9 refs. In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: Flotation with sulfidization of complex low grade iron-rich zinc ores. Describes a new method of ore treatment developed in the laboratory and put into practice at the ore-dressing plant of the Sulitjelma mines in northern Norway. Comparative tests show it to be superior for flotation of marmatite. The process and the chemistry are discussed, as well as relationship of an oxidation hypothesis to the flotation results. DLC. 96139 HOLOPAINEN, V. Research in forestry and wood science in Finland. Helsinki, Society of Forestry in Finland 1966. 43 p. map, illus. Reviews history and development of higher education in forestry in Fmland since 1862 and describes nature and scope of forestry research in the organization and activity of various institutions. The five state institutions and six private ones given include the roster of their chief officers. DLC. 96140 HOLT, O. Characteristics of polar cap absorption. (In: NATO Inst. on Ionospheric Radio Communications in the Arctic. Proceedings 1967 pub 1968. p.33-45, graphs, illus) 16 refs. Reviews present-day knowledge of PCA. Its variations are described from riometer records. Bjørnøya, Skibotn, and Trondheim records for 16, 17 and 18 Aug 1958 are presented to illus absorption at 27.6 MHz. The solar activity during PCA, propagation of solar cosmic rays in interplanetary space, and

their effects on the earth's magnetic field and the atmosphere are discussed. Brief comment is added on the effects of PCA events on radio communication. DLC. 96141 HOLT, S.S. and others. Fast neutron latitude variations in the atmosphere at solar minimum. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.21, p.5109-5116, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. Other authors: R.B. Mendell and S.A. Korff. Surveys the latitude and altitude of the atmospheric neutrons in the 1-10 Mev range where most of these neutrons are created. Data from ground level to about 4 g/cm2 pressure were obtained by a series of high altitude balloons launched Sept 1964 - Aug 1965. Geomagnetic and temporal characteristics of latitude survey flights are tabulated for four stations, incl Ft Churchill. The daily means of the Ft Churchill neutron monitor are given as an indication of the relative constancy of the neutron distribution in the atmosphere throughout the duration of the survey. DLC. 96142 HOLTEDAHL, H. Notes on the formation of fjords and fjord-valleys. (Geografiska annaler. Ser. A, physical geography 1967. v.49, no.2-4, p. 188-203, maps, illus) 41 refs. Considers the importance of subglacial fluvial erosion by meltwater under high hydrostatic pressure in the morphological development of fjords and in the formation and deepening of fjord-valleys. Potholes and other glaciofluvial erosional forms observed at fjord-valley ends and in fjord-valleys of the Hardangerfjord and the Sognefjord in western Norway are assumed to have been formed by subglacial meltwater under hydrostatic pressure. The longitudinal profiles of these major fjords are related to areas of confluence and difuence. Turbidity currents are believed to have slight erosional effect on the submarine valley sides of these fjords. CaMAI, DLC. 96143 HOLTVED, E. The Eskimo myth about the Sea-Woman; a folkloristic sketch. (Folk 1966/67. v.8-9, p.145-53) Refs. Comparative study of religious beliefs reflected in the Sea-Woman myth. Different versions of the tale are discussed for their historical implications. The basic and simplest version, known also to the Coastal Chukchis, appears to have followed the diffusion of the Thule culture from Siberia to Greenland. The more complex plot of the Netsilik Eskimo variant may derive from Indian influence. The Iglulik and Baffin Island legends may be connected to a strong development of shamanism among the Thule or, possibly, even DSI. the Dorset culture people.

HOLTVED, E., see also No. 99710, 100541 96144 HOLTZMAN, R.B. Natural levels of lead-210, polonium-210 and radium226 in humans and biota of the Arctic. (Nature 11 June 1966. v.210, p.1094-97, tables) 26 refs. Tabulates these natural nuclides in lichens, horsetail and grass, also in reindeer, caribou, lamb and man from arctic areas of Finland, Iceland and Alaska. Data from several non-arctic areas of the United States are also presented for comparison. The implications of this survey are discussed. DLC. 96145 HOMULOS, S. Pine Point revisited. (North 1966. v.13, no.4, p.36-39, illus) The lead-zinc deposits at Pine Point, Great Slave Lake, were first staked in 1898, under the mistaken assumption that they contained high values in Au-Ag. Since then, exploration has been sporadic; a revival in 1947 bore out the theory that ore bodies occurred along the McDonald fault. Good ore was proven but work was discontinued in 1954 to await extension of rail and highway access to the area. The induced polarization method of prospecting and diamond drilling led to new discoveries in 1965, and northern Canada's largest staking rush followed. Drilling on Pyramid Mining property alone indicates > 9 million tons of proven, indicated and possible ore. CaMAI, DLC. 96146 HONES, E.W. and others. Outward flow of plasma in magnetotail following geomagnetic bays. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.23, p.5879-92, table, graphs) 18 refs. Other authors: J.R. Asbridge, S.J. Bame and I.B. Strong. Reports a study of intensity fluctuations of the electron population in the geomagnetic tail as measured by the Vela 2 satellite and magnetic disturbances recorded at Kiruna, Baker Lake, Barrow, College, Ft Churchill, and other observatories. The study reveals frequent correlations. The electrons of > 45 Key energy often disappear gradually during the development phase of negative magnetic bays in the auroral zone and suddenly reappear at the peak of the recovery phase of these bays. Some examples of such correlations, and their pertinence to auroral theories are discussed. DLC. 96147 HONG, S.H. Heat exchange and basal metabolism of ama. (In: Symposium on the physiology of breath-hold diving... 1965, p.303-314, tables, graphs.) 17 refs. During a diving shift, oral temperature in amas dropped by 2-4°C being lowest in the winter; mean body temperature was also 473

lowest in the winter, however rectal temperature sank by 2°C in both winter and summer seasons. These data indicate cold acclimatization, 02-consumption and extra heat loss during diving were also higher in the winter. Caloric intake was about 1000 kcal higher in the amas than in non-diving women. DLC. HONG, S.K., see also No. 94178 96147A HONIGMANN, J.J. Indians of Nouveau-Quebec. (In: J.N. Malaurie. Nouveau-Qu6bec. Paris 1964. p.315-73, maps, tables) Approx 100 refs. Ethnographic study of the Naskapi and Montagnais Indian groups of Northern Quebec. The traditional spiritual and material culture, social structure and kinship terminology, post-contact cultural change, land tenure based on usufruct rather than true ownership, etc are sketched. Contemporary socio-economic conditions, basic dependence on fur trapping, inter-ethnic contacts, particularly Indian-white relations in the tradingpost community, missionary influence on spiritual values, changes in family and community structure, etc are discussed and areas of needed research are noted. CaMAI, DLC. HONIGMANN, J.J., see also No. 94436 96148 HONKASALO, T. Underwater gravity measurement in the Baltic Sea and in the Barents Sea. (Marine Geodesy Symposium, 1st. Columbus, Ohio, Sept 28-30, 1966. Proceedings. Washington, DC. Govt. Printing Office 1967, p.217-19, maps) Presents, with map, details of a survey of free-air gravity anomalies in the Barents Sea west, south and southeast of Svalbard, using bottom gravimeters. The method of observation is outlined; measurements were taken at 21 stations, all but one of which were strongly positive. DGS. HONKASALO, T., see also No. 96292, 96301 HOOD, D.W., see No. 94795 96149 HOOD, F.R., and A. von HIPPEL. New cardiac catheterization lab. (Alaska medicine 1967. v.9, no.1, p.29) Describes equipment already in use for six months; diagnostic and preoperative use is discussed and medical value assessed. CaMAI. 96150 HOOD, P.J. and others. Progress report on low-level aeromagnetic profiles over the Labrador Sea, Baffin Bay, and across the 474

North Atlantic Ocean. Ottawa 1967. llp. maps, tables, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper no.66-58) 8 refs. Other authors: P. Sawatzky and M.E. Bower. Canadian contribution 145 to the International Upper Mantle Project. The 1966 survey, used two high-sensitivity digitally-recording magnetometers installed in National Aeronautical Establishment North Star aircraft. One magnetometer was installed in the 25-ft tail stinger of the aircraft; the other was flown in a bird about 200 ft behind and 90 ft below the aircraft. Altitude was maintained at 500 ft above the ocean surface as much as weather conditions would allow. A rubidium-vapor ground magnetometer was operated at Goose Bay, Labrador for the Labrador Sea flights, and at Sondrestrom, West Greenland for the Baffin Bay flights. The western of two magnetic zones, which run about parallel to the median line of the Labrador Sea in a northwesterly direction, extends towards Hudson Strait, near which the zone is much narrower. A marked change in the magnetic profile, which occurs about 20 nautical mi offshore opposite Cape Kakkiviak in the northern part of the Labrador shelf, and about 40 nautical mi from the coast in the vicinity of Hamilton Inlet, is undoubtedly due to a sudden increase in the depth to the crystalline basement. Preliminary depth determinations on the profiles indicate that the thickness of sediment in the outer Labrador shelf probably exceeds 20,000 ft over a wide area. One track of the survey was run between the basaltic lavas forming Disko Island, Greenland, and those outcropping near Cape Dyer, Baffin Island. There is no obvious correlation between the magnetic lines there and those over the Mid-Atlantic Ridge. The easterly magnetic zone does not appear to extend into Baffin Bay. Results from earlier surveys are included in the intensity profiles illus and discussed. DGS. HOOD, P.J., see also No. 95613 96151 HOOD, R. Some account of the Cree and other Indians, 1819. (Alberta historical review 1967. v.15, no.1, p.6-17, illus) Notes on the woodland Cree and neighboring tribes as to physical appearance, clothing, utensils, fishing, trapping and hunting methods, treatment of children, religion, social organization, customs, etc. The observations were made during a sojourn at Cumberland House in northeast Saskatchewan in the course of the Sir John Franklin expedition of 1819-1821. CaMM. HOOK, J.L., see No. 99306

96152 HOOSON, D. Plan for the Ob' River. (Geographical magazine 1967. v.39, no.12, p.977-79, map) Outlines the Lower Ob Hydroelectric Project, which envisages a dam near Salekhard built in permafrost to generate power for transmission to the European Russian grid. Benefits and objections to the scheme are briefly reviewed. DLC. 96153 HOPKINS, D.M., ed The Bering land bridge. Stanford, Cal., Stanford Univ. Press 1967. 495 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. Presents a collection of papers on Beringia and its past landscapes from a symposium at the 7th Congress of the International Association for Quaternary Research held at Boulder, Colorado, 30 Aug-5 Sept 1965. The editor's introduction, p 1-6, notes that the interhemispheric distribution pattern of many species of land animals and plants suggests that the Old and New Worlds have been joined somewhere at some time in the past. Many lines of evidence available should be examined and an attempt made to establish a chronology of the seaways and land bridges in Beringia, and a reconstruction of the character of the seascapes and landscapes that have prevailed there in the past. The 23 papers which follow are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names: CREAGER, J.S. and D.A. McMANUS. Geology of the floor of Bering and Chukchi Seas, American studies. GERSHANOVICH, D.E. Late Quaternary sediments of Bering Sea and the Gulf of Alaska. HOPKINS, D.M. Quaternary marine transgressions in Alaska. McCULLOCH, D.S. Quaternary geology of the Alaskan shore of Chukchi Sea. SAINSBURY, C.L. Quaternary geology of western Seward Peninsula, Alaska. PETROV, O.M. Paleogeography of Chukotka during late Neogene and Quaternary time. KIND, N.V. Radiocarbon chronology in Siberia. WOLFE, J.A. and E.B. LEOPOLD. Neogene and early Quaternary vegetation of northwestern North America and northeastern Asia. COLINVAUX, P.A. Quaternary vegetational history of arctic Alaska. GITERMAN, R.E. and L.V. GOLUBEVA. Vegetation of East Siberia during the Anthropogene period. JOHNSON, A.W. and J.G. PACKER. Distribution, ecology, and cytology of the Ogotoruk Creek flora and the history of Beringia.

PEWS, T.L. and D.M. HOPKINS. Mammal remains of pre-Wisconsin age in Alaska. FLEROW, C.C. On the origin of the mammalian fauna of Canada. VANGENGEIM, E.A. The effect of the Bering land bridge on the Quaternary mammalian faunas of Siberia and North America. REPENNING, C.A. Palearctic-Nearctic mammalian dispersal in the late Cenozoic. EINARSSON, T. and others. The stratigraphy of Tförnes, northern Iceland, and the history of the Bering land bridge. DURHAM, J.W. and F.S. MacNEIL. Cenozoic migrations of marine invertebrates through the Bering Strait region. SCHEFFER, V.B. Marine mammals and the history of Bering Strait. SAIDOVA, KH.M. Depth changes in Bering Sea during the Upper Quaternary, as indicated by benthonic foraminifers. JOUSE, A.P. Diatom floras and the history of Okhotsk and Bering Seas. MÜLLER-BECK, H. On migrations of hunters across the Bering land bridge in the Upper Pleistocene. LAUGHLIN, W.S. Human migration and permanent occupation in the Bering Sea area. HOPKINS, D.M. The Cenozoic history of CaMAI, DLC. Beringia, a synthesis. 96154 HOPKINS, D.M. The Cenozoic history of Beringia, a synthesis. (In his: Bering land bridge... 1967. p.451-84, graph, maps) Refs. Presents a summary of knowledge of the Bering Sea area in the Cenozoic and some problems still unsolved. Early Tertiary land bridges and land barriers, Late Tertiary land bridges and seaways are characterized. Quaternary paleogeography is analyzed. Late Quaternary mammalian migrations and extinctions and the dispersal of man into North CaMAI, DLC. America are discussed. 96155 HOPKINS, D.M. Quaternary (In his: marine transgressions in Alaska. Bering land bridge... 1967. p.47-90, maps, tables) Refs. Describes the Beringian, Anvilian, Einahnuhtan, Kotzebuan, Pelukian, Woronzofian, and Krusensternian transgressions of Alaska. At least nine intervals during which sea level stood high enough to flood Bering Strait are recorded in western Alaska from late Pliocene to Recent. The marine transgressions are dated on the basis of stratigraphic relations, distinctive molluscan faunas, position in the geomagnetic polarity-reversal sequence, and radiometric dating. They can be correlated with a similar but less complete Quaternary marine sequence in Siberia. CaMAI, DLC 475

HOPKINS, D.M., see also No. 94675, 95080, 96129, 97727, 99000, 99003, 99763, 100897, 101348, 101351

40% of the total heat loss of both strains. In the cold, only 6-7% of the total heat loss is DLC. through evaporation.

96156 HOPPE, G. Case studies of deglaciation patterns. (Geografiska annaler. Ser. A, physical geography 1967. v.49, no.2-4, p.204-212, maps, illus) 14 refs. Describes two areas of northern Sweden that show complicated patterns of deglaciation and ice movements: different recession directions in two neighboring valleys and difference in activity and in type of recessions above and below the highest shoreline occur; in the Pajala-Korpilompolo area, and in the Saltoluokta-Stora Sjöfallet area, ice movements and deglaciation are under the influence of a westward displacement of the main ice divide and of a height difference of up to 1000 m. Ice culmination during the deglaciation moved to the high mountains from an earlier position farther east. CaMAI, DLC.

96159 HOSKIN, C.M., and R.M. SLATT. Interstitial waters of glacial-marine sediment. (Alaska. Univ. Inst. of water resources. Annual report 1966. p.63-84, maps, tables) Reports progress on a preliminary study of the relation between water salinity and the texture, porosity, and permeability of outwash from Norris Glacier in upper Taku Inlet and recent marine sediment in Glacier Bay which is probably outwash from Charlotte Glacier in Queen Inlet. CaMAL

HORN, D.R., see No. 99657 HORTON, C.W., see No. 96111 96157 HO§EK, B. and others. A comparison of energy exchange and thermal insulation in hairless and normal mice. (Physiologia bohemoslovenica 1965. v.14, no.5, p.476-80, tables, graphs) 12 refs. Russian summary. Other authors: J. Chlumecky and J. Milustovå. Oxygen consumption, CO2-output, rectal temperature and heart output studied in a 23°C environment, showed the hairless mice to have twice the metabolic intensity of the hairy animals. This difference was largest at 4 wk of age and remained significant through life. DLC. 96158 HO§EK, B. and J. CHLUMECKY. Metabolic reaction and heat loss in hairless and normal mice during short-term adaptation to heat and cold. (Pflügers Archiv für die gesamte Physiologie 1967. v.296, no.3, p.248-55, table, illus) 11 refs. At 36°C initial reaction of the internal body temperature and metabolism of normal mice is much more intensive than that of hairless mice. The 02 consumption of hairless mice at 15°and 23°C is 50% higher than in the normal strain. The internal temp at 23°C is the same in both strains, but at 36°C it is 37.9° in normal and 37.2°C in hairless mice; at 15°C ambient temperature, it drops to 36.5° in normal, and 35.6°C in hairless mice. Heat loss by radiation and conduction follows changes in heat production with external temp. Evaporation heat loss increases 100% at 36°C relative to that at 23°C and represents about 476

HOSLER, C.L., see No. 97137 96160 HOUSTON, R.E. and J.R. EARHART. Some observations of the cosmicray event of April 18, 1965. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.23, p.5762-64, tables, illus) Presents riometer data of Kiruna, TromsØ, Great Whale River, Frobisher Bay, Shepherd Bay, Thule, and six other stations, taken on this date at 0500-1000 UT, and discusses the progress of the event from 0448 through 23 Apr. The horizontal component of the geomagnetic field shows a decay time constant of roughly the same value as that of the ionospheric radio absorption. The instrumental evidence indicates that energetic protons and the electrons produced by them caused the observed anomalous absorption of radio waves. DLC. BOUT, J., see No. 96162 96161 HOUT, J.L. Alaska's little blackfish. (Alaska sportsman 1966. v.32, no.9, p.27, illus) Describes the blackfish (Dallia pectoralis), a freshwater relative of the pike, found only in Alaska and Siberia. Until recent years the 5-8 in long blackfish was the most abundant and reliable winter staple in the Eskimo diet. It remains an important source of dog food. DLC. 96162 ROUT, J.L. and J. HOUT. Nets under the ice. (Alaska sportsman 1966. v.32, no.5, p.38-39, illus) Describes early winter fishing for whitefish along the Kuskokwim River. A net is attached to two poles lowered through the ice; the poles are set so that the net is stretched between them. DLC. 96163 BOUT, J.L. White fox. (Alaskan sportsman 1966. v.32, no.10, p.17-18, illus)

Describes the Alopex lagopus, its range and habits. This fox occurs in its white phase on the Bering Sea islands of Nunivak, Hall, St Matthew and St Lawrence, and on the mainland from the Kuskokwim River north to Pt Barrow, east along the Arctic coast to Greenland; and on the Eurasian continent, from Scandinavia to Kamchatka, and on the Kuril Islands. The blue phase occurs on the Aleutian and Pribilof Islands. A tundra dweller in summer, the arctic fox is often found far out on the ice pack in winter. Trappers on Nunivak conceal their traps in pits camouflaged with a thin sprinkling of snow and set near a carcass, or farther inland, baited with reindeer. In 1965-66 Alaskan trappers averaged twenty pelts each which sold for an average of $18 apiece. DLC. 96164 HOVDA, P. Norske fiskem6d. Oslo, Universitetsforlaget 1961. 280 p. Refs. (Skrifter frå Norsk stadnamnarkiv, 2) In Norwegian. English summary. Tile br.: Norwegian fishery place names. Presents the names of places along the coast of Norway (but not all the places) with notes on their meaning, history, association, etc. Appended is an alphabetical index of approx 1400 place names, many of them in the arctic region, and a word index as well. DLC. 96165 HOVE, K. Ornitologiske unders4kelser på indre Finnmarksvidda sommeren 1965. (Stavanger. Museet. Sterna 1967. v.7, no.5, p.207-216, maps) Refs. In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: Ornithological investigations on the Finnmark interior plateau during the summer of 1965. Lists 76 species of birds observed in June-July in part of the proposed national park area in Ovre Anarjåkka, northern Norway. Latin and local names are given, with a few identifications in English. Several mammals observed are also noted. DLC. 96166 HOWARD, G.E. Some lichens from interior Alaska. (Bryologist 1963. v.66, no.3, p.145-53, illus) Reports 96 taxa incl 77 species primarily from collections of Hannah T. Croasdale; also 86 taxa from Mt McKinley National Park and 47 from areas along the Koyukuk River. DSI. 96167 HOWARD, T.E. and J.W. PADAN. Problems in evaluating marine mineral resources. (Mining engineering 1966. v.18, no.6, p.57-61, maps, table) 4 refs. From an economic standpoint there are formidable problems connected with evaluating marine mineral resources. These include location, sampling, development of

tools and techniques, methods of transport from the sea bottom, waste disposal, and operating costs. As an example, a drilling operation at Cape Creek, Seward Peninsula, Alaska, to explore a stream placer tin deposit is described and cost analysis applied in terms of a hypothetical submergence of this site below 100 ft of water. DGS. 96168 HOWER, G.L. and F.C. DUNLAP. High frequency auroral noise. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.5, p.1512-14, graphs, illus) Refs. Reports 18-Mc/s auroral noise from the north, observed in 40 cases Sept 1963-Mar 1964, using an IGY backscatter sounder. In plotting the occurrence of the noise events relative to the days of geomagnetic sudden commencements, an apparent tendency for the noise to occur before the sudden commencement is seen. A definite association between the 18-Mc/s radio noise and the occurrence of echoes from field-aligned irregularities was also apparent. Number of noise occurrences relative to a day of increased magnetic activity is presented in a diagram. DLC. HSIEH, A.C.L., see No. 95044 96169 HUBBS, C.L. and others. La Jolla natural radiocarbon measurements, IV. (Radiocarbon 1965. v.7, p.66-117) 73 refs. Includes six measurements from submerged forests uplifted by the earthquake, four in the Copper River delta, 60° 16 - 28' N 144° 42' 145° 44' W, and one each from the upper Alaganic River, 60° 26' 07' N 144° 17' 21' W and Prince William Sound 60° 28' 48' N 146° 22' 52' W, Alaska. DOS. 96170 HUBBS, C.L. and G.L. BIEN. La Jolla natural radiocarbon measurements, V. (Radiocarbon 1967. v.9, p.261-94, tables) Refs. Section II, Sea level changes and shore processes, includes (p 265-66) four measurements collected after the Alaskan earthquake, 1964, pertaining to postglacial tectonic deformation of the continental shelf of the DGS. Gulf of Alaska. 96171 HUCKETT, H.C. The Muscidae of Northern Canada, Alaska, and Greenland (Diptera). Ottawa, Entomological Society of Canada 1965. 369 p. maps, illus. Refs. (Entomological Society of Canada. Memoires no.42) Contains keys to subfamilies and species, descriptive plates, classification, distribution, occurrence, etc of these flies. 140 of the 683 species presented, and one subspecies new to science. This exhaustive study is based largely 477

on material in the Canadian National Collection, Ottawa, and in the US National Museum, Washington, and brings together for the first time much of the literature on arctic and subarctic American Muscidae. Areas covered extend from the western Aleutians to eastern Greenland, and from Ellesmere Island, the northern limit, south to an irregular line ranging from the 60° parallel to the 50° DLC. parallel across the continent. HUDSON, H.S., see No. 93556 96172 HUDSON, J.W. Temperature regulation in the round-tailed ground squirrel, Citellus tereticaudus. (Suomalainen Tiedeakatemia. Toimituksia. Annales. Ser. A. IV: Biologica 1964, no.71, Intl. Symposium... Hibernation 1962. Proceedings no.71 / 15, p.217-33, graphs) Refs. Body temperatures and metabolic rates were measured on a daily and seasonal basis in two populations of Citellus tereticaudus. Body temp of normally alert and active animals ranged from 35.5-39.5°C. Summer-fall body temp were generally much lower and more variable than winter-spring ones. Occasional episodes of torpor were observed in adult animals during the summer and fall, but not in the winter and spring. Dormancy could be induced readily in some animals by food deprivation, and a dormant response to water deprivation comes only after the animals ceased to eat. Young animals exhibited nocturnal body temp of 25-30°C and daytime body temperature of 35-36°C. There is suggestive evidence of a similar day-night cycle of body temp in adult animals in spite of their naturally wide range of normothermic temp which makes evaluation difficult A day-night cycle of metabolic rate takes place in the adult C tereticaudus which occurs at ambient temp between 10° (the lowest measured) and 33°C. The magnitude of daily temp change was greatest in young animals exposed to the lowest ambient temp. This animal is able to produce a microclimate about itself that is 14-16° higher than the surrounding general ambient temp. Associated with the development of a summer pelage is a reduction in the minimal metabolism and consequently a 3° increase in the lowest ambient temp at which the minimal metabolism occurs. Both the nightly and the summer reductions in metabolic rate may reduce pulmonary water losses and make for reduced water requirements. It is suggested that occasional episodes of torpor during the summer would further reduce water losses. Thus, by appropriate matching of body temperature levels during inactivity with water losses occurring during activity, this species may be very active during hot times 478

of the summer in spite of a limited availability DLC. of moisture. HUFF, L.C., see No. 97752 HUGHES, C.E., see No. 98313 96173 HUGHES, J.E. Geology of the Pine Valley, Mount Wabi to Solitude Mountain, northeastern British Columbia. Victoria, B.C. 1967. 137 p. maps, tables, illus. (British Columbia. Department of Mines and Petroleum Resources. Bulletin no.52) 144 refs. In the Pine Valley map area, 55°30'-45 'N 121°40'- 122°40'W, there is a succession of mostly marine Triassic, Jurassic, and Cretaceous sedimentary rocks, 1-20 thousand ft thick, which were deformed and uplifted in the Rocky Mt orogeny. Close folding and thrusting prevailed in the Inner (western) Foothills. The Outer (eastern) Foothills contain long anticlines separated by wide synclines, with faults along the anticlines. Detailed descriptions of the stratigraphy are accompanied by appended descriptions of drill cuttings and cores, the chapter on structural geology, by appended descriptions of parallel fold forms and the Peace River structures of the Outer Foothills. Natural gas has been discovered in the Peace River anticline and important coal reserves occur in the Pine Valley. A chapter on the physical features contains an account of the geography, physiography and effects of PleisDGS. tocene glaciation in the area. 96174 HUGHES, J.E. Jurassic and Cretaceous strata of the Bullhead succession in the Peace and Pine River Foothills. Victoria, B.C. 1964. 73 p. maps, tables, illus. (British Columbia. Department of mines and petroleum resources. Bulletin no.51) 38 refs. The Bullhead strata are reclassified into two groups. The Beaudette group, a lower marine sequence, 1000-4000 ft thick, contains, in ascending order, the Monteith, Beattie, and Monach formations. The younger, coal-bearing Crassier group, 2000-4000 ft thick, contains the Brenot and Dresser formations (new names) and the Gething formation. Conditions suitable for oil and gas traps in the subsurface are provided in both groups. The abandoned littoral or nearshore sands, now represented in the quartzite member of the Monach formation, is the most favorable drilling target. Descriptions of localities and 14 sections (p 30-67) comprise both lithologic and faunal data. The importance of coal mining has declined, but a small annual production is maintained at the

Gething and Reschke mines near Hudson DGS. Hope. HUGHES, O.L., see No. 94444, 101056 96175 HULL, D. and M.M. SEGALL. The contribution of brown adipose tissue to heat production in the new-born rabbit. (Journal of physiology 1965. v.181, no.3, p.449-57, graphs, illus) 16 refs. Exposure to cold produces a large increase in heat production, including such by the brown adipose tissue. Excision of this tissue as reported, greatly reduced responses to cold (and noradrenaline infusion). This indicates that brown fat tissue is the main site of heat DLC. production in the new-born rabbit. 96176 HULL, D. and M.M. SEGALL. Distinction of brown from white adipose tissue. (Nature 1966. v.212, no.5061, no.469-72, illus) 31 refs. Describes and discusses the morphologic, histogenetic and functional distinctions between brown and white fat. When the adipose tissues are free of fat, the gross and histologic appearances of the two are constant and distinct. Brown fat is primarily a heat producing tissue, white tissue a store of fat; neither appears to perform the function of the DLC. other. 96177 HULL, D. and M.M. SEGALL. Heat production in the new-born rabbit and the fat content of the brown adipose tissue. (Journal of physiology 1965. v.181, no.3, p.468-77, graphs) 6 refs. Account of experiments aimed to establish the relation between the maximal ability of these rabbits to consume oxygen (i.e. to produce heat) and the condition of the brown fat tissue. Results indicate that this ability during cold exposure depends upon the fat content of the brown adipose tissue being DLC. higher than a threshold level. 96178 HULL, D. Oxygen consumption and body temperature of new-born rabbits and kittens exposed to cold. (Journal of physiology 1965. v.177, no.2, p.192-202, table, graphs) 12 refs. Studies of 02-consumptions and caloric temperatures indicate that the poor thermal control of new-born rabbits is due to their large body area relative to weight, and due to poor thermal insulation. Their ability to increase heat production is considerable, as it is in kittens exposed to cold. Some of the latter were even able to maintain caloric DLC. temperature in the cold.

96179 HULL, D. and M.M. SEGALL. Sympathetic nervous control of brown adipose tissue and heat production in the (Journal of physiology new-born rabbit. 1965. v.181, no.3, p.458-67, graphs, illus) 14 refs. Section of the cervical sympathetic nerve or excision of the stellate ganglion retarded the depletion of brown fat, which takes place when the animal is exposed to cold. Stimulation of the cervical sympathetic nerve, on the other hand, produced a rise in temperature of the tissue. DLC. HULL, D., see also No 96008 96180 HULTEN, E. Contributions to the knowledge of flora and vegetation of the southwestern Alaskan mainland. (Svensk botanisk tidskrift 1966. v.60, no.1, p.175-89) The flora of the southwest Alaskan mainland has remained poorly known till present time on account of its vast, inaccessible, roadless, mostly uninhabited areas. To gather additional information concerning the distribution of plants, a botanical collecting trip was made during Aug-Sept 1965 and the following places were visited: Aniak on the middle Kuskokwim; Bethel; Kisaralik Mts and Kagati Lakes in the Kilbuck Mts; Cape Newenham on the Bering Sea Coast; Nightmute and another place on Nelson Island, about 10 mi southeast of Cape Vancouver. On lower Yukon River the following places were visited: Holy Cross and mountains behind the village; Ilvit Mts about 20 mi above Russian Mission and another mountain about 10 mi below that village; Marshall village and Mt Okumiak about 15 km east of that village. A four day trip by riverboat was undertaken up the Eek River from Eek village on Kuskokwim Bay to the sources, as far as the depth of the water permitted. DLC. 96181 RULTEN, E. New species of Arenaria and Draba from Alaska and Yukon. (Botaniska notiser 1966. v.119, no.2, p.313-16, illus) Of the new species described, the type locality of Arenaria longipedunculata is Umiat, Alaska. It was found in several other localities of Alaska, in the Yukon and the Mackenzie Mts. Draba ogilviensis is so far known only from the Ogilvie Mts, Yukon, in alpine meadows at altitudes of 1200-2100 m. DLC. An eco96182 HULTKRANTZ, A. logical approach to religion. (Ethnos 1966. v.31, no.1-4, p.131-50) Refs. A general study of the influence of environment on the development of primitive 479

religions, rites, and mythology. The arctic hunting culture of Eskimos and Eurasian peoples is discussed, among others, and its salient characteristics associated with arctic ecological conditions. DLC. 96183 HULTKRANTZ, Å. Type of religion in the arctic hunting cultures. (In: Nordic Symposium... 1962 pub 1965, p.265-318.) Over 150 refs. Appraises the impact of environment on the structure and pattern of religious ideas and rites. The concept of cultural ecology is defined and the influence of nature on religion assessed: rites associated with economic pursuits, beliefs concerning the supernatural world, religious structure and ideology reflecting adaptation to ecological requirements. The circumpolar area is seen as a culturally cohesive entity with ecology a force for cultural and religious diffusion. Specific features of religions are discussed on the basis of Eskimo, Lappish, Samoyed, Chukchi, and Koryak beliefs: zoomorphous concepts, the animal and human soul complex, hunting rites and magic, shamanism, etc. Religions of the past are reconstructed using archeological evidence to substantiate deductions obtained by the cultural-ecological method. DLC. HULTKRANTZ, Å., see also No. 100541 96184 HULTQVIST, B. Disturbance effects in the lowest ionosphere. (In: Summer School in Space Physics, 1963. Introduction to solar terrestrial relations pub 1965, p.228-46, graphs, table, illus) 17 refs. Discusses geomagnetic storm effects in the lowest ionosphere as depending on production of anomalous ionization in and below the D layer. This ionization can be studied by measuring its absorbing effect on radio waves, and by observing some other influences on propagation of VLF and LF radio waves that are normally reflected at D-layer altitudes. Theory of energy dissipation by radio waves, their quiet day absorption, sudden ionospheric disturbances, and their effects in the lowest ionosphere associated with auroras and geomagnetic storms are discussed. Examples of cosmic ray strength as recorded at Kiruna are shown in graphs. Electron reactions in the lowest ionosphere are considered and compared with absorption of VLF radio signals. DLC. 96185 HULTQVIST, B. Ionospheric absorption of cosmic radio noise. (Space science reviews 1966. v.5, no.6, p.771-817, graphs, tables, illus) 147 refs. Reviews the investigations by the cosmic noise methods developed since 1962. Contri480

butions to the basic theory and methods of analysis of CNA are dealt with, using data at College, Ft Yukon, Churchill, Longyearbyen, Tromsø, Kiruna, Kronogård, and other stations. The main part of the paper reviews the auroral absorption with emphasis on the ionospheric effects; and the rather sophisticated modern technique is briefly treated. Due consideration is given to sudden cosmic noise absorption, polar cap absorption, and associated upper atmosphere parameters. DLC. 96186 HULTQVIST, B. Negative ions in the lowest ionosphere with special reference to experimental evidence from upper atmosphere research. (Annales de gophysique 1966. v.22, no.2, p.235-46, graphs, table) Refs. French and Russian summary. Reports on the data obtained over Kiruna in 1959 and Skibotn 1962. Variation in polar-cap and auroral absorption, VLF radio soundings, various radio transmission effects, and rocket measurements of negative and positive ions are reviewed, as are the rocket observations of the relation between electron number density increase and the flux of near ultraviolet light as a function of height for several solar zenith angles during a sunrise period. It is concluded that the existing experimental information is not consistent and that the "02-model" for the electron chemistry in the lowest ionosphere is not correct. DLC. 96187 HULTQVIST, B. On the height (Planetary and of auroral absorption II. space science 1964. v.12, no.11, p.1035-44, graphs) 19 refs. Russian summary. Analyzes data from Alouette and Injun 3 satellites, giving the average precipitation rate of electrons in the auroral zone as a function of energy. The 70.4° inclination of the latter satellite makes it pass over northern Canada, and permits the average radio-wave absorption, produced by ionization by electrons in the energy ranges 1-40 and 40-250 Key, to be compared with the precipitation rate determined from the satellites. It is found that the higher energy range from the primary electrons is the dominating one in producing absorption at riometer frequencies. From this it follows that the major part of auroral absorption takes place below 90 km altitude DLC. in the auroral zone. 96188 HULTQVIST, B. Plasma waves in the frequency range 0.001-10 cps in the earth's magnetosphere and ionosphere. (Space science reviews 1966. v.5, no.5, p.599-695, 171 refs. graphs, tables, illus) Discusses the plasma model for the magnetosphere and ionosphere. The theory of

waves in a hot collisionless plasma is mathematically treated, and some parts of the theory for a warm collisionless plasma, related to the waves of 0.1-1000 sec periods in the magnetosphere, are given. The theory of magnetohydrodynamic waves in a slightly ionized gas is summarized. The observation data (from Petropavlovsk, Lovozero, Tiksi, Alaskan and other stations) on ionospheric and magnetospheric phenomena that can be interpreted in terms of waves of these periods are briefly surveyed, and some theoretical applications to the ionosphere and magDLC. netosphere are discussed. 96189 HULTQVIST, B. Radio aurora. (In: Summer School in Space Physics, 1963. Introduction to solar terrestrial relations pub 1965, p.213-27, graphs, table, h us) 11 refs. Reviews experimental results from observations describing the behavior of radio aurora. Diurnal, seasonal, and long-term variations are discussed and shown on graphs prepared at Kiruna. Duration of the radioecho reflected from auroras is given, together with the geographic region of observation, directional, range and height distribution of the radio aurora, and its strength. The apparent motion of radio auroras, their amplitude distribution, frequency dependence, and polarization characteristics are described. Correlation of radio auroras with simultaneous visual auroras at College, and with ionospheric and polar cap absorption observed at Kiruna are considered. Theories for the auroral reflection mechanism are briefly reviewed, and the theoretical models proposed are compared with experimental data. Causes of irregularities in auroral DLC. ionization are discussed 96190 HULTQVIST, B. Theories of aurora and of magnetic storms. (In: Summer School in Space Physics, 1963. Introduction to solar terrestrial relations pub 1965, p.257-69, graphs, illus) 11 refs. Reviews the theories of Chapman and Ferraro, Alfvbn, Axford and Hines, giving a précis of ideas connecting the auroras with worldwide magnetic storms since 1741, when Celsius and Hiorter discovered this. Goldstein's theory that solar particles are responsible for the occurrence of magnetic storms and auroras was proposed in 1881, and experimentally confirmed by Birkeland in the 19th century. Birkeland's experiment stimulated StØrmer to develop further this theory. After the contributions of Schuster on bi-polar plasma in 1911, and Lindemann on neutral solar wind, the course of new auroral history begins with the Chapman and Ferraro theory, and two others described in some DLC. detail

96191 HUME, J.D. and M. SCHALK. Shoreline processes near Barrow, Alaska, a comparison of the normal and the catastrophic. (Arctic 1967. v.20, no.2, p.86-103, maps, illus) 25 refs. French and Russian summary. The normal average yearly net transport of sediment along the Alaska coast west of Pt Barrow to the NE is 10,000 yd3, to the east of Barrow, 9,500 yd3. An Oct 1963 storm with gusts of up to 75 mi/hr, over an ice-free ocean, produced 10-ft waves and a storm surge of 11-12 ft; it moved>200,000 yd3 sediment, caused coastal flooding and > $3 million damage. If climate is warming, such storms can be expected more frequently. The normal daily tide at Barrow is about 6 in (except in storm) and an additional monthly variation of about 5 in. Storm tides of several feet are caused by rise of sea level under a low pressure area and by onshore wind. Ice damps waves and wave-generated currents. Freeze-up occurs 2 Sept-19 Dec, breakup 17-23 July. Even when considered open and navigable,_ the water may have scattered ice near Barrow and sea ice a few mi offshore, which would act as a damper of waves. The northern Alaska coast is one of transgression, with the recent dominant action of coastal submergence. The gravel along beaches cannot be replaced by natural processes without a large amount of erosion. It should be left in CaMAI, DLC. place as protection. HUNGATE, F.P., see No. 96300 96192 HUNKINS, K. The Arctic continental shelf north of Alaska. (In: Symp. on Continental Margins... 1965. Proceedings pub 1966. p. 197-205, maps, illus) 4 refs. North of Point Barrow, the lower part of the continental slope beyond a narrow margin has a gradient of only 1-2°; at the foot lies a gentle continental rise which joins the Canada Abyssal Plain. Rugged topography north of the broad Chukchi shelf is in sharp contrast, the slope being a scarp with gradients up to 23°. Seismic refraction results northwest of Barrow indicate a layer which rises from a depth of 32 km at Barrow to 20 km near the edge of the shelf. Cretaceous rocks of the Arctic Coastal Plain apparently thicken seaward from 1.1 km at Barrow to 6 km at the shelf edge. The Chukchi Cap, evidently of continental origin north of Chukchi Sea, is now separated from the shelf by a saddle. A positive magnetic anomaly, which borders the western and northern margins of the Cap, is interpreted as an effect of a buried basement ridge similar to that along the continental margin of eastern North America. CaMAI, DGS. 481

96193 HUNKINS, K. Inertial oscillations of Fletcher's Ice Island T-3. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.4, p.1165-74, map, graphs, illus) Refs. Shows that the motions of T-3 in the Arctic Ocean, in clockwise circles of about 1 km diam and about 12 hr period are inertial oscillations, representing the transient response of a floating ice mass to changing wind stress. The observations were made with improved Roberts current meters, tethered drogues, and fathogram highlights 3 Aug-21 Sept 1963 when T-3 was in 83'03'-82'38'N 15758'-155° 02'W. Arguments are given in favor of the inertial motion rather than that due to the lunar semidiumal tidal effects. CaMAI, DLC.

pheric and terrestrial physics 1967. v.29, no.8, p.909-916, graphs, table, illus) Refs. Discusses the occurrence of large travelingionospheric-disturbances (TID) as observed at Boulder, Colo, 21 Nov-12 Dec 1963 on groundscatter records obtained with the backscatter system at 17.6 MHz frequency. Simultaneous auroral zone data from College indicate that over half the TIDs observed from Boulder traveling southeast were preceded by auroral zone disturbances. It is suggested that the auroral zone perturbations are a possible generating mechanism for atmospheric gravity waves which then propagate in a southeasterly direction over the great circle paths, exceeding 5000 km, and are manifested as large TIDs. DLC.

96194 HUNKINS, K. and H. KUTSCHALE. Quaternary sedimentation in the Arctic Ocean. (Progress in oceanography 1967. v.4, p.89-94, map, illus) 5 refs. A boundary between sediment types at a depth of about 10 cm in bottom cores from the Alpha Rise in the Arctic Ocean apparently represents the most recent change in pelagic deposition in this region. This boundary has been dated as 70,000 yr BP by a uranium series method. This would indicate a sedimentation rate of 11/2-3 -3 mm/ 1000 yr for the Arctic Ocean as a whole if pelagic sedimentation has been uniform over the entire ocean. Cores from the Canada Abyssal Plain represent sediment that was probably deposited by turbidity currents. A 3 mm layer at the top of these cores contains foraminifers which have been dated as 700± 100 yr BP by the C'4 method. It is concluded that pelagic sedimentation has continued unchanged in the Arctic Ocean from about 70,000 yr ago to the present, which implies that the present ice cover has existed for that length of time. DGS.

96197 HUNSUCKER, R.D. Radio studies of the high-latitude ionosphere during the solar eclipse of 20 July 1963. (US. National Bureau of Standards. Journal of research 1965. v.69D, no.2, p.267-72, map, graphs) 7 refs. Reports an investigation of the effects of the total solar eclipse of 20 July 1963 on the ionosphere over Ft Yukon, College, Palmer, Anchorage, and Tonsina. Simultaneous observations of high frequency forward propagation of radio signals and vertical incidence sounder measurements of various ionospheric parameters indicated marked changes in the E-and F 1-layer critical frequencies and virDLC. tual heights during the eclipse.

HUNKINS, K., see also No. 93868, 95210 96195 HUNSUCKER, R.D. Auroral absorption effects on a transpolar synchronized step-frequency circuit. (Inst. of Electrical and Electronics Engineers. Proceedings 1964. v.52, no.3, p.330) Discusses briefly the behavior of an HF radio circuit between Øya, Norway and College, Alaska during a strong auroral absorption event. A data plot is included and a map showing the relation of the circuit to DWB. the auroral belt. 96196 HUNSUCKER, RD. and L.H. TVETEN. Large traveling-ionosphericdisturbances observed at midlatitudes utilizing the high resolution h. f. backscatter technique. (Journal of atmos482

HUNSUCKER, R.D., see also No. 93849, 97678 96198 HUNT, A.D. Mineral potential of northern Canada. (Western miner and oil review 1967. v.40, no.7, p.22-32) With the New Imperial Mines Ltd and Cassiar Asbestos Corp swiftly approaching the production stage in Yukon Terr, a major discovery of Pb-Zn deposits in the Ross River area has changed the former community of about 30 inhabitants to a town with fuel depot and housing a major exploration base with communications, fixed- and rotary-wing aircraft and laboratory facilities. Possibilities of iron ore in the Mayo mining district and near Bear River, and of base metal ores in the Ketza River, Sheldon and Fyre Lakes areas are receiving attention. In the Northwest Territories where, in 1966, a record value of> $100 million in metallic minerals production represented Pb, Zn, W and Ag, field exploration beyond the active Pine Point district was carried out in Coppermine River, Coronation Gulf, Bathurst Inlet and Baffin, Cornwallis and Little Cornwallis Islands. The Canadian government is offering incentives to individual prospectors and companies, im-

proving roads, sharing in the cost of building airstrips, and has already constructed the Great Slave Lake Railway. DGS.

approx depth of 37 km in the center to a depth of 26 km near Chesterfield Inlet. DGS.

96199 HUNT, I.A., Jr. Ice problems in the design of the St. Lawrence River Power Project. (International Assoc. for Hydraulic Research, 8th congress, Montreal 1959. Proceedings v.3, 2 p) Considers the rate of ice growth after a continuous ice cover has formed on this river, to be the function of the only variable, the cumulative degree-days below freezing, and that could be represented by ft Ta dt, where Ta is the average ambient air temperature in °C. The limiting thickness which the ice sheet may attain by conduction and convection is approximated by x = V Ta, where V is an empirical constant, depending primarily upon the surface velocity and surface temperature of the water. For Lake St Francis portion of the St Lawrence River V was found to be equal to 6. DLC.

HUNTLEY, B., see No. 99366

96200 BUNTEN, D.M. Spectroscopic studies of the twilight airglow. (Space science reviews 1967. v.6, no.4, p.493-573, graphs, tables, illus) 210 refs. Considers the three classes of twilight phenomena the metal spectra of sodium, potassium, lithium, and of positive ion of calcium which appear at —90 km altitude; the molecular oxygen band at 30-50 km high; and the ionospheric F-region emissions: forbidden lines of atomic oxygen and nitrogen, the first negative system of NI, and the lines of orthohelium. Sodium emission lines studied by various scientists at Tromsø, College, Churchill, and other stations 1942-66 are discussed. DLC. 96201 HUNTER, J.A. and R.F. MEREU. The crust of the earth under Hudson Bay. (Canadian journal of earth sciences 1967. v.4, no.5, p.949-60, map, tables, illus) 8 refs. The 1965 Hudson Bay crustal experiment involved 41 shots placed on two lines, E-W and NW-SE, in the Bay. Time-term analysis of first arrival data of eight land stations situated around the bay gave a preferred crustal velocity of 6.32± .06 km/s, and an upper mantle velocity of 8.23 ± .03 km/s. Depth calculations from time-terms and use of Geological Survey of Canada near-surface data, show an overall rise of the Mohorovicic discontinuity from a depth at Churchill of approx 41 km to a minimum depth of approx 27 km towards Gilmour Island. Crustal thickening occurs again on the east side of the bay, with a depth of 41 km at Povungnituk. The crust thins towards the NW from an

96202 HURDLE, B.E. The Pine Point mine. (Mining congress journal 1967. v.53, no.4, p.72-74, illus) Describes the town and the lead-zinc deposits near the south shore of the Great Slave Lake. The Great Slave Lake Railway to Hay River, with a branch line to Pine Point, opened in 1964. A townsite now includes homes, an apartment building, school, nursing station, hotel and shopping center. Well water of extreme hardness is softened in a central treatment plant. Power comes by a 170-mi transmission line from a 25,000 hp hydro development on the Taltson River. The geologic setting, mining and handling of the ores are briefly described. DGS. 96203 HURDLE, H.L. and others. The selection of ± 450 kv DC for the transmission of power from the Nelson River. (Engineering journal 1967. v.50, no.10, p.17-20, maps, diagrs.) 2 refs. Other authors: G. MacGregor and T.E. Storey. The feasibility of developing the hydroelectric power potential of the Nelson River in Manitoba has been investigated jointly by the federal and provincial governments from 1963. Construction of the Kettle generating station began during 1966 and the first four units are to be in operation by the fall 1971. Factors and economic evaluations for decisions in planning this project are discussed, the increased flow with the diversion of the Churchill River into the Nelson, modes of transmission: DC or AC, kilovoltage, and DGS. choice of route. HURLEY, P.M, see No. 95220 96204 HUS, J. and SKIRDAL, E. Dei høgste fjella på Svalbard. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Arbok 1964 pub 1966, p.179-81, map, tables) 5 refs. In Norwegian. English summary. Title n.: The highest mountains in Svalbard. Reports results of the 1963 surveying of Newtontoppen and Perriertoppen in Ny Friesland, Vestspitsbergen. Both summits were found to be 1717 m above sea level. DLC. RUSSELL, D.J.T., see No. 93819, 96436, 96437 96205 HUSSEY, K.M. and R.W. MICHELSON. Tundra relief features near Point Barrow, Alaska. (Arctic 1966. v.19, 483

no.2, p.162-84, maps, tables, illus) 21 refs. French and Russian summary. Topography of this area results from erosion and mass wasting of a permafrost terrain, low temperature processes such as thermal expansion and contraction of frozen ground, surface uplift caused by accumulation of, and subsidence resulting from thaw of ground ice. High- and low-centered polygons, ice-wedge troughs, ice-core mounds and thaw basins are features in this region; genetic relations between these are discussed. CaMAI, DLC. 96206 HUTCHISON, O.K. Alaska's forest resource. Juneau, Inst. of Northern Forestry, Pacific Northwest Forest and Range Experiment Station 1967. 74p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. (US. Forest Service. Resource bulletin PNW-19) Presents the results of the first forest inventory of Alaska. The survey methods based mainly on aerial photographic sampling techniques with supplemental field checks are described. The state was divided into two major forest regions, coastal and interior. For each region data is presented on areas of commercial timber, stand types, saw timber volume, size of trees, growth estimates, losses, risks, and allowable cut. Much of the coastal timber is described as suitable primarily for the manufacture of pulp. However, significant quantities of finest quality Sitka spruce and western hemlock are also available. Net volume of commercial timber in this region is 184.7 billion bd ft, 30% of which is Sitka spruce, much of this being exported to Japan. In the interior region, total net saw timber volume is 31 billion bd ft of which 81% is white spruce. The stand volumes and tree sizes available suggest a pulpwood economy with integrated plants to utilize sawlogs for lumber, veneer and specialty items. In the interior, fire losses have averaged more than 1 million acres a yr. Processing and marketing of Alaska's timber and forest products are discussed and the importance of trade with Japan, which takes half the state production. Exports are viewed as the only likely source of future development, since in some instances Alaska's forest products are not even competitive within the state itself. An appendix outlines forest survey methods and tabulates the inventory data. CaMAI, DLC. 96207 HUTTON, C.L.A. Mapping present land use in Alberta, an ARDA project. (Albertan geographer 1965-66, no.2, p.31-40, maps) Notes the 1961 Agricultural and Rehabilitation and Development Act and the Canada Land Inventory instituted in 1963 for a nation-wide appraisal of land resources. 484

Co-ordinated by the Geographical Branch, each province is to map its own land resources, using classifications adopted nationally. In Sept 1964 air mapping of present land use in Alberta began under supervision of Dr. A.H. Laycock (qv) of the Dept of Geography, Univ of Alberta. Most of the province south of Edmonton has been covered, mapping of the Peace River Country started. Aims, methods and problems of the project are stated. The data accumulated are expected to be of considerable general usefulness. The original intention was to provide raw computer data, but publication may follow to provide wider dissemination of information. CaMAI.

(In. 96208 HVARFNER, H. Pitfalls. Nordic Symposium... 1962 pub 1965, p.319-32, map.) 12 refs. Describes, among others, two kinds of oval or rectangular pits in rows used in northern Fennoscandia to capture elk and reindeer. The distribution and size of 8-16th century pit systems are discussed noting hypotheses on their Lappish or Scandinavian origin. Effects of the European fur market on Lapps' reindeer trapping in the Middle Ages, and their abandonment of hunting for herding in the 16-18th centuries are dealt with. DLC. HYENSTRAND, Å., see No. 94733 Beskatningen av 96209 NYLEN, A. torsk og hysebestanden i våre nordlige farvann. Utdrag av rapport fra en arbeidsgruppe nedsatt av Liaison Committee i Det internasjonale råd for havforskning. (Fiskets gang 1965. v.51, no.37, p.539-43, graphs) Refs. In Norwegian. Tyde tr. Assessment of cod and haddock stock in our northern coastal waters; summary of a report by a working group appointed by the Liaison Committee of the International Council for the Exploration of the Sea. Summarizes preliminary results of the working group's mandate to investigate all factors affecting the production of fish in northern waters. The total product of the principal fish has changed little since 1946 in the Barents Sea, the Bjørn¢ya, Svalbard, and Lofoten waters, and the Nordkapp region, although the mature fish are a smaller percentage of the stock and costs have risen. Regulation of the mesh sizes of nets appears to be the best way to preserve balance in the future. DI. 96210 HYLEN, A. Norsk trålfiske langs Finnmarkskysten i området 4-6 mil fra grunnlinjen. (Fiskets gang 1967. v.53, no.8, p.126-33, tables) Refs. In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: Norwegian trawl

fishing along the coast of Finnmark in a 4-6 mile offshore area. Discusses the reasons and effects of allowing trawling within the 12-mi limit along eastern Finnmark. Coastal cod, arctic cod, and haddock are present, as are spawning migrants. Reduction in species, and the interests of coastal fishers are also considered. Research indicates that most immature arctic Ø live in the Barents-Spitsbergen region, and coastal cod may be found anywhere. Little is known about the haddock. According to catch records, prohibition of trawling inside the 6-mi limit would have little effect on the total stock of any of these three fish. DI. 96211 HYLEN, A. Utkast av torsk fra trålfangster. (Fiskets gang 1965. v.51, no.30, p.433-35, graphs, table) Refs. In Norwegian. Title tr.: Discards of cod from trawlers. Reports that the rejection rate of cod caught by a Norwegian trawler, 16-18 Nov 1964, southwest of Bjørnøya was estimated as 4% in number and 2% in weight. All fish smaller than 41 cm were discarded, and the rejection rate decreased to zero for the 47 cm length group. Effective mesh sizes of nets for the test ranged 105-130 mm. DI. 96212 HYTÖNEN, E. Measuring of the refraction in the second levelling of Finland. 18p. graph, table, illus. (Finland. Geodeettinen laitos. Julkaisuja 1967. no.63) Refs. Discusses light refraction in air layers of different densities and temperatures, and its effect on precise levelling. The use, in Finland, of a differential thermometer to eliminate the refraction results is noted. DGS. 96213 HYTÖNEN, K. and others. Manganoan siderite from Kittilä, western Lapland. (Geologi 1966. v.18, no.7, p.98-99, table) Other authors J. Nuutilainen, P. Ojanperä and E. Vomanen. Reports on the mineral and chemical content of one of several such rocks, forming small veins, in the region northeast of Kittild. By weight the fresh rock is 45% manganesebearing siderite, while in local pockets a weathered powdery product of approx equal atomic sums of manganese and iron has quartz as the main impurity. Each of the four authors performed a separate task in the completion of the study. DOS. 96214 IABLOKOV, A.V. and V.M. BEL'•KOVICH. Kitoobraznye Arktiki, perspektivy ikh ratsional'nogo ispoPzovaniih i okhrany. (Problemy Severe 1967, no.11,

p.166-81, table, illus) 35 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Cetaceans of the Arctic, prospects for their proper utilization and protection. English translation available from National Science Library, National Research Council, Ottawa. Lists (Russian and Latin names) with notes and illus the 14 most valuable species in arctic and northern waters, viz: the beluga, narwhal, the killer and pilot whales, whitebeaked dolphin, common porpoise, bottlenosed, sperm, minke, blue, fin, sei, Pacific gray and bowhead whales. The notes include size, weight, distribution, population density, migration, food, catch, yield of oil, meat, etc. The illus include features recognizable from afar, e.g. tail with flukes, dorsal fin, flippers, the blow, etc, and systematic tables of external features for identification of species are added. Data from the industry indicate decline in catch of large whales; this is caused by depletion of stocks and protection is required. The industry must turn to the still plentiful smaller whales, the white, minke, killer, bottlenosed, etc though these also should have limitations of the catch. CaMAI, DLC. IABLOKOV, A.V., see also No. 93906, 96817, 99191 IADRENKINA, A.G., see No. 99555 IAGODKIN, VIA., see No. 100075 96215 IAKOVETS, Iij. Nekotorye osobennosti khoziälstvennoi reformy v gornol promyshlennosti. (Planovoe khozihistvo 1967. v.44, no.2, p.31-37) In Russian. Title tr.: Specific aspects of economic reform in the mining industries. Discusses the need to review selling prices in relation to production costs incl such at the Vorkutaugol', Apatit, and the Olenegorsk ore concentration combines. Mining costs peculiar to northern areas are dealt with: costly housing, so-called hardship pay differential and fringe benefits, imports of locally unavailable raw material and consumer goods, etc. In 1966, expenditures for housing and labor exceeded planned disbursements by 7.8% at Vorkutaugol', 6.1% at Apatit, and 3.9% at Olenegorsk. A formula is presented for calculating realistic budgets based on actual conditions. DLC. 96216 fAKOVLEV, G. Akkordnaiä sistema oplaty truda na geologorazvedke. (Sotsialisticheskil trud 1966. v.11, no.12, p.124-25) In Russian. Title tr» Piece rate system in geological surveying. Describes the positive results of this pay system based on the amount of work 485

executed. Introduced in 1966 for drilling at the Talnakh deposits of Noril'sk, it raised performance by 24% and labor productivity by 48%. Standards used for the calculation of pay rates, allowances for break-down of equipment, and other factors are discussed. DLC. 96217 fAKOVLEV, IU.N. and A.K. IAKOVLEVA. Mineral'ny1 sostav rud i okolorudnykh porod vostochnogo fianga AlIarechenskogo sul'fidnogo medno-nikelevogo mestorozhdenii , Murmanskara oblast'. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1967. no.16-63, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Mineral composition of ores and wallrocks of the eastern flank of the Allarechensk sulfide copper-nickel deposits, Murmansk Province. Describes main features of the geologic structure of this region near Pechenga. Natural types of ores and ore bodies are characterized. Three groups of mineralization are recognized and described. Petrographic characteristics are given for two varieties of ultrabasic rock. The mineral composition of ores and wallrocks is analyzed by describing the principal and secondary minerals and mineral admixtures. In the ore composition are found about 60 minerals, many of them represented by several generations. The main features of the mineral composition are: an increased valleriite content in some areas, little tabular separation of pentlandite and pyrrhotite, intensive development of violarite and other late minerals in some places, etc. Three stages are recognized in deposit formation. Productive mineralization is associated with the second stage. DLC. 96218 fAKOVLEV, M.S. K voprosu o proektirovanii formy korpusa rechnogo lineinogo ledokola. (Gor'kiy. Politekhnicheski inst. Trudy 1958. v.14, no.1, p.38-44, In Russian. Title tr graphs, illus) Designing the hull form of a powerful river-icebreaker. Analyzes the damage and navigation difficulties of the icebreaker Don due to the screws hitting broken ice and their rotation jamming in ice slush. An improved hull design is discussed, to reduce the amount of ice getting in the screw. Greater draft is recommended to avoid ice clinging to the bottom and getting to the screws: for Don type icebreakers, the draft should be increased from 2.4 to 4 m. Vertical or inward-inclined sides to the vessel are considered to improve the hull design. DLC. IAKOVLEV, O.A., IAKOVLEV, V.I., 486

see No 101173 see No. 96923

96219 IAKOVLEV, V.M. Razrabotka vybrosoopasnykh ugol'nykh plastov Vorkutskogo mestorozhdeniui. (Ugol' 1964. v.39, no.3, p.59-62, table) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Working of coal layers dangerous for rockburst at the Vorkuta deposit. Discusses the situation in the 1st, 2d, 3rd, and 5th coal horizons where there is danger of a sudden ejection of burst coal and rock, due to accumulated strain and gas pressure in the mine workings. An analysis is made of the relative positions and characteristics of these layers; and it is recommended that the 4th layer be worked out as protection for the 1st, 2d, 3rd, and 5th prior to their development. Over-cutting the rockburst-hazard layer develops its protection ability in 2.5-3 yr and this is retained up to 10 yr. DLC. 96220 fAKOVLEV, V.N. K raschetu kromki l'da na navigaisionnykh trassakh Okhotskogo monå. (Moskva. TSentr. inst. prognozov. Trudy 1965. no.142, p.16-20, map) In Russian. Title tr.: On calculation of the ice edge on navigation routes of the Okhotsk Sea. Analyzes aerial observations of ice conditions for Dec-May 1956-62, and correlates them with the air temperature and pressure fields for the same period. The entire Okhotsk Sea is divided into 13 radii and for each the edge of ice is calculated. Spatial distribution of the ice is discussed, and the possibility summarized of calculating the ice edge for all navigation routes. DLC. 96221 IAKOVLEV, V.N. Obzor metodov rascheta drelfa i splochennosti l'da v more. (Moskva. TSentr. inst. prognozov. Trudy 1965. no.146, p.107-116) 40 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Review of methods for calculating the drift and stability of ice in the sea. Reviews existing methods as worked out by Zubov (No 19979), Kudnåvaih (No 80388), Bu'øiiskü (No 57156) and other Russian and foreign scientists. The various components of ice drift are discussed. The use of electronic computers may be of aid in proving the theory of ice drift. DLC. 96222 fAKOVLEV, V.N. Raschet kromki l'da v Okhotskom more. (Moskva. TSentr. inst. prognozov. Trudy 1965. no.146, p.98-106, graphs, map) Ref. In Russian. Tide fr.: Calculation of ice edges in the Sea of Okhotsk. Develops a method of calculating and forecasting the entire ice edge of the sea, in expanding into series the temperature and pressure over the sea according to Chebyshev orthogonal polynomials. As a result, it was

possible to bring out the physical meaning of the expansion coefficients, the first seven of which determine the convergence rate of the series. An example of a ten-day forecast calculation is given for the second and third decade of days in Dec by summing up the expansion coefficients, averaged from the bane and temperature fields. With this method several elements of ice conditions are forecast from a single analysis. DLC. AKOVLEVA, A.K., see No. 96217 IAKOVLEVA, E.V., see No. 96891 fAKOVLEVA, S.V., see No. 93617

IAKUPOV, V.S. Udel'noe elek96223 tricheskoe soprotivlenie merzlykh korennykh porod v estestvennom zaleganii. (Geologlil i geofizika 1966, no.12, p.79-88, tables, graphs) 10 refs. In Russian. English summary. Tide tr.: Specific electric resistance of frozen bedrock in natural occurrence. Gives summary data of the electric conductivity of frozen bedrock as studied in various regions of northeastern USSR. It varies according to the lithologic composition of the rock. In sedimentary rocks it rises with the content of clays. Specific resistance according to depth of the rock is also discussed. DLC. IAKUPOV, V.S., see also No. 97177 96224 IAKUSHKIN, G.D. Samokol'tsuntshchaia petlill na pestsa. (Zoo logicheskii zhurnal 1966. v.45, no.6, p.949-51, illus) 3 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr Automatic tagging noose for foxes. Describes with illus a noose placed at the entrance which, when successful, leaves a tag attached by a wire around the animal's neck. Of 270 nooses placed and inspected after a year, 74 were found to have worked. DLC. 96225 IALOVOI, A.A. 0 teksturnykh osobennosttakh sul'fidnykh medno-nikelevykh rud mestorozhdeniia Talnakh. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1967. v.151, p.258-64, illus) Refs. In Title tr.: Textural features of Russian. sulfide copper-nickel ores of the Talnakh deposits. Distinguishes two types of deposits, one impregnation and the other massive. The first type is divided into emulsion, interstitial, sideronitic and nest-like varieties; the second type into strictly massive, reticulate, porphyroblastic, breccia-like and eutaxitic varieties. Three stages are recognized in the

genesis of the ores and each is briefly characterized. DLC.

I:ANCHENSKAIA, N.V., see No. 98839 IANES, A.V., see No. 94480 96226 IANKOVSKII, A.V. Infuzorii iz mantilnol polosti Ba!anus v Barentsevom more. (Parazitologiia 1967. v.1, no.1, Refs. In Russian. English p.82-93, illus) summary. Title lr.: Ciliates from the mantle cavity of Ba!anus in the Barents Sea. Ba!anus spp from the littoral and sublittoral zones of the Barents Sea harbor a variety of commensal organisms. Seven species of ciliates belonging to six genera of four orders are described. Copious illustrations are provided. DLC. 96227 IANOVSKII, V. IA. Nekotorye osobennosti i puti uluchsheniii ispol'zovanita trudovykh resursov Severo-Vostoka SSSR; na primere Magadanskol oblasti. (AkadeØta nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Izvestitå 1966, no.1, p.53-58) In Russian. Title tr.: Specific aspects of labor resources in northeastern USSR and ways to improve their utilization as exemplified in Magadan Province. Discusses labor fluidity with selected statistical data on current employment in mining, construction, fishing, etc, industries. 96% of the population of Magadan Province are immigrants, mostly men in the 16-60 yr age bracket. Harsh conditions, slow acclimatization process, predominantly seasonal job opportunities, inadequate housing, etc, discourage an immigration of families which, in turn, precludes the rise of a native second-generation labor force. Far-sighted planning is urged to remedy this situation. Priority should be given to the improvement of living conditions and creation of jobs to counterbalance seasonal lay-offs and provide work for women. Family status should determine the duration of job-contracts in extreme hardship areas unsuited for families. Suggestions are also made for counteracting high production costs, low labor productivity, DLC. housing shortage, etc.

IANOVSKII, V.V., see No. 99876 IANSHIN, A.L., see No. 101476 96228 IARMOLIUK, V.A. Mineral'nye (In: Akademii resursy Vostoka SSSR. nauk SSSR. Otd-ie nauk o Zemle. Problemy metallogenii Sovetskogo Dal'nego Vostoka... 1967, p.55-65) In Russian. Title tr.: Mineral resources of the Soviet Far East. Reviews the mineral resources of the entire 487

Soviet Far East, incl Magadan and Kamchatka provinces. The gold resources of the Chukotka, Yana-Kolyma folded zone and the Okhotsk-Chaunskaya volcanic belt are mentioned briefly. Data also given for non-ferrous and rare metals such as tin, tungsten and mercury. Other resources discussed include the coals of Magadan Province and the thermal waters of Kamchatka. DLC. 96229 L4ROSH, V.F. Skhema kornpleksnogo ispol'zovania vodnykh resursov r. Leny. (Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitel'stvo 1966. v.36, no.1, p.1-8, map, tables, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Plan for water resources development of the Lena River system. Discusses the projected cascade of hydroelectric power plants consisting of the Kirensk and Shorokhova (and Makarovskaya variant) on the upper Lena and Kirenga, the Mukhtuya and Yakutsk on the middle Lena, and the Nizhne-Lenskaya near the estuary. The gorge (Lenskaya truba) formed in the delta by spurs of the Verkhoyansk Range and Chekanovskiy Ridge is noted. The physiographic, hydrological, and climatic conditions, along the course of the river, and in the basin are described. A generalized profile along the Lena Cascade is given, and a map of the basin shows the locations of the projected power plants. They are planned to produce 1.0, 3.7, 23.0, 28.4, and 95.2 (minimum) billion kwh/yr; construction cost of the hydraulic installations are estimated at 157, 174, 801, 1,372 million rubles, and transmission lines to link with the Urals power system, 9, 18, 270, 190, 854 (minimum) million rubles, respectively. Thus, the Nizhne-Lenskaya plant would produce approx four times the energy of the Bratsk plant; plans and profiles are given. DLC. 96230 IAROSHENKO, O.P. SporovopylTsevye kompleksy i vozrast tufogennykh otlozhenil Tungusskogo basseina. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Izvestiia, ser. geol. 1967. no.3, p.117-25, table, illus) 32 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Spore-pollen complexes and age of tuffaceous deposits of the Tungusskiy basin. Reports study of pollen and spores from tuffaceous deposits in the Ilimpeya, Limptekan and other river basins. The spore-pollen complexes are described and their type and distribution in various stratigraphic units characterized. The lower stratum of the tuffaceous deposits is of Permian age, the upper part Triassic. Some comparison is made DLC. with other regions.

IÄSHINA, Z.I., see No. 101402 488

96231 IASHNOV, V.A. Vodnye massy i plankton 4, Calanus finmarchicus i Dimophyes arctica kak indikatory atlanticheskikh vod v Polamom basselne. (Okeanologna 1966. v.6, no.3, p.493-503, graphs, map, tables, illus) 29 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr. Water masses and plankton 4, Calanus finmarchicus and Dimophyes arctica as indicators of Atlantic waters in the Polar Basin. Outlines the distribution of these two species of zooplankton in Arctic Basin and adjacent seas. Their way of life is characterized. Both species are brought by the warmer waters of the Atlantic through the strait between Greenland and Svalbard into the Arctic Basin. DLC. 96232 IÅSOVICH, G.S. Novye dannye o zakonomernostiakh rasprostraneniia verkhnenrrskikh morskikh produktivnykh otlozhenii Berezovskogo gazonosnogo ralona. (Neftegazovarå geologiii i geofizika 1966, 4 refs. In Russian. no.1, p.21-25, maps) Title tr.: New data on distribution patterns of the Upper Jurassic marine productive deposits of the Berezovo gas-bearing region. Reports compilation of lithofacies maps of these deposits; two stratigraphic intervals are represented, the Middle and Late Callovian, and the Oxfordian, Kimmeridgian and Lower Volga stages. Porosity and permeability of the DLC. rocks are described. 96233 IASOVICH, G.S. Stratigrafiia verkhneiurskikh morskikh produktivnykh otlozhenil Berezovskogo gazonosnogo ralona. (Sovetskail geologiiåa 1966, no.2, p.137-40, map, profiles) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of Upper Jurassic marine productive deposits of the Berezovo gas-bearing region. Presents a stratigraphic description of these deposits divided into Abalak and Tutleym series. Attention is directed to the Vogulka stratum which is productive. It includes the middle Callovian to lower Volga stages. It is divided into four zones according to the fauna and lithology. DLC. 96234 IASOVICH, G.S. Zakonomernosti rasprostranenia pronitsaemykh porod i razmeshchenie mestorozhdem'i nefti i gaza v verkhneiurskikh otlozheniiakh Sibirskogo Pri(Neftegazovarä geologiih i geofizika ural 6 refs. In 1967, no.6, p.25-28, maps) Russian. Tide tr. Distribution patterns of permeable rocks and the distribution of oil and gas deposits in Upper Jurassic deposits of the Siberian Ural. Outlines the stratigraphy and permeable rocks of the Vogulka series in the Berezovo, Shaim, Khanty-Mansiysk and other areas of

Tyumen Province. Three zones of lithofacies are distinguished and each characterized according to the distribution of permeable rocks, suitable as reservoir rocks for oil and gas. The best are found in zones II and III. DLC. 96235 IASTREBKOV, A.A. Individual"nail i vnutripopulfisionnaii variabil'nost' (In: razmerov ikrinok gorbushi i kety. AkademihI nauk SSSR. Murmanskiil morskor biologicheskti inst. Trudy 1965. v.9(13), p.26-32, tables, graphs, illus) 18 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Individual and intrapopulation variability in the egg size of pink and chum salmon. No significant differences were noted in size of mature eggs as found in the anterior, middle, and posterior portions of the ovaries of these species. Individual differences in size ranged 0.8-1.0 mm in the pink and 1.0-1.2 mm in the chum. Egg size in a population varied with the size (length) of the females. DLC. 96236 IØ, IÜ.P. Kunrisa i ee osnovnye zhertvy na Severnom Urale. (In: Soveshchanie zoologov Sibiri, Tomsk, 1966. Voprosy zoologii, p.273-74) In Russian. Tide tr.: The pine marten and its prey in the northern Urals. Examined 600 marten (Mertes martes) stomachs to determine the main components of the diet in winter; 200 stomachs were examined in the summer. Squirrels and small rodents composed up to 50% of the diet. Number of martens rise in areas where a large population of small rodents provide good hunting, in one part of the Komi ASSR by 400%. However, a small rodent population does not always appear to be a significant limiting factor since the marten population has been known to rise in times of rodent population depression. DLC. 96237 Ø, IU.P. and M.V. KOZHUKHOV. Nekotorye osobennosti termoreguhåüii u loset (Pechoro-Ilychskil gos. zapovednik. Trudy 1964. no.11, p.67-73, tables, graph, illus) 9 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Some features of the thermoregulation of elk. Normal temperature in winter ranges 37.5-39.0°C and in summer 38.0-39.9°. The greater range in summer indicates that elk are more affected by heat, than by cold. They have well developed vascular thermoregulation and significant muscular thermogenesis. Thus when moving fast, when loaded, or running in deep snow, they soon overheat, respiration becomes rapid and they

pant, but with moderate exertion, their endurance almost equals that of horses. DLC. 96238 IIAZAN, Iu. P. 0 nekotorykh morfologicheskikh i ekologicheskikh sdvigakh s ikh reakklimatizatsiei v u bobrov v Pechoro-Ilychskom zapovednike. (PechoroIlychskil zapovednik. Trudy 1964. no.11, p.75-82, tables, graph) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some morphological and ecological shifts in beavers in connection with their reacclimatization in Pechora-Ilych Preserve. Reports on the introduction of 18 beaver from Voronezh Province into the PechoraIlych Preserve in 1938-40. By 1959 there were 250 in upper reaches of the Pechora, and the 1964 population is estimated at 331 excluding 81 killed or captured. Body size and that of its parts is greater in the Pechora than in the Voronezh beaver. The former are healthier because they are free of the trematode Stichorchis subtriguetrus, with which the Voronezh beaver are heavily infested. The young are born at the end of April and beginning of May in Voronezh but at the end of May to early June in the Pechora basin, which indicates the introduced animals' adaptation to the severe climate. DLC. 96239 I:AZAN, IÜ.P. Povadki pechor(Okhota i okhotnich'e skikh medvedel. khoziaistvo 1965. v.11, no.6, p.14-15, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Behavior of Pechora bears. Describes five phases of seasonal behavior, beginning with arousal from hibernation. These bears' hunting and diet before the appearance of vegetation is the elk, abundant in the Pechora-Ilych Preserve. It is killed in a few minutes and gradually consumed over several days. The bears' summer and fall diet is mainly vegetarian. Mating takes place in July-Aug, hibernation Nov-Mar. Attacks on DLC. man are not rare. and E.P. 96240 TAZAN, ILJ.P. KNORRE. Problema khoziålstvennogo is(Pechora-Ilypol'zovaniiit losel v SSSR. chskil gos. zapovednik. Trudy 1964. no.11, p.7-18, map, illus) 12 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Economic utilization of elk in the USSR. In pre-Revolutionary time, elk became almost extinct in Russia, but with protection from 1919 and increase of browsing areas by the cutting of mature forest and its replacement of shrubs, grass, the elk population rapidly increased. It is estimated at 700,000 head in RSFSR and in many areas it exceeds the feed resources. Normally it is about 3/1000 hectares, but in some regions it 489

amounts to one/ha. This excess of stock has to be reduced by shooting at least 10% annually, at first even 20-30%. The controlled hunting methods adopted by the PechoraIlych Preserve during the seasonal elk migrations are briefly outlined. The value of elk as a source of meat and hides and possibility of its domestication are noted. DLC. 96241 IIAZAN, IÜ.P. Sostoianie pastbishch na osnovnykh zimovkakh lose( v ralone Pechoro-Ilychskogo zapovednika. (Pechoro-Ilychskii gos. zapovednik. Trudy 1964. no.11, p.19-30, tables, illus) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: State of pastures in the main wintering areas of elk in the PechoraIlych Preserve. The capacity of pastures determines generally the growth of the elk population, its density and the limits of annual hunting, though several other factors must be taken into account. In the Pechora-Ilych Preserve, an area of 721,000 hectares, the elk amount to 2,000 head, about three animals/ 1,000 ha. In some areas however, especially in winter, the food supply is inadequate; 19 wintering places are described in detail as studied in 1961-63. They were found stripped of vegetation, and the elk suffering from malnutrition, some dying off, reproduction slowed down, etc. Regrowth of the vegetation, if possible, takes time, so some 1,000-1,500 animals should be shot. DLC. IBATULLIN, M.S., see No. 98428 96242 IBRAGIMOV, E.S. and others. Oborudovanie dltå tsementirovaniiii neftilnykh 'i gazovykh skvazhin v trudnodostupnykh raionakh. (Nefttånoe khoz►atstvo 1966. v.44, no.6, p.16-19, illus) In Russian. Other authors: N.G. Kurbanov and D.K. Melikov. Title tr» Equipment for cementing oil and gas boreholes in regions difficult of access. Reviews previously constructed equipment used for borehole cementing in northwest Siberia, and discusses a composite unit consisting of cement-carrying trucks, mixing tank, and a cementing aggregate 5TSA-320 of 155 hp, 320 kg/cm2 max pressure, and max production 22 1/sec. This aggregate consists of a power unit, transmission, a measuring unit, a piston pump, a benchboard with controls and measuring apparatus, and a gas distribution manifold. The measuring unit has 4 m3 capacity, and the manifold consists of distributing and compression piping, locks and air compensator. The total weight of the aggregate is 8 tons which makes possible its transportation on the hook of a MI-6 helicopter. The aggregate was tested by cementing six boreholes of the Shaim and 490

Upper-Kondinskoye expedition; it has been approved for mass production for 1966. DLC. ICHIYE, T., see No. 95210 96243 IEVLEVA, M.IA. Gistologicheskoe stroenie gonad lososet v period morskikh migratsit. (In: Soveshchanie po voprosam lososevogo khoziilstva Dal'nego Vostoka, 3rd, PetropavlovskKamchatskiy 1960 pub 1964. p.127-41, graph, map, table, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr: Histological structure of the gonads in salmon during their oceanic migration. Of the migrating salmon caught in the North Pacific between Kamchatka and Alaska, used for this study, only 1.5% of the specimens were males. DLC. 96244 IGNATENKO, I.V. K voprosu o klassifikatsü zabolochennykh i bolotnykh (In: pochv vostochnoevropeiskoi tundry. Vses. botanicheskoe o-vo. Priroda bolot... 1967. p.122-30, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The classification of semibog and bog soils of the East European tundra. Presents a classification of tundra and forest-tundra bog soils according to types, subtypes, genera and species. Various types are characterized by nano- and microrelief. The structure and chemical properties of the soils gradually change from north to south, with increasing thickness of peat layer and differentiation of the soil profile. DLC. 96245 IGNATENKO, I.V. 0 pochvakh (Pochvovedenie 1966, ostrova Vaigach. no.9, p.12-20, tables) 15 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The soils of Vaygach Island. Reviews the relief, climate, vegetation and other soil-forming factors of the island. The soil cover is analyzed and some profiles are described. The arctic-tundra soils are characterized by thin slightly differentiated profiles, a low rate of soil formation, continuous gleyization and slight thixotropy. Physical rather than chemical weathering prevails. DLC. 0 sel'sko96246 IGNATENKO, I.V. khoziaistvennom osvoenii tundrovykh pochv. (Nauchnye doklady vysshei shkoly. Biologicheskie nauki 1967, no.9, p.131-35, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Agricultural cultivation of tundra soils. Discusses attempt to grow clover on 1500 ha near Vorkuta, with chemical analysis of the soil prior to and after cultivation, its temperature and humidity in both cases. A series of measures to increase yields is DLC. recommended.

96247 IGNATENKO, I.V. 0 zabolochennykh i bolotnykh pochvakh vostochnoevropeiskol tundry. (Pochvovedenie 1967, no.2, p.33-49, tables) 11 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: On swampy and bog soils of the east European tundra. Presents a classification of these soils in Vaygach, Vorkuta, Adz'va and other areas. Three types according to formation features are distinguished: bog, bog tundra and frozen residual-peat soils tundra. Depending on the peat layer thickness, degree of decomposition and character of soil-forming processes, these soils are subdivided into eight subtypes, 18 genera and 26 species. DLC. 96248 IGNATENKO, I.V. Pochvennye kompleksy ostrova Vaigach. (Pochvovedenie 1967, no.9, p.86-99, tables, illus) 23 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Soil complexes of Vaygach Island. Formation of soils is controlled by local relief, composition of the soil-forming rocks, cryogenic processes, wind and water erosion. Three types of soil complexes are recognized, on bogs: bog-cryogenic and bog- tundra soils; on uplands with limestone: arctic-tundra, humus-calcareous and residual-humus calcareous soils; on smooth uplands: arctictundra, superficially-gley soddy, residual-gley, salinized, and peaty gley soils. DLC.

Severnaiå Amerika, fizicheskatå geografiia. Moskva, Izd-vo Prosveshchenie 1965. 275p. tables,

96249 IGNAT'EV, G.M.

graphs, maps, illus. 57 refs. In Russian.

Title tr.: Physical geography of North America. Presents a manual on the geography of the continent in two parts: general and regional. In the first, the geographic position, geologic history, relief, natural resources, climate, and inland waters are outlined, and the natural zones: arctic, subarctic, temperate, subtropical and tropical are characterized. In regional part, the non-cordilleran East and cordillera mountainous regions are dealt with, as are the Canadian Arctic Archipelago and Alaska. Appended are physical, geologic, tectonic, geomorphic, soil, and vegetation maps in color. DLC. 96250 IGNAT'EV, M.A. Grebnye vinty sudov ledovogo plavaniiå; osobennosti proektirovaniia. Leningrad, Izd-vo Sudostroenie 1966. 114p. graphs, tables, illus. 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ship propellers for ice

navigation vessels; features of design. Presents data for designing propellers of icebreakers and transport vessels for ice navigation, as assembled from laboratory and field investigations of propeller performance in arctic ice, and from icebreaker fleet

experience along the Northern Sea Route. Specific features in designing ice navigation propellers (with calculation graphs), analysis of propeller damage and calculation of the propeller blades are dealt with in the first two chapters. The third and fourth discuss the strength of outboard propeller shaft; and performance of the tractor-propeller. In chap 5 measures for improving ice-transit ability and maneuverability are discussed, and the last chapter gives the calculation of propellers for a 36,000 hp icebreaker, the blade strength, and diameter of the propeller shaft. DLC. 96251 IGNATIUS, H. Havaintoja Vestbreen jäätiköltä pohjois-Norjassa. (Geologi 1966. v.18, no.6, p.78-81, map, table, illus) 7 refs. In Finnish. English summary. Title Observations from the Vestbreen glacier, northern Norway. Reports on the analysis of annual washboard moraines to trace the normal retreat of an ice tongue since 1948, and since its probable most extensive postglacial expan-

sion. The Lyngen region of Norway is recommended for the glacial fieldwork of students of Quaternary geology in Finland, DGS. where no glaciers exist. 96252 IGOLKINA, N.S. 0 glubinnom stroenii territorii Zapadnogo Pritiman'is. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1966. v.114, p.83-95, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title h-: On the deep structure of the western Timan area. Reviews recent geophysical investigations, especially deep drillings and on the basis of these, works out a generalized relief map of the crystalline basement, and offers an interpretation of it. The Timan trough and Moscow syneclise represent depressions of asymmetric and complicated structures. These structures and the deposits which compose them are briefly characterized. Some geologic sections are analyzed. The geologic development of the area is summarized. DLC. 96253 IGOSHINA, K.N. Flora gornykh i ravninnykh tundr i redkolesii Urals.

(Rastitel'nost' Krainego Severs SSSR i ee osvoenie 1966, v.6, p.135-223, map, table) 71 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Flora of the mountain and valley tundras and of the thin forests of the Ural. Lists (Latin names) 769 species of plants collected by various botanists in different parts of the range, incl the Northern, Subpolar, and Polar Ural. Occurrence, distribution, frequency and ecology, and name of collector are indicated. A brief outline of studies of Ural flora is included.

DLC. 491

96254 IGOSHINA, K.N. Osobennosti flory i rastitel'nosti na giperbazitakh Poli'arnogo Urala (na primere gory Pai-Iz). (Botanicheskif zhurnal 1966. v.51, no.3, p.322-38, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr. Features of the flora and vegetation on ultrabasic rocks in the Polar Urals. Describes the physiography, geology, and vegetation zones of the Pay-Iz mountain and compares them with the zones on Slantsevoy mountain. Higher plants, mosses and lichens are also described. DLC. 96255 IKEDA, S. and others. Tolerance of puppies to circulatory arrest during surface induced hypothermia. Fort Wainwright, Alaska, 1966. (US. Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory. Technical report no. AALTR-66-8) 19 refs. Other authors: A. Lesage, G. Young, Jr. and W.C. Sealy. Studies precise tolerance of puppies in a weight and age group which is comparable to 9-12 month old infants, to varying periods of circulatory arrest when cooled to 16-18'C. Hypothermia was induced and reverted in 6-8 week old puppies without difficulty by techniques described. The key is first warming the heart through the open chest, which permits equitable distribution of warm blood by a forceful warm heart. CaMAI, DLC. IKONNIKOVA, G.M., see No. 97026 96256 IKORSKII, S.V. K metodike izucheniiä bituminoznogo veshchestva v polostiäkh mineralov izverzhennykh porod. (Vsesoiüznoe mineralogicheskoe o-vo. Zapiski 1966. v.95, no.4, p.455-58, illus) Refs. In Title tr.: The method of inRussian. vestigation of bituminous matter in mineral cavities of igneous rocks. Reports study of bituminous matter and gases in eudialyte samples from pegmatites of the Khibiny alkaline massif, using a ML-2 luminescence microscope. Hydrocarbon gases separated from the eudialyte were studied. Bituminous matter changes by heating at DLC. 480-490°C. 96257 IKORSKII, S.V. Vkh icheniii villiomita i ikh sviaz' s organicheskim veshchestvom v porodoobrazuiåshchikh mineralakh KhttØkogo massiva. (Geokhimna 1966, no.8, p.1002-1003, graphs, illus) 7 Title tr.: Villiaumite refs. In Russian. inclusions and their connection with organic matter in the rock-forming minerals of the Khibiny massif. Describes and illustrates NaF occurrences in eudialyte of pegmatite and in nepheline of urtite. Observations show NaF inclusions as widespread as organic matter in the rock492

forming minerals of Khibiny. Possible connection in time and formation conditions are DLC. considered. 96258 IL'CHENKO, L.N. Kharakteristika kompleksov rastitel'nykh mikrofossihi dokembrilskikh otlozhenii zapadnogo sklona (In: Palinologiiä Anabarskogo podni tii"a. Sibiri... 1966. p. 123-26, illus) Refs. In Title tr: Russian. English summary. Characteristics of plant microfossil assemblages of Precambrian deposits in the western slope of the Anabar uplift. Six of these assemblages are compared with some of the same age from the Russian platform, the Yenisey region and the Antarctic. They are found to be in considerable agreement despite distance and different facies conditions. DLC. IL'CHENKO, L.N., see also No. 96509 ILGACH, S.F., see No. 96552 96259 IL'IN, A. and M. SHALYGIN. Nachalos' stroitel'stvo dorog v Tiåmenskoi oblasti. (Avtomobil'nye dorogi 1966. v.29, no.5, p.10) In Russian. Title tr.: Road construction has begun in Tyumen Province. Describes the construction of an automobile road between Uray and oil extraction area at Trekhozernyy. About 97% of the projected road is across taiga and swamp. New excavators, bulldozers, and automatic unloading trucks are in use. Suggestions are made for more efficient technology. DLC. 96260 IL'IN, A.F. and D.P. SIDOROV. Tektonicheskoe stroenie vostochnogo sklona Aldanskogo massive. (In: Leningrad. Vses. neftiänol n: issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1966. no.249, p.206-212, map) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Tectonic structure of the eastern slope of the Aldan massif. Reviews the tectonic structure of the Aldan crystalline massif, Verkhoyansk foredeep, transition zone of Mesozoic folding, Verkhoyansk folded zone, and Sette-Daban. The aim of the study is a clarification of the structural plan of the floor of Jurassic deposits occurring with significant washout on Paleozoic deposits. A structural-tectonic scheme of the region is presented and briefly characterized. DLC. IL'IN, A.G., see No. 101462

IL'IN, A.I., see No. 101173 IL'IN, F.K., see No. 97161

96261 IL'IN, IÜ.I. Redkie shchelochi v mikroklinakh iz pegmatitov Porosozera. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1967. no.5, p.158-65, table) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Rare alkalis in microclines from pegmatites of the Porosozero region. Reports study of microclines from various types of pegmatite bodies, closely connected spatially with a massif of metasomatic altered feldspathic granites. In microclines from albitized pegmatites the content of rare alkalis is greater than in those from unaltered pegmatites. In microclines of pegmatites with a relatively constant content of potassium, the rubidium content increases from contact toward the center. Changes of cesium and other rare alkalis are also noted. DLC. 96262 IL'IN, I.V. and others. Khrizolity kimberlitovykh trubok IAkutii kak dragotsennye kamni dhä iuvelirnol promyshlennosti. (Razvedka i okhrana nedr 1958, no.2, p.8-9, table, illus) In Russian. English translation in Intl. geology review 1959. v.1, no.10, p.45-46. Other authors,' N.A. Kuryleva, L.A. Popugaeva and IA.B. Title tr.: Chrysolites of Yakutia's Sigal. kimberlite pipes as precious stones for the jewelry industry. Reports the discovery of economically significant occurrences of chrysolite in Yakut ASSR. They are associated with diamondiferous kimberlite pipes, and the gemstones are mainly light green. Chemical analyses are DLC. tabulated. 96263 IL'IN, O.M. K voprosu o vydelenii trappovykh intruzil po aeromagnitnym dannym. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'narä geologi& 1966, no.8, p.237-42, graphs, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Separation of trap intrusion according to aeromagnetic data. Reports study of a trap intrusion in the northwestern part of the Noril'sk region. Geologic structure of the region is described. Since the magnetic properties of intrusions differ from those of the enclosing rocks, an aeromagnetic survey helps to determine the depths and extent of the trap. Three strips of intrusion are separated and mapped. DLC. 96264 IL'IN, O.M. and M.A. KHOLMI iANSKII. K voprosu ob uchete nerovnostel rel'efa pri provedenii vertikal'nogo elektricheskogo zondirovaniiä. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'natä geologilä 1966, no.8, p.221-24, table, illus) In Russian. Title tr• Consideration of terrain roughness in carrying out vertical electric sounding. Discusses the effect of the morphology of

the Igarka region, particularly that of the height variation 30-100 and 100-300 m on the interpretation of multi-layer curves of vertical electric sounding carried out in 1964. These curves are used for determining the dip angle of the basement rock, and the total thickness of layers above the basement. A deviation of the lower end of these curves from their asymptotes leads to sharp changes in determining the thickness of the overburden, and the value of the total longitudinal electric conductivity. A method of "clearing" the curve ends from distortions due to variation in the morphology is suggested, and the coefficient K, of the geometry of the electric sounding scheme is recalculated. DLC. 96265 IL'IN, S.A. Vybor skhem putevogo razvitiia na ustupakh. (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. Kol'skil filial. Tekhnologii razrabotki... 1964, p.82-92, graphs, illus) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr:: Selection of roadway systems on benches. Discusses shuttle type transportation on benches of quarries or open-pit mines in the arctic region. Systems with one and two excavators to a bench are considered for maximum utilization of excavator working capacity. The best setup for getting the empties to the excavators is a two-track roadway, which enables 95-100% utilization. The economy realized from the increase of excavator productivity by timely shuttling of carriers between the excavation head and haulage point, and the additional cost of improving the transportation system are presented in 12 diagrams in thousand rubles per stripping cycle plotted against the length of front in km. Single track systems with independent haulage points are found to be more economical where there are several excavators to a bench. The bench roadway systems discussed are in use at the Noril'sk Mining and Metallurgical Combine, Sokolovo-Sarbay Combine, Olenegorsk Mines, DLC. and Lebedinskiy quarry. 96266 IL'IN, O.M. and B.N. NALUTSISHIN. Opytno-metodicheskie geofizicheskie raboty na uchastke ugol'nogo mestorozhdenitä Taiti, Noril'skii ralon. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'naia geologiiii 1966, no.8, p.188-93, illus) In Russian. Title tr. Experiment in a method of geophysical work in the Taiti coal deposits area, Noril'sk region. Describes dipole profiling applied to the search for coal deposits. Results obtained by this electric method are briefly summarized. Calculation of the coal reserves and of the form and extent of the coal beds is described. 493

The method is found effective for study of coals in the Noril'sk region. DLC. IL][UØIN, L.N., see No. 99856

are characterized, and conclusions drawn on the solution composition, mineral-formation temperature and recrystallization in the process of formation of silver mineral assoDLC. ciations.

ILUPIN, I.P., see No. 94080 EVES, E., see No. 97537 The Mesozoic 96267 IMLAY, R.W. pelecypods Otapiria Marwick and Lupherella Imlay, new genus, in the United States. Washington, DC 1967. 11 p. maps, illus. (US. Geological Survey. Professional paper no.573-B) 25 refs. Describes: Otapiria tailleuri n sp from organic shale directly over fossiliferous upper Triassic beds, generally assigned to the Shublik formation, 20 ft below Buchia-bearing clay shale of early Cretaceous age, north of the Brooks Range, Alaska, and an unidentified species of the same genus from beds of unknown age in east central Alaska. These specimens resemble the north Alaskan species and are probably of similar Jurassic DGS. age. 96268 INCE, S. A guide to the design of air bubblers for melting ice. (Conference on Coastal Engineering, 9th, Lisbon 1964. Proceedings, p. 600-610, illus) 5 refs. The operation of an air bubbler must begin before freeze-up to prevent ice formation. The size of the ice-free area depends, aside from atmospheric conditions, upon the temperature structure of the water, the quantity of water transported to the surface, the mix.ug in the vertical plume, and the temperature and velocity decay of the surface current. Four relationships in the hydrodynamics of bubbler curtains are summarized and nine equations for the complicated problem of heat transfer through ice are given. Size of air holes in the bubbler has no significant influence on max velocity. Simple square-edged holes of 1/8' - 1116' diam are recommended. For the same air flow a large number of smaller holes spaced closely are more effective than larger holes spaced widely. DLC. 96269 INDOLEV, L.N. Serebro v sul'fidnykh mestorozhdeniiakh severo-vostoka IAkutii. (Geologitå i geofizika 1966, no.7, p.56-66, tables, illus) 16 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Silver in sulfide deposits in northeastern Yakutia. Reports mineralogic study of the characteristics of silver-bearing sulfides and sulphosalts from tin ore and lead-zinc deposits of the Deputatskiy, Alys-Khaya, Ege-Khaya and other regions. Silver-bearing minerals such as pyrargyrite, proustite, diaphorite, etc are described. Conditions for silver mineralization 494

96270 INDOLEV, L.N. and IÜ.IiA. ZHDANOV. Termal'nyi metamorfizm polevykh shpatov iz ksenolitov granita v dai(Vses. mineralokakh osnovnykh porod. gicheskoe o-vo. Zapiski 1967. v.96, no.3, Refs. In p.266-73, graph, tables, illus) Russian. Title tr. Thermal metamorphism of feldspars from granite xenoliths in dikes of basic rocks. Reports a mineralogic investigation of feldspars from the Deputatskiy tin deposits in northeastern Yakutia. Six samples of potassium-sodium feldspars were studied: two from granite porphyry and the others from xenoliths of these rocks. Optical characteristics, X-ray analyses and other features are described. Crystallization conditions are discussed. DLC. 96271 INENLIKEI, P.I. K voprosu o klassifika[sii narechil chukotskogo iazyka. (In: Akademii nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. IAzyki i fol'klor... 1966, p.128-42) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Problem of classification of adverbs in Chukchi. Discusses peculiarities in the morphological structure of adverbs, their function, and use mainly as modifiers of quality. DLC. INENLIKEI, P.I. 0 roll ag96272 ghntinativnoi affiksaisii v chukotskom i zyke. (In.' Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Inst. i zykoznaniih. Morfologicheskaiå tipologiia ... 1965, p.258-64) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Role of agglutinative affixes in Chukchi. Comparative study of the morphological structure of adverbs and the modifying quality of affixes. Four structurally different types of adverbs are recognized: pure stem morphemes and stems with agglutinated prefixes and/or suffixes. Adverbs formed by the addition of both prefixes and suffixes prevail; adverbs consisting of stems without affixes are comparatively few and belong, probably, to the oldest language stratum. DLC. 96273 INGENITO, A.J. and D.D. BONNYCASTLE. The effect of exposure to heat and cold upon rat brain catecholamine and 5-hydroxytryptamine levels. (Canadian journal of physiology and pharmacology 1967. v.45, no.4, p.733-43, tables, illus) 24 refs. If the regulation of body temperature release of the is dependent upon 5-hydroxytryptamine (5-H1) and nor-

adrenaline in response to cold and heat exposure, then changes in whole-brain or hypothalamic levels of these amines might be expected to occur during changes in ambient temperature. Acute exposure of adult rats to cold (20°C and 3°C) produced no significant changes in amine levels. Hypothermia of about 1.5°C occurred in rats exposed to cold over a 30-day period, but only late in this period were there significant changes in dopamine and noradrenaline. The unchanged levels of whole-brain amines during the first few days of cold exposure seem to indicate that the immediate vasomotor, metabolic, and hormonal adjustments to cold are independent of gross changes in whole-brain levels. DNLM.

96274 INGLESIAS, J.H. The Mattagami story: mine development and production. (Canadian mining and metallurgical bulletin 1966. v.59, no.652, p.979-84, illus) One of three articles on this copper-zinc mine in Northern Quebec. The methods of prospecting and ore development are outlined. Mining and transport equipment used, slope and pillar layout, and methods of crushing, pumping, ventilation, and filling are described. The use of diesel locomotives on primary development necessitates constant checking for carbon monoxide but has resulted in a very flexible operation. Operating problems have been minimized by standardizing equipment; output is 33 tons/ man-shift. See also J.B. Knapp and K.V. Konigsmann and C.S. Crocker, in this volDGS. ume. 96275 INGLIS, G.E. The Mackenzie: Canada's most northern waterway. (Canadian geographical journal 1967. v.75, no.1, p.14-19, illus) Outlines the history of commercial utilization of this river. Present operations by the Northern Transportation Co are described and illus. Up to 200,000 tons of cargo are carried during the brief summer season. CaMAI, DLC. 96276 INGLIS, G.E. Museum of the North. (Canadian geographical journal 1967. v.75, no.5, p.174-77, illus) Describes, with illus, this museum constructed 1963 by the students of the Sir John Franklin Vocational School in Yellowknife, Mackenzie Dist, Canada. It houses items of northern historical interest, also flora and fauna, photographs and ethnographic exhibits. CaMAI, DLC.

96277 INGLIS, G.E. Passage to Pingo Beach: drill rig delivery down Canada's Mackenzie River. (Canadian geographical journal 1966. v.73, no.1, p.18-23, illus) Describes the transport of 1400 tons of drilling equipment from Hay River, NWT to Pingo Beach, Alaska on the Colville River, by way of the Mackenzie River and the Arctic Ocean. CaMAI, DGS. 96278 INGSTAD, H. The search for (Geographical magazine 1966. Vinland. v.38, no.9, p.657-61, illus) Reviews archeological work at L'Anse au Meadow, Newfoundland. Sites excavated are identified as of Norse origin, and the most significant finds are noted. DLC. 96279 INGVALDSEN, K. Prospektering og råstoffundersøkelser ved Norges geologiske undersøkelse. (Tidssk rift for kjemi, bergvesen og metallurgi 1966. v.26, no.11, p.192-95) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Prospecting and raw material investigations by the Norwegian Geological Survey. Reviews activities of the Survey and prospects for future mineral production. Prime interests are mapping and practical search for mineralogical materials. At present aerial photo mosaics form map bases. Nearly 5% of the country is geophysically mapped each year. Electromagnetic and magnetic charts are under publication. Gravimetric and induced polarization surveys are new. Geochemical and groundwater studies are made. Building stone and road metal are growing in importance. The Bidjovagge project has been a proving and refining ground for equipment and techniques. The continental shelf is just now coining under investigation. DLC. ININA, K.A., see No. 93590 The state of 96280 INNES, M.J.S. gravity mapping in Canada, November 1964. (American Geophysical Union. Geophysical monograph 1966, no.9, p.26-27, map) Reports the initiation of the gravity map series by the Dominion Observatory, 1961, in which Bouguer anomaly maps, 1:500,000, using the National topographic series as a base, are published. Generally these maps are released in groups accompanied by a report on the quality of the data and a preliminary interpretation in terms of geological structure. The following numbers are of arctic interest: 5-6, Ungava region of northern Quebec, 1964; 11, Sverdrup Islands and vicinity, 1963; 12-15, Queen Elizabeth Islands, 1963. DGS. 495

96281 INNES, M.J.S. and others. Structural implications of the gravity field in Hudson Bay and vicinity. (Canadian journal of earth sciences 1967. v.4, no.5, p.977-93, maps, illus) 41 refs. Other authors: A.K. Goodacre, J.R. Weber and R.K. McConnell. Presents the results of underwater gravity measurements in Hudson Bay and of regional gravity surveys over adjoining regions of the Canadian Shield and Hudson Bay Lowlands, in the form of a Bouguer anomaly map. Analysis of anomaly profiles crossing Hudson Bay using seismic data for control shows that Paleozoic and recent sediments have little overall effect on the gravity field, and that variations in depth to the crust-mantle boundary have little or no correspondence with variations in the gravity field. It is believed that the gravity variations are largely due to systematic density differences in the Precambrian basement rocks. An important conclusion is that the more positive gravity field over the northern part of the Bay marks a major change in structure and that the Churchill crustal block does not extend uninterruptedly eastward; it is suggested that the positive anomalies reflect high-density metamorphic gneiss or basic volcanic rocks underlying the sedimentary veneer. Evidence is presented which strengthens the hypothesis that the Kapuskasing gravity anomaly and its northern and southern extensions mark an ancient zone of crustal rifting of continental proportion. DGS. INNES, M.J.S., see No. 96301 INNES-TAYLOR, A., see No. 97650 96281A INNIS, P. That Kodiak bear is at the back door. (Audubon magazine 1965. v.67, no.1, p.16-17, illus) Ursus arctos middendorfii may attain a length of 10 ft and weight of 1600 lb. A 1000-lb specimen of this variety of Alaskan brown bear has been accepting food, including ice cream and applesauce from the hand of a Kodiak housewife for several years. DLC 96282 INSTRUMENTATION TECHNOLOGY. Survival techniques studied on instrumented arctic hike. (its: v.14, 1967, no.9, p.16-17, illus) The arctic hike in the Fairbanks region, Alaska, was conducted by NASA and the US Air Force Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory. Eight two-man teams carried instrument packs which included a tape recorder; 26 physiologic measurements, such as skin and rectal temperatures, were part of the data inputs. Blood, urine, fecal sampling and other 496

tests were made by a mobile unit which followed the 16 subjects. Data was evaluated by University of Hawaii scientists. DGS. 96283 INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIA. TION FOR QUATERNARY RESEARCH, 7th, Denver-Boulder, Colo., 1965. Guidebook for field conference F; central and south central Alaska. Lincoln, Nebraska Academy of Sciences 1965. 141p. maps, illus. Refs. Presents summary descriptions of the Quaternary geology and local features such as pingos, periglacial phenomena, glacial landforms, eolian, fluvial and fluvioglacial sediments, present glaciation, and earthquake effects in the Fairbanks area (p 6-36) middle Tanana River valley (p 36-54), Delta River area, Alaska Range (p 55-92), Copper River basin (p 93-114), and upper Cook Inlet area and Matanuska River valley (p 114-41). The first three areas are described by T.L. P6w6, the fourth by O.J. Ferrians, Jr. and D.R. Nichols, and the last, by T.N.V. Karlstrom. DGS. 96284 INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION FOR QUATERNARY RE7th Congress, Boulder, Colo, SEARCH, 1965. The Quaternary of the United States; a review volume. H.E. Wright, Jr. and D.G. Frey, eds. Princeton, N.J., Princeton Univ. Press 1965. 922 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. Presents 54 papers in four groups, viz: geology, biogeography, archeology and miscellaneous (hydrology, dendrochronology, pedology, etc), representing a comprehensive review of the subject as of 1965. Five papers deal specifically or substantially with the arctic region, mainly within the Western Hemisphere, and are abstracted under the authors' names, viz: PEWE, T.L. and others. Quaternary geology and archaeology of Alaska. HEUSSER, C.J. Pleistocene phytogeographical sketch of the Pacific Northwest and Alaska. STEERE, W.C. Boreal bryophyte flora as affected by Quaternary glaciation. JOHNSON, A.W. and others. Polyploidy, distribution, and environment. MEIER, M.F. Glaciers and climate.DGS. INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION FOR QUATERNARY RESEARCH, 7th Congress, Boulder, Colo, 1965, see also No. 93407, 93499, 95518, 95520, 95569, 95812, 97898 INTERNATIONAL BIO96285 METEOROLOGICAL CONGRESS, 3rd, Pau, France, 1963. Biometeorology; proceedings, v.2, pts. 182, S.W. Tromp and

W.H. Weihe, eds. New York, Pergamon Press 1967. 1144 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. In English, French and German. Contains over 400 papers presented at this conference of the Intl. Society of Biometeorology. Ten of the papers have been abstracted under their authors' names, viz (titles tr.): BROCK, K. The mechanism of coldinduced heat production in newborn mammals. CHATONNET, P.J. and M. TANCHE. Role of muscle in defense reactions against cold. EAGAN, C.J. The responses to finger cooling of Alaskan Eskimos after nine months of urban life in a temperate climate. NELMS, J.D. The treatment of frostbite. PALEEV, N.R. Influence of the central arctic and antarctic climate on man. PERRIER, F. Psychopathology and polar climate. POPOVIC, P. and others. Adaptation to hypothermia. RIVOLIER, J. Nutrition and polar climate. TANCHE, M. and others. Central mechanisms and reflexes of thermoregulation to cold. WATANABE, K. and others. Physiological acclimatization during the fourth Japanese Antarctic expedition (1959-61). DLC. 96286 INTERNATIONAL BIOMETEOROLOGICAL CONGRESS, 4th, New Brunswick. N.J., 1966. Biometeorology, v.3; proceedings. Edited by S.W. Tromp and W.H. Weihe. Amsterdam, Swets & Zeitlinger 1967. 374 p. graphs, maps, tables. Refs. In English and German. Comprises eight lectures, 319 abstracts of papers and summary reports. Two of the lectures are abstracted in this volume under their authors' names, viz: HARE, F.K. Dynamic climatology: the larger scales of atmospheric motions. DANIELS, F., Jr. The impact of the atmospheric environment on the integument of man. One working group was arranged to consider arctic and antarctic biometeorology (23 abstracts). Altogether 36 papers for which abstracts or summaries are given are of arctic DWB. interest. 96287 INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries. Annual proceedings v.16, for the year 1965-66. Dartmouth, N.S. 1966. 46 p. tables. Contains an administrative report and financial statements for the year ending June 1966, covering personnel, publications, program, and cooperation with non-member countries; a report of the 16th annual

meeting, Madrid, 6-11 Jun 1966, with reports on trawl regulations, international control and conservation; and summaries of research and commercial fisheries in the subareas. CaMAI. 96288 INTERNATIONAL COMMISSION for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries. Statistical bulletin v.14, for the year 1964; ibid v.15, for the year 1965. Dartmouth, N.S. 1966, 1967. 84, 95 p. map, tables. Contains in pt 1, revised summaries of catch statistics for all species and major species, 1952-64 and 1952-65 respectively, in the convention area (Baffin Bay, Davis Strait, and the Labrador coast), with tables of trend in catches of silver hake and herring, which have assumed major importance in recent years. Pt 2 gives detailed statistics on catches by species, country, division, month, gear, CaMAI. and subarea. 96289 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON LOW TEMPERATURE SCIENCE, Sapporo. Japan, Aug 14-19, Proceedings, v.1, pt.1-2: Physics of 1966. snow and ice. H. Oura, ed. Sapporo, Hokkaido Univ. Institute of Low Temperature Science 1967. 1414 p., graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. Consists of 108 papers, divided into five groups: physical properties of ice, physical properties of sea ice, physics of deposited snow, mechanism of avalanches, and physics of frost heaving. Thirty-one of these papers have been abstracted and appear in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: AGER, B.H. Snow cover properties and winter climate in north Sweden. AVSIUK, G.A. and V.M. KOTLIAKOV. Mountain glaciation in the USSR. BENDER, J.A. Deformation of excavations in a high polar neve. BENSON, C.S. Polar regions snow cover. BILELLO, M.A. Relationships between climate and regional variations in snow-cover density in North America. BULL, C. and C. MARANGUNIC. The earthquake-induced slide on the Sherman Glacier and its glaciological effects. DUNBAR, MOIRA. The monthly and extreme limits of ice in the Bering Sea. DYKINS, J.E. Tensile properties of sea ice grown in a confined system. FUJINO, K. Electrical properties of sea ice. GOLD, L.W. Time to formation of first cracks in ice. GRAVE, N.A. Temperature regime of permafrost under different geographical and geological conditions. HAEFELI, R. Some results of the In497

ternational Glaciological Expedition to Greenland, 1957-1960; concerning the rhea logical behaviour of snow and ice. HERRMANN, M.R. and N.S. STEHLE. Protective coverings for ice and snow. HIGASHI, A. Ice crystal growth in a temperate glacier in Alaska. KINOSITA, S. Compression of snow at constant speed. LEWIS, E.L. Heat flow through winter ice. LYON, W. Under surface profiles of sea ice observed by submarine. MAENO, N. Air bubble formation in ice crystals. MICHEL, B. From the nucleation of ice crystals in clouds to the formation of frazil ice in rivers. MICHEL, B. Morphology of frazil ice. NAKAYA, U. and D. KUROIWA. Physical properties and internal structure of Greenland snow. OHTAKE, T. Alaskan ice fog. ONO, N. Specific heat and heat of fusion of sea ice. ROSS, B. Penetration and fracture of sea ice due to impact loading. STEHLE, N.S. Migration of bubbles in ice under a temperature gradient. TABATA, T. Studies of the mechanical properties of sea ice; X, The flexural strength of small ice beams. TABATA, T. and others. Studies of the mechanical properties of sea ice; XI, The flexural strength of sea ice in situ. TUSHINSKII, G.K. and others. Avalanches of the USSR. UNTERSTEINER, N. Natural desalination and equilibrium salinity profile of old sea ice. WATANABE, K. Summary of drift ice in the Okhotsk Sea. WEEKS, W.F. and G. LOFGREN. The effective solute distribution coefficient during the freezing of NaCI solutions. CaMAI, DGS. 96290 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON PALYNOLOGY, 2nd Utrech4 1966. Papers. 5 v. maps, tables, illus. (Review of palaeobotany and palynology 1967. v.1-5) Refs. Consists of some 150 full papers, and abstracts of papers to be published elsewhere, which were presented to the Conference. Of these, seven papers dealing with arctic and subarctic regions, are abstracted and appear in this Bibliography under the authors' names, vim FREDSKILD, B. Postglacial plant succession and climatic changes in a West Greenland bog. McGREGOR, D.C. Composition and 498

range of some Devonian spore assemblages of Canada. NICHOLS, H. Central Canadian palynology and its relevance to northwestern Europe in the late Quaternary period. POCOCK, S.A.J. The Jurassic-Cretaceous boundary in northern Canada. RITCHIE, J.C. and S. LICHTI-FEDEROVICH. Pollen dispersal phenomena in arctic-subarctic Canada. SAMOILOVICH, S.R. Tentative botanicogeographical subdivision of northern Asia in late Cretaceous time. STANLEY, E.A. Cretaceous pollen and spore assemblages from northern Alaska. Tabbert, R.L. Upper Cretaceous pollen and spores from the Ivishak River area, Arctic Alaska. [Abstract]. v.2, p.8-9. The results of a palynomorph investigation in this area indicate a succession of Upper Cretaceous Maestrichtian sediments. These brackish to non-marine sands, silts, carbonaceous shales, and coals occupy an Upper Cretaceous stratigraphic position referred to as the Kogosukruk tongue of the Prince Creek DGS. Formation, Colville Group. INTERNATIONAL CONGRESS OF ANTHROPOLOGICAL AND ETHNOLOGICAL SCIENCES 7th, Moscow, 1964, see No. 94781, 94915, 99463, 100809, 100914, 101316 INTERNATIONAL COUNCIL FOR THE EXPLORATION OF THE SEA, see No.96209 INTERNATIONAL GEOGRAPHICAL CONGRESS, 20th, London 1964, see No. 98425 INTERNATIONAL GEOLOGICAL CONGRESS, 22d, New Delhi, 1964, see No. 94080, 94734, 95291, 95362, 95463, 95766, 95838, 95843, 96655, 96899, 97006, 97407, 97690, 98034, 98706, 99220, 99521, 99545, 99999, 100331, 100426, 100913, 100971, 100982, 101007, 101134, 101565 96291 INTERNATIONAL GEOPHYSICAL YEAR, 1957-1958. Special Committee First results of IGY rocket and satellite research. London, Pergamon 1960-61. 2 v.: 935 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. (Its: Annals v.12, part 1 & 2) Refs. H.E. Newell and L.N. Cormier, editors. Presents the proceedings of the Technical Symposia on rockets and satellites held in Moscow Aug 1958, as part of the fifth meeting of the IGY Special Committee. Of the 103 papers, seven of arctic interest and pub elsewhere were abstracted in the Arctic Bibliography as indicated:

KUPPERIAN, J.E. and others. Molecular oxygen densities in the mesosphere over Ft Churchill. No 59498. LAGOW, H.E. and others. Arctic atmospheric structure to 250 km. No 66074. LAGOW, H.E. and others. Rocket measurement of the arctic upper atmosphere. No 52624. SEDDON, J.C. and J.E. JACKSON. Rocket arctic ionospheric measurements. No 82749. STROUD, W.G. and others. Temperatures and winds in the Arctic as obtained by the rocket-grenade experiment. No 83319. TOWNSEND, J.W. and others. Atmospheric composition at arctic high altitudes. No 83643. TOWNSEND, J.W. and E.B. MEADOWS. Density of the winter night-time arctic upper atmosphere from 110 to 170 km. No 55497. DLC. 96292 INTERNATIONAL GEOPHYSICAL YEAR, 1957-1958. Special Committee Symposia at the fifth meeting of CSAGI. London, Pergamon 1961. 450 p. tables, graphs, maps, hus. (Its: Annals v.11) Refs. Contains 146 papers, mainly in abridged form, presented at the symposia held in Moscow 30 July - 8 Aug 1958. Eighteen are of arctic interest, viz: On the problems connnected with comparing magnetic disturbances of the Arctic and Antarctic, p 43-46. A.P. Nikol'ski discusses these problems briefly in relation to the choice of stations in the Antarctic which can be most profitably compared with suitable stations in the Arctic. The clockwise spiraling of isochrons in the Arctic and anticlockwise spiraling in the Antarctic is considered and these isochrons are presented on polar maps. Some areal comparisons are then suggested. On the distribution of periods of activity of magnetic disturbances over the 24 hours of the day, p 46-47. A.P. Nikol'skti presents data on magnetic disturbances from Tiksi and Cape Shmidt which appear to prove the StOrmer theory. The field of magnetic disturbances in the Arctic and Antarctic, p 60-61, by V.A. Aleksandrov and others. A brief note reporting a program of the Institute of Geology of the Arctic, Leningrad, for the organization of temporary stations for recording magnetic disturbances within a short period over a comparatively small area in NW Siberia. Relation of ionospheric and magnetic disturbances in high latitudes from data obtained in Murmansk, p 95-96. R.A. Zevakina summarizes conclusions on anomalous changes in the lower ionosphere connected

with magnetic storms and bays in high latitudes. The aurora and the local magnetic field, p 116-21. C.W. Gartlein and others present data obtained as part of the US Visual Aurora Observation program during the IGY at Thule, Greenland, with brief comment. Synchronous auroral registration by all-sky camera C-180° and patrol spectrograph C-180°-S, p 133-44. A.I. Lebedinskü presents technical details, concerning the use of this instrumentation in the observation of auroras in the Soviet Arctic. Association of auroras in the northern and southern hemispheres, p 145-46. F. Jacka considers association between auroral occurrences at College, Alaska and Macquarie Island. Results do not support the auroral theories of Martyn and Alfvän. On the problem of geographical distribution of polar aurora in the Arctic, p 147, by A.P. Nikol'skii. No 67059. Arctic Ocean, p 293. J.A. Bender notes the glaciological work carried out at Station A located at that time on the sea-ice pack north of Alaska and T-3 ice island west of Ellesmere Island. Problems of the Greenland ice-sheet, p 300-301. A. Bauer summarizes observations of and investigations into the dynamics of the Greenland inland ice during IGY and planned for subsequent years. These include mass budget studies, movement, geophysics and nivology. Certain aspects of ocean depths studies, p 303-308. L.A. Zenkevich summarizes work by the Soviet research vessel I itiaz' 1949-1959, incl work on ocean trenches in the Pacific, especially the Kuril-Kamchatka trench. Oceanographic research in the central Arctic, p 316-18. A.F. Laktionov summarizes Russian work done in 1949-1959 incl the bathymetry and structure of the Arctic Basin, water dynamics, ice regime and movement and marine biology. On near-by earthquakes recorded at Sodankylä, p 369-71. M.T. Porkka and E. Vesanen describe the establishment of the seismological station at Sodankylä during the IGY and summarize data obtained during the first year of operation. The land uplift in Fennoscandia, p 371-74. T. Honkasalo notes methods of measurement of land uplift with some data in the form of two maps. The IGY seismic research of the USSR, p 375. E.F. Savarenskii outlines the program for seismologic investigations in the USSR, incl the Arctic, during and subsequent to the IGY. The arctic stations are Tiksi Bukhta, Tikhaya Buklita, Apatity, and Yakutsk. Seismicity of the arctic region, p 375-87. 499

N.A. Linden evaluates briefly the results of over 40 yr study in this field and relates them to intensified work carried out during IGY. Two maps show the seismicity and the tectonic pattern of the Arctic and details of earthquakes recorded in 1908-1958 are presented in 8 pages of tables. The conditions of the origin and propagation of North Atlantic microseisms, p 418-38. F.I. Monakhov presents microseismic data from several stations including Barentsburg and Murmansk and conclusions based on them. The amplitudes, periods and directions of the microseisms are compared. Studies of the relationship between microseisms and cyclones during IGY are described. The results prove to be contradictory to the accepted view that microseisms propagate from the region of the cold front. It was found that they originate at the European coast and mainly at the Scandinavian coast. Several corroborating examples, with synoptic charts, are presented, with 7 pages of data tabulated. The influence of the Scandinavian relief on the propagation of microseisms, p 439-44. E.F. Savarenskif and others describe certain peculiarities in Scandinavian microseisms and present the view that these are due to the fact that the peninsula is cut by almost parallel river valleys and elongated lake troughs in the direction perpendicular to the northwestern shore. DLC. 96293 IGY WORLD DATA CENTER A. Catalogue of data in World Data Center A; airglow, ionosphere, aurora instrumental, aurora visual, geomagnetism, solar activity. Washington, DC 1964. 118 p. tables. Refs.

Presents numerical and qualitative data on airglow, ionospheric phenomena (including instrumentally and visually observed auroras), geomagnetism, and solar activity collected from geophysical stations throughout the world, including arctic and subarctic regions. The data cover observations of July 1957 through 1963. DLC. 96294 IGY WORLD DATA CENTER A:

Meteorology. Meteorological rocket network firing; data report. Asheville, N.C. v.1, no.1, 1964- in progress. Issued monthly in approx. 85 p. tables, graphs. Each issue contains wind and temperature measurements from all available meteorological sounding rocket firings, with computed values for pressure, density, and speed of sound. Local radiosonde observations nearest the time of firing are included. For each successful firing, wind and temperature parameters are graphed against altitude. The two arctic stations are Fort Greely, Alaska DWB. and Fort Churchill, Canada. 500

96295 INTERNATIONAL PACIFIC HALIBUT COMMISSION. Catch rec-

ords of a trawl survey conducted by the International Pacific Halibut Commission between Unimak Pass and Cape Spencer, Alaska from May 1961 to April 1963. Seattle, Wash., 1964. 524 p. maps, tables. (Its: Report no. 36) Presents a summary of observations made at about 1560 stations on the shelf area in the Gulf of Alaska, during one of the most extensive surveys yet undertaken to investigate the distribution and availability of halibut and of the other associated demersal species, using trawl gear of the type used by the Pacific coast trawl fleets. Sampling stations were arranged in parallel north-south lines, 15 min of longitude apart, running outward from the shoreline of the mainland to a depth of 250 fathoms. This depth is approximately the maximum to which most Pacific coast trawlers of the US and Canadian fleets can effectively operate due to cable capacity of their trawlwinch drums. Catches are grouped by halibut, other flatfishes, roundfish, crustacea and elasmobranchs and are expressed as catches per one-hr haul. Bathythermograph observations were made at nearly all stations occupied. Dl. IC 96296 INTERNATIONAL S MEETING ON THE POLAR BEAR,

Fairbanks, Alaska, 1965. Proceedings. US Dept. of the Interior and Univ. of Alaska 1966. 72 p. maps, graphs, tables. Refs. Presents the proceedings of this conference held 6-10 Sept 1965, in which representatives from Canada, USA, USSR, Norway, Denmark, the state of Alaska and various agencies contributed to an inventory of current scientific knowledge of this species. The proceedings consist of introductory addresses, a major paper by each of the five national delegations (pub anonymously), submissions and proposals by other participants, and resolutions approved at the meeting. The paper by the delegation of Canada reviews the evolution and adaptations of the species to cold, its life cycle, estimates of circumpolar and Canadian population (6000-7000 in the Canadian Arctic), current research and management activities and future research plans. The paper by the Danish delegate discusses the polar bear in Greenland, its breeding centers and distribution, yearly numbers shot and skins sold since 1800. The relationships

between distribution and changes in climate, ice movement and availability of seals are indicated (graphs). The paper by the delegation of Norway estimates the Norwegian harvest since 1875, particularly in the Svalbard area, and evaluates the abundance of the species in space and time. Regulation of the

hunt and current research are outlined. The paper by the Soviet delegation reviews the distribution and status of stocks, with problems of conservation and research. The larger size of bears in the eastern Soviet Arctic is stated to be due to greater longevity because of the low human population density; no local so-called races of polar bears are believed to exist and the species is monotypic. Vrangelya Island is the most important denning locality, with at least 150 inhabited dens. Decline in world population of polar bears is considered to be due to increased harvesting, the warming of the Arctic and trichinosis; increased conservation is recommended. The US delegation stressed the value of polar bear hunting to the economy of Alaska (å450,000/yr) and overhunting is denied. Population characteristics in the Alaska region are evaluated. The proceedings conclude with various recommendations on further research into the ecology of the species and measures to control harvesting and improve conservation. It was unanimously agreed that the polar bear be considered an international circumpolar resource. CaMAI, DI. 96297 INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON CYTOECOLOGY, Leningrad 1963. Kletka i temperatura sredy; trudy mezhdunarodnogo simpoziuma po Csitoekologii: "Rol' kletochnykh reakI 1I v prisposoblenii mnogokletochnykh organizmov k temperature sredy" Leningrad, 31 maiå - 5 itüni 1963 g. Leningrad, lzd-vo Nauka 1964. 304 p. graphs, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The cell and environmental temperature: Role of cell reactions in adaptation of multicellular organisms to environmental temperature; proceedings of the conference, Leningrad 31 May - 5 June 1963. Contains summaries of papers presented at this conference sponsored by UNESCO and the Soviet Academy of Sciences. Some of the broad subject areas discussed include: physiology of hibernation, frost resistance, vitamin deficiencies in the Far North, and acclimatization to heat and cold. 15 papers of arctic interest are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: E. Asahina, V.G. Grif, U. Heber, I.M. Kish-ilk, O.A. Krasav[sev, L.K. Lozina-Lozinskii, S.N. Matsko, H.T. Meryman, C.L. Prosser, A. Sakai, G.A. Samygin, L.I. Sergeev and K.A. Sergeeva, L. Telcherova, I.I. Tumanov, and L.G. Vol'fenzon and others. DLC.

Contains 33 papers dealing with effects of hibernation on various mammals, 20 of which are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: R.K. Andjus and others (2 papers), W.G. Bigelow, M.A. Brock, R.W. Bullard, R.M. Chute, K.C. Fisher, B.S. Goldman and W.G. Bigelow, R.J. Hock, R.A. Hoffman, J.W. Hudson, B.N. Jaroslow and D.E. Smith, K. Johansen and others, Ch. Kayser and others, BJ. Luyet, W.V. Mayer, N. Mrosovsky, H. Pohl, F. Strumwasser and others, and M.L. Zimny. DLC. 96299 INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM on quantitative biology of metabolism, 2nd, Helgoland 1965. Papers and discussions. Hamburg 1966. 612 p. tables, illus. (Helgoländer wissenschaftliche Meeresuntersuchungen. v.14) Refs. Consists of 42 papers concerning various aspects of metabolism, of which five on adaptation to temperature and thermoregulation are abstracted in this Bibliography under the authors' names, viz: LOCKER, A. and P. WELSH. Quantitative aspects of cold-adaptation and its thyroxine model in cold- and warm-blooded animals. BROCK, K. and B. WÜNNENBERG. Alterations in the thermogenetic mechanism during postnatal development; the dependence on environmental temperature conditions. ZEISBERGER, E. Liver oxygen consumption of cold- and warm-acclimated rats and factors regulating liver oxidative metabolism. LAGERSPETZ, K.Y.H. Postnatal development of thermoregulation in laboratory mice. STRUBELT, O. Die kalorigene Wirkung der körpereigenen Sympathicusstoffe und ihre Bedeutung für die Wärmeregulation des DI. Warmblüters. 96300 INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON RADIOECOLOGICAL CONCENTRATION PROCESSES, Stockholm 1966. Proceedings. B. Aberg and F.P. Hungate, eds. New York, Pergamon Press 1967. 1040 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. Contains 103 papers dealing with various aspects of the distribution and movement of artificial fallout through the biosphere to man; 21 of these on arctic regions are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names,

viz 96298 INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM on natural mammalian hibernation, 2nd, Helsinki, 27-30 Aug. 1962. Proceedings. Helsinki 1964. 453 p. graphs, tables, illus (Suomalainen Tiedeakatemia. Toimituksia. Annales. Ser. A. IV: Biologica 1964, no.71)

HANSON, W.C. Radioecological concentration ,processes. LIDEN, K. and M. GUSTAFSSON. Relationships and seasonal variation of 13'Cs in lichen, reindeer and man. NEVSTRUEVA, M.A. and others. 137Cs 501

and 90Sr transport over the lichen-reindeerman food chain. LINDELL, B. and A. MAGI. 137Cs in Swedish reindeer meat. MIETTINEN, J.K. and E. HASANEN. I 37 Cs in Finnish Lapps and other Finns. HANSON, W.C. and others. Concentration and retention of fallout radionuclides in Alaskan Arctic ecosystems. JAAKKOLA, T. "Fe and stable iron in some environmental samples in Finland. PERSSON, B. "Fe from fallout in lichen, reindeer and Lapps. PALMER, H.E. and T.M. BEASLEY. 55Fe in the marine environment and in people who consume ocean fish. CANADA. Dept of National Health and Welfare Radiation Protection Divison. 137Cs data from northern Canada. MIETTINEN, J.K. Concentration of 137Cs and "Fe through food chains in arctic and subarctic regions. KAURANEN, P. and J.K. MIETTINEN. 210Po and 210Pb in environmental samples in Finland. BLANCHARD, R.L. Relationship between 21opo and 210Pb in man and his environment. HILL, C.R. Routes of uptake of 210 Po into human tissues. VERKHOVSKAIA, I.N. and others. Migration of natural radioactive elements under natural conditions. JAAKKOLA, T. and others. Microelement levels in environmental samples in Finland. MASLOV, V.I. and others. Characteristics of the radioecological groups of mammals and birds of biogeocoenoses with high natural radiation. EKMAN, L. and U. GREITZ. Distribution of radiocesium in reindeer. LIDEN, K. and G. BENGTSSON. Comment on the metabolism of' cesium in reindeer. BARSDATE, R.J. and W.R. MATSON. Trace metals in arctic and sub-arctic lakes with reference to the organic complexes of metals. KOLEHMAINEN, S. and others. 137Cs in fish, plankton and plants. DLC. 96301 INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON RECENT CRUSTAL MOVEMENTS, 2d, Aulanko, Finland August 3-7, 1965. Proceedings. Helsinki 1966. 498 p. maps, tables, illus. (Suomalainen Tiedeakatemia. Annales, ser. A, III, Geologicageographica, no.90) Refs. The Symposium, sponsored by the Commission on Recent Crustal Movements, Intl Association of Geodesy, Intl Geodetic and Geophysical Union, produced 64 papers, among which, seven apply to studies of the arctic or subarctic regions, viz: HÄRME, M. On the block character of the Finnish Precambrian basement, p. 133-34. 5 502

refs. Considers the postglacial uplift of the Finnish crystalline Precambrian complex, most probably block movement along Precambrian fault lines, where movement has recurred repeatedly throughout their geologic history. HONKASALO, T. Gravity and land upheaval in Fennoscandia, p. 139-41. 12 refs. Investigation of secular variation of the gravity fields holds more promise for the study of uplift in Fennoscandia than does use of gravity anomalies. INNES, M.J.S. and A.A. WESTON. Crustal uplift of the Canadian Shield and its relation to the gravity field, p. 169-76, maps, illus. 10 refs. Free air and isostatic anomalies for an extensive area of the Precambrian Shield support the theory that max crustal depression due to glacial loading was centered in Hudson Bay. Statistical analyses show a distinct decrease in gravity of about 26 milligals towards Hudson Bay which may reflect incomplete isostatic adjustment following deglaciation. KÄÄRIÄINEN, E. Land uplift in Finland computed with the aid of precise levellings, p. 187-90, map. 5 refs. Discusses two separate and extensive precise levellings with about a thousand common reliable bench marks. The highest value of land uplift, obtained from elevation differences and with the aid of 12 mareographs, is 9mm/yr on the coast of the Gulf of Bothnia. This value decreases gradually in a southeastern direction. KVALE, A. Recent crustal movements in Norway, p.213-21, maps, illus. 4 refs. Tide gauge records show definite crustal movements only at Oslo. Relevelling gives clear evidence only in the Trondheim area where uplift increases from 1.2 mm/yr at the coast to 4.8 mm/yr at the Swedish border. NIKONOV, A.A. On young and recent crustal movements on Kola Peninsula and in adjacent areas, p. 299-306, map, tables. 18 refs. Marine terraces around the Kola block indicate a smooth domelike uplift with a maximum in the southwest, which has slowed down during the last 7000 yr. This uplift is complicated by differential block movements near the area of max arched uplift, e.g. Khlbiny and Lovozero tundras. Compensatory subsidence has occurred in outermost parts of the Kola block, Dvina, Mezen, and possibly Kandalaksha Bays and White Sea straits. Local movements on faults and general uplift are associated with seismic movements. PANASENKO, G.D. On relation of the earth's surface "secular" tilt at the station "Apatity" with the epeirogenic movements of the Kola Peninsula, p. 309-315, map, table, illus. 8 refs. Explanation of the secular tilt observed at Apatity station is not found in the

geomorphic data for the arched uplift of the Baltic Shield or the relatively positive movements of the Khibiny massif, but only in short-period pulsations of the earth's crust (20-30 yr) with wave lengths in units of kilometers. The parameters of these pulsations would differ according to places. DLC. INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM on the Devonian system, Calgary 1967, see Oswald, D.H., ed No. 98804 96302 INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON VOLCANOLOGY, New Zealand 1965. Papers. (Intl. Volcanological Assoc. Bulletin volcanologique 1967. v. 30, pt. 1, p.3-273, maps, tables, illus) Consists of 24 papers on volcanism, volcanic rocks, and geothermal and hydrothermal phenomena, presented at a symposium sponsored by the International Association of Volcanology, in New Zealand, 22 Nov - 3 Dec 1965. Six of the papers appear in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: BELOUSOV, V.I. Geological structure of the hydrothermal systems of Kamchatka. BELOUSOV, V.I. and B.V. IVANOV. Pumice formations in the area Uzon depression-Geyzemaya River Valley in Kamchatka. KIRSANOV, I.T. Acid volcanism and thermal manifestations in the area of Mutnovsky and Gorely volcanoes (southern Kamchatka). POLAK, B.G. An energy appraisal of volcanic and hydrothermal phenomena (on the example of Kamchatka). SOUTHER, J.G. Acid volcanism and its relationship to the tectonic history of the cordillera of British Columbia, Canada. SPERANSKAIA, I.M. Okhotsk ignimbrite DGS. province. 96303 INTERNATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON WORLD CLIMATE, 8000-0 B.C., London, 1966. Proceedings. J.S. Sawyer, ed London, Royal Meteorological Society 1966. 229 p. graphs, tables, illus. Refs. Contains 15 papers and introductory address given at this symposium held at Imperial College, London, 18-19 April 1966: six deal particularly with the Arctic and are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: FRENZEL, B. Climatic change in the Atlantic/sub-Boreal transition on the Northern Hemisphere: botanical evidence. GOLDTHWAIT, R.P. Evidence from Alaskan glaciers of major climatic changes. HEUSSER, C.J. Polar hemispheric corre-

lation: palynological evidence from Chile and the Pacific north-west of America. LAMB, H.H. and others. Atmospheric circulation and the main climatic variables between 8000 and 0 BC: meteorological evidence. MANLEY, G. Problems of the climatic optimum: the contribution of glaciology. SAWYER, J.S. Possible variations of the general circulation of the atmosphere. DWB. 96304 INTERNATIONAL UNION OF GEODESY AND GEOPHYSICS. General Assembly, 14th, 1967. U.S. National report 1963-1967. (American Geophysical Union. Transactions 1967. v.48, no.2, p. 323-751, tables) Refs. Presents 74 articles summarizing American research during 1963-67 in the earth and atmospheric sciences. Five are specifically arctic in subject-matter and are abstracted under their authors' names in this Bibliography, viz: AKASOFU, S.I. Auroras. DECKER, R.W. Investigations at active volcanoes. LA CHAPELLE, E.R. Glaciers. MITCHELL, J.M., Jr. Climatic changes. UNTERSTEINER, N. Polar meteoroloCaMAI, DLC. gy. IOANNESLAN, B.I., see No. 101392 96305 IOFFE, L.I. Opyt issledovanitä magnezial'nykh kal'i itov iz metamorfiche(In: skikh porod v isel akh termometrii. Akademiaä nauk SSSR. IAkutskif filial. Inst. geologii. Geologitä i petrologitä dokembriiä Aldanskogo shchita... 1966. p.246-63, tables, Title tr.: Inillus) Refs. In Russian. vestigation of magnesian calcites from metamorphic rocks by thermometry. Reports a study of 12 samples taken from metamorphic rocks of granulite facies of the Aldan shield, Anabar shield and Slyudyanka deposits, to determine the absolute temperature of the rock formation. The magnesian calcites from the Aldan shield according to chemical analysis contain 7-9% magnesite which corresponds to a temperature of 600°C. X-ray analysis shows the samples from the Anabar shield and Slyudyanka deposits to contain 1-5% magnesite which corresponds to DLC. 500°C temperature and lower. 96306 IOGANZEN, B.G. and G.M. KRIVOSHCHEKOV. Rybovodstvo Zapadnor Sibiri i Severnogo Kazakhstana. Moskva 1965. 111 p. maps, tables, illus. 46 refs. In Russian. Title Ir.: Fisheries of Western Siberia and Northern Kazakhstan. Since World War II, natural and artificially 503

stocked fishing grounds have been increasingly utilized. Some of the most productive lakes are in Tyumen Province. Natural features of waterways, biology of commercially valuable fish, development and acclimatization of newly introduced fish, bases for fish culture planning in naturally-occurring waters, fisheries utilization of artificial bodies of water, and a fisheries calendar are discussed. Antiparasite treatment and other practical measures against fish diseases are considered. Line drawings of auxiliary equipment are provided and the use of lights hung above breeding pens to encourage feeding is shown. DLC. 96307 IOGANZEN, B.G. Sostoimnie i zadachi ikhtiologicheskikh issledovanil v Si(In: Soveshchanie po biologicheskol biri. produktivnosti vodoemov Sibiri... 1966, p.6-8) In Russian. Tyke tr.: Status and prospects of ichthyological investigation in Siberia. Seven institutes named in the text are in charge of limnological and ichthyological investigations. Over 160 species of fish are known, many of them of potential commercial importance. More information on potentially valuable fish and their life cycles is needed, also characteristics of each fish producing area and the development of improved utilization of fish resources in the North. DLC. 96308 IONIN, A.S. Erosion by aggradational forms in the Bering Sea. (Intl. geology review 1963. v.5, no.10, p.1337-46, maps, illus) Refs. English translation by M.E. Burgunker of No 72404. DLC. IONIN, A.S., see also No. 95210 IRIKI, M., see No. 98065, 98066 96309 IRKUTSK. Nauchno-issledovatel'skil institut epidemiologi i mikrobiologii. Materialy nauchnol konferentsii. Irkutsk, Vostochno-Sibirskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1967. 171 p. graphs, tables. In Russian. Tytte, etc tr.: Irkutsk Scientific Research Institute of Epidemiology and Microbiology. Papers from scientific meeting. Contains forty papers concerning research into epidemiology and microbiology, ten of which are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: A.A. Dubovol, V.I. Eropov (2 papers), D.P. Ivanova, S.I. Lipin, S.I. Lipin and others, N.V. Mironchuk, B.V. Shikharbeev (2 papers) and A.A. Vasenin and S.V. Riåshchenko. DLC. 504

Alaska gets X-60 IRON AGE 96310 pipeline. (Ix v.200, 1967. no.12, p.71, illus) Reports the installation of this pipeline from Armco Steel on the bottom of Cook Inlet to serve Union and Marathon Oil companies in the Trading Bay and MacArthur River fields. Each twin line will hook up an offshore platform with the common carrier 20-in on-shore pipeline running 42 mi down the west side of the inlet between Granite Point and the all-weather marine DGS. terminal at Drift River. 96311 IRVING, L. Adaptations to cold. (Scientific American 1966. v.214, no.1, p.94-101, graphs, illus) Discusses the varieties of adaptations to cold displayed by different animals, which enable them to survive in outside temperatures 100°C cooler than body temperature. Those discussed include insulation by fur, fat and (in the case of man) clothing, variable circulation of heat in the blood, heat exchange at unprotected extremities, and increased metabolic rate. Tests carried out to determine the effectiveness of various mechanisms are summarized. Graphs compare the insulating capacity of fur for various animals. Tests show that animals in warmer climates tend to increase metabolism more rapidly than arctic animals do when the temperature declines. The effect of low temp on mobility is indicated by the behavior of flies at Barrow, Alaska observed by the author. Problems are briefly raised concerning the preservation of nervous sensitivity in tissues cooled to low DLC. temp. 96312 IRVING, L. and others. Migration of willow ptarmigan in arctic Alaska. (Arctic 1967. v.20, no.2, p.77-85, map, illus) 5 refs. French and Russian summary. Other authors. G.C. West, L.J. Peyton and S. Paneak. Studies the movements of Lagopus lagopus through the narrow valley of Anaktuvuk Pass in the Brooks Range, recorded since 1948. Migration from the breeding grounds in the Colville and other river valleys in the Arctic Slope begins in late Sept; movement northward from as far south as the Koyukuk River occurs in mid Jan-early Feb and again in early Apr. In winter adult males predominate in the northern range, juvenile males in the Pass, and females in the southern range. CaMAI, DGS. 96313 IRVING, L. and others. Winter feeding program of Alaska willow ptarmigan shown by crop contents. (Condor 1967. v.69, no.1, p.69-77, graphs, table) Refs. Other authors: G.C. West and L.J. Peyton.

Examines 1192 birds from Brooks Range that show a progressive increase of crop weight from Oct to Jan and a decrease until Apr. From Nov to Mar food accumulation in the crops roughly paralleled duration of daylight. DLC. IRVING, L., see also No. 98122 IRVING, W., see No. 94436 IRZHAK, E.I., see No. 94953 96314 IRZHAK, L.I. Materialy k fiziologii krovi losis. (Pechoro-Ilychskil gos. zapovednik. Trudy 1964. no.11, p.61-66, tables) 7 refs. In Russian. Tide fr.: Physiology of elk blood. Reports study of elks of one day to 8 yr age, in the Pechora-Ilych Preserve in MayJune 1961. Body weight, erythrocytes and hemoglobin content of blood from the jugular vein, blood volume, plasma and erythrocytes are tabulated and discussed. The rapid growth of the newborn is noted; they .increase up to tenfold in weight during the first summer. DLC. 96315 ISAAK, P.G. Peninsula hospital a reality; Kenai-Soldotna unit has 30 beds. (Alaska medicine 1966. v.8, no.4, p.78) Notes the long efforts to build a KenaiSoldotna hospital. Financing, realization in 1966, and staff are described. CaMAI. ISAEV, A.V., see No. 95791 96316 ISAEV, E. Nuzhdy gospromk hozov. (Okhota i okhotnich'e khoziaistvo 1966. v.12, no.1, p.8-9, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Needs of state enterprises. Considers 1964-65 economic progress in forty-seven state enterprises in taiga and tundra regions of the USSR. Increase in transportation facilities, living quarters and cultural centers is recommended. Statistical DLC. data is included. 96317 ISAEV, E.N. and V.I. TIKHONOV. 0 sootnoshenii tektoniki i magnitnogo polia Kurilo-Kamchatskoi dugi. (Akademirä nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. 14 refs. In v.175, no.1, p.161-64, map) Russian. Title tr.: The correlation between tectonics and the magnetic field of the Kuril-Kamchatka arc. Analyzes the morphology of the magnetic field of this arc. Isometric, positive and negative magnetic anomalies are briefly characterized. Structure of earth's crust and upper mantle is discussed. The reflection of the magnetic field is considered in regard to tectonic structure. DLC.

ISAEV, F.A., see No. 99930 96318 ISAEVA, L.S. and A.P. SHUTOV. Issledovanie struktury temperaturnogo polis poverkhnostnogo sloia okeana v 18 reise nis "Mikhail Lomonosov". (Akademii`a nauk URSR, Kiev. Mors'kyi hidrofizychnyi instytut. Ekspress-informaisiia 1966, no.3, p.65-72, graph, illus) 3 refs. In Russian. Tyde tr.: Investigating the temperature-field structure in the surface layers on the 18th cruise of the Mikhail Lomonosov. Studies data obtained during the 18th cruise of the RIV Mikhail Lomonosov by use of low-inertia, highly sensitive equipment towed by the ship during the entire cruise. This equipment consisted of a solid-state, Karmanov system thermistor in a hermetically sealed housing. The inertia of the temperature sensors was 0.5 sec at the most, and its temp coefficient was 2.5-3.0°C. The circuit was a bridge type, having a thermistor in one of the arms, and it was balanced automatically. The power supply was an ISP-148 which provided DC voltage through a divider. The divider permitted setting the scale of the recording device in the instrument at 1.2 and 4°C. A partial schematic of the device is shown. The temp spectrum was found by making a run of temp values taken at intervals of 0.5 to 1 mi along the ship's track. These were then fed to a Dnepr-I electronic computer, the programming of which is given. Recordings of temp fluctuations were made principally in coastal waters of the northeastern Atlantic. DLC. 96319 ISAKOV, ILT.A. Puti uvelicheniih (Okhota i zapasov vodoplavaiushchikh. okhotnich'e khozihistvo 1965. v.11, no.8, p.4-5, illus) In Russian. Tide tr.: Ways of increasing the stock of aquatic birds. Discusses the place of these birds in the game resources of' the USSR (55-99%) and other countries. The resources earlier and rapid decline of stock within the past 30 yr are noted, and attributed to shrinkage of marshy areas due to their reclamation for agriculture, and to the increase in hunting. Necessary conservation measures are statDLC. ed. ISAKOV, ILI.A., see also No. 100278 96320 ISAKSON, E. Sommarobservationer i Finnmark 1964. (Stavanger. Museet. Sterna 1965. v.6, no.6, p.297-300) In Tide tr.: Norwegian. English summary. Summer observations in Finnmark 1964. Presents brief notes on 16 bird species seen while with a Swedish party of young field biologists in June. Most of the sightings were 505

in an area 70-70°40'N. Local and Latin DLC. names are given. 96321 ISAKSSON, O. Fishing, hunting and village communities in the coastal regions (In: Nordic Symof northern Norrland. posium... 1962 pub 1965, p.333-38, illus.) 2 refs. Deals with fishing and hunting rights and legislation in northern Sweden, incl the Luleå and Tornedalen regions. Early oral agreements between members of the communities are considered a greater moderating factor than the little-heeded laws and regulations. The medieval Hälsinge law, the Swedish Parliament's model statute of 1742, the redeeming of salmon-fishing from the Crown in the 19th century and conflicts arising from fishery-share allotments, etc are discussed. Rules on hunting in village bylaws are also mentioned. DLC. ISHIKAWA, K., see No. 100448, 100449 96322 ISHKOV, A.A. Rybnoe khoziätstvo SSSR za 50 let Sovetskoi vlasti. (Rybnoe khoziaistvo 1967. v.43, no.10, p.2-7, map) In Russian. Title tr_- Fishing industry of the USSR during 50 years of the Soviet regime. Describes pre-Revolutionary conditions, and the beginnings of the Soviet fishery in the White and Barents Seas in 1920-21, mainly in its regulatory and research aspects. Landings in 1930, advances in the first and second Five Year Plans of 1930-1940, and the industry in World War Il are noted. The beginning of Soviet fisheries in the North Atlantic in 1948 are outlined, as are conditions in 1966. Map shows Soviet size of catches in 1966 throughout the world exclusive of Soviet waters. DLC. ISHKOV, A.D., see No. 94159 96323 ISKRI SKII, N.A. Ispol'zovanie syr'evykh resursov Kol'skogo poluostrova dlIä proizvodstva stroitel'nykh materialov. (Problemy Severs 1967, no.12, p.50-57, tables) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Utilization of the raw resources of Kola Peninsula for the production of building materials. English translation available from National Science Library, National Research Council, Ottawa. The building materials needed in Murmansk Province are mostly brought in from other areas, e.g. cement an average distance of 1560 km, brick 1200-2000 km, prefabricated parts for large-panel buildings come from Leningrad, at 12-21 rubles/m3, etc. Kola Peninsula however, is rich in raw resources for the production of building materials and 506

tailings from the apatite and iron ore concentration plants provide further resources. The possibilities are discussed for local production of cement, brick, prefabricated reinforced concrete panels, etc, and the need stressed for a strong local building materials industry. CaMAI, DLC. ISKRITSKII, N.A., see also No. 100820 ISOVIITA, P., see No. 93375 96324 ISTOMIN, A.V. Ekonomicheskaia effektivnost' flotaisionnykh metodov polucheniiä vysokozhelezistykh konisentratov iz rud Kol'skogo poluostrova. (In: Obogashchenie poleznykh iskopaemykh Kol'skogo poluostrova... 1966, p.89-97) 7 refs. In Title tr.: Economic efficiency of Russian. flotation methods of obtaining high-ferrous concentrates from ores of Kola Peninsula. Reviews developments in the magnetic, gravity, and flotation methods of enrichment from ores comparatively poor in iron. The pilot plant of the Olenegorsk ore-enrichment combine, producing 350 kg/hr of iron concentrate of 65% iron content from tailings of the main plant, is outlined. The estimated cost of this concentrate is 3.2 rubles/t. In 1958 an industrial iron flotation installation, producing 250 t/hr of iron concentrate containing 65% iron and 7% silica started to operate at the combine. Similar research was carried out with iron ores of the YenaKovdor deposits to obtain concentrates of iron, apatite, baddeleyite, and calcite. At an estimated cost of 1.4 million rubles, an iron concentrate production of 69% and 71% iron content can be established. DLC. 96325 ISTOMIN, A.V. Puti poluchertitå vysokozhelezistykh konisentratov iz rud Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Problemy Severe 1967, no.12, p.34-40, table) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Means of producing high iron content concentrates from ores of Kola Peninsula. English translation available from National Science Library, National Research Council, Ottawa. Outlines production at the Olenegorsk concentration plant in 1956-65. Iron content in the ore ranges 30.4-32.0%, and that of the concentrate is barely 62-63%. Methods for raising it to 65% and improving production generally are discussed with technical details. CaMAI, DLC. 96326 ITACAKI, K. A cloud droplet camera. Hanover, N.H. 1966. 17 p. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Lab. Technical report no.185) The problems encountered in measuring the size distribution of water droplets by

impactor may be solved by making in situ photographs of air-suspended droplets. Exposure must be sufficiently short to stop the moving droplets and is accomplished by using electronic strobes having a nominal duration of about 1.2 microsec at medium range. The almost linear relationship, up to 200 microns, between actual droplet size and ring diameter was determined from photographs of droplets suspended by fibers and droplets produced by an atomizer. Camera and impactor results of size distribution in atomizer generated fog, steam fog and natural fog are summarized. Comparing the advantages and disadvantages of previously developed photographic, electronic, and laser apparatus the present procedure may result in a standard method of cloud or fog observation. DLC. 96327 ITAGAKI, K. Self-diffusion in ice single crystals. Hanover, N.H. 1966. 14 p. graphs, tables, illus. (US. Army Cold Regions Research & Engineering Lab. Research report no.178) Refs. Describes experiments made on ice from the Mendenhall Glacier, Alaska, measuring the diffusion constants in directions perpendicular and parallel to the C-axis. Diffusion of the tritiated water molecules from the end plane of the specimens was measured. Of five suggested mechanisms for diffusion in crystals only the "free" interstitial mechanism had a higher activation energy perpendicular rather than parallel to the C-axis. The self-diffusion constants obtained show the effect of anisotropy. DLC. Die lappischen 96328 ITKONEN, E. Diminutivableitungen von Superlativen und Komparativen, zunächst im Lichte des Ina(Studia ethnographica upsarilappischen. liensia 1964. v.21, p.159-68) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Lappish diminutives derived from superlatives and comparatives, chiefly on the basis of Inari Lappish. Dialectological study of diminutive suffixes derived from adjective forms. In addition to a diminutive, such suffixes may also express DSI. temporal or positional relations. 96329 ITKONEN, E. Zur Etymologie von Fi. sauna. (Studia fennica 1965. v.12, p.16-19) In German. Title tr.: Etymology of the Fi. sauna. Traces this Finnish term for bathhouse, originally used for pithouse, to either of two Lappish words: suodnje, a hole dug in the snow to shelter reindeer herders during the storm; or suow dnje, a hole in the snow made by reindeer to find lichen. DLC.

96330 ITKONEN, T.I. Lappalaisia paikannimiä 1500-luvulta. (Suomalais-ugrilainen seura. Aikakauskirja 1966. v.67, no.6, p.1-32) Refs. In Finnish. German summary. Title tr. Lappish place names of the 16th century. Linguistic and etymological study of 74 Lappish toponyms which have remained phonetically almost unchanged since the 16th century. The majority are lake and river names, indicative of the importance of fishing. Hunting and reindeer herding, though hardly mentioned in 16th century records, must have played an important economic role. The taxation by Norway, Sweden, and Russia of Lappish groups even outside the administration jurisdiction of these countries, payments in pelts and dried fish, tribute deliveries to trade centers, etc are disDLC. cussed. ITO, K., see No. 98000, 98001 96331 ITS, R.F. Poslednil argish. Moskva, Izd-vo Mysl' 1964. 104 p. In Russian. Title tr.: The last reindeer sled train. Life story of a Ket-Yeniseian kolkhoz member as worked out in 1960-62 by this Russian ethnographer while with a party making a long-term study of these people in the Nizhnyaya Tunguska-Yenisey region. The tale covers a 40-yr period, and depicts the struggle between concepts of the older generation shaman-controlled and those of the younger generation under influence of Soviet-inspired ideals and acculturation. DLC. 96332 IISIKSON, M.I. Novye aspekty metallogenii podvizhnykh poiäsov vostochnoaziatskogo tipa v sviazi s osobennostiämi glubinnogo stroeniiä Tikhookeanskol okrainy SSSR. (Sovetskaiä geologiiä 1966, no.1, Approx. 56 refs. In Rusp.6-23, maps) sian. Title k.: New aspects of the metallogeny of mobile belts of the EasternAsiatic type in relation to deep structure features of the Pacific margin of the USSR. Notes two types of mobile belts, eastern Asiatic and Okhotsk. Mineralization of tin, tungsten, fluorine, etc is connected with the former; and with the Okhotsk type, mineralization of copper, silver, sulfur, etc. Deep structure and geologic development of these belts are discussed in relation to metalDLC. logeny. ITSKOV, A.I., see No. 96692 Effektivnost' 96333 IUDANOV, I.G. neresta i urozhainost' atlantichesko-skandinayskol sel'di v 1964 i 1965 gg. (Materialy 507

rybokhoziäistvennykh issledovanii Severnogo basselna 1966, no.7, p.5-18, maps, tables, 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr. illus) Spawning efficiency and the crop of AtlantoScandinavian herring in 1964 and 1965. Study conducted by six vessels on the spawning efficiency and abundance of larvae in Scandinavian coastal waters, between ca 63° and 73° N. Areas and limits of spawning and quantitative distribution of herring larvae by zones and on fishing banks are tabulated DLC. and illus. by graphs and maps. 96334 IUDANOV, K.I. and others Otrazhatel'naa sposobnost' promyslovykh ryb Severnogo bassevna. (Rybnoe khozaistvo 1966. v.42, no.12, p.57-60, table, graphs) In Russian. Other authors: A.A. Gan'kov and O.E. Shatoba. Title tr.: Reflective capacity of commercial fishes of the northern basin. Account of experiments in the White Sea and in a small nearby lake, aimed at determining the reflection by the fish of echolocation signals. Cod, herring, plaice and others were tested. Size of fish and in flatfish, their surface area were the determining factor in echo reflection. English translation available as TT-67-61940, from CFSTI, Springfield, Va., 22151. DLC. IZIDIN, B.S., see No. 94514 96335 ITIDIN, M.I. Application of natural orthogonal functions to atmospheric dynamics and thermal regime studies. (In: Symposium on the arctic heat budget and atmospheric circulation. Proceedings... 1966. p.345-68, graphs, maps, tables) Applies the expansion method of basic hydro-meteorological variables (wind, temperature, pressure, moisture) in terms of (empirical) orthogonal functions, to work out a complete physical theory of climate, its natural changes, and the possible effects of various human activities on climate. This method applied to the vertical structure of the atmosphere shows that two or three modes (or terms in the empirical function series) permit a satisfactory representation of the vertical temperature (and geopotential) structure of the atmosphere. The corresponding representation of the horizontal variation in terms of empirical orthogonal functions requires many synoptic observations and should ideally be performed for the entire global atmosphere. The antinode of the first main oscillation of the atmosphere was found to lie in the area of Greenland, and the direction of the antinodal line in a number of regions was found to be almost parallel to the oceanic shoreline, indicating that the two forms of world weather - North America and North 508

Pacific atmospheric oscillations - are but elements of its first main oscillation. DLC. 96336 IUDIN, M.I. Simpozium "Teplovol balans Arktiki i [sirkuhälsiia atmosfery" (SShA, Fevral', 1966). (Akademitä nauk SSSR. Izvestia. Fizika atmosfery i okeana 1966. v.2, no.12, p.1318-19) In Title tr.: Symposium on Arctic Russian. heat budget and the atmospheric circulation. Reports this symposium at Lake Arrowhead, Calif, Feb. 1966 (see Symposium). DLC. 96337 IUDIN, S.S. and L.I. IZMAILOV. Chelomdzha-IAmskii glubinnyl razlom. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.166, no.5, p.1191-94, map) 11 refs. Title tr.: Chelomdzha-Yama In Russian. deep fault. Describes this fault extending more than 600 km in the northern Okhotsk region of Magadan Province, its borders and its development from the Triassic to the Cretaceous. It controls large granitoid intrusions with molybdenum and rare metal mineralization. Its presence is confirmed by geoDLC. physical data. 96338 ILIDIN, S.S. and others. Osnovnol tip rudokontrolirutüshchikh struktur tsentral'nol chasti Okhotskogo vulkanogennogo poiasa. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.176, no.6, p.1378-81, illus) 6 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.N. IUdina and A.A. Krasil'nikov. Title tr.: The main type of ore controlling structures in the central part of the Okhotsk volcanic belt. Describes structures in the northern Okhotsk region controlling manifestations of gold, silver, molybdenum, tin and mercury. A structural map of the upper Khasyn, Ola, and Magadaven region is presented and the main structures are characterized. Faults play the DLC. principal role. IUDINA, E.V., see No. 96897

IÜDINA,

V.N., see No. 96338

96339 IUDINA, V.V. K voprosu o kontaktovom metamorfizme i metasomatoze v sviazi s different irovannymi trappovymi intruziami na primere TalnakhskoT nikelenosnol intruzii. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1967. v.151, p.167-72, table) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Contact metamorphism and metasomatism associated with differentiated trap intrusions, as exemplified in the Talnakh nickel-bearing intrusion. Describes the structural position of this intrusion, and the magmatic and postmag-

matic stages of its formation. The density and porosity of the enclosing rocks are analyzed. Processes of metamorphism and metasomatism are evaluated. DLC. 96340 IÜDINA, V.V. Trappy i apodoleritovye metasomatity reki Bol'shol Botuobii. Moskva, Nauka 1965. 142 p. illus, tables, maps. Approx. 100 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Traps and apodolerite metasomatites of the Bol'shaya Botuobuya River. Outlines the geologic structure of the region, noting the stratigraphy, tectonics and manifestation of magmatism. Intrusive traps are analyzed, such as non-differentiated intrusions, layered intrusive sheets and small bodies of subalkaline dolerites. Metasomatic formations are also analyzed. The genesis of subalkaline varieties of traps is considered. Two genetic groups of traps are recognized. CaMAI. IUDOVICH, L.A., see No. 96742 96341 IÜDOVNYI, E.G. and V.A. ZAKHAROV. 0 ritmichnosti i sledakh razmyvov v otlozheniukh neokoma na r. Bourke, Khatangskai2 vpadina. (Geologiiä i geofizika 1966, no.4, p.36-42) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Rhythmicity and traces of erosion in Neocomian deposits on the Boyarka River, Khatanga depression. In these deposits 250 m thick, 15 rhythms are distinguished ranging 5-30 m in thickness. They are best expressed in Valanginian and Hauterivian deposits, less clear in the Berriasian. Washout intercepting the rhythms is also described. Development of the NeoDLC. comian sea is discussed. IUDOVNYI, E.G., see also No. 93845, 99488 96342 IÜFEREV, O.V. Vazhnelshie zadachi paleobiogeografii i znachenie foraminifer dill ikh resheniiä v karbone i permi. (In: Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geol. i geofiz. Novye dannye po biostratigrafii devona i verkhnego paleozoia Sibiri... 1967. p.61-76, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The main tasks of paleobiogeography and the importance of foraminifers for working them out in the Carboniferous and Permian. Discusses the zoning of the Carboniferous and Permian according to foram fauna. Biogeographic zones, areas and provinces are distinguished and briefly characterized. The Siberian zone includes the Pechora-Timan, Northern Ural, Kharaulakh, Sette-Daban, Taymyr and Kolyma areas. CaMAI, DGS. IÜFEREV, O.V., see also No. 94003, 94111, 97948

96343 IÜGAI, L.A. Ekhinokokkoz legkikh v Iflkutii. (Sovetskau meditsina 1965. v.28, no.1, p.141-45) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Echinococcosis of the lungs in Yakutia. Describes clinical aspects, diagnostics, and therapy of echinococcosis based on observations of 20 patients. Initial stages of pulmonary echinococcosis are almost asymptomatic and pathological examinations are also negative. X-ray data is almost the only means whereby the cyst can be detected in the lungs. Surgery was found to be effective therapy. DLC. 96344 IÜKHIMENKO, V. Ekspeditsiu G. A. Ushakova na ostrov Vrangeliå. (Dal'nil Vostok 1967. v.34, no.1, p.156-60) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: G.A. Ushakov's expedition to Vrangelya Island. Outlines the first Russian attempt at colonizing Vrangelya Island in 1926-29: voyage of the Stavropol' from Vladivostok to Rodzhersa Bay; establishing a colony of five Russians and 50 Chukchis and Eskimos, etc; Ushakov's exploration of the island, winter hardships, failure of relief ships, and supply by air in 1927 and 1928; and success of the icebreaker Litke in evacuating Ushakov in 1929. Based on Ushakov's diary and archival DLC. material. 96345 IUKHNEVA, V.S. Plankton i bentos gumifiisirovannykh ozer Zapadnol Sibiri. (In: Soveshchanie po biologicheskol produktivnosti vodoemov Sibiri... 1966, p.133-34) In Russian. Title tr.: Plankton and benthos of the humus lakes of Western Siberia. Reports results of hydrobiological studies in these lakes in peaty soils. Mineral content is quite low and oxygen exchange good. Often there is more dissolved oxygen in the water in late winter than in summer. Biomass in these lakes is very low in winter and Cladocera are almost absent. This is generally true for all such lakes in Tyumen Province. In June zooplankton develops rapidly and samples containing 78,000 specimens/m3 are known. There is little benthic material at any time of the year. DLC. IÜNOV, A. Iu., see No. 93890 IÜR'EV, K.B., see No. 95467 96346 1URGENSON, A.P. and I.V. MIKHAILOVA. 0 vliihnii oblachnosti na luchistye pritoki tepla v svobodnoT atmosfere. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskii n: issl. inst. Trudy 1966. v.279, p.14-24, graphs) 9 refs. In Russian. Title 509

tr.: The effect of cloudiness on the radiant influx of heat into a free atmosphere. Reports investigation of a non-adiabatic condition of atmospheric circulation, under the effect of cloudiness upon variability of the fields of radiant influxes of heat into the atmospheric layer at 800-600 mb. Radiosounding of the atmosphere was carried out at 3 and 15 hr Jan-July 1957 from 23 stations in Western Europe and the Arctic, incl Ar khangel'sk. The method proposed for an approx estimation of radiant heat influx may be especially useful for Arctic Basin and other areas with a sharp space-time variability of cloud fields. CaMAI, DLC. 96347 I IRGENSON, P.B. Nevedomymi tropami Sibiri. Moskva, Izd-vo Mysl' 1964. 47 p. map, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: On unknown paths of Siberia. Biographical sketch of A.T. Middendorff, 1815-94. His 1943-44 journey from Moscow across Siberia with a trip to Taymyr Peninsula is described in some detail, cf No 11374. DLC. 96348 IURKEVICH, I.A. 0 neftematerinskikh otlozheniiakh i perspektivakh neftegazonosnosti mezozoiskoi tolshchi Zapadno-Sibirskoi nizmennosti. (In: Moskva. Inst. geol. i razrabotki gonnchikh iskopaemykh. Neftegazonosnost' mezozolskikh... 1965. p.140-52, table) Refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: On oil-source deposits and prospects of oil-gas-bearing properties of the Mesozoic of the West Siberian lowland. Discusses present understanding of oil source rocks as described by various authors. Facies and geochemical characteristics of the Jurassic and Lower Cretaceous of the West Siberian lowland are given incl Surgut, Pokur, Tyumen, etc. Author's ideas on oil formation and oil source rocks are summarized. DLC. 96349 IIJRKEVICH, I.A. and V.A. FEIRABENT. Zakonomernosti izmenenhå pH porod mezokainozolskol tolshchi ZapadnoSibirskol nizmennosti. (In: Moskva. Inst. geol. i razrabotki gonüchikh iskopaemykh. Neftegazonosnost' mezozolskikh... 1965. p.118-33, graphs, maps, tables) Refs. In Russian. Tide !r. Patterns of rock pH changes in the Mesozoic-Cenozoic sequence of the West Siberian lowland. Studies more than 1800 samples to determine rock pH relation to lithologic composition of rocks, their stratigraphic position and regional distribution. Berezovo, Leushi, Lar'yak and Uvat areas of Tyumen Province are also included. The level of pH decreases from lower to upper horizons. Changes of pH also are noted according to stratigraphic 510

horizons. Local and regional factors are also DLC. registered. 96350 IURKOVSKAIIA, T.H. 0 nekotorykh maloizuchennykh vidakh sfagnovykh mkhov Karelii. (In: Vses. botanicheskoe o-vo. Priroda bolot... 1967. p.85-89, Title tr.: Refs. In Russian. map, illus) Some insufficiently investigated species of sphagnum mosses in Karelia. Describes three Sphagnum subfulvum, Sph plumulosum and Sph imbricatum, noting their distribution areas, plant associations, pH and other features. Sph subfulvum is the most widely distributed in northern Karelia. DLC. 96351 IUROV, V.G. Promysel ryby na shel'fe Severnol Ameriki. Kaliningrad, Atlantniro 1964. 48 p. tables, maps, illus. In Russian. Title tr: Fisheries on the North American shelf. Describes the bathymetry of the western North Atlantic, its meteorology, hydrography, and commercial fishes as shad, menhaden and herring. Of these only the latter are of subarctic to arctic occurrence. American fisheries in the area and Russian exploration of the North American shelf are also discussed. A brief summary of the Soviet expeditions in the area (80) during 1959-63 introduces the account. DLC. Sovetizatsii`a 96352 ILIRTAEVA, V.I. malykh narodnostel Eniseiskogo Severe: 1920-1923 gg. (Sibir' v period stroitel'stva sorsializma i perekhoda k kommunizmu 1966. no.6, p.16-23) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Sovietization of the small peoples of the Yenisey north: 1920-1923. Reviews conditions in the Turukhansk Territory, the northern section of the present Krasnoyarsk Province. The first regional Revolutionary Committee (revkom) was set up in Dudinka in 1920, followed by the territorial revkom. The functions of the latter were transferred to the territorial Executive Committee (kral-tspolkom) in Dec 1920. A department of nationalities, headed by an Evenki Tungus, was formed with the Turukhansk kralispolkom to handle and coordinate the political education and economic rehabilitation of the aborigines. Indigenous Soviets based on the traditional clan system were formed in 1923. The structure and functions of these clan Soviets and law courts, juridical power based on tribal common law in handling, respectively, civil and criminal case* etc are discussed. The assignment of special inspectors to supervise the activities of the clan Soviets and devise a new legislation tailored to the needs and customs of abDLC. origines is noted.

96353 IURTSEV, B.A. Obsuzhdenie perspektiv razrabotki osnovnykh problem istorii flory i rastitel'nosti Severe SSSR (Arktika, taezhnarä zona, gol'tsy). (Botanicheskii zhumal 1966. v.51, no.5, p.763-69) In Russian. Title tr.: A discussion on the prospects of working out the basic problems of the vegetation of arctic USSR. Discusses the Arctic proper, the taiga and mountain tundra. History of these floras, their genesis and mutual relationships are considered. DLC. 1IJRTSEV, B.A., see also No. 95278, 100666, 100717 96354 IUSHKIN, N.P. Issledovanie tverdosti magnetita metodom vdavlivanii .. (AkadeØä nauk SSSR. Komi filial. Inst. geologii. Trudy 1967. no.7, p.53-59, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Investigation of magnetite hardness by the pressing method. Reports investigation of magnetite from chloritic schists of the subpolar Ural. Octahedral magnetite crystals of 2-20 mm diem were measured with a micro-durometer. Average hardness of the magnetite was found to be 444-552 kg/mm2. Comparisons are made with data obtained by other scientists. The anisotropy of magnetite hardness is described. Its hardness is connected with the linear relation of titanium oxide. DLC. IUSHKIN, N.P., see also No. 94522, 95308, 95636 96355 IiJSHKO-ZAKHAROVA, O.E. and L.A. CHERNIAEV. 0 forme vkhozhdenii'a palladnä v sostav medno-nikelevykh rud Talnakha. (Vses. mineralogicheskoe o-vo. Zapiski 1967. v.96, no.4, p.432-34, graph, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title fr.: The form of palladium in the composition of the Talnakh copper-nickel ores. Reports use of the an electron X-ray microanalyzer for study of these deposits in the Noril'sk region. The new palladium minerals identified are briefly characterized. DLC. 96356 IuSHKO-ZAKHAROVA, O.E. and L.A. CHERNIAEV. 0 sostave i svoistvakh niggliita iz medno-nikelevykh rud Monchegorskogo mestorozhdenitä. (Akademil nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.170, no.5, p.1164-66, graphs, illus) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Composition and properties of niggliite from copper-nickel ores of the Monchegorsk deposits. Reports the discovery in 1958 of the mineral, identified by its optical properties, X-ray analyses and other properties as

niggliite, PtSn. The small dimensions 0.02 mm do not allow full identification of properties. DLC. 96357 IUSHKO-ZAKHAROVA, O.E. and L.A. CHERNIAEV. Vismutid palladia iz monchegorskikh rud. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.170, no.1, p.183-85, graphs, illus) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Palladium bismuthide from Monchegorsk ores. Describes a mineral of unusual properties. Its color, chemical composition, spectrogram and other features are briefly noted. This mineral is compared with froodite from the nickeliferous ores of Frood Mine at Sudbury in Canada. As it has not been studied sufficiently to be termed froodite, it is called DLC. only palladium bismuthide. IUSHKOVA, G.E. see No. 94307 96358 IIJSIN, A. Arkhangel'sk gorod kon'kobezhnyt (Sportivnata zhizn' Rossii 1964. v.8, no.9, p.21) In Russian. Title tr.: Arkhangel'sk, the city of skating. Skating is the most popular sport in Arkhangel'sk, and its skaters lead the field in the Soviet Union. Training under professional supervision begins at 11 yr of age and continues year round with roller skating in summer. The educational value of the sport is noted. DLC. 96359 ILJSIN, A. IÅ "otkryvaiü" IAkutiIü. (Sportivnaä zhizn' Rossii 1966. v.10, no.1, p.12-13, illus) In Russian. Tide å:: I am "discovering" Yakutia. Outlines progress in Yakutia during 50 yr of Soviet rule, stressing the development of sports. The first Yakut sports contest in 1923, development of athletes, government encouragement, and the Yakuts' unusual ability DLC. for wrestling are noted. 96360 IVANCHUK, Iu.V. and N.N. BAZHINSKII. 0 chastote i klinicheskikh proi:avleniiakh vibratsionnoi bolezni prokhodchikov i buril'shchikov podzemnykh rudnikov Zapoliaria. (Gigiena truda i professionai nye zabolevanilä 1967. v.11, no.5, p.31-35, Refs. In Russian. English sumtables) mary. Title Ir.: Incidence and features of vibration sickness in drillers and headworks men of underground mines in arctic regions. Describes results of clinical and X-ray studies of mineworkers in various stages of vibration sickness. Neurovascular damage is the principal type of disorder; handling of pneumatic tools brought on osteal changes in 75% of cases. The combined action of low temperature, high humidity (80 to 100%) and continuous vibration produces damage not

511

only in bone but also in associated neural and vascular tissues. DLC. 96361 IVANENKO, V. Parokhodstva vostochnykh basseinov v novol piatiletke. (Rechnoi transport 1967. v.26, no.7, p.3-4) In Russian. Tide tr.: River fleets of the eastern basins in the new five-year plan. Presents the 1966-70 river transport and waterway development planned, incl northern Tyumen, Krasnoyarskiy Kray, Yakut ASSR, etc. Cargo turnover, tonnage, and km-ton transportation increases expected in 1970 are compared with 1965. 3,500 km of new waterways along the Ob and Irtysh tributaries are projected, incl new docking facilities: about 15 km wharfage at ten or more new locations in northern Tyumen and the middle Ob. The river fleets are to be increased by 700-2000 t diesel ships, up to 2,800 t tankers and up to 3,000 t barges. DLC. IVANENKO, V., see also No. 98218 96362 IVANOV, A. V avtonomnykh respublikakh Rossilskol Federaüii. (Doshkol'noe vospitanie 1967. v.40, no.10, p.40-46) In Russian. Title tr.: In the autonomous republics of the Russian Federation. Reviews the pre-school educational system in these republics. In 1967, Komi ASSR had 958 kindergartens attended by over 72,000 children and Karelian ASSR 616 kindergartens with over 40,000 children. DLC. 96363 IVANOV, A.I. Sostav, stroenie i genezis mindalin v triasovykh effuzivakh vostochnoT chasti Tungusskol sineklizy. (Izvestiiä vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenil. Geologiia i razvedka 1967, no.2, p.50-56, table, illus) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Composition, structure and genesis of amygdules in Triassic effusives in the eastern part of the Tungusskiy syneclise. In the Kotuy-Maymecha region six stages of volcanism are established. The amygdule composition of each stage is analyzed. Those of various effusives are shown to be closely connected with the enclosing rocks. Their main minerals are zeolite, analcime, chlorite and calcite. A late magmatic origin of amygdules is suggested. DLC. 96364 IVANOV, A.I. Stratigrafuå vulkanogennykh obrazovanil vostochnogo borta TungusskoT sineklizy. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1963. Regional'naia geologitä no.1, p.80-100, table) 11 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Stratigraphy of volcanic formations in the eastern flange of Tungusskiy syneclise. Outlines the stratigraphy of the Lower and 512

Upper Permian and Lower Triassic volcanic formations of the Kotuy-Maymecha interfluve. The thickness, lithologic properties and some plant remains of these deposits are described. The Lower Triassic deposits are divided into local series and each is described. Correlation is given of Permian and Triassic deposits with the other parts of Tungusskiy syneclise. DOS. 96365 IVANOV, A.V. and D.A. SAAR. Perspektivy neftegazonosnosti i zadachi poiskovo-razvedochnykh rabot na neft' i gaz v ügd-zapadnykh raTonakh Komi ASSR. (Geologiiä nefti i gaza 1966. v.10, no.11, p.7-9, map, illus) 5 refs. In Russian. Tide tr• Oil and gas prospects and exploratory undertakings in the southwest regions of Komi ASSR. Reviews recent drilling, seismic, aeromagnetic, and gravity measurements in these regions. A general tectonic plan is presented and the geologic structure characterized. Cambrian, Devonian, Carboniferous and Permian deposits are examined as to possible oil and gas accumulation, and further prospecting is indicated. DLC. 96366 IVANOV, B.G. Some data on the biology of shrimp in the western part of the (In: Sovetskie rybokhoGulf of Alaska. zialstvennye issledovaniiå v severo-vostochnoi chasti Tikhogo okeana, vyp. 1. Jerusalem, Israel Program for Scientific Transl 1968, p.218-30, graphs, maps, tables) 20 refs. English translation of No 79676. DLC. 96367 IVANOV, B.G. Zakonomernosti raspredeleniia severnogo shrimsa Pandalus borealis Kr. v Beringovom more i zal. Alaska. (Okeanologitå 1967. v.7, no.5, p.920-26, maps, illus) 36 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Regularities in the distribution of the northern shrimp Pandalus borealis Kr. in the Bering Sea and Gulf of Alaska. English translation in Oceanology 1967. v.7, no.5, p.715-20. Outlines the distribution of this shrimp according to Soviet observations, with attention directed to the Pribilof Island area where a commercial concentration is found. This is the result of the warming effect of deep water especially pronounced in this region, the muddy character of the bottom, and a circular current which prevents the larvae being carried away. The interaction between the warmer deep water and the colder intermediate water is of great importance. DLC. 96368 IVANOV, B.V. and L.N. KOK gipoteze transportnogo osLESOV. voeniia Obskogo severa. (Problemy Severa

1967, no.12, p.173-80, tables) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The problem of transportation for conquest of the Ob North. English translation available from National Science Library, National Research Council, Ottawa. Incoming and outgoing freight is postulated at 6-8 million and 25-30 million t respectively by 1970, and by 1985: 20-25 million and 200-250 million t with full development of industry in the northern Ob basin. A unified transportation system composed of pipelines, rivers, railroads, autoroads, etc is also postulated to carry such a load. Plans for railroad expansion, river-port construction, etc are outlined. Advantages of monorail are stressed. CaMAI, DLC. 96369 IVANOV, B.V. and others. Karymskil vulkan v 1963 g. (Btülleten' vulkanologicheskikh stantsl1 1965. no. 39, p. 3-27, 3 refs. In tables, graphs, maps, illus) Russian. Other authors: I.T. Kirsanov, E.K. Serafimova, K.A. Skripko and M.V. Fedorov. Title tr.: Karymskiy volcano in 1963. Reports various scientists' observations of this Kamchatka volcano. Its explosive and effusive activity are described. Petrographic and petrochemical features of the erupted material are analyzed. Its periodic eruption of lava of various viscosity is discussed; max lava temperature was 800-850°C, the erupted material is estimated about 0.095 km3, and 98 million tons weight. When its activity terminated, the volcano decreased substantially. DLC. 96370 IVANOV, B.V. and R.A. SHUVALOV. Karymskiy vulkan v 1964 g. (Biulleten' vulkanologicheskikh stantsü 1966. no.41, p.3-9, map, tables, illus) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Karymskiy Volcano in 1964. Karymskiy continued to be effusive-explosive. It was under continuous observation June-Oct and by aircraft in Jan, Mar and Nov. The daily number of explosions ranged 70-220/day emitting chiefly ash (91%) to 500-2000 m alt. Its effusive activity was evidenced by lava streams, boulders and agglomeratic streams. Mineralogical and chemical composition of the lava are given. DLC. IVANOV, B.V., see also No. 93916 96371 IVANOV, G.S. Pobeda v Zapoliar'e. (Morskol sbornik 1964. v.47, no.10, p.16-23, map) Ref. In Russian. Title tr : Victory beyond the Polar Circle. Reviews activities of 7-29 Oct 1944 in northern Finland and northeast Norway. The

Petsamo-Kirkenes front is described noting the German and Russian forces, their preparations, plans, operations, etc. DLC. IVANOV, K.G. GeomagnitnyT 96372 effekt Tungusskogo padenitå. (Meteoritika 35 1964. no.24, p.141-51, graphs, map) Title tr.: Geomagnetic refs. In Russian. effect of the Tungusskiy fall. Describes the unusual geomagnetic phenomena due to the 30 June 1908 meteorite fall, from the Irkutsk magnetic observatory records. The explosion occurred at 0 h 17 min 11 sec Gmt, and tension of the earth's magnetic field began 2.3 min afterward. Discussion is given of preliminary results, pub in No 72457, and some details are explained DLC. in reference to recent literature. 96373 IVANOV, K.G. Otvet na stat'w A. V. Zolotova "0 termicheskol ionizatsii ionosfery udarnol volnoT Tungusskogo vzryva 1908 g." (Geomagnetizm i aeronoØä 1966. v.6, no.4. p.777) 4 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Reply to A.B. Zolotov's paper On the thermic ionization of the ionosphere by the shock wave of Tunguska explosion of 1908. Answers Zolotov's criticism (in No.93271) of the author's proposition that the geomagnetic field variations subsequent to the explosion were caused by the thermic ionization of ionosphere resulting from the shock wave of the meteorite explosion. The shock waves of explosions at the earth's surface become strong when they arrive at the ionosphere, because of the effect of the atmosphere's inhomogeneity and are therefore stronger than considered by Zolotov. DLC. 0 nekotorykh 96374 IVANOV, M.M. osobennosti kh magnitnogo pohä vostochnoT chasti Norvezhskogo mona. (Okeanologåå 1967. v.7, no.3, p.470-76, table, illus) 14 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Some features of the magnetic field in the eastern part of the Norwegian Sea. Reports a magnetic survey in 1955-56 and 1964, and discusses the field anomaly at the water surface off the Norwegian coast. A deep depression in the crystalline basement is observed in the area. At approx. 66°N, where the continental slope has a characteristic flexure, the depth of crystalline rocks is more than 20 km. The sea bottom cover is a thick stratum of sedimentary rocks. The Caledonides of Norway and northern England do not represent one and the same system but are separated by downwarps filled with sedimentary rocks. DLC. 513

96375 IVANOV, M.S. K voprosu o proiskhozhdenii pustot v mnogoletnemerzlykh otlozheniiakh. (In: Vses. mezhduvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po geokriologii, 8th. Materialy v.2, 1966. p.132-38, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. The origin of cavities in permafrost deposits. Discusses various interpretations of this phenomenon. Author summarizes own observations in the northern part of the Yana delta. Subaerial and subaqueous horizons of deposits are recognized, with tabular, punctate and slit-like cavities characterized. These cavities are synchronous with sedimentation and freezing and are a result of cryogenic diagenesis. DLC. 96376 IVANOV, M.S. Sezonnoe protaivanie na ostrove Muostakh. (In: Sezonnoe protaivanie i promerzanie gruntov na territorii Severo-Vostoka SSSR. 1966. p.34-39) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The seasonal thawing on Muostakh Island. Reports a study in the old and present Quaternary deposits of this island in Tiksi Bay of the Laptev Sea. Elements of the relief are considered, as are the lithologic composition of the rocks, exposure and steepness of the slopes, vegetation cover and water supply. Two types of locality are distinguished and briefly characterized. Typical depth of thawing in the large polygons which occupy about 70% of the island's area, is 0.3-0.4 m. The maximal thawing, to 1.20 m depth, is at the beach. DLC. 96377 IVANOV, N.D. Pervye shagi kolkhoznogo stroitel'stva v Komi krae 1918-1920 gg. (Istoriko-filologicheskff sbornik 1965. no.9, p.3-16, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Initial steps in kolkhoz construction in the Komi region 1918-1920. Describes the formative stage of collectivization in the Zyryan region, incl the Pechora and Ukhta River areas. The nationalization, division and redistribution of landed estates, organization of agricultural communes and cooperative artels, establishment of the first collective farms, etc are dealt with. Resolutions passed at various local congresses on ways to promote agricultural production are discussed: technological aid, introduction of new farming methods, political training, etc. The pros and cons of the early kolkhoz statutes and the reasons for the slow spread of the kolkhoz system are analyzed: by the end of 1920, only 0.4% of peasant households in the Komi region belonged to collective farms. DLC. 96378 IVANOV, O.N. Novye nakhodki pamiatnikov drevneeskimosskol kul'tury na zapadnom poberezh'e Beringova proliva. 514

(Akademitå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyl kompleksnyl n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1967. no.17, p.42-44, map, illus) Title Refs. In Russian. English summary. tr.: New finds of Old Eskimo sites on the west coast of the Bering Strait. Reports the 1960 discovery of ten habitation and burial sites between Uelen and the southern part of Cape Litke. The collected artifacts, mostly surface finds, include several ornamented so-called winged objects, ivory strips with sculptured marine animals, an ivory object with an incised Punuk style design, arrow and toggle harpoon CaMAI, DOS. heads, etc. 96379 IVANOV, O.P. Osnovnye faktory razvitirå zon okislenii sul'fidnykh mestorozhdenii v uslovii kh mnogoletnei merzloty. (Geokhimiiii 1966, no.9, p.1095-1105, table, graph) 31 refs. In Russian. English Title tr.: Main factors in the summary. development of oxidation zones of sulfide deposits under permafrost conditions. Discusses the Ege-Khaya and UlakhanEgelyakh cassiterite-sulfide and copper-nickel deposits in permafrost of Yakutia. They have a deep oxidation zone of which the typical feature is abundance of easily soluble sulfates. The hypothesis that oxidation zones were formed in preglacial time is dismissed. Sulfate oxidation zones are proved to have been formed in postglacial time. Factors in the development of an oxidation zone of sulfide deposits under negative temperatures are outlined, such as: depth of the distribution of annual temperature change, absence or negligible amount of free water, etc. DLC. 96380 IVANOV, P.N. Pervye meropriiatitå partilnykh i sovetskikh organizatsil Sibiri po likvidatsii ekonomicheskoi otstalosti nerusskikh narodov, 1920-1926 gg. (Sibir' v period stroitel'stva sotsializma i perekhoda k kommunizmu 1966. no.6, p.5-15) Approx. 25 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Initial measures of party and Soviet organizations of Siberia to stop economic retardation of non-Russian peoples, 1920-1925. Deals with legislation passed by central and local administrative bodies to rehabilitate Siberian aborigines, incl Yakuts and the so-called small peoples of the North, after the Civil War years. Food relief programs, restoration of trade, agricultural reforms, nationalization and redistribution of hunting and fishing grounds, tax reduction, financial grants, public health and veterinary control, etc are described in turn with selected statistical data. DLC. IVANOV, P.S., see No. 94372

IVANOV, S.S., see No. 95731

IVANOV, V.V., see also No. 94929

96381 IVANOV, S.V. and Ch.M. TAKSAMI. Natalii Fedorovna Prytkova. (Sovetskoe finno-ugrovedenie 1966. v.2, no.2, p.155-56, illus) In Russian. Obit to this Russian philologist and ethnographer, b 1904. Her major studies on Ostyaks, Voguls, etc are reviewed and seventeen publications listed. Three unpublished ms deal with clothing of northern aborigines. DLC.

96384 IVANOV-DIATLOV, I.G. VysokoprochnyT keramzitobeton i ego primenenie v mostakh i gidrotekhnicheskikh sooruzhenii kh. (Beton i zhelezobeton 1964. v.10, no.4, p.153-58, tables, graphs, illus) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: High-strength porous clay concrete and its use in bridges and hydro-technical structures. Discusses the mechanical properties of this construction material known in the USSR as keramzitobeton. The structure of its brands of different composition, their strength and deformation characteristics are studied by microphotography, supersonic, and other physical methods. Experiments, and field tests in 1963 at the Krasnoyarsk and Bratsk hydroelectric plants and elsewhere showed that its initial strength had increased by 5-6% after 200 cycles of freezing and thawing; but the concrete with heavy filler subjected to the same tests had lost 9-12% of its initial strength. DLC.

IVANOV, V., see No. 100805 IVANOV, V.G., see No. 96409 IVANOV, V.I., see No. 100825 96382 IVANOV, V.M. 0 kosvennykh pokazateliäkh dinamicheskogo i teplovogo sostotånhå vodnykh mass. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki. Sbornik statei 1966. no.23, p.11-13, tables) 4 refs. In Russian. Title Ir. Indirect indices of the dynamic and thermal state of water masses. Notes that a direct connection exists between the water surface temperature and air temperature over a long interval of time. Water temperatures in the 0-50 m and 0-200 m layers along the Kola meridian are compared with air temp at the Varde, Denmark station during various periods of the year. Results are tabulated and interpreted. The ice in Barents and Kara Seas and the air temp at Barentsburg station in the period of sea cooling can be used as indices of the thermal and dynamic state of the water masses of the Gulf stream - North Atlantic DLC. Current system. IVANOV, V.S.,

see No. 98134, 98135

96383 IVANOV, V.V. Donnye otlozheMil i dinamika dna Bykovskol protoki del'ty Leny. (In: Leningrad. Arkticheski i antarkticheski n: issl. inst. Trudy 1967. v.278, 12 refs. In Russian. p.126-41, graphs) Title tr. Bottom sediments and bottom dynamics of Bykovskiy channel in the Lena delta. Bykovskiy channel is the shortest and the most suitable for navigation in the delta. Its main characteristics and the delta valleys and beds generally are described. The bottom sediments of Bykovskiy are analyzed on the basis of 430 samples, their amount and granulometric data given. Dynamics of the bottom are described. For improvement of navigation and forecasting of depths in this channel however, additional studies are needed. DLC.

96385 IVANOVA, A. K voprosu o razvitii ekonomiki i kul'tury malykh narodnostei Chukotki. (Magadan. Oblastnol kraevedcheskil muzel. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 9 refs. In Rus1966. no.6, p.3-19, illus) sian. Title tr.: Economic and cultural development of the small peoples of Chukotka. Describes conditions in the area as typified by the village of Lavrentiya in the northeasternmost part of the Chukchi national district which is 62,810 km2 in area. By consolidation the collective farms are reduced from 20 to four and the people of Naukan, Toygunen, Nutepel'men, etc have been relocated to Lorino, Uelen, Lavrentiya, Enurmino, etc. Town development, housing, health and educational services, etc are described, as are the economic progress of the Chukchis and Eskimos, their education and literature, bone-carving industry, participation in government, and living standard. Data are given on kolkhoz production and income from reindeer raising, fur hunting and fur farming, fishing and sea-mammal hunting, also some dairy farming, poultry, hot-house vegetables, etc. DLC. 96386 IVANOVA, A.M. FormatsionnyT kompleks verkhnego proterozolh v IgarskoTurukhanskom ralone. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'naia geologiiå 1966, no.8, p.29-39, table) 20 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Upper Proterozoic formation complex in the IgarkaTurukhan region. Analyzes the lithology and structural-facies of the Upper Proterozoic strata and dis515

tinguishes two groups of marine formations. Changes of the tectonic regime during the Upper Proterozoic are discussed. The Igarka and Turukhan structural-fades zones are described. The role of the tectonic factor in formation of sedimentary strata is considered. DLC. IVANOVA, A.M., see also No. 96633 96387 IVANOVA, D.P. Nekotorye materialy po izucheniii kul'tivirovanirå D. sibiricus v kletochnykh kul'turakh. (In.' Irkutsk. N: issl. inst. epidemiologii i mikrobiologii. Materialy 1967, p.60-63, table) In Russian. Title tr.: Cultivation of D. sibiricus in cell culture. Infection of tissue culture with D. sibiricus did not cause profound morphological changes in cells in the early stages of rickettsial development; cells retained viability and ability to multiply. Furthermore, rickettsia were retained and accumulated during passaging of infected cells without loss of pathogenicity. Only abundant accumulation of rickettsia in cells caused their death. Nutrient media without serum were successfully used for cultivation of rickettsia in L or Hep-2 cells or embryonic human fibroblasts. The optimum incubation temperature for accumulation of rickettsia in cells is 35-30°C. Medium 199 (straight or diluted with Hank's solution) supported intense multiplication. DLC. 96388 IVANOVA, G.M. Khimicheski! sostav i pitatel'nost' moloka losikh. (Pechoro-Ilychskii gos. zapovednik. Trudy 1964. no.11, p.55-60, tables, graphs) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Chemical composition and nutritional value of elk milk. Reports study of the colostrum and milk of six elk on the elk farm of the Pechora-Ilych Preserve. Data are given on the fat, albumin, sugar, ash, calcium and phosphorus content for each cow. The milk is rich in dry matter, especially fat 10%, albumin 8.4%, and mineral salts 1.5%, also sugar 3%. During lactation, the quantity of milk, and its sugar content diminish, the fat, albumin and mineral salt content increases. Similarity between the chemical composition of elk and reindeer milk is noted. DLC. IVANOVA, G.M., see also No. 97702 IVANOVA, L.P., see No. 95049 96389 IVANOVA, T.F. 0 nekotorykh printsipakh geokriologicheskogo raionirovaniiä na primere Bol'shezemel'skoi i Malozemel'skoi tundry. (In: Vses. mezhduvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po geokriologii, 516

8th. Materialy v.3, 1966, p.19-24) Refs. In Title tr.: Some principles of Russian. geocryologic zoning as exemplified by the Bol'shezemel'skaya and Malozemel'skaya Tundras. Summarizes work to date, and outlines the distribution, temperature, composition and structure of the frozen strata and cryogenic phenomena. Map of these regions at 1:1.5 million scale delimits six subzones of permafrost; each is characterized. These subzones can be divided into regions. DLC. 96390 IVANOVA, T.N. Apatitovye mestorozhdeniiå Khibinskikh tundr. Moskva, Gosgeoltekhizdat 1963. 288 p. graph, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The apatite deposits of the Khibiny tundras. Extensive monograph reporting results of own geologic-petrographic investigations in 1951-59 and others. The formation of the large productive apatite deposits of Kukisvumchorr, Yukspor and Rasvumchorr is outlined. Little investigated deposits of the Suoluayv, Koashva, Kuel'por, Poachvumchorr and other regions are also reviewed. The place of apatite-nepheline deposits in the history of Khibiny pluton formation is indicated. The genesis of the deposits is interpreted. DLC. 96391 IVANOVSKAIA, A.V. and N.T. MANDRIKOVA. Konkretsii mezozoil Leno-Olenekskogo raTona. (Geologiia i geofizika 1966, no.9, p.138-43, table, illus) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Mesozoic concretions of the Lena-Olenek region. Describes various concretions found in terrigenous strata: calcite, siderite, sideritecalcite, phosphate-calcite, phosphate-siderite, pyrite and others; their occurrences, mineralogic composition and other features are noted. DLC. 96392 IVANOVSKII, A.B. Drevneishie rugozy. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1965. 152 p. illus. Approx. 220 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Oldest rugose corals. Outlines the history of study of these corals and analyzes their systematic relations. Ordovician and Silurian corals are treated in some detail, and some little known forms from the Siberian platform described systematically for the first time; 16 new species are identified from the Moyero, Gorbiachin, Podkamennaya Tunguska and other river basins. DLC. IVANOVSKII, A.B„ see also No. 93409 96393 IVANTER, E.V. Vodoplavanrshchie ptitsy Karelii. (In: Soveshchanie po geografti resursov vodoplavaiiishchikh ptits v

SSSR... 1965, pt.l p.59-62, table) In Russian. Title tr.: Water birds of Karelia. Reports on water bird surveys in nature preserves in Northern Karelia and on the shores of the White Sea. DLC. 96394 IVANTSOVA, V.V. and others. 0 sostave bitumoidov glinistykh porod Zapadno-Sibirskoi nizmennosti. (Geologitå nefti i gaza 1967. v.11, no.4, p.21-29, graphs, tables) 5 refs. In Russian. Other authors: E.A. Glebovskata and G.P. Sverchkov. Title tr.: Composition of bitumen in clayey rocks of the West Siberian lowland. Analyzer the composition of bitumen in Jurassic and Lower Cretaceous clayey deposits along the profile Igrim-Froly-SurgutNazino. The catagenetic transformation of organic matter is described. Degree of metamorphism of Mesozoic deposits is outlined. Optical characteristics of the bitumen are also analyzed. Changes of its composition with DLC. depth of occurrence are noted. 96395 IVANTSOVA, V.V. 0 sostave i raspredelenii nizkokipi shchikh uglevodorodov v mezozoiiskikh porodakh Zapadnol Sibiri. (Geologiiä i geofizika 1966, no.5, p.13-20, tables) 3 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Composition and distribution of low-boiling hydrocarbons in Mesozoic rocks of West Siberia. Reports the distribution, variation in content, and composition of low-boiling (80.250°C) hydrocarbons in Mesozoic rocks of the Malyy Atlym, Shaim; Megion, and other oil-gas-bearing deposits. Regularities of variation of their content in the organic matter of the rocks and of the amount of aromatics in their composition are shown depending on the degree of metamorphism of the organic matter. Attempt is made to compare low-boiling hydrocarbons of rocks with gasolines of oils. DLC. 96396 IVASHIN, M.V. Ambra i promysel kashalotov. (Priroda 1966. v.55, no.7, p.90-93, map, illus) Ref. In Russian. Title fr.: Ambergris and sperm-whale hunting. Discusses the past and present uses of ambergris, its formation, location in digestive tract, sizes of ambergris found on shores and Russian finds beginning 1958. DLC. 96397 IVASHIN, M.V. Kit-puteshestvennik. (Priroda 1967. v.56, no.8, p.105-107, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title r.• Migrating whale. Reviews the seasonal migrations of the whalebone whales, which as a rule, extend within one hemisphere. The sperm whale however appears to cross the equator some individuals tagged in one have been sub-

sequently killed in the other hemisphere, having covered a distance of over 7000 km. DLC. Block fields, as96398 IVES, J.D. sociated weathering forms on mountain tops and the nunatak hypothesis. (Geografiska annaler. Ser. A, physical geography 1966, v.48, no.4, p.220-23) 19 refs. A critical analysis of R. Dahl's paper, qv on block fields, weathering pits and tor-like forms in the Narvik Mts, which suggests that the paper may add confusion to the controversy surrounding the nunatak hypothesis, although Dahl concludes that the block fields cannot be used in support of the existence of nunataks during the last glacial phase. Dahl concluded that periglacial activity produced well-developed block fields in postglacial time, and that the restriction of the block fields to mountain tops was due to more freeze-thaw days in upper levels than in lower areas and to the emergence of mountain tops from inland ice 20,000-25,000 yr BP, or much earlier than that of lower levels. Ives cites observations in Baffin Island and existing literature to challenge the climatic data and inferences drawn from it, the statement that block fields do not occur below a snow cover, the thickness of block fields, the relation of the lower boundary of block fields to slope gradient and the use of so-called erratics as evidence of summit glaciation. CaMAI, DGS. 96399 IVES, J.D. Glacier terminal features in northeast Baffin Island — illustrations with descriptive notes. (Geographical bulletin, Ottawa 1967. v.9, no.1, p.62-70, illus) Presents photographs of five glacier termini and the associated end moraine forms, incl a normal valley glacier, a transection glacier system, an outlet glacier, and a cirque glacier. The various end moraine forms are discussed. CaMAI, DGS. 96400 IVES, J.D. Glaciers. (Canadian geographical journal 1967. v.74, no.4, p.110-17, map, illus) A non-technical illus review of present knowledge of glaciers and their activity. The so-called temperate glaciers in which the entire ice mass is at the melting/freezing point are distinguished from cold or arctic type glaciers where the temperature of most of the ice remains below this point throughout the year. Valley glaciers and ice caps are briefly considered. Trends in glacial movement and their importance in assessing water power potential are briefly discussed. CaMAI, DLC. 517

96401 IVES, J.D. and D. HARRISON. Rotorcraft on research. (Canadian geographical journal 1967. v.74, no.5, p.144-51, map, illus) Describes with illus the utilization of the small helicopter in arctic geographic research, using the authors' experience in Baffin Island as an example. Two diagrams show the functional breakdown of helicopter flying time in July and Aug 1966. Problems of weather and terrain encountered in a mountainous arctic environment are considered. Acute navigational problems arise from the unreliability of the magnetic compass, absence of radio facilities and paucity of detail on maps. Helicopters enabled the authors to land on high, inaccessible mountain summits and to investigate the so-called nunatak hypothesis by examining boulders and rock surfaces for evidence of glaciation. CaMAI, DLC. 96402 IVES, P.C. and others. U. S. Geological Survey radiocarbon dates, IX. (Radiocarbon 1967. v.9, p.505.29) Refs. Other authors: B. Levin, C.L. Oman and M. Rubin. Includes measurements of 21 samples from various localities in Alaska (p 522-26). DGS. IVES, P.C., see also No. 97502 96403 IVLEVA, G.F. 0 raschetnykh temperaturakh naruzhnogo vozdukha dlia oblegchennykh konstruktsit. (Leningrad. Glavnali geofizicheskai`a observatoriui. Trudy 1966, no.200, p.59-68, graphs, maps, tables) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Outside air temperatures calculated for light constructions. Presents a zoning of the USSR area according to the coldest day and coldest three days of the year, based on analyses of temperature of 450 stations. The coldest day is in East Siberia, the Middle Siberian plateau and in the northern parts of West Siberian lowland, where day temperature in winter drops to negative 50-63°C. These calculated temperatures can be used for appraising the durability of construction materials. DLC. 96404 IVLIEV, L.A. and D.G. KONONOV. Drovoseki (Coleoptera, Cerambycidae) Magadanskol oblasti. (In: Entomofauna lesov... 1966, p.112-24, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title er Coleoptera of Magadan Province. Describes forty-three species, two of which were previously unknown. The biology and reproductive characteristics of' the pests are given. Their chief victims and means of preventing infestation are discussed. DLC. 518

IVLIEV, L.A. Glavneishie vre96405 ditch lesov Kamchatskoi oblasti i vozmo(In: Entozhnye mery bor'by s nimi. mofauna lesov... 1966. p.77-89, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Principal forest pests in Kamchatka Province and possible means of combatting them. Discusses these pests in relation to their environment. A comprehensive survey of the complex of dendrophilic insects of this region is given. Some of the pests include: Hylemia laricicola, Chrysomixa, Melanophila acuminata, Acmaeops septentrionis, Spilarctia subcarnea, Apoderus coryli, etc. Figures and photographs are included. DLC. 96406 IVLIEV, L.A. and D.G. BONONOV. Zlatki (Buprestidae) Magadanskoi oblasti i Kamchatki. (In: Entomofauna lesov... 1966. p.97-111, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. Buprestidae of Magadan Province and Kamchatka. Nine species are analyzed extensively with descriptions of the trees they parasitize and the type of damage caused by them. Population dynamics and general biology of the insects are discussed. DLC. 96407 IWASAKI, N. and A. NISHIDA. Ionospheric current system produced by an external electric field in the polar cap. (Japan. Science Council. Report of ionosphere and space research in Japan 1967. v.21, no.1/2, p.17-28, graphs, table, illus) Refs. Calculates the electric current distribution in the ionosphere with anisotropic conductivity, when an external electric field associated with a sinusoidal distribution of space charges along the 75° lat circle, is applied. The polar and auroral currents and electric conductivities are compared graphically. Distribution of the direction of horizontal ionospheric current flow over Thule in June 1958 is given in a diagram. The direction of the current in middle latitudes is found to shift toward the PM side as the polar cap conductivity is increased. When the polar cap conductivity is small enough, however, the current shows an AM shift. DLC. IWASAKI, N., see also No. 98601, 98603 IWEN, F.A., see No. 98009 IZAKOV, M.N. 0 strukture 96408 neitral'noi verkhnei atmosfery. (Space science reviews 1967. v.7, no.5-6, p.579-641, Refs. In Russian. English sumgraphs) Title Er.: Structure of the neutral mary. upper atmosphere. Sums up data mostly from rockets and artificial satellites, with emphasis on the thermosphere where variations reach several

orders of magnitude. Latitude-seasonal temperature variations are discussed, and the rapid changes in the polar region exemplified by the 22 May 1963 observation at Ft Churchill of temperature at 130 km altitude increasing from 380 ± 101( to 950 # 1501C in 25 min, with no auroral displays and a quiet geomagnetic field. Serveral semi-empirical models of the thermosphere and exosphere are described and discussed. Temperature variation dependence on the cycle of solar activity was recorded at altitudes > 150 km. Hydrogen concentration was found to vary with temperature at an altitude near 1000 km, and remains of the value of 102 cm-3 at 20,000 km. DLC. 96409 IZBASH, S.V. and V.G. IVANOV. Teoriä i praktika perekrytiiä rusel rek SSSR. (Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitel'stvo 1967. v.37, no.9, p.1-7, tables, illus) In Russian. TYtle tr.: Theory and practice of channel closure in rivers of the USSR. Describes the closure of 38 streams in the course of dam construction in the USSR and the Nile in the United Arab Republic. The Russian cases include the Tuloma in 1935 and 1963, Ob 1956, Angara 1956 and 1959, Mamakan 1959, Yenisey 1963, and the Vilyuy in 1964. A detailed table, which includes hydrological and engineering data of the construction is given. The four-stage system of closing the river is described in the text and by diagrams: the rock-fill stage, the overfall weir, rapid stream, and the filtration DLC. stage.

of iron. The Fe55 content of the blood of Lapps is about ten times higher than that of the southern Finns; of the whole body, the content is 160-260 nCi for Lapps, 13-20 nCi for southern Finns. Values obtained one year earlier for Alaskan Eskimos were 61 nCi, and for inhabitants of Richland, Washington 8 nCi. The specific activity of female Lapps is twice that of male Lapps. A few data for iron-55 content in fish and lake water are DLC. included. 96412 JAAKKOLA, T. and others. Microelement levels in environmental samples in Finland. (In: Intl. Symposium on Radioecological Concentration Processes, Stockholm 1966. Proceedings pub 1967. p. 341-50, tables) 6 refs. Other authors: H. Puumala and J.K. Miettinen. Presents results obtained with atomic absorption spectrophotometry on four different types of samples, surface lake water, plankton, higher plants and animal tissue, and discusses the advantages and limitations of the atomic absorption technique in comparison with flame photometry and activation analyses. The Perkin Elmer model 303, with air-acetylene flame was used. Data of K, Na, Ca, Mg, Fe, Sr, Mn, and Zn analyses of the lake water, zooplankton, three species of lichens (among other plants), and of Mg, Fe, Mn, Zn, and Cu in elk and reindeer tissues (spleen, liver, kidney, lung, heart, and meat) DLC. are tabulated and discussed.

IZMAILOV, V.V., see No. 100009

96413 JAATINEN, S. Finland i geo(Jorden runt 1967. v.39, grafisk profil. In Swedish. no.11, p.693-98, map, illus) Title tr.: Finland in geographic profile. Summarizes Finland's geography and relates to it the present population and industries and the prospects. Climate, geology, elevation, soil, minerals, forest and intelligent population are the effective factors in development of the country. The chief differences between its northern and southern parts result from the geographic characDLC. teristics.

IZOITKO, V.M., see No. 94283, 97180

JACKA, A., see No. 96292

96411 JAAKKOLA, T. s"Fe and stable iron in some environmental samples in (In: Intl. Symposium on RadioFinland. ecological Concentration Processes, Stockholm 1966. Proceedings pub 1967. p.247-51, tables) 8 refs. The iron-55 content of Cladonia alpestris (reindeer lichen) varies 110-340 pCi/mg Fe because of the varying content of inactive Fe; on a dry weight basis the variation is 40-62 nCi/kg. The similarity in specific activity of reindeer tissues indicates lichen as the source

96414 JACKSON, C.I. A territory of little value; the wind of change on the (Beaver 1967. northwest coast 1861-67. v.298, no.1, p.40-45, map, illus) A historical review of the relations between the Hudson's Bay Co and the RussianAmerican Co, particularly during the period 1861-67. The questions of sovereignty over the Alaskan panhandle and the Stikine Territory (southeastern Russian America as far north as Cape Spencer), and the boundary between them are discussed. The perceptive

96410 IZHEVSKII, G.I. Forecasting of oceanological conditions and the reproduction of commercial fish. Jerusalem, Israel Program for Scientific Translations 1966. 95 p. graphs, map, tables. Refs. English translation by A. Lerman of No 88198, available DLC. from CFSTI as IT 67-51264. IZMAILOV, L.I., see No. 96337

519

views of Chief Factor Tolmie on the future of this whole region are outlined, and the influence of company decisions upon later sovereignty and settlement are explained. CaMAI, DLC. 96415 JACKSON, D.E. Graptolitic facies of the Canadian Cordillera and Arctic Archipelago, a review. (Bulletin of Canadian petroleum geology 1966. v.14, no.4, p.469-85, table, graphs, map) 46 refs. Reviews published material on graptolitic strata to 1966 and discusses the stratigraphic problems in the placement of systematic boundaries and the correlation of units. The Peel River, Yukon exposures are considered to contain the most complete succession of graptolitic shale in the world. Map shows known occurrences in Western Canada as 13, Yukon 22, Mackenzie District 12, the Arctic Islands 12 and SE Alaska 10. Early faunas of Western Canada can readily be matched with those of Australia but they are quite unlike those of Europe. DLC. 96416 JACKSON, G.D. Geology and mineral possibilities of the Mary River region, northern Baffin Island. (Canadian mining journal 1966. v.87, no.6, p.57-61, table, illus) Metamorphosed sedimentary and volcanic rocks occur over a wide area in the Mary River region, and may be extensions of rocks on the Melville Peninsula. The metamorphic grade is transitional between the hornblende homfels facies and the almandine amphibolite facies. The rocks include an iron formation, some of it high grade. Sulfide prospects have also been found. DGS. JACKSON, S.A., see No. 93869 96417 JACOBS, J.A. and C.S. WRIGHT. Geomagnetic micropulsation results from Byrd Station and Great Whale River. (Canadian journal of physics 1965. v.43, no.12, p.2099-2122, graphs, table, illus) 23 refs. A further preliminary report which describes data from observations 1963-64 at Great Whale River, Canada, and Byrd Station, Antarctica, called near-conjugate on the basis of calculations that placed the conjugate in Hudson Bay (55° 05'N. 78° 32 -W) 80 km WSW of Great Whale Station. The chief emphasis is on the time-agreement of the abrupt commencements of the numerous examples of Birkeland's "Polar Elementary Storms". Using selected night-time occasions when the change in H is so sudden that a reasonable accuracy in the timing of the micropulsations can be achieved, it is found that the time differences between the 520

two conjugate stations average ± 1 min, although there is clear evidence that the two stations are not conjugate at all times. The more abrupt changes in the magnetic field are associated with high-frequency "riders" of the DGS. order of 1 cps. 96418 JACOBS, J.A. Micropulsations of the earth's electromagnetic field in the frequency range 0.1-10 cps. (In: NATO. Advanced Study Inst. 1963. Natural electromagnetic phenomena below 30 kc/s, 1964, p. 319-45, graphs, tables, illus) 60 refs. Defines the symbolism and notations used by various investigators of geomagnetic micropulsations (fluctuation of the earth's electromagnetic field with approx 0.1 sec to 10 min periods), using data of Churchill, College, Great Whale River, Lovozero, Sodankylä, Tromso, and 17 other stations. Investigations of micropulsations with periods between 3 and 10 and between 0.1 and 3 sec are reviewed and discussed. Magnetic field and aurora 3914 micropulsations are cornpared. DLC. 96419 JACOBSEN, J.R. Laplandsvaerlingens (Calcarius lapponicus lapponicus (L.)) traek og overvintring i Nordvesteuropa. (Dansk omithologisk forening. Tidsskrift 1963. v.57, no.4, p.181-220, graphs, maps, tables, illus) Refs. In Danish. English summary. Title tr.: The migration and wintering of the Lapland bunting in northwestern Europe. Describes the occurrence of the Lapland bunting as a passage migrant and winter visitor in this area. It winters south of 50 to 55°N and returns northward to northern Norway, Finland and the USSR in the spring. DLC. JÄRVINEN, U., see No. 98668 96420 JAHN, A. Alaska. Warszawa, Panstwowe Wydawnictwo Naukowe 1966. 498 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. 119 refs. In Polish. Presents an informative account of Alaska based on own observations in 1960 and evaluation of a numerous literature. Geographic position, physiography, climate, permafrost, volcanoes and earthquakes, vegetation and wildlife are described. Exploration and colonization are outlined. The population, settlements and communication, Eskimos, Aleuts, and Indians are discussed. Economic problems are analyzed, agriculture, forestry, fisheries and the mining industry are dealt with. The economic-geographic regions are described, and prospects considered. DLC.

96421 JAHN, A. Some features of mass movement on Spitsbergen slopes. (Geografiska annaler. Ser. A, physical geography 1967. v.49, no.2-4, p.213-25, illus) 26 refs. Describes soil processes, particularly solifluction, rockfalls, and avalanches. Among the forms of debris slopes investigated, lobate solifluction terraces appear most typical. Two postglacial phases of solifluction processes are distinguished, and a reactivation has been noticed in recent years. Dynamic processes called slush avalanches occur on slopes that favor retention of water and snow masses. The genesis of one such avalanche, which destroyed the hospital at Longyearbyen in June 1963, is described in detail. CaMAI, DLC.

JAKOBSEN, H. and others Rapport om et faellesarbejde med Grønland. (Dansk paedagogisk tidsskrift 1967. 96422

v.15, no.4, p.170-80, illus.) Refs. In Danish.

Other authors: W. Bracher-Svendsen and 0. Dyhr. Title tr. Report on cooperative work on Greenland. Summarizes a group study project by pupils of Lykkebo school in Copenhagen: the week's program, the resulting exhibits on various phases of Greenland life, etc. DLC. 96423

JAMBOR, J.L. and R.R. POTRubidium-hearing dykes, Gods River area, Manitoba. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1967. 7 p. map, table, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 67-15) 5 refs. Pegmatite dikes which intrude dark grey,

TER.

fine-grained, porphyritic basic volcanic rocks at the northeast end of Red Cross Lake, Gods River area, Manitoba, contain purple mica which contains 3.08% Li20, 4.53% Rb20, and 1.0% Cs20. Whole rock chemical analyses of grab samples from a dike swarm average > 1.2% Li20 and 1.0% Rb20. Most of the lithium and rubidium are bound in muscovite, DGS. lepidolite, and amblygonite.

96424 JAMES, P.A. Geomorphology of the Rankin Inlet area. (Musk-ox 1967. no.2, p.72-76) Describes 1967 field work within 25 mi of Rankin Inlet to interpret landforms, examine features of periglacial origin and the extent of pedogenesis in various deposits, collect soil, sediment, and plant samples. CaMAI.

96425 JANSEN, G., and others. A spectacular clinical problem: pheochromocytoma. (Alaska medicine 1966. v.8, no.1, p.1-4, illus) 8 refs. Other authors: W. Jones and T. Shohl. Reports a classical case in a girl of 14, incl past history, physical and laboratory data,

diagnosis, and surgery (successful). Problems and techniques involved are discussed. CaMAI, DLC. JANSK$, L. and others. Ac96426 climation of the white rat to cold; noradrenaline thermogenesis. (Physiologia bohemoslovenica 1967. v.16, no.4, p.366-72, 17 refs. Russian summary. Other illus) authors: R. Barttnkovå and E. Zeisberger. 1-noradrenaline increases heat production in cold-acclimated rats in an inverse linear ratio to the acclimation temperature, with maximum metabolic response at -4°C. This correlation of the calorigenic effect of noradrenaline with degree of cold-acclimation permits the assumption that the amount of non-shivering thermogenesis can be deduced from the calorigenic effect of noradrenaline. Adaptation to cold develops most rapidly during the first week of exposure, then slows down, max values being reached after about three wk. Loss of adaptation develops at the same rate. Intermittent exposure will also result in cold adaptation; in rats the metabolic response rises proportionately to the number DNLM. of hours in cold. Settlement and 96427 JANSON, S. (In: Nordic Symposium hunting grounds.

1962 pub 1965, p.339-48, maps) Describes stone - iron age sites discovered since the 1940's along water courses in Norrland incl the Lule River area. Their hunting-camp character is distinct from the settled type of village found further south. The hunting and fishing culture of these migrants and their fur trade contacts with the settled population are sketched. Finds of imported objects in Lappish sacrificial sites DLC. are noted. 96428 JAPANESE MICROBIOLOGICAL Expedition to the Alaskan Arctic, Phycological report. Y. Kobayasi, 1965.

comp. (Tokyo. National Science Museum. Bulletin 1967. v.10, no.2, p.171-239, maps, tables, illus) Refs. Contains five papers on algae found on the northern slope of Alaska. Leader of the expedition, Y. Kobayasi, in the introduction briefly describes, with maps, Barrow, Umiat, Cape Thompson and Lake Peters areas from where algal samples were taken in Aug 1965. Number of samples, location, depth and temperature of water, pH, etc are given in tables. CHIHARA, M. Some marine algae collected at Cape Thompson of the Alaskan Arctic. Identifies species of one green, five brown, and eight red algae, collected on the beach at Cape Thompson, summer 1965. 521

Brief descriptive notes and some illustrations accompany the identifications. YAMAGISHI, T. Some Filamentous Chlorophyceae in the Alaskan Arctic. The filamentous green algae collected from lakes, ponds, pools, streams and swales, summer 1965, are identified as 22 species belonging to 12 genera, and members of seven other genera, too fragmentary for specific identification. KOBAYASI, Y. Coloured snow with Chiamydomonas nivalis in the Alaskan Arctic and Spitsbergen. Green snow was found to a depth of 1 cm near the lower border of firn, under a cliff at Cape Thompson, Alaska, Aug 1965. The Chlamydomonas nivalis component consisted of motile and non-motile vegetative cells. Brilliant red snow on glaciers and firn, and in mud on moraines near Ny-Ålesund, Vestspitsbergen, Aug 1966, was found to be pure resting cells of C nivalis. Previously it has been supposed that green snow was confined to shaded snow, as in a forest. It now appears that the zygocyst in red snow, upon germination, will produce motile and non-motile vegetative cells in half-melted snow. Red and green snow are alternate stages in the life of the same cryophyte. KOBAYASI, Y. Prasiola crispa and its allies in the Alaskan Arctic and Antarctica. A comparison of the alga Prasiola crispa from the Barrow Region, Alaska, and Ross Island, Antarctica, showed that the wall of the Hormidium-type is smooth in the one and asperate in the other form. However, no other characters were found to warrant a subspecific distinction between the two. Old penguin droppings appeared to be the only source of nitrogen for the Antarctic P. crispa, which was growing on lava rock. In Barrow village, the alga was growing on wet, dirty ground, mixed with walrus blood and other impurities, without bird droppings. In the tundra, it was found on a knoll with ground squirrel holes and bird droppings. The thallus of both Arctic and Antarctic P. crispa was weakly parasitized by a species of the mould Pullularia. MARUYAMA, K. Blue-green algae in the Alaskan Arctic. Presents a systematic list of 68 species of blue-green algae, belonging to 23 genera, collected from lakes, ponds, streams, and swales of the Barrow, Umiat, Cape Thompson, and Lake Peters regions, accompanied by tabulated data on their frequency, locality and habitat. This represents the first comprehensive record of cyanophyceans from the the Arctic Slope of Alaska. CaMAI, DLC. 96429 JAROSLOW, B.N. and D.E. SMITH. Antigen disappearance in ground squirrels in hibernation for 14, 28, and 56 522

days after injection. (Suomalainen Tiedeakatemia. Toimituksia. Annales. Ser. A. IV: Biologica 1964, no.71, Intl. Symposium... Hibernation 1962. Proceedings no.71/16, p.235-41, graphs) Refs. Antigen disappearance followed with radioactive tracer methods took place in three stages, as shown by demonstration of an equilibration phase, a non-immune disappearance and an antibody disappearance DLC. phase. 96430 JASPER, M.W. Geochemical investigations along highway and secondary roads in southcentral Alaska, 1965. Juneau 1966. 60 p. graphs, maps, tables. (Alaska. Division of Mines and Minerals. Geochemical report no.7) 6 refs. Reports analyses for Cu, Pb, Zn, Mo, and Ni in sediments of readily accessible streams from the headwaters of Little Susitna River south to the Seward area along the Palmer, Glenn, Hope, Sterling, and Seward-AnchorDGS. age highways. 96431 JASPER, M.W. Geochemical investigations along the Valdez to Chitina Highway in south-central Alaska, 1966. Juneau 1967. 30 p. graphs, maps, tables. (Alaska. Division of Mines and Minerals. Geochemical report no.15) Presents results of the 1966 stream sediment sampling program along 120 mi of this highway. The history of previous prospecting in the area is reviewed and data from 120 samples are tabulated. The location of the samples are shown on 10 sectional maps. No significant anomalies of economic interest DGS. were discovered. 96432 JASPER, M.W. Geochemical investigations of selected areas in southcentral Alaska, 1964. Juneau, Alaska 1965. 32 p. graphs, tables, maps. (Alaska. Division of Mines and Minerals. Geochemical report no. 4) Results of trace mineral analysis and panning of stream sediments in easily accessible areas north of Anchorage do not indicate any outstanding geochemical anomalies. In the Glenn highway area copper mineralization is known to occur on Sheep Mt and in watersheds of Moose Creek and Kings River; copper and gold mineralization is known to occur in the Tailceetna Mts; and in the Willow Creek gold quartz mining district appreciable molybdenite, chalcopyrite, and magnetite have been noted, and small occurrences of silver in gabbro and conglomerates near Lonesome Mine. Further investigation seems warranted in the Sheep Mt area and in the Willow Creek mining

district. Analyses and anomalies are tabulated and graphed. DGS. 96433 JASPER, M.W. Geochemical investigations Willow Creek southerly to Kenai Lake region, south central Alaska. Juneau 1967. 47 p. graphs, maps, tables. Refs. (Alaska. Division of Mines and Minerals. Geochemical report no.14) Reports results of the 1966 stream sediment sampling program in this area, which includes streams near Palmer, and along the Palmer, Seward and Sterling highways. Locations of the 219 samples are shown on sectional maps. Concentration frequency graphs are presented for copper, lead, zinc, molybdenum and nickel. Some moderate anomalies of all except nickel are noted. DGS. 96434 JAYARAM, R. and G.Y. CHIN. Analytical study of the D-region response to solar flares monitored by Arid satellite UK-1. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.7, p.1889-99, graphs) 40 refs. Analyzes the D-region response to X-ray solar flare, determining the ionization and absorption characteristics of the region. The formalism improvised and developed for the study was utilized to study the effects of solar flare X-ray spectra monitored by Ariel satellite during Apr-May 1962. Measured and computed values of electron number density, and excess absorption are compared for several locations, including Longyearbyen and Kjeller, and show satisfactory agreement. DLC. 96435 JEFFRIES, F. and R.A. MENELEY. Geological significance of sonic logs in the Boundary Lake Field. (Journal of Canadian petroleum technology 1964. v.3, no.3, p.136-40, graphs, map, illus) 2 refs. The Boundary Lake oil field lies north of the Peace River, British Columbia, on its boundary with Alberta. Oil is produced from a carbonate bed, 0-40 ft thick, the Boundary member of the Triassic Charlie formation. Two rock types in this formation, distinguished by a comparison of lithologic description with core analysis and sonic log transit times, can be correlated between wells and traced areally by their distinctive signature on sonic logs. When the depths of these marker beds are fed into an electronic computer along with digitized sonic log it is possible to compute many of the reservoir parameters for subdivisions of the Boundary member. A detailed description of the reservoir can thus be developed. DLC.

96436 JEHL, J.R., Jr. and D.J.T. RUSSELL. Effects of weather on reproductive success of birds at Churchill, Manitoba. (Arctic 1966. v.19, no.2, p.185-91, tables) 12 refs. French and Russian summary. Describes the effect of a severe wind and cold rain storm, 8 Jul 1965, on passerine bird nestlings in this area. Mortality from exposure was high: there was little evidence of starvation. The weather did not affect nests with eggs only. Non-passerine species appeared largely unaffected by the storm. The altricial condition of passerine young may account for the paucity of arctic passerine species. CaMAI, DLC. 96437 JEHL, J.R. Jr. and D.J.T. RUSSELL. Incubation periods of some subarctic birds. (Canadian field-naturalist 1966. v. 80, no. 3, p. 179-80) 1964-65 field studies in the Churchill region yielded data on 15 species, incl at least six for which the incubation period had not been previously reported, and several others for which data were sparse and imprecise. CaMAI, DGS. 96438 JELETZKY, J.A. Jurassic and (?) Triassic rocks of the eastern slope of Richardson Mountains, northwestern District of Mackenzie. Ottawa 1967. 171 p. map, tables, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 66-50) 19 refs. Jurassic shallow-water sandstones and siltstones gradually become replaced laterally by neritic to (?) non-marine sandstones, grits, and conglomerates toward the south. Westward the shallow-water fades are replaced by deep-water ones, predominantly pure shales and various siltstones. Marine Jurassic rocks appear to be absent south of the Vittrekwa River basin. The lower Jurassic north of this basin is named Bug Creek Formation; the upper part, Husky Formation, includes also basal Cretaceous rocks. The Bug Creek F. presumably wedges out south of Teeweechee Mt and Stony Creek; the Husky F. is laterally replaced by predominantly coarse elastics named North Branch Formation. Triassic (?) rocks appeared only in the Rat River Gorge and adjacent parts of Aklavik Range. Their upper part is referred to as Coaly shale division, their lower part is named Brat Creek Formation. Descriptions of measured sections are appended, p 69-171. DGS. 96439 JELETZKY, J.A. Upper Volgian, latest Jurassic ammonites and buchias of arctic Canada. Ottawa 1966. 51 p. tables, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Bulletin no. 128) 53 refs. Describes, with illus and text figures, a sequence of ammonite and Buchia faunas 523

recently established in the Canadian Arctic. Nine species, incl at least three presumed new, are described and their complex and in some cases indeterminate relationships to similar species in other areas, particularly the Volga basin of the USSR, are considered. All specimens are referred to the latest Jurassic (Volgian) and the sequence has a practical application in the stratigraphy of this period in boreal regions. In particular, the study confirms the existence of a marine connection between the Upper Volgian basin of the USSR and the Upper Tithonian basin of California via the arctic regions. CaMAI, DGS. 96440 JELLY, D., and N. BRICE. Changes in Van Allen radiation associated with polar substorms. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v. 72, no. 23, p. 5919-31, tables, graphs, map) 12 refs. Considers whether there is any temporal variation of the morning particle flux at one location corresponding to the modulation of the nighttime corpuscular precipitation, that is to the geomagnetic substorms at another location. Two separate analyses are made: one using particle data (electrons of energy Z 40 Key) which the Alouette 1 satellite obtained by detecting trapped electrons, and the other using the data from standard magnetograms recorded during geomagnetic storms at College, Ft Churchill, Cape Jones, Kiruna, and Tiksi Bay stations, and observing radio-wave absorption events with well-defined onsets, appearing on 30-Mc/c riometers, to identify nighttime substorms. Riometers from other locations provide data on the coincident morning absorption, interpreted as an indication of the precipitating electrons. DLC. JENKINS, J.E., see No. 95042 96441 JENNESS, D. Eskimo administration: IV, Greenland. Montreal 1967. 176 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. (Arctic Institute of North America. Technical paper no. 19) A major study of the administrative and economic history of Greenland from the founding of the mission of Hans Egede near Godthåb in 1721 to 1964. The struggle by the Danes for establishment of sovereignty and the impact of evangelical Christian minions during the 18th c are described. The educational influence of the missions is also evaluated. The Royal Greenland Trade and other economic activities of the Danes in the early 19th c are discussed and the administrative problems of this period are reviewed. The bureaucratization of the administration in the late 19th c is described, 524

and the economic revolution from sealing to cod fishing in the early 20th c is documented. Political evolution during the period to 1939 is outlined, incl the 1912 Act which made one official responsible for trade, welfare, education and religion, and subsequent efforts to separate administration and trade. The effects of social welfare provisions and the dislocations of World War II are assessed. The administrative and judicial implications of the incorporation of Greenland as a province of Denmark in 1953 are discussed. The economic and social conditions of Greenland from the union to 1964, and the current 10 yr plan, are considered; a final section deals with the great problems posed by an annual population growth rate of 4% coupled with a dwindling resource base. Useful statistical tables on finance, trade, crime, and population are included. CaMAI. 96442 JENSEN, B.B. Alaska's preKlondike mining: the men, the methods, and the minerals. (Journal of the West 1967. v. 6, no. 3, p. 417-32) Refs. Describes exploitation of the mineral wealth of Alaska during the 19th c. Early Russian mining attempts are mentioned, but emphasis is on the activities at Juneau, Sitka and in the Yukon valley. The author stresses that most pre-Klondike miners came from California and other pioneer mining areas in the US West. The lack of legal status for mining claims prior to 1884 is emphasized. The role of Chinese mine workers is discussed and some aspects of the miners' life in the harsh climatic environment are described. DLC. 96443 JENSEN, C.P. Greenland on the move. (Danish Foreign Office journal 1967, no. 58, p. 24-29, illus) A review by the Danish Minister for Greenland of the social, economic and political development since 1950. The high rate of population increase is noted (4%/yr) and its effects assessed. The 5-yr plan for 1966-70 is outlined, and developments in fishing, education, and housing summarized. Some budgetary estimates for expected development are given. CaMAI. JENSEN, J.M., see No. 98441 96444 JESEN, K.W. Utvikling og regulering av fiskerier. (Naturen 1964. v. 88, no. 6, p. 323-43, graphs) In Norwegian. Title f.: Development and regulation of fisheries. Discusses means of analyzing the fishing industry statistics and problems. From data of the recent decline in catch of many species, a balance between total weight and costs can be

determined that would reflect healthy maintenance of the optimum catch and operation from year to year. In addition to the biological and economic factors, ocean fishing has political and social problems, such as control of fresh waters to which fish return to spawn, international agreements on mesh size of nets and area rights, improvement and use of technically advanced equipment, cooperation to prevent depletion of stock, etc. Alaskan salmon fisheries are used to display graphically the ills that beset the industry. DGS. 96445 JENSEN, O.G. and others. Analysis of Canadian Long Shot data. (Earth and planetary science letters 1966. v. 1, no. 4, p. 211-21. tables, graphs, map) 6 refs. Other authors: R.M. Ellis and R.D. Russell. Analyzes the Project Long Shot nuclear explosion data received by 24 stations in the Canadian seismic network and five temporary stations operated by the Arctic Institute of North America. At all stations the P phase arrived earlier than predicted with the largest residuals at the most distant sites. A comparison earthquake in the Rat Islands area indicates a similar bias trend. In 1965 the US detonated an 80 kiloton nuclear device on Amchitka Island to provide data to distinguish explosions from earthquakes at a depth of 2303 ft. DGS. 96446 JENSEN, O.C. An analysis of Longshot data for the Canadian seismic stations. Washington, DC 1966. 53 p. graphs, map, tables. (Arctic Institute of North America. Research paper no. 37) 11 refs. Presents a pilot analysis of the nuclear explosion data received by 29 stations, which include Alert, Mould Bay, Resolute, Coppermine, Frobisher Bay, Baker Lake, Yellowknife, Fort St James, Flinflon, Schefferville and Great Whale. The analysis indicates a consistent compressional first arrival as expected from an impulsive explosion source. Significant travel time discrepancies are observed in the commencement of the P arrival, up to six seconds early at all stations with the largest residuals at the most distant sites. A similar bias trend was indicated by an earthquake in the Rat Islands, Alaska. The causes of the variations of magnitudes and the anomalously low amplitudes remain unexplained. There are both common and individual characteristics among the ground amplitude spectra of the stations; they have not been correlated to the explosion source mechanism or to geological structure although some causative suggestions have been made. CaMAI.

JENSEN, O.G., see also No. 94707 96447 JENSSEN, O.0 Fors4kfiske efter blåkveite utenfor Lofoten of Helgeland. (Fiskets gang 1965. v. 51, no. 39, p. 584-85, table) In Norwegian. Title Ir.: Trial fishing for Greenland halibut off Lofoten and Helgeland. Summarizes results of a 3-week cruise to locate reserves for the industry, particularly bank fishing. Greenland halibut made up one third and cusk and ling two-thirds of the DI. catch. 96448 JENSSEN, O.C. Rapport om forsøk og veiledningstjeneste i Senjaområdet, Svendsgrunnen og Malangsgrunnen, Vesterålsfeltene og yttersiden av Lofoten. (Fiskets gang 1965. v. 51, no. 25, p. 361-64, tables) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Report of research and guidance service in the Senja area, Svend Bank and Malang Bank, the Vesterål fields and the area beyond the Lofotens. Reports on the work of two cruise vessels during Jan-Mar 1965, locating cod and herring. Despite poor weather the fishing was profitable. Vessels under 70 ft long are adapted to near-shore fishing only because of weather. Where the fish occurrence is restricted in area, there can be too many vessels especially for the larger vessels' best use of their numbers of nets. In some areas smaller ships could fish profitably if there were tracer DI. vessels to locate the fish. JESPERSEN, C.S., see No. 99644 96449 JESPERSEN, M. and others. Electron and ion density observations in the D-region during auroral absorption. (Planetary and space science 1964. v. 12, no. 6, p. 7 refs. Russian 543-51, tables, graphs) summary. Other authors: O. Petersen, J. Rybner, B. Bjelland, O. Holt, B. Landmark and J.A. Kane. Reports measurement of electron density and collision frequency distributions in the D-region of the ionosphere, from the Ferdinand I, II, and III rockets launched in 1962 from Tromsø. A multifrequency propagation experiment making use of ground-based transmissions, and reception in the rocket was used. In one of the rocket-payloads a d.c. probe was included, and the results of these observations are presented. All three rockets were fired under conditions of auroral-type absorption. DLC. 96450 JESPERSEN, M. and others. Electron density and collison frequency ob(In: servations in the arctic D-region. NATO Advanced Study Institute, 3rd. Electron density profiles... 1966. p. 27-30, illus) 525

2 refs. Other authors: A. Haug and B. Landmark. Reports observations with five Ferdinand research rockets, the first of which was launched into the ionosphere from Anddya on 18 Aug 1962. The results obtained from collision frequency observation are presented graphically, showing a seasonal variation, the summer values being about double the winter values. The diagram of electron density results from observations during auroral absorption events shows comparative values of the density recorded by Ferdinand IV rocket and those obtained by riometer absorption technique at 27.6 Ms/s frequency. The conclusion deduced from the experiments indicates that the spectrum of the primary particles must be fairly soft to produce the observed radio-wave absorption. DLC. 96450A JESPERSEN, M. and others. Electron density and collision frequency observations in the lower D-region during auroral absorption. (In: NATO Advanced Study Institute 1963. Proceedings 1964. p. 22-35, graphs, table, Mus) 4 refs. Reports on measurements from Nike-Cajun rocket firings from And4ya on 18 Aug, 11 Dec., and 14 Dec 1962, during conditions with auroral type absorption of radio waves. A differential absorption and an inverse Seddon experiment were carried out simultaneously, based on reception in the rocket of radio signals transmitted from the ground station. The results of collision frequency in the lower D•region of the ionosphere, and of electron density profiles there are compared with previous results from cross modulation and partial reflection on observation data. DLC. 96451 JESPERSEN, M. and B. LANDMARK. Electron density observations during auroral absorption related to radio wave communication problems. (In: NATO Inst. on Ionospheric Radio Communications in the Arctic. Proceedings 1967 pub 1968. p. 73-80, graphs) Ref. Electron density and collision frequency observations are discussed and presented graphically from data obtained by the rocket Ferdinand VII launched on 15 Mar 1964, when the riometer absorption was 1.2 db at 27.6 MHz. Radio-wave propagation experiments were performed with emphasis on communication in high latitudes. The layer of the ionosphere at 85-100 km alt looks like a low sporadic E- rather than Delayer. Hence in many cases of auroral absorption it was possible to communicate over paths of the order of 1000 km at a frequency around 20 MHz. This possiblity may be utilized for 526

radio communication between Greenland and Denmark, Norway and Spitsbergen. DLC. JESSEN, C., see No. 98065, 98066 96452 JEWELL, P.A. and E.A. SMITH. (Journal of Immobilization of grey seals. wildlife management 1965. v. 29, no. 2, p. 316-18) Describes a method for immobilizing these seals with the Cap-Chur gun. Results were erratic because the needle did not always reach the muscle through the thickness of subcutaneous fat and the drugs used were not DLC. quick acting. 96453 JIUSTO, J.E. and R.R. ROGGreenland whiteout experiments: ERS. summer 1960. Buffalo, N.Y. 1960. 43 p. (Cornell Aeronautical Lab. Inc. Summary report RM-1430-P-2. Contract DA-11190-eng. 100) A two-month experimental program was conducted in Greenland to determine the extent to which arctic whiteouts and low clouds could be modified using cloud dissipation techniques. Seven seeding agents, applicable to supercooled or warmer-thanfreezing clouds, were tried employing aircraft, tethered blimp, and rocket delivery modes. Successful dissipation of supercooled clouds was achieved with dry ice. Seeding materials that were ineffective in dissipating the supercooled clouds or warmer-than-freezing clouds encountered were liquid carbon dioxide, Greenland soil particles, silver iodide, carbon black, calcium chloride, and sodium chloride. Cloud hydrometeor and atmospheric nuclei measurements were made in relation to the modification tests. Specialized seeding equipment for specific arctic operations are DLC. recommended. JOBERT, G., see No. 94076 JOBERT, N., see No. 94076 JOBIN, M., see No. 93549 JOCHELSON, V.I., see No. 97461 96454 JOCHIMSEN, M. Ist die Grösse des Flechtenthallus wirklich ein brauchbarer Masstab zur Datierung von glazialmorpho(Geografiska annaler. logischen Relikten. Ser. A, physical geography 1966. v. 48, no. 3, 15 refs. In Gerp. 157-64, map, tables.) man. Title tr.: Is the growth of lichens really a reliable measure for the dating of glaciomorphological relicts? Discusses Beschel's lichenometric method (cf No 49703) for the dating of features exposed by retreat of glaciers from general

theoretical considerations and from his own observations on lichen growth. Lichenometry as commonly used is found to be unreliable because ecological factors related to the plant's growth and to the structure of the plant itself are as yet not sufficiently understood. CaMAI, DLC. JORGENSEN, O., see No. 94145 96455 Reinrose. JORGENSEN,. R. Årb 1967. p. (Norske turistforening. ok 104-105, illus) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Dryas octopetala. Describes the white flowering dwarf shrub, Dryas octopetala, often confused with the buttercup Ranunculus glacialis. It grows on heaths throughout the Norwegian upland in DLC. lime-rich slaty rock areas. 96456 JORGENSEN, T.S. Morphology of VLF hiss zones and their correlation with (Journal of particle precipitation events. geophysical research 1966. v. 7], no. 5, p. 1367-75, graphs, tables) Refs. Reports observations of wide-band radio hiss (sometimes called auroral hiss) in the frequency range 4-9 Kc/s made at 13 hiss stations in both hemispheres, incl Qanaq, Nord, Godhavn, Narssarssuaq, and Tromsø stations. The purpose of the study, based almost exclusively on measurements by the hiss recorder, is to utilize own and others' observations in an attempt toward defining the regions of the earth in which the hiss occurs. With the location of such hiss zones established, the nature of the particle streams in the exosphere and ionosphere associated with the radio-hiss can be identified. Observation data on the hiss observed in 1958-65 are presented in a table. The ground-based measurement data on the hiss, and Alouette satellite observations of high intensity electron fluxes at 1,000 km altitude CaMAI, DLC. are discussed. 96457 JORGENSEN, T.S. and E. UNGSTRUP. Rocket measurements of electron density profiles in the lower iono(In: sphere by the VLF Doppler method. NATO Advanced Study Institute, 3rd. Electron density profiles... 1966. p. 101-107, graphs, illus) 7 refs. Presents the theory of this method by observation of the Doppler shift on a very low frequency radio signal propagating from the ground up through the ionosphere. The method is particularly discussed with respect to measurements in the disturbed ionospheric D region. Three models of electron density profiles and collision frequency based on profiles measured from Andøya with the

rockets Ferdinand I, II and VIII are presented DLC. in a diagram. 96458 JÖRSTAD, I. and H.B. GJAERUM. Additional Norwegian finds of (Nytt Uredinales and Ustilaginales II. magasin for botanikk 1966. v. 13, p. 25-38, maps) Refs. Records horizontal and vertical distribution of these rusts and smuts incl their hosts. Some 90 forms are noted, with three new to Norway. A high percentage of these fungi are also found in arctic Norway. DLC. 96459 JÖRSTAD, I. Parasitic fungi on the segregates of A/chemilla vulgaris in Norway. (Nytt magasin for botanikk 1965. v. 12, p. 135-44, table) Refs. Records five species of parasitic fungi of the Alchemilla vulgaris group and their hosts, locations and frequency. All are found in the DLC. far north of Norway. 96460 JÖRSTAD, I. and H.B. GJAERUM. Recent Norwegian finds of Uredinales and Ustilaginales. (Nytt magasin for botanikk 1965. v. 12, p. 55-77, maps) Records 125 rusts and smuts and their hosts, incl two Uredinales and one Ustilaginal new to Norway. In geographic distribution nearly all reach the Arctic Circle and beyond it. The present paper is a supplement to previous ones published by the senior author (cf No 79758, 88240, 88241). The account is based on material collected in 1962 and DLC. 1963. JOHANNESSEN, 0.M., see No. 96691 96461 JOHANSEN, K. and others. Autonomic nervous influence on the heart of the hypothermic hibernator. (Suomalainen Tiedeakatemia. Toimituksia. Annales. Ser. A. IV: Biologica 1964, no. 71, Intl. Symposium... Hibernation 1962. Proceedings no. 71/17, p. Refs. Other authors: J. 243-55, graphs) Krog and O. Reite. Autonomic nervous communication may persist in animals cooled to 5-7°C. During rewarming from hypothermia, the heart is geared to a maximal rate and effort making it irresponsive to inhibitory vagal stimulus. DLC. 96462 JOHANSEN, O.E. and A. OMA study of pulsating aurora. HOLT. (Planetary and space science 1966. v. 14, no. 2, p. 207-215, graphs, table) 8 refs. Russian summary. Reports the phenomenological studies of pulsating aurora observed at Tromsø during the 1964/65 winter. Analysis of the power spectrum shows that the pulsations fall into 527

three groups according to frequency composition. The time distribution of the pulsations is given. Early in the night, the frequencies > 0.25 sect predominate, as do lower frequencies in the morning hours. The hypothesis that auroral luminosity pulsations are caused by semi-trapped electrons seems inconsistent with the records of the two types of aurora observed. DLC. 96463 JOHANSEN, O.E. Variations in energy spectrum of auroral electrons detected by simultaneous observation with photometer and riometer. (Planetary and space science 1965. v. 13, no. 3, p. 225-35, graphs) 18 refs. Russian summary. Shows that simultaneous measurement of auroral luminosity in the E ionospheric region, and cosmic radio noise in the D region with photometer and riometer respectively can produce information about the energy spectrum of precipitating electrons, the predominant cause of the most commonly occurring types of aurora. Observations at Tromso during the 1961/62, 1962/63 and 1963/64 winters recorded the zenith intensity of the [01 1.5577A ] spectral line, and the cosmic radio noise absorption of 27.6 Mc/sec frequency. With this method nothing can be said of the precise spectral shape, nor can the method be used in cases of auroras excited wholly or partially by protons. On average the observations show a clear diurnal variation of the energy spectrum between 20 and 01 MET, reaching max hardness between 22 and 23 MET. An unexpected high and variable light intensity corresponding to zero riometer absorption may result from very weak auroral light background, or that produced by energetic electrons at higher altitudes. This absorption would be included in the riometer quiet-day curve, and not detected by conventional techniques. DLC. 96464 JOHANSSON, N. Ice problems relating to dam gates. (International Assoc. for Hydraulic Research. 8th congress, Montreal 1959. Proceedings, v. 3, 27-SI, 4 p. illus.) Segment rather than wheel gates are mainly used in dam spillways by the Swedish State Power Board. With oblique angular placed pivot arms, which are connected to the gate body at a safe distance from the pier walls, the sealing lists are the only direct contact between gate and concrete structures in the section where ice can form. Lateral gate sealing lists and splash protection, sealing lists in the concrete, and sill beams are heated by charging them with low-voltage AC. Ice-free conditions in front of the gates are maintained by air blown into the water just upstream of the spillway. Heat in cooling 528

water from transformers and generators, or when unavailable, the warmer, still bottom water in lakes is also used to prevent the formation of ice. DLC. 96465 JOHNSON, A.M. James Bay artist William Richards. (Beaver 1967. v. 298, no. 1, p. 4-10, illus) Reviews the ancestry, life and work of this native-born artist employed by Hudson's Bay Co at Moose Factory 1803-11. Four of his water colors are reproduced, one as color cover. CaMAI, DLC. 96466 JOHNSON, A.W. and J.G. PACKER. Distribution, ecology and cytology of the Ogotoruk Creek flora and the history of Beringia. (In: Hopkins, D.M. ed, Bering land bridge... 1967. p. 245-65, maps, tables) Refs. Reports the geographic and ecological distribution of species in the angiospermous flora of the Ogotoruk Creek - Cape Thompson area of northwest Alaska. Analysis of this flora suggests that it consists of four major geographic elements: oceanic, montane, arctic and boreal. All of the available data show that the Bering Strait has not been an effective barrier to arctic tundra plant dispersal. Plant ecology of the western Arctic, supplemented by the physical data may be used to reconstruct the Quaternary Bering Land surface as a flat-to-slightly undulating tundra plain whose primary plant constituents were lowland species such as cottongrass, sedges, grasses, and moisture-tolerant herbs and low shrubs. CaMAI, DLC. 96467 JOHNSON, A.W. and others. Polyploidy, distribution, and environment. (In: Intl. Assoc. for Quatemary Research, Congress 1965. Quaternary of the US... 1965. p. 497-507, graph, table) Refs. Other authors: J.G. Packer and G. Reese. A cytogeographic study of the distribution of polyploidy as an indicator of climatic and glaciological change in the Arctic. The highest polyploid frequencies known are from artic floras, and the selective advantage of polyploid species in the post-glacial evolution of northern flora is postulated. Work by the author and Packer (No 88255) on the relationship of polyploidy to environmental gradients in the Cape Thompson area, Alaska is reviewed. Relationships between polyploids and other plants in glacial refugia are also DGS. discussed. 96468 JOHNSON, D.G. The effect of cold exposure on the catecholamine excretion (Acta of rats treated with decaborane. physiologica scandinavica 1966. v. 68, no. 2, p. 129-33, table, illus) 20 refs.

Rats treated with decaborane showed sharp reduction in the noradrenaline content of heart, liver and spleen but no significant fall in adrenal catecholamines; these animals excreted less noradrenaline but more adrenaline than control rats. The reaction of the rats to exposure at 3°C indicates that survival of cold-exposed animals is related to liberation of noradrenaline, with adrenaline release as a secondary defense mechanism against cold. Decaborane appears to curtail supply of noradrenaline. DNLM. 96469 JOHNSON, F. Radiocarbon dating and archeology in North America. (Science, 13 Jan 1967, v. 155, p. 165-69) Refs. Reports that radiocarbon dating has been unsuccessful in the Arctic and Subarctic. Archeologic sequence of Eskimo complexes from Denbigh, through Punuk, to modern Eskimo are now firmly established, but the first published dates on Eskimo levels, using solid carbon, were unsatisfactory. Dates produced by use of gas and proportional counting may be more accurate; reasons for the failure to produce an unequivocal chronology remain obscure. This is a revision of the paper, The impact of radiocarbon on archaeology, read before the 6th International Conference on Radiocarbon and Tritium Dating, Washington State University, June 1965. DGS. 96470 JOHNSON, G.E. and others. Cold exposure: pharmacologic investigation of the compensatory mechanisms in the maintenance of normothermia. (Federation proceedings 1966. v. 25, no. 4, p. 1216-19) Other authors: E. Schonbaum and E.A. Sellers. The experiments represent two attempts to inhibit, via different mechanisms, the synthesis of norepinephrine. Each was partly successful but neither diminished the ability of the rat to withstand a 4°C environment. The results demonstrate the adaptability of the cold-stressed albino rat. When faced with experimentally induced situations that limit normal thermogenic mechanisms, the animal quickly develops or expands alternate pathways to maintain heat production and body temperature. Inhibition of dopa decarboxylase by R04-4602 resulted in a decreased excretion of norepinephrine at 4°C. In response to the diminished norepinephrine levels higher concentrations of epinephrine were released, presumably from the adrenals, and heat production maintained. The importance of this 'secondary' mechanism was demonstrated by the failure of the adrenalectomized rats administered corticoids plus R04-4602 to survive in the cold environment. Control adrenalectomized rats treated only

with corticoids showed no mortality during the three days' exposure to 4°C. An interesting aspect was the resistance developed to the dopa decarboxylase inhibitor as a result of prolonged cold. DLC. 96471 JOHNSON, G.E. and others. The influence of methimazole on the catecholamine excretion of cold-stressed rats. (Canadian journal of physiology and pharmacology 1967. v. 45, no. 3, p. 415-21, table, illus) 19 refs. French summary. Other authors: K.V. Flattery and E. Schönbaum. Cold-acclimated rats were rendered hypothyroid by the antithyroid drug, methimazole to study the influence of thyroid activity on the secretion of catacholamines and the maintenance of metabolic rate and body temperature. In rats kept at 4°C, the excretion of free adrenaline and noradrenaline doubled, with evidence of increased catecholamine secretion. On the third week, body temperature and metabolic rate dropped. This decrease in non-shivering thermogenesis in spite of increased noradrenaline secretion confirms the need for adequate thyroid secretion for maintenance of normothermia in cold. DLC. 96472 JOHNSON, G.L. and B.C. HEEZEN. The Arctic Mid-Oceanic Ridge. (Nature 1967. v. 215, no. 5102. p. 724-25, illus) 16 refs. This extension of the 40,000-mile-long Mid-Oceanic Ridge into the Greenland Sea and Arctic Ocean lies midway between the Lomonosov Ridge and the Eurasian continental margin. Its existence had been hypothesized on the basis of a well defined pattern of earthquake epicenters and a few spot soundings; its topographic form was revealed by the records obtained from the nuclear submarines Nautilus and Skate in their pioneer crossings. The Ridge is flanked by abyssal plains; it ends abruptly in the continental margin of Greenland and is a relatively subdued feature off the Laptev and Kara Seas. Magnetic anomalies have very small amplitudes as compared with the Mid-Atlantic Ridge. Crustal growth along the present Arctic Mid-Oceanic Ridge has gradually separated the Lomonosov Ridge from the Eurasian continent. CaMAI, DLC. 96473 JOHNSON, J.A. Developments in the Swedish iron ore industry. (Geography 1967. v. 52, pt. 4, no. 237, p. 420-22, illus) Reports briefly on the replanning and modernization of the Kiruna and Gällivare iron mines and associated towns in Swedish Lapland. Rising production (50% 1960-66) has stimulated expenditures on planned com529

munities, and new operations at Svappavaara are mentioned with an electrified rail link now completed. Increasing adoption in Europe of the Linz-Donawitz steel process may make these arctic mines uneconomic, thus posing an element of uncertainty in their long-term future development. DLC. 96474 JOHNSON, J.G. and J.A. TALENT. Cortezorthinae, a new subfamily of Siluro-Devonian dalmanellid brachiopods. (Palaeontology 1967. v. 10, pt. 1, p. 142-70, table, illus) 49 refs. The new subfamily of brachiopods is set up for the Siegenian-Eifelian septate dalmanellid Cortezorthis n gen, its ancestor, Protocortezorthis n gen and their derivatives Reeftonia and Cariniferella. New species of Cortezorthis, C maclareni and C bathurstensis are described from southwestern Ellesmere and Bathurst Islands, respectively. DGS. 96475 JOHNSON, L. Great Bear Lake. (Canadian geographical journal 1966. v. 73, no. 2, p. 58-67, map, illus) Ecological study based on 1963-65 investigations by the Arctic Biological Station of the Fisheries Research Board into environmental conditions within the lake amplifying a 1945 survey, No 2777, to assess commercial fishing possibilities. Great Bear Lake, unique in size and virgin condition, represents an early stage in the history of North American lakes. Production of all species is at such a low level that even angling may reduce availability of fish. If the trout population is to be maintained, fishing the younger, particularly the 20-30 yr age groups must be restrained. Hence exploitation creates problems: any interference by man will accelerate the rate of change and affect the total economy of the lake. CaMAI, DLC. 96476 JOHNSON, L. Temperature of maximum density of fresh water and its effect on circulation in Great Bear Lake. (Canada. Fisheries Research Board. Journal 1966. v. 23, no. 7, p. 963-73, graphs, map, tables) Refs. Summer circulation in most years of observation did not extend below 225 m; in cold years it extended to the bottom (450 in). In winter the lower half of the lake is isothermal at the temp of max stability (3.53°C). The findings are explained by and generally agree with, theoretical considerations. DLC. JOHNSON, L., see also No. 94360 96477 JOHNSON, M.W. On zooplankton of some arctic coastal lagoons of northwestern Alaska, with description of a new 530

species of Eurytemora. (Pacific science 1961. v. 15, no. 3, p. 311-23, tables, graphs, map, illus) 20 refs. Describes a survey of lagoons along the Alaskan coast of the Chukchi Sea. The morphology of the lagoons is outlined and the composition of the fauna is tabulated. Detailed taxonomic notes are presented and certain features of the habitat, particularly salinity, are discussed in relation to distribution of forms. DLC. 96478 JOHNSON, O.W. Quantitative features of spermatogenesis in the mallard (Arras platyrhynchos). (Auk 1966. v. 83, no. 2, p. 233-39, graphs, tables) Refs. Using the Chalkley technique, the organizational changes of the mallard seminiferous epithelium are determined and related to the major phases of the annual cycle. With adequate information it would be possible to ignore the spermatogenic-stage approach and represent the testis cycle as a continuum. DLC. 96479 JOHNSON, P.L. and T.C. VOGEL. Vegetation of the Yukon Flats region, Alaska. Hanover, N.H. 1966. 51 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Research report 209) Refs. Reports a 1963-65 study of the vegetation and ecology of this region by aerial photography and selected ground data from 43 sample sites. The method of sample analysis is explained and the results tabulated and discussed. The volumes of standing crop and tree profiles for various species and sites are given. Mosaics of various imagery (panchromatic, radar, thermal) and transects are analyzed. Details of Riparian and bog succession are discussed. At present the forests of this region are of little economic value, but this may change with rapidly expanding need for wood pulp, fiber and chips. Three kinds of vegetation type maps are presented and appendices list trees by species and soil sample data. CaMAI, DLC. JOHNSON, P.L., see also No. 94242, 97538, 101140 JOHNSON, P.R., see No. 99005 JOHNSON, R.D., see No. 98398 JOHNSON, R.G., see No. 95173 96480 JOHNSON, R.H. and J.M.K. SPALDING. The role of a central temperature receptor in shivering in man. (Journal of physiology 1966. v. 184, no. 3, p. 733-40, graphs) 14 refs.

Study of five subjects with spinal cord transection and one with a head injury. All had core temperature artificially lowered, but the normally innervated skin was kept warm. Shivering and/or increased metabolism appeared when the central temperature was 37-34.9°C, which indicates the presence of a central thermal receptor. DLC.

the Mackenzie Delta, about 5 mi northeast of Inuvik, revealed the effect of even a small water body on the occurrence of permafrost. A deep thawed zone occurs below the lake, where permafrost may be completely absent. A thermal effect, although not thawing, extends for some distance beyond the edge of DLC. the lake.

96481 JOHNSON, R.H. Routine location of T-phase sources in the Pacific. (Seismological Society of America. Bulletin 1966. v. 56, no. 1, p. 109-118, map, illus) 12 refs. In the expectation that use of the T-phase in seismic source location might significantly improve the detection of earthquakes for the Pacific and its borders, a program for routine location of T-phase sources in the Pacific has been developed. This program is described. Early results for the rms difference between T-phase source locations and corresponding earthquake epicenters were 0.6° in the AleuDGS. tians and 1.1° in the Kuril Islands.

JOHNSTON, G.H., see also No. 97440

JOHNSON, R.H., see also No. 94650 96482 JOHNSON, T.L. and G.M.R. WINKLER. Experimental results of VLF dipole tests on the Greenland ice cap. (Radio science 1966. n.s. v. 1, no. 8, p. 1003-1010, graphs, map, table illus) 6 refs. The results of measurements on long resonant dipoles installed on the Greenland ice cap show significant differences from previously reported model data. Dipole driving point resistance at resonance was higher than expected, and there was a basic correlation of resonant length and driving point resistance with the dielectric properties of the ice. The efficiency of insulated dipoles was significantly greater than that of uninsulated DLC. dipoles of equivalent length. 96483 JOHNSTON, E.N.M. and others. Prognosis in Raynaud's phenomenon after (British medical journal, sympathectomy. Apr. 10, 1965, no. 5440, p. 962-64, tables) 15 refs. Other authors: R. Summerly and M. Birnstingl. Reports follow up of 75 cases, 43 of them due to cold (primary), made 3-24 yr after operation. Results were second best in confirmed primary Raynaud's phenomenon DNLM. (58% success). 96484 JOHNSTON, G.H. and R.J.E. BROWN. Occurrence of permafrost at an arctic lake. (Nature 1966. v. 211, no. 5052, p. 952-53, illus) 3 refs. Borings made in and up to 45 ft distance from a small lake located on the edge of the upland which forms the eastern boundary of

JOHNSTON, N., see No. 100893 96485 JOHNSTON, P.V. and B.I. ROOTS. Brain lipid fatty acids and tem(Comparative bioperature acclimation. chemistry and physiology 1964. v. 11, no. 3, p.303-309, tables) 15 refs. Reports experiments with goldfish acclimated to 5 to 30°C. The total amount of brain lipids and the degree of unsaturation of fatty acids increased with the decreasing temperature. The degree in which the fatty DNLM. acids are affected is detailed. 96486 JOINT SATELLITE STUDIES GROUP. A synoptic study of scintillations of ionospheric origin in satellite signals. (Planetary and space science 1965. v. 13, no. 4 refs. 1, p. 51-62, graphs, map, illus) Russian summary. Analyzes the data of scintillated 54 Mc signals from the satellite Transit IVA, as observed at mid-latitude observatories, and at Kiruna. The purpose is to extend the measurements over a greater range of latitudes than observable from one station, and to discover if the characteristics of scintillation activity in the European and American longitude zones differ significantly. The lower latitude observatories are found to show low scintillation indices, and little variations of the index with latitude. The high latitude observatory shows high indices, with the highest overhead, distinct in auroral region, and decreasing to the south. At high latitudes the effects of the zenith angle are less than those due to latitude variation. The low indices at mid-latitudes give evidence of a relatively undisturbed ionosphere; the higher indices in auroral and subauroral regions (63-69° and 55-60° geomag N) indicate the existence of irregularity structures in the DLC. ionosphere. 96487 JOKELAINEN, A. and others. The diet of Finnish Lapps. (Zeitschrift für Ernährungswissenschaft 1962. v. 3, p. 110-17, map, tables) 13 refs. Other authors: M. Pekkarinen, P. Roine and J.K. Miettinen. Presents data collected by interviews with some 800 Lapps in 1960. The food is mainly grain products, margarine, milk, sugar, po531

tatoes, meat, and fish. Average energy intake resents the first definite record of Barremian rocks in Alaska. Only a very slight unis 2250-2775 cal; intake of Ca and of ascorbic acid is low. Food of the Skolt Lapps was conformity separates these older rocks from found to be the poorest. DLC, DNLM. those of the overlying Kaguyak (uppermost DGS. Cretaceous) formation. JOKELAINEN, A., see also No. 98084 JONES, D.L., see also No. 95747 96488 JOKIPII, J.R. and others. Di96491 JONES, D.N. Disposal of the urnal intensity variation of low-energy elec(Alaska Alaska Communication System. trons observed near the polar cap. (Journal review of business and economic conditions of geophysical research 1967. v. 72, no. 17, p. 4375-82, tables, graphs) 14 refs. Other 1967. v. 4, no. 3, p. 1-8, graphs, tables) Discusses disposal of the primarily comauthors: J. L'Heureux and P. Meyer. mercial ca 10% part of the System which Reports observations of a large diurnal deals with business and residential toll and variation of electron flux of 10-225 Mev telegraph service. Defense communication energy interval at the top of the atmosphere makes up the rest and would continue to be at Ft Churchill. Inasmuch as no such administered by the Air Force which now variation has been noticed for electrons of operates the entire System. Communication 220-710 Mev, this result is interpreted to be a studies of the area are reviewed; cost of consequence of the asymmetry of the geoservice is compared with other areas in the magnetic field. It is concluded therefrom that US. Alternatives to sale, such as leasing, etc the high electron flux observed during the day are considered. CaMAI, DLC. time in the low-energy range is mainly due to return albedo particles which are not observed at night. The low-energy flux observed JONES, E., see No. 101531 at night is interpreted as an upper limit to the flux of primary electrons of about 20-250 96492 JONES, G. First discovery of Mev energy interval of 81 ± 20 electrons per America. (Geographical magazine 1966. m2 sec steradian flux intensity. DLC. v.38, no.9, p.649-56, illus) Reviews the evidence for the Norse voy96489 JONES, D.L. and A. GRANTZ. ages from Europe by way of Greenland to Baffin Island, Labrador and Newfoundland. Cretaceous ammonites from the lower part of DLC. the Matanuska formation, southern Alaska. Washington, DC 1967. 49 p. graphs, map, tables, illus. (US. Geological Survey. Pro96493 JONES, G.P. Cod bangers to fessional paper no. 547) 64 refs. Alaska. (Alaska sportsman 1966. v.32, Presents paleontologic data to substantiate no.3, p.8-14, 60, illus) the correlation of complex Albian-Coniacian Presents an historical review of codfishing (possibly Santonian) sequences of the Maand the types of vessels used in the North tanuska formation in the Matanuska ValleyPacific waters 1857-1950. The codfishing Nelchina area. Discussion of the stratigraphy industry and its growth during this time are and lithologic correlations are by Grantz, the described. CaMAI, DLC. faunal descriptions and paleontologic correlations by Jones. Twenty species of am- 96494 JONES, K.L. Electron content monites are discussed and illustrated, of observations at Brisbane for 1965. (Planwhich some are apparently new, but the etary and space science 1967. v. 15, no. 2, p. scarce and poorly preserved material does not 295-99, graphs, table) Refs. Russian sumwarrant assignment of new names. mary. CaMAI, DGS. Reviews certain aspects of auroral morphology in an attempt to define the causal 96490 JONES, D.L. and R.L. DETparticle precipitation, and to clarify the TERMAN. Cretaceous stratigraphy of the physical processes in the magnetosphere and (US. Kamishak Hills, Alaska Peninsula. regions beyond. The rather limited direct Geological Survey. Professional paper 1966. evidence of the particle influx is analyzed, as no. 550-D, p. 53-58, map, illus) 9 refs. are indirect observations from which synoptic A brief examination of two partial sections information on the auroral particles can be east of the South Fork of the Kamishak River, inferred. The object of the study is to provided faunal evidence (Inoceramus) of the establish a gross precipitation pattern as a lower Cretaceous (late Hauterivian-early function of latitude, and time of the day, Barremian) age of the enclosing 200 ft of which would enable an average model of the siltstone comprising the lower unit. An upper magnetosphere to be constructed. Ten disshale and siltstone unit, 200-300 ft thick, crete and eight diffuse auroral phenomena events are discussed. Data from Cape Jones, contains belemnites and ammonites. It rep532

Kiruna, Ft Churchill, Barrow, Ft Chimo, Narsarssuaq among other stations are used. DLC. 96495 JONES, R.D. Raising caribou for an Aleutian introduction. (Journal of wildlife management 1966. v.30, no.3, p.453.60, graph, illus) Refs. Describes raising of calves for two months in semi-domesticity at Adak Island and their release there. The original herd of 23 expanded to 83 in five reproductive seasons. The herd is now wild, but produces unusually large animals free of parasites. DLC. JONES, T.E.H., see No. 99072 JONES, W., see No. 96425 96496 JORDAN, A.T. Mineral evaluations. (North 1967. v.14, no.5, p.48-50, illus) Discusses the need for government subsidies to provide incentives for mineral development of the Middle North and Far North of Canada, and the methods and techniques used in the evaluation of mining developments for which subsidies are requested. Besides economic feasibility, other aspects to be considered before government funds are given, are the benefits that will accrue to the government such as corporation income taxes, royalties and sales taxes over the life of the mine, increased gross national product, foreign exchange benefits from exported products, and the socio-economic benefits of northern development. CaMAI, DLC. 96497 JORDAN, J.N. and others. Travel times and amplitudes from the Salmon explosion. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.14, p.3469-82, graphs, maps, tables) Refs. Other authors: W.V. Mickey, W. Helterbran and D.M. Clark. Provides basic data related to decoupling and to the coupling attributed to salt as observed from Gnome underground nuclear explosion. The 5 kiloton explosion detonated on 22 Oct 1964 at 828.1 m depth in the Tatum salt dome 31° 08' 31.57' N 89° 34' 11.8' W was recorded at 143 seismograph stations 2-8339 km distant, incl Frobisher Bay, Yellowknife, Mould Bay, College, Kiruna, Kevo, Sodankylä, and Nurmijärvi. The coordinates of each station, distance from the epicenter, the phase, arrival time, period, and ground amplitude of the seismic wave, and the signal magnitude of the quake are provided in a table. DLC.

96498 JOST, I. Territorial evolution of Canada. (Canadian geographical journal 1967. v.75, no.4, p.134-41, maps, illus) Explanatory notes to a sequence of maps on one sheet (appended). The maps produced by the Geographical Branch, Dept of Energy Mines and Resources, Ottawa, for a forthcoming atlas, show the routes of 28 explorers, incl 15 in the Arctic, and the various changes in boundaries and population from 1667 are outlined. The article reviews exploration from the 17th century, and the evolution of national boundaries of Canada. CaMAI, DLC. 96499 JOUSE, A.P. Diatom floras and the history of Okhotsk and Bering Seas. (In: Hopkins, D.M. eat Bering land bridge... 1967. p.369-72, table) Ref. Three types of diatom floras can be distinguished in the surficial sediments of Bering, Okhotsk, and the northwest Pacific waters: neritic, oceanic, and a mixed zone. The five stratigraphic units correspond to postglacial, glacial, and interglacial intervals also expressed in five horizons. The distribution of diatom floras was influenced by changes in sea level and by climatic factors. The time is noted when Bering Stait was not in existence and a broad land mass served as a bridge between Asia and North America. DLC. JUDAY, R.D., see No. 94843 96500 JUDY, W.V. Calorigenic response of warm- and cold-adapted rabbits to intravenous infusion of epinephrine and norepinephrine. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1966. 26 p. tables, graphs, illus (US. Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory. Technical report no. AAL-TR-63-15) 71 refs. Data on measurements of oxygen consumption, colonic temperature, respiratory rate and blood glucose, made before, during and after intravenous infusion of the two amines into cold-adapted and warm-adapted rabbits indicate that during cold exposure physiological changes may occur which increase an animal's sensitivity to norepinephrine and that this amine may play a more important role in chemical thermoregulation during hypothermia than during hyperthermia. CaMAI, DLC. 96501 JULIN, E. and S. NORDENÜber die Hieracien im nordöstSTAM. lichen Norrbotten, Nordschweden. (Botaniska notiser 1964. v.117, no.1, p.15-27, illus) 26 refs. In German. Title tr.: The hawkweeds of northeastern Norbotten, northern Sweden. Describes Hieracium species collected 533

mainly in the Haparanda region, Norrbotten, and in the Torne and Kalix valleys. Of the 27 species recognized, H. eurigorosum is new to science. DLC. 96502 JULL, G.W. HF spatial and temporal propagation characteristics and sounding assisted communications. (In: NATO Inst. on Ionospheric Radio Communications in the Arctic. Proceedings 1967 pub 1968. p.225-41, graphs, tables, illus) 14 refs. Deals with the performance of various modulation systems in the presence of time and frequency dispersion of high frequency radio signals propagated via the ionosphere. The purpose is to outline in general terms the limitations that ionospheric propagation places on high frequency radio communications and to provide an introduction to how this limitation affects various modulation systems, especially under conditions of the Arctic. The high frequency radio band, and the highest and the lowest radio frequencies observed on 15 Jan 1960 along the 2760 km path between Resolute and Winnipeg are given in two diagrams. DLC. 96503 JUSSILA, R. Five rare Ichneumonidae (Hym.) in Finland. (Suomen hyönteistieteellinen aikakauskirja. Annales entomologici fennici 1963. v.29, no.4, p.278-81, illus) 13 refs. Deals with five species of these parasitic hymenopters, four of them recorded from the arctic area. Previous records, morphology, distribution, etc are stated. DLC. 96504 JUSSILA, R. The Macrolepidoptera of the Kevojoki area (InL) in Finnish Lapland. (Suomen hyönteistieteellinen aikakauskirja. Annales entomologici fennici 1963. v.29, no.4, p.218-30, maps, illus) 18 refs. Presents results of four summers' fieldwork during 1955-1961. Seventy-eight species of these moths and butterflies are recorded with dates and locations of finds, habitat and host plant. A review of earlier work and an outline of the physiography, climate and vegetation of the area introduce the report. DLC. 96505 JUSTICE, J.W. Use of devil's club in southeast Alaska. (Alaska medicine 1966. v.8, no.2, p.36-39, tables) 10 refs. Describes the plant (Fatsia horrida), its ancient uses in Alaska and Washington, and present use by Indians. Earlier (1938) and present observations on the hypoglycemic effect of devil's club extract, conjectural and equivocal claims, incl cancer cure, are discussed. CaMAI, DLC. 534

96506 KABACHINSKII, N.N. K voprosu ob opredelenii napnåzhenii v grebnom valu pri udare vinta o tverdyi predmet. (Gor'kiy. Politekhnicheskii inst. Trudy 1958, v.14, no.1, p.14-16) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr. The problem of determining the stresses in the propeller shaft when the propeller strikes a solid object. Derives an improved formula for determining the stress in an unprotected propeller and the shaft system. The important phases and some features of the operational method developed by A.I. Lure (1950), and used in the derivation of the author's stress formula are emphasized. DLC. 96507 KABACHINSKII, N.N. Priblizhennoe analiticheskoe opredelenie parametrov vzaimodeistviiå grebnogo vinta i korpusa tolkacha. (Gor'kiy. Politekhnicheskit inst. Trudy 1958. v.14, no.1, p.5-13, illus) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Approximate analytical determination of the parameters of interaction between the screw propeller and the hull of a pusher-tug. Discusses the problem of increasing the ship efficiency of the screw, by improving the coefficient K of the hull influence, K=(1-t)I(1-w), where t is the suction coefficient of the screw, and w the coefficient of the co-current flow. Approximate determinations of the friction coefficient of the co-current flow, and of the co-current flow for the planar-parallel potential flow are worked out analytically. With the problem of superposition of co-current flows of the form (potential) and friction solved, and the coefficient of the sucking action of screw determined, the propulsion speed of pushertugging operations can be increased substantially. DLC. 96508 KABAN'KOV, V. IA. 0 granitle srednego i verkhnego otdelov kembniskoi sistemy v basseine r. Siligira, pravyi pritok r. Oleneka. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'naiä geologii 1966, no.9, p.57-77, map, illus) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The boundary of the middle and upper divisions of the Cambrian system in the Siligir River basin, right tributary to the Olenek. Reports a 1962 lithologic-stratigraphic study of these deposits. The Tyung-Siligir arch is analyzed and sections of the deposits are described in some detail. No interruption in continuity between Middle and Upper Cambrian rocks is found. DLC. 96509 KABAN'KOV, V.IA. and others. Opyt primeneniia biostratigraficheskogo metoda pri detal'nom raschlenenii verkhnedokembriiskikh otlozhenii reki Kotuikana, tsen-

tral'naia chast' severe Sibirskol platformy. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologiiä i biostratigrafiia 1967, no.20, p.5-12) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: N.D. Golovanov, M.N. Zlobin, L.N. Il'chenko and V.E. MiP shtein. Title tr.: Attempt at using a biostratigraphic method for detailed subdivision of Upper Precambrian deposits of the Kotuykan river region, central part of the north Siberian platform. Reports study of the lithology and stratigraphy of Upper Precambrian deposits substantiated by stromatolites, microphytoliths and microfossils. Some 15 layers are distinguished and the stromatolites and other problematic microfossils and algae are identified. DLC. 96510 KABANOVA, I.K. 0 sostoianii mediisinskogo obsluzhivanitå v raionakh Severa Komi ASSR. (Zdravookhranenie Rossiiiskoi Federaisii 1967. v.11, no.8, p.44-46) In Russian. Title tr.: State of health services in northern districts of Komi ASSR. Summarizes a report by G.T. Kovrizhnykh, Minister of Health of Komi ASSR, on 1959-65 developments: the number of polyclinics increased by 39%, medical and obstetric field stations 72%, hospital beds 74%. The number of physicians grew 49.9%, medical workers 78%. By early 1966 there were 14.1 hospital beds per 1,000 population, i.e. two more than the Province's average. Criticism of health services to Zyryans and Samoyeds dealt primarily with poor TB control; insufficient hospitalization of acute cases and inadequate implementation of the revaccination program. Child mortality rate is still high, especially among aborigines; supplementary diet programs are lacking or poorly organized. Scheduled sanitation and water purification work is neglected despite a rise in acute gastro-intestinal infections among aborigines. Frequency of parasitic diseases, particularly diphyllobothriasis, is also noted. DLC. KABUZAN, V.M. and S.M. Novye istochniki po istorii naselenitå Vostochnoi Sibiri vo vtoroi polovine XVIII v. (Sovetskarå etnografiia 1966, no.3, p.23-47, tables) 19 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: New sources on the population of Eastern Siberia in the second half of the 18th century. Discusses newly discovered archival materials and presents a tabulated summary of the third and fourth population censuses of 1762 and 1782 in Irkutsk Province which then included Yakutia, Magadan Province with Chukotka, and Kamchatka Peninsula. 96511

TROITSKII.

Statistical data are given by district and township in absolute figures and percentage of the total population of the Province. Social and geographic origin of the Russian settlers is shown as well as the distribution, seasonal displacement, clan composition, etc of fur tax-paying aboriginal groups, Intl Yakuts, Tungus, Lamuts, Yukaghirs, Koryaks, and Kamchadals. DLC. 96512 KACHADOORIAN, R. Effects of the earthquake of March 27, 1964, on the Alaska highway system... A description of the severe damage to the highways and bridges in south-central Alaska. Washington, DC 1968. vi, 66 p. maps, tables, graphs, illus (US. Geological Survey. Professional paper no.545-C) 9 refs. Describes damage to all the major highways and most secondary roads, totaling more than $46 million. The chief agents were seismic shaking, compaction of fills and underlying sediments, lateral displacement of the roadway and bridges, fractures, landslides, avalanches, inundation and scouring by seismic sea waves, and regional tectonic subsidence, causing inundation and erosion by high tides in subsided areas, especially around Turnagain Arm. Total subsidence in some places DGS. was > 13 ft. 96513 KACHADOORIAN, R. and G. PLAFKER. Effects of the earthquake of March 27, 1964 on the communities of Kodiak and nearby islands: a description of the property damage and loss of life due to earthquake-induced seismic sea waves and regional tectonic subsidence at Kodiak and nearby communities. Washington, DC 1967. 41 p. graph, maps, tables, illus. (US. Geological Survey. Professional paper 542-F) Refs. Describes the causes and extent of damage and loss of life due to earthquake-induced seismic sea waves and regional tectonic subsidence on these islands. Although severe ground motion lasted 51/2 minutes on Kodiak, damage resulting directly was minor. However, the initial shaking was accompanied by 5.6 ft of tectonic subsidence, the effects of which along the shoreline were considerable. The ten or more seismic waves during the evening of March 27 and the early morning of March 28 caused most of the $45 million damage sustained by Kodiak and nearby communities. The catastrophic effects at Kodiak city, the Naval Station, Afognak, Uzinki, Old Harbor, and Kaguyak are described in detail with vertical and oblique air photos. The village of Kaguyak was totally destroyed by seismic waves and its site DGS. abandoned. 535

KACHADOORIAN, R., see also No. 99045 96514 KACHANOV, E.I. Novye dannye o korallakh roda Neomultithecopora iz nizhnego karbona Novoi Zemli i Urals.. (Paleontologicheskt7 zhumal 1967, no.3, p.25-32, graphs, table, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New data on corals of gen. Neomultithecopora from the Lower Carboniferous of Novaya Zemlya and the Ural. Presents a systematic account of three species of Neomultithecopora Lin, 1963: N. simpler, N. uralica, and N. berkhi, the first two new. N. berkhi (Gorsky) is from Novaya Zemlya, the others from the eastern slope of Southern Ural. The stratigraphic position, geological and geographic distribution and comparison of these corals are given. DLC. 96515 KACHINA, T.F. and V.G. PROKHOROV. Korfo-karaginskalå sel'd'. (Rybnoe khozisistvo 1966. v.42, no.11, p.14-16; no.12, p.4-5, tables, graphs, maps) Title tr.: The Korf-Karaginsk In Russian. herring. Deals with herring off southeastern Kamchatka, the spawning and feeding grounds, distribution of young, recruits and mature specimens, and catches since 1958. The second part notes the decline of catches in recent years, citing catches in 1950-65; decrease of spawning and wintering areas and decline in stock. DLC. KACHURIN, S.P., see No. 101207 96516 KADENSKAIl, M.I. Andraditovye porody arkhei`a Aldanskogo i Anabarskogo massivov. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Izvesthå 1966, ser. geol. no. 2, p. 142-46, tables) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Archean andradite rocks of the Aldan and Anabar massifs. Describes geology and petrography of these rocks in the central Aldan and southeastern Anabar massifs. Their main feature is a steady association of andradite with aegirine-hedenbergite-augite or diopside with plagioclase or scapolite and titanite. Texture, rockforming minerals, chemical composition and other features of these rocks are briefly stated. DLC.

unsorted terraces; and solifluction lobes of 1 m or more in height. The problem of classification is discussed, many forms being transitional. The fronts of unsorted terraces form an angle with the contours and orientation diagrams are presented to show the axes and dip of the stones. The soil composition and vegetation associated with the various types of patterned ground are described. In a final section the usefulness of aerial photographs in these studies is assessed. MdU. KALLANDER, H., see also No. 100514 KARENLAMPI, L., see No. 96543 K voprosu ob 96518 KAGAN, B.A. uchete gorizontal'nogo turbulentnogo obmena pri raschete prilivnykh kolebanii urovnib metodom kraevykh znachenii. (Okeano2 logitå 1966. v.6, no.3, p.408-415, map) refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Estimating the horizontal turbulent exchange in computing tidal oscillations of the sea level by the numerical method. Discusses tidal changes of the sea level and currents in the open sea in relation to horizontal turbulent exchange, which appears to be essential in the deep ocean areas of critical latitudes where wave velocity magnitude coincides with the Coriolis parameter. A method is suggested for computing tides with varying depths of the sea. A chart of the M2 tidal wave is constructed for the NorDLC. wegian and Greenland Seas. 96519 KAGAN, B.A. 0 prilivnom dreife l'da. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Izvestiiå. Fizika atmosfery i okeana 1967. v.3, no.8, p.881-90, graphs) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The tidal drift of ice. Discusses the solution of a closed system of equations on the structure of a tidal stream in a deep sea covered with floating ice. Formulas derived from the solution are used for computing the speed and direction of the tidal drift of ice, the tidal oscillations of the surface level, velocity profile of the tidal propagation, and the turbulence coefficient for the boundary layers at the sea bottom and below the ice. Examples are given for the Sea of DLC. Okhotsk.

KÄARIÄINEN, E., see No. 96301 96517 KALLANDER, H. Patterned ground and solifluction at North Cape, Mager$y. (Lund studies in geography. Ser. A: physical geography 1967. no.40, p.24-40, illus) Refs. Describes a variety of features at this northernmost point of Norway, incl unsorted and a few sorted polygons; earth hummocks; 536

96520 KAGAN, B.A. Trekhmernaiå model' prilivnogo potoka v more pokrytom l'dom. (Akademitä nauk SSSR. Izvestiiå. Fizika atmosfery i okeana 1967. v.3, no.5, p.526-36, graphs) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A three-dimensional model of tidal streams in an ice-covered sea. Presents equations for solving structure of the tidal stream in a deep ice-covered sea.

The solution of the equations makes it possible to compute the tidal oscillations at the sea surface and the tidal stream velocity at any point in the sea on the basis of given boundary conditions related to the contour of the basin and the distribution of depths, to latitudes and angular velocities of the tidal wave. The results are used for plotting charts, for isoamplitudes, the cotidal lines of the main lunar semidiurnal tidal wave M2, the maximal speed of the tidal stream, and the turbulence coefficients. All these investigations were carried out for the Sea of DLC. Okhotsk. 96521 KAGAN, iA. M. and S.N. VASSERMAN. Vozmozhnosti snizheniia zatrat na obustroistvo promyslov v Zapadnol Sibin. (Stroitel'stvo truboprovodov 1967. v.12, no.4, p.11-13, tables) In Russian. Title tr.: Possibilities of reducing industrial costs in Western Siberia. Discusses cost reduction for drilling operations, power, transportation, equipment maintenance and repair, etc in oil and gas production. Technical and economic analysis of prospective production sites is given. A revision of fire safety measures is recommended. Tabulated data are offered in support of the cost reductions discussed. DLC. 96522 KAGAN, R.L. 0 statisticheskoi strukture srednikh mesiachnykh znachenil sostavlawshchikh teplovogo balansa v severnol Atlantike. (Akademia nauk URSR, Kiev. Mors'kyl hidrofizychnyi instytut. Ekspress-informaisiia 1966, no.5, p.27-34, graph, title tr.: On tables) 2 refs. In Russian. the statistical structure of the average monthly components of thermal balance in the northern Atlantic. Presents results of own statistical treatment of data obtained by nine "weather ships" during 1951-60 in the Northern Atlantic. The system of observations was worked out by M.I. Budyko and co-workers in the Main Geophysical Observatory. The statistical treatment is needed for rational distribution of observation points. Components of the heat balance can be used for long-range weather forecasting only if there is a correlation between them. Only averaged values of the individual correlation coefficients were considered. The investigated components of the heat balance, for example, were changes of heat content B of the ocean, heat expended on vaporization LE, and on turbulent exchange with atmosphere P. The variation of these components were calculated for each ship and then averaged for all ships. The data thus obtained show an increase of B in the summer months, whereas the trend for LE and P was the opposite. The correlation

coefficient of B for two adjacent months was 0.2, and for the following month increased by a factor of two. DLC. KAGEYAMA, T., see No. 101249

KAHMA, A., see No. 95288 96523 KAIGORODTSEV, G.G. 0 nakhodke eklogitopodobnykh porod v khr. Pekul'nel, bassein r. Anadyr'. (Geologiiä i geofizika 1966, no.4, p.140-43) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Find of eclogite-like rocks in the Pekul'ney Range, Anadyr River basin. Notes the geological characteristics of the region and gives a petrographic description of the eclogite-like rocks. They consist of garnet, monoclinic pyroxene, amphibole, chlorite, etc. Their process of eclogitization is discussed, and comparison made with other regions. DLC.

96524 KAIØNEN, V.I. and Iu. N. KULAKOV. K voprosu o paleogeografli I.Ano-Indigirskol (primorskol) nizmennosti v neogen-chetvertichnoe vremi2. (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geol. i geofiziki. Chetvertichnyl period SSSR... 1966, p.274-82, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Paleogeography of the Yana-Indigirka maritime lowland in NeogeneQuaternary time. Outlines the paleogeography of a region 700 km west to east and 250 km south to north, from analyses of facies and lithology of the rocks, floral remains, spore-pollen spectra, fauna, etc. Four stages of sedimentation are recognized. Fossil ice is discussed and its paleogeographic importance noted. Main features of relief development are characterized. CaMAI, DLC.

KAJIMURA, H., see No. 95302 KALABIN, G.V., see No. 93484 KALACHEVA, E.D., see No. 99802

96525 KALASHNIKOV, N.V. Brakhiopody nizhnego karbona Verkhnei Pechory na (In: Akademia nauk Severnom Urale. SSSR. Komi filial. Inst. geologii. Stratigrafiia i paleontologirä severo-vostoka evropelskol chasti SSSR... 1966. p.28-61, table, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title fr.: The brachiopods of Lower Carboniferous of the upper Pechora in the Northern Ural. Presents a systematic description of 49 species of Productina and Spiriferida, eight of them new, as is Podtsheremia n gen of older Spiriferida. Their geologic and geographic distribution is noted. DLC. 537

96526 KALASHNIKOVA, E.M. and Nekotorye biokhimicheskie pokaothers. zateli ikry i molodi gorbushi Oncorhynchus gorbuscha (Walbaum). (Nauchnye doklady vysshei shkoly. Biologicheskie nauki 1967, no.11, p.46-52, tables) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: M.S. Kamyshnail and A.I. Smirnov. Title tr.: Some biochemical indices of pink salmon roe and fry. Presents in tabulated form: data of sampling, degree of development size and weight of samples. Content of fat, crude albumin and ash, in percents. DLC. 96527 KALELA, O. On the fluctuations in the numbers of arctic and boreal small rodents as a problem of production biology. Helsinki 1962. 38 p. graph, map, table. (Suomalainen Tiedeakatemia. Toimituksia. Annales. Ser. A. IV: Biologica no.66) Presents own data on this fluctuation obtained during studies from 1946 onwards in Lapland and northern Norway. The general relations between rodent population cycles and climatic variations are discussed, and the importance of various food components in rodent diet examined. The role of diseases and internal biological rhythms is considered. Specifically, the fluctuations are considered to be the result of the interaction of two complex factors: (1) variations in the flowering and nutritive value of food plants as a result of oscillations in summer temperatures; (2) rhythms inherent in the food plants or/and in the rodent populations themselves. It is shown that the amplitude of the fluctuations is much greater the higher the latitude. DLC. 96528 KALERT, A.A. Usovershenstvovannye dorozhnye pokrytiia na Severo-Zapade SSSR v predstoiashchem piatiletii. (Avtomobil'nye dorogi 1966. v.29, no.1, p.19-20) In Russian. Title tr.: Improved road surface course in north-western USSR during the forthcoming five-year plan. Discusses the ways of improving the surface course of roads. More than 90% of the northwest region's roads are covered with a wear-layer of black and asphalt-concrete mixtures laid over the road-metal bed by either cold or hot process. Author proposes to make the surface course by a warm mixture process, which has better deformation properties and facilitates road building. 60-70% of hot mixture processing is to be replaced by the warm mixture method in 1968-70. The lack of local road building material in the northwest can be compensated by manufacturing an artificial stone material termed keramdor, which can be prepared by thermal treatment of local ground at a cost of 2.6-6.0 538

rubles/m3, and which has properties comDLC. parable to those of natural stone. 96529 KALETSKAIA, M.S. Nekotorye zakonomernosti razvitiiå rel'efa Severe Evropeiskol chasti SSSR. (In: Strukturnaia i klimaticheskaia geomorfologii'a... 1966. p.72-87, maps, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some patterns in relief development in the northern European part of the USSR. Distinguishes three large provinces differing in relief structure and its development: the northwestern takes in Kola Peninsula and Karelia, the central includes the Moscow syneclise, and the Timan-Ural province is the third. Interrelation between relief and structural plan is outlined. Orographic elements are analyzed. The recent stage of relief development is described noting Quaternary glaciations and transgressions. DLC. 96530 KALFF, J. Phytoplankton abundance and primary production rates in two arctic ponds. (Ecology 1967. v.48, no.4, p.558-65, graphs, tables) Refs. Studies two ponds near Barrow, at 2-3 day intervals during two summers. Net phytoplankton was at all times negligible; nannoplankton varied between 0.79 and over 100x106 cells/1. Daily production over a 140-day growing period for both lakes are presented; annual production rates are the DLC. lowest on record. 96531 KALFF, J. Phytoplankton dynamics in an arctic lake. (Canada. Fisheries Research Board. Journal 1967, v.24, no.9, p.1861-71, graphs, illus) Refs. Reports primary production (C14) and phytoplankton counts in Imikpuk Lake (71° 17'N 156°40'W) June-Sept 1963. Annual carbon fixation was estimated at 8.5 g/m2 of which some 22% occurred under the ice. Phytoplankton numbers varied between 2.4 and 24.1x106 cells/1. Insufficient light rather than lack of nutrients appears to limit carbon fixation under the ice. DLC. 96532 KALIMOV, IÜ.I. and others. Raschet gazovydeleniia v podgotovitel'nye vyrabotki shakht Intinskogo mestorozhdeniiä. (Pechora, Komi ASSR. N: issl. ugol'nyi inst. Trudy 1964, no.1, p.69-72, Ref. In Russian. Other tables, graphs) authors: B.A. Kutuzov and L.I. Mashånskil. Title tr.: Estimated gas seepage into workings during development at the Inta mines. Develops a formula to estimate the expected methane seepage into workings. At the slope advancing about 6 m/day the estimated methane seepage at the Inta mines does not exceed 1 m3/min. DLC.

96533 KALIMOV, IU.I. and others. Rezul'taty vnedreniih sredstv obespylivanitå na shakhtakh kombinata Vorkutugol'. (Pechora, Komi ASSR. N.-issl. ugol'ny1 inst. Trudy 1964. no.1, p.59-68, tables, illus) In Russian. Other authors: V.IA Podgorbunskiil, M.V. Borisov and D.P. Piskun. Title tr.: Dust elimination in the Vorkutugol' Combine mines. Presents statistics of conditions in the 1st 2nd, 3rd, 4th, and 5th coal beds, discussing efficacity of dust prevention methods. Air dust in the mines is known to reach 1,854 mg/m3, a figure far above regulations. One way of reducing dustiness substantially, sometimes tenfold, is to sprinkle coal with water during extraction and to moisten the coal massif prior to development and coal extraction. The second method drills holes into the coal bed and impresses water into them, using high pressure pumps. Preliminary moistening and its economic effect is demonstrated in 4th bed's shaft no.40 where cost of coal was reduced by 10.4 kopeks/ton during the year this method has been in use. DLC. 96534 KALININ, E.P. K geokhimii fosfora v granitoidakh Man'-Khambo, Pechorskil Ural. (Akademii nauk SSSR. Komi filial. Inst. geologii. Trudy 1967, no.7, p.37-42, graph, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title Ir.: Geochemistry of phosphorus in the Man'khambo granitoids of the Pechora Ural. Reports geochemical and petrographic-mineralogic investigations of granites and metasomatic-altered granites (metagranites) from the Man'khambo massif in the southern part of the Pechora Ural. The behavior of phosphorus differs in these two groups of rocks. In granites the P205 concentration is associated with apatite; in metagranites the P205 content is smaller and is distributed DLC. throughout the rock. 96535 KALININ, E.P. and B.A. GOLDIN. Nekotorye zakonomernosti fizikokhimicheskikh svoistv biotitov iz granitoidov Pripohårnogo Urala i sviaz' ikh s genezisom i khimizmom porod. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Komi filial. Inst. geologii. Trudy 1967. no.7, p.24-36, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some patterns of the physical-chemical properties of biotites from granitoids of the subpolar Ural and their connection with the genesis and chemistry of rocks. Reports a mineralogic study of biotites of granites, granodiorites, quartz-diorites, etc. The chemical composition, optical and thermal properties, and the iron, MgO and accessory mineral content are reported. Two groups of biotite are distinguished. The

chemical composition of biotites depends upon the iron content and alkalinity of granitoids. DLC. 96536 KALININ, E.P. and B.A. GOLDIN. Raspredelenie tantala i niobiiå v apogranitakh granit-granodioritovogo massiva Man'khambo, wzhnai2 chast' Pechorskogo Urals. (Geokhimii'a 1967, no.3, p.312-20, graphs, tables) 9 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Tantalum and niobium distribution in apogranites of the Man'khambo granite-granodiorite massif in the southern part of the Pechora Ural. Reviews the average quantitative-mineralogic composition of this massif. Nb and Ta distribution in minerals of the apogranites and granites is determined by semiquantitative spectral analysis. A complete analogy in the law of distribution of Nb and Ta in apogranites confirms their close chemical relationship. DLC. KALININ, E.P., see also No. 95308, 95310 96537 KALINKIN, M.M. K prototektonike apatito-nefelinovykh tel v Khibinakh. (Leningrad. Gorriyl institut. Zapiski 1967. v.52, no.2, p.46-52, graphs, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Prototectonics of apatite-nepheline bodies in Khibiny. Reports on structural-tectonic studies in the southwestern ore field, the Kuel'porLyavoyok and Koashva deposits. Peculiar early (proto) dislocations with a break in continuity are distinguished and briefly characterized. They are of importance for search, exploitation and separation of ore bodies DLC. according to dip and strike. KALINKIN, M.M., see also No. 98140 96538 KALINKO, M.K. Nekotorye zakonomemosti raspredelenüil zalezhei nefti i gaza vo vpadine zaliva Kuka, Alaska. (Geologiia nefti i gaza 1967. v.11, no.6, In Russian. p.59-63, map, tables) Title tr.: Some patterns of oil and gas pool distribution in the Cook Inlet depression, Alaska. Reports prospecting in this area where ten gas and five oil deposits were discovered in 1966. Its geologic structure is described and exploration work since 1957 summarized. Gas and oil pools are characterized, and some patterns in their distribution noted. DLC. 96539 KALINOVSKAIA, G.P. Anomal= noe pogloshchenie radiovoln v vysokikh (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. shirotakh. Sibirskil inst. zemnogo magnetizma, ionosfery i rasprostraneniia radiovoln. Issledovanirå po geomagnetizmu... 1966. p.38-53) 67 refs. In 539

Title tr.: Anomalous radiowave Russian. absorption in high latitudes. Reviews the phenomena of the absorption that follows intensive solar flares in the chromosphere. A model of the phenomenon for sudden ionospheric disturbances (SID), auroral zone absorption (AZA), and polar cap absorption (PCA) is described and its dynamics discussed. Geographic distribution and solar influence on anomalous radio-wave absorption are discussed. Seasonal and secular variations and their relationship to solar and magnetic activities are considered. Solar activity phenomena responsible for the anomalous absorption are discussed, and certain pecularities of it are interpreted. A synthetic model of solar-terrestrial disturbances is considered from the point of view of ionospheric storm forecasting and interferences in radio communication. DLC. 96540 KALINOVSKII, N.P. Voprosy mezhraionnogo regulirovaniiå real'noi zarabotnoi platy rabochikh i sluzhashchikh v novoi piatiletke. (Akademihå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Izvestiiä 1967, no.1, p.10-15, tables) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Questions of an interzonal adjustment of real wage of workers and employees in the new five-year plan. Discusses the positive aspects of the 1966-70 plan: pay scales are to assure an approx equal living standard and would be based on the actual cost of living in different economic zones. Pay rates in 1963 favored essential industries and discriminated against commercial, administrative, social, etc organizations. The higher gross pay in the Far North and areas equated to it was offset, however, by proportionately higher living expenses. Compared to the average pay index in central European RSFSR, the 1963 net income in East Siberia was 5% lower, par in Yakutia, with a max, i.e. 20% higher, in the Far North. Comparative statistical data for 1963 are tabulated in percentages: expenses for essential commodities i.e. clothing, heating, food, etc, gross and net incomes, index of living, and net income by occupation. All but the last give separate figures for the Far DLC. North areas. 96541 KALITCHENKO, I.A. Trudovye resursy Zapadno-Sibirskoi neftegazonosnoi provinisü. (In: Problemy osvoenia Zapadno-Sibirskoi... 1966, p.98-106) Refs. In Russian. Title Ir.: Manpower resources in the West Siberian oil-gas-bearing province. Discusses these resources in the central and northern parts of West Siberia in connection with the growing oil and gas industry. It is estimated that about 240 thousand workers, or a total population of 750 thousand are 540

necessary for the production of 200 million tons of oil. Distribution and density of local population are reviewed, and ways of attracting manpower resources from other DLC. regions considered. 96542 KALIÜZHNYI, V.A. Nekotorye novye dannye o titanonosnosti porod metamorficheskikh faisü Timana i sviazannykh s nimi rossypei. (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. Nauchnyl sovet po rudoobrazovaniiu. Geologiiå rossypei 1965. p.241-43, table) In Title tr.: Some new data on Russian. titanium-bearing metamorphic rocks of Timan and associated placers. Reports study of titanium-bearing metasediments of southern Timan. Their tectonic structure, ore minerals, and chemical composition are analyzed. The metamorphic series is of practical importance as some varieties of these rocks are sources of DLC. titanium placers. KALI JZHNYI, V.A., see also No. 99839 96543 KALLIO, P. and L. KARENLAMPI. Observations on the macrolichens of Labrador and Ungava. (In: McGill Univ. Sub-Arctic Research Lab... Research paper no.21, 1966. p.95-107, map, illus) Refs. Lists 107 taxa of lichens collected JuneAug 1963 at Schefferville, Twin Falls, Grand Falls, and five other sites in this area. 25 genera are represented. Many are found in a "fallside" habitat. Relationships with continental and European forms are indicated. CaMAI. KALLIO, P., see also No. 101175 96544 KALLSTENIUS, L. Synpunkter på och erfarenheter av gemensamhetsskogar och andra former flir samfällt skogsbruk. (Svensk lantmäteritidskrift 1964. v.56, no.1, p.133-52) Title tr.: The In Swedish. community forests and other forms of communitized forestry farms. Discusses factors which an individual should consider before participating in a community forest. Its location, transport and distance to it, also one's daily routine and time available for forest work are considered. Planning should be done on the basis of a 10-20 yr period, and financing should be long-term, as full production may require a century for full growth. The ownership group should be 5-20 in number to minimize risks in management. Financing, bookkeeping, wage rates, production goals, etc should be considered, regulations observed, and a written agreement cover all phases of the operation. Whether all members need be farmers may be questioned. The ideal size of such forests in

the northern province of Sweden ranges 1500-5000 hectares. A list of the current regulations is appended. DLC. 96545 KALMYKOVA, M.A. K stratigrafii nizhnepermskikh otlozhenti r. Pinegi. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1966. v.114, p.139-55, map, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.. Stratigraphy of the Lower Permian deposits of the Pinega River. Reviews the study of these deposits by others, and reports own work of 1960-65 based on investigation of foraminifers. Six Lower Permian units are distinguished noting lithologic and foraminiferal facies. A correlation of Lower Permian deposits is given. DLC. 96546 KALSBEEK, F. The pattern of folding in an area of migmatites between Neria and Qasigialik Fjords, south-west Greenland. København, Reitzel 1967. 18 p. map, illus. (Meddelelser om Grønland v.175, no.4) 6 refs. Describes the complex structural geology of this 100 km2 area of Precambrian basement rocks. Folding is intense, and owing to extensive migmatization and irregular orientation of the foliation, determination of large-scale fold structures proved almost impossible. A principal interest in the study is that by analysis of mesoscopic structures (foliation planes, lineations, minor folds), a basis was obtained for the elucidation of the structural history. A computer technique was utilized in obtaining great circle diagrams with considerable spread, and these proved effective analytically; 43 examples are presented. CaMAI, DLC. 96547 KAMCHATSKAIIA OBLAST', stat'i i ocherki po geografli. PetropavlovskKamchatskiif, Dal'nevostochnoe knizhnoe izdvo 1966. 168 p. maps, illus. Refs. M.D. Arsen'eva, ed. In Russian. Title k:: Kamchatka Province, articles and sketches of its geography. Contains 18 chapters by various specialists providing a comprehensive account of this far northeastern part of the USSR. Exploration is reviewed by I.F. Makhorkin, p 3-11. Geographic features and the administrative division of the Province are described by M.D. Arsen'eva, p 12-16. The off-coast islands and adjacent waters, the Bering and Okhotsk Seas and the Pacific Ocean are sketched by N.IA. Maksimova, p 17-24. The relief, particularly the Sredinnyy and Eastern Ranges, Koryak upland and West Kamchatka are characterized by I.V. Melekesisev, p 25-31.

Volcanoes are reviewed with a map, the 28 active volcanoes enumerated, and volcanic products briefly noted by A.A. Vazheevskatå and A.N. Shin, p 32-39. Hot springs and geysers are described with yield and temperature noted for some by T.P. Kirsanova, p 40-49. Coal, oil, peat, sulfur, construction materials, and other mineral resources are described by M.I. Savel'ev, p 50-59. Climate, the seasons, and the climatic regions of Kamchatka are outlined by A.P. Katsyka, p 60-66. Rivers and lakes, their types and feeding are characterized by N.A. Nechaeva and V. CH. Zdanovich, p 67-75. Vegetation, zonality and types of forests, meadows and swamps are characterized by N.A. Efremova, p 76-85. Animal life, incl the polar wolf, fox, bear, sable, deer, etc and fishes are described by P.F. Gribkov, p 86-105. Conservation is discussed by N.A. Efremova, p 106-112. Population (256 thousand, 76% urban in 1965), culture and way of life, incl schools, libraries, medical care, etc are dealt with by V.F. Pankarin, p 113-18. Fisheries, the main branch of the economy, and the forest industry are characterized by E.M. Blokhina and others, p 119-31. Agriculture, crop production and animal husbandry are outlined by G.L. Tereshchenko and M.D. Arsen'eva, p 132-39. Transportation by sea, air, river and road is reviewed by V.E. Okhotnikova, p 140-49. Petropavlovsk-Kamchatskiy, the principal urban center of the province, its history, conditions, activities, etc are sketched by G.V. Karataeva, p 150-58. Resource development and economic prospects are discussed in the final chapter by A.A. Zhitnik, p 159-65. DLC. 96548 KAMENETSKA A, R.V. Novaiå literatura po narodam Sibiri i Severa. (Sovetskatå etnografii 1967, no.4, p.180-86) In Russian. Title tr.: New literature on the peoples of Siberia and the North. Lists alphabetically under author's name over 150 papers and monographs pub in 1966 in the USSR. 80% are on northern minorities and deal with current socio-economic problems, the colonial period, archeology, language, folklore, etc. DLC. KAMENETSKAIIA, R.V„ see also No. 94333 96549 KAMENEV, E.A. Osobennosti struktury Koashvinskogo apatitovogo mesta rozhdeniiå. (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. Kol'skil filial. Geologicheskil inst. Shcheloch541

nye porody Kol'skogo poluostrova... 1966. p.55-64, table, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title f.• Structural features of the Koashva apatite deposits. Describes the apatite-nepheline rocks of the southeastern part of the Khibiny massif. These deposits are areally and genetically related to an ijolite-urtite complex. The distinguishing features of the Koashva deposits are: extensive apatite breccia and presence of three ore zones which developed as the result of gravitational processes. DLC. KAMENEV, E.A., see also No. 98140 96550 KAMENSKAIA, S.G. Mekhanizirovannai snegozashchita na dorogakh Sibiri. (Avtomobil'nye dorogi 1966. v.29, no.1, p.22-23, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Mechanized snow-drift protection on Siberian roads. Reports the method of road protection by trenching the snowcover along the road with bulldozers and a specially designed machine for making snow walls. A field test in 1960-63 on the 15 km road between Novosibirsk and Chemy kept the road open with no interruption in traffic, and 6 m of the 10 m wide road clear of snowdrift. The cost of this method is 14 rubles/1 km of trench with snow-deterring capacity of 100m3/running meter. DLC. 96551 KAMENfSEV, V.M. Tekhnicheskil progress v rybopromyslovom flote za 50 let Sovetskol vlasti. (Rybnoe khozalstvo 1967. v.43, no.11, p.2-6, illus) In Russian. Tide tr.: Technical progress in the fishing fleet during 50 years of Soviet rule. Presents data on present tonnage types of fishing and auxiliary vessels. Size and growth of catches, whaling, new areas exploited, etc are also considered. Arctic activities are incl. DLC. 96552 KAMINER, N.S. and others. Planetarnoe raspredelenie intensivnosti kosmicheskikh luche! i temperaturnyi effekt. (Akademia — nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvenny! geofizicheski! komitet. Kosmicheskie luchi. Sbornik state! 1967. no.8, p.117-27, table, graphs, map) 8 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: S.F. Ilgach and T.S. Khadakhanova. Title tr.: Global distribution of cosmic ray intensity and temperature effect. Determines the year-to-year variations of the yearly mean and seasonal intensities of the hard component of cosmic rays. The temperature effect is determined from the data of 57 aerological stations, incl Aleut, Resolute Bay, Coral Harbour, Tromsø, Tiksi, 542

Yakutsk, and Petropavlovsk-Kamchatskiy. The latitude variations of the neutron component temperature effect are determined for the summer and winter seasons. Calculations are made for the standard 300, 500, and 700 DLC. mb layers. KAMINER, N.S., see also No. 94943 96553 KAMINSKII, F.V. and S.V. POTAPOV. Ob opredeleniikh absolartnogo vozrasta kimberlitov. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Izvestiia, ser. geol. 1967, no.5, p.143-45) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Determination of the absolute age of kimberlites. Reviews absolute age determinations by the K-Ar method for kimberlites of Yakutia. The results are found unsatisfactory and not corresponding with the geologic age. This method is considered of no value for use with DLC. kimberlites. KAMYSHEVA, G.G., see No. 99727, 99728, 99730 96554 KAMYSHNAIA, M.S. Skat i povedenie molodi akklimatizirovannoi gorbushi. (Rybnoe khozalstvo 1967. v.43, 4 refs. In no.1, p.9-12, graphs, illus) Russian. Tide tr.: Descent and behavior of young acclimatized pink salmon. Reviews ascents and descents of Oncorhynchus gorbuscha in rivers of the Kola Peninsula since 1960. The considerable ascent of (40,000) spawners in 1965 and the results of their reproduction are reported, as are the descent of the young and their size. DLC. KAMYSHNAIA, M.S., see also No. 96526 96555 KAN, S.I. Sovremennoe sostoianie metodov ledovykh prognozov na monåkh SSSR. (Okeanologii 1967. v.7, no.5, p.786-91) 7 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The present status of methods of ice forecasting for the seas of the USSR. Reviews methods for long-term ice forecasting based on analysis of meteorological and oceanographic data, as worked out in the USSR during last 30 yr. Three groups of methods are described. Their development and practical application have become possible only with the use of electronic computers. The present-day studies of the seas do not satisfy the requirements of forecasters. Attention is directed to the need for wider development of ice observations with the aid of radio beacons, radio buoys and meteorological satellites. English translation in Oceanology 1967. v.7, no.5, p.610-14. DLC.

96556 KANASEWICH, E.R. and W.F. SLAWSON. Precision intercomparisons of lead isotope ratios: Ivigtut, Greenland. (Geochimica et cosmochimica acta 1964. v.28, no.5, p.541-49, tables, graphs) 20 refs. Reports isotopic analysis in conjunction with the US National Bureau of Standards program of the NBS 200 galena and iodide from Ivigtut; five additional samples were analyzed also. All agree within .25%. The lead isotope ratios obtained are Pb206 /Pb204 14.70, Pb207 /Pb204 = 14.82, and Pb208 /Pb204 = 34.92. An interpretation for the origin of these leads is suggested through the use of a simplified multi-stage model. The first event occurred at least 3000 MY and the last probably about 1200 MY. By this interpretation lvigtut leads are anomalous. A reasonable crustal Th/U ratio of 4.6 is DLC. obtained from the model. 96557 KANDROR, I.S. and E.I. SOLTYSKII. Funktsional'noe sostoianie i zabolevaemost' naselenii v pro-tsesse ak(Akaklimatizatsü na Krainem Severe. demiiii meditsffnskikh nauk SSSR. Vestnik 1963. v.18, no.2, p.12-27, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Functional state and susceptibility of the population in process of becoming acclimatized to the Far North. Considers some of the more common changes in persons new to northern regions: a 10-15% increase in basal metabolism, decrease in blood pressure which normalizes after several years residence, adaptation to cold and sensitivity to heat, depression of respiratory and vascular centers when in the open air, decreased ascorbic acid and vitamin P requirements, increased skin sensitivity to artificial ultraviolet sources, decreases in erythrocyte and hemoglobin contents, decreased protein utilization and periodic weight loss during the arctic night, lower immunity (phagocytic reaction) etc. Special hygiene suited to the Far North is recommended, inasmuch as sanitation is apt to DLC. be lax. 96558 KANEHIRA, K. A note on the texture of pyrrhotite in some rocks of the Muskox Intrusion. (Canadian mineralogist 1966. v.8, no.4, p.531-36, table, illus) 5 refs. Samples of peridotite from the east hole consisted mainly of olivine and clinopyroxene, to a large extent altered to serpentine and magnetite, and sulfides (1-2% by weight). Sulfide minerals (pyrrhotite, pentlandite and mackinawite) occur in clusters of separate grains that fill interstices between olivine crystals. Adjoining pyrrhotite grains are nearly simultaneously extinguished. The relative intensity of anisotropism among grains of a

given cluster are almost identical. Conductivity tests indicate that pyrrhotite with optical continuity is poikilitic in texture. This texture indicates slow cooling of the Muskox magma during the period of sulfide crystallization. DGS. 96559 KANELLAKOS, D.P. Response of the ionosphere to the passage of acousticgravity waves generated by low-altitude nuclear explosions. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.17, p.4559-76, table, graphs, map) 16 refs. Discusses the influence of the earth's magnetic field on horizontally travelling, electrically neutral, acoustic-gravity waves, generated from the megaton range nuclear explosion (Housatonic) detonated on 30 Oct 1962 near the earth's surface some 450 km southwest of Johnston Island. The data of the ionospheric sounding observations obtained from the stations located at 160° - 180°E, 140°- 180°W and 0° - 20°S and 0° - 30°N in geomagnetic coordinates are compared with data from six European stations including DLC. Lycksele and Kiruna. 96560 KANERVA, R. Pollenanalytische Studien über die spätquartäre Wald- and Klimageschichte von Hyrynsalmi in NOFinnland. Helsinki 1956. 108 p. graphs, map, tables, illus. Refs. In German. (Sua malainen Tiedeakatemia. Toimituksia. Annales. Ser. A. III: Geologica-geographica no. 46) Title Ir.: Pollen analytical study of the late Quaternary forest and climate history of Hyrynsalmi region in northeast Finland. Describes the nature of the region from a 1945.49 field study, and presents 23 pollen diagrams. Development of climate and forest in late glacial and postglacial time is outlined. Tundra, Betula and Pinus time as well as DLC. other changes are noted. KANEV, A.I. and T.IA. BLO96561 KHIN. Effektivnost' dvukhkombainovoi" vyeniki na shakhtakh kombinata Vorkutugol'. (Pechora, Komi ASSR. N: issl. ugol'nyi inst. Trudy 1964. no.1, p.122-27, tables, graphs) Title tr.: Efficiency of comIn Russian. bined extraction by two teams at Vorkutugol' Combine mines. Describes a method of coal extraction in mine no 26 with two coal-cutters working towards each other, from the upper and the lower recess. Coal extraction in Chetvertyi bed by individual combine was found to have an optimum at 140 m longwall workings, while the two combines should be used in longwall workings of 170 m, and they seem to become more efficient still at 250-300 in. DLC. 543

96562 KANID'EV, A.N. 0 razvedenii lososel v Sakhalinskol oblasti. (In: Akanauk SSSR. Murmanskil morskol biologicheskii inst. Trudy 1965. v.9(13), p.47-61, tables, graphs) 28 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Rearing salmon in the Province of Sakhalin. Describes the activities of the 25 hatcheries, their purpose, scope (500 million eggs/yr) and species reared: Oncorhynchus keta, O. gorbuscha, O. masu. Water temperatures and chemistry are stated, as are the rearing methods and size of fry released. Part of the eggs destined for acclimatization in the White and Barents Seas originated from these hatcheries. DLC. 96563 KANID'EV, A.N. and L.A. FROLENKO. Razvedenie kety, Oncorhyncus keta Walb., na zavodakh s nizkimi zimnimi temperaturami. (In: AkademiI nauk SSSR. Murmanskil morskol biologicheskii inst. Trudy 1965. v.9(13), p.62-66, tables, graph) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Rearing of chum salmon Oncorhynchus keta Walb. in hatcheries with low winter temperatures. Discusses the seasonal temperature range of waters supplying the Sakhalin hatcheries of this species, development of eggs and larvae at such, and the mortality at the low temperatures in winter. Eggs from these hatcheries were taken for acclimatization in the White and Barents Sea areas. DLC. 96564 KANIK, S. and G. PENNER. Television in the North. (North 1966. v.13, no.1, p.12-17, map, illus) 5 refs. Predicts availability of live television in every home in the Middle and Far North of Canada within the next decade. If the US television networks get clearance to operate their own satellites, Canadian networks will be able to lease surplus channels and transmit to every part of Canada, incl the Arctic. Direct television and radio broadcasting and radio telephony via satellite are discussed in terms of location of stations in Canada. A map of the present communication systems of northern Canada is included. CaMAI, DLC. 96565 KANIYETS, V.I. Issledovaniiå Pechorskogo arkheologicheskogo otnåda v severnom Priural'e. (In: Ural'skoe arkheologicheskoe soveshchanie. Voprosy 1962, p.112-17, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Fieldwork of the Pechora archeological party in the northern Cis-Ural. Describes the 1960 excavations in two caves in the Malaya Pechora basin, surveyed earlier by B.I. Guslitser. Medvezh'ya cave, rich in faunal remains, contains two culture spots with late paleolithic implements of the pre-Magdalenian era (cf No 71933); the 544

reindeer antlers were probably used as roofing for a structure inside the cave similar to the Mal'ta and Buret' dwellings. The sacrificial Kaminskaya cave whose excavation has been completed, produced artifacts of three distinct eras: bronze age of the late second millennium BC, early iron age, and the Middle DLC. Ages. 96566 KANNO, T. and K. MURAKAML On the world-wide distribution of the daily variation of the cosmic-ray neutron intensity and its variation. (In: International Conference on Cosmic Rays and the Earth Storm, Kyoto 1961. Communications p.47-66, table, graphs, maps) Refs. Uses local times of the max intensity of cosmic rays at 48 worldwide stations, incl Thule, Resolute Bay, Murchison Bay, Kheysa Island, Ft Churchill, College, and Yakutsk, to gain information on the mechanism by which cosmic rays are influenced in interplanetary space. Data for July-Dec 1957, Jan-June and July-Dec 1958 were provided by calculation of the worldwide distribution of the local time of the max intensity Tm, in the diurnal variation of neutron component of cosmic rays from their observed anisotropy. It was found that the cosmic ray may have an anisotropy at 17 hr local time, and that the lines of force may be shifted westward by interaction with solar emission during high solar activity, and return eastward during the sun's calm periods. DLC. 96567 KANTOR, A.J. Speculative mean monthly temperatures in the arctic (75°N) stratosphere, 25 to 55 kilometers. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.10, p.2445-50, graphs, tables) Refs. Presents the estimates of mean monthly temperatures for 75°N for heights 27.5, 32.5, 37.5, 42.5, 47.5, and 52.5 km derived objectively from temperatures and winds obtained with a meteorological rocket at Ft Churchill and Ft Greely. Resulting temperature patterns at this latitude compare favorably with observed values at radiosonde altitudes. The values of mean monthly temperatures and zonal winds at 60°N are given, and the extrapolated and observed monthly values of the annual temperature regimes for 75'N are compared in a diagram. DLC. KANTOROVICH, A.E., see No. 95472 96568 KANTOROVICH, R.A. The etiology of "madness" in polar animals. (Acts virologica 1957. v.1, no.3i4, p.220-28, tables, illus) Refs. Seventy-three strains of virus were isolated from healthy animals and from animals suffering from polar madness. The strains

were biologically and serologically related to rabies virus; immunization with Fermi rabies vaccine protects these animals from infections by large doses of polar madness virus. Histological examination revealed cytoplasmic inclusions and other traits peculiar to this disease which distinguish it from rabies and fox encephalitis. It appears to be a variant rabies virus and the polar foxes are at once its chief victims and principal reservoir. DLC. 96569 KANTOROVICH, R.A. and Experimental investigations into rage and rabies in polar foxes, natural hosts of the infection; 1, an experimental morphological study of rage in polar foxes. (Acta virologica 1963. v.7, no.6, p.554-60, tables) Refs. Other authors: G.V. Konovalov, I.A. Buzinov and V.P. Riutova. Experimental rage infection was induced in polar foxes on a breeding farm. Virus was given intramuscularly or intracerebrally. Symptomless forms as well as more typical enraged symptoms were observed. These were accompanied by serum antibody formation. Peroral administration did not produce infection. Virus accumulated in the brain, spinal cord and salivary glands but was absent from the viscera or blood. The highest concentration of virus occurred in salivary glands of animals bitten by infected foxes. Acute inflammatory and necrotic lesions were present in the brain stem and cervical parts of the spinal cord. No Negri-type inclusions could be found in either the brain or the organs. DLC.

others.

96570 KANTOROVICH, R.A. Pest rasprostraniteli beshenstva na Krainem Severe. (Veterinariiii 1957. v.34, no.8, p.51-52) In Russian. Title tr.: Foxes — carriers of rabies in the Far North. Madness of foxes, wolves and other wild animals of the Far North is apparently a variant form of common rabies, and not a form of encephalomyelitis. The fox is its principal reservoir and vector in the Far North. The agent is a neurotropic virus serologically similar to rabies virus and immunization with rabies vaccine protects man and animal against this virus as well. Negri bodies were found in medullary neurons of foxes carrying this virus. Vaccination of dogs, hunters and foxes in fur farms is DLC. recommended. 96571 KAPITONOV, V.I. Novye dannye po biologii lemmin&ovidnoT polevki v Kharaulakhskikh gorakh IAkutii. (Moskovskoe o-vo ispytateleT prirody. Otdel biologicheskiiT. Biülleten' 1967. v.72, no.2, p.17-21, illus) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr. New data on the

biology of lemming-vole in the Kharaulakh mountains of Yakutia. Discusses in continuation of No 79872 these ground dwelling mammals of the mountain tundra. Nesting behavior, tracks, summer and winter behavior, enemies, competitors and biotopes of Alticola lemminus Miller are described. DLC. 96572 KAPKIN, M.M. and B.M. MAZUR. Morozostoikost' betonov pri nizkikh otritsatel'nykh temperaturakh. (Beton i zhelezobeton 1964. v.10, no.11, p.518-20, tables, graphs) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Frost-resistance of concretes at low negative temperatures. Reports study of the kinetics of expansion deformation of concretes under temperatures down to -55°C, with a view to improving the frost-resistance of buildings and other constructions of concrete in the Far North and northeastern Siberia. The results of the investigation are given by graphs showing concrete deformation in the process of freezing as depending on the temperature and the number of freezing cycles to which the cement samples were subjected. Analysis of the results shows that the concrete made with the alite portland-cement withstands approx 60 freeze-thaw cycles of -50 to + 20°C, but the four other types tested can sustain only DLC. 30-55 cycles, 96573 KAPLAN, H.R. The International Ice Patrol, a memorial to the Titanic. (Mariners' weather log 1967. v.11, no.3, p.87-88, illus) A brief account of the operations of this patrol, with description and illus of the technique of tracking icebergs off Labrador coast by marking with aerially dropped dye bombs. Research into characteristics of the Labrador current is reviewed. Efforts to destroy icebergs have failed and surveillance is considered the only feasible procedure in DWB. the foreseeable future. 96574 KAPLAN, N. Severnai vystav(Dekorativnoe iskusstvo 1966. v.10, ka. no.1, p.42, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Northern exhibit. Describes an exhibit of arts and crafts by aborigines of the Far North held in 1965 at the Museum of Folk Art in Moscow. Problems of importing, marketing of finished products, development of work shops, training of craftsmen, etc are discussed. DLC. 96575 KAPLIANSKAIA, F.A. Paleokriopedologicheskie issledovanii v prilednikovykh raionakh Zapadno-SibirskoT nizmennosti. (In: Vses. mezhduvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po geokriologii, 8th. Ma545

terialy v.2, 1966. p.177-85) In Russian. Tide tr. Paleocryopedologic investigations in periglacial regions of the West Siberian lowland. Reviews pseudomorphs of ice-wedge polygons, cryogenous relief, involution, and other phenomena of paleocryopedology. The entire southern part of West Siberia, it is established, was covered by permafrost. In the Tobol'sk-Irtysh region stratigraphic investigations show fossil cryopedologic deformations and buried soils which are described and their paleogeographic importance noted. DLC. 96576 KAPLIANSKAIA, F.A. Stratigraficheskoe polozhenie sledov mnogoletnel merzloty v chetvertichnykh otlozheniiakh vnelednikovol oblasti Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geol. i geofiziki. Chetvertichnyl period SSSR... 1966, p.422-28) Refs. In Russian. Tide å:: Stratigraphic position of the traces of permafrost in Quaternary deposits in the unglaciated zone of the West Siberian lowland. Reports a study in the Ob-Irtysh interfluve. Permafrost facies in Quaternary sections are associated with zones characterized by remains of cold fauna and flora, tundra soils, and cold climate conditions. CaMAI, DLC. KAPLIN, P.A., see No. 95210 96577 KAPLINA, T.N. &ksperimental'nye issledovaniia moroznoi sortirovki gruntov v SShA. (Akademii nauk SSSR. IzvestiIå, ser. geog. 1967, no.4, p.144-48, graphs, illus) Refs. In Russian. Tide r}:: Experimental investigation of frost-sorting of ground in United States. Reviews studies made by US. Army Snow Ice Permafrost Research Establishment during 1955-65. Some publications by A.E. Corte are summarized noting their importance for the mechanism of frost sorting of ground. DLC. 96578 KAPUR, M.L. and R.B. ARORA. Drugs in prevention and treatment of frostbite. (Indian journal of physiology and pharmacology 1964. v.8, no.2, p.15-25, tables, illus) 4 refs. New congeners of nicotinic acid were synthesized to minimize side effects and injected by intra-arterial route. This technique showed no superiority over the usual intravenous route. Most of the drugs were of no benefit when given alone because lowering of blood pressure decreased effective blood flow to the limbs. A combination of ethyl ni546

cotinate and beta pirydyl carbinol with ephedrine has proven the best so far. DNLM. KARAEVA, Z.S., see No. 100220 KARAGODIN, IU.N., see No. 94119 KARANI, N.D.P., see No. 95837 96579 KARASEVA, T.P. and A. SH. GERSHENKOP. FIotaiShå apatita iz rud Kovdorskogo mestorozhdeniia. (In: Obogashchenie poleznykh iskopaemykh Kol'skogo poluostrova... 1966. p.76-81, tables, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Apatite flotation from ores of the Kovdor deposits. Describes the separation of apatite from general tailings of the operating plant of the Kovdor ore-enrichment combine and from ore samples of deep horizons. The tailings and samples contained calcite, apatite, forsterite, mica, serpentine, magnetite, baddeleyite, spinel, and some other minerals. The investigation was aimed at finding the flotation method with a depressor acting selectively on calcite to make its separation from apatite possible, inasmuch as the flotation properties of these two minerals are very similar. The best results were obtained by using 500 g/t of starch or 1000 g/t of dextrin. The flotation schemes for the general tailings and for ores from deep horizons are presented, and results given in tables. DLC. KARASIK, A.M., see No. 94805, 94806, 95731 KARATAEV, G.I., see No. 95363 KARATAEVA, G.N., see No. 97240 96580 KARATAEVA, G.V. Petropavlovsk-Kamchatskü, k 225-letim so vremeni osnovanitå (Geografiis v shkole 1965. v.28, no.6, p.22-24) In Russian. Title tr.: Petropavlovsk-Kamchatskiy 225 years old. Reviews the growth of this city in the Soviet far east. From 1700 inhabitants in 1926 it has grown to 120 thousand. Soviet ocean liners make regular voyages from Vladivostok to Petropavlovsk. Air routes connect it with Moscow, Khabarovsk, Magadan, etc, and local airlines provide transportation to points in the Kamchatka Province. DLC. 96581 KARAULOV, V.B. 0 nakhozhdeniiåkh drevneishikh onkolitov i katagrafil v paleozoe Shantarskikh ostrovov. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.175, no.5, p.1115-18, illus) 4 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Occurrences of the oldest oncolites and

katagraphs in the Paleozoic of the Shantar Islands. Reports 1963-64 study of the Paleozoic deposits of these islands. The palynological studies and absolute age determination made are found in good agreement. The oncolites and katagraphs found in thin sections of limestones are listed. These algae-like fossil features are considered important for the stratigraphic division of thick geosynclinal deposits. DLC.

determination of space, distribution of ablation, structural changes of the ice, and the pronounced fissure of the glacier's lower portion. However, by application of discharge measurement, the determination of the water equivalent of the total ablation of the glacier is reliable regarding its time variation, which is facilitated by the shallow thawing depth in arctic soil. Salt dilution measurements with conductivity measurements proved to be suitable for run-off determinations. DGS.

96582 KARAVAEVA, N.A. Osnovnye osobennosti pochvennogo pokrova srednei taigi levoberezhia r. Obi. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geografii Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Doklady 1966. no.12, p.24-30) 12 refs. In Russian. French summary. Title tr.: The main features of the soil cover of the middle taiga on the left bank of Ob River. Reports study of soils in the Severnaya Sos'va, Malaya Sos'va, and Lyapin River basins. Geomorphology, climate and vegetation cover are briefly summarized. Various soil profiles are described. Swamps and swamp soils predominate. The soil cover undergoes changes with swamping and drainage. The soils of watersheds depend upon three factors: mechanical composition of rocks, degree of drainage and character of DLC. swamping or drainage.

96584 KARBIVNICHII, I.N. 0 kornpleksnom ispol'zovanii prirodnykh bogatstv Kamchatki. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1967, no.5, p.124-26) In Russian. Title tr. Broad utilization of the natural resources of Kamchatka. At present Kamchatka is important only for its fishing industry. But there are plans for developing other branches of the economy and these are briefly reviewed, such as exploitation of gold placers, electric energy, oil, coal, hot springs, peat, construction materials, etc. DLC.

96583 KARBAUM, H. and others. Hydrometeorological research on the ice budget at the middle Loven Glacier, Kingsbay-Spitsbergen, 1962 and 1964. (Int. Assoc. of Scientific Hydrology. Publication 1965. no.66. Representative and experimental French areas, v.2, p.522-36, map, table) summary. Other authors: H. Schmidt, W. Schöne and R. Wiedrich. Reports on investigations for the National Committee for Geodesy and Geophysics of the German Democratic Republic, 1962 and 1964. The catchment area of the middle portion of Loven Glacier covers 9.5 km2, the glacier 5.9 km2, the rest of the area consists of ice-free slopes and the moraine-covered field in front. The glacier tongue turns into the terminal moraine at a height of about 40 m, the glacial cirque is at 450-500 m above sea level. Results from the heat balance observing station show the evaporation, though important for the balance of energy, to be of little significance to ablation (hardly 2% during the reference period). Determination of ablation over a major length of time from heat balance data is in fairly good agreement with measurements. Shorter periods reveal deviations up to as much as 50%. Direct measurements, with a dense network and expensive program do not give reliable

96585 KARCHEMNIK, V.D. and V.A. GORBUNOV. 0 povyshenii roti vodnykh puter ZapadnoT Sibiri v transportnom obsluzhevanii narodnogo khozaistva. (Akademite nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otdelenie. Izvestii2 1967, no.1, p.34-39, tables) 3 refs. In Title tr.: Ways to increase the Russian. importance of western Siberian waterways as supply arteries for the national economy. Critical analysis of the poor performance of river freighting in the Ob-Irtysh basin. Statistical data for 1959-65 are tabulated in percentages, most freight operations being under par. The importance of river transportation for the development of the northern Ob region, particularly the Yamal-Nenets National District are noted. Suggestions for improvement include: construction of doublehold freighters for simultaneous use as oil tankers and tare carriers; increase of the tonnage of tankers and freighters; improvement of river port facilities and full automation of loading. DLC. 96586 KARCZMARZ, K. and M. KUC. Notes on Calliergon orbiculari-cordatum from Spitzbergen. (Bryologist 1966. v.69, no.3, p.373-76, map) 12 refs. Discusses the taxonomic status of this moss and reports it for the first time from Spitsbergen. Its geographic distribution and relationship to close forms are summarized in DSI. a key. KARDOPOL'TSEVA, O.I., see No. 99060 547

96587 KARELINA, R.I. K dinamike chislennosti razmnozhenil saranchovykh v üentral'noi IAkutii. (In: Soveshchanie zoologov Sibiri, Tomsk, Voprosy zoologii, p.61-62) In Russian. Title tr.: Numerical dynamics of the increase of locusts in central Yakutia. Analyzes locust invasions in central Yakutia since 1860 which appear to be connected with lower than average preceding temperatures. Invasions seem to occur in a dry period, usually after two dry summers followed by a wet season. DLC. 96588 KAREL'SKII OBLASTNOI SOVET PROFESSIONAL'NYKH SOILIZOV. Sovet po turizmu. Turistskie marshruty po Karelii. Petrozavodsk, Karel'skoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1963. 68 p. illus. 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Tourist routes in Karelia. Guidebook arranged according to the length and difficulty of route for walking, bicycle, and automobile trips incl northern Karelia and the White Sea region. Information is provided on distances, accommodations, major scenic attractions, historical background, etc. DLC. 96589 KARGER, A. Bratsk als Modell fdr die moderne Erschliessung Sibiriens. (Geographische Rundschau 1966. v.18, no.8, p.287-98, map, table) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Bratsk, an example of modern development in Siberia. Discusses problems connected with the development of Siberia generally. Climate and transportation are discussed, as are the mineral resources, agriculture, forestry and other branches of the economy of Bratsk and adjacent regions. Construction of the Bratsk hydroelectric station, started in 1954, is sketched, and its capacity 22.6 billion kwh/yr is compared with other electric stations of the USSR. The present state of the area is described, as are development plans and methods, and the town itself is depicted. Other power stations planned or under construction, Ust'-Ilimsk, Bogachansk, etc are also noted. DLC. BARGER, N.K., see No. 97461 KARIMOVA, G.U., see No. 94918 KARKLIN, V.P. and E.I. SA96590 RUKHANIAN. K izuchenitü vekovogo dvizheniih pollusa Zemli s 1900 po 1958 god. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.166, no.4, p.921.23, table, graphs) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A study of the secular movement of the Earth's pole from 1900 to 1958.

548

Reports a study of the coordinates of secular movement of the Earth's pole. During 1900-1958 the movement was equivalent to 0.530". It averaged 0.009"/yr. Since 1925 the movement has increased to 0.016" /yr. DLC. KARLEN, I., see No. 98749 96591 KARLING, T.G. Die Turbellarien Ostfennoskandiens V; Neorhabdocoela 3. Helsinki 1963. 59 p. map, illus. (Societas pro fauna et flora fennica. Fauna Fennica 17) 93 refs. In German. Title tr.: The Turbellaria of East Fennoscandia 5; Neorhabdocoela 3. Presents the last study in this series hitherto treated by A.F. Luther, qv. A general table of identification is given and some 23 species of Kalyptorhynchia are described including their anatomy. Synonyms, earlier records, occurrence in Finland and abroad, ecology, variants, etc are also considered. DLC. 96592 KARLSSON, E. Investering, sparande och kreditförsörjning. (In: Norrländska framtidsperspektiv 1964, p.39-66, tables) In Swedish. Title tr.: Investment, savings and credit maintenance. Considers financial factors affecting development in Norrland, including local availability of financing, direction of flow of credit, its forms, investments, savings, debt. The data especially on credit are for recent years only. Norrland's share in industrial investment in 1962, labor force in large and medium-sized industries, mainly pulp and paper, also for mining and metallurgy are given in percentages. Among the medium-sized enterprises are private waterpower installations with long-term financing arrangements. State waterpower enterprises, communal investments and debt, savings and credit, and investments in new housing are also dealt with. Single-family dwellings predominate and housing costs vary little. The financing agencies are identified for each echelon of credit derived without establishing financial sources. Personal savings are below average, probably because the 16% of the population in Norrland earns 14% of the national income. Much of Norrland's industry is characterized as capital incentive, requiring external financing. The province's share of many types of financing is included in appended tables. DLC. 96593 KARLSSON, G. Cash contributions and economy based on payment in kind. (In: Nordic Symposium 1962 pub 1965, p.349-50.) Rationalization of agriculture and forestry in northernmost Norrland diminished the

labor requirement, as the high birth-rate increased the work-age population. Short- and long-term cash assistance and rehabilitation efforts since the late 1940's are noted: unemployment insurance, state allowances for children, construction and mining projects, etc. Current social changes are ascribed to the transition to a cash economy. DLC. 96594 KARLSTROM, T.N.V. Quaternary glacial record of the North Pacific region and world-wide climatic changes. (Pacific Science Congress, 10th, Honolulu 1961. Pleistocene and post-Pleistocene climatic variations in the Pacific area: a symposium; pub 1966, p.153-82, tables) Refs. Summarizes the glacial chronology of the Cook Inlet region of Alaska, with charts showing the glacial and interglacial events for which evidence exists. These are correlated with other dated paleoclimatic records of the Northern Hemisphere. The author claims that variations in the degree of glaciation in the arctic Northern Hemisphere generally are related to variations in precipitation derived from southerly sources and not from an ice-free Arctic Ocean as postulated by Ewing and Doan (see Nos 44828, 50818, 71332). Also extraterrestrial primary climatic causes are believed more likely factors than local geographic ones. The pattern of climatic change is shown to consist of cycles of smaller wavelengths and amplitudes superimposed on larger cycles. An important section outlines the author's specific conclusions on Pleistocene and Quaternary chronology, with indications where these diverge from other workers in the field. The postaltithermal period of maximum coolness and wetness is stated to be ca 2000 BC not 1700 AD as proposed by Lawrence (see No 23698). A final section compares Alaskan records with other circum-Pacific areas incl Tierra del Fuego and Patagonia. DWB. 96595 KARLSTROM, T.N.V. and others. Surficial geology of Alaska. Washington, DC 1964. 2 sheets 1:1,584,000. (US. Geological Survey. Miscellaneous geologic investigations. Map no. I-357) Refs. The map is divided at the 150° meridian W into an east and west sheet and into 13 geographic regions from the Arctic slope to the Pacific coastal ranges. Within the regions, drifts of up to four glaciations are distinguished and the surficial deposits described in one to eight localities within each region. DGS. KARLSTROM, T.N.V., see also No. 95354, 96283, 100897

KARMALEEVA, R.M., see No. 99711 96596 KARO, H.A. Emergency charting of the Alaska earthquake disaster area. (United Nations Regional Cartographic Conference for Asia and the Far East, 4th, Manila 1964. v.2, Proceedings and technical papers 1966. p.173-82, maps) Within 24 hours after the Alaska earthquake, 27 Mar 1964, the US Coast and Geodetic Survey ordered the large survey ships Surveyor and Pathfinder, two smaller ships Lester Jones and Patton and ultimately the Hodgson, to resurvey the damaged areas so as to ensure safety of transportation, make necessary corrections for map and chart coverage and re-establish geodetic control for planning, reconstruction, etc. It was soon apparent that one of the major needs was to redetermine the relationship of mean sea level to the existing surface and underwater land features. The Hodgson installed tide gauges at various locations. Uplift occurred in the southeastern and southern parts of Prince William Sound, while Valdez in the northeast and Whittier in the west, subsided. Similar changes in Cook Inlet and Glacier Bay were recorded. The bathymetric, geodetic, gravimetric, and magnetic programs are summarized, in addition to mention of the more important sources for the great loss in income DGS. occasioned by the quake. 96597 KAROGODIN, IIU.N. 0 svtåzi neftegazonosnosti s paleorekami, na primere Krasnoleninskogo raTona Zapadnoi Sibiri. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.170, no.4, p.908-911, map) In Russian. Title tr.: The connection of oil-gas content with paleorivers, as exemplified by Krasnoleninskiy region of West Siberia. Reports a study of Lower and Middle Jurassic deposits obtained from various drillings. Lithology and facies of these deposits are analyzed. Best reservoir rocks for oil and gas concentration are found in bed and delta facies of old rivers. For further prospecting this should be kept in mind. DLC. 96598 KAROGODIN, IiJ.N. 0 zalezhakh nefti shnurkovogo tipa v Zapadnot Sibiri. (Neftegazovaia geologii'a i geofizika In Russian. 1967, no.10, p.8-10, illus) Title Ir.: Oil pools of the shoestring type in West Siberia. Reports study of Jurassic deposits of the Krasnoleninskiy region. A generalized structural plan of the region is presented based on 30 well drillings and seismic prospecting. Two lithologic facies in Jurassic deposits are distinguished. Shoestring-like, or sleeve-like oil pools are identified and briefly characterized. DLC. 549

96599 KAROGODIN, I1J.N. Osobennosti stroeniia lokal'nykh podmåti severe Zapadnol Sibiri, Tiumenskaii Oblast'. (Neftegazovaia geologii'a i geofizika 1966, no.5, p.3-7, map, illus) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Features of the structure of local uplifts in the north of Western Siberia, Tyumen Province. Characterizes the Novoportovskoye, Purpeyskoye, Pyakapurovskoye, Tazovskoye, Zapolyamoye and other local structures of this region. The forms of uplift are brachyanticlinal or dome-like with a northwesterly or submeridional orientation. The angle of dip and other features of' these uplifts are described and their differences from those of southern regions pointed out. These uplifts should be studied to determine the prospects DLC. for oil and gas accumulation. 96600 KAROGODIN, IU.N. Perspektivy neftegazonosnosti verkhneaptskikh otlozhenil Zapadnoi Sibiri. (Geologitå i geofizika 1967, no.5, p.14-25, maps, section) 34 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Prospects of oil-gas accumulation in Upper Aptian deposits of West Siberia. Reviews some theoretical considerations, also geological and geophysical data of the Taz, Salekhard, Berezovo and other northern areas of West Siberia. An appraisal of the Aptian deposits is given and a generalized plan is presented for forecasting oil-gas manifestation, with the most prospective and non-prospective areas indicated. The greatest interest is in large and clear uplifts of the Mansiysk syneclise. DLC. KAROL', I.L., see No. 100456 96601 KARPACHEVSKII, L.O. and E.P. METEL'TSEVA. K istorii khvoinykh lesov na Kamchatke. (Botanicheskil zhurnal 1966. v.51, no.1, p.119-24, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Contribution to the history of coniferous forests in Kamchatka. Studies past distribution of five coniferous species based on pollen analyses of forest soils down to 1 m depth and chemical analyses of soil profiles 8-70 cm in depth. It is concluded that the present Holocene pine forests of Kamchatka are recent and spreading. DLC.

desite-basalts. High porosity of elements (0.25-0.01 mm fraction) is shown to determine their increased moisture capacity and DLC. high moisture reserves. KARPOV, B.P., see No 95183 96603 KARPOV, L.N. and others. Sdvigi v razvitii i razmeshchenii proizvoditel'nykh sil pripoliamykh ralonov Norvegii, Shvetsii i Finliandii pösle Vtoroi Mirovoi Voiny. (Problemy Severe 1967. no.12, p.231-41, map, tables) 14 refs. In Russian. Other authors: S.L. Lebedeva and M.N. Sokolov. Title ir.: Shifts in resource development and distribution in subpolar areas of Norway, Sweden and Finland after the 2d World War. English translation available from National Science Library, National Research Council, Ottawa. Electric power production increased in northern Sweden to 15 billion kwh, in Finland to 5 billion kwh, and in Norway to 6 billion kwh. In 1950-1960 the electric energy networks of the three countries were unified, with 5.5 million kw capacity. Available cheap power fostered development of industry, ferrous and non-ferrous metallurgy in Sweden, lumbering in Finland. The role of the state in the creation of basic conditions for development is stressed. CaMAI, DLC. 96604 KARPOV, V.T. Angara-Eniseiskif kaskad. Irkutsk, lrkutskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1962. 60 p. map. 4 ref's. In Russian. Title tr.: The Angara-Yenisey cascade. Popular account of the Angara-Yenisey Basin, and plans for construction of 12 hydroelectric stations, six on each of the two rivers. The Irkutsk station with 600,000 kw output was completed in 1958; the Bratsk station of 4.5 million kw output is under construction, as is the Krasnoyarsk station of DLC. 5 million kw output. 96605 KARPOVA, L.A. Principal cli(In: matic features of the Bering Sea. Sovetskie rybokhozisistvennye issledovaniiä v severo-vostochnoi chasti Tikhogo okeana, vyp.l. Jerusalem, Israel Program for Scientific Transl 1968, p.95-109, maps, table) 6 refs. DLC. English translation of No 79898. KARPOVA, V.P., see No. 101213

96602 KARPACHEVSKII, L.O. O poroznosti mekhanicheskikh elementov pochv Kamchatki. (Pochvovedenie 1967, no.3, p.93-96, tables) 9 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Porosity of particulate elements in Kamchatka soils. Discusses soil texture, porosity and moisture of the volcanic soils which have developed mainly on tuff andesites and an550

96606 KARPOVICH, V.N. Raboty Kandalakshskogo zapovednika po ustanovlenim sezonnogo razmeshchenii i chislennosti vodopiava ishchikh ptits na Belom i Barenisevom moriiikh. (In: Soveshchanie po geografii resursov vodoplavamshchikh ptits v SSSR... 1965, pt.1, p.20-21) In Russian. Title tr.: Studies of the Kandalaksha Nature

Preserve on establishing seasonal geographical distribution and numbers of water birds in the White and Barents Seas. Reports bird studies from 44 expeditions, 1956-64 in this preserve, and other shore points in the Murmansk region on the shores of the White and Barents Seas. All the birds studied were colonial nesting birds. Data on nesting places and mating habits were compiled so that hunting seasons could be set in Murmansk Province and the Yugorskiy peninsula to ensure the best protection of breeding birds. DLC. KARPOVICH, V.N., see also No. 94022, 96689 KARPUSHINA, V.A., see No. 95527 96607 KARSTEN, P.A. Mycologia fennica. New York, London, Johnson 1966. 4v. in 1. (Bidrag till kännedom of Finlands natur ach folk no.19,23,25,31) Facsimile reprint of No 23147, 23148, 23149, 23150. DLC. 96608 KARSTEN, P.A. Symbolae ad mycologiam Fennicam. New York, London, Johnson Reprint Corp. 1966. Various paging. In Latin. A taxonomy of fungi first published in the 19th century, based on collections from all of Finland and the Kola Peninsula. DLC. 96609 KARTASHOV, I.P. Kolichestvo i vozrast oledenenl Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geol. i geofiziki. Chetvertichnyt period SSSR... 1966, p.289-96, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Number and age of the glaciations in the Northeast of the USSR. The majority of investigators at present agree that there were two glaciations. Geomorphic analysis of glacial forms of relief rather indicates three independent glaciations. Their age is discussed in terms of correlation with other regions. Current data indicate that Quaternary deposits in the Northeast are not yet sufficiently investigated for the number and age of glaciations to be distinguished. Further palynological studies are urged. CaMAI, DLC. 96610 KARTASHOV, I.P. Terrasouvaly i sviazannye s nimi rykhlye otlozheniia i rossypi. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.166, no.2, p.424-26, sections) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The terrace ridges and the unconsolidated deposits and placers connected with them. Terrace ridges are heterogeneous fluvialdenudation relief forms developed on river terraces. Such features of the Kolyma, In-

digirka and Malyy Anyuy basins are described and illus. Terrace ridge placers are briefly described as of a special type. DLC. KARTASHOV, I.P., see also No. 97900 96611 KARTASHOVA, K. Organizaisiia zhiznennoi sredy v usloviiäkh Krainego Severs. (Arkhitektura SSSR 1967. v.35, no.12, p.59-62, graphs, table, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Management of the living environment under conditions of the Far North. Discusses the severe climatic conditions of the arctic-subarctic regions, and the architectural planning required to enable residents to conduct their activities less exposed to the elements than in temperate regions. A compound of four to six-story apartment houses built around a central courtyard with a transparent roof is described, as constructed or planned at Noril'sk, Mirnyy, Magadan, etc. A circular four-story apartment house with a central transparent-roofed court is also described as well-suited to sites in the coastal zone, where the northerly wind exposure and the long dark periods are major factors in planning structures. DLC. KARTENKO, N.F., see No. 97076 KARTSEVA, G.N., see No. 95739 The enduring 96612 KASANOF, D. (Sea frontiers 1963. v.9, no.4, Bear. p.246-51, illus) Traces the history of this vessel from its construction as a sealer at Dundee, Scotland in 1873 to its sinking while in tow in 1963. Its activities as a sealer until 1884, its role in the rescue of the Greely expedition are recounted, and relief of whalers at Barrow 1897-98. Among later operations described are duty with the Bering Sea Patrol; introduction of reindeer to Alaska; oceanographic research in both the Arctic and Antarctic; a period as a maritime museum at Oakland, Calif; support vessel for the second Antarctic Expedition of Byrd; duty with the Greenland Patrol in World War II, and an unsuccessful attempt to refit the ship for DLC. sealing in 1947. KASHCHENKO, S.A., see No. 93865, 93866 96613 KASHEVAROV, E.M. Opyt intensifikaisii proizvodstva na shakhtakh Pechorskogo ugol'nogo bassevna. (Ugol' 1965. In Russian. v.40, no.1, p. 66-67, table) Title tr.: An attempt at increasing production at the mines of the Pechora coal basin. Reports the improvements in mining equipment, methods and labor organization during 551

1958-63. The average monthly advance of a stope was 34.1 m/month in the Pechora basin as compared with the all-USSR average of 31.1 m/mo; daily production from a single active stope averaged 314 t as against 184 t for the USSR; length of a stope averages 122 m vs 73 m, monthly productivity: 9719 vs 7352 t, and loading 83% mechanized vs 49.8% for all USSR. Coal production from the Pechora basin is estimated to double by 1975. DLC. 96614 KASHIN, V.I. and A.S. KOZOBRODOV. 0 severnoT graniise IistveØisy v lesakh Arkhangel'skoT oblasti. (Botanicheskil zhumal 1966. v.51, no.3, p.402-403, Title tr.: The map) Refs. In Russian. northern limits of larch in the forests of Arkhangel'sk Province. Quotes different opinions on soil chemistry limiting the northern occurrence of this tree. Author claims that carbonate rocks form approximately the limits of this distriDLC. bution. 96615 KASHKAROV, I. V dolgu u rybakov. (Okhrana truda i soisial'noe strakhovanie 1967. v.10, no.10, p.27) In Title tr.: We owe it to the Russian. fishermen. Criticizes safety law violations and inadequate medical facilities in the Murmansk fishing fleet. Use of cruising hospital ships between fishing areas, machinery instead of manual labor to reduce high accident and injury rate are urged. DLC. 96616 KASHKINA, A.A. 0 razmnozhenii zheltoperoT kambaly Limanda aspera Pallas, v vostochnoT chasti Beringova mori i ob izmenenii ee nerestovogo stada. (Moskva. Vses. n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Trudy 1965. v.58, p.191-99, tables, maps.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Reproduction of yellow fin sole Limanda aspera Pallas, in the eastern Bering Sea and changes in its spawning shoal. Reports on collections of ichthyoplankton made 21-31 July 1962 in the area 58°30'-63°N 163°-174°W. Eggs of this sole were encountered on 20 stations (listed) of over a hundred made. Frequency of occurrence is mapped, areas of spawning outlined and results compared with those of 1958. Numbers of spawned females are also used as indicators of spawning. DLC. 96617 KASHKINA, A.A. ZimniT ikhtioplankton raiona Komandorskikh ostrovov. (Moskva. Vses. n:isst. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Trudy 1965. v.58, p.179-89, tables, map, illus.) Approx. 35 552

refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Winter ichthyoplankton in the Commander Islands area. Reports on collections made in the first half of Mar 1963. Eggs and larvae of ten fish species are described with notes on date(s), location(s), and depth of finds. Spawning periods, and water masses are also considered. DLC. 96618 KASHMENSKAIA, O.V. and Z.M. KHVOROSTOVA. Geomorfologicheskif analiz pri poiskakh rossypeT na primere zolotonosnykh raionov Kolymy i Indigirki. (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. NauchnyT sovet po rudoobrazovaniiu. Geologiia rossypeT In Russian. 1965. p.145-51, graphs, illus) Title tr.: Geomorphic analysis for search of placers as exemplified by the Kolyma and Indigirka gold-bearing regions. Outlines the role of geomorphic analysis in forecasting and searching for placer deposits, from study of the gold-bearing Berelekh and El'ga basins. Development of relief, tectonic movements, Quaternary glaciations, and other factors are analyzed and the conclusion is drawn that geomorphic analysis together with metallogenic analysis can be most effectively used for prognosis of gold placers. Two maps, metallogenic and geomorphic should be constructed; these can answer most questions arising in a search for placer deposits. DLC. 96619 KASHTANOV, M.S. Kora vyvetrivaniia na kimberlitakh Sibirskol platformy kak istochnik glinozema pri boksitoobrazovanii. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.168, no.3, p.672-74, tables, graphs) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Crust weathering on kimberlites of the Siberian platform as a source of alumina for bauxite formation. Crust weathering on kimberlites has only local distribution, and according to drilling data it goes about 30-40 m deep. In a weathering profile, zones of degradation, nontronite clay, and kaolinite-goethite clay are recognized. Each is briefly characterized and its chemical analysis given. Laterite weathering is noted on kimberlites. DLC. 96620 KASHTANOV, M.S. Ob elinvial'nykh boksitakh na diatremakh Vostochnol Sibiri. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.174, no.2, p.442-43, illus) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Eluvial bauxites on diatremes of Eastern Siberia. Reports a study of bauxites in the Chadobets uplift, Podkamennaya Tunguska basin. They are found in weathering crust of kimberlites and are characterized by the following features: they are attributed only to diatremes, are localized in irregular form inside kaolinite-goethite clays, and have a

high (up to 33%) content of manganese minerals. DLC. 96621 KASHTANOV, V.A. and A.N. REZAPOV. Fosfatonosnost' verkhnemelovykh zhelezonosnykh otlozhenii basseinov rek Turukhana i Elogruä. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1966. v.146, p.137-39, map) In Russian. Title tr.: Phosphate-bearing properties of Upper Cretaceous iron-bearing deposits of the Turukhan and Yeloguy River basins. Iron-bearing deposits of Turukhan-Yeloguy region represent the northern part of the West Siberian iron-ore basin. In stratigraphic position they belong to Campanian-Maestrichtian stages. Mineral composition of the iron ores is described. The iron-bearing deposits have a high P205 content, up to 8.32-13.46%. Prospects for discovery of proDLC. ductive phosphorites are limited. KASHTANOV, V.A., see also No. 94833 96622 KASHTELIAN, V.I. and others. Soprotivlenie l'da dvizhenhü sudna. Leningrad, Izd-vo Sudostroenie 1968. 238 p. graphs, tables, illus. 110 refs. In Russian. Other authors: I.I. Poznihk and A.IA. Ryvlin. Tide tr.: Ice resistance to the ship's movement. Considers the theoretical and experimental problems of a vessel's movement through loose pack, solid, and hummocky sea ice. Chapters are devoted to ice properties, methods of studying movements and maneuverability of ships in ice, icebreakers, ice navigation of other vessels and designing vessels for ice navigation. DLC. 96623 KASHTELIAN, V.I. and A. IA. RYVLIN. Uchet prirodnykh kharakteristik sploshnogo l'da pri otsenke ego prokhodimosti ledokolom. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1966. no.22, p.75-80, graphs, tables) In Russian. Title tr Calculation of natural properties of close pack ice by appraisal of its penetrability by icebreakers. Discusses icebreaker movement in Arctic Basin ice where transit is significantly affected by the ice thickness, degree of decay, hummocking, etc. Its breakdown value is considered as a constant close to 8.0 kg/cm2. The method, developed with field tests of icebreakers, works out an estimate of the penetrability of the ice cover with the aid of nomograms for its hummocking, decay, and thickness, and the icebreaker speed. DLC. KASPAR'IAN, E.V., see No. 100827, 100831

96624 KASSAGSSUK. Sagnet om den The legend of the orphan foraeldreløse. boy. København, Udg. of Lyngby Kunstforening 1967. 62 p. illus. In English, Danish, and Eskimo. Greenlandic legend illus by the Eskimo seal hunter and painter Jakob Danielsen, b. 1890 at Sioraq on the Disko Fiord. The narrative follows the Godthaab version recorded by Knud Rasmussen (No 14222), while the illus depict the slightly different Disko variant. A biographical sketch of J. Danielsen is given in the Introduction by Ph. Rosendahl. His painting style, gift as raconteur, etc are discussed. DLC. 96625 KASTEN, F. Albedo and sky radiance measurements in Greenland. Hanover, N.H. 1966. 10 p. graphs, tables. Refs. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Research report no.180) Presents results of observations of visual albedo and luminance during whiteout. Luminance and radiance of densely overcast sky and snow surface were measured in several spectral ranges. The study shows that the horizon may be detected by vertical scanning with near-ultraviolet and near-infrared light. Other ways of combatting whiteout are also briefly indicated. The observations were made CaMAI. at Camp Century, Greenland. 96626 KASTEN, F. Table of solar altitudes for geographical latitudes plus or minus 77°10'. Hanover, N.H. 1962. 178 p. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Lab. Special report no.57) Presents a table of solar altitudes as a function of time prepared for a certain high geographical latitude. Natural environment is largely governed by weather and climate, which in turn, are governed by meteorological elements. Since most of the meteorological elements are a function of time, both time of day and time of the year, a thorough analysis of meteorological data, particularly radiation quantities, requires an exact knowledge of the solar altitude at the time of measurement. This also holds for the long period of twilight in polar regions, analysis of which also requires some knowledge of negative solar altitudes. DLC. KATAEV, A.K., see No. 99592 KATAEVA, Z.T., see No. 95050, 95251 96627 KATASONOV, E.M. L'dy v morskikh otlozheniiikh. (Priroda 1967. 2 refs. In v.56, no.6, p.107-110, illus) Title tr.: Ice in marine deposits. Russian. Reviews ice buried in the sea bottom and 553

discusses its origin. 1963 observations of ice 12x4 m in extent in the Laptev Sea bottom near Cape Buorkhaya are reported. Such phenomena are possibly not everywhere similar because of such factors as bottom DLC. relief, ice thickness, etc. KATCHEN, L, see No. 98615 HATKOV, S.N., see No. 96754 KATÖ, K., see No. 96118 KAfS, F.I., see No. 94295 96628 KAfSENEL'SON, I.B. Neka torye rezul'taty issledovan7 diffuznykh otrazhenii za [sikl solnechnoi aktivnosti na st. Murmansk. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomii 1966. v.6, no.6, p.1032-1035, illus) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some results of the Murmansk station investigations of diffuse reflections during the solar activity cycle. Shows that the frequency of diffuse radio reflections from the F2 region of the ionosphere depends upon the intensity of solar activity, and two maxima are indicated in 1956 and 1960, periods of moderate activity. These reflections are less frequent in the sunlit ionosphere, during summer months. The variation curve of the reflection frequency versus the years (1954-64) of a complete solar cycle is given for Loparskaya station. The relationship of the reflections and the geomagnetic field intensity indicate a primarily corpuscular origin of the phenomenon. DLC. 96629 KAfSNEL'SON, B.A. and L.G. BABUSHKINA. Ob akklimatizatsii belykh krys v uslovii kh khronicheskogo preryvistogo vozdetstviiii neblagoprilåtnykh temperatur. (Bmlleten' eksperimental'noi biologii i meditsiny 1966. v.61, no.5, p.40-43) 20 refs. In Russian. English summary. Tide tr.: Acclimatization of albino rats to the continuously intermittent influence of unfavorable temperature conditions. Reports on rats regularly exposed for 5-6 hr over a period of 6 months, to 38-40°C or 7-8°C. Skin and rectal temperature, weight of body, kidney, adrenal, liver, lung and spleen are discussed. DLC. 96630 KATSUFRAKIS, J.P. Whistlers and VLF emissions. (In: NATO. Advanced Study Inst. 1963. Natural electromagnetic phenomena below 30 kc/s 1964, p.261-86, map, illus) 37 refs. Reviews some of the research on whistlers and very low frequency (VLF) emissions, presenting the spectra of VLF phenomena observed at geomagnetically conjugate points 554

in the Northern (Unalaska, Seattle, Stanford) and Southern (Wellington, Dunedin, Macquarie Island) Hemispheres. A brief description of the phenomena is given. Experimental results on the shape and variations of the equatorial profile of magnetospheric electron density are discussed, describing periodic emissions, their probable generating mechanisms, and their daily, annual, semiannual, solar cycle, and magnetic storm variations. A whistler propagation theory is worked out, and an atlas given of radiowhistler spectrograms at the conjugate points, also at the conjugate pairs: Great Whale River - Byrd Station and Carde-Eights Station. The VLF phenomena are believed to originate in DLC. the ionosphere. KATSUFRAKIS, J.P., see also No. 94461 96631 KATSYKA, A.P. Temperaturnyl rezhim Kamchatki. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1966, no.4, p.86-93, maps, table) In Russian. Title b Temperature regime of Kamchatka. Considers the monthly mean of air and soil as its basic characteristics. Atmospheric circulation, the land mass of the peninsula, and proximity of large water bodies as they affect air temp are discussed. Almost all Kamchatka has cool summers, temp rarely exceeding 10°C, and cold winters, down to -64°C in the north. Lowest soil temp (-30°C) was recorded in Jan at the Verkhne-Penzhino station. Max depth of freezing was 150 cm in PeDLC. tropavlovsk-Kamchatskiy. KATZ, A., see No. 95061 96632 KAURANEN, P. and J.K. MIETTINEN. 210po and 210Pb in environmental (In: Intl. Symposium samples in Finland. on Radioecological Concentration Processes, Stockholm 1966, Proceedings pub 1967. 14 refs. p.275-80, graph, tables) Reports measurements of concentrations in the biosphere of 210Pb and of its a -emitting decay product 210Po. Slow-growing plants. and particularly lichens, show the highest concentrations of both nuclides. They are also found in animal tissue; in bone there is a slight deficiency of 210Po (relative to 210Pb) and in soft tissues a considerable excess. This suggests an uptake of 210Pb by bone, followed by its decay to 210Po which is then partially mobilized and redistributed to soft tissues. Levels of both nuclides are ten times higher in reindeer than in elk, apparently due to the lichen diet of the reindeer. Anyone on a reindeer diet will probably ingest 10-30 times more 210Po than one on an average diet. DLC.

KAURTSEV, T.N., see No. 98484 96633 KAVARDIN, G.I. and others. Metallogenicheskoe ralonirovanie Eniseiskoi nikelenosnol provintsii. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'natä geologiia 1967, no.11, p.43-137, maps, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.S. Golubkov, A.M. Ivanova and G.N. Staritsyna. Title tr.: Metallogerdc zoning of the Yenisey nickel-bearing province. Reports collective study in 1965 to establish the right direction for prospecting of copper-nickel deposits and to increase its effectiveness with respect to the distribution features of copper-nickel, iron-ore, polymetallic and copper-zeolite ore formations. The Noril'sk - Kharayelakh, Lama - Khantayka, Kureyka - Severnaya River, Nizhnyaya Tunguska, and Igarka ore-bearing regions are distinguished. Some 14 ore zones are characterized. The Noril'sk - Kharayelakh region is the most promising. DLC. 96634 KAVARDIN, G.I. and I.N. GORIAINOV. 0 mnogostadimom formirovanii sul'fidnykh medno-nikelevykh rud Sibirskol trappovoi formatsii. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1967. v.151, p.214-20, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr: Multi-stage formation of sulfide copper-nickel ores in Siberian trap formation. Distinguishes six groups of ore-bearing anisotropic intrusions associated in three types. Five ore stages are described: chalcopyrite-pyrrhotite, chalcopyrite-pyrite-pyrrhotite, pentlandite-chalcopyrite-pyrrhotite, pentlandite-cubanite-pyrrhotite and pyritepyrrhotite. Formation of the . sulfide ores of the nickel-copper formation of the Yenisey ore province was a multi-stage process. DLC. 96635 KAVARDIN, G.I. and others. Raschlenenie intruzivnykh trappov dire tselei metallogenicheskogo ralonirovaniiä. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1967. v.151, p.189-99, tables) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: G.N. Staritsyna and N.N. Urvantsev. Title tr.: Separation of intrusive traps for the purpose of metallogenic zoning. Distinguishes five series of trap intrusions according to their petrochemical features: magnesial, limestone-alkaline, alkaline-ferruginous, subalkaline, and subacid. Each series is described. Seven groups of intrusions in Yenisey ore province are distinguished and each group is briefly characterized. DLC.

96636 KAVARDIN, C.I. and others. Vtoroe soveshchanie po petrologii trappovol formatsii i svi zannomu s neil orudenenitü. (Sovetskaiä geologiiä 1966, no.1, p.145-48) In Russian. Other authors: L.I. K_ravüova, IA.I. Pol'kin, G.N. Staritsyna, IU.I. Tomanovskaiä and N.N. Urvantsev. Title tr.: Second conference on the petrology of trap formation and related mineralization. Reviews this conference of 22-26 Mar 1965 called by the Institute of Geology of the Arctic in Leningrad. Trap magmatism of the Siberian platform, differentiation and crystallization of basalt magma, copper-nickel mineralization, etc were among the topics discussed. Many of the papers are briefly summarized. DLC. KAVARDIN, C.I., see also No. 97088, 99110, 100913 KAVERZNEVA, N.A., see No. 99883 KAWAMURA, A., see No. 97235 96637 KAWASAKI, K. and S.I. AKASOFU. Polar solar daily geomagnetic variations on exceptionally quiet days. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.21, p.5363-71, tables, graphs) 25 refs. Analyzes records of 11 observatories in 60.0°(Sitka) to 89.0°(Thule) mag lat, and nine observatories during two exceptionally quiet days, 8 May 1964 and 10 Dec 1963. The results are compared with those of earlier investigators. The intensification of the solarquiet-day daily variation, Sqp and the second component, Sq° produced by an ionospheric current system are discussed, and a possible mechanism for Sqn, significantly different from the field of polar electrojet is suggested. DLC. 96638 KAYS, M. and R.A. CRAIG. The order of magnitude of large-scale vertical motions in the upper stratosphere, 2. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.8, p.2171-72, tables) In sequence to No 88435. Calculates the temperature advection in the stratosphere by using an improved equation. A comparison of advection terms computed from 10-millibar maps and from wind profiles is given in a table for Ft Greely, Alaska and other locations. DLC. 96639 KAYSER, C. La depense d'energie mammiferes en hibernation. (Archives des sciences physiologiques 1964. v.18, 34 refs. In no.2, p.137-50, table, graphs) French. Title tr.: Energy expenditure of mammals in hibernation. On the basis of 02-consumption, heat 555

production, ambient and core temperatures, author produces a formula of daily energy expenditure of 16 species during hibernation. Another formula is presented for the (brown) bear. The relationship of the various parameters in this study is discussed. DNLM. 96640 KAYSER, C. Le rythme nycth6m6ral de la dbpense d'bnergie chez les hibernants en sommeil hivernal. (Archives des sciences physiologiques 1965. v.19, no.4, p.369-413, tables, illus) 37 refs. In French. Title tr.: The nychthemeral rhythm of expenditure of energy by hibernators during winter dormancy. Measurements of the oxygen consumption, heart rate, spontaneous arousals, and cerebral waves of hibernators that represented normal diurnal or nocturnal activity rhythms, were made to test whether circadian rhythms are maintained during hibernation. The results were negative. DNLM. Some 96641 KAYSER, C. and others. external (climatic) and internal (endocrine) factors in relation to production of hibernation. (Suomalainen Tiedeakatemia. Toimituksia. Annales. Ser. A. IV: Biologica 1964, no.71, Intl. Symposium... Hibernation 1962. Proceedings no.71/19, p.269-82, tables, illus) Refs. Other authors: G. Vincendon, R. Frank and A. Porte. Studies induced hibernation one or two months in advance of the normal season by placing the hibernators (dormice, ground squirrels, hamsters) in a dark refrigerator. Study of the adrenal cortex shows a stress reaction as a result of the stay at low temperature, accompanied by signs of thyroid activity. Hibernation is accompanied by parathyroid hyperactivity, bone decalcification, a greater frequency of dental caries and more intense ATP metabolism. There is a seasonal rhythm of 02 consumption in hamsters. DLC. 96642 KAYSER, C. Stoffwechsel and Winterschlaf. (Helgoländer wissenschaftliche Meeresuntersuchungen 1964. v.9, no.1-4, p.158-86, graphs, tables) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Metabolism and hibernation. This is one of 38 papers presented at the First International Symposium on Problems of Quantitative Biology of Metabolism, Helgoland, 1963. During hibernation, the minimum energy expenditure is proportional to body weight P(kcal/24 hr = 3.20xPt.03) when energy expenditure alone is taken into account without considering body temperature. If the central temp of hibernating hibernators is involved, the weight exponent in the equation is much lower, viz: 0.84. Fat deposits are the source of the energy

556

produced during hibernation; disappearance of liver glycogen is very slow. Hypoglycemia is normally found in hibernating hibernators. Serum urea-level is increased. Hibernating reduces the negative Ca balance in active hibernators in winter; serum Ca/K ratio and serum-magnesium concentration are increased. A.T.P.-synthesis, glucose metabolism and lactic acid production increase in nerve cells of hibernating rodents, as compared with DI. homoiothermic rodents. KAYSER, C., see also No. 94023 KAZAK, B.N., see No. 99330 96643 KAZAKEVICH, IÜ.P. and S.D. Printsipy i metody sostavleniii SHER. srednemasshtabnykh metallogenicheskikh prognoznykh kart na zoloto dhå rossypnykh raionov, na primere Lenskogo zolotonosnogo ralona. (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. Nauchnyl sovet po rudoobrazovaniiu. Geologiii rossypei 1965. p.330-31) In Russian. Title tr.: Principles and methods of compiling medium scale metallogenic forecasting maps for gold placer regions, as exemplified by the Lena gold-bearing region. Summarizes specific features of this region where Lower and Middle Quaternary gold placers have formed. Factors controlling original sources of gold are characterized. Tectonic movements, paleogeographic environments, erosion processes are also conDLC. sidered. 96644 KAZAKEVICH, Ib.P. and N.A. VASHKO. Rol' lednikovykh protsessov v sokhranenii i unichtozhenii zolotonosnykh rossypei na primere nekotorykh raionov (In: Akademiiä nauk SSSR. NaSibiri. uchnyi sovet po rudoobrazovaniiü. Geologiiä rossypel 1965. p.157-64, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: The role of glacial processes in preservation and destruction of gold placers as exemplified by some regions of Siberia. Examines the role of glacial processes in the Yana-Kolyma and Chukotka folded zones, Lena region, Aldan gold province and elsewhere. A general conclusion is offered that in valleys in areas of relative subsidence, gold-bearing deposits were preserved under glacial sediments; in valleys of areas in high elevation however, glaciers excavated goldbearing beds and they were washed out by DLC. glacial waters. 96645 KAZAKOV, D.E. and others. Geologo-ekonomicheskie pokazateli poiskovykh i razvedochnykh rabot na neft' i gaz v Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (ZapadnoSibirskil n: issl. geologorazvedochnyt neftia-

noT inst. Trudy 1965. no.1, p.217-28, tables) 4 refs. In Russian. Other authors: I.I. Title tr.: GeoNesterov and G.B. Ostryl. logic-economic indicators for oil and gas prospecting and exploration work in the West Siberian lowland. Quantifies this activity and its cost for 1948-63. Geologic survey, electric logging, seismic survey, aeromagnetic studies, grayimetric investigations, and drillings are reviewed for each year with cost estimates. Deep drillings are reported for the same period. Comparisons are made with the other DLC. regions of the USSR.

p.22-23) In Russian. Title E.: Sunshine over the "edge of the world". Sketches the social and economic progress in the Far North, from own observations on a trip through the Evenki and Chukchi National Districts. Industrial and urban development, fur hunting, fishing, pest control, etc are dealt with. Extensive use of prefabricated parts for building will ease housing shortage and aid the reduction to settlement of nomadic aborigines. A speech by Senator E. Gruening of Alaska is quoted to show the plight of American Eskimos and Indians. DLC.

96646 KAZAKOV, D.E. Sostoianie proizvoditel'nosti truda pri burenii glubokikh poiskovo-razvedochnykh skvazhin na neft' i gaz v Zapadnol Sibiri. (In: Problemy osvoenlil Zapadno-Sibirskoi... 1966, p.85-97, In Russian. Title n : Work tables) productivity in drilling deep exploratory wells for oil and gas in West Siberia. Reviews in detail drilling done in 1954-64 by the Tyumen, Krasnoyarsk, and Novosibirsk geological surveys. Techniques and time used, speed of drilling, requirements of workers, cost of drilling and other aspects are analyzed and data presented. These figures reveal that work productivity in deep drilling is only 50% of that of other leading oil regions in the USSR. The poor productivity is attributed to severe climatic conditions, transportation difficulties, insufficient organization, etc and suggestions for improvement are DLC. given.

KAZAKOVA, M.E., see No. 97334, 99820

96647 KAZAKOV, G.A. and others. Absohütnyl vozrast dokembrtiskikh osadochnykh tolshch zapadnogo obramleniia Sibirskof platformy: Eniseiskil kri zh, Turukhanskoe i Chadobetskoe podniätiiä. (Akademiiil nauk SSSR. Kotnissitä po opredelenint absohntnogo vozrasta geologicheskikh formatsif. Trudy 1964 pub 1966, 13 sessiig, p.312-16, table, section) 6 refs. In Russian. Other authors: Title tr.: K.G. Knorre and V.P. Strizhov. Absolute age of Precambrian sedimentary strata of the western framework of the Siberian platform: Yenisey Ridge, Turukhan and Chadobets uplifts. K-Ar ages of 12 glauconite samples of these regions range from 545-1300 MY. A stratigraphic column of Precambrian deposits is presented. These series of the Riphean group are briefly characterized, and their DLC. absolute age noted. KAZAKOV, G.A., see also No. 95463 96648 KAZAKOV, P. Solntse nad "opushkol mira". (Okhrana truda i sotsial'noe strakhovanie 1967. v.10, no.11,

96649 KAZAKOVA, N.N. and L.T. MATVEEV. Technique and basic results of the calculation of vertical air motions (from data (In: Vanof the NP-7 drifting station). gengelm, G.IA. and A.F. Laktionov, eds. Hydrometeorology of the polar regions... 1967, p.178-88, graph, tables) 9 refs. English CaMAI. translation of No 79940. 96650 KAZANETS, I.P. Zhelezorudnatå promyshlennost' SSSR za 50 let Sovetsko► vlasti. (Gornyi zhurnal 1967. v.142, no.11, In Russian. Title tr.: The p.3-8, tables) iron ore industry of the USSR during 50 years of Soviet rule. The Minister of Ferrous Metallurgy outlines achievements since 1913 when 9.2 million tons iron were produced; in 1967 production was 160.2 million t. Tabulated data include the output at Olenegorsk and Kovdor deposits in Kola Peninsula: in 1965, 8.6 and 5.9 million t. and in 1966, 8.7 and 6.1 DLC. million t. respectively. KAZANSKII, IÜ.P. Sostav i 96651 proiskhozhdenie izvestniäkov dashkinskoi svity, Eniseiskil krtäzh. (Litologiia i poleznye iskopaemye 1966, no.3, p.114-21, table, ilTitle tr.: Comlus) Refs. In Russian. position and origin of Dashka series limestones; Yenisey Ridge. Three types of rock are recognized in the Dashka series: chemogenic-fragmental, organogenic-fragmental, and fragmental. Each is analyzed. The origin of the carbonate rocks is discussed. Formation of the limestones took place under shallow-sea conditions. DLC. 96652 KAZANSKII, V. Entuziasty Kralnego Severs. (Sel'skokhozi istvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1966, Title tr.: In Russian. v.10, no.10, p.52) Enthusiasts of the Far North. Reports activities of the Taymyr District Agricultural Society founded nearly three yr previously. It has technical and veterinary 557

sections, and one for disseminating advanced methods; it aids farms with advice, delivers DLC. lectures, etc. 96653 KAZANSKII, V.I. and B.L OMEL'IANENKO. 0 mezozoiskikh gidrotermal'nykh izmenenii`akh arkheiskikh porod v TSentral'no-Aldanskom raione. (Geologiia rudnykh mestorozhdenii 1967. v.9, no.1, p.57-65, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Mesozoic hydrothermal alteration of Archean rocks in the central Aldan region. During the Mesozoic, increased tectonic movements, magmatism and hydrothermal activity resulted in reactivation of old and formation of new faults, intnlsion-of alkaline and subalkalic rocks of potassic series and formation of gold and other postmagmatic deposits. Hydrothermal alterations, producing low temperature quartz-orthoclase metasomatites, developed along faults in amphibolites, gneisses, migmatites and other rocks. Upper parts of metasomatic aureoles, 10-20 m wide, at depths of 700-1000 m, consist of outer, intermediate and inner zones. Microscopic examination of rock from zones of hydrothermal alteration and the chemical composition of quartz-orthoclase metasomatites indicate formation under conditions of DLC. high activity of K, CO2, and S. 96654 KAZANTSEV, A.I. and P.P. KHONeoliticheskie pogrebeniii v ROSHIKH. raione Angarskoi gidroelektrostantsii. (Irkutsk. Oblastnol kraevedcheski muzei. Zapiski 1958, p.43-50, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Neolithic burials in the area of the Angara power station. Describes the skeletal and artifactual contents of three graves discovered in 1953, on the Angara River, 13 km north of Irkutsk. The stone slab lining of the pits, flexed position and NW orientation of the bodies, etc are typical for the late Kitoy and early Glazkovo periods, i.e. 2000-1800 BC. DLC. 96655 KAZARINOV, V.P. and V.I. BGATOV. Osadochnye serii i poleznye iskopaemye Zapadnoi Sibiri. (Intl. Geological Congress, 22d, New Delhi 1964. Doklady sovetskikh geologov. Problema 16[c]: voprosy metallogenii. Moskva 1965. p.182-92, table, illus) 12 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr. Sedimentary series and minerals in Western Siberia. In the thick sedimentary series of the West-Siberian platform, Siberian platform, and Altai-Sayan highland, bauxites, Fe and Mn, phosphorites, non-ferrous and rare-metal placers, refractory clay, quartz sands, and other commercial minerals, are associated with the weathering crusts. Such zones recur in cyclic succession within five major sed558

imentary complexes, viz: Cambrian-Ordovician, Silurian-Lower Carboniferous, Upper Carboniferous-Lower Triassic, Upper TriassicMiddle Eocene, and all post-Eocene sediments. The succession of lithologic facies changes within the major and minor cycles is discussed, and a synoptic diagram indicates the stratigraphic position of the crusts and associated types of mineral deposits. DGS. KAZARINOV, V.P., see also No. 94014 96656 KAZARINOV, V.V. and others. Geokhimicheskaiä kharakteristika neftei i gazov Khapchagaiskogo podntåtiii Viliuiskoi (Sibirskil n: issl. inst. geologii, sineklizy. geofiziki i mineral'nogo syria. Trudy 1967, no.63, p.149-67, tables) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: A.E. Kontorovich, R.E. MachinskaiI, D.P. Sidorov and O.F. Stasova. Title tr» Geochemical characteristics of oils and gases of the Khapchagay uplift of the Vilyuy syneclise. Reports study of the composition of gases, condensates, oils and water of the productive Upper Permian, Triassic and Jurassic deposits. Two groups of oil and condensates are established, one attributed to Permian and Triassic deposits, the other to Jurassic deposits. Opinion is expressed that Upper Liassic deposits may also bear oil. Migration DLC. of hydrocarbons is discussed. 96657 KAZIMIROVSKII, E.S. and G.I. KIUN. 0 kharaktere gorizontal'nykh dvizhemi v ionosfere Zemli. (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskil inst. zemnogo magnetizma, ionosfery i rasprostranenitå radiovoln. Issledovaniihh po geomagnetizmu... 1966. p.28-37, graphs, table) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Character of horizontal movements in the earth's ionosphere. Discusses the results of measurements of horizontal ionospheric drifts during IGY and IGC investigations at worldwide stations, incl Murmansk during Nov 1958 - Dec 1959. Macroscopic movements of air masses are studied at 40-140 km and 180-500 km alt by radio-sounding. The systems of zonal and meridianal winds in the lower ionosphere during Dec-Feb and June-Aug, zonal and meridianal drifts, and daily variations of drift velocities in the upper ionosphere are given in diagrams. The results are compared with theoretical systems of winds, and considered a part of the general atmospheric circuDLC. lation. 96658 KAZURINA, N.M. Ispytaniia na obogatimost' prob olovorudnykh mestorozhdenii. (Magadan. Vses. n.-issl. inst. zolota i redkikh metallov. Sbornik referatov 1961 pub 1962, p.100-103, table) In Russian. Title

tr.: Experiments in the enrichment of samples from tin ore deposits. A system of ore concentration suitable for small-scale mines was investigated at the Verkhniy Bastoy, Solnechnoye, and Chuzhoye mines of the Magadan region using concentration tables and jigging for precipitation of relatively coarse ore particles. Jigging of ore particles whose initial dimensions are 6 mm, and the use of flotation for separating sulfides from ore are found beneficial for ore concentration. DLC. 96659 KEATINGE, W.R. Death after shipwreck. (British medical journal, Dec. 25, 1965, no.5477, p.1537-41) 14 refs. Study based on answers to questionnaires of survivors of the Lakonia disaster and other sources. The reports indicate that most of the 113 deaths were caused by immersion hypothermia. Lack of clothing and excessive activity in the water were exacerbating elements. DNLM. KEATTS, C.L., see No. 100527 KEBULADZE, T.V., see No. 94943 KEELER, C.M., see No. 99320 KEEN, C., see No. 95210 96660 KEEN, G. and F. GERBODE. Observations on the microcirculation during profound hypothermia. (Journal of thoracic and cardiovascular surgery 1963. v.45, no.2, p.252-60, illus) 17 refs. Reports study of sludging in the bulbar conjunctiva and mesentery of dogs cooled to I5°C. It was found to occur only when arterial pressure falls below 50 mm Hg. Return of blood pressure to normal reverses the sludging process. DNLM. KEEN, M.J., see No. 95210, 99581 KEETON, R.W., see No. 95601 KEFELI, F.F., see No. 95643 96661 KEITH, S. New bird records from Alaska and the Alaska highway. (Canadian field-naturalist 1967. v.81, no.3, p.196-200) Refs. Presents records from Hooper Bay, the Pribilofs and Mt McKinley Park in Aug-Sept 1956, and from Nome, Wales, and Mt McKinley Park in July-Aug 1965. The sharp-tailed sandpiper is found to be a regular, not an accidental, fall visitor to Alaska. The nesting of white wagtails and red-throated pipits is reported, as is the

sighting of western tanager and a lark sparrow. CaMAI, DGS. 96662 KELEHER, J.J. A survey of Great Slave Lake fishing. (North 1966. v.13, no.1, p.S0-53, map, illus) Reports growth in sport fisheries in Great Slave Lake waters, reflected by a seven-fold increase in angling license sales during the 1951-61 decade. Of the 26 species known to occur in the lake, the lake trout, Arctic grayling, northern pike, walleye, and inconnu are regarded as sport fish. Describes seven selected locations in and around the lake which have been surveyed for accessibility, occurrence of species, and catch. CaMAI. KELKER, N.E., see No. 96840 KELL', G.N., see No. 94159, 94161 KELLER, B.M., see No. 95463 96663 KELLEY, J.J. and others. Radiative energy exchange over arctic land and sea, part 1: data 1962. Seattle, Wash. 1964. 15 p. tables, map, illus. (Washington (State) Univ. Dept. of Atmospheric Sciences. Scientific report) 10 refs. Other authors: D.T. Bailey and B.J. Lieske. Reports continuous measurements of global short wave, reflected short waves over sea and over land, net total over sea, and net total over land radiation at the Niksiruk field site 11.5 km from Barrow village, Alaska. Kipp and Zonen solarimeters were used to measure the short wave, and Suomi ventilated radiometers the net total radiation, and their construction is described, indicating their limitations and errors. Hourly means of radiative flux density in mW/sec2 for each component are tabulated by day and month, and the daily energy sums in joules/cm2 are given. The data are believed to have an CaMAI, DLC. accuracy of It 6%. 96664 KELLEY, J.J., Jr. Atmospheric ozone investigations at Barrow, Alaska, during 1965. Seattle 1967. 96 p. graphs, map, tables, illus. (Washington (State). Univ. Dept. of Atmospheric Sciences. Scientific report 8 refs. no.9) The concentrations and variations of surface ozone in the Arctic atmosphere were measured throughout the entire year 1965, with the Brewer-Mast electrochemical ozone analyzer, installed at North Meadow Lake near Barrow. Daily average values of the concentration of ozone are computed from data derived from original strip chart records of a continuous recording microcoulomb analyzer. The experimental method is de559

scribed, and all relevant data and computations for the year are given. CaMAI, DWB. 96665 KELSALL, J.P. Additional bird observations at Bathurst Inlet, NWT. (Canadian field-naturalist 1966. v.80, no.3, p.178-79) Refs. Supplements No 52999, reporting trips through the high, rough country on both sides of the Inlet in 1951 and 1954. All birds recorded earlier were seen again except for greater scaup Aythya marila, bufflehead Bucephala albeola, and American robin Turdus migratorius; some species were seen in greater abundance in the high inland country not visited in 1950. The 1951 and 1954 records include five species not seen earlier, one new nesting record, and spring arrival dates earlier than those of 1950. CaMAI, DGS. 96666 KELSO, J.M. Radio ray propagation in the ionosphere. New York, McGraw-Hill 1964. 408 p. graphs, tables, illus. Approx. 150 refs. Presents an historical review of the study of the ionosphere, and the review of some of the main results of electromagnetic theory, discussing radio signal propagation through an inhomogeneous, dispersive, doubly refracting, turbulent, and time-varying medium, the ionosphere. Chap 3 on physics of the ionosphere includes auroral phenomena, with a chart of auroral isochasms for the Northern Hemisphere and average number of days/yr on which auroral display would be seen in 0-45°N lat if weather permitted. A graph of distribution of auroral occurrences as a function of altitude is given. DLC. 96667 KEMMERIKH, A.O. Poliarnyi i Pripoliarnyi Ural. (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. Komissii go selevym potokam. Seli v SSSR i mery bor'by s nimi, Moskva 1964, p.216-18, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Polar and Subpolar Ural. Characterizes mudflows in elevated areas of the Urals with a thick river net rich in unconsolidated material and with atmospheric precipitation. Mudflows mostly originate in summer, and are induced by the increase in precipitation and melting of snow. Basins of small rivers are noted where mudflows occur most frequently. Some at the end of May 1954 and 14 in June 1958 are described specifically. DLC. 96668 KENNEDY, B.A. and M.A. MELTON. Stream-valley asymmetry in an arctic-subarctic environment; conditions governing the geomorphic processes. Washington, DC 1967. 41 p. graphs, maps, tables, 560

illus. (Arctic Institute of North America. Research paper no.42) 16 refs. Reports on a 1967 six-week field study of slope profiles in a small, complex area of the Caribou Hills adjacent to Reindeer Station, Northwest Territories. Profiles from plateautop, and upper and lower valleys were analyzed according to a statistical experiment, here described. Asymmetry exists in east-west valleys. North-facing slopes are generally steeper in higher elevations where snowbanks and nivation are important. Southfacing slopes are steeper in the lower valleys where vegetation is sparse and channel erosion by tributaries is more intense. Evidence does not support the theory that permafrost and solifluction are dominant factors in asymmetry. Other forms of downslope movements and the influences of stream erosion are seen on slopes regardless of permafrost at shallow depths. The effects of moisture availability, vegetation cover, soil permeability and strength control asymmetry in lower valleys, and with nivation that in upper valleys. The asymmetry has developed under present-day processes or those of the very recent past. CaMAI, DLC. KENNEDY, D.L., see No 94606 96669 KENNEY, J.F. and H.B. KNAFLICH. A systematic study of structured micropulsations. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.11, p.2857-69, graphs, illus) 28 refs. Reports an experiment to investigate the cause and behavior of continuous electromagnetic pulsations Pc-1, the pearls. The diurnal variation of the average midfrequency of the Pc-1 emissions can be described by a 24-hr harmonic curve. The local time maximum of this curve is constant, although its amplitude varies with time and degree of magnetic activity. Investigation of the repetition period of structured elements as a function of frequency shows that the majority of pearls display the characteristics of propagation through a dispersive magnetosphere, and subsequent ducting through a nondispersive ionosphere. Data of simultaneous reception of pearls at College, Thule, Pt Barrow, and other stations were used in the experiment, which indicates agreement with particle-wave interaction theories of pearls mechanism. DLC. KENT, B.H., Jr., see No 100562 96670 KENT, R. Kurs N by E Moskva, Izd-vo Mysl' 1965. 269 p. maps, illus. Russian translation of No 8541. DLC.

96671 KENT, R. V dikom kraiu; dnevnik mimykh prikliuchenii na Allaske. Moskva, Izd-vo Mysl' 1965. 191 p. illus. Russian translation of No 8543. DLC. KENYON, K.W., see No. 100104 KEPEZHINSKAS, K.B., see No. 95822 96672 KERBLAI, T.S. and A.A. KOROCHKINA. 0 zavisimosti sloil E, of solnechnot aktivnosti. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiia 1966. v.6, no.3, p.593-97, graphs, table) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The dependence of the Es layer on solar activity. Considers the cyclic variations of various characteristics of the Es ionospheric layer for 1957-64, according to data of seven stations including Murmansk. The influence of radiowave absorption in the ionosphere on the critical frequency foEs is calculated for Salekhard, July 1957. The observation data for the second half of the last solar activity cycle (1957-64) indicated a decrease in Es intensity along with the drop in solar activity. DLC. 96673 KERBLAI, T.S. Zavisimost' fob's of velichiny pogloshcheniia. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiia 1967. v.7, no.2, p.348-51, graphs, table) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: of loEs on the absorption value. Investigates the character of the relationship between the critical frequency fo of sporadic Es layers of the ionosphere, and the radio wave absorption at nine ionospheric stations, incl Tikhaya, Ft Churchill, Murmansk, Dikson, Tiksi, Provideniya, and Salekhard. This relationship is discussed for each of the nine stations, and results of 23 events recorded in 1957-59 are given in a table. The correlation observed between foEs, and the radio absorption value, is in agreement with the results from comparing the probability of E, occurrence and the intensity value of geomagnetic activity; and this confirms the assumption that E, and polar radio absorption have a common origin. CaMAI, DLC. KERKAY, L, see No. 94069 96674 KERN, J.W. Analysis of polar magnetic storms. (Journal of geomagnetism and geoelectricity 1966. v.18, no.2, p.125-31) Refs. Outlines an approximate method for analyzing broad-scale current systems in the ionosphere, which permits calculation of sources and sinks from surface observation data. The ionosphere is considered to be the seat of such currents as relate to the disturbances associated with polar magnetic

storms. The sink and sources of ionospheric current have been suggested in connection with theoretical models for geomagnetic disturbance phenomena. The treatment of these current systems by the methods outlined, using analytic procedures which can be adapted to computing methods, yield the desired divergences of the sheet-current in the ionosphere, while the usual analytic methods yield only divergence-free current systems. DLC. 96675 KEROV, V.A. Voprosy razvititå promyshlennosti stroitel'nykh materialov v sostave Zapadno-Sibirskogo narodnokhoziaistvennogo kompleksa. (Problemy Severs 1967, no.12, p.156-63) In Russian. Title tr.: Development of the building materials industry in the national economic system of Western Siberia. English translation available from National Science Library, National Research Council, Ottawa. Despite the need for building materials in quantity for the development of industry, Western Siberia has only few small, poorly equipped local plants producing brick, lime, clay, cement, etc. The expansion of this branch of industry is impeded by lack of data on local resources of raw materials. Investigations should be expedited in the southern part, but in the North the difficulties of increasing local production of building materials are so formidable, it is cheaper to bring them in from other parts of Soviet Union, chiefly from the Ural. CaMAI, DLC. 96676 KERR, A.J. The Mackenzie Delta Research Project, a progress report. (Arctic circular 1968. v.18, no.1-2, p.10-15) Refs. Reviews the background, objectives and procedures of this project, commenced in 1965 by the Northern Co-ordination and Research Centre of the Dept of Northern Affairs and National Resources, Canada. The project consists of three phases, viz: four studies in 1965 into economic, technical and social aspects of Delta life; eleven studies 1966-68 into the community of Inuvik and other topics; in the final phase emphasis will be on feedback to potential users of the research findings. Publications of the project are listed, both in print and in preparation. CaMAI. 96677 KERR, J.W. Nares submarine rift valley and the relative rotation of North Greenland. (Bulletin of Canadian petroleum geology 1967. v.15, no.4, p.483-530, maps, table, illus) 64 refs. Summarizes the published and unpublished stratigraphic and structural evidence bearing on relative displacement of Ellesmere Island 561

and North Greenland along Nares Strait. The suggestion that Greenland has drifted hundreds of km to NE by strike-slip movement is conclusively disproven. Structural evidence indicates that Nares Strait contains a submarine rift valley, an extensional structure that allowed North Greenland and Ellesmere Island to rotate apart in counterclockwise and clockwise directions, respectively. The stages of this structural development beginning in the late Cretaceous are described. This is Canadian Contribution no 150 to the International Upper Mantle Project. DGS. 96678 KERR, J.W. Stratigraphy of central and eastern Ellesmere Island, arctic Canada; part 1, Proterozoic and Cambrian. Ottawa 1967. 63 p. maps, table, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper no.67-27, pt.l) 39 refs. This is the first of three reports on a study of the essentially continuous PrecambrianUpper Devonian succession of rocks of the Franklinian miogeosyncline and adjacent central stable region of Ellesmere Island. These rocks represent three sedimentary regimes. The Proterozoic (upper Precambrian) Kennedy Channel and Ella Bay formations, Lower Cambrian Ellesmere Group (Archer Fiord, Ritter Bay, Rawlings Bay, Kane Basin, and Rensselaer Bay formations), Scoresby Bay formation and carbonate rocks of the Bache Peninsula region, and the middle Cambrian Parrish Glacier and Cape Wood formations are described and correlated. Upper Cambrian rocks were not found; their absence reflects a probable hiatus that is widespread in the Arctic. The term Thule Group was abandoned on Ellesmere Island; rocks earlier assigned to that group are now known to be Cambrian; the type section on Greenland is still of unknown, possibly Proterozoic age. CaMAI, DGS. 96679 KERR, J.W. A submerged continental remnant beneath the Labrador Sea. (Earth and planetary science letters 1967. v.2, no.4, p.283-89, map, illus) 39 refs. In attempting to reconstruct the precontinental drift arrangement of continental blocks in the Labrador Sea-Baffin Bay region, using the 500 fm isobaths for juxtaposing, rather than the coastlines, there is still a gap of some 220 km between Greenland and Baffin Island and even more of a gap between the south Greenland and Labrador isobaths. It is suggested that a submerged continental remnant exists beneath the Labrador Sea. Three separate mechanisms are held to have been involved in the continental drift which separated Greenland and Canada: continental extension, simple continental rotation, and 562

the isolation of a submerged continental remnant. DGS. 96680 KERR, J.W. Vendom Fiord formation; a new red-bed unit of probable early middle Devonian (Eifelian) age, Ellesmere Island, arctic Canada. Ottawa 1967. 8 p. maps, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper no.67-43) 5 refs. A 1,695 ft thick easterly dipping section, west of Irene Bay, central Ellesmere Island, is designated the type section of the unfossiliferous red-bed unit, probably early middle Devonian in age, here named the Vendom Fiord formation. These rocks unconformably overlie Lower Devonian rocks and grade into the overlying Blue Fiord (Eifelian; Middle Devonian) formation. It is a post-tectonic formation that indicates a widespread emergence of central Ellesmere Island in latest early to early Middle Devonian time. This emergence coincided with a westward shift of the flexure separating the Central Stable Region from the Franklinian miogeosyncline, and with a mild relative positive movement of the Bache Peninsula arch. CaMAI, DGS. KERR, J.W., see also No. 98804 § 6 96681 KERT, G.M. Dolgota aoglasnykh i glasnykh zvukov v kil'dinskom dialekte saam(In: Vsesoiuznoe soveskogo iazyka. shchanie po voprosam finno-ugorskoi... 1961, pub. 1964, p.44-50, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Length of consonant and vowel phones in the Kil'din dialect of Lappish. Phonetic study with an analysis of phonological degrees of length in monophthongs. DLC. 96682 KERT, G.M. 0 rukopisnom nasledii D. V. Bubrikha. (In: Vsesoiuznoe soveshchanie po voprosam finno-ugorskoT... 1961, pub. 1964, p.220-22) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.. Manuscript heritage of D.V. Bubrikh. Describes some twenty unpublished essays and monographs on Finno-Ugric linguistics written by this prominent Soviet philologist in 1931-49, preserved in the archives of the Petrozavodsk Institute of Language, Literature and History. Some of these works appeared in print, though mutilated by censorship. Publication of all manuscripts, uncensored, is recommended. DLC. 96683 KERT, C.M. Saamskil iäzyk. (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. Inst. lazykoznaniia. IAzyki narodov SSSR, 1966, v.3, p.155-71, tables) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Lappish.

Discusses the phonetic pattern, morphology, syntax, and lexic development of the Kil'din, Notozero, and lokan'ga dialects spoken by some 1,800 Lapps of Kola Peninsula. Lappish has not been reduced to writing though attempts have been made and some primers for elementary schools published in 1933-35. DLC. BERT, G.M., see also No. 101203 96684 KERVIN, C. Non-Chapman-like behaviour of the F 1-layer. (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1967. v.29, no.10, p.1299-1304, graphs, table, illus) Refs. Studies the critical radio-frequency of the ionospheric F 1-layer, using Northern Hemisphere data of 20 stations I80°W - 50°W, and 27 stations 50°W - 50°E recorded at sunspot min and max. The variation of critical frequency with latitude, geomagnetic disturbance, and season are studied for a constant solar zenith angle x, given by cos x = 0.6. The diurnal variation of critical frequency with solar zenith angle is also investigated. Graphs of jp,s plotted from the data analyzed show the latitude, seasonal, and diurnal variations of foF 1 all depart from the simple behavior of the idealized Chapman layer. No physical explanation of these results is given. DLC. KESAMANLY, N.V., see No. 101150 96685 KESSEL, B. Late-autumn and winter bird records from interior Alaska. (Condor 1967. v.69, no.3, p.313-16) Records nine species seen over a number of years in late fall or winter in that area. Dates, localities and number of birds observed, are noted. DLC. 96686 KESSEL, B. and H.K. SPRINGER. Recent data on status of some interior Alaska birds. (Condor 1966. v.68, no.2, p.185-95) Refs. Reports on the status of less common species in the area. Thirty-six forms are considered incl locations and dates of birds seen, their number, breeding, and movements. Names of persons who made the observations are also included. DLC. 96687 KESSEL, B. The red-winged blackbird in Alaska. (Auk 1966. v.83, no.2, p.313-314) Notes five earlier records widely separated temporally and geographically and reports a series of observations and catches of these birds between June 1961 and July 1964 in the area east of Tetlin Lake (63°05'N

142°40'W). Sexual condition, age, habitat, etc are noted. DLC.

96688 KESTER, B. Kandalakshskii: zapovednik. (Okhota i okhotnich'e khoziaistvo 1967. v.13, no.12, p.10-I1, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Kandalaksha Preserve. Director describes the development of this nature preserve of over 28,000 hectares. It is comprised of five groups of islands and islets over four hundred in number and three coastal areas in the White Sea and Murman region 66-70° N. Its growing importance for studies of arctic flora and fauna, publications of the preserve and its staff members are noted, as are its various activities, harvesting of eider down, bird banding (250,000), maintaining a museum at Kandalaksha, etc. DLC. 96689 KESTER, B. and V.N. KARPOVICH. Organizatsiiå promysla gagach'ego pukha. (Okhota i okhotnich'e khozisistvo In 1967. v.13, no.6, p.8-9, table, illus) Russian. Title tr.: Organization of the eider down industry. Detailed account of the quantity, cost and value of the down collected in 1965-66 by the Kandalaksha Preserve administration on 1347 hectares of nesting ground in five disjunct localities on islands of the White Sea and off the Murman coast. It is concluded that the present harvest nets a loss, and that to net a profit the nest density should be at least 1-2 thousand/100 ha. DLC. 96690 KETCHUM, R.D., Jr. and W.I. WITTMAN. Infrared scanning the arctic pack ice. (In: Symposium on Remote Sensing of Environment, 4th, 1966. Proceedings p. 635-56, map, illus) Refs. Presents illustrations of infrared imagery of various pack ice features with coincident visual photography. Experiments demonstrate that quality sea ice information can be obtained during daylight periods; various applications and limitations of this type of data are discussed. The areas covered by infrared imagery in Baffin Bay, Lincoln Sea and the Arctic Ocean to 87°N are shown on a map. Differentiation between winter and polar ice is sharp on the infrared imagery. At present, the most effective use is in the identification and mapping of recent zones of ice canopy deformation; a future program to correlate ice fracture systems with moving air pressure systems is recommended. Further research under various light and atmospheric conditions is required to improve interDWB. pretation. 563

96691 KEYS, J. and others. On the oceanography of Disraeli Fjord on northern Ellesmere Island. Montreal 1968. 7 p. graphs, map, illus. (McGill Univ. Marine Sciences Centre. Manuscript report no.6) Refs. Other authors: O.M. Johannessen and A. Long. Describes a study of this fjord during 1967 to observe the circulation pattern and effects of meltwater. Profiles show the upper layer of water to possess extremely high stability and low salinity, while the deeper water is cold, saline and oceanic. Little mixing across a sharp interface at 43 m can take place, and tritium measurements indicate that meltwater entering the fjord sinks to this interface where it flows directly out of the fjord. There is evidence of supercooling at the boundary layer, and that outflowing water freezes onto the underside of the Ward Hunt ice shelf. Periodic movement of cold intermediate water off the shelf was observed. The unusual conditions in the fjord are due to damming of the upper 43 m by the shelf ice. CaMAI. KHABAKOV, A.V., see No. 93983 KHADAKHANOVA, T.S., see No. 96552 96692 BRAIN, V.E. and others. Osnovnye i tapy tektonicheskogo razvititå Eniseiskogo knåzha v dokembrii i rannem paleozoe. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1967. v.22, ser.4, geologiii no.5, p.70-93, maps, table, illus) 7 refs. In Russian. Other authors: M.I. Volobuev, I.V. Vorob'ev, A.I. Itskov and D.V. Sinel'nikov. Title tr,. Main stages of tectonic development of the Yenisey Ridge in the Precambrian and Early Paleozoic. Distinguishes in the Precambrian three large structural complexes: Archean, Lower and Upper Proterozoic. Their formation proceeded in three tectonic-magmatic cycles, which are described. Development of the Yenisey geosyncline is also characterized. DLC. KHAKHALINA, A.F., see No. 99635 96693 KHAKHLOV, V.A. Verkhnepaleozoiskarå flora Severa Sibiri; vypusk 1, khvoshchevye. Tomsk, Izd-vo Tomskogo Univ. 1964. 114p. + 68 plates, graphs, tables. In Russian. Title tr.: Upper Paleozoic flora of the Siberian North; pt. 1, Equisetales. Monograph on the horsetail flora of the Norilsk region. The stratigraphic subdivision of the Tungusskiy series into six local units is outlined. Systematic description is given of 82 species belonging to gen Phyllotheca 40, Paracalamites 19, Phyllostachya 6, Angaroradix 3, Kerotropylites 4, Equisetina 2, 564

Borisiella 1, Phyllopitys 2, and Sphenophyllum 5. Among these are many new species. Illustrations are appended. DLC. 96694 KHAKIMOV, K. V Konerginskol tundre. (Sel'skokhozi"aistvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1966. v.10, no.9, p.56-58, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: In the Konergino tundra. Reports the favorable influence of the new chairman, IU.S. RuseTskn, on the affairs and living conditions of Vozrozhdenie collective farm in Iul'tin District of Magadan Province during his three yr activities. Among his innovations is a tent of reindeer hide on sleds for herdsmen to replace the traditional DLC. yaranga. KHALFIN, L.L., see No. 93937 96695 KHALILOV, A.D. and E.S. MAKAROV. Kristallokhimiia mineralov gruppy murmanita-lomonosovita. (Geokhimiih 1966, no.3, p.259-80, tables, graphs, illus) 22 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Crystal chemistry of minerals of the murmanite-lomonosovite group. Analyzes the chemical nature and crystal structure of this group of minerals, found in the Khibiny and Lovozero alkaline massifs. X-ray structural analyses are given of murmanite, epistolite, metalomonosovite and lomonosovite. A close structural similarity is established among minerals of this group and their different specific features are characterized. DLC. 96696 KHAMINOV, N.A. Opyt sverkhdolgosrochnogo predvychislenifi ledovitosti. (Leningrad. Gos. gidrologicheskif inst. Trudy 1967. no.148, p.95-104, tables, illus) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: An attempt at extra-long-range forecasting of ice conditions. Considers the possibility of correlating the yearly average Wolf numbers, as a solar activity index, with the maximum area of ice cover on the Baltic Sea and the ice breakup cycles in Riga harbor, by comparing the observed series of these cycles with those recorded for 1719-1957 for the Baltic, 1529-1958 for Riga harbor. An analysis of about 800 series using the Schuster method and a BESM-2 electronic computer showed 15 cycles of the expected correlation: two of them in 2-4, and 5-6, four in 11 (7-17), and nine in 17-19, 22-23.5, 28-31, 33-35, 44, 66, 72, and 80 yr duration ranges of solar activity cycles. The correlated phenomena of helioterrestrial relationship are discussed, and the average phase intervals of the cycles of the maximum ice-cover area in the Baltic, and of the cycles' stability were precalculated for the seasons of 1939-40 to 1956-57 using two

equations derived. Inasmuch as the ice conditions of the Baltic were found to depend on the processes of the general atmospheric circulation, their precalculation can serve, apparently, as an index for weather and the hydrological regime of water areas, correlated through atmospheric circulation with the degree of ice abundance on the Baltic. DLC. KHAMINOV, N.A., see also No. 93958, 101168 KHAN, Z.A., see No. 97997 96697 KHANBEKOV, L. and others. Angarsk gorod iunosti. (Sportivnatå zhizn' In Rossii 1964. v.8, no.2, p.12-13, illus) Russian. Other authors: V. Perov, M. Shaganskil, E. Eslinger, and N. Mitavo. Title tr.: Angarsk, the young people's town. Sketch of the athletes of Angarsk, a town established in May 1951 in virgin taiga on the Angara River just below Irkutsk; its 180,000 population, living conditions, sports, etc. DLC. 96698 KHANUKAEV, A.N. and others.

Issledovanie deistviiä kumulI tivnykh zanådov pri vtorichnom droblenii. (In: Akanauk SSSR. Kol'skii filial. Tekhnologiih razrabotki... 1964, p.115-27, tables, graphs) 3 refs. In Russian. Other authors: A.V. Safronov, N.A. Smirnov and O.I. Arzhaeva. Title tr.: Investigation of action of cumulative charges in secondary breaking. Reports a field test of breaking large chunks of microquartzite and quartz-barite at the Andreyevskiy pit of the Leninogorsk combine into lumps of 0.4 m on the edge or smaller. The relative expenditure of explosive was only 0.38-0.42 kg/m3, and fragments scattering less than 50-60 m. Further tests were made at the Zyryanovskiy, and Rovnoye pits where oversize pieces of rock up to 15 m3 in volume were broken with an average TNT expenditure of 0.3-0.4 kg/m3. A substantial improvement in breaking outsize pieces was attained by facing the end plane of blast holes with metal. The essential thing in this method is to use explosives of high detonation

velocity. Low power ammonia dynamite is unfit for the purpose. Use of cumulative charges allows an increase in the efficiency coefficient of the explosive and is more effective in breaking the rocks into smaller DLC. pieces. 96699 KHANUKAEV, A.N. and L.K. SAVRASOV. Issledovanie mekhanizma

(In: edinichnogo udara bura o porodu. Akademiis nauk SSSR. Kol'skil filial. Tekhnologiiå razrabotki... 1964, p.202-210, table,

graphs) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: An investigation of the mechanism of an isolated

stroke of a steel drill on rock. Considers the fields of displacements and stresses resulting from application of concentrated force on an elastic half-space for a sudden dynamic action of the force, and for its gradual action. By using a photoelasticity method, piezoelectric measurements, and high-speed filming, and combining the results with theoretical formulas, a set of semiempirical equations is derived for controlling the performance of the drilling instrument to obtain an optimal regime of percussion DLC. breaking of the rocks. 96700 KHANUKAEV, A.N. PriblizhennyI metod rascheta optimal'nogo intervals zamedleniia pri korotkozamedlennom vzryvanii. (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. Kol'ska filial. Tekhnologiiä razrabotki... 1964, p.186-97, table, graphs) 3 refs. In Russian. Title Ir.: An approximate method of calculating the optimal delay in delayed

action blasting. Develops a theory of the blasting wave's breaking action on the ore and rock through which it propagates. Formulas are given for calculating stresses at the rock-explosive interface, in the zone of plastic deformation, and beyond the zone of primary fracturing by incident blast wave. The process of rock destruction by multiple reflection of the detonation wave is analyzed. Calculated values of the optimal time interval of delay are given in terms of charge diameter in mm, line of blast resistance in m, and a dimensionless coefficient 30-60 for underground ore breaking, drift workings in ore, coal, and rock, and 60-95 for open stopes. The optimum delayed-action time range is DLC. found to be 10-80 milliseconds. 96701 KHARCHENKO, G.I. K voprosu o stratigraficheskom raschlenenii verkhnepaleozoiskikh otlozhenif tungusskoi serii v Noril'skom rafone. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional': naia geologiia 1966, no.9, p.112-32, tables, Title tr.: illus) 22 refs. In Russian. Stratigraphic division of Upper Paleozoic deposits of the Tungusskiy series in the Noril'sk region. Reviews earlier divisions of lagoon-continental deposits of the Tungusskiy series as studied in the Kayyerkan and Daldykan areas, Nadezhda and Noril'sk region and the Kharayelakh plateau, and presents own stratigraphic division of these deposits based on detailed study of the lithology and petrography. Spore-pollen complexes and macrofiora were also taken into consideration.

565

Some local stratigraphic units are determined and described. DLC. 96702 KHARCHENKO, G.I. Kharaelakhsko-Noril'skil razlom i svtåz' s nim medno-nikelevykh mestorozhdemi. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'naiä geologiia 1967, no.10, p.99-116, maps, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Kharayelakh-Noril'sk fault and associated copper-nickel deposits. Describes this submeridional fault extending through the Noril'sk plateau, Noril'skaya River valley and Kharayelakh plateau. Its structure and arrangement are characterized. This fault controls the copper-nickel deposits of Talnakh, Noril'sk I, Noril'sk II, Chernaya Mt, Zub Mt, and the Dolgoye Lake and Yergalakh River intrusions. These deposits are described. All were derived from a single magmatic chamber. DLC. 96703 KHARCHENKO, G.I. Verkhnepaleozoiskie otlozhenii tungusskoi serii severo-vostochnoi chasti Noril'skogo plato i ikh korrehåisiia. (Sovetskai`a geologii 1967, no.5, p.67-79, table, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Upper Paleozoic deposits of the Tungusskiy series in the northeastern part of the Noril'sk plateau and their correlation. Reports a lithologic, petrographic and paleobotanic study of this series divided into local stratigraphic units. Each unit is described noting its composing rocks, distribution, thickness and flora, but the age is not definitely established. Regional sections are correlated. DLC. KHARCHENKO, IIU.I„ see No. 93614 96704 KHARITONOVA, O.A. Ekhometricheskaia s"emka skoplenil okhotskol sel'di v noi`abre 1963 g. (Vladivostok. Tikhookeanskii n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Izvestiia 1965. v.59, p.99-101, tables, illus) 3 refs. In Title tr: Echometric survey of Russian. Okhotsk herring shoals in November 1963. Notes recent increase of catches in Tauyskaya Gulf and its causes, and reports observations by echo-location, in two areas. The shoals were found to be large and mainly quiet, moving at night from a max depth of 125 m to the upper layers. Age and maturity of fish samples as determined are given. DLC. 96705 KHARITONOVA, O.A. K voprosu o raspredelenii nagul'nol sel'di v severnoT chasti Okhotskogo moria. (Vladivostok. Tikhookeanskii n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Izvestiia 1965. v.59, p.92-98, table, maps) 10 refs. In 566

Title tr. The distribution of Russian. feeding herring in the northern Okhotsk Sea. Reviews earlier studies and outlines the seasonal temperatures in the upper water layer, also the temperature and salinity in the past few years. The relationship between the abundance of feeding shoals and the hydrographic conditions is discussed, as is the possibility of forecasting from the latter. DLC. 96706 KHAR'KIV, A.D. IAvleniiå vysokotemperatumogo metamorfizma, svihzannye s kimberlitovoT magmoT. (Geologiih i geofizika 1967, no.6, p.124-26, table) 9 refs. In Russian. Title h:: High temperature metamorphism phenomena associated with kimberlite magma. Describes metamorphic rocks composed of cuspidine, monticellite, apatite, garnet, thaumasite, phlogopite, serpentine and calcite. These rocks are present in the kimberlite pipes of the Muna diamond-bearing region. The zoning of xenoliths and presence of primary rock relics in their central part indicate the origin of these rocks by influence of kimberlite magma, under high temperature and low pressure. DLC. 96707 KHAR'KIV, A.D. Novye dannye o vozraste kimberlitovykh trubok DaldynoAlakitskogo ralona. (Geologii i geofizika 1967, no.4, p. 124-28, sections) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New data on the age of the kimberlite pipes of the Daldyn-Alakit region. Describes the geologic structure of the recently discovered Vostok and Pobeda kimberlite pipes. Their structure, old weathering crust, floral and faunal remains as well as spore-pollen complexes show the pipes to have been formed in pre-Middle Carboniferous time. DLC. 96708 KHAR'KIV, A.D. Sharovye vkltücheniia kimberlitov rannel generatsii v eruptivnykh kimberlitovykh brekchiiakh. (Akademitå nauk SSSR. Izvestiia, ser. geol. 1967, no.1, p.87-91, graphs, tables, illus) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr:: Early generated spherical kimberlite inclusions in eruptive kimberlite breccias. Reports study of inclusions in ultrabasic kimberlite rocks in the Legkaya pipe of the Muna kimberlite region, Anabar anteclise. To clarify the genesis of the spheroids, the primary minerals pyrope and olivine from the inclusions of kimberlite were studied. A concentric arrangement of pyrope in olivine in the spherical inclusions is noted. The mode of crystallization of kimberlite is interpreted. DLC.

KHAR'KIV, A.D., see also No. 94904, 99943, 100201

found to depend on the depth of crumbling and the velocity. DLC.

96709 KHARSHAN, SH.A. Metodika dolgosrochnogo prognoza stoka r. Eniseiå v stvore Krasnotarskoi GES i pritoka vody v vodokhranilishche GES za letne-osenni period. (Moskva. TSentral'nyl inst. prognozov. Trudy 1966, no.148, p.90-128, graphs, map, Tide tr.: tables) 17 refs. In Russian. Long-range forecasting of the Yenisey River runoff at the Krasnoyarsk hydroelectric power station and inflow of water into the station's reservoir in the summer and fall period. The role of groundwater and rainfall in the runoff of rivers in the Yenisey basin is evaluated, and a method of forecasting their amounts for one and three-month periods is proposed. Subsurface drainage of the Yenisey River as far as Krasnoyarsk amounts to 70% of the total runoff in July-Sept and 75-80% in July-Mar. DLC.

96713 KHIMCHENKO, V.F. Primenenie priborov radiometricheskogo kontrohå dlia avtomatiza[sii tekhnologicheskikh protsessov. (Magadan. Vses. n: issl. inst. zolota i redkikh metallov. Sbomik referatov 1961 In Russian. pub 1962, p.69-72, illus) Title tr. The use of radiometric control devices for the automation of technological processes. Discusses the use of gamma-electronic relays and radioactive liquid density meters in the industrial plants of the Magadan region. The gamma relays are found to be more reliable than the relays of other types under the conditions of high humidity and high dust content in the work areas, although their use does not reduce the cost of operations. The use of radioactive density meters, with Cesium-137 as the source of radiation, leads to better safety conditions and to a decrease in the cost of operations. DLC.

96710 KHASANOV, F. SH. Skhema tektoniki Nizhnelenskogo uchastka Predverkhoi nskoi sistemy progibov. (Zhizn' zemli; sbornik 1967. no.4, p.52-59, map) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Tectonic scheme of the lower Lena area of the Verkhoyansk trough system. Outlines the tectonics of the lower Lena area between Siktyakh and Tit-Ary, 69°30'-72°N, from own field studies of 1952-53 and 1958-62 and studies of others. The Bulun-Lower Lena depressions are described and a map presented. The main tectonic structures are briefly noted. The zone of conjugation of these depressions is characterized. Dislocations with a break in continuity are noted. DLC. KNAUKE, M., see No. 99996 KHEIROV, M.B., see No. 99336 96712 KHEISIN, D.E. K opredeleniiä kontaktnykh davlenil, deistvuiushchikh v zone udara sudna o led. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1966. no.22, p.96402, graphs, Title tr. 9 refs. In Russian. illus) Determination of contact pressures in the zone of ship-ice impact. Studies the effect of impact time, ship's displacement and body contour on the value of the collision contact pressure. A new physical model of the mechanism of crumbling of the ice edge upon collision contact with the vessel is proposed, assuming the presence of an intermediary layer at the contact zone. Contact pressures determined on the basis of an intermediary layer are

KHIMCHENKO, V.F., see also No. 98788 96713A KHLEBOVICH, I.A. and V.L. CHUDNOVA. Mediko-geograficheskoe izuchenie formirovaniiå naselenii Priob'i'a. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Inst. geografii Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Doklady 1966. no.13, p.42-47) 5 refs. In Russian. French summary. Title tr.: Medical geographic investigation of the settlement of the Ob region. Reports a preliminary study of various types of industrial settlements, Megion and Nefteyugansk of the oil industry, Komsomol'skiy lumbering, Surgut and Uray oil and lumbering, Sytomino fisheries, etc. The number, density, type of settlement, manpower resources, medical protection, etc were examined. The growing industry of the Ob region draws population from other regions of the USSR. Adaptation of the newcomers to the new environment, the climate, and working conditions is of great importance. Further studies and necessary measures are DLC. considered. 96714 KHLEBOVICH, V.V. and V.V. LUKANIN. Prodolzhitel'nost' zhizni spermatozoidov nekotorykh belomorskikh bespozvonochnykh v vode razlichnoi solenosti i temperatury. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.176, no.2, p.460-62, graphs) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Life duration of spermatozoids from certain White Sea invertebrates in waters of different salinity and temperature. Study of material from five common species. The temperature-salinity tolerance curve of the forms investigated showed 567

considerable similarity. It largely conformed with the tolerance of the adult organisms. DLC. KHLEBOVICH, V.V., see also No. 99597 KHLOBYSTIN, L.P., see No. 95606 96715 KHLONOVA, A.F. Novye vidy pyl'tsy morfologicheskogo tipa "oculata". (In: Palinologiia Sibiri... 1966. p.66-69, illus) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: New pollen species of "oculata" morphological type. Presents systematic account of three species found in Upper Cretaceous and Paleocene deposits in Vilyuy River basin. Ocellipolis munitus, 0. obliquus and Wadehouseia tetraptera n spp are described and illus. DLC. KHLONOVA, A.F., see also No. 96738, 98822 KHLYSTOV, N.Z., see No. 99630 96716 KHMELEVA, V. Ot obkoma do lesoseki. (Okhrana truda i sofsial'noe strakhovanie 1966. v.9, no.10, p.24-25) In Russian. Title tr. From the regional committee to the wood-cutting area. Reports trade-union criticism of safety and health control infringements in the Arkhangel'sk lumber enterprises. Its Onegoles combine had, in 1965, an absenteeism rate of about 1000 workers/day due to work-incurred injury and sickness. DLC. KHMELEVSKOI, I.F., see No. 93386, 93387 96717 KHOCHOLAVA, G.M. and R.G. GACHECHILADZE. 0 vozmushchennosti v oblasti F 2 ionosfery na srednikh shirotakh. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomi i 1966. v.6, no.3, p.588-89, graph, table, illus) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Disturbances in the F2 region of the ionosphere in the middle latitudes. Investigates the vertical sounding data of six ionospheric stations, incl Murmansk. Different methods of data analysis are used in an effort to determine whether the positive ionospheric disturbances actually occur in middle latitudes, or whether there are systematic errors of method. Data of five other stations, incl Anchorage, are analyzed for the relationship between the occurrence of positive disturbances and the global geomagnetic index Kp. The number of positive disturbances are found to increase with an increase in /Kp, reaching its max at /Kp = 25-26, and the global positive ionospheric distur568

bances are concluded to be absent from the middle latitudes. DLC. 96718 KHOCHOLAVA, G.M. On anomalous absorption in the polar cap. English translation of No 72766, available as TT-66-26089 from European Translation Centre, Delft, The Netherlands. 96719 KHOCHOLAVA, G.M. Prichiny dvukh tipov anomal'nogo pogloshcheniia v pohårnol shapke. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiia 1967. v.7, no.1, p.100-103, table, 10 refs. In Russian. Title Zr: graphs) Causes of two types of anomalous absorption in the polar cap. Considers the simultaneous and the gradual types of polar cap radio-wave absorption. The first-type cases are those which commence with a small time lag in regard to the solar chromospheric flare, and suddenly affect the entire polar cap zone. The second type of the anomalous absorption commences at one or a few points, and gradually overspreads the entire polar cap, with at first partial, then complete absorption. From 30 solar flare events studied during 1957-60 it was found that the heliolongitude of the solar flare responsible for the anomalous radio-wave absorption, and the state of the interplanetary magnetic field play some part in causing the division of the anomalous polar cap absorption into the two types discussed. DLC. 96720 KHODAKOV, V.G. Raspredelenie svolstva i gidrologicheskaia rol' snezhnogo pokrova severnol chasti Ural'skikh gor. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Izvestiiii, ser. geog. 1967, no.4, p.122-26, maps) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Distribution, properties and the hydrological role of the snow cover in the northern part of Ural Mts. Reports a 1957-62 snow cover survey, and presents a chart showing the annual average of the maximal water reserve in the snow cover. A zone is established where thawed snow cover makes up 65% of the runoff, 30% consists of rain and 5% is from glaciers and firn. DLC. KHODASEVICH, E.V., see No. 95620 KHODOTOV, IiJ.D., see No. 94100 96721 KHODZHA-AKHMEDOV, CH.L. Chastotnaia zavisimost' pogloshcheniia v ionosfere vysokikh shirot. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiiI 1967. v.6, no.1, p.80-86, graphs, tables) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr• Frequency dependence of ionospheric absorption in high latitudes. Analyzes the experimental data of riometric observations at the Dikson, Kheysa and

Chelyuskin stations during Sept-Apr 1962-64. Radio wave absorption of type II (auroral zone) is found in most cases, inversely proportional to the frequency n in 1.5.1.7 power, and the equivalent heights of absorbing ionospheric regions 50-70 km or more. During the absorption cases of polar cap type III, the power of n varies from 1 to 2, and the horizontal structures of the absorption are between 46 and 80 km. DLC. 96722 KHODZHA-AKHMEDOV, CH.L. 0 tochnosti izmerenipogloshcheniiå v ionosfere metodom riometra. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskif n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1966. v.280, p.127-39, tables, graphs) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr. The accuracy of measurement of absorption in the ionosphere by the riometer method. Discusses the errors of riometric measurements of cosmic radio-noise absorption. The effects of temperature variation, feeder and ionosphere transmission coefficients, instrumental errors in the amplifier transformer, and the recording device are demonstrated on the 32 Mc/s riometers at Dikson Island, Cape Chelyuskin, and Kheysa Island stations. The error due to allowances admitted in reduction of recorded data is exemplified by the frequency of appearance of absorption bays of varying duration, observed at Cape Zhelaniya. A table of maximum errors due to these causes is given in decibels. DLC.

Reports vertical electric logging, dipole electric profiling, and magnetic survey of the region in 1962-64. Proterozoic and Paleozoic deposits (Lower Cambrian to Devonian) were studied, their specific resistance determined and used in stratigraphic division. This combination of geophysical methods can be used successfully in geologic mapping of the region. DLC. 96725 KHOLMIÄNSKII, M.A. and E.M. LITVINOV. 0 nekotorykh vozmozhnostiåkh kolichestvennoi interpretaisii dannykh dipol'nogo elektroprofilirovaniia. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1965. Regional'naia geologi►a no.5, p.204-215, graphs, sections) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some possibilities of quantitative interpretation of data of dipole electric profiling. Notes that in arctic areas, electric prospecting is more practical than magnetic and gravimetric. In the Igarka region the thickness of Quaternary deposits, tectonic disturbances, lithologic properties of bedrock, etc were determined by electric logging. In that inaccessible area dipole electric probing is most successful. The procedure is described and the geologic cross-sections are depicted. The method is considered the best for arctic conditions. DLC. KHOLMIANSKII, M.A., see also No. 96264

96723 KHOKHLOVA, G. a. Spisok lokal'nykh podnihatii, vyiivlennykh v platformennom chekhle Zapadno-Sibirskoi ty. (Zapadno-Sibirskii n.-issl. geologorazvedochnyi neftiänoi inst. Trudy 1965. no.1, p.108-118, table, map) In Russian. Title tr.: A list of local uplifts exposed in the platformic cover of the West Siberian platform. Lists and locates on map the local uplifts clarified in the West Siberian lowland to 1 Jan 1964. Five groups are distinguished and number in each noted: 26 with known oil deposits, and 26 with gas, 125 where results are negative, uplifts clarified by seismic survey and prepared for deep drilling number 225, those not prepared for drilling: 49. DLC.

96726 KHOMENKO, A.V. 0 strukturnorn sootnoshenii verkhnego paleozoi` i nizhnego triasa ientral'noi chasti Tungusskol sineklizy (bassein r. Nizhnel Tunguski). (Sibirskii n: issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syr'ia. Trudy 1967. no.63, p.64-67, map) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. Structural relationship of the Upper Paleozoic and Lower Triassic in the central part of the Tungusskiy syneclise. The majority of investigators are of the opinion that in the Nizhnyaya Tunguska region there exists a regional discontinuity in sedimentation and angular unconformity between the Upper Paleozoic and Lower Triassic. Study shows a regional discontinuity non-existent. Disconformity is established between Tutonchan and Korvuchan subseries DLC. of the Lower Triassic.

96724 KHOLMIANSKII, M.A. and B.I. LETOV. Geologicheskie rezul'taty geofizicheskikh issledovami v Igarskom ralone. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'naih geologii 1966, no.8, p.199-206, graph, map, table, illus) 6 refs. In Russian. Title h:: Geologic results of geophysical investigation in Igarka region.

96727 *KHOMICH, L.V. Nentsy: istoriko-etnograficheskie ocherki. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 329 p. map, tables, illus. Over 300 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Nenets: essays on history and ethnography. Study in depth of this Samoyed people of about 23,000 according to the 1959 census; 15,000 in the Yamal-Nenets, 5,000 in the Nenets, 1,500 in the Taymyr National 569

Districts, and remainder scattered in the Khanty-Mansi National District, Komi ASSR, the Mezen' District of Arkhangelsk Province, and Kola Peninsula. A 40 p preface sketching ethnic origin, linguistic affiliation, colonial history, etc, also major fieldwork and publications to 1960, is followed by two sections, almost equal in size, on the tsarist and Soviet eras. The first part deals with traditional hunting, fishing, and reindeer economics; tools and gear; transportation incl draft reindeer and sledge dogs; housing, furnishing and clothing; social structure; art and crafts; folklore, religious beliefs and shamanism. Acculturative changes under the Soviet regime are described in pt two: administrative and economic reforms, collectivization, changes in material and spiritual culture, public health, education, etc. Major problems still to be resolved are discussed; despite reforms in herding methods, 2,287 Nenets, Ostyak and Vogul families in the Yamal-Nenets National District led a nomadic existence in 1964. Educational propaganda should be used to overcome aboriginal reluctance to settling. Technological aid and up-to-date equipment is needed to raise the prestige of herding, fishing, and fur hunting and to prevent young aborigines from moving to the growing industrial areas of the North. Training in traditional trades should be offered within the school curriculum to provide skilled zootechnicians, agronomists, veterinarians, farm managers, etc for local kolkhozes and sovkhozes. A critical review, mainly of the historical part, by V.I. Vasil'ev appeared in Sovetskatå etnografr 1967, no 5, CaMAI, DLC. p 192-95.

and vegetation remains were also found. The stratigraphic position and predominant forams are outlined. In both sections Elphidium subclavatum Gudina predominates. Twelve species of forams are systematically deCaMAI, DLC. scribed.

96728 KHOREVA, I.M. Novyi vid Elphidiella urbana i ego stratigraficheskoe polozhenie. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Komissiia po izuchenitü chetvertichnogo perioda. Bililleten' 1967, no.34, p.135-39, graph, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A new species Elphidiella urbana and its stratigraphic position. Describes this new foraminifer from the Upper Pleistocene of Karaginskiy Island, its dimensions, chambers, form, other features, and comparison with E. arctica and others. CaMAI, DLC.

KHOLZAKOV, E.M., see No. 99538

96729 KHOREVA, I.M. 0 foraminiferakh iz pinakul'skikh otozhenii Chukotki. (Akademir nauk SSSR. Komissii pc, izuchennü chetvertichnogo perioda. Biulleten' 1966, no.31, p.104-116, illus) Refs. In Title Ir. Foraminifers from the Russian. Pinakul' deposits of Chukotka. Reports a study of forams in Lower Pleistocene deposits in two cross-sections, Pinakul' and Lavrentiya. Diatoms, ostracods 570

KHOREVA, I.M., see also No. 100128 96730 KHOREVA, T.M. Features of the circulation and weather of the Greenland, Barents and Kara Seas during the formation and transformation of the westerly type of atmospheric circulation. English translation of No 72776, available as TT-65-60763 from DLC. CFSTI, Springfield, Va., 22151. Arkheo96731 KHOROSHIKH, P.P. logicheskie nakhodki v zone stroitel'stva Bratskoi GES. (Irkutsk. Oblastnol kraevedcheskii muzei. Zapiski 1958, p. 29-42, Tide h.: ArIn Russian. map, illus) cheological finds at the construction site of the Bratsk power station. Deals with a 1955 survey, of several stratified sites on the Angara River. The geology of the cultural horizons and artifactual remains are described: stone tools and pottery of the neolithic, bronze and iron ages. A stone fish lure, 25 cm long, 8 cm wide, and 2.5 cm thick, dated to the Serovo stage of the Angara-Baykal neolithic is considered unique. The lure represents a fish with heads on either end, a fish and an otter are outlined on its sides, and three line holes DLC. perforate its body. KHOROSHIKH, P.P., see also No. 96654

96732 KHRAMOV, A.A. Smeny rastitel' nosti na nizinnykh bolotakh. (Rastitel'nyt pokrov Krasnoiarskogo kraia 1964. no.1, p.171-74, illus) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Floristic changes in lowland marshes. Discusses changes in vegetation from the periphery to the center of marshes (excepting cases where a single form dominates). Subdivisions in these zones, with dominant forms DLC. listed, are also considered. 96733 KHRAMOV, N.A. and IÜ.S. SANekotorye voprosy stratigrafii LIN. Vostochnol Kamchatki. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. vulkanologii. Trudy 1966. no.23, p.28-50, map, table) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some problems in the stratigraphy of eastern Kamchatka. Reports a 1960-62 study in the Ust'Kamchatsk region. In a section of folded strata three series of deposits are distinguished: Berezovoyarskaya, Ust'-Kamchatsk,

and Kumroch. A generalized geologic map of eastern Kamchatka is included. The tectonic structure of the area is discussed. DLC.

River basin, Omolon massif; its main features, comparison, distribution, etc are included. DLC.

KHRAMOVA, S.N., see No. 100261

96737 KHROMYKH, V.G. Predstaviteli roda Dendrostroma iz devon Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (Paleontologicheskn zhurnal 1967, no.4, p.42-47, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Representatives of gen. Dendrostroma from the Devonian of northeastern USSR. Presents a systematic account of some stromatoporoids of Dendrostroma Lecompte, 1952 from the Omolon massif and SetteDaban Range. D. stel!iferum, D. settedabanicum, and D. magnifestum, D. laxefrondosum. and D. alienum n spp are described, with their geological and geographic distribution, comparisons and other features. DLC.

KHRAMOVA, V.I., see No. 97161 96734 KHRGIAN, A. KH. 0 vertikalt nom raspredelenii atmosfernogo ozona. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomitå 1967. v.7, no.2, p.317-22, graphs, tables) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Vertical distribution of atmospheric ozone. Analyzes the main characteristics of vertical distribution of ozone in the stratosphere and the troposphere, using mainly the data of about a hundred American ozone sounding balloons launched in the winter of 1962-63. These data provide up to ten measurements of ozone concentration for each km of the ascension at a number of observatories from Albrook Field in the Panama Canal Zone to Thule, the balloons on the average reaching a max height to 44 km and 30 km. The partial pressure of ozone in the max concentration layer is found to increase from the equatorial zone to higher latitudes, reaching 261 mkmb over Ft Churchill, and dropping to 230 mkmb over Thule. The measured values in the stratosphere correspond well with the theoretical scheme of ozone transport. In the troposphere an effect of ozone decomposition is disclosed, and no explanation to this phenomenon is yet found. CaMAI, DLC. B.V. 96735 KHROMOVSKIKH, Chislennost' i raspredelenie sivuchel po lezhbishcham Komandorskikh ostrovov vesnoi 1965 g. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1966, no.4, p.114-17, map, table, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Number and distribution of sea lions in the Commander Islands breeding grounds in spring 1965. Reports greatest concentration of Steller's sea lions Eumetopia jubata around the Bering and Mednyy Islands, over ten thousand in March. Numbers decreased in May, the sexually mature leaving for the summer in the Aleutians, the eastern shore of Kamchatka and the Kuril Islands. DLC. 96736 KHROMYKH, V.G. 0 prisutstvii astroriz u stromatoporoidei rode Dendrostroma Lecompte. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.168, no.6, p.1403-1404) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr: Presence of astrorhizae in the stromatoporoid genus Dendrostroma Lecompte. Presents a systematic description of Dendrostroma permirum n sp found in Middle Devonian deposits in the Talalakh

KHRUTSKII, S.F., see No. 96900 KHURS, E.I., see No. 97269 96738 KHVOROSTOVA, Z.M. and A.F. KHLONOVA. Stroenie i vozrast otlozhenii sredne-Berelekhskoi vpadiny v basseine r. Kolymy. (Geologiiä i geofizika 1966, no.8, Title t:.• p.126-28) 7 refs. In Russian. Structure and age of deposits of the middle Berelekh depression in the Kolyma River basin. Describes conglomerates and sandstones about 200 m thick. Their composition and age are discussed. Identification of some spores and pollen reveal that they are possibly Upper Senonian in age. DLC. KHVOROSTOVA, Z.M., see also No. 96618 96739 KHVOSTIKOV, I.A. Vysokie sloi Gidrometeatmosfery. Leningrad. orologicheskoe izd. 1964. 606 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. 821 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Upper layers of the atmosphere. Outlines methods of measuring atmospheric phenomena and parameters in the stratosphere and above it, by using rockets and artificial satellites, the meteoric, acoustic, and radio-measurements, and optical observations of daylight, twilight, and night-sky phenomena. The results of measurements of the structure and composition of the stratosphere and upper atmosphere, winds, tides, vertical and turbulent motions of the air masses are given, and heat exchange phenomena, diffusion separation of gases in the upper atmosphere are treated theoretically. Solar-terrestrial phenomena, such as solar wind and the effects it produces on geomagnetism, relationships between variations of solar activity, and those in geomagnetism 571

and atmospheric circulation processes are discussed. Charts of the bade topography of 100 mb surface north of 50°N, vertical distribution of atmospheric pressure and density in the Arctic (74°34'N 94°29'W) are given, and radio-astronomical observations in the polar zone are discussed. DLC. 96740 KHVOSTOVA, V.A. and N.M. KUMSKOVA. 0 redkozemel'nom vezuviane IUzhnoi IAkutii. (Akademii nauk SSSR. Mineralogicheskü muzel. Trudy 1966. no.17, p.231-34, tables) Refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Rare-earth vesuvianite from southern Yakutia. Reports find of vesuvianite in diopsidescapolite-phlogopite formations of the Aldan region. It is a product of metasomatic alteration of granite-pegmatites and pegmatites. Chemical analyses, presence of rare earth elements and other features are described. It is compared with similar vesuvianite of the Yenisey Ridge and Tuva. DLC. 96741 KIEKBAEV, D. 0 grammaticheskol kategorii opredelennosti i neopredelennosti v uralo-altalskikh iazykakh. (Sovetskoe finno-ugrovedenie 1965, v.1, no.4, p.237-44) 27 refs. In Russian. German summary. Tide tr.: Grammatical category of the definite and indefinite in Ural-Altaic languages. Discusses declension and conjugation forms used in Zyryan, Tungus, Yakut, etc, to express a definite and indefinite state or action. DLC. KIENLE, J., see No. 93968, 93969 KIHARA, H., see No. 97750 96742 KIIANOVSKII, M.P. and L.A. IUDOVICH. Sviäz' mezhdu znachenii mi foF2 na stantsifåkh vysokikh shirot sevemogo polushariih. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiiä 1966. v.6, no.2, p. 389-92, graph, table) 3 refs. In Russian. Tyde tr.: The relationship between the values of f F 2 at high latitude stations in the Northern Hemisphere. Discusses the degree of correlation of the simultaneity (time and intensity) of critical frequency phenomena in the F region of the ionosphere at the stations in the cis-polar and auroral oval regions. Station pairs AlertEureka, Eureka-Kiruna, Eureka-Tikhaya, Tikhaya-Kiruna are compared for the simultaneity, and data on the local time effect are used for Fletcher's ice island, Longyearbyen, Thule, Tromsø, and Luleå. A rather weak correlation is shown to exist between the phenomena and the locations. This weakness of the correlation may be due to different 572

modes of the ionosphere excitation: by DLC. corpuscular or by wave radiation. KILANDER, K. Skogstekniken 96743 och landsbygdsfrågorna. (Svensk lantmäteritidskrift 1964. v.56, no.1, p.106-113) In Title tr.: Lumbering techniques Swedish. and rural problems. Discusses present lumbering practices to elucidate the problems of small forest holders in thinly settled districts. Mechanization is distinguished from rationalization, the latter deriving from management, both physical and financial. Lumbering serves industry now characterized by greater standardization in raw materials, larger plants, less variety in products, and closer economic management. The small holder is concerned with how far topping, trimming, hauling, etc can be rationalized and manual labor diminished. DLC. 96744 KILANDER, S. Kärlväxtemas övre gränser pa f3äll i sydvästra Jämtland samt angränsande delar av Härjedalen och Norge. Uppsala, Almqvist & Wiksell 1955. 198 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. (Acta phytogeographica suecica 35) In Swedish. English summary Title tr.: Upper limits of vascular plants on mountains in southwestern Jämtland and adjacent parts of Härjedalen and Norway. Discusses the elevation to which individual species occur in international boundary mountain range in 63°N. Alpine, low-alpine and tree-line vegetation communities are differentiated. Factors which make plant community relationships vary from those established under other conditions are considered. Ecological conditions of moisture, lime soil content, temperature, snow duration, boulder fields, slope, orientation and elevations are dealt with, isolating limiting factors where possible. Lime and altitude relationships are confused because of lack of lime-bearing rocks at higher elevations. In some cases also wind affects winter snow shelter. DLC. 96745 KIL'DIÜSHEVSKII, I.D. K fore Verkhoianskogo khrebta. (Rastitel'nost' Krainego Severa SSSR i ee osvoenie 13 refs. In 1966, v.6, p.108-121, map) Russian. Tyde tr.: Contribution to the flora of the Verkhoyansk Range. Lists (Latin names) 267 plant species collected in 1956 in the upper Tompo River region of Yakutia. Notes on their occurrence, distribution, frequency and ecology are included. DLC. KILMAN, J.W., see No. 100031

KILPI, M., see No. 96062

Zyryanka and Santar glaciations are interpreted. CaMAI, DLC.

KIM, A.I., see No. 94498 KIM, E.P., see No. 93729, 93730 96746 KIM, J.S. and C.S. WANG. Orientation of aurora and the concurrent magnetic disturbance. (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1967. v.29, no.7, p.829-37, graphs, tables) Refs. Discusses the analysis of the orientations of auroral arcs determined from all-sky photographs taken at Flin-Flon, comparing these orientations with corresponding magnetograms in an attempt to verify the theory that intense electric currents in the ionosphere flow along the auroral arc during the auroral display. The average value for the orientation of auroral arcs was found to be 98.4°, and the average angle between the auroral arc and the horizontal component of the simultaneous magnetic disturbance was 89.8°, indicating that the theory is substantially correct. DLC. KIMBALL, D.S., see No. 93426, 93427, 93428, 93429 KIMURA, I., see No. 94461 96747 KIND, N.V. Radiocarbon chronology in Siberia. (In: Hopkins, D.M. ed., Bering land bridge... 1967. p.172-92, tables, illus) Refs. Examines existing stratigraphic schemes for Siberia and notes several unsettled problems. Stratigraphy of the Upper Pleistocene based on radiocarbon datings is given. A proposed scheme for the absolute chronology of Upper Pleistocene and Holocene, still preliminary, is explained. Radiocarbon dates permit the general age boundaries to be outlined. Correlation with Western Europe and North America is given. CaMAI, DLC. 96748 KIND, N.V. Vrezy i osadkonakoplenie v doline r. Eniseih; absoliutnaiä khronologiia sobytiT po dannym C14. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Komissiia po izuchenim chetvertichnogo periods. Biulleten' 1967, no.34, p.40-49, graphs, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Fluvial downcutting and sedimentation in the Yenisey River valley, absolute chronology of events according to C14 data. Presents an absolute chronology of the Upper Pleistocene and Holocene of Siberia based on about 50 samples tested by C14. Stratigraphic division and climatic changes in the glacial and periglacial zones are outlined, as are the development of the Yenisey valley, formation of terraces and their age. The

96749 KING, C.A.M. and J.T. BUCKLEY. The chronology of deglaciation around Eqe Bay and Lake Gillian, Baffin Island, N.W.T. (Geographical bulletin, Ottawa 1967. v.9, no.1, p.20-32, illus) Traces stages of deglaciation in this area by means of glacial-marine deltas which link the ice front positions with sea level. The marine limit had a height of 95 m along the northern sector of the coast; it slopes northeastward at 0.6 m/km. The sea entered Lake Gillian until about 5,200 yr ago, when sea level fell below 56 m. Within the lake basin the deltas become progressively lower and younger upstream, providing evidence of the later stages of deglaciation. DGS. KING, C.Y., see No. 97532 96750 KING, E.R. and others. Magnetic data on the structure of the central arctic region. (Geological Society of America. Bulletin 1966. v.77, no.6, p.619.46, graphs, Refs. Other authors: I. Zietz maps, illus) and L.R. Alldredge. Summarizes geomagnetic data obtained from flights at 20,000 ft by the US Geological Survey and the US Coast and Geodetic Survey. The area surveyed covers 1,350,000 mit of the Arctic Basin and adjacent land masses between the Pole and the North American continent. The survey shows the Lomonosov Ridge to be a major boundary between oceanic crust on the Eurasian side and a down-dropped continental basin of material closely similar to the Canadian Shield on the North American side of the ridge. The magnetic data also indicate that the thick sections of Paleozoic sedimentaries on northern Ellesmere Island and northern Greenland continue out under the continental shelves from Spitsbergen to Alaska. Magnetic maps, a tectonic map based on the survey, and profiles are presented and the crustal implications of the data discussed. CaMAI, DGS. 96751 KING, P.B., camp. National atlas, sheet 69, tectonic features. Washington, DC, US Geological Survey 1967. scale 1:7, 500,000. (with text) The arrangement of colors and symbols brings out two contrasting kinds of regions, platform areas and foldbelts, which are explained in detail in the text. Tectonic features of Alaska are on sheet 69. DGS. 96752 KING, P.B. The North American Cordillera. (Irr Symposium on the tectonic 573

history... Vancouver, 1964 pub 1966. p.1-25, maps, table) Refs. Reviews the tectonics, with emphasis on spatial relations and tectonic history. The Alaska-Canada segment is described, p. 2-5. The mountain belt trends northwestward in Canada with a nearly constant width of about 500 mi; a little east of the Alaska-Yukon boundary it is constricted by a deep recess along its northeastern front. In Alaska the belt turns westward, widening and branching; one branch extends out to sea southwestward to form the Aleutian volcanic island arc. Although there are variations in plan, the cross-section of the mountain belt in both Canada and Alaska is much the same, and longitudinal strips of similar rocks and structures extend through the whole segDGS. ment. 96753 KING, R.H. Periglacial geomorphology. (Musk-ox 1967, no.1, p.43-46) Reports on a 1966 field trip on Devon Island. Geomorphic processes active within the area, nature and distribution of periglacial phenomena, pedogenesis and the resultant soils were studied. Plans for 1967 are outlined. CaMAI. KING, R.H., see also No. 93819 96754 KINNER, Z.M. and others. Vozmozhnoe vliiänie proektiruemoi Nizhneobskor ges na rybnoe khoziäistvo. (Problemy Severe 1967, no.12, p. 147-55) 9 refs. In Russian. Other authors: S.N. Katkov and A.N. Novikova. Title tr.: The possible effect of the projected Lower Ob Hydroelectric Station upon the fisheries. English translation available from National Science Library, National Research Council, Ottawa. The Ob River basin and the Bay are considered the country's best fishing grounds for catch and kinds of commercial species. Coregonids, sturgeon, salmonids, etc thrive in the 4 million hectares of flooded valley of the lower Ob River and the 3 million ha of the freshwater part of the bay. The 30 m high dam of the Lower Ob Hydroelectric Station would divide this area in two, creating new hydrological and hydrobiological conditions in the large reservoir above the dam and in the bay below, altering the life conditions, food, migration and spawning of the most valuable fishes. Though scientific institutions with the Siberian Institute of Fisheries are working out conservation measures, the extent of the enterprise and lack of experience make the outcome uncertain. CaMAI, DLC. KINNEY, S., see No. 96038, 96039 574

96755 KINOSITA, S. Compression of snow at constant speed. (In: Intl. Conf. on Low Temp. Science; Physics of snow and ice... 1967, v.1, pt. 2, p.911-27, tables, illus) 19 refs. Slow speed compression produces plastic deformation of snow, while high speed compression produces brittle fracture. The progressive transformation of snow into ice at depths in glaciers and ice caps is an example of slow compression; the snow avalanche is an example of brittle deformation under high speed compression. The observations of external change and microscopic internal change during experimental compression are reported and the computations for critical speed of transition from plasticity to britDGS. tleness are given. 96756 KIRCH, R. and others. Daily and monthly Northern Hemisphere 10-millibar synoptic weather maps of the year 1966; part 1-4, January-December. Berlin, D. Reimer 1966/67. 4 v. maps. (Berlin. Freie Univ. Inst. für Meteorologie and Geophysik. Meteorologische Abhandlungen v.68. no.1-4) Other authors.' B. Kriester, K. Labitzke, R. Scherhag and R. Stuhrmann. Presents in four quarterly issues, each with approx 120 p of maps and brief introduction, the daily and mean monthly charts of atmospheric pressure for the 10-mb level; variation and deviation are also plotted. The Northern Hemisphere to 10°N is shown on a polar stereographic projection at scale 1:125 million. Maximum detail is in the arctic regions. The last quarter's issue includes a brief review of circulation patterns during the year. DLC. 96757 KIRCH, R. and others. Daily and monthly Northern Hemisphere 30-millibar synoptic weather maps of the year 1966; part I-IV, January-December. Berlin, D. Reimer 1966/67. 4 v. maps. (Berlin. Freie Univ. Inst. für Meteorologie and Geophysik. Meteorologische Abhandlungen v.67. no.1-4) Other authors: B. Knester, K. Labitzke, R. Scherhag and R. Stuhrmann. Presents in same format as supra, daily and mean monthly charts of atmospheric pressure for the 30-mb level. DLC. 96758 KIRCH, R. and others. Tägliche Höhenkarten der 50-mb-Fläche sowie monatliche Mittelkarten für das Jahr 1965, 1966; Teil I-IV, 1-4 Vierteljahr. Berlin, D. Reimer 1965/66, 1966/67. 8 v. maps. (Berlin. Freie Univ. Inst. für Meteorologie und Geophysik. Meteorologische Abhandlungen v.56, no.1-4; v.66, no.1-4) Other authors: B. Kriester, K. Labitzke, R. Scherhag, and R. Stuhrmann. In German. Title h:: Daily synoptic charts of

the 50-mb level with maps of monthly means for the year 1965, 1966. Presents in same format as supra, daily and mean monthly charts of atmospheric pressure for the 50-mb level. DLC. 96759 KIRCH, R. and others. Tägliche Höhenkarten der 100-mb-Fläche sowie monatliche Mittelkarten für das Jahr 1966; Teil I-IV, 1-4 Vierteljahr. Berlin, D. Reimer 1966/67. 4 v. maps. (Berlin. Freie Univ. Inst. für Meteorologie und Geophysik. Meteorologische Abhandlungen v.65, no.1-4) Other authors: B. Kriester, K. Labitzke, R. Scherhag and R. Stuhrmann. In German. Title tr.: Daily synoptic charts of the 100-mb level with maps of monthly means for the year 1966. Presents in same format as supra, daily and mean monthly charts of atmospheric pressure for the 100-mb level. DLC. 96760 *KIRCH, R. Temperaturverhältnisse in der Arktis während der letzten 50 Jahre. Berlin, D. Reimer 1966. 102 p. graphs, maps, tables. (Berlin. Freie Univ. Inst. für Meteorologie and Geophysik. Meteorologische Abhandlungen, v.69, no.3) In German. English summary. Tide tr.: Temperature conditions in the Arctic during the last 50 years. A definitive work on climatic change in the European Arctic and Greenland. The longterm trends at 12 stations are analyzed in detail. Graphs are presented of 10 yr running means of annual and seasonal temp for the various stations and the relevant data are also presented in tabular form. The reliability of the observations is assessed and the sources extensively reviewed, with a bibliography of 29 primary sources. The well marked warming during the first half of the period is discussed. This reached a peak prior to 1930-39 in Greenland, Svalbard, Bj«n ya and Jan Mayen and a little later farther east. A decrease in temp has subsequently set in, especially in the USSR section. At Franz Josef Land, a fall of 6°C in 10 yr is observable in the winter 10-yr means. DWB. 96761 KIRICHENKO, G.I. Stratigrafiiä dokembriia zapadnoi okrainy Sibirskol platformy i ee skladchatogo obramleniIä. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1967. v.112, p.3-48, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Precambrian stratigraphy of the western margin of the Siberian platform and its folded framework. Presents a detailed plan of the stratigraphy and correlations and describes the Archean, Proterozoic and Sinian deposits of the Yenisey Ridge and Turukhansk uplift. DLC.

96762 KIRICHENKO, L.A. Lednikovyi snos i mestnye tsentry oledeneniiå na Kol= skom poluostrove. (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. Kol'ski7 filial. Formirovanie rel'efa... 1966. p.69-76, maps, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Glacial drift and local centers of glaciation on Kola Peninsula. The distribution of nepheline syenite, augite porphyrite and alkaline granite erratics. and the heavy mineral fractions of morainic material indicate centers of local glaciation on the Kola Peninsula and direction of glacial retreat. DLC. 96763 KIRICHENKO, L.V. and M.P. GRECHUSHKINA. 0 radioaktivnosti pochvy i rastenii v raione padeniiä Tun(In: Kompleksnaih gusskogo meteorita. samodeiätel'nai ekspeditsitå po izuchennü problemy Tungusskogo meteorite... 1963. p.139-52, graphs, tables, illus) 4 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: On radioactivity of the soil and plants in the region of the fall of the Tunguska meteorite. Reports a detailed study in 1960 to clarify possible radioactive effects of the meteorite. Soil at various depths was examined, as were 16 plant species. The results, tabulated and diagrammed, do not allow any definitive conclusion to be drawn at present on radioactivity caused by the meteorite explosion in 1908. DLC. 96764 _KIRICHKOVA, A.I. and L. IÜ. BUDANTSEV. Novaj nakhodka nizhnemelovol flory s pokrytosemennymi v IAkutii. (Botanicheskif zhumal 1967. v.52, no.7, p.937-43, map, illus) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Tide tr. A new find of Lower Cretaceous flora, including angiosperms, in Yakutia. Describes plant remains collected on the river Sitte, a left tributary of the Lena. Imprints of two angiosperms, both new forms, found with typical Lower Cretaceous Pteridophyta are of great interest. DLC. 96765 KIRICHKOVA, A.I. 0 nakhodke nizhnei'urskoi flory v Vostochnoi Sibiri. (In: Leningrad. Vses. nefuänol n.-issl. geologorazvedochnyi inst. Trudy 1966. no.249, Refs. In Russian. Title p.120-27, illus) tr.: A find of Lower Jurassic flora in Eastern Siberia. Presents a systematic description of new Jurassic conifers from the Vilyuy basin. Schizolepis liassica. S. glumaceus, and Platylepidium vilujense n ssp are described, illus, and compared with Jurassic flora of other regions. DLC. 575

96766 KIRICHKOVA, A.I. and IU.L. SLASTENOV. Stratigrafiia i flora nizhnemelovykh otlozhemi r. Lepiske, Zapadnoe Priverkhoihn'e. (In: Leningrad. Vses. nefttänoi n.-issl. geologorazvedochnyi inst. Trudy 1966. no.249, p.147-81, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. Stratigraphy and flora of Lower Cretaceous deposits of the Lepiske River, western Verkhoyansk region. Reports on a 1963 and 1964 study and collections. The lower Cretaceous boundary and that between the Eksenyakhskaya and Khatyrykskaya series are defined and the precise age of the Boskhinskaya series set. A systematic description is given of the Lower Cretaceous flora, the majority new genera and species. DLC. 96767 KIRIKOV, D.A. Glavnetshie sistemy glubinnykh razlomov podvizhnykh oblastei Vostoka SSSR i ikh rol' kak magmokontroliruiushchikh struktur. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1967. no.135, p.5-42, maps) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. The main deep fault systems of mobile areas of eastern USSR and their role as magma-controlling structures. Outlines these deep faults south of the Arctic Basin and east of the Lena and Aldan, incl the Mongolo-Okhotsk Paleozoic-Mesozoic folded zone, the Verkhoyansk-Kolyma, Chukotka, and Sikhote-Alin Mesozoic folded zones. Systems of deep faults in marginal, volcanic, folded and geosynclinal areas are distinguished and briefly characterized and their morphology discussed. DLC. 96768 KIRILLOV, A.A. and V.A. SPICHKIN. Metod rascheta srokov vozmozhnogo nachala nepreryvnogo dvizheniia ledokolov v sploshnykh 1'dakh. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1966. no.22, p.66-74, graphs) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A method of estimating when an icebreaker can make continuous transit through close pack ice. Investigates the possibility of nonstop penetration at a given date in terms of ice thickness and strength. The ice-cover resistance to breaking is evaluated in terms of the icebreaker parameters, and the seasonal and year-to-year variation in ice resistivity. The proposed method can be used for determining the dates for different icebreakers to begin operations when their construction parameters are known. CaMAI, DLC. 96769 KIRILLOV, A.A. Metodika dolgosrochnykh ledovykh prognozov dliii arkticheskikh morel' i puti ee sovershenstvovaniia. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1967. no.27, p.65-73) In Russian. Tide tr.: Methods of long-range ice 576

forecast for the arctic seas and the ways of improving it. Reviews forecasting methods developed up to 1945-47, noting difficulties due to paucity of observation data. Current forecasting practices are considered, as based on five elements of the ice regime: the general status of ice at sea (its formation during the winter and the extent of its melting and drifting away during the first half of the navigation season), the extent of consolidated or very close pack ice, the breaking and decay of fast ice, the stabilization of sea ice formation and its growth. Atmospheric circulation, ice distribution, and recommendations for ice navigation are also considered. Empirical formulas are developed for each element of the ice regime, the hydrometeorological terms in the equations may vary for different arctic seas. A relationship is established between the general status of the ice and solar activity. Ice forecasts are noticed to be more accurate for the second half of navigation season than for CaMAI, DLC. the first. 96770 KIRILLOV, A.S. Gidroksil-bastnezit — novaiä mineral'naiä raznovidnost'. (Vses. mineralogicheskoe o-vo. Zapiski 1966. v.95, no.1, p.Sl-59, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Hydroxylbastnäsite, a new mineral variety. Describes a rare earth carbonate of the bastnäsite group found in Vuoriyarvi carbonatite massif on Kola Peninsula. Crystal flame tests, chemical analyses and other features are reported for this mineral which is called hydroxyl-bastnäsite. Comparison is made with the usual bastnäsite found in Sweden, the Ural and elsewhere. Presence of the lanthanide-yttrium group is noted. DLC. 96771 KIRILLOV, A.S. and T.A. BUROVA. Lueshity iz karbonatitov Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Mineralogiiä i geokhimili 1967. no.2, p.28-39, tables, illus) 18 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Lueshite from carbonatites of Kola Peninsula. Describes the mineral lueshite, a sodium niobate found in 1960 in carbonatites of the Kovdor and Salanlatvinskiy massifs and in 1961 and 1962 in the Vuoriyarvi and Nama-vara massifs. Lueshite is found in small crystals of pseudo-cubic form. Its mode of occurrence, specific weight, and optical properties are given, as are its chemical composition and X-ray analysis. Thermodynamic conditions for the formation of this mineral are noted. DLC. 96772 KIRILLOV, A.S. Tektonicheskie razryvy Tungusskoi sineklizy. (Sovetskaia geologiia 1966, no.9, p.140-46, maps) 6

refs. In Russian. Title tr Tectonic fractures of Tungusskiy syneclise. Notes three main types of dislocations with a break in continuity: regional abyssal fractures, closely associated with deep faults of the folded platform framework, breaks, which are discontinuous dislocations characteristic of the central platform, are analyzed, with special attention to the second type which controls the spacing of trap magmatism, with which useful minerals are associated. Trap, late trap and post trap breaks, trap magmatism and the formation of the Tungusskiy syneclise are discussed. DLC. 96773 KIRILLOV, F.N. and A.S. NOVIKOV. Tikhookeanskaiä sel'd' u beregov IAkutii. (Priroda 1966. v.55, no.8, p.73) In Russian. Title tr.: Pacific herring off the coast of Yakutia. Reports capture of two females east of the Kolyma delta, with notes on degree of maturity and stomach contents. The species is claimed to have been seen earlier by the natives. DLC. 96774 KIRILLOV, F.N. Vidovol sostav ryb reki Aldana. (In: Akademitå nauk SSSR. IAkutskii filial. Inst. biol. Pozvonochnye... 1964, p.73-81, tables) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Fish species of the Aldan River. Account of hydrology and hydrochemistry of the Aldan and its main tributaries, followed by description of its fishes, their distribution in the river, age, size, weight, their food, frequency, and the fishery. DLC. KIRILLOV, M.V., see No. 95880 96775 KIRILLOV, O. Tri chasa v ognedyshashchem kratere. (Derail Vostok 1966. v.33, no.1, p.140-46, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Three hours in the firespitting crater. To work out a method of forecasting eruption by the state and temperature of a volcano's crater, the Institute of Volcanology in Kamchatka organized descents into the crater of Avachinskiy. Five made in 1961-64 are noted, and that of the author, an alpinist, with two volcanologists described in some detail. DLC. 96776 KIRILLOV, V.A. Osnovnye tipy geoelektricheskogo razreza tolshchi merzlykh porod po periodam v godovom [ sikle. (Geologiia i geofizika 1967, no.8, p.75-82, graphs, illus) 16 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Main types of geoelectric section of frozen rocks according to periods in the annual cycle. Reports a 1957-59 study of frozen rocks in

the Burkand'i valley in northeastern USSR, where electric sounding was carried out in Apr-Nov each year. A new scheme of the distribution of electric resistance is constructed. Five periods are distinguished during the year: early spring, spring, summer, autumn and winter. The time of transition from one type of section to another is determined for each period. DLC. 96777 KIRINA, T.I. Stratigrafiia nizhneiürskikh otlozheni zapadnoi chasti VilaIskol sineklizy. (In: Leningrad. Vses. neftianol n: issl. geologorazvedochnyi inst. Trudy 1966. no.249, p.18-71, maps, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of Lower Jurassic deposits in the western part of the Vilyuy syneclise. Reviews previous investigations of this region and reports own work of 1957-62 along the Markha, Vilyuy, Tyung, Sinyaya Rivers, as well as data of drillings. In the Ukugut series, six horizons are distinguished and described. Marine pelecypods and forams in the upper layers indicate a marine ingression in the Vilyuy syneclise at the end of Liassic. Pliensbachian deposits are divided into four horizons; and Toarcian into three parts according to layers of Osperleioceras and Harpoceras, Dactylioceras, or Pseudolioceras. DLC. KIRINA, T.I., see also No. 98055 KIRIiJKHIN, V.G., see No. 94113, 99630 96778 KIRIÜSHKIN, V.N. and others. Vlii nie geologo-geomorfologicheskikh uslovil mestnosti na formirovanie bolot, na primere bolot severnoi chasti Arkhangel'skoi oblasti. (In: Vses. botanicheskoe o-vo. Priroda bolot... 1967. p.11.15, illus) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: I.P. Starichenkov and L.I. Tikhomirov. Title tr.: The influence of local geologic-geomorphic conditions on the bog formation process, as exemplified by bogs in the northern part of Arkhangel'sk Province. Discusses the zoning of the Pechora-Onega district bogs, describing four regions which differ in geomorphic conditions and bog formation. Areas of tectonic uplift are characterized by a minimal percentage of peat formation. Areas of subsidence have great expanses of mixed bogs and extensive peat formation. Other bogs develop in moraine, glacial lacustrine and outwash plains, and in other geomorphic elements. DLC. 96779 KIROVA, O.A. and N.I. ZANekotorye dannye o rasSLAVSKAIA. pylennom veshchestve iz ralona padenills Tungusskogo meteorita. (Meteoritika 1966, 577

In Russian. Tide fr.: Eruption of subno.27, p.119-27, graphs, map, illus) 6 refs. ordinate vents, named in honor of B.I. Pip, of In Russian. Title tr.: Some data on dispersed matter from the region of the Klyuchevskiy Volcano. Tunguska meteorite fall. Describes this eruption which started on 6 Reports study of about 140 soil samples Oct 1966 between Ermana and Vlodovtsa collected in 1961-62. Their mineralogy, miGlaciers at 2000-2200 m elevation above sea cro-chemistry and size are analyzed. The level. The eruption reached maximum 7 Oct dimensions of some 1600 magnetite globules and maintained it till 22-23 Oct. Eruption of the explosion funnels is described, noting are obtained. The globules and other formations of magnetite and silicate composition energy of explosion, erupted material, etc. By and their intergrowth indicates the hetthe end of Oct activity of all funnels had erogeneity of the original matter. These data significantly diminished. Explosive and efsuit the hypothesis of the comet-like nature of fusive action is described by date to 5 Jan the Tunguska body. DLC. 1967. Products of the activity are also characterized. DLC. KIROVA, O.A., see also No. 101434 KIRSANOV, I.T. see also No. 96369, 100959 96780 KIRSANOV, I.T. Acid volcanism and thermal manifestations in the area of 96783 KISELEV, A.E. Perspektivy Mutnovsky and Gorely volcanoes (southern neftegazonosnosti Viliuiskoi sineklizy i Kamchatka). (Intl. Volcanological Assoc. Priverkhoianskogo kraevogo progiba. Bulletin volcanologique 1967. v.30, p.139-51, (Geologiia nefti i gaza 1967. v.11, no.10, map, tables, illus) 5 refs. p.30-35, maps, illus) 5 refs. In Russian. Acid volcanism in the area of the still Title tr.: Oil- and gas-bearing prospects in the active Mutnovskaya and Gorelyy volcanoes, Vilyuy syneclise and Verkhoyansk foredeep. south Kamchatka, is associated with volcanic Reports lithologic and physical investistructures and disjunctive tectonics. The gation of the reservoir rocks of Mesozoic rocks change from andesite-dacites to lideposits. Other factors affecting oil and gas parites in the first instance, and are effusive accumulation are analyzed. In the Vilyuy and extrusive dacites and liparites in the syneclise favorable lithologic-facies complexes second type. Fumaroles occur widely and occur at depths of 1000-3700 m, and in the there is one thermal spring in the area. Their Verkhoyansk foredeep at 1000-3000 m. The position in the structural pattern and their most promising areas are in the Khapchagay genesis are mainly controlled by tectonic arch and the platformic roof of the Verconditions. Evidence from change in chemical khoyansk foredeep. DLC. composition of the thermal features suggests that they are independent of the acid 96784 KISELEV, A.E. Zakonomernosti volcanics. During tectonic activity, thermal izmenenii neftegazovykh kollektorov v springs from greater depths may supply heat mezozoiskikh otlozheniiikh Viliuiskoi sineand solutions up to 800-900°C in temp which klizy i Priverkhoianskogo kraevogo progiba. melts granitic rocks and produces the acid (Sovetskatå geologiia 1967, no.7, p.27-37, volcanism. Chemical analyses of the acid map, illus) Refs. In Russian. Tide tr rocks, fumarolic gases, and thermal waters are Patterns of changes in the oil-gas reservoirs in included. DGS. Mesozoic deposits of the Vilyuy syneclise and Verkhoyansk foredeep. 96781 KIRSANOV, I.T. IAvlenitå priThe porosity and permeability of rocks in rody, predvanåvshie i soprovozhdayshie izthis area depend on the lithologic comverzheniia pobochnykh kraterov im. B.I. position and the role of paleogeography and Pipa. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1967. tectonics in affecting the depositional enno.5, p.171-73) In Russian. vironment. These factors in Triassic, Jurassic Title tr.: Phenomena of nature, premonitory and acand Cretaceous deposits are examined. Mesocompanying the eruption of the B.I. Pulp zoic deposit reservoirs of the Vilyuy syneclise subordinate vents. have the best filtration capacity and this is Describes the seismic, electromagnetic, considered the most prospective structure of electric, and shock waves, as well as some the Siberian platform. DLC. other phenomena associated with the burst of these vents on Klyuchevskiy Volcano in 1966. 96785 KISELEV, A.E. Zakonomemosti DLC. razmeshchenitå zalezhei nefti i gaza v mezozoiskikh otlozheniiakh Viliuiskoi sine96782 KIRSANOV, I.T. Proryv poklizy i Priverkhoianskogo progiba. (Sibirskti bochnykh kraterov imeni B.I. Wino na Kliün.-issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo chevskom vulkane. (Voprosy geografii Kamsyr'ia. Trudy 1967. no.63, p.133-39, map) chatki 1967, no.5, p.53-59, map, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Patterns of oil and gas 578

pool distribution in Mesozoic deposits of the Vilyuy syneclise and Verkhoyansk foredeep. The majority of oil and gas manifestations are attributed to the platformic flange of the central part of the Verkhoyansk trough and adjacent regions of the Vilyuy syneclise. Productive horizons are genetically connected with a transgressive series of miogeosynclinal formations. Gas and oil manifestations are absent in formations of the Verkhoyansk foredeep. Most stable gas-bearing horizons are connected with reservoirs, occurring under thick regionally developed clayey cap DLC. rocks. KISELEV, V.A., see No. 97857 96786 KISELEVA, M.V. Ob usloviiakh radiosviuzi v vysokikh shirotakh v gody spada solnechnol aktivnosti. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiiä 1966. v.6, no.5, p.869-74, tables, 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: illus) Conditions of radio communication in high latitudes during years of diminishing solar activity. Reports study of these conditions under different degrees of the ionospheric disturbance. The propagation of radio waves along the Washington-Churchill and Washington-Resolute paths, both intersecting the polar radio absorption zone, was studied on 2.5, 5, 10, 15, and 20 Mc/s frequencies in June, Oct, Dec, and in Jan 1962. Prolonged disturbances in radio communication were observed during strong magnetic-ionospheric disturbances because of anomalous radio wave absorption, occurrence of the ionospheric sporadic layer ES , and closeness to minimum usable frequency. DLC. 96787 KISHCHINSKII, A.A. Biologiiä lemmingovidnoi polevki Alticola (Aschizomys) macrotis Radde v Kolymskom nagor'e. (Moskovskoe o-vo ispytatelel prirody. Otd. biologicheskti. Biülleten' 1966. v.71, no.1, p.43-50, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr: Biology of Alticola (Aschizomys) macrotis Radde in the Kolyma highlands. Presents biological details of catches in a mountainous region 300 km northwest of Magadan and on the shores of the Sea of Okhotsk where the lemming is plentiful. Most catches were made above 700 m, in July and Aug 1962-64. The climate of this area is cold and wet with a strong wind. Winter temp can go as low as -40°, and the animals show biological adaptation to the climate. DLC. 96788 KISHCHINSKII, A.A. K biologii nekotorykh gornykh ptits Kolymskogo khreb(Ornitologiih 1965. v.7, p.217-25, ilta. lus) In Russian. Title tr. Biology of some mountain birds of the Kolyma Range.

Reports a study on the eastern spurs of these mountains in the summer of 1963. Six species are dealt with in detail incl dates of presence in or flight over the area, habitat(s), frequency, maturity, food, size and weight, DLC. wintering, etc. 96789 KISHCHINSKII, A.A. Materialy o rasprostranenii dikikh kopytnykh v SeveroVostochnoi Sibiri. (Problemy Severa 1967, no.11, p.142-48, maps) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Distribution of ungulates in northeastern Siberia. English translation available from National Research Council of Canada Library, Ottawa. Deals with the musk deer, wild reindeer, elk and bighorn sheep in the upper and eastern parts of the Kolyma basin, according to own investigations in 1963-64, information from hunters, and reports in local agencies. Each distribution is briefly described, and those of the deer, reindeer and elk shown on maps. CaMAI, DLC. 96790 KISHCHINSKII, A.A. Medvedi kolymskikh gor. (Okhota i okhotnich'e khozislstvo 1965. v.11, no.4, p.15-16, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Bears of the Kolyma Mountains. Discusses their distribution, arousal from hibernation and early diet, summer and fall movements and diet. Their behavior toward man and their disposition (generally tame) are noted. Color variations and weight are stated, as are some ways to prepare bear meat. DLC. 96791 KISHCHINSKII, A.A. Ornitologicheskie nakhodki v iiizhnoi chasti Kolymskogo khrebta. (Ornitologiih 1965. v.7, p.473-74) Title tr.: OrIn Russian. nithological finds in the southern part of the Kolyma Range. Reports the first investigation in the eastern spurs of these mountains during 23 June - 7 Sept 1963. Relief and dominant vegetation at various altitudes are noted, and interesting bird finds are listed with date and location, nesting, young, etc. DLC. KISHKINOVA, T.S., see No. 99815 KISHKO, Iu.I., see No. 100931 96792 KISIN, I.M. and others. Minimal' nyi zimnil stok rek Tiumenskoi oblasti. (Moskva. N.-issl. inst. aeroklimatologii. Trudy 1967. no.48, p.128-41, graphs, map, tables) 26 refs. In Russian. Other authors: A.M. Komlev and N.M. Kizimova. Tide tr.: Minimum winter discharge of the rivers of Tyumen Province. Presents the main characteristics of these 579

rivers as of 1 Jan 1965. From the records of 72 hydromet stations, minimum winter discharge is determined as occurring in April in the north, in the south in March and for a few streams in February. Zoning is noted in the variation in minimum discharge, and a method is suggested for estimating a minimum for streams not investigated. DLC. KISLIiAKOV, V.N., see No. 100948 KISLITSINA, G.I., see No. 94510, 94511 KISLITSINA, V.P., see No. 97048 96793 KISLIÜK, I.M. Morfologicheskie i funk[sional'nye izmenenitä khloroplastov pri okhlazhdenii list'ev Cucumis sativus L. (In: Intl. Symposium on Cytoecology, Leningrad, 1963. Kletka i temperatura sredy... 1964. p.47-49, graph, units) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Morphological and functional changes in the chloroplasts upon cooling the leaves of Cucumis sativus L. Observes the most characteristic changes with a light microscope: distortion of the chloroplasts, rounding, chlorophyll-bearing part taking on a dish-like form and mixing with the periphery of the chloroplast and the appearance of a colorless substance resembling the cytoplasm but distinct from it. Eventually the entire organelle complement crowds the outer part of the cells. DLC. KISZENICK, W., see No. 94421 96794 KITAMURA, T. Geomagnetic pulsations and the exosphere; part II, analysis of sliding tones. (Japan. Science Council. Report of ionosphere and space research in Japan 1964. v.18, no.1, p.1-15, tables, graphs) 9 refs. Uses an elastic string model analogy in a quantitative analysis of the geomagnetic cavity mechanism as a cause of sliding tones. It is shown that the ascending and descending radio tones, illus by typical examples of giant pulsations at Pt Barrow, might be interpreted as caused by the compression and depression of a cavity bounded by the magnetic lines of force. The compression and depression rates are calculated, and the results are applied to sliding tone phenomena associated with a quasi-stationary solar wind, or an impulsive solar wind, or with a severe storm solar wind. DLC. 96795 KITSUL, V.I. and K.A. LAZEBNIK. Geologiia i petrografiia dokembrtiskikh kristallicheskikh obrazovanii raiona sliianiia Aldana i Ungry, k probleme "Ungrinskogo klina". (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. IAkutskii filial. Inst. geologii. Geolo580

gitå i petrologii dokembriia Aldanskogo shchita... 1966. p.135-58, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title h:: Geology and petrography of Precambrian crystalline formations in the region of the confluence of the Aldan and the Ungra, the "Ungra wedge" question. Reports 1962-64 field studies and laboratory work which show that Precambrian crystalline formations of this region represent an independent Ungra complex. The geology of the region and the petrography of the metamorphic rocks, amphiboles, intrusive basic rocks and granitoids are outlined. DLC. 96796 KITSUL, V.I. Khimicheskie arializy biotitov iz metamorficheskikh porod iengrskoi serii i Ungrinskogo kompleksa Aldanskogo shchita. (In: Akademia nauk SSSR. I,Akutskil filial. Inst. geologii. Geologitå i petrologira dokembriia Aldanskogo shchita... 1966. p.241-45, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Chemical analyses of biotites from metamorphic rocks of the Iyengra series and Ungra complex of the Aldan shield. Reports a study of biotite in alumina metamorphic rocks in the western part of the shield. Reddish-brown biotite from hypersthene schists and gneisses of the Iyengra series have high Ti, low Fe203 and relatively low ferruginous coeff; they are typical of the granulite facies and facies transitional from granulite to amphibolite. Yellowish-brown biotites with low Ti, high Fe203 and high ferruginous coeff are typical of the amphibolite facies. Greenish-brown biotite with low Ti, high Mn, and low ferruginous coeff was the lowest temp form. There was no noticeable variation in amounts of Si and Al isomorphous with Fe, in these biotites. DLC. 96797 KITSUL, V.I. Khimicheskll sostay i fizicheskie svoistva granatov iz metamorficheskikh porod iengrskoi serii i Ungrinskogo kompleksa Aldanskogo shchita. (In: Akademia nauk SSSR. IAkutskil filial. Inst. geologii. Geologiia i petrologitå dokembriia Aldanskogo shchita... 1966. p.233-40, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Chemical composition and physical properties of garnets from metamorphic rocks of the Iyengra series and Ungra complex of the Aldan shield. Reports a study of garnet in calcium-poor metamorphic rocks in the western part of the shield. Parameters of the unit cells are determined for the samples, and chemical analyses presented. Garnets from Proterozoic metamorphic rocks indicate low grade metamorphism. DLC.

96798 KITSUL, V.I. Kristalloopticheskie svolstva i khimicheskil sostav amfibolov iz metamorficheskikh porod iengrskol serii i Ungrinskogo kompleksa Aldanskogo shchita. (In: Akademia nauk SSSR. IAkutskil filial. Inst. geologii. Geologiiä i petrologiia dokembriI Aldanskogo shchita... 1966. p.183-203, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Crystal optical properties and chemical composition of amphiboles from metamorphic rocks of the Iyengra series and Ungra complex of the Aldan shield. Reports investigation of brown and brownish, yellow and other amphiboles. Their optical properties are described and chemical analyses of 17 are presented. Temperature, pressure and other conditions of their formation are outlined. DLC. 96799 KTTSUL, V.I. Opticheskie svolstva i khimicheskil sostav piroksenov iz metamorficheskikh porod iengrskoi serii Aldanskogo shchita. (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. IAkutskii filial. Inst. geologii. Geologhä i petrologitä dokembrhä Aldanskogo shchita... 1966. p.204-221, graphs, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Optical properties and chemical composition of pyroxenes from metamorphic rocks of the Iyengra series of the Aldan shield. Describes pyroxenes in various Archean rocks in the western part of the shield: orthorhombic pyroxenes in crystalline schists, amphibolites, gneisses and granitoids, and clinopyroxenes also widely distributed. Their optical properties and chemical composition are analyzed in some detail. DLC. 96800 KITSUL, V.I. and others. Stratigraficheskoe raschlenenie i korrelii iiI metamorficheskikh tolshch verkhnealdanskol svity iengrskol serii Aldanskogo shchita. (In: Akademia nauk SSSR. IAkutskif filial. Inst. geologii. Geologiiå i petrologiiä dokembriii Aldanskogo shchita... 1966. p.15-25, map, tables illus) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: A.N. Zedgenizov and K.A. Lazebnik. Title ir.: Stratigraphic subdivision and correlation of metamorphic units of the upper Aldan formation, the Iyengra series of the Aldan shield. Notes difficulties in the subdivision and correlation of these Precambrian crystalline rocks: the differentiated composition, complicated tectonic structure, and intense regional granitization. Seven local sections are correlated to produce a composite columnar section including three members with a total thickness of 3090 m. DLC.

KIiJN, G.I., see No. 96657

96801 KIVI, E.I. Plant breeding in Finland. (Acta agriculturae scandinavica. Supplementum 1965. no.12, p.52-69, map, tables, illus) Reviews plant breeding activity in Finland with emphasis on development of characteristics adapted to the severe northern climatic conditions. Experimental work carried out at the various breeding institutes is described, particularly with rye, wheat, barley, herbage plants, potato, rape, peas and berries. The crossing of .Rubus arcticus, which has excellent aroma and virus resistance, with southerly species is discussed. DLC. 96802 KIVI, O. Spisok dissertatsii po ural'skim iazykam, vypolnennykh v Sovetskom Soiuze 1917-1967 gg. (Sovetskoe finnougrovedenie 1967. v.3, no.3, p.231-36) In Russian. Title ir.: List of dissertations on Uralic languages submitted in the Soviet Union: 1917-1967. About 40 of the 145 dissertations submitted 1935-66 are on Zyryan, Ostyak, Vogul, Samoyed, and Lappish linguistics. DLC. 96803 KIVISILD, H.R. Hanging ice dams. (Intl. Assoc. for Hydraulic Research. 8th congress, Montreal 1959. Proceedings v.3, 3 p. diagrs.) Whether shale ice running down the river is stopped by an ice sheet already formed, or is carried under the ice cover and deposited at a section where the shear stress against the ice cover is below a certain critical value, is determined by hydrologic conditions expressed by the Froude number F = V!(gD) 0.08. At higher Froude numbers, ice is carried under and deposited in a hanging ice dam. Critical depths and slopes under and in hanging dams are shown in graphs. Ice deposits in hanging dams narrow the free area for water and increase the slopes to critical values over a progressively increasing length of the ice dam. The water surface at the upstream end ultimately rises to levels which make the hydraulic conditions favorable for ice accumulation there; ice starts packing and the pack grows upstream until the next critical section for packing is reached. DLC. 96804 KIZEVETTER, I.V. and others. Soderzhanie vitaminov B12, B2, i PP v tkaniakh tela beringovomorskikh ryb. (Moskva. Vses. n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Trudy 1965. v.58, p.293-301, tables.) 7 refs. In Russian. Other authors: I.G. Syromiitnikova and A.M. Teplitskaia. Title tr» The vitamin B-12, B-2 and PP content in the tissues of Bering Sea fish. Ocean perch, halibut, sablefish, plaice, cod, 581

Atka mackerel and herring are examined for these vitamins. Different parts of the body and fishes of different seasons are taken into consideration. The content varied widely but liver and guts showed consistently high vitamin levels. DLC. 96805 KIZEVHITER, I.V., and others. Tekhnologicheskaia kharakteristika beringovomorskikh ryb. (Moskva. Vses. n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Trudy 1965. v.58, p.201-272, tables, graphs.) 5 refs. In Russian. Other authors: E.F. Kleie, A.A. Kirillova, O.M. Mel'nikova, V.M. Miasoedova and L.IA. Ertel'. Title h.: Technological characteristics of Bering Sea fish. Discusses post-mortem changes in fish kept without ice at 2-12°C, physical and chemical changes in fishes caught during different seasons, and dependence of meat color on the way of storing the catch. Changes in different N-components in frozen flatfish, freezing and storage temperature relations, organoleptic and chemical changes in frozen fish are dealt with, as are changes in salt content, characteristics of fat, etc. Problems of canning, salting and smoking are also considered. The half dozen or more species studied include cod, halibut, ocean perch and herring. DLC. 96806 KIZEVETTER, I.V. Uchenye TINRO pomogaiut rybnoi promyshlennosti. (Rybnoe khoziaistvo 1966. v.42, no.4, p.2-4) In Russian. Title h : Scientists of TINRO help the fisheries industry. Review, by the director of the Pacific Ocean Scientific Research Institute of Fisheries and Oceanogrpahy, of its research and reconnaissance activities in Kamchatka, Magadan, Amur and Sakhalin waters since its inception in 1958. Special attention is given to the period 1964-65. Reserves in the known areas and possibilities in new ones are considered. DLC. KIZEVETTER, I.V., see also No. 94912, 95688 KIZIMOVA, N.M. see No. 96792 96807 KIZZOR, A.J. Built-in bubbles bar ice; a unique air application prevents ice formation at Blue Mesa dam. (Compressed air magazine 1963. v.68, no.1, p.8-9, illus) Describes the compressed air systems installed at this Bureau of Reclamation dam project on the Gunnison River in western Colorado, to protect the intake structure for the outlet works and the spillway gate structure from ice. They have two air compressors for each structure, pipe headers 582

leading to the air control valves, and embedded copper tubing supplying air to each set of nozzles in the reservoir. Five levels of nozzles are to be used in the trashrack at the intake structure for the outlet works; this combined operating range is 124.73 ft. The highest level of nozzles is to be 27.4 ft below max reservoir water surface. One level of nozzles for the spillway gate structure is at an elevation of 41.5 ft below the max surface elevation; their operating range, 31.5 ft. The installations are illus by two diagrams and an DLC. artist's sketch. 96808 KLAIN, G.J. and R.F. BURLINGTON. Effect of cold on glucose metabolism of fasted and fasted-refed rats. (American journal of physiology 1967. v.213, no.1, p.209-214, tables) 29 refs. The effect of cold exposure on liver lipids of refed animals is shown not only in the lower concentrations of total lipids and triglyceride, but also in the lower specific activity of triglyceride. A moderate cold stress partially reduces the excessive hepatic fat deposition resulting from feeding a highcarbohydrate diet after fasting. DNLM. KLAIN, G.J., see also No. 94352 96809 KLASSEN, R.W. Surficial geology of the Waterhen-Grand Rapids area, Manitoba, 63B, 63G. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1967. 6 p. map. (Canada. Geological 8 refs. Survey. Paper 66-36) Much of the map area (52° - 53°30'N 99° 100W) is covered by ground moraine composed of light grey, silty, stony till derived from carbonate rock, and a clayey or stony brown till, which indicate two intervals of glaciation. Effects of lacustrine erosion and deposition, beach deposits and terraces are evidence that the area was covered by Lake Agassiz II after final deglaciation. Minor intersecting lineaments are attributed to action of floating ice; striae in the area show that the first ice advance was from the northwest, the second from the northeast. DGS. 96810 KLASSEN, V.I. and P.A. USACHEV. Vybor optimal'nykh uslovil flotatsii (In: Obogashchenie poleznykh magnetita. iskopaemykh Kol'skogo poluostrova... 1966. p.31-40, graphs, tables, illus.) 21 refs. In Title h.: Selection of optimal Russian. conditions for magnetite flotation. Analyzes the process of direct flotation of Olenegorsk ferrous quartzites to obtain iron concentrates of low silica, sulfur, and phosphorus admixtures used in direct iron reduction, steel production, and powder metallurgy processes. The analysis results have

been experimentally confirmed by flotation of magnetite concentrate magnetically separated from iron ore at the Olenegorsk plant. The concentrate obtained by flotation under optimum conditions contained 71.2% iron, 0.5-0.7% silica, 0.02% sulfur, and 0.01% phosphorus. DLC. 96811 KLAWE, J.J. The regional atlas. (Albertan geographer 1966-67, no.3, p.59-62). Describes work since 1964 on the Atlas of Alberta, a joint project of the Provincial Dept of Lands and Forests and the University Dept of Geography. The atlas containing maps of 1:2 million is to be accompanied by a volume of explanatory text with additional statistics, photos and other illus. CaMAI, CaOGB. 96812 KLEIMENOVA, N.G. and others. Etude en deux points conjuguts des emissions radioelectriques de tres basse frequence (0, 8-10 kHz). (Annales de geophysique 1966. v.22, no.4, p.519-29, graphs, tables) Refs. In French. English and Russian summary. Title tr.: A study of very low frequency radioelectric emissions (0.8-10 kHz) at two conjugate points. Compares the VLF radio-emissions recorded at the geomagnetically conjugate stations Sogra and Kerguelen, presenting characteristic features of the conjugacy. Radio-hiss is found to occur always simultaneously at the two stations, as exemplified in the records at 13 h 30 min on 17 Sept 1964, showing almost complete similarity of the two electrograms. Dawn chorus, on the contrary, occurs at both conjugate stations only during strong ionospheric storms. No VLF emissions occur during geomagnetically absolutely quiet periods. The auroral radiohiss at Tiksi is shown in a diagram. Though some types of irregular geomagnetic micropulsations occur simultaneously with hiss, dawn chorus never occurs simultaneously with continuous micropulsation type Pc 1. DLC. 96813 KLEIMENOVA, N.G. and others. Nabliudenii`a ul'tranizkochastotnogo izluchenii v soprilzhennykh tochkakh. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiii 1967. v.7, no.1, p.128-33, graphs, table, illus) 14 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.A. Troitskaiå, R. Gendrin, J. Vigneron, C. Ponsot and M. Dassac. Title tr.: Observations of ultra low-frequency radiation at conjugate points. Reports Mar 1964-Mar 1965 observations on radio hiss on the 1.5-3 kc/sec band at Sogra and Kerguelen. The differences between mid-latitude and polar radio hisses, simultaneity of ULF occurrence at geomagnetically conjugate stations, the rela-

tionship between choruses and the negative ionospheric storms, and the daily variations and average duration of choruses and hisses are statistically treated, as are the relationship between ULF and geomagnetic activity, the absence of VLF radiation on geomagnetically quiet days, and the absence of continuous pulsations of pearl type (Pc 1) during chorus splashes. DLC. 96814 KLEIMENOVA, N.G. Nekotorye rezul'taty nabhädenü estestvennogo elektromagnitnogo pohå v polose 1-20 gås na pohårnykh stantsiiäkh Tiksi i Lovozero. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Izvestitå 1965, fizika Zemli no.3, p.97-102, graphs, maps) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some results of observations of the earth's natural electromagnetic field in the 1-20 c/s band at the Tiksi and Lovozero polar stations. Investigates the main sources of variations in this band, separating the geomagnetic sources from those due to thunderstorms. The observations at Tiksi Bay in Apr 1963 were carried out 70 km from the town to avoid industrial interference. The averaged energy spectrum obtained at Tiksi is compared with that at Lovozero. The field variations of 3 c/s the result of distant lightning. The impulsive background radio noise is formed by these electric discharges, occurring on the earth at a rate of about 100 lightnings per second. DLC. KLEIMENOVA, N.G., see also No. 95504 96815 KLEIN, D.R. Waterfowl in the economy of the Eskimos on the YukonKuskokwim Delta, Alaska. (Arctic 1966. v.19, no.4, p.319-36, map, tables) 16 refs. French and Russian summary. Eskimos in this area take about 83 thousand geese and brant, 38 thousand ducks, 5500 swans and 1 thousand cranes annually; 40 thousand eggs are gathered for food. Egg gathering and village drives of birds have decreased in recent years, but spring hunting of waterfowl continues to be important as it coincides with the period of the Eskimos' greatest need for food. CaMAI, DGS. 96816 KLEIN, R.G. Radiocarbon dates on occupation sites of Pleistocene age in the USSR. (Arctic anthropology 1967. v.4, no.2, p.224-26) 10 refs. Lists 41 assayed samples, compiled from recent Soviet publications. Two charcoal samples from Ushki, Kamchatka, gave dates of 21,100 ± 900 and 10,360 ± 350 BP, respectively; a fossil bone from the lower cultural level of Mal'ta: 14,750 ± 120 BP. Two charcoal samples from Afontova Gora 583

II, near Krasnoyarsk: 20,900 ± 300 and 11,330 t 270 BP; and two from Kokorevo, Krasnoyarsk Province: 13,330 ± 100 and 13,300 # 50 BP respectively. CaMAI, DSI. 96817 •KLEINENBERG, S.E. and others. Belukha; opyt monograficheskogo issledovaniiii vida. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1964. 456 p. grapris, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Other authors: A.V. IAblokov, V.M. Bel'kovich and M.N. Tarasevich. S.E. Kleinenberg, eel Title tr. Beluga. Complete analysis of the biology, anatomy and habits of Deiphinapterus leucas. This whale is found in the Far North and several expeditions have studied it. Included in the text are chapters on: morphology and anatomy, geographical distribution, systematics and taxonomy, nutrition, reproduction, mode of life, diseases and parasites, and the DLC. commercial use of this animal. 96818 KLEINSCHMIDT, S. Grammatik der grönländischen Sprache mit teilweisem HildesEinschluss des Labradordialekts. heim, Georg Olm 1968. 182 p. In German. Title fr.: Grammar of Greenlandic language, with partial inclusion of the Labrador dialect. Reprint of No 8809. DLC. 96819 KLEMENT'EV, N. V trudnykh usloviiakh Zapohår'iäa. (Na stroikakh Rossii 1967. v. 8, no. 3, p. 1-2, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Under the difficult conditions of the Arctic. Editorial on a mining trust in Kola Peninsula, its administrative center at Monchegorsk. The city has 330,000 m2 in housing, 14 schools, etc. Construction of the Severonikel' combine sulfuric acid plant is noted. DLC. KLENOVA, M.V., see No. 95210 96820 KLEOPOV, I.L. I.A. Lopatin. Irkutsk, Vostochno-Sibirskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1964. 199 p. illus. Refs. In Russian. Biography of Innokentiil Aleksandrovich Lopatin, 1839-1909, based on his unpub journals and reports. His contributions to the study of Siberian geology, geography, ethnography and archeology are sketched. Lopatin's 11 July - 14 Oct 1866 diary on his trip down the Yenisey to the Bay Islands incl Oleniy, p. 61-126, complements his geological journal of the Turukhansk Expedition, No 10331. It contains geographical observations and descriptions of the Dolgans, Yurak i.e. Menem Samoyeds, Yakuts, and Ostyaks, their food and cooking, clothing, housing, way of life, religious beliefs, etc. Also included in the volume, p 127-48, are excerpts from Lopatin's log of his geological survey of the Yenisey584

Chulym-Ob region in 1875, and his 1873 investigation of the so-called Pallas iron deposits near Motygino on the Angara. The latter was made for comparison with native iron at Ovifak, Greenland (cf No 12402) and analyses are included, p 149-69. Appended are lists of about a hundred works by or about DLC. Lopatin and of his mss. KLEPOV, I.L., see also No. 94497 96821 KLEVITSKAitA, A.A. Rezul'taty proverki kart budushchego polozheniiä AT300, sostavlennykh razlichnymi sposobami. (Moskva. TSentral'nyi institut prognozov. Trudy 1966, no.149, p.69-72, map, tables) Ref. In Russian. Title Ir.: Results of verifying charts showing the predicted position of the AT300 level, as compiled by various methods. Describes the testing of two methods for forecasting the AT300 geopotential 24 hr in advance: method of W500 isolines; isohypse method. Sixty charts were compiled by each method. Comparison with the factual position showed the charts compiled by the B'50o isolines method to be slightly more accurate, and both were found to be an improvement over the synoptic method. DLC. KLEVTSOVA, R.F., see No. 94153 96822 KLIMENKOV, A.I. and V.K. ZILANOV. Vliiänie gidrologicheskikh uslovff na povedenie i promysel sel'di v ralone Vostochno-Islandskogo techenhå, Norvezhskoe more. (Okeanologiia 1967. v. 7, no. 1, p. 137-47, graphs, map, table, illus) 22 refs. In Russian. English summary. Tide lr.: Effect of hydrological conditions on the behavior of herring and its fishery in the East Icelandic current area, Norwegian Sea. The intensity and temperature conditions of this current change from year to year and from season to season, and this has a direct effect on the herring of the area. A regular relationship is established between the mean water temp in the 50-200 m layer along the Jan Mayen-Langanes section in June and the mean herring catch/net in the second half of the year during 1950-64. Seasonal changes also are outlined. Equations of their relationship are derived for use in forecasting. DLC. KLIMENKOV, A.I., see also No. 101534 96823 KLIMOCHKIN, V.V. and L.F. KLIMOCHKINA. Gruntovye vody severnol chasti Khibin i ikh poiskovoe znachenie. (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. Kol'skil filial. Chetvertichnye otlozhemi ... 1964, p. 125-44, tables, graphs, map) 9 refs. In

Russian. Title tr.: Groundwater in the northern part of Khibiny and its importance for prospecting. Reports a hydrochemical study in which the groundwater is divided into interstitial water and pore-stratal water according to the conditions of circulation and feeding. Both types are described in some detail. Interstitial water varies in chemical composition according to three water-bearing complexes: granites, granite-gneisses and gneisses; medium grained and fine-grained nepheline syenites; and ijolite-urtites. Pore-strata] water is also analyzed. Hydrochemical study of the water and especially determination of a high fluorine, calcium and phosphorus content indicate the presence of apatite ores. DLC. KLIMOCHKINA, L.F., see No 96823 KLIMOV, E.A., see No. 101587 KLIMOVA, I.G., see No. 99668 96824 KLIUCHNIKOV, A.V. Pervye opyty konturnogo vzryvaniia na rudnike Nittis-Kumuzh'e. (In: Akademia nauk SSSR. Kol'skll filial. TekhnologiIA razrabotki... 1964, p. 42-48, tables, graphs) In Russian. litle tr. First attempts at smooth blasting at Nittis-Kumuzh'ye mines. Reports on trials in 1961, discussing the influence of the physical and mechanical properties of the rock: peridotite, olivine pyroxenite, pyroxenite, and gabbro-norite, the geometric parameters of blasting, and amount of explosive per running meter of the cut hole. The Nittis-Kumuzh'ye mine workings allow smooth-walled drifting with a minimum of overbreak. A detailed table of experimental parameters of the blasting work is given. DLC. KLILICHNIKOV, A.V., see also No. 93812, 93814 96825 KLIIJEV, E.V. ProiiivIenie termokarsta na dne moni Laptevykh. (Prob. lemy Arktiki i Antarktiki. Sbornik state! 1966. no.23, p.26-32, graphs) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Appearance of thermokarst on the Laptev Sea bottom. Describes thermokarst forms on the bottom in the eastern regions of the Laptev Sea at depths of more that 10-15 m, as identified by sounding devices. Thermokarst depressions are recognized on the bottom and briefly characterized. The microrelief of the sea bottom according to its genesis resembles the polygonal-tetragonal relief forms of the land. These thermokarst forms are built in the summer season, when great masses of river

water flow into Laptev Sea and reach the CaMAI, DLC. bottom. 96826 KLIIJKANOV, V.A. Novye dannye o rasprostranenii malorotykh koriushek v (Akademiis nauk SSSR. vodakh SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.166, no.4, p.990-91) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Recent data on the distribution of small-mouthed smelt in the waters of the USSR. Reviews studies on the geographic distribution of smelts in the western Pacific, with some revisions in their classification. They range from the waters of Japan to those of DLC. Kamchatka. 96827 KLOCHKO, K.G. Primenenie speüial'nykh form barov dlih kombaTnov "Donbass-1" i LGD-2 na shakhtakh Pe(Pechora. chorskogo ugol'nogo basselna. Komi ASSR. N.-issl. ugol'nyl inst. Trudy 1964. no.1, p.159-62, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Use of special bars in the "Donbass-1" and LGD-2 combines of the Pechora coal basin mines. Describes a new design of a bar coal-cutter tested at the Inta mines, and found to DLC. perform satisfactorily. 96828 KLOCHKOV, G.I. Krasnoiarskie (Ekostrolki - perednil kral piatiletki. nomika stroitel'stva 1966, no.9, p.19-21, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Construction in Krasnoyarsk Province, leading region in the Five-year plan. Reports industrial development and new construction in the province holding ca 13% of all water power resources in the USSR. The Krasnoyarskaya GES (Hydroelectric Power Station) presently under construction, will be the world's largest with a capacity of 5 million kw. Availability of cheap electric power and raw materials forms the foundation of the aluminum industry, with the world's largest plant planned in Krasnoyarsk, and the large wood industry center consisting of four combines being constructed near the confluence of the Yenisey and Angara Rivers. DLC. 96829 KLOKOVA, A.S. Tematicheskil obzor fondov gosudarstvennogo arkhiva Magadansko! oblasti. (Akademii` nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochny! kompleksnyi n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1967. no.17, In Russian. English summary. p.210-16) Title tr.: Thematic survey of materials in the state archives of Magadan Province. Reviews major documents in 130 collections relating to the industrial, agricultural, and cultural development of the Province; all but nine are of the Soviet period. The majority deal with Dal'stroT activities in the 585

Kolyma River region: mining, geologic and hydroelectric research projects, kolkhoz and sovkhoz organization, etc. Documents on education and the performing arts are also included. DGS. KLOSTER, K., see No. 99809 96830 KLUBOV, B.A. The Permian deposits on Barents Island, Spitsbergen archipelago. English translation of No 88630, available as TT-66-21307 from European Translations Centre, Delft, The Netherlands. KLUMOV, S.K., see No. 97872 96831 KLUSHIN, I.G. and L.E. SHUSTOVA. Nekotorye voprosy metodiki interpretatsii regional'noi gravimetrovoi s"emki s elementov glubinnoi struktury severo-vostochnoi chasti Baltilskogo kristallicheskogo shchita. (Prikladnaiä geofizika 1965. no.41, p.133-42, graphs, map) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some problems in methods of interpretation of the regional gravimetric survey for the purpose of studying elements of the deep structure of the northeastern part of Baltic crystalline shield. Velocity profiles of the earth's crust in Kola Peninsula - northern Karelia are compared with profiles of the southwestern part of the Russian platform providing data for a generalized profile and map of deep-seated tectonic structures. DLC. KLUSSMANN, F.W., see No 99018, 100088 96832 KNABEN, G. and T. ENGELSKJÖN. Chromosome numbers of Scandinavian arctic-alpine plant species, 2. Tromsø 1967. 57 p. illus. (Acta borealis. A. Scientia no.21) In sequence to No 46010. The chromosomes of about 130 taxa, chiefly from areas of bi- and unicentric arctic-montane species in Scandinavia, have been studied for evidence of polyploidy. Intraspecific polyploidy was detected within certain species of Juncus, Luzula, Plileum, Draba, Arabis, Parnassia, Veronica and Campanula. Chromosome numbers of some previously uninvestigated species are reported, and various points related to polyploidy and phytogeographical conditions are discussed under each taxon. A later paper will discuss the significance of polyploidy in the delimitation, evolution, and distribution of species. DLC.

(Geophysical journal 1967. v.12, no.5, p.499-510, maps, illus) Refs. Explains the procedures developed in the charting which, due to the elongated configuration of potential in the Arctic, calls for a special technique of magnetic cartography. It includes the resolution of the horizontal components of the field vector and of the secular change vector into components parallel and perpendicular to an appropriately chosen meridian. Stress is placed upon the ways in which the presence of elongation affects the postulates, such as the concept of a uniform ray pole, otherwise valid in the polar vicinity, and upon the importance of appropriate treatment of secular change. The technique of deriving the drift of a dip pole is discussed in the conclusion. The maps of the arctic magnetic elongation, and of magnetic meridian curves are given. DLC. 96834 KNAPP, J.B. and K.V. KONIGSMANN. The Mattagami story: milling operations. (Canadian mining and metallurgical bulletin 1966. v.59, no.652, p.985-95, tables, illus) One of a series of three articles on this copper-zinc mine in Northern Quebec. Describes the concentrator and flotation operations with photomicrographs of the concentrates and specifications of equipment. See also C.S. Crocker and J.H. Iglesias. DGS. 96835 KNISKERN, F.E. and G.J. POTOCSKY. Frost degree day, related ice thickness curves, and harbor freezeup and breakup dates for selected Arctic stations. Washington, DC 1965. 123 p. graphs, maps, tables. (US Naval Oceanographic Office. Technical report TR-60) 11 refs. Defines frost degree day as a daily mean temperature 1°F below 32°F. Frost degree day curves, drawn for 58 arctic and subarctic stations between northeast Greenland and Wrangel Island are based on mean monthly, mean daily max and mean daily min temperatures. Ice growth and disintegration curves are mainly theoretical and based on cumulative frost degree days because freezeup and breakup data at individual stations is insufficient. Harbor breakup data is available for 30 stations and freezeup data for 39 stations. Tabulated earliest, latest and average dates of freezeup and breakup in harbors, represent observations made over periods varying from 2-50 yr. The frost degree day curves and theoretical ice growth and disintegration curves appear alternately p. DN-HO. 8-123.

KNAFLICH, H.B., see No. 96669 KNORRE, E.P., see No. 96240 96833 KNAPP, D.G. Charting magnetic dip poles and associated field patterns. 586

KNORRE, K.G., see No. 96647

96836 KNUDSEN, W.C. and G.W. SHARP. Molecular ion concentration around a dawn-dusk auroral-zone satellite orbit. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.7, p.1941-49, tables, graphs) 11 refs. Discusses the results of observation of molecular ion concentration derived from a retarding potential analyser carried in Apr 1962 on a satellite in a 73.5' inclination orbit, the perigee at 210 km and the apogee at 516 km. The concentration in the vicinity of the northern auroral zone was found on orbits 3 and 53 to be considerably less than that observed south of the zone. DLC. KNUDSON, C.F., see No. 100883 96837 KNUDTZON, N.H. Summary of techniques available for overcoming physical problems of high-latitude communications. (In: NATO Inst. on Ionospheric Radio Communications in the Arctic. Proceedings 1967 pub 1968. p.384-91) Surveys techniques for combating the effects of attenuation, time and frequency dispersion in ionospheric radio-wave propagation. A specific design in antenna optimization, change of frequency, relaying, diversity modulation and coding, error detection and correction, along with a flexibility of the communication system in adopting signal strength of performance etc, make these techniques valuable in high-latitude communications. DLC. KNUDTZON, N.H., see also No 94065 96838 KNUTH, E. Et umiak-fund i Pearyland. (Nationalmuseets arbejdsmark 1951, p.77-87, map, illus) In Danish. Title tr.: An umiak find in Pearyland. Discusses work of the 1948-50 Danish Pearyland Expedition investigation of Herlufsholm Strand, where a 10-m-long Eskimo boat frame was found. Evidence is presented as to its skin cover and mast, its use and sea capability. Other nearby finds of muskox bone, wood, stone, and whalebone artifacts are mentioned, and compared to finds elsewhere. They are considered post-contact. DLC. 96839 KNUTSSON, G. and others. Hydrogeological investigation of a karst area at Björkliden, Lapland, Sweden. 31 p. maps, illus. (Lund. Universitet. Mineralogisk och Paleontologisk-Geologiska Institutionerna. Skrifter 1967. no.148) Refs. Other authors: L. Carlsson and M. Nord. Reprinted from Teknik och Natur. Festskrift tillägnad professor Gunnar Beskow. p.229-59. A detailed geological map with description

of a karst area about 68°25'N 18°40'E in the Caledonian mountain range was investigated particularly regarding its hydrogeology. Special climatic conditions for the formation of karst exist with tjäle in the ground during seven-eight months. Hydraulic connections and flow-times of water between sinkholes and springs were established by means of tracers: NH4Brß2, Cr51EDTA, tritiated water (I-ITO) and Rhodamine B. DOS. KOBAYASI, Y., see No. 96428 96840 KOCAN, R.M. and others. Freeze-preservation of Leucocytozoon sitnondi sporozoites in liquid nitrogen. (Journal of protozoology 1967. v.14, no.4, p.724-26, graph, table) Refs. Other authors: N.E. Kelker and D.T. Clark. These sporozoites were viable after seven months in liquid N. However, in development and several other biological aspects they were slower than non-frozen controls. There was also a delay of 2-3 days in the infection of ducks with frozen sporozoites. DLC. KOCH, B.E., see No. 94754 96841 KOCH, C. Den nye grønlandske minelov. (Grönland 1966, no.5, p.177-82) In Danish. Title tr.: The new Greenland mining law. Presents main points of this law passed in 1965. Permission for geological investigation with the object of looking for mineral ores must be granted by the Ministry for Greenland. Concessions for detailed prospecting of a deposit can be granted for an eight yr period in West Greenland and twelve yr in North and East Greenland, with an option to renew. The area may normally not exceed 5000 km2. A company may then obtain a concession to exploit the minerals in a certain area and for a certain period of time, the details to be determined according to the circumstances in each individual case, notably the question of the right of the state to a CaMAI, DLC. share of the profit. 96842 KOCH, P. Journey to new people. (Danish Foreign Office journal 1967, no.58, p.10-14, illus) An account of the Fifth Thule Expedition, 1921-24, from Thule to Nome, Alaska, with notes on its leader, Knud Rasmussen (1879-1933) and its other two members, Qavigarssuaq and Amarulunguaq. The last, still surviving, contributed information to the author. CaMAI. 96843 KOCHANOV, N.E. Obmen veshchestv u losel v letnee vremlä. (PechoroIlychskii gos. zapovednik. Trudy 1964. no.11, 587

p.31-54, tables, graphs) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Metabolism of elk in summer time. Reports a study in the latter half of June 1962 by members of the Institute of Biology of the Academy of Sciences' Komi Branch. Three groups of elk were studied: seven spring calves, four yearling cows fenced in an area with insufficient feed capacity; and four mature cows kept on an clk farm with regular feed. For each animal data are given on blood morphology, reduction-oxidation, albumin and mineral metabolism, nitrogen and mineral metabolism, and acid-alkali equilibrium in the blood, urine, feces and (mature cows) milk. The effect of age and conditions of keep on the physiological processes is stressed. DLC. 96844 KOCHEGURA, V.V. Paleomagnitnaea korreltätsiia neogenovykh effuzivnykh kompleksov Dal'nego Vostoka. (Vses. konferentsiia po paleomagnetizmu 5th, Krasnoyarsk 1962. Materialy 1963, p.291-302, tables, graphs) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Paleomagnetic correlation of Neogene effusive complexes of the Far East. Reports investigations of Neogene - Anthropogene complexes including andesite-basalts of Sredinnyy Khrebet in Kamchatka, where a profile of Upper Pliocene and Anthropogene effusives of about 600 m combined thickness was studied. Magnetic analysis permitted its division into five horizons, the upper two of Anthropogene deposits, and the lower three of the Upper Pliocene sediments. Results of investigations of the rocks of Avachinskiy Volcano and its somma were used, when the magnetic properties of the uppermost horizon of the Anthropogene period were evaluated. Magnetic properties of rocks of Kamchatka and other paleomagnetic horizons are given in a table. DLC. KOCHEGURA, V.V., see also No. 95701 96845 KOCHETKOV, O.S. Kontsentrai. ii malykh i redkikh metallov v biolitakh iz devonskikh otlozheniil Srednego, Severnogo Timana i poluostrova Kanin. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Izvestiiä 1966, ser. geol. no.3, p.25-35, tables) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Concentration of rare and trace metals in bioliths of Devonian deposits of the middle and northern Timan and Kanin Peninsula. Reports study of these elements in the fossil organic remains, viz: vegetation and fishes. The behavior of germanium and others in coals is outlined. The rare elements most frequent in the fish bones are Zr, Sn, Ti, Nb, Cr, Ga, etc. DLC. 588

96846 KOCHETKOV, O.S. and L.P. PAVLOV. Titan i niobiiT v slantsakh Ti(Sovetskaill geologies 1967. no.7, mana. p.77-85, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Titanium and niobium in the schists of Timan. Describes porphyroblastic niobium-titanium mineralization in graphite micaceous schists of the Cambrian(?)-Riphean basement. The Ti and Cb content in various types of schists reflects the geochemical distribution of these elements during sedimentation. The Ti and Cb content of the schists when compared with that of Paleozoic clays of the Russian platform, suggest that the original sediments were deposited in a humid climate. DLC. 96847 KOCHETKOV, O.S. Usloviia obrazovaniia i razmeshcheniia drevnikh rossypel titana i redkikh metallov na Timane i p-ve Kanin. (In: Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Nauchnyi sovet po rudoobrazovanieu. Geologitä rossypei 1965. p.244-49, tables) In Russian. Title tr.: Conditions of the formation and distribution of old titanium and rare metals placers in Timan and the Kanin Peninsula. Reports study of placers in Silurian and Devonian deposits. The Silurian consists of two and Devonian of three formations which are characterized. Clastic accessories of these deposits are analyzed. In basement rock placers titanium, niobium, zirconium, gold and some other rare metals are found. DLC. KOCHETKOV, O.S., see also No. 101164 96848 KOCHETKOV, V.M. Seismichnost' IAkutii. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 91 p. graphs, 'maps, tables, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Seismicity of Yakutia. Presents results of six years' work preparing a seismic zoning map of Yakut ASSR and adjacent areas. General regularities in the distribution of earthquakes are established and a generalized map of seismic activity is derived from geological data of the region. From this, tectonic maps, and the 1735-1962 record of earthquakes, the seismic zoning is worked out. A new statistical formula: log Eerg = 10.4+ 1.7M is derived for converting the observed magnitude M of an earthquake into seismic energy, E rg, released by it. The energy characteristic of earthquakes, their frequency, and their relation to the tectonic development, and the contemporary tectonics of the area are considered in preparation of the seismicity map. English translation available as JPRS-4210 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va., 22151. DLC.

96849 KOCHETKOV, V.M. Zemletriisenii IAkutii. (Zemletrasenii2 v SSSR 1962 pub 1964, p.143-51, tables, maps) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Earthquakes in Yakutia. Seismicity of Yakut ASSR could be little studied while that large area roughly 55-72°N 120-162°E had seismic stations only at Yakutsk and Tiksi. But in 1962 it had stations at Yakutsk, Tiksi, Ammonal'naya, Chul'man and Ust'-Nyukzha, and the Baykal zone stations were also taken into consideration. Earthquakes recorded for 1962, are given with their dates and coordinates. Distribution of the epicenters is outlined. The strongest, on 19 Apr is described in some detail with coordinates of epicenter, depth, intensity and other features. DLC. 96850

KOCHETKOVA, V.L. "Dykhanie" torf itnykh pochv krainesevernoi taigi Komi ASSR. (Akademiiü nauk SSSR. Komi filial. Trudy 1965. no.14, p.34-40, tables, graphs) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr. "Respiration" of peat-bog soils in the far-northern taiga of Komi ASSR. Reports a study of CO2 productivity in soil in the vegetation period (June-Aug) of 1958-60 at four sites on the Bol'shaya Inta state farm near the town of Inta. Productivity of CO2 g/m2/hr in the virgin and the in-use peat soils is established, as is a direct relationship between CO2 productivity and biological activity of the soil. In the early period of cultivated vegetation growth, the

separation of CO2 is less in used soil than in virgin peat soil. In the utilization of peat bog soil, the greater biological activity necessitates DLC. use of organic fertilizers. 96851 KOCHEULOV, V. Ekspluata[siiå avtomobilei na Severe. (Avtomobil'nyt transport 1966. v.44, no.4, p.22-23) In Russian. Title Ir.: Use of cars in the North. Discusses specific requirements for automotive vehicles used for transportation in the northeastern regions of the USSR. Thermally insulated driver's cabin, higher clearance, frost-resistant rubber, engine starting in

low temperature, etc are considered. Cars of modified design were tested for one month at Yakutsk in 1964. 15-17°C was maintained inside the modified LiAZ-158S bus, while outside temp was -50° C. Of the considerable funds to be appropriated for the economic development of the North, 1966-70, 40-80% are to be assigned for the development of transportation. DLC.

Other authors: M. Monoszon and V. KuzTitle tr.: Tests of autobuses for the northern zone of the USSR. Reports the testing of 100 autobuses in Yakutsk city traffic and the local traffic to Oymyakon and Nantsy. The tests included seven experimental models of the ZIL-158VA autobus, similar to the ZIL-158V but with certain improvements for operation under temperatures down to -60°C. Main attention was directed to systems of heating the passenger section and to the temperature there at different outside temp and autobus speeds. A system using water heated by the exhaust gas showed the best performance: the average temp in the bus was + 25°C when the bus was going 35 km/hr, and + 19°C at 60 km/hr. The ambient temperatures at Oymyakon were -51 to -5TC and at Nantsy -45°C. DLC. neüov.

96853 KOCHKIN, G.B. K stratigrafii

dokembriiskikh osadochno-vulkanogennykh otlozhenn severa Eniseiskogo knäzha. (Sovetskaiit geologiia 1966, no.3, p.46-57, map, sections) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of Precambrian sedimentaryvolcanic deposits in the north of the Yenisey Ridge.

Reports a 1961-64 study and mapping of deposits up to 1.8 km thick in the Vorogovka River region. The series is described and divided into five local subseries and each is characterized as to composition, thickness, lithology and other properties. The age of sedimentary-volcanic complex is considered Upper Precambrian. DLC. KOCHKIN, G.B., see also No. 94930 96854 KODOLANYI, J., Jr. Az obiugor nöi ruhåzat. (Ethnographia, Budapest 1967. v.78, no.3, p.368-405, illus) 15 refs. In Hungarian. German and Russian summary. Title tr.: Ob-Ugrian women's clothing.

Describes upper and undergarments, head and footgear, mittens, etc worn in the 18-19th century. Various types of fur and cloth coats, cut and embroidery of shifts and kerchiefs, use of cloth woven from plant fibers Intl nettles, wearing of loin-cloths made of pelt strips, birchbark or cloth instead of drawers till the mid-19th c, etc are discussed. Greater conservatism and retention of traditional elements in the apparel of Ostyak and Vogul women than in men's clothing are noted. DLC.

96852 KOCHEULOV, V. and others.

Ispytanitå avtobusov dliha severnor zony SSSR. (Avtomobil'nyi transport 1965. v.43, no.1, p.34-36, graph, illus) Ref. In Russian.

96855 KOERNER, R.M. Accumulation on the Devon Island ice cap, Northwest

Territories, Canada.

(Journal of glaciology 589

1966. v.6, no.45, p.383-92, graphs, map, table, illus) Refs. French and German summary A zone of minimum accumulation encircles the highest part of this ice cap and extends down 100-200 m. Below this zone, there is a gradual increase of accumulation to a max near the ice-cap edge. A negative accumulation gradient from ESE with about 40.0 cm water equivalent, to WNW with about 11.0 cm water equivalent, is related to cyclonic activity eastward in Baffin Bay, and is probably intensified by the presence of open water in the same area. The overall pattern is related to snow transport by DGS. katabatic winds. KOERNER, R.M., see also No. 93818, 93819 KOGARKO, L.N., see No. 100963 96856 KORT, H. Skoleminne frå Trom(Norsk pedagogisk tidskrift sø 1879-86. 1963. v.47, no.8, p.297-301) In Norwegian. Title tr.: School memories from Tromsø 1879-86. Outlines the scholastic routine of a boy in preparatory Latin school in northern Norway. Classroom methods, promotion, discipline, and linguistic studies are reviewed, as are teachers, their training, etc, classmates, the social and economic background. DLC. KOIAVA, V.K., see No. 93445 96857 KOKAREV, A. Kral neob"i'atnykh (Sel'skokhozalstvennoe vozmozhnostet proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1967. v.11, no.6, p.3-6, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Land of unlimited possibilities. Outlines the economic and cultural development of Krasnoyarsk Province. With the growth of industry it has over 600 large industrial enterprises, incl such centers as Noril'sk and Igarka. Collectivization of agriculture and the system of special state farms for stock raising are noted, as are the development and acculturation of the 30 aboriginal peoples living in the province, incl the Evenki and Taymyr National Districts, DLC. etc. KOKHANOV, V.D., see No. 94019 96858 KOKORIN, R.G. Secular variation of magnetic elements according to data supplied by the Soviet magnetic polar observatories. (In: Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1968. v.241, no.4, p.115-20, graphs, tables) English translation of No 72891. CaMAI, DLC. 590

96859 KOKOULIN, L. and IÜ. POLUKHIN. Izlomannai priamaiii. (Druzhba narodov 1966, no.3, p.126-71) In Russian. Title Ir. Fractured straight line. Describes the construction of the power plant on the Vilyuy River, essential for the development of the Yakut diamond industry. Problems of organization, labor recruitment, management, financing, supply, etc are deDLC. scribed. 96860 KOKOUROV, V.D. K voprosu o shirotnom khode stepeni neodnorodnosti. (In: Akademi nauk SSSR. Sibirskil inst. zemnogo magnetizma, ionosfery i rasprostraneniiå radiovoln. Issledovanitå po geomagnetizmu... 1966. p.285-86, table) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Latitude variation of the degree of non-homogeneity. Reports on an investigation of the inhomogeneity of the ionosphere at its level of main ionization maximum in different latitudes. Radio sounding data of 18 stations from the South Pole to 82°30'N, incl Alert, Eureka, Thule, Clyde and Frobisher Bay, were analyzed. The tentative results presented in a table indicate that the fluctuations of electron concentration in the ionosphere are minimal at middle latitudes and maximal in polar and equatorial regions. DLC. 96861 KOKOVIN, E.S. and M.E. SKOROKHODOV. Pod pol arnoi zvezdoi. Moskva, Izd-vo Sovetskaia Rossitå 1960. 160 p. map, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Under the polestar. Describes the Nenets National District in the tundras along the Barents Sea, its physiography and climate, its Samoyed inhabitants and their rapid acculturation. The search for minerals and the coal mining in the northeastern part of the district are outlined. Nar'yan-Mar, the principal cultural center is depicted, as is Nel'min Nos, center of Vyucheyskiy collective farm, in the Pechora delta. Schools, cultural amenities, and the way of life of the reindeer herders are dealt with; also wolf control, hunting, fox trapping, DLC. etc. 96862 KOKSHARSKAIA, K.B. Novye vidy tabulIIt iz nizhnego devona khrebta Sette-Daban, IAkutskaiä ASSR. (Paleontologicheskil zhurnal 1967. no.3, p.9-17, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. New species of tabulate corals from the Lower Devonian of the Sette-Daban Range, Yakutia. Presents systematic account of nine new species all collected in the Vostochnaya Khandyga River basin. Five belong to the Pachyporidae and four to the Alveolitidae. Their geological and geographic distribution DLC. and comparisons are given.

96863 KOKTASHEV, A.E. Vnedrenie vibratsionnykh shhüzov na priiskakh MagadanskoT oblasti. (Magadan. Vses. n.-issl. inst. zolota i redkikh metallov. Sbornik referatov 1961 pub 1962, p.81-90, tables) In Russian. Title tr.: Introduction of vibrating sluices in the placers of the Magadan region. Speed of sand particles of different sizes and gold content of the ore refuse were investigated according to the Velikanov formula at the Verkhniy At-Uryakh and Shirokiy mines using Fe56 a radioactive isotope of iron and a gamma-ray counter. The data from numerous laboratory and field observations show that the gold losses for the vibrating sluices are considerably smaller than those for the stationary ones. The productivity of a vibrating sluice per 1 m of width and specific load per 1 m2 of the sluice area are 1-2 and 3-3112 times greater, respectively, than those for the ordinary sluices, and the consumption of water is considerably less. DLC. 96864 KOKUBUN, S. Dynamic behaviour and north-south conjugacy of geomagnetic bays. (Japan. Science Council. Report on ionosphere and space research in Japan 1965. v.19, no.2, p.177-200, tables, graphs, maps) 27 refs. Examines the progressive change in worldwide current system and auroral zone electrojets of geomagnetic bays, using geomagnetic data collected during IGY-IGC. The eastward electrojet appears in the evening, the westward after midnight; and the latitudinal shifting of these electrojets is predominantly equatorward and poleward respectively. The current systems of the geomagnetic bays are presented in ten geomagnetic charts, prepared from the data of 61 stations in the Northern Hemisphere, about half of them in the Far or Middle North as shown in the polar diagram in geomagnetic coordinates. Magnetograms for Ft Churchill, Healy, College, Kotzebue, Betties, and other stations are given. DLC. 96865 KOKUBUN, S. and T. NAGATA. Geomagnetic pulsation pc-5 in and near the (Japan. Science Council. auroral zones. Report on ionosphere and space research in Japan 1965. v.19, no.2, p.158-76, graphs, illus) 25 refs. Discusses the continuous geomagnetic pulsations of several minutes period (pc-5), recorded during the IGY. The sense of rotation of the disturbance vector in the horizontal plane is found to be counterclockwise in the morning, and clockwise in the afternoon in the northern auroral zone, and the reverse in the southern auroral zone. This local-time dependence in polarization is

the same as that for sudden-commencement magnetic storms. This difference between morning and afternoon pc-5 may be attributable to the difference in propagation modes of hydromagnetic waves: the morning pc-5 corresponding to Alfven mode, and the afternoon pc-5 to the isotropic mode. Examples of pc-5 observed in 1957-1958 at Barrow, College, Big Delta, Healy, and Sitka are presented graphically. DLC. KOKUBUN, S., see also No. 98601 KOKUNOV, N.B., see No. 95667, 96923 96866 KOLARZ, W. The peoples of the Soviet Far East. Hamden, Archon books, 1969. 193 p. maps, illus. Refs. Reprint of No 35648. DLC. KOLDOMASOV, L.I., see No. 100700 96867 KOLEHMAINEN, S. and others. 137 Cs in fish, plankton and plants in Finnish lakes during 1964-5. (In: Intl. Symposium on Radioecological Concentration Processes, Stockholm 1966. Proceedings pub 1967. p.913.19, map, tables, illus) 7 refs. Other authors: E. Häsänen and J.K. Miettinen. Among the lakes studied, three are in Lapland, Norway, and one in northern Finland. Those at higher latitudes are oligotrophic, i.e. low in nutrients, with a low production of phytoplankton, sparseness of littoral vegetation, clear water and low concentration of electrolytes. The Finnish lake is dystrophic, i.e. with brown color caused by dissolved humic acids in the water. The radioactivity of fish is inversely proportional to the K-content of the water and to its conductivity. Cs137 pollution is accentuated in oligotrophic lakes by efficient enrichment of cesium in the biota due to the low K-content, and a longer period of retention. The long biological half-life of Cs137 in fish effects a continuous increase of the body burdens during the longer pollution times. DLC. KOLESNICHENKO, P.P., see No. 101407 Khod 96868 KOLESNIKOV, A.G. temperatury vody v vodokhranilishche v (Akademiiäa nauk SSSR. zimnil period. Doklady 1953. v.92, no.1, p.37-40) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Temperature variation of water in a reservoir during the winter period. Presents an analysis of the variation rate in a reservoir of depth h, and H the depth of the annual zero amplitudes of the temperature in the ground of the reservoir belt. Heat exchange and balance between ice cover and water, and between water and bottom are 591

considered, and the heat exchange between ice cover and ambient air disregarded. With this simplification, the changes in heat fluxes from bottom up and from the ice cover down are calculated. From this is developed the equation of vertical variation of water temperature as a function of time. DLC. KOLESNIKOV, A.N., see No. 101410 96869 KOLESNIKOV, B.P. Prirodookhranitel'noe ralonirovanie Urals. (Moskovskoe o-vo ispytatelel prirody. Trudy 1966. v.18, p.270-80, map) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Nature conservation zones of the Urals. Four conservation zones in the Urals are delimited and briefly described. Among them are a subarctic and a northern taiga reserve which include the tundra, shrub forests and northern taiga forest. Main conservation measures in this area are concerned with protection of fur animals. DLC. KOLESNIKOV, L.V., see No. 98143 KOLESNIKOV, N.N., see No. 93905, 95244 96870 KOLESNIKOV, V.I. Anomal'noe vozobnovlenie drevesnoi rastitel'nosti v ralone Tungusskol katastrofy. (In: Kompleksnatå samodeiatel'natå ekspediisnå po izuchennü problemy Tungusskogo meteorita... 1963. p.73-83, graph, tables) In Russian. English summary. Tide tr.: Anomalous renewal of the woody vegetation in the region of the Tunguska catastrophe. Reports a study of tree growth in the region of the Podkamennaya Tunguska where the great meteorite fell in 1908. Some 48 testing areas were selected in various directions from the impact site and the data obtained are tabulated and interpreted. A greater growth rate is observed in the young generation of trees and brush than can be explained by the laws of forestry alone. The increased growth observed in individual trees which survived the catastrophe may be interpreted by their interaction with environmental conditions. DLC. 96871 KOLESNIKOVA, R.S. Serologicheskie issledovaniia pri "dikovanii" i antigennye sviazi vozbuditeltå etogo zabolevaniia s drugimi virusami. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. rAkutskil filial. Nauchnye soobshcheniuI 1962. no.8, p.125-32, tables) 5 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Serological studies of the so-called wild disease and antigenic relations between the agent of this disease and other viruses. Reports study with virus isolated from sick dogs, arctic foxes, and reindeer, controls from 592

healthy specimens of these species, rabbits and a cat, and antigens from rabbits. Characteristics of an antigen III and the relationships of the investigated virus to those of rabies, horse encephalitis, etc are described and tabulated. DLC. 96872 KOLESNIKOVA, T.D. 0 novykh nakhodkakh iskopaemol arkticheskol flory na severe evropelskol chasti SSSR. (Botanicheskil zhurnal 1966. v.51, no.5, p.734-36, Hills) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New finds of fossil arctic flora in the northern European SSSR. Describes four arctic plants, two of them found in southern Komi. Leaves, shoots, seeds, etc are illus with photographs. DLC. 96873 KOLESNIKOVA, V.D. and O.A. KONSTANTINOVA. Negidal'skil iazyk. (In: Akademia nauk SSSR. Inst. i zykoznaniiå. Itlzyki narodov SSSR, 1968, v.5, p.109-128, tables) 6 refs. In Russian. Title b : Negidal language. Considers phonetics, morphology, and syntax of this Amur Tungus language which has not been reduced to writing. Negidal, spoken by some 350 people, is closest to Evenki, yet includes also traits peculiar to the southern Tungus linguistic group. Vocabulary reflects a basic fishing economy. DLC. KOLESNIKOVA, V.V., see No. 93341 KOLESOV, L.N., see No. 96368 96874 KOLEVATOVA, G.A. K voprosu o razvitii organov razmnozheniia fukusovykh vodoroslel v uslovüakh Belogo monå. (Problemy ispol'zovanitå promyslovykh resursov Belogo monå i vnutrennikh vodoemov Karelii 1963. no.1, p.143-44) In Russian. Title tr.: The development of reproductive organs in fucoid algae under White Sea conditions. Notes on their location, development of oogonia and antheridia, periods of growth and development, differences in these processes among the local species of Fucus. DLC. 96875 KOLEVATOVA, G.A. Nekotorye rezul'taty nabliudenll nad zarosliami zostery v ralone guby Chupy. (Problemy ispol'zovaniih promyslovykh resursov Belogo moria i vnutrennikh vodoemov Karelii 1963. no.1, p.149-52) In Russian. Title tr.: Some results of observations on eel grass thickets in the area of Chupa Bay. Notes on growth and reproduction of' Zostera marina in 1959-1961. Length of, and changes in leaves during the year, growth of roots and shoots, flowering, and effects of the ice cover are considered. DLC.

96876 KOLGINA, L.P. Litologo-petrograficheskii analiz porod—vozmozhnykh kollektorov v otlozheniiakh al'ba zapadnol chasti (In: MoZapadno-Sibirskoi nizmennosti. skva. Inst. geol. i razrabotki gonüchikh iskopaemykh. Neftegazonosnost' mezozoiskikh... 1965. p.159-76, map, table, illus) Title tr.: LithologicRefs. In Russian. petrographic analysis of potential reservoir rocks in the Albian deposits of the western part of the West Siberian lowland. Describes various lithologic facies of the Albian rocks in this lowland incl Berezovo and other northern areas of Tyumen Province, especially the porosity and permeability of sandy-silty rocks. Those with high clay DLC. content are poor reservoir rocks. 96877 KOLGINA, L.P. and N.A. CHERNOVA. Mineralogicheskie assotsiatsil v porodakh-kollektorakh valanzhina zapadnol chasti Zapadnol Sibiri i ikh korreh3tsionnoe znachenie. (In: Moskva. Inst. geol. i razrabotki gonüchikh iskopaemykh. Neftegazonosnost' mezozoiskikh... 1965. p.102-112, graph, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title Zr: Mineral associations in Valanginian reservoir rocks in the western part of West Siberia and the importance of their correlation. Outlines formation conditions of these reservoirs of fluid and gaseous hydrocarbons based on the study of core materials from Berezovo, Malyy Atlym, Uvat, Tyumen, etc. Heavy minerals and their typomorphic features are described in detail. Terrigenous mineral associations and their distribution are described according to section and area. DLC. KOLLAUTZ, A., see No. 98176 KOLOSKOV, M.N., see No. 99222 KOLOBKOVA, G.P., see No. 97243 96878 KOLOBOVA, A.P. and i. TS. RAPAPORT. Dal'nee rasprostranenie ul'trakorotkikh radiovoln za schet rasseianiii v ionosfere v subpoliarnoi zone i sostoi nie ionosfery. (Geomagnetizm i aeronoØ3 1966. v.6, no.1, p.151-53, graphs) 5 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Distant propagation of ultrashort radio waves, owing to dispersion in the ionosphere of the subpolar zone, and to the state of the ionosphere. Studies experimentally the long-distance propagation of radio-signals by dispersion, using - 30 kw transmitter, working on 38.1 Mc/s frequency along the — 1040 km path Leningrad-Murmansk, with a vertical sounding station of 1-14 Mc/s frequency at

Rugozero about 50 km from mid-path. The results of hourly signal intensity in db are plotted for the 38.1 Mc/s, and for Rugozero (26 Oct 1962 Moscow time) with a marked similarity in the form of the curves. It was found that the signal on ultrashort wave grows with the occurrence of dispersion in the ionospheric region of sporadic F, and that horizontal inhomogeneities in the ionosphere are responsible for the variation in radiosignal strength at the receiving station. DLC. 96879 KOLOCHIGOV, P.N. and others. Zonal'noe raspredelenie primesel v kristallakh almaza. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.172, no.1, p.184-86, graph, table) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: M.P. Glazunov, IÜ.L. Orlov and V.I. Spit-Syn. Title tr.: Zonal distribution of impurities in diamond crystals. Reports a mineralogical study of six diamond crystals taken from the Mir and Aykhal kimberlite pipes and Ural diamond placers. The neutron-activation method was used which does not require destruction of crystal and gives good results. Impurities of Na, Cr, Mn, La, and others are determined. Zonal behavior of admixtures in diamond DLC. crystals is established. 96880 KOLOKOLOV, N.M. and B.I. LEVIN. 0 novykh sposobakh stroitel'stva dorog v sil'nozabolochennykh ralonakh Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (Transportnoe stroitel'stvo 1966. v.16, no.7, p.5-8, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: New road-building techniques in heavily swamped regions of the West Siberian lowland. Describes in some detail the gas- and oil-producing areas in Tyumen Province; and discusses the problems of constructing railand auto-roads through the swampy regions, especially between the towns of Tyumen and Surgut, where 60% of the swamps are more than 1 km across with average depth of 3 m, and between the Irtysh and Ob Rivers, a 20 km stretch where the swamp averages 4 m and in some places 8 m deep. Experience with logging roads shows earthen roadbeds to be impracticable, so the technique is developed of using steel-reinforced concrete pilings to support a prefabricated, elevated roadway. The construction technique is discussed and the various types of pilings used are illus. DLC. 96881 KOLOKOL'TSEVA, E.P. and Z.Z. Fosfority iz rürskikh i meRONKINA. lovykh otiozhenil Eniseisko-Lenskogo pro(Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologil gibs. Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'nat3 geologiii 1966, no.8, p.209-213, tables) In 593

Russian. Title tr.: Phosphorites from Jurassic and Cretaceous deposits of the Yenisey-Lena trough. Describes Upper Cretaceous phosphorites in the lower Yenisey, Tanama, Bol'shaya Lagda, Dzhangoda and Agapa River basins. Gives the P205 content of eight productive zones. Upper Jurassic and Lower Cretaceous phosphorites are found in the Khatanga, and Lena-Anabar depressions; their P205 content ranges 10.5 to 20%; three varieties are distinguished; their chemical composition is analyzed. Formation of phosphorites is discussed. DLC.

KOLOSKOV, A.V., see No. 95321 Novye vidy 96884 KOLOSOV, P.N. dokembrilskikh vodoroslei bassevna reki Olekmy. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.171, no.4, p.978-80, illus) 9 refs. In Title tr.: New species of PreRussian. cambrian algae in the Olekma River basin. Presents a systematic description of three new genera and species of Cyanophyta type; Panomninella ornata, Aldanella monstrata and Dikimdinella privica are described and DLC. illus. KOLPAKOV, V.V., see No 99901

96882 KOLOMYfS, E.G. Landshaftnoteplofizicheskie svoistva snezhnogo pokrova i tipologitå vnutrilandshaftnykh ediHiis srednev taigi Sos'vinskogo Priob tå. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Inst. geografii Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Doklady 1966, no.13, p.12-23, graphs, tables) 13 refs. In Russian. French summary. Title tr.: Landscape-thermophysical properties of the snow cover and the typology of intra-landscape units of the middle taiga of the Ob-Sos'va region. Reports a 1964/65 field study at a site in the Severnaya Sos'va region 5 Dec - 22 Jan and at another site 18 Feb - 7 Mar in the Malaya Sos'va region, with further observations along different routes. Temperature measurements of the soil-snow-air system were made as well as thickness of snow cover, mass heat exchange, etc. According to the heat exchange in the soil-snow-air system various landscapes are separated and characterized. Soil freezing and thawing in various types of landscapes are also noted. DLC. 96883 KOLOMYfS, E.G. Landshaftnye osobennosti evoliutsii snezhnov tolshchi v usloviiakh srednel taigi Zapadnoi Sibiri. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geografii Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Doklady 1967, no.14, p.40-51, graphs) 31 refs. In Russian. French summary. Title tr.: Landscape features of the evolution of the snow stratum under the middle taiga conditions of West Siberia. Reports 1964/65 and 1965/66 winter study in the Kovda-Severnaya Sos'va region in various types of landscape. The temperature regime of the snow, its subsidence and stratigraphy, migration of water vapor within it, formation of snow crystals, etc were studied to determine spatial changes in the evolution of the snow stratum in respect to the various types of landscape. Attention is directed to the crystallization of snow in various landscapes and in different horizons of the snow cover. Crystal habits depend mostly upon temperature and degree of water vapor saturation. DLC. 594

96885 KOMAR, V.A. Stolbchatye stromatolity rifeia severa Sibirskoi platformy. (Leningrad. N= issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1964. Paleontologitå i bia stratigrafitå no.6, p.84-105, illus) 22 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Riphean columnar stromatolites in the north of the Siberian platform. Presents a systematic description of fossil calcareous algae from the Anabar massif and Olenek uplift. Three groups are distinguished: Colonnella, Kussiella and Baicalia. Several new species are described and illus. DLC. 96886 KOMAR, V.A. Stromatolity verkhnedokembniskikh otlozhenii severa Sibirskol platformy i ikh stratigraficheskoe Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. znachenie. 122 p. maps, illus. Refs. In Russian. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Geologicheskii inst. Trudy no.154) Title tr.: The stromatolites of Upper Precambrian deposits in the north of the Siberian platform and their stratigraphic importance. Presents a monographic study of nonbranching columnar stromatolites collected in the Anabar massif, Olenek uplift and Kharaulakh anticlinorium. The stratigraphy of Riphean and Vendian deposits is outlined. Diagnostic features of Upper Precambrian stromatolites are given, and columnar, laminated and nodular stromatolites described. Their stratigraphic significance is summaCaMAI, DLC. rized. 96887 KOMAROV, A.N. and I.1.A. SHUKOLILIKOV. 0 forme nakhozhdenitä urana v sliudakh. (Geokhimiia 1966, no.11, 10 refs. In p.1322-30, table, graph, illus) Russian. English summary. Title tr. The form of uranium occurrence in micas. Discusses U in micas from northern Karelia, the White Sea area, the Emel'dzhak deposits of the Aldan region, and elsewhere. Its distribution in micas is determined according to fission fragment traces. It occurs in three forms: U as entrapped during mica

crystallization, U which entered the mineral after its formation, and U emplaced as a result of present exogenic processes. DLC. 96888 KOMAROV, V.D. and E.S. SINEGUB. Maksimal'nye zapasy vody v snezhnom pokrove na Evropelskol territorii SSSR po dannym za 1892-1960 gg. (Moskva TSentral'nyi institut prognozov. Trudy 1966, no.148, p.150-60, maps) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Maximum reserves of water in the snow cover of European USSR according to 1892-1960 data. Considers extent and depth of snow cover incl annual snow cover maps and atlases. The influence of orography on the amount of winter precipitation is discussed, as illustrated by heavier snowfalls in the Urals than in areas to the west or to the east of them. Differences in atmospheric circulation from yr to yr complicate snow distribution to such an extent that additional snow-gauging stations are desirable. DLC. 96889 KOMAROVA, M.Z. and T.P. LIUL'KO. 0 raschlenenii trappovykh intruzif Noril'skogo ralona. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1967. v.151, p.43-53, graphs, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Separation of trap intrusions of the Noril'sk region. Presents a classification of intrusive rocks based on degree of differentiation, quantitative-mineralogic composition, form of intrusions, chemistry, and other features. In the Norilsk region five intrusive phases are distinguished, one Permian and four Triassic. Each of these phases is characterized by its own petrochemical complex of intrusions: Yergolakhskiy, Letninskiy, Katangskiy, Noril'skiy and Turinskiy. Each complex is described and chemical analyses are given. DLC. KOMAROVSKAIÅ, N.V., see No. 99573 KOMLEV, A.M., see No. 96792 96890 KOMMUNISTICHESKAIA PARTIIA Sovetskogo Soiuza. Kamchatskii oblastnor komitet. V more. PetropavlovskKamchatskiy, Dal'nevostochnoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1964. 184 p. illus. In Russian. Title tr.: In the sea. Reports record catches of 13,681 centners by the Maritime Territory Fishing fleet. Contains reports of the 1963 season and fishery statistics. DLC. 96891 KOMMUNISTICHESKAIA PARSovetskogo Swüza. Khabarovskai Is istorii orvysshai partiinaia shkola ganizatsii KPSS na Dal'nem Vostoke. Kha-

barovsk, Khabarovskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1962. 287p. tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Contributions to the history of Soviet Communist party (CPSU) organizations in the Far East. Presents party documents and 16 papers dealing with events of 1905-June 1941. Two, both by V.A. Krill( and E.V. IAkovleva discuss aborigines of Magadan and Kamchatka Provinces (titles tr): Socialistic reform of the economy and culture of the peoples of the Far Northeast, p 179-89, describes the gradual rehabilitation and acculturation of Chukchis, Koryaks, Tungus, etc in 1923-1930. Administrative measures promoted self-government; reorganization of trade, creation of operative production bases, and tax reforms favoring the indigenous population eased the economic crisis; collectivization and suppression of nationalistic movements consolidated Soviet power. The school system was expanded, so-called culture bases with model reindeer and fur farms established, etc. Building of socialism among the peoples of the Far Northeast, p 235-43, deals primarily with the industrial development of the Koryak and Chukchi National Districts in the 1930's: fisheries, mines, trade, collective farms, transportation, etc. Labor shortage, particularly in coal mining, and ways to build a stable labor force in part with native man power are discussed. Social and cultural rehabilitation measures are also noted. DLC. 96892 KOMOV, I.L. Novoe magnetitovoe mestorozhdenie v isentral'noi chasti Eniseiskogo knåzha. (Geologiia i geofizika 1967, no.7, p.151-53, map) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New magnetite deposits in the central part of Yenisey Ridge. Describes deposits in the Lendakha River basin, characterizing their geologic position and structure. Seven ore bodies are found 20-80 m thick and up to 200 m in length. In the ores several elements are established: titanium, chrome, nickel, vanadium, cobalt, tin, etc. DLC. 96893 KOMPLEKSNAIA SAMODEIATEL'NAIA EKSPEDITSIIA po izuchenim problemy Tungusskogo meteorita. Problems Tungusskogo meteorita; sbornik statei. Tomsk, Izd-vo Tomskago Univ. 1963. 214 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. In Russian. Title etc. tr.: The independent inter-disciplinary expedition for investigating the Tunguska meteorite problem; a collection of papers. Presents results of an expedition under G.F. Plekhanov initiated by the betatron laboratory of the Tomsk Medical Institute. Its main purpose was a general investigation of the region in the Podkamennaya Tunguska 595

basin where the meteorite fell on 30 June 1908, the devastation it caused, also search for any meteorite material and radioactivity. A party of 12 scientists made field studies for 38 days in the summer of 1959, and another party of 73 for 54 days in 1960. Their work is reported in 27 papers as listed below (titles tr), all abstracted under the authors' names, qv: PLEKHANOV, G.F. Preliminary results. SHUMILOVA, L.V. Nature of the region. L'VOV, ILJ.A. and others Swamps of the region. L'VOV, IU.A. and G.M. IVANOVA. Subsidence depressions in large hummocky peat bogs. NEKRASOV, V.I. and IU.N. EMEL'I.ANOV. Growth of the woody vegetation. KOLESNIKOV, V.I. Anomalous renewal of the woody vegetation. ZENKIN, G.M. and others Characteristics of the trees which survived the catastrophe at its epicenter. NEKRYTOV, N.I. and V.K. ZHURAVLEV. Visual determination of the limits of throwout. DEMIN, D.V. Quadratic mean azimuth deviation of downed trees as a parameter of throwout. FAST, V.G. Determinination of the epicenter. MASLOV, E.V. Altitude and power of the explosion. KOVALEVSKII, A.F. and others Magnetometer work in region of the fall. KOVALEVSKII, A.L. and others. Some data on the distribution of chemical elements in the soil and plants. VASIL'EV, N.V. Effect on the health of the population of the Tunguska-Chunya region. KIRICHENKO, L.V. and M.P. GRECHUSHKINA. Radioactivity of the soil and plants in the region of the meteorite fall. EMEL'IANOV, IU.M. Radiophotographic investigation of tree sections. KUVSHINNIKOV, V.M. and G.P. KOLOBKOVA. On the fall of a block of the Tunguska meteorite in the area of the Lakura Range. ZHURAVLEV, V.K. and others. Search for the eastern fall: the Astapovich hypothesis. KOSHELEV, V.A. Work at Cheko Lake. KOSHELEV, V.A. A crater-like formation in the source region of the Upper Lakura River. VASIL'EV, N.V. and others Prof. P.L. Dravert's hypothesis in the light of the 1960 expedition results. TRUKHACHEV, G.A. A meteorite crater in the Sym River basin. KOZHENKOVA, Z.P. and others Sy596

noptic meteorological conditions in the summer of 1908. KOVALEVSKII, A.F. Magnetic effect of the meteorite explosion. ZHURAVLEV, V.K. Interpretation of the magnetic effect. KOVALEVSKII, A.F. and N.V. VASIL= EV. Luminosity of the night sky in the summer of 1908. FAST, V.G and others. Some remarks on the article of G.M. Idlis and Z.V. Kanågina "On the comet-like nature of the Tunguska meteorite." DLC. 96894 KONDIAIN, A.G. Opyt paleogeograficheskogo kartirovaniia na primere venloka zapadnogo sklona Pripoliarnogo Urala. (Rabochee soveshchanie po paleogeografii Urala, 1st, Sverdlovsk 1962. Paleogeografiia Urala. Trudy pub 1965, p.87-95, maps) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Paleogeographic mapping as exemplified by the Wenlockian deposits in the western slope of the Polar Ural. Based on structural-facies analyses and fauna, attempt is made to compile tectonic and paleogeographic maps of Wenlockian deposits of Pechora Ural including the Shchugor, Podcherem, Ilych and upper Pechora basins. Six sections of these deposits are distinguished and their properties and distribution are described and the maps illus. The principles of such maps are summarized. Author's compilation of a lithologic-paleogeographic map of Llandoverian, Wenlockian and Ludlovian deposits at 1:2.5 million is noted. DLC. 96895 KONDIAIN, A.G. Predsrednedevonskil razmyv na zapadnom sklone Pripoll rnogo i Severnogo Urala. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1964. v.119, p.92-110, map, sections) Approx. 30 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Pre-Middle Devonian erosion on the western slope of the Subpolar and Northern Ural. Presents a generalized paleogeologic map of a denudation surface. Stratigraphy of the pre-Silurian, Silurian and Devonian deposits is analyzed. Features of structures in preMiddle Devonian time are characterized. Stratigraphic disconformity, caused by intense and irregular erosion, is established and DLC. described. 96896 KONDIAIN, A.G. Strukturnofaiiial'nye osobennosti silurilsko-rannedevonskogo etapa tektonicheskogo razvitiia Severe Urals. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1962. v.86, p.51-65, tables, map, profiles.) 26 refs. In Russian. Title tr: Structural-facies features of the Silurian-early

Devonian stage of tectonic development of the Northern Ural. Characterizes outer and inner zones of the Ural geosyncline. In the former, downwarping and relative uplift are distinguished and a lithologic-facies profile of Silurian and Lower Devonian deposits is described. Accumulation of volcanic and clastic strata is noted. A correlation table of Silurian and Lower Devonian formations in the two zones is given. DLC. 96897 KONDINSKAIA, L.I. and others. O nakhodke ostatkov vodoroslei pri palinologicheskikh issledovaniiiikh kalnozoiskikh otlozheniT Zapadno-Sibirskoi nizmennosti. (Iskopaemye vodorosli SSSR. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1967. p.66-70) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: K.A. Merkulova, A.I. Strizhova and E.V. IÜdina. Title tr.: Find of algal remains through palynological investigations of Cenozoic deposits in the West Siberian lowland. Reports various types of fossil algae found in Paleogene, Quaternary and Recent deposits including some in arctic areas of the lowland. The green alga Pediastrum predominates and appears in continental deposits. Peridinian algae are found in marine deposits. Fossil algae can be used for stratigraphic division of Cenozoic deposits. DGS. 96898 KONDILIRIN, V.V. Nekotorye dannye po aerovizual'nomu uchetu tikhookeanskikh lososei i obsledovanitü nerestovykh rek materikovskogo poberezh'iii Okhotskogo mona. (Vladivostok. Tikhookeanski n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Izvestiia 1965. v.59, p.156-59) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Some data from an aero-visual count of Pacific salmon and investigation of spawning rivers of the coastal area bordering the Okhotsk Sea. Reports 1961-63 air observations on rivers of the northwestern and northern coast. These observations could be made only when light, water and bottom conditions were favorable, and they should be supplemented DLC. by ground observations. KONDO, I., see No. 95901 96899 KONDRASHOV, V.A. and others. Metodika regional'nykh seismicheskikh issledovanil v platformennykh raionakh Sibiri. (Intl. Geological Congress, 22d, New Delhi 1964. Doklady sovetskikh geologov. Problema no.2: geologicheskie rezul'taty prikladnol geofiziki. Moskva 1965. p.118-23, illus) In Russian. English summary. Other authors: N.N. MandeI'baum, N.N. Puzyrev and V.S. Surkov. Title tr.:

Technique of regional seismic investigations in platform areas of Siberia. Notes that a special technique for seismic surveying in forested Siberian platform areas using single and linear head wave soundings is successful in revealing basement structure. Various modifications of the reflection method are used for study of the sedimentary cover. Nearly 5000 km2 have been surveyed regionally by means of single-reflection soundings; seismic reflection profiles along rivers are also widely used. DGS. KONDRASHOV, V.A., see also No. 97144 KONDRAT'EV, K.IA., see No. 94858 96900 KONDRAT'EVA, K.A. and othMelkomasshtabnye merzlotno-geoloers. gicheskie karty Aldansko,go gorno-promyshlennogo raiona i iiizhnoi IAkutii. (In: Vses. mezhduvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po geokriologii, 8th. Materialy v.3, 1966. p.171-78, maps) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: A.B. Title tr.: Chizhov and S.F. Khrutskil. Small-scale cryologic-geologic maps of the Aldan mining-industry region in southern Yakutia. Reports the mapping at 1:500,000 of a 400x250 km area. Its geologic structure, relief, and climate are summarized. Arrangement and content of the map are described. Continuous and insular permafrost are analyzed; thickness, temperature, and other features of the permafrost are stated; and the resulting map is illus. DLC. 96901 KONDRATOVA, N.S. Temperaturnyi rezhim pochvy kochkovato-emikovoi tundry v raione Vorkuty. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik, sera 6, biologiia, pochvovedenie 1964, no.5, p.63-69, graphs, tables) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Temperature regime in the hummocky dwarf birch tundra in the Vorkuta region. Describes soil temperature fluctuations to 3 m depth and their dependence on fluctuations in air temp. Temp of humus layers and that of snow cover were also measured over a three yr period, 1958-60. In the northeastern region, soil temperature averages 0.6-2°C higher than in the European sector and can be used agriculturally. DLC. 96902 KONECHNYKH, G.K. and others. Opyt aviaucheta losil i kosuli v TSentral'noi IAkutii. (In: Akademiiå nauk SSSR. IAkutskiff filial. Inst. biol. Pozvonochnye... 1964, p.27-31, table, map) 3 refs. In Russian. Other authors. R.K. Anikin and A.A. Devtåtkin. Title tr.: Experiment in counting elk and roe deer from the air in central Yakutia. 597

Reports an aerial survey of an area north, west and south of Yakutsk 10-12 Apr 1962, with introductory notes on the vegetation and method applied. The number of elk was found to be one-tenth that in the Moscow Province, and the number of roe deer increasing. DLC.

The water in which the fish spawn flows at 1.9-2.1 m/sec. Each female is surrounded by three to five males. This occurs at the end of October when fish are vulnerable to predators, especially the arctic grayling. DLC.

96903 KONECNY, G. Applications of photogrammetry to surveys of glaciers in Canada and Alaska. (Canadian journal of earth sciences 1966. v.3, no.6, p.783-98, maps, table, illus) 16 refs. Terrestrial versus aerial photogrammetry and the use of electronic surveying procedures versus triangulation have been tested in surveys on glaciers in the arctic islands, Southeastern Alaska, and the Yukon Territory. The Otto Fiord glacier survey in northern Ellesmere Island demonstrates that no ground control is needed for volumetric glacier studies. Accurate maps needed for other studies depend on the establishment of control, which can most efficiently be determined by tellurometer and phototheodolite with helicopter support, as shown in Alaskan glacier surveys. For large glaciers phototopography provides a good means of extending control from tellurometer traverse stations. Simple one-color maps are an economical means of preserving survey results for future glaciological evaluation. DGS.

96906 KONISHCHEV, N.P. and others. K vyiasnennn vozmozhnostei ispol'zovanitå aviabomb dGa seismicheskikh issledovanii v trudnodostupnykh raionakh Sibiri. (Geologill i geofizika 1966, no.3, p.121-25, graphs) 2 refs. In Russian. Other authors: S.V. Potap'ev and I.S. Chichinin. Title tr.: Clarification of the possibilities of using aerial bombs for seismic investigations in regions of Siberia difficult of access. Describes a 1964 attempt at this mode of seismic prospecting in the West Siberian lowland. Choice of sites, distance between them, type and weight of bombs, duration of bombing and other features are briefly described. The seismograms are illus and conclusion drawn that the method is quite DLC. suitable.

96904 KONECNY, G. and W. FAIG. Studies of ice movements on the Ward Hunt ice shelf by means of triangulation-nilateration. (Arctic 1966. v.19, no.4, p.337-42, tables, illus) 6 refs. French and Russian summary. Ward Hunt Island is surrounded by more than 2000 km2 of ice shelf. In 1964 and 1965 the University of New Brunswick Department of Surveying Engineering made a survey of the ice shelf in which geodimeter distance measurements and angular theodolite measurements were combined in a system of triangulation-trilateration in the form of a chain of quadrilaterals to achieve relative positioning accuracies of ± 2 cm for the survey markers. Shelf ice movements of 30 cm with respect to solid ground occurred between 1964 and 1965. The relative position change between the markers on shelf ice was < 4 cm. CaMAI, DLC. 96905 KONEVA, L.A. Ob ekologii neresta nel.my v verkhnem b'efe Novo(In: Soveshchanie po biosibirskoi GES. logicheskol produktivnosti vodoemov Sibiri... 1966, p.29-30) In Russian. Title tr.: Ecology of spawning nelma in the headwater of the Novosibirsk hydroelectric station. 598

KONIGSMANN, K.V., see No. 96834

96907 KONISHCHEV, V.N. Pokrovnye suglinki Bol'shezemel'skoi tundry kak produkt merzlotno-nival'nogo gipergeneza. (In: Vses. mezhduvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po geokriologii, 8th. Materialy v.2, 1966. Title tr.: p.115-22) Refs. In Russian. Covering looms of the Bol'shezemel'skaya tundra as a product of supergene cryogenicnival processes. Reports 1958-65 study of these covering looms of 1.5-1.8 m average thickness found mostly in watersheds and hills. Mode of occurrence, grain size, chemical and mineralogic composition of the looms are described. Texture, morphological features and microstructure are characterized. The role of cryogenic processes in the formation of the DLC. looms is assessed. 96908 KONIUKHOV, V.I. and others. Ustanovlenie vodo-neftimnogo kontakta osnovnykh zalezhei na neftrånykh mestorozhdeniiakh Srednego Priobia. (Geologiia nefti i gaza 1967. v.11, no.10, p. 41-47, table, 9 refs. In Russian. Other authors: illus) lide tr.: V.U. Litvakov and V.P. Sanin. Determination of the water-oil contact of main pools in oil deposits of Middle Ob region. Reports a study in the Ust'-Balyk, Surgut and other oil deposits, where two groups of oil pools are distinguished according to the character of oil saturation of reservoir rocks. Oil deposits of the Surgut arch belong to one group, those of the Nizhne-Vartovskoye arch DLC. to the other.

KONIÜKHOV, V.I., see also No. 99122, 99991 KONKINA, N.G., see No. 94773 KONONOV, D.G., see No. 96404, 96406 96909 KONONOV, K.E. Ekologicheskie uslovitå na lugakh poimy r. Leny v IügozapadnoI IElkutii, vodnyl rezhim polmennykh pochv. (Leningrad. Univ. Vestnik, ser. geol. i geograf. 1966. v.21, no.12, p.73-82; no.24, p.101-109, graphs, tables) 17 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Ecological conditions on meadows of the Lena River floodplain in southwestern Yakutia, water regime of floodplain soils. Describes floodplain soils of the Lena, between Biryak and Solyanka. Their types are characterized and sections described. Their physical conditions are analyzed, moisture treated in some detail and the effects of permafrost on soil formation stressed. In the second part of the study, the soil moisture is analyzed from fieldwork in the summer months of 1961, 1962 and 1963. Characteristics of the water regime of different soil types are given. DLC. 96910 KONONOVA, V.A. and others. 0 vozmozhnosti primeneniT nefelina dltå ustanovlenitå vozrastnykh sootnoshenil magmaticheskikh i metasomaticheskikh protsessov pri formirovanii nekotorykh shchelochnykh intruzivov. (Akadetnitå nauk SSSR. Komissitå po opredelenirü absoliütnogo vozrasta geologicheskikh formatst% Trudy 1964 pub 1966, 13 sessiia, p.380-93, tables, maps, illus) 14 refs. In Russian. Other authors: E.V. Sveshnikova and I.V. Borisevich. Title å.: Possibility of using nepheline to establish the age relations of magmatic and metasomatic processes in formation of some alkaline intrusives. Presents results of absolute age determination of nephelines and micas from rocks of the Kovdor massif in Kola Peninsula. The results reveal three phases of magmatic activity. Results are also presented on nepheline-syenites of the trans-Angara region, which are Precambrian in age. Testing of nephelines by the K-Ar method is just beginning and it is of importance for the absolute chronology of alkaline rocks. DLC. KONOROVSKII, A.K., see No. 95096, 95098 KONOVALOV, A.I. and A.N. 96911 CHIZH. 0 babezielleze krupnogo rogatogo skota v vologodskoi oblasti. (Ir. Nauchnatå konferentsitå po protozoologicheskim problemam... 1960 pub 1961. p.66-70, map,

table) In Russian. Title tr.: Babesiasis in cattle in Vologda Province. Babesiasis has been reported in Karelia, and in Arkhangel'sk; Vologda, the easternmost province in which the infestation was found, is less significant as a focus than the more northwesterly regions. Outbreaks are shown on a detailed map. The tick Ixodes persulcatus is the principal carrier. DLC. KONOVALOV, G.V., see No. 96569 96912 KONOVALOV, S.M. Monogeneticheskie sosal'shchiki ryb poluostrova Kamchatki. (Parazitologitå 1967. v.1, no.2, p.137-43, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title lr.: Monogenetic English summary. flukes of Kamchatka. Describes 16 species, two of which are new, taken from fishes in lakes and other bodies of water in Kamchatka. Three of them were recorded for the first time in the USSR and eight of them for the first time in Kamchatka. Pike were the most common hosts. Apparently some of these parasites are strictly specific to the adult host and less so to hosts at other stages of development. DLC. 96913 KONRADI, A. Proton events in the magnetosphere associated with magnetic (Journal of geophysical research bays. 1967. v.72, no.15, p.3829-41, table, graphs) 14 refs. Presents observations of sudden increases in the flux of low energy protons in the distant radiation zone (McIlwain's L > 8) during a magnetically relatively quiet period in Aug-Oct 1961. Proton intensities as a function of time on six Explorer-12 passes were measured, and compared with the characteristic increases in the proton intensities recorded at 15 worldwide ground stations, incl College, Uelen, Barrow, Kiruna, Godhavn, Murmansk, Ft Churchill and Dikson. These increases are found to be strongly correlated with the appearance of negative geomagnetic bays in the auroral zone. The proton intensity rise time is of the order of ten min. The events are interpreted as protons of 300-100 Key energy range drifting in the earth's magnetosphere after being impulsively injected into it on the night side of the earth. DLC. 96914 KONSTANTINOV, F.V. and I.P. POPOV. Pod periskopom. Moskva, Vocanoe izd-vo 1964. 85 p. illus. In Russian. Tide tr.: Below the periscope. Recounts the exploits of the Soviet submarine K-22 during World War II. Assigned to the Northern Fleet, K-22 patrolled the 599

northern coast of Norway and escorted convoys to Murmansk and Arkhangelsk. DLC. 96915 KONSTANTINOV, I.V. Raskopki shamanskogo pogrebeniia. (Yakutsk. Respublikanskil kraevedcheskll muzel. Sbornik nauchnykh stater 1966. no.4, p.222-30, illus) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Excavation of a shaman burial. Reports author's discovery of an 18th c shaman grave in the Churapcha District, Yakut ASSR. A wooden coffin, located 90 cm below the surface of a low mound, contained the skeleton of a 40-50 yr old man, his head pointing south. Burial gifts placed inside and around the coffin included eating utensils, tools, hunting gear, etc. The well-preserved shaman costume and shamanistic attributes are described and their magic and ritual significance discussed. Two zoomorphic metal ornaments in the shape of a two-headed eagle are interpreted as totemic birds personifying the shamanistic powers bestowed on their DLC. descendant. KONSTANTINOV, Iu.V., see No. 95021 96916 KONSTANTINOVA, O.A. Evenkt'iskü nzyk. (In: Akademii nauk SSSR. Inst. ffizykoznaniiii. IAzyki narodov SSSR, 1968, v.5, p.68-87, tables) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Evenki language. Discusses the phonetics, morphology, syntax, and vocabulary of literary Evenki Tungus based on the Poligus dialect of the Podkamennaya Tunguska basin. Distinguishing features of the three Evenki dialectal groups, with seven to eighteen patois each, are noted. Evenki, spoken by about 24,000 people, is primarily an agglutinative-affixal language. Hunting terminology is particularly rich and diversified. DLC. 96917 KONSTANTINOVA, O.A. K voprosu o leksicheskikh svl.ziåkh tungusoman'chzhurskikh, mongol'skikh i tiurkskikh iazykov. (Leningrad. Gos. pedagogicheskil inst. Gertsenovskie chteni iü filologicheskie nauki 1966. no.19, p.137-38) In Russian. Title tr.: Lexical ties between Tungus-Manchu, Mongolian, and Turkic languages. Notes the large number of Yakut loanwords in Eveny and Evenki Tungus languages and discusses the alternative of genetic ties or cultural contacts to account for linguistic similarities among the three Altaic families. DLC. KONSTANTINOVA, O.A., see also No. 96873 600

96918 KONT, K. 0 partitive v finnougorskikh iazykakh. (Sovetskoe finno-ugrovedenie 1967. v.3, no.1, p.1-6) 20 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title lr.: Partitive case in Finno-Ugric languages. Morphological study of Balto-Finnish languages and Lappish dialects. The partitive case in this western group evolved from the proto-Uralic ablative within the Balto-Slavic area. Its incomplete development in Lappish DLC. supports this hypothesis. 96919 KONTOROVICH, A.E. Geokhimii verkhneiürskikh otlozhenil Zapadno(Litologiiå i poleznye isSibirskol plity. kopaemye 1967, no.3, p.90-102, maps, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geochemistry of Upper Jurassic deposits of the West Siberian platform. Presents geochemical facies maps for this region in Callovian and Volga times. Distribution of transgressions along the Yenisey and Ob depressions is characterized. Geochemistry of the Upper Jurassic deposits is determined by 519 chemical, 968 bitumen, 1649 spectral and other analyses. Physiographic conditions, tectonic movements, climate, and depositional conditions of the DLC. deposits are described. 96920 KONTOROVICH, A.E. and Metamorfizm organicheskogo veothers. shchestva i nekotorye voprosy neftegazonosnosti, na primere mezozorskikh otlozhenil Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (Geologen i geofizika 1967, no.2, p.16-29, tables, graphs) 34 refs. In Russian. Other authors: G.M. Parparova and P.A. Trushkov. Title tr.: Metamorphism of organic matter and some problems of oil-gas-bearing properties as exemplified by the Mesozoic deposits of the West Siberian lowland. Reports a study of the metamorphism of coals and carbonaceous plant remains in Mesozoic deposits. The metamorphic grade of organic matter in Jurassic and Lower Cretaceous coal-bearing beds is graphically presented. At depths of 1500-3000 m, the effects of temperature are considered predominant. The relation between metamorphism of organic matter and oil-gas content is disDLC. cussed. KONTOROVICH, A.E., see also No 93726, 94108, 95839, 95840, 95845, 95847, 96656, 101542 96921 KONTOROVICH, S.O. Stroitel (Stroitel'stvo truboprovodov 1967. v.12, no.11, p.34-36, map, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Building industry for the North. Discusses the principal directions in de-

nara industriiå dhn Severe.

veloping an industrial center in northern Tyumen and Komi for natural gas production and transport by pipeline. A diagrammatic map shows production and consumption centers, connecting pipelines, also the distribution of various construction industry enterprises in the system. Factors to be taken into account for efficient operation of the center under the conditions of the Far North, and for future expansion are considered. Capital investment is estimated at 155 million rubles of which 57 million are for housing for a labor force of ten thousand. DLC. KONTRIMAVICHUS, V.L., see No. 99152 96922 KONTUNIEMI, T. Ititisimmän Fennoskandian sahapistiiiiset ja hiukan niiden korologiasta. (Suomen hyönteistieteellinen aikakauskirja 1965. v.31, no.4, p.246-63, maps) 9 refs. In Finnish. German summary. Title !r.. Sawflies of eastern Fennoscandia with notes on their chorology.

Lists these insects mainly from areas east of Finland with notes on sex, date and location of finds. All species are classified into four groups: boreal (incl arctic), fennoscandian, boreo-continental and southern. DLC. KONZHIN, I.A. and others. Formirovanie shakhtnykh vod v uslovii-akh nesploshnogo rasprostraneniii mnogoletnei merzloty. (Sovetskaih geologii 1966, no.11, p.103-112, graphs, map) 6 refs. In Russian. Other authors: N.B. Kokunov and V.I. IAkovlev. Title tr.: Formation of mine 96923

water under conditions of discontinuous permafrost distribution.

Reports study of hydrogeologic conditions in the Yun'-Yaga deposits of the Pechora coal basin. 50% of the mine water is infiltration water. Atmospheric precipitation is the main and in some cases the only supply for groundwater. When the feeding of groundwater is thus known, regulation of water in mines is feasible. English translation in Intl. geology review 1967. v.9, no.5, p. 677-83. DLC. KOPALIN, V.P., see No. 101173 96924 KOPANEV, I.D. Kratkatä kharakteristika uslovü ispareniia so snezhnogo pokrova na ravninnoi territorii SSSR. (Leningrad. geofizicheskaia Glavnatä observatoriiä. Trudy 1967, no.214, p.114-21, tables) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Brief

characteristics of the conditions for evaporation from the snow cover in the plain region of the USSR. Reviews works dealing with this problem noting discrepancies in calculation and meth-

ods. Climatic characteristics of the cold period (Nov-Mar) in various parts of the USSR are examined including arctic regions. The formulas worked out are too generalized,

they should be constructed specifically for various physiographic regions. DLC. KOPEIKIN, G.F., see No. 93442

Struktury loKOPLUS, A.V. kaüzatsü sblizhennykh khrustalenosnykh shtokverkov Aldana. (Izvestii vysshikh uchebnykh zavedemi. Geologiia i razvedka 1966, no.12, p.51-60, table, illus) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Structures of the localization of contiguous crystal-bearing stockworks of the Aldan. The structural plan of the vein field to which these stockworks belong was formed in several stages. Contiguous highly productive quartz stockwork deposits occur in large zones and are confined to dikes of acid and basic composition. Factors of structural control are examined. DLC. 96925

0 roll snezhnogo pokrova v protsessakh teploobmena. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1966, no.22, 13 refs. In Rusp.82-89, graphs, tables) sian. Title tr Role of the snow cover in heat-exchange processes. The snow cover with its low heat conductivity has a substantial effect on the thermic regime of ice and processes of heat exchange. The temperature of ice with and without snow cover on North Pole-5 and North Pole-2 drifting stations is reviewed. The snow diminishes heat transfer throughout the ice. Winter 1962-63 and 1963-64 data are also given for the effects of snow cover on heat-exchange processes and ice formation on CaMAI, DLC. Kheysa Island. 96926 KOPTEV, A.P.

96927 KOPYLOV, A.N. Domashnee i shkol'noe obrazovanie v Sibiri xvii-xviii vv. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Izvestiia 1966, no.5, p.86-93) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Home and school education in Siberia in the 17-18th centuries. Describes with selected statistical data education trends, incl northern areas. Private tutoring, mainly by political exiles, was prevalent. The first schools were attached to monasteries; secular schools were founded in the early 18th century. A parochial and a secular grammar school were opened in Yakutsk about 1730 and a navigational school in the 1750's. Twenty missionary schools for aborigines were operating in Kamchatka in the mid-18th c. Thirteen public schools were established by Imperial decree in major Siberian towns, 1786-90, one of them in Tyumen. DLC.

601

96928 KOPYLOV, A.N. Iz istorü tamozhennogo dela v Sibiri. (Arkheograficheskit ezhegodnik 1964 pub. 1965, p.350-70.) Refs. In Russian. ?fide tr.: Contributions to the study of Siberian taxation. Discusses customs reforms of 1687-1698 to attract foreign imports via Siberia and increase state revenues: abolition of duties on goods in transit and introduction of a middleman tax for dealers in furs, walrus ivory, and Chinese goods, also a special surtax levied on all fur trade transactions. Cited documents include petitions protesting arbitrary duties imposed by townships on the Tobol'sk, Tyumen', Mangazeya, Obdorsk, i.e. Salekhard, and other trade routes; extracts from government writs dealing with tax and tariff problems; and pertinent records kept at the Dept for Siberian Affairs (Sibirskil priDLC. kaz). 96929 KOPYLOV, A.N. Russkie na Enisee v xvii v.; zemledelie, promyshlennost' i torgovye sviäzi Eniselskogo uezda. Novosibirsk, 1965. 297p. tables. Refs. In Russian. Tyde tr. Russians on the Yenisey in the 17th century; agriculture, industry, and trade relations of the Yenisey District. Study of the colonization of the area, now Krasnoyarsk Province, important for Russian expansion to East Siberia. Fur drew firstcomers toward its game-rich taiga zone, but colonization depended on the forcibly settled state-owned peasant serfs and the independent pioneers rather than the trappers incl adventurers and ex-soldiers. The agricultural and industrial growth of the District, development of a fur and consumer-goods market administration and taxation, incl tithe levy and issak fur tax, are described. Factors contributing to social stratification and economic inequality, finel privileges to mercantile interests are discussed. The rise of the District in the early 17th century was due to its location on major trade routes and to its industries (e.g. leather) associated with the fur trade, salt mining, grain export, etc. Decline of the fur trade in the latter 17th century weakened the Yeniseysk market, but it remained the source of supply for Mangazeya DLC. and the East Siberian fur centers. 96930 KOPYLOV, P.A. Diagrammy Si Kb dhä piroksenov näda diopsid-gedenbergit iz metasomaticheskikh porod Aldanskogo shchita. (In: Akademiiä nauk SSSR. IAkutskil filial. Inst. geologii. Geologili i petrologüh dokembriiä Aldanskogo shchita... 1966. p.222-32, graph, tables, illus) Refs. In Tide b• Si-Kb diagrams for Russian. pyroxenes of diopside-hedenbergite series from metasomatic rocks of the Aldan shield. 602

Uses a new method worked out by E.A. Kuzne[sov, for more rapid determination of the chemical composition of crystalline substances. Si = content of component, and Kb = coefficient of birefringence dispersion. The method is applied for determination of the chemical composition of clinopyroxene in DLC. these rocks. KOPYLOVA, N.V., see No. 93635 96931 KOPYLOVA, T.N. Proiskhozhdenie brekchi! na kontakte khatyspytskoi i turkutskoi svit na Olenekskom podnzatii (Leningrad. N: issl. Sibirskol platformy. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1964. Regional'naii geologiia no.4, p.218.21.) In Russian. Tide tr.: Origin of breccias at the contact of the Khatyspyt and Turkut series in the Olenek uplift of the Siberian platform. The breccias between these two Upper Precambrian series are explained by the reaction of rocks of differing physical properties to post-Turuk tectonic movements and injection of thermal carbonate solutions. There is no convincing evidence of a break in DLC. sedimentation of these series. KOPYTIN, V.I., see No. 93730 96932 KOPYTOV, F.G. V Øiakh na Severnom Urale. Sverdlovsk, Sredne-Ural' skoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1965. 68 p. In Russian. Tyde tr:: Battles in the Northern Urals. Memoirs on Civil War events in 1918-19, mainly action against Kolchak. Battles for control of the Pechora River, interventionists' supply line to White Russian forces, also activities in the Tyumen region are inDLC. cluded. KOREN, K., see No. 97769 96933 KOREN', T.N. Nekotorye predstaviteli graptolitov iz llandoveri Urala. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1967. v.129, p.189-99, table, illus) Refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Some representatives of graptolites from the Llandoverian of the Ural. Describes seven sp of Petalograptus incl P. conveniens n sp, and one Cephalograptus sp from Silurian localities of the Polar and Southern Ural, with notes on their stratigraphic distribution. DLC. KORENEVA, E.V., see No. 95569 KORFF, S.A., see No. 96141 96934 KORHONEN, J. Coordinates of the stations in the first order triangulation of Finland. 42 p. map, table. (Finland. Geo-

deettinen laitos. Julkaisuja 1967. no.64) 64 refs. Describes briefly and lists 287 stations for which coordinates are tabulated, along with directions of stations to which sightings were made. 66 of this total number of stations are north of 65°N latitude; of these only five are DOS. Laplace stations. 96935 KORHONEN, J. Horizontal angles in the first order triangulation of Finland 1920-1962. 112 p. map, table, illus. (Finland. Geodeettinen laitos. Julkaisuja 1966. no.62) 31 refs. In addition to the list of stations and horizontal angles (p 33-106), describes the triangulation stations and their operation. Of the 262 stations within Finland, 62 are north of 65°N lat. This is the third revised catalogue (cf Nos 88746, 90395, 90397). It deals with 1920-62 direct observations and gives information about the stations and methods of observations which are relevant in making adjustment or calculating the reductions that are still lacking. An alphabetical list of stations and sketch of the triangulation net DGS. are appended. 96936 KORHONEN, M. Die Konjugation im Lappischen: morphologisch-historische Untersuchung; Teil 1, Die finiten Formkategorien. Helsinki 1967. 364 p. map, tables. (Suomalais-ugrilainen seura. Toimituksia, v.143) Approx. 200 refs. In German. Title tr. Lappish conjugation: morphologic and historic study; pt.1, the finite form categories: Dialectological study of the origin and development of certain verb forms in the 12 Lappish vernaculars of Norway, Sweden, and the Kola Peninsula. Phonetic, etymologic, and structural agglutinative factors are also conCaMAI, DLC. sidered. 96937 KORIAKIN, A.S. Opyt izuchenil metamorfizovannykh dokembrllskikh kor kontinental'nogo vyvetrivaniiä na primere tsentral'no! Karelii. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.166, no. 1, p.175-78) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Metamorphosed Precambrian continental weathering crust as exemplified in central Karelia. Reports study of Proterozoic metamorphosed weathering crust on granites, diabases, picrites and polymictic conglomerates collected in 1963-64 in the Segozero region, with attention directed to the granites. Products of the weathering are described and climatic conditions analyzed as those of a period of transition from humid to arid climate. This weathering is compared with that of later DLC. epochs.

KORKIN, V.M., see No. 100523 0 96938 KORNEV, B.V. and others. perspektivakh i osnovnykh napravleniiiikh neftegazopoiskovykh rabot v Noril'skom ralone. (Geologiiä nefti i gaza 1966. v.10, In Russian. Other no.!, p.10-15, map) authors: I.S. Gramberg, V.D. Kozyrev and D.S. Sorokov. Title tr.: Prospects and main directions of oil-gas exploration in the No ril'sk region. Indicates on a map five types of regions from highly- to non-prospective for oil-gas. Various structures are analyzed. The present status of exploration is summarized and some DLC. suggestions given. KORNEV, G.N., see No. 101173 96939 KORNIK, L.J. and A.S. MacLAREN. Aeromagnetic study of the ChurchillSuperior boundary in northern Manitoba. (Canadian journal of earth sciences 1966. v.3, no.4, p.547-57, maps, illus) 19 refs. Proposes adjustments in the position of the boundary between the Churchill and Superior structural provinces, in the 54-58°N 90-99Ø area, correlated to a narrow, continuous magnetic low that changes direction at its northern end, from a northeast to an eastwest trend that approx parallels the 56°N latitude line. Previously published age determinations and regional geology support the position of the boundary based on aeromagnetic study. Gravity patterns appear to be independent of the aeromagnetic and geologic patterns. The gravity anomalies appear to be produced by larger scale density contrasts which are not correlative with near-surface material. A deeper, crustal source of these DGS. anomalies fits the evidence better. KORNIL'EV, V.M., see No. 97857 96940 KORNILOV, G.E. 0 tipakh toponimov v agghütinativnykh iizykakh. (Voprosy ihzykoznaniii 1967. v.16, no.1, p. 25 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: 121-28) Toponymic types in agglutinative languages. Analyzes the grammatical structure and morphology of geographic names, incl ZyDLC. ryan. 96941 KORNILOV, N.A. K metallogenii sul'fidno-nikelevykh rudnykh pole!. (Akademii I nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.167, no.4, p.884-87) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr. The metallogeny of sulfide-nickel orefields. Presents a comparative study of Pechenga and Allarechensk orefields, in northwestern Kola Peninsula; their geologic setting, mineralization, petrochemistry of the nickel, 603

magma, metallogenic specialization and metamorphism. In both orefields, the mineralization is of two types: syngenetic and epigenetic. The two fields differ however in the petrochemistry of their magma. Hydrothermal alteration in the two fields is characterized. DLC. 96942 KORNILOVA, M. Vysokie urozhai ovoshchei. (Sel'skokhozialstvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1966, v.10, no.9, p.34-36, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: High crops of vegetables. Reports successful cultivation of potato, cabbage, cucumber, tomato, etc in Pokrovsk Basic Production Farm (Opomo-proizvodstvennoe khoziaistvo, OPKh) of the Yakut Agricultural Research Institute. DLC. KORNUTOVA, E.I., see No. 94497 KOROBKOVA, G.I., see No. 101580 96943 KOROBOV, M.N. Novye trilobity iz rizhnego kembrtia IAkutii. (Paleontologicheskil zhurnal 1966, no.2, p.56-66, illus) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New trilobites from the Lower Cambrian of Yakutia. Presents a systematic description of a new genus Nelegeria of fam Protolenidae and N. lata, N melnikovi, and N vinogradovi n spp from the Tuora-Sis Range. Diagnoses, dimensions, geologic and geographic distribution, etc, and good illus are given. DLC. 96944 KOROBOV, M.N. Novye trilobity semelstva Conocoryphidae iz kembritå Sibirskoi platformy i Tuvy. (Paleontologicheskil zhurnal 1966, no.4, p.92-97, illus) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New trilobites of fam Conocoryphidae from the Cambrian of the Siberian platform and Tuva. Describes systematically three new genera and four species of trilobites; gen Tchaiaspis represented by T sdzuyi was found in the Maya River region of Yakutia. DLC.

96946 KOROLEV, V.K. Ratsional'no ispol'zovat' lesnye bogatstva Karelii. (Lesnoe khoüaistvo 1967. v.19, no.2, p.2-4) In Russian. Title tr.: Rational exploitation of the forest resources of Karelia. Notes that the forested area of Karelia decreased 53% since 1932, and the timber reserves 49% to 430 million m3. At the current rate of cutting (19.4 million m3 /yr) the reserves will be exhausted in 20 yr. Recommendations are offered for modified planning, reducing the waste, utilizing deciduous forests, etc. DLC. 96947 KOROLEVA, V.N. Effektivnost' mitserina i kolimitsina pri nåzhelykh formakh (Voprosy okhrany materinkoli6nteritov. stva i detstva 1962. v.7, no.3, p.15-17, 4 refs. In Russian. English sumtables) mary. Title tr.: Efficacy of mycerin and colimycin in severe forms of coli enteritis. Comparative study conducted 1959-61 by the Arkhangelsk Medical Institute on children under two years of age: 52 were treated with mycerin and colimycin, while a control group of 57 received routine antibiotic treatment. The duration of toxicosis decreased considerably in the first group, no cases of dystrophy were observed, and the mortality rate dropped: seven deaths occurred in the first group versus 31 in the control. DLC KOROSTELEV, V.I. Nizhnil 96948 trias Tompo-Delin'inskogo mezhdurech i. (Geologitå i geofizika 1966, no.2, p.31-38) 5 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The Lower Triassic of the TompoDelin'ya interfiuve. Presents new data on stratigraphy of these deposits in the eastern Verkhoyansk region. According to predominant ammonites, five zones are distinguished: Otoceras, Pachyproptychites, Paranorites, Dieneroceras and Olenekites. The first three belong to the Indskiy and the other two to the Olenek stage. Correlation is made between deposits of this and other regions of the world. DLC.

KOROCHKINA, A.A., see No. 96672 96945 KOROLEV, G.G. 0 ilzhnoi grani[se Okhotsko-Chukotskogo vulkanicheskogo poiäsa. (Geotektonika 1967, no.4, p.73-78, map) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The southern limit of the Okhotsk-Chukotka volcanic belt. Discusses this boundary laid down in Aptian time with some review of the earlier limit. In the south, the volcanic belt includes the UI'ya and pre-Dzhugdzhur troughs, also some portions of the Uda trough, all south of Magadan Province. DLC. 604

96949 KOROSTYSHEVSKII, N.B. and others. Razrabotka tekhnologii izvlechenitå rtuti iz rudy mestorozhdenvå Plamennogo. (Magadan. Vses. n.-issl. inst. zolota i redkikh metallov. Sbornik referatov 1961 pub 1962, p.112-14) In Russian. Other authors: M.F. Bugaeva, N.S. Buvalets and B.I. Loktiushin. Title tr.: Development of the technology of mercury extraction from ore of the Plamennyy deposit. Describes two methods for extracting mercury from original and alluvial deposits. The pyrometallurgical method consists of dis-

dilation burning of the ore in a rotating mirror in an excess of air. The ore, oxidized during the burning stage, is then collected in a condensator. The hvdrometallurgical method consists of leaching out the ore, using a solution of sodium sulfide. Both methods are found well adapted for the extraction of mercury at the Plamennyy mine. It requires 0.5 t of aluminum, 1.5 t of caustic sodium, and 0.4-0.5 t of sodium sulfide to obtain one ton of mercury. DLC. 96950 KOROTKEVICH, G.V. Tymlatskie termy na Kamchatke. (Voprosy gidrologii i gidrokhimii, A.E. Khod'kov, ed. Leningrad, Izd-vo Leningradskogo Univ. In 1966. p.131-35, map, tables, illus) Russian. Title Ir. Tymlat hot springs on Kamchatka. Describes these hot springs as studied in 1949. The area in northeast Kamchatka is briefly characterized. Most of the springs are found in the Solenaya River valley and Solenoye Lake region. Their temperature ranges from 10-15 to 30-40°C. Chemical composition of the main Tymlat hot spring is given. DLC. 96951 KOROTKEVICH, V.D. K voprosu o palinologicheskot kharakteristike melovykh otlozhenil tsentral'noi chasti Koriakskogo nagoria. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologita i biostratigrafiiä 1967. no. 20, p. 71-80, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title lr.: Palynological characteristics of the Cretaceous deposits in the central part of Koryak upland. Presents the composition and distribution of spore-pollen complexes of these Cretaceous deposits. The deposits in the Velikaya River basin are assigned to the Aptian-Albian and Albian-Cenomanian stages, and those in the Impenvzem River basin to the Cenomanian stage. Their lithological characteristics are given as well as some flora and fauna. DLC 96952 KOROTKEVICH, V.D. Sopostavlenie verkhnetriasovykh sporovo-pyl'tsevykh kompleksov Leno-Olenekskogo mezhdurechia i ostrova Zapadnyl Shpitsbergen. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1966. Paleontologic i In Rusbiostratigrafiia no.12, p.81-85) sian. Title tr.: Correlation of Upper Triassic spore-pollen associations of the Lena-Olenek interfluve and the island of Vestspitsbergen. In the Lena-Olenek interfiuve, Triassic deposits are represented by the Carnian stage. Analyses and correlation of their pollen and spores show great similarities with those of Vestspitsbergen. Spores of Matoniaceae, Dic-

tyophyllum, Osmundaceae and pollen of Podocarpaceae and Pinaceae predominate in both areas. The Triassic deposits in Vestspitsbergen however are poorer in pollen and DLC. spores. Izgotovlenie 96953 KOROTKOV, S. strunobetonnykh sval v Murmanske. (Na strolkakh Rossii 1966. v.7, no.10, p.21, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Manufacturing reinforced concrete piles at Murmansk. Describes the planning and process for concrete piles reinforced with pre-strained steel cord. Piles 3-19 m long are molded in a stand 24 m long, 3.3. m wide. This method saves 50 t armature metal in 1000 m3 of DLC. piles. 96954 KOROTUN, V.V. and E.G. SOPetrograficheskii sostav neoROKINA. komskikh neftenosnykh otlozhenii NizhneVartovskogo svoda. (Sibirskil n: issl. inst geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syr'i . Trudy 1966, no.47, p.86-90) In Russian. Title tr. Petrographic composition of the Neocomian oil-bearing deposits of the Nizhne-Vartovskoye arch. Reports on the Lower, Middle and Upper Valanginian and Hauterivian-Barremian deposits of this arch. Their thickness, lithologic properties, rock-forming and accessory minerals, and other features are described. In the Lower Cretaceous epoch, change in the source areas and complex of accessory DLC. minerals took place twice. 96955 KOROVIN, A.I. and V.A. VOROB'EV. Delstvie i posledelstvie nizkikh temperatur pochvy i zamorozkov na nachalo i produktivnost' azotfiksatsii u bobovykh. (Akademitå nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.166, no.6, p.1469-71, tables, graph) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The effect and after-effect of low soil temperature and autumn frosts on the initiation and productivity of nitrogen fixation in legumes. Reports two yr experiments with soil temperatures of 4-22°C. Low temperatures reduced utilization of N of the seeds and slowed growth and development. Nodules formed on the roots at all temperatures, but did not grow at low ones. Exposure of young plants to air of -6 to -8°C for one hr had little effect on the plants, but reduced the number and size of the nodules, thus lowering the productivity of the plants by 33-43%. DLC. KORSAK, V.Iil., see No. 94311 KORSAKOV, O.D., see No. 93890 KORSAKOVA, M.A., see No. 100003

96956 KORSHUNOV, A. Tam, gde byl kral zemli. (Sportivnai'a zhizn' Rossii 1967. v.11, no.10, p.8, +, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Once the edge of the earth. Sketch of Murmansk Province, stressing its development in the Soviet period. It has 700,000 population, flourishing mining and fishing industries, and the largest northern port in the world. Its educational facilities and the importance of sports are noted, local athletes excelling in swimming, skiing, parDLC. achute jumping, etc. 96957 KORSHUNOV, V.I. and I.T. ZHURAVLEVA. Novye vidy arkheo[siat iz nizhnego kembri% lAkutii. (In: Akademi% nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geologii i geofiz. Novye dannye po biostratigrafii nizhnego paleozo% Sibirskol platformy... 1967. p.3-11, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New species of archaeocyathids from the Lower Cambrian of Yakutia. Presents systematic account of six species collected in the Tuora-Sis Ridge, Nokhtuyskoye region and the middle Lena basin.

Cryptoporocyathus melnikovi, Ethmophyllum jadwigae, Porocyathus minaevae, Coscinocyathus vinogradovi, Retecoscinus proximus, and Asterotumulus sektensis n spp are described and illus.

DGS.

96958 KORSHUNOV, V.I. and V.A. SYSOEV. 0 drevnelshikh slo%kh kembri% v vostochnoi chasti zapadnogo razreza r. Leny. (Geologi% i geofizika 1967, no.3, p.114-16) 3 refs. In Russian. Tide h..: Oldest layers of the Cambrian in the eastern part of the western section of the Lena River. Presents a lithologic description of Lower Cambrian deposits in the Lena valley near Isit'. Their paleontologic characteristics are given, and a comparison is made between the complexes of archaeocyathids and hyolithes and the complexes of a typical section of the DLC. Sunnagin horizon. KORSHUNOV, V.I. see also No. 101524A 96959 KORSHUNOVA, N.V. Doroga Ural-Ob'. (Letopis' Severa 1964. v.4, p.251-52, map.) In Russian. Title tr. The Ural-Ob' railroad. Notes construction of a 372 km line in virgin taiga from Ivdel' station in the Northern Ural to Serginskaya station on the Ob between Khanty-Mansiysk and Berezovo; 282 km as far as Pandym-Yugan is in operation, and new lumbering organizations along the line shipped out 1,300,000 m3 of timber in 1963. DLC. 606

96960 KORTINOV, A. Bol'shol gaz Severa. (Ogonek 1966. v.44, no.9, p.3-6, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Large gas deposits in the North. Describes present and prospective development and economic significance of the richest Soviet natural gas resources in northern Tyumen Province. The completion in 1966 of the Igrim-Serov natural gas pipeline with an annual capacity of ten billion m3 is noted; laid across a 510 km stretch of taiga, it crosses 220 rivers and streams. It is estimated that production from the Igrim-Punga-Berezovo region will equal in 10 yr all of today's deposits in the Soviet Union. The new Gubkin area and polar deposits are mentioned. Soviet geologists now explore the Yamal Peninsula; several wells near Novyy Port are already producing. The need for the development of rail, river, canal, and air transportation, to speed up gas exploitation, is discussed. Production of 1.22 m diam pipeline is noted; a 1.42 m diam pipe is considered. DLC. KORTUNOV, V.A., see No. 93673 96961 KORZH, M.V. Petrografo-mineralogicheskaii kharakteristika iurskikh otlozhenll Uvatskogo raiona Zapadno-Sibirskoi nizmennosti. (In: Moskva. Inst. geol. i razrabotki gonüchikh iskopaemykh. Nef1965. tegazonosnost' mezozolskikh... p.76-95, illus) Refs. In Russian. Tide tr. Petrographic-mineralogical characteristics of Jurassic deposits of the Uvat region in the West Siberian lowland. Presents a stratigraphic division of Lower, Middle and Upper Jurassic deposits in this region based on new data of microfauna, flora and spore-pollen analyses. Petrographic characteristics, textural features, correlation, and formation conditions of these deposits are DLC. given. 96962 KORZH, V.I. Opyt bor'by s naledi`ami na zheleznol doroge Talshet-Lena. (USSR. Komitet po zemlrånomu polotnu. Sbornik 1966, no.7, In Russian. Title tr.: p.23-28, table) Combatting naleds on the Tayshet-Lena railroad. Discusses the formation of naleds in the eastern sector of the railroad, especially along the Korshunikha, Kupa, Kuta, and Lena River valleys. 104 sites were found affected in 1964. Of 43 naleds formed and supplied from groundwater springs, 14 are considered very dangerous, five dangerous, and 24 periodically dangerous. Anti-naled engineering constructions developed in 1958-60 are recommended. A continuous or periodic electric heating of naled-forming streams is

recommended for prevention of naleds, in the case of electric railroads. DLC. 96963 KORZHAVIN, K.N. Dinamicheskoe vozdelstvie l'da na sooruzhenitå gidrostani ii i opory mostov. (In: Akademii nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie.. Metody bor'by s ledovymi... 1965, p.3-11, graph) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Dynamic effect of ice on the structures of hydroelectric stations and on bridge piers. Discusses methods of determining dynamic ice loads on hydraulic structures, referring to several monographs and papers on the subject, and proposing new improved methods for ascertaining the loads produced by large ice fields cut by the piers during the ice movement. The force of interaction between the construction and the ice field is determined by the drop in the velocity of the ice after its contact with the structure. Field tests of the method in 25 cases on the Ob, Angara, and Yenisey are cited incl the Bratsk and Krasnoyarsk hydroelectric stations and bridges over Ob, Tom', and Yenisey. DLC. 96964 KORZHAVIN, K.N. Ice affecting engineering structures on the Siberian rivers during ice-run. (Intl. Assoc. for Hydraulic Research, 8th congress, Montreal 1959. Proceedings v.3, 5 p. tables) Studies problems associated with thick ice on northern rivers, the violent breakup, heavy ice runs, and frequent formation of ice jams and packs. Field observations were made during 1934-58 on the action of ice upon hydraulic structures and bridge piers in Siberia. Ice breaking by piers during the 1945-58 ice runs was filmed. Mechanical properties of ice during the ice run, its ultimate strength, and methods of determining its pressure on the pier are discussed. Design methods are proposed for piers with vertical and inclined cutting faces. DLC. 96965 KORZHAVIN, B.N. and I.P. BUTIIAGIN. Issledovanie deformai i1 i prochnosti ledianykh polel v naturnykh usloviakh. (In: Akademia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-6nergeticheskll inst. Trudy 1961. no.11, p.3-12, graphs, tables, illus) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Investigation of deformation and strength of ice covers under natural conditions. Reports field studies of the ice-breaking performance of bridges and hydraulic installations during breakup on large Siberian rivers in 1934-60. Anisotropy of the ice cover, considered as an accretion of vertically oriented crystallites, is discussed, and ultimate strength given of Ob, Yenisey, and other river ice parallel and perpendicular to the crystals' axis. Application of the elasticity

theory to problems of the effect of ice on the installations is considered unreliable because of the great variance in the mechanical characteristics of ice as determined by different investigators. Observations of ice cover deformation under dynamic and static loading are discussed, and the calculated values of deformations are compared with those obtained from the observations. The values were found to be in reasonable agreement. DLC. 96966 KORZHAVIN, K.N. Nekotorye voprosy vozdelstviis I'da na sooruzhenii bol'shol protiazhennosti. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-bnergeticheskil inst. Trudy 1964. no.15, p.60-66, illus) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Certain questions of ice influence on constructions of great length. Considers the dynamic ice effect on dams, mooring walls, dikes, and river banks, also the destruction and piling up of the ice. Cases of pressure by drifting floes or ice fields on an extended construction with a vertical or slanted edge, and the effect of the ice moving under an angle to the front of the construction are discussed, as are cases of pressure from the ice piling up (to 30 m high on large Siberian rivers), and cases of abrasive action of ice fields moving in tight contact with a waterfront construction. Formulas for the pressure P between drifting ice and construction are derived in terms of the contact area F between ice and the construction, the ice strength R, and the coefficient m, which takes into account the form of the contact area in the horizontal projection, P = F x R x m. DLC. 96967 KORZHAVIN, K.N. Vliiianie mestnogo smiatii na mekhanicheskie svolst(In: Akademia nauk va rechnogo I'da. SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-6nergeticheskil inst. Trudy 1961. no.11, p.13-23, graph, tables, illus) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Effect of local crushing on the mechanical properties of river ice. Reports experimental study of the crushing effect of a river installation, starling (ledorez = an icebreak, a structure of piles supporting an inclined steel-plated beam with ice-cutting edge turned against the current; it is installed in the river in front of piers to protect them from the dynamic action of ice). Tests of 199 ice samples showed a close correlation between ultimate strength, Rcm, and the ratios b/h and B/h, and absence of correlation in Rcm = f(b/h) for b/h> 1-1.5, where h is the width of the sample, B its length, and b the length of its part under the crushing pressure. Results showed Rcm < (2.5-2.7) Ro where Ro ^ 5-10kg/cm2 is ultimate strength of the DLC. ice for axial compression. 607

96968 KORZHAVIN, K.N. Vliihnie ugla naklona ledoreznoi grani opory mosta na velichinu davleniiå l'da. (Akademihå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-energeticheskil inst. Trudy 1955, no.5, p.15-41, graph, tables, illus) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The effect of the angle of incline of the ice-cutting edge of the bridge supports on the value of ice pressure. Analyzes the role of the inclination in the dynamic action of ice on the piers of a bridge, comparing this action with that produced with a vertical starling. Estimates are given of the pressures exerted on piers equipped with triangular and semicircular cutting edges, during the process of their breaking up a large ice floe by cutting and bending it. The formulas derived are compared with the actual cases of icebreaking by icebreakers in the Gulf of Finland and Neva River mouth. Results given in a table show a satisfactory agreement between the theoretically predicted and observed values. DLC. 96969 KORZHAVIN, K.N. VozdeTstvie l'da na opory mostov i gidrotekhnicheskikh sooruzheniiT. (Akademihå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-energeticheskii inst. Trudy 1955, no.5, p.3-13, table, illus) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Action of ice on the supports of bridges and hydraulic constructions. Reports a study of bridge piers during spring ice drift in Siberian rivers, with a review of others' work on protection of structures against the static action of the ice cover due to temperature variations, and the dynamic action of ice during breakup. Mechanical properties of river ice during breakup, its pressure on piers with vertical and inclined starlings, and the effect of the form of horizontal cross-section of the support are discussed. A method for determining dynamic ice pressure in the field, and the minimum permissible width of a bridge span are stated. The ultimate strength values of ice for compression, bending, shear, and tension are given as recommended for use in designing constructions for rivers of the North and Siberia, also separately for rivers in European DLC. USSR. 96970 KORZHAVIN, H.N. ZimmT rezhim vodotokov Sibiri i zadachi ego issledovaniia. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-energeticheskiii inst. Tru13 refs. In dy 1964. no.15, p.3-10, table) Title tr.: The winter regime of Russian. Siberian water courses and problems of its investigation. Discusses some unusual features of Siberian rivers and their behavior, the thickness and strength of their ice cover, their ice and 608

thermal regimes, formation of ice jams and gorges, violent spring breakup, etc. These features must be understood for the construction of power stations, reservoirs, dams, canals, and development of transportation on the Angara, Yenisey, Ob, Tom', Irtysh, etc. Freezing of water bodies and streams sometimes occurs almost simultaneously over great areas, and frazil forms in great amounts. At the Krasnoyarsk power plant and on the Ob, ice is sometimes 2 m thick. Spring breakup on many of these south-to-north flowing rivers often depends upon the mechanical action of the high-water wave, when the ice cover is still strong enough to form dams, jams, and gorges. The highest horizons of spring floods frequently coincide in time with ice breakup, and cause damage to piers, abutments, etc, as do the large icefields, which occur during spring ice movement and in periods of sparse DLC. ice floes. KORZHAVIN, K.N. see also No. 93417, 98224, 98225 96971 KORZHENKO, V.P. Izmeneniia v aminokislotnom sostave gonad pri ovo- i spermatogeneze u letnel kety, Oncorhynchus keta, Walb. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.171, no.1, p.237-39, tables) Title tr.: Changes in 11 refs. In Russian. amino-acid composition of the gonads during ovo- and spermatogenesis in the summer chum salmon, Oncorhynchus keta, Walb. Reports an Apr-Aug 1962 study of fish from Kamchatka waters. The most pronounced change in amino acids of the ova were noted during their transition from stage II to II-III. In males changes were observed only during active spermatogenesis. The nature of these changes is specified. DLC. 96972 KORZHIKHINA, T.P. Iz istorii vozØoveniia sovetskoT gosudarstvennosti iäkutskogo naroda. (Sibir' v period stroitel' stva sotsializma i perekhoda k kommunizmu 15 refs. In 1966. no.6, p.24-37, table) Title tr. Historical data on the Russian. emergence of Soviet statesmanship in the Yakut nation. Deals with the political education of Yakuts leading to the establishment of the Yakut Autonomous Republic in 1922. The struggle within the Yakut party organization for and against autonomy, decision to create the Yakut ASSR within the framework of the RSFSR, delimitation of borders, organization and functions of administrative bodies, problems of education and finance, economic DLC. rehabilitation, etc are described.

96973 KORZHUEV, S.S. Karst zony mnogoletnei merzloty. (In: Vses. mezhduvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po geokriologii, 8th. Materialy v.6, 1966. p.50-58) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The karst of the permafrost zone. Describes karst distribution in the Aldan shield, Anabar massif, Angara-Lena, Verkhoyansk, and Lena-Khatanga troughs, Vilyuy syneclise, Taymyr, Ural and other areas with permafrost present. Permafrost is found to retard but not to exclude karst formation. The zone of permafrost distribution has southern, central, and northern belts, and the karst development in each belt is outlined. The northern is the least favorable to it; gypsum and saline karst are most intensive there. Morphologic forms of the frost-cryogenic karst are characterized. Cave distribution is also noted. DLC.

96976 KORZHUEV, S.S. Stroenie i istoriiä formirovaniil krupnykh morfostruktur Sibirskol platformy. (In: Strukturnaia i klimaticheskaia geomorfologitå... 1966. p.36-52, map) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The structure and the formation history of large morphostructures of the Siberian platform. Formation of the principal tectonic structures of this platform took place in five main periods: Archean-Proterozoic, Sinian-Lower Carboniferous, Middle Carboniferous-Triassic, Jurassic-Cretaceous, and Cenozoic. The principal morphostructures are described as high plateaus and bedded plateaus of the Aldan shield, Anabar massif, Angara-Lena foredeep, Tungusskiy syneclise, Vilyuy syneclise, and Verkhoyansk foredeep. Development of these structures is outlined.DLC. KORZHUEV, S.S., see also No. 100445

96974 KORZHUEV, S.S. Paleogeografiiii chetvertichnogo perioda na territorii IAkutii. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Inst. geografii. Razvitie i preobrazovanie geograficheskol sredy. Moskva 1964. p.185-200, map) 50 refs. In Russian. Title Ir.: Paleogeography of Quaternary period in Yakutia. The Quaternary in this area is not sufficiently studied and conclusions about it differ substantially. It shows traces of four even five glaciations or more accurately four-five active phases. These are described noting their type, age, distribution, climate, vegetation, and other paleogeographic conditions. DLC. 96975 KORZHUEV, S.S. Razvitie erozionnykh proisessov v zone mnogoletnei merzloty. (In: Vses. mezhduvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po geokriologii, 8th. Materialy v.6, 1966. p.24-31) In Russian. Title tr. The development of erosion processes in the permafrost zone. Reports geomorphic investigations on the lower Lena, Vilyuy, Aldan, Amga, Olenek, Indigirka, Yana, Kolyma, Yenisey, Ob and their tributaries, where the permafrost is an important factor in erosion processes. It decreases the erosive effects of the smaller streams and increases those of large rivers. Characteristic of the process in the permafrost zone is that linear erosion is more prevalent than sheet erosion. Upper and lower levels of erosional dissection are distinguished in which frozen rock plays different roles. In the lower level, linear erosion is most significant. In the three (northern, central and southern) belts of the permafrost zone, thermal erosion prevails in the northern, lateral erosion in the southern. DLC.

96976A KOSACK, H.P. Die Polarforschung; ein Datenbuch über die Natur-, Kultur-, Wirtschaftsverhältnisse and die Erforschungsgeschichte der Polarregionen. Braunschweig, F. Vieweg & Sohn, 1967. xv, 471 p. maps, tables, illus. Refs. In German. Title tr.: Polar research; a handbook of natural, cultural and economic data and history of exploration in the Polar regions. Presents physical, biological, social, political (incl administrative), economic and historic data on both polar regions, in discursive text (98 p), tables and maps. The coverage is generally through 1964/65; lack of uniformity in end dates often reflects national differences in availability (e.g. census data). The subjects treated include geographic, geophysical, geologic and geomorphic features, soils, auroras, marine and inland waters, glaciers, climate, floras and faunas (with emphasis on commercial furbearers), settlements, indigenous peoples, health conditions, hunting, fishing, mining, commerce, public services and schools, exploration and scientific research. A chronologic list of Arctic expeditions ends with 1951 and is supplemented with a list of drifting stations 1879-1966 and important flights, 1927-61. A German-English ice lexicon (p 134-41), la cations of arctic stations (p 368-74) and a list of 158 acronyms of institutions involved in polar research, with international bodies generally rendered in English (p 404-409) are useful under one cover. Detailed contents notes and a subject index provide guides to the material. DLC. 96977 KOSAKA, M. and others. Reflex inhibition of cold shivering by pressure to the skin and the histological investigation of its afferent spinal pathway. (Experientia 1967. 609

v.23, no.6, p.453-55, illus) 16 refs. Other authors K. Takagi and Y. Koyama. Reports study of six rabbits with partial chordotomy at the Th12 segment. Shivering was only inhibited when pressure was applied on the side of the lesion. It is concluded, from the histological investigation that the part concerned with this reflex is not in the dorsal DLC. funiculus. Shiv96978 KOSAKA, M. and others. ering in intact and spinal rabbits during spinal cord cooling. (Experientia 1967. v.23, no.5, p.385-87, illus) 7 refs. Other authors: E. Simon and R. Thauer. Cooling the spinal cord produced shivering in both groups of animals, weaker however, in the spinal rabbits. The phasic activity variations often observed in the EMG of intact animals were rare in the spinal group. DLC. KOSAKA, M., see also No. 100088 96979 KOSAREV, M.F. Nekotorye problemy drevnel istorii Ob'-Irtysh tå. (Sovetskaiä arkheologiiå 1966. v.10, no.2, p.24-32, illus) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some problems regarding the ancient history of the Ob-Irtysh region. In the third millennium BC the middle Ob-middle Irtysh area was inhabited by ancestral Ugrian and Samoyed tribes; ethnic mixing gave rise, later to the so-called Ostyak-Samoyed i.e. Narym-Sel'kup group. Climatic and ecological changes in the second millennium BC brought about population shifts: e.g. the appearance in the next millennium of the Karasuks, a TibetanBurmese group, possibly instrumental in the evolution of ancestral Ket Yeniseian stock. Population pressure and encroachment of steppe on forest vegetation caused a northward displacement of most Ob-Ugrian and Samoyed groups, and new environment fostered changes in their economy and material culture. DLC. 96980 KO§CIOEEK, E. Fagocytarna aktywnosb ukradu siateczkowo$rbdbl'onkowego w rbznych narzgdach krblika podczas wstrztsu urazowego i hipotermii. (Acta physiologica polonica 1967. v.18, no.3, p.329-38, table, illus) 10 refs. In Polish. Russian and English summary. English translation in Translated reprint of Acta physiologica polonica 1967. v.18, no.3, p.263-71. Title tr.: Phagocytic activity of the reticulo-endothelial system in different organs of rabbit in the course of traumatic shock and hypothermia. Changes in the phagocytic activity of the reticulo-endothelial system (RES) in rabbits during tourniquet shock differed in the 610

neurogenic and fully developed phases of shock and in the various organs. Hypothermia caused a marked loss of RES activity and prevented a change of RES activity in the DLC. course of traumatic shock. 96981 KO§CIOLEK, E. Wplyw hipotermii na przebieg znikania czerwieni Kongo z osocza kr6lik6w podczas wstraz9su urazowego. (Acts physiologica polonica 1967. v.18, no.3, p.319-28, table, illus) 24 refs. In Polish. Russian and English summary. English translation in Translated reprint of Acta physiologica polonica 1967. v.18, no.3, p.255-62. Title tr.: Effect of hypothermia on the course of Congo red clearance from the plasma of blood during traumatic shock in rabbits. The clearance of Congo red from the blood plasma was used as a criterion of the colloidopectic activity of the reticulo-endothelial system (RES). Hypothermia of 25°C caused a marked reduction in RES activity of traumatized rabbits. The RES activity was inhibited to such a degree as to exclude any kind of reaction to additional traumatic factors, and there was no evidence of a defensive role of hypothermia during traumatic shock. This throws doubt on the efficacy of artificial hibernation applied to DLC. traumatic shock. 96982 KOSHCHEEV, A.N. K probleme üunamiralonirovaniia, nelineinaia zadacha odnomernogo dvizheniiä tsunami v ozerakh i mori kh. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geografii Sibiri i Dal'nego VoIn stoka. Doklady 1966, no.12, p.24-27) Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Tsunami zoning, the non-linear problem of the one-dimensional movement of tsunami in lakes and seas. Notes the importance of tsunami waves for Kamchatka Peninsula and the Kuril Islands. The causes of tsunami waves are examined. Tectonic movements and earthquakes are considered the main factors of their origin. The modeling of tsunami under laboratory conditions and hydrodynamic methods of their calculation are discussed. The forecasting of tsunami waves is also discussed. DLC. 96983 KOSHECHKIN, B.I. Proiavleniiå noveishikh tektonicheskikh dvizhenil v Notozerskoi depressii. (In: Akademi% nauk SSSR. Lab. aerometodov. Aerometody pri 3 poiskakh... 1964, p.67-69, graph, illus) Title tr.: Evidence of refs. In Russian. recent tectonic movements in the Notozero depression. Reports aero-geologic and geomorphic study of the Notozero Lake region and Nota

River basin based mostly on air photos. Structure of lake shores and river terraces is analyzed. A large fault is established and recent tectonic movements are briefly characterized. DLC. 96984 KOSHECHKIN, B.I. Rol' ondogennogo faktora v formirovanii rel'efa zapadnol chasti Kol'skogo poluostrova, basselny rek Noty i Lotty. (In Akademiis nauk SSSR. Lab. aerometodov. Aerometody pri poiskakh... 1964, p.43-55, graphs, maps, illus) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The role of the endogenic factor in relief formation in the western part of Kola Peninsula, Nota and Lotta River basins. Analyzes the interrelation between relief and geologic structure from study of air photos and visual observations. Manifestation of intrusive bodies in the relief is noted, as are elements of the relief connected with occurrence of selective denudation. Dislocations with a break in continuity are shown. DLC. 96985 KOSHECHKIN, B.I. and others. Rol' strukturno-litologicheskogo faktora v formirovanii rel'efa vostochnol chasti Kol' skogo poluostrova, srednee techenie r. Ponoia. (In Akademia nauk SSSR. Kol'skii filial Formirovanie rel'efa... 1966. p.101-111, graph, map illus.) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: IU.V. Podol'skii and M.N. Semenova. Title tr.: Role of the structurallithologic factor in relief formation in the eastern part of Kola Peninsula, middle course of the Ponoy River. Reports study of relief in the Ponoy basin from Sukhaya east to Purnach. Four regions are distinguished: an undulating peneplain developed on granites, ridge-hollow relief on the Imandra-Varzuga series, ridge-plain relief on the Keyvy series, and an open rolling surface on alkaline rocks. The tectonic and lithologic control of relief is clearly reflected. DLC. 96986 KOSHECHKIN, B.I. TektonicheskaIå treshchinovatost' porod po(In: Akademii losy Kolmozero-Voron å. nauk SSSR. Lab. aerometodov. Aerometody pri poiskakh... 1964, p.63-66, graph, map, illus) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Tectonic fracturing of rocks in the Kolmozero-Voron'ya belt. Discusses the density of tectonic fractures in this part of Kola Peninsula based on air photos. Two types of fractures are recognized and a statistical study and map are presented. The density of fractures is explained by the intensity of tectonic movements. DLC.

96987 KOSHELEV, V.A. 0 krateropodobnom obrazovanii v ralone verkhov'ev reki Verkhniha Lakura. (In: Kompleksnaia samodeiatel'naii ekspedi[snå po izuchenim problemy Tungusskogo meteorita... 1963. p.171-72) In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: On a crater-like formation in the source region of the Upper Lakura River. Describes a circular bank as a natural formation. Its age is about 150 yr judging from the surrounding forest. It does not represent thermokarst and should be further investigated as possibly a meteorite crater. DLC. 96988 KOSHELEV, V.A. Raboty na ozere Cheko i ikh predvaritel'nye rezul'taty. (In Kompleksnatå samodeiatel'naia ekspeditsiiå po izucheniw problemy Tungusskogo meteorita... 1963. p.168-70, illus) Title tr. In Russian. English summary. Work at Cheko Lake and its preliminary results. Reports study of this 47 m deep lake on the Kimchu River near the fall of the Tunguska meteorite in 1908. Its dimensions and bottom sediments were investigated, but no indications were found that the lake is a DLC. meteorite crater. KOSHELEV, V.A. see also No. 101521 96989 KOSHELKINA, Z.V. Korrela-

tsiia morskikh sredneihrskikh otlozhenil Severo-Vostoka SSSR so smezhnymi ralonami Arktiki i Tikhookeanskogo kol'tsa po ostatkam ammonoidel i inoceramid. (Akademii`a nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otdelenie. Severo-Vostochnyl kompleksnyi nauchno-issledovatel'skii institut. Trudy 1967. no.30, p.44-54, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Correlation of Middle Jurassic marine deposits of the Northeast of the USSR with adjacent regions of the Arctic and the Pacific ring according to ammonoid and inoceramid remains. Presents a correlation of Aalenian, Bajocian and Bathonian deposits of northeastern USSR, some arctic regions, Alaska, Canada and Japan. The correlation is based on associations of Middle Jurassic molluscs represented by ammonoids and inoceramids. The inoceramids are listed and their geoDGS. graphic distribution noted. 96990 KOSHKINA, T.V. 0 periodicheskikh izmenennakh chislennosti polevok na primere Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Moskovskoe o-vo ispytatelel prirody. Otd. biologicheskil. Bililleten' 1966. v.71, no.3, p.14-26, graphs, tables. Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Periodic changes in the vole population, based on the 611

Kola Peninsula. English translation available from University of Alberta. Boreal Institute. Edmonton, Alta. A long term census of the voles in the Kola Peninsula showed seven fluctuations in population density, 1935-1964. There were five four-year cycles and two five-year cycles. Deviations in cycles are related to changes in meteorological conditions and availability of DLC. food. 96991 KOSHKINA, T.V. Populi ionsiia chislennosti gryzunov na nwå reguhå[ primerakh krasnol polevki taTgi Salaira i norvezhskogo lemminga. (Moskovskoe o-vo ispytatele! prirody. Otdel biologichesktil. Biulleten' 1967. v.72, no.6, p.5-20, graphs) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Population regulation in rodents, based on studies of the red suslik in the Salair taiga and the Norwegian lemming. Studies population regulation under natural conditions, in Clethrionomys rutilus and Lemmus lemmus, incl the Kola Peninsula. Among Clethrionomys rutilus, mortality is low, but scarcity in food supply serves as a brake on uncontrolled population increase because it leads to increased territorial competition and reduced mating. Lemmings respond to the same pressures by periodic mass migrations. Predators take a heavy toll of both species, as does periodic outbreaks of disease. The author noted many individual and group behavioral characteristics typical of under-populated and over-populated areas. DLC. 96992 KOSHKINA, T.V. Sravnitel'nail ekologiiä ryzhikh polevok v severnoi talge. (Materialy k poznanitü fauny i flory SSSR 1957. otd. zoologicheskii v.37 (52), p.3-65, tables, graphs.) 54 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Comparative ecology of red-backed mice in the northern taiga. Study based on over 5500 specimens of Clethrionomys glareolus. CL rufocanus, and CL rutilus trapped in the Lapland and Kandalaksha Preserves during 1947-1953. Vegetation areas and distribution of the three species according to observation stations are reported, as are diet, reproduction, population fluctuations and factors causing them; parasites also are considered. DLC. 96993 KOS'KO, M.K. Esseksit - diabazy iientral'noi chasti Koriakskogo khrebta. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1963. Regional'nail geologitä no.1, p.175-84, table, graphs, map) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Essexite diabases in the central part of the Koryak Range. Describes essexite diabases in the Apuka 612

region forming sills 2-150 m thick. They consist 50-60% of plagioclase, then orthoclase and admixture of titanium augite, augite and biotite, etc. Their chemical composition is DGS. also analyzed. KOSMIN, V.V., see No. 93785 Bio96994 KOSMORTOV, V.A. logicheskie pokazateli i urozhainost' nekotorykh vidov kartofelia IÜzhnoi Ameriki v usloviiakh srednetaezhnol zony Evropelskogo severo-vostoka. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Komi filial. Izvestiiä 1967. v.2, no.1 (11), p.64-72, tables) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Biological indicators and yields of some South American potato species under conditions of the central taiga in northwestern Europe. Reports experiments begun in 1946 at the Biological Station of Komi, with introductory data on growth periods, temperatures and precipitation. Five species and numerous forms from various regions of Peru, Bolivia and Ecuador were grown and their yield DLC. range evaluated. 96995 KOSOI, A.L. and V.A. FRANKKAMENETSKII. Rentgenovskoe izuchenie izomorfizma v nefeline iz Lovozerskogo shchelochnogo massiva. (Geokhimiia 1966, no.1, p.78-88, tables, graphs, illus) 10 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: X-ray study of isomorphism in nepheline from the Lovozero alkaline massif. Reports X-ray and chemical analysis of nepheline. Its structure is discussed. The samples showed different primary potassium content, and this is thought to be connected with potassium and sodium regulation in nepheline structure. By postmagmatic reaction, sodium is removed from nepheline and its place is taken by potassium. DLC. Endemi96996 KOSOLAPOVA, K.T. cheskil zob u detel v Krasnoiarskom Priangar'e. (Voprosy okhrany materinstva i detstva 1966. v.11, no.8, p.34-38, tables) 20 refs. In Title tn: Endemic goiter in Russian. children of the Angara region, Krasnoyarsk Province. Describes results of clinical tests on 3203 infants and children. Goiter incidence in girls was twice that of boys, though a maximum number of cases occurred in 11-12 yr old boys. Metabolism was normal in children with goiter though slightly lower than in children with enlarged thyroid glands. A hypothyroid influence of the Angara endemic goiter is educed. Abnormal incidence of helminths and lambliasis coinciding with the increase in the size of the thyroid gland calls for healing of the gastro-intestinal tract as a

prophylactic measure for the type of goiter DLC. peculiar to the Angara basin. 96997 KOSOLAPOVA, K.T. Lechenie i profilaktika endemicheskogo zoba u detel v Krasnoiarskom Priangar'e. (Voprosy okhrany materinstva i detstva 1967. v.12, no.6, p.38-41) 11 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Treatment and prophylaxis of endemic goiter in children of the Angara region, Krasnoyarsk Province. Reports results of 1964-66 tests with 1097 children aged 7-15. Antistrumin, a potassium iodine preparation, was used with 504 children, thyroidin with 461, the remainder acting as controls. Thyroidin proved to be the best. Over a 2-yr period it reduced gland hyperplasia in 36.6% of the boys and 8.9% girls versus . 6.4 and 1.7%, respectively, treated with antistrumin. Thyroidin also reduced goiter in 7.4% of the boys and 13.3% of the girls, while antistrumin benefited 2.3% of the DLC. boys only. KOSSOVOI, L.S., see No. 93569 96998 KOSTAREV, V.L. Nekotorye zakonomernosti koleband chislennosti okhot(Ity Soveshchanie po voskikh lososel. prosam lososevogo khozi Istva Dal'nego Vostoka, 3rd, Petropavlovsk Kamchatskiy 1960 pub 1964. p.77-83, graphs, tables, illus) Title tr.: Certain relaRefs. In Russian. tionships in population variation among salmon in the Okhotsk Sea. Attributes the fluctuations in average yearly catch and quality of humpback and dog salmon to the hydrological regime of rivers draining into the Sea of Okhotsk. Dry, snowless winters with low air temperatures play a decisive role in lowering the survival rate among the fry. Less intensive fishing for a few years is suggested to bring the population of these salmon back to the levels DLC. of a few years ago. 96999 KOSTAREV, V.L. Plodovitost' (Vladivostok. Tikhookhotskol gorbushi. okeanskil n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Izvestiia 1965. v.59, p.145-55, tables, graphs) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Fertility of the Okhotsk pink salmon. Study based on examination of over 2200 fish and their roe during 1953-63. Fertility varied from year to year but mathematical analysis shows it to be directly proportional to the body length of the fish. This correlation is found to be stable over the years. Some irregularities in these findings are exDLC. plained.

97000 KOSTAREV, V.L. Prichiny zhenhå zapasov kety. (Rybnoe khozialstvo In Russian. 1966. v.42, no.3, p.9-10) Title tr.: Causes of decline in reserves of chum salmon. Discusses the rise of this fishery in the USSR (Okhotsk Sea) and Japan, and its decline beginning in 1960, due to overfishing. Poor catches in 1964 in both coastal waters and the open sea are noted, as is the DLC. drop in spawners. 97001 KOSTIKOVA, A.N. Gidrokhimicheskatå kharakteristika vod zal. Aliaska v letne-osennil period 1962 g. (Moskva. Vses. n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Trudy 1965. v.58, p.21-33, tables, graphs, maps.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title IT« Hydrochemical characteristics of the Gulf of Alaska waters during the summer-fall 1962. Reports studies conducted in Aug-Sept. Richest in organic minerals were the central deep-sea waters and those of the western continental slope. The eastern part and the Shelf waters were poorer. P, Si, and N content of the water were studied. DLC. 97002 KOSTRIÜKOV, M.S. and B.I. PROKOPCHUK. Usloviii formirovanii pokrovnykh, blkskikh, otlozhenii Prilenskol almazonosnoi oblasti. (Sovetskai'a geologitå 1966, no.7, p.127-32, table, map, section) 5 Title tr: Formation refs. In Russian. conditions of the Eyk covering deposits of the Lena diamond-bearing province. Describes deposits in the Eyk Lake, Muna, Motorchuna and other areas of Yakut ASSR. They cover 50% of the watershed area at 180-200 to 280-340 m elevation, and range from 1 to 3-5 m. Their lithologic and mineralogic composition, genesis, age, sporepollen analyses and other features are characterized. Finds of satellite minerals of diamonds rouse interest in further study of DLC. these deposits. 97003 KOSTROWICKI, A.S. Regionalizacja zoogeograficzna palearktyki w oparciu o faung motyli tzw. wig'kszych, Macrolepidoptera. Warszawa 1965. 100 p. tables, graph, maps. (Polska Akademia Nauk. Inst. 112 geografii. Prace geograficzne no.51) refs. In Polish. Russian and English summary. Title tr.: Zoogeographic zoning of the Palaearctic on the basis of the so-called Macrolepidoptera fauna. Attempts a regional division of the Palaearctic based on study of the 13,427 macrolepidopteran species known to 1958. A chronological method and statistical analysis are applied to faunistic relationships. A zoning system is presented and mapped. 613

Arctic Fennoscandia, hitherto treated as an integral part of the arctic region, has a lepidopteran fauna more closely related to the European than to the Arctic-American fauna. Other provinces are also reviewed. DLC. 97004 KOSTYLEV, E.N. and IÜ.K. BURLIN. Geologicheskaia istorite razvititå Anadyrskoi vpadiny. (Akademitå nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.166, no. 5, p.1177-79, maps) In Russian. Title tr.: Geologic history of the development of the Anadyr depression. Two main stages of development are distinguished: the earlier one connected with development of geosynclinal troughs and the later with formation of the depression. Both are analyzed. The most important reconstruction of the region occurred in the early Paleogene when a phase of folding produced its structural forms. DLC. KOSTYLEV, E.N., see also No. 95605 KOSUKHKIN, R.Z., see No. 95649 KOSYGIN, G.M., see No. 100670 97005 KOSYGIN, I:U.A. and L.M. PARFENOV. Chetvertaiä sessiil Nauchnogo soveta po tektoniki Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. (Geologiia i geofizika 1966, no.1, p.148-51) In Russian. Title tr.: Fourth session of Scientific Council on tectonics of Siberia and the Far East. Reviews this 26 Sept 1965 meeting in Yuzhno-Sakhalinsk. The participating organizations are enumerated, maps compiled mentioned, and papers delivered briefly characterized. Conclusions on further studies are noted. DLC. 97006 KOSYGIN, I11.A and others. Razvitie osnovnykh strukturnykh elementov Sibiri v dokembrii. (Intl. Geological Congress, 22d, New Delhi 1964. Doklady sovetskikh geologov. Problema 4: deformatsitti porod i tektonika. Moskva 1964. p.165-76, map) 28 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: A.K. Basharin, N.A. Berzin, and four others. Tytle tr.: Development of major structural elements in Siberia during the Precambrian. During the Archean, the platform and geosynclines of Siberia became differentiated and developed into a heterogeneous basement by about 1800-1600 MY ago. The development of the Proterozoic cover to a thickness of only 1-3 km in one billion yr, and the character of initial deformation (Upper Archean-Lower Proterozoic fracturing into large flat blocks) are evidence of the stability of the Archean basement. The 614

similarity of the submerged and shattered Archean basement of the Verkhoyansk-Chukotsk region to that of the Siberian Platform suggests that the Yenisey-Chukotsk region comprises a single ancient North Asiatic craton. The development of the VerkhoyanskChukotsk region continued through the Paleozoic and Mesozoic, when folded depressions were formed and filled with monotonous formations in the absence of a typical geosynclinal magmatism. DGS. 97007 KOTADIA, K.M. Ionospheric effects of nuclear explosions, 1. (Annales de geophysique 1967. v.23, no.1, p.1-11, graphs, tables) Refs. French and Russian summary. Reports on changes in atmospheric pressure at ground level and in electron number densities and heights as a result of nuclear explosions five of which were carried out in Novaya Zemlya during 1962. Results indicate that while an acoustic mode is operative in the lower atmosphere, they do not suggest that the same mode must also propagate in the ionospheric F 2-layer heights. The size of the effect and its other characteristics depend on several factors, such as altitude, distance, time, season, and strength of the explosion. DLC. 97008 KOTENEV, B.N. Novye dannye o stroenii podvodnogo khrebta Bauers v Beringovom more. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1966. v.21, ser. 5: geog. no.1, p.97-100, map) 5 refs. In Russian. Title Ir.: New data on the structure of Bowers submarine ridge in the Bering Sea. Reports a 1964 geologic-geomorphic study by echograms from the Adler. A profile of Bowers Ridge is presented and the depths, relief, configuration, Bowers trough and other features are described. This submarine ridge is more extensive than Bowers Bank. Its connection with the Aleutian Islands arch is discussed. A direct tectonic connection between Bowers Ridge and the CommanderAleutian arch is established. DLC. Podvodnalå 97009 KOTENEV, B.N. dolina Paleo-Anadyra. (Priroda 1966.v.55, In Russian. Title tr.: no.8, p.118-19) Submerged valley of the Paleo-Anadyr. Notes the hypothesis that in geologic times there existed in the northern Bering Sea a land called Beringia which connected the Far East and Alaska. A submerged valley detected in Anadyr Bay is briefly described. Its existence confirms that in the Pleistocene Beringia occupied a large area of the present shelf. English translation available as C-6311 from National Research Council, Ottawa. DLC.

97010 KOTENEV, B.N. Podvodnye doliny zony materikovogo sklona Beringova monå. (Moskva. Vses. n.-issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Trudy 1965. v.58, p.35-44, maps, profiles.) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Submerged valleys of the continental slope in the Bering Sea. Presents a general introductory account of such valleys and describes and illustrates them from three geologically and geomorphically different areas: the southwestern and southeastern continental slopes, and the island slopes of the Commander-Aeut chain. Map shows location of the slopes. DLC. 97011 KOTENEV, B.N. and O.M. PETROV. Vykhody tretichnykh i chetvertichnykh otlozheniI na materikovom sklone Beringova mon—a. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1967. v.22, no.4, p.113-14) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Outcrops of Tertiary and Quaternary deposits on the continental slope of the Bering Sea. Describes seven sedimentary rock samples from the continental slope on the eastern side of the Bering Sea. From the molluscs present the age of the rocks is considered Neogene and Quaternary. Lithologic composition and history of the slope are outlined. DLC. 97012 KOTLIAKOV, V.M. Opyt podscheta zapasov vody, akkumulirovannoi v gornykh lednikakh Sovetskogo Soiüza. (Akademiii nauk SSSR. Izvesthn 1966, ser. geog. no.3, p.43-48, tables) 29 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Attempt at calculating the water reserves accumulated in mountain glaciers of the Soviet Union. Presents an estimate of the ice in glaciers of the Caucasus, Tyan-Shan, Pamir, Altay and Sayan, and Siberia, with the Far East including Byrranga, Kharaulakh, Orulgan, Suntar-Khayata, Koryak upland and Kamchatka glaciers. DLC. KOTLIAKOV, V.M., see also No. 93716 97013 KOTLIAR, B. Khozial tvennaii reforma i normirovanie truda. (Sotsialisticheskii crud 1967. v.12, no.5, p.133-35) In Russian. Title tr.: Economic reform and establishment of work norms. Describes positive results of the revised labor standards introduced in 1966 at the Noril'sk mining and metallurgical combine. The reforms which include a fixed output rate by work shift or shop, bonus payments for above norm production, etc increased labor productivity, quality and quantity of production, and average take-home pay of workers. DLC. KOTLIAR, B., see also No. 99559

97014 KOTLIAR, L.K. Osobennosti raspredeleniiä planktona v zalive Shelikhova v iwne 1963 g. (Vladivostok. Tikhookeanskii n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Izvestiiä 1965. v.59, p.55-70, tables, 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr» maps) Distribution characteristics of the plankton in the Shelekhova Gulf during June 1963. Discusses earlier work and own material from 103 stations. Distribution of the phytoand zooplankton biomass in 0-50 m layer of this arm of the northern Okhotsk Sea is reported as is the biomass distribution of zooplankton complexes (arctic, boreal, etc) and similar distribution of Calanus glacialis, C plumchrus, C tristatus, and others. A list of the zooplankton species found is appended. DLC. 97015 KOTLIAR, S.G. K istorii formirovanitå struktur Okhotskogo ostatochnogo massiva. (Geotektonika 1967, no.4, Refs. In Russian. p.62-72, maps, illus) Title Er.: Formation English summary. history of the structures of the Okhotsk residual massif. Analyzes the structural history of this massif between the Verkhoyansk and Indigirka-Kolyma folded zones and the Okhotsk Sea. At the end of the Paleozoic and beginning of the Mesozoic the massif was involved in the development of the YanaKolyma geosyncline, with resultant almost north-south trending structures in its central part, viz: vast horst uplifts and narrow graben-like troughs. In the Late Mesozoic, superimposed, almost east-west striking structures of the Okhotsk-Chukotka volcanic belt formed in southeastern part of the massif, and eruptive manifestations were localized in the central part. DLC. KOTÖ, H., see No. 96118 A voyage of 97016 KOTSEBU, O.E. discovery into the South Sea and Bering's New York, Da Capo 1967. 3v. Straits. maps, illus. English translantion of No 9195. DLC. 97017 KOVACH, R.L. and A. BENAnalysis of geomagnetic MENAHEM. micropulsations due to high-altitude nuclear explosions. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.5, p.1427-33, graphs, map, tables, illus) Refs. Compares the spectra of magnetic disturbances from the high-altitude nuclear explosion of 9 July 1962 at Johnston Island, computed from flux-rate variograph recordings obtained at Resolute Bay and three other stations, with the data computed for several natural sudden geomagnetic disturbances. The 615

sudden commencement data are found to lack the distinct spectral peaks present in the spectra of the nuclear explosion. The evaluated dimensionless parameter, Q, of the order of 1-10 for magnetohydrodynamic waves, suggests that the dissipation mechanism including the neutral particle collisions cannot be disregarded. Power spectra for natural sudden commencement are compared in diagrams with those obtained from the DLC. nuclear explosion. 97018 KOVACS, A. Density, temperature and the unconfined compressive strength of polar snow. Hanover, N.H. 1967. 25 p. graphs, tables. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Special report no. 115) Refs. Compares several empirical and theoretical methods of determining the unconfined compressive strength of polar snow from depthdensity and temperature profiles. Various problems in measurement and test procedures are discussed. Two equations are proposed for snow at -10°C and their validity assessed. CaMAI, DLC. 97019 KOVACS, A. Feasibility study of buried anchors in polar snow. Hanover, N.H. 1967. 47 p. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Lab. Special report no.107) The load resistance behavior of buried anchors in polar snow was investigated to determine the feasibility of using them as part of a reaction system for containing the forces generated by pile test loading devices. The test program was conducted at Camp Century, Greenland. Ten anchors were loadtested: eight in quick extraction and two under sustained long-term extraction. Ultimate load capacities of the anchors to resist quick extraction forces and their ability to hold sustained loads have not been definitely established, and no mathematical solution has been brought forward to predict the unit load creep rate or the ultimate load vs embedment depth of an anchor in snow. The results of this exploratory study established the feasibility of using buried anchors in polar snow for the pile test program. DLC. KOVAL'CHUK, V.A., see No 95664, 99904 97020 KOVALEV, A. Ot Volkhova do (Arkhitektura SSSR sibirskikh gigantov. In 1967. v.35, no.7 p.23-38, map, illus) Title tr.: From Volkhov to SiRussian. berian giants. Outlines the construction of hydroelectric power plants in the USSR, giving illustration of their architecture. Map locates plants in operation, under construction, and in the 616

planning stage. The Bratsk station is briefly described, as is the cascade of power plants DLC. on the Yenisey River. 97021 KOVALEV, A.D. and V.M. GLAGOL'EV. Nekotorye osobennosti zimnego temperaturnogo rezhima Okhotskogo mo(Vladivostok. Tikhookeanskil n.-issl. nå. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografli. Izvestii`a 1965. v.59, p.48-54, maps, graphs) Tide tr.: Some characRef. In Russian. teristics of winter temperature conditions in the Okhotsk Sea. Reports investigations in the eastern part of this sea during Feb-Apr 1963 and the winter of 1963-64. The role of water influx from the Pacific through the Kuril narrows and that of vertical circulation during fall-winter in determining the winter temperature regime in DLC. the Okhotsk are determined. 97022 KOVALEV, A.D. and V.I. CHERNIAVSKII. 0 sutochnol izmenchivosti gidrologicheskikh elementov v TauiskoT gube. (Vladivostok. Tikhookeanskii n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Izvestiig 1965. v.59. p.39-47, table, graphs) In Russian. Title tr.: Diurnal variability of the hydrographic elements in the Tauyskaya Bay. Reports fluctuations in salinity, density, pH and 02 as compared with the vertical and horizontal water movements in this bay of the northern Okhotsk Sea. The area is a center of DLC. herring fisheries. 97023 KOVALEVA, T.E. Veroiatnostnye kharakteristiki oblachnosti i zon vozmozhnogo obledeneniia samoletov nad severnoT chast' El Tikhogo okeana v ale i okttåbre. (Leningrad. Glavnaia geofizicheskaia observatoriia. Trudy 1965. no.178, p.54-61, Title maps, tables) 13 refs. In Russian. tr.: Probable characteristics of cloudiness and zones of possible aircraft icing in the northern part of the Pacific Ocean in July and October. Summarizes aerological observations of 52 stations for July and October IGY-IGC period. In Oct there is up to 50-60% probability of aircraft icing in the Bering Sea region and Gulf of Alaska. In July icing may occur off the northwest coast of North America and the probability ranges up to 35-50%. In neither month however, is aircraft icing at all probable in the entire 6-km layer of air in the central part of the Pacific. DLC. 97024 KOVALEVSKII, A.F. and N.V. VASIL'EV. K voprosu o svechenii nochnogo neba letom 1908 goda. (In: Kompleksnaia samodei tel'naia ekspeditsiiåa po izuchenim problemy Tungusskogo meteorita...

1963. p.198-202) 43 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: On the luminosity of the night sky in the summer of 1908. Reviews the noctilucent clouds, auroras and night glow associated with the fall of the Tunguska meteorite as described by various writers at that time. The present authors believe that the anomalous optical phenomena in the summer of 1908 appeared a few days prior to the fall of the Tunguska meteorite. Further studies are suggested. DLC. 97025 KOVALEVSKII, A.F. MagnitnyT effekt vzryva Tungusskogo meteorita. (In: Kompleksnaiä samodeilternail ekspeditsiiii po izuchenhn problemy Tungusskogo meteorita... 1963. p.187-94, graphs, table, illus) 15 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title fr.: Magnetic effect of the Tunguska meteorite explosion. Describes modifications of the magnetic field as recorded at the Irkutsk observatory after the meteorite explosion on 30 June 1908. The magnetic disturbances were manifested in an area of 900-2500 km radius. Similarities and differences between the magnetic effects of the Tunguska meteorite explosion and nuclear explosions are described. DLC. 97026 KOVALEVSKII, A.F. and other& Magnitometricheskie raboty v ralone padenilä Tungusskogo meteorita. (In: Kompleksnaiä samodei'atel'naiä ekspeditsiia po izuchenitü problemy Tungusskogo meteorita... 1963. p.113-24, graphs, map, tables, illus) 15 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors V.G. Fast, G.M. Ikonnikova and L.N. Nekrasova. Title tr.: Magnetometer work in the region of the fall of the Tunguska meteorite. Reports on the magnetometer measurements made in 1960 at the site where this meteorite fell in 1908. The results show that in the two so-called craters, magnetic meteorite substances are absent; that these craters do not derive from a meteorite fall; that five profiles from traverses on the South swamp do not reveal any large magnetic bodies. Hence there is no sense in any further magnetometric work in direct search for meteorite substance. DLC. KOVALEVSKII, A.F., see also No. 95219, 100995, 100996 97027 KOVALEVSKII, A.L. and others. Nekotorye dannye o raspredelenii khimicheskikh elementov v pochvakh i rasteniiiikh v raione padeniih Tungusskogo meteorita. (In: Kompleksnaiä samodeiätel'natä ekspeditsüä po izuchenhü problemy Tun-

gusskogo meteorita... 1963. p. 125-33, graphs, tables, illus) 8 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: I.V. Reznikov, N.G. Snopov, A.B. Osharov and V.K. Zhuravlev. Title tr.: Some data on the distribution of chemical elements in the soil and plants in the region of the fall of the Tunguska meteorite. Reports on the first attempt in 1959-60 to apply geochemical methods for determining the substances of this meteorite. The content of 49 chemical elements was examined. Several elements were above average content in soil and plants indicating geochemical anomaly. A quite regular increase in nickel and possibly cobalt toward the explosion epicenter is established, suggesting possibly a cosmic chemical anomaly. Further studies are recommended to verify this idea. DLC. 97028 KOVALEVSKII, A.L. 0 zavisimosti radioaktivnosti i soderzhanll khimicheskikh elementov of mekhanicheskogo sostava osadochnykh gornykh porod. (Geokhimiii 1966, no.3, p.362-68, tables, Title tr. graphs) 10 refs. In Russian. Dependence of radioactivity and content of chemical elements upon the mechanical composition of sedimentary rocks. Reports a quantitative spectral study of Quaternary sedimentary rocks of the West Siberian lowland, including the Berezovo and other regions. The potassium, sodium, rubidium and cesium content was studied and radioactivity determined. A direct connection is established between radioactivity and the clay content of rocks. DLC. 97029 KOVALEVSKII, Iu.V. Poli rnati orbital'naza geofizicheskaI observatorinå. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiiä 1966. v.6, no.3, p.625) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Polar orbital geophysical observatory. Presents a brief description of the orbital parameters and performance of POGO (Polar Geophysical Observatory) -1, Orbital launched by the US National Aeronautic and Space Administration on 14 Oct 1965, and notes the scientific tasks planned for this artificial satellite: global geomagnetic survey, investigation of solar-daily variations, composition of the upper atmosphere, polar and equatorial electrojets, geomagnetic storm-time part (D,a) fluctuation of geomagnetic field within 0.01-1000 cycles/sec frequency, captured radiation, aurora, solar UV- and X-ray radiation, VLF radio noise, cosmic rays, micrometeorites, and radio-astronomical pheDLC. nomena. 97030 KOVAL'SKII, M.B. and E.V. PRONKIN. Organizatsiiä rabot po stroitel'stvu vtorykh putei linii Belomorsk-Apatity. 617

(Transportnoe stroitel'stvo 1967. v.17, no.5, p.9-10, graph, tables) In Russian. Title tr.: Organization of work in construction of second tracks on the Belomorsk-Apatity line. Discusses construction on the KandalakshaApatity and Kandalaksha-Belomorsk sectors of Oktyabr' Railroad. Due to the difficult geological conditions of the region, and lack of roads for motor transport, intervals (termed windows) were made in the railroad traffic schedule, during which construction materials were brought up and work pushed on the second track. The discussion is centered on the number and duration of these intervals: one of 8 hr duration is found more advantageous than the five 2 hr intervals used previously, to both the normal traffic schedule of the railroad and the construction work. DLC. 97031 KOVAL'SKII, V.V. and others. K voprosu ob absoliutnom vozraste Umberlitovykh porod IAkutii. (Akademiii nauk SSSR. Komissiis po opredelenitü absoltütnogo vozrasta geologicheskikh formatsti. Trudy 1967, no. 14, p.173-76, table) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.I. Mikheenko and N.I. Nenashev. Title tr.: The question of the absolute age of the kimberlite rocks of Yakutia. Discusses the age of these rocks as a still unsettled problem, and considers the formation of kimberlite bodies as caused by a multiphase process in several geologic epochs. Radiometric investigation of the rocks is very complicated due to the specific properties and composition of kimberlites. Phlogopites from kimberlite and carbonate breccias were tested and absolute age determined according to K-Ar method. The data obtained varies from 694 to 164 MY. DLC. 97032 KOVAL'SKII, V.V. and O.S. EGOROV. 0 kolichestve ksenolitov v 6ksplozivnykh kimberlitovykh brekchiiakh i metodike ikh podscheta. (Geologhå i geofizika 1964, no.11, p.140-43, tables, illus) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The quantity of xenoliths in explosive kimberlite breccias and methods of their calculation. Reports results of a 1960-1962 laboratory study. Xenoliths vary in dimensions from several mrn to several cm. Macro- and micro-xenoliths are distinguished. A sample lump of explosive kimberlite breccias is prepared for the macro-xenoliths and a special device is used for the micro-xenoliths. Data on their content are tabulated for some kimberlite pipes of Yakutia. DLC. KOVAL'SKII, V.V., see also No. 99545, 101193 618

KOVATS, L, see No. 94025 97033 KOVIAZIN, N.M. Osnovnye problemy razvithå sel'skogo i promyslovogo khozi istva Neneükogo natsional'nogo okruga. (Severo-Zapad evropeiskoi chasti SSSR 1966. no.5, p.180-91, table) In Title tr.: Basic problems in deRussian. veloping agriculture, fishing and hunting industries in the Nenets National District. Divides the region into three economic districts on the basis of ecology, labor force, production costs, etc. Reindeer husbandry is currently the only profitable economy common to kolkhozes of all three districts: the cost of production roughly 50% of returns on produce. Fishing and stock raising show some profit in the Lower Pechora and KaninPechora Districts, respectively, while all subsidiary economies are operated at a loss in the Bol'shezemel'skaya District. Ways to raise profits on subsidiary industries by redistribution of the available labor force, lowering of production costs, mechanization, etc are discussed. Proper management can raise hunting, fishing, stock breeding, fur and truck farming to profit levels in all three districts. Exploitation of virgin tracts for hunting and fishing will further increase their profitability: e.g. at present 55% of the available hunting territory is not in use. Winter pastures in the Nenets National District are insufficient to feed its reindeer herds; over one third of the ranges used lie outside the District: in Komi ASSR, Arkhangel'sk and Tyumen Provinces. Consolidation of all winter and summer ranges within and outside the District and enforcement of a rotation system for use by herders of the Nenets National District and Komi ASSR, also use of forested areas for pasturing, etc are suggested. DLC. 97034 KOVIAZIN, N.M. Some problems of deer breeding development in the Nenets National District. English translation of No 88822, available as 1T-67-51235 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va. 22151. KOVRIGIN, F.P., see No. 97035 97035 KOVRIGINA, E.K. and F.P. KOVMagmaticheskie porody severoRIGIN. zapadnoi chasti Eniseiskogo knåzha. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1967. v.112, p. 140.54, map, tables, illus) Title tr.: The magmatic Refs. In Russian. rocks in the northwestern part of Yenisey Ridge. This area differs significantly from other regions according to its ultrabasic and basic magmatic rocks. These rocks according to their geologic, petrologic and petrochemical characteristics belong to ultrabasite and spilite

formations of the ophiolite (serpentine) group. Intrusions of ultrabasic rocks, serpentinous peridotites, form the Yenisey ultrabasite belt, prospective for chromium and nickel deposits. DLC. 97036 KOVROVA, A.M. The character of turbulence in the free atmosphere in the western sector of the Soviet Arctic. (In: Vangengeim, G. IA. and A.F. Laktionov, eds. Hydrometeorology of the polar regions... 1967, p. 189-94, graphs, tables) 4 refs. English translation of No 80288. CaMAI. 97037 KOVTUN, A.S. 0 kollektorskikh svoistvakh siniiskikh i nizhnepaleozoiskikh otlozhenii mzhnogo kryla Anabarskol ante"klizy. (Leningrad. Vses. neftzanol n: issl. geologorazvedochnyi inst. Trudy 1964. no.228, p.18-26, table, graphs) In Russian TYde tr.: On reservoir properties of Sinian and Lower Paleozoic deposits in the southern linib of the Anabar anteclise. Reports results of a study of fracturing of Siniim and Cambrian deposits. In 117 outcrops along 600 km of the Alakit, Olenek, etc. rivers some 20 thousand tectonic fractures were measured. Four systems of fractures are distinguished. Density of the fractures is outlined, and porosity of rocks is chan.cterized. Fractures and covers are consider d stages for bitumen and hydrocarbon accumulation. Appraisal is given for various series of these deposits. DLC. KO'I AMA, Y., see No. 96977 970313 KOZHEMIAKA, N.N. Chetvertichnoe oledenenie Sredinnogo khrebta Kamchatka i voprosy raschlenenitä chetvertichnykh effuzivov. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. vulkanologii. Trudy 1966, X23, p.178-91, map, illus) Refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: The Quaternary glaciation of the Sredinr,yy Range of Kamchatka and the separat" of Quaternary effusives. Report.1961-64 study of the glacial deposits of this range, with the lithologic features and petrographic composition of boulders investigated. The two complexes of glac al deposits are separated and described in detail as to their distribution, composition, position, petrographic composition and other features. Two stages are recognized in Upper Quaternary glaciation. The relation between glaciation and stages of volcanic activity and deposition of effusive rocks is discussed. DLC. 97039 KOZHEMIÅKA, N.N. and N.V. OGORODOV. Chetvertichnyl vulkanizm Sredinnogo khrebta Kamchatki i ego rol' v morfogeneze. (AkademiIh nauk SSSR. Izve-

stirs 1966, ser. geog. no.6, p.54-58) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Quaternary volcanism of the Sredinnyy Range of Kamchatka and its role in morphogenesis. Reports a 1961-65 study of Quaternary volcanism. Geomorphic, geologic, petrographic and paleomagnetic data reveal several age groups of volcanic formations: plateau-effusives of the Lower Quaternary, large pre-glacial shield-like volcanoes, Upper Quaternary, and present volcanoes. Each group is briefly characterized. The main factors in present relief formation are tectonics and volcanism. DLC. HOZHEMIAKA, N.N., see also No. 98718, 98719 97040 KOZHENKOVA, Z.P. and Sinoptiko-meteorologicheskie usloothers. (In: Kompleksnaia viia lets 1908 goda. samodeiåtel'naia ekspeditsiib po izucheniiu problemy Tungusskogo meteorita... 1963. p.179-86, maps, illus) 8 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Synoptic meteorological conditions in the summer of 1908. Reports study of the daily synoptic charts of the Northern Hemisphere especially for June and July of this year. Main attention is directed to the air temperature and pressure. The analysis shows that the Tunguska meteorite had no discernible influence on the meteorological situation. Meteorological conditions at the end of June and beginning of July did not coincide with those requisite for the appearance of luminous night clouds. On day of meteorite fall the weather in the Vanavar region was clear and calm. DLC. 97041 KOZHIN, P.M. and V.I. SARIANIDI. K 60-letiiu Valeriia Nikolaevicha Chernetsova. (Sovetskaia arkheologilå 1966. v.10, no.1, p.111-12, illus) In Russian. Tide tr.: V.A. Chernetsov, 60 years old. Tribute to this Russian ethnographer, born 1905 in Moscow. His fieldwork in the lower Ob and Yamal region, archeological studies and publications on Ostyak, Vogul, and Samoyed folklore, religion, languages, etc are reviewed. DLC. 97042 KOZHOV, M.M. and A.A. TOMILOV. Itogi i ocherednye problemy gidrobiologicheskikh issledovanil Vostochnoi Sibiri. (In: Soveshchanie po biologicheskoi produktivnosti vodoemov Sibiri... 1966, In Russian. p.106-107) Title tr.: Definitions of tasks and priorities for hydrobiological studies in Eastern Siberia. Studies lake and river systems in connection with the influence of hydroelectric 619

stations on the hydrobiological regimes of the Lena, Angara, Yenisey and other rivers. Strengthening of limnology departments at institutes and universities, and training of more personnel is recommended. DLC. KOZHUKHOV, M.V., see No. 96237 97043 KOZINTSEVA, R.I. Schetnye vypisi Arkhangelogorodskoi tamozhni. (Arkheograficheskti ezhegodnik 1964 pub 1965, p.102-106) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Extracts from customs records of Arkhangel'sk City. Discussed so-called record extracts kept by the customs house to control individual transactions, especially imports. One of the best preserved gives a picture of foreign trade, mainly British, processed by the Arkhangel'sk authorities in 1710. DLC. 97044 KOZITSKII, I.E. and E.A. BYBIN. Eksperimental'nye issledovaniIb prochnosti ledi'anogo pokrova na razlichnykh stadiiikh ego razrusheniiå. (Leningrad. Gos. gidrologicheskii inst. Trudy 1967, no.148, p.45-63, tables, illus) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Experimental studies on the strength of the ice cover at various stages of its breakup. Describes 1965 and 1966 investigations of changes in the mechanical and physical properties of the ice cover on the Severnaya Dvina River and Lake Baykal, and in laboratory experiments. The meteorological conditions prior to and during the investigations are taken into consideration. Ice temperature, solar radiation, kind of ice cover, and effects of melting can significantly weaken the bearing capacity, and make measurement difficult. Using a helicopter over an ice dam, a disc of 0.25, 0.5 m or greater perimeter is lowered to the ice surface. The helicopter hovers with 35 kg weights suspended on a rope and loads them one after another upon the disc stamp until the ice yields to shear. The approx shear strength of the ice is then determined from the length of the stamp perimeter, and the number of weights loaded upon it. The laboratory measurements of the shear strength of ice were made on broken ice samples of 0.45-0.50, 0.50-0.55 and 0.55-0.60 kg/cm3. The tabulated results show that the shearing stress has a tendency to increase moderately with the density increase of broken ice samples. The method of testing the shear strength of the Lake Baykal ice cover consisted of drilling in it a ring groove 50-60 cm deep, producing a 50-60 cm high column of ice with its base in the mass of the ice cover. The plasticity of the ice for shear was measured, from which the breakup stress was 620

calculated as a function of the drill lever length, the force at which the shear occurs, and the diameter of the ice column drilled. The dependence of breaking stress for shear on the ice temperature and on the sum of solar radiation absorbed by 5 cm thick layer of ice is given in graphs. In the conclusion, the variation in ice cover strength is divided into four stages: a winter stage, transition from winter condition to melting, the stage of intralaminar thawing, and the final stage of crushed ice. The difference in ultimate ice strength between the shear parallel to and the shear perpendicular to the crystalline structure of ice is pointed out. DLC. 97045 KOZLOV, A. V kolkhoze "Tundra". (Soiiial'noe obespechenie 1967. v.42, no.9, p.19-20, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: In the Tundra collective farm. Describes living conditions of Lapps of Lovozero in the reindeer kolkhoz Tundra, Murmansk Province. Members earn up to 100 rubles/month, reindeer herders 150-200 rubles. Women get maternity leave including special allowances. There are 78 pensioners. Wage records, preserved since the establishment of the kolkhoz, permit accurate computation of pension payments. Some pensioners receive as much as 55-63 rubles monthly, none are in the minimum bracket. All kolkhoz members, except reindeer herders, have relinquished nomadism; the churn has been replaced by houses. Brick apartment houses are under construction. DLC. KOZLOV, E.K., see No. 93380 KOZLOV, G.V., see No. 101194 97046 KOZLOV, I. Zhemchuzhina bez opravy. (Okhrana truda i sotsial'noe strakhovanie 1967. v.10, no.12, p.23, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Pearl without setting. Discusses problems of the Sol'vychegodsk resort on the lower Vychegda River. Its therapeutic mud and mineral waters are used for treatment of radiculitis, polyarthritis, intestinal disorders, gynecological and nervous diseases. The three sanitarium buildings can accommodate 220 patients, a figure far below current demand. Spring thaws fill the mud lake with dirt and debris; mud from the lake bottom is recovered by hand-operated scoops and transported by cart to the bath establishment. A hydrosulfide spring, good for treating skin diseases, remains untapped for lack of pipes and boilers. Resort personnel is overtaxed with work; supply is poor, particularly in fresh fruit and vegetables; transportation facilities are inadequate, etc. Slow work tempo delays execution of planned

improvements and enlargement of the resort. DLC. 97047 KOZLOV, I.T. and Y.N. SHCHUKIN. Kora vyvetrivamia na trappakh Ysentral'noT chasti Sibirskol platformy. (Geologira i geofizika 1964, no.2, p.137-40, map, table) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Weathering crust on traps in the central part of the Siberian platform. Describes this weathering crust as found in 1957 in the Vilyuy-Olenek watershed. The geologic setting of the region is characterized. Chemical analyses and mineralogic composition of the weathered traps are reported. Migration of elements by weathering is noted. The most mobile minerals by weathering are K and Ca, less so iron and aluminum. Age of DLC. the weathering is Paleogene.

Russian. (Leningrad. Vses. neftiånoi n: issl. geologorazvedochnyi inst. Trudy no.248) 7Ytie tr.: Radiolaria of Upper Cretaceous and Upper Eocene deposits of the West Siberian lowland. Describes the stratigraphic distribution of Turonian. Turoni an(?)radiolarians in Coniacian, Santonian(?), Campanian and Upper Eocene deposits of this lowland incl the Berezovo, Poluy, Nadym and other areas of Tyumen Province. A systematic account is given of the radiolarians collected from the sections of bore holes and natural outcrops; 91 species are described: 34 from the Upper Cretaceous and 57 from the DLC. Eocene. KOZLOVA, M.I., see No. 97884 KOZLOVA, O.G., see No. 101526, 101527

97048 KOZLOV, K.A. and V.P. KISLITSINA. K istorii mikrobiologicheskikh issledovanil pochv Srednei Sibiri. (Akademiih nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geografii Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Ocherki po geografii i genezisu pochv Srednei Sibiri. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1964, p.154-66, map) Refs. In Russian. Title fr.: On the history of the microbiological investigations of the soils in Middle Siberia. Reviews the literature on these studies since 1911 in Krasnoyarsk Province, Yakut ASSR, the Irkutsk and Chita regions. Knowledge of their soils remains insufficient however, and systematic study of the microfiora is suggested. DLC. 97049 KOZLOV, M.T. K voprosu ob obrazovanii nagornykh terras. (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. Kol'skit filial. Formirovanie rel'efa... 1966. p.126-32, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Formation of upland benches. Reviews hypotheses concerning the formation of upland benches as studied in the Ural, Chukotka, Alaska and other regions, and reports own observations in central Kola Peninsula and western Tuva regions, where they are found on denuded northern, northwestern, western and southwestern slopes at 260-300 to 600 m height in Kola and at 2200-2300 to 3000 m height in western Tuva. Factors leading to formation of the benches include slope exposure, distribution of snowdrifts and in part lithologic features. DLC. KOZLOV, V.V., see No. 100472 97050 KOZLOVA, G.E. and A.N. GORBOVETS. Radioliarii verkhnemelovykh i verkhneeotsenovykh otlozhenif Zapadno-Sibirsko! nizmennosti. Leningrad, Izd-vo Nedra 1966. 159 p. map, tables, illus. Refs. In

KOZLOVSKII, D.R., see No. 95813 KOZLOVSKII, V.G., see No. 101394 KOZOBRODOV, A.S., see No. 96614 97051 KOZYREV, A.A. Metod mineralotermometrii tverdykh vklmchemi v sviäzi s voprosom o proiskhozhdenii almazov. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1964. Regional'naia geologilä no.2, p.140-56, table, graph, illus.) 32 refs. In Russian. Title fr.: Method of mineral-thermometry of solid inclusions in connection with the problem of diamond origin. Outlines status of this method from evaluation of the Russian and foreign literature. Development of inclusion thermometry in regard to diamonds is described. Expansion of theory is discussed in the case of anisotropy of one of the members of the host-inclusion combination. Some recommendations are given for thermometric investigations of solid DLC. inclusions in Yakutia diamonds. 97052 KOZYREV, V.D. and others. Napravleniiå regional'nykh i poiskovorazvedochnykh rabot na neft' i gaz v vostochnoT chasti SSSR. (Geologii`a nefti i gaza 1967. v.11, no.1, p.3-9, map) In Russian. Other authors: N.M. Markin and IÜ.A. Pritula. Title tr.: Direction of regional and exploratory work for oil and gas in the eastern part of the USSR. Reviews such work east of the Yenisey including the Vilyuy syneclise and Verkhoyansk foredeep, Ust'-Yenisey depression, Khatanga-Nordvik region, northern slope of the Aldan massif, Anabar-Lena depression, Kamchatka, Magadan Province and other areas. Investigations, drillings, possible pros621

pects and results achieved are summarized. Plans for further investigations are also noted. DLC. 97053 KOZYREV, V.D. Sravnitel'narä oisenka perspektiv neftegazonosnosti zemel' TungusskoT sineklizy i ee obramleniiä. (Geologirä i geofizika 1966, no.3, p.20-30, maps) 3 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Comparative estimation of oil and gas prospects in the Tungusskiy syneclise and its framework. Reviews the tectonics, reservoir rocks, regional cap rocks, hydrogeology, and the oil and gas manifestations in this area. A prognostic map is presented, with the most, the less, and the non-prospective regions indicated. The central part of the Tungusskiy syneclise and some other structures are considered the best possibilities for oil and gas accumulation. DLC. KOZYREV, V.D., see also No. 96938 97054 KOZYREVA, L.V. Nefelin-polevoshpatovye paragenezisy v porodakh Khibinskogo shchelochnogo massiva. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1967. no.5, p.185-93, graphs, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr, Nepheline-feldspathic paragenesis in rocks of the Khibiny alkaline massif. Reports the physical properties and chemical composition of rock-forming nepheline and feldspars as studied in 1962-65. These are the main rock-forming minerals of the Khibiny massif and in some complexes nepheline constitutes 15-85%. According to the composition of nepheline and paragenetic feldspar, Khibiny rocks may be divided into two series, one: khibinites, aegirine nepheline hyenites and foyaites, the other. zischorrites and ijolite-urtites with nepheline syenite rocks. DLC. 97055 KOZYREVA, L.V. and A.V. MOKRETSOVA. Novye dannye po magnezial'no-zhelezistym sliudam Khibinskogo massiVa. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1967. no.5, p.221-24, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. New data on magnesian-ferruginous micas of the Khibiny massif. These micas according to their composition can be attributed to biotite and its lithium variety spodiophyllite; both of which are described as to mode and content of occurrence, physical and optical properties, and chemical composition. Biotite has a greater content of silicon, lithium and fluorine than spodiophyllite, and less magnesium, aluminum and water. DLC. 622

97056 KOZYREVA, L.V. 0 morfologii nefelina riäda khibinskikh porod. (In: Akanauk SSSR. Kol'skil filial. Geologicheskil inst. Shchelochnye porody Kol'skogo poluostrova... 1966. p.79-82, graphs, illus) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: The morphology of the nephelines in the Khibiny series. Reports the results of a study of nepheline crystals in various rocks of the Khibiny massif carried out by the thermal method. About 70 samples of khibinites, rischorites, ijolite-urtites, etc were investigated. Crystal forms are described and illus. DLC. 97057 KOZYREVA, L.V. 0 sootnoshenii kalirä i rubidiia v porodoobrazuiushchikh mineralakh Khibinskogo shchelochnogo massiva. (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. Kol'skil filial. Geologicheski! inst. Shchelochnye porody Kol'skogo poluostrova... 1966. p.83-92, graphs, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Potassium and rubidium ratios in the rock forming minerals of the Khibiny alkaline massif. Studies potassium and rubidium content and K/Rb ratio in the feldspars and nephelines of the Khibiny massif. The K/Rb ratio in nephelines is smaller than in the feldspars. Mode of occurrence of potassium and rubidium in Khibiny and Lovozero massifs is compared. DLC. 97058 KRAEV, A.G. Burovol stanok s avtonomnym privodom dliä selsmorazvedochnykh rabot v raionakh Krainego Severs. (Geofizicheskaia razvedka 1964, no.15, p.161-64, illus) Title tr.: In Russian. Borehole machine with an automatic mechanism for seismic prospecting areas of the Far North. Describes the construction of the machine and gives the results of its use in seismic prospecting in the Tyumen region. The drilling in permafrost sandy-clay formations is done at 15-20 m/h. DLC. 97059 KRAEVAIA, T.S. Novye dannye o vozraste molodykh pemzovykh otlozhenii ralona ozera Kuril'skogo. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1967, no.5, p.128-29) In Russian. Title tr.: New data on the age of recent pumice deposits in the Kuril'skoye Lake region. Describes a section of these deposits in southern Kamchatka. The absolute age of a specimen of wood found in them is 8340± 40 yr; they are Holocene in age. DLC. KRAEVAIA, T.S., see also No. 94193 KRAEVOI, IÜ.A., see No. 100459

97060 KRAFT, V.A. 0 vliiiinii temperatury na podvizhnost' gornostaia zimol. (Zoologicheskil zhurnal 1966. v.45, no.1, p.148-50, tables, graphs) Ref. In Russian. English summary. Title fr.: Influence of temperature on the mobility of ermine in winter. Reports observations made during four consecutive winters. Mobility on the snow surface was found dependent on fluctuations of temperature. When it drops below -13°C the ermine live under the snow feeding on sub-nival shrews and eglantine fruit. DLC. 97061 KRAINOV, S.R. Ob unikal'nykh soderzhaniiakh ftora v podzemnykh vodakh Lovozerskogo massiva i vliiänii ftora na migratsirü v nikh kremnezema. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.174, no.2, p. 455-58, graphs, tables) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The unprecedented fluorine content in the groundwaters of the Lovozero massif and effects of the fluorine on the migration of silica in these waters. Reports a study of the fluorine in groundfracture, alkali-thermal, and mine waters of this massif in north-central Kola Peninsula. The maximal fluorine content, 4000-6250 mg/I. is in mine waters. This is conditioned by the presence in the rocks of the soluble mineral fluorine-villiaumite. The waters of the massif also have silica up to 600 mg/1. , and favorable conditions for the solubility of silica in groundwater are noted. DLC. 97062 KRAKOVSKII, IÜ.S. Pirometamorficheskie iavlennä v endokontaktakh nekotorykh trappovykh massivov. (Geologird i geofizika 1967, no.4, p. 136-41, tables, graph) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Pyrometamorphic phenomena in contact zones of some trap massifs. Reports a study of trap massifs in basins of the Chuna, Ilimpeya and tributaries of the Podkamennaya Tunguska. The volcanic glass of buchites found is chemically analyzed. Rhombic pyroxene, plagioclase, pigeonite, olivine and other minerals of glassy rocks are described. The high temperature of the pyrometamorphic process is discussed. DLC. 97063 KRAKOVSKII, III.S. Proibvleniia pirometamorficheskikh protiessov v endokontaktovykh zonakh trappovykh intruziT. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1967. v. 151, p.160-66, graph, table) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Evidence of pyrometamorphic processes in contact zones of trap intrusions. Describes microdolerite, a type of rock characterized by ataxic or breccia-like texture and granoblastic structure, found in the Vel'mo anteclise. Their mineralogic com-

position is similar to that of normal dolerites. Special features of these rocks are described, noting presence of clinopyroxene, olivine, volcanic glass, etc. Four stages of microdolerite crystallization are noted. DLC. KRAKOVSKII, IÜ.S, see also No. 94972, 95555, 97405 97064 KRANCK, E.H. Migmatite tectonics. (Geologi 1967. v. 19, no.7, p.85-86, illus) Compares the structural development of Caledonian migmatites of northeast Greenland and earlier gneisses of the eastern Canadian Shield of northern Manitoba and of northeast Baffin Island. Flow structure, fenestration, and related structures and position within the geosyncline are contrasted with conditions in the Alps. DLC. 97065 KRANCK, K. Sediments of Exeter Bay, District of Franklin. Dartmouth, N.S. 1964. 60 p. maps, tables. (Canada. Bedford Inst. of Oceanography. Report B.I.O. 64-15) 18 refs. Pub also as Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 66-8. Exeter Bay, northeast coast of Cumberland Peninsula, Baffin Island, is affected by a counter eddy of the Canadian current which flows south past the bay. All icebergs, floes and blocks which drift south through Baffin Bay, pass through or near the sample area. Granulometric and petrologic analyses and heavy mineral distribution patterns of bottom sediments in this area indicate that current transportation accounts for the sands which dominate the inshore areas. The sand is mainly of local origin, derived from sillimanite and amphibole schist. Ice rafting of the coarse gravel on the offshore shelf and slope is inferred from the great variation of rock types represented, of which carbonate is one of the most common. Carbonate rocks do not outcrop anywhere within 250 mi of the DN-HO. sample area. KRAPIVIN, 0., see No. 100992 97066 KRAPIVNER, R.B. Novye dannye o probleme soedineniii akchagyl'skogo i arkticheskogo basseinov. (Izvestiia vysshikh uchebnykh zavedeniT. Geologiia i razvedka 1967, no.9, p.21-24 illus) 13 refs. In Title tr.: New data on the Russian. question of a connection between the Akchagyl and Arctic basins. Describes a generalized section of the third marine terrace of the lower Pechora in the Kipiyevo region. Deposits with fauna of the Akchagyl stage are identified and that confirms the view of some geologists that in Miocene-Pliocene time there existed a con623

nection between the Arctic Basin and Akchagyl (Ponto Caspi) Basin. DLC. 97067 KRAP1VNER, R.B. 0 novelshikh razlomakh v basseine r. Pechory. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1967. v.22, ser.5: geog. no.1, p. 85-90, illus) 5 refs. In Russian. Title Ir.: Recent fractures in the Pechora River basin. Reports a study of the river net, air photos, drilling and electric-logging data. Several recent dislocations with a break in continuity are distinguished. The length of the fractures varies from several hundred meters to several km. The importance of these fractures for gas prospecting and for hydro-technical constructions is noted. DLC. 97068 KRASAVTSEV, O.A. Fluoresüentsitå kletok nekotorykh severnykh drevesnykh rastenif v sviazi s ikh morozoustolchivost'iü. (In: Intl. Symposium on Cytoecology, Leningrad, 1963. Kletka i temperatura sredy... 1964. p.29-35, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Cell fluorescence of several northern woody plants in connection with their frost resistance. At the time the plant's metabolism slows and it enters the resting phase, the cells of the parenchymal cortex display blue fluorescence. Apparently polyphenol compounds are responsible for this fluorescence, because it appears even when such compounds are artificially introduced. There is evidence that a small quantity of fluorochromes can increase resistance to frost and the fluorescence phenomenon may accompany the development of frost resistance even though fluorochromes are known to harm plant tissues. Treatment with sugar solutions before freezing lowers toxicity of fluorochromes. In living cells at temperatures above freezing, the fluorochromes are sequestered in vacuoles. At freezing temp the presence of fluorochromes can block amino groups and interfere with other reactive groups. DLC. 97069 KRASHENINNIKOV, S. P. S. P. Krasheninnikov v Sibiri, neopublikovannye materialy. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 242 p. map, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: S.P. Krasheninnikov in Siberia, unpublished materials. N.N. Stepanov and A.P. Okladnikov, eds. Collection of 17 papers, reports and letters of Krasheninnikov relating to his 27,000 verst travels in 1734-1742 as participant in the Great Northern Expedition. They deal mostly with the journey from Tobol'sk via Yeniseysk and Yakutsk to Okhotsk. His explorations in Kamchatka are indicated only in "Description of the route of the student Krasheninnikov" p 196-223; it gives the date, place, duration of stay, and distance (in versts) to the next place 624

on his itinerary and includes the Kamchatka travels 14 Oct 1738-12 June 1741, when he sailed to Okhotsk. His discourse on the benefits of sciences and arts delivered to the Academy of Sciences in 1750 is included. An introductory appraisal of the papers by Okladnikov and a biography of Krasheninnikov by N.N. Stepanov are given, the latter p 8-37 revising his birth from 1715 to 1711. Map shows his travel routes in Siberia and Kamchatka. DLC. 97070 KRASHENINNIKOV, V.G. Transportnye problemy osvoenitå bogatstv Tiumenskol oblasti. (Geograficheskoe obshchestvo SSSR. Doklady otdelenil i komissil 1967. no.1, p.60-73) In Russian. Title tr. Transport problems in the exploitation of the resources of Tyumen Province. Reviews the fishery, forest, oil and natural gas resources of this province and considers railroads, river net, auto roads and air transport required for their exploitation. The southern, western, southeastern and northern sections of Tyumen are treated in some detail as to their transport problems. In the northern region where fisheries and natural gas industry have best development opportunities, roads are non-existent and some of the problems of building them are indicated. DLC. KRASIL'NIKOV, A.A., see No. 96338 KRASIL'NIKOVA, I.N., see No. 97127 97071 KRASIL'NIKOVA, N.A., and A.I. SMIRNOV. Perspektivnost' poiskov fosforitov v drevnepaleozoiskikh otlozheniiakh Sibirskoi platformy. (Moskva. Gos. n.-issl. inst. gornokhimicheskogo syr'rä. Trudy 1962. 63 v.7, p.215-65, tables, profiles, maps.) Title tr.: Prospects of refs. In Russian. phosphorite search in old Paleozoic deposits of the Siberian platform. Outlines the geologic preconditions for phosphorites and methodical approaches in search for them. An attempt is made to compile a map for phosphorite prognosis in the Siberian platform. Complexes of Archean, Proterozoic, Paleozoic and other rocks are analyzed and appraisal given for possible occurrence. High-quality phosphorites are found at present only in isolated localities. The Podkamennaya Tunguska region and other areas are considered favorable for it. Further search is needed to obtain this mineral in productive quantity. DLC. 97072 KRASILOVA, N.S. K voprosu o sostavlenii polevykh regional'nykh inzhenerno-geologicheskikh klassifikatsii rykhlykh porod; na primere pravoberezhnoi chasti g.

Krasnoiarska. (Izvestiia vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenil. Geologiiü i razvedka 1964, no. 1, p.87-94, table, illus) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On drawing up a regional engineering-geologic classification of unconsolidated rocks, as exemplified in the right bank section of the town of Krasnoyarsk. Reports a classification of alluvial, talus and eolian deposits studied in the Yenisey terraces. It is based on determinations of the mineralogy and grain size of rocks, their structural and textural properties, physicalgeologic processes and sedimentation conditions. This classification helps in determining the suitability of the rock for foundations and construction materials. DLC. 97073 KRASIL'SHCHIKOV, A. A. and A.N. VISHNEVSKII.- Dokembrtlskie intruzii Olenekskogo podmåtii . (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1963. Regional'naii geologiii no. 1, p.64-79, 4 refs. In Russian. Tyde tr. tables) Precambrian intrusions of the Olenek uplift. Reports own fieldwork in 1958, 1960 and 1961. The geologic position of Precambrian intrusive rocks in the south-eastern slope of the Olenek uplift is outlined, as is the petrography of these rocks: metadiabases, quartz-porphyries, quartz-gabbro-diabases, quartz-diorites, granites, etc. Chemical analyses and mineral composition are given. Rocks altered by contact metamorphism are also noted. Absolute ages for the granitoids DGS. range from 1770 to 2080 MY. 97074 KRASKOV, V. and T.M. DIKOVA. Novyl pamiatnik primorskoi kul'tury na severe Chukotki, poluostrov Aachim. (Magadan. Oblastnol kraevedcheskil muzel. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1966. no.6, p.76-83, map, illus) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: A new maritime-culture site in northern Chukotka on Aachim Peninsula. Describes lithic artifacts, mostly crudely retouched cutting tools, and coarse pottery fragments discovered in 1964 at a house site and nearby beach by the geological party of A.V. LFaashko. The geology, topography, wildlife and vegetation of the alluvial peninsula and the Keveyem and Pegtymel' deltas are sketched. Abundance of fish, game birds, and seals still makes the area a favorite hunting and fishing ground of local aborigines. Charred wood remains indicate former existence of a pit house with a driftwood frame similar to the whalebone huts found on east Chukotka. The site belongs to an early stage of the Eskimo culture based on marine hunting; an AD dating is indicated. DLC. KRASNIKOV, A.S., see No. 98023

KRASNOPEVTSEV, IÜ.V., see No. 100456 Regional'naia 97075 KRASNOV, 1. 1. unifitsirovannatå i korrelilisionnaia stratigraficheskaiit skhema chetvertichnykh otlozhentl Evropelskol chasti SSSR. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1967. v.145, p.7-32, map) Refs. In Russian. Title tr: A regional unified and correlated stratigraphic scheme of Quaternary deposits for the European part of the USSR. Outlines the content, arrangement, organization, zoning and other features of this scheme collectively worked out in the USSR since 1962. It includes Karelia and the Severnaya Dvina, Timan and the Bol'she zemel'skaya Tundra, the Northern and Polar Urals, Pay-Khoy, and some other arctic areas. Altogether 18 regions are reviewed and the DLC. scheme is illus. KRASNOV, I.I., see also No. 97469 KRASNOV, O.V., see No.100991 KRASNOVA, N.I. and others. 97076 Torianit iz flogopitonosnykh porod Kovdorskogo massiva, Kol'skii poluostrov. (Mineralogiia i geokhimiia 1967. no.2, p.19-27, 12 refs. In Russian. Other tables, illus) authors: N.F. Kartenko, O.M. RimskaiaTide tr: Korsakova and V.V. Firiülina. Thorianite from phlogopite-bearing rocks of the Kovdor massif, Kola Peninsula. Describes thorianite (Th02) found in 1963 as an accessory mineral in these rocks. Its mode of occurrence, crystals, X-ray analyses and chemical composition are reported. The Kovdor massif is the only place where thorianite is surely established and investigated in detail. Comparison is made with thorianite in Canada and Madagascar. DLC. KRASNOVA, N.I., see also No. 99425 Geolo97077 KRASNYI, L.I., ed. gicheskoe stroenie severo-zapadnol chasti Tikhookeanskogo podvizhnogo poilisa. Moskva, Izd-vo Nedra 1966. 516 p. maps, tables, Title tr.: The illus. Refs. In Russian. geologic structure of the northwestern part of the Pacific mobile belt. Collective work on the geomorphology, stratigraphy, magmatism, deep structure and tectonics of this wide region, incl the eastern part of Siberian platform, Aldan shield, Verkhoyansk-Kolyma folded zone, Chukotka, Kamchatka, and other regions. The stratigraphy from Precambrian to Quaternary is outlined. Precambrian, Paleozoic, Mesozoic, and Cenozoic magmatism is analyzed. Main features of the regional geophysical fields and deep structure are characterized. Brief data 625

are also given on the metallogeny, oil and coal reserves of these areas. DLC. 97078 KRASOVSKII, L.I. Sovremennaih i prezhniaa produktivnost' lesov Arkhangel'skoi oblasti v otnoshenii pushnykh zverei. ( Moskovskoe o-vo ispytatelei prirody. Otdel. biologicheski . Bii lleten' 1967. v.72, no.1, p.15-20) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr Recent and former productivity of forests in the Ark hangel'sk Province with respect to fur-bearing animals. Compares productivity at present and in the pre-revolutionary period when fur-bearing mammal yield has been low due to the encroachment of swampy areas, and in the thirties when these figures were considerably higher. DLC. 97079 KRASOVSKII, L.I. Trostianka Scolochloa festucacea (Willd.) Link v Ar khangel'skoi oblasti. (Botanicheski zhumal 1966. v.51, no.1, p.126-28, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The hardgrass Scolochloa festucacea in the Arkhangel'sk Province. Notes ecology of this plant, past and recent observations on its distribution in Russia, and in the Arkhangel'sk Province. Growth and fertility in its northernmost areas are considered. DLC. 97080 KRASOVSKII, V.I. Pohämye siianii . (Kosmicheskie issledovaniiå 1967. v.5, no.1 p.71-81) 61 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Auroras. Shows that different generating agents and auroral types may be associated with similar geomagnetic disturbances. One auroral type is associated with a strong heating of the upper atmosphere by magnetic-hydrodynamic waves. It is generally associated with an emission of the red spectral line of oxygen. Another type is related to a precipitation of low energy protons and electrons into the atmosphere. The most intensive emission is produced by electrons which precipitate through the upper atmosphere to its layer of approx 100 km above the ground. DLC. KRAITS, K-O., see No. 99109 97081 KRAUKLIS, A.A. Opyt stai ionamogo issledovaniia landshaftnoi struktury, na primere nizhnego Priangaria. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geografii Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Doklady 1967, no.16, p.32-41) 9 refs. In Russian. French summary. Title tr.: An attempt at stationary investigation of landscape structure, as exemplified by the lower Angara. Presents a new method of landscape study called structural-dynamic facies analyses of 626

landscape. The landscape structure is a system of various local and spatial interrelations. The landscape facies are separated and a classification of them is offered. DLC. 97082 KRAUKLIS, A.A. and others Sezonnyi ritm temnokhvolnoi taigi nizhnego Priangaria. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geografii Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Doklady 1967, no.14, p.18-33, graphs, illus) In Russian. French summary. Other authors: V.A. Voiloshnikov, E.M. Zlobina, L.K. Kremer, IÜ.O. Medvedev and Sh.D. Khismatullin. Title tr.: Seasonal rhythm in the dark-conifer taiga of the lower Angara region. Reports a 1964-66 study of seasonal dynamics of the southern taiga landscape. In the dark-conifer taiga three groups of facies are recognized, attention is directed to the prevailing facies (with Abies sibirica) which is described in some detail. Temperature and moisture changes are reported by month and decade. Geomorphic processes are outlined. Eight phases in seasonal change of facies are recognized and described. DLC. 97083 KRAUSE, H.H. and S.A. Solonchakovye pochvy Ahåski. WILDE. (Pochvovedenie 1966, no.1, p.49-50, table) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Solonchak soils of Alaska. Describes soils of the Fort Yukon region as similar to those of Lena basin. Their analysis is given. Permafrost and some other causes of their development are described. Their agricultural value is insignificant and because of the vegetation of most interest to moose hunters. DLC. KRAVCHENKO, E.V., see No. 101493 KRAVCHENKO, M.P., see No. 101492, 101493. KRAVETS, I.F., see No. 93568 97084 KRAVTSOV, A.G. and N.P. LAIskopaemye chervi iz kernZARENKO. Sibiri. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologiä i biostratigrafiia 1966. no.15, p.47-48, illus) In Russian. Title tr. Fossil worms from the Cambrian of Siberia. Describes prints of unknown Cambrian worms, resembling annelids, found in 1954 on the right bank of the Olenek River. These gigantic worms are illustrated and their possible life conditions are discussed. Of the twenty prints, not a single fossil remain was DLC. found.

97085 KRAVTSOV, A.G. and MA. SMIRNOVA. New data on early Devonian corals from the central Taimyr. English translation of No 88873, available as RTS3600 from National Lending Library for Science and Technology, Yorkshire, England. 97086 KRAVTSOV, A.C. Rannedevonskie i elfel'skie chetyrekhluchevye korally iüzhnogo ostrova Novoi Zemli, val'nevskii gorizont. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologitå i biostratigrafii 1966, no.l6, p. 22-63, tables, illus) 34 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Early Devonian and Eifelian tetracorals from the southern island of Novaya Zemlya, Val'neva horizon. Presents a systematic description of 23 species of tetracorals belonging to 13 genera and eight families; 22 are new, for four forms only the genus is identified. Most of these corals belong to the Zonophyllidae and Digonophyllidae. CaMAI, DLC. 97087 KRAVTSOV, A.I. and others 0 soderzhanii vodoroda v svobodnykh struiakh v Khibinakh. (Akademiii nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.177, no.5, p.1190-92, graph, table, illus) 13 refs. In Russian. Other authors: G.I. Voitov, A.I. Fridman, T.G. Grechukhina, I.F. Linde and M.N. Pohånskii. Title tr.: The hydrogen content in free gas exhalation in the Khibiny region. Reports 1961-65 study of the chemical composition and character of free exhalations of gases in the Rasvumchorr railroad tunnel. As a rule free gas is limited to the ijolite-urtite complex of rocks. Chemical composition of the gases is tabulated. Attention is directed to free hydrogen detected in these gases. The chemical role and possible origin of the hydrogen are discussed. Some periodicity in the variation of hydrogen content in these exhalations is established. DLC. 97088 KRAVfSOVA, L.I. and others. K voprosu o klassifikaisii i nomenclature intruzivnykh trappov Sibirskol platformy. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1963. Regional'naia geologi l no.1, p.44-63, table) 8 refs. In Russian. Other authors: G.I. Kavardin and G.N. Stariisyna. Title tr.: On the classification and nomenclature of intrusive traps of the Siberian platform. Presents a genetic classification scheme of intrusive traps. Petrographic species and varieties are characterized. Ultrabasic, basic, acid and alkaline groups are described. Pegmatites of traps are characterized. Evolution of trap magma is outlined. DGS.

97089 KRAVTSOVA, L.I. Petrogeneticheskie serii intruzivnykh trappov Kureiskogo ralona, severo-zapad Sibirskoi' platformy. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1967. v.151, p.54-60, graphs) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A petrogenetic series of intrusive traps of the Kureyka region, northwestern Siberian platform. Describes various intrusive traps and their connection with regional tectonic structures. Main patterns of the spatial distribution of intrusives and the evolution of trap magmatism in time are outlined. The distribution of intrusive bodies is controlled by deep faults. Of most interest is the differentiated intrusion of accumulative phase. The shift of one intrusion after another is observed in space and in time. DLC. KRAVTSOVA, L.I. see also No. 100333, 100913. 97090 KRECHMAR, A.V. Dikil severnyi olen' v basselne reki Piasina. (Zoologicheskiil zhurnal 1966. v.45, no.4, p.599-608, illus) 9 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Wild reindeer in the Pyasina River basin. Reports a 1960-63 study of the largest population of these animals in the Soviet Union. Their spring and fall migrations are outlined. Fawning takes place in the Pura River basin during the last ten days of July. Pastures, molt, and growth of antlers are considered. Herds on the Taymyr Peninsula are estimated at a hundred thousand head. DLC. 97091 KRECHMAR, A.V. and V.V. LEONOVICH. Rasprostranenie i biologiiä krasnozoboi kazarki v gnezdovoi period. (Problemy Severa 1967, no.11, p.229-34, illus) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Distribution and biology of the red-breasted goose during the nesting period. English translation available from National Research Council of Canada Library, Ottawa. The nesting grounds of Rufibrenta rufrcollis Pall extends from the Gydan Peninsula eastward to Khatanga River basin, with the greatest density in western Taymyr. The bird appears in the area in June and after 10-14 days begins nest building. The eggs (1-6 in the nest) hatch in the second half of July. Molt begins early in Aug, and by the end of Aug the bird leaves for southern regions. CaMAI, DLC. 97092 KRECHMAR, A.V. and V.V. LEONOVICH. Vesenmi prolet ptits na Zapadnom Taimyre. (Ornitologiil 1965. v.7, 627

p.29-35, illus) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Spring flight of birds on western Taymyr. Reports observations made in 1961-63 in the Pyasina River basin. Weather conditions preceding and during flights are characterized and a general description is given of the kind of birds and size of flocks (if any), dates of flights are also noted. DLC. 97093 KREIDER, M.B. Pathologic effects of extreme cold. (In: S.H. Licht ed Medical climatology, New Haven 1964, p.428-68, graphs) 298 refs. Reviews the pathology of hypothermia in man, and its extensive literature to 1963. Accidental hypothermia, the Dachau experiments, therapeutic hypothermia incl cooling to 10°C for heart surgery are dealt with, as is the general morbidity of exposure to cold. The lowest body temperature from which survival has occurred in man is 4.5°C, but certain mammalian organs have been reactivated after cooling to -20°C. A concluding section deals with local cold injury incl chilblains and frostbite. DLC. 97094 KREINOVICH, E.A. IUkagirskiT (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. Inst. iåzyk. iazykoznaniia. IAzyki narodov SSSR, 1968, v.5, p.435-52, tables) 3 refs. In Russian. Tide h:: Yukaghir language. Linguistic study of its Tundra dialect spoken in the Alazeya and Chukoch'ya River regions, Yakut ASSR. Phonetics, morphology and syntax are discussed noting differences from the Kolyma dialect used by Yukaghir groups on the Yasachnaya and Korkodon Rivers. Neither of the two dialects, spoken by a total of about 400 people, has been reduced to writing. Two other dialects, Omok and Chuvan, are now extinct. The occurrence in Yukaghir of some words also present in Samoyed languages may indicate ancient historic links between these two groups. DLC. 97095 KREINOVICH, E.A. Ketskil iazyk. (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. Inst. iazykoznaniii. IAzyki narodov SSSR, 1968, v.5, p.453-73, tables) 10 refs. In Russian. Tide h : Yeniseian language. The Ket language is spoken by some 1000 Yeniseians living along the Yenisey River in the Turukhansk and Baykit Districts of Krasnoyarsk Province. The majority speak patois of the Imbat dialect; less than a hundred use the Sym dialect. Neither dialect has been reduced to writing. The phonology, morphology, and syntax of the Sulomay patois of the Imbat dialect are discussed and compared with other Imbat patois and the Sym dialect. The related Arin, Assan and 628

Kott languages are extinct since the 18th or early 19th century. DLC. 97096 KREINOVICH, E.A. 0 modeli glagola v ketskom iazyke s osnovoT v koni e (In: AkademiT nauk SSSR. Inst. slova. iazykoznaniia. Morfologicheskaia tipologiiå... 1965, p.177-98, tables) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Verb models with end radicals in Ket. Discusses structural peculiarities in certain Ket Yeniseian verbs: agglutination involving DLC. the use of prefixes. 97097 KREINOVICH, E.A. Ob inkorporirovanii i primykanii v nivkhskom iazyke. (Voprosy iazykoznaniiå 1966. v.15, no.3, p.36-51, tables) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Incorporation and compounding in Gilyak. Comparative study of the morphology, phonology, and syntactic structure of the Gilyak, Koryak, and Chukchi languages. DLC. KREINOVICH, E.A., see also No. 97461 97098 KREMER, B.A. Avstro-Vengerskaia arkticheskaia ekspediisiia 1872-1874 gg. (In: Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskii n.-issl. inst. Russkie arkticheskie... 1964, p.44-58) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Austro-Hungarian Arctic Expedition 1872-1874. Outlines the story of the expedition of Weyprecht and Payer on the Tegetthof and the discovery in 1873 of the Franz Joseph Land archipelago, based chiefly on the published reports, No. 13207, etc. Rumors of the existence of land between Svalbard and Novaya Zemlya in 1865, 1707, 1675 and even 1360, are noted, as is a prediction of land based on study of ice drift in Barents Sea by Shilling in 1865, No 42463. CaMAI, DLC. 97099 KREMS, A.IA. and others. Neftiana l i gazovaiå promyshlennost' Ukhty k 50-letitü Velikogo OktIhbra. (Neftegazovaib geologies i geofizika 1967, no. 11, p.21-25, map) In Russian. Other authors: B.IA. Vasserman and M.Sh. Modelevskil. Tide tr. The Ukhta oil-gas industry on the 50th anniversary of Great October. Reviews Ukhta oil from 1595, with attention directed to the post-revolutionary period. In 1930-58, some 17 deposits were discovered. The great achievement of 1959-65 was the Zapadnyy Tebuk discovery 65 km east of Ukhta. By 1970 Komi ASSR will be producing about 6-7 million tons of oil and 8-10 billion m3 of gas. Planned pipelines, DLC. industrial expansion, etc are noted.

97100 KREMS, A.IA. and others. Osnovnye itogi geofizicheskikh isledovann v Timano-Pechorskoi neftegazonosnoi provintsii i perspektivy ikh dal'neishego razvitiia. (Geolognå nefti i gaza 1966. v.10, no. 4, p.36-39) 7 refs. In Russian. Other authors: 1.1. Belovol, A.K. Voltovich and N.D. Matvievskaia. Title tr. Main results of geophysical investigations in the Timan-Pechora oil-gas-bearing province and prospects of their future development. Reviews the work which started about 30 yr ago on the regional geology, tectonic zoning, and search for local structures and their preparation for drilling. The 1959-65 geophysical work is compared with that of 1952-58. The use of gravimetric, aeromagnetic, seismic, electric and other methods is outlined, the results noted, and an increase indicated for 1966-70. DLC. 97101 KREMS, A.IA. and N.I. LITVINENKO. Usloviia sokhrannosti zalezhei nefti i gaza v otlozheniiäkh IAsnopolianskogo nadgorizonta nizhnego karbona Ingo-vostochnoi chasti Pechorskoi griMy. (Geologitå nefti i gaza 1967. v.11, no.8, p.30.33, graphs, map) Title 1r.: 3 refs. In Russian. Preservation conditions of oil and gas pools in deposits of Yasnaya Polyana sub-horizon of the Lower Carboniferous in the southeast part of the Pechora ridge. Describes the conditons of oil and gas pool occurrence in this horizon, and suggests that erosion and tectonic factors are the main influence in their occurrence and preservation in this horizon. Recommendations are given for prospecting work. DLC. 97102 KREMS, A.IA. and others. Vuktyl'skoe gazokondensatnoe mestorozhdenie Komi ASSR. (Geologiia nefti i gaza 1967. v.11, no.5, p.39-44, graphs, tables s illus) Refs. In Russian. Other authors. B.IA. Vasserman and N.I. Litvinenko. Title tr: Vuktyl gas condensate deposits of Komi ASSR. Describes gas condensate deposits connected with carbonate rocks of Lower Permian and Middle Carboniferous age discovered in 1964. Results of several well drillings are reported as to depth of occurrence, yield, pressure, temperature and composition of gas condensate, reservoir properties and other features. According to these data, the gas reserves of the Vuktyl deposits may reach about 10 billion m3 by 1970-72. Construction of a Vuktyl-UkhtaCherepovets pipeline is planned. DLC. On the rela97103 KREMSER, G. tionship between auroral zone X-ray bursts and polar magnetic substorms. (In: Summer

School in Space Physics, 1963. Introduction to solar terrestrial relations pub 1965, p.415-22, graphs) 7 refs. Shows that auroral zone X-ray bursts of not very short duration are associated with the enhancement of the worldwide ionospheric current system which is called polar magnetic storm. The magnetograms taken near the launching station of the X-ray recording balloon, however, do not show satisfactory correlation with the radiation measurements. This seemingly contradictory fact gave rise to a study of magnetograms from more than 40 worldwide stations, incl Leirvogur, Kiruna, Baker Lake, Ft Churchill, College, and Sitka, covering the periods of nine balloon flights with 21 X-ray events. It is shown that the geomagnetic disturbances accompanying X-ray bursts of a local nature can always be recognized in the magnetograms of many stations, also that they are sometimes very weak and even not recognizable at the very location where the X-ray bursts are measured overhead. The geomagnetic disturbance, however, is always most pronounced at the stations with local time near midnight, irrespective of the location of the associated DLC. X-ray burst. KREMSER, G., see No. 100852 KRENKEL', E.T., see No. 95021 97104 KREST'IANNIKOVA, R.S. Pitanie nekotorykh sigovykh ryb reki Pi siny. (In: Leningrad. Gos. n: issl. inst. ozernogo i rechnogo rybnogo khozråistva. Sibirskoe otdie. Trudy 1964. v.8, p.161-69, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Nutrition of certain whitefish species of the Pyasina River. Examination of fish stomachs in summer 1961 revealed the principal food to be: tendipedid larvae, Cryptochironomus camptolabis, Procladius spp, molluscs, insects, Bosmina longirostris, Cyclops sp. plant residues and minor components of the plankton. DLC. 97105 KRESTIN, E.M. Nekotorye osobennosti likvatsionno-magmaticheskogo medno-nikelevogo orudenenirå severo-zapada Sibirskoi platformy. (Izvestirä vysshikh uchebnykh zavedemi. Geologiia i razvedka 6 refs. In 1967, no.7, p.65-71, illus) Russian. Title tr.: Some features of segregation-magmatic copper-nickel mineralization in the northwest Siberian platform. Reports study of copper-nickel sulfide ores in the Gorbiachin-Nizhnyaya Tunguska interfluve. Structure, mineral composition, origin and other features of copper-nickelbearing intrusions are analyzed. The facts show that the various ore-bearing intrusions 629

and copper-nickel sulfide mineralization are the result of primary magmatic differentiation at great depth and segregation in a magma chamber at intermediate depth, under intrusive tectonic conditions. DLC.

are described and illus. Origin of diamond is discussed, incl the pressure, temperature, and depths at which formed. DLC.

KRESTIN, E.M., see also No. 95811

97109 KRICKEBERG, W., and others. Die Religionen des alten Amerika. Stuttgart, W. Kohlhammer Verlag 1961. xii, 397 p. maps. (Religionen der Menschheit v. 7.) Refs. In German. Title tr: Religions of ancient America. Contains four studies on aboriginal creeds. That by W. Müller p 178-89 on Indian religions of North America includes the Canadian Algonkins and Athapaskans: their religious festivals and hunting rites, shamanism and the shaman drum, soul concepts, religious and cosmological myths, reincarnation belief, etc. DLC.

KRETCHMER, H.E., see No. 93479 97106 KRETZ, R. Granite and pegmatite studies at Northern Indian Lake, Manitoba. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1967. 42 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Bulletin no. 148) Refs. Evidence of plastic flow in granitic rocks in the Precambrian terrain along the shore of this lake, consists of inclusions which have been stretched, bent, disjointed, or irregularly deformed, quartz-feldspar dikes that have been folded, disjointed or deformed by shear movement, and the presence of compositional foliation and lineation within granitic rocks at some distance from zones of dislocation. Leaving aside the moot question of a magmatic or metasomatic origin of the granites, it is possible that the rock movements leading to the present distribution of rock units were entirely of a plastic nature. The similarity in mineral, plagioclase, and biotite composition of the many quartzfeldspar-biotite pegmatite masses and the enclosing granitic rock, and the appearance of depleted zones about some pegmatite, indicate a recrystallization-segregation model of pegmatite development in the area. DGS. 97107 KREY, P.W. Strontium 90 concentrations and stratospheric transport. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.12, p.2987-96, table, graphs) 25 refs. Presents the seasonal trends of Sr-90 concentrations in the 24, 27, 32 and 37 km high layers from Jan 1963 to late 1965, and on the basis of these trends, the concentrations at these altitudes are predicted through 1968 for the 65°N zone and lower latitudes. The trends observed are the result of meridional and/or vertical transport. Such a transport can be attributed to eddy currents DLC. diffusion and/or mean motion. 97108 KRIATOV, B.M. Almazy IAku(Priroda 1966. v.55, no.6„ p.100-105, tii. section, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Diamonds of Yakutia. Summarizes the diamond discoveries in the area from that of the Zarnitsa kimberlite pipe in 1954 to present, when more than 200 kimberlite pipes are known. Their nature and particular features are analyzed as found in the Vilyuy, Muna, Olenek and Anabar River basins. Crystals of diamond from the Mir pipe 630

KRICKE, E., see No. 94986

97110 KRIESTER, B. and others. Daily and monthly Northern Hemisphere 5-millibar synoptic weather maps of the year 1966; part I-IV; January-December. Berlin, D. Reimer 1967. 4 v. maps. (Berlin. Freie Univ. Inst. für Meteorologie and Geophysik. Meteorologische Abhandlungen v. 88. no.1-4) Refs. Other authors: K. Labitzke, R. Scherhag and K. Sieland, Presents in four quarterly issues, each with approx 120 p of maps, 3 p introd and 3 p of graphs, the daily and mean monthly charts of atmospheric pressure for the 5-mb level; variation and deviation are also plotted. The Northern Hemisphere to 10°N is shown on a polar stereographic projection at scale 1:125 million. Maximum detail is in the arctic region. Rocketsonde stations for the Northern Hemisphere are listed and mapped. The circulation at the 5-mb surface is compared with that at the 10-mb surface. Cf No 96756, 96757. DLC. KRIESTER, B., see also No. 94780, 96756, 96757, 96758, 96759 KRIL', I.F., see No. 94810 97111 KRIMIGIS, S.M. and J.A. VAN ALLEN. Observations of the February 5-12, 1965, solar particle event with Mariner 4 and Injun 4. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.17, p.4471-86, tables, graphs, illus) 25 refs. Reports the observations made with the instrumentation of the Mars-bound spacecraft Mariner 4 at a point remote from the earth and with similar charged particle detectors on the near-earth satellite Injun 4 during 28 Nov 1964-30 Sept 1965. A composite plot of the Mariner and the Injun count data during their flights over the south and north polar caps is

given. From the Mariner 4 data, the incident particles are identified, and the association is developed between an optical flare of the sun, the particles count increase and decrease, and various geophysical phenomena as observed on the earth. The Injun data provide opportunity for a direct comparison between particle intensity variations near the earth and in interplanetary space. DLC. KRINITSYN, M.I. see No. 93583 97112 KRINOV, E.L. Giant meteorites. London, Pergamon 1966. 397 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. 181 refs. Translated by J.S. Romankiewicz from the original unpublished Russian work Gigantskie meteority. Includes an extensive chapter p 125-265 on the Tunguska meteorite, dealing with first news of the fall and eye-witness reports, phenomena accompanying the fall, the astronomical conditions, seismic and air waves, anomalous optical phenomena, etc. The Academy of Sciences' Expeditions to the site in 1927, 1928, 1929-30, 1939 are described. Air photographic survey of the region, main results of the study and new research are reported, as are some present-day ideas on the nature and conditions of the fall. DLC. 97113 KRINOV, E.L. The Tunguska meteorite. (Intl. geology review 1960. v.2, no.1, p.8-19, maps, illus) 20 refs. English translation of No 59405. DLC. 97114 KRINSLEY, D.B. Birch Creek (US. Geological Survey. pingo, Alaska. Professional paper 1965. No. 525-C, p. 133-36, map) 15 refs. This pingo near Circle, Alaska is a large open-system pingo; its top has collapsed, forming a crater which is partly filled by a shallow pond. The stratigraphy exposed in the bluffs of the crater suggests that there was permafrost in the area during the period 6,950 ± 400 yr BP to 5,720 ± 65 yr BP, which coincides with the postglacial thermal maximum. The local base level has been reduced at least 5 ft in the last 5,720 ± 65 yr, and the pingo has been updomed during this time. DGS. 97115 KRINSLEY, D.B. Pleistocene geology of the south-west Yukon Territory, Canada. (Journal of glaciology 1965. v.5, no.40, p.385-97, maps, table, illus) Refs. French and German summary. Reports results of a field mapping project in this area. Four major, successively less extensive glaciations outward from the St Elias icefields are indicated by moraine systems identified as Nisling, Donjek, Snag and Tchawsahmon. Air photos, pebble counts

and dendrochronology were used to elucidate details of the post-glacial morphology. The glacial stratigraphy is summarized and a tabulated chronology is presented. Approx dates for the four moraine systems are given as 175,000; 100,000; 55,000 and 10,000 CaMAI, DWB. BC. 97116 KkfSA, B. Taxonomic revision of the Pyrola rotund(folia complex in Fennoscandia. (Botaniska notiser 1964. v.117, no. 4, p. 397-417, maps illus) 27 refs. Deals with species formerly included in Pyrola rotundifolia, in the boreal and subarctic areas of Europe. The revision is based on a statistical evaluation of morphological features of herbarium material. P. grandiflora which covers all of arctic Eurasia except Fennoscandia occurs also in subarctic and arctic zones of Canada and Alaska. P. intermedia is recognized as new for Fennoscandia; between Jämtland and Lycksele it occurs with P. rotundifolia; above the Arctic Circle it replaces that species. The P. grandiflora norvegica group occurs in a mountain range extending from Saltdal (Nordland) to Jukkasjärvi (Tome Lappmark). DLC. 97117 KRISTOFFERSSON, R. Hibernation in the hedgehog Erinaceus europaeus L.; blood urea levels after known lengths of continuous hypothermia and in certain phases of spontaneous arousals and entries into hypothermia. Helsinki 1965. 6 p. graph, tables. (Suomalainen tiedeakatemia. Toimituksia. Ser. A, IV: Biologics 96) Refs. The urine volume in the bladder and its urea concentration are not proportional to the length of uninterrupted deep hypothermia. The blood urea level could be demonstrated during the hypothermic period at the approach of spontaneous arousal. DLC. 97118 KRITZ, L. Norrländska tran(In.• Norrländska framsportförhållanden. tidsperspektiv 1964, p.67-92, tables, maps) Title tr.: Transport 20 refs. In Swedish. conditions in Norrland. Discusses basic aspects of transport and communications development in this large district, differences from the rest of Sweden, specifically local problems, and means of improvement. National transportation standards and policy determine considerations of investment, traffic composition and requirements, taxes, and incidental regulations. Actual traffic needs and population and economic structures are considered. The State's role in railway construction was due in part to the military importance of greater economic and cultural strength in the North. The railway was not expected to be eco631

nomically justified; its construction went on from 1875 when the main line reached Storvik, to 1937 when the Arvidjaur-Jokkmokk line was completed, making 1.9 km/1000 km2 area, as compared with 6.4 km for the rest of the country. Other means of transport especially bus and automobile, and the more limited needs, offset this discrepency somewhat. The question for future planning is whether railways are necessary. Buslines are well established but traffic intensity is low, due largely to depopulation and auto traffic. Transportation is inadequate however for old and low-income people in sparsely settled areas; they need state-supported transport. DLC. 97119 KRIIJCHKOV, V.V. Absoliätnoe i otnositel'noe bezles'e tundry. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1966. v.21, ser.5: geog. no.2, p.109-113, maps, illus) 24 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Absolute and relative woodlessness of tundra. Discusses the causes and reviews the extensive literature on this problem from the time of A.v. Humboldt. Two subzones are distinguished, one absolutely woodless and the other only relatively so with insular occurrences of trees. Both are delineated on map. Further study is suggested. DLC. 97120 KRIVCHKOV, V.V. Bezlesie tundrovoi zony Severo-Vostochnoi Sibiri i ego prichiny. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Izvestiia, ser. geog. 1967, no.4, p.94-103, map, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The treeless tundra zone in northwestern Siberia and its causes. The northern limit of treeless vegetation is to be found in a maritime zone covered with lacustrine-alluvial deposits, containing about 50-60% ground ice and having 400-500 m thick permafrost. The northern boundary of treeless vegetation is where the maximal thaw of the ground is 50 cm. Two subzones are separated as an absolutely treeless zone and a relatively treeless subzone. In absolutely treeless zone there are not even minimal heat DLC. conditions. 97121 KRIIJCHKOV, V.V. Nekotorye osobennosti tundrovoi zony Severo-VostochnoI Sibiri. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1967. v.22, ser.5: geog. no.6, p.102-105, illus) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some features of the tundra zone in northeastern Siberia. Discusses the physiographic and geobotanical zoning of tundra in the Yana-Indigirka, Anyuy and other regions. Review of earlier studies of these areas show that the zoning is contradictory and unsatisfactory otherwise. These areas cannot be made subdivisions of arctic tundra. The distribution 632

of boggy and hummocky tundra is described. Vegetation associations in tundra are closely related to the micro- and mesorelief and this is demonstrated. The zoning of tundra however is still not sufficiently worked out. DLC. 97122 KRIÜCHKOV, V.V. Neudachnail kniga. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1966. v. 21, ser. 5: geog. no.3, p.124-25) In Russian. Title tr.: Unfortunate book. Presents highly critical remarks on P.M. Medvedev's work on the vegetation of Khibiny Mts, No 89794. Errors are cited chapter by chapter, incomprehensible statements, unnecessary tables, etc mentioned. DLC. 97123 KRIIJCHKOV, V.V. Posadki derev'ev v tundre. (Priroda 1966. v.55, no.2, p.69-71, graph, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Planting trees in the tundra. Discusses ideas as to the treelessness of the tundra: low temperature; high evaporation during winter combined with lack of moisture replacement causing drying up of shoots. Own experiment with species of the forest limit showed that a certain high temperature of several weeks' duration is necessary for successful growth. Also, fences protecting the young trees from wind proved useful as they reduced evaporation and damage caused by wind. DLC. 97124 KRIUCHKOV, V.V. VysotnaiT poihsnost' v Khibinskikh gorakh. (Zhizn' zemli; sbornik 1967. no.4, p.124-31, graph, inns) Refs. In Russian. Title tr: Altitudinal zoning in the Khibiny mountains. Separates three soil-vegetation zones in these mountains of Kola Peninsula, a mountain-tundra zone above 450-600 m, a dwarf birch forest above 300-470 m, and a forest zone. All three zones are briefly characterized noting their percentage of distribution, their soils and vegetation, the snow cover, wind, DLC. and other features. KRIuJK, V.A., see No. 96891 KRIVCHIKOV, A.F. see No. 95428 97125 KRIVORUCHKO, O. Voprosy (Plakompleksnogo razvitiia Kamchatki. novoe khoziiistvo 1967. v. 44, no. 8, Title tr.: Problems p.61-67) In Russian. of economic development of Kamchatka. Discusses industrial potential and ways to create an economically sound base for the exploitation and development of its resources: fisheries, fishing and cargo fleets, repair docks, coal mining, lumber and wood industry, geothermal resources, agriculture, fur

farming, etc. Major impediments to economic growth are seen in poor management, inadequately developed transportation system, primitive harbor installations, insufficient mechanization of ship loading and repair operations, etc. Low labor productivity is also criticized: predominance of manual labor and a continuous shifting of a large seasonal labor force. The closing of small fish processing plants, dismissal of superfluous employees, etc have raised labor productivity in the Kamchatka fishing industry by 30% since 1960 and gross production 2.5 times. Provincewide economic planning is recommended. DLC. KRIVOSHAPKIN, B.P., see No. 94739

throughout the Arctic Basin, variations in fur color, and intraspecies systematics. DLC. 97129 KRIVOSHEEV, V.IA. 0 khimicheskoT zonal'nosti podzemnykh vod iuzhnogo Timana. (Akademitå nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.176, no.5, p. 1142-45, graphs, tables) 6 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: The chemical zoning of the groundwaters of southern Timan. Reports results of 425 chemical analyses of groundwaters. Their mineralization increases with depth and the type of water changes thus: carbonate, carbonate-sulfide, carbonatechloride, sulfate-chloride and chloride waters. The groundwaters are divided into six anion groups and 23 classes, whose distribution is briefly characterized. DLC.

KRIVOSHAPKIN, P.A., see No. 97151 KRIVOSHCHEKOV, G.M., see No. 96306 97126 KRIVOSHEEV, V.G. 0 biologii sibirskoi liagushki, Rana chensinensis David, v IAkutii. (Zoologicheskil zhurnal 1966. v.45, no.2, p.308-317, table, graph, map) 2 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title Er» Biology of the Siberian frog, Rana chensinensis David, in Yakutia. Discusses its distribution: beyond the Arctic Circle along the Yana; reproduction period, age composition of population, growth rate, diet, wintering, maturation. DLC. 97127 KRIVOSHEEV, V.G. and I.N. KRASIL'NIKOVA. Ob inter'emykh osobennosti'akh myshevidnykh gryzunov IAkutii. (Zoologicheskil zhurnal 1966. v.45, no.7, p.1081-89, tables) 14 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Internal characteristics of murine rodents of Yakutia. Study of relative weight of heart, kidney, liver and length of intestine from six rodents including two lemmings. Seasonal changes in some of these organs are also recorded. Factors possibly effecting these differences are discussed. DLC. 97128 KRIVOSHEEV, V.G. and O.L. Vnutrividovatä izmenROSSOLIMO. chivost' i sistematika sibirskogo lemminga (Lemmus sibiricus Kerr., 1792) Palearktiki. (Moskovskoe o-vo ispytateler prirody. Otd. biologicheskil. Biulleten' 1966. v.71, no.1, p.5-17, graphs, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Intraspecies variability and taxonomy of the Siberian lemming in the Palearctic. Discusses morphology and zoogeography of this lemming. Subject coverage includes: historical survey of related publications, population and bodily variations, distribution

97130 KROG, H. Notes on the distribution of Parmelia saximontana Anderson & Weber. (Blyttia 1966. v. 24, no. 4, p.244-46, map) Ref. Reports that this brown saxicolous lichen, common in western North America to Alaska is known also in Greenland, Norway, and in several localities in arctic Canada. The occurrence of Parmelia isidioryla in the Arctic is doubtful. DLC. 97131 Parmelia almquistii KROG, H. Vain. and its distribution. (Bryologist 1963, v.66, no.1, p.28-31, map, illus) 4 refs. This lichen previously known from northeastern Siberia, was found widespread in Alaska and arctic Canada. It is closely related to P. alpicola, for which it has been DSI. mistaken. KROG, J., see No. 96461 97132 KROKHIN, E.M. and I.I. KURENKOV. Rybokhoziåistvennoe osvoenie Kronotskogo ozera. (In: Soveshchanie po voprosam lososevogo khozisistva Dal'nego Vostoka, 3rd, Petropavlovsk-Kamchatskiy 1960 pub 1964. p. 100-105, map, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title Er.: Fisheries utilization of Lake Kronotskiy. This lake is one of the largest in Kamchatka and the spawning ground of the red salmon, along with its tributary rivers. Continuous observations from the end of March at a series of stations set up along these rivers near the points where they emptied into the lake and along some nearby lakeshore points show that young salmon enter the lake about the third week in June. DLC. KROPOTOVA, O.I., see No 101098 633

97133 KROTKOVA, O.A. and H.A. PUZIK. Promyshlennoe znachenie tonkodispersnogo zolota pri otsenke perspektiv zolotonosnosti na Chukotke. (Razvedka i okhrana nedr 1964. v 30, no. 6, p.15-17) In Title tr.: The industrial imporRussian. tance of finely dispersed gold in appraisal of the prospects of gold-bearing in Chukotka. Reports a study in the Anyuy folded zone. Formation of gold ore bodies proceeded in three stages: quartz, sericite-sulfide, and a stage of finely-dispersed gold. The stages are separated by long interruptions and different geochemical properties. Presence of industrial accumulation of finely dispersed gold should be kept in mind in further prospecting. DLC. KROTOV, K.P., see No. 93485, 101018 97134 KROTOV, M.A. Inostranisy v dorevohütsionnoi IAkutii. (Yakutsk. Respublikanskil kraevedcheski muzei. Sbornik nauchnykh state 1966. no.4, p.142-69) 24 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Foreigners in Yakutia, before the Revolution. Describes adventures and exploits of nonRussian travelers, explorers, etc on the basis of contemporary documents and recent Soviet publications. Dealt with, among others, are: Jean-Baptiste-Barthelemy Lesseps, member of Laperouse's expedition; the Polish general J6zef Kopec, exiled to Yakutia by Catherine the Great, in 1794: the English explorer John Dundas Cochrane and the German geographer Georg-Adolf Erman, of the early 19th c; George W. Melville and George W. De Long, heading parties of survivors from the ill-fated Jeannette expedition; the English nurse Kate Marsden, who, in 1891, visited leper colonies in the Vilyuy region. Biographical and expeditionary data, anecdotes, etc are included. DLC. KROUSE, H.R., see No 97765 97135 KRUEGER, H.W. and C. F. WEEKS. Geochron Laboratories, Inc. radiocarbon measurements, II. (Radiocarbon 1966. v.8, p.142-60) Refs. Measurements of 10 samples from various sites in central and southcentral Alaska are included (p 144-46). DGS. 97136 KRÜGER, K. Kanada in den 60ern; Landschaft, Wirtschaft and Kultur. Berlin, Safari 1964. 315 p. maps, tables, illus. Refs. In German. Title tr.: Canada in the 60's; landscape, economy, culture. Discusses Canada's future prospects, administration, social and cultural life, its resources in raw material, industry, energy supply, transporation, and tourism. The prov634

inces and territories are described incl Newfoundland with Labrador, Northwest Territories, the Yukon, etc. DLC. 97137 KRUGER, P. and others. Radiochemical study of two extratropical cyclones containing nuclear debris of different ages. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.18, p.4257-66, graphs, map, tables) Refs. Other authors: C.L. Hosier and L.G. Davis. Provides data on the isotopic radio-strontium ratios in precipitation from cyclones of 10 Nov 1962 and 4 Mar 1963; and on the air masses which contained nuclear debris of different ages and sources, incl 16 nuclear detonations in Novaya Zemlya; the dates and the megaton values of the detonations are DLC. shown. KRUPSKII, IU.E., see 95723 KRUSHINSKII, D.G., see No. 98161 97138 KRUTIKOV, C.E. Soveshchanie veterinarnykh vrachel. (Veterinariii 1958. v.35, no.4, p.95) In Russian. Title tr.: Congress of veterinary surgeons. The status of veterinary medicine in the Yakut ASSR and prospects for closer veterinary supervision of animal breeding farms was the subject of this conference. District representatives and administrators met to decide specific means of improving veterinary DLC. service to animal breeders. 97139 KRUTOIARSKII, M.A., and V.A. MILASHEV. 0 zavisimosti morfologii kristallov almaza of fatsial'nykh uslovii obrazovanilå kimberlitov Sibitskoi platformy. (Uses. mineralogicheskoe o-vo. Zapiski 1964. v. 93, no.6, p.697- 703, tables.) 25 refs. In Russian. Title fr.: The dependence of diamond crystal morphology upon fades conditions of kimberlite formation in the Siberian platform. Morphology of diamond crystals depends upon the facies conditions of kimberlite rocks. Facies of kimberlite are divided into diamond and pyrope subfacies. According to diamondbearing properties, kimberlite fields fall into three groups, those rich in productive diamond deposits, others less rich, and kimberlites not bearing diamonds. The Siberian platform has four distinct groups of kimberlite regions differing in diamond crystal morphology and facies conditions. Each region is briefly characterized. DLC. 97140 KRUTOIARSKIi, M.A. and Osnovnye etapy i faktory forothers. mirovanilå rossypei almazov na AnabaroOlenekskom mezhdurech'e, severo-zapad

IAkutii. (In: Akademir nauk SSSR. Nauchnyl sovet po rudoobrazovanirn. Geologiia rossypei 1965. p. 283-93, maps) In Russian. Other authors: V.V. Zhukov, Z.V. Osipova and L.IA. Pinchuk. Title tr.: Main stages and factors in diamond placer formation in the Anabar-Olenek interfluve, Northwest Yakutia. The main factors determining old and present diamond placers are the degree of diamond-bearing properties of the original rocks, thickness of weathering crust, favorable paleogeographic conditions, and preservation of the placers from erosion and denudation processes. Late Paleozoic, Mesozoic and Cenozoic epochs are analyzed for the formation of diamond placers. Their sources are kimberlite bodies. The highest content of diamond is in present alluvial deposits. Attention should be directed to alluvial placers of the Bol'shaya Kuonamka and Staraya River basins where large rounded diamonds of the so-called Ural type are DLC. found. 97141 KRUTOIARSKII, M.A. Printsipy i metodika sostavlenia karty prognoza almazonosnosti severo-vostochnol chasti Sibirskol platformy. (Shatalov, E.T., ed. Prinisipy i metodika sostavleniia metallogenicheskikh i prognoznykh kart. Moskva, Nedra 1966, p.57-66) Refs. In Russian. Title tr Principles and methods for compilation of maps for predicting diamond prospects in the northeastern part of the Siberian platform. Reports the compilation of such a map by the Institute of Geology of the Arctic and the Amakinskaya expedition. The principle of historical geology was employed. The zoning of the region, and its magmatic age, structural and mineralogic control of the distribution of source rocks of diamonds are reviewed. The distribution of diamond placers is characterized. The cycles of tectogenesis are outlined. Kimberlite volcanism is discussed. Structural stages and magmatic cycles are analyzed. A summary is given of the structures and areas with the best prospect for DLC. diamond searches. KRYLOV, G.V. and N.I. P'IAV 97142 CHENKO. Operspektivakh ispol'zovanirå lesnykh i bolotno-torfianykh resursov Zapadnol Sibiri. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Izvestiia 1966, no.5, p.15-20) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Exploitation of lumber and bog-peat resources of West Siberia. Outlines plans for the development of lumber, peat, and coal industries, incl Tyumen Province. Drainage and land-reclamation, building of roads and railways is considered. Construction of an Ob-Yenisey canal, shortening the freight route from East

Siberia via the Angara River by 1,500-2,000 km, and of a power station on the ObYenisey river divide with a 3-4 million kwt capacity are also planned. The cost of the project is estimated at 8 billion rubles. DLC. KRYLOV, I.N., see No. 95493 97143 KRYLOV, S.V. and others. Glubinnye seismicheskie issledovanii`a v oblasti sochlenenii Zapadno-SibirskoT plity i Si(Geologiia i geofizika birskol platformy. 13 refs. In 1967, no. 2, p. 3-15, graphs) Russian. Other authors: A.L. Krylova, B.P. Mishen'kin, Z.R. Mishen'kina, A.L. RudniiskiT, V.D. Suvorov, and T.A. IAnushevich. Title tr.: Deep seismic soundings on the boundary between the West Siberian plateau and Siberian platform. Reports the 1965 soundings along the Ket' and Angara Rivers, crossing regions different in geologic structure. The method of study is described and results given. The eastern margin of the West Siberian plateau, Yenisey Ridge, and western part of the Siberian platform are characterized according to deep structure as independent blocks surrounded by a zone of faults. Thickness of the earth's DLC. crust is outlined. 97144 KRYLOV, S.V. and others. Primenenie tochechnykh seismicheskikh zondirovand dl t izucheniia zemnoi' kory ZapadnoSibirskol nizmennosti. (In: Akademii nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geol. i geofiz. Metodika seismorazvedki, Moskva 1965, p.71-91, graphs) 12 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.A. Kondrashov, B.P. Mishen'kin Title tr.: Use of spot and S.V. Potap'ev. seismic sounding for investigation of the earth's crust in the West Siberian lowland. Describes methods and some results of a 1962-63 seismic study along 700 km of the Ob River from Khanty-Mansiysk to the mouth of the Tym. Attention was directed to working out methods for deep seismic observations in areas of difficult access. The seismograph and system of observations are described. Reflection and refraction waves were used. Structure of the crust is characterized. Its lower boundary is at about 36-41 km depth. The surface of the basement CaMAI, DLC. is at 2.5 - 4.4 km depth. 97145 KRYLOV, S.V. and others. Stroenie zemnoi kory v isentre i na iugo-vostoke Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti po dannym tochechnykh seismicheskikh zondirovand. (Geologiia i geofizika 1966, no.1, p.10-20, map, section) 20 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: A.L. Krylova, B.P. Mishen'kin, Z.R. Mishen'kina and A.S. Sa635

moilovich. 1711e tr.: Structure of the earth's crust in the center and southeast of the West Siberian lowland according to data of pointto-point seismic soundings. Reports recent work along the Ob and Ket' Rivers. A section of the crust between Khanty-Mansiysk and Ust'-Ozernoye is given, a geologic interpretation offered, and the structure of individual blocks characterized. The dependence of lithology, tectonics and regional oil-gas possibilities of the platformic cover upon the deep structure of the crust is emphasized. DLC.

97146 KRYLOV, V. Ustroistvo pokrytil iz ukreplennykh gruntov na dorogakh Komi ASSR. (Avtomobil'nye dorogi 1965. v.28, no.12, p.13-16, tables, graphs, illus) In Russian. Title tr. Construction of revetments of stabilized soil on the roadways of Komi ASSR. Discusses the construction of motorized lumbering roads with earthwork revetments stabilized by cement, furfural-aniline resins, and a mixture of cement and lime. The revetment consists of a two-layer (10 cm + 10 cm) base of local earth reinforced with one of these binding substances, covered by a 4-6 cm layer of gravel treated with bitumen. The stability of the roadbed is further improved in strength and frost resistance by adding to the earth-cement mixture 1-1.5% of the earth weight of caustic soda or sodium sulfide, or milled quicklime. The granulometric composition and other parameters of local road earths and the proportion of binding additives are given. The strength and stability of roadbed revetments constructed by this method were verified by observations and inspection during 1961-64. DLC.

97147 KRYLOV, V.I. and others. Lastonogie Dal'nego Vostoka. Moskva, Izd-vo Pishchevaia promyshlennost', 1964. 60 p. maps, illus. Refs. In Russian. Other authors: G.A. Fedoseev and A.P. Shustov. Title tr. Pinnipedia of the Soviet Far East. Describes in a popular style these marine mammals of the Bering Sea and the Sea of Okhotsk. A short survey of their biology, perspectives for their commercial utilization and proper wildlife management is included. Details of the life and habits of these animals are described. The introduction consists of a short history of zoological expeditions in this area. Representatives of the different families are illustrated and the properties of their fur and fat included in the descriptions. Maps indicate their approximate population and range. DLC. 636

KRYLOV, V.I. 0 nastuplenii 97148 polovoi zrelosti u samisov Tikhookeanskogo morzha. (Problemy Severa 1967, no.11, 12 refs. In p.186-93, graphs, tables, illus) Title tr.: Timing of sexual maRussian. turity in the males of the Pacific walrus. English translation available from National Research Council of Canada Library, Ottawa. Reports a 1960-63 anatomical, histological and physiological investigation of 1174 male walruses of all ages in northern Bering and Chukchi Seas, specifically the sex organs and spermatic cord. From the results and literature data, author concludes that maturity is reached in the seventh year of age. The importance of the walrus for the local population is noted and the need of regulation CaMAI, DLC. of catch is stressed. 97149 KRYLOV, V.I. 0 polovom sozrevanii samok Tikhookeanskogo morzha. (Zoologicheskil zhurnal 1966. v.45, no.6, p.919-27, tables, illus) 19 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Sexual maturation of the female of the Pacific walrus. Discusses the role of walrus in the diet of Chukchis and Eskimos and decline of stock. Earlier notions on maturation are stated and results of own study of 234 females reported. At the age of five, follicles grow and ovulation may occur; first pregnancy may take place at the age of six. Half of the females begin reproduction at the age of seven with occasional cases when 9-12 yr old. DLC. Reproduction stops at 23. 97150 KRYLOV, V.V. and O.I. SUPRUNENKO. K probleme neftegazonosnosti Kamchatki. (Geologiia nefti i gaza 1966. 10 refs. In v.10, no.2, p.53-56, tables) Russian. Title tr.: The oil-gas-bearing properties of Kamchatka. Reviews the 1957-63 prospecting, drillings in the Dvukhlagemaya, Kronotskiy and other areas, composition of the gases and oils. Seismic prospecting in Bogachevka River basin and elsewhere is also noted. Direct signs of oil and gas are indicated and further studies are planned. DLC. KRYLOVA, A.K., see No. 98804 § 3, 13 KRYLOVA, A.L., see No. 97143, 97145 97151 KRYMSKII, G.F. and others. Novyi metod issledovaniih anizotropii kosmicheskikh luchei. (In: Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Sibirskil inst. zemnogo magnetizma, ionosfery i rasprostraneniia radiovoln. Issledovaniia po geomagnetizmu... 1966. p.I 05-110, table) 14 refs. In Russian. Other authors: A.M. Almukhov, P.A. Krivoshapkin, Title Ir.: A.I. Kuz'min and G.V. Skripin.

New method of investigating cosmic ray anisotropy. Proposes a method of spherical analysis of cosmic ray data recorded at 38 worldwide stations, incl Ft Churchill, College, Deep River, Resolute Bay, Sulfur, Thule, and Yakutsk. A system of differential equations with four unknowns is solved, determining the isotropic intensity and the three vector components of the anisotropy. The coefficients of the unknowns are calculated for each station separately. The influence of the geomagnetic field on the trajectories of the particles, and the difference between energy spectrums of is 3tropic and anisotropic variations are taken into consideration. This method was used for the analysis of cosmic ray variations of 23-24 Dec 1957, and a rotation of the anisotropy axis was established. DLC. 97152 KU, T.L. and W.S. BROECKER. Rates of sedimentation in the Arctic Ocean. (Progress in oceanography 1967. v.4, p.95-104, tables, illus) 14 refs. Both C14 and uranium series isotope analyses show a sedimentation rate of 0.1-0.3 cm/1000 yr for the Arctic Ocean, which has remained essentially constant over the past 150 thousand yr. This constancy of sedimentation rate implies that fluctuations in the number of foraminiferal tests found in a unit weight of the Arctic sediments appear to reflect changes in biological productivity, that the biological production rate during the past 150 thousand yr in the Arctic has not exceeded that of the presently ice-covered Arctic Ocean, and that the Arctic Ocean has DGS. not been open during these yr. KUBOTA, S., see No. 93969 97153 KUBRAK, V.H. Truzheniki lesa Krasnoi.rskogo krai`a k iubileiu Oktibbri . (Leonora promyshlennost' 1967. v.47, no.8, p.1-3) In Russian. Title tr.: Lumberers of Krasnoyarskiy Kray on the anniversary of the October Revolution. Reviews forestry and lumbering in this region. In 1928 the first sawmill was built and the town of Igarka founded. By 1940 the region exported over 4 million m3 of lumber, and during the last seven yr 102 million m3 were produced. DLC. 97154 KUC, M. Deglaciation of Treskelen-Treskelodden in Hornsund, Vestspitsbergen, as shown by vegetation. (Studia geologies Polonica 1964. v.11, p.197-205, map, illus) 21 refs. Polish summary. Reports a study, while participating in Polish Spitsbergen Expedition in 1958, of the succession of plant communities in the

deglaciated areas, where it was possible to date the stages of glacier retreat in 1890-1958. Three zones are distinguished. Zone I extending along the glacier and partly covered by melting dead ice is almost devoid of plants. Zone II of pioneer plants represented by areas of stabilized moraine, where the glacier disappeared in 1910-1936. Zone III, of tundra, has developed in the area of raised marine features (terraces, cliffs, etc), set free of ice in 1890-1910. The plant communities of this zone are richer and more diversified. DGS. 97155 KUC, M. Flora of mosses and their distribution on the north coast of Hornsund, S.W. Svalbard. (Fragmenta floristica et geobotanica 1963. v.9, no.3, p.291-366, table, graphs, maps, illus) Approx. 58 refs. Presents studies on the north side of Hornsund while participating in the Polish Spitsbergen Expedition in 1958. From the geological point of view the region has three distinct areas and the predominant mosses of each area are listed and charted. Systematic description of this flora is given with localities, comment on production of sporogonia, characterization of habitats, distribution, etc. DLC. 97156 KUC, M. Some botanical observations in connection with the "whale method" of calculating the land uplift in Homsund, Vestspitsbergen. (Studia geologica polonica 1964. v.11, p.207-215, map, illus) 6 refs. Polish summary. Reports some botanical observations made in 1958 to help determine relative age of whale bone on the Hornsund coast. The so-called whale method of calculating the land uplift was proposed by K. Birkenmajer (No 49730, 70218). The whale bones found in the first plant community are much younger than those in the second. There is concluded to be a connection between the young raised marine features and the whale bones and plant communities found on their surfaces. DGS. KUC, M., see also No 96586 97157 KUCHEROV, I.P. Gidrograficheskie issledovaniih G. IA. Sedova v Arklike. (In: Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskii n.-issl. inst. Russkie arkticheskie... 1964, p.118-23, maps) Refs. In Russian. Title h : Hydrographic investigations of G. IA. Sedov in the Arctic. Summary and evaluation of Sedov's hydrographic work in 1909 on the lower Kolyma in Krestovaya Bay on Novaya Zemlya 1910, and during the 1912-13 win637

tering of his polar expedition, surveying the north coast of Novaya Zemlya. His work, done under difficult conditions, is remarkable for its accuracy and fullness. Fold map shows the coastline of northwestern Novaya Zemlya as known prior to Sedov, as on Sedov's map and on recent maps. CaMAI, DLC. 97158 KUCHINA, E.S. Obshchaih kharakteristika ikhtiofauny, sterhåd' i lososevye r. Severnoi Dviny. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Komi filial. Izvestiia 1967. v.2, no.1 (11), p.92-105, tables) 31 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: General characteristics of the fish fauna, sterlet and salmon of the Northern Dvina. Following an introduction on the fisheries and earlier studies of this area, author lists its species (23), the meristic and morphometric character of its sterlet, salmon, and two species of whitefish. Age group sizes and rate of growth of salmon are also considered. DLC. 97159 KUCHUGURA, L.A. Issledovanie glinistykh slanisev kak syr'iå dliå proizvodstva legkikh zapolnitelei, razdel 2; poluchenie keramzitobetona. (Magadan. Vses. n.-issl. inst. zolota i redkikh metallov. Sbornik In referatov 1961 pub 1962, p.125-28) Russian. Title tr.: Investigation of clayshales as the raw material for manufacturing light fillers, part 2; production of porous clay concrete. Describes various properties of light fillers with concrete admixtures manufactured at the city of Magadan and Yagodnoye village. The light fillers made from the material obtained at the so-called "68 km" and "7 km" mines are 700-1600 kg/m3 in weight and 25-150 kg/cm2 in strength. The best light fillers are types 35, 50 and 75. Porous clay concrete made from shale is of better quality than that made of clay. The physical and mechanical properties of porous clay concrete depend on both concrete and material granulation characteristics. Two-stage mixing is necessary in manufacturing porous fillers, and the addition of volcanic ash (5-20%) is benDLC. eficial. KUDAKOVA, L.P., see No. 99280 97160 KUDELIN, B.I. Podzemnyi stok na territorii SSSR. Moskva, lzd-vo Nauka 1966. 303 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. Title tr.: Underground disIn Russian. charge on USSR territory Presents an extensive and collective monograph on the country's groundwater resources. The methods of calculating and mapping of groundwaters are described in detail. A regional appraisal of the resources is 638

given; it includes the Baltic shield, basin of the northern seas, Severnaya Dvina artesian basin, Pechora artesian basin, Timan Ridge, West Siberian platform, Taymyr folded zone, Anabar shield, the Siberian platform with the Khatanga, Olenek, Anabar, Yenisey and Lena basins, the Aldan shield, Verkhoyansk-Chukotka folded zone, and the Koryak-Kamchatka folded zone. Numerous maps on various aspects of groundwater amplify the DLC. text. 97161 KUDINOV, I.A. and others. Vliianie etoksipolisiloksanfosfata na Csementnyi rastvor i beton. (Beton i zhelezobeton 1964. v.10, no.3, p.120-22, tables) 4 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.I. Khramova, F.K. Il'in and V.B. Gorbushina. Title tr.: Influence of ethoxypolysiloxane phosphate on cement mortar and concrete. Presents the results of experiments in searching for a method of increasing the strength and frost-resistance of cement mortars and concrete during the initial and subsequent periods of hardening. The silicoorganic compound, ethoxypolysiloxane phosphate (Si2P2C4H12O11) n was added to portland-cement 400, mixed with washed limestone road metal and sand. Effects of the additive on water-cement factor, and change in the ultimate strength and frost-resistance of the experimental concrete were studied. The additive was found to reduce the watercement factor in both the mortar and in the concrete, and to increase the strength, and frost-resistance of the concrete. DLC. 97162 KUDRIASHOVA, V.I. Tungusit, novyi mineral iz gruppy vodnykh silikatov kal'isiia. (Akademii nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.171, no.5, p.1167-70, tables, graphs, 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: illus) Tungusite, a new mineral from the group of hydrous calcium silicates. Describes a mineral found on the right bank of the Nizhnyaya Tunguska near Tura, its mode of occurrence, specific weight, hardness and other properties. Microscopic investigation, chemical analyses, X-ray and heat tests are reported. The genetic connection of this mineral with zeolite, analcite, etc indicate tungusite to be a low temperature hydrothermal mineral. DLC. 97163 KUDRIAVTSEV, B.P. 0 sviazi mezhdu izmeneniiami temperatury i tochki rosy vo vremeni. (Akademiisa nauk SSSR. Izvestiia. Fizika atmosfery i okeana 1967. v.3, 8 refs. In no.4, p.409-418, graphs, tables) Russian. Title tr.: On time relations between temperature and dew-point changes. Deals with synchronous temperature and dew-point changes in the USSR observed,

among other points at Murmansk, Nar'yan-Mar, Salekhard, Khanty-Mansiysk and Arkhangel'sk. During the cold period of the year there is a linear relationship between the above-mentioned changes of parameters. Results of the statistical processing of ground observations and the radio sounding data show correlations under various conditions. The possibility of a statistical dew-point forecast is based on the temp forecast. DLC. KUDRIAVTSEV, E.N., see No. 94295 97164 KUDRIAVTSEV, V. V dalekoi Ust'-TSil'me. (Sportivnaiä zhizn' Rossii 1967. v.11, no.12, p.4-5, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: In faraway Ust'-Tsil'ma. Outlines the depressed state of Komi in pre-Soviet times, and its subsequent industrial and social development as exemplified by this town on the lower Pechora. The role of sports in the community is stressed and achievements of local athletes in skiing, skating, etc. noted. DLC. 97165 KUDRIAVTSEV, V.A. Arkhei basseina r. Sutam. (In: Akademi[ nauk SSSR. IAkutskü filial. Inst. geologii. Geologiiå i petrologiiå dokembriia Aldanskogo shchita... 1966. p.34-50, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Archean of the Sutam River. Reports a 1959-63 study of Archean formations in order to specify the stratigraphy, correlation and character of metamorphism. High alumina plagiogneisses, itabirites and enderbites, crystalline schists and granites and granite gneisses are described. The metamorphism of the Sutam Archean occurred in conditions of granulite facies and possibly with higher temperature and higher pressure than in the northern regions of the shield. Chemical analyses are included. DLC. 97166 KUDRIAVTSEV, V.A. and others. 0 metodike merzlotno-gidrogeologicheskot s"emki. (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Institut zemnot kory. Metodika gidrogeologicheskikh issledovanil... 1966. p.41-47) In Russian. Other authors: P.F. Poltev and O.G. Boiarskii. Title tr.: The method of a cryogenic-hydrogeological survey. Reports a 1961-64 survey in the Aldan River basin with a summary of the methods used. In such a survey, mapping of the geology, geomorphology, Quaternary rocks, and geobotany must be carried out at the same time as the hydrogeology and the cryogeny. The connection of groundwater with the presence of permafrost should be

established. The scales and the content of the mapping are discussed. DLC. 97167 KUDRIAVTSEV, V.A. and others. Prini ipy klassifikaisii mnogolet(In: Vses. nemerzlykh gomykh porod. mezhduvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po geokriologii, 8th. Materialy v.2, 1966. p.28-37) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Principles of permafrost classification. Distinguishes between three groups: 1) according to geologic and geographic conditions, and composition of rocks. This division, based on the structural geologic elements of the earth's crust, the geomorphologic condition and hydrogeologic structure, is described; 2) according to the character of heat exchange; 3) according to structural features. DLC. 97168 KUDI IAVTSEV, V.A. and K.P. MEL'NIKOVA. Reshenie osnovnykh problem sovetskogo merzlotovedeniia. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1967. v.22, ser. 4: geologii no.5, p.9-16) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Solution of the main problems of Soviet permafrost. Reviews permafrost research from 1925. Organization of the science and its main representatives are described, as are the objectives and directions of research: heatphysics, ground investigation, geological and petrographic studies, regional investigations, methods, use of geophysical methods, permafrost engineering, etc. DLC. KUDRIAVTSEV, V.A., see also No. 94005, 94956 97169 KUDUSOV, E.A. Opyt opredeleniia sovremennykh vertikal'nykh tektoni cheskikh dvizheni geomorfologicheskim metodom. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1967, no.5, p.135-40) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Determination of contemporary vertical tectonic movements by a geomorphic method. Proposes an analysis of relief forms as a more dependable method than others for determining the contemporary and recent tectonics of a geological terrain. The method is applied to the Listvenichnyy Fjord area of Avachinskaya Bay in southeast Kamchatka. The complex geomorphic analysis shows features of the tectonic diversity of the region, age of the movements, their signs, and their rate expressed in absolute units. DLC. 97170 KÜNNAP, A. 0 neposledovatel'nostiakh v proiznoshenii sovremennogo kamasinskogo iazyka. (Sovetskoe finno-ugrovedenie 1965. v.1, no.1, p.47-52, tables) 6 refs. In Russian. English summary. Tide tr.: 639

Inconsistencies of pronunciation in modern Kamasinets. Phonetic study of this practically extinct Sayan Samoyed language, based on 1964 interviews with its two last speakers, both elderly women of mixed parentage. Phonological differences in the speech of the informants are attributed to their habitual use of Russian and Kacha-Tatar languages. DLC. 97171 KÜNNAP, A. 0 prisoedinenii kamasinskikh glagol'nykh derivaisionnykh suffiksov k zaimstvovannym slovam. (Sovetskoe finno-ugrovedenie 1967. v.3, no.2, p.131-37) 13 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Use of suffixes derived from Kamasinets verbs in loanwords. Morphological and semantic study of this almost extinct south Samoyed language; a third of its vocabulary consists of loanwords, mostly of Altaic origin. DLC. 97172 KÜNNAP, A. Pokazateli mnozhestvennogo chisla linen sushchestvitel'nykh v kamasinskomiåzyke. (Sovetskoe finnougrovedenie 1967. v.3, no.4, p.281-91) Approx 40 refs. In Russian. English sumTide tr. Indices of the plural in mary. Kamasinets nouns. Morphological and etymological study of the three plural suffixes in the Sayan Samoyed language, now virtually extinct. ProtoSouthern Samoyed suffixes and Sel'kup Samoyed derivative forms are used for comparison. DLC. 97173 KUJANSUU, R. On the deglaciation of western Finnish Lapland. Otaniemi 1967. 98 p. maps, illus. (Finland. Geologinen Tutkimuslaitos. Bulletin no. 232) 131 refs. Tracer the movements of the last glaciation and the terminal positions and mode of retreat of the ice in the area of northwestern Finland north of 67° 13' 30" N and west of 25°30'E, mainly by interpreting aerial photographs of glacial landforms, checked with the aid of stratigraphic observations in the field, stone counts and study of orientation of stones in the till, and levelling. Lateral drainage channels give the best clues to the annual thinning of the ice, and evidence from proglacial meltwater streams to the terminal positions and retreat. The eskers, kames, deltas, sand outwash plains, moraines, overflow, lateral, subglacial, and extramarginal drainage channels, ice-dammed lakes, and marine stages are described. Although much more data is required for an accurate estimate, it is suggested that the ice sheet wasted away in this area during pre-Boreal DGS. time. 640

97174 KUKARTSEV, V. Promysel gornostail v politic Obi. (Okhota i okhotnich'e khozikIstvo 1966. v.12, no.2, p.12-13, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Ermine industry in the Ob River basin. Discusses this industry in the Berezovskiy region, Khanty-Mansiyskiy National District. Details local trapping methods, types of traps used and how to set them. The area described is a lowland, 30 to 40 km broad, studded with lakes and marshes. Vegetation stands 80 to 100 cm high making this an ideal habitat for a dense population of water rodents. Trapping season runs from Nov 1 through Mar 15. DLC. 97175 KUKHARENKO, A.A. and M.P. ORLOVA. K probleme genezisa platformennykh shchelochno-ul'traosnovnykh magmaticheskikh kompleksov. (In: Vses. petrograficheskoe soveshchanie 3d. Proiskhozhdenie shchelochnykh porod 1964, p.17-32, tables, graphs) 32 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The genesis of platformic alkaline-ultrabasic magmatic complexes. Such complexes are widely distributed in Africa, North and South America, Fennoscandia and Siberia. They have a similar petrochemical character and are connected with a specific stage of development of the earth's crust. The genesis of the alkalineultrabasic complex of the Karelia-Kola Peninsula Caledonian province, its geologic structure and petrochemical composition are described. The possibility is shown that all of these rocks originated through crystallization differentiation of an alkaline-ultrabasic solution in a deep magmatic chamber. DLC. 97176 KUKHARENKO, A.A. ShchelochnoI magmatizm vostochnol chasti Balti skogo shchita. (Vses. mineralogicheskoe o-vo. Zapiski 1967. v.96, no.5, p.547-66, map, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Alkaline magmatism in the eastern part of Baltic shield. Reviews the history of formation of geologic structures of Kola Peninsula and Karelia. Tectonic magmatic cycles from KataArchean to Paleozoic are outlined, noting petrographic complexes, formations and rocks. A scheme of the distribution of alkaline formations is presented. Earth crust of the region is described. Three alkaline formations: post-Karelian alkaline-gabbroid, Caledonian alkaline-ultrabasic, and Hercynian nephelinesyenite are characterized. DLC. 97177

KUKLIN, A.P. and others.

0

funk~siiakh raspredelenii'a nekotorykh tek(Akademiis nauk tonicheskikh elementov. SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyi kompleksnyi n: issl. inst. Trudy 1964. no.11,

p.124-30, graphs, table) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: D.M. Pecherskü and V.S. IAkupov. Title fr.: Distribution functions of some tectonic elements. Discusses the application of statistical methods to regional tectonic investigations. Attempt is made by use of distribution functions to present a tectonic zoning of the Kulino-Nerskiy anticlinorium and In'yali-Debinskiy synclinorium, in the Yana-Kolyma folded system. Various elements, characteristic of the geologic structure of the region, are taken into consideration, such as: azimuth of fault strike, angle of bed inclination, number and length of faults, etc. Such methods are found applicable to geologic DLC. study. KUKLIN, A.P., see also No. 93576 97178 KUKSN, M.S. Nekotorye itogi izucheniia intensivnosti fotosinteza vodoroslei v vodoemakh Obskogo basseina. (In: Soveshchanie po biologicheskol produktivnosti vodoemov Sibiri... 1966, p.156) In Russian. Title tr.: Certain results of studying the intensity of photosynthesis of algae in waterways of the Ob basin. Reports the relationship of photosynthesis intensity to hydrochemical and other enDLC. vironmental factors. 97179 KUKUSHKIN, A I. Osnovnye problemy geologii i metamorfizma gnersov arkheiä Severo-Zapadnogo Belomor'ii. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskii inst. Trudy 1966. v.114, p.225-56, map, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. Main problems of the geology and metamorphism of the Archean gneisses in the northwestern White Sea area. Discusses composition and distribution of these gneisses as studied in 1954-55, with special attention to their texture. Some have banded, stratified or foliated texture, and some are massive. Reasons for these textural differences are discussed. Migmatization and granitization of gneisses are described and the tectonics of the White Sea complex considered. According to texture, two strata are recognized. They are of great importance for the geology and metamorphism of gneisses. DLC. KUKUSHKIN, A.I., see also No. 101158 97180 KULAGOV, E.A. and others. Khizlevudit v sul'fidnykh medno-nikelevykh rudakh Talnakhskogo mestorozhdenii5.. (Akademii nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.176, no.4, p.900-902, table, illus) 9 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.M. Izoitko and

G.A. Mitenkov. Title tr» Heazlewoodite in sulfide copper-nickel ores of the Talnakh deposits. Heazlewoodite is found in bornite-chalcocite veinlets. Its optical properties, hardness, color and other physical properties are described. An X-ray diagram of natural heazlewoodite and a compound of Ni3S2 is presented. Comparison is made with the heazlewoodite of Tasmania. A new association of minerals is established for the Talnakh deposits: heazlewoodite, bornite, DLC. chalcocite. KULAGOV, E.A., see also No. 94283, 94284 97181 KULAKHMETOV, N. KH. and Perspektivy neftegazonosnosti melovykh otlozhenif Nadym-Purskogo mezhdurech'iå, Zapadno-Sibirskaia nizmennost'. (Geologiiä nefti i gaza 1966. v.10, no.10, 3 refs. In Russian. Other p.1-6, map) authors: I.I. Nesterov, N.N. Rostovtsev and M.IÄ. Rudkevich. Title tr.: Oil and gas prospects of Cretaceous deposits in the Nadym-Pur interfuve, West Siberian lowland. Reports a structural analysis of this area, discovery of gas deposits in Cenomanian sands and sandstones such as the Gubinskoye, Urengoyskoye, Tazovskoye, Zapolyamoye, etc, and a project for a pipe line. Nadym-Taz interfluve also is characterized noting prospects for oil and gas accumulation in Cenomanian, Neocomian, and AptianAlbian deposits. Further seismic prospecting and drilling are needed. DLC.

others.

KULAKOV, Ii1.N., see No. 96524 97182 KULAKOV, N. Rudnik postroen skorostnymi metodami. (Na strollcakh RosIn Russii 1967. v.8, no.3, p.3-4, illus) Title tr.: The mine is built by sian. high-speed construction methods. Describes the development and production of the Apatit Combine whose ore output is expected to supply 3/4 of the phosphate fertilizer requirement in the USSR. With the Tsentral'nyy mine in operation, apatite production has doubled during the last four yr. Despite negative temperature 290 days a yr and min -46°C, 4 m thick snow cover, snow avalanches, etc, the mine construction was DLC. completed on schedule. KUL'CHITSKAIA, E.A., see No. 93910 KULESHOV, A.A., see No. 100033 KULESHOVA, V.P., see No. 95666 641

97183 KULICHENKO, K. and others. Za sem'iü meteliami. (Sportivnaia zhizn' Rossii 1967. v.11, no.4, p.12.13, illus) In Russian. Other authors: IU. Rupinskil and S. Skrypnikov. Title Ira Behind seven snowstorms. Sketches the achievements in swimming and gymnastics of athletes of Severomorsk on Kola Bay. DLC.

northeast of Noril'sk. Two genetic types of relief are distinguished as structural-denudative and accumulative. The role of crustal movements is discussed. Quaternary deposits formed by the Samarovo, Zyryanka and Sartan glaciations are analyzed as to their composition, types, age and other features. Recent tectonic movements also are noted. DLC.

97184 KULIEVA, R.N. TSiklicheskie geomagnitnye variaisü i ikh primenenie k vychislenim elektroprovodnosti zemli. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiia 1966. v.6, no.1, p.169-72, tables, illus) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Cyclic geomagnetic variations and their application to the calculation of electric conductivity of the earth. Separates the cyclic geomagnetic variations from the 1930-62 records of 18 stations, including Sitka. Cyclic variations of the yearly mean values of the north (X) and the horizontal components (Z) of the field are adjusted by making the stations' records of max activity coincide. The determined values of electric conductivity are compared with those determined by E.H. Vestine for 1916-28 and 1928-40, and presented in a table. It is found that the cyclic variation currents are effective in the depth of the earth from approx 120 km to the depth where electric conductivity is approx 10-7 e.m.u. DLC.

97187 KULIKOV, IÜ.S. Novye dannye po stratigrafii i fosforitonosnosti Devonskikh otlozhenil okrestnostei goroda Igarki. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'naia geologiia 1967, no.10, p.5-14, map, tables, illus) 6 refs. In Title tr.: New data on the Russian. stratigraphy and phosphorus-bearing properties of Devonian deposits in the vicinity of the town of Igarka. Reports a 1963 study of deposits in the Dzhaltul River basin and right tributaries of the Kureyka, where Devonian bedrocks were discovered for first time. Lower and Middle Devonian deposits are described according to local series, noting also organic remains. In some series content of phosphorus is higher than usual. Phosphorites are important resource for fertilizer badly needed for KrasnoDLC. yarsk Province soils.

97185 KULIKOV, i. S. Melovye otlozheniib Ingo-zapadnol chasti Severo-Sibirskoi nizmennosti. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1964. Regional'nal geologii no.2, p.48-57, map, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Cretaceous deposits in the southwestern part of North Siberian lowland. Reports a 1961 study on the right bank of the Pyasina approx 70°30'N 89°E. A crosssection of these deposits uncovered in the Tal'mi, Ikon, and Mostakhala basins is described noting their lithologic properties, mineralogic composition, and paleontologic characteristics. Distribution and formation conditions are outlined. Upper Cretaceous deposits of the Pyasina basin were formed in coastal areas of a marine basin. DLC.

97188 KULIKOV, M.I. Osnovnye etapy soisial'no-ekonomicheskikh preobrazovanli u (Akademili nauk narodnostel Chukotki. SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyl kompleksnyi n: issl. inst. Trudy 1967. no.17, Refs. In Russian. English sump.111-15) Title tr.: Basic steps in social and mary. economic change among the peoples of Chukotka. Distinguishes three major stages in transition to socialism of Chukchis, Asiatic Eskimos, and the Eveny Lamut groups of the Chukchi Peninsula. The first stage, to 1932, involved primarily measures to secure the allegiance of minorities, and division of Chukotka, in 1928, into a Chukchi and an Eskimo National District. The second stage, 1932-53, brought collectivization, helped propagation of political and formal education, etc. The creation of Magadan Province, in 1953, marks the beginning of the current or third stage. Its major achievements are the consolidation of collective farms enhancing economic productivity, merger of small kolkhozes into sovkhozes, technological updating of aboriginal trades, introduction of stock breeding, fur and truck farming, etc. Social, economic and cultural progress of the DGS. 1950's is noted.

97186 KULIKOV, ILJ. S. Novye dannye o rel'efe i stratigrafii chetvertichnykh otlozhemi gor Kharaelakh i Melko-Lamskoi depressii. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1963. v.133, p.49-60, pro5 refs. In Russian. Title tr: New file.) data on the relief and stratigraphy of Quaternary deposits of Kharayelakh Mountains and the Melkaya Lama depression. Outlines geomorphic features of this region 642

KULIKOV, IU.S., see also No. 94966

97189 KULIKOV, M.ILI. 0 vertikal'nom raspredelenii ugol'noi ryby Anoplopoma fimbria Pallas, v ralone materikovogo sklona Beringova mori . (Moskva. Vses. n.-issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Trudy 1965. v.58, p.165-70, graphs.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Vertical distribution of sablefish Anoplopoma fimbria Pallas, in the area of the continental slope of the Bering Sea. Discusses depth distribution as determined by standard catches, also size distribution with depth and catch sizes around the clock. DLC. Molliuski iz 97190 KULIKOV, M.V. (Leningrad. permskikh otlozhenil SSSR. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1967. v.129, p.114-35, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Molluscs from Permian deposits of the USSR. Presents systematic account of 26 new species of gastropods, and bivalve molluscs from the Kharaulakh Mts, Lena basin, and the Pinega basin of Arkhangel'sk Province: the material, description, comparison, geologic and geographic distribution, and illus. DLC. 97191 KULIKOV, N.N. Sedimentation in the Kara Sea. English translation of No 80408, available as AD-649 204 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va. 22151. 97192 KULIKOV, P.K. K probleme tektonicheskogo stroeniia fundamenta Zapad(Sovetskaih geologiüi no-SibirskoT plity. 1967, no.9, p.130-37, maps) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Tectonic structure of the basement of the West Siberian plateau. Discusses two tectonic plans worked out in 1961 for West Siberia incl Tyumen and Krasnoyarsk provinces. The basement is still insufficiently investigated and some of the DLC. problems to be solved are stated. 97193 KULIKOV, P.K. and others. Tektonika fundamenta Zapadno-Sibirskoi plity. (Zapadno-Sibirskii n: issl. geologorazvedochnyl neftianol inst. Trudy 1965. no.1, p.27-37, maps) 4 refs. In Russian. Other authors: N.N. Rostovtsev, V.S. Surkov, D.F. Umantsev, E.D. Kovalevskaiå and N.V. Shablinskaih. Title tr.: Tectonics of the basement of the West Siberian platform. Reviews tectonic schemes worked out for the West Siberian lowland by various scientists, briefly characterizing each as to its main features and interpretation, and presents new tectonic scheme with a short description of it. DLC. KULIKOV, P.K., see also No. 95838

97194 KULISH, E.A. Granaty Aldanskogo shchita. (Geologiiii i geofizika 1967, no.5, p.35-43, table, illus) 14 refs. In Russian. Title t: Garnets of the Aldan shield. Reports a petrographic study in which four groups of garnet are distinguished: almandinepyrope, almandine-pyrope-grossular, spessartite-pyrope-almandine, and andradite-grossular. Within the limits of the groups separated the garnet composition is a function of rock composition and the conditions of mineral formation. DLC. 97195 KULISH, E.A. Petrologiia rannemezozoiskikh magmaticheskikh porod Aldanskogo shchita. (Geologiia i geofizika 1966, no.9, p.3-10, tables, graphs) 18 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr Petrology of early Mesozoic magmatic rocks of the Aldan shield. Two series of hypabyssal rocks are distinguished and characterized. Their formation is connected with tectogenesis manifested in the contiguous regions and in the Siberian platform. The deep faults served as ways of melt penetration. Formation of early Mesozoic magmatic rocks is very complicated, and it is also of practical importance to searches DLC. for rare metals and rare earths. 97196 KULISH, E.A. and L.I. KULISH. Rannemezozoiskie shchelochnye porody Aldanskogo shchita. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Dal'nevostochnyi filial. Geologicheskit institut. Mineral'nye fatsii granitoidov i ikh rudonosnost'. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966, p.120-27) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. Early Mesozoic alkaline rocks of the Aldan shield. These rocks are divided, according to geologic-petrologic features, into: melanocratic syenites, alkaline granites, and leucocratic syenites and granosyenites. They are described as to occurrence, thickness, mineralogic composition and other features. Alkaline pegmatites and metasomatites are also described. Genesis of the alkaline rocks is considered. DLC. 97197 KULKA, J.P. Cold injury of the skin; the pathogenic role of microcirculatory impairment. (Archives of environmental health 1965. v.11, no.4, p.484-97, illus) 16 refs. Both the freezing injury produced in feet of rabbits and non freezing cold injury in ears of mice appear to be direct consequences of progressive microcirculatory impairment, initiated by arterial constriction. Rather than following the distribution of this vasoconstriction or the cooling gradient, the tissue damage corresponds to the extent of eryth643

rostasis. The stasis is the result of the consequences of venular-capillary dilation and leakage. Regeneration will repair the dead tissue if the circulatory obstruction is confined to the terminal vascular plexus. Gangrene attends widespread destruction of vessels and thrombosis, which gradually extend from the nticrovascular structure into major DLC. veins and arteries. 97198 KULLANDA, N.V. 0 vozraste otlozhenå nizhnei chasti osadochnogo chekhla na vostochnom sklone Srednego Timana. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskif inst. Trudy 1966. v.114, p.96-102, illus) Refs. In Title tr.: Age of deposits of the Russian. lower part of the sedimentary cover in the eastern slope of Middle Timan. Reports a study of Middle Devonian deposits about 100 m thick in the Pizhma River basin. Three horizons are separated and described, an aleurite-sandy, a conglomeratesandy, and an upper horizon consisting of fine-grained sandstones. Palynological study of these deposits is reported. Their age is considered Lower Frasnian and correlation is made with similar deposits of Central (sic) Devonian field in the Russian platform. DLC. 97199 KULLING, O. Comments on English geological explorations in the Vassijaure-Sjangeli area of northern Swedish Lapland. (Geologiska foreningen, Stockholm. Förhandlingar 1966. v.88, no.2, p.281-83) Discusses differences in interpretations of rocks and formations in the area. Descriptions by M.K. Wells and B.R. Brown, qqv, are not in agreement with earlier reports of Gunnar Kautsky or the author, whose interpretations also differ. It is noted that some of the relationships proposed by the English scientists are misleading. DLC. 97200 KULOLAEV, N.G. and N.M. TURat_sional'nye konstruktsii vrePIT_SYN. mennykh dorog dlia stroitel'stva truboprovodov v Zapadnol Sibiri.' (Stroitel'stvo truboprovodov 1967. v.12, no.4, p.14-16, table, illus) In Russian. Title tr: Efficient construction of temporary roads for pipeline construction in Western Siberia. Describes seasonal road construction as done to supply the labor force laying pipelines to transport oil from Shaim to Tyumen' and natural gas from Igrim to Serov, Success of pipeline construction in the North is considered in many ways dependent on timely pre-construction of roads. The winter road (zimnik) is the most practical mode of transport for heavy machinery and rapid traffic, because of its long period of service: in 644

Tyumen Province 6.5-7 mo/yr because of the deep freeze. The winter road is quick and cheap to build: 1000-1500 rubles/km, and it can be made along the ground, frozen lakes and rivers. Profiles of two winter and two summer roads are given. DLC. 97201 KUMAI, M. Microspherules in snow and ice-fog crystals. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.14, p.3397-3404, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. Reports study of microspherules found in snow crystals, ice-fog crystals, fallout particles, and fly ash, using an electron microscope. Sample from Greenland about 320 km east of Thule, the contiguous United States, and from Fairbanks, Eielson, and Pt Barrow in Alaska were examined. The (possibly extraterrestrial) fly ash and coal-furnace ash spherules are measured, compared and discussed. DLC. KUMSKOVA, N.M., 101446A

see

No. 96740,

97202 KUNITSYN, L.F. Issledovanii instituta geografii AN SSSR v Zapadnol Sibiri. (AkademiiI nauk SSSR. Izvestiia, 1967, ser. geog. no.2, p.156-57) In Russian. Title tr.: Investigation by the USSR Academy of Sciences' Institute of Geography in Western Siberia. Reviews the conference of 13-14 Apr 1966 at which 20 papers were delivered on the results of the Institute's investigations in 1964-65. The htain papers are summarized, incl some on arctic regions of West Siberia. DLC. 97203 KUNTTSYN, L.F. and others. Podkhody k sravnitel'nomu analizu prirody gornykh regionov, na primere Kavkaza, Zabaikalia, Kamchatki. (Akademiaå nauk SSSR. Izvestiia 1966, ser. geog. no.4, p.14-24, 11 refs. In Russian. Other tables, graphs) authors: L.I. Mukhina, E.A. Nefed'eva, V.S. Preobrazhenskil and N.V. Fadeeva. Title fr.: Approaches to a comparative analysis of the nature of mountain regions, as exemplified in the Caucasus, Transbaykal and Kamchatka. Compares the tectonics, geology, geomorphology, climate, hydrology, glaciation, permafrost and landscape zones of these three mountainous areas. Their heat and moisture distribution are considered. Their main differences are found in the forest zones of the mountains. DLC. KUNITSYN, L.F., see also No. 101046

97204 KUNTSEVICH, O.V. and P.E. ALEKSANDROV. Vliihnie gazoobrazuiushchei dobavki GKZh-94 i vozdukhovovlekatüshchei dobavki SNV na morozostolkost' betonov. (Beton i zhelezobeton 1964. v.10, no.2, p.70-72, graphs) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Effect of the gas-forming GKZh-94 and the air-entraining SNV additives on the frost-resistance of concretes. Reports investigations to improve the frostresistance and strength of concrete by an addition of silica organic compounds, GKZh94, or SNV to the portland-cement mixes. They were made in connection with the development of concrete mix for the hydrotechnical constructions in Krasnoyarskiy Kray; and they showed that concretes with GKZh-94 additive have more stable indicators of frost-resistance than the concretes with SNV additive. In particular, variation of the amount of sand in the filler mixture, and the degree of mobility in the concrete mix affect considerably the frost-resistance quality of concretes with SNV added; but the amount of sand and the intensity of motion have little effect in the mix with GKZh-94 added. DLC. 97205 KUPETSKII, V.N. Gidrograficheskaiii ekspeditsii Severnogo Ledovitogo okeana i uchastie v nei leitenanta A. N. Zhokhova. (In: Leningrad. Arkticheskif i antarkticheskii n.-issl. inst. Russkie arkticheskie... 1964, p.106-117) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. The Arctic Ocean Hydrographic Expedition and the participation of Lieutenant A.N. Zhokhov. Reviews the cruises of the Taimyr and Vaigach, ice-reinforced steamers in 1910-12 under I.S. Sergeev and in 1913-15 B.A. Vil'ki~ski, sponsored by the Navy for hydrographic surveying and scientific explorations of the coasts of Chukotka and Siberia and of adjoining seas. Their achievements include the discovery of the Severnaya Zemlya archipelago and the east-west passage of the Northeastern Sea Route. Tribute is paid to their personnel, with special attention to Lt. Aleksei Nikolaevich Zhokhov, hydrographer, hunter and poet, who died in Feb 1915 during the wintering of the Vatgach on the west coast of Taymyr. CaMAI, DLC. 97206 KUPETSKII, V.N. Pamiati N. I. Evgenova. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1967. no.25, p.112-15) 28 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: In memory of N.I. Evgenov. Describes the life and scientific activity of Nikolai Ivanovich Evgenov, 1888-1964. His discovery of Malyy Taymyr Island, Severnaya Zemlya, etc are noted. His studies of the atmosphere, ice cover, auroras, sea level fluctuation, hydrography, etc in the Russian

Arctic are reviewed. He led the Kara Sea, Vladivostok-Kolyma and other expeditions and cruises of the icebreakers Tallmyr, Krasin, Che6üskin, Sadko, etc. In 1938, when the cult of personality prevailed, he was arrested and condemned. His 22 more important publications are listed. DLC. 97207 KUPETSKII, V.N. Teplo ark(Priroda 1967. v.56, ticheskikh polynei. no.7, p.82-84, illus) In Russian. Tide Er Heat of the arctic polynyas. Describes the cruise of the atomic icebreaker Lenin in the western Soviet Arctic, noting the temperature and weather conditions over the polynyas encountered, as compared with the ambient area. Air temperature and humidity were found higher over the polynyas, which indicates a water-to-air DLC. heat transfer. KUPPERMAN, R.A., see No. 94207 KUPRIIANOVA, L I., see No. 101446A 97208 KUPRIIANOVA, Z.N. Epicheskie pesni nenTsev. Moskva, Nauka 1965. 782 p. illus. 25 refs. In Samoyed and Russian. Title t:.: Epic songs of the Nenets. Collection of fifty Nenets Samoyed heroic ballads and laments in the original language and in Russian translation. Most of the texts were recorded in 1948-49, with a follow-up in 1959, at the kolkhoz im. I.P. Vyucheyskogo in Arkhangel'sk Province. Content, structure, folkloristic and historic elements, and treatment of the protagonists are discussed, as aspects of the songs which reflect traditional spiritual and material culture, etc; contemporary variants and their differentiating features are also noted. Appended are commentaries, data on the informants, and a glossary of about 55 terms. Melodies of Nenets epic songs are dealt with by B.M. Dobrovol'skii, p 757-80, the rhythms, meters, tonality, etc of the chanted and spoken parts; some musical examples are included. DLC. 97209 KUPRIIANOVA, Z.N. Sovremennye motivy v liricheskoi pesne narodov Severa. (Leningrad. Gos. pedagogicheskil inst. Gertsenovskie chteniiä: filologicheskie nauki 1966. no.19, p.134-35) In Russian. Title tr.: Modern motifs in lyric songs of the peoples of the North. Describes thematic changes in folk songs of the Eveny and Evenki Tungus, Nenets Samoyeds, Ostyaks and Voguls. Traditional shamanistic, magic, and religious motifs are superseded by themes from kolkhoz life, herding, fur hunting, fishing, etc and love songs laud achievement. DLC. 645

97210 KUPRINA, N.P. and L.A. SKIBA. K paleogeografii verkhneplelstotsenovogo mezhlednikov'ii Kamchatki. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Izvestiia 1964, ser. geol. no.8, p.78-83, graphs.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the paleogeography of the Upper Pleistocene interglacial of Kamchatka. Conditions of occurrence and composition of interglacial deposits in the Kamchatka River valley are analyzed. Their spore-pollen spectra as described, reveal development of coniferous forests in this basin with spruce and fir predominant. The climate of the interglacial period was warmer than at present. The number of glaciations and interglacials in Kamchatka is discussed. DLC. 97211 KUPRINA, N.P. Stratigrafiia chetvertichnykh otlozhenil TSentral'nol Kamchatskol depressii i nekotorye voprosy paleogeografii antropogena Kamchatki. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Izvestiia 1966, ser. geol. 22 refs. In Rusno.1, p.125-39, profile) sian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of Quaternary deposits of the central Kamchatka depression and some problems of the Anthropogene of Kamchatka. Reviews recent works on the Quaternary deposits noting the many unsolved problems. Quaternary deposits of this depression are analyzed. Formation and age of blue diatomaceous clays are discussed from data of spore-pollen analysis. Glacial and interglacial deposits are described. Development history of the depression is characterized and the paleogeographic development of Kamchatka considered briefly in relation to other parts of the Far East such as Chukotka and the Kurils. DLC. 97212 KUPSCH, W.O. I.N.S. at Index '67. (Musk-ox 1967, no.2, p.83-84, illus) Describes the display mounted by the University's Institute for Northern Studies, for the Saskatchewan Industrial Exhibition and Mineral Symposium on 28-31 Aug 1967. The display represents the activities of the CaMAI. Institute. 97213 KUPSCH, W.O. Institute for Northern Studies, a history and prognosis. (Musk-ox 1967. no.1, p.1-7) Refs. The Institute's main sphere of interest is the region from the North Saskatchewan and Saskatchewan Rivers northward to the Arctic Ocean between Hudson Bay and the Mackenzie River. Main objectives are research on problems of the area and training of personnel for improving its social and economic conditions. The Musk-ox Circle started in 1964-65, to promote interest in the North on the 646

Saskatchewan Univ campus is noted, as are some research projects, their funding, etc and ARTC, the Arctic Research and Training Centre set up at Rankin Inlet in 1967. CaMAI. 97214 KURALT, C. To the top of the world; the adventures and misadventures of the Plaisted Polar Expedition, March 28-May 4, 1967. New York, Holt, Rinehart and Winston 1968. 194 p. illus. A popular account of this expedition in which five men without previous polar experience attempted to drive snowmobiles to the North Pole. The party was halted 384 nautical mi short of the Pole by a violent storm and other problems. Experience with snowmobiles in the arctic pack is recounted in detail. CaMAI, DLC. Formirovanie 97215 KURATOV, P.A. Ust'-Sysol'ska kak gorodskogo poselenhå v dorevoliuisionnyl period. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Komi filial. Izvestiia 1967. v.2, 18 refs. In no.1(11), p.150-53, tables) Russian. Title tr.: Development of Ust' Sysol'sk as a settlement in the pre-Revolutionary period. Outlines from 1586 the growth of the town, now Syktyvkar; the main events are summarized and population data given, in 1784 : 1727, 1827 : 2285, 1860 : 3192, 1897:4454, 1913:6286. Domestic housing, schools, and industry are noted, as is the rise of the town as an administrative center. DLC. 97216 KURATOV, P.A. Izmenenie byta (Istoriko-filologicheski1 lesozagotovitelei. sbornik 1965. no.9, p.115-26, illus) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Changes in the way of life of loggers. Reports results of a 1963 study in the upper Vychegda region. The primitive conditions of pre-Revolution times are sketched, as are gradual improvements since 1922. The log cabins commonly used through the 1920's were replaced in the 1930's by one-story barracks, with one room per family and from the 1950's by the prefabricated one-story building with up to six two-three room living units. Lumber camps have less than 500 inhabitants, and base camps up to 2,000. All have an elementary school, clinic, clubhouse, etc, base camps a secondary school and hospital also. 11% of the people finished secondary school, 1.2% are specialists with higher education. Labor turnover is high but the trend is for a stable labor force in this industry in Komi ASSR. 29.9% are Zyryans, the others are recruits from outside. Mixed DLC. marriages are high, families small.

KURBATOV, N.G., see No. 96242 KURBATOV, V.M., see No. 101173 97217 KURBATOVA, A.A. K palinologicheskoT kharakteristike triasa Kuzneükogo i Tungusskogo basselnov. (In: Palinologii Sibiri... 1966. p.51-53, illus) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Palynological characteristics of the Triassic of the Kuznetsk and Tungusskiy basins. Presents new data on the comparative characteristics of Lower Triassic deposits of the Kuznetsk and Nizhnyaya Tunguska basins. Both assemblages are peculiar and possess elements of Upper Paleozoic and Mesozoic floras. In the Korvunchansk assemblage from the Nizhnyaya Tunguska, typical Lower Triassic forms are Limbella ovaltformis, Danaeopsites parvispinellat(formis and others. DLC. KURBATOVA, N.S., see No. 99085 97218 KURBATSKII, N.P. 0 lesnom pozhare v ralone Tungusskogo padenhå v 1908 g. (Meteoritika 1964. no.25, p.168-72, map, illus) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr. The forest fire in the region of the 1908 Tunguska meteorite fall. Analyzes from helicopter and visual ground observations, the radial devastation by forest fire caused by the fall of the meteorite. Study of trees, spread of the fire, the various types of destruction, etc are reported. It is established that during the fire there were winds of different directions. Effects of explosive and ballistic waves are analyzed. Radial devastation is established in a comparatively small area of forest. It is difficult to judge from the fire however, the nature of the meteorite. DLC. 97219 KURENKOV, I.I. and R.R. MAKAROV. K biologii Kamchatskikh mizid. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1967. no.5, p.152-55, graphs) Refs. In Russian. Title Ir. Biology of the Kamchatka mysids. Reports study of crustaceans of fam Mysidae. The opossum shrimp Neomysis intermedia is found in fresh and brackish coastal waters from the Anadyr to the islands of Japan. From own work in the Avacha River mouth, author gives its dimensions and weight, reaction to saline seawater, water temperature, distribution of oxygen, etc. The possibilities are considered of introducing these shrimps into other parts of the USSR. DLC. 97220 KURENKOV, I.I. Kormovail baza molodi lososer vo vnutrennikh vodoemakh Kamchatki. (In: Soveshchanie po

voprosam lososevogo khoziaistva Dal'nego Vostoka, 3rd, Petropavlovsk-Kamchatskiy 1960 pub 1964. p.106-112, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr:: Nutrient base of salmon fry in the interior waterways of Kamchatka. A survey of stomach contents of salmon fry revealed that the most common food consumed were oligochaetes. Other organisms included were, in order of occurrence: Turbellaria, Cyclopoida, Harpacticoida, Chydoridae, Ostracoda, Amphipoda, Chironomidae, Diptera, Pleoptera, Ephemeroptera, Trichoptera, and Hydracarina. DLC. KURENKOV, I.I., see also No. 97132 97221 KURENNOI, V.V. Sviäz' formirovaniia podzemnykh vod s gidrogeologicheskol strukturol v Angaro-Lenskom artezianskom basseine. (In: AkadeØå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Institut zemnoi kory. Metodika gidrogeologicheskikh issledovanil... 1966. p.163-75, map, tables) Title tr.: The formation of In Russian. groundwater as associated with hydrogeologic structures in Angara-Lena artesian basin. Presents a new structural-hydrogeologic plan of the central and southern parts of the Angara-Lena artesian basin, taking in most of Irkutsk province. The formation of fresh groundwater is associated with a structuraltectonic factor. its maximum development is in marginal troughs, and the minimum in the Ilim plateau. DLC. 97222 KURENTSOV, A.I. 0 zoogeograficheskikh osobennostibkh fauny Kamchat(In: Entomofauna lesov... skoi oblasti. Refs. In Rus1966. p.63-76, map, illus) sian. Title tr.: Zoogeographical features of the fauna of Kamchatka Province. Describes the faunal distribution in terms of ecologic groups related to principal habitat types: birch, coniferous, scrub and deciduous forests, alpine meadows, and high mountain areas. The insects, especially forest insect pests, birds and mammals found in these different areas are noted. Divides the province into eight zoogeographic regions: western coastal, central, eastern coastal, coniferous forest, Kamchatka high mountain (above 800 m to limit of vegetation), Koryak lowland, Koryak high mountain and Penzhinsk. DLC. 97223 KURENTSOV, A.I. Osnovnye zakonomernosti rasprostraneniia dendrofil'noi bntomofauny na severe Dal'nego Vostoka. (In: Soveshchanie zoologov Sibiri, Tomsk 1966. Voprosy zoologü, p.68-69) In Russian. Title tr.: Basic relationships in the distribution of dendrophilous entomofauna in the northern Far East.

647

Reports a 1958-60 study in Kamchatka, the Koryak national district, and the ChukotkaAnadyr region. Taiga species in Kamchatka are mainly common insect pests. Northern Kamchatka and the Chukotskiy Peninsula share insects in common and in similar DLC. proportions.

of artificial satellites Electron-2 and Electron-4 are described and discussed. Within the error of measurements from the satellites and ground neutron monitors at seven stations, Intl Deep River and Ft Churchill, the depth of the modulation for different nuclei groups is shown to be the DLC. same.

97224 KURILOV, G.N. 0 nekotorykh iukagirskikh toponimakh. (Sovetskoe finnougrovedenie 1968. v.4, no.l, p.67-70) In Russian. English summary. Tide tr.: Concerning certain Yukaghir toponymics. Semantic study of tundra Yukaghir geographical names in the lower Alazeya and Kuropach'ya basins. Compound river and mountain names contain the term for the respective geographical feature; lake names DLC. do not.

97228 KURSANOVA, I.A. On the wind regime of Kamchatka. English translation of No 66024, available as Trans-F 163 from National Lending Library for Science and Technology, Yorkshire, England.

97225 KURKIN, A. Taezhnyl samorodok. (Sportivnaå zhizn' Rossii 1965. v.9, no.6, p.22-23; no.10, p.24, illus) In RusTide tr.: A son of the taiga. sian. Biographical sketch of Timofel Kornienko, 1903-1937, the noted athlete who set the Soviet record for running 200 m in 1928 and was regarded as the first Soviet sprinter. Later he was director of a fisheries combine in Kamchatka, still active in sports. In 1937 he was arrested and executed, but is now fully rehabilitated, and an annual contest in his memory is established in Kamchatka. DLC.

KURYLEVA, N.A. see No 96262

97226 KURLOV, V.I. Portnaia palata Solovetskogo monastynå. (Sovetskatå arkheologiiii 1966. v.10, no.2, p.274-87, illus) Tide tr. Tailor shop of Refs. In Russian. the Solovetskiy monastery. Discusses the architecture and interior decoration of this two-story building erected in 1643 on Solovetskiy Island. The workshop was on the upper floor, dormitory and guardroom on the lower. Its double-sloping roof is supported by a single central pillar, a feature more usual in refectories. DLC. 97227 KURNOSOVA, L.V. and others. Effekt ponizhenüa intensivnosti iadermoT komponenty kosmicheskikh lucheT vo uremia magnitnykh bur' s vnezapnym nachalom. (Kosmicheskie issledovaniia 1967. v.5, no.2, p.259-64, graphs) 8 refs. In Russian. Other authors: L.A. Razorenov, A.A. Suslov and M.I. Fradkin. Tide tr.: Effect of the intensity decrease in the nuclear component of cosmic rays during sudden-commencement magnetic storms. Investigates the correlation between the intensities of different groups of nuclei, and the K-index of geomagnetic activity. Two cases of such a phenomenon (Forbush effect) in Feb 1964 and Feb 1965 during the flights 648

KUROIWA, D., see No. 98334

97229 KURTEN, B. Pleistocene bears of North America; 2, genus Arctodus, shortfaced bears. Helsinki 1967. 60 p. tables illus. (Acta zoologica fennica no. 117) 53 refs. Describes in detail fossil finds of this bear Intl two specimens of Arctodus sinus from CaMAI, DLC. Alaska.

97230 KUSHNAREV, E.G. Nereshennye voprosy istorii pervol Kamchatskol eks(In: Leningrad. Arkticheskil i pediisii. antarkticheskiT n: issl. inst. Russkie arkticheRefs. In Russian. skie... 1964, p. 5-15) Tide tr.: Unsolved problems in the history of the First Kamchatka Expedition. Analyzes various materials to elucidate the motivation of the first part of the Great Northern Expedition of 1725-43, the socalled First Kamchatka Expedition 1725-30 in which Bering travelled by land to Kamchatka, built the Gabriel sailed north to Bering Strait and back to Kamchatka. The instruction of Tsar Peter I, opinions of participants in the expedition and of Russian and foreign contemporaries are considered, as are the views of various historians. It is concluded that there were economic, political and scientific motives. The question of a connection between Asia and America did not have a basic role, but it served to some extent as a screen for more important motives, viz study of' new areas for extention of trade, and for eventual occupation and CaMAI, DLC. colonization. 97231 KUSHNAREVA, T.I. Osobennosti geologicheskogo razvitira Pechorskol vpadiny v devone. (Geotektonika 1967. no. 1, p.111-17, map, illus) 3 refs. In Russian. Tide fr.: Features of the geological development of the Pechora depression in the Devonian. Presents a generalized plan of the distri-

bution of structural-facies zones of this depression. The limits, structural arrangement, thickness, and stratigraphy of the Devonian deposits are characterized. Sections of the eastern part of the depression differ from its western part in thickness, stratigraphy and lithology. The eastern part of the depression has favorable conditions for oil in Devonian deposits. DLC. 97232 KUSHNAREVA, T.I. and others. Otlozheniia nizhnego silura v Timano-Pechorskol provintsii. (Akademiiii nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.166, no.2, p.427-28) Ref. In Russian. Other authors: V.R. Radygin and Title tr.: Lower Silurian G.V. Solopekina. deposits in the Timan-Pechora province. Reports a provisional division of the so-called Vas'kar suite in the Timan-Pechora region. An index fossil of the Upper Silurian Ludlovian stage occurs in dolomite at a depth of 1211-1216 m, in the Nizhnyaya Omra test hole; a Lower Silurian Llandoverian ostracod fauna occurs in dolomite at 3533-3538 m, in the Nar'yan-Mar test hole, where the upper part of the Vas'kar suite is missing. An overlying clay bed is assigned to the Wenlockian. In northern Timan three suites have been distinguished in the Llandoverian stage. DLC. 97233 KUSHNAREVA, T.I. and N.D. MATVIEVSKAIA. Rifogennye struktury Pechorskoi depressii i perspektivy ikh neftegazonosnosti. (Geologiii nefti i gaza 1966. v.10, no.8, p.30-33, illus) 6 refs. In Russian. Title h:: Reef structures of the Pechora depression and their oil-gas prospects. Analyzes Devonian deposits of TimanPechora oil-gas-bearing province, with attention directed to the Zapadnyy Tebuk structure which is described in some detail. Reef facies and reef structures are recognized and considered prospective for oil and gas DLC. accumulation. KUSHNAREVA, T.I., see also No. 101523 97234 KUSKOV, V.P. 0 nekotorykh geograficheskikh nazvanüakh v ralone: poluostrov I1'pyr-poluostrov Oliutorskil. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1967. no.5, Title p.117-21, map) Refs. In Russian. tr.: Certain geographic names in the region of the Il'pyr and Olyutorskiy Peninsulas. Discusses the causes of discrepancies in names of rivers and coastal features between Krasheninnikov's description of Kamchatka (No 9265) and modern maps. The confusion is traced primarily to errors in F.P. Litke's Mercantile map (No 10215) due to the poorly legible writing on hand-drawn maps, also to

vernacular variants and mistaken attribution of Krasheninnikov's names to other geographic features. DLC. 97235 KUSUNOKI, K. and others. The final report of oceanographic observations at drift station Arlis II in 1964 and 1965. Washington, DC, Arctic Inst. of North America 1967. unpaged. tables. Other authors: T. Minoda, K. Fujino and A. Kawamura. Tabulates data collected during 1964-65, incl positions and drift measurements, subsurface currents, phytoplankton and zooplankton observations by collection station. CaMAI. 97236 KUTEINIKOV, E.S. and others. Pozdneproterozolskie trappy Anabarskol anteklizy. (Geologiiii i geofizika 1967, no.2, p.121-23, table) 5 refs. In Russian. Other authors: I.M. Orlov and I_U.N. Tolchel'nikov. Title tr.: Late Proterozoic traps of the Anabar anteclise. Reports a study of Proterozoic trap intrusions. Petrographic and mineralogic composition, mode of occurrence, absolute age and other features are described. Paleomagnetic investigations are noted of four Proterozoic and three Triassic intrusions. DLC. KUTEINIKOV, E.S., see also No. 93899 97237 KUTEINIKOV, S. E., and others. K voprosu o granitle srednego i verkhnego kembriia na tnzhnom kryle Anabarskol anteklizy. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1964. Regional'naih geologiia no.4, p.123-36, map, section.) 14 refs. In Russian. Other authors: N.S. Brodova and A.V. Lobachev. Title tr.: The problem of the limits of Middle and Upper Cambrian in the southern limb of the Anabar anteclise. Notes that the position of the Middle Upper Cambrian boundary in the Tyung Muna - Siligir - Olenek interfluves is in great dispute. The various opinions are evaluated and own observations of 1961-1962 are reported. The problem is considered hard to solve at present because the fauna of the Chukukskaya and Siligirskaya local series has DLC. not been studied enough as yet. 97238 KUTIAVIN, Iu. and B. SHAEffektivnost' perevozok nefteBANOV. (Rechnol gruzov po variantu reka-more. transport 1966. v.25, no.9, p.12-13, graph, In Russian. Title tr.: Efficient table) transport of petroleum cargo by the river-sea alternative. Reports an investigation of the economic efficiency of using river and marine fleets for 649

transporting oil from the Ural-Volga region to ports on the Baltic, White and Black Seas. The cost is shown graphically in relation to distance between the Volga-Kama basin and the Baltic and Black Sea ports. The transportation cost with investment redemption per ruble/t added is given for 21 routes, incl Gorkiy-Murmansk, Kandalaksha-Murmansk, and Yaroslavl'-Murmansk by railroad, also Gorkiy-Kandalaksha, and Yaroslavl'-Kandalaksha by waterway. A combined sea-river transportation system for petroleum should save about 11 million rubles/yr. DLC. 97239 KUTOLIN, V.A. and IÜ.I. TOMANOVSKAIA. K petrokhimii effuzivnykh trappov severo-zapadnoi chasti Sibirskol platformy. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'naza geologiiä 1966, no.8, p.82-90, graphs, tables) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The petrochemistry of effusive traps in the northwestern part of the Siberian platform. Presents a comparative analysis of the chemistry of basalts of alkaline-calcareous and calcareous-alkaline series. 19 analyses of the first and 44 of the second series were used with a multiple statistical method and computers. Basalts of the first series differ from the second by their greater content of silicon earth and potassium oxide. Features of the chemistry of both groups serve for separation of effusive strata in the northwestern part of the Siberian platform. DLC. 97240 KUTOLIN, V.A. and G.N. KARATAEVA. Primenenie metodov mnogomernogo statisticheskogo analiza dhø razdeleniiå trappov Sibirskoi platformy po ikh petrokhimicheskim osobennostzam. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1967. v.151, p.166-23, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. Use of multivariate statistical analysis methods of distinguishing traps of the Siberian platform according to their petrochemical features. Discusses advanced statistical methods for use in petrology. T.W. Anderson and R.R. Lahadur's multivariate method with different covariance matrices is used for distinguishing dolerites of the Norilsk complex from non-differentiated traps of the Siberian platform. The Russian authors assume that utilization of petrochemical, geochemical and petrographic criteria according to the Anderson method enables a reliable algorithm to be formed for the identification of trap of the Noril'sk type. DLC. 97241 KUTSCHALE, H. Arctic Ocean geophysical studies: the southern half of the Siberia Basin. (Geophysics 1966. v.31, no.4, p.683-710, graphs, maps, tables, illus) Refs. 650

Presents results of bathymetric, seismic reflection, and total-intensity magnetic measurements, and ocean-bottom coring carried out on Arlis II during the 1962 drift over the southern Siberia (or Makarov) basin. Between 81°N 170°E - 82° 30'N 160°E, the Wrangel Abyssal Plain at about 2825 m depth, is bounded on the north by the Arlis Gap which joins it with the Siberia Abyssal Plain at about 3946 m depth in the northern half of the Siberia basin. A buried ridge in the vicinity of the Arlis Gap appears to have functioned as a barrier against which some stratified sediments, some 3.5 km thick were accumulated under the Wrangel Abyssal Plain. These sediments are thought to have derived from the Asian continent to the south and to have been transported by turbidity currents. The same mechanism carried an overflow of these sediments through the Arlis Gap into the lower-level Siberia Abyssal Plain. DGS. KUTSCHALE, H., see also No. 96194 KUTUZOV, B.A., see No. 96532 97242 KUVAEV, V.B. Klassifikai iiä rastitel'nosti iuzhnoi chasti IAkutii na landshaftnoi osnove. (Botanicheskil zhurnal 1966. v.51, no.11, p.1564-79, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Classification of the South Yakutian vegetation on the landscape basis. Describes landscapes of the area based on the nature of soil, their plant cover (incl forest and taiga) and the dominant plant species characteristic of each. The relationships between ground and its plant cover is discussed. DLC. 97243 KUVSHINNIKOV, V.M. and G.P. KOLOBKOVA. K voprosu o padenii glyb Tungusskogo meteorita v ralone Lakurskogo khrebta. (In: Kompleksnaiå samodeilteP naia ekspedi[sii po izucheniiu problemy Tungusskogo meteorita... 1963. p.159-62) 4 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title d:: On the fall of blocks of the Tunguska meteorite in the area of the Lakura Range. Reports 1959-60 study of Tunguska meteorite traces on the Lakura Ridge, between the Nizhnyaya and Verkhnyaya Lakura, where according to some literature data also some eyewitnesses' accounts, the Tunguska meteorite or part of it had fallen in 1908. A search was also made by several routes for a so-called dry creek, a deep furrow ending in a great pit, said to be possible place of meteorite fall. No trace of the meteorite block or of the dry creek was discovered however. DLC.

97244 KUYT, E. Further observations on large Canada geese moulting on the Thelon (Canadian River, Northwest Territories. field-naturalist 1966. v.80, no.2, p.63-69, tables, illus) Refs. Presents weight, banding and recovery data on 1963 and 1964 captures in two localities, one from Lookout Point at 64°11'N 102°33'W, 35 mi downstream, the other in the Beverly Lake-Aberdeen Lake sections of the river. All recaptures to date confirm the thesis of a pre-molting northward movement of non-breeding Canada geese belonging to populations which breed in the northern United States and Southern Canada. The geese of the two Thelon localities follow separate flyways in spring and autumn migrations and this segregation is generally maintained in the molting area. CaMAI, DGS. 97245 KUYT, E. Northward dispersion of banded Canada geese. (Canadian field naturalist 1962. v.76, no.3, p.180-81) Notes the presence and observed premolting northward migration of large-type, prairie-raised, Great Basin non-breeding Canada geese at Thelon River, Keewatin District Jun-Jul 1960. One was banded at Bowdoin National Wildlife Refuge, Montana in 1957, ca 1150 air mi distance. No nests or young DGS. were seen summers 1959-60. 97246 KUZAKOV, K.G. Kamchatka za gody Sovetskoi vlasti. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1967, no.5, p.5-16) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Kamchatka during the years of the Soviet regime. Describes the Kamchatka economy during the pre-Revolutionary period and after. The immense growth of the fishing and timber industries, shipping, air and automotive transportation, agriculture, etc are described and some data given. Success of the seven- and five-year plans is noted. The growth of population, health service, education, and cultural life are also evaluated. DLC. 97247 KUZAKOVA, E. Na dalekol Kamchatke. (Russkii ihzyk v natsional'noi shkole 1966, no.3, p.59-60, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: In distant Kamchatka. Describes experience in teaching Russian to Koryak, Kamchadal, and Chukchi children at a boarding school in Apuka, Koryak National District. Poor knowledge of Russian among first graders, also students' difficulties with Russian phonetics and grammar are noted. DLC. 97248 KUZEMKINA, E.N. 0 gibbsitonosnoi kore vyvetrivaniiä na porodakh Kol'skogo massiva, Severnyl Ural. (Kora

vyvetrivaniia 1967, no.8, p.202-206, table, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Gibbsitebearing weathering crust on rocks of the Kol'skiy massif, Northern Ural. Describes this massif primarily composed of serpentinized peridotites, serpentinites and partly serpentinized dunites. The development of Triassic-Jurassic weathering crust is outlined. Three varieties are recognized and briefly characterized. Gibbsite-bearing crust has a greater content of chromium, nickel and cobalt. DLC. KUZHEVSKII, B.M., see No. 98789 97249 KUZIN, I.L. IAvltålsib li Ural entrom materikovykh oledeneni? (In: Akademii nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geol. i geofiziki. Chetvertichnyi period SSSR... 1966, p.198-201) In Russian. Title tr.: Was the Ural a center of continental glaciation? Reviews traces of Ural glaciation, history of relief development, mountain valleys, etc. Glaciation of the Polar and Subpolar Urals is concluded to have been of mountain-valley character. The glaciers never penetrated areas beyond the mountains. It is suggested that the prevalent idea of a Ural center of continental glaciation needs to be reconsidered. CaMAI, DLC. 97250 KUZIN, I.L. and N.G. CHOCHIA. Samarovskil i iuganskil "lednikovye ottorzhenüy" Zapadnoi Sibiri. (In: Akademitå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geol. i geofiziki. Chetvertichnyi period SSSR... 1966, p.210-27, map, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title try Samarovo and Yugan "glacial erratics" of West Siberia. Reports study of the Samarovo erratic boulders near Khanty-Mansiysk, and in the Yugan River basin near Surgut. Stratigraphy of the sites, spore-pollen analyses, fauna and other features are discussed. The authors conclude that glacial erratics are not present in the Samarovo region. The Eocene boulders were ice-rafted or transported by landslide. The Yugan Mesozoic erratic was found in thick deposits of a large Quaternary water basin and may have fallen from an overhanging cliff; there is no evidence that it is DLC. a glacial erratic. KUZIN, I.P., see No. 95243 97251 KUZ'KOKOVA, N. N. Faisii i paleogeografiia nizhnei permi Srednel Pechory. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Komi filial. Inst. geologii. Trudy 1962. no.3, p.55-66, Title tr.: maps.) 12 refs. In Russian. Facies and paleogeography of the Lower Permian in the middle Pechora region. 651

Distinguishes the Sakmarian, Artinskian and Kungurian stages of Permian deposits, and divides these stages into smaller units. Lithologic-facies maps are drawn, and the composition of the deposits, their thickness, sedimentation conditions, and other features DLC. are characterized. 0 97252 KUZ'MIN, A.I. and others. prirode variakcti kosmicheskikh luchel. (In: Akademitä nauk SSSR. Sibirskii inst. zemnogo magnetizma, ionosfery i rasprostraneniia radiovoln. Issledovanii po geomagnetizmu... 1966. p.111-18) 35 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The nature of cosmic-ray variations. Reviews the investigations of cosmic ray variations, caused by changes of the magnetosphere, upper atmosphere temperature, modulation effects, and the effects of solar flares. Variations in the primary flux of cosmic rays, the relationship between solar and cosmic ray flares, and modulation of galactic particles are discussed. The importance of the measurements of gradients of cosmic rays, density and velocity of interplanetary gas, and magnetic field intensity at different distances from the plane of the ecliptic is emphasized. References to cosmic ray measurements at Yakutsk are given. DLC. KUZ'MIN, A.I., see also No. 97151

types of deposits in which they are found are CaMAI, DLC. characterized. 97255 KUZ'MIN, A.M. Pervaiä nakhodka konodontov v nizhnedevonskikh ot(Lelozheniiakh TSentral'nogo Talmyra. ningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologic i biostratigrafiia 1967. no.20, p.52-57, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: First find of conodonts in the Lower Devonian deposits of Central Taymyr. Presents a detailed description and illus of Panderodus devonicus and Terlodus taimyricus n spp, noting collected material, dimensions, comparison and distribution.DLC. Srednedevon97256 KUZ'MIN, A.M. skie nautiloidei iuzhnogo ostrova Novol (Leningrad N: issl. inst. geologii Zemli. Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1966. Paleontologitä 11 i biostratigrafiia no.12, p.46-61, illus) refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Middle Devonian nautiloids of the southern island of Novaya Zemlya. Presents a systematic description and illus on plates of seven species of Middle Devonian nautiloids; five are new, Archiacoceras

rarum, Danaoceras crassum, Rutoceras parvulum, Hercoceras aculeatum, and Halloceras torulosum n spp. Analysis of the fauna is given.

97253 KUZ'MIN, A.M. and T.I. POLUEKTOVA. Apatit iz trakhidoleritov r. Gorbiachin. (Geologiia i geofizika 1967, no.9, p.130-33, illus) 4 refs. In Russian. English Title tr.: Apatite from trasummary. chydolerites of Gorbiachin River. The apatites from trachydolerites are abundant, 2-5%. Mode of occurrence and morphology of the crystals are described. The apatite crystals in trachydolerites are in chains, small groups and streams. Genesis of the apatite is closely connected with bia DLC. titization of the rocks. 97254 KUZ'MIN, A.M. Devonskie tsefalopody, nadotrräd Nautiloidea, ntzhnogo ostrova Novol Zemli. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologilä i biostratigrafiia 1965, no.9, p.8-40, illus) 45 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Devonian cephalopods, super-order Nautiloidea, in the southern island of Novaya Zemlya. Presents systematic description of 18 species of Middle Devonian nautiloid cephalopods of which eight are new. Each species is described noting geographic and geologic distribution. An analysis of the fauna is given. They belong to four orders, and are illus. The 652

DLC.

Primenenie kor97257 KUZ'MIN, B. reliatsionnykh metodov dlia rascheta kompleksnykh norm vyrabotki. (Sotaialisticheskil trud 1967. v.12, no.7, p.113-16, In Russian. Title tr.: Use of tables) correlative methods for computing complex norms of output. Considers centrally developed tables of standards for coal mining output, and the variable factors which have to be computed according to the conditions peculiar to each coal field. Mining norms for the Pechora coal basin are discussed on the basis of the average thickness of its coal seams, interlying strata, DLC. hardness of coal, etc. 97258 KUZ'MINA, A.I. Funkisii mest(In: nogo padezha v ketskom iazyke. Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. IAzyki i fol'klor... 1966, p.84-97) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Functions of the locative case in Ket Yeniseian. Grammatical study based on A.P. Dul'zon's dialectological fieldwork, 1955-65. Ket, an aboriginal language of West and Central Siberia, is now spoken by less than 1000 people of the middle Yenisey basin. DLC.

97259 KUZNETSOV, A.A. K genezisu otdel'nosti effuzivnykh trappov na primere nekotorykh ralonov severo-zapada Sibirskol platformy. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1963. Regional'naiä geologiih no.1, p.143-51) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Genesis of the jointing of effusive traps in some regions of the northwest Siberian platform. Reports a 1960-62 geologic survey in the Kulyumbe, Keta, Khantayskoye and other lake basins where columnar jointing is widely distributed in basalt sheets and flows. Other types of jointing are rare. Jointing is associated with the tensile strength of water. The prism diameter of columnar joints has an inverse relation to viscosity, or to the volatile content of the lava, and a direct relation to the crystallization time. Distortion jointing is conditioned by inhomogeneous rock, especially in the presence of phenocrysts. Distortion columnar jointing could also be promoted by differing rates of movement of DGS. independent parts of the cover. 97260 KUZNETSOV, A.A. Nekotorye cherty 6ffuzivnykh trappov severo-zapada Sibirskoi platformy v svete bksperimental'nykh dannykh. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1965. Regional'naia geologiiü no.5, p.161-70, tables) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some features of effusive traps in the northwest of the Siberian platform in the light of experimental data. Reports a 1960-62 geologic survey in the western part of Putorana Mts and petrographic study of effusive traps. The texture of traps was found to depend on various factors such as viscosity of the magma, abundance of volatile constituents, regime of cooling, crystallization properties of minerals, etc. These factors are analyzed and briefly described. DLC. 97261 KUZNETSOV, A.A. O sviazi sovremennogo i drevnego vulkanizma na primere trappovogo magmatizma na severo(Leningrad. zapade Sibirskoi platformy. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1963. Regional'naia geologiih no.1, Title tr.: p.188-92) 4 refs. In Russian. Relation between present and old volcanism as exemplified by trap magmatism in the northwest of the Siberian platform. Reviews some features of effusive traps of the Siberian platform such as generation of magma, role of volatiles, depth of magma, etc. Paleovolcanism is compared with present volcanism. Similarities are found but also differences due to the time and place of their DGS. occurrences.

97262 KUZNETSOV, A.A. and others. Trappovyl magmatizm Severnogo Verkhoihn'ia. (Akademiih nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.175, no.3, p.672-74, table) 11 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.A. Vinogradov and V.S. Aplonov. Title tr.: Trap magmatism of the northern Verkhoyansk region. Reports new data on basic magmatism in the Tuora-Sis and Orulgan Ranges and elsewhere in this region. Among the products of basic magmatism, two facies of rocks are distinguished, volcanic-fragmental and intrusive. The volcanic-fragmental facies is represented by sedimentary-pyroclastic, volcanic-sedimentary rocks of the Lower Triassic and possibly Upper Permian. Intrusive rocks are also characterized. The origin of Late Devonian trap formation is discussed. DLC. 97263 KUZNETSOV, A.I. 0 vodoplavaiiishchei dichi v Tigil'skom ralone Kamchatki. (In: Soveshchanie po geografii resursov vodoplavaiushchikh p[s v SSSR... 1965, pt. 2, p.97-98) In Russian. Title tr. Wild water birds in the Tigil' region of Kamchatka. Reports the results of 40 years of bird studies in this region. DLC. 97264 BUZNETSOV, A.I. and others. Vysokii pavodok na r. Enisee v 1966 g. v raione stroitel'stva Krasnoi'arskoi GES. (Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitel'stvo 1967. v.37, no.2, p.24-26, graphs, tables) In Russian. Other authors: O.D. Mashukova and F.F. Title tr.: High flood on the Razzorenov. Yenisey River in 1966 in the region of the Krasnoyarsk hydroelectric power plant construction. Describes the spring flood, second in intensity in 64 yr, giving the hydro-geographic and meteorological data of the peak discharge. An intensive increase of water in the upper basin of the Yenisey began at the end of April. The first peak was observed in the second decade of May. After a short recession, the flood began to rise again in the third decade, and reached its second peak on the Abakan' River on June 6, on the Tuba June 9, and on the Yenisey at Minusinsk and Podsineye village on the 13th. At all these places the peak discharge was close to the record one in 1916. At the Krasnoyarsk power plant section peak discharge occurred on June 17 and was estimated to be 22,200 m3 /sec. The passage of 86.9x109 m3 during the four-month flood did not cause any serious damage to the power plant conDLC. structions, showing their stability. KUZNETSOV, G.N., see No. 101173 653

Ob bkono97265 KUZNETSOV, K.K. micheskoi effektivnosti rasshirennä primenenitä pechorskikh uglel dlia proizvodstva koksa. (Ugol' 1964. v.39, no.1, p.6-9) In Tide tr» The economic effecRussian. tiseness of increasing the use of Pechora coal for coke production. Discusses the feasibility of increasing production of Zh and K types of coal at the Vorkuta and Khal'mer-yu deposits, and analyzes measures to utilize Pechora coking coals in metallurgy, instead of for fuel. Pointing out the high coking quality of Zh and K coals, author proposes to open nine new mines at the Vorgashor, Vorkuta, Usa, and Nizhne-Syryaga deposits with a production of 20 million t/yr, increasing the gross production of Pechora coking coal to 33.7 million tlyr. Construction of concentration plants in the Pechora basin, and at the consumers' metallurgical plants is recomDLC. mended.

97266 KUZNETSOV, M.F. Geologicheskie osobennosti trappov severo-vostochnol okrainy Tungusskoi sineklizy. (Irkutsk. Univ. Kratkie soobshcheniiä i doklady o n.-issl. rabotakh za 1962 g. pub 1964, p.116-21) In Russian. Title tr.: Geologic features of traps in the northeastern part of the Tungusskiy syneclise. In this region the main mass of traps consists of intrusive sheets, only an insignificant part is extrusive. Its structural and textural features are analyzed. According to morphology and mode of occurrence, trap bodies of the Vilyuy-Morkoka and MorkokaMarkha watersheds have two stages, which are described and compared. Manifestation of DLC. trap volcanism is discussed.

97267 KUZNETSOV, M.F. Nekotorye dannye o kontaktovom vozdelstvii trappov na vmeshcharüshchie porody severo-vostochnoi (Irkutsk. okrainy Tungusskoi sineklizy. Univ. Kratkie soobshchentia i doklady o n.-issl. rabotakh za 1962 g. pub 1964, p.113-16) In Russian. Tide tr.: Some data on contact effects of traps on enclosing rocks on the northeast margin of the Tungusskiy syneclise. Reviews contact metamorphism of traps on polymictic Permian sandstones in the VilyuyOlenek interfluve. The sandstones are altered to quartzite with psammitic texture and enriched by chlorite and calcite. Contact metamorphism of traps on carbonate and some other rocks is also noted. Intensity of contact metamorphism is briefly discussed. DLC. 654

97268 KUZNETSOV, N.G. Moniezioz teat severnykh olenel. (Veterinaritä 1967. 3 refs. In Russian. v.44, no.11, p.64-65) Title tr.. Moniezia infection in reindeer young. Describes this broad tapeworm infection in northern Komi ASSR reindeer herds. Recommended treatment is Vermitin (100 to 200 mg/kg). Other helpful therapeutic compounds are: dichlorophene (400 mg/kg); bitionol (200 mg/kg). Standard antihelminths should also be given. The best time for treatment is in late fall, early winter. DLC. KUZNETSOV, S.N., see No. 95683 KUZNETSOV, V., see No. 96852 KUZNETSOV, V.A. and E.I. 97269 Kompleks "SPS-Vorkuta" dhä KHURS. sovmeshchenitä spuskomekhanizaisü i operatsü. (IzvestiI3 pod" emnykh vysshikh uchebnykh zavedeni!. Geologitä i In razvedka 1967, no.3, p.137-39, illus) Russian. Tide tr.: The SPS-Vorkuta rig for mechanized and combined lowering and hoisting operations. Describes this rig used for shifting drill pipe stands, connecting their upper ends to the elevator, and performing the hoisting and lowering operations of one stand with 25-30% DLC. economy in time. 97270 KUZNETSOV, V.A. Rtutnye formaüü Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka i nekotorye zakonomernosti ikh razmeshcheniia. (Zakonomernosti razmeshchenitä poleznykh iskopaemykh 1964. v.7, p.300-316, map) Approx. 60 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Mercury formations of Siberia and the Far East and some patterns of their distribution. Outlines mercury mineralization in various provinces and regions of Siberia and Far East incl the Taymyr, Verkhoyansk-Kolyma and Chukotka-Kamchatka provinces. Some features of mercury ore formation are noted. The deposits were formed in the late stage of folding or under almost platformic conditions. Tectonic conditions and age of mercury DLC. mineralization are briefly stated. 97271 KUZNEISOV, V. P. KorrehäCSitä dokembrifi Vostochnol Sibiri. (Sovetskaiii geologiia 1964, no.2, p.116-24, table, illus) 25 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Correlation of the Precambrian in Eastern Siberia. Describes and correlates Archean, and Proterozoic rocks of the Anabar and Aldan shields, the Olekma - Vitim interfiuve, Baykal and other regions. The Eastern Siberian Precambrian is divided into three groups. Metamorphic rocks of the Anabar and Aldan

shield, with exception of the Olekma series, are the oldest rocks. DLC. 97272 KUZNEFSOV, V.V. and E.N. ALEKSANDROVA. 0 raspredelenii prokhodnykh ryb reki Leny na mestakh nagula. (Zoologicheskil zhurnal 1966. v.45, no.2, p.228-36, tables) 12 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr: Distribution of migratory fishes on the feeding grounds of the Lena River. Reports study of four common species in the Lena delta. The young concentrate in spring and summer near the banks and in the channels. One-year-olds spend the time in the areas near river mouths. Older fishes disperse in the brackish waters of the Laptev Sea. DLC. KUZNEFSOV, V.V., see also No. 93491, 93492 97273 KUZNEFSOVA, G.I. Shkoly Zapadnoi Sibiri v period deiätel'nosti Sibrevkoma, 1919-1925 gg. (Iz istorii Zapadnoi Refs. In RusSibiri 1961. no.1, p.78-91.) sian. Title tr. Schools of West Siberia during the administration of the Siberian Revolutionary Committee, 1919-1925. Describes the set-up and operations of Sibono, the Siberian Dept of Public Education, created by the Siberian Revolutionary Committee in Jan 1920. Its sphere of activity included the present Tyumen and Krasnoyarsk Provinces and Yakut ASSR. Its purpose was to restore and enlarge the school system, establish curricula, promote academic and vocational training, provide supplies, publish textbooks and professional journals, etc. The data cited apply to all Western and Central Siberia. DLC. 97274 KUZNEFSOVA, LA. and G.B. ZEVINA. Obrastanie v raionakh stroitel. stva prilivnykh elektrostanisi1 na Barentsevom i Belom monäkh. (Akademitä nauk SSSR. Inst. okeanologii. Trudy 1967, no.85, p.18-28, maps, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Fouling in the tidal electric power plant construction areas on the Barents and White Seas. Investigates the possible effects on the functioning of these power plants, the first of which is being built in Kislaya Bay of the Barents Sea, and two others are planned in Lumbovskiy and Mezen' bays of the White Sea. Fouling was studied on rocks, mollusc shells, and macrophytes. 76 qualitative and 20 quantitative test specimens were taken from Lumbovskiy Bay in July-Aug 1963, and 50 qualitative and 14 quantitative specimens from Kislaya Bay in July 1964. Characteristics of fouling at Kislaya and Ura Bays of

the Barents Sea, and the general ecology of the main species of fouling marine fauna are discussed. The species found are given in a table, separately for Lumbovskiy and Kislaya bays; the variety of species found at Kislaya Bay being double of that found in Lumbovskiy Bay. The fouling biomass in Lumbovskiy Bay was found to vary from 0.1 to 5 kg/m2, and on the Kislaya Bay littoral 0.15-9.5 kg/m2. The biomass consisted mainly of Balanus balanoides Mytilus edulis, Dynamena pumiila, and Obellia longissima. DLC. KUZNETSOVA, I.K., see No. 100198, 100199, 100200, 100201 97275 KUZNETSOVA, I.N. and B.G. LOPATIN. 0 tsirkonakh granitoidov i metamorficheskikh porod vostochnoi chasti (Leningrad. N: issl. Anabarskogo shchita. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'natä geologiia 1967, no.10, p.144-55, Refs. In Russian. graphs, tables, illus) Title tr. Zircons of granitoids and metamorphic rocks in the eastern part of the Anabar shield. Reports a mineralogical study of zircons collected in 1965 in Khaptasynnakh River basin. Three types are separated representing three stages of development of metamorphic rocks and granitoids: zircon I of sedimentary premetamorphic stage; zircon II, regional metamorphism under conditions of granulite facies; and zircon Ill of the concluding stage of ultra-metamorphism. The study reveals the close genetic connection of granitoids with the metamorphic substratum. DLC. 97276 KUZNEFSOVA, L.N. 0 vertikal'noi [sirkuhäisii vodnykh mass v severozapadnoi chasti Severnol Atlantiki. (Materialy rybokhoziaistvennykh issledovanil Severnogo basseina 1966, no.7, p.129-36, Title tr.: 12 refs. In Russian. graphs) Vertical circulation of water masses in the northwestern part of the North Atlantic. Survey based on Aug-Sept 1957-58 data from research vessels. Heat loss from surface, vertical distribution of temperature and salinity, vertical circulation of geostrophic currents, and formation of deep waters are discussed. DLC. KUZNEFSOVA, S.IÅ., see No. 95526 KUZNI SYN, L.F., see No. 101045 97277 KUZUB, G.IA. Temperaturnye treshchiny v ledianom pokrove. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportnoenergeticheskil inst. Trudy 1958, no.7, 655

p.33-36, table, illus) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr:: Thermal cracks in the ice cover. Describes thermal fracturing on the Ob River and Lake Baykal, explaining the mechanism of the phenomenon, and its negative effect on the strength and bearing capacity of the ice cover. It reduces the ice static pressure on river installations and constructions, and facilitates breakup in spring. Temperature variations in the upper, temperature-affected part of the ice cover result in tensile stresses of 8-10 kg/cm2. The release of these stresses by a fracture exhibits formidable power. Such fractures on Baykal Lake may be 1.4 m wide, and when they occur under the railroad track, the rails crack and the bolts and fastenings of the track are DLC. thrown off with great force. 97278 KUZUB, G.IA. Temperaturnyl rezhim ledianogo pokrova nekotorykh rek Zapadnol Sibiri. (Akademåå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-energeticheskii inst. Trudy 1955, no.5, p.69-79, graphs, tables) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Temperature regime of the ice cover of some West Siberian rivers. Reports winter 1950-51 and 1951-52 field studies of the vertical temperature distribution in the ice cover and its mean temperature as influenced by the ambient air temperature regime, presence of snow cover, and thickness of the ice. The three types of distribution are dealt with: when the temperature at the ice surface is lower than in the layers beneath, when it is higher than in the layers underneath, and the intermediate type between these two. Graphs are given of the penetration of air temperature variations into the thickness of the ice with and without snow cover, and into ice of different thickness. DLC. KVALE, A., see No. 96301 KVASHNIN, A.N., see No. 94486 97279 KVIFTE, G.J. Hydroxyl rotational temperatures and intensities in the nightglow. (Planetary and space science 1967. v.15, no.10, p.1515-23, graphs, tables) Refs. Russian summary. Presents data from several bands of OH nightglow emission obtained with the SP3 fast-scanning photoelectric grating spectrometer at Tromso and As during the fall and spring of 1963 and 1964. The average rotational temperatures were derived as 210 ± 10°K at both stations. Absolute band intensities were calculated. Both the temperature and intensity were found to agree with the results of earlier investigations. A seasonal variation of intensity, with minimum 656

in winter seems indicated at both stations. The latitude variation is considered small in DLC. 60° - 90°N. KVIFTE, G.J., see also No. 99497 97280 LAANE, M.M. KromosomundersØkelser i Ost- Finnmarks flora, I. (Blyttia 1966. v.24, no.4, p.270-76, table, illus) Refs. In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: Chromosome investigations in the flora of eastern Finnmark, 1. Reports method and results of investigations on five plant species collected in 1965 on a sandy strand of Varanger Peninsula, northeastern Norway. One of these species, found in Norway only at this site, agrees in numbers with specimens collected in DLC. Spitsbergen. 97281 LAANE, M.M. Kromosomunders ,kelser i Øst-Finnmarks flora, II. (Blyttia 1967. v.25, no.2 p.45-54, table, illus) Refs. In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: Chromosome investigations in the flora of eastern Finnmark, 2. Reports on 21 species; for most of them the numbers correspond to those found in foreign materials by others. Variations are briefly DLC. characterized. LABAT, J.A., see No. 94061 LABAT, R., see No. 97288 LABITZKE, K., see No. 96756, 96757, 96758, 96759, 97110 97282 LABORIT, H. and others. Etude preliminaire concemant le röle possible du tissu conjonctif dans l'etablissement de 1'hypothermie profonde. (Agressologie 1965. v.6, no.1, p.63-75, tables, illus) 13 refs. In French. English, German, Spanish and Russian summary. Other authors: B. Weber, C. Chekler and C. Baron. Title fr.: A preliminary study of the possible role of the connective tissue in hypothermia. Hypothermias between 18° and 20°C were induced in dogs by neuroplegic premedication and sodium 4-hydroxybutyrate. One group of animals was treated with desoxycorticosterone acetate, a hormone which augments the secretion of mucopolysaccharides by fibroblasts in connective tissue. The significant mortality within this group indicates a need for modifications in this technique. The amount of K given upon initiation of hypothermia needs more study. DNLM. Pegmatity 97283 LABUNTSOV, A.N. Moskva, Severnoi Karelii i ikh mineraly. lzd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1939. 260 p.

tables, map, illus. (Pegmatity SSSR, v.2.) Tide tr.: Approx. 110 refs. In Russian. Pegmatites of northern Karelia and their minerals. Describes the geology and geomorphology of the region around Kandalaksha Bay in the north and the town of Soroka in the south (approx 64°N). Petrographic description is also given. The pegmatite veins are analyzed noting their occurrence and relation to enclosing rocks. Their minerals are reported, with microcline, oligoclase, quartz, muscovite and biotite, as the principal ones and about forty secondary minerals as well. Description of these minerals forms the main part of the book. Productive importance of pegmatite veins is discussed. Those of northern Karelia are compared with similar veins of Norway, Sweden, United States, Canada and other DLC. countries. LABUTIN, A.N., see No. 101541 LABUTIN, ILJ.V., see No. 95073, 95823, 95825 LACHANCE, G.R., see No. 101239 97284 LaCHAPELLE, E.R. Glaciers. (In: IUGG General Assembly, 1967. US National report 1963-1967. American Geophysical Union. Transactions 1967. v.48, no.2, p.729-36) Refs. Reviews significant American research into glacial variations and chronology, deformation and flow of glaciers and other aspects of glaciology during the period 1963-67. Work at Camp Century, Greenland, the AlaskaYukon Icefield Ranges Project and other arctic investigations are summarized. A select bibliography of 125 items from this period is included. CaMAI, DLC. 97285 LACHENBRUCH, A.H. and B.V. MARSHALL. Heat flow through the Arctic Ocean floor. the Canada Basin - Alpha (Journal of geophysical Rise boundary. research 1966. v.71, no.4, p.1223-48, graphs, maps, table, illus) Refs. Investigates sources of thermal perturbation in the crust and upper mantle by the geothermal method with relatively closely spaced measurements, and studies the extent to which the surface heat-flow field can be considered continuous. Some 20 heat-flow measurements were made from the ARLIS station on T-3 in an equidimensional region on the boundary between the Alpha Rise and the Canada Basin; and data of 32 measurements are being reduced for four other localities in the Canada Basin. Equipment and field procedures are described. Thermal conductivity of the sediments of the ocean floor

and its topography are studied. The thermal gradient and the resultant heat flow are found to be within about 5% of 1.4 p cal cm-2 sec-1 over an approx 8x103 km2 area in the northern Canada abyssal plain. Anomalies in surface heat flow greater than 25 or 30% and wider than 100 km probably cannot be caused by contrast in molecular conductivity in the crust and the upper mantle. The six anomalously low measurements of 0.77 .t cal/cm2 sec made at the edge of Alpha Rise are evidently an edge effect of lateral heat conductivity contrasts in crustal and possibly subcrustal rocks. CaMAI, DLC. LACOURLY, S., see No. 95501 97286 LADINSKII, A.S. Gorod nauki v Sibiri. (Akademii'a nauk SSSR. Vestnik 1966. v.36, no.6, p.33-41, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: A city of science in Siberia. Sketch of Akademgorodok in the forest by the Ob reservoir 25-30 km from Novosibirsk. It has 16 institutes of the Academy of Sciences' Siberian Division, university, etc and over 30,000 inhabitants. Its construction cost amounted to 219 million rubles. DLC. 97287 LADOUCEUR, G. Note sur le Pinetum Banksianae alnetosum du Quebec. (Naturaliste canadien 1966. v.93, no.6, p.843-47, table) Refs. In French. Deals with the ecology of the sub-association of jack pine forests with this alder, with special reference to floristic composition and wood mensuration of the stand as well as the physical properties of the soil. Data were gathered at 49° 15'N 77°10'W. CaMM, DLC. 97288 LAFFONT, J. and R. LABAT. Action de ['adrenaline sur la frequente cardiaque de la carpe commune; effet de la temperature du milieu sur l'intensite de la (Journal de physiologie 1966. reaction. v.58, no.3, p.351-55, tables, illus) 6 refs. In French. English summary. Title fr.: The action of adrenaline on the heart rate of the common carp; effect of temperature of the environment on intensity of the reaction. An intercardiac injection of adrenalinebase produces a bradycardial response in the carp. The response varies with the ambient temperature. The moderator effect upon the heart rate appears most significant in the temperature range I° - 8°C. DLC. 97289 LAFOND, A. Notes sur l'ecologie de quatre coniferes du Quebec, Picea mariana, Picea glauaa, Abies balsamen, Pinus (Naturaliste canadien 1966. Banksian. v.93, no.6, p.823-42, tables) Refs. In 657

French. Title tr.: Notes on the ecology of four conifers of Quebec. These conifers adapt easily to coarse, acidic sands of low fertility. They can establish themselves in a wide variety of ecological conditions. They are not long-lived and never reach great dimensions, but they react favorably to sylvicultural treatments and are very important for the pulp and paper industry. CaMM, DLC. 97290 LAGERCRANTZ, E. Lappische Volksdichtung; Bd. 7, Sonographische Untersuchung lyrischer lappischer Volkslieder aus Karasjok and Enontekiö mit Noten and Erklärungen. Helsinki 1966. 300 p. tables, illus. (Suomalais-ugrilainen seura. Toimituksia, v.141) 13 refs. In German. Title tr.: Lappish folklore; v.7, Sonographic study of Lappish lyric folksongs from Karasjok and Enontekiö with music and explanations. In sequence to No 80482. Analyzes the tonal system and melodic structure of 33 songs on the basis of laboratory work in the 1960's. Phonetic, poetic, and stylistic criteria, also the rhythm, articulation, etc are discussed. Psychological and magic factors are considered. The sonogram bands and scores with texts are included and a glossary of over three hundred words appended. DLC. 97291 LAGERCRANTZ, S. The NordoBaltic torsion traps. (Studia ethnographica upsaliensia 1964. v.21, p.169-81, illus) Refs. Deals mainly with two aboriginal types of traps with torsion release systems: the NordoBaltic and Uralo-Siberian. The former is known from Fennoskandia incl Lapland, the latter is used by Samoyeds, Ostyaks, Tungus, Chukchis, Eskimos, etc. The construction, trigger mechanism, sensitiveness, etc of these trap types and their variants are described. Their diffusion in Eurasia and counterparts elsewhere in the world are traced. DSI. 97292 LAGERSPETZ, K.Y.H. Postnatal development of thermoregulation in laboratory mice. (Helgoländer wissenschaftliche Meeresuntersuchungen 1966. v.14, p.559-7I, table, illus) 26 refs. German summary. Reviews studies made on mice and presents comparative data on the golden hamster and Norwegian lemming. Laboratory mice exhibit nearly complete poikilothermia up to seven days after birth, during which period they also have high cold resistance, high relative weight and succinic dehydrogenase activity of the brown fat. Increase in the heat production at ages 7-15 days, with homoiothermy at 20-30°C ambient temp, is accompanied by an increase in succinic dehydrogenase activity in the liver, which is probably caused by 658

increase in thyroid activity, making oxygen consumption sensitive to adrenaline. Muscle shivering reaches the adult level at age 15-17 days. Catecholamine stores in the adrenal medulla increase steadily during growth. Conditions for adrenomedullary thermoregulation probably attain the adult functional level at the age of 3 wk. Maturation of the central nervous system and subsequent activation of the endocrines are probably the main factors responsible for development of thermogenesis. DI. 97292A LAGUNOV, I.I. Razvitie rybokhozi`aistvennoi nauki na Kamchatke. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1967. no.5, p.17-21) In Russian. Title tr.: Development of fishery science in Kamchatka. Describes six research stations for investigating Pacific salmon and marine fishes. Salmon biology investigations at Lakes Dal'noye and Kuril'skoye, Bol'shaya and Kamchatka River basins are briefly described, as are studies of its sea life phase aboard the Ametist, Zhemchug, Baksan, etc. Herring, flounder, cod, etc biology and Commander Island fur seal studies are also noted. DLC 97293 LAHN-JOHANNESSEN, J. and others. Rapport om tokt med "G. 0. Sars" til Lofoten og Barentshavet fra 17. februar til 1. april 1966. (Fiskets gang 1966. v.52, no.23, p.446-51) Refs. In Norwegian. Other authors: D. Moller and S. Olsen. Title tr.: Report of a cruise abroad the G.O. Sars to Lofoten and the Barents Sea from 17 February to 1 April 1966. Summarizes the mapping of winter occurrence of cod and capelin, echo-log and net selection investigations, collection of biological material, tagging operations, hydrographic work, etc. Related fishing is reported. DI. 97294 LAINE, H. Punakuirin, Limosa lapponica, esiintymisestä Suomen Lapissa. (Omis fennica 1962. v.39, no.4, p.121-31, maps) 38 refs. In Finnish. German summary. Title tr.: Distribution of Limosa lapponica the bar-tailed godwit in Finnish Lapland. Discusses earlier studies of this bird in Finland, records of its occurrence between 1800 and 1900, decline of the population in the early 20th century due to use of the eggs by local people. Studies since 1950 reveal a large population of this godwit in northeastern Utsjoki; it also has centers in eastern Enontekiö and southwestern Inri. DSI. 97295 LAING, A. Northern resources and Canada's future. (Arctic 1967. v.20, no.1, p.42-44)

Excerpts from a speech by the Minister of Northern Affairs and National Resources, Toronto, 27 Sept 1966. Mineral wealth of the Yukon and the Northwest Territories, where lead-zinc has raised the value of all mineral production from $14 million in 1963 to $75 million in 1965 is considered. Government incentives, road building, cost sharing in exploration, airstrip and town site construction are cited as evidence of official confidence in Canada's northland. CaMAI, DGS. 97296 LAING, A. Provincial and territorial reviews and forecasts of Canada's mineral industries; Northwest Territories. (Western miner and oil review 1967. v.40, no.4, p.128+, map, table, illus) The value of metals produced in 1966 exceeded $100 million, an increase of nearly 55% over the 1965 production. Base metals led over gold and silver, a trend which is expected to continue as the demand for copper spurs the search for this metal into the arctic regions. More than 2000 claims were recorded on copper showings in the Coppermine River-Dismal Lake region. In the Marion River and the McGinnis Lake areas there is renewed activity in uranium exploration. The most intensive search and development occurred in the Pine Point area where 100 mining companies are involved in exploration for Pb-Zn ores. A summary of 1957-66 mineral production data is tabulated. DGS. 97297 LAING, A. Provincial and territorial reviews and forecasts of Canada's mineral industries; Yukon. (Western miner and oil review 1967. v.40, no.4, p.86-89, graph, map, illus) Attributes a 15% drop in value of mineral production in the Yukon during 1966 to the closing down of the Yukon Consolidated Gold Corporation and Discovery Mines Ltd and a shortage of labor. Increased exploratory activity has centered on the Pb-Zn deposits in the Ross River area. New Imperial Mines Ltd expects to be in production in early 1967 at the Little Chief orebody where some 6 million tons are indicated for open-pit mining, and deep drilling indicates > 3 million tons of ore, which grades 2.14% copper. Cassiar Asbestos Corporation will conduct open-pit mining of asbestos at Clinton Creek near Dawson City. DGS. LAIRD, W.M., see No.100841 97298 LAKE, R.A. Heat exchange between water and ice in the Arctic Ocean. (Archiv flir Meteorologie, Geophysik und Bioklimatologie; ser. A, Meteorologie und

Geophysik 1967. v.16, no.2-3, p.242-59, graphs, tables) 23 refs. German and French summaries. Discusses energy exchange at the ice-sea interface on the basis of data obtained at drifting station T-3 (Fletcher's ice island) during 1965-66. A theoretic energy flux equation is presented and applied to the observations. Temperature profiles, ablation and accretion values and other data are used to construct graphs of heat flux in ice, heat flux in the boundary layer of the sea and the heat equivalent of ablation-accretion in the form of 5-, 3- and 1-day running means. The temperature gradient in the oceanic boundary layer is shown to be extremely small, between 2.10'5 and 4.10-4 degrees C per meter, and direct measurement would be a formidable task. It is suggested that a large part of the heat transfer from the relatively warm Atlantic water to the arctic atmosphere may occur through open leads. CaMAI, DWB, 97299 LAKTIONOV, A.F. Liitdi velikogo muzhestva. (In: Leningrad. ArkticheskrT i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Russkie arkticheskie... 1964, p.93-105) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Men of great courage. Reviews the outstanding events in polar exploration in the early 20th century; exploration was marked by many remarkable events, incl the solution of three great polar geographic problems: the achievement of the Northwest Passage by Amundsen, the South Pole by Amundsen, and the North Pole by Peary. Russian explorers also were active in the Barents Sea, New Siberian Islands, Far Northeast and tested the first arctic icebreaker the Ermak. The Russian effort was marred however, by three tragedies, the ill-fated expeditions of Sedov, Rusanov and Brusilov. Their stories are briefly recapitulated; the courage, enthusiasm and patriotism of their leaders was not matched by prudence and careful planning. The lack of government support for arctic enterprise is also noted. CaMAI, DLC. LAKTIONOV, A.F., see also No. 96292, 100971 Charac97300 LAL, D. and RAMA. teristics of global tropospheric mixing based on man-made C14, H3, and Sr90. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.12, p.2865-74, graphs, illus) 18 refs. Studies the global dispersion of radiocarbon, radiohydrogen, and radiostrontium, injected into the atmosphere by recent Russian nuclear tests. The fallout of H3 and Sr90 in wet precipitations, and concentrations of C14 in the tropospheric and stratospheric air were measured in both hemispheres. These radioactivities appeared in the troposphere at 659

peak intensities during mid-1963 and were so large as to dwarf the residual radioactive contributions from previous injections. C14 concentration in ground-level atmospheric CO2 at stations in 43-78°N is given for 1962-65 in a diagram which includes Spitsbergen and Nordkapp (Norway) data. A practical four-cell model adopted for studying the global transport of C 1402 from late 1962 Russian nuclear tests considers radioactive contamination of the troposphere, stratosphere, the ocean, and biosphere. The rate of meridional mixing within the troposphere is evaluated. DLC.

97303 LAMBERT, A.F. Maintaining the Canada-United States boundary. (United Nations Regional Cartographic Conference for Asia and the Far East, 4th, Manila 1964. v.2, Proceedings and technical papers 1966. p.194-96) Considers, among others, the Alaska Boundary Tribunal and the conventions of 1903 and 1906. The Alaska-Canada boundary line is 5,525 mi long, comprising 3,146 mi of land and 2,380 mi of water boundary. It is marked or referenced by 8,100 monuments and its location is shown on 255 topographic maps. DGS.

LALLEMAND, ti-., see No. 96002

LAMBERT, E.H., see No. 95601

97301 IAMB, H.H. and others. Atmospheric circulation and the main climatic variables between 8000 and 0 B.C.; meteorological evidence. (In: Intl. Symposium on World Climate, 8000-0 B.C., 1966. Proceedings p.174-217, graphs, maps, tables) Refs. Other authors: R.P.W. Lewis and A. Woodroffe. Analyzes paleobiological and meteorological evidence for changes in temperature, precipitation and atmospheric circulation during this period. Maps show climatic conditions ca 6500 BC, 4000 BC, 2000 BC and 500 BC with extent of continental glaciers and tree limits indicated. Atmospheric thickness values for these dates, computed from the available evidence, are mapped. Isobaric patterns are also plotted for the Arctic and sub-Arctic, both for Jan and July, for each date. A sequence of meteorological variations based on these maps is postulated. A bibliography is included. DWB.

97304 LAMBERT, J.D.H. Teloschistes arcticus Zahlbr. reaffirmed in the Canadian Arctic. (Bryologist 1966. v.69, no.3, p.358-61, illus) 5 refs. This lichen reported in the early 19th century as Borea aurantiaca R Br. from Melville Island was later disputed. It is here recorded from the southwest coast of Banks Island and described. DI.

97302 LAMB, H.H. The changing climate; selected papers. London, Methuen 1966. 236 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. A collection of papers by one of the leading scholars in the field of climatic changes and trends. Several chapters contain arctic material, and chap 5, p 140-56, reviews the role of atmosphere and oceans in relation to high-latitude climatic change and the growth of ice sheets on land. Displacements in the mean direction of depression tracks are viewed as highly significant. The problem of identifying eustatic change in sea level is briefly considered, and snow accumulation on Greenland is discussed with map and graphs. A number of theories of ice age development are briefly reviewed. The author considers an Arctic Ocean ice-free on the Atlantic side of the Lomonosov Ridge but frozen on the Alaskan side to offer a possible compromise between the views of Ewing and Ponn (Nos 44828, 50818, 71332) and Karlstrom (Nos DWB. 72666 and 96594). 660

97305 LAMEY, J. Unusual sight records of birds near Churchill, Manitoba. (Canadian field-naturalist 1967. v.81, no.3, p.228-29) Reports the woodpecker Asyndesmus Lewis, 21/2 mi south of Akudlik in summer 1966 and discusses earlier records. Breeding evidence was obtained for the whitethroated sparrow Zonotrichia albicollis, myrtle warbler Dendroica coronata, and palm warbler D. palmarum. Sightings of sharptailed sparrows Ammospiza caudacuta, and cedar waxwings Bombycilla cedrorum are also noted. CaMAI, DGS. 97306 LAMMERS, J. Yukon Territory: a chance to choose. (Sierra Club bulletin 1968. v.53, no.6, p.13-16, illus) Reviews the economic and political framework within which both development and conservation in this territory are likely to operate. The need for education in conservation, so that development will respect the quality of the natural environment, is emphasized. CaMAI, DLC. 97307 LAMPIO, T. Sex ratios and the factors contributing to them in the squirrel, Helsinki Sciurus vulgaris, in Finland, 1. 1965. 90 p. graphs, maps, tables. Refs. (Riistatieteelisiä julkaisuja. Finnish Game Research, no.25) Comprehensive study of conditions during 1946-63 in different areas, incl the sub-Arctic and Arctic. Following an introduction on the relation of such studies to genetics and

evolution, author deals with previous investigations, sex ratios and annual variations in 1946-63, incl variations in provinces and communes. A second part (p 52-82) deals with factors causing unbalanced sex ratios, such as age, disease or migration. Juvenile sex ratio and the ratio of sex to age are also considered. Migration and disease were found to affect sex composition of the squirrels, generally reducing the proportion of males. Food supply, weather, predation, etc also influence this composition. DLC. LAMPTON, M., see No. 93556 97308 LANDA, E.A. K probleme genezisa nefelin-piroksenovykh porod v shchelochno-ul'traosnovnykh massivakh. (Vses. mineralogicheskoe o-vo. Zapiski 1966. v.95, no.6, p.652-64, table, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Origin of nepheline-pyroxene rocks in alkaline-ultrabasic massifs. Outlines three different opinions on the genesis of these rocks, and states own view based on petrographic studies of the Maymecha-Kotuy alkaline-ultrabasic province. Its largest massifs, the Gulya, Odikhincha, Magan, etc, are analyzed. The magmatogenic or predominantly magmatogenic nature of nepheline-pyroxene rocks is emphasized. Various types are distinguished and three possible ways of their formation are described. DLC. 97309 LANDA, E.A. and S.M. PROKHOROVA. 0 geneticheskoi klassifikaisii flogopitovykh mestorozhdenii formaisii shchelochnykh-ul'traosnovnykh porod. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1965. Regional'naia geologilä no.5, p.154-60, table) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Genetic classification of the phlogopite deposits of alkaline and ultrabasic rock formations. Notes that various phlogopite deposits have been discovered in massifs with formations of alkaline and ultrabasic rocks, e.g. the Gulya, Kovdor, Odikhincha, Magan, Bor-Uryakh, etc. Existing classifications are reviewed, and a new genetic classification is proposed, based on: the level and stage of magmatism and metasomatism in which phlogopite was formed; the rocks in which the phlogopite bodies were formed; composition of the bodies; ferruginous phlogopite. DLC. 97310 LANDA, E.A. 0 genezise melilitovykh porod v shchelochno-ul'traosnovnykh massivakh. (Vses. mineralogicheskoe o-vo. Zapiski 1966. v.95, no.3, p.297-308, table, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The genesis of melilite rocks in alkaline and ultrabasic massifs. Discusses formation of melilite rocks wide-

ly distributed in the Maymecha-Kotuy province. Views of other scientists are evaluated. Compares the formation mechanism of melilite rocks and alkaline rocks of granitoids. Conclusion is drawn that rocks in alkalineultrabasic massifs are formed by crystalization of magmatic melt. They occur in rock facies of jacupirangite, melteigite, ijolite, ankaratrites, etc, by replacement of alkaline and alkaline-ultrabasic magma through olivinites and peridotites. DLC. 97311 LANDA, E.A. 0 genezise u1= trabazitov v intruzivnykh shchelochnoul'traosnovnykh massivakh Maymecha-Kotuiskoi provintsii. (Vses. mineralogicheskoe o-vo. Zapiski 1967. v.96, no.4, p.377-88, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The genesis of ultrabasites in the intrusive alkaline-ultrabasic massifs of Maymecha-Kotuy province. Outlines three problems concerning their genesis: the nature of ultrabasites, the character of their connection with alkaline-ultrabasic and alkaline rocks, and their formation mechanism. Ultrabasites of alkalineultrabasic massifs are concluded to be hightemperature magmatic formations. A generalized picture of their formation mechanism is presented and explained with reference to the Kugda, Bor-Uryakh and Gulya massifs. DLC. 97312 LANDA, E.A. 0 kontaktovom vzaimodeistvii krupno- i gigantozernistykh kal'tsitovykh karbonatitov Gulinskogo massiva s vmeshchaiüshchimi porodami. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.168, no.2, p.439-41, illus) 5 refs. In Russian. Title Er» Contact interaction between the coarse-grained and gigantic-grained calcitic carbonatites of Gulya massif and the enclosing rocks. Describes the petrography of carbonatites of the Gulya intrusion in alkaline-ultrabasic rocks of Krasnoyarsk Province. Four types of carbonatite zoning are characterized. The zones range from 0.3-0.5 to 3-4 cm thick. Apatite, magnetite and perovskite are present in all the zones, and in zones 3 and 4 calcite and vesuvianite as well. Interaction of the carbonatites with the enclosing rocks is explained. DLC. 97313 LANDA, E. A., and L. I. AMKEEVA. 0 stadiinosti protsessov metasomatizma na shchelochno-ul'traosnovnom massive Odikhincha. (Geologifft i geofizika 1964, no.8, p.34-44, graphs, illus.) 17 refs. Title tr. In Russian. English summary. Stages of metasomatic processes in the Odikhincha alkaline-ultrabasic massif. Characterizes this massif, 56 km2 in area on 661

the lower Kotuy, as representing typical multi-phase differentiated pluton of central type. Three successive stages of metasomatism are recognized and described: nephelinization, granitization, and carbonatization and phlogopitization.`These processes developed under conditions of gradually decreasing temperature and relative increases in the acidity of metasomatizing solutions. Phlogopite is either formed in the first stage of nephelinization or connected with the last stage of carbonatization. DLC. LANDA, E.A., see also No. 95633 97314 LANDER, J.F. Hypocenter pro(In: ESSA Symposium on Earthgrams. quake Prediction, 1966. Proceedings p. 135-40, graphs, maps) Describes the computerized epicenter location program of the US Coast and Geodetic Survey with sample plots for 1955 and 1965. 1300 epicenters located in the Rat Islands (Aleutians) following the 4 Feb 1965 earthquake are mapped. A plot shows numbers of aftershocks for both the Mar 1964 Prince William Sound and Feb 1965 Rat Island earthquakes against time. Results suggest that aftershock activity is restricted to welldefined crustal blocks, adjoining blocks showing no measurable increase in seismic activity. DLC. LANDERS, W.S., see No. 101241, 101242 LANDMARK, B., see No. 96450, 96451 97315 LANDSYERK, O.C. Norse medieval cryptography in American runic inscriptions. (American Scandinavian review 1967. v.55, no.3, p.252-63, illus) Discusses the significance of cryptograms found on many runic stones of Norse origin in Scandinavia, the Orkneys, Greenland and various parts of North America. They are considered complex calendrically indicated secret dates, the evidence for which is outlined. An interpretation is offered for the cryptogram on the Kingigtorssuaq runestone in northern Greenland. DLC. 97316 LANDY, M. and A. FREIBERGER. An approach to the shipboard icing problem. (Naval engineers journal 1968. v.80, p.63-72, tables graphs, illus) 23 refs. Discusses environmental factors which affect ice adhesion, specifies a method to determine the conformance of a given coating to the criteria set up, and presents some guidelines for preparing a deicing coating. Tabulated data on ice adhesion to some 40 different coatings over painted steel are given. Materials which show deicing properties are 662

the Dow Corning Corp. silicone resin XZ8-3057 and duPont's FEP Teflon. DN-Sh. 97317 LANG, L.C. Blasting frozen iron ore at Knob Lake. (Canadian mining 4 journal 1966. v.87, no.8, p.49-53, illus) refs. Reports results of research by the Iron Ore Company of Canada, beginning 1959, on breaking ore in permafrost. Cratering tests and evaluation of actual blasting practice are discussed, and among other conclusions it is noted that the strain energy factor in frozen material is extremely low relative to that of unfrozen material, and is responsible for high explosive consumption in blasting. Frozen materials show shear type failure in which failure begins at the explosive cavity and proceeds outward. Caving of holes caused by thawing makes difficult the loading of explosives into the holes. Specific advice on nine problems is offered. The influence of moisture content in relation to the strain energy factor requires further study. DGS. 97318 LANGE, G.R. and others. Deep core drilling in glaciers. (Army Science Conference, US Military Academy, 1959. Proceedings. v.2, p.97-107, graphs, table) 6 refs. Other authors: C.C. Langway, Jr. and B.L. Hansen. Describes the equipment and procedures used to drill and core the north central Greenland ice cap to a depth of 971 ft, 1956, and to drill to 1348 ft and core to 1000 ft, 1957. Dating of annual increments is based on stratigraphic features such as winter wind crusts, discrete summer melt layers, and grain size and seasonal density variations. By transmitting light through the cores, these features were detected down to 100 m, at which depth a count showed 174 yr of accumulation and gave a quantitative measure of the net precipitation. Below this depth other techniques are used, viz variation in oxygen isotope ratios, and tritium and deuterium analyses. Bacterial counts of core samples showed the ice to be sterile. Insoluble impurities included pollen, spores, glassy shards, mineral fragments, magnetic particles and spherical micrometeorites. Filtered residue from a depth of 32 m revealed material that was qualitatively similar to debris from the Katmai eruption, 1912. Tests of bubble pressure with depth, and drill hole measurements of temperature, diameter, and inclination are noted. DLC. 97319 LANGE, G.R. and H.L. McKIM. Saturation, phase composition and freezing point depression in a rigid soil model. Hanover, N.H. 1967. 21 p. tables, graphs. (US. Army Cold Regions Research & En-

gineering Laboratory. Research report 182) Refs. Describes two series of experiments using a procelain block with very fine pore spaces. The first was made by the calorimetric method of mixtures, to explore the effects of saturation and temperature upon the phase composition of the water in the block at below-freezing temperature. In the second experiment, freezing-point depression determinations were made at various levels of saturation, complete saturation being when no air is present in the pores of the sample. It is concluded that the phase composition of the water in frozen soils is also dependent upon the degree of saturation as well as on the temperature. CaMAI, DLC. 97320 LANGE, M. and O. SKIFTE. Notes on the macromycetes of northern Norway. Tromso 1967. 51 p. map, illus. (Acta borealia. A. Scientia no. 23) Authors collected specimens of fleshy fungi from six localities in Finnmark and Troms counties in 1965. The localities are described and 252 species are listed with notes on their occurrence. One new species, Rhodocybe borealis, is described. Additional notes on Agaricus spp are also included. DLC. 97321 LANGE, W. Campingurlaub im Norden; die schönsten Campingreisen nach Dänemark, Schweden, Norwegen, Finnland. München, Gräfe and Unzer Verlag 1962. 288 p. maps, illus. In German. Title tr.: Camping vacation in the North; trips to Denmark, Sweden, Norway and Finland. Includes information for the tourist in two Arctic regions, viz: from Trondheim to Nordkapp and on to Kirkenes, Norway (p 213-32), and a connecting route from Utsjoki DLC. to Helsinki, Finland (p 273-84). 97322 LANGE-HESSE, G. VHF bistatic auroral backscatter communication. (In: NATO Inst. on Ionospheric Radio Communications in the Arctic. Proceedings 1967 pub 65 1968. p.174-206, graphs, maps, illus) refs. Calculates the geometry of its propagation path according to a new plasma acoustic wave theoretical model. The computed curves, which represent the location at 110 km altitude with ideal backscatter conditions, are compared with the observations of earlier investigators and found to be in reasonably DLC. good agreement. 97323 LANGFORD, F.F. and M.R. STAUFFER. The structure and petrology of the Precambrian rocks in the Rankin Inlet region, N.W.T. (Musk-ox 1967, no.2, p.70-72)

Reports 1967 fieldwork: visits by dog-team to major outcrops on Tudlik Peninsula and southwest to Ahigak Island as well as those on Thomson and Falstaff Islands; air survey at 500 ft as far north as Meladino and Peter Lakes and about 15 mi west of the Barrier Islands; a trip to Baker Lake, Cullit and Churchill. The area was found limited in features of interest. CaMAI. On the 97324 LANGLEBEN, M.P. factors affecting the rate of ablation of sea ice. (Canadian journal of earth sciences 1966. v.3, no.4, p.431-39, illus) 3 refs. Reports a study of the heat budget just before and during the season of ablation, of first year sea ice near the head of Tanquary Fiord, Ellesmere Island. Ablation started as the air temperature approached 0°C, producing a decrease in albedo from approx 0.6 to 0.2 in less than a week. Typical values of incident shortwave radiation were 800 cal cm-2 day-1 on clear days and 400 cal cm-2 day-1 during heavy overcast. The net influx of all-wave radiation was about 350 cal cm-2 day-1 during the ablation period, and resulted in a rate of ablation of ice of approx 4 cm days. It is shown that the flux of radiative heat is the dominant factor determining the ablation rate and the change in thermal content of the ice sheet. Upward conduction from the sea is small, except when surface melt runoff occurs and collects in a stable layer immediately under the ice sheet. Even partial refreezing in this layer may release large quantities of latent heat to increase the rate of bottom conduction appreciably. CaMAI, DGS. 97325 LANGTON, J.R. and G.E. CHIN. Rainbow member facies and related reservoir properties, Rainbow Lake, Alberta. (American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin 1968. v.52, no.10, p.1925-55, graphs, maps, illus) 18 refs. Describes several biohermal reefs of Middle Devonian age, discovered in this area and designated the Rainbow Member of the Keg River Formation, either a pinnacle or an atoll form as high as 800 ft. Fourteen broad but distinct lithofacies, representing six depositional environments, are recognized in Rainbow Member reefs. Five distinct ore systems are noted, and related to lithofacies and diagenesis. In the Rainbow Member reservoirs both original pore systems and those of diagenetic origin are present. Reservoir facies are the basis on which the reef is characterized in order to study depletion by DGS. use of the mathematical model. 663

97326 LANGWAY, C.C., Jr. Stratigraphic analysis of a deep ice core from Hanover, N.H. 1967. 130 p. Greenland. graphs, tables, illus. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Research report no.77) Refs. Presents a major scientific study of a 411 m ice core from the Greenland inland ice (76°59"N 56°04'W). The logistics of the drilling program are reviewed and the site procedures explained. The criteria for macroscopic stratigraphic analysis are discussed, incl structural features, physical characteristics, crystallography, and density. When viewed by transmitted light, distinctive layers of winter and summer accumulation can be identified. Results of 0-isotope studies indicate that seasonal variations in Ot$ provide a good means of estimating annual accumulation. Analyses of chemical composition and cosmic dust content are summarized and their climatologic implications assessed. Spherules in the core are considered to be extra-terrestrial rather than volcanic in origin. The core records accumulation from 934 AD to 1957 shows that conditions were similar in 934 to today. From that date slow decrease in accumulation and temperature appears to have taken place which reached a minimum around the late 18th c; thereafter warming and increase in accumulation has been a continuing trend. CaMAI, DLC. LANGWAY, C.C., JR., see also No. 94695, 94696, 94697, 95290, 95372, 95917, 95926, 96103, 97318, 97723, 98699, 98700, 98701, 101367 Opredelenie do97327 LANINA, L.B. pustimoi plotnosti naseleniih lose( v okhotnich'ikh ugod'iäkh basseina Verkhnei Pe(Pechoro-Ilychskii gos. zapovednik. chory. Trudy 1963. no.10, p.220-75, tables, illus) 15 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Determination of the admissible density of the elk population in hunting grounds of the upper Pechora basin. Elk have been protected in the USSR since 1919, since 1947 its depredations of young forest growth have become serious. The question of limiting its population in the upper Pechora basin has been under study particularly in the Pechora-llych Preserve. Data are presented, partly in tabulated form, on types of plant associations, the feed potential of trees and bushes for elk, and the effect on the vegetation of the elk browsing especially in winter. The damage is concluded to be due to the disparate use of winter pastures: the pine forests over-browsed, other pastures left untouched. The cause of this selectivity requires further study. Means of accelerating restoration of the exhausted 664

vegetation by burning dead wood and brush DLC. are briefly noted. 97328 LANINA, L.B. Sibirskil kedr v Pechoro-llychskom zapovednike. (PechoroIlychski7 gos. zapovednik. Trudy 1963. no.10, 123 p.88-219, tables, map, graphs, illus) refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Siberian pine in the Pechora-llych Preserve. This tree Pin us sibirica Mayr., or P. cembra v. siblrica Rupr., or P. cembra Pall. is one of the most valuable and long-lived in the Soviet Union, but it is largely exhausted, and its regeneration requires extensive research. It is present in the Preserve, and from its large literature a systematic description is given, with attention to its economic value, distribution in the USSR, and history of its study. A map at end of issue shows distribution in the Preserve: in the valley, foothills, and mountains of the Northern Ural. Plant associations, fruit-bearing, diseases and regeneration are discussed, as is own experience sowing this pine in the Preserve. Conclusion is offered that its lowland variety is close to Pinus sibirica Mayr., and that on the mountains closer to the West European P. cembra, though their origin seems to be the DLC. same. Potassium97329 LANPHERE, M.A. argon ages of Tertiary plutons in the Prince William Sound region, Alaska. (US. Geological Survey. Professional paper 1966. no.550-D, p.195-98, map, table) 9 refs. K-Ar ages of biotite and hornblende from four plutons in the western part of Prince William Sound range from 34.4 to 36.6 MY with a mean age of 35.8 MY. These ages indicate that emplacement of the plutons DGS. occurred early in the Oligocene. LANPHERE, M.A., see also No. 94845, 95747, 97629, 98128, 99388 LANSDOWNE, J.F., see No. 97593 97330 LANSINGER, J.M. and E.J. FREMOUW. The scale size of scintillationproducing irregularities in the auroral ionosphere. (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1967. v.29, no.10, p.1229-42, graphs) Refs. Reports measurements of the transverse scale of the ionospheric F -layer irregularities, based on radio-star observations from College, at frequencies of 68 and 223 MHz. Analysis by the two-frequency scintillationratio technique yields typical scales of 600-700 m for midauroral latitudes. Above the sub-Alaskan latitudes, the typical transverse scales are of the order of 1 km. The sub-Alaskan ionospheric irregularities are

found to display no general dependence of the scale on the magnetic K -index, while the more northerly measurements of Cassiopeia A scintillation show an increase in the irregularity transverse scale with increasing geomagnetic activity. DLC. 97331 LANTRATOVA, A.S. and E.A. OVCHINNIKOVA. Opredelitel' derev'ev i kustarnikov. Petrozavodsk, Karel'skoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1965. 154 p. illus. In RussianTitle tr Handbook of trees and shrubs. Designed for tourists, students and those interested in natural history and botany of Karelia. These trees and shrubs are common to Murmansk Oblast and the Karelia and Komi ASSR. Latin names and other data about each plant are given. DLC. 97332 LANTRATOVA, A.S. and V.F. GIÜBIEVA. Osobennosti uglevodorodnogo obmena v odnoletnikh pobegakh sibirskol listvennitsy. (Nauchnye doklady vysshei shkoly. Biologicheskie nauki 1966, no.3, In Russian. p.164-69, graphs, tables, illus) Title tr.: Features of carbohydrate metabolism in annual shoots of the Siberian larch. Studied Larix siberica at the Krasnoyarsk State Forest Preserve in 1963-64 when the trees were 5, 9, 15, and 18 months old. Growth and development were accompanied by intensive photosynthesis, respiration, utilization of mineral salts and waters. Monosaccharides increased significantly in older plants at any given date while disaccharides decreased and starch content remained about the same. By the end of Sept photosynthesis decreased and the loss of chlorophyll and pigments began, accompanied by a rapid fall in carbohydrate content in the leaves. Tabulation of results showed the dynamics of carbohydrate content in annular shoots depended on its developmental stage, and only secondarily on the time of year. This ability for intensive utilization of its energy resources probably accounts for the active growth and development of this species in the short summer months. DLC. 97333 LANTSEV, M. Leninskaii programma sotsial'nogo obespechenitå v deist(Sotsialisticheskil trud 1967. v.12, vii. Title no.12, p.11-19) Refs. In Russian. tr.: Lenin's social security program in action. General review of the Soviet social security legislation noting amendments passed in Sept 1967. These include a lowered retirement age, entitling workers and employees who served at least 15 calendar years in the Far North or at least 20 calendar yr in hardship areas equated to the Far North to pension rights. DLC.

97334 LAPIN, A.V. and M.E. KAZAKOVA. 0 titanovom lueshite iz Kovdorskogo massiva i izomorfizme v gruppe perovskita. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.171, no.4, p.956-59, tables) 8 refs. Title tr.: Titanium leushite In Russian. from the Kovdor massif and the isomorphism within the perovskite group. Gives a mineralogic description of leushite found in 1964 in aegirite-zeolite veins of this massif on Kola Peninsula. Three varieties are recognized according to color and each is described. Chemical analyses are given. Kovdor leushite is compared with that of the Congo and the Oka region of Quebec in Canada. Its isomorphism in the perovskite DLC. group of minerals is noted.

LAPIN, B.N., see No. 100955 97335 LAPINA, N.N. Douglenosnye nizhnekamennougol'nye otlozheniih Sibirskol platformy. (In: Stratigrafiia paleozoia sredIn Russian. nei Sibiri... 1967. p.194-96) Title tr.: The Lower Carboniferous deposits of the Siberian platform. Describes the Lower and Upper Tournaisian deposits in the Podkamennaya Tunguska, Kureyka, and Bakhta River basins, dividing them into local series and horizons, and noting thickness, lithologic properties and some paleontological remains. DLC.

LAPINA, N.N., see also No. 93899, 98148 97336 LAPITSKII, F.G. and IÜ.A. POGORELYI. Fizicheskoe razvitie shkol'ni(Zdravokov Monchegorska v 1964 g. okhranenie RossilskoT Federatsii 1967. v.11, In Russian. Title no.3, p.28-32, tables) tr.: Physical development of school children of Monchegorsk in 1964. Presents results of the physical examination of 7110 Russian children, 7-17 yr old: 83-85% native born, the remainder residents for 5 yr or more. Comparative tabulated data include L.A. Tarasov's 1957 study of Murmansk children (No 83445) and 1962-64 surveys further south. Positive changes occurred in Monchegorsk since 1958 in all age groups. Boys increased an average of 3.7-6.7 cm in height, 0.9-5 kg in weight, and 1.1-3.7 cm in chest circumference; a similar development pattern was shown by girls. All indices compare favorably with data from control cities, except Moscow and Leningrad where development indices are considerably above DLC. the national average. LAPITSKII, F.G., see also No. 100589

665

97337 LAPPO, S.D. Pavel Konstantinovich Khmyznikov, k semidesiatiletåü so dmå rozhdeniiä. (Okeanologirå 1966. v.6, Title tr.: no.3, p.561-63) In Russian. Pavel Konstantinovich Khmyznikov on the 70th anniversary of his birth. Describes the life and scientific activity of this well known hydrographer and oceanographer, who was born in St Petersburg 1896 and died in 1943. His participation in 1924 in the Yakut expedition and study of the Lena and Yana, in the Kara Sea cruise of the Belukha in the Chelyuskin expedition, etc are DLC. noted. 97338 LAPSHIN, L.I. Shchelochnai intruziIh v basseine reki Pravail Lesnaiå. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1967, no.5, p.182) In Russian. Title tr.: An alkaline intrusion in the Pravaya Lesnaya River basin. Reports a 2.5-6 km monzonite intrusion showing gravimetric and magnetic anomalies. It has a complicated structure with melanocratic gabbro, pyroxenites, etc besides the DLC. monzonites.

beak-like protuberances on the working DLC. edge. 97341 LARIONOV, IÜ.P. Biologirå pelrådi i sostoIhnie ee zapasov v ozerakh Syalakhskoi gruppy. (1n: Soveshchanie po biologicheskoi produktivnosti vodoemov Sibiri... 1966, p.46-47) In Russian. Title tr.: The biology of Coregonus peled and its numbers in the lakes of the Syalakh system. Three of these lakes on the left bank of the Vilyuy River were selected for intensive study. The average population density of fish in this system is 2000/ha. The average length and weight of Coregonus peled caught was 33.7 cm and 590 g respectively. Averages for each lake and for various ages of fish were also calculated. Fertility differed with the prevailing conditions in each lake. Catches are usually made between Oct and Dec and average about 500 centners/yr. DLC.

97339 LAPTSUI, L.V. Moil pesnia. (Druzhba narodov 1966, no.1, p.102-107) In Russian. Title tr.: My song. Five poems by this Nenets Samoyed poet, b. 1932 in the Yamal-Nenets National District. A biographical note on the author DLC. appears ibid, p. 286.

97342 LARIONOVA, A.M. Kormovye resursy ozera Nidzhili. ( In: Soveshchanie po biologicheskoi produktivnosti vodoemov Sibiri... 1966, p.124-26) In Russian. Title tr.: Food resources of the Nedzheli lake. 200 plankton samples and 103 benthic samples from lakes in Yakutia were examined. Twelve species of phytoplankton were common and the zooplankton consisted mainly of 13 species of Cladocera, seven copepods and four rotifers. Average winter zooplankton density was 68 mg/m3. In the spring young copepods were predominant. In the summer zooplankton density was about 301 mg/m3. In July 33,500 zooplankton specimens were often counted. Benthic fauna was also rich. DLC.

LaQUEY, R.E., see No. 94704

LARIONOVA, G.R., see No. 99177

97340 LARICHEVA, I.P. Paleolit Sevemoi Ameriki i problema ego sviazi s kamennym vekom Sibiri. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Izvestiiä 1966, no.5, p.94-103, map, illus) 30 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Paleolithic of North America and its relationship to the Stone Age of Siberia. Traces initial migrations to the Neanderthal man or the early homo sapiens, a preprojectile Mousterian culture crossing the Bering land bridge during the max stage of the Wisconsin glaciation. Though oldest American sites, 30-40,000 BP, antedate the earliest excavated Siberian sites Mal'ta and Buret, approx 23,000 BP, roots of the American paleolithic should be sought in Siberia. Assemblages of pre-projectile artifacts, incl Kogruk, Flint Creek, and Fort Liard, show a marked resemblance to earliest Siberian and central-Asiatic techniques: large scrapers with coarse vertical retouch and

LARIONOVA, M., see No. 98208

LAPTEV, I.P., see No. 94514, 95883 LAPTEV, M.N., see No. 99716, 99717 LAPTEVA, N.I., see No. 99716

666

97343 LAROCHELLE, A. and K.L. CURRIE. Paleomagnetic study of igneous rocks from the Manicouagan structure, Quebec. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.16, p. 4163-69, tables, graphs, maps) 18 refs. Determines the post-Triassic tectonic movements in the region of Manicouagan group of breccia, basalt, diorite, and andesite which form flat sheets partially filling a structural depression in Precambrian rocks. The petrographic and magnetic homogeneity of the hematite-bearing cores suggests that these constituents are deuteric, and that the stable remanent magnetization is of thermoremanent origin. Statistical analysis shows that the emplacement and cooling of the group probably required less than 10,000 yr. The mean pole position for the Manicouagan

group (602°N 881/2°E) is found to be in good agreement with those derived from other North American Triassic formations. This agreement suggests that the region north of the St Lawrence River has not suffered any major horizontal movement with respect to the rest of North America since the early Triassic period. DLC. 97344 LAROCHELLE, A. Palaeomagnetism of the Abitibi dyke swarm. (Canadian journal of earth sciences 1966. v.3, no.5, p.671-83, map, tables, illus) 5 refs. French summary. Previous data published on the paleomagnetism of a group of Precambrian diabase dikes, the so-called Abitibi swarm (approx 48°05'-30'N 77°40'-79°10'W), Ontario, were characterized by considerable angular dispersion attributed to a number of possible factors. In the light of new data, most of the previous interpretations appear invalid because the magnetization of the swarm was found to be distributed tightly about three mean directions rather than dispersed widely about one, as originally thought. It is concluded that the dikes forming the swarm were injected intermittently during several widely distinct periods and that, accordingly, long-range correlation of diabase dike swarms on the sole basis of their paleomagnetism may be more hazardous than was realized earlier. DGS. LAROCHELLE, A., see also No. 94444 97345 LARSEN, H. James Louis Giddings, Jr., 1909-1964. (American antiquity 1966. v.31, no.3, pt. 1, p.398-401) Obit of this prominent American archeologist with a review of his fieldwork in Alaska and a list of 53 studies pub 1938-64. DLC. 97346 LARSEN, J.A. Ecotonal plant communities north of the forest border, Keewatin, N.W.T., central Canada; studies in subarctic and arctic bioclimatology, 3. Madison, Wisc. 1967. 22 p. map, tables. Refs. (Wisconsin Univ. Dept. of Meteorology. Technical report no.32) Discusses recent work which shows that the forest-tundra border in Canada is coincident with the average summer position of the arctic frontal zone. Ecological studies by the author along a transect from Ennadai Lake to Dubawnt Lake show a zone of floristically depauperate tundra communities extending some distance north of the forest border. An increase in presence and frequency of arctic species northwards of this transition zone correlates with diminishing frequency of frontal conditions. The depauperate transition zone is thus viewed as a definite climatic zone

characterized by max frequency of frontal conditions. Species frequency data along the north-south traverse are tabulated. DWB. 97347 LARSEN, J.A. Relationships of central Canadian boreal plant communities: studies in subarctic and arctic bioclimatology, 2. Madison, Wisc. 1966. 43 p. graph, maps, tables. Refs. (Wisconsin Univ. Dept. of Meteorology. Technical report no.26) Using statistical methods of continuum analysis with 14 reference sites from Minnesota to Keewatin District (Ennadai Lake), presents data on the boreal forest ecologic complex. Vegetational community differences within the area studied are shown to be a response to environmental differences and most strongly related to climatic gradients. It is suggested that species groups may be employed as natural indicators of the airmass frequency characteristics of the atmosphere in DWB. this region. 97348 LARSEN, J.A. Soils of the boreal Madison, forest: a preliminary survey. Wisc. 1966. 50 p. tables, illus. Refs. (Wisconsin Univ. Dept. of Meteorology. Technical report no.25) Reviews literature on boreal forest soils of the Keewatin District, northern Ontario and northern Manitoba. Author's investigations in the region are also incorporated in the report. Emphasis is on the relationships of soil genesis, type of vegetation and climatic parameters within a single multifactional ecosystem. DWB. LARSEN, R., see No. 95938 97349 LARSEN, T. Bruk av injeksjongevaer og muskellammende midler i moderne viltforskning. (Naturen 1966. In Norv.90, no.5, p.273-83, table, illus) wegian. Title tr.: Use of injection guns and substances immobilizing muscles in modern wildlife research. Discusses the development and construction of such weapons, the types and qualities of the chemical preparations, and the conditions under which equipment is used at the Arctic Research Laboratory at Pt Barrow, Alaska. Specific preparations and dosage rates are tabulated for moose, caribou, elk, whitetailed deer, grizzly and polar bears, domestic cattle and dogs. Requirements and tolerances of several preparations are given. DGS. Isbjørn problemet 97350 LARSEN, T. enda en gang. (Norsk natur 1967. v.3, no.3, In Norwegian. Title Ir.: p.82-86, illus) The polar bear problem once again. Discusses arguments for and against protection of the bear in the Svalbard region. 667

Complete protection should be given only when the hazard is extinction. Little is known of the status of the polar bear population, nor of how much hunting can be allowed, nor what other measures would be useful, nor whether the current national programs are valid. The polar bear is totally protected in the USSR; but in Alaska, Canada and Greenland the take approaches 1000 /yr. The non-resident hunters' preference for large males may be dangerous. Pertinent data for the Svalbard region should be collected. DLC.

97351 LARSEN, T. The trapping and study of polar bears, Spitzbergen, 1966. (Polar record 1967. v.13, no.86, p.589-93, illus) 6 refs. Compared with the nicotine alcaloids, or succinylcholine chloride used earlier in syringe guns, the new morphine-type drug, M99, and specific antidote, M285 (manufactured by Reckitt and Sons, Ltd, Hull, England), or the morphine antidote, Nalorphin, proved successful during live trapping of polar bears in Spitsbergen 1966. Only 10 microgram/1 lb body weight will normally cause immobilization. Four of nine bears sighted from a ship were successfully trapped and tagged, without death of the bears. However, when the bear is anesthetized while swimming, the head sinks, and must be raised to prevent drowning. CaMAI, DLC. LARSEN, T., see also No. 95329 LARSON, A.G., see No. 97402 LARSON, A.M., see No. 96101 97352 LARSSON, R.Å. Notes on icevelocity data from observations on Mikkaglaciären, 1895-1962. (Geografiska annaler. Ser. A, physical geography 1966. v.48, no.1, p.40-42, map, table, illus) 5 refs. Ice movements were observed on this glacier in northern Sweden by A. Hamberg in 1895-97 and 1899-1901, G. Norling in 1954, B. Arvidsson, 1958-59, and the author, 1961-62. The first three observers used bamboo canes, steel rods, or stones, with or without steel-wire anchoring, as markers. The author used transparent plastic tubes set into vertical boreholes, which were deepened each third day. The striking decrease in mean velocity from 62.8 mm/day in 1895-97 to 29.4 mm/day in 1961-62 is presumably due to variations in the accumulation-ablation balance of Mikkaglaciären. CaMAI, DLC.

97353 LASCA, N.P. Postglacial delevelling in Skeldal, northeast Greenland. 668

(Arctic 1966. v.19, no.4, p.349-53, map, table, illus) 12 refs. French and Russian summary. Skeldal is a northeast-trending valley in the Mesters Vig district, on the southwest shore of Kong Oscars Fjord, about 70 km from the fiord's entrance, in the northeast corner of Scoresby Land. Thirteen radiocarbon dates of shell material which were used to establish a rate of emergence in Skeldal, indicate that the valley was partially open to the sea by ca 8500 BP. Early emergence (8000-7000 BP) was approx 3 m/century. Emergence is related almost entirely to adjustment due to CaMAI, DGS. glacial unloading.

LASHCHENKOVA, A.N., see No. 97641 97354 LASHCHINSKII, N.N. Temnokhvolnye i melkolistvennye lesa Priangarskol chasti Enisetskogo kriazha. (Rastitel'nyi pokrov Krasnoiärskogo kraiä 1965. no.2, p.69-119, tables) 24 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Dark coniferous and smallleaved trees in the areas of the Yenisey ridge adjacent to the Angara. Presents an introductory review of the geography and climate of the area, followed by results of a 3-yr survey (1960-62). The dominant tree species are described, with their soil preference, areas, vertical distribution, water requirement etc. The foresttypes in the area are treated in some detail, their distribution, stands and their age, quantity of timber, undergrowth and its elements. Exploitation of these forests is also discussed. Data are tabulated in append-

ices.

DLC.

LASHCHINSKII, N.N., see also No. 99487

97355 LASSEN, K. Polar cap emisKobenhavn, Meteorologisk Institut sions. 1968. 18 p. graphs, maps, illus. (Denmark. Meteorologisk Institut. Geofysiske meddelelser. R-8) Refs. Reviews the morphology of some optical emissions which are generally classified as auroras and which typically occur over the polar cap. Two main groups, the discrete polar cap auroras and the polar-glow aurora, observed at the stations Nord, Thule, Kap Tobin, Godhavn, Sdr. StrØmfjord, and Narssarssuaq are described. Spatial and temporal distribution, sunspot variation, height, direction and movement of bands, and relation to geomagnetic activity of discrete auroras are discussed, and the polar-glow phenomena, incl height profiles for the 3914A and 5577A emissions are briefly reviewed. DLC.

97356 LASTOCHKINA, N.A. and Iil. L. SLASTENOV. Tektonicheskoe stroenie i perspektivy neftegazonosnosti Tukulanskogo

podnihtåå, Priverkhoihnskil progib.

(In: Leningrad. Vses. neftianoi n.-issl. geologorazvedochnyi inst. Trudy 1966. no. 249, p. 234-39, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. Tectonic structure and oil-gas prospects of the Tukulan uplift, Verkhoyansk foredeep. Reports a 1962 and 1964 field study along the Vostochnaya and Zapadnaya Gradyga, Tukulan, and Baybykan Rivers, also gravimetric survey, seismic investigations, and study of boreholes. From these studies, the tectonics, stratigraphy and prospects for oil and gas accumulations are analyzed. Good prospects are found in Lower Jurassic and Triassic deposits. DLC. 97357 LATHRAM, E.H. and G. GRYC. New loJk at g=ology and petroleum potential of northern Alaska. (American Assoc of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin 1966. v.50, no.3, p. 622) Summarizes a paper given at the American Assoc of Petroleum Geologists-Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists meeting Apr 1966, dealing with structures and crustal movements controlling distribution of formation and facies, and providing traps for oil and gas in a Tertiary basin in the eastern Arctic Plain, a post-Neocomian Cretaceous basin in the Northern Foothills and western Arctic Plain, and thrust-faulted late Paleozoic and pre-Albian Mesozoic rocks in the Brooks Range and Southern Foothills. DGS. 97358 LATIMER, J.R. and E.J. TRUHLAR. A survey of the measurement of solar and atmospheric radiation in Canada. (In: Canadian Conf. on Micrometeorology, 1st... 1967. p. 116-35, map, tables) Refs. Reviews solar and atmospheric radiation observations in Canada from 1911 to 1967. Early measurements were taken with an Angstrom compensation pyrheliometer, but other instrumentation was added 1948-49. Reference is made to observations in the Arctic, particularly Axel Heiberg Island and Baffin Island. The storage and retrieval of the data are discussed, the National Radiation Archives in Toronto being the principal center. Special analyses of radiation data are reviewed, incl ultraviolet radiation measurements, and approx 45 main refs are listed. Available significant observations are listed by station, instrument, period of measurement and type of radiation measured; approx 15 of these are arctic stations and 20 proposed new arctic stations are listed. MdU. LATYNINA, L.A., see No. 99711 LATYPOVA, R. KH., see No. 101065

97359 LATYSHEV, A. Avtotransportniki Noril'ska osvaivamt novye rubezhi. (Avtomobil'nyt transport 1966. v. 44, no. 7, p. Title tr.: The 7-8, table) In Russian. Noril'sk motorized transport personnel master the new system. Discusses the plan at the motorized transportation pool of the Noril'sk mining and metallurgical combine which in the past seven years increased labor productivity 2.4 times. 90% of the loads are ores and rocks, hauled by 306 self-unloading trucks (types MAZ525, YaAZ-222, KrAZ-254, and MAZ-205). Spare parts, etc for these trucks are manufactured in the combine's special repair shop. 224 improvement suggestions in 1965 DLC. cut costs by 120,000 rubles. 97360 LATYSHEV, M. Razbuzhennye Khibiny. (Okhrana truda i soisial'noe strakhovanie 1967. v.10, no.11, p.12-14, illus) Tide tr.: Awakened Khibiny. In Russian. Describes the advanced technological equipment at the Apatit combine, particularly its Kukisvumchorr mines: semiautomatic drills and pneumatic blasting devices, dust control machinery and ventilation systems, safety measures, etc. Urban development of Kirovsk, Apatity, and Kirovsk-2, a settlement attached to the Kirovsk and Yukspor mines, DLC. is noted. 97361 LAUDON, L.R. and others. Middle and Late Paleozoic stratigraphy, AlaskaYukon border area between Yukon and Porcupine Rivers. (American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin 1966. v.50, 16 refs. Other no.9, p.1868-89, maps) authors: A.E. Hartwig, D.L. Morgridge and J.B. Omernik. Questions assignment of a Devonian age to the Nation River formation, which has been considered to be of Pennsylvanian or Early Permian age. If it is established that the Nation River Formation underlies the Calico Bluff Formation, which is Mississippian in age, it will be necessary to propose a new formation name for the sequence that directly underlies the Permian Tahkandit Formation throughout the area. This sequence (heretofore assigned to the Nation River Formation) is shown to become thinner and finer grained toward the north, interpreted to indicate an island source in the Tanana geanticlinal area on the south. Ten stratiDGS. graphic sections are included. 97362 LAUERMA, R. and R. PIISPANEN. Worm-shaped casts in Precambrian quartzite from Kuusamo, northeastern Finland. (Suomen Gebloginen Seura. Julkaisuja 1967, no. 39, p. 189-97, map, illus. 669

Pub. as: Finland. Geologinen Tutkimuslaitos. Bulletin no. 229) 13 refs. Sinuous, worm-shaped bodies occurring on ripple-marked surfaces of detached slabs of Precambrian quartzite in this district closely resemble similar bodies described from Upper Huronian quartzite of Ontario, Canada, which were interpreted as probable metazoan fossils. The geologic age of the two finds is also approximately the same. A new U-Pb age of 1800 MY for uraninite from a veinlet in the Karelian schist belt of Kuusamo, and, on geologic grounds, younger than the quartzite, thus gives a reliable minimum age for the worm-shaped bodies. The quartzite is roughly 2000 MY old. DOS. 97363 LAUGHLIN, W.M. Kennebec potato yield, composition and mineral uptake as affected by fertilizer phosphorus solubility and fertilizer rate. (In: Alaskan Science Conference 1966 pub. 1967, p. 67-71, table) 6 refs. Compares effect on potato yield and mineral uptake of application at two rates of two fertilizers with P of varying water solubility. The fertilizer containing watersoluble P produced a greater yield than did that containing water-insoluble P, a result which is related to low soil temperatures in Alaska. The higher fertilizer rate increased the tuber content of N and P, the tuber intake of N, P, and K but decreased the dry matter content and the recovery of applied N, P, and K by the tubers. CaMAI. 97364 LAUGHLIN, W.S. Aleutian studies: introduction. (In: Laughlin, W.S. and W.G. Reeder. Studies in Aleutian-Kodiak prehistory... Arctic anthropology 1966. v.3, no.2, p.23-27, tables) 7 refs. Reviews results of 1962 fieldwork and earlier studies of the Nikolski Bay region, at the southern end of Umnak Island, Eastern Aleutians. The distinct core and blade industry of the Anangula site (Ananiuliak Island) shows greater similarity with sites in Japan and Siberia than with any on the Alaska mainland. A peopling of the Eastern Aleutians while still a part of the Bering land bridge and a descent of contemporary Aleuts from these earliest occupants is inferred. A correlation of analytical units, dates, and stratigraphy is given for the stratified Chaluka site. Comparison of cranial and cephalic indices tabulated for Chaluka skulls, Kagamil Island mummies, and modern Eastern Aleuts suggests a gradual evolution rather than an intrusion from the outside. The Aleut and Eskimo border zone is defined by Kupreanof Point on the south side of the Alaska Peninsula and Port Moller on the north side. DSI. 670

97365 LAUGHLIN, W.S. Genetical and anthropological characteristics of arctic popu(Biology of human adaptability, lations. P.T. Baker and J.S. Weiner, eds. Oxford, Clarendon Press 1966, p. 469-95, graph, map, table) Refs. Discusses and compares human variation and adaptability to the arctic environment among Eskimos, Aleuts, Siberian mongoloids, American Indians and intrusive white groups. The remarkable tenacity of arctic human populations is stressed. Various aspects of the blood group characterization of Eskimos are reviewed, particularly their low A and B frequencies. The pronounced genetic differences between Eskimos and Indians are emphasized, and the essential affinity of the former with Asiatic mongoloids. Three genetic zones between western Alaska and Greenland are identified. The adaptation of Greenland Eskimos and Aleuts to different environments and their common use of the kayak are discussed. Morphological differences in isolate groups are shown to relate to migration routes. Evidence of change over time and variation over distance among circumpolar populations is considered. The effects of the harsher conditions experienced by the more northerly populations are shown to be reflected in population composition, average age of death and other demographic features. The difference is explained by reference to availability of ecological niches for the young, old and infirm. The greater survival value of the kayak as contrasted with the dog sled is discussed. Various research topics for future study among circumpolar populations are suggested. DLC. 97366 LAUGHLIN, W.S. Human migration and permanent occupation in the Bering Sea area. (In: Hopkins, D.M. ed, Bering land bridge... 1967. p. 409-450, maps, illus) Refs. Discusses origins of the Bering Sea Mongoloids and of the American Indians. The Bering land bridge provided two distinct routes for migration into North America, coastal and interior. They are analyzed in detail. It also provided permanent residence, especially for inhabitants of the southern coast. Conditions in the interior were severe, and it is likely only a few of its habitants found their way into North America; those wanderers probably became the ancestors of the American Indians; coastal settlers became the ancestors of the Aleuts and the EskiCaMAI, DLC. mos. 97367 LAUGHLIN, W.S. Kodiak stud(In: Laughlin, W.S. and ies: introduction. W.G. Reeder. Studies in Aleutian-Kodiak

prehistory... Arctic anthropology 1966. v.3, no.2, p.155-56) 4 refs. Names participants and reviews scope and logistics of 1961-64 fieldwork on Sitkalidak and Kodiak Islands: Rolling Bay, Three Saints Bay, Kiakav Bay and Crag Point at Anton Larsen Bay. Work at the last site was confined mainly to salvage following subsidence and erosion caused by the earthquake of March 1964. A survey of Chirikof Island in 1963 and retrieval of skeletal specimens excavated in 1962 are also noted. DSI. 97368 LAUGHLIN, W.S. Konyag physical anthropology: introduction. (In: Laughlin, W.S. and W.G. Reeder. Studies in Aleutian-Kodiak prehistory... Arctic anthropology 1966. v.3, no.2, p.193-94) 3 refs. Outlines the problems of ethnic classification of Kodiak Island Koniags, who speak Eskimo but call themselves Aleuts, a name given to them by the Russians. 1960-62 anthropological studies are reviewed: participants, scope and location of field parties, etc. DSI. 97369 LAUGHLIN, W.S. Paleo-Aleut crania from Port Moller, Alaska Peninsula. (In: Laughlin, W.S. and W.G. Reeder. Studies in Aleutian-Kodiak prehistory... Arctic anthropology 1966. v.3, no.2, p.154, table) Describes a male and a female skull in the Museum of the University of Alaska, excavated in the village site at Port Moller. Both are dolichocranial with a prominent occipital proturberance and other features typical for Paleo-Aleut and distinguishable both from Koniag and pre-Koniag crania. DSI. 97370 LAUGHLIN, W.S. and IS. AIGNER. Preliminary analysis of the Anangula (In: unifacial core and blade industry. Laughlin, W.S. and W.G. Reeder. Studies in Aleutian-Kodiak prehistory... Arctic anthro3 pology 1966. v.3, no.2, p.41-56, illus) refs. Etiological study of stone tools and analysis of the manufacturing process, the original cores and their end products. Sorting criteria based upon steps in manufacture are discussed: phases in flint knapping, detachment of flakes and blades, distinction between prismatic blades and ridged flakes, etc. A descriptive analysis of core-derived tools, arranged in hierarchical fashion, shows a convergence in attributes and utilization of tools. The high percentage of worked blades and ridge flakes at the Anangula site on Ananiuliak Island, Eastern Aleutians, is noted. DSI.

97371 LAUGHLIN, W.S. and W.C. REEDER, eds. Studies in Aleutian-Kodiak prehistory, ecology and anthropology. Madison, Wisc. University of Wisconsin Press 1966. 245 p. tables, maps, illus. (Arctic anthropology v.3, no. 2) Over 300 refs. Presents thirteen papers on the results of the Aleut-Konyag Prehistory and Ecology Project, 1961-63, and three papers on the findings of physical anthropological studies of Eskimo genetic isolates, conducted 1959-64. The papers are abstracted under their senior authors' names, viz: J.S. Aigner, R.F. Black, D.W. Clark, C. Denniston, G.B. Denniston, W.S. Laughlin (5 papers), L.K. Lippold, A.P. McCartney and C.G. Turner, R.J. Meier, K.I. Taylor, and W.B. Workman (2 papers). General introduction: Design of studies and their current status, by W.S. Laughlin and W.G. Reeder, p 1-6, maps. 9 refs. Sketches the organization and coordination of disciplinary research and cites the objectives of the Aleut-Konyag project. Biological studies, 1961-63, of Kodiak and Umnak Islands not included in this volume, are briefly reviewed: participants, scope of fieldwork, collections and their publications, etc. DSI. LAUGHLIN, W.S., see also No. 94056 97372 LAUKHIN, S.A. Fauna i vozrast

alliuvial'nykh otlozhenil i nadpolmennoi terrasy rek mgo-zapadnoi chasti Sibirskoi platformy. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Komissiiia po izuchenim chetvertichnogo perioda. Biulleten' 1967, no.34, p.140-44, table) Title tr.: The fauna and Refs. In Russian. age of alluvial deposits of the first terrace above the floodplain of rivers in the southwestern part of the Siberian platform. Describes this terrace in the valleys of the Yenisey, Angara, and Chadobets Rivers. Its sections are analyzed and two types recognized. Its fauna (especially mammalian) is indicated: Mammuthus primigenius, Equus caballus, Bison priscus, Cervus elaphus, etc. Its age is discussed and the terrace concluded to have been formed at the end of the Karginskiy interglacial. CaMAI, DLC. 97373 LAUKHIN, S.A. and M.B. SADIKOVA. K istorii razvitii dolin Enseil i Angary v priust'evoi chasti Angary. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1966. v.21, ser.4: geol. no.3, p.67-80, graphs, maps, tables) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Development history of the Yenisey and Angara valleys at the mouth of Angara. Reports a 1957-63 study of the Quaternary deposits and morphology of these valleys. On the Angara eleven terraces are identified. Age of the alluvium and stages of vegetation development are characterized. Spore-pollen 671

analyses are evaluated. In the Lower Pleistocene two terraces were formed, IX and VIII; Middle Pleistocene VII, VI and V; and in the Upper Pleistocene IV, III, II and I. For so many terraces, climatic and tectonic DLC. factors are considered responsible. 97374 LAUKHIN, S.A. Mestonakhozhdenva fauny mlekopitaiiishchikh i paleogeografii basseina r. Chadobeü, Severnoe Priangar'e, v konise plelstoisena. (Akademih3 nauk SSSR. Komissiiå po izuchenii-u chetvertichnogo perioda. Biulleten' 1967, no. 33, p. 130-39, map, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Occurrence of mammalian fauna and the paleogeography of the Chadobets River basin in the northern Angara region at the end of the Pleistocene. Describes this valley and its seven terraces above the floodplain, those bearing fossil mammals in some detail. In 1963, 214 remains of large mammals were found and 165 determined to the genera, the majority to the species. Mammoth, horse and rhinoceros predominate. These faunas and their paleogeographic conditions are briefly charCaMAI, DLC. acterized. Ob odnoi in97375 LAUKHIN, S.A. teresnoi nakhodke ostatkov Bison priscus Boj. s r. Chadobeii (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1966. v.21, ser.4: geol. no.4, p.96-97) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: An interesting find of Bison priscus Boj. by the Chadobets River. Describes the site and mode of occurrence of this extinct mammal in the first terrace above the floodplain. Other remains are also noted. It is established that B. priscus was deposited here at the upper end of the Upper DLC. Pleistocene. 97376 LAUKHIN, S.A. and M.B. SASporova-pyl'isevaiå kharakteDIKOVA. ristika verkhneplelstoisenovykh otlozheni raiona slifaaniiå rek Angary i Eniseia. (Izvesnia vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenit Geologiia i razvedka 1966, no.7, p.145-51, illus, 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr. tables) Spore-pollen characteristics of the Upper Pleistocene deposits in the region of the confluence of the Angara and Yenisey Rivers. Reports a study of spore-pollen spectra of the first four terraces of these rivers, at 10-12, 15-17, 20-25 and 35-36 m elevation. Climatic changes took place during the Upper Pleistocene: two stages of cooling correspond to the Zyryanka and Santar glaciations and two warming trends to the Kazantseva and DLC. Karginskiy interglacials. LAUKHIN, S.A. Stratigrafiia 97377 chetvertichnykh otlozhenii nizhnego techeninå r. Angary. (In: Akademii nauk SSSR. 672

Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geol. i geofiziki. Chetvertichnyi period Sibiri... 1966, p. 91-100, Refs. In Russian. Title tr. Straillus) tigraphy of Quaternary deposits on the lower course of the Angara River. Reports a 1958-1963 study of the alluvial deposits composing the lower Angara and middle Yenisey terraces. Nine are distinguished in these valleys and analyzed. Faunal finds and spore-pollen analyses were used to determine the age of the alluvial deposits. Lithologic facies and geomorphic features were also studied. Stratigraphy of the Pleistocene deposits is described. CaMAI, DLC. LAUKHIN, S.A., see also No. 95258 LAURENT, R., see No. 100300 97378 LAURIE, A.H. Battling with a bubble gun; volleys from this improved air device unlock channels and combat stagnation. (Compressed air magazine 1961. v.66, no.1, p.26, 29, illus) The device developed by Marine Developments Ltd of Nassau, Bahamas, unlike a conventional air-lift pump, emits large intermittent bubbles. These are discharged at the base of the gun by a polyethylene siphon, originally developed for artificial breakwaters and known as a burper. Air bubbles fit closely into a 12 in diam stack pipe of polyethylene which is adjusted to the depth at the site so that the air is discharged about 3 ft below the water surface. The bubble gun has no moving operating parts and absorbs a max of 0.5 hp. Its mechanical efficiency is 85%, as the gun does not raise water above its own level; it acts rather as an extremely efficient propeller. Performance data from tests of the gun in Lake Simcoe, Ont are correlated with heatloss figures for the water surface, and an estimate for St Lawrence Seaway offered by analogy; a channel 300 ft wide with a line of bubble guns on each side could be kept ice-free all winter; the cost (as of 1961) is estimated at $30,000/mi initially incl compressors, and $750/mi annually for operation. DLC. LAVOIE, V., see No. 94958 97379 LAVOV, M.A. Rasprostranenie i chislennost' dikikh kopytnykh v Vostochnot Sibiri. (Moskovskoe o-vo ispytatelei prirody. Otd. biologicheskil. Biiilleten' 1966. v.71, uo.5, p.30-39, maps) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Distribution English summary. and population density of wild ungulates in Eastern Siberia. The numerical and seasonal distribution, population density, dynamics and nutrition of reindeer, elk, roe deer, etc were determined

for this area incl Irkutsk region. This report is based on personal and expedition observations and on literature searches. DLC. 97380 LAVRENT'EV, A.I. Bechevniki, ikh dinamika, morfologhå i rykhlyn" pokrov. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geologii i geofiziki. Trudy 1964. no.24, p.67-74, illus) 15, refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Sloping river banks, their dynamics, morphology and unconsolidated cover. Discusses the understanding of this geomorphic feature as described by various Russian authors. Own definition is given: a sloping bank adjacent to a river, or channel erosion or erosion accumulative slope, floodplain, terrace or original bank; it is limited by the surface of maximal flood; and its surface has a complex of fluvial forms of microrelief. The work of river water, waves, river ice, and winds in its formation process is described. Some characteristics are noted of the sloping banks of the middle and lower Yenisey. This feature frequently serves transportation, as it is used as a tow path along an unnavigable stream. CaMAI, DLC. 97381 LAVRENTSOVA, T.D. Podlinnye dokumenty o plavanii S. I. Dezhneva. (In: Leningrad. Arkticheskii i antarkticheskii n.issl. inst. Russkie arkticheskie... 1964, p.127-43) Refs. In Russian. Title tr Original documents on S.I. Dezhnev's voyage. The reports of Dezhnev to the governor of Yakutia were known until recently only in the copies made for G.F. Müller in 1736 and pub in 1851; errors and inaccuracies in these copies have caused problems in historical literature. The original reports were discovered in the Central Archives of Ancient Documents in 1951. Two of these reports, one written between 1 Sept 1654 and 5 Apr 1655 by Dezhnev, the other by Dezhnev and Nikita Semenov 4 Apr 1655, are presented, with a view to dispelling obscurities about the voyage through Bering Strait in 1648. CaMAI, DLC. 97382 LAVRINOVICH, E.V. Vl lame dobavki GKZh-94 na struktury i morozostolcost' betonov iz zhestkikh smesei:. (Beton i zhelezobeton 1964. v.10, no.2, 2 refs. In Rusp.69-70, tables, graphs) sian. Title tr.: Effect of GKZh-94 additive on the structure and frost-resistance of concretes made of stiff mixes. Investigates the effect of the silica organic compound GKZh-94 on the porosity condition in concrete circles to which GKZh-94 was added. After 50 cycles of freezing and thawing the maximum diameter of pores in the samples was found to be considerably

reduced, and the strength of the hardened cement increased, especially in very stiff DLC. mixes. 97383 LAVROV, V.V. The electrical conductivity of ice. English translation of No 52691, available as Ti'-65-12497 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va., 22151. DLC. 97384 LAVROV, V.V. 0 stroitel'nykh normakh prochnosti l'da na szhatie. (Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitel'stvo 1967. v.37, no.2, p.39-40, graph, table) In Russian. Title tr.: Building standards for the compressive strength of ice. Investigates the strength of river ice in samples of different size and the strength of the ice cover on the river. From laboratory experiments on the samples of artificial structurally modelled ice, the ultimate strength of ice was found to decrease with increasing size of the sample. The ultimate strength of the samples tested for unilateral DLC. pressure is given in a table. 97385 LAVROV, V.V. Paleogenovye uglenosnye formal ii platformennykh territorü Kazakhstana i Sibiri, usloviia nakopleni►a Moskva, Izd-vo i poleznye iskopaemye. Nauka 1965. 132 p. tables, graphs. Approx. Title tr.: Paleogene 100 refs. In Russian. coal-bearing formations of platform regions of Kazakhstan and Siberia; sedimentation conditions and mineral resources. Deals with such formations of KazakhstanYenisey, Aral - Siberia, South Siberia, Amur and Central Yakutia. Their stratigraphy, lithology and paleontology are outlined. Prospects for coal, iron ores, bauxites, and other mineral resources are discussed. CaMAI. 97386 LAVROVA, T. F. Torgovye sviazi goroda Arkhangel'ska s zapadnoevropeiskimi (Ar stranami v pervoi treti xviii veka. khangel'sk. Gos. pedagogicheskil inst.Uchenye zapiski 1964. no.16, p.209-228.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Trade relations of Arkhangelsk with West European countries in the first third of the 18th century. Describes the flourishing of Arkhangel'sk in 1700-1720 and its subsequent decline in favor of St. Petersburg. Causative factors in its loss of trade are discussed: the stringent quarantine of foreign vessels to control epidemics, a port tax for piloting service, the domestic and import duties increased at Arkhangel'sk to divert shipping to the capital, etc. The present high trade turnover at this port is noted with some statistics for 1962-1963. DLC. 673

97387 LAVROVA, T.M. Mineralogicheskii sostav chetvertichnykh otlozhenit Pechory i verkhnei Vychegdy. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1967. ser.4: geologiiI no.2, p.131-37, graphs, tables) 28 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Mineralogic composition of Quaternary deposits of the Pechora and upper Vychegda. Reports analysis of morainic, marine and fluvioglacial deposits of the region. Their mineralogic composition is found to be similar, the predominant minerals quartz and hornblende. Genesis of the deposits is disDLC. cussed. 97388 LAVRUSHIN, IiI.A. Pleistoceen Zapadnogo Shpitsbergena. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.176, no.1, Title p.167-70, illus) 8 refs. In Russian. tr The Pleistocene of Vestspitsbergen. Describes a Pleistocene section in the Billefjorden area. The marine molluscs are listed. This section reveals signs of two glaciations and two marine transgressions. Another section is described from Brøgger Peninsula. Preliminary appraisal of age of these deposits is given. Changes of sea level in the Pleistocene are briefly noted. DLC. LAVRUSHIN, Iu.A., see also No. 99286 97389 LAW, C. Technology unlocks tar sands energy. (Oilweek 1967. v.18, no.32, p.38-42, table, illus) Ref. Notes mining and processing methods being studied by Syncrude Canada Ltd., Shell Canada, Canadian Fins, etc to develop the Athabasca tar sands, also describes in some detail, with flow sheet and illus, the extraction technology which uses the Clark hot water process, the refining sequence and the current situation at the Great Canadian Oil Sands complex near Ft McMurray. Besides the main product of 45,000 bbl/d of synthetic crude, the plant also produces sulfur, fuel gas, fuel oil, and coke as byproducts. Other tar sands deposits are noted: La Brea in Trinidad, Selenizza in Albania, Dema in Rumania, Cheil'dag in Soviet Kobystan, and Oficina Temblador in Venezuela, etc. The Bjorne formation on Melville Island in the Canadian Arctic may contain the third largest sands deposit in the world. Development of the tar sands in Alberta is conditioned by the practical politics of maintaining a profitable oil industry elsewhere in the province. DGS. LAW, L.K., see No. 98865 LAWS, J., see No. 99081 674

97390 LAYCOCK, A.H. A present land use map of Alberta. (Albertan geographer 1966-67, no.2, p.35-40, map) Outlines the Albertan mapping project described by C.L.A. Hutton, qv. Mapping of a total area of approx 165,000 mil is almost complete, and some 775 maps on 1:50,000 and 1:63,360 scales have been produced. Some of the problems of extracting the major land use patterns from these maps, and of showing them in both color and black and white on a 1: 2 million scale are discussed. The accompanying 1: 2 million map in black and white shows the most intensively developed third of Alberta and illus the more striking features of the land use patterns. CaMAI, CaOGB. 97391 LAYCOCK, G. The sign of the flying goose; a guide to national wildlife refuges. Garden City, N.Y., National History Press 1965. 299 p. maps, illus. Describes in varying degree of detail the 280 US national wildlife refuges; chap 4 recounts the establishment and development of the Aleutian Islands Refuge; chap 19 describes the disastrous effects of the petroleum industry and other commercial activity upon the Kenai Refuge leading to major destruction of wildlife habitat. The Clarence Rhode and Kodiak Refuges are also briefly DLC. described. 97392 LAZARENKO, N.P. Biostratigrafiia i nekotorye novye trilobity verkhnego kembriia Olenekskogo podmåtiiä i Kharau(Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. lakhskikh gor. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1966. Paleontologiia i stratigrafiia no.11, p.33-78, tables, illus) 49 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Biostratigraphy and some new trilobites of the Upper Cambrian in the Olenek uplift and Kharaulakh Mts. Presents a biostratigraphic division of the Upper Cambrian according to zones: Agnostus pisiformis - Homagnostus fecundus. Glyptagnostus stolidotus, Glyptagnostus recticulatus - Olenaspella evansi, Irvingella Cedarellus felix, and Plicatolina perlata. Correlation is made with biostratigraphic schemes of the Upper Cambrian in western Europe, North America and Kharaulakh Mts, and a systematic description is given of 19 DLC. new species. 97393 LAZARENKO, N.P. and V.A. DATSENKO. Biostratigrafiia verkhnego kembriia severo-zapada Sibirskoi platformy. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologiii i biostratigraflia 1967. no.20, p.13-32, maps, tables) Title tr.: Biostratigraphy Refs. In Russian.

of the Upper Cambrian in the northwest of the Siberian platform. Outlines the biostratigraphic data obtained in a multipurpose investigation of an exploratory section of the Upper Cambrian in the Kolyumbe River basin. Attention is directed to the lower and upper boundaries of the series. A proposed biostratigraphic scheme is correlated with such of the Upper Cambrian of adjacent regions of Siberian platform, its folded frame, also of Europe and North America. Development of a marine basin in the region in the Upper Cambrian is considered, as is its connection with the world ocean. DLC. LAZARENKO, N.P., see also No. 94163, 97084, 97795, 97797, 100205 LAZAREV, L.A., see No. 99594 97394 LAZAREV, N.A. Prot'sessy smen drevesnykh porod i formirovanie sostava nasazhdeniT. (Akademiii nauk SSSR. Komi filial. Trudy 1965. no.14, p.102-112, tables) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Changing processes in forest-tree stocks and formation of the composition of the stand. Reviews changes in the past 10 yr due to re-afforestation of areas burned or submitted to intensive felling. A series of recommendations is offered for afforestation and treatment of young forests in the central taiga DLC. of Yakutia. 97395 LAZAREVA, A.P. Dlinnoperiodnye, volny Rblbia Aliaskinskogo zemletri senia na pulkovskikh seismogrammakh. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Izvestii 1966, fizika zemli no.7, p.65-70, tables, graphs) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Long-period Rayleigh waves of the Alaska earthquake on Pulkovo seismograms. Analyzes the groups of seismic waves which traveled two, three, four, and five times around the earth. The experimental dispersion curve is plotted and compared with several LJ eoretical curves, calculated on the assumption of different distribution of seismic body-wave velocities in the mantle, and different matter density in a spherical and gravitating earth. The theoretical curve based on Gutenberg's velocity distribution, and Bullen's (model A) density distribution is found to correspond to the experimentally plotted points in the 220-350 sec period groups. The attenuation coefficient of the waves of 225 sec average period, and the internal friction parameter in the mantle of the earth are evaluated. DLC.

97396 LAZEBNIK, K.A. Chamokity zapadnoi chasti Aldanskogo shchita i nekotorye voprosy ikh genezisa. (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. IAkutskil filial. Inst. geologii. Geologiia i petrologiia dokembriia Aldanskogo shchita... 1966. p.277-93, graph, Title tr.: Refs. In Russian. tables, illus) Chamockites of the western part of the Aldan shield and some problems of their genesis. Presents the geologic and petrographic characteristics of chamockites. According to their occurrence conditions, contact with enclosing rocks, features of texture and structure, and mineral and petrographic composition, they are separated into groups: metamorphic veins, hypersthene granites, and hypersthene pegmatites. The main rock-forming minerals of charnockites are described. The petrochemistry is analyzed. Metasomatic processes predominated in the formation of charnockites, at temperatures of 750-800°C. DLC. 97397 LAZEBNIK, K.A. Opyt ispolt zovanii aktsessornogo tsirkona dlia vyiasneniia genezisa dokembn7skikh granitoidov Aldanskogo shchita. (In: Akademia nauk SSSR. IAkutskil filial. Inst. geologii. Geologiia i petrologic dokembriia Aldanskogo shchita... 1966. p.270-76, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Use of accessory zircon for clarification of the genesis of Precambrian granitoids of the Aldan shield. Reports a study of Archean granitoids of various genetic groups. The morphology of the zircon crystals was analyzed and three types of zircons determined differing in form, dimensions, structure, and other features of their crystals. The measurement, distribution and crystallization of zircons of magmatic rocks can be used for determining the genesis DLC. of granitoids. LAZEBNIK, K.A., see also No. 96795, 96800 LAZIER,

J.R.N.,

see No. 94425

97398 LAZUKOV, G.I. 0 stoke zapadnosibirskikh rek v epokhi oledeneniT (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Komissiia po izucheniiu chetvertichnogo perioda. Biiilleten' 1966, no.32, p.9-17) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Discharge of West Siberian rivers in the glaciation epochs. Reviews this problem as outlined by previous investigations, with attention directed to the Ob, Irtysh and Yenisey Rivers during maximal Samarovo, Zyryanka, and Santar glaciations. Diversion of these rivers southward by glaciers in the north is discussed, as is the possible formation of water reservoirs in the front of the glaciers. Level, extent, and 675

deposits of such lake or lakes are considered. In the lower Ob, there was no dammed glacial lake; but in the Yenisey basin in Zyryanka time such a periglacial basin existed. The rivers of West Siberia flowed north during the entire Quaternary period. CaMAI, DLC.

spatial correlation of particles and echoes indicates that the observed echoes were produced by precipitating electrons. The lack of correlation between the protons and the echoes may be responsible for some earlier problems in correlating auroral luminosity DLC. and radar echoes.

LAZUKOV, G.I., see also No 97898 97399 LAZUKOVA, G.G. Ispol'zovanie rastitel'nosti v kachestve indikatora merzlotnykh uslovii. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1967. v.22, ser. 5: geog. no.4, p.54-58, table) In Russian. Title tr.: The use of vegetation as an indicator of permafrost conditions. Reports a study in the Ob valley from Berezovo to Azovy, in the upper Amur, in the Vilyuy valley near the hydroelectric station construction, and in the Angara-Ilim watershed. It was found that specific plant associations can serve as good indicators of the status of permafrost. Areas with seasonal thawing to little depth are characterized by stunted larch forest with arctic birch-sphagnum, etc. Typical plant associations can be used for mapping of permafrost. DLC. 97400 LEACOCK, E.B. North American Indian society and psychology in historical perspective. (IntL Congress of Anthropological and Ethnological Sciences, 7th, Moscow 1964. Trudy 1967. v.4, p.18-25) 20 refs. Takes issue with historical misconcepts confusing aboriginal culture with changes developed in post-contact times, and criticizes the limited scope of current American psychological studies, errors in interpretation, etc. The author's observations of the Montagnais-Naskapi of Labrador with a culture still in a transitional stage are used to substantiate his critique. The primary social unit was the band or village, not the tribe headed by a chief as was assumed by European traders. DLC. 97401 LEADABRAND, R.L. and J.C. HODGES. Correlation of radar echoes from the aurora with satellite-measured auroral particle precipitation. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.21, p.5311-17, table, graphs, maps) 7 refs. Reports the Nov 1965 input-output experiment using a 139-398 Mcls auroral radar at Homer. On one pass of the polar-orbiting satellite both precipitating electrons and protons were detected, and the radar echoes obtained were closely correlated in space with the > 2-Key electrons. The energy of the electrons measured is sufficient to produce ionization in the 200 km high region from which the echoes were obtained. The close 676

97402 LEADABRAND, R.L. and others Preliminary results on the wavelength dependence and aspect sensitivity of radar auroral echoes between 50 and 3000 Mhz. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.15, p.3877-87, tables, graphs) 7 refs. Other authors: A.G. Larson and J.C. Hodges. Reports on measurements at 50, 139, 398, 850, 1210, and 3000 Mcls by means of frequency radar operated at Homer during 1 Aug and 19 Sept-7 Dec 1966. The lack of aspect sensitivity dependence as a function of frequency, as well as the nonagreement of wavelength dependence with the Booker formulation, indicate the inadequacies of his model. DLC. LEADABRAND, R.L., see also No. 96104 97403 LEAHEY, D.M. Heat exchange and sea ice growth in arctic Canada. Montreal 1966. 48 p. graphs, tables, illus. (McGill Univ. Marine Sciences Centre. Manuscript report no.1) Refs. Develops a modified Stefan's equation for explaining and predicting ice growth in the Canadian Arctic. In the presence of light snow cover, correlation with observed growth is 0.99. In the presence of deep snow cover daily values of Q (total heat loss at the snow surface) are required and an equation for rapid evaluation of' this parameter is presented. With this additional modification, which takes account of the formation of snow-ice, the correlation is 0.94, an improvement on the formula of Zubov (see No 33116) the correlation of which is only 0.785. CaMAI. 97404 LEBEAU, A. On the diurnal magnetic activity in the polar cap. English translation of No 89180, available as TT66-15500 from SLA translations Center, Chicago, Ill. 97404A LEBEDEV, A.A. K voprosu o mnogoletnei izmenchivosti termicheskogo rezhima vod i ledovykh uslovii v Severnol Atlantike i prileganeshchikh moriakh. (Moskva. TSentr. inst. prognozov. Trudy 1965. no.146, p.93-94, graphs) In Russian. Title tr.: Long-term variability of the water's thermal regime and of the ice conditions in the North Atlantic and adjacent seas. Reviews long-term change in ice conditions

and the average annual mean of water temperature anomalies in Davis Strait and south Greenland waters and correlates them with the forms of atmospheric circulation and with solar activity. On the basis of solar activity it is found possible to forecast about two years in advance the frequency of the main type of atmospheric circulation, the hydrological regime and the ice conditions in these regions. DLC. 97404B LEBEDEV, A.A. Metod prognoza ledovykh uslovil v Severnoi Atlantike i prilegaii shchikh moriakh. (Moskva. TSentr. inst. prognozov. Trudy 1965. no.146, p.95-97, table, graphs) In Russian. Title tr.: A method of forecasting ice conditions in the North Atlantic and adjacent seas. Presents equations for determining the ice conditions in Davis Strait and Greenland Sea, also for the average temperature of 200 m water layer in the Grand Banks of Newfoundland area for the spring-summer season. The basis of the forecast is a calculation of air temperature and the pressure gradient.DLC. 97405 LEBEDEV, A.P. and ILJ.S. KRAKOVSKII. Izotopnyi vozrast trappov Tungusskoi sineklizy i nekotorye voprosy petrologii bazitov v s ikh absoltütnoi geokhronologiei. (Akademiih nauk SSSR. Komissiii po opredeleniiü absoliütnogo vozrasta geologicheskikh formatsir. Trudy 1967, no.14, p.81-87, table) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Isotopic age of traps of the Tungusskiy syneclise and some problems of petrology of the basic rock in their absolute geochronology. Reviews previous age determinations for traps of the Markha, Vilyuy and Noril'sk areas by the K-Ar method, and reports own 1962-65 determinations by the same method for intrusive traps of the Podkamennaya Tunguska and Chuna areas. The data are interpreted and considered unsatisfactory for determining the history of intrusive magmatism of this region. The K-Ar method for determining absolute age of basic rocks should be reexamined. Rubidium-strontium, uranium-rubidium and other isotopic methods are suggested to solve age problems of trap magmatism. DLC. 97406 LEBEDEV, A.P. Opyt sopostavleniia trappov Indiiskoi i Sibirskol platform v sviazi s problemol proiskhozhdenhå bazal'tovoi magmy. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1967. v.151, p.10-15, table) Refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Comparison of the traps of the Indian and Siberian platforms in connection with the problem of the origin of basaltic magma. Correlates these two platforms according to

their geologic position, petrography and mineralogy, differentiation character, chemistry and post-volcanic mineralization. Besides the general features they have in common, there are also specific differences. The Siberian platform is characterized by a greater degree of contamination of deep magma by water-containing sedimentary rocks. DLC. 97407 LEBEDEV, A.P. Sopostavlenie trappovogo magmatizma Sibirskol i neka torykh drugikh mire. (Intl. Geological Congress 22d, New Delhi 1964. Doklady sovetskikh geologov. Problema 7: bazal'ty plato. Moskva 1964. p.7-12) In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Comparison of the trap magmatism of Siberia and of some other provinces of the world. Describes the main geologic and petrographic features of the Siberian trap province, over 1.5 million km2 in area. Its several subprovinces and differentiated intrusions are noted. The Siberian traps closely resemble the Karroo dolerites of South Africa, the Mesa z'oic diabase formation of the Ural, etc. Resemblance is less pronounced with the trap formations of Antarctica, Tasmania, Appalachian Mts, southern China, etc. DLC. 97408 LEBEDEV, B. Na kryshe Khibin. (Na stroikakh Rossii 1964. v.5, no.1, p.7-8, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: On the roof of Khibiny. Describes the organization of year-round construction work at the Tsentral'nyy apatite mine. In Nov 1963 the garage had its first section for 22 vehicles ready for use, and the second part nearly so. In domestic construction, two buildings were put up, large blocks were used instead of the brick originally planned. Pneumatic hammers and crane tubs are used in excavating; three cranes, two compressors, and a bulldozer are all the mechanical equipment left for the winter season, so they are used in two shifts. The monolithic building foundations projected were found impractical in construction under conditions of almost continuous snowstorm and a snow cover up to four m deep. Foundations were made of assembled parts instead. Tsentral'nyy mine is expected to be in production in 1964. DLC. 97409 LEBEDEV, G.I. Statisticheskaia otsenkavliianiiå klimata na mikrobnmü obsemenennost' atmosfernogo vozdukha. (Gigiena i sanitarilå 1967. v.32, no.12, In Russian. p.88) Title tr.: Statistical evaluation of the influence of climate on the number of microorganisms in the air. Studies patterns in the dynamics of the number of microbes in the air, and assesses 677

the influence of climatic factors on the content of microorganisms in the air of Petropavlovsk-Kamchatskiy. The total number of microbes was investigated by passing 100 1 of air through a Krotov apparatus. The medium used was 2% meat-peptone agar. The air was collected three times/day twice a week throughout 1965 at 1.5 m height. The place was far inside a large courtyard where the movement of vehicles and people was negligible. Diurnal dyamics of the microbe content was studied throughout 1966. Air samples were taken simultaneously on five Petri dishes every three hr. The total number of colonies growing on the dishes was converted to the number per cubic meter of air, and the arithmetic mean was calculated from the results. Seasonal and diurnal dynamics of the microbe content of the air in Petropavlovsk-Kamchatskiy, it was found, has a statistically pronounced connection (direct or inverse) with the seasonal and diurnal dynamics of meteorological factors. DLC. 97410 LEBEDEV, M.M. Verkhnemelovye kristallicheskie slani y Kamchatki. (Sovetskatå geologos 1967, no.4, p.57-69, maps, table, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. Upper Cretaceous crystalline schists of Kamchatka. Discusses the controversial problem of the age and genesis of crystalline schists of the Sredinnyy Ridge. From a 1963 study these rocks are found to be of Santonian-Campanian age according to the fauna. Source rocks for the schists were terrigenous-flysch sandstone-siltstone-clay deposits. Progressive polymetamorphism in the forming of these DLC. rocks is considered. LEBEDEV, S.A., see No. 100968 97411 LEBEDEV, V. Na Krainem Severe. (Soisial'noe obespechenie 1967. v.42, no.9, p.16-18, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: In the Far North. Praises the work of the social security committee of the Kola District, Murmansk Province, responsible for over 3000 pensioners: former industrial workers, members of the three district fishing kolkhozes, and World War II veterans residing in Molochnyy. Some pensioners derive additional income from work at the Kil'dinsk brick factory, the Kola fishing co-op, etc. Cited examples mention monthly pension checks of 37-38 rubles plus 70-90 rubles in wages. DLC. 97412 LEBEDEV, V.D. Vecher. (Druzhba narodov 1966, no.9, p.148-51, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Evening. Four poems by this Eveny Lamut poet 678

from northern Yakutia. A sketch of Lamut Tungus literature with biographical notes on the author is given by the Yakut poet Semen Danilov. DLC. 97413 LEBEDEV, V.M. and V.S. STA ROSEL'TSEV. 0 metodakh stratifikaisii triasovykh obrazovaniT TungusskoT sineklizy. (Geologi►a i geofizika 1967, no.4, 10 refs. In Russian. p.109-112, table) Tide tr.: Methods of the stratification of Triassic deposits in the Tungusskiy syneclise. Reviews known methods of stratification of the Triassic volcanic formations in the Kureyka River area and elsewhere with attention directed to tectonic-magmatic cyclic recurrences, a method not well worked out as yet. The structure, texture, mineralogic composition and floral and faunal remains and other signs should be used for stratification and correlation of these deposits. DLC. LEBEDEV, V.M., see also No. 100342 97414 LEBEDEV, V.N. Sbor i ustanovlenie geograficheskikh nazvanii v neobzhitykh ratonakh. (Geodeziia i kartografiia 1966, no.8, p.47-49) In Russian. Title tr.: The collection and determination of geographic names in unpopulated regions. Notes that the 1:25 thousand and 1:10 thousand topographic map sheets for littleinhabited areas indicate that time and attention should be devoted to the establishing of geographic names. In parts of Yakutia many of the geographic names are of local native origin. The creek Besteekh was transcribed as Bestgakh, D'oltulaakh as Dzheltulak, etc. Dictionaries and other aids should be published to aid establishing correct form of geographic names for northern and eastern USSR. DLC. 97415 LEBEDEV, V.S. and I.A. PE TERSIL'E. Ob izotopnom sostave ugleroda uglevodorodnykh gazov i bitumov izverzhennykh porod Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1964. v.158, 6 refs. In Rusno.5, p.1102-1104, table) sian. Title tr.: On the isotopic composition of the carbon of hydrocarbon gases and bitumen in igneous rocks of Kola Peninsula. Reports investigation of four samples each of free gas and of chloroform extract bitumen A. The gas samples were taken from the ijolite-urtite complex of the Khibiny massif; the bitumen also from Khibiny and from pyroxenites of the Monchegorsk massif. Results are tabulated and interpreted. They are in agreement with hypothesis of the origin of bitumen of oil series by nonorganic DLC. synthesis.

LEBEDEV, V.S., see also No. 101465 97416 LEBEDEVA, A.A. and A.V. SMOLIAK. Sessiia Uchenogo soveta Nauchnoissledovatel'skogo institute khudozhestvennoi promyshlennosti po itogam nauchnot ekspeditsionnoi raboty 1964-1965 gg. (Sovetskai etnografiia 1966, no.2, p.139-45, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Session of the Learned Council of the Research Institute of Art Industry reporting on 1964-1965 fieldwork. Includes, p 141-45, a review of the exhibit of the Applied Arts of the Peoples of Siberia and the Far East held in Moscow, Aug-Oct 1965. It included fur clothing, fur rugs, bone and bark artifacts, etc produced in regional workshops by Ostyak, Samoyed, Tungus, Dolgan, Chukchi, Eskimo, Gilyak, and Gold artisans. DLC. 97417 LEBEDEVA, E.P. Arkhaicheskie siuzhety evenkilskoi skazki o zhivotnykh. Akademii nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. IAzyki i fol'klor... 1966, p.184-202) In Russian. Title Ir.: Archaic themes in the Evenki animal tale. Divides Evenki Tungus animal folklore into three topical groups: food procurement, struggle or competition, and morality tales. Examples from each group and local variants are analyzed. Characteristic features include realism in description, true portrayal of primitive hunting methods, a complete fusion of the human and animal worlds, endowment of animals with human traits, etc. The hunting magic function of the animal tale is discussed and parallels noted between surviving oral lore and paleolithic cliff and cave drawings. The strong female element in the Evenki animal tale is traced to the ancient active role of the woman in hunting as driver and her subsequent participation with magic incantations; these factors are also considered the main reason for the preponderance of female sculptures in paleolithic art. Closest analogies to Evenki animal tales are found in Eveny Lamut and Dolgan folklore. DLC.

97419 LEBEDEVA, M.I. Migratsii kulikov po dannym kol'tsevaniia. (Ornitologiia 1965. v.7, p.328-40, maps) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Migration of shore birds according to banding data Account based on retrieval of over 400 bands, more than half of them from the golden plover Charadrius apricarius, lapwing Vanellus vanellus and ruff Philomachus pugnax. Points of banding and recovery are indicated on maps, many of them in arctic Eurasia. The report covers a period of some ten yr and includes birds banded both in Russia and abroad, altogether nine species. DLC. 97420 LEBEDEVA, N.P. Zavisimost' petrograficheskogo sostava uglel of uslovil ikh obrazovaniia v severo-zapadnoi chasti Tun(Moskva. gusskogo ugol'nogo basseIna. Univ. Vestnik 1966. v.21, ser. 4: geol. no.2, 3 refs. In Russian. Title p.62-69, table) tr.: Relation of the petrographic composition of coals to their formation conditions in the northwestern part of Tungusskiy coal basin. Reports petrographic study in the Fokina, Kulyumbe, Gorbiachin and Kureyka River basins. Petrographic types of the coal are outlined, and gelified and fusainized classes of coals are described. The greatest variety of coals is found in the Gorbiachin basin. DLC. 97421 LEBEDEVA, N.S. Foraminifery srednego karbona severnogo Timana. (Leningrad. Vses. neftibnoi n.-issl. geologorazvedochny`t inst. Trudy 1966, no.250, p.176-253, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Middle Carboniferous foraminifers of northern Timan. Outlines the stratigraphy of this formation and its correlation with Russian platform. Systematic description of 40 species of forams is given, 12 of them new. In the Bashkirian stage the foram complex is poor and it is divided into two stages. In Moscovian (upper Middle Carboniferous) deposits three stages of foram development are recognized. DLC.

LEBEDEVA, E.P., see also No. 93713

LEBEDEVA, N.S., see also No. 98148

97418 LEBEDEVA, M.I. and T.P. SHEVAREVA. Kuda letiät chechetki. (Priroda 1966. v.55, no.11, p.77-78) In Russian. Title tr.: Whither does the redpoll migrate? Reports banding results of some four thousand birds in Russia and recaptures. It was found to nest in arctic Scandinavia and then migrate to western, central and eastern European Russia. DLC.

97422 LEBEDEVA, N.V. Izmenenie granulometricheskogo sostava sovremennogo ruslovogo alliuvitå vniz po techeniw ravninnot reki, na primere r. Vychegdy. (Litologii i poleznye iskopaemye 1966, no.5, p.37-44, graphs, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Changes in the granulometric composition of present alluvium in the lower reaches of a river of a plain, as exemplified by the Vychegda River. Reports a 1959-60 study of river-bottom 679

sediments along the Vychegda, a right tributary to the Severnaya Dvina. Its bed consists of sandy alluvial deposits. The grain size of the sands was investigated, and no diminishing in grain size of alluvium downstream was found. Grain size of the deposits depends rather upon the geologic-geomorphic structure of the valley. DLC. 97423 LEBEDEVA, R.M. Istoritå razvitii rastitel'nosti v pozdnelednikovoe i rannee poslelednikovoe vremia v basselne r. Tulomy. (In: Akademii nauk SSSR. Kol'skii filial. Chetvertichnye otlozhenia.. 1964, p.61-68, graphs) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: History of vegetation development in late glacial and early postglacial time in the Tuloma River basin. Reports spore-pollen diagrams of deposits in various parts of the basin. They show a succession of four types of vegetation during this period: tundra vegetation, periglacial xerophyte steppe, forest-tundra, and birch and birch-pine forest. This is similar to the vegetation development of Scandinavia and the Onega River basin. DLC. 97424 LEBEDEVA, R.M. K stratigrafii rykhlykh otlozhenii v ralone srednego techeniia r. Voron'eI pa dannym sporovopyl'tsevogo analiza. (In: Akademil nauk SSSR. Kol'skiii filial. Rel'ef i geologicheskoe... 1964, p.72-76, table, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: On the stratigraphy of unconsolidated deposits in the middle Voron'ya River region according to data of spore-pollen analysis. Reports on Quaternary deposits collected in drillings in the basin of the Lun', tributary to the Voron'ya in Kola Peninsula. Three spore-pollen spectra are distinguished, different in composition of pollen and spores and corresponding to different strata of Quaternary deposits. Each spectrum is described, the predominant plants and climate conditions noted. Diatom analysis also confirms the postglacial age of these deposits. DLC. LEBEDEVA, R.M., see also No. 93642, 93644, 93645, 95074 LEBEDEVA, S.L., see No. 96603 LEBEDINSKII, A.I., see No. 96292 97425 LeBLANC, J. and others. Catecholamines and short-term adaptation to cold in mice. (American journal of physiology 1967. v.213, no.6, p.1419-22, illus) 13 refs. Other authors: D. Robinson, D.F. Sharman and P. Tousignant. 680

Short-term adaptation to cold was produced by 18 exposures of 10 min. The colder the temperature used, the better the survival for a given temperature. These mice excrete less catecholamines than controls when exposed to -10°C for two hours. Metabolic sensitivity to noradrenaline was greatly increased in long-term adaptation, but no effect was found in short-term adaptation. DNLM. 97426 LeBLANC, J. and J. COTE. Increased vagal activity in cold-adapted animals. (Canadian journal of physiology and pharmacology 1967. v.45, no.4, p.745-48, table, illus) 9 refs. The marked increase in blood pressure and oxygen consumption in cold-adapted rats when both vagus nerves are cut, confirms previous findings indicating that cold adaptation increases sympathetic activity, and suggests that the parasympathetic system is also much more active in cold-adapted animals. DNLM. 97427 LeBLANC, J.A. Adaptation to cold in three hours. (American journal of physiology 1967. v.212, no.2, p.530-32, tables, graphs) 14 refs. Using increased survival and resistance to frostbite at low temperature as criteria of acclimatization, author obtained it by 15 exposures to -20°C, each of 10 min duration, over a period of two days. Within this period increased sensitivity to noradrenaline was not noted. DLC. 97428 LeBLANC, J.A. and P. POTVIN. Studies on habituation to cold pain. (Canadian journal of physiology and pharmacology 1966. v.44, no.2, p.287-93, graphs) 6 refs. Twice-a-day immersion of one hand in cold water produced habituation in that hand but not in the other. If an anxiety was administered simultaneously with the immersion, blood pressure showed cumulative response to both stresses. If the tests were administered separately no cumulative adaptation took place. DLC. 97429 LEBLE, B.B. Okhotnich'i zveri i ptitsy Severa. Arkhangel'sk, Severo-Zapadnoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1965. 136 p. illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Game animals and birds in the North. Outlines in taxonomic order the game of Murmansk, Arkhangel'sk and Vologda Provinces, Karelian and Komi ASSR. The descriptions include appearance, area of occurrence, diet, habitat, reproduction, density of population, economic value and methods of catch. Included are European mole, wolf, foxes, raccoon dog, bears, lynx, marten,

ermine, wolverine, otter, squirrels, beaver, rat, muskrat, water-vole, hares, elk and wild reindeer, ptarmigan, grouse, quail, swan, geese, ducks, etc. Conservation problems are discussed in the concluding chapter. DLC. LeBRASSEUR, R.J., see No. 98858 LECHNER, J, see No. 99010 LECLERC. M.M., see No. 94023 97430 LEDENT, D. and others. Ages of zircon and feldspar concentrates from North American beach and river sands. (Journal of geology 1964. v.72, no.1, p.112-22, tables, graphs, map) 15 refs. Other authors: C. Patterson and G.R. Tilton. Describes the radiometric dating of samples of zircon and feldspar concentrates collected from both coasts of the North American continent, incl 15 samples from Alaska. The percentages of each mineral dating from various geologic periods are given only for the west coast as a whole. The locations of the samples are mapped. DLC. LEDLEY, B.G., see No. 96034 97431 LEDNEVA, V.P. Vulkanogennye obrazovaniiä trappovol formatsil Sibirskol platformy. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheski inst. Trudy 1967. v.112, p.198-213, map, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. ilitle Er: The volcanic deposits of the trap formation of the Siberian platform. The volcanic formation is divided into two large facies: tuff extrusive and lava effusive. Both are described. According to the facies and composition of rocks, three volcanic areas are distinguished: Noril'sk, Kotuy-Kureyka and Nizhnyaya Tunguska. Correlation of sections of the intrusive formations is given. DLC. LEDNEVA, V.P., see also No. 94968, 99121 LEDOKHOVICH, A.A., see No. 101414 97432 LEE, J.F. Evaluation of a proposed walk-around sleeping bag for cold weather survival. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1967. 14p. graphs, tables, illus. (US. Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory. Technical report no. AAL-TR-67-3) 2 refs. The garment procured for Tactical Air Command was designed to be lightweight and compact for inclusion in the F-111 and survival kits for other aircraft. Tests were made in a cold chamber with temperatures below -40°F, and with subjects performing a few survival activities in the open. The insulation of the garment was insufficient and

it was too small for all but the smallest men. CaMAI, DLC. 97433 LEE, J.F. Ground temperature data of biological significance. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1967. 8 p. tables, graph, illus. (US. Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory. Technical report no. AAL-TR-67-2) 8 refs. Ground temperatures were measured in holes to a depth of 10 ft, near Fairbanks, Sept 1963-July 1966, to provide data for predicting temp of survival shelters warmed by radiation from the earth. Temp were taken in occupied and unoccupied shelters. With ambient air temp of -46°C, ground surface below snow was -6°C; with ambient air at -40°C, inside unoccupied shelter was -8°C, inside occupied shelter > + 15°C; with ambient air below -40°C, unoccupied shelter on ice of the Chena River was -9°C, temp on ice under 101/2 in of snow was -8°C, and on river ice free of snow it was -30°C. CaMAI, DLC. LEE, T.E. 97434 Archaeological investigations at Lake Abitibi, 1964. Quebec 1965. 58 p. illus. (Laval Univ. Centre d'etudes nordiques. Travaux divers no.10) Refs. Reports fieldwork connected with the general question of Eskimo origins, on the shores of Lake Abitibi, describing the setting and pertinent history, excavations made and artifacts found. The theory concerning early contacts of Dorset people with the Indians of the Archaic culture of northeastern United States and eastern Canada finds new support especially if the preceramic Mattawan culture defined by Ridley is taken into account. Excavations at two sites at the mouth of the Duparquet River have revealed an older ceramic horizon, Early Woodland. The cultural remains excavated have more to to with northern than with southern cultural developments; whether the northern associations are with the earliest Eskimo, with the Dorset, or with some in-between culture, is the central problem. CaMAI. 97435 LEE, T.E. Fort Chimo and Payne Lake, Ungava, archaeology, 1965. Quebec 1967. 116 p. map, illus. (Laval Univ. Centre d'etudes nordiques. Travaux divers no.16) Refs. Contains two reports. The earth rings and other archaeological sites at Fort Chimo 1965, p 1-27. The rings marked the positions of former tents constructed like the Naskapi tents reported by Turner, No 18093. Similar earth forms on the site of abandoned Old Ft Chimo were isolated with the aid of former residents, and associated specifically with the Naskapi occupation there. Ancient European settlement revealed at Payne lake. Ungava 1965, p 28-98. Reports 681

investigation of the roofing of large house pits by skins stretched over a domed frame of antlers; continued search for burials with one, unusually interesting of a dog, found. The mixing of Norse and Dorset peoples to produce the Thule culture proposed by Oleson is noted and unusual features at Payne Lake sites described as indications of occupation by Europeans: cache piles of remarkably heavy stones, house foundations, CaMAI. stone dam, causeway, etc. 97436 LEE, T.E. Payne Lake, Ungava Peninsula, archaeology 1964. Quebec 1966. 102 p. maps, illus. (Laval Univ. Centre d'etudes nordiques. Travaux divers no.12) Refs. Evidence of the Dorset culture was found only along arctic coasts till two sites discovered in 1948 at Payne Lake by J. Rousseau and J. Michell, and others by W.E. Taylor 1957 and the author 1964 have yielded artifacts of Dorset culture. A remarkable collection of sites with several cultures represented exists about the outlet of Payne Lake, possibly a clustering about a caribou crossing point. The question of the Dorset culture, and of relations between northern cultures and those farther south should be reexamined. Payne Lake evidence seems to support Ridley's hypothesis of southern origins of Dorset culture, and Tryggvi Oleson's theories relating to the non-Siberian origin of the northern peoples of North America. CaMAI. 97437 LEECH, A.P. Potassium-argon dates of basic intrusive rocks of the District of Mackenzie, N.W.T. (Canadian journal of earth sciences 1966. v.3, no.3, p.389.412) Samples were taken from diabase dikes and related contact rocks and from a differentiated intrusive body in the YellowknifeProsperous Lake, Lac de Gras, Point Lake, and Tree River-Coronation Gulf areas. Several samples from basic intrusions in Ontario are included. Dating by the K-Ar method indicated at least four periods of dike intrusion, 2200-2400, 1900-2100, 1100-1200, and 600-700 MY ago. Chemical and petrologic studies were carried out in conjunction with the dating. There is some suggestion of an increase in the K content of diabase dikes in the Canadian Shield throughout Precambrian time. Alkali-silica ratios show that all the dikes studied belong to the DGS. worldwide theoleiitic magma type. 97438 LEECH, G.B. The Rocky Mountain Trench. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 1967. no.66-14, p.307-329, maps, illus) 40 refs. One of 28 papers comprising The World 682

rift system; Report of symposium, Ottawa, Sept 4-5, 1965. The Rocky Mountain Trench is a valley about 1600 km in length that extends on the western side of the Rocky Mts from near 47°N through British Columbia to the Liard Plain just north of 59°N. Structures that may be related to it continue northward to 61°N. The diversities of the various valley segments of the Rocky Mountain Trench, here described, are in distinct contrast to the continuity of the Trench. It has been suggested that the Trench contains a strikeslip fault, but there is no evidence of that in the block-fault segments at its ends. Further complications arise from movement of traversed terrain across the line of the Trench. The Trench may mark an old, deep fracture zone that has reasserted itself through the allochthonous veneer. DGS. 97439 LEECHMAN, D. A primitive computer. (Beaver 1966. v.296, no.4, p.38-39, illus) Describes a stone engraved with numbers reminiscent of those on a sundial during the restoration of Fort Prince of Wales, near Churchill, Manitoba. The fact that it is not local stone suggests that it might have been brought to the fort at some point during its occupation (1740-82), and the author speculates on the possibility that it was the property of Captain Christopher Middleton, who arrived in 1741 in charge of the Furnace and Discovery expedition and undertook a number of astronomical observations; or of the two astronomers William Wales and Joseph Dymond, sent to Churchill by the Royal Society to observe the transit of Venus across the face of the sun on 3 June 1769. CaMAI, DLC. 97439A LEFEBVRE, G.R. Le NouveauQuebec dans la perspective de I'unite linguistique esquimaude. ( In: J.N. Malaurie. Nouveau-Quebec. Paris 1964. p.277-313, map, tables, illus) Approx 120 refs. In French. Title tr.: New Quebec in the perspective of the linguistic unity of Eskimo. Comparative phonological study of Eskimo dialects from Alaska to Greenland showing their over-all linguistic concordance. The development of one written language to be used by all Eskimo groups is discussed and individual dialects evaluated for this purpose. The Labrador dialect spoken east of the Hudson Bay is considered best: it has preserved the traditional Eskimo pattern, while reflecting evolutionary changes of the CaMAI, DLC. West and East. LEGGET, R.F. and others. Al97440 luvial fan formation near Aklavik, Northwest Territories, Canada. (Geological Society of

America. Bulletin 1966. v.77, no.1, p.15-29, graphs, maps, tables, illus) Refs. Other authors: R.J.E. Brown and G.H.Johnston. Presents analyses of soils and soil profiles from a group of coalescing alluvial fans on the periphery of the Mackenzie Delta. Results of test drilling show a minimum depth of 40 ft of organic silt and no sand or gravel usually characteristic of fans. The genesis of both soil profile and fan morphology is discussed. The influence of decomposed sedges and grasses and frost action are viewed as the major factors in transforming transported Cretaceous sedimentary material into organic silt. The unexpected nature of the soil profile indicates the unreliability of detailed standard photo interpretation of land forms in arctic regions. In this case the fan had to be rejected as unsuitable for the siting of a new town. CaMAI, DGS.

97441 LEGKOVA, V.G. K voprosu ob ispol'zovanii fauny foraminifer dill stratifikatsii chetvertichnykh otlozhenii. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1967. v.145, p.272-75) Refs. In Russian. Title Ir.: Utilization of foraminifer fauna for the stratigraphic subdivision of Quaternary deposits. Reports a study in the Peza River basin of Arkhangel'sk Province. Two marine interglacial strata are distinguished, one of which represents a boreal transgression and the other a northern transgression. The forams of these transgressions are described; they differ in species composition and reveal the physiographic regime of marine basins. A microfaunal method and study of forams help substantially in the subdivision of Quaternary deposits. DLC. 97442 LEIGHTY, R.D. Pictorial performance study of Camp Century (1960-1962). Hanover, N.H. 1963. 20p. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Lab. Special report no.56) During project activities at Camp Century in 1960 and again in 1962 an opportunity was afforded to obtain pictures of surface and subsurface features and conditions. Pictures taken in Nov 1960 can be compared to those taken in Apr 1962 from essentially the same location and a pictorial performance study of these locations can be made. The purpose of these comparative photographs is to present the information to CRREL personnel so that they are aware of the magnitude of the deformation problem. This is not meant to be a complete study, nor is comment given as to the reason for the observed changes. CaMAI, DLC.

97443 LEIGHTY, R.D. Snow density profiling by nuclear means. (Journal of glaciology 1966. v.6, no.43, p.171-76, graph, illus) Refs. French and German summary. Describes a preliminary field investigation at Thule, Greenland to determine the feasibility of using a nuclear technique in the measurement of snow and ice density profiles. Data obtained with a nuclear soil-moisture depth probe are compared with densities obtained by the standard weighing technique. The nuclear method is considered a possibility for the near future when increased resolution and accuracy has been obtained. CaMAI, DWB. 97444 LEIGHTY, R.D. Terrain information from high altitude side-looking radar imagery of an arctic area. (In: Symposium on Remote Sensing of Environment, 4th, 1966. Proceedings p.575-97, illus) Refs. Explains the uses and value of side-looking aerial radar (SLAR) systems for remote sensing of the arctic environment. These provide an all-weather capability for obtaining terrain and ice information during the periods of polar darkness. The specifications of the system used on two field programs in the Thule-Tuto area of Greenland are outlined. The imagery was taken at 42,000-60,000 ft altitudes and is compared with conventional air photography. Evaluation is made in terms of type of terrain, viz. ice cap margin, crevasses, and land features. On the inland ice itself, the imagery is featureless except for vehicle trails. DWB. 97445 LEINBACH, H. and others. The influence of geomagnetic activity on polar cap absorption. (Planetary and space science 1965. v.13, no.11, p.1075-96, tables, graphs) 22 refs. Russian summary. Other authors: D. Venkatesan and R. Parthasarathy. Examines in detail PCA of radio waves during events of 23 Mar, 10 Apr, 7 July, 16, 21-22, 26, Aug 1958, and 11 May, 10, 14, 16 July 1959, using simultaneous riometric data of Thule, Barrow, Ft Yukon, College, Farewell and King Salmon. The results are compared with satellite studies of the solar particles, and with theoretical calculations of the absorption expected from protons with given exponential rigidity spectra. This led to the deduction of the effective cutoff at College of the order of 30 Mev or less, as observed directly by satellites in a few events. A progressive softening of the proton spectrum as the event progresses is suggested. DLC. 97446 LEINBACH, H. Midday recoveries of polar cap absorption. (Journal of 683

geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.21, p.5473-83, tables, graphs) 19 refs. Studies the peculiar time variation of the polar cap absorption (PCA) of cosmic radio noise, the so-called midday recovery. This recovery is a decrease of PCA, that is a recovery of cosmic noise signal towards its undisturbed value, observed on the day side of the edge of the polar cap. Riometer observations of midday recoveries of PCA in 1951-61 at Ft Churchill, College, Ft Yukon, Farewell, King Salmon, Kiruna, and other stations enable a causal relationship to be established between the presence of midday recoveries and the development of an anisotropic pitch angle distribution of solar cosmic rays deep within the magnetosphere. Observational aspects of midday recoveries that seem clearly established are discussed. DLC. 97447 LEIPTSIG, A.V. and others. Glubinnoe stroenie iuga Vilfitlskol sineklizy, po dannym gravimetricheskikh i aeromagnitnykh issledovanü. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1967. ser.4: geologiia no.2, p.112-24, map, 16 refs. In Russian. Other authors: illus) O.K. Litvinenko and V.R. Melikhov. Title tr.: Deep structure of the southern part of the Vilyuy syneclise according to gravimetric and aeromagnetic data. Presents a generalized plan of the main tectonic structures worked out from study of the gravity and magnetic anomalies. The geophysical fields are characterized, and the nature of the anomalies is analyzed. Two large areas in the southern part of Vilyuy syneclise are distinguished as differing in geologic structure. Block structure of the basement is established and the main blocks are described. They control the distribution and thickness of the sedimentary cover. DLC. 97448 LEIPTSIG, A.V. Stratigrafiia i osobennosti nakoplenii verkhnetriasovykh otlozhenil Zapadnogo Verkhoiania. (Izvestii vysshikh uchebnykh zavedem7. Geologii i razvedka 1967, no.7, p.3-10, illus) 8 refs. Title tr.: Stratigraphy and In Russian. accumulation features of Upper Triassic deposits of the western Verkhoyansk region. Reports a detailed study of white quartz sandstones of this region. Their distribution, thickness, fauna and flora are described. They are of Norian or Norian-Rhaetic age. Conditions of Upper Triassic sedimentation are DLC. analyzed. 97449 LEMIEUX, L. and J.M. HEYLAND. Fall migration of blue geese Chen caerulescens and lesser snow geese Chen hyperborea hyperborea from the Koukdjuak 684

River, Baffin Island, Northwest Territories. (Naturaliste canadien 1967. v.94, no.6, p.677-94, maps, tables) Refs. Reports banding of 5535 blues and 5328 lesser snows on the Koukdjuak River in 1961 to determine the fall migration pattern. Analysis of recoveries shows that the lesser snows accompany the blues to Hudson Bay, then head across James Bay from the northeast coast westward to the MinnesotaDakota region and continue south to winter in Texas; the blues stop over at James Bay then follow a route easterly to that of the lesser snows and winter in Louisiana. Sufficient difference is found in the fall migration pattern to continue considering these geese as distinct species. Only five recoveries (all direct) were from Cap Tourmente on the St Lawrence River, showing that the greater snow goose population is not significantly diluted by geese from the Koukdjuak River CaMM, DLC. colony. 97450 LEMKE, R.W. Effects of the earthquake of March 27, 1964, at Seward, Alaska: a description and analysis of the damage resulting from submarine landsliding, seismic sea waves, and oil-tank fires in one of the most devastated cities in Alaska. Washington, DC 1967. 43 p. graphs, maps, table, illus. Refs. (US. Geological Survey. Professional paper 542-E) Describes the causes and extent of damage and loss of life due to earthquake-induced submarine landslides, fracturing, seismic waves and fire in this city. Seismic motion destroyed the city hall and damaged other buildings, and large sections of the waterfront with railroad and port installations slid into the bay. Waves generated immediately by the submarine landslides and tsunamis 30-40 ft high beginning 20 min later and lasting several hours inundated large areas of the city, causing most of the $22 million damage. 355 houses were destroyed or heavily damaged and 13 people died. Investigations indicate a high degree of instability in the extensively fractured area along the present shore, and further bayward sliding is predictable in the event of another major earthquake. Effects in surrounding mountains are also discussed in so far as they continue to pose a flood hazard to the city. Future rehabilitation of the city and its port facilities is briefly considered in the light of local geologic conditions. A map in color of the local geology and air photos of the devastated area and topographic changes are included. DGS. 97451 LEN, K. CH. Slozhnye formy proshedshego vremeni v nanalskom i zyke. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otdelenie.

Izvestiia 1966, no.9, p.141-48) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr: Compound forms of the past tense in Gold. Grammatical analysis of verb structure in Nanaets Gold. DLC. 97452 LENINGRAD. Arkticheskii i antarkticheski nauchno-issledovatel'ski institut Chislennye melody analiza i predvychisleniiå gidrometeorologicheskikh polel v Arktike. Leningrad, Gidrometeoizdat 1966. 123 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. (Its Trudy v. 279). E.P. Borisenkov, ed In Russian. Title tr.: Numerical methods of analyzing and predicting the hydrometeorological fields in the Arctic. Contains 14 papers, eight of which are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: G.I. Bardin and D.M. Mikhel'son, T.I. Bazlova, I.A. D►ubkin, Doronin and A.V. Smetannikova, R.B. Dubina and I.J.V. Nikolaev, A.P. IÜrgenson and I.V. Mikhallova, ILJ.V. Nikolaev and G.I. Podol'skaia, and V.V. Polozov. CaMAI, DLC. 97453 LENINGRAD. Arkticheskii i antarkticheskü nauchno-issledovatel'skii institut. Chislennye metody issledovaniii gidrometeorologicheskikh uslovti v Arktike s ispol'zovaniem elektronnykh tsifrovykh vychislitel'nykh mashin. Leningrad 1966. 167 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. (Its Trudy no.277) In Russian. Title tr.: Numerical methods of investigations of the hydrometeorological conditions in the Arctic using electronic digital computers. Contains 23 papers, eight of which are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: E.V. Altykis and I.A. Diübkin, I.A. Diübkin, I.A. Diübkin and L.IÜ. Ryzhakov, I.A. Diübkin and L.G. Toporkov, IÜ.P Doronin and A.V. Smetannikova, A.V. Gaas, A.P. Nagurnyi, and N.E. Vail-singer and others. CaMAI, DLC. 97454 LENINGRAD. Arkticheskii i antarkticheskii nauchno-issledovatel'skii institut. Geophysical explorations in the Soviet Arctic and Antarctic; no.4. Edited by A.P. Nikol'skii and A.I. OI'. Jerusalem, Israel Program for Scientific Translation for National Science Foundation 1968. 120 p. graphs, maps, tables. (Its: Trudy v. 241) Contains nine papers, eight pertinent to northern areas are noted in this Bibliography with reference to original abstract: A.S. Besprozvannaia, R.G. Kokorin, N.A. Miliåev, A.P. Nikol'skii (3 papers), A.I. 01', and L.N. Zhigalov and N.N. Zhigalova. CaMAI, DLC.

97455 LENINGRAD. Arkticheskii i antarkticheskil nauchno-issledovatel'skii institut. Gidrologicheskil rezhim rek arkticheskoi zony. V.S. Antonov, ed. Leningrad, Gidrometeoizdat 1967. 146 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. (Its: Trudy v.278) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Hydrological regime of arctic rivers. Contains nine papers; all are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz V.S. Antonov, N.A. Belov, A.P. Burdykina, N.A. Doronina, N.P. Giliarov and V.V. Ivanov, K.V. Grishanin, V.V. lvanov, IU.V. Nalimov, and L.G. Toporkov. DLC. 97456 LENINGRAD. Arkticheskif i antarkticheski nauchno-issledovatel'skii institut. Gidrologiiå rek Sovetskoi Arktiki. Leningrad, Izd-vo Morskol Transport 1957. 122 p. tables, graphs, maps. (Its: Trudy v.208, no.2) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Hydrology of rivers in the Soviet Arctic. Contains four papers dealing with Siberian rivers and seas, all abstracted under their authors' names: V.S. Antonov (2 papers), V.S. Antonov and V.IA. Morozova, and F.A. Cherniaeva, qqv. CaMAI, CaOG. 97457 LENINGRAD. Arkticheskii i antarkticheskif nauchno-issledovatel'skii institut. Issledovanitå magnitno-ionosfernykh vozmushchenil i rasprostraneniia radiovoln v Arktike i Antarktike. Leningrad, Gimiz 1966. 152 p. tables, graphs, maps. (Its: Trudy v.280) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Study of magnetic-ionospheric disturbances and radiowave propagation in the Arctic and Antarctic. Contains fourteen papers dealing with the geomagnetic field, ionosphere, auroras, radiowave propagation in high latitudes and instruments and methods used in geophysical surveys. Eleven papers pertinent to the Arctic are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: A.S. Besprozvannaiå (2 papers), V.M. Driaiikiii and B.S. Moiseev, G.N. Gorbushina, Ch. L. Khodzha-Akhmedov, V.M. Lukashkin and V.B. Smirnov, A.P. Nikol'skii (2 papers), A.I. 01', L.N. Zhigalov, and N.N. Zhigalova. CaMAI, DLC. 97458 LENINGRAD. Arkticheskii i antarkticheskii nauchno-issledovatel'skii institut. Russkie arkticheskie ekspeditsii XVIIXX vv. Leningrad, Gimiz 1964. 232 p. maps, tables. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Russian arctic expeditions in the 17-20th centuries. M.I. Belov, editor. Presents an introductory account of work on the history of arctic explorations pub and planned by Arctic Institute personnel followed by 12 papers described in this Bib685

97460 LENINGRAD. Gosudarstvennyl nauchno-issledovatel'ski institut ozernago i rechnogo rybnogo khoziaistva. Sib!rskoe otd-ie. Rybnoe khozi istvo Vostochnol Sibiri. Krasnoyarsk 1964. 306 p. graphs, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian (Its: Trudy v.8) Title tr.: Fisheries of Eastern Siberia. Contains seventeen papers on this subject, nine of which are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: I.I. Greze, V.N. Greze and A.V. Sycheva, R.S. Krest'i nnikova, IU.V. Mikhalev, O.L. Olt shanskata (3 papers), N.V. Vershinin, and DLC. N.V. Vershinin and A.V. Sycheva.

North, pt 3: languages and the art of writing of Paleosiberian peoples. In sequence to No 46311. Pt 2 of this 3-pt study of the Tungus-Manchu languages was not pub. Collection of eight basic papers on the phonetics, morphology, and syntax of the non-Ural-Altaic languages of Siberia. Their reduction to writing on the basis of the Latin alphabet is also dealt with, and for most of the peoples some ethnographic and demographic data, etc are presented. The Luoravetlan or Chukchi language by V.G. Bogoraz, p 5-46, includes, p 8-11, a review of a writing system devised in the 1920's by Tenevil', a Chukchi reindeer herder. About 100 of his 120.140 characters are reproduced; some are genuine pictographs, others nonobjective symbols used for abstract concepts, verbs, etc. The Nymylan or Koryak language by S.N. Stebnii ki7, p 47-84, includes some discussion of progress in education and collectivization, economy and social structure of settled and nomadic groups. The Itel'men or Kamchadal language, by S.N. Stebniiski1, p 85-104, presents a translation of the Kamchadal material included in V.G. Bogoraz's linguistic study of Chukchi, No 1875, together with own 1933-34 data from Kamchatka. The Iuit or Asiatic Eskimo language, by V.G. Bogoraz, p 105-128, is the original text of the study later included in No 20788. The Unangan or Aleut language, by V.I. Jochelson, p 129-48, deals with the language spoken by some 300 Aleuts of Mednyy and Beringa Islands. The Odul or Yukaghir language, by V.I. Jochelson, p 149-80. Revision and translation of No 8134. The Nivkh or Gilyak language, by E.A. Krelnovich, p 181-222, discusses also their material and spiritual culture, social structure and pictographic writing; the last used exclusively in association with the bear cult. The Ket or Yenisey Ostyak language, by N.K. Karger, p 223-38, classifies it as one of the languages of the western or Yenisey branch of the Paleosiberian family; but this attribution has not been sustained, e.g. by A.A. Popov, No 47414. Appended are Z.E. Chernilkov's explanatory notes (cf No 28507) to a linguistic map pub in pt 1 of this study, No 46311 DLC. (copy in DLC).

97461 LENINGRAD. Institut narodov Severn. IAzyki i pis'mennost' narodov Severa, chast' 3: iazyki i pis'mennost' paleoaziatskikh narodov. Leningrad, Gos. uchebno-pedagog. izd-vo 1934. 244 p. tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Languages and the art of writing of the peoples of the

97462 LENINGRAD. Maze! istorii reUgh i ateizma Voprosy preodolenii3 religioznykh perezhitkov v SSSR. Leningrad Title 1966. 298 p. illus. Refs. In Russian. tr.: Essays on combatting religious survivals in the USSR. Collection of sixteen papers on current

liography under their authors' names. (titles tr. ): KUSHNAREV, E.G. Unsolved problems in the history of the First Kamchatka Expedition. TROITSKII, V.A. The first hydrographers on Dikson. PASETSKII, V.M. The arctic and antarctic explorations planned by I.F. Kruzenshtern and P.I. Kruzenshtern. PINKHENSON, D.M. Contribution to the history of the development of the Northern Sea Route, the period of capitalism. KREMER, B.A. The Austro-Hungarian Arctic Edition 1872-1874. PASETSKII, V.M. The Spitsbergen problem at the beginning of the 20th century. ERASHOVA, N.V. Geographic discoveries of the Russian Polar Expedition of the Academy of Sciences 1900-1903. LAKTIONOV, A.F. Men of great courage. KUPETSKII, V.N. The Arctic Ocean Hydrographic Expedition and the participation of Lieutenant A.N. Zhokhov. KUCHEROV,_ I.P. Hydrographic investigations of G. IA. Sedov in the Arctic. LAVRENTSOVA, T.D. Original documents on S.I. Dezhnev's voyage. BELOV, M.I. Russian documents on the expedition along the Northeast Passage on the steamer Vega, 1878-1879. CaMAI, DLC. 97459 LENINGRAD. Arkticheskii i antarkticheskii nauchno-issledovatel'skii institut Viächeslav Vasil'evich Frolov — his life and work. (In: Vangengeim, G. IA. and A.F. Laktionov, eds. Hydrometeorology of the polar regions... 1967, p.1-16, illus) English CaMAI. translation of No 80631.

686

beliefs and the history of religions. Three essays dealing with northern peoples are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, vin I.S. Gurvich, E.I. Oreshkin, and M.I. Shakhnovich. DLC. 97463 LENINGRAD. Nauchno-issledo0 ravatel'skil Institut geologii Arktiki. bochem soveshchanii po raschleneniiu porod trappovol formatsi Sibirsk platformy dlia iselel geologicheskogo kartirovanii v marte 1962 g. (Its: Trudy 1967. v.151, p.281-83) Title tr.: Working conference In Russian. on distinguishing trap rocks of the Siberian platform for geologic mapping in March 1962. Reviews this meeting in Leningrad of 140 people representing 20 scientific organizations; 31 papers were given on various problems of trap formation, and some conclusions reached on further studies and methods. DLC. Nauchno-issledo97464 LENINGRAD. Palea vatel'skiI Institut geologii Arktiki. geografiis tsentral'nol chasti Sovetskoi Arktiki. Leningrad, Nedra 1967. 299 p. maps, tables. Refs. In Russian. (Its: Trudy v. 150) I.S. Gramberg, ed. Tide tr: The paleogeography of the central part of the Soviet Arctic. The first major compilation of paleotectonic and depositional environmental data on the area north of the Arctic Circle from Novaya Zemlya east to New Siberian Islands. Discursive descriptions by 15 authors are accompanied by paleotectonic and paleogeographic maps and geologic formation tables for the late Proterozoic to Cretaceous period. Sources of sediments, types of sedimentation, saline and other mineral deposits are discussed in relation to tectonic and DLC. climatic factors. 97465 LENINGRAD. Nauchno-issledovatel'ski Institut geologii Arktiki Pamiati Nikolaiå Aleksandrovicha Shvedova. (Its: Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologi i biostraIn Russian. tigrafiia 1966, no.16, p.5-7) Tide tr.: In memory of Nikolai Aleksandrovich Shvedov. Another obit by S.V. Melen in Paleontologicheski zhurnal 1967, no.3, p.139-40 illus. Describes scientific activity of this paleobotanist and chief of' the paleontology and stratigraphy section of the Institute of Geology of the Arctic, who died 13 Nov 1966 in his 59th yr. His entire working life was devoted to the studies of Soviet arctic regions. His principal works are briefly DLC. reviewed.

Nauchno-issledo97466 LENINGRAD. Petrovatel'ski! Institut geologii Arktiki. logiiI trappov Sibirskoi platformy. Leningrad, Izd-vo Nedra 1967. 284 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. (Its: Trudy v. 151) In Russian. Title tr.: Petrology of traps of the Siberian platform. Contains 32 papers of which 30 are abstracted in this Bibliography under the authors' names, viz: M.A. Afanas'eva, A.I. Arkhipova and I.A. Natorkhin, D.A. Dodin and M.A. Sadikov, N.V. Drenov and IU.S. Krakovskil, V.V. Ershov and G.B. Popova, M.N. Godlevskil, V.S. Golubkov, I.N. Gor ftinov, L.N. Grinenko, A.A. IAlovol, V.V. IUdina, G.I. Kavardin and I.N. Gonåinov, G.I. Kavardin and others, M.Z. Komarova and T.P. Liul'ko, ILLS. Krakovskn, L.I. Kravtsova, V.A. Kutolin and G.N. Karataeva, A.P. Lebedev, V.L. Masaitis, A.A. Mezhvillt and N.N. Vasil'ev, I.A. Natorkhin, B.V. Oleinikov, L.A. Polunina and V.P. Ledneva, L.S. Semenov, L.I. Shakhot'ko,G.N. Stari isyna andIU.I. Tomanovskaia, E.N. Sukhanova, IU.I. Tomanovskaia, V.A. Vakar, and A.M. Vilenskil. Two conferences on the subject are also reported and cited supra, DLC. infra. Nauchno-issledo97467 LENINGRAD. vaterskii institut geologi Arktiki. Reshenie konferentsii po petrology trappov i sviåzannomu s nimi orudeneniiu, sozvannoi pervichnymi organizatsiiimi Nauchno-tekhnicheskogo gomogo obshchestva NIIGA i VSEGEI 22-26 marts 1965 g. (Its: Trudy 1967. v.151, p.283-84) In Russian. Tide tr.: Resolution of the conference on the petrology of traps and associated mineralization called by the primary organizations of the scientific-technical mining society of the Institute of Geology of the Arctic and All Union Geological Institute, March 22-26 1965. Resolution for continuation of' petrological investigation of the trap formation of Siberian platform by study of magmatism and tectonics, geochemical and mineralogical features, metallogeny, use of mathematical methDLC. ods, dating methods, etc. 97468 LENINGRAD. fSentral'ny! nauchno-issledovatel'skiI Institut morskogo flota. Sudovye i`idernye paroturbinnye ustanovki. P.I. Strumpe, eti Leningrad, Izd-vo Morskol Transport 1963. 136 p. graphs, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. (Its: Informatsionnyi sbornik no.77-78) Title tr. Ships' nuclear steam-turbine installations. Presents information on the design of nuclear-powered vessels in the United States, Japan, and Europe. Type and construction of the reactors, their thermal and neutron687

physical characteristics are described. The nuclear fuel, heat systems, steam generators, electric power stations aboard ship, weight and dimensions of nuclear steam-turbine installations, and the economy of these installations are discussed. Specifications of various types of nuclear-powered foreign vessels are compared with those of the Russian icebreaker Lenin. Specifications of the British icebreaker Glacier are compared with their projected nuclear icebreaker. DLC. 97469 LENINGRAD. Vsesoruznyrgeologicheski institut Geologiiå Sibirsko' platformy. I.I. Krasnov, M.L. Lur'e and V.L. Masa'tis, eds. Moskva, Izd-vo Nedra 1966. 447 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.. The geology of the Siberian platform. Comprehensive collective work based on numerous recent studies. Its four main sections deal with stratigraphy, magmatism, tectonics, and geomorphology. The Archean and Lower Proterozoic basement is described as well as the sedimentary-volcanic cover, composed of rocks ranging in age from upper Proterozoic, to Quaternary. The magmatic phenomena on Siberian platform are analyzed, and special attention given to the trap magmatism widely distributed there. Kimberlite rocks are also described. The magmatic rocks are divided into three main epochs. Three structural stages are recognized. The tectonic zoning of the platform is outlined and the main structures characterized. The geomorphic boundaries of the platform, the main factors in its relief formation and its geomorphic regions are described. DLC. 97470 LENINGRAD. Vsesoruznyi neftranoi nauchno-issledovatel'skil geologo-razvedochnyi institut Geologiiå i neftegazonosnost' Zapadnol IÅkutil, sbornik state'. Leningrad, Izd-vo Nedra 1966. 308 p. graph, maps, tables, illus. (Its: Trudy no. 249) In Russian. Title tr.: Geology and oil-gas properties of western Yakutia, a collection of papers. Presents 19 papers on results of 1958-1963 investigations by geologists, paleontologists and geochemists in the Anabar anticlinorium, Aldan anticlinorium and Vilyuy syneclise. All the papers are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz (titles tr): BALABANOVA, T.F. Lower Cretaceous deposits of the Aldan River. BIKKENINA, D.A. Organic matter and bitumen of the Kuonamka series in the southern slope of the Anabar anteclise. BOGORODITSKAIA, N.I. Composition 688

of organic matter and origin of bitumen of the Kuonamka series deposits. DZHINORIDZE, N.M. Age of the Dzhaskoy series in the Zhigansk region. GOL'BRAIKH, I.G. and V.N. TODOROVSKAIA. Tuffaceous rock in the Lower Cretaceous deposits of the Sitte River basin, left tributary of the Lena. GRUBOV, L.A. Some hydrogeologic patterns and oil-gas properties of Mesozoic deposits in the eastern Yakutsk artesian basin. IL'IN, A.F. and D.P. SIDOROV. Tectonic structure of the eastern slope of the Aldan massif. KIRICHKOVA, A.I. A find of Lower Jurassic flora in Eastern Siberia. KIRICHKOVA, A.I. and IÜ.I. SLASTENOV. Stratigraphy and flora of Lower Cretaceous deposits of the Lepiske River, western Verkhoyansk region. KIRINA, T.I. Stratigraphy of Lower Jurassic deposits in the western part of the Vilyuy syneclise. LASTOCHKINA, N.A. and IU.L. SLASTENOV. Tectonic structure and oil-gas prospects of the Tukulan uplift. MAKAROV, K.K. Stratigraphy of Cambrian deposits in the western part of the southern limb of the Anabar anteclise. MAKAROV, K.K. and others. Structure of the crystalline basement on the southern slope of the Anabar anteclise in connection with oil and gas prospects. MESEZHNIKOV, M.S. and T.I. KIRINA. Marine Aalenian deposits in the western part of the Vilyuy syneclise. PITYL'KO, V.M. Formation of dispersion halos under conditions in Yakutia above the Arctic Circle. SIDOROV, D.P. Bitumen of Mesozoic deposits in the western Verkhoyansk region. SLAVIN, V.I. Hydrogeological conditions in the Markha region research well in the southern slope of the Anabar anteclise. VELIKZHANINA, L.S. Species of genera Meleagrinella and Arctotis from the Lower and Middle Jurassic of western Yakutia. ZABALUEV, V.V. and others. Tectonic structure of the Vilyuy syneclise. DLC. LENSINK, C.J., see No. 95171 LENSKAIA, S.V., see No. 100197 LENTFER, J.W., see No. 97514 97471 LENZ, A.C. 77iliborhynchia, a new Lower Devonian rhynchonellid from Royal Creek, Yukon, Canada. (Journal of paleontology 1967. v.41, no.5, p.1188-92, illus) 7 refs. Describes Thliborhynchia julli n g n sp from Late Siegenian beds of an area near the

southernmost branch of the headwaters of Royal Creek (64°46'22"N 135°12'36" W), Yukon Ten. The new rhynchonellid differs from its supposed ancestral form, Machaeraria in the possession of pronounced, pinched postero-lateral slopes, and sharp, predominately undivided costae. CaMAI DGS 97472 LENZ, A.C. Upper Silurian and Lower Devonian paleontology and correlations, Royal Creek, Yukon Territory: a preliminary report. (Bulletin of Canadian petroleum geology 1966. v.14, no.4, p.604-612, map, illus) Ref. Describes a sequence of Silurian-Devonian limestones and shales at this location (map). Stratigraphic sections are presented and the faunal units are related to specific graptolite and brachiopod index fossils. Affinities with faunas in Nevada and Bohemia are noted. Correlation problems are briefly discussed. DLC. LENZ, A.C., see also No. 98804 § 17 LEONARD, d.W., see No. 97480A 97473 LEONOV, B.N. and others. Almazy Prilenskoi oblasti. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 279 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Other authors: B.I. Prokopchuk and IÜ.L. Orlov. Title tr.: The diamonds of Lena province. Describes this province about 100,000 km2 in area comprised of the basins of the Lena, Khoruonka, Kyulenke, Khakhchan, Muna, Motorchuna, Molodo, etc. The geology of the region is outlined, and the stratigraphy, volcanism and tectonics summarized. The diamond-bearing properties of the province are analyzed. Kimberlite pipes of the Molodo, Olenek, Muna and other regions are described. Diamond-bearing placers are treated in some detail. Characteristics of five varieties of diamonds are noted. The history of the formation of diamond-bearing deposits is summarized. Methods used in the search for diamonds are described. CaMAI, DLC. 97474 LEONOV, B.N. and B.I. PROKOPCHUK. Rossypi almazov severo-vostoka Sibirskol platformy i nekotorye voprosy metodiki ikh poiskov. (In Akademiis nauk SSSR. Nauchnyl sovet po rudoobrazovanitit. Geologiih rossypei 1965. p.303-311, maps, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Diamond placers in the northeast of the Siberian platform and some problems in prospecting for them. Describes the Lower and Upper Jurassic, Neogene and Quaternary deposits of the Molodo, Motorchuna, Muna, Syungyude and

other river basins in respect to diamond placers. Occurrence of placers, sources of diamonds, weathering crust, transport of placers etc are evaluated. Present stream bed placers are mostly rich in diamonds. Their manifestation in the Kuoyka, Eyekit, Molodo, Muna and other river basins is described. The heavy concentrate method is considered inadequate for diamond placer prospecting. Geologic-geomorphic survey, lithologic-facies, and paleogeographic methods should be used more. DLC. LEONOV, B.N., see also No. 95622 LEONOV, L.E., see No. 95319 97475 LEONOVA, V.A. and others. Aki essornye ksenotimy iz pegmatitovykh zhil Chupy i osobennosti raspredeleniih v nikh redkikh elementov. (Vses. mineralogicheskoe o-vo. Zapiski 1967. v.96, no.2, p.117-32, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.V. Firiulina and A.V. Zvarykina. Title tr.: Accessory xenotimes from the Chupa pegmatite veins and distribution features of the rare elements in them. Presents the mineralogic and chemical characteristics of these xenotimes of northern Karelia. Three generations are distinguished by their spatial position in the veins, paragenetic association of minerals, and morphologic features. Their chemical composition is analyzed and data tabulated. Presence of rare earths and yttrium is also reported. DLC. 97476 LEONOVA, V.A. and B.V. SOROKIN. Priroda oreolov izmenenitn v plagioklaze vokrug vkliuchenll radioaktivnykh mineralov. (Mineralogiiii i geokhimiT 1967. no.2, p.40-51, tables, graphs, illus) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Nature of the contact aureole in plagioclase around an inclusion of radioactive minerals. Reports a mineralogic and crystal-chemical study of pegmatite veins in the Chupa pegmatite field of northern Karelia. Accessory radioactive minerals such as uraninite and secondary minerals of uranium are found mostly in plagioclase. The radial jointing observed is described. The deformation of plagioclase and feldspar crystals is analyzed. Chemical analyses are presented of the composition of plagioclase in the aureole. The aureole around the radioactive minerals is of epigenetic origin. DLC. LEONOVICH, V.V., see No. 97091, 97092 689

97477 LEONT'EV, A.M. Plodonoshenie eli Sibirskoi na Verkhnei Pechore. (Pechoro-llychskii gos. zapovednik. Trudy 1963. no.10, p.5-87, map, tables) 60 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Fruit bearing of the Siberian spruce in the upper Pechora basin. Reports own studies of 1938-41 in the Pechora Ilych Preserve, where Picea obovata Ldb. is the only spruce, and its seed important for squirrels, the principal commercial fur bearers of the taiga. Three geobotanical areas of the Preserve are distinguished, the Pechora River valley, the foothills and the mountains of the Northern Ural (map). Siberian spruce is grown on 11 experimental plots of (usually) mixed forest. The average number of cones/tree in 1938, 1939 and 1940 was 41, 155, and 22; and average seeds/tree: 2,796, 18,916, and 625. Seed quality, weight, germination ability, etc are reported, as is the daily seed requirementlsquirrel, etc. DLC. 97478 LEONT'EV, O.K. Kratkff kurs morskol geologii. Moskva, Izd-vo Moskovskogo Univ. 1963. 464 p. tables, maps, sections, illus. Approx. 400 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A brief course of marine geology. Presents in chap 13, a section on the relief, geologic structure, and sediments of the Arctic Ocean. A map of the relief, tectonic scheme, and bottom of its central part is given and discussed. The question of considering the Atlantic Ocean floor as a part of the oceanic type of the earth's crust is pointed out. The age of sediments is given from 9-10 to more than SO thousand yr as determined from the sample cores of the floor so far obtained. DLC. 97479 LEONT'EV, O.K. and others. Morfologiia i genezis zaliva Schast'ia, Okhotskoe more. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1967. v.22, ser.5: geog. no.3, p.59-62, illus) In Russian. Other authors: V.A. Lorgus and S.A. Lukianova. Title tr. Morphology and genesis of Schast'ya Bay, Okhotsk Sea. Presents geomorphic scheme of this Bay in southern Okhotsk Sea; it is a large lagoon, about 40 km long and 10 km wide. It was formed by vertical block movements at the end of the Upper Quaternary or beginning of the Holocene. DLC. 97480 LEONT'EV, V.V. Pis'mennost' i puti povysheniiå gramotnosti chukchel. (Akademiiii nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyl kompleksnyi n: issl. inst. Trudy 1967. no.17, p.192-208, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Written language and ways to raise the literacy of Chukchis. Describes various attempts and the final 690

reduction to writing, in 1937, of Chukchi on the basis of the Russian alphabet with addition of two new letters for glottal consonants. Reasons for the low literacy rate in Chukchi are discussed. To comply with Chukchi phonology, most Russian consonants are pronounced differently when used for Chukchi words. The large number of Russian loanwords and the incorporative character of the Chukchi language complicate reading; phonetic values of letters change within the word if it contains a Russian component. A further difficulty in mastering literary Chukchi is its divergence from spoken vernaculars and the corruption of its syntactic structure due to the practice of literal translation from Russian. The abandonment of literary Chukchi in favor of Russian is rejected as premature: only 20% of the Chukchis are functionally bilingual. A statistical breakdown of the population of Uelen by ethnic origin, language, and education shows fluency in Russian only among secondary school graduates. Assignment of unchangeable phonetic values to letters, hyphening of incorporative word structures, remodelling the literary language to conform to vernacular speech, and extending the study of Chukchi beyond the third grade are suggested. DGS. 97480A LEOPOLD, A.S. and J.W. LEONARD. Alaska dam would be resources disaster. (Audubon magazine 1966. v.68, no.3, p.176-78, map, illus) Characterizes the Yukon Flats as a varied and productive wildlife habitat, the whole nature of which would be changed and its bird and mammal populations eliminated by the Rampart dam. Statistics on the migratory waterfowl are cited. Moreover, support of moose, caribou, bears and smaller fur-bearers and one of the continent's major salmon runs would be destroyed by this proposed dam. DLC. LEOPOLD, E.B., see No. 101349, 101351 97481 LEPAGE, E. Apercu floristique du secteur nord-est de l'Ontario. (Naturaliste canadien 1966. v.93, no.3, p.207-246, maps) Refs. In French. Title tr.: Floristic survey of the northeast section of Ontario. Reports on the summer 1962 collections of Father A. Dutilly and Brother J. Frenette along the Winisk, Shamattawa and Ekwan Rivers. Three of the species are new to Ontario flora: Arctostaphylos alpinte Juncus subtilis and Puccinellia Hauptiana; and three others were found at the northern limit of their range in America: Polygala paucifolia. Utricularia corn uta and Cirsium muticum var. monticola. These collections cover the

gap between those reported in No 66803 and CaMM, DLC. in No 33485, 57784. Revision genea97482 LEPAGE, E. logique de quelques X Agroelymus. (Naturaliste canadien 1965. v.92, no.8-9, p.205-216, illus) Refs. In French. Title tr.: Genealogical reconsideration of some hybrid Agroelymus. Discusses work done since No 30393 on the cytogenetics and probable origin of hybrids of Agropyron and Elymus, and restates reasons for designating Agropyron latiglume as one of the parents of X Agroelymus ungavensis. Author's views on some other hybrids are also reviewed. CaMM, DLC. 97483 LEPESHKIN, D.A. Morfologobiologicheskai kharakteristika nåpushki r. [Any. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. IAkutskil filial. Nauchnye soobshchenii 1962. no.8, p.97-102, tables) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Morphological and biological characteristics of the cisco from the Yana River. Account of Coregonus albulav the morphometry of 170 mature fish from lower Yana delta, data on length, weight and age relations and groups, rate of growth and fertility. DLC. 0 formi97484 LEPESHKIN, D.A. rovanii ikhtiofauny VilmTskogo vodokhranilishcha. (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. IAkutskif filial. Inst. biol. Pozvonochnye... 1964, p.69-72) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The formation of a fish fauna in the Vilyuy reservoir. Describes the hydrology, bottom conditions and water temperature of the Vilyuy. The dimensions and capacity of the reservoir when completed are stated. Its bottom and water conditions, the fishes likely to populate it, their size and weight, are discussed; species likely to be adversely affected are also considered. DLC. 0 raspre97485 LEPESHKIN, D.A. (In: delenii ryb v basseine reki Viliuia. Akademia nauk SSSR. IAkutskii filial. Inst. biol. Pozvonochnye... 1964, p.67-68) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.:' Distribution of fishes in the Vilyuy River basin. Lists, in taxonomic order, 18 species inhabiting the upper reaches of this river system. There are 26 species in the entire basin, and some of those in its lower parts are also noted. DLC. 97486 LERFALD, G.M. and R. PARTHASARATHY. The variation of 10 Mc/s cosmic-noise absorption with the solar zenith angle. (In: NATO Advanced Study In-

stitute, 3rd. Electron density profiles... 1966. p.90-92, graph) Refs. Studies the absorption of cosmic noise penetrating the ionosphere during its undisturbed periods, using data collected at College on a 10 Mc/s dual polarized antenna. These absorption values which are found to vary smoothly with the solar zenith angle, are compared with vertical column absorption values due to electron density profiles, computed for D region by earlier investigators, and the absorption mechanism is DLC. discussed. 97487 LERMAN, J.C. and others. Effect of the Tunguska meteor and sunspots on radiocarbon in tree rings. (Nature 1967. 14 v.216, no.5119, p.990-91, table, illus) refs. Other authors: W.G. Mook and J.C. Vogel. In an effort to explain peculiar circumstances associated with the fall of this meteorite on 30 June 1908, C. Cowan, qv, discussed the possibility of the phenomena being produced by the annihilation of antimatter in the atmosphere. Such an event should have increased atmospheric Carbon14, which would have been recorded in tree rings. New measurements of tree rings made with higher accuracy show no significant deviation which could be correlated with the Tunguska meteorite or with the sunspot cycle. DLC. LESAGE, A., see No. 96255 97488 LESHCHIKOV, F.N. and G.B. PAL'SHIN. Merzlotnoe raionirovanie pri (In: gidrogeologicheskikh issledovaniiakh. Akademia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. zemnoi kory. Metodika gidrogeologicheskikh issledovanii... 1966. p.47-56, map) Refs. In Russian. Title Zr: The cryogenic zoning in hydrogeologic investigations. Discusses the problems of permafrost mapping and zoning, and states that the most suitable method is that worked out by P.F. Shvetsov (No 17991). It was used for a permafrost zoning map at 1:2.5 million scale for Irkutsk Province. This map is illus and characterized. DLC. 97489 LESKINEN, H. Der Konstruktionstypus annalasker + finite Verbform in den osfi. Sprachen und im Lappischen. (Suomalais-ugrilainen seura. Aikakauskirja 1966. v.67. no.5, p.1-160) Refs. In German. Title Zr.: Structuring type anna—laske + finite verb form in Balto-Finnish languages and in Lappish. Syntactic analysis of this imperative construction, a comparatively recent form in Lappish that developed in Inari and Nor691

wegian Lappish dialects under the influence of the north Finnish patois. Skolt and Kola Lappish acquired it from Karelian or from Russian dialects of the Kola Peninsula. DLC. 97490 LESLIE, R.J. and B.R. PELLETIER. Bedrock geology beneath Hudson Bay as interpreted from submarine physiography. Dartmouth, N.S. 1965. 18 p. maps, illus. (Canada. Bedford Inst. of Oceanography, Dartmouth, N.S. Unpublished manuscripts. Report B.I.O. 65-12) Refs. The flat monotonous lowlands southwest of Hudson Bay and forming the western part of Southampton Island in the north are developed on Paleozoic carbonate rocks. The broken uplands or rolling terrain in regions of Precambrian crystalline rocks are in obvious contrast to the Paleozoic terrain. Fathometer data from 1961 cruises of M/V Theta in Hudson Bay indicate physiographic features of the floor of the Bay, which are interpreted as analogous in their correlation with the type of underlying rock. High CaCO3 values in bottom samples from the southwestern, central, and northern parts support the physiographic interpretation that most of Hudson Bay is underlain by Paleozoic rocks. Across the mouth of James Bay, the PrecambrianPaleozoic contact appears near the east coast, so most of James Bay too overlies Paleozoic rocks. It is probable that rocks of this age also underlie most of Foxe Basin and Ungava Bay. DLC. 97491 LESNOE KHOZE4ISTVO. Itogi izucheniå lesov Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. (Its: v.19, 1966. no.1, p.33-37) In Russian. Title tr.: Results of forest survey in Siberia and the Far East. Outlines 25 of the papers presented at the Nauchnaiä konferentsitå po izuchenirü lesov Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka, held in Krasnoyarsk 1965, incl Problems of forestry in arctic regions, by S.P. Rechan; Regional aforestation in mountainous Altay and the Yakut ASSR, by I.P. Shcherbakov; Radiation & thermal regime of the larch forests in Central Yakutia, by M.K. Gavrilova; Photointerpretation of forest types, soils, and Quaternary deposits in the subzones of the northern taiga in Kareliya ASSR, by A.N. Berezin and others. DLC. 97492 LESNOV, M.F. Osnovnye problemy khozraistvennogo osvoeniia severnykh raionov Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (Geografiis v shkole 1965. v.28, no.5, p.5-8, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Basic problems in the economic development of the northern regions of the West Siberian lowland. Discusses these problems of the ca 2 692

million km2 barely accessible, sparsely populated area of largely tundra and taiga, rich in natural resources. Khanty-Mansiyskiy and Yamalo-Nenetskiy national districts especially have large deposits Of oil and gas. Iron ore deposits discovered on the eastern slopes of the Northern Urals are presumed to be tens of billions of tons. Improving transportation facilities, incl pipelines, is discussed. DLC. LETARTE, J., see No. 95908 LETOV, B.I., see No. 96724 97493 LETOVAL'TSEVA, V.I. Rezul. taty mecheniiå semgi na Pechore v 1960-64 gg. (Geograflcheskoe o-vo SSSR. Komi filial. Izvestiia 1967. v.2, no.1(11), p.142-46, graphs, map, tables) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Results of salmon tagging on the Pechora in 1960-1964. Discusses extent of salmon fisheries on this river and its marine effluents and tagging with recaptures during 1960-64. Tagging activities were conducted to study migration, its extent, speed, and condition of stock incl its depletion. DLC. 97494 LETTAU, B. The use of sub-arctic bogs as natural climatic indicators. Madison, Wisc. 1966. 123 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. (Wisconsin Univ. Dept. of Meteorology. Technical report no.23) Explains a statistical model for the conversion of observed soil temperatures in sphagnum bogs into climatic temperature values. Although the field studies were carried out in Minnesota, Wisconsin and adjacent areas of Ontario, the purpose of the investigation is to utilize the model for obtaining a more detailed distribution of the DWB. annual temp in sub-arctic Canada. 97495 LEV, A.O. and V.A. LEVCHENKO. Usovershenstvovanie mekhanizmov dlia rabot na Severe. (Stroitel'stvo truboprovodov 1967. v.12, no.8, p.15-16) Title tr.: Improvement of In Russian. mechanisms for works in the North. Discusses the improvements required to make the gas pipeline construction from northern Tyumen Province more efficient. With the low ambient temperatures, numerous bogs and marshes, forests, and permafrost, special equipment is needed for removing snow from roads and pipe trenches. Spraying oil burners instead of plain oil burners are recommended for clearing the gas pipes of naleds and snow, and for drying them. Pipeline insulation is discussed, as is special preparation of various mechanized DLC. equipment.

97496 LEV, O.M. Kompleksy ostrakod iz iurskikh otlozhend Anabarskogo raiona. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologiii i biostratigrafitå 1966. no.15, p.25-40, table) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ostracod associations from Jurassic deposits of the Anabar region. Ostracods are widely distributed in Jurassic deposits of the Soviet Arctic and are of great interest for stratigraphy and paleogeography. Lower Jurassic Pliensbachian and Toarcian, Middle Jurassic Aalenian, Bajocian and Bathonian, and Upper Jurassic Callovian and Oxfordian ostracod associations are described. The composition and distribution of ostracods in Jurassic deposits are tabulated. DLC.

speeds up work 1.5-2 times compared with the method of successive sinking and timbering. DLC.

LEVCHENKO, I.G., see No. 94073

97499 LEVCHUK, V.N. and V.V. EVTUSHENKO. Provedenie kvershlagov korotkoustupnym zaboem. (Pechora, Komi ASSR. N.-issl. ugol'nyl inst. Trudy 1964. no.1, p.293-96, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Speedier crosscut driving. Proposes to drive crosscuts simultaneously with rock loading, blast hole drilling, and timbering according to the time table of cyclic operations for the mines of the Pechora Coal Basin based on chronometric observations. These observations show the following time distribution in the mining cycle of operations: blast-hole drilling 30%, charge loading, blasting and airing 9%, rock loading 38%, timbering 18%, temporal rail track laying 5%. DLC.

97497 LEVCHENKO, S.V. and V.K.H. NASEDKINA. Tipy boksitovykh mestorozhdenil i voprosy boksitonosnosti Raga feentralr not Sibiri. (Metallogenitå osadochnykh i osadochno-metamorficheskikh porod. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. p.138-45, map) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Types of bauxite deposits and the bauxite-bearing properties of south-central Siberia. Analyzes the geologic factors conditioning bauxite manifestations, such as favorable structures and their component rocks, laterite weathering crust, etc. A scheme of ore regions is presented and the Anabar, Aldan, Tungusskiy, Lena-Vilyuy, Angara and others are briefly characterized. In the south of Central Siberia, where weathering crust is widely distributed, no bauxite deposits of industrial significance are found. DLC.

97500 LEVCHUK, V.N. and V.V. EVTUSHENKO. Raüional'nye skhemy organizai ii transportno-putevogo khortäistva pri provedenii gorizontal'nykh vyrabotok na shakhtakh Vorkutskogo ralona. (Pechora, Komi ASSR. N.-issl. ugol'nyi inst. Trudy 1964. no.1, p.296-99, illus) In Russian. Title tr. Transportation tracks in horizontal workings of Vorkuta mines. Discusses types of tracks for the transportation of rock or coal at Vorkutugol' mines, and proposes a removable steel plate of single cross-over by-passing type. Mine cars in this system can change from one track to another anywhere along parallel lines, thus avoiding idle standing at switches. The productivity of loading in this scheme can be increased from 3.8-4.0 m3/hr to 8-9 m3 /hr of DLC. rock or coal.

LEV, O.M., see also No. 100500

LEVCHENKO, V.A., see No. 97495 97498 LEVCHUK, V.N. and F.E. BUGRO. Prokhodka i kreplenie sopragatüshchikhsiä so stvolom vyrabotok po sovmeshchennoi skheme. (Pechora, Komi ASSR. N: issl. ugol'nyi inst. Trudy 1964. no.1, p.281-93, illus) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Combined sinking and timbering of workings. Proposes simultaneous action and not a successive order of work as done now. Plans and processes for constructing the chamber of loading, and pit bottom lay-outs simultaneously with shaft sinking are discussed. Estimates of temporary timbering parameters are presented in formulas. The Pechora Coal Research Institute (Pechor NIUI) has developed the proposed scheme, using the method of collapsible shuttering. The proposed method reduces cost 18-25%, and

LEVCHUK, V.N., see also No. 94297 97501 LEVI, S. SH. Karbonatnye porody kembriiskikh otlozhenii iuzhnogo kryla Anabarskoi anteklizy i ikh bituminoznost'. (Leningrad. Vses. neftiänoi n.-issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1964. no.228, p.67-109, tables, graphs, illus) 8 refs. In Title tr.: Carbonate rocks of Russian. Cambrian deposits in the southern limb of the Anabar anteclise and their bituminosity. Reports a 1961-1963 study of Middle and Upper Cambrian deposits in a core obtained from the Markhinskaya prospecting hole. Results of a lithologic-petrographic investigation of the Siligir and Chukuk series are given. Secondary alteration of carbonate deposits is analyzed noting dolomitization, sulfatization, etc. Reservoir properties of rocks such as porosity and permeability are 693

characterized. The forms of bitumen distribution are described. DLC. 97502 LEVIN, B. and others. US. Geological Survey radiocarbon dates, VIII. (Radiocarbon 1965. v.7, p.372-98) 36 refs. Other authors: P.C. Ives, C.L. Oman and M. Rubin. Measurements include samples from Bethel, Imuruk Lake, Lake George, Gilahina River, Guikana River, West Fork, Sanford Mt, Mentasta Lake, Ahtell Creek, Slana, lower Chitina Valley, Middleton Island, Gakona River, Iniakuk Lake, various sites around Kotzebue Sound and Tolsona Creek, DGS. Alaska. LEVIN, B.I., see No. 96880 97503 LEVIN, F.D. Ocherednye etapy tekhnicheskogo progressa. (Stroitel'stvo truboprovodov 1967. v.12, no.8, p.8-14, ilhus) In Russian. TYtle tr.: The next steps in technical progress. Discusses the northernmost gas pipeline from the Pungino, Berezovo, and Igrim deposits to the industrial and urban centers of the Northern Ural. The 497 km pipeline intersects 362 man-made and natural obstacles in alluvial loams, and frozen hummocky peat bogs. The construction experience shows that earthwork can be carried out year-round, and welding and mounting of 1020 mm pipes can be done under negative temperatures of 45-60°C, if the welders are protected by portable tents or huts. Two million tons of supplies were transported to the Serov-Igrim construction line. DLC. LEVIN, N.I., see No. 98251 LEVINA, F.M., see No. 100500, 101402 LEVINA, T.P., see No. 93636 LEVINE, N.D. and F.L. AN97504 DERSON. Frozen storage of Tritrichomonas foetus for 5.6 years. (Journal of protozoology 1966. v.13, no.2, p.199-201, graph, tables) Refs. These protozoa were cultivated in Diamond's medium with 10% glycerol, then slowly frozen and stored at -28° or -95°C. Half of them died the first day at either temperature. Thereafter, they continued to die off slowly during storage at -28°C; none remained after 1024 days. New cultures could not be initiated with them after 64 days. At -95°C, 11% were still alive after 2048 days, and new cultures were readily initiated with them. DLC. LEVIT, B., see No. 93758 694

97505 LEVITSKIi, L.S. K voprosu o sviizi povyshennogo radioizluchenitå solnisa na metrovykh volnakh s pogloshcheniem v poll rnol shapke. (Akademiii nauk SSSR. Krymskaiii astrofizicheskaia observatoriia. lzvestiii 1964. v.32, p.84-87, graphs) 13 refs. In Russian. Tide is On the relation between solar radio emission in the meter range and the polar cap absorption. Examines the three hr to three day radio noise storm. During 1957-62, 40% of 150 clear enhancements of the meter range radio noise were connected with chromospheric solar flares and the associated radio bursts of centimeter range radio noise. After strong proton flares, and the related radio absorption in the polar cap, an intensive solar emission on meter waves is observed. DLC. 97506 LEVKOVSKAIA, G.M. Osobennosti interpretatsii palinologicheskogo analiza chetvertichnykh otlozhemi severe Zapadnol Sibiri. (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geol. i geofiziki. Chetvertichnyl period SSSR... 1966, p.319-24) Refs. In Russian. Tide tn: Features of the interpretation of palynological analysis of Quaternary deposits in northern West Siberia. Reviews the use of spore-pollen analyses for study of Quaternary deposits. Each large climatic cycle is pertinent to three types of flora: periglacial, optimal and intermediate. These are described. The palynological character of deposits of the climatic optimum depends upon the latitude of their location and the scale of climatic changes. The composition of spore-pollen spectra varies from south to north and a certain zonality is observed in these changes. Microfossils of plants should be taken into consideration; four groups are described. Problems of the redeposition of sediments are also discussed. CaMAI, DLC. 97507 LEVSHUNOVA, S.P. Sravnitel= nye perspektivy neftegazonosnosti kainozolskikh otlozhenü Markovskoi i NizhneAnadyrskoi vpadin. (Geologitå nefti i gaza 1964. v.8, no.12, p.27-30, table, illus) 4 refs. In Russian. TY1e tr.: Comparative prospects for oil and gas in the Cenozoic deposits of the Markovo and lower Anadyr depressions. Reports a laboratory study of deposit samples from drill cores from the Markovo and Velikaya wells. Argillites, siltstones, sandstones and other rocks were studied and their organic matter, bitumen, hydrocarbons and other components analyzed; results are tabulated. Cenozoic deposits of lower Anadyr depression are found more prospective for oil and gas accumulation than the Markovo depression. DLC.

LEVSHUNOVA, S.P. see also No. 99449 97508 LEWIN,V. and J.G. STELFOX. Functional anatomy of the tail and associated behavior in woodland caribou. (Canadian field-naturalist 1967. v.81, no.l, p.63-66, table, illus) Refs. Reports study of the tails of three caribou collected in 1962, three mi north of Jasper National Park in Alberta. A large portion of the tail contains scent glands which might function for olfactory communication in conjunction with the visual by the tail-raising process often accompanied by a circling movement, as frequently observed when caribou are alarmed. The extensive nature of the odoriferous glands and their association with a possible muscular control mechanism strongly suggest their use for social communication. The effectiveness of the scent to alert other caribou would be enhanced by a circular movement as opposed to flight in a straight line. CaMAI, DGS. 97509 LEWIS, B.W. Eskimo stone boat. (Canadian geographical journal 1967. v.75, no.1, p.20-25, illus) Describes the search by boat along the south coast of Baffin Island for increasingly scarce supplies of soapstone to supply carvers at Cape Dorset. Quarrying operations at Kallussurik and nearby sites are illus. CaMAI, DLC. 97510 LEWIS, B.W. Inukshuks and Inunguaks on Foxe Peninsula and the north Quebec coast. (Canadian geographical journal 1966. v.73, no.3, p.84-87, map, illus) Describes the stone figures originally called inunguaks, but today known as inukshuks which were built in this area by Eskimos. More than 100 were examined by the author at Enukso Point (map). They are viewed as originally of ritual significance and only later may possibly have evolved into a system of beacons marking special routes for navigation purposes. CaMAI, DOS. 97511 LEWIS, E.L. Heat flow through winter ice. (In.- Intl. Conf. on Low Temp. Science; Physics of snow and ice... 1967, v.1, pt.l, p.611-31, tables, illus) 19 refs. Temperature measurements made in five profiles at vertical intervals of 15 cm in a growing sea ice sheet to an accuracy of ± 0.01°C, at hourly intervals for >800 hr, were recorded simultaneously with ice thickness and temperature structure of the underlying water. Assuming a value for the latent heat of formation of sea ice, the total heat flow into the ice at its lower surface is determined and is related to the heat flow from the upper surface of the ice at an earlier

time. Gives values for the thermal conductivity of sea ice as a function of temperature and compares them with those predicted by model studies. CaMAI, DGS. 97512 LEWIS, P.G. Babine Lake. (Beaver, summer 1968, no.299, p.26-35, map, illus) Includes account of the Granby Mining Co Ltd copper mine operation on McDonald Island in this lake approx 55°N 126'W in British Columbia, and the bubbler system installed across a 2-mi channel between the island and mainland. The bubbler system consists of a 3/4 in steel cable across the channel, supporting a 3-in perforated steel and plastic pipe. Depth of the pipe (150 ft) is regulated by buoys and anchors. Compressed air at approx 100 lb pressure is pumped into the pipe at the mainland and released through brass orifices 25 ft apart. A 100 ft wide passage (illus) was kept ice-free through the exceptionally cold winter of 1966-67. CaMAI, DLC. 97513 LEWIS, R.E.F. and others. Trials of an SK-5 hovercraft for the Canadian Coast Guard. Ottawa 1967. 77 p. map, tables, illus. (Canada. Defence Research Medical Laboratories. DRML report no. 667) Other authors: J.W. Storr and F.C. Brewer. Reports results of trails conducted to establish this hovercraft's performace, mainly for rescue operations. Trials included transfers between hovercraft and larger vessels, towing, man rescue, barge operations, firefighting, locking, anchoring in fast water, long distance runs in poor visibility, stopping distances, speed, etc. The craft was operated on one occasion in 8-9 ft waves, was able to tow an eleven ton crash boat, and achieved nearly 60 knots sustained speed with a bulky CaMAI. external load. LEWIS, R.P.W., see No. 97301 97514 LEWIS, R.W. and J.W. LENTFER. The vitamin A content of polar bear (Comparative liver; range and variability. biochemistry and physiology 1967. v.22, no.3, p.923-26, table) 6 refs. Reports content of 14 samples from bears of the Chukchi and Beaufort Seas area, as ranging 15,000-30,000 units/g liver and showing no correlation with age or sex. This data is the first such published since Rodahl (cf No 14719, 14722) and is in agreement DNLM. with data reported by him. L'HEUREUX, J., see No. 96488 695

97515 LI, L.V. Antropogenovye rossypi zolota basseina pravoberezh'iü verkhneT Kolymy, zakonomernosti ikh razmeshchenitå i usloviia obrazovanirå. (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. Nauchnyl sovet po rudoobrazovanim. Geologiia rossypel 1965. p.131-39, graphs) In Russian. Title tr.: Quaternary gold placers on the right bank of upper Kolyma basin, patterns of their distribution and formation conditions. Describes the geologic structure of the area incl the Utinaya and Orotukan River basins. Hydrothermal veins and veinlets consisting of quartz, albite, ankerite, etc are the main sources of gold placers. The formation of gold placers is characterized and considered similar to that of alluvial strata. Besides alluvial placers, there are stream bed, floodplain, terrace and other types of placers. Holocene. Upper and Lower Pleistocene placers are recognized. They represent respectively 86.4%, 13.2%, 0.4% of the placers in the Orotukan basin. 40 gold placer deposits have been discovered in this region. DLC. LI, V.P., see No. 99016 LIAKHNITSKAIEI, I.V., see No. 95793 97516 LIAKHOVA, L.N. Latitude-variation of the stability of the F2 layer critical frequencies at times of disturbance. Ottawa 1963. 4p. graph, tables. (Canada. Defence Research Board. Translation T 381 R) English translation by E.R. Hope of No 73477. CaMAI. 97517 LIAPUNOVA, R.G. Ekspeditsitå I. G. Voznesenskogo i ee znachenie dltå etnografii Russkol Ameriki. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Muzei antropologii i etnografii. Sbornik 1967. v.24, p.5-33, map, illus) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: I.G. Voznesenskii's expedition and its significance for the ethnography of Russian America. Cites excerpts from Voznesenskirs diaries, letters, and reports on the life and customs of Aleuts, Alaskan Eskimos and Indians. His voyages, 1840-45, from Novo-Arkhangel'sk (Sitka) to Kodiak Island, Kenai Peninsula, Unalaska, Norton and Kotzebue Sounds, also Fort Ross, California, are mapped and his ethnographic collections comprising over 1000 objects noted: masks, clothing, religious and shamanistic attributes, hunting gear, etc. Tsarist scientific interests and colonial aims in Alaska are reviewed with footnoted biographical data on Russian explorers of the DLC. 18-19th centuries. 97518 LIAPUNOVA, R.G. Zoomorfnarå skul'ptura aleutov. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Muzei antropologii i etnografii. Sbornik 1967. 696

v.24, p.38-54, illus) 20 refs. In Russian. Rile tr.: Aleut zoomorphic sculptures. Describes sixty-eight Aleut animal figurines and engraved plaquettes from different collections, now in the Academy of Sciences Museum of Anthropology and Ethnography, Leningrad. The sculptures vary in size (1-17 cm long), material, composition, and workmanship. Most are amulets fastened to wooden headdress or attached to hunting gear and bidarkas; others formed part of tools e.g. handles or knobs; some few are free-standing carvings. Under the influence of missionary education, these amulets lost their original magic significance and were manufactured DLC. purely as art objects. KPK, so97519 LIAISKAIA, A.M. provozhdatüshchie poliarnye magnitnye vozmushcheniia.(Akademiia nauk SSSR.MezhduvedomstvennyT geofizicheskil komitet. Geomagnitnye issledovaniia. Sbornik statel 1967. no.9, p.89-92, graphs, illus) 3 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: SPP accompanying polar magnetic disturbances. Reports the observations of short period geomagnetic pulsations SPP at Lovozero in 1964-65, associating them with negative and positive magnetic bays. The polarization of train-type pulsations Pt, irregular pulsations sip, and giant pulsations Pgl is studied. Hodographs of 31 cases of Pt disturbances are constructed in horizontal projection. All of them have an elliptical spiral form with different directions of their polarization vectors. The behavior of Pt. PA and sip during the geomagnetic bays and during the undisturbed field-are compared. DLC. 97520 LIATSKII, V.B. Issledovanie kolebanil tipa "zhemchuzhin" v Lovozere. Mezhnauk SSSR. (Akademiia duvedomstvennyi geofizicheskil komitet. Geomagnitnye issledovanhå. Sbornik statel 10 refs. In 1967. no.9, p.93-98, graphs) Title tr.: A Russian. English summary. study of pearl type pulsations at Lovozero. Analyzes the telluric current records at Lovozero observatory during Jan 1962 - May 1964, dividing the pearl pulsations into those of periods T 3s. The pearls of the first type are found to occur during the winter night, and the latter type during the summer day. Seasonal variation in the occurrence frequency, the correlation between the parameters of pearl necklaces and their frequency within a 24 hr period, and during adjacent days, the fine and superfine structure of pearl necklaces are discussed. An increase in the period of pearl pulsations toward the end and the beginning DLC. of the necklace is noted.

97521 LIIATSKII, V.B. and V.P. SELIVANOV. Tonkaia struktura i poliarizaiiiih PP (Pa) v Lovozero. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiia 1967. v.7, no.2, p.378-80, illus) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Fine structure and PP (Pcl) polarization at Lovozero. Reports study of standard records of earth currents at Lovozero Jan 1961 - June 1965, representing 38 events of clear pulsation necklaces PP. PP polarization was studied from these records at Lovozero during 1964-65. The pulsation regularities are discussed. Pearls of a clear-cut necklace are found to represent oscillations of a constant or decreasing period. The polarization of the oscillations within a given necklace is found to be either constant or (in some cases) gradually changing to its end. The polarization vector of PP rotates predominantly in a clockwise direction, while the rotation observed at College is in the opposite direction. CaMAI, DLC. 97522 LIATSKII, V.B. and V.P. SELIVANOV. Vremennoe izmenenie vektora preimushchestvennoi poliarizaüii PP po nabliudennem v Lovozero. (Geomagnetizm i ai ronomitå 1966. v.6, no.1, p.162-63, graphs) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Time variation of the main polarization vector PP from observations at Lovozero. Reports on the behavior of the pearls type polarization by analyzing the vector of the horizontal component Hz of the earth's magnetic field from the 15mm/min speed records obtained from a horizontal ring of 100 m diam having nine loops. Simultaneous recording of telluric currents Ens and .4,, was carried out at Lovozero observatory. Investigation was made 9 June-4 Oct 1964 for necklaces, continued series, and short time flares of PP pulsations. It was noticed that the "pearls" in telluric currents and the geomagnetic field are generated simultaneously, and that their forms, in first approximation, are similar for all activity cases. An analysis of 12 necklaces of pearls is presented, showing the similarities and other regularities of these two phenomena graphically and in a DLC. discussion.

LIiATSKII, V.B., see also No. 93749A, 94497 LIBBY, W.F., see No. 94670 97523 LIBMAN, E.P. Kral zhemchuzhnykh rek. (Priroda 1967. v.56, no.4, p.102-105, illus) Ref. In Russian. Title Ir.: Land with pearl rivers. Reviews documentation on pearl fishing since the 15th century on the Kern', Keret' and other rivers and lakes of the Kern' and Olonets Districts of Karelia. Commerical

exploitation of the freshwater pearl-bearing molluscs is urged. DLC. LIBROVICH, V.L., see No. 94965 LICHTI-FEDEROVICH, S., see No. 99430 97524 LIDEN, K. and I.Ö. ANDERSSON. Cesium-134 in man. (In: Symposium on radioactivity in man 1962, pub. 1965, p.488-96, graphs, tables) 13 refs. Reports study of overtaxation of body strength by the Cs-137 burden found frequently in Laplanders in 1961 to exceed 100 times the average in people on ordinary diet. Whole body determination of Cs-137 in several hundred inhabitants of northern Finland and Sweden was made from the gamma-ray spectrum, and shown to have an unusally high peak at 600 Key, and another well resolved peak at 800 Key. The gammaray spectra measured in man and in reindeer meat were found to have characteristic maxima of the same shape. Their analysis indicates the origin of the 800 Key peak in man to be Cs-134 contamination of the tissue by nuclear fallout, and subsequent formation of an unknown cesium isotope of 2.25 # 0.20 yr half-life, compared to 2.07 ± 0.02 yr for DLC. Cs-134. 97525 LIDEN, K. and G. BENGTSSON. Comment on the metabolism of cesium in reindeer. (In: Intl. Symposium on Radioecological Concentration Processes, Stockholm 1966. Proceedings pub 1967, p.663, table) Presents tabulated data on activity of muscles, heart, kidneys, liver, spleen, and other organs, stomach contents and excreta of reindeer, some of which had their continuous feeding with lichens containing Cs137 interrupted 31 and 58 days. Interpretation of data indicated a long-term half-life around 30 days and a small fraction of the intake (about 20%) being excreted in this half-time. DLC. 97526 LIDEN, K. and M. GUSTAFSSON. Relationships and seasonal variation of 137Cs in lichen, reindeer and man in (In: Intl. northern Sweden 1961-1965. Symposium on Radioecological Concentration Processes, Stockholm 1966. Proceedings pub 1967. p.193-208, graphs, map, tables) 19 refs. A statistical study of Cs137 transport through the food chain in northern Sweden, shows increase in lichen carpets from 19 to 42 nCi/m2 during the period Sept 1962-Oct 1965. Analysis gives a biologic half-life for cesium in lichens of about 17 yr. A considerable seasonal variation of Cs137 content in reindeer results from grazing habits and 697

rapid cesium metabolism. A continuous increase of cesium in Lapps during the period 1961-1965 is reported. In Mar 1965 the average total body burdens for male and female mountain Lapps were 1040 and 560 nCi, respectively. The max body burden of Lapps appears in Jun, the min in Dec. Observable health effects are not to be expected from the unique Csl37 concentration in the Lapp group. DLC. LIDEN, K., see also No 98084, 98087, 98358 97527 LIDER, V.A. Geologiia Severosos'vinskogo burougol'nogo basseina. Moskva, Izd-vo Nedra 1964. 145 p. tables, maps, profiles. (Materialy po geologii i poleznym iskopaemym Urala no.11.) Approx. 110 refs. In Russian. Title tr: Geology of the Severnaya Sos'va brown coal basin. Presents an extensive and collective study made during 1948-1959 in western Tyumen. The physical geography of the region is outlined, and previous studies are summarized. Its stratigraphy from Silurian to Quaternary deposits is outlined, and the tectonic structure analyzed. The Sev. Sosva brown coal is of Jurassic Oxfordian age and reserves are estimated up to two billion tons. Qualitative properties, petrographic composition, classification and other features of this coal are described. Hydrogeologic conditions of its exploitation are given and mining technology considered. DLC. Vy97528 LIDIN, G.D. and others. delenii metana na polimetallicheskikh rudnikakh Noril'ska. (Gornyi zhumal 1967. v.142, no.6, p.63-65) In Russian. Other authors: N.G. Matvienko, P.T. Zhmurko, and M.G. Vlastovskiii. Title tr.: Methane emission in the polymetallic mines of Noril'sk. Coal deposits are the source of methane in these mines, and the permafrost overburden fosters accumulation of the gas. In the Zapolyarnyy mine, the methane emission is estimated to average 3000 m3/day, and in 17 yr of operation with 20,000 running m of shafts, some 16 million m3 of methane has been given off. Control measures are described and the methane is concluded to be no hazard to the miners and not to affect their work. DLC. 97529 LIDMAN, H. En gammal väg. (Jorden runt 1967. v.39, no.11, p.761-65) In Swedish. Title tr. An old road. Describes the road southward from Inari, Finland, built mainly by the Germans during World War II with prisoner-of-war labor, and developed in recent years into a first-class 698

tourist highway. It runs along the old travel route of the Lapps. The road network associated with it when completed will markedly increase access between north and south. DLC. 97530 LIE, U. Dyreplankton fra faste stationer langs norskekysten i årene 1963-1965. (Fiskets gang 1966. v.52, no.40, p.736-40, graphs, map) Refs. In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: Zooplankton at fixed stations along the Norwegian coast in the years 1963-1965. Reports results of zooplankton hauls at fixed oceanographic stations including those of northern Norway, Spitsbergen, and weathership M. Density of zooplankton at all stations was higher than in the four preceding years. Percentage of male, female, and copepodite stages of Calanus finmarchicus is given for four Norwegian stations; general plankton variations in volume monthto-month are shown for some stations. Amounts of fish eggs and larvae are noted. DI. 97531 LIE, U. Quantities of zooplankton and propagation of Calanus finmarchicus at permanent stations on the Norwegian coast and at Spitsbergen 1959-1962. (Norway. Fiskeridirektoratet. Skrifter. Ser. havundersØkelser 1966. v.13, no.8, p.5-19, graphs, maps, tables, illus) Refs. Also pub as Univ. of Washington. Dept. of Oceanography Technical report no.175, 1966. Summarizes 734 samples of zooplankton obtained from five stations. Monthly means of zooplankton volumes per m2 of surface and variations in distribution of males, females and copepodite stages are graphed. Variations in volume were large at all stations. A decrease and time delay in spawnings with increasing latitude is demonstrated. The relationship between the stage distribution and total volumes may offer a method for predicting biomass changes. CaMAI, DLC. 97532 LIEBERMANN, R.C. and others. Excitation of surface waves by the underground nuclear explosion Long Shot. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.18, p.4333-4339, graphs, map, table, illus) Refs. Other authors: C.Y. King, J.N. Brune and P.W. Pomeroy. Reports on the 29 Oct 1965 explosion detonated beneath Amchitka Island in the Aleutians. The seismic body-wave was 6.1 in magnitude, the surface wave of 3.9. Thus the surface wave was significantly less than that of earthquakes of comparable body-wave magnitude; and unlike natural earthquakes, this nuclear explosion did not efficiently excite the long-period part of the seismic

wave spectrum. This is in agreement with previous studies of underground nuclear explosions. Since the surface waves generated by nuclear explosions are lower b) 50 times than the values usual for natural earthquakes, the low ratio of surface to body wave may be used as an indication of a quake produced by nuclear detonation. DLC. LIESKE, B.J., see No. 96663 97533 LIESTØL, O. Bremålinger i Norge 1964. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Arbok 1964 pub 1966, p.155-64, maps, table, illus) In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: Glacier measurements in Norway in 1964. Observations from nine glaciers, Storbreen and Hardangerjøkulen in detail. The former shows an accumulation of 116 g/cm2, an ablation of 95 g/cm2, that is a positive balance of 21 g/cm2. The corresponding figures for Hardangerjøkulen are 185, 141 and 44 g/cm2. All glaciers had this positive balance with the exception of two in east Jotunheimen. Ice front fluctuation measurements show all 13 glaciers to be either stationary or receding. DLC.

Russian. Title tr.: Appendicitis under arctic conditions. Describes climatic conditions on Spitsbergen and the nutritional problems of the residents who suffer from a chronic vitamin deficiency from eating canned and preserved foods, and also from lack of healthful exercise. 172 persons, 102 men and 70 women from the Pyramiden mine were treated for acute abdominal pain 1957-63. Appendectomies were performed on 156 persons. The patients were fit for work between two and seven weeks after surgery. The incidence of appendicitis is significantly higher in polar regions than elsewhere and is most common in the late winter-early spring. DLC. Tartu 97537 LIIVA, A. and others. radiocarbon dates, I. (Radiocarbon 1966. v.8, p.430-41) Refs. Other authors: E. Iives and J.M. Punning. Reports, among other data, an age cited for wood from the Mandychen River valley, Yakutia, which helps establish the time of melting of the glacier which gave rise to the river valley, 3005 t 175 or 1055 BC. DGS.

97534 LIESTØL, O. Bremålinger i Norge i 1965. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Arbok 1965 pub 1966, p.135-42, map, table, illus) In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: Glacier measurements in Norway in 1965. Reports observations from nine glaciers, Storbreen and Hardangerjøkulen in detail. In 1964-65 Storbreen shows a 154 g/cm2 accumulation, a 120 g/cm2 ablation that is a positive balance of 34 g/cm2. The corresponding figures for Hardangerjøkulen are 205, 143 and 51 g/cm2. The accumulation was somewhat above and the ablation well below the normal. Ice front fluctuations were measured for 14 glaciers, all except one are in retreat. DLC.

97538 LIKENS, G.E. and P.L. JOHNSON. A chemically stratified lake in (Science, 19 Aug. 1966, v.153, Alaska. p.875-77, graph, map, tables, illus) 9 refs. Pingo Lake, near the village of Circle is probably a case of crenogenic meromixis, or a lake in which the absence of complete circulation, because of vertical density differences, is the result of dense water being introduced into the depths of the lake by subaquatic springs. The Sr and Li content of the lake water is high, and there is an anaerobic zone from 3 m depth to the bottom (max: 8.8 m). The water classifies as a sodium DGS. sulfate type.

97535 LIESTØL, A. En kommentar. (Norveg. Tidsskrift for folkelivsgransking 1962, no.9, p.231-38) In Norwegian. Title tr.: A commentary. Discusses the explanations in Odd Nordland's Primitive Scandinavian textiles in knotless netting, No 74376, citing some discrepancies, and claiming that the explanations should be concerned more with the techniques and less with interpretations from the finished textiles. Nordland's reply to the DLC. criticism follows, ibid p.238-44.

97539 LIKHOLAI, V.K. 0 sovershenstvovanii organizatsii i planirovaniii rabot po detal'noi razvedke neftiänykh i gazovykh mestorozhdenti v ralonakh Kralnego Severa. (Geologifå nefti i gaza 1966. In Russian. Title v.10, no.10, p.39-41) tr.: Improvement of organization and planning of detailed exploration of oil and gas deposits in extreme north regions. Discusses the exploration and development of oil and gas deposits in unpopulated areas without roads and with severe climatic conditions, as exemplified in Komi ASSR. The loss of time, the financial investment and other problems are considered. The shortening of detailed exploration, the organization

Appen97536 LIFLIANDSKII, D.B. (Sovetskaiå In meditsina 1967. v.30, no.6, p.134-35)

ditsit v uslovii kh Arktiki.

LIKHODED, V.G., see No. 100241

699

and planning of prospecting, drilling and other operations are discussed and some suggestions offered. DLC. LIMÅOS, E.A., see No. 95449 LINCOLN, J.V., see No. 99918 97540 LIND, E.N. and F.S. FAINBERG. Raschlenenie intruzivnykh trappov Noril'skogo rai:ona po magnitnym svosstvam. (Geologiia i geofizika 1966, no.10, p.94-98, graphs, illus) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Separation of intrusive traps of the Noril'sk region according to magnetic properties. States briefly the characteristics of various intrusions: titanium-augite, gabbro-dolerite, gabbro-diabase, etc, and describes the magnetic properties of intrusive traps. It is noted that rocks of intrusion-bearing sulfide coppernickel mineralization are characterized by presence of residual magnetization of eastern and northeastern direction. DLC. LIND, E.N., see also No. 95206 97541 LINDBERGSON, K.A. The Geological Survey of Sweden. (Geologiska foreningen. Förhandlingar 1966. v.88, no.2, p.286-89) Outlines the administrative organization of the Survey more than 100 yr old, and briefly notes activities in northern Sweden. The mapping department's regular series of maps on bedrock and Quaternary geology of that area are prepared in scales of 1:200,000 1:400,000. Maps of localities of special geologic interest are prepared in 1:50,000 scale. The ore investigation department, with sections on geology, drilling, and geophysics, has local offices in Malåträsk, Kiruna, and Klimpfjäll. A 10-yr program of aeromagnetic mapping of the north is in progress. DLC. 97542 LINDE, I.P. K voprosu o proiskhozhdenii gonüchikh gazov Khibinskogo shchelochnogo massiva. (Izvestiia vysshikh uchebnykh zavedemi. Geologiia i razvedka 1964, no.12, p.78-85, tables.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Origin of the combustible gases of the Khibiny alkaline massif. Reports a study of methane, heavy hydrocarbons, hydrogen in igneous rocks with attention directed to the origin of these gases. Their chemical composition, distribution and other features indicate they are of inorganic origin. Their migration from great depths is outlined. Even at the present time, these gases are forming in deep parts of the earth's crust. DLC. 700

97543 LINDE, I.F. Vliianie geomorfologicheskikh uslovil na sovremennoe raspredelenie gonüchikh gazov v Khibinskom (IzvestiI vysshikh intruzivnom massive. uchebnykh zavedeniil. Geologiia i razvedka 1967, no.6, p.137-39, illus) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The influence of geomorphic conditions on the present distribution of combustible gases in the Khibiny intrusive massif. Reports study of distribution of combustible gases in apatite-nepheline deposits in Kukisvumchorr, Yukspor, Apatite cirque, and Rasvumchorr. The main factor in their distribution is the geomorphic structure of the region. The most favorable conditions for their preservation are beneath plateau-like mountain summits, at relatively great depths and at significant distances from the surface. DLC. LINDE, S.M., see No. 100539 97544 LINDELL, B. and A. MAGI. Observed levels of 137Cs in Swedish reindeer (In: Intl. Symposium on Radiomeat. ecological Concentration Processes, Stockholm 1966. Proceedings pub 1967. p.217-19, 8 refs. graph, table) Data on Cs137 content of reindeer meat in fall (Sept) and winter (Feb-Mar), 1963-65, clearly show that winter levels are 2-3 times higher than summer levels, reflecting the seasonal variation in the lichen component of reindeer food. The cesium content in reindeer meat increased for the winter up to 1964; a slow decrease is expected after 1964. There is some indication that both the rate of washout and of loss due to grazing is probably below 10%/yr, so that half-life is likely to be 5 yr. DLC. LINDEN, N.A., see No 96292 97545 LINDER, A. C14-datering av norrländsk asbestkeramik. (Fornvännen 1966. v.61, no.3, p.140-53, tables, illus) In Swedish. English summary. Title tr.: C-14 determinations of Norrland asbestos pottery. Discusses the physical and cultural features of pottery fragments from habitation sites and factors to consider in careful dating of such finds. Carbon-14, Roentgen diffraction, chemical microradiographic and diatom analyses of the pottery fragments were used, and comparisons made with carbon datings from hearths and cooking pits at hunting and fishing sites where the pottery was found. The dates are so widely disparate that connection between pottery and hearths is ruled out. The pottery represents only a ceramic period in the region, whereas the sites were occupied discontinuously through a much greater span

of time. Caution should be used in C-14 datings related to archeological finds. DLC. 97546 LINDER, A. and Å. RISSEN. Flygbildstolkning och dess användning vid arkeologisk inventering av norrländska vattendrag. (Fornvännen 1966. v.61, no.4, p.193-207, illus) Refs. In Swedish. English summary. Tide tr : Airphoto interpretation and its use in archeological inventories of north Swedish watercourses. Discusses experience in attempts at plausible site location for archeological field investigation particularly in areas subject to water regulation. Stereo pairs of vertical aerial photographs flown at a height near 4600 m and a scale of 1:30,000 were studied for terrain indicators of geologic, topographic, and climatic factors and for indirect indicators of human activity. Later field investigations and test excavations are necessary for verification, but airphoto study provides pre-knowledge of terrain details, cuts cost of time and money for searching, and for determining size and choice of areas to be investigated. Samples are given of site descriptions and indicator features as interpreted from photographs, with additional notes following site inspection. One such described series of sites is in Tärna parish, DLC. Lapland. 97547 LINDGREN, S. A study of interplanetary structure as revealed during the cosmic ray storm in February 1962. (Arkiv för geofysik 1967. v.5, no.2, p.167-95, graphs, table, illus) 39 refs. Analyzes the peculiar cosmic ray time variations that took place in Feb 1962, lasting for seven days. Directly observable features were a moderate cosmic ray storm (CRS) and an extremely enhanced daily variation which died away to pre-storm amplitude two weeks after the onset of the CRS on Feb 4. Solar flare activity, geomagnetic disturbances, and neutron monitor counting rate are given in a diagram for the first half of Feb 1962. The magnetic storm variation at the latitudes between Thule and Guam, and the main phase of the CRS as observed at nine neutron monitors at mountain altitudes, and at 24 stations at sea level, incl Sulphur Mountain, Resolute, Kheysa Island, Churchill, Deep River, and Yakutsk, are given in diagrams. Between onset and recovery of CRS the daily variation was found to grow to a max amplitude four times the normal one; the growth was accompanied by a considerable change from early to late times max. DLC. 97548 LINDQVIST, S. and J.O. MATTSSON. Studies on the thermal structure of a pals. (Svensk geografisk årsbok 1965. v.41,

p.38-49, tables, illus) 11 refs. Also pub as Lund studies in geography 1965. ser A, no.34. Reports annual temperature records through a pals near 70°N 28°E, in northern Norway, where scattered permafrost is exhibited in peat bogs by mounds of minerogenic soil with outer cover of peat. The method of inserting thermistors is described. Measurements were recorded once a week for a year. It appears that lack of a snow cover during the winter led to excessive freezing and that, once the mound began rising, snow was generally absent. As the peat layer becomes cracked degeneration sets in. Vertical termperature distribution is graphed as monthly means, and thermal structure of the pals is shown in isopleths. DGS. 97549 LINDSAY, J.F. Observations on the level of a self-draining lake on the Casement glacier, Alaska. (Journal of glaciology 1966. v.6, no.45, p.443-45. graph, 2 ref's. French and German sumillus) maries. A small ice-dammed glacial lake beside the Casement glacier, SE Alaska drained in two separate pulses during the summer of 1965. The first discharge is attributed to the floating of the ice lobe damming the lake by increasing depth of water. The second rapid discharge may have been due to the sudden DGS. opening of crevasses. 97550 LINDSEY, C.C. Body sizes of poikilotherm vertebrates at different latitudes. (Evolution 1966. v.20, no.4, p.456-65, table, illus) Refs. Analyzes maximum sizes of over twelve thousand species of these vertebrates, using published data from 75 faunal studies. In general, among fish and amphibian faunas the proportion of species with large adult size tends to increase from the equator towards the poles. Possible explanations include the possibility in poikilotherms of heat conservation or of some other physiological process related to surface/volume ratio, selection for larger size in regions subject to winter food shortages, and an association between large adult size and high reproductive potential in cold regions. DLC. LINGER, F.I., see No. 95111 97551 LIN'KOVA, T.I. Nekotorye rezult taty paleomagnitnykh issledovanil donnykh osadkov Severnogo Ledovitogo okeana. (In Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Inst. fiziki Zemli. Nastoi`ishchee i proshloe... 1965, p.279-81, tables) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some results of paleomagnetic study of bottom sediments of the Arctic Ocean. English 701

translation by E.R. Hope in Canada. Defence Research Board. T463R. Reports study of six core-columns taken by drifting station North Pole 7 in the polar area. About a hundred samples were studied and the intensity and direction of the natural remanent magnetization determined. Samples from the Chukchi, East Siberian, and Laptev Seas were also examined; sediment accumulation was found to be greater in those areas and no reversely magnetized sediments were discovered. DLC. LINNEY, A.D., see No. 94669 97552 LIOPO, T.N. Metodika rascheta optimal'nykh teplozashchitnykh svoisty odezhdy s uchetom veroiatnostnykh izmenenil meteorologicheskikh faktorov. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Inst. geografii Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Doklady 1966, no.13, p.48-55, graphs, illus) 13 refs. In Russian. French summary. Tide tr.: A method of calculating the optimal heat-protection properties of clothing with respect to potential changes of meteorological factors. Discusses clothing requirements at different times of the year in cold areas of Siberia and Soviet Far East. Existing methods for calculating the protective properties of clothing are reviewed including those developed in the United States. The cases of man at work, man at slow work, and the non-working man are considered. Changes of clothing in the course of the seasons are discussed. A block-scheme consisting of 18 blocks is presented, by which to calculate the heat-protecting properties of DLC. clothing. LIPATOVA, V.A., see No. 99060 97553 LIPIN, S.I. and others. K izucheniiu fanny blokh ptich'ikh gnezd v ochagakh rikketsiozov v Priangar'e. (In: Irkutsk. N: issl. inst. epidemiologii i mikrobiologii. Materialy 1967, p.48-52, tables) In Russian. Other authors: V.D. Sonin and A.I. Goncharov. Tide tr.: Study of the flea population of birds' nests in rickettsiosis foci in the Angara region. Two hundred eight nests of 46 kinds of birds were collected in the Irkutsk region in 1964-65 for parasitological examination of Asian mite rickettsiosis and Q-fever. Fleas were discovered in 122 nests, imagos in 112, and larvae in 67. The following types were found among the 2130 imagos collected: Ceratophyllus ceratophyllus gallinae (1540), Cc. garei (270), Cc. borealis (260), Cc. riparius (14), Cc vagabundus (8), C Monopsyllus indages (3), C Citellophylus tesquorum (5), Frontopsylla Frontopsylla hetera (1), F.F. luculenta (2), F Orfrontia lapponica 702

(26), and Neopsylla pleskei (1). C borealis was the predominant type in Eastern Siberia. The greatest variety of fleas was found in rodents' burrows in the recesses of cliffs along rivers and slopes of gullies. 1093 fleas were found in the nests of field sparrows, known to be carriers of Rickettsia burneti Derrick. Total infestation of all nests was 53.8%. DLC. 97554 LIP IN, S.I. Ptifiy ochagov (In: Irkutsk. rikketsiozov v Priangar'e. N: issl. inst. epidemiologii i mikrobiologii. Materialy 1967, p. 26-29) In Russian. Title tr.: Birds in rickettsiosis foci in the Angara River area. The possible role of birds in maintaining foci of Asian tickborne rickettsiosis and Q-fever in this area is established on the basis of serological tests and relationships between birds and ticks, and wild and domestic animals. DLC. LIPKOV, L.Z., see No. 101398 Okhotnik i sne97555 LIPMAN, G. gokhodnyi transport. (Okhota i okhotnich'e khozi istvo 1965. v.11, no.6, p.10-12, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: The hunter and oversnow transport. Reviews with excellent illus mechanized means of transportation in areas of snow cover. Small and large vehicles proposed or actually in use are described and classed as propeller driven or wheel-caterpillar driven. Hovercraft-type transport is just menDLC. tioned. Novye vidy 97556 LIPMAN, R.KH. radioliaril Severnoi Kamchatki. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1967. v.129, Title p.89-103, illus) Refs. In Russian. tr.: New species of radiolarians of northern Kamchatka. Presents a systematic description of late Cretaceous-Paleogene radiolarians: Cromyosphaera vivenkensis and C. tschurini n spp, DLC. found in the Vyvenka River basin. LIPNITSKATÄ, L.F., see No. 94108 97557 LIPOVKA, A.V. and V.M. POPOV. Sostoihnie i razvitie gidrometsluzhby (Voprosy geografii Kamna Kamchatke. chatki 1967. no.5, p.35-42, table) In Russian. Tide tr.: The status and development of hydrometeorological services in Kamchatka. Describes the development of these services 1917-67 after a brief review of sporadic meteorological observations by various individuals from 1828 to 1921. Regular service was established by the Hydrometeorological

Services Administration of Kamchatka from 1934 with a staff of 11 non-specialists. By 1939, six meteorological, 19 hydro- , 2 agro- , and three aviation-meteorological, also two hydrological stations with 18 observation points were in operation; the staff of 142 included 101 specialists, and in 1967 there were more than 900 specialists. A rather detailed economic-geographical account of the service development is given. DLC. 97558 LIPOVSKAIA, V.I. Raspredelenie plotnosti snezhnogo pokrova po territorii SSSR. (Leningrad. Glavnaia geofizicheskaia observatoriia. Trudy 1966. no.200, 6 refs. In p.53-58, graph, map, table) Russian. TYtle tr. Distribution of the density of the snow cover over the USSR. The snow cover density depends upon various factors, such as the height of the snow cover, extent of forests, speed of wind, solar radiation, and the temperature regime. The values of average density increase from south to north. The greatest density of snow is observed in the coastal areas of the northern seas, where it ranges 0.28-0.32 g/cm3, and on Kamchatka where it is up to 0.36 g/cm3. DLC. 97559 LIPPOLD, L.K. Chaluka: the economic base. (In: Laughlin, W.S. and W.G. Reeder. Studies in Aleutian-Kodiak prehistory... Arctic anthropology 1966. v.3, no.2, p.125-31, tables) 6 refs. Statistical study of animal bones from a stratified trench at the eastern end of the Chaluka mound, Umnak Island, excavated in 1962. The dig, up to 5 m deep, reached to the sterile ash bottom layer cutting through four cultural units which yielded a total of 31,381 bones incl 11,341 pinniped and 5556 sea otter bones. A stable maritime hunting economy is inferred. Abundant resources provided by Nikolski Bay, Umnak Lake with its salmon creek, and the bird nesting ground of nearby Ananiuliak Island, permitted year round exploitation and selection of species in a non-random fashion. Fluctuations in the percentage of species are seen as changes in food preference and utilitarian use of bones and skins rather than a result of climatic and ecological variations. Thus a preference shift to fish occurred in unit 2, dated by radiocarbon to 1081± 58 - 716± 57 BC, despite a cultural and occupational continuum with the preceding unit 3, bottom date 1163±59 BC. The large percentage of bones of immature hair seal and fur seal agrees with Aleut taste for young seals reported in ethnographic accounts. Classification of bones provides clues to selection of carcass parts and to butchering techniques: sea otters were

brought back whole, while large seals and sea lions were dressed at the kill site, DSI. 97560 LISER, I.IA. 0 nachal'noi tolshchine l'da na Enisee v raione Krasnoiirska. (In: Akademii nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-energetichesktil inst. Trudy 1961. no.11, p. 65-70, graphs, table, illus) 5 refs. In Russian. TYNe tr.: Initial thickness of ice on the Yenisey in the Krasnoyarsk region. Investigates the variations in the initial thickness of ice along the Yenisey, looking for a relationship between ice thickness, freezing conditions, and amount of frazil beneath the ice cover. Data on ice movement and river freeze-up in the fall of 1957 were analyzed, with air temp ranging from -21°C to + 0.2°C. An ice thickness profile 22 km long was taken at 100 m intervals, and the depth of river bed, and the thickness of ice, snow, and under-ice frazil measured in each interval. Ice thickness along the profile ranged 33-76 cm, that of frazil zero to 1.6 m, with very little or no snow over the ice cover. The variations observed in the thickness of the ice and the frazil layer are discussed. The data obtained are important for studies of ice cover and for laying a winter road along the Yenisey. DLC. 97561 LISER, I.IA. and V.M. SAMOCHKIN. Osobennosti zamerzaniis Angary v usloviiakh znachitel'nogo stesnenii rusla v stvore Bratskoi GES. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-energeticheskil inst. Trudy 1964. no.15, p.37-44, graphs, map, tables, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Features of the freezing of the Angara where the waterway is restricted at the Bratsk power station cross-section. Reports observations of the ice passage and freezing process on the river in the power plant construction area. Yearly average water discharge through the cross-section is 2,900 m3 /sec. Annual discharge is 92 billion m3, 2/3-4/5 of it from Lakc Baykal, and the rest lateral inflow. Slope changes 15-30 cm/km along the course of the river in broadening valleys, and up to 1-5 m at rapids. The autumnal frazil drift begins early in Nov ± 10-15 days. The frazil ice fields are 60-80 cm thick, the upper 10-15 cm layer crust and congelated frazil. Several large rapids above the power station break the bigger frazil fields into smaller floes. Frazil ice drift in the power station area lasts about a month. Freeze-up begins early in Dec on the Angara, and progresses upstream. As it extends across the Padun Rapids repeated breakups occur in the ice cover, forming a powerful ice jam at the power station cross-section. Frazil ice in this jam averages 2.4 m thick and in places 703

reaches to the bottom of the river, 8 m deep. In the fall of 1959 the frazil passed over the crest of the dam; but in 1960, the five right-bank spans of the dam were closed before the frazil drift began and the entire flow of the river had to pass through the remaining six right-angle orifices at the river bottom. Air temperature changes in Oct-Dec (approx + 2 to -35°C), stream velocity through the orifices (up to 7-8 m/sec), and the water head (up to 3 m) are given in a graph. Surface stream velocity in the dam openings, and water fall values between the upper and lower reaches during Oct 30-Nov 30 1960 are given in a table. The mechanism of the river freeze-up on the restricted section of the river, the water levels in upper and lower reaches, and the chance of frazil ice choking the openings of the dam are discussed. The investigation shows that with a stream velocity of 2 m/sec at the crest of the dam, its openings are set completely free of DLC. ice. Tipy vesennikh 97562 LISER, I.IA. podvizhek l'da na Enisee. (In: Akademii nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportnoenergeticheskff inst. Trudy 1961, no.11, p.71-73) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The types of spring ice movements on the Yenisey. Distinguishes two types of movement: one directly preceding breakup, as the ice cover shifts near the edge of the breakup already in progress upstream. This type of ice movement is characteristic of the Yenisey below the confluence of the Angara. The second type of ice movement is caused by unevenness of the ice cover on the river a day before breakup. The sectors of the river with relatively weaker ice cover may crack under pressure of spring flood, while sectors with stronger ice remain undisturbed. This type of ice movement is characteristic of the middle Yenisey, and gives the river a rather spotted aspect when observed from aircraft, with open water areas interspersed among undisturbed ice fields. This unevenness results from the ice cover forming with different amounts of under-ice DLC. sludge. 97563 USER, I.IA. Vesennie zatory l'da Leningrad, Gidrometena rekakh Sibiri. orologicheskoe izd-vo 1967. 103 p. maps, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Spring ice obstructions on the rivers of Siberia. Considers problems of spring ice jams on the Yenisey and Lena Rivers, etc, with emphasis on natural conditions and regular features of the phenomenon. Typical features of the formation and destruction of ice jams are reviewed and illustrated by specific local examples, so that the data presented are 704

broadly applicable to ice jams under a similar hydrometeorological regime. The possibility of forecasting approximate dates and places of such events, and the analysis of modern procedures for their liquidation are disDLC. cussed. 97564 USER, I.IA. Vesennie zatory l'da na srednem Enisee. (Akademii nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-energeticheskii institut. Trudy 1958, no.7, p.37-46, graphs, map, table) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Spring ice jams on the middle Yenisey. Discusses general characteristics of the ice jams, giving brief data on the associated ice and water regimes of the Yenisey, and its hydrography generally. The beginning and progress of freeze-up along the river, and ice-cover thickness in different sectors are outlined. The characteristics of ice jams in the Kazachinsk, Zaliv, Pavlovshchina, Atamanovo, Krasnoyarsk, Yezagash, Novoselovo, and Abakano-Perevoz sectors are discussed in some detail. The results of the study are given in conclusion with the ice-jam characteristics DLC. of the middle Yenisey tabulated. Vliianie uslovil USER, LIA. 97565 zamerzani% na tolshchinu ledianogo pokrova (Akademii nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe rek. otd-ie. Transportno-energeticheskii inst. Trudy 1964. no.15, p.29-36, graphs, map, tables, 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The illus) effect of freezing conditions on the thickness of the ice cover on rivers. Shows that the process and conditions of ice formation on Siberian rivers substantially affect the thickness of the ice cover. The formulas and nomograms used by engineers for determining ice thickness on rivers take the meteorological factors (air temperature, snow cover) into account but they do not take into account the distribution of ice thickness along the rivers. Analysis of ice formation on the sector of the Yenisey adjacent to Krasnoyarsk, however, aids understanding this ice thickness distribution. The average dates of the appearance of drifting ice are the last days of Oct, i.e. after the ambient air temperature has dropped below 0°C at the beginning of the third decade of the month. The drifting ice consists of clots and lumps of sludge covered with a layer of dense ice. It becomes 55-65 cm thick by the end of Nov-early Dec, of which 15-20 cm is the dense layer and 40-45 cm frazil. Long-term observations show initial freeze-up to develop on the Yenisey 85-90 km below Krasnoyarsk. From there the ice cover spreads upstream at 20-30 km/day and grows 60 cm thick when the average air temp is -15 to -25°C. At -3 to -8°C ambient temp the ice edge advances at

7-12 km/day, the ice is more dense and grows to 80-90 cm thick. The character of freeze-up is completely changed when ice movement occurs during the freezing period with air temp of 0° or higher. The ice becomes denser, and hummocks form on the cover which reaches 1.5-2.5 m in thickness. The mechanism and the process of growth in thickness are discussed with reference to data of the Krasnoyarsk and Bazaikha gaging stations and the Nov-Apr results given in a graph. Comparison is made with the effects of ice cover formation on the middle Angara where the thickness of the cover after ice movement was also 30-40% greater than on the sectors of the river where no ice movement occurred. DLC. 97566 LISER, LIA. Zatory l'da i bor'ba s nimi. (In.' Akademiis nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie... Metody bor'by s ledovymi... 1965, p.23-37, graphs, tables, illus) 13 refs. In Russian. Title taw Ice dams and their control. Considers the processes of ice dam formation on Siberian rivers, analyzing the blocking of the channel with ice during ice jams, and discussing the measures for its prevention and elimination. The case of an ice dam on the Yenisey River as studied from the air on 9 May 1958 is described and the degree of channel blockage is estimated. Ice dams on Siberian rivers are generally broken up by dropping explosives from the air. A safer and more effective method should be DLC. sought however. LISER, I.IA., see also No. 94383 97567 LISINA, E.S. and R.A. MAKSIMOVA. Nekotorye dannye o mikoflore rizosfery rasterm na poberezh'e Belogo mora. (Nauchnye doklady vysshel shkoly. Biologicheskie nauki 1967, no. 5, p.84-87, In Russian. tables) Title tr.: Some data on the fungal flora of the root area of plants on the coast of the White Sea. Studies fungi from the soil surface around plants in an area 2 km from Kandalaksha Bay. 36 species of fungi are listed from soil samples surrounding six plant taxa; the antibiotic properties of some of these fungi are tested. DLC. 97568 LISITSYN, A.P. Pro[sessy sovremennogo osadkoobrazovaniiä v Beringovom more. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 574 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title Ir.: Processes of recent sedimentation in the Bering Sea. Reviews study of the Bering Sea and its bottom sediments. Its geographic features and sources of sedimentary material are analyzed.

Geomorphology and bottom relief, climate, permafrost, soil formation and other features are described. The environment of marine sedimentation is outlined, noting the currents and water balance, elements of seawater chemistry, biogenic components, volcanic material, sedimentary material balance, etc. The quantitative distribution and composition of the sedimentary material are stated. Types of bottom sediments are characterized. Granular composition of the sediments is treated as well as their mineralogy and petrography. Distribution and origin of main chemical components of the bottom sediments are analyzed. English trans by Israel Program for Scientific Translations for the National Science Foundation, Washington 1969. CaMAI, DLC. LISITSYN, IÜ.G., see No. 98772 97569 LISKA, D.J. Mount Seattle, from sea to summit. (American alpine journal 1967. v. 15, no.2, p.265-68, illus) Reports first ascent of this 10,185-ft peak in the St Elias Range, Southeast Alaska, on 16 May 1966, by a six-man party. Mt Seattle is accessible from a base camp at sea level. DGS. LISKUN, E.E., see No. 94349 LISOIVAN, V.I., see No. 100197 LISTER, H., see No. 95738 97570 LISOVENKO, L.A. 0 plodovitosti Sebastodes alutus Gilbert zal. Alåaska. (Moskva. Vses. n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Trudy 1965. v.58, 8 refs. In p.171-78, tables, graphs, map.) Russian. Title tr.: Fertility of Sebastodes alutus Gilbert in the Gulf of Alaska. Report based on material collected during 14 Jan-24 Mar 1962. Number of eggs in ovaries was used as indicator of fertility in this rockfish. Relations between size, weight and fertility are also analyzed and mathDLC. ematically formulated. 97571 LISTER, R.P. The hard way to Haparanda. New York, Harcourt, Brace & World 1966. 256 p. map, illus. First pub. in 1965 as: A journey in Lapland; the hard way to Haparanda. London, Chapman & Hall. Describes two journeys, the first by rail from Stockholm to Kiruna, thence by foot, boat, bus and ship to Narvik and Svolvaer, Norway; the second mainly on foot and by car, from Jokkmokk, Sweden, to Bardu, Tromsø, Hammerfest, the North Cape, Vardö and Kirkenes, all in Lapland, returning across Sweden to Haparanda. This personal account 705

gives useful information on landscape, climate, vegetation, the Lapps, and conditions in this arctic land. DLC. 97572 LISTOV, A.A. Lesnye pozhary of groz v lesakh severs. (Lesnoe khozihistvo 1967. v.19, no.5, p.38-40, tables) In RusTitle tr.: Forest fires caused by sian. thunderstorms in forests of the North. Reports an investigation of 2,674,000 hectares of forest in the Mezen' River basin in Arkhangel'sk Province where 62 fires occurred in 1960-66, ranging from 21 in 1961 to three in 1965. The origin of fire is lightning striking a tree whose stem is surrounded by easily inflammable ground surface. Such forest fires are most frequent in July (35) and June (19). DLC. 97573 LISZKA, L. The high-latitude trough in ionospheric electron content. (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1967. v.29, no.10, p.1243-59, graphs, illus) Refs. Presents the results of 15 months' observations of the ionospheric electron concentration at Kiruna, carried out Nov 1964-Jan 1966 in five three-month periods. Observations were made using the 40 and 41 MHz beacon of the S-66 satellite. Most of the night-time observations, except for the summer period, show a distinct trough in the electron content of the ionosphere. The equivalent slab thickness (in km) obtained using critical frequency f of the ionospheric F 2 region as recorded at Tromsø, Kiruna, Sodankylä, Lycksele, Nurmijärvi, and Uppsala is also investigated as is the geomagnetic control of the trough. Some features of the diurnal variation of electron content during the summer agree with the hypothesis of ionospheric heating by photoelectrons from the sunlit geomagnetic conjugate ionosphere. DLC. 97574 LISZKA, L. An investigation of the height of scintillation producing irregularities. (Arkiv för geofysik 1966. v.4, no.6, p.523-28, graphs) Refs. Presents the results of scintillation height measurements during the passage of artificial satellites through the ionosphere. The heights were deduced from a measurement of the velocity of the diffraction pattern over the ground at Kiruna. They are compared with simultaneous records of vertical sounding and geomagnetic activity. The ionospheric irregularities which cause the scintillation are found to have a maximum occurrence at 350 km alt, in agreement with the result of earlier investigations. DLC. 706

Latitudinal and 97575 LISZKA, L. diurnal variations of the ionospheric electron content near the auroral zone in winter. (In: NATO Advanced Institute, 3rd. Electron density profiles... 1966. p.549-54, graphs, table) 5 refs. Presents the analysis of nearly four months' observations of Faraday rotation made on the multifrequency beacon satellite S-66 transmissions. The electron contents are calculated using data from the 40 and 41 Mc/s record of S-66 made at Kiruna during the latter half of Nov 1964. Data from six Scandinavian stations, incl Sodankylä and Lycksele were used for obtaining the critical frequencies of the F 2 ionospheric layer. The effective thickness of the ionosphere at high latitudes was found to be considerably less than the assumed 350 km, sometimes less than 200 km. It was also noticed that the region of the auroral zone maximum in the total electron content is usually more irregular than the ionosphere south of the minimum. DLC. 97576 LISZKA, L. A study of the scintillation-rate spectrum observed in the auroral zone. (Arkiv för geofysik 1966. v.4, no.6, p.529-35, graphs) Refs. Discusses the satellite scintillation rate which may be observed up to 50 c/s at Kiruna. Its spectrum shows diurnal changes and has two components: the slow and fast scintillation which seem to have different geographical distribution. Within 60-68°N the slow scintillation increases gradually towards a maximum of the auroral zone. The fast scintillation varies similarly but more slowly. Diurnal variations of the two components have different values. The diversities in the properties of the scintillation-rate spectrum may be explained in at least two different ways: by different mechanisms in their production, or ionospheric irregularities responsible for their production originating at various heights, maybe by particles of different energy. DLC. 97577 LISZKA, S. Occurrence of Lower Permian foraminifers in the Treskelodden beds of Hornsund, Vestspitsbergen. (Studia geologies Polonica 1964. v.11, p.169-72) 10 refs. Polish summary. Reports study of foraminifers from coralline limestone intercalated in late Paleozoic Treskelodden beds. The rock specimens were collected on the 1960 Polish Spitsbergen Expedition. Most common are forams of gen Glomospira, Tolypammina and Ammovortella; those belonging to gen Nodosaria, Geinitzina and Globivalvulina, etc are rarer; those of Pseudofusulina and Schubertella are extremely rare. DGS.

97578 LITERATURA 0 ZAPADNOI Novosibirsk 1962. SIBIRI, 1959 god. 358 p. In Russian. Title tr.: Literature on West Siberia, 1959. First issue of an annual index. In four parts, it lists 4695 works grouped by author and province under natural history and earth sciences, political organizations and administration, economy and collectives, public health and education, literature, etc. Tyumen Province incl the Khanty-Mansi and YamalNenets National Districts is represented by about 550 titles, but is to be excluded from subsequent issues except as treated in general works. Pt 4 consists of author, title, and geographic indices; also lists regional journals and newspapers. DLC. LITTAUER, J., see No. 99644 LITVAKOV, V.U., see No. 96908 LTI'VINENKO, N.I., see No. 97101, 97102, 97447, 100237 Ustranenie 97579 LITVINOV, E.M. iskazhenii morskikh geofizicheskikh nabliudenii, sviäzannykh s izmeneniibmi glubiny pogruzheniiä datchikov. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'natä geologitä 1966, no.8, p.225-29, graphs) In Russian. Title tr.: Elimination of distortions of marine geophysical observations due to variations in the depth of pickup immersion. Reports on geophysical measurements made by an oceanographic party of the Inst of Geology of the Arctic with MGG-2U manometers fixing the pickups' immersion depth with an accuracy of 0.5 atm. The manometers showed an accuracy of 0.3 atm within the middle range measured. Such an accuracy is attainable only under optimal conditions of quiet sea, absence of currents, and of ship's roll. Continuous depth measurements were made in the upper 200 m water layer, accurate to a few tenths of a cm. Difficulties of attaining this accuracy under adverse conditions are discussed, and a comparatively simple technique outlined for eliminating the distortions caused by an uneven submersion of the pickups, irregular drift of the ship and the measurement array (pigtail rig of pickups), and by the ship rolling at different amplitudes. The proposed method permits a reduction of observations to a single horizon, and subsequent construction of an isoline map of the seawater temperature. DLC. LITVINOV, E.M., see also No. 96725, 99065

97580 LITVINOV, V. Sever, lirika, chelovechnost'... (Druzhba narodov 1967, no.4, p.262-70) In Russian. Title tr.: The North, lyricism, humaneness... Discusses the lyric character of the poetry and prose of the contemporary Yakut writer Semen Danilov. Excerpts of his works are given in translation and two poems pub ibid 1967, no.7, p174-75. DLC. LITWACK, M.D., see No. 98277 97581 LIÜBER, A.A. and A.F. DIBNER. 0 sporovo-pyl'tsevykh kompleksakh iz verkhnepaleozoiskikh otlozhenil srednel Sibiri i znachenii ikh dhä korrelrätsii. (In: Stratigrafiiä paleozoia Srednei Sibiri... 1967. p.231-33) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The spore-pollen assemblages from Upper Paleozoic deposits of Middle Siberia and their importance for correlation. Summary account of the pollen and spores of Carboniferous and Permian deposits and their stratigraphic and areal distribution in the Tungusskiy basin, Taymyr, Lena-Khatanga depression and other regions. The assemblages of the Tungusskiy basin are well exposed and may be used for correlation for all Middle Siberia. DLC. 97582 LIUBIMOV, B.P. Analiz merzlotnogo rel'efa i vechnoi merzloty v tseliäkh vyiavleniia lokal'nykh strukturnykh elementov. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1966. v.21, In ser.5: geog. no. 1, p.85-90, illus) Russian. Title tr.: Analysis of congelation relief and permafrost with the aim of disclosing local structural elements. Analyzes the leading factors in congelation relief: climatological, frost-geologic, lithologic-geologic, hydrogeologic, geomorphic, etc. The main morphogenetic types of congelation relief are noted, and its connection with local structures is considered, with examples cited in the Yana-Indigirka lowland, Byrranga Mts and Taymyr, and other arctic areas. DLC. 97583 LIUBIMOV, B.P. Merzlotnyl rel'ef i vechnaia merzlota kak pokazatel' neotektonicheskikh dvizhenii (In: Vses. mezhduvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po geokriologii, 8th. Materialy v.6, 1966. p.5-13, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title Ir.: Cryogenic relief and permafrost as indicators of recent tectonic movements. Discusses the problem generally taking examples from Bol'shezemel'skaya Tundra and other arctic areas. Various factors are reviewed. Analysis of cryogenic relief and thickness of the permafrost discloses a connection with recent tectonic movements. In areas of positive structures, there is wide 707

development of fracture polygons; cryogenic relief is formed in epigenetic freezing conditions; permafrost is less thick. In areas of negative structures relief is formed by syngenetic freezing conditions, permafrost thickness is greater. DLC. 97584 LIÜBIMOV, B.P. Nival'noe preobrazovanie rel'efa ravninnykh territoni. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1967. v.22, ser.5: geog. no. 1, p.38-46, tables, illus) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Nival transformation of relief in regions of plains. Presents a classification of snow and firn appearing in various plain zones. Their stages, morphology and genesis are briefly characterized. Effects of snow and firn on the geomorphic and geologic structure of relief are discussed. Typical nival-erosion valleys, cirques, slope forms, etc are reviewed. Some examples are given from the Bol'shezemel' skaya Tundra and other regions. DLC. 97585 LIÜBIMOVA, T.G. Basic aspects of the biology and distribution of Pacific rockfish (Sebastodes alutus Gilbert) in the Gulf of Alaska. (In: Sovetskie rybokhoztäistvennye issledovanii v severo-vostochnoi chasti Tikhogo okeana, vyp. 1. Jerusalem, Israel Program for Scientific Transl 1968, p.308-318, graphs, maps) 22 refs. English translation of No 80749. DLC. 97586 LIUBIMOVA, T.G. Biologicheskie predposylki obrazovanill promyslovykh kontsentratsil morskogo okunia Sebastodes alutus G. v zalive Allaska. (Moskva. Vses. n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Trudy molodykh uchenykh 1964, p.20-24, graphs) In Russian. Title tr.: Biological premises for formation of exploitable shoals of Sebastodes alutus G. in the Gulf of Alaska. Deals with the Pacific ocean perch distribution, horizontal and vertical, especially in the Gulf of Alaska. Feeding and spawning concentrations, maturation of eggs and release of larvae are considered, as are fishing periods as related to the seasonal biological cycle. DLC. 97587 LIÜBIMOVA, T.G. Osnovnye tapy zhiznennogo isikla morskogo okuniä Sebastodes alutus Gilbert v zal. Allaska. (Moskva. Vses. n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Trudy 1965. v.58, p.95-120, tables, graphs, maps, illus.) Approx. 32 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Main phases in the life cycle of the ocean perch Sebastodes alutus Gilbert, in the Gulf of Alaska. Reviews the wide distribution of this fish; its taxonomic relation to the Atlantic species, 708

its life span, growth and reproduction. Its life in the Gulf is described, as to its feeding, the feeding concentrations and areas, pairing and fall migration, wintering of males and young, release of larvae by the females in Apr-June, and the spring feeding migration. Both the fall and the spring feeding migrations take place along the continental slope, the first in a clockwise, the second in an opposite direction. The practical aspects of the study, with a map of grounds unsuitable for fishing, are discussed. DLC 97588 LIUBOMIROVA, H.A. Pyl'[sa Nelumbo i o nekotorykh Nymphaeaceae iz oligotsena Zapadno-Sibirskoi nizmennosti. (Paleontologicheskt7 zhurnal 1967, no.3, p.89-95, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Pollen grains of Nelumbo and some Nymphaeaceae from the Oligocene of the West Siberian lowland. Describes pollen grains of a new species of lotus Nelumbo genuina, found in the Nadym basin. Comparison, geologic and geographic distribution and other features are noted. Nymphaea polymorpha and Nuphar parvum n spp are also described, as found in Nadym and Kazym basins. DLC. 97589 LIUBTSOV, V.V. Organic remains in most ancient sedimentary and metamorphic sequences of the Kola Peninsula. (Intl. geology review 1964. v.6, no.8, p.1408-1412, map, table, illus) 5 refs. English translation of No 80753. DLC.

LIUL'HO, T.P., see No. 96889 97590 LIIISH, D.V. and B.N. NIKOLAEV. Dozimetricheskil kontrol' na atomnykh sudakh. Leningrad, Gos. soiuznoe izd-vo sudpromgiz 1962. 131 p. graphs, Title tr.: tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Dosimetric control on atomic ships. Discusses safety measures and radiation control aboard nuclear-powered ships, with special reference to the icebreaker Lenin. Protection from reactors and other radioactive instruments and safety measures in case of spreading radioactivity are considered. DLC. 97591 LIVANSKII, IiJ. Zimni iä zagruzka sudov v Omskom portu. (Rechnoi transport 1966. v. 25, no.10, p.49, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Winter loading of vessels at the Port of Omsk. Describes a new method of distributing vessels for loading. All space along the mooring wall free of ships awaiting repairs was allotted to loading and nine vessels were moored perpendicular to the wall, which could accommodate only two alongside, i.e.

parallel to the wall. Prior to mooring, the vessels were cleared of the ice formed on their hulls and sides. Notwithstanding that ice in the harbor was 1.3-1.5 m thick, and under heavy snowdrift, five vessels were loaded before 1 Mar, and the other four before the DLC. new navigation season opened. 97592 LIVINGSTON, C.W. Explosions in snow. Hanover, N.H. 1968. 139 p. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Lab. Technical report no. 86) Tables, curves, equations, and example problems presented in the report make it possible, within the range of the experiments, to accurately predict any desired dimensions of the limit of complete rupture. DLC. 97593 LIVINGSTON, J.A. and J.F. LANSDOWNE. Birds of the northern forest. Toronto, McClelland & Stewart Ltd. 1966. 247 p. illus. Full color illustrations, by Lansdowne, of 56 species of birds characteristic of the northern forest of Canada, are accompanied by descriptive text, by Livingston. The forest extends from the edge of the Barren Grounds to central Alberta and Saskatchewan, and to a DLC. more southerly latitude eastward. 97594 LIVSHINA, E.L. and L IA. VOSKOVA. Devonskie liii i inidy iuzhnol chasti Novol Zemli. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologiiä i biostratigrafiia 1966. no.14, p.36-47, tables, illus) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Devonian Lucinidae from the southern part of Novaya Zemlya. Describes Lower and Middle Devonian pelecypods of fam Lucinidae, consisting of five species of Paracyclas and one of Phenacocyclas. Their stratigraphic and geographic distribution are noted. DLC. 97595 PterinoactiLIVSHINA, E.L. nodesma, novyl devonski podrod roda Pterinea. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologüa i biostratigrafiia 1967, no.20, p. 58-64, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Pterinoactinodesma, a new Devonian subgenus of Pterinea. Presents a systematic and detailed account of a molluscan subgenus from Novaya Zemlya, Pterinea (Pterinoactinodesma) novosemelica, noting inner structure, dimensions, comparison, distribution and other features. DLC. 97596 LIVSHITS, Iu. IA. Novye dannye o geologicheskom stroenii raTona gory Piramida, ZapadnyT Shpiübergen. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye

zapiski. Regional'naiä geologiß 1966, no.9, 15 refs. In Russian. p36-56, map, iilus) Title tr. New data on the geologic structure of Pyramiden mountain region, Vestspitsbergen. Describes the Carboniferous and Permian deposits from 1965 field studies. Lower, Middle and Upper Carboniferous are analyzed and their stratigraphy characterized; Lower Permian deposits up to 100 in thick are also described. Tectonic structure of the region is also treated, noting disjunctive DLC. dislocations. LIZARSKAIA, I.V., see No. 94509 97597 LLOYD, A.J. Community development in Canada. Ottawa, Canadian Research Centre for Anthropology, St. Paul University 1967. 102 p. 96 refs. Surveys community programs initiated by government and other organizations with particular reference to Indian, Eskimo and Metis communities. Recent interest in socioeconomic problems has led to comprehensive development programs in Manitoba, Alberta, Quebec and Nova Scotia. Leadership training and educational courses have been organized in other provinces and the territories. Four federal departments have helped promote and finance research and northern cooperatives, but Canadian commitment to community development is considered inadequate. CaMAI. 97598 LLOYD, T. A water resource policy for Canada. (Canadian geographical journal 1966. v.73, no.1, p.2-17, map, illus) Discusses the uses of water and its availability for domestic and industrial purposes, for navigation, hydroelectric power, agriculture and recreation; and the problems of pollution control. Southwestern United States, from western Texas to the Pacific Coast, is the focus of rising demands for the introduction of new water into the region, and these lead to pressure on the Canadian West. The search extends into British Columbia, the Yukon and Alberta. Longstanding arrangements for consultation between Canada and the United States, covering boundary waters, through the International Joint Committee, are noted, as are their limitations. Points are elaborated which should be taken into account in formulation of a Canadian national water policy. Diversion of waters into international river basins or the Great Lakes could hamper development of the Near-North. CaMAI, DLC. 97599 LLOYD, T. Arctic Canada and Greenland. (Danish Foreign Office journal 1967, no. 58, p.34-37, illus) 709

Discusses links between Greenland and Canada, particularly during World War II. Various cultural and administrative ties between the populations of Greenland and the Canadian Arctic Islands are mentioned. Future developments such as minerals from the Far North may unite the two areas closer than hitherto. CaMAI. LOBACH-ZHUCHENKO, S.B., see No. 95531 LOBACHEV, A.V., see No. 97237 97600 LOBANOV, M.F. Polimetallicheskoe orudenenie podvizhnykh zon tsentral'noi chasti Sovetskoi Arktiki. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1965. v.145, p.203-211, map.) 12 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Polymetallic mineralization of mobile zones in the central part of the Soviet Arctic. Distinguishes three mobile zones: the Polar Ural - Novaya Zemlya and the Taymyr Severnaya Zemlya Hercynian folded zones and the Verkhoyansk - Chukotka Mesozoic folded region. In the first, polymetallic mineralization is widely distributed in Vaygach, Novaya Zemlya and Pay-Khoy; each of these regions is briefly characterized. The Taymyr - Severnaya Zemlya Hercynian geosyncline lasted from the Cambrian to the Triassic when it became a platform. The third zone is also described and its polymetallic mineralization noted. DLC. 97601 LOBANOVA, O.V. Novye vidy dvustvorchatykh molliuskov iz permskikh otlozhenii Noril'skogo raiona. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologiia i biostratigrafiia 1966, no.16, p.64-72, tables, illus) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New species of bivalve molluscs from Permian deposits of the Norilsk region. Presents systematic description of Taimyria norilica, Anthraconauta ornata Kinerkaella arctica and Microdontella(?) pilula n spp, with comparisons and distribution. One representative of Orthonajadites (?) is also described. Their stratigraphic position is characterized. CaMAI, DLC. 97602 LOBBAN, M.C. Daily rhythms of renal excretion in arctic-dwelling Indians and Eskimos. (Quarterly journal of experimental physiology 1967. v.52, no.4, p.401410, tables, illus) 23 refs. Compares excretory patterns for water, K, Na, and chloride of Indians in Old Crow and Eskimos in Wainwright, recorded during continuous light of summer and continuous darkness of winter, with those of adult 710

temperate zone subjects, newly introduced into a summer arctic environment. Differences between day and night excretory rates in the Eskimo have virtually disappeared. Although the daily living pattern of the arctic Indian is far more regular in winter than in summer, it is in winter darkness that the greater degree of disorganization of the renal rhythms occurs. DLC. LOBBAN, M.C., see also No. 95044 97603 LOBOVIKOVA, A.A. Biologicheskie gruppy muksuna v sisteme Eni(In: Soveshchanie po biologicheskol seia. produktivnosti vodoemov Sibiri... 1966, In Russian. Title tr.: The p.49-50) biological groups of Coregonus muksun in the Yenisey system. Describes the geographical variety of this fish throughout the Yenisey river system. DLC. LOCKE, G.E., see No. 93479 97604 LOCKER, A. and P. WEISS. Quantitative aspects of cold-adaptation and its thyroxine model in cold- and warmblooded animals. (Helgoländer wissenschaftliche Meeresuntersuchungen 1966. v. 14, p. 503-513, graphs) 13 refs. German summary. Compares the metabolic effects of cold exposure in frogs and mice, with effects of multiple injection of thyroxine. Cold exposure causes an increase in whole-body metabolism of winter frogs and mice. This increase is interpreted as capacity adaptation. Thyroxine action simulated that of cold exposure in both types of animals. In mice cold adaptation was accompanied by increase in weight of brown fat. Both cold exposure and thyroxine treatment erase the differences in tissue respiration of brain, liver and heart, found to exist between unadapted frogs and mice. On the basis of these data, thyroxine is considered a model of cold adaptation. DI. 97605 LOCKWOOD, J.A. and W.R. WEBBER. The 11-year 'solar modulation of cosmic rays as deduced from neutron monitor variations and direct measurements (Journal of geophysical at low energies. research 1967. v.72, no.23, p.5977-89, tables, graphs) 22 refs. Investigates the variation of the cosmic ray intensity recorded during 1958-65 by neutron monitors at 15 worldwide stations incl Thule and Deep River. The data, carefully selected, enable the form of the solar modulation of the cosmic radiation to be deduced. The quarteryear average changes in the intensity at the neutron-monitor stations are compared with

the calculated changes, using different modulation functions as presented in the diagram showing minimum variance for different modulation functions. The variations observed at these stations are compared with the variations observed at the top of the atmosphere and in space. The deduced form of the long-term modulation of the cosmicray spectrum does not appear to change substantially with the magnitude of the modulation. DLC. 97606 LØBERG, L. Norr4ne Amerikaferders utstrekning. (Historisk tidsskrift 1962, v.41, no.1, p.233-52, maps, illus) In Norwegian. English summary. Title b : Extent of American journeys by Norsemen. Considers the data of two medieval sagas, Saga Eiriks Rauda and Grönlendingatåttr, and describes land beyond Greenland explored by early Norsemen, from southern Baffin to Grand Miquelon. These voyages did not extend farther than along Labrador and around Newfoundland. In the 13th and 14th centuries other expeditions seem to have reached Jones Sound, Kane Basin and Robeson Channel. The confusion about latitude observations indicating more southerly penetration is clarified. DLC. 97607 LØKEN, O.H. Baffin Island refugia older than 54,000 years. (Science 16 Sept 1966. v. 153, p.1378-80, map, illus) 9 refs. Reports two radiocarbon datings of marine shells from the Cape Christian and Cape Aston regions on the eastern coast of Baffin Island, of ages of > 50,000 and > 54,000 yr. They indicate the existence of unglaciated areas (refugia) between fjords occupied by outlet glaciers flowing toward Baffin Bay, from the central part of the Wisconsin ice sheet, over the Foxe Basin-Hudson Bay area. DGS. 97608 LØKEN, O.H. Glaciologia y geomorfologia del extremo sur de la caps de hiela de Barnes. (Intl. Geographical Union. Latin-American Regional Conference, Mexico 1966. Proceedings v.3, p.155-76, tables, illus) In Spanish. Title tr.: Glaciology and geomorphology of the Barnes Icecap. Investigations reveal distinct contrasts between the northeast and southeast margins of the icecap and suggest that the south end of the icecap has been subject to change in the recent past, though results also indicate that the icecap has outlived the last glaciation. These investigations are preliminary; further study is needed on mass balance, ice movement, and geomorphology of the adjacent area. CaMAI, DGS.

97609 LØKEN, O.H. and J.T. ANDREWS. Glaciology and chronology of fluctuations of the ice margin at the south end of the Barnes Ice Cap, Baffin Island, N.W.T. (Geographical bulletin, Ottawa 1966. v.8, no.4, p.341-59, tables, illus) Investigates contrasts between the northeast and southwest sides in snow accumulation and in mass balance. It is suggested that a proto-Barnes Icecap existed during the Hypsithermal, as subsequent climatic deterioration was insufficient to redevelop an ice cap. Part of the south dome appears to have slumped recently and the ice cap is DGS. migrating northeastward. 97610 LØKEN, O.H. Science on Baffin Island: field research in physical geography. (Canadian geographical journal 1966. v.72, no.2, p.38-47, graph, map, illus) Reviews studies in glaciology, geomorphology and physical geography on this island from 1961, in particular research on the Barnes Icecap. The overall findings are summarized and the post-glacial chronology of the region outlined. Raised shore features, fiord morphology, and an ambitious program in hydrology are also mentioned and illus. The role of students in field studies is briefly evaluated. CaMAI, DGS. 97611 LÖVGREN, E. and O. GULBRANDSEN. Norrländska befolkningsprognoser. (In: Norrländska framtidsperspektiv 1964, p.21-38, tables, graphs) 11 refs. In Swedish. Title tr.: Prognosis on the Norrland population. Presents population tables based on differences in age, life expectancy, death rates, migration, and birth rates as means of forecasting future prospects. Forecasts according to industrial development should consider the branches individually, because land under cultivation or size of holdings may decrease while lumbering personnel increases. Profiles of rates of population increase 1930-60 show Norrland's growth continuous and steady; but early prognosis for increase by 1970 and 1975 appears unwarranted. DLC. LØVØ, A., see No. 93547 97612 LOEWE, F. Climate. (In: Mirsky, A., ed. Soil development and ecological succession in a deglaciated area of Muir Inlet, Southeast Alaska... 1966. p.19-28, map, tables) Ref. Examines climatic data in and around the Glacier Bay region from Yakutat to Juneau and shows that there are no great local differences within this area, except an excessively high precipitation along the outer 711

coast. In the accumulation areas above Glacier Bay, 10 m of snow or more may be expected at the beginning of summer. Short term weather observations 1963-65 in Muir Inlet and on Casement Glacier are reported. CaMAI. 97613 LOEWE, F. Das grönländische Inlandeis nach neuen Feststellungen. (Erdkunde 1964. v. 19, no.3, p.189-202, maps, 124 refs. In German. Title tr.: tables) New light on the Greenland Inland ice. Summarizes and interprets the physiographic conditions of the Greenland ice sheet, on the basis of the past 15 years' literature. The height of ice sheet is discussed noting an extremely accurate profile across the sheet recently established by leveling. The mean height of the surface is 2100-2150 m (7000 ft), the greatest height close to 3300 m. The thickness of the ice is also given by seismic and gravimetric methods. Meteorological observations are evaluated noting air temperature, precipitation, radiation, the border between ice and firn. The movements of the open ice sheet are still almost unknown. Loewe's paper is discussed by B. Brockamp, qv. CaMAI, DLC. LOFGREN, G., see No. 101261 97614 LOGAN, A. Middle and Upper Triassic spiriferinid brachiopods from the Canadian Arctic Archipelago. Ottawa 1967. 37 p. map, tables, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Bulletin no. 155) 69 refs. Describes material collected mainly from exposures of the Blaa Mountain and Schei Point formations on the west side of Ellesmere Island, with three isolated samples from the northern coast of Table Island. Systematic descriptions are of Spiriferina (Spiriferina) ellesmerensis n sp, S. (S.) shalshalensis. S. (Rastelligera) canadensis n sp, S. (R.) lundgreni, and an undetermined species of what may be the same subgenus. The 16 localities listed are all assigned to the Carnian or Ladinian and Carman (middle Triassic). CaMAI, DGS. 97615 LOGAN, M.H. and L.R. BURTON. Effect of the earthquake of March 27, 1964, on the Eklutna hydroelectric project, Anchorage, Alaska; television examination of earthquake damage to underground communication and electrical systems in Anchorage. Washington, DC 1967. 30 p. maps, tables, illus. (US. Geological Survey. Professional paper 545-A) Reports causes and extent of damage to this power installation from densi&cation and subsidence of unconsolidated sediments and 712

other effects of the earthquake. Difficulties experienced in maintaining service during the immediate post-earthquake period are summarized. Damage to individual features of the installation, incl darn, intake, tailrace, generation plant and transmission lines is reviewed and illus. Earthquake effects in the drainage basin of Eklutna Lake are noted. Examination of damage to underground communication and electrical systems in Anchorage by closed-circuit small-diameter television is also described. DGS. 97616 LOGINOV, G.A. Mikrostruktura vozmushchennoi solnechno-sutochnor variatsii (Geomagnetizm i aeronoØä 1967. v.7, no.2, p.304-309, illus) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Microstructure of disturbed solar daily variation. Studies geomagnetic micropulsations of three basic types: pearls Pcl and T>3 sec, micropulsation bursts Pi 2 + Pcl, and nighttime irregular micropulsations Pi1 or Sip, all observed at Lovozero during 1961-64. The relationship of these micropulsations to solar daily variation in disturbances of the geomagnetic field is investigated. At least two mechanisms of corpuscular precipitation are found responsible for the positive disturbances of the field. The night disturbances are considered to have a different mechanism of their production. The electric current systems responsible are caused by particles of various energies, they flow at different heights, and are generated by various sources of electromotive forces. CaMAI, DLC. 97617 LOGINOV, G.A. Vremennoe raspredelenie kolebant7 tipa Pc1 po dannym Lovozera. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomitä 1966. v.6, no.4, p.799-801, graphs, illus) 8 refs. In Russian. Mk tr.: Time distribution of Pcl pulsations according to Lovozero data. Reports a study of continuous electromagnetic pulsations of pearl type (Pcl), sub-dividing them into four groups according to their period: _ 2 sec, 2 sec ?3 sec, and >3 sec. Daily and seasonal variations in the frequency of pearls are presented graphically for 1960-64 from analysis of tellurograms recorded at Lovozero. The relationship between the occurrences of pearls, the geomagnetic field intensity, and cosmic radio noise is investigated. Pearls of 3 sec to occur during positive bay-like disturbances of the geomagnetic field. DLC. 97618 LOGVINOV, V. Na Severe Dag nem. (Sel'skokhozIaarstvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1967. v.11, no.11,

p.6-8, illus) In Russian. Title fr.: In the Far North. Sketches development of the Evenki Tungus country and Taymyr during 50 yr of the Soviet rule. Collectivization, establishment of the Evenki and Taymyr National Districts and development of the great industrial center of Noril'sk are stressed. Growth of the reindeer herds, introduction of fur farming, agricultural developments, artels, and collective farms are also noted. DLC.

maritime lowland in late Quaternary and present epochs. Reports a 1958-61 geologic-geomorphic study in the Yana, Indigirka and Kolyma mouth areas. Three late-glacial and postglacial marine terraces are recognized and their distribution, stratigraphy, height and composition described. Includes discussion of the three associated marine transgressions and a geologic formation table. CaMAI, DLC.

97619 LOKINSKAIA, M. Lishalniki Magadanskoi oblasti. (Magadan. Oblastnol kraevedcheskii muzel. Kraevedcheskie zapiski 1966. no.6, p.135-49, illus) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Lichens of Magadan Province. Describes 29 more common species of over 500 lichens known in the province. 11 Cladonia, six Cetraria, two Alectoria, and one each: Sphaerophus, Nechroma, Peitigera, Stereocaulon, Gyrophora, Umbilicaria, Cornicularia, Dactylina, Thamnolia, and Siphula. Range, substrate, microrelief, vegetation, etc are noted. DLC.

97622 LOMAX, P. Measurement of 'core' temperature in the rat. (Nature 1966. v.210, no. 5038, p.854-55, graphs) 6 refs. Studies discrepancies of temperature measurements at different levels of the rectum in rats and some other animals. Author found that the most reliable method of recording core temperature in the conscious rat is by means of a probe, inserted at least 6 cm into the rectum and kept there throughout the DLC. experiment.

97620 LOKKEN, J.E. and others. Stanford-Pacific Naval Laboratory conjugate point experiment. (Nature 1961. v. 192, no. 4800, p. 319-21, illus) 2 refs. Other authors: J.A. Shand, C.S. Wright, L.H. Martin, N.M. Brice and R.A. Helliwell. Observations made jointly by the Pacific Naval Observatory, Defence Research Board of Canada and the Radioscience Laboratory of Stanford Univ during Jan 1961, showed a close correlation in the times of occurrence of VLF and ELF electromagnetic phenomena observed at Byrd Station, Antarctica and at Great Whale River, Canada. Records at Fort Churchill of VLF show little correlation with those of Byrd Station and significant differences with those of Great Whale River. Although this suggests that much of the VLF emission activity observed in the auroral regions may be initiated in the lower ionosphere, it does not exclude the possibility that these emissions may be generated at a much DGS. greater height. LOKTI1JSHKIN, B.I., see No. 96949 97621 LOMACHENKOV, V.S. Ob osnovnykh btapakh geologicheskogo razvitiia Leno-Kolymskol primorskoi nizmennosti v pozdnechetvertichnuiii i sovremennurü epokhi. (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geol. i geofiziki. Chetvertichnyi period SSSR... 1966, p.283-88, table) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Main stages in the geologic development of the Lena-Kolyma

97623 LOMMEL, A. Die Welt der frühen Jäger: Medizinmänner, Schamanen, München, Verlag Georg D.W. Künstler. Callwey 1965. 196 p. illus. Approx 400 refs. In German. Title tr.: The world of the early hunters: medicine men, shamans, artists. Trans!. into English as: Shamanism; the beginnings of art. New York, 1966 and The World of the early hunters. London, 1967. World-wide study of shamanism since prehistoric times, particularly its manifestations in Eskimo, Lappish, Tungus, and Yakut folklore and art. Shamanistic attributes and performances, hunting rites and bear cult, etc are discussed. In contrast to the medicine man, the shaman is considered an hysterical and often physically sick person and shamanizing an act of self-cure of psychosis. Critically reviewed by M. Hermanns in Anthropos 1966, v.61, no. 3-6, p.883-89. DLC. 97624 LOMONOSOV, G.G. Gidrovzryvnol sposob razrushenirå negabaritnykh kuskov skal'nykh porod. (In: Akademia nauk SSSR. Kol'skil filial. Tekhnologiiå razra4 botki... 1964, p.127-36, table, graphs) refs. In Russian. Title tr. The pulsedinfusion shotfiring method for breaking outsize lumps of rock. Discusses the mechanism and efficiency of water-blasting in breaking strong oversize lumps of ore, coal, or rock. The essence of this method consists in filling blast holes, charged with high explosive, with water. A strong shock-wave with up to 70% energy of the explosive propagates through the rock with supersonic velocity, producing internal cracks and fissures which are widened by the 713

action of pressure waves 200-300 thousand kg/cm2 reflected from the rock's surface back into the rock, thus breaking the oversize lump into smaller pieces. Parametric formulas are given for the shock wave, its distribution in water, reflection from walls of the hole, and for its refraction and propagation in strong rock. The destructive effect of such waves, and conditions for a no-scatter destruction are considered. Results of field tests of water blasting of barite-free rock at Noril'sk, Zhdanovskiy, and Apatit combines are given. DLC. 97625 LOMONOSOV, I.S. Merzlotnogidrogeotermicheskie usloviiä i perspektivy ispol'zovannä termal'nykh vod IAkutskogo artezianskogo basseina. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Komissitä po izucheniiu podzemnykh vod Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Materialy 1967, no.3, p. 58-69, graphs, map, tables, illus) In Russian. Title tr. Cryogenic-hydrogeothermal conditions and prospects of utilizing thermal waters of the Yakut artesian basin. Specific conditions of this artesian basin are controlled by the presence of permafrost 600-1000 m thick. The permafrost significantly affects the temperature regime, discharge, movement and formation of groundwater. In terrigenous deposits, the geothermal gradient ranges 1.6-3.4°/ 100 m; in carbonate salt-bearing rocks 0.7-12./100 m. In the artesian basin region, seven temperature zones are distinguished, five of them with temperature more than 20°C. The Vilyuy syneclise and Verkhoyansk downwarp have the best prospects for thermal waters. DLC. Osnovnye 97626 LOMONOSOV, I.S. problemy izucheniia i ispol'zovaniiä minerals nykh vod severa Vostochnoi Sibiri. (Formirovanie i geokhØi podzemnykh vod Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1967, p.127-30) In Russian. Tide tr.: The main problems of investigating and utilizing the mineral waters in the north of Eastern Siberia. Describes the mineral waters of northern Krasnoyarsk Province and Yakutia. The entire area has cold sodium-chloride waters with methane and nitrogen gases. Five types are recognized according to chemical composition and degree of mineralization: weak brackish and brackish sulfate; weak brackish and brackish sodium chloride; saline sodium chloride; weak and strong brines of sodium chloride and calcium-sodium type; and highly concentrated chloride-calcium brines with mineralization more than 320 gm/1. The main tasks of investigating these waters are summarized. DLC. 714

97627 LOMONOSOV, I.S. and S.V. LYSAK. Termal'nye vody Sibirskoi platformy i ee gornoskladchatogo obramleniiä. (Sovetskaiä geologiiä 1967, no.5, p.110-21, graphs, map, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. Thermal waters of the Siberian platform and its folded-mountain borders. Reviews the thermal waters of the AngaraLena, Yakutsk, Tunguska, Olenek and other artesian basins, stating their depths of occurrence, temperature, mineralization yield and other properties. Their use for medical treatment is noted, and possibilities of their wider utilization for heating, energy and mining in permafrost regions are considDLC. ered. ' 97628 LONDON, J. The distribution of total ozone in the Northern Hemisphere. (Beiträge zur Physik der Atmosphäre 1963. v.36, no.3/4, p.254-63, tables, graph, maps) 16 refs. German and French summary. Presents this distribution for the entire year and for the four seasons of each year 1926-59. Analysis shows marked longitudinal variations even for the annual average. Ozone ridges appear well developed over eastern North America, Eastern Asia, and Central Europe. A table of standard deviation of seasonal and annual total ozone values is given for Troms6, and other stations. A graph shows the average for 0° - 90° lat. The hemispheric distribution of total ozone is shown to be more closely related to the atmospheric circulation in the upper troposphere and lower stratosphere during winter and spring than during summer and autumn. DLC. 97629 LONEY, R.A. and others. PostPaleozoic radiometric ages and their relevance to fault movements, northern southeastern Alaska. (Geological Society of America. Bulletin 1967. v.78, no.4, p.511-26, Refs. Other authors.- D.A. maps, tables) Brew and M.A. Lanphere. Presents radiometric data which indicates major plutonic activity in this area in the Paleozoic, Mesozoic and Tertiary. The Tertiary plutons occur on Baranof and Kruzof Islands along the margin of the Pacific Ocean. Movement along major faults is discussed, and stratigraphic evidence is presented to demonstrate that large fault-bounded blocks have been displaced vertically a minimum of several km relative to one another. In particular, Tertiary plutonic rocks west of Chatham Strait have been faulted up to the same level as the Tertiary continental rocks to the east. The Pb- a and Ar40-K40 data are tabulated and the dated plutons are DGS. mapped.

LONEY, R.A., see also No. 94212 97630 LONG, A. Smithsonian Institution radiocarbon measurements, II. (Radiocarbon 1965. v.7, p.245-56) 12 refs. Includes measurements of the Tuktu archeologic site, Anaktuvuk Pass (Brooks Range), and of geologic samples from Gladstone Creek, Birch Creek (at 65°42'30' N 144° 21'W) Alaska, and Kluane Lake, Yukon Territory. DGS. 97631 LONG, A., and J.E. MIELKE. Smithsonian Institution radiocarbon measurements IV. (Radiocarbon, 1967. v.9, p.368-81) Refs. Includes dates of three samples from Ellesmere Island, Canadian Arctic and one sample from Fairbanks, Alaska (p 380). DGS. LONG, A., see also No. 95976, 96691 LONG, D.M., see No. 98285 97632 LONG, E. and W. GEORGE. Buttress design earthquake-induced slides. (American Society of Civil Engineers. Proceedings 1967. v.93, no.SM4, p.595-609, graphs, illus) 8 refs. Reports the results of studies of the soil materials involved in the Fourth Avenue slide in the business district of Anchorage, as a result of the 1964 Alaska earthquake, and of investigations to ascertain the failure mechanism in the slide area to guide design of a buttress to resist the forces of an equivalent earthquake. Recommendations of limitations on future construction in areas near the buttress are included. DGS. 97633 LONG, E. and W. GEORGE. Tumagain slide stabilization, Anchorage, Alaska. (American Society of Civil Engineers. Proceedings 1967. v.93, no.SM4, p.611-27, graphs, maps, illus) 7 refs. Some measures for the stabilization of the Turnagain landslide induced by the 1964 earthquake were rejected because of the expense involved; efforts to remold clay by the delay-sequence firing of explosives and to stabilize it by electro-osmosis, here described, also proved to be unfeasible. Since the earthquake, the strength of the zone of failure has almost reached its original value. The natural slope of slide material forms a natural buttress that will withstand a quake similar in intensity and duration to that which produced the slide. A rock protection is recommended for the toe of the slide to guard it from erosion by ice rafting and tide and wave DGS. erosion of beach materials.

97634 LONGAIR, A.S. Bomb blast or earthquake. (Canadian forces sentinel 1966. v.2, no. 5, p.10-13, illus) Describes the events leading to the establishment of a seismic station at Yellowknife, operated by the Dept of Mines and Technical Surveys. The pertinence of information accumulated on earthquakes to the identification of underground nuclear explosions by seismic means is noted, as is the need for a network of such stations. CaMM. 97635 LONGLEY, R.W. The frequency of chinooks in Alberta. (Albertan geographer 1966-67, no.3, p.20-22, map) Most air from the Pacific is carried over the mountains of British Columbia, losing moisture as it rises. On its descent to the Albertan plains it is warmer than on the Pacific Coast, because it absorbs heat as the moisture changes from vapor to rain or snow. The wind shifts suddenly to strong westerly, temperature rises and the snow melts rapidly. Frequency of days when max temperature reached 40° is given from 1931-65 records of all Alberta stations. Average numbers of days with chinooks are plotted and isolines drawn. The frequency decreases north and east, but every part of Alberta receives a westerly flow at times. Even the extreme North averages one day/winter month of 40° weather. CaMM. 97636 LOOMIS, C.C., Jr. William Parker Snow's copy of Charles Francis Hall's Life with the Esquimaux and the Hall-Snow controversy. (Polar notes 1966. no.6,

p•1-7) Discusses Snow's marginal annotations and intercalated material in his copy of Hall's work, No 6485, to show that Snow was hired to edit the work. After his 1862 expedition Hall decided to raise money for another by publishing a book from his ms journals edited by Snow. Snow lost a court case for alleged non-payment. CaMAI, DLC.

LOOSLI, H., see No. 98700, 98701 LOPATIN, B.G., see No. 97275 97637 LOPATIN, I.A. Tungusische Volksdichtung. (Anthropos 1965. v.60, no.1-6, p.433-44) 9 refs. In German. Title tr.: Tungus folk literature. Deals with the oral lore of Golds, Orochi, Udegeets, and Evenki of the Amur region. Various types of tales, myths, legends, songs, proverbs and riddles are described; their content, shamanistic and totemistic features, symbolism, national and foreign elements, etc are discussed. Noteworthy is the importance of the capture of man's soul in the epic and 715

shamanistic tales and the blood feud motif in heroic legends. DSI. LOPATO, T.N., see No. 97699 LOPP, R.J., see No. 97941 97638 LOPUSHINSKAitß, T.V. and ITJ.K. SOVETOV. Siluri skie otlozheniiä r. Kuntykakhy. (In: Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geologii i geofiz. Novye dannye po biostratigrafii nizhnego paleozo►a Sibirsko! platformy... 1967. p. 144-54, map, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. Silurian deposits of the Kuntykakhy River. Reports a 1960 field study in the valley of this left tributary to the Maymecha. Sections of the Llandoverian, Wenlockian and Ludlovian deposits are described in some detail, noting distribution of brachiopods and rugose corals. CaMAI, DGS. 97639 LOPUSHINSKAIIA, T.V. Stro(In: fomenidy silura Sibirsko! platformy. Akademi% nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geologii i geofiz. Novye dannye po biostratigrafii nizhnego paleozoil Sibirsko! platformy... 1967. p.86-97, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Silurian strophomenids of the Siberian platform. Reviews the vertical distribution of Llandoverian and Wenlockian strophomenid brachiopods. Seven new forms are described noting their diagnosis, comparison, distribution and age. They were collected in the Noril'sk, Maymecha, Kureyka and other regions. They represent mostly local species and are important for their stratigraphic significance. CaMAI, DOS. LORAN, J., see No. 99330 LORGUS, V.A., see No. 97479 97640 LOSEVA, E.I. K paleogeografii odintsovskogo mezhlednikov is na Srednem Timane. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Komi filial. Izvestiiä 1967. v.2, no.1 (11), p.125-28, map, illus) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Paleogeography of the Odintsovo interglacial in Middle Timan. Reports study of these deposits in the Pechora, Pizhma, Kosma and other river basins. Lacustrine, alluvial-lacustrine and alluvial and marine deposits are described as to their distribution, properties and other features. Paleogeographic conditions of sedimentation of these deposits are characterized. Spore-pollen analyses indicate the climate in which they were formed to have been no less warm than that at present. DLC. 716

97641 LOSEVA, E.I. and A.N. LASHCHENKOVA. Simpozium po istorii flory i rastitel'nosti severo-zapada Evropei sko! chasti SSSR v ple!stotsene i golo[sene. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Komi filial. Izvesti% 1967. v.2, no.1 (11), p.154-57) In Russian. Title tr.: Symposium on the history of the flora and vegetation in northwestern European USSR in the Pleistocene and Holocene. Reviews this 19-22 Apr 1966 meeting in Leningrad, at which 23 papers were given on paleogeography, spore-pollen analyses, etc. Some of the papers are summarized. DLC. 97642 LOSHCHAKOV, A.I. Ispol'zovanie aeromagnitno! s"emki pri reshenii nekotorykh geologicheskikh zadach na Sibirskol platforme. (Razvedka i okhrana nedr 1964. v.30, no.8, p.41-45, illus) 5 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: The use of aeromagnetic survey for the solution of some geological problems in the Siberian platform. Reports on a survey using a 1:25,000 scale in the Daldyn and Muna diamond-bearing areas. The kimberlite intrusions are of small horizontal extent, hence their identification on aeromagnetic maps would be rather difficult. But the author was able to identify these intrusions by studying magnetic properties of basement rocks, according to aeromagnetic surveys at 1:25,000 and 1:200,000 scale. Some practical hints also are given on the use of magnetic data for detecting diamond occurrences. DLC. 97643 LOSHCHAKOV, A.I. K metodike krupnomasshtabnoi aeromagnitnol s"emki dhä poiskov kimberlitovykh tel v (In: Akademiii nauk Zapadnoi IAkutii. SSSR. Lab. aerometodov. Aerometody pri poiskakh... 1964, p.82-93, graph, maps) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Methods of large-scale aeromagnetic survey for search for kimberlite bodies in western Yakutia. Discusses the use of aeromagnetic survey at 1:25,000 scale in the Daldyn, Muna and Ygyatta regions. Interpretation of local anomalies, distribution of kimberlite bodies and their magnetization are described. Analysis of regional magnetic field is given. Each region is treated in turn and the position of its kimberlite bodies and other features are summarized. The order of magnetic work for DLC. kimberlites search is outlined. LOSHCHILOV, V.S., see No. 94366A 97644 LOSKUTOV, A.V. Geologi-akvalangisty na ostrove Medvezh'em. (Priroda In Rus1966. v.55, no.6, p.90-96, illus) sian. Tide tr.: Geologists skin-divers on Medvezhiy Island.

Notes that native silver was discovered in 1734 on this island in Por'ya Bay of the White Sea, and exploited up to 1740. Subsequent investigations are summarized and the silver-bearing veins described. Studies were resumed in 1961-63, using aqualungs and the skin-divers found under-water deposits which are briefly characterized. DLC. 97645 LOSKUTOV, A.V. and N.I. PLETNEVA. Okraska i stroenie kristallov dymchatogo kvartsa s vostochnykh Keiv. (Materialy po mineralogii Kol'skogo poluostrova 1967. no.5, p.166-68, illus) Refs. In RusTitle h:: Color and structure of sian. crystals of smoky quartz from Vostochnyye Keyvy. Describes a quartz vein in the Yugon'ka River region of Kola Peninsula, and fragments of clear and smoky quartz. In some, a transition is observed from clear crystalline smoky quartz to uncolored granular quartz. Mechanical deformation of crystals is noted. DLC 97646 LOT-FALCK, E. Enrichissements du Departement des Terres Arctiques. (Objets et mondes 1961. v.1, no.2, p.49-52, illus) Refs. In French. Title tr.: Acquisitions of the Arctic Lands Department. Describes collections acquired by the Musee de 1'Homme, Paris, since World War II: mostly Eskimo games from Angmagssalik, objects from the Hudson Bay area, and masks from Alaska, Lapp artifacts and clothing from Norway, etc. DLC. 97647 LOTZ, J. The Uralic and Altaic Program of the American Council of Learned Societies, 1959-1965. Bloomington 1966. 45p. map. (Indiana Univ. Publications. Uralic and Altaic series v.63) Refs. Reviews the organization, contract agreements with the US Office of Education in 1959, budget, language programs, incl Zyryan, Yakut, Ostyak, Vogul and Samoyed, etc. Some 125 language and culture study projects, completed or in preparation through 1964 are listed: eleven are on northern peoples. DLC. 97648 LOTZ, J.R. The College Orientation Program for Alaska Natives (COPAN). (Arctic 1967. v.20, no.2, p.137-39) Considers the 1966 COPAN program during its third year, under the direction of Prof. Lee Salisbury, University of Alaska. Lectures, seminars, discussions, visits, and individual experiences to 14 volunteer high school students, most from rural areas, are noted. The program will continue until 1968. CaMAI, DGS.

97649 LOTZ, J.R. Human rights of Indians and Eskimos. (Canadian labour 1967. v. 12, no.12, p.12-15, illus) In English and French. Discusses human problems in relation to northern administration, and suggests that Indian and Eskimo cultural traditions be examined for guidance in solving white man's problems, in promoting a sense of the collective good, in reducing stress, and in developing ability to make fruitful use of leisure. Rather than menial employment, Indians and Eskimos should be encouraged to participate in research as skilled technicians and to become partners in Canadian soCaMAI, DLC. ciety. 97650 LOTZ, J.R. and A. INNES-TAYLOR. The Yukon ditch. (Canadian geographical journal 1967. v.74, no.4, p.124-31, map, illus) Describes the construction of the Main Line Ditch, an aqueduct built 1906-08 to carry water 70 mi from the Ogilvie Range to the Klondike goldfield. Costing 53 million, it enabled large scale dredging operations for gold. The design and construction problems encountered are recounted, and the sixty-year period of gold production reviewed. The last dredge closed down in 1966. CaMAI, DLC 97651 LOTZ, J.R. The Yukon pattern yesterday and tomorrow. (North 1966. v.13, no.1, p.20-23) Reviews periods of settlement and development in this Territory before 1950, and plans for the future. Some of the features on which future development will be based, are minerals, water, recreation, scientific research, government, and sideline activities such as agriculture, hunting, fishing, and trapping. If a planned approach is taken by setting positive goals, it is expected that Whitehorse will remain the territorial capital, Watson Lake, Dawson, Mayo and Destruction Bay will develop as regional centers: Teslin, Beaver Creek, Haines Junction and Ross River will grow at a slower rate, andmining towns will be built at places more than 30 mi from existing settlements. CaMAI, DLC. LOTZ, J.R, see also No. 94436 LOTZE, F., see No. 99207 LOUCKS, R.H., see No. 94425 LOVCHIKOV, A.V., see No. 100828 717

97652 LOVE, H.W. General A.G.L. McNaughton, P.C., CH., C.B., C.M.G., D.S.O., C.D., LLD., D.C.L., D.Sc. (1887-1966). (Arctic 1966. v.19, no.4, p.362) Obituary of this eminent Canadian, whose devotion to Canadian, North American and world-wide problems included scientific and military development of the North. CaMAI, DLC.

A number of factors cause and increase cold resistance in insects. Maximum cold resistance occurs in the larval diapause of Pyrausta nubialis which normally spends part of its life at a max 0°C and can survive overwintering temp as low as -78°C. This insect can revive rapidly from such low temperatures; experimentally survival from -269°C was achieved. Differences in water crystallization in the cells at different temp and cooling rates were investigated. DLC.

LOW, D., see No. 100707, 100708 97653 LOWDON, J.A. and others. Geological survey of Canada radiocarbon dates, VI. (Radiocarbon 1967. v.9, 55 refs. Other authors: p.156-97, tables) J.G. Fyles and W. Blake, Jr. Sections on northern Canada (p. 174-94) include five dates from the Yukon, 20 from the Northwest Territories, two from Quebec, and more than 70 from the Arctic Islands. CaMAI, DGS. LOWDON, J.A., see also No. 95023 LOY, W., see No. 93706 97654 LOZHKIN, A.V. Novye palinologicheskie dannye o razvitii rastitel'nosti Severo-Vostoka SSSR v goloüene. (Akademüa nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.172, no.4, p.924-27, h us) 10 refs. In Russian. TStle fr.: New palynological data on vegetation development in the Northeast of the USSR in the Holocene. Reports palynologic study of the alluvium in the Bol'shoy Kuobakh-Bagi River basin, a right tributary of upper Indigirka. Sporepollen diagrams are presented and the Holocene flora is characterized. These data indicate a more complicated development history in the region than hitherto presumed. Comparison is made with western Chukotka. Possibly the Holocene began with a moist cold climate, and a warmer climate prevailed in the middle of the epoch, then cold again as DLC the present climate. LOZHKIN, A.V., see also No. 99980, 99982 LOZINA-LOZINSKAIA, F.L., 101150

see

No.

L.K. 97655 LOZINA-LOZINSKII, Ustoichivost' nasekomykh k glubokomu okhlazhdenitü i vnutrikletochnomu zamer(In: Intl. Symposium on Cytozanitü. ecology, Leningrad, 1963. Kletka i temperatura sredy... 1964. p.66-72, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Resistance of insects to deep cooling and intracellular freezing. 718

97656 LUCA de TENA, T. The influence of literature on cartography and the Vinland (Geographical journal 1966. v.132, map. pt.4, p.515-18) Discusses the influence of legends on medieval cartography and traces in particular the sources for the islands shown on the Vinland map. The inclusion of Vinland on a 15th century map is completely discounted as evidence of actual Norse voyages to North DLC. America. 97657 ZUCZKOWSKA, E. Preliminary investigations of microfauna from the fjordbottom deposits in Hornsund, Vestspitsbergen. (Studia geologies Polonica 1964. v.11, p.217-20) 7 refs. Polish summary. Reports study of a clay sample dredged from the bottom of Isbjørnhamna at 22 m depth during the 1957 Polish Spitsbergen Expedition. From the 390 foraminifer specimens found, eight species are determined; predominant are Cibicides lobatulus 83.1%, Elphidium clavatum 6.4, and E frigidum 2.6%. The assemblage had a shallow-water DGS. character. LUDWIG, F.L., see No. 99437 LUDWIG, G.H., see No. 93764 LUDWIG, S.A.M., see No. 94031 97658 LÖTGEN, K. Das Rätsel NordBraunschweig, Westermann westpassage. 1966. 380 p. maps, illus. Refs. In German. Title tr.: The riddle of the Northwest Passage. Describes in popular style the explorations for a northwestern route to the Far East, since 1473 when the Portuguese Cortereal in Newfoundland waters searched for a passage to Asia. The expeditions of John and Sebastian Cabot, John Davis, Samuel de Champlain, Henry Hudson, William Baffin, and many others are described and their achievements and failures noted. Almost five hundred years passed by until the Northwest Passage riddle was solved in the course of searches for Sir John Franklin, by Robert

M'Clure in 1853-54, and finally by the RCMP schooner St Roch in 1944. DLC. 97659 LÖTKEN, E. Smålom ved redet. (Stavanger. Museet. Sterna 1967. v.7, no.5, p.219-22, illus) In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: Small loon at the nest. Presents eight photos from a series of 23 taken of a nesting Gavia stellate on Bjørnøya, DLC. 4 Aug 1965. 97660 LÜTTIG, G. Ostsee-Küstenlinien, Nordsee-Ingressiva and Geochronologie des Holoziins. (Geologiska Foreningen, Stockholm. Förhandlingar 1966. v.88, no.4, p.520-32, table, sections) 21 refs. In German. English summary. Title tr The Baltic coastline, the North Sea ingression, and geochronology of the Holocene. Considers the old Baltic shorelines as they relate to events in the North Sea region and the Low Countries, and as they are subject to lithostratigraphic correlation. Work in the latter is reviewed. Investigators of fragments of these shorelines in northern Sweden and elsewhere should report data useful for correlation purposes to help provide the basis for international rather than strictly regional aspects of Holocene stratigraphy. Much of the referenced material relates to pollen DLC. analysis interpretations.

verify the constancy of the characteristics of the random process, the mathematical expectancy and dispersion of the random function. A theoretical model of an anomalous geomagnetic field for a 1,200 km long profile of an airborne geomagnetic survey in Yakut ASSR, and three profiles 1,200, 1,200, and 3,600 km long in Canada were constructed. The anomalous geomagnetic field over the oceanic crust of the earth is noted as different in principle from that over the CaMAI, DLC. continents. 97664 LUGOVOI, P.N. Osobennosti geokriologicheskikh uslovil gornykh stran. (In: Vses. mezhduvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po geokriologii, 8th. Materialy v.2, 1966. p.48-55) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Features of geocryologic conditions of mountain regions. Characterizes geocryologic phenomena of mountain areas where vertical zoning prevails over the latitudinal one. Three zones of mountain area are recognized: lower, transition and upper zones. Temperature distribution, heat exchange, etc are discussed. Temp of frozen rocks was found to be in Kamchatka -20 to -22°C, in VerkhoyanskKolyma -16 to -1DC, in Putorana -16 to DLC. LUGOVOI, P.N., see also No. 95364

97661 LUGINETS, I.P. Problema neftegazonosnosti mezozoil nizov'ev Eniseia. (Sovetskaiä geologitä 1958, no.4, p.162-65) 2 refs. In Russian. English translation in Intl. geology review 1959. v.1, no.9, p.24-27. Title tr.: The Translation by S. Faizi. problem of oil-gas saturation in the Mezozoic sediments of the lower Yenisei. Relates oil-gas occurrences in this basin to Jurassic and Cretaceous sedimentary structures, and discusses their mode of accumulation. Prospects for large scale exploitation of petroleum and gas in this area DLC. are considered favorable. 97662 LUGOV, S.F. Genetic types and economic value of tin and tungsten deposits in Chukotka. (Intl. geology review 1965. v.7, no.4, p.621-29, table) 11 refs. English translation of No. 80838. DLC. 97663 LUGOVENKO, V.N. Statsionarnost' sluchainogo proüessa, approksimiruiüshchego anomal'noe magnitnoe pole. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomitä 1967. v.7, no.2, p.386-88, graph, table) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Stationariness of the random process approximating an anomalous magnetic field. Generalizes results of five earlier investigations of the autocorrelation function of anomalous geomagnetic fields, in order to

97665 LUHO, V. Arkeologisk fältverksamhet i Finland 1963-1966. (Finskt museum 1967. v.74, p.25-38, maps, h us) In Swedish. Title tr.: Archeological field activity in Finland 1963-1966. Reports finds of note. In Lapland and northern Finland archeological materials are mainly dwelling places of stone age character and some Lappish settlement sites in Sodankylii. Water regulation and road development concerns supply funds for exploration, etc. Three sites in northern Finland have been mapped at 1:20,000 scale. Excavation underway at several sites, stone age ceramics at Kemijürvi and Kuusamo; ceramics, flint arrowheads and other materials in Yli-li, stone age ceramics and late Lappish culture and a Bronze Age site at Sodankylii are noted, as are two iron age swords found in Savukoski, one possibly the oldest iron object DLC. in Finland. 97666 LUHO, V. Die Komsa-Kultur. (Suomen muinaismuistoyhdistys. Aikakauskirja 1956. no.57, p.281-301, map, table) Refs. In German. Title tr.: The Komsa culture. Summarizes characteristic materials and their differences in the four groups of Komsa culture in the Finland-Finnmark area, and 719

identifies the site. Relationships to sea level transgressions and recessions, other European culture sites and their artifacts, and to post-glacial vegetation eras are discussed. DLC. LUKANIN, V.V., see No. 96714 97667 LUKASHKIN, V.M. and V.B. SMIRNOV. Prostranstvenno-vremennye kharakteristiki pogloshcheniiI tipa zony poliarnykh silinil. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskit n: issl. inst. Trudy 1966. v. 280, p.57-66, tables, graphs, maps) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Spatial-temporal characteristics of absorption of the auroral zone type. Reports on the spatial and temporal distribution of anomalous auroral type absorption of radio waves, using riometric data recorded by the North Pole-10 drifting station and by the Kheysa Island, Cape Zhelaniya, Cape Chelyuskin, Dikson Island, Amderma, and Noril'sk stations. Daily and seasonal variations of the absorption, and its temporal variation in latitude are examined. Its latitudinal variation under different intensity of geomagnetic activity, and its geographical distribution under an average magnetic activity are calculated and presented graphically. CaMAI, DLC. 97668 LUK'IANCHENKO, T.V. Zhilishche saamov, loparel, Kol'skogo poluostrova kontsa xix - nachala xx veka. (Sovetskaå etnografiia 1966, no.6, p.3-16, table, illus) 23 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Lappish houses on Kola Peninsula in the late 19 - early 20th century. Discusses two types of vezha or kuet, one a light above-ground dwelling common among the taiga Lapps of western Kola; the other a solid structure with log base and depressed floor, peculiar to the tundra Lapps of eastern Kola, whose extensive use of wood suggests their forest zone origin. Both house types have numerous local variants, most common is the conical or pyramidal house with pole or stake frame packed with bark and sod, and two doors, the common entrance facing south, the smaller northern one taboo to women, and used by men going or coming from fishing or hunting trips. Living quarters flanked the central fire pit, the women's area in the front section; sacred and religious objects at the rear. Construction techniques, floor plans, etc of other winter and summer dwellings are also dealt with, some of Scandinavian Lappish origin, but most introduced in the 18-19th century from Russia and Finland. DLC. 720

97669 LUK'fANCHIKOV, F.V. K voprosu o vosproizvodstve lososevykh ryb v basseTne r. Khatangi. (Irkutsk. Univ. Biologo-geograficheskil n: issl. inst. Izvestiat 1965. v.18, no. 1-2, p.174-80, tables) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The problem of salmonoid production in the Khatanga River basin. Notes earlier ichthyological studies of this basin, tabulates catches of salmonoids since 1942, which average about 85% of all yields and discusses fishing seasons, areas, percentage, etc, of the main species. DLC. 97670 LUK'IANCHIKOV, F.V. and P. IA. TUGARINA. Ledovitomorskaiå rogatka Myoxocephalus quadricornis labradoricus (Girard) KhatangskoT guby. (Irkutsk. Univ. Biologo-geograficheskil n: issl. inst. Izvestiiå 1965. v.18, no.1-2, p.181-86, tables) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The fourhorn sculpin Myoxocephalus quadricornis of the Khatanga Bay. Morphometric and anatomic description of this fish with information on diet, maturation, frequency in the Bay and special traits of the local population. DLC. 97671 LUK'IANCHIKOV, F.V. Morfologo-biologicheskaii kharakteristika sigovykh ryb reki Khatangi. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Vostochno-Sibirskll otd. IzvestiiI 1962. v.60, p.81-87) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Morphological-biological characteristics of the whitefish of the Khatanga River. The Khatanga has 25 species of fish. Coregonus sardinella Val, C autumnalis (Pall.), C nasus (Pall.), C lavaretus pidschian (Gmel.) and C muksun (Pall.) are described in some detail noting dimensions, fishing dates and other features. Comparison is made with similar fish in the Yenisey River. DLC. 97672 LUK'IANCHIKOV, F.V. Ozero Labas bassetna Khatangi. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Vostochno-Sibirskii otd. Izvestitå 1962. v.60, p.88-91) In Russian. Title tr Lake Labas in the Khatanga basin. Outlines the physiographic and hydrological characteristics of this lake about 600 ha in area. Its ichthyofauna consists of ten species which are described. The fishing begins in June and ends in December. Prospects for further fishing possibilities are discussed. DLC. 97673 LUK'IANCHIKOV, F.V. and V.V. CHEREPANOV. Parazity ryb basseins r. Khatangi. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Vostochno-Sibirskil otd. Izvestii 1962. v.60, p.67-80, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian.

Title tr.: Fish parasites of the Khatanga River basin. Reports study of 89 fish samples belonging to 14 species such as the inconnu Stenodus leucichthys nelma, the arctic cisco Coregonus autumnal's, C peled, pike, etc. The specimens yielded 33 species of parasites (cestodes, nematodes, helminths, copepods, etc) which are identified and briefly characterized. DLC. 97674 LUK'IANCHIKOV, F.V. Sostoianie i perspektivy ratsionalizstsii promysla lososevykh ryb v sisteme r. Khatangi. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Vostochno-Sibirskil otd. Izvestitå 1962. v.60, p.92-100, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Status of the salmonid fishes of the Khatanga River system, and prospects of the fishery. Outlines the natural conditions of the river basin, main tributaries, climate, terrain, etc. The river system is divided into four areas and four fishery administrative areas are recognized. The ichthyofauna is summarized, with attention directed to Stenodus leucichthys nelma, Coregonus albula and C muksun. Fisheries organization and growth are discussed. Limiting the catch and other aspects of improving the stock and the DLC. industry are noted. 97675 LUK'IANCHIKOV, V.F. Zapasy sigovykh ryb r. Khatangi. (In: USSR. Ikhtiologicheskam komissiia Vostochno-Sibirskoe otd-ie Problemy syr'evoT hazy... 1966, In Russian. p.116-20, table) Title tr.: Whitefish reserves of the Khatanga River. Salmon and whitefish catch from the Khatanga supplies cities of Noril'sk, Dudinka and Krasnoyarsk as well as the 15,000 population of the fishing area in the Taymyr National District. Intensive fishing has caused a reduction of the annual catch; conservation measures are being instituted as well as lake stocking. Lake Taymyr in 1964 yielded 893 DLC. centners of fish.

the Taskan and Kolyma Rivers was abandoned for financial reasons, in 1937, by the administration of the NKVD and Dal'stroT trust. Rapid growth followed the 1953 formation of Magadan Province and the designation of Magadan city as capital. Construction projects for housing, city utilities, industrial enterprises, urban zoning and landscaping, etc are described. The latest project, a 25-yr building program, approved in 1963, calls for the construction of large selfsufficient apartment complexes, the so-called mikroralon, in anticipation of a population boom: 100,000 inhabitants by the late 1970's versus 30,000 in 1954. The city territory is to expand from 890 to 1460 ha, its residential sections from 450 to 770 ha. Floor space of 9 m2/person is targeted for 1970 with an eventual allocation of 12 m2 /person. Engineering problems connected with permafrost, condemnation of buildings erected in the 1930's, advantages of cement-block construction, building costs, etc are discussed. DOS. LUKINA, L.V., see No. 95255, 95256 97677 LUKINA, N.V. Sredstva peredvizhenuå narymskikh sel'kupov. (Tomsk. Univ. Uchenye zapiski 1966, no.60, p.108-118, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. Means of transportation of the Narym Sel'kups. Describes several types and variants of skis, sledges, and dug-outs used by the Sel'kup Samoyeds of the middle Ob basin, Tomsk Province. Origin, affinity to Ostyak, Vogul, Yeniseian, Tungus and Sayan-Altay land and water craft, economic and religious uses, etc are discussed. The boat is considered the oldest and basic means of transportation and fishing the aboriginal trade of the Narym Sel'kups. Their present hunting economy is of recent date. DLC. LUKOVSKII, V.D., see No. 99923, 99924, 99925

LUK'LANOVA, S.A., see No. 97479 97676 LUKIN, I.I. K istorii sozdaniiä goroda Magadana. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochny"t kompleksnyll n: issl. inst. Trudy 1967. no.17, p.141-49, illus) In Russian. English summary. Tide tr.: Contribution to the history of Magadan city. The discovery of gold in the Kolyma basin and the need for an export harbor led, in 1930-31, to the construction of a factory and depot on Nagayeva Bay and Dal'stror headquarters at the mouth of the Magadanka River. A project to relocate this town to the so-called 47th-km site on the confluence of

97678 LUND, D.S. and others. Electron number densities in auroral irregularities: comparison of backscatter and satellite data. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.3, p.1053-59, graph, table, illus) Refs. Other authors: R.D. Hunsucker, H.F. Bates and W.B. Murcray. Compares the Explorer 20 topside sounder electron-number density data with simultaneous auroral backscatter data obtained at College. The results show that auroral precipitation produces electron-number density fluctuations, that are large in amplitude and small in geographic size, along with a general increase in the ionospheric electron-number 721

density within the latitudinal region containing the precipitation. The increased electron-number density appears to be the result of primary and secondary ionization produced by auroral particles within an altitude range of several hundred kilometers around the artificial satellite. DLC. 97679 LUNDBERG, B. Längst i norr. Malmö, Sweden, Raben & Sjögren 1966. 112 p. illus. In Swedish. Title tr.: Farthest north. Describes the environmental, economic, and social conditions in a household at Keinovuopio in northernmost Sweden. Of postwar construction with all utilities and a hard-surface road, the dwelling serves as a community center and accommodation for travellers. The area has dairying, fishing, reindeer raising, but little agriculture. The environs are boggy tundra, heath and sandy wasteland. Summer climate and winter sports are tangible assets however and development of tourism has economic prospects. DLC. 97680 LUNDBERG, B. The Stora Sahavaara iron ore deposit, Kaunisvaara, northern Sweden. Stockholm 1967. 37 p. maps, tables, illus. (Sweden. Geologiska undersökning. Ser C. Arsbok 61, no.5(620)) 16 refs. Describes this deposit (67°20-N 23°20'E) which consists of sulfide-bearing skam iron ore. The tabular ore body is concordantly enclosed in Precambrian supra-crustal rocks. Two types of skam have been distinguished: iron-poor diopside-tremolite skam and serpentine skam. The former occurs as separate masses between the ore and the hanging-wall quartzite, the latter constitutes the gangue of the ore. The magnetite is magnesium-bearing with 2.6% MgO entering the crystal lattice. CaMAI. LUNDBERG, O.R., see No. 98388 97681 LUNDGREN, S. Padjelanta och andra lappländska ödemarker. Stockholm, Folket i bild 1964. 165 p. maps, illus. In Swedish. Title !r. Padjelanta and other Lapland wilderness. Describes this national park and the upland beyond the Sarek region generally, where most of the landscape is green in summer. The mountains, craggy valleys, and open gentle terrain make it an ideal area for foot travel and photography. Easy access is by plane to the upland lakes. DLC. 97682 LUNDMAN, B. Anthropologie und historische Ethnologie. (Anthropos 5 refs. In 1965. v.60, no.1-6, p.241-47) German. Title tr.: Anthropology and historical ethnology. 722

Discusses race diagnostic traits important for work in prehistoric and modem anthropology and indicative of migration patterns. Among others that of the peopling of America across the Bering region is dealt with. It is seen as alternating waves of two distinct Mongoloid types moving at different times under the influence of different bia climatic conditions: a north and central Asiatic brachycephalic type migrating during cold periods and a dolichocephalic type spreading north from southeast Asia in warm eras. The last two waves were dolichocephalic groups from Manchuria during 7,000- 2,000 BC and brachycephalic north Asiatics during the recent cold period; the latter responsible for the Eskimo type, the former for most modern Indian tribes. DSI. 97683 LUNDQVIST, J. Glacial geology in northeastern Newfoundland. (Geologiska föreningen, Stockholm. Förhandlingar 1965. v.87, no.3, p.285-306, map, illus) 26 refs. Reports study based chiefly on glacial striae. These indicate that the Labrador ice sheet probably affected Newfoundland in early Wisconsin time. After that, the island supported its own icecap. In late stages ice movements became successively more affected by the local topography. Observations on the glacial deposits provide some indications of a general halt in the ice recession not far from the present coast. Terraces, glacial geomorphology, soil patterns, present climate, and lack of permafrost are noted. DGS. 97684 LUNDQVIST, G. Ragnar Sandegren, 1887-1966. (Geologiska föreningen, Stockholm. Förhandlingar 1966. v.88, no.4, p.476-99, illus). Approx. 90 refs. In Swedish. English summary. Reviews the scientific life of this Swedish geologist, whose main interest was peat formation and history. He was widely known for his service to the Geological Society of Sweden and as editor of this journal. Several of his works concern arctic areas. A complete bibliography of his publications is appended. DGS. 97685 LUNDSTRÖM, K. Swedish nomad-schools. (Studia ethnographica upsaliensia 1964. v.21, p.182-8`) Describes the special school system developed by the Swedish government for children of some 3000 Lappish reindeer herders. The northern provinces were divided into eight nomad-school districts with one nomad boarding school per district. The compulsory school system, reformed in 1955, makes certain provisions for the special requirements of nomadic Lapps: a shorter

school year of 36 3/7 weeks instead of the normal 39, seven yr of schooling, and the inclusion into the curriculum of Lappish subjects. Besides Lappish language, culture and handicrafts, these subjects include instruction in reindeer breeding and diseases, village administration, regional geography and biology, etc. The eight boarding schools are administered by one inspector, currently the Lappish scholar Israel Ruong, who also acts as consultant to teachers, over 50% of them Lapps. Reforms suggested by a special investigating committee to the Swedish ParDSI. liament in 1962 are discussed. 97686 LUNEVA, O.I. Composition and sources of clastic material in conglomerates from Precambrian metamorphic rocks of Kola Peninsula. (Intl. geology review 1965. v.7, no.10, p.1771-83, maps, tables, illus) 7 refs. English translation of No 80866. CaMAI, DLC. LUNEVA, O.I., see also No. 100066 97687 LUNGERSGAUZEN, G.F. and R.V. SOLOMINA. Stratigrafiia kamennougol'nykh otlozhenil Severnogo Kharaulakha. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.168, no.5, p.1138-40) 6 refs. In Title tr.: Stratigraphy of the Russian. Carboniferous deposits of the northern Kharaulakh. Presents a biostratigraphic study of Carboniferous deposits of this range in Yakutia. The boundaries between Devonian and Carboniferous and between the latter and Permian are discussed. The Carboniferous deposits are divided into six local units, and each is described as to distribution, thickness, DLC. lithology and fauna. LUNSFORD, 3., see No. 99370 LUOSTO, U., see No. 98614 LUPIKINA, E.G., see No. 94192, 94193, 95518, 95519 LUPINA, N. KH., see No. 99156 97688 LUR'E, I.S. and others. IiJzhnaiii graniesa rasprostraneniia mnogoletnemerzlykh porod i formy ikh zaleganiia na territorii Khanty-Mansiiskogo naisional'nogo okruga. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1966. v.21, 3 refs. In ser.4: geol. no.5, p.93-97) Russian. Other authors: S.S. Poliokov and E.M. Sergeev. Title tr.: The southern limit of permafrost distribution and forms of its occurrence in the Khanty-Mansi National District. Reviews recent data on permafrost in this

area complementing the work of Baulin, No 70076. Frozen rocks of the second layer are found farther south and have greater thickness and at less depth than Baulin reported. The southern limit of permafrost should be put at 62-63°N. Its forms of occurrence in massifs, islands, islets, peat hummocks of heaving and sporadic permafrost are briefly characterized. DLC. 97689 LUR'E, M.L. and L.A. POLUIspol'zovanie khimicheskikh anaNINA. lizov dlia raschleneniuä i sopostavleniia intruzivnykh trappov Sibirskoi platformy. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskii inst. Trudy 1966. v.65, p.168-79, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The utilization of chemical analyses for distinguishing and correlating intrusive traps of the Siberian platform. According to composition, petrochemical features and metallogenic specialization, 14 intrusive complexes formed in five intrusive phases are distinguished. Some 300 chemical analyses in the western part of the Siberian platform, 300 in the southern, and 120 in the eastern parts are reported as of great value to the searching for useful minerals and to the solution of some petrogenic and metallogenic DLC. problems. 97690 LUR'E, M.L. and V.L. MASAITIS. Osnovnye cherty geologii i petrologii trappovol formatsi Sibirskoi platformy. (Intl. Geological Congress 22d, New Delhi 1964. Doklady sovetskikh geologov. Problema 7: bazal'ty plato. Moskva 1964. p.13-26, map, tables) 13 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Main features of the geology and petrology of the trap formation of the Siberian platform. Reports the distribution of basaltic tuffs, plateau basalts, and other rocks of this trap formation. Phases of magmatism are characterized. Injection and outpouring of traps proceeded from the end of the Paleozoic to the beginning of the Mesozoic. Explosive, effusive and intrusive phases are analyzed. Various groups of intrusions are described. Mineral composition of the intrusive rocks is reported. Contact metamorphism and metasomatism are characterized. Magmatic and inter-chamber differentiations are described. According to the petrographic properties of traps, their structural position and age, three magmatic provinces are recognized: Yenisey, Tungusskaya, and Lena-Olenek. DLC. LUR'E, M.L., see also No. 97469, 101208 97691 LUSHCHIKHIN, G.M. Petrograficheskie tipy i usloviia obrazovaniia uglel (Geologiia basseina r. Nizhnei Tunguski. i geofizika 1965. no.8, p.17-27, tables) 723

14 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Petrographic types and conditions of coal formation in the Nizhnyaya Tunguska River basin. Presents a classification of Nizhnyaya Tunguska coals divided into petrographic types, varieties and distribution patterns. Formation conditions are analyzed from studying facies of vegetation from which the coals were formed. Quality of the coals is discussed in respect to their petrographic composition and effects of regional metamorphism. Four zones of regional metamorphism are distinguished and the two more suitable for the metallurgical industry are pointed out. DLC. LUSKINA, V. IÜ., see No. 95521 97692 LUST, P. The last seal pup; the story of Canada's seal hunt. Montreal, Harvest House 1967. 152 p. map. Refs. Polemic against sealing practices in the Labrador, Newfoundland, and Gulf of St Lawrence area. Author outlines the changing conditions of the fur seal industry from historical times to the present. The decline of the harp seal western herd is discussed: from 20 million in the 1830's to less than a million in 1966. Hunting methods are discussed in some detail. The economic gain to Canada and to foreign firms is also discussed. The case against th.. hunt, especially its more brutal aspects, is stated in some detail. From the viewpoint of the industry, the hunt is claimed necessary to provide employment in economically depressed areas, and the harp seal is said to be a predator and a carrier of cod worm. Recommendations are given for conserving the western seal herd, as is the prediction that at the present hunting rate the harp seal will soon be extinct. CaMAI, DLC. 97693 LUTHER, A.F. Die Turbellarien Ostfennoskandiens, 1: Acoela, Catenulida, Macrostomida, Lecithoepitheliata, Prolecithophora, and Proseriata. Helsinki 1960. 155 p. map, illus. (Societas pro fauna et flora fennica. Fauna fennica no. 7) Approx. 220 refs. In German. Title tr.: Turbellaria of East Fennoscandia, 1: Acoela, Catenulida, Macrostomida, Lecithoepitheliata, Prolecithophora, and Proseriata. Comprehensive monograph based on 60-yr interest of the author and some of his pupils. It covers Finland, Russian Karelia and the Kola Peninsula but not marine forms of the White and Barents Seas. An identification key precedes the taxonomic account of these flatworms, 60 species are described with synonyms, diet, distribution and habitats considered. DLC. 724

97694 LUTHER, A.F. Die Turbellarien Ostfennoskandiens, 2: Tricladida. Helsinki 1961. 42 p. map, illus. (Societas pro fauna et flora fennica. Fauna fennica no.11) Approx. 175 refs. In German. Title tr.: Turbellaria of East Fennoscandia, 2: Tricladida. Notes the paucity of knowledge of these flatworms, and describes 11 species from the area. Keys precede the family groups. Synonyms, distribution, habitats are also discussed. DLC. 97695 LUTHER, A.F. Die Turbellarien Ostfennoskandiens, 3: Neorhabdocoela 1; Dalyellioida, Typhloplanoida: Byrsophlebidae and Trigonostomidae. Helsinki 1962. 71 p. map, illus. (Societas pro fauna et flora fennica. Fauna fennica no.12) 75 refs. In German. Title tr.: Turbellaria of East Fennoscandia, 3: Neorhabdocoela 1; Dalyellioida, Typhloplanoida: Byrsophlebidae and Trigonostomidae. Account of some 67 forms with keys to taxa down to and including genera. The descriptions include anatomy and notes on synonyms, habitat, geographic occurrence, food, etc. DLC. 97696 LUTHER, A.F. Die Turbellarien Ostfennoskandiens, 4: Neorhabdocoela 2; Typhloplanoida: Typhloplanidae, Solenopharyngidae and Carcharodopharyngidae. Helsinki 1963. 163 p. map, illus. (Societas pro fauna et flora fennica. Fauna fennica no.16) Approx. 250 refs. In German. Title tr.: The Turbellaria of East Fennoscandia, 4: Neorhabdocoela 2; Typhloplanoida: Typhloplanidae, Solenopharyngidae and Carcharodopharyngidae. Some 100 forms are considered, incl keys, synonyms, morphology and anatomy, biology and ecology, occurrence, and geographical distribution within and outside of East Fennoscandia. Numerous line drawings and some photos amplify the text. The fifth study in this series is by T.G. Karling, qv. DLC. LUTSKINA, N.V., see No. 95586 97697 LUTTA, A.S. Ixodes trianguliceps Bir. i ego rasprostranenie v Karelii. (Parazitologitä 1968. v.2, no.2, p.142-47, map, Refs. In Russian. English sumtable) mary. Title tr.: Ixodes trianguliceps and its distribution in Karelia. Investigates the distribution in different areas and different hosts and the dependence of this distribution on climatic factors. Lakes and swampy areas contained the most insects/host. Climate becomes the most important environmental factor only in the Far North. These ticks play an important role in epidemics of tick-borne diseases, but the

exact agent-vector cycles are imperfectly understood. DLC. 97698 LUYET, B.J. On the state of water in the tissues of hibernators. (Suomalainen Tiedeakatemia. Toimituksia. Annales. Ser. A. IV: Biologica 1964, no.71, Intl. Symposium... Hibernation 1962. Proceedings no. 71/21, p.295-309, graph, table, illus) Refs. Hamster blood plasma exerts a slight impediment to freezing, and hamster tissue is more resistant to freezing than rat tissue. A hamster paw which had been frozen at -10°C recovered completely, while a rat lost most of its digits and part of the palm. DLC. 97699 LUZOV, A.A. and T.N. LOPATO. Ob effektivnosti "neeffektivnykh" v kosmicheskikh, luchakh magnitnykh bur'. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomitå 1967. v.7, no.1, p.29-32, table, graph, illus) 22 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Effectiveness of "ineffective" magnetic storms in cosmic rays. Analyzes the relationship between cosmic ray variations and the geomagnetic disturbances during 19-29 Aug 1957 by using numerical filters, and neutron component data from Thule, Resolute Bay, Deep River, Sulphur, and 13 other cosmic ray stations in the Northern Hemisphere. The absence of explicit variations of cosmic ray intensity at these stations during that period of magnetic disturbances makes it possible to consider these latter ineffective. However the present investigation indicates a possibility of an increase in cosmic ray intensity on account of a deformation of the earth's magnetosphere by corpuscular streams, even if such streams are directly ineffective. CaMAI, DLC. 97700 LUZZIO, A.J. Comparison of serum proteins in Americans and Eskimos. (Journal of applied physiology 1966. v.21, no.2, p.685-88) The sera of healthy male and female Eskimos in Greenland and Americans in the United States showed that, except for albumin, all proteins, as well as total serum protein, are at their highest for the Eskimos during the summer. The values for the Americans did not show a seasonal variation and approximated the winter levels of the Eskimos. In addition, male Caucasians were tested while living in the United States and after they were moved to Greenland. Similar 'seasonal' increases in total proteins and certain globulins were seen in Americans moved to Greenland as in the Eskimos resident there. The evaluation of a limited number of physiologic variants favors cold per se as the principal contributing factor for the seasonal changes observed. No significant

differences in serum protein levels were found between sexes within each group. However, a race X sex interaction showed that alpha- and beta-globulins were highest in Eskimo females and next highest for American males. DLC. 97701 L'VOV, IÜ. A. and others. Bolota raIona padenii Tungusskogo meteorita. (In: Kompleksnaia samodeiatel'nai ekspeditsii` a po izuchenii'u problemy Tungusskogo meteorita... 1963. p.34-47, illus) 15 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Swamps of the region of the Tunguska meteorite fall. Reports July-Aug 1960 study of the area in the Podkamennaya Tunguska basin where the meteorite fell in 1908. The geomorphology of the area, occurrence of swamps, the vegetation cover and possible changes of the swamps through the fall of the meteorite are discussed. Four peat bogs are described in some detail. The South swamp is concluded to have existed long before the 1908 catastrophe; it does not appear to be a meteorite crater. DLC. 97702 L'VOV, IÜ. A. and G.M. IVANOVA. Proval'nye (termokarstovye) depressii na krupnobugristykh torfiånikakh raIona padenirå Tungusskogo meteorita. (In: Kompleksnai samodei tel'naia ekspeditsiia po izuchenim problemy Tungusskogo meteorita... 1963. p.48-58, illus) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Subsidence (thermokarst) depressions in large hummocky peat bogs in the region of the Tunguska meteorite fall. Reviews the 1960 observations of the swamps of this region in the Podkamennaya Tunguska basin. With the current climatic warming trend, there is a manifestation of thermokarst process in the majority of swamps, and this is described. Observations indicate that the thermokarst depressions were not caused by the fall of meteorite fragments, as hitherto believed. A natural development of thermokarst is considered most likely. DLC. L'VOV, IU.A., see also No. 100994 L'VOV, K.A., see No. 101158 97703 LYE, K.A. En ny inndeling av Norges plante-geografiske element. (Blyttia 1967. v.25, no.3, p.88-123, maps, tables) Refs. In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: A new classification of Norwegian plant-geographic elements. Classifies vascular plants and cryptogams into 18 geographical elements according to their distribution in Norway. In 13 tables the vascular plants, mosses, hepatics and lichens 725

are enumerated. Alpine plants are noted only as eastern or northern; fungi, seaweeds and freshwater algae are but briefly discussed. Seven of the geographic distributions extend into the North. DLC. 97704 LYE, K.A. Nye plantefunn frå Rogaland 1965-1966. (Blyttia 1966. v.24, no.4, p.251-63, maps, table, illus) Refs. In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: New plant records from Rogaland 1965-1966. Reports on plants either new to the locality of the find or to all western Norway. Included are Potamogeton obtusifolius in northern Nordland, and Pyrola rotundiflora, ssp. intermedia widespread over northern Fennoscandia and eastward. DLC. LYLES, C.H., see No. 100890 LYLO, V.M., see No. 95718 LYMAN, C.P., see No. 93336 97705 LYMAR', P.I. Issledovanie bilibinskikh suglinkov i slant-sell dhå proizvodstva kirpicha i keramzita. (Magadan. Vses. n. -issl. inst. zolota i redkikh metallov. Sbomik referatov 1961 pub 1962, p.128-33, tables) In Russian. Tide tr.: Investigation of the Bilibina loans and shales for manufacturing bricks and porous clay concrete. Describes the geology, chemical composition and production process pertaining to loans and shales from the Enmynveyem and Karal'veyem Rivers in the Bilibina Mt region near Magadan. The total reserves of useful material are estimated as equivalent to 2.6x106m3. Water content in the loam and shale deposits is 46-61% and 1-2%, respectively. The clay-shales are found suitable for the production of good construction brick and porous clay concrete, called keramzit, of 500-600 kg/m3 weight and 45-200 kg/cm2 strength. The shales treated with concrete give fillers 800-1200 kg/m3 in weight; the loams are suitable for manufacturing brick and clay fillers of 500 kg/m3 weight and 79 kg/cm2 strength. DLC. 97706 LYNGE, F. Den katolske kirke i GrØnland. (GrØnland 1966, no.2, p.39-48, Tide tr.: The Roman illus) In Danish. Catholic Church in Greenland. Discusses activities since 1960. There are 50 Roman Catholics in Greenland. CaMAI, DLC. 97707 LYON, W. Under surface profiles of sea ice observed by submarine. (In: Intl. Conf. on Low Temp. Science; Physics of snow and ice... 1967, v.1, pt.l, p.707-711, illus) 726

Summarizes briefly, with map and ice profile records, investigations of the underside of sea icc using sonar. Although thousands of miles of profile have been obtained, difficulties in reading and presenting the data have been almost insurmountable. Digitalizing procedures are being attempted so that the data may be used in calculating the ice budget of the Arctic and studying sound under sea ice. DWB. LYSAK, S.V., see No. 97627 97708 LYSENKO, T.I. and A.I. VASINA. Gor'kiil i Nansen. (Akademiib nauk SSSR. Vestnik 1966. v.36, no.6, p.73-75) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Gor'ktl and Nansen. In his scientific and social activities, Fridtjof Nansen had many contacts with Russian scientists, writers and statesmen, from S.O. Makarov, E.V. Toll, to V.I. Lenin, M.I. Kalinin and others. He was in touch with M. Gor'kii from 1916, and in 1920 the two men cooperated for the rescue of the icebreaker Solovei Budimirovich (Malygin); they met in Petrograd in 1920 and the next year both worked for the relief of Russian areas affected by lack of food. DLC. 97709 LYSOV, V.K. Podgotovka k ottalke mnogoletnemerzlykh gruntov v basseine r. M. Aniwå. (Magadan. Vses. n. -issl. inst. zolota i redkikh metallov. Sbornik referatov 1961 pub 1962, p.22-25) In Russian. Title tr.: Preparation for thawing permafrost ground in the Malyy Anyuy River basin. Describes the climatic and hydrological conditions at the Aliskerov mine of the Kolyma River basin on the basis of a 1961 survey and gives the optimum parameters necessary for using a hydraulic thawing method there in 1962. The mean yearly temperature in the area is -13.4°C and the supply of water near the mine 1 June - 10 Sept is sufficient to maintain 600-800 well points. The drainage polygon contains chiefly sandy gravels with admixture of clay and the summer-thawing layers are 0.3-4.0 m thick. Suggestions are offered for using the hydraulic method in the basin: begin sinking well points on 1 June and have the effective water action start on 10 July when the water temperature rises up to 2-3°C; 4260 well points at 5 m and 4 m intervals should be distributed over an area of 43x10; m2; sinking depth of the well points should be 9.5 m, assuming an ice content of 250 kg/m3• DLC. Komi-zyriänskii 97710 LYTKIN, V.I. iäzyk. (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. Inst. iazykoznaniia. IAzyki narodov SSSR, 1966,

v.3, p.281-99, tables) 6 refs. In Russian. Title 1r.: Komi-Zyryan language. Discusses the phonetic system, morphology, and syntax of literary Zyryan based on the Syktyvkar dialect and notes linguistic pecularities of the other nine patois. The number and distribution of Zyryans in European Russia and the lower Ob basin in Siberia is noted: approx 294,200 incl about 262,000 in Komi ASSR according to the 1959 census. The short-lived alphabet devised in the 14th century by the missionary Stepan Khrap, the different systems of writing experimented with since about 1913, and the final reduction to writing in the late 1930's on the basis of the Russian alphabet are described. DLC. 97711 LYTKIN, V.I. Permskie i zyki. (In: Akademi% nauk SSSR. Inst. iazykoznaniiå. TAzyki narodov SSSR, 1966, v.3, p.255.60) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Permiak languages. Comparative study of the Komi-Zyryan, Komi-Permiak, and Udmurt languages. The history of these Finno-Ugric groups, since their occupation of the Kama-Vyatka basin in the first millennium BC, and their linguistic evolution are sketched. Dialectal divergence is traced back to the mid-first millennium AD, followed within a few centuries by the Zyryan migration to the region now known as the Komi ASSR. DLC. LYTKIN, V.I., see also No. 100072, 101203 97712 MAACK, A. Fossil ice-wedge polygons in the Kunes and Båtsijord areas. (Lund studies in geography, Ser. A: physical geography 1967, no.40, p.41-57, illus) Refs. Describes with illus and vertical aerial photos two small areas of patterned ground situated on terraces (46-76 m above sea level) in Finnmark district, Norway. Field examination showed that the polygons were associated with fossil wedges strongly cemented by limonite. The polygons are believed to have been formed in permafrost during the Younger Dryas. MdU. MAACK, A., see also No. 100514 97713 MARTENSSON, O. Bryophytes of the Torneträsk area, northern Swedish Lappland, 2: Musci; 3: review of the Torneträsk area and comments on the lists of Hepaticae and Musci. Stockholm, Almqvist & Wiksell 1956. 2 v.: 321, 95p. maps, illus. (Svenska Vetenskapsakademien. Avhandlingar i naturskyddsärenden no.14, 15) Approx. 500 refs. In sequence to No. 46509. Deals in pt 2, with the mosses of the area in taxonomic order incl species. Each taxon is

annotated as to nomenclature, taxonomy, distribution, habitat and material; under the last, collections from the earliest are listed as are the collectors and locations. Over 350 species are thus described. Pt 3 intended to facilitate the use of pt 1-2 on hepatics and mosses outlines the physiography of the area, its geology and climate and provides a survey of its vegetation in general, with data on altitude zones, length of vegetation period, etc. The bryophyte vegetation is discussed as to ecology, number of species (over 500), regional distribution, etc. A comprehensive bibliography is appended. CaMAI, DLC. 97714 MARTENSSON, O. Mossflora och mossvegetation kring Sjön Keddek i Taurejuätnodalen i Lule Lappmark. Stockholm, Almqvist & Wiksell 1962. 71 p. map, illus. Refs. In Swedish. English summary. (Svenska Vetenskapsakademien. Avhandlingar i naturskyddsärenden, no. 18) Tide tr.: Bryophyte flora and bryophyte vegetation at Lake Keddek in the Taurejuätno valley in Lule Lappmark. Describes in detail the occurrence of these special pre-Alpine vegetation types in a 7.5 km2 area to be inundated. The fiat, morainal, well-watered landscape at 67°N in Swedish Lapland at 453-477 m elevation, is generally occupied by poor heath conifer forest intermingled with mountain birch. The fens are rich. The relationship of the bryophytes to standing and flowing waters and to decaying wood and animal droppings is noted. Of the 237 species identified, 66 are hepatics, 18 sphagna, and 153 other mosses. Brief ecological comment is given on each. DLC. MAAS, W.S.G., see No. 93375 97715 MASEIDE, K. Rocket measurements of the volume emission profile for auroral glow. (Planetary and space science 1967. v.15, no.5, p.899-905, graphs) Refs. Russian summary. Reports on the altitudes and vertical intensity distribution of auroral emissions from the (0-1) first negative band of N2+ at A4278A. The measurements were made by calibrated photometers flown into auroral glow in two rockets launched from Andøya on 22 and 23 Feb 1966. Luminosity profiles with max emission at about 100 km alt were recorded. The profiles appear to have rather sharp lower borders with half-value luminosity distances of only 2-3 km, whereas the upper half-values were in the 8-11 km range. Simultaneous measurements were made of N2+ first negative band A4278 and the [01] DLC. green line A5577. 727

97716 McALISTER, R. and others. Enteric disease due to enteropathogenic Escherichia colt in hospitalized infants in Kotzebue, Alaska. (Journal of pediatrics 1965. v.66, no.2, p.343-48, tables, illus) 12 refs. Other authors: J.A. Brody and T.M. Overfield. Escherichia call was associated with the majority of cases of enteric disease in children under 2 yr of age, admitted to this hospital, Dec 1962 - Nov 1963. This organism has hitherto not been associated with enteric disease in the Far North. Evidence indicated that the community, rather than the hospital, was the source of the pathogen. The predominant serotype of E coif was 0111:B4. DLC.

97717 McALPINE, J.F. Observations on anthophilous diptera at Lake Hazen, Ellesmere Island. (Canadian field-naturalist 1965. v.79, no.4, p.247-52) Refs. Paper no 20, Studies on arctic insects, Entomology Research Institute, Canada Dept of Agriculture. Reports 16-25 June 1962 observations on 19 species of flies on seven species of plants. Most, if not all of the records are new. Though true flies are the predominant element in the insect fauna of the Canadian Arctic, their role as pollinators has received little attention, and the nutritive role of the flowers for these flies has not been systematically studied. CaMAI, DGS.

97718 McANERNEY, J.M. Early gold mining in frozen ground. (Polar notes 1967, no.7, p.37-44, illus) Refs. In placer mining a horizontal tunnel was driven until the pay limit was reached, best at the base of the gravel on bedrock which, in the Klondike and Alaska, was often sufficiently decomposed to permit removal with pick and shovel when thawed. The lower 4-5 ft of gravel and the upper 1 ft of bedrock could be removed without disturbing the overlying gravel. Although it had to be thawed, the permafrost helped the miner, for he had no water to pump. Thawing techniques are described: wood fires and embers, water heated in a barrel and poured down the hole, hot rocks, rocks heated in a surface fire and dropped in the shaft, and steam thawing with boilers; diagram shows the early steam point. The system of drift mining with steam thawing and hand labor reached its peak in 1909 in the Fairbanks district. Large-scale cold-water thawing and electric dredges were used later to obtain what the hand miner had CaMAI, DLC. left. 728

97719 McCAIG, I.W. and J.L. HAYDOCK. Prevention of ice formation in (International low-level reservoir outlets. Assoc. for Hydraulic Research, 8th congress, Montreal 1959. Proceedings v.3, 7p. illus) Describes two different ice-prevention systems for low-level reservoir outlets. At the Conestoga Dam in Ontario with a Jan mean daily temperature of + 20°F, deicing of the low-level sluice gates is by heated oil driven through ducts incorporated with the embedded gate members. On the Toulnustouc River, tributary of the Manicouagan in Quebec, with the Jan mean daily temperature of 0°F, an accumulation of ice on the downstream face of one of the control gates is shown during construction of the Lac Ste Anne reservoir, before the ice-prevention system was in operation. The system is based on the prevention of ice by the air heated in a furnace of 498,000 BTU capacity, and delivered by circulating fans into a header duct, and from there to any of the six gate openings. The fans are capable of delivering heated air at 11,700 ft3/min. DLC. McCANCE, R.A., see No. 95044 97720 McCARTNEY, A.P. and C.G. TURNER, II. Stratigraphy of the Anangula unifacial core and blade site. (In: Laughlin, W.S. and W.G. Reeder. Studies in Aleutian-Kodiak prehistory... Arctic anthropology 1966. v.3, no.2, p.28-40, maps, table, illus) 20 refs. Describes cultural debris recovered in 1963 from the 4x12 main trench and six test pits at different points of this site, estimated at 19-25,000 m2. The 10-30 cm thick cultural zone, dated by radiocarbon to over 8000 BP, lies between the second and third ash layers and is partly exposed by blowouts. The thinness of the cultural zone and homogeneity of artifacts suggest a relatively short period of occupation. Typology of tools provides no clues on marine versus terrestrial economy. Absence of raw stone material and presence of' charcoal hearths mark it as a habitation rather than manufacturing site. Lack of animal and human bones is attributed to soil chemistry: no alkaline salts and a covering layer of acidic ash deposits. The geologic processes on Ananiuliak Island, Eastern Aleutians, the stratification of the site with its four volcanic ash layers, etc, are discussed and the results of fieldwork, 1952-63, reviewed. The Anangula site is thought to have been inhabited by descendants of groups who occupied exposed parts of the Bering Platform prior to 8000 yr ago. The unifacial core and lamellar or prismatic blade complex shows little cultural

relationship with any other New World traditions. DSI. 97721 McCASLIN, J.C. Canada's Eagle Plain may have an oil and gas giant lurking. (Oil and gas journal 1964. v.64, no.23, p.167, maps) Summarizes a report by M.D. Moorhouse on exploration in the southern Eagle Plain Basin, Yukon Terr of 14 wells, 1500 mi of seismic profile, surface mapping and photogeologic surveys. The reservoir targets were in truncated and folded undaform sands of the petroliferous Permo-Pennsylvanian shales. So far one oil and two gas pools have been found, but established reserves are not great DGS. enough to warrant pipeline outlet. 97721A McCAULEY, J.E. Gastropod larvae from the brood pouch of an arctic shrimp. (American Microscopical Society. Transactions 1964. v.83, no.3, p.290-93, illus) 3 refs. While examining a specimen of the shrimp Argis lar from the Chukchi Sea, author noticed attached egg capsules of snail, probably Buccinum. The capsules contained eggs and larvae of all stages of development and they are described and illus. DLC. 97722 McCONNELL, J. Eastern Arctic settlements. (Musk-ox 1967. no.l, p.46-49) Reports a 1966 field trip to investigate the physical site and structural organization of arctic settlements, to analyze the functions of individual communities. Criteria for appraising the sites are discussed. CaMAI. McCONNELL, R.K., see No. 96281 97723 McCORNELL, R. and others. Aluminum-26 and beryllium-10 in Greenland ice. (Science, 29 Dec. 1967, v.158, p.1690-92, tables) 20 refs. Other authors: E.L. Fireman and C.C. Langway, Jr. Some A126 is produced by cosmic rays in Earth's atmosphere, but activities found in sediments are greater than would be expected from this source. The chemistry of the dissolved material in 200-yr old Greenland ice indicates the presence of extraterrestrial material; however, measurements of A1 26 and Belo, here described, showed these isotopes only in the amounts expected from their production by cosmic rays in the atmosphere. DGS. 97724 McCORMAC, B.M., ed. Radiation trapped in the earth's magnetic field; proceedings of the advanced study institute held at the Chr. Michelsen Institute, Bergen, Norway, Aug. 16-Sept. 3, 1965. New York,

Gordon and Breach 1966. 901 p. graphs, tables, illus. Contains 56 papers, four of which are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: McILWAIN, C.E. Magnetic coordinates. MAEHLUM, B. Auroral phenomena associated with particle precipitations. ROSE, D.C. The Alouette satellite results. STOLOV, H.L. Ionospheric response to particle precipitation by fmin blackout technique. DLC. 97725 McCOY, C.J. and C.J. DURDEN. New distribution records of amphibians and reptiles in eastern Canada. (Canadian field-naturalist 1965. v.79, no.2, p.156-57) Collections from Ontario and Quebec im l Hyla crucifer, of which a specimen was taken in the James Bay lowland, and Rana palustris collected in the region in 1961, but subsequently lost in transit. CaMAI, DGS. 97726 McCRACKEN, K.G. and others. Cosmic-ray propagation processes, 1: a study of the cosmic-ray flare effect. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.17, p.4293-4324, tables, graphs) 23 refs. Other authors: U.R. Rao and R.P. Bukata. Presents detailed information on the time dependence, degree of anisotropy, and spectral properties of cosmic radiation released into the solar system by 29 solar flares that occurred 16 Dec 1965 - 31 Oct 1966 during the increasing activity of sunspot cycle 20. Major emphasis is on improving knowledge of the structure of the interplanetary field, and the manner in which solar cosmic rays, particularly the low-energy ones propagate through such a field. A histogram summarizing the interplanetary and solar conditions during 1963-66 is given with monthly mean Deep River neutron monitor data, sunspot numbers, and the 10.7-cm radio flux from the sun. The data were obtained by cosmic ray experiments flown aboard two identical artificial solar satellites Pioneer 6 and 7 launched on 16 Dec 1965 and 17 Aug 1966 respectively. DLC. McCRACKEN, K.G., see also No. 93321 McCUE, J., see No. 98636 97727 McCULLOCH, D.S. and D.M. HOPKINS. Evidence for an early Recent warm interval in northwestern Alaska. (Geological Society of America. Bulletin 1966. v.77, no.10, p.1089-1107, graph, maps, table, illus) Refs. Presents field evidence from Seward Peninsula and Kotzebue Sound of a warm interval 729

10,000-8300 BP. Dated wood of tree size, fossil beaver-gnawed wood, buried soils and other data are discussed and correlated with post-glacial events elsewhere in Alaska. Deposits 7200 and 3600 BP also record warmer conditions than present. The postglacial thermal maximum recorded by pollen profiles in the Brooks Range by Livingstone (cf No 41090) is not clearly recorded in this area. Maritime climatic influence upon temperature is invoked as a possible explanation for this. CaMAI, DGS. 97728 McCULLOCH, D.S. Quaternary geology of the Alaskan shore of Chukchi Sea. (In: Hopkins, D.M. ed., Bering land bridge... 1967. p.91-120, maps, tables, illus) Refs. Presents a history of the Pleistocene and Recent based on the literature and on own examination of the sediments and collection of marine molluscs in the three widely separated areas of Kotzebue Sound, Selawik Lake and Kivalina. Six Pleistocene marine transgressions, two major glacial advances, and two important postglacial warm intervals are recorded by unconsolidated marine sediments exposed along this coast. A summary of the Quaternary geology events is presented in a table. CaMAI, DLC. 97729 McCULLOCH, D.S. Slide-induced waves, seiching and ground fracturing caused by the earthquake of March 27, 1964 at Kenai Lake, Alaska. Washington DC 1966. 41p. graphs, maps, table, illus. Refs. (US. Geological Survey. Professional paper 543-A) Describes immediate and long-term effects of earthquake-induced slides from nine deltas in this lake. Fathograms of bathymetry and bottom deposits before and after the earthquake are compared; these show that debris from slumped delta fronts spread widely over the lake floor. The destructive effects of both backfill and far-shore waves are indicated and illus; runup heights of 30 ft for backfill waves and a max of 72 ft for far-shore waves are recorded. Diagrams show the mode of formation of these waves and their effects. Damage to the Alaska Railroad by both slumping and wave action is mentioned. The lake is shown to have been also subject to seiching both uninodal and multinodal, and waves up to 30 ft and averaging 5-6 ft were generated. The western end of the lake was lowered 3 ft below the eastern end. Ground fractures associated with the earthquake in the vicinity of the lake are mapped and their origin discussed. The investigations show that if the earthquake had occurred in Sept when the lake level was higher the effects would 730

have been greatly magnified with consequently greater damage and loss of life. DGS. 97730 McCULLOUGH, H.A. Lichens of Mendenhall valley, southeastern Alaska. (Bryologist 1965. v.68, no.2, p.221-26, illus) 2 refs. Following a description of the Mendenhall Glacier area as studied in summer 1963, its climate and vegetation, author reports 93 species from that valley and also 35 species from nunataks in the Juneau Ice Field. Substrates and habitats are noted. DSI. 97730A McCUTCHEON, S. Atomic blast vs otter? (Audubon magazine 1965. v.67, no.6, p.376-81, illus) The Operation Long Shot 80-kiloton underground nuclear explosion on Amchitka Island threatened the survival chances of the sea otter and other wildlife. During Russian and early American occupation of Alaska, the sea otter was hunted to the brink of extinction. Protective legislation, the Pelagic Sealing Act, passed by Congress 1911 and creation of the Aleutian Islands National Wildlife Refuge 1913 brought some hope for its survival. The habits of the sea otter are described and measures for its conservation suggested. DLC. McDONALD, F.B., see No. 93764 97731 MacDONALD, J.A. Research and the development in the natural resources of northern Canada. (Engineering journal 1966. v.49, no.8, p.15-20, illus) In Canada, north of the 60th parallel, population tends to center around widely separated communities connected with industrial activity, rather than be attracted by homesteading for agricultural development. Asbestos and lead-zinc are soon to be in production; exploration has revealed large medium-grade iron deposits, oil and gas, tungsten, gold and copper. Perhaps the most important resource in the Yukon Terr and Mackenzie District is the vast store of fresh water. To exploit the resources, even when exploration has uncovered them, poses problems of transportation. In discussing air, rail, and water transportation, solid pipelines, winter roads, submarine tankers and pipelines are mentioned. Establishment of a permanent position communications relay satellite might stabilize the communications network, now based on tropospheric scatter links or shortwave radio, and interrupted by cosmic disturbances. DGS.

97732 McEWAN, E.H., and A.J. WOOD. Growth and development of the barren ground caribou; 1. Heart girth, hind foot length, and body weight relationships. (Canadian journal of zoology 1966. v.44, no.3, p.401-411, graphs, table) Refs. Studies changes in weight and body proportions associated with growth in well-fed, captive animals, as compared to free ranging caribou of the same population. Possible differences in wild animals due to nutritional restriction are evaluated. DLC. McEWAN, E.H., see also No. 95973 97733 MACFIE, J. The Coast Crees. (Beaver 1967. v.298, no.3, p.13-21, illus) Describes, with illus, the habitat and way of life of these Indians inhabiting the coasts of James Bay and Hudson Bay. They depend on trapping in winter, fishing and sealing in summer, with hares, bears, geese and ptarmigan important additional elements in their CaMAI, DLC. economy. 97734 McGARR, A. and R.C. VORHIS. Seismic seiches from the March 1964 Alaska earthquake. Washington, DC 1968. 43 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. 25 refs. (US. Geological Survey. Professional paper no.544-E) Describes those caused by the Alaska earthquake and recorded for the first time at far-distant parts of North America; the densest occurrence was in states bordering the Gulf of Mexico. Factors which seem to control the distribution of seiches are variations of thickness of low-rigidity sediments, tectonic features such as thrust faults, basins, arches, and domes, and variations in local phase-velocity values. In North America, neither direction nor distance from the epicenter had any apparent effect on the distribution of seiches. Because both seiches and seismic intensity depend on the horizontal acceleration from surface waves, the distribution of seiches may be used to map the seismic intensity that can be expected DGS. from future local earthquakes. McGILL, P., see No. 98804 § 22 Sub97735 McGILL UNIVERSITY. Arctic Research Laboratory. Annual report 1964-65, field research in Labrador-Ungava. Montreal 1966. 231 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. (Its: Research paper no.21) Presents a report of research carried out at this laboratory July 1964-Sept 1965. The organization and functions of the laboratory and its meteorological program are outlined. The 17 papers, mainly reports on continuing projects or preliminary results of field pro-

grams, are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: ARCHER, D.R. Deglaciation and postglacial emergence in the vicinity of Little Whale River, New Quebec. COWAN, R. Preliminary report on geomorphological studies in the Shoal Lake area, west-central Labrador. GRAY, J.T. Glacial geomorphology of the eastern Mealy Mountains, Labrador. DYKE, A.P. Transhumance studies on the Labrador coast, Newfoundland. PETERSON, J.A. Ice-shove ridges and other ice-shove features, Whitegull Lake area. KALLIO, P. and L. KARENLAMPI. Observations on the macrolichens of Labrador and Ungava. GRAY, J.T. Frost-heave studies at Knob Lake. GRAY, J.T. Permafrost studies at Knob Lake. COWAN, R. Snow survey at Schefferville. FINDLAY, B.F. Hydrologic study in the Knob Lake area. FINDLAY, B.F. Survey of air temperature data from various sites in the Knob Lake area. ARCHER, D.R. Ice survey. ARCHER, D.R. and B.F. FINDLAY. Comments on littoral ice conditions at one site on Knob Lake. ADAMS, W.P. and J.B. SHAW. Improvements in the measurement of a lake ice cover. (Reprinted from J. of glaciology 1966. v.6, no.44, p.299-301) GRAY, J.T. Winter temperatures in Knob Lake. ADAMS, W.P. and others. Bathymetry and ice cover of lakes in the Schefferville area. BILELLO, M.A. and others. Prediction of ice formation on Knob and Maryjo Lakes, Schefferville, Canada. A climatological summary for the year 1965 by D.R. Barr is also included. CaMAI.

Sub97736 McGILL UNIVERSITY. Arctic Research Laboratory. Hydrological studies in Labrador-Ungava. Montreal 1966. 194 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. (Its: Research paper no.22) Presents the results of work on snow, ice, run-off, lakes, rainfall, evaporation, and other aspects of hydrology during 1963-66 in this area. A note on the organization and functions of this laboratory is included. All papers appear in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: W.P. Adams, W.P. Adams and B.F. Findlay, W.P. Adams and others, M.L. Bryan, and B.F. Findlay. CaMAI, DGS. 731

97737 McGRAW, R.E. Dual fiowlines laid in record time. (Petroleum engineer 1968. v.40, no.2, p.58-60, illus) Reports on the six mi of 0.750-in wall, X-60 pipe comprising dual 103/4 in flowlines which was laid in just 12 days, summer 1967, from shore to Union Oil Co's North McArthur River platform, Cook Inlet, Alaska. The pipe, welding, field joints, lay barge installations and pipe lay truss are described. DGS. 97738 McGREGOR, D.C. Composition and range of some Devonian spore assemblages of Canada. (Review of palaeobotany and palynology 1967. v.1, Intl. Conference on Palynology, 2nd, 1966. Papers, p.173-83, map, tables) 33 refs. Discusses five spore assemblages from Givetian, Frasnian, and Famennian sandstones, siltstones, and shales of the Bird Fiord, Hecla Bay and Griper Bay Formations on Bathurst and Helena Islands, Canadian Arctic Islands. Some of the species are noted as present elsewhere in the world, incl the Northwest Territories, Canada, the TimanPechora region, USSR, and Svalbard. The distribution of the spores, and of certain plant megafossils, suggests that northern Canada, Svalbard, east-central USSR, and Western Australia lay in similar climatic belts during the Middle and Upper Devonian. DGS. 97739 McGREGOR, D.C. and B. OWIllustrations of Canadian fossils; ENS. Devonian spores of eastern and northern Canada. Ottawa 1966. 65 p. maps, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 66-30) 40 refs. Presents illustrations of miospore assemblages from the Weathers!! formation (Middle Devonian) and the Griper Bay formation (Frasnian, Upper Devonian) in southeastern Melville Island, the Griper Bay formation, member B (early Middle Famennian) in northeastern Bathurst Island, and the Hay River formation (Middle Frasnian) on the left bank of Hay River just south of the Great Slave Lake, Mackenzie District. DGS. McGREGOR, D.C., see also No 94443 MacGREGOR, G., see No. 96203 97740 MacGREGOR, J.G. Greenwich House. (Alberta historical review 1963. v.11, no.4, p.7-11, maps) Discusses the probable site of the North West Co trading post built on Lac La Biche by David Thompson in 1798, and that of Greenwich House built nearby for the Hudson's Bay Co by Peter Fidler in 1799. CaMM. 732

97741 McGUGAN, A. Permian stratigraphy, Peace River area, northeast British Columbia. (Bulletin of Canadian petroleum geology 1967. v.15, no.1, p.82-90, map, illus) 20 refs. Recognition of Pennsylvanian (Carboniferous) and Permian systems in the Peace River region is a problem. Field work, 1966, revealed a completely exposed Permian succession (Ishbel group) on the west flank of Mount Greene (56°4'N. 123.17'W), which is proposed as a surface reference section for the Peace River area. The base of the unit is marked by a clearly developed unconformity, below which a thick succession of Carboniferous strata is exposed. The Ishbel comprises an upper cherty unit referable to the Ranger Canyon formation and a lower phosphatic unit here informally named the Mount Greene beds. Detailed data on the DGS. measured section are appended. MACHINSKAIIA, R.E., see No. 96656 97742 McILWAIN, C.E. Magnetic co(In: B.M. McCormac, ed. Raordinates. diation trapped in the earth's magnetic field... 1966. p.45-61, graphs, tables) Refs. Defines the magnetic coordinates B,L,K,4)0,R, A , and A, describing their properties and role in the organization, display, and interpretation of the trapped corpuscular radiation data obtained from artificial satellites. Accuracy desired and attainable, methods of data presentation, and methods of computing L are discussed. Polar geomagnetic and auroral phenomena are often expressed in these coordinates. An additional new coordinate X is briefly discussed, and its usefulness evaluated. DLC. 97743 MacINNES, C.D. Population behavior of eastern arctic Canada geese. (Journal of wildlife management 1966. v.30, no.3, p.536-53, maps, tables) Refs. Studies geese population nesting east of 104'W. Distribution in summer and winter, incl migration is considered. Behavior of yearlings, breeding behavior and characteristics of the geese are discussed. DLC. 97744 McINNES, R. U. S. mining investments in Canada. (Mining congress journal 1967. v.53, no.3, p.34-37, map, illus) Reports that US investment in the mining industry of Canada has increased from $900 million in 1954 to $2 billion in 1967. The main impetus to the growth rate of this industry, 9.1% in 1946-65, has been a favorable tax structure. The Wabush Mine project, Quebec-Labrador, is used as an

example for discussion of some of the organizational and financial methods used. DGS. 97745 MacKAY, D.K. and J.R. MACKAY. Historical records of freeze-up and break-up on the Churchill and Hayes Rivers. (Geographical bulletin 1965. v.7, no.1, p.7-16, graphs, maps, tables) 17 refs. Long-term records of ice conditions on the Churchill (from 1719) and the Hayes (from 1714) were extracted from Hudson's Bay Co archives and subjected to statistical analysis by modem electronic computing techniques. It was found that on both rivers there is greater variability in freeze-up dates than in breakup and that, partly because of the character of discharge, breakup on the Churchill occurs on average 27 days later. The discharge of the Churchill is stabilized by lakes more than that of the Hayes. The covariability of breakup dates is greater than that of freeze-up, but neither river shows in its records a trend toward earlier freeze-up or later breakup. The time of harbor closing at Churchill can be estimated with fair accuracy (a standard error of 2.6 days) on the basis of temperature alone. Regression equations are included for estimating temp that predate the use of temperature-measuring instruments. DGS. 97746 MacKAY, D.K. Mackenzie River and delta ice survey 1965. (Geographical bulletin 1966. v.8, no.3, p.270-78, illus, maps) 4 refs. Aerial and ground observations during the 1965 breakup period showed that, as in 1964, breakup occurred later than normal. With the advanced state of ice decay and low water levels, no flooding occurred at the settlements in spite of ice jams at the Ramparts and Lower Ramparts. A wind-induced linear pattern of the snow cover appeared on the middle channel. The undulating surface of such sastrugi-like forms provides greater variations in slope and aspect than does a relatively undisturbed snow cover and increases the area of exposure, thus accentuating differential melting. Meltwater collects in the depressions, albedo is reduced and this leads to a more rapid dissolution of the DGS. ice cover. 97747 MACKAY, J.R. Permafrost depths, lower Mackenzie valley, Northwest Territories. (Arctic 1967. v.20, no.1, p.21-26, map, illus) 6 refs. French and Russian summary. Reports 1965-66 ground temperature records for seven new sites established in the lower Mackenzie valley, indicating permafrost thicknesses of about 350 ft for Arctic

Red River, 400 ft on site 14 mi west of Fort McPherson, 350 ft or more in the south central Mackenzie Delta, and 60-100 ft at four sites in the outer Delta which are within two feet of sea level. In the distal part of the Delta, where new islands are growing, permafrost is aggrading downwards in the saturated CaMAI, DGS. alluvial soils. 97748 MACKAY, J.R. Segregated epigenetic ice and slumps in permafrost Mackenzie delta area, N.W.T. (Geographical bulletin 1966. v.8, no.1, p.59-80, map, illus) 21 refs. Classifies, describes and maps ground ice applicable to the Mackenzie Delta, followed by a more detailed discussion of the origin and distribution of segregated ice, with emphasis on epigenetic ice. The relationships among the age of sediments, sedimentation, and grain size distribution of soils are considered. Slump exposures of epigenetic segregated ice, mechanism of slumping, water (ice) content of the soil, polycycle slumps and two contrasting slump types are discussed in detail. Theories for the origin of epigenetic DOS. segregated ice are suggested. 97749 MACKAY, J.R. and J.K. STAGER. Thick tilted beds of segregated ice, (Biuletyn Mackenzie Delta area, NWT. peryglacjalny 1966. no.15, p.39-43, illus) Refs. Studies tilted beds at Kendall and Garry Islands. The deformed sections and ice fabric are described. Considers glacier thrust the most likely agent of deformation as suggested by the presence of slickensided shear planes between the ice and the enclosing beds, also because of the agreement between the attitude of the tilted beds and the inferred direction of ice movement over an east-west distance of 500 km, and, finally, because, at present, large areas are underlain by horizontal ice sheets that, if deformed by an advancing glacier, would produce tilted beds. DLC. MACKAY, J.R., see also No 97745 97750 McKEE, M.E. and others. Chromosomal alteration with low temperature' preservation of tissue fragments for cul(Society for Experimental Biology tures. and Medicine. Proceedings 1966. v.123, no.2, p.499-502, tables) 8 refs. Other authors: S.E. Harris and H. Kihara. Human tissue fragments frozen and stored at -90'C for 15 months were able to initiate growth in culture. However, cells of this culture showed a high incidence of tetraploidy and endoreduplication. DLC. 733

McKENZIE, D.J., see No. 99373 97751 MacKEVETT, E.M., Jr. and A.S. RADTKE. Hydrothermal alteration near the Kennecott copper mines, Wrangell Mountains area, Alaska; a preliminary report. (US. Geological Survey. Professional paper 1966. no.550-B, p.165-68, map, table) 8 refs. This alteration consists of an early dolomitic phase and a later jarosite-illite-potassium feldspar phase that has been recognized only recently. The dolomitic alteration is widespread throughout the lower part of the Chitistone limestone, the host for the Kennecott copper deposits. The jarositeillite-potassium feldspar alteration is less extensive and is largely confined to the vicinity of known ore deposits; it is characterized by lightbrown zones of jarosite, illite, K-feldspar, and montmorillonite that are best developed near the contact between the Nikolai greenstone and the Chitistone limestone, especially in the area between the Erie and Jumbo mines. DGS.

intrusive plutons and dikes, Cretaceous sedimentary units, the Triassic-Jurassic limestone McCarthy formation, and Triassic limestone DOS. and basalt units. 97754 MacKEVETT, E.M., Jr. Preliminary geologic map of the McCarthy C-6 quadrangle, Alaska. Washington, DC 1965. map 1:63,360. (US. Geological Survey. Miscellaneous geologic investigations. Map no. I-444) Ref. The map area - 61°30' 45' N. 142°52'30"-143°15'W, includes the Root, Gates, and Kennicott glaciers. Exposed through unconsolidated Quaternary alluvium, talus, fluvioglacial and glacial deposits, or exposed on nunataks, are units of Tertiary sedimentary, volcanic and intrusive, Cretaceous clastic marine, Jurassic limestone and shale formations, Triassic-Jurassic McCarthy formation, and Triassic limestone and basalt. The age of the last unit, called Nikolai Greenstone, is herein revised to late middle and/or early late Triassic. DGS. McKIM, H.L., see No. 97319

97752 MacKEVETT, E.M., Jr. and others. Mineral resources of Glacier Bay National Monument, Alaska. Washington, DC 1967. 176 p. maps, tables. (US. Geological Survey. Reports, open file series no. 911) 28 refs. Other authors: D.A. Brew, C.C. Hawley, L.C. Huff and J.G. Smith. Appraises this 3400 mil area in the St Elias Mountains of eight previously known mines or deposits and seven new discoveries that may have economic potential. The new areas are largely or partly covered by ice and snow, and have not been thoroughly explored. The Glacier Bay National Monument contains concentrations of Cu, Mo, Ni, Ag, Au, Ti, Fe and a few other metals ranging in amount from greater-than-background to potentially significant deposits. The high part of the Fairweather Range and the Pacific coastal strip west of that range were the only parts of the Monument not visited. Of 88 mineral deposits described, 16 are considered of greater economic interest and described in detail. Geochemical analyses of stream sediment samples from all major drainages are part of the data. DGS. 97753 MacKEVETT, E.M., Jr. Preliminary geologic map of the McCarthy B-S quadrangle, Alaska. Washington, DC 1965. map 1:63,360. (US. Geological Survey. Miscellaneous geologic investigations. Map no. I-438) 7 refs. The map area 61°15'-30'N. 142°30'-52' 30' W, is largely covered by surficial Quaternary glacial, fluvioglacial, alluvial, and landslide deposits, in places exposing Tertiary 734

97755 McKINNEY, C.M. and E.M. SHELTON. Sulfur content of crude oils of the free world. Washington, DC 1967. 36 p. tables, illus. (US. Bureau of Mines. Report of investigations no.7059) 9 refs. Provides data on sulfur content, and volume and percentage of crude oil produced in each of five sulfur content categories from US fields, 1956-66. Alaska is one of the ten geographic areas into which the data is subdivided; its crude oil falls in the lowest category, with weight percent sulfur DGS. 0.0-0.25. MacLAREN, A.S., see No. 96939 97756 McLAREN, I.A. Adaptive significance of large size and long life of the Chaetognath Sagitta elegans in the Arctic. (Ecology 1966. v.47, no.5, p.852-55, graphs) Refs. Reviews explanations why zooplankters in the North develop slowly, live longer and reach a larger size than related forms in warmer seas. Also a new theory for these phenomena in Sagitta elegans is given. DLC. 97757 McLAREN, I.A. Seals and group selection. (Ecology 1967. v.48, no.1, p.104-110, table) Refs. Analyzes Wynne-Edwards' theory of group selection and views of others on population control in seals, and concludes that behavior and population dynamics can be explained by Darwinian selection, acting on individuals.

Therefore it would be unnecessary to posDLC. tulate group selection. 97758 McLAREN, I.A. Short-eared owl in southern Baffin Island. (Canadian fieldnaturalist 1966. v.80, no.1, p.6:-62) Notes a July 1965 find of dead specimen of Asio flammeus near the Frobisher Bay airport. Presence of the species in the area was confirmed by local Eskimos, and possibly nesting on the south side of the Bay. CaMAI, DGS.

McMANUS, D.A., see No. 94687 McMILLIN, D.J., see No. 98129A 97759 McMULLEN, J.C. King crab offParalithodes camtschatica (Tilesius) shore breeding study on Marmot Flats, Kodiak Island, spring of 1967. Juneau 1967. 12 p. map, tables. (Alaska. Department of Fish and Game. Informational leaflet nä.112) 8 refs. The Kodiak king crab fishery increased from 3-90.75 million lb between 1956 and 1966. Evidence of offshore breeding and populations was sought on the southwest quarter (236 mil) of Marmot Flats, a bank off Cape Chiniak, Kodiak Island. Results of 59 trawl observations gave a calculated abundance estimate of 2,331,680 ± 158,992. Because replicate sampling was not feasible, the value of the estimate is limited. There was evidence of molting and breeding on the Flats. Of all males captured, 33% were of sublegal size (11,000 km) between those two areas there is a remarkable analogy in their historical development, age, formation of the main magmatic complexes and metallogeny. Both regions are described. In the Kamchatka-Koryak zone, the Alpine period of mineralization is distinguished and divided into three stages. The main metals of Malyy Kavkaz are copper, molybdenum, gold; those of the Kamchatka-Koryak zone copper, molybdenum, mercury. DLC. MAGALHAES, E.A.E. de, see No. 95449 MAGI, A., see No. 97544 MAGIDOVICH, T.S., see No. 93687, 99556 97777 MAGNUSSON, N.H. The PreCambrian history of Sweden. (Geological Society of London. Quarterly journal 1965. v.121, no.1, p.1-30, maps, illus) Approx. 110 refs. Gives an account of the complex history of the Precambrian of Sweden, incl the arctic region of the country. K-Ar age determinations of Precambrian formations are given (map). Correlations between Swedish formations and the Precambrian of Canada are presented. DLC. 97778 MAHER, W.J. Predation by weasels on a winter population of lemmings, Banks Island, Northwest Territories. (Can738

adian field-naturalist 1967. v.81, no.4, p.248-S0, table) 5 refs. Reports observations made in the Bernard River valley, Banks Island, Jun-Aug 1963, where a moderate lemming population was almost exterminated by ermine (Mustela erminea) in the 1962/63 winter. This is a contribution toward assessing the role of DGS. predators in the lemming cycle. MAHN, A. Bibliographie sow97779 jetischer Arbeiten in deutscher Sprache (ungedruckte Übersetzungen) 1945-1965. (Ethnographisch-archäologische Zeitschrift 1967. v.8, no.3, p.235-69) In German. Title tr.: Bibliography of Soviet works, 1945-1965, in German: unpublished translations. Lists some some 450 titles on ethnographic and archeological subjects: about 15% arctic. The German translations are kept at various East German scientific institutions and most DSI. are available on demand. 97780 MAILHOT, J. Inuvik community structure, summer 1965. Ottawa 1968. 38 p. maps, tables. Refs. (Canada. Dept. of Indian Affairs and Northern Development. Northern Co-ordination and Research Centre. Mackenzie Delta Research Project MDRP 4) Presents a detailed analysis of the spatial, demographic and social structure of this settlement during the summer season (permanent pop 886). A large-scale color map shows land use and urban functional areas, with major buildings identified and individual lots indicated. Demographic data is tabulated. The various ethnic and social groupings and their interactions are analyzed. Membership in 48 voluntary associations and four churches is examined and an analysis of social stratification in the town is presented. The degree of integration and inter-ethnic relationships are considered; the town is shown to be sharply divided between the affluent "serviced area" inhabited by transient southern whites, and the "unserviced area" (without utilities) occupied by Eskimos, Indians, Metis and permanent northern whites. Some upward mobility among this second group is evident, but most social activities are conducted by transient whites. Leadership roles are considered, with an assessment of the reasons for the poorly-developed nature of native leadership and decision-making. Many native people do not identify with the town and are family-oriented. Referenda indicate a serious division between each end of town, and local politics is dominated by whites from the south. The Ing-a-mo Association, however, appears to indicate a new awareness of common cultural values among natives. The author recommends recognition of Inuvik as

two communities, with every effort made to develop new leaders among the permanent population. CaMAI.

present forest-tundra boundaries at Small Tree Lake appear semi-permanent. CaMAI, DGS.

97781 MAILHOT, J. and A. MICHAUD. North West River, etude ethnographique. Quebec 1965. 120 p. maps, tables, illus. (Laval Univ. Centre d'etudes nordiques. Travaux divers no.7) Refs. In French. Tide tr.: North West River, ethnographic study. Presents results of May-Sept 1963 studies among the Montagnais-Naskapi at North West River, about nine mi from Goose Bay in Labrador. The environment, non-Indian population, history and demography, government administration, legislation and services are outlined. The annual life cycle of the Indians is described, a nomadic forest life, but sedentary in summer, with long migratory journeys. Their subsistence activities and techniques: caribou hunting, trapping, fishing and the recent modifications in them are discussed as is their social organization: the tribe, band, hunting group, nuclear family. The final chapter is on leadership and authority in 1940 and in 1963 when most functions and powers are held by nonIndians. This is ascribed to the recent incorporation of the Indians into a formalized and institutionalized political structure very different from their traditional one which was informal and flexible. Now a leader should be fluent in English and familiar with administrative matters, formerly the criteria were membership in an extended family group, possession of magical-religious powers, and hunting prowess. The individualistic Indians lack desire to assume responsibility at the community level. CaMAI.

97783 MAIOROV, N.F. 0 vybore frakisii morennykh otlozhenll dlia analiza pri (Leningrad. litogeokhimicheskoi s"emke. Gomyt institut. Zapiski 1966. v.51, no.2, Title p.62-65, graphs) Refs. In Russian. tr.: Selection of moraine fractions for analyses in a lithogeochemical survey. Reports study of sulfide copper-nickel ores in a region of Kola Peninsula covered with moraine deposits. Granulometric survey of these deposits showed that the best fractions for study of dispersion halos is50.05 or50.04 mm. This, however, does not preclude the use of other fractions. DLC.

97782 Phytoecological MAINI, J.S. study of sylvotundra at Small Tree Lake, N.W.T. (Arctic 1966. v.19, no.3, p.220-43, map, tables, illus) 19 refs. French and Russian summary. Attempts to make a quantitative evaluation of representative plant communities in relation to physiographic features in the central part of the North American sylvotundra (the ecotone between treeless tundra and the taiga). Lake shores and hill-bottoms support closed canopy Picea mariana forest, but the exposed slopes are treeless. A Picea glauca parkland forms a transition between forests and treeless slopes. Analysis of the vegetation by strata, viz: ground cover, low herbs and decumbent shrubs, and tall herbs, tall shrubs and arboreal seedlings, showed decrease of cover as level above ground increased. Along a gradient from forests to treeless slopes, the percentage of boreal plants decreased and that of the arctic plants increased. The

97784 MAISTRAKH, E.V. Gipotermii i anabioz. Leningrad, Izd-vo Nauka 1964. 327 p. tables, graphs, illus. Approx. 500 refs. Title tr.: Hypothermia and In Russian. anabiosis. Study aimed, according to author, to elucidate some problems in lowering vital processes of non-hibernating mammals, with an introductory chapter on the history and present condition of research into cryptobiosis. Successive sections deal with functional disturbances in mild hypothermia incl those of the nervous system, biological zero and death phenomena in severe hypothermia, and physiology of functional suppression in narcotized and normal animals. Extracorporeal cooling of the blood and its mechanism, suppression of nervous activity in hypothermia with narcosis, cold narcosis, and resuscitation are treated. Changes in response to infections, and changes of reactions to poisoning, hypoxia, irradiation, etc are discussed, as are general pathological effects of reversible hypothermia. DLC. 97785 MAISURADZE, P.A. Pole poliarnykh vozmushchent7 vysokikh shirot. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomii 1967. v.7, no.2, p.369-72, illus) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A field of polar disturbances at high latitudes. Reports investigation of the dynamics of ionospheric electric current systems associated with the spatial-temporal distribution of polar disturbances. Several typical examples of synoptic charts of the distribution of disturbed geomagnetic field are presented by four polar diagrams in geomagnetic coordinates. The polar substorm (DP) intensity depends, evidently, on the electric conductivity of the ionosphere. The polar night (winter) DP intensity is markedly lower than during summer time, although the 739

generating corpuscular fluxes in both cases are equal in intensity. CaMAI, DLC. 97786 MAITINSKAIA, K.E Finnougorskieiazyki. (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. Inst. iazykoznanill. IAzyki narodov SSSR, 21 refs. In Russian. 1966, v.3, p.9-25) Title tr.: Finno-Ugric languages. General survey of this western Ural-Altaic family divided into five groups: Balto-FØsh; Volga; Permiak incl Zyryan; Ugric with Ostyak and Vogul; and Lappish. Common ancestral origin, linguistic divergence, basic phonetic and morphological laws, etc are discussed. DLC. 97787 MAfTINSKAa, H.E IUbilel Vasil iä II'icha Lytkina. (Sovetskoe finnougrovedenie 1966. v.2, no.1, p.67-69, illus) In Russian. Tiitle Ir.: Anniversary of V.I. Lytkin. Reviews the professional life and some dozen major publications of this Zyryan philologist, born 1895 in Ust'-Sysol'sk, now Syktyvkar, Komi ASSR. DLC. 97788 MAITINSKAIA, K.E. K voprosu o kategorii dvolstvennogo chisla v ural'skikh i'azykakh. (Sovetskoe finno-ugrovedenie 1968. v.4, no.3, p.153-63) Refs. In Russian. German summary. Title tr. About the dual in Uralic languages. Discusses the change of the Uralic plural suffix n into a formant of the dual in Zyryan, Ostyak, Vogul, and Samoyed. Conversely, the original dual form in k is used for the plural in Samoyed and the two Ob-Ugric languages. DLC. 97789 MAITINSKAIA, H.E. Obskougorskie råzyki. (In: Akademii nauk SSSR. Inst. iazykoznanåå. IAzyki narodov SSSR, 1966, v.3, p.316-18) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ob-Ugric languages. Reconstructs probable migration routes of this Ugric group since separation from the Hungarian branch in the first millennium BC. At the turn of the second millennium AD, the Ob-Ugrians crossed the Urals from their homeland west of the mountain range. The Ostyaks moved north occupying the lower Ob basin in the 14th c AD, the Voguls remaining in the middle Ural region till the 17th century. The linguistic differences and similarities of Vogul and Ostyak as well as dialectal developments within both languages are discussed. DLC. 97790 MAiTINSICAa, K.E. Strukturnye tipy udvoenil, povtorenü, v finno-ugorskikh iazykakh. (In: Vsesoiuznoe soveshchanie po voprosam finno-ugorskot.. 1961, pub. 1964, p.122-35) Refs. In Russian. 740

Tide tr.: Structural types of reduplication and repetitiveness_in Finno-Ugric languages. Discusses the doubling of a word or word-part for poetic or emotional and onomatopoetic reasons in Ostyak, Vogul, Zyryan, Lappish, etc. Three structural types are recognized: reduplication of a word with unchanged or altered vowels, and reduplication of only one element, i.e. stem or affix. DLC. 97791 MAITINSKAIA, K.E. Zaimstvovannye elementy v mestoimennol leksike finno-ugorskikh tåzykov. (Sovetskoe finnougrovedenie 1966. v.2, no.4, p.235-40) 27 refs. In Russian. German summary. Title tr.: Borrowed elements in the pronominal vocabulary of Finno-Ugric languages. Etymological study incl Lappish, Zyryan, Ostyak, and Vogul. Ancestral Finno-Ugric had no abstract and few indefinite pronouns. Pronouns had, therefore, to be developed by internal linguistic evolution or formed by means of words or word particles borrowed from Turkic or Indo-European languages. Russian was a major contributor, except for Lappish which relied mainly on Swedish. DLC. MAKARENKO, F.A., see No. 100206 97792 MAKAREVICH, T.N. and others. Osennie ledovye iavlenirå na rekakh severnogo kraiå i vozmozhnosti ikh prognoza. (Leningrad. Gos. gidrologicheskii inst. Trudy 1967, no.138, p.3-75, graphs, maps, tables) 12 refs. In Russian. Other authors: N.A. Aniskina and Z.A. Efimova. Tide tr. Autumn ice phenomena on rivers of the North and the possibilities of forecasting such phenomena. Identifies the characteristic features of the ice regime, and works out the long range forecast of the beginning of ice drift on the main rivers of European USSR using data of 86 observation points. The method is based upon the thermobaric characteristics of the preceding atmospheric circulation. The time distribution curves of the ice phenomena studied are asymmetric and monomodal; the asymmetry is specifically manifested for the curves of freeze-up dates, which are bimodal in some cases. Not less than 30 years' observations are necessary to forecast average dates with a probable error of ± 1 day. The duration of ice phenomena varies along the course of the stream, commonly short on the upper and lower reaches. The effect of hydrometeorological factors on the time of ice appearance is obtained from air and water temperature data, and water content during the open period of the rivers. The meridional type of atmospheric circulation (C) more

frequently corresponds to the period of ice formation. Thermobaric fields during years of early and late initial ice appearance are substantially different, and most intensely expressed in July, Sept, and Oct. They are manifested in localization of surface pressure anomalies of opposite sign in a number of regions in the Northern Hemisphere, and an opposite localization of crests and troughs at the 500 mb level, and the sources of heat and cold in the lower troposphere. In construction of quantitative correlations between the dates of ice formation and the disclosed regularities of atmospheric circulation, data of the thermal regime at 500-1000 mb and the atmospheric pressure regime according to the charts of monthly mean air pressure on the earth's surface are used. Characteristics of the climate and hydrography of northern European USSR, and the ice regime of its rivers are given. The dates of ice drift formation and mean deviation from the normal date on the Onega, the Severnaya Dvina and its left and right tributaries, the Mezen, Pechora, and Usa are tabulated for 1901-64. The recommendations proposed for long range forecasting of ice formation and freeze-up satisfy the requirements of the current official instruction for preparing hydrometeorological foreDLC. casts. 97793 MAKAROV, A. Po sevemym dorogam. (Dekorativnoe iskusstvo SSSR In Rus1964. v.8, no.8, p.30-33, illus.) sian Title tr.: Northern routes. Describes notable 16-19th century buildings visited on a boat trip along the Severnaya Dvina, Pinega, and Mezen Rivers, churches, farm houses, windmills, etc, their architecture, ornamentation, furnishings etc. DLC. MAKAROV, ES., see No. 96695 97794 MAKAROV, C.N. K voprosu o pribalti sko-finskikh i komi-zyrrånskikh i`zy(Sovetskoe finno-ugkovykh kontaktakh. rovedenie 1967. v.3, no.2, p.85-89) 23 refs. Title tr.: In Russian. German summary. Balto-Finnish and Komi-Zyryan linguistic contacts. Etymological study of loanwords, the majority borrowed by Zyryan from BaltoDLC. Finnish. MAKAROV, IÜ.N., see No. 94901 97795 MAKAROV, K.K. and others. Novoe v stratigrafii kembniskikh otlozhenii zapadnol chasti iuzhnogo kryla Anabarskol anteklizy. (In: Leningrad. Vses. neftiinol n: issl. geologorazvedochnyt inst. Trudy 1966. no.249, p.7-17, map, illus) Refs. In Russian.

Other authors: N.P. Lazarenko and S.S. Filatov. Title Er.: Stratigraphy of Cambrian deposits in the western part of the southern limb of the Anabar anteclise. Presents new data on Lower and Middle Cambrian stratigraphy as studied in the upper Olenek and the Arga-Sala basins. From the numerous fauna collected a new stratigraphic interpretation is offered. The earlier assumption of a discontinuity between Siligir series and underlying deposits is held untenable. The absence of a discontinuity makes it incorrect to distinguish the Kukusunda uplift. The widespread development of disDLC. junctive dislocations is established. 97796 MAKAROV, K.K. Stroenie kristallicheskogo fundamenta na iuzhnom sklone Anabarskol anteklizy v sviazi s otsenkol (In: Leninperspektiv neftegazonosnosti. grad. Vses. neftianol n: issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1966. no.249, p.186-205, maps) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. Structure of the crystalline basement on the southern slope of the Anabar anteclise in connection with appraisal of the oil and gas prospects. Sinian deposits lying on the Archean crystalline basement show numerous manifestations of gas and oil, therefore study of the basement is important. Recent aeromagnetic investigations are reviewed and the structure of the basement is outlined, its various structures noted, some described. Oil and gas manifestations are reviewed, a general plan of the prospects is presented, and the Markha arch, and other structures identified DLC. for further prospecting. 97797 MAKAROV, K.K., and others. Vzaimootnoshenie srednego i verkhnego kembriii na iuzhnom kryle Anabarskol anteklizy. (GeologLå i geofizika 1964, no.5, 2 refs. In Russian. Other p.116-18, illus) authors S.S. Filatov and N.P. Lazarenko. title tr.: Interrelation of Middle and Upper Cambrian in the southern wing of the Anabar anteclise. Reviews recent work and own studies of this region. Trilobite fauna, tectonic structure and other features are analyzed. Between the Middle and Upper Cambrian, local unconformities are concluded to exist, but there is no large stratigraphic angular and azimuthal DLC. discontinuity. MAKAROV, K.K., see also No. 95632 Lichinki kre97798 MAKAROV, R.R. vetok, rakov-otshel'nikov i krabov zapadnokamchatskogo shel'fa i ikh raspredelenie. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 163 p. maps, Title lr.: tables, illus. Refs. In Russian.

741

Shrimp, pagurid and crab larvae of the western Kamchatka shelf and their distribution. Qualitative and quantitative analyses of decapod larvae based on 437 plankton examinations of samples collected on the western Kamchatka shelf, 1962-63. Decapods belonging to 45 species were living on the shelf during this period, incl new and undescribed species: Pandalus goniurus, Crangdon dalli, Nectocrangdon crassa, Sclerocrangdon intermedia and Sclerocrangdon salebrosa, and previously described ones: Nectocrangdon lar, Sclerocrangdon communis and Haplogaster grebnitzkii. Seasonal fluctuations in the decapod population are charted. In the summer pelagic fish larvae reduced the decapod population significantly. Tabular station data, maps and figures are given in the discussion of each species. The biomass distribution varied sharply in different parts of the shelf, in the northern tip it was at a maximum (over 3000 mg/m3 from 0-50 m) which corresponds with the increased phytoplankton and copepod population at these stations. DLC. MAKAROV, R.R., see also No. 97219 97799 MAKAROV, S.V. Morskot lev, sivuch. (Priroda 1966. v.55, no.8, p.67-73, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Steller's sea lion. Describes the size and movement, geographic distribution and world stock of Eumetopias jubata, of which there are claimed some 35 thousand in waters of the USSR. Its biology and growth, enemies, harems and their locations, and competition with other seals for rookeries are outlined, as are conservation and exploitation. DLC. MAKAROV, V.N., see No. 95695 MAKAROVA, A.R., see No. 94770 97800 MAKAROVA, R.V. K istorii izucheniia russkikh otkryt►7 v Tikhom okeane vo vtoroi polovine xviii veka. (Moskva. Gos. istoriko-arkhivnys inst. Trudy 1965. v.22, p.251-78) Approx. 70 refs. In Russian. Title Ir. Contributions to the study of Russian discoveries in the Pacific Ocean in the second half of the 18th century. Critical analysis of major Russian and foreign studies, on the discovery and colonization of Alaska and the Aleutian Islands, also the founding and activities of the Russian-American Co. Among others, works of Müller No 60347, Coxe No 34257, Berkh No 1445, Tikhmenev No 83533, Bancroft No 1023, and Tompkins No 17883 are dealt with, also current works like that of V.I. Grekov 742

1960, qv and the 1964 atlas of geographic discoveries No 84847. Errors in original reports and their subsequent rectification, misjudgments, bias, documentation, etc are discussed. DLC. MAKHAN'KO, IU.A., see No. 95791 97801 MAKHLAEV, L.V. and N.P. SURINA. Kimberlity Masmecha-Kotuiskoi provintsii ul'traosnovnykh-shchelochnykh porod. (Geologic i geofizika 1966, no.8, p.45-55, table, maps, illus) 17 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Kimberlites of Maymecha-Kotuy province of ultrabasic-alkaline rocks. Outlines the history of discovery of kimberlites of this province. The geologic structure of the kimberlite area is described, as is the kimberlite relationship with the ultrabasic and alkaline rocks. Geological and petrographic characteristics of the Krasnoyarskaya, Zhelten'skaya and Krokhotulya pipes are given, and the chemical composition of the kimberlites is analyzed. The kimberlites are concluded to differ from similar alkalineultrabasic rocks in mineralogic composition, structure, texture and the processes of alteration. DLC. 97802 MAKHLIS, S.N. Primenenie sredstv gidromekhanizaiiii pri stroitel'stve dorog v Zapadnos Sibiri. (Transportnoe stroitel'stvo 1967. v.17, no.9, p.10-12, map, table, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Use of hydraulic equipment in road construction in Western Siberia. Discusses methods of earth and rock excavation and transfer in construction of transportation lines, the Tyumen'-Tobol'skSurgut region railroad. Hydraulic equipment units and their performance are described. The meteorological, hydrological and geomorphic characteristics in the region of the projected railroad line are discussed, and the operations requiring hydraulic equipment along the 35 km in taiga and marshes between Tobol'sk and Surgut are estimated. The amount of earthwork is estimated at 21 million m3• DLC. 97803 MAKHORKIN, I.F. Komandorskie ostrova (k 225-letnü otkrytåå ostrovov i smerti Vitusa Beringa). (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1966, no.4, p.3-10, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Commander Islands. Reviews the geography, wildlife and history of the four islands of which only two are inhabited, Beringa and Mednyy. Administration by trading companies, exploitation of the native Aleuts, and decimation of fur animals prior to 1923 is noted. DLC.

97804 MAKIEVSKII, S.I. and A.A.NIKONOV. 0 rel'efe, geologicheskoi strukture i ikh vzaimootnoshenii v zapadnoi chasti Kol'skogo poluostrova. (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. Kol'skii filial. Chetvertichnye otlozhenii ... 1964, p.30-42, maps) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Relief, geologic structure and their interrelation in the western part of Kola Peninsula. Discusses structural control of relief in the area between the Barents Sea and 68°N from the Norwegian and Finnish frontiers east to Kola River and Bay. A plain of denudation is developed on the crystalline shield; positive relief forms are associated with Precambrian folded structures. DLC. MAKIEVSKII, S.I., see also No. 95751 MAKLAKOV, I.A., see No. 98144 MAKOVEEV, N., see No. 93686 Na volkov - s 97805 MAKRIDIN, V. samoleta. (Okhota i okhotnich'e khortåistvo 1967. v.I3, no.4, p.12-13, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Against the wolves by airplane. The wolf population, greatest predators of reindeer, cannot be controlled by hunting, trapping and poison, and it increases with the size of the reindeer herds. The use of aircraft in hunting down wolf packs initiated in 1940, was extended to the North in 1951, and the practice (highly successful) in the Nenets National District is described in some detail. In 16 yr over 400 have been exterminated thus in the Nenets, Yamal-Nenets and Taymyr National Districts. It should be more widely used. DLC. 97806 MAKRUSHINA, E.S. and A.A. AGAFONOV. Razrabotka raiiional'noi skhemy obezvozhivanii . (Magadan. Vses. n: issl. inst. zolota i redkikh metallov. Sbomik referatov 1961 pub 1962, p. 90-100, graphs) In Russian. Title tr. Development of an effective dewatering system. Describes various methods of dewatering concentration, and classification of ore pulps and filtration of return water used in plants in the Magadan region and in the Far North in general. Hydraulic cyclones, other centrifugal machines and mechanical classifiers are used. At the gold-production plant of the Matrosov mine, the dewatering is a three-stage process: condensation of tailings before flotation, thickening of pulverized pulp after flotation, and cyanidation and concentration of the pulp. The introduction of liming, 100.200 g/m3, into the pulp and of polyacryloids (10 g/t) after cyanidation is found to give beneficial results. DLC.

97807 MAKRYGIN, A.M. and E.A. PONOMAREV. Nekotorye rezul'taty radiolokatsionnykh nabliudenii poll rnykh silånii v period MGSS v IAkutske. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiiå 1966. v.6, no.4, p.786-88, illus) 2 refs. In Russian. Title fr.: Some results of radar observation of auroras at Yakutsk during IQSY period. Reports Jan 1964-Apr 1965 observations of the exact time, azimuth, distance, relative position, motion, and structure of auroras. Results of the observations are rendered in detail, giving the spatial distribution of the auroras. Their max distance is found to be 1200 km, min 200 km; 90% are 600-1000 km. The eastern azimuth was found to be -70° max and the westerly max to extend to -300°. Over 80% of the radar reflections were observed within ± 40°, and about 60% within t 20° of magnetic meridian. Daily variations of auroras observed during the IQSY (International Quiet Sun Year) period were found to be considerably more intensive than the variations during a comparable period of the IGY, with increasing solar activity. DLC. 97808 MAKRYGIN, A.M. and E.A. PONOMAREV. 0 sushchestvovanii anomal'no blizkikh radiootrazhenii of zon sporadicheskoi' ionizatsii, svi zannykh s polarnymi sii niiami. (Geomagnetizm i a6ronomfia 1966. v.6, no.5, p.936-37, illus) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the occurrence of radio reflections anomalously close to the zones of sporadic ionization and associated with aurora. Discusses briefly two cases of radar reflections from auroras 200-300 km distant. One observed at Yakutsk in spring 1965 was initially at 180 km, and accompanied by a weak diffuse reflection 600 km distant in the same azimuth. No ionospheric and geomagnetic field disturbances were noticed during this observation. DLC. 97809 MAKSHEEV, V. Murmanskil tralovyl flot gotovitsia k perekhodu na novye usloviia raboty. (Rybnoe khoziåistvo 1967. v.43, no.6, p.72-73) In Russian. Title tr.: The Murmansk trawling fleet prepares for transition to new working conditions. Reports experimental work of three large freezer-trawler factories (BMRT) in 1965-66: value of incentives; nautical and technical improvements; reducing overhead; accounting, etc. DLC. 97810 MAKSIMENKO, N.N. Issledovanie vliiåniia tokov odnofaznogo zamykaniia v setiakh 35-110 kv. na usloviiii bezopasnosti v podzemnykh rudnikakh. (Noril'sk. Vechernii industrial'nyi inst. Trudy 743

1964 Fiziko-blektrotekhnicheskif vypusk. Sbornik no.2, p.57-66, table, illus) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Investigation of the effect of currents of single-phase contact shorting in 35-110 kv circuits upon safety conditions in underground mines. Discusses experimental data on determining the electric potential introduced into underground and open mine workings by the unified electric grounding network of the Noril'sk electric power system. The networks with the insulated, and solidly grounded neutrals are considered. The possibility of explosions of methane-air mixtures ignited by electric arc discharge in underground mines is pointed out, and measures are suggested for preventing the occurrence of single-phase current shortings through the ground. DLC. MAKSIMENKO, N.N., see also No. 94580, 100743 97811 MAKSIMOV, A.A. and N.V. NEKIPELOV. Sostoianie i zadachi razvitiia meditsinskol zoologii v Sibiri. (In: Soveshchanie zoologov Sibiri, Tomsk, 1966. Voprosy zoologii, p.22-24) In Russian. Title tr: Status and tasks in the development of medical zoology in Siberia. Summarizes the most important continuing problems in western and northern Siberia: I determining the correct geographical distribution of the most important disease vectors, especially ixodid ticks and the determination of their epizootiological dangers in given areas; 2 identifying foci of infections, determining the effects, and climate vectors of the epidemic profile of a region; 3 study of the mechanisms operating to maintain an epidemic focus; 4 determining the role of birds migrating from arctic regions to the south in the spread of parasite-borne disease; .5 the effect of human factors and acclimatized animals in a disease focus; and 6 determining methods of combatting reservoir and vector organisms. DLC: 97812 MAKSIMOV, A.E. Magnitotelluricheskoe zondirovanie v verkhov'iakh reki Kolymy. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyl kompleksnyl n: issl. inst. Trudy 1967. no.30, p.173-77, table) In Russian. Title tr: Magnetotelluric sounding in upper Kolyma River. Reports on sounding in 1965 along the profile: Manny Raskovoy - Susuman - Burkand'ya. Four geoelectric layers are established and their thickness and electric properties stated. The first layer reflects the structure and thickness of the Verkhoyansk complex, the second a Paleozoic carbonate 744

stratum, the third possibly Riphean deposits, and fourth layer the crystalline basement. DGS. MAKSIMOV, F.G., see No. 93485 97813 MAKSIMOV, E.P. and A.N. UGRIUMOV. Geologicheskoe stroenie rsen(In: tral'nol chasti Aldanskogo shchita. Akademiia nauk SSSR. IAkutskii filial. Inst. geologii. Geologiia i petrologiia dokembriia Aldanskogo shchita... 1966. p.51-58, map) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. The geologic structure of the central part of the Aldan shield. Defines two folded systems, the AldanTimpton and the Timpton-Uchur, by their lithologic complexes, folded structure, magmatism and the character and degree of their metamorphism. Three stages in Archean formation are recognized. The faults are described and divided into two groups. DLC. 97814 MAKSIMOV, E.V. Stadii otstupanii'a pozdneplelstotsenovogo oledeneniia na Kamchatke. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Izvestiia 1966, ser. geol. no.4, p.85-99, tables, graphs, maps) 22 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stages of the retreat of Late Pleistocene glaciation in Kamchatka. Reports a 1964 study of glacial deposits, moraines and river terraces in the Belaya (tributary to the Kamchatka) and Sukhaya River basins. Eight stages of retreat are recognized. There is a direct connection between the glacier dynamics and the formation of river terraces. The stages of retreat are controlled by the 1850 yr cycle of moisture changes. Comparison of such stages in Kamchatka and Alaska discloses similarities. DLC. 97815 MAKSIMOV, IiJ. Vyrazitel'noe iskusstvo. (Doshkol'noe vospitanie 1966. v.39, no.5, p.64-65, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Expressive art. Reviews an exhibit of contemporary Tungus, Samoyed, and Koryak clothing held at the Museum of Folk Art in Moscow. Functional and artistic aspects, ornamentation, color schemes, traditional design patterns, etc are discussed. The appeal of folk art to the pre-school child is noted. DLC. 97816 MAKSIMOV, I.V. and others. K izuchenitü "deviätisutochnogo" dolgoperiodnogo lunnogo priliva v moriakh vysokikh shirot Zemli. (Okeanologiiä 1967. v.7, no.3, p.398-407, graphs, tables, illus) 16 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: V.N. Vorob'ev and N.P. Smirnov. Title tr.:

Study of the nine-day lunar tide in the seas of the earth's high latitudes. Discusses this lunar tide and some of its effects in the Arctic Basin. 33 annual series of daily sea-level variations at 11 stations in the arctic seas are analyzed. The results show a marked nine-day change of level up to 8-10 cm amplitude. These results are discussed in relation to long-period tides generally. DLC.

centers of atmospheric pressures is found possible by means of equating these anomalies to the baric field anomalies (with opposite sign). The Icelandic, Aleutian, and Canadian minima, and the East-Siberian maximum of ocean level are compared with the azimuths of the meridional axis of mean atmospheric pressure in the Northern Hemisphere. The results are discussed. DLC.

97817 MAKSIMOV, I.V. K izucheniiü mnogoletnikh izmenenil sil prilivnogo tips v Arktike. (Okeanologiiä 1967. v.7, no.5, p.868-78, graph, table, illus) 3 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title d:: Study of the long-term variations of tidal-type forces in the Arctic. English translation in Oceanology 1967. v.7, no.5, p.671-79. Discusses long-term changes in the total value of the horizontal components of tidal forces in different latitudes. This value is highest in the middle latitudes and zero at the Poles and Equator. The horizontal components of the deformation force are also considered. An opinion is presented that these forces influence the position of the oceanic current cores and velocities, water temperature of some regions, heat exchange with the atmosphere, atmospheric circulation and climate in different areas. DLC.

97820 MAKSIMOV, I.V. Urovennaili poverkhnost' okeana i [sirkuliaisiia vod v polarnykh zonakh Zemli. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1967. no.27, p.169-83, maps, illus) 24 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The ocean surface level and water circulation in the polar zones of the earth. Calculates the level of the World Ocean under the action of all the natural forces that elevate or depress it. Its general deformation is found to depend on the varying magnitude of constant and quasi-periodic forces, and can be presented by a sum of 13 members. This sum is continuously changing, which indicates that the World Ocean is continuously pulsating. Anomalies of the resultant levels are given for Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, incl the Arctic Ocean, Greenland and Bering Seas. The amplitude of the level varies between + 51 and -49 cm. DLC.

97818 MAKSIMOV, I.V. and R.V. ABRAMOV. K izuchenim nutatsionnoi migratsii islandskogo minimuma atmosfernogo day(Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki. Sbornik stater 1966. no.23, p.33-40, map, tables) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr. The study of nutational migration of the Icelandic Low. Investigates the character and magnitude of the latitude shift of the center of this low in terms of north-south displacement of the real pole of the earth's rotation. The calculated nutational variation (14 months) of the mean position of the center is tabulated from 1939-59 observations. The center of the low is considered to follow the pole displacement: shifting southward when the pole is displaced south, and northward when the pole displaces to the north. DLC.

MAKSIMOV, I.V., see also No. 101168

97819 MAKSIMOV, I.V. Sily deformatsii i tsentry deistviiå atmosfery v vysokikh shirotakh Zemli. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1967. no.25, p.54-65, tables) 18 refs. In Russian. l tle tr.: Deformation forces and the center of atmospheric activity in high latitudes. Considers the problem of the effect of compression forces on the position of the ocean surface level. When a map of the ocean level anomalies is considered, a theoretical determination of the loci of the principal

97821 MAKSIMOV, V.A. and K.A. SAVVAITOVA. Nekotorye osobennosti stroeniia cherepa i khvostovogo otdela skeleta kamchatskoi semgi (Salmo penschinensis Pallas) i mikizhi (Salmo mykiss Walbaum). (Nauchnye doklady vyssheT shkoly. Biologicheskie nauki 1967, no.5, p.27-40, tables, h us) Refs. In Russian. Title tr: Some characteristics in the skull and tail skeletons of Salmo penschinensis and S. mykiss. Morphological and morphometric study of the skeletal part of the two Kamchatkan species with comparisons to other salmon species. A review of earlier work precedes the present detailed account. DLC. MAKSIMOV, V.A., see also No. 99731 MAKSIMOV, V.M., see No. 95229 97822 MAKSIMOVA, L.N. and others. 0 vliianü nadmerzlotnykh vod na sezonnoe ottaivanie otlozheniT. (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Institut zemnoT kory. Metodika gidrogeologicheskikh issledovami... 1966. p.61-69, table, illus) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: G.Z. Perl'shteTn and N.N. Romanovskil. Title tr.: Influence of suprapermafrost water on the seasonal thawing of deposits. 745

Presents general characteristics of the water in the active layer and outlines its effects on the temperature and thickness of this layer. Two zones are distinguished, one where active convective heat exchange occurs and the other where the heat exchange takes place according to the laws of conduction. DLC. MARSIMOVA, R.A., see No. 97567 97822A MAKSIMOVICH, G.A. and V.A. BALKOV. Vodnyf balans i podzemnyi stok Urala. (Moskovskoe o-vo ispytatelei prirody. Trudy 1966. v.18, p.155-66, graph, map, Refs. In Russian. English sumtables) mary. Title tr.: Water balance and subsurface discharge of the Urals. Attempt to approach the problem by using long-term data on river flow and surface evaporation, combined with catchment and hydro-geological parameters. Subarctic areas are included. DLC. 97823 MAKURINA, G.A. Preobrazovaniiå form atmosfernoi tsirkultatsü v mae-oktihbre i detalizaISiiå prognozov na avgust-oktiabr'. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheski n: issl. inst. Trudy 1967. no.275, p.113-28, graphs, maps, tables) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Form changes of atmospheric circulation in May-October and forecasting for August-October. Studies transformation of the basic forms of atmospheric circulation and the development of processes during six months, based on maps of the mean pressure, pressure and temperature anomalies, and maps of pressure in elementary synoptic processes. This material covers a 62 yr period. Transformation processes were classified into eight groups. The pressure in the atmospheric ground layer and pressure anomalies were analyzed and showed that in the period studied a stable development of anticyclones in the central Arctic, the north-eastern part of the European Soviet territory and in Western Siberia took place. The method of transformation of atmospheric circulation and definition of processes within a month can be used for forecasts in any region. DLC. MAKUROV, B.D., see No. 93725 MALAEVA, E.M., see No. 101149, 101411 97824 MALAKHOV, I.A. 0 sostave olivinov iz ul'trabazitov Urala. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Ural'skii filial. Inst. geol. Trudy 1965. no.70, p.27-34, table, graphs) 39 refs. In Russian. Title h:: Composition of olivines from ultrabasites of the Ural. Reports chemical and petrographic study of olivine from dunites, olivinites, wehrlites, 746

harzburgites, and olivine pyroxenites of various massifs of the Ural, incl the Northern Ural. Two varieties of olivine are recognized, one with normal and the other with increased content of iron. DLC. 97825 MALAKHOV, L.Z. Gidravlicheskoe ispytanie golovnogo uchastka nefteprovoda Ust'-Balyk - Omsk. (Stroitel'stvo truboprovodov 1967. v.12, no.1, p.19) In Title tr.: Hydraulic test of the Russian. head-end sector of the Ust'-Balyk - Omsk oil pipeline. Describes the May 1968 test during a vigorous flood. The 25 km sector from the pumping station to the oil-collecting station is made up of 720 and 1020 mm tubes, and it was inspected without a DZK elastic separator because of the different diameter of the tubes. The main oil line welded of 1020 mm diam tubes was tested in Sept with much less difficulty, using a DZK elastic separator. The air was completely expelled from the pipeline during the combined operation of cleaning DLC. and filling it with water. MALAKHOV, S.G., see No. 100456 97826 MALAN'IN, M.I. and R.M. MALAN'IN. Oprobovanie kimberlitov. Moskva, Izd-vo Nedra 1966. 163 p. graphs, tables, illus. 111 refs. In Russian. Title fr.: Sampling of kimberlites. Describes the material composition of kimberlites, mostly from western Yakutia; mineralogical, petrographic, and chemical composition are analyzed. Composition, structure, forms, crystals, hardness, color, and other properties of diamonds are described. A technological plan for sampling kimberlites is outlined, including the instruments used. The technology adopted for the enrichment processes for diamond-bearing placers and rocks is described including the grinding, classification, dehydration, the luminescence, elecDLC. tric and magnetic separation, etc. 97827 MALAURIE, J.N. Les demiers rois de Thul6. Paris, Union generale d'6ditions 1965. 508 p. maps, illus. In French. Title tr. The last kings of Thule. Revised and DLC. enlarged ed of No 41230. 97827A MALAURIE, J.N. and others Le Nouveau-Quebec: contribution it l'etude Paris, Mouton de l'occupation humaine. 1964. 466 p. maps, tables. (Paris. Ecole Pratique des Hautes Etudes. Centre d'etudes arctiques et finno-scandinaves. Biblioth6que arctique et antarctique, v.2) Approx 1000 Title tr.: refs. In English and French. New-Quebec: a study of occupants. Collection of twelve papers by A. Balikci

(No. 85327 under French title), P. Biays, G. Carriere, A. Cooke, J.J. Honigmann, G.R. Lefebvre, D.B. Marsh, F.W. Peacock, E.S. Rogers, J. Rousseau, W.E. Taylor, Jr (No 92282), and J.P. Vinay, qqv. A preface by J.N. Malaurie in French and English, p 9-28, reviews the scope of the studies and indicates aims for further research. A similar introduction in French, to the linguistic papers, by J.P. Vinay and G.R. Lefebvre, appears on p 251-53 and includes a linguistic map of the Ungava Peninsula. CaMAI, DLC. 97828 MALBERG, H. Der Einfluss der Gebirge auf die Luftdruckverteilung am Erdboden. Berlin, D. Reimer 1967. 66 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. 64 refs. (Berlin. Freie Univ. Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik. Meteorologische Abhandlungen, v.71, no.2) In German. Tide Ir. The influence of mountains on atmospheric pressure at the earth's surface. An empirical study of the direct synoptic effects of mountain barriers upon pressure patterns. Most cases studied are from temperate latitudes, but examples from Greenland are included. Dynamic effects are shown to be subordinate to thermal effects in producing relative pressure change between windward and leeward sides. Formation of lee-cyclones, influence upon movement of polar air and daily periodic pressure changes are also discussed. DLC. 97829 MALICH, N.S. K stratigrafii devona severozapada Sibirskol platformy. (In: Stratigrafitå paleozoia srednei Sibiri... 1967. p.143-44) Refs. In Russian. Tide tr Devonian stratigraphy in the northwest of the Siberian platform. Deals with Lower, Middle and Upper Devonian consisting of lagoon-continental, continental, lagoon and marine facies in the Nizhnyaya Tunguska, Kureyka and other river basins. Local layers and horizons are described noting some faunal and floral characteristics. DLC. 97830 MALICH, N.S. Nizhnekamennougol'nye otlozhenitå zapadnol chasti Sibirskol platformy. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1967. v.112, p.83-92, map, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Tide fr.: The Lower Carboniferous deposits of the western part of Siberian platform. Presents a stratigraphic description and correlation of these deposits in the Kulyumbe, Fokina, Kureyka, Brus, Del'tula and other river basins. Carbonate and terrigenous-carbonate facies are analyzed and divided into local stratigraphic units and horizons. Terrigenous facies are also analyzed. DLC.

97831 MALICH, N.S. Vysokoorganizovannye rasteniia iz kembniskikh otlozhenii zapadnol chasti Sibirskol platformy. (Akademitå nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.166, no.5, p.1207-1209) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Higher plants from Cambrian deposits in the western part of the Siberian platform. Reports Upper Cambrian plant remains found in the basin of the Vel'mo, left tributary of the Podkamennaya Tunguska or Katanga. Catangophyton antiquum n gen et sp is described and comparisons made with Aldanophyton and Baragwanathia. DLC. MALICH, N.S., see also No. 100815 97832 MALIK, L.K. Sootnoshenie snegonakopleniia na otkrytol mestnosti i pod pologom lesa v Severnom Priob'e. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Izvestiia 1966, ser. geog. no.4, p.83-91, table, graphs, map) 16 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Correlation of snow accumulation in the open field and under forest cover in the northern Ob region. Reports a study using data of 12 weather stations in the lower Ob basin where a hydroelectric power station is planned. In the thick coniferous forest, snow accumulation is greater than in the open fields; the greatest reserves however are in mixed forests. Methods of snow measurement are also discussed. DLC. MALIK, L.K., see also No. 101044 97833 MALIKOV, B.N. 0 kartografirovanii neftlånoi i gazovoi promyshlennosti Sibiri. (In: Problemy osvoeniia ZapadnoSibirskoi... 1966, p.107-115, illus) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The mapping of oil and gas industry of Siberia. Proposes the compilation of two geologiceconomic maps of that industry in Siberia: one of West Siberia to scale 1:2,500,000 and the other to 1:5,000,000 of all of Siberia. Features of such maps are briefly summarized. DLC. 97834 MALIKOV, V. Na Severnom platsdarme, ocherki iz istorii bor'by za Sovetskil Sever v 1918-1920 godakh. Vologda, Vologodskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1963. 336 p. illus. Approx. 100 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the northern front; essays on the fight for the Soviet North in 1918-1920. Describes Allied Intervention, incl Murmansk and Arkhangel'sk Provinces, from party archives and eyewitness reports. War crimes, particularly as attributed to Americans, are stressed. DLC. 747

97835 MALINOVSKAL\, L. Pervyi konikskil balet. (Dal'mi Vostok 1967. v.35, no.6, p.152-57, illus) In Russian. Title tr. The first Koryak ballet. Describes a ballet composed by Alexander Gil', a young Ukrainian working in Kamchatka. It has a simple plot and utilizes Koryak dances and performers. It was performed in 1967 at Palana, the center of Koryak National District and was invited to DLC. Moscow. 97836 MALISHEVSKII, V.E. Metodika naladki grebnykh elektricheskikh ustanovok (Leningrad. TSentralt sudov tipa "Lena". nyi n: issl. inst. morskogo flota. Informatsionnyi sbornik 1962. no.87, p.83-101, graphs, tables, illus) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The method of adjusting electric propulsion installations on Lena type ships. Presents certain basic features of the adjustment of the electric propulsion system from experience with the diesel electric icebreakers Lena and Indigirka. It is done experimentally by successive approximation, and is a laborious task. A schematic diagram is given of the circuit of an electric propulsion control system of this type of vessel. The flow sheet of the adjustment work is described and discussed. Basic parameters of the adjusted system during operation of the icebreaker in open water and when moored are tabulated. Starting and transition processes of the system are shown in oscillograms for the DLC. Indigirka. Neka 97837 MALISHEVSKII, V.E. torye osobennosti raboty grebnykh elektricheskikh ustanovok sudov tipa "Lena". (Leningrad. TSentral'nyi n.-issl. inst. morskogo Hota. Informatsionnyt sbomik 1962. no.81, 4 refs. In p.60-78, graphs, tables, illus) Russian. Title tr.: Some performance features of electric propulsion in Lena type ships. Analyzes the role and effect of separate windings of the electrical mechanism (EMU) in the regulation system of the diesel-electric control of the Lena type vessels. The causes of tripping of the overvoltage protecting the relay unit are investigated, and transient processes in the system and the effects of sudden stoppage on the electric drive exciters are analyzed. A schematic diagram of one of the circuits of the electric propulsion control of the Lena type ships is given, as are several operation oscillograms of the diesel-electric DLC. Indigirka 97838 MALISHEVSKII, V.E. and E.V. skhema VIAZNIKOVTSEV. Novaia zashchity ot peregruzok po toku pri udarnol nagruzke grebnykh elektricheskikh ustanovok (Leledokolov tipa "Kapitan Belousov". 748

ningrad. TSentral'nyi n.-issl. inst. morskogo flota. Informatsionnyi sbornik 1962. no.81, 3 refs. In p.79-89, graphs, tables, illus) Russian. Title tr.: A new protective circuit against current overloads for a shock load in electric propulsion installations on Kapitan Belousov type icebreakers. Points out that the scheme of excitation used in this type of icebreaker is ineffective for preventing current outbursts up to 8000-9000 amperes in cases of the ship screw colliding with or wedging in ice. A generalized diagram of a model of electric ship propulsion control shows three methods of switching the contact relay-group on. The effectiveness of the electric propulsion control installation, working on the principle of electromagnetic relays is examined in some detail. The RM-4 type relay with electric spark damping circuits is recommended to replace the MKU-48 type which has proved unsatisfactory on the Kapitan Melekhov DLC. icebreaker. 97839 MALIÜSHKO, L.D. and V.G. MATUKHINA. Litologo-geokhimicheskaiä kharakteristika siluniskikh otlozhenii doliny r. Norilki. (Litologiia i poleznye iskopaemye 1966, no.4, p.138-44, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title fr.: A lithologicgeochemical characteristic of Silurian deposits in the Norilka River valley. Reports results of the behavior of iron, alkaline-earth elements, also aluminum and silicon in Silurian carbonate rocks. Data are given on the 130 samples analyzed. Lithologic characteristics of the deposits are also reported. DLC. 97840 MAL'KO, L.N. Chastota poiüvleniia poliarnykh süanil v Murmanske v gody maksimuma i minimuma solnechnof aktivnosti. (Geomagnetizm i ahronomia 1967. v.7, no.1, p.78-82, graphs) 11 refs. In Title tr.: Frequency of auroral Russian. displays at Murmansk during years of maximum and minimum solar activity. Presents the results of auroral study during the IGY-IGC, comparing the frequency of auroral displays with the value of K-indexes. In the 1963-64 winters, the auroral zone was found to shift to the higher latitudes, and the number of auroral displays to decrease. The probability of occurrence of auroral displays during the period of low solar activity was lower, and the southern boundary of auroral zone was nearer to the North Pole than in the years of high solar activity. English translation available as M. 7034 from National Lending Library for Science and Technology, CaMAI, DLC. Yorkshire, England.

97841 MAL'KO, L.N. 0 zone po1 arnykh snånü. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiii 1966. v.6, no.2, p.307-311, graphs) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The auroral zone. Determines the position of the enhanced frequency zone of auroral appearance during the IGY period, by using more complete data for a longer period of time. The position of the zone during the period of low solar activity is also investigated. Data on photographic observations are used from 77 stations of the Northern Hemisphere, incl Murmansk, North Pole-7 (at 77.5° geomag lat), and other polar stations, for Nov 1957 Mar 1958, and Nov 1958 - Mar 1959; visual observations in the USSR Sept 1962 - Apr 1963 are also utilized. There is found to be a single zone of enhanced frequency of aurora occurrence, the position and width of which are controlled by local time, and the intensity of solar and geomagnetic activity. DLC. 97842 MAL'KOV, B.A. Novye dannye o vozraste dosilurilskikh intruzivnykh kompleksov Timana i Kanina. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.170, no.3, p.669-72, table) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New data on the age of the pre-Silurian intrusive complexes of Timan and Kanin. Presents results of absolute age determinations of the igneous rocks which disclose two independent age groups, one a gabbroid complex, the other a complex of acid and alkaline rocks. According to the age determination data, four pre-Silurian intrusive complexes are distinguished and each is briefly characterized. DLC. 97843 MAL'KOV, B.A. 0 differen[siatsii v dalakh kamptonitov i esseksitovykh porfiritov. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.177, no.5, p.1174-77, illus) 10 refs. In Russian. Title in Differentiation in dikes of camptonites and essexite porphyrites. Reports a petrographic study of these rocks in Northern Timan. Alteration of their mineral and chemical composition is caused by a crystallization differentiation process. The rock-forming minerals of camptonites and essexite porphyrites are titanaugite and kaersutite. The behavior of pyroxene and other minerals is characterized. The effect of gravitational differentiation is also noted. DLC.

97844 MAL'KOV, B.A. and E.M. MEL! NIKOVA. Ø'nye shchelochnye gabbroidy, lamprofiry i psevdolamprofiry Severnogo Timana. (In: Petrografiia i mineralogiiii Pripohårnogo Urals... 1966, p.114-30, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title lr. Vein alkaline gabbroids, lamprophyres, and pseudo-lamprophyres of northern Timan.

Reports a study on Cape Bol'shoy Rumyanichnyy in Arkhangel'sk Province. Three generations of post-syenitic veins of gabbroids and two generations of post-syenitic relict dikes are distinguished. Their mineralogic composition is analyzed. Alteration of alkaline gabbroids and pseudo-lamprophyres is discussed. Data are given on absolute age determinations by the K-Ar method on some DLC. igneous and metamorphic rocks. MAL'KOV, B.A., see also No. 93894 97845 MALLORY, E.S. The provincial parks of Ontario. (Canadian geographical journal 1967. v.75, no.3, p.78-93, map, illus) Reviews their present status and prospects, stressing the need to conserve parkland. The most northerly are Pakwash Lake some 1700 acres, on the road to Red Lake; and Charles Island in the Moose River between Moosonee and Moose Factory. More northern parks should be created, of sufficient size and quantity to ensure the preservation of wilderness. A parks policy should be developed with long-range planning and a system of classification according to the natural value and intended use of the parks. The Ontario Minister of Lands & Forests announced in Mar 1967 provincial parks are to be classed as primitive, wild river, natural environment, recreation, and nature reserve. An example of a primitive park is Cape Henrietta Maria, a 144,000 acre point of land where James and Hudson Bays meet; it has arctic flora and CaMAI, DLC. fauna unique for Ontario. MALLOY, R.J., see No. 101169 MALMJORD, K., see No. 95937

97846 MALONEY, R.P.

Investigation of the Bailey copper prospect, Willow Creek mining district, south-central Alaska. Washington, DC 1966. 7 p. maps, tables, illus. (US. Bureau of Mines. Open file report no.32) 6 refs. The Bailey copper prospect on Reed Creek in the southwest corner of the Talkeetna Mts, is in an area containing many gold mines and Au-Mo prospects. The area is underlain by Mesozoic intrusives which form the southern margin of the great Talkeetna batholith. Au, Cu, sulfides, Mo, Sb, pyrite and arsenopyrite mineralization is . usually associated with quartz veins in a shear zone in the predominant quartz diorite. The shear zone appears to be 1500 ft long and about 200 ft wide. A drilling program would be required to determine the size, grade, and character of the deposit. DI.

749

97847 MALONEY, R.P.

Investigation of the Nixon Fork area, Kuskokwim River basin, Alaska. Washington, DC 1966. 24 p. map, tables. (US. Bureau of Mines. Open file report no.31) 7 refs. Reports on a Bureau of Mines reconnaissance of Cu-Au-Ag deposits in the Nixon Fork area, which is about 8 lh air mi north of Medfra. Mineralization occurs at or near the contact of Paleozoic limestones and younger intrusive quartz monzonite, and is still found at about 600-ft depths in the deepest underground workings. Metallurgical tests showed 2.5-6.1% Cu and 1-12 oz/ton Au. The Cu occurs almost entirely as chrysacolla and no treatment method was found for economic recovery of Cu. A high Au recovery is impossible without simultaneous recovery of DI. Cu.

97848 MALONEY, R.P. and B.I. THOMAS. Investigation of the Purkeypile prospects, Kuskokwim River basin, Alaska. Washington, DC 1966. 12 p. maps, tables, illus. (US. Bureau of Mines. Open file report no.30) 4 refs. Presents lithologic and chemical data for chip, grab, and a few channel samples from Hogback, Jiles-Knudson and Mespelt prospects, which comprise the Purkeypile group of lode claims, whose geographic center is at about 62°54'N 152°14'W, Talkeetna quadrangle. The samples showed trace to significant amounts of Pb, Zn, Ag, and Au. Some samples also contained trace to minor amounts of Cu, Bi, Sb, W, and U. There has been no mineral production from these DI. prospects.

97849 MALONEY, R.P.

Investigations of the White Mountain mercury deposit, Kuskokwim River basin, Alaska. Washington, DC 1967. 94 p. maps, tables, illus. (US. Bureau of Mines. Report of investigations no.6892) 5 refs. Reports results of a diamond drilling, angering, trenching, and sampling program during four field seasons at this deposit (62°10'N.154°52'W) in McGrath district, Alaska. The massive dolomitic limestone mountain is part of a Paleozoic shale and limestone formation which is host to the mercury mineralization. The Farewell fault separates the formation from Cretaceous conglomerate to the east. Significant amounts of cinnabar with only traces of arsenic and antimony occur in dolomite. The deposit is distinguished from other mercury deposits in the Kuskokwim River basin by the absence of silica-carbonate and rhyolite intrusives. Tabulated petrographic and chemical data and logs of trenches are appended, p.36-94. DGS.

750

97850 MAL'fSEV, P.V.

Nekotorye materialy o klinike i 6pidemiologii tuberkuleza u deter v IAmalo-Neneikom naisional'nom (Meditsinskatå geografiiå 1965. okruge. Refs. In Russian. no.1, p.96-104, tables) Title h : Data on clinical aspects and epidemiology of tuberculosis in children of the Yamal-Nenets National District. Study based on 1961-63 fieldwork in 43 communities of the Soviet Far North. TB tests were given in 4056 children, 0-14 yr old, incl 3036 aborigines: Nenets Samoyed, Ostyak, and Komi Zyryan. Most tubercular children had a strong reaction to the Von Pirquet skin test. Intrathoracic forms of TB were found in 55.5% of all diagnosed cases with primary tuberculosis. TB was more frequent and occurred at an earlier age among aboriginal than non-aboriginal children. Chronic intrathoracic TB and lymphadenitis prevailed among aboriginal patients. Cases of chronic primary TB involving local changes in lungs or lymph nodes of the mediastinum were more frequent among non-aboriginal children. Though born or raised in the Far North, non-aboriginal children were less adapted to the climate and the diet deficient in vitamin C than the aborigines. A breakdown by different types of intrathoracic TB is given in percentage of occurrence in aboriginal and non-aboriginal children. DLC.

97851 MALYSHEV, A.A. and B.I. POPOV. Osadka nasypei v raionakh vechnoi (Avtomobil'nye dorogi 1965. merzloty. v.28, no.7, p.4-6, tables, illus) In Russian. Title fr.: Subsidence of embankments in permafrost regions. Discusses a 1963 experimental investigation of subsidence and slump phenomena in crushed rock embankments of automobile roadways in Yakut and Buryat ASSR. Subsidence along the axis of the road is found to be somewhat greater than along its embankments. This indicates the formation of a thawing bowl under the road. The effects of thermally insulating the embankment from the permafrost substrate with a layer of moss vegetation is considered as are some other measures to reduce the subsidence. DLC.

97852 MALYSHEV, M.D. and A.A. ANTONOV. Gidrogeologicheskie ralony Khibinskogo massiva. (In: Akademiiii nauk SSSR. Kol'skil filial. Chetvertichnye otlozhenria... 1964, p.112-16, map, illus) 9 refs. In Russian. Title lr» Hydrogeologic regions of the Khibiny massif. Characterizes the physiographic conditions and geologic structure of this massif. Several geomorphic stages are evident in its relief: mountain summits and plateau-like summits, mountain slopes, steep and gentle slopes,

mountain valleys, trough valleys, and V-shaped valleys. Each of these stages is described. Hydrogeologic observations are reported and the recharge, dynamics and other features of groundwater are briefly discussed. A hydrogeologic zoning is proposed by a division of the massif into mountain microhydrogeologic massifs and inter-valley microartesian basins. DLC. MALYSHEV, M.D., see also No. 93596 97853 MALYSHEV, V.I. ZamechatelnyT gorod Russkogo Severa. (Letopis' Severe 1964. v.4, p.236-39, map, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Remarkable town of the Russian North. Describes Pustozersk in Nentsy National District, founded in 1499. In the 16-18th centuries it was a starting point for Russian expansion northward and eastward, and the place where political exiles and "heretics" were banished. In decline since the mid-18th century, it is now a small village memorable only as the place where Protopop Avvakum, founder of the old-believers' sect, was banished, and in 1682 burned to death. DLC. MALYSHEV, V.P., see No. 95695 MAMAEV, G.T., see No. 94202 MAMAEV, IÜ.L., see No. 95824 97854 MAMEN, C. Granduc drives tunnel under glacier. (Canadian mining journal 1966. v.87, no.1, p.45-49, map, illus) Granduc mine (56°N l30Ø lies 25 mi north of Stewart, B.C., surrounded by high mountains and crevassed glaciers. The deposit contains an estimated 32.5 million tons of 1.93% Cu, plus Au and Ag. A townsite is located in Stewart, connected by road with base camp at Tide Lake. An access tunnel from base to the mine, 11.6 mi long, was driven through the mountains. Transglacial tractor transportation, the base camp facilities and equipment, avalanche control, and details of tunneling operations are described. DGS. 97855 MAMRUKOV, A.P. ES v subavroral'noT zone po nabhüdeniiam v IAkutske. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiia 1967. 4 refs. In v.7, no.5, p.901-903, graphs) Russian. Title tr.: Es in the subauroral zone as observed at Yakutsk. Considers the time characteristics of Es occurrence over Yakutsk, according to three temporal types: PE, sporadic formations in the E region of the ionosphere, their critical radio frequency, fo E, and the duration time, Tzb, of continuous reflection from PE, This

classification being based on the similarity of temporal characteristics of separate types of E, is convenient for comparison with other geophysical phenomena, when the nature of the Es generating radiations and their parameters are studied. CaMAI, DLC. 97856 MAMRUKOV, A.P. 0 sviäzi ionizatsii v sloe F 2 s postupleniem solnechnoT volnovoi radiatsii po nabhndenitåm v IAkutske. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiia 1966. v.6, no.6, p.1036-1040, graphs, tables) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The relationship between ionization in F 2 layer and solar wave radiation inflow according to observations at Yakutsk. Reports analysis of variations of midday values of critical radio frequencies F.2 (foF2tot) of the ionospheric layer F2, and the sum-total of the wave energy e of the sun over the observation point, as expressed in the equation foF2tot = (Q-q() cosy' Z where Q and q are the regression coefficients depending on the activity level of the sun, and Z is the zenith angle of the sun at noon. The detailed data were recorded at Yakutsk during 1956-64. The seasonal variations of foF2tot and of the influx of solar energy € are shown to be opposite in sign, and ionization of the layer especially strong in winter during the years of max solar activity. DLC. 97857 MAMRUKOV, A.P. and others. Ustanovka vidimoi zapisi H-sostavliaiushcheT magnitnogo pohii zemli. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomii 1966. v.6, no.3, p.618-21, table, illus) 2 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.A. Kiselev and V.M. Kornil'ev. Title tr.: An apparatus for the visual recording of the H-component of the earth's magnetic field. Describes the recording on graph paper by an ink-scribing device. With an appropriate pickup the device may be used for recording any other than the component of the field, and may be applied to geomagnetic intensity measurements. Magnetograms of daily records of the H component of the geomagnetic field intensity at Yakutsk as obtained with a standard H-photomagnetometer, are compared with the magnetogram obtained by the visual recorder described. DLC. 97858 MANAKOV, K.N. Mineral'nyT obmen v kustarnichkovol tundre severo-zapada Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Rastitel'nye resursy 1967. v.3, no.4, p.589-97, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. Mineral turnover in the dwarf-shrub tundra of the northwestern Kola Peninsula. Presents in tabular form, the plant mass per area and the content in it of N, Si, Al, Fr, P, Ca, Mg, Mn, K, Na and S, Intl also the chemical composition of common plants and 751

their parts, of mosses and grasses. Annual requirements of these elements for plant growth, ash and N content of the plants, etc are also considered. DLC. MANCHEE, E.B., see No. 100252 97859 MANDAROV, A.A. and L.V. CHISTOTINOV. 0 vozmozhnosti prognoza rezhima limannogo orosheniiii lugov v TSentral'noi IAkutii. (In: Sezonnoe protaivanie i promerzanie gruntov na territorii Severo-Vostoka SSSR 1966. p.121-29, graphs, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr» On the possibility of forecasting the catchwater irrigation regime of meadows in central Yakutia. Reports an effort to enable planning the date and time for irrigating meadows of the Kenkeme River basin from trials in summer 1965. The start of irrigation should be made within ten days after thawing of the active layer begins and the water should be kept on the flooded area for a six day period. DLC.

not differ from values in other Artiodactyla. DLC. 97862 MANKER, E. The bone age of (Studia ethnographica upsathe Lapps. liensia 1964. v.21, p.186-98, illus) 6 refs. Comprehensive pictorial presentation of Lappish bone handicraft, prehistoric to modern, from several collections of the Nordiska Museet, Stockholm. Some forty drawings by the Latvian artist Janis Cirulis accurately render ornamentation, shape, style, etc of objects depicted in frontal, side, and rear views. The artifacts are described with data on provenience, age, name of collection, etc. DSI.

MANDAROV, A.A., see also No. 95479

97863 MANKEVICH, E.M. K metodike sbora i obrabotki vozrastnykh prob treski. (Materialy rybokhozi 1stvennykh issledovanil Severnogo basseina 1966, no.7, p.53-56) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Methods of collecting and reading age samples of cod. Discusses methods of measuring length, determining age, reading otoliths and drawing conclusions from these observations. DLC.

MANDEL'BAUM, M.M., see No. 96899

MAN'KOVSKAIA, L.I., see No. 98654

MANDL, R.M., see No. 95042 MANDRIKOVA, N.T., see No. 96391, 98934 97860 MANENKOVA, G.M. Sostoi nie i otsenka zapasov nel'my r. Enisei.. (In: Soveshchanie zoologov Sibiri, Tomsk, 1966. Voprosy zoologii, p.117-18) In Russian. Title tr.: Status and evaluation of Stenodus nelma reserves in the Yenisey River. Confirms assumption that there are two forms of nelma in the Yenisey River—the non-migratory and the anadromous. The non-migratory exceeds the anadromous in length, weight and speed of maturity, although it is fewer in numbers. The catch of nelma in the Yenisey is approx 200 centnerslyr, 10-30% of which is caught with seines. The reserves of nelma are adequate. DLC. 97861 MANERY, J.F. and others. Electrolytes in tissues, red cells, and plasma of the polar bear and caribou. (Canadian journal of zoology 1966. v.44, no.2, p.235-40, tables) Other authors: J.S. Barlow and J.M. Forbes. Electrolyte and H2O concentrations in organs and plasma of polar bears were not different from those in other mammals, and K, Na and Mg concentrations in erythrocytes did not differ from those in other carnivores. Na, Ca and electrolytes in caribou red cell did 752

97864 MANLEY, G. Problems of the climatic optimum: the contribution of gla(In: Intl. Symposium on World ciology. Climate, 8000-0 B.C., 1966. Proceedings, p.34-39, graph) Refs. Discusses the contribution of glaciology in elucidating the chronology of climatic change. The main complicating problems are considered: lag in measurable glacial response, seasonal effects, differences between glaciers and limited data. Caution is required in drawing deductions from glacial behavior. Examples referred to include Alaskan and DWB. Scandinavian glaciers. 97865 MANN, I.C. Culture, race, climate and eye disease: an introduction to the study of geographical ophthalmology. Springfield, Ill., Chas. C. Thomas 1966. 580 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. Studies the global distribution of eye disease. Chap 3 deals with the Arctic, particularly the Eskimo, and chap 9 considers the world distribution of specific eye diseases. The sanitary and dietary influences upon ophthalmic health and pathology are discussed, notably the overcrowding and difficulty in achieving personal and domestic cleanliness because of the harsh arctic climate. Various parasitic infestations are considered. The most common ocular disease in the Arctic is phlyctenulosis, which impairs visual acuity in children. The disease is probably a bacterial allergy and its high

incidence (e.g. 35% of all children at the Mt Edgecumbe, Alaska summer school) is undoubtedly related to the prevalence of tuberculosis. The Eskimo has a very narrow palpebral aperture which protects the eye from pterygium, and the use of wooden slit goggles provides additional protection. Accidents are an important cause of eye damage, and uveitis due to the difficulty and expense of obtaining dental care is prevalent. The main ophthalmological difference between the Soviet and the North American Arctic is in the endemicity of trachoma in the former and its absence in the latter. In general, the ophthalmic problems of the Arctic are considered to be related to the environmental conditions—extreme cold, problems of permafrost, difficulties of sewage disposal and water supply, and the prevalence of mosquitoes and biting insects in summer. DWB. 97866 MANN, T.P. Hypothermia in the newborn. (Nursing times 1963. v.59, no.1, p.15-18, illus) Describes with the aid of color photographs, hypothermias associated with prematurity, birth injuries or congenital disease. The majority are due to cold exposure. Treatment is indicated. DNLM. 97867 MANSFIELD, A.W. The walrus in Canada's Arctic. (Canadian geographical journal 1966. v.72, no.3, p.88-95, maps, illus) Describes past and present distribution of the walrus in arctic Canada, with maps. Hauling-out sites (uglit) on and near Southampton Island are plotted in detail and illus. The life and breeding cycles are outlined and its place in the ecology of the arctic assessed. Hunting methods and their effects are considered, and present and potential uses indicated. Conservation education for Eskimo hunters is considered important for maintenance of the species. DGS. 97868 MANSINHA, L. and D.E. SMYLIE. Effect of earthquakes on the Chandler wobble and the secular polar shift. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.18, p.4731-43, table, graphs) 22 refs. Demonstrates mathematically in a preliminary way that the Chandler wobble of the earth's axis of rotation is excited by earthquakes, with consequent shift of the earth's poles. A formula is derived for the rootmean-square Chandler wobble excitation. A theoretical annual, most probable 1/2 ft polar shift, or secular polar shift of 0.005" arc is arrived at on the assumption of the wobble excitation. DLC.

97869 MANUM, S. Deposits of probable upper Cretaceous age off-shore from Andøya, northern Norway. (Norsk geologisk tidsskrift 1966. v.46, no.2, p.246-47) Reports that samples dredged from a submarine valley on the continental shelf contained identifiable Upper Cretaceous plankton and microspores. A list of microplankton species is included. Deposits so high in the Mesozoic are not previously known to occur within 1000 km of the DGS. locality. Ginkgo spitsber97870 MANUM, S. gensis n. sp. from the Paleocene of Spitsbergen and a discussion of certain Tertiary species of Ginkgo from Europe and North America. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Årbok 1965 pub 1966. p.49-58, table, illus) Refs. Gives taxonomic description of new species of Ginkgo from the Tertiary of Svalbard. Specimens are well preserved and were found in association with Metasequoia, Nordenskiöldia borealis and other angiosperms. Certain morphologic features of Ginkgo sp are discussed briefly and tabulated as a guide to taxonomy. DWB. 97871 MANVILLE, R.H. and S.P.YOUNG. Distribution of Alaskan mammals. Washington, DC 1965. 74 p. maps, illus. (US. Fish and Wildlife Service. Circular no. 211) Lists, with maps of record stations and ranges within the state, 103 species and 116 additional sub-species of Alaskan mammals. Ranges and habitat requirements are briefly described, and some difficult taxonomic problems are mentioned (e.g. grizzly and brown bears). An introductory section considers environmental factors affecting the distriDLC. bution of mammals in the state. 97872 MARAKOV, S.V. and S.K. KLUMOV. A natural monument or a commercial species? The future of the Commander Islands sea otters. English translation of No 81058, available as C-5460 from National Research Council, Ottawa. 97873 MARAKOV, S.V. 0 zimnikh ptitsakh Komandorskikh ostrovov. (OmiIn Rustologiiä 1965. v.7, p.480, illus) sian. TYNe tr.: Winter birds of the Commander Islands. Notes the physiography, climate, etc and lists 16 permanent resident species in the DLC. order of their frequency. 97874 MARAKOV, S.V. Raspredelenie, sostoianie chislennosti i promyslovoe ispo1' zovanie vodoplavaiushchel dichi na Koman753

dorskikh ostrovakh. (In: Soveshchanie po geografii resursov vodoplavaiiishchikh pis v SSSR... 1965, pt.2, p.105-107) In Russian. Title tr.: Population distribution and commercial use of wild water birds on the Commander Islands. Reports on the use of many species found on these islands for food and animal products. Largest catches are made during the spring and autumn migrations since the birds nest in the interior of the islands. DLC.

Describes the 1965 climatology program of the Icefield Ranges Research Project. A method whereby weather data were processed, programmed, and reproduced is also discussed. 1965 weather data are given for four summer field stations across the St Elias Mts, Yukon. Records include temperature, precipitation, pressure, relative humidity, cloud cover, wind direction, and speed. DLC.

97878 MARGOLIS, L. Triaenophorus 97875 MARAKOV, S.V. Zadachi crassus plerocercoids in sockeye salmon rai ional'nogo ispol'zovaniia fauny mlekosmolts from the Kvichak River system pitamshchikh i ptiis ostrovov severnoi PaAlaska. (Canada. Fisheries Research Board. (In: Soveshchanie zoologov Sibiri, Journal 1967. v.24, no.4, p.893-94) Ref. Tomsk, 1966. Voprosy zoologii, p.24-25) In Notes the occurrence of this tapeworm in Russian. Title tr: Problems of the rational above river system, from 6 June 1964 to 29 use of mammals and birds of the North— May 1965; only six out of 448 specimens Pacific islands. examined were infected. DLC. Reports a study of the seal and walrus population of the Mednyy and Bering islands 97879 MARINE ENGINEERto determine the age composition of the Foss's new supply boat for ING/LOG. colonies so that hunting could be done Alaska. (Its: v. 72, 1967. no.2, p.67, illus) without decimating breeding animals. The The Alaska Husky (Foss launch and Tug possibility of artificially seeding some of the Co of Seattle) in service in the Cook Inlet islands with animals where, through overarea of Alaska, has a reinforced shell plating hunting, the population has been reduced, is to protect the stern quarter against ice, noted. DLC. electric wall heaters, and double bottoms about midships for 53,000 gal diesel fuel oil. MARANGUNIC, G, see No. 94328 The last with 3,000 gal in day tanks, affords an operating range of about 5000 mi. Other 97876 MARCHUK, A.N. and S.V. MITdescriptive notes are incl. DLC. lspol'zovanie nesushchei sposobnosti TA. l'da na stroitel'stve Bratskol GES. MARINE ENGINEER97880 (Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitel'stvo 1966.v.36, ING/LOG. Halter Marine completes four no.7, p.29-33, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. In tugs classed for ice to be used at Cook Inlet, Russian. Title tr.: Utilization of the carAlaska. (Its: v.72, 1967. no.9, p.74, illus) rying capacity of ice in construction of the The Ice Pack, Ice Berg, Ice Floe and Ice Bratsk Hydroelectric Power Station. Fog are designed for coastal and open-ocean Describes how the buoyancy and metowing, for upending structures during inchanical strength of Angara River ice was turned to good advantage in the ice roads of stallation, for running 2,000-lb lay-barge anchors during pipe-laying operations, and for which 50 km were built in 1956, and in the moving heavy floating equipment in the carrying out of hydrotechnical work from the ice-infested waters. The vessels are 76x26 ft; ice cover, using E-505 and E-1003, E-1004 their low dimensions permit max maneuexcavators of 20 and 40 t weight. The ice on verability in the ice and enable them to hold the river gets to be 2.5 m thick, but in 1959 position in extremely fast tidal currents. work with two drill rigs of 15 t each and two Engines, propellers, fuel capacity, and elecautomatic cranes up to 27 t each, was carried tronic and deck equipment are noted. These out on the ice cover where it was only 0.6-1 tugs were built by Halter Marine Services Inc m thick. A detailed listing and description are of New Orleans. DLC. given of the construction work done from the ice, and of the tests made of the ice strength for compression and bending. DLC. 97881 MARINE NEWS. Beating arctic ice; Polynya project. (Its: June 1959. v.45, MARCOULESCO, N., see No. 97882 no.12, p.30, 34, 50. illus) Installation of a compressed air system 97877 MARCUS, M.G. Icefield Ranges alongside the De Long pier at Thule, climatology program: 1965 data presentation Greenland, kept the area open for berthing during Oct 1958. A density inversion rather and programming analysis. Montreal 1966. 119 p. (Arctic Institute of North America. than temperature inversion served to prevent Research paper no. 38) the formation of ice when denser water 754

moved up from the bottom with the air bubbles. DLC.

97882

MARINESCU, V. and others.

Donnees experimentales concernant les modifications de certaines fonctions renales dans

l'hypothermie profonde. (Revue roumaine de physiologie 1964. v.1, no.1, p.53-62, tables, illus) 33 'refs. In French. Other authors' E. Påulescu and N. Miircoulesco. Title tr.: Results of experimental studies on certain renal functions in deep hypothermia. Study of the urinary tubular function in a

occurrence, thickness, facies of sedimentary horizons and their comparative characteristics. The profiles are analyzed and depicted. DLC.

97885 MARKEVICH, V.P. and E.V. VOLKOV. Kamennoe neftianoe mestorozhdenie, Krasnoleninskil uchastok. (In: Moskva. Inst. geol. i razrabotki goritichikh iskopaemykh. Neftegazonosnost' mezozoTskikh... 1965. p.27-31, maps, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Kamennoye oil deposits, Krasnoleninskiy region.

perfused isolated kidney and of a dog's kidney in hypothermia induced by extracorporeal circulation, shows that renal tissue being more resistant to hypoxia and low temperature than other tissue, the functional and metabolic modifications produced by deep hypothermia are reversible. DNLM.

Summarizes results from the drilling of eight deep wells in the Kamennoye uplift, situated 520 km NNE from Tyumen. Tec-

97883 MARK, K. Anthropology of the Volga and Permian Finno-Ugric peoples. (Intl. Congress of Anthropological and Ethnological Sciences, 7th, Moscow 1964. Trudy 1968. v.3, p.287-92, tables) Study based on the author's 1955-62 fieldwork: five Zyryan groups from northern and southern Komi ASSR are included. Zyryans have light eyes and hair, European traits with a slight mongoloid admixture. Brachycephaly of the sub-Lapponoid type is more frequent among southern Zyryans and Komi-Permians than among northern Zyryans. Racial differences between Komi-Permians and Zyryans, particularly north Zyryan groups, are attributed to the latter's mixing with northern Europoids. DLC.

97886 MARKEVICH, V.P. TSentralnaia neftegazonosnaih Zapadno(In: Moskva. Inst. Sibirskol nizmennosti.

MARKELOV, V.N., see No. 98387 MARKENZON, E.I., see No. 93815, 101173 97884 MARKEVICH, V.P. and M.I. KOZLOVA. K voprosu o metodike vyiavlenitä razryvnykh narushenil v osadochnom chekhle Zapadno-Sibirskoi nizmennosti. (Tektonika neftegazonosnykh oblastel Sibiri. Moskva, lzd-vo Nauka 1967. p.128-36, graphs, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Methods for exposing dislocations with a break in continuity in the sedimentary cover of the West Siberian lowland. Reports a geologic study in the Berezovo gas-bearing region where there are numerous dislocations in the lower horizons of the sedimentary cover. Occurrence of dislocations with a break in continuity is also established in the (grim, Shaim, Surgut, Megion and other regions of the lowland, but effective methods for determining them have not hitherto been found. That used by the authors is based on analysis of the mode of

tonic structure of the region is described, depths and yield of oil is noted. Similarities between the Kamennoye and Shaim region oil deposits are considered. DLC.

geol. i razrabotki gorichikh iskopaemykh. Neftegazonosnost' mezozolskikh... 1965. Refs. In Russian. p.7-26, maps, illus) Title tr.: The central oil-gas-bearing province of the West Siberian lowland.

Outlines the tectonic structure of this lowland incl the northern areas of Tyumen Province and Krasnoyarsk region. Distribution of oil and gas deposits is discussed, the Megion and Surgut areas in some detail. Some of the wells are described, noting DLC. depths and discharge. 97887 MARKGREN, G. Om rådjuren Capreolus capreolus i Nordsverige och deras vinterekologi. (Zoologisk revy 1966. v.28, no.4, p.97-107, illus) 16 refs. In Swedish. English summary. Title tr.: The roe deer Capreolus capreolus in northern Sweden and its winter ecology. Summarizes conditions favoring the distribution of this small deer in northern Sweden, where it is found in family groups or singly to

the Arctic Circle or beyond. The winter habitat is usually shore areas or slopes where snow is not deep and rowan, willow, aspen, juniper, spruce, Vaccinium and Calluna provide browsing. Abundance of the tree lichens Allectoria and Usnea, rich in carbohydrates and proteins, is vital because the rumen of this deer is rather small and its dentition is poor, and it has difficulty in obtaining sufficient energy from high fiber-content diet. DLC.

97888 MARKHININ, E.K. Odno iz krupneishikh istoricheskikh izverzhenii na Kamchatke. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1967. no.5, p 180-81) In Russian. Title 755

tr.: One of the largest recorded eruptions in Kamchatka. Describes the 12 Nov 1964 eruption of Shiveluch Volcano. Seismic activity, dimensions of the eruption, kinetic energy, amount of erupted material and some other features are briefly noted. DLC. MARKHININ, E.K., see also No. 99023 MARKIN, N.M., see No. 97052 97889 MARKIN, V.A. Rekristallizatsionno-i il'tratsionnaiå zona Zemli FrantsaIosifa. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Inst. geografii. Materialy ghäisiologicheskikh issledovanil. Khronika, obsuzhdeniis 1962. no.6, p.139-40.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title fr.: A recrystallization-infiltration zone in Franz Joseph Land. Reports a 1961 study of ice formation in Vetrenyy Dome on Greem Bell Island. A recrystallization and infiltration zone in ice formation is established and briefly characterized. This zone has very limited distribution. DLC. 97890 MARKIZOV, L. Opytnyf krupnopanel'nyi sad-lasli s basseinom v Zapolrå-

r'e. (Zhilishchnoe stroitel'stvo 1967. v.10, no.1, p.27, table) In Russian. Title tr.: Experimental large-panel kindergarten with a swimming pool in the Arctic. Describes a 1963 construction project to accommodate a hundred children at Vorkuta. The building 46x42 m and 3.2 m high inside has outside walls of series 1-335 gas-ashconcrete panels, a central heating system and hot-water supply. It has 586 m2 working area incl two closed-in heated verandas. Its shallow bathing pool with showers is used year round, under artificial electric sunlight, even when the outside temperature is in minus forties. A similar kindergarten is built at Syktyvkar with prefabricated outside of porous clay concrete (keramzit) and gasash-concrete manufactured at Vorkuta. DLC. 97891 MARKL, R.G. and G.M. BRYAN. Delineation of sea floor roughness in the North Pacific. (Columbia

University. Lamont Geological Observatory. Technical report 1967, no.4, p.1-10, maps, illus) Refs. Presents a preliminary chart of roughness, based on continuous seismic reflection records, and showing the distribution of three types of sea floor as designated by bottom roughness and texture. The southwest part of Bering Sea, which is not discussed in the text, and the Gulf of Alaska are shown on the chart. Sea-floor roughness is associated with 756

bottom reflection loss in long range sonar systems. Large smooth areas in the Gulf of Alaska have a relatively thick sediment cover, mainly turbidites, and should offer high reflectivity. Rough areas contain the Alaskan seamounts. DLC. 97892 MARKOV, A.IA. Vitamin C, ego soderzhanie i kolebanie u rodil'nits v us-

loviiakh Krainego Severa. (Voprosy okhrany materinstva i detstva 1956. v.1, no.3, Ref. In Russian. p.69-74) Title tr.: Vitamin C, its occurrence and fluctuation in parturient women under conditions of the Far North. Describes results of 1949-53 biochemical tests in Magadan with pregnant and nursing women and neonates. Ascorbic acid content in blood, milk, and urine of the women showed frequent hypovitaminosis C in winter through early summer with a low in vitamin C content reached in June and the max high in Oct-Nov. Blood sugar dropped to the lower limits of physiological norms in the summer and fall, and hypoglycemia is frequent in winter. Daily administration of 241 mg vitamin C during the second half of pregnancy and in Dec-May during lactation are considered essential for the health of mother and infant. DLC. MARKOV. A.IA., see also No.100096 MARKOV, E.P. 97893 K stratigrafii nizhnego ordovika v basseine r. Podka-

menno3 Tunguski. (Geologirå i geofizika 1966, no.1, p.105-108, sections) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of the Lower Ordovician in the Podkamennaya Tunguska River basin. Distinguishes the independent Ust'-Bugarikta local series of Lower Ordovician deposits. It is divided into two subseries according to lithology and fauna. Sections of the subseries are described and correlated. DLC. 97894 MARKOV, E.P. 0 naddolborskikh sloiakh verkhnego ordovika v basseine

Podkamennol Tunguski. (In.- StratigrafiiI paleozoiaa srednel Sibiri... 1967. p.97-99, Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The illus) Dolbor layers of the Upper Ordovician in the Podkamennaya Tunguska River basin. Describes an Upper Ordovician section in the Bol'shaya Nirunda valley. Units representing four depositional cycles are recognized and their coral, brachiopod, and other fauna are characterized. DLC. 97895

eds.

MARKOV, F.G. and others, Geologicheskaib karta Arktiki i Su-

barktiki. Geological map of the Arctic and

Subarctic (1966). Scale 1:5,000,000. Moskva, N.-issl. inst. geol. Arktiki 1969. 4 sheets maps 28'x28', 4 sheets legend. In Russian and English. Covers the Northern Hemisphere from 60°-90°N. In addition to symbols for the rock units, the maps also show genetic types of Quaternary deposits, principal tectonic contacts, limit of permafrost distribution, lines of thickness of the Greenland Ice cap, glaciers and volcanoes. DGS. 97896 MARKOV, F.G. Rol' Nauchnoissledovatel'skogo instituta geologii Arktiki v geologicheskom kartirovanii Sovetskoi Arktiki. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'naia geologii 1967, no.11, p.20-26) In Russian. Title tr.: The role of the Research Institute of Geology of the Arctic in the geologic mapping of the Soviet Arctic. Reviews the organizations concerned in this mapping since 1919, particularly activities of the Main Administration of the Northern Sea Route in 1932. Compilation of the 1:5 million map of Arctic and Subarctic, pub in 1937 is noted. The 1:1 million mapping program is described, as is the 1948 reorganization of the Institute of the Geology of the Arctic, and further mapping. The geologic map, the map of Quaternary deposits, the tectonic map, and that of recent tectonics, all of the Arctic and Subarctic, also the geomorphic map of the Arctic Ocean and its coasts are cited. DLC.

97898 MARKOV, K.K. and others. Chetvertichnyl period; lednikovyl period antropogenovyl period, tom 1-2: territoritä SSSR. Moskva, Izd-vo Moskovskogo Univ. 1965. 2 v: 371, 435 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. Refs. In Russian. Other authors: G.I. Lazukov and V.A. Nikolaev. Title tr.: The Quaternary period; the glacial period Anthropogene period, v.1-2: the USSR area. Presents an extensive monograph based on recent data and dedicated to the 7th International Congress on the Quaternary held in the United States in 1965. Vol 1 is in two sections, the first deals with northern USSR, the European glacial shield, Ural-Siberia glacial cover and Arctic Ocean, northeast Siberia and mountainous areas of the Pacific. The second section describes old glaciation of high mountains of southern USSR. Vol 2 in three sections is devoted to the Quaternary history of the non-glaciated areas: the continental plains, the Caspian and Black Seas, and the mammalian fauna including man. A third volume, on the Quaternary period of the earth's surface and general theoretical conclusions, is to follow. DLC.

MARKOV, G.A., see No. 100825, 100830

97899 MARKOV, K.K. Plelstoi enovye otlozheniia Ali ski. (Intl. Assoc. for Quaternary Research, 7th congress, 1965. Nauchnye itogi i materialy, pub 1967. p.16-32, maps, table, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Pleistocene deposits of Alaska. Central and Southern Alaska are divided into six regions. Non-glaciated areas such as the Yukon and Tanana basins, etc are described. The present and old glaciations of the Alaska Range are analyzed. The glaciation of the Chugach Mts and Matanuska valley is characterized. Correlation is given between the Pleistocene deposits of Alaska and Chukotka. DLC.

97897 MARKOV, K.K. Alaska: putevye vpechatlenifi geografa. (Priroda 1967. v.56, no.5, p.86-94, map, illus) In Russian. Title ir.: Alaska: travel impressions of a geographer. Describes landscape and towns as observed on a tour in connection with the 1965 Congress of INQUA: the New York-Anchorage flight, trip by bus to Paxson, Mt McKinley National Park, and Fairbanks; by cub plane to Ft Yukon. Climatic and geologic analogs with northern Siberia are noted, as are similarities in research and development: urban growth, construction on permafrost, ore mining, glacier studies, archeological finds, etc. The quality of the Glenn, Richardson, and Denali highways, tourist accommodations, the Univ of Alaska campus, agricultural experiment stations, etc are favorably appraised. DLC.

97900 MARKOV, M.S. and others. Mezo-kaTnozoiskatä istoriiii i stroenie zemnol kory Okhotskogo regiona. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1967. 222 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Geologicheskil inst. Trudy no.168) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.N. Averianova, I.P. Kartashov, I.A. Solov'eva and A.S. Shuvaev. Title tr.: Mesozoic-Cenozoic history and the structure of the earth's crust in the Okhotsk region. Presents a new scheme of the tectonic zoning of the Okhotsk Sea bottom and adjacent regions of the continent based on geologic and geophysical data. The crust structure is analyzed noting structure and thickness of the sedimentary cover, relief and main seismic discontinuities, types of gravity anomalies, earth's crust thickness, magnetic anomalies, dislocations in the earthquake centers, etc. General patterns of the Okhotsk

MARKOV, F.G., see also No 98804 § 5, 99345

757

region are summarized. The main features of seismic activity in the southern part of the region are characterized. DLC. MARKOV, M.S. see also No. 93708, 101398 97901 MARKOV, N. Na sevemykh nulevykh shirotakh. (Sportivnatä zhizn' In Rossii 1964. v.8, no.1, p.5, illus) Russian. Title d:: On northern zero latitudes. The North Pole-10 drifting-station doctor relates the good health of the station personnel to the sport activities, to which they devote almost their entire leisure time; football and volleyball are the most popular. DLC. 97902 MARKOV, V.I. Lebed'-klikun v vulkanicheskikh ralonakh Kamchatki. (In: Soveshchanie po geografii resursov vodoplavarüshchikh ptils v SSSR... 1965, pt.2, p.101-102, table) In Russian Title tr.: Whooper swans in volcanic regions of Kamchatka. The bird population in volcanic regions increases gradually with the onset of cold weather. The density of swans often increases 300-350 times normal by midwinter. DLC. 97903 MARKOV, V.I. Vesennif prolet vodoplavaiushchikh pots v srednei chasti vostochnogo poberezh'iä Kamchatki. (In: Soveshchanie po geografii resursov vodoplavaiiishchikh ptits v SSSR... 1965, pt.2, p.98-100) Title tr.: Spring In Russian. flight of water birds in the central part of the eastern shores of Kamchatka. Reports flight statistics on birds, primarily gulls, arriving in this region on their spring migration. Seagulls were the most numerous species. DLC. MARKOVA, N.G., see No. 101101, 101102, 101103, 101104, 101105 97904 MARKOVSKII, N.I. 0 razrushaiushchemsi mestorozhdenii nefti v raione srednei Pechory. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1967. v.22, ser.4, geologitä no.3, p.100-106, map, illus) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr: Disrupted oil deposits in the middle Pechora region. Describes the distribution and thickness of the productive Visean stratum in this region. The sandstone of the stratum is analyzed, its mineralogic composition, porosity, permeability and other features stated. The paleogeographic conditions for accumulation of oil are considered and found similar to those of the Athabasca valley in Canada. Both of these deposits were formed under deltaic 758

conditions which affected (disruptively) their DLC. formation. 97905 MARKOVSKII, N.I. Okislennaiä nett' v otlozheniillkh paleodel'ty. (Priroda 1966. v.55, no.10, p.106-110, illus) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Oxidized oil in paleodeltaic deposits. Reviews the formation and disintegration of oil accumulation in the middle Pechora region. Paleogeographic conditions of the Carboniferous oil-gas-bearing sandstone-clay beds are analyzed. A zone of old river deltas is established, and the area found similar to Athasbasca River region in Canada where oil is found in the so-called oil sands. Further prospecting is suggested. DLC. 97906 MARKOVSKII, V.A. Otlozheniia Ust'kutskogo isrusa v basseine reki Khantaiki. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologiia i biostratigrafiia 1966. no.15, p.5-17, table) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Ust'-Kut stage deposits in the Khantayka River basin. Describes the stratigraphy of Lower Ordovician deposits divided into Ust'-Kut and Chuna stages. The deposits of the Ust'-Kut stage are distributed in the Khantayka, Kulyumbe, Gorbiachin and other river basins. Lower and upper multi-colored strata and several beds are recognized. The latter are described noting for each its lithologic composition, thickness and paleontological characteristics. The Cambrian-Ordovician boundary is considered to lie 170 m below the DLC. Dictyonema flabelliforme zone. 97907 MARLOWE, J.I. Marine geology, western part of Prince Gustaf Adolf Sea, District of Franklin; Polar Continental Shelf Project. Dartmouth, Nova Scotia 1964. 23 p. maps, illus. (Canada. Bedford Institute of Oceanography. Report B.I.O. 64-9 unpublished manuscript.) 9 refs. Describes the coastal morphology, Intl Mackenzie King, Borden, Vesey Hamilton, and Lougheed Islands, also Sabine Peninsula on Melville Island, general bathymetric features, and bottom sediments of the western half of Prince Gustaf Adolf Sea, parts of Wilkins and Desbarats Straits and the northern entrance to Byam Martin Channel, as a preliminary report of field work 1963. Shoreforms are related to nature of shore sediments and action of shore ice which is the dominant coastal process in an area which can be icebound even in summer. The most common features are lobate, digitate, arcuate, composite, and coalesced deltas, ice-shoved barrier bars, and beach ridges and hillocks marking the maximum transgression of the sea ice. Bathymetric features support the

theory that many of the interisland channels reflect the pattern of an ancient subaerial drainage system. Bottom sediments are predominantly mud with minor amounts of sand and gravel. Yellow-brown, unlayered, fossiliferous muds contrast sharply with underlying stratified, unfossiliferous, dark grey mud. DN-HO. 97908 MARLOWE, J.I. Mineralogy as an indicator of long-term current fluctuations in Baffin Bay. (Canadian journal of earth sciences 1966. v.3, no.2, p.191-201, maps) 18 refs. Gravel and coarse sand occur in all parts of Baffin Bay, in a size range considered to have been transported into the area by floating ice. Samples from an area within approximately 200 km of the Canadian coast also contain limestone fragments in a distributional pattern closely coinciding with the track of the Baffin Land current, in which icebergs originating in areas of limestone outcrop move southward through the bay. The distribution of limestone detritus in subbottom samples, however, suggests that the Baffin Land current has in the past flowed over a wider area than it does at present, with its axis in a more easterly DGS. location. 97909 MARLOWE, J.I. Sedimentology of the Prince Gustaf Adolf Sea area, District of Franklin. Ottawa 1968. 83 p. graphs, maps, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 66-29) 43 refs. Also pub. as Canada. Bedford Inst. of Oceanography, Dartmouth, N.S. Unpublished manuscripts. Report B.I.O. 65-15) The sea area is at about 76°45' - 79°N 100° - 110°W on the continental shelf bordering the Arctic Ocean, and ice-covered most of the year. Geologic data, physiographic features and submarine topography all support the hypothesis that the Canadian Arctic Islands are parts of a submerged, continental terrain; that the sea and shore line approached dynamic equilibrium at a level 300-400 m below present sea level; and that glacial ice in the past helped shape the present sea bottom. Lower, gray beds were deposited under probably slightly reducing conditions in water shallower than at present, in places poorly ventilated and perhaps under glacial control. Microfossils are absent. The mineralogy of yellow-brown sediments which succeed the gray beds indicates oxidizing conditions. A microfauna typical of open Arctic Ocean waters at depth of 200 m and lower, supports the inference of an incursion of a layer of Atlantic water. Recent sediment in the area appears to derive from streams flowing into the sea from land, from submarine outcrops, and wind-blown detritus

from the islands. Core log, granulometric, mineralogic, and foraminiferal data are included. DGS. 97910 MARRIOTT, R.A. Stream catalog of the Wood River lake system, Bristol Bay, Alaska. Washington, DC 1964. 210 p. tables, maps. (US. Fish and Wildlife Service. Special scientific reports: fisheries no.494) Also pub. as Contribution no. 169 of the Univ of Washington College of Fisheries. Presents information on red salmon runs to the spawning grounds of this system. A physical description, escapement data, time and peak of spawning and chronological data on salmon numbers are given for each of 47 creeks. DLC. MARROW, C.T., see No. 94388 97910A MARSH, D.B. History of the Anglican church in northern Quebec and Ungava. (In: J.N. Malaurie. Nouveau-Qu6bec. Paris 1964. p.427-37, map) Refs. Describes the ministry and travels of these missionaries beginning at Fort-George, James Bay, 1852, and Little Whale River, 1854. By 1958, seven missions had been established extending to Sugluk in the north and Fort Chimo to the east. Notable contributions include a Cree dictionary and grammar, an Eskimo grammar and translations of church works into Cree and Eskimo. DLC, CaMAI. MARSHALL, B.V., see No. 97285 97911 MARSHALL, L.G. The development of education in northern Saskatchewan. (Musk-ox 1967, no.1, p.19-25) Refs. Reviews the work of the Anglican and Roman Catholic Churches in this field, and the achievements of the Federal and Provincial governments. Dropouts, grade retardation, premature school leaving and poor attendance are factors in the system which cannot be solved without reference to the social, cultural and economic problems of which they are but a symptom. The cooperation of all agencies, Federal and ProCaMAI. vincial is required. MARSHINTSEV, V.B., see No. 101471 97912 MARSHUNOVA, M.S. and N.T. CHERNIGOVSBII. Numerical characteristics of the radiation regime in the Soviet (In: Symposium on the arctic heat Arctic. budget and atmospheric circulation. Proceedings... 1966. p.279-97, tables) Refs. Presents some results of this study from the averaged data of nine Soviet polar stations, 759

drifting stations North Pole-2 (1950), -4(1955-57), -5(1955-56), and -6(1956-57), sea and air surveys over the Soviet Arctic, incl the central Arctic, polar regions, and the Kara, Laptev, East Siberian, and Chukchi seas. Where available observation data was found to be insufficient, supplementary data was derived by computing components of radiation balance from long-term records of temperature, cloudiness, and ice-cover. Total solar radiation accurate to 10% was obtained for 25 areas within the Soviet Arctic. Percentage of mean monthly albedo, monthly totals of absorbed, atmospheric, and effective radiation, and radiation balance at the surface are tabulated. The quantitative characteristics of the radiation balance and its components in terms of their monthly and average sums are discussed. DLC. 97913 MARTENS, E.G. Culture and communications; training Indians and Eskimos as community health workers. (Canadian journal of public health 1966. v.57, no.11, p.495-503) 12 refs. French summary. Describes the work of the Department of National Health and Welfare in Canada in establishing training programs for native community leaders all of whom are married and in the age range 25-64 yr. The training in essential community health, the transferral of teaching to communities, and the structuring of the work are now successfully launched. CaMAI, DNLM. 97914 MARTI, ft. it. and A.P. VILL SON. Migrations of the Atlanto-Scandian herring. English translation of No 66585, available as TT-65-61527 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va., 22151. DLC. 97915 MARTI, IÜ.IÜ. and G.V. MARTINSEN. 0 biologicheskoi i promyslovoI produktivnosti Atlanticheskogo okeana i sopredel'nykh morel. (Okeanologitå 1966. v.6, no.2, p.326-39, maps, illus) 23 refs. In Russian. English summary. Tide tr.: Biological and commercial productivity of the Atlantic Ocean and the adjacent seas. General review of the oceanography, food chains and fisheries, aimed at estimating future development of commercial exploitation. The subarctic and arctic areas of the waters, being best studied and most exploited have a prominent place in the study. CaMAI, DLC. 97916 MARTIJN, C.A. A retrospective glance at Canadian Eskimo carving. (Beaver 1967. v. 298, no.2, p.4-19, illus) Reviews, with many illus, the history of Eskimo sculpture in the Canadian arctic from prehistoric times to present. The author 760

postulates that during the period 1949-53 a distinct new form of Eskimo carving evolved in response to market demands, and asserts that traditional Eskimo carving was in ivory, bone, antler, wood and horn rather than soapstone. Some of the stylistic influences on modern Eskimo art are discussed, particularly the trend to increased size and pedestal mounting. The difficulty of Western art critics evaluating Eskimo culture and art forms is CaMAI, DLC. stressed. MARTIN, J.E.H., see No. 98252 MARTIN, J.H., see No. 101556, 101557 97917 MARTINSEN, G.V. SovremennyT mirovoi promysel ryby i nerybnykh ob"ektov, po materialam FAO. Moskva, Izd-vo Pishchevaiä promyshlennost' 1966. 124 p. graphs, maps, tables. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Modern world fisheries and sea food industry, based on FAO material. Summarizes data on world distribution and catches of commercially valuable fishes and non-fishes, presents forecast of future catches and suggestions for improving them. The brochure is designed for fisheries specialists, students and scientists and includes data on arctic fisheries and fish resources. The distribution and fishing grounds for each valuable species or family is shown on maps. Some of the species have an arctic range. DLC.

MARTINSEN, G.V., see also No. 97915 MARTISHCHENKO, L.G., see No. 101101, 101102 97918 MARTYNOVA, N.V. and I.A. Voprosy rannei diagnosUSMINSKAIA. tiki i lecheniia predrakovykh sostoianii shelki matki po opytu zhenskol konsul'tatsii r. Ukhty, Komi ASSR. (Sovetskata meditsina 1967. v.30, no.5, p.122-25, table) In Russian. Tide 6:: Problems of early diagnosis and treatment of precancerous conditions of the cervix of the uterus according to experience of the Ukhta Maternity Clinic, Komi ASSR. Describes a program of gynecological examination to detect precancerous conditions in 900 women of whom 62% were between 26 and 40 and 95.5% of whom had children. Leukoplakia and hyperplasia of the cervix were sought as well as other common signals of cancer. Biopsies were made in 835 of the cases, revealing 15 malignancies. All women diagnosed with malignant growths were 32 or older. Other uterine disorders accounted for the hospitalization of 116 persons. Forty-five women were treated for fibroid tumors. DLC.

MARTYNENKO, V.P., see No. 95508 MARUBASHI, K., see No. 98722 MARUYAMA, K., see No. 96428 97919 MARUYAMA, M. The changing Alaskan Eskimo - from seals to electronics. (Alaska sportsman 1966. v.32, no.8, p.23-25, map, illus) Considers progress and problems arising from the acculturation of the Alaskan Eskimo. Depletion of the sources of the Eskimo's traditional diet and the resultant shift in food habits has caused widespread malnutrition, TB, etc. The need to adapt to cash economy and for necessary employment are also discussed. Eskimos employed in urban areas elsewhere in the US make, according to author, successful electronics technicians, airline pilots, mechanics, physicians, nurses and dental technicians. DLC. 97920 MARWICK, E.W. William Tom(Alberta ison, pioneer of the fur trade. historical review 1962. v.10, no.4, p.1-8, illus) Biography of Tomison, born 1739 in the Orkneys, who went to York Factory in 1760 at a time when competition from itinerant traders (called Pedlars) forced the Hudson's Bay Co to abandon its policy of trading from the Bay, and to send traders to winter among the Indians, and bring them to the post with their winter's catch of furs. Tomison penetrated as far as Lake Winnipeg in 1767, Lake Manitoba and the Assiniboine River in 1769-70. For 30 yr he fought the Pedlars and Northwesters, and he built and manned many CaMM. posts. 97921 MASAITIS, V.L. Forma i mekhanizm obrazovanitå trappovykh intruzi i (LeninekstruziT na Sibirskoi platforme. grad. Vses. geologicheskii inst. Trudy 1967. v.112, p. 165-82, table) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The form and formation mechanism of trap intrusions and extrusions on the Siberian platform. Attempt is made to review the forms of occurrence of these features and to interpret them. A plan of classification of trap intrusions and extrusions is given, and the dike swarms, chonoliths, step-like intrusions, sills, patelloid, saddle-like intrusions, volcanic pipes, breccia dikes, subvolcanic necks, and DLC. various other types are described. 97922 MASAITIS, V.L. lzverzhennye porody i magnetitovoe orudenenie basseina srednego techeniia Leny. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1967. v.151, p.84-93, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. In

Title tr.: Igneous rocks and Russian. magnetite mineralization in the middle Lena basin. Reports a 1963-1964 petrographic study in the Bol'shoy Patom, Nyuya, Biryak and Olekma River basins, from which new data were obtained on the age and character of these rocks and their mineralization. The Middle Paleozoic igneous rocks of the area differ in specific features, composition, differentiation and metallogeny from the Upper Paleozoic-Lower Mesozoic traps of the westcentral part of the Siberian platform. DLC. 97923 MASAITIS, V.L. and M.V. MIKHAILOV. Srednepaleozoiskail vulkanogenno-osadochnaia sera Ygyattinskoi vpadiny, vostochnaii chast' Sibirskoi platfor(Geologii`a i geofizika 1966, no.4, my. p.43-53, map, illus) 8 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title Ir.: The Middle Paleozoic volcanic-sedimentary series of the Ygyatta depression, eastern part of the Siberian platform. Reports 1964 fieldwork in the Vilyuy River basin which enabled the age of Paleozoic traps to be determined and their enclosing deposits stratigraphically subdivided. It was clarified that bodies of palagonite dolerites are not intrusions, but complicated beds of blanket basalts. A new stratigraphic scheme is offered for volcanic-sedimentary rocks of the DLC. Middle Paleozoic. MASAITIS, V.L., and others. 97924 Uran v trappakh Sibirskoi platformy. (Geokhimiia 1966, no.5, p.511-24, tables, graphs, map) 21 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: 1.I. Abramovich, D.A. Dodin Title tr.: Uranium in and A.A. Smyslov. traps of the Siberian platform. Reports determination by the luminescence method of the uranium content in 516 trap samples from the Nizhnyaya Tunguska, Lena and Vilyuy basins and elsewhere. Upper Paleozoic-Lower Mesozoic and Middle Paleozoic trap formations are characterized. The average U content ranges from 0.32 • 10'4 to 3.2 • 10.4%a, with the maximum in trachydolerites, syenites and granophyres. In their uranium content, the Siberian traps are close to the tholeiitic basalts of other DLC. regions. MASAITIS, V.L., see also No. 94497, 97469, 97690, 101208 97925 MASHCHAK, M.S. and others. Ob otkrytii intruzii, nesushchikh sul'fidnuiu nikelevuiü mineralizarsiiü, na severo-vostochnom bortu Tungusskoi sineklizy. (Geologiia rudnykh mestorozhdeni 1966. v.8, no.2, p.95-97, table) Ref. In Russian. Other 761

authors: A.A. Pankratov and A.I. Ponomarenko. Title tr.: Discovery of intrusions with sulfide nickel mineralization, in the north-eastern margin of the Tungusskiy syneclise. Reports on some differentiated intrusions found by the Amakinskaya expedition in 1963-1964, the Ninima in the Nizhnyaya Tomba River basin and the Velingna in the Pravyy Moyerkan basin. Both are described in some detail as to petrographic composition, content of copper and nickel, chemical analyses, etc. DLC.

Suggests a method for estimating the force exerted by the ice field against the hull, assuming the force equal to that required to crush ice of given thickness and mechanical properties. The analysis permits a theoretical determination of the relationship between thickness of ice, angle of inclination of ship's sides, and the compression force of ice acting upon the hull. The character of this relationship is presented in a graph of pressure for 0-20° ship-side inclination and ice 60 cm, 200 cm and 400 cm thick. DLC.

MASHUKOVA, O.D., see No. 97264

97929 MASLOV, E.V. K voprosu o vysote i moshchnosti vzryva Tungusskogo (In: Kompleksnatä samodefatelt meteorita. naih ekspediisii po izucheniiii problemy Tungusskogo meteorita... 1963. p.105-112, graphs) 4 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The altitude and the power of Tunguska meteorite explosion. From tentative data on forest fall in the Podkamennaya Tunguska basin area, the altitude of an equivalent explosion is in the 6.5-11.5 km range and energy 2.0-23 megatons, i.e. 0.8-1023 erg. DLC.

MASIRONI, IL, see No. 99163 MASLENIKOV, V.A., see No. 95530, 99111 97926 MASLENNIKOVA, G.V. 0 kollektorakh Surgutskogo svoda i I izhno-Balykskogo podni tiia. (Sibirskii n.-issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syr'ia. Trudy 1966, no.47, p.98-105, illus) Refs. In Russian. Tiitle t.: Oil reservoir rocks of the Surgut arch and South Balyk uplift. Describes Upper Valanginian - Hauterivian - Barremian oil deposits of this region. Some 17 permeable beds consisting of sandstones and siltstones are distinguished and described. Reservoir properties such as porosity, permeability, cement, etc are analyzed. Diagenetic processes have impaired the reservoir properties of the rocks. DLC. 97927 MASLIANIK, N.V. K voprosu ob epidemiologii trikhinelleza na Kamchatke. (Mediisinskai` a parazitologiiä i parazitarnye bolezni 1967. v.36, no.4, p.491) In RusTitle tr.: Epidemiology of trichinosis sian. on Kamchatka. Reports a brown bear population of 90-228 on Kamchatka in 1960-63, and 18 cases of trichinosis caused by eating contaminated bear meat. The incubation period was from 2-36 days and the course of the affliction was severe. Most of the cases occurred in hunters and hikers during the summer and fall. Bear meat as a source of other helminthoses is also considered. DLC. MASLIANSØT, L.I., see No. 96532 97928 MASLOV, A.I. Opyt rascheta vneshnikh usilt7, deistvuiüshchikh na korpus sudna v ledovykh usloviiakh. (Nauchnotekhnicheskoe o-vo sudostroitel'noi promyshlennosti. Trudy 1937. v.2, no.3, p.129-32, graph) In Russian. English sumTitle tn: Determination of the mary. external forces acting on the hull of a ship in ice. 762

97930 MASLOV, M. Iz istorii narodnogo obrazovaniiä na Chukotke. (Narodnoe obrazovanie 1967, no.12, p.63-66) In Russian. Title tr.: Public education on Chukotka; an historical sketch. Reviews progress since the 1920's. The first elementary schools for coastal Chukchis and Eskimos were opened in Naukan, Uelen, and Chaplino. The number of schools increased from eleven with 288 students, in 1925-26, to 39 with 1055 students, in 1934-35, and extended school locations. Reduction to settlement, consolidation of small villages, and increased use of civil aviation to ferry children from herder camps to kolkhoz and sovkhoz schools contributed to the rise in school attendance, and also to the extension of education beyond the elementary grades. Accommodations for 3965 day students and 1060 boarders were built in the 1950's and the 1966-70 plan calls, respectively, for 5490 and 1220 additional openings. At present there are 70 schools in the District with 127 aborigines on their teaching staffs. Most secondary schools belong to the new consolidated type accomodating 500-800 students each. Six model boarding schools housing over 2000 pupils were opened since 1960. Boarding school of education is free for all children of aborigines; scholarships are granted to encourage enrollment of graduates into professional schools and higher institutes DLC. of learning.

97931 MASLOV, V.I. and others. Characteristics of the radioecological groups of mammals and birds of biogeocoenoses with high natural radiation. (In: Intl. Symposium on Radioecological Concentration Processes, Stockholm, 1966. Proceedings pub 1967. p.561-71, graphs, tables, illus) 10 refs. Other authors: K.I. Maslova and I.N. Verkhovskaia. Reports on studies over a 9-yr period in areas of high radium, uranium-radium and thorium radiation in the northern taiga, Komi ASSR. Mammals and birds in these areas fall into three groups, those in close, moderate, or weak contact with radioactive substances. In close contact are moles, shrews, voles, lemmings, otters and minks. In moderate contact, bears, foxes, martins, ermine, weasels, hares, and the birds, grouse, teals, owls, and hawks. Those in weak contact are wolves, elk, deer, squirrels and woodpeckers. Destructive changes in germinal epithelium with effects on spermo-ovarian genesis, and in the tissue of the spleen, bone marrow, liver and other organs, increase directly as the increase in level of radioactive substances in the surrounding media. DLC. MASLOV, V.I., see also No. 101055 MASLOVA, K.I., see No. 97931 97932 MASON, R. Electron-probe microanalysis of coronas in a troctolite from Sulitjelma, Norway. (Mineralogical magazine 1967. v.36, no.280, p.504-514, table, illus) 21 refs. Presents results of microanalysis of the three minerals from orthopyroxene-amphibole-spinel coronas between olivine and plagioclase in a troctolite from Sulitjelma, northern Norway. They are shown to be incompatible with a late-magmatic origin for the coronas, but compatible with an origin by diffusion of material in solution in an aqueous medium across the olivine-plagioclase interface. This theory is discussed on a quantitative basis in the light of the microanalytical data. Results are illus by a photomicrograph and are summarized in tabular form. DGS. 97933 MASORO, E.J. Effect of cold on metabolic use of lipids. (Physiological reviews 1966. v.46, no.1, p.67-101, illus) 165 refs. Studies the marked depletion of body fat at initial exposure to cold, and the increase of unsaturated acids in body fat with continued exposure. The only invariable response of plasma lipid to cold is a rise in free fatty acids on initial exposure and a return to nearly normal on continuation of exposure. The

sympathetic nervous system triggers mobilization of adipose tissue triglyceride in response to cold; in cold-acclimated animals this is not usually so. Concerning the role of lipids in meeting problems related to low temperature, there is evidence that all foodstuffs, not just fat, can support cold-induced shivering and non-shivering thermogenesis. DLC. MASSEPORT, J., see No. 95414 97934 MASTERSKIKH, M.A. 0 chastnykh tsiklonakh na poberezh'e monå Laptevykh. (Moskva. TSentr. inst. prognozov. Trudy 1965. no 146, p.37-40, maps) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Secondary cyclones on the coast of Laptev Sea. States the general characteristics of secondary cyclones which have substantial effects on wind and on the hydrologic regime in this area. Strong summer winds on the Laptev Sea are frequently caused by cyclones which originate in Yakutia or the Taymyr Peninsula. Ten secondary cyclones of the summers (June-Aug) of 1956-60 are selected and their synoptic conditions are analyzed, noting their height, direction, the resulting strong wind, change in air temperature, etc. Further study of secondary cyclones during the navigation season on the Laptev Sea is suggested. DLC. 97935 MASURENKOV, III. P. 0 vodnorastvorimom komplekse soedinenii v izverzhennykh, metamorficheskikh i osadochnykh porodakh. (Geologili i geofizika 1966, no.4, p.145-52, tables, illus) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A water-soluble complex of compounds in igneous, metamorphic and sedimentary rocks. Reports chemical study of rocks of the Caucasus and Kamchatka. The content of Cl, SO4, HCO3, Ca, Mg and K+ Na in basic, intermediate, silicic, alkaline, argillaceous and sedimentary rocks ranging through abyssal to surface is analyzed and the degree of metamorphism characterized. DLC. 97936 MATEJeEK, V. Vergleichskonstruktionen mit moz and kod' in der komisyrjänischen Sprache. (Sovetskoe finno-ugrovedenie 1967. v.3, no.2, p.107-114) 14 refs. In German. Russian summary. Title tr.: Comparative constructions in moz and kod' in the Komi-Zyryan language. Analyzes the syntactic functions of these DLC. suffixal modifiers. 97937 MATERIALY PO FIZICHESKOMU RAZVITIIÜ DETEI i podrostkov nekotorykh gorodov i sel'skikh mestnostei Soiuza SSR, vyp. I and 2. Moskva, Medgiz 763

1962, 1965. 375; 666 p. tables. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Materials on the physical development of children and teenagers in selected towns and rural areas of the USSR, vol. 1 and 2. A. IA. Gol'dfel'd, ed. Collection of tabulated statistical studies. A.G. Suvorov, in vol 1, p 158.67, presents comparative data on the weight, height, chest and head size of newborn and 1-14 yr old children in the Nenets National District, based primarily on 1957-58 fieldwork on 6623 children, incl 836 Nenets Samoyed boys and 775 girls, 727 Komi Zyryan boys and 698 girls. Weight and height indices of the local Russian children exceeded that of the aborigines. Vol 2 includes, p 166-71, tabulated data on 4-17 yr old Russian children of Kirovsk, Murmansk Province, compiled by A. IA. Gutkin et a! on the basis of anthropometric studies in 1957. 1962 data on Russian 8-17 yr olds, living in Noril'sk for 3 yr or longer, recorded by A.G. Sukharev appears ibid on p 233-35. DLC. MATHER, K.B.,

see No. 101285

97938 MATHEWS, R.K. Albany, pawn in Anglo-French conflict. (Beaver 1966. v.297, no.2, p.49-55, maps) Historical account of Ft Albany, on James Bay, with particular reference to the capture of the fort in 1686 by the overland expedition of the Chevalier de Troyes and Pierre Lemoyne d'Iberville. Lemoyne's second expedition, 1688-89, in the Sole!! d A rique and his victorious encounter with Captain John Marsh in the Churchill is described. In 1693 James Knight recaptured the post which has since been continuously operated by the Hudson's Bay Company. CaMAI, DLC. 97939 MATHIESEN, B. Noen nye plantefunn fra Nord-Norge. (Blyttia 1966. v.24, no.4, p.277-79) Refs. In Norwegian. Title tr. Some new plant finds from northern Norway. Describes the sites where six new rushes and other bog plants were found in Troms and Nordland provinces. The species are identified. DLC.

lems posed by frazil ice growth in watercourses is indicated, and the need for further research into the evolution and control of ice is emphasized. The process of break-up and the creation of ice jams are mentioned. A more rational use of storage reservoirs is shown to depend upon a broader knowledge of the role of snow and ice in the DI. hydrologic cycle. MATHISEN, O.A. and R.J. 97941 LOPP. Photographic census of the Steller sea lion herds in Alaska, 1956-58. Washington, DC 1963. 20 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. (US. Fish and Wildlife Service. Special scientific reports: fisheries no.424) 13 refs. Also issued as: Contrib. no.83 of the Univ of Washington, College of Fisheries. Reports an aerial photographic census of sea lions from Cape St Elias on Gulf of Alaska westward to the central Aleutians, a linear distance of 1100 mi; the equipment and techniques are described. The census data are tabulated and mapped. Minimum number is estimated at 110,000, the density is heaviest between Cook Inlet and Unimak Pass. An evaluation of the reliability of both method DLC. and data is made. MATIt, 0., see No. 93563 MATIN, N.E., see No. 100545 97942 MATSKO, S.N. Ustoichivost' kletok k nizkim temperaturam v zavisimosti (In: Intl. Symof vitaminnogo faktora. posium on Cytoecology, Leningrad, 1963. Kletka i temperatura sredy... 1964. p.51) In Russian. Title t.: Resistance of cells to low temperatures depending on a vitamin factor. The more frost resistant plants contain greater quantities of ascorbic acid; its synthesis was observed at low temperatures. In animal cells maintained at or near 0°C, ascorbic acid content continually falls while dehydroascorbic and diketogulonic acids increase at rates that suggest independent synthesis and not mere transformation. DLC. MATSON, W.R.,

97940 MATHIEU, B. and C. PESANT. Snow and ice in Quebec. (Intl. Conf. on Water for Peace, Washington, DC 1967. Proceedings pub 1968, v.4, p.592-603, maps) Describes the hydrologic regime of Quebec province, with maps of drainage basins, total precipitation and snowfall. The influence of snow and ice on the hydrologic regime are discussed. The problems created by ice cover, anchor ice and frazil ice upon hydrometry are considered. The variety of engineering prob764

see

No. 93823

MATSUSAKA, T., see No. 98369, 98370 97943 MATSUSHITA, S. Lunar geo(Journal of geomagmagnetic variations. netism and geoelectricity 1966. v.18, no.2, p.163-72, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. Studies the lunar geomagnetic variations, using available data and lunar analysis results from 37 stations incl Sitka. Data and methods are explained. Spherical harmonic analyses are made for three seasons, and cone-

sponding equivalent overhead current systems obtained by taking into consideration the electromagnetic induction within the earth, and separating the external and internal origins. The external current systems presented are compared with those obtained by Chapman in 1919 and by Chapman and Bartels 1940, and the differences are presented in a table. DLC.

Strait may have been open by 10,450 yr BP, the general deglaciation of coastal areas in north Ungava by 8000 yr BP, and inland areas by 6700 yr BP. DLC.

97943A MATSUSHITA, S. and C.A. REDDY. A study of blanketing sporadic E at middle latitudes. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.11, p.2903-2916, graphs, map) Approx. 50 refs. Analyzes statistically the hourly values of fbE, at over eighty IGY stations in 1958, deriving its latitudinal, seasonal, and diurnal variations and such of the frequency of f,E5 > 2.0 Mc/s; 15 of the stations are distributed in 60-70°N. It is shown that all the main characteristics of daytime blanketing sporadic E ionospheric layer can be explained on the basis of wind shear hypothesis. DLC.

97946 MATUKHIN, R.G. Devonskie fosfority Noril'skogo raiona. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskiT inst. Trudy 1966. v.146, p.121-27, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Devonian phosphorites of the Noril'sk region. Presents a stratigraphic correlation of Devonian deposits of this region. Phosphorite occurs in the local Kureyka, Razvedochninskaya and Manturovskaya series. Chemical analyses and P205 content of the phospate rocks are given. DLC.

MATSUSHITA, S., see also No. 99656 MATSUZAKI, S., see No. 100506 97944 MATTHEWS, B. Late Quaternary land emergence in northern Ungava, Quebec. (Arctic 1967. v.20, no.3, p.176-202, maps, tables, illus) 41 refs. French and Russian summary. Presents an isostatic uplift curve, based on 21 radiocarbon dates of mainly molluscs, from twelve marine terraces in the Deception Bay-Cape Wolstenholme region of northern Ungava, that indicates a phase of rapid uplift averaging about 26 ft/century, and for the past 5200 yr just under 1 ft/cent. The general deglaciation of the region occurred about 8000-7000 yr BP. There is faunal evidence from 40 ft and 55 ft strandlines at 62°10'N of a possible marine transgression about 5230-3900 C14 yr BP under hydroclimatic conditions corresponding to those at 58°15'N. CaMAI, DGS. 97945 MATTHEWS, B. Radiocarbon dated postglacial land uplift in northern Ungava, Canada. (Nature 1966. v.211, no.5054, p.1164-66, table, illus) 14 refs. Presents a provisional glacio-isostatic uplift curve for the area between Deception Bay and Cape Wolstenholme, northern Ungava, based on ten radiocarbon dates of molluscs from raised marine terraces; it has the general form of such curves constructed for other parts of Canada and Greenland, but represents a later deglaciation period than in most other areas. The various dates suggest that sections of the south coast of Hudson

MATTHEWS, B., see also No. 97978 MATTSSON, J.O., see No. 97548

97947 MATUKHIN, R.G. Fosfority v razvedochninskoi svite devona na territorii ILJzhno-PiasinskoT ploshchadi, Noril'skiT talon. (Geologiii i geofizika 1966, no.7, p.126-30, map, illus) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Phosphorites in the Devonian Razvedochninskaya series in the southern Pyasina area, Noril'sk region. Describes the stratigraphy of this series about 130 m thick. Sedimentation conditions are characterized. Four types of phosphate formation are distinguished: nodules, pebbles, grains and bone fragments. Three fades are recognized in the phosphorite formation. DLC. 97948 MATUKHIN, R.G. and others. Novye dannye o verkhnedevonskikh i nizhnekamennougol'nykh otlozheniiäkh Norilt skogo raiona. (Geologila i geofizika 1966, no. 12, p.107-109, map) 5 refs. In Russian. Other authors: O.I. Bogush and O.V. lUferev. Title tr.: New data on Upper Devonian and Lower Carboniferous deposits of the Noril'sk region. Describes six pockets of these deposits uncovered in drillings and natural outcrops. Petrographic properties, fauna, thickness, and age are stated for each of the six, and its stratigraphic position noted. DLC. 97949 MATUKHIN, R.G. 0 nakhodke tselestina v siluniskikh otlozheniibkh doliny r. Markhi. (Sovetskaiä geologiia 1966, no.8, p.148-50, table, map, illus) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr Find of celestine in Silurian deposits of the Markha River valley. Reports a 1964 find of celestine concretions and celestine-bearing rocks, of which a section is described. The presence of 765

strontium in these concretions is determined: up to 46% in some crystals. DLC. 97950 MATUKHIN, R.G. Pervoe soveshchanie Sibirskogo otdeleniiä Komissii po osadochnym porodam pri ONZ AN SSSR. (Litologiia i poleznye iskopaemye 1966, no.6, p.I46-48) Refs. In Russian. Title f: First conference of the Siberian division of the Commission on Sedimentary Rocks of the Division of Earth Sciences of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR. Reviews this conference at Novosibirsk in Jan 1966 with over a hundred participants. Arctic areas of Siberia were included. DLC. MATUKHIN, R.G., see also No. 94011, 94013, 94014, 94966 97951 MATUKHINA, V.G. Siluriiskie otlozheniih doliny r. Levy! Omnutakh. (Geologiih i geofizika 1966, no.6, p.154-57, map, section) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Silurian deposits of the Levyy Omnutakh River valley. Describes the stratigraphy of Llandoverian, Wenlockian and Ludlovian deposits in the Noril'sk region based on identification of brachiopods, ostracods, trilobites, corals and other fauna. DLC. MATUKHINA, V.G., see also No. 93865, 94965, 97839, 101547 97952 MATUMOTO, T. and P.L. WARD. Microearthquake study of Mount Katmai and vicinity, Alaska. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.10, p.2557-68, tables, graphs, map) 22 refs. Also pub. as: Columbia Univ. Lamont Geological Observatory. Contribution no.1038. Reports the analyses in space and time of 1800 earthquakes recorded in the Katmai region with a high-frequency high-gain tripartite array of seismometers in 39 days of 1965. Most were shallower than 10 km but some occurred at depths to 150 km. The field program and instrumentation are described, and the velocity-depth distribution of longitudinal seismic wave is given. The most accurately determined hypocenters are plotted against their depths and NW-SW distance from the recording site Overlook. The seismicity of the Mt Trident-Mt Martin area during early Aug 1965 is studied. DLC. 97954 MATVEENKO, V.T. and E.T. SHATALOV. Fractures, magmatism and mineralization in the northeast of the USSR; 2 pts. (Intl. geology review 1963. v.5, no.2, 766

p.127-56; v.5, no.3, p.258-85, maps, table) Refs. English translation of No 66634. DLC. 97955 MATVEEV, A.K. Arealy nekotorykh substratnykh osnov severnorusskoi toponimii. (Voprosy geografii 1966. v.70, p.52-59, maps, table) 6 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Geographic distribution of some substrate word stems in North Russian toponymy. Etymologic study of river and place names in northern Arkhangel'sk Provinces. Stems of Lappish, Zyryan, and Balto-Finnish origin are identified and their geographic range indicated. DLC. Dofinno97956 MATVEEV, A.K. ugorskaiä gipoteza i nekotorye voprosy metodiki toponimicheskikh issledovanil. (Sovetskoe finno-ugrovedenie 1967. v.3, no.2, p.139-51) 17 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Pre-Finno-Ugric hypothesis and some methodological points in toponymical study. Disputes a Volga-Oka culture substrate in hydronymics of the European Russian North detected by B.A. Serebrennikov (No 68105) and takes issue with his methods of linguistic analysis. Zyryan elements in pre-Russian river names are discussed and a partially FinnoPermiak origin suggested for substratal hydronyms in northern Russia. DLC. 97957 MATVEEV, A.K. Est' li drevnepermskata toponimika v Zavoloch'e? (Sovetskoe finno-ugrovedenie 1965. v.1, no.3, p.207-212) 6 refs. In Russian. German summary. Title tr.: Are there any oldPermiak toponyms in Zavoloch'ye? Takes issue with B.A. Serebrennikov's attribution of the uga - Aga suffixes to a pre-Finno-Ugric substrate. Author considers these formants to be of Permiak-Zyryan origin. Their occurrence in river names of the lower Onega and Severnaya Dvina basins, an area once known as eastern Zavoloch'ye, indicates an ancient Zyryan diffusion west of the present Komi ASSR. The territory occupied by ancient Permiak tribes extended from the central Urals to the White Sea and coincided with the geographic spread of the Anan'ino culture of the first millennium BC. DLC. 97958 MATVEEV, A.K. K probleme proiskhozhdeniiå severnorusskoi toponimiki. (In: Vsesoiuznoe soveshchanie po voprosam finno-ugorskoi... 1961, pub. 1964, p.185-92) Title tr.: Refs. In Russian. Origin of North Russian toponyms. Deals with the methodology to identify substrate Finno-Ugric river and place names,

incl Samoyed and Zyryan. Phonetics, suffixes, and other criteria for linguistic attribution are discussed. The existence of a sub-substrate of pre-Finno-Ugric origin is considered likely. DLC. 97959 MATVEEV, A.H. Permskie blementy v substratnoT toponimike Russkogo Severe. (Sovetskoe finno-ugrovedenie 1968. v.4, no.1, p.27-37, table) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Permiak elements in substrate toponymy of North Russia. Presents additional etymological analyses of river names in support of author's theory on a Permiak substrate in the Arkhangel'sk Province. River names with Permiak and Zyryan suffixes are found primarily in the Pinega basin and along the upper reaches and the east bank of the lower Severnaya Dvina River. Their occurrence west of the Severnaya Dvina River remains a moot question. Some hydronyms in the Dvina basin are DLC. of Lappish origin. 97960 MATVEEV, A.H. Zaimstvovaniii iz permskikh iazykov v russkikh govorakh (Acts linSevernogo i Srednego Urals. guistica 1964. v.14, no.3-4, p.285-315) 35 Title refs. In Russian. German summary. tr.: Permian loanwards in Russian speech of the Northern and Central Urals. Etymological study of about a hundred words, predominantly of Zyryan origin. The majority relate to hunting, fishing, gathering, and woodcraft, some to geography, snow, ice, specific plants and animals. Certain words are noted as having been assimilated in early DLC. contact times. MATVEEV, A.H., see also No. 94970, 101203 97961 MATVEEV, A.M. Ob uchete osadkov na territorii Karel'skoi ASSR. geofizicheskaia Glavnalå (Leningrad. observatorirå Trudy 1965. no.175, p.182-87, Title tr.: In Russian. graphs, tables) Registration of precipitation in Karelian ASSR. Records show that in the cold period the rain gage registered 8% less precipitation than the precipitation gage, and in the warm period 2% more. These differences are explained as due to hard precipitation being DLC. blown out of the rain gage. 97962 MATVEEV, B.M. VekovoT khod v Tikhom okeane po dannym nabliudemT na (In: Akademiis nauk shkhune "Zanå". SSSR. Inst. fiziki Zemli. Nastoi`ashchee i In proshloe... 1965, p.76-79, table, maps) Title tr. Secular variation in the Russian.

Pacific according to observational data aboard the schooner Zarin. Reports a 1960-62 geomagnetic survey of the ocean, continuously recording the total variations of magnetic elements on a cruise of over 69 thousand nautical miles which included the latitudes of the Okhotsk and Bering Seas. Isopors are charted including data of the Galileo and Carnegie cruises of 1905-29 reduced to the present epoch. DLC. 97963 MATVEEV, I. IAkutiia segodmå. (Sel'skokhoziaistvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1966. v.10, no.9, In Russian. Title b:: p.28-31, illus) Yakutia today. Introduces a group of articles in this issue marking 50 yr of Soviet rule. This area, 3.1 million km2, is the coldest in the Soviet Union, reaching - 70°C in winter with little precipitation; it has some 12 thousand rivers and continuous permafrost. Neglected in pre-Revolutionary time, Yakutia has been transformed under Soviet rule into a flourishing area, with developed industry, mining (diamond, coal, tin, iron ores), progressive agriculture, a school system to state university, and a network of scientific institutions up to a branch of the Academy of DLC. Sciences. 97964 MATVEEV, I.T. Mashina dlil pogruzki rudy so sklada v rechnye suds. (Biulleten' tekhniko-ekonomicheskoi informaIn Rustsii 1966. v.19, no.12, p.57-58) Title b.: Machine for loading ore sian. from storage to ship. Describes and illus an installation for continuous loading used at the Noginsk mine along the Lower Tunguska River. The machine consists of a frame cantilever hinged with balanced trucks which travel on a track. A belt conveyer and scraper conveyer are located on the cantilever and frame respectively A drum winch is used for moving the machine; the hinged joint of the frame with trucks ensures radial transportation. The position of the cantilever above the ship is controlled by the drum winch. The length of the spane frame is 26 m, the maximum cantilever radius is 27 m, and the capacity is DLC. 350 m3/hr. 97965 MATVEEV, H.A. Vodoprovod na Enisee. Moskva, Izd-vo Ministerstva kornmunal'nogo khoz. RSFSR 1963. 52 p. illus. 9 Title tr: Water supply refs. In Russian. system on the Yenisey River. Presents an historical sketch of the construction, maintenance, and use of the Krasnoyarsk waterworks in a popular, politically oriented brochure. Consumption in 767

1959, 1960, 1961, and 1962 was respectively 71, 90, 125, and 150 1/day. The water lines increased from 69 km in 1953 to 260 km in 1962. Construction of the sewage system begun in 1954 is also briefly described. DLC. 97966 MATVEEV, N.P. Morfologiia i usloviiå formirovanitå osypel i rossypel massiva Denezhkin Kamen' na Sevemom Urale. (Moskovskoe ob-vo ispytatelel prirody. Trudy 1966. v.18, p.207-218, illus) Refs. In Russian. English summary. 71'de fr.: Morphology and formation conditions of talus and placers in the Denezhkin Kamen' massif of the Northern Ural. The formation of talus, placers and rock streams is determined by many factors such as geologic structure, fracturing, weathering, climate, vegetation, etc. The gravitational forms of relief may be divided into bald mountain and forest belt groups. Genetically gravitational deposits are either alluvial or talus. DLC. 97967 MATVEEV, N.P. Soveshchanie po problemam fizicheskol geografii Urala. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Izvestiia 1964. v.96, no.1, p.86-88) In Russian. Title tr.: Conference on the physical geographic problems of the Ural. Reports this conference in May 1963 in Moscow; the 17 papers presented dealt with natural zoning, water and heat balance, natural resources, history of exploration, etc. Most are briefly reviewed including those on Polar, Subpolar and Northern Ural. DLC. 97968 MATVEEV, V.D. and GORSHENIN. Leno-Viliuiskaia oblast'novyl neftegazonosnyl raion SSSR. (Sibirskil n.-issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syr'Ia. Trudy 1967. no.63, p.125-32, graph, map, table) Refs. In Russian. Tide fr.: The Lena-Vilyuy province, a new oilgas-bearing region of the USSR. Reports discovery of the Ust-Vilyuyskoye, Sabo-Khainskoye, Badaranskoye, Nadzhelinskoye, Sredne-Vilyuyskoye and Tolonskoye gas-condensate deposits, six in all with reserves forecast at 12.8 trillion m3. The data presented indicate that this province has numerous areas prespective for ofl and gas from the Riphean to the Mesozoic. DLC. 97969 MATVEEV, V.D. and IL1.D. GORSHENIN. Sredne-Viliuiskoe gazokondensatnoe mestorozhdenie v IAkutskoi ASSR. (Sibirskiil n.-issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syris. Trudy 1967. no.63, p.140-48, graphs, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Sredne-Vilyuyskoe gascondensate deposits in Yakut ASSR. 768

Describes these deposits discovered in 1963 on the lower Vilyuy approx 250 km from its mouth. Geologic structure and lithologic characteristics of Upper Permian, Triassic, Jurassic and Cretaceous deposits are described. Reserves of gas and condensate are estimated. The deposits are in numerous seams. The productive horizons are connected with strata of Upper Permian, Lower Triassic and Lower Jurrassic. DLC. 97970 MATVEEVA, E.T. Obshchie zakonomernosti vozbuzhdenii kolebanil Pci v solnechnom tsikle. (Akademiiii nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyi geofizicheskii komitet. Geomagnitnye issledovaniia. Sbornik staRef. In te! 1967. no.9, p.99-106, graphs) Russian. English summary. Title tr.: General regularities of excitation of Pci pulsations during a solar cycle. Reports study of the character of shortperiod (2-4 sec) continuous geomagnetic pulsations Pd, from records of four Russian observations, incl Kheysa Island data for 1958-62. The frequency of Pc1 in terms of solar activity intensity and season, and the relationship between the amplitude of Pel and solar activity are discussed. Pc1 frequency and duration of the series reach a max during the descending part of the solar activity curve. Seasonally, Pcl occur most frequently during the winter. DLC. MATVEEVA, E.T., see also No. 100774, 100775 97971 MATVEEVA, G.V. 0 rezul'tatakh izucheniia lednikovykh valunov na Srednem Timane. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1967. v.145, p.292-301, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Results of an investigation of glacial boulders in Middle Timan. Reports the quantitative and qualitative composition of boulders, their orientation in the moraines, and their petrographic composition. The moraines are of two types, viz: the Dniepr and Moscow glaciations. Most of the boulders consist of local Timan rocks and only 3-25% are from other areas: Novaya Zemlya and Scandinavia. DLC. MATVEEVA, N.M., see No. 99692 MATVEEVA, O.V., see No. 93636, 95569 MATVIENKO, N.G., see No. 97528 MATVIEVSKAIA, N.D., see No. 97100, 97233 MAVOR, W.F., see No. 95997

97972 MAVRITSKII, B.F. and O.P. BULYGINA. Termal'nye vody isentral'nykh raionov Zapadno-Sibirskogo basselna i ikh prakticheskoe znachenie. (In: Soveshchanie po geotermicheskim issledovaniiiim v SSSR 1964. Trudy 2, pub 1966, p.227-32, tables) In Russian. 2Ytle M.: Thermal waters of central regions of the West Siberian basin and their practical importance. Describes the West Siberian artesian basin and its thermal waters mostly in the AptianCenomanian, Neocomian and Jurassic deposits. Their mineralization ranges 1-30 g/l, temperature up to 140°C and higher. Their chemical and gas composition is noted. The geothermal gradient is determined for various parts of the area incl Ust'-Port, Berezovo, Surgut, Tyumen, etc. Utilization of thermal water to supply heat to population centers is discussed, with Surgut, Ust'-Balyk, Tazovskoye in mind, and other towns as the oil and gas industry develops. DLC.

97973 MAVRTTSKII, B.F. ZapadnoSibirskil artezianskif bassein. (Akademii nauk SSSR. Laboratoritå gidrogeologicheskikh problem. Trudy 1962. v.39, p.3-150, tables, graphs, maps) Over 150 refs. In Russian. Tytle tr.: The West Siberian artesian basin. Outlines the hydrogeology, geothermy and paleohydrogeology of this vast basin, mostly on the basis of data from drillings. Its oro-hydrography, climate, geologic structure and history of geologic development are analyzed. Two main types of groundwater are distinguished and described: sedimentation and infiltration. In Mesozoic - Cenozoic deposits, six geothermal zones are recognized: below 0°C, 0-25°, 25-50°, 50-75°, 75-100°, 100-125° and above. Chemical properties of the groundwaters are also reported. In respect to oil and gas occurrences, the central, northern and especially northwestern regions should come under consideration. In these regions, thermal and mineral waters can be used for therapeutic purposes and heating. In southern and southeastern regions are large reserves of fresh water suitable for water supply. DLC. 97975 MAY, A.W. Occurrence of ptarmigan off northern Labrador. (Canadian field-naturalist 1967. v.81, no.3, p.227-28) Reports observations during a cruise of the CGS A.T. Cameron Oct 1966 between 5917'N 63'23'W and 59°45'N 59°30'W; 120 mi from land. The birds which lighted on deck were evidently rock ptarmigan Lagopus mutus. Weather conditions and reports from the literature are also noted. CaMAI, DGS.

97976 MAY, ILE. Outpost nursing; a new program at Dalhousie University helps prepare nurses for positions in remote areas of the North. (Canadian nurse 1967. v.63, no.3, p.34-35) A shortage of doctors for northern health services in Canada results in satellite nursing stations surrounding scarce regional hospitals. Service in such stations requires judgment and skills beyond the scope of normal nursing. The 2-yr graduate training program at Dalhousie University will include public health nursing, clinical teaching in general medicine, surgery, pediatrics and midwifery, and a one-yr internship under northern conditions. DNLM. 97977 MAY, R.R. Upper air density derived from the orbits of Discoverer satellites and its variation with latitude. (Planetary and space science 1964. v.I2, no.12, p.1179-85, graphs) 9 refs. Russian summary. Investigates the variation of the air density with latitude at 190-260 km altitudes. The Discoverer satellite series is used because of the position of their perigees in the 80°N 80°S lat range. It is concluded that the air density at a fixed height is a function of latitude, and is about 30% smaller at the poles than at the equator. The variation 70'S - 80°N is shown in a diagram. DLC. 97978 MAYCOCK, P.F. and B. MATTHEWS. An arctic forest in the tundra of (Arctic 1966. northern Ungava, Quebec. v.19, no.2, p.114-44, maps, tables, illus) 24 refs. French and Russian summary. A willow thicket dominated by Salix planifolia and S. alaxensis, is located in a 1500-ft-deep glaciated valley at the southwest end of Watts Lake, 32 mi south of Deception Bay. This "forest" forms a solid green canopy at 12 ft and contains some trees of almost 16 ft height. It grows in deep, well-drained soils (here named arctic thicket type) developed on poorly sorted sand, gravel, pebbles and cobbles, mainly of schist. A flora of 67 species of vascular plants (here listed) have been found in the area, all but two of which are arctic species. The two exceptions are wideranging boreal and subarctic species. For so many arctic species to be capable of growing in the shaded environment is of interest. Factors contributing to the existence of such "forests", temperatures, moisture, deep permafrost, snow cover, wind and topography affording protection, are discussed. CaMAI, DLC. 97979 MAYER, P.W.A. Mining in Canada's sub-Arctic. (Canadian mining and 769

metallurgical bulletin 1966. v.59, no.656, p.1437-41, illus) One of four articles on sub-zero-weather operations in Canadian mines. Discusses the problems of maintaining profitable yr-round production at the Schefferville and Labrador City mines of the Iron Ore Co of Canada. Use of J47-19 jet engines to clear railroad tracks has been successful. Equipment used to maintain roadways is described. Heating of many installations is required, incl power dam, drills and other equipment. The effect of storms upon electrical equipment is considered. Utilization of high-strength steels is essential, and various examples are given of their superiority. The human element in sub-zero operation is also evaluated. See also E. Allen, C.F. Bernier, and J.M.B. ScarDLC. borough. 97980 MAYER, W.V. World-wide hi(Suomalainen Tiedebernation research. akatemia. Toimituksia. Annales. Ser. A. IV: Biologica 1964, no.71, Intl. Symposium... Hibernation 1962. Proceedings no. 71/23, p.325-31) The bibliography on hibernation at the time of this report contained 2340 cards which are being indexed and cross-indexed. The project, supported by the US Air Force Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory and Office of Naval Research, was scheduled for completion by 1964. Limits to the content include omission of all references to poikilothermous animals and limitation of material on hypothermia. Discussion of the report centered on the problem of terminology with reference to machine coding. DLC. 97981 MAYNARD, J.E. and others. Surveillance of respiratory virus infections among Alaskan Eskimo children. (American Medical Association. Journal 1967. v.200, no.11, p.927-31, tables, illus) 6 refs. Other authors: E.T. Feltz, H. Wulff, R. Fortuine, J.D. Poland and T.D.Y. Chin. Combined serologic and isolation studies of children aged 1-6 at Bethel, winter 1966, showed viral association in 75% of the cases of acute respiratory disease. There was evidence of simultaneous infection with influenza A2 and B viruses, parainfluenza virus types 1 and 3, adenovirus types 2 and 5, rhinovirus and herpes simplex virus. Effective specimen collection and transport have been problems in the past. A virus transport medium consisting of tryptose phosphate broth of 0.5% gelatin and 1% chicken serum proved suitable for isolation of respiratory syncytial virus, despite one cycle of freezethaw with storage at -70°C for as long as ten DLC. days prior to viral isolation. 770

MAYNARD, J.E., see also No. 99368 97982 MAYNARD, L.A. Meteor burst communications in the Arctic. (In: NATO Inst. on Ionospheric Radio Communications in the Arctic. Proceedings 1967 pub 1968. p.165-73, graphs, maps, illus) Reports the radio propagation modes involving auroral ionization observed for 1515 hr at 41 MHz May 1960-Oct 1961 over the Goose Bay-Ottawa path. During the same period and over the same path at 104 MHz auroral supported multi-path modes were observed for 85 hr. Effects of the intense polar cap absorption event on 12 Nov 1960, caused by the solar flare at 1325 UT are DLC. discussed. MAYNARD, L.A., see also No. 94634 MAYO, L.R., see No. 99001 97983 MAZAEVA, G. and E. RERIKH. (Sportivnaia Vse nachinaetsfi v shkole. zhizn' Rossii 1964. v.8, no.5, p.3-4, illus) In Title tr.: It all begins at school. Russian. Describes boys' and girls' sports activities at the elementary school in Yelizovo in Kamchatka: skiing, volleyball, basketball, etc. The moral and educational value of school sports is stressed. DLC 97984 MAZAEVA, V.I. Vyrazhenie sub"ekta i ob"ekta v ketskom kauzative deistviiä. (Tomsk. Univ. Uchenye zapiski In Russian. 1966, no.59, p.129-40, tables) Title tr.: Expression of subject and object in causative verbs of action in Ket. Analyzes certain morphological laws governing word formation by affixes in Ket Yeniseian. DLC. MAZINA, E.G. Predupreditelt terapiiii tuberkuleza detei rannego vozrasta v nachal'nom periode infitsirovaniih i ee organizatsüa v IÄkutskoi ASSR. (Voprosy okhrany materinstva i detstva 1959. v.4, no.4, p.69-73) In Russian. Title tr.: Preventive therapy of tuberculosis in young children during the early stage of infection and the organization of TB control in Yakut ASSR. Reports results of a study made 1955-57 in Yakutsk of 167 infants and small children with positive tuberculin reaction. 94 were treated for 2-4 months by daily administration of 0.2 g paraaminosalicylic acid per kg weight; a control group of 73 received no antibacterial drugs. The treated group showed a lower rate of TB morbidity and less severe forms of tuberculosis than the controls. Chemoprophylaxis of young children with negative tuberculin reaction, living in close

97985

naia

contact with TB carriers, is recommended as safeguard to infection. The organization of TB control seminars and fieldwork by the Yakut Branch of the Tuberculosis Institute are noted. DLC.

Japan at the end of the Pliocene and beginning of the Pleistocene, the age of the Ermanovka series. DLC.

MCHEDLISHVILI, P.A., see also No. 94500

97986 MAZOKHIN, V. Na "Shchel'e" v Mangazeyu. (Nauka i religirå 1967. v.9, no.12, p.6-11, map, illus) In Russian. Tyde tr. On the Shchel'm to Mangazeya. Interview with D.A. Butorin and M.E. Skorokhodov who, in 1967, retraced the Arkhangel'sk-Mangazeya trade route in a boat modeled after the 15th century Pomor koch. The flat-bottomed sail craft was manageable even in strong wind, withstood heavy ice and sailed through shallow leads in Yugorskiy Shar Strait. The craft crossed Yamal Peninsula by rivers and lakes, then through Ob Bay, up the Taz River to the vicinity of Sidorovsk. Samoyed tales of bewitched waterways, the curse on Mangazeya, etc are mentioned. The discovery of the Taz natural gas deposits and the possibility of the construction of a new town on the site of ancient Mangazeya are noted. DLC. MAZUR, B.M., see No. 96572 97987 MAZUROV, M.K. Osnovnye razvitiia apatitovor proproblemy myshlennosti. (Problemy Severe 1967, no.12, p.26-33, tables) In Russian. Tide Era Basic problems in the development of the apatite industry. English translation available from National Science Library, National Research Council, Ottawa. Outlines the status and prospects of this industry in Kola Peninsula: the output of apatite concentrate increased from 1.48 million tin 1950 to 7.55 in 1965, and is expected to go to 14.5 million t soon, ultimately to 18-20 million t. Work of two concentration plants and of four operating mines (S.M. Kirov, Yukspor, Rasvumchor and Tsentralnyl) is briefly described. Further search for apatite ore deposits and better utilization of those known, fuller P205 extraction from the ore and better utilization of by-products are required; ways and means are discussed. CaMAI, DLC. 97988 MCHEDLISHVILI, P.A. Novye dannye ob iskopaemo! flore @rmanovskoi (Akademia svity, Zapadnail Kamchatka. nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.171, no.4, p.937-39) 14 refs. In Russian. Tyde tr.: New data on fossil flora of the Ermanovka series, western Kamchatka. Lists fossils collected at Cape Nepropusk and other areas. They show Kamchatka closely connected with North America and

97989 MEBIUS, H. Sacrificial cult and hunting rites; some views on Same religion. (In: Nordic Symposium 1962 pub 1965, p.351-62) Approx 35 refs. Describes, on the basis of missionary records, two main types of reindeer sacrifice among the Lapps: the hunter sacrificed antlers and skin to ensure propagation of species, and the herder slaughtered his best specimen to protect the herd. Procedures and rites associated with both cults, placation of the animal's guardian or of hunting divinities, preservation of bones conducive to the animal's recreation, role of the shaman or noai de, etc are discussed. The age of Lappish reindeer domestication, development of herding from hunting, and the practice of reindeer milking since before 700 AD are also considered. DLC. 97990 MECUTCHEN, V.S. Alaska's first star-spangled fourth. (Journal of the West 1967. v.6, no.3, p.433-39) Describes the ceremonies at Sitka on 4 July 1868, the first celebration of US Independence Day after the acquisition of the territory of Alaska. Some related contemporary events of historical significance are briefly discussed. DLC. 97991 MECUTCHEN, V.S. The U.S. Army in Alaska, 1867-77: an experiment in military government. Washington, DC, American Univ. 1956. 295 p. maps. Refs. Evaluates the role of the military during the first ten yr of US government in Alaska. Army relations with Russians and Indians are discussed, and the efforts to maintain amicable and fair dealings with the latter are emphasized. The limited influence of federal authority is related to inadequate support and supply of Army units. Problems associated with the control of liquor and the Army's insistence that Alaska was legally Indian country are mentioned, together with many other hindrances that reduced the effectiveness of Army rule. DLC. MEDI:ANTSEV, A.I., see No. 98465, 98466 97992 MEDVEDEV, G.I. Novye dannye o nizhnikh sloiakh Ust'-Beloi. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Drevniarå Sibir' 1966. no.2, p.38-5I, illus) 13 refs. In Russian. Tyde tr.: New data on the lower strata of Ust'-Belaya. 771

Deals with the pre-neolithic horizons of this stratified site located at the confluence of the Belaya and Angara Rivers, 17 km NE of Mal'ta. The stratigraphy of the 8-m thick terrace, particularly its three lowest strata excavated in 1960-61, is discussed. The inventory is uniform, except for greater coarseness in workmanship in the bottom horizon, and is characteristic of the Siberian mesolithic. Coarsely retouched scrapers and core tools of various shapes hicl so-called core drills, awls, lamellar blades and spalls prevail. Bone artifacts consist of harpoon points, fish hooks, etc. Closest analogies are found in the upper horizons of Malta, also the late paleolithic and mesolithic assortments at the Verkholensk and several Yenisey River and Lake Baykal sites. Unlike the permanent Verkholensk site, Ust'-Belaya is considered a seasonally occupied camp of fishing and DLC. hunting bands. MEDVEDEV, M.

Iu., see No. 94944

MEDVEDEN, N., see No. 95604 97993 MEDVEDEVA, G.P. 0 kolebanitakh ob"emov vesennego polovod tå na rekakh Zapadnol Sibiri. (Akademitå nauk SSSR. Izvestii2, ser. 1967. no.2, p.91-98, graphs, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title ir.: Fluctuation in the extent of spring high waters in the rivers of West Siberia. Reports study of spring high in rivers of the tundra, taiga, forest-steppe and steppe zones, with the Pur, Severnaya Sos'va, Pyshma, Iset', Om' and Ishim taken as examples. The fluctuations in their spring high water are calculated for 1936-62. A periodicity of spring discharge and changes in the low and DLC. high water cycles are established. 97994 MEEHAN, W.R. and W.L. SHERIDAN. Effects of toxaphene on fishes and bottom fauna of Big Kitoi Creek, Afognak Island, Alaska. Washington, DC 1966. 9p. map, tables. (US. Fish and Wildlife Service. Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife. Investigations in fish control no.8) Refs. Describes experimental use of toxaphene as a means of reducing predation by sculpins on pink salmon fry. The effect of the toxicant upon the biota of the creek is assessed. Recruitment of organisms began shortly after treatment but some long-term or permanent changes are noted. The general results appeared to be positive and an estimated 135,000 fry were saved by the treatment. DL 97995 MEEK, J.H. Bridging the gap between physicist, engineer and the user and the needs for the future. (In: NATO Inst. 772

on Ionospheric Radio Communications in the Arctic. Proceedings 1967 pub 1968. p.450-54) Proposes consolidating and presenting the results from the mass of data on hand and relating the results of theoretical investigations to actual communications circuit conditions. The arctic environment and human factors are considered. Active coordinated participation of physicists, engineers, and operators in communications systems DLC. projects is emphasized. 97996 MEEK, J.H. Physical problems of particular relevance to arctic communications. (In: NATO Inst. on Ionospheric Radio Communications in the Arctic. Proceedings 1967 pub 1968. p.81-86) Prediction techniques used for polar circuits are not adequate, but anomalous ionization structures, such as polar Es and high latitude trough, and meteor trails may possibly serve as predictable means of reflecting high and very high frequency radio waves. An observation program is suggested with groups of stations set up in configurations to determine the synoptic features of each ionospheric layer, with attention to its effects on radio communication, following changes of intensity of the ionospheric layers. DLC. 97997 MEEROVITCH, E. and Z.A. KHAN. A preliminary report on the serological response of amoebiasis patients from the endemic area in northwestern Saskatchewan. (Canadian journal of public health 1967. v.58, no.6, p.270-74, tables, illus) 12 refs. Reports testing of blood serums of 22 Indian patients from this endemic area for anti-amoebic antibodies by means of indirect haemagglutination and immuno-diffusion tests. Results show some serological response of amoebiasis patients in the northern temperate region as in the tropics. CaMAI, DNLM. 97998 MEGALINSKII, K.O. Opyt otlova i mecheniia teterevinykh ptits v usloviiåkh Pechoro-Ilychskogo zapovednika. (Pechoro-Ilychskil gos. zapovednik . Trudy 4 refs. In 1964. no.11, p.125-32, illus) Russian. Title tr. Catching and banding grouse under conditions of the Pechora-Ilych Preserve. Notes that personnel of this preserve have pioneered the study and banding of birds, especially grouse. Types of traps, snares, etc used for capture in 1954-63 are described and their efficiency in various ground conditions DLC. stated.

97999 MEGILL, L.R. and J.B. HASTED. Free electron balance during polar cap absorption events. (Planetary and space science 1965. v.13, no.4, p.339-43, table) 25 refs. Russian summary. Proposes that the dominating mechanism in the PCA of radio signals in the ionosphere is the detachment of electrons from 02- by means of "Penning ionization collisions" with 02 (tag). This explains the temporal behavior during the sunlight hours without the need of invoking some other type of negative ion. There is no requirement for a large deactivation rate by ground state 02, which is in contradiction with the experiment, if moderate concentrations of metastable molecules are assumed at night. DLC. MEGILL, L.R., see also No. 93329, 101253 98000 MEGURO, H. and others. Diatoms and the ecological conditions of their growth in sea ice in the Arctic Ocean. (Science, 20 May 1966. v.152, p.1089-90, table) 8 refs. Other authors: K. Ito and H. Fukushima. A summer study off Point Barrow, Alaska found 23 species of diatoms in sea ice, in the brine between ice crystals on the underside of the ice. This find suggests that a considerable fraction of primary production takes place in sea ice. CaMAI, DLC. 98001 MEGURO, H. and others. Ice flora (bottom type); a mechanism of primary production in polar seas and the growth of diatoms in sea ice. (Arctic 1967. v.20, no.2, p.114-33, tables, illus) 16 refs. French and Russian summary. Other authors: K. Ito and H. Fukushima. A yellowish-brown layer at the bottom of summer sea ice, upturned by an icebreaker, off the coast at Point Barrow, Alaska, extended up to 30 cm from the bottom. It consisted of large diatom colonies which were found to have been formed in brine included in fissures between vertically oriented ice crystals. Grazing by zooplankton was highly restricted because the structure of the ice microhabitat prevented their entry. The chlorophyll content of the layer studied was 100 times greater than that of sea water under the ice. This suggests that the most important primary production of the Arctic is in the sea ice. The biological environment of the colored layer at the bottom of the sea ice is summarized, viz: relatively stable temperature (-3° to 0°C), sufficient nutrient supply, variable osmotic pressure, stronger light conditions than in sea water below, limited grazing by zooplankton, and probable abundance of organic matter. CaMAI, DGS.

98002 MEIEN, S.V. Kordaitovye verkhnego paleozoih Severnol Evrazii, morfologitå, epidermal'noe stroenie, sistematika i stratigraficheskoe znachenie. Moskva, Izdvo Nauka 1966. 218 p. tables, illus. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Geologicheskil inst. Trudy no.150) In Russian. Title tr Cordaiteans of the Upper Paleozoic of northern Eurasia; morphology, epidermal structure, systematics and stratigraphic significance. Monographic study of Upper Paleozoic flora, collected in the basins of the Angara, Pechora, Nizhnyaya Tunguska, Taymyra and other rivers. The principal viewpoints on the systematics of cordaitean leaves are discussed. The morphology and epidermal structure of the Angara samples are analyzed. Main principles and methods of their systematics are described. Five stages are distinguished in the development of Cordaitales in northern Eurasia. Systematic descriptions are included. DLC. 98003 MEIER, M.F. Glaciers and climate. (In: Intl. Assoc. for Quaternary Research, Congress 1965. Quaternary of the US... 1965. p.795-805, graphs, illus) Refs. Discusses evidences of glacier variations and methods of extracting information concerning climatic change in Pleistocene and Recent times from present-day glaciers. Reference is made to a number of examples from Alaska. DGS. 98004 MEIER, R.J. Fingerprint patterns from Karluk village, Kodiak Island. (In: Laughlin, W.S. and W.G. Reeder. Studies in Aleutian-Kodiak prehistory... Arctic anthropology 1966. v.3, no.2, p.206-210, tables) 16 refs. Tabulates and interprets results of apical patterns collected, in 1962, from 955 prints in Karluk and correlates them with data, pub 1923-53, on seven Eskimo groups: East and West Greenland, Southampton Island, EastCentral Arctic, Coronation Gulf, Point Barrow, and St Lawrence Island. The high frequency of arches in Karluk males is considered a distortion of the total result by a group of related individuals having an abundance of arch patterns. The lower ridge-count for loop and whorl pattern types in the Karluk series versus a British sample suggests the possibility of finding racial differences in pattern size. The highest deviation from the general Eskimo picture is found in the East Greenland and East-Central Arctic groups: high frequency of whorls and low frequencies of loops and arches in the former and a high percentage of ulnar loops at the expense of whorls in the latter. Overconcentration of related individuals in the first and possible 773

heterogeneous elements in the second sample may be causative factors. DSI. 98005 MEINANDER, M. The Neuroptera and Mecoptera of eastern Fennoscandia. Helsinki 1962. 96 p. tables, maps, illus. (Societas pro fauna et flora fennica. Fauna fennica no.13) approx. 65 refs. Study with keys covering 61 species of Neuroptera and six Mecoptera, 22 of the former and one of the latter extending beyond the Arctic Circle. Appearance and color, frequency and geographic distribution, taxonomic position, earlier records, etc are discussed. Numerous drawings illus the morphology. DLC. 98006 MEISTER, L.A. Permafrost thickness at Igarka. English translation of No 66665, available as TT-66010320 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va., 22151. 98007 MEL'CHINOV, M.S. Materialy po ekologii sobohi v ralone Aldano-Uchurskogo khrebta. (Akademirå nauk SSSR. IAkutskii filial. Nauchnye soobshcheniia 1962. no.8, p.87-92, tables) Ref. in Russian. Title tr.: Materials on the ecology of sable in the area of the Aldan-Uchur Range. Reports study in 1954, 1956 and 1958 of an area where 417 sable were released for repopulation since 1953. The diet of the animals, as determined by feces analysis is tabulated and discussed and an approximate count conducted. It is estimated that in 1958 the number of sable in the area reached DLC. 1600. 98008 MEL'CHINOV, M.S. Opyt podkormki sobolei pri ikh iskusstvennom rasselenii. (Akademiri nauk SSSR. IAkutskii filial Nauchnye soobshcheniri 1962. no.8, Title tr.: 2 refs. In Russian. p.93-96) Experiment in supplementary feeding of sable during artificial dispersal. Reports experience with animals just released for reacclimatization, in three areas during winter-spring. Pieces of meat were disposed in a radius of 400-500 m prior to the release of the sable. In most cases only a small fraction of the animals remained nearby and ate the meat. DLC. 98009 MELCHIOR, H.R. and F.A. IWEN. Trapping, restraining, and marking arctic ground squirrels for behavioral observations. (Journal of wildlife management 1965. v.29, no.4, p.671-78, graph, tables, illus) 16 refs. Evaluates several types of live traps. A girth hitch string of nylon parachute cord was used successfully for restraining. For marking, Nyanzol A and D dyes were best of several

774

tried; also a system of removing one toe per foot for future identification is described. DLC. 98010 MELDGAARD, J. Greenland art. (Danish Foreign Office journal 1967, no.58, p.43-47, illus) Reviews briefly Eskimo art in Greenland from the Dorset culture to modern traditional sculpture. The role of magic as an artistic inspiration is stressed, particularly among the Angmassalik Eskimos of the east coast. The work of living Greenland artists is evaluated, in particular that of the Kristoffersen family CaMAI. at Godthåb. 98011 MELDGAARD, J. The Norsemen in Greenland. (Danish Foreign Office journal 1967, no.58, p.15-22, map, illus) A brief review of the Norse voyages to Greenland and its settlement in 985. The history of the two Viking areas of occupance is outlined, the west settlement being overrun by Eskimos circ 1450 and the last recorded event in the east being a wedding in the Hvalsey church in 1408. The main literary sources are mentioned and the archeological evidence summarized. The role of the church in the life of the Norse pioneers is discussed and surviving relics noted. Some reasons for the original migration and ultimate disappearance of the colony are suggested. CaMAI. 98012 MELDGAARD, J. Traditional (Beaver 1967. sculpture in Greenland. v.298, no.2, p.54-59, illus) Presents a critique of Greenland art from the Dorset culture to modern soapstone carving and the establishment of the association for Greenlandic Art and Handicraft. The 19th c Angmagssalik wooden figurines and the later tupilaks from that locality are discussed. The mass production of handicraft goods for Danish and tourist markets is mentioned as a modern trend. The work of the Tamasen in ivory and the Kristoffersen in soapstones is assessed. CaMAI. MELEDINA, S.V. see No. 95031 98013 MELEKESTSEV, I.V. Masshtab i vozrast posledneT krupneTsheT vspyshki kis(Akalogo vulkanizma na Kamchatke. demiri nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. vulkanologii. Trudy 1967. no.24, p.82-92, Tide tr.: maps, illus) Refs. In Russian. The scale and age of the last large outburst of acid volcanism on Kamchatka. Reports geomorphic mapping in eastern and southern Kamchatka, where the areas of Krasheninnikova, Uzona, Bol'shoy Semyachik, Gorelogo, Onala, and other volcanoes

were studied and the distribution of the pumice-ignimbrite cover analyzed and mapped according. to air photos. The force and extent of the pumice-ignimbrite cover are discussed, with conclusion that the last large outburst of acid volcanism coincides in time with the end of the interglacial and the first phase of Upper Quaternary glaciation. DLC. 98014 MELEKESTSEV, I.V. Osobennosti nekotorykh rel'efoobrazuiüshchikh proisessov molodykh vulkanicheskikh raionov, na primere Kamchatki. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1967. no.5, p.80-87) Refs. In Russian. JYtle tr.: Features of some reliefforming processes in regions of recent volcanism as exemplified in Kamchatka. Describes volcanism and recent tectonics as the main endogenic factors in relief formation. Kamchatka has hundreds of great volcanic structures and thousands of small ones. Volcanic activity in the peninsula is outlined. The amplitude of tectonic movements and their influence on relief formation are also described. Among the exogenic processes, the work of glaciers is noted. DLC. MELEKESTSEV, I.V., see also No. 94189, 94192 MELIKHOV, V.R., see No. 97447 MELIKOV, D.K., see No. 96242 98015 MELIN, R. Flood discharge of the mountain rivers in northern Sweden during natural water regime and after regulation of the water in lake storage reservoirs and its connection with dam design. (Intl. Assoc. for Hydraulic Research, 10th congress, London 1963. Proceedings v.2, p.9-14, graph, table) French summary. Discusses a more economical flood-water discharge design for water-power dams than that calculated for the maximum flow as prescribed by the Water Courts regulations. More economical flood-water discharge facilities can be constructed and properly regulated, considering that lake-reservoirs in the system can store almost the entire yearly runoff. Actual regulated flow and computed natural flow are given in graphs for the highest spring-flood in Indalsälven Apr-July 1949 and for Angermaniilven Apr-Aug DLC. 1960. MELKONIAN, G.I., see 93755 98016 MELLING, J. Right to a future; Toronto, the native peoples of Canada. Anglican Church of Canada and United Church of Canada 1967. 150 p: Refs.

Deals largely with the Indians and stresses the role of the Church in education and community life. The association of schools with the early missions, and the redirection of missionary work toward building community life are discussed. The setting up of reserves and destruction of Indian incentive are the roots of present-day problems. Legal and constitutional peculiarities that make impossible a uniform policy towards the native peoples are outlined, as are the efforts of the State with regard to education, and the need to gear Indian schooling to the integration of the students within the Canadian community without alienating them from parents and breaking up their native communities. The exodus from reserves, the situation of Indians in the city and resultant problems are considered. Work of the Friendship Centres, and role of Church and Government in community development are discussed as directed toward helping the native peoples to CaMAI. help themselves better. 98017 MELLOR, M. and J.H. SMITH. Creep of snow and ice. Hanover, N.H. 1966. 20 p. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Lab. Research report no. 220) Constant load creep tests in uniaxial unconfined compression were performed on samples of sintered snow and bubbly polycrystalline ice. Nominal axial stresses were in the range 0.1 to 1.0 kgf/cm2 for snow, and 0.5 to 20 kgf/cm2 for ice. The range of temperatures investigated was from -0.5 to -34.5°C. Assuming creep to follow the Arrhenius relation, values of apparent activation energy for secondary creep under a nominal axial stress of 0.5 kgf/cm2 varied from 10.7 kcal/mole for ice of density 0.83 g/cm3 to 17.8 kcal/mole for snow of density 0.44 g/cm3. The dependence of strain rate E on stress 2 for polycrystalline ice subjected to stresses in the range 0.5 to 20 kgf/cm2 at temp of -4 and -10°C could best be described by a relation of the form E = C sub 1+ C sub 2 2 to the 3.5 power where C sub 1 and C sub 2 are constants for a given ice type. It is suggested that the creep of polycrystalline ice depends on at least two distinct mechanisms in the stress range studied. If each mechanism has its own characteristic activation energy, the apparent activation energy measured in creep experiments may well vary with stress level. In snow subjected to a given nominal stress, such an effect should be reflected in variation of apparent activation energy with bulk CaMAI, DLC. density. 775

98018 MELLOR, M. and S.C. REED. Ice cap strains and some effects on engineering structures. Hanover, N.H. 1967. 10p. graph, table, illus. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Technical report no. 202) Refs. Considers the strain rate components in the upper layers of an icecap, whose vertical component has long been used in designing engineering installations in Greenland and Antarctica, and whose transverse and longitudinal components should be better understood and evaluated. Methods of estimating these components are outlined and representative measured values given. Strain rates in the horizontal plane are found to be comparatively low, but over a period of years the accumulated strain can produce measurable distortion of buried engineering structures and induce severe stressing in unrelieved elastic structures. These results seem inconsistent with an assumption that the Greenland Icecap maintains a steady-state CaMAI, DLC. surface profile. 98019 MELLOR, M. Light scattering and particle aggregation in snowstorms. Hanover, N.H. 1966. 16p. graphs, tables. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Lab. Research report no.193) Refs. Studies the problem of visibility through falling snow, using the method of measuring the brightness contrast between topographic features and the adjacent sky. Extinction coefficient and visual range are related to the snowfall density (intensity of the precipitation). The study offers an explanation for the relative constancy of snowflake concentration observed at ground level during snowfalls of varying intensity. An empirical correlation between extinction coefficient and precipitation rate is given for practical use. A histogram gives a case of frequency distribution for snow particle and snowflake fall velocity, and a graph shows the extinction coefficient and visual range related to snow accumulation rate for a snowfall under CaMAI, DLC. wind-free conditions. 98020 MELLOR, M. and J.H. SMITH. Strength studies of snow. Hanover, N.H. 1966. 21 p. graphs, tables. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Research report no.168) Refs. Reports the experiments performed on some 650 samples of homogeneous snow, to determine dependence of its compressive strength as a function of temp over the range 0 to -50°C. Comparative measurements were made on ice and frozen sand, and the variation of ram hardness was examined. The results are discussed in terms of surface chemistry effects at crystal boundaries. There 776

is a possibility that the true behavior of snow is more complicated due to these effects. DLC. 98021 MEL'NIK, D.M. Stikhåü pobezhdaet tekhnika. (Put' i putevoe khoziälstvo 1967. v.11, no.3, p.19-20, illus) In Title Sr.: Technical equipment Russian. conquers nature. Reviews measures for clearing railroad tracks of snow, and protective devices against snowdrift, use of shovels, plows, and from 1863, transportable wooden screens; about a dozen snow removal systems of the preSoviet period are briefly described of which the Burakovskil (1893) and Bjerke (1898) could clear 20-30km/hr. In the 1930-40's clearance increased to 40km/hr. Double- and triple-rotor snow removers were developed in 1955-58, and the brush snow remover of 1965 construction takes off 750 tons/hr. Cars 30 m long and sectional cars are used to remove snow from track bottlenecks, 100-300 m3 in a DLC. single trip. 98022 MEL'NIKOV, E.S. Termokarstovye formy rel'efa na Chukotskom po(Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1966. luostrove. In v.21, ser.5: geog. no.4, p.118-19, illus) Russian. Title tra Thermokarst relief forms in the Chukchi Peninsula. Describes conical depressions of 4-5 to 10-15 m diam and 1.5-2 to 3 m deep. Thermokarst-suffusion forms of relief develop in talus-solifluction slopes. They possibly were formed by thawing of glaciers or firn DLC. basins. 98023 MEL'NIKOV, N.V. and others. Puti effektivnoi razrabotki Berezovskogo burougol'nogo mestorozhdenåä. (Ugol' 1964. v.39, no.4, p.17-20, table, illus) In Russian. Other authors: K.E. Vinifskil, A.S. Krasnikov and IÜ.A. Chernegov. Title tr.: The ways of effective exploitation of the Berezovo brown coal deposit. Discusses two open-cut coal mines in the western part of the Kansk-Achinsk basin. Each strip-pit produces 40-45 million t/yr. The overburden is 6-253 m thick, or 95-100 m average, 40% of it hard or semi-hard rock. The almost horizontal (2-3°) layer of lignite coal, up to 63 m thick (about 50 m average), is mined without a special transportation system, unprecedented in world mining of such coal layers. The system of stripping off the overburden (6-255 m thick, 40% solid rock) and excavating the coal is described in some detail. Mining equipment, including excavators with 83 m3 capacity buckets and 70-80 m dumping radius, in combination with ESh-25/100 and ESh-80/100 draglines is DLC. recommended.

98024 MEL'NIKOV, N.V. Vliianie plastovykh intruzii na konfiguratsiin skladok. (Akademåå nauk SSSR. Doklady 1965. v.165, no.3, p.643-45, table, map, profile) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Influence of intrusive sheets on the configuration of folds. Reports study of trap formation in two areas: the Sukhaya Tunguska and the Nizhnyaya Tunguska near Bol'shoy Porog. A structural map of the first area is presented and analyzed. A change of structure plan is clearly evident in places of traps pinching out. Distribution of bitumen is noted. DLC. MEL'NIKOV, N.V., see also No. 100474, 100475 98025 MEL'NIKOV, P.I. 0 glubine promerzaniiä verkhnel zony zemnol kory na territorii IAkutskoi ASSR. (In: Soveshchanie po geotermicheskim issledovaniäm v SSSR 1964. Trudy 1, pub 1966, p.110-13, graphs, map) Refs. In Russian. Title tr» Depths of freezing of the upper zone of the earth's crust in the Yakut ASSR area. Reviews geothermal investigations in this area. The lowest temperatures are found in old Paleozoic rocks, where the temperatures are 2-2.5 times lower than in MesozoicCenozoic rocks. Factors affecting depths of permafrost are considered. The maximal depths of permafrost found to the end of 1963 were 630 m at Tiksi, 650 m at Bakhynaya, 900 m at Udoka. In 1964 however, drilling in the Markha region disclosed permafrost 1500 m thick. This well is described in some detail. DLC. 98026 MEL'NIKOV, P.I. Vlirånie podzemnykh vod na glubokoe okhlazhdenie verkhnei zony zemnol kory. (Akademien nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Komissiiå po izuchenilü podzemnykh vod Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Materialy 1967, no.3, p.24-29, graph, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Influence of groundwater on deep cooling of the upper zone of the earth's crust. Describes effects of brines with negative temperature upon the upper part of the earth's crust. In the Udachnaya kimberlite pipe region of western Yakutia, interpermafrost water of chloride-calcium-magnesium composition and temperature from -5 to -3.8°C increases the thickness of the permafrost. In the Markha drill hole on the southern slope of the Anabar massif, there are 1450 m thick rocks with negative temperature; in the Vilyuy and Bakhynaya drill holes, at 2000 m depth the temperature rises to 36.5°C. DLC.

98027 MEL'NIKOV, V. Effektivno ispol'zovat' prirodnye bogatstva IAkutii. (Planovoe khozilfstvo 1966. v.43, no.4, p.17-22) In Russian. Title tr.: Toward a more efficient use of natural resources in Yakutia. Discusses factors adversely affecting the economy: the production cost ceilings set in 1958 are too low for mineral development, especially gold, unless near the processing plant. Building materials are in short supply and construction lags. There is shortage of power and of manpower. Road and railway networks are inadequate, etc. In the mining industry less than 1% of surveyed diamond reserves, 1.3% tin, 6% gold and 2.5% phlogopite are under development; the vast coal and iron deposits have no commercial exploitation. The lumbering industry produces 3.5% of the 100 million m3/yr which could be harvested with good forest maintenance. Ways to cut production costs, raise output, and develop new industries are indicated; priority is given to expansion of rail and river transport; projected railroad lines are described. DLC. MEL'NIKOVA, E.M. see No. 94305, 97844 MEL'NIKOVA, G.L. see No. 100817 MEL'NIKOVA, K.P., see No. 97168 MEL'NIKOVA, M.V., see No. 100777, 100778 98028 MELSON, W.G. and G. SWITZER. Plagioclase-spinel-graphite xenoliths in metallic iron-bearing basalts, Disko Island, Greenland. (American mineralogist 1966. v.51, no.5-6, 664-76, map, tables, illus) 25 refs. Discusses these rocks in the light of the possible origin of metallic nickel-iron in the basalt (olivine tholeiites). In their similarities to known reconstituted shale xenoliths, their graphite content, and low-iron spinel, the xenoliths substantiate the idea of derivation of the metallic iron by near surface reduction of basaltic magma by carbonaceous sedimentary rocks, rather than derivation of the metallic iron from the mantle. The basalts were mainly collected by Captain Robert Bartlett around 1930. DGS. MELTON, M.A., see No. 96668 98029 MENARD, H.W. and S.M. SMITH. Hypsometry of ocean basin provinces. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.18, p.4305-4325, graphs, maps, tables) Refs. Studies the frequency distribution of the 777

depths of ocean basins, rises and ridges, and continental shelves and slopes, using recent American and Russian oceanographic charts, including the 1:10 million tectonic map of the Arctic. Arctic Ocean studies include Hudson Bay, Baffin Bay, and Canadian Straits sea. Arctic shelf seas, Barents and Bering Seas, and Sea of Okhotsk are studied as separate ocean divisions. The depth distribution of the World Ocean area, volume, and mean depth of the oceans are given in tables. Area of depth zones in the oceans is tabulated in km2 and %. The hypsometric curve for all oceans differs but little from those obtained by Sir J. Murray and J. Hjort (1912), and E. Kossinna (1921), the differences being attributed to the sea-floor epeirogeny, sea-floor spreading, and continental drift. Major changes in ocean depths, rises and ridges are shown on charts. DLC. 98029A MENARD, H.W. Transitional types of crust under small ocean basins. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.12 p.3061-73, graphs, maps) Approx. 50 refs. Discusses the Aleutian, Okhotsk, and other small ocean basins, with attention to the possibly transitional character of their bottom geology. Such basins are almost completely enclosed by the 2 km isobath, and many are separated from the main ocean basin by a shallow sill. Their topography and distribution, their crustal structure, small free air gravity anomalies, heat flow, sedimentation, and penecontemporaneous deformation are studied, and transitional types of crust are found characteristic of them. In conclusion the question is considered as to whether an oceanic crust can be changed into a continental one, or whether the oceanic crust can develop at the site of a continental crust; and the possible mechanism of such transition is DLC. described. MENDELL, R.B. see No. 96141 98030 MENDZHERTTSKII, L V krarü almazov. (Kul'tura i zhizn' 1964. v.8, no.4, p.28-32, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: In the land of diamonds. Describes Mirnyy with 25,000 population and a 112 km trip to Chemyshevsk, site of the Vilyuy power station under construction. War-surplus tanks are used to ferry supplies and building materials from Mimyy. Construction work is headed by E.N. Batenchuk who also built Mimyy and Mukhtuya. A new diamond-mining town Aykhal is in the DLC. planning stage. MENEELY, G.R. see No. 100539 778

MENELEY, R.A., see No. 96435 98031 MENG, C.I. and S.I. AKASOFU. The geomagnetic storm of April 17-18, (Journal of geophysical research 1965. 1967. v.72, no.19, p.4905-5916, graphs, maps) 17 refs. Presents a detailed study of the development of the geomagnetic storm field during a complex series of solar terrestrial events of 17-18 Apr 1965, using data of Explorer 26 and Vela satellites, and of 88 worldwide geomagnetic observatories, including 16 stations in the Western Hemisphere North. This storm shows an excellent example of the close relationship between the asymmetric storm-time radiation belt and intense polar magnetic substorm. This substorm began at 0600 UT on Apr 18, indicating that although its energy must initially be introduced into the magnetosphere by the solar wind, it is not related directly to changes of the solar wind intensity. DLC. 98032 MENG, C.I. and S.I. AKASOFU. Intense negative bays inside the auroral zone; 2, indented positive bay. (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1967. v.29, no.10, p.1305-1310, map, illus) Refs. Shows that in the horizontal component (H or A) of geomagnetic field records, an intense negative bay appears frequently at a dipole lat of 78°, superposed on a gradual positive change, as if the positive change is indented by negative bays, both changes taking place well inside the auroral oval, and in the region slightly equatorward of it. From analysis of magnetic records from Baker Lake, Churchill, Mould Bay, College, Meanook and other stations, it is suggested that this phenomenon is an indication of large-scale change in the polar electrojet system during the geomagnetic substorm, and that it can be understood on the basis of the simultaneous auroral motions during the auroral substorm. DLC. MENG, C.I. see also No. 93419, 93420, 93421, 93426, 93427, 93428, 93429, 93432, 93434 MENG, M.S., see No. 101287 98033 MENIAILENKO, P.A. 0 nizhnefranskikh otlozhenriakh perekhodnoi zony fa[st~ Srednego i IÜzhnogo Timana. (lzvestiia vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenü. Geologii i razvedka 1967, no.11, p.18-24, table, illus) Title tr.: On Lower 14 refs. In Russian. Frasnian deposits of the transition facies zone of middle and southern Timen. Describes the petrography of deposits uncovered at 521-476.9 m depth in a borehole northwest of Ukhta. Two layers are dis-

tinguished and their brachiopod, ostracod, coral and other fauna described. Correlation is made between the Lower Frasnian deposits of middle and southern Timan. Sedimentation conditions are analyzed. DLC. 98034 MENIAILOV, A.A. Lateritnyl tip kor vyvetrivaniia na trappakh Sibirskoi platformy. (Intl. Geological Congress 22d, New Delhi 1964. Doklady sovetskikh geologov. Problema 14: Lateritnyl tip kor vyvetrivaniiL Moskva 1964. p.129-36, tables) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr. Lateritic type of crustal weathering of traps of the Siberian platform. Laterite weathering crusts developed on trap sills of the Siberian platform are rather similar to those on diabase sills of India. In addition, there are peculiar lateritic and clay bodies confined to diabase stocks and pipes, and fragments of diabasic bodies in kimberlite pipes. These pipes and stocks may be tuffaceous, kimberlitic, or mixed, and are associated with zones of diabase dikes. The weathering crusts confined to these bodies differ from the Indian laterites both morphologically and in composition (being essentially kaolinitic). DGS. 98035 MENLAILOV, I.A. and L.P. NIKITINA. Eksgaliatsii vulkanov Severnol Kamchatki v 1964 g. (Bi`ulleten' vulkanologicheskikh stantsii 1966. no.40, p.14-24, tables) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr» Exhalation of volcanoes of northern Kamchatka in 1964. Reports ascent of Bezymyannyy 22 and 23 July to study its pre-eruption activity: stone avalanches and numerous fumaroles of 250 to 400-500°C from foothill to summit. Data are tabulated from chemical and spectral analyses of samples taken (gas, vapor, precipitation, water extract of ash and sublimates). Some data are also given on Shiveluch 29 June 1964 and Klyuchevskiy. DLC. 98036 MENIAILOV, I.A. and L.P. NIKITINA. Izmenenie lav vulkana Bezymiännogo pod deistviem fumarol'nogo Itora. (Biülleten' vulkanologicheskikh stantsil 1966. no.42, p.66-75, tables, graphs) 9 refs. Title tr.: Alteration of BezIn Russian. ymyannyy Volcano lavas under the action of fumarolic fluorine. At the beginning of the 1955-56 eruption of Bezymyannyy, the fluorine in emitted gas was 1.5-6.7 mg/100 gm dry matter; in 1963 however, it was up to 50 mg/ 1 in fumaroles at the new dome and in 1964 500 mg/1, altering the surface of the lavas into accumulations of fluorite. The role of fluorine metasomatism in expediting the alteration of andesite lavas is stressed and data are tabulated on the change

in chemical composition of andesite under action of fluorine. DLC. 98037 MENIAILOV, I.A. and L.P. NIKITINA. 0 povedenii sery i khlora v fumarol'nykh gazakh pered usileniem aktivnosti vulkanov. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. vulkanologii. Trudy 1966. no.24, p.72-81, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Behavior of sulfur and chlorine in fumarole gases before the rise of volcanic activity. Reports a 1962-65 study of volcanic gases in Bezymyannyy, Klyuchevskiy and Shiveluch on Kamchatka and some volcanoes of the Kuril Islands. Changes in the S/Cl ratio have main attention. Its increase proves to be the beginning of magma activization and can be used for forecasting volcanic eruption. DLC. MENIAILOV, I.A., see also No. 95151 98038 MENNER, V.V. Devon Sibirskol platformy. (In: Stratigrafiis paleozoiä sredneT Sibiri... 1967, p.121-25) In Russian. Title tr.: The Devonian of the Siberian platform. Devonian deposits are distributed in the northern part of the Tungusskiy syneclise, the western part of the Vilyuy syneclise and in Khatanga trough. Lower, Middle and Upper Devonian are known in the Tungusskiy syneclise, but the Devonian deposits generally have not been sufficiently investigated due to the absence of paleontological remains. Other methods such as Ethological, mineralogical, DLC. physical, etc should be applied. 98039 MENNER, V.V. 0 sul'fatonosnosti srednepaleozoiskikh otlozhemi severo(Lezapadnol chasti Sibirskol platformy. ningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1963. Regional'naia geologiia 11 refs. In Rusno.1, p.124-42, tables) sian. Title tr. Sulfate-bearing Middle Paleozoic deposits in the northwestern part of the Siberian platform. Describes Silurian and Devonian sulfatebearing deposits of the Noril'sk, Bakhta, Kotuy and other regions. They are mostly represented by anhydrite and gypsum and in rare cases by celestine and barite. Sulphates are found in greatest quantity in the northern and northwestern regions especially the ImDGS. angda area. 98040 MENOVSHCHIKOV, G.A. Aleutskii iazyk. (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. Inst. iazykoznaniia. IAzyki narodov SSSR, 1968, v.5, p.386-406, tables) 5 refs. In Russian. litle tr.: Aleut language. Morphological and phonological study of 779

the Bering Island or Atka dialect, considered more representative than the second Soviet Aleut dialect, Attu, used on Mednyy Island. Neither has been reduced to writing. Besides Mednyy and Bering Islands, Aleut is also spoken by some 50 oldsters living on the Commander Islands. DLC. 98041 MENOVSHCHIKOV, G.A. Eskimosskii rszyk. (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. Inst. i zykoznanii . lAzyki narodov SSSR, 1968, v.5, p.366-85, tables) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Eskimo language. Discusses phonetics, morphology, syntax and vocabulary of the literary Asiatic Eskimo based on the Chaplino dialect, and spoken by about 70% of the 1000 Eskimos of Chukotka and Vrangelya Island. DLC. 98042 MENOVSHCHIKOV, G.A. Eskimossko-aleutskaia gruppa. (In: Akademit nauk SSSR. Inst. räzykoznanirå. Itlzyki narodov SSSR, 1968, v.5, p.352-65) 35 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Eskimo-Aleut language group. Comparative study of the distantly related Eskimo and Aleut languages and their dialects. Their classification as synthetic agglutinative languages, their word formation, phonology, etc are discussed and major linguistic studies since the mid-18th c reviewed. Asiatic Eskimo consists of three dialects: Chaplino used by the majority, Naukan spoken by its former inhabitants relocated to Nunyama and Pinakul' on Lavrentiya Bay, and Sireniki, now virtually extinct. Aleut, spoken by some 4000 in America and 300 in the USSR, is divided into three dialects: Unalaska, Attu, and Atka. DLC. 98043 MENOVSHCHIKOV, G.A. Grammatika iazyka aziatskikh cskimosov, chest' 2: glagol, prichastie, narechiia, sluzhebnye slova. Leningrad, Izd-vo Nauka 1967. 288p. tables. Approx 100 refs. In Russian. In sequence to No. 81193. Title tr.: Grammar of the Asiatic Eskimo language, pt. 2: the verb, participle, adverbs, connectives. Basic morphological study of the Eskimo dialects spoken on the Chukchi Peninsula. An essay, Influence of borrowed vocabulary on Eskimo, p.269-72, with a list of 50 Chukchi words and their phonetic adaptation to Eskimo, and an index of other 400 suffixes used in the Chaplino Eskimo dialect are appended. DLC. 98044 MENOVSHCHIKOV, G.A. IAzyk eskimosov Beringova proliva. (In: Akademir nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. IAzyki i fol'klor... 1966, p.69-83, tables) 16 780

refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Language of the Bering Strait Eskimos. Comparative study of Imaklik, a dialect spoken by former residents of Ratmanova, i.e. Big Diomede Island, removed in 1948-49 to coastal villages of Chukotka. The same dialect is also spoken on Little Diomede and King Islands and on Cape Prince of Wales. The phonetic, morphologic, and lexical diversity of Imaklik from neighboring Eskimo dialects of Chukotka and Alaska is noted as well as its surprising similarity to the dialects of Cape Barrow, Mackenzie Delta, Labrador, and Greenland. The probable descent of these linguistically affinal Eskimo groups from one common ancestral splinter group is discussed, as are various theories on Eskimo origin in Asia, migration and splintering, ethnic and linguistic classification, etc. DLC. 98045 MENOVSHCHIKOV, G.A. Monosemiia suffiksov aziatskikh 8skimosov. (In: Akademia nauk SSSR. Inst. iazykoznaniI . Morfologicheskaia tipologiia .. 1965, p.198-204) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr: Monosemic suffixes in the language of Asiatic Eskimos. Studies agglutinative-suffixal formation of compound words and their grammatical structure, based primarily on the Naukan and Chaplino Eskimo dialects of Chukotka. DLC. 98046 MEN'SHIKOV, A. Chem vyshe kachestvo, tem vyshe zarabotok. (Sotsialisticheskii trud 1965. v.10, no.9, p.127) In Russian. Title tr.: The better the quality, the higher the pay. Bonuses of 2-10% above the pay rate awarded for quality of production to annealers at the Laplandskiy diatomite plant of the Olenegorsk ore concentration combine, have substantially raised the quality of output and completely eliminated spoilage. DLC. 98047 MEN'SHIKOV, IU.F. 0 zabolevaemosti korennykh zhitelei Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Zdravookhranenie Rossilskoi Federatsü 1967. v.11, no.2, p.13-16, tables) In Russian. Title tr.: Morbidity of aborigines of Kola Peninsula. Describes results of a medical examination of 1429 Lapps, Zyryans, and non-aboriginal settlers of the tundra region conducted in 1960-63 by a team of physicians attached to the Murmansk hospital, retracing the 1927 itinerary of F.G. Ivanov-Dråtlov, No 7907. Comparison between Lovozero, an old village, and Revda, a new urban type settlement, shows a higher morbidity rate in the latter, also more sickness among new settlers. It is suggested that in the Far North, acclimatization is a more important health

factor than ethnic origin. A survey of aborigines vs newcomers in Lovozero showed aborigines less prone to nervous disorders, respiratory, gastro-intestinal, etc ailments, but with a higher rate of parasitic, rheumatic, bone and joint diseases. No significant difference in morbidity was observed in the two aboriginal groups, except for tuberculosis: Zyryans had 1.4 times and Lapps 3.3 times more cases than immigrants. The high helminth infection rate in the Lovozero population, 45.1%, is attributed to inadequacies in traditional fish preservation and cooking: 44.7% of fish in Lovozero and Seydozero Lakes were found infested with tapeworm larvae (plerocercoids of Diphyllobothrium latum). DLC. 98048 MENTIl1KOV, V.P. and L.G. TELEGIN. Ustroistvo dorog i zemlianye raboty. (Stroitel'stvo truboprovodov 1967. v.12, no.2, p.32-33) In Russian. Title tr.: Road construction and earthwork. Offers suggestions on the road building, excavation and earth moving work in connection with construction of the Ust'-BalykOmsk main oil pipeline. Experience with the Shaim-Tyumen oil and the Igrim-Serov gas pipelines prompts the recommendations, which are short and to the point. DLC. 98049 MERENKOV, B. I.A., and P.P. TOKMAKOV. Nekotorye osobennosti khrizotil-asbestovoi mineralizaüii PechengoNikelevskogo raiona. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Inst. geologii rudnykh mestorozhdenii, petrografii, mineralogii i geokhimii. Trudy 1960. no.47, p.53-60, tables, graph, illus) 9 refs. In Russian. Title Era Some features of chrysotile-asbestos mineralization in the Pechenga-Nikel' region. Reports mode of occurrence of chrysotile asbestos in ultrabasic and basic rocks. It occurs with the first stage of metamorphism i.e. in the period of autometamorphism. Its chemical analysis and optical constants are given. Its reserves are not large, but as the geographic conditions are favorable and exploitation costs low, further studies are considered worthwhile. DLC. 98050 MERENKOV, N.D. Uchet sil moroznogo pucheniia pri raschete zakrepleniia opor kontaktnoi seti. (Transportnoe stroitel'stvo 1966. v.16, no.6, p.40-42, graphs, Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Conillus) sideration of the forces of frost heaving in calculating the strengthening of piles with a contact network. Deals with calculation of heaving forces acting normal to the vertical surfaces of a pile foundation, and with problems of calculating the horizontal load on pile foundations,

considering the horizontal stress vector due to heaving in areas of pulverized soils, when constructing these pile foundations in earthen roadbed embankments. DLC. MEREU, R.F., see No. 96201 98051 MERI, L. Tri baidarki v zelenom okeane. Moskva, Izd-vo Molodaiä gvarditå 1963. 237p. illus. In Russian. Tylle tr» Three bidarkas in a green ocean. Translated from Estonian. Describes the adventures of a tourist party of six on a canoe trip down the Peleduy River and by horse across the ocean-like green taiga, flight from Mukhtuya to Yakutsk, down the Lena by river boat to Tiksi, etc. Visits to Yakut and Yukaghir kolkhozes, their everyday life, recreation, cultural progress, and DLC. hospitality are depicted. MERILAINEN, K., see No. 101175 MERKLIN, L.R., see No. 101592 MERKULENKO, MA., see No. 101112 MERKULOVA, K.A., see No. 96897 98052 MERRELL, T.R., Jr. Freshwater fish. (In: Mirsky, A., ed. Soil development and ecological succession in a deglaciated area of Muir Inlet, Southeast Alaska... 1966. p.157-61, graph, map) Ref. Presents data on fish caught or observed in freshwater in this recently deglaciated area. All were salmonids and sticklebacks, tolerant of salt water. The slow colonization of this deglaciated area by freshwater species is believed to be due to lack of nearby stocks. Data are presented on the size and fecundity of a female salmon Oncorhynchus tshawytscha(?), which may have been trapped in freshwater by isostatic rise of the land CaMAI. following deglaciation. MERRELL, T.R., see also No. 100662 MERRICK, R., see No. 99367 98053 MERYMAN, H.T. Mekhanizmy ustoichivosti polkilotermnykh zhivotnykh k deistvlü temperatur, blizkikh k zamorazhivatüshchim. (In: Intl. Symposium on Cytoecology, Leningrad, 1963. Kletka i temRefs. In perature sredy... 1964. p.81-85) Russian. Title tr» Resistance mechanisms of poikilotherms to near freezing temperatures. Presents data on the cold resistance of poikilotherms, taking into account maturity, chemical composition, and surroundings of the animals. Destruction within the body due 781

to change in chemical composition, ice formation, and speed of freeze and thaw is DLC. also discussed. 98054 MERZLIAKOV, V.M. K stratigrafii ordovika i silura Omulevskikh (Sovetskaii geologiiü 1964, no.10, gor. p.155-57) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of the Ordovician and Silurian of the Omulevka Mts. Reports own 1960-1961 investigation. Graptolite, brachiopod, gastropod and crinoid fauna are identified and Ordovician and Silurian deposits are described, with division into local stratigraphic units. These deposits were formed in a single marine basin and are similar to those of Alaska and Canada. DLC. 98055 MESEZHNIKOV, M.S. and T.I. KIRINA. 0 morskikh aalenskikh otlozhenil kh v zapadnol chasti Viliuiskoi sineklizy. (In: Leningrad. Vses. nefpanol n: issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1966. no.249, p.72-79, table, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Marine Aalenian deposits in the western part of the Vilyuy syneclise. Describes these 10-35 mm thick deposits, mostly clayey sands and siltstones with interlayers of sideritic sandstones and siderites. Their ammonite, foraminifers, ostracod and other fauna are reported and a systematic description is given of the ammonite PseuDLC. dolioceras m clintocki (Houghton). MESEZHNIKOV, M.S., see also No. 93845 98056 MESHCHANINOV, I.I. Primykanie v razlichnykh sintaksicheskikh sistemakh. (Voprosy iazykoznaniiå 1957. v.16, no.3, p.3-17) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Compounding in different syntactic systems. Comparative study of linguistic laws governing the structure of word compounds and the grammatical form of incorporated formants in Chukchi, also Samoyed, etc. DLC. MESHCHERIÅKOV, A.N., see No. 93519

fir die gesamte Physiologie 1966. v.288, no.3, p.240-61, graphs, tables) 63 refs. In German. English summary. Other authors: W. Brendel, H.J. Realen and K.J. Nordmann. Title fr.: Changes in electrolytes during deep hypothermia; 3, relationships to biological survival time with extracorporeal circulation applied. Studies tissues from the brain, heart and liver of dogs cooled to, and maintained at 3°C for 70 and 120 min. It has been established that cold swelling of the organs is primarily due to inhibition of active cation transport in the cell membrane. Swelling of the brain alone is sufficient to indicate length of DLC. survival time. MESSMER, K., see also No. 94208, 94209, 99400 98059 METALLOVA, V.V. Magnitnaim stabil'nost' obratno namagnichennykh trappov Sibirskol platformy. (Akademitå nauk SSSR. Izvestiiå 1966, Fizika zemli no.1, p.85-91, graphs) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Magnetic stability of inversely magnetized trap of the Siberian platform. Classifies intrusive traps according to their inverse natural remanent magnetization vector I r , aiming at a determination of the relationship between the magnetization characteristics and the trap composition, also study of the magnetization conditions leading to the inverse polarization. Sample studies are analyzed of 21 intrusions in the Angara and Chuna regions, six from a Podkamennaya Tunguska basin profile, eight from the Kureyka, and two from the Noril'sk regions. The data are systematized and conclusion drawn that the inverse magnetization of the Silurian platform traps may be the result of selfinversion. This requires however, further study of the ferromagnetic components of the DLC traprocks. METALLOVA, V.V., see also No. 95862 METCALF, T.G. see No. 99755

MESHCHERIAKOV, ILI.A., see No. 100445 98057 MESHCHERIAKOVA, I.M. The quantitative distribution of plankton in southeastern Bering Sea in the summer of 1958 and 1959. English translation of No 89853, available as TT-65-63362 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va., 22151. 98058 MESSMER, K. and others. Elektrolytveränderungen in tiefer Hypothermie; 3, Beziehungen zur biologischen Uberlebenszeit bei künstlichem Kreislauf. (Pflügers Archiv 782

98060 METELEVA, R.I. and I.S. RUBANCHIK. Beshenstvo sredi olenel v Zapoliar'e. (Veterinaritå 1959. v.36, no.1, Title tr.: Rabies In Russian. p.47-48) among reindeer in polar regions. No rabies was found in lemmings but it was discovered in foxes and wolves, and they are thought to be the vectors whereby the disease is spread to reindeer and caribou. The symptoms observed are both typical and atypical and the disease runs its course in 2-3 DLC. days.

98061 METELITSSYN, G.T., and A.P. PETROVA. Puti snizheniiä sebestoimosti produktsii v tralovom flote. Murmansk, Murmanskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1962. 79 p. tables. In Russian. Tide tr.: Ways to lower production cost in the trawler fleet. In 1961 the Murmansk trawlers produced 5,143,000 cwt of fish, and the planned catch offor 1965 is 6,885,500 cwt, 77.6% of the Murmansk National Economic Council fish production. The cost of operations is high however; its various elements are analyzed, and ways to reduce cost pointed out. DLC.

98064 METSKER, H. Red salmon spawning ground surveys in the Nushagak and Togiak Districts, Bristol Bay, 1964. Juneau 1967. 37p. maps, tables. (Alaska, Department of Fish and Game Informational leaflet no.108) 4 refs. Reports results of ground and aerial surveys of distribution of all species of salmon on the spawning grounds of the primary red salmon areas, viz: Wood River, Igushik, Nunavaugaluk, Tikchik, Togiak and Kulukak. Red salmon counts were higher than in the past 4 yr in areas other than Togiak Creek, where populations were lower. DI.

METEL'TSEVA, E.P., see No. 96601

98065 MEURER, K.A. and others. Kältezittern bei zentraler and peripherer Kühlung. (Pflügers Archiv für die gesamte Physiologie 1965. v.285, no.1, p.63-72, graph, table, illus) 14 refs. In German. English summary. Other authors: M. Iriki, C. Baumann and C. Jessen. Title tr.: Shivering during central or peripheral cooling. Shivering was induced in lightly anesthetized dogs both by cooling of the air and by two methods of internal cooling. It was recorded electromyographically and with a strain gauge technique. No differences in shivering produced by the various methods of cooling were observed by either recording means. DLC.

98062 METODY FENOLOGICHESKIKH NABLIÜDENII pri botanicheskikh issledovanlfakh; sbornik. G. E. Shul'ts, ed Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 103 p. illus. Refs. In Russian. Tide f: Methods of phenological investigations in botanical studies. Collection of papers on organized and applied phenology in different geographical and botanical zones of the Soviet Union, incl forest, tundra, etc. In the tundra zone both oceanic and continental variants of the arctic climate are considered. Pteridophytes are an important plant group in this region. The developmental rhythms of many species are presented and it is noted that many of these plants start to develop in the early spring and have a comparatively long growing season, while others do not leaf until early summer and must utilize a far shorter growing season. The author divides each season into a subseason in which definite developmental stages occur. Most of the plants discussed are arctic flowering plants. DLC. 98063 METSKER, H. Iliamna Lake watershed freshwater commercial fisheries investigation of 1964. Juneau 1967. 50 p. maps, tables, illus. (Alaska. Department of Fish and Game. Informational leaflet no.95) 7 refs. Alaska contains one of the world's largest remaining relatively unexploited freshwater fisheries resources. A biological assessment of the possibility of a new fisheries industry was initiated in the 7700-mi2 drainage area of Iliamna Lake in 1964. There appear to be suitable commercial stocks of char and whitefish in this watershed. The largest number of fish were taken from Lake Clark. The arctic char reach an average length of 17.1 inches in 5 yr; they spawn in alternate years. The humpback whitefish in Lake Clark take 13 yr to reach a length of 17.8 in. DI.

98066 MEURER, K.A. and others. Kältezittern während isolierter Kühlung des Rückenmarkes nach Durchschneidung der Hinterwurzeln. (Pflügers Archiv für die gesamte Physiologie 1967. v.293, no.3, p.236-55, tables, illus) 15 refs. In German. English summary. Other authors: C. Jessen and M. Iriki. Tide tr.: Cold-induced shivering during local cooling of the spinal cord after cutting dorsal roots. Shivering of the hind limbs, marked by irregular movements and varying amplitudes, was elicited by local cooling of the lumbosacral spinal cord of which the dorsal roots had been cut in order to interrupt thermosensitive afferents. DLC. 98067 MEYER, J. A semiannual wave in the recurrence tendency of geomagnetic activity. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.9, p.2397-2400, graph, table, illus) Refs. Discusses the radio very low frequency experiments at Fairbanks during 16 magnetically disturbed nights 3 Sept - 14 Oct 1963. An unusual chorus type radio-emission with a warbling or fluttering sound was heard on four different occasions. A spectrum of the emission is presented in a radio-spectrogram, showing 1-3 second bursts associated with groups of flashes and flickering in the aurora. 783

In view of the very few reports of the association between chorus and auroras, it seems to be a rare event that is observed only when flashing or flaming aurora occurs near the observer's zenith. DLC. MEYER, P., see No. 96488 98068 MEZENEV, N.P. Protivoovodovye obrabotki olenei na Chukotke. (Veterinariia 1957. v.34, no.5, p.74-76) In Russian. Title tr: Antihorsefly treatment of reindeer in the Chukotka region. A hexachlorane emulsion was found to be effective in preventing horseflies and other biting insects from infesting reindeer. Spraying not only prevents annoyance but also infections by Necrobaccilli, thus raising the quality and lowering the risk of infection of hides and meat. Incidence of damaged and infective skins was lowered 1.5-2 times. Three day intervals between treatments usually gave good results although daily treatment was recommended for complete effectiveness. DLC. 98069 MEZENTSEV, V.S. and R.Z. PORITSKII. Godovye pokazateli vlazhnosti oblasti vechnoi merzloty Sovetskogo SoIüza. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Inst. geografii Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Doklady 1966. no.11, p.3-12, graph, maps, tables) 7 refs. In Russian. French summary. Title tr.: Annual indicators of the moisture content in permafrost regions of the Soviet Union. Discusses the economic development of these regions. For construction purposes the moisture content in the active layer of permafrost must be known. The components of heat and water balance are considered and equations derived for calculating the moisture in the active layer. The annual maximal evaporation, total precipitation, and average relative moisture of clayey ground are charted, and the last is compared with observational data. DLC. 98070 MEZHVILK, A.A. and N.N. VASIL'EV. K istorii formirovanitå effuzivnykh trappov Tungusskoi sineklizy. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1967. v.151, p.66-77, graphs, maps, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: History of the formation of effusive traps of the Tungusskiy syneclise. Discusses the stratigraphy of traps of the Noril'sk region and the Nizhnyaya Tunguska, Kotuy and Maymecha River basins. The Putorana and Korvunchan series are distinguished, as are their component units. The stratigraphy of effusive formations, geologic structure, geophysical data and features of tectonics allows the effusive activity to be 784

differently interpreted. A Tungusskiy volcano is recognized with a focus within the Taymyr DLC. lowland. 98071 MEZHVILK, A.A. Novye dannye o morskikh chetvertichnykh otlozhenifakh Noril'skogo plato. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1963. Regionarnaili geologii no.1, p.170-75, section) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New data on marine Quaternary deposits of the Noril'sk plateau. Reports the 1959-60 discovery of marine Quaternary deposits on the upper Tukalanda River 70 km south of Noril'sk at 320-380 m absolute elevation, the first discovery at such a height in Siberia. The deposits are divided into lower, middle and upper beds. Each bed is briefly described as to grain size and composition, paleontologic remains and other features. The deposits are correlated with the marine Quaternary of the Ust'- Port region. DOS. 98072 MEZHVILK, A.A. Tektonika basseina r. Rybnoi, Noril'skii ra%on. (Geologiia i geofizika 1967, no.7, p.94-103, maps, illus) 8 refs. In Russian. Title fr.: Tectonics of the Rybnaya River Basin, Noril'sk region. Describes the tectonics of the KhantaykaRybnaya arch and the Noril'sk trough. The arch was initiated in the Upper Paleozoic and continued to develop through the Cenozoic. Various faults are described in some detail. Graben-horst structures and other displacements are analyzed. DLC. MIASNIKOV, M., see No. 94794 MIASNIKOV, V.S., see No. 98142 98073 MIASOEDOV, G. Dva itoga. (Okhrana truda i soisial'noe strakhovanie 1967. v.10, no.9, p.37-38, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Two results. Criticizes the poor health control record at the Murmansk shipyard of the USSR Ministry of Fishing. Absenteeism for health reasons averaged, in 1965, 1295 days/100 workers; in 1966, 1319 days/100 workers, and in the first quarter of 1967, 452 days per 100 workers. This contrasts sharply with the low morbidity and accident rate at the Murmansk ship-repair plant controlled by efficient trade-union leadership. DLC. MICHAUD, A. see No. 97781 98074 MICHEL, B. From the nucleation of ice crystals in clouds to the formation of frazil ice in rivers. (In: Intl. Conf. on Low Temp. Science; Physics of

snow and ice... 1967, v.1, pt.1, p.129-36, graphs, tables, illus) 10 refs. The Mason-Biggs theory of heterogeneous nucleation, first developed to explain the formation of ice crystals in clouds, is shown to be applicable for finite size water masses with Dorsey's hypothesis, and for the appearance of frazil ice in rivers. The small amount of supercooling in rivers and lakes can be explained by the generalized theory when the thermal boundary layer in air and water is taken into account. DOS. 98075 MICHEL, B. Ice covers in rivers. Quebec 1966. 2, 22p. graphs, diagrs. (International Hydrologic Decade. Canadian National Committee. Workshop seminar ice formation and break-up in lakes and rivers, Quebec, Nov 1966.) 16 refs. Reviews the state of research, incl literature pub mainly since 1958, on the formation of ice covers in rivers. The first part deals with methods of measuring the various parameters affecting ice conditions in rivers. The second part describes and analyzes the modes of formation of an ice cover. The evolution of ice covers includes the course of water temp changes to supercooling and formation of frazil, and the formation of floes in relation to the water-air temp exchange and turbulence of flow. Work on the criterium for the progression of ice covers is summarized: McLachlan 1927, Kivisild 1959, Cartier 1959, Pariset & Hausser 1961, Michel 1966. The formation of hanging ice dams, and the growth process of border ice are described. CaMAI. 98076 MICHEL, B. Morphology of frazil ice. (In.• Intl. Conf. on Low Temp. Science; Physics of snow and ice... 1967, v.1, pt.1, P.119-28, tables, illus) 12 refs. As the rate of cooling decreases after water has reached 0°C, small ice particles start to appear uniformly in the turbulent flow. They grow rapidly and form ice spicules or disks. As the water temp returns to 0°C, the particles agglomerate to form vaporous flocks whose dimensions depend on the turbulence of flow. Those flocks which reach the surface in the turbulent flow serve as nucleus for the regular growth of ice from heat exchange with the atmosphere. In swift flow the flocks do not form a solid ice layer on the top; in less turbulent flow ice floes are formed from concentration of the flocks. Ice covers begin to grow by a concentration of floes at the surface when blocked by an obstacle (bridge) or a narrowing of the river. Ice covers then progress upstream with a supply of more floes and frazil flocks. If the ice cover cannot progress upstream, as at the foot of a rapid where velocities are too high, frazil ice is

carried downstream under the cover until it reaches a point of sufficiently low velocity where it is deposited at the bottom part of the cover. As it accumulates, an uiiderhanging dam is developed. DOS. MICHEL, B., see also No. 93874, 98849 MICHELSON, R.W., see No. 96205 98077 MICHURIN, L.N. Dikif olen' Talmyra. (Okhota i okhotnich'e khozrårstvo 1965. v.11, no.3, p.16-17, tables, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: The wild reindeer of Taymyr. Notes the current stock on the Peninsula as about a hundred thousand head, and the annual kill about thirty thousand. The use of byproducts is discussed. The reindeers' annual migrations, population composition, diet at different seasons, reproduction, and parasites are also reported. DLC. 98078 MICHURIN, L.N. Ekologiia, raisional'noe ispol'zovanie i okhrana dikikh severnykh olener na poluostrove Taimyr. (In: Soveshchanie zoologov Sibiri, Tomsk, 1966. Voprosy zoologii, p.222-23) In Russian. Tide tr.: Ecology, rational use and protection of reindeer on the Taymyr peninsula. Reindeer population of this peninsula is approx 100 thousand head, some 23% mature males, 39% females, and 38% young of both sexes. Total increase is about 7%. Summer pasture is in the tundra; in winter the animals migrate to the forest tundra and to sheltered valleys, covering almost 2000 km/yr. DLC. 98079 MICHURIN, L.N. 0 khozTarstvennom znachenii dikikh olener na Krarnem (Problemy Severs 1967, no.11, Severe. p.118-23, table) 20 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Wild reindeer and the economy of the Far North. English translation available from National Research Council of Canada Library, Ottawa. The wild reindeer is present throughout northern USSR usually in small numbers except in the Taymyr National District where there are a hundred thousand head, half of the total number in the Soviet Union. In the Taymyr, it has an important role in the native economy as a source of meat and hides. Ways of fully utilizing the carcass and hunting methods in the Taymyr are briefly outlined. The wild reindeer's negative effects on the domesticated by fostering straying, by damaging the range, transmitting disease, etc, are discussed and found negligible. CaMAI, DLC. 785

98080 MICHURIN, L.N. and O.N. MIRONENKO. 0 tolstoroge, Ovis nivicola borealis Severtzov 1873, v gorakh Putorana. (Zoologicheskil zhurnal 1966. v.45, no.11, p.1736-38, tables, map, illus) 4 refs. Title tr.: In Russian. English summary. Ovis nivicola borealis Severtzov 1873, in the Putorana Mountains. Reports observations made chiefly in the winters of 1961-64. Morphometry, incl craniology and color are considered, as is food, in November sedges, cereals and cotton grass. This bighorn sheep lives above 1200 m DLC. altitude. 98081 MICHURIN, L.N. and O.N. MIRONENKO. V Putoranakh. (Okhota i okhotnich'e khoziaistvo 1967. v.13, no.6, p.34-35, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: In the Putorana Mountains. Describes the natural conditions of this mountain region in the Taymyr and Evenki National Districts. It is considered one of the most scenic in the Soviet North. Its mountains rise to 1500-1800 m above sea level, and its temperature goes down to -68°C in winter. It has the Ayan and Kotuy Rivers (tributaries of the Khatanga) and numerous lakes; it serves as a winter range for wild reindeer from Taymyr; squirrel and birds (42 species) DLC. are abundant, etc. MICHURIN, L.N., see also No. 94166, 100956 MICKEY, W.V., see No. 96497 98082 MIDDLETON, C. A vindication of the conduct of Captain Christopher Middleton. New York, Johnson Reprint Corp. 1967. 258 p. tables. First reprint of this work, published in 1743, in which the author, captain of HMS Furnace; attempts to justify his actions against criticisms made by Arthur Dobbs. The author presents the evidence of ship's papers, minutes of councils, letters, affidavits and other documents, also an account of the weather and climate of the Hudson Bay region, which he claims prevented his discovery of the Northwest Passage. DLC. MIELKE, J.E., see No. 97631 98083 MIERTSCHING, J. Frozen ships; the arctic diary of Johann Miertsching L.H. Neatby, eel Toronto, 1850-1854. Macmillan 1967. 254 p. map, illus. Refs. Translation of No 11388. CaMAI, DLC. 98084 MIETTINEN, J.K., and others. Cesium-137 and potassium in Finnish Lapps and their diet. (Radiological health data 786

1964, v.5, no.2, p.83-97, map, tables, 30 refs. Other authors: A. Jokegraphs) lainen, P. Roine, K. Liddn and Y. Naversten. Reviews earlier studies and reports on three groups of Lapps and non-Lapps of the Inari region. Their diet, the Cs-137 and K in it and in reindeer meat are given. Their monthly intake of Cs-137, whole-body count of Cs-137 and K and their buildup in the body are determined and discussed. Radiation from the body burden of Cs-137 is also presented and comparisons made with findings from SwedDLC. ish Lapps. 98085 MIETTINEN, J.K. Concentration of 137Cs and "Fe through food chains in arctic and subarctic regions. (In: Intl. Symposium on Radioecological Concentration Processes, Stockholm, 1967. Proceedings pub 1967. p.267-74, map, tables) 6 refs. Summarizes the papers presented during the session on radioecological concentration processes characterizing arctic ecosystems. DLC. 98086 MIETTINEN, J.K. and E. HASANEN. 137Cs in Finnish Lapps and other Finns in 1962-6. (In: Intl. Symposium on Radioecological Concentration Processes, Stockholm 1966. Proceedings pub 1967. p.221-31, graphs, tables) 17 refs. Presents a brief summary of the data with reference to detailed reports published elsewhere. Tabulated data on body burden of cesium show a continuous increase in the spring values since 1962 (May-Mar 1962-63, 30-80%; 1963-64, 100-200%; Apr 1964-Apr 1965, 15%). Body burdens of Mari reindeer breeders are comparable with the highest values simultaneously registered in Alaska and Sweden; higher individual max values are reported from the USSR. Finnish data on cumulative fallout, lichen and reindeer show cesium deposition in 1963 was about two times greater than in 1962 or 1964. Measurements of Cs137 and K in joint, shoulder and sirloin muscles of male and female reindeer are reported. Body burdens of Lapps in the future will depend directly on the cesium content of the lichen, which will be determined by additional deposition, washout, depletion by reindeer consumption, and physical decay of Cs137. DLC. 98087 MIETTINEN, J.B. and others. Relationships of radiocesium and potassium in the diet and body of Finnish Lapps. (In: Symposium on radioactivity in man 1962, pub. 1965, p.511-16, graph, map, tables) 3 refs. Other authors. P. Roine and K. Lidbn. Reports whole body countings of 180 subjects in the Inari District, 149 of them Lapps, and of a small group from Helsinki for

comparison. Samples of the main foodstuffs collected in Mari were also analyzed for Cs-137 and K and their monthly average in the diet calculated. 70-90% of Cs-137 in the subjects was found to be due to consumption of reindeer meat, the rest from milk, fish and other food, in that order. DLC. MIETTINEN, J.K., see also No. 95891, 96412, 96487, 96632, 96867 98088 MIGIRENKO, G. Rasskazy ob uchenykh. (Sibirskie ogni 1965. v.44, no.1, p.137-41, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Tales about scientists. Includes account of the winter 1958-59 studies in the Yenisey estuary off Sibiryakova Island to test the effects of explosives on ice fields. The group was headed by M.A. Lavrent'ev of the Institute of Hydrodynamics, Siberian Division of the Academy of Sciences. DLC. MIGOVICH, I.M., see No. 93889, 93927 98089 MIKERINA, N.V. Nabliudaemye sootnosheniiä mezhdu skorost'w izmeneniia Sq -variatsil geomagnitnogo i zemnymi tokami. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomirå 1967. v.7, no.4, p.740-44, table, illus) 22 refs. In Title tr.: The observed relation Russian. between change of speed in Sq variations of the geomagnetic field and telluric currents. Considers the problem of correlation between the earth currents and the solar daily variations, Sq , of the geomagnetic field intensity using data of both as recorded simultaneously during 1924-64 at 15 stations, including College. The studies indicate a relationship of the two phenomena by induction, confirming the existence of an electric induction field of the vertical component of geomagnetic variations. CaMAI, DLC.

in winter and has a highly variable form and principal direction. DLC. 98091 MIKHAILOV, A.S. and others. Fosfatnoe syr a Sibiri (geologo-ekonomiche• skiff obzor). (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1966. v.146, p.15-29) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: A.O. Smilkstyn and E.K. Gerasimov. Title tr Stocks of phosphate in Siberia. Reviews possible phosphate resources in the Altay-Sayan and Sayan-Baykal folded zones, the Siberian platform and Yenisey Ridge and the West Siberian lowland. Phosphate manifestations in the Yenisey Ridge, Chadobets uplift, Podkamennaya Tunguska basin, Noril'sk region, etc are described. They are considered uneconomic however. The Turukhan and Tyumen deposits are also briefly DLC. characterized. 98092 MIKHAILOV, D.A., and V. L. DUK. Nekotorye osobennosti geologii i geokhimii metasomaticheskikh obrazovanil v arkhee Aldanskogo shchita. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Lab. geologii dokembriia. Trudy 1964. no.19, p.344-55, tables, sections) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some features of the geology and geochemistry of Archean metasomatic formations of the Aldan shield. Analyzes metasomatic diopside rocks of the Emel'dzhak, Kuranakh and other regions of the Aldan shield. Iron ore and phlogopite deposits are characterized as to their geologic structure and position. Metasomatic veins are treated and their minerals described such as sphene, scapolite, diopside, apatite, etc. Geologic position and chemical features reveal two groups of metasomatic rocks differing in their genesis. DLC. MIKHAILOV, E.I., see No. 99549 MIKHAILOV, M.V., see No. 97923 MIKHAILOV, N.I., see No. 95880, 99672

98090 MIKERINA, N.V. 0 sezonnom khode Sq -variaisü zemnykh tokov. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiih 1966. v.6, no.5, 11 refs. In Russian. p.947-49, table, illus) Title tr.: On the seasonal rate of Sq variations of telluric currents. Analyzes the hodographs of ground currents measured during quiet sun days, at Lovozero in 1950-52 and 1963, Petropavlovsk-Kamchatskiy in 1964, College, and 14 other stations in different years between 1932 and 1962. The analysis showed three possible types of seasonal rates of the hodographs: with amplitude 1.5-2 times greater in the summer than in winter; the winter amplitude greater or equal to that in summer; and a summer amplitude which is greater than that

98093 MIKHAILOV, N.N. and others. Rel'ef skladchatogo fundamenta zapadnol i tsentral'noT chasti Sibirskol platformy (po (Lenindannym aeromagnitnoT s"emki). grad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'naiä geologitå 1966, no.8, p.7.15, map) 10 refs. In Russian. Other authors: IA. I. Pol'kin and IÜ.N. Shakhov. Title tr.: Relief of the folded basement in the western and central part of the Siberian platform according to aeromagnetic survey data. Describes the main structural elements of the Tungusskiy syneclise and northwest margin of the Siberian platform from interpretation of magnetic anomalies. A general 787

plan of points of equal elevation is presented for folded basement and the main structures such as faults, uplifts, depressions are briefly characterized. Direct correspondence is found between large structures of the basement and structures of the sedimentary cover. DLC. MIKHAILOV, N.N., see also No. 94805 98094 MIKHAILOV, S.V. Ekonomika Mirovogo okeana. Moskva, Izd-vo Ekonomika 1966. 272 p. maps, tables, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Economics of the world ocean. Discusses the floral, faunal, chemical, energy and mineral resources of the oceans. Various forms of their economic exploitation are dealt with, as are freedom of navigation in the open seas and the struggle for domination of the seas. The Soviet fishing fleet and some of its equipment are described. Chapter 13 and part of chapter 12 are devoted to the northern seas. DLC. MIKHAILOVA, A.F., see No. 99228 98095 MIKHAILOVA, E.N. 0 raschete drelfa l'dov i techenil v Arkticheskom basseTne. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.175, no.6, p.1273-76) 11 refs. In Russian. Other authors: A.I. FeI'zenbaum and N.B. Shapiro. Title tr.: Calculation of ice drift, and currents in the Arctic Basin. Presents a system of equations and boundary conditions for the stationary problem of determination of ice drift, current velocity, temperature, and salinity of Arctic Basin water. Ice cover is considered to be a continuous medium, possessing the properties of a solid body in the vertical direction, and of a fluid in horizontal directions. The subsequent mathematical development results in a basic differential equation which permits evaluation of the sought parameters by a method of successive approximations if the problem is mathematically non-linear. DLC. MIKHAILOVA, I.V., see No. 96346 98096 MIKHAILOVA, T.E. and A.F. FRADKINA. Palinologicheskatä kharakteristika devon-nizhnekarbonovykh otlozheni po razrezu Kempendialskol strukturno-poiskovoT skvazhiny. (ln: Palinologitä SibirL. 1966. p.70-74, illus) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Palynological characteristics of Devonian-Lower Carboniferous deposits of the Kempendyay structural-prospecting drillhole. Reports an investigation in the 1171.5 2791 m interval of this drilling. As to spore-pollen assemblages, Upper Devonian 788

are distinguished at 2791-2338.8 m, Upper Devonian-Lower Carboniferous at 1502.85 1270 m, and Lower Carboniferous at DLC. 1213-1171.5 m. 98097 MIKHAILOVA, Z.P. Stratigrafii i fuzulinidy assel'skogo isrusa gnädy Chernysheva. (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. Komi filial. Institut geologii. Stratigrafii i paleontologitä severo-vostoka evropelskol chasti SSSR... 1966. p.5-27, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The stratigraphy and fusulinids of the Assel' stage of the Chernysheva Ridge. Reports study of Lower Permian of this region in Komi ASSR. The Assel' stage is divided in three according to fusulinid zones, and sections of the deposits are described. The fusulinids belong to nine genera in fam Schubertellinidae, Fusulinidae and Schwagerinidae. Some, incl new species, are sysDLC. tematically described and illus. MIKHAILOVA, Z.P., see also No. 94521 MIKHAILOVSKII, A.I., see No. 99904 98098 MIKHAILOVSKII, B. Okhotoustrol'stvo kolkhozov i sovkhozov IAkutii. (Okhota i okhotnich'e khozialstvo 1965. v.11, no.7, p.5-6, illus) Title tr.: In Russian. Hunting organization of kolkhozes and sovkhozes in Yakutia. Discusses internal aims and those between the kolkhozes, especially in northern Yakutia. Hunting zones in the arctic areas and their vegetation and game are described, noting the density of game animals in these zones. The internal organization of hunting in the collectives is outlined. DLC. 98099 MIKHAILOVSKII, B.A. K kharakteristike okhotnich'ikh ugodil tundrovoT i lesotundrovoT zon Severo-Vostochnol IAkutii. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. IAkutskil filial. Nauchnye soobshchenifi 1962. no.8, p.79-85, table) In Russian. Title tr.: The character of hunting grounds in the tundra and forest-tundra zones of northeastern Yakutia. Tabulates and describes five types of hunting ground in the tundra zone, five in the northern taiga-larch forest, and five other types such as mountains, rocky tundra, etc. Absolute and relative values are given for the area of each hunting ground, and its physiography, vegetation and common fur animals are recorded. DLC. 98100 MIKHALEV, D.N. Zemletnäseniia na Aliske. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Izvestiia 1966. v.98, no.2, p.179-82,

maps) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Earthquakes in Alaska. Describes the earthquakes of 4 Feb 1965, 28 Mar 1964 and 10 July 1958. Epicenters, force, damage and other features are briefly characterized. DLC. 98101 MIKHALEV, I1J.V. Bychok vida Myoxocephalus quadricornis (Linné) iz oz. Keta, basseln Piasiny. (In: Leningrad. Gos. n.-issl. inst. ozernogo i rechnogo rybnogo khozTistva. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Trudy '1964. v.8, p.171-83, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title Zr: The species Myoxocephalus quadricornis (Linne) from Lake Keta, Pyasina basin. Presents biometric data on the subspecies of this viviparous, bottom feeding fish, first described from Lake Keta in the Noril'sk plateau in 1962. DLC. 98102 MIKHALEVA, V.M. and V.I. PERFIL'EVA. Novye nakhodki vo flore IAkutii. (Botanicheski! zhurnal 1967. v.52, no.4, p.508-511) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New finds in the Yakutian flora. Reports find of eight species new to Yakutia, incl Polygonum amgensis n. sp. from the upper Amga River. Locations, habitats, etc, are given, and new locations for 15 known species are recorded. DLC. 98103 MIKHALEVSKAIA, O.B. The biology of Pinus pumila Rgl. in Kamchatka. English translation of No 66718, available as TT-65-50048 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va., 22151. 98104 MIKHEENKO, V.I., and N.L NENASHEV. Absolute age of formation and relative age of intrusion of the kimberlites of Yakutia. (Intl. geology review 1962. v.4, no.8, p.916-24, tables, illur) Refs. English translation of No 73991. DLC. 98105 MIKHEENKO, V.I. Karbonatity na vostoke Tungusskoi sineklizy. (Geologiiå i geofizika 1966, no.5, p.76-86, tables, map, illus) 22 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Carbonatites on the east of the Tungusskiy syneclise. Reports a horizontal bed of calcitic carbonatite found in Ordovician limestones in the Morkoka River basin. The intrusive character of the bed and complete absence of thermal alteration in the enclosing limestones suggest that the carbonatite mass intruded in a plastic state without magmatic melting. The carbonatite is presumed to be a product of dynamic recrystallization of sedimentary limestones. A new area of carbonatite development is characterized. DLC. MIKHEENKO, V.I., see also No. 97031

98106 MIKHEEV, G.I., and K.V. IABLOKOV. Tectonics of region of slight deformations in southwestern spurs of Polousnyy Range, Northeastern U.S.S.R. (Intl. geology review 1965. v.7, no.1, p.84-89, maps, illus) 5 refs. English translation of No 81253. DLC. 98107 MIKHEICHEV, A.S. Perspektivy uvelicheniiä resursov apatitovykh rud v Khi(Razvedka i okhrana nedr 1964. binakh. v.30, no.9, p.1-5, map) In Russian. Title tr.: Prospects for increasing the resources of apatite ores in Khibiny. With the steady and rapid increase in production of mineral fertilizers by the Apatit combine, known reserves of apatite deposits are no longer considered inexhaustible, and new search is of great importance. Recent discoveries such as the Koashvinskoye, Gakman-Yuksporiok, and Partomchorr-Lyavoyokskoye deposits are noted. Reserves of apatite-nepheline ores at the beginning of 1964 are estimated at 1 billion 408 million tons. Recommendations are given for further prospecting. Two-three drillings are suggested DLC. at 2500-3000 m depth. MIKHEL'SON, D.M., see No. 93796 98108 MIKKOLA, T. Puuttuvat vuo(Geologi 1966. v.18, no.3-4, rijonot. p.35-37, map, illus) 5 refs. In Finnish. English summary. Title tr.: Missing mountain ranges. Reports a time difference of one billion yr between the Fennian orogeny at the base of the Lappian era and the beginning of the Caledonian orogeny in northern Fennoscandia. The various belts of the area can be traced on aeromagnetic and geologic maps. Names are applied to Precambrian sequences DGS. in the circum-Bothnian region. MIKLUKHO-MAKLAI, A.D., 100989

see

No.

MIKOV, B.D., see No. 95428 98109 MIKULENKO, K.I. and A.E. GAIDEBUROVA. K voprosu o sopostavlenii gazoneftenosnykh gorizontov nizhneiurskogo vozrasta Vilmiskol gemisineklizy i Predver(Geologill nefti i khoi3nskogo progiba. gaza 1966. v.10, no.2, p.43-47, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Correlation of the gas-oil-bearing horizons of Lower Jurassic age of the Vilyuy hemisyneclise and the Verkhoyansk trough. Notes the discovery of productive gasoil-bearing properties of Mesozoic deposits in these areas. Geological and geophysical materials are reviewed and a correlation of 789

Lower Jurassic deposits is made. Some 28 productive and possibly productive beds are distinguished, and the productive beds grouped into two complexes, Middle Liassic DLC. and Lower Liassic-Rhaetic. MIKULENKO, K.I., see also No. 93347 98110 Nizhmi i MIKUTSKII, S.P. (In: sredmi ordovik Sibirskoi platformy. Stratigrafiuå paleozoia srednei Sibiri... 1967. p.44-52) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Lower and Middle Ordovician of the Siberian platform. Describes the stratigraphy of deposits of the Vilyuy syneclise, Podkamennaya Tunguska basin and other areas, dividing them into stages, series and horizons and noting their lithologic properties and fauna. DLC. 98111 MILAN, F.A. and E. EVONUK. Oxygen consumption and body temperatures of Eskimos during sleep. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1966. 17 p. graphs, illus. (US. Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory. Technical report no. AAL-TR-66-10) 28 refs. Pub also in Journal of applied physiology 1967. v.22, no.3, p.565-67. The data represent measurements of metabolism and body temp of six male Eskimos from Wainwright village on the arctic coast of Alaska, during 14 nights of comfortably warm sleep. The sleeping metabolic rate declined from 50 (± 7.35) kcal/m2 /hr at 2230 hr to 39 (± 5.22) kcal/m2 /hr at 0600 hr. During the same time interval, rectal temp fell from 37 ('_*.386)°C to 35.4 (±.386)°C. Calculated mean body temp was directly related to the level of metabolic activity. These coastal Eskimos had essentially normal values for early morning basal metabolic rates in contrast to Anaktuvuk Pass Eskimos from the interior of Alaska who are hypermetabolic. CaMAI, DLC. 98112 MILASHEV, V.A. Petrokhimicheskaib kharakteristika kimberlitovykh po(Geologiih i geofizika 1964, no.3, rod. p.138-42, graphs.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Petrochemical characteristics of kimberlite rocks. Discusses types of classification of kimberlite rocks. Chemical composition is diagrammed for those of the Anabar-Olenek region, and four types of kimberlites are distinguished: lamprophyric microlitic and non-microlitic, basaltic microlitic and nonmicrolitic. Comparisons are made with other regions of the Siberian platform. DLC. 98113 MILASHEV, V.A. Petrokhimis kimberlitov IAkutii i faktory ikh almazonosnosti. Leningrad, Izd-vo Nedra 1965. 790

159 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy v.139) Title tr. Approx. 200 refs. In Russian. Petrochemistry of Yakutia kimberlites and factors determining their diamond properties. Presents a monograph on the distribution of various types of kimberlite rocks in different regions of Yakutia. The petrology, geochemistry, genesis and diamond-bearing properties of kimberlites are analyzed, and the known kimberlite regions and fields are briefly characterized, viz: the Daldyn-Alakit, Malaya Botuobiya, lower Olenek, KotuyMaymecha, and others. The secondary alteration of rocks, regime of autometamorphism, and postmagmatic processes in kimberlites are outlined. Chemical and facies factors which influence the diamond-bearing properties of kimberlites are described. CaOG. MILASHEV, V.A., see also No. 97139, 101510 98114 MILASHIN, A.P. 0 stroenii osadochnoi tolshchi v severo-vostochnoi chasti Okhotskogo moral po dannym metoda otrazhennykh voln. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.177, no.6, p.1419-22, map, illus) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Structure of the sedimentary stratum in the northeastern part of the Okhotsk Sea according to reflection seismic data. Reports a 1965 seismic survey with three profiles, together 254 km, completed. Each profile is described as to structures detected, thickness of the sedimentary cover, etc, and a tectonic map is worked out for the region. DLC. 98115 MILCOU, S.M. and others. L'effet de la circulation extra-corporelle de l'hypothermie profonde exp6rimentale sur la secretion adreno-corticale. (Revue roumaine de physiologie 1967. v.4, no.2, p.115-19, table) 15 refs. In French. Other authors: D. Drafta-Ciobanu, C. Ciocirdia, M. Title fr.: The Oprescu and E. Päu1escu. effect of extracorporeal circulation and experimental deep hypothermia on adreno-cortical secretion. Both extracorporeal circulation and deep hypothermia (8° - 15° and 18° - 25°C) induced, in dogs, a significant diminution of adrenocortical secretion and of the 17 ketosteroids in the suprarenal vein. Upon rewarming of the animal these substances increased toward normal; the recovery differs according to thermal level and the steroid groups. DNLM.

98116 MILEIKOVSKII, S.A. Lichinochnoe razvitie Spiochaetopterus typicus M. Sars, Polychaeta: Chaetopteridae iz Bareniceva monå; sistematika sem. Chae topteridae i otnåda Spiomorpha. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.174, no.3, p.733-36, illus) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Larval development of Spiochaetopterus typicus M. Sars, Polychaeta: Chaetopteridae, from the Barents Sea; and the systematics of fam. Chaetopteridae, order Spiomorpha. Discusses earlier work on this tube worm, common in the area and presents the first description of its planktonic larvae. Several developmental stages are included, with comparisons to related species and systematic DLC. notes. 98117 MILIAEV, N.A. Magnetic disturbance in the region of the drift of station North Pole 8. English translation by E.R. Hope of No 89909, available as TT-67-60973 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va., 22151. 98118 MILIAEV, N.A. Magnetic field variations in the drift area of the "Sevemyi Polius-4" and "Severnyi Polius-5" stations in 1955/1956. (In: Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskii n: issl. inst. Trudy 1962 translated 1968, v.241, no.4, p.66-83, graphs, map, tables) 5 refs. English translation of No CaMAI, DLC. 74019. MILLEN, J.E., see No. 98295 MILLER, A.D., see No. 94158 98119 MILLER, A.J. Note on vertical motion in the lower stratosphere. (Beiträge zur Physik der Atmosphäre 1967. v.40, no.1-2, p.29-48, graphs, maps, tables) Refs. French and German summary. Presents three-month seasonal averages of the stratospheric mean adiabatic vertical motion wherein estimates are made of the boundary fluxes of heat, momentum, and energy into the 75-40 mb layer, and of the potential to kinetic energy conversion in the 100-30 mb layer in the Northern Hemisphere. It is found that the pressure-work boundary term may provide the kinetic energy that is lost in the region. Twelve polar charts of the mean vertical motion field for 75 and 40 mb pressure for trimesters during Oct 1957 - Dec 1958 are given, as are 24 diagrams of the transient eddy term versus 0-801at. DLC. 98120 MILLER, G.R. The flux of tidal energy out of the deep oceans. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.10, p.2485-89, map) Refs. Calculates the total dissipation of lunar tidal energy in shallow seas to be between 1.4

and 1.7x1019 ergslsec, or about 1/2 to 2/3 of the total (body and sea) dissipation 2.7x1019 ergs/sec of lunar semidiurnal tidal energy estimated by earlier investigators. Author's results are compared (table) with Jeffreys' and Heiskanen's estimates of frictional dissipation of the flux of energy in 47 shallow sea regions, incl the Bering Sea, East Greenland waters, Gulf of St Lawrence, Hudson Strait, Norwegian-Svalbard waters, Okhotsk Sea and Gulf of Alaska. DLC. Caudal nerve 98121 MILLER, L.K. function as related to temperature in some Alaskan mammals. (Comparative biochemistry and physiology 1967. v.21, no.3, p.679-86, tables, illus) 10 refs. The caudal nerves from animals having bare or poorly insulated tails (muskrat, beaver, red squirrel and marten) were, without exception, able to conduct compound action potentials at lower temperatures than nerves from well-insulated tails (fox, coyote). A number of the first group were still conducting well-formed action potentials just before onset of freezing at -5°C or -6°C. If not allowed to freeze, nerves rewarmed to 25°C showed little or no loss of function. DNLM. 98122 MILLER, L.K. and L. IRVING. Temperature-related nerve function in warmand cold-climate muskrats. (American journal of physiology 1967. v.213, no.5, p.1295-98, tables, illus) 9 refs. Further evidence of differences in nerve function of animals exposed to different environmental temperatures is offered by conduction velocity and excitability characteristics of excised caudal nerves from muskrats from Alaska and Louisiana. Above 5°C, conduction velocity was higher in nerves of warm-acclimated muskrats; at 15°C or below, the excitability to stimuli of short duration was significantly higher in the nerve of the DNLM. cold-acclimated animal. Inventory of 98123 MILLER, M.M. terminal position changes in Alaskan coastal glaciers since the 1750's. (American Philosophical Soc. Proceedings 1964. v.108, no.3, p.257-73, maps, tables, illus) Refs. Provides an assessment of the behavior of 174 major glaciers in Southeast Alaska, based on annual ground and air surveys of termini and neve-line positions 1946-53, with selective photography and mapping in 1954, 1955, 1958 and 1960. Findings are compared with records from 1801 to establish a regional glacier fluctuation pattern since the 1750's. Considered in this assessment are more than 1500 mi of coastline from Wrangell Narrows to Cook Inlet, 56°N-61°31'N. Equipment 791

used includes a Wild T2 theodolite and mountain transit for groundwork, and for photographic records at established control stations, a long-negative Zeiss-Ikon camera, a Speed Graphic, or a Keystone FlO photogrammetric. Air photos were taken with either a 90 mm German aerial Handkammer or a Fairchild 4x5 in. K-20, or the FIO. The surveys were conducted and the results are presented according to the regional breakdown (which excludes only the Kenai and Aleutian glaciers): Stikine 56-58°N, Taku River 58-59°30'N, Glacier Bay 58-59°N, Chilkat 59-59°30'N, Lituya Bay 58-59°N, and Mount St Elias 59-60°30'N, Districts, Prince William Sound and the Chugach Range 60-61°30-N. DLC. 98124 MILLER, M.M. Morphogenetic classification of Pleistocene glaciations in the Alaska-Canada boundary range. (American Philosophical Soc. Proceedings 1964. v.108, no.3, p.247-56, maps, tables, illus) Refs. Classifies the phases of Pleistocene glaciation in this region according to the morphogenetic concept. The classificattion has been used previously to describe a fundamental relationship between various arctic terrains and their common denominator, climate. It can be applied also to ice sheets, both existent and ancient, which are also genetically related to climate although the time scale is shorter. The classification is helpful in the interpretation of sequential land forms, which is fundamental to the establishment of relative or absolute chronologies. This paper was prepared in conjunction with regional survey flights in 1961, on an American Philosophical Society grant. Supplemental flights in 1960 and 1962 and related groundwork were made under the aegis of the National Geographic Society and the Foundation for Glacial Research. DLC. 98125 MILLER, M.M. Science finds new clues to our climate in Alaska's mighty rivers of ice. (National geographic 1967. v.131, no.2, p.195-217, maps, illus) Describes in popular style the work of the Michigan State University Institute of Glaciological and Arctic Sciences on the Juneau Icefield. The author relates cycles of growth and decay in glaciation to cyclic solar storms. Trends in sunspot activity are correlated with changes in the mountain and coastal glaciers of southeast Alaska (maps, graph). Trends suggest that a 43-yr period of cooling from mid-1960's to late 2000's will result in vigorous expansion of coastal and tidewater glaciers and shrinkage of high mountain icefields. The logistics and procedures used in the glaciological work are outlined. CaMAI, DLC. 792

98126 MILLER, P. Lost heritage of Alaska; the adventure and art of the Alaskan coastal Indians. Cleveland, World Pub. Co. 1967. 289 p. map, illus. Presents the story of white contact and influence from the Bering expedition, Capt Cook and his successors, Capt Robert Gray, the Yankee fur traders, the Russian American Co, etc. A flourishing state of Indian culture prior to white contact and its subsequent decline is stressed, particularly after the purchase of Alaska by the United States. Exploitation of the salmon runs, government indifference to the needs of the Indians, the dispersal of art treasures, etc are cited. Indian traditional culture is lost as a way of life, but there is a new attitude toward their heritage, as evidenced in the Alaska Native Brotherhood. The Demonstration Workshop of the Indian Arts and Crafts Board at Sitka National Monument, and the art-training programs at Port Chilkoot are also cited. CaMAI, DLC. 98127 MILLER, R.D. Profiles showing configuration and probable bottom deposits as interpreted from fathometer traverses across and along parts of Gastineau Channel, near Juneau, Alaska. Washington, DC 1967. 1 sheet with text, map. (US. Geological Survey. Reports; open file series no. 902) The profiles and interpretations of the bottom between the mainland (Juneau area) and Juneau and Douglas Islands, are preliminary; the accuracy of the positions of gross details of submarine topography is within 50 ft. All profiles have features interpreted as subaqueous slides, slumps, or flows. Terrain adjacent to such areas, e.g. the Snowslide Creek delta and the Alaska-Juneau mine tailings dump, would require more DGS. intensive examination. 98128 MILLER, T.P. and others. Preliminary report on a plutonic belt in west(US. Geological Survey. central Alaska. Professional paper 1966. no.550-D, p.158-62, maps, table) 10 refs. Other authors: W.W. Patton, Jr and M.A. Lanphere. A belt of plutons, which generally form the cores of low mountain ranges along a belt about 25 mi wide and 220 mi long from the east end of the Seward Peninsula to just east of the Koyukuk River, Alaska, represent an older suite, in the western half of the belt, composed chiefly of saturated monzonite and syenite and undersaturated feldspathoidal syenite, and a younger suite, in the eastern half, composed of quartz-bearing granodiorite and quartz monzonite. K-Ar ages are about 102 MY for the older plutons and about 81 MY for the younger suite, or middle and late DGS. Cretaceous respectively.

MILLER, T.P., see No. 98872

6.5 km/sec oceanic layer normally encountered. DGS.

MILLER, W.L., see No. 94388 MILLIHAN, R.G.C., see No. 99433 MILLMAN, R.N., see No. 94601 98129 MILLS, W.J., Jr. A study of frostbite treatment. (Royal Naval Medical Service. Journal 1963. v.49, no.4, p.237-43, table, illus) Discusses the classifications and mechanism of frost injury, and on the basis of 51 cases, the causes of injury. First aid (warm bath), therapies, surgery, mental effects of injury are outlined. DNLM. 98129A MILNE, A.R. and others. Amnoise under sea ice and further measurements of wind and temperature dependence. (Acoustical Society of America. Journal 1967. v.41, no.2, p.525-28, graphs, map) 3 refs. Other authors: J.H. Ganton and D.J. McMillin. Gives measurements of underwater-pressure spectral density of noise from shorefast ice of M'Clure Strait in May 1966, from under the moving ice cover of the Canada Deep (Arctic Basin) in the springtime and of Beaufort Sea in summertime. The noise observed under the shorefast ice of M'Clure Strait appeared to be controlled by air temperature and wind-speed changes, as was the noise observed in mid-winter. The impulsive noise under the moving ice of Beaufort Sea could best be described as more like that produced by bacon frying than by ice cracking. The mechanism of noise production under summer ice appears to be fundamentally different from that under winter or spring sea ice. DLC. bient

98130 MILNE, A.R. A seismic refraction measurement in the Beaufort Sea. (Seismological Society of America. Bulletin 1966. v.56, no.3, p.775-79, graphs, map, illus) 3 refs. An unreversed refraction profile made in Aug 1965 north-northeast of Point Barrow, Alaska, at the southern edge of the Beaufort Deep, indicated P-wave velocities of 2.40, 4.40, and 7.47 km/sec. The first two are associated with layers 2.50 and 8.68 km thick, respectively. Although lower than the velocity usually associated with mantle arrivals, the third is consistent with a dip of the mantle to greater depths in the southsouthwest direction. This conclusion is also indicated by the 15-km crustal thickness, which, if considered to be oceanic, is thicker than the usual 10-13 km encountered in other oceanic regions. There is no evidence of the

98131 MILNE, A.R. Statistical description of noise under shore-fast sea ice in winter. (Acoustical Society of America. Journal 1966. v.39, no.6, p.1174-82, graphs, illus) 12 refs. Ambient noise under shorefast sea ice in midwinter is generated at the surface of the ice by wind action and by mechanical cracking caused by falling air temperatures. An idealized geometrical model, incorporating distributions of ice-cracking pulses was used to explain the statistical properties of the observed noise. These properties and the spectra of the noise can be related to the surface density and waveform of the source pressure pulses by means of the model. DLC. MILNE, A.R., see also No. 94243, 95456 98132 MILNE, W.C. Earthquake epicenters and strain release in Canada. (Canadian journal of earth sciences 1967. v.4, no.5, p.797-814, maps, tables) 33 refs. Presents maps showing earthquake epicenters in Canada (incl the Yukon Terr, NWT, Arctic Islands, and British Columbia), Alaska and the Aleutian Islands, and contour maps based on computations of accumulated values of strain release, to delineate earthquake zones. It is concluded from discussion that the St. Lawrence valley and the British Columbia coastal region have experienced severe earthquakes in the past, and probably will in the future, and that severe earthquakes can and do occur at isolated places in the DGS. Arctic and Yukon Terr. 98133 MIL'NER, G., and N. GVOZDEV. Territorial'noe planirovanie urovmä zhizni naseleniia, na novuiii stupen'. (Planovoe khoziaaistvo 1966. v.43, no.4, p.48-54). In Russian. Title tr.: Raise the regional living standard planning to a new level. Suggests a re-evaluation of cost-of-living indices in relation to real wages to counteract the growing labor shortage in so-called hardship areas. High costs neutralize the wage differential offered as incentive for work in the Far North and areas equated to the Far North. Comparative data on wages, consumer goods prices, public fund disbursements, etc are cited for the RSFSR incl the Northwest, West Siberian, East Siberian, and Far Eastern Economic Zones. Collective farm workers are the worst off, as they earn up to 21% less than those in industry. Further deterrents to employment in the North are the poor housing, inadequate social and health fa793

citifies, food shortages, supply and transportation problems; clothing, heating, food, etc all cost more. The cost of living generally is 72% higher in the Far North than in the Ukraine, but earnings average only 50% more. DLC. 98134 MILOV, A.P. and others. Geologicheskie osobennosti i magnitnye svoistva Velitkenaiskogo granitoidnogo massiva. (Akademilli nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyl kompleksnyi n: issl. inst. Trudy 1964, no.9, p.170-80, tables) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: D.M. Pecherski and V.S. Ivanov. Title tr.: Geologic features and magnetic properties of Velitkenay granitoid massif. Describes the characteristics of this 2000 km2 massif between the Kuvet and Ryveyem Rivers. The Velitkenay intrusion was formed at 2-3 km depth and in two phases. A petrographic description of the granitoids is given. Their main minerals are feldspar, quartz, biotite and hornblende. Geochemical and metallogenic features of the granitoids and enclosing rocks are summarized. Magnetic properties of the rocks are characterized. The metallogenic and magnetization features of the granitoids depend upon the thermodynamic regime of the formation of this intrusion. DLC. 98135 MILOV, A.P. and V.S. IVANOV. Pozdnemezozoiskie granitoidy TSentral'noi Chukotki. (In: AkadeØå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-VostochnyI kompleksnyi n: issl. inst. Pozdnemezozoiskie granitoidy Chukotki... 1965. Trudy no.12, p.141-87, map, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The late Mesozoic granitoids of Central Chukotka. Reports 1962-63 study of Velitkan, Taureuran and lul'tin massifs of central Chukotka. The geological, petrographic, petrochemical and geochemical features of Late Mesozoic granitoids were described and analyzed. The distribution of granitoid massifs is controlled by large and probably deep faults. Their formation conditions, composing rocks and facies are discussed. The metallogeny of the region: tin, tungsten, gold, etc is also considered. DGS. 98136 MIL'SHTEIN, V.E. Temnye "luchi", vazhnyi diagnosticheski priznak onkolitov iz gruppy Radiosus Z. Zhuravleva. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologiia i biostratigrafiiå 1967. no.20, p.81-87, illus) In Russian. Tide tr: Dark "rays", an important diagnostic feature of oncolites of the Radiosus Z. Zhuravleva group. Reports study of Radiosus specimens from 794

Upper Riphean, Cambrian and Lower Ordovician deposits in the north of the Siberian platform. The morphology and inner structure of the so-called dark rays are analyzed, and seven new forms of these rays are described and illus. They are considered of value for DLC. detailed stratification of deposits. MIL'SHTEIN, V.E., see also No. 96509 MILTENBERGER, F.W., see No. 99755 MILTON, D.W., see No. 93556 98137 Issledovanie zaMINA, M.V. visimosti mezhdu vesom otolita (sagitta) i dlinoi osobi v populiatsiråkh treski Barentseva i Belogo moreL (Nauchnye doklady vysshei shkoly. Biologicheskie nauki 1967, no.9, p.26-31, graphs, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Study of the relationship between otolith weight and fish length in cod populations of the Barents and White Seas. Author found otolith weight increase in the West Barents Sea cod closely connected with body length at the age of 3+ to 5+. In the White Sea cod, aged 2+ to 6+, otolith weight increased during the year after growth in length stopped. DLC. 98138 MINAEV, A.N. Kriogennoe stroenie gruntov sloi sezonnogo promerzaniia tüzhnoi chasti Tiumenskoi oblasti. (In: Vses. mezhduvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po geokriologii, 8th. Materialy v.3, 1966. p.60-70, map, tables) In Russian. Title tr.: The cryogenic structure of the ground of the seasonally freezing layer in the southern part of Tyumen Province. Three geobotanical zones are represented in this region: southern taiga, forest, and forest-steppe. According to the cryogenic structure of the seasonal layer, several kinds of areas are distinguished and described: swampy and overmoist areas, river floodplains, watersheds, and river valleys. DLC. 98139 MINAEVA, Iu.I. and R.A. BIDZHIEV. Istochniki snosa v iurskom periode na severe Priverkhoianskogo progiba. (Gelogia i geofizika 1967, no.4, p.48-58, tables, maps) 11 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Sources of removal in the Jurassic period in the north of the Verkhoyansk trough. Reports a study of Jurassic coarse fragmental rocks in the Molodo, Motorchuna, Linde and other areas of the Lena basin. Coglomerate, gravel and gritstones were examined and their places of removal considered: the deposits were transported from central parts of the Verkhoyansk trough and

Vilyuy syneclise. In the Middle Jurassic the Muna uplift region showed energetic rise. DLC. MINAIRE, Y., see No. 94492 98140 MINAKOV, F.V. and others. Ob iskhodnom sostave i evoliutsii ilolit-urtitovoi magmy Khibinskogo shchelochnogo massiva. (Geokhimiia 1967, no.8, p.901-915, map, tables, illus) 11 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors.' E.A. Kamenev and M.M. Kalinkin. Tide tr.: Primary composition and evolution of ijoliteurtite magma of the Khibiny alkaline massif. Reports a geologic, petrographic and geochemical study of the ijolite-urtite intrusion. A genetic connection of apatite deposits with it is recognized. The intrusion was formed in three subphases; each is described, as is the evolution of the ijolite-urtite magma. Average phosphorus and calcium content in the original magma is determined. Tectonic conditions of the formation of the ijoliteurtite complex are discussed. DLC. 98141 MINDER, R.A. Tekhnokhimicheskaia kharakteristika zubatok Barentseva monä. (Rybnoe khoziiistvo 1966. v.42, no.5, p.50-51; no.6, p.56-57, tables) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Technochemical qualities of Barents Sea wolfish. Deals in the first part, with the spotted wolfish (Anarhichas minor) the most common in this area. Amount of meat in various parts of the body, and the water, fat, protein and ash contents of the meat, skin, liver, bones, etc are stated. In the second part, a physical and chemical analysis is given of two less important species in the area: the proportions (in weight) of different body parts and their content of water, fat, protein and ash are considered. DLC. MINERVIN, A.V., see No. 95708 98142 MINIBAEV, R.A. and others. Ob odnom sluchae samoobrashchenitä ostatochnoT namagnichennosti. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Izvestiia 1966, Fizika Zemli no.8, p.96-101, graphs) 8 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.S. Mi snikov and G.N. Petrova. Title fr.: A case of self-reversal of remanent magnetization. Reports investigation of the magnetic properties of titanomagnetite from Lesnaya Volcano on Kola Peninsula. Its structure was studied by optical (2,500 x enlargement), electron-microscope, and X-ray methods. The mineral was found to acquire a reverse magnetization by being repeatedly heated above then cooled below the Curie point. DLC.

98143 MINIBAEV, R.A. and others. Samoobrashchenie termoostatochnor namagnichennosti v prirodnom gemoil'menite s Kamchatskogo poluostrova. (Akademitä nauk SSSR. Izvestiia 1965. Fizika Zemli v.1, no.4, p.85-90, table, graphs) 5 refs. In Russian. Other authors: L.V. Kolesnikov and G.N. Petrova. Title tr.: Self-reversal of thermal remanent magnetism in natural hematite-ilmenite from Kamchatka Peninsula. Reports on samples from Pustaya River sands separated into groups of various dimensions and compressed up to 24x24x24 mm cubes, using gypsum with an admixture of cement. The reversal of magnetization may be explained as conditioned by the existence of one-phase hematite-ilmenite belonging, by its ion distribution, to a state between the ferromagnetic and antiferromagnetic. Certain characteristics of hematite-ilmenite, as well as hematite of rhombohedral crystalline structure, are stable under the effect of demagnetization. There is a possibility that the rocks which change the direction of their residual magnetism under the influence of alternating fields of 50-100 Oe, are of self-reversing character when containing some hematite-ilmenite. DLC. MININ, A.I., see No. 100248 98144 MININA, L.S. and I.A. MAKLAKOV. Evoltütsiia tropopauzy pri rezkom vtorzhenii kholodnoi vozdushnoi massy. (Moskva. TSentral'nyl institut prognozov. Trudy 1966. no.152, p.40-48, illus) Ref. In Title tr.: Evolution of the troRussian. popause at a sudden intrusion of a cold air mass. Discusses the behavior of the tropopause during 17-24 May 1959, when an intensive cold air intrusion from Barents and Greenland Seas into European USSR to 60-55°N, and a simultaneous transport of warm air to higher latitudes took place. The tropopause topography, position of the cold front, and the trajectories of low tropopause centers, tropospheric cold, and cyclones at 15 hr during 21-24 May are shown in a chart. A vertical profile of the atmosphere, showing isotherms, isotachs, fronts, and the tropopause related to the altitude and wind velocity along the lines London - Kem'-Port and Kem'-Port - Aktyubinsk through Luonetjarvi, Petrozavodsk, and Arkhangelsk, Syktyvkar, and other points at 15 hr on 22 May 1959, is presented in a graph. DLC. MINODA, T., see No. 97235 MINTS, A.A., see No. 101045 MIRKIN, G.R., see No. 101391 795

98145 MIRONCHUK, IÜ.V. Nekotorye voprosy nozogeografii kleshchevogo rikketsioza Azii. (In: Irkutsk. N.-issl. inst. epidemiologii i mikrobiologii. Materialy 1967, p.13-18, table) In Russian. Tide tr.: Aspects of the nosogeography of Asian tickbome rickettsiosis. Discusses a natural focus of this disease in Irkutsk Province. Antibodies to the agent of tickbome rickettsiosis were only found in the blood of 1.1-2.8% of human sera tested, presumably because of the rapid disappearance of complement-fixing antibodies from the blood and the comparatively rare contact of people with ticks. Of 1351 sera of farm animals tested in the complement fixation test with D. sibiricus antigen, 26 gave positive reactions, as compared with 40.6% of suslik sera. Rickettsial strains were isolated from 41% of Ixodid ticks and 25% of small rodents. Tickborne rickettsiosis in Irkutsk Province is primarily confined to agricultural regions, which are usually narrow, densely populated zones around the railroad lines. DLC. MIRONENKO, O.N., see No. 98078, 98080, 98081 98146 MIRONIÜK, E.P. K mezozoiskoi istorii razvitiia tsentral'noi chasti zapadnogo Priuchur'ia, Aldanskil shchit. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskii inst. Trudy 1967. no.135, p.88-102, maps, illus) Refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Mesozoic development history of the central part of west Uchur, Aldan shield. Describes the geology of this region of southeast Yakutia. Middle Mesozoic-early Cenozoic tectonic structures such as Gonama uplift are characterized. Post-Jurassic magmatic intrusions are noted and their position in the tectonic structure of the region is evaluated. DLC. 98147 MIRONIÜK, E.P. Strukturnostratigraficheskoe raschlenenie kristallicheskikh obrazovanil nizhnego dokembritå zapadnoi chasti Aldanskogo shchita i sootnoshenie olekminskoi serii i stanovogo kompleksa. (In: Akademiis Hauk SSSR. Lkkutskti filial. Inst. geologii. Geologi i petrologiiå dokembriia Aldanskogo shchita... 1966. p.93-109, map, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Structural-stratigraphic division of crystalline formations of Lower Precambrian in the western part of Aldan shield and the relation of the Olekma series and the Stanovoy complex. Reports study of Precambrian deposits in Olekma and Chars River bacins, with special reference to the Olekma series. The Kurul'tin, Olekma, Borsalinskaya and Subgan series are described and divided into smaller stratigraphic units. Precambrian formations of the 796

Olekma-Chara region are correlated with the Precambrian of the Stanovoy folded zone. DLC. MIRONOV, K.N., and others. 98148 Nizhnekamennougol'nye otlozheniia ostrova Dolgogo v Pechorskom more. (AkadeØå nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.166, no.4, 2 refs. In Russian. Other p.928-30, map) authors: L.P. Grozdilova, N.N. Lapina and N.S. Lebedeva. Tyde tr.: Lower Carboniferous deposits of Dolgiy Island in the Pechora Sea. Describes the stratigraphy of deposits in three areas; Tournaisian and Visean deposits, their horizons, thickness and distribution of brachiopod and foraminifer fauna are reDLC. ported. 98149 MIRONOV, N.G. Suoite1'stvo i ekspluatatsiia podzemnykh kholodil'nikov: Sever i Severo-Vostok Sovetskogo Sotnza. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1967. 70 p. graph, map, tables, illus. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyl kompleksnyl n.-issl. inst. Trudy no.15) Refs. In Russian. Tide tr: Construction and use of underground refrigerators in the North and Northeast of the Soviet Union. Deals with underground cold storage facilities of the gallery and shaft types. General information on the behavior of the roof is given from experience in the Anadyr region where the facility is dug in the frozen layer of clayey loam, and fine sandy soil and ground ice; the monthly mean ground temperature in 1954 ranged from -0.6°C in Sept-Oct. to -15.0°C in Mar, it remained -5.2 to -5.7°C below 12.5 m depth and ranged 1.6° to 13.3°C in the remaining months at 1.5-12 m depth. It is recommended to dig the chambers below 10-15 m depth, to slope the gallery roof 2-4% down from the entrance, to guard against groundwater seeping in, and to keep the chamber surfaces covered with ice. Construction technique and thermotechnical calculations for designing the facility are discussed in two chapters; the fourth and last chapter is devoted to its use and the advantage of underground over surface storage in the North. In Chukotka the underground storage is less expensive to build and maintain and more advantageous to operate. DLC. 98150 MIRONOV, V. Zimnii bui. (Rechnol transport 1965. v.24, no.11, p.48) Title tr.: Winter buoy. In Russian. Describes the buoy installed in Kakhovka, Kremenchug, Dneprodzerzhinsk, and Kiev reservoirs of the Dnieper River basin, to fix the positions of regular main buoys, also for orientation during the freezing period of the

reservoirs. Dimensions and construction of winter buoys are given. From the beginning of their use in 1960 to the present time, no cases of their displacement or loss has been recorded. They have been found expedient, in enabling the regular main buoys to be set up two-three times faster. The installation of winter buoys is obligatory on all the riverand-lake sections of these reservoirs. DLC. 98151 MIRONOVA, M.G. K poznanifit rannepermskikh brakhiopod Pechorskogo basseina. (Voprosy paleontologii 1964. v.4, p.85-99, illus) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On knowledge of early Permian brachiopods of the Pechora basin. Reports a 1953-1955 study: stratigraphic distribution of brachiopods is outlined noting species of several units. Comparison is made between the Pechora brachiopods and those of Novaya Zemlya, Spitsbergen and Greenland. Systematic description of seven species is given. DLC. 98152 MIRONOVA, N. IÅ. K voprosu o proiskhozhdenii i formirovanii ozemykh vann v zapadnoi chasti Bol'shezemel'skot tundry. (In: Tipologii ozer... 1967. p.135-47, graphs, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Origin and formation of lake depressions in the western part of Bolt shezemel'skaya Tundra. Reports a morphological study of the Yushino lake group in 1963. Depth measurements on transverse and longitudinal profiles, bottom sediments, shore and other observations are given. All the lakes have many features in common: all are small, shallow, and all have smooth bottoms. Their depressions are presumed to have been formed by thermokarst processes. Other DLC. origin is also possible. 98153 MIRONOVA, N.IA. Letnii temperaturny rezhim ozer Kol'skogo poluostrova. (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. Inst. geografii. Nakoplenie veshchestva v ozerakh... 1964, p.47-58, graphs, table, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The summer temperature regime of Kola Peninsula lakes. Reports temperature measurements of 28 June-28 Aug 1960 in two areas, one 68°05'-68°50'N 33°30'- 34°10'E, the other 69°05'- 69°21'N 31°51' - 33°E. Of some 20 lakes investigated, data are presented for 15, which are briefly characterized. The 1960 temperatures are compared with earlier measurements by others, and the temperature regime of these lakes is described. Except shallow holomictic water bodies, these lakes are characterized by a well expressed meromixis typical of lakes of the moderate DLC. latitudes.

98154 MIRONOVA, N.IA. and T.N. POKROVSKAIA. LimnologicheskaT kharakteristika nekotorykh ozer Poltårnogo Urals. (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. Inst. geografii. Nakoplenie veshchestva v ozerakh... 1964. p.102-133, graphs, maps, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr» Limnological characteristics of some lakes of the Polar Ural. Reports on summer 1961 investigations of six lakes in the area 67°30'-67°50'N. 65°40'66°10'E, with more detailed work done in Bol'shoye and Maloye Khadata, Kuz'-Ty, and Maloye Shchuch'ye. Temperature measurements, bottom sediments, oxygen, phosphorus, fauna and flora, phyto- and zooplankton are reported and data tabulated. Phytoplankton photosynthesis, production of organic matter are also briefly noted. Main attention is directed to the temperature regime, and the 1961 measurements are DLC. compared with those of 1960. 98155 MIRONOVA, N.IA. and T.N. POKROVSKAIA. Limnologicheskie issledovaniiä v zapadnoi chasti Bol'shezemel'skol (In: Tipologiiå ozer... 1967. tundry. p.103-135, graph, map, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Tytte tr» Limnological investigation in the western part of Bolt shezemel'skaya Tundra. Reports a 4 July-22 Aug 1963 study of five lakes by collecting data for their general description and clarification of the structure of their depressions. Bottom sediments were collected for chemical analyses and stratigraphy, as were water temperature and hydrochemical data. Flora and fauna, photosynthesis and primary productivity of organic matter were studied. The main characteristics of these lakes are summarized and data given. Phytoplankton and zooplankton are described. Two groups of tundra lakes are DLC. distinguished. 98156 MIRONOVA, N.IA. and L.L. ROSSOLIMO. Ozernoe nakoplenie produktov lednikovoi erozii na Poliarnom Urale. (In: Akademia nauk SSSR. Inst. geografii. Nakoplenie veshchestva v ozerakh... Refs. In 1964. p.148-63, tables, illus) Russian. Tide tr.: Accumulation of glacial erosion products in the lakes of the Polar Ural. Reports a summer 1961 study of Bol'shoye and Maloye Khadata, Kuz'-Ty and Maloye Shchuch'ye Lakes in the vicinity of various glaciers. Bottom samples and data on turbid flow of glaciers were collected, and chemical, mineralogical and microscopic analyses made. Characteristics of the bottom are described. The transport of glacial erosion products into 797

lakes is discussed. What typifies Polar Ural DLC. lakes is considered. 98157 MIRONOVITCH, V. Stratospheric-tropospheric evolution and geomagnetic activity. (Beiträge zur Physik der Atmosphäre 1967. v.40, no.3, p.234-40, graphs, maps) 9 refs. French and German summary. Investigates the statistical relationship between the beginning of sudden mid-winter stratospheric warming and geomagnetic disturbances. The stratospheric warming which originates in subtropical or middle latitudes is considered to be generated by intensive solar ultra-violet radiation absorbed in the ozone layer. The polar stratospheric warming which begins in the middle of the polar night in the absence of any advection could originate from the upper mesosphere or by lunar reflection of active solar radiation. The arguments are illustrated by two examples. Contour lines of the 300 mb surface along the Lomonosov submarine ridge are charted. DLC. 98158 MIROSHNIKOV, A.E. Malye elementy nizhnel terrigennol chasti dokembniskikh otlozhenii Turukhanskogo raIona. (Geologiiä i geofizika 1966, no.2, p.129-35, tables, graphs) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Small elements in the lower terrigenous part of Precambrian deposits of the Turukhansk region. Reports mineralogic study of these deposits in 1963. With semi-quantitative spectral analysis and 115 rock samples, 38 elements were investigated. These terrigenous deposits were found to be accumulators of Mn, Co, Zr, P1, Ga and Y. Their content of these elements is notably greater than in clayey and arenaceous rocks generally. DLC. 98159 MIRSKAIA, D.D. 0 nekotorykh usloviiakh formirovaniiå drevnikh vulkan gennykh tolshch na primere izuchenüa pechengskoT serii. (In: Problemy osadochnol geologii... 1966, v.1, p. 150-60, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some formation conditions of old volcanic strata exemplified by the Pechenga series investigation. Describes four Proterozoic volcanic strata of this series on the Kola Peninsula. Mineralogical and chemical composition, and structure, of effusive rocks are given; cleavage and texture of rocks are characterized. Four stages of volcanic activity are distinguished and described. The origin of spilites is discussed. DLC. 98160 MIRSKY, A., ed. Soil development and ecological succession in a deglaciated area of Muir Inlet, Southeast 798

Alaska. Columbus, Ohio 1966. 167 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. (Ohio. State Univ. Inst. of Polar Studies. Report no. 20) Presents 9 papers on the glacial history of this area, particularly the sequence and chronology of the floral and faunal succession following deglaciation. The studies are based on precise and detailed data of rapid glacial retreat during the past century which is known for this area. Locations of the Institute's field camps are given in the preface. All papers are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: DECKER, H.F. Plants. DeLONG, D.M. Insects. GOLDTHWAIT, R.P. Glacial history. GOOD, E.E. Mammals. LOEWE, F. Climate. MERRELL, T.R., Jr. Freshwater fish. RUDOLPH, E.D. Ecological succession. TRAUTMAN, M.B. Birds. UGOLINI, F.C. Soils. CaMAI, DGS. 98161 MIRZOEV, G.G. and others. Etiologicheskaiä struktura dizenterii v odnom iz ralonov Pripoliäria. (Zhurnal mikrobiologii, epidemiologii i immunobiologii 1966. v.43, no.2, p. 129-30) In Russian. Other authors: N.T. Abramova, D.G. Krushinskil, A.T. Potapova and A.K. Shchepina. Title tr: Etiological structure of dysentery in a polar area. Dysentery in the polar regions north of Leningrad is usually caused by Shigella flexneri with Newcastle bacillus and rarer forms less frequently implicated. DLC. 98162 MISEVICH, K.N. Khozfaistvennye tipy rasselenill v Khanty-Mansiiskom naüional'nom okruge. (Akademna nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geografii Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Doklady 1967. no.16, 4 refs. In p.72-81, maps, table, illus) Russian. French summary. Title tr» Industrial types of settlements in the KhantyMansi National District. Reports a 1964-66 study of concentrations of population in centers of the gas and oil industry, lumbering, livestock raising and agriculture, reindeer herding, fur farming, fishing and hunting. Each of these industrial types of community is characterized as to size, population, intensity of development, and other features. DLC. MISHEN'KIN, B.P., see No. 97144, 97145 MISHEN'KINA, Z.R., see No. 97145 98163 MISHIN, S.V. Nekotorye dannye o seismichnosti Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochny kompleksnyl n: issl. inst.

Trudy 1964. no.11, p.150-53, map, table) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title fr.: Some data on the seismicity of the Northeast of the USSR. Reports a 1963-64 study carried out in various localities of Magadan Province and Yakutia. Over a hundred earthquakes were registered, epicenters determined for 34 of them, and data used to characterize the seismicity of the entire region. An active seismic zone is established in the Cherskogo uplift and the Omsukchan trough. A chart of the epicenters is included. DLC. MISHIN, S.V., see also No. 93568 MISHIN, V., see No. 98454 98164 MISHIN, V.M. and others. Raspredelenie magnitnol aktivnosti v vysokikh shirotakh. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyr geofizicheskil komitet. Geomagnitnye issledovaniia. Sbornik state! 1966. no.8, p.94-101, table, graphs, illus) 14 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: O.A. Troshichev and V.D. UrTitle tr.: Distribution of magbanovich. netic activity in high latitudes. Studies the daily mean values of geomagnetic disturbances in terms of geomagnetic latitude for different seasons, using data of 37 observatories, incl 15 stations in the North. Latitude distribution of magnetic activity at different hours of local time is given in diagrams for magnetically disturbed and queit days. The instantaneous distribution of geomagnetic activity in high latitudes and the position of the maximum geomagnetic activity zone during 1957-59 are shown in charts. DLC. MISHIN, V.M., see also No. 93361, 93862, 93863, 101065 98164A MISME, P. A meteorological parameter for radioclimatological purposes. (US. National Bureau of Standards. Journal of research 1964. v.68D, no.7, p.851-55, graphs) 5 refs. Studies the index of refraction of radio rays of ground-to-ground path, showing that theoretically this index varies exponentially with altitude above 1.75-2.75 km depending on season and latitude. Meridianal variation of this altitude value for latitudes up to 80°N is estimated at several locations, incl Barrow, Fairbanks, and Isachsen. DLC. 98165 MISSARZHEVSKII, V.V. Pervye nakhodki Lapworthella v nizhnem kembrii Sibirsko! platformy. (Paleontologicheski! zhurnal 1966, no.2, p.13-I8, Mus) 5 refs. Title tr: First find of LapIn Russian.

worthella in the Lower Cambrian of the Siberian platform. Discusses the systematic position of this genus, first described by E.S. Cobbold as primitive crustaceans, and raises gen Lapworthella with gen Stenothecopsis to the new fam Lapworthellidae, which should belong to the Hyolithelminthes order of molluscs. Lapworthella tortuosa and L. bela n spp are described from the Lower Cambrian of the Chekurovka area of the Lower Lena. DLC. MISUSTOVA, J., see No. 96157 98166 MITCHELL, E. Northeastern Pacific Pleistocene sea otters. (Canada. Fisheries Research Board. Journal 1966. v.23, no.12, p.1897-1911, illus) Refs. Describes in addition to the previously known one fossil bone from Oregon, eleven new bones from the late Pleistocene and one tooth from the early Pleistocene, all from two localities in Southern California. The nearly exterminated animal is at present found along the Arctic Pacific coast. DLC. 98167 MITCHELL, E.H. Inukshooks and Etigaseemautes; mysterious beacons of the north. (North 1966. v.13, no.5, p.10-11, illus) Describes cairns in the form of a person, Inukshooks, and rock monuments of huge boulders set upon small rocks, Etigaseemautes, structures made by Tunrits, Eskimos of the Pre-Dorset and Dorset cultures. The perched boulders are found in valleys of the Melville Peninsula, eastern Canadian Arctic. Inukshooks were once used in hunting caribou: rows of these pillars were placed so as to lead or drive the herds to a place of CaMAI, DLC. ambush. 98168 MITCHELL, E.H. Ross' cache at Victoria Harbour. (Canadian geographical journal 1966. v.72, no.6, p.206-209, map, illus) Describes the author's search for a cache of instruments which John Ross made in 1832 on Boothia Peninsula. Evidences of Ross's visit were still apparent in 1958, but the cache was not located. Four contemporary prints of the voyage of the Victory are included. DGS. MITCHELL, H.H., see No. 95601 98169 MITCHELL, J.C. Allergy to lichens. (Archives of dermatology 1965. v.92, no.2, p.142-46, illus) 20 refs. Forest workers in British Columbia are affected with allergic contact dermatitis which has been traced to lichens containing usnic acid. This acid has been identified in 799

many lichen species with wide distribution in Canada and elsewhere. DNLM. 98170 MITCHELL, J.0 and J.S. ARMITAGE. Dermatitis venenata from lichens; biology of lichens related to criteria for diagnosis of occupational dermatitis and to industrial exposure risk. (Archives of environmental health 1965. v.11, no.5. p.701-709, graph, map, illus) 26 refs. Reviews the literature on lichen allergy with special reference to the assessment of "cedar-poisoning" in forest workers of British Columbia. Some 17,000 lichen species grow on rocks, woods, and soils from the equator to both polar regions; because of high sensitivity to air pollution they tend to disappear from urban areas. Ten classes of lichen substances, aliphatic, alicyclic, and aromatic, are recognized, and are believed to be mainly excretory products, many with antibiotic properties. Usnic acid is one of the most common of these antibiotics. The mechanism by which this acid is broken down in soil and in the reindeer is unknown. The geographical and topographical distribution, symptoms, and possible modes of exposure to the contact dermatitis involved, are dealt with. DLC. 98171 MITCHELL, J.M., Jr. Climatic change. (In: IUGG General Assembly, 1967. US National report 1963-1967. American Geophysical Union. Transactions 1967. v.48, no.2, p.500-504) Refs. Reviews American work in paleoclimatology and climatic change during the period 1963-67, with a select bibliography of 61 items in English. The summary incl studies in Pleistocene chronology, dendro-climatology, general circulation problems, lunar and solar influence, also a brief note on current theories of the causation of glaciation. Successful ice core dating techniques used on the Greenland inland ice are mentioned. DLC. 98172 MITCHELL, J.M., Jr. Stochastic models of air - sea interaction and climatic fluctuation. (In: Symposium on the arctic heat budget and atmospheric circulation. Proceedings... 1966. p.45-74, graphs, maps, table, illus) Refs. Summarizes the climatic fluctuation observed since 1880 and shows that subarctic temperatures are able to vary over wide limits in response to modest temp variation in lower latitudes. Net changes of winter temp and pressure for periods in this century are mapped. All potential causes of climatic change are classified into three categories, viz: autovariation of the atmosphere, autovariation of the ocean-atmosphere system and earth-environmental influences. The ranges of 800

time scales of change attributable to 16 causative factors are graphically presented. The role of air-ocean interaction is examined at length. Two mathematical models are presented, the first being concerned with short-term variability, the second with very long-term trends. In the first model, the heat exchange is considered to be prescribed by a compound first-order linear Markov process. The second model, specified in terms of the heat budget at the ocean surface, suggests that cumulative heat storage in the ocean leads to very long term anomalies of temp in the air-ocean system. Cumulative deviations of insolation are viewed as following a quasi-periodic variation averaging approx 355,000 yr. This is correlated with the glacial chronology of Ericson and others, and a relationship between glacial and insolation chronology is proposed. DWB. 98173 MITCHELL, V.L. An investigation of certain aspects of tree growth rates in relation to climate in the central Canadian boreal forest. Madison, Wis. 1967. 62 p. graphs, maps. (Wisconsin. Univ. Dept. of Meteorology. Technical report no.33) Presents dendrochronologic data based on several thousand tree cores from the boreal forest of the northern prairie provinces and the NWT. Recording of ring widths by a digitizer device is explained. The method used to eliminate the growth trend and develop an index for climatologic comparison is outlined. Determination of a theoretic tree line and comparison with the actual tree line are made. Black spruce showed greater coincidence with theoretic models than white spruce. Factor analysis is used to show that there is more than one way in which a narrow or a wide ring can be formed. CaMAI, DLC. MITENKOV, G.A. see No. 94283, 97180 98174 MITIÜNIN, IÜ.K. and V.M. GORIÜNOV. Kamennoe lit'e iz shlakov kombinata "Severonikel"'. (In: Akademiih nauk SSSR. Kol'skii filial. Metallurgicheskie shlaki... 1965. p.5-27, graphs, tables) 27 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Cast stone from slags of the Severonikel combine. Reports laboratory tests with molten copper-nickel waste slag to produce blocks and other construction material. Formation processes and physical and chemical properties of waste slag are analyzed. Tests show that this waste slag can be successfully utilized in the production of bricks, building blocks and pipes. DLC. MITROSHIN, M.I., see No. 93543

MITTA, S.V., see No. 97876 98175 MIUSKOV, V.F., and IÜ.L. ORLOV. Rentgenodifrakiiionnoe topograficheskoe izuchenie iakutskikh almazov. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.166, no.1, p.198-201, illus) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: X-ray diffraction topographic investigation of Yakutia diamonds. Describes a method using X-ray photography which enables 60x30 mm crystals to be photographed and the spatial distribution of various defects determined. Studies of diamond samples from the Mir and Aykhal pipes are described and illus. This new method reveals various defects in the diamond and features of crystal structure. DLC. 98176 MIYAKAWA, H. and A. KOLLAUTZ. Zur Ur- and Vorgeschichte des Schamanismus. (Zeitschrift zur Ethnologie 1966. v.91, no.2, p.161-93, illus) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Sources and prehistory of shamanism. Discusses its world-wide manifestations since the paleolithic on the basis of archeological evidence and folklore. Eskimo and North Eurasian shamanism is traced to China and common elements in music, dance, costume and ecstasy are considered. DSI. 98177 MIYAKE, M. Transformation of the atmospheric boundary layer over inhomogeneous surfaces. Seattle, Wash. 1965. 63p. graphs. (Washington (State) Univ. Dept. of Atmospheric Sciences. Scientific report no.6) 35 refs. Presents a survey of earlier theoretical investigations of the development of an internal boundary layer in turbulent flow over a surface of variable roughness. On the basis of the plume propagation concept, a new formula is derived for predicting the growth under diabatic conditions, of the planetary boundary layer, 1-2 km above the surface. Wind and temperature profiles observed in air flowing across an artificial pond on the surface of sea ice near Barrow are used to test the new model. The formula is found to give at least qualitative characteristics of the internal boundary layer. CaMAI, DWB. 98178 MIZEROV, A.V. Erozitå pochv v Karelii i bor'ba s netü. (Akademit nauk SSSR. Karel'ski filial. Plodorodie pochv Karelii. Moskva, lzd-vo Nauka 1965. p.104-118, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. Soil erosion in Karelia and its prevention. Recent studies show soil eroding in different localities where there is dissected relief, steep sloping, precipitation, or wind, etc. Sheet flood and other forms of erosion are

described. Damage from soil erosion to forests, farms, roads, etc is estimated. Protective measures are discussed. DLC. MIZEROV, A.V., see also No. 94392 98179 MOBERG, C.A. Coastal regions and river country in the north and southwest, (In: an archaeologist's list of questions. Nordic Symposium 1962 pub 1965, p. 363-76, map) 35 refs. Notes similarities in the ecological setting and raises questions on differences and affinities between Fennoscandian pre-historic hunting and fishing cultures incl the Swedish and Finnish areas north of the Gulf of Bothnia. In the north, inland sites prevail over coastal and show a degree of stability. A hypothesis is advanced that fishing may have given rise to choice of settlement location lasting through different archeological eras. Possible cultural links with the White Sea region and even northern Asia are speculated upon because of similarity of rock-carved elk DLC. and boat motifs, etc. 98180 MOCHANOV, Bel'kachinskaia neoliticheskai`a kul'tura na Aldane. (Sovetskaiå arkheologiia 1967. v.11, no.4, p.164-77, map, illus) 20 refs. In Russian. Title h.: Neolithic Bel'kachi culture on the Aldan. Discusses the extent and classification of this culture characterized by a certain type of rope-impressed pottery; it was identified in 1964-65 at the stratified Bel'kachi I site on the middle Aldan River. Some 35 sites containing this pottery type are known in the Northeast, most clustered between the middle Aldan and lower Vilyuy, the rest scattered from the Khatanga mouth to the lower Anadyr River. Distinguishing ornamental features, shapes, workmanship, etc of the pottery and associated lithic artifacts are analyzed and a dating of late fourth or early third-early second millennium BC suggested. The Belt kachi complex is considered a local development from the early Aldan neolithic linked to a widespread tradition extending to DLC. Japan and Alaska. Paleolit 98181 MOCHANOV, IU.A. Respublikanskii (Yakutsk. Aldana. kraevedcheskii muzel. Sbornik nauchnykh statci 1966. no.4, p.209-221, map, illus) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Paleolithic of the Aldan. Preliminary report on 1965 excavations by the Yakut Branch of the Siberian Division of the Academy of Sciences. The stone and bone artifacts recovered from eight sites, between the mouths of the Timpton and Amga tributaries, are described. The sites are temporary hunting and fishing camps, re801

peatedly occupied throughout the older and younger stone ages. No cultural break is detected between the late paleolithic and early neolithic strata. Geological criteria and comparison with similar sites on the Yenisey, Angara, and Lena Rivers, agree on a dating of eighth millennium BC for the lowest paleolithic strata of the Aldan sites and fifth millennium for the strata immediately below the early neolithic remains. Ikhine, 63°N, is the oldest and most northern of all Siberian sites; its faunal remains include Bison priscus deminutus and Citellus undulatus fossilus suggesting human occupation in the late Upper Pleistocene. DLC. 98182 MOCHANOV, IU.A. Rannil neolit Aldana. (Sovetskaya arkheologiia 1966. v.10, no.2, p.126-36, illus) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Early neolithic in the Aldan basin. Describes the inventory of the stratified Bel'kachi I, one of four sites discovered in 1964. They indicate seasonal occupancy and a hunting and fishing economy. Shape and ornamentation of pottery belong to the earliest type known in East Siberia. Comparison with finds in the Baykal-Angara and middle Lena regions suggests a dating to the late fifth to third millennia BC for the early and developed neolithic in the Angara. A uniform mesolithic culture extended from the Yenisey to Japan and from the Gobi desert to Alaska. Its local variants gave rise to early neolithic cultures which developed independently influenced by regional ecology and historical factors. To this neolithic differentiation is due the formation of some ethnic groups inhabiting Siberia and the Far East. The discovery of Ikhine, a late paleolithic site on the lower Aldan, with cultural remains in upper Pleistocene deposits places man on Chukotka some 15 thousand yr ago. DLC. 98183 MOCK, S.J. Accumulation patterns on the Greenland ice sheet. Hanover, N.H. 1967. 11 p. maps, tables. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Research report 233) Refs. Uses multiple regression analysis of all available mean annual accumulation data for the Greenland Inland Ice to develop equations capable of predicting mean annual accumulation from the parameters latitude, longitude and elevation. The patterns of accumulation are shown in a series of isohyetal maps (water equivalent). These indicate an east slope max in South Greenland and a west slope max in North Greenland. Mean annual accumulation ranges from>90 g/cm2 in the southeast to 4,000 ft. Gold, silver, lead, and manganese minerals occur in and near this zone; their grade and continuity were not determined. Soil sampling and geophysical methods are indicated for delineating any lode outcroppings. Descriptions and analyses of specimens are tabulated. DI. 98282 MULLIGAN, J.J. Examination of the Sinuk iron deposits, Seward Peninsula, Alaska. Washington, DC 1965. 34 p. maps, tables. (US Bureau of Mines. Open file report no.24) 7 refs. The Sinuk deposits are outcrops and residual concentrations of botryoidal and loosely cellular limonite and goethite, in an area 25 mi northwest of Nome. The iron materials occur in a belt of altered limestones; they differ from usual gossans in the absence of boxwork structure and scarcity of typical oxides derived from sulfide deposits. The surface concentrations have been estimated as > 600,000 tons of rock with 10-45% iron and about 0.005% MnO2 in a limestone gangue. A petrographic evaluation of samples, by H.D. Hess, is included. Access to the area is by the Nome-Teller road. The summer field season is Jun-Sep. Water for drilling is a serious problem with outcrops located on high porous limestone ridges. A spring and the Sinuk River should provide enough water for any DI. mine camp and milling operation. 98283 MULLIGAN, J.J. Tin-lode investigations, Cape Mountain area, Seward Peninsula, Alaska. Washington, DC 1966. 43 p. maps, tables, illus) (US. Bureau of Mines. Report of investigations, no.6737) 27 refs. Assesses effectiveness of this method for mining in permafrost areas. Results indicate it can be used to delineate obscure deposits with sufficient accuracy to permit further evaluation with a minimum of trenching and/or drilling. Method and analytical results are described in detail, and results of previous lode and placer investigations in the Cape Mountain are summarized. Brief geologic descriptions of selected deposits are inDGS. cluded. 98284 MULLIGAN, J.J. Tin-lode investigations, Potato Mountain area, Seward Peninsula, Alaska. Washington, DC 1965. 85 p. maps, tables, illus. (US. Bureau of Mines. Report of investigations no. 6587) 36 refs. The tin lode outcrops of Potato Mountain occur below frost detritus and ilnat of tundra and alpine vegetation as cassiterite, either associated with quartz in veinlets or veins, or as disseminated tiny crystals in tourmaline

schist (early Paleozoic or older). Bedrock and detrital cover are permanently frozen with an active layer of only a few ft in summer. The studies were in three stages: first the placer gravels, then the detrital cover, and last the lode outcrops. Descriptions of the principal placer and lode tin deposits and prospects include maps and tin analyses. Petrographic descriptions (by Walter L. Gnagy), spectrographic analyses, and analyses for metals other than tin, appear in special sections. Notes on accessibility (air fields, roads, trails and tractors), labor, living conditions, climate, water supply, placer-mining claims, and mining history precede the report of investigations. DGS. MULLIGAN, J.J., see also No. 93990 MULLIGAN, R., see No 94444 98285 MUNDTH, E.D. and others. Treatment of experimental frostbite with low molecular weight dextran. (Journal of trauma 1964. v.4, no.2, p.246-57, tables, graph, illus) 28 refs. Other authors: D.M. Long and R.B. Brown. Dextran given intravenously prior to freezing markedly improved tissue survival after a standard cold injury. When given within 1-2 hr after injury it was less effective; given within one hr and continued for five days it improved tissue survival. Heparin given within one hr after freezing and heparinization continued for five days had the same effect as DNLM. similar dextran treatments. 98286 MUNK, W.H. Waves across the Pacific. (Oceanus 1965. v.11, no.3, p.8-12, map, illus) Describes an expedition to study nonlinear interactions in ocean waves. Six observation stations along a great circle from Yakutat, Alaska to New Zealand were occupied; one of these was the 300 ft long spar buoy Flip. Vibration pressure transducers were used to measure and record wave intensity as affected by frequency and time. Severe storms in the Indian and Southern Oceans create wave patterns which take two wk to cross the Pacific and the duration of the effect averages seven days in Alaska owing to the dispersive stretching of the wave train. Various problems arising from the expedition are briefly disDGS. cussed. 98287 MUNRO, J.A. English-Canadianism and the demand for Canadian autonomy: Ontario's response to the Alaska boundary decision, 1903. (Ontario history 1965. v.57, no.4, p.189-203) Reviews press and other public reactions in Ontario to the findings of the tribunal, No 819

35383. They are considered of importance as prologue to the movement toward Canadian CaMM. autonomy after World War I. MURAKAMI, K., see No. 96566 98288 MURASHKO, E.I. Zabolevaemost' pnevmoniel u detel v Krasnoiarskom krae. (Voprosy okhrany materinstva i detstva 1961. v.6, no.7, p.78-82, tables) In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Incidence of pneumonia in children of Krasnoyarsk Province. Comparative statistical study of pneumonia cases in infants under one year old in the polar and non-polar zones of the Province. In the polar zone, incidence of pneumonia is higher, more frequent during the second half of the year, and forms of rickets are more severe than in the rest of the Province. Catarrh of the upper respiratory tract and influenza are of lesser significance as contributing factors in the North than rickets, hypotrophy, improper diet, etc, are in reducing body resistence. Early hospitalization and complex therapy are credited with better results in the polar than in southerly regions. DLC. 98289 MURAVENKO, D.G. Montazhnye raboty na KS-5 gazoprovoda IgrimSerov. (Stroitel'stvo truboprovodov 1967. v.12, no.6, p.19-20, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Assembly work at CS-5 of the Igrim-Serov gas pipeline. Describes the assembling and mounting of the forcing pump installation of the compression station-S. Construction of the station was started in May 1967 and completed in ten months. The assembling and mounting of three gas-turbine units was carried out simultaneously. DLC. 98290 MURAV'EV, I.S. Struktura, paleogeografiia i fatsii v tumeiskoevremtä v Pechorskom Priural'e. (Sovetskaiä geologisä 1967, no.12, p. 127-30, map) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. Structure, paleogeography and facies of the Pechora Ural in Tournaisian time. Analyzes five types of carbonate and terrigenous-carbonate deposits. Their composition, thickness and sedimentation conditions are described. A generalized plan of the paleogeography and facies of the region is presented and briefly discussed. In respect to oil and gas accumulation, the sandstonesiltstone deposits of the Buktylo-Dzhebol trough are of practical interest. DLC. 98291 MURAV'EVA, G.I. and I.A. NERUSH. Insolihi ionnyi rezhim na territorii Kol'skogo poluostrova i osobennosti ee za820

(Gigiena i sanitariia 1967. v.32, strollti. no.3, p.7-12, graph, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Insolation conditions on the Kola Peninsula and peculiarities of local town building. Considers town planning in the Far North, how incident solar radiation affects the buildings and how structures may be placed to gain maximum benefit from the sun's heat. Hygienic assessments and recommendations for the construction of residences are given, and a proposed apartment complex for the city of Murmansk is also discussed. DLC. MURAV'EVA, I.V., see No. 95506 98292 MURAVIN, IÜ. Dal'nevostochnye kitoboi. (Dal'nil Vostok 1966. v.33, no.1, p.126-32, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Far East whalers. Photo-sketches of activities aboard the Dal'nif Vostok, a mother ship for whalers in the North Pacific and Bering Sea. The vessel is equipped with up-to-date equipment for processing the catch and with amenities for the crew. DLC. Auroral ul98293 MURCRAY, W.B. traviolet radiation in the 1000-1350 A (Journal of geophysical research range. 1966. v.71, no.11, p.2739-42) 8 refs. Measures ultraviolet emissions in the 1000-1350 A range from three Nike-Apache sounding rockets launched during auroral displays at Ft Churchill in Apr 1964. Intense radiation of the flux of the order of 1 erg/cm2 sec was observed in these wavelengths, with the max flux over 1.5 ergs/cm2 sec. It is believed that the radiation was in three band systems of the neutral nitrogen molecule, and one very intense triplet, 3P-3S, of atomic DLC. oxygen. Spatial rela98294 MURCRAY, W.B. tionship of auroral OI and N2+ emissions. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.3, p. 1047-51, graphs) Refs. Discusses the results of investigation of intensity distribution of N2+ and OI in auroral light emission with reference to own studies in 1965 and 1966, using the data recorded by five Nike-Apache rockets launched into auroras from Ft Churchill. The positively charged nitrogen molecule, N2+ (4278), and those of oxygen, OI (5577), emissions were found to have different density distribution in the horizontal, as well as the vertical direction, the OI emission being considerably more restricted in hoDLC. rizontal area than that of N2+. MURCRAY, W.B., see also No. 97678

98295 MURDAUGH, H.V. and others. Adaptations to diving in the harbor seal: cardiac output during diving. (American journal of physiology 1966. v.210, no.1, p.176-80, tables, graphs) 12 refs. Other authors: E.D. Robin, J.E. Millen, W.F. Drewry and E. Weiss. Reports a series of cardiac and vascular measurements which showed an average cardiac output of 5.18 ± 2.33 liters/min before diving, which fell to 0.62 ± 0.35 1/min during diving and rose to 8.27 ± 4.20 1/min after it. The results suggest that the main diving adaptation consists of arterial constriction and loss of blood to the body periphery, resulting in a preservation of 02 and substrate for brain metabolism. DLC. 98296 MURDOCK, P.G. Post-partum sex taboos. (Paideuma 1967. v.13, p.143-47, tables) Ref. Summarizes results of study on 166 societies incl Reindeer Chukchis, Yukaghirs, Yurak, i.e. Nenets Samoyeds, Aleuts, Baffinland and Nunamiut Eskimos, Haida, Montagnais, and Slave Indians. Post-partum taboos are of longer duration in polygynous marriages than in monogamous or polyandrous familes; duration is generally shorter in animal-milk consuming societies. Two hypotheses are advanced: alternative sexual outlets for married men provided by polygyny make abstention from lactating wife tolerable; use of animal milk in infant diet shortens the taboo period imposed on lactating mothers. The nutritionally superior fish diet may be responsible for the comparatively short abstention time in fishing groups, despite their non-use of animal milk. DLC. MURINA, G.A., see No. 94515 98297 MURPHY, R.S. Unalakleet water distribution system. (Alaska. Univ. Inst of water resources. Annual report 1966. p.122-23) On the basis of data on the Unalakleet water system, collected since it went into operation Nov 1965, it has been determined that when soil temperature at 5-ft depth reaches 20°F a water temperature loss of 3°F occurs in a 5,000-ft circulation loop made of 4-in castiron pipe insulated with 11/2-in of "foamglass", at water velocity of about 3 ft/sec. Heat loss was greater where house loops entered the home. A feed water temperature of 40°F had to be maintained. CaMAI, DLC. MURPHY, R.S., see also No. 93881

98298 MURZAEV, S.P. Metasomaticheskatå zonal'nost' flogopitonosnykh obrazovani Aldana. (In. Akademiiä nauk SSSR. IAkutskil filial. Inst. geologii. Geologiia i petrologii3 dokembrifi Aldanskogo shchita... 1966. p.294-318, graph, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Metasomatic zoning of the Aldan phlogopite-bearing formations. Reports a 1958-63 study of the Emelt dzhak, Timpton and Kuranakh phlogopite deposits. The form and structure of the metasomatic formations are described and six zones distinguished in the phlogopite-bearing veins. The chemistry of the metasomatic process is outlined. The development of phlogopite-bearing metasomatic rocks occurred in a single stage. DLC. MUSALITIN, L.A., see No. 100239 98299 MUSIENKO, L.N. Ichthyoplankton of the Bering Sea; data of the Bering Sea (In: Sovetskie expedition of 1958-1959. rybokhoziälstvennye issledovanii v severovostochnoi chasti Tikhogo okeana, vyp. 1. Jerusalem, Israel Program for Scientific 12 Transl 1968, p.251-86, maps, tables) refs. English translation of No 81470. DLC. 98300 MUSTAFIN, N.V. Itogi prakticheskogo primenemia i perspektivy razvitiiii metodov prognoza urovniü v mon'akh Laptevykh i Vostochno-Sibirskom. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1966. no.22, p.52-65, graphs, tables) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Results of practical use and prospects for developing methods of forecasting sea level in the Laptev and East Siberian Seas. Reports on the results of forecasting sea level fluctuation, due to winds, during the 1960-64 navigation seasons. The forecasts were based on meteorological and synoptic observations at Tiksi Bay, Malysheva Island, Yuedey station and Cape Shalaurova. Formulas and curves used are explained, and the accuracy of their results are evaluated. For 3-5 day forecasting of sea level, the method of B.A. Krutskikh (No. 80368) is recommended. DLC. 98301 MUSTAFIN, N.V. Method of forecasting the sea level in the Dm. Laptev Strait. (In: Vangengelm, G.IA. and A.F. Laktionov, eds. Hydrometeorology of the polar regions... 1967, p.233-36, table). English translation of No 81472. CaMAI. 98302 MUSTAFIN, N.V. Metodika prognoza sgonno-nagonnykh kolebanii urovmå dlii arkticheskikh morel. (Moskva. TSentr. inst. prognozov. Trudy 1965. no.142, p.86-92, tables) 7 refs. In Russian. Tide 821

tr.: Methods of forecasting of wind-driven changes of level for the arctic seas. Notes the importance of forecasting these aperiodic fluctuations of level in shallow parts of the sea or river mouths such as the Dmitriya Lapteva and Sannikova Straits, Tiksi Bay, the Lena, Yana, Indigirka, Kolyma, Ob and Yenisey estuaries. In certain areas wind-driven changes of sea level are very extensive and important for navigation. Some attempts to develop methods of forecasting them are reviewed and the formulas worked out are given. The organization of such work is discussed. Forecasts for 1960-63 in Tiksi Bay, the Lena, D. Lapteva Strait, and other areas are presented; they proved to be reasonably accurate. DLC. 98303 MUSTAFIN, N.V. Okeanologiii na sluzhbe moreplavaniiä v Arktike. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1967. no.27, p.16-34, graphs, tables) 40 refs. In Russian. Title tr• Oceanology in the service of navigation in the Arctic. Reviews the last 50 yr oceanographic studies in the Arctic Basin. Work on sea level fluctuations is described noting the organizations, methods, stations, etc concerned, and the forecasting methods developed. Studies of currents, swell, temperature and salinity are also reviewed. The principal scientists are reported. DLC. 98304 MUSTELIN, O. Gabriel Palanders brev till Nathanael Gerhard Schulten om gradmätningen i Lappland 1802. (Lychnos 1962, p.184-99, illus) Refs. In Swedish. English summary. Title tr.: Gabriel Palander's letters to Nathanael Gerhard Schulten concerning the measurement of an arc of meridian in Lapland in 1802. Presents several letters with commentary. They deal with practical difficulties encountered and some experiments. The 1802 expedition to the Tomeå region sponsored by the Swedish Academy of Sciences attempted to measure the arc of meridian resulting from the flattening of Earth near the poles. Map of the original survey net with identified sites is included. DLC. MURART, R., see No. 100300 MYHRBERG, H., see No. 93524 MYHRE, R.J., see No. 95013 MYKLEVOLL, S., see No. 93311 98305 MYRBERGET, S. De fire store rovdyr i Norge. (Naturen 1967. v.91, no.4, p.228-40, tables, maps) In Norwegian. 822

Title tr.: The four large predatory animals in Norway. Summarizes the occurrence, killing and eating habits, and economic significance of lynx (estimated at 150-200), wolverine (150), bear (25), and wolves (10). All are found in North Norway. Bears and wolves are too few to do much damage except locally. Some wild reindeer herds are too large for their range, so predation upon them can be overlooked, but herds of domesticated reindeer are attacked by lynx and wolverine. The most extensive damage is to sheep; data on losses to all four predators are tabulated. The percentage of stock lost is of significance only locally in Nordland and Nord Trondelag. DGS. 98306 MYRBERGET, S. Ulven i faresonen. (Norsk natur 1966. v.2, no.1, p.2-6, maps, tables, illus) In Norwegian. Title tr.: The wolf in the danger zone. Discusses the wolf in Norway, its damage, and its survival as a problem to be dealt with in cooperation with Sweden. For the sheepand reindeer-raising areas, it is proposed that losers be well compensated. The animals that can be proved killed by the predators are not DLC. numerous. 98307 MYRBERGET, S. Vern av truede rovviltarter. (Naturen 1968. v.92, no.5, p.290-94) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Protection of threatened predatory species. Reports on the Norwegian-Swedish association conference on wildlife management, held in Oslo, 31 Oct 1967. Means of protecting rare species are discussed in connection with the planning for an intemordic natural park. The migratory falcon, mountain fox, bear, wolf, wolverine, various eagles, and an owl species are considered, and status of each is briefly reviewed. DGS. MYZNIKOVA, L.M., see No. 95493 98307A NATO ADVANCED STUDY INSTITUTE, Bad Homburg, Germany, 1963. Natural electromagnetic phenomena below 30 kc/s; proceedings. New York, Plenum Press 1964. 470 p. graphs, tables, maps, illus. Refs. Contains 18 papers presented at this session, with a summary of the discussion appended to each. Subject matter ranged over all phenomena occurring in the environment of the earth, particularly those influenced by solar disturbances. Seven papers of arctic interest are abstracted under their author's names, viz: A. Egeland, L.M. Harang and R. Larsen, J.A. Jacobs, J. Katsufrakis, A.G. McNish, M. Sugiura, and Sir C. Wright. DLC.

98307B NATO ADVANCED STUDY INSTITUTE, Skeikampen, 17-26 April 1963. Electron density distribution in ionosphere and exosphere; proceedings. E.V. Thrane, ed. New York, Interscience Pub. 1964. 395 p. graphs, tables, illus. Refs. Contains some fifty papers, three of which are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: L.H. Brace and N.W. Spencer, M. Jespersen and others, and J.W. Wright. DLC. 98308 NATO ADVANCED STUDY INSTITUTE, 3rd, Finse, Norway, 1965. Electron density profiles in ionosphere and exosphere; proceedings. J. Frihagen, ed. New York, Wiley 1966. 629 p. graphs, tables, illus. Refs. Contains 67 papers, of which 15 are in this volume under their authors' names, viz: BARRINGTON, R.E. and others. Ion composition and temperature at 1000 km as deduced from VLF resonances and topside ionograms. BELROSE, J.S. and others. A preliminary investigation of diurnal and seasonal changes in electron number density over Resolute Bay as observed by partial reflections. CALVERT, W. Observations of ionospheric irregularities and plasma resonances by the fixed-frequency topside sounder satellite. CHAPMAN, J.H. The topside ionosphere. CROMBIE, D.D. On the use of VLF measurements for obtaining information about the lower ionosphere, especially during solar flares. HAUG, A. Electron densities in the auroral zone D-layer during quiet ionospheric conditions. JESPERSON, M. Electron density and collision frequency observations in the arctic D-region. JØRGENSEN, T.S. and E. UNGSTRUP. Rocket measurements of electron density profiles in the lower ionosphere by the VLF Doppler method. LERFALD, G.M. and R. PARTHASARATHY. The variation of 10 Mc/s cosmicnoise absorption with the solar zenith angle. LISZKA, L. Latitudinal and diurnal variations of the ionospheric electron content near the auroral zone in winter. NELMS, G.L. Seasonal and diurnal variations of the distribution of electron density in the topside of the ionosphere. PEDERSEN, A. D-region ion densities measured in the auroral zone with rocket probes. REID, G.C. Physics of the D-region at high latitudes. THOMAS, J.O. and others. The topside

ionosphere; 1, the analysis of Alouette I topside ionograms. THOMAS, J.O. and others. The topside ionosphere; 2, experimental results from the Alouette I satellite. DLC. 98309 NATO INSTITUTE on Ionospheric Radio Communications in the Arctic, Finse Norway 13-19 April 1967. Ionospheric radio communications; proceedings. K. Folkestad, ed. New York, Plenum Press 1968. 468 p. graphs, maps, illus. Refs. Contains 37 papers presented at this conference organized by the Canadian Defence Research Telecommunications Establishment and the Norwegian Defence Research Establishment. 32 of these papers are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: R.S. Allen, P.J. Bartholomb, K.W. Blake and N.H. Knudtzon, B. Burgess, D.C. Coll, C. Collins and L.A. Maynard, A. Egeland, K. Folkestad, T.R. Hartz, W.L. Hatton, O. Holt, M. Jespersen and B. Landmark, G.W. Jull, N.H. Knudtzon, G. Lange-Hesse, L.A. Maynard, J.H. Meek (2 papers), L.E. Petrie, L.E. Petrie and E.S. Warren, W.R. Piggott, C.F. Power and C.M. Rush, P.J. Pratley, S.E. Probst, T. Ringereide, E.E. Stevens (2 papers), E.V. Thrane, J.R. Veastad, W.R. Vincent and others, S. WestDLC. erlund, and P.J. Wright. 98310 NABOKO, S.I. Conditions of the present-day hydrothermal metamorphism of volcanic rocks. (Intl. geology review 1963. v.5, no.7, p.850-58, tables) 10 refs. English DLC. translation of No 74192. Sovetskatä vul98311 NABOKO, S.I. kanologiiä. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1967, no.5, p.22-28) In Russian. Bile tr.: Soviet volcanology. Reviews this field of study with emphasis on developments since 1931. A few early descriptive works, mainly of the geological and geomorphic characteristics of Kamchatka in 1755, 1901, and 1904, are noted. In 1931-35 systematic studies of Kamchatka volcanoes and their dynamics, and thermal water in the area began. The third period, 1935-46, was marked by the establishment of the first volcanological station in Kamchatka, and by publication of papers on dynamic, geological petrological and geochemical volcanology. The next period is characterized by the airborne survey of morphology of Kamchatka volcanoes, the resulting atlas and the catalog of volcanoes of the USSR, and the first All-Union Volcanological Conference of 1959 in the Armenian SSR. In the fifth period, which extends into the present time, the Institute of Volcanology of the Siberian Dept of the Academy of Sciences has been 823

established in Petropavlovsk, and the second Volcanological Conference took place in 1964. During the last hundred yr, 1044 eruptions have been recorded from 320 volcanoes throughout the world, in the 19th century most were from Etna, in the 20th century from Karymskiy in Kamchatka. The erupted material is estimated to total 3-5 billion t /yr. DLC. 98312 NABOKO, S.I. and E.M. FILL KOVA. Vertikal'narå zonal'nost' v gidrotermal'nykh glinakh Pauzhetki. (Bmlleten' vulkanologicheskikh stanisil 1966, no.41, p.3I-34, tables, graphs) In Russian. Title tr.: Vertical zonality of hydrothermal clays of Pauzhetka. Presents study of a 2.35 m deep layer of clay covering the Pauzhetka hydrothermal deposits. Data are given on the chemical composition of ten samples from various depths of the clay horizon and of their water extracts. The decrease in iron with depth is noted. DLC. NABOKO, S.I., see also No. 95703 98313 NADLER, C.F. and others. Electrophoresis of the serum proteins and transferrins of Akes alces (elk), Rangifer tarandus (reindeer), and Ovis dalli (Dall sheep) from North America. (Comparative biochemistry and physiology 1967. v.23, no.1, p.149-57, illus) 18 refs. Other authors: C.E. Hughes, K.E. Harris and N.W. Nadler. Analyses of serum proteins of elk, reindeer and Dall sheep from various regions of Alaska (Brooks Range, Alaska Peninsula, Tanana Flats, Wrangell Mountains) revealed definitive interspecific variation among the total protein patterns. The elk and reindeer have more complex patterns than the sheep and are more nearly alike, in both cases showing data similar to that of Akes and Rangifer in Norway. DNLM. NADLER, N.W., see No. 98313 98314 NADUBOVICH, IÜ.A. Beregovol effekt v poliarnykh siianitåkh. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1967. 79 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. (Akademiii nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyr geofizicheskil komitet. Poliarnye siihniia. Sbornik state! no.14) 108 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The coastal effect in auroras. Discusses the coastal effect on the basis of over 300 thousand all-sky camera pictures taken at Tiksi, Kotel'nyy, Murmansk and Verkhoyansk during the JOY and subsequent years. A statistical analysis of the geographic distribution of auroras shows that the zone of max homogeneous auroral forms approaching 824

the coast with an increasing magnetic activity follows the contour of the coast. Analysis of 201 recorded events confirms that the coastal effect phenomenon is observed mainly in homogeneous auroral arcs. All the observed peculiarities of this effect can be explained as an interaction of the auroral electric current and the earth current in the underlying ground surface. This conclusion leaves little doubt that the character of the processes in the upper atmosphere is dependent upon the physical properties of the earth surface beneath. DLC. 98315 NADUBOVICH, IÜ.A. Struktura sutochnogo khoda aktivnosti poli'arnykh siiantT v b. Tiksi. (Geomagnetizm i a8ronomil3 1967. v.7, no.1, p.179-81, illus) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The structure of the daily rate of auroral activity of Tiksi Bay. Reports study of all-sky electrophotometer records during 1959-66 investigating the daily variation of auroral frequency, and its timestable fine structure. It was noticed that the daily variation of auroral frequency exhibits separate splashes, the position of which in time remains unchanged for a number of years. The most remarkable frequency splash occurs at 15.1-15.2 UT which almost coincides with local midnight, despite the fact that the frequency of auroral displays, their character, and the ratio of ray-form to uniform aurora during 1959-66 changed substantially. Another characteristic of such "time-fixed" auroras is similarity in their development process. CaMAI, DLC. 98316 NÄKKÄLÄJÄRVI, O. Preliminary report on investigation of wild reindeer trapping pits in Finland. (Studia ethnographics upsaliensia 1964. v.21, p.228-33, maps) 8 refs. Deals with the locations and measurements of pits, mainly on the basis of 1955-61 field work sponsored by the Ethnographic Department of the National Museum, Helsinki, and headed, in part, by the author. Some 3860 pits belonging to 130 chains forming in turn several trapping pit systems were mapped north of 68°N. The pits, dug at an average distance of 10-15 m from each other, measured usually 4 m in length, 3.5 m in breadth, and 60 cm in depth; greatly varying dimensions depending on soil conditions and age of pits were recorded. Tradition as well as location of pits suggest construction by Lapps. DSI. NAEVDAL, G., see No. 98190, 98191 98317 NAGAEV, A. S. Iz istorii zolotopromyshlennosti i priiskovykh rabochikh Sibiri pervol poloviny XIX veka. (Yeni-

seysk. Gos. pedagogicheskil inst. Uchenye zapiski 1964. v. 7, p. 3-68, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Contributions to the history of the gold mining industry and mine workers in Siberia, in the first half of the 19th century. Sociological study on the Olekma and Vilyuy where gold was discovered in the 1840's. Search and survey activities, mining techniques and production are reviewed. Hiring practices, prevailing work conditions and pay rates are considered, the 12-15 hr work day, health hazards, strikes, riots, etc. DLC. NAGAI, M., see No. 95900 98318 NAGATfSEVA, N.N. and others. O sostave i stratigraficheskom polozhenii trakhibazal'tov I Jnikhskoi tolshchi na severo-zapade Sibirskol platformy. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'naia geologirå 1967. no. 10, p. 202-207, graphs, map) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.V. Rogozhin and T.K. Ivanova. Title tr. Composition and stratigraphic position of trachybasalts of the Yuryakh stratum in the northwest of the Siberian platform. Reports a 1962-66 study of these trachybasalts in the Khantayka, Keta and Kutaramakan Lake region and Kulyumbe River basin. Their mineralogic composition and fades are analyzed. The name Yuryakh should be retained and attributed to the Ayanskaya suite. Absolute age of the stratum is 232 MY. DLC. 98319 NAGATA, T. Polar geomagnetic daily variation on quiet days. (In: Benedum Symposium of Earth Magnetism, 1st, Univ. of Pittsburgh 1962. Proceedings, p. 31-38, table, iIlus) Refs. Studies the geomagnetic daily variation, Sq = Ø + SqP, where Sqo and SqP are parts of the Sq field in temperate and low latitudes, and within the polar cap respectively. Resolute Bay, Godhavn, Murchison Bay, Baker Lake, Tikhaya Bay, Cape Chelyuskin, Dikson Island, Healy, and Anchorage data for quiet days during the IGY period are studied to verify the reported enhancement of SqP by about 3.5 times during the local summer season, as compared with the SqP during winter time. The observation, and the fact that the geomagnetic K-indices on quiet days are always systematically larger in the sunlit than in the dark polar region, suggest that the solar wind always goes to the polar cap and energizes its ionosphere. The patterns of the Sq, Sq° and SqP on June and December solstices are given in polar diagrams. DLC.

98320 NAGATA, T. Two main aspects of geomagnetic secular variation; westward drift and non-drifting components. (ln: Benedum Symposium of Earth Magnetism, 1st, Univ. of Pittsburgh 1962. Proceedings, p 39-55, graphs, tables) Refs. Analyzes the distributions of the geomagnetic field and its secular variation in four aspects: change in the intensity of the centered dipole, westward drift of the nondipole field, northward shift of the axial dipole, and the residual regional variation. The analysis represented by the isoporic chart of geomagnetic vertical field Z during 1955-1960, for 80°N - 80°S, charts of the westward drift component of secular variation of Z, and the non-zonal part of the nondrifting component, show that the westward drift of the non-dipole geomagnetic field of about 0.2 degree/yr in drift velocity is the most dominant characteristic, which can be responsible for the larger part of the secular variation. The remaining non-drifting component is interpreted as due to advection of the intense toroidal magnetic field caused by regional convective motions within the fluid core of the earth. In conclusion it is considered that all characteristics of the geomagnetic secular variation can be understood in terms of the dynamo-theory of the geomagnetic field. DLC.

NAGATA, T., see also No. 93938, 96865, 97771, 98603, 98724

98321 NAGELL, B. and I. FRYCKLUND. Invasionen av fjälluggla (Nyctea scandiaca) i södra Skandinavien vintrarna 1960-1963, samt något om artens beteende på övervintringslokalerna. (Vår fågelvärld 1965. v. 24, no. 1, p. 26-55, maps, tables, illus) Refs. In Swedish. English summary. Title tr.: The invasion of snowy owl in southern Scandinavia during the winters of 1960-1963, with notes on the species' effect on the overwintering locales. Discusses the incursion of this normally high-latitude bird, one of whose most southerly breeding grounds is the upland plateau of Norway about 60°N. During the 1960-1963 winters, it invaded east-central Sweden in large numbers, mostly young birds. The owl, rarely active at midday, is one of the lesser observed northern birds. Winter biotopes were usually flat lands, such as large fields, coastal areas, moors, occasionally sparse forest, or openings in woodland where small rodents are plentiful, the prey often taken from under the snow. A list of sightings is appended. DLC. 825

98322 NAGIBINA, M.S. 0 tektonicheskoi prirode i strukturnom polozhenii Okhotsko - Kataziatskogo vulkanicheskogo potäsa. (!n: Vses. vulkanologicheskoe soveshchanie 1964. Trudy v. 2 pub 1966, p. 241-48, map) 16 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: The tectonic nature and structural position of the Okhotsk-Catasiatic volcanic belt. Reviews various geologists' treatment of the East Asiatic volcanic belt from Chukotka south to China. Its system of deep faults is outlined. The characteristic feature of this large zone is the similarity in composition of products of magmatic activity. The tectonic position of the belt is considered as a specific type of epigeosynclinal and epiplatformic structure. DLC. 98323 NAGIBINA, M.S. Vyezcinaiii sessiiä Otdelenitä nauk o Zemle na Dal'nem Vostoke. (Geotektonika 1966, no. 2, p. 124-28) In Russian. Title tr.: Meeting of the Earth Sciences Section of the USSR Academy of Sciences in the Far East. Reviews the meeting of 15 Sept-7 Oct 1965, at which problems of the earth's crust in the transition zone from Asiatic continent to the Pacific were under consideration. Development of magmatism and metallogeny and other subjects were also discussed. The arctic areas of Soviet Northeast were included. DLC. 98324 NAGURNYI, A.P. 0 politropnykh svoIstvakh atmosfery. (Leningrad. Arkticheskii i antarkticheskil n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1966. no.77, p.99-107, maps, graphs) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Polytropic properties of the atmosphere. Proposes one of the possible methods of constructing a model of polytropic atmosphere to be used in solving equations of hydrodynamics in preparing meteorological forecasts. The proposed model is based on the linear variation of air temperature with altitude up to the tropopause with troposphere temperature gradient 0.67°C/100 m, and on the principle of equality of the weighted mean in vertical characteristics of the real and model columns of the atmosphere. The results are presented in distribution charts of the values of the weighted mean geopotential, and the weighted mean temperature over European Russia, Scandinavia, the White and Barents Seas during three hr on 18 Sept 1957. CaMAI, DLC. 98325 NAGY, A.F. and J.C.G. WALKER. Direct measurements bearing on the question of the nighttime heating mechanism in the ionosphere. (Planetary and space 826

science 1967. v.15, no.1, p.95-101, graphs) Refs. Russian summary. Presents the results of two nighttime, high altitude electron density and temperature measurements made in the upper F- region from the Javelin sounding rocket NASA 8.20, launched on 6 Nov 1964 from Ft Churchill and NASA 11.03, launched 13 June 1965 from Wallops Island, both carrying the cylindrical Langmuire probes. These measurements resulted in vertical profiles of electron temperature and density to altitudes of 700 and 1700 km respectively. The electron temperatures are found consistent either with heat conducted down from higher altitudes, or with a local heat source proportional to the ambient electron density. The investigation shows that heat source proportional to neutral density can be excluded. DLC. 98326 NAGY, H.G. Pottery in Keewatin. (Beaver 1967. v.298, no.3, p.60-66, illus) Notes that Eskimos have made pottery for over two thousand yr. The finest has been found in south Alaska; some derives from the Old Bering Sea culture. Sherds found in the Central and Eastern Arctic belonging to the Thule culture, indicate less firing done, hence the sherds are more brittle and few have survived. The eastern limit of Eskimo pottery making appears to be the head of Frobisher Bay. The art died out early in this century, but since 1963 it has been revived, along with ceramic sculpture at Rankin Inlet on the west coast of Hudson Bay. Local clay, mixed with crushed local rock, is used; glaze is not applied. The work portrays human and animal figures and themes of arctic life. An exhibition held in Toronto in March 1967 is expected to lead to a demand for this ware. CaMAI, DNAL. 98327 NAGY, J. Preliminary report on the geology of eastern Torell Land, Vestspitsbergen. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Arbok 1964 pub 1966, p.69-72, map) 6 refs. Presents a geological map based on 1962 and 1963 field observations and on aerial photographs. A brief account is given of stratigraphy and structure. The rocks exposed in the area are of Lower Cretaceous and Tertiary age, mainly shales, sandstones and siltstones. The succession is subdivided into five series. DLC. 98328 NAGY, Z.M. Tolerance to cold and development of adaptation to cold in mice as a function of age. (Physiology and behavior 1966. v.1, no.4, p.327-30, illus) 15 refs. Immersion of mice to the neck in 7.2°C

water for varying periods of time clearly indicated that tolerance to cold is greatest in the newborn mouse and decreases rapidly as the animal matures, becoming almost asymptotic by the end of the 24th day. Adaptation to cold shows after the 22nd day and increases with maturity. DLC. NAIBORODIN, V.I., see No. 95134 NAIDIN, D.P., see No. 93983 98329 NAIMARK, A.A. 0 sootnoshenii iärusov rel'efa i kompleksov porod SeveroVostoka SSSR. (Izvestiih vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenü. Geologitä i razvedka 1967, no.12, p.12-17, maps) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The interrelation between stages of relief and rock complexes in the Northeast of the USSR. Distinguishes four stages of relief in the area east of the Lena. Intrusive, effusive, metamorphic, and sedimentary rock complexes are characterized and their distribution described according to surface stages. It is established that the stages of relief are not connected with specific complexes of rocks. Most of the relief is of stage III. DLC. 98330 NAIMARK, A.A. 0 vozraste drevnikh poverkhnostei vyravnivania .na kralnem Severo-Vostoke SSSR. (Izvestiia vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenü. Geologitä i razvedka 1967, no.6, p.11-16) 25 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Age of old planation surfaces in the far Northeast of the USSR. Reports study of the area east of 156°E. According to fieldwork, maps, and air photos, three stages in relief development are recognized: Pleistocene and Recent accumulation surfaces of lowlands and valleys, foothills and submontane regions, and mountains of 900-1100 m elevation. Each stage is described as to region, distribution, and other features. In the Koryak upland several rhythms in relief development are distinguished; their age is discussed. DLC. 98331 NAIMARK, A.A. and I.I. SPASSKAIA. Osnovnye cherty geomorfologii i chetvertichnoT geologii Zapadnoi Chukotki. (Izvestiia vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenü. Geologiia i razvedka 1964, no.7, p.42-49, map, illus) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr Main features of the geomorphology and Quaternary geology of western Chukotka. Reports a study in the lower Anadyr' plain, Pekul'ney ridge, Anadyr' uplands and Chaun plain. Their main geomorphic elements are distinguished, characterized and mapped. Glaciation of the region is discussed. Structure of river valleys and relief are outlined.

History of relief development is summarized. DLC. 98332 NAIMARK, A.A. Poverkhnosti vyravnivaniia krainego Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.170, no.1, p.172-75, map) 4 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Planation surfaces in the far Northeast of the USSR. Three stages of planation surface are recognized and described, the third stage with absolute elevation of 600-1000 m. Its distribution and character are outlined. The second stage includes areas of 200-600 m absolute height and the first stage those up to 150 m. Miocene, Pliocene and early Quaternary structural surfaces are also discussed and mapped. DLC. 98333 NAIMARK, A.A. Skhema neotektoniki Krainego Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.170, no.4, p.912-15, map) 4 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Scheme of recent tectonics of the far Northeast of the USSR. Presents a map for the region 156°E showing total amplitude of recent tectonic movements. Recent faults and volcanoes of Pliocene-Quaternary age are also indicated. Several zones are distinguished according to the character of their tectonic development. The greater part of the region is uplifted to 1000 m. The faults are of small amplitude. DLC. NAIRIS, B., see No. 94230 NAJAFI, H., see No. 95035 NAKAMURA, K., see No. 95967 98334 NAKAYA, U. and D. KUROPhysical properties and internal IWA. structure of Greenland snow. (In: Intl. Conf. on Low Temp. Science; Physics of snow and ice... 1967, v. 1, pt.2, p.953-71, illus) 9 refs. Analyzes and discusses the profiles of elastic modulus, unconfined compression strength, air permeability, static compression, and density of Greenland snow, in connection with the internal structure as shown by microphotographs of thin sections. The field work was performed by Nakaya, 1960, near Thule, Greenland. This report was prepared by Kuroiwa after the death of the senior DGS. author in 1962. NAKHABTSEV, IU S., see No. 95367, 95368 NAKKEN, 0., see No. 94052 827

98335 NAKOVNIK, N.I. Vtorichnye kvarüity SSSR i svi'azannye s nimi mestorozhdeniiä poleznykh iskopaemykh. Moskva, Izd-vo Nedra 1964. 339 p. tables, maps, sections, illus. Approx. 350 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Secondary quartzites of the USSR and associated deposits of useful minerals. Comprehensive monograph on the mineralogy and petrography of secondary quartzites of the Verkhoyansk - Chukotka, Koryak Kamchatka - Kuril, and the Ural among other regions. Characteristic ores for these rocks are: Hg, Sb, As, also gold. In Kamchatka and the Okhotsk-Chaun belt, mercury deposits are associated with them. The Arman' deposits of alunite, Kamchatka deposits of sulfur and mercury, and others are described in some detail. DLC. 98336 NALIMOV, IÜ.V. Ledovyl rezhim r. Anabar. (Leningrad. Arkticheskti i antarkticheskii n: issl. inst. Trudy 1967. v.278, p.54-65, graphs, tables) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ice regime of the Anabar River. Discusses this regime in the zone of permafrost in the area affected by the Siberian anticyclone, and severe continental climate. The Anabar is formed by the confluence of Bol'shaya and Malaya Kua namka Rivers, ice observations began on the latter in 1936, and in the Anabar basin in 1943. Since 1958 spring and fall ice conditions in arctic zone river mouths have been observed by the Arctic and Antarctic Institute. From the data assembled, the hydrological parameters of ice phenomena in these rivers, are given in tables, and the ice regime of the Anabar in 1962 and the Anabar and Malaya Kuonamka in 1965 are given in graphs. CaMAI, DLC. NAL'NIAEVA, T.I., see No. 99669 NALUTSISHIN, B.N., see No. 96266 98337 NAMGALADZE, A.N. and others. Sviäz' pul'satsü geomagnitnogo pohä Pi 2 s pul'satsiibmi intensivnosti svecheniih poliarnykh siianii (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiia 1967. v.7, no.2, p. 376-78, table, illus) 8 refs. In Russian. Other authors. O.M. Raspopov and V.K. Roldugin. Title tr.: Relationship between Pi 2 pulsations of the geomagnetic field and pulsations of the auroral luminescence intensity. Investigates this relationship by analyzing and comparing photometric records made with a zenith photometer at Loparskaya observatory, and Lovozero observatory magnetograms of short-period pulsations of the geomagnetic field for Feb-Mar 1964 and Feb-Mar 1965. In addition, the data of 828

simultaneous photometric and magneto-telluric observations at Lovozero in 1963 were used. Comparative results for seven events of auroral luminescence and geomagnetic pulsations in 1964, and five such events in 1965 are given in a table. They show luminescence pulsations of frequencies close to those of P12, thus indicating that the dynamo-processes in the upper atmosphere cannot be disregarded in investigations of the Pi 2 origin. CaMAI, DLC. 98338 NAMIAS, J. Aspects of longrange forecasting. (Probleme der Wettervorhersage; Symposium 23-25 Sept. 1965 in Wien. F. Steinhauser, ed. New York, Springer-Verlag 1966. p. 96-133, graphs, maps, tables) Refs. (Archiv für Meteorologie, Geophysik and Bioklimatologie. Suppl.1) French and German summary. Discusses various aspects of long-range forecasting, incl development of numerical models. The generation of retrogressive planetary features by the advection of cold Alaskan arctic air is discussed. The influence of variations in arctic snow cover is considered an important element in long-range trends. DWB. 98339 NAMIAS, J. Stability of an expanded circumpolar vortex. (Journal of the atmospheric sciences 1965. v.22, no.6, p.728-29, tables, graphs) 3 refs. Discusses the persistence of the circumpolar atmospheric circulation associated with increased equatorial displacements of polar air masses. A strong preference for weekto-week persistence of extreme high values in mean wind speed, and a lesser persistence of the low values is noted and diagrammed for mean wind speed profile at the 700 mb surface for 2-6 Mar 1965 and the March normal speed profile for 20 - 90° lat zones within the longitude span of 0° westward to 180°. DLC. 98340 NANCARROW, D.R., ed. Register of dams in Canada. Repertoire des barrages du Canada. Montreal 1965. 105 p. maps, tables, illus. Refs. In English and French. Presents data on all dams over 50 ft in height built or under construction in Canada at yr end 1963. Some smaller dams with special characteristics have also been listed. Detailed statistics are given for more than 300 large dams, 18 of which exceed 200 ft in height. Whitehorse Dam in Yukon Territory, Snare Falls and Snare Rapids Dams near Yellowknife, Mackenzie District, Menihek Dam in Labrador and approx 12 others in northern regions of the provinces are in-

eluded. Many of the dams are illus and bibliographic references are given. DLC. 98341 NARITSINA, K.V. and others. Primenenie oblegchennykh i ementnykh rastvorov v Zapadnol Sibiri. (Burenie; nauchnotekhnicheskii sbornik 1966. no.11, p.24-27, tables, illus) In Russian. Other authors: V.M. Zlobin and M.P. Antonova. Title tr.: Use of a lighter cement slurry in Western Siberia. Considers the preparation of a slurry of low specific gravity, using bentonitic cement, local lumpy clays, and sands and clayey loatns. The preparation of drilling fluids is described, the components given in tables, together with the setting time at 22°C and 75°C, ultimate bending strength of sample prisms, and volume of fluid obtained/t cement. The cement-bentonite drilling muds of 1.45-1.52 g/cm3, the cement-clay of 1.60-1.75 g/cm3, and the cement-sand-clay of 1.66-1.76 g/cm3 density, when tested in several drillholes, showed high quality insulation of the productive petroleum horizons. DLC. 98342 NASEDKINA, E.A. and M.A. Aminokislotnyt sostav NESTEROVICH. belkov mintaiä i kormovol produkiiii iz nego. (Rybnoe khozisistvo 1967. v.43, no.9, p.64-66, tables) In Russian. Tide tr Amino-acid composition in proteins of the walleye pollock and its food products. Reports study of fresh fish and fishproducts (meal, dehydrated bouillon, fish liver paste, etc) from Primorskiy Kray and western Kamchatka. Some 17 amino acids are determined and their content in the different products compared. DLC. NASEDKINA, V. KH., see No. 97497 Ostatki 98343 NASHCHOKIN, V.D. iskopaemoi drevesiny iz chetvertichnykh otlozhenii Sibiri i znachenie ikh izucheniia dhä stratigrafii i paleogeografii. (In.' AkadeØä nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geol. i geofiziki. Chetvertichnyi period SSSR... 1966, Refs. In Russian. lyde tr.: p.335-39) Remains of fossil wood from Quaternary deposits of Siberia and their importance for the study of stratigraphy and paleogeography. Reports on fossil wood collected along the Ob and Yenisey. Some specific identifications CaMAI, DLC. are included. 98344 NASIMOVICH, A.A. Ekologicheskie posledstviih vkliuchenhä novogo vida v materikovye biotsenozy, ondatra v Evrazii. (Zoologicheskü zhurnal 1966. v.45, 23 refs. In Russian. no.11, p.1593-99) Title tr.: Ecological English summary. results from the introduction of a new species

into the terrestrial biocenoses, the muskrat in Eurasia. The muskrat, introduced into the USSR since 1927, is found to consume great quantities of aquatic plants. These readily grow again in the South but not in the North (excepting Yakutia). To preserve this vegetation in the North, intensive hunting of the muskrat is required. DLC. 98345 NASSICHUK, W.W. A morphologic character new to ammonoids portrayed by Clistoceras gen nov. from the Pennsylvanian of Arctic Canada. (Journal of paleontology 1967. v.41, no.1, p.237-42, illus) 12 refs. Describes Clistoceras globosum n g n sp from near the base of the Hare Fiord Formation, northwest Ellesmere Island. On the basis of associated ammonoids, the enclosing beds are assigned an Atokan age. DGS. NASSICHUK, W.W., see also No. 94444 98346 NATAPOV, L.M. and R.A. BIDZHIEV. Novye dannye o stroenii NizhneAldanskol vpadiny. (Geologiia i geofizika 11 refs. In 1966, no.12, p.65-71, map) Russian. English summary. Title tr.: New data on the structure of the lower Aldan depression. Considers the age of the deposits in lower Aldan depression. Carpological study of the macroflora; pollen and spore analysis shows them to be not of Miocene-Pliocene but Oligocene-Neogene age. Structure of this depression is also outlined and a tectonic map presented. The lower Aldan is concluded to be a typical inherited depression of marginal DLC. downwarp. 98347 NATAPOV, L.M., and others. 0 sochlenenii Sibirskoi platformy i Verkho►an'i`s. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.170, no.2, p.417-20, map) 13 refs. In Russian. Other authors: I.M. Sborshchikov and R.A. Bidzhiev. Title tr.: Conjunction of the Siberian platform and the Verkhoyansk region. Presents a tectonic scheme of the northeastern part of the Siberian platform and the western Verkhoyansk region. Main structures of the platform and folded areas of Verkhoyansk are noted. Separation of the old platform and the Verkhoyansk geosynclinal basin began in old Carboniferous time. Its DLC. further development is explained. 98348 NATAPOV, L.M. Tektonicheskoe stroenie i perspektivy neftegazonosnosti Tomponskoi vpadiny, vostochnaia okraina Priver(Izvestiiä vysshikh khoilinskogo progiba. 829

uchebnykh zavedenti. Geologiiä i razvedka 1967, no.3, p.12-18, map) 8 refs. In Russian. Title Ir. Tectonic structure and prospects for oil and gas in the Tompo depression, eastern margin of the Verkhoyansk foredeep. Describes the structure of this 130x270 km depression in the Aldan basin. It consists of two structural stages, the lower built of Triassic, Jurassic and lower Cretaceous deposits and the upper of Oligocene and Neogene. The Middle and Upper Triassic and the Lower and Middle Jurassic deposits are described in some detail as they show good properties for gas and possibly oil accumulation. DLC.

creases after drainage. Drainage of rocks in the waste heap is much more intensive than DLC. in situ. 98352 NATURE. Canadians look to the North. (Its: v.220, 1968. no.5165, p.326-27, maps, illus) Brief survey of recent developments, incl mineral production, road construction, oil transportation, hydroelectricity and telecommunication. To improve communications, the Federal Government plans to put a satellite into geostationary orbit over the equator at about the longitude of Winnipeg to provide telephone and television services for small communities. The budget for this project is DLC. about $100 million.

NATAPOV, L.M., see also No. 101569 98349 NATAROV, V.V. Water masses (In: and currents in the Bering Sea. Sovetskie rybokhortåistvennye issledovaniiä v severo-vostochnol chasti Tikhogo okeana, vyp. 1. Jerusalem. Israel Program for Scientific Trans! 1968, p.110.30, graphs, maps, illus) 9 refs. English translation of No 81513. DLC. 98350 NATORKHIN, I.A. Kolichestvennaih kharakteristika stepeni differentsiatsii trappovykh intruziL (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1967. v.151, p.127-35, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Quantitative characteristic of the degree of differentiation of trap intrusions. Discusses trap intrusions with various degrees of differentiation in the Noril'sk, Kureyka and other regions. Totally-, weaklyand non-differentiated intrusions are analyzed. The quantitative relationship can be designated to determine petrogenic components such as Si, Al, Fe, Mn, Ca, Na, etc. Expressed numerically, the degree of differentiation is considered a good method of appraising the ore-bearing properties of intruDLC. sions. NATORKHIN, I.A., see also No. 93639 98351 NATOTSINSKII, V.I. Ob opredelenii usadok ilisto-suglinistykh otlozhenti odnoT almazonosnoI rossypi IAkutii v tselike i otvale. (1zvestiiä vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenil. Geologtia i razvedka 1966, no.11, p.153-54, graph) In Russian. Title tr.: Determination of the shrinkage of the siltyloamy deposits of a certain diamond-bearing placer of Yakutia in place and waste heap. Describes silty-loamy deposits of the area, and discusses their water saturation and ice content, and the dependence of rock shrinkage upon moisture. With the greater moisture of silty-loamy deposits, their shrinkage in830

98353 NAUCHNAIA KONFERENTSIIA po protozoologicheskim problemam, posviashchenna►a devihnostoletitü so dnia rozhdenitå professora V. L. [Akimova, Leningrad 1960. Leningrad, 1961. 293 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. In Russian. Title h:: Scientific conference on protozoological problems held in honor of the 90th birthday of Professor V.L. lAkimov. Contains 61 papers presented at a Feb 1960, conference under auspices of the Leningrad Veterinary Institute, Leningrad Veterinary Research Institute and Leningrad Parasitological Society. Two of the papers are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz (Titles tr.): KONOVALOV, A.I. and A.N. CHIZH. Babesiasis in Vologda Province cattle. NIKOL'SKII, S.N. and others. Piroplasmosis in the large-horned cattle of Siberia. DLC. 98354 NAUMENKO, Z.M. Severnyl predel rasprostranenii2 daurskoi listvenniriy Larix gmelinii v prikolymskikh raionakh. (Botanicheskif zhurnal 1966. v.51, no.1, p.40-49, map, tables) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title Iry The northern limits of distribution of the Dahurian larch Larix gmelinii in the Kolyma region. Describes these larch groves surrounded by tundras, bogs and barren hills. Phytocoenosis and typological characteristics of these woods are closely associated with the geomorphological, hydrological, ice and soil conditions. Fires are the main cause of decrease and protection measures are recommended. DLC. 98355 NAUMOV, S.P. Ekologo-geograficheskaia differeni irovka naselenilä promyslovykh vidov mlekopitaiushchikh IAkutii. (Moskovskoe o-vo ispytatelel prirody. Otd. biologicheskii. Biulleten' 1966. v.71, no.6, Refs. In p.5-17, graphs, maps, table)

Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Ecological and geographical differentiation of the game-mammal population of Yakutia. Considers the subdivision of the species into several regional subpopulations, and the taxonomic importance of a possible division lower than the subspecies. Ecological peculiarities of local populations should be considered when describing the structure of a population. DLC. 98356 NAUMOV, V.A. and others. Novye dannye ob absohntnom vozraste trappov Iügo-vostochnoi chasti Sibirskoi platformy. (Akademii nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.166, no.5, p.1180-83, table) 16 refs. In Russian. Other authors: S.A. Permiakov and S.1. Tarasevich. Title tr. New data on the absolute age of traps in the southeastern part of the Siberian platform. Presents tabulated results of K-Ar determinations which show the traps are of two groups, one sills of Permian-Triassic age; the other, mostly dikes, Jurassic-Cretaceous. DLC. 98357 NAUMOV, V.A. 0 poslenizhneii rskom trappovom magmatizme v basseine verkhnego techenii`a r. Nizhnei Tunguski. (Izvestiia vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenil. Geologiia i razvedka 1966, no.10, p.22-24, table) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr» On late Lower Jurassic trap magmatism in the upper Nizhnyaya Tunguska River basin. Describes the selection of three samples of traps for absolute age determination. By the K-Ar method it ranges 100-130 MY. The trap bodies consist of fine- and medium-grained tholeiitic dolerites with taxitic structure. DLC. 98358 NAVERSTEN, Y. and K. LIDEN. High Cs-137 body burdens of Lapps and other people in northern Scandinavia and the food chains involved. (In.• Symposium on radioactivity in man 1962, pub. 1965, p.517-26, tables, graph, illus) 12 refs. Discusses the causes of high human Cs-137 burden in this area as high consumption of reindeer meat which is contaminated by the animals' diet of lichens, which in turn collect much fallout. Also described is the whole body counter used in determining the Cs-137 in subjects of this study. DLC. NAVERSTEN, Y., see also No. 98084 98359 NAVY CIVIL ENGINEER. First precast concrete building at Adak. (Its: v.7, 1966, no.1, p.34-35, illus) Describes the construction of an officers' club at the Adak Naval Station, Aleutian Islands. Specifications required minimum

field labor, since Adak has no resident construction workers, and rapid erection because of climatic factors. A unique feature of the building is its experimental neoprene roof designed specifically for Adak's climate. The building cost $483,000 and erection of the shell took eight men three weeks. DLC. 98360 NAZINTSEV, IÜ.L. 0 ravnovesnom sostoianii poli'arnykh l'dov. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1967. no.25, p.77-83, graphs, tables) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the state of equilibrium in polar ice. Ice is in a state of equilibrium when the opposite influences, atmospheric cold and oceanic heat, are in balance. On the basis of theoretical prerequisites, an attempt is made to calculate the equilibrium of polar ice and clarify the role of various factors causing spatial irregularities in its thickness. The resulting equation and nomograph are presented. Depending on climatic conditions, Arctic Basin ice 1.3-6.1 m thick may be in a state of equilibrium. Elements determining the thickness are discussed. DLC. 98361 NEALE, J.W. and R.A.M. SCHMIDT. On Normanicythere leioderma (Norman) and Normanicythere concinella Swain. (Micropaleontology 1967. v.13, no.3, p.345-50, map, illus) 23 refs. Re-examines available material of Normanicythere leioderma from Atlantic localities, incl northwestern Greenland, eastern Ellesmere Island, and Svalbard; and N concinella from the Gubik and Bootlegger Cove Clay formations (both Pleistocene), Alaska, and from the Chukchi Sea. Author suggests that, for the time being, they be regarded as separate species characteristic of DGS. different geographic areas. 98362 NEATBY, L.H. Wrecked on the (Beaver 1966. v.297, coast of Labrador. no.2, p. 21-25, illus) Describes, with lengthy citations from the original document, the voyage and shipwreck of the sloop George in 1774 in the vicinity of Nain, near the close of an exploratory voyage of the Moravian Brethren along the northern CaMAI, DLC. coast of Labrador. 98363 NEBOZHEVA, N.P. Otsenka podzemnogo stoka v reki Kol'skogo po(Leningrad. Gos. giluostrova i Karelii. drologicheskil inst. Trudy 1965. no.122, 11 refs. In p.67-81, tables, graphs, maps) Russian. Title tr.: Appraisal of subsurface drainage into rivers of Kola Peninsula and Karelia. Outlines the formation features and main patterns of subsurface drainage from an 831

evaluation of climatic, geomorphic and hydrogeologic conditions. The quantitative character of subsurface supply to rivers is derived by analyzing data of 130 stations of which 91 are for the rivers flowing into the White and Barents Seas. Subsurface supply to surface streams in a given area is schematized on a map and explanation given. On the average it DLC. ranges 1-3 1/sec km2. 98364 NEFED'EV, A.A. 100 mesi i ev na kitobo i akh. (Dal'nii Vostok 1967. v.35, no.6, p. 143-51, illus) In Russian. Tittle tr. A hundred months aboard whalers. Describes activities of the Aleut whaling fleet in the North Pacific, Okhotsk and Bering Seas 1933-48. The factory ship, the Aleut, and three whalers, the Avangar4 Trudfront and Entuziast composed the fleet. Norwegian and German experts in catching and processing the catch were aboard for six yr, then all operations were carried out by the Soviet crews. The catch increased from 204 in 1933 to 820 in 1948. The Aleut became a training school for the Slava whaling fleet operating in antarctic waters, etc. Two new whaling fleets the Da! nil Vostok and Vladivostok are active in the North Pacific; the large size of the vessels and their up-to-date equipment are stressed. The author participated in these operations from their beginning, and from 1934 has been captain of the Entuziast. DLC. NEFED'EVA, E.A., see No. 97203 98365 NEFEDOV, V.A. Osobennosti astronomicheskikh nabhndenii v Arktike. (Morskol sbornik 1964. v.47, no.3, p.63-64, table) In Russian. Title tr.: Features of astronomical observations in the Arctic. Notes some factors in these observations in high latitudes: temperature, moisture, density and transmittance of air within the limits of the visible horizon are not equal in all directions. Inclination of the visible horizon should be measured by tilt meter. Refraction also is noted, and some recommendations are given for astronomical observations in the Arctic. DLC. 98366 NEFEDOVA, S.P. Kochevye shkoly Chukotki, 1931-1950 gody. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. SeveroVostochnyl kompleksnyi n: issl. inst. Trudy 1967. no.17, p.137-40) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Mobile schools in Chukotka: 1931-1950. Deals with the organization and staffing of schools attached to nomadic groups. This project, started in 1930, met with strong opposition from local educators. Language was a major barrier. Instruction had to be in 832

the vernacular: few Russian teachers were versed in it and few aborigines qualified. Employment of local village-school graduates helped. The 1935 reorganization of mobile schools into stationary proved disastrous. Children were needed for reindeer herding; at best, they were removed from school during seasonal movements. In 1939, children of nomads represented 10% of the school population in the Chukchi National District versus a total enrollment of 74.4% of its school age children. Reduction to settlement and enlargement of boarding school facilities made mobile schools obsolete. The last were DGS. closed in 1950. 98367 NEFEDOVA, S.P. and others. Soisialisticheskoe stroitel'stvo na Chukotke: 1923-1958 gody. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyl kompleksnyi n: issl. inst. Trudy 1967, no.31, p.75-86, table) 30 refs. In Russian. Other authors: I.S. Garusov and G.G. Roshchupkin. Title tr.: Socialist construction in Chukotka: 1923-1958. Reviews the industrial and cultural development with selected statistical data on geologic surveying, coal and ore mining, employment, education, etc. Growth of the urban population is noted: from 15.4% of the total in the Chukchi National District in 1939 to 62.1% in 1959. The organization of cooperative and collective economic units in 1932 and their steady expansion are discussed: in 1937, they comprised 46.4% of all aboriginal households. Despite the success of collectivization, however, private holdings surpassed communal property: in 1941, 7.7% of the aborigines owned 70.7% of the 300,000 reindeer of Chukotka. The growth of the school net and budget appropriations for schooling, drive on illiteracy, etc are dealt with. Comparative 1959 data on the percentage of occupations are tabulated. DGS. NEGRUTSA, T.F., see No 94008 98368 NEGRUTSA, V.Z. Opyt fatsial= nogo izuchenirå kvari evykh konglomeratov Karelii. (In: Problemy osadochnol geologii... 1966. v.1, p.80-97, graph, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Facies investigation of Karelia's quartz conglomerates. Reports results of several yr study of the genesis and paleogeography of the Proterozoic formations of Karelia from Kuolayarvi to Koykary. More than 300 sections are analyzed. Lithologic types and formation conditions of quartz conglomerates are described. Fades analysis is found to be best suited for the study of stratigraphy and paleotectonics of the Karelian Precambrian DLC. deposits.

NEGRUPfSA, V.Z., see also No. 94008 98369 NEI, T. and others. Freezing of microorganisms; 3, the mechanism of freezing injury in E coli cells. (Teion kagaku 1966. Ser. B, no.24, p.35-48, tables, graphs, illus) 9 refs. In Japanese. English summary. Other authors: T. Araki and T. Matsusaka. Study of water-suspended E coli frozen slowly to -25°C or rapidly to -150°C. The former became very shrunken and showed a high survival rate; the latter retained shape, and apparently also cellular water but showed lower survival. Removal of cellular water thus appears to play an important role in freezing injury of microorganisms. DLC. 98370 NEI, T. and others. Freezing of microorganisms; 4, the mechanism of formation of ice crystals in E coli cells. (Felon kagaku 1967. Ser.B, no.25, p.113-18, graphs, illus) 4 refs. In Japanese. English summary. Other authors: T. Araki and T. Matsusaka. Studies relationships between dehydration, rates of cooling and cell membrane permeability to water. With increase of dehydration by exposure to hypertonic solution, a decrease of intracellular freezing was noted, resulting in increased survival rate. The permeability of the cell membrane to water was also a contributing factor. DLC. 98371 NEI, T. The mechanism of hemolysis by freezing at near-zero temperatures; I, morphological changes appearing during the freezing and thawing process. (Teion kagaku 1967. Ser.B, no.25, p.127-32, 14 refs. In Japanese. English sumillus) mary. Cryomicroscopic study of erythrocytes frozen and thawed in the range of 0° to - 10°C. It was observed that some cells hemolyzed during freezing, others during rewarming. Concentrated cell suspensions showed higher hemolysis during freezing; rate of cooling also had some effects upon the freezing pattern. DLC. 98372 NEI, T. The mechanism of hemolysis of erythrocytes by freezing at near-zero temperatures; H, investigations of hemolysis occurring under various kinds of freezing conditions. (Felon kagaku 1967. Ser.B, no.25, p.133-42, graphs, illus) 6 refs. In Japanese. English summary. Increased concentration of cells suspended in saline elevated hemolysis, and so did addition of other cells. An increase of salt concentration reduced hemolysis, but substitution of ice with hypertonic solution for thawing produced extremely high hemolysis. DLC.

98373 NEIMAN, A.A. Quantitative distribution of benthos on the shelf and upper continental slope in the eastern part of the Bering Sea. (In: Sovetskie rybokhoziäistvennye issledovaniia v severo-vostochnoi chasti Tikhogo okeana, vyp. 1. Jerusalem, Israel Program for Scientific Trans] 1968, p.143-217, graphs, tables, maps) 163 refs. English translation of No 81546. DLC. NEIMAN, A.A., see also No. 101109 NEISHTADT, M.I., see No. 101046 98374 NEKHOROSHEVA, L.V. Novyl predstavitel' mshanki roda Hexaporites Rigorskogo gorizonta (srednil ordovik) Pai Khali. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologic i biostratigrafiiä 1967. no.20, p.48-51, illus) Refs. In Russian. ?Ytte tr.: A new representative of bryozoans of gen Hexaporites from the Yugorsk horizon of Pay-Khoy. Presents systematic description of Heraporites constellariformis n. sp. of fam Constellaridae. A drawing of the inner structure and photos of thin sections are given. Comparison is made with other species of this DLC. genus. 98375 NEKHOROSHEVA, L.V. 0 nakhodke mshanki roda Chasmatoporella v (Leningrad. srednem ordovike Talmyra. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologiia i biostratigrafiia 1966. no.13, p.17-21, table, illus) 11 refs. In Titletr.: Find of bryozoan gen Russian. Chasmatoporella in the Middle Ordovician of Taymyr. Presents a systematic description of Chasmatoporella tolmatchovensis n sp of the order Cryptostomata. Comparison, age and DLC. other features are given. 98376 NEKHOROSHEVA, L.V. Obshchatå kharakteristika kompleksov ordovikskikh mshanok Talmyra. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologiia i biostratigrafiia 1966. no.14, p.28-35, tables) 8 refs. In Russian. 7Ytle tr.: General characteristic of Ordovician bryozoan associations of Taymyr. Reports study of samples collected in the Nizhnyaya Taymyra River basin and elsewhere. The bryozoan associations of the Engel'gardtovskiy and Tolmachevskiy horizons of the Middle Ordovician and of the Taymyr and Korotkinskiy horizons of the Upper Ordovician are characterized, noting their composition and stratigraphic distribution. DLC. 833

98377 NEKHOROSHEVA, L.V. Ordovikskie mshanki, otrtåd Trepostomata, Talmyra. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologitø i biostratigrafiia 1965, no.9, p. 41-78, tables, illus) 68 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Ordovician bryozoans, order Trepostomata, of Taymyr. Presents a systematic description of 15 bryozoans of which three are new. Fam Monticuliporidae, Heterotrypidae, and Trematoporidae are represented. Each species is described, with the collected material, comparison, distribution and geologic age stated, and illus appended. CaMAI, DLC. 98378 NEKHOROSHEVA, L.V. Ordovikskie ptilodiktiidy Talmyra. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologiia i biostratigrafitå 1966. no.13, p.22-37, tables, illus) 18 refs. In Russian. Title d:: The Ordovician Ptilodictyidae of Taymyr. Presents systematic description of eight Ordovician bryozoans belonging to the Cryptostomata order and fam Ptilodictyidae, incl Phaenopora k(juevskensis and P. minutissimaeformis n ssp. DLC. 98379 NEKHOROSHEVA, L.V. Sredneordovikskie rinidiktiidy Talmyra. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1966. Paleontologiiä i biostratigrafiib no.12, p.9-29, tables, illus) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Middle Ordovician Rhinidictyidae of' Taymyr. Reports the distribution of bryozoans of Cryptostomata order in these deposits. Eight species are systematically described. Rhinidictyidae predominate; two of the species are new, Rhinidictya alata and R. maculata; gen Euridictya and Pachydictya are also represented. DLC. NEKIPELOV, N.V., see No. 97811 NEKRASOV, G.E., see No. 101398 98380 NEKRASOV, I.IA. Genezis osnovnykh shchelochnykh porod severovostochnol lAkutii. (In: Vses. petro graficheskoe soveshchanie 3d. Proiskhozhdenie shchelochnykh porod 1964, p.51-56, tables, graphs, illus) 10 refs. In Russian. Title Ir.: Genesis of basic alkaline rocks in northeastern Yakutia. Reviews some problems of the Polousnyy province where the distribution of basic and alkaline intrusives is controlled by a deep fault. In their structure, anatexite and metasomatic varieties are found besides typical igneous rocks. Their formation is connected with the last stage of Hercynian folding. The 834

distribution of tantalum and niobium in unaltered gabbro and metasomatic alkaline DLC. rocks is determined. 98381 NEKRASOV, I.IA. and N.I. NENASHEV. 0 vozraste oloviannogo orudenenii severo-vostochnol IAkutii. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Komissiia po opredeleniiü absohütnogo vozrasta geologicheskikh formatiff. Trudy 1964 pub 1966, 13 sessiia, p.356-59, table) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Age of tin mineralization in northeastern Yakutia. Presents results of absolute age determination of magmatic rocks and ores in the Deputatskoye, Takalkanskoye, Bezymyannyy and other tin deposits (quartz-cassiteritesulfide). Absolute ages determined by the K-Ar method range 64-138 MY and indicate two groups of magmatic rocks and two groups of mineral complexes. Areas most favorable for ore deposition were affected by longDLC. lasting, multiphase processes. NEKRASOV, I.IA., see also No. 101206 98382 NEKRASOV, V.I. and IÜ.M. Izuchenie rosta less v EMEL'IANOV. sviåzi s problemoi Tungusskogo meteorita. (Meteoritika 1964. no.24, p.152-61, tables, 5 refs. In Russian. graphs, map, illus) Title tr.: Investigation of forest growth in connection with the Tunguska meteorite. Reports the comprehensive 1960 and 1961 study in the meteorite's explosion area, using 45 50x50 m test sites, 122 tree models, etc. Analyses of results indicate that there were no changes in variety of trees in the fire and destruction area; increased growth of the surviving trees as well as those which originated in the 50 yr since the catastrophe is confirmed. Other changes also are examined. Causes of the increased tree growth after the meteorite fall are not at present finally explained. DLC. 98383 NEKRASOV, V.I. and EMEL'IANOV. Kharakteristika "dokatapadeniia strofnogo" less v ralone Tungusskogo meteorita. (Meteoritika 1966, no.27, p.128-33, graphs, map, tables) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Characteristics of the pre-catastrophe forest in the region of the Tunguska meteorite fall. Reports a study for a reconstruction or restoration of the forest as it was prior to 20 June 1908. A special study was made to count and map the destroyed trees. The results of this type of work contribute to the further investigation of the conditions of the meteorite fall in the upper Podkamennaya Tunguska basin and to determination of its DLC. parameters.

98384 NEKRASOV, V.I. and IIJ.M. EMEL'IANOV. Osobennosti rosta drevesnoT rastitel'nosti v raione padenilå Tun(In: Kompleksnai`a gusskogo meteorita. samodelätel'nai3 6kspedii ilå po izuchenitü problemy Tungusskogo meteorite... 1963. p.59-72, tables, illus) 10 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Features of the growth of the woody vegetation in the region of the Tunguska meteorite fall. Reports a 1960 study in this area of the Podkamennaya Tunguska basin. The growth of trees, brush, etc on 80 sampling areas was examined and results as tabulated indicate greater growth energy in the vegetation which started after 1908 as well as in trees which survived the catastrophe. The intensified growth can be explained by purely ecological factors. Presumably it is due to the influence of stimulating factors related to the substance of the meteorite. DLC. NEKRASOV, V.I. and IÜ.M. 98385 EMEL'IÅNOV. Osobennosti vosstanovlenii less i rosta derev'ev v raione padeniia Tungusskogo meteorita. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1968. v.23, ser.6: biol., pochvovedenie, no.1, p.64-70, graphs, map, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some features of reforestation and growth of trees in the area of the Tunguska meteorite fall. In 1910 vegetation was almost absent in this area, but by the late twenties, after a rapid growth and reforestation period, it reached its highest level. For study purposes, the area of regrowth was plotted progressively outward from site of impact. Scrub forest is predominant in the area closest, older and more valuable trees maintained their preimpact community character on fringe DLC. zones. NEKRASOVA, L.N., see No. 97026 98386 NEKRYTOV, N.I. and V.K. ZHURAVLEV. Vizual'noe opredelenie grani[s vyvala. (In: Kompleksnai samodeiatel'naiä ekspediisii po izuchenüü problemy Tungusskogo meteorita... 1963. p. 87-93, map, tables, illus) In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Visual determination of the limits of throwout. Reports a 1960 study of forest devastation caused by Tunguska meteorite fall in 1908. Four zones of devastation are distinguished, as those of chaotic, and massive destruction, one of young forest, and one of partial destruction. The identity and limits of these zones are compared with independent determinations in 1958 (No 64533) and found in good agreement, though the limits of partial destruction are found considerably farther from the center than the 1958

determination, and the zone of massive destruction does not show the form of a clearly expressed ellipse. DLC. 98387 NELEPO, B.A. and others. Issledovanie radioaktivnosti atmosfery i vodnykh mass v severo-vostochnol chasti Atlanticheskogo okeana i nekotorykh ego morel. (Akademilå nauk URSR, Kiev. Mors'kyi hidrofizychnyl instytut. Ekspress-informaisitä 1966, no.3, p.12-17, graphs) 7 refs. In Russian. Other authors: B.N. Bell ev, A.D. Title tr.: Zemlianoi and V.N. Markelov. Investigation of radioactivity of the atmosphere and water in the northeast Atlantic and several of its seas. The following were studied on the 18th voyage of the R/V Mikhail Lomonosov: concentration of artificial radioactive isotopes in the air near the water, density of their fallout on the surface of the ocean, latitudinal distribution and dependence on various meteorological conditions, distribution of artificial radioactive isotopes in the waters of the northeast Atlantic and several of its seas, and the natural radioactive radon and thoron content in the air at certain points. The concentration of artifical radioactive products in the air over the northeastern Atlantic was from 0.008.10.13 Ci/m3 to 0.478.10.13 Ci/m3. The density of average daily fallout on the surface of the ocean varied between 9.10.13 Ci/m2 and 66.10-13 Ci/m2. The concentration and density of fallout were found to vary within wide limits depending on meteorological conditions. There was no clearly expressed latitudinal distribution pattern in fallout of radioactive isotopes on the surface of the ocean. It is assumed on the basis of observations made that meteorological processes taking place in the lower layers of the atmosphere can have only a temporary and partial influence on the global process of radioactive contamination of the air. A comparison of samples taken in different geographical belts showed that the composition of artificial radioactive products is the same but that the concentration varies greatly. The hypothesis is advanced that this is due to radioactive fragments from nuclear explosions which continue to fall from the stratosphere. DLC. 98388 NELEPO, B.A. and others Issledovanitä severo-vostochnol chasti Atlanticheskogo okeana v 18 reise nis "Mikhail Lomonosov". (Akademii nauk URSR, Kiev. Mors'kyi hidrofizychnyi instytut. Ekspress-informaISiia 1966, no.3, p.5-11, map) In Russian. Other authors: S. G. Boguslayskil and O. R. Lundberg. Title tr.: Investigation of the northeast Atlantic during the 18th expedition of the Mikhail Lomonosov. 835

Head of expedition summarizes the work of special groups: the hydrology group studied temperature, salinity, and density fields at the confluence of the North Atlantic and the East Icelandic currents; the currents group measured the speed of currents at different levels and determined total volume of water flowing, contributing thereby to determining the amount of radioactive contamination carried by Atlantic waters to the North; the nuclear hydrophysics group determined the concentration of artificial radioactive products in the air near the water, the density of fallout on the surface of the ocean as a function of meteorological conditions, and also the distribution of radioactive isotopes in the northern part of the Atlantic Ocean and several of its seas; the hydrochemical group determined the content in the water of organic substance, carbon dioxide, and dissolved oxygen and phosphates; the sea instruments group tested an impulse circuit for telemetering the optical density of seawater, a photoelectric device for measuring pulsations in transparency through the use of a wire recorder, and a laboratory setup for determining salinity in seawater samples; the turbulence group conducted an instrumented investigation of the wind velocity field over waves and also recorded the air temperature, humidity, wind velocity, and the temperature of the ocean's surface along the entire route; the measurements group recorded the depth along the entire route and the depth and intensity of sound scattering layers. New hydroacoustical devices were tested. The cybernetics group processed data obtained with a transistorized "Dnepr-1" computer. DLC. 98389 NELLEMANN, G. Applied anthropology in Greenland in the 1860's; H. J. Rink's administration and view of culture. (Folk 1966/67. v.8-9, p.221-41, illus) Refs. Sketches the scientific and administrative work of Hinrich Johannes Rink, 1819-93. Rink's pamphlet pub in 1862 in Dansk Maanedsskift, Ekstrahefte, København, is cited in translation: The reasons why Greenlanders and similar people living by hunting, decline materially through contact with Europeans. Aboriginal customary law governing all aspects of social economic and religious life, the secular and priestly authority of the angakok. family structure, settlement pattern and social gatherings involving extensive travel, food sharing, etc are described. The disruptive effects of acculturation, viz imposed government control and missionary work are discussed; loss of respect for ancient law and authority led also to a rejection of morally and socially unacceptable substitutes; reduction to settlement curtailing communication and preventing inter-tribal marriages 836

increased threat of extinction; etc. Improvements along the lines of the then existing Danish trade monopoly are suggested to protect the Greenlandic population and promote self-government. DSI. 98390 NELMS, G.L. Seasonal and diurnal variations of the distribution of electron density in the topside of the ionosphere. (In: NATO Advanced Study Institute, 3rd. Electron density profiles... 1966. p.358-86, graphs) 8 refs. Describes some of the variations of electron density in the ionosphere as revealed by the topside sounder satellite, Alouette I. In an 80.5° inclination circular orbit at a height of 1000 km, it traverses the region 80°N - 80°S in 50 min taking ionograms at about 100 km intervals. A rapid and detailed picture is therefore obtained of the latitudinal variations of electron number values between the peak of the F ionospheric layer and 1000 km, from pole to pole. Contours of constant electron number density as a function of height and latitude, are given for various local times in the region near 75°W, the data taken during geomagnetically quiet conditions Sept-Dec 1962 and Feb-Aug 1963. During the polar summer, under continuous sunlight on the high latitude ionosphere, electron number densities are found to remain high for all local times at invariant latitudes greater than 60'. DLC. NELMS, G.L., see also No. 93822 98391 NELMS, J.D. The treatment of frostbite. (In Intl. Biometeorological Cong., 3rd, Proceedings... 1967. p.838-39, table) Refs. Compares results of rapid versus slow rewarming, as reported by six investigators. In severe frostbite rapid thawing in 42-45°C water was found to be superior. DLC. 98392 NELNER, S.H. Logistics and problems of arctic and sub-arctic logging. (Society of Professional Well Log Analysts. Annual logging symposium 7th, Tulsa, Okla. 1966. Transactions pt. Y, 7 p. maps) Considers the part of Western Canada Sedimentary Basin which lies north of 60°N. Logging programs here have been limited to resistivity logs (induction-electric or guard), acoustic velocity-caliper, and gamma-neutron. Other logging services that should be used if economically and logistically feasible, include the density, contact-caliper, dipmeter and possibly sidewall core or wireline tester. The four access routes used so far are: via the Northern Alberta Railway from Edmonton, river barge through rivers and lakes of Northwest Territories, or Pine Point Railway,

and then the Peace River, rail or truck to Vancouver, B.C., ocean vessel to Skagway, White Pass and the Yukon Railway to Whitehorse, highway and road to Dawson or elsewhere; overland via the Alaska and MacKenzie highway systems; cargo plane (DC-3, Bristol Freighter, etc) usually from Edmonton. DGS. 98393 NELSON, J.H. The last voyage of HMS Investigator 1850-1853, and the (Polar discovery of North West Passage. record 1967. v.13, no.87, p.753-68, map) First publication of the diary of James H. Nelson, a highly literate 16-yr old able seaman on this ship, documenting its voyage through Bering Strait in search of Sir John Franklin, 1850-53. Various natural phenomena and relations with Eskimos are deCaMAI, DLC. scribed. 98394 NELSON, M.L. Compilation of catch and escapement data of Nushagak and Togiak District king, chum, pink and coho salmon, Bristol Bay, 1966. Juneau 1967. 38 p. map, tables. (Alaska. Department of Fish and Game. Informational leaflet no. 107) Presents the first in a projected series of reports on catch and escapement data of king, chum, pink and coho salmon in the two districts of Bristol Bay, Alaska, in which the major run occurs. All sex and age composition tables are weighted by commercial DI. catch or escapement. 98395 NELSON, M.L. Red salmon spawning ground surveys in the Nushagak and Togiak Districts, Bristol Bay, 1966. Juneau 1967. 28 p. maps, tables. (Alaska. Department of Fish and Game. Informational leaflet no. 96) 2 refs. Continues a series reporting estimates of abundance and distribution of red salmon in the spawning areas of the Bristol Bay region, which began in 1946. Both aerial and ground surveys were used in 1966. Red salmon escapement to the Wood River Lakes represented 74% of the total Nushagak District escapement; those to the Togiak Lakes represented 74% of the Togiak River sysDI. tem. NELSON, N.C., see No. 94061 NELSON, P.D., see No. 95832 98396 NELSON, R.H. Alaskan Eskimo exploitation of the sea ice environment. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1966. 227 p. maps, tables, illus. (US. Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory. Technical report no. AALTR-65-19) 58 refs. Reports observations made during a field

study in Wainwright Village, Alaska, Sept 1964-Apr 1965, brief periods in Barrow, and in Point Hope, May 1965, supplemented with data from the literature. The northern Alaskan Eskimo survives by knowledge of, and adjustment to his environment. His clothing, shelter, hunting activities, and self protection in this environment, his knowledge of all stages of sea ice development, movements, and dangers, his methods of fishing and hunting birds, arctic fox, polar bear, whales, walrus and seals are described. Sections on Eskimo sea ice terminology and accounts of Eskimo drift ice experiences are included. CaMAI, DLC. 98397 NELSON, R.H. Literature review of Eskimo knowledge of the sea ice environment. Fort Wainwright, Alaska 1966. 57 p. (US. Arctic Aeromedical Laboratory. Technical report no. AAL-TR-65-7) 40 refs. Literature concerning travel and survival practices of the Alaskan Eskimo, with some from the Canadian Arctic, incl observations made by explorers, is organized into the physical and biological environments with suggested ways to deal with them. CaMAI, DLC. *NELSON, S.J. and R.D. JOHNGeology of Hudson Bay Basin. (Bulletin of Canadian petroleum geology 1966. v.14, no.4, p.520-78, map, tables, illus) Refs. Presents a definitive study of the geology of this 800,000 mil region, with emphasis on recent geophysical data which indicate the existence of an extensive sedimentary basinal complex. The center of Hudson Bay coincides approx with the geologic center of this basin, and maximum sedimentary thicknesses attain 6-10,000 ft. Outcrops of Ordovician to Cretaceous sedimentaries around the rim of the basin from Churchill to Moosonee in the south and in the Hudson Bay islands to the north are described in detail with illus. The work of the authors 1962-1966 is presented. This consists of detailed stratigraphy and correlations (tables) with notes on paleontology where relevant. Lithologic descriptions are given of 15 named formations and some are illus. These range from late middle Ordovician to early Cretaceous; the majority are calcareous and dolomitic facies, with some continental sandstones in the Devonian. Oil shale outcrops in the Ordovician of the Hudson Bay islands are considered. A number of geotectonic features are described and the likely structures under Hudson Bay are discussed. The whole region is considered favorable to petroleum possibilities, with thick and suitable rocks abundant over large areas.

98398 SON.

837

A detailed bibliog of 120 refs includes both 19th c and recent works. DLC. 98399 NEL'ZIN, V.I. Vlii3nie transportabel'nosti na razmeshchenie predprifitil lesnoT promyshlennosti. (Konferenisiia po ekonomike i organizaisii novykh predprii3tii i proizvodstv, Novosibirsk, 1963. Ekonomika stroitel'stva i osvoenira novykh predpritåti1. Trudy. Moskva 1966, p.52-54, table) In Russian. Title tr.: Influence of the transportation factor on the location of wood industry. Considers this factor particularly in Karelia, Komi ASSR, Arkhangel'sk Province, and Krasnoyarskiy Kray. Long distance (1600-3500 km) transportation here makes up 37-58% of the total production cost. Means to decrease transportation costs are considered. DLC. NEMTSEV, V.D., see No. 94965 NEMTSEVA, L.I., see No. 99815 NEM'fSOVA, E.I., see No. 93361, 93862, 93863 NEMZER, M.P., see No. 93909, 95539 98400 NENASHEV, N.I. 0 prodolzhitel'nosti formirovaniiä nekotorykh massivov izverzhennykh porod IAkutii i sopredel= nykh raionov v absoliutnom letoischislenii. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Komissitå po opredelenitn absoliutnogo vozrasta geologicheskikh formaisii. Trudy 1964 pub 1966, 13 sessitä, p.347-5I, tables) 7 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Duration of the formation of some igneous rock massifs of Yakutia and adjacent regions according to absolute age. Outlines the lapse of time in some massifs of the Verkhoyansk-Chukotka folded zone, Magadan batholith, Tommotskiy massif and Aldan shield according to absolute age determination of various rocks and minerals. The Bezymyannyy massif is 129 MY, Magadan batholith over 100 MY, Tommotskiy massif about 300 MY, etc. Eruption of magma and possible formation of useful minerals are discussed. DLC. NENASHEV, Ni., see also No. 95792, 95864, 97031, 98381 98401 NEPOKLONOV, A.A. and P.I. BRIÜSHININ. Ispytanie larviisidnogo delstvii trikhlormetafosa-3 na severnykh oleniakh. (Veterinaråä 1967. v.44, no.1, p.57-58, table) In Russian. Tide tr.: Experimental larvicidal action of trichlorometaphos-3 on reindeer. Trichlorometaphos-3 was tried as a lar838

vicide on reindeer herds in the Komi ASSR in the summers of 1965 and 1966. 50 mg/kg was the average dose applied. This compound was about 61% effective against third-instar larvae. DLC. 98402 NEPOMILUEVA, N.I. Ostrovnye mestonakhozhdeniia kedra v Komi ASSR. (Geograficheskoe obshchestvo SSSR. Komi filial. Izvestiiä 1967. v.2, no.1(11), p.73-83, maps, tables, illus) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Insular communities of Siberian pine in Komi ASSR. Reports a phytogeographic study of Pinus sibirica in the Inta, Pechora, Knyazhpogost, Ukhta, and other regions. Its distribution, growth, and other features are described. Its insular occurrence indicates that it was previously more widely distributed to the north and west. The species is considered a relic of the interglacial period or a migrant of postglacial time. DLC. 98403 NEPOROZHNI I, P.S. 50 let elektroenergetiki strany Sovetov. (Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitel'stvo 1967. v.37, no.11, p.3-9, illus) In Russian. Title fr.: 50 years of electric power engineering of the USSR. Reviews developments during 1917-67: by 1966 the electric energy produced was 272 times that of 1913, the corresponding index is 50 in the United States, and 44 in England. About 600 billion kwh are to be produced and distributed by 337,000 km of high voltage transmission lines in 1967. Construction and production data of the Krasnoyarsk, Bratsk, and Kondopoga hydroelectric power plants are included in the review. DLC. 98404 NERO, R.W. Birds of the Lake Athabasca region, Saskatchewan. Regina, Saskatchewan 1963. 143 p. maps, illus. (Saskatchewan Natural History Society. Special pub. no.5) Approx. 70 refs. Reviews earlier explorations and avian studies on the area northeast and southeast of this lake, and presents own work program for 1960-62. The area is described with comments on its bird life. Species observed are described, incl earlier records, behavior, occurrence during present study, breeding, feeding, etc; this account is framed in systematic order. Appendix gives itineraries, list of species recorded in 1962 and a checklist of birds of the region studied. DLC. NERSESOV, I.L., see No. 99711 NERUSH, I.A., see No 98291

98405 NESHEIM, A. The Lapp fur and skin terminology and its historical background. (Studia ethnographica upsaliensia 1964. v.21, p.199-218, illus) 29 refs. Linguistic study of Lappish words applied to different stages of reindeer hide preparation. An historical sketch of Lappish migration since the turn of our era, their fur trade and reindeer industry is given. The etymology of Lappish terminology and dialectal variants, origin and spread of loanwords, etc are discussed. DSI. NESHEIM, A., see also No. 98641 98406 NESIN, M. Razvedka ryby. (Grazhdanskaia avia~sifa 1965. v.22, p.30, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Exploration for fish. Notes the first utilization of aircraft in fish location in the White Sea in 1926. Schools of fish can be detected to 30 m depth under favorable conditions, and a single plane can guide 50-75 fishing boats. Such methods are well developed in the Kamchatka fishing industry. DLC. 98407 NESKOVIE, B. and others. Influence de l'hypothermie profonde plusieurs fois r6petee sur la teneur en acide ascorbique et sur sa repartition dans le cortex surrenalien du rat. (Acts medica iugoslavica 1962. v.16, no.2, p.77-91, illus) 13 refs. In French. Other authors: V. Vidovic and V.L. Vidovic. Title tr.: Effect of repeated, deep hypothermia upon the content and distribution of ascorbic acid in the rat's adrenal cortex. Histochemical study of the cortex of animals repeatedly cooled to 18-15°C. Lowering of body temperature was accompanied by diminution of ascorbic acid most pronounced where it is normally most abundant. The process is reversed 48 hr after cooling. DNLM. 98408 NESMELOVA, V.A. Ob izmenchivosti dliny Calanus finmarchicus s. str. iugo-vostochnol chasti Barentseva monå. (Okeanologii3 1966. v.6, no.3, p.475-81, graphs, tables) 23 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title Zr.: The variability in length of Calanus finmarchicus s. str. in the southeastern part of the Barents Sea. Calanus in this area is a mixed population of C. finmarchicus s. str and C. glacialis, the latter not more than 10% of the total. There is a correlation between the size of the individual copepod and the water temDLC. perature. NESS, N.F., see No. 93879, 101326

98409 NESTERENKO, G.V. and A.I. AL'MUKHAMEDOV. Titan v piroksenakh differenfsirovannykh trappov. (Geokhimiii 1966, no.8, p.972-79, tables) 27 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Titanium in pyroxenes of differentiated traps. Reports on TiO2 distribution in clinopyroxenes from three types of differentiated gabbroic intrusions in the Noril'sk, Angara and Vilyuy regions. TiO2 content of clinopyroxenes in such rocks is normally less than 1% and more or less constant during crystallization differentiation. Clinopyroxene accounts for a maximum of 30% of the Ti in the rocks, the fraction being much less (5-7%) in late differentiates. The bulk of TiO2 is in ilmenite and titanomagnetite. DLC. NESTERENKO, G.V., see No. 93760, 98930, 101173 98410 NESTEROV, G.A. Materialy po biologii i chislennosti sivuchel Komandorskikh ostrovov. (Vladivostok. Tikhookeanskil n.-issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Izvestitå 1964. v.54, p.173-77, graph, map) 12 refs. In Russian. Tiitle tr.: Materials on English summary. the biology and numbers of Steller sea lions on the Commander Islands. Reviews data from the literature and such from own observations of 1957-1962. Following a decrease in numbers in the 19th and first half of the 20th century, this population has been increasing for the past ten yr reaching four thousand head. Young bachelors are common in the summer, bulls in the winter, females rare. They are not hostile to DLC. the fur seals. 98411 NESTEROV, G.A. Nakhodka ostatka cherepa morskol korovy. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1967. no.5, p.179-80, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: A find of the remains of a sea cow skull. Reports the find on 16 July 1966 on the eastern Bering Sea coast of part of a skull of Hydrodamalis stellen, extinct since the mid19th century. This sirenian was described by G.W. Steller from his participation in the DLC. Bering expedition. 98412 NESTEROV, I.I. and others. Gidrogeologicheskie osobennosti neftenosnykh tolshch Zapadno-SibirskoT nizmen(Zapadno-Sibirsktt n.-issl. geologonosti. razvedochnyl neftianoi inst. Trudy 1965. no.1, p.166-71, maps) 7 refs. In Russian. Other authors: N.N. Rostovisev and B.P. StavilikiT. Title tr.: Hydrogeologic features of oil-bearing strata of the West Siberian lowland. Analyzes the zoning of groundwater min839

eralization in the West Siberian artesian basin, including Malyy Atlym, Shaim, Khanty-Mansiysk and other areas of Tyumen. The Jurassic and Cretaceous deposits are sketched and their groundwater, composition, mineralization, depths and other features are reported. Increase and decrease in mineralization are discussed and their causes are considered. DLC. 98413 NESTEROV, I.I. Katalog tektonicheskikh form pervogo i vtorogo porihdkov platformennogo chekhla ZapadnoSibirskol plity. (Zapadno-Sibirskff n.-issl. geologorazvedochnyT neftilnol inst. Trudy 1965. no.1, p.240-83, table) Approx. 40 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Catalog of the first- and second-order of the platformic cover in the West Siberian platform. In West Siberian lowland the various tectonic forms are interpreted differently and different names assigned by different scientists. From the literature and tectonic schemes Nesterov attempts to classify the

platformic folds of the first and second order in the Mesozoic-Cenozoic cover. In all 1016 platformic folds are listed; along with their name, type, and order, are given the year they were reported and the author, also the strike and some other data. DLC. 98414 NESTEROV, I.I. and SHCHEPETKIN. Litologicheski ekranirovannye zalezhi nefti v aptskikh otlozhenii'akh Megionskogo mestorozhdeniä Zapadno-Sibir-

skol nizmennosti. (Neftegazovaiä geologic i geofizika 1966, no.5, p.8-10, illus) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Lithologic trapping of oil pools in Aptian deposits of the Megion oilfield of the West Siberian lowland. The oil field discovered in 1961 has an oil yield up to 2 m3/day in Aptian, Lower Valanginian and upper Jurassic deposits. Attention is directed to the Aptian deposits in which there is a lithologic trapping of oil pools. Bands of deposits are described noting their thickness, lithologic composition, oil manifestation, permeability and other fea-

tures. Data of drillings are reported and suggestions made where further drillings should be conducted. DLC. 98415 NESTEROV, I.I.

Lokal'nye platformennye podniatnå Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (Zapadno-Sibirskil n: issl. geologorazvedochnyi nefuänoT inst. Trudy 1965. no.1, p.101-108, table, graphs) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Local platformic uplifts of the West Siberian lowland. Discusses local uplifts of which more than 400 are known in this wide region. One third of them have been studied by deep drillings. These uplifts range in size from 2x3 km to 840

30x50 km, and in area from 5 to 300 km2. Their form and amplitude are described. Of 81 analyzed, 30 are Jurassic, 33 Lower Cretaceous, two post Lower Cretaceous, 11 Jurassic-Lower Cretaceous, one Jurassic-Late Cretaceous, and four Cretaceous-PaleogeneNeogene. DLC. 98416 NESTEROV, I.I. Metodika izuchenitä i klassifikatsiiä platformennykh lokalt

nykh struktur Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (Neftegazovaiä geologiia i geofizika 1964, no.10, p.43-45, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Method of study and classifications of platformic local structures in the West Siberian lowland. Existing classifications of such structures are reviewed. The classification parameters, form, dimensions, growth, development history, etc are discussed. The 81 structures studied are divided into seven classes. Prevailing structures are of Lower Cretaceous, Jurassic, and Jurassic - Lower Cretaceous age. DLC. 98417 NESTEROV, I.I. and others.

0 raTonirovanii Zapadno-Sibirskol neftegazonosnot provinisii. (Geologiia nefti i gaza 1967. v.11, no.10, p. 14-18, maps) In Russian. Other authors.. N.N. Rostovtsev and M. IA. Rudkevich. Title 6:: Zonation of the West Siberian oil-gas-bearing province. Describes the tectonic structure of this province and outlines the distribution patterns of its oil and gas pools. A zoning of the area according to geologic structure and to prospects for oil and gas accumulation is given and illus; arctic areas are included. Recommendations are offered for further exploration. DLC. NESTEROV, I.I., see also No. 93963, 94073, 95839, 95840, 95842, 95848, 96645, 97181 NESTEROVICH, M.A., see No. 98342 98418 NESTEROVSKII, V.S., and others. 0 mekhanizme obrazovanitä Tal-

nakhskoT rudonosnoT intruzii. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1964. Regional'naii geologiia no.2, p.188-92, sections.) In Russian. Other authors.. IU. N. Sedykh and V.A. Cherepanov. Title tr.: Mechanism of the formation of the Talnakh ore intrusion. The Talnakh pseudostratified ore intrusion of gabbro-diabases resembles other intrusions of the Noril'sk region according to occurrence conditions and structural features. It is situated in the Noril'sk deep fault and is interbedded in various horizons of the Tungusskiy series. Fracture tectonics of the area

are analyzed and the mechanism of formation briefly interpreted. DLC. NESTEROVSKII, V.S., see also No. 94014 NESTIANU, V., see No. 93940 98419 NETHERSOLE-THOMPSON, D. The snow bunting. Edinburgh, Oliver & Boyd 1966. 316 p. maps, illus. Refs. The snow bunting (Plectrophenax sp.), has circumpolar distribution. It winters in temperate latitudes and Iceland and breeds chiefly on Arctic coasts and islands, but as far south as northern Scotland. Observations in Scotland over 30 yr are here compared with observations from other parts of the world, especially those of N. Tinbergen (cf No 83570) in Greenland and Adam Watson (cf No 55950) in Baffin Island. Courtship, territory, nesting, reproduction, behavior, voice, ecology, taxonomy, distribution, and migration are described. Bibliography, p 276-88. DLC. 98420 NETYLEV, S. Vozvedenie zemlihnykh plotin iz morennykh gruntov. (Na strolkakh Rossii 1967. v.8, no.3, p.4-5, tables, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Building earth dams of morainic ground. Discusses the utilizing in dam construction of a recently discovered property of morainic material, its auto-densification in water. The method consists of making small ponds 3.5-4 m deep on the projected dam site and filling them with material from morainic deposits. When it has densified more small ponds are made upon it and filled with more morainic material, and the dam grows in width and height as the process is repeated. This method was used successfully for an earth dam 20 m high and 510 m long on the Bystraya River, another 20 m high and 154 m long on the Chemaya River, and others elsewhere in the Far North, including Kola Peninsula; the dams so built are found to need no settling period. DLC. 98421 NEUIMINA, L.D. Litologicheskaih kharakteristika porod-kollektorov Mulym'inskogo mestorozhdenitä nefti Shaimskogo ralona. (Neftegazovaiä geologitä i geofizika 1967, no.1, p.23-27, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Lithological characteristics of reservoir rocks of the Mulym'ya oil deposits of the Shaim region. Analyzes grain size, permeability, and other properties of basal sandstones of OxfordianKimmeridgian age. Rocks of high permeability characteristically have good sorting and small content of cement and silt fragments. Most permeable are rocks of shelf facies. DLC.

98422 NEUIMINA, L.D. Usloviiä formirovaniiä verkhnefftrskikh kollektorov Shaimskogo ralona. (Sibirskil n: issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syrie. Trudy 1966, no.47, p.106-114, graphs, maps) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Formation conditions of the Upper Jurassic reservoir rocks of the Shaim region. Describes these deposits as disclosed in various wells. The rocks consist mainly of sandstones and siltstones. Their thickness, mineral composition, grain size, porosity, permeability and other features are stated. Various classes of reservoir rocks are separated and briefly characterized. The best are in the middle and lower parts of the productive horizon where the development of DLC. calcite in pores is slight. NEVECHERfA, I.K., see No. 93883 K ralon98423 NEVECHERIA, V.L. irovanitü Zapadnol Sibiri po intensivnosti proiavleniih protsessov puchinoobrazovaniia v gruntakh. (In: Vses. mezhduvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po geokriologii, 8th. Materialy v.3, 1966. p.53.59, maps) Refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Zoning of West Siberia according to the intensity of ground-heaving processes. Discusses frost heaving and its effects on railroads and automobile roads, as exemplified on the Chulymskaya-Irkutsk, Novokuznetsk-Tashtagol railway lines, etc. Factors in the heaving force are discussed, such as the lithologic composition of the ground, its physical and chemical properties and moisture, the intensity and depth of freezing, etc. According to the intensity of heaving, the southern part of West Siberia is divided into three groups of regions and each group is briefly characterized. DLC. 98424 NEVEL, D.E. Time dependent deflection of a floating ice sheet. Hanover, N.H. 1966. 9 p. graphs. (US. Army. Cold Regions Research & Engineering Lab. Research report no.196) Refs. Develops a solution for floating ice sheets used for aircraft landing and takeoff in arctic areas, considering the sheet as a viscoelastic plate on elastic foundation. The solution is presented for an infinite bulk modulus and a shear modulus which obeys Maxwell's model. Though the mathematical model representing the ice sheet is not realistic, and the solution of this model does not meet boundary conditions, the observed deflections of a floating ice sheet are found to agree with those calculated on the basis of this analysis. CaMAI, DLC. 841

98425 NEVESSKII, E.N. and others. Voprosy paleogeografii beregov morel v goloisene v sviul s izucheniem faisü pri(In: Natsional'nyl brezhnykh osadkov. komitet sovetskikh geografov. Teoreticheskie voprosy dinamiki morskikk beregov, Moskva 1964, p.103-114, sections) 27 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: IU. A. Pavlidis and F.A. Shcherbakov. Title tr.: Seacoast paleogeography in the Holocene as related to study of shore sediment facies. Reports studies of coastal strata of the Baltic, Black, White, Japan, and Okhotsk Seas. Marine transgression during the postglacial period is concluded to have conditioned the littoral zone of these basins. Changes in the role of transgression are discussed. A more rapid rise of sea level led to the flooding of old accumulative forms and to the formation of new coastal forms at a higher level. DLC. NEVILLE, W.E., see No. 94075 98426 NEVSKII, N.A. Vlüanie prirodno-klimaticheskikh faktorov na strukturu toplivno-energeticheskogo balansa Komi ASSR. (Problemy Severa 1967, no.12, p.106-116, tables) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Effect of natural and climatic factors on the structure of fuel-energy balance in Komi ASSR. English translation available from National Science Library, National Research Council, Ottawa. General discussion with attention directed to the hardship of climate, especially in northern Komi where the average annual temperature is -4° to-6°C, with a long winter; the heating period in Vorkuta is 299 days, in Khalmer-Yu 308. Permafrost is present in 70% of the Pechora coal basin and hampers the development of local peat, oil shales and power from small rivers. The difficulties of large-scale drilling and the high cost of motor transport are stressed, as are the need and difficulties of developing industry suited to indigenous conditions. CaMAI, DLC. 98427 NEVSKII, N.G. Nekotorye osobennosti razvitiib energetiki v Komi ASSR. (Geograficheskoe obshchestvo SSSR. Komi filial. Izvestiia 1967. v.2, no.1 (11), p.36-44, graph, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some features of energy development of Komi ASSR. Discusses natural factors in various kinds of energy development. The climatic conditions of Komi are characterized. It has 170 days with temperature below 0°C in the south and 240 days in the north. Effects of cold on the consumption of energy in coal production, the oil industry, degradation of permafrost, transportation and other forms of the economy are 842

estimated. The problem of heating for towns and industrial centers is discussed. Energy development for heating purposes is conDLC. sidered. NEVSTRUEV, G.F., see No. 95686 98428 NEVSTRUEVA, M.A. and others. The nature of 137Cs and "Sr transport over the lichen-reindeer-man food chain. (In: Intl. Symposium on Radioecological Concentration Processes, Stockholm 1966. Proceedings pub 1967. p.209-215, tables) 6 refs. Other authors: P.V. Ramzaev, A.A. Moisser, M.S. Ibatullin and L.A. Teplykh. The levels and dynamics of radioactivity in this food chain in Chukotka, Yakutia, Taymyr, Murmansk, and other regions of the USSR, correlate with those found in arctic regions of Finland, Sweden and N America. However, important ratios of contamination levels between the links cannot be offered for different regions and different time periods because the specific conditions of reindeer pastures and differences in the consumption of venison by the local population are changeable. The higher accumulation of nuclides in lichen is due not only to the shorter vegetative season of grasses, but to the 10:1 ratio of absorption surface of lichens and grasses. Experiments do not support the assumption that the new growing tip of the lichen will be freer of cesium than of Sr". Sr" is washed out of the lichen more rapidly than Cs137. In the reindeer, Sr" accumulates mainly in bones and therefore does not migrate to the human body in important quantities. Cesium accumulates in the soft edible tissues, especially in reindeer muscles. The variation of cesium body burdens in reindeer-breeders exactly equals the geographic variation of cesium levels in reindeer meat. DLC. NEWELL, H.E., see No. 96291 98429 NEWELL, R.C. Effect of temperature on the metabolism of poikilotherms. (Nature 1966. v.212, no.5060, p.426-28, illus) 8 refs. Concludes that oxygen uptake of marine invertebrates at rest reflects mitochondrial 02 requirements and can be detected by use of sufficiently rapid recording methods. Contrary to common belief, the metabolism of poikilotherms is largely independent of rapid fluctuations in temperature and the range in which such independence occurs is related to the environmental temp to which the poikilotherm is subjected. DLC.

98430 NEWELL, R.C. and M. WALKEY. Oxidative activity of mammalian liver mitochondria as a function of temperature. (Nature 1966. v.212, no.5060, p.428-29, illus) 5 refs. Study of the effect of temperature on the rate of oxidation of malate, succinate and pyruvate by isolated mitochondria of the cow and rabbit, shows that this rate of metabolism is relatively independent of temp change in the range 5*-35°C. This suggests that despite large reduction in body temp, as in a hibernating animal, the reaction velocities of the metabolic processes would be relatively unaffected and still proceed in an integrated manner. DLC. 98431 NEWTON, J.B. Pneumonia in Indian and Eskimo infants in Canada. (Canadian Medical Assoc. Journal 1967. v.96, no.19, p.1334-35) Comments on a study made by W.A. Mahon, qv and others, and suggests that nutrition is more important than poor housing and lack of sanitation in connection with the prevalence of pneumonia and tuberculosis among infants in the Canadian North. DNLM. 98432 NEY, CS. Distribution and genesis of copper deposits in British Columbia. (In. Symposium on the tectonic history... Vancouver, 1964 pub I966. p.295-303, illus) Refs. Briefly summarizes the schemes of metallogenesis developed by C.J. Sullivan (1948) and G.A. Bilibin (1955) as a basis for discussion of the main productive copper deposits in British Columbia. These occurrences are divided into four groups. The deposits north of the 55th parallel N belong to sulfide lode or porphyry deposits. Anyox and Granduc lode deposits are characteristically tabular masses in host rocks of mixed marine volcanic and sedimentary fades. Galore Creek and nearby porphyry deposits are associated with small intrusions rich in potash feldspar and low in quartz which cut Triassic and earlier marine volcanic DGS. sequences. NICHOLS, D.R., see No. 96283 98433 NICHOLS, H. Central Canadian palynology and its relevance to northwestern Europe in the late Quaternary period. (Review of palaeobotany and palynology 1967. v.2, Intl. Conference on Palynology, 2nd 1966. Papers. p.231-43, map, table, illus) 20 refs. Discusses analyses of pollen and macrofossil plant remains from peat of Ennadai Lake, Keewatin, in the tundra, and Lynn

Lake, Manitoba, at the northern edge of the forest. Organic accumulation began immediately after very rapid deglaciation of the region 8000-6500 yr BP. There is evidence that the forest extended north of its present range by about 300 km 6000-3500 yr BP. Movements of the forest limit are interpreted as reflecting climatic change, in particular the latitudinal movement of the Arctic airmass in summer. Radiocarbon ages of significant zones in the pollen diagrams make it appear that the climatic histories of central Canada and northwest Europe were parallel for the past 6000 yr. DGS. 98434 NICHOLS, H. The disturbance of arctic lake sediments by "bottom ice"; a hazard for palynology. (Arctic 1967. v.20, no.3, p.213-14, illus) Ref. A small unnamed lake, 100 m long and 3 m deep, about 15 km north of Pelly Lake, Keewatin District was largely frozen on Jun 15, 1966. Surface ice had melted by Jul 1, but water temp remained near freezing due to ice on the lake bottom. Blocks of bottom ice, which subsequently floated to the surface, were filled with sand and mud; these sediments were released as ice blocks floated and melted. It is suggested that the origin of "mud-center" lakes may be explained by such a process. Massive mixing of bottom sediments in shallow arctic and subarctic lakes, in Recent time and even under Pleistocene and late-glacial conditions is probable. Stratigraphic disturbance of lacustrine deposits, which will render them useless for palynologic research, would occur. CaMAI, DGS. 98435 NICHOLS, H. Permafrozen peat sampling; dynamite and chain-saw. (Arctic 1967. v.20, no.1, p.54) 1 ref. Recommends only as a last resort use of dynamite in frozen peat to provide an exposure for sampling with a chain-saw. Explosion gases, which linger at the site for some minutes after detonation may lead to intense headaches lasting many hours. CaMAI, DGS. 98436 NICHOLS, H. Pollen diagrams from sub-arctic central Canada. (Science, 31 Mar. 1967, v.155, p.1665-68, map, illus) 17 refs. Vegetation changes registered in pollen diagrams from Ennadai Lake and Lynn Lake, at the tundra edge and in the northern part of the Boreal forest, respectively, are used to reconstruct past changes in the climatic boundary between Arctic and Pacific air masses. Peat at Ennadai is composed primarily of Sphagnum bog mosses, the growth and humification of which indicate wetter and 843

drier episodes. From ca 5700-3600 yr ago appears to have been a warm period, with a cool episode ca 5000 yr ago. From 3650-2600 yr ago the arctic front shifted to the north. The period 2600-1500 was marked by a drier, colder climate, retreat of the spruce forest, and return of the tundra around Ennadai Lake. The forest moved 40 km north of Ennadai in the final shift, recorded by an age of 1140 yr for a burned forest zone at Dimma Lake. Peat became very humidified and stopped growing about 600 yr ago. These vegetation changes with dates registered in the pollen diagrams correspond to climatic changes in northwestern Europe, and make it possible to use palynological evidence from central Canada to study climatic changes in northern Europe where the fossil pollen record has been affected by anthropogenic factors. DGS. 98437 NICHOLS, H. The post-glacial history of vegetation and climate at Ennadai Lake, Keewatin, and Lynn Lake, Manitoba (Canada). (Eiszeitalter and Gegenwart 1967. v.18, p.176-97, graphs, map, illus) Refs. German summary. Pollen and macrofossil analyses of peat from Keewatin and Manitoba provide evidence of vegetational and climatic changes since the disappearance of the late-Wisconsin ice sheet 8000-6000 yr BP. There was a northward extension of the Boreal forest beyond its present limit 6000-3500 yr and 1500-600 yr BP, in each case interrupted by short cooler episodes. The radiocarbon dates for these climatic events coincide with a number of changes recorded in the climatic history of northwestern Europe. DGS. NICHOLS, H., see No. 98937 NICHOLS, P., see No. 94436 NICHOLS, R.L., see No. 93936 NICHOLSON, R., see No. 99607 98438 NICKELS, N. Wings of the North. (Flying 1962. v.71, no.1, p.46-47, 83-85, illus) Describes the economics and operations of Trans-Air, Canada's third largest airline, which has scheduled routes to within 500 mi of the Pole. The remarkable improvement in the company's financial position in the 1960's is considered, the most valuable operation being supply of the DEW line stations in the Canadian North. DLC. 98439 NICKUL, K. Place names in Suenjel: a mirror of Skolt history. (Studia 844

upsaliensia 1964. v.21, ethnographica p.219-27, maps) 9 refs. Ethnographic sketch, based on over 1550 geographical names collected by the author in the 1930's in the Petsamo, now Pechenga, district. The names, grouped by meaning into thirty categories, reflect for the most part the economy, ecology, material and spiritual culture of the Skolt Lapps in the Suenjel area: approx 68°10' - 69°10'N. 28°30' - 31°30°E. Economic and cultural factors, clan distribution, etc implied in component words of the names are noted; deduced information in the Skolt way of life is discussed: reindeer hunting and herding, fishing, seasonal displacement and boat traffic, familiarity with fauna and flora, knowledge of topography, also religious sites, Russian influence, etc. DSI. 98440 NIELSEN, E.T. and H.T. NIELSEN. Observations on mosquitoes in Greenland. København, Reitzel 1966. 27 p. tables, graphs, illus. (Meddelelser om Grønland v.170, no.3) 12 refs. Reports observations on the behavior of mosquitoes at Narssarssuaq and Godhavn. The purpose of the study was to compare the emergence, swarming and mating of Aedes nearcticus and Aedes nigripes under different conditions of seasonal illumination, temperature and wind conditions. The swarming activity proved to be generally independent of illumination but correlated positively with temperatures of 7° - 15°C, negatively with wind velocities of 0 to 2 m/sec. The mosquitoes fed solely on willow flowers during the very first days of adult life. Comments are made on height of swarms, timing of mating, sexual differences in flight and the behavior of females in search of blood meal. CaMAI, . DLC. 98441 NIELSEN, J.G. and J.M. JENSEN. Revision of the arctic cod genus, Arctogadus; Pisces, Gadidae. København, Reitzel 1967. 28 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. (Meddelelser om Grønland v.184, no.2) 20 refs. Discusses the morphology of two specimens of arctic cod caught off SW Greenland in the context of 105 museum specimens in 13 institutions. This genus is concluded to contain two species, A. glacialis and A. borisovi. A. pearyi and Phocaegadus megalops are shown to be junior synonyms of A. borisovi and A. glacialis respectively. The significance of the barbel in relation to the habitat of A. borisovi is mentioned, and maps show the distribution of the two species. Certain features of the anatomy of each species are graphed and tabulated. CaMAI, DLC.

98442 NIELSEN, J.K. Nunap tunua inokarpok. København, Grønlandske Selskab 1965. 79 p. illus. In Eskimo and Danish. Title tr.. The world's backside has people. Sketches of life in East Greenland, as a contribution to commemorative writings honoring the 85th birthday of Ejnar Mikkelsen. The title expresses the local view that East Greenlanders live on the opposite side of the earth from the majority of people. The author, resident doctor at Scoresbysund, with 20 years acquaintance with the Eskimos, their language, folkways, and the region, presents tales of incidents to interest former residents of the region. DLC. 98443 NIELSEN, N. Therkel Mathiassen 5. september 1892- 14. marts 1967. (Geografisk tidsskrift 1967. v.66, no.2, p.x-xi) In Danish. Obituary of this Danish archeologist who became an expert in Eskimo archeology and took part in Knud Rasmussen's fifth Thule expedition to arctic Canada, 1921-23. DLC. 98444 NIELSEN, N.O. and others. Diseases of northern fish. (Musk-ox 1967, no.2, p.76-82, map, illus) Other authors: F.M. Atton and E. Olfert. Reports summer 1967 studies in the Rankin Inlet area. A limnological survey of six typical lakes was made to determine their fish-producing potential. The type which holds a fish population over the arctic winter is found to be at least 16 ft deep and over 50 acres in area. Of the six examined, Nipissak in some detail, four held fish populations. Rehabilitation of Nipissak is suggested for the farming of arctic char. Surveys for disease in lake and ocean fish and the incidence of fish-borne parasitic disease in dogs are also reported. The fish showed evidence of disease in nearly all specimens examined. Dogs in the area live mainly on seal-meat, so the attempt to identify their fish-borne parasites was abandoned. CaMAI. 98445 NIINI, H. Taka-Lapin kivilajien kuluminen hienonnuskokeiden ilmentämänä. (Terra 1967. v.79, no.2, p.33-37, map, table, illus) 11 refs. In Finnish. Title tr.: The wearing down of bedrock in northern Lapland as indicated by rock comminution experiments. Reports the Finland Institute of Technology experiments on the chief rocks of northern Lapland. In the crushing experiment, anorthosite was most worn and amphibolite the least, whereas, in the grinding experiment, amphibolite, then quartzite, wore most. Other rocks, compared with the last

two, showed greater resistance to wearing. These observations are applied to certain geomorphological features of northern Lapland that have their origin in the mechanical erosion of bedrock during the Ice Age and to others caused by chemical weathering and tectonic factors. CaMAI, DLC. NIKANDER, P., see No. 101318 98446 NIKIFOROV, B.I. and S.I. ZAPASSKII. Dopustimye neviizki poliusnykh uslovil. (Izvestiia vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenil. Geodeziä i aerofotos"emka 1965, no.2, p.81-82) In Russian. English translation in Geodesy and Aerophotography 1965, no.2, p.104-105. Title tr.: Permissible closing errors under polar conditions. The closing errors of the condition equations are calculated during the field period in order to verify angular measurements in triangulation nets. Additional measurements are made if the closing errors obtained are greater than the permitted errors. A formula is developed which provides a more objective and correct answer to the permissibility of closing errors under polar conditions in a figure of any shape and enables a more rational decision as to the need for additional or repeated angular measurements. DLC. 98447 NIKIFOROV, E.G. and others. 0 strukture vodnykh mass vostochnol chasti Arkticheskogo basseina. (Okeanologiiå 1966. v.6, no.1, p.76-81, graph, maps, illus) 13 refs. In Russian. Other authors: E.V. Title tr.: Belysheva and N.I. Blinov. Structure of the water masses in the eastern part of Arctic Basin. Reports a study in the area including the Bering and Chukchi Seas. There is an intermediate minimum of temperature in the 100-150 m horizon. Two layers of Pacific water are present which differ in temperature, salinity, and content of biogenic matter. Water exchange between the western and eastern basin apparently takes place in the 1500-2000 m layer. Cold bottom water possibly comes from the Nansen Trench. DLC. 98448 NIKIFOROV, E.G. and others. Osnovy metodiki rascheta pereraspredeleniih l'da v arkticheskikh monåkh v navigatsionnyl period pod vozdeistviem vetra. (Leningrad. Arkticheskii i antarkticheskil n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1967. no.257, p.5-25, map, tables, 17 refs. In Russian. Other authors: illus) Z.M. Gudkovich, ILi.N. Efimov and M.A. Romanov. Title tr.: Computation methods for the redistribution of ice in Arctic seas during the navigation period under wind action. 845

Discusses conditions of ice drift under wind action. At state 10, near-shore ice does not drift. Formulas are developed for computing the drift components. The changes of the drift velocity and direction are given in a special table. Statistical data obtained by observations are processed using electronic computers. A simplified model of the ice drift caused by wind is given for the Laptev, East Siberian, and Chukchi Seas and for the northern part of the Arctic Basin. DLC. 98449 NIKIFOROV, I.V. Montazh oborudovaniiä Verkhne-TulomskoT GES. (Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitel'stvo 1966. v.36, no.11, p.10-13, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Erection of equipment at the Upper Tuloma Hydroelectric Power Station. Reports the assembling and erection of power-generating sets, traveling cranes, the engine room, and metal plating of pressure water lines at this power plant for western Kola Peninsula-northeast Finland, its fourth and last power-generating unit set into operation in Sept 1965. A detailed description is given of the design and the processes of installing the equipment. The generator room is built underground, and contains four sets of hydrogenerators, their total power 228 thousand kw. The turbines are of vertical type, designed for operation under 55 m head with a speed of 187.5 rpm, and 4.2 m diameter of the runner. The experience of constructing and mounting this plant showed a number of advantages of underground machine rooms over their surface variant designed to operate under conditions of the Far North. DLC. 98450 NIKIFOROV, M.I. Obledenenie traulerov; izdanie vtoroe, pererabotannoe i dopolnennoe. Kaliningrad, Kaliningradskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1966. 126 p. graph, tables, illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Icing of trawlers, second edition revised and enlarged. Presents instructions on icing for trawlers operating in arctic and North Atlantic waters and the Far Eastern seas. The nature and form of storm icing, ice blizzard and black and white icings, are explained, with an outline of research on ship icing phenomena, of the forecasting and prevention of icing, its control, and the preparation of trawlers for fall and winter navigation in high latitudes. Formulas and data tables accompany the text. The loss is reported of four Russian and six Japanese fishing trawlers which capsized in Bering Sea during the night of 18-19 Jan 1965, because of icing of the superstructure. The report from the official investigation and the sole survivor's account of the disaster are included. DLC. 846

98451 NIKIFOROV, N.D. Vliianie temperatur i mekhanicheskikh vozdeistvü na embrional'noe razvitie ryb. Leningrad, Izdvo Leningradskogo gos. univ. 1936. 62 p. graphs, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The effect of temperature and mechanical action on the embryonic development of fish. Observes fish anatomy and embryology as affected by changes in temperature, especially low temperatures. In the early stages (through the gastrula) mechanical disturbance is the main factor altering normal post embryonic development. At the start of gastrulation, oxygen tension varies sharply and maleic acid production decreases. Kills at this point result primarily from hypertonicity of the surrounding medium as caused by low temp. The developing embryo is most resistant when it begins to feed on the surrounding gelatinous mass. The morula represents another sensitive stage. DLC. 98452 NIKISHOV, K.N. Intruzivnye montichellitovye kimberlity i nekotorye voprosy ikh genezisa. (Geologiiii i geofizika 1966, no.6, p.42-49, tables) 7 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr. Intrusive monticellite kimberlites and some problems of their genesis. Reports detailed study of the Montichellitovaya vein in Olenek basin of Yakutia. This vein is in Sinian deposits; its occurrence, composing rocks and other features are described. The mineralogic composition of intrusive monticellite kimberlite is analyzed. Monticellite makes up about 80% of the rock. Other minerals are also described. The order of crystallization of minerals is also reported. DLC.

NIKITIN, V.S., see No. 93528, 95660 NIKITINA, I.B., see No. 94405 NIKITINA, L.P., see No. 95151, 98035, 98036, 98037 98453 NIKITINA, N.M. Predvaritel'nye rezul'taty nabltüdenil zemnykh tokov na stanisii Barentsburg, Shpifibergen. (Akademlil nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyl geofizicheskil komitet, III razdel programmy MGG: geomagnitnye issledovanirä. Sbornik stater 1961. no.3, p.69-75, tables, graphs) In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Preliminary results of earth current observations at the Barentsburg station, Svalbard. Reports on the reduction of the Oct 1958 June 1959 observations. The instrumentation and its installation are described. An estimate of the electric field disturbances at Barentsburg, and variations of these disturbances are given. Regularities are disclosed in diurnal

and seasonal variations of the continuous current pulsations. Diurnal variations for bay and pearl types pulsation are presented in histograms. DLC. NIKITINA, N.M., see also No. 101580 NIKITOV, K.N., see No. 101193 98454 NIKOLAEV, A. and V. MISHIN. Arktika dnem. (Smena 1966. v.43, no.22, p.3-8, illus) In Russian. Title Ir.: The Arctic by day. Popular description of the radio-guided navigation on the Soviet Northern Sea Route between Murmansk and Chukotka. 24 hr a day radio guidance during the four-month navigation season is operated by the Sea Operation Headquarters on Dikson Island. Ice conditions, reported from aircraft and weather forecasts are transmitted to the convoys led by icebreakers of which Leningrad, Kiev, and Krasin are mentioned. DLC. 98455 NIKOLAEV, A. Novoe v khozraschetnykh vzaimootnoshen ihkh. (Rechnol transport 1964. v.23, no.3, p.9-10, In Russian. table) Title fr.: A new method in cost accounting relationships. Discusses an experiment in connection with river transportation from Arkhangel'sk to Voznesen'ye by barge towed by self-propelled boats of the White Sea-Onega fleet. On this 830 km route, tugs are changed at Belomorsk, Povenets, and Voznesen'ye, incurring demurrage. When the port authority supplied the tugs however, the change was better coordinated and fifty thousand rubles saved in a nine-month trial in 1963. DLC. NIKOLAEV, A.A., see No. 98804 § 4 98456 NIKOLAEV, A.S. Novye dannye o rasprostranenii alepizavra. (Voprosy geografli Kamchatki 1967. no.5, p.168-70, table) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New data on Alepisaurus distribution. Reports some cases of lancetfishes caught in the northwest Pacific and Okhotsk Sea. Locations where taken, the water temperature, length and weight of the fish and stomach composition are stated. This deepsea carnivore has a large distribution area. DLC. NIKOLAEV, B.N., see No. 97590 98457 NIKOLAEV, D. Klnrch k izobiliiu. (Sel'skokhozihistvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1966, v.10, no.9, p.32-34, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: The key to abundance.

Describes collective farm consolidation as exemplified on the upper reaches of Megezhek River, bordering the Olenek forest tundra in Yakutia, where the natural conditions and climate are rugged and harsh. Collectivization in the beginning resulted in rather small collective farms of 10-30 homesteads; these were later consolidated into three, and finally merged in one collective farm of 450 homesteads with some 700 potential workers headed by the former professor of Yakut Univ. Its main activity is stock raising, based on cattle and horses; it has proved successful, and the farmers have a better living. DLC. 98458 NIKOLAEV, G. Ty uedesh' k severnym oleniam. (Sportivnaia zhizn' Rossii 1966. v.10, no.9, p.3-4, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: You will go to reindeer country. Outlines the development of sports in Kamchatka, with Timofel Kornienko the champion sprinter and Gleb Travin the cyclist, both famous in Soviet Union in 1930's, and later skiers, boxers, wrestlers, football players, etc. The title refers to a Kamchatka reindeer-herders' song popular at sports gatherings. DLC. 98459 NIKOLAEV, Iil.V. and G.I. PODOL'SKAIA. Issledovanie raspredeleniia l'din po razmeram metodom Monte-Karlo. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskii n: issl. inst. Trudy 1966. v. 279, p.94-99, graphs, table) In Russian. Title Ir.: Investigation of the distribution of ice floe sizes using the Monte Carlo method. Describes the method consisting of a stochastic treatment of the natural breaking of large ice floes (up to 2500 m2) into parts. The probability of the appearance of pieces of different sizes is calculated for floes broken into 3, 4, 5, and 6 parts and the results shown in a table. The horizontal size distribution calculated by the method discussed is compared with that obtained by airphoto survey. Good agreement is found between the theoretical and observational results over the arctic seas. CaMAI, DLC. NIKOLAEV, IÜ.V., see also No. 94397, 94992 98460 NIKOLAEV, K. V doline gorihchikh kliuche% (Okhrana truda i sots-ialt noe strakhovanie 1966. v.9, no.2, p.24, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Hot springs valley. Describes Talaya, Magadan Province, a resort visited in 1965 by 3000 people. Its hot sodium-hydrochloride-carbonate waters with high silicic acid content are used for drinking, 847

bathing, and also to heat the resort establishments. The near-by Lake Shchuch'ye DLC. supplies therapeutic mud. 98461 NIKOLAEV, N.I. Neotektonika i seismichnost' Vostochno-Evropelskol platformy. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Izvestitå 1967, ser. geog. no.2, p.13-27, maps) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Recent tectonics and seismicity of the East European platform. Outlines recent tectonic features of this platform incl the Baltic crystalline shield, Karelia, Komi ASSR and other arctic regions. The seismicity data are summarized and charted. Paleoseismological data are also reviewed. Seismic zoning of the platform is DLC. discussed. 98462 NIKOLAEV, N.I. 0 noveishem etape razvitiia Fennoskandii, Kol'skogo poluostrova i Karelii. (Moskovskoe o-vo ispytatelet prirody. Biulleten'. Otd. geologicheskil 1967. v.42, no.1, p.49-68, maps, illus) 48 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Latest stage of the development of Fennoscandia, Kola Peninsula, and Karelia. Reviews recent tectonic movements of these regions based on evaluation of the literature, geophysical data, and other material. Fluctuation of sea level, and retreat of the seas are described. The coastlines of Baltic water basins are considered. Uplift of Fennoscandia is discussed. The map of recent tectonic movements of Scandinavia is presented and interpreted. Development of the earth's crust of the Baltic shield is outlined, as is that of the Scandinavian icecap, and its effects on the isostasy of the crust are appraised. DLC. 98463 NIKOLAEV, N.I. 0 sviazi selsmichnosti Baltilskogo shchita i norvezhskikh kaledonid s neotektonikoi. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1966. v.21, ser.4: geol. no.3, p.20-36, graphs, maps) 60 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Connection between the seismicity of the Baltic shield and the Norwegian Caledonides and recent tectonics. Reviews the earthquakes of Scandinavia, Kola Peninsula and Karelia. The seismicity of these regions is analyzed and a close relation noted between seismicity and recent tectonic movements. The earth's crust in the area is reviewed. A seismic zoning of Fennoscandia is presented. DLC. 98464 NIKOLAEV, N.I. PozdniI titap neotektonicheskikh dvizhenil Skandinavii, Karelii i Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.167, no.6, p.1358-61, graphs, map) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Late stage of recent tectonic 848

movements in Scandinavia, Karelia and Kola Peninsula. Evaluates such movements from literature data. Effects of Quaternary glaciation on earth-crust movement are discussed. Structures of Fennoscandia indicate that the crust there is built of several blocks. A new plan of recent tectonic and glacial movements is DLC. presented and briefly interpreted. NIKOLAEV, N.I. and others. 98465 Voprosy neotektoniki Baltilskogo shchita i Norvezhskikh kaledonid. (Sovetskaih geologill 1967, no.3, p.3-22, maps, illus) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.I. Babak and A.I. Medianüev. English translation in Baltica Title tr.: Some 1967, no.3, p.183-202. neotectonic problems of the Baltic shield and the Norwegian caledonides. Presents two maps on late- and postglacial crustal movements in Fennoscandia and adjacent areas, based on studies on planation surfaces in Karelia, Kola Peninsula and on numerous literature data. Tertiary surfaces serve as criteria for estimation of the recent deformation, which has determined Fennoscandian orographic features. Young regional faults along Norway, the northern edge of Scandinavia and the Kola Peninsula and Kandalaksha Bay are indicated. The preglacial age of major topographical features is generally recognized. From early Cretaceous time to the present, differential crustal movements represent rejuvenation of faults connected with basement blocks. Each block has its own history of geologic development and each shows an individual behavior during DLC. the neotectonic stage. 98467 NIKOLAEV, V. Olenevody zhdut sportivnykh vozhakov. (Sportivnaia zhizn' Rossii 1964. v.8, no.3, p.20-21) In Russian. Title tr.: Reindeer herders await sports leaders. Describes competitions of Yakuts, Eveny, Chukchis, etc in northern Yakutia in throwing the chaut, a kind of lasso, and in driving reindeer sledges. These competitions are useful for advancing the reindeer industry, and professional sports instructors are needed. DLC. NIKOLAEV, V.A., see No. 97898 98468 NIKOLAEV, V.D. Podvig i na(Druzhba narodov 1966, no.11, grada. p.198-218) In Russian. Title tr. Heroism and reward. Describes the hardships besetting Drifting Station North Pole-14, set up Apr 1965 on a 2x3 km ice island. Its SW drift contrasted with the NW course of other drift stations, cracking and fragmentation of ice began early

in the drift and forced continuous relocation of the camp. Summer thaws weakened the ice and surface water isolated the buildings. Ice pressure and storms drove the ice island further south reducing the drift speed and destroying the last hope for a NW change in course. The situation became critical by Nov: 16 crew members were taken off leaving nine to man the station. On 26 Jan, 1966, the island collided with jutting rocks off Jeannette Island at 76°47'04"N 158°00'08"E. Salvaged equipment and tents were moved to the largest floe, 350x450 m in size. Breakup of the floe continued and, after narrowly missing Henrietta Island, evacuation by helicopter started on Feb 7 and lasted a week. DLC.

98469 NIKOLAEVSKII, A.A. Glubinnoe stroenie Severo-Vostoka po geofizicheskim dannym. (Akademit nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyi kompleksnyI n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1967. no.30, p.32-43, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Deep structure of the Soviet Northeast according to geophysical data. Reports study of the Verkhoyansk-Chukotka Mesozoic and Koryak-Kamchatka Cenozoic folded zones and the Okhotsk-Chukotka volcanic belt. The inner structure of the earth's crust was established by gravity and seismic soundings and their geologic interpretation. The thickness of Mohorovi6i6 discontinuity was determined. The Mesozoic Verkhoyansk-Chukotka folded zone originated and developed on the slope of the arctic uplift of upper mantle, the Cenozoic KoryakChukotka folded zone on the slope of the DGS. Pacific uplift of the mantle.

98470 NIKOLAEVSKII, A.A. Glubinnye razlomy Severo-Vostoka SSSR i ikh metallogenicheskais kharakteristika. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. SeveroVostochny`l kompleksnyi n: issl. inst. Trudy 1964. no.11, p.29-52, map) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Tide tr.: The deep faults in the Northeast of the USSR and their metallogenic characteristic. Distinguishes the Verkhoyansk-Chukotka Mesozoic and the Koryak-Kamchatka Cenozoic folded provinces. Deep-seated faults have an important role in both folded zones, and three types are recognized in the basement: inter-block, magma-controlling and rodding-mullion deep faults. All were possibly initiated in the Archean. They are 25-400 km in extent. Tin ore manifestation is associated with the inter-block type, and gold mineralization with magma-controlling faults. DLC.

98471 NIKOLAEVSKII, A.A. Nekotorye osobennosti sochleneniSibirskoi platformy s mezozoidami Severo-Vostoka po dannym geofizicheskikh issledovaniI. (Geologiiå i geofizika 1964, no.1, p.38-49, map, profiles) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some features of the junction of the Siberian platform with Mesozoic structures of the Northeast according to geophysical data. Describes the junction of the Verkhoyansk regional trough, Verkhoyansk anticlinal zone and the eastern part of the Siberian platform from the interpretation of anomalies of the gravitational and magnetic fields. According to intensity, strike and form of gravitational field, seven anomalous zones are distinguished and characterized: Dzhardzhan, Yana, Ust'-Lena, Ust'-Vilyuy, Ust'-Aldan, Yudoma-Tyryn and Tompo. Heterogeneity is established in the structures of the sedimentary cover and basement and they are described. A tectonic scheme elucidates the junction of the Siberian platform and Mesozoic structures of the Verkhoyansk region. DLC. 98472 NIKOLAEVSKII, A.A. Sovremennyl rel'ef poverkhnosti Mokhorovichicha (Akademiia po geofizicheskim dannym. nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyl kompleksnyl n: issl. inst. Trudy 1964. no.11, p.131-49, graph, maps, illus) Refs. In Tide tr. The Russian. English summary. present relief of Mohorovi6i6 surface according to geophysical data. Discusses the structure, thickness and layers of the earth's crust in the USSR, and presents a new scheme of relief of the Moho surface based on gravity and seismic measurements and on geologic data. According to crust thickness and character of anomalies, the territory of the USSR is divided into four zones and each is described, noting large uplifts of the mantle in the Arctic and Pacific oceans. The "gradient of earth crust energy" is introduced allowing more detailed charDLC. acterization of its deep structure. 98473 NIKOLAEVSKII, A.A. Tipy razlomov fundamenta skladchatykh oblastel Severo-Vostoka SSSR i ikh metallogenicheskaia kharakteristika. (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. Otd-ie nauk o Zemle. Problemy metallogenii Sovetskogo Dal'nego Vostoka... 1967, p.5-16) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Types of basement faults in the folded zones of the northeastern USSR and their metallogenic characteristics. Reviews recent geophysical investigations in the Mesozoic Verkhoyansk-Chukotka and Cenozoic Koryak-Kamchatka folded zones. Three types of faults are identified and described: faults at intermediate depth, faults 849

controlling magma movement and rotational faults. Endogenic gold mineralization is associated with faults, controlling magma movement, tin mineralization with faults at intermediate depth, and Ti, Pb, Sn, W, etc with rotational faults. The metallogenic differentiation of deep faults is discussed. DLC. NIKOLAEVSKII, A.A., see also No. 93928 NIKOLAICHIK, N.V., see No. 101131 98474 NIKOL'SKII, A.P. 0 svi`azi

magnitnoi aktivnosti s vozmushcheniiami v sloe F2 ionosfery. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiiä 1967. v.6, no.1, p.140-41, graphs) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the relationship of magnetic activity and disturbances in the F 2 layer of the ionosphere. Investigates this relationship, comparing the data of geomagnetic activity at Chelyuskin, Dikson, Tiksi, and Uelen stations for up to 30 yr, and ionospheric disturbances from Anchorage station data of July 1957-July 1958. The comparison confirms the existence of daily "forbidden" periods for commencements of ionospheric disturbances, and establishes the existence of a temporal correlation of geomagnetic and ionospheric disturbances in the zone of 60.5-66.0' geomag lat. The well known fact of the relationship between disturbances of the geomagnetic field intensity, and ionospheric structure is thereby further confirmed. DLC. 98475 NIKOL'SKII, A.P. On the possible causes of the irregular motions of

ionization clouds related to auroras. (In: Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1962 translated 1968. v.241, no.4, p.25-36, graph, maps, tables) English translation of No 74351. CaMAI, DLC. 98476 NIKOL'SKII, A.P. Prostranstvenno-vremennoe raspredelenie anomal'nogo pogloshcheniia v ionosfere. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1966. v.280, p.76-85, table, graphs) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr Spatial-temporal distribution of anomalous absorption in the ionosphere.

Presents a detailed analysis of riometric data recorded at the Russian drifting stations North Pole-4, 6, 7, 8, and at other 20 stations in northern regions. The daily distribution of phenomena resulting from bombardment of the ionosphere by solar corpuscles is found to indicate the possibility of three or four regions of sporadic ionization in the upper atmosphere, under which the earth rotates, producing maxima at 8.0 ± LO, 16.0 ± 0.8, 850

and 24.0 ± 0.6 h international geomagnetic

time (IGT).

CaMAI, DLC.

98477 NIKOL'SKII, A.P. Störmer's theory and modern aeronomy. (In: Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1962 translated 1968. v.241, no.4, p.1-15) 46 refs. English translation of No CaMAI, DLC. 74355. 98478 NIKOL'SKII, A.P. Structure of the irregular part of the magnetic disturbance field on Cape Chelyuskin. (In: Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1962 translated 1968. v.241, no.4, 14 refs. English p.94-103, graphs, table) CaMAI, DLC. translation of No 74354. 98479 NIKOL'SKII, A.P. Tonkaia struktura sutochnogo raspredeleniia chastoty poi"avlenirä nereguhämykh magnitnykh vozmushchenii. (Leningrad. Arkticheskif i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1966. v.280, p.5-12, graphs) 4 refs. In Russian. Title

tr.: The fine structure of daily distribution of occurrence frequency of irregular magnetic disturbances. Investigates the daily distribution of the moments of peaks of flare and floccular magnetic disturbances observed at Tikhaya Bay, Cape Chelyuskin, Tiksi Bay, Uelen, Dikson Island, Murmansk, Yakutsk, and Cape Shmidta. The fine structure of the distribution is found to have two maxima, at 2 and 19 h, in addition to the four peaks observed previously. These two apparently are associated mostly with bombardment by solar flare corpuscular streams, while the 4-5, 10-11, 15-16, and 23-24 h peaks are produced by the recurrent corpuscular streams. The explanation of the difference between these two mechanisms of frequency is based on the theory of corpuscular precipitation on the Størmer spiral. CaMAI, DLC.

NIKOL'SKII, A.P., see also No. 96292 98480 NIKOL'SKII, G.V. 0 strukture

popuhätsii i kharaktere smertnosti midil Mytilus edulis litorali Belogo mon%. (Zoologicheskif zhumal 1966. v.45, no.12,

p.1878-80, graphs) Ref. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Population structure and causes of mortality of the mussel Mytilus edulis, on the White Sea littoral. Reports investigation based on size analysis of shells from dead and living mussels. Small ones mostly died being swallowed by birds and fishes; larger ones are sucked out by starfishes, and only 3% are destroyed by the drilling mollusc Natica. DLC.

98481 NIKOL'SKII, G.Y. Sovetskaia gidrobiologiia i ikhtiologii . (Priroda 1967. v.56, no.8, p.43-50, illus) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Soviet hydrobiology and ichthyology. Reviews pre-Revolutionary, and in detail, post-Revolutionary developments, with emphasis on outstanding scientists, such as Denügin, Zernov, Knipovich, Berg and their work. Recent problems of raising productivity, water pollution and improved research facilities are also considered. DLC. 98482 NIKOL'SKII, I.V. Krasnorärskif ekonomicheskii raion, sredniaill Sibir'. Moskva 1965. 26 p. In Russian. (Moskva. Univ. Geograficheskil fakul'tet. Ekonomicheskaia geografiii SSSR. IU. G. Saushkin, ed.) Tide d:: Krasnoyarsk economic region, central Siberia. Reviews economic geography of the region. Coal mining, over 60% from open-mines, thermal power plants, of which one in Nazarovsk is already in operation, hydroelectric power stations on the Yenisey and the Angara are considered. Plans to develop metallurgy, esp aluminum and steel industry; chemical industries: synthetic rubber, artificial fibers, etc, machine building (centered in Krasnoyarsk) are noted. Transportation (rail, road and waterways) is discussed. Communication with the north is mainly by the Yenisey basin waterways as there is only one railroad line: Noril'sk-Dudinka. DLC. 98483 NIKOL'SKII, N. and others. Perevalochnym gruzam, zelenuüt ulii u. (Rechnof transport 1966. v.25, no.5, p.7-9, table, illus) In Russian. Other authors: V. Gashkov and N. Zhivotkevich. Tyde tr. Green light for freight transshipment. Discusses operations in the Omsk, Tyumen', Barnaul, and the Tomsk ports, transferring freight from railway to steamship for the oil fields of Western Siberia. The movement of building equipment and equipment, machinery, and general cargo increased 64% at the port of Omsk, more than doubled at Novosibirsk in 1965 over 1964. Efforts to coordinate the railroad and steamship line schedules are described. DLC. 98484 NIKOL'SKII, S.N. and others. K voprosu o piroplazmozakh krupnogo rogatogo skota v Sibiri. (In: Nauchnaia konferentsiia po protozoologicheskim problemam... 1960 pub 1961. p.62-65, table, illus) In Russian. Other authors: N.G. Avdeev and T.N. Kaurtsev. Title tr. Piroplasmosis in the large-horned cattle of Siberia. Piroplasmosis (babesiasis), a tickborne disease, infects up to 3% of the cattle in Siberia. Two foci of hemisporidia have been dis-

covered in Novosibirsk Province. Although ticks were difficult to find on a large percentage of the animals, blood samples taken up to six months after infection revealed the organisms in the blood. Piroplasma iakimovi was the most common strain discovered in the blood survey. DLC. 98485 NIKONOV, A.A. Geomorfologicheskie priznaki pozdnechetvertichnykh dvizhenll zemnoi kory na zapade Kol'skogo (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. poluostrova. Kol'skii filial. Chetvertichnye otlozheniiä... 1964, p.96-105, graphs) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geomorphic evidence of late Quaternary movements of the earth's crust in western Kola Peninsula. Reviews the relief-forming processes in Quaternary time. Indications of crustal movements in the Lotta basin are given by evidence of differential dislocations revealed in the longitudinal profile of terrace complexes along the lower, middle and upper sections of the Lotta river valley. A major break between the middle and upper valley is Boreal in age. Uplift in late and postglacial times was both greater and more unsteady in the hinterland than in the lower valley; uplift in the middle section was relatively retarded. It is suggested that these movements are more probably related to the differential rise of the Khibina massif, than to movement along the inner Fennoscandian flexural line. DLC. 98486 NIKONOV, A.A. Kraevye obrazovannä poslednego lednikovogo pokrova (In: na zapade Kol'skogo poluostrova. Rabochee soveshchanie po... obrazovanff materikovogo l'da, Tallin, 5-6 iiunia 1961. p.32-34) In Russian. Title tr.: Marginal formation of last glacier cover in the west of Kola Peninsula. Reports large scale mapping of this region. Terminal moraines were not found. Hummock-moraine and hummocky-hilly-moraine relief predominate. Eskers are characterized. Aqueo-glacial deposits are noted, as is the development of glacial deposits in valleys. DLC. 98487 NIKONOV, A.A. 0 basselnovoi morene na Kol'skom poluostrove i Severnoi Karelii. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.170, no.5, p.1158-61, table, illus) 9 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: The basin moraine in Kola Peninsula and Northern Karelia. Describes basin moraines in the vicinity of Murmansk, Kandalaksha Bay, the Ponoy and Kern' River basins. It is found in coastal plains and depressions. It shows an accumulation of sediments in water media. Its 851

grain size, lithology, and general character are reported. Lamination and sorting of material in such moraines are noted. They probably originated at the end of the Pleistocene and the beginning of the Holocene. No marine fauna or flora are found in them. DLC. 98488 NIKONOV, A.A. 0 drevnikh dolinakh severo-vostochnol chasti BaltiTskogo shchita. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.177, no.5, p.1155-58, table, illus) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Old valleys in the northeastern part of the Baltic Shield. Reports a study of the Ponoy, Iokan'ga, Voron'ya, Tuloma and other valleys undertaken to clarify the stratigraphy of Quaternary deposits and the geomorphology and tectonics of the region. Old and recent river valleys are compared: the old have a steeper slope and are deeper than the recent. Intensive relief-forming processes in preglacial times are indicated. DLC. 98489 NIKONOV, A.A. Razvitie rel'efa i paleogeografiii antropogena na zapade Kol'skogo poluostrova. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1964. 184p. graphs, maps, illus. Approx. 120 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Relief development and paleogeography of the Quaternary in western Kola Peninsula. Contains chapters on the main features of relief structure and its preglacial development, formation of deposits and relief development in the Pleistocene, and in the Holocene-Recent. Development of western Kola Peninsula in Quaternary is outlined and results of own study of the geomorphology, Quaternary geology and paleogeography of the area are summarized. Comparison is made with some regions of Fennoscandia. CaMAI. 98490 NIKONOV, A.A. Strstigrafiia plelstotsena Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Sovetskaiii geologiia 1966, no.8, p.26-37, table, map, graph) 24 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Stratigraphy of the Pleistocene of Kola Peninsula. Offers a new stratigraphic scheme of Pleistocene deposits based on analyses of various recent work. The Kola deposits are correlated with those of Karelia, the Russian platform and other adjacent areas. Lower, Middle and Upper Pleistocene are briefly characterized. Two Upper Pleistocene glaciations and two interglacials are recognized. Some data on the absolute age of the rocks by C-14 data are given. DLC. NIKONOV, A.A., see also No. 96301, 97804 852

98491 NIKONOV, I.P. and others. Geograflia Tiumenskol oblasti; uchebnoe posobie dhä 8-kh klassov. Sverdlovsk, SredneUral'skoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1966. 144 p.. graphs, maps, tables, illus. In Russian. Other' authors: G.N. Tarasenkov and I.V. CherTitle tr.: Geography of Tyumen ezov. Province; textbook for grade 8. Discusses the economic community, mineral resources and population of the Province. Physical geography, incl. climate, soils and permafrost, fauna and flora are described. Agriculture, industry and communications are considered. Administrative districts are noted; and the Yamalo-Nenets and KhantyMansi national districts are discussed in some detail. Statistical data is appended. DLC. 98492 NIKONOV, V.F. and N.V. SHABLINSKAI:A. 0 vozmozhnol sviazi mezhdu stroeniem doiiirskikh obrazovanil i razmeshcheniem neftisnykh i gazovykh mestorozhdenii v Zapadno-Sibirskoi nizmennosti. (Geologi,ä i geofizika 1966, no.9, p.134-37, table, map) 4 refs. In Russian. Title lr» Possible relation between the structure of pre-Jurassic formations and the distribution of oil and gas deposits in the West Siberian lowland. Reports a comparative analysis of Mesozoic oil-gas deposits and the tectonics of pre-Jurassic formations in order to elucidate the reason for the clearly expressed differentiation of oil and gas deposit distribution. Where there are oil deposits it is concluded, there is an older folded basement covered with weakly metamorphosed rocks of platformic Paleozoic; the distribution of gas deposits is characterized by a younger basement of which the platformic cover begins with the Mesozoic-Cenozoic. DLC. 98493 NIKONOV, V.F. Osnovnye cherty geologicheskogo stroeniia i neftenosnost' Ust'-Balykskogo mestorozhdeniih. (Geologiiii nefti i gaza 1966. v.10, no.2, p.21-28, tables, illus) In Russian. Title tr. Main features of the geologic structure and oilbearing properties of the Ust'-Balyk deposits. Describes the oil-bearing beds of this region; three strata are distinguished. The Ust'-Balyk local structure is analyzed. Characteristics of oils of the Ust'-Balyk and Solkinskiy uplifts are outlined. Composition of oils and gases is also treated. Suggestions are given for further prospecting. DLC. 98494 NIKONOV, V.I. Vybor parametrov mekhanizirovannogo kompleksa dlia plasta Moshchnogo Pechorskogo basselna. (Pechora, Komi ASSR. N: issl. ugol'nyt inst. Trudy 1964. no.1, p.12-32, tables, graphs) 6 refs. Title h.: Mechanized complex pa-

rameters for the Moshchnyy coal bed in the Pechora basin. Discusses inefficiency of present working of the bed by two layer extraction, and considers coal production with automatic equipment using a limited number or no manpower. Timbering or other support of the worked out 4 m thick coal bed is discussed. Optimal parameters of the coal-cutter used are calculated. Automatic equipment for an estimated 200 ton/hr/coal-cutter coal production are recommended. DLC. 98495 NIKONOVA, K.I. K voprosu o mezhlednikovykh i mezhstadial'nykh otlozheniiakh verkhnego pleistotsena Fennoskandii i ikh absoGutnom vozraste. (Moskovskoe o-vo ispytatelei prirody. Brülleten' 1966. otd. geol. v.41, no.2, p.103-109, map) 25 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Interglacial and interstadial Upper Pleistocene deposits of Fennoscandia and their absolute age. Reviews data of Scandinavian scientists on interglacial and interstadial deposits dated according to C-14. Two Upper Pleistocene periods are established showing regional shrinking of glaciation, one 35,000-44,000 DLC. BP, the other 23,000-29,000 BP. 98496 NIKULIN, M. Osnastit' teplokhody kranami. (Rechnoi transport 1966. v.25, no.1, p.14-15) In Russian. Title tr.: To equip diesel-engine ships with cranes. Urges the installation of 3.2 t cranes with 16 m boom extension on diesel-engine vessels navigating the Vetluga, Sura, Yug, Aldan, Olenek, and other rivers in the northern and eastern districts of the USSR. An experimental crane weighing 24 t, minimum boom extension 5 m, lifting speed 15.5 m/min, and swing 1.33 times/min was installed on the 600 t ST6-864. The crane cost 20,000 rubles, and its mounting 7000. A long-term test showed the labor consumption and cost of loading reduced, and the vessels' running time increased. DLC. 98497 NIKULIN, P.G. Novoe kotikovoe lezhbishche na severo-zapadnom myse ostrove Beringa. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1967, no.5, p.158-61, tables, illus) In Russian. Title tr. The new seal rookery on the northeast point of Bering Island. Describes this rookery during 1960-66. In 1966 there were 4042 fur seals on it, 240 of them old males. The increase of the seal population on the Commander Islands is noted, a result of the 1957 international treaty (No 55622) and establishment of the North Pacific Fur Seal Commission. DLC.

98498 NIKUL'TSEV, A.P. K voprosu o povyshenii proizvoditel'nosti truda okhotnikov. (Ratsionalizatsiia okhotnich'ego pra In mysla 1963. no.11, p.38-45, tables) Russian. Title tr.: Raising the productivity of hunters' work. Presents a survey of the status of hunting in the main hunting provinces of the USSR, based on a study of the use of dogs, hunting equipment, and trapping devices in relation to catch. Data are given for Arkhangel'sk Province (marten), Krasnoyarsk Province (sable) and Kamchatka (sable and squirrel) DLC. among other areas. NILOVA, O.I. see No. 93751 Regionala va98499 NILSSON, N.E. riationer i skogsproduktionen. (Svensk Iantmäteritidskrift 1966. v.58, no.1, p.30-36, tables, maps) 2 refs. In Swedish. English summary. Title tr.: Regional variations in forest yield. Describes differences in the forest regions of Sweden on the basis of forest class, value, and yield capacity. For various reasons no part of the northern forest is rated above average. Mapping indicates the inland section of northernmost Sweden and the mountains of the central western region in the lowest of three classes based on area, volume, and value, but this broad classification cannot be DLC. used for accurate estimations. The parasite 98600 NINBURG, E.M. fauna of Murman pink salmon and its English translation of No peculiarities. 90283, available as TT-67-61554 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va., 22151. 98601 NISHIDA, A. and others. Annual variation in the magnetospheric configuration, and its influence on the polar magnetic field. (Japan. Science Council. Report of ionosphere and space research in Japan 1966, v.20, no.1, p.73-78, graphs, illus) Refs. Other authors: S. Kokubun and N. Iwasaki. Reprinted in Geophysical notes 1966, v.19, no.1. Analyzes the measured variations in the vertical intensity component of the geomagnetic field at Thule, Godhavn, and Vostok, with conclusion that these variations are to be expected from the periodic changes in the angle between the solar wind velocity and the geomagnetic dipole action. Seasonal trend in the measured variations is explained on the basis of the argument that the earth's magnetosphere has a tail which is parallel to the ecliptic plane. Observations indicate that the tail current extends to the close vicinity of the earth. DLC. 853

98602 NISHIDA, A. Average structure and storm-time change of the polar topside ionosphere at sunspot minimum. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.23, p.6051-61, graphs, maps) 24 refs. Constructs a synoptic model of the topside ionosphere between 40-90°N corrected geomag lat during sunspot min, by statistically summarizing more than 3000 Alouette 1 electron-concentration-versus-altitude profiles derived from topside ionograms in 1962, 1963, and 1964 during geomagnetically quiet intervals. The characteristic features of polar peak, auroral peak, trough, winter spur, and midlatitude evening increase (centered at 601N) in the concentration are shown. Physical explanations are discussed with emphasis on the role of ionospheric drift and plasma escape from the magnetospheric tail. DLC. 98603 NISHIDA, A. and others. The origin of fluctuations in the equatorial electrojet; a new type of geomagnetic variation. (Annales de geophysique 1966. v.22, no.3, p.478-84, graphs, table) 11 refs. French and Russian summary. Other authors: N. Iwasaki and T. Nagata. Presents evidence for a geomagnetic variation of polar origin not previously recognized. Magnetograms from Huancayo, Peru are compared with those of Thule, Greenland and their significance is discussed. The equivalent current for this variation consists, in each hemisphere, of two highly asymmetric vortices originating from the polar cap current flow. DWB. NISHIDA, A., see also No. 96407 98604 NISKANEN, R.A. and I.I. PONOMAREV. Bibliografiia po flnno-ugorskomu ilzykoznaniiu 1958-1961 gg. (In: Vsesoiüznoe soveshchanie po voprosam finno-ugorskol... 1961, pub. 1964, p.223-76) In Russian. Title tr.: Bibliography of Finno-Ugric linguistics, 1958-1961. Lists over 1300 titles and reviews by Russian and Western authors; about one third deal with northern languages, incl 50 on Lappish. DLC. 98605 NITECKI, M.H. Bibliographic index of North American archaeocyathids. (Chicago. Natural history museum. Fieldiana: geology 1967. v.17, no.2, p.103-220, map, table) 134 refs. Catalogues the archaeocyathids of the US, Canada and East Greenland, recorded in the literature through 1965, in alphabetic arrangement by the 26 genera with 75 species, giving name, reference, stratigraphic and geographic location, and number and depository of cited specimens. Brief notes on 854

the definition, history, affinities and classification of the archaeocyathids are included. Considered earlier a group of sponges, these single multicellular animals are now placed in an independent phylum. Their distribution follows well the distribution of lower Cambrian carbonate rocks in North America, incl Alaska, British Columbia, Yukon Terr, Labrador, and East Greenland. DGS. 98606 NIUPPENEN, T.I. 0 pervichnykh oreolakh odnogo iz sul'fidnykh mednonikelevykh mestorozhdenil severo-zapada Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Leningrad. Gomyl institut. Zapiski 1966. v.51, no.2, p.70-79, graphs, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Primary aureoles of a sulfide copper-nickel deposit in northwestern Kola Peninsula. Reports spectral analyses for ten elements in rocks of basic and acid composition. Primary aureoles in epigenetic copper-nickel ores have a simple elemental composition and are little developed. The chemical composition and dimensions of the aureoles and their mode of occurrence are similar to those of the Monche Tundra, Pechenga and other DLC. regions. NIZOVOI, IÜ.K., see No. 100212 NIZOVTSEV, G.P. Rezul'taty 98607 ucheta molodi treski v Barenisevom more v osenne-zimnil period 1964/65 g. (Materialy rybokhoziaistvennykh issledovaniil Severnogo basseina 1966, no.7, p.44-47, map, tables) 2 Title tr.: Results of refs. In Russian. estimating the abundance of young cod in the Barents Sea during fall-winter 1964-65. An estimate of the one-year fry show high numbers in the south and low ones in the northwestern part of the Barents Sea. However, abundance in the south decreased considerably during the period of investigation. The 1961 and 1962 yr-class show very low abundance in the whole area. DLC. 98608 NOEL, G.A. The productive mineral deposits of southeastern Alaska. (In: Symposium on the tectonic history ... Vancouver, 1964 pub 1966. p.215-29, maps, 50 refs. table) Sketches the physiographic and geologic setting, distribution, history of discoveries and production of minerals in southeast Alaska. The more important mineral deposits include occurrences of gold, copper, iron, nickel, silver-lead-zinc, tungsten, and uranium. These deposits occur as contact metamorphic replacements, fissure veins, vein stockworks, concordant replacements, segregations in ultrabasic intrusives, and in shear and fracture zones. Most of the important mineral deposits

of this region are closely related to the intrusive, metamorphic and deformational events that extended from the early Mesozoic into the early Tertiary periods. They occur in highly folded Mesozoic rocks and their associated intrusive masses which are considered outliers of the main Coast Range intrusion. DOS. NOEL, T.M. see No. 93948 98609 NÖLDEKE, W. Zur Geologie Westspitzbergens. (Zeitschrift für angewandte Geologie 1962. v.8, no.2, p.96-100, tables, map, illus) 6 refs. In German. Title tr.: The geology of Vestspitsbergen. Reports on the excursion made in connection with the 21st International Geological Congress, reviewing the geologic structure of Vestspitsbergen, stratigraphy of the HeclaHoek formation and the post-Caledonian layers: Devonian, Carboniferous, Permian, Triassic, Jurassic and Cretaceous. Landscape forms are briefly noted, as are the coal, and Russian and Norwegian mines. DLC. 98610 NØRREVANG, A. Considerations on avifaunal connections across the North Atlantic. (Dansk ornithologisk forening. Tidsskrift 1963. v.57, no.2, p.99-109, maps) Refs. Danish summary. Evidence from a recent study of the family Laridae and its geographical distribution supports the closer relationship of the herring gull, Larus argentatus smithsonianus to the European form rather than to the North Pacific form, Larus argentatus vegae. The geographical distribution of this species is determined with the aid of handbooks and handlists. Two kinds of evidence were used: that of the distribution of noncircumpolar species and species which migrate across the North Atlantic. Some oceanic birds, mainly belonging to the family Alcidae, are distributed along both coasts of the North Atlantic. Recent changes, mostly due to improved climatic conditions, have caused several species to spread from Europe to Iceland and northward to Greenland. Only a few species have spread from North America eastward and none of those have gone any farther than Iceland. Thus it can be safely concluded that spread across the North Atlantic almost exclusively originated in Europe and proceeded northwest. DLC. NOGA, A.I., see No. 101453A 98611 NOGID, L.M. Modelirovanie dvizhenitå sudna v sploshnom ledianom pole i bitykh l'dakh. (Leningrad. Korablestroitelt nyi inst. Trudy 1959, no.28, p.45-62, graphs, illus) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Model

experiments of ship movement in a close pack ice field, and in broken pack ice. Establishes the criteria of similitude of an idealized scheme of icebreaker motion in close and in broken pack ice for actual and model phenomena, using the proposed classification of forces acting in both cases. The experiments were found useful for calculating the values of ice-breaking parameters, and performance of smaller icebreakers, such as the losif Stalin and Kapitan Belousov; for large icebreakers of the Lena type, the data are uncertain, because the experimental basin is not large enough. DLC. 98612 NOGID, L.M. Soprotivlenie dvizhenitü ledokola v bitykh l'dakh po dannym model'nykh ispytanil 1949-1951 gg. (Leningrad. Korablestroitel'nyi inst. Trudy 1959. no.29, p.83-89, graphs, table) In Russian. Title tr.: Resistance to icebreaker movement in broken pack ice according to model experiments of 1949-1951. Reports on investigation of the effects of icebreaker hull form, and the geometric characteristics of ice upon the resistance of ice to icebreaker motion. The ratios L/B and B/T of five icebreaker models are given in a table, L being length of the vessel, B its breadth, and T its draught. The coefficients of total (i.e. ice and water) resistance Rt and of ice resistance Rich only are determined in terms of RI, D, L/B, B/T, and Froude number, D being the ship's displacement. Results of the tests are presented graphically, and compared with field observation of the icebreakers Iosif Stalin and Kapitan Belousov, showing that the theoretical curves can be used as a first approximation to R1 and RI.ch values in situ. DLC. 98613 NOOTER, G. A search for old kayaks in Holland. (Arctic circular 1968. v.17, no.2, p.19-21) Reports discovery of nine old kayaks after a search in 30 Dutch towns which formerly engaged in whaling. With one exception, their condition is poor. Some notes on Eskimos put on show for money in the Netherlands are also included. CaMAI. 98614 NOPONEN, I. and others. The crust and mantle in Finland. (Journal of physics of the earth 1967. v.15, no.1, p.19-24, graphs, tables) Refs. Other authors: M.T. Porkka, S. Pirhonen and U. Luosto. Studies in Finland utilized surface wave phase and group velocity determinations and refraction seismic measurements. Surface wave velocity was measured on a path Nurmijiirvi - Kevo. The derived layer model of the crust 42 km thick and the uppermost 100 km of the mantle below the Moho is 855

presented as consisting of three layers in the crust with a discontinuity at 12.2 km which might be associated with the Conrad discontinuity. The mantle exhibits an increase in the compressional wave velocity from 8.03 km/s directly under the Moho to higher velocities with the depth, to at least 100 km depth. The nature of this velocity increase is uncertain. DLC. NORD, M., see No. 96839 98615 NORDBERG, W. and others. Rocket observations of the structure of the mesosphere. (Journal of the atmospheric sciences 1965. v.22, no.6, p.611-22, tables, graphs) 16 refs. Other authors: L. Katchen, J. Theon and W.S. Smith. Reports pressure, density, and wind measurements in the upper stratosphere and the mesosphere from 53 rocket-grenade soundings at Ft Churchill, Kronogard, and other places during 1960-65. Average summer and winter temperatures, and the difference for these temp are presented in diagrams in terms of altitudes. Isotherms for temp variation, and isotachs for winds in the strato- and mesosphere are given according to altitude and season. Pressure measurement results are summarized in a table for 30-90 km altitudes. DLC. 98616 NORDBERG, W. Satellite studies of the lower atmosphere. (Space science reviews 1967. v.7, no.5-6, p.539-78, graph, maps, tables, illus) Refs. Discusses the nature and purpose of meteorological observations from satellites, 18 of which were designed and launched in the United States during Feb 1959-Oct 1966 for continuous global monitoring of meteorological processes and atmospheric parameters which bear directly on weather. Similar satellites of Russian origin are noted. These satellites carry single and multi-channel radiometric sensors and high-resolution television cameras, and provide information by mapping the large-scale distribution of cloud patterns, determining cloud-top heights, global distribution of energy sources and sinks in the earth-atmosphere system, mean temperatures in the stratosphere during a full seasonal cycle, and the distribution of water vapor in the upper troposphere. Reproductions are given of televised pictures of cloud formations, Intl typical nephanalysis plotted from cloud pictures, taken by Tiros VII during passes over the northwest Pacific and a portion of Alaska and the Aleutian Islands. DLC. 856

NORDENS TIDNING. Fram98617 (Its: v.16, 1958, no.4, tidslandet i norr. p.16-19, map, illus) In Swedish. Title tr.: The land of the future in the North. Discusses alternate proposals for power development of water in the Treriksroset area, the common boundary point of Finland, Norway, and Sweden. It is considered more economical and expedient to divert headwaters from the Tome and Kalix Rivers through an undermountain tunnel and westward to the head of Rombaksbotn in Norway, where a fall of 345 m would provide power from the entire region. This would leave the eastern valleys free of scores of proposed dams and their attendant undesirable landscape features. DLC. 98618 NORDENS TIDNING. Slum(Its: v.16, 1958, rande naturrikedomar. no.4, p.21-23, illus) In Swedish. Title t}:: Slumbering natural riches. Discusses potential industrialization in Far North Fennoscandia where water power and raw materials await development. Railways, steel mills in Finnish Lapland and at Narvik, and a cellulose mill at Kirkenes are advocated, as are copper mines in Finnmark, and extraction of known Swedish ores. DLC. 98619 NORDENSTAM, S. Några nya eller mindre väl kinds hieracier från nova Sverige. (Botaniska notiser 1966. v.119, no.2, p.249-58, illus) Refs. In Swedish. Title tr.: Some new or less known Hieracium species from northern Sweden. Presents brief description of five hawkweeds with note of the geographic factors and related plant community. DLC. NORDENSTAM, S., see No. 96501 98620 NORDERHAUG, M. Fra Svalbards dyreverden 13, Notes on Svalbard fauna 13. Ringmerking av fugl på Svalbard 1962-1965. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Årbok 1965 pub 1966, p.181-83, tables) In Norwegian. English summary. 6 refs. Title tr.: Banding of birds in Svalbard 1962-1965. A total of 14,150 birds were banded, mostly little auk (Plautus alle); 12,528 of them were adults. Trapping methods are described and some recoveries mentioned. DLC. 98621 NORDERHAUG, M. Fra Svalbards dyreverden 18, Notes on Svalbard Trekkforhold, stedstrohet og fauna 18. pardannelse hos alkekonge på Svalbard. Oslo 1968. 9p. map, tables, illus. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Meddelelser no.96) In Norwegian. English summary. Reprint of Fauna

1967. v.20, no.4, p.236-44. Title tr.: Migration, homing instinct and pair formation of the little auk in Svalbard. Reports 1962-65 banding of Plautus alle in Svalbard. 11,012 birds were banded, mainly in Hornsund, and twelve recoveries have been recorded, all indicating a wintering area in southwest Greenland. It is possible that the wintering population of little auk in this area consits mainly of birds from Svalbard. Autumn migration begins in the first half of August and lasts about three months. Recaptures in the breeding area (Hornsund) show that the little auk returns to the same colony. Pair formation of the same male and female has been observed for up to four years, the same pair often returning to the same nest. CaMAI, DLC. 98622 NORDERHAUG, M. Ornitologiske feltarbeider på Vestspitsbergen 1963-64. (Stavanger. Museet. Sterna 1964. v.6, no.4, p.185-94, tables, illus) In NorTitle tr.: Orwegian. English summary. nithological fieldwork on Vestspitsbergen 1963-64. Summarizes the continuing work of the Norwegian Ornithological Spitsbergen Expedition of 1962; its four main projects were the biology of the little auk Plautus alle geese studies especially the barnacle goose Branta leucopsis, the influence of climatic conditions on breeding success, and bird banding. More than 5000 birds of 12 species were banded; some recoveries are tabulated. Some observations of less common birds are inDLC. cluded. 98623 NORDERHAUG, M. Svalbardgjessene. (Norsk natur 1966. v.2, no.2, In Norwegian. Title tr.: p.40-44, illus) The geese of Svalbard. Summarizes information of Anser fabalis brachyrhynchus, Branta bernicla hrota. and B. leucopsis: their nesting places, food and feeding habits, banding, numbers, winter retreats and survival. According to band recoveries, the losses occur mostly in western European winter quarters, where the birds are DLC. hunted. NORDERHAUG, H., see also No. 95830, 96011, 96012 Fjellplanter 98624 NORDHAGEN, R. (Norske turistforening. Arbok og overtro. 1967. p.89-101, illus) In Norwegian. Title tr• Mountain flora and superstition. Discusses several upland plant species traditionally known in Norway for medicinal or other purpose. Most of them are found in DLC. arctic locations.

98625 NORDHAGEN, R. Norske fjellplantenavn. (Norske turistforening. Arbok 1967. p.74-88, illus) In Norwegian. Title tr. Names of Norwegian mountain flora. Discusses a score of species known for their food, medicinal, or esthetic value. Latin names are associated with many local names, whose origins are explained. DLC. 98626 NORDHAGEN, R. Remarks on the serpentine-sorrel, Rumex acetosa subsp. serpentinicola (Rune) Nordhagen, and its distribution in Norway. (Blyttia 1966. v.24, no.4, p.286-94, illus) Refs. Discusses the features of this subspecies which distinguish it from other forms of R. acetosa. Although it has not been differentiated from other subspecies in northern Norway, it has been identified at several localities in the Asele and Lycksele sections of Swedish Lapland where it occurs most abundantly in low-lying serpentine fields. DLC. 98627 NORDIC SYMPOSIUM on life in a traditional hunting and fishing milieu in prehistoric times and up to the present day, Luleå, Sweden 1962. Hunting and fishing. Luleå, Norbottens Museum 1965. 539 p. maps, tables, illus. Refs. Contains 25 papers on northern Scandinavia and the Lapps presented at the Symposium sponsored by the Norrbotten Museum in Luleå, 28 May-1 June 1962. All but two papers have been abstracted under their authors' names viz: O. Brox, T. Cram6r, C.E. Dahlgren, K.H. Dahlstedt, C.M. Edsman, S. Erixon, J. Granlund, W. Heating, A. Hultkrantz, H. Hvarfner, O. Isaksson, S. Janson, G. Karlsson, H. Mebius, C.A. Moberg, G. Rink, I. Serning, P. Simonsen, B. Sommarström, H. Tegengren, O. Vorren, G. Westin, and B. Wickman, qqv. An introduction-in-pictures, p11-72, shows contemporary life and industry incl scenic views, urban development, fisheries, Lappish milieu, etc. DLC. 98628 NORDISKE SOCIALSTATISTIKKOMITE. Samordnad nordisk statistik rörande sociallagstiftningen 1958 (1958/59); social welfare statistics of the northern countries. Stockholm 1961. 141 p. tables. (Nordisk statistisk skriftserie no.8) In Swedish. Presents tables of statistics on the amount and distribution of organized social welfare costs in Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway, and Sweden. Outlays by state, commune, workers' pensions, special taxes, etc, are designated in percentages. Total social expenditures are summarized for alternate years from 1948 to 1959, as is their percent of the 857

national income. Cost distribution for each type of social need and numbers of recipients are shown for 1958/59. The accompanying text describes the regulatory provisions for the several countries. The international committee under whose supervision such welfare is coordinated was organized in 1945. DLC.

Louise (Alberta) and tentatively with part of the Cape Kent formation of Inglefield Land, northwestern Greenland. The descriptions include the new species, Fieldaspis? nahanniensis and Kochiella mackenziensis. CaMAI, DGS.

98629 NORDKVIST, M and J. BLIND.

NORFORD, B.S. Ordovician 98632 stratigraphic section at Daly River, northeast Ellesmere Island, District of Franklin. Ottawa 1966. 12 p. illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 66-55) 12 refs. Describes a measured section exposed on the northwestern side of Daly River (about

Ett fiiltutfodringsförsök med fjiillrenar. (SaIn mefolket 1964. nr. 8-9, p.140-43) Swedish. Title tr.: A field experiment in feeding mountain reindeer. Reports day by day an experiment during the 1964 spring migration of a herd of about 200 reindeer in Lule Lappmark northern Sweden. A fodder mixture developed at the Kuolpa reindeer research station near Gällivare and one commercial fodder were used (ingredients given). Any reindeer herd, it is concluded, can be conditioned to prepared feed if sufficient time is allowed. SPRI.

NORDLAND, 0., see No. 97535 NORDMANN, K.J., see No. 98058 NORDQVIST, OSCAR FRITHIOF, 1858.1924, see No. 93920A 98630 NORDSTROM, G. Die Vogelberingung in Finnland im Jahre 1962.

(Societas pro fauna et flora fennica. Memoranda 1963-1964. v.40, p.5-176) Ref. In German. Title tr.: Bird banding in Finland during 1962.

Presents a detailed record of these activities commenced in 1913 with, in 1962, over 117,000 birds banded and some 3500 recoveries made in Finland and elsewhere. The recoveries reported by species include arctic forms. The record for each recovery gives sex of bird, location (with geographic coordinates) of banding, place of recapture, time elapsed between the two, and in some cases, distance covered. The work with some four hundred volunteers was carried on throughout all of Finland. DLC. 98631 NORFORD, B.S. A Middle Cambrian Plagiura-Poliella faunule from southwest District of Mackenzie. (Canada.

Geological Survey. Bulletin 1968. no.163, p.29-38, map, illus) 15 refs. Describes a trilobite faunule which indicates the Plagiura-Poliella zone of the lower Middle Cambrian, from unnamed beds of limy, silty claystones and siltstones on the northeastern limb of a broad anticline (62°21'N 127°20'W) east of Broken Skull River, near the South Nahanni River. The enclosing beds are correlated with the upper part of the Mount Whyte formation at Lake 858

81°08'N. 67°25'W) by a recent recession of a valley glacier which spans parts of two thick map units that together may correspond to the Cornwallis Formation and possibly also part of the Eleanor River Formation, both of Cornwallis Island. The lower unit contains sedimentary structures indicative of deposition in shallow water. All three faunal assemblages present are of Caradoc age; the lowest is probably Wilderness, the second probably Wilderness-Maysville, and the third probably Eden or Maysville. DGS. 98633

NORFORD, B.S. and others Stratigraphy of Silurian carbonate rocks of the Rocky Mountains, northern British Columbia. (Bulletin of Canadian petroleum geology 1966. v.14, no.4, p.504-519, maps, sections, illus) 26 refs. Other author: H. Gabrielse and G.C. Taylor. Presents lithologic descriptions, map, type section and six illus of the newly-named

Nonda Formation which extends from Peace River to the Yukon border. DLC. NORFORD, B.S. see also No. 94444 98634 NORIN, B.N. Germinative and vegetative reproduction of trees in wooded tundra. English translation of No 53636, available as TT-65-5044 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va., 22151. 98634A NORIN, B.N. 0 zonal'nykh tipakh rastitel'nogo pokrova v Arktike i Subarktike. (Botanicheskil zhurnal 1966. v.51, no.11, p.1547-63, table) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Zonal

types of plant cover in the Arctic and sub-Arctic. Theoretical discussion aimed at defining the concepts of "type of vegetation" and "type of vegetational cover" in these areas. The first is suggested as a phytocoenological, the second as a geobotanical concept. Proposed criteria are tentative. DLC.

98635 NORINA, A.M. and A. SH. BORISOVA. Gidrokhimicheskaiå kharakteristika rek severnoi chasti Kol'skogo poluostrova. (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. Murmanskrl morskor biologicheskil inst. Trudy 1965. v.9(13), p.12-17, tables, graphs) 3 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Hydrochemical character of the rivers in the northern part of Kola Peninsula. Study of mineral content of these streams in spring, fall and winter, as compared with conditions in three rivers of Kamchatka, seven in Sakhalin, twelve of the Japan and five of the Okhotsk Sea coasts. The rivers of the latter are considered to resemble closely those of northern Kola Peninsula. DLC. 98636 NORMAN, G.W.H. and J. McCUE. Relation of ore to fold patterns at Granduc, B.C. (In Symposium on the tectonic history... Vancouver, 1964 pub 1966. p.305-314, maps, illus) Refs. Cross folding was an important factor in the control of the emplacement of the copper sulfide ore bodies at Granduc (55°14'N 130°20'W). The ore bodies occur in a metasedimentary member 200 ft thick between a massive porphyritic Triassic andesite footwall and limestone hanging wall. The structure consists of cross folds and faults striking NNE across earlier NW folds. Drag folding accompanied both episodes of folding. The ore bodies occur in folds striking N20°E parallel to the latest drag folds which are nearly at right angles to the trend of earlier folds. Injection of dikes, which crosscut folds, preceded ore deposition. Chalcopyrite was introduced following magnetite, epidote, actinolite and small amounts of garnet. DGS. 98637 NORRBOM, GE. Utvecklingstendenser inom glesbygden. (Svensk lantmäteritidskrift 1964. v.56, no.1, p.9-25, map, tables) In Swedish. Tide 1r: Trends in the thinly settled districts. Discusses the problems and conditions of privately owned and operated agriculture and forest holdings in Sweden. Changes in mechanization, employment, and population shifts are considered, and the need for larger units for economic viability is stressed. 60% of the farms in Sweden, amounting to 27% of the agricultural area, are less than ten hectares in size; in the four northern provinces only 10% of the units have more than 10 ha of cultivated land. One-fourth of the land cultivated in 1956 will probably have been dropped from cultivation by 1975. Much of the forested area privately owned is in small holdings which are uneconomic and cannot be well managed. Problems of isolation, taxation, poor communications, inadequate schools and other services, drive

people from the thinly to the more thickly settled localities. DLC. 98638 NORRIS, A.W. Descriptions of Devonian sections in northern Yukon Territory and northwestern District of MacOttawa 1967. 298 p. (Canada. kenzie. Geological Survey. Paper 66-39) Describes 22 Devonian sections measured by members of Operation Porcupine 1962. These sections are supplementary to ten sections described in an appendix to a Canadian Survey Bulletin (in press) which will give a detailed account of the stratigraphy, fossil lists, distribution, and correlations of the various formations, and the locations and illustrations of the 22 sections DGS. here described. NORRIS, A.W., see also No. 94443, 98804 § 10 NORRIS, D.K., see No. 94444 98639 NORRLÄNDSKA framtidsperspektiv. Stockholm, Almqvist & Wiksell 1964. 197 p. tables, graphs, maps. Refs. In Swedish. Tide tr.: Norrland's future prospects. Presents eight papers on this large northern district of Sweden, composed of the five provinces north of approx 61°N. All the papers are described in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: ALBINSSON, G. Consumption customs. BOALT, G. The culture problem. DAHMEN, E. Industrial employment and enterprise development. HELLMER, S.O. The literature sources. KARLSSON, E., Investment, savings and credit maintenance. KRITZ, L. Transport conditions. LOVGREN, E. and O. GULBRANDSEN. Prognosis on the population. WALLANDER, J. The Norrland problem, DLC. myth and reality. 98640 NORSK NATUR. Skyt isbjørn fredning truer! (Its.- v.2, 1966. no.2, p.45, illus) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Shoot polar bear, protection threatens! Censures a 1966 advertisement for sporthunting of polar bear and for the hunting DLC. expedition as a tourist attraction. 98641 NORSKE VIDENSKAPS-AKADEMI, Oslo. (Its: Årbok 1965 pub 1966) In Norwegian. Reports, p.11-12, on a lecture by A. Nesheim on eastern and western impulses in Lappish culture; for as far back as known, the Lapps have lived in the region where these cultures meet. Borrowed terms usually in 859

connection with trade, colonization, or missionary penetration, indicate early origins for reindeer husbandry, dairying and transport; household organization and agriculture, trade in furs, spinning and weaving, metalwork, use of the pulka, boatbuilding, etc are also touched upon. Summary, p.13-14, of a lecture by A. Heintz on the Russian view of the discovery of Spitsbergen. In Western Europe Spitsbergen is considered to have been discovered by Barendsz in 1596, although Icelandic sagas report its discovery in 1194. Russians say, however, that men from central Russia discovered it about the year 1000 and established hunting bases. Records indicate that Russians first came to Spitsbergen whaling grounds in the 1690's. Direct evidence that anyone preceded Barendsz or had such fixed habitations must await archeological discovery. Notes, p 27-28, on a lecture by K. Bergsland on ethnolinguistic analysis of conditions of family relationships among southern Lapps. Their language has a complex of family terminology similar to that of Siberian Samoyeds. Some key words cited are Norwegian loan words not older than Viking times. Beliefs concerning the role of the sun and reindeer are part of the ideology on which custom is founded. Reports, p 31-33, a lecture by E. Dahl on the heat exchange of plants and its significance in nature. Most plants probably experience a microclimatic lethal temperature that is higher than the macroclimatic weather records, and this determines their distribution. The mountain sorrel Koenigia islandica is believed to have a lethal temperature of 45°C. But it extends to the 24°C isotherm in Finnmark of northern Norway and to even lower temperatures in Scotland and Colorado; this may be due to differences in microclimates. This limitation should be considered when cultural plants are moved to new environments. DLC. 98642 NORTH. Abraham Okpik. (Its: v.13, 1966, no.1, p.40-41) Biographic sketch of the first Eskimo to be appointed to the Council of the Northwest Territories. CaMAI, DLC. 98643 NORTH. Great Slave Railway begins training program. (Its: v.13, 1966, no.2, p.44-45, illus) With the completion of the railway in 1970, it will require a permanent work force. The Canadian National has commenced to employ Eskimos in trainee capacities at Hay River, the northern terminus of the new line. CaMAI, DLC. 860

NORTH, F.K., see No. 98804 98644 NOVAKOWSKI, N.S. The winter bioenergetics of a beaver population in (Canadian journal of northern latitudes. zoology 1967. v.45, no.6, pt.l, p.1107-1118, tables) Refs. Studies this problem in a population located in the Wood Buffalo Park, at 58°12'N. 111°23'W. Caches of trees prepared for the winter were not sufficier.: to supply the energy requirements of the animals. Older animals did not gain weight in the winter, using presumably fat reserves for survival, however kits and yearlings did gain weight. CaMAI, DLC. NOSOV, V., see No. 95064 98645 NOSOVA, E.K. 0 vidovom sostave i kolichestvennom raspredelenii evfauziid u poberezh'ih zapadnoT Grenlandii. (Materialy rybokhoziaistvennykh issledovanil Severnogo basseina 1966, no.7, p.125-38, maps, table) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Species composition and quantitative distribution of euphasiids on the West Greenland coast. Reports on material collected in 1963-64. Four species were found, two belonging to arcto-boreal and two to the boreal zoogeographic complex. The geographic and quantitative distribution of each are mapped. DLC. NOSOVA, V., see No. 99852 NOVAK, B., see No. 100698 98646 NOVGORODOV, I.D. Rol' politicheskol ssylki v sozdanii i ukreplenii IAkut(Yakutsk. Respublikanskil skogo muzeia. kraevedcheskil muzel. Sbomik nauchnykh states 1966. no.4, p.51-72, illus) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Role of the political exile system in the creation and growth of the Yakutsk museum. Considers the political deportees of the 19th century a motive force in the founding of the Yakutsk regional history museum. Russian exiles assembled the initial collections, were the first museum curators, etc. Contributions of individual exiles are cited and the fields of their specialized research discussed with biographical data. DLC. IAkut98647 NOVGORODOV, I.D. skomu muzeiu 75 let. (Yakutsk. Respublikanskil kraevedcheskil muzel. Sbomik nauchnykh stater 1966. no.4, p.3-26, tables, In Russian. Title tr.: Yakutsk illus) Museum, 75 years old. Describes the regional history museum of

Yakutsk, opened in 1891. Its collections include archeological and ethnographic materials, fauna and flora, natural resources, local history, and party political documents, also special exhibits on economic and social developments, etc. Selected statistical data are given on the number of visitors, excursion groups, itinerant exhibits, growth of displays, DLC. etc. 98648 NOVICHENKO, A.S. 0 vzaimootnosheniakh skladchatykh sistem Urala i Timana. (Sovetskaia geologic 1966, no.12, p.29-37) 14 refs. In Russian. Title Ir. On the interrelationship of the folded systems of the Ural and Timan. Presents a comparative analysis of the structures of the Ural-Tobol'sk massif and Timan. It shows that the Timan Ridge is not an extension of the Ural. There are no fixed links between them, and old Tamtan block structures differ sharply from the Ural Folds. At the time of the Timan structures' formation, the Ural geosyncline was not in existence. The history and development of the Ural geosyncline and its framework still need further study. DLC. NOVICHKOVA-IVANOVA, L.N., see No. 94948 98649 NOVIKOV, A.S. Ryby reki Kolymy. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 136 p. graphs, map, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Fishes of the Kolyma River. Surveys the literature on fishes of this area, describes the species and their characteristics as an ecological and faunistic complex, and describes the state of the fishing industry and the biological bases for its improvement. It contains an extensive bibliography, principally Soviet, of the freshwater fishes of the Far North. A map of the Kolyma basin and the Yakut name of many of the species described are also given. On the basis of examination of specimens, a convenient table shows the food composition of these fishes, principally chironimid larvae. The sizes of the fish are discussed in detail and summarized in CaMAI, DLC. tables and figures. 98650 NOVIKOV, A.S. Tugun reki IAny. (Akademia nauk SSSR. IAkutskil filial. Nauchnye soobshcheni 1962. no.8, p.103-106, tables, graphs) 4 refs. In Russian. Title ft. Coregonus tugun of the Yana River. Deals with the morphometry, size and rate of growth in 40 mature specimens of both sexes of this whitefish from the middle course of the river. Its rate of growth in the Vilyuy and Yenisey is cited for comparison. DLC.

NOVIKOV, A.S., see also No. 96773 NOVIKOV, B.A., see No. 98251 98651 NOVIKOV, E.A. Geolog Sibiri v kraevedcheskol bibliografii. (Geologitå i geofizika 1966, no.6, p.162-65) 28 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geology of Siberia in regional bibliography. Reviews little known works containing references on the geology of Siberia; 28 such DLC. works are cited. NOVIKOVA, A.N, see No. 96754 98652 NOVIKOVA, K.A. Evenskii tåzyk. (In: Akademia nauk SSSR. Inst. tåzykoznanii. IAzyki narodov SSSR, 1968, 6 refs. In Russian. v.5, p.88-108, tables) Title tr.: Eveny language. Discusses phonetics, morphology, and syntax of the literary Eveny Lamut language based on the Ola dialect. Eveny Lamut, spoken by 7362 of the 9000 people of this ethnic group, consists of thirteen dialects distinguished primarily by phonetic differences. The vocabulary reflects a hunting, DLC. fishing, and reindeer economy. 98653 NOVIKOVA, K.A. Obzor materialov po evenskomu fol'kloru. (In: Akademii' nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. IAzyki i 15 refs. In fol'klor... 1966, p.203-219) Title 6:: Review of materials on Russian. Eveny Lamut folklore. Deals mainly with collections recorded or published in the last ten years. The subject matter and poetic rendering of animal, epic, and fairy tales, historical and heroic legends, songs and riddles still current among the Lamut Tungus are discussed. Shamanistic songs and magic incantations are almost totally forgotten; mythological and heroic tales are gradually disappearing. Intensive fieldwork is urged to preserve this vanishing DLC. cultural heritage. NOVIKOVA, V.I., see No. 94741 NOVOROSSOVA, L.E., see No. 99818 98654 NOVOSELOV, A.A. and L.A. Rezul'taty gidrokhiMAN'KOVSKAIA. micheskikh issledovanil. (Akademia nauk URSR, Kiev. Mors'kyt hidrofizychnyl instytut. Ekspress-infotmaisiia 1966, no.3, Tiitle Ref. In Russian. p.53-57, graphs) tr.: Results of hydrochemical investigation. Reports the following hydrochemical investigation during the 18th expedition of the RIV Mikhail Lomonosov in the northeast Atlantic and the Greenland Sea: 1) organic substance content of the water; 2) free carbon 861

dioxide content; and 3) dissolved oxygen and phosphate content. The organic substance content was found to decrease with depth. More organic substance was found in the surface waters of the northern and western parts of the Greenland Sea than in the central and southern parts, and the northeastern part of the Atlantic Ocean. A connection was observed between organic substance content and optical properties of the water. The only mention of free carbon dioxide in the article concerned the method of determination, active reaction being determined by the Palich method and the alkali reserve of seawater by direct titration of water with a 0.02 normal solution of HC1. The oxygen content was found to depend on two currents: the warm North Atlantic and the cold East Icelandic. The waters of the North Atlantic current have a lower oxygen content than do surrounding waters and the waters of the Norway current have an increased oxygen content. At a depth of 100-150 to 400-500 m the content was 5.8-6.0 m1/1 and below this 6.9 ml/1. Near the bottom the content was 6.8 ml/l. Oxygen saturation was found to be complete in upper layers of the Greenland Sea and the northeastern part of the Atlantic Ocean and with increasing depth saturation dropped to about 80%. The entire region was found to be rich in phosphates at all depths. In the surface layers of the northeastern part of the Atlantic Ocean and the southeastern part of the Greenland Sea the amount of phosphates was about 12-20 mkg P/1 and the amount increased with depth to 30-40 mkg P/1. High concentrations were also found in the surface and deep layers of the northwestern part of the Greenland Sea. DLC. 98655 NOVOSELOV, Iu. A. Drevmå►a kora vyvetrivaniiå v basselne r. Kichigi. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1964. no.2, Title tr.: p.106-108, map) In Russian. Old weathering crust in the Kichiga River basin. Reports an angular unconformity between Upper Cretaceous and Neogene volcanic formations. Composition of the Cretaceous and Neogene deposits is analyzed. Hematitized Upper Cretaceous rocks are considered reworked weathering crust and are briefly characterized. This zone of weathering for stratigraphic division of rocks is considered. Weathering is preserved only under conDLC. tinental and volcanic rocks. 98656 NOVOZHILOV, Iu. K. K voprosu ob osnovanii goroda Arkhangel'ska. (Arkhangel'sk. Gos. pedagogicheskil inst. Uchenye zapiski 1964. no.16, p.176-203.) 40 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Contributions 862

to the founding history of the town Arkhangel'sk. Evaluates political and economic reasons for the establishment of this port in 1584: gradual relocation north of Russian commercial and industrial centers; economic growth of the so-called Dvina territory; expanding trade relations with western Europe, particularly England, in the 16th century; military factors, etc. A major consideration was to divert foreign ships from the Baltic port Narva, in Swedish hands since 1581. The choice of Cape Pur-Navolok as site for the fort of Arkhangelsk in the RussoSwedish war, its military importance through the 17th century, and concurrent growth of the town into a major import-export center are described. DLC. 98657 NOVOZHILOVA, E.N. Blokhi melkikh mlekopitaiushchikh i ikh gnezd v taezhnoi zone Komi ASSR. (Parazitologiiå 1967. v.1, no.1, p.37-40, tables) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tru Fleas of small animals and their nests in the taiga zone of the Komi ASSR. Describes fifteen flea species found on seven species of small mammals and in their nests and burrows. Most typical are the families Ceratophyllidae and Ctenophthalmidae and the dominant species are Ceratophyllus penicilliger, Leptopsylla sylvatica, Ctenophthalmus uncinatus. 32.2% of the fleas were found in fur and 32.5% were found in nests. In winter, no fleas were found in DLC. nests. 98658 NOVYSH, V.V. and G.A. FONAREV. Nekotorye rezul'taty 6lektromagnitnykh issledovanü v Sevemom Ledovitom okeane. (Geomagnetizm i abronomiia 1966. v.6, no.2, p. 406-409, graphs) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some results of electromagnetic investigations in the Arctic Ocean. Presents the results of telluric current measurements, and their correlation with geomagnetic variations. The measurements were carried out in 1963 from North Pole-10, drifting in the 81°50' - 84° 50'N 140°46' 151°36'E region of 1120-4000 m depth. Oscillation types of telluric current associated with geomagnetic storms, train oscillations, irregular oscillations, micropulsations, baylike disturbances, and diurnal variations are considered. The observations show the shape of the polarization curve to be independent of the deep ocean floor morphology, and to be determined by the character of the micropulsation sources. This suggests using the analysis of telluric micropulsation curves for gaining the information about the structure of DLC. the sources.

NOVYSH, V.V., see also No. 95339 98659 NOVYSH-BYLINSKAIA, V.N. TSiklicheskie krivye kriticheskikh chastot sloih F2 ionosfery kak osnova dlffa prognozirovanrå fpF2 na liubuiu fazu solnechnogo tsikla. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiib 1966. v.6, no.2, p.392-94, graphs, tables) In Russian. Title tr.: Cyclic curves of critical frequencies of the F2 layer of the ionosphere as a basis for foF2 forecasting for any phase of the solar cycle. Analyzes the data of many-year observations at ten stations, incl Tikhaya, Tiksi and Fairbanks, to discover new means and methods for forecasting critical frequency conditions in terms of solar cycle development. Author describes his method of analysis and concludes that the median values of AF could be represented by curves of monthly median values of foF 2 plotted against the solar cycle time. These cyclic curves being smoothed represent a forecast of fpF2 for the entire solar cycle with the solar activity max of 110-150 units. DLC. NOWELL, N.W., see No. 101302 NOWOSAD, F.S., see No. 96112 98660 NOWROOZI, A.A. Terrestrial spectroscopy following the Rat Island earthquake. (Seismological Society of America. Bulletin 1966. v.56, no.6, p.1269-88, graphs, tables) 18 refs. Presents measurements of the eigenperiods of the Earth from strain recordings after the Rat Island, Alaska, earthquake, 4 Feb 1965. The torsional strain field was separated from the spheroidal and an attempt was made to measure the azimuthal order number in for each modal order 2. The observed periods are compared to theoretical periods of four Earth models. DGS. NOWROOZI, A.A., see also No. 93527 98661 NOZHKIN, A.D. and V.K. CHEREPNIN. Pervaiå nakhodka nefelinovykh porod na severe Eniseiskogo kribzha. (Geologiia i geofizika 1966, no.11, p.104-111, tables, graphs) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: First find of nepheline rocks in the northern Yenisey Ridge. Reports a 1963 find of nepheline rocks in :he Noyba region. The petrographic and chemical composition of: nepheline syeniteporphyry, zeolitized pyroxene syenite-porDLC. phyry, and bekinkinite. 98662 NÜNLIST, H. Spitsbergen; the story of the 1962 Swiss-Spitsbergen expedition. London, N. Kaye 1966. 191 p.

maps, illus. English translation (without refs) by O. Coburn of No 81739. DLC. 98663 NULIGAK. I, Nuligak. Translated from Eskimo by M. Metayer. Toronto, P. Martin Associates 1966. 208 p. map, illus. Memoirs of an Eskimo of the Kitigariukmeut, who was born 1895 in the Mackenzie Delta and lived on Herschel Island and adjacent mainland. Whalers came in great numbers through the Bering Strait, and Herschel was an important natural port. His narrative follows the seasons and years, describing the whale, polar bear, seal, caribou, etc hunts and trapping activities. The hardship and difficulties of the hunter's life are indicated, as are the Eskimos' good humor and readiness to share with each other. Nuligak tells how his people kept the Delta as a hunting-ground, until the Nunatarmeut from Alaska moved in, lived there the year round and denuded the area of game. He describes his journeys, encounters with white men, snow-house making, shaman magic, dog-racing, festivals, puppets (a lost art), dancing and games. Legends are recounted. Names for the bearded seal, the moons, etc are explained. His own family life and relations with others are referred to, indicating the interdependence and mutual helpfulness of his people, and traditions of hospitality in times gone by. A glossary of Eskimo words is included. CaMAI, DLC. 98664 NUMEROV, K.D. 0 polovom, vozrastnom sostave i razmnozhenii sobohå v (Zoologicheskil zhurnal Eniseiskol Sibiri. 1966. v.45, no.3, p.421-29, tables) 14 refs. Title tr.: In Russian. English summary. Sexual and age composition and reproduction of sable in Yenisey Siberia. Account based on recent sources including hunting records and skin counts, and covering arctic among other areas. Diet as judged from stomach contents, and the reproduction and sex composition of young of farm-raised animals are also considered. Males made up 63% of the captured animals. Life span of females in the wild is shorter than that of males. On the average 3.2 cubs were counted DLC. per pregnant female. 98665 NUORTEVA, P. The flying activity of blowflies, Dipt., Calliphoridae, in subarctic conditions. (Suomen hyönteistieteellinen aikakauskirja. Annales entomologici fennici 1965. v.31, no.4, p.242-45, graphs) Approx. 15 refs. Trapping results from northern Finland showed that flying activity of the blowfly is chiefly determined by the occurrence of sunshine, and not by temperature, as in other flies. The diel activity of this fly was at a 863

maximum after noon, when that of others was at a minimum. DLC.

preference for meat, fish and fecal material was also studied. DLC.

98666 NUORTEVA, P. The flying activity of Heline binotata Zett. Dipt., Muscidae, in subarctic conditions. (Suomen hyönteistieteellinen aikakauskirja. Annales entomologici fennici 1965. v.31, no.2, p.117-31, tables, graphs, illus) Approx. 40 refs. Study of this fly during continuous daylight and under various ambient temperatures, humidity and cloudiness. Minimal activity was observed between 21 and 03 hr. The diel periodicity in activity is explained by that of temperature and humidity. Under favorable temperature conditions light had also a controlling effect. It also acted without mediation of temperature and humidity. DLC.

98670 NUORTEVA, P. The zonal distribution of blowflies (Dipt., Calliphoridae) on the arctic hill Ailigas in Finland. (Suomen hyönteistieteellinen aikakauskirja. Annales entomologici fennici 1964. v.30, no.4, p.218-26, map, tables, illus) 23 refs. Nine species trapped in this area are recorded, with data on temperatures and humidity. Blowflies were most abundant in the tundra and adjacent birch scrub. They were less abundant in the birch forest and in the vegetationless top zone. In the latter, the only common form was Boreellus atriceps which develops in lemming burrows. DLC.

98667 NUORTEVA, P. The influence of Oporinia autumnata (Bkh.), Lep., Geometridae, on the timber-line in subarctic conditions. (Suomen hyönteistieteellinen aikakauskirja. Annales entomologici fennici 1963. v.29, no.4, p.270-77, map, table, graphs, illus) 12 refs. Reports a study showing that this circumpolar looper moth which caused considerable damage in the scrub-birch forest in northernmost Scandinavia in 1927 is also responsible for the recession of the tree line. These birches grow very slowly: they require 100-150 yr for the stems to reach the diameter of a man's arm; the trees which survived injury show growth lower than normal. DLC. 98668 NUORTEVA, P., and U. JÄRVINEN. The insect fauna of the nests of the sand martin, Riparia riparia L, in Finland. (Suomen hyönteistieteellinen aikakauskirja. Annales entomologici fennici 1961. v.27, no.4, p.197-204, illus) 16 refs. Reports on material collected from 18 nests at 64°56'N 25°27'E. Eleven insect and three mite species isolated or reared from it are recorded, with notes on distribution, sex, other habitats, etc. DLC. 98669 NUORTEVA, P. Synanthropy of blowflies (Dips., Calliphoridae) in Finland. (Suomen hyönteistieteellinen aikakauskirja. Annales entomologici fennici 1963. v.29, no.1, p.1-49, maps, tables, graph, illus) Approx. 90 refs. Reports a study in the oak, coniferous and coniferous-subarctic zones. Of 16 species of blowflies, six were clearly synanthropic, the degree of synanthropy varying in different zones. The degree of heliophily and of 864

98671 NUTE, G.L. Knights of the waterways. (Beaver 1967. v.298, no.1, p.11-17, illus) Describes the voyageurs' canoes, dress, language, customs, etc from records of three travellers, Major Joseph Delafield, who travelled the Great Lakes to Lake of the Woods in 1823; Frances Simpson making her first canoe trip in 1830; and Captain J.H. Lefroy, soldier-surveyor who made a 19-day trip by dog-team and cariole from Ft Chipewan to Ft Simpson. CaMAI, DNAL. 98672 NUTT, D.C. The drift of Ice Island WH-5. (Arctic 1966. v.19, no.3, p.244-62, maps, table, illus) 23 refs. French and Russian summary. Summarizes the final documentation of this drift from its calving from Ward Hunt Ice Shelf, North Ellesmere Island, winter 1961-62 until sightings of the remaining fragments in waters of Labrador and Newfoundland, summer 1964. The drift south from the Arctic Ocean indicates that the southward water transport through Nares Strait is discontinuous and, during summer 1963, was interrupted by pulses of surface water to the north and the development of a sluggish counterclockwise gyre in Kane Basin. By 1964, pieces of WH-5 were widely scattered by their irregular escape from Smith Sound and the vagaries of the Baffin and Labrador current systems. CaMAI, DGS. NUTT, D.C., see also No. 95006A NUUTILAINEN, J., see No. 96213 NUZHDINA, N.A., see No. 93510 98673 NYBERG, A. A study of the evaporation and the condensation at a snow surface. (Arkiv för geofysik 1966. v.4, no.6, p.577-90, graphs, maps, illus) Refs. Describes the evaporimeter, an instrument

for accurate measurement of evaporation and condensation from the snow surface. Evaporation is discussed as a function of radiation, humidity, temperature, and wind. The results of intermittent observations during 9 Mar - 7 May 1962 at Abisko are given; they show a total evaporation of 25 mm, which is about the amount of precipitation, leaving therefore very little water for the spring runoff. The instrument is recommended for use when accurate forecasts of the total volume of spring runoff are required. DLC. 98674 NYBRANT, G. Investigations on the water temperature at air bubbler systems in lakes. (International Assoc. for Hydraulic Research, 8th congress, Montreal 1959. Proceedings v.3, 4 p., illus) Reports a winter 1957-58 study of the water circulation above a bubbler hose of four locations in Lake Mälar in Sweden. In all four, water temperature observations were made in one or more sections perpendicular to the bubbler hose on the bottom of the lake, and the distribution of water temperatures in all the sections is mapped in detail. Ice conditions were not affected beyond a zone about 50 m wide. Except for a bottom layer of varying thickness and in some cases stratified, there was almost complete compensation of temperature in the water body. The temperature of the isothermal layer above the hose about equalled that of adjacent water at the same depth but not affected by the bubbling. There was however, heat transmission from open areas to the atmosphere, attributed to heat from bottom stratified water, the bottom itself, and (in the spring season) to increased radiation through ice-free areas of water. A thin sheet of ice above the hose, acting as an insulating coat, prevents loss of heat during Dec-Jan when radiation is low. DLC. 98675 NYBRANT, G. Water-temperature in winter in a pond and its dependence upon the flow. (International Assoc. for Hydraulic Research, 8th congress, Montreal 1959. Proceedings v.3, 5 p. graphs) Presents a mathematical analysis of the temperature of water flowing out of the pond of a power plant in winter, as a function of the temp of the water flowing into the pond, percent of the circulating water coming from deeper parts of the pond, relative size of the pond volume, heat loss from the water surface, and heat supply from the bottom. The formulas derived were applied in measuring the temp of the stream flowing out of Gesunden Lake in Sweden where the Krängede water-power plant is in operation. The

stream temp was found to be approx 2-5.10-2'C, in agreement with the values of the theory. DLC. 98676 NYLINDER, P. Barrvirket som (Svenska vattenkraftföreningen. flottgods. Publikationer 497, 1963, no.3. 37 p. graphs, tables) 21 refs. In Swedish. English summary. 77tle tr. Coniferous timber as floating matter. Discusses problems of floating the logs, and damage to them due to the continued development of water-power sites on streams whose banks have long been used for timber collection sites and lumbering operations. Investigations carried out for the water courts in Norrland province are summarized. DLC. 98677 OBAYASHI, T. and R. PAPROTH. Das Bärenfest der Oroken auf Sachalin. (Zeitschrift fur Ethnologie 1966. v.91, no.2, p.211-36, map, illus) 104 refs. In German. 77tle tr.: Bear festival of the Orokis of Sakhalin Island. Traces the mainland origin of this TungusManchu group, migration to Sakhalin Island in the 12-13th c AD, etc. The bear rites of the Orokis are described, their origin and evolution discussed. The Oroki bear cult, originally identical to that of the Negidalets Tungus, preserves some basic elements held in common with the Evenki Tungus and Eveny Lamuts. Its later divergence from the north Tungus pattern occurred under the influence of the Amur Ulchi Tungus, the mainland and Sakhalin Gilyaks, and finally DSI. the Ainu. 98678 OBAYASHI, T. Morphology of (Journal of storms in the ionosphere. geomagnetism and geoelectricity 1964. v.16, no.1, p.1-30, graphs, maps, table, illus) 126 refs. Reviews the morphology of storms in the E and F regions, using IGY and IGC data. Solar cosmic ray sub-relativistic particles ejected from an intense chromospheric flare are shown to be the source of a prolonged radio blackout in polar cap region, associated with the polar cap absorption phenomenon. Auroral particles consisting, presumably, of energetic electrons are shown to be responsible for auroral radio blackouts caused by radio-wave absorption in E region. Worldwide disturbances in F region accompany large electron density variation, being closely related to geomagnetic storms. The general morphology of these storms is described in terms of storm-time variation, and the disturbance daily variation. Two dominant theories which attempt to interpret the ionospheric F2 storms are discussed, the effect of thermal heating and the enhanced dynamo865

action in the ionosphere. The variation in the F2 peak electron density during the 15 Nov 1960 solar flare recorded at Adak Island is shown in a diagram as is the time variation of critical frequency in F2 region during the 30 Oct 1961 nuclear explosion recorded at Sodankylä, Tromsø, Kiruna and eight other stations. DLC. 98679 OBAYASHI, T. Streaming of solar particles between sun and earth. (Planetary and space science 1964. v.12, no.5, p.463-85, tables, graphs) 82 refs. Considers that the state of the earth's upper atmosphere is closely related to solar activity, the growth and decay of sunspots, the state of solar corona, uprushing prominences, and bright chromospheric flares. A general description of terrestrial disturbances associated with solar flares is exemplified by the solar-geophysical disturbances event of 16-18 Aug 1958 at Kiruna, Alert and other stations, and the known statistical solar-terrestrial relationships are summarized. The propagation of solar cosmic-ray particles through interplanetary space is treated from the records of Explorer XII and VII satellites and Thule and Resolute stations, and the time variation of polar-cap absorption of radiosignal is obtained from the records of Thule, Barrow, and Ft Yukon. The general nature of solar plasma clouds which are responsible for geomagnetic storms, and of the continual outward streaming of plasma is derived from statistical analyses and from recent probe measurements. From these results, the entire energy spectrum of solar flare particles is obtained. DLC. OBICHKIN, L.S., see No. 99685 98680 OBIDIN, N.I. Podzemnye vody Leno-Eniseiskogo mezhdurech'ih, severnee pohårnogo kruga. (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Institut zemnol kory. Metodika gidrogeologicheskikh issledovanii... 1966. p.I24-34) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The groundwaters of the Lena-Yenisey interfiuve. Analyzes the groundwater of this extensive area above the Arctic Circle. Three regions are distinguished, the Byrranga Mts, North Siberian lowland and Middle Siberian upland. Each is described, and the upland is treated in five sections, Kureyka-Noril'sk, Kotuy, Olenek, lower Lena, and Anabar. Groundwater of the Quaternary, Cretaceous and Jurassic, tuff-lava stratum, Tungusskiy series, carbonate rocks and Cambrian rocks is described, noting the depth, chemical composition, yield and other features. DLC. 866

98681 OBOGASHCHENIE POLEZNYKH ISKOPAEMYKH KOL'SKOGO POLUOSTROVA. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 98 p. graphs, tables. Refs. V.S. Alekseev, ed. In Russian. Title tr.: Concentration of useful minerals of Kola Peninsula. Contains 12 papers, nine of which are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz. V.S. Alekseev (2 papers), V.S. Alekseev and others (2 papers), A.V. Istomin, T.P. Karaseva and A.Sh. Gershenkop, V.I. Klassen and P.A. Usachev, I.N. Plaksin and S.S. Shakhmatov, and P.A. Usachev. CaMAI, DLC. 98682 OBOLENSKAIA, N. and V. ZHULIN. Prodlenie navigatsii na zamerzatüshchikh vodnykh puta kh Kanady. (RechnoI transport 1964. v.23, no.3, p.51, table) In Russian. Title tr.: Extension of navigation on waterways that freeze in Canada. Summarizes the development of winter navigation along the St Lawrence since 1957. After the pioneering trip of the Danish Helga Dan to the port of Quebec without icebreaker aid in 1959 and Canadian vessel Eskimo as far as Trois Rivi6res 4 Jan 1960, year-round navigation was established up to Montreal in Jan 1962. Ten large and eight smaller Canadian icebreakers make channels in the Gulf of St Lawrence Bay and up the river. The Swedish compressed air method can be used in the gulf and river, and waste heat from industrial plants along the river may also be utilized to keep the waterway open throughout winter. Hence a great increase is expected in its use for shipping forest products, oil, iron ore, sphene, grain and general cargo; export of iron ore is to increase over 300% from 1960 to 1970. DLC. 98683 OBOLENSKALA, R.V. and A.A. OBOLENSKII. Simpozium po metallogenii rtuti Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. (Geologis i geofizika 1967, no.l, p.139-41) In Russian. Title tr.: A symposium on the metallogeny of mercury in Siberia and the Far East. Reviews this symposium of 11-13 Oct 1966 in Novosibirsk, with 98 participants and 23 papers presented. These papers dealing with mercury and related problems are summarized. DLC. OBOLENSKII, A.A., see No. 98683 98684 OBRAZTSOV, N.P. Bor'ba s nalediami na dorogakh Krasnoiårskogo kraia. (USSR. Komitet po zemlranomu polotnu. Sbomik 1966, no.7, p.17-23) In Russian. Title tr.: Control of naleds measures on roads of Krasnoyarskiy Kray.

Discusses preventive measures and removal of naleds on auto and railway lines in the Tayshet-Lena region where the air temperature may drop to -54°C, the annual average is -0.1° to -1.5°C, and that of Jan-Feb -20°C. There are 58 naled sites on recently built roads, that at the Divnogorsk railroad station being particularly dangerous. Various types of special construction at such sites and their use to prevent naled formation are described and illus by actual cases. DLC.

98688 OCHIROV, TS.O. Kratkii ocherk zhizni i dei'atel'nosti Vladimira Afanas'evicha Obrucheva. (Ulan-Ude. Buri tskil kompleksnyT n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1964. no.15, p.140-45) In Russian. Title tr.: Brief sketch of the life and activities of V.A. Obruchev. Deals mainly with results of his work in Siberia incl its northern areas, his mineral explorations, studies of structural geology and tectonic faults, etc. His major publications are reviewed. DLC.

O'BRIEN, B.J., see No. 94704 O'BRIEN, R.C., see No. 93336 OBRUCHEV, S.V., see No. 94497 98685 OBRUCHEV, V.A. Elements de geologie. Moskva, Editions en langues etrangeres 1959. 391 p. maps, illus. French translation of No 47126. DLC. OBRZUT, A., see No. 98204 OBU, K., see No. 98757 98686 OBUT, A.M., and R.F. SOBOLEVSKAIA. Graptolity ordovika Talmyra. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1964. 92 p. tables, illus. Approx. 85 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ordovician graptolites of Taymyr. Reviews studies of Ordovician deposits in Taymyr and describes sections in the Leningradskaya, Nizhnyaya Taymyra, Shrenk and Lenivaya River basins. Lower, Middle and Upper Ordovician deposits are distinguished and correlated. Systematic description is given of Middle and in part Lower and Upper Ordovician graptolites. About a hundred forms, some new, are described; they belong to ten families. DLC. 98687 OBUT, A.M. and R.F. SOBOLEVSKAIA. Nekotorye stereostolonaty pozdnego kembriiå i ordovika Noril'skogo ralona. (In: AkadeØä nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geologii i geofiz. Novye dannye po biostratigrafii nizhnego paleozotå SibirskoT platformy... 1967. p.45-64, map, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title ty.: Some stereostolonates of the Late Cambrian and Ordovician of the Noril'sk region. Presents a systematic account of graptolites collected in 1958-64 in the Dudinka, Norilsk, Kulyumbe, Khantayka, and other regions. Of the 12 species described, eight are new, as is one subspecies. A new family, Mastigograptidae, and two new genera, Archaeodictyota and Fusciculitubus, are established; a supplement is given to gen Ptilograptus CaMAI, DGS.

98689 O'CONNOR, P.C., S.J. White shy. (Alaska medicine 1967. v.9, no.3, p.86-87) Discusses psychological effects of isolation in the North. Describes shyness of towns and of other white people (white shy) of whites who live isolated or among natives. CaMAI, DLC. 98690 ODINETS, G.F. 0 vykhode fury v doline r. Bol'shoT IUgan i perspektivakh neftenosnosti etogo ralona. (Akademit nauk SSSR. Komissii po izuchenifu chetvertichnogo periods. Bfulleten' 1966, no.31, Title p.141-43, illus) Refs. In Russian. tr.: An outcrop of Jurassic in Bol'shoy Yugan River valley and prospects of oil in this region. Notes an original outcrop, interprets some previous descriptions of these rocks, and expresses the opinion that this outcrop of Jurassic deposits was caused not by glacier activity, but by tectonic dislocation. Some new studies are suggested. CaMAI, DLC. 98691 ODINTSOVA , M.M. Basic features of the geology of the Siberian geologic province. (Intl. geology review 1959. v.1, no.9, p.42-46) 14 refs. Orig. pub. in Russian as Osnovnye cherty geologii Sibirskol almazonosnoT proviniSii in: Akademiil nauk SSSR. Izvestiiå vostochnykh filialov 1957, no.1, p.27-39. Reviews discoveries of diamondiferous rocks in Siberia, particularly in northwestern Yakut ASSR. Kimberlite pipes occur in folded Ordovician sediments. Some interesting mineralogic features of the deposits are discussed and the magmatic cycle is outlined. The diamond province of the Siberian platform has many similarities to the rich South African fields. DLC. 98692 ODINTSOVA, M.M. and O.K. SMIRNOVA. Ob almazonosnosti verkhnepaleozolskikh i nizhnemezozolskikh otlozhenil IAkutii. (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. Nauchny sovet po rudoobrazovanitü. Geologiia rossypei 1965. p.316) In Russian. Title tr.: Diamond-bearing properties of 867

Upper Paleozoic and Lower Mesozoic deposits of Yakutia. Upper Paleozoic reservoirs of diamonds are known in continental and coastal-marine facies. Accumulation of diamonds in Upper Paleozoic and Lower Mesozoic times preceded widespread development of chemical weathering. The most favorable paleogeographic conditions for the accumulation of diamond placers occurred at the turn from Late Triassic to Early Jurassic time. DLC.

instances where the polygons are not completely closed. Vertical profiles in test pits are described, and fossil wedges cemented by limonite were found. Two stages in the generation of the polygons are postulated, one in the northern and one in the southern part of the Adamsfjord valley. The southern area, exposed to frost processes for a longer time, has a network with closer meshes. MdU.

Palinolo98693 ODINTSOVA, M.M. gicheskie kompleksy nizhnemrskikh almazonosnykh otlozhenii tsentral'noi chasti Sibirskoi platformy i puti rekonstruktsii landshaftnykh osobennostei vremeni ikh nakoplenitå. (Vses. paleontologicheskoe o-vo. Trudy sessii 9th, 1967, p.153-65, tables, Refs. In Russian. Title tnr Paillus) lynological complexes of the Lower Jurassic diamond-bearing deposits in the central part of the Siberian platform and ways of reconstructing landscape features at the time of their sedimentation. Reports lithological studies of these deposits in the Malaya Botuobiya, Markha, Tyung, Motorchuna and other river basins in order to determine the provenance, transport and depositional conditions of the main mineral components of the sediments. Pollen, spores and other plant remains were also collected. An attempt is made to reconstruct the main landscape features of Lower Jurassic time and their vegetation associations. DLC.

98696 ØRLAND, H. An experiment in numerical integration of the barotropic equation by a quasi-Lagrangian method. Oslo 1962. 10 p. tables, graphs, maps. (Norske videnskaps-akademi. Geofysiske publikasjoner v.22, no.5) 6 refs. Describes a method of finding out whether the graphic mathematical procedure for a numerical integration of the barotropic vorticity equation, proposed by R. Fjertoft in 1952, can be used in high-speed computers. A polar stereographic map is used in the calculations. 24- and 48-hr prognoses of the stream function, computed by means of a Eulerian method, are compared with those calculated for the same stream function derived from the height of the 500 mb surface, and computed by the Lagrangian method. It was found that the two methods give practically the same results, indicating that the unavoidable mathematical errors are DLC. small.

98694 ODOEV, V.T. Dorozhnaiä klassifikafsiia izvestniäkov Severo-Zapada SSSR. (Avtomobil'nye dorogi 1964. v.27, no.9, p.22, table) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Classification of limestone of northwestern USSR for road construction. Reports a study of Orlets limestone of the Middle Carboniferous, and a differentiation of carbonate rocks for road construction purposes. Data of physical-mechanical properties are tabulated: water absorption, weight by volume, compression and tensile strength, specific work of crushing, and the resistance to wear. The classification proposed permits an accurate determination of the limestone quality, applicable to the different categories of roads built in Arkhangel'sk Province. DLC. 98695 ÖHRNGREN, S. Polygon fields on the Laksefjord, Finnmark. (Lund studies in geography. Ser. A: physical geography 1967, no.40, p.58-67, illus) Refs. Describes with aerial photos and diagrams the largest polygon area so far known in north-eastern Norway. The polygons are tetragonal, pentagonal and hexagonal, with 868

ÖHRNGREN, S., see also No. 100514

98698 OESCHGER, H. and T. RIESBern radiocarbon dates, VI. (RaEN. diocarbon 1967. v.9, p.28-34) Ages of CO2 extracted from samples of ice 200 m and 300 m from the entrance of the Tuto Tunnel, north Greenland were calculated, based on a modern (prebomb) C-activity for atmospheric CO2 equal to 0.95 NBS oxalic acid x 1.037. Mean C14-age at 300 m was 2420± 185, at 200 m DGS. 5350± 260. 98699 OESCHGER, H. and others. An in situ gas extraction system for radiocarbon dating glacier ice. Hanover, N.H. 1967. 4 p. tables, illus. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Research report 236) Refs. Other authors: C.C. Langway, Jr. and B. Alder. Describes equipment and procedure for obtaining samples of CO2 entrapped by compaction in glacial ice in order to obtain C14 dating. The method is considered more effective than that described by Scholander et al (see No 75421). Tests at Tuto ice tunnel, Greenland are reported; the dates obtained correlate closely with those obtained in CaMAI, DLC. 1964.

98700 OESCHGER, H. and others. Radiocarbon dating of ice. (Earth and planetary science letters 1966. v.1, no.2, p.49-54, tables, graph) 7 refs. Other authors: B. Alder, H. Loosli, C.C. Langway, Jr. and A. Renaud. Describes a counter for carbon-14 dating which allows measurements of samples containing only 20 to 100 mg of carbon. It has been used for dating of ice samples from the Tuto tunnel near Thule, Greenland. In addition to the usual technique used for precipitation of the CO2 from melting ice by NaOH, trapping by molecular sieves was DGS. successfully applied. 98701 OESCHGER, H. and others. Radiocarbon dating of ice. (Intl. Conference on Radiocarbon and Tritium Dating, 6th, Pullman, Wash. 1965. Proceedings pub 1966, p.93-101. illus. (US. Atomic Energy Commission. Publication no. CONF650652). 7 refs. Other authors: B. Alder, H. Loosli, C.C. Langway, Jr., and A. Renaud. Describes a special counter developed to measure 20-50 mg of carbon. Preliminary results of the radiocarbon dating of ice from the Tuto Tunnel, north Greenland, show an age of about 3000 yr BP at one location and DGS. close to 5000 yr BP at a second. 98702 ÖSTERHOLM, H. Fra Svalbards dyreverden 12; Notes on Svalbard fauna 12. Some observations on the birdfauna on Hopen, Svalbard. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Arbok 1965 pub 1966, p.119-28, map, illus) 7 refs. Reports 38 bird species observed in 1965 by author and others. Eleven species are recorded as breeding, eider (Somateria mollissima) and puffin (Fratercula arctica naumanni) for the first time. Curlew sandpiper (Calidris ferrugineus) was observed for the DLC. first time in the Svalbard area. 98703 ÖSTERHOLM, H. Some observations on the birdfauna on Hopen, Svalbard. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Arbok 1955 pub 1966. p.119-28, map, illus) Refs. Reports ornithological observations made in Aug-Sept 1965 on this island, the physical features of which are described. Details are given of the ten breeding species, one possible breeder and five visiting species. Shorter notes are given of birds observed by personnel of the meteorological station on the DWB. island. 98704 ØVRESOTTEN, L. Reindriftsinteressene må bli hørt ved planlegging i (Norges vel 1967, no.2, p.2-6, fjellet. illus) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Reindeer

husbandry interests must be heard in upland regions planning. Reports an interview with Loyd Villmo, consultant . in reindeer husbandry, who believes that reindeer production can be improved to provide a good living to nomadic Lapps. Short- and long-term means to reduction of work load, closer supervision of herds to prevent loss, quality forage, and earlier slaughter are discussed. There are good local and export markets for the meat, and ways to improve such for the byproducts. In regional planning reindeer raising areas should have a role in the new economic, industrial, conservation, and recreation proDLC. grams. 9870S OFFERBERG, J. Beskrivning til berggrundskartbladen Kiruna NV, NO, SV, SO. Sweden. (Sweden. Geologiska under sökningen. Berggrundsgeologiska och geofysiska kartblad, skala 1:50,000. Serie Af. no.1-4, 1967. p.1-136, graphs, tables, illus) Title Refs. In Swedish. English summary. tr.: Description of the geological maps Kiruna NW, NE, SW, SE. Describes rock and ore deposits of the Kiruna map sheet (29i) area, with supplementary help from airborne and ground magnetic surveys. During field work previously known outcrops were examined as thoroughly as the newly discovered ones. With the exception of a possible finite of Eocambrian age, the rocks of the area are of Archean age. A tentative stratigraphic table is presented. The strata are divided into six groups. Tectonics and mineralogy are discussed in detail. More than 70 ore samples are geographically located. Chemical analysis and spectrographic and other determinations DGS. are tabulated. 98706 OFFMAN, P.E. Tektonicheskie usloviii trappovogo vulkanizma na Sibirskol platforme. (Intl. Geological Congress 22d, New Delhi 1964. Doklady sovetskikh geologov. Problems 7: bazal'ty plato. Moskva 7 refs. In Russian. 1964, p.27-38, map) English summary. Title tr.: Tectonic conditions of trap volcanism in the Siberian platform. Describes the terms platform and geosyncline, and gives the general characteristics of trap volcanism. The distribution of plateau basalt in Siberia, India, Africa, South America is outlined and some comparisons made. The structural position of trap volcanism is outlined. Trap depressions of the Siberian DLC. platform are analyzed. 98707 OFTEDAHL, C. Note on the main Caledonian thrusting in northern Scan869

(Norsk geologisk tidsskrift 1966. dinavia. v.46, no.2, p.237-44, maps) Refs. The stratigraphic displacement of the main Caledonian nappe in the Tysfjord area which has been proven to 120 km, is most likely 160 km and quite probably 240 km or more. DGS. 98708 OFUYA, A.O. and A.J. REYNOLDS. Laboratory simulation of waves (Journal of geophysical in an ice floe. research 1967. v.72, no.14, p.3567-83, tables, graphs, illus) 14 refs. Attempts to determine whether the interaction of pack ice and ocean waves can be studied in a laboratory model, comparing the latter with a mathematical model of an ice floe. Results appear to indicate the feasibility of such a study of the dynamic behavior of the complex natural system of pack ice and ocean waves. DLC. 98709 OGAI, V.F. Tektonika severnoT chasti Predverkhoi^anskogo kraevogo progi(Izvestiiå vysshikh uchebnykh zaveba. denil. Geologiii i razvedka 1965, no.10, p.18-27, map, profiles) In Russian. Title Ir: Tectonics of the northern part of the Verkhoyansk foredeep. The northern part of this foredeep is situated between the Siberian platform and the Verkhoyansk-Chukotka Mesozoic folded zone, and it extends from the Arctic Circle to the Lena delta. It divides into two depressions: Bulun and Dzhardzhan. These two structures as well as some others are described. The structural conditions are favorable for oil and gas accumulation. Signs of oil are found in the Bulun depression and there prospecting work should begin. DLC. 98710 OGANEZOV, G.G. On the new theory of glaciation. (Intl. geology review 1963. v.5, no.11, p.1432-39, illus) 9 refs. Translated by V.P. Sokoloff. Originally pub. in Russian as 0 novol teorii oledeneniia in: Akademiiå nauk ArmiiinskoT SSR. Izvestiia. Geol. i geogr. nauki 1962. v.15, no.1, p.3-15. Presents a new geotectonic theory which postulates that periodic glaciations of the earth are tectonic and not climatic in origin. The proximate causes of glaciological variations in space and time are deflections of the axis of inertia, migrations of the geographical poles and the disposition of tectonic belts, all ultimately due to abyssal volcanism involving radioactive decay. As this decay progresses, cycles of glaciation may be expected to be less frequent and intense. A progressive slowing of the earth's diurnal rotation from 51/2 to the present 24 hr is also postulated. DLC. 870

OGDEN, J.G., III, and R.J. 98711 HAY. Ohio Wesleyan University natural radiocarbon measurements, III. (Radiocarbon 1967. v.9, p.316-32) Includes (p 320-21) samples collected in connection with investigation of recent glacier activity in the vicinity of Lake Tasersiaq, DGS. western Greenland. 98712 OGILVIE, D.M. Cooling at -10°C as an index of cold acclimation in white mice. (Canadian journal of physiology and pharmacology 1967. v.45, no.4, p.748-52, table, illus) 10 refs. Cooling tests of mice show that acclimation develops rapidly during the first week of cold exposure, with relatively little further change. Maximum adaptation occurs sometime between the first and second week of cold DNLM. exposure. 98713 OGNEV, N.I. Sel'skokhozl Tstvennoe obrazovanie v IAkutii. (Srednee spetsial'noe obrazovanie 1965. v.12, Title tr.: AgIn Russian. p.30-32.) ricultural education in Yakutia. Describes the Yakutsk agricultural technical school which operates the Sergelyakh experiment farm, the agricultural faculty of the Yakutsk Univ and the Olekma technical school for mechanization and electrification of agriculture. Data are given on their regular and correspondence course students and graduates, also specialized studies, curricula, practical work requirements. A brief review of agricultural, agronomic, zootechnical veterinary, etc training, schools, and experimental farms from the mid-19th century introduces DLC. the account. 98714 OGNEV, S.I. Mammals of the USSR and adjacent countries: mammals of eastern Europe and northern Asia. Vol. 4, Rodents. English translation by J. Salkind of part of No 81783, available as TT-65-50016 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va., 22151. 98715 OGONES. Vremii takoe nasIn talo. (Its: v.44, 1966. no.40, p.3) Title Ir.: The time has come. Russian. Reports plans for the city of Murmansk to reach the 350 thousand level in a few years. The standard apartment area is planned to reach 12 m2/person by 1980. Mainly 9- to 14-story houses are planned. Construction of a 16-story tourist hotel is scheduled to begin DLC. in 1967. OGORODNIKOV, A.S., see No 95661 98716 OGORODOV, N.V. Chetvertichnyii vulkanizm Sredinnogo khrebta Kamchatki. (In: Vses. vulkanologicheskoe sove-

shchanie 1964. Trudy v.2 pub 1966, p.50-55) In Russian. Title tr.: Quaternary volcanism of the Sredinnyy Range of Kamchatka. Quaternary volcanism of this mountain range is of two stages which differ in time, morphology, petrographic composition of products and petrochemical features of lavas. The first stage consisting mainly of andesites and basalts formed in the time from Lower to Middle Quaternary; the second stage consists of basalts and it developed from the Upper DLC. Quaternary to Recent inclusive. 98717 OGORODOV, N.V. 0 sovremennom vulkanizme Sredinnogo khrebta Kamchatki. (Biulleten' vulkanologicheskikh stanisii 1966. no.40, p.40-44, illus) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The recent volcanism of the Sredinnyy Range of Kamchatka. Reports traces of recent activity observed on Ichinskiy Volcano, in the central part of the range on Titila (1549 m) and on Mezhdusopochnyy (1941 m), and in the northern part of the range. The recent lava streams in these three areas together cover 800-1000 km2, and the state of the streams indicate that the eruptions took place in historical time, some probably about the time of Krasheninnikov's visit in the 18th century. The effusive material in these areas is mostly basalt, rarely andesite-basalt, and andesitedacite only at Ichinskiy. DLC. 98718 OGORODOV, N.V. and others. Vulkan Uksichan v Sredinnom khrebte Kamchatki. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. vulkanologii. Trudy 1967. no.24, p.93-111, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: N.N. Kozhemiika, A.A. Vazheevskaii and A.S. Ogorodova. Tide tr.: The Uksichan Volcano in the Sredinnyy Range of Kamchatka. Describes the old Quaternary shield-like volcano, its geomorphic structure, and its slopes. Glacial forms of relief are noted. The geologic structure of the basement and the volcano itself is analyzed. The petrography and petrochemistry of volcanic, products are DLC. reported. 98719 OGORODOV, N.V. and N.N. KOZHEMIIAKA. Vulkany Sredinnogo khrebta Kamchatki. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1967. no.5, p.67-73, 'map) Refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: The volcanoes of the Sredinnyy Range of Kamchatka. Reports on the Quaternary volcanism of the Sredinnyy Range as studied during 1961-66. A zone of this volcanism is described as extending from the Icha River north to the Kakhtana and Khaylyulya. 115 Quaternary volcanoes are distinguished and

listed, of which only one, the Ichinskiy, is active. Their types, distribution, and products are described. Lavas predominating over pyroclastic material is the main characteristic of this volcanism. Intensive volcanic activity took place throughout the Quaternary and ended not long ago. DLC. OGORODOV, N.V., see also No. 97039, 101027 OGORODOVA, A.S., see No. 98718 98720 OGRYZKO, I.I. Sel'skoe khozillstvo na Kamchatke v xviii-nach. xx v. (Leningrad. Gos. pedagogicheskii inst. Gertsenovskie chtenii : sotsial'no-ekonomicheskie nauki 1966. no.19, p.155-57) In Russian. Title tr:: Agriculture in Kamchatka in the 18th- early 20th century. Surveys the development of field and livestock husbandry as encouraged by government before annexation of the grain-rich Cis-Amur region in 1858, but neglected thereafter. Despite this failure, some measures contributed to better living conditions, by introduction of farming among Kamchadals and Koryaks, and encouragement of Russian peasant settlers to adopt aboriginal hunting DLC. and fishing methods. 98721 OGURTSOV, V.V. Sostotånie zapasov sigovykh v Obskom basseine. (In: Soveshchanie po biologicheskoi produktivnosti vodoemov Sibiri... 1966, p.52-54) In Title fr.: Whitefish resources in Russian. the Ob basin. Catches have declined in this region since 1943 due in part to unfavorable hydrobiological conditions. Suggestions for improvement include: increasing the number of habitats, shortening the fishing season for some species, more breeding and stocking, and lengthening the time fry are retained in hatcheries. More effective protection of finDLC. gerlings is also recommended. OGURTSOV, V.V., see also No. 98967 98722 OGUTI, T. and K. MARUBASHI. Enhanced ionization in the ionospheric F2 region around geomagnetic noon in high latitudes. (Japan. Science Council. Report of ionosphere and space research in Japan 1966. v.20, no.1, p.96-100, graphs) Refs. Reprinted in Geophysical notes 1966. v.19, no.l. Analyzes variations in the critical frequency (,) of the F2 layer, using diurnal variations of fp obtained at Tikhaya, Baker Lake, Cape Hallet, Kheysa Island, Longyearbyen, Godhavn, Frobisher Bay, and other stations in the Northern and Southern Hemispheres. A new 871

characteristic of F2 ionization, related to the particle invasion of high latitudes through the magnetic neutral points of the geomagnetic cavity around local geomagnetic noon is reported. This enhanced ionization takes place within a narrow range of 74' - 78° in corrected geomag lat, having little effect on the E ionospheric region. DLC. 98723 OHSHIO, M. Solar flare effect on geomagnetic variation. (Japan. Radio Research Lab. Journal 1964. v.11, no.58, p.377-491, tables, graphs, maps) 105 refs. Discusses whether the solar flare effect can be observed simultaneously throughout the sunlit part of the world, regardless of the difference in the incident angle of the solar radiation to the earth's atmosphere; whether there is no geomagnetic effect in the dark hemisphere, in spite of the electromagnetic induction within the ionosphere over the globe; whether the intensified solar X-rays accompanying solar flares would be responsible for the excess ionization in the upper atmosphere causing radio fade-out, geomagnetic variations, and other associated phenomena. For the 15 solar-flare events of 16 Oct 1957 - 24 Dec 1958 studied, records of 68 IGY stations were used, incl 16 in the North. DLC. 98724 OHSHIO, M. and others. Solar flare effect on geomagnetic variation. (Japan. Science Council. Report of ionosphere and space research in Japan 1963. v.17, no.2, p.77-114, graphs, maps, tables, illus) Refs. Other authors: N. Fukushima and T. Nagata. Reprinted in Geophysical notes 1963. v.16, no.2. Analyzes 15 selected solar flare events during IGY, using data from worldwide stations, including 16 geomagnetic and 14 ionospheric stations in the northern regions. DLC. 98725 OHTAKE, T. Alaskan ice fog, 1. (In: Intl. Conf. on Low Temp. Science; Physics of snow and ice... 1967, v.1, pt.1, p.105-118, tables, illus) 8 refs. Presents results of a study into ice fog at Fairbanks. The sources and role of water vapor in ice fog, the relative concentrations of various particles and nuclei as elucidated by electron microscopy, and the distribution of fog are discussed. Electron microphotographs are presented of various nuclei showing that man-made sources of air pollution and open water surfaces form supercooled water droplets which freeze into ice fog. Unlike most nuclei of ice crystals, the nuclei in these particles are not located in the center. Concentration of ice fog particles during fog was 200 particles/cm2. The moisture levels 872

during ice fog formation are considered. A concluding section summarizes the mechanism of ice fog formation. DWB. 98726 OJALA, C.F. and D. STEILA. Location and depth zones of major geologic coal reserves in the USSR. (Journal of geography 1967. v.66, no.12, p.507-509, map, table) Refs. Presents map and tabulated data showing that major part of Soviet coal reserves are in the Arctic and sub-Arctic (Lena, Tunguska, and Taymyr Basins; Zyryansk and Anadyr areas, etc). Most of the official published reserves are considered by the author to be at sub-economic depths and in locations too remote to be comparable with published reserves of other countries. DLC. OJANPERÄ, P., see No. 96213 98727 OKHATSIMSKAIA, M.V. and others. Zakonomernosti vozbuzhdeniia korotkoperiodicheskikh kolebanii v srednikh shirotakh. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. MezhduvedomstvennyT geofizicheskil komitet, geomagnitnye issledovaniia. Sbornik staid 1961. no.3, p.17.22, tables, graphs) 2 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors. IU.B. Rastrusin, I.I. Rokitianskii and R.V. Title tr.: Regularities in the Shchepetnov. excitation of short-period pulsations in the middle latitudes. Reports on the reduction of over 25,000 electrograms recorded in 18 months at four IGY stations, including Petropavlovsk-Kamchatskiy. The data were analyzed, primarily with respect to continuous electromagnetic pulsations pc, of 15-40 sec period, and train type pulsations pt, of 50-90 sec period. The pc distribution in time is found to concentrate at local noon, and pt at local midnight. The excitation of pc growth is about 1.5 times faster than their attenuation. DLC. OKISHEVA, L.N., see No. 99277 98728 OKLADNIKOV, A.P. Arkheologicheskie raboty v zone stroitel'stva angarskikh gidroelektrostantsii: obshchie itogi. (Irkutsk. OblastnoT kraevedcheskn muzet. Zapiski 1958, p.17-28, illus) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Archeological field work in the construction area of the Angara power stations: general results. Deals, primarily, with 1951-57 excavations on the Angara islands and basin: IrkutskBratsk. Cultural sequences since the stone age are sketched on the basis of archeological finds: the paleolithic site Krasnyy Yar near Malyshevka village, neolithic settlements and workshops at the mouth of Belays River, cemeteries near Serovo and Semenovo vil-

lages belonging to the neolithic and bronze age, Serovo, Kitoy, and Glazkovo cultures, and iron age sites of the Turkic-Mongolian era. Links with the Yenisey-north Russian area are attributed to a late neolithic (second millennium BC) eastward expansion of western Finno-Ugrians incl Samoyed tribes who occupied the Sayan mountain region till the DLC. early 19th century AD. 98729 OKLADNIKOV, A.P. Arkheologitå doliny reki Zei i Srednego Amura. (Sovetskaiå arkheologiiå 1966. v.10, no.1, p.32-41, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Archeology of the Zeya and middle Amur basin. Describes the inventory of neolithic through iron age sites excavated in 1962-63. The area is of ethnogenetic interest: it was the center of the fusion of Yakut, Trans-Baykal and other neolithic cultures in the third to first millennia BC. DLC. 98730 OKLADNIKOV, A.P. Istoriia Sibiri za 50 let. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Izvestitå 1967, no.11, Title tr. p.11-20) 4 refs. In Russian. Historical study of Siberia in the last 50 years. Contrasts the colonial approach to history followed by scholars of the 19- early 20th century with the social-evolutionary concepts of history of Marxists. The history of northern aborigines since the early Neolithic in the Lena, Angara, and Amur basins, Russian colonization, fur trade, etc are sketched. The cardinal socio-economic changes brought about by the Revolution and ensuing collectivization are noted. The gradual development of new facets in historical science since 1920 and the shift to a social evaluation of political events and economic DLC. progress are discussed. 98731 OKLADNIKOV, A.P. Petroglify Angary. Leningrad, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 322 p. maps, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Angara petroglyphs. Describes several hundred cliff drawings, the majority along the Bratsk-Irkutsk stretch of the river now inundated by the Bratsk power station reservoir. The sites are mapped and the petroglyphs reproduced in outline drawings on 178 appended tables; thirty black-and-white close-up photos and two color prints illustrate the text. The petroglyphs, mostly contour drawings in red ochre, represent single animals, zoomorphic, and human figures, hunting and shamanistic scenes, etc. Comparative stylistic and subject analyses, indicate a temporal range of some 5-8000 yr: late paleolithic to the 17-18th century AD. Affinities to the art of Samoyed groups of the Sayan-Altay highlands, Yakuts,

Evenki Tungus, Turkic and other tribes suggests a cultural flow since prehistoric times from Mongolia to west of the Yenisey River. Okladnikov's dating was challenged by A.A. Formozov, qv. CaMAI, DLC. OKLADNIKOV, A.P., see also No. 97069 OKUNEVA, R.M., see No. 99275 98732 OKUN'KOVA, T.V. Doroga k lesnym bogatstvam. (Transportnoe stroitelt stvo 1967. v.17, no.4, p.12, map) In Title tr.: Road to forest riches. Russian. Discusses forest resources of the northern European USSR, incl the Onega, Pinega, Mezen', Severnaya Dvina, and Vashka River basins, and transportation facilities to Arkhangelsk, the development center of this region. Topography of the area for the proposed railroad, Arkhangelsk - Minsk is described, and winter conditions are noted. On the Arkhangel'sk - Karpogory line, 11 logging operations areas have opened, and now process more than 1 million m3 of DLC. lumber each year. 98733 OL', A.I. 0 fizicheskoi prirode dolgoperiodicheskikh pul'safsti geomagnitno(Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antgo po1i . arkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1966. v.280, p.37-47, graphs) 35 ref. In Russian. Title tr.: The physical nature of long-period pulsations of the geomagnetic field. Considers a physical mechanism of continuous geomagnetic pulsation, type 5 (Pc-5), after giving a detailed description and discussion of these pulsations of periods greater than 150 sec. Author considers a model of Pc-5 formation due to an absorption in the ionosphere of toroidal hydromagnetic oscillations induced near the magnetosphere, and propagating in the plane of the geomagnetic equator along the geomagnetic force, lines toward the auroral zones. The 8 hr period pulsations Pc-5 are found to correlate linearly with the annual mean value of the Wolf number, their period dependent on the corrected geomag lat. The dependence of these pulsations upon different levels of solar activity is represented by histograms made at Cape Chelyuskin. In explaining the characteristic behavior of Pc-5, author calculates the attenuation of the hydromagnetic wave in the solar corpuscular stream, showing that hydromagnetic waves of several minute period can reach the earth from the sun. CaMAI, DLC. 98734 OL', A.I. Pulsations of the geo(In. Lemagnetic field in high latitudes. ningrad. Arkticheskii i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Trudy 1962 translated 1968. v.241, no.4, 873

p.37-65, graphs, tables) translation of No 74508.

42 refs. English CaMAI, DLC.

OL', A.I., see also No. 94001 98735 OLEINIKOV, B.V. Kontaktovometasomaticheskie obrazovanits ekzokontaktovykh zon trappovykh intruziT i ikh rudonosnost'. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1967. v.151, p.272-80, graphs, table) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A contact-metasomatic formation in exocontact zones of trap intrusions and their ore-bearing properties. Presents a plan of the development of intrusive trap magmatism in the western part of the Siberian platform based on published works and own observations. The distribution of various contact formations in halos of trap intrusions of various age is tabulated. The Yergalakh, Kureyka, Noril'sk, Kuz'movka, Fokina and other intrusions are analyzed. Intensity of contact alteration in exocontact zones of trap bodies is described for all the intrusion phases. DLC. 98736 OLEINIKOV, B.V. and V.S. STAROSELTSEV. Trappovye ignimbritopodobnye parody severo-zapada Sibirskol platformy. (Akademite nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.175, no.1, p.190-92, table) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr» Ignimbrite-like traprocks in the northeast Siberian platform. Describes ignimbrite-like rocks in the western part of Khantayskoye Lake. Their mode of occurrence, physical properties, mineral and chemical composition, microscopic features, etc are reported. Their formation is explained by explosive action. DLC. 98737 OLEINIKOV, B.V. and M.A. SLEPTSOVA. Voda v bazal'tovykh steklakh razlichnykh stadii izmeneniia. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.175, no.2, p.448-49, table) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The water content of basalt glasses in various stages of alteration. Reports study of igØbrite-like rocks in the western part of Khantayskoye Lake. These rocks have fragments of glassy basalts of different stages of alteration. A direct connection is established between the intensity of development in rocks of hydrothermal minerals and the degree of transformation of the glassy material. The water content of the glass goes up to 3.60%. DLC. OLESCH, K., see No. 99018 98738 OLESHKEVICH, L.V. Osobennosti proektirovaniiå i stroitel'stva massivnokontrforsnykh plotin v Shvetsii. 874

(Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitel'stvo 1966. v.36, no.4, p.50-52, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Particular features in the design and construction of roundhead buttress dams in Sweden. Describes and discusses the Längbjorn, Balfors, Ljusnan, and other dams 40-45 m high, which are designed with a flat head side, and appropriate strengthening of the cantilever beams by horizontal reinforcements. To prevent cracks developing in the concrete of the buttresses, and to extend the life of the construction, a low-thermic cement is used. Reduction of the cement proportion is recommended in the parts of dams not subject to one-sided pressure. All outer surfaces of the construction should be reinforced with a 400 x 400 mm grating of 19-22 mm bars, and the construction should be divided by deformation joints, and subdivided into blocks by temporary shrinkage joints. DLC. OLFERT, E., see No. 98444 98739 OLINTSEVA-NEBRAT, G.G. and L.A. URANOVA. Mezhdusu toch nail izmenchivost' temperatury v stratosfere v länvare i ale. (Moskva. TSentral'nyl institut prognozov. Trudy 1966, no.152, p.68-72, maps) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Interdiurnal changes of temperature in the stratosphere in Jan and July. Describes the day-to-day changes in air temp over the northern part of the Western Hemisphere on the 100-, 50-, 25- and 10-mb isobaric surfaces. These changes are found to become smaller with height above the tropopause. The greatest interdiurnal variability in temp occurs in the centers of stratospheric cyclones and the smallest in the centers of stratospheric anticyclones. On all surfaces between 100 and 10 mb the interdiurnal variations in air temp are greater in Jan than in July, but in the lower stratosphere the DLC. opposite is true. 98740 OLIUNIN, V.N. Sovremennoe i "istoricheskoe" oledenenii3 Kamchatki. (Akademii nauk SSSR. Izvestiiä 1966, ser. geog. no.3, p.70-78, table, maps) 8 refs. In Title tr.: Present and historical Russian. glaciations of Kamchatka. Reports a 1959-63 geomorphic study. Of more than 290 glaciers over 0.1 km2 in area known in Kamchatka, most are in the Sredinnyy Range, where corrie and valley glaciers predominate. The glacier distribution is treated in some detail. Historical glaciation of the Holocene was manifested as result of cooling of the climate about 500-600 BC. Two groups of historical glaciers are recognized. They and the moraines are char-

acterized. Present glaciers are smaller than the historical. DLC. 98741 OLLYKAINEN, A.M. Vliiånie ul'trafioletovogo izluchenitå na fiziologicheskie proi'sessy rastenu v Zapoliar'e. (Nauchnye doklady vysshei shkoly. Biologicheskie nauki 1965, no.3, p.149-52, tables, graphs) 7 refs. In Russian. Title h:: The effect of ultraviolet irradiation on the physiological processes of plants in the Arctic. Reports on experiments with oats, potatoes, etc in Murmansk Province, concerning photosynthesis and pigmentation. The effects of UV irradiation, as compared to controls, varied with the age of the plants, and whether they were irradiated in daytime or at night. DLC. 98742 OLSEN, S. Rapport om loddetokt med "G.O. Sars" til Barentshavet 10. november til 4. desember 1965. (Fiskets gang 1966. v.52, no.2, p.39-41, graph, map, table, illus) In Norwegian. Title tr. Report on capelin search aboard the G.O. Sars to the Barents Sea during the period 10 November 4 December 1965. Reports results of reconnaissance on the dispersal and quantity of mature capelin, to determine the outlook for the 1966 catch. Certain banks north of Norway were investigated by the G.O. San while the Russian research vessel Tune& searched eastward to Novaya Zemlya. The findings were later discussed at a meeting in Murmansk. The stock was found to be good and fishing on the Finnmark coast is expected to be good in the coming spawning season. DI. OLSEN, S., see also No. 95061 98743 OL'SHANSKAIA, O.L. Nablindeniia po biologii ryb v polme nizhnego Eniseil. (In: Leningrad. Gos. n.-issl. inst. ozemogo i rechnogo rybnogo khozålstva. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Trudy 1964. v.8, p.141-55, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. Observations of fish biology in the lower Yenisey floodplain. Reports some data on growth of adults, larvae and fry of ten types of food fishes in the streams and lakes of the lower Yenisey floodplain, observed during a wildlife survey made by the Lake and River Fisheries Research Institute, summer 1958. DLC. 98744 OL'SHANSKAIA, O.L. Obzor ikhtiofauny r. Piasiny. (Voprosy ikhtiologii 1965. v.5, no.2, p.262-78, tables, map) Approx. 35 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Review of the fish fauna in Pyasina River. Noting how little this fauna has been studied, author describes the river (73°50'N

87°10'E), its basin and the history of its formation. Earlier works are reviewed and some forty forms of fishes are recorded and tabulated according to frequency of occurrence in this river and elsewhere. The character of the fish (migratory, lacustrine, etc), the history of formation of this ichthyofauna, and the fishery are also considered. DLC. 98745 OL'SHANSKAfA, O.L. Poima nizhnego Eniseib i ee rybokhozillstvennoe znachenie. (In: Leningrad. Gos. n: issl. inst. ozemogo i rechnogo rybnogo khoziålstva. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Trudy 1964. v.8, p.111-140, maps, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The floodplain of the lower Yenisey and its significance to fisheries. Describes the physiographic features of the floodplain, its drainage and the hydrological regime. The influence of nearby lakes, snow cover and air temperatures in regulating the river system is presented in detail. The fish fauna of this region is rich and varied. The fishing industry of the area is confined mainly to the region between Igarka and Dudinka. The average harvest has increased since before World War II and averages 30 kg/ha. DLC. 98746 OL'SHANSKAfA, O.L. R lipushka basseina reki Piasiny. (In: Leningrad. Gos. n: issl. inst. ozemogo i rechnogo rybnogo khozilstva. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Trudy 1964. v.8, p.157-59, table) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Siberian cisco of the Pyasina River basin. Presents tabulated biometric data on the Siberian cisco collected in the Pyasina River and lakes near Noril'sk, 1959-1961. DLC. 98747 OL'SHANSKAIIA, O.L. Sostoianie zapasov lososevykh v basseine r. Piasiny. (In: Soveshchanie po biologicheskol produktivnosti vodoemov Sibiri... 1966, p.33-35) In Russian. Title tr.: Status of salmon resources in the Pyasina basin. Presents statistics on salmon and related species caught in this region between 1943 and the present. Catches of many types have decreased significantly and restoration of their breeding grounds is urged. DLC. 98747A OLSON, S.F. North to the dwindling caribou. (Audubon magazine 1963. v.65, no.6, p.346-51, illus) Describes Lake Nejanilini area, 100 mi northwest of Ft Churchill, Manitoba, for thousands of yr the crossing place for migrating caribou and the ancestral hunting ground of the Chipewyans. What may be a Sandia-type arrowhead from this site, if authentic, could date back beyond the points 875

of Folsom Man. The province is conducting a study of the, caribou whose numbers are less than 300,000, a 60% decline from barely a decade ago. The landscape, vegetation, animals of this region encountered in Sept are DLC. described. 98748 OLSSON, I.U. and P. PIYANUJ. Uppsala natural radiocarbon measurements, V. (Radiocarbon 1965. v.7, p.315-30) 32 refs. Includes measurements of five samples from Gerritelva, two from Kapp Linné, two from Kapp Wijk and one from Gipshuken, DGS. Vestspitsbergen. 98749 OLSSON, I.U. and I. KARLEN. Uppsala radiocarbon measurements, VI. (Radiocarbon 1965. v.7, p.331-35, graph) 24 refs. Includes measurements of 31 samples from Abisko, Sweden, and of 26 samples from DGS. Kapp Linnb, Vestspitsbergen. 98750 OLSSON, I.U. and others. Uppsala natural radiocarbon measurements, (Radiocarbon 1967. v.9, p.454-70) VII. Refs. Other authors: A. Stenberg and Y. Göksu. Six measurements of shells and bones to determine shore line displacements on Vestspitsbergen (p 456-57) and five core samples from a depth of 3548 m on the flank of Alpha Rise (82°56.2'N 155°54'W), Arctic Ocean (p DGS. 459) are included. OLSSON, I.U., see also No. 100365 OLSSON, K., see No. 93549 98751 OLSSON, V. Ber&uvinventerin(Sveriges natur. Arsbok 1967. gen 1965. p.79-88, illus) In Swedish. Title tr.: Eagle owl inventory 1965. Discusses an inventory of finds of remains and unhatched eggs of Bubo bubo containing traces of mercury. The total for Norrland was a third that of 1944, the total for all Norway less than half. Nesting figures are comparatively lower. An appeal is made to stop the shooting of birds and plundering of DLC. nests. OMAN, C.L., see No. 96402, 97502 OMEL'IANENKO, B.I., see No. 96653 OMERNIK, J.B., see No. 97361 98752 OMHOLT, A. Auroral effects on (In: Summer the ionospheric E-layer. School in Space Physics, 1963. Introduction 876

to solar terrestrial relations, pub 1965, p.284-92, graphs, table) 13 refs. Discusses in detail the disturbances of the ionospheric E layer, caused by space particles impinging upon the earth's atmosphere and generating auroras. X-rays produced as bremsstrahlung from the primary electrons may contribute to the ionization at lower altitudes, the D layer. Electric conductivity of the air increased by the enhanced ionization in the E layer is considered to produce the strong currents whose magnetic effects result in geomagnetic disturbances. Arguments are presented to show that electric discharges due to these currents cannot contribute to the auroral luminosity. The heating effect on the atmosphere by the particles producing the aurora is probably negligible. DLC. 98753 OMHOLT, A. and H. PETTERSEN. Characteristics of high frequency auroral pulsations. (Planetary and space science 1967. v.15, no.2, p.347-55, graphs) Refs. Russian summary. Presents the data on fast pulsation of auroral light in the 1-20 cis range, showing that the general shape of the power spectrum of the light pulsations is consistent with the view that the pulsations are caused by energy-dispersed electrons accelerated in the vicinity of the equatorial plane. Intensity records of pulsating aurora of 11 and 24 Feb 1966 observed at Tromsql, and their power spectra are given graphically. DLC. 98754 OMHOLT, A. Interpretation of visual aurora. (In: Summer School in Space Physics, 1963. Introduction to solar terrestrial relations pub 1965, p.293-305, table, graphs, illus) 20 refs. Discusses in detail the problems related to the morphology and dynamics of auroras, and the auroral luminosity curves, drawing conclusions about the angular and energy distribution of the electrons whose battering of the upper atmosphere produces the auroras. Considerable information about primary protons in aurora is derived from the interpretation of the Doppler broadened hyDLC. drogen lines. 98755 OMHOLT, A. Magnetic disturbances and visual aurorae. (In: Summer School in Space Physics, 1963. Introduction to solar terrestrial relations pub 1965, 16 refs. p.270-83, graphs, table, illus) Considers auroras as indication of phenomena in the magnetosphere when the earth's upper atmosphere is struck by particles from outer space, thus disturbing the quiet ionosphere, causing thereby aurora and geomagnetic disturbances, and affecting radio communications. The phenomena associated

with magnetic disturbances, visual auroras over Tromsø, their interrelationship and pulsations, and the auroral spectrum are discussed, as are excitation processes of the ionosphere by primary particles from space, and upper air temperatures derived from auroral spectra. DLC. 98756 OMHOLT, A. and S. BERGER. The occurrence of auroral pulsations in the frequency range 0.01-0.1 c/s over Tromso. (Planetary and space science 1967. v.15, no.6, p.1075-80, graphs) Refs. Russian summary. Studies the pulsations recorded in 1964/65 and 1965/66 by automatic zenith photometer. A marked variation in the activity of pulsating aurora is evident in the course of the night, with a pronounced peak around 02-03 MET or 4-5 geomag time. Observations at College seem to support this result which must reflect a corresponding variation in the pattern of pulsating aurora as seen in a geomagnetic-solar oriented coordinate system. There is a marked peak in the occurrence of fundamental frequencies at about 0.04-0.05 c/s. No correlation was found between the parameters of simultaneous optical and magnetic pulsations. DLC. OMHOLT, A., see also No. 96462 98757 ONDOH, T. and K. OBU. Studies on pre-sc polar ionosphere and HF radio propagation over polar paths; II: pre-sc increase of WWV 20 and 25 Mc/s field intensity and of foF2 in high latitudes. (Journal of geomagnetism and geoelectricity 1965. v. 17, no. 1, p.45-57, tables, graphs, map) 6 refs. Examines the geomagnetic storm-time variations of WWV (Washington, DC) radio station transmitting on 25, 20, 15, 5, and 2.5 Mc/s frequency, and the average deviation of the critical frequency, Jo, in the F2 ionospheric layer during fifty geomagnetic storms Aug 1957-Feb 1959. Abnormal increases of field intensity of WWV 20 and 25 Mc/s signals and of df F2 deviation are found to occur from about 18 hr before the sudden commencement (sc) of the geomagnetic storm. These increases may be interpreted as due to a decrease in deviative absorption associated with an increase in foF2 for the penetration frequency near 20-25 Mc/s. A pre-sc increase of 4JF2 in high latitudes is also found for geomagnetic storms associated with polar cap absorption of radio waves recorded at Resolute, Baker Lake, Ft ChurchDLC. ill, Fairbanks and other stations. 98758 ONENKO, S.N. 0 dolgikh glas(In. Akademi nykh nanalskogo iazyka. nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. IAzyki i fol'k

11 refs. In Rusbor... 1966, p. 160-73) sian. Title tr.: Long vowels in the Gold language. Phonological study of vowel lengths caused by morphemic, positional, or intonation factors. DLC. 98759 ONENKO, S.N. Rol' rodnogo i zyka v usloviiaakh dvuråzychii ._ (Akanauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. IAzyki i 5 refs. In fol'klor... 1966, p. 27-40) Russian. Title tr.: Role of the native language in bilingual societies. Reviews the importance of the vernacular as first step to cultural and political enlightenment. Exclusive use of the vernacular in primary school grades and adult education programs scored higher than use of Russian alone in the drive on illiteracy of the 1930's. New concepts translated into vernacular terminology helped spread socialist ideology and accelerated acculturation. The teaching of Russian, essential for technological and cultural progress, should be intensified. The vernacular, however, should not be neglected in schools as long as it is spoken by the majority within an ethnic group. The survival problem of aboriginal languages is discussed. Over 90% of Chukchis, Koryaks, and Nganasan Samoyeds and about 85% of Golds, Ul'chi Tungus, Eskimos, and Nenets Samoyeds consider, in the 1959 census, their vernacular their first language, while 40-50% of Sel'kup Samoyeds, Voguls, Evenki Tungus and Yukaghirs, 65% of Kamchadals, and 72% of Aleuts gave Russian as their mother tongue. DLC. 98760 ONISHCHENKO, B.A. Novel"shard tektonika i osnovnye etapy razvitiiii rechnol seti gornol sistemy Cherskogo. (Geologiiä i geofizika 1965, no.8, p.38-49, 8 refs. In Russian. English sumillus.) mary. Title tr.: Recent tectonics and main states of river network development in Cherskogo mountain system. Analyzes the relief and river drainage system of this mountain range in northcentral Yakutia. Development of both has been complex and multi-stage, primarily because of tectonic movements and secondarily, glacial processes. Development of the region from the Cretaceous period to Recent is outlined noting periods of stability and denudation as well as periods of active DLC. tectonic movements. 98761 ONISHCHENKO, B.A. Sovremennyl lednik v verkhoviakh reki Chukchi. (Priroda 1967. v.56, no.4, p.57-58, Tide tr.: In Russian. profile, illus) Present glacier in the upper Chukcha River. Describes a come-valley glacier found in 877

the Buordakh massif in 1964. Its length is about 1 km, its absolute height about 1900 m. A longitudinal profile is presented and moraines are described. Present glaciers in this massif are possibly of climatic-tectonic DLC. origin. 98762 ONISHCHUK, N.T. Obrazovanie i deiatel'nost' tuzemnykh rodovykh Sovetov Narymskogo kraiä 1920-1930 gg. (Tomsk. Univ. Trudy 1965. v.158, 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: p.176-86) Establishment and activities of aboriginal tribal Soviets in the Narym region 1920-1930. Outlines adminstrative measures to rehabilitate the Sel'kup Samoyeds, Ostyaks, and Evenki Tungus of the middle Ob basin, ruined by the Civil War, typhus and smallpox epidemics. The first congress of regional Soviets (1920) called for emancipation of native minorities and their representation in rural Soviets. Political education programs fostered by the Committee of the North from 1924 for pre-election campaigns are described. The 1929-1930 elections are discussed, as are subsequent measures for hunting regulation, land reforms, to reduce illiteracy and hooliganism, etc. DLC. 98763 ONO, N. Specific heat and heat of fusion of sea ice. ( In: Intl. Conf. on Low Temp. Science; Physics of snow and ice... 1967, v.1, pt.l, p. 599-610, tables, illus) 8 refs. The specific heat and heat of fusion of sea ice in the temperature range between the freezing point and -8°C, computed from fairly accurate equations, are tabulated and figured. These quantities are defined on the basis of thermal and phase equilibrium conditions between the brine and the surrounding pure ice. Preliminary experiments were undertaken to determine whether the equilibrium is nearly always maintained or not. It was found that a fairly large temperature difference between the brine and the surrounding pure ice appears quickly with a rapid change of ice temperature and then disappears gradually. DGS. 98764 ONOKHIN, F.M. Folded structures in the Khibina apatite deposits. (Intl. geol review 1965. v. 7, no. 9, p. 1569-76, illus) English translation of No 81832. CaMAI, DLC. 98765 ONOKHIN, F.M. Novye dannye o strukturnykh usloviiakh formirovaniia 1:Uksporskogo apatito-nefelinovogo mestorozhdeniia. (Geologiiä rudnykh mestorozhdenii In Rus1966. v.8, no.2, p.90-94, illus) sian. Title tr.: New data on the structural 878

formation conditions of the Yukspor apatitenepheline deposits. Reviews the tectonics of these deposits based on measurements of the orientation of some structural elements. Tectonic dislocations developed in three distinct stages, each of which is briefly characterized. Two stages of displacement are recognized. DLC. 98766 OPALEV, V.A. Otchet o rasshirennom plenume problemnot komissii Uchenogo meditsinskogo soveta Ministerstva zdravookhraneniia RSFSR po akklimatizatsii i kraevot patologii cheloveka na Kralnem Severe. (Sovetskaiä meditsina 1965, v.28, no.l, p.153-54) In Russian. Title tr: Proceedings of the enlarged plenary session of the Problem Commission of the Scientific Medical Council of the RSFSR Ministry of Public Health on acclimatization and regional pathology of man in the Far North. The Institute of Hygiene in Moscow sponsored this conference 21-23 Jan 1964, physicians and pathologists from all the northern regions of the Soviet Union attending. Reports were given by personnel of the Krasnoyarsk Medical Institute and several regional hospitals. Hypertonia and allergic forms of rheumatism were the principal topics on the agenda. Several members of the Arkhangel'sk Medical Institute also presented DLC. papers on acclimatization. OPRESCU, M., see No. 98115 98767 ORAKHELASHVILI, M.M. Gi(Gidrodroturbinostroenie v SSSR. tekhnicheskoe stroitel'stvo 1967. v.37, 43 refs. In no.11, p.46-58, graphs, illus) Russian. Title tr: Hydraulic turbine construction in the USSR. Presents a chronological account of hydraulic power turbine construction from 1921, to recent years when a set of 12 turbines were constructed to run electric generators at the Krasnoyarsk power plant, each supplying 1.7 billion kwh energy per yr. A general view of the Krasnoyarsk power plant turbine is given in scale cross-section diagram. Hydraulic turbines of various types manufactured in the USSR and installed at Soviet power plants or abroad are described and their automatic performance with speed regulation and radial DLC. or ball locks discussed. 98768 ORATZ, M. and others. Albumin and fibrinogen metabolism in heat- and cold-stressed rabbits. (American journal of physiology 1967. v.213, no.6, p.1341-49, tables, illus) 54 refs. Other authors: C. Walker, S.S. Schreiber, S. Gross and M.A. Rothschild.

While the effects of heat on albumin synthesis are marked and fibrinogen degradation also slowed, the exposure to cold produces no significant changes in food intake, weight, or either degradation or synthesis of albumin in rabbits held at 1-2°C for 3-4 wk. DNLM.

98769 ORESHKIN, E.I. Preodolenie religioznykh perezhitkov u narodnostel Chukotki. (In: Leningrad. Muzel istorii religii i ateizma. Voprosy preodoleniia... 1966, p.97-114) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Overcoming religious survivals among the peoples of Chukotka. Reviews the social and economic structure, spiritual culture and folklore of Chukchis and Asiatic Eskimos. Common law standards based on material inequality and animistic religious precepts furthered the power of shamans and kept the common man enthralled. Administrative and economic reforms introduced under the Soviet regime, and educational and medical enlightenment are credited with breaking the hold of shamanism and religious misconcepts. Changes brought about by the organization of native Soviets, cooperative reindeer husbandry and sea mammal hunting, the drive against illiteracy, etc. are described, and selected statistical data given on cultural progress in the Chukchi National District. In 1963 there were 65 schools incl 39 boarding schools attended primarily by children of reindeer herders; a total of 6505 students incl 2055 aborigines; 48 hospitals, 69 clinics, and three epidemic control stations. There are also 49 libraries in the District, 40 bookmobiles (krasnam iaranga) for nomadic herders, 48 clubs, nine Houses of Culture, and a DLC. museum. 98770 OR'EV, L.G. Litologo-stratigraficheskoe raschlenenie iürskikh otlozhenii Chuel'skogo mestorozhdeniia gaza i osobennosti ego geologicheskogo stroeniia. (In: Moskva. Inst. geol. i razrabotki gonüchikh iskopaemykh. Neftegazonosnost' mezozotIn skikh... 1965, p.39-53, table, illus) Russian. Tide tr.: Lithologic-stratigraphic division of Jurassic deposits of the Chuelsk gas deposits and features of their geologic structure. Outlines petrographic and mineralogic data for this division of the productive Jurassic deposits in the Berezovo region. Correlation based on drilling data is given, and monoclinal block structure of the deposits is established. Two productive horizons in the Jurassic deposits are recognized. A new stratigraphic scheme is presented. DLC.

98771 ORLENOK, V.V. and A.G. GAINANOV. Geofizicheskie issledovanitå struktury zemnol kory Labradorskogo mo(Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1967. v.22, nå. ser.4: geologiiä no.5, p. 146-57, graphs, map, illus) 20 refs. In Russian. TYtle d:: Geophysical investigations of the structure of the earth's crust beneath the Labrador Sea. Reviews work of American and Canadian investigators and reports seismic studies by the R/V Poltüs in 1964. Seismic profiles are analyzed and depths and composition of the crust are described. The nature and extent of the mid-Labrador submarine ridge are outlined. The earth's crust in this area consists of four layers differing in composition and DLC. thickness. 98772 ORLOV, Iu.I. and IIJ.G. LISITSYN. 0 proisesse oplodotvoreniia u kamchatskikh krabov. (Zoologicheskil zhurnal 1967. v.46, no.2, p.288-89, illus) 3 refs. Tide tr.: In Russian. English summary. Fertilization process of the Kamchatka crab. Describes earlier observations on fertilization and own, more detailed ones, made in an acclimatization hatchery. Date and hours, water temp and velocity, etc are given. DLC. ORLOV, LM., see No. 97236 ORLOV, IU.L., see No. 96879, 97473, 98175, 101098 98773 ORLOV, V. Ne dat' im ischeznut: (Okhota i okhotnich'e khoziuistvo 1966. v.12, no.2, p.8-9, illus) In Russian. TYtle tr.: Let them not become extinct. Describes briefly the habits of the polar bear and his reaction to man. The author spent one year on Viktoriya Island participating in the capture of two cubs for a DLC. zoo. 98774 ORLOV, V.I. 0 skhematicheskol karte khoda razvitüå, dinamiki, prirody lesobolotnol zony Zapadno-Sibirskol ravniny. (Zapadno-Sibirskii n: issl. geologorazvedochnyl neftilnol inst. Trudy 1965. no.1, 10 refs. In Russian. p.284-300, map, illus) Title tr.: A schematic map of the course of development, the dynamics and nature of the forest-swamp zone in the Western Siberian plain. Analyzes ten sets of air photographs of this wide plain noting its main features. Dynamics of development and possibilities of utilization are discussed. A map of area is presented including the Ob-Irtysh, Pur and Taz basins. The entire forest-swamp zone is divided into north, middle, south taiga subzones, and an 879

aspen-birch forest subzone. Each of these is DLC. characterized. 98775 ORLOV, V.P. Osnovnye napravleniii v issledovanii vekovykh variatsil. (Akademiil nauk SSSR. Mezhduvekomitet. domstvennyT geofizicheskii Geomagnitnye issledovanitä. Sbornik state! 1967. no.9, p.119-24, graphs) 12 refs. In Russian. English summary. Tide tr.: Major trends in investigation of secular variations. Analyses the causes of secular variations (S1) of the geomagnetic field on the earth's surface and in time, recommending a method of determining the magnitude and the rate of variations for the purpose of forecasting the magnetic state of the earth. Graphs are given of SV variation for 1950-62, based on geomagnetic records of seven Russian staDLC. tions, incl Yakutsk and Dikson. 98776 ORLOVA, E.P. Kalendari narodov Severa Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Drevm%t% Sibir' 1966. no.2, p.297-321, table, illus) 11 refs. In Russian. Title b:: Calendars of the peoples of North Siberia and the Far East. Describes aboriginal calendars at the Museum of Ethnography of the Peoples of the USSR, Leningrad, collected mostly in 1902-10: Yakut, Samoyed, Ostyak, Dolgan, Tungus, Kamchadal, Koryak, and Chukchi. Calendars, in use since the 12-14th century AD, appeared first among Yakuts and were later copied by other Siberian peoples and adapted to their specific economic needs. The different systems as used on the notched stick and perforated wood tablet calendars are discussed. The division of the year reflects the economic considerations of individual tribes: winter and summer sections of different lengths, 4-7 seasons, and 12-14 months. Some calendars mark also weeks and holidays. DLC. ORLOVA, M.P., see No. 97175 98777 ORLOVA, Z.V. Geologicheskü vozrast dolinnykh rossype! Zapadno! Chu(In: Akademi% nauk SSSR. Nakotki. uchnyl sovet po rudoobrazovaniiii. Geologi% rossypel 1965. p.156) In Russian. Tide tr.: Geologic age of valley placers of western Chukotka. Summarizes the palynological data concerning the age of these gold placers. They are attributed to a period from Upper Pleistocene interglacial time to the HoDLC. locene. 880

98778 ORLOVSKII, A.D. Nekotorye voprosy snizhenhå trudovykh zatrat v stroitel= stye, na primere Magadansko! oblasti. (Problemy Severa 1967, no.12, p.205-210, tables) 6 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Some problems of lowering labor costs in the building industry as exemplified in Magadan Province. English translation available from National Science Library, National Research Council, Ottawa. In estimating the effect of mechanization in this industry in Magadan, the cost of bringing in labor from other areas must be taken into account; it amounts to 18,000 rubles/man. Data on performance in large-panel, largeblock, brick and wood domestic construction are presented. Costs are analyzed and the great economy of mechanization is CaMAI, DLC. stressed. 98779 ORLOVSKII, N.V. 0 nalozhenii pochvennykh profsessov v sviazi s nekotorymi voprosami sistematiki i nomenklatury pochv Sibiri. (Pochvovedenie 1967, no.7, p.17-27, table) 36 refs. In Russian. English Title tr.: Superposition of soil summary. processes in relation to some problems of systematics and nomenclature of Siberian soils. Criticizes existing soils classifications of Siberia, incl Krasnoyarsk Province and Yakut ASSR. A new classification for Western and Middle Siberia is proposed, and use of mathematics and cybernetics in soil studies is DLC. discussed. 98780 ORMISTON, A.R. Lower and Middle Devonian trilobites of the Canadian Arctic Islands. Ottawa 1967. 152 p. maps, tables, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Bulletin no.153) 190 refs. Describes trilobite faunas from Melville, Victoria, Princess Royal, Prince of Wales, Bathurst, Baillie-Hamilton, Devon, Little Cornwallis, and Ellesmere Islands, from rocks of lower Gedinnian, Emsian, Eifelian, Givetian, and possibly Siegenian age. Among 34 species assigned to 19 genera, the genera Deltadechenella and Schizoproetoides, the subgenus Pedinodechenella, 23 species and one subspecies are new to science. The Devonian stratigraphy of the various islands (mainly Bathurst) is discussed with special reference to the richly fossiliferous Blue Fiord and Bird Fiord formations. CaMAI, DGS. 98781 ORR, N.W.M. The feeding of sledge dogs on Antarctic expeditions. (British journal of nutrition 1966. v.20, no.1, p.1-12, tables) 7 refs. The changes in weight of sledge dogs are related to calorie intake; requirements from dog to dog show variation in connection with

activity. A completely idle dog will maintain body weight on 2500 kcal/dog daily; 5000 kcal/dog daily is insufficient for a dog pulling a heavy sledge over long distances. Seal meat is the most beneficial and most satisfactorily absorbed diet. Chemical analyses of diets and feces provide a basis for a comparison between seal meat, fish, pemmican and Nutrican. DLC. 98782 ORR, N.W.M. Food requirements and weight changes of men on Antarctic expeditions. (British journal of nutrition 1965. v.19, no.1, p.79-91, tables) 30 refs. Little overall change of body-weight was recorded in 30 men, over a 2-yr period at an Antarctic sledging base. Marked fluctuations in skinfold thickness reflect different levels of activity rather than changes in temperature or season. Long-term changes in body-weight reflect a calorie imbalance, sudden changes reflect sudden changes in bulk of food eaten. Successful sledging diets used in various expeditions, yielded about 5000 kcal/man daily, of which some 20% was protein, 40% DLC fat and 40% carbohydrate. 98783 ORR, N.W.M. Physiology of sledge dogs. (In: Antarctic research... 1964, p.61-70, graph, tables, illus) Refs. Reviews earlier experience and observations of huskies. Breeding selection and work output are considered. Diets, digestibility and nutritive value of foods, and caloric requirements of the dogs are also discussed. CaMAI.

98785 OSADA, M.A. and K.F. TIAPKIN. Paletki Ax i 8Ag dGa interpretaisii gravitai ionnykh anomali, obuslovlennykh kupoloobraznymi telami, i opyt ikh ispol= zovaniia Timano-Pechorskoi provintsii. (Prikladnatti geofizika 1965. no.45, x'131-44, graphs) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Master charts Ax and B Ag for interpretation of gravity anomalies, produced by domeshaped bodies, and use of them in the Timan-Pechora region. Explains the construction and mode of use of master charts of the horizontal component Ax of the gravity field, or of its variation BAg; calculated for prospecting dome-like geological structures, indicative of petroleum deposits. Testing of the master charts over the West Tebuk and Usa-Kolva structures is described. The 8Ag master charts gave better results in the Western Tebuk region, and the Ax more accurate results in Usa-Kolva region. DLC. 98786 OSBORNE, D.G. Correlations between quiet-day magnetic ranges. (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1966. v.28, no.1, p.45-51, graph, tables) Gives correlation coefficients between values for daily ranges of the horizontal magnetic component at seven different latitudes incl those of Sitka and College. A coherence in the magnetic variation on magnetically quiet days suggests an extraterrestrial cause for the day-to-day variability of ionospheric electric currents. DLC. OSEPAISHVILI, L.G., see No. 93445

ORRELL, R.F., see No. 100892 OSHAROV, A.B., see No. 97027, 100994 98784 ORTH, D.J. Dictionary of Alaska place names. Washington, DC 1967. 1084 p. maps, illus. (US. Geological Survey. Professional paper 567) Approx 700 refs. Updates Baker's 1902 edition (cf No 986) as well as McCormick's 1906 version (cf No 987) published as Bulletins 187 and 299 of the US Geological Survey. The 44,000 entries include pertinent material from the early editions in addition to some 35,000 items from subsequent sources. A section on the principal sources consulted, a glossary of terms or designators used, a list of abbreviations, the US Board on Geographic Names transliteration system for Russian, and a glossary of Russian generic terms are included. A bibliography of some 700 items and a series of 12 ; maps ; at' a scale of 1 in: 40 mi complete the volume. Additions DGS. and revisions are in progress. ORVIG, S., see No. 101196, 101196A, 101196B, 101196C, 101196E, 101197, 101198, 101199

98787 OSININ, V.F. Nekotorye rezult taty izmerenü intensivnosti atmosfemykh radiopomekh v Magadane. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyi kompleksnyi n: issl. inst. Trudy 1967. no.30, p.184-86) Refs. In Russian. Title b Some results of intensity measurements of atmospherics at Magadan. Presents data on radio-interference and the analysis of statistical characteristics of the intensities, thus providing the information on the fine structure of their field. The measurements were carried out 1-31 Oct 1966 on an AP-30 type receiving set on 12.5 - 10,000 kc/s. There occur about 100 lightnings/sec around the globe, each a source of radio waves of a continuous frequency spectrum. Superimposed on each other these electrical discharges manifest themselves on a radio receiver as a continuous rustle. This rustling sound may become stronger than the radiosignal intensity and prevent normal reception. On 7, 21, 26, 28, and 31 Oct the interferences 881

increased sharply, and on 5, 12, 17 Oct they sharply decreased, affecting all 11 frequencies. DGS.

considered sufficient for estimating the heated housing heat losses due to wind velocity and DLC. outer air infiltration.

Av98788 OSIPOV. A.I. and others. tomatizatsiiii promyvochnykh priborov. (Magadan. Vses. n: issl. inst. zolota i redkikh metallov. Sbornik referatov 1961 pub 1962, p.72-74) In Russian. Other authors: V.IA. Simchenko, V.F. Khimchenko, L.I. TSysar' and I.T. Shepelev. Title tr.: Automation of jigging machines. Control and regulation of automatic jigs was investigated with two at the Shirokiy and Eksperimental'nyy mines of the Magadan region. All the necessary control operations are carried out automatically incl water supply, and radioactive density meters control the conditions of sand pulps. The economic and technological data show that the transformation to an automatic control leads to more efficient ore concentration and smaller losses in metal content. DLC.

98791 OSIPOVA, Z.V. Litologiia bazalnykh gorizontov sredneleiasovykh otlozhentl severo-vostochnoi chasti Sibirskoi platformy v sviazi s ikh almazonosnost'iü. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1963. Regional'naia geologiia no.1, p.101-123, maps, illus.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Lithology of basal horizons of Middle Liassic deposits in the northeastern part of Siberian platform in relation to their diamond-bearing properties. Describes in some detail the lithology of coarse-grained horizons of Middle Liassic deposits, which may be intermediate source rocks of diamonds. Two facies are recognized: one of near-shore marine sandy silts, the other more deep-seated clays. These deposits in the Anabar, Udzha, Kuoyka, Molodo, Motorchuna, Muna and other river basins are described, as to their thickness, mineralogic composition, grain aize, petrography and other properties. Some satellites of diamond are noted: pyrope, chrome-diopside and picro-ilmenite. Conditions for formation of diamond placers are found unfavorable. DGS.

98789 OSIPOV, N.K. and B.M. KUZHEVSKII. Letnisia shkola kosmofizikov v IAkutii. (Geomagnetizm i a@ronomhå 1966. v.6, no.2,p.413) In Russian. Title tr.: Summer school of cosmophysicists in Yakutia. Presents a resume of the third such school 3-10 Aug 1965 on the Lena River. The possibility of particles acceleration in the auroral zone was discussed, and 16 papers related to helio-terrestrial relations were presented. DLC. OSIPOV, N.K., see also No. 93361 98790 OSIPOV, S.V. Raschet moshchnosti obogrevatel'nykh ustanovok dliå tepliaka bloka betonirovanitå s uchetom dopolnitel'nykh zatrat tepla. (Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitel'stvo 1967. v.38, no. 10, p.27-28, graph, tables, illus) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Calculation of the output of the heating assembly for heated housings of concreting lifts, with allowance for additional heat losses. Reports the results of experimental determination of variations in the value of the coefficient of additional losses of heat in the housing, due to infiltration of outside air and the wind intensity in the construction area. The numerical values of the coefficient were experimentally determined at the Vilyuy and Mamakan power plants in Feb 1963 and Mar 1961, respectively, under a temperature range of -10° to -35°C. A warning is given against using the heated housing experience at other power plants where the wind velocities and other conditions affecting the coefficient may be different. The empirical formula derived is 882

98792 OSIPOVA, Z.V. and G.I. PORSHNEV. 0 vozraste trappov Udzhinskogo podniatiiå. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'naia geologiia 1966, no.8, p. 207-209, tables) In Title tr.: Age of the traps of the Russian. Udzha uplift. Reports study of dolerites consisting of andesine-labrodorite, monocline pyroxene, ore mineral and feldspar. Chemical composition of the dolerites is analyzed. Absolute age of Jolerite from a dike in the Unguokhtakh basin is determined by the argon method as 911 MY, upper Proterozoic. DLC. OSIPOVA, Z.V., see also No. 97140 98793 OSMENT, F.C. and others. Petroleum geology and development of the Cook Island Inlet basin of Alaska. (World Petroleum Congress, 7th Mexico 1967. Proceedings v.2, p. 141-50, maps, tables, illos) 10 refs. Other authors: R.M. Morrow and R.W. Craig. Reviews development from the first report of oil seeps along the west shore of Cook Inlet in 1853 to the end of 1966 when Alaska was the 17th largest oil producing state in the US. All known accumulations occur in the non-marine Tertiary sediments of the Kenai formation, as much as 25,000 ft thick in

places, in which steep formation dips, complicated thrust fault patterns, numerous transverse and adjustment faults and complex folding complicate geologic and geophysical interpretations. Analyses of dry and wet gas and crude oil are given and the difficulties of exploratory drilling and production practices noted. DGS. 98794 OSMOLOVSKII, A.K. Ledovye podkreplenitå transportnykh sudov. (Leningrad. TSentr. n: issl. inst. morskogo Rota. Trudy 1965. no.66, p.83-97, tables, graphs) 9 refs. In Russian Title tr.: Ice-strengthened transport vessels. Presents construction standards for vessels capable of withstanding floating ice pressure and forcing light ice bridges. Comparative strengths of side plating required to withstand different types of ice are tabulated. General and specific averages of 16 Russian- and foreign-built ships are analyzed and formulas are derived for plates and frame of L and UL class ships according to the USSR Maritime Register requirements. DLC. OSOKIN, S.D., see No. 101458 OSTENSO, N.A., see No. 93868, 95210 98795 OSTROUMOV, A.G. Chislennost' Tikhookeanskikh orlanov v basseinakh rek Khalrtüzovoi i BelogolovoT v kon[se avgusta 1966 g, materialy aviaucheta. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1967, no. 5, p.155-57, table) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The number of Pacific eagles in the Khayryuzova and Belogolovaya River basins at the end of August 1966, results of an aerial census. Reports a 25-26 Aug count of Steller's sea eagle Haliaetus pelagicus Pall. which is described and its distribution noted. These eagles scavenge and do not molest the live DLC. salmon. 98796 OSTROUMOV, A.G. Dinamika chislennosti lososer reki Kamchatki. (In: Soveshchanie po voprosam lososevogo khortlTstva Dal'nego Vostoka, 3rd, Petropavlovsk Kamchatskiy. 1960 pub 1964. p.69-72) In Russian. Title tr. Population dynamics of salmon in the rivers of Kamchatka. The red salmon (Oncorhynchus nerka), the king salmon (0. tschawytscha), the chum salmon (0. keta), the pink salmon (0. gorbuscha) and the silver salmon (0. kisutsch) are all found in the rivers of Kamchatka. The red salmon is currently the most common, while the relative numbers of the other species vary. DLC.

98797 OSTROUMOV, A.G. Letneosennii period v zhizni burogo medvedtå na Kamchatke. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki Refs. In 1966. no.4, p.32-42, table illus) Russian. Title tr.: Summer-fall period in the life of the Kamchatka brown bear. Considers the ecology and distribution of this animal in four habitats: coast, birchwood, subalpine shrub, and highland. The brown bear feeds in the spring on green plants, in the summer mainly on berries, and in the fall on fish. 1000-1500 are reported killed annually for their furs. Conservation measures DLC. are considered. 98798 OSTROUMOV, A.G. Nekotorye svedeniia o chislennosti lastonogikh, largi i akiby, v pribrezhnykh vodakh Kamchatki. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1967. no.5, p.161-63, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some notes on the number of pinnipeds, common and ringed seals, in the coastal waters of Kamchatka. Reports a 1960-66 aerial census of seals and salmon with an AN-2 plane. More than 40 rivers were examined on the west and over 60 on the east coast. The observations are described and data tabulated. On the two coasts together the numbers ranged from 900 DLC. to 2224 seals. Opyt 98799 OSTROUMOV, A.G. primeneniia aerometodov dlii o[senki zapolneniia nerestilishch lososiami. (In: Soveshchanie po voprosam lososevogo khoziilstva Dal'nego Vostoka, 3rd Petropavlovsk-Kamchatskiy 1960 pub 1964. p.90-99, illus) Title tr.: Use of aerial Refs. In Russian. survey methods for evaluating the numbers of immature salmon. Reviews aerial fish survey methods and compares Soviet techniques and results with those obtained in Alaskan surveys of the red salmon. Describes the types of aircraft used (AN-2, MI-1 helicopter) and the observation and aerial photography conditions. Air observations were made of the main spawning grounds of central Kamchatka revealing the DLC. fish clearly. 98800 OSTROUSHKO, T.S. Krovososushchie komary Komi ASSR i ikh bi(Parazitologiii 1967. v.1, no.4, ologi li Refs. In Russian. English sump.311-18) mary Title tr.: Bloodsucking mosquitoes of the Komi ASSR and their biology. Describes 24 species of mosquitoes recorded in the Komi ASSR. Aedes communis and Aedes punctor are the most common, and also the most widely distributed species, the former commonly found in forests and the latter in swamps. These species are also the 883

most frequent attackers of man and domestic DLC. animals. 98801 OSTROUSHKO, T.S. Krovososushchie mokretsy (Diptera, Ceratopogonitaezhnoi chasti Severnogo Urala. dae) (Parazitologiia 1967. v.1, no.1, p.41-46, graph) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Bloodsucking midges (Diptera, Ceratopogonidae) occurring in the taiga part of Northern Ural. Observations made in the Pechora-Ilych state reserve, summer 1964, revealed 13 species of the genus Culicoldes. Breeding g rounds of nine of the species have been studied extensively. Flight and biting activity of these insects were observed Jun-Oct. Population peaks were recorded at the end of June and the middle and end of Aug. Cullcoldes chiopterus, obsoletes, pulicaris and impunctatus are the most common species. C carfalansis and C. truncolum have not been reported as attacking man and domestic DLC. animals. 98802 OSTROW, S.M. and F.G. STEWART. On the ionospheric F2-region equatorial anomaly and the geomagnetic field. (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1967. v.29, no.8, p.1005-1010, graphs) Refs. Presents graphs of the variation of radio critical frequency fo in the ionospheric F2 region, plotted against the geographic, and magnetic dip-pole latitudes in the range 90°N - 0° -90°S, showing that the equatorial depression of daytime values of foF2 is directly related to the earth's magnetic DLC. field. 98803 OSTRYI, G.B. Novye dannye o mnogoletnemerzlykh porodakh v neftegazonosnykh raTonakh Zapadnol Sibiri. (Akademhå nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967, v.173, no.1, p.159-81, map, illus) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New data on permafrost in the oil- and gas-bearing regions of West Siberia. Reports that 1964-66 drillings pretty well establish the southern limit of permafrost, which in some localities is 150-300 km farther south than hitherto known. Temperature measurements of the permafrost horizon are reported from various drill holes. Detection of relict permafrost in the southern Ob region is DLC. noted. OSTRYI, G.B., see also No. 95472, 95845, 96645 editor98804 OSWALD, D.H., International symposium on the in-chief. Devonian system, Calgary 1967. Calgary, 884

Alta, Alberta Society of Petroleum Geologists, 1967. 2 v.: 1055, 1377 p. maps, tables, illus. Refs. Presents contributions on the regional development of the Devonian system throughout the world. Vol 1 edited by F.K. North, contains 58 regional papers; v. 2 edited by W.G.E. Caldwell and E.W. Mountjoy, 120 topical papers. Papers dealing with northern regions are: Vol 1 1 Devonian of the Russian platform, by S.M. Aronova and others, p 379-96. 21 refs. Defines the facies types, stratigraphic relations (tabulated), structural setting, and the features favorable to oil formation in the stages of the (mainly Middle and Upper) Devonian of the platform region which includes the Timan-Pechora areas in the northeast. 2 Devonian of the Timan-Pechora region, by Z.I. TSzi3, p. 397-412, 12 refs. Lithologic and faunal facies of zones within the MiddleUpper Devonian stages are described, including oil and gas bearing zones. A chart correlating the zones between seven parts of the region, a series of litho-paleogeographic maps, and three profiles are given. 3 Devonian of the Siberian platform, by A.K. Krylova and others, p 473-82. 9 refs. In the Vilyuy region, red marls, salt and sulfates, in the Tunguska region, clay-carbonate and evaporite deposits formed over low plains or in vast shallow lagoons, predominate. The stratigraphy, paleogeography and tectonics are summarized. Showings of phosphates, manganese, iron, barite, diamonds, rock salt, oil, and gas are connected with the Devonian beds. 4 Devonian of northeastern USSR, by A.A. Nikolaev and M.A. Rzhonsnitskaii, p 483-502. 16 refs. All three parts of the Devonian occur in formations of differing composition and thickness reflecting three tectonically separated regions. The Devonian of the region as a whole is closely related to that of the Soviet Arctic, Siberian platform, Alaska and NW Canada, which suggests that they belonged to a single arctic paleozoogeographic province. S Devonian of the Soviet Arctic, by F.G. Markov, p. 503-515. Deals mainly with the Soviet islands and Pay-Khoy Taymyr, where marine, near-shore, lagoonal and nonmarine sediments often interfinger both laterally and vertically, and form complex sequences with varied lithological composition. Areas favorable for oil accumulation are associated with clastic rocks and zones of vuggy porosity and extensive fracturing in carbonate rocks. The NW part of Pioner Island in Severnaya Zemlya, the New Siberian Islands, and the

Laptev Sea shelf should have the most favorable possibilities. 6 The Franklinian miogeosyncline and adjacent central stable region, arctic Canada, by J.W. Kerr, p 677-92. 24 refs. The Franklinian miogeosyncline trends E and NE through the Queen Elizabeth Islands. The Boothia uplift and Bache Peninsula arch are positive linear basement features that trend crosswise to the Franklinian miogeosyncline. Four separate restored sections of the Devonian system demonstrate the regional stratigraphy of Ellesmere, Bathurst and Cornwallis Islands. Other islands of the group are treated only briefly. 7 The Franklinian eugeosyncline, by H.P. Trettin, p 693-701. 18 refs. Devonian sedimentary and volcanic rocks are confined to northern Axel Heiberg Island; granitic intrusions (numerous small, high-level plutons of quartz diorite, quartz monzonite, granodiorite, diorite, and at least one stock indicative of greater depth) occur on both Axel Heiberg and Ellesmere Islands. The stratigraphy is discussed in light of related tectonic events. 8 Devonian of Alaska, by G. Gryc and others, p 703-716. 68 refs. Devonian rocks are most continuously exposed in the Brooks Range and the SE archipelago. Scattered outcrops occur in Seward Peninsula, in a belt through central and SW Alaska stretching NE from the lower Kuskokwim valley through the Yukon-Tanana lowlands to Eagle and Porcupine districts, and in an arcuate belt that follows the trend of the Alaska Range. What is probably Middle Devonian was penetrated by deep drilling of Topagoruk test well no. 1, near Point Barrow. A correlation table for 22 regions, distribution and tectonic maps, and sections through the E Brooks Range, accompany the discussion. 9 Devonian of western Canada, by H.G. Bassett and J.G. Stout, p 717-52. 49 refs. The Devonian in the region bounded by the Canadian Shield, Arctic Ocean, Alaska-Yukon border and interior ranges of the Cordillera and the 49th parallel is divided into four stratigraphic units, and the paleogeographic setting and facies variations described. Four facies and thickness maps, a pre-Devonian geologic map, and stratigraphic cross-sections accompany the text. 10 Devonian of northern Yukon Territory and adjacent District of Mackenzie, by A.W. Norris, p 753-80. 39 refs. Half of the formations described in the area 65°N to arctic coast, 132° - l41Ø, are new. The text is accompanied by index maps, a correlation table for 11 regions, columnar sections and a series of generalized isopach maps. Vol 2 11 Devonian rocks of the Yukon-Porcupine Rivers area and their tectonic relation to

other Devonian sequences in Alaska, by M. Churkin, Jr and E.E. Brabb, p 227-58. 64 refs. The folded and faulted sequence of about 12,000 ft of Paleozoic rocks, including interbedded marine Lower Devonian shale and chert and nonmarine Upper Devonian conglomerate, sandstone, and shale is described, with tabulated faunal data and sample sections, correlated with analogous rocks elsewhere in Alaska, and set within the tectonic framework of the Cordilleran and ancestral Brooks geosynclines. 12 Geographical and stratigraphical distribution of Devonian coral faunas in the USSR, by V.N. Dubatolov and N.IA. Spasskll, p 501-510. 2 refs. Distinct coral complexes, typical of six faunal provinces and six stages of the Devonian permit correlation of rocks throughout the USSR. Faunas of Novaya Zemlya and Taymyr belong to the Ural-Tien Shan, and those of northeast USSR to the Indigirka-Kolyma province. 13 Stratigraphic importance of Devonian brachiopods of the Siberian platform, by A.K. Krylova, p. 531-36. 14 refs. Spiriferids are the most important brachiopods for biostratigraphic zoning of the Devonian in the Siberian platform, USSR: Xowe1IeIta for the Lower, Elytha, Emanuel/a and Elythyna for the Middle, and Mucrospirjjer, Adolfrspirifer, Adolfra and Cyrtospirifer for the Upper Devonian. 14 Stratigraphic importance of the Devonian crinoids of Siberia, by IÜ.A. Dubatolova and R.S. Eltysheva, p 537-42. Crinoid fragments (mainly stems) are useful in Lower-Middle Devonian stratigraphy. The Mongolo-Okhotsk, and Indigirka-Kolyma provinces of Siberia are included in tabulated data. 15 Lower Devonian Tabulata of the Soviet Arctic; significance for stratigraphy and correlation, by M.A. Smimova, p 557-63. 7 refs. Distinguishes three tabulate coral assemblages, two of which are diagnostic for the Lower Devonian in Taymyr Peninsula and Novaya Zemlya, respectively, and the third for the Lower Eifelian. The walls of the Favositinae differ in Tabulata of the Silurian and Lower Devonian; the Lower-Middle Devonian boundary is drawn at the base of the Favosites regularissimus beds. 16 Stratigraphic importance of the Devonian flora of the USSR, by N.M. Petrosi.n, p 579-86. 11 refs. Plant remains are distributed irregularly at comparatively few stratigraphic levels in all three Devonian series in the USSR. Plants are now known from northern Siberia throughout the Devonian and from Middle-Upper Devonian zones of the Timan and Kola Peninsula. The Tunguska is one of three phytogeographic areas extant throughout the Devonian. It 885

comprised the Ural-Timan and Siberian provinces. Eight evolutionary stages of the flora are recognized in the Tunguska area. 17 Upper Silurian and lower Devonian biostratigraphy, Royal Creek, Yukon Territory, Canada, by A.C. Lenz, p 587-99. 44 refs. Describes a sequence of some 300 feet of upper Silurian graptolitic shale (mainly) and 1500 feet of richly fossiliferous Lower Devonian strata in northern Yukon. Brachiopods and conodonts are the dominant Devonian faunal groups; other elements include graptolites, corals, molluscs, trilobites, and pelmatozoans. 18 Ambocoeliid brachiopods from Middle Devonian rocks of northern Canada, by W.G.E. Caldwell, p 601-616. 27 refs. Five species of Emanuella are common; three of them occur throughout most of the Middle Devonian sequence of the Mackenzie River basin. Single species of (?) Ambocoelia and Echinocoelia are rare and confined to the upper portion of the sequence. Correlations are drawn on the basis of the stratigraphic distribution of this fauna. 19 Upper Devonian ostracod faunas of Great Slave Lake and northeastern Alberta, Canada, by W.K. Braun, p 617-52. 22 refs. Proposes five biozones with subdivisions in the Frasnian beds between the SW shore of Great Slave Lake and NE Alberta, on the basis of the widespread occurrence and dinstinctive sequence of rich ostracod faunas. 20 Acanthodians from the Siluro-Devonian of Ellesmere Island, by N. Spjeldnaes, p 807-813. 14 refs. Describes Ischnacanthus (7) scheii n sp from a limestone bed with brachiopods of Gedinnian age, occurring between graptolite shales in the Cape Phillips formation, NW side of Irene Bay, Ellesmere Island. 21 A Middle Devonian microflora from the Great Slave Lake area, Northwest Territories, Canada, by A.P. Audretsch, p 837-47. 18 refs. Describes well-preserved spores, chitinozoans, and acritarchs from Buffalo River shales of the Pine Point formation, Great Slave Lake. 22 Comparison of a Middle Givetian ostracode fauna from Carcajou Ridge, Northwest Territories, Canada, with similar faunas from Europe, by P. McGill, p 1069-85. 25 refs. Ostracods from the lower part of the Kee Scarp formation on Carcajou Ridge 65° 37'N 128° 15'W in the Mackenzie River basin, comprise species similar to Givetian species of the Eifel area and the Volga-Ural area, Europe. Endemic elements of the fauna include one new genus and seven new species, here described. 23 Tectonic implications of sedimentation in Spitsbergen and midland Scotland, by P.F. Friend, p 1141-47. 16 refs. Study of the 886

depositional history of the non-marine Lower Devonian sedimentary strata of the Wood Bay formation, Spitsbergen and Lower Old Red Sandstone of Scotland provides information about the geometry, timing and processes of the late stages of Caledonian orogeny. 24 The role of tectonic and physiographic factors in formation of sedimentary fades as illustrated by Lower Devonian deposits of the Soviet Arctic, by D.K. Patrunov, p 1223-27. 6 refs. Deposition of Lower Devonian sediments in SW Novaya Zemlya occurred under geosynclinal conditions, against a background of active and multidirectional tectonic movements; that in western Taymyr under relatively quiet conditions intermediate between those of geosynclines and platforms. 25 Major faunal provinces in the Old Red Sandstone of the Northern Hemisphere, by L.B.H. Tarlo, p 1231-38. 25 refs. Psammosteids from Givetian or Frasnian beds of the Timan region and Severnaya Zemlya, USSR, Vestspitsbergen, Greenland, and Ellesmere Island, point to migrations from a Baltic evolutionary center. These fishes inhabited tropical rivers, not temperate or cold waters of high latitudes. 26 Palinspastic analysis of Devonian rocks in northwestern Alaska, by I.L. Tailleur and others, p 1345-61. 21 refs. Devonian rocks in two distinctive facies are juxtaposed in the Brooks Range, Alaska. Evidence indicates that the two sequences were deposited in separate sites and not juxtaposed before Cretaceous time. The sedimentary and paleogeographic interpretations of the Devonian rocks are illus in a map reconstructing the probable separation of the sequences at the DGS. time of their deposition. 98805 OSWALT, W.H. Mission of change in Alaska. San Marino, Calif. 1963. 170 p.maps. Approx. 100 refs. Study in positive acculturation based mainly on the author's 1950-60 fieldwork among the Eskimos of the lower and central Kuskokwim River in western Alaska, and on the records of the Moravian missionary W.H. Weinland preserved in the Huntington Library at San Marino. Aboriginal life through the 1880's is described noting socio-economic changes induced by fur trade under the Russian-American, then the Alaska Commercial Companies. Community life centering on the kashgee or men's house, religious concepts and ceremonies, shamanism and medical practices, are outlined, and the subsistence economy and seasonal migration, child rearing and family life, housing, food, etc are dealt with in turn. Moravian missionary work of 1884-1925 is discussed: directed acculturative change was achieved

without disrupting the aboriginal socio-cultural pattern, without significant individual maladjustment, and with minimal conflict despite basic differences in social and spiritual values. Historical and psychological factors conducive to non-traumatic evolution of primitive culture are analyzed. DLC. OTT, K., see No. 100448, 100449 98806 OUELLET, H. Biomes et 6cotones dans la peninsule Quebec-Labrador. (Naturaliste canadien 1966. v.93, no.3, p.177-86, maps) Refs. In French. Title tr.: Biological regions of the Quebec-Labrador Peninsula. Outlines the boundaries of the life zones in this Peninsula using distributional data of certain birds and mammals as indicators. Use of the terms biome and ecotone is explained and the biological regions of the Peninsula are indicated as arctic, coniferous, and deciduous biomes and ecotones and coastal ecotone. The distributional boundaries of certain bird and mammal species could be used as a guide in delineating life zones of the world. CaMM, DLC. 98807 OUCH, J. Along the walnut (North 1966. v.13, no.1, p.28-29, run. illus) The Nodwell R.N. 200 Transporter, powered by two diesels, carries a 12-ton payload over mud, gumbo, sand, snow and muskeg or through 4 ft of water. Eight axles and 4-ft wide rubber and steel tracks distribute the load to get a max ground pressure of just 21/2 lbs/in2. Built in Calgary, Alberta, for wilderness travel, these vehicles are now used in many countries, incl the Antarctic. CaMAI, DLC. ÖURA, H., see No. 96289 98808 OUREN, T. Om lokalitetsangivelser og kartlegging av plantefunn. (Blyttia 1966. v.24, no.4, p.295-306, graphs, Title tr. maps) Refs. In Norwegian. Locality reporting and mapping of plant records. Discusses problem of pin-pointing plant finds. A plan is discussed for maps of 50 km2 cross-divided to 5 km within the UTM map grid over all of Norway. Quadrangle identifications are provided and the manner of plotting plant locations is illus by several examples. DLC. OVANDER, M.G., see No. 94049 98809 OVCHINNIKOV, A.I. Opyt vodnogo khoziaistva sunskikh i vygskikh GES v Karelii. Petrozavodsk, Karel'skoe knizhnoe

izd-vo 1963. 99 p.graphs, tables, illus. 32 refs. In Russian. Title d:: Water management of the Suna and Vyg hydro-electric power stations in Kareliya. Describes the system of power plants on these two rivers, the reservoirs that regulate the power plant operation, and features of their water management in relation to the power plants and to the shipping, timber floating, and water resource conservation interests. Hydraulic constructions, characteristics of the reservoirs, hydrological servicing of the power plants, and their planned activity are described. Passage of the spring floods over the dams and locks is discussed. Power plant operation during the fall and winter maximum energy consumption is considered. It has been greatly hampered by frazil ice which forms in great amount at the rapids of the lower Vyg, and Suna also on the Yanis and accumulates at the gratings of the generating sets. In Nov 1957 such an accumulation of frazil at the Matkozhnenskaya power plant short-circuited to the ground the gratings of alt the plant's generating sets. Two sets were damaged and stopped. When the gratings are completely submerged, and velocity of flow in the headrace channel is < 0.5 m/sec, frazil drifting to the distributing basin within this range of velocity rises to the surface, and does not obstruct the grating. This holds even at air temp of 20 to 31°C. In Nov-Dec 1962 the Ondskaya, Matkozhnenskaya, Vygostrovskaya, and Kondopozhskaya power plants were out of operation because of intensive frazil ice drift. In designing power plant dams, consideration should be given to the ice regime, also to ice effects on locks and other DLC. constructions. 98810 OVCHINNIKOV, V. Bedy (Okhrana truda i "Zapoliarnoi Riisy". soiSial'noe strakhovanie 1967. v.10, no.5, p.36-37) In Russian. Title tr.: Troubles of "Polar Ritsa". Discusses mismanagement at Lama, a lakeside resort for workers of the Noril'sk mining and metallurgical combine. Poor accommodation, transportation, service, etc badly affected vacation use of the resort and brought a corresponding rise in fatigueinduced accident rate at the combine. Suggestions are made to remedy organizational problems which would make Lama an economically profitable tourist attraction. DLC. 98811 OVCHINNIKOVA, A.I. Tipy vegeta[sionnykh periodov na territorii SeveroZapada RSFSR v svi'azi s kharakterom tsirkuliatsii atmosfery. (Severo-Zapad evropeiskol chasti SSSR 1965, no.5, p.3-12, tables) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Types 887

of vegetation periods in northwestern RSFSR as related to the character of atmospheric circulation. W and E types of circulation predominate (74% of the time) in this area, its climate governed by moderate and arctic air masses and cyclonic activity. Their effects upon amount of precipitation and the vegetation period are outlined, and the latter's variation during 1881-1963 indicated. DLC. OVCHINNIKOVA, E.A., see No. 97331 98812 OVCHINNIKOVA, T.N. Opyt sostavlenii kart geograficheskogo polozheniia na primere prirodnykh oblaster Sibiri. (Zhizn' zemli; sbomik 1967. no.4, p.186-91, maps) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Compilation of maps of geographic position as exemplified in the natural regions of Siberia. Discusses the arrangement, legend and other features of maps of geographic position in relation to landforms, etc, according to the practice at the Geographical Museum in Moscow since 1955. Such maps for the Northeast of the USSR and Transbaykal are included and briefly characterized. Average annual precipitation is considered the main factor in landscape formation. DLC. 98813 OVENSHINE, A.T. Provenance of recent glacial ice in lower Glacier Bay, southeastern Alaska. (US. Geological Survey. Professional paper 1967, no.575-D, p.198-202, map) 14 refs. Reconnaissance studies of the Fairweather Range indicate that the relatively high grade metamorphic and mafic igneous rocks found as erratics in lower Glacier Bay derived from a region between Mount Wilbur and Mount Fairweather. The distribution of the erratics reflects the former distribution of ice and gives some indication of the relative glacial discharge from the two former source areas, here called the Muir and Russell drainages. The Muir drainage area may also have contributed ice to lower Glacier Bay in about 1740 AD, but the discharge of the former Russell Glacier greatly exceeded that of the Muir Glacier. Had the glacial drainage from the Muir area been blocked by flow from the Russell Glacier, the ponding may have caused the extensive icefield observed in the Muir region by 19th c visitors. CaMAI, DGS. 98814 OVERFIELD, T.M. and J.A. BRODY. An epidemiologic study of molluscum contagiosum in Anchorage, Alaska. (Journal of pediatrics 1966. v.69, no.4, p.640-42, tables) 8 refs. Reports 13 cases of this skin disease from Anchorage 1963-64, the first in subarctic climate and-in- fainily-gaups, and the subject 888

-- • . -

of the second report since 1900 in the Western Hemisphere. Those attacked ranged in age from 10 months to 13 yr. Ten of the cases were in males, three in females; multiple cases occurred in two families; in the other six families there was no spread. Duration of lesions varied from 2 weeks to 18 months. Poor personal hygiene was not associated DLC. with the majority of the cases. OVERFIELD, T.M., see also No. 97716, 99366 OVERTON, A., see No. 96095, 96099 98815 OWEN, E.B. Northern hydrogeological region. (Canada. Geological Survey. Economic geology report 1967. no.24, 17 refs. p.173-94, maps, tables, illus) Defines the region as all of Canada north of the southern limit of discontinuous permafrost. The physiography of three component units is briefly characterized: the Canadian Shield, Mackenzie lowland and the cordilleras region. Groundwater occurs as 1) supra-permafrost water, forming reservoirs perched on the underlying frozen material during the summer, and including such water beneath lakes and rivers; 2) intra-permafrost water exists within the thawed zones of permanently frozen ground, commonly in alluvium near rivers, in abandoned river channels and in fluvioglacial material covering the floor of wide river valleys such as the Pelly River valley in Yukon Territory; 3) sub-permafrost water in the thawed zone beneath permanently frozen ground, reached by wells 40-200 ft deep in the Fairbanks region. Small springs and seeps occur throughout much of the discontinuous permafrost area of Canada. Too little is known of the spring-permafrost relationship to determine which type of groundwater supplies the springs. Chemical analyses of 17 representative springs and water from 16 wells are DOS. tabulated. OWEN, E.B., see also No. 94444 OWENS, B., see No. 97739 Pa98816 OZIMA, M. and others. leomagnetism and potassium-argon ages of some volcanic rocks from the Rio Grande (Journal of geoGorge, New Mexico. physical research 1967. v. 72, no. 10, p.2615-21, tables, maps) 10 refs. Other authors: M. Kono, I. Kaneaks, H. Konoshita, K. Kobayashi, T. Nagata, E.E. Larson and D. Strangway. Presents a chart of equal area projection of paleomagnetic virtual pole positions of lava flows in the arctic area, and virtual pole

positions at 66.9°, 68.2°, and 75.9°N, obtained from the studies of paleomagnetic samples from Rio Grande, New Mexico. DLC. OZOLIN, L.T., see No. 95698 98817 PAAKKOLA, J. Lapin läänin kansannäytteet vuosina 1958-1962. Helsinki 1967. 29 p. maps, tables, illus. (Finland. Geologinen Tutkimuslaitos. Geoteknillisiä julkaisuja no. 70) 10 refs. In Finnish. English summary. Tide Ira Ore-bearing samples of Lapland sent by the public in the years 1958-1962. Describes results of public request for ore-prospecting contest in Lapland, Finland. Of the more than 7000 entries, nearly 500 ore samples proved interesting for prospecting. They were classed as containing sulphidic or acidic ore minerals. One graphite sample was received. One sample led to discovery of the Elijärvi chromium-bearing ore body. Two distinct ore groups were recognized: those belonging to an initial magmatic ore province in the Karelian schist area, and those associated with acid igneous rocks near the southern contact of the central Lapland granite with the Karelian schists. There are indications of ores similar to the second group in the Lake Inri region. The manner of conducting the contest, and/or recording and DGS. analyzing the samples is outlined. PACKER, J.G., see No. 96466, 96467 PADAN, J.W., see No. 96167 98818 PAINE, R. Entrepreneurial activity without its profits. (In: Barth, F.K. Role of the entrepreneur in social change in northern Norway... 1963. p. 33-55 in Bergen, Norway. Univ. Arbok. Humanistisk ser. no. 3) Discusses entrepreneurial activity through community associations in one locality of west Finnmark (not identified). The restrictions imposed on entrepreneurial activity by the social values of neighborliness are emphasized. Examples described include the fishing cooperative, a store and a tractor association. Two types of entrepreneurs are identified, the free-holder and the freeenterpriser, and the characteristics of each are outlined. The fortunes of several individual entrepreneurs are described in detail. DLC. 98819 PAINE, R. Lapp betrothal; a description and social anthropological analysis of the ritual and contract of betrothal (Studia ethnoamong reindeer breeders. graphica upsaliensia 1964. v. 21, p. 234-63, illus) 40 refs. Study based on material collected by the

author in 1961 in Kautokeino Rural District, a 9687 km2 plateau in the interior of Finnmark, with a population of 2069; 633 of them in Kautokeino village, the remainder scattered in small hamlets or seasonal camps. Sequential phases of the elaborate betrothal ritual are described in turn: courtship, suitor's selection of spokesman, spokesman's negotiations with the girl's parents and allotment of reindeer by both families, eliciting girl's consent to marriage, betrothal meeting and presentation of traditional gifts to the girl, arrangement of the wedding ceremony and feast, gifts in reindeer and cash by wedding-guests, post-marital decisions on residence and pastures. Presentation of contractual gifts, economic endowment of the newly married couple and incorporative relations between the two families, the bilateral inheritance system of the Lapps, etc DSI. are discussed. PAIVA, A.C.M., see No. 95449 PAKHNEVICH, K.P., see No. 100700 98820 PALAMUTOV, F.P. Opyt primeneniiä razlichnykh sposobov ottaivanitå gornykh porod na predpriiltii kh tresta "Aldanzoloto". (In: Sezonnoe protaivanie i promerzanie gruntov na territorii SeveroVostoka SSSR 1966. p. 106-110, tables) In Russian. Title fr.: Use of various methods for thawing rocks in the workings of the Aldanzoloto trust. Up to 1949 there were two ways of thawing rock on large dredged polygons for gold placer mining, one using steam and the other water of natural temperature. Since 1950 a new method has been tried and adopted: flooding the dredged polygons with the water during the winter season. This new method is described and recommended. DLC. PALANDER, G., see No. 98304 98821 PALEEV, N.R. Influence of the central arctic and antarctic climate on man. (In: Intl. Biometeorological Cong., 3rd, ProFrench and ceedings... 1967. p. 840-45). German summary. Comparative study of personnel on recent expeditions to polar areas. The nervous and cardiovascular systems, acclimatization, hypovitaminosis and BMR are considered. Reactions were more pronounced in the Antarctic than in the Arctic due to the more DLC. severe climate. PALIANI, G., see No. 94800 889

98822 PALINOLOGIIA SIBIRI. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 126 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. A.F. Khlonova, ed. In Russian. Title tr.: Palynology of Siberia. Contains 16 papers delivered at the Second International Conference on Palynology held at Utrecht in 1966. Eight of these papers are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: L.N. Gutova and E.B. RiiibeI, L.N. Il'chenko, A.F. Khlonova, A.A. Kurbatova, T.E. Mikhallova and A.F. Fradkina, V.M. Popova, A.V. Skuratenko and V.S. DLC. Volkova. 98823 PALLAS, P.S. Reise durch verschiedene Provinzen des Russischen Reichs. St. Petersburg, Kayserliche Academie der Wissenschaften, 1771-1776. 3 v. in 5. maps, tables, illus. In German. Title tr.: Journey through different provinces of the Russian Empire. Describes his journey of 1768-1774, from Moscow to the upper Amur region under the auspices of the Russian Academy of Sciences. The narrative prepared from journal entries en route presents a comprehensive account of the fauna and flora, geography and mineral resources, aboriginal tribes, Russian colonization and commerce, etc. Scores of maps and engravings of botanical and zoological specimens, also ethnographic subjects and the detailed Latin descriptions of some 400 plants and animals enhance the scientific value of the work. V.4 (i.e. pt 3, bk 1) includes the northern leg of the voyage. In autumn 1771, Pallas reached Krasnoyarsk where he was joined by V.F. Zuev in Jan 1772. The latter's northern voyage down the Ob to the Bay in 1771 is reported p 14-38 and followed, p 38-93, by Pallas' observations on Ostyaks and Samoyeds visited in Jan-Feb 1772. Their material culture, nomadic way of life, customary law, language incl word lists, religion, song, etc are described, as are the Ob fishing industry, Ostyak fur hunting, and Samoyed sealing and reindeer hunting. Pallas' journey east to the Mongolian border via the Yenisey and Lake Baykal region and return to Krasnoyarsk complete this volume; his account includes his finds of fossil rhinoceros on the Vilyuy River p 97-99, ethnographic notes on the Amur Tungus p 238-43, and references to other Tungus tribes, also Yakuts, etc. North Asiatic plants are described and tabulated by region, p 311-21. Translations into Russian, pub 1770-1809 and French, 1789-93, etc are in DLC. DLC. PALLESTRINI, E.A., see No. 94842 PALMEIRA, R.A.R., see No. 94308 890

98824 PALMER, A.R. Cambrian trilobites of east-central Alaska. Washington, DC 1968. 115 p. map, table, illus. (US. Geological Survey. Professional paper no. 559-B) 223 refs. Describes a trilobite fauna of 127 species belonging to 97 genera, which represent either well-preserved or stratigraphically and paleogeographically important trilobites from areas or sections in a belt about 12 mi wide that extends northwest from the Canadian border for about 30 mi on the north side of the Yukon River, Alaska. The material is assigned to 11 distinct faunas: three early Cambrian, two middle Cambrian and two each of the Dresbachian, Franconian and Trempealeauan stages of late Cambrian age. The systematic descriptions include the new genera, Yukonia, Churkinia, Polliaxis, Asiacephalus, Brabbria, Gelasene, and TholiDGS. Irons. PALMER, H.D., see No. 95210 98825 PALMER, H.E. and others. Fe 55 in Alaskan natives. (In: Alaskan Science Conference 1966 pub. 1967, p. 48-61, tables) 12 refs. Other authors: T.M. Beasley and J.M. Aase. Presents results of measurement of Fe55 in Alaskan natives using the average blood volume method which is outlined. Levels of this isotope have been found to be 200 times higher in 1966 than in 1961 in certain marine organisms as a result of nuclear test explosions. Consistent with this finding, this study shows that the highest body burdens of Fe55 are produced in natives whose diet consists largely of salmon. These show the highest values of any population in the world, although comparable with the Japanese. Due to higher turnover rate of body iron in women, female rates are higher than male. The relative rates of natural dosage and that induced from thermonuclear explosions are compared. The value of Fe55 data on study of the movement of iron through various food chains is indicated. CaMAI. 98826 PALMER, H.E. and T.M. BEASLEY. SSFe in the marine environment and in people who consume ocean fish. (In: Intl. Symposium on Radioecological Concentration Procedures, Stockholm 1966. Proceedings pub 1967. p.259-62, tables) 7 refs. The concentration process for Fe 55 in the marine environment far exceeds that which occurs in the lichen-caribou-Eskimo food chain. Iron-55 levels in the fast-growing salmon and tuna fish are 20-30 times the levels in Alaskan caribou and as much as 100 times that of beef muscle in the US. These levels in salmon and tuna are 100-200 times

those reported prior to the last series of atmospheric nuclear tests. In comparison with Fe55 body burden of 81 nCi in caribou-eating Eskimos, in males of Tanana, Alaska, who also eat salmon, the value was 252 nCi, and blood samples from natives near Bethel, Alaska, whose main diet is salmon, showed an average of 700 nCi. DLC. 98827 PALMER, H.E. and others. Radioactivity in Alaskan Eskimos. (In: Symposium on radioactivity in man 1962, pub. 1965, p.527-39, map, tables, graphs, illus) 9 refs. Other authors: W.C. Hanson, B.I. Griffin and W.C. Roach. Describes the shadow shield whole body counter, its operation and calibration. The four locations in northern Alaska where it was used and body burdens of Cs-137 of Eskimos studied there are reported. The K-40 burden is also considered and white subjects, not subsisting on a native diet, counted for DLC. comparison. 98828 PALOSUO, E. Frozen slush on lake ice. (Geophysics 1965. v.9, p.131-47, 14 refs. graphs, illus) Reports on the formation and the thickness, density, hardness and crystal structure of frozen slush (white ice) on one of the six lakes studied in Finland in winters 1962/631963/64. Frozen slush is formed by refreezing of snow which had been soaked when ice sank under the weight of the snow cover, or had melted to sludge or water on the surface during mild spring days. White ice varies greatly in amount from year to year, and its thickness may exceed that of normal lake ice. The density of frozen slush is about equal to that of normal ice. The ice crystals are usually small; larger crystals being found mainly where layers of water have intruded the snow. The crystal orientation is predominantly vertical, though crystals with DGS. horizontal orientation do occur. PAL'SHIN, G.B., see No. 97488 98829 PANASENKO, G.D. Zemletrilsenilli Severnol Karelii i Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Zemletriaseniia v SSSR 1962 pub 5 refs. In 1964, p.152-54, table, map) Russian. Title tr.: Earthquakes in northern Karelia and Kola Peninsula. Notes 33 earthquakes registered in 1962 by Apatity seismic station. The majority were very small and the instruments could not determine their foci. Only two, those of 4 July and 28 Sept, were recorded also by other stations and the coordinates of the epicenters established. These two are described in some detail. DLC.

98830 PANASENKO, G.D. Zemletrisenii`a Severnoi Karelii i Kol'skogo poluostrova. (ZemletriaseniIå v SSSR 1963 pub 5 refs. In Russian. 1966, p.195-96, table) Title tr.: Earthquakes in northern Karelia and Kola Peninsula. Notes that in 1963 instruments of the Apatity seismic station registered 15 local earthquakes or tremors. Those of 28 June and 29 Oct greater in force were also registered by seismic stations in Finland. The epicenter of' 28 June quake was near the town of Kola, DLC. that of 29 Oct in Sweden. PANASENKO, G.D., see also No. 96301 PANEAK, S., see No. 96312 98831 PANFILOV, D.F. Deformarsii (In: lediånogo pokrova vblizi beregov. Akademhå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie... Metody bor'by s ledovymi... 1965, p.38-56, Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: graphs, illus) Deformation of the ice cover close to shore. Presents a theoretical analysis of the deformation of fast ice on a river as it occurs with variation of the water level. A solution is given for the bending of an ice sheet under a temporal static load applied near the river bank. The case of several loads with equal intervals between them and that of a single load are treated mathematically, and a graph for determination of the maximum moment of flexure is given for the former case. DLC. 98832 PANFILOV, D.F. Izmenenie gruzopod"emnosti ledzanogo pokrova pri podkhode gruzov na kromku 1'da. (Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitel'stvo 1965. v.35, 5 refs. In Russian. no.1, p.37-41, graphs) Title tr. Change in the bearing capacity of an ice sheet when the load approaches the edge of the sheet. Derives approximate formulas based on theoretical and experimental studies of static load distributed over a rectangular or square area. Graphs are given for settling of the ice semi-plane under a short duration load on its edge, and of an unlimited ice sheet. A formula is given for estimating the bearing capacity of an ice sheet, covering water, at different distances from the ice edge. DLC. 98833 PANFILOV, D.F. 0 ledovykh nagruzkakh na rechnye sooruzheniii v period ledokhoda. (Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitel'stvo 1966. v.36, no.4, p.41-44, tables, Title tr.: illus) 7 refs. In Russian. Concerning the ice pressure on river constructions during breakup. Calculates the dynamic effects of ice on an individual pier, a row of equally-spaced piers, and on extended structures such as river 891

banks, quay walls. The effect of continuous ice fields, mechanically considered to be a semi-infinite plate on an elastic base, moving against the ice guard is treated matheDLC. matically. 98834 PANFILOV, V.Z. K tipologicheskol kharakteristike nivkhskogo ilizyka. (Voprosy iazykoznaniia 1966. v.15, no.5, p.48-63) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Typological characteristics of the Gilyak language. Morphological and phonological study of Gilyak, an agglutinative language typologically related to the Altaic group. An old isolating stage is detected in its formation DLC. process. 98835 PANFILOV, V.Z. Nivkhskll iazyk. (In: Akademiiii nauk SSSR. Inst. iazykoznaniia. IAzyki narodov SSSR, 1968, 8 refs. In Russian. v.5, p.408-434, tables) Title tr.: Gilyak language. Linguistic study of its Amur dialect: phonetics, morphology, syntax, vocabulary. Two divergent dialects with several patois are spoken on Sakhalin Island. Alphabets for the Amur dialect were devised in the 1930's on the basis of Latin letters and changed to Cyrillic in 1952. However, no further attempts were made to develop a written language. The unresolved linguistic classification of Gilyak, Yukaghir, and Ket Yeniseian is discussed, p 407, in an unsigned DLC. introduction.

have been introduced or re-introduced in many parts of the area, but its possibilities are far from exhausted. The best beaver for stocking the area are those in the Yenisey basin; they should be released in groups of at DLC. least 30-50. 98838 PAN'SHIN, S.D. Lesa IÅkutii i ikh ispol'zovanie. (Lesnaik promyshlennost' In Russian. 1967. v.47, no.4, p.28-29) Title tr.: Forests of Yakutia and their exploitation. Discusses prospects of industrial development in this area which comprises a seventh of the total forested area in the USSR, and has timber resources estimated at 11 billion m3. Means of transport and new centers for the lumber industry are discussed. Possible transport of logs on the Lena to mining areas, and as return freight on vessels taking the Northern Sea Route, is conDLO sidered.

PANIN, V.I., see No. 100824

98839 PANTELEEVA, A.A. and N.V. IANCHENSKAIA. Arealy etnonimov karel, samoed i chud' v Arkhangel'skol oblasti. (Voprosy geografii 1966. v.70, Title tr.: In Russian. p.159-61, map) Geographic range of the ethnonyms Karel, Samoyed, and Chud' in Arkangel'sk Oblast'. Includes a list of 20 Russian geographic names containing the word Samoyed. Their occurrence from the lower Mezen' to the Karelian border suggests an ancient presence of Samoyeds throughout the northern ArDLC. khangel'sk Province.

PANKRATOV, A.A., see No. 94080, 97925

PANUSKA, J.A, see No. 99161, 99162

PANKRUSHIN, V.I., see No. 95698 98836 PANOV, G. Bobry Enisetå. (Sel'skokhozialstvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1967. v.11, no.5, p.56) In Russian. Title tr.: Beaver of the Yenisey River basin. Since beavers were reintroduced into this area the population has increased to 15-17 hundred and some localities are overstocked. The surplus should be caught and used to DLC. stock basins of northern rivers. 98837 PANOV, G. Bobry v basselne Eniseia. (Sel'skokhoziåistvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1966. v.10, no.11, p.55) In Russian. Title tr.: Beaver in the Yenisey basin. The 750,000 km2 area in Krasnoyarsk Province favorable for beaver extends chiefly on the left bank of the Yenisey, from Turukhansk District south to Shushenskiy District 53°30'N. In recent decades, beaver 892

98840 PAPMEL', E.E. Poverochnyl raschet vinta s nasadkol tipa Korta. (Nauchnotekhnicheskoe o-vo sudostroitel'nol promyshlennosti. Trudy 1938. v.2, no.4, p.57-74, In Russian. English graphs, tables, illus) summary. Title tr.: Checking calculation of a ship propeller with a Kort type nozzle. Discusses the effectiveness of the Kort type nozzle from its influence on the flow through the propeller, and the wake behind the vessel. The calculation is made for the action of a Taylor 13-B type propeller at the stern of the ship in open water, and the results are presented in graphs. The calculation of propeller efficiency with an ideal nozzle is found to confirm the results experimentally obtained with the PetnåevskiT-Kort type nozzles, showing a significant improvement of propeller performance with this nozzle. DLC. PAPROTH, R., see No. 98677

98841 PAPUNEN, H. On the barytes of Finland. (Suomen Geologinen Seura. Julkaisuja 1967. no. 39, p.45-69, tables, illus. Pub. as: Finland. Geologinen Tutkimuslaitos. Bulletin no.229) 23 refs. Describes barite from seven localities in Finland, of which one is the Taporova sedimentary iron ore deposit in Kolari district (67°20'N 23°48'E), wherein the BaO-content varies from 3-10 wt-%. Barite occurs here as xenomorphic grains which occasionally have muscovite inclusions; they have lamellar texture and twins. Barite is unevenly distributed in the rock as small flakes and lenses parallel to the schistosity. Chemical analyses DGS. are included. 98842 PARAKETSOV, I.A. On the biology of Sebastodes a/utus of the Bering Sea. (In: Sovetskie rybokhozii istvennye issledovanitä v severo-vostochnol chasti Tikhogo okeana, vyp. 1. Jerusalem, Israel Program for Scientific Transl 1968, p.319-27, graphs, map) 9 refs. English translation of No 81930. DLC. PARANICHEV, L.G., see No. 94113, 99630 PARASHCHENKO, G.N., see No.101127 98843 PARASNIS, D.S. A geophysical case history with correctly negative results. (Geoexploration 1967. v.5, no.!, p.21-29, graphs, map) 4 refs. When an airborne electromagnetic measurement across Lake Kikkejaure, northern Sweden, gave an indication which suggested the presence of a conductor of economic value (sulfide ore), successive ground electric measurements were carried out in winter on the frozen surface of the lake. Their interpretation indicated a flat horizontal conductor about 30 m thick. A test drillhole confirmed the inference. The conductor was presumed to be the clayey layer encountered above the granite at about 26-70.67 m depth, DGS. so the prospect was abandoned. 98844 PARASNIS, D.S. Locating lost drillholes in mining operations. (Geoexploration 1965. v.3 no.3, p.131-37, illus) A simple technique used at the Boliden Mining Company, northern Sweden (64°50"N 20°20"E) is to insert a rod magnet, about 2 m in length and of known moment, in the hole and measure its field by means of a magnetometer in an adit in the vicinity of the spot where the drillhole was expected. Well known formulas in the theory of magnetism then enable a very accurate determination of the end point of the hole to be made. Since there is considerable magnetic disturbance in most mines, owing to moving locomotives,

cages, or machinery, repeated measurements must be made at each observation point with the magnet withdrawn and inserted. DGS. PARFENOV, L.M., see No. 97005 98845 PARIBOK, T.A. and N.V. ALEKSEEVA-POPOVA. Mikroelementy v ras(Rastitelt tenitäkh tundry, ralon Vorkuty. nye resursy 1967. v.3, no.1, p.28-39, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Trace elements in tundra plants of the Vorkuta region. Reports analyses of 19 species for eleven trace elements and ash, on a series of tables. Included in the study are leaves of common shrubs and grasses. Maxima of certain trace elements are also considered. DLC. 98846 PARIBOK, T.A. and N.V. ALEKSEEVA-POPOVA. Soderzhanie khimicheskikh elementov v rasteniiakh Poliarnogo Urala v sviäzi s problemoi serpentinitovoi rastitel'nosti. (Botanichesktil zhurnal 1966. v.51, no.3, p.339-53, tables) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The content of some chemical elements in plants of the Polar Urals, as related to the problem of serpentine vegetation. Reviews content of Mg, Ca, Fe, Mn, Cu, Ni, Cr, Co, Sr, and Ba in Polar Ural rocks and presents results of chemical analysis for these elements in the plants. Data are presented for plants on ultrabasic and metamorphic schists. Shrubs, sedges and lichens are treated separately and differences or similarities in their chemistry are noted. DLC. PARINOVA, Z.F., see No. 101193 98847 PARISET, E. and R. HAUSSER. Evolution of ice covers during their formation. (International Assoc. for Hydraulic Research, 8th congress, Montre^1 1959. Proceedings v.3, 4p. table) Discusses several cases of ice formation on rivers, such as normal cover, hanging dam, jam, and dunes. These varieties of ice cover result from variations in the water current velocity, head value under the cover, and friction. DLC. 98848 PARISEI, E. and R. HAUSSER. (InFormation of ice covers on rivers. ternational Assoc. for Hydraulic Research, 8th congress, Montreal 1959. Proceedings v.3, 5p. graphs) Presents a mathematical analysis of ice cover formation on rivers, after an ice bridge has formed over an area of sufficiently low current velocity. Formulas are given for the mechanisms of ice cover progression by juxtaposition of ice floes, or by the floes piling 893

up, and for the transport of ice under the cover. DLC. 98849 PARISET, E. and B. MICHEL. Ice spillways for run-of-river power-plants. (International Assoc. for Hydraulic Research. 8th congress, Montreal 1959. Proceedings v.3, 7-SI, 3p. illus) The hydraulic requirements of an ice spillway are that it will pass without delay all floating ice that can be brought to the structure, that it will break the thickest ice sheets to be expected, and that its operating discharge is the smallest possible percentage of the discharge through the turbines. Three types of spillways were tested. A surface converging sluice is efficient only if the upstream slab is very long, so that the angle of convergence is small. The opening of the interior sluice does not permit the easy breaking of large blocks. The training wall of the vortex type restricts the continuity of ice flow. A semi-circular shaft spillway had an ice capacity equal to that of the approaches for the conditions of the tests. DLC. 98850 PARKER, J.R. Folding, faulting and dolerite intrusions in the Mesozoic rocks of the fault zone of central Spitsbergen. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Arbok 1964 pub 1966, p.47-55, map, illus) 19 refs. Describes the sedimentary succession and tectonic structure of the southern continuation of the Wijdefjorden-Billefjorden fault line south of Sassenfjorden based on 1962-64 fieldwork by the Cambridge Spitsbergen expeditions. Three periods of post-Paleozoic movement are recognized: Middle Triassic, Late Jurassic-early Cretaceous and post-Eocene. Stratigraphic evidence is given showing the age of the Isfjorden dolerites to be post-Upper Jurassic and pre-Cretaceous. DLC. 98851 PARKHACHEVA, E.K. Ob opyte nekapitalisticheskogo puti razvitiiä naroda Komi. (Leningrad. Gos. pedagogicheskii inst. Gertaenovskie chteniia: soisia1'noekonomicheskie i istoricheskie nauki 1965. no.18, p.51-54) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Experience in the non-capitalistic way of development of the people of Komi. Sketches the economic growth of Komi ASSR and the cultural progress of the Zyryans. Data of the 1930's are given for the coal, oil, and lumber industries, kolkhoz agriculture, education, and skilled labor force. DLC. 98852 PARKS, G.K. and others. Relation of 5- to 40-second-period geomagnetic micropulsations and electron precipitation to (Journal of geothe auroral substorm. 894

physical research 1966. v.71, no.23, p.5743-45, illus) Refs. Other authors: R.L. McPherron and K.A. Anderson. Presents the evidence that X-ray microbursts and geomagnetic micropulsations in the 5-40 sec period range are closely related. The occurrence times and duration of 25 X-ray microbursts recorded at Flin-Fon are compared with riometer and micropulsation records at College. Both phenomena are shown to occur on the morning sector (before evening and after dawn) during auroral breakup phases. DLC. 98853 PARKS, G.K. Spatial characteristics of auroral-zone X-ray microbursts. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.1, p.215-26, graphs, illus) Refs. Investigates the dynamic processes in the magnetosphere that cause precipitation of intense fluxes of electrons into the auroral zone. The results regarding spatial and temporal properties of energetic electron precipitation are given with emphasis on the bremsstrahlung X-ray microbursts. An array of four telescopes carried by high-altitude balloons launched to atmospheric depths of 2-3 g/cm3 from Flin-Flon in Sept 1965 was used. The data obtained reveal that microbursts are not distributed uniformly in the X-ray production plane, showing that this impulsive type energetic electron precipitation event occurs in the region of 40± 14 km radius on the average. Microbursts 16 Sept 1965 indicate that those observed are related to the X-ray precipitation bands drifting eastward at about 250-300 m/s. DLC. PARKS, G.K., see also No. 93556 98854 PARMUZIN, IÜ.P. and B.I. PROKOPCHUK. Sovremennye rel'efoobrazuiushchie protsessy v gorakh Orulgana. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Izvestiia 1966, ser. geog. no.6, p.58-65, map, illus) 3 refs. In Russian. Title Ir.: Present relief-forming processes in the Orulgan Mts. Describes river captures, physical weathering, gravitational processes, melt-water rockfall, solifluction and erosion processes as intensified by tectonic uplift in these mountains. Three vertical zones are recognized and briefly characterized. Accumulation processes are not characteristic for the Orulgan. DLC. PARMUZIN, IÜ.P., see also No. 95880 98855 PAROVSHCHIKOV, V.I:A. Belyl medved' na Zemle Frantsa-Iosifa. (Problemy Severa 1967, no.11, p.149-59, maps, tables) 8 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Polar bear on Franz Joseph Land. English trans-

lation available from National Science Library, National Research Council, Ottawa. Reports Mar-Apr 1960 investigations on Aleksandry and Georga Lands and air observations of the entire archipelago which is the western denning site of this bear in the Soviet Union. The Franz Joseph Land population is estimated at 520-550: 170-200 cubs, 100 mother bears and 250 others of various age and sex. The number of dens and their distribution on the two islands studied are given. The polar bear's migratory way of life is discussed, as is the seasonal character of the migration, southward and westward in fall and winter, and return in spring and summer. Protection of the species must be increased, and the capture of cubs for zoological gardens specifically prohibited. CaMAI, DLC. 98856 PAROVSHCHIKOV, V.A. Wild reindeer population and distribution in the Arkhangelsk North. English translation of No 90608, available as TT-67-51237 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va. 22151. 98857 PARPAROVA, G.M. Metamorfizm organicheskogo veshchestva mezozoiskikh otlozhenii Surgutskogo raiona. (Geologiiå i geofizika 1966, no.7, p.11-23, Title tr.: tables) 9 refs. In Russian. Metamorphism of the organic matter of Mesozoic deposits of the Surgut region. Reports coal-petrographic investigations of the material composition and metamorphic grade of 183 samples of Paleogene, Cretaceous and Jurassic deposits. Analyses of carbonized plant remains and coal are reported in the tables. Vitrinite, fusinite and other components are characterized. The metamorphic grade varies from surface to DLC. depth. PARPAROVA, G.M., see also No. 96920 98858 PARSONS, T.R. and others. The advent of the spring bloom in the eastern subarctic Pacific Ocean. (Canada. Fisheries Research Board. Journal 1966. v.23, no.4, p.539-46, graphs, map, table) Refs. Other authors: L.F. Giovando and R.J. LeBrasseur. Study based on station P (50°N 145Ø and other sources, indicates that spring bloom begins in Feb south of 45°N and east of 1351W, advances in a northwesterly direction during March and is well established in April over the whole region up to 60°N. An exception is the central area where suitable conditions do not exist until May. DLC. 98859 PARTHASARATHY, R. and others. Auroral zone electron flux and its relation to broadbeam radiowave absorption. (Planetary and space science 1966.

v.14, no.1, p.65-83, graphs, table) 32 refs. Other authors: F.T. Berkey and D. Venkatesan. Studies the auroral zone absorption of radio signals by means of the cosmic radio noise technique at high frequency and very high frequency used during passes of the artificial satellite Injun III over College and Ft Yukon Jan-Oct 1963. Fluxes of precipitating and trapped electrons with the instantaneous values of broadbeam radio absorption at 27.6 Mc/s were compared. The trapped electron flux over the zone was 10-100-fold stronger than the precipitating flux. Radiowave absorption in the auroral zone measured at 30 Mc/s by broadbeam antenna is found related to the precipitating E>40 Key electron flux during approximately isotropic precipitation. The magnitude of the trapped fluxes of E>40 Key is poorly related to the absorption, and those of E>250 Key and E>1.5 Mev are unrelated to the absorption magnitude. DLC. PARTHASARATHY, R., see also No. 94248, 97445, 97486, 99382 PARTINGTON, M.W., see No. 94268 98860 PASETSKII, V.M. Neosushche(Problemy Arktiki i stvlennye proekty. Antarktiki 1966. no. 22, p. 122-26) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Projects which did not materialize. Cites newly discovered documents which throw light on early knowledge of Vrangelya Island. An expedition was proposed in 1828 by G.A. Sarychev, Hydrographer-General of the Russian Navy, to search for the land said to have been sighted due north of Cape Yakan 69°37'N 177°24'E. Despite confirmation that extensive rugged land could be seen north of Cape Yakan during spring and summer, and continued interest among intellectuals in exploration in the Arctic, the proposal was tabled by Colonel Villamov in 1832, on the grounds that the reports of the Chukchi witnesses were based on conjecture. Thus these documents indicate that the land now known as Vrangelya Island was seen long before Capt Long sighted it sailing 15-18 mi off the south coast in 1867. DLC. 98861 PASETSKII, V.M. Shpiisbergen(In: skii vopros v nachale XX veka. Leningrad. Arkticheskü i antarkticheskii n: issl. inst. Russkie arkticheskie... 1964, p.59-78) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Spitsbergen problem at the beginning of the 20th century. Outlines the international status of Svalbard from 1871, when Sweden and Norway planned to take possession, till 1920 when 895

Norwegian sovereignty was recognized by international agreement, and 1924 when the USSR, establishing diplomatic relations with Norway, stipulated recognition of special Russian economic interests in Svalbard. CaMAI, DLC. 98862 PASETSKII, V.M. Voprosy issledovaniia Arktiki i Antarktiki v proektakh I.F. Kruzenshterna i P.I. Kruzenshterna. (In: Leningrad. Arkticheskif i antarkticheskil n: issl. inst. Russkie arkticheskie... 1964, p.23-36) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The arctic and antarctic explorations planned by I.F. Kruzenshtern and P.I. Kruzenshtern. After his circumnavigation of the globe in 1803-1806, Ivan Fedorovich Kruzenshtem (1770-1846) concerned himself with polar areas and with planning their exploration. In the last decades of his life, he was aided by his son, Pavel Ivanovich Kruzenshtem, himself an explorer, who nine times visited the Far North, studying the lower Pechora, Polar Ural, etc in part assisted by his son Pavel Pavlovich Kruzenshtern. CaMAI, DLC. PASETSKII, V.M., see also No. 95021 PASHANOVA, A.P., see No. 99815 PASHKEVICH, N.G., see No. 93569 PASHKEVICH, S.R., see No. 101050 PASHUTINA, S.R., see No. 100856 98863 PASTUKH, V.P. 0 nekotorykh kharakteristikakh tumanov na rekakh Angare i Enisee. (Leningrad. Glavnai geofizicheskaiä observatoriiä. Trudy 1965. no.178, p.35-41, graphs, tables) In Russian. Title tr.: Some characteristics of fog on the Angara and Yenisey Rivers. Reports a study of the fog regime according to the records of 21 stations on these rivers from Bratsk to the mouth of the Yenisey. Average number of foggy days, duration of fogginess, and other features are analyzed, and the data presented for possible use in the river transport service. DLC. 98864 PATERSON, N.R. Geological (In: mapping by magnetometer surveys. Benedum Symposium of Earth Magnetism, 1st, Univ. of Pittsburgh, 1962. Proceedings, p.139-57, graphs, illus) Refs. Very little of the magnetometric data obtained in surveys for world charts, geologic mapping, and mineral exploration has been given adequate geological, geophysical, and earth physics interpretation. This result is a major loss of a source of information on the earth's outer shell. In Canada the aero896

magnetic surveying mileage is probably onehalf million to one million mi/yr. Effective use of magnetometer survey, qualitative geological, quantitative geophysical, rock and earth magnetism, and geological interpretation of the survey data is discussed, and exemplified on maps. More emphasis is urged on the interpretation of available magnetometer survey data. DLC. 98865 PATERSON, W.S.B. and L.K. LAW. Additional heat flow determinations in the area of Mould Bay, Arctic Canada. (Canadian journal of earth sciences 1966. v.3, no.2, p.237-46) Seven determinations of geothermal heat flow were made in the general area of southern Prince Patrick Island. Measurements were made from sea ice in water depths of between 200-600 m. The mean heat flow for the two stations on the continental shelf in the Arctic Ocean was 0.46±0.08µcal cm-20. The mean heat flow for the five stations in the channels to the east of Mould Bay was 1.46± 0.16 scal cm-2s-1. The instrument and field methods are described and errors due to them discussed. CaMAI, DGS. 98866 PATERSON, W.S.B. Glacier surges. (Canadian alpine journal 1968. v.51, p.220.23, illus) 5 refs. Discusses causes for sudden rapid advances by glaciers, and notes several instances, such as in Steele and Walsh Glaciers. Positive explanation of these surges is still lacking. DGS. PATKOVSKAIA, N.A., see No. 95698 98867 PATRIC, J.H. Frost depth in forest soils near Juneau, Alaska. Portland, Ore., Pacific Northwest Forest and Range Experiment Station 1967. 7p. graphs, map, table. (US. Forest Service. Research note PNW-60) Refs. Reports measurements of depth of frost penetration on 13 dates between Nov 1965 and May 1966 in a forest area with litter, a bare road and a clearcut area. The study shows that while the insulating effect of litter and canopy are apparent, clearcut areas in southeast Alaska are unlikely to freeze much deeper than forested soils. DLC. 98868 PATRIC, J.H. A simplified method for estimating potential evapotranspiration in Alaska. (In: Alaskan Science Conference 8 refs. 1966 pub. 1967, p.36-40, table) Suggests that in the absence of relevant observed data in Alaska, the formula of Hamon, PEi = CDPt, which requires only monthly mean temperatures and day lengths, offers a simple method of estimating PEi.

Estimates using this formula are compared with those of J. Papadakis and C.W. Thornthwaite. CaMAI. 98869 PATRUNOV, D.K. Miniatiiirnye klasticheskie daici v izvestniakovol tolshche verkhnego devona na Novoi Zemle. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Regional'..= geologii 1966, no.8, p.194-98) 12 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Miniature clastic dikes in the calcareous stratum of the Upper Devonian on Novaya Zemlya. Describes these dikes in a carbonate stratum of Famennian stage in the Rakhmanova Peninsula, southwestern Novaya Zemlya. Miniature clastic dikes of banded limestones were formed in close relationship with horizontal microlamination of limestones. A seismic-tectonic origin of these dikes and other possibilities are discussed. DLC. PATRUNOV, D.K., see also No. 98804 § 24 PATSEVICH, S.I., see No. 94810 PATTERSON, C., see No. 97430 98870 PATTERSON, R.M. Trail to the interior. Toronto, Macmillan of Canada 1966. 255 p. maps, illus. Refs. Describes his trip in late summer 1948, following Dawson's trail of 1887 to Frances Lake in the Yukon. From Wrangell, Alaska, he travelled in a twin-screw diesel boat, up the Stikine River to Telegraph Creek, thence by road to Dease Lake and in a 14 ft canoe along Dease Lake and River to Lower Post on the Liard. There, with the prospect of an early winter, he abandoned the trail and flew out from Watson Lake Airport. His narrative is interwoven with local history, tales of explorers, traders, miners, Indians, etc, comments on people encountered, the wildlife, landscape, etc. CaMAI, DLC. 98871 PATTON, W.W., Jr. Regional geologic map of the Candle quadrangle, Alaska. Washington, DC 1967. map 1:250,000. (US. Geological Survey. Miscellaneous geologic investigations. Map no.I-492) 12 refs. The map area, 65°-66°N 159°-162°W, contains poorly exposed, highly deformed Cretaceous sedimentary, volcanic and granitic intrusive rocks, widespread basalts, and along major stream valleys, floodplain and terrace deposits of Quaternary age. Most of the north-trending folds and transverse faults have been interpreted from aerial photographs. Tabulated data on mineral composition of Cretaceous graywackes, K-Ar ages

of volcanic, and lead-alpha ages of granitic rocks, are included. DGS. 98872 PATTON, W.W., Jr. and T.P. MILLER. Regional geologic map of the Hughes quadrangle, Alaska. Washington, DC 1966. map 1:250,000. (US. Geological Survey. Miscellaneous geologic investigations. Map no. I-459) 4 refs. Devonian limestone, altered volcanic rocks and phyllite, and altered Jurassic mafic rocks are sporadically exposed across the northern edge of the map area 66°-67°N 153°-l56Ø. Elsewhere, Cretaceous metasedimentary, sedimentary, volcaniclastic and andesitic volcanic units are invaded by extensive and minor granitic intrusions. Much of the area is blanketed by glacial drift, alluvial and eolian floodplain, terrace and slope deposits. Tabulated faunal, mineralogical and K-Ar age DGS. data are included. 98873 PATTON, W.W., Jr. Regional geologic map of the Kateel River quadrangle, Alaska. Washington, DC 1966. map 1:250,000. (US. Geological Survey. Miscellaneous geologic investigations. Map no. I-437) 9 refs. Surficial floodplain, terrace, dune and other eolian deposits mantle most of the eastern part of the map area 65°-66°N 156°-159°W, here traversed by the lower Koyukuk River. In the western part of the area, named for one of the right tributaries of the Koyukuk, faulted and folded Cretaceous graywacke sandstone and mudstone, marine and nonmarine shale and siltstone occur south of Jurassic(?)-Cretaceous andesitic volcanic rocks, intruded by granitic bodies, and nearly horizontal flows of Tertiary or Quaternary olivine basalt. Tabulated faunal data are DGS. included. PATTON, W.W., Jr., see also No. 98128 PAUKEN, R., see No. 100905 98874 PAUL, A. The development of investigation into hail occurrence in Alberta. (Albertan geographer 1966-67, no.3, p.4-10, illus) The occurrence of hail in the southern and central grain-growing areas of Alberta is of great economic consequence, as well as interest to meteorologists. The Alberta Hail Studies initiated in 1956, a pilot investigation of the Research Council of Alberta and the federal Meteorological Branch, and the McGill Univ Stormy Weather Group's participation in project planning and data analysis are outlined. A cloud-seeding program was also started in 1956 under auspices of the Alberta Weather Modification Co-operative 897

Ltd and has continued. Records of hail insurance companies have been studied, especially in evaluating suppression efforts. But more information needs to be collected if the cloud-seeding technique is to be effective. CaMM. 98875 PAUL, R.H. Log interpretation in complex gas bearing reefs, northeast British Columbia. (Society of Professional Well Log Analysts, Annual logging symposium, 8th, Denver, Colo. 1967. Transactions p.Jl-J13, graphs, map) 4 refs. Presents practical methods of obtaining reliable porosity and water saturation data needed for determination of reserves in the Fort Nelson area where the gas occurs in vuggy, fractured and highly altered coarse crystalline dolomite in the upper Devonian Slave Point and middle Devonian Elk Point formations. Reservoir rocks are often fractured and have extremely large vugs, rendering acoustic-type devices virtually useless. In the Slave Point carbonates the laterologneutron or laterolog-density combinations permit most accurate determination of reservoir characteristics. Zones which produce formation water appear to have gas saturations as high as 86%. Gas producing zones have gas saturations of 98% or greater. The Clark Lake gas field, 20 mi SE of the town of Fort Nelson is the only field now in production; other fields are scheduled for tie-in within the next two years. DGS. PAULIKAS, G.A., see No. 94064 98876 PAULSON, I. Die Wassergeister als Schutzwesen der Fische im Volksglauben der finnisch-ugrischen Völker. (Acta ethnographica 1966. v.15, no.1/2, p.181-94) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Water spirits as protectors of fish in the lore of Finno-Ugrian peoples. Describes the belief in guardians of fish and patrons of fishing among Ostyaks, Voguls, Zyryans, Lapps, etc. The dwelling places of water and fish spirits, their functions, teriomorphic and anthropomorphic appearance, relation to nature deities, beneficial and evil powers, also placation and worship, sacrificial rites, etc, are discussed on the basis of folktales and mythology. Finno-Ugric fish and game animal religions are traced back to a common mesolithic culture based equally on hunting and fishing. DLC. PAULY, H., see No. 98697 PAUSESCU, E., see No. 97882, 98115 PAVLAK, T.L., see No. 99323 898

PAVLENKO, G.B., see No. 93748 PAVLENKO, V.S., see No. 93490 PAVLIDIS,

Iuu.

A., see No. 98425

98877 PAVLIKOV, Zh. A. Morzhi na ostrove Vil'kiükogo. (Priroda 1966. v.55, no.9, p.125, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Walrisses on Vil'kitskogo Island. Reports sighting two rookeries of about 400 and 200 heads, also two families of polar bears. The bears ran off but the walrusses remained and could be photographed up to 2 m of where they lay. DLC. 98878 PAVLOV, A.F. Osobennosti kornmunika[sl1 zhilykh poselkov i proizvodstvennoI bazy Verkhne-Tulomskol GES. (Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitel'stvo 1965. v.35, no.3, p.10-12, table, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Features of the utilities for the settlements and operations base of the Verkhne-Tuloma hydroelectric station. Describes the water supply, sewage, and hot-water conduits, and their construction for a population of about 2,500 on the left bank terrace of the Tuloma River, one km from the dam gate. The main utility lines are laid either on the surface, thermo-insulated in wood casings, or in trenches. Forced circulation in the heating system is estimated for 90°C water at -42°C outside air temperature, and for a 6.7 km pipeline. DLC. 98879 PAVLOV, A.V. Metody inzhenernykh prognozov glubiny promerzaniia i protaivanitå grunts. (In: Sezonnoe protaivanie i promerzanie gruntov na territorii Severo-Vostoka SSSR 1966. p.58-76, graphs, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Methods of engineering forecasts of the depths of ground freezing and thawing. Discusses methods derived from direct observations and others by various calculations used by engineers. Ground surface temperature, heat exchange in the ground, convection and migration, ground-water, coefficient of temperature conductivity and other components of seasonal freeze-thaw are estimated, and new formulas are offered for forecasting the depth. DLC. 98880 PAVLOV, A.V. 0 metodakh opredeleniia teploobmena v pochve i v snezhnom pokrove. (In: Akademiiii nauk SSSR. Inst. geografii. Teplovol i radiatsionnyl balans, Moskva 1965, p.23-36, table, graphs) 42 refs. In Russian. Title fr.: Methods of determining heat exchange in soil and in the snow cover. Reviews the existing methods, and use of instruments: thermocouple, thermistor, ther-

mometers, etc; their deficiencies are noted. Heat flow and heat exchange with lithosphere are still little investigated. Causes of error, etc, in heat flow calculation are summarized and mistakes in instrumental measurements considered. Convective transfer of heat is discussed. Equations used in the determination of heat balance in soil and snow cover are dealt with. DLC. 98881 PAVLOV, A.V. and A.I. DANIUSHEVSKAIA. 0 nakhodke mal'ty v furskikh otlozheniiakh Leno-Anabarskogo pro(Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii giba. Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'naiä 3 geologili 1966, no.9, p.224-27, tables) refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Find of maltha in Jurassic deposits of Lena-Anabar trough. Describes the viscid bitumen found in 1965 in Middle Jurassic deposits of the Olenek River region. Its physical-chemical analysis is presented, as is the hydrocarbon composition of the mineral tar. According to genetic classification it is attributed to maltha, which is presumed to have migrated from Cambrian, Sinian or Permian deposits where bitumen DLC. manifestations are frequent. 98882 PAVLOV, A.V. Uglistye vkltücheniia Tursko-melovykh uglenosnykh otlozhenii Aldano-Chul'manskogo raiona (IUzhno-IAkutskii kamennougol'nyi basseln). (Litologiia i poleznye iskopaemye 1967, no.2, p.69-78, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Carbonaceous inclusions in Jurassic-Cretaceous coal-bearing deposits of the AldanChul'man region. Reports study of these inclusions 1-2 to 10-20 cm in length and 1-5 to 3-5 cm thick. 532 samples were studied and the petrographic features and physical-chemical properties are described. The content of small elements is determined. The carbonaceous inclusions are of the same stage of metaDLC. morphism as the coal seams. 98883 PAVLOV, A.V. Veshchestvennyl sostav zoly uglei nekotorykh raionov Zapadnogo Shpiiibergena. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'nai`a geologiiii 1966, no.8, p.128-36, 14 refs. In Russian. Title tables) Composition of coal ash of some Vestspitsbergen regions. Reports 1962 chemical study of coals from the Russian mines at Barentsburg and Pyramiden and from some other regions of the archipelago. In their ash, 41 chemical elements were determined, they are in two groups: main elements of ash and microelements. Lower Carboniferous coal ash contains silicon, alumina, iron oxide and other admixtures. Results of spectral analyses are also

given. The presence of germanium is characterized. DLC. PAVLOV, B.M., see No. 100956 PAVLOV, G.F., see No. 99976, 99981, 101541 98884 PAVLOV, IÜ.D. Zagnåzneniia rybokhoziålstvennykh vodoemov v IAkutskoi ASSR. (In: Soveshchanie po biologicheskol produktivnosti vodoemov Sibiri... 1966, p.167-68) In Russian. Title tr. Pollution of fishery waters in the Yakut ASSR. Principal sources of pollution are riverboats, mining, ore refining and factories. Mercury used in gold refining is one of the principal pollutants in salt and complex form. Most (98%) Lena river boats have no provision for collecting waste oil and fuel to prevent river pollution. A committee to direct amelioration was appointed in 1965. DLC. PAVLOV, L.P., see No. 96846 PAVLOV, V.S., see No. 99257 98885 PAVLOV, V.V. Palinologicheskoe obosnovanie vozrasta verkhnemezozoiskikh otlozhenii na pravom beregu reki Nilima, vozvyshennost' OTun-Khaia. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologiiå i biostratigrafiia 1967, Refs. In Russian. no.20, p.65-67) Title tr.: Palynological substantiation of the age of the Upper Mesozoic deposits on the right bank of the Vilyuy River, Oyun-Khaya upland. These deposits were previously considered Neocomian and attributed to the Batylykh local series. Study of pollen and spores and their percentage relationship indicate that the deposits are of Aptian-Albian age and should be attributed to the Eksenyakh local series. DLC. 98886 PAVLOV, V.V. Spory Lycopodium grandiveticulatum Pavlow sp. n. iz nizhnemelovykh otlozhenil Lenskogo basseina. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologic i biostratigrafiii 1967, no.17, p.79-81, illus) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Spores of Lycopodium grandiveticulatum Pavlov n. sp. from Lower Cretaceous deposits of the Lena Basin. Reports a palynological study of these deposits of the Lena coal basin in the Olenek region. Spores of this club moss are described noting collected material, comparison, location and age. CaMAI, DLC. PAVLOV, V.V. see also No. 101002 899

PAVLOVA, N.N. see No. 95154 98887 PAYNE, T.G. and others. Arctic slope of Alaska. Washington, DC 1967. 3 sheets map 1:1,000,000. (US. Geological Survey. Oil and gas investigations. Map OM 16 refs. Reprint of No 31213. DGS. 126) 98888 PCIRELINA, T.M. 0 svi zi autigennogo mineraloobrazovaniia so sredol osadkonakopleniiä ibrskikh i melovykh otlozhenü Lenskogo basseTna, Sangarski ralon. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst- geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1963. Regional'naiå geologiia no.1, p.165-70, illus) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Authigenic mineral formation as related to the environment of sedimentation of the Jurassic and Cretaceous deposits of Lena basin; Sangar region. Reviews these Jurassic and Cretaceous deposits 4500 m thick and formed under various sedimentation conditions. According to lithologic signs and faunal remains the entire Jurassic-Cretaceous stratum is divided into four series: Baylyk, Chechuma, Sangar and Vilyuy. Each has its own authigenic minerals and distinct environment of sedimentation. Coastal-marine, freshwater basin and lagoon deposits are recognized and DGS. briefly characterized. PCHELINA, T.M., see also No. 100228 98888A PEACOCK, F.W. The cultural changes among the Labrador Eskimos incident to the coming of the Moravian mission. (In: J.N. Malaurie. Nouveau-Qu6bec. Paris 1964. p.439-56, maps) Refs. Discusses briefly the success of the Moravians in dealing with the Eskimos' fear of spirits, shamanism and taboos. Protection of the Eskimos from exploitation in trade, introduciton of weapons and fishing gear, care for the aged and other economic benefits are noted. Improvement of marriage relationships, education and housing, the introduction of organized village councils and of law and order into Eskimo political life are CaMAI, DLC. also considered. 98889 PEACOCK, J.D.C. Sandhurst in (Alpine journal 1967. Greenland, 1966. v.72, no.314, p.45-56, map) Describes the Royal Military Academy, Sandhurst, party to the Sukkertoppen Icecap, West Greenland. They ascended the Taterat Glacier, traversed the Icecap to Søndre Strømfjord and returned to encircle the Mt Atter massif, with an ascent of Mt Atter DLC. itself. 900

98890 PEARCE, D.C. and J.W. WALKER. An empirical determination of the relative dielectric constant of the Greenland (Journal of geophysical research ice cap. 7 1967. v.72, no.22, p.5743-47, graphs) refs. Presents the results of measurements of 30-Mc/s radar pulse propagation times and ice density, in the icecap at Camp Century, obtaining an empirical relation between ice density p , and relative dielectric constant C. The resulting linear relation is found to be C= 3.16 pt 0.41 for the range of densities of p between 0.535 and 0.920 gm/cm3. The comparison of two theoretical determinations, and the present empirical calculation of E as a function of p confirms the empirical approach as correct. This makes possible a substantial refinement of the theory when the values of both p and C in situ at several hundred meters depth are available. CaMAI, DLC. 98891 PEARSON, R.W. Response of human epidermis to graded thermal stress; a morphologic comparison of burns, cold-induced blisters, and pemphigus vulgaris. (Archives of environmental health 1965. v.11, no.4, p. 498-507, illus) 7 refs. Describes the development, immediately after freezing, of localized wheal-like edema followed by erythema which persists until blister formation some 90-120 min later. In sharp contrast to the effects of heat, the epidermal cells are by and large well preserved even two hr after freezing. Blisters develop in the plane of the so-called space between the plasma membrane of the basal cells and the basement membrane. DLC. 98892 PECHERSKII, D.M. Anizotropåå ostatochnol namagnichennosti, vazhnyi indikator termodinamicheskogo rezhima formirovanitå gornykh porod. (In: Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Inst. fiziki Zemli. Nastoiashchee i proshloe... 1965, p. 143-47, table) In Russian. Title tr.: Anisotropy of remanent magnetization, an important indicator of the thermodynamic regime of rock formation. Presents a highly informative study, using rock samples of different genesis, constitution and tectonic position, from the Yana-Kolyma folding zone, Kolyma middle massif, northern Okhotsk seacoast, Okhotsk-Chukotka volcanogenic belt, Chukotka folding zone, and elsewhere. Its purpose is to establish the geologic causes of the formation of anisotropy in rocks. The anisotropy values in cubical samples of sandstone, siltstones, argillites, tuffs, ignimbrites, lavas, granites, granitediorites, xenolith in granitoids, gabbro, diabases, hornstones, gneisses, amphibolites, migmatites, etc were evaluated from the ratio of the maximum of remanent magnetization

to its minimum in samples specially magnetized in the field of more than 5000 oersteds. The average error in evaluation was ± 0.1 to ± 5.5% for isotropic and anisotropic samples respectively. The anisotropy is shown to be practically independent of the rock's petrography and genesis, but it is greatly influenced by axial compression and temperature. The degree of anisotropic saturation in rocks serves as a criterion of the degree of their metamorphism, and therefore, is suitable for paleomagnetic investigations. DLC. 98893 PECHERSKII, D.M. Laboratornyt analiz magnitnoi stabil'nosti granitoidnykh porod Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (Vses. konferentsiia po paleomagnetizmu 5th, Krasnoyarsk 1962. Materialy 1963, p.147-57, graphs) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Laboratory analysis of the magnetic stability of granitoid rocks of northeastern USSR. Shows that natural remanent magnetization of coarse-grained granitoids of the region reduces in time faster than that of smallgrained granitoids. Rock samples of different composition from different zones of the Northeast, left in the earth's magnetic field for 20-50 days during a 100-day period, showed increase in intensity of magnetization up to 150%, and change in direction of magnetization vector 40-45°. The experiments prove that granitoid intrusives of the Northeast are magnetically unstable. This precludes correct determination of the initial values of their remanent magnetization, and of the field intensity of the epoch of the granitoids' formation, unless the law of reduction of their magnetization with time is given. DLC. 98894 PECHERSKII, D.M. Magnitnye svoistva granitoidov Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (Akademiå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyl kompleksnyi n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1964, no.9, p.6-158, graphs, maps, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The magnetic properties of granitoids in the Northeast of the USSR. Presents the characteristics of the geologic structure and development of the Verkhoyansk-Chukotka and Koryak-Kamchatka folded provinces. The magnetization of intrusives of the area is mapped. Ferromagnetic minerals of the granitoid rocks and their formation conditions are analyzed. Statistical analysis reveals that the petrographic composition of the granitoid intrusives and their enclosing rocks only weakly affects the magnetization of intrusives. The magnetization of the granitoids is significantly affected by tectonic conditions and depths of their formation. Thermodynamic conditions also play an important role. Tin mineralization is associated with non-magnetic

intrusives, gold mineralization with magnetic intrusives. DLC. 98895 PECHERSKII, D.M. and others. Results of paleomagnetic study of an upper Cenozoic volcanogenic sequence, in central part of Kamchatka median range. (Intl. geology review 1967. v.9, no.9, p.1212-28, graphs, tables, illus) 9 refs. Other authors: V.N. Kffileva and G.P. Kazakova. English translation of No 90682. CaMAI, DLC. 98896 PECHERSKII, D.M. Statistical analysis of the reasons for the varying magnetization of the granitoids of the Verkhoyansk-Chukotka volcanic belt. (Intl. geology review 1965. v.7, no.11, p.1963-76, graphs, map, tables) 7 refs. English translation of No 81985. CaMAI, DLC. 98897 PECHERSKII, D.M. Statisticheskie kharakteristiki nekotorykh petrogennykh elementov magnitnykh i nemagnitnykh granitoidov Severo-Vostoka. (Akademihå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otdelenie. Severo-Vostochnyl kompleksnyl n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1967. no.3, p.167-72, table) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Statistical characteristics of some petrogenic elements of magnetic and nonmagnetic granitoids of the Northeast. Some 1500 or more granitoid intrusions are known in northeastern Yakutia and Magadan. Chemical analyses are reported of nonmagnetic granitoids mostly in the YanaKolyma and Chukotka folded systems and magnetic granitoids from the Okhotsk-Chukotka volcanic belt and the Omolon residual massif. Statistical analyses of the silica, magnesium, calcium and iron content are given. Data are tabulated on statistical characteristics of some rock-forming elements. DGS. PECHERSKII, D.M., see also No. 97177, 98134, 100292 98898 PECK, H.E. Iceland and Greenland. New York, Adelard-Schuman 1966. 125 p. map, illus. Part 2 (45 p) presents for the general reader a survey of the topography, culture and economic life of Greenland. DLC. 98899 PED', D.A. Statisticheskil sposob prognoza sezonnoi anomalii temperatury vozdukha. (Moskva. TSentral'nyi Institut prognozov. Trudy 1966, no.153, p.69-78, tables) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A statistical method of forecasting seasonal anomaly of air temperature. Proposes a method of forecasting bimonthly seasonal air temperature anomaly over European USSR by using the 1901-1950 901

atmospheric circulation data of 14 stations, incl Ust'-Tsil'ma, Verkhoyansk, Arkhangel'sk and Syktyvkar. Author reviews synoptic, statistical, and hydrodynamic methods developed by other scientists, and presents own method based on a more detailed study of atmospheric circulation, or its manifestations in weather elements in the entire Northern Hemisphere. The dependability of this method could not be tested because of insufficient information from stations outside the USSR. DLC. PED', D.A., see also No. 95002, 101010 98900 PEDDER, A.E.H. The upper Devonian gastropod Orecopia in western Canada. (Palaeontology 1966. v.9, pt. 1, p.142-47, map, illus) 22 refs. Describes Orecopia cotei n sp from fawncolored fine-grained limestone of the Tathlina formation on Hay River, Mackenzie District. The precise age of the associated fauna is in doubt, but may be late, rather than middle Frasnian. DGS. 98901 PEDEN, A.E. Redescription of a north Pacific prickleback, Alectridium auranticum. (Canada. Fisheries Research Board. Journal 1967. v.24, no.1, p.1-8, tables, illus) Refs. Describes in detail this species (with key to the genera) known until now from a single specimen and synonymized with Electrias electrolophus (Pallas). Differences from other members of the subfamily Alectriinae are also considered. It is found in the lower intertidal and subtidal waters between Kodiak, Alaska, and the Commander Islands. DLC. 98902 PEDERSEN, A. D-region ion densities measured in the auroral zone with rocket probes. (In: NATO Advanced Study Institute, 3rd. Electron density profiles... 1966. p.31-34, graphs, illus) Refs. Summarizes results from two rockets launched from Andøya early in Mar 1965, the first during geomagnetically quiet daytime conditions, and the second during a weak auroral event, and the measurements made at 30-95 and 30-85 km respectively. Ion densities are derived from the data on Gerdien condenser saturation currents obtained when sweeping the voltage V, positive and negative. The concentration values against altitude are given in two separate diagrams. DLC. 98903 PEDERSEN, A. Grønlandssaelen. (Grønland 1966, no.3, p.103-108, map illus) In Danish. Title tr.: The harp-seal. Describes briefly biology of Phoca groenlandica. These seals come to Greenland waters between May and Dec-Jan from their 902

breeding grounds in the drift-ice northeast of Newfoundland, and the area north and northeast of Jan Mayen. 11,945 seals were killed in Greenland in 1961-62, a small part of the whole stock estimated at more than three million around Newfoundland and between 500,000 and one million around Jan Mayen. CaMAI, DLC. 98904 PEDERSEN, E. ikamiut, Sukkertoppen distrikt; historisk strejflys over en nedlagt boplads. (Grønland 1966, no.6, p.219-22, map) In Danish. Title tr.: Ikamiut, Sukkertoppen district; historic light on an abandoned settlement. Discusses a theory, that Greenlanders from the south settled at Ikamiut at the beginning of the 18th c. Hans Egede described it on a visit in 1723 as a well populated place. It was CaMAI, DLC. abandoned in 1958. 98905 PEDERSEN, A. Et lemmingår. (Grønland 1966, no.1, p.23-29, illus) In Danish. Title tr. A lemming year. General biological account of the lemming (Lemma lemmus), which in Greenland occurs only in the northeast, and author's observations of a 1927-28 lemming invasion in the Scoresbysund region. CaMAI, DLC. 98906 PEDERSEN, J.A. Villminken i Norge. (Naturen 1964. v.88, no.9, p.515-26, graphs, maps, illus) In Norwegian. Title tr.: The wild mink in Norway. Discusses the distribution, ecological adjustment, and possible economic significance of a new predator. During World War II mink escaped from fur farms in sufficient numbers to establish the wild variety. It has spread over the southern part of the country except for the high plateau and recently has appeared in northern counties in scattered localities. It preys upon a variety of fauna, including domestic fowl and small animals. The wild mink must be kept separated from the 11/2 million farm mink to prevent possible DGS. infestation and spread of disease. 98907 PEDERSEN, K. An experiment in numerical prediction of the 500mb wind field. Oslo 1960. 12 p. tables, graphs, maps. (Norske videnskaps-akademi. Geofysiske publikasjoner v.21, no.8) 5 refs. Computes two 48 hr predictions of the geostrophic stream at 500 mb on an initial synoptic situation of 6 Dec 1956, 1500 GMT read from the US Weather Bureau daily series of synoptic weather maps. The barotropic vorticity equation with divergence was used for the prognoses. One prediction uses the four-point formula, commonly substituted for the Jacobian operator, the other uses an

eight-point formula. The prognoses cover the arctic regions, and south to about 20°N. On the larger scale the two predictions are similar, the displacements of six smaller troughs in the prediction using the four-point formula is 66%, and in the eight-point formula 78% of the displacements actually observed. DLC. 98908 PEDERSEN, K. On quantitative precipitation forecasting with a quasi-geostrophic model. Oslo 1963. 25 p. tables, graphs, maps. (Norske videnskaps-akademi. Geofysiske publikasjoner v.25, no.1) 16 refs. Presents a method of solving the quasigeostrophic saturated-adiabatic system of equations. The method is tested on a highly simplified model for precipitaiton forecasts in the eastern and northeastern United States and Canada. The predictions are found to agree surprisingly well with the observed precipitation. DLC. PEDERSEN, K.R., see No. 94145 PEGUY, C.P., see No. 99014 98909 PEIPONEN, V.A. Über Brutbiologie, Nahrung and geographische Verbreitung des Birkenzeisigs, Carduelis flammea. (Omis fennica 1962. v.39, no.2, p.37-60, tables, graphs, maps) 26 refs. In German. Title tr.: Breeding biology, diet and geographic distribution of the redpoll Carduelis flammea. Study made during 1955-58 in the Kilpisjärvi (69°N 21°E) area. Nest building and grouping of nests, brooding and development of young are described. Composition of the diet in summer is given and relation of geographic distribution to plant food is discussed. The bird is circumpolar in its distribution. DLC. PEIPPO, J., see No. 93659, 93659A • 98910 PEIVE, IA. V. Vazhnesshie dostizheniiå v oblasti estestvennykh i obshchestvennykh nauk v 1966 g. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Vestnik 1967. v.37, no.3, p.11-191) In Russian. Title tr.: The principal achievements in the field of the natural and social sciences in 1966. Report to the Academy of Sciences on the work of its Siberian Division includes scattered remarks on such in arctic and far northern areas; the 1000 kw capacity turbine operating on freon vapor devised at the Pauzhetka electric station in Kamchatka, is noted (p 60) as the first in the world. DLC.

98911 PEKARSKAIA, N.K. Prochnost' merzlykh gruntov pri sdvige i ee zavisimost' of tekstury. Moskva, Izd-vo Akademii nauk SSSR 1963. 108 p. tables, graphs, illus. Approx. 90 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Strength of frozen ground under shear stress and its dependence on texture. Investigates the shear resistivity of frozen ground, and the regularity of its variation in ground of different composition, state, and structure under different external influences and conditions. The effects of negative temperatures on the strength of frozen ground are studied. The general character of relationship between tangential and normal stresses is established, and the values of friction and adhesion in the total resistance of the ground to slow and rapid shearing forces are discussed. DLC. 98912 PEKERSKII, M.A. Promyshlennoe vnedrenie metoda elektroprogreva merzlogo grunts tokom vysokogo napnåzheniia. (Magadan. Vses. n.-issl. inst. zolota i redkikh metallov. Sbornik referatov 1961 pub. 1962, p.27-28) In Russian. Title tr.: Industrial introduction to the method of electroheating frozen ground using high voltage currents. Discusses briefly the use in 1961 of high voltage currents in frozen ground of the Magadan region near the Sea of Okhotsk. A 10 m distance from the extreme electrode can be considered a safe one in working over formations of high moisture content and using 10x103.11x103 v currents. DLC. 98913 PEKKARI, A. Svenska Tornedalen förr och nu. (Nordens tidning 1959. v.17, no.1, p.12-14, illus) In Swedish. Title fr.: Swedish Tornedalen then and now. Discusses the linguistic situation in the Swedish part of the Tome drainage basin where Finns, Lapps, Swedes and some Norwegians live. The region is on a trade route known from the 14th century between the Baltic and Arctic seas, it is a longtime commercial center, a source of fish, minerals and agricultural products. Although its basic population was of Finnish stock, that language has not been taught in the local Swedish schools since early in the 20th century. The program of education is in Swedish, most church services are in Finnish, and the common language is a mixture with a blend of Lappish, the Tome dialect. Plans are proposed for teaching several languages in the local schools, to improve relationships and DLC. communications within the area. PEKKARINEN, M., see No. 96487 903

98914 PELIKH, C.I. Dosamodiiskii tip zhilishcha narymskikh sel'kupov. (Tomsk. Univ. Uchenye zapiski 1966, no.60, p.94-107, illus) Refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: PreSamoyed type of dwelling of the Narym Sel'kups. Describes two kinds of ancient winter housing still used by Sel'kup Samoyeds of the middle Ob basin in Tomsk Province. The tmrmat is a sod house in the shape of a truncated pyramid erected over a shallow pit; similar dwellings are known throughout West Siberia and must be considered of proto-Ugric origin. The second and older type, the karamo, was developed by ancestral Sel'kups before their assimilation by the Samoyeds. The karamo is a rectangular pit house with log-reinforced earth walls and a gabled or inclined flat roof. Its sunken floor, up to 2 m deep, slopes upward toward the rear of the house. An inner log well separates the unheated lower-lying entrance hall form the living quarters with a hearth near the partition wall. Linguistic and archeological factors are cited to substantiate the claim for antiquity of the karamo. Sel'kup idiomatic designation of "uphill" for living quarters and "downhill" for the hearth site are inapplicable to other local house types. Karamo-like graves of the Andronovo bronze age, 2nd-lst millennium BC, occur in Tomsk Province, yet are unknown anywhere else in the Andronovo culture sphere. DLC. 98915 PELIKH, G.I. K istorii sel= kupskogo shamanistva; po materialam solternogo kul'ta. (Tomsk. Univ. Trudy 1964. v.167, p.132-44) Approx 30 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Sel'kup shamanism; based on materials of the solar cult. Discusses shamanistic lore and rites peculiar to the Sel'kup Samoyeds of the Narym region. Dichotomy in beliefs indicates a fusion of two genetically unrelated religious manifestations: an ancestral pre-Samoyed solar cult, possibly of Paleosiberian origin, and a superimposed Samoyed shamanism. DLC. 98916 PELLETIER, B.R. Development of submarine physiography in the Canadian Arctic and its relation to crustal movements. (Royal Society of Canada. Special publications 1966, no.9, p.77-101, maps, illus) 23 refs. Also pub as Canada. Bedford Inst. of Oceanography, Dartmouth, N.S. Unpublished manuscripts. Report B.I.O. 64-16. New soundings, and paleontologic and lithologic evidence obtained with bottom grabbers and cores in Canadian Arctic Islands waters offer support to the general theory of Fortier and Morley (cf No 50953) of subaerial erosion of a pre-existing single land 904

mass by streams, of modification of such river valleys by valley glaciers, and the subsequent widespread submergence. There is equally strong evidence of post-Pleistocene emergence. The theory of simple ice loading and unloading is not enough to explain the overall vertical movement of 2000 ft in so short a time. It appears that a general tectonic force acted over the entire archipelago, exclusive of the presumed tectonism associated with the origin of Baffin Bay. From a physiographic and tectonic point of view both northern Greenland and the Canadian Arctic Islands have identical histories. Nares Strait appears to be part of a former river system complete with watersheds and tributaries; geologic structure probably controlled the original drainage system. DGS. PELLETIER, B.R., see also No. 95210, 97490 98917 PEL'TEK, E.I. Tipy mestorozhdenü boksitov Sibirskol platformy i nekotorye osobennosti ikh formirovaniia i razmeshcheniia. (Sibirskil n: issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syr'iå. Trudy 1967. no.58, p.3-18, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Types of bauxite deposits of the Siberian platform and some features of their formation and distribution. These deposits, formed between the Aptian to Paleocene, consist of two subformations. One represents a stage of weathering of the parent alumosilicate rocks, the other redeposition of weathering products in sedimentation areas. The Chadobets, Podkamennaya Tunguska, Yenisey Ridge and other bauxites are analyzed and their occurrence conditions characterized. A general scheme of their formation is presented and interpreted and promising areas for search are noted. DLC. 98918 PELTOLA, R. Über den Ursprung des Segels and seine Benennung bei den Urfinnen. (Studia fennica 1965. v.12, p.28-57, illus) Refs. In German. Title tr.: Origin of the sail and its names in protoFinnish. Analyzes the Lappish versus Balto-Finnish origin of these morphologically affinal names and considers them derivatives from a common early-proto-Finnish word. The appearance of the cloth sail among western FinnoUgrians is traced to about the 12th century AD; earlier use of a bush or leafy branch as sail seems evident from the original root word meaning something bushy or dense. DLC. 98919 PELZER, E.E. Mineralogy, geochemistry and stratigraphy of the Besa River shale, British Columbia. (Bulletin of Can-

adian petroleum geology 1966. v.14, no.2, p.273-321, graphs, map, illus) Refs. Presents data on this thick, black shale sequence which is extensive over northern British Columbia to the Yukon border. Paucity of fossils favors a geochemical approach to the stratigraphic problems, and this methodology is explained. Basic to the technique is the presumption of chemical variation as a function of time. Oxide content is plotted vs time and the presence of trace elements is discussed. The mode of origin of the shales, which are frequently both bituminous and uraniferous, is regarded as highly problematic, but an extensive shale transgression over shelf carbonates in highly saline and reducing conditions seems most probable. A comprehensive list of 67 refs is appended. DLC. PENGELLEY, E.T., see No. 94470 98920 PEN'KOV, K. Effektivnost' sdeP noI oplaty v remontnom fsekhe. (Sotsialisticheskil trud 1965. v.10, no.7, p.135) In Russian. ZYtte tr.: Effectiveness of piece-rate pay in a repair shop. Introduction of piece-rate pay system at the electric installations repair shop of the Noril'sk metallurgical combine raised level of shop production 23-25% above assigned DLC. norm. PENNER, G., see No. 96564 98921 PENNIE, A.M. A new craft on the Mackenzie Delta. (Beaver 1967. v.297, no.4, p.34-36, illus) Describes the trials in the Arctic of the air cushion vehicle Westland SRN-5 over various types of terrain, incl sea ice with pressure ridges, beaches, tundra, frozen lakes, open water, and break-up ice on the Mackenzie River. The trials were considered highly satisfactory. CaMAI, DLC. PENTINA, T. Iii., see No. 99449 98922 PEREL'TSVAIG, M.O. Vechnaih merzlota i ee vliiiinie na gazoprovody pri razlichnykh sposobakh prokladki. (Stroitelstvo truboprovodov 1967. v.12, no.12, p.9-11) In Russian. Title tr: Permafrost and its effects on gas pipelines laid by different methods. Shows that frost heaving and subsidence, suffusion, solifluction, frost cracking, naleds, and other phenomena of permafrost ground may considerably increase the stresses in underground pipelines and cause damage. Pipelines built above the surface are re-

commended for permafrost areas as less affected by unstable ground conditions. DLC. 98923 PEREMYSLOV, A.S. Vybor optimal'noi sistemy rasseleniil v Sredne-Obskom neftedobyvaiüshchem ralone. (Akademiiäa nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Izvestiia 1967, no.6, p.65-70) In Russian. Title tr» Selection of the best settlement system in the middle-Ob oil producing district. Presents mathematical computations based on local industrial and labor factors for use in planned regional development. Four alternatives calling for the construction of one or several large towns, or a combination of big and small settlements are considered for this district of about 100,000 km2, extending from Khanty-Mansiysk east to Aleksandrovskoye. The advantages and disadvantages of each plan are discussed in the light of prevailing economic and social demands of workers and their families. DLC. 98924 PEREPECHIN, B.M. Nashi les(Lesnaia promyshlennost' nye bogatstva. In Rus1967. v.47, no.10, p.7-9, table) sian. Title tr.: Our forest reserves. Discusses forestry in the USSR in the last decades, and the increasing exploitation of northern regions. 3000 km of railroad has been built to the formerly inaccessible forests in the basins of the rivers Ob, Pechora, Pinega, Angara, Yenisey, etc, connecting Ivdel'-Ob in Tyumen Province, Ukhta-Troitsko-Pechorsk in the Komi ASSR, and Arkhangel'sk-Karpogory in the Arkhangel'sk Province. Lumbering in the northern regions has increased by 65 million m3 over the last DLC. ten yr. 98925 PERETRUKHIN, N.A. Osobennosti proektirovaniih zemhånogo polotna na uchastkakh razvitiih naledeT. (USSR. Komitet po zemltånomu polotnu. Sbomik 1966, 3 refs. In no.7, p.29-40, table, illus) Title tr.: Specific features of Russian. earthen railroad-bed construction in localities of naled formation. Discusses the effects of naleds on railroads and engineering-geology measures to prevent their formation on the line and to counteract their dangerous effects on the roadbed and the traffic. The best method is to bypass naled-forming sites when prospecting and surveying the route prior to construction. Methods developed from experience on the Lena-Tayshet line, for investigation of geologic and hydrogeologic conditions along the route, and the possible naled sites, and forecasting of naled phenomena are reDLC. commended. 905

98926 PEREY, F.G.J. and E.R. POUNDER. Crystal orientation in ice sheets. (Canadian journal of physics 1958. v.36, no.4, p.494-502, graphs, illus) 14 refs. The surface layer of ice sheets frozen under one-dimensional cooling from melts of pure water or melts containing traces of organic additives, was found to consist of crystals with nearly vertical optic axes. A gradual change of the mean orientation of the optic axes towards the horizontal is almost completed at depths of 4-5 cm under the freezing conditions used, and occurs more rapidly with the melts containing additives. With additives, the ice sheet shows another feature also, a transition layer about 0.5 cm below the surface. The crystals are much smaller in the transition than in the surface layer and few extend through it. An explanation of the observations is offered, in terms of preferred growth of an ice crystal in planes perpendicular to the optic axis. This provides a mechanism permitting more rapid growth of DGS. crystals with inclined axes. PEREZHOGIN, G.A., see No. 99939 98927 PERFIL'EV, V.I. Materialy po osennim migratsnåm ptiis v TSentral'noi i IUgo-Vostochnol IAkutii. (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. IAkutskil filial. Inst. biol. Pozvonochnye... 1964, p.61-65, tables, graphs) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Materials on the fall migration of birds in central and southeastern Yakutia. Reports observations in Sept-Oct of 1959 and 1960 during daylight hours. Numbers of ducks and geese (flight intensity) and some other common birds am recorded and their approximate total registered. Weight and nutritive condition are reported for some of the migrants. DLC. PERFIL'EVA, V.I., see No. 98102 PERFILOVA, A. P., see No. 99995 98928 PERKINS, P.J. and others. Underwater communication sounds of the sperm whale Physeter catodon; communication sounds of finback whales. (Norsk hvalfangst-tidende 1966. no.12, p.225-28; no.10, p.199-200) Other authors: M.P. Fish, W.H. Mowbray and P.J. Perkins. Eight categories of whale sounds were differentiated: whistles of various duration, frequency and inflection (0.7-16 Khz), chirps which involve considerable change in frequency in a very short period of time (8-12 Khz, 10 msec duration), pings which resemble ASW echo-ranging (3.8-16.5 Khz), plinks which resemble pings without reverberation (4.5-11 Khz), squawks (3.9-9 Khz), rasps (c. 2 9nR

Khz), yelps comprised of 2-5 parts (1.8-4.5 Khz), and wheezes (c. 1.3-3.7 Khz wide band noise). It is maintained that these can serve as intelligence bearing, communicative signals. DLC. PERKINS, P.J., see also No. 98928 PERKINS, R.W., see No. 95935 98929 PERL'SHTEIN, G.Z. and others. Merzlotnaia s"emka drazhnykh poligonov. (In: Vses. mezhduvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po geokriologii, 8th. Materialy v.2, 1966. p.83-96, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Cryopedologic survey of drift polygons. Reports 1962-65 studies in the Lena gold-bearing region. Cryopedologic and hydrogeologic conditions of gold placer deposits were studied and methods of large-scale mapping of drift polygons discussed. This type of survey is described and maps for surface and buried placers are presented. The maps give distribution of thawed and frozen rock, thickness of frozen rock, temperature regime of rocks, unconsolidated deposits, ground water conditions, etc. DLC. PERL'SHTEIN, G.Z., see also No. 97822 98930 PERMIAKOV, R.S. and others. Krupnye otsloeniia v porodakh visiachego boka kukisvumchorrskogo mestorozhdeniia i mery bezopasnosti pri ikh obrushenii. (Bezopasnost' truda v promyshlennosti 1965. v.9, no.9, p.35-39, tables, graphs, illus) In Russian. Other authors: G.T. Nesterenko, F.I. Boretkto, IU.I. Borushko and V.K. Piskarev. Title tr.: Large exfoliations in the rock of a hanging wall in the Kukisvumchorr deposit and safety measures in caving. Discusses large split-offs of undercut apatite-nepheline rock at the Kirov mines, and measures to prevent accidents. The Apatit combine engineering staff determined the formation conditions for such exfoliations, and the main factors affecting their stability. The safest way for further undercutting of rock beneath the exfoliation is its caving by chamber blasting, when the split-off stability reaches a danger value determined by the angle map between the plane of the main rock body, and the plane of the split. DLC. PERMIAKOV, R.S., see also No. 95652, 100033 PERMIAKOV, S.A., see No. 98356 98931 PERMIAKOVA, A.A. Lugs doliny reki Borulakh. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. IAkutskii filial. Nauchnye soobshcheniia

1962. no.8, p.43-49, illus)

In Russian.

Title fr.: Meadows of the Borulakh River

valley. Outlines the structure of this valley, located on the Verkhoyansk Plateau, and its meadow flora. Four groups of grassland are distinguished: marshy meadows, meadows proper, steppe-like meadows, and steppe fragments. Each, except the third group, is divided into subgroups according to the predominant plant components, e.g. arctophile meadows, manna-grass meadows, sedge meadows, etc. DLC. PEROV, V.F. Selevye potoki 98932 Khibinskogo gornogo massiva. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1966. v.21, ser. 5: geog. no.1, p.106-110, illus) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Mudflow in the Khibiny Mountain massif. Describes mudflows averaging 2-4 km in length and 5-10 km2 in area. They are widely distributed and consist of snow, water and stones. They occur in spring with rapid snow melt and rain. They are a natural phenomenon determined by thawing of the thick snow cover, presence of seasonally frozen rocks or of permafrost and activity of soil flowing down from wet slopes. DLC. 98933 PEROZIO, G.N. Epigeneticheskie preobrazovaniia v peschanikakh i alevrolitakh fury i mela Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (Litologiih i poleznye iskopaemye 1966, no.3, p.58-71, map, graphs, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Epigenetic transformation of Jurassic and Cretaceous sandstones and siltstones in the West Siberian lowland. Reviews the geologic structure of the region and the composition of these rocks, including the Surgut, Yeloguy, Tym and other drill holes. The sandstones and siltstones are widely distributed and make up 30-80% of the terrigenous rocks. Their cements are also analyzed, primary and secondary distinguished. Development of epigenetic processes is characterized. Epigenetic minerals such as quartz, albite, calcite, etc are noted. DLC. 98934 PEROZIO, G.N. and N.T. MANDRIKOVA. 0 vremeni formirovaniia karbonatnykh tsementov v neftianykh peschanykh plastakh Ust'-Balykskogo mestorozhdeniia. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.173, no.1, p.164-67, illus) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: The time of formation of carbonaceous cements in oil sand beds of the Ust'-Balyk deposits. Considers the role of cementation in the migration and accumulation of oil and reports study of oil- and water-bearing beds. The

formation of carbonates in these beds began and ended before the oil accumulated. DLC. 98935 PERRIER, F. Psychopathologic et climat polaire. (In: Intl. Biometeorological Cong., 3rd, Proceedings... 1967. p.846-51). In French. English and German summary. Title h:: Psychopathology and polar climate. Psychopathological problems, particularly during the polar winter are still considered unsolved. However, a distinction should be made between Caucasians and natives and between meteorological and social conditions. DLC. 98936 PERRY, R. The world of the walrus. London, Cassell 1967. 162 p. map, illus. Refs. The walrus has increased in numbers somewhat since its near extinction in the 1930s, probably by retreating to commercially inaccessible iceflelds. The some 125,000 walrusses now extant are distributed in five groups, viz: the Bering-Chukchi, Laptev, Barents-Kara north to Svalbard and Franz Josef Land, Labrador-Hudson Bay-Eastern Arctic Islands, and an isolated group off northeast Greenland. The life history and annual migrations of herds are controlled by their dependence on banks of shellfish not deeper than 250-300 ft, and their preference for loose floes on which to rest. The physical characteristics, habits and herd behavior of this marine mammal are described. CaMAI, DLC. 98937 PERRY, R.B. and H. NICHOLS. Geomorphology of Amlia Basin, Aleutian arc, Alaska. (Geographical review 1966. v.56, no.4, p.570-76, graphs, maps, illus) 8 refs. Discusses the mode of origin of this submarine basin using bathymetric data only. Its genesis is considered due to evacuation of magma and consequent collapse. If so, this depression represents the world's largest caldera, 500 nautical mil in area. Fissure flows down the slope to the Bering Sea are suggested as the destination of the evacuated magma. An alternative explanation, volcanic elevation of the long north wall of the basin, with accompanying faulting, is considered less plausible. Maps and profiles are included. DLC. 98938 PERRY, T.L. and C.A. FINCH. Pentosuria in a North American Indian. (Nature 1967. v.216, no.5119, p.1027-28) 9 refs. This inborn error of metabolism, usually believed to occur almost entirely among people of Jewish descent, whose antecedents 907

can be traced to eastern Europe, is now reported from a mentally retarded Athapaskan Indian boy from a reserve on the British Columbia-Yukon border. This occurrence suggests that the gene mutation for pentosuria has occurred more than once in widely diverse human populations. The patient's mental defect and pentosuria seem not to be causally related. DLC. 98939 PERSHI S, A.I. and N.N. CHEBOKSAROV. Polveka sovetskol etnografii. (Sovetskala etnografiia 1967, no.5, p.3-24) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: 50 years of Soviet ethnography. Reviews Soviet fieldwork and major publications in the fields of ethnogenesis, demography, sociology, aboriginal cultures and social structure. Northern peoples and territories are included. DLC. 98940 PERSIDSKY, M.D. and V. RICHARDS. New approaches in measuring the linear rate of ice crystallization in water and aqueous solutions. (New York Academy of Sciences. Annals 1965. v.125, art. 2. p.677-88, graphs, illus) 17 refs. Reports design of an instrument for measuring the velocity of crystallization by the speed with which a glass capillary tube containing a solution is immersed into a cooling bath while the advancing ice front is kept stationary with respect to the level of the bath. Two methods of control of the rate of immersion, automatic and manual, are described. An improvement of an older method using U-shaped capillary tubes is also reported. The new method is suitable for measuring the linear rate of ice crystallization of saline water with different contents and character of solvents, and of freshwater with different quality and quantity of mineral and biological solvents. Experimental curves representing measurements of the crystallization rate of sodium chloride, and sucrose within the temp range 0-60°C, and polyvinylpyrrolidon K-30 within the temp range 0 to -40°C of different concentrations are given. The methods are compared and evaluated. CaMAI, DLC. 98941 PERSOV, G.M. Sostoianie polovykh zhelez u kety igorbushi pri perekhode k morskomu etapu zhizni itemp ikh polovogo sozrevaniiå. (In: Akademitå nauk SSSR. Murmanskii morskos biologicheskii inst. Trudy 1965. v.9(13), p.95-105, tables, illus) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr Condition of gonads in chum and pink salmon during transition of marine life and the rate of their maturation. Reports a histological study of gonads in 908

embryos, larvae and young from hatcheries in Sakhalin and the Arctic with controls from rivers and some laboratory material. Size of nuclei, oocytes and structure of the protoplasm were used as criteria of maturation. DLC. 98942 PERSSON, B. 55Fe from fallout in lichen, reindeer and Lapps. (In: Intl. Symposium on Radioecological Concentration Processes, Stockholm 1966. Proceedings pub 1967. p.253-58, graphs, table) 11 refs. The samples for this study, made in northern Sweden, were prepared by ashing and then a radiochemical separation of the iron content. The iron was electrodeposited onto copper planchets for counting. The Fe55 content so determined was about 40 nCi/kg dry weight in lichen, between 100-250 nCi/1 in reindeer blood and 5-10 nCi/kg wet weight in reindeer meat: blood content of Lapps about 12 nCi/1 for males and about 35 nCi/1 for females. DLC. 98943 PERSSON, H. and K. HOLMEN. Bryophytes collected during the arctic field trip of the ninth International Botanical Congress. (Bryologist 1961. v.64, no.2-3, p.179-98) 50 refs. Following a review of earlier work, liverworts and mosses are reported from seven localities, widely separated in northern Canada and in different geological provinces. The detailed field notes include location(s) of the species, substrate, etc; earlier records and taxonomy are given as well. DSI. 98944 PERSSON, H. Bryophytes of Alaska and Yukon Territory collected by Hansford T. Shacklette. (Bryologist 1963. v.66, no.1, p.1-26, illus, map) 50 refs. Account of the liverworts and mosses collected during the summers of 1957-59 in 14 different areas of Alaska, with notes describing them and the itinerary. Range extensions are given for 176 species, two of them Anastrophy/lum donianum and Dicranodontium circinnatum new to North America. The discovery of Splachnum mela nocaulon may be the first report of this species from North America. Earlier records, substrates, locations, etc are given for each species. DSI. 98945 PERfSOVA, N.M. Srednie vesa i razmery massovykh vidov zooplanktona Belogo mono. (Okeanologiia 1967. v.7, no.2, p.309-313, graph, tables) 16 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Average weight and size of mass zooplankton species in the White Sea. Presents data on copepods and cladocerans. Proportional relationship is established be-

tween the length of body and the cube root of its weight. Equations for determining weight are derived. DLC. 98946 PERTSOVA, N.M. and M.I. SAKHAROVA. Zooplankton proliva Velikaia Salina, Beloe more, v sviazi s osobennosuämi gidrologicheskogo rezhima v 1966 g. (Okeanologiia 1967. v.7, no.6, p.1068-75, graphs, tables) 18 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Zooplankton of Velikaya Salina strait, White Sea, as related to the special features of the hydrological regime in 1966. Describes the unusual conditions during 1966 with an invasion of ice masses in spring and summer, causing a decrease in water temperature and salinity in the upper layers of the coastal waters. A peculiarity of the zooplankton in this period was its low diversity, and that characteristic of low salinity regions was composed of great numbers of Rotatoria, Cladocera, Copepods. The number of larvae of the bottom fauna was low. Some species did not breed, and the breeding and settling of larvae of other species proceeded later than usual. DLC. 98947 PERVAGO, V.A. Aldanskaiii zhelezorudnaIä provintsii.. Moskva, lzd-vo Nedra 1966. 116 p. map, table, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Aldan iron-ore province. Outlines the investigation and geologic structure of this ore province in the Aldan and Timpton regions of Yakut ASSR. Its stratigraphy and tectonics are analyzed. Types of iron ores and their genetic classification are given. The deposits are described as in three regions. Genesis of the iron ores is analyzed. Iron ore epochs and formations and the metallogenic zoning of the region are given. The reserves are appraised as approx 4 billion tons. DLC. 98948 PERVUNINSKAIÅ, N.A. Obosnovanie stratigraficheskogo raschleneniiä nizhnemelovykh uglenosnykh otlozhenil Zhiganskogo ralona po dannym sporovo-py1tsevykh issledovanil. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologiiä i biostratigrafüä 1966, no.15, p.41-46) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The stratigraphic subdivision of Lower Cretaceous coal-bearing deposits of the Zhigansk region on the basis of spore-pollen data. Describes sections in the Menkere, Begidzhyan and Dzhyuedzesinde River basins and correlates them with some in adjacent regions. Four spore-pollen assemblages are identified. DLC.

98949 PERVUNINSKAIA, N.A. Sporovo-pyl'tsevye kompleksy aalenskogo isrusa (Leningrad. N.-issl. Zhiganskogo raTona. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologiiä i biostratigrafiia 1967, no.20, p.68-70) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Spore pollen assemblages of the Aalenian stage in the Zhigansk region. Reports investigation of 52 rock samples from Lower Jurassic deposits, and composition of the spore pollen assemblages, together with lithologic properties and fauna. Similarities in vegetation in Aalenian time are noted between the Zhigansk region and Khatanga and Ust'-Yenisey depressions. DLC. 98950 PERVUSIIIN, A.S. Nabliitdeniis za rodami u kashalotov. (Zoologicheskii 4 zhurnal 1966. v.45, no.12, p.1892-93) refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Observations on calving in sperm whales. Notes difficulties and scarcity of such observations and describes four cases seen from a whaler on 26 Mar 1964, at 37°01'S 71°44'E. The female "stood" vertically with a quarter of the body above water, the young was close to the mother and still connected to her with the umbilical cord. Two other females were keeping the young above water, as its tail was not unfolded for some time. DLC. PESANT, C., see No. 97940 98951 PESCHANSKII, I.S. Primenenie metodov razrushenitä morskogo l'da. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1967. no.27, p.82-92, graphs, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Use of methods for the destruction of sea ice. Reviews the working out and testing of methods by the laboratory of the Arctic and Antarctic Institute. Various types of suitable energy are discussed, heat, chemical energy, mechanical destruction. The use of icebreakers is considered the most effective. Construction of a ship's ice-cutter is described and illus by schemes and models. Regions of drifting ice, those of non-mobile ice and port DLC. areas are discussed. 98952 PESSI, Y. Agriculture in northern Fennoscandinavia; pt. 3, agricultural research work in Finland. Uppsala, Almqvist & Wiksell 1965. 192 p. map, table, refs. (Acta agriculturae Scandinavica, supplementum 13) In sequence to No 59861 and No 73583. Reviews past and present agricultural research in Finland, particularly the work of the ten experiment stations in the six northern provinces. These include the Muddusniemi Experimental Farm and the Polar Circle 909

Agriculture Experiment Station. The history of these stations and their present plant, equipment and activities are outlined. Hydrotechnical, soil, and other investigations are described in detail, incl research into organic terrain. The results of experimental cultivation of a large number of grains, fodder crops and vegetables are reviewed. Plant diseases and crop pests are discussed and there is a short section on livestock. Projects in the Far North include studies on upgrading of inundated meadowland; development of herbage plants and potatoes incl the testing of local and foreign strains; the effect of photoperiodism on plant development; and studies on reindeer digestion and fish biology. DLC. 98953 PETAJAN, J.H. and C.J. EAGAN. The combined effects of cold and exercise on the triceps surae reflex. Brooks Air Force Base, Texas 1967. 13 p. graphs, tables. (US. Arctic Aeromed Lab. Fort Wainwright, Alaska. Technical report no. AAL-TR-66-15) 8 refs. Cooling of limbs and the rise of muscle temperature during exercise affect more than thermal balance. The recovery of the contractile mechanism of muscle is slowed by cooling and accelerated by warming. Exercise and possibly direct cooling of muscle increase the utilization of thyroid hormone or other factors which facilitate the recovery process. Such factors may be important in the series of reactions which are important to physical fitness as well as to adaptation to cold. CaMAI, DLC. PETELIN, V.P., see No. 95210 98954 PETER, G. Magnetic anomalies and fracture pattern in the northeast Pacific Ocean. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.22, p.5365-74, maps, illus) 15 refs. A group of magnetic anomaly bands near the western boundary of the north-south magnetic lineations can be recognized from the Aleutian Trench southward over a distance of 3000 km. This tends to support earlier views that these anomaly bands may represent zones of crustal weakness formed DGS. by ancient stresses. 98955 PETER, G. Preliminary results of a systematic geophysical survey south of the Alaska Peninsula. (In: Symp. on Continental Margins... 1965. Proceedings pub 1966. p.223-37, illus) 8 ref's. Presents results of a survey of the magnetic and gravity fields and the bottom topography of an area located between 45° - 55°N 155°30' - 158°30"W, across the Aleutian Trench 910

southwest of Kodiak Island, with a model of crustal structure in the Trench area. Three positive magnetic anomaly bands run nearly parallel with bathymetric contours in the area of the northeast-trending Aleutian Trench. South of lat 51°N, the anomalies form high and low bands aligned north-northwest. This anomaly pattern reveals two major crustal discontinuities, one at the top of the southern trench wall, the other near the southern edge of the outer ridge. The anomalies may represent fracture zones with associated DGS. magnetic minerals. 98956 PETERSEN, O.E. Rocket measurements of electron density and collision (In: frequency in the lower D-region. Summer School in Space Physics, 1963. Introduction to solar terrestrial relations pub 1965, p.479-87, graphs, illus) 3 refs. Reviews briefly the application of the magneto-ionic theory determination of electron density and their collision frequency in the ionosphere of the auroral zone, using the data of three Nike-Cajun rockets launched from Andøya, Norway in Aug and Dec 1962. Profiles of electron density and collision frequency obtained from the first launching are given in a graph. DLC. 98957 PETERSEN, O.V. Crossed axial plane dispersion in epididymite. Contribution to the mineralogy of Ilimaussaq, no.8. (American mineralogist 1966. v.51, no.5-6, p.916-19, graph, table) 5 refs. Presents X-ray powder data and variation of the three indices of refraction and 2V for wavelengths 4150-6800 Å for epididymites from Narssarssuaq and Ilimaussaq alkaline complex, south Greenland. The dispersion images of epididymite from the two areas are DGS. completely identical. PETERSEN, O.V. The miner98958 alogy of naujakasite. Contribution to the mineralogy of Ilimaussaq, no.9. København, C.A. Reitzels Forlag 1967. 17 p. graphs, tables, illus. (Meddelelser om Grønland. v.181, no.6) 4 ref's. Redescribes this mineral, first described by B4ggild, 1933 (No 1812) from a loose boulder. It occurred as platy rhomb-shaped, silvery white crystals in lujavrite, occasionally constituting about 3/4 of the rock. A new chemical formula is proposed: (Na,K)6 (Fell, Mn,-Ca) (Al, Fe111)4 Si8026. H2O, Z= 2. Naujakasite alters easily through several stages to analcite. Chemical analyses by I. DGS. Sørensen are included. PETERSEN, O.V., see also No. 94126A

98959 PETERSEN, R. Burial-forms and (Folk death cult among the Eskimos. 1966/67. v.8-9, p.259-80) 64 refs. Describes old Eskimo customs and beliefs, now virtually extinct: exposure and interment, orientation of the corpse, grave offerings and memorial feasts, taboos and precautionary measures incl mourning and purification rites, etc. Eskimo concepts of souls, after-life, and rebirth are discussed. No actual conflict is seen between the Eskimo death cult and shamanism or magic. DSI. 98960 PETERSIL'E, I.A. and V.A. PRIPACHKIN. Gases in rocks of Olenegorsk deposit of iron ore. (Intl. geology review 1965. v.7, no.6, p.990-94, tables, illus) English translation by V.P. Sokoloff of No 82034. DLC. 98961 PETERSIL'E, I.A. Gazovaiii sostavGamshchal nekotorykh geologicheskikh format-ill Kol'skogo poluostrova i kristallicheskogo fundaments otdel'nykh ploshchadei Zapadnoi Sibiri. (In: Vses. petrograficheskoe soveshchanie 3d. Proiskhozhdenie shchelochnykh porod 1964, p.94-101, tables, graphs, illus) 3 refs. In Russian. IV le tr.: Gas components of some geologic formations of Kola Peninsula and the crystalline basement of isolated areas of Western Siberia. Reports studies started in 1951 and 1954 in the Khibiny massif then extended to the Lovozero, Kovdor, Afrikanda, and others. The prevailing patterns of gas (H2, CO, Och4C2H6, etc) distribution are outlined. Kovdor and Afrikanda differ in their components from Khibiny and Lovozero massifs. Some data are given on the crystalline basement of Malyy Atlym, Tyumen and other areas. This type of study is considered of value in petrology and for knowledge of endogenic processes. DLC. PETERSIL'E, I.A., see also No. 95440, 97415 98962 PETERSON, J.A. Ice-shove ridges and other ice-shove features, Whitegull (In: McGill Lake area, Labrador-Ungava. Univ. Sub-Arctic Research Lab... 1966. Research paper no.21, p.82-94, tables, illus) Refs. Reports field observations in this area of two groups of ice-shoved features, viz: iceshoved vegetation and ice-shoved ridges. The latter are subdivided into those formed on lake shores and large islands, and those formed on small islands and in shallow waters. Two processes involved in the formation of ice-shoved features are discussed, and data are tabulated on thicknesses of white ice, black ice and snow at various locations.

The possibility of ice-shoved features having a role in the observed shorelines of pro-glacial lakes such as Naskaupi is briefly considered. Several ice-shoved features are illus and suggestions for continued observations are presented. CaMAI. 98963 PETERSON, J.T. and L.D. DRURY. Reduced values of solar radiation with occurrence of dense smoke over the Canadian tundra. (Geographical bulletin 1967. v.9, no.3, p.269-71, map, illus) 2 refs. French summary. During an aerial re nnnaissance 10 July 1964, in the Great Slave-Dubawnt-Contwoyto lakes region, NWT, measurements of the downward total solar radiation were made in smoke-free areas and in areas where dense smoke originating from small forest fires within the boreal forest was carried north in slowly expanding plumes extending from the surface to 5000 ft at all times and on two occasions to 8000 ft. At 4000 ft the smoke caused an average attenuation of 25% in the DGS. downward solar flux. 98964 PETERSON, R.S. Drugs for handling fur seals. (Journal of wildlife management 1965. v.29, no.4, p.689-93, table) 20 refs. Reports results of testing seven drugs for immobilizing animals by affecting their nervous system. Automatic projectile syringes were used on some 300 animals in the breeding grounds at St Paul, Alaska. Phencyclidene was useful as a long time depressant, succinylcholine as a short-acting, DLC. paralytic agent. PETERSON, R.S., see also No. 95507 98965 PETHON, P. Food and feeding habits of the common eider (Somateria (Nytt magasin for zoologi mollissima). 1968. v.15, p. 97-111, graphs, tables, illus) 45 refs. Crop and stomach contents were numerically dominated by isopods, amphipods and Mytilus edulis. Seasonal variations in the food of adults and age variations in the diet of ducklings occur, but could not be related to changes in the composition of the benthonic fauna. The increased amounts of small crustaceans found in the diet of both young and adults during the periods of feather development and moult, suggest that these foods may be important for the maintenance of a normal plumage. The normal depth range of the most important food species is less than three m; maximum diving depth recorded was 16 m; in shallow waters eiders feed simply by head-dipping and tilting. CaMAI, DGS. 911

98966 PETKEVICH, A.N. and others. Nereshennye voprosy regulirovanii rybolovstva v Obskom basseine. (In: Soveshchanie po biologicheskol produktivnosti vodoemov Sibiri... 1966, p.23-25) In Russian. Other authors. V.N. Polymskil and V.A. Zamråtin. Title tr.: Unsolved problems of controlling catches in the Ob basin. Discusses water pollution and the problem of regulating catches during the most vulnerable parts of the life cycle of fish. DLC. 98967 PETKEVICH, A.N. and others. Sostoihnie zapasov üennykh ryb v vodoemakh Sibiri i mery ikh uvelicheniia. (In: Soveshchanie po 'biologicheskot produktivnosti vodoemov Sibiri... 1966, p.8-11) In Russian. Other authors: A.V. Podlesnyi, V.V. Ogurisov and K.N. Titova. Tide tr. Valuable fish resources in Siberian waters and means of increasing them. Fish production in some of the northern river systems has decreased significantly since 1964 due to the disruption of breeding and feeding grounds by human settlement and technology, and an increase in predator and parasite populations. Areas in which amelioration is most needed are the deltas of some of the largest river systems. DLC. 98968 PETOCZ, R.G. Preliminary observations on Fusulinidae from the eastcentral Alaska Range. (Journal of paleontology 1967. v.41, no.6, p.1547-49, map) 7 refs. Describes the stratigraphy and structure of the Mankomen Formation in the two areas from which Permian fusulinids are being studied as part of a continuing project, viz: the upper Delta River area and the western Gulkana Glacier area. The fusulinids Monodiexodina, Schwagerina, and Pseudofusulinella from the areas of study are briefly discussed in terms of their affinities with Asiatic faunas. DGS. PETRENCHUK, O.P., see No. 99807 98969 PETRENKO, E.S. and V.K. DMITRIENKO. Potenüial'naia plodovitost' nekotorykh vidov stvolovykh vreditelei v sosmåkakh Krasnoiarskogo Priangar' i. (In: Soveshchanie zoologov Sibiri, Tomsk, 1966. Voprosy zoologii, p.77-79) In Russian. Title tr.: Potential fertility of some species of trunk pests in the pine forests of the Angara River region in Krasnoyarskiy Kray. Population studies of pine pests revealed the following insects to be the most common: Phaenops cyanea, P. guttulata Gebl., Hylobius abietis L. and H. albosparsus Boh. 912

Population density potential was found to be 3047% higher than the actual figure. DLC. 98970 PETRiAF.V, E.D. Pamiåti M.A. Sergeeva. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1967, no.5, p.188-89) In Russian. Tide tr.: In memory of M.A. Sergeev. Describes the life and scientific activity of Mikhail Alekseevich Sergeev, 1888-1965. He worked in northern Siberia, the Far East and Kamchatka and published some 350 papers and 22 books on the ethnography, history, geography, literature, etc of the peoples of the North. DLC. 98971 PETRIE, G. and R.J. PRICE. Photogrammetric measurements of the ice wastage and morphological changes near the Casement Glacier, Alaska. (Canadian journal of earth sciences 1966. v.3, no.6, p.827-40, maps, table, illus) 7 refs. Two sets of maps were compiled for the Casement Glacier, on the east side of Muir Inlet and its outwash area, from aerial photography taken in 1948 and 1963. The major problems resulted from lack of measured ground control; they were overcome by stereotemplet triangulation for planimetric control and by the use of the extensive bodies of water to provide both model levelling and a height datum. Comparison of the two sets of maps reveals extensive ice wastage, with a maximum retreat of the ice front of 1.5 km. Large masses of stagnant ice have been detached from the glacier and covered by fluvioglacial deposits. Landforms developed in these deposits as a result of wastage of the buried ice are discussed. DGS. 98972 PETRIE, L.E. Developments of HF predictions for the Arctic. (In: NATO Inst. on Ionospheric Radio Communications in the Arctic. Proceedings 1967 pub 1968. p.263-71, graph, maps, illus) 7 refs. Describes a technique for predicting the ionospheric F 1 layer-junction radio frequencies for latitudes greater than 35°N, incl those of Tromsql, Narsarssuaq, Ft Chimo, Clyde, Ft Churchill, Baker Lake, Resolute, Fairbanks, Anchorage, and other stations. The calculation of more reliable factors for use in predicting the optimum radio-communication traffic frequency is discussed and charts of these factors are given. In the prediction system developed, the F 1 layer prediction is treated separately and not as an extension of an E layer prediction system. CaMAI, DLC. PETRIE, L.E. and E.S. WAR98973 REN. The propagation of high frequency waves on the Winnipeg-Resolute Bay oblique sounder circuit. (In: NATO Inst. on

Ionospheric Radio Communications in the Arctic. Proceedings 1967 pub 1968. p.242-59, graphs, illus) 8 refs. Presents the observed frequency limits for propagation of HF radio waves across the auroral zone during 27 Aug 1957 - June 1960. The accuracy of techniques for predicting the monthly median values of these limits, the effect of Spread F upon the F-layer junction, and the nature of the mechanism determining the lowest observed frequencies of the propagation path, are discussed. The similarity of the diurnal behavior of Spread Fto that of the inaccuracy of the F 2-layer estimated junction frequency is shown for Ft Churchill. DLC. 98974 PETROGRAFIIA I MINERALOGIIÅ PRIPOLIARNOGO URALA. M.V. Fishman, ed. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 131 p. graphs, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title Ir.: Petrography and mineralogy of the Subpolar Ural. Contains six papers, all abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz (titles tr): BUKANOV, V.V. and E.M. MEL'NIKOVA. Axinite from an alpine type vein. BUKANOV, V.V. and others. Chlorite from alpine type veins. FISHMAN, M.V. and others. Accessory minerals in rocks in the southern part of the Pechora Ural. FISHMAN, M.V. and others. Some features of amphibolites of the Subpolar Ural. GOLDIN, B.A. Orthite from the Subpolar Ural. MAL'KOV, B.A. and E.M. MEL'NIKOVA. Vein alkaline gabbroids, lamprophyres, and pseudo-lamprophyres of northern TiDLC. man. PETROSIAN, N.M., see No. 93569, 98804 § 16 98975 PETROV, A.A. and L.A. RIAZANOVA. About three occasions of sudden warming of the arctic stratosphere. English translation of No 90754, available as TT-65-61263 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va., DLC. 22151. 98976 PETROV, A.F. Geologinå zapadnoi chasti Aldanskogo shchita v basselnakh rek Chary i Tokko. (In: Akademill nauk SSSR. IAkutskii filial. Inst. geologii. Geologüa i petrologhå dokembriiI Aldanskogo shchita... 1966. p.110-34, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geology of the western part of the Aldan shield in the Chars and Tokko River basins. Outlines the stratigraphy of the Lower Proterozoic deposits of this region. Upper Proterozoic crystalline formations are sepa-

rated according to degree of metamorphism and rock composition into Olekma and Borsalinskaya series and subdivided into smaller units. Petrographic characteristics of crystalline schists, amphibolites, gneisses, magmatic rocks and others are described. Tectonic zoning of the west part of the shield is given. DLC. 98977 PETROV, E. Ib. Opredelenie velichiny vsplytitå korpusa pri rabote ledokola nabegami. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1966, no.24, p.68-72, graphs, table) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Determining the height of hull elevation of an icebreaker working in runs. Considers the wedging of a large icebreaker forcing piled hummocks or moving through a narrow lead by short runs. A differential equation of motion for two degrees of freedom (vertical and transverse to the motion) is set, and solved for the largest type of icebreaker. The results are presented in a graph of the wedging force in terms of contact velocity of the icebreaker with the ice. CaMAI, DLC. 98978 PETROV, G.D. Progress mekhanizai ii pri sooruzhenii gidrouzlov. (Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitel'stvo 1967. v.37, no.11, p.23-38, tables, illus) In Russian. Title d»• Progress of mechanization in construction of hydroelectric power plants. Reviews developments of 1917-41, 1945-59, and 1959 to date. An inventory of Russian mechanized equipment in use for power plant construction in the USSR, Pakistan and the UAR is given; their operations, productivity and engineering performances evaluated. Mechanical equipment at the Bratsk, Krasnoyarsk, Ust'-Ilim, and other power plant sites is discussed. In 1966 the hydroelectric power organizations of the USSR had 790 single bucket excavators, 300 scrapers, 2,300 bulldozers, and 600 caterpillar and pneumatic wheel cranes. Mechanization in earth work increased from 34% in 1940 to 97% in 1966, and in concrete laying from 72-75% in 1948-49 to 99% in 1966. This shows the rate of mechanization of construction equipment at power plant sites in the USSR. DLC. PETROV, IÜ.E., see No. 93789 98979 PETROV, O.M. K voprosu ob istorii razvitiia morskol fauny molliuskov severnoi chasti Beringova mori . (Vses. paleontologicheskoe o-vo. Trudy sessii 9th, 1967, p.183-91, table) Refs. In Russian. Title Ir.: The development history of the marine molluscan fauna of the northern part of the Bering Sea. 913

Reports a study of Pliocene-Quaternary marine molluscs of the Chukchi Peninsula and northern Bering Sea. Bivalves and gastropods are grouped into arctic, arcticboreal, and boreal species. Changes in the biogeographic composition of this fauna, and fluctuation of climate and sea level are discussed. The formation of this fauna in the northern Bering Sea in the Pleistocene is connected with the southward migration from the Arctic Basin of both North Atlantic and Arctic Basin species. Later changes are also discussed, noting that of the arctic complex into arctic-boreal, and gradually into the present fauna. DLC. 98980 PETROV, O.M. Paleogeography of Chukotka during late Neogene and Quaternary time. (In: Hopkins, D.M. ed., Bering land bridge... 1967. p.144.71, graphs, maps, tables, illus) Refs. Describes the paleogeography mostly on the basis of bivalve molluscs. During the Quaternary the peninsula was subjected to repeated marine transgressions, which were evidently produced by the combined action of several factors, with tectonic movements playing the major role, and to four glaciations, of which the second, of Middle Quaternary age, was extensive. The development of the marine molluscan fauna of Bering Sea during Neogene and Quaternary time is characterized by successive increases in the role of cold-loving forms, culminating in the formation of an arctic faunal complex in Middle CaMAI, DLC. Quaternary time. 98981 PETROV, O.M. Stratigrafii i fauna morskikh molliuskov chetvertichnykh otlozhenii Chukotskogo poluostrova. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 290 p. maps, tables, illus. Refs. (Akademii nauk SSSR. Geologicheskü inst. Trudy no.155) In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy and fauna of marine molluscs in the Quaternary deposits of the Chukotsk Peninsula. Reviews the previous investigation of these deposits and outlines the physiographic characteristics of the Peninsula and the Bering and Okhotsk Seas. Contemporary spore-pollen spectra are reported. Stratigraphy of the Late Neogene and Quaternary deposits is described mainly from own studies during 1953-61. Lower, Middle and Upper Pleistocene deposits are analyzed. The stratigraphy of Pleistocene deposits of northwest Alaska is reviewed and a possible correlation made with Chukotka. The first part of this study concludes with an account of the complexes of marine molluscs and the stages of faunal development. Pt 2 presents a systematic description of gastropods and 914

bivalve molluscs; 84 species and 11 subspecies are described and their distribution noted. CaMAI, DLC. PETROV, O.M., see also No. 97011 98982 PETROV, P.A. and I.A. VASILL EV. Zdravookhranenie IAkutskol ASSR za 50 let Sovetskol vlasti. (Zdravookhranenie Rossliskol Federaüii 1967. v.11, no.12, In Russian. Tide tr.: Public p.12-17) health in Yakut ASSR in the 50 years of Soviet rule. Statistical report as of 1 Jan 1967 with selected data for 1913-40. There are currently over 300 hospitals, dispensaries, and sanatoria with about 10,000 beds incl 74 TB institutions for over 2,700 patients; 37 epidemiological stations; 1,260 physicians and over 6,700 lessser personnel, etc. Child care services include nurseries and kindergartens for about 45,000 pre-schoolers, medical wards for over 1,800 children and TB sanatoria for 1,100. A 200-bed pediatric hospital opened in Yakutia in 1967. An active role in TB control is played by the Yakut Tuberculosis Research Institute founded in 1950 as branch of the Academy of Medicine and reorganized in 1962 as affiliate of the Ministry of Health of the RSFSR. Over 1,700 Yakuts are attending medical schools in Yakutsk, Aldansk and elsewhere in the RSFSR; 298 graduated from the Medical Dept of Yakutsk Univ. since its establishment in 1956. Pension and other benefits are received by about 67,400 people and the 1966 social security budget of Yakut ASSR amounted to 19.7 million rubles versus DLC. 23.4 thousand in 1925. 98983 PETROV, P.U. Novoe o gibeli

isentrosibir[sev. (Sibirskie ogni 1964. v.43,

no.7, p.163-65) In Russian. Title In: New data on the defeat of the TSentrosibir' detachment. Cites White Russian documents, recently found in the Central Archives of Yakut ASSR, with new details on the annihilation of a 25-man communist group in Nov 1918 near Olekminsk. This party was headed by N.N. l:Akovlev, chairman of the Central Executive Committee of Siberian Soviets (TSentrosibir'). DLC. 98984 PETROV, P.U. Revoliiii ionnai v i kutskol deiatel'nost' bol'shevikov ssylke. Moskva, Izd-vo politicheskol lit-ry 1964. 80 p. Approx. 30 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Revolutionary activities of Bolsheviks in Yakut exile. Popular outline of lasting benefits to Yakutia from the social reforms achieved through efforts of political deportees in the 19- early 20th century. Politically instigated

demonstrations and riots, changes in administrative tactics, activities of social-democrat and bolshevik organizations and individuals, recruitment of native support, political propaganda and indoctrination, etc are dealt with. The cultural rebirth of Yakutia since the 1920's is sketched. Biographical note on the author, a Yakut, is included. DLC. PETROV, T.G., see No. 99425 98985 PETROV, V. Promysel ondatry. (Sel'skokhoziaistvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1967. v.11, no.8, p.56) In Russian. Title tr The muskrat trade. Muskrat were released in the Turukhansk District of Krasnoyarsk Province in 1929, and they acclimatized well. Trapping peaked in 1953 with a take of some 195,000 throughout the province, including Evenki and Taymyr National Districts and Igarka District. Since then however, the catch has ranged between 75 and 83 thousand/yr. Overpopulation and a diminishing food supply, fewer trappers, and errors in fixing the open seasons all contribute to the decline. Some counter measures are recommended. DLC. 98986 PETROV, V.I. Obogashchenie i ispol'zovanie promyslovoT fauny Turukhanskogo Severa. (In: Soveshchanie zoologov Sibiri, Tomsk, 1966. Voprosy zoologii, p.235-37) In Russian. Title tr.: Enrichment and use of valuable fauna of the Turukhan North. Basic industries of this region are hunting and fishing; primary fur animals are fox, sable and muskrat. Overhunting and other factors have reduced the numbers of furbearers significantly and stocking of the area from state fur farms is recommended. DLC. PETROV, V.P., see No. 94098 98987 PETROV, V.S. and others. Stratigrafiia otlozhenii vulkanogenno-kremnistoi i terrigennoi formatsi Valaginskogo khrebta. (Akademii nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. vulkanologii. Trudy 1966. no.23, p.15-24, table, illus) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: A.G. TSikunov and A.A. Pronin. Title tr.: The stratigraphy of the volcanicsiliceous and terrigenous formations of the Valaginskiy Range. Presents a new stratigraphic scheme of these deposits of Kamchatka. Two formations, volcanic-siliceous and terrigenous, are recognized, and the Valaginskiy series divided into three local units. The terrigenous formation is described, noting its age and depositional conditions. DLC.

PETROVA, A.P., see No. 98061 PETROVA, G.N., see No. 98142, 98143 PETROVA, I.A., see No. 95125 98988 PETROVA, N.A. Zapasy tuguna Severnoi Sos'vy. (In: Soveshchanie po biologicheskol produktivnosti vodoemov Sibid... 1966, p.56-57) In Russian. Title tr.: Coregonus tugun reserves in the Severnaya Sos'va River. Presents statistics on the population and catches of these fish between 1937-64. DLC. 98989 PETROVA, T.I. Orokskil Iåzyk. (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. Inst. iazykoznanitå. IAzyki narodov SSSR 1968, v.5, p.172-90, tables) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Oroki language. Morphological study of this agglutinativesuffixal language belonging to the Amur Tungus branch: not reduced to writing. It is spoken by some 400 people on Sakhalin Island. DLC. 98990 PETROVA, Z.A. Politicheskoe prosveshchenie rabochego klassa Arkhangel= skor oblasti 1959-1964 gg. (Leningrad. Gos. pedagogicheskiT inst. Gerüenovskie chteniiä: istoricheskie so[sial'no-ekonomicheskie i 6 refs. In nauki 1966. no.19, p.24-28) Russian. Title tr.: Political education of the labor class in Arkhangel'sk Province 1959-1964. Presents comparative data of 1958/59 and 1963/64 on workers' education in political science, Marxist philosophy, party history, etc. Attendance within the party educational system rose from 65,370 to 80,077 students; but party members among the students decreased by almost 2,000. Numbers studying pure economics rose 11,397 to 32,384, while those attending classes in political economics fell: 2,672 to 2,380, an undesirable trend. DLC. 98991 PETROVA, Z.I. 0 sostoianii (In: Sovestada IososeT reki Bol'shoT. shchanie po voprosam lososevogo khoziaistva Dal'nego Vostoka, 3rd, Petropavlovsk-Kamchatskiy 1960 pub 1964. p.35-42, tables, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Salmon catches in the Bol'shaya River. This river is one of the principal salmon breeding grounds in Kamchatka. Statistics on the catches at stations along the river from 1947-60 show a reduction from a high of almost 300 metric tons in 1953 to almost nothing in 1960, caused by an abrupt drop in population between the 1953-54 seasons. The need for restocking red salmon is suggested, 915

and proper conservation measures are stressed. DLC. PETROVI(, V., see No. 93563 98992 PETROVIC, V.M. and V. DAVIDOVIC. Effet de l'hibernation et de l'hypothermie prolong6e sur Le rapport adr6naline-noradrenaline dans la surr6nale chez le spermophile. (Journal de physiologie 1966. v.58, no. 5, p. 589) In French. Title tr.: Effect of hibernation and prolonged hypothermia on the adrenaline-norepinephrine ratio in the spermophile suprarenal. Reports a marked decrease in the quantity of norepinephrine and in its ratio to other hormones of the adrenal medulla during hibernation and prolonged hypothermia. In the case of hibernation, this descrease is followed by an increase of adrenaline, while in artificial hypothermia it is not. This suggests intensified methylation of norepinephrine in hibernation, and a diminuation of synthesis during prolonged hypothermia. DNLM. 98993 PETROVSKII, G.I. Pis'ma iz [sarskoi nevoli. (Sibirskie ogni 1965. v.44, no.9, p.122-36.) In Russian. Title tr.: Letters from tsarist prisons. Letters from Yeniseysk and Yakutsk by this leading Bolshevik sentenced to life imprisonment in 1914, released in Feb 1917, and appointed Commissar for Yakut Province by the Provisional Government. DLC. 98994 PETROVSKII, V.V. Ocherk rastitel'nykh soobshchestv fsentral'noi chasti ostrova Vrangelh. (Botanicheskil zhurnal 1967. no.3, v.52, p.332-43) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title try Outline of plant communities in the central part of Vrangehå Island. These communities consist mainly of Dryas punctata, D. octopetala and D. integrifolia. Salix glauca occurs in large tracts of shrub tundra, and S. lanata in flood plain thickets. DLC. PETROVSKII, V.V., see also No. 100666, 100717 98995 PETROW, R. Across the top of Russia. New York, McKay 1967. 374 p. map, illus. Recounts for the general reader the 1965 voyages of the USCG icebreaker North wind from Copenhagen to the Soviet Arctic. Oceanographic work in the Kara Sea near Novaya Zemlya on the first voyage is described. After repairs due to damage by ice the second cruise reached north of Severnaya 916

Zemlya (81'37'), the first non-Russian vessel to do so. The diplomatic exchanges which led to the abandonment of the attempt to reach the Bering Strait and the issues of sovereignty DLC. involved are reported. PETRUSHANKO, V.M., see No. 100112 98996 PETRUSHEVSKII, B.A., K istorii razvitiia zony sochleneniih aziatskogo materika i Tikhogo okeana. (Moskovskoe o-vo ispytatelei prirody. Biulleten' 1966. otd. geol. v.41, no.1, p.5-27, maps) 50 refs. In Title tr.: Development of the Russian. transition zone between the Asiatic continent and the Pacific Ocean. Analyzes the geologic structure and development of this wide area incl Kamchatka, Verkhoyansk-Chukotka province, etc. Features of the geosynclinal regime, magmatism, volcanic belts, and earthquakes are characterized. Manifestation of deep tectonic processes is outlined. The Cenozoic stage of development is analyzed, and the interrelation between the Asiatic continent and the Pacific is evaluated. DLC. PETRYK, A.A. Some Silurian 98997 stromatoporoids from northwestern Baffin Island, District of Franklin. Ottawa 1967. 51 p. maps, tables, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 67-7) 48 refs. Stromatoporoid faunas from the Baillarge and Cape Crauford formations of the Brodeur Peninsula, differ enough to suggest a change in marine conditions, although lithofacies of these two members of the Brodeur Group (late middle Ordovician-middle Silurian) are very similar. An attempt is made to establish stromatoporoid biozones, which range from upper Llandoverian to Wenlockian. The stratigraphic distribution of the species is indicated. Systematic descriptions include CaMAI, DGS. seven new species. PETTERSEN, H., see No. 95939, 98753 98998 PETUKHOV, A. Peredoviki sofsialisticheskogo sorevnovaniii Murmanskogo sel'dianogo flota. (Rybnoe khozfaistvo 1966. v.42, no.6, p.76-77) In Russian. Title tr.: Leaders of socialist competition in the Murmansk herring fleet. Notes crews of fishing boats excelling in production (which is not specified), their skill, education, propaganda, etc. Two such boats DLC. are selected for praise. 98999 PEWS, T.L. and others. Geologic map of the Fairbanks quadrangle, Alaska. Washington, DC 1966. 5 p. map 1:250,000. (US. Geological Survey. Miscellaneous geologic investigations. Map no. I-455) 48 refs.

Other authors:

C. Wahrhaftig and F.R.

Weber. Describes the map units of the area, 64'-65° N 14T-150'W, as unconsolidated Quaternary alluvial and swamp deposits, landslide debris, volcanic, dune and morainic deposits, loess, and permanently frozen silts; Tertiary gravels and coal-bearing formation; the Totatlanika schist (Mississippian); Silurian-Devonian limestone; the Nikola group (Precambrianlower Paleozoic) comprising three units of metasediments; Mesozoic granitic and Devonian mafic intrusions; and a Tertiary basalt. DGS.

99000 PEWS, T.L. and D.M. HOPKINS. Mammal remains of pre-Wisconsin age in Alaska. (In: Hopkins, D.M. eel, Bering land bridge... 1967. p.266-70, tables) Refs. Notes the abundant remains of extinct Pleistocene mammals found in Alaska. Most of Alaskan vertebrate material now in museums however lacks stratigraphic context. During the two decades since detailed studies of Quaternary stratigraphy began in Alaska, a modest but growing number of vertebrate fossils have been found in significant stratigraphic contexts. They are listed and brief interpretation is given. CaMAI, DLC. 99001 PEWS, T.L. and others. Multiple glaciation of the Yukon-Tanana uplands, Alaska. Washington, DC 1967. map 1:500,000. (US. Geological Survey. Miscellaneous geologic investigations. Map no. I-507) 11 refs. Other authors: L. Burbank and L.R. Mayo. At least two major Quaternary glaciations of several hundred small cirque and valley glaciers are recorded in the Yukon-Tanana upland, east-central Alaska. During the older of the glaciations, about 400 cirque glaciers, almost all facing north, were perched in the high mountains about 4000 ft above present sea level. During the younger glaciation approximately a third of the north-facing cirques of the older glaciation were reoccupied by ice. Correlation with other areas in Alaska indicates that the older glaciation may be Illinoian, the younger, Wisconsin, in age. DGS. 99002 PEWS, T.L. Permafrost and its effect on life in the North. Corvallis, Oregon State Univ. Press 1966. 40 p. maps, tables, illus. Refs. Discusses definitions of permafrost, its character, origin, and distribution, with special attention to the Fairbanks area. Climate, physiography and geology of the area are outlined. Permafrost distribution in floodplains, silt fans, and lowland silt is described.

Fossil flora and fauna of the frozen ground and the influence of permafrost on the vegetation, agriculture, groundwater and engineering is discussed, DLC. 99003 PEWS, T.L. and others. The Quaternary geology and archaeology of Alaska. (In: Intl. Assoc. for Quaternary Research, 7th congress 1965. Quaternary of the US... 1965. p.355-74, maps, tables) 139 refs. Other authors: D.M. Hopkins and J.L. Giddings. Presents a chronological account of the main glacial sequences in Alaska from Pleistocene to Recent. A tabular correlation shows the main stages and events. The eolian, lacustrine, fluvial and marine deposits of Quaternary age are described. A table shows the sequence of marine transgressions from Beringian to the present along the Alaska coasts. Permafrost and periglacial processes are briefly considered. The progress of Quaternary archeology is reviewed (4 p) and the state divided into four zones: Pacific Coast, Aleutian Islands, northwest Alaska (Bering Sea and Chukchi Sea coasts), and the Interior. The typical cultures of each zone are described with references to the main sites excavated. CaMAI, DGS. 99004 PEWS, T.L. Résumé of the Quaternary geology of the Fairbanks area. (Intl. Assoc. for Quaternary Research, 7th congress, Boulder, Colo. 1965. Guidebook for field conference F, central and south central Alaska 1965. p.6-36, maps, illus) 28 refs. Describes this mostly maturely dissected upland 2-3 thousand ft in altitude north of the Tanana River valley. Central Alaska has not been glaciated except in small local mountain masses, but glaciers from the Alaska Range came within 50 mi of Fairbanks, and heavily loaded rivers deposited several hundred feet of silt, sand, and gravel in the main valley, and over 400 ft in the upland creeks. Loess blown from the floodplain and outwash plains blankets middle upland slopes. Alternating deposition and erosion, formation and destruction of permafrost, and climatic fluctuations are recorded. Several alluviations reconcentrated gold placers in the stream channels and retransported loess to valley bottoms to form organic-rich permafrost and partly bury thawed ice wedges in silt of Wisconsin age. DGS. PEWS, T.L., see also No. 96283, 100897 99005 PEYTON, H.R. and P.R. JOHNSON. Saline conversion and ice structures from artificially grown sea ice. (Alaska. Univ. Inst. of water resources. Annual report 1966. p.118-20) 917

Ice mounds artificially produced from sea water at Kotzebue, Alaska, near their tops, yielded some water which approached the properties of distilled water. Computations indicate that drinking water could be produced along the arctic coast for about five cents or less per 1000 gal. The saline conversion aspect of the project requires further research. Where ice can be held in place horizontally during the ice building season, about 125 ft of ice (vertical dimension) could be frozen during a normal arctic coast winter. Even allowing for summer ablation, this thickness would permit use for jetties, breakwaters, drilling platforms, etc in water deep enough to allow the approach of large ships. CaMAI, DGS. 99006 PEYTON, H.R. Sea ice strength; final report prepared for Dept. of the Navy, Office of Naval Research under Contract Nonr-2601(01). College, Alaska 1966. 187, 86 p. tables, illus. (Alaska. Univ. Geophysical Inst. Geophysical research report UAG R-182) Reports results of a study of the mechanical and structural properties of sea ice, based mainly on stress-strain tests in both direct compression and direct tension. Parameters which govern the mechanical properties are temperature, salinity, rate of loading, crystal size, crystallographic orientation, history of the ice, and depth in the ice sheet. Effects of the temperature-salinity relations confirmed the brine volume concept, gave evidence of solid salt reinforcement, and evidence of failure plane selectivity to bypass strongly reinforced planes. These aspects pertain to both tension and compression failure modes. A study in conjunction with construction of large offshore oil drilling platforms in Cook Inlet gave information concerning oscillatory failure of sea ice in compression and strength reduction at very high load rates. The ice failure force oscillation is an ice property and not primarily a function of the response of the structure. The failing ice may cause forced resonant vibration in structures, and the forces are large enough to resonantly vibrate structures weighing several thousand tons. DGS. PEYTON, L.J., see No. 96312, 96313 PFIESTER, A., see No. 94393 99007 PFISTER, W. Auroral investigations by means of rockets. (Space science reviews 1967. v.7, no.5-6, p.642-88, graphs, illus) 140 refs. Surveys the rocket experiments undertaken to study auroral zone events. A summary is given of results in the field of energetic 918

electrons and proton charged particle densities, optical observations, magnetic, and electric fields, bremsstrahlung X-rays, thermal electrons, and of production rate. Six sites of rocket firing for auroral investigations are noted, incl those at Ft Wainwright, Kiruna, Andsya, and Ft Churchill. An air view of the Churchill Research Range and a photo of payload configuration with rubidium magnetometer are given. DLC. 99008 THE PHILADELPHIA ANTHROPOLOGICAL SOCIETY. Papers presented on its golden anniversary; J.W. Gruber, ed. New York, Columbia Univ. Press 1967.162 p. Refs. Contains nine papers presented at the University of Pennsylvania Museum Oct 12, 1962. Five essays relevant to the Arctic are listed below: Hallowel, A.I. Anthropology in Philadelphia, p.1-31, Refs. Describes ethnographic materials in local institutions. Noted, among others, is a collection of Eskimo garments and artifacts from the Labrador-Davis Strait region, presented in 1754 by the North-West Company to the Library Company of Philadelphia. Freeman, J.F. The American Philosophical Society in American anthropology, p 32-46. Refs. Reports on studies of American Indian languages incl those of Northwest Pacific tribes. Wormington, H.M. The Paleo-Indian, p 55-66. Refs. Discusses occurrence, diffusion, dating, Siberian paleolithic affinities, etc of this pre-ceramic Indian stage. The discovery of a typologically kindred projectile point in association with a mastodon bone by F. Rainey at Ester Creek, Alaska, is mentioned. Chard, C.S. Arctic anthropology in America, p 77-106. Over 90 refs; updated to 1966. Reviews archeological and ethnographic fieldwork in Alaska and Canada since the 1930's, noting in particular contributions by Philadelphia anthropologists. Current theories on the origin of the Eskimos, diversity of prehistoric cultural manifestations, cultural versus ethnic diffusion, cultural evolution till modern times, also race diagnostic, linguistic, and sociological studies, etc are discussed. Eggan, F. Northern woodland ethnology, p.107-124. Refs. Reports on studies, pub 1920's-1961, of Algonkian-speaking Indians, incl the Naskapi and Montagnais: social structure, cross-cousin marriage pattern, ecological adjustment, acculturation, psychoDLC. logical tests, etc. 99009 PHILLIPS, R.A.J. Canada's North. Toronto, Macmillan 1967. 306 p. maps, illus.

A comprehensive survey of the Canadian arctic and sub-arctic regions, by a former chief of the Arctic Division in the Dept of Northern Affairs and Natural Resources. After an overview of the physical setting, the prehistory, Eskimo culture, European explorations and other aspects of history are described, incl the Klondike gold rush. There is a chapter on the problem of sovereignty in the Arctic, and post-World War II social and political changes are outlined. The natural resources, transportation and communications of the northlands are reviewed. An evaluation of future resources and predictions of possible future economic, social and political trends in the region are presented in the final chapter. CaMAI, DLC. 99010 PHINNEY, D.E. and J. LECHNER. Forecast of the Chignik sockeye Juneau 1967. 9 p. salmon run in 1967. tables, graphs. (Alaska. Department of Fish and Game. Informational leaflet no. 97) Predicts a lower run of salmon to the Chignik watershed in 1967 than the past 12-yr average of 884,000 fish. Combining the expected early and late runs, a return of about 539,000 sockeye salmon is predicted. Dl. PHINNEY, D.E., see also No. 94721 PIASKOVSKII, R.V., see No. 101168 PIIATNTTSKII, V.K., see No. 95797, 95798, 99395 99011 PIATNOV, V.I. K voprosu o svi zi autigennykh titanovykh mineralov v osadochnykh porodakh s organicheskim veshchestvom. (Litologiia i poleznye iskopaemye 1967, no.6, p.79-81) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Relation between authigenic titanium minerals in sedimentary rocks and organic matter. Reports study of these minerals in oil deposits of the southern Timan region in Komi ASSR. They are found only in areas where primary minerals of titanium are present. A clear relation exists between the oil-bearing properties of sandstones and occurrence of authigenic titanium minerals. DLC. 99012 P'FAVCHENKO, N.I. and L.S. Dinamika rastitel'nogo pokTOLEIKO. rova levoberezh'i2 prieniseiskol Sibiri v golotsene po dannym izuchenitå torfiånikov. (In: Vses. botanicheskoe o-vo. Priroda bolot... 1967. p.110-14, tables) In Russian. Title tr.: Dynamics of the vegetation cover on the left bank of the Yenisey in Siberia during the Holocene according to peat bog research data.

Reports on the pollen spectra and species of forest, from the forest-tundra southward into the forest-steppe west of the Yenisey. Vegetation dynamics in the Holocene are shown in a four-phase scheme. Two changes in the vegetation cover are indicated. DLC. 99013 P'I:AVCHENKO, N.I. Perspektivy osusheniiit bolot Zapadnoi Sibiri. (In: Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Novosibirskil otd. Vodnye resursy Zapadnol Sibiri. Novosibirsk 1964, p.86-90) In Russian. Title h:: Prospects of draining the swamps of Western Siberia. Discusses the drainage of some 40 million hectares of marsh, bog and swampland of which 20 million are in forest and meadow. The negative effects of swamp on forest and meadow growth are outlined. Increase in the use of peat is also noted. Measures for swampland reclamation by drainage are described. Swamps and bogs are not enough investigated and directions are suggested for further study. DLC. P'IAVCHENKO, N.I., see also No 97142 Chro99014 PICARD, A. and others. (Norois 1965. v.12, nique Arctique 1965. Refs. In no.48, p.501-522, maps, tables) French. Other authors: J. Garreau, Y. Moign and C.P. Peguy. Title tr.. Arctic Chronicle 1965. Reviews French geomorphic research in the Kongsfjord of Vestspitsbergen, glaciologic studies on Axel Heiberg Island and other recent scientific activities in the Arctic. The development of the northern sea routes in both USSR and Canada is discussed, and maps given. There are notes on the demography of Eskimo and Indian popuDLC. lations. 99015 PICARD, A. and J. GARREAU. Chronique Arctique 1966. (Norois pt. 1-2, 1966, v.13, no.52, p.635-62; pt. 3, 1967, v.14, Refs. In French. no.53, p. 145-50, maps) Title tr.: Arctic chronicle 1966. Evaluates results of recent arctic and sub-arctic research in all the environmental sciences, incl climatology, geomorphology, pedology, biogeography, and human geography, with notes on many of the more important publications. The work of several research centers is also reviewed in greater detail. Part 3 deals with northern fisheries, including the problem of overfishing, the role of the fishing industry in the economy of Greenland and French involvement in arctic fisheries. The establishment of a fisheries research station for northern waters on St DLC. Pierre-et-Miquelon is noted. 919

PICCIOTTO, E., seie No. 94695, 94696 99016 PICHUGINA, G.H. and V.P. LI. VerkhnemioIsenovye otlozhenitå zapadnoi chasti Oliutorskogo poluostrova, Koriakskoe nagor'e. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'nate geologiiå 1966, no.8, p.215-18, illus) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Upper Miocene deposits in the western part of Olyutorskiy Peninsula, Koryak upland. Describes the lithology, thickness, fauna and flora, sandstone and conglomerate beds studied in 1964. DLC. 99017 PIDDINGTON, J.H. The morphology of auroral precipitation. (Planetary and space science 1965. v.13, no.6, p.565-77, illus) 52 refs. Russian summary. Studies auroral precipitation phenomena from visual and photographic observations of discrete auroras, spectral measurements of ionospheric emissions and of incoming hydrogen, ballon observations of X-rays, measurements of ionospheric absorption of radio signals, and direct measurements from satellites and rockets of precipitating particles. These studies are interrelated with those of geomagnetic disturbances and ionospheric sporadic E-layer and spread-F Work in the Southern Hemisphere is compared with that in the North. Three zones of precipitation are recognized: I in 63-73° lat, II overlaps I near midnight but extends poleward beyond 80° near noon, III falls within zone II and is the region of polar auroras. DLC. 99018 PIERAU, F.K. and others. Hemmung des Kältezitterns durch Endoanaesthesie. (Pflügers Archiv fur die gesamte Physiologie 1965. v.284, no.4, p.301-315, graphs, illus) 32 refs. In German. English summary. Other authors: K. Olesch and F.W. Klussmann. Title tr. Inhibition of shivering by endoanesthesia. Reports experiments with cats who had anesthetics administered intravenously. Each of the two anesthetics suppressed heat production through shivering in hypothermic animals. The results suggest blockage of peripheral or internal cold receptors. DLC 99019 PIERCE, R.A. Prince D.P. Maksutov: last Governor of Russian America. (Journal of the West 1967. v.6, no.3, p. 395-416, illus) 66 refs. Presents a biographic review of the life, family and career of Maksutov, who administered Russian America 1864-67. His negotiations with the US and the very difficult period which followed annexation are recounted. Various important trials are described briefly. The later life of Maksutov is 920

also described, his bankruptcy and death in comparative poverty. DLC. PIGGINS, D.J., see No. 101278 PIGGOTT, W.R. Normal and 99020 abnormal absorption at high latitudes. (In: NATO Inst. on Ionospheric Radio Communications in the Arctic. Proceedings 1967 pub 1968. p.58-62) Summarizes the main features of radiowave absorption and absorption theory which apply to problems of radio communications at high latitudes. Considering that the absorption coefficient K, per unit distance in an absorbing region depends on: the mean energy picked up by the electron from the wave, the number of collisions per unit volume per unit time, and the speed with which the wave traverses the medium, two formulas are used for the coefficient K, in the non-deviative and a more simple form (when the refractive index of the medium is small). The spiral type incidence of radio blackout at constant time with a concentration over the North American sector, and the effect of shift in local time of particle activity with latitude and longitude, which can cause the absorption to be a maximum before or sometimes after noon near the auroral latitudes, are stressed, as is the importance of ionization where the collision frequency squared is considerably smaller than the squared sum of angular frequency and gyrofrequency. DLC. 99021 PIGUZOVA, V.M. and O.N. TOLSTIEHIN. Nekotorye voprosy issledovanii naledei. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Komissiiä po izucheniiü podzemnykh vod Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Materialy 1967. no.3, p.30-40, graphs, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some problems in the investigation of naleds. Discusses the origin of naleds in various regions of Siberia and the Northeast of the USSR. Large naleds are mainly formed by groundwater. Own observations in UlakhanTaryn region of central Yakutia are reported and the possibilities of calculating naled yield are outlined. Their utilization for water supply is discussed. Many problems connected with naleds are still unsolved, however, and further studies are needed. DLC. PIIP, B.I. 99022 Eruptivnaiå deiatelt nost' Khüchevskol sopki v 1944-1945 gg. (Biulleten' vulkanologicheskikh stanfiff 1948, no.14, p.3-37, tables, illus) Refs. In RusTitle tr.: The eruptive activity of sian. Klyuchevskiy Volcano in 1944-1945. Describes the eruption of Dec 1944 - Aug 1945 from daily observations from the village of Klyuchi, 32 km distant, especially the Dec

1944 - Jan 1945 period. Eruptive cycle is described from the beginning, the ash explosion and bomb explosion phases, climax, rest stage and lateral eruptions. Explosions, craters, fumaroles, and other features are analyzed. DLC. 99023 PIIP, B.I. and E.H. MARKHININ. Gigantskoe izverzhenie vulkana She-

veluch 12 noribri 1964 goda, predvaritel'noe soobshchenie. (Biulleten' vulkanologicheskikh stanI ii 1965. no.39, p.28-34, table, map, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: The gigantic eruption of Shiveluch volcano on 12 November 1964, preliminary information. Describes the seismic activity and earthquakes: the first max seismic activity in May 1964, again on 17 Oct with earthquakes daily. From 10 Nov quakes increased to a hundred a day. The eruption itself is described in detail, noting the force, formation of a new crater, explosion products, etc. This eruption is considered comparable in energy and material to that of Bezymyannyy 30 Mar 1956, and Shiveluch in 1854. It is the beginning of a new eruptive cycle. DLC. Novoe 6ruptivnoe 99024 PIIP, B.I. sostoi3nie vulkana Shiveluch s kont'sa 1944 g. po maT 1945 g. i nekotorye zamechanitä o geologicheskoT strukture etogo vulkana i ego proshlykh izverzhenii kh. (Bililleten' vulkanologicheskikh stanfsii 1948. no.14, p.38-51, illus) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New eruptive state of the Shiveluch Volcano from the end of 1944 to May 1945 and some remarks on the geological structure of this volcano and its former eruptions. Lists volcanic activities following the eruption of 23 Dec 1944 and describes author's ascent of the crater cone on 15 Jan 1945: profile, topographic changes, fumaroles, eruptive materials, etc. Recorded eruptions since the mid-19th c are noted and the time of previous eruptions discussed on the basis of microscopic analyses of the stratified ash deposits. The lowest stratum is estimated, by analogy to the Klyuchi deposits, to date from the 15th c AD. The geologic history of the

Shiveluch and the neighboring volcanoes is reviewed; they are considered to have remained dormant since the era of maximum glaciation until recent times. Volcanic activities responsible for the formation of this volcano group are dated to the late Pliocene DLC. or the early Quaternary era. PIISPANEN, R., see No. 97362 99025 PILLEWIZER, W. Gletscherland in der Arktis. Leipzig, Brockhaus 1965. 231 p. maps, illus. In German. Title tr.: Glacier land in the Arctic.

Leader of German expeditions to Vestspitsbergen in 1938, 1962 and 1964 describes in popular style the natural conditions and life generally on the island, the coal industry, settlements, etc. The scope and program of expeditionary work are outlined, as is fieldwork, especially glacier measurements in the Kongsfjorden area and elsewhere. Kongsvegen glacier is treated in some detail and studies of 1938 and 1962 compared. Uplift of

Svalbard is discussed. Animal life and other features are characterized. K. Herz and H. Rieche also contribute a chapter each on fieldwork. Illus by very good colored and black-white photos, and maps.

DLC.

99026 PILLSBURY, H.W. Growing strawberries. College, Alaska 1965. 20 p.

illus. (Alaska. Univ. Cooperative Extension Service. Publication no.55) Discusses the culture of this fruit in Alaska, incl suitable varieties, methods of setting, control of diseases and production both as a garden and a commercial crop. The Sitka Hybrid, developed in Alaska, is most highly recommended. Reference is also made to the giant Anway grown in the Haines area. Notes on barrel and pyramid culture are also included. CaMAI. 99026A PIMLOTT, D.H. The whitecoat in peril. (Audubon magazine 1967. v.69, no.5, p.76-81, map, illus) Traces the story of sealing in the Gulf of St Lawrence. Preservation of the harp and hood seals has received little attention. Between 1950 and 1960 the annual mortality of pups increased from 30-75%. The International Convention on the Northwest Atlantic Fishery (ICNAF) controlled the length of season in 1966 but did not establish a kill quota in the internationl waters off the NewfoundlandLabrador coast. A quota has now been established for the completely separate harp seals of the Gulf of St Lawrence. If industry demands prevail the harp seals of the offcoast front will probably be eliminated within this century.

DLC.

PINCHUK, L.IA., see No. 97140, 101511 99027 PINIGIN, V.E. K voprosy o chislennosti iuzhno-kamchatskogo stada kalanov. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1967. no.5, p.167-68, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Number of the southern Kamchatka sea otter stock.

Reports the 1962 and 1965 census: in 1962 there were 55 sea otters, 40 at Cape Tropa on the east coast and 15 at Cape Kambal'nyy on the west. In 1965 at the same area there were 148, 127, and 21 respectively. DLC. 921

99028 PINIGIN, V.E. and V.G. PRIANISHNIKOV. Pozdntl prival kotikov. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1967, no.5, p.177) In Russian. Title tr.: Late arrival of fur seals. Notes that fewer seals than usual reached the Commander Islands rookeries during 1 June-1 Aug 1966, especially three-year olds. The cause is not explained. In Aug-Sept two-yr-olds and yearlings appeared, also some three-yr-olds. The departure of the seals from the grounds is also briefly described. DLC. 99029 PINKHENSON, D.M. K istorii osvoeniä Sevemogo morskogo puti, kapitalisticheskii period. (In: Leningrad. Arkticheskii i antarkticheskii n: issl. inst. Russkie arkticheskie... 1964, p.37-43) In Russian. Title tr.: Contribution to the history of the development of the Northern Sea Route, the period of capitalism. Despite the acknowledged economic, political and strategic interest in the development of a northern sea route to Siberia, the Russian tsarist government of the late 19th early 20th c had no confidence in the feasibility of regular marine transportation through arctic waters. Navigational problems, almost total absence of port facilities, etc. posed unsurmountable obstacles. Even the arguments and influence of politicians, progressive scientists and businessmen could not move the government to develop the CaMAI, DLC. Route. 99030 PIN'KOVSKII, S.I. Tipy rechnykh rusel Severo-Vostoka SSSR i poluostrova Kamchatki. (Leningrad. Gos. gidrologicheskii inst. Trudy 1965. no.120, p.55-98, 28 refs. In Russian. tables, maps, illus) Title tr.: Types of river beds of the Northeast of the USSR and Kamchatka Peninsula. Distinguishes various types of river bed according to morphological indications such as meanders, structure of floodplain microrelief, hydrologic-geomorphologic and geologic features of drainage systems. A special map of types of river bed is presented. According to geomorphologic features, four distinct regions of the Northeast are recognized: the Yana-Chukotka mountains, Koryak Range, East Siberian plain, and AnadyrPenzhina depression: and seven regions are distinguished according to type of river bed; each characterized. Certain large rivers, such as the Yana, Indigirka, Kolyma and Anadyr are treated in some detail. Rivers of KamDLC. chatka are similarly dealt with. 99031 PINNEKER, E.V. Gidrodinamika glubokikh gorizontov Angaro-Lenskogo artezianskogo basselna. (In: Akademiüå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. zemnoi kory. 922

Metodika gidrogeologicheskikh issledovanü... 1966. p.175-97, graph, maps, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Hydrodynamics of the deep horizons of the Angara-Lena artesian basin. Describes the hydrodynamics of the deep brine-bearing horizons in the southern part of this artesian basin, taking in most of Irkutsk Province. Three hydrogeologic formations are distinguished and the feeding areas of the groundwater are outlined. Speed of movement of the deep brines and the groundwater is analyzed, and the latter's discharge is characterized. DLC. 99032 PINNEKER, E.V. 0 gidrogeologicheskom kartirovanii v inzhnykh raionakh (In: Akarazvitiii mnogoletneT merzloty. demiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. zemnoi kory. Metodika gidrogeologicheskikh In Russian. issledovami... 1966. p.56-60) Tide er.: Hydrogeologic mapping in the southern regions of permafrost development. Describes the hydrogeologic mapping at a scale from 1:100,000 to 1:200,000 where insular permafrost and numerous taliks are present. The Vitim-Olekma taiga and Irkutsk Province are taken as examples. There are three stages of investigation in connection with this mapping, and they are briefly characterized. DLC. 99033 PINNEKER, E.V. Rassoly Angaro-Lenskogo artezianskogo basseina: zakonomernosti razmeshcheniiI, sostav, dinamika, formirovanie i ispol'zovanie. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 332p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: The brines of the Angara-Lena artesian basin: principles, distribution, composition, dynamics, formation and utilization. Outlines the geologic premises in the distribution of brines. The groundwater!, of this basin are analyzed. The geochemiStry of the brines and saline waters is described. The importance of the brines and prospects Joe their industrial development are discussed Their potential use in salt production, and the chemical industry, etc is considered. DLC. 99034 PINNOW, H.J. Einige Züge indianischen Denkens dargelegt an den Sprachen der Athapasken. (Anthropos 1966. v.61, no.1/2, p.9-32) 28 refs. In German. Tide tr• Some traits of the Indian thought process demonstrated by Athapaskan languages. Psychological study based on language analysis incl the nine vernacular groups of Alaska and western Canada. Athapaskan languages are incorporative and polysynthetic. Sensory impressions prevail; abstraction is poorly developed. Linguistic ex-

pression is action-oriented, any event is seen as a result of movement. DLC. 99035 PIPER, A.M. Potential effects of Project Chariot on local water supplies northwestern Alaska. Washington, DC 1966. iv, 45p. map, tables, graphs, diagrs. (US. Geological Survey. Professional paper no.539) 11 refs. Appraises the concentrations of radioactive nuclides which might be expected in streams and other water sources of Alaska should the nuclear-excavation test in NW Alaska known as Project Chariot (Atomic Energy Commission) be carried out. The radioactivity in streams would be least where the detonation in early Aug is followed by heavy rains, activity either dissolved or suspended in the streams would pass in very large part to the Chukchi Sea within a few days. DGS. 99036 PIPER, D.J.W. and C.J. PORRITT. Some pingos in Spitsbergen. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Årbok 1965 pub 1966, p.81-84, maps) 4 refs. Describes three pingos in the Upper Adventdalen region studied during the 1964 Cambridge Spitsbergen expedition. They are of open-system type and occur on valley floors, either singly or in clusters. A detailed contoured plan of one pingo is included. DLC. PIRHONEN, S., see No. 98614 99037 PISANKO, A.P. 0 roli ersha v pishchevot konkurentsii ryb. (In: Soveshchanie po biologicheskol produktivnosti vodoemov Sibiri... 1966, p.123-24) In Russian. Title tr.: Role of the perch in food competition of fish. Reports examination of the contents of fish stomachs in the Ob and its tributaries and in several tundra lakes. It shows the perch to be a serious competitor of more valuable fish for the available food. DLC. 99038 PISATELI malykh narodov Dalt nego Vostoka; biobibliograficheskiü spravochnik. Khabarovsk, Khabarovskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1966. 120 p. illus. 38 refs. In Title tr.: Writers of the small Russian. peoples of the Far East; biobibliographical guide. Lists some 1100 titles on and by authors of the Soviet Far East: Koryaks, Golds, Gilyaks, Ude and Ul'chi Tungus, Evenki Tungus, Chukchis, and Asiatic Eskimos. Biographical sketches of the authors with a review of their literary activities are included. DLC. PISKAREV, V.K., see No. 98930

PISKUN, D.P., see No. 96533 99039 PISSART, A. Les modalites de l'ecoulement de l'eau sur l'ile Prince Patrick, 76° lat. N, 120° long. 0, Arctique Canadien. (Biuletyn peryglacjalny 1967, no.16, p.217-24, table, illus) Refs. In French. English summary. Title tr.: Conditions of stream flow on Prince Patrick Island, Canadian Arctic. Discusses some characteristics of stream flow in an arctic climate. The more important are the melting of snow while the air temperature remains below 0°C, the flow of water below snow patches washing away the ground surface, the commencement of stream flow in spring in beds still choked with snow, and the prevention of stream erosion for a considerable time during maximum discharge, by the ice which covers the stream bed. From source to mouth, valleys often show: (1) an open cross-section, found in the zone where the volume of debris brought down the valley sides by mass movement is too great for the transporting capacity of the stream; (2) a V-profile which begins when stream flow is sufficient to carry away the debris brought down the slopes; (3) a wide bed, which after the floods of the general thaw have subsided, DLC. is characterized by braided flow. 99040 PISSART, A. Les pingos de 1'Ile Prince-Patrick (76°N-120'W). (Geographical bulletin 1967. v.9, no.3, p.189-217, maps, illus) 20 refs. In French. English summary. Title fr.: Pingos on Prince Patrick Island. The majority of the 150 pingos observed on Prince Patrick Island are aligned in two parallel rows of domes at an altitude of 100 m, showing no relationship to topography and no positive trace of present day evolution. They may be related to some deep geologic structure. A second group occurs close to sea level at the heads of two bays separated by 90 km. They are round, oval or elongated in shape. Sections show the bedding along the sides of the pingos and the core of injected ice. It is suggested that they developed following the drowning of the bay by a rise in sea level and melting of the upper permafrost. The appearance of the injected ice may have been coincident with re-establishment of the DGS. permafrost. 99041 PITT, T.K. Development of the anal fin of the capelin. (Canada. Fisheries Research Board. Journal 1966. v.23, no.7, p.1099-1100, illus) Refs. Discusses earlier descriptions of the anal fin of this arctic fish followed by author's observations on changes with age, season, sex and function in males. DLC. 923

99042 PITUL'KO, V.M. K voprosu o formirovanii oreolov rasseianüa v uslovii .kh IAkutskogo Zapoliår ia. (In: Leningrad. Vses. neftianol n.-issl. geologorazvedochnyr inst. Trudy 1966. no.249, p.258-63, table) Refs. In Russian. Title tri. Formation of dispersion halos in Yakutia above the Arctic Circle. Reports 1961-63 geochemical investigation in the southeastern part of Anabar massif. Geologic structure of the region, its permafrost, and rocks are sketched. Some dispersion halos of Pb, Zn, Cu, Ni and other elements are identified. The physical-mechanic processes altering rocks in the permafrost region are discussed. Chemical weathering is noted. DLC. 99043 PITUL'KO, V.M. 0 geokhimicheskikh metodakh poiskov v usloviiakh mnogoletneT merzloty na SibirskoT platforme. (Leningrad. Gornyf Institut. Zapiski 1966. v.51, no.2, p.42-50, graphs, tables) Refs. In Russian. Tide tr: On geochemical prospecting methods in permafrost conditions in the Siberian platform. Reports determination of secondary dispersion halos in an unidentified region with continuous permafrost, and describes such for copper, lead, zinc, also rare and scattered elements. Concentration of elements in dispersion halos and normal field is established. Distribution of chemical elements in eluvialdeluvial deposits are described. Dispersion halos are caused by results of weathering. Geochemical methods are concluded feasible for prospecting rare earth and polymetallic mineralization in areas of permafrost. DLC. PIVOVAROV, B.L., see No. 101159 PIYANUJ, P., see No. 98748 99044 PLACE, M.T. The Yukon. New York, Washburn 1967. 211 p. map. Refs. Describes for the general reader the Yukon River and some of its tributaries from the sources in British Columbia to the delta. Emphasis is principally on historical material, particularly the gold rush, but there are chapters on Mt McKinley National Park, the Yukon villages today, the Alaska Highway and the Rampart Dam project. CaMAI, DLC. 99045 PLAFKER, G. and R. KACHADOORIAN. Geologic effects of the March 1964 earthquake and associated seismic sea waves on Kodiak and nearby islands, Alaska. Washington, DC 1966. vi, 46 p. maps, tables, illus. (US. Geological Survey. Professional paper no.543-D) 28 refs. Although the epicenter lies 250 mi NE of 924

Kodiak, the areal distribution of the thousands of aftershocks, the local tectonic deformation, and the estimated source area of the subsequent seismic sea wave, all suggest that the Kodiak group of islands lay immediately NW of the focal region from which the elastic seismic energy was radiated. Local subsidence of as much as 10 ft was widespread in noncohesive granular deposits through compaction, flow, and sliding that resulted from vibratory loading during the earthquake. Landslides, incl a wide variety of rockfalls, rockslides, and flows along steep slopes, were triggered by the long-duration horizontal and vertical accelerations during the earthquake. Temporary and permanent changes of level occurred in some wells, lakes, and streams; ice was cracked and the salinity of a few wells increased. Both positive and negative vertical displacements occurred as a result of crustal warping along a NE-trending axis. DGS. 99046 PLAFKER, G. Geologic map of the Gulf of Alaska Tertiary province. Washington, DC 1967. map 1:500,000. (US. Geological Survey. Miscellaneous geologic investigations. Map no.I-484) 20 refs. In addition to the Tertiary units in the area from northwest Chichagof Island around the Gulf of Alaska to Hinchinbrook Entrance (to Bering Sea), the map shows Mesozoic and older crystalline, volcanic, metasedimentary and igneous rocks. Subsurface stratigraphic data for 26 oil wells (with two exceptions) ranging in depth from > 5000-> 14,000 ft are included. DGS. 99047 PLAFKER, G. and F.S. MacNEIL Stratigraphic significance of Tertiary fossils from the Orca Group in the Prince William Sound region, Alaska. (US. Geological Survey. Professional paper 1966. no.550-B, p.62-68, maps, illus) 16 refs. The Orca Group, a thick complexly deformed and sparsely fossiliferous sequence of predominantly eugeosynclinal clastic and volcanic rocks, underlies an area of about 4,000 m2 in the southern and eastern parts of the Prince William Sound region. New collections of marine megafossils from the lower, mainly volcanic unit of the group and pollen from the mainly sedimentary upper part of the group, indicate an early Tertiary (probably middle to late Eocene) rather than a Mesozoic age, as previously inferred. The Orca Group was deposited during the early Tertiary in a geosyncline situated along the present northern and western margin of the Gulf of Alaska. A major period of orogeny that probably culminated in late Eocene or early Oligocene time resulted in complex deformation of the group, in emplacement of

granitic batholiths, and in economically important copper, gold, and antimony minDGS. eralization. 99048 PLAFKER, G. Surface faults on Montague Island associated with the 1964 Alaska earthquake: a description and tectonic analysis of ground breakage and surface warping along two reactivated reverse faults. Washington, DC 1967. 42 p. maps, illus. Refs. (US. Geological Survey. Professional paper 543-G) Describes, with illus and detailed maps in color, the tectonic effects of the earthquake of 27 Mar 1964 on this island. Reactivation of two reverse faults took place, no major displacement having occurred for at least 150-300 yr previously. A max of 26 ft of dip slip occurred on the Patton Bay fault, and a zone of fissures and flexures up to 3000 ft wide appeared on the upthrown block. Approx 16-20 ft of dip slip occurred on the short Hanning Bay fault, producing very striking changes in the coastline at Fault Cove which are illus. Other features formed as a result of the fault movement are described and illus, incl ponds, raised marine platforms, cracks, and incised channels. CaMAI, DGS. PLAFKER, G., see also No. 94466, 96513 99049 PLAKHOTNIK, A.F. Sokrovi(Dal'nil shcha dal'nevostochnykh morel. Vostok 1967. v.35, no.6, p.158-65, illus) In Title tr.: Treasures of the Far Russian. Eastern seas. Outlines the natural resources of the Bering, Okhotsk and Japan Seas. They have 800 species of fish, of which about 200 have commercial potential. Salmon, whales (30 species), crabs (30 species) are abundant, as are the various birds and algae. Minerals and potential tidal energy (e.g. in Shelekhova and Penzhina Bays) are also noted. The fishing industry is being modernized and small boats for off-shore work replaced by large trawlers, some equipped for freezing the fish. Resources studies by the Pacific Institute of Fisheries and Oceanography (TINRO) are noted, as is the need to control predatory DLC. fishing methods. 99050 PLAKSIN, I.N. and S.S. SHAKHMATOV. 0 skorosti flotaisii v kamere fiotootsadochnoT mashiny. (In: Obogashchenie poleznykh iskopaemykh Kol'skogo poluostrova... 1966. p.24-30, graph, tables) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Flotation rate in the flotation-separation chamber. Discusses the experimental results of continuous laboratory flotation and separation of non-magnetic components from iron ore of

the Olenegorsk ore enrichment plant. The installation and the process of its operation are described. The laboratory results of the flotation-separation machine performance were compared in 1964 with those obtained by a Mekhanobr-type separating machine, working on similar ore pulp. The two were found about equal in quality of performance, but the flotation-separation installation pro duces the same separation of valuable components from the waste ten times faster. DLC.

PLATANIA, A., see No. 94800 PLATNER, W.S., see No. 101325 PLATONENKOV, A.G., see No. 101492, 101493 PLATONOV, M.L., see No. 93361, 93862 99051 PLATONOVA, T.A. Svobodnozhivushchie morskie nematody semeTstva Leptosomatidae evropelskol Arktiki. (Zoologicheskii zhurnal 1967. v.46, no.6, p.828-39, 26 refs. In Russian. English sumillus) mary. Title tr.: Free-living marine nematodes of the family Leptosomatidae from the European Arctic. Account on 23 species of these worms, incl seven new ones described in detail. Geographic and depth distribution, substrate, also male, female and juvenile morphology are DLC. considered. 99052 PLAT'S, R.E. The Angirraq; low cost prefabrication in arctic houses. (Arctic French 1966. v.19, no.2, p.192-200, illus) and Russian summary. Production models of the Angirraq hut, developed for the Department of Northern Affairs and National Resources, Ottawa, can be built for $4.00/ft2., complete except for services. Basic stressed skin panels (fir plywood) with full thick glass fiber insulation packed in the closed panels and cedar plywood exterior are combined with openjoints to form an assembly, tied with shear dowels and continuous chords, to form a rigid box. Construction details and results of tests on panel bowing, condensation, heating, and effect of wind-blown rain and snow on joints, are discussed. CaMAI, DLC. 99053 PLEKRANOV, G.F. Nekotorye itogi raboty kompleksnoT samodeiatel'noT ekspedi~sii po izuchenitit problemy Tungusskogo meteorita. (Meteoritika 1964. no.24, p.170-76) 36 refs. In Russian. Title tr: Some results of the work of the independent interdisciplinary expedition investigating problems of the Tunguska meteorite. 925

Reviews the 1959-61 fieldwork of this 73-man group, their study of the swamps, forests, coordinates of the meteorite fall in 1908, the magnetic and metallometric surveys, the study of contemporary records of magnetic observations and about 150 meteorological stations throughout the world. The nature of the meteorite was studied and the comet and nuclear explosion hypotheses considered. Some other interpretations are also noted in a review of the literature. DLC. 99054 PLEKHANOV, G.F. Predvaritel= nye itogi dvukhletnikh rabot kompleksnoT samodeiatel'noT ekspeditsii po izucheniiii problemy Tungusskogo meteorite. (In: Kompleksnatå samodeiatel'natå ekspedi~snå po izucheniiu problemy Tungusskogo meteorita... 1963. p.3-21, graphs, illus) 68 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Preliminary results of a two-year independent interdisciplinary expedition to investigate the Tunguska meteorite. Reviews studies of the area in the Podkamennaya Tunguska River basin where this meteorite fell in 1908 and summarizes data obtained prior to the present expedition headed by the author and sponsored by the betatron laboratory of Tomsk Medical Institute. Its main tasks, organization, personnel, and field activity in summers of 1959 and 1960 are outlined. Tentative results are summarized and conclusion is drawn that the devastation may have been caused by a single central air explosion, which may have been thermal, chemical, or nuclear in character. More specific scientific analysis is not feasible till additional factual data are recovered. DLC.

PLEKHANOV, C.F., see also No. 95219, 100995 99055 PLESKEVICH, E. Uluchshenie sudokhodnykh uslovil v Obskom basseine. (Rechnoi transport 1967. v.26, no.6, p.37) In Russian. Title tr:: Improvement of navigation conditions in the Ob Basin. Notes development of the Ob and tributaries: depths of the Ob below Novosibirsk, and on the Tom' and Ket' rivers have been increased by 35-40, 40-50, and 15-20 cm respectively during the past ten yr; deepening to 215 cm a channel in the Novosibirsk-Ob estuary in the sector was advanced to 1967, instead of 1970 as scheduled because of the increase in traffic to and from the Tomsk and Tyumen oil fields. Improvements in dredging equipment, and the navigation signs system are described. Exploration on the Chaya, Bakchar and Parbig Rivers is producing new navigation charts of parts of the middle Ob 926

system. Radio stations of the obsolete Ura zhay type are being replaced by a hundred Nedra-II type stations. Backwater areas for tankers at Moryakovka, Samus'ki, and NovoIl'inka are to be deepened, and others constructed in 1967. DLC. 99056 PLETNEV, V.D. and others. Proisessy proryva v magnitosferu zemli, zakhvata i uskoreniiä chastits solnechnogo potoka i ikh rol' v dinamike geomagnitnol lovushki. (Uses. konferentsiia po fizike kosmicheskogo prostranstva 1st, Moskva 1965. Trudy p.285-314, graphs, tables, illus) 39 refs. In Russian. Other authors: G.A. Skuridin, V.P. Shalimov and I.N. Shvachunov. Title tr.: The processes of solar stream particles breaking through the earth's magnetosphere, their capture and acceleration, and the part they play in the dynamics of the geomagnetic trap. Discusses the interrelationship of geophysical phenomena in the vicinity of the earth, from the point of view of the geomagnetic trap. Differences between the geomagnetic field intensities measured from the Elektron-2 satellite on 5 Mar 1964, and their theoretical values are correlated with the intensity of the horizontal component of the field measured at College. DLC.

PLETNEVA, N.I., see No. 97645 PLOTKIN, R.M. and others. 99057 Ustroistvo labazov v ralonakh Zapoli r'ia. (Geodeziia i kartografiiä 1963, no.3, p.58) In Russian. Other authors: F.N. Gavrilov and V.A. Gas'kov. Title tr.: Establishing food depots in arctic regions. Describes the geodetic work carried on in the Soviet Far North, and the settling up of food supply depots for the working parties. Metallic barrels are suggested for storing food products. Five trial depots set up in 1962 proved satisfactory. DLC. 99058 PLOTKIN, V.A. 0 vozmozhnosti opredelenii vozrasta kitov po khrustaliku glaze. (Zoologicheskil zhurnal 1966. v.45, no.10, p.1552-56, table, graphs, illus) 12 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Possibility of age determination in whales by the lens. Notes earlier work, current crude methods of age determination aboard whalers, and the desirability of an accurate method for this purpose. Finding that the eye lens grows throughout life, author suggests using it for age determination. DLC.

Sravnitel'naiå gidrogeologicheskikh uslovil mestorozhdenil poleznykh iskopaemykh Sibiri. 99059 PLOTNIKOV, N.I.

ot—senka

(Formirovanie i geokhimiiii podzemnykh vod Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1967, p.5-13, table) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Comparative appraisal of the hydrogeological conditions of useful mineral deposits of Siberia. Discusses the hydrogeological, permafrost and engineering geology factors affecting the development of mineral deposits. The Talnakh copper-nickel deposits of the Noril'sk region are described and the groundwater situation is analyzed. Regulation of water in mines, and other problems are considered. A similar appraisal is made for the Gorevskoye polymetallic deposits of the lower Angara basin, the Slyudyanka of the Lake Baykal region and others. The importance of hydrogeological investigation is noted. DLC. 99060 PLOTNIKOVA, M.I. and others. Paleogeografiia Prilenskogo raiona v svtåzi s formirovaniem almaznykh rossypei. (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. Nauchnyi sovet po rudoobrazovanirn. Geologic rossypei 1965. p.294-302, maps) In Russian. Other authors: O.I. Kardopol'tseva, V.A. Lipatova, O.G. Saltykov and N.N. Sarsadskikh. Title tr: Paleogeography of the Lena region in relation to diamond placer formation. This region on the left bank of the lower Lena includes the Muna, Motorchuna, Syungyude, and Molodo River Basins. Beginning with the Upper Permian several "diamond-bearing epochs" are distinguished, when kimberlite pipes were washed out and formed diamond placers. These epochs are analyzed and paleogeographic maps are compiled for Upper Permian, Lower Jurassic, Upper Jurassic and Paleogene-Lower Quaternary times. Conditions for diamond placer formation in each of these epochs are described. Streambeds are most promising for diamond placers. DLC. 99061 PLOTSKII, A.S. and A.S. POPOV. Vozvedenie zeØånogo polotna iz sviaznykh gruntov v zone vechnoi merzloty. (Avtomobil'nye dorogi 1966. v.29, no.1, p.10-12, table, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Construction of earthen roadbed of cohesive soils in the permafrost zone. Describes the method of building road beds for automotive transport in the North and Northeast of the USSR. Four types were experimentally constructed: with moss cover at the base of the embankment and on the shoulders, with moss cover at the base only, without moss cover at either base or shoulders, and without either moss cover or shoulders. The local cohesive soil consisted of dusty barns and clays. Since permafrost prevents the moisture of the active ground layer from penetrating into the depth of the

ground, the clayey soil over the permafrost remains excessively wet, and close to its yield point. The operation of drying the subsoil filler, and a schedule of using the mechanical earth-working equipment are given, showing in a table a reduction of the embankment moisture from 36.8 to 20.5 and from 33.4 to 23.0% after 38 days of putting in the roadbed. The method proposed eliminates the use of draining fillers supplied by transportation, a substantial economy. DLC. PLUTCHAK, N.B., see No. 95210 99062 POCHTAREV, V.I. and E.P. GLUSHKOVA. Kartograficheskoe predstavlenie sutochnykh geomagnitnykh variatsii. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiiå 1967. v.7, no.1, p.197-200, maps) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Cartographic presentation of daily geomagnetic variations. Discusses the construction of isobars of D, H, and Z components of the geomagnetic field of the Northern Hemisphere, using data of' 105 magnetic observatories. The variations in amplitudes of declination (ASqD), of horizontal (ASQH), and vertical (ASQZ) components of the daily magnetic variation, Sq are presented in three charts, showing the longitudinal asymmetry in azimuth distribution of the isobars in polar coordinates, and geographic position of the main geomagnetic observatories Intl 27 stations in the polar and subpolar regions. DLC. 99063 POCOCK, S.A.J. The JurassicCretaceous boundary in northern Canada. (Review of palaeobotany and palynology 1967. v.5, Intl. Conference on Palynology, lnd, 1966. Papers. p.129-36, illus) 17 refs. The record of a sequence of palynologic assemblages across the Jurassic-Cretaceous boundary in the Richardson Mountains, NWT, shows that the first appearance of Cicatricosisporites and Arcellites is a reliable indicator of basal Cretaceous age. DGS. PODDEL'SKII, N.P., see No. 94823 PODESTA, R., see No. 96130 PODGORBUNSKII, V. IA., see No. 96533 99064 PODGORNAIA, N.S. and others. K stratigrafii paleozoIskikh otlozhenil basseina srednego techeniia r. Vorogovki, Eniseiskii krihzh. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskrT inst. Trudy 1967. v.112, p.63-67~ illus) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: IU. G. Semenov and A.G. Gur'ev. Title 8:: Stratigraphy of Paleozoic deposits in the middle Vorogovka River basin, Yenisey Ridge. 927

Reports a 1961 study of the carbonateterrigenous stratum. The fauna and comparison with Paleozoic rocks of the Podkamennaya Tunguska basin indicate deposits of Upper Cambrian, Ordovician, Silurian and Devonian age. Sedimentation conditions in Paleozoic time are briefly discussed. DLC. PODGORNAIÅ, N.S., see also No. 99255 99065 PODGORNYKR, L.V. and E.M. LITVINOV. Ustranenie @lektrodnykh pomekh pri izmerenii estestvennykh elektricheskikh polel. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'nai geologiia 1966, no.8, p.230-36, graphs, illus) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Elimination of electrode interference in measuring natural electric fields. Shows the causes that change the electrode potential, as processes which affect the initial potential of pickups used in geophysical exploration. The change in the electrode potential with time is found to be caused by a variability of lead ions concentration in the solution that surrounds the electrode rod. An addition of agar-agar with saturated lead chloride and potassium chloride salts proved effective in eliminating this electrode interference for the oceanographic party of the Institute of Geology of the Arctic. Variation of electrode polarization at ambient temperature below -30° is remedied by using a semi-solid buffer solution in the electrode. Change in the electric potential of the electrode due to pressure reaches a maximum at about five atmospheres (0.2 mv/atm), and varies lineally by about 0.01 mv/atm at higher pressure. A lead non-polarizing electrode design is given in a diagram and explained. It eliminates changes in the electrode potential, due to differences in the salts concentration in the solution. A control checkup of these electrodes under field conditions is described. DLC. PODLESNYI, A.V., see No. 98967 PODOINTISINA, K.V. see No. 94073 PODOL'SKALA, G.I., see No. 98459 PODOL'SKII, IÜ. V., see No. 94927, 96985 99066 PODOLSKY, G. An evaluation of an airborne electromagnetic anomaly in northwestern Quebec. (Society of Exploration Geophysicists. Mining geophysics; v.1, Case histories. Tulsa, Okla. 1966. p.197-205. map, illus) 7 refs. The airborne electromagnetic prospecting reported here, was made by Rouanda Mining Company in an area east of Lac Malarctic 928

and southeast of Amos, Quebec. The anomaly occurs in interlayered rhyolite and andesite which are cut by two parallel NE trending gabbro dikes. Disseminated pyrite and pyrrhotite mineralization occurs at several localities within the rhyolite. The conductor lay along a contact between rhyolite and andesite. The anomalous zone was covered by overburden. The result of the drilling generally satisfied the geophysical interpretation. The thickness of sulfides had been estimated at about 40 ft which was roughly the width occupied by the series of sulfide stringers intersected in the drill hole. The total thickness of massive sulfides is actually less than three feet. DGS. 99067 PODOPLELOV, V.P. Istochniki formirovaniia i geografiis trudovykh resursov novykh promyshlennykh predprii til i stroek Komi ASSR. (Geograficheskoe obshchestvo SSSR. Komi filial. IzvestiI 1967. v.2, no.1 (11), p.7-18, tables) In Russian. Title tr.: Sources and location of manpower for the new industrial enterprise and construction in Komi ASSR. During the Soviet regime the industrial centers of Vorkuta, Inta, Ukhta, Pechora etc have developed in Komi, and its population has increased 4.5 fold in 1913-64, the density rising from 0.5 to 2.3/km2. The recruiting and training of manpower are outlined. The sources of labor in the Sovetsk and Yuzhnyy coal mines are analyzed as to previous occupation and domicile. The development of manpower for the Zheshartskiy plywood plant is also analyzed, and the population center of Ezhva described. DLC. PODPORINA, E.K., see No. 94347 POE, G.A., see No 95042 99068 POGORELOV, B.S. 0 vozraste kafnotipnykh effuzivov Zapadnoi Sibiri. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.169, no.4, p.916-18, table, map) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Age of cenotypal effusives of Western Siberia. Reports a study of Lower Mesozoic effusives obtained from drillings in Ust'-Port, Tyumen and other areas. Absolute age determination of the basalts ranges 209-247 My i.e. from the beginning of the early to that of the late Triassic. This corresponds with the determination of the spore-pollen complexes. Trap magmatism of West Siberia is briefly characterized. DLC. POGORELOV, B.S., see also No. 94082 POGORELYI, IÜ.A., see No. 97336, 100589

99069 POGOSIAN, KH.P. Vozdushnatä obolochka zemli. Leningrad, GØ 1962. 299 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. In Russian. English translation by I. Shechtman, pub in the Israel Program for Scientific Translations Jerusalem 1965, is available as TT 65-50013 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va, 22151. Title tr.: The air envelope of the earth. Describes the structure and composition of the atmosphere, the inflow of solar energy, the formation of temperature at various heights, lapse rate and motion of the air. Atmospheric fronts, jet streams, cyclones and anticyclones are dealt with and forecasting in the USSR described. Air temperature in the Arctic and the Antarctic is analyzed p 77-83. DLC. POGREBF KII, III. E., see No. 99346 99070 POGREBT SKII, S. E. Tekstury i struktury medno-nikelevykh rud massive Kohü. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologi Arktiki. Trudy 1963. v.133, p.190-204, graphs, illus) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Textures and structures of the coppernickel ores of the Kolyu massif. Describes the sulfide copper-nickel mineralization of this massif in Severnaya River basin, tributary to Nizhnyaya Tunguska. Measurements of ore phenocrysts are reported. The ore bodies are composed of small mono- and bi-mineral phenocrysts, and among them are large polymineral phenocrysts which are centers of sulfide concentration. Distribution and texture of these phenocrysts are analyzed. Their formation possibly occurred through a process of recrystallization. Stress is noted as a factor in their growth. Paragenetic associations and structures are characterized. DLC. 99071 POHL, H. Diurnal rhythms and hibernation. (Suomalainen Tiedeakatemia. Toimituksia. Annales. Ser. A. [V: Biologica 1964, no.71, Intl. Symposium... Hibernation 1962. Proceedings no.71 /26, p.361-73, graphs) Refs. Describes the disappearance of measurable rhythms at temperatures below 10°C and their reappearance due to seasonal variations and adaptations in the body. Regular awakening in the hamster modeled on an electronic computer is described. DLC. 99072 POHORECKY, Z.S. and T.E.H. JONES. Aboriginal pictographs on Kipahigan Lake in the Precambrian Shield of Saskatchewan and Manitoba, 1. (Musk-ox 1967, no.2, p.3-36, map, illus) Describes and illus paintings studied on a 1965 field trip. Of the 26 sites recorded, the four on Kipahigan Lake, consisting of 12

painted rock faces is noteworthy for the number of pictographs. The variety in styles, subject-matter and pigmentation is noted, as is the location of this lake in relation to prehistoric travel routes. The method used to record the sites, the accessibility of the Lake, location of the paintings, etc are described. CaMAI. 99073 POKHIALAINEN, V.P. Goterivbarremskie otlozheniis Severo-ZapadnoT Kamchatki. (Geologiia i geofizika 1967, no.6, p.3-10, table) 21 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Hauterivian-Barremian deposits of northwestern Kamchatka. Reports the 1961-63 and 1965 stratigraphic study of these deposits on the east coast of Penzhina Bay. The Hauterivian stage is established from the ammonite, belemnite, and inoceramus fauna. The Barremian stage is characterized by a new species of Aucellina. New data are given on these deposits and they are correlated with similar deposits of northern Siberia and northern Canada. DLC. 99074 POKHIALAINEN, V.P. Rannemelovye ofiolitovye formafsii Talovskikh gor. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyt kompleksnyi n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1967. no.30, p.89-95) Title tr.: Early CreRefs. In Russian. taceous ophiolite formations of the Talovskiye Mts. Reports geologic investigations of 1961-65 in northwestern Kamchatka. The age of ophiolite formations in pre-Hauterivian, and the early Cretaceous differ significantly from the Upper Cretaceous. These formations are of interest for chromium, nickel, platinum, DGS. copper, etc. 99075 POKROVSKAI:A N.V. Trilobity semeTstva Olenidae iz verkhnego kembriiä IAkutii. (Paleontologicheskti zhurnal 1966, 4 refs. In Russian. no.2, p.67-80, illus) Title tr.: Trilobites of fam Olenidae from the Upper Cambrian of Yakutia. Presents a systematic description of some trilobites collected in 1960-62 in the TuoraSis Ridge: Plicatolina quadrats, P. yacutica, Parabolina magna, P. monstruosa, P. angusta, and Parabolinites rectus nspp; diagnoses, main features, geologic and geographic distribution, etc are included. The Olenidae are of importance for stratigraphy of the Upper Cambrian. English translation in Intl geology review 1967. v. 9, no. 3, DLC. p. 336-46. POKROVSKAIA, N.V., see also No. 95622 929

99076 POKROVSKAI:A, T.N. Fotosintez fitoplanktona v nekotorykh ozerakh BoYshezemel'skol tundry. (In: Tipologiia ozer... 1967. p.148-59, graphs, tables) Refs. In Russian. ?Ytte tr.: Photosynthesis of the phytoplankton in some lakes of Bol'shezemel= skaya Tundra. Reports 8 July-16 Aug 1963 study of four lakes in western part of the tundra. Data on the intensity of photosynthesis, composition and quantity of phytoplankton are tabulated and interpreted. Changes in the photosynthesis are common to all the lakes. Its intensity is low at the beginning of the summer then increases regularly and reaches maximum at the end. Intensity of organic matter productivity is not uniform in all the lakes. The persistent sunshine of the polar region summer, nutritient salts and other factors are discussed in relation to the high productivity of organic matter. DLC. 99077 POKROVSKAIA, T.N. Fotosintez fitoplanktona v ozerakh Poliarnogo Ura(In: Akademifil nauk SSSR. Inst. geola. grafli. Nakoplenie veshchestva v ozerakh... 1964. p.134-47, graph, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr» Phytoplankton photosynthesis in lakes of the Polar Ural. Reports a 1961 study in the area 67° 30" 67° 50'N 65°40' - 66° 10'E, where Bol'shoye Khadata, Maloye Khadata, Kuz'-Ty and Maloye Shchuch'ye Lakes were investigated. Data on the intensity of photosynthesis and composition of phytoplankton are tabulated and interpreted. The content of organic matter is outlined, and data are given on the phosphorus in streams from the vicinity of the glaciers. The intensity of phytoplankton photosynthesis is compared with that of lakes of Kola Peninsula and other regions. Indications of geographic zonality are noted. DLC. POKROVSKAIA, T.N., see also No. 98154, 98155 99078 POKROVSKII, G.N., editor. Rezanie i udarnoe razrushenie gruntov. Novosibirsk, Izd-vo Nauka 1965. 133 p. tables, graphs, illus. 26 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Cutting and percussive breakdown of ground. Presents the results of long term research on the cutting and excavation of frozen ground, proposing bucket excavating machines equipped with percussion mechanisms of pneumatic action. Laboratory and in situ experiments are described, showing that percussive buckets may be used advantageously in excavating frozen ground, also minerals of medium hardness (coal). DLC. POKROVSKII, S.D., see No. 95661 930

99079 POLAK, B.G. An energy appraisal of volcanic and hydrothermal phenomena on the example of Kamchatka. (Intl. Volcanological Assoc. Bulletin volcanologique 1967. v.30, p.129-38) 23 refs. The energy expenditure, associated with the Quaternary volcanic activity on Kamchatka is three times higher than the heat losses as the result of background conductive heat flow, and 17 times higher than the heat discharge by hydro-thermal systems. The general intensity of deep heat expenditure and transformation in this region, as a result of these three phenomena, is on the average 7.8 s cal/cm2. sec. In addition to these three forms of energy expenditure, metamorphic processes involve large energy expenditure. Analysis of the thermal history of the earth shows that during the period of active volcanism, the value of the heat supply from the upper mantle into such areas of the crust increased in the order of 10 p. cal/cm2 per DGS. second. 99080 POLAND, F. Melting the arctic ice; Canadians are discussing a Russian proposal to dam the Bering Strait and improve the polar climate. (New scientist 1968, v.39, no.608, p.244, map) Considers damming the Bering Strait in order to pump cold Arctic water into the Pacific and permit warm Altantic waters to flow across the Arctic Ocean melting the ice cover in three yr, creating more cloud, increasing rainfall and raising northern temperatures to produce climatic conditions of 4000-6000 yr ago. Prof M. J. Dunbar, McGill Univ, and certain Russian meteorologists believe such a change would create a huge fog which would increase the precipitation of snow and increase the ice caps of Greenland DGS. and the Canadian Arctic areas. 99081 Dr. James POLAR NOTES. Laws' journal of the Kane Relief Expedition of 1855. (Its: no.7, 1967, p.1-24) Abridged version of Dr. Laws' journal, 31 May-4 Sept 1855, describing the voyage of the Arctic and Release under Lt H. J. Hartstene from New York to Etah thence to the Upernavik area to rescue Kane (No 8373); the Eskimos encountered, wildlife and scenery are noted. CaMAI, DLC. 99082 News POLAR RECORD. Notes. (Its: v.13, 1966-67, no.82-87). Discusses briefly northern activities, commissions, resources and development in polar technology, viz: 17th meeting of the International Whaling Commission, London 1965 by R. Gambell (no.82, p.73-75); Iron ore mining at Kiruna, Swedish Lap-

land summarized from No 89660 (no.82, p.78); Termination of the 1924 Danish-Norwegian agreement on Eastern Greenland (no.82, p.78); Description of health services and education in Greenland since 1950 (no.82, p.79-80); Commercial king crab fishing in the eastern Bering Sea based on US-Japan and US-USSR agreements (no.82, p.80); Effects of the 1964 earthquake on glaciers in Alaska summarized from No 91059 (no.82, p.81-82); Canadian icebreaking cable repair ship John Cabot serving the Canadian Coast Guard as of June 1965 is described (no.82, p.89); Canadian ship Hudson used for hydrographic survey and oceanography in the Canadian Arctic as of 1963 is described (no.82, p.90); J. Lauritzen's fleet of polar vessels consisting of icebreaking and cargo vessels, all except one with diesel engines, is considered (no.82, p.90-91); Siberian centres for northern studies in Yakutsk and Irkutsk by T.E. Armstrong (no.83, p.205-207); Labour turnover in Yakut ASSR (no.83, p.207-208); Local air routes in Yakut ASSR are shown on map (no.83, p.208-209); Second International Finno-Ugrian Congress, Helsinki 1965; an outline by J.G. Coates (no.83, p.209); 1951 and 1965 Norwegian laws relating to sealing (no.83, p.209-211); Catches of salmon in West Greenland waters by J.A. Gulland (no.83, p.211-12); Commercial helicopter services in Greenland from 1 Jun- 18 Sept 1965 (no.83, p.212-13); Status of the polar bear is discussed with reference to the First International Meeting on Polar Bears, Alaska 1965 (no.84, p.327-38); Reindeer industry in Norway, Sweden and Finland (no.84, p.338); Exchange of official visits between Canada and the USSR 1965 concerning northern development (no.84, p.339); United Kingdom fisheries mission to the USSR in 1965 to gain information on the institutions and activities of the Soviet fishing industry (no.84, p.339-40); New railway lines in northern USSR are shown on map (no.84, p.340-42); Soviet sealing in the North Pacific Ocean and problems of extermination (no.84, p.342); Riddle of Ozero Khayyr is refuted (no.84, p.342);

Eskimo commercial fisheries development in the Canadian Arctic (no.84, p.343); International Whaling Commission, 18th meeting, London 1966 (no.85, p.477-78); International hydrological decade started in 1965 by UNESCO; its aims and objectives (no.85, p.478-79); Educational facilities for Swedish Lapps (no.85, p.479); Oil exploration and claims distribution in Svalbard 1965-66 (no.85, p.479-80); Greenland news broadcasting services; its sponsors and programs summarized from No 93955 (no.85, p 480-81); North Magnetic Dip Pole, sequential computations of its movements summarized from No 78191 (no.85, p.481-82); Canadian northern road network programme (no.85, p.482); St Roch served as a RCMP patrol vessel from 1920-50 and now preserved in the Maritime Museum, Vancouver (no.85, p.482-83); The US Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, a description of its structure (no.85, p.483-84); Alaskan mining industry 1965; its profits summarized from No 84936 (no.85, p.484-45); International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries (ICNAF) sealing panel; 1966 protocol is outlined (no.86, p.651-52); Canadian government aid for northern mineral exploration; types of grants (no.86, p.653-54); Electric power in the Northwest territories and Yukon territory 1965; types of plants and their locations (no.86, p.654-55); Inuvik Research Laboratory; its purpose, structure, projects (no.86, p.655-56); Experimental detonation of a nuclear device in the Aleutian Islands 1965; data on the device is given (no.86, p.656); Symposium on glacier mapping, Ottawa 1965; its resolutions (no.86, p.656-57); The "Gnat", a light vehicle for polar use is described (no.86, p.657); Nomadism in northern USSR; attempts at socializing this way of life (no.87, p.789); Agricultural potential of the lower Ob valley, No. 87458 (no.87, p.791-92); Population of towns in northern USSR in Jan 1964 (no.87, p.792.93); Soviet ice-drift recorders in the Arctic Ocean 1953-65 (no.87, p.793); Soviet exploitation of seals in the Bering Sea; the recommendations made (no.87, p.793-94); Decline of transport animals in Yakut ASSR, No 88786 (no.87, p.794); Bilibino 48,000 kw atomic power station in Chukotka (no.87, p.795); 931

Soviet fisheries institute at Murmansk is described (no.87, p.795); Population statistics for Greenland, 1951, 1955 and 1960 (no.87, p.795-96); Canadian government ice observation and forecasting system is outlined (no.87, p.796-800); Fur industry in Alaska, value and harvest (no.87, p.800-801). CaMAI, DLC. 99083 POLAR RECORD. Notes on field work. (hr v.13, 1966-67, no.82-87). Summary account is given of the following: Norwegian scientific work in Svalbard on hydrology, geology, glaciology, palaeobotany, biology, airborne operations, topography, geophysics etc is outlined for 1960-63 (no.82, p.45-47); for 1964 (no.84, p.306-307); Scottish Trans-Greenland Expedition 1965, investigates physiological problems associated with prolonged stress (no.82, p.48); United States military exercise Polar Strike 1965 in Alaska (no.82, p.48); Canadian operation Wager 1965: airborne geological reconnaissance of the north-eastern Keewatin District and Melville Peninsula directed by W.W. Heywood (no.83, p.191); Cambridge Spitsbergen Expedition 1965, studies by W.B. Harland continued (no.83, p.192-94; also 1966 (no.85, p.458-59); Continued Canadian studies, 1964 and 1965 in the glacial geomorphology of central Baffin Island (no.83, p.194-97); Univeristy of Ottawa Expedition to Somerset Island 1965 led by D.L. Dineley, continued and extended previous geologic studies (no.83, p.197-98); Operation Amadjuak 1965 directed by R.G. Blackadar; reconnaissance geologic mapping program of the Geological Survey of Canada in the Canadian Arctic continued in 1965 with the mapping of southern Baffin Island (no.83, p.198-99); United States 1962 to 1965 scientific activities in waters north of the USSR are outlined (no.84, p.305-306); Canadian Polar Continental Shelf Project, as continued in 1964 (no.84, p.307-309) in 1965 (no. 86, p. 603-607); Soviet Northern Sea Route: ice conditions, ship employed, length of season, etc in 1965 (no.84, p.310-11); and 1966 (no.87, p.790-91); Oxford University Expedition to East Greenland 1965 led by J.C. Rucklidge to collect rock specimens for petrological, palenmagnetic and age studies and to carry out geomorphological and botanical work (no.84, p.311); Canadian operation Grant Land led by R.L. Christie; both aerial reconnaissance and stratigraphic study of northeastern Ellesmere 932

Island in 1965 (no.84, p.311-12) and in 1966 (no.87, p.784); Icefield Ranges Research Project activities and training program summarized (no.84, p.312); Geological Survey of Canada field work in the Arctic in Keewatin, Franklin and Mackenzie Districts is outlined for 1965 (no.85, p.451); for 1966 (no.87, p.785-86); Alaska Division of Mines and Minerals field work in surveying and collecting stream sediments and geochemical samples from 11 specific areas in 1965 is outlined (no.85, p.452); Arctic Institute of North America research station on Devon Island; its work in 1965 on glaciology and geomorphology and in 1966 also on ornithology and botany is reported (no.85, p.452-54); 1965-66 research projects of the Arctic Research Laboratory, Point Barrow, Alaska are outlined (no.85, p.454-57); Royal Navy East Greenland Expedition 1966, botanical and geological stydy of north and east Schweizerland (no.85, p.458); Danish scientific work in Greenland 1963 in anthropology, archaeology, zoology, botany, geodesy, geology, hydrography, meteorology and geophysics (no.86, p.601-603); Canadian operation Hazen-Tanquary 1965 and 1966 for studies in biology at Lake Hazen and meteorology, radiochemistry and glaciology in the Tanquary Fjord area (no.86, p.607-610); Soviet drifting stations North Pole-8, -13, -14, -15 in 1965-66 (no.87, p.779); Project Blue Ice activities at Inge Lehmann station, Greenland 1966 and 1967 to investigate seismic noise characteristics in the Greenland ice sheet (no.87, p.780-83); East Greenland Geological Expedition 1966 carried out a program of drilling and geological surveying in the Kangerdlugssuaq region continuing and extending the work of the 1953 British East Greenland Geological Expedition (no.87, p.783-84). CaMAI, DLC. 99084 POLAR RECORD. Obituaries. (its: v.13, 1966-67, no.82-87) Included are items on: Vitol'd Ivanovich Avgevich 1907-1965, Soviet photogrammetrist specializing in the use of air photography as an aid to sea ice studies (no.82, p.93); Alfred Louis Bacharach 1891-1966, noted for his efforts in the 1920s to isolate vitamins and for his work on nutrition problems on polar expeditions (no.85, p.491); Jeremy Thomas Bailey 1941-1965, participated in the 1964 field trials in northwestern Greenland of radio echo methods of sounding ice sheets (no.83, p.215); Daniel Barbier 1907-1965, French auroral physicist, noted for his field studies in

Swedish Lapland and Alaska; also director of the auroral and night sky studies, Centre National Frangais pour les Recherches Polakes (no.87, p.805); Dow Vawter Baxter 1898-1965, led some 25 expeditions to investigate wood-destroying fungi in Alaska and the Yukon (no.84, p.353); Giuseppe Biagi 1897-1965, radio operator during Nobile's 1928 arctic flight in the Italia (no.87, p.805); Sir Alexander Carr-Saunders 1885-1966, who participated in the 1921 Oxford University Expedition to Spitsbergen (no.86, p.659); Lars Christensen 1884-1965, with extensive interests in the whaling industry, took an active part in many expeditions in the North (no.84, p.353-55); Roy Eric Dean 1909-1965, a geologist known for the study of the Greenshield Lake area on Cumberland Peninsula, Baffin Island; also in charge of a survey team for DEW-line stations in central and western Arctic (no.83, p.215); Frank Debenham 1883-1965, geologist, founder and first director of the Scott Polar Research Institute (no.83, p.215-17); Robert Oliver Derrick 1922-1966, a member of the Arctic Operations Project of the US Weather Bureau (no.85, p.491); William A. Dotson, killed in a 1964 air mission, took part in the early reconnaissance operations in the Arctic (no.82, p.93); Richard Finsterwalder 1889-1963, noted for work on glacier fluctuations and his high mountain survey technique in mapping glaciers (no.82, p.93-94); Alexander Forbes 1882-1965, physiologist who took part in the 1931-33 survey of the northern coast of the Labrador Peninsula (no.84, p.356); Jakov IAkovlevich Gakkel' 1901-1965, whose work led to the identification of the Lomonosov submarine ridge and to construction of bathymetric charts of the Arctic Ocean (no.83,p. 217-18); J. Louis Giddings 1909-1964, the first to apply the technique of dendrochronology to the Arctic establishing a 1000-yr tree-ring chronology from Eskimo village sites (no.82, p.94); B Frank Heintzleman 1888-1965, served as governor of the Territory of Alaska, 1953-57, also Regional Forester and Commissioner of the Dept. of Agriculture for Alaska 1937-1953 (no.84, p.356); Richard William George Hingston 1887-1966, took part in the 1928 Oxford Univ Greenland Expedition (no.85, p.491-92); G. Noel Humphreys 1883-1966, led the Oxford Univ Ellesmere Land Expedition (no.85, p.492);

Aleksandr Laktionov Fedorovich 1899-1965, Soviet geographer and oceanographer who took part in 13 Arctic expeditions Intl SibirFdkov 1932, Sadko 1935 and Fedor Litke 1948 (no.83, p.218); Carol J. Lomen 1880-1965, known for his efforts in organizing and developing reindeer husbandry in Alaska (no.84, p.356-57); Bernhard Luncke 1894-1963, Norwegian topographer known for his pioneering work in air photogrammetry; took part in expeditions to northern Norway, Svalbard, Jan Mayen and East Greenland (no.83, p.218); James Buckland Mawdsky 1884-1964, director of the Insitute for Northern Studies, University of Saskatchewan (no.82, p.97); Serge! Vladimirovich Obruchev 1891-1965, whose work led to the identification of the Tungusskiy coal basin and to the discovery of gold on Kolyma and Indigirka (no.83, p.219); John Johnston O'Neil 1886-1966, Canadian geologist, known for his study of the mainland coast of Arctic Canada (no.87, p.806); Arthur Niall Rankin 1905-1965, a member of the 1924 Oxford Univ Arctic Expedition and one of the first to use a hide in photographing birds in Svalbard (no.82, p.98-99) André Renaud 1904-1964, Swiss glaciologist known for his observations of the Alps; took part in preparations for the Exp6dition Glaciologique Internationale au Gr4nland (no.82, p.97); Hjalmar Riiser-Larsen 1881-1965, pioneer of Norwegian civil and polar aviation (no.82, p.97-98); Otto Pavia Jørgen Rosing 1896-1965, Greenland pastor, artist and author, noted for his influence in the development of Greenland culture (no.85, p.492); Dmitrii Ivanovich Shcherbakov 1893-1966, Soviet geologist, noted for his discovery of important mineral resources (no.85, p.493); Mikhail Alekseevich Sergeev 1888-1965, Soviet specialist on northern studies and administration (no.85, p.492-93); Ivar Skarland 1899-1965, known for his archeological studies in Alaska (no.82, p.98); Lawrence Rickard Wager 1904-1965, British polar explorer whose pioneer survey of the geology in the difficult Greenland coastal mountains in 1930 led to his subsequent work of great geological significance (no.87, p.807-808); Walter Frederick Whittard 1902-1966, geologist, participated in the 3rd Cambridge Expedition to East Greenland, 1929 (no.84, p.358). CaMAI, DLC. 99085 POLETAEV, B.D. and others. Geologicheskoe stroenie Pechorskogo ugol'nogo basseina po geofizicheskim dannym. 933

(Izvestii vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenil. Geologii i razvedka 1966, no.12, p.91-96, maps) 5 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.N. Rozenberg, N.S. Kurbatova and T.A. Shaternikova. Title tr.: Geological structure of the Pechora coal basin according to geophysical data. Evaluates gravimetric survey data. For the Pechora coal basin, three density boundaries are distinguished: one with effective density of 0.2-0.4 g/cm3 at the base of unconsolidated deposits, one of 0.1-0.3 g/cm3 at the terrigenous carbonate contact, and one with effective density about 0.1 g/cm3 at the sedimentary-metamorphic contact. Tectonic and structural plans of the Pechora basin are presented. The Korotaikha and Usa depressions and some other structures are characterized. New areas are noted where the prospects for coal accumulation are good. DLC. 99086 POLETAEV, B.D. and Iu. A. BOSYKH. Rezul'taty i vozmozhnosti gravimetrii pri poiskakh i razvedke ugol'nykh mestorozhdenil Pechorskogo basseina. (Geofizicheskaia razvedka 1964. no.15, p.80-86, maps, graphs) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Results and possibilities of gravimetry in the search and prospecting of coal deposits in the Pechora basin. Discusses briefly the geology of the Pechora basin and the density characteritics of its formations. Gravity data obtained at stations 2-3 km apart show that the anomalous gravity field is a result of changes in depth of the first density boundary. The effect of the second density boundary is considerably less than that of the first. The geological structures of the basin are reflected in the presence of positive and negative gravity anomalies. DLC. POLETAEV, B.D., see also No. 99213 POLEVAIA, N.I., see No. 95463 99087 POLEVOI, B. P. K istorii formirovaniia geograficheskikh predstavlenü o severo-vostochnol okonechnosti Azii v XVII v. (Sibirskii geograficheskil sbornik 1964. no.3, p.224-70, maps.) 46 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Development of geographical ideas on the northeastern extent of Asia in the 17th century. The marine expedition of Dezhnev from the Kolyma to Anadyr' in 1648 did not solve definitely the question of how far Asia extended northeast. The idea of an unknown stone barrier (kamennaia pregrada) or impassable promontory (neobkhodimyl nos) south (Kamchatka?) or north (Chukotka?) of Anadyr' survived for a long time. Views of 934

Remezov and other Russians, of the Swede E. Palmqvist 1674, the Dutch cartographer N. C. Wissen 1692, and other geographers are outlined, stressing that solution of the question of the separation of Asia and North America was the main purpose of the Great Northern Expedition of 1725-1743. DLC. 99088 POLEVOI, B. P. 0 mestopolozhenii pervogo russkogo poseleniia na Kolyme. (Akademitå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geografii Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Doklady 1962. no.2, p.66-75) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Location of the first Russian settlement on the Kolyma. On the basis of 17th century documents, Sredne-Kolymsk seems to have been founded by Mikhail Stadukhin in 1645 or before, thus it predates Nizhne-Kolymsk (1647). Advantages of its location convenient to settled fur-tribute paying Yukaghir tribes and to the major fur-producing upper Alazeya region are noted, as is the difficulty of access to the lower Kolyma because of hostile nomadic Chukchis and Yukaghirs. Other considerations also are offered in support of the priority of the middle Kolyma settlement. DLC. 99089 POLEVOI, B. P. 0 podlinnike "Chertezhnol knigi Sibiri" S.U. Remezova 1701 g. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geografii Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Doklady 1964. no.7, p.65-71.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title fr.: The original of S.U. Remezov's 1701 Atlas of Siberia. Disputes the opinion that the "Atlas" in Rumi nisev's collection in the Lenin State Library in Moscow is only a copy, not the original. Arguments of proponents of this opinion based on handwriting, Dutch insertions, number of leaves, water-marks of the paper, etc are evaluated and rejected and the atlas preserved in Moscow confirmed as the original compiled by Remezov in 1701. DLC. 99090 POLEVOI, B.P. Semen Remezov i Vladimir Atlasov. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Izvestiia 1965. ser. geog. no.6, p.92-101, map) 22 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Semen Remezov and Vladimir Atlasov. Refutes the opinion that Remezov, drawing Kamchatka in his 1701 atlas, used information brought in 1700 by Vladimir Atlasov, conqueror of Kamchatka. Detailed analysis of Remezov's map data and Atlasov's report, also discovery of maps prior to Atlasov DLC. support the refutation. 99091 POLEVOI, B.P. Zabytyl pokhod I.M. Rubisa na Kamchatku v 60-kh gg. XVII veka. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Izvestia 1964,

ser. geog. no.4, p.130-35) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A forgotten expedition of I.M. Rubets to Kamchatka in the sixties of the 17th century. Reports discovery of a document of Dec 1668 about Yakutsk; in it Ivan Merkur'evich RubeEs mentions his expedition to the Kamchatka River. Review of Rubets activities indicates that he could have made it only between summer 1662 and winter 1667-68. This is some 30 years earlier than the Kamchatka expeditions of L.S. Morosko in 1695-1696 and V.V. Atlasov 1697-1699, hitherto regarded as the discoverers of Kamchatka. DLC.

pattern of the dispersion of primary constituents. Analyzes abundance ratio of ore-forming elements Ni, Co, Cu, Cr, and Ti and volatiles in basic and ultrabasic rocks of Kola Peninsula, Buryat ASSR and the Noril'sk region. Dispersion halos in nickel-bearing intrusions in the three regions are compared. Rocks of the nickel-bearing massifs of Kola Peninsula are characterized by a greater Ni content than the others. The concentration of cobalt is similar to the gabbro-dolerites of Noril'sk I. The concentration of other elements is also reported. Dispersion halos in basic and ultrabasic massifs of the Ural are also briefly noted. DLC.

99092 POLFEROV, D.V. and S.I. SUSLOVA. Geokhimicheskie kriterii nikelenosnosti osnovnykh-ul'traosnovnykh massivov. (Geokhimirä 1966, no.6, p.659-67, tables, graphs) 29 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Geochemical criteria of nickeliferous basic and ultrabasic massifs. Using literature data of northern Norway, Canada and Noril'sk as well as own studies in Kola Peninsula, the northern Baykal region and elsewhere, author compares the petrologic and geochemical features of basicultrabasic rocks of the nickeliferous massifs with those of non-nickeliferous massifs. The nickeliferous massifs are shown to contain more nickel, cobalt, sulfur than the nonnickeliferous. DLC.

99095 POLIAK, B.G. Energeticheskil effekt aktivnogo vulkanizma Kamchatki. (In: Soveshchanie po geotermicheskim issledovaniihm v SSSR 1964. Trudy 1, pub 1966, p.85-93, maps, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The energy effect of active volcanism in Kamchatka. Reports a geothermal study of hot springs in southeastern Kamchatka and Mutnovskiy Volcano. Heat loss in the areas of Quaternary volcanism is considered, and three stages are calculated: that through volcanic processes, heat flow from thermal waters, and conductive transfer. The energy effect, the total rate of loss of heat from Kamchatka volcanoes is 5x1010 cal/sec. DLC.

99093 POLFEROV, D.V. 0 metamorfizme epigeneticheskikh medno-nikelevykh sul'fidnykh rud. (Geologiii rudnykh mestorozhdenil 1967. v.9, no.3, p.70-73, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The metamorphism of epigenetic copper-nickel sulfide ores. Reports 1946-63 study of the nickelbearing massifs of Kola Peninsula and the northern Baykal region. Epigenetic coppernickel ores of the Lovozero, Pechenga, and Allarechenskiy massifs are described. Occurrence of metamorphism is established in almost all, and resultant differentiated cataclasm and blast of the ores are recognized. DLC.

99096 POLIAK, B.G. Gidrogeotermicheskie usloviia neftenosnykh struktur Vostochnol Kamchatki. (In: Soveshchanie po geotermicheskim issledovaniiäm v SSSR 1964. Trudy 2, pub 1966, p.288-95, graphs, In Russian. Title tr.: Hydrotables) geothermal conditions of oil-bearing structures of eastern Kamchatka. Describes the Bogachevskaya and Dvukhlagernaya structures of the Kronotskiy region. Their reservoir properties: porosity, permeability and fracture permeability, and the local series are determined. The results of geothermal investigation of these areas are summarized. Prospects for industrial oil and gas accumulation in the Bogachevskaya structure seem doubtful. DLC.

99094 POLFEROV, D.V. and others. Opredelenie perspektiv rudonosnosti osnovnykh-ul'traosnovnykh massivov na osnovanii zakonomernostei pervichnokonstitutsional'nogo rasseihniia. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1965. Regional'naiä geologiiii no.5, p.5-20, tables) 23 refs. In Russian. Other authors: S.I. Suslova and A.I. Arkhipova. Title tr.: Determination of the ore-bearing properties of basic-ultrabasic massifs from the

99097 POLIAK, B.G. K energeticheskoi (Vses. oisenke vulkanicheskikh iavlenii. vulkanologicheskoe soveshchanie 1964. Trudy v.3 pub. 1966, p.61-66, table) 24 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Appraisal of the energy of volcanic phenomena. Discusses the energy loss from the earth's depth by volcanic activity, with attention directed to the Quaternary volcanism of Kamchatka. Outflow of magma through magmatic channels, eruption of volcanoes, cooling 935

of erupted products on the surface, fumarole activity, etc are considered. Own studies were made for Mutnovskiy Volcano in southeast Kamchatka. Some results on heat flow are reported. DLC.

distinguished by high density and low compressibility. They are considered favorable for foundations. DLC.

POLTAK, B.G., see also No. 93709A

POLfAKOVA, I.D., see No. 95625, 100644

99098 POLIAKOV, A. P. Bol'she vnimaniia nauchno-issledovatel'skoi rabote po ozeleneniiii. (Noril'sk. N: issl. inst. sell, skogo khoz. Krainego Severa. Trudy 1963. v.12, p.371-78.) In Russian. Title tr.: More attention to the research work on plantings. Reports on an Institute of Agriculture in the Far North team working on the selection and testing of the grasses, shrubs, and trees suibable for Noril'sk. Lawns there increased by 3 hectares in 1962 and the nursery has 209 tested shrubs and trees. Representatives of northern communities met with Institute workers in June 1962. Work in other areas, including that of the Polar Alpine Botanical Garden in Kola Peninsula, and the Yakut Botanical Garden, and Chuchur-Muran Biological Station in Yakutia, is also mentioned. DNAL.

99101 POLIAKOVA, K.N. Osobennosti taianitå ledianogo pokrova i vskrytie srednel (Moskva. TSentr. inst. prognozov. Leny. Trudy 1965. no.151, p.149-70, map, tables, diagrs) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Characteristics of the melting of the ice cover and the opening of the middle Lena River. English translation in Soviet hydrology 1966. no.3, p.276-92. Reports a 1963 and 1964 field study 31 km above Yakutsk. The albedo of the various snow and ice surfaces of the river varies within broad limits over the period of melting until the time of ice movements. It averaged 42% in 1963 and 49% in 1964. Use of average values in heat balance computations is not satisfactory and a method for a more detailed computation of albedo from meteorological observations on the river bank is proposed. Ice thickness ranged 108-245 cm before melting. Intense melting began after disappearance of the snow, which had an average depth of 20-25 cm. Ice thickness had decreased an average 20-25 cm of maximum by the time ice movements began. Melting from above was 18%, from below 4% of total melting. At the time of window (melt hole) formation, porosity of ice was 50%. Formation of windows occurs where crystalline ice becomes snow-free earlier and is flooded by meltwater, and where high current velocities promote earlier ice breakup. Computations of the melting based on observed heat exchange characteristics, agreed satisfactorily with observed values. DLC.

99099 POLIAKOV, A.P. and P.D. VERSHININA. lz opyta ozeleneniia goroda Noril'ska. (Noril'sk. N.-issl. inst. sel'skogo khoz. Krainego Severe. Trudy 1963. v.11, p.206-211) In Russian. Title tr.: Tree planting in Noril'sk. Despite the severe climate efforts to develop plantings have been in progress since 1952, since 1958 under the Inst of Agriculture in the Far North, with a seven- year plan approved in 1960. Some hundred species of trees and shrubs and 130 perennials have been tested in the nursery. Best results are achieved by using the local flora, chiefly willow, larch and meadow grass. DNAL. 99100 POLIAKOV, S.S. and V.T. TROFIMOV. Sostav i svolstva srednechetvertichnykh morennykh obrazovani zapadnoi chasti Zapadno-SibirskoT nizmennosti. (Izveståä vysshikh uchebnykh zavedenli. Geologüa i razvedka 1964, no.6, p.107-112, illus) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr Composition and properties of the Middle Quaternary morainic formations in the western part of West Siberian lowland. Reports an engineering-geologic investigation of these deposits. Most widely distributed are the loams. The sandy fraction of these deposits is characterized by a quartzitic composition and the clayey fraction by predominance of hydromica and montmorillonite. The mineralogic composition is also reported. Morainic depostis of this region are 936

POLIAKOV, S.S., see also No. 97688

99102 POLIAKOVA, K.N. Veroiitnostnoe raspredelenie dat vskrytiih rek bassetna r. Leny. (Moskva. TSentr. inst. prognozov. Trudy 1965. no.151, p.82-92, map, tables) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Probable distribution of the dates of opening of rivers in the Lena River basin. Presents a nomogram for determination of the dates of opening of a river at any point with various probabilities depending on the mean long-term date of the opening at this point. Data from 12-63 yr records of 78 stations in the Lena drainage system show early dates ranging 2 Apr - 3 June and average dates 13 Apr - 15 May. DLC. 99103 POLIANSKAI— , M.V. Effektivnost' meropriihtii po bor'be s finnozom i i khinokokkozom severnykh ole-

net (Veterinaria 1966. v.43, no.1, p.45, tables) In Russian. Title tr. Effectiveness of measures for control of cysticercosis of reindeer. Reports drastic reduction in cysticercosis and echinococcosis incidence in the Murmansk area due to control measures. This has been achieved by antihelminth measures applied not only to reindeer but also to dogs and other domestic animals. DLC. 99104 POLIANSKAIA, M.V. Elaphostrongylosis of reindeer. English translation of No 90864, available as TT-67-51244 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va. 22151. 99105 POLIANSKII, IU.I. The parasitology of fish of northern waters of the USSR; parasites of the fish of the Barents Sea. English translation of No 41911, available as TT-66-51047 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va. 22151. 99106 POL]ANSKII, Iij.I. Some questions on the parasitology of fishes of the Barents Sea. English translation of No 54057, available as TT-67-61587 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va. 22151. 99107 POLIKARPOV, V. and B. BARADIEV. Zimniil nagul olenei. (Sel'skokhortaistvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego In RusVostoka 1967, v.11, no.3, p.32) sian. Title tr. Fattening reindeer in winter. Reindeer feed in winter is chiefly the lichen Cladonia rangiferina, which is poor in albumen and salts, with result that the animals lose weight. To offset this loss, the Tomponskiy state farm in Yakutia experimented by adding 250 g forage with a mixture of carbamid and salt (NC1) to the daily diet of 348 reindeer Nov 1 - Dec 10 and 435 others Dec 1 - Jan 10. In both cases the average weight increased significantly in comparison with controls. The two experiments cost about 1000 rubles and raised the value of the herds by 28,000 r. DLC. 99108 POLIKARPOV, V.A. Diagnostika (Veparatuberkuleza u severnykh olenei. terinariia 1966. v.43, no.11, p.29-32, tables) In Russian. Title tr.: Diagnosis of paratuberculosis in reindeer. Describes means of diagnosing paratuberculosis through examination of feces and lymph nodes. For animals displaying atypical or no symptoms, sophisticated bacteriological or serological tests will be necessary. Postmortem diagnosis can be achieved by observation of typical pathoanatomical changes in the organs and tissues. The complement fixation reaction has recently been perfected for reindeer and gives the most reliable

results. Research occurred in the Yakut DLC. ASSR. POLIKARPOVA, V.N., see No. 99425 99109 POLKANOV, A. A. and others. Dochetvertichnatä geologitä Karelii i Kol= skogo p-ova. (Akademia' nauk SSSR. Lab. geologli dokembrhä. Trudy 1964. no.19, p.24-25, table, map) Approx 70 refs. In Russian. Other authors K.O. Kratts and K.A. Shurkin. Title tr.: Pre-Quaternary geology of Karelia and Kola Peninsula. Presents a stratigraphic scheme and correlation of the Precambrian of Karelia and Kola Peninsula. Stratigraphy, lithology, tectonics and magmatism of the Archean are characterized. The same is done with the Proterozoic deposits. Paleozoic deposits are also DLC. briefly noted. 99110 POLKANOV, A.A. and others. Massiv Gremiakha-Vyrmes na Kol'skom poMoskva, Nauka 1967. 236 p. luostrove. graphs, map, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Other authors: N.A. Eliseev, E.N. Eliseev and G.I. Kavardin. Title tr.: The Gxemyakha-Vyrmes massif in Kola Peninsula. This second and much enlarged edition of a work pub in 1941 deals with a complex intrusive massif consisting of great variety of rocks, the original structure and interesting association of rocks and minerals. The discovery and investigation of this massif is reviewed, and five main subjects treated: its geology, petrography, mineralogy, petrology and geochemistry of igneous rocks. The massif has important titanomagnetite mineralization which is also analyzed in detail. DLC. 99111 POLKANOV, A. A. and others. Vedushchaia fiziko-khimicheskaig napravlennost' profiessa obrazovanva granitov. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Inst. geokhimii i analiticheskoi khimii. KhiØä zemnol kory, Moskva 1963. v.1, p.86-101, tables, illus.) 23 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.A. Maslenikov, G.O. Glebova-Kul'bakh and K.A. Shurkin. Title tr Controlling physico-chemical trend in formation in the granites. Reports a systematic investigation of the geology, petrology and geochronology of the Precambrian granites in Kola Peninsula and Karelia. They are divided into several groups with note of their age, geologic structure and petrographic characteristics. Two genetic types are distinguished: intrusive or allochthonous and paraintrusive or autochthonous. Their formation and origin are discussed. The allochthonous granites are considered of magmatic origin, that of the autochthonous is 937

more complicated, a metasomatic origin is probable. Theoretical and experimental study of granites is evaluated. DLC. POLKANOVA, V.B., see No. 100857 99112 POL'KIN, IA. I. History of geological development of the north-west part of the Siberian platform. Translated by D. Shalikashvili. English translation of No 60942, available as TT-64-19748 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va., 22151. DLC. 99113 POL'KIN, IA. I. and Iu. I. TOMANOVSKAIA . Osobennosti razvititå trappovogo vulkanizma severo-zapada Sibirskol platformy i svlåzannoe s nim orudenenie. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'naia geologia 1966, no.8, p.16-28, graph, map, table) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Development features of trap volcanism in the northwest of the Siberian platform and related mineralization. Outlines patterns of trap volcanism in the Tungusskiy syneclise and its framework. Upper Permian, Lower Triassic, and possibly Middle Triassic predominantly effusive traps are analyzed. Six tectonic-magmatic phases of volcanism are recognized and three series of rocks distinguished according to chemical composition. A generalized plan of trap volcanism development is presented and structural-facies zones of trap formation characterized. Some patterns in the distribution of volcanic rocks and mineralization of copper-nickel deposits of Norilsk and other regions are discussed. DLC.

99115 POLONSKII, V.I. Sovremennoe sostoianie blektrodvizheniia sudov v SSSR i puti dal'nelshego ego razvititå. (Nauchnotekhnicheskoe o-vo sudostroitel'nol promyshlennosti. Trudy 1959. v.8, no.5 (31), p.7-17, graphs, tables) In Russian. Title tr The present status of electric propulsion of ships in the USSR and the ways for its further development. Discusses the electrification of transport, that of ships in particular. Technical data are given of 28 electrically motorized sea-going vessels, incl seven icebreakers and ice-breaking freighters. Progress in building electrically propelled marine and river vessels is outlined and their positive and negative characteristics discussed. The trend for introducing modern techniques such as nuclear power automation, computers, into ship construction is noted. The low efficiency coefficient of current electric propulsion installations (10-15%) can be improved to 20-25% by using the heat of exhaust gases and cooling water in an auxiliary propulsion motor. DLC. 99116 POLOZHIN, A.V. Lednikovye reliktovye vidy i assorsiaisii v nizhnem techenii rek Podkamennol Tunguski i Chuny. (Rastitel'nyl pokrov Krasnoaarskogo kraiå 1964. no.1, p.60-64) 4 refs. In Russian. Title fr.: Glacial relict species and associations in the lower Podkamennaya Tunguska and Chuna Rivers. Described the relief, plant zonation and landscape of the area. Dominant plant groups, arcto-alpine species (32 listed) and their habitats are reported, as are the xerophytes, steppe plants, and the presumed glacial DLC. relicts.

POL'KIN, IA. I., see also No. 98093 99114 POLKOVNIKOV, V.F. Perspektivy razvititå otkrytoi dobychi ugha v Krasnoiarskom krae. (Ugol' 1964. v.39, no.8, In Russian. p.47-49, table) Title tr.: Development prospects for open-pit coal extraction in Krasnoyarskiy Kray. Discusses production for 1965-80 by the Krasnoyarskugol' combine. In 1963, 15.8 million t (1.9 mill t above the quota) was extracted, 12.8 million t of it from open pits. The RSFSR State Planning Board recommends raising production of Kansk-Achinsk basin brown coal in seven open pits to 21 million in 1965. 42, 121 and 232 million respectively in 1970, 1975, and 1980. The cost/t is estimated to go down from 47 kopeks (1963) to 31 in 1980. The Krasnoyarskugol' Combine deposits are estimated at 120 billion t of lignite in an almost horizontal layer 10-30 to 100 m thick, with a 5-10 to 100 m overburden of soft rock. DLC. 938

99117 POLOZOV, V.V. Statisticheskatå struktura nekotorykh gidrometeorologiche skikh blementov nad severnol chast'm Atlanticheskogo okeana. (Leningrad. Arkticheskil i antarkticheskiii n: issl. inst. Trudy 1966. v.279, p.50-62, graphs, maps) 21 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Statistical structure of certain hydrometeorological elements over the northern part of the Atlantic Ocean. Reports investigation of the space-time structure of hydrometeorological elements possibly of use as indicators in preparing physical-statistical patterns of pressure at sea level. The space-time correlation functions of pressure are compared with the difference of air and water temperatures, turbulent heat exchange, geomagnetic disturbance index, and the geopotential OT5001000. June - 4 Sept 1958-1962 observation data of 29 land stations and nine weather ships in the North Atlantic to approx 72° N are used. Despite the variability of solar-tropospheric relationship in time, fluctuation in solar activity is

considered a substantial factor affecting the complex conditions which determine the weather course on a large scale, thus influencing long-range weather prediction significantly. CaMAI, DLC.

99120 POLUBOTKO, I.V. Rod Ochotomya, Bivalvia, iz verkhnego triasa SeveroVostoka SSSR. (PaleontologicheskiT zhurnal 1966, no.3, p.13-21, illus) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Genus Ochotomya, Bivalvia, from the Upper Triassic of the Northeast of the USSR. Presents a systematic description of some new Rheatic and Norian molluscs, collected in Okhotsk coastal areas and the Bol'shoy Anyuy and Viliga River basins. Ochotomya n gen of fam Ceratomyidae represented by O. anyuensis, 0. anmandykanensis (Tuchkov), and O. terechovae n spp. Their main features, dimensions, comparison, geologic and geographic distribution, etc are given. DLC.

99118 POLOZOVA, T.G. K biologii i ekologii karlikovoi berezki Betula nana L. v vostochnoevropeiskoi lesotundre. (In: Rastitel'nost' Kratnego Severe SSSR i ee osvoenie 1966. v.8, p.166-225, map, tables, graphs, illus) 80 refs. In Russian. 7Ytle 6:: On the biology and ecology of the dwarf birch Betula nana L. in the east European forest tundra. Presents results of fieldwork in 1959, 1960 and 1962 in eastern Bol'shezemel'skaya Tundra, in part at the forest tundra field station of the Botanical Institute; the four experimental plots studied represent the main types of local tundra: moss-lichen low-brush spotted tundra, dwarf-birch polytrichaceous tundra, sphagnum polytrichaceous spruce thin forest, hummocky boggy tundra. Data on growth of roots, stems, leaves, branches and on forming of brush and clone are presented and illus. The extremely slow growth of the plant is stressed, not more than 2 cm at the end of the first, and 5-6 cm at the end of the fifth year; it begins to fruit after 30-35 yr, to bush after 40-50 yr, has a life-span of 70-150 yr. Status of the species on the four types of tundra is tabulated, incl number, weight, height and diameter of stems, number and size of leaves, etc. Its slow growth combined with longevity of branches, prostrate habit, supplementary upper root system, vegetative reproduction and variety of forms of growth are the principal features of B. nana which assure survival under arctic conditions. Its distribution extends from Greenland to the Yenisey River basin. DLC.

99121 POLUNINA, L.A. and V.P. LEDNEVA. Petrologiiå i rudonosnost' trappov iuzhnoi chasti Sibirskoi platformy. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1967. v.151, p.78-83) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Petrology and ore-bearing properties of traps in the southern part of the Siberian platform. Reports a 1960-64 study and separation of the Angara trap sub-province. The petrochemical properties differ from those of the traps of the western and central parts of the platform, the silicon earth, iron, titanium and lime content being higher and alkalines lower. Iron ore deposits are developed in the Lower Paleozoic sedimentary rocks and Iceland spar deposits in tuffaceous and effusive Mesozoic DLC. rocks.

POLTEV, N.F., see No. 99478

POLUNINA, L.A., see also No. 97689

POLTEV, P.F., see No. 97166

99122 POLUSHKIN, A.S. and others. K metodike razvedki tektonicheski ekranirovannykh zalezhei nefti v predelakh Nizhne-Vartovskogo svoda. (Geologia nefti i gaza 1967. v.11, no.10, p.35-41, table, illus) 7 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.P. Sanin, E.P. Gorshunov and V.I. Komnkhov. Title tr.: The method for prospecting tectonically screened oil pools in the NizhneVartovskoye arch. Recent geological data and well drillings confirm an earlier conclusion that there are disjunctive dislocations in the Nizhne-Vartovskoye arch. This allows a different interpretation of the geologic structure and oil prospects, and affects the method of exploration to exploit the oil pools. DLC.

99119 POLUBOTKO, I.V. and ILI.S. RENN. Novaia skhema zonal'nogo raschlenenii nizhnego leiasa Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.176, no.5, p.1134-37, table) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A new scheme of zonal definition of the Lower Liassic in the Northeast of the USSR. Reports a 1960-64 stratigraphic investigation in the Omolon and Korkodon River basins. Sections of upper Norian-Rhaetian to lower Pliensbachian beds in the Kedon, Vizual'naya and Bulun (Rassokha) areas are described and subdivided into ammonite DLC. zones.

POLUBOTKO, I.V., see also No. 94399 POLUEKTOVA, T.I., see No. 97253 POLUKHIN, III., see No. 96859

939

99123 POLUTOV, LA. Treska, promyslovaili ryba Kamchatki. (Rybnoe khozräistvo 1966. v.42, no.6, p.15.17, tables, graphs) In Russian. Title tr.: Cod, a commercial fish of Kamchatka. Discusses the decline of cod fisheries in Kamchatka waters. Occurrence of cod, seasonal distribution of catches, best grounds and catches are stated, as are the length, weight and age composition in catches. DLC. 99124 POLYMSKII, V.N. Ozera Trümenskol oblasti i perspektivy ikh rybokhoziif stvennogo ispol'zovanåå. (Leningrad. Gos. n-issl. inst. ozemogo i rechnogo rybnogo khoz. Izvestiiü 1964. v.57, p.193-98, table) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The lakes of Tyumen Province and prospects of their fisheries. Review based on a 1960-1962 survey of 89 lakes with an area of 430 km2. Their morphology and hydrochemistry, and species utilized as fish food are considered, as are the common fishes and the prospects for introduction of others. DLC. POLYMSKII, V.N., see also No. 98966 99125 POTAPOVA, N.I. Planetarnoe raspredelenie izmenchivosti maksimal'noi elektronnoi plotnosti sloia F2. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomnä 1966. v.6, no.6, p.1025-1031, illus) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Global distribution of the variability of maximum electron density of the F2 layer. Presents charts of the coefficient of variation of max electron density of the layer for three seasons during the IGY-IQSY, 1958-64. Data from worldwide stations, incl Salekhard, Dikson, Provideniya, and Yakutsk are used to determine the values of critical radio-frequency (/o) of F2, from which the electron density is calculated. Electron number density is found to depend on solar activity. In high latitudes, during high solar activity at solstice and in winter, the electron number density reaches 100% in some cases. DLC. POMERANTZ, M.A., see No. 94677 99126 POMERLEAU, R. Les amanites du Quebec. (Naturaliste canadien 1966. v.93, no.6, p.861-87, illus) Refs. In French. Tide tr.: The amanitas of Quebec. Reports 24 species and two varieties of these fungi found in Quebec. Three are very common, five common, seven frequent or occasional, four rare and five very rare. Diagnoses and notes on the distribution and taxonomy are given for each. The identity of forms of Amanita gemmata, A. muscaria and 940

A. cothurnata is discussed. 12 species are American and 12 others are cosmopolitan. CaMM, DLC. POMEROY, P.W., see No. 97532 99127 POMISHIN, S. and A. EGOROV. Olenevody sovkhoza "Olenekskü". (Sel'skokhozralstvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1967. v.11, no.11, p.62) In Russian. Title fr.: Reindeer herders of the Olenekskiy state farm. This state farm was set up in northwest Yakutia in 1961 combining several rather poor collective farms. It has 28,000 reindeer, which yield 400-530 t/yr of meat. Methods of increasing the yield and improving the herds are briefly outlined. DLC. 99128 POMISHIN, S. Oleni na zimnikh pastbishchakh. (Sel'skokhozrilstvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1966. v.10, no.11, p.54-55) In Russian. Title tr.: Reindeer on winter range. Olenekskiy state farm in Yakutia has 1200-1400 reindeer tended by 160 herders; it has 790,000 hectares of winter range in tundra and forest-tundra. The range is used on a three-yr rotation system; weather conditions and amount of snow are taken into account. Dwellings for the herders, transportation, etc are also mentioned. DLC. 99129 POMISHIN, S. Rezervy olenevodstva. (Sel'skokhoziäistvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1966. v.10, no.3, p.47) In Russian. Tide tr.: Reindeer industry reserves. Outlines activities of the Nizhnekolymskiy state farm organized five yr earlier. It has 37 thousand reindeer and derives up to 860,000 rubles/yr from this branch. Range limitations preclude increase of the herd. Methods for getting more meat are noted. DLC. 99130 POMUS, M.I. Osvoenie Zapadno-Sibirskoi nizmennosti, krupneishai regional'no-kompleksnaia problema nova piatiletki. (Akademiih nauk SSSR. Izvestirä 1966, ser. geog. no.3, p.52-65) 25 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Conquest of the West Siberian lowland, largest regional-complex problem of the new five-year plan. Reviews this region as the most important region in the Soviet economy with its resources in oil and gas, peat, timber, water power, etc. These are discussed in turn, including gas deposits of Yamal, Pur, Taz among others. A multi-product wood using industry is discussed, as are a chemical industry, electric energy development, new roads and communication systems. DLC.

PONOMARENKO, A.I. see No. 97925 99131 PONOMARENKO, G.P. and others. Issledovaniih techeni! v 18 reise nis "Mikhail Lomonosov". (Akademitå nauk URSR, Kiev. Mor'skyi hidrofizychnyi instytut. Ekspress-informaüiiii 1966, no.3, p.35-41, graphs, map, table) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: A.S. Vasil'ev, V.G. Zhidkov and B.L. Soshnikov. lille tr.: Investigation of currents on the 18th expedition of the R/V Mikhail Lomonosov. Discusses currents and water exchange through the Faroe-Shetland Straits based on data obtained from 15 printing current buoys set out during the 18th expedition of the R/V Mikhail Lomonosov. This data was processed on a "Dnepr" computer to yield average hourly and daily current vectors. The results were plotted to yield a chart of water flows, and computations gave the total amount of water in the flows. Based on an analysis of the data, it is concluded that the flow from the Atlantic increases as it moves to the north due to the influx of water from the area west of the Faroe Islands and from the Greenland Sea. It is also concluded that the southwestern flow south of the Wayville-Thompson Threshold originates in the Arctic Basin and not in the Greenland Sea. The most powerful current carries water from the North Atlantic Current and water of the Greenland Sea returned by the Wayville-Thompson Threshold at a depth of 200 to 1400 m at 20cm/sec speed, the termperature in the core being about -0.5° and the salinity 34.9%. The bottom current with its temperature of -1°C and salinity of 34.87% carries water from the Arctic Basin which moves slowly south at a DLC. depth of more than 2000 m. 99132 PONOMARENKO, L.S. Gidrokhimicheskie usloviia v Norvezhskom i Grenlandskom moriakh v letnii period 1964 g. (Materialy rybokhozihTstvennykh issledovanil Severnogo basseina 1966, no.7, p.155-67, graphs, maps, tables) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Hydrochemical conditions in the Norwegian and Greenland Seas during the summer of 1964. Reports Jun-Aug survey made by four vessels to a depth of 200 m. 02-content (with temp), P, Si and N are determined and discussed. Fluctuations and their causes are analyzed. Earlier work in this area is also reviewed. DLC. 99133 PONOMARENKO, V.P. Natural, fishing and total mortalities of cod of the Barents Sea stock in 1946-1963. English translation of No. 90890, available as TT67-61552 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va. 22151.

99134 PONOMARENKO, V.P. Osobennosti migratsii barenfsovomorsko1 treski v 1964 g. (Rybnoe khozzaistvo 1966. v.42, no.5, p.9-11, maps) In Russian. Title tr.: Migration characteristics of the Barents Sea cod in 1964. Reconstructs the migration of cod in 1963-64 on the basis of the recapture in 1964 of tagged fish. This was affected by sharp cooling of water masses at the end of 1963 and early 1964. Rates and routes of migrations and changes in them are described and mapped. DLC. 99135 PONOMARENKO, V.P. Prichiny snizheniia ulovov treski i pikshi v 1965 g. (Rybnoe khoziaTstvo 1967. v.43, no.3, In Russian. p.8-11, table, graphs, maps) Title tr.: Causes of drop in catches of cod and haddock in 1965. Analyzes catches in 1965 and compares them with those of 1940, both cold years in the southern Barents Sea. Changes in migration of cod during 1965 and in size of both species are also considered. DLC. PONOMAREV, A.V., see No. 93914 99136 PONOMAREV, B.S., ed. Ark hangel'sk. Arkhangel'sk, Severo-Zapadnoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1966. 12 p. [146] unnumbered p. of illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Arkhangelsk. Presents 136 illus. chiefly photos taken by K.S. Korobiisyn; 65 depict the streets, buildings, monuments, bridges, etc; 15 the wood industry and paper plant; 25 the harbor etc; and the rest show points of interest in the area, Lomonosovo, Solovetskiye Islands, old wooden churches, etc. and the zoological base Zoobaza. The history of Arkhangel'sk is included, noting its role in the founding of the navy and in arctic exploration, and in the present-day economy, culture and transportation. DLC. 99137 PONOMAREV, D. Polozhit' konets travmatizmu. (Okhrana truda i sotsial'noe strakhovanie 1967. v.10, no.2, p.21) In Title tr.: Put an end to injuries. Russian. Criticizes safety and health control at the Vilyuy power station employing some 10,000 people. Over 200 accidents occurred in a 10-mo period in 1966. Bags of cement are emptied manually and dust content of the air during this process rises to 375mg/m3; instead of filter masks, workers receive 2 m of DLC. gauze for protection. PONOMAREV, E.A., see No. 97807, 97808, 101060 PONOMAREV, I.I., see No. 98604 941

99138 PONOMAREVA, I.A. Ob anomal'nom magnitnom pole na vysotakh ionosfery. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. MezhduvedomstvennyI geofizicheskit komitet. Geomagnitnye issledovaniil Sbornik state 1967. no.9, p.125-29, graphs, maps) Ref. In Russian. English summary. Title tr» The anomalous magnetic field at the altitude of the ionosphere. Describes the method of reduction of the surface geomagnetic field to the altitudes of

50, 100, and 200 km, needed for the evaluation of space distribution of various forms of auroras, by associating such forms with the geomagnetic field intensity at the altitudes of auroral displays. The reduction was accomplished by computing on an electronic computer the isodynamic lines of the field, I, at ionospheric altitudes from the initial field lo= f(p , a), and the fixed weighted mean, P( p, a ) in an integral. 1 c 2,r oo = 2 a S0 S0 P(p, a) f(p, a) dp da

table, illus) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Jadeite-containing and other amygdules in the metaeffusives of northwestern Kamchatka. Reports a detailed study of metamorphic shales and metaeffusives of the Penzhina Range. Jadeite-hearing amygdules are analyzed and their occurrence, composition, and other features described. The amygdules and their enclosing rocks are considered similar to the glaucophane-bearing metamorphic rock types of the Cazadero area, California, described by R.G.Coleman and D.E.Lee in

Journal of petrology 1963.

DLC.

PONSOT, C., see No. 96813 POOLE, W.H., see No. 100537 POPHAM, R.W., see No.101244

99139 PONOMAREVA, L.A. Kolichestvennoe raspredelenie evfauziid Tikhogo

99142 POPOV, A.A. The Nganasan; the material culture of the Tavgi Samoyeds. The Hague, Mouton & Co.1966. 168 p. illus.(Indiana. Univ. Uralic and Altaic series, v.56) Refs. Translation of No 25216 by E.K. Ristinen with foreword on author's work and translated publications. A glossary of about 300

okeana. (Okeanologiia 1966. v.6, no.4, p.690-92, map) 14 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr Quantitative distribution of euphausiids in the Pacific Ocean. Presents for the first time a generalized

part of this study on the spiritual culture of the Nganasan Samoyeds has not yet been pub in the USSR. DLC.

The results are presented in an isodynamic chart of the region approx 62-75°N 95-145°E for 50, 100, 200 km altitudes. DLC.

map of the quantitative distribution of these small crustaceans. The number of specimens per 1000 m3 of water is given. The Bering and Okhotsk Seas are included along with the Antarctic regions as showing the greatest distribution. DLC. 99140 PONOMAREVA, L.G. and N.L. DOBRETSOV. Novye dannye po stratigrafii paleozoia Penzhinskogo khrebta, Severo-Zapadnaiå Kamchatka. (Geologiia i geofizika 1966, no.4, p.90-98, table, map) 10 refs. In Russian. Title år.: Stratigraphy of the Paleozoic of the Penzhina Range, northwestern Kamchatka. Presents new data collected in 1963 in the Pontoneysk horst-anticline. A geologic map of the region is presented and the pre-Lower Carboniferous, Lower Carboniferous-Permian deposits are described noting their distribution, thickness, lithology, fauna and some other properties. DLC.

99141 PONOMAREVA, L.G. and N.L. DOBRETSOV. Zhadeitsoderzhashchie i drugie mindaliny v metaeffuzivakh SeveroZapadnoi Kamchatki. (Akademitä nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.167, no.3, p.659-62, 942

words is added, the map omitted and colored illus rendered in black-and-white. The second

99143 POPOV, A.I. Merzlotnye ilvlenitå v zemnol kore. Moskva, Izd-vo Moskovskogo universiteta 1967. 303p. graphs, maps, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr. Frozen ground phenomena in the earth's crust. Presents a scientific handbook on cryolithology as an independent science dealing with problems of geocryology, periglacial morphology, geology and geomorphology of polar regions, based on lectures in the geography faculty at Moscow State Univ. The book has six chapters; the first deals with frost phenomena, physical and mechanical properties of frozen rock, processes of freezing and thawing, structure of frozen rock, etc; the second describes seasonal freezing and thawing and permafrost; the third deals with cryogenesis as a lithogenetic process, ice as a mineral, types of fossil ice. The fourth part analyzes cryogenic rocks; the fifth describes epigenetic and syngenetic types of lithogenesis and thennokarst; and the sixth gives the geography of cryolithogenesis. The re-

gionalization of permafrost in the USSR is outlined, from Kola Peninsula east to KamDLC. chatka.

99144 POPOV, A.I. Osnovnye zadachi issledovanitå finno-ugorskoi i samodilskol toponimiki SSSR. (In: Vsesoiuznoe soveshchanie po voprosam finno-ugorskoi... 1961, pub. 1964, p.205-212) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Basic problems in the study of Finno-Ugric and Samoyed toponyms in the USSR. Reviews past and present research noting difficulties in identifying original stems of names corrupted by superimposed linguistic strata. The role of Samoyed within the oldest Finno-Ugric stratum is discussed, among others. DLC. 99145 POPOV, A.S. K voprosu o paleozoiskom vulkanizme Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.174, no.1, p.173-76, illus) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the problem of Paleozoic volcanism of Kola Peninsula. Reports a 1964-65 study in the Kontozero massif of ultrabasic-alkaline rocks. The sedimentary-volcanic rocks are about 700-1000 m thick, tuffs and effusives predominating. A cross-section is described. There are a score or more such massifs in Kola Peninsula and Northern Karelia. Their absolute age is 330-426 MY which corresponds to the beginning of the Devonian to the Lower Carboniferous. In Kola Peninsula this was a time of intensive volcanism of continental regime upon the eroded surface of the Archean and Proterozoic. DLC. POPOV, A.S., see also No. 99061 POPOV, B.I., see No. 97851 POPOV, I.P., see No. 96914 99146 POPOV, IÜ.N. Novaiå kembniskaiå sisifomeduza. (Paleontologicheskii zhurnal 1967, no.2, p.122-23, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title Ir.: A new Cambrian scyphozoan. Describes an Upper Cambrian jellyfish from the Kulyumbe River basin in Yakut ASSR: Camptostroma datsenkai n sp; collected material, geological and geographic distriDLC. bution, comparison, etc are given. 99147 POPOV, IÜ.P. Puti povysheniia kontsentraisii i intensivnosti podzemnykh rabot na shakhtakh kombinata Vorkutugol'. (Pechora, Komi ASSR. N.-issl. ugol'nyi inst. Trudy 1964. no.1, p.114-22, table) In Russian. Title tr.: Raising concentration and intensity in underground work at the mines of the Vorkutugol' Combine. Analyzes work at 12 mines of the Combine, carried out in 1962, by the Pechora Coal Research Institute (Pechor NIUI). Improve-

ment in methods of coal extraction and transportation, and in utilization of machinery leads to increased production per longwall workings, and to decreasing numbers of simultaneously operating stopes when the maximum possible production of coal has already been reached. A table of technical and economical indexes of the Combine for 1961 is given. DLC. 99148 POPOV, L.A. Ledovyl dreif biologov. (Rybnoe khoziaistvo 1966, v.42, no.10, p.33-34; no.11, p.39-40, map) In Russian. Title tr.: Ice-floe drift of biologists. Reviews activity of a field party in the White Sea 2-26 Mar 1966, its equipment and communications with land. Its work consisted of studying the young and females of the Greenland seal, now fully protected due to overexploitation. The second part deals with males and females of the same seal before pairing. Breakup of the floe prevented observations on early life, but data are given on frequency and duration of suckling, quantity of milk taken at each feeding, growth and mortality of young, molt. DLC. 99149 POPOV, L.A. Na I'dine s Uüleniami. (Priroda 1966. v.55, no.9, p.93-101, map, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: On an ice-floe with seals. Describes a Mar 1966 drift in the White Sea by a group of biologists, with observations on the Greenland seal, especially the young born on floes in that month. The nursing period of about three wk, gain in weight (1.5-3kg/day), and molt are described, as are weather and sojourn of the mothers, mother: infant relations. Beginning of mating in adults DLC. is also reported. Sovremennyl 99150 POPOV, L.A. zveroboinyi promysel v monåkh Severnoi (Problemy Severe 1967, no.11, Atlantiki. p.162-65) In Russian. Title tr.: Modern marine animal hunting in the North Atlantic seas. English translation available from National Science Library, National Research Council, Ottawa. Analyzes data on the seal harvest, especially the Greenland and hooded seal, in Newfoundland and Jan Mayen waters, the Greenland and (in part) White Seas. Suspended during World War II, the hunting was resumed afterward, chiefly by Norwegians, and from 1955 by Soviet vessels. For a while the industry flourished, then began to decline due to depletion of stocks. Some restrictions on hunting were established in 1961 and complete prohibition is expected on the hooded seal. In the White Sea, a limit on the catch was set at 100,000 in 1955, reduced in 943

1963 to 60,000 and in 1965 all sealing from vessels was prohibited for 5 yr. CaMAI, DLC. 99151 POPOV, M.V. Fauna nasekomoiadnykh IAkutii. (In: Soveshchanie zoologov Sibiri, Tomsk, 1966. Voprosy zoologii, p.238-40) In Russian. Title b-.: Insectivora of Yakutia. A biological survey of the Yakut ASSR lists 60 species of mammals belonging to eight orders. The order Insectivora has nine principal species, incl: Talpa altaica Nik, Sorex centralis Thom., S.daphaenodon Thom., Sarcticus Kerr., S. vir GL Allen, S.caecutiens Laxm., S.minutus L, S.minutissimus Zimm., and Neomys fodiens Penn. DLC. 99152 POPOV, M.V. and V.L. KONTRIMAVICHUS. KONTRIMAVICHUS._ Osobennosti gel'mintozov zarüa-beliaka v v svtåzi s vozrastom i polom Øoslednego. (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. IAkutskti filial. Inst. biol. Pozvonochnye... 1964, p.91-104, tables, graphs) 9 refs. In Russian. Title fr.: Characteristics of helminths in the snow hare of Yakutia as related to its age and sex. Reports a three yr investigation in central Yakutia on infestation by four helminths and incidence of protostrongylosis, nematodirosis, mosgovoiosis and cenurosis. Seasonal and age variations in incidence of parasitic infestations, and differences of incidence between sexes are discussed in detail and tabulated. DLC. POPOV, M.V., see also No. 95072 99153 POPOV, P.V. Mnogostradal'nyi dekabrist. (Yakutsk. Respublikanskil kraevedcheski( muze(. Sbornik nauchnykh state( 1966. no.4, p.192-98, illus) In Russian. Title Er.: Long-suffering Decembrist. Biographical sketch of Pavel Fomich Vygodskil, 1802-81, sentenced to life exile in Siberia for his participation in the uprising of 14 Dec 1825. His life and humanitarian activities during the 15 yr spent in Vilyuysk and Nyurba, Yakutia, are described. DLC. POPOV, V.M., see No. 97557 POPOV, V.V., see No. 95813 99154 POPOVA, A.V. Paleomagnetizm i paleoklimaty paleozoiä inga Krasnoiarskogo kraal. (Vses. konferentsiia po paleomagnetizmu 5th, Krasnoyarsk 1962. Materialy 1963, p.383-94, graphs, maps) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Paleomagnetism and paleoclimate of the Paleozoic period at the southern part of Krasnoyarskiy Kray. Reports a study of Paleozoic sedimentary 944

rocks from a more than 150 thousand km2 area, aiming to trace the character of variation in the position of geomagnetic pole during a comparatively long geologic time, and to compare the results with data of rocks of the same age on other continents, and with paleoclimatic data. In samples from the Evenki series of the Upper Cambrian, and Lugovoye series of the Lower Ordovician in the lower Angara basin and other locations, the remanent magnetism associated with hematite, limonite, and pyrite is found to be 10-6 units CGSM on the average. The North Pole coordinates determined from these samples are 119°E and 21°S. These and similar data from other areas investigated indicate that during the entire Paleozoic period climate in the area of Siberia changed from near-tropical to moderately humid. DLC. 99155 POPOVA, G.B. and V.V. ERSHOV. Fiziko-khimicheskie uslovilä kristallizauü sploshnykh rud sul'fidnykh mednonikelevykh mestorozhdemi. (Geologitä rudnykh mestorozhdemi 1966. v.8, no.1, p.3-15, 23 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: illus) Physical-chemical conditions of the crystallization of massive ores of sulfide coppernickel deposits. Presents an experimental study of ores of Noril'sk I and Talnakh deposits in the Norilsk region and of Nittis and Allarechenskoye deposits in Kola Peninsula. The physical-chemical mechanism of crystallization of pyrrhotite- and chalcopyrite-type ores is analyzed according to the FeS-Ni3S2-Cu2S system illustrated. The most complicated processes of crystallization are observed in cubanite-chalcopyrite ores. DLC. POPOVA, G.B., see also No. 95160, 95161 99156 POPOVA, K.I. and N.KH. LUPINA. Uslovirä formirovannä oblasti bol'she( Lsiklonichnosti nad tsentral'noi chast'iii Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti letom. (Voprosy geografii Sibiri 1966, no.6, p.50-52, tables) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The formation conditions of most frequent cyclones over the central part of the West Siberian lowland in summer. Reports a study of cyclonic activity during June-Aug 1942-61. The area is divided into various trapeziums and the cyclone frequency checked. Their formation and distribution is greatly affected in the northern parts by arctic and polar fronts. DLC. 99157 POPOVA, U.G. Etnograficheskie osobennosti dorevolmtsionnogo byta naseleniiä Tau(skogo poberezh'iä. (Akademhä nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vos-

tochnyi kompleksnyi n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1964. no.8, p.54-71, illus) 10 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title Ir.: Ethnographic features peculiar to the way of life of aborigines of the Tauyskaya Bay coast on the eve of the Russian Revolution. Describes socio-economic conditions of the nomadic and settled Eveny Tungus in the early 20th century. Nomadic families lived mainly on fur hunting. Fishing was the prime economy of the settled groups; sea mammal hunting, dairy and truck farming provided additional income. Fish trade, controlled by the Japanese till the Russian-Japanese war of 1905, was taken over, in 1909, by the Russian firm Solovei and Co which also opened fish processing plants, extended credits, supplied trade goods, etc. Traditions of patriarchal clan structure and aboriginal religious rights survived despite baptism among the nomadic groups, and, to a lesser degree, among the more acculturated settled population. Houses and farm buildings, village planning, labor division by sex, clothing, food, lack of schooling and epidemic control, etc are dealt with in turn. DLC. 99158 POPOVA, U.G. 0 perezhitkakh kul'ta medvediä, urkachak, sredi evenov Magadanskol oblasti. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyi kompleksnyi n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1967. no.17, p.174-81) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Survivals of the urkachak bear cult among the Eveny Lamuts of Magadan Province. Describes a ritual bear feast, urkachak, known to have been held as recently as 1953 by some remote reindeer herding teams of the Rassvet collective farm in the Ola District. Rites and taboos, now extinct, associated with the bear hunt and bear cult are discussed. The exclusion of women from the urkachak feast is seen as a sign of the evolution of the bear cult from an originally matriarchal-totemic to an all-male festival representative of the patriarchal clan society. A modernized version of the urkachak feast, with Russian and Tungus women present, was held in 1961 on the Omolon River by herders of the Anyuyskiy state farm. DGS. 99159 POPOVA, U.G. Stanovlenie kolkhoznogo strofa na Tauiskom poberezh'e; kolkhoz "Rassvet" Ol'skogo raiona Magadanskoi oblasti. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyi kompleksnyi n: issl. inst. Trudy 1964. no.8, p.136-58) 7 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Establishment of the collective farm system on the Tauyskaya Bay region; kolkhoz Rassvet of the Ola District, Magadan Province.

Describes the economic and social development of this collective farm, based in Tauysk. Selected statistical data are given for 1960: 382 members, of them 191 able-bodied workers; 42 of the 97 households are Evenki Tungus, 24 new Russian settlers, 31 old ones. The kolkhoz land grant of 26,280 ha includes 1,268 ha reindeer pasture, 3,235 ha hunting area, 40 ha under crops, 20 ha of private household plots, etc. Fishing accounts for some 40% of the farm income; major subsidiary trades are reindeer husbandry, fur hunting, and dairy, fur, and truck farming. Farming techniques, motorized equipment, housing, boarding school and nursery facilities in Tauysk, family budgets, consumer goods supply, recreational and cultural services, etc are dealt with in turn. The farm is forced to hire technical personnel from the outside, as few aborigines finish secondary schooling, and most of the Russian youth leave the kolkhoz after graduation. DLC. 99160 POPOVA, V.M. 0 nakhodkakh pyl tsy Classopollis v inrskikh otlozheniiakh severo-vostochnykh raionov Zapadno-Sibirskoi nizmennosti. (In: Palinologhä Sibiri... 1966. p.80-83, illus) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: A find of Classopollis pollen in the Jurassic deposits of the northeastern regions of the West Siberian lowland. Reports study of samples from two boreholes in the lower Yenisey basin. Classopollis pollen found there for the first time is present in abundance, up to 20-22%. Plants that produced this pollen are concluded to have existed not only under arid-climate conditions, but also in a more moist climate. DLC. 99161 POPOVIC, P. and others. Adaptation to hypothermia. (In: Intl. Biometeorological Cong., 3rd, Proceedings... 1967. p.276-82, tables, illus) Refs. Other authors: J.A. Panuska and V.P. Popovic. French and German summary. Describes repeatedly deep-cooled rats who when cooled and kept at a body temp of 22-25°C learned to operate a lever for heat reinforcement after 74 min. Rats cooled only once did not learn to operate such a lever. DLC. 99162 POPOVIC, P. and others. Instrumental acquisition in rats after twelve exposures to deep hypothermia. (Society for Experimental Biology and Medicine. Proceedings 1966. v.122, no.2, p.337-41, tables) 10 Refs. Other authors: J.A. Panuska and V.P. Popovic. Reports that rats cooled to 29-30°C acquired a simple technique of obtaining heat 945

quicker than at lower body temperatures. At 25° body temperature the technique is rarely observed in less than 3 hr. However, repeated cooling makes them perform steadily not only at 25° but even at 22°C body temperature. DLC. 99163 POPOVIC, V.P. and R. MASIRONI. Effect of generalized hypothermia on normothermic tumors. (American journal of physiology 1966. v.211, no.2, p.462-66, table, illus) 12 refs. Reports a new approach to tumor therapy in the hamster cheek pouch. While the animals were kept at 4°C for 10 hr, the cheeks and the tumors were maintained at normal (37°C) temperature. This produced regression and complete disappearance of the tumors, with no resumption of growth afterwards. Histological changes in the tumors resembled those produced by ischemia. DLC. POPOVIC, V.P., see also No. 99161, 99162 99164 POPOVTSEVA, A.A. Kompleksometricheskoe opredelenie obmennykh osnovami kal'tsiia i magniia v NH4Cl- vytiazhkakh. (Akademnå nauk SSSR. Komi filial. Trudy 1965. no.14, p.139-42, table) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Complex-metric determination of exchange bases of calcium and magnesium in NH4C1 extracts. Discusses methods for determination of Ca and Mg in NH4C1 extracts used for soil studies in Komi ASSR. The complex - metric - titration method requires less time for analyses and its accuracy is not less than that of other classic methods. DLC. POPUGAEVA, L.A., see No. 96262 PORITSKII, R.Z., see No. 98069 PORKKA, M.T., see No. 96292, 98614 99165 POROSHIN, V. Za poliärnym Uralom. (Okhota i okhotnich'e khoziilstvo 1967. v.13, no.1, p.44-45, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Beyond the Polar Ural. Describes the lower Ob' River basin for tourists, hunters and sport fishermen. The railroad transportation to Salekhard, natural conditions of the area, and characteristics of the left and right tributaries, the Synya, Voykar, Sob' and Shchuch'ya, the Kazym, Kunovat, and Poluy, and their boat facilities. Fish and game birds are abundant. The best season for tourists is Aug-early Sept. DLC. POROTOVA, G.A., see No. 100801 PORRTIT, C.J., see No. 99036 946

99166 PORSANGER, S. The sense of solidarity among the Lapps. (Studia ethnographica upsaliensia 1964. v.21, p.264-66) 3 refs. Notes efforts by the Lappish organization Svenska Samernas Riksförbund in rousing Lapps to an awareness of ethnic identity. Circumstances favoring individualism such as isolation, seasonal movements, social discrimination, etc are discussed. Educational work essential to counteract isolating factors and awaken a sense of ethnic solidarity is considered vital to save Lappish culture. DSI. PORSHNEV, G.I., see No. 98792 99167 PORSILD, A.E. Draba sibirica (Pall.) Thell. in North America. (Canadian field-naturalist 1967. v.81, no.3, p.165-68) Refs. Confirms No 90937 and disagrees with opinion of Hulten that the Draba collected in 1963 in the Ogilvie Mts, Yukon should be described as D. ogilviensis n.sp. Author notes the peculiarly discontinuous range of D. sibirica from central East Greenland to Chukotsk Peninsula and the amount of variation present in specimens, and cites Tolmachev (1939) that "differences between plants from different parts of the discontinuous range of D. sibirica provide insufficient basis for describing races or different kinds of microspecies." Hence he concludes it unnecessary to propose D. ogilviensis for the Yukon plant and confirms it as D. sibirica new to North America. CaMAI, DGS. 99168 PORSILD, A.E. and others. Lupinus arcticus Wats. grown from seeds of Pleistocene age. (Science, 6 Oct.1967, v.158, p.113-14, illus) 14 refs. Other authors: C.R. Harington and C.A. Mulligan. Seeds of this arctic tundra lupine at least 10,000 yr old were found in collared lemming burrows deeply buried in permanently frozen silt, exposed by placer mining operations at the mouth of Miller Creek in unglaciated central Yukon. The best-preserved seeds germinated within 48 hours and grew into normal plants. One plant flowered at the age of 11 months, although in the Arctic the first flowering normally occurs in the third year. DGS. 99169 PORSILD, A.E., Some new or critical vascular plants of Alaska and Yukon. (Canadian field-naturalist 1965. v.79, no.2, p.79-90, illus) Refs. Describes Dryas Drummondii Richards. var. eglandulosa, n. var., Calamagrostis kolymaensis Kom. new to North America, Poa

Jorda/ii n. sp., Saxifraga? eriophora S.Wata new to Alaska, the Northern American races of Primula tschuktschorum Kjellm. of the Sect. NIVALES; pending clarification by experimental methods of this group, a review is attempted to deal with new material. CaMAI, DGS. PORTE, A., see No. 96641 99170 PORTER, S.C. and G.H. DENTON. Chronology of neoglaciation in the North American cordillera. (American journal of science 1967. v.265, no.3, p.177-210, illus) Refs. Justifies the term neoglacial for the period of cooler climate and glacial advances which followed the post-Wisconsin Hypsithermal and which some authors have called the little ice age. Data is combined from geologic, botanic, and historical sources to establish a tentative chronology of the glacial fluctuations which characterized this event, most pronounced in Alaska and Yukon Terr. Advances dated by C14, dendrochronology, and lichenometry in these areas are identified and detailed work on many sites is summarized. These studies suggest initial glacial expansion shortly before 2800-2600 BP, and a major advance which, except for glaciers in the Malaspina district, culminated during the last several centuries. The max neoglacial stand on Alaskan coastal glaciers varied from ca 1750 to a few decades ago. Examples showing that glaciers in close proximity may be out of phase are given. Problems of sea level changes as a result of the Neoglacial are considered, the data being susceptible to varied interpretation. Recent persistent eustatic rise is believed due to melting of ice on Antarctica and/or Greenland. Glaciological evidence from other continents suggests probable world-wide synchrony of glacial fluctuations during the Neoglacial in response to climatic change. DLC. 99171 PORTER, S.C. Glaciation of Chagvan Bay area, southwestern Alaska. (Arctic 1967. v.20, no.4, p.227-46, maps, illus) 14 refs. French and Russian summary. Morphologic and stratigraphic evidence in this area indicates that a four-fold succession of glaciers originating in the Ahklun Mountains, spread over the coastal lowlands as broad piedmont lobes. The Kemuk and Clara Creek glaciations are considered pre-Wisconsin, the Chagvan and Unaluk glaciations Wisconsin in age. Radiocarbon dates for the Unaluk and Chagvan drifts are 8910± 110 yr and >45,000 yr respectively. A broad bedrock channel buried beneath unconsolidated preglacial and glacial sediments was cut when relative sea level was 200 ft below its present

level. Relationships of sedimentary fills to this and to a younger buried channel point to late Tertiary submergence of the Bering Shelf followed by eustatic changes related to fluctuations of Pleistocene glaciers. CaMAI, DLC. 99172 PORTER, S.C. Pleistocene geology of Anaktuvuk Pass, central Brooks Range, Alaska. Montreal 1966. 100 p. graphs, maps, illus. (Arctic Institute of North America. Technical paper no.18) Some 100 refs. During the Itkillik glaciation, correlated broadly with the late Wisconsin glaciation of central North America on the basis of radiocarbon dates, the Anaktuvuk Pass was under ice to a minimum depth of 2,000 ft. A prominent end moraine across the valley floor north of the pass is attributed to the Anivik Lake re-advance, which occurred during the final phases of glacier recession. Two postWisconsin phases of valley glaciation, the Alapah Mountain and Fan Mountain, were restricted to cirque valleys in the higher parts of the range. Present alpine glaciers are remnants of the Fan Mountain glaciers. There is evidence that, except for a mean summer temp at least 3.8°C lower, the climate at Itkillik maximum was similar to that of today. A recent warming of the climate, promoting melting of ground ice, northward extension of floral and faunal habitats, and recession and thinning of existing glaciers is indicated by abundant evidence. CaMAI. 99173 PORTER, S.C. Stratigraphy and deformation of Paleozoic section at Anaktuvuk Pass, central Brooks Range, Alaska. (American Association of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin 1966. v.50, no.5, p.952-80, maps, illus) 19 refs. Anaktuvuk Pass exposes 6300 ft of upper Devonian non-marine elastics, 4700 ft of Mississippian marine elastics, carbonates, and chert, and 400 ft of Permian marine elastics. Post-Paleozoic forces from the south produced overturned folds, and both deep-seated and shallow low angle thrusts. The oldest rock exposed, the upper Devonian Hunt Fork shale, is believed to be the base of a zone of regional decollement. The more shallow (Anaktuvuk) thrust displaces Mississippian and younger rocks northward at least eight miles. DGS. 99174 POSPELOV, E.M. Kartografirovanie kak metod issledovaniiå substratnol toponimiki. (Voprosy iazykoznaniiä 1967. v.16, no.1, p.80-91, maps) 22 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Mapping as method for substrate toponymic research. Discusses linguistic mapping problems in 947

the North of European Russia arising from the multilayered geographic terminology left since neolithic times by different Finno-Ugric peoples diffusing north from the Volga-Oka basin. Advantages and disadvantages of using symbols, dot clusters, hatchings, contour lines, segmented circles, etc are evaluated. DLC. 99175 POSPELOV, E.M. 0 metodike toponimicheskogo issledovanifi. (Sovetskoe finno-ugrovedenie 1968. v.4, no.1, p.49-51) 2 refs. In Russian. English summary. Tide tr.: Methods of toponymical study. Takes issue with the research methods and conclusions of B.A. Serebrennikov and A.K. Matveev (qqv). Most of the discussed names of rivers, located in Arkhangel'sk Province and Kola Peninsula, are thought to belong to one linguistic substrate or to closely related vernaculars. Some 10% of the hydronyms ending in iug are presumed to be of Lappish origin. DLC. 99176 POSPELOV, G.L. Sibirskoe chudo. (Sibirskie ogni 1964. v.43, no.7, p.144-59, illus.) In Russian. Tide tr: Siberian wonder. Discusses the reasons for the opening of a West Siberian Branch of the Academy of Sciences in 1944 and its reorganization as Siberian Division in 1957. Local research facilities were needed for efficient industrial development of the rich mineral resources, especially oil. The founding and rapid growth of Akademgorodok, its institutes, scientists, research programs, etc are described. DLC. 99177 POSPELOVA, G.A. and others. Paleomagnitnye issledovanitå iurskikh i nizhnemelovykh osadochnykh porod Sibiri. (Geologiih i geofizika 1967, no.9, p.3-15, graphs, map, tables, illus) 20 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: G.R. Larionova and A.V. Anuchin. Tide tr.: Paleomagnetic investigations of Jurassic and Lower Cretaceous sedimentary rocks of Siberia. Reports work in three regions, the Khatanga depression, Anabar Bay, and ChulymYenisey depression. Sandstones, limestones, clays and other rocks were investigated. Results have increased world data on history of the earth's magnetic field in Jurassic and Cretaceous times. In the Valanginian, Bathonian and Toarcian, there was alternation of direct and reversed magnetization. DLC.

Refs. (US. Geological Survey. Professional paper 544-D) Describes, with numerous illus comparing conditions before and after the event, the effects of this earthquake upon glaciers in Alaska. Large and small rock slides avalanched on to glaciers at several localities; 15% of the ablation area of the Sherman Glacier being covered by a debris slide. The long term effects upon glacial regimes are discussed; in all but a few cases these are expected to be negligible. Studies conducted 16 months after the earthquake failed to produce evidence supporting the Tarr-Martin theory of glacial advance. DGS. 99179 POST, A. The recent surge of Walsh Glacier, Yukon and Alaska. (Journal of glaciology 1966. v.6, no.45, p.375-81, map, Refs. French and German table, illus) summary. Examines evidence of a very rapid surge in the stagnant terminal area of this glacier. A movement of over 10 km took place in the central portion 1961-65, and the glacier has been transformed, with displacement of moraines and intense crevassing. The movement has resulted in a lowering of the glacial surface in the upper portion as much as 150 m. The view of Paige, that this surge was a result of the 1964 Alaska earthquake (see No CaMAI, DWB. 90556) is discounted. 99180 POSTNIKOV, A.A. Nekotorye voprosy ekonomiki proizvodstva i primeneniia stenovykh stroitel'nykh materialov v glavnelshikh ralonakh stroitel'stva Murmanskol oblasti. (In: Akademiih nauk SSSR. Kol'skil filial. Metallurgicheskie shlaki... 1965, p.168-203, tables) In Russian. Title tr.: Some problems in production economy and use of wall construction materials in main construction areas of the Murmansk Province. Notes that a large part of materials used in wall construction such as cement, lime, fireproofing, thermal insulation, etc are brought to Murmansk Province from other parts of the USSR. Construction needs for the Province are estimated, and sources of construction materials within the Province, especially slag from copper-nickel production considered. Reinforced concrete and the so-called termozito concrete are found to be the most valuable construction materials for DLC. this region. POSTNIKOV, A.V.,

see

No. 94868

POSPELOVA, G.A., see also No. 95679 99178 POST, A. Effects of the March 1964 earthquake on glaciers. Washington, DC 1967. 42 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. 948

99181 POSTNIKOV, V.M. 0 syr'evykh resursakh osnovnykh ozer Chukotki. (Vladivostok. Tikhookeanskii n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Izvestiii

1965. v.59, p.227-45, tables, graphs, maps) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Resource reserves in the main lakes of Chukotka. Reports study of a series of lakes in Magadan Province made in July-Sept 1963. The physical geography and hydrology of the region are outlined. The biology of the commercial fishes is treated in some detail incl size and weight composition in catches, growth and maturation, and weight maturity relationship of the common species. DLC. 99182 POSTNIKOV, V.M. Produktivnost' Ilirnelskol sistemy ozer basse"rna r. Mal. Anmi. (In: Soveshchanie po biologicheskoi produktivnosti vodoemov SiTide biri... 1966, p.137-39) In Russian. tr.: Productivity of the Ilirney system of lakes in the Malyy Anyuy basin. Surveys fishes, hydrobiology, hydrology, and hydrochemistry of these lakes of glacial origin in Magadan Province in 1964. Species composition of several lakes were deterDLC. mined.

between the peak of level at Onega and the preceding low and high levels at Arkhangel'sk. DLC. 99186 POTAP'EV, S.V. Novye dannye o stroenii fundamenta Zapadno-Sibirskoi nizmennosti. (Sovetskaia geologiia 1967, no.3, Refs. In Russian. Title p.125.29, illus) tr.: New data on the structure of the basement of the West Siberian lowland. Reports on the 1963-64 deep seismic sounding along the 1200 km route KhantyMansiysk - Ust'-Ozernoye. The data are interpreted as showing three stages in basement formation. According to geologic structure the old basement of the platform differs in various regions of the lowland. DLC. POTAP'EV, S.V., see also No. 96906, 97144 POTAPOV, S.L., see No. 94966 POTAPOV, S.V., see No. 96553 POTAPOVA, A.T., see No. 98161

POSTNOV, E.A., see No. 100153 99183 POSTOVALOVA, G.G. 0 nakhozhdenii Elodea canadensis Michx. v Arkhangel'skoi oblasti. (Botanicheskil zhurnal 1966. v.51, no.3, p.408-409) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. Occurrence of Elodea canadensis in the Arkhangel'sk Province. This waterweed appeared in Russia toward the end of the 19th century and spread quickly south- and eastward. First reports of its presence in this Province came in 1934 and 1937. Author lists own findings in 1965. DLC. 99184 POTAICHUK, S.I. Some regular features in the variations of the hydrological regime in the fishery exploited regions of the Norwegian, Greenland and Barents Seas. English translation of No 74917, available as TT-65-61530 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va., DLC. 22151. POTAICHUK, S.I., see also No. 94099 99185 POTANIN, V.A. Nagonnye povysheniia urovni v portu Onega na Belom more i ikh prognozirovanie. (Moskva. TSentr. inst. prognozov. Trudy 1965. no.142, p.93.94) In Russian. ?ide tr.: The wind-driven rise of level at the port of Onega on the White Sea and its forecasting. Proposes equations for 2-7 and 13-14 hr forecasts of sea level at Onega and Arkhangel'sk. Its wind-driven rise is caused by northwest winds originating over the White and Barents Seas. Factors in the forecasts are the cyclone trajectories and the relationship

99187 POTAPOVA, G.A. Literature po rybokhozafstvennym issledovanii'am v severo-vostochnol chasti Tikhogo okeana. (Moskva. Vses. n.-issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Trudy 1965. v.58, In Russian. Title tr.: Litp.311-45.) erature on fisheries research in the northeastern Pacific. Lists 1065 Russian publications grouped as general studies 111, oceanography 221, hydrobiology 292, marine mammals 114, ichthyology 303 and technology 24. DLC. 99188 POTAPOVA, L.S. Nekotorye osobennosti radiatsionnogo rezhima i mikroklimata v doline r. Kamchatki. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Inst. geografii. Teplovol i radial ionny1 balans, Moskva 1965, p.146-57, 3 refs. In Russian. Tide tables, graphs) tr.: Some features of the radiation regime and microclimate in the Kamchatka River valley. Reports summer 1960 observations at four selected sites in Kamchatka valley, noting instruments used, observation hours, etc. Components of the radiation balance are determined and data tabulated. Meteorologic elements such as air temperature, absolute and relative humidity, etc are also reported. Several climatic regions are distinguished and DLC. briefly characterized. 99189 POTAPOVA, N.I. and B.S. SHAPIRO. 0 nizhelezhashchel nochnoi ioni(Oeomsgnetizm i zatsii v ionosfere. aeronomiia 1967. v.7, no.3, p.484-91, graphs) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Low lying nighttime ionization in the ionosphere. 949

Presents some preliminary results of rigorous computations of night N(h)-profiles, taking into account the ionization, J, lying beyond the lower frequency limit measurable at a given ionospheric station (underlying ionization). Evaluations of the integral value of J from the data of several stations, incl Salekhard, showed an IGY to IQSY decrease from 10x1010 el/cm-2 in 1958 to 5x101° el/cm-2 in 1964. An enhancement of J value during geomagnetic disturbances was noticed. A comparison of the results of N(h)-profiles computed by the rigorous method, with those obtained by the standard method showed that the coefficients N of ionization at the fixed level h(dNh/dt), and the speed, q, of ions formation at the sunrise hours in winter, computed by the standard method are close to their true values. CaMAI, DLC. 99190 POTAPOVA, N.I. and B.S. SHAPIRO. Variatsii parametrov N(h) v period MGG i MGSS. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiih 1967. v.7, no.2, p.345-48, graphs, table) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Variations of the NO) parameters during the IGY-IQSY. Investigates the number N of electrons per unit volume, as a function of altitude h, in the atmosphere at Moscow and Salekhard, and the associated parameters: neutral TA , electron TT , and ion Ti temperatures of the atmosphere, and the gc parameter where this symbol signifies an approx value of the altitude scale of the neutral atmosphere. The altitudes of the thermopause for winter and summer are given for the standard local time. The mean value of the concentration of neutral particles, calculated for the equilibrium level of the nighttime ionosphere 300 km) varies from (8 to 5) 108 electrons per cm3. CaMAI, DLC. POTAPOVA, N.I. , see also No. 99125 99191 POTELOV, V.A. and A.V. rABLOKOV. Novoe v morfologicheskoi kharakteristike khokhlacha, Cystophoro cristata Erxleben, 1777. (Zoologicheskil zhumal 1966. v.45, no.8, p.1222-28, tables, graphs) 10 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tz : New data on the morphology of the hooded seal Cysrophora cristata Erxl., 1777. Following an introduction on earlier work, author presents new information based on study of 1147 animals killed during springs of 1961-64. Weight and size differences between males and females are already measurable in animals one year old. Sexual growth characteristics can be followed in older animals too, and are different in males and females. DLC.

99192 POTELOV, V.A. and F.A. SELEZNEV. Raspredelenie tinlenei v ralone IAn-Maiena i gidrometeorologicheskie uslovita v period promysla v 1963 g. (Materialy rybokhoziaistvennykh issledovanii Severnogo basseina 1964. no.2, p.45-49, tables, map, Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Distriillus) bution of seals in the Jan Mayen area and the hydrometeorological conditions during sealing in 1963. Describes weather and ice conditions, beginning of sealing, location of rookeries, age composition of pups, molting rookeries. DLC. 99193 POTEMKIN, S.V. and R.N. SAL' MANOV. Povyshenie effektivnosti burenii kolonkovymi elektrosverlami na priiskakh Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (Gornyl zhurnal 1966. v.141, no.9, p.41-42, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Improving the efficiency of drilling with electric core drills. The crushing of permafrost sand placers in the Northeast is usually done by drilling and blasting, and electric core drills are mostly used. Various types were tested by VNII-1 (All-Union Research Institute of Gold and Rare Metals) and the EBK-5 found to give the best results, though some modifications were suggested. DLC. POTEMRA, T.A. and others. 99194 VLF phase perturbations produced by solar protons in the event of February 5, 1965. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.23, p.6077-89, tables graphs, map) Approx. 45 refs. Other authors: A.J. Zmuda, C.R. Haave and B.W. Shaw. Discusses the solar proton event of 5 Feb 1965 that caused day and nighttime phase disturbances in the 18.6 Kc/s very low frequency transmission between NLK radio station in Washington, and Thule. Two other VLF radiowave paths across the North Polar Cap, viz: NLK-Lindau and Anchorage-Rugby, are charted. A consistent system was obtained by connecting the observed proton flux and the observed VLF perturbations through the use of specific models of the ionosphere and VLF propagation. The ionospheric results from the VLF radio-signal perturbation study lead to computed values for daytime riometer absorption that fit the observation well at 30Mc/s but not those at DLC. 50Mc /s. POTHIER, R. Relations inter99195 ethniques et acculturation a Mistassini. Quebec 1965. 154 p. tables, illus. (Laval Univ. Centre d'etudes nordiques. Travaux no.9) Refs. In French. Title tr.: Ethnic interrelations and acculturation in Mistassini. Reports 1962-63 studies of a unique social

system composed of Whites and Indians, at this trading post 48 mi north of Chibougamau in the western Quebec-Labrador Peninsula. The social-economic organization of the Cree-Montagnais-Naskaupi Indian population is based largely on hunting, fishing and trapping activities. It is analyzed and comparisons made with similar processes in the eastern part of the peninsula. The structure of the Indian and of the White population, subsistence activities, the annual cycle, means of transport and communication, and hunting groups are examined, as are sources of revenue from trapping, wage employment, and government assistance. Interethnic relations and the power structure are outlined, and the processes of acculturation disCaMAI. cussed. POTOCSKY, G.J., see No. 96835 99196 POTRUBOVICH. L.N. and A.K. SIMON. Stratigrafiiä progiba ImandraVarzuga - Sosnovka, Kol'skil poluostroy. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1966. v.21, ser.4: geol. no.3, p.37-45, illus) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Stratigraphy of ImandraVarzuga-Sosnovka trough, Kola Peninsula. Reviews on the basis of new material, the stratigraphy of this trough composed of Proterozoic magmatic and sedimentary rocks. The strata are divided into seven local series and each is described as to distribution, composition, thickness and other features. Three intrusive complexes are characterized. Metamorphism and age of the rocks are briefly discussed. DLC. POTTER, R.R. see No. 96423 POTTER, W.G., see No. 100274 POTVIN, P. see No. 97428 99197 POULIN, A.O. and T.A. HARWOOD. Infrared imagery in the Arctic under daylight conditions. (In: Symposium on Remote Sensing of Environment, 4th, 1966. Proceedings p.231-42, illus) Discusses examples of infrared aerial imagery taken over arctic North America and the Polar Basin prior to the start of the melt season. These show that such imagery taken in clear weather depicted some features and conditions more effectively than conventional photography: snow-covered landfast ice, coastlines, sea ice frozen to a deltaic bottom, rough sea ice and ice islands were included. However, detrimental effects of solar heating upon the imagery were also noted under certain conditions. Infrared imagery is considered a valuable reconnaissance tool in the arctic environment, in particular to locate

features which have a thermal characDWB. teristic. 99198 POULIOT, M. Catecholamine excretion in adreno-demedullated rats exposed to cold after chronic guanethidine treatment. (Acta physiologica scandinavica 1966. v.69, no.2, p.164-68, table, illus) 21 refs. Cold-exposed adreno-demedullated rats showed a significant increase in urinary excretion of noradrenaline and maintained their thermal equilibrium. Similarly treated rats, which had been pretreated with guanethidine, did not show increased noradrenaline excretion and died. The survival of cold-stressed adreno-demedullated animals appears to depend on a peripheral secretion of DNLM. noradrenaline. POULSEN, V., see No. 94754 POUNDER, E.R., see No. 98926 99199 POVUNGNITUK COOPERATIVE SOCIETY. Povungnituk catalog, 3rd. Quebec 1965. 64 p. map, illus. In English and French. Contains about 65 black-and-white photos of sculptures and prints produced at this Eskimo arts and crafts center. Stylization, mythological and realistic subject matter, workmanship, etc are discussed and biographical notes on 13 artists included. The story of Povungnituk with a current Eskimo population of 545 is sketched. The cooperative was founded in 1958 by the Oblate missionaries of Mary Immaculate and officially opened in 1960. The art center's value as a tourist attraction is also noted. DLC. 99200 POWELL, J.M. Annual and seasonal temperature and precipitation trends in British Columbia since 1880. Toronto 1965. 68 p. map. (Canada. Meteorological Branch. Circular 4296) Presents climatological data and discusses the trends and fluctuations of temperature and precipitation for ten defined regions of the province. Two comprise the northernmost part, and data for Atlin, Stewart, Hudson Hope and Fort St John are included. The statistical methodology is explained. Evidence is presented for a levelling off in the general warming trend evident since the beginning of the centruy and an increase of more than 2 in of annual precipitation. A trend towards cooler, wetter summers seems apparent. Graphs of running means are presented for DWB. stations and regions. 951

99201 POWELL, N.A. Figulnria quaylel: a new bryozoan from the northeast Pacific. (Canada. Fisheries Research Board. Journal 1967. v.24, no.9, p.2003-2005, illus) Refs. Describes this new form found in four colonies encrusting mollusc valves, dredged from 91 m in the Aleutian Islands. Differences from related species are also considered. DLC. 99202 POWER, C.F. and C.M. RUSH. The ionization maximum in polar latitudes. (In: NATO Inst. on Ionospheric Radio Communications in the Arctic. Proceedings 1967 pub 1968. p.46-57, graphs, illus) 8 refs. Presents some results from topside soundings by a swept frequency sounder on Alouette I satellite launched into a circular, polar orbit on 29 Sept 1962; the aim was to monitor synoptically the ionospheric electron density distribution from the peak of the F2 layer to about 1000 km altitude. To date, over two million sweep-frequency ionograms have been produced from the soundings. Those taken at high geomagnetic latitudes during the first year of the experiment, concerned with the morphology and variability of a characteristic enhancement in the electron content are discussed. An attempt to relate the location and the structure of the enhancement region to solar-geomagnetic effects is described. Derived seasonal variations of the southern boundary and diurnal changes in the average position of the region are given. Satellite sounders such as the Alouette I are concluded to provide an excellent means of obtaining detailed synoptic information concerning vertical and meridional distributions of electron densities at F2 altitudes and above. A typical pass of the satellite across one hemisphere yields as much data from the F2 region as would a network of 150 or more ground-based sounders one degree of latitude apart along a meridian, operating DLC. nearly simultaneously. POWER, E.A., see No 100890 99203 POWER, G. Analysis of the movement and growth of juvenile brook trout Salvelinus fontinalis from rotenone collections taken in the Nabisipi River and vicinity, Quebec. (Canadian field-naturalist 1966. v.80, no.4, p.213-23, tables, illus) Refs. This fish is present in streams throughout the eastern North Shore of the St Lawrence. A 1962 sampling from Grand Ruisseau is considered, and the use of rotenone discussed. Variability in growth of fry and some older trout in Nabisipi and other streams is noted. Growth of fry in Nabisipi is poor compared with other parts of the species' 952

range, but considerably poorer in Grand Ruisseau. Factors other than temperature, food, space and cover may operate to limit growth of speckled trout in small streams. CaMAI, DOS. 99204 POWER, G. Observations on the speckled trout Salvelinus fontinalis in Ungava. (Naturaliste canadien 1966. v.93, no.3, p.187-98, tables, illus) Refs. This species is widely distributed in Northern Quebec and abundant south of the treeline. Most specimens taken inland weigh 0.5-3.0 lb; anadromous fish are heavier. The diet consists of aquatic insect larvae supplemented with terrestrial insects, molluscs and fish. Spawning occurs in early Sept. A 300 mm trout produces 800 mature ova. Fry attain 40-70mm length during the first summer. Populations are unexploited, but when the region becomes more accessible stocks may be depleted by angling as the fish congregate in fast water for feeding during the summer. CaMM, DLC. 99205 POZDNIAKOV, L.K. and S.P. SOKOLOV. Perspektivy promyshlennogo osvoenlil listvennichnykh lesov Severo-Vostoka. (Lesnoe khoziåistvo 1967. v.19, no.7, Title tr.: Outlook p.58-60) In Russian. for the industrial utilization of the larch forests in the Northeast. Yakutia has 117 million hectares in forests, mostly larch, the rest pine, spruce, birch, etc. They represent over 11 billion m3 of timber, 51% commercial, 36% fuel, and 13% waste. These forests are little utilized as yet. But the demand for commercial wood is growing, that for firewood decreases, and selective cutting results. The need for planning is stressed. DLC. 99206 POZDNIAKOVA, L.E. TemperatumyT rezhim i khimicheskii sostav vody na rybovodnykh zavodakh MurmanskoT oblasti. (In: Akademii`a nauk SSSR. Murmanskil morskol biologicheskil inst. Trudy 1965. v.9(13), p.18-25, tables, graphs) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Temperature conditions and chemical composition of the water in the fish hatcheries of the Murmansk Province. Temperature at the Taybola and Ura Bay hatcheries during egg development were found below 1'C, much lower than in the Sakhalin hatcheries. The 02 content was sufficient, but mineralization and Ca-concentration were much lower than in Sakhalin waters. This may have an adverse effect on skeletal development of salmon introduced to DLC. the Murman from the Far East. POZINENKO, B.V., see No. 100598

POZNIAK, I.I., see No. 96622

99207 PRÄKAMBRIUM; erster Teil; Nördliche Halbkugel, by P. Bankwitz and others. Stuttgart, F. Enke 1966. 388 p. maps, tables, illus. Fr. Lotze and K. Schmidt, eds. Refs. In German. (Handbuch der stratigraphischen Geologie, v.13, no.1) Title tr.: Precambrian; pt. 1; Northern Hemisphere. This volume deals with North America, Europe, Asiatic regions of the USSR, China and Korea, and the Indian subcontinent. In the part on North America, the Canadian Shield is treated, with Ungava and Labrador, the Grenville, Churchill, and Slave provinces, and the Arctic Archipelago discussed; Greenland also is considered, p.65-77. In the European part, the Baltic shield, Kola and Karelia, Spitsbergen and the Barents shelf are reviewed. In the Asiatic part of the USSR, the Ural, Taymyr, Severnaya Zemlya, Siberian platform, Kolyma-Omolon massif and ChuDLC. kotka are discussed. 99208 PRATLEY, P.J. Some experiences with military communications in the Canadian Arctic. (In: NATO Inst. on Ionospheric Communications in the Arctic, Proceedings 1967 pub 1968. p.414-21, graphs, illus) Reports on the development of the military radio network in the Northwest Territories, Yukon, and Western Canada since 1923. Topics on the airborne survey of Canada during the late 1940's-early 1950's, and studies of atmospheric phenomena and radio propagation are discussed. A supplementary radio system operation, and arctic radio research are outlined and a description is given of the 1966 radio circuit tests AlertInuvik, Inuvik-Churchill and Alert-Ottawa. The role of the radio bases at Whitehorse, Inuvik, Alert, Frobisher Bay, and Hudson Bay in Search and Rescue operations is noted. DLC.

99209 PRAVOTOROV, S.B. and others. 0 turamskoi svite basseina srednego techeniii r. Podkamennol Tunguski. (Geologiia i 5 refs. In geofizika 1967, no.8, p.125-28) Russian. English summary. Other authors: L.A. _Sedykh, E.A. Skobelin, E.A. Shantar and IU.V. Fedorov. Tide tr.: The Turama series in the middle Podkamennaya Tunguska River basin. Reports the wide distribution and persistence of this Turama series. Its independence of other rock series is recognized. By comparison with other similar series, its age is attributed to Upper Cambrian. DLC.

99210 PRAVOTOROVA, E.P. Nekotorye dannye po biologii gizhiginsko-kamchatskol sel'di v svtåzi s kolebaniiami ee chislennosti i izmeneniem areala nagula. (Vladivostok. Tikhookeanskii n.-issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Izvestiia 1965. v.59, p.102-128, tables, graphs, maps) 42 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some data on the biology of the GizhiginskKamchatka herring in connection with its numerical fluctuations and changes in feeding areas. Reviews earlier work and presents own study of this east Okhotsk herd, incl its feeding and spawning migrations, population dynamics in 1950-60 according to catches from feeding and spawning shoals. The spawning and feeding areas and changes in them are reported, as are the fisheries of 1937-64. It was found that during 1955.60 feeding took place off the southwest coast of Kamchatka and Paramushir Island, with the largest specimens moving into the Pacific. In 1961-63 due to changed hydrographic conditions, the herring did not move south of the line where the Pacific and Okhotsk waters meet, and feeding took place by small shoals DLC. all over the eastern Okhotsk Sea. 99211 PRAVOTOROVA, E.P. RezuR taty poiska nagul'nol sel'di gizhiginsko-kamchatskogo stada. (Rybnoe khoziiistvo 1965. Ref. In Rusv.41, no.1, p.12-15, map) sian. Title tr.: Results of the quest for fat herring of the Gizhiginsk-Kamchatka herd. Reports on a 1962 and 1963 study in the central and eastern parts of the Okhotsk Sea, with data on water temperatures at 0 and 50 m and with fish concentrations mapped. Age composition of schools, spawning and forecasts of catches are also considered. DLC. 99212 PRAWITZ, G. Mellanavvittringen i Västerbotten. (Svensk lantmäteritidskrift In 1963. v.55, no.3, p.169-76, tables) Swedish. Title tr.: Grant of crown land in Västerbotten. Lists some two hundred settlements in 15 parishes of this province in northern Sweden, with dates of land grants to 1824. Only two of these grants, Bastuträsk and Braksele in Bjursholms parish, were made before 1750. The process of settlement and land imDLC. provement developed later. PREBLE, E.A., see No. 95999 PREDOVSKII, A.A., see No. 94098 PREMYSLER, K.M., see No. 100165 953

99213 PREOBRAZHENSKII, V.A. and B.D. POLETAEV. Primenenie barometricheskogo nivelirovaniia v tundre v zimnil period. (Geofizicheskaia razvedka 1964, no.I5, p.156-61, tables) In Russian. Tale tr.: The use of barometric levelling in the tundra during the winter season. Describes briefly a levelling method and procedure used in the Pechora coal area in 1962-63. The barometric levelling was carried out concurrently with a gravity survey and the mercury barometers were protected from wind and snow by a tent. The data show that barometric levelling increases the precision of gravity surveys by 2 m gal in winter at temperatures as low as -30°C. DLC.

of eskers and esker systems in front of this rapidly retreating glacier near Juneau, from information obtained in the field in summer 1962 and aerial photographs taken in 1948 and 1963. Author claims that on the basis of morphology, sedimentary character and location, it is not possible to state whether an esker originated as a subglacial, englacial, or supraglacial meltwater stream deposit. However, comparisons between the 1948 and 1963 maps of the eskers indicate that some eskers were formed subglacially, others originated as the deposits of englacial or supraglacial streams, which were subsequently let down onto the subglacial surface by the lowering of the ice. CaMAI, DLC.

PREOBRAZHENSKII, V.S., see No. 97203

PRICE, R.J., see also No. 98971

99214 PRESNALL, D.C. The join forsterite-diopside-iron oxide and its bearing on the crystallization of basaltic and ultramafic magmas. (American journal of science 1966. v.264, no.10, p.753-809, tables, illus) Refs. Presents results of experiments using quenching techniques to explain the fractional crystallization of ultramafic magma. The experimental method is outlined and the resulting mineral systems at various oxygen fugacities are graphed, also tabulated in appendices. The experiments offer an adequate explanation of the origin of the Duke Island ultramafic complex in Alaska and similar ultramafic bodies. DLC.

PRIESTLEY, Sir R., see No. 93591 99217 PRIIMAK, A.I. Primenenie sinteticheskikh penoplastov dla predokhraneniia (In: gruntov of sezonnogo promerzaniiä. Sezonnoe protaivanie i promerzanie gruntov na territorii Severo-Vostoka SSSR 1966. p.99-105, graphs) Ref. In Russian. Title ir.: Use of a layer of synthetic foam for protecting ground from seasonal freezing. Reports 1964 experiments in northeastern USSR to protect placers from seasonal freezing. Synthetic foam material was laid over sites 15x30 m. The entire process is described. The highly porous synthetic ground cover was found very effective in DLC. reducing seasonal freezing.

99215 PRIAKHIN, A.I. Merzlotno-gidrogeologicheskie kharakteristiki i ikh znachenie dlia vyiavleniia neotektoniki AldanoTimptonskogo mezhdurech'ia. (In: Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Institut zemnol kory. Metodika gidrogeologicheskikh issledovanii... 1966. p.69-74) Refs. In Russian. Tide tr. The cryogenic-hydrogeologic characteristics and their importance in the development of the recent tectonics of the Aldan-Timpton interfluve. Reports a 1961-62 study in which the possibility was realized of using cryogenichydrogeologic data in the clarification of recent disjunctive dislocations, faults, etc. The naleds also were studied and a relationship was established between old naleds and DLC. tectonic zones.

Rol' 99218 PRIKHOD'KO, Its, N. razmyvov v formirovanii Intinskogo kamen(Geologiia nougol'nogo mestorozhdenitä. nefti i gaza severo-vostoka evropeiskoT chasti SSSR 1964. no. 1, p.201-207, sections) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Role of washouts in the formation of the Inta carboniferous deposits. Describes these deposits consisting of terrigenous sedimentary rocks of Lower Permian age. Four phases are recognized in the formation of the coal-bearing stratum and these are characterized. Washouts are detected in third and fourth phases, and some are described in considerable detail and are illus. Epigenetic washouts are analyzed and DLC. their main features are noted.

PRIANISHNIKOV, V.G., see No. 99028

PRIKLONSKII, S.G., see No. 93932

Eskers near the 99216 PRICE, R.J. (Geografiska Casement Glacier, Alaska. annaler. Ser. A, physical geography 1966. v.48, no.3, p.111-25, maps, illus) 9 refs. photogrammetric maps Large-scale (1:20,000 and 1:8,000) were drawn of a series

Pamiati akademika 99219 PRIRODA. D.I. Shcherbakova. (Its: v.55, 1966. no.6, insert between p.18-19, illus) In Russian. Tide tr» In memory of Academician D.I. Shcherbakov. Obituary of this distinguished geologist,

954

geographer and traveler. His scientific activities are summarized noting his explorations in the Arctic and Antarctic. DLC. 99220 PRITULA, IU.A and others. Neftegazonosnost' Sibirskol platformy. (Intl. Geological Congress, 22d, New Delhi 1964. Doklady sovetskikh geologov. Problema 1: geologiia nefti. Moskva 1964. p. 260-72, map. illus) In Russian. English summary. Other authors: V.M. Grigor'ev, M.M. Mandel'baum, S.P. Mikutskii, K.B. Mokshantsev, and D.S. Sorokov. Tiitle tr.: Oil and gas deposits of the Siberian platform. Oil and gas shows are widely distributed over the Siberian platform. Exploration for oil in this region is still on a limited scale, but the geologic history and major structures are promising for the genesis, migration, and trapping of oil and gas. Oil- and gas-bearing formations are known in late Precambrian, Lower Cambrian, Ordovician, Devonian, Permian, Triassic, Jurassic and Cretaceous units. The Ust-Yenisey gas-condensate field is developed in Jurassic sandstone of the Vilyuy synclinorium and Pre-Verkhoyansk foredeep. The distribution of oil and gas fields, prospecting areas, drilling, and oil shows are indicated on a regional sketch map. DGS. PRITULA, I0.A., see also No. 97052 99221 PROBLEMY OSADOCHNOI GEOLOGII DOKEMBRII:A. A. V. Sidorenko, ea Moskva, Nedra 1966-67. 2 v. 275, 333 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The problems of Precambrian sedimentary geology. Volume 1 contains 26 papers of a conference held at Petrozavodsk in 1963 concerning problems of Precambrian lithology in Karelia and the Kola Peninsula among other areas. Volume 2 contains 39 papers of a conference held at Kiev in 1965 dealing mainly with the Precambrian of the Ukrainian shield. The papers dealing with arctic regions are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: L.P. Bezdenezhnykh and others, V.M. Chernov, T.A. Fedkova, P.M. Gonåinov, D.D. Mirskaili, V.Z. Negrutsa, V.S. Smirnova, V.A. Sokolov and K.I. Heiskanen, and S.N. Suslova. DLC. 99222 PROBLEMY osvoeniia ZapadnoSibirskoi neftegazonosnol provintsii. M.N. Kolovkov, ed Novosibirsk, Zapadno-Sibirskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1966. 131 p. maps, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Problems of exploitation of the West Siberian oil-gas-hearing province. Contains 14 papers, 8 of which are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: V.I. Botvinnikov (2

papers), V.I. Botvinnikov and V.M. TSepliilev, F.G. Gurari, I.A. Kalitchenko, D.E. Kazakov, B.N. Malikov, and A.A. Trofimuk DLC. and others. 99223 PROBLEMY SEVERA. Voprosy promyshlennogo razvititå raionov Severa. (Its: 1967, no.12, 252 p. maps, graphs, tables, Refs. In Russian. S.V. Slavin, chief illus) Title tr.: Problems of industrial editor. development of areas of the North. English translation available from National Science Library, National Research Council, Ottawa. Collection of papers in five parts: 1. Problems of resource development in northern European USSR, p 6-123, contains 13 papers by G.I. Granik, I.L. Freidin, M.K. Mazurov, A.V. Istomin, A.A. Tumanov, N.A. Iskritskii K.V. Shkonda, V.A. Vitiäzeva, B.A. Davydov, L.A. Brattsev, V.A. Raznitsyn, N.A. Nevskii, and G.N. Anikina, qqv. 2, Problems of resource development in the West Siberian Plain, p124-80, contains six papers by D.V. Belorusov, L.N. Shelest, Z.M. Kipper, V.A. Kerov, V.S. Varlamov, and B.V. Ivanov, qqv. 3, Problems of resource development in the Northeast of the USSR, p181-216, contains six papers by S.TS. Golod, E.G. Egorov, E.I. Bogdanov, A.D. Orlovskii, and V.N. Gerasimov, qqv. 4, The North abroad, p 217-41, has two papers by V.F. Puzanova and L.N. Karpov, qqv. 5, Information, p242-50, has two papers by N.A. Utenkov, and A.A. Bukin, qqv. CaMAI, DLC. 99224 PROBST, S.E. Users viewpoint contribution to the summary panel discussion. (In: NATO Inst. on Ionospheric Radio Communications in the Arctic. Proceedings 1967 pub 1968. p.442-4'7, table) Deals with aspects of arctic radio communications systems pertinent for the systems designer, Intl those which may vary, for the safety, commercial, and personal categories of communication. Results of the discussion are presented in a table showing the relationship of each of these categories to the impact of failure, speed of service, content, band width, complexity, accuracy, cost determinant, research effort, requirement for predictions, and DLC. adaptability. 99225 PROKHOROV, K.V. Aspects of the evolution of magmatic melts in the crystallization of hybrid magmas, as illustrated by Tertiary granitic rocks of Kamchatka. (Intl. geology review 1964. v.6, no.7, p.1254-66, graphs, tables, illus) 20 refs. English translation of No 74962. DLC. 955

99226 PROKHOROV, S. Nash paren'. (Kul'turno-prosvetitel'naiå rabota 1964. v.25, no.12, p.34-36, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: A regular guy. Describes the experiences of a Russian movie operator sent some seven years ago to Nutepel'men, a settlement in a Chukchi sea-mammal hunting kolkhoz. Selection of films, and political education work are noted, as are his language difficulties, trips to distant herders' camps, etc. The growth of Nutepel'men from a native hamlet to a well-appointed village with a boarding school, club house, hospital, post office, radio station, etc is DLC. briefly sketched. 99227 PROKHOROV, V.G. Tikhookeanskatå poliarnaia akula v vodakh Kamchatka (Voprosy geografli Kamchatki 1967, no.5, p.178, illus) In Russian. Tide tr.: Pacific polar shark in Kamchatka waters. Reports a catch of Somniosus pacificus 22 km off Cape Kozlova at 54017'N 161°18'E and 450 m depth. The specimen taken was 3.85 m long and weighed over 600 kg. Some other dimensions and notes on the life history of the Pacific sleeper shark are given. DLC. PROKHOROV, V.G., see also No. 96515 99228

PROKHOROVA, S.M. and Flogopitonosnost' Malmecha-KotuiskoT provintsii ul'traosnovnykh shcheMoskva, Izd-vo Nedra lochnykh porod. 1966. 196 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy v. 140) Approx. 80 refs. In Russian. Other authors. N.Z. Evzikova and A.F. Mikhallova. Title tr.: Phlogopite-bearing properties of Maymecha-Kotuy province of ultrabasic and alkaline rocks. Presents a geologic and petrographic description of phlogopite-bearing deposits of the Gulya, Odikhincha, Magan, Bor-Uryakh, Kugda, Romanikha, Yessey, Nyamakit and Sedete intrusions. Their main minerals are analyzed: phlogopite, melilite, pyrochlore, magnetite, perovskite, titanomagnetite, nepheline, apatite, chrysolite, etc. Formation conditions of the deposits are outlined. Genetic types of micatization are characterized. Attention is drawn to various intrusions which probably have phlogopitebearing properties, and these classed according to their prospects into three groups. The best prospects are the Bor-Uryakh and Kugda intrusions. Their detailed geologic DLC. mapping is suggested.

others.

PROKHOROVA, S.M., see also No. 97309 956

99229 PROKOFEVA, E.D. Sel'kupskii (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. Inst. iazyk. ►azykoznaniia. IAzyki narodov SSSR, 1966, v.3, p.396-415, tables) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Sel'kup language. Describes the phonetic structure, morphology and syntax of the Taz dialect. It was reduced to writing in the 1930's on the basis of the Latin, then the Cyrillic alphabet, amended in 1952 by the introduction of new compound letters. Differences between the Taz and Narym dialects, mostly phonetic, are noted. Except for primers, no books have yet been published in the vernacular. About 3770 Sel'kup Samoyeds were recorded by the 1959 census, the majority living along the Taz River in the Yamal-Nenets National DisDLC. trict. 99230 PROKOPCHUK, B.I. K istorii formirovaniiå raznovozrastnykh rossypeT almazov na Severo-Vostoke Sibirskol platformy. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Izvestiia 1966, ser. geol. no.4, p.41-55, maps) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Formation history of diamond placers different in age in the northeastern Siberian platform. Reports a study in the lower Lena basin and its tributaries the Muna, Motorchuna, Molodo and Eyekit. Jurassic, Cretaceous, and Cenozoic periods are analyzed. The most favorable conditions for formation of diamond placers are found to be in the Lower Jurassic, Lower Volga, Neogene-Quaternary, and Recent periods. These conditions and placers for each period are briefly characterized. DLC. 99231 PROKOPCHUK, B.L Nekotorye zakonomemosti razmeshcheniiI almazov v ruslovykh rossypi kh zapoliamoT chasti severo-vostoka Sibirskol platformy, Prilenskaiå (Izvestitå vysshikh almazonosnaia oblast'. uchebnykh zavedenil. Geologitä i razvedka 1967, no.4, p.62-68, illus) 6 refs. In Title tr.: Some distributional Russian. patterns of stream bed diamond placers above the Arctic Circle in the northeast of the Siberian platform, Lena diamond-bearing province. Discusses the transport of diamond-bearing placers by various rivers in areas with arctic climate. Three types of rivers are distinguished as varying in formation of placers and distribution of diamonds. Each type is described, and the third is described as the Motorchuna and Molodo, some 300-500 km in length and having beds 70-200 m in width. Such rivers are most suitable for transport of placers. Bars of such rivers are grouped into four types and each is characterized in DLC. respect to diamond placers.

99232 PROKOPCHUK, B.I. 0 priplotikovom eliuvii na severo-vostoke SibirskoT platformy i vliianii ego na konfientratiiiü (Litologiia i poalmazov v rossypiäkh. leznye iskopaemye 1966, no.3, p.126-27, table) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Eluvium on bedrock in the northeast of the Siberian platform and its effect on concentration of diamond in placers. Describes a layer 0.3-0.6 m thick formed by frost weathering of the underlying bedrocks in the Molodo and Bychyky River basins. Its composition, etc are given. The best concentration of diamond is found in the clayey DLC. eluvium. 99233 PROKOPCHUK, B.I. V gorakh (Priroda 1966. v.55, no.2, Verkhotån'tå. p.74, illus) In Russian. Tide Ir.: In the Verkhoyansk Mountains. Reports airborne and field observations in the Lena-Yana watershed. Attention is directed to the plains regions and their nature and origin are discussed. The planation areas are at 1300-1400 m elevation. Surface gravel is considered to represent old river beds. DLC. PROKOPCHUK, B.I., see also No. 97002, 97473, 97474, 98854, 99546 99234 PROMSKII, V. Lankovskaii lesotundra. (Sel'skokhoziåistvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1966. v.10, Title tr. In Russian. no.4, p.58-59) Lankovo forest tundra. Describes the forest tundra in the Lankovo River basin in Ola District of Magadan Province. It is well stocked with elk, wild reindeer, brown bear, wolverine, snow hare, sable, valuable birds and fish. Though not easily accessible, it attracts numerous amateur DLC. hunters and fishermen. 99235 PROMSKII, V. Pochemu ischez eskimosskil kronshnep? (Sel'skokhoziMstvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka In Russian. v.10, no.8, p.54) 1966. Title tr.: Why did the eskimo curlew disappear? Discusses the disappearance of several birds, common in Chukotka and other arctic areas not long ago. The eskimo curlew, though never an object of hunting, has disappeared from Chukotka, Alaska and northern Canada, as have the little snow goose, emperor goose, and brant goose. Disturbance in the more inaccessible areas by DLC. human activity is the explanation. PRONIN, A.A., see No. 98987, 100799, 100959

PRONKIN, E.V., see No. 97030 Primenenie staPROPP, M.V. 99236 tisticheskikh o[senok v izuchenii ekologii (Akasublitoral'nykh bespozvonochnykh. demiiå nauk SSSR. Murmanskil morskol biologicheskil inst. Trudy 1964. no.6 (10), p.76-87, tables, graphs, map.) Approx. 35 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Application of statistical evaluation in study of the ecology of sublittoral invertebrates. Describes method and results of study of 1 m2 framed, rocky bottom areas, using aqualungs for direct observations and counting of populations. The study was made in Dal= ne-Zelenetskaya Bay in 3-50 m depth during Sept-Oct 1962. The fauna of Lithothamnion biocenoses was the subject of study. DLC. 99237 PROPP, M.V. Verkhniaia sublitoral' zapadnogo Murmana i ATnovykh ostrovov. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Murmanskü morskol biologicheskil inst. Trudy 9 refs. In 1964. no.5(9), p.57-60, map.) Russian. Tide fr.: The upper sublittoral of the western Murman and the Aynovskiye Islands. Reports observations made by diving, during 26 July-6 Aug 1961, to a max depth of 50 m. Two plant complexes were found and their components are described: a Laminaria complex in shallow and a Lithothamnion complex in deeper water. Conditions are compared with those on the eastern MurDLC. man. 99238 PROSHCHENKO, E.G. Kristallicheskil fergittsonit iz pegmatitov. (Akademitå nauk SSSR. Mineralogicheskil muzei. Trudy 1965, no.16, p.262-65, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Crystalline fergusonite from pegmatites. Describes this fergusonite found as an accessory mineral in albitized pegmatites in Yakutia. Its hardness is about 5 and specific weight 5.99. Optical properties, X-ray tests, chemical composition are described. Rareearth elements Be, Zn, Al, Sr are present. The crystalline structure of this mineral is notDLC. ed. 99239 PROSKURIAKOV, V.V. and S.I. ZAK. KurginskiT massiv ul'traosnovnykh i shchelochnykh porod na Kol'skom poluostrove. (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. KoI'skti filial. Geologicheskil inst. Shchelochnye porody Kol'skogo poluostrova... 1966. p.44-54, table, illus) Refs. In Russian. Tide Ir» Kurginskiy massif of ultrabasic and alkaline rocks on the Kola Peninsula. Describes this recently discovered 25 km2 massif north of Lovozero Lake, its geologic structure, composition and its evolution. 957

Ultrabasic rocks such as olivinites, peridotites, pyroxenites, etc and alkaline rocks such as alkaline syenites are described and their mineralogical and chemical composition noted. DLC. 99240 PROSSER, C.L. AkkØafsiiå k kholodu metabolicheskikh protsessov i Tientrend nervnoi sistemy u ryb. (In: Intl. Symposium on Cytoecology, Leningrad, 1963. Kletka i temperatura sredy... 1964. p.245-52, graphs, table, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Metabolic and nervous system acclimation of fish to cold. Data on electron transport changes varied with the fish species examined. In carp the pentose shunt had no apparent effect on acclimation while there was some evidence that such changes affected the acclimation of other species. Effects of redox enzyme, respiratory poison, HMP shunt enzyme, glycolytic enzyme, etc were investigated. Oxygen losses were more severe during acclimatization than after. DLC. PROSSER, C.L., see also No 94755 PROSTANTINOV, V.E., see No. 99929 PROTASOV, Iii.I., see No. 94905 99241 PROTOD'IAKONOV, V.A. and N.V. ALEKSEEV. Pisateli IAkutii. Yakutsk, IAkutskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1963. 152 p. illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr: Yakut writers. Presents 3-5 page sketches of 57 Yakut writers and poets, listing their publications and major works about them through 1962. An introductory survey of Soviet Yakut literature is included, as is a roster of literary reviews and discussions, anthologies and literary journals. CaMAI, DLC. 99242 PROTSENKO, IÜ.D. Osobennosti ekspluataisii massivno-kontrforsnykh plotin v surovykh klimaticheskikh usloviiakh. (Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitel'stvo 1966. v.36, no.9, p.33-35, tables, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Particular features of the operation of round-head buttress dams under severe climatic conditions. Describes Yaniskoski and Boris Gleb hydroelectric power plants, comparing their dams, construction of their temperature joints, and their maintenance and operation. In their operation special emphasis is put upon the drainage of the dam and its thermal insulation. The round-head buttress type dams can be successfully operated under the conditions of the Far North if their head sides arc protected by thermal insulation walls. DLC. 958

PROTSVETALOVA, T.N., see No. 99702 99243 PROVODNIKOV, L. IA. VeshchestvennyI sostav i tektonika fundaments Sibirskol platformy i prilegaiiishchikh skladchatykh sistem po geofizicheskim dannym. (Akademiiii nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. 7 refs. In v.166, no.5, p.1184-86, map) Title tr: Material composition Russian. and tectonics of the basement of the Siberian platform and adjacent folding systems according to geophysical data. Presents a generalized plan of the composition and tectonic zoning of this platform basement according to recent gravity and magnetic surveys. Areas of sedimentary, non-magnetic metamorphic and igneous rocks are distinguished, deep faults and tectonic disturbances are also depicted. Large relief forms of the basement are described. Recent tectonic movements with prevailing uplifts are also noted. DLC. 99244 PROZOROVICH, G.E. 0 raspredelenii glinistykh mineralov i malykh khimicheskikh elementov v glinistykh frakisiiakh iz porod neokoma Zapadno-Surgutskogo mestorozhdeniia nefti, Zapadnaih Sibir'. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.174, no.4, p.948-51, tables, illus) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Distribution of clay minerals and chemical trace elements in clay fractions from Neocomian rocks of the West Surgut oil deposits, West Siberia. Reports quantitative spectral, X-ray and thermal study of Upper Valanginian and Hauterivian sandstones and clays of 0.01-0.001 and 8.0 magnitude can be greater than two orders of seismic waves energy. If this is not the case, then the total energy of an earthquake of such a magnitude cannot be DLC. greater than 6x1025 ergs. 99252 PTUKHIN, F.I. 0 vliianii skorosti deformirovaniia na predel prochnosti (Akademitå nauk SSSR. rechnogo l'da. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-energeticheskil inst. Trudy 1964. no.15, p.77-92, graphs, table, illus) 20 refs. In Russian. Title d:: The influence of the rate of deformation on the strength of river ice. Presents a study to clarify this question when the deformation rates are high. Published data are analyzed. Methods and conditions of experiments performed in 1960-61 are described. Measurements were made of the rate of deformation mm/min of river ice specimens, the value of the breakup load, the specimen temperature during the experiment, and the time from the start of loading to the breakup of the specimen; the work was done during the period before the ice movement where it was not yet affected by melting. Results are given in a table. The ice specimens' strength is shown to depend on the rate of loading. A certain rate of loading is postulated up to which the ice strength increases with increasing rate of deformation, and beyond which it decreases. Within deformation rates 0.0035-0.056 sect, the mean compression strength decreased from 30.8 to 14.4 kg/cm2. Similar reduction in strength of metal-ceramic specimens with increasing load rate has been observed, indicating that ice is not anomalous in its behavior, but as in case of metal-ceramic has a highly inhomogeneous structure and mechanical properties as its specific characteristic in bulk. Thus ice may be treated from the standpoint of the statistical theory of strength of materials. The degree of ice weakening close to the spring breakup period depends on meteorological factors, varying considerably within relatively narrow temperature range. Therefore an investigation of ice strength on seasonal and multi-year bases may be useful for forecasting the loading capacity of ice, and its pressure on hydraulic installations in rivers during breakup. Uniform methods of investigating physical and mechanical properties of ice, and a detailed description of the methods used by investigators in laboratory and field studies are DLC. stressed as necessary. 960

Issledovanie PTUSHKO, A.I. 99253 kachestva, obogatimosti i koksuemosti uglel lÜn'iIginskogo mestorozhdenna. (Pechora, Komi ASSR. N.-issl. ugol'nyi inst. Trudy 3 refs. In Russian. 1964. no.1, p.93-97) Title b : Quality, concentration and coking capacity of coal in the Yunyaga deposits. Analyzes this coal from mineralogical, chemical and physical aspects for its use in chemical and metallurgical industry. The coke obtained shows a high mechanical strength, 0.49% sulphur and 0.0143 phosphorus content, and, after enrichment, found suitable for DLC. metallurgical purposes. 99254 PUCHKOV, L.A. and S.P. ALEKHICHEV. 0 formule zakona soprotivlenitå i metodike rascheta aerodinamicheskikh kharakteristik poristol sredy zon obrusheniiå. SSSR. Kol'skit (In: Akademihå nauk filial. Tekhnologite razrabotki... 1964, 6 refs. In Rusp.164-75, tables, graphs) sian. Title tr.: On the formula of the law of resistance and a method of calculating the aerodynamic characteristics of a porous medium in zones of caving. Discusses filtration of air through caved-in zones, bunkers, and ore-chutes, affecting substantially the ventilation regime in mines. The pressure head lost in the process of filtration is analyzed, and a formula for the value of aerodynamic resistance coefficient R is derived on the basis of the exponential law: h = RQR, where It is depression in mm of water column expended in overcoming the layer resistance, Q is the quantity of the filtrating air in m3/sec, and n is an index of the resistance law. In the conclusion it is shown that the exponential law applied to the problem of filtration leads to indeterminate results and errors, hence a two-component formula of filtration resistance is recomDLC. mended. PUCHKOV, L.A., see also No. 93486 99255 PUCHKOVA, B.B. and N.S. PODK kharakteristike mineraloGORNAIA. gicheskogo sostava verkhnedokembniskikh i nizhnekembriskikh otlozhenii severovostochnol chasti Eniseiskogo knå(Geologiiä i geofizika 1966, no.11, zha. 6 refs. In Russian. p.126-31, tables, illus) Title tr.: Characteristics of the mineral composition of the Upper Precambrian and Lower Cambrian deposits in the northeastern part of the Yenisey Ridge. Reports a mineralogic study of heavy fractions (0.01-0.25 mm) of these rocks in the Teya River basin. The results are used for the stratigraphic division of the deposits as each stratigraphic unit has a fixed mineralogical

composition and specific mineralogical associations. DLC. 99256 PUDOVKIN, I.M. Concerning magnetic field variations in the carrying out of precise regional aeromagnetic surveys. Ottawa 1963. 3 p. graph, table, illus. Ref. (Canada. Defence Research Board. Translation T 393 R). English translation by E.R. Hope of No 47473. CaMAI. 99257 PUDOVKIN, I.M., and others. Nekotorye itogi izuchenii`a anomal'nosti vekovogo khoda geomagnitnykh elementov na Kamchatke. (In: Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Inst. fiziki Zemli. Nastoiashchee i proshloe... 1965, p.96-100, maps) In Russian. Other authors: V.S. Pavlov, B.P. Reshetov, G.A. Rilizanilev and A.A. Tanichev. Title tr.: Some results of a study of anomalies in secular variation of the geomagnetic elements on Kamchatka. Presents a preliminary report on local and regional peculiarities in the variations of the elements, from field survey data accumulated at stations in Klyuchi, Petropavlovsk, and Pauzhetka. Difficulties of method and organization which make a complete report premature are noted. So far, the variations observed in geomagnetic declination, and horizontal and vertical components of the field clearly indicate a correlated zonal structure of the secular variations, which agrees well with the orientation of the basic tectonic structures of Kamchatka. The axis of minimum variations of the Z component is noted to coincide with a straight line joining Tolbachik, Bezymyannaya, and Shiveluch Volcanoes. DLC. 99258 PUDOVKIN, M.I. and N.S. SMIRNOV. Dva tipa korpuskulibrnykh vtorzhenii v poliarnutn zonu. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiih 1966. v.6, no. t, p.166-68, graph, illus) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Two types of corpuscular precipitation in the polar zone. Reports study of the geomagnetic disturbances caused by the type of corpuscular precipitation into the earth's magnetosphere, which occurs simultaneously in the entire auroral zone, and that which occurs on the earth's nightside only. Being captured by the earth's magnetic field, the corpuscles of the latter precipitation type may drift along the auroral zone. The nature of these two types of precipitation was studied from magnetograms of the College, Tiksi, Dikson, and Murmansk stations. The results are discussed, and a hypothesis of the daytime type of precipitation, based on the increased duration of corpuscular drift on the dayside of the earth, is proposed. DLC.

99259 PUGH, L.G.CE. Clothing insulation and accidental hypothermia in (Nature, 26 Mar 1966. v.209, youth. p.1281-86, graphs, tables) 23 refs. Reports investigation consequent to a death from cold exposure among a group of climbers in Britain in Mar 1964. A climatic chamber with controlled temperature, humidity and air velocity was used, with the subject 21 yr old. The thermal insulation value of clothing worn on the walk was 1.5 Clo units, against 1.0 for business clothing and 3.0 for a polar outfit. The effect of wetting on clothing, of dry clothing, exercise, rest, and body-tissue insulation are also DLC. evaluated and formulated. 99260 PUGH, L.G.CE. Cold stress and muscular exercise, with special reference to (British medical accidental hypothermia. journal 1967. no.5548, p.333-37, graphs, tables) 13 refs. Experiments made with men working under cold-wet conditions simulating those in which fatal accidental hypothermia had occurred earlier under natural conditions, provides detailed data on oxygen intake and work rate, body temperature, muscle temp and clothing insulation. Results show a considerable variation in the 02 intake and work rate at which the metabolic response to cold stress subsided, also individual variation in effective cold stress. DLC. PUGH, L.G.C.E. Temperature 99261 regulation in swimmers. (in: Symposium on the physiology of breath-hold diving... 1965, p.325-48, graphs, tables, illus.) 19 refs. Reports study of fat and lean subjects while swimming or at rest in water of ca 16°C. A fat channel swimmer maintained a 37.4°C rectal temperature after seven hours of swimming while a lean swimmer showed a drop to 34.5°C after a 30 min swim. In addition thin subjects cooled more rapidly when swimming than while motionless in water. In bath experiments the channel swimmer responded like a person of a cold-adapted racial group. Subcutaneous fat plus high 02-intake were found essential for tolerance of low water temperature in channel swimmers. DLC. 99262 PUK, P.S. Puti povysheniiå effektivnosti neftegazopoiskovykh rabot v Ust'-Eniseiskoi vpadine i dal'neishee ikh napravlenie. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'naia geologiia 1966, no.8, p.91-122, graphs, maps, tables, illus) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ways of increasing the effectiveness of oil-gas searches in the Ust'-Yenisey depression and their further direction. Notes two periods in these oil and gas 961

searches, the first from 1936 to 1954 and the second from 1956 to the present. The scope and methods of the geological and geophysical work are critically reviewed. Industrial inflow of gas in 1966 is noted in two areas. Broad and decisive recommendations are given for further prospecting, indicating methods, the most promising structures and planning of the work. DLC. PUK, P.S., see also No. 101050 99263 PULLIAINEN, E. The invasions of the kittiwake (Rissa tridactyla) into Finland in February and March 1959 and 1962. (Omis fennica 1962. v.39, no.3, p.81-96, maps) Refs. Discusses the general features of these invasions, which extended far beyond the Arctic Circle and the factors (weather) which were responsible for these incursions. Observations made in Finland during 1928-61 excepting the early spring of 1956 indicate ten records of this bird. DLC. 99264 PULLIAINEN, E. and K. SALONEN. On ring-barking of pine by the squirrel (Sciurus vulgaris) in Finland. Helsinki 1963. 29 p. maps, tables, illus. (Suomalainen tiedeakatemia. Toimituksia. Annales. Ser. A. IV: Biologica no.72) Refs. Reports results of investigations in Finland in 1954 and 1962. The squirrel scrapes out the cambium and sap for food and does not eat the bark. The average age of the barked pine was 20-40 yr, but older and younger trees were often involved; in a 100 ha area about 2800 trees were damaged. Possible causes of such behavior in squirrels are discussed. DLC. 99265 PULS, W.W. Pläne zur Umleitung von Flüssen in der Sowjetunion. (Geographische Rundschau 1966. v.18, no.8, p.317-18, map) In German. Title tr.: Plans for river diversion in the Soviet Union. Summarizes the project to divert waters of the Pechora and Vychegda via the Kama into the Volga and the Caspian basin. Some features of the diversion, and effects on climate, vegetation, fisheries, etc. are noted. DLC. 99266 PUMINOV, A.P. Chetvertichnye sporovo-pyl'isevye spektry v osadkakh rechnykh terras vostoka Sredne-Sibirskogo ploskogor' i i ikh znachenie dlii stratigraficheskikh i paleogeograficheskikh sopostavleniT. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1964. Paleontologiiä i biostratigrafiiä no. 5, p.16-56, tables, graphs, map) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Quaternary spore-pollen spectra in river 962

terrace deposits, in the eastern part of the Middle Siberian upland and their importance for stratigraphic and paleogeographic correlation. Reviews development of six terraces in the Anabar, Olenek, Lena, Vilyuy, Markha and other river basins extending into glaciated and non-glaciated zones. Palynologic data from the terraces provides evidence of changes in vegetation and geographic conditions in the Quaternary period. Finds of some mammals are also interpreted. DLC. 99267 PUMINOV, A.P. and A.F. GRACHEV. Novelshaiä tektonika Arktiki. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'naia geologiia 1967, no.11, p.174-97, map) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Recent tectonics of the Arctic. Describes the 1966 map compiled by this Institute at 1:5 million. It is circumpolar covering the Arctic Ocean, northern areas of the Atlantic and Pacific, the Greenland, Norwegian, Baltic and Bering Seas, and the continental areas of Eurasia and North America north of 60°N. The many scientific organizations and individuals participating in the compilation are listed. Principles and methods of arrangement are outlined. Characteristics of the geostructural provinces such as continental platforms, oceanic platforms, areas of mountain formation, and geosynclinal areas are given. A replica of the map on a reduced scale, 1:35 million is included. DLC. 99268 PUMINOV, A.P. Pozdnelednikovai'a i golotsenovai`a epokhi na severovostoke Sredne-Sibirskogo ploskogor'iä pc) sporovn-pyl'i evym dannym. (Akademiul nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geologii i geofiziki. Trudy 1964. no.9, p.20-47, tables, graphs, map) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Late glacial and Holocene epochs in the Northeast of the Middle Siberian upland according to spore-pollen data. Reviews vegetation landscapes from the end of the Zyryanka glaciation to the present between 66° and 72°N, approx in the Anabar and Olenek basins and the upper Markha. From numerous spore-pollen analyses, changes in the vegetation cover and climate since the Zyryanka are registered north and south of 69°N. Degradation of this glaciation is explained. Latterly three warm periods and three cold are indicated. Paleogeographic history, development of river terraces and other events are evaluated. CaMAI, DLC. 99269 PUMINOV, A.P. Sporovo-pyltsevye spektry i stadii oledeneni! v sviazi s problemo! gnådovykh form rel'efa i gliüisio-

obsekventnykh dolin severe Zapadnoi i TSentral'nol Sibiri. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regionalnaiit geologiii 1966, no.8, p.147-58, graphs) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Spore-pollen spectra and stages of glaciation in connection with the question of ridge form of relief and obsequent-glacier valleys in the northern part of West and Central Siberia. Attempts to clarify some patterns and features of glaciation in these wide areas. Several mutually contradictory opinions are reviewed. River terraces and pollen and spore spectra of the Vilyuy, lower Yenisey, lower Lena, Olenek, Anabar and lower Ob are examined; changes in climate and vegetation are interpreted in respect to the events of glacial history of these regions. The extent and contour of the Samarovo and Zyryanka glaciations and their stages are discussed. DLC. PUMINOV, A.P., see also No. 101510, 101511 PUNNING, J.N., see No. 97537 99270 PUPKOV, V. N. Formirovanie, raspredelenie i izmenchivost' snezhnogo pok(Merova na Aziatskol territorii SSSR. teorologiiå i gidrologhå 1964, no.8, p.34-40, table, maps.) In Russian. Tide tr: Formation, distribution, and variability of the snow cover in the Asiatic territory of the USSR. Discusses in some detail the general conditions for the formation of snow covers in this broad area. Mean snow accumulation values are given for 12 observation stations, including Gizhiga, Kresty Taymyrskiye, etc in the north. Three maps depict the mean and max snow cover and water yield according to the data of 1941-1960. DLC. PURDAY, C., see No 94175 99271 PURDY, A.W. North of summer; (Beaver 1966. arctic poems and prose. v.297, no.1, p.18-27, illus) Sketches from the eastern Arctic of CanCaMAI. ada, summer 1965. 99272 PURDY, J. and D. YORK. A geochronometric study of the Superior Province near Red Lake northwestern Ontario. (Canadian journal of earth sciences 1966. v.3, 17 refs. no.3, p.277-86, map, tables, illus) Reports results of Rb-Sr whole-rock analyses of nine samples of granite and gneiss from along a 125-mi traverse running south from Red Lake, with the object of determining a time of metamorphism and orogeny in this area. An isochron drawn

through points representing these samples on a Nicolaysen chart, gives a slope equivalent to an age of 2.45 ± 0.10 BY. If the gneisses represent the residue of an ancient crust then the Rb-Sr data yield little evidence of this and the effect of the Kenoran orogeny is clearly the dominant feature. K-Ar and Rb-Sr dating of biotites separated from two of the gneisses indicates that the area has been more mildly affected by a later metamorphism. DGS. 99273 PURTOV, T. Pechora sluzhit rodine! (Rechnor transport 1964. v.23, no.10, p.6-7, illus) In Russian. Title fr.: Pechora serves the motherland! Gives a concise but informative account of economic development of the Pechora basin, about 320 thousand km in area with the 1814 km river and ten or more tributary streams as highways. River shipping is treated in some detail as to cargo tonnage, vessels, dredging, etc. DLC. 99274 PUSHCHAROVSKII, IU.M. and R.A. AFREMOVA. 0 strukturnol pozi~sii zon molodogo vulkanizma v Tikhookeanskom tektonicheskom poi se. (Geotektonika 1967, no.1, p.15-39, maps) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Tide tr.: The structural position of recent volcanism within the circum-Pacific tectonic belt. Discusses the Pliocene-Quaternary and present volcanic zones of this extensive belt. Some 35 are distinguished including the Aleutian-Alaska and Kuril-Kamchatka zones. The volcanic activity is considered in relation to tectonic position, and in most cases a direct relationship is found between recent volcanic activity and various recent grabenlike structural forms. DLC. 99275 PUSHKAREV, V.V. and others. Krupnopanel'noe domostroenie. Novosibirsk, Zapadno-Sibirskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1964. 211 p. tables, graphs, illus. 16 refs. In Russian. Other authors: A.P. Ruch'ev and R.M. Okuneva. Title ft. Large prefabricated panel construction of houses. Discusses the engineering and architectural problems in construction of five- and ninestory buildings in Western Siberia, incl Krasnoyarsk. Recommendations, and technological guidelines are given for carrying out the government requirement to provide 150 million m2 of housing in the USSR in 1968-69. Mass production of housing at Krasnoyarsk is cited as an example of effective organization of construction. From the end of 1959 to 1962, 135,000 m2 housing space was built with prefabricated panels, and this was increased to 165,000 m2 in 1963. DLC. 963

99276 PUTINTSEV, E. and V. USHAKOV. Aerovokzal v IAkutske. (ArkhiIn tektura SSSR 1965, no.3, p.30, illos) Russian. Title tr.: The air terminal at

the edges of the massif, with the outflow of cold air creating suitable conditions for a DWB. Sandstrom circulation.

Yakutsk.

PUUMALA, H., see No 96412

Describes the two-story, 17 thousand m3 building completed in 1963: the large entry hall, operations and ticket hall, waiting-room, nursery, barber and hairdresser shops, restaurant, snack-bar, and galleries to boarding areas are well planned, and decorated with stained glass windows, murals, etc. Passenger traffic capacity of the terminal is 400 persons/hr. DLC.

99277 PUTKOVSKAIA, N.V. and L.N. OKISHEVA. Raspredelenie snezhnogo pokrova v lesnoi zone Zapadno-Sibirskoi nizmennosti. (Voprosy geografii Sibiri 1966, no.6, p.40-49, maps, tables) 12 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Distribution of snow cover in the forest zone of the West Siberian lowland. Presents charts of average snow distribution in well-developed forest based upon measurements during the 1940/41 - 1962/63 winter seasons. Snow thickness distribution in open fields is also discussed. Geography of the height of the snow cover is characterized. The northern areas of Tyumen and KrasnoDLC. yarsk provinces are included.

99278 PUTNINS, P.

The influence of Greenland on the general atmospheric circulation. (In: Symposium on the arctic heat budget and atmospheric circulation. Proceedings... 1966. p.157-77, graphs, maps, tables) Refs. Analyzes meteorologic data from 15 Greenland stations, including Station Centrele on the inland ice (1949-51), and twelve surrounding stations to show the influence of the Greenland massif on the general atmospheric circulation. The meridional exchange of air over and around Greenland is shown to be intense with interdiurnal changes of 30°C or more on the inland ice, and great variations in the height of the tropopause. An attempt to investigate the annual variation of the zonal index by means of harmonic analysis is discussed. The frequency cyclogenesis in the northwestern area of Greenland is explained and a particularly well-documented case (15-16 March 1950) is analyzed in detail. Lapse rates at several stations are examined, and the conclusion drawn that air over northwest Greenland is frequently more unstable than farther south. One causative factor for this is believed to be the the partly open water between Greenland and Ellesmere Island approx 75°N. The general instability of air around the inland ice of Greenland is considered due to strong baroclinicity along 964

99280 PUZANOV, L.S. and L.P. KUDAKOVA. 0 sootnoshenii temperaturnykh intervalov dekrepita~sii v nekotorykh gornykh porodakh Aldana. (Vses. mineralogicheskoe o-vo. Zapiski 1966. v.95,. no.1, p.88-94, graphs, table) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The relation of temperature intervals of decrepitation in some rocks of the Aldan region. Reports experiments using decrepitation i.e. roasting at temperatures to 950°C, to prove the character of the splitting of fluid and gas inclusions in quartzites, effected by metamorphism. These experiments are used to clarify the relative temperature intervals of regional, contact and hydrothermal metamorphism. It is established for example, that the temperature interval of decrepitation of quartzites under regional metamorphism is 950-760°C, under contact metamorphism 850-760°C, etc. DLC.

99281 PUZANOVA, V.F.

Osobennosti formirovaniiä trudovykh resursov i razvitiia promyshlennykh tsentrov na Severe Kanady. (Problemy Severe 1967, no.12, p.217-30) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Features of the formation of the labor force and the development of industrial centers in the Canadian North. English translation available from National Science Library, National Research Council, Ottawa. Outlines the building up of population in northern Canada, with remarks on the situation in Alaska and British Columbia. The people are relatively few and mobile, drawn to the North chiefly by high wages. Whitecollar personnel and three other groups of workers are distinguished. Industrial centers may form more or less spontaneously with a rush to mineral deposits as in the case of Dawson, Nome, Fairbanks and Juneau. Some centers are planned for the long period, as in the case of Yellowknife, Thompson, Uranium City, etc. CaMAI, DLC.

PUZIK, K.A., see No. 97133 PUZYREV, N.N., see No. 96899 99282 PYBUS, E.J. and J.A. BROWN, Jr. Polar atmospheric water vapour. (In: World Meteorological Organization. Symp. Polar Meteorology 1966. Proceedings pub 1967. p.3-13, graphs) Refs. Presents results of water vapor measurements 1957-65 by balloon- and rocket-

carried hygrometers at Thule, Greenland; Fort Churchill, Canada; and in Antarctica. Data from the soundings are graphed and summarized. Infra-red absorption hygrometer data are compared with those made with a dewpoint hygrometer. Two distinct types of moisture profile, one characteristic of IGY years and the other during IQSY are apparent. The IGY profile shows a moist troposphere and a dry region above the tropopause; the IQSY data show a minimum amount of moisture at the tropopause with moister air above. DWB. PYRKOVA, L.P., see No. 94804 99283 QUAM, L.O. Arctic basin research. (Naval research 1966. v.19, no.10, p.1-15, maps, illus) Refs. Reviews ONR-sponsored and related research from 1950 into the physiography and oceanography of this basin. Maps show the great increase in knowledge of its bathymetry and structure since that date. Analysis of the circulation pattern and discovery of midocean ridges are mentioned. The question of prior discovery of ice islands (T-1, T-2, T-3) by the Russians is discussed, with excerpt from Soviet source. The work of drifting stations is reviewed, with illus, from Alpha in 1957 to Arlis IV and Fletcher's ice island (T-3) in 1965 and 1966. DLC. 99284 QUEBEC. Dept. of Natural Resources. Apercu sur le Nouveau-Quebec. Quebec 1966. 113 p. maps, tables, illus. In French. Tide tr.: Survey of New Quebec. A republication in new format of articles on Nouveau-Quebec, most of which originally appeared in Lilnnuaire du Quebec 1964-65. Each article consists of a brief resume of its field as of 1963-64. In most instances there are no refs. The translated titles are as follows: Robitaille, B. Geographic position. 12 p, map. Bergeron, R. Geology. 4 p, maps. Robitaille, B. Coastal islands and the mainland: geographic features. 7 p, refs. Rousseau, J. Flora and fauna. 15 p. Gourdeau, E. Government. 3 p. Robitaille, B. Historical survey of Eskimos. 8 p, map, 81 refs. Boily, J.M. Demography. 4 p. Boily, J.M. Health services. 1 p. Boily, J.M. Social security. 1 p. Robitaille, B. Administration of justice. I p. Rousseau, J. The art and literature of the native peoples of Ungava. 5 p. Robitaille, B. Governmental research. 8 p. Lloyd, T. McGill University Field Research (in English). 3 p.

Rousseau, J. An agriculture for the northern regions of Quebec. 6 p. Rousseau, J. Forest cover. 6 p. Lejeune, M.R. Biologic resources. 2 p. Aumont, J. Hydroelectric potential. 2 p, map. Duquette, M.J.G. Types of Eskimo dwellings. 3 p. Rousseau, J. Primitive dwellings in northern Quebec. 4 p. Jacobsen, G. Construction conditions (in English). 4 p, map. Bernier, E. Transport and communications. 4 p. Rousseau, J. Means of transportation and communication among the native peoples. 5 p. Rousseau, J. From barter to money in northern Quebec. 7 p. CaMAI. 99285 QUIRIN, G.D. Northern oil prospects re-examined. (Journal of Canadian petroleum technology 1965. v.4, no.3, p.148-51, tables) 3 refs. Discusses changes in conditions affecting oil and gas development in northern Canada since 1960. Exploration of petroleum geology in the North, and commercial development of the Athabaska tar sands are considered. Cost considerations and political problems associated with Arctic Islands and northern mainland crude oil development are analyzed. DLC. 99286 RAABEN, M.E. and IÜ.A. LAVRUSHIN. Geologicheskie issledovaniib na Shpitsbergene. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Vestnip 1967. v.37, no.2, p.50-54, illus) In Russian. Tide tr. Geologic investigations in Spitsbergen. Reports preliminary results of 1966 fieldwork mainly in Vestspitsbergen. The studies included biostratigraphy of the Upper Precambrian (Hecla Hoek formation), old glaciations, zonal stratigraphy of various biogeographic provinces, genetic types of Quaternary deposits, etc. Some comparisons are made with regions of the Soviet Arctic. DLC. 99287 RAABEN, M.E. Verkhni( rife( kak podrazdelenie obshcheevropeiskoi shkaly dokembriiå (Akademiis nauk SSSR. boklady 1967. v.177, no.4, p.901-904) 21 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Upper Riphean as a subdivision of the all-European time scale of the Precambrian. Discusses the stratigraphic division of the Upper Riphean of the USSR as substantiated by stromatolites, rnicrophytolites and more or less absolute age determinations. The boundaries of the Riphean are discussed. In other countries the Upper Riphean is distinguished, 965

in Spitsbergen it is a part of the he. . Hoek formation. Attempt is made to correlate the Riphean of the USSR with the middle part of Hecla Hoek formation of Spitsbergen. DLC. RAABEN, M.E., see also No. 95654, 101522 99288 RABIKHANUKAEVA, E.S. 0 povyshennykh soderzhaniiakh marganTsa v otlozhenii'akh srednego i verkhnego ordovika zapadnol okrainy Sibirskol platformy. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.177, no.6, p.1449-51, table) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr: A higher manganese content in Middle and Upper Ordovician deposits on the western margin of the Siberian platform. Reports geochemical study of these deposits, the Podkamennaya Tunguska, Kulyumbe and Norilsk regions. Various types of rocks are analyzed and the Mn content determined. It is highest in the Podkamennaya Tunguska region where manganese ores are expected to be found. DLC. 99289 RABKIN, M.I. and B.V. TKACHENKO. Mikhail Fedorovich Lobanov. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'naia geologiia 1966, no.9, p.5-6) In Russian. Obituary of this well known geologist and explorer of the Soviet Arctic who died 16 Sept 1966 aged 56. His studies in the Yugorskiy Peninsula, Kharaulakh Mts, Tiksi region and elsewhere are noted, as are his some sixty scientific papers (not listed). DLC. 99290 RABOCHEE SOVESHCHANIE po izuchenitü kraevykh obrazovanii materikovogo l'da, Tallin, 5-6 iiumä 1961. Tezisy dokladov. Tallin, 1961. 45 p. In Russian. TYUe tr.: A working conference on the study of marginal formations of continental ice. Tallinn, 5-6 June 1961. Summaries of reports. Contains 20 reports of which five are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: A.D. Armand, G.S. Biske, E.I. Devi tova, A.A. Nikonov, and S.A. Strelkov. DLC. 99291 RABOTNOV, V.T. 0 raspredelenii tiazhelykh mineralov v otlozhenii kh rifeib i mdomskogo kompleksa filgo-zapadnoi IAkutii. (Moskovskoe o-vo ispytatelei prirody. Blülleten' 1966. otd. geol. v.41, no.6, p.72-85, graphs, map, tables) 15 refs. In Title tr.: Distribution of heavy Russian. minerals in Riphean deposits and the Yudoma complex in southwestern Yakutia. Reports a 1960-64 study of gritstones, sandstones, aleurites and sandy carbonate rocks in the Lena, Olekma, Chara and other 966

basins. Ilmenite, leucoxene, rutile, apatite, garnet, zircon, and others, in all the more than 30 heavy minerals found are reported. Conclusion is drawn that in Riphean time there were several sources of removal and in Yudoma complex time only one. DLC. 99292 RACE, W.H. and A.W. ROSE. Geochemical and geological investigations of Admiralty Island, Alaska. Juneau 1967. 43p. maps, tables, illus. (Alaska. Division of mines and minerals. Geochemical report 56 refs. no.8) The Paleozoic-Mesozoic rocks are mainly eugeosynclinal marine sediments and volcanic rocks, the oldest of which (Silurian-Devonian?) in many areas have been altered to schist and marble. Folding, faulting, and metamorphism in the Cretaceous were accompanied by intrusions of stocks and batholiths of ultramafic, mafic, intermediate, and felsic plutonic rocks. Non-marine Tertiary sediments occur locally and a thick sequence of middle Tertiary basalts occupies the southern end of the island. Several zones of northeast-trending folds and faults transect the northwest-trending regional structures. Analyses for traces of Cu, Pb, Zn, Mo, and Ni in stream sediments revealed anomalies, of which the most important is on the north DOS. shore of Hawk Inlet. RACE, W.H., see also No. 96035 99293 RADCHENKO, S.I. Temperaturnye gradienty sredy i rasteniia. Leningrad, lzd-vo Nauka 1966. 389 p. graphs, Title tr.: tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Temperature gradients of the environment and plants. Analyzes these gradients of both cultivated and wild plants and the effects on plant life in general and agriculture. Attempts are made to establish the link between vertical temperatures and electrical gradients both within the plant cells and in the environment. Environmental temp, diurnal, soil and plantsoil ratios are of great significance in crop and harvest improvement and agricultural planning. Gradients through time (seasons) and distance (plant-soil interfaces) are measured and discussed. Goals of temp gradient studies, ecological and geographical distribution of vertical temp gradients, their significance for plants, biological related problems, the significance of widespread temp gradients for agriculture and climatology, forestry, thermoperiodicity, significance of plant resting and temp change, frost resistance and soil temp and research methods are considered. Temp profiles of many plant species and environments, incl arctic, are given. Effects of

prolonged cold as well as heat and drought on plant metabolism are discussed. DLC. 99294 RADFORTH, N.W. NAWAPA and muskeg. (Royal Society of Canada. Water resources of Canada, symposia. C.E. Dolman, ed. Toronto, Univ. of Toronto Press 1967, p.27-28) Muskeg is the most significant controlling agent for water supply in the Canadian North. The proposed North American Water and Power Alliance has been devised without any reference to the muskeg factor, although it is of utmost importance in the northwest and the Hudson Bay-James Bay lowland regions of Canada. DGS. 99295

RADIOLOGICAL HEALTH

DATA.

Monthly report, v.1, no.1- . Washington, D.C., U.S. Public Health Service, Apr. 1960- in progress. Presents in approx sixty pages/monthly issue with illustrative material, maps, etc, mainly brief reports on radiological health submitted by state and other agencies, incl foreign. The emphasis is on collection, analysis and interpretation of data concerning environmental radiation as affecting man directly or indirectly, e.g. through food or water. With the establishment of radiation surveillance stations in Alaska and the Aleutians, reports on these areas began to be included with those on the United States at the beginning of 1962 (v3). The most significant reports from the North are those concerning total body burdens of Eskimos, Indians and Lapps consuming high amounts of reindeer meat. Investigations (reported) indicate that the high body levels of radionuclides in reindeer derive from lichens, their main diet, which due to slow growth, accumulate great amounts of fallout. Some of the individual reports on northern conditions are abstracted under their authors' names. See R.P. Chandler and S. Wieder, J.R. Coleman, J.K. Miettinen and others. H. Taniguchi, U.S. Public Health Service. Div of Radiological Health. DLC. 99296 RADKEVICH, E.A. Metallogenirå Vostoka SSSR. (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. Otd-ie nauk o Zemle. Problemy metallogenii Sovetskogo Dal'nego Vostoka... 1967, p.17-30, map) Refs. In Russian. Title tr: Metallogeny of the Soviet Far East. Presents sketch of the metallogenic regions of the Soviet Far East incl the Yakut ASSR, Magadan Province and Kamchatka. The ore-bearing province of the northeastern USSR is subdivided into four large tectonicmetallogenic structures: the Kolyma median massif, Yana-Kolyma-Chukotka folded zone, Kolyma Paleozoic horst-anticlinorium and the

Okhotsk-Chukotka volcanic belt. Each of these structures is briefly described and the ore shows listed. DLC. RADTKE, A.S., see No. 97751 RADYGIN, V.R., see No. 97232 99297 RANK, G. Milieu, development and history as seen from the arctic horizon. ( In: Nordic Symposium... 1962 pub 1965, p.377-86) 5 refs. Considers cultural diffusion and traditional cultural and social milieu more important in shaping the way of life than natural environment. Ecological conditions and natural resources determine choice of food, clothing and housing materials, etc, but are secondary factors in the cultural pattern which is not uniform among arctic Eurasian peoples. Spontaneous cultural development is not disclaimed; however, cultural advances are coupled with influences from an outside culture milieu. The Lappish reindeer culture is used to demonstrate the prime importance of culture diffusion. Its different formative elements are discussed: north Siberian, Scandinavian, Balto-Finnish, east Slavonic, etc. DLC. RANK, G., see also No. 100541 99298 RASANEN, M. Die Himmelsrichtungen in den altaischen Sprachen mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der Tiirk-Sprachen. (Ural-altaische Jahrbücher 1965. v.36, no.3-4, p.394-96) 18 refs. In German. Title tr. Compass directions in Altaic languages, particularly in Turkic languages. For northern Tungus north is downstream and south upstream according to the southnorth flow of their major rivers. Yakuts, Evenki and Ul'chi Tungus whose dwellings are oriented toward the east, call the west: backside of the tent. The same expression means north for the Lapps whose tents face DLC. south. 99299 RAEVSKAIA, T.P. Moskovskie komsomol'[sy na lesozagotovkakh Komi oblasti 1929-1930 gg. (Istoriko-filologicheski sbornik 1965. no.9, p.45-53) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Members of the Moscow communist youth organization at the lumber camps of Komi ASSR 1929-1930. Describes the superior performance of these young shockworkers sent to mechanize the lumbering operations of the Komiles combine. They set up tractor bases, showed the local lumberjacks how to operate them, introduced new work methods, etc. The initial antagonism and slowdown of the Zyryan workers influenced by traditionally minded 967

peasants and the support for the innovations by local party organs are noted. DLC. 99300 RAFF, A.D. Boundaries of an area of very long magnetic anomalies in the northeast Pacific. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.10, p.2631-36, graphs, maps) Refs. Discusses recent data from the northeast Pacific, indicating the boundaries of a previously discovered area of very long northsouth oriented magnetic anomalies. On the east and north the area is bounded by the continental shelf, revealing that the lineated anomalies disappear when they reach the continental shelf or the Aleutian Trench. DLC. RAFFMAN, A.S., see No. 93870 99301 RAGAN, D.M. and J.W. HAWKINS, Jr. A polymetamorphic complex in the eastern Alaska Range. (Geological Society of America. Bulletin 1966. v.77, no.6, p.597-604, maps, table) Refs. Discusses the sequence of metamorphism in the Rainbow Mt - Gulkana Glacier area of Alaska and its implications for the tectonic history of northwestern North America. Four cycles of recrystallization are tentatively identified from Precambrian to Mesozoic. The presence of granulite in the Alaska Range is seen as evidence of a widespread Precambrian basement underlying much of Alaska, and offers little support for the concept of Phanerozoic continental accretion in the western Cordillera. CaMAI, DGS. RAGAN, D.M., see also No. 95353 99302 RAGLE, R.H. Icefield Ranges Research Project, St. Elias Mountains, Yukon, 1966. (Arctic 1967. v.20, no.1, p.49-53, map) More than 40 people participated in interdisciplinary studies during the sixth summer of field work by the IRRP. Investigations of the medial moraine, surface stream action, and terminal area of the Kaskawulsh Glacier were undertaken. An ecologic reconnaissance beach profile, and plant community studies of the Kluane Lake area, movement of the Steele Glacier, studies of rock glaciers, cloud sequence across a snow divide, cation and Pb210 content of snow and ice, phytogeography, and human migration in the Yukon, were included in the program. CaMAI, DGS. 99303 RAGOZIN, L.A. Dvustvorchatye molliuski pozdnepaleozoiskikh provinisi1 Tungusskoi paleobiogeograficheskol oblasti. (Vses. paleontologicheskoe o-vo. Trudy sessii 968

9th, 1967, p.70-73) In Russian. Title tr.: The bivalve molluscs of the late Paleozoic province of Tungusskiy paleobiogeographic region. Reports a study of about 350 species belonging to 25 genera. This extensive paleobiogeographic province is described; it corresponds to the Tungusskiy paleophytogeographic region determined by A.N. Krishtofovich from fossil plants. Some provinces of this region are noted. DLC. 99304 RAGOZINA, V.S. Izuchenie osobennostet preobrazovaniig form isirkuliaisii vnutri mesiaisev primenitel'no k detalizatsii prognozov na okti br' i noi3br'. (Leningrad. Arkticheskii i antarkticheskii n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1967. no.275, p.129-55, maps, 5 refs. In Russian. tables) Title tr.: Features of the monthly changes of circulation forms applied to forecasting for October and November. Peculiarities of the atmospheric circulation and its macroprocesses during June-Nov are given in nine groups representing three circulation series. The uniform circulation periods of different length were studied in Sept, Oct and Nov. Short-period circulations occur more often than long-period ones. The difference in type of uniform circulation periods characterizes the synoptic processes during Oct and Nov. DLC. 99305 RAGOZINA, V.S. Peculiarities of synoptic processes which cause large air temperature anomalies in October in the Chukchi Sea. (In: Vangengeim, G.IA. and A.F. Laktionov, eds. Hydrometeorology of the polar regions... 1967, p.82-91, maps) 3 refs. English translation of No 82333. CaMAI. RAHIMTULLA, K.A., see No. 96072 RAHN, H., see No. 100543 99306 RAI, D.B. and J.L. HOOK. Total electron content and its variations in the auroral-zone ionosphere during winter. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v.72, no.21, p.5319-24, graphs) 21 refs. Obtains the total ionospheric electron content in the auroral and subauroral zones (60-75°N), using differential Doppler measurements of radio signals from the nearly polar satellite 1963-38C as received by the monitor at College during the 1963-64 winter. Graphs of diurnal variation of the electron content during winter at College and Kiruna are given. The observations indicate a systematic trend in the changes in latitudinal variations of the electron content associated with geomagnetic activity. A secondary maxi-

mum near midnight in the diurnal variation of the density is discovered. DLC. 99307 RAILWAY GAZETTE Construction of Great Slave Lake Railway, C.N.R. (Its: v.121, 1965, no.15, p.620-21, map, illus) This railway is the longest (430 mi), among several built since 1949, and links the towns: Peace River and Hay River, on the Great Slave Lake. How permafrost excavation, gradients and curves, and rail laying were dealt with under severe climatic conditions is briefly outlined. DLC. 99308 RAINEY, F. Return to the Arctic. (Expedition 1966. v.8, no.3, p.2-8, illus) Ref. Popular account of present-day Eskimo life observed 1965 by the author while heading archeological field work at Onion Portage on the Kobuk River, Alaska. Cultural, social, and technological changes since 1940 are described and the rapid growth in Eskimo population noted. A possible relation is seen between the ingestion of radioactive debris through lichen consumption and the increased fertility in caribou and caribou-eating Eskimos. Archeological sequences at the Onion Portage site spanning some 8000 yr reveal several abrupt cultural and, possibly, ethnic changes. DLC. 99309 RAINWATER, E.H. Exploration for natural gas. (Symposium on Natural Gas. Institute of Petroleum, London, 17 June 1966. Proceedings p.1-28, maps, illus) 33 refs. Discusses the possible origin of natural gas and outlines exploration methods with descriptions of its occurrence in several areas of North America incl the Cook Inlet basin, Alaska (p 23-25, maps, cross-section). Gas is associated with coal beds in the upper Kenai member of a Tertiary succession of tidal flat and coastal plain sediments. Because of the limited local market for gas, most of the gas fields discovered in the basin are undeveloped. DGS. RAJEVSKI, V., see No 93563 99310 RAKHILIN, V.K. Prolet vodoplavaiTrshchikh ptitss okolo o. Zhizhgin na Belom more i u Semi ostrovov na Barentssevom more. (In: Soveshchanie po geografii resursov vodoplavaiüshchikh ptits v SSSR... 1965, pt.l, p. 55-58, table) In Russian. Title tr.: Migration of water birds observed near Zhizhgin Island on the White Sea and from Sem' ostrovov islands of the Barents Sea. Reports observations in Arkhangel'sk Prov-

ince in 1962-63 and from the Barents Sea in 1962-64. The most intensive migrations occurred at the end of Sept and the start of Oct. DLC. 99311 RAKHIMKULOV, R. SH. and others. Promyshlennye ispytanhå nizkogigroskopichnogo plastifitsirovannogo tamponazhnogo tsementa v usloviiäkh Zapadnoi Sibiri. (Burenie; nauchno-tekhnicheskit sbornik 1967, no.4, p.31-34, graphs, tables) 2 refs. In Russian. Other authors: G.N. Khangil'din, V.M. Karpov, E.A. Postnov, V.N. Zallco and L.A. Kushchik. Title tr.: Industrial testing of plastic plugging cement of low hygroscopic quality under Western Siberian conditions. Proposes to improve the storage quality of cement by adding surface active substances during its preparation, to reduce its moistureabsorption quality. Tests at the Shaim natural gas and oil drillings showed that plugging cements with added amino-alcohol which were stored for 8-9 months retain their basic plugging qualities better than the cements without amino-alcohol added. At present, drilling operations of Glavtmmen'neftegaz industry are supplied cement with 0.025% triethanolamine added during its milling process. DLC. 99312 RAKHMANINA, A.T. Nekotorye osobennosti vodnogo rezhirha rastend bolot vostochnoevropeiskoi lesotundry. (In: Vses. botanicheskoe o-vo. Priroda bolot... 1967. p.79-84, graphs, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some properties of the moisture regime of bog vegetation in the East European forest-tundra. Reports a 1962 study in northeastern Komi ASSR. The moisture content in the leaves of the various plants examined is shown in tables, and the osmotic pressure in the leaves is also reported. Moisture absorption by the plant tissues is low, bound water is significantly greater than free water, osmotic pressure is high, and moisture discharge by transpiration is slight. DLC. 99313 RAKIPOVA, L.P. The variation of climate by artificial action on the ice of the Arctic Basin. English translation of No 82337, available as TT-63-13525 and TT65-60774 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va., 22151. DLC. 99314 RAKIPOVA, L.R. The influence of the arctic ice cover on the zonal distribution of atmospheric temperature. (In: Symposium on the arctic heat budget and atmospheric circulation. Proceedings... 1966. p.411-41, tables) Refs. Considers zonal temperature distribution, 969

taking into account all the principal physical factors affecting the thermal field of the atmosphere. The theory of the stationary zonal distribution of atmospheric temp is developed in detail, and the calculation of the present zonal temp distribution of the shortwave radiation is carried out for the warm and cold halves of the year separately over 10° intervals from 0 to 90°. The zonal temp distribution that could arise from melting of the arctic ice, and possible zonal temp distribution under iceless conditions in the Arctic are given in tables. The changes in the thermal and circulation regimes of the atmosphere as a result of the melting of the DLC. arctic ice cover are estimated. 99315 RAKITA, S.A. Osobennosti formirovaniia lavin na Severo-Vostoke Azii. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otdelenie. Severo-VostochnyT kompleksnyl nauchno-issledovatel'skii institut. Trudy 1967. no.30, p.194-203, table) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Features of avalanche formation in northeast Asia. Outlines the role of meteorological factors in the development of avalanches and their types. The main meteorological influences are intense snowfall, snowstorms, thaws and rains, and sharp changes of temperature. These phenomena are described and regions of the Northeast are indicated where they occur. Intense snowfalls in this area generally are infrequent as compared to the Caucasus and the Alps. Problems of avalanche foreDGS. casting are also noted. 99316 RAKITA, S.A. Vliianie rastitel= nosti na perenos i otlozhenie snega v gorakh basseina Kolymy. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1966. v.21, ser.5: geog. no.3, p.103-107, tables) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Influence of vegetation on snow drift and deposition in the mountains of the Kolyma basin. Reports snow measurement made at the Kolyma station 1959-63 and in the Malyy Anyuy basin 1959-60, in forests, dwarf pine covered areas, stony tundra, coarse talus, etc. The data show that snow drift and deposition are affected by vegetation types: in forest and dwarf pine areas, the drift is greater than in the open areas. DLC. RALPH, E.K., see No. 100451

logicheskoT produktivnosti vodoemov Sibiri... Title tr.: In Russian. 1966, p.171-72) Pollution of fishing waters of the Krasnoyarskiy Kray. Describes briefly the damage to fish caused by discharge from lumber mills and pulp factories. 205 establishments were surveyed, 105 of them contribute 815,000 m3 of waste water daily. By 1965 the situation had been improved by diligent application of pollution DLC. control measures. RAMM, W.J., see No. 94136 RAMPTON, V.N., see No. 94444 99318 RAMSEIER, R.O. Role of sintering in snow construction. Hanover, N.H. 1967. 10 p. graphs, tables. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Research report no.214) Refs. Discusses the mechanism of sintering and the effect of compaction on snow. Examples are given of possible snow runway construction for aircraft landing, using processed snow for Site II in Greenland, and some places in Antarctica. A table shows the strength of snow tested at various temperatures and porosities after sintering for 30 days at -20°C, and the sintering curve for Site II is given. From theory and the examples discussed, it is concluded that snow runways capable of handling large aircraft can be constructed in any polar or temperate region with enough snow and temperatures below the melting point for a sustained period. The data provided permit site evaluation and effective construction of landing strips. CaMAI, DLC. 99319 RAMSEIER, R.O. Self-diffusion in ice monocrystals. Hanover, N.H. 1967. 40 p. graphs, tables, illus. (US. Army Cold Regions Research & Engineering Lab. Research report no.232) Refs. Attempts to determine the mechanism in the diffusion of tritium (H3) as a function of temperature. H3 diffusion parallel and normal to the optical axis of crystals at -2.5° to -35°C, was measured. It is concluded that the diffusion takes place by a vacancy mechanism and that entire H2O molecules are diffusing. Results of this investigation permit determination of the minimum age of ice cores using the oxygen 18/16 ratio. CaMAI, DLC.

RAMA, see No. 97300 RAMANATHAN, M.K., see No. 93763 99317 RAMAZANOV. Zagnåznenie rybokhozia7stvennykh vodoemov Krasnornrskogo kraiü. (In: Soveshchanie po bio970

99320 RAMSEIER, R.O. and C.M. KEELER. The sintering process in snow. Hanover, N.H. 1967. 4 p. graph. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Research report no.226) Refs. Reports study of the sintering mechanism

between snow grains in compacted snow samples. One group of samples was placed in boxes sealed with plastic bags to maintain a saturated atmosphere, and another group was immersed in silicone oil. The samples' density was 0.55 # 0.01 g/cm3; all sintered at -10°C. The unconfined compressive strength was tested on a motorized test press. The results are shown in the strength curves in kg/cm2 against time in days, indicating that the rate at which the snow samples immersed in silicone oil gain in strength is less than that of the samples sintered under atmospheric conditions by approx 100 times. This result is considered strong evidence that evaporationcondensation is the principal process by which snow sintering under atmospheric CaMAI DLC. conditions occurs. 99321 RAMSEIER, R.O. Some physical and mechanical properties of polar snow. Hanover, N.H. 1966. 22 p. graphs, tables, illus. Refs. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Research report no.116) Reports study of specimens of snow from the South Pole, for air permeability K, viscoelastic properties, creep, unconfined compressive strength e, and dynamic Young's modulus E. All these properties were found anisotropic within a single layer of snow. Tabulated results are appended giving depth h, density p , strength o c, air permeability K, for each specimen, vertical and horizontal. Comparisons are made with data from Site II in Greenland, showing an empirical relation for both areas: ac = 10.42x10-4E; 0.43 g/cm-3 _3Mc/s to the number of sporadic layers observed during a given hour of the day is also considered. In the auroral zone the appearance frequency of the layer PE, is found to be uniform throughout the day, and independent of seasons and solar activity. It is quite possible that this sporadic ionization of the atmosphere is generated by precipitation of electrons from the outer radiation belt to the altitude of approx 100 DLC. km. 99683 SAMOCHKIN, V.M. 0 proektirovanii srokov zamerzaniia vodokhranilishch. (Akademi►a nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-energeticheskii inst. Tru2 refs. In dy 1955, no.5, p.87-88, graph) Russian. Title tr.: Projection of the data of the freezing of water reservoirs. Improves N.A. Girillovich's method (1938) of establishing the dates of freeze-up on reservoirs by observing freeze-ups on lakes in areas of analogous climate. The improvement consists of introducing into the calculation the heat stored in the reservoir or lake, and 1027

that lost from the surface of the reservoir or lake, parameters not considered in Girillovich's method. The formula and the graph presented give the number of days elapsed since the ambient air temperature at the reservoir fell below 0°C. Freeze-up on the reservoir occurs at the end of this period. DLC. 0 zam99684 SAMOCHKIN, V.M. erzanii verkhnei Obi. (AkadeØå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-energeticheski institut. Trudy 1958, no.7, p.21-31, graphs, tables, illus) refs. In Russian. Title t:: Freeze-up of the upper Ob. Presents thermal and ice data during the freezing period along this river from the influx of the Biya and Katun' upstream to the Tom'. The air and river water cool almost simultaneously, causing the ice to form simultaneously over the entire sector. The freeze-up depends greatly on the morphometric parameters of the river bed, and does not correspond to the meteorological factors and water level of the river. Water near the bank was found to be warmer than average by as much as 6-7°C, to remain practically constant in the vertical. Supercooling of the water (to-0.07°C) and frazil ice were observed as ice began to form. During the fall, the main ice material was frazil, and at the end of the fall ice drift, ice continued to grow on the lower surface of the ice cover. DLC. 99685 SAMOCHKIN, V.M. and L.S. OBICHKIN. Pererabotka beregov vodokhranilishcha Novosibirskol GES v pervye Body napolneniih. (AkadeØå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-bnergeticheskii inst. Trudy 1961. no.13, p.129-50, graphs, maps, tables, illus) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Conversion of the shore of the Novosibirsk hydroelectric station water reservoir in the first years of its filling up. Discusses changes wrought in the shores in 1957-59 by the action of waves whipped up by wind: occurrence of slumps, collapse of banks, etc. Methods of estimating the size and intensity of these changes are stated. The 1960 shoreline is expected to stabilize gradually by receding 20-30 m. DLC. 99686 SAMOCHKIN, V.M. Utochnenie zavisimostei, opredeliaiüshchikh teploobmen vodnol poverkhnosti s atmosferoi. (AkademiIå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-energeticheskii institut. Trudy 1958, no.7, p.103-111, graphs, tables, illus) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Improvement of accuracy in the relationships which determine heat exchange of a water surface with the atmosphere. Reports an investigation of the hydro1028

thermic regime of the Ob River. Heat emission from the surface was determined by the compensatory-calorimetric method, parallel with observations of temperature in the river cross-section, and of radiation and meteorological elements over the water surface. The purpose of the study was to obtain basic data for determining the extent of ice-free water surface in the lower reaches of power plant reservoirs. The technique of the measurements is described, and results are presented in tables. Correction coefficients are obtained for estimating heat exchange from the water surface by evaporation and convection on the upper Ob. DLC. 99687 SAMOCHKIN, V.M. Vozdeistvie ledokhodov na beregovye otkosy i sooruzheniia. (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Transportno-energeticheskii inst. Trudy 1961, no.11, p.49-56, tables, illus) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Effect of breakup on riverbank slopes and installations. Describes the 1956 spring breakup on the Yenisey. The ice averaged 112 cm thick on 30 Mar and 78 cm on 19 Apr at Bazaikha just below Krasnoyarsk. The first ice movement of 300-400 m occurred on 27 Apr. The ice cover edged against the banks, leaving great piles of ice upon them. The breakup started on 1 May accompanied by high water caused by the wave after an ice-blockage upstream gave way. The wave moved rapidly downstream, violently breaking up the ice cover, scattering ice up the banks, and jamming some creeks and still-water sites. Intensive breakup continued for 8 hr, gradually diminishing until the river was clear the next day. The ice was separated into average-size fields by its movements prior to breakup, but still had considerable bending strength: 5-6kg/cm2 for upward and 2-4 kg/cm2 for downward pressures as measured by the piano-key method. Estimates are presented for the possible effect of the ice on the railroad embankment along the river. The dynamic action of breakup ice and the pressure of the ice piling on the embankment are considered in the estimate. An even horizontal outline of the sloping bank, and smooth surface to the slope are recommended for reducing ice pressure on it during breakup. DLC. SAMOCHKIN, V.M. see also No. 94383, 97561 SAMOILOVICH, A.S., see No. 97145 99688 SAMOILOVICH, S.R. Tentative botanico-geographical subdivision of northern Asia in late Cretaceous time. (Review of palaeobotany and palynology 1967. v.2, Intl.

Conference on Palynology, 2nd, 1966. Papers. p.127-39, map, illus) 24 refs. Distinguishes two subdivisions, extending northwest-southeast, east of the Ob-Yenisey watershed, during late Senonian-Danian time, viz: the Yenisey-Amur and the KhatangaLena provinces. The subdivisions are based on spore-pollen assemblages, particulary the specific composition of the angiospermous pollen. The position of the provinces and their floristic characteristics support a position of the North Pole in late Cretaceous time in the area of the East Siberian Sea. DOS. SAMSONENKO, N.D., see No. 100197 99689 SAMSONOV, N.C. and others, IAazykoznanie v I:Akutii. (Voprosy iazy45 koznaniiä 1967. v.16, no.3, p.128-30) refs. In Russian. Other authors: P.A. S1epiov and M.A. Cherosov. Title tr.: Linguistics in Yakutia. Reports current research at the Yakut Branch of the USSR Academy of Sciences, the Yakut State University, etc in the field of Yakut, Evenki Tungus, and Eveny Lamut dialectology, morphology, lexicography, and ethno-linguistics. Works pub 1960-65 and in preparation, lecture series, dissertations, and research projects are reviewed. Studies of local Russian dialects, started in 1958, are DLC. also noted. 99690 SAMSONOVA, L.A. Mezhlednikovye otlozhenia v verkhoviakh r. Strei' ny. (In.- Akademia nauk SSSR. Kol'skii filial. Formirovanie rel'efa... 1966. p.87-89, table) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Interglacial deposits on the upper Strel'na River. Describes a section of marine interglacial deposits found in 1964. A complex of diatoms from a sub-morainic stratum is listed and briefly characterized. This flora shows that the stratum was formed in coastal zone of the sea. DLC. SAMSONOVA, N.S., see N. 101467, 101472 99691 SAMUELSON, K.G. Något om Västerbottens län. (Svensk lantmäteriIn tidskrift 1966. v.58, no.2, p.197-99) Swedish. Title tr.: Notes on Västerbotten province. Summarizes factors which influence the economy of this northerly province, comprising one-eighth of Sweden's land surface. Climate, soil, and population adjustments are dealth with, as are industrialization, yearround employment in the leading industry: lumbering, land ownership, and the size of fanning units. Transport facilities are increasing, a university is established at Umeå,

there are recent mineral finds, and water power developments (20% of Sweden's total): all these are factors in the progress of Västerbotten. Recreation and vacation facilities, especially on the coast and in the uplands, indicate a promising tourist industry also. DLC. 99692 SAMYGIN, C.A. and N.M. MATVEEVA. Obezvozhivanie protoplastov kak prichina gibeli kletok pri zamorazhivanii. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.174, no.5, p.1219-21, table) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Dehydration of protoplasts as cause of cellular death during freezing. Reports earlier studies of the problem and own experiments with pieces of leaves suspended in sugar solutions or in water (controls) and slowly cooled to -10°C. Some of the ten species used withstood lower freezing temperatures better than the controls, due apparently to water withdrawal from the protoplasm by the saccharose DLC. solution. 99693 SAMYGIN, GA. Obezvozhivanie protoplazmy kak odna iz prichin gibeli kletok (In: pri vnekletochnom obrazovanii l'da. Intl. Symposium on Cytoecology, Leningrad, 1963. Kletka i temperatura sredy... 1964. Refs. In Russian. p.35-52, tables, illus) Title tr. Dessication of protoplasm as one of the reasons for cell death in extracellular ice formation. Describes some of the icing dynamics, intracellular morphological and histological changes accompanying ice formation. Details the protective effect of sugar solutions as an DLC. antidrying factor. 99694 SAMYLINA, V.A. Mezozoiskatä flora levoberezh i r. Kolymy; ZyransklI uglenosnyi bassein, chast' I. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Botanicheskil inst. Trudy 1964. ser. 8: Paleobotanika, no.5, p.39-79, map, illus.) Approx. 70 refs. In Russian. English sumTitle tr.: The Mesozoic flora of the mary. left bank of the Kolyma River, Zyryanka coal-bearing basin, part 1. In this first part of a monograph on the Mesozoic flora of Zyryanka-Silyap coal fields west of the Kolyma, the deposits are subdivided into three series, the Ozhogina, Silyap, and Buor-Kemyus. Each is characterized by a specific floristic complex. The 47 plant species described are from orders Equisetales, Filicales, Cycadales and Bennettitales: they incl a new genus and 11 new DLC. species. 1029

99695 SAMYLINA, V.A. 0 po::ednikh etapakh razvitiia rastitel'nosti rannego mala na Severo-Vostoke SSSR. (Paleontologicheskil zhurnal 1967, no.2, p.99-106) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Last stages of early Cretaceous vegetation development in the Northeast of the USSR. Describes the horsetail, ferns, cycad, Bennettitales, ginkgo, Gnetales and angiosperm plants of the Zyryanka coal-bearing region. Early Cretaceous flora in Omsukchan and Bol'shoy Anyuy regions is also described, and comparison is made with that of Canada. DLC.

attention directed to very small decreases in the records during sudden geomagnetic storm commencements and associated decreases in periods between major cosmic-ray storms during Sept 1956 - Dec 1959. Results indicate that an associated Forbush decrease can be found for every sudden commencement. Tables give the inconspicuous Forbush decreases with the date of Forbush effect, UT of the sc and % cosmic-ray intensity decreases. DLC. SANGSTER, D.F., see No. 94444 SANIN, V.P., see No. 96908, 99122

SAMYLINA, V.A., see also No 95274 SANDAKOV, Ib., see No. 100786 SANDER, G.W., see No. 99322 99696 SANDER, T. Bebyggelseutveckling och bebyggelselokalisering room glesbygden. (Svensk lantmäteritidskrift 1964. v.56, no.1, p.36-44, maps) In Swedish. Title tr.: The development and localization of settlement in thinly settled districts. Reports on changes in a small part of upper Norrland where forestry and agriculture dominate the economy. Small-farm occupance declined and transportation improved during and after World War II, and workers began moving to larger centers on the coast and farther south. Planning in the forest industry is discussed in relation to the distribution of the stable population and the more heavily forested sections. DLC. SANDFORD, K.S., see No. 95911 99697 SANDNES, H. Unders4kelser etter nye rekefelter på Traenabanken og tilgrensende farvann 1967. (Fiskets gang 1967. v.53, no.36, p.621, map) In Norwegian. Title tr: Search for new shrimp fields on the Trilena bank and adjacent coastal waters 1967. Reports June-July investigations on this Norwegian coastal bank, 65°30'-67°, including bottom conditions and representative catches of shrimp. Two reasonable areas were found but irregular bottoms generally make bottom trawling costly. DI. 99698 SANDSTRÖM, A.E. and O.L. TRONCOSO. Storm sudden commencement and inconspicuous universal time variations of the cosmic ray intensity. (Arkiv for geofysik 1966. v.5, no.1, p.1-8, graphs, tables) 6 refs. Investigates small Forbush decreases, using meson and nucleon component records from Murchison Bay, Kiruna, and Uppsala, with 1030

99699 SANTILLAN de ANDRES, S.E. La vida humans en el subecumene artico. Tucuman, Univ. Nacional de Tucuman 1962. 53 p. maps. (Tucuman. Univ. Facultad de Filosofia y Letras. Cuadernos de Humanitas 1964. no.16) Title 56 refs. In Spanish. tr.: Human life in the arctic wastelands. Considers various parameters by which the arctic region may be defined and summarizes its broad environmental features incl vegetation and sea ice. The anthropology and history of both indigenous peoples and immigrants is reviewed briefly, particular attention being focussed on the transhumance of Lapps and other peoples in the north of Scandinavia and Finland (map showing routes). The development of the North is discussed, with particular reference to Labrador-Ungava. In relation to sovereignty, the sector principle is discussed, with the USSR, United States, Canada, Denmark and Norway allotted sectors on a general map; these extend almost to the Pole. Fishing, mining and communications are considered, as is (briefly) administration in the Arctic. DLC. SAPIR, M.KH., see No. 100568 SAPOZHNIKOV, R.M., see No. 93410 SAPRONETSKAIA, N.G., see No. 101555 99700 SAPRYKIN, A.A. and I.L. SHOFMAN. NoveTshie tektonicheskie dvizhenia i ikh vlhånie na formirovanie rossypel v severo-vostochnol chasti Patomskogo nagor'fa (LenskiT zolotonosnyT raion). (In: Akademii`a nauk SSSR. Nauchnyl sovet po rudoobrazovanitü. Geologiib rossypeT 1965. p.172-79, graphs, map) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Recent tectonic movements and their effects on placer formation in the northeastern part of the Patom upland. Describes the recent tectonic structures of this region, and works out the relationship between present and old thalwegs of valleys using lithologic-facies analyses. Tectonic

movements substantially affect the types of placers. In areas of subsidence buried placers prevail, valley placers in areas of uplift, and in regions of conjugation of depression and uplift, buried, terrace and valley placers are found. DLC. 99701 SARCHIN, T.H. and L.L. GOLDBERG. Stability and buoyancy criteria, part 2. (US Bureau of Ships. Journal 1964. v.13, no.8, p.16-23, illus) Deals with topside icing on naval vessels. Once started, ice continues to accumulate under favorable conditions; it must be controlled or the ship must leave the area. The high wind as well as the ice must be considered. Among examples given, is a smaller minesweeper (L-140 ft) on which 50 tons of topside ice reduces the allowable wind from 85 to about 40 knots. Pt 1 of this paper is historical. DN. SARIANIDI, V.J., see No. 97041 99702 SARKISIAN, S.G. and T.N. PROTSVETALOVA. K voprosu o raschlenenii frolovskol svity. (In: Moskva. Inst. geol. i razrabotki gonüchikh iskopaemykh. Neftegazonosnost' mezozoTskikh... 1965. p.32-38, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Division of the Frolovo subseries. Studies petrographic composition, textural features, fauna and flora of the subseries of Valangian to lower Aptian deposits in the Severnaya Sos'va region, and more southerly areas. Three rhythms in sedimentation are described and briefly characterized. Correlation of sections in Berezovo, Malyy Atlym, DLC. etc are made. SARKISIAN, S.G., see also No. 93316, 98248 99703 SARSADSKIKH, N.N. and Ob absoliutnom vozraste kimberothers. litov IAkutii. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.168, no.2, p.420-23, tables) 9 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.A. Blagul'kina and IÜ.I. Silin. Title tr.: Absolute age of Yakutia kimberlites. Reports K-Ar determinations on kimberlites from the Botuobuya, Dal'dyn, Alakit, Muna, Kuonama and other regions. The absolute age of kimberlites ranges 185-403 MY, close to their geologic age. The Daldyn, Alakit and Muna kimberlites range 330-385 DLC. MY. SARSADSKIKH, N.N., see also No. 99060 SARUKHANfAN, E.I., see No. 96590

99704 SARYNINA, R.N. Sezonnye i mnogoletnie izmeneniia temperatury i solenosti vod kholodnogo Medvezhinskogo techenita. (Murmansk. Poli rnyt n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografli. Nauchno-tekhnicheskii bililleten' 1960. no.2 (12), p.15-18, graphs.) In Russian. Title tr.: Seasonal and long-term changes in temperature and salinity of waters of the cold BjØrnØya Current. Reports study of the profile NordkappBj$rnØya, with information on the general direction and average data since 1946 of its monthly temperatures and salinity. The greatest deviations in salinity take place in the fall; data with temperature anomalies are supplied for the years 1932-1939. DLC. SASS, J.H., see No. 93875 99705 SAUER, G. Die Nominalbildung im Ostjakischen. Berlin, Akademie-Verlag 1967. 254 p. Refs. In German. Title tr.: Noun formation in Ostyak. Comparative study of agglutinative suffixal noun building in the three dialectal groups of Ostyak and their sub-dialects. Indigenous suffixes and particles borrowed from Zyryan, Samoyed, Vogul, Russian and Tartar, phonetic changes, etc are also discussed. DLC. SAUER, H.H., see No. 99381 A geo99706 SAUNDERS, R.H. chemical investigation along the Taylor Highway, east-central Alaska. Juneau 1966. 30 p. graphs, maps, tables. (Alaska. Division of Mines and Minerals. Geochemical report no.9) Presents a report on the geochemistry of 217 stream sediment samples taken along this highway during 1965. Many samples which gave no indication of high metal content in the field test proved to be anomalous when analyzed in the laboratory. Results of analyses are tabulated, and frequency distribution graphs are presented for copper, zinc, lead and molybdenum. Several areas favorable for further prospecting are indicated and suggestions for more detailed exploration made. Locations of samples are shown on 13 DGS. sectional maps. 99707 SAUNDERS, R.H. A geochemical investigation in the Richardson area, Big Delta quadrangle, Alaska. Juneau 1965. 12 p. maps, tables, illus. (Alaska. Division of Mines and Minerals. Geochemical report no.3) Ref. Investigates the area north of the Richardson Highway and Tanana River at about 64°15'N 146°04'-20'W. Gold was mined in the area sporadically earlier in the century. 1031

The country rock includes Precambrian gneiss and quartzite of the Birch Creek schist formation, younger biotite-muscovite granite, pyroxene hornfels, and rhyolite porphyry, which may be Tertiary in age. Tabulated data are for trace amounts of Cu, Pb, Zn, and Mo DOS. from stream sediments. 99708 SAUNDERS, R.H. Mineral occurrences in the Yukon-Tanana region. Juneau, Alaska, Division of Mines and Minerals 1967. 59 p. maps. 78 refs. Tabulates data on mineral occurrences in this region ranging in economic importance from particles that have been found in placer concentrates to deposits that have supported mines. Traces are often indicators of the nature and areal distribution of different kinds of mineralization. Physiographic features, climate, population, access by road, railway, and air, and a brief history of exploration, economic development and prospecting of the region are noted. The minerals are: antimony, bismuth, chromium, cobalt, copper, gold, lead, mercury, molybdenum, nickel, platinum, silver, tin, tungsten, zinc, and nonmetallic minerals (peat, stone, sand, gravel, and DGS. asbestos). SAUNDERS, R.H., see also No 94335 99709 SAVAGE, LC and L.M. HASTIE. Surface deformation associated with dip-slip faulting. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.20, p.4897-4904, table, illus) Refs. Calculates the vertical displacement of the free surface for a dip-slip motion A u, using the Maruyama theory. Calculations are made for fault models of three different earthquakes, including that in Alaska in 1964. The results are compared with the observed surface deformation in each case. The well documented vertical displacements over an 2x105km2 area of the Alaskan earthquake of M = 8.4, and focal depth 20-50 km were used in the calculations. The preferred dislocation models shown in a table all indicate that faulting probably was confined to the crust of the earth and did not penetrate into its mantle. DLC. SAVAGE, S., see No. 101289 99710 SAVARD, R. Mythologie esquimaude, analyse de textes nord-groenlandais. Quebec 1966. 242 p. maps, illus. (Laval Univ. Centre d'etudes nordiques. Travaux divers no.14) Refs. In French. Title fr.: Eskimo mythology, analysis of North Greenlandic texts. Study of 211 traditional tales collected by Erik Holtved 1936-1947 from seven Eskimos 1032

of the Thule region, No 22695. Ethnographic data, derived from the texts are presented in the form of lists of astronomical, zoological, botanical, anatomical-physiological terms, and technological terms; proper names, the terminology of relationships and words designating foreign populations; also data on shamanism, extraordinary powers, metamorphoses. Pt 2 of the study deals with the system of mythical representation revealed in the tales, of which nine concern the problem of metamorphosis, and refers to variants originating in the Thule District or in other arctic regions. CaMAI. 99711 SAVARENSKII, E.F. and others. Dlinnoperiodnye volny Aleutskogo zemletri seniiä 4 II 1965 g., zaregistrirovannye kvarisevymi ekstenzometrami. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Izvestiia 1966, fizika zemli no.5, p.33-42, tables, graphs) 5 refs. In Russian. Other authors: I.L. Nersesov, R.M. KarTide tr.: maleeva and L.A. Latynina. Long-period waves of the Aleutian earthquake of 4 Feb 1965, as recorded by quartz extensometers. Presents the analysis of the long-period oscillations: the 2-9th order Love seismic waves of 70-720 sec, and the 2d-13th order Rayleigh waves of 120-300 sec period are isolated, and the dispersion curves of their group velocities obtained. The displacement amplitudes in the Rayleigh and Love waves, the amplitude decrement coefficients, and the parameter of the internal friction of the earth DLC. are calculated. SAVARENSKII, E.F., see also No. 96292 99712 SAVATEEV, D.E. Geologicheskie issledovaniia na Kamchatke za gody Sovetskoi vlasti. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1967. no.5, p.29-34) In Russian. Title tr.: Geological investigations in Kamchatka during the years of the Soviet regime. Distinguishes three stages of these studies, one to 1949 when work was carried out only by the expeditions, in the second during 1949-63 local surveys organized, and the present stage dates from 1964 when the independent Kamchatka geological administration was formed. The scope, methods and areas of work and problems encountered in each are stated, as are the types of organizations, and the geologists participating, etc. The geologic mapping of Kamchatka is DLC. also summarized. 99713 SAVATEEVA, E.B. 0 rasprostranenii i ekologii mollwskov semelstva Sphaeriidae v nekotorykh ozerakh Karelii. (Leningrad. Gos. n: issl. inst. ozernogo i rechnogo rybnogo khoz. Izvestiia 1964. v.57,

p.199-205, table) 25 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Distribution and ecology of molluscs of the family Sphaeriidae in some lakes of Karelia. Lists 21 species of these bivalves from Karelian and two Murmansk lakes and discusses their distribution in these waters and in general. Occurrence according to nature of bottom and water is also considered. DLC. 99714 SAVCHENKO, E.N. Materialy k faune komarov-dolgonozhek (Diptera, Tipulidae) tüga Magadanskol oblasti. (In: Entomofauna lesov... 1966. p.90-96, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Dipteran fauna of southern Magadan. Twenty-eight species occur in southern Magadan Province. Boreal species compose 57%, widely distributed species 29% and palearctic species 7% of the total. Tipula illinoisiensis has holarctic distribution. Illustrations and species list are included. DLC.

density, porosity, crystals, and other features with the aid of microphotographs. The apparatus, the method of procedure are described, as used in the Khibiny area; positive results were obtained. DLC.

99717 SAVEL'EV, B.A. and M.N. LAPTEV. Zavisimost' sil skseplenii of velichiny kontaktov mezhdu kristallami sukhogo snega. (Zhizn' zemli; sbomik 1967, no.4, p.140-47, graphs) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Dependence of cohesion strength upon the area of contact between crystals of dry snow. Reports cycle of observations 3 Mar - 2 Apr 1964 in Khibiny region of Kola Peninsula to clarify the relation of cohesion strength of snow to its density and crystal size. The density and crystal size were found to increase as winter progresses, also the strength of cohesion to increase as the surface contact increases and to diminish as the surface of contact does. DLC. 99718 SAVEL'EVA, E.A. IÅzycheskii mogil'nik u poselka Vet'tü na Vymi. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Komi filial. Izvestite 1967. v.2, no.1 (11), p.106-120, map, table, illus) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Pagan cemetery near Vet'yu on the Vym' River. Describes the inventory of 23 graves, mostly cremations, excavated 1961-62 by the Komi Branch of the Academy of Sciences. This Zyryan or ancestral Zyryan-Permiak cemetery of 105 graves, ca 1500 m2 in area, is located on a 16 m high river terrace. Pottery, bronze and other ornaments date it to the DLC. 12-13th AD.

99715 SAVCHENKOVA, E.I. Metodika prognoza srokov poihvleniia 1'da na rekakh s zablagovremennostiu 10-15 duel. (Moskva. TSentr. inst. prognozov. Trudy 1965. no.151, p.3-33, tables, graphs, maps) 9 refs. In Russian. litle tr Method of 10-15-day forecast of ice appearance on rivers. Presents a method worked out for the Ob below Novosibirsk, the Lena below Nyuya, and the Amur below Blagoveshchensk. It is based on analysis of extensive data: meteorology 1901-62, hydrology 1938-62. Attention is directed to the air temp of the regions whence usually cold air masses come in the fall and to the temp and level of the water in the river in the period preceding ice appearance. The general form of the equations used in forecasting dates is AD = Co + Ci B + C2v + C3sH, where OD is the deviation from the normal date of ice appearance, B - sum of air temp at a number of stations some 10-20 days before the normal date of ice appearance, v - temp of the water at the end of this period, AH deviation of water level from the average at the same time Co, C1, C2 and C3 are empirical DLC. coefficients.

99719 SAVEL'EVA, I. Narodnyi kost iim: forma i funkisiih. (Dekorativnoe In iskusstvo 1967, no.10, p.31-35, illus) Russian. Title tr.: Folk dress: design and function. Discusses the functional character of traditional Aleut, Eskimo, Tlinkit Indian, and Evenki Tungus clothing. It provides heat insulation and assures freedom of movement; bright colors, visible at great distance, are a safety factor in hunting and sea travel. DLC.

99716 SAVEL'EV, B.A. and others. Primenenie mikrofotografii pri issledovanitåkh stroenitå snezhnoi tolshchi i proisessov metamorfizma snega. (Zhizn' zemli; sbornik 1967, no.4, p.136-39) In Russian. Other authors: N.I.Lapteva and M.N. Laptev. Title tr.: The use of microphotography in study of the structure of a snow stratum and processes of snow metamorphism. Reports a study of snow structure, texture,

99720 SAVINOV, IÜ.A. Chetvertichnye otlozheniia Arkhangel'skol i Vologodskol oblasteT i ikh vodonosnost'. (Severo-Zapad evropeiskoi chasti SSSR 1965, no.4, p.54-64, Title tr.: map, table) Refs. In Russian. Quaternary deposits of Arkhangel'sk and Vologda Provinces and their aquifers. Describes the structure, composition and stratigraphy of these deposits. Genetically they are divided into glacial, fiuvioglacial and 1033

glacial lake deposits. Their water-bearing properties are analyzed, and the preglacial and Valday, Moskva-Valday, Dniepr-Moskva glacial complexes are briefly described. DLC. 99721 SAVINOV, IÜ.A. Geomorfologicheskoe ralonirovanie Severo-Zapada i Severe Russkol plity. (Severo-Zapad evropelskoi chasti SSSR 1965, no.5, p.78-86, map.) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tt:: The geomorphic zoning of the northwest and north Russian platform. Reports the 1956-65 geomorphic mapping of this broad region incl Arkhangel'sk Province. From the cartographic material and field work, a geomorphic map is made on which 56 regions are delineated. DLC. 99722 SAVITSKAIÅ, L.N. Vlitået li avariinost' tralov na proizvoditel'nost' tralovogo promysla? (Rybnoe khortalstvo 1964. v.40, no.1, p.47-48.) In Russian. Title tr.: Does damage to trawl nets affect trawling productivity? Discusses the loss of time due to repair of nets and its continuous decrease in the Murmansk trawling fleet partly because of a new type of otter board. Corresponding gains in actual fishing time and yields are noted, as are other factors increasing yield, e.g. speed in lowering and hoisting the nets, trawling speed (3.5 knots). DLC. 99723 SAVITSKII, A.V. and E.I. SHTELLER. Geologicheskoe istolkovanie Tyrkandinskol zony anomal'nogo magnitnogo po1 a. (In: Akademhå nauk SSSR. IAkutskil filial. Inst. geologii. Geologiiä i petrologi►a dokembriia Aldanskogo shchita... 1966. p.76-84, map, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geologic interpretation of the Tyrkanda zone of anomalous magnetic field. Distinguishes this magnetic field, some 4-5 to 20-25 km wide and extending more than 500 km in the Aldan shield. Hypersthene, amphibole-hypersthene and bipyroxene gneisses and crystalline schists of the Sunnagin Suite are the main sources of the magnetic anomalies. The high magnetic properties of these rocks depend primarily upon the chemical composition of the sedimentary volcanic Archean rocks, and the quantity of secondary magnetite and ilmenite magnetite. DLC. 99724 SAVITSKII, Y.E. and others. 0 stratigraficheskom raschlenenii dokembrilskikh i kembniskikh otlozhenil Igarskogo ralona. (Sibirskii n: issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syr'iI. Trudy 1967, no.57, p.133-49, table, illus) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: B.B. Shishkin and 1034

Title tr.: Stratigraphic Shabanov. subdivision of Precambrian and Cambrian deposits in the Igarka region. Reports a 1961-65 study of some sections which provides a more precise definition of the regional relations and defines several local DLC. units. An optimization SAVITT, J. 99725 study of an explosive-driven pile. Hanover, N.H. 1966. 40 p. graphs, tables, illus. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Lab. Special report no.99) Studies results of the propulsion of metals by detonation of explosives in direct contact with them and propulsion effectiveness of various explosives for such purposes. The results of these studies were applied to the design and evaluation of systems for pile driving into ordinary, frozen ground, and permafrost. The results of this experimental study indicate that the hammerhead technique with nitro-guanidine may be successfully used for this purpose. CaMAI, DLC. 99726 SAVOS'KIN, Iu. M. Nekotorye dannye po termike gruntov litorali Belogo mona. (Problemy ispol'zovaniia promyslovykh resursov Belogo moria i vnutrennikh vodoemov Karelii 1963. no.1, p.15-26, table, graphs, illus.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title Ir.: Some data on the thermal conditions of the littoral bottoms of the White Sea. Reports a 1960-1961 study of temp of these grounds down to 85 cm depth in a typical area. Diurnal fluctuations and air temp are also considered. The temp amplitude, which diminished with depth, is mathematically formulated. DLC. 99727 SAVRASOV, D.I. and G.G. KAMYSHEVA. Fizicheskie svoistva dokembrilskikh kristallicheskikh porod Anabarskogo shchita. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'naia geologies 1966, no.8, p.169-87, graphs, tables, illus) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Physical properties of Precambrian crystalline rocks of the Anabar shield. Reviews the geologic characteristics of the region, consisting of crystalline schists and gneisses of an Archean metamorphic complex disrupted by various intrustions. Petrographic characteristics of the rocks are given. Their magnetic properties and density are examined and results reported. Those containing hypersthene have the highest magnetic susceptibility. Their density also varies substantially, granites, plagiogranites, etc have the lowest, ultrabasic rocks the highest. DLC.

99728 SAVRASOV, D.I. and G.G. KAMYSHEVA. K voprosu o primenimosti paleomagnitnogo metoda dlia otsenki vozrasta sibirskikh trappov. (Vses. konferentsii po paleomagnetizmu 5th, Krasnoyarsk 1962. Materialy 1963, p.313-32, tables, map, sections) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Suitability of the paleomagnetic method for age evaluation of Siberian traps. Reports study of the direction of the vectors of natural remanent magnetization of 1350 samples of traprock from two large differentiated intrusions and 14 intrusive bodies in the basin of the middle Vilyuy River, four intrusions in the lower Olenek region, and four diabase dikes in the Aldan crystalline shield. Ten trap intrusions out of this collection were used, providing data for the age of the traps (Triassic), and coordinates of the geomagnetic poles during the trap formation. The age of diabase dikes in the Aldan shield is considered probably the Lower Paleozoic. The main paleomagnetic results of the investigation are given in a DLC. table. 99729 SAVRASOV, D.I. 0 magnetizme gorelikov. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'nata geologitå 1967. no.10, p.193-201, map, ilRefs. In Russian. Title tr.: Maglus) netism of fused rocks. Notes several occurrences of fused rock in coal-bearing Jurassic and Cretaceous rocks of the Olenek, Markha, Molodo and other regions in Western Yakutia. The rock magnetism is similar to magnetism of kimberlite pipes. The magnetization of the fused rock is due to the alteration of iron oxide to the ferromagnetic minerals magnetite and hemDLC. atite. 99730 SAVRASOV, D.I. and G.G. KAMYSHEVA. Napravlenie ostatochnoi namagnichennosti v kimberlitakh. (Vses. konferentsiia po paleomagnetizmu 5th, Krasnoyarsk 1962. Materialy 1963, p.415-23, tables, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Orientation of remanent magnetization in kimberlites. Reports study of diamond-bearing kimberlite pipes, explaining the direct and inverse magnetization of magmatic and volcanic types of kimberlite. Paleomagnetic data for Dal'naya, Molodezhnaya, and Novinka pipes of the Daldyn diamond-bearing region, Sytkanskaya of the Alakit region, and Vtorogodnitsa, Obnazhennaya, Ruslovaya pipes, and Velikan dike of the Olenek region are DLC. given in tables. SAVRASOV, L.K., see No. 96699

99731 SAVVAITOVA, K.A. and V.A. MAKSIMOV. K sistematike kamchatskoi mikizhi Salmo mykiss Walbaum. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1967. v.22, ser.6: biol., pochvovedenie, no.4, p. 14-20, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Systematics of the Kamchatka salmon, Salmo mykiss Walbaum. Describes the morphology and relation to foreign species of Salmo mykiss and provides key for identifying geographical mutants. DLC. SAVVAITOVA, K.A., see also No. 97821 99732 SAVVATEEV, IÜ.A. 0 novykh petroglifakh Karelii. (SovetskaiI arkheologiiä 1967. v.11, no.2, p.3-21, map, 12 Refs. In Russian. Title tables, illus) tr.: New petroglyphs in Karelia. Deals with 1963 fieldwork at Zalavruga I, a late neolithic or early bronze age site on Bol'shoy Malinin Island in the lower Vyg River, discovered by A. IA. Bnüsov in 1947. The geology and topography of the alluvial bank, stratigraphy of the site, remains of the 40-50 cm thick culture layer, and pictographs on the bedrock are described. Some two hundred drawings in five groups mostly depict scenes of hunters on skis tracking elk and other game, or boats with hunters harpooning seals; individuals and symbolic figures also appear. The composition, realism, technique, ethnographic interest, etc are discussed and a religious interpretation of the complex suggested. The site is dated by its pottery to the late second millennium BC, the underlying cliff drawings some two-three DLC. centuries earlier. SAVVINA, M., see No. 99737 99733 SAVVINOV, D.D. and L.G. ELOVOsobennosti vodnogo rezhima SKAIA. lugovo-chernozemnykh pochv TSentral'noi IAkutii. (In: Vses. mezhduvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po geokriologii, 8th. Materialy Refs. In Russian. v.3, 1966. p.198-201) Title tr.: Features of the aqueous regime of the meadow-chernozem soils in central Yakutia. Reports a field study of the aqueousphysical properties and the aqueous-saline regime of these soils in the Lena terraces in the vicinity of Yakutsk. The influence of soil freezing and thawing on the water regime was studied as well as the moisture regime of the soil during the vegetation period. The small amount of atmospheric precipitation and the dryness of the air make the soil and vegetation suffer from lack of moisture. The presence of permafrost also plays an important role. DLC. 1035

SAWINOV, D.D., see also No. 95096, 95097 SAVINOV, V.T., see No. 101084 SAWATZKY, P., see No. 96150 99734 SAWYER, J.S. Possible variations of the general circulation of the atmos(In: Intl. Symposium on World phere. Climate, 8000-0 B.C., 1966 proceedings. p.218-29, graphs, map, illus) Refs. Discusses from a theoretic standpoint the relations between atmospheric circulation and climatic change, with particular emphasis on the role of longitudinal variations. The radiation budget, particularly in the Arctic, is considered, and the view expressed that ice would quickly reform on an icefree Arctic Ocean. It is suggested that climatic changes are more likely due to shifts in position and amplitude of waves in the westerlies than to poleward or equatorward migration of climatic belts. DWB. SAWYER, J.S., see also No. 96303 99735 SAZHIN, S. 0 kollchestvennom sostave kompleksnykh brigad na lesozagotovkakh. (SoIsialisticheskii crud 1966. v.11, no.7, p.138-39) In Russian. Title tr. On the numerical strength of teams in lumbering. Reports findings of a 1963-65 survey by the norm-establishing research station of the Vychegdales combine, Komi ASSR: optimal size of crew required in log skidding operations using tractors and manual labor. An inverse relationship is seen between the hauling efficiency of the skidder and the labor productivity of the servicing crew. Enlargement of the crew increases skidder productivity, a gain offset by a loss in labor productivity of the crew as a whole. Reduction in crew size increases productivity of manual labor but diminishes skidder output. Both factors must be considered in determining the most efficient size of a crew for any given logging site depending on volume of hauling operation, forest density, length and condition of the logging trail, season, etc. DLC. 99736 SAZONOV, B.I. Vysotnye baricheskie obrazovanhä i solnechnaa aktivnost'. Leningrad, Gimiz 1964. 131 p. tables, graphs, maps. 218 refs. In Russian. Title Era High altitude baric formations and solar activity. Presents new data on the distribution of powerful baric formations at high altitudes of the Northern Hemisphere. The ring-form auroral zone is compared with the zone of anticyclogenesis, and the relationship is 1036

shown between appearances of high altitude formations, cyclones and anticyclones, and the dates of passage of large groups of sunspots through the central meridian of the sun. Ionospheric winds of 300-10,000km/hr velocity in the auroral zone are explained by the action of solar particles coming from one direction, and transfering a part of their kinetic energy to the air in the ionosphere. References are made to the meteorological and geomagnetic observations during the IGY and following years, and a program for further investigations is suggested. DLC. 99737 SAZONOV, N. and M. SAVVINA. Alkaloidy v sevemol flore. (Selt skokhoziälstvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1967. v.11, no.2, p.54) In Russian. Title tr.: Alkaloids in the northern flora. Notes the opinion among botanists that plants in the North do not accumulate alkaloids, and directs attention to the flooded valleys of the Lena, Indigirka and Kolyma, where cattle are sometimes poisoned by alkaloid bearing plants. The hellebore Verv atrum oxysepalum Turcz., is the most dangerous, its roots are 1.29% alkaloid by weight, the stems 0.07%, flowers 0.11% and leaves 0.24%. The perennial larkspur, etc are also mentioned. The plants lose their alkaloids during frost. DLC. 99738 SAZONOV, N. Karotin v dikorastushchikh Kolymy. (Sel'skokhozläistvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1966. v.10, no.5, p.56) In Russian. Title tr.: Carotene in wild plants of the Kolyma. Reports on the carotene and vitamin-C content in cloudberry, dog rose, cranberry, strawberry, blueberry, etc. Carotene is highest in cloudberry (65.3-85.5 mg/kg) and dog rose (43.4-72.6 mg/kg). DLC. 99739 SAZYKINA, N.A. Posledelstvie ponizhennoi temperatury na vklmchenie Ct4 v ribonukleinovuifi kislotu list'ev rastenl geograficheskogo raznogo proiskhozhdenii`a. (Botanicheskil zhurnal 1966. v.51, no.11, p.1633-36, graph, table) Refs. In Title tr.: Aftereffects of low Russian. temperature on the incorporation of C14 into the RNA of plants of different geographical origin. Describes experiments with Ribes nigrum raised from seeds of arctic, subarctic and moderate regions. At low temperature and poor light, incorporation of C14 was highest in the first group; under intensive light and higher temp it was highest in the third group. DLC.

99740 SBORSHCHIKOV, I.M. 0 vozmozhnom mekhanizme obrazovaniia neka torykh korobchatykh skladok Zapadnogo Verkhoiän "a. r (Geotektonika 1966, no.1, p.91-94, illus) 8 refs. In Russian. Title fr.: Possible mechanism of formation of some flat-topped folds of western Verkhoyansk region. Describes and illos large flat-topped synclinal folds in Permian deposits in the Uyana River basin and elsewhere. They are formed by concentric folds of the beds. The form of such folds depends on the lithology of the DLC. rocks. They resemble diapir folds. SBORSHCHIKOV, I.M., see also No. 98347 99741 SCARBOROUGH, J.M.B. Winter operation of heavy equipment at Pine Point, NWT. (Canadian mining and metallurgical bulletin 1966. v.59, no.656, p.1435-36) One of four articles on sub-zero-weather operations in Canadian mines. Deals with measures taken to ensure effective operation of power shovels, trucks, tractors and drills at this lead-zinc mine which experiences two months with mean temperatures of -25°F. Prior to winter, shafts, booms and sticks are `Magnafluxed' to test for failure. Effective lubrication is considered the most important single item in successful sub-zero maintenance. See also E.Allen, C.F. Bernier, and DLC. P.W.A. Mayer. 99742 SCHAEFER, O. and C. HEINE. Accidental deaths among British Columbia Indians. (Canadian Medical Assoc. Journal 1966. v.94, no.13, p.684-85) Comments on article by N. Schmitt, qv, and adds data on accidental death rates and causes in the Yukon Territory. Observations made throughout the Canadian Arctic emphasize the role of alcoholism in accidental and violent deaths; poor health of Indians and DNLM. Eskimos is also a factor. 99743 SCHAEFER, O. Pulmonary miliary calcification and histoplasmin sensitivity in Canadian Eskimos. (Canadian journal of public health 1966. v.57, no.9, p.410-12, table, illus) 14 refs. Some isolated cases of pulmonary miliary calcification were observed; all had strong local, family and/or personal background of tuberculosis. Histoplasmosis is the most important condition other than tuberculosis held as possible cause of miliary pulmonary calcification. Histoplasmin skin tests given to 407 Eskimos were all negative. CaMAI, DNLM.

99744 SCHAFER, P.J. Computation of a storm surge at Barrow, Alaska. (Archiv für Meteorologie, Geophysik and Bioklimatologie; Serie A. Meteorologie and Geophysik 1966. v.15, no.3-4, p.372-93, graphs, maps, illus) Refs. Computes the rise of sea level, due to stationary waves off the north Alaskan coast, associated with strong on- and off-shore winds. Based on a synoptic analysis of the storm cyclone over the Arctic Ocean, a method of numerical integration is used to determine pressure gradients and wind stresses, and their variations with time. Curves for changes of sea level at the coast as obtained by the integration are compared with actual levels observed and found in satisfactory DLC. agreement. SCHALCH, D.S., see No. 93970 SCHALK, M., see No. 96191 SCHALLERT, W.L., see No. 100903, 100904 99745 SCHAPER, A. Auf den BauBerlin, Union plätzen einer neuen Welt. Verlag 1960. 84p. map, illus. In German. Title 6:: On the building sites of a new world. Describes some German journalists' 25,000 km air trip in 1956 through Siberia to Yakutsk, by car to Oymyakon, by boat on the Lena, by plant to Aldan, visit to a fox farm, etc. The Institute of Permafrost, urban construction and landscaping, problems of permafrost and water supply are discussed. Growth of Aldan with about 12,000 inhabitants, its gold mining and processing industry, the Angara River with the Bratsk power station, Novosibirsk, and southwesterly areas visited on the way back are depicted. DLC. 99746 SCHEFFER, V.B. Marine mammals and the history of Bering Strait. (In: Hopkins, D.M. ect, Bering land bridge... 1967. p.350-63, tables) Refs. Describes the general features of marine mammals: Cetacea, Sirenia, and Pinnipedia; 16 of them that regularly enter the BeringChukchi region are reviewed in some detail. Six genera are known in the north temperate waters of the Pacific; all are unknown in the North Atlantic. There is no evidence that any crossed the Arctic during late Cenozoic CaMAI, DLC. time. SCHEIN, M.W., see No. 95329 SCHELL, I.I., see No. 95210 SCHELL, W.R., see No. 95212 1037

99747 SCHENK, E. Zur Entstehung der Strangmoore and Aapamoore der Arktis and Subarktis. (Zeitschrift für Geomorphologic 1966. v.10, no.4, p.345-68, illus) Refs. In German. English and French summary. Title tr.: The origin of Aapamoors and string bogs in the Arctic and Subarctic. Reports study of various swamp regions of Alaska, Yukon Territory and Swedish Lapland. Throughout the Northern Hemisphere string bogs occur beyond the margins of the permafrost zone. Aapa-moors and string bogs, formerly explained by solifluction and vegetation, developed from normal peat and soil with the collapse of permafrost, broken when meltwater in the subsoil drained off. Surface layers with frozen cores are tipped with steep sides downstream and transverse to the underflow and surfaces dipping upstream. These bogs as well as pingos are relics of the breakup of postglacial permafrost which controlled the differentiation of plant cover DLC. and the bogs. 99748 SCHERHAG, R. Aerologische (Probund synoptische Wettervorhersage. leme der Wettervorhersage; Symposium 23-25 Sept. 1965 in Wien. F. Steinhauser, ed. New York, Springer-Verlag 1966. p.24-53, graphs.) 17 Refs. (Archiv für Meteorologie, Geophysik und Bioklimatologie. Suppl.1.) In German. English summary. Title tr. Aerologic and synoptic weather forecasts. Summarizes results of six specific aerologic and synoptic studies carried out at the Institut für Meteorologie und Geophysik der Freien Universität Berlin. Three of these involve the meteorology of the Northern Hemisphere in high latitudes, incl the Arctic. Simultaneous southward displacement of the main surface DWB. pressure belts is demonstrated. SCHERHAG, R., see also No. 94780, 95487, 96756, 96757, 96758, 96759, 97110 99749 SCHERMAN, K.A. On ice difficulties of open water courses of hydro(International Assoc. for electric plants. Hydraulic Research. 8th congress, Montreal 1959. Proceedings v.3, 25-SI, 9 p. table, diagrs) In connection with ice problems, the most important factors in planning open head races of hydroelectric plants in cold-winter regions are: initial water temp, air temp, canal length and depth, and water velocity (canal x-section). It is well to choose a large pond at the upstream end of a short deep canal, which is narrow upstream and wide downstream, also a large pond at the end of the canal. The plant should have intermittent operation to enable the downstream part of the canal to 1038

get an ice coat as soon as possible. Tables and diagrams illus actual cases in Sweden. DLC. 99750 SCHEVILL, W.E. Application of satellites or high-flying aircraft to studies of cetaceans and other large marine animals. (In: Conference on the feasibility of conducting oceanographic explorations from aircraft, manned orbital and lunar lab. Woods Hole, Mass. 1964. Proceedings pub 1965, p.177-78) Mentions briefly the experimental use of radio transmitters to trace the migrations of whales. Further techniques to develop this, using high-flying aerial reception and coded transmission are proposed. Tags attached to specimens of the now very rare Eubalaena glacialis (right whale) are capable of being identified at 50 mi range and 5000 ft flying DWB. altitude. 99751 SCHEVILL, W.E. and W.A. WATSound structure and directionality KINS. in Orcinus (killer whale). (Zoologics 1966. v.51, no.2, p.71-82) Results are given of a study of the phonation of a killer whale (Orcinus orca) which had been kept in captivity at Vancouver, BC, in 1964. Topics include: phonation and concomitant behavior; clicks; screams; sound projection patterns; characDLC. teristics of Orcinus phonation. SCHIFF, G.M., see No. 94226 Eis99752 SCHIFF UND HAFEN. brecher and Kabelreparaturschiff "John Cabot". (Its: v.17, 1965. no.7, p.611-12, illus) In German. Title fr.: Icebreaker and cable repair vessel "John Cabot." Gives design specifications and a brief technical description of this vessel built by Canadian Vickers in Montreal for service in the eastern Arctic and other ice-infested waters off Canada. The ship is under the command of the Canadian Coast Guard, but is also fitted for maintenance operations of the Canadian Overseas Telecommunications DLC. Corporation. 99753 SCHILLER, E.L. Observations on some host-parasite relationships among (In: Arctic biology 1967. arctic wildlife. p.289-305, illus) Sylvatic echinococcosis is widespread in Alaska and Canada where the adult tapeworm Echinococcus granulosus occurs in wolves, and the larvae in moose, caribou, deer, and elk. Dogs become infected with unilocular hydatid disease when viscera of the herbivores, used by the native for food, is discarded and eaten by the dogs. The cyst constitutes the most prevalent type of hydatid

infection in man, usually with larval development in the liver; it is rarely fatal. Alveolar hydatid disease, produced by E multilocularis is usually fatal in human beings. In nature this worm occurs in the arctic fox, with the tundra vole as intermediary host. Eskimos acquire the eggs by handling foxes, eating berries exposed to fecal contamination by infected foxes, and by handling sled dogs who can also be hosts. A thorough discussion of the arctic environmental factors and epidemiology of the diseases, and control measures is included. DLC. SCHILLER, E.L., see also No. 99343 99754 SCHLESIER, K.H. Sedna Creek: Abschlussbericht über eine archäologische Feldarbeit in Nord-Alaska. (Zeitschrift für Ethnologie 1966. v.91, no.1, p.5-39, map, table, illus) 38 refs. In German. Title tr.: Sedna Creek: final report on archeological fieldwork in North Alaska. In sequence to No 91518. Describes flint core and spall tools recovered in July 1964 on a seven-mile stretch along Sedna Creek, some four miles SW of May Lake, central Brooks Range. Finds were collected among exposed rock debris of the banks, old river bed meanders, and shallow test trenches down to the permafrost level: 50-60 cm below surface. End and side blades, scrapers, burins, gravers, projectile points prevail; all show secondary retouch along the work edge. All artifacts, except two microblades, are attributed to one cultural phase within the British Mountain Tradition. The Old World affinities of the British Mountain Tradition, especially to the Malta-Buret' complex on the Angara River, advanced by J.M. Campbell (No 77818) and R.S. MacNeish (No 80967) are supported, as well as DSI. the dating to 16,000 BC. SCHMIDT, H., see No. 96583 99755 SCHMIDT, J.P. and others. An epidemic of Asian influenza in children at Ladd Air Force Base, Alaska, 1960. (Journal of pediatrics 1962. v.61, no.2, p.214-20, table, illus) 11 refs. Other authors: T.G. Metcalf and F.W. Miltenberger. Describes an epidemic which occurred in 758 children 5 yr of age and younger out of a population of 1383. A large number (28%) of the patients developed lower respiratory tract complications, only three of which were considered to be of a bacterial nature. Prophylactic immunization is recommended for similar groups of susceptible children. DLC.

SCHMIDT, K., see No. 99207 99756 SCHMIDT, P. and E.M. WIDDOWSON. The effect of a low-protein diet and a cold environment on' calorie intake and (British body composition in the rat. journal of nutrition 1967. v.21, no.2, p.457-65, illus) 19 refs. Rats were kept at 5° or 21°C and fed a stock diet of 17% protein or a low-protein diet. The calorie intake of animals kept at 5°C on both diets was 60-70% higher than that of the other group; the liver, kidneys and gastro-intestinal tract weighed more per 100 g body-weight in animals kept in the cold; the weight of the fur was greater, and the weight DLC. of the skin less. 99757 SCHMIDT, R.A.M. and P.V. SELLMANN. Mummified Pleistocene ostracods in Alaska. (Science, 8 July 1966. v.153, p. 167-68, maps, illus) 4 refs. The chitinous parts of Paracyprideis pseudopunctillata were found preserved inside closed valves from frozen sediments of the Gubik (Pleistocene) formation in a raised beach ridge exposed just SW of Barrow village, and in similarly preserved specimens of Normanicythere concinella from a core taken in Elson Lagoon NE of Barrow. On the basis of the stratigraphic position and dates from other sections in the area, the enclosing beds are assumed to be older than 38,000 yr but probably no older than middle Pleistocene. The specimens are supposed to have been preserved by rapid burial in a cold environment and subsequently frozen. Closed valves of N. concinella from the Bootlegger Cove Clay in south central Alaska contained disarticulated appendages less well preserved than the northern material. CaMAI, DGS. 99758 SCHMIDT, R.A.M. New generic assignments for some Pleistocene Ostracoda (Journal of paleontology from Alaska. 1967. v.41, no.2, p.487-88) illus) 7 refs. The abundant ostracod species Echinocythereis simpsonensis, which is characteristic of the upper unit of the Gubik Formation (Pleistocene) in the Point Barrow region, was originally assigned to Pseudocythereis. Acanthocythereis noblissima from the Gubic Formation of northern Alaska and the Bootlegger Cove Clay, south-central Alaska, was originally assigned to Trachylebereis ?, and then DGS. to Cletocythereis. SCHMIDT, R.A.M., see also No. 98361 99759 SCHMITT, N. and others. Accidental deaths among British Columbia Indians. (Canadian Medical Assoc. Journal 1966. v.94, no.5, p.228-34, tables) 4 refs. 1039

French summary. Other authors. L.W. Hole and W.S. Barclay.

Accidents are the leading cause of death among Indians of the area, but rank fourth among non-Indians. Indians represent some 2% of the population but 10% of the total accident fatalities, 29% of drownings and 21% of fatal burns. Poor housing, stresses associated with the abrupt social change in less than a century, repressed hostility and frustration, especially in young males, and drunkenness are factors in the situation. DNLM. 99760 SCHMITZ, C.A. and R. WILDHABER, eds. Festschrift Alfred Bühler. Basel, Pharos-Verlag 1965. 466p. illus. (Basler Beiträge zur Geographie and Ethnologie. Ethnologische Reihe, v.2) Refs. In German. Contains 32 essays, incl two on northern peoples: G. Baer, A northwest American totem pole, p.27-38, 8 refs. Describes a totem pole in the Museum für Völkerkunde, Basel, acquired on Vancouver Island. It is considered the work of a Kwakiutl Indian, possibly of part-Tlingit parentage, made about 1905-20. Its figured ornamentation belongs to the Konakadet myths cycle, particularly popular among the Tlingit and Haida Indians. H.G. Sandi, Speculations on the origin of the Eskimo culture, p.39-52, 40 refs. Study based mainly on fieldwork reports of the 1950-60's. Asian inland hunters at the socalled epi-Gravettien culture stage crossed the Bering Land Bridge some 10-12,000 yr ago, and spread east across the arctic and subarctic regions to Greenland adapting, when needed, to coastal living conditions. Their culture changed under the influence of a northward backlash migration of tribes belonging to the Paleo-Indian and Archaic cultures. DLC. 99761 SCHMOOK, A. In Lappis Wildmarken. Fulda, K.P. Hofmann 1965. 151 p. illus. In German. Title tr.: In Lappish game areas. Game keeper who hunted in Finnish Lapland in 1960-62 describes the wildlife with emphasis on the predators, chiefly mammals, and their fights for prey and with each other. Effects of arctic winter on man and animals are described. Observations and encounters with wolves, lynx, wolverine, bears, elk, etc are treated in some detail, as are reindeer and their migrations. Owls, ravens and lemmings are also dealt with. DLC. 99762 SCHNEIDER, E.H. and C.N. GILLIS. Hypothermic potentiation of chronotropic response of isolated atria to 1040

(American sympathetic nerve stimulation. journal of physiology 1966. v.211, no.4, p.890-96, graphs) 40 refs. A drop from 37°C to 30°C potentiated the chronotropic response of sympathetically innervated, isolated atria. The onset of the response was unaffected or slightly delayed at lower temperature, whereas the duration of the response after cessation of stimulation was prolonged. These and some biochemical changes studied are considered instrumental in producing potentiation of response to sympathetic nerve stimulation by hypothermia. DLC. SCHÖNBAUM, E., see No. 94025, 96470, 96471 SCHÖNE, W., see No. 96583 99763 SCHOLL, D.W. and others. Exposure of basement rock on the continental slope of the Bering Sea. (Science, 26 Aug 1966. v.153, p.992-94, map, illus) 14 refs. Other authors: E.C. Buffington and D.M. Hopkins. Seismic reflection profiles reveal a basement which extends at least 750 km parallel to the trend of the Bering continental slope. At the top and bottom of the slope several hundred meters of stratified sediments usually cover the basement; it is exposed in submarine canyons and flanking spurs along the main part of the slope for at least 550 km NW of the Pribilof Islands. Its probable seismic velocity (3.1-3.7 km/sec) suggests a composition of volcanic or sedimentary rocks, or both. Regional geology suggests the basement is the upper surface of folded late Mesozoic rocks, locally intruded by granite and serpentine. The structure of the Bering slope, as deduced from acoustic profiles, suggests that the basement has been monoclinically flexed and faulted between the shelf edge and the deep Aleutian Basin. DGS. SCHREIBER, S.S. see No 98768 99764 SCHRODER, C.F. Blåmansisen (Norske turistforog terrenget omkring. In ening. Årbok 1967. p.128-34, illus) Norwegian. Title Ir. The Blåman icecap and surrounding terrain. Describes foot travel in the region between Fauske and Sulitjelma in northern Norway, where a 120 km2 icecap surrounds the nunatak, Blåman. The ice front appears to have advanced in recent years. Below, in the approach valley, the stream traverses subsurface channels in limestone and the flora is rich beside the emerging flow. DLC.

99765 SCHRÖDER, W. Ober die Polarlichter der Störungsperiode im Juli 1959. (Beiträge zur Physik der Atmosphäre 1965. v.38, no.2, p.145-49, tables, illus) 22 refs. In German. English and French summary. Tide tr.: Auroras of the disturbance period in July 1959. Analyzes the auroras observed visually at 20 stations in approx 51-66°N. The aurora of July 15-16 is found to have been observed to 33°N and to 28°S. The auroral morphology observations show that nearly all auroral forms can occur even in the middle latitudes. The July event can be attributed to extraordinary solar eruptions of class:+ 3. DLC. SCHULE, J.J., Jr., see No. 101344 99766 SCHULTZ, G.M. Was the ice age really so bad? (Frontiers 1964. v.28, no.5, p.149-52, map, illus) Summarizes conditions during the Pleistocene glaciation, particularly in the tundra areas adjacent to the continental glaciers. The glacial conditions are considered to have been favorable to the rapid evolution of man. Probable changes in the event of another such glacial epoch are outlined; it too may generate desirable developments in man. DLC. 99767 SCHWARTZ, S. and H.J. GELLERT. The Juneau economic community. (Alaska review of business and economic conditions 1966. v.3, no.5, p.1-8, tables) Describes the community's transition from gold mining center to capital, with a concurrent economic development. Size of population, employment trends, and income figures are given. Price index, living costs, major industries, trade, tourism, hydroelectric power, fisheries, etc, are discussed, with statistical data. CaMAI, DLC. 99768 SCHWARTZ, S. The Kodiak economic community. (Alaska review of business and economic conditions 1967. v.4, no.4, p.1-8, map, tables) Outlines the history of Kodiak Island and city, the oldest in Alaska (1792). The impact of the 1964 earthquake and rapidly effected reconstruction is assessed. The economic boom initiated by earthquake reconstruction, incl the new harbor, has been accelerated by the striking recent growth of fisheries, with 30 processing plants in 1967. These handle salmon, halibut, king crab, shrimp, dungeness crab, herring and, until the beds were destroyed by the 1964 earthquake, razor clams. The present status and future prospects of each sector of the fisheries industry are

briefly assessed. Other resources are discussed, particularly forest products. The economic base of Kodiak city and its problems, water and power shortage, etc, are also reviewed. CaMAI, DLC. 99769 SCHWEITZER, H.J. Beiträge zur Flora Svalbards. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Arbok 1964 pub 1966, p.139-48, illus) In German. English summary. 6 refs. Tide tr.: Contributions to the flora of Svalbard. Describes own observations from expeditions in 1961, 1963 and 1964. About 40 species of vascular plants are listed. Stellaria humifusa and Sazifraga aizoides were recorded for the first time on Bjørnøya and new to the region as a whole was Saliz glauca callicarpaea. Most of the rare species of Bjørnøya have a wider distribution than previously assumed. DLC. 99770 SCHWEITZER, H.J. Ornithologische Beobachtungen in Svalbard. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Arbok 1964 pub 1966, p.131-38) In German. English summary. 4 refs. Title Ir.: Ornithological observations in Svalbard. Observations from three expeditions in 1961, 1963 and 1964, led by the author. 44 species are listed, 28 more detail. Podiceps auritus, Bucephala islandica and Larus glaucoides were recorded for the first time in the area. Other important observations were Histrionicus histrionicus and Tringa totan us, both only recorded once previously, Melanitta nigror, Falco rusticolus and Vanellus vanellus. DLC. 99771 SCHWERDTFEGER, P. The effect of finite heat content and thermal diffusion on the growth of a sea-ice cover. (Journal of glaciology 1964. v.5, no.39, p.315-24, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. French and German summary. Discusses various theoretic and practical approaches to the ice-growth problem, and applies these to observations of ice surface heat flux and growth rate of sea ice in Hudson Bay. A modified Stefan equation is presented and tested against these data. CaMAI, DWB. 99772 SCHWERDTFEGER, P. On the response of a sea-ice cover to changes in surface temperature. (Journal of glaciology 1966. v.6, no.45, p.439-42, graphs) Refs. French and German summary. The time separation between related extremes in the values of surface temperature and growth rate of a floating ice cover are shown to depend on the mean ice temperature and thickness. A quantity termed the 1041

lag coefficient is introduced, and the values of this coefficient obtained for Hudson Bay ice agree well with those obtained for Antarctic sea ice at Davis. At Churchill on Hudson Bay, the sea-ice cover is land-locked and protected by the small inlet of Button Bay; in the open area of water near Davis in Antarctica, the ice cover continually faces the disruptive influence of the ocean and is subject to thermal erosion by currents beneath the ice. Therefore it is concluded that the lag coefficient is indeed a general bulk property of sea-ice covers. CaMAI, DGS. 99773 SCHWERDTNER, W.M. and A.R. CLARK. Structural analysis of Mokka Fiord and South Fiord domes, Axel Heiberg Island, Canadian Arctic. (Canadian journal of earth sciences 1967. v.4, no.6, p.1229-45, maps, illus) 31 refs. The exposed cores of piercement domes on Axel Heiberg Island are composed mainly of Pennsylvanian anhydrite which may be underlain by rock salt. Geometric analysis of two domes showed a flow pattern suggesting that layered anhydrite behaved as a source material. The South Fiord dome is composed of three subcores, whereas the Mökka Fiord dome rose as a single unit. During late stages of doming, large radial fractures developed in upper levels of the anhydrite cores. These fractures seem to correspond to the radial cracks in model overburdens, and indicate a change in the mechanical behavior of anDGS. hydrite. 99774 SCHW!DETZKY, I. and I. BRABENDER. Typologie and Merkmalsverteilung in Nordasien. (Homo 1964, v.15, no.4, p.227-45, maps, tables) 16 refs. In German. Title h:: Typology and trait distribution in North Asia. Race diagnostic study of the five anthropological types of Siberia established by M.G. Levin (No 52785, 80660): the Uralian comprising Ostyaks, Voguls, and Sel'kup and Nenets Samoyeds; the eastern and western variants of the Baykal type represented respectively by the Yukaghirs, Eveny, Negidalets and Oroki Tungus and the Evenki Tungus of the Taz-Tunguska River regions; the central Asiatic type which includes the Yakuts; the Amur-Sakhalin type, i.e. Gilyaks and Ul'chi Tungus; and the Eskimo or Arctic type: Asiatic Eskimos, coastal Chukchis and Koryaks and reindeer Chukchis and Koryaks. Skull and facial indices, pigmentation, hairiness, etc are analyzed, tabulated, and mapped. Distinctive features of individual groups are noted; classification according to prime economy and population data are included. Paleo-anthropological type devel1042

opments, racial mixing and migration procDLC. esses are discussed. Notes on glaciSCIIYTI', V. 99775 ological activities in Kebnekaise, Sweden during 1965. (Geografiska annaler. Ser. A, physical geography 1966. v.48, no.1, p.43-S0, 5 refs. map, tables, illus) Reports total winter accumulation on Storglaciären, measured 24 May 1965, as slightly more than the average for the period 1945-65. Changes in surface profiles and ice temperatures are given for Storglaciären and the results of studies of winter run-off from it and CaMAI, DLC. Isfallsglaciären. 99776 SCOTT, E.M. and C.A. HELLER. Iron deficiency in Alaskan Eskimos. (American Journal of clinical nutrition 1964. v.15, no.5, p.282-86, tables) 3 refs. Adult Eskimos from six villages on the lower Kuskokwim River were given a daily supplement of 65 mg iron as ferrous sulfate. The supplement had no effect on the men, but raised the hemoglobin level of the women who had a low initial one. Tabulated data include iron content of Alaskan foods.DLC. SCOTT, E.M., see also No. 95877, 96021, 98259 SCOTT, H.D., see No. 94484 99777 Availability of SCOTT, R.A. palynological material from Naval Petroleum Reserve no.4, I-X (in continuation). Washington, DC 1967-68. (US. Geological Survey. Reports, open file series no. 934, 968, 987, 988, 989, 1025, 1026, 1055, 1091, 1122) Reports releases of palynological slides, available for loan, representing material from core samples taken at the Naval Petroleum Reserve No 4, north Alaska. The slides may be borrowed by writing to Mrs. Mary Bushong, Paleontology and Stratigraphy Branch, US Geological Survey, Denver Federal Center, Denver, Colo 80225. The following sets are reported: I. Simpson test well no 1, and Simpson core tests no 13 & 14. Slides represent 155, 48, and 10 samples respectively. For geologic papers, see Arctic Bibliography No 61210, and No 91214. II. Kaolak test well no 1. 134 fossiliferous samples. See also No 50306. III. East Oumalik test well no 1. 30 samples. See also No 47619. IV. North Simpson test well no 1. 85 samples. See also No 47619. VI. South Barrow test well no 3. 66 samples. See also No 70784. VII. Topogorak test well no 1 (supplemental set). Duplicates the original coverage and contains additional material from below 7052 ft. See also No 50307. VIII. Gubik test well no 2 (supplemental set).

124 slides. See also No 54346. IX. Gubik test well no 1 (supplemental set). 104 slides. See also No 54346. X. Avak test well no 1. 64 samples on 50 slides. See also No 70784. DGS. 99778 SCOTT, R.A. and L. I. DOHER. Palynological evidence for Devonian age of the Nation River formation, east-central Alaska. (US. Geological Survey. Professional paper 1967. no. 575-B, p. 45-49, map, illus) 14 refs. Fossil spores from three samples only, taken at the type locality (65°10.8'N 141°41.8' W) of the Nation River formation, east of Fairbanks, indicate that this formation is most probably late Devonian rather than Pennsylvanian or early Permian, as previously postulated. A partial list of 22 spore genera is accompanied by illus of 21 of them. DGS. 99779 SCOTT, W.H. The Beaver River route. (Alberta historical review 1963. v.11, no.2, p.20-22, map) Describes various routes and notes the earliest references to this river by white traders. It was used in transport to and from the Columbia and the Athabasca and Lesser Slave Lake posts probably from 1789 till about 1825. CaMM. 99780 SCOTTER, G.W. Bryophytes of the Gordon Lake region, NWT. (Bryologist 1962. v.65, no.4, p.286-91, map) Records 84 forms in 79 species, collected near lakes in the area 111° - 113°30'W from 63° 30'N to the north shore of Great Slave Lake. Liverworts and mosses are included with notes on location and substrate. DSI. 99781 SCOTTER, G.W. Bryophytes of the Taltson River region, NWT. (Bryologist 1963. v.66, no.2, p.69-72) 6 refs. Reports 53 species of liverworts and mosses from an area south of the eastern arm of Great Slave Lake. The bryology of the area was previously unknown. DSI. 99782 SCOTTER, G.W. Bryophytes of the Thelon River and Kaminuriak Lake regions, NWT. (Bryologist 1966. v.69, no.2, p.246-48) Ref. Lists 32 species and varieties, three liverworts and the rest mosses, collected at six locations of that area, from 26 June - 2 July 1964. The bryology of the area is very little known. CaMAI, DSI. 99783 SCOTTER, G.W. A contribution to the flora of the eastern arm of Great Slave Lake, Northwest Territories. (Canadian field-naturalist 1966. v.80, no.1, p.1-18, map, table, illus)

Reports on summer 1961 and 1962 collections of vascular plants in an area east of Yellowknife 111-113°30'W and from 63°30'N to the north shore of Great Slave Lake, also in the Taltson River region northeast of Fort Smith 60°50' - 62°N 109-111W. In the 749 collections made, 49 families, 121 genera, and 233 species are represented. Lycopus uniflorus Michx. and Antennaria canescens (Lge.) Malte believed new to Mackenzie Dist, and many range extensions are noted. CaMAI, DGS. 99784 SCOTTER, G.W. and J.W. THOMSON. Lichens of the Thelon River and Kaminuriak Lake regions, Northwest Territories. (Bryologist 1966. v.69, no.4, p.497-502) 3 refs. Reviews earlier work and lists species collected in this area 26 June - 2 July 1964 as identified by junior author; notes on locations are given. The collection includes 126 taxa, most of them common across the North American Arctic. DSI. 99785 SCOTTER, G.W. Sieve mesh size as related to volumetric and gravimetric analysis of caribou rumen contents. (Canadian field-naturalist 1966. v.80, no.4, p.238-41, table) Refs. Reports study with rumen samples to find which of three mesh sizes is best for determining the percentage composition of forage samples, and to compare the results obtained using wet volume and air-dry weight as methods of measurement. A 2 mm mesh, the smallest tested, gives the best results. Gravimetric offer advantages over volumetric procedures. CaMAI, DGS. 99786 SCOTTER, G.W. The winter diet of barren-ground caribou in northern Canada. (Canadian field-naturalist 1967. v.81, no.1, p.33-39, table) Refs. Reports analyses of 20 rumen contents by washing 250 ml through 4.76, 2.83, and 2 mm mesh sieves. Forage particles from each were weighed, and the weights of each plant species or group combined to give an aggregate percentage composition. Terrestrial lichens are found to constitute more than 50%, woody plants, grass and grass-like plants, and various bryophytes 19.8, 2.9, and 3.1% respectively. Limitations of such analyses, such as differential digestion rates of some plants, are discussed. Their value may be improved by using other methods such as feeding crater studies, in connection with the CaMAI, DGS. rumen analyses. SCOTTER, G.W., see also No. 100660 SCOTT, E.M., see No. 99342 1043

99787 SCURLA, H., ed Jenseits des steinernen Tores. Berlin, Verlag der Nation 1963. 584 p. map, illus. In German. Title tr.: Beyond the stone gate. Contains seven 50-100 page excerpts, mostly ethnographic, from travel accounts by German participants in 18-19th century expeditions east of the Ural. Included are selections from Gmelin, Steller, Erman, and Finsch, No 34919, 37600, 4661, and 5004, respectively, also Pallas qv. Information on the authors, purpose of their expeditions, a chronology 1453-1895, glossary of personalia and geographic names, also local Russian and vernacular terminology are included. DLC. 99788 SDOBNIKOV, V.M. Nekotorye osobennosti rasprostraneniiii i chislennosti pestsa v aziatskikh tundrakh. (Zoologicheskii zhurnal 1967. v.46, no.9, p.1378-82) 13 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Some features of the distribution and numbers of the arctic fox on the Asiatic tundras. Reviews the distribution, concentrations, migrations and reproduction of these foxes. Migrations in the western tundra take place mainly in a western and southern direction, against the prevailing winds, which according to author, cause them. In the eastern tundra the relation between migration and winds is less clear. DLC. 99789 SDOBNIKOV, V.M. Pochemu ischezaet chernaiii kazarka? (Okhota i okhotnich'e khozl i lstvo 1967. v.13, no.5, p.20, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Why is the brant goose disappearing? The brant was commonly seen in the Arctic from Yamal to Chukotka till the early part of the century. Its decline since then cannot be explained by excessive hunting or by changing life conditions. It feeds mainly on the eelgrass Zostera marina however, and this has been affected by disease and has actually disappeared on great areas of the arctic and subarctic coast. DLC. 99790 SDOBNIKOV, V.M. Ptii y Arktiki. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Izvestiii 1965. v.97, no.5, p.408-416, table.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Birds of the Arctic. Twelve orders of birds are represented by 126 species in the Arctic. Of these 55 species or 44% are migratory. The distribution of breeding birds is noted in continental areas such as Yamal, Gydan Peninsula and Alaska as well as on the islands: Franz Joseph Land, Greenland, Spitsbergen, and others. Changes in arctic av'fauna are described. Land and sea birds are discussed, hibernation and migration considered. DLC. 1044

99791 SDOBNIKOV, V.M. Severnyl Taimyr kak biogeograficheskii raion. (Zoologicheskii zhumal 1966. v.45, no.6, p.801-807) 4 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr» Northern Taymyr as a biogeographic region. Discusses the area, geographic location and nature of this peninsula; the physiography and its bearing on the fauna. The number of avian and mammalian species is considered, as are the biotopes and density of the bird population. Wildlife conservation neccessary is stated. DLC. 99792 SEALANDER, J.A. Seasonal variations in hemoglobin and hematocrit values in the northern red-backed mouse, Clethrionomys rutilus dawsoni (Merriam), in interior Alaska. (Canadian journal of zoology 1966. v.44, no.2, p.213-24, graphs, table) 33 refs. Study made near College did not show any significant seasonal variations in Hb or hematocrit. This is attributed to the relatively stable microenvironment these mice live in. DLC. 99793 SEALY, S.G. New nesting records and clarification of breeding status of some birds in the Perry River area, Northwest Territories. (Canadian field-naturalist 1966. v.80, no.2, p. 116-17) Refs. Reports 8 July - 12 Aug 1965 observations on the black-bellied plover, Baird's sandpiper, dunlin, northern phalarope, water pipit, snow bunting. CaMAI, DGS. 99794 SEALY, S.G. The occurrence and possible breeding of McKay's bunting on St. Lawrence Island. (Condor 1967. v.69, no.5, p.531-32) Describes a male specimen of Plectrophenax hyperboreus seen and collected in July 1966. The species has not been recorded previously on that island. DLC. 99795 SEALY, S.G. Range extension of the Harris' sparrow. (Canadian field-naturalist 1967. v. 81, no.2, p.152-53) Reports approx 150 mi NE extension of this bird's distribution and possibly a new breeding record, from Aug 1965 observation of an adult and three young in the Queneau River area about 35 mi west of the Perry River. CaMAI, DGS. SEALY, W.C., see No. 96255 SECHRIST, C.F., Jr., see No. 93775 99796 SEDEL'NIKOV, L.M. Dokumenty o kul'tumoi revoltütsii na Severo-Vostoke RSFSR. (Voprosy arkhivovedeniiii 1964.

v.9, no.1, p.111-17, illus.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Documents on the cultural revolution in northeastern RSFSR. Reviews party archives of 1923-1955 in Kamchatka and Magadan Provinces. Minutes of the First Tungus Congress of the Okhotsk Sea Coast in 1925 show the initial trend in Soviet aid to aborigines. Their participation in the elections of 1931-1932 following the creation of national districts, and the results in the development of the Okhotsk-Eveny, Koryak, and Chukchi National Districts are discussed. Data are given on the aborigines' role in local administration, the school system, clubs and lecture halls, health services, etc; also on the kolkhoz dwellings built in 1932-1950 for nomads adapting to settlement life in the Kolyma region. DLC. 99797 SEDEL'NIKOV, L.M. Istochniki po izucheniiu sotsial'no-ekonomicheskoi istorii narodov Severa. (Voprosy arkhivovedennå 1965. v.10, no.1, p.79-83.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Sources for study of the socio-economic history of the peoples of the North. Discusses collectivization in Chukotka, Kamchatka, and the Kolyma region from materials in party archives. Development companies such as Dal'stroi used native labor, and this experience with industry aided the aborigines' transition from traditional livelihood to industrialized collectives. Progressive taxes forced wealthy herd owners to relinquish their reindeer to collective and state farms. Motorized sea-mammal hunting and fishing stations, state subsidies, etc forced individual hunters and fishers to join kolkhozes. Collectivization of aborigines was achieved in the Kolyma region in 1941, and was virtually completed in the Chukchi National District by 1952 though 27% of the reindeer were still privately owned. Data are included on collectives' income and production, number of aborigines in kolkhozes and in party organizations, etc. DLC. 99798 SEDOVA, M.F. Issledovanie glinistykh slantsev kak syr'iä dlia proizvodstva legkikh zapolniteleT, razdel 1; poluchenie keramzita. (Magadan. Vses. n.-issl. inst. zolota i redkikh metallov. Sbornik referatov 1961 pub 1962, p.123-25, table) In Russian. Title tr.. Investigation of clay shales as the raw material for manufacturing light fillers, part 1; porous clay concrete production. Reports the chemical composition and various properties of shales and argillites from the Taskan-Sudarskiy, the so-called "68 kmfrom-highway" mines. The mean chemical composition of the rocks is as follows: Si02, 56-68%, A1203, 17-18%, Fe203, 5-8%,

CaO+ MgO, 2-6%, Na20+ K20, 5-7%, C, 0.65-1.2%, and others 4-8%. Fire resistance, water absorption, and strength of the rocks suitable for manufacturing clay fillers are 1170-1240°C, 3-8%, and 50-300 kg/cm2, respectively. Argillites from the "68-km" mine give clay fillers 450-670 kg/m3 in weight and 50-160 kg/cm2 in strength. Clay shales from the Taskan-Sudarskiy mine give fillers of 257-500 kg/m3 in weight and 20-80 kg/cm2 in strength. DLC. SEDYKH, A., see No. 94794 SEDYKH, IÜ.N., see No. 98418 99799 SEDYKH, K. F. Kalendar' prirody okrestnostei g. Ukhty. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Komi filial. Izvestiii 6 refs. In 1964. no. 9, p. 61-69, tables.) Russian. Title tr.: Calendar of nature in the vicinity of the town of Ukhta. Reports on phenological observations of Apr 1946 - Jan 1963. The environs of Ukhta are briefly characterized, and monthby-month account is given of meteorological and phenological phenomena. Dates and duration of freeze-up breakup and ice jams, first snow, snow thawing, first rain, first frost, etc are given along with phenomena of plant and animal life. DLC. SEDYKH, L.A., see No. 99209 99800 SEED, H.B. and S.D. WILSON. The Turnagain Heights landslide, Anchorage, Alaska. (American Society of Civil Engineers. Proceedings 1967. v.93, no.SM4, 14 refs. p.325-53, graphs, table, illus) The field studies for this report were made by Shannon and Wilson, Inc for the US Army Corps of Engineers, Alaska; the model studies and analyses of the slide mechanism by the Univ of California. The landslide began about 93 sec to 2 min after the earthquake started, therefore did not develop during the period of max ground motion, but as a result of loss of strength in underlying soils caused by the sequence of earthquake motions. The extensive inland regression of the slide was probably largely due to liquefaction of sand lenses and weakening of clay soil over a zone extending well behind the original buff line, the presence of an offshore deposit of silt upon which the debris slid away from the slide area, the high sensitivity of the clay, and the long duration of the earthquake (at least 4 min). DOS. SEGALL, M.M., see No. 96175, 96176, 96177, 96179 1045

99801 SEGREM, N.P. and J.S. HART. Oxygen supply and performance in Peromyscus; comparison of exercise with cold exposure. (Canadian journal of physiology and pharmacology 1967. v.45, no.3, p.543-49, illus) 13 refs. Measurements of 02 consumption, heart rate, and body temperature of mice at 27°C to -28°C and at various oxygen partial pressure levels, showed that temp regulation and 02 uptake were progressively limited by reduction of the oxygen partial pressure. DLC.

99805 SELEZNEV, F.A. Pechorskaia guba i ee promyslovoe znachenie. (Materialy rybokhozii istvennykh issledovant7 Severnogo basseina 1965. no.5, p.110-16, tables, graphs, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: The Pechora Bay and its place in fisheries. Presents meteorological data of the area, incl humidity and precipitation, its hydrography (S, 1) with profiles for summer and winter. Monthly runoff of the Pechora is given as are catches of common fishes for 1960-1962. DLC. SELEZNEV, F.A., see also No. 99192

99802 SEI, I.I. and E.D. KALACHEVA. Nakhodka pozdneaalenskikh ammonitov na iüzhnom poberezh'e Okhotskogo mori , Dal'nfi Vostok. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.177, no.6, p.1427-29) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The discovery of late Aalenian ammonites on the southern coast of the Okhotsk Sea, Far East. Reports a 1964-65 study on Tugurskiy Bay. A section of Middle Jurassic deposits is described and the identified ammonites listed, incl Pseudolioceras beyrichi, P. in'clintocki and Erycitoides bowelli. A similar ammonite association has been considered endemic to Alaska and northern Canada. DLC. 99803 SEIBEL, M.C. The use of expanded ten-minute counts as estimates of hourly salmon migration past counting towers on Alaskan rivers. Juneau 1967. 35 p. graphs, map, tables. (Alaska. Department of Fish and Game. Informational leaflet no. 101) 5 refs. Discusses estimate of the number of salmon running up a river or stream to spawn as one of the most important body of data necessary for managing a commercial salmon fishery. With extension of the use of counting towers on streams, data were collected during the 1965-66 seasons to evaluate the 10-minute count/hr as a basis for estimating the magnitude of the hourly migration. The data indicate relative errors of less than 10% in the seasonal estimates. DL SELEDfSOVA, G.A., see No. 100816 99804 SELEZNEV, A.G. Rodnoi Sever. Arkhangel'sk, Severo-Zapadnoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1964. 132 p. 55 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Our North. Handbook for teachers on the history and economic development of Arkhangel'sk Province through Mar 1964, with some data on the forest industry, ship building, capital construction, transportation, education, collective farms, etc. DLC. 1046

99806 SELEZNEV, S.A. Pervaia russkatå ekspediisiia k severnomu poliüsu. Arkhangel'sk, Severo-Zapadnoe izd vo 1964. 136 p. map, illus. 44 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The first Russian expedition to the North Pole. Outlines the story of the ill-fated G.IA. Sedov expedition on the Sv. Foka in 1912-14 (cf No 13547, 13555). The difficulties of financing it from private sources and the shortcomings of its equipment are stressed, as are mishaps of the participants and of the vessel after return to Arkhangel'sk. Activities of Sedov in the Arctic prior to this expedition are noted in the introduction. The search for his party and for the Rusanov and Brusilov expeditions in 1913-14, including the first flights over the Arctic by Jan Nagfirski, are described in the last chapter. DLC. 99807 SELEZNEVA, E.S. and others. Khimicheskii sostav atmosfernykh osadkov na evropeiskoi territorii SSSR. Leningrad, Gimiz 1964. 209 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. 143 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.M. Drozdova, O.P. Petrenchuk and P.F. Svistov. Title tr. Chemical composition of the atmospheric precipitation in the European area of the USSR. Presents a monograph on results of a study started in connection with the IGY. Methods of sampling of precipitation, and of chemical and spectral analyses are described. Data on the composition of the precipitation for 1958-61 are analyzed and the geographic distribution of the individual components and of general mineralization are charted. Kola Peninsula, Arkhangel'sk, Karelia, Komi and other northern areas of European USSR are included. DLC. SELEZNEVA, E.S., see also No. 100524A 99808 SELILININ, V. Proekt i stroika. (Na stroikakh Rossii 1964. v.5, no.1, p.13-15, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Project and construction. Describes the Apatite combine mining

project and its reorganization: some 36,000 m2 of housing has been erected during the past year by the method of large panel assembling. A second apatite-nepheline plant has begun operation, and another one is planned. This expansion will allow the Apatite combine to produce more fertilizer than all the other mines in the USSR together. A deposit estimated at one and a half billion tons apatite has been discovered recently near Kirov. The layer of apatite ore on the Rasvumchorr Plateau averages 90 m thick; its upper part, spotted ore which needs no dressing, contains 23% useful substance. These apatites with a thin cover of country rock, outcrop in many places, allow mining by surface excavation. Through three vertical shafts the excavated ore is to be dropped, loaded on the train undercut 600 km below by km-long edits for delivery to the plant. DLC. SELIVANOV, V.P., see No. 93749A, 97521, 97522 SELIVERSTOV, A.S., see No. 93943 SELLERS, E.A., see No. 96470 99809 SELLEVOLL, M.A. and K. KLOSTER. Seismic measurements on the glacier Hardangerjökulen, western Norway. (Norway. Norsk Polarinstitutt. Årbok 1964 pub 1966. p.87-91, map, illus) Reports results of reflection and refraction measurements in April 1963. The ice-thickness along a 1400 m long profile was found to vary between 240 and 360 m. The P-wave velocity increased from 1050 m/sec at 2 m below the surface to a constant maximum velocity of 3570 m/sec about 45 m below the surface. DLC. 99810 SELLMANN, P.V. Geology of the USA CRREL permafrost tunnel Fairbanks, Alaska. Hanover, N.H. 1967. 22p. graphs, map, tables, illus. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Technical report no. 199) Refs. Reports a study of the geology and geologic history of the exposures revealed by this tunnel in perennially-frozen Pleistocene sediments north of Fairbanks. Radiocarbon dating, stratigraphy and other methods show the section to be late Wisconsin in age (max 33,700 BP). Two unconformities are apparent, suggesting warming phases. Data on index properties and seismic velocities are also presented. A 45-ft vertical section is shown in diagram, and several ice forms are illus. Within the last 30,000 yr a minimum of 30 ft of silt was deposited, most of which is of Wisconsin age. CaMAI, DLC.

SELLMANN, P.V., see also No. 94239, 99757 99811 SEMAKOV, A. Pervyl forpost. (Lesnai2 promyshlennost' 1967. v.47, no.3, p.17-18) In Russian. Title tr.: The first outpost. Describes the first tractor logging camp in the Arkhangel'sk region, established in 1928 near the Yeyuga River. DLC. 99812 SEMENENKO, L.I. 0 lokalt nykh stadakh tikhookeanskoi navagi i perspektivakh ee promysla v severnol chasti areala. (Vladivostok. Tikhookeanskii n.-issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Izvestiia 1965. v.59, p.136-44, tables, map) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Local herds of the Pacific saffron cod and prospects of its exploitation in the northern part of its area. Account based on largely fragmentary information from the Okhotsk, western Bering and Chukchi Seas. Distribution, concentrations, size and age composition are utilized. The waters of Kamchatka and Magadan Province offer the best prospects for exploitation. DLC. 99813 SEMENENKO, L.I. Osobennosti biologii i perspektivy promysla navagi v IAmskoi i Taulskol gubakh Okhotskogo monå. (Vladivostok. Tikhookeanskii n-issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Izvestiia 1965. v.59, p. 129-35, tables) 26 refs. In Russian. Title Ir.: Biological characteristics and fishing prospects for saffron cod in the Yamskaya and Tauyskaya Bays of the Okhotsk Sea. Discusses the occurrence of Eleginus gracilis and earlier studies of this fish, and presents own observations of Jan-Apr 1960-63 in the northern and northeastern Okhotsk Sea. Sexual composition of catches, age classes, body length, growth are reported, as are catches since 1956. DLC. 99814 SEMENENKO, N.P. 0 sravnenii dokembritå Vostochno-Evropeiskoi i SeveroAmerikanskol platform. (Sovetskaia geologii'a 1966, no.1, p.36-50, tables, maps) Approx. 35 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Comparison of the Precambrian of the Eastern European and North American platforms. Discusses stratigraphic divisions of the Precambrian in Russia and the United States incl such for the Baltic and Canadian Shields and other arctic areas. A correlation scheme of the geochronology of orogenic cycles of the Eastern European and North American platforms is presented, with division into four megacycles and absolute age of each. DLC. 1047

0 99815 SEMENOV, A.D. and others. khimicheskol prirode organicheskikh veshchestv v vodakh krupneishikh rek SSSR. (Akademiiii nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.170, no.4, p. 94143, table) 12 refs. In Russian. Other authors: L.I. Nemtseva, T.S. Kishkinova, A.P. Pashanova and V.A. GeneTitle tr.: The chemical nature of ralova. organic matter in waters of the largest rivers of the USSR. Presents tabulated data on the content of various groups of organic matter such as amino acid, amines, sugar, carbohydrates, ester, organic acids, humic acid, organic carbon, etc. The organic acids predominate. The Severnaya Dvina, Ob, Lena, Yenisey, and other northern rivers are included. DLC. 99816 SEMENOV, A.V. 0 drevnel kul'ture Koriükskogo okruga. (Akademitå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyl kompleksnyl n: issl. inst. Trudy 1964. no.8, p.28-40, illus) 9 refs. In Russian. English summary. English translation in Arctic anthropology 1965. v. 3, no.1, p.107-115, illus. Title tr.: Ancient culture of the Koryak District. Describes some 300 stone, bone and pottery objects collected in 1960 on the northern coast of Penzhina Bay between the villages Khaimchik and Manily. The artifacts include toggle harpoon heads, some with linear design similar to the Eskimo Punuk style, arrowheads, whaling spears, awls, fishing weights, combs, knives, scrapers, adzes, etc. A sea mammal hunting, fishing, and mollusc gathering economy is inferred from faunal remains. Two geographically delimited cultures are recognized on the basis of pottery ornamentation. Both cultures are attributed to Koryaks; no dating is attempted. DLC. 99817 SEMENOV, B.T. Sostozanie chislennosti i razmeshchenie vodoplavatüshchel dichi v Arkhangel'skol oblasti, ispol'zovanie ee zapasov i vozmozhnosti ikh vosproiz(In: Soveshchanie po geografii vodsta. resursov vodoplavaiI shchikh ptifs v SSSR... 1965, pt.1, p.50-52) In Russian. Title tr.: Current numbers and distribution of wild water birds in Arkhangelsk Oblast, utilizing such resources and prospects for their further development. Surveys the wild bird population of this area based on hunters' catches, and suggests means for better wildlife management to increase populations. DLC. 99818 SEMENOV, EL and others. Chalcothallite, a new sulphide of copper and thallium from the Ilimaussaq alkaline intrusion, south Greenland. Contribution to 1048

the mineralogy of Ilimaussaq, no.7. (Meddelelser om Grdnland 1967. v.181, no.5, 3 refs. p.13-26, graph, map, tables, illus) Russian summary. Other authors.. H. SØrensen, M.S. Bessmertnatå and L.E. Novorossova. Describes the new mineral CU3T1S2, which forms lamellar aggregates, is lead gray to iron black with metallic lustre and has three mutually perpendicular cleavages, specific gravity 6.6 and hardness 61-90 kg/mm2. The chemical composition is: TI 38.07, Cu 40.58, Ag 0.19, Pb 0.13, Fe 3.79, S 12.06, Sb 3.93, insoluble 1.52; total 100.27. It occurred in a hydrothermal ussingite vein in naujaite associated with ussingite, analcime, sodalite, epistolite and chkalovite. It is easily subject to transformation and recrystallization. DGS. 99819 SEMENOV, E.I. and H. SORENSEN. Eudidymite and epididymite from the Ilimaussaq alkaline intrusion, south Greenland. Contribution to the mineralogy of Ilimaussaq, no. 2. KØbenhavn. C.A. Reitzels Forlag 1966. 21p. map, graph, tables, illus. (Meddelelser om GrØnland. v.181, no.2) 25 refs. Russian summary. Reports the mineralogy, mode of occurrence and genetic relations of these two rare beryllium minerals, discovered 1964, in thin hydrothermal veins in Ilimaussaq. Both minerals are polysynthetically twinned. They were formed during late alibitization of naujaite. Their mode of occurrence is similar to, and X-ray powder diagrams identical with those of these two minerals at Lovozero, Kola Peninsula. Chemical analyses and X-ray powder diagrams are included. DGS.

99820 SEMENOV, E.I. and others. The Lovozero minerals, nenadkevichite, gerassimovskite and tundrite, from Ilimaussaq, south Greenland. Contribution to the mineralogy of Ilimaussaq, no.6. (Meddelelser om GrØnland 1967. v.181, no.5, p.3-11, graphs, table) 8 refs. Russian summary. Other authors M.E. Kazakova and R.A. Aleksandrova. Nenadkevichite NaCaTiNbSi4O14.4H2O and gerasimovskite NbTI(OH)9 occur in hydrothermal veins in the poikilitic sodalite syenites (naujaites) as alteration products of epistolite. Tundrite Na2Ce2TiSiO8.4H2O was found in pegmatites in nepheline syenites (kakortokites). The Ilimaussaq minerals are essentially niobium-bearing, the Lovozero minerals titanium-bearing. Tundrite formed at the highest temp is a pegmatite mineral, nenadkevichite is a hydrothermal mineral and gerasimovskite is a low-temp epithermal or DGS. hypogene mineral.

99821 SEMENOV, E.I. and others. Rare earths in minerals of the joaquinite group. (American mineralogist 1967. v.52, no.11-12, p.1762-69, tables, illus) Refs. Other authors: V.I. Bukin, IU.A. Balashov and H. Sørensen. Reports discovery and analysis of an apparently new rare-earth mineral of the joaquinite group in the nepheline syenite pegmatites of the Øaussaq alkaline massif. Its physical and chemical properties are described. Optical and X-ray properties are those of standard joaquinite but its chemical DLC. composition is different. 99822 SEMENOV, I.M. Vorkutinskn promyshlenny! uzel. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Komi filial. Izvestird 1964. no.9, p.17-22, map, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: The Vorkuta industrial center. Draws attention to 25 coal depostis of the Pechora coal basin with general reserves of 303 billions of tons. Most of the coal is concentrated in the Vorkuta-Khal'mer-Yu group. Properties of Vorkuta coal and its exploitation are described. A growing construction materials industry is sketched, as are, briefly, electric power development, water supply, livestock and reindeer raising, etc. Growth of the town of Vorkuta and its DLC. cultural life are also noted. SEMENOV, I.M., see also No. 94772 99823 SEMENOV, LV. Fiziko-geograficheskoe ralonirovanie Sevemol Zemli. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Izvesthå 1966. 13 refs. In Rusv.98, no.1, p.3-9, map) sian. Title tr. Physical-geographic zoning of Severnaya Zemlya Reviews the natural features, paleogeography, and geomorphology of this archipelago. Two main regions are recognized, northern and southern, and each characterized noting glaciers, relief, climate, and animal life. A comparison of the two regions DLC. is made. 99824 SEMENOV, I.V. Vnutrilandshaftnoe ralonirovanie Sevemol Zemli. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Izvestii 1966. v.98, no.6, p.477-85, map) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Intra-landscape zoning of Severnaya Zemlya. Analyzes the landscapes of this archipelago. In the northern part, three types are distinguished: plains, mountains and glacial cover; in the southern part, plains, hills, mountains and glacial cover. All are briefly DLC. characterized. SEMENOV, IIJ.G., see No. 99064

99825 SEMENOV, L.S. Gidrotermall nye rudoproi'avlenilä mezhdurech iå Nizhne! i Podkamenno! Tungusok i sviiiz' ikh s intrnziiami trappov. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1967. v.151, p.265-71, table) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Hydrothermal ore mineralization in the Nizhnyaya Podkamennaya Tunguska interfluve and its connection with trap intrusions. Notes the magnetite, hematite, chalcopyrite-pyrrhotite, galenite-sphalerite and other mineralization of this interfiuve, with attention directed to the magnetite mineralization in carbonate deposits of the Lower and Middle Paleozoic or in Lower Triassic volcanic tuffs. Mineralization occurred as a multiphase hydrothermal process connected with repeated intrusions of trap magma. DLC. 99826 SEMENOV, N.G. Stroitel'stvo plotiny v ralone vechno! merzloty. (Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitel'stvo 1967. v.37, 3 refs. In Russian. no.9, p.14-15, illus) Title tr.: Dam construction in a permafrost region. Reports construction of the Irelyakh River dam on a foundation of weak permafrost with up to 60% ice inclusions; the dam has a max height of 20 m, and is 320 m long along the coping. It was designed for water supply purposes, and completed within five yr, 1961-64. It is in a region of continental climate with -8.2°C annual mean air temp. It is an earth dam of loamy and sandy contents with a sealing off screen of frozen ground 12-15 m thick under the coping weir down to the sludgy loamy permafrost base. Freezing was accomplished in 1964-66 by circulating winter air of -1 S°C or lower through the borehole pipes installed under the weir. The dam's frozen screen is stabilized, and needs DLC. no further artificial freezing. 99827 SEMENOV, S.A. Prehistoric technology; an experimental study of the oldest tools and artefacts (sic) from traces of manufacture and wear. London, Cory, Adams & Mackay 1964. 211 p. illus. English translation by M.W. Thompson of No DLC. 54683. 99828 SEMENOV, V.G. Perenos tepla i vlagi i formirovanie pole! temperatury i osadkov na Evropelsko! territorii SSSR. (Moskva. TSentral'nyl institut prognozov. Trudy 1966, no.154, p. 68-83, graphs, map, tables) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Heat and moisture transport, and formation of temperature fields and precipitation over European USSR. Studies the horizontal transport of heat and moisture to Europe as depending on water 1049

temperature of the North Atlantic and the atmospheric circulation. The correlation of horizontal air masses transport across the Tromsø-Emden profile is considered, and the relationship between the advection and turbulence components of the transport is calculated. Correlation coefficients for heat and moisture fluxes in 0-5 km layer, and the monthly precipitation sums and temperature respectively at Tromsø- Emden, Murmansk. Odessa, Murmansk - Salekhard, OdessaAstrakhan', and Astrakhan' Salekhard are tabulated for 22 stations, including Kem'-Port, Arkhangel'sk, Nar'yan-Mar, and Khanty-Mansiysk. It is concluded that a sufficiently accurate prediction of the monthly amount of precipitation can be made, when the data on the field of mean atmospheric circulation are given. DLC.

99831 SEMENTSOV, A.P. and P.E. RUDENKO. Iz opyta rekognostsirovki v tundre. (Geodeziia i kartografiia 1966, no.10, p.20-22, illus) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Reconnaissance in the tundra. Describes the arrangement of triangulation nets and geodetic work in a tundra region. The setting up of food supply depots and the preservation of food products for working parties are discussed. Wooden barrels are suggested for storage purposes instead of the metallic barrels proposed by Plotkin et a!, qv. It is also suggested that construction of a reconnaissance base for triangulation in the winter period should stop because of the thick snow cover and poor visibility. Setting up the surveyor's stake and use of mechanical transportation are also briefly noted. DLC. SEMENTSOV, S.A., see No. 98251

99829 SEMENOV, V.N. Kolichestvennoe raspredelenie donnoi fanny she1= fa i verkhnei chasti sklona zal. Altäska. (Moskva. Vses. n.-issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Trudy 1965. v.58, p.49-77, tables, maps.) Approx. 65 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Quantitative distribution of the bottom fauna on the shelf and upper part of the slope of the Gulf of Alaska. Reports results of bottom sampling by the RIV Zhemchug in the Gulf and Unimak Cove during Aug-Sept 1962. The 91 samples were taken from 44-1182 in depths. The biomass of common species is established. Biocenoses and trophic zones and their distribution are determined and mapped and the nature of the bottom indicated. The general zoogeographic character of this benthos is discussed, and a list of the main forms provided. DLC. 99830 SEMENOV, V.P. and M.D. BULGAKOVA. Konglomeraty verkhnepermskikh, triasovykh i nizhnemrskikh otlozhenii Zapadnogo Verkhoi'an'rä. (Geologill i geofizika 1967, no.3, p.108-111) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Conglomerates of Upper Permian, Triassic and Lower Jurassic deposits of the western Verkhoyansk region. Describes the petrographic and mineralogic composition and other features of these conglomerates in the Sartang, Echiy and other areas of Yakut ASSR. In the Upper Permian deposits, the conglomerates are polymictic associated with greywacke-arkose sandstones. Source of the sediments of the geosynclinal basin is discussed. DLC. SEMENOV, V.P., see also No. 94327 SEMENOVA, E.V., see No. 100856 SEMENOVA, M.N., see No. 96985 1050

SEMEVSKII, D.V., see No. 95817 SEMIKHATOV, M.A., see No. 95463 SEMILIAKIN, F.P. Stroenie 99832 massiva Vuoriiarvi. (Leningrad. Gornyi institut. Zapiski 1967. v.52, no.2, p.53-57, graphs, map) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The structure of the Vuoriyarvi massif. Describes this massif in southwestern Murmansk Province where geomagnetic work was carried out and contact of an intrusive complex with enclosing Precambrian rocks studied in 1964-65. Conditions for dice and vein formation and aureoles of fenitized rocks are outlined. The massif consists of a central-type intrusion. The mechanism of its formation is briefly analyzed. DLC. SEMIN, V.A., see No. 95229 99833 SEMKIN, S. Master zverovodstva. (Sel'skokhoziaistvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1966, v.10, no.6, In Russian. Title tr.: The furp.59) farming expert. Notes the activities of M.I. Amosova of the Ust'-Yanskiy state farm in Yana District of Yakutia. In 1965 the vixens averaged ten pups. For his achievements in raising white and blue foxes, Amosova was given the Hero of Socialist Work award in 1966. DLC. 99834 SEMKIN, S. Pokoriteli tundry. (Se1'skokhozi Tstvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1967, v.11, no.11, p.59-60) In Russian. Title tr.: Conquerors of the tundra. Sketches the life of hunters in northern Yakutia as exemplified in the achievement of

an outstanding hunter of Allaykha state farm whose annual take is 2-4 times the norm. DLC. 99835 SEMKO, R.S. Sovremennoe sostoianie zapasov tikhookeanskikh lososet, stepen' ikh ispol'zovanitå i puti vozproizvodstva. (In: Soveshchanie po voprosam lososevogo khort87stva Dal'nego Vostoka, 3rd, Petropavlovsk-Kamchatskiy 1960 pub 1964. p.7-16, graph, tables) In Russian. Title tr.: Current status of salmon resources in the Pacific, degree of their utilization and means of restocking. Since the 1930's, the salmon resources of the North Pacific have decreased by 30%. There is also a large seasonal variation of fish. Extensive statistics on the fluctuations of salmon populations in the last 35 years are presented in support of a change in international salmon fishing policies. DLC. SEMOVSKIKH, It. N., see No. 94035 99836 SENKEVICH-GUDKOVA, V.V. Osobennosti aggliutinatsii v saamskom lizyke. (In: Akademili nauk SSSR. Inst. iizykoznaniIi. Morfologicheskatå tipologtia... 1965, p.170-77) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr: Peculiarities of agglutination in Lappish. Study based on the Notozero dialect of Kola Peninsula. Grammatical structures and word formation laws differentiating Lappish from the standard type of agglutinative DLC. languages are discussed. SENKEVICH-GUDKOVA, V.V., see also No. 101203 99837 SENNIKOV, S.I. Zheleznaia do(Transroga Khrebtovayi-Ust' Ilimskaii. portnoe stroitel'stvo 1967. v.17, no.7, p.13, map) In Russian. Title tr.: The Khrebtovaya-Ust' Ilimskaya railroad. This new railroad line from Khrebtovaya to the border of Irkutsk Province is used to exploit the region's hydro-energy, iron ore and logging products. Steel bridges were built across the Igirma and Tuba Rivers. The Tuba crossing was especially difficult, requiring a 15-20 m high earthen roadbed. During the initial period, Balarikhta, Igirma, Tushama, Diabazovyy and Ust' Ilimskaya will be the DLC. only stops on the line. 99838 SENNIKOV, V. Ob'-Eniselski i vodny7 put'. (RechnoT transport 1967. v.26, Title tr. no.5, p.50, map) In Russian. The Ob-Yenisey waterway. Outlines the development of the 260 verst (277 km) inland route from the Ob at Kolpashevo up the Ket' - Ozemaya Lomovataya - Yazenaya Rivers - Bol'shoye

Lake - the canal and down the Malyy Kas Bol'shoy Kas to the Yenisey at Nizhneshadrino. Work on the route was started by the Russian government in 1883 and completed by 1893 for small river boat navigation only. Improvement of the waterway to take vessels 107 m long, 5.2 m wide, and 1.7-2.1 (spring) draft was planned from 1911 but prevented by World War I. Prior to World War II, reconstruction of the through waterway was again considered to connect the Urals with Irkutsk Province; and currently this reconstruction is thought to be economically expedient as providing an auxiliary route between the Urals and eastern Siberia, now served by the Siberian Railroad trunk line. DLC. 99839 SENNOVA, V.F. and V.A. KALIUZHNYI. Novye dannye o vozraste zeleneükof i niumylgskoi tolshch CI i perspektivy poiskov boksitovykh i drugikh mestorozhdenii v Timano-Pechorskoi oblasti. (Akademite nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.173, no.2, p.403-406) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New data on the age of Lower Carboniferous Zelentsa and Nyumylga beds and the outlook for bauxite and other prospecting in the Timan-Pechora region. Reports study of spore-pollen associations from Famennian and unconformably overlying Carboniferous encountered in Vychegda, Nyumylga, Nar'yan-Mar and other borings. Three spore associations are recognized and briefly characterized. The microflora shows that the Zelentsa and Nyumylga beds belong to the Upper Devonian. New advice is offered for the search of bauxites, placers, and refractory materials. Bauxite will probably occur in pre-Visean faults, zones of karst development and depressions in the pre-Visean relief of eastern DLC. Timan. 99840 SENNOVA, V. F. Rukovodiashchie kompleksy spor verkhnedevonskikh otlozhenil Timano-Pechorskoi provintsii i (Akaderatona Bol'shezemel'skol tundry. mili nauk SSSR. Doklady 1965. v.163, no.1, Ref. In Rusp.175-78, table, sections.) sian. Title tr.: Leading spore complexes of Upper Devonian deposits of the TimanPechora province and Bol'shezemel'skaya Tundra region. Reports investigation of 500 samples of which 276 contained spore and pollen. Eight key complexes are distinguished; five Frasnian and three Famenian stage. They are characterized and correlated with similar deposits of the Volga-Ural and Russian DLC. platform. 1051

99841 SERAFIMOVA, E.K. Osobennosti khimicheskogo sostava fumarol'nykh gazov Mutnovskogo vulkan. (Biulleten' vulkanologicheskikh Stan ii 1966. no.42, p.56-65, map, tables, illus) In Russian. Tide tr.: Peculiarities of the chemical composition of fumarolic gases of Mutnovskiy Volcano. Reports a 1960-64 study of Mutnovskiy, one of the most active volcanoes in Kamchatka. Its fumaroles have three areas of concentration (map). Data are tabulated on the chemical composition of gas, condensates and water. Composition of vapor-gas effusion is stable and up to 98% vapor; sublimates contain sulfur and ammonium chloride; efflorescenses consist chiefly of sulfates. DLC. SERAFIMOVA, E.K., see also No 96369 99842 SERDINCHENKO, D.P. and V.M. CHAIKA. Geokhimicheskaia istorüa fosfora i bari&ä pri formirovanii karbonatitopodobnykh porod i drevnikh kor vyvetrivanitä (Akademiia Chadobetskogopodmätiiä. nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.177, no. 4, p.929-32, tables) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr. Geochemical history of phosphorus and barium in the formation of carbonatitelike rocks and old weathering crust in the Chadobets uplift. Describes the structure and component rocks of this uplift in south-central Krasnoyarsk province and analyzes the products in the weathering crust. The geochemistry of phosphorus during formation of gorceixite in the weathering crust is described. It is connected with primary accumulation in bedded phosphorites and phosphorized rocks of Riphean (Precambrian) sedimentary strata. The sources of barium in the weathering crust possibly were dispersed barium minerals or isomorphic mixtures from old carbonate rocks. DLC. 99843 SERDIUCHENHO, D. P. Vivianit i pint v rakovinakh verkhnego devona na llJzhnom Timane. (AkadeØä nauk SSSR. Geologicheskil muze% Trudy 1963. no.14, pt.2, p.39-43.) 21 refs. in Russian. Title tr» Vivianite and pyrite in shells of' the Upper Devonian in southern Timan. Reports on the process of pyritization and vivianitization in shells of brachiopod, pelecypod, and other free-living aquatic fauna which after death fall to the bottom of the water basin. Formation of this sediment occurred with physical-chemical conditions in disequilibrium: sporadic shortage of oxygen and higher content of CO3" PO.'" and HS'. These Devonian sediments with mineralized 1052

fauna and vegetation are of interest in the DLC. search for rare elements. SERDOBOVA, L.I., see No. 94157 SEREBRENNIKOV, A.I., see No. 101567 99844 SEREBRENNIKOV, B.A. K probleme proiskhozhdeniiä suffiksov mnogokratnogo delstviiä v finno-ugorskikh iazykakh. (Sovetskoe finno-ugrovedenie 1966. v.2, no.3, p.157-63) 13 refs. In Russian. German summary. Tide tr.: Origin of suffixes denoting repetitive action in FnnoUgric languages. Etymological study of frequentative verb suffixes, incl Ostyak, Vogul, Zyryan, and Lappish. They are considered to be genetically related to suffixes used for the plural DLC. or collective. 99845 SEREBRENNIKOV, B.A. 0 dvukh konvergentnykh foneticheskikh tävleniiäkh v samodiiskikh i obsko-ugorskikh iazykakh. (Sovetskoe finno-ugrovedenie 1965. v.1, no.4, p.281-84) 2 refs. In Russian. German summary. Tide tr.: Two convergent phonetic phenomena in Samoyed and Ob-Ugric languages. Disputes the hypothesis that the change of the s sound to t in Samoyed occurred under the influence of Ostyak and Vogul. This phonetic change is attributed to a coincidental phonologic process: the explosive t was needed to counterbalance the increase in spirants of the .Ch, and x type in the phonetic development of both language groups. DLC. 99846 SEREBRENNIKOV, B.A. 0 nekotorykh kharakternykh osobennostiakh drevnego sintaksisa iazyka komi. (Sovetskoe finno-ugrovedenie 1967. v.3, no.2, p.101-106) 7 refs. In Russian. English summary. Tide tr.: Some syntactic features characteristic for old Zyryan. Discusses the morphological structure of Zyryan and reconstructs its original syntax peculiar to agglutinative languages. Syntactic changes induced by Russian influence are noted. DLC. 99847 SEREBRENNIKOV, B.A. 0 nekotorykh problemakh paleontologii ural'skol rechi. (Sovetskoe finno-ugrovedenie 1968. In Russian. v.4, no.2, p.77-80, table) German summary. Tide tr. Some problems of paleontology in the Uralic language. Stipulates that proto-Uralic lacked a plural form for nouns and verbs and used collective or dual determinatives instead. It also did not have a locative case for personal pronouns. Archaic grammatical structures in Zyryan,

Nenets Samoyed, etc are cited in support of this thesis. DLC. 99848 SEREBRENNIKOV, B.A. 0 poten[sial'no vozmozhnykh nazvaniiäkh ryb v substratnoi gidronimike russkogo Severa. (Sovetskoe finno-ugrovedenie 1967. v.3, no.3, p.199-205) 6 refs. In Russian. German summary. Title tr.: Conceivable occurrence of names of fish in the substrate hydronyms of the Russian North. Speculative semantic analysis of river names in northern European Russia. Agglutinative geographical names frequently contain animal names as one of the components. Thirty river names containing roots resembling Ugric names of fish are discussed: over 60% correspond to Ostyak and Vogul names, the remainder to Zyryan, Lappish, and Samoyed. A hypothesis is advanced that these river names date back to an Ural-Ugrian substrate population speaking a proto - Ob Ugric language. These northern Ugrian came from West Siberia and displaced or absorbed an earlier non - Finno-Ugrian population of central Russian origin. DLC. 99849 SEREBRENNIKOV, B.A. Ob osnovnykh problemakh sovetskogo finno-ugorskogo izykoznaniiü. (In: Vsesomznoe soveshchanie po voprosam finno-ugorskoI ... 1961, pub. 1964, p. 5-14) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Basic problems in Soviet studies of Finno-Ugric linguistics. Reviews Finno-Ugric studies since M.A. Castren and F.I. Wiedeman and outlines current scope and projects of Soviet research. The ill-effects of Marr's erroneous linguistic theories to the development of Soviet science, particularly their impediment to D.B. Bubrikh's work, are deplored. DLC. 99850 SEREBRENNIKOV, B.A. Vasilif II'ich Lytkin. (Akadem nauk SSSR. Izvestii. Seri literatury i lIzyka 1966. v.25, no.1, p.71-72) In Russian. Tribute to this Zyryan philologist born 1895 in Ust'-Sysol'sk, now Syktyvkar, Komi ASSR. His major studies in Finno-Ugric linguistics, incl Zyryan and its dialects, are noted. DLC. 99851 SEREBRENNIKOV, B.A. Vsiäkoe li vneshnee sopostavlenie nedopustimo? (Sovetskoe finno-ugrovedenie 1968. v.4, no.1, p.39-47) 10 refs. In Russian. German summary. Title tr.: Is every external comparison unjustified? Polemic retort to A.K. Matveev's criticism (qv). Sixty-four pairs of correlated hydronyms in the North of European Russia are analyzed in support of author's theory on a preFenno-Ugric substrate population linguisti-

cally related to the present Ob-Ugrians. This substrate preceded any Permiak-Zyryan, Lappish or Balto-Finnish diffusion to this DLC. area. SEREBRENY, S.M., see No. 94062 99852 SEREBRIAKOV, A. and others. Za bolee dlitel'nuw rabotu flota na vnutrennikh vodnykh putIlkh. (Rechno7 transport 1968. v.27, no.4, p.37-38, diagr) In Russian. Other authors: E. Zugrova, V. Nosova and F. Spetsov. Title ti. For a longer navigation season on inland waterways. Proposes using the existing river cargo vessels without strengthening their hulls, during Nov-Feb, through up to 30 cm thick ice broken by icebreakers. Winter navigation with icebreaker aid can be carried out advantageously along the deep waterways system of European RSFSR, incl RybinskBelomorsk. Field data analyses show that winter alluviation and erosion of river beds in the lower pools of hydroelectric power stations may reach 0.5-1.0 m, and that river cross-overs grouped close to one another make much more difficulty for winter navigation than those well separated. The icebreaker fleet should have 10% of the craft 4,000 hp, 30% 2,400 hp, and 60% ships with icebreaking adapters. Such a fleet could also be used for prolonging polynyas in the lower reaches of power stations, with resultant lowering of the water level, increase of the station head and higher power generation. DLC. 99853 SEREBRIAKOV, V.A. Zakonomernosti poslemagmaticheskogo preobrazovanill granitoidov. (Geologii i geofizika 1967, no.2, p.43-56, tables, map) 19 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Patterns of the postmagmatic transformation of granitoids. Reports a 1951-59 study of granitoid massifs in the southern part of Yana-Kolyma folded zone. The formation of granitoid rocks is analyzed. They are magmatic rocks showing different grades of postmagmatic alteration. Hydrothermal alteration is also noted. The structure, mineral composition and chemistry of granitoids are characterized. DLC. 99854 SEREBRIAKOVA, M. P. and V. A. ZIBAREV. Pervye meropriiitill Sovetskogo gosudarstva po likvida[sii ekonomicheskoi otstalosti malykh narodnostei Dal'nego Vostoka v 1922-1926 godakh. (Tomsk. Univ. Uchenye zapiski 1959. no.37, p.135-43.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: First measures of the Soviet state to over1053

come the economic backwardness of the small peoples of the Far East in 1922-1926. Discusses the economic rehabilitation of Tungus, Kamchadals, Koryaks, Chukchis, etc ruined by the Civil War and international fishing and fur trade. Marine hunting and fishing concessions were revoked, state and co-operative fisheries organized, and cash subsidies granted. Foodstuffs, trade goods, fishing and hunting gear were brought in and taxation greatly reduced. Fish and game protection and wolf control laws were enacted, reindeer herds restocked and veterinary stations set up to check mortality rate. New subsidiary industries were introduced, DLC. traditional crafts revitalized, etc. 99855 SEREBRIANNYI, L.R. 0 mezhlednikovykh i mezhstadial'nykh otlozheniakh Fennoskandii. (AkadeØå nauk SSSR. Komissiiå po izuchenitü chetvertichnogo perioda. Biülleten' 1966, no.32, p.108-114, Title fr.: Intermap) Refs. In Russian. glacial and interstadial deposits of Fennoscandia. Reviews the study of these deposits in Sweden, Norway and Finland. Their dating according to C14 is noted incl the Boliden, Ale and Porsi localities of northern Sweden. Some comparison is made with Kola Peninsula, Central Europe and Siberia. CaMAI, DLC. SEREDA, A.T., see No. 100034 99856 SEREGIN, A. M., and others. Neftematerinskie i kollektorskie svoistva kembriiskikh otlozheniT Prieniseiskol chasti Ozvestia vysshikh Sibirskol platformy. uchebnykh zavedenil. Neft' i gaz 1964, no.9, p.11-13.) 3 refs. In Russian. Other authors: T.K. Bazhenova, V.I. Vysoiskii, L.N. Iliukhin and V.D. Skariåtin. Title tr.: Oil source bed and reservoir properties of Cambrian deposits in the Yenisey part of the Siberian platform. Reports study of oil prospects in the Igarka, Turukhansk, Noril'sk, Khantayka, Kureyka and other areas. Composition of rocks, occurrence of bitumen, fracturing of rocks, their porosity, permeability, and other features are briefly described. The presence in Cambrian deposits of oil-bearing strata and thick reservoir horizons indicate good prospects for oil and gas deposits of this wide DLC. region. 99857 SEREZHNIKOV, A.I. Pozdnemelovye giperstensoderzhashchie granitoidy Bystrinskogo massiva, Severo-Vostok SSSR. (Konfereniiiiå molodykh uchenykh Dal'nego Vostoka, 8th, Vladivostok? 1965? In Materialy. Vladivostok 1965, p.42-43) Title tr.: Late Cretaceous hyRussian. 1054

persthenic granitoids of the Bystrinskiy massif, northeast USSR. Describes this massif in the Omsukchan region, Kolyma basin, consisting of hypersthenic granites. Two phases in massif formation are recognized. The rocks are briefly described, their mineralogic and chemDLC. ical composition noted. 99858 SERGEENKO, E.S. Komi leksika i frazeologiia v odnom russkom govore. (Sovetskoe finno-ugrovedenie 1968. v.4, no.2, 3 refs. In Russian. German p.133-39) summary. In sequence to infra. Title Ir.: Zyryan vocabulary and phraseology in a Russian vernacular. Deals with some sixty Zyryan words, expletives, and idiomatic expressions used in the Russian patois of Nyuvchim, Komi ASSR. Phonetic, semantic, and morphological changes of the loans are discussed. DLC. 0 neko99859 SERGEENKO, E.S. torykh osobennosti kh fonetiki odnogo russkogo govora, v svi zi s vliianiem komi iazyka. (Sovetskoe finno-ugrovedenie 1966. 13 refs. In v.2, no.4, p.255-61, illus) Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Phonetic peculiarities of a Russian dialect under the influence of the Komi language. Discusses the influence of Zyryan on the phonologic system of a Russian patois spoken in Nyuvchim in the Sysola basin. This Russian colony in the heart of Komi ASSR was formed in the mid-18th c by serfs purchased for labor in the construction and operation of ironworks. Zyryan population in Nyuvchim is on the increase having risen from 8% in 1926 to 41.5% in 1965. DLC. 99860 SERGEEV, D.A. Eshche raz k (Akavoprosu o "krylatom predmete". demii nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Drev5 ni ii Sibir' 1966. no.2, p.282-85, illus) refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Once more about the so-called winged object. Considers their purpose on the basis of 23 excavated in 1957-61 by M.G. Levin in the Eskimo Old Bering Sea culture graves in the Uelen and Ekven cemeteries. One, found in Ekven, had a fragment of a wooden shaft in its socket. The winged object may have once served as breasthook linking the kayak waterways or may have been an elaborate support for a blubber lamp. At the Old Bering Sea Culture stage, it was retained as an ornamental breasthook without practical use and was probably endowed with magic properties. The Eskimo name for the winged object, nanek ytak; means breasthook and contains as component the word nanek, blubber lamp. An old Eskimo from Naukan remembers having seen winged object-like

amulets suspended to bidarkas for luck in hunting. DLC. 99861 SERGEEV, D.A. Zheleznye rez[sy iz sborov I.G. Voznesenskogo. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Muni' antropologii i etnografii. Sbornik 1967. v.24, p.34-37, table, illus) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Iron burins from the collection of I.G. Voznesenskil. Describes four Eskimo iron engraving tools with bone handles collected by Voznesenskif on his voyages, 1842-44, to the Alaskan coast and islands in the Bering Sea-Bering Strait area. The shape of the cleft handles, ways of lashing with sinew thongs, etc are similar to the Old Bering Sea iron burin from the Uelen cemetery described in No 66257, and show the Eskimos' stubborn retention of early neolithic traditions. DLC. SERGEEV, D.A., see also No. 93678 SERGEEV, E.M., see No. 97688 99862 SERGEEV, G.M. and V.P. SHOTSKII. Uvlazhnennost' taezhnol zony Zapadnoi Sibiri i ee svtäz' s zonal'nymi tipami fiziko-geograficheskoi sredy. (Akademirä nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geografii Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Doklady 1967. no.15, p.9-15, map, tables) 7 refs. In Russian. French summary. Title tr.: The moisture of the taiga zone of West Siberia and its relation to the zonal types of the physiographic region. Discusses the development of agriculture in this area and investigation of factors determining ecological conditions suitable for crops. The soil moisture depends not only on precipitation but also on evaporation. Calculation of the moistening coefficient is discussed and ways of determining it given. Within the taiga, four distinct moisture zones are recognized: optimal, moderate, marked, and overmoistening. The last represents the northern taiga and forest tundra. DLC. 99863 SERGEEV, Iu. Kamchatka: selo Seroglazka. (Sovetskii soiiiz 1964, no.4, p.12-15, illus.) 7Ytle tr. In Russian. Kamchatka: the village of Seroglazka. Describes this fishing village of the Lenin kolkhoz, near Petropavlovsk. Annual catch averages 350 thousand cwt of herring, flounder, cod, and perch. DLC. 99864 SERGEEV, L.I. and K.A. SERGEEVA. TSitokhimicheskie osobennosti drevesnykh rastenil i ikh zimostotltost'. (In: Intl. Symposium on Cytoecology, Leningrad 1963. Kletka i temperatura sredy... 1964. p.52-55, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.

Cytochemical features of woody plants and their winter resistance. Studies variation in electron transport, respiratory enzymes, starch metabolism and nucleic acid synthesis according to yearly cycles, and the native frost resistance of an individual strain. Cytochrome oxidase levels in resistant strains of a plant are high throughout the year, while in nonresistant plants the activity of this enzyme is either very low or absent. Similar results were found for polyphenol oxidase, and raffinose, while the opposite held for glucose, starch, and peroxidase; levels of fructose and saccharose were about equal. An unknown disaccharide was detected in resistant plants in December but not at all in non resistant plants. Monosaccharide level and frost resistance did not correlate. DLC. 99865 SERGEEV, M.A. Komitet sodeistvii narodnostihm severnykh okrain. (Letopis' Severe 1962. no.3, p.72-81.) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr: Committee for Assistance to Peoples on the northern frontier. Outlines the purpose, organization, activities and achievements of this committee set up Feb 2, 1925, its personnel and work with 27 minority peoples (listed), preparatory to collectivization, development of the economy and living conditions. The committee was disbanded and its functions were transferred to the Main Administration of the Northern Sea Route in 1935. DLC. 99866 SERGEEV, M.A. Samurai na Kamchatke. (Letopis' Severa 1964. v.4, p.228-236, map, illus.) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Samurai in Kamchatka. Outlines Japanese attempts to expand northward to Kamchatka by illegal fishing and trade with natives at the beginning of the 20th century and by landings of military forces at the Ozernaya River mouth on the southwest coast in May 1904, during the Russo-Japanese war. They were driven off by the Russian inhabitants. DLC. 99867 SERGEEV, M.A. Tvorchestvo N. S. Tarabukina. (Sibirskie ogni 1964. v.43, no.2, p.179-83.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Literary works of N.S. Tarabukin. Reviews the works of this first Eveny (Lamut Tungus) poet, prose writer, and collector of the Indigirka Lamut lore. Born in 1910, he attended the Institute of the Peoples of the North in the 1930's and took an active part in reducing Lamut to writing and compiling its first primers. He died in 1950 in his native Moma District, Yakut ASSR. DLC. 1055

99868 SERGEEVA, E.I. Ritmichnost' i i'siklichnost' osadkonakopleniis pozdnego dokembriia Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Leningrad. Univ. Vestnik 1964. v.19, no.6, p.151-54, map, illus.) 5 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Rhythmic and cyclic sedimentation of the Late Precambrian of Kola Peninsula. Analyzes late Precambrian deposits of Rybachiy Peninsula. Four members of these deposits are recognized and their composition, distribution, and rhythmic structure are outlined. The cyclic character of sedimentation is also noted. DLC. SERGEEVA, B.A., see No. 99864 99869 SERGUTIN, V.E. 0 vozmozhnosti akkumultåfsii zimnego stoka nalediami (Leningrad. Gos. gidrologina rekakh. cheskri inst. Sbornik rabot po gidrologii 1966, no.6, p.127-31, hus) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The possibility of the accumulation of winter discharge by naleds on rivers. Describes the experience of using naleds on a river in Khakassiya region to conserve winter discharge for the low-water season. Artificial naleds are now made on rivers of the Uda basin and the Angara tributaries. Such naleds represent fields of ice 2-3 or more meters thick, spread over the flooded area in the shade of a high river bank of brushwood. Ice dams are made across the river from surface of the ice cover to the river bottom. The water thus dammed is let out through holes made in the ice cover upstream to flood the ice cover and freeze upon it. The considerable bulk of this additional ice, which melts more slowly than snow, continues to supply water for a month or more after the spring flood, and is used for increasing the water debit and depth in the dry season. An accumulation of water in the Uda basin by the naleds method is calculated to cost 0.007 kopek/m3. The process of construction of the ice dams prior to the naleds' formation is explained. Regulating the river discharge by water accumulated in naleds during the winter period will be effective even if the winter discharge is only 10-15% of the annual, and for the East-Siberian type rivers, it allows a 25-50% increase in the summer period. DLC. SERLAPOV, S.T., see No. 95021 SERNING, I. Sacrificial sites, 99870 dwelling sites, or trading posts. (In: Nordic Symposium... 1962 pub 1965, p.387-96, illus) 7 refs. Deals with eleven controversial sites containing Viking and early medieval artifacts; they are in forest and mountain Lapp 1056

territory and along the trading and seasonal migration routes. Analysis of the inventories which include Lappish ornaments and objects related to Lappish religious and sacrificial rites, etc indicate that most are Lappish sacrificial sites. Three are doubtful and may have been dwelling sites. DLC. 99871 SEROVA, M. LA. Foraminifery paleoiienovykh otlozhenil vostochnol Kamchatki. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 107 p. tables, illus. Refs. (Akademiig nauk SSSR. In Geologicheskii inst. Trudy no.127) Russian. Title tr.: Foraminifera from Paleocene deposits of eastern Kamchatka. Reports investigation of Lower Tertiary deposits of Kronotskiy Peninsula in the central part of the east coast of Kamchatka. The Paleocene deposits are described and foram distribution in the Kubovskaya series outlined. Comparison is made with similar deposits of Texas, central Asia, the Caucasus, and other regions. Two foram complexes are distinguished. In the paleontologic part, the 54 more characteristic forms are systematically described, of which 11 species are new. DLC. 99872 SEROVA, M. IA. and P.V. GULIAEV. 0 vozraste "Vostochno-Kamchatskogo tufogennogo flisha", (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Izvestiiå, ser. geol 1967, no.2, p.109 - 119, graphs, map, table) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Age of the East-Kamchatka tuffaceous flysch. Reports a study in the ll'pinskiy Peninsula. Paleocene foraminifers, discovered in the deposits, lead to a new stratigraphic division. An older Il'pinskaya series is recognized and divided into three local subseries. Each is described in some detail noting identified forams. The upper part of this series is of Paleocene age. DLC. 99873 SEROVA, M.IA. Periodichnost' smeny kompleksov foraminifer v otlozhenii kh otkrytykh okeanicheskikh basseinov, na primere tretichnykh otlozheni Kamchatki. (Vses. paleontologicheskoe o-vo. Trudy sessii 7th, 1961. Moskva 1964, p.39-45, table) In Russian. Title tr.: Periodicity of the changes in foraminifer complexes of open oceanic basins deposits, as exemplified in Kamchatka Tertiary deposits. Discusses the established periodicity in foram fauna in epicontinental Tertiary basins, and reports own study in western Kamchatka where Tertiary deposits consisting of sandyclayey and volcanic rocks are about 5000-6000 m thick. Lower and upper foram complexes are briefly characterized. Periodicity in the foram fauna is noted cor-

responding with the paleogeographic conditions. DLC. 99874 SEROVA, M.IA. Znachenie foraminifer dlia utochnenitå stratigrafii neogenovykh otlozheniI Kamchatki. (Vses. paleontologicheskoe o-vo. Trudy sessii 8th, In Rus1962. Moskva 1966. p.180-82) sian. Title tr.: Importance of foraminifers for the stratigraphic subdivision of the Neogene deposits of Kamchatka. Defines six stages in the development of forams in these deposits. Each stage is briefly characterized noting predominant forams and the corresponding stratigraphic units. DLC. 99875 SEISKO, R.I. Osetr verkhnei Obi v sviåzi s zaregulirovaniem stoka. (In: Soveshchanie po biologicheskoi produktivnosti vodoemov Sibiri... 1966, p.27-28) In Russian. Title tr.: Sturgeon of the upper Ob and its connection with runoff control. Describes the role of the Novosibirsk GES (hydroelectric station) in controlling the sturgeon population north of it. Recently the population in reservoirs has increased in relation to that of rivers and streams. Measures for aiding sturgeon breeding in the vicinity of hydroelectric stations are sugDLC. gested. SEVER, J.L., see No. 94226, 99367 99876 SEVERO-VOSTOCHNYI EKONOMICHESKII RAION. Magadan, Ma320 p. gadanskoe knizhnoe izd-vo, 1965. Title maps, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. tr. The Northeastern Economic District. V.V. IAnovskiil, chief editor. Presents a general account of the resources, development, and economic conditions in Yakut ASSR and Magadan Province, which were combined in one economic district because of their many features in common. Trends in the distribution and development of industry are treated by various specialists: mining (diamonds, gold, tin, tungsten, mercury, iron, coal, salt, mica, natural gas, etc.), construction, construction materials, timber resources and the wood industry, fisheries, transportation, and agriculture, fur farming and hunting are dealt with in eight chapters. Data are given on the amount, value and efficiency of production in each industry with remarks on its further development. DLC. SEVOSTIANOV, K.M., see No. 101519 99877 SEWELL, W.R.D. The Churchill Falls project; a brief résumé of the history of this colossal project, which is now scheduled for construction. (Water power 1967. v.19, no.3, p.101-102)

The efforts of Premier Smallwood of Newfoundland beginning 1952 culminated in the agreement signed 6 Oct 1966 between the British Newfoundland Corp. (BRINCO) and Hydro-Quebec calling for purchase by the latter of all power from the project surplus to Newfoundland's needs. Following the historic sketch additional data on name changes of the falls, catchment area, storage reservoir, dikes, spillway and penstock elements of the project are given. The Churchill Falls project at full stage will have a horsepower capability twice that of the Grand Coulee and greater than that of the Bratsk project on the Angara, DLC. USSR. 99878 SEZONNOE protaivanie i promerzanie gruntov na territorii Severo-Vostoka SSSR. A.F. Zil'berbord, ed! Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 143 p. graphs, map, tables. In Title tr Seasonal thawing Russian. Refs. and freezing of ground in the Northeast of the USSR. Contains 16 papers, all are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz (titles tr): GAVRILOVA, M.K. Spatial and time variability of seasonal thawing in Yakutia. p.7-13. SOLOV'EV, P.A. The zonality of the thickness of the seasonally thawing layer and its mapping in western and southern Yakutia. p.14-20. DANILOVA, N.S. Some structural features of seasonally thawing layer in central Yakutia. p.21-28. DANILOVA, N.S. The seasonal thawing in the Lena River delta. p.29-32. IVANOV, M.S. The seasonal thawing on Muostakh Island. p.34-39. DEMIN, A.I. The thermal regime of the bottom sediments of the shallow water of the arctic seas. p.40-46. BALOBAEV, V.T. Calculation of the depths of thawing with estimation of exterior heat exchange. p.47-57. PAVLOV, A.V. Methods of engineering forecasts of the depths of ground freezing and thawing. p.58-76. CHISTOTINOV, L.V. Effect of moisture migration on ground freezing. p.77-84. GOL'DTMAN, V.G. Means of thawing the seasonally frozen layer of rocks. p.85-98. PRIIMAK, A.I. Use of a layer of synthetic foam for preserving ground from seasonal freezing. p.99-105. PALAMUTOV, F.P. Use of various methods for thawing of rocks in the undertakings of the Aldanzoloto trust. p.106-110. GAVRIL'EV, P.P. and A.A. MANDAROV. The moisture-heat regime of the soils in central Yakutia under catchwater irrigation. p.111-20. 1057

MANDAROV, A.A. and L.V. CHISTOTINOV. On the possibility of forecasting the catchwater irrigation regime of meadows in central Yakutia. p.121-29. DEMCHENKO, R.IA. and L.P. PYRKOVA. Calculation of minimal temperature of the upper layers of permafrost ground. p.130-34. ZHIGUL'SKII, A.A. Heat and moisture regime of ground around piles inserted into boreholes. p.135-43. DLC. 99879 SHABALIN, V.N. Raspredelenie aggliiitinogenov krovi sistemy ABO i Rh sredi evenov. (Voprosy antropologii 1967. no.25, p.72-74, tables) 3 refs. In Russian. Title lr.: Distribution of blood agglutinogens of the ABO and Rh systems among Eveny Lamuts. Comparative hematological analysis of 173 Eveny and 104 non-aboriginal, mainly Russian, population of the Omsukchan District in Magadan Province. Local Russians conformed in all respects to European Russian standards. Occurrence of 0 and B blood groups was greater in the Eveny than non-aborigines; 100% of the Eveny and 86.3% Russians had Rh-positive blood. DLC. 99880 SHABALOVA, L.S. Druzhba i sotrudnichestvo komi naroda s drugimi narodami strany v gody vtoroi piatiletki 1933-1937 gg. (Istoriko-filologicheskil sbornik 1965. no.9, p.65-77) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Friendship and cooperation of the Zyryan people with other peoples of the country during the second five-year plan 1933-1937. Deals with the USSR capital investment in Komi ASSR and economic aid to education, collective farming, lumber industry, oil and gas prospecting, transportation, etc. Industrial development in the Pechora basin began in 1934 with oil at Ukhta and Yarega, coal at Vorkuta. Over 20.5 million m3 of timber were harvested within the 5-yr period, 50% of that exported was cut in northern Komi. Industrial gross production almost doubled and by 1937, represented 75% of the economy. Collectivization was virtually completed by 1937, with 92.3% of the arable land owned by kolkhozes. Education and vocational training of Zyryans advanced; 472 had completed higher education by 1939, and 12,317 secondary school; 70% of local specialists were non-Zyryan, however, indicating the extent of Russian participation. DLC. 99881 SHABALOVA, L.S. Ekonomicheskoe sotrudnichestvo komi naroda s drugimi narodami strany v gody pervol piatiletki 1928-1932 gg. (Istoriko-filologicheskil sbornik 1965. no.9, p.54-64) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Economic cooperation of 1058

the Zyryan people with other peoples of the country during the first five-year plan 1928.1932. Describes the industrial and cultural growth of Komi ASSR as part of the general development of the Soviet Union: mechanization of agriculture and lumbering, increased collectivization, mineral exploration and development, education and vocational training of Zyryans, etc. Some data are given on production, trade turnover, import and export, kolkhoz financing and revenues, also growth of the Zyryan student body and specialists. DLC. 99882 SHABALOVA, L.S. Pomoshch' Sovetskogo gosudarstva komi narodu v vosstanovlenii narodnogo khozi Tstva 1921-1925 (Istoriko-filologicheskil sbornik 1965. gg. no.9, p.31-44, tables) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Aid of the Soviet state toward the economic rehabilitation of the Zyryan people 1921-1925. Reviews the collapse of Komi economy in the aftermath of the Civil War and describes relief measures started in 1921: food supply and distribution among the needy, free exchange between rural and urban areas, import of consumer goods, allocation of state credits to increase trade turnover, etc. Economic rehabilitation was hampered by price disparity between consumer goods (high) and agricultural produce (low). The centralization of wholesale into the cooperative and stateowned trade organizations made price control possible, lowered costs of consumer goods, and increased purchasing power. Budget problems, importance of the state credit system for regional trade and agricultural development, aid to education and vocational training of Zyryans, etc are discussed with some data given. DLC. SHABANOV, B., see No. 97238 SHABANOV, Il1.a , see No. 99724 SHABLINSKAIA, N.V., see No. 98492 99883 SHABLINSKII, G.N., and N.A. KAVERZNEVA. 0 primenenii geofizicheskikh metodov dliå poiskov apatitovykh rud. (Razvedka i okhrana nedr 1965. v.31, no.9, p.32-35, table, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The use of geophysical methods in prospecting apatite ores. Describes the Khibiny massif of nephelinesyenites, 1327 km2 in area. For investigation of the density of the rocks, magnetic susceptibility, deep tectonic structure, etc, seismic, gravity, and magnetic investigations were made and their scale and results are

briefly characterized. The sphene-apatite mineralization discovered is outlined. DLC. 99884 SHABONEEV, I.E. 0 biologii i promysle sel'di vostochnoi chasti Beringova mona. (Moskva. Vses. n.-issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Trudy 1965. v.58, p.139-54, tables, graphs, maps.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Biology and fishery of herring in the eastern Bering Sea. Reviews earlier work and reports own studies during 1961-63. Distribution and behavior of herring on the wintering localities, size and age composition of trawl catches, rate of growth, maturation and size of stock are considered. DLC. 99885 SHACKLETTE, H.T. Phytoecology of a greenstone habitat at Eagle, Alaska. (US. Geological Survey. Bulletin 1966, no. 1198-F, p.F1-F36, maps, tables, illus) 32 refs. Describes a plant community observed during June 1960 on Eagle Bluff, about 0.5 mi N of the town of Eagle. Amounts and movements of the chemical elements are evaluated, and the glacial geology of the region is confirmed by phytosociologic evidence. The distinctive species have survived here due to freedom from glaciation and because chemical and physical soil characteristics have favored less tolerant species. Two species appear most characteristic and the community is named the Bupleurum americanum-Zygadenus elegans association. Phytogeographical affinities are discussed; four endemic species are reported from Alaska for the first time. DGS. 99886 SHACKLETTE, H.T. Substrate relationships of some bryophyte communities on Latouche Island, Alaska. (Bryologist 1961. v.64, no.1, p.1-16, illus) 16 refs. Describes the surface rocks, soil and climate of this island about 100 mi southwest of Valdez, and ten bryophyte communities covering it. The effects of the varied substrates on these plant associations are emphasized, especially from the chemical point of view. DSI. 99887 SHACKLETTE, H.T. Unattached moss on Amchitka Island, Alaska. (Bryologist 1966. v.69, no.3, p.346-52, illus) 19 refs. Presents a record of similar formations from other parts of the world and from Alaska, and describes polsters of Schistidium apocarpum on sandy ground near a dune of this Aleutian island. They become detached from the substrate by wind, roll about and on the surfaces finally become spheriod. DSI.

SHACKLETTE, H.T., see also No. 98944 99888 SHADRIN, A.S. K etiologii i epidemiologii grippa na severe. (Sovetskaiä meditsina 1967. v.30, no.8, p.134-36) In Russian. Title tr.: Etiology and epidemiology of influenza in the North. The cold northern climate increases the susceptibility of the population to influenza, especially in warmer weather when the incidence would be expected to be low. It is endemic in the Far North and between epidemics, local outbreaks are caused by viruses A2 and B. Serological reactions are deemed sensitive enough for diagnostic use. The natural resistance which comes with summer weather in other regions is less well developed in the Far North. The report is based on data gathered in the Arkhangel'sk region. DLC. 99889 SHADRIN, V. Nekotorye voprosy proektirovania zhilykh domov diii Severn (Zhilishchnoe stroitel'stvo 1965, no.5, p.20-22, illus) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Certain problems in designing domestic buildings for the North. Discusses plans for buildings at Aykhal, based on meridional orientation with apartments on one side only, all facing south; five or more-story of maximum width allow 15.20% more space per person than the apartments in temperate climates. The increased width of the building is criticized as leading to undesirable features in kitchens and bathrooms and poor ventilation. Six plans are given for apartments that have kitchens without natural light. DLC. 99890 SHAFER, G.V. Apparatumye r ffekty v ionizatsionnykh kamerakh dill nepreryvnol registraisii kosmicheskikh luchei. (Akademii'a nauk SSSR. Sibirskil inst. zemnogo magnetizma, ionosfery i rasprostraneniia radiovoln. Issledovanita po geomagnetizmu... 1966. p.102-104, graphs) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr: Instrumental effects in ionization chambers for continuous recording of cosmic rays. The instrumental error in the C-2 ionization chamber installed at Yakutsk in 1949 and kept in operation continuously until 1963 is investigated. The chamber volume of 20 1 was filled with chemically pure argon under a pressure up to 50 atm. From analysis for cause of the drop in measured ionization current during service time, it is suggested that such an instrumental effect can be explained by the absence of saturation current in the C-2 chamber due to argon contamination by admixtures of oxygen and other gases. Such a contamination could have destroyed the uranium preparation in the 1059

ASK-2 ionization chambers at Cape Shmidta, and other stations. DLC. 99891 SHAFER, IÜ.G. and others. Intensivnost' kosmicheskikh luchei v stratosfere nad IAkutskom za period s 1958 po 1962 g. (In: Akademii3 nauk SSSR. SibirskiT inst. zemnogo magnetizma, ionosfery i rasprostraneniia radiovoln. Issledovanitä po geomagnetizmu... 1966. p.97-101, graphs, tables) 8 refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.D. Sokolov, N.G. Skrabin and R.B. Salimzibarov. Title try Cosmic ray intensity in the stratosphere over Yakutsk during the period from 1958 to 1962. Presents the results of the stratospheric measurement of cosmic rays, using a counting telescope. The spectrum of primary cosmic rays is found to become substantially softer with the drop in solar activity. The intensity of cosmic rays was measured in imp/min at the 100, 200, and 300 mb isobaric layers, and a 30 and 40% increase was found at 100 and 200 mb respectively. The purpose of the investigation was to improve knowledge of the 11-yr variation in cosmic ray intensity. DLC. 99892 SHAFRANOVA, V.P. Ob osobennosnäkh reakisii sosudov poverkhnosti mozga krolikov na temperaturnye vozdeistviia. (Biülleten' eksperimental'noi biologii i mediisiny 1967. v.32, no.6, p.11-14, illus) 12 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The nature of vascular reactions of the cerebral surface of rabbits to temperature. Reports effects of local heating or cooling the brain surface of rabbits and cats. Cooling produced in rabbits dilatation of arteries by 15-40%; in cats cooling produced constriction by 10-30% or no effects if cooling was slight. DLC. 99893 SHAFRANOVSKII, I.I. Almazy. Leningrad, Izd-vo Nauka 1964. 174 p. tables, graphs, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Diamonds. Comprehensive treatment for non-specialists, the first part dealing with the history, properties and classification of diamonds, their occurrence in nature and their technology. Diamonds of the USSR are described with special reference to those of Yakutia. Artificial diamonds also are considered. The second part treats the symmetry and structure of diamonds, their forms, cleavage and hardness, atomic structure and crystals. DLC 99894 SHAFRANOVSKII, I.I. and others. Dvolniki ahnaza tetraedricheskogo oblika. (Vses. mineralogicheskoe o-vo. Zapiski 1966. v.95, no.5, p.575-78, tables, 1060

illus) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: V.F. Ali-Aydin and A.I. Botkunov. Title fr.: Twin diamonds of tetrahedral habit. Describes two samples of this type of diamond crystal, found in the Mir kimberlite pipe in Yakut ASSR. Faces, axes and other features are described and illus. DLC. 99895 SHAFRIN, IÜ.A. Lokal'nye osobennosti vertikal'nogo raspredelenüa ozona. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiii 1967. v.6, no.1, p.105-112, graphs, tables) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Local features of vertical ozone distribution. Describes the basic regularities of transformation of the vertical ozone profile in the equatorial and polar zones, considering the dynamic and photochemical characteristics of the atmosphere in these latitudes. A numerical solution of the ozone transport equation for different turbulence-dynamic models of the stratosphere is given, and the distribution of ozone in the polar zone is exemplified by the vertical ozone profile at Thule during Jan 1963. The polar and equatorial distributions are compared, and their main difference in ozone variation is found in the 24-42 km high layer. The inverse problem of determining local processes in the stratosphere by using ozone vertical profile data is proposed. DLC. 99896 SHAIDUROV, S.A. 0 nekotorykh osobennostakh razvitiia zolotodobyvatüshchel promyshlennosti na severo-vostoke SSSR. (Akademiii nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Izvestiia 1967, no.11, p.56-61, graph, tables) In Russian. Title tr.: Factors peculiar to the development of the gold mining industry in northeastern USSR. Discusses losses arising from the imbalance in the use made of capital investment funds in 1958-65 in the Chukchi National District. Initial high investments in actual ore extraction at the expense of capital construction, road building, acquisition of suitable machinery, etc, result in annually increasing costs of operation and a decline in labor productivity. A more rational distribution of appropriations to all aspects of the gold mining industry incl living conditions of workers are recommended and current standards critically reviewed. Housing facilities average 4 m2 /person, road construction is lagging, power supply is unsatisfactory, service industries poorly organized, repair costs of machinery unsuited to local harsh climate often surpass the price of new equipment, etc. DLC. 99897 SHAKESPEARE, W.C. The tax exemption for prospectors and grubstakers.

(Canadian mining and metallurgical bulletin 1967. v.60, no.657, p.95-98) Two recent legal decisions of the Exchequer Court of Canada limit the exemption from income tax previously allowed on the sale of an interest in a mining property acquired as a result of the prospector's efforts. The relevant provisions of the Income Tax Act and the legal decisions are reviewed. DGS. SHAKHMATOV, S.S., see No. 99050 99898 SHAKHMUNDES, V.A. Novye vidy Ephedra L. iz osadkov paleogena severa ZapadnoT Sibiri. (Leningrad. Vses. neftianol n: issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1964 pub. 1965. v.239, p.214-28, map, hus.) 27 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New species of Ephedra L. from Paleogene deposits in the north of Western Siberia. Presents description of pollen grains of five Ephedra collected in Taz Peninsula and Ob-Pur interfuve: E eocenica, E cheganica, E fusiformis, E tenera, and E claricristata all new. DLC. 99899 SHAKHNOVICH, M.I. Sovetskii istorik religii V.G. Bogoraz-Tan. (In: Leningrad. MuzeT istori religii i ateizma. Voprosy preodoleniia... 1966, p.269-97, illus) Approx. 60 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: V.G. Bogoraz, Soviet historian of religion. Biography of this eminent ethnographer, 1865-1936. His scientific career and publications are reviewed, primarily his fieldwork in Chukotka and his studies of the spiritual culture of Chukchis, Yukaghirs, Koryaks, Kamchadals, Eskimos, and northern North American Indians. His endeavors to apply Einstein's theory of relativity to the study of religion are criticized as conducive to a misconception of religious fiction for reality. His approach to primitive religion and shamanism by the comparative ethnographic method led him eventually to a true marxist interpretation of religion and its ills: only labor and applied sciences could liberate man from the bondage of animistic concepts and DLC. beliefs in supernatural powers. 99900 SHAKHOTKO, L.I. Primery tektonicheskogo kontroliä differenisirovan(Leningrad. nykh rudonosnykh intruzr7. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1967. In Russian. v.151, p.136-40) Title tr.: Examples of tectonic control of differentiated ore-bearing intrusions. Reports a study in the Tutonchana River basin, outlining the geologic structure of the region and morphologic features of the differentiated intrusions. Intrusive sheets, laeoliths, irregular, and other intrusions are

described. Their morphologic structure depends mainly upon the surrounding tectonic structures such as dome-like uplifts, disjunctive dislocations, downwarps, etc. DLC. SHAKHOV, IU.N., see No. 98093 99901 SHAKHOVA, O.V. and V.V.KOLPAKOV. Sopostavlenie sporovo-pyl'tsevykh spektrov poverkhnostnykh prob s ras(Moskovskoe titel'nost'ib Severa IAkutii. o-vo ispytatelel prirody. Otd. biologicheskil. Bmlleten' 1966. v.71, no.6, p.92-102, Ref. In Russian. English sumtables) mary. Title tr.: Comparison of spore pollen spectra of surface samples with that of the vegetation of northern Yakutia. Presents results of pollen analysis of surface and plant samples taken in northern Yakutia. Sites were on the left bank of the Lena and on the middle Muna near Zhigansk. DLC. 99902 SHAKHOVSKOI, V. "Vodnik" saditsza na mel'. (Sportivnai zhizn' Rossü 1964. v.8, no.2, p.14-15) In Russian. Title tr.: The Vodnik hockey team runs aground. In Arkhangel'sk, at least 30,000 of the 300,000 population play hockey. The Vodnik became the leading team and prominent throughout the country. In recent years however, its style of play deteriorated, and it is losing one contest after another, because of DLC. a poor coach. SHALIMOV, V.P., see No. 99056 SHALYGIN, M., see No. 96259 99903 SHAMANOVA, I.I. Sloi sezonnogo protaivani►a v razlichnykh prirodnykh (In: Vses. zonakh Evropeiskogo Severa. mezhduvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po geokriologii, 8th. Materialy v.3, 1966. p.25-35, tables) In Russian. Title to The layer of seasonal thawing in various natural zones of the European North. The freeze-thaw layer is conditioned b" the climate, relief, vegetation, snow cover, groundwater and other factors. The European North is divided into four zones: arctic tundra comprising Franz Joseph Land, Novaya Zemlya, Vaygach, Pay-Khoy, and the Polar Ural; northern tundra above approx 68°15'N, Bol'shezemel'skaya and Malozemel= skaya Tundras; southern tundra roughly 68°15' - 67°20'N; and forest-tundra. Each zone is described in turn as to the thickness and temperature, the moisture, and thawing rate of the active layer. DLC. SHAMATUL'SKII, V.V., see No. 93614 1061

99904 SHAMONIA, V.P. and others. Dolgovechnost' zub'ev kovshei ekskavatorov EKG-8 v usloviiikh Noril'ska. (Gornyi zhurnal 1966. v.141, no.7, p.53-56, graph, tables, illus) In Russian. Other authors: A.I. Mikhailovski , V.A. Koval'chuk and B.M. Blagikh. Title tr.: The service life of EKG-8 excavator bucket teeth under the conditions of Norilsk. These bucket teeth have been wearing out twice as fast in 1965 as in 1960, on the average in 3-5 days, but sometimes in a few hours. This is shown to be due to defects in the casting of the teeth which make them unsuitable for operations in low temperatures. DLC. 99905 SHAMONT'EV, V.A. 0 vlüanii zimnikh gidrologicheskikh uslovil na nekotorye elementy gidrologicheskogo rezhima Chukotskogo mona v navigaisionnom sezone. (Okeanologiiä 1967. v.7, no.3, p.450-56, graphs) 4 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The influence of winter hydrological conditions on some elements of hydrologic regime of Chukchi Sea in the navigation period. Analyzes the water temperature and salinity data for Jan-Mar from five polar stations in the southwest part of this sea. This analysis shows that the winter state of these elements affects the ice conditions during the subsequent navigation period. Lower water temperature and higher salinity retard ice formation in the fall, and relatively higher water temperature and lower salinity foster early ice formation. DLC. SHAMONT'EV, V.A., see also No. 95021 99906 SHAMRAI, V. Primenenie arbolita v zhilishchnom stroitel'stve na Krainem Severe. (Zhilishchnoe stroitel'stvo 1967. v.10, no.4, p.23-25, table, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Use of arbolit in housing construction in the Far North. Describes arbolit, a new construction material, as a light weight concrete with an organic filler, such as sawdust and other bits of waste from sawmills and woodworking plants. Treated with cement, the filler becomes fire-, frost- and rot-resistant, and strong enough to be moulded into selfsupporting prefabricated walls. A two-story building with such walls 30 cm thick was erected at Dikson in 1965, the wall blocks made at a Dikson plant of local wood waste. The annual output of arbolit at this plant is 2500 m3. Plans and sections are given of two buildings made of arbolit, one with and the other without reinforced concrete framework. DLC. 1062

99907 SHAMSHIN, V.A. Elovye lesa Kamchatki. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1967, no.5, p.103-109, map) Refs. In Russian. Title Ira Spruce forests of Kamchatka. Describes the Picea jezoensis forests of sporadic distribution. Their development history is outlined. The 128,000 hectares in spruce in 1966 represented 26 million m3 timber. Four types of such forest are briefly characterized, their exploitation and conDLC. servation discussed. 99908 SHAMSHIN, V.A. Vlüanie vulkanicheskikh peplopadov na lesa TSentrall noT Kamchatki. (Voprosy geografli Kamchatki 1965. no.3, p.83-89, tables, graphs, map.) 26 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Effects of volcanic ashes on the forests of central Kamchatka. Describes effects of ashes from the 1955-1956 eruption of Bezymyannyy, that fell in quantities from 10 to 125-1501/ha upon forested areas and significantly increased the tree growth. From ashes, trees receive potassium, calcium, sulfur and magnesium, all important nutrients. Growth is stimulated immediately and max effect is achieved after 4 yr. Ashes also stimulate the seed-bearing capacity of the trees and tend to counteract fire hazard. Reforestation of larch is favored but not spruce. DLC. 99909 SHAMURIN, V.F. Rol' nasekomykh-opylitelei v tundrovykh soobshchestvakh. (Voprosy geografli 1966. v.69, p.98-117, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The role of insect pollinators in tundra communities. Describes five species of bumble bees which are extremely efficient pollinators of entomophilous plants in the Tiksi Bay region. The succession of blossoming plants there is such that the bees are provided with pollen and nectar throughout the summer. Blossoms of many plants seem to serve as sites for mating, egg laying and larvae of the bees. Pollination by insects is also described in the Korfa Bay, Koryak National District and the Vorkuta areas. DLC. 99910 SHAMURIN, V.F. SezonnyT ritm i ekologiiå [svetenüå rastemi tundrovykh soobshchestv na Severe IAkutii. (In: Rastitel'nost' Kralnego Severa SSSR i ee osvoenie 1966. v.8, p.5-125, tables, graphs, illus) 280 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Seasonal rhythm and ecology of the flowering of plants in tundra plant assocations in northern Yakutia. Presents results of summer 1955-57 studies in the Tiksi Bay area chiefly in the vicinity of the town of Tiksi at 71°36'N. Some 107 species were studied, low bushes, grasses,

sedges, legumes, and (mostly) heterogenous herbaceous plants; seven geobotanical groups are represented. Phenologic and ecologic data on their flowering are presented. The seasonal and diurnal rhythm of flowering, pollination by insects and wind, and self-fertilization are treated. The ability of plants in the Arctic to adapt their physiological processes to the physical and ecological conditions is analyzed. They begin flowering at the low temperature of 3-4°C and their period of flowering shortens, self-pollination is relatively common. Comparisons are made with observations in other, Intl northern, areas. The extensive bibliography is nearly half non-Russian publications. DLC. SHANALIN, B.F., see No. 95649 SHANIN, L.L., see No. 101115 SHANTAR, A.A., see No. 99336 SHANTAR, E.A., see No. 99209 99911 SHANTSER, A.E. and others. K voprosu o nesoglasii v mel-paleogenovom (Akadekomplekse Vostochnogo khrebta. miis nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. vulkanologii. Trudy 1966. no.23, p.25-27) In Russian. Other authors: A.S. Arsanov and A.M. Sadreev. Title tr.: A disconformity in the Cretaceous-Paleogene complex of the Vostochnyy Range. Reports the presence of a large disconformity inside the thick volcanic-terrigenous complex, conditionally attributed to the Cretaceous-Paleogene. This disconformity is described and compared in the Tumrok and Gamchen Ranges. Its possible age is discussed. DLC. 99912 SHANTSER, A.E. 0 vulkanogennoT i terrigennoi forma[siiakh melovogo(?) vozrasta Vostochnogo khrebta Kamchatki. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. vulkanologii. Trudy 1966. no.23, p.10-14, map, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Volcanic and terrigenous formations of Cretaceous (?) age in the Vostochnyy Range of Kamchatka. Describes sections of volcanic and terrigenous strata in the Kumroch, Turnrok and Valaginskiy ranges. Their stratigraphy and correlation is given. The lithology, facies and thickness of the deposits and regional folding and faulting are described. DLC.

Trudy 1966. no.23, p.86-98, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Other authors A.I. Chelebaeva and A.R. Geptner. Title tr.: Stratigraphy and correlation of the Neogene deposits of the Tumrok Range and some other regions of Kamchatka. Presents a stratigraphic scheme for the Neogene deposits of the Tumrok Range at approx 55°N 161°E. Three structural stages are recognized and described in some detail. The Tumrok volcanic complex is distinguished and some volcanic rocks are described. A correlation scheme of the Neogene deposits of Kamchatka is given. DLC. 99914 SHANTSER, A.E. and V.I.TIKHONOV. Tektonika iuzhnoi chasti khrebta Kumroch, Vostochnaib Kamchatka. (Geotektonika 1967, no.3, p.98-I03, illus) In Russian. Title tr: Tectonics of the southern part of' Kumroch Range, eastern Kamchatka. Reviews previous investigations and own work in 1961. A tectonic plan and stratigraphic section of the region are presented. The tectonic structure is more complicated than hitherto considered. The Khapitsa depression, a tectonic block and a zone of small folds are distinguished and described. DLC. 99915 SHAPALIN, B.F. 10 let raboty Komissii po problemam Severa, 1954-1964 gg. (Problemy Severa 1967, no.11, p.250-57) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ten years of activity of the Commission for Problems of the North, 1954-1964. The Commission, headed by D.I. Shcherbakov, was set up by the Academy of Sciences in May 1954, was affiliated in 1960 with the Council for Study of Natural Resources and in 1962 was transferred to the jurisdiction of State Planning Committee, and headed by S.V. Slavin, the Commission was reorganized as an interdepartmental institution. Its efforts were devoted to the economy chiefly of Yakutia, Kamchatka and Magadan Province. Its publications are listed: 17 monographs, three journals, Problemy Severn, Letopis' Severs and Informarsionnyi brulleten' po zarubezhnomu Severu. CaMAI, DLC. SHAPALIN, B.F., see also No. 93418, 100061, 100233 SHAPIRO, B.S., see No. 99189, 99190 SHAPIRO, R., see No. 93980

99913 SHANTSER, A.E. and others. Stratigrafiia i kort-el iiiih neogenovykh otlozhenil khrebta Tumrok i nekotorykh drugikh raionov Kamchatki. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. vulkanologii.

99916 SHAPIRO, V.A. Osobennosti ostatochnol namagnichennosti magnetitov Pokrovsk-Ural'skogo mestorozhdeniiI. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Ural'skii filial. Inst. 1063

geofiziki. Trudy 1965, no.3, p.61-64, graphs) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Characteristics of the residual magnetism of magnetites of the Pokrovsk-Ural deposits. Deals mainly with the vectors of residual magnetism and their effect on the magnetic anomalies recorded from the contact-metasomatic deposits of magnetite in the Northern Ural. Of some 1500 oriented samples the values of residual magnetism and magnetic susceptibility (Xm) were measured and plotted on horizontal and vertical projection planes. For several samples the stability of Ir and Xm values were tested under hammer blows. The residual magnetism of the deposits is found to be unstable. The direction of the vectors of residual magnetism of ore body as a whole coincide with the direction of the present field. It may be assumed that the present directions of magnetization of contact-metasomatic deposits of iron formed under conditions similar to those present during the formation of the Pokrovsk-Ural group, coincide with the direction of the present magnetic field. DLC. 99917 SHAPISKOVSKII, B.E. Mashina dhå rezki merzlogo grunts. (Transportnoe stroitel'stvo 1967. v.17, no.2, p.52) In Russian. Title tr.: Machine for cutting frozen ground. Describes a hydraulically operated, bulldozer-mounted machine developed for cutting frozen ground. It has one reducer and two cutting tools, and can cut a continuous 35 cm wide trench to 2 m depth for running electrical, water, or telephone lines, and sewage or drainage systems. The cutting tools can be set up to cut two parallel trenches up to 14 cm wide and up to 50 cm apart for the construction of strip foundations. DLC. 99918 SHAPLEY, A.H. and J.V. LINCOLN. Calendar record for the International Geophysical Year 1957-1958. (International Geophysical Year 1957-58. Special Committee. Annals 1962. v.16, p.1-157, tables, maps) Gives in summary form the main features of the solar, geophysical and associated events which took place during the IGY. DLC. 99919 SHAPOCHKA, I.I. Priroda magnitnykh anomali basseTna r. Mai. (Geologitå i geofizika 1967, no.1, p.103-108, maps) 13 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: The nature of the magnetic anomalies of the Maya River basin. Gives a geologic interpretation of magnetic anomalies for the northeast frame of the Aldan shield on the basis of geologic and aeromagnetic investigations. The distribution of intrusions, and structure of the basement 1064

are described. The platformic stage of reDLC. gional development is discussed. SHARAS'KIN, AdA., see No. 93759 SHARMAN, D.F., see No. 97425 99920 SHARONOV, A.D. Kratkil ocherk fauny ptiis sredneT polosy taezhnoi zony Zapadnol Sibiri. (Tyumen'. Tiumenski oblastnoT kraevedcheskii muzel. Ezhegodnik 1961-1962 pub 1963. no.3, p.135-50, table.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title t}:: Brief account of the avifauna of the middle zone of the West Siberian taiga. Reports on seven summer seasons' field work between 1936 and 1952, with outline of physiography, climate, hydrology and general character of the bird fauna. Its ornithogeography is treated in some detail. The 167 forms studied are predominantly of East Siberian origin, not a single one is endemic. Their geographic distribution is presented in a table. DLC. 99921 SHAROVSKAIA, N.V. Nekotorye vidy ammodistsid i lituolid iz mezozoTskikh otlozhemi severe [ientrs1'noT Sibiri, (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontolognå i biostratigrafiii 1966. no.14, p.48-74, table, illus) Title tr.: Some 37 refs. In Russian. ammodiscid and lituolid species from Mesozoic deposits in the north of central Siberia. Presents systematic descriptions and illus of ten species of Upper Jurassic and Lower Cretaceous foraminifers collected in the Nordvik and Ust'-Yenisey areas. Most of them are new species attributed to the widely known arenaceous Ammodiscus and Lituola. A stratigraphic correlation is made between the Nordvik forams and those of Western Europe, the Russian plain, and Siberia. DLC. 99922 SHARP, G.W. Midlatitude trough in the night ionosphere. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.5, p.1345-56, graphs, map) Refs. Reports the results of direct observations of the ionospheric F-region ionization with an ion trap on a polar-orbiting satellite flown in Oct-Nov 1963. The presence of a welldefined trough in the F-region ionization is revealed. A diagram of the 50-90'N section of the flight shows a trough with a very sharp gradient on one side, its peak about 70°N. Two charts show the trough position with respect to the north magnetic pole during the low and high precipitated electron flux. DLC. SHARP, G.W., see also No. 96836

SHARP, R.D., see No. 95173, 95946, 99483 99923 SHASHMURIN, IÜ.A. and V.D. LUKOVSKII. Analiticheskil metod opredelenili poristosti dvukhkomponentnoi smesi kuskovatykh materialov. (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. Kol'skil filial. Tekhnologiii razraIn botki... 1964, p.176-80, table, graph) Russian. Title dra An analytic method of determining the porosity of a two-component mixture of lumpy material. Analyzes the volume relationship of the components of large and small pieces of broken ore, deriving the mixture's porosity value from the ratio of the volume of the free (pore) space to the total volume of the large-piece component. Formulas for determining the porosity of the mixture are worked out for three variants of the relationship when the ratio of mean diameters of large pieces to that of small pieces is not more than 16:1. A correction coefficient must be introduced into the formulas if this ratio is larger. A table for the values of the correction coefficient is given. DLC. 99924 SHASHMURIN, IU.A. and V.D. LUKOVSKII. Opredelenie konfiguratsii ravnomemo raspredelennykh utechek metodom EGDA. (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. Kol'skii filial. Tekhnologiia razrabotki... 1964, p.180-86, illus) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Determining the configuration of uniformly distributed leaks by the method of electrohydrodynamic analogies. Uses a modelling method which is based on differential equations describing electric current phenomena in conductors and electrolytes. A particular configuration of air leaking through broken ore and a caved-in zone of the overburden at the S.M. Kirov apatite mines is determined to ascertain the mean length and area of the path of the leakage. The result is presented in seven diagrams for leaks through vertical and horizontal workings, and simultaneously through both to a flat or uneven surface. DLC. 99925 SHASHMURIN, I11.A. and V.D. LUKOVSKII. Opyt primenenim fotoplanimetricheskogo metoda dliå opredelenirå poperechnykh sechenil gornykh vyrabotok. (In: Akademiis nauk SSSR. Kol'skii filial. Tekhnologiii razrabotki... 1964, p.55-57, illus) Ref. In Russian. Tide tr. Use of the photoplanimetric method in determining cross-sections of mine workings. Describes the method as taking a photograph of a ring of light reflected from the perimeter of the working and a flash circular reflector producing the ring by emitting light only in the plane of the cross-section, the

perimeter and area of which must be determined. The method can be recommended to ventilation engineers and mine surveyors, as more accurate and less labor-consuming than the usual method of measuring by tape-line and calculating perimeter and area of workings. At the S.M. Kirov apatite mines the tape-line method is found to reach 10-13% error, but the photoplanimetric only 1-2%. DLC. SHASHMURIN, IILA., see also No. 101173 99926 SHASHUN'KINA, V.M. Ionosfemyi effekt vnezapnogo nachala magnitnor buri 15 iiuhå 1959 g. (Geomagnetizm i a ronomiii 1966. v.6, no.1, p.146-49, map, illus) 5 refs. In Russian. Tide tr. Ionospheric effect of the sudden commencement of the magnetic storm of 15 July 1959. Investigates globally and in detail the variations of critical radio frequencies and the associated variations of the height of the ionospheric layer during the first five hours after the sudden commencement of the geomagnetic storm. The analyzed ionospheric effect is considered to be due to propagation of an acoustic gravity wave from the polar cap region towards the equator. The At isolines of the wave on the dayside of the earth are almost semicircular in shape, parallel to geographic latitude circles. Wave velocity is determined from the times of arrival at 11 ionospheric stations including Yakutsk, to be 740 m/s, its period increasing toward the south from 1 hr to more than 1 hr 30 min, its length being 1330 km, and the source of its generation at approx 70°N. DLC. 99927 SHASKOL'SKII, I.P. 0 vozniknovenii goroda Koly. (Istoricheskie zapiski 1962. v.71, p.270-79.) 45 refs. In Russian. Tyde ir.: Rise of the town of Kola. Refutes the view, generally accepted, that Kola was founded in 1264 as an erroneous interpretation of source materials. A village may have existed at the Kola River mouth as early as the 1530's, but it was not till the late 1560's or early 1570's that Kola attained town status as a foreign trade port. DLC. SHATASHVILI, L. KU., see No. 93444 SHATERNIKOVA, T.A., see No. 99085 SHATOBA, O.E., see No. 96334 99928 SHATUNOVSKII, M.I. Iameneniia biokhimicheskogo sostava pecheni i krovi belomorskoi rechnol kambaly vo vremiä sozrevaniii ee polovykh produktov v letneosennt'i period. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1065

1967. v.22, ser.6; biol., pochvovedenie no.2, p.22-30, graph, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title fr.: Changes in composition of the liver and blood of some White Sea flounder during maturation of eggs and sperm in summer and autumn. Describes the variations in relative proportions and biochemical characteristics of biologically active substances in the liver and blood of the flounder in summer and autumn. Serum proteins in males and females were compared. Biochemical events accompanying oögenesis and spermatogenesis were followed for both seasons. The necessity of the synthesis products of the liver and the transport function of the blood was shown. Further studies relating gonad, liver and blood function during gametogenesis are DLC. planned.

Zametka o 99931 SHAVROVA, N.N. soderzhanii radiiü v lavakh vulkanov KliuchevskoT gruppy. (Akademiih nauk SSSR. Vulkanologicheskaiii stan[siI. Biulleten' 11 refs. In 1956. no.24, p.65-67, tables.) Tide tr: Note on the radium Russian. content in lavas of volcanoes of the Klyuchevskiy group. Reports on nine lava samples from Klyuchevskiy's lateral vent Tuyla and from Ploskiy Tolbachik. The amount of Ra /gm lava proved to be of order 0.68x10.12 Tolbachik Ploskiy except 0.99x10-12, 3.36x10-12. Age of the lava seemed to have no influence on Ra content, and in this Klyuchevskiy resembles Kilauea lavas and differs from Vesuvius where recent lavas have 8 DLC. times the Ra of ancient lavas.

99929 SHATUNOVSKII, M.I. and biokhimicheothers. Nekotorye skogo sostava pecheni i krovi v svtäzi s sozrevaniem iaichnikov poliarnoT kambaly (Liopsetta glacialis Pall. ) Belogo monå. (Nauchnye doklady vyssheT shkoly. Biologicheskie nauki 1967, no.5, p.52-57, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: A. Varton', V.E. Prostantinov and S.A. Salmin. Tide tr.: Some changes in the biochemical composition of liver and blood during ovarian ripening of Liopsetta glacialis in the White Sea. Studies fat and dry matter content of the carcass, liver and female gonads of this fish. Also the relationship of protein fractions and their concentrations in the lymph during ovarian maturation. DLC.

SHAW, D.M., see No. 94935, 94936, 99384

99930 SHATUNOVSKII, M.I. and others Nekotorye rezul'taty blektroforeticheskogo issledovanüa belkov i lipoproteidov syvorotki krovi navagi i treski Belogo monå. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1967. v.22, ser.6: biol., pochvovedenie no.3, p.3-11, graph, tables) Refs. In Russian. Other authors: K.F. Sorvachev and F.A. Isaev. Title tr.: Results of electrophoretic studies of proteins and lipoproteids in the navaga and cod of the White Sea. Lipid and protein content varied with sex and the physiological state of the fish. Lipid and protein content was always lower in the navaga (Eleginus navaga) than in the cod, especially the gonadal beta-lipoprotein fraction. It is suggested that lipid content and physiological adaption are related. Food reserves and stored lipids are higher in these species than in more southerly species. DLC. 1066

SHAW, B.W., see No. 99194

SHAW, J.B., see No. 93330, 93331, 93335, 94028 99932 SHCHAPOV, N.M. Udar l'din o sooruzheniia. (Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitel= In stvo 1933. v.4, no.2, p.26-28, illus) Russian. Title tr.: The impact of ice against installations. Presents the mathematical development of theory of ice impact on the plane normal to the direction of its drift, and on a bridge pier, in particular. The solution is based on N.E. Zhukovskh"'s theory (1898) of an elastic liquid, stopped instantaneously or gradually in an elastic pipe. The case of ice impact on a pier, accompanied by breakup of the floe is presented in detail in a finite form, giving six times greater collision force than that calculated by A.N. Komarovskii (1932). The case of ice impact without its destruction is analyzed also and brought to the form which gives the max collision force at the instant of its arrest. As collision force is inversely proportional to the duration of the impact, this method has the quality of novelty in application to this problem. Following Shchapov's paper is (p.28) a comment by F.F. Gubin, who points out that Shchapov's mathematical expressions for the ice crushing stress, and collision force give only the max force for an infinitely long floe or during infinitely short impact time, since neither of the two expressions contain the length of the ice floe. Application of the expression for gradual stopping of the floe requires knowledge of the time t in which the floe velocity on initially touching the pier diminishes to zero. The value of t is unknown however. For the t — 0.15 sec used by Shchapov, the value of the impact force of a 50x20x0.7 m ice floe

approaching a 20 m long wall at 0.4 m/s velocity comes out to be 350t, instead of 1,200t calculated by Shchapov for head-on impact. DLC. 99933 SHCHEGLOV, L. and others. Sozdanie nezamerzaiushchikh akvatoril po(Rechnol transport tokoobrazovateliami. 1968. v.27, no.1, p.27) In Russian. Other authors: A. Badmdin and V. Tarasevich. Title Er: Creation of non-freezing water areas by current makers. Describes briefly the construction and operation of the POZ-28 current makers designed in 1959 in Karelia for melting the ice cover and keeping an area with floating timber ice-free. The current maker takes the wanner bottom water by suction fan into the intake of the nozzle, and ejects it to the surface through the narrowing part of the nozzle, thus melting the ice, and keeping the surface open. The device was found to perform satisfactorily even at 0.25 to 0.3°C bottom temperature, though much better at higher temp. The device was also successfully used for melting the ice bowl beneath a vessel. The POZ-28 is 3.1 m long 1.1 m wide and 1.88 m high. Its draught is 1.27 m, total weight (incl electric motor) 1,300 kg, power 28-30 kw. Effective action of the produced stream at 0.2 misec velocity is 200 m. POZ-28 costs 1,428 rubles, and used 84 kw /hr. DLC. 99934 SHCHEGLOV, S.L. and A.I. BONDAREV. The town of Norilsk. English translation of No 68159, available as TT65-63567 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va., 22151. DLC. 99935 SHCHEGLOV, V.N. Snegouborochnoe prisposoblenie na parovozakh uzkoI kolei. (Torfianaia promyshlennost' 1964. v.41, no.7, p.30, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Snow removing appliance on narrow gauge locomotives. Snow removal on narrow gauge railroads is usually done by special locomotives. But a group of constructors of the Komsomol Transportation Administration have devised a piece of snow-removing equipment which can be adjusted in winter to any locomotive. It is described in detail with drawings. DLC. 99936 SHCHEGOL'KOV, IÜ.G. Proekt tekhnicheskikh ukazanil po izyskaniiam i prokladke inzhenernykh setei. Magadan. Vses. n: issl. inst. zolota i redkikh metallov. Sbornik referatov 1961 pub 1962, p.40-45, table) In Russian. Title tr.: Technical suggestions for the survey and laying out of engineering lines. From knowledge of the utility systems

installed in villages of the Magadan area, author deals with the geological and climatic conditions of the region in relation to the distribution of the water, sewage, heating, etc conduits, their design and construction. General suggestions are given and some survey problems stated. The construction methods recommended are given in detailed tabular form. DLC. SHCHEPETKIN, IÜ.V., see No. 98414 SHCHEPETNOV, R.V., see No. 98727, 100775 SHCHEPINA, A.K., see No. 98161 99937 SHCHERBAK, A.M. 0 kharaktere leksicheskikh vzaimosvibzei purkskikh, mongol'skikh i tunguso-man'chzhurskikh iazykov. (Voprosy ihzykoznaniii 1966. v.15, no.3, p.21-35, tables) Approx. 50 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Character of lexical interrelations between Turkic, Mongolian, and Tungus-Manchu languages. Disputes their descent from a common ancestral Altaic language. Concordances are attributed to territorial and cultural contacts rather than genetic links. The nature and etymology of words common to the Turkic Yakut and the Tungus-Manchu Gold, Eveny Lamut, Evenki and Amur Tungus languages are discussed among others. DLC. 99938 SHCHERBAK, A.M. 0 proiskhozhdenii pervichnykh dolgikh glasnykh v tiürkskikh iazykakh. (Voprosy ►azykoznanirå 1967. v.16, no.6, p.34-47) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Origin of long vowels in the first syllable in Turkic languages. Phonological and ethno-linguistic study including Yakut. DLC. SHCHERBAKOV, F.A., see No. 98425 SHCHERBAKOV, IÜ.A., see No. 95880 99939 SHCHERBAKOV, IU.G. and G.A. PEREZHOGIN. Geokhimicheskie usloviia zolotonosnosti granitoidov Zapadnol Chukotki. (Geneticheskie osobennosti i obshchie zakonomernosti razvitiih zolotoi mineralizatsii Dal'nego Vostoka. E.A. Radkevich, ed. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. p.39-55, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The geochemical conditions of the gold-bearing granitoids of West Chukotka. Reviews the geologic structure of the region and composition of the sedimentary-volcanic rocks. Intrusive complexes and granitoid massifs of Palyan and Pevek are briefly characterized. The distribution of Mesozoic gold-bearing deposits is outlined. The de1067

termination of gold in various rocks by a radioactive method is reported and the data tabulated. More gold is found in the volcanic and greywacke deposits and less in the arkose DLC. and schist deposits. SHCHERBAKOV, O.I., see No. 95367, 95368 99941 SHCHERBAKOVA, E. ][A. EastEnglish translation of No em Siberia. 75561, available as AD-608 302 from CFSTI, DLC. Springfield, Va., 22151. 99942 SHCHUKIN, O.G. Raschet teplopoter' podvalov, zaglublennykh v vechnomerzlyl grunt. (Vodosnabzhenie i sanitarnatä tekhnika 1965, no.8, p.5-8, graphs) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr: Calculation of heat losses in basements sunk in permafrost. Considers the heat loss value to be in direct relationship to the formation of thaw basin stability beneath the basement, after ten years' use of the building, when the size of the basin remains practically constant. An engineering method is proposed for a transition from the one dimensional solution of thawing depth problems to the real solution of thawing under heated basements of parallelepiped type. Formulas for the time required for the permafrost to thaw a specified depth, time required to heat the basement to a given temperature, and other analytical formulas derived were checked with a hydrointegrator, and found to be correct. Field tests at Vorkuta and in the Trans-Baykal region showed that the values determined by these formulas exceed actual observational values by no more than 8%. DLC.

99944 SHEFOV, N.N. Issledovanitå fiziki verkhnel atmosfery, soveshchanie v Apa(Akademii nauk SSSR. Vestnik titakh. In Russian. 1966. v.36, no.6, p.83-84) Title tr.: Investigation of the physics of the upper atmosphere, conference at Apatity. Reports the 22-26 Mar 1966 conference of the Institute of Atmospheric Physics and of the Polar Geophysical Institute of the Academy of Sciences' Kola Branch. Nearly 50 papers were delivered mostly on problems of auroras; some results of studies of their energy release and ray emission frequency are DLC. noted. 99945 SHEIMOVICH, V.S. Vulkan (Biulleten' Ksudach v avguste 1963 g. vulkanologicheskikh stant`sil 1966. no.41, 3 refs. In Russian. p.25-28, map, tables) Title tr.: Ksudach Volcano in August 1963. Outlines the structure, morphology, and geological composition of this little known volcano (Shtyubelya Sopka), and of its caldera around Klyuchevoye Lake. Chemical composition of the early Quaternary basalt and of water from Goryachiy Plyazh (Hot Beach) of the lake is shown. Present-day activity is limited to evaporation at Hot Beach; fumaroles observed in 1927 were not DLC. found. SHEIMOVICH, V.S., see also No. 93313, 93612 SHEIN, A., see No. 100021 SHEKHOVTSOV, B.A., see No. 93442

99943 SHCHUKIN, V.N. and others. Ob otkrytii novoi almazonosnol kimberlitovol trubki v Malo-Botuobinskom ralone. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v. 177, no.l. p.193-96, graphs, table, illus) 4 refs. In Russian. Other authors: A.D. Khar'kiv and Title tr.: Discovery of a new E.I. Boris. diamond-bearing kimberlite pipe in the Malaya Botuobiya region. Describes the structure, position and composition of this pipe named for the 23rd session of the Communist Party. Its chemical composition and the rock-forming and accessory minerals are described. Comparisons are made with the Mir and Aykhal pipes of DLC. the same region.

99946 SHELEST, L.N. Nekotorye voprosy razvitiia elektroenergetiki v sevemykh (Problemy raionakh Tiumenskoi oblasti. Severa 1967, no.12, p.137-46, tables) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Development of electric energy production in the northern districts of Tyumen' Province. English translation available from National Science Library, National Research Council, Ottawa. In 1965, the electric stations of the province had barely 200,000 kw capacity, with an output of about one billion kwh/yr, peat being the chief source of energy. The economic development of Western Siberia requires up to 5.75 billion kwh/yr in the initial phase, and 34.5 billion kwh/yr when industry is in full production. Several means of achieving this level are outlined, stressing the use of natural gas in northern Tyumen'. CaMAI, DLC.

SHCHUKIN, V. N., see also No. 97647

SHELTON, E.M., see No. 97755

SHEBALIN, N.V., see No. 93664

SHEMIHKIN, M.L., see No. 94904

1068

99947 SHEMIAKIN, V.M. and others. Gidroksilsoderzhashchn rombicheskil piroksen iz charnokitov Severno'f Kareli. (Akademiii nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.174, no.2, p.438-40, tables) 11 refs. In Russian. Other authors: L.I. Afans'eva and M.V. Terent'eva. Title tr. Hydroxyl-containing rhombic pyroxene from charnockites of northern Karelia. Reports results of mineralogical, chemical and roentgenostructural investigation samples from the Vichanskiy massif. The pyroxene has a high iron content and an anomalous high content of water. DLC. 99948 SHEMIAKIN, V.M. 0 charnokitakh Severnol Karelil. (Akademite nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.169, no.6, p.1429-31) 17 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Charnockites of northern Karelia. Describes the petrography of charnockites of the Vichanskiy massif in the Keret' Lake area. Their mineral composition is analyzed: quartz, plagioclase, feldspar, etc. Rhombic and monoclinic pyroxene and amphibole are described. Age of the charnockites is also discussed. DLC. SHEMIAKIN, V.N., see No. 94158 99949 SHENROK, A. Transportnoe osvoenie Bratskogo vodokhranilishcha. (Rechnoi transport 1964. v.23, no.5, p.32-34, graph, map.) In Russian. Title tr.: Transport developement of the Bratsk reservoir. Presents data on the reservoir formed by backwater of the Bratsk dam, and organization of transportation on the Angara River of 580 km, the Oka 330 km, and Iye 180 km. At the end of the 1963 navigation season the backwater was 44.4 m high. At that stage the reservoir contained about 63 km3 of water, had a 2500 km2 surface, and an average depth of 27 m, as against 170 km3 5500 km2, and 30 m respectively expected when the backwater reaches 102 m according to the project. Clearing the reservoir of the woods flooded is a problem for future navigation. Of 15,058 ha of forest flooded 3400 ha remain to be cleared, and 317 ha of stumps grubbed out. These new waterways will greatly influence the transportation system of Krasnoyarskiy Kray. DLC. 99950 SHEPARD, F.P. and R.F. DILL. Submarine canyons and other sea valleys. Chicago, Rand McNally 1966. 381 p. maps, illus. The study of submarine canyons began with the use of echo sounding and has progressed to submarine photography, scuba diving, observations from deep-diving submersibles and making of acoustic probes and

profiles. Eight types of valleys are distinguished on the basis of origin, shape, and position relative to the continental shelf and slope; among them are the Bering Sea canyons (p 198-202), incl Bering, Pribilof and Umnak canyons, the fault valleys of the Aleutian slopes (p 239-42), the southeastern Alaska trough (p 287, 289), and troughs along the Labrador coast (p 289-90). DGS. SHEPELEV, I.T., see No. 98788 SHEPETNOV, R.V., see No. 95501 99951 SLIER, A.V. Iskopaemaia salga na severe Vostochnol Sibiri i Alteske. (AkadeØå nauk SSSR. Komissii po izuchenitü chetvertichnogo perioda. Biulleten' 1967, no.33, p.97-112, map, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title fr.: Fossil saiga in the north of Eastern Siberia and Alaska. Reviews the area of distribution of this sheeplike antelope on the basis of some 30 finds of remains, mostly between 50° and 60°N, from the Ural to Baykal. The geologic conditions of this time and area are characterized. Most of the remains are in Upper Pleistocene deposits. The ecology of the present-day saiga and Siberian fossil saiga is outlined. Its paleogeographic environment is described as the relief of plains, thin snow cover, etc; its migration to Alaska is noted. The salga is a typical representative of periglacial fauna. CaMAI, DLC.

SHER, S.D., see No. 96643 99952 SHEREBRIN, M.H. and A.C. BURTON. Changes in the resting potential of skeletal muscle in rats with cold acclimation. (Canadian journal of physiology and pharmacology 1966. v.44, no.5, p.791-802, tables, graphs, illus) 22 refs. Reports experiments showing that the mean resting potential of cells in cold acclimatized rats was slightly but significantly higher than in controls. A larger temperature gradient with depth in the muscle was also DLC. noted in acclimatized animals. SHERIDAN, W.L., see No. 97994 SHERIKHORA, V. IA., see No. 95763 SHERLE, Z., see No. 94996 99953 SHERSTOBOEV, V.N. Obsluzhivanie Vtoroi Kamchatskol ekspeditiii krestianami Lensko-Ilimskogo krase. (Akademite nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Sibir' perioda feodalizma 1965. no.2, p.298-303.) 5 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.-Servicing of the 1069

Second Kamchatka Expedition by peasants of the Lena-Ilim region. Discusses labor provided in 1733-1743. Supplies for the main base at Ilimsk were transported overland and by river to Yakutsk, thence to mouth of the Lena. About 10-15% of the able-bodied farmers were in service at a time, 10% of the draught animals. The economic burden was further increased by low crop yields in the 1740's and by the farmers' absence at harvest time. Data are given on distances by land and water, food stuffs and equipment, wagons and barges commandeered, and pay rates per wagon/mi or day, etc. DLC.

99959 SHESTERIKOV, N.P. 0 pogloshchenii solnechnol radia[sii l'dom pod snezhnifsel. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1967. no.25, p.66-70, graph, tables, illus) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Solar radiation absorption by ice under a puddle. Discusses thawing of ice covered with transparent water as in puddles of meltwater on the Chukchi, Barents, Kara, and other arctic seas, and ice under muddy opaque water as in Yenisey Bay. The solar radiation absorption values are determined for the ice in both cases, and thawing is found to proceed more rapidly under the muddy water than under the transparent. DLC.

99954 SHERSTOV, I. Uluchshit' sudokhodnye usloviiä v Lenskom basseine. (Rechnol transport 1966. v.25, no.11, p.41) In Russian. Title tr.: To improve navigation conditions in the Lena basin. Recommends the upper Lena River be improved by making the navigation channel a guaranteed 2 m deep, 70 m wide, and 350 m at the bends. The navigation signs should be increased in number and quality. DLC.

SHEVAREVA, T.P., see No. 97418

99955 SHERWOOD, G.A. Recent modifications in banding equipment for Canada (Journal of wildlife management geese. 1965. v.29, no.3, p.640-43, illus) Describes equipment consisting of holding cages, a revolving banding table and a weighing tripod. The equipment reduces DLC. handling and injury to the geese. 99956 SHERWOOD, M.B. Science in Russian America, 1741 to 1865. (Pacific Northwest quarterly 1967. v.58, no.1, p.33-39) 30 refs. Reviews the nature and scope of scientific observations in subarctic Russian America, based on standard sources in English and German and on translations from the Russian. DLC. 99957 SHESTALOV, I.1. Iz knigi "Glaza belol nochi". (Druzhba narodov 1967, no.7, p.61-67) In Russian. Title tr.: Excerpts from the book "Eyes of a white night". Eight poems by this Vogul poet, translated by E. Vinokurova. DLC. 99958 SHESTALOV, IÜ. Kral nash Manst7skii. (Ogonek 1966. v.44, no.23, p.9-10, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Our Mansi country. Sketches life in this area. Modern facilities, cultural growth, and the industrial development of local natural gas resources are noted. Water pollution and the threat to local DLC. fauna are also considered. 1070

99960 SHEVCHENKO, E. It1. Luchistyi teploobmen v prizemnom sloe vozdukha v ralone g. Vorkuty. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Izvestiia 1964, ser. geog. no.2, p.107-110, tables, graph.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Radiant heat exchange in the lowest air stratum in the region of the town of Vorkuta. Reports the radiation regime based on data of 1958-1961. Total radiation for the months and years is tabulated. It averages 63.5 kcallcm2 /yr. In June and July when days are clear, the radiation is 600-700 cal/cm2 /day. In adjacent areas of tundra in summer it is 10-15% greater. The values of albedo, absorbed radiation are also given. Radiation balance in Vorkuta is also reported according to months and years (1958-1961). DLC. SHEVCHENKO, V.M., see No. 100083 SHEVELEV, L.V., see No. 94372, 94374, 101173 99961 SHEVELEVA, N.S. Geokriologicheskoe ralonirovanie Eniseiskogo Severa. (In: Vses. mezhduvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po geokriologii, 8th. Materialy v.3, 1966. p.71-80, maps, table) In Russian. Title tr.: Geocryologic zoning of the Yenisey North. Presents a generalized geocryologic map of the right bank of Yenisey from Igarka north to Ust'-Port. The area is divided into two provinces according to geocryologic features, Yenisey and Middle Siberia. Each is described and its zones, regions, and smaller units delineated. The soil temperature, thickness of permafrost, active layer and other features are reported. DLC. 99962 SHEVEL'KO, E.A. Ob osobennosti kh teploreguliaiiii u kur pri dozirovannykh temperaturnykh vozdeistvhåkh. (Biulleten' eksperimental'noi biologii i medi-

isiny 1967. v.32, no.9, p.29-32, graphs) 8 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: The character of thermoregulation in chickens exposed to controlled temperatures. Reports investigation on the effects of heat or cold. Existence of effective thermoregulation was evident. In the cold, shivering, vasamotor reaction in the limbs and chemical thermoregulation were observed. DLC. SHEVNINA, N.F., see No. 95255, 95256 99963 SHEVYREV, L.T. Perestroika rechnoi sistemy severnoi chasti Oklanskogo plato. (Voprosy geografii Kamchatki 1967, no.5, p.182-83, map) In Russian. Title 1r.: Reconstruction of the river system in the northern part of the Oktan plateau. Since the end of Middle Quaternary time the drainage system of this north-central Kamchatka area has undergone two phases of development which are briefly described and illus. This type of study is of importance for the detection of placers. DLC. 99964 SHIELS, A.W. The purchase of Alaska. College, Univ. of Alaska Press 1967. 208 p. Refs. Traces and documents the negotiations which led to the purchase and discusses several political scandals associated with it. Sumner's speech of 9 Apr 1867 is reproduced in full (104 p) and the seven articles of the DLC. treaty of 1867 are also presented. 99965 SHIKHARBEEV, B.V. K voprosu o sevemoi granise rasprostranenii'a kleshcha vida Ixodes persulcatus P. Sch. v Irkutskoi oblasti. (In: Irkutsk. N.-issl. inst. epidemiologii i mikrobiologii. Materialy 1967, p.45-47) In Russian. Title tr.: The northern boundary of the zone of Ixodes persulcatus ticks in Irkutsk Province. Tick collection in the Bodaybo and MamaChuya districts of Irkutsk Province in the lower Vitim river valley showed that the northern boundary of the zone of Ixodes persulcatus is located at 58-59°N. In this area ticks are found only in the larch-deciduous floodplain forests, 1-2 ticks/km. Preimaginal tick forms were found in this area, indicating that reproduction takes place even in an area with a mean annual temperature of -5 to -6°C. DLC. 99966 SHIKHARBEEV, B.V. Materialy k izucheniiii fauny i ekologii kleshchei semeistva Ixodidae v Irkutskoi oblasti. (In: Irkutsk. N: issl. inst. epidemiologii i miIn krobiologii. Materialy 1967, p. 40-44) Russian. Title tr.: The fauna and ecology of Ixodid ticks in Irkutsk Province. Collection of 18,000 Ixodid ticks in Irkutsk

Province, 1959-65, showed that there are six Ixodid tick species in this area: Ixodes persulcatus, Dermacentor nuttalli, D. silvarum, I. plumbeus, Haemaphysalis concinna, and I. trianguliceps, of which the first three are the most widespread. L persulcatus is found among other zones in the area around the upper reaches of the Lena River, and the steppes and forest-steppes in the northern regions of the province, appearing in early April, and being most active in late May-early June. In the upper reaches of the Lena River, tick density is 6.6 specimens/km; an unusual high of 25.4 specimens/km around the Bratsk Reservoir, due to an unusual increase in the number of hosts is noted. DLC. 99967 SHIKHORINA, K.M. Anal'[simovye bazal'toidy Maimecha-Kotuiskol provintsii. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1965. Regional'naIä geologii no.7, p.86-95, table, illus.) 2 refs. In Russian. Title lr.: Analcime basalts of Maymecha-Kotuy province. These basalts are found in a volcanic stratum of Permian-Triassic age. Their stratigraphic position is outlined, and their varieties distinguished: analcime basalts, analcime-nepheline basalts, analcime basanites and analcime tephrites. Their minerals: analcime, nepheline, plagioclase, olivine, etc are described. Chemical composition of the basalts is given. DLC. 99968 SHIKHORINA, K.M. Fenitytveitozity intruzii Kugda. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1965. Regional'naiä geologiia no.5, p.75-86, maps, illus) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Fenites and tveitåsites of the Kugda intrusion. The Kugda intrusion on the right bank of the Kotuy is 17 km2 in area. Its formation and component rocks are described. Attention is directed to the fenites and tveitåsites, so named by W.C. Brögger in Norway 1920; they are treated in some detail as to their mode of occurrence, physical properties, mineral composition and other features. The process of fenitization is described. DLC. 99969 SHIKHORINA, K.M. Lineinye svråzi mezhdu glavnymi porodoobrazuiüshchimi elementami effuzivnykh porod Maimecha(Leningrad. N: issl. Kotuiskoi provintsii. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Regional'naia geologii 1967. no.10, p.229-34, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Linear relations between the main rock-forming elements of effusive rocks of MaymechaKotuy province. Characterizes the ultrabasic, basic, and acid effusives. The application of linear correlation analysis to 97 silicate analyses establishes the 1071

relation between Si and K, K and Na, and other elements. DLC. 99970 SHILEISO, A.A. K voprosu ob izmenchivosti limneid (Mollusca, Gastropoda) Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Gidrobiologicheskil zhurnal 1967. v.3, no.3, p.77-80, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr Variability of lymnaeids (Mollusca, Gastropoda) of the Kola Peninsula. A quantity of gastropods collected in the Kola Peninsula was found to vary considerably within each species. Geographical variations in Lymnaea stagnalis and Lymnaea auricularia were investigated in detail. DLC. 99971 SHILEIKO, A.A. Ob åkologii nazemnykh molliuskov Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Moskovskoe o-vo ispytatelel prirody. Biulleten' 1967. Otdel biologicheskt% v.72, no.6, p.42-45, graph, illus) Refs. In Russian. English summary. 77Ue tr.: Ecology of terrestrial molluscs on the Kola Peninsula. Fifteen species of terrestrial molluscs, most of which are polytopic, are found in the Kola Peninsula. The species include: Succinea putris, Clonella lubrica, Vertigo alpestris, Pupilla muscorum, Vallonia costata, V. pulchella, Acanthinula harpa, Discus ruderatus Perpolita hammonis, P. petronella, Euconulus fulvus, Vitrina pellucida, Arion subfuscus, Deroceras agreste and D. laeve These molluscs thrive best under conditions of low humidity and relatively high temperature while in more southerly latitudes, these species are harmed by such conditions. The Kola Peninsula is the northern limit of these species and conditions prevailing very seldom provide the optimum temperature-humidity conditions required. DLC. 99972 SHILIAEVA, L.M. K probleme izucheniia migratsii pestsa. (Problemy Severa 1967, no.11, p.91-98, graphs, map) 14 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Studying the migration of the arctic fox. English translation available from National Science Library, National Research Council, Ottawa. The eastern part of the Nentsy National District and Yamal Peninsula are areas of the largest fox population, and the main source of the migrations north to Novaya Zemlya, west to Kanin-Timan Tundra, and south to the forests of Komi ASSR. The migration mostly of young animals, begins in Oct-Nov and ends as they return in Mar-Apr. The migrants do not mingle with foxes encountered en route, and their numbers depend on the population density on the breeding grounds. The study is based in part on fieldwork in 1958-1963. CaMAI, DLC. 1072

SHILIN, III.A. Analiz rabe99973 tosposobnosti dolot sharoshechnykh OM-29-110K. (Gornyl zhurnal 1967. v.142, no.12, p.29-31, graph, table) In Russian. 7Ytle tr.: Analysis of the efficiency of OM-29-110K rotary drill bits. Reports on tests at the Medvezhiy Ruchey mine at Noril'sk, where rotary drills are used exclusively. Examination of 146 drills showed the main cause of their wearing out was the breakdown of parts of the hard-alloy bits. The necessary modification is suggested. DLC. 99974 SHILIN, IU.A. 0 vozmozhnosti lova okhotomorskoi moivy. (Rybnoe khozialstvo 1967. v.43, no.8, p.11) In Russian. Title tr.: Possibility of an Okhotsk Sea capelin fishery. Discusses the distribution, maturation, size and weight of this capelin as compared with the Barents Sea and Japanese species. Its diet is noted. The present occasional, and possibilities of regular fishing are considered. DLC. 99975 SHILIN, IU.A. Rybokhortålstvennoe znachenie ozer verkhnego i srednego techenii Kolymy. (In: Soveshchanie po biologicheskol produktivnosti vodoemov Sibiri... 1966, p.122-23) In Russian. Title tr.: Significance of the lakes of the upper and middle Kolyma to fisheries. Many lakes with an average depth of 4-6 m are swelled by spring melts and support varied planktonic and macroscopic life forms. Chironimid larvae are the principal components of the benthos. In June the biomass averages 13.8 g/m2; zooplankton would support fish. Some of the specimens examined are commercially valuable. DLC. 99976 SHILO, N.A. and G.F. PAVLOV. Glavnelshie cherty rossypnol olovonosnosti Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. Nauchnyl sovet po rudoobrazovanii'u. Geologitå rossypei 1965. p. 53-66, graphs, tables, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: The main features of tin placers in the Northeast of the USSR. These tin placers occur in three structuralfacies zones, the Yana-Kolyma and Chukotka folded zones and the Okhotsk-Chukotka volcanic belt. They are genetically associated with cassiterite-quartz, cassiterite-silicate and cassiterite-sulfide formations, and the first has the main role in tin placer formations. Various types of these placers are described, the alluvial predominate. DLC. SHILO, N.A. and A.A. SIDO99977 ROV. Glavneishie cherty zolotogo i zolotoserebrilnogo orudeneniia vostochnoaziatskikh vulkanogennykh poi'asov. (In: Akademii

nauk SSSR. Otd-ie nauk o Zemle. Problemy metallogenii Sovetskogo Dal'nego Vostoka... 1967, p.80-92) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The main features of the gold and gold-silver mineralization of eastern Asian volcanic belts. Describes the genesis of the gold and gold-silver mineralization of the OkhotskChukotka and Sikhote-Alin volcanic belts. The mineralization processes of these belts are controlled by deep faults. Structuralmorphological types of gold and gold-silver mineralization analyzed, include the Kukeveyem and Kanchalan types in the Okhotsk-Chukotka belt. Ore depositional processes are discussed. DLC. 99978 SHILO, N.A. K istorii razvitiiå nizmennostel subarkticheskogo poi-Asa severo(Akademiiå nauk SSSR. vostoka Azii. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyl kornpleksnyf n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1964. no.11, p.154-69, map) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Development history of the lowlands plains of the subarctic belt of northeast Asia. Discusses the origin and development of the Yana-lndigirka and Kolyma lowlands. Various opinions on their origin are outlined. Most scientists agree that they were formed by fluvial processes. Author's own view of the paleogeography of arctic and Pacific zones of the Asian continent is stated: the YanaIndigirka and Kolyma lowlands originated on various tectonic structures and evidently have different tectonic-geomorphic development. The subpolar physiographic situation, transgressions and regressions, formation of lakes, and other features of these lowlands are DLC. briefly characterized. 99979 SHILO, N.A. and I.A. ZAGRUZINA. Magmaticheskie kompleksy i (In: metallogenirå Vostochnol Chukotki. AkadeØå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-VostochnyT kompleksnyi n: issl. inst. Pozdnemezozotskie granitoidy Chukotki... 1965. Trudy no.12, p.188-206, graph, map, tables) Refs. In Russian. English sumTitle tr.: The magmatic complexes mary. and the metallogeny of Eastern Chukotka. Distinguishes four stages of magmatism in Eastern Chukotka: Precambrian, Paleozoic, Mesozoic and Paleogene. Intrusions of each stage are briefly characterized, and the absolute age of rocks is determined by the potassium-argon method. The metallogeny especially of gold and tin in the region is discussed. The eastern part of Chukotka's folded system is found to be similar to the DGS. Yana-Kolyma gold-bearing belt.

99980 SHILO, N.A. and A.V. LOZHKIN. Mestorozhdenil zolota Severo-Vostoka SSSR. (In: AkademiI nauk SSSR. Otd-ie nauk o Zemle. Problemy metallogenii Sovetskogo Dal'nego Vostoka... 1967, p.93-102, map) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Gold deposits in northeastern USSR. Distinguishes two gold-mineralization provinces: the first is characterized by mesothermal mineralization and heavy concentrations of commercially-usable placers and occurs in the Yana-Kolyma and Chukotka Mesozoic folded systems; the second is of the epithermal mineralization type and is associated with the Okhotsk-Chukotka volcanic belt. Both provinces are analyzed in detail and a sketch map shows the goldbearing properties. At present, the placers of the Yana-Kolyma gold-bearing belt are being worked and are heavy producers. Recently initiated exploitation of the Chukotka goldbearing belt indicates that resources are large. In northeastern Yakutia, the Kular and Kharaulakh regions are of great interest. DLC. 99981 SHILO, N.A. and G.F. PAVLOV. Nekotorye cherty rossypnoi olovonosnosti Chukotki. (Akademi% nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyl kompleksnyl n: issl. inst. Trudy 1967. no.30, p.154-58, Title tr.: Some tables) In Russian. features of the tin placers of Chukotka. Notes the distribution of large tin placers associated with cassiterite-quartz and cassiterite-silicate formations. The original sources of the tin are discussed, and the position of placers in relation to regional structure is outlined. Valley placers are described according to size of the river and their average length along the valleys is DGS. estimated. 99982 SHILO, N.A. and others. Pervye dannye po stratigrafii paleolita Kamchatki. (Akademiii nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie, Severo-Vostochnyr kompleksnyl n: issl. inst. Trudy 1967. no.17, p.32-41, tables, map, illus) 8 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: N.N. Dikov and A.V. Lozhkin. Title tr.: Preliminary data on the stratigraphy of the paleolithic era in Kamchatka. Reports results of spore-pollen analysis of the stratified Ushki site, excavated 1962-64 by N.N. Dikov (qv) on Cape Kamennyy of Ushkovskoye ozero, a lake formed by a meander of the Kamchatka River. A trench cut through the 3 m thick cape deposits revealed 38 alternating volcanic ash and sandy loam horizons and eight cultural layers. Spore and pollen from a depth of 2.2-2.35 m, in the paleolithic layers VII and VIII, are 1073

representative for stony tundra vegetation of the Pleistocene era. The border between the Pleistocene and lower Holocene with a change to a moss and scrub tundra occurred between the early mesolithic or late paleolithic layers V and VI. The cultural layer V, at a depth of about 1.6 m, yielded a C14 date of 10,360 ± 350 yr BP. The Holocene spectra reflect a warming trend with fluctuating humidity, a climatic optimum reached in the early neolithic layer III at a depth of 1.2 m, and a gradual change to forest and brushwood, birch and alder predominating. DGS.

wry, with attention mainly to work since 1917. The principal expeditions, their leaders, participants, and results are noted. Dal'stroi set up in 1931 and its activities are described. The search for gold and gold placers, the 1944 conference at Magadan, and VNII-1 (the All-Union Institute of Gold and Rare Metals) organized in Magadan 1948, are reviewed. Other scientific institutions and their activities are also noted, as are various problems of mining and construction. DGS.

99983 SHILO, N.A. and others.

ro-Vostoka i rossypeobrazovanie. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. SeveroVostochnyi kompleksnyi n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1967. no.30, p.146-53) In Russian. Title Ir.: Tectonic geomorphic evolution of the surface in the Northeast and placer formation. Reviews development of the VerkhoyanskChukotka Mesozoic and the Koryak-Kamchatka Cenozoic folded systems and the Okhotsk-Chukotka volcanic belt. Orogenic and post-geosynclinal stages of the principal structures are outlined and endogenic and exogenic processes of relief formation are evaluated. A direct connection is established between placer formation and the tectonicmagmatic evolution of the folded areas. Two groups of morphologic structures are recognized with different formation of' placers. DGS.

Pritikhookeanskie vulkanogennye poiåasa Sovetskoi Azii i ikh metallogenicheskie osobennosti. (Geologitå i geofizika 1967, no.4, p.3-11, illus) 3 refs. In Russian. Other authors: A.A. Sidorov and A.V. Zil'berTitle tr.: Pacific volcanic belts of minü. Soviet Asia and their metallogenic features. Characterizes the structural position of volcanic belts and their relationship with adjacent epi-mesozoic platforms and Cenozoic geosynclines. The Okhotsk-Chukotka and Sikhote-Alin volcanic belts are described. Two groups of mineralization are recognized: one tin-tungsten-molybdenum, the other goldsilver, antimony-mercury. Their connection with the volcanic belts is discussed. DLC. 99984 SHILO, N.A. and A.A. SIDOROV. Problemy geologii endogennykh

mestorozhdenff zolota Severo-Vostoka. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe old-ie. Severo-Vostochnyi kompleksnyi n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1967. no.30, p.96-105) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. Geology of endogenic

gold deposits in the Northeast of the USSR. Gold deposits are associated with granitoids and small intrusions in the YanaKolyma and Chukotka Mesozoic folded systems, and with igneous Cretaceous and Lower Tertiary formations of the Okhotsk-Chukotka volcanic belt and the Cenozoic Koryak-

Kamchatka folded zone. Gold deposits of the Verkhoyansk-Chukotka folded zone are associated with dikes, quartz veins and stockworks. In the Okhotsk-Chukotka belt there are also three gold-bearing formations, which are characterized. Magmatism and the geochemical properties and mineral associations of gold are also discussed. DGS. 99985 SHILO, N.A. Razvitie nauki na Severo-Vostoke za gody Sovetskoi vlasti. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Severo-Vostochnyi kompleksnyi n: issl. inst. Trudy 1967. no.30, p.3-17) In Russian. Title tr.: Development of sciences in the Northeast during the years of Soviet rule.

Reviews investigations from the 16th cen1074

99986 SHILO, N.A. Tektono-geomorfologicheskaih evoliuüiih poverkhnosti Seve-

SHILO, N.A., see also No. 93415, 93925, 93928 99987 SHILOVA, M.V. and V.S. TEKUNOV. Vyezdnaia nauchno-praktiche-

skaia sessitå IAkutskogo nauchno-issledovatel'skogo institute tuberkuleza Ministerstva zdravookhraneniia RSFSR. (Zdravookhranenie Rossiiskol Federatsii 1967. v.11, no.9, p.42-43) In Russian. Title Ir.: Fieldwork and study session of the Yakut Tuberculosis Research Institute of the Min-

istry of Health of RSFSR. Reports on a session held Sept 1966 at Batagay, Yana District, on TB control in the thirteen Far North districts of Yakutia by 63 medical institutions incl thirteen tuberculosis dispensaries and four TB sanatoria. TB morbidity and mortality rate have been decreasing steadily since 1959. In 1965,

healing of lesions was effected in 80% of all pulmonary TB cases and 89% in teen-agers. DLC. SHIMAN, M.I. 0 vliihnii neravnomernosti vypuska rudy pod obrush en nymi porodami na rezul'taty izvlecheniiü. (in: Akademiis nauk SSSR. Kol'skii filial.

99988

Tekhnologitå razrabotki... 1964, p.26-31, tables, graphs) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The effect of uneven chute draw of ore from under collapsed rock upon the extraction output. Studies the effect of withdraw unevenness coifficient = ql /q2, where qi and q2 are the ore doses drawn from two adjacent chutes, using experimental 1:100 scale models, which reproduce conditions at the S.M. Kirov apatite mine. The experiment shows that ore draw at q = 2 does not affect ore extraction; but at V > 2, the percentage of clean ore is reduced, as is the rate of ore impoverishment, and there is an increase in the draw of impoverished ore. DLC.

iona Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (Geologiia i geofizika 1964, no.8, p.107-111, tables, graph.) 7 refs. In Russian. Title IL: Appraisal of the fracturing of basement rocks of the Berezovo-Shaim region in the West Siberian lowland. Reviews the composition of rocks of the Pre-Mesozoic basement of the Berezovo gas and Shaim oil deposits. 27 rock samples from various areas and depths are analyzed as to their fracturing patterns, systems of fracturing, direction of fracturing, and size. Reservoir properties of fractured rocks are studied and it is established that fractured rocks of Pre-Mesozoic crust weathering are reservoir rocks of oil and gas. DLC.

SHIMAN, M.I., see also No. 101173

99992 SHISHKANOV, G.F. and A.D. ZHMUD'. Ra[sional'nye inzhenernye seti

SHIMIZU, H., see No. 95967 SHINKARENKO, V.A., see No. 100855 SHIPKOV, A., see No. 100793 99989 SHIPLEY, N. Anne and Alexander Murray. (Beaver 1967. v.298, no.3, p.33-37, illus) A short biography of Anne Campbell and her husband Alexander Murray, both of whom were notable pioneer settlers in the Canadian Northwest and Alaska. Murray was an employee of the Hudson's Bay Co and established their post at Fort Yukon, Alaska. CaMAI. 99990 SHIPULIN, F. K.

Nekotorye dannye o geologicheskom stroenii ostrova Iony v Okhotskom more. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Dal'nevostochnyI filial. Trudy, ser. geol. 1957 pub. 1958. v.3, p.77-79.) In Russian. Title tr.: Some data on the geologic structure of Iony Island in the Okhotsk Sea. Reports study of about 30 rock samples collected in 1947 from Svyatoy lony Island; 16 represent granitoids, five lamprophyres, four aplites, two quartz and quartz veins, two schlieren of melanocratic rocks and one an aleuropelite type of rock. Their mineralogic composition is reported from microscopic study. Crystallization of the granitoid massif occurred under hypabyssal conditions. DLC.

SHIRETOROV, D., see No. 93781 SHIRIAEV, IA.M., see No. 95630

SHIROKOVSKAIA, E.A., see No. 100141

dlii

stroitel'stva na ottaivatüshchikh gruntakh. (Vodosnabzhenie i sanitarnaia tekhIn Russian. nika 1965, no.5, p.7-10, illus) Title tr.: Effective engineering networks for construction on thaw ground. Outlines utility systems with the heating, cold and hot water, and sewage lines, and electric cable racks laid in basements of domestic buildings in Magadan and Chita Province, and Komi ASSR. In buildings without basement the utility lines and cable racks are laid in trenches through the middle of the building. In the proposed installation of the network, its heating effect on the frozen substrate is considered with respect to hotwater pipe leaks, breakdowns of water and heating lines, etc. Plans and sections of buildings with layouts of the utilities system are given. DLC.

SHISHKIN, B.B., see No. 99724 Sadu tsvesti! 99993 SHISHKIN, I.V. (Na rubezhe 1959 v. 20, no.6, p.96-102, Title tr.: A garden illus.) In Russian. should bloom! Discusses horticultural possibilities under the environmental conditions of Karelia. Its central zone has a frost-free period of 90-110 days, and the northern zone 100 days, though the latter has frosts occasionally even in summer. Some early apples and berries do well in both; their long daylight compensating somewhat for the short growing season. Varieties are recommended for north of 64°30'N. Kolkhoz fruit crops are below the 1935-1938 level in Karelia and this is attributed to poor management and inefficiency. DLC.

99991 SHISHIGIN, S.I. and V.I. KONIÜKHOV. Otsenka treshchinovatosti

SHITOV, IU.V., see No. 94509

porod fundamenta Berezovo-Shaimskogo ra-

SHITOV, V., see No. 100766 1075

99994 SHKONDA, K.V. Voprosy sovershenstvovaniia remonta oborudovanii'a v Murmanskol oblasti. (Problemy Severa 1967, no.12, p.58-63, table) In Russian. Title tr.: Problems of improving the repair of equipment in Murmansk Province. English translation available from National Science Library, National Research Council, Ottawa. Outlines organizational defects in the repair shops in industrial concerns, as exemplified in the Apatite Combine, where 11 of the 56 million ruble primary cost of production went to the repair and overhaul of equipment in 1964. The high cost of current repair is due chiefly to the necessity of fabricating spare parts. Shortcomings of the main repair shop with 417 workers, poor and expensive service, etc are noted. CaMAI, DLC. 99995 SHKORBATOV, S.S., and others. Opyt izucheniia magnitnykh svoisty gornykh porod Monchegorskogo raTona. (Leningrad. Univ. Vestnik 1964. v.19, no.12, p.23-31, graphs.) 4 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: G.I. Sveshnikova and A.P. Perfilova. Title tr. Study of the magnetic properties of rocks of the Monchegorsk region. Reports study of the ultrabasic and basic, diorites and gneisses. Comparison is made between results on the magnetic properties of the rocks and magnetic survey data. The possibility of subdividing and mapping certain rock complexes by the magnetic method is established. The sulfide copper-nickel deposits of this region belong to rocks with weak magnetic properties. DLC. 99996 SHKVARIKOV, V.A. and others. Stroitel'stvo novykh gorodov v SSSR; The building of new towns in the USSR; La construction des vines nouvelles en URSS. Moskva, Strolizdat 1964. 123 p. maps, illus. Refs. In Russian, English and French. Other authors: M. Khauke and O. Smimova. More than eight hundred new towns were established during 1926-63, mostly at mining and industrial sites. Planning and construction principles are outlined generally for communities of 25 to a hundred thousand or more population, with plant, housing, health and cultural facilities as well as water supply, electricity, transportation, etc. Among the new towns illustrated are Angarsk and Akademgorodok. DLC. 99997 SHLIAPNIKOV, A.A. Tipy landshaftov PrieniseTskoi Sibiri. (Leningrad. Univ. Vestnik 1965. v.20, no.6, p.99-107, map.) 5 refs. In Russian. English summary. Tide tr.: Types of landscapes of Yenisey Siberia. 1076

Reports a 1956-61 study made by the author according to an original method. Types, classes and species of landscape are recognized. The tundra, forest tundra and taiga types are characterized and divided into smaller units. A map of landscapes is included. DLC. 99998 SHLYCHKOV, A.Y. Nekotorye osobennosti zimnego rezhima srednego techeniia r. Vitima. (Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitel'stvo 1967. v.37, no.1, p.37-38, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Certain peculiarities of the winter regime of the middle course of the Vitim River. Presents hydrological data for this right tributary of the middle Lena, including its water and ice regimes. The freeze-up occurs in mid-Oct, with discharge at 80-90 m3/sec, which diminishes to 1.7-2.5 m3/sec in FebMar, and increases to 18,000 m3/sec max in the summer. After several winter floodings, during which water discharge rises to 4.9-5.0 m3 /sec, the ice cover becomes 1.8-2.2 m thick by the end of winter. Specific for the Vitim spring ice movements is the floating of ice floes above the ice cover of the river; they are carried along by so-called over-ice water which runs in 20-30 m wide streams on both sides of the river. DLC. 99999 SHMAKIN, B.M. Geokhimicheskie osobennosti pro[sessov formirovanitå sliudonosnykh pegmatitov Mamskogo ralona. (Intl. Geological Congress, 22d, New Delhi 1964. Doklady sovetskikh geologov. Problems 6: mineralogiib i genezis pegmatitov. Moskva 1965. p.121-32, tables) 25 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Geochemical conditions during the formation of mica pegmatites in the Mama region. Relates the variation in composition and structure of mica pegmatites in this region of the Yakut ASSR, with postmagmatic processes connected with solutions, derived from the same source as the youngest microcline pegmatites. Successive generations of minerals reflect three stages in postmagmatic alteration, viz: early alkaline, acidic, and late alkaline stages. The succession and intensity of alterations of pegmatite aureoles conform with the changes inside the pegmatite veins, and serve in exploration of unexposed DGS. veins. 100000 SHMELEV, L.M. Proiskozhdenie plastovykh zalezhei podzemnogo l'da v nizoviakh r. Eniseia. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Izvestitå 1967. ser. geog. no.2, p.108-115, Title tr.: map, illus) Refs. In Russian. The origin of layered deposits of ground ice on the lower Yenisey River. Reports a 1964 study in the lower Yenisey

valley where layers of ground ice are found at various depths and in beds of varying lithology. These ice bodies vary in extent and are 1-4 m thick. Sections of some of the beds are described and illus. The investigation showed them to have been formed by injection of water. DLC. 100001 SHMELEV, L.M. Sledy kriogennykh iavleni v chetvertichnykh otlozheniiakh ZapadnoT Sibiri i ikh paleogeograficheskoe znachenie. (In: Akademüa nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geol. i geofiziki. Chetvertichnyl period SSSR... 1966, p.429-37, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Traces of cryogenic phenomena in Quaternary deposits of West Siberia and their paleogeographic significance. Reports 1960-62 fieldwork on the lower Ob and Irtysh. Various signs of permafrost are evident in the Quaternary deposits: pseudomorphs of multiplying ice veins, segregated ice, etc. They aid in determining the paleoclimate of previous epochs, rhythmic sedimentation, geocryologic conditions, etc. These phenomena are described in some detail and their significance in paleogeography and stratigraphy is summarized. CaMAI, DLC. 100002 SHMELEV, L.M. Voprosy paleogeokriologii Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti v antropogene. (In: Vses. mezhduvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po geokriologii, 8th. Materialy v.2, p.170-76, 1966.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The problems of paleogeocryology in the West Siberian lowland in the Quaternary period. Reports 1960-64 investigation on the lower course of the Ob, Irtysh and Yenisey Rivers. Frozen strata dynamics during the Quaternary are analyzed, and three stages in permafrost development are briefly characterized. Three types of rock freezing are described: epigenetic, syngenetic, and synchronous. Zoning of cryogenic phenomena is characterized, and the age of permafrost discussed. In some stages of the Quaternary the southern boundary of permafrost reached DLC. 55° - 66°N. SHMELEV, L.M., see also No. 93855 100003 SHMYGALEV, V.I., and others. 0 morfologii intruzii "Fedorova Tundra". (Materialy po geologii i poleznym iskopaemym Severo-Zapada RSFSR 1962. no.3, p.139-42, illus.) Ref. In Russian. Other authors: Kh. M. Shmygaleva and M.A. Korsakova. Title tr.: On the morphology of the Fedorova Tundra intrusion. Reports his 1959 study of this intrusion of basic rocks in south-central Kola Peninsula.

Its primary form described as well as subsequent changes. Two zones are distinguished: the lower 1200-1800 m thick consists of norites and gabbro norites which in the upper part of this zone are transformed into melonocratic and mesocratic gabbro; the upper zone, about 3000 m thick, is composed of medium-grained leucocratic gabbro. A geologic map of the intrusion based on structural-geologic, geophysical and geomorphic data, is presented. DLC. SHMYGALEVA, KH.M., see No. 100003 SHNAI, C.K., see No. 100196, 101405 100004 SHNEER, V.S. Lunnoperiodicheskai"a variaisåå magnitnogo pohå na o. Kheysa. (Geomagnetizm i a@ronomiil 1967. v.7, no.2, p. 359-62, table, illus) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A lunar-period variation of the magnetic field at Kheysa Island. Studies the variation during the most quiet winter days and the most quiet years (1961-62) in the geomagnetic field at this station in Franz Joseph Land. Evaluation of the mean values of the variation of D, H, and Z components clearly showed a semi-diurnal wave. The values of the first and second harmonics of the waves are isolated for Nov-Dec - 1961 and Jan-Feb 1962 and compared with the values of the same harmonics in 1963. The weak semi-diurnal geomagnetic variation observed is concluded to be due to ebb and tide currents in Avstriyskiy Strait east of the island. CaMAI, DLC. SHNEERSON, A.G., see No. 93778 100005 SHNIAGIN, N. Prodlenie na-

vigaiii v Obskdi i Tazovskor gubakh. (Rechnol transport 1965. v.24, no.4, p.44) In Russian. Title tr.: Extension of navigation in Ob and Taz Bays. Discusses the possibility of extending the normal 75-80 day navigation season along the shore and up the Pur and Taz Rivers by an additional six to nine days. The longer season is needed because of the sharp increase in shipping with development of oil and natural gas in Tyumen Province. The main obstacles to navigation, and particularly the longer season, are the slimy sand bars, and the river depth which may drop to 0.7 m (Pur River bars) with winds that drive the water away from the bars, and particularly the presence in Ob Bay of loose pack ice in a strip 150 km wide. The first obstacle can be overcome by dredging the bars, and by increasing shipping during the hydrometeorological forecasts of bar-depth over 200-240 cm, usually in July and Aug. The ice need not hamper shipping if the course is laid through the ice belt where it 1077

is weaker loose ice, usually in the middle of the bay, and if an icebreaker convoys the DLC. vessels. SHOFMAN, I.L., see No. 99700 100006 SHOFNOS, W. Is the sea level falling or the land rising in south-east Alaska? (United Nations Regional Cartographic Conference for Asia and the Far East, 3d, Bangkok 1961. v.2, Proceedings and technical papers 1965. p. 109-112, table) Tidal surveys carried out at 39 stations, 1959-60 revealed changes ranging from 0.5 ft to 4.5 ft over periods of 48-73 yr. Stations in 1959, north of 58'N indicated a change in land elevation ranging. .05-.11 ft /yr; in 1960 south of the 58°N an elevation of 0-0.03 ft /yr. The general rise in sea level recorded throughout the world during the past 50 yr, is attributed to land uplift. This uplift is attributed to the release of melting ice from the numerous glaciers in the area. However, a general rise in sea level has been recorded throughout the world during the past 50 yr. DGS. SHOHL, T., see No. 96425 100007 SHOR, G.G., Jr. Continental margins and island arcs of western North America. (In: Symp. on Continental Margins... 1965. Proceedings pub 1966. p.216-22, map, illus) 2 refs. The structure of the Aleutian island arc can be interpreted as caused by growth of a volcanic ridge atop a welt of thickened oceanic crust, trapping of sediments behind the arc, and regional isostatic compensation with downbowing of the ocean floor to the south. A basement ridge off Southeast Alaska, analogous to the island arc, occurs beneath the shelf break, and a filled trench with landward-dipping sediments exists beneath the continental rise. Structure along the Middle America Trench, East Pacific, is similar. All these areas may have a common origin. Sediment trapped behind an island arc changes an oceanic area to a continental DGS. area. SHOR, G.G., Jr., see also No. 95210, 101169, 101170

SHOTSKII, V.P., see No. 99862 100008 SHPAGIN, A.F. 0 vozraste kontinental'nykh otlozhenif i shchelochnykh i shchelochnozemel'nykh porod TSentraPno-Aldanskogo ralona. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.175, no. 4, p.907-910, map, illus) 15 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Age of the continental deposits and of the 1078

alkaline and alkaline earth rocks of the central Aldan region. Reviews the contradictory opinions concerning the age of these deposits. The El'kon horst and other parts of the region are examined. Special attention is given to the sandstone and conglomerates with fragments of porphyry. Sedimentation, erosion, and weathering crust are also examined. Continental deposits are absent from the El'kon horst. The formation of alkaline and alkaline earth rocks probably occurred during the Neogene. DLC. 100009 SHPAIKHER, A.O. and others. K voprosu o viii nii tikhookeanskikh vod na gidrologicheskil rezhim pritikhookeanskol chasti Arkticheskogo basselna. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1966. no.22, p.35-42, graph, tables) 12 refs. In Russian. Other authors: L.N. Behåkov and V.V. Izmalov. Title tr- The influence of Pacific water on the hydrological regime of the Pacific portion of the Arctic Basin. Summarizes North Pole 2, North Pole 12, and other recent observations. The Pacific part differs from the Atlantic part of the Arctic basin in vertical distribution of the water and presence of two temperature maxima. Pacific water inflow is at its minimum in Feb-Mar, and maximum in July-Aug; it brings an average of 2 kcal/cm2/yr. Regular measurements of the inflow through Bering Strait is suggested. DLC. 100010 SHPAIKHER, A.O. 0 vliianii atlanticheskikh vod na formirovanie osobennostel gidrometeorologicheskikh protsessov v zimnil period, na primere morel Karskogo i Laptevykh. (Geograficheskoe obshchestvo SSSR. IzvestiIå 1967. v.99, no.2, 24 refs. In Rusp.114-21, graphs, tables) sian. Title å:: Influence of Atlantic waters on the formation of the hydrometeorological processes in the winter period, as exemplified in the Kara and Laptev Seas. Reports study of the hydrometeorological station data and shipboard observations of 1932-64, also data from the aerial oceanographic expeditions of 1958-64. The Atlantic water effects are evident in deep water temperature, ice thickness, air temperature and in atmospheric circulation. Results of the study can be utilized for three-year foreDLC. casting of ice conditions. 100011 SHPAIKHER, A.O. and V.N. MORETSKII. The polar hydrological front in the Greenland and Norwegian English translation of No 91716, Seas. available as TT-67-61799 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va. 22151.

100012 SHPAIKHER, A.O. Vlitåttie atlanticheskikh vod na formirovanie gidrometeorologicheskogo_rezhima arkticheskikh morel. (Moskva. TSentr. inst. prognozov. Trudy 1965. no.142, p.67-74, tables, maps) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The influence of Atlantic water on formation of the hydrometeorologic regime of the arctic seas. Presents a calculation of the volume of the Atlantic water flowing into the arctic seas between Spitsbergen and Greenland and the amount of its heat. The role of its heat effects not only the temperature of the water layer and the thickness of ice in the arctic seas, but also their atmospheric conditions: temperature, circulation, etc. Data are given in some detail for the Kara and Laptev Seas for 1961, 1962 and 1963. The application of Atlantic water data to forecasting purposes is discussed. DLC. 100013 SHPAK, N.S. and A.S. SURIKOVA. Dosiniiskaiä kora vyvetrivanitå na Aldanskom shchite. (Geologiia i geofizika 1967, no.6, p.130-32) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Pre-Sinian weathering crust in the Aldan shield. Reports a 1962-63 study of the old weathering crust on the southeast margin of the Aldan Shield. The composition and structure of source rocks of Archean and Proterozoic age are described. The presence and extent of pre-Sinian weathering is characterized noting the tectonic stability of the DLC. region and a warm climate. SHPIL'MAN, K.A., see No. 95763 SHPUNT, B.R., see No. 100641 100014 SHTEINBERG, G.S. and others. Geologicheskoe stroenie Avachinskogo vulkana po geofizicheskim dannym. (Vses. vulkanologicheskoe soveshchanie 1964. Trudy v.3 pub. 1966, p.49-56, graphs, maps, 12 refs. In Russian. Other authors: illus) S.T. Balesta, M.I. Zubin and A.A. Tarakanovskif. Title tr.: Geologic structure of the Avacha Volcano according to geophysical data. Reports gravimetric, aeromagnetic, seismic and other investigations in I960-64. Geologic results of the geophysical works are summarized. The Avacha group of volcanoes is controlled by deep faults of northwest direction. It is located in a volcanic-tectonic depression. The Cretaceous basement of the Avacha depression has block structure. Beneath the Avacha Volcano is a peripheral magmatic focus which is characterized. DLC.

100015 SHTEINBERG, G.S. Morphology of moon craters and cirques, compared to certain volcanic formations of Kamchatka. (Intl. geology review 1966. v.8, no.12, p.1440-50, graphs, illus) English translation CaMAI, DLC. of No 91725. 100016 SHTEINBERG, G.S. 0 kal'dere vulkana Malys Semiachik. (Blülleten' vulkanologicheskikh staniiil 1966, no.41, p.29-30, illus) 5 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: The caldera of Malyy Semyachik Volcano. This volcano had been thought to be in the remains (illus) of the former Stena Volcano. Recent aeromagnetic investigations indicate large new parts of the caldera, not reflected in the geological structure, but marked by positive geomagnetic anomaly. Location of Malyy Semyachik and of remnants of Stena caldera are shown on schematic plan. DLC. 100017 SHTEINBERG, G.S. Sostoihnie nekotorykh vulkanov Kamchatki v 1964 g. (Biulleten' vulkanologicheskikh stani i1 1966. no.40, p.3-7, illus) In Russian. Tide tr.: The state of some volcanoes in Kamchatka in 1964. Notes on 20 volcanoes observed during the aeromagnetic and air-photo surveys; only I1 indicated weak gas emission and fumarolic activity. DLC. 100018 SHTEINBERG, G.S. Stroenie zemnoi kory iuzhnol Kamchatki i strukturnotektonicheskatå pozitsiia chetvertichnykh vulkanov. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.166, no.2, p.440-43, graphs, maps) 14 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Structure of the earth's crust in southern Kamchatka and the structural-tectonic position of Quaternary volcanoes. Evaluates gravimetric and deep seismic investigations. The earth's crust in southern Kamchatka is of continental type, and ranges in thickness 26-38 km. Volcano groups are controlled by steeply dipping deep faults. Formation of magma takes place at 80-150 DLC. km depth. SHTEINBERG, G.S., see also No. 95701, 101582 SHTELLER, E.I., see No. 99723 100019 SHTERENBERG, L.E. and E.D. ZAKLINSKAIA. K voprosu o rasprostranenii maastrikhtskikh otlozhemi v severnom Zaural'e. (Moskovskoe o-vo ispytatelel prirody. Biulleten' 1964. otd. geol. v.39, no.1, p.75-87, tables, map, illus.) 27 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: On the distribution of Maestrichtian deposits in the northern Transural. 1079

Reports new geologic and biostratigraphic data on the distribution of Maestrichtian and Campanian-Maestrichtian deposits in the eastern slope of the Subpolar Ural, including the Berezovo, Malyy Atlym, and Burmantovo areas of Tyumen Province. Spore-pollen analyses of these deposits are presented. It is established that there is no discontinuity between Maestrichtian and Paleocene deposits in the Serov-Burmantovo region. DLC. 100020 SHTINA, E.A. and ROIZIN, M.B. Vodorosli podzolistykh pochv Khi(BotanicheskiT zhumal 1966. v.51, bin. no.4, p.509-19, tables) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Algae of podzol soils in the Khibiny Mountains. A comparative study of algal communities in the Kola Peninsula podzol soils. Tilled and untilled areas are studied and conditions compared with other soils. Altitude is also considered. Ninety-four species are listed and their occurrence in cultivated and barren soils DLC. noted. 100021 SHTYREV, I. and A. SHEIN. Ekonomika dorozhnogo stroitel'stva J.Akutii. (Avtomobil'nye dorogi 1966. v.29, no.10, p.3-4, tables) In Russian. Title Economics of road construction in Yakutia. Discusses two types of construction: automobile roads for year-round use and winter roads. A 280 km year-round road costs 100,000 and 2000 rubles/km to build and maintain respectively as against 30,000 and 1000 rubles/km for a winter road of the same length. The flow of freight to Yakutia is first to river ports on the Lena, Aldan and Vilyuy during the summer navigation period, then to consumer centers by truck etc during the winter, when the roads can take heavy traffic without any reinforcement of the road bed. By increasing somewhat the number of carriers, river-port freight could be delivered in about 140 days between freeze-up and thaw time; the trucks and their personnel could then be shifted to mining and construction centers for the summer, while the river ports fill up with freight for transport DLC. during the next winter.

100023 SHUBNIKOVA, O.N. _Resursy okhotnich'e-promyslovykh zverel IAkutii i ikh ispol'zovanie. (Akademite nauk SSSR. Izvestirå, ser. geog. 1967, no.3, p.43-47, Title tr.: Fur table) Refs. In Russian. bearer resources of Yakutia and their utilization. There are 17 fur bearers in Yakutia, but squirrel, polar fox, ermine, muskrat and rabbits make up 90% of the stocks. Describes the populations and their exploitation. Stocks DLC. of elk, deer, etc are also reviewed. 100024 SHUKOLIUKOV, I0.A. and LN. TOLSTIKHIN. Radiogennye izotopy kriptona i ksenona v uraninitakh SevemoT Karelii. (Geokhimitå 1966, no.10, p.1175-82, tables, graphs) 11 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Radiogenic isotopes of krypton and xenon in uraninites of northern Karelia. Variations in the Kr and Xe isotopic composition of fine samples of uraninites are due to the different contribution of neutroninduced fission of U235. Ages of uraninites estimated according to He, Kr and Xe content are too low in comparison with data by the lead method owing to the migration of radiogenic gases. A new method is proposed, and the average age calculated is in agreement with the Pb and U-Xe methods. DLC. SHUKOLIiJKOV, IU.A., see also No. 95532, 96887, 100719

SHUBIN, V.A., see No. 100215

100025 SHUHTOMOV, A.S. DeiatelL nost' partilnol organizaüii Komi ASSR po podgotovke khoziälstvennykh kadrov (Leningrad. Gos. peda1956-1962 gg. gogicheskil inst. Gertsenovskie chteniii soisial'no-ekonomicheskie i istoricheskie 5 refs. In nauki 1965. no.18, p.69-72) Russian. Title tr.: Activity of the Komi ASSR party organization in the training of skilled labor 1956-1962. Presents data on adult education of industrial workers: night school courses in technology, economics, and political science, on-the-job training, etc. The party organization of Vorkuta is cited as highest in student recruitment. A trend to promote skilled workers and engineers to managerial DLC. posts is noted.

100022 SHUBNIKOV, D.A. Data on the biology of sablefish of the Bering Sea. (In: Sovetskie rybokhoziaisstvennye issledovaniia v severo-vostochnoT chasti Tikhogo okeana, vyp.l. Jerusalem, Israel Program for Scientific Transl 1968, p.287-96, graphs, tables, illus) 16 refs. English translation of DLC. No 82967.

100026 SHULEIKIN, V.V. Eshche o vikhrevykh tokakh v more. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Doklady 1960. v.134, no.6, p. 1343-46, graphs) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: More on eddy currents in the sea. Discusses the process of generating electrical eddy currents by induction, due to variation of the vertical component of geo-

1080

magnetic field. The currents thus generated in an enclosed sea are directed along the shoreline, and possess a sharply expressed skin-effect, which can be called the coastal effect. DLC. SHUL'GIN, M.F., see No. 101570 100027 SHUL'GINA, N.I. 0 printsipakh vydeleniia biogeograficheskikh kategoril na primere iürskikh i neokomskikh more! Severno! Sibiri. (Geologiiii i geofizika 1966, no.2, p.15-24) 19 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Principles of the separation of biogeographic units as exemplified by the Jurassic and Neocomian seas of northern Siberia. Analyzes the distribution of cephalopods and bivalve molluscs in these seas, and reconstructs the climatic changes. They ranged from temperate in Early Jurassic time to cool in the Middle Jurassic. At the end of the Jurassic a warming trend began, reaching its maximum in Volga time. In the Neocomian the climate was moderately warm. Principles are considered for distinguishing biogeographic regions according to climate, connections of basins with adjacent water areas, regressions and transgressions, and migration of fauna. DLC.

significant current the date of the beginning of stable ice period is determined as the date of the beginning of freezing estimated for the given depth; in case the current continues the hydraulic and morphometric characteristics of reservoirs are additionally introduced into calculations. 3) When calculating the water temp the heat emission is estimated according to the temp of the surface layer of water. The special features of reservoir freezing, as distinct from the freezing of rivers, revealed by calculations are due to their differences in depth and in current velocity. DGS. 100030 SHUL'MAN, S.S. Miksosporidii fanny SSSR. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 507 p. tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Tide tr Myxosporidian fauna of the USSR. A comprehensive survey of the over 880 species of parasitic protozoans in this genus, most of them exclusively fish parasites, collected from all over the USSR, incl Karelia, the White Sea, the Bering Sea, Kamchatka and the Barents Sea. The book has 430 figures, incl many photographs and is claimed to be the first such monograph in Russian. As each species is described, its host, localization within the host, and place of collection is given. DLC. SHULTS, G.E., see No. 98062

100028 SHULIAKOVSKII, A.A. TSentralizovanny! kontrol' provetrivaniih uchastkov shakht. (Pechora, Komi ASSR. N.-issl. ugol'nyi inst. Trudy 1964. no.1, p.201-211, graph, illus) Ref. In Russian. Title tr. Centralized control for ventilating mines. Proposes a mechanical pickup that transforms air pressure on a paddle into electric energy which then can be read in terms of m/sec air draft velocity. The apparatus is described in detail and illus in diagrams. A system of ten such remote control pickups was successfully tested in the no 32 mine of Vorkutugol'. DLC. 100029 SHULIAKOVSKII, L.G. and others. Method for calculation and forecasting of freezing of reservoirs. (International Assoc. Scientific Hydrology. Symposium of Garda, 1966. no.70, v.1, p.349-55) 16 refs. Other authors: B.M. Ginzburg and I.V. Balashova. The method is fully described with references to the literature from which data is drawn. The following features of the calculation methods account for the high precision achieved in 250 cases: 1) The time of the beginning of the stable ice period is determined by the fall in temp of the open surface to the freezing point, and not of the temp of the surface layer nor the temp average over the depth. 2) When there is no

100031 SHUMACKER, H.B., Jr. and d.W. KILMAN. Sympathectomy in the treatment of frostbite. (Archives of surgery 1964. v.89, no.3, p.575-84, tables) 26 refs. Reports study based on 66 sympathectomies performed since 1949 on 38 patients with a comprehensive review of literature. Early application of this procedure is recommended in third and fourth degree frostbite as it facilitates and hastens healing and eliminates or minimizes sequelae. Excellent results were obtained in the treatment of sequels, especially in improved circulation, disappearance of hyperhydrosis, pallor and coolness. Raynaud-like and spastic complaints are relieved and ulcers likely to heal. DLC. 100032 SHUMILOVA, L.V. Ocherk prirody ralona padenii`a Tungusskogo meteorita. (In: Kompleksnaih samodeiate1'mia ekspedrisüa po izucheniiii problemy Tungusskogo meteorite... 1963. p.22-33) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Tide tr. Sketch of the nature of the region of the Tunguska meteorite fall. Describes geologic structure, relief, volcanic activity of this region in the Podkamennaya Tunguska River basin. The river net, character of climate, permafrost, soils, vegetation cover, marshy terrain, and animal life are briefly delineated. DLC. 1081

100033 SHUMKOV, N.P. and others. Opyt kombinirovannol razrabotki mestorozhdenil "Apatitovyy tsirk". (Gomyl zhurnal 1965, no. 6, p.38-39, table, illus.) In Russian. Other authors: R.S. Permi.kov and A.A. Kuleshov. Title tr.: Combination working of the Apatitovyy cirque deposits. Outlines the open and underground mining of these apatite-nepheline deposits; 3 million tons of ore was produced in 1964 by open mining and 0.6 million by underground mining. Excavating drilling, blasting, block caving, hauling, etc, are described. DLC. 100034 SHUMKOV, N.P. and A.T. SEREDA. Razvitie burovzryvnykh rabot na predpriiatii kh Kol'skogo poluostrova. (Gornyl zhurnal 1966. v.141, no.5, p.38-40, graph, tables, illus) In Russian. Title Development of drilling-blasting work in Kola Peninsula mining. In 1959-65, over 100 million m3 of ore and rock were produced by blasting in Kola Peninsula, 87% of it in open mining. The drilling was done till 1962 with cablepercussion drills, which were gradually replaced with rotary bit and flame drills. In 1963 some 65,100 running m of rotary-drill holes was achieved and in 1965 497,000 m. Experimental testing of the flame drill in the Olenegorsk mines is mentioned. DLC. 100035 SHUMSKII, P.A. The energy of glaciation and the life of glaciers. English translation of No 16051, available as AD-659 641 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va. 22151. 100036 SHUNTOV, V.P. 0 trubkonosykh i chistikovykh ptiiiakh Beringova mori . (Ornitologiiå 1965. v.7, p.276-86, maps) 14 refs. 'In Russian. Title tr.: Procellariiformes and Alciformes of the Bering Sea. Discusses eight species of albatross, fulmar, petrels, shearwaters, and briefly the 13 auks. Geographic distribution, frequency, seasonal migrations and factors causing them are reported. Seasonal distribution and reproduction are also considered. DLC. 100037 SHUNTOV, V.P. 0 zimovkakh ptiis v dal'nevostochnykh monåkh i severndi chasti Tikhogo okeana. (Zoologicheskü zhurnal 1966. v.45, no.11, p.1698-1711, maps) 13 refs. In Russian. English sumTitle tr. Wintering of birds in the mary. Far Eastern seas and in the North Pacific. New observations are presented in this review which includes the Bering Sea and the coastal waters of the Aleutian Chain. Density of birds in general and that of several common species are noted and mapped. Distribution of both young and adult gulls 1082

and fulmars is considered, and winter migration of northern birds to the south discussed. DLC. 100038 SHUNTOV, V.P. Raspredelenie chernogo i strelozubykh paltusov v severnol chasti Tikhogo okeana. (Moskva. Vses. n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Trudy 1965. v.58, p.155-63, tables, maps.) 27 refs. In Russian. Title t.: Distribution of the flounders Reinhardtius hippoglossoides, Atheresthes erermanni and A. Stomias in the northern part of the Pacific Ocean. Outlines the areas of low, medium and high frequency of these fishes in the Bering Sea and Aleutian waters. The effect of temperature on distribution is discussed. Size composition in catches from the Bering and Okhotsk Seas is reported and conditions favoring reproduction are given. DLC. 100039 SHUNTOV, V.P. Transekvatorial'nye migrarsii tonkokhüvogo burevestnika, Pufnus tenuirostris Temm. (Zoologicheskii zhurnal 1964. v.43, no.4, p.590-98, maps.) 45 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Transequatorial migrations of the slender-billed shearwater Puffin us tenuirostris, Temm. Discusses, on the basis of extensive sources, these birds' arctic-subantarctic migrations believed to be an adaptation to food utilization in rich waters of the temperate latitudes. The food maxima in the North and South Hemispheres fall in opposite seasons and the shearwaters follow these maxima. During the spring and fall they move over the Arctic: Bering Sea, Gulf of Alaska, Okhotsk Sea. DLC. 100040 SHURAVILIN, A.V. Dannye o nailke na poime nizhnego techeniiå r. Sev. Dviny. (Leningrad. Gos. gidrologicheskil inst. Sbomik rabot po gidrologii 1965. no.5, p.111-17, tables, graphs) In Russian. Title tr.: Data on silting of the floodplain in the lower course of Severnaya Dvina River. Reports a 1957-61 study of alluvial sediments deposited by water at four sites on the lower Severnaya Dvina. The formation of silt depends on the meteorological conditions, character of the flood, its rate of flow, morphology and morphometry of the floodplain, vegetation cover, and turbidity of the river. These factors and especially the amount of sediments and the river turbidity are analyzed. The floodplain of lower Severnaya Dvina is divided into two parts, delta floodplain and active floodplain. DLC. SHURKIN, K.A., see No. 99109, 99111

100041 SHURKO, I.I. Terrigenno-vulkanogennye mineraly v sovremennykh osadkakh Severnoi Atlantiki. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.17I, no.2, p.461-64, maps) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Terrigenous volcanic minerals in present sediments of the North Atlantic. Reports study of 300 bottom cores taken by various vessels in waters including Greenland waters, the Norwegian Sea, Labrador area, etc. The approx 40 heavy minerals found fall into three groups: the black ore minerals, monoclinic pyroxenes and hornblende; the epidote, garnet, zirconium, and rhombic pyroxenes; all the others. The minerals of light fraction are also noted. DLC. 100042 SHURTAKOV, S. Po dorogam prilenskogo krasa. (Nash sovremennik 1964, no.10, p.78-85.) In Russian. Title tr.: On the roads of the Lena region. Describes a visit to the diamond-mining center Mimyy, its kimberlite mines, and a trip by truck to Mukhtuya and downstream to Olekminsk by hydrofoil, with comment on the latter's performance. DLC. 100043 SHURUBOR, IÜ.V. K istorii formirovaniia rel'efa mezhdurechii na Poliudovom krtåzhe. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.172, no.6, p.1409-1411) 5 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: History of interfluve relief formation on the Polyudov Ridge. Reports study of the Bol'shoy ShchugorBol'shoy Kolchim-Severnyy Kolchim watershed. Six stages are recognized in the relief beginning in the Lower Tertiary. DLC. 100044 SHUSHKOV, G.I. 0 polozhenii i ob"eme analogov ushakovskoi svity i batkcal'skogo kompleksa v razreze drevnikh tolshch zapadnol okrainy Sibirskol platformy. (Geologii i geofizika 1965, no.6, p.47-54, sections.) 27 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: On the position and volume of the correlative Ushakovka series and Baykal complex in a section of old strata on the western margin of the Siberian platform. The Baykal complex 2400 m thick and the Ushakovka series 250-270 m are described and correlated with those of Sayan, Yenisey Ridge, Chadobets uplift and the Igarka region. Some ideas about their age are considered. DLC. 100045 SHUSTOV, A.P. K voprosu o ratsional'nom ispol'zovanii zapasov lastonogikh Beringova mona. (Problemy Severs 1967, no.11, p.182-85) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Rational utilization of the popu-

lations of pinnipeds in the Bering Sea. English translation available from National Science Library, National Research Council, Ottawa. Hunting of the walrus, seal and whale is traditionally the basis of economy of local population in Chukotka. The current hunting, in which Soviet vessels participate is carried on in the large area of Bering Sea from Navarin Cape to Kresta Gulf and from Provideniya Bay to Bristol Bay and the Pribilof Islands. The catch is 61.5% whales, 24.6% walrus and 13.9% common, ribbon and bearded seal. Author recommends that the industry be based on the common seal and that the sea lion be added to replace the walrus. CaMAI, DLC. 100046 SHUSTOV, A.P. Nekotorye cherty biologii i temp razmnozhenitå krylatki, Histriophoca fasciata, Beringova mona. (Vladivostok. Tikhookeanskii n.-issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Izvestii 1965. v.59, p.183-92, tables, graphs) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr. An outline of the biology and growth rate of the ribbon seal, Histriophoca fasciata in the Bering Sea. Reports investigations during summer of 1961-63, on the gonadal and body development. Pairing was found to follow lactation and take place at the end of Apr and in May, and evidently every year. Females become mature at the age of 2-3 yr, males somewhat later. The most productive are females of the 5-yr class. The male to female production in the kill was about 1:1. DLC. 100047 SHUSTOV, A.P. Nekotorye osobennosti gel'mintofauny krylatki v Beringovom more. (Vladivostok. Tikhookeanskil n.-issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz, i okeanografii. Izvestiia 1965. v.59, p.193) 2 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Some characteristics of the helminth fauna of the ribbon seal of the Bering Sea. Notes on helminths from stomachs collected in 1961-63. All animals over a yr old were infected with mature Contracaecum osculatum. No other parasites were found in DLC. the stomachs. 100048 SHUSTOV, A.P. 0 vliianii promysla na sostotanie beringovomorskol populiatsii krylatki. (Vladivostok. Tikhookeanskii n.-issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Izvestiia 1965. v.59, p.173-78, tables, graphs) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The effect of sealing on the status of the Bering Sea population of ribbon seals. Reports a study made during the 1961-63 sealing period with data on number of animals killed/boat/unit effort. The number wounded and escaped is also given and other seals 1083

killed are noted as well. The sharp decline in kill during this trial period indicates a considerable drop in the number of these seals since 1962. DLC. 100049 SHUSTOV, A.P. Pitanie krylatki v Beringovom more. (Vladivostok. Tikhookeanskil n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Izvesti& 1965. v.59, p.178-83, tables) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Diet of the ribbon seal in the Bering Sea. Reports on stomach contents of over 1200 animals killed in Apr-July of 1961-63. Over 97% of the stomachs were empty indicating that during that time, a period of molt and life on the ice, the animals take little or no food. Crustaceans and cephalopods were the main components in the filled stomachs. DLC. SHUSTOV, A.P., see also No. 97147 100050 SHUSTOVA, L.E. Glubinnoe stroenie BaltiTskogo shchita po dannym geofizicheskikh issledovanil. (Sovetskai'a geologirå 1966, no.5, p.47-57, graph, maps) 27 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Deep structure of the Baltic shield according to geophysical data. Reviews recent deep seismic soundings and gravity measurements in Karelia and Kola Peninsula, Finland, Sweden and Norway. Density of rocks of the Baltic shield is reported. Seismic data show the earth crust of the shield to consist of two layers and have a block structure. The upper "granitic" layer goes to 5-8 km depth. Thickness of the crust ranges 35-50 km. Its distribution is briefly characterized. English translation available as AD-641 754 from CFSTI, Springfield, Va., 22151. DLC. SHUSTOVA, L.E., see also No 96831, 100801 SHUTOV, A.P., see No. 96318 SHUVAEV, A.S., see No. 97900 100051 SHUVALOV, A.FA. Pokoriteli SevernoI Atlantiki, ocherki. Murmansk, Murmanskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1959. 92 p. illus. In Russian. Title tr.: Conquerors of the North Atlantic, sketches. Journalist's account of the Russian North Atlantic herring fishery based on Murmansk. The different fishing and research operations are depicted. Profiles and characterizations are included of outstanding skippers and members of the crews. DLC. 1084

100052 SHUVALOV, E.L. Prirodnye resursy SSSR. (Geografi& v shkole 1965. v.28, no.1, p.12-17) In Russian. Title tr.: Natural resources of the USSR. Considers geographic distribution and development of these resources, incl arctic regions. Importance of the oil and gas deposits in western Siberia in the Shaim, Surgut and Megion regions is stressed. Northern regions, particularly eastern Siberia, account for more than half of all water power resources in the USSR, estimated at 420 million kw. Iron ore in the Angara River basin; copper at Talakh, near Noril'sk; tin in Yakutia and Chukchi Peninsula; nickel at Noril'sk and the Kola Peninsula, and diamonds in Yakutia are also mentioned. DLC. SHUVALOV, R.A., see No. 96370 100053 SHUVALOV, V.S. Zooplankton Ziuidkapskogo zheloba. (Materialy rybokhoziälstvennykh issledovanil Sevemogo bassefna 1966, no.7, p.84-95, graphs, map) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Zooplankton of the Sørkapp trough. Presents a qualitative and quantitative analysis of its plankton, collected during the last days of July 1952. Some 50 forms are listed. Distribution of cold and warm-water forms and total biomass are mapped. The water column down to the bottom was investigated. DLC. SHVACHUNOV, I.N., see No. 99056 SHVARTS, IA. B., see No. 100486 100054 SHVARTS, S.S. Ekologicheskie osnovy raisionalizaisii ispol'zovaniia zapasov promyslovykh zhivotnykh Kralnego Severa. (Problemy Severa 1967, no.11, p.5-19) 12 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ecological basis for the proper utilization of the wildlife resources in the Far North. English translation available from National Science Library, National Research Council, Ottawa. Nearly 60 mammal and 170 bird species are present in the North, but the hunting industry is based on only a few species, and mainly on the arctic fox. Conservation of the commercial fauna, disease control, supplementary feeding, population studies, and limitation of catch are discussed in general and some recommendations offered. CaMAI, DLC. 100055 SHVARTS, S.S., and L.N. DOBRINSKII. Zhivotnyi mir Khadyty. (Priroda 1966. v.55, no.1, p.71-75, illus) In Title tr.: The animal world of Russian. Khadyta.

Describes the flora of this river valley in northern Tyumen, the local birds, their frequency, phenology, and development of some; the common mammals, their occurrence, ecology and reproduction. DLC. 100056 SHVARTSEV, S.L. Podzemnye vody Prieniselskol zony Sibirskol platformy. (Akademiiii nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Komissiia po izucheniIü podzemnykh vod Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Materialy 1962. no.2, p.90-100, table) 7 refs. In Russian. TYde tr.: Groundwater in the Yenisey zone of the Siberian platform. Describes conditions in the TurukhanskKhantayka hydrogeologic folded province, where five rock complexes are distinguished and characterized, viz: Precambrian, Cambrian-Lower Carboniferous, Upper Paleozoic, Triassic, and Quaternary. A classification of the groundwater is presented, specifying the chemical composition, microcomponents, mineralization, and other features. The water generally has 5.3 g/1 mineralization. DLC. 100057 SHVEDE, E.E. Alsbergi severozapadnol Atlantiki. (Okeanologhå 1966. 11 v.6, no.4, p.608-614, map, table, illus) refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Icebergs in the northwest Atlantic. Describes the iceberg in Baffin Bay, Davis Strait and adjacent areas, their size, number and forms. Attention is directed to the determination ratio of the height above sea level to the submerged part. Seadragon studies and other American data are examined. The results are close to M.V. Lomonosov's theoretical calculations that the ratio is up to 1:5. More measurements are needed however for final conclusions. DLC. 100058 SHVEIDE, T.A. Rekomendarsii po ustrolstvu polov zdami na ottaivaiushchem osnovanii. (Magadan. Vses. n.-issl. inst. zolota i redkikh metallov. Sbomik referatov 1961 pub 1962, p.133-36, tables) In Russian. Title fr.: Recommendations on the construction of floors of a building on a thawing foundation. Discusses the properties of a foundation in permafrost of the Far Northeast on the basis of a garage construction in the city of Magadan in 1961. The heat exchange between a heated building and the ground beneath is affected by many factors. Conservation of the frozen ground is the best protection against building deformation. The maximum depth of ground thawing and its speed are 6 m and 1.5 m/yr respectively. Frozen gravel ground may be considered as poor material for building upon. DLC.

100059 SHYER, TS.A. Povtonäemost' skorostei i napravlenil vetra pri gololednoizmorozevykh iavleniiakh na Evropelskol terSovetskogo Soiüza i v Zapadnol Sibiri. (Leningrad. Glavnaiå geoflzicheskaa observatoriiä. Trudy 1967, no.210, p.29-38, maps, tables, illus) 12 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Wind velocity frequencies and directions with glaze frost and hoarfrost phenomena in European USSR and in West Siberia. Presents charts of winds coincidental with glaze frost in this area. North of 58'N glaze frost-forming winds are from the south and southwest. Their frequency ranges 40-60%. The rate of glaze frost is also estimated. Hoarfrost forms characteristically when there is no wind. DLC. 100060 SHVETSOV, P.F. Merzlye sloi zemnye i ikh rasprostranenie i znachenie. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1963. 101 p. maps, illus. In Russian. Title tr. Frozen layers of earth and their distribution and significance. Specialist's account for general readers of the permafrost of the USSR. Deals with geographic distribution, thickness, ground temperature and other properties of frozen ground and its role as a geomorphic agent. DLC. 100061 SHVETSOV, P.F. and B.F. SHAPALIN. Nekotorye nauchnye problemy osvoenii Sovetskogo Severe. (Akademihå nauk SSSR. Izvestilh, ser. geog 1967, no.5, p.74-82) In Russian. Tyde tr.: Some scientific problems in the development of the Soviet North. Reviews the mineral and other resources of the arctic region such as oil and gas of the Ob area, Komi titanium, Arkhangel'sk bauxites, the forests, fisheries, etc. Further investigations are required, with attention to geologic, geographic, geophysical, economic and other problems. Utilization of hydrothermal resources, permafrost for refrigeration, biological resources, power development, urban and road construction, etc are summarized. DLC. 100062 SHVETSOVA, V.M. K voprosu o fotosinteze kukuruzy na Severe. (Akanauk SSSR. Komi filial. Trudy 1965. no. 14, p.65-73, tables, graphs) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The photosynthesis of corn in the North. The diurnal rhythm of carbohydrate accumulation in central Yakutia was found to be not different from that in the Moscow region, but the quantity per leaf area, lower. Maximal and minimal diurnal parameters in accumulation and drain of carbohydrates, and 1085

the effect of spacing the plants on photosynthesis are also considered. DLC. SHVYDKOVA, L.I., see No. 101542 100063 SIAGAEV, N.A. 0 tektonike Khatangskoi vpadiny. (Sovetskai geologi% 1966, no.3, p.69-83, maps, profile) 21 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Tectonics of the Khatanga depression. Analyzes the structure of this depression according to recent geologic-geophysical data incl aeromagnetic survey. Four structural stages are recognized and characterized. The main structures west-to-east are uplifts, troughs, anticlines etc. The Khatanga depression is considered complicated megasynclinal and formed in the Triassic and Jurassic. Recent tectonic movements have not brought about substantial changes. DLC. 100064 SIAGAEV, N.A. Zony vozmozhnol neftegazonosnosti Khatangskogo hasseina. (Neftegazova% geologi% i geofizika 1964, no.10, p.17-21, maps.) 5 refs. In Russian. ?itle tr.: Potential oil-gas-bearing zones of the Khatanga basin. Reviews the distribution and thickness of the Paleozoic and Mesozoic deposits. Structural elements of the Khatanga depression are outlined. Five types of regional structural zones favorable for oil and gas accumulation are distinguished and briefly characterized. DLC. 100065 SIBIRSKII NAUCHNO-ISSLEDOVATEL'SKII INSTITUT geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syria. Nefteproizvodiishchie tolshchi i uslovi% obrazovani% nefti v mezozoi'skikh otlozheniiakh Zapadno-Sibirskoi nizmennosti. Leningrad, Izd-vo Nedra 1967. 223 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. 243 refs. (Its: Trudy no.50) In Russian. Title tr.: Oil-bearing Mesozoic strata and conditions of oil formation in the West Siberian lowland. Presents an extensive collective geochemical study on the dispersed organic matter and oils in the Jurassic and Cretaceous deposits of this lowland, incl northern areas of Tyumen and Krasnoyarsk provinces. Mathematical statistical methods were used. The conditions of oil formation in terrigenous deposits are analyzed. The entire lowland is divided into six regions and their prospects and reserves of oil and gas are appraised in turn. DLC. 100066 SIDORENKO, A.V. and O.I. LUNEVA. Znachenie konglomeratov dhå poznani% istorii dokembri% na primere Kol= skogo poluostrova. (Sovetskarå geologi% 1967, no.6, p.26-47, map, tables, illus) Refs. 1086

In Russian. Title tr.: The importance of conglomerates for the understanding of Precambrian history as exemplified by Kola Peninsula. Reports a petrographic statistical study of Precambrian conglomerates of the Kolmozero, Ponoy, Monche Tundra, Varzuga and other regions. Six complexes differing in age and composition are distinguished. Conglomerates are widely distributed in sedimentary rocks and reveal conditions of sedimentation, weathering, tectonic movements, etc. DLC. SIDORENKO, A.V., see also No. 95516, 99221 100067 SIDORENKO, E. Bol'she vnimani% strolkam Dal'nego Vostoka. (Ekonomika stroitel'stva 1966. no.5, p.21-24) In Russian. Title tr.: More care about the constructions in the Far East. Considers progress made in this field, and economical and mechanical difficulties encountered, incl Kamchatka Province. DLC. 100068 SIDOROV, A. A. Epitermal'nye zoloto-sercbr%nye rudoproilvleniia sopki Rudnoi. (Geologiia rudnykh mestorozhdenii 1965. v.7, no.2, p.91-96, table, map, illus.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Epithermal gold-silver ore occurrences of the Rudnaya mountain. Describes the gold-silver mineralization of Rudnaya mountain, in the northern part of the Okhotsk-Chukotka volcanic belt. Three main mineral associations are recognized: pre-gold polymetallic, sulfide, gold and antimonium. Each is briefly characterized. DLC. 100069 SIDOROV, A.A. and T.I. TRENINA. Okologranitoidnye zoloto-serebnånye rudoproiavleni% TSentral'noi Chukotki. (Geologiia i geofizika 1966, no.12, p.38-44, illus) 2 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Granitoidal gold-silver ore manifestations in central Chukotka. In the northern part of the OkhotskChukotka volcanic belt there is a series of gold-silver ore occurrences, some of them spatially related to sub-volcanic and hypabyssal acid rocks. Their mineralogy is outlined and typical epithermal mineralization noted. The hypabyssal granitoids are suggested to have only a structural relation with these ores, but the subvolcanic acid rocks may have a genetic relation. DLC. 100070 SIDOROV, A.A. Zoloto-serebri noe orudenenie [sentral'noi Chukotki. Moskva, Nauka 1966. 146 p. graph, maps, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The

gold-silver mineralization of central Chukotka. Outlines the geology of the area by describing the Mesozoic geosynclinal strata, Mesozoic-Cenozoic strata, and intrusive and sub-volcanic rocks. The hydrothermal ores are characterized, and attention directed to gold-silver ore in the Palyavaam and Pegmytel' fault zones. The distribution patterns and genetic features of their mineralization are outlined, its age and connection with magmatism noted. Criteria of search for gold-silver deposits are sumCaMAI, DLC. marized.

SIDOROV, A.A., see also No. 95134, 99977, 99983, 99984 100071 SIDOROV, A.P. Transportnoe osvoenie Zapadno-Sibirskol nizmennosti. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otdelenie. Izvestiia 1966, no.5, p.21-28, map, table) In Russian. Title tr. Development of transportation facilities in the West Siberian Lowland. Deals with freight transportation projects for 1970-80 in the Ob-Irtysh basin, incl Tyumen Province, based on its expected industrial development. Lumber, accounting for about 90% of the total export, will be displaced in importance by the export of oil, gas, and iron ore; priority in imports will favor the building and mining industries. Existing import-export facilities to the southeast and the southwest are to be enlarged and new routes built to develop export to the northeast and northwest. Projects estimated at 1.4 billion rubles are discussed in turn for each means of transportation. River navigation, still the prime freight route, will require construction of port facilities and wharfs particularly in the Khanty-Mansi National District. In addition to the Ivdel'-Ob and Tavda-Sutnik railroads now nearing completion, new lines totaling over 2100 km will extend to Tyumen, the oil center Surgut, etc; some of them to be integrated into the future north Siberian trunk line which is to connect the north Ural region with the Far East. About 4500 km of motor roads are on the priority list to provide communication between major transshipment points, industrial, and mining centers. Over 10,000 km of pipe lines should be ready by 1980 with the Surgut-Tyumen-Omsk and Surgut-southeast lines totalling 3000 km to be completed by 1970. Airfields are planned for all major industrial and commercial centers: Shaim, DLC. Leushi, Surgut, etc. 100072 SIDOROV, A.S. and V.I. LYTDrevnekomi nazvaniiä mesiiisev. BIN. (Sovetskoe finno-ugrovedenie 1966.

v.2,

no.2,p.123-29, table) 10 refs. In Russian. German summary. Title tr.: Old Zyryan names of months. Posthumous publication of a study by the Zyryan philologist A.S. Sidorov, 1892-1953, revised by the junior author. Aboriginal month names recorded in a 17th c church statute are discussed and their semantic similarity to old Russian names noted; most reflect seasonal changes in weather or nature. DLC.

100073 SIDOROV, D. P. 0 bituminoznosti mezozoiskikh otlozhenii Zapadnogo Priverkhoian' i . (In: Leningrad. Vses. neftianoT n.-issl. geologorazvedochnyl inst. Trudy 1966. no.249, p.291-307, graphs, map, tables, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title fr.: Bitumen of Mesozoic deposits of the western Verkhoyansk region. Reports a 1959-63 study of bitumen condensates, and oil in the Begidzhyan, Vilyuy and Tumara interfluve. Some 13 hundred Triassic, Jurassic and Cretaceous samples were analyzed from deep wells and natural outcrops. The deposits are described noting rock composition, bitumen content and its composition, characteristics of oils, etc. Analyzes the variation in bitumen content from Triassic to Cretaceous deposits and discusses its migration. DLC. SIDOROV, D.P., see also No. 96260, 96656 100074 SIDOROV, G. P. 0 nereste siga v tundrovykh Vashutkinykh ozerakh, bassein r. Pechory. (Voprosy ikhtiologii 1965. v.5, no.3, p.442-47, tables, graphs, map.) 8 refs. In Russian. Tide ft Spawning of whitefish in the Vashutkiny tundra lakes of the Pechora River basin. Describes the physiography of these small, shallow lakes of the Bol'shezemel'skaya Tundra. The economic value of whitefish amounts to 50-80% of the total catch. Their fertility, spawning periods, rate of growth, and relation of fertility to body length are given. DLC. SIDOROV, M.N. and V.IA. 100075 IAGODKIN. Trebovaniia pred"iävliäemye k sovremennym skhemam grebnykh 6lektricheskikh ustanovok ledokolov i sudov aktivnogo ledovogo plavanitä. (Nauchno-tekhnicheskoe o-vo sudostroitel'noi promyshlennosti. Trudy 1959. v.8, no.5 (31) p.73-80, tables, diagr.) Title tr.: Requirements for In Russian. present-day electric propulsion systems installed on icebreakers and ships active in ice navigation. Discusses the automatic maintenance of constant power of the generator-motor system through the entire range of the ship's screw in open water and in ice, and the interaction

1087

between the screw and the ice. The systems and their regulation on the icebreakers Lena and Kapitan Belousov are compared and the comparison is presented graphically. Recommendations are given for improving the efficiency of both systems, emphasizing the necessity of calculating transitional processes DLC. in the icebreaker design. 100076 SIDOROVA, E.N. Paleomagnitnye issledovanii sinrlskikh i kembrilskikh otlozhenü v rane reki Mai. (In: Akademiri nauk SSSR. Inst. fiziki Zemli. Nastoiashchee i proshloe... 1965, p.304-309, table, sections) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr..• Paleomagnetic investigations of Sinian and Cambrian deposits in the Maya River region. Reports measurements of remanent magnetization in rocks of Sinian and Cambrian suites of 1100 m total thickness. A thousand oriented samples from the gently sloping strata showed (0.2-50) 10-6 gauss remanent magnetization. Results are tabulated in some detail. Radioactive age of the rocks is found to be 1000-1300 MY. Results show that the paleomagnetic method can be used successfully for stratigraphic studies and differentiation of the Sinian and Cambrian strata studied. DLC. 100077 SIEDLECKI, S. and E. TURNAU. Palynological investigations of Culm in the area SW of Hornsund, Vestspitsbergen. (Studia geologica polonica 1964, v.11, p.125-38, tables, maps, sections, illus) 28 refs. Polish summary. In two parts: geological and paleobotanical. The Culm series is subdivided into Hornsundneset and Sergeijevfjellet beds on the basis of lithologic data. Palynological analysis of shale, siltstone and coal samples taken in 1958 and 1962 show these beds to be of Namurian age. Systematic description of the microspores is given and they are compared with Lower Carboniferous microspore asDGS. semblages of other regions. 100078 SIEDLECKI, S. Permian succession on Tokrossöya, Sörkapplandet, Vestspitsbergen. (Studia geologica polonica 1964. v.11, p.155-67, maps, profile, illus) 11 refs. Polish summary. Reports study of this succession carried out during 1960 Polish Spitsbergen Expedition. The Tokrossöya beds, so named by the author, are about 300 m thick. The lower part about 170 m thick consists of sandstones, sandy limestones, and subordinate cherty rocks with a rich brachiopod fauna, mainly productids and spiriferids. The upper part about 130 m thick consists of siliceous rocks 1088

rich in sponge spicules and poor in brachiopod fauna. DLC. 100079 SIEDLECKI, S. Some remarks on the reconnaissance boat trips from Hornsund, around Sörkapplandet to Kvalvågen, Vestspitsbergen. (Studia geologica polonica 1964. v.11, p.35-45, map, illus) Polish summary. Describes two geological reconnaissances by motorboat from Hornsund to Storfjorden during the Polish Spitsbergen Expedition in 1959 and 1960. Course of the trips and personnel are stated, the localities studied are DGS. described. SIELAND, K., see No. 97110 100080 SIEVWRIGHT, E.C. Will Alaska crude oil flood the market? (Canadian petroleum 1968. v.9, no.9, p.66) Notes adverse factors in developing the Atlantic Richfield-Humble Oil companies' finds on the north slope of Alaska: the high costs of finding, producing and moving the oil. Overland pipeline transportation to the US mid-continent crosses the international boundaries. Movement of sizeable volumes would adversely affect the Alberta oil producers. The need for petroleum on this continent however guarantees the development of sources however remote. Development of Athabasca oil is essential. DGS. SIFFORD, B.M., see No. 101094 100081 SIGACHEV, A.E. and A.B. FADEEV. Primenenie metoda kombinirovannykh zaradov pri razrabotke verkhnikh gorizontov kar'era. (In: Akademiri nauk SSSR. Kol'skil filial. Tekhnologiri razrabotki... 1964, p.111-14, profile, illus) In Title tr.: Using a method of Russian. combined charges in working the upper horizons of a pit. Proposes a combination of vertical and horizontal boreholes for blasting at the upper benches of an open pit. The horizontal holes with 30 kg of explosive were detonated 23 m sec ahead of the vertical boreholes each with 120 kg of explosive. The combined length of all the boreholes was 453 m, of which 46 m were horizontal. The volume of blasted rock was 5250 m3 and explosive expenditure (ammonia dynamite) 2380 kg, 200 kg of it in the horizontal boreholes. The oversize lumps from this blast amounted to 6%. The amount of broken rock was 11.6 m3/running m of borehole. The explosive spent 0.57 kg/m3 of broken rock, as compared with the same parameters of 7.5-8 m3 and 0.7-08 kg respectively by blasting vertical boreholes only. DLC.

SIGAL, IÅ. B., see No. 96262 SIIKARLA, T., see No. 95288 SUVOLA, J., see No. 95890 SEIN, IÜ.I., see No. 99703 100082 SILINA, G. Women in Soviet arctic regions. (North 1966. v.13, no.5, p.32-33) Reports that almost half of the one thousand staff members of the Leningrad Scientific Research Institute of Geology of the Arctic are women: botanists, zoologists, ethnographers, oceanographers, geologists and geographers. Among them, R. Demenitskaiå, N. Lapina, and N. Borshchova are especially famous. CaMAI, DLC. SILVERMAN, H.M., see No. 93308 100083 SIMAKOV, K.V. and V.M. SHEVCHENKO. Kratkü ocherk dopermskogo razvitiiii Omolonskoi glyby. (Geologiiä i geofizika 1967, no.7, p.86-93) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A short outline of the pre-Permian development of the Omolon block. Presents characteristics of this block from the late Proterozoic to the end of the early Carboniferous. Sequences of sedimentary, magmatic and orogenic processes are analyzed and the block concluded to be not of epi-Archean, but epi-Caledonian stabilization. DLC. 100084 SIMAKOV, K.V. Razrez zhivetskikh otlozhenii v severo-vostochnoi chasti Omolonskoi glyby. (In: AkademiIå nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geologii i geofiz. Novye dannye po biostratigrafii devona i verkhnego paleozoih Sibiri... 1967. p.10-13) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The section of Givetian deposits in northeastern part of the Omolon block. Describes layer by layer the Middle Devonian deposits studied in 1961. The Ledeninskiye and Nelkinskiye layers are distinguished and described in some detail noting the distribution of tabulate corals, brachiopods and stromatoporoids. CaMAI, DGS. SIMCHENKO, IÜ.B., see No. 100998, 101000 SIMCHENKO, V.IA., see No. 98788 100085 SIMKIN, D.W. Extralimital occurrences of raccoons in Ontario. (Canadian field-naturalist 1966. v.80, no.3, p.144-46, map, table) Refs.

Presents 15 records of 1927-1960 on individuals in areas north or northwest of the species known range in Ontario. Despite these sporadic occurrences and a warming trend no established population is known in northwest Ontario, nor are climatic conditions yet suitable for such. CaMAI, DGS. SIMMET, R.P., see No. 100255 100086 SIMOJOKI, H. On short period fluctuations of water level of an ice-covered lake. (Geophysics 1966. v.9, p.251-57, map, graphs) Records of water levels during open and ice seasons of Lake Saimaa, one of four lakes studied in Finland, reflect occurrence of seiches with periods of about 80 and 45 min, suggesting uninodal and binodal periods. The waves are lower under ice with a max height of 11 mm as compared to 40 mm in the open lake; but due to the absence of wind effect, the periods are more regular under an ice cover. The short period fluctuations of water level in ice-covered lakes are caused chiefly by rapid alterations of atmospheric pressure. Considering the thickness of the ice (50-60 cm), and its limited elasticity, the wind factor may be ignored. Apparently other factors such as seismicity and tides should be considered. Sudden fluctuations of the water level may permit the ice cover to rupture and water to rise over the ice surface; they may also cause differences in ice structure. DGS. 100087 SIMOJOKI, H. On the occurrence of tides in lakes of Finland. 5 p. graph, map, tables. (Finska Vetenskaps-societeten. Commentationes physico-mathematicae 1966. v.32, no.2) 4 refs. Reports 1965 (mainly Feb and Sept) waterlevel observations of several large lakes to determine possible tide phenomenon. Limnograms from the waterlevel recorders were read off at one hour intervals with accuracy of 1 mm. Annual and lunar variations were considered. Records for seven large lakes, incl Inri, are tabulated and discussed. It seems probable that a tidal fluctuation is included. DGS. SIMON, A.K., see No. 99196 100088 SIMON, E. and others. Kältezittern bei narkotisierten spinalen Hun(Pflügers Archiv für die gesamte den. Physiologie 1966. v.291, no.2, p.187-204, 40 refs. In German. English tables, illus) summary. Other authors; F.W. Klussmann, W. Rautenberg and M. Kosaka. Title tr.: Cold shivering in anesthetized spinal dogs. Local cooling of the spinal cord of dogs 1089

with high spinal transection (C2-C3), caused a visible tremor much like cold shivering of intact animals. Results indicate that shivering of intact as well as of spinal animals originates in the same structures of the spinal cord, and that the shivering mechanism in homeothermic animals may have developed at the segmental level of the central nervous system. DLC. 100089 SIMON, E. Le role de la moelle cpiniere dans la thermoregulation. (Archives des sciences physiologiques 1967. v.21, no.2, p.215-33, illus) 50 refs. In French. Title tr.: The role of the spinal cord in thermoregulation. Experiments with anesthetized and unanesthetized dogs demonstrated the presence of thermosensitive spinal structures. Thermal stimulation of the cord can trigger shivering or reinforce shivering of peripheral or diencephalic origin. These spinal thermoregulatory mechanisms operate even when the spinal centers are isolated from those of the encephalus. DNLM. 100090 SIMONENKO, V. Primenenie shchelevykh stvornykh znakov na Obi. (Rechnol transport 1964. v.23, no.5, p.47, table.) In Russian. Title tr.: Using slit leading lights on the Ob River. Points out an error in the official formula for erecting such lights on the lower Ob. This error results in wrong dimensions in the light complex, making it useless in navigation. The dimensions between the near signs (which form the slit), and between near and far signs are recalculated for effective distances from 2 to 8 km, results being presented in a table. This type of leading light installed on Yendyr' Bar has enabled the removal of four floating lights out of six installed earlier. DLC. 100091 SIMONOV, I.M. Izuchenie snezhnogo pokrova i verkhnikh gorizontov l'da na kupolakh zemli Frani a-Iosifa. (Geograficheskoe o-vo SSSR. Geograficheskii sbornik 1964. no.17, p.149-57, table, map, illus.) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Investigation of the snow cover and upper horizons of ice on domes of Franz Josef Land. Reports glaciologic investigations on 13 domes on nine islands of the archipelago, viz: Dzheksona, Kheysa, Tsiglera, Artura, Kharli, Yuzhnyy Gokhshtetter, Rudol'fa, VinerNeyshtadt and Vil'cheka Land. The snow cover as measured was found to vary a good deal. Its depth on the dome depends on the elevation above sea level, prevailing winds, and the curve of the dome. It has various forms of microrelief which were studied, and its various accumulative and erosion forms are briefly noted: barchan, 1090

snow banks, etc. Ice structure in upper horizons of the dome are also analyzed, and its thickness, specific weight, crystals and other features described. The glacial cover on Franz Josef Land is concluded to be in a stage of shrinkage. DLC. SIMONOV, I.M., see No. 95728 100092 SIMONOV, V.V. Vliianie meteorologicheskikh uslovil na narastanie l'da. Glavnaiä (Leningrad. geofizicheskaiå observatorii . Trudy 1967, no.205, p.65-76, graphs) 33 refs. In Russian. Title Ir.: Effects of meteorological conditions on the growth of sea ice. Reviews methods for calculating ice thickness in the Arctic Basin and elsewhere. The IU.P. Doronin work, No 57725 and 57727, is considered and new formulas worked out taking more account of advection, heat transfer from water to the lower ice surface, heat conductivity in the lower air layer, transformation of air masses, etc. Develops formulas for the calculation of changes in ice thickness at various distances from the coast. Appraises such factors as the temperature gradient of ice, heat flow from the water, etc affecting the speed of ice formation. The results can be used for forecasting working conditions in harbors in winter time. DLC. 100093 SIMONSEN, P. Bopladserne ved Noatun i Pasvikdalen. (Suomen muinaismuistoyhdistys. Aikakauskirja 1957. no.58, p.233-67, map, tables, illus) Refs. In Norwegian. Title tr.: Habitation sites at Noatun in the Pasvik valley. Describes the discovery and exploration of the younger stone age site which has yielded the largest ceramic collection from northern Norway. A previously undisturbed portion of the site, on a wooded knoll, reveals two culture layers, roughly 2000 and 1000 yr old and with no evident continuity. A summary list is given of some four thousand artifacts; the 11 varieties of local stone used and examples of design on the ceramics are reported. Many of the pieces are described in detail and comparisons are made with ceramics from other northern sites. Four main periods are evident in the Finnmark-Finland younger stone age: the pre-ceramic, ceramic, slate culture, and asbestos ceramic. Dating in the North thus becomes independent of the more southerly groupings. DLC. 100094 SIMONSEN, P. Settlement and occupations in the younger stone age. (In: Nordic Symposium... 1962 pub 1965, p.397-406, map) Reconstructs the way of life in the Varangerfjord and Pasvik River area during

the last 21/2 millennia BC from fieldwork completed in 1961. A semi-nomadic culture stage with three-four seasonal dwelling sites and no domesticated animals except the dog. Coastal winter and summer inland residence precludes reindeer herding because contrary to the reindeer migration pattern. Implements and animal-bone remains indicate an economy based on whaling and sealing, marine and river fishing with subsidiary bird and reindeer hunting. Multi-layered river hamlets indicate repeated occupancy and stable fishing grounds; summer use is inferred from the inland dwellings of birchbark and clay-packed wattle huts with outside fireplaces. Coastal villages average 20-30 solid turf buildings: earlier single family earth huts and later larger two-three family semi-subterranean dwellings. The culture of the Varangerfjord, Pasvik River as well as Lake Inari regions seems intrusive in the otherwise uniform north Scandinavian culture area and is affinal to Säräsniemi type comb-pottery culture of north central Finland. A possibly famineinduced migration at the end of the third millennium BC to food-rich coastal areas is DLC. considered likely. 100095 SIMONSON, R.W. and S. RIEGER. Soils of the Andept suborder in Alaska. (Soil Science Society of America. Proceedings 1967. v.31, no.5, p.692-99, map, tables, illus) 36 refs. Andept soils are the major well-drained soils of nonmountainous areas of Kodiak Island, the Aleutian Islands, the Alaska Peninsula, and southwestern Kenai Peninsula. Formerly classified in the Ando group, these soils are here reclassified as Cryandepts (Inceptisols) in the 7th Approximation and seem closely related to other soils formed in volcanic ash in places as far removed as Japan, New Zealand, and South America. The soils have thick dark A horizons, are strongly acid and have low base saturation throughout their profiles, have little textural differentiation in the profile, and have clay fractions dominated by allophane. They share certain characteristics with geographically associated Spodosols (podzols). Field relationships and the shared characteristics of B horizons suggest that Andepts are readily converted to Orthods (podzols) following DGS. occupation by spruce forest. 100096 SIMORIN, A.M. and A. IA. MARKOV. 0 soderzhanii askorbinovol kisloty v moloke rodil'niis na Dal'nem Severe. (Akusherstvo i ginekologiiå 1955, no.5, p.32-36, tables) Ref. In Russian. Title tr.: Ascorbic acid content in the milk of parturient women in the Far North. Presents tabulated results of these analyses

performed Oct 1949-Sept 1950 in the Magadan Central Hospital on 518 mothers, 2-9 days after partus. Ascorbic acid content in colostrum and milk fluctuated reaching a max high during the berry and vegetable season, Sept-Oct, and falling to a low in June. Administration of vitamin C sharply increased ascorbic acid content regardless of season. Supplementary vitamin C intake during pregnancy is urged. DLC. 100097 SIMPSON, C. The Viking Circle; Denmark, Greenland, Norway, Sweden, Finland, Iceland. London, Hodder and Stoughton 1967. 366 p. maps, illus. Travel book, with accounts of the people seen (incl Lapps and Eskimos) as well as the places visited. The section on Norway incl an account of the career of Nansen, a visit to Trondheim, the village of Hell, Tromsø, Finnmark, Nordkapp, Hammerfest, Bodø, etc; the chapters on Sweden incl description of a train trip to Abisko, Kiruna; those on Finland incl a visit to Rovaniemi, Utsjoki, Lake Inri. He flew from Copenhagen to Greenland on a tour arranged by Aero-Lloyd who are pioneering tourism there; and he describes a cruise in the Umanak on the west coast from Søndrestrømfjord as far north as Umanak, then south to Narssarssuaq, and a later visit to the east coast, flying from Iceland to CaMAI, DLC. Kulusuk. 100098 SIMPSON, E. More humane way with seals. (Nature 1967. v.216, no.5121, p.1237-38, table) Observes, July 1967, on St Paul Island, Alaska, a harvest of northern fur seals, Callorhinus ursinus. Non-breeding males are driven inland, clubbed, and skinned. Postmortem examination of 1,121 seals showed that only 21 (1.9%) crania remained unfractured but that all thoraxes had been cut. Here, experienced men work short hours in moderate temp over six weeks to kill about 60 thousand seals. In the harp seal hunt in the Gulf of St Lawrence an annual quota of 50 thousand is taken in 3-5 days by sealers working long hours in cold weather. DLC. 100099 SIMPSON, E. Seal hunting in the Gulf of St Lawrence. (Nature 17 June 1967. v.214, p.1274, tables) Observations, 7-9 March 1967, of clubbing and skinning of new-born harp seals or "whitecoats" (Pagophilus groenlandicus) included post-mortem examination of a random sample of 154 carcasses, 36% of which did not have fractured crania. This suggests doubt as to state of consciousness of the animal before skinning. DLC. 1091

100100 SIMPSON, H.W. Field studies of human stress in polar regions. (British medical journal 1967. no.5539, p.530-33, graph, tables) 22 refs. Studies blood eosinophil level and urinary 17-hydroxycorticosteroid output as indices of adrenal activity. In a party skiing 400 mi across the Greenland icecap there was a raised output of 17-HOCS in the urine for the full 40 days of the crossing, and no adaptation DLC. to the stress occurred.

Re100104 SINHA, A.A. and others. production in the female sea otter. (Journal of wildlife management 1966. v.30, no.1, p.121-30, table, illus) Refs. Other authors: C.H. Conaway and K.W. Kenyon. Studies the reproductive cycle of 136 sexually mature females, based on field observations, morphology and histology. Ovarian cycle and uterine cycle are followed both grossly and microscopically. The otters usually bear a single young. DLC.

SIMPSON, L.R., see No. 100892

100105 SINIAKOV, V.I. and M.M. FEDOSEEVA. Novye mineraly, vpervye otkrytye v Sibiri. (Geologii i geofizika 1966, Tide tr.: In Russian. no.4, p.160-66) New minerals first discovered in Siberia. Lists 74 new minerals discovered in Siberia from the end of 18th century to 1965. Sulfides, oxides, carbonates, silicates, and others are cited with name, formula, place of find, author, etc. Some of the minerals were discovered in the northern regions of SiDLC. beria.

100101 SIMPSON, M. First woman across Greenland's ice. (National geographic 1967. v.132, no.2, p.264-79, maps, illus) Describes the crossing on skis of the inland ice of Greenland from Angmagssalik to Søndre StrØmford by the author and two others. A purpose of the journey was to measure the production of corticoids in the body during an extended period of stress. DLC. SINAMATI, M.E., see No. 100373 SINEGUB, E.S., see No. 96888 SINEL'NIKOV, D.V., see No. 96692 100102 SINEL'NIKOVA, V.N. K voprosu o vozraste enemtenskol svity Zapadnoi Kamchatki. (Akademnå nauk SSSR. Izvestiia 1967. ser. geol., no.1, p.68-74, illus) 16 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Age of the Enemten series of western Kamchatka. Discusses various interpretations of the age of this series which is divided into three zones. Enemten beds in the Sopochnaya river basin are also described, and compared with similar deposits of Alaska and Japan. The series is concluded to be not younger than the Pliocene. DLC. 100103 SINEL'NIKOVA, V.N. and others. 0 pliorienovoi (enemtenskoi) flore Zapadnol Kamchatki. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Izvestiiii 1967. ser. geol., no.8, p.114-24, illus) 17 refs. In Russian. Other authors: L.A. Skiba and L.I. Fotianova. Tide tr.: Pliocene (Enemten) flora of western Kamchatka. Describes the Pliocene desposits and flora found in 1965 in the Sopochnaya River mouth. Spore-pollen diagrams and systematic descriptions are given of some Polypodiaceae, Salicaceae, Betulaceae and Caprifoliaceae. Similarities are found with the Pliocene flora of Alaska. DLC. SINEL'NIKOVA, V.N., see also No 94500 1092

100106 SINITSYN, A.V. Geologicheskoe polozhenie Ust'ponolskol struktury i metamorficheskogo kompleksa ponol-kachkovka-snezhniisa, Kol'skf poluostrov. (Sovetskatå geologii 1967, no.9, p.124-30, map, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Geologic position of the Ust'-Ponoy structure and the Ponoy - Kachkovka - Snezhnitsa metamorphic complex, Kola Peninsula. Reports own 1962-66 field study. The stratigraphic complex consists of these isolated sections of altered sedimentary-volcanic Lower and Middle Proterozoic rocks. The last stages of metamorphism, which were accompanied by granitization appear to have leveled the absolute age of all rocks in the complex. A correlation of the Proterozoic formations of Kola Peninsula is given. DLC. SINITSYN, A.V., see also No. 95661 100107 SINNIKOV, A.S. Arkhangel'skli institut lesa i lesokhimii. (Lesne khozalstvo 1967. v.19, no.11, p.36) In RusTide tr.: Arkhangel'sk Institute of sian. Forestry and Wood Chemistry. Notes the activities of this center of forestry in the North, working out types of cutting, especially improvement and selective cutting, popularizing scientific principles of forestry, etc. DLC. 100108 SINNO, K. Some characteristics of solar corpuscular radiations which excite abnormal ionization in the polar upper atmosphere. (In: International Conference

on Cosmic Rays and the Earth Storm, Kyoto 1961. Communications p.173-76, graphs) Reports study of minimum frequency ionospheric data for 30 events of polar radio blackout Jan 1956-Dec 1959, as recorded at Resolute Bay and Thule, and riometric data at other stations. Two types of blackout are distinguished, one of sudden (S-type), the other of gradual onset (G-type). Typical examples of S- and G-type blackouts are given in a graph. Their relation to solar flares is discussed. DLC. 100109 SINOMIN, V.I. 0 raspredelenii skorosteT v potoke pod ledi nym pokrovom. (Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitel'stvo 1967. v.37, no.2, p.29-30, graph, table, illus) In Russian. Title tr. The distribution of velocities in an ice-covered stream. Develops I.K. Nikitin's analysis of the uniform movement of a liquid in a wide river bed, to formulate the regularity in distribution of velocity of a stream flowing between two surfaces which differ in degree of roughness. The velocity structure of the stream beneath the ice cover as determined from experimental data is found to agree, practically, with the structure obtained by N.N. Pavlovskn, proceeding from the principle of maximum carrying capacity of the river DLC. bed. SINOMIN, V.L, see also No. 93483 100110 SINOTIN, V.I. and S.M. ALEIKoordinai ionnoe soveshchanie NIKOV. na temu "Ispol'zovanie l'da v kachestve stroitel'nogo materials". (Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitel'stvo 1966. v.36, no.4, p.59-60) In Russian. Title tr.: Coordinating conference on the use of ice as a building material. Reports the 1965 conference papers out of 22 presented at Krasnoyarsk noting papers of B.V. Proskuna'kov, use of ice and ice combined with earth, sand, road metal, and shingle in hydrotechnical installations, etc; K.N. Korzhavin's study of the physicalmechanical properties of ice and the ice cover; and V.I. Sinotin's discussion of thermotechnical problems in connection with strength and stability of ice constructions. DLC. 100111 SIREN, A. Hydrological investigations in a representative fjeld area in northern Finland. (Intl. Association of Scientific Hydrology. Symposium, Budapest 1965. Publication no.66: Representative and experimental areas, v.2, p.619-23, map, tables) Observations of precipitation, depth and water content of the snow in Apr prior to

snowmelt, air temperature, water level variations, and discharge at the outlet of the lake, have been made since 1959 in the Lake Peerajärvi watershed at 69°N near the Swedish and Norwegian borders. The catchment area is 102 km2 of which 5km2 are lakes. Farther away bare mountains and low mountain birch forest cover the area. Precipitation increases rapidly with increasing altitude. During Oct-May it falls almost entirely as snow. The average annual run-off depends on the quantity of winter snow-fall. Discharge is very small in winter and low during July-Sept as a result of evaporation. The greatest part of the winter precipitation leaves the catchment area as water through the outlet of Lake Peerajärvi during May-Jun. DOS. SIROTIÜK, G.N., see No. 93813 100112 SIROTKINA, T.N. and V.M. PETRUSHANKO. Opyt primeneniiä gamma-gamma-karotazha v Noril'skom raTone. (Voprosy rudnoT geofiziki 1965. no.5, p.113-17, table, graphs) In Russian. Title h.: Gamma-gamma logging in the Noril'sk region. Discusses logging with four standard emitters of 0.7 mg-equiv. of radium activity. Five coal layers 0.5-3.5 m thick were differentiated by logging in boreholes of 91 mm diam and depths to 100 m. The experience showed that gamma-gamma logging is possible with gamma ray emitters of less than 1 mg-equiv. of radium. Such comparatively weak activity is convenient from the safety point of view, and, therefore speeds up the logging. DLC. 100113 SISKO, R.K. Pochvy o. Novara' Sibir'. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki. Sbornik state! 1966. no.23, p.33-40, map, tables) 2 Title tr.: The soils of refs. In Russian. Novaya Sibir' Island. Describes the climatic conditions, parent rocks and vegetation cover of this easterly island of the New Siberian archipelago. Five types of soils, arctic, tundra arctic, tundraarctic semi-swamp, arctic alluvial and swampy-arctic are distinguished and profiles described. The microrelief is mainly responsible for these different varieties of soil. DLC. 100114 SIÜTKIN, A.F. and M.P. CHUKomi ASSR; kratkil spravoKICHEV. chØ. Syktyvkar, Komi knizhnoe izd-vo 1966. 223 p. tables, illus. In Russian. Tide tr.: Komi ASSR; a brief reference book. Second edition of No 83043. DLC. 100115 SIÜZIuMOVA, L.M. K izucheniro epizootologii beshenstva pesi a na (Problemy Severa 1967, no.11, l:Amale. p.99-106, graph, tables) 12 refs. In Rus1093

Title tr.: Epizootology of rabies sian. among arctic foxes on Yamal. English translation available from National Science Library, National Research Council, Ottawa. Reports on virological studies made during Nov-Mar 1958-59 to 1961-62, to determine the spread of the infection in the various stages of the epizootic cycle and the possibility of survival of the infective agent during a period when the population was relatively free from the disease. Altogether about 1000 foxes were investigated. Infectivity varied according to age. Analysis of results shows a definite relationship between the spread of the epizootic, the animal population in the particular district and the age structure of the samples. Extensive outbreaks occur with a higher population and with young animals sharply outnumbering the older foxes. A decrease in population density and increase in ratio of adults may be a factor tending to cause the epizootic to subside. Data for age sensitivity of laboratory animals to rabies virus and the observations described, suggest that young arctic foxes are more susceptible to tundra rabies virus and develop the infection more readily. The role of the adult foxes is not quite clear; there is a possibility that the adults are mainly a reservoir of the virus. CaMAI, DLC. 100116 SIÜZIUMOVA, L.M. K voprosu o roli polevok v epizootiiikh tundrovogo beshenstva pestsov Zapoli r'iä. (Voprosy virusologii 1966. v.11, no.5, p.593-98, tables) 9 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Voles as epizootics in tundra rabies of polar foxes on the Arctic coast. Tundra rabies appears as an epizootic throughout the Arctic coastal region, and has been found to share biological and serological properties of common (street) rabies. R.M. Shen relates the tundra rabies virus to common rabies strains causing atypical forms of the disease. Voles are important as reservoirs of both types of rabies. The infectious process and susceptibility has been investigated in some voles. The species studied were: Microtus gregalis major, M. middendorfii, (northern forms) M gregalis gregalis and Lagurus lagurus. Standard methods of passaging and examination were used. Voles and white mice are highly sensitive to tundra rabies via intracerebral infection; M. gregalis and M middendorfii are less sensitive via subcutaneous infection than are steppe lemmings. The disease often takes the mute, paralytic form in all types of voles, though frenzy and drooling are observed in some animals. Despite the relatively high virus content in the salivary glands of rabid animals, voles could not be infected through 1094

their bites. None of the narrow-skulled voles caught or found dead in the tundra during an epizootic among polar foxes yielded the virus, and it must be concluded that voles are not significant in the epizootiology of this particular form of rabies. DLC. 100117 SIVERTSEN, S. Roegneria fibrosa (Schrenk) Nevski i Norge. (Blyttia 1966. v.24, no.4, p.346-50, illus) Refs. In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: Roegneria fibrosa (Schrenk) Nevski in Norway. Discusses a grass species widespread in western Siberia and northern Finland. Earlier known in Fennoscandia as an Agropyron species, it was still earlier identified in Russia as Roegneria fibrosa. Descriptions are given of the plant and its habitats in several localities in northern Norway. DLC. 100118 SIVERTSEN, S. Tettegress. (Norske turistforening. Arbok 1967. p.108-109, illus) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Butterwort. Describes briefly this insect-catching herb and its uses, incl milk preservation. Pinguicula alpina with white blossoms is common in northern Norway, P. vulgaris with purple is found in damp places in mountainous areas, and the dwarf P. villosa on mossy bogland tussocks. DLC. SIVERTSEVA, I.A., see No. 94968 100119 SIVTSEV, T. K voprosu o khoziäistvennom osvoenii raionov Severe. (Planovoe khoziäTstvo 1966. v.43, no.9, p.78-83) In Russian. Title tr.: Economic development of the northern districts. Discusses ways to solve socio-economic problems due to labor shortage and the nomadic mode of life of native reindeer hunters. Greater use of mechanical equipment, better transportation facilities, and especially improvement of housing and living conditions are required to keep young people from leaving these districts: 70% of the herders in Yakutia are over 40. Such measures as prohibiting young aborigines from seeking jobs in industry in order to keep them on the kolkhoz and cutting down agriculture to raise labor for industry are criticized. Untended reindeer ranging has been tried and abandoned and the attempt to replace the permanent herders by men rotating on short-term assignments failed for lack of men. Semi-extensive herding with natural obstacles and some fencing to limit the range is recommended as conducive to keeping herders in a settlement. But new industry must be developed to provide work for herding families who, once settled, forfeit earnings as

herding assistants. Fur farming is best suited to the ecological conditions; dairy farming and cattle raising give good results; a fur-garment industry could provide employment for women. The prime need however is well-equipped well-located settlements. Lack of timber in tundra areas and difficulties of bringing it in, suggest greater use of prefabricated aluminum panels for housing. Only builders experienced in techniques for northern conditions should be used. Large settlements with demand for consumer goods would foster industry which in turn would provide job opportunities, raise the living standard, and keep the young from moving DLC. out of the North. 100120 SIZYKH, I.A. Bor'ba KPSS s uklonami v naisional'nom voprose v period razvernutogo nastuplenii sotsializma po vsemu frontu. (Irkutsk. Univ. Trudy 1965. v.34, p.56-77.) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Struggle of the CPSU against deviation from the policy on nationalities during the period of the socialist offensive. Describes the economic and ideological progress during the first five-year plan 1929-1932, including Yakutia and Krasnoyarsk Province. Collectivization, education, war on separatist movements, industrial development, etc are noted. Suppression of shaman-inspired Samoyed, Dolgan, and Yakut nationalism in the Taymyr National District is discussed. Economic measures unsuited to northern reindeer husbandry were abandoned, some private ownership of draftreindeer permitted, consumer goods supply improved, etc. Demands for labor increased through the South Taymyr waterways development, and led, in 1933, to vocational training in river craft operation, and new DLC. machine shops in Norilsk.

Describes the work of icebreakers off the east coast of Sweden, where seagoing vessels make some 6000 winter exits and entries in Norrland province harbors alone. About 20% of these are made with icebreaker assistance. The organization and direction of this work is briefly outlined. Vessels of the Swedish, Finnish, and Danish icebreaker service are described, and costs and economies noted. Although keeping the Baltic-to-Atlantic passage open attracts more attention, the Gulf of Bothnia requires more service. Forest products, oil, coal and coke are the important cargos. Norrland shipping was held up for three months in the 1965-66 winter. The sea route should be kept open at least as far north DLC. as Umeå.

Sphagnum anger100123 SdÖRS, H. manicum found in northern Dalarna, Sweden. (Botaniska notiser 1966. v.119, no.2, p. 361-64) 10 refs. S. angermanicum was first found in Ångermanland, Sweden, and recently recorded from southern Norway. This distributional gap has now been filled by a record from northern Dalarna, Sweden. Such isolated occurrences of a species in heavily glaciated country must be the result of postglacial migration rather than glacial survival. DLC. SJÖSTRAND, B., see No. 95112 100124 SKALKIN, V.A. Diet of flatfishes in the southeastern Bering Sea. (In: Sovetskie rybokhoziäTstvennye issledovani►a v severo-vostochnol chasti Tikhogo okeana, vyp. 1. Jerusalem, Israel Program for Scientific Transl 1968, p.235-50, maps, tables) 7 refs. English translation of No 83053. DLC.

100121 SIZYKH, S.N. Kraevedcheskii muzeT v gody Velikot Otechestvennoi volny. (Yakutsk. Respublikanskil kraevedcheskit muzeT. Sbornik nauchnykh stater 1966. no.4, p.73-92, table, illus) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Regional history museum during World War II. Deals with the organization of patriotic displays and itinerant political and antireligious exhibits, study of newly acquired ethnographic collections, archeological fieldwork, etc conducted or sponsored 1941-45, by the Yakutsk regional history museum. DLC.

100125 SKALON, V.N. Pervoocherednye zadachi okhotkhoziaistvennogo stroitel= stva. (In: Soveshchanie zoologov Sibiri, Tomsk, 1966. Voprosy zoologii, p.30-31) In Russian. Title tr.: Primary tasks in developing the hunting industry. Notes the poor progress made in developing hunting for commercial uses in the Far North. Improved organization and control of the forests are suggested. The role of specialists in hunting management and zoologists is also stressed. DLC.

100122 SJÖDAHL, K.A. Isbryteri, en (Svenska järnvägstidstatlig verksamhet. ningen 1967. v.54, no.3-4, p. 8-11, illus) In Swedish. Title tr.: Ice breaking, a state activity.

100126 SKATSKII, V.I. 0 mekhanizme vovlecheniIh v kuchevoe oblako okruzharirshchego vozdukha. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Izvestirs. Fizika atmosfery i okeana 1966. v.2, no.12, p.1267-73, graphs, tables) 12 refs. In

SKARIiATIN, V.D., see No. 99856

1095

Russian. Title tr.: On the mechanism of drawing surrounding air into a cumulus cloud. Discusses 1961-64 data obtained above the taiga in Komi ASSR on the water content in cumulus clouds considering the cloud to be developed according to the adiabatic model. The efficiency of the possible mechanism of drawing the air from outside the cloud is estimated qualitatively. The lateral indrawing and penetration of cooler and dry air from above the cloud is analyzed. DLC. 100127 SKELTON, R.A. The Vinland map and the Tartar relation. (Geographical magazine 1966. v.38, no.9, p.662-68, illus) Reviews in popular style the discovery, alleged origin and significance of the Vinland map, No. 91829. Reasons for doubting any possibility of counterfeiting are given and it is contended that the outline of Vinland must reflect information going back at least to the 12th century. DLC. 100128 SKIBA, L.A. and LM. KHOREVA. 0 verkhneplelstotsenovykh i golotsenovykh otlozheniiakh ostrova Karaginskogo. (Akademitå nauk SSSR. KoØitå po izucheniiu chetvertichnogo perioda. Bwlleten' 1966, no.32, p.103-108) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Upper Pleistocene and Holocene deposits of Karaginskiy Island. Reports a 1963-64 study, describing the stratigraphic sections of these deposits and the identified molluscs and forams. Sporepollen analyses indicate a forest-tundra vegetation. The deposits are correlated with those of Chukotka and coastal plain at Nome in Alaska. CaMAI, DLC. SKIBA, L.A., see also No 95518, 95519, 97210, 100103 100129 SKIFTE, O. Ballblom. (Norske turistforening. Arbok 1967. p.110-11, illus) In Norwegian. Title tr.: The globe flower. Describes the buttercup species Trollius europaeus, visited by numerous insects for its nectar, but pollinated essentially by a polleneating fly, the two having a symbiotic relationship. Its upright seed capsules emit dark brown seeds into the wind. It commonly grows in rich, damp mould, and is found at and above treeline in northern Norway and western Siberia. DLC. 100130 SKIFTE, O. Ranunculus platanifolius-lokalitetene på Sørøy. (Blyttia 1966. v.24, no.4, p.351-60, map, tables, illus) Refs. In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: The localities of Ranunculus platanifolius on Sørøy. Describes the lowland sites, lime-rich soils, and plant communities where this herb has 1096

been found near 70° N, some distance from its normal range. Various explanations of an apparently natural population on this northerly island are noted, with suggestion that it may have been imported in the time of' the New Stone Age people, who had commercial connections with southern Scandinavia. More than fifty other plant species also are listed. DLC. SKIFTE, 0., see also No. 97320 SKILLMAN, T.L., see No. 96034 100131 SKINNER, J.W. and G.L. WILDE. Permian fusulinids from Pacific Northwest and Alaska. Lawrence, Kansas 1966. 64 p. illus. (Kansas. Univ. Paleontological contributions. Paper no.4) Refs. Alaskaneia n gen, from the lower Permian in the Alaska-Yukon boundary area between Fairbanks and Dawson, is among the fusulinid faunas described. DGS. SKIRDAL, E., see No. 96204 SKLIADNEVA, L.F., see No. 93506, 93507 SKOBELIN, E.A., see No. 99209 100132 SKÖLD, T. The Scandinavian north and the Lappish system of orientation. (Studia ethnographica upsaliensia 1964. v.21, p.267-83) Approx 80 refs. Semantic study of the Old Norse word for North in Lappish. The Lapps' system of orientation based on local geography rather than solar observations corrupted the meaning of this word disassociating it from its original reference to the polar north. Dialectological analysis of place names containing the Lappish forms of nor$r shows semantic changes, even to the reverse meaning, i.e. south, in the Ter dialect. DSI. 100133 SKOKOVA, N.N. Prolet ptits osen'iii 1958 g. v okrestnosnhkh s. Pon'gomy. (Kandalakshskil gos. zapovednik. Trudy 1960. v.3, p. 152-74, tables, graphs, map.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Bird flights in the area of Pon'goma Village during fall 1958. Standard observations during Aug 30-Oct 15 are reported from this Karelian town on the White Sea cost, with notes on physiography and weather. Over 26,614 birds belonging to 109 species were recorded. Size of flocks and dates of flights are noted for the more common groups viz eider, gulls, snipes, geese, diurnal predators, passerines, woodpeckers, etc. Height and progress of flights direction, etc are also considered. DLC.

Chukotskii 100134 SKORIK, P.I,A. iazyk. (In: Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Inst. iazykoznanitä IAzyki narodov SSSR, 1968, v.5, p.248-70, tables) 11 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Chukchi language. Discusses phonetics, morphology, and syntax of literary Chukchi based on the eastern dialect. The weak development of dialectal divergencies is noted. Chukchi was recorded as mother tongue by 93.9% of the 11,700 Chukchis in the 1959 census. Besides Chukotka, Chukchis also live in the northeastern part of the Koryak National District and the lower Kolyma region of the Yakut ASSR. Two clearly distinguishable lexical strata are noted: an ancient, reflecting the aboriginal way of life and traditional marine hunting and reindeer economy, and a recent vocabulary formed in the Soviet era. The latter shows a tendency to create new terminology by of ixal changes of existing words rather than by incorporation of loan words. DLC. Chu100135 SKORIK, P.IÅ. (In: Akakotsko-Kamchatskie iäzyki. demiia nauk SSSR. Inst. iazykoznaniiii. IAzyki narodov SSSR, 1968, v.5, p.235-47) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: ChukchiKamchadal languages. Comparative study of Chukchi, Koryak, Alyutor, Kerek, and Itel'men Kamchadal spoken in the Chukchi and Koryak National Districts, northern half of the Kamchatka Province, and the lower Kolyma region of the Yakut ASSR. Phonetic, morphological and syntactic similarities and differences; comparative isolation of Itel'men Kamchadal, processes of linguistic absorption of alien intrusive groups, e.g. Yukaghir; influence of substrate assimilation on the formation of local dialects, etc are discussed. Major linguistic studies since the mid-19th c are DLC. reviewed. Kerekskii 100136 SKORIK, P.fA. iazyk. (In.' Akademiia nauk SSSR. Inst. iäzykoznanitä. IAzyki narodov SSSR, 1968, v.5, p.310-333, tables) 2 refs. In Russian. Title b : Kerek language. Kerek, treated until recently as a Koryak dialect, is spoken by some 100 people living in the Bering District of the Chukchi National District. Kerek is equally close to Chukchi, Koryak, and Alyutor, and is on the brink of total extinction and replacement by Chukchi. Phonetics, morphology, syntax, and vocabulary of the Moyno-Pil'gino dialect are discussed on the basis of the author's 1954-56 fieldwork. Its second, rather divergent, Khstyrka dialect has not yet been studied. DLC.

100137 SKORIK, P.A. 0 sootnoshenii aggliütinariii i inkorporatsii; na materiale chukotsko-kamchatskikh iazykov. (In: AkadeØå nauk SSSR. Inst. i zykoznaniia. Morfologicheskaiå tipologitå... 1965, p.225-38) 16 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Correlation between agglutination and incorporation; based on Chukchi-Kamchatka linguistic material. Discusses the agglutinative and incorporative techniques of word building peculiar to Chukchi, Koryak and Kamchadal. Phonological, morphological, and syntactic laws of incorporation or polysynthesism and agglutination are compared. The so-called incorporation complex, a formative factor of the Chukchi-Kamchatka language group, is considered a bona fide linguistic classification type. DLC. 100138 SKORIK, P. fA. Paleoaziatskie iazyki. (In: Akademiia nauk SSSR. Inst. iazykoznanitå. IAzyki narodov SSSR, 1968, v.5, p.233-34) 3 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Paleo-Asiatic languages. Paleo-Asiatic is used here to denote several genetically unaffiliated languages, probably remains of aboriginal languages spoken before the arrival of Turkic, Mongolian, and TungusManchu peoples. Paleo-Asiatic languages consist of the Chukchi-Kamchadal, EskimoAleut, Yukaghir-Chuvan, Ket (Yeniseian)-Assn groups and the Nivkh or Gilyak language. Attempts to determine their possible link with some of the Ural-Altaic DLC. languages are noted. SKOROKHODOV, M.E., see No. 96861 SKOTNIKOV, M.N., see No. 95462 100139 SKOV, O. Det yderste Øde. In (GrØnland 1966, no.2, p.49-54, illus) Danish. Title tr.: The northernmost wilderness. Reviews the history of the Thule Eskimo settlement in northwestern Greenland, founded by Knud Rasmussen and Peter Freuchen in 1910, and taken over by the state in 1937. The settlement was moved to its present site (formerly Qiiniiq) in 1953. Certain decisions connected with the move are questioned. CaMAI, DLC. SKOVORODKIN, IÜ.P., see No. 94130 SKRIABIN, N.G., see No. 99891 SKRIPIN, G.V., see No. 97151 SKRIPKO, K.A., see No. 96369 1097

100140 SKROBOV, V.D. Ptitsy i khozialstvennaih deiatel'nost' Iii dei na Kralnem Severe. (In: Soveshchanie zoologov Sibiri, Tomsk, 1966. Voprosy zoologii, p.158-59) In Russian. Title tr.: Birds and agricultural activity of man in the Far North. Agricultural activity in this region has caused an increase in birds commonly associated with human activity and the movement of common species to wilder areas. During March and April activity in the fishing industry, crows, gulls and other scavengers come to feed on the waste or on the underwater scavengers attracted by the disposal of these wastes. DLC. 100141 SKROBOV, V.D. and E.A. SHIROKOVSKAIÅ. Rol' pestsa v uluchshenii rastitel'nogo pokrova tundry. (Problemy Severe 1967, no.11, p.107-110) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The role of the arctic fox in improving the vegetation cover of the tundra. English translation available from National Science Library, National Research Council, Ottawa. The fox burrows form a system of dens representing an area of 100-300 m2; they alter the physical structure and chemical composition of the soil, loosening it, adding excrement, etc. 60% of the plant species in the vegetation over the burrows are absent in the surrounding tundra; and 30% of the tundra vegetation (chiefly lichens and moss) are absent in the areas of burrows. These areas are noticeable from a great distance for the density of their vegetation. Detailed account is given of the plants covering an individual burrow in Yamal. As a rule, the size of a burrow system ranges from an average of 100 m2 in southern Yamal to 300 m2 in the north. There are about 1.5 fox dens per 1000 hectares in the south, 2.5 mid peninsula and 5 in the north. There are an estimated 24 thousand fox dens on Yamal, each fox affecting the vegetation of some 600 hectares. CaMAI, DLC. 100142 SKROBOV, V.D. Sovremennoe rasprostranenie i chislennost' dikogo severnogo olenil na Severe Zapadnol Sibiri. (Problemy Severs 1967, no.11, p.124-27, map) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The present distribution and population of wild reindeer in northwestern Siberia. English translation available from National Science Library, National Research Council, Ottawa. Wild reindeer were numerous in the Yamal North till the beginning of the present century, but the herds have diminished to about ten thousand head. These are distributed in five distinct groups in the Polar Ural, northern Yamal and Belyy Island, northern Gydan with Oleniy and Shokalt1098

skogo Islands, Taz River basin, and the largest in the Nadym-Pur basins. Map shows these areas and the fall-spring migration CaMAI, DLC. routes. SKROBOV, V.D., see also No. 95498 100143 SKRYL'NIK, G.P. and D.A. TIMOFEEV. Gnådovo-bugristye torfi"aniki i merzlotnye obrazovaniih na srednem techenii r. Lilpina. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Inst. geografii Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Doklady 1966. no.13, p.35-41, table, illus) 15 refs. In Russian. French summary. Title tr.: Ridged-hummocky peat bogs and cryogenic formations on the middle course of the Lyapin River. Reports summer 1965 geomorphic and cryogenic investigations of peat bogs in the Lombovozh and Khurumpaul' areas on the first terrace above the floodplain. Their dimensions, composition, etc are given. Pseudomorphs of ice wedges and deformation of alluvium beneath the bogs are noted. The current disintegration of these peat bogs is attributed to thermokarst processes. DLC. 100144 SKURATENKO, A.V. Turonskie sporovo-pyl'isevye kompleksy nekotorykh raionov ZapadnoT Sibiri. (In: Palinologiil Sibiri... 1966. p.84-89, illus) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Turonian spore-pollen assemblages of some regions of West Siberia. Describes three such assemblages from Middle Cretaceous deposits of the Surgut and neighboring drillings, the Sym drillhole, and the Turukhansk drillhole. Each is characterized noting the predominent pollen and spores. The three assemblages have many forms in common, presence of spores Stenozonotriletes radiates Chlon., Chomotriletes reduncus Bolch. is typical for all of them. DLC. SKURIDIN, G.A., see No. 99056 100145 SKURLATOV, I. Uspekhi severnykh ptiFsevodov. (Sel'skokhoziaistvennoe proizvodstvo Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka 1966, v.11, no.9, p.41-42) In Russian. Title tr.: Achievements of northern poultry raisers. The chicken farm Dukcha in Magadan Province was started in 1934, with a flock of one thousand. By 1966 it had a stock of 184,000 incl 102,000 laying hens. It is considered the largest poultry-raising enterprise of the Soviet Northeast, and its director V.A. Shmelev has been made a Hero of Socialist Labour. Its organization and

development, and its various sections incl a school of poultry raising are outlined. DLC. SKVORTSOV, A.K., see No. 100717 SKVORTSOVA, G.F., see No. 95557 SKVORfSOVA, M., see No. 100766 100146 SLADEN, W.J.L. Additions to the avifauna of the Pribilof Islands, Alaska, including five species new to North America. (Auk 1966. v.83, no.1, p.130-35) Noting the role of this Island as a resting place and refuge for birds between America and Asia, author records 22 additions observed in 1960-62. Date of collection, number, sex, age of birds and records from other areas are noted. CaMAI, DLC. 100147 SLANSKAIA, M. Taezhnyl semestr. (Smena 1966. v.43, no.5, p.18-19) In Russian. Title tr. Term in the taiga. Describes experiences of a group of students from Moscow as summer construction workers in Igrim, a settlement in a new area of oil and gas deposits in Tyumen Province. The primitive environment, scarcity of building materials, tools, and means of transportation are stressed. However, in spite of the difficulties, the students built 21 houses. DLC. 100148 SLASTENOV, IU.L., and N.A. SUSAROVA. Stratigrafiia mezozoiskikh otlozhenrl severo-zapadnogo borta Kelinskol vpadiny v Zapadnom Verkhoian'e. (Leningrad. Vses. neftianoT n: issl. geologorazvedochnyi inst. Trudy 1964. v.237, p. 200-210, table, sections.) 6 refs. In Russian. Title Ira Stratigraphy of the Mesozoic deposits on the northwestern flange of the Kele depression in western Verkhoyansk. Reports a 1961-1963 study of Triassic, Jurassic and Cretaceous deposits divided into local stratigraphic units. Each unit is described noting distribution, lithologic properties and, where possible, paleontologic characteristics. Correlation is made with the stratigraphic schemes worked out by other authors. DLC. 100149 SLASTENOV, IILL. Stratigrafirå nizhnemelovykh otlozhenil Lsentral'noI chasti Zapadnogo Verkhoiania. (Leningrad. Vses. neftrnnol n: issl. geologorazvedochnyi inst. Trudy 1964. v.237, p.177-91, illus.) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tri Stratigraphy of the Lower Cretaceous deposits of the central part of western Verkhoyansk region. Reports a study in the Tumara-Dyanyshka

interfluve. Four series of these deposits are distinguished and described according to layers, viz: Batylykhskaya, Eksenyakhskaya, Khatyrykskaya and Boskhinskaya. Correlation is made of these deposits and the Lower Cretaceous of the Vilyuy synclinorium. DLC. SLASTENOV, IÜ.L., see also No. 96766, 97356 SLATT, R.M., see No. 96159 100150 SLAVIN, S.V. Problemy povysheniii bffektivnosti razvititå narodnogo khozildstva Severa. (Planovoe khozi Tstvo 1966. v.43, no.12, p.16-26) In Russian. Title tra Problems of raising effectiveness of the economic development of the North. Analyzes the economic stalemate due to labor instability in the zone comprised of Murmansk and Arkhangel'sk Provinces, Karelian and Komi ASSR and 13 Asiatic regions, viz: Magadan and Kamchatka Provinces, Yakut ASSR and the northern districts of Tyumen, Krasnoyarsk and other provinces. The vast mineral and timber resources of this zone are noted, but development is hampered by poor mechanization and lack of a large, stable labor force: e.g. 75% of the Pechora coal basin output is by manual labor. With reduction of the northern hardship wage increment in 1960, labor turnover rose to 30-35% in some areas, 2-3 times the national average. As skilled workers and technical personnel leave, unqualified or temporary workers take their place. Insufficient economic incentive is the main cause of the turnover. the 20% increment in base pay in the Far North are offset by the higher cost of living, poor housing, badly organized consumer supply, inadequate educational and health facilities, etc. Improved living conditions and pay increases in Noril'sk lowered labor turnover in 1964 to 16%, as against Magadan Province average of 33%. Greater reliance on aborigines is suggested for a potential labor pool, for locally produced food DLC. supply and consumer goods. SLAVIN, S.V., see also No. 99223 100151 SLAVIN, V.I. 0 gidrogeologicheskikh usloviråkh ralona Markhinskol opornol skvazhiny na iuzhnom sklone Ana(In: Leningrad. Vses. barskoT anteklizy. nefrianol n: issl. geologorazvedochnyi inst. Trudy 1966. no.249, p.240-51, graphs, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tra Hydrogeological conditions in the Markha region exploratory drillhole on the southern slope of the Anabar anteclise. Describes this hole 2100 m deep to the 1099

Archean basement. Geologic structure and hydrogeologic data show that the region belongs to the Yakutsk artesian basin. Waterbearing strata were encountered above and below the permafrost and in Sinian and Middle Cambrian formations. Chemical analyses of the deeper waters, composition of gas and brines and temperature data are reported. Groundwater properties show the region DLC. favorable for oil and gas pools. 100152 SLAVINSKII, O.K. and V. fSARENKOV. Turistskie puteshestvii po Kol'Moskva, Fizkul'tura skomu poluostrovu. 1965. 104 p. maps, illus. Refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: Tourism on the Kola Peninsula. Guidebook to the Peninsula with emphasis on geographic features. Lakes, rivers, mountain, tundra areas, etc are described. DLC. SLAWSON, W.F., see No. 96556 100153 SLEPIAN, A.M., and E.A. POSTNOV. Nekotorye voprosy organiza~ tsii burovykh rabot na nefti nykh mestorozhdeniiakh Zapadnol Sibiri. (Nefulnoe khoziuistvo 1965. v.43, no.6, p.9-12.) Ref. In Title tr.: Some problems of Russian. organization of drilling work in oil deposits of Western Siberia. Discusses logistics problems in developing the Shaim, Ust'-Balyk and Megion oil deposits of Tyumen Province. These deposits are in very marshy areas and are accessible only by river. Drilling has been done hitherto only in winter, and the possibilities for extending it to other seasons are considered. Various projects are discussed, such as construction of scaffold bridges (for drilling platforms), dams, barges, drainage ditches, etc. All these possibilities are briefly reviewed. Transport of the oil is also disDLC. cussed. SLEPOKUROV, E.I., see No. 94295 SLEPOV, IÜ.M., see No. 93612, 93613 SLEPTSOV, P.A., see No. 99689 SLEPTSOVA, M.A., see No. 98737

Klassifika100154 SLIUJSAREV, V.D. i magmaticheskikh obrazovanü sinklinornoi zony Vetrenogo poilsa. (Akademitä nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.177, no.5, 8 refs. In Russian. p.1163-65, graphs) Title tr.: Classification of magmatic formations in the synclinorium zone of the Vetrenyy belt. Reports a classification of igneous rocks from 202 silicate analyses and use of linear discriminant functions from multivariate sta1100

tistical analysis (described by T.W. Anderson). Two types of ultrabasites different in age are determined. The possibility of using statistical methods in metallogenic invesDLC. tigations is confirmed. 100155 SLIVKO, V.M. Tektonicheskoe razvitie i uslovia nakopleniia uglenosnol serii v Noril'skom ralone. (Tomsk. Univ. Uchenye zapiski 1960. no.36, p.121-33, maps, sections.) 21 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Tectonic development and conditions for accumulation of coal-bearing series in the Noril'sk region. Reviews geologic characteristics of the region and correlates cross-sections of coalbearing series. Four subseries are recognized. Tectonic development and accumulation of coal-bearing series are analyzed. Five periods of tectonic conditions are recognized as characterized by development of river network and climatic conditions. The fourth period had the best conditions for coal DLC. accumulation. 100156 SLOBODA, A.V. Soderzhanie i sostav gumusa kolloidov, frakrshå < 0,2 mk, nekotorykh pochv Komi ASSR. (Akademirå nauk SSSR. Komi filial. Trudy 1965. no.14, p.41-48, tables) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Content and composition of colloid humus, fraction < 0.2 micron, in some soils of Komi ASSR. Reports a study of strongly podzolized, peaty-podzolic-gley and floodplain-meadow soils. The main factor in humus accumulation is found to be the soil disperisty. Humus in the soils studied is characterized by great mobility. Group and fractional composition of colloid humus in the strongly podzolic soil is similar to such in the peaty-podzolic-gley DLC. soil. 100156A SLOBODIN, R. Metis of the Mackenzie District. Ottawa St. Paul Univ. 1966. 175 p. map, tables, illus. Refs. Discusses mixed populations, rejecting such terms as half-breed, and attempts a working definition of the Mackenzie District Metis. Historical, social and cultural distinctions are shown to exist between them and the Red River Metis population. From 1962-63 observations in Fort Smith, Fort Resolution, Hay River, Fort Providence, Fort McPherson, Inuvik, Arctic Red River and Aldavik, the population, prosperity, employment opportunities, residential patterns and segregation or otherwise of Metis families are outlined, and their ethnic composition tentativly tabulated. The size and composition of the family, marital and extra-marital partners, relationships within the nuclear family, and child care are considered, as are kinship,

incidence and extended-family organization, etc. Occupations and work employment in the transportation industry, trapping, trading, commerical fishing, and clocked wage employment are dealt with. Education is discussed, both mission schooling, and the post-war federal school program, age-grade retardation and problems of native students, indigenous culture, vocational training, etc. Social problems such as law violations and relationships with agencies of external authority are considered, noting the paucity of Metis leadership. Finally the Metis identity and the influence of ecology and tangential cultures upon life-styles and goals of individuals and families are discussed. CaMAI. SLOBODIN, R., see also No. 94436 SLOBODIN, VA., see No. 100500, 101402 100157 SLOTNICK, H.E. The 1966 election in Alaska. (Western political quarterly 1967. v.20, no.2, pt. 2, p.524-28) Analyzes the 1966 election issues and results, particularly the reasons for the Republican victory in a traditionally Democratic state. The influence of the John Birch Society is assessed and the campaigns of various candidates are described. DLC. 100158 SMAKOV, V.I. Nekotorye voprosy raznoglubinnogo lova sel'di. (Rybnoe khoziaaistvo 1967. v.43, no.11, p.43-45, table) In Russian. Tide tr.: Some problems of herring fisheries at various depths. Analyzes causes of recent lack of success of Soviet herring fisheries in the Norway Sea. Changing depth of diurnal herring concentrations; improper type of nets, gear and instruments are quoted as affecting the size of catch. DLC. 100159 SMALL, J.B. Crustal movements from leveling. (In: ESSA Symposium on Earthquake Predicition, 1966. Proceedings p.77-81, maps, table) Reports results of approx 2000 mi of releveling undertaken in Alaska to determine the magnitude of crustal movement following the 1964 earthquake. Maximum change measured on the traverse was 7 ft, north of Glennallen. Areas of upwarping and subsidence are indicated. Precise releveling is considered the only available method for exact determination of changes in elevation. DLC. 100160 SMEETON, B. The Aleutian Islands. (Geographical magazine 1967. v.39, no.11, p.899-909, maps, illus) Describes a visit by private yacht to the

Aleutians, incl Atka, home of the most isolated group of Aleuts. The effects of missions and westernization are noted. The changing economy, which is encouraging migration from outer islands, is seen as hastening integration between the islanders and the people on the mainland of Alaska. DLC. 100161 SMETANA, A. Staphylinini and Quediini von Kanada and Alaska, Col. Staphylinidae. Lund, C.W.K. Gleerup 1965. 18 p. illus. (Lund. Univ. Acta, sectio 2, no.13) 10 refs. In German. Tide tr.: Staphylinini and Quediini from Canada and Alaska, Col. Staphylinidae. Records 34 species and subspecies of these rove beetles including one new subspecies, Philonthus hyperboreus alaskensis and one species new for North America. Synonyms, location of finds, morphology and geographic distribution are noted. DLC. SMETANNIKOVA, A.V., see No. 94950, 94952 100162 SMILEY, C.J. Cretaceous floras from Kuk River area, Alaska: stratigraphic (Geological and climatic interpretations. Society of America. Bulletin 1966. v.77, no.1, p.1-13, map, tables) Refs. Describes a succession of seven lithologic units of Cretaceous sedimentary rocks in this area of northern Alaska. The series has a well-preserved sequence of fossil floras extending from Middle Albian to Coniacian. A relatively rapid transition from gymnospermdominated to angiosperm-dominated vegetation occurred in late Cenomanian-early Turonian time. The floral units are correlated with others from the Chandler-Colville region to the east, and it is apparent that the Kuk River sequence represents a Cretaceous coastal plain. The transition to angiosperms is interpreted as evidence of a cooling trend from warm to temperate climatic condiCaMAI, DGS. tions. SMILKSTYN, A.O., see No. 98091 100163 SMIRNOV, A.A. and others. Opyt primeneniia konturnogo vzryvaniii na rudnike "MaiIlk." (Gornyi zhumal 1967. v.142, no.6, p.35-39, tables, illus) In Russian. Other authors: V.V. Drozdov, E.A. Grigor giants, E.N. Koren'kov, V.K. Ivanov, Tide tr» N.K. Dudkin, L.P. Mitrofanov. Use of contour blasting at the Mayak mine. Reports on the drilling and blasting work at the Talnakh copper-nickel ore deposit near Noril'sk. It is usually organized for the rapid advance of the shaft face, but stratigraphic and petrographic factors at this deposit are 1101

SMIRNOV, A.I., see also No. 96526, 97071

100167 SMIRNOV, L.P. Drevnie kory vyvetrivaniia na kristallicheskikh porodakh Anabarskogo shchita. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1965. Regional'natå geologitå no 5, p.177-85, map, illus) 2 refs. In Russian. Title fr.: Old weathering crusts of crystalline rocks of the Anabar shield. Reports weathering crusts of different ages: pre-Upper Proterozoic, pre-Sinian and preCretaceous. The first, treated in some detail, is found along the entire northwest margin of the Anabar shield, either as primary or allochthonous crusts. Its composition and structure are described. Rock and mineral alteration caused by it is noted. DLC.

SMIRNOV, A.L., see No. 94967

SMIRNOV, L.V., see No. 101483

such that too much rock is crushed and not enough ore. A new method of drilling and blasting is described which allows for the configuration of the ore seam and the state of DLC. rock. 100164 SMIRNOV, A.I. The fertilizability of the eggs and spermatozoa of pink salmon (Oncorhynchus gorbuscha Walbaum) when held in water. Nanaimo, B.C. 1965. 8 p. tables, Refs. (Canada. Fisheries Research Board. Translation series no. 544) Preliminary English translation by R.E. Foerster of No 83095. DLC.

100165 SMIRNOV, F.L. and H.M. PREMYSLER. Sul'vanit v kvairssevo-karbonatnykh zhilakh PaI-Khotå. (Vses. mineralogicheskoe o-vo. Zapiski 1967. v.96, no.1, p.100-104, graph, table, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Sulvanite in the quartzcarbonate veins of Pay-Khoy. Describes the sulvanite found in quartzcarbonate and carbonate veins in limestones and shales of Toumaisian and Visean stages of the Lower Carboniferous. These veins are characterized, as is the mode of occurrence of the sulvanite. Its associated minerals, X-ray and chemical analyses are reported as well as its color, specific weight and other physical properties. Conditions for sulvanite formation are noted. DLC.

SMIRNOV, N.A., see No. 96698 SMIRNOV, N.F., see No. 95673 100168 SMIRNOV, N.P. Sezonnye varia[sii v deiatel'nosti sistemy Gol'fstrim. (Problemy Arktiki i Antarktiki 1966, no.22, p.43-51, map, tables) 17 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Seasonal variations in the activity of the Gulf Stream system. Reports study of the annual and especially the semi-annual variations in flow of the Gulf Stream. The annual variation is connected with the annual solar radiation. The semiannual variation is more difficult to explain, but astronomical effects on currents and variation of the Icelandic minimum should be considered. DLC.

SMIRNOV, G.I., see No. 94080

SMIRNOV, N.P., see also No. 97816

100166 SMIRNOV, IIJ.D. Istochniki (In: Akaalmazov Ural'skikh rossypei. demiiå nauk SSSR. Nauchnyi sovet po rudoobrazovanitü. Geologiii rossypel 1965. p.279-82) In Russian. Title tr.: Sources of the Ural diamond placers. During the last 27 yr alluvial diamond placers have been found in the Northern Ural, Timan Ridge and numerous other placers. All these finds are confined to Devonian deposits, possibly to old Riphean deposits and fields of lamprophyre development. The sources of the diamond placers are considered solved. Five time stages favorable for development of kimberlites are discussed. History of magmatism should be studied to determine the parent rocks of diamonds and formation of lamprophyres and picritic porphyrites. DLC.

SMIRNOV, N.S., see No. 99258

SMIRNOV, Iii.D., see also No. 94161 SMIRNOV, L.M., see No. 100485 1102

100169 SMIRNOV, V. Po sovetskomu Severn. (Na rubezhe 1956. v.17, no.6, p.111-22.) In Russian. Title tr.: Across the Soviet North. Describes a train trip from Leningrad to Khal'mer-Yu, a new coal-mining center about 75 km northeast of Vorkuta. Towns visited en route and their industries are noted: Kotlas, Sol'vychegodsk, Koryazhma, Abez', and Vorkuta. Cellulose and paper production, coal mining, urban development, cultural progress of the local Zyryans and Nenets Samoyeds, etc are discussed. DLC. 100170 SMIRNOV, V. Rabota rechnogo ledokola v pribrezhnykh morskikh 1'dakh. (Rechnol transport 1968. v.27, no.4, p.47-48) In Russian. Title tr.: Performance of a river icebreaker in coastal sea ice. Reports the data of a river icebreaker leading ships and lighters through the ra-

diation channel in Tiksi Bay. It forced passage through 70-80 cm thick ice, with a free-water running space of two-three icebreaker lengths (100.150 m). It made the 13.3 mi through the channel in 76 hr. The river icebreaker can be used for leading river vessels from the Lena to the port of Tiksi, from the Lena to the Yana. DLC. 100171 SMIRNOV, V.A. and I.I. TERSKIKH. Materialy po izucheniIü ornitoza v raionakh Krainego Severa. (Tallinn. Epidemioloogia, Mikrobioloogia ja Hügieeni Teadusliku Uurimise Institut. Sbornik dokladov nauchnol konferenisii, 15-16 dekabri 1966. Tallinn, Izd-vo Valgus 1966. p.244-45) In Russian. Title tr.: Data on ornithosis in the Far North. Reports a 1961-65 population study of domestic and wild animals in the Murman and Magadan Provinces and the Yakut ASSR. Surveys included wild birds and marine migratory and nesting colonies, synanthropic birds and birds on breeding farms. In all, 1314 birds of 51 species were studied for the presence of ornithosis virus; complement-fixing and hemagglutinating antibodies were found in 10 species (white goose, common goose, white duck, Brunnich's guillemot, atlantic murre, puffin, atlantic capelin, arctic tern, pelagic cormorant and purple sandpiper). The tick Ceratixodes putus was found in the nests and on some adults of most of the species of gulls, but it was not conclusively identified as the carrier of the virus. Antibodies to ornithosis were found in 24.6% of 81 gulls on one farm. Generally, the rate was 0.3-5.3% in local populations. It is likely that nesting places maintain the ornithosis foci in these regions. DLC. SMIRNOV, V.A., see also No. 101173

genetic sequence and tectonic and magmatic changes during geosynclinal development are evaluated. DLC. SMIRNOV, V.I., see also No. 93403 100173 SMIRNOV, V.M. Snezhnyl chelovek iz Khibin. Leningrad, Gidrometeorologicheskoe izd-vo 1966. 147 p. illus. In Russian. Title fr.: Snow watcher in the Khibiny Mountains. Sketches life of a mining commmunity in this region. The threat of avalanches, keeping watch, use of explosives as a preventive measure, etc are described. DLC. 100174 SMIRNOV, V.S. Analiz dinamiki chislennosti pestsa na IAmale i puti intensifikatsii ego promysla. (Problemy Severa 1967, no.11, p.70-90, graph, tables) 18 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Analysis of arctic fox population dynamics on Yamal and methods of increasing the catch. English translation available from National Science Library, National Research Council, Ottawa. Reports a study based on burrow counts and harvest since 1955. The average arctic fox population in Yamal is estimated at 36,000. The harvest over the last 40 yr ranged 7000-41,000/yr and in the last 14 yr, it averaged 25,000/yr. With a natural increase of 4-5.7 per adult pair/yr, a harvest of fifty thousand a year is possible without depleting the stock. General remarks on increasing the present harvest are included. CaMAI, DLC. SMIRNOV, V.S., see also No. 94941, 94944 SMIRNOVA, E.A., see No. 99591 SMIRNOVA, M.A., see No. 98804§15

SMIRNOV, V.B., see No. 97667 SMIRNOV, V.G., see No. 94119 100172 SMIRNOV, V.I. Osobennosti chasti metallogenii severo-zapadnol Tikhookeanskogo poiasa. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1966. v.21, ser. 4: geol. no.5, p.3-12, map, tables) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Features of the metallogeny in the northwestern part of the Pacific belt. Characterizes the metallogenic stages and zones of this wide area, incl the eastern part of Siberian platform, Kolyma medial massif, Chukotka, Kamchatka, Koryak upland, and other areas. Four major metallogenic epochs are described: pre-Paleozoic, Hercynian (upper Paleozoic), ::immerian (Mesozoic) and Alpine (Tertiary). Some of the main features of the metallogeny such as regional zoning,

100175 SMIRNOVA, N.P. and A.I. AL'MUKHAMEDOV. Povedenie medi v proisessakh kamernogo etapa differentsiatiii trappovoi magmy. (Geokhimiia 1967, 28 no.12, p.1458-67, graphs, table, illus) refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Behavior of copper during the chamber stage of trappean magma differentiation. Reports copper behavior in differentiated trap intrusions of Noril'sk, and Angara types in various areas of the Siberian platform. Phase analysis shows the copper to occur in sulfide form. The non-sulfide copper is mainly connected with oxide ore minerals, titanomagnetite and ilmenite. The copper which accumulates in rocks of the lower horizons is enriched in magnesium, that in the upper horizons is enriched in iron. The specificity of copper behavior is conditioned by simul1103

taneous action of two processes, during intrusion formation, which are described. DLC.

content and the composition of country rocks DLC. is established. SMITH, A.G., see No. 94329

SMIRNOVA, 0., see No. 99996 SMITH, D.E., see No. 96429 SMIRNOVA, O.K., see No. 98692 100176 SMIRNOVA, T.S. Donnata fauna guby Kanda Belogo monå. (Gidra biologicheskil zhurnal 1965. v.1, no.4, p.27-33.) 7 refs. In Russian. English summary. Tyde tr.: Bottom fauna of Kanda Bay, White Sea. Reports on 1962-1963 investigations in this western arm of Kandalaksha Bay, with supporting data on area and depth, temp, salinity, pH and 02. 73 species of invertebrates are recorded. Due to the almost complete isolation of this inlet from the sea, a retreat of marine forms and appearance of freshwater elements is noted. DLC. 100177 SMIRNOVA, V.S. Shiidonosnye pegmattty Ramozersko-Kol'skogo ralona, Kalt skit poluostrov. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskti inst. Trudy 1966. v.114, p.218-24) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The micabearing pegmatites of the Ramozero-Kola region, Kola Peninsula. This region is over 250 km long and 20-100 km wide. The distribution of its pegmatite veins and some patterns of their localization are described. Of the more than three thousand known, about seven hundred of these veins contain muscovite. Three groups of pegmatites are distinguished, the essentially microcline, the mixed, and the essentially plagioclase. Their micatization is analyzed, and four generations of muscovite are described. DLC. 100178 SMIRNOVA, V.S. Sostav vmeshcharüshchikh porod i ikh vliianie na proisessy sliiidoobrazovaniii v granitnykh pegmatitakh belomorskogo kompleksa arkheia. (In: Problemy osadochnol geologii... 1966. v.1, p.195-200, map) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The composition of country rocks and their effect on mica-forming processes in granite pegmatites of the Archean White Sea complex. Studies the Archean White Sea complex in the Onezhskaya Bay region of Karelia. Three lithologic-stratigraphic strata are distinguished as differing in lithologic-petrographic composition, position in folded structures, etc. In the south-eastern area of the complex six lithologic-stratigraphic strata are distinguished and briefly characterized. A relationship between the mineral composition of pegmatites and the degree of their mica 1104

100179 SMITH, D.G. The Mackenzie Delta - domestic economy of the native peoples, a preliminary study. Ottawa 1968. 59 p. map. Refs. (Canada. Dept. of Indian Affairs and Northern Development. Northern Co-ordination and Research Centre. Mackenzie Delta Research Project MDRP 3) Distinguishes three types of natives in this region: people on the land, settlement dwellers not in continuous employment, and settlement dwellers in continuous employment. Using a means-ends theoretic approach, the goals of each group, the means used to attain these, the degree of attainment and frustration-response behavior are analyzed. Gambling, immoderate drinking, and other such responses are shown to affect chiefly, but not only the second group. Prestige is a major value-orientation and value confusion is considered important in the case of those who desire a "white" job, but idealize the independent fur-trapping existence of the past. A trend toward emergence of a service group (cleaners, brush-cutters, laborers, etc) is apparent. Many have rejected life on the land without having means to hold steady jobs. Training is viewed as a specific means to obtain prestige goals and may not be generalized, so that if after training a specific job is not available resentment results. More generalized adaptive education rather than intensive specialized training is recommended. Persons entering training should share values and expectations consistent with the program goals. The author sees accelerated movement from the land and from camp life, and development of a class system as future trends among the native peoples of this CaMAI. area. SMITH, E.A., see No. 96452 100180 SMITH, G. Education for the natives of Alaska: the work of the United States Bureau of Education, 1884-1931. (Journal of the West 1967. v.6, no.3, p.440-50) Refs. Reviews education from the US annexation in 1867; early years of official neglect are deplored and the work of Sheldon Jackson and Wm. Duncan is outlined. The influence of Duncan upon the subsequent policies of the Bureau of Education and the Bureau of Indian Affairs is briefly indicated. DLC. SMITH, G., see also No. 101231

100181 SMITH, G.R. Bubbles, breakwaters and Brasher. (Compressed air magazine 1959. v.64, no.11, p.20-21, illus) An experimental design of the pneumatic breakwater installed at the port of Dover, England, by Pneumatic Breakwaters Ltd in 1959, is credited to an American, Philip Brasher (1902). It differs from other such breakwaters in that it is composed of underwater pipes that emit large air bubbles upwards to the surface; this disturbs the harmonic action of incoming waves and reduces their size. The installation at Dover is described. This system was a guide for the device described by A.H. Laurie, qv. DLC. 100182 SMITH, H.L. Babine Lake bubbler system. (Engineering journal 1968. v.51, no.3, p.39-45, graph, illus) Describes the over 2 mi long bubbler system in Babine Lake, B.C., where air temp of -40°F occurs in Jan. It uses galvanized steel pipes with stainless steel couplings (to avoid rusting) on the shallow rock benches at either end of the crossing, and 2112 in diam polyethylene pipe suspended across the deep part (down to 365 ft). Air is discharged from the polyethylene pipe through brass inserts rather than simple holes. The supporting system for the polyethylene pipe consists of a main, longitudinal 3/4 in diam galvanized steel strand, tensioned to 10,000 lb, which runs the entire length of the system. This strand is held at the correct elevation at the drop-off points on both rock shelves by large concrete anchors weighing 11,000 lb, and across the lake, by a series of galvanized steel buoyconcrete anchor assemblies spaced at 200 ft centers. This assembly is shown in diagram. The construction installation and operation DGS. are described at some length.

service of these territories. A director was appointed in 1965, and in 1967 the staff totalled four. A headquarters building is to be built at Hay River, and distribution centers established at Frobisher Bay (for the eastern Arctic) and possibly Inuvik (for the Mackenzie Dist). Consideration is also being given to developing service to the central Arctic with a central collection in either Rankin Inlet or Baker Lake. It is intended to acquire 100,000 volumes over the first ten yr, rising to almost 200,000 within a further ten yr. Transport of books to centers will probably be by water so that collections will have to be dispatched and handled during the three months of open water. Cooperation from all northern communities is considered necessary for the future success of the service. DLC. 100185 SMITH, R.E. Brown fat in the rat; adaptive changes in cold. (Helgoländer wissenschaftliche Meeresuntersuchungen 1964. v.9, no.1-4, p.187-96, graphs, illus) Refs. German summary. One of 38 papers presented at the First International Symposium on Problems of Quantitative Biology of Metabolism, Helgoland, 1963. Brown adipose tissue has been earlier shown to represent a highly vascularized thermogenic effector system which in response to cold supplies heat to cervical and thoracic neural and visceral elements. In respect to rats, evidence is adduced to show that during cold exposure the hyperplastic development and rising 02 consumption of the brown adipose tissue coincides in point of time with the gradual disappearance of the shivering thermogenesis normally occurring during the first two or three weeks of DI. exposure.

SMITH, J.G., see No. 97752 SMITH, J.H., see No. 98017, 98020 SMITH, J.L., see No. 100446 100183 SMITH, L. Stone fox trap. (Beaver 1966. v.296, no.4, p.46-47, illus) Describes the method used by Eskimos to trap foxes before the advent of steel traps, and only utilized occasionally today by old people. This involves construction of a trap using stones, with a stone door triggered by wire from a baited stick. Details of the trap are illus. CaMAI, DLC. 100184 SMITH, P. Public library services, Northwest Territories. (Canadian library 1967. v.24, no.1, p.18-21, map) Outlines approved plans for the expansion and development of the regional library

SMITH, R.E., see also No. 94470, 99435 100186 SMITH, R.G. The Kenai Na(Living wilderness tional Moose Range. 1966-67. v.30, no.95, p.24-32, maps, illus) Describes this 1.73 million acre preserve zoned into: (1) public area (campgrounds and recreational facilities), (2) intensive resource use, (3) Chicaloon Flats waterfowl area, and the Andrew Simon Natural Area (wilderness). Plans of oil companies now drilling in zone 2, to begin exploration in the new restricted Simon Area are discussed. Kenai Peninsula commercial fishermen strongly oppose these plans, fearing that increased exploitation, especially proposed offshore drilling in Lake Tustumena, would pollute one of the largest salmon spawning grounds in the Cook Inlet DLC. area. 1105

100187 SMITH, S.A., comp. Fort Chimo 100 years ago. (Beaver 1967. v.298, no.3, p.22-26, illus) A compilation of edited excerpts from the Ungava Journal of Joseph MacPherson, chief trader of the Hudson's Bay Co at this post, covering the year 1867. CaMAI, DLC. SMITH, S.M., see No. 98029 100188 SMITH, S.W. Free oscillations excited by the Alaskan earthquake. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.4, p.1183-93, graphs, tables) Refs. Determines the periods of spheroidal and toroidal modes from strain and pendulum recordings of the 28 Mar 1964 earthquake. Results in general confirm the measurements made after the Chilean earthquake of 1960. A comparison of the mode excitation of the two earthquakes at a single station yields only the estimate that the temporal and spatial extent of these two sources are comparable, even though the force system may have been quite different. DLC. SMITH, W.S., see No. 98615 SMITHSON, B.B., see No. 93571 100189 SMOLIAK, A.V. 0 sovremennom etnicheskom razvitii narodov Nizhnego Amura i Sakhalina. (Sovetskaih 6tnografiiä 1967, no. 3, p.95.102, tables) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Contemporary ethnic processes among peoples of the lower Amur region and Sakhalin Island. Discusses trends in inter-ethnic assimilation among the Gilyak and Tungus aborigines who, according to the 1959 census, account for 5-10% of the local, predominantly Russian, population. Mixed marriages are generally few except for the Negidalets Tungus who are gradually merging with Gilyaks and Russians. Small and diffused groups such as the Amur Gilyaks are losing their national identity, while larger and more compactly settled peoples like the Golds, Evenki and U1'chi Tungus cling to national elements in material and spiritual culture. Distribution, number, and ethnic composition of mixed families, language preference, economic pursuits, also retention of traditional elements in art and literature, hunting and fishing methods, clothing, family life, religious customs, etc are dealt with in turn for each of the DLC. ethnic groups. 100190 SMOLIAK, A.V. Ul'chi; khozilTstvo, kul'tuia i byt v proshlom i nastoiashchem. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 290 p. map, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: 1106

Ul'chi: economy, culture, and mode of life, past and present. Study of the material and spiritual culture of this Amur Tungus tribe of 2049 according to the 1959 census. Conditions before the Revolution are contrasted with the economic and social progress since the collectivization of the 1930's. Selected statistical data to 1965 are given on field and livestock husbandry, fishing and fur hunting, housing, education, CaMAI, DLC. etc. SMOLIAK, A.V., see also No. 97416 SMOLIN, N.I., see No. 95718 100191 SMULIKOWSKI, W. Petrology and some structural data of lower metamorphic formations of the Hecla Hoek succession in Hornsund, Vestspitsbergen. (Studie geologies polonica 1965. v.18, p.7-107, tables, maps, profiles, illus) 20 refs. Polish summary. Reports results of detailed field and laboratory examinations of the two lowermost metamorphic formations of Hecla Hoek succession, namely the Isbjörnhamna and Eimgellet. The Isbjörnhamna is built up of primary argillaceous-arenaceous, and partly marly sediments, metamorphosed under conditions of amphibolite fades. The Eimfjellet consists of various amphibolites and quartzites. The former are differentiated primary basic eruptive and subvolcanic rocks, metamorphosed under conditions of albiteepidote-amphibolite facies; the latter are quartzitic arenaceous sediments with small argillaceous admixture. DGS. SMYLIE, D.E., see No. 97868 SMYSLOV, A.A., see No. 97924 SNAVELY, D.R., see No. 94479 100192 SNEATH, P.H.A. Conifer distribution and continental drift. (Nature 1967. v.215, no.5100, p.467-70, maps) 19 refs. Statistical analysis of the distribution of 58 living genera of conifers over the world. By dividing the land surface of the globe into 58 quadrats of approximately equal area and scoring the presence of conifer genera in them, it was possible to use principal component analysis to extract three factors, which then gave the positions of the sites in three-dimensional space and allowed them to "slide" about the globe until their configuration suggested the biotal distances, expressed as arcs. The results show the conventional biogeographical provinces: the location of points in the Southern Hemisphere approximates to the concept of Gond-

wanaland before it broke up in the Permian and Triassic. DLC. 100193 SNELL, W. Berättare på tornedalsmål. (Nordkalotten 1963. v.3, p.14-15,+, illus) In Swedish. Title tr.: Narrators in the Tornedal dialectNote on the research for his Komarlplrtiltö pub in 1944, accounts in the local dialect of life in earlier times. Some details are included on the informants, mostly at Erkheikki in northern Sweden. CaMAI. SNOPOV, N.G., see No. 97027 100194 SNYTKO, V.A. 0 geokhimii iuzhnotaezhnykh temnokhvolnykh fa-tiff Srednet Sibiri. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Inst. geografii Sibiri i Dal'nego Vostoka. Doklady 1967, no.14, p.70-78, graphs, tables) 12 refs. In Russian. French summary. Title Ir.: Geochemistry of the southern taiga dark-coniferous phases of central Siberia. Reports a study of the lower Angara region landscape. Four phases of dark-coniferous forest are distinguished, their soils analyzed, and the biomass, litter-fall, duff and humus of each determined. Calculates the content of microelements in these soils and discusses their migration. Element associations are related to their mobility. The landscape and the biological circulation within it are characterized. DLC.

Severo-Vostochnyl kompleksnyi n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1967. no.30, p.80-88, tables) Refs. In Russian, Title tr.: Petrochemical features of granitoid intrustions of the Northeast, Reports on silicate analyses of granitoid rocks belonging to various magmatic complexes of the Okhotsk-Chukotka volcanic belt, Yana-Kolyma zone and other areas of the Northeast. Analyses of acid rocks from quartz diorites to leucocratic granites were studied, as more important in respect to metallogeny. Attention is directed to the relation of potassium and sodium; tin is mostly associated with K, gold with Na. DGS. SOBOLEV, A.V., see No. 94739 100197 SOBOLEV, E.V. and others. Nekotorye fizicheskie svoistva almazov iz IAkutskogo eklogita. (Akademitä nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.168, no.5, p.1151-53) 15 refs. In Russian. Other authors: S.V. Lenskai , V.I. LisoIvan, N.D. Samsonenko, and V.S. Sobolev. Title tr.: Some physical properties of diamonds from Yakutia eclogite. Reports study of diamond spectra, X-ray analysis, luminescence and other properties. The eclogite was from the Mir kimberlite pipe. The study shows that these diamonds taken from great depths contain nitrogen. The formation conditions of eclogite diamond and kimberlite diamond seem to be similar. DLC.

SNYTKO, V.A., see also No. 93732 100195 SOBCZAK, L.W. Regional gravity survey of the Sverdrup Islands and vicinity with map. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1963. 19 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. (Canada. Dominion Observatory, Ottawa. Gravity map series no.11) 9 refs. The results of gravity surveys, 1959-60, are correlated with magnetic and geologic information. Interpretation of the gravity data is based on measured densities and densities computed from seismic velocities. The calculations indicate depths to basement varying from 6800 ft near Isachsen to possibly 42,000 ft near the axis of the Sverdrup Basin. A broad positive Bouguer anomaly over Peary Channel is partly attributed to a lens of basic rocks extending from an outcrop on the Fay Islands. A sharp negative anomaly over Peary Channel north of the Dumbbell gypsum dome suggests a similar but larger submerged dome. DGS. 100196 SOBOLEV, A.P. and G.K. SHNAL Petrokhimicheskie osobennosti granitoidnykh intruzil Severo-Vostoka. (Akademii nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie.

100198 SOBOLEV, N.V. and others. Khromsoderzhashchie mineraly iz grospiditov i novye dannye o khromdistene. (Geologiia i geofizika 1966, no.10, p.42-47, tables, graph, illus) 11 refs. In Russian. English summary. Other authors: I.K. Kuzneisova and N.I. Zrnzin. Title tr.: Chrome-bearing minerals from grospydites and new data on chrome kyanite. Reports study of garnet, clinopyroxene and kyanite from chrome-rich grospydites in the Zagadochnaya kimberlite pipe of Yakutia. The garnets contain pyrope (30-53%), grossular (13-49%), and uvarovite (5-18%). Increased Na20 and Cr203 content is characteristic for the pyroxene. The kyanite has an isomorphic admixture of Cr203. DLC. 100199 SOBOLEV, N.V. and I.K. KUZMineralogiia almazonosnykh NETSOVA. eklogitov. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.167, no.6, p.1365-68, tables) 11 Title tr.: Mineralogy of refs. In Russian. diamond-bearing eclogites. Reports study of eclogite with numerous crystals of diamond from a kimberlite pipe of Yakutia. Comparison is made with eclogite 1107

found in a kimberlite pipe of South Africa. The mineralogic composition of the two is similar. Their garnet, pyroxene, and other minerals are described. Eclogites probably originated from the earth's mantle. DLC. 100200 SOBOLEV, N.V. and others. Nepreryvnyl nåd pirop-grossularovykh granatov v grospiditakh. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.167, no.4, p.902-905, table, graphs) 9 refs. In Russian. Other authors: N.I. Ziuzin and I.K. Kuzneisova. Title tr. A continuous series of pyropegrossular garnets in grospydites. Reports a study of xenoliths of grossularpyroxene-kyanite rocks from the Zagadochnaya kimberlite pipe in Yakutia, so-called grospydite rocks. Their mineralogic composition is analyzed with attention directed to garnet analyzed in some detail. Pyroxene and other components were also studied. Conditions, such as pressure, are discussed under which grospydites were formed. DLC. 100201 SOBOLEV, N.V. and others. Novail nakhodka almazonosnogo eklogita v trubke "Mir", IAkutits. (Geologiia i geofizika 1966, no.11, p.114-16, tables) 5 refs. In Russian. Other authors: A.I. Botkunov, I.K. Kuznetsova and A.D. Khar'kiv. Title tr.: A new find of diamond-bearing eclogite in the Mir pipe, Yakutia. Reports the second discovery of a xenolith of eclogite in the Mir kimberlite pipe. Its mode of occurrence, composition and chemical analyses are described. This xenolith differs from the first find of diamond-bearing eclogite in Mir, also from that of South Africa. DLC. 100202 SOBOLEV, N.V. and V.A. VAKHRUSHEV. Sul'fidy v,piropovykh peridotitakh iz kimberlitov IAkutii. (Vses. mineralogicheskoe o-vo. Zapiski 1967, v.96, no.4, p.450-54, table, illus) Refs. In Russian. Title (r.: Sulfides in pyrope peridotites of Yakutia kimberlites. Reports study of the Obnazhennaya kimberlite pipe in the lower Olenek region. A small phenocryst of sulfides found is 0.1-2 mm in size. The main sulfide minerals are pentlandite and chalcopyrite. Their mode of occurrence is described. Pyrite is also described. DLC.

covering over 1.5 million km2. The composition and crystallization differentiation process of the magma and resulting rocks are considered. Comparisons are made with similar rocks in South Africa, incl the presence of kimberlite pipes. A diamondbearing eclogite in Yakutia is mentioned. Certain conclusions regarding the nature of the mantle and its physics can be drawn from an examination of these volcanic formations, particularly the presence of an eclogite layer in zones of high crustal pressure. The data also throw light on the conditions of meteorite formations. DLC. 100204 SOBOLEV, V.S. and N.V. SOBOLEV. 0 khrome i khromsoderzhashchikh mineralakh v glubinnykh ksenolitakh kimberlitovykh trubok. (Geologiia rudnykh mestorozhdenii 1967. v.9, no.2, p.10-16, graphs, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title h.: Chromium and chromium-bearing minerals in deep xenoliths of kimberlite pipes. Presents data on the distribution of chromium in garnet minerals in peridotite xenoliths from the Mir, Udachnaya and other kimberlite pipes of Yakutia. Its greatest concentration is in silicates, garnets and monoclinic pyroxenes. The Cr203 content in primary magmatic garnets of peridotites depends upon variation of A1203 in the rock. DLC. SOBOLEV, V.S., see also No. 100197 100205 SOBOLEVSKAIA, R.F. and N.P. LAZARENKO. Stratigrafita kembriiå vostochnogo i isentral'nogo Talinyra. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1965. v.145, p.35-5'7, table, maps, illus.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Cambrian stratigraphy of eastern and central Taymyr. Reviews previous studies and describes deposits in the Leningradskaya, Trautfetter, Shrenk, and Lenivaya River basins, noting their distribution, composition, organic remains, and other features. Lower, Middle and Upper Cambrian are distinguished and divided into stages and substages. Cambrian deposits are not widely distributed in Taymyr. Platformic conditions of their sedimentation are noted. DLC. SOBOLEVSKAIÅ, R.F., see also No. 98686, 98687

SOBOLEV, N.V., see also No. 100204 100203 SOBOLEV, V.S. Characteristic features of the volcanism of the Siberian platform. (Pacific science 1963. v.17, no.4, p.452-57) 15 refs. Describes the effusive, hypabyssal dolerite basalts which are widespread in Siberia, 1108

100206 SOBOLEVSKAIA, V.N. and Ob ispol'zovanii teplovykh parametrov v kachestve odnogo iz metodov utochneniia grams pri tektonicheskom ralonirovanii. (Akademia nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.171, no.4, p.944-47, table, map, profile) 11 refs. In Russian. Other authors:

others.

F.A. Makarenko and N.G. Bogomolov. Title tr.: Use of thermal parameters as a method of determining the limits of tectonic regions. Reviews thermal measurements at different bore holes of Siberia, incl those of the Noril'sk, Turukhansk, Yeloguy and other regions of Krasnoyarsk Province. A generalized plan is presented of the tectonics and distribution of thermal fields of the conjunction area between the West Siberian and Siberian platforms, and this scheme is explained. The geothermal method is concluded to be of help in determining tectonic zoning. DLC. 100207 SOCHAVA, V.B. Razvitie geograficheskol nauki v Sibiri i na Dal'nem Vostoke za 50 let 1917-1967. (Akademiiü nauk SSSR. Izvestiiå, ser. geog. 1967, no.6, p.5-13) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: 50 years' development of geographic science in Siberia and Far East 1917-1967. Reviews the physical, economic, and regional geographic investigations in these regions. The work of expeditions, universities, and organizations is outlined, and the main series of publications and monographs noted. The arctic regions of Siberia are included. Various methods of geographic studies are characterized. DLC. 100208 SÖMME, S. Educacion pesquera en Noruega. Santiago de Chile, Officina Regional de la FAO, Organizaciön de las Naciones Unidas para la Agriculture y la Alimentaci6n 1954. 76 p. tables, illus. In Spanish. Title tr.: Fishery education in Norway. Reviews the importance of fisheries to Norway and the research, training, and professional organization of fishery education in related and commercial services. The development of research, the areas of fishing activities, and training programs at college and university level are dealt with. Basic training is offered in navigation, oceanography, sounding, radio communication, ships and motors, in zoology, fish biology, hygiene, and auxiliary sciences, in economics and crew responsibilities. Special extension courses also are offered at several places in northern Norway. DLC. 100208A SOEN, O.I. and H. PAULY. A sulphide paragenesis with pyrrhotite and marcasite in the siderite-cryolite ore of Ivigtut, South Greenland. København, Reitzel 1967. 55 p. table, graphs, map, illus. (Meddelelser om Grønland. v.175, no. 5) 36 refs. Presents a study of pyrrhotite-marcasite aggregates and associated sulfide nodules in this well-known ore body. Evidence indicates

a genesis as crystallization products of entrapped fluids with high CO2-pressures and relatively high S2-pressures. The rarity of Fe-sulfides is considered and the concentric zonation of sulfides around the nodules is discussed. Diagrams and 11 photomicrographs are included, and the inferred sequence of mineral formation is tabulated. DLC. 100209 SÖRAAS, F. and B. TRUMPY. Rocket measurement of proton energy spectra and pitch angle distribution in the auroral zone. (Journal of atmospheric and terrestrial physics 1966. v.28, no.11, p.1081-91, graphs, 5 refs. Describes an experiment with the solid state surface barrier proton detectors boarded on a Nike Apache rocket launched at Andøya on 15 Mar 1964 to over 110 km. The purpose was to study protons associated with auroral radio absorption. When geomagnetic disturbances were observed at 0344 MET during the flight, the riometer absorption was about 1.2 dB at a frequency of 27.6 Mc/s, and some fading weak auroral arcs were present in the zenith. The observed proton flux is found to be a function of time. Energy spectra of the protons, and their pitch angle distribution are determined. The rate of electron production DLC. in terms of altitude is given. 100210 SORENSEN, H. On the history of exploration of the Ilimaussaq alkaline intrusion, south Greenland. Contribution to the mineralogy of Ilimaussaq, no.3, København, C.A. Reitzels Forlag 1967. 32 p. maps, illus. (Meddelelser om Grønland. v.181, no.3) 173 refs. Reviews briefly the work of Danish government scientists beginning with K.L. Giesecke, 1806 to 1962. Since 1964, studies of this intrustion have been continued by the Mineralogical-Geological Institute, Univ of Copenhagen. With the introduction of a new series of papers on the mineralogy of IIimaussaq, this review lists all minerals from the intrusion identified so far, with author acknowledgment and date (App. 1), a bibliography, which together with that of Bøggild (No 28209), contains titles of all papers on the mineralogy, geochemistry and geology of the intrusion known to the writer (App. 2), and a list of the Contributions to the mineralogy of Ilimaussaq pub through 1968. DGS. SORENSEN, H., see also No. 99818, 99819, 99821 SORENSEN, I., see No. 93547A, 98958 1109

100211 SOFER, M.G. Ob usloviiakh proryva zatorov I'da na r. Maloff Severnol Dvine v ralone g. Kotlasa. (Geograficheskoe obshchestvo SSSR. Izvestiia 1967. v.99, no.3, In Russian. p.239-40) Title tr.: Conditions for breaching the ice jam in the Malaya Severnaya Dvina River in the Kotlas area. Describes the ice jam which forms almost every year in this river, and the morphologic, hydrologic and hydraulic conditions at the time. Measures are discussed for preventing or reducing the jam. The main factor in its formation is the river's insufficient transfer capacity. Hence raising the river level is the best way to control ice jamming. DLC. 100212 SOFRONOV, A.V. and others. zavisanil gomykh porod. Sposob (Bezopasnost' truda v promyshlennosti 1965. v.9, no.10, p.50-51, illus) In Russian. Other authors; A.V. Abramov and IÜ.K. Nizovol. Title tr.: A method of dispersing rock choke-ups. Describes a new method of removing oversized (up to 2m3) rocks from underground ore chutes, and those up to 4m3 in quarries, which block the flow of the excavated mineral. Construction details are given for the device, which discharges a reactive grenade charged with high explosive at least 70 m distant from the rock target. This grenade discharger is especially suitable for eliminating choke-ups at the Pechenganikel', Apatit, and Altyn-Topkan mining combines, where they occur at heights of up to 100 m. The device is being successfully tested in operations where dustand-gas explosions are not a hazard. DLC. 100213 SOKOLINSKAIA, M. Vospitanie kharaktera. (Sportivnaih zhizn' Rossii 1965. v.9, no.11, p.8-9, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: The education of character. Biographical sketch of V.M. and E.V. Galamiev, athletes and teachers in the school at Yelizovo in Kamchatka. They regard sports as the best way for forming character in the pupil, and have fostered the spread of DLC. skiing. SOKOLOV, A.S. Ekologo100214 funktsional'nye i vozrastnye osobennosti krasnol krovi u severo-tikhookeanskikh lastonogikh. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Doklady 1966. v.169, no.3, p.683-84, table) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ecologicalfunctional and age characteristics of the blood of North Pacific pinnipeds. Reports a Mar-June 1965 study of six species in the Bering Sea. The hemoglobin level in these animals was found to be on the average 15-20% higher than in terrestrial carnivores. The size of the erythrocytes was 1110

smaller than in terrestrial rapacious animals. All this is related to their need of oxygen during prolonged diving. DLC. 100215 SOKOLOV, B.N. and V.A. SHUBIN. 0 vozmozhnosti vyiavleniiii novykh kimberlitovykh tel v ralone, prilegaiüshchem k trubke "Mir". (Razvedka i okhrana neck 1964. v.30, no.12, p.12-15, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: On the possibility of exposure of new kimberlite bodies in the region near Mir pipe. Reports a study of placers in the Irelyakh River bed. Tectonic structure of the region is characterized by meridional faults. Transport of diamonds and their satellites is discussed. New kimberlite bodies are considered quite possible and structures are noted for searching. DLC. 100216 SOKOLOV, B.N. Opyt primenenii metallometricheskogo oprobovanii dlia poiskov kimberlitov. (Sovetskaia geologia 1966. no.9, p.68-76, tables, graphs) 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Use of metallometric testing in kimberlite search. Reports a semi-quantitative spectral analysis of samples taken at the Mir kimberlite pipe in Yakutia. The 30 most frequent elements were studied, and kimberlites found to differ significantly from other rocks in the anomalously higher content of chrome, nickel and cobalt. The data can be used as criteria for kimberlite bodies. Thus the metallometric method can be used in searches for the source DLC. rocks of diamonds. 100217 SOKOLOV, B.S. Osnovnye voprosy stratigrafii ordovikskikh i siluniskikh otlozhenii Srednei Sibiri. (In: Stratigrafiia paleozois srednel Sibiri... 1967. p.19-43, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The main problems of the stratigraphy of the Ordovician and Silurian deposits of Middle Siberia. Reviews and correlates the stratigraphy of these deposits of the Taymyr folded zone, Siberian platform and Altay-Sayan folded zone, dividing them into stages and zones. Lower, Middle and Upper Ordovician are defined as well as Lower and Upper Silurian. The Silurian-Devonian boundary is disDLC. cussed. 100218 SOKOLOV, B.S. Pozdnii dokembrn i paleozol Sibiri. (Gcologiia i geofizika 1967, no.10, p.36-50) In Russian. Title tr» The Late English summary. Precambrian and Paleozoic of Siberia. Outlines some general theses of modern stratigraphy. Late Precambrian deposits of Siberia are analyzed incl the Siberian platform, Taymyr and some other arctic regions.

Stratigraphy of the Cambrian, Ordovician, Silurian, Devonian and Carboniferous systems is summarized. DLC. SOKOLOV, B.S., see also No. 93408, 93409, 100417 100219 SOKOLOV, G. Pochemu malo dichi na Angare? (Okhota i okhotnich'e khoziaistvo 1967. v.13, no.9, p.16-17, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Why are birds so scarce on the Angara? The flocks of migrating ducks and geese which come down on the Angara in spring are hardly ten percent of the great flocks of 10-15 yr ago, due to the increase of hunters. Spring hunting should be prohibited and the prohibition enforced. DLC. 100220 SOKOLOV, I.A. and Z.S. KARAEVA. 0 khimizme sovremennykh prof-sessov vyvetrivaniia vulkanoklasticheskikh otlozhenii Avachinskogo vulkana. (Akademitå nauk SSSR. Izvestiia 1966, ser. geol. no.6, p.84-88, tables) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Chemistry of the present weathering processes of the volcanic-clastic deposits of Avacha volcano. Describes the weathering in process 30 km southeast of the crater of Avacha, and the chemical and mineralogic investigations made of the volcanic cinder and other products, their data tabulated. Under conditions of the cold humid climate and of aggressive humic acid solutions, significant weathering is in progress, and the weathered strata give out alkaline and alkaline-earth elements and manganese. The rate of weathering and its products are discussed. DLC. 100221 SOKOLOV, I.A. and N.I. BELOUSOVA. Osobennosti vodno-fizicheskikh svotsty i vodno-teplovogo rezhima okhristykh lesnykh vulkanicheskikh pochv Kamchatki. (Pochvovedenie no.5, 1966, p.53-66, tables, illus) 11 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Water-physical properties and the water-thermal regime of ochrous volcanic forest soils of Kamchatka. As a result of the parent material having an abundance of porous particles of volcanic sand and ash and their loosely packed, stratified makeup, these soils are characterized by low bulk density, high total porosity, high hydrophily and adequate air supply, excellent filtration capacity and poor water-rise capacity. As a result of intense weathering and soil formation in a humid climate, there occurs a further decrease in bulk density, accumulation of secondary amorphous minerals and an increase of hydrophily. Their thermal regime is rather moderate. They freeze slightly in winter and

warm up slightly and not deeply in summer. DLC. 100222 SOKOLOV, L.I. 0 roste sibirskogo osetra Acipenser baeri Brandt r. Leny. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik, ser, 6; biologii`a, pochvovedenie 1965, no.1, p.3-12, graphs, tables, illus) 30 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Growth of Acipenser baeri in the Lena River. Describes growth patterns of A.baeri based on catches made at different stations in the lower Lena. DLC. 100223 SOKOLOV, L.I. Osetr r. Leny, ego biologicheskie osobennosti i perspektivy akklimatizafsii. (In: Soveshchanie po biologicheskol produktivnosti vodoemov Sibiri... 1966, p.44-45) In Russian. Title tr.: Sturgeon of the Lena River and its biological characteristics and possibility of acclimatization. Low population density is optimum for the development of large and commercially valuable fish, but for stocking high reproduction rates and progeny viability are needed. Adaptation to a new area is facilitated when fish have a short migration period, similarity of food in the new area to that of the old, predominance of females at the breeding grounds, conditions which ensure healthy young with high body fat content. These ideal breeding criteria were determined for the Lena River which has potential for an excellent fisheries site. Research on fish predators and diseases are still needed for a successful acclimatization program despite the moderate success of several pilot projects. DLC. SOKOLOV, M.N., see No. 96603 SOKOLOVA, M.V., see No. 100524 SOKOLOV, N.A., see No. 94005 SOKOLOV, O.A., see No. 93723 SOKOLOV, S.P., see No. 99205 100224 SOKOLOV, V. V semelnom sanatorii "ZapoliIr'e". (Okhrana truda i so[sial'noe strakhovanie 1964. v.7, no.5, p.29, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Zapolyar'ye, the family sanatorium. Describes a health and vacation resort near Noril'sk and its sanatorium equipped to treat circulatory, heart, vascular, and nervous diseases. DLC. 100225 SOKOLOV, V.A. and &I. HEISKANEN. Geologo-litologicheskaa kharakteristika proterozolskikh ((ibtulit-

skikh) kor vyvetrivanii v Karelii. (In: Problemy osadochnoi geologii... 1966. v.1, p.176-85, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The geologic-lithologic characteristics of Proterozoic (Jatulian) weathering crusts in Karelia. Describes two weathering crusts in the Segozero and Maslozero regions, viz: one developed on Archean-Lower Proterozoic gneiss-granites and other rocks, and the other occurs at the base of the upper Jatulian. Chemical analyses of granite and weathered material, diabase and its altered equivalent are given. Jatulian weathering occurred on the surface of a weakly dissected plateau under warm, dry, CO2-rich conditions.DLC. 100226 SOKOLOV, V.D. Potok medlennykh neitronov v atmosfere. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiia 1966. v.6, no.6, p.1107-1109, graphs) 21 refs. In Russian. Title h•.: The flux of slow neutrons in the atmosphere. Reports on measuring the slow neutron flux of thermal to 100 ev energy, from sounding balloons launched at Yakutsk in 1960-62. The altitude distribution of slow neutron flux expected according to W.N. Hess, et al* is found to be considerably higher than that determined experimentally at Yakutsk, and by other investigators. The experimental value of the neutron flux intensity in the atmosphere was found to be 0.90 neutron. cm-2•sec-1. DLC. SOKOLOV, V.D., see also No. 99891 100227 SOKOLOV, V.M. Ratsionalizatorskaiå rabota na severodvinskom kholodil'nike. (Kholodil'natå tekhnika 1965. v.42, no.1, p.47-48, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Efficiency of operations at the Severodvinsk refrigerating plant. Proposes to connect the pumping system of the cooling condensers by a pipeline to the fire-extinguisher system. This would make water from the lower reservoir of the saline plant available in an emergency with the fire hydrant running dry. The superheated ammonia steam is suggested for heating the plant shower-baths when there is a shortage of hot water during the summer repair, and boilercleaning period. A transportable electric heater is constructed for quick warming of refrigerator segments in need of repair. DLC. 100228 SOKOLOV, V.N. and T.M. PCHELINA. 0 nizhnem i srednem triase zemli Serkap na Zapadnom Shpitsbergene. (Akademiis nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.176, no.6, p.1374-77, map, illus) 8 refs. In • Physical review 1959, v 116, p 445. 1112

Russian. Title t5:: Lower and Middle Triassic of SØrkapp Land on Vestspitsbergen. Describes a Triassic sequence about 200 m thick, which consists of Lower Triassic Indskiy and Olenek, Middle Triassic, Anisian and Ladinian, and Upper Triassic Carman and Norian stages. The ammonite, pelecypod and brachiopod fauna are noted. DLC. SOKOLOV, V.N., see also No. 94485, 95739 100229 SOKOLOV, V.P. and I.L. DULIN. Metodika rascheta plans proizvoditel'nosti truda na shakhte. (Pechora, Komi ASSR. N: issl. ugol'nyl inst. Trudy 1964. no.1, p.98-114, tables) In Russian. Title tr. Estimating labor productivity in a mine. Considers numerous factors in coal mining that require an adjustment in the number of workers. Formulas for these adjustments are given for 15 separate situations, indicating in each case if and by how much manpower should be increased or reduced. DLC. 100230 SOKOLOV-MIKITOV, I.S. Iz talmyrskikh zapisd (Novyl mir 1965. v.41, no.9, p.83-103.) In Russian. Title tr.: Taymyr notebook. Sketches bird life on Lake Taymyr and in the surrounding tundra, as observed on a geographic field trip in the mid-1940's. Vegetation, reindeer and rodents, fishes, geological and geographic features, etc are also noted. DLC. SOKOLOVA, L.S., see No. 98197 SOKOLOVA, M.N., see No. 101466 100231 SOKOLOVA, N.S. Sovremennye sporovo-pyl'i evye spektry alltüviii r. Obi v ralone pos. Berezovo. (Moskva. Univ. Vestnik 1965. v.20, ser. 5: geog. no.6, p.65-68, table) 10 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Present spore-pollen spectra of Ob River alluvium in the Berezovo region. Reports spore-pollen analysis of eight samples taken from the Ob floodplain. All spectra are alike and represent 58-68% woody trees and 18-25% grasses. Composition of both types of vegetation is reported. For stratigraphic division of these deposits, more data are needed. DLC. 100232 SOKOLOVA, Z.P. Certain ethnic processes among the Sel'kups, Khanty and Evenks of Tomsk oblast. (Soviet anthropology and archeology 1962. v.1, no.2, p.50-56, table) Refs. English translation of No 75811. DLC.

100233 SOKOLOVA, Z.P. and B.F. SHAPALIN. Naselenie i trudovye resursy zony Severe. (Sovetskaiaetnografiia 1966, no.3, p.152-57) In Russian. Title tr.: Population and labor resources of the northern zone. Summarizes proceedings of the first conference on labor and settlement problems in the European and Asiatic North held 15-18 Nov 1965 at Magadan. The northern zone has 50% of the timber and 75% of the potential power resources of the entire country, but development is hampered by manpower mobility, poor social conditions, over-dependence on manual labor, seasonal operations, high overhead, etc. Labor cost in the European and Asiatic North is, respectively, 1.5-2 and 4-5 times higher than in industrialized areas. Living standards of aborigines, some 128,000 by the 1959 census, are considerably lower than of the local Russian workers. Methods in the traditional occupations have hardly changed despite technological aid. Thus given the endemic labor shortage the demands rise to curtail the aborigines' hunting, fishing, herding, etc and draw them into industry. Ways and means for development, increasing the labor pool, raising the living standard of Russian workers and aborigines, improving health facilities and working conditions, etc are discussed. DLC. SOKOLOVA, Z.P., see also No. 101000 100234 SOKOL'SKII, S.M. Opyt otlova belki plashkoi-dolblenkoT v Pechoro-Ilychskom zapovednike. (Zoologicheskil zhurnal 1964. v.43, no.12, p.1877-78, table, illus.) 2 refs. In Russian. English summary. Tide tr.: Experiments in catching squirrels with a hollow trap in the Pechora-Ilych Preserve. Describes a live trap, its operation and effectiveness. Mode of handling and banding of the caught animals is also noted. DLC. 100235 SOKOL'SKII, S.M. Prolet vodoplavainshchikh v verkhov takh Pechory. (Pechoro-Ilychskli gos. zapovednik. Trudy 1964. no.11, p.83-124, tables, graphs) 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Flight of waterfowl through the upper reaches of the Pechora. Reports observations by Pechora-Ilych Preserve personnel in 1956-60 on bird migrations. The 25 more common species are listed with Russian and Latin names; time and percentage frequency in spring and fall migration is tabulated for several ducks and the whooper swan. Numbers observed, banding data, landing and nesting areas are discussed for the ten most important species in turn. The observation program is outlined

and need for protection by control of hunting is stressed. DLC. SOKRATILINA, Z.M., see No. 93541 100236 SOLDATENKOVA, III. P. Vliianie rastitel'nogo pokrova na sutochnyl temperaturnyl rezhim pochvy v ratone Salekharda. (Nauchnye doklady vysshef shkoly. Biologicheskie nauki 1966, no.3, p.153-56, graph, table) Refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: The effect of plant cover upon the diurnal temperature regime of the soil in the Salekhard region. Reports study conducted during cloudless warm days in July 1964, incl temperature of air (2 m above ground), and soil on the surface and at 20 cm depth. Maxima and minima are recorded in three different plots and the effects of various plant covers upon the diurnal course of temperature are presented and compared. DLC. SOLIANKIN, E.V., see No. 94099 100237 SOLNTSEV, O.A., and N.L LiTVINENKO. Pechorogorodskaza zone, novyl perspektivnyl gazonosnyl raion TimanoPechorskoT provinLsii. (Geologirå nefti i gaza severo-vostoka evropelskol chasti SSSR 1964. no.1, p.55-64, tables, map, sections.) 4 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Pechorogorodskaya zone, a new prospective gas-bearing region of Timan-Pechora province. Reports on the drilling, geological survey and geophysical work in this zone in 1962. A structural map is presented and various structures are characterized. Stratigraphy of the Carboniferous and Permian deposits is outlined. The yield and composition of gases are described. This zone is considered as having good prospects for gas accumulation. DLC. 100238 SOLOMATIN, V.I. Struktura poligonal'no-zhil'nykh l'dov po rezul'tatam issledovanil na Severo-Vostoke SSSR. (In; Vses. mezhduvedomstvennoe soveshchanie po geokriologii, 8th. Materialy v.2, 1966. p.164-69) In Russian. Title tr.: The structure of ice-wedge polygons according to investigations in northeastern USSR. Reports 1963 field study on Muostakh island and the lower course of the Yana and Omolon Rivers. Morphology of ice-wedge polygons, especially texture and structure of ice was studied, and crystals of ice investigated. It is established that ice crystal size is affected by lithology and the facia of enclosing rocks. DLC. 1113

100239 SOLOMINA, R.V. and L.A. MUSALITIN. Stratigrafiia kamennougol'nykh otlozhenil khrebta Orulgan, Verkhoian'e. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologiiii i biostratigrafiiä 1966. no.15, p.18-24, table) 8 refs. Title tr.: The stratigraphy of In Russian. carboniferous deposits of Orulgan Range, Verkhoyanskiy Mts. Reports a 1962-65 study of these rocks and revises their stratigraphy. Defines Bylykatskaya, Setachanskaya, Yupenchinskaya, Suogranskaya and Khaldanskaya series on the basis of brachiopod, trilobite, and other faunas and flora. DLC. SOLOMINA, R.V., see also No. 97687 100240 SOLOMONOV, N.G. Dinamika chislennosti vodiünol krysy v tsentral'nol IAkutii. (Tomsk. Univ. Uchenye zapiski 22 1960. no.36, p.250-61, tables, graphs.) refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Population dynamics of the water vole in Central Yakutia. Reports a study made during 1956-59 of Arvicola terrestris jacutensis, a common rodent of the area. The physical conditions, climate, vegetation, etc are described. Population densities were determined by trapping and from data on processed skins during 1932-1958. Fertility as dependent on climate, life span, mortality, age and sex composition of the population were also determined. DLC. SOLONEVICH, N.G., see No. 94081A

islation on pension rights of those employed in the Far North and areas equated to the Far North, passed in 1930-60. The more favorable law of March 1960 adds six months in length-of-service time for each year of actual employment in these hardship areas, and 12 months for service on Spitsbergen. This law, however, is not retroactive: length-of-service for employment prior to March 1960 remains based on legislation applicable to any given year. Regulations affecting different kinds of jobs, categories of workers, veterans, civil servants, etc are discussed and exemplified. PLC. 100243 SOLOV'EV, G. Vzlet ne sos(Sportivnaiä zhizn' Rossii 1964. toiälsiü. v.8, no.3, p.24; no.11, p.15; illus) In Russian. Title tr.: The start of flight failed. Outlines the shortcomings of physical culture and organized sports in Murmansk Province. DLC. 100244 SOLOV'EV, I.A. Dva novykh vida trilobitov iz maiskikh otlozheniT Severna IAkutii. (Leningrad. N.-issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologitå i' biostratigrafiia 1967, no.17, p.17-26, tables, 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Two . illus) new species of trilobites from Maya stage deposits of northern Yakutia. Reports two Middle Cambrian trilobites from the Olenek and Anabar basins, Forchhammeria pitta and Centropleura limbata' collected material, main features, dimensions, distribution, etc are stated. The first belongs to fam Anomoridae, the second to ParaCaMAI, DLC. doxididae.

SOLOPEKINA, G.V., see No. 97232 100241 SOLOVEI, V.IA and V.G. LIKHODED. K faune i ekologii krovososushchikh dvukrylykh (Diptera) severozapadnoT chasti MurmanskoT oblasti. (Entomologicheskoe obozrenie 1966. v.45, no.3, p.565-69, table) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Fauna and ecology of blood-sucking Diptera of the northwestern Murmansk Province. Identifies eleven species of mosquitoes and seven species of horseflies collected during June-July 1957. This is the first record of hibernation above the Arctic Circle for Anopheles. DLC. 100242 SOLOV'EV, A. L'gotnoe ischeslenie stazha raboty pri naznachenii gosudarstvennykh pensil. (Sotsial'noe obespechenie 1964. v.25, no.10, p.42-48) Refs. In Russian. Title tr. Preferential computation of length-of-service to determine government pension rate. Cites and interprets social security leg1114

SOLOVEV, I.A. 100245 0 srednekembrilskom rode Prohedinia trilobity. (Leningrad. N: lssl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologiiä i biostratigrafiiä 1966. no.14, p.11-26, tables, illus) 16 refs. Title tr.: Middle Cambrian In Russian. trilobites of genus Prohedinia. Characterizes fam. Papyriaspididae first described by F.W. Whitehouse in Australia 1939, and gen Prohedinia, established by Lermontova and N. Tschernysheva. P. sibirica n sp from the Olenek basin of Yakutia is described in some detail and illus. DLC. 100246 SOLOV'EV, IIJ.N. Tempy vozvedeniih betonnoT plotiny Bratskol GES. (Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitel'stvo 1966. v.36, no.12, p.11-16, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. In Tile tr.: The tempo of erecting Russian. the concrete dam of the Bratsk Hydroelectric Power Station. Describes the process of putting up this darn made of 4,395,000 m3 of concrete, in 1959-64. The construction work is reviewed

in some detail in relation to the use of the construction equipment. Interruptions in the construction are mentioned and their causes explained. The rate of progress is given for each construction year in turn. The rate of progress on four dams built in the United States and that on the Bratsk and Ust'-Ilim power station dams, are compared in a table showing max height of the dam, the area in concrete, volume of concrete laid, max concrete laid per yr, and the relative mean rate of progress. The highest rate (7.2) was at the Fontana Dam in North Carolina built during 1943-44; the rate at Bratsk for the DLC. same units was 2.1. 100247 SOLOV'EV, P.A. Zonal'nost' moshchnosti sezonnoprotaivaiüshchego sloia i kartirovanie ee v Zapadnol i IUzhnoi IAkutü. (In: Sezonnoe protaivanie i promerzanie gruntov na territorii Severo-Vostoka SSSR 1966. p.14-20, map, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Zoning and mapping the active layer thickness in western and southern Yakutia. Presents a map of the maximal thickness of the active layer for seven zones of this region, based on average yearly air temperature, vegetation cover and composition of the ground. Characteristics of the thawing depths under various conditions inside each zone are tabulated. The method, arrangement, data used, and other features of this map are briefly described. This is the first attempt at DLC. such a map for a large region. 100248 SOLOV'EV, S.L. and A.I. MININ. Sootnoshenie mezhdu amplitudami i periodami prodol'nykh voln of zemletriasenii Izvestiiä 1965, (Akademitå nauk SSSR. fizika Zemli no.10, p.25-44, tables, graphs) 33 refs. In Russian. Title tr: Comparison of the amplitudes and periods of longitudinal waves of earthquakes. Compares the values of displacements A and periods T of P waves with the magnitude, epicentral distance, and focus depth of earthquakes, recorded at Uppsala and Kiruna. A system of seismographs is considered as a filtering aggregate for the range of 1-10 sec periods. The system of correlations A= A(7) for epicentral distances 5-110° and seismic magnitude values, mp = 6.5 ± 1 is expressed analytically and graphically. The average absorption of seismic energy rays, emerging from the surface of the earth at epicentral distances 20-25°, is found to be approx five times greater than the average absorption of seismic energy of rays emerging at the distances above 25°. The anomaly obviously suggests sharply differentiated layers in the DLC. upper mantle of the earth.

100249 SOLOV'EV, V. Zavod zhivol produkfsii (Na rubezhe 1961. v.22, no.2, p.105-108.) In Russian. Title tr.: Factory of live produce. The construction of power stations on the salmon streams of northern Karelia has driven the fish from all but the head waters of the Kern'. The fishways provided are inadequate and salmon stopped by the dams are swept back to sea losing their roe en route. Spawning salmon from the Kem' however, were taken to a hatchery on the Vyg River and the roe incubated to hatch over-winter. 95% did so, and a half million parr were raised in 1960. Some fish were kept in the ponds for two years before release in tests for survival. The prospect is noted of restocking the Karelian rivers with such artificially raised DLC. fish.

.

100250 SOLOV'EV, V.P. Osobennosti sooruzheniiii zemhänogo polotna v usloviiikh Severe. (Transportnoe stroitel'stvo 1966. In Rusv.16, no.1, p.40-41, illus, table) sian. Title tr.: Features of dirt road construction under conditions of the North. Describes four types of secondary road for use in topographically different areas of the North. The expected road life under normal conditions is discussed. Labor and cost requirements are stated for building each type DLC. of road. SOLOV'EVA, I.A., see No. 97900 100251 SOLOV'EVA, M.F. Novye dannye o foraminiferakh roda Eoendothyranopsis iz nizhnego karbona Vostochnogo Talmyra. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski. Paleontologiia i biostratigrafiia 1967, no.18, p.24-37, table, illus) Title fr.: New data on Refs. In Russian. foraminifers of gen Eoendothyranopsis from the Lower Carboniferous of eastern Taymyr. Notes the increased study in USSR and elsewhere of these forams. Their genesis and stratigraphic position are discussed, and comparison made with Mississipian forams of Alberta and Utah. E mediocriformis. E subtilis, E. lebedevae, E rotayi ssp taimyrica and E. transita are described and illus. DLC. SOLTIS, F., see No. 95042

SOLTYSKII, E.I., see No. 96557 100252 SOMERS, H. and E.B. MANSelectivity of the Yellowknife CHEE. (Geophysical journal 1966. seismic array. v.10, no.4, p.401-412, tables, illus) 5 refs. Describes an idealized signal, consisting of a noise-free, single-frequency infinite-duration

1115

input that is theoretically applied to the Yellowknife seismic array. A comparison of the output responses resulting from three possible signal processing techniques, viz: cross-correlation, small-squared, and multiple correlation, indicates that cross correlation is the preferred technique for determining the azimuth and velocity of arrival of the incident DOS. seismic energy.

100256 SOMOV, V. IAkutiäne na frontakh Velikol Otechestvennol volny. (PoIn ltårnaiä zvezda 1965, no.3, p.40-42.) Russian. Title h:.• Yakuts on the battle fronts of the Great Fatherland War. Tribute to Yakut soldiers who fought in World War II: 60,000 joined the Red Army, over 1,000 were decorated for bravery. DLC.

The 100253 SOMMARSTRÖM, B. fisher-Sames at Tjeggelvas and Tjavelkjaure. (In: Nordic Symposium... 1962 pub 1965, p.407-426, maps, illus) Discusses conflicts arising from specialization by Lapps versus their multiple resource use in reindeer pasturing, fishing and hunting. Work distribution within nomadic and settled groups, role of kinship relations, etc are sketched in historical perspective. The mixed economic pursuits of Lake Tjeggelvas fishermen in the early 20th century and the current fishing work-year on Lake Tjavelkjaure are described from interviews with two local Lappish informants. DLC.

100257 SONESSON, M. On Drepanocladus trichophyllus in the Torneträsk area. (Botaniska notiser 1966. v.119, no.3, p.379-400, graphs, illus) 37 refs. Cultivation of spores from a single specimen of this bryophyte, collected in the Torneträsk area, northern Sweden, produced plants in which the wide variation is considered to have been controlled in part by genes and in part by environmental factors. D. trichophyllus occurs in mire vegetation, mostly below the timber line. It grows in water with a relatively high pH, but poor in dissolved electrolytes; these conditions as well as the water level remain rather constant DLC. during the vegetation period.

100254 SOMMERFELT, A. Minnetale over Dr. Philos. Hallfrid Christiansen, 1886-1964. (Norske Videnskaps-Akademi, Oslo. Arbok 1965. p.37-43, illus) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Eulogy on Hallfrid Christiansen, Ph.D., 1886-1964. Summarizes the life and work of this Lofoten-bom academician who, as a middleaged housewife, began studying languages professionally and became noted for her research on North Norwegian dialects. A posthumous volume on language in relation to archeology and migration is noted. DOS. 100255 SOMMERMAN, H.M. and R.P. SIMMET. Versatile mosquito trap. (Mosquito news 1967. v.27, no.3, p.412-17, illus) Refs. Describes and illustrates a modified version of a double-baited cage trap. It consists of a wire frame and eight rods, a removable two-tone net bag with no rigid parts, and a water repellent black cloth roof sandwiched between two wooden slats supporting a dry ice container. It weighs four pounds without the dry ice and is semi-collapsible for storage. It can be assembled quickly and when in use, the shiny, heat repellent dry-ice container and black roof attract mosquitoes. The net bag containing mosquitoes can be easily removed. Specifications and reports of actual field use of the trap is given. DLC. SOMOV, G.P., see No. 100582 SOMOV, M.M., see No. 95021 1116

100258 SONESSON, M. Studies on mire vegetation in the Torneträsk area, northern Sweden; 1, regional aspects. (Botaniska notiser 1967. v.120, no.3, p.272-96, maps, tables) Refs. Two regional vegetational gradients are recognized, low-high and west-east, along which some limits in mire vegetation are distinguished. The main limits run parallel to, but do not coincide with the biogeographical limits set by the tree layer of the forest. Sphagnum fuscum is mapped to illustrate the distribution of some species in relation to a typical mire plant. Most of these species are also found in the boreal zone. The plant communities below the timberline are characterized by the absence or very low quantity of species of all groups and by the presence of several species which are never or rarely DLC. found in alpine mires. SON!, C.M., see No. 95837 100259 SONIN, M.D. Fiherii pots sovetskogo Dal'nego Vostoka. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Gel'mintologicheskaiii lab. Trudy 1963. v.13, p.227-49, tables, illus.) 29 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Filariae from birds of the Soviet Far East. Study based on material of recent expeditions, incl such into Kamchatka and Chukotka. Over 9000 birds belonging to 279 species were examined and some 32 forms of these worms found, incl a new one: Chandlerella apusi n. sp. Host(s) and organ(s) affected, locality and date, previous records,

etc are noted. Finally the zoogeographical and landscape aspects in distribution of these Far Eastern filariae are considered. DLC. SONIN, V.D., see No. 97553 SOROKIN, B.V., see No. 97476 SOROKIN, M., see No. 94996 100260 SOROKIN, S.V. Malye iskusstvennye sooruzheniis na linii Dudinka-Noril'sk. (Transportnoe stroitel'stvo 1965. v.15, no.10, p. 13-15, graphs, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: Small-scale man-made structures along the Dudinka-Noril'sk line. Discusses briefly the climatic and soil conditions in the area. The use and conservation of frozen ground in building the railroad, also some small buildings along it are analyzed. Various types of materials used in connection with permafrost are described and evaluated. DLC. 100261 SOROKIN, V.A. and S.N. KHRAMOVA. Novye dannye po geologii Srednei Pechory. (Moskovskoe obshchestvo ispytatelei prirody. Biulleten'. Otd. geologicheskil 1967. v.42, no.1, p. 26-28, map, illus) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: New data on the geology of the middle Pechora region. Reports results of a 1961-63 field study and well drillings. Deposits previously considered Upper Permian are identified in areas of the Medvezhskaya and Kedrovyy Shor Triassic deposits. Investigation of plant remains is included in the report. DLC. 100262 SOROKIN, V.A. Tektonika i perspektivy neftegazonosnosti basseina srednego techenitä reki Pechory. (Leningrad. Vses. nefttänol n: issl. geologorazvedochnyi inst. Trudy 1964. v.237, p.7-21, maps, profile.) 8 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Tectonics and oil-gas prospects in middle Pechora River basin. Reviews the tectonic structure in the region of the Bol'shezemel'skiy arch, Ural foredeep and eastern slope of the Malozemel'skayaPechora ridge. First and second order structures are analyzed. Prospects for oil and gas in Devonian, Lower Carboniferous and Permian deposits are discussed. Highly prospective, prospective, little, and non-prospective areas are outlined. Recommendations are given for further prospecting. DLC. 100263 SOROKINA, E.G. and L.S. CHERNOVA. Usloviiä formirovaniia produktivnogo planta B8 na Nizhne-Vartovskom svolle. (Sibirskil n: issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syri. Trudy 1966, no.47, p.75-85, graphs, maps) Refs. In

Russian. Title tr. Formation conditions of the Bs productive bed in the Nizhne-Vartovskoye arch. Reports a detailed lithologic investigation of this bed, noting its thickness, composition, grain size, mineral composition and oil reservoir rock formation. Three zones are recognized. Capacity and filtration properties of the bed are described. Various classes of reservoir rocks are defined. DLC. SOROKINA, E.G., see also No. 96954 SOROKINA, Ii., see No. 94101 SOROKINA, LS., see No. 95539 SOROKOV, D.S., see No. 95739, 96938 SORVACHEV, K.F., see No. 99930 100264 SORVACHEVA, V.A. and others. Verkhnevychegodskii dialekt komi iazyka. Syktyvkar, Komi knizhnoe izd-vo 1966. 256 p. map, tables. (Istoriko-filologicheskü sbomik no.10) 10 refs. In Russian. Other authors: M.A. Sakharova and E.S. Guhäev. Title tr.: Upper Vychegda dialect of Komi. Linguistic study of the second largest Zyryan dialect spoken by over 25% of the Zyryan population of Komi ASSR. The history of the upper Vychegda basin, east of Syktyvkar, is sketched; population movements, sub-dialectal and patois developments are noted. A glossary of over 2500 words and a list of approx 750 local geographic names with Russian equivalents or definitions are appended. DLC. SOSHNIKOV, B.L., see No. 99131 100265 SOSIPATROVA, G.P. Fora;minifery tiksinskot svity Severnogo Khara,ulakha. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1966. Paleontologiia i biostratigrafii no.11, p.5-32, illus) Title tr.: 21 refs. In Russian. Foraminifers of the Tiksi series of northern Kharaulakh. Describes three foraminiferal complexes, two of which belong to the Lower Carboniferous, Visean and Namurian stages, and the third to the Middle Carboniferous, Bashkirian stage. Tiksi series forams belong to fam Archaediscidae represented by four genera and 20 species, which are systematically described; some species are new. DLC. Kom100266 SOSIPATROVA. G.P. pleksy foraminifer iz verkhnepaleozotskikh otlozhenv Shpitsbergena. (Akademia nauk 1117

SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.176, no.1, Title tr.: p.182-85) 7 refs. In Russian. Foraminiferal associations from the Upper Paleozoic deposits of Spitsbergen. Reports on 1961-65 collections in Vestspitsbergen: 13 foram associations are distinguished, noting characteristic species and their age. Comparison is made with Upper Paleozoic forams of the Ural and Russian DLC. platform. 100267 SOTAVALTA, O. A further record of Hyphoraia alpine Quens. (Lep., Arctiidae) in Europe. (Suomen hyönteistieteellinen aikakauskirja 1963. v.29, no.4, p.254-57, illus) 3 refs. Notes earlier records, description from Alaska and own (infra) from Saana. Comparisons are made with H. lapponica. The species of this record belongs to the barren DLC. regio alpina. 100268 SOTAVALTA, O. The generic position of Hyphoraia alpine Quens., Lep., Arctiidae. (Suomen hyönteistieteellinen aikakauskirja 1963. v.29, no.4, p.257-67, illus) 17 refs. Reviews the studies on this rare circumpolar moth since its discovery in 1799 by Acerbi, and also studies of the genus. After investigating 21 species of H. alpine from different parts of the world, author claims that it has been generically misplaced and that it does not fit into any known genus. On the basis of' its peculiar anatomy, author proposes a new genus Acerbic, with Acerbic (Hyphoraia) alpine as its only species. DLC. 100269 SOTAVALTA, O. Hyphoraia alpine Quens. (Lep., Arctiidae) rediscovered in Europe. (Suomen hyönteistieteellinen aikakauskirja 1962. v.28, no.4, p.182-85, map, 14 refs. illus) Describes this rare moth only once reliably recorded from Europe, in Enontekiö parish in 1799. The present, male specimen was caught in the same parish on Saana mountain near Kaaresuvanto. It is known from arctic Canada, Siberia and Alaska. DLC. 100270 SOTAVALTA, O. A revision of the genus Hyporaia Hübner s. lat. Lepidoptera, Arctiidae. (Suomen hyönteistieteellinen aikakauskirja 1965. v.31, no.3, p.159-97, maps, illus) Approx. 45 refs. Reviews earlier work and the taxonomy of these lepidopterans, which author groups into four genera: Hyphoraia s. str., Pararctia n. gen., Acerbia, and Platrctia The following occur in the Arctic: Platarctia lapponica in Eurasia, P. hyperborea and P. gibsoni America, Pararctia subnebulosa, and Acerbic al1118

pine circumpolar. A detailed morphology of each species is presented, and on it the DLC. classification rests. SOTSIAL'NOE OBESPECHE100271 Novoe v zakonodatel'stve i norNIE. mativnykh aktakh: o nekotorykh voprosakh predostavleniii l'got litsam, rabotaiüshchim v raionakh Krainego Severe i mestnostiakh priravnenykh k raionam Krainego Severe. In Rus(Its: v.42, 1967. no.4, p.60.61) Tide tr.: Changes in laws and sian. regulations: concerning some questions on benefits granted to people working in the Far North and areas equated to the Far North. Cites interpretation of' the amendments to the Sept 1966 labor legislation published by the Council of Ministers of the USSR and the All-Union Trade Union Council. The seven points under discussion deal with seniority and pension rights for different categories of workers and employees, changes in privileges and/or pay for construction workers depending on temporary or permanent status. DLC. 100272 SOUTHER, J.G. Acid volcanism and its relationship to the tectonic history of the cordillera of British Columbia, Canada. (Intl. Volcanological Assoc. Bulletin volcanologique 1967. v.30, p.161-76, maps, illus) 23 refs. Summarizes the tectonic and plutonic history of the Western Cordillera which evolved from a eugeosyncline that persisted from the early Paleozoic to middle Jurassic, and describes the distribution of early Tertiary volcanic rocks in three volcanic provinces of central British Columbia. In the Sloko volcanic province of northwestern British Columbia and southwestern Yukon Territory, the rocks are mainly dacites, rhyolites, minor andesite and basalt. This succession is characterized by thick piles of welded tuff and ignimbrite, produced by periodic expulsion of great volumes of gascharged magma. The widespread, explosive eruption of acid volcanic rocks coincided with a period of general uplift during which tensional stresses resulted in rifting and block faulting accompanied by intrusion of epizonal, acid plutons. Both the plutons and acid volcanic rocks are considered to have derived DGS. from the same magma. 100273 SOUTHER, J.G. and J.E. ARMNorth central belt of the STRONG. (In: SymCordillera of British Columbia. posium on the tectonic history... Vancouver, 29 1964 pub 1966. p.171-84, maps, illus) refs. The north central belt of the Cordillera, as here defined, extends from the Yukon bound-

ary south to latitude 54° and from the Cassiar-Omineca Mts west to Alaska or the Pacific Ocean. Geologically it includes the eastern margin of the Coast crystalline belt and the western margin of the Cassiar crystalline belt and it spans the relatively low intervening trough which is underlain mainly by Mesozoic sedimentary and volcanic rocks. The layered rocks in this region have been grouped into six tectono-stratigraphic assemblages which are separated from one another by major unconformities. Each assemblage includes many different groups and formations; they are not strictly lithological map- or time-units; each reflects a unique environment of deposition and a unique history of deformation which serve to distinguish them. A broad outline of the main tectonic events is presented, omitting many of the details of this complex region. DGS. SOUTHER, J.G., see also No. 93783, 94444 100274 SOUTHERN, H.N. and others. The natural history of a population of guillemots, Uria aalge Pont. (Journal of animal ecology 1965. v.34, no.3, p.649-65, illus) 17 refs. Other authors: R. Carrick and W.G. Potter. Reports studies conducted on the bridled

form (with white eye-ring) in 1938-39, 1948-1950 and 1959-60 which showed it to increase from 1% in the south of its range to over 50% in its northern, arctic limits. The proportion of this form dropped and again rose by 10% during the 20 yr observations. Study of these birds near Aberdeen showed a faithfulness to their sub-colony and a slow population turnover; hence change in ratio of the bridled birds during the decennial surveys is incompatible with its being due to selection. Comparable studies in Novaya Zemlya guillemots are also noted. DLC. 100275 SOUTHWARD, A.J. and E.C. SOUTHWARD. On the biology of an intertidal chthamalid (Crustacea, Cirripedia) from the Chukchi Sea. (Arctic 1967. v.20, no.1, p.8-20, map, illus) 46 refs. French and Russian summary. A Pacific-boreal species, Chthamalus dalli occurs in the narrow intertidal zone near Cape Thompson, Alaska. Diatoms and filamentous green algae, but no other animals, were associated with the barnacles, which apparently survive the winter frozen in the ice foot. Growth is less than in southern species, but continues for five or more years; maturity is reached in two yr and breeding can occur at a water temp of 6°C. There appears to be only a very slight cold adaptation, shown by

cirral activity, compared with C. dalli from Southeast Alaska and southern California. CaMAI, DGS. SOUTHWARD, E.C., see No. 100275 100276 SOUTHWARD, G.M. Growth of Pacific Halibut. Seattle, Wash., 1967. 40 p. map, tables. (International Pacific Halibut Commission. Report no. 43) 37 refs. Since 1925, when the Commission's halibut growth studies began, the emphasis has shifted from a qualitative description of average weight by age to a quantitative measure of growth rate suitable for use in mathematical models designed to determine the maximum sustainable yields of various stocks. This report gives background data, shows historical changes in growth in halibut populations and suggests causes of the changes. Growth rates are not estimated from these data but growth is expressed as percent deviations of average length from long-term averages at each age. Changes in growth most probably result from a combination of changes in environment (e.g. water temperature) and a density-dependent response. DI. SOUTHWARD, G.M., see also No. 95013, 95940 100277 SOVESHCHANIE PO BIOLOGICHESKOI PRODUKTIVNOSTI VODOEMOV SIBIRI, Irkutsk, 1966. Kratkoe soderzhanie dokladov. B.K. Moskalenko, ed. Irkutsk 1966. 191 p. table. In Russian. Title tr.: Conference on biological productivity of Siberian waterways, October 1966; brief summaries of papers. Contains 109 papers presented at this conference, of these 33 are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: A.M. Anisimov (2 papers), A.I. Argunov, N.V. Azhazha, A.S. Dormidontov, G.I. Galazilf and K.K. Votinisev, G.A. Golovkov, B.G. loganzen, V.S. IUkhneva, L.A. Koneva, M.M. Kozhov and A.A. Tomilov, M.S. Kuksn, IU.P. Larionov, A.M. Larionova, A.A. Lobovikova, B.K. Moskalenko, V.V. Ogurtsov, O.L. Ol'shanskaii, IU.D. Pavlov, A.N. Petkevich and others (2 papers), N.A. Petrova, A.P. Pisanko, V.M. Postnikov, Ramazanov, IÜ. S. Reshetnikov, R.I. Se~sko, IU.A. Shilin, L.I. Sokolov, K.N. Titova, D.L. Venglinskil, N.A. Volt and T. IA. Zav'ialova. DLC. 100278 SOVESHCHANIE PO GEOGRAPH RESURSOV VODOPLAVAIUSHCHIKH PTITS V SSSR, Moskva, 1965. Geografiia resursov vodoplavaiu1119

shchikh ptits v SSSR, sostoianie zapasov, puti ikh vosproizvodstva i pravil'nogo ispol'zovaniTh tezisy dokladov soveshchanih, 7-9 aprehå 1965 g. N.A. Isakov, ed. Moskva 1965. 2 pt. in 1: 166, 119 p. tables. In Russian. Title tr.: Geography of water bird resources in the USSR. Contains 128 papers of which fourteen are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors, names, viz: V.V. Bianki (2 papers), V.E. Flint, A.M. Gyngazov and others, E.V. Ivanter, V.N. Karpovich, A.I. Kuzneisov, S.V. Marakov, V.I. Markov (2 papers), V.K. Rakhilin, B.T. Semenov, S.M. Uspenskil, and A.A. Vershinin. DLC. 100279 SOVESHCHANIE PO GEOTERMICHESKIM ISSLEDOVANIIAM V SSSR, 2nd, Moskva 1964. Trudy, 1: Geotermicheskie issledovaniiii i ispol'zovanie tepla zemli. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. 431 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title fr.: Geothermal investigations and exploitation of ground heat. Contains 69 papers, five of which are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: V.V. Aver'ev and others, A.A. Gavronskif, P.I. Mel'nikov, B.G. Pollak, and V.M. Sugrobov and IUJ.A. Kraevoi. DLC. 100280 SOVESHCHANIE PO GEOTERMICHESKIM ISSLEDOVANIIAM V SSSR, 2nd, Moskva 1964. Trudy 2: Regional'naia geoternriiii i rasprostranenie termal'nykh vod v SSSR. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1967. 315 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Regional geothermy and thermal water distribution in the USSR. Contains 60 papers five of which are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: IÜ.G. Bogomolov, B.F. Mavritskri and O.P. Bulygina, B.G. Polisk, A.IA. Stremilkov, and E.A. Vakin. DLC. 100281 SOVESHCHANIE PO VOPROSAM LOSOSEVOGO KHOZI-AISTVA Dal'nego Vostoka, 3rd, PetropavlovskKamchatskiy, 1960. Lososevoe khoziilstvo Dalt nego Vostoka. E.N. Pavlovskit, ed Moskva, Nauka 1964. 202 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Salmon fisheries of the Soviet. Far East. The third conference on salmon fisheries of the Far East was-held 19-22 Dec 1960. Of the 25 papers presented, eleven are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz I.B. Binnan, T.V. Egorova, M.IA. Ievleva, V.L. Kostarev, E.M. Krokhin and I.I. Kurenkov, I.I. Kurenkov, P.A. Moiseev, A.G. Ostroumov (2 papers), Z.I. Petrova, and R.S. Semko. DLC. 1120

100282 SOVESHCHANIE ZOOLOGOV SIBIRI, 3rd, Tomsk, 1966. Voprosy zoologii. Tomsk, Izd-vo Tomskogo Univ. 1966. 291 p. In Russian. Title tr.: Problems of zoology. Contains 173 articles, 23 of arctic interest which are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, viz: G.R. Aksenenko, A.Z. Amstislayskil, IL1.N. Bakeev and N.N. Bakeev, V.N. Bolkcov, F.I. Bolkova and V.N. Bo'Ocov, V.N. Bol'shakov, A.I. Cherepanov and others, N.I. Chesnokov, P.A. Dnågin, M.Kh. Geller, IÜ.P. IAzan, R.I. Karelina, A.I. Kurenüov, A.A. Maksimov and N.V. Nekipelov, G.M. Manenkova, S.V. Marakov, L.N. Michurin, E.S. Petrenko and V.K. Dntitrienko, V.I. Petrov, M.V. Popov, E.V. Rogacheva, V.D. Skrobov, and V.N. Skalon. DLC. SOVETOV, IÜ.K., see No. 97638 100283 SOVETSKAIÅ ANTARKTICHESKAIA EKSPEDITSIIA. Informatsionnyl biulleten'. Leningrad, no.1, 1955- in progress: In Russian. 6-8 no. of approx 75 p. each yearly. Contains reports on various phases of Russian work in the area, summaries of current findings, preliminary reports on projects, discussions of theories, methods, etc. English translation of no 1-30 (1955-1960) is available from American Elsevier Pub. 52 Vanderbilt Ave, New York 17, NY, no 31 and subsequent issues from American Geophysical Union, 2100 Pennsylvania Ave, NW, Washington, DC. CaMAI. 100284 SOVETSKIE RYBOKHOZIAISTVENNYE ISSLEDOVANIIA v severo-vostochnoi chasti Tikhogo okeana, vyp. 1. (Soviet fisheries investigations in the northeast Pacific, no. 1) P.A. Moiseev, ed. Jerusalem, Israel Program for Scientific Translations 1968. 333 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. English translation of No 83207. Contains 17 papers presenting results of oceanographic and fishery research carried out by VNIRO and TINRO in the Bering Sea and Gulf of Alaska during 1958-1962. All the papers are presented in this Bibliography under their authors' names. viz: L.B. Adstova, R.L. Davidovich, N.S. Fadeev, M.V. Fedosov and R.L. Davidovich, D.E. Gershanovich, O.F. Grirsenko, B.G. Ivanov, L.A. Karpova, T.G. Liübimova, P.A. Moiseev, L.N. Musienko, V.V. Natarov, A.A. Neiman, I.A. Parakeisov, D.A. Shubnikov, V.A. Shalkin, and L.G. Vinogradov. DLC. 100285 SOVETSKIE RYBOKHOZIAISTVENNYE ISSLEDOVANII.A v severo-vostochnoi chasti Tikhogo okeana,

vyp. 4. Moskva, Izd-vo Pishchevaill promyshlennost' 1965. 347 p. tables, graphs, maps, illus. (Moskva. Vses. n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Trudy v.58, and Vladivostok. Tikhookeanskü n: issl. inst. morskogo rybnogo khoz. i okeanografii. Izvestitä v. 53.) Refs. In Russian. Tylle tr.: Soviet fisheries investigations in the northeastern part of the Pacific Ocean, no. 4. Presents reports from VNIRO and PINRO expeditions into the eastern Bering Sea and the Gulf of Alaska, initiated in 1958. Oceanographic, hydrochemical and mainly ichthyological papers are included. Several deal with storage, preservation and spoilage of marine products. The studies are claimed to have contributed to a five-fold increase in catches from the Gulf of Alaska and the Bering Sea in four years preceding this publication. All the papers are abstracted in this Bibliography under their authors' names, vim K.P. Barysheva, S.M. Chebanov (2 papers), G.A. Dolbish and I.V. Kizevetter, N.S. Fadeev, M.V. Fedosov and N.V. Azova, V.S. GordievskaT and I.V. Kizevetter, A.A. Kashkina (2 papers), I.V. Kizevetter and others (2 papers), A.N. Kostikova, B.N. Kotenev, M.IU. Kulikov, L.A. Lisovenko, T.G. Liiibimova, G.A. Potapova, V.N. Semenov, I.E. Shaboneev, V.P. Shuntov, and L.G. Vinogradov and A.A. Neiman. DLC.

SOVETSKOE FINNO-UGROVE. DENIE Pia iatidesiatiletie B. A. Serebrennikova. (Its: v.1, 1965. no.4, p.292-94, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: B.A. Serebrennikov,

100286

50 years old. Editorial tribute to this Russian philologist, born 1911 in Kholmogory. Over 25 of his major publications on Ural-Altaic and Turkic DLC. linguistics are reviewed. 100287 SOVETSKOE IAZYKOZNANIE ZA 50 LET. Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1967. 427 p. Refs. In Russian. Title tr» Fifty years of Soviet linguistic studies. Collection of 35 review articles on the state of this research compiled by the editorial group of the Insitute of Linguistics of the USSR Academy of Sciences. Bibliographic lists through 1966 are appended to each essay. The section on Finno-Ugric linguistics, p.213-31, includes Balto-Finnish and Lappish by B.IÜ. Pal'meos and IÜ.S. Eliseev with about 10 refs to Lappish; Permiak by R.M. Batalova with 21 refs to Zyryan; and Ugric by K.E. Maitinskaiä with 33 refs to Ostyak and Vogul. The Samoyed languages, p.244-49, 24 refs, are discussed by N.M. Tereshchenko. Tungus-Manchu by O.P. Sunik, p.287-97, approx 40 refs, deals primarily with the northern Tungus group, Lamut, and Gold.

The Paleosiberian languages comprising here Chukchi, Koryak, Kamchadal, Gilyak, Yukaghir, Ket-Yeniseian, and Asiatic Eskimo are treated by PIA. Skorik, p.339-51, 85 refs. DLC. SPALDING, J.M.K., see No. 94650, 96480 SPASSKAIIA, I.I., see No. 98331 100288 SPASSKAIÅ, L.P. TSestody

ptiü SSSR; gimenolepididy. Moskva, Izdvo Nauka 1966. 698 p. illus. In Russian. Refs. Title tr.: Hymenolepidid cestodes of the birds of the USSR. Discusses the more than 240 species of hymenolepidids in the USSR, and includes an appendix listing the distribution of these organisms by host. These hosts include many species of birds that live or winter in the Arctic, incl: Anas acuta, A. clypeata, A.

crecca, A. platyrhynchos, A. strepera, Anser anser, Aythya marina, Lanus argentatus, L ridibundu.; Sterna hirundo, Sturnus vulgaris, and Crex cre. Each species described is illustrated.

DLC.

SPASSKII, N. IA., see No. 98804 §12 SPEARS, D.L., see No. 94420 100289 SPECTOR, A. A gravity survey of the Melville Island ice caps. (Journal of glaciology 1966. v.6, no.45, p.393-400, map, illus) Refs. French and German summary. Reports the results of a gravity survey of four ice caps which range in area 15-55 km2, and lie at an average elevation of 550 m on the dissected plateau of west Melville Island, Canadian Arctic Archipelago, Ice thicknesses, interpreted from Bouguer anomalies at 138 stations, ranged 30-50 m, filling hidden valleys or depressions under the main ice-cap body. Ice-cap volumes ranged 0.2-1.0 km3. The simple form of the regional gravity field of the area is associated with a uniform bedrock geology, which simplified the interpretation of gravity data in comparison with the more usual glaciological problem. DGS. SPENCER, E., see No. 94546 SPENCER, N.W., see No. 94181, 94181A SPENCER, W.A. and others. 100290 The glyceride fatty acid composition and lipid content of brown and white adipose tissue of the hibernator Cite/lus lateralis. (Journal of cellular physiology 1966. v.67, no.3, p.431-40, 23 refs. Other authors: E.I. tables, illus) Grodums and G. Dempster. Variation of glyceride and phosphatide 1121

levels and composition of fatty acid composition of the glycerides in brown fat occurs throughout the year but no particular level appears to be associated with any part of the hibernation cycle. A differential in use of fatty acids during a few weeks prior to spring arousal is indicated. Tissue glyceride levels decrease in both brown and white fat during arousal from hibernation at 2°C; the loss from brown fat is twice that from white fat. DNLM.

direct connection of the ignimbrite volcanicity with granitoid magmatism, the correlation between geologic features of the flows and the petrographic-geochemical and magnetic properties of the rocks, the genetic problems of different ignimbrite types, the positive and negative surface structures created, and the Okhotsk province as part of circum-Pacific ignimbrite volcanicity. DOS.

SPENCER, W.A., see also No. 94822, 95805

SPICHKIN, V.A., see No. 96768

100291 SPERANSKAIA, I.M. Formaignimbritov i ee rol' v molodom vulkanizme Tikhookeanskogo poiasa. (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Izvestiia, ser. geol. 1967, no.9, p.54-69, maps, illus) 36 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Ignimbrite formation and its role in recent volcanism of the Pacific belt. Reports a study in the northern Okhotsk coastal areas. The tectonic conditions of ignimbrite formation, the nature of magma, petrographic features and types of ignimbrite and the relation of ore mineralization to ignimbrite are characterized. The regions of ignimbrite volcanism throughout the Pacific belt are defined, as are its three main stages, Upper Cretaceous-Lower Tertiary, Miocene and Pleistocene. DLC.

100294 SPINDLER, G.B. Observations on the release of nitric oxide in the E-region. (Planetary and space science 1966. v.14, no.1, p.53-64, graphs, illus) 24 refs. Russian summary. Describes four nitric oxide releases at 72-125 km in three rocket flights over Ft Churchill on the nights of 24 Mar, 18 and 28 Oct 1963. The purpose was to study the NO-O reaction by means of chemiluminescence observations, and to determine atomic oxygen concentration profile. The NO-O reaction, at least at E-region pressures, is suggested to be bimolecular, and the effective reaction rate constant at E-region atmospheric pressure faster than its value obtained in the laboratory. The altitude at which atmospheric flow changes from turbulent to laminar is different for different latitudes. Observations on the wind-distorted luminous trail show a relatively strong wind shear in DLC. each case near 100 km height.

100292 SPERANSKAI:A, I.M. and D.M. PECHERSKII. Ob usloviiåkh obrazovaniih raznykh tipov ignimbritov. (Akademiiä nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. SeveroVostochnyI kompleksnyi n.-issl. inst. Trudy 1964, no.9, p.181-91, table) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: On the formation conditions of various types of ignimbrites. Reports results of detailed petrographic and geochemical investigations of ignimbrites from the Arman'-Khasyn interfluve in Magadan Province. Two sections are described and the chemical composition and magnetic properties are analyzed. Three types of ignimbrites are distinguished, differing in petrographic composition and magnetic properties. Thermodynamic conditions are discussed under which they were formed. DLC. 100293 SPERANSKAIA, I.M. Okhotsk ignimbrite province. (Intl. Volcanological Assoc. Bulletin volcanologique 1967. v.30, p.99-111, maps, table, illus) 13 refs. Discusses the Cretaceous ignimbrite volcanicity in the Okhotsk-Chukotsk volcanic belt in relation to tectonic conditions which prevailed in the structural suture fringing the area of Mesozoic folding, which the belt occupies. Further discussion concerns the 1122

SPETSOV, F., see No. 99852

100295 SPIRIDONOV, V.V. and M.F. SVERDLOV. Nadzemnaill prokladka, rezery povyshenitå proizvoditel'nosti sevemykh gazoprovodov. (Stroitel'stvo truboprovodov In 1967. v.12, no.1, p.10-12, graphs) Russian. Title Ir.: Laying surface pipe is the means for increased productivity of northern gas pipelines. Discusses pipeline construction for maximum gas transportation capacity under temperature conditions in the North. The trunk pipeline from northern Tyumen to central and western USSR and the Urals is considered. Pipe of 1020, 1220 and 1420 mm diam, different pressure gradients, with the gas temperature ranging from -60° to 60°C, is analyzed. The productivity of gas line is shown to increase noticeably with lower gas temperature. Considering the low ambient air temperature in the North, surface pipeline is more efficient and productive than underground. DLC. SPIRIDONOV, V.V. and 100296 others. Obespechenie ustoichivosti gazoprovodov na Severe i v Srednei Azii.

(Stroitel'stvo truboprovodov 1967. v.12, no.6, p.28-30, graph, illus) In Russian. Other authors: A.S. Gekhman and A.B. ATnbinder. Title tr.: Provision for the stability of gas pipelines in the North and in Central Asia. Describes the deformation of natural gas pipelines under the effects of the temperature extremes, wet peat and loam of low volume weight prevalent in the North and Western Siberia. The compaction property of such ground being low, the temperature-effected expansion and contraction cause displacement of pipes and their deformation. This instability of the pipeline increases with the pipe diameter, and at the projected pipe diameter of 2500 mm would become intolerable. An example of pipe deformation at certain gas deposits is discussed. Recommendations are given to minimize the deformation, pointing out the weak places in the line construction, and especially the dangerous environmental factors. DLC. 100297 SPIRIDONOV, V.V. Tekhnicheskie resheniiå po lineinoT chasti gazoprovoda Tazovskoe-Noril'sk. (Stroitel= stvo truboprovodov 1964. v.9, no.10, p.3-6.) Title tr.: Technical In Russian. decisions for the Tazovskoye-Noril'sk gas pipeline. Describes climatic and soil conditions of the pipeline area and discusses in detail the basic principles for decisions on technical problems, quality of materials necessary in construction of pipe and supports, types of welding equipment, insulators, machines, etc. For efficient construction of the 640 km line, author recommends the use of high quality steel for pipe construction and a special alloy for wire in welding. Severe climatic conditions necessitate the use of certain types of fuel and oil for lubrication of machine parts. It is also suggested that special winter houses be built at 12 km intervals along the pipeline. DLC. 100298 SPIRO, N.S. and A.I. DANITJSHEVSKAIA. Izmenenie sostava rasseffannykh bitumov osadochnykh porod Arktiki v razlichnye geologicheskie epokhi. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1964. Regional'naia geologii no.4, p.212-18, tables, graphs.) 10 refs. In Russian. Title fr.: Changes in the composition of dispersed bitumen in sedimentary rocks of the Arctic in various geologic epochs. Presents tabulated data on the variation of the constants of bitumen absorption in the Lena, Kotuy, Noril'sk, Olenek and other regions of the Soviet Arctic. Changes in these constants are also shown for various epochs from the Paleozoic to the Quaternary. These

changes are explained by changes in the physical geographic conditions and climate. DLC. 100299 SPIRO, N.S. and M.S. AVERINA. Khimicheskil sostav i svoistva ugleT Aldano-Chul'manskogo raTona lUzhno-IAkutskogo basseina. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Uchenye zapiski 1964. Regional'naiii geologiiä no.4, p.150-66, tables, illus.) In Russian. Title Ir.: Chemical composition and properties of coal in the Aldan-Chul'man region of the South Yakutia basin. Reports a study of 69 samples of coal from various areas, with Kuznetsk basin coals used for comparison. Chemical composition and such properties as specific weight, moisture, carbonification are analyzed and data given. DLC. 100300 SPITSBERG 1964 et premieres observations 1965. Lyon, Audin 1966. 350 p. maps, tables, illus. (France. Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique. Recherche cooperative sur programme no.42) In French. Title tr.: Svalbard in 1964 and the first observations in 1965. The expeditions to Svalbard, supported by the C.N.R.S., Jul 1963, Jun-Aug 1964, and continuing, have been planned for interdisciplinary cooperative research on the environmental effects of cold. The members include geographers, geologists, geophysicists, and (in 1965) biologists, to make submarine littoral and ice foot observations, and technicians to build a permanent base laboratory on the south shore of Kongsfjorden, 6 km east of Ny-Alesund. There are 23 chapters in this report, representing descriptions of the expedition or terrain and results of specific research. References to four papers, published elsewhere, are listed, p.347. Ch 1-3, p 3-21, by J. Corbel, notes some comparisons between the Arctic and Antarctic polar regions, and describes the organization and purpose of the CNRS expeditions, 1963-65. Ch 4, p 23-40, by J. Corbel, defines the neighboring polar region from northeast Greenland to Franz Josef Land, with comparative data on land and sea areal dimensions, ice cover, present and past climate and geologic setting, with Spitsbergen as a regional geologic-morphologic contact zone. Ch 5, p 41-54, by J. Corbel, cites data on air temperature and precipitation for some ten yr to illustrate a remarkable stability in summer, and variability in winter temp both in time and geographically. A recent reduction in the length of the thermal summer is accompanied by an increase of winter snow precipitation. 1123

Ch 6, p 55-70, by J. Corbel, presents geologic, geomorphic and geophysical evidence which points to the existence of an icecap, 2-3 km thick, extending from the Pechora to Franz Josef Land, Svalbard and Bjørnøya, on the plain now occupied by the Barents Sea, during Mindel, Riss and Würm phases of the Pleistocene glaciation. Ch 7, p 71-72, by J. Corbel, reports on 1964 field trips made in the Isfjord region and in Lapland by various members of the expedition. Ch 8, p 73-91, on the slope morphology in Vestspitsbergen, is abstracted in this Bibliography under the authors' names P. Gabert and J. Masseport, qv. Ch 9, p 93-109, on the Quaternary in Vestspitsbergen, is abstracted in this Bibliography under the author's name, G. Monjuvent, qv. p 111-228, on the soils of Ch 10, Vestspitsbergen, is abstracted in this Bibliography under the author's name, N. Federoff, qv. Ch 11, p 229-37, extracts from a report on observations of the coast and foreshore of Kongsfjord, abstracted in this Bibliography under the author's name, A. Moign, qv. Ch 12, p 239-44, by L. Barbaroux, defines a coefficient of transportability of glacial boulders on the south shore of Kongsfjord, based on the abundance of erratics relative to the extent of exposure of parent rock within the basin of Kongsbreen. Basic rocks have the highest values, followed by migmatites, ectinites, and (minor amounts) of limestone and sandstone. The results indicate that past movement of the glacier was from the east, rather than the south. Ch 13, p 245-56, by H. Geoffray, presents data on temperature, humidity, evaporation, wind, solar radiation, precipitation, and nebulosity, during Jun-Aug 1964-1965, at Kongsfjorden. Ch 14, p 257-63, by H. Geoffray, discusses the summer 1964 hydrologic and erosional balance of eastern Lov6nbreane, Kongsfjord region, and reports a slight increase in volume, both of flow and load, attributed to effects of an unusually heavy snow in the winter, 1963-64. Diurnal variation of stream flow showed only a 2-3 hr lag relative to variation in temp around the 0°C point. Ch 15, p 265.68, by H. Geoffray, reports the use of a thermocouple, a galvanometer, and mercury thermometer with accuracy of 1/20°C, to measure the temperature in a vertical section of eastern Lov6nbreane, JulAug 1965. The minimum temp of -6,85°C occurred at a depth of 5 m on Jul 30. The winter cold wave still existed on that date. The thickness of the tongue at an elevation of 1124

170 m, 1000 m from the glacier front, was estimated to be 23 m. Ch 16, p 269-85, on the landscapes of Kongsfjord, is abstracted in this Bibliography under the author's name, J. Corbel, qv. Ch 17, p 287-303, on soil polygons and soil stripes, is abstracted in this Bibliography under the author's name, J. Corbel, qv. Ch 18, p 305-307, by G. Delibrias, reports on the method used at the radiocarbon laboratory of the CNRS (Gif-sur-Yvette, Seine-et-Oise) France, for dating a shelly sample from the upper terrace at Ny-Ålesund. The age is 9260 ± 350 yr. p 309-314, by J. Corbel, on Ch 19, carbon-14 dating of marine terraces in Kongsfjord, is based on samples of shells from terraces at 11, 13, and 20 m above present sea level. The dates were ca 9260, 9350, and 9650 yr BP, and place the large-sized shells in the climatic optimum of the Boreal postglacial phase. Calculations of the rate of uplift based on these data agree generally with those made by others. Ch 20, p 315-20, discusses atmospheric radioactivity and circulation, and behavior of artificial radioactive aerosols as applied to problems of atmospheric circulation. Ch 21, p 321-28, by R. Muxart, reports results of hydrologic studies, with analyses of river, spring and glacial-melt waters, and observations on karst and surface solution on the limestone massif of Blomstrandhalvøya. Subsurface drainage is phreatic and impeded by the complete impermeability of permafrost. Snow-melt water draining during the short summer season dissolves large amounts of CO2 and CaCO3. However, only a superficial microkarst is present, as a result of the aridity and frozen subsoil. Chemical dissolution of subnival detritus is severe. Ch 22, p 329-31, by R. Muxart, is a diary on weather conditions and activities of the chemist attached to the expedition, 3-11 Aug 1964. Ch 23, p 333-45, by R. Laurent, is a technical report on transportation, construction and equipment of the buildings at the base, fire-prevention measures, dry-docking of small vessels, and the equipment and safeDGS. guards for submarine diving. 100301 SPIfSYN, V.A. Rasprostranenie gaptoglobinov i nekotorykh drugikh nasledstvennykh faktorov v Severo-Vostochnoi (Voprosy antropologii 1967, no.25, Sibiri. p.62-69, tables, maps) 14 refs. In Russian Title tr.: Distribution of haptoglobins and some other inherited factors in northeastern Siberia. Comparative hematological study based on 1964-65 fieldwork among Kamchatkan Koryaks, Chukchis, Eveny and Ul'chi Tungus,

Evenki Lamuts, Golds, Gilyaks, and RussoKoryak metis. Typology of haptoglobin genes revealed race diagnostic properties; Tungus and Tungus admixed groups have a higher concentration of Hp! genes than Paleosiberians. Koryak and Lamut groups were also tested for taste sensitivity to phenylthiocarbamide, color blindness and gamma globulin types. Taste awareness was lower among Koryaks, while color blindness and distribution of gamma globulin factors in both groups conformed to Mongoloid averages. DLC. SPITSYN, V.I., see No. 96879 100302 SPIZHARSKII, T.N. Paleogeografiia Sibirskol platformy v melovoi period. (Leningrad. Vses. geologicheskil inst. Trudy 1967, v.112, p.249-71, maps) Refs. In Russian. Title tr • The paleogeography of the Siberian platform in the Cretaceous period. Describes tectonic movements, distribution of landmasses and seas, relief, areas of denudation and accumulation, organic life and climate during Neocomian, Aptian-Albian and Upper Cretaceous periods on the DLC Siberian Platform. 100303 SPIZHARSKII, T.N. Sibirskav platforma, ee vozniknovenie i istoritä razvitii. (Soveshchanie po problemam tektoniki, Moscow 1963. Voprosy sravnitel'noi tektoniki drevnikh platform... pub 1964. p.122-34, map) Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The Siberian platform, its origin and development history. Describes the borders of the Siberian platform, the basement blocks and the major platform structures (Aldan, Anabar and Olenek anteclises, the Khatanga, Muna and Anabar-Tyung uplifts, the Tungusskiy, Sukhan and Vilyuy syneclises, etc) and traces its tectonic development through three stages from the Precambrian to the Cretaceous. DLC. SPJELDNAES, N., see No. 98804 §20 100304 SPRAVOCHNIK PO KLIMATU SSSR, vypusk 1; Arkhangel'skaiä i Vologodskav oblasti, Karel'skav i Komi ASSR, chast' 1: solnechnaiäa radial iiL radiaTsionnyi balms i solnechnoe siiänie; chast' 2: ternLeningrad, peratura vozdukha i pochvy. Gidrometeoizdat 1965. 2v.: 95, 359 p. tables, maps. In Russian. litle tr.: Handbook on the climate of the USSR, v.1; Arkhangel'sk and Vologda Provinces, Karelia and Komi ASSR, part 1: solar radiation, radiation balance and sunshine; part 2: air and soil temperature.

Presents tabular data on solar radiation and radiation balance according to station observations in Franz Joseph Land, Novaya Zemlya, Nenets laitional Distr., Arkhangel>;k and Vologda Provinces and Komi ASSR. Albedo of soils, marshes, snow cover and forest is characterized. Duration and intensity of sunshine are given according to heliograph records. Explanation of the tables is included. Pt 2 contains data of air temperature over the period 1881-1960 from 184 stations throughout the same area and soil temperatures from 140 stations for their period of record. Explanation to the numerous tables is included. The thermal regime is briefly characterized with some data on permafrost. DLC. 100305 SPRAVOCHNIK PO KLIMATU SSSR, vypusk 2; Murmankaih Oblast', chast' 1: solnechnaiä radiaüiiä, radiatsionnyt balans i solnechnoe siiänie; chast' 3: veter. Leningrad. Gidrometeoizdat 1966. 2 v.: 62, 120 p. tables, maps. In Russian. Title tr.: Handbook on the climate of the USSR, v. 2; Murmansk Province, part 1: solar radiation, radiation balance and sunshine; part 3: wind. Presents tabular data for solar radiation and radiation balance from stations at Dal'ne Zelenetskaya, Umba and Khibiny; duration and intensity of sunshine are given from heliograph records at 12 stations. A list of stations includes their period of record. Pt 3 gives general characteristics of the wind regime of the area, with tabular data from 45 stations mostly for the period 1936-1964. Wind direction and velocity are analyzed in 12 tables. The stations are listed with their period of record. DLC. 100306 SPRAVOCHNIK PO KLIMATU SSSR, vypusk 3; Kare1'skav ASSR, Leningradskav, Novgorodskaiä i Pskovska►a oblasti, chast' 1: Solnechnaiä radiaüiib, radiaüionnyl balans i solnechnoe siiinie; chast' Le2: temperature vozdukha i pochvy. ningrad, Gidrometeoizdat 1965, 1966. 2 v: 81, 343 p. tables, maps. In Russian. Title tr.: Handbook on the climate of the USSR, v. 3: Karelia ASSR, Leningrad, Novgorod and Pskov Provinces; Part 1: solar radiation, radiation balance and sunshine; part 2: airåØ soil temperature. Presents data on solar radiation and radiation balance from 12 stations, and on intensity and duration of sunshine from heliograph records of 34 stations. The stations are listed with their period of record. Pt 2 gives a short characterization of the temperature regime of the area including northern Karelia. 44 tables show data of air temperature in Karelia and eight the soil 1125

temperature from 1947. Extensive explanation of the tables is given. DLC. 100307 SPRAVOCHNIK PO KLIMATU SSSR, vypusk 17; Tiumenskata i Omskaia oblasti, chest' 2: temperatura vozdukha i pochvy. Leningrad, Gidrometeoizdat 1965. 276 p. tables, maps. In Russian. Title tr.: Handbook on the climate of the USSR, v.17; Tyumen and Omsk Provinces, part 2: air and soil temperature. Gives a short characterization of the temperature regime of the area including northern parts. Air temperature data are given from 127 stations both active and closed, soil temperature from 93. The data tables are accompanied by explanations and DLC. list of stations. 100308 SPRAVOCHNIK PO KLIMATU SSSR, vypusk 27; Kamchatskaiå Oblast', chast' 2: temperatura vozdukha i pochvy. Leningrad, Gidrometeoizdat 1966. 184 p. tables, maps. In Russian. Title fr.: Handbook on the climate of the USSR, v.27; Kamchatka Province, part 2: air and soil temperature. Gives a short characterization of the thermal regime of the area, and 46 tables of air temperature data drawn from 57 stations. Eight tables of soil temperatures are given using data of 51 stations. The station list appended includes period of record. DLC. 100309 SPRAVOCHNIK PO KLIMATU SSSR, vypusk 33; Chukotskil natsional'ny okrug i Magadanskaiii oblast', chast' 1: Solnechnail radiatsionnyl balans i solnechnoe siianie; chast' 2: temperatura Leningrad, Gidrovozdukha i pochvy. meteoizdat 1966. 2 v: 80, 288 p. tables, maps. In Russian. Title tr.: Handbook on the climate of the USSR, v.33; Chukchi National District and Magadan Province, part 1: solar radiation, radiation balance and sunshine; part 2: air and soil temperature. Presents the general characteristics of solar radiation, radiation balance and sunshine of this region. Radiation data are tabulated from records at seven stations. Duration and intensity of sunshine are recorded by heliograph at 43 stations. Pt 2 outlines the temperature regime of the area and gives 46 data tables on air temperature and seven on soil temperature with detailed explanations. Station lists are appended with period of DLC. record. 100310 SPRINGER, H.K. Unusual bird records from Hooper Bay, Alaska. (Condor 1966. v.68, no.6, p.600-601) Reports observations made the end of May 1126

1964 of seven species of birds either rare for the area, or observed for the first time. DLC. SPRINGER, A.K., see also No. 96686 100311 SPROULE, J.C. Geology of Arctic Islands. (American Assoc. of Petroleum Geologists. Bulletin 1966. v.50, no.3, p.635-36) Summarizes a paper given at the American Assoc of Petroleum Geologists-Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists meeting, Apr 1966, noting the prevalence of exposed sections and structures available for evaluating oil prospects in the Canadian Arctic Islands. The need for exploratory drilling is thus reduced. Hydrocarbon seepages are associated with buried reef trends which, with related buried reservoirs, can be identified by surface expression of deepDGS. seated features. 100312 SPROULE, J.C. Oil and gas prospects of the Canadian Arctic Islands [with discussion]. (Commonwealth Mining and Metallurgical Congress, 8th, Australia and New Zealand 1965. Publications 1966. v.5, Proceedings: Petroleum, p.57-64, maps. illus) Marine transport is now limited to about three months, except to the eastern islands bordering Baffin Bay where navigation is possible for about eight months; submarine transport promises to revolutionize marine freight traffic over the next five years. Terrain over wide areas is suitable for aircraft landings and building transportation arteries. The stratigraphic section in the very large basin ranges from Precambrian to Recent and represents up to 60 thousand ft of phanerozoic sediments where a great number of structures suitable for accumulation and trapping of oil and gas are known. Occurrences of hydrocarbons as seepages or as residue material are widespread on the Arctic Islands. Includes a generalized columnar CaMAI, DGS. section. 100313 SPRUDZS, A. Co-operatives in (North 1967. v.14, the Canadian north. no.6, p.26-29, illus) Reports operations of 25 cooperatives and three cooperative credit organizations, 21 in the Northwest Territories, and seven in northern Quebec. 1959-60 total sales of the first two cooperatives reached $31,000, those of the 17 extant in 1964-65, almost $1,150,000. A second conference of Arctic cooperatives, Povungnituk 1966, made it clear that the people and their leaders want an organization of their own, wherever possible ignoring territorial and provincial

boundaries and ethnic barriers, for continuing education, technical training of personnel, and coordination of activities of all Arctic cooperatives. CaMAI, DLC. 100314 SPRUDZS, A. The development of the co-operative movement in northern Canada since 1963. (Polar record 1967. v.13, no.86, p.597-99) The second conference of Arctic cooperatives, Povungnituk, 19-28 Apr 1966, involved 22 co-ops and eight developing groups. Growth in numbers, size and financial strength since the first conference, 1963, is noted; the exclusively Eskimo co-ops in 1963 now include Indian and Metis in the Northwest Territories. A resolution was adopted recommending the incorporation of a federation, Canadian Arctic Co-operatives Limited, to operate common marketing and purchasing agencies, and to continue training of co-op personnel. DLC. SPRYGINA, T.V., see No. 101479 100315 SPURR, S.H. Rampart dam: a costly gamble. (Audubon magazine 1966. v.68, no.3, p.172-75, 179, illus) Investigation of ecologic and economic consequences of this dam for the Yukon River made by the University of Michigan, showed that the project would be an economic blunder and waterfowl catastrophe. Analysis of the present and future needs of electric energy for Alaskans and hydroelectric power for an expanding industry made clear that the natural gas supply in the Kenai Peninsula can generate enough power for the Anchorage area immediately and indicated several suitable sites for dams. Suggests a Canadian-American feasibility study of a Yukon-Taiya diversion of the upper Yukon and makes eleven specific points concerning the Rampart site. DLC. 100316 SPURR, S.H. Would Rampart Dam be Alaska's economic rampart? (Sierra Club bulletin 1966. v. 51, no. 4, p. 17-19, illus) Presents a paper by the director of the Rampart Dam - Alaska Economic Development Project which outlines the most economic and feasible means to supply low cost power for industrial and other purposes in Alaska. These include gas-generated power for the Railbelt Area and diversion of the upper Yukon at Miles Canyon to produce low cost power at tidewater near Skagway for electrometallurgy. The Rampart Dam project is considered a gamble with poor prospects which should not be authorized at present. CaMAI, DLC.

100317 SQUIRES, H.J. Decapod crustacea from Calanus collections in Hudson Bay in 1953, 1954, and 1958-61. (Canada. Fisheries Research Board. Journal 1967. v.24, no.9, p.1873-1903, graphs, maps, tables) Refs. Reviews earlier work and hydrography as related to collection of these crustaceans. Author describes the biology of 13 species. Horizontal and vertical distribution, water temp, size, maturity and stomach contents are considered. Geographical origin of the species is noted. DLC. 100318 SQUIRES, H.J. Reproduction in Sphyrion lumpi, a copepod parasitic on redfish (Sebastes spp). (Canada. Fisheries Research Board. Journal 1966. v.23, no.4, p.521-26, graphs, table, illus) Refs. Studies condition of ovaries, sizes of ova and developmental stages of embryos in egg sacks of this parasite on redfish from Labrador and Newfoundland waters. Observations suggest that more than one spawning occurs in nature. Thirteen males were found on 263 females examined. DLC. 100319 STÅLESEN, O. Merkefors4k pa gullflyndre Pleuronectes platessa i Norske farvann. (Fiskets gang 1966. v.52, no.16, p.303-307, maps, table) Refs. In Norwegian. English summary. Title tr.: Tagging research on the plaice Pleuronectes platessa in Norwegian coastal waters. Reports tagging operations and returns from 1960, which indicate a southward migration to spawning grounds in winter and return after spawning. The migration apparently counterbalances the northward drift of eggs and fry. The plaice remain stationary in summer. DI. STADSNES, J., see No. 100756 100320 STAENDER, G. and V. STAENDER. Birds of Loon and Lonely lakes, Brooks Range, north central Alaska. (Mazama 1966. v.48, no.13, p.27-31, illus) Lists with brief notes 74 species of birds observed at these lakes during the summers of 1964-66. DGS. STAENDER, V., see No. 100320 100321 STAGER, J.K. Fur trading posts in the Mackenzie Region up to 1850. (Canadian Association of Geographers. Occasional papers in geography 1964. no.3, p.37-46, map) Refs. Describes the organization and expansion of the fur trading system throughout the Mackenzie valley from 1778 to 1850. The operations of Montreal-based merchants and 1127

traders is seen as an attempt to solve the problems of communication and transportation over vast distances. A map shows the posts with dates of operation. MdU. STAGER, J.K., see also No. 97749 100322 STAIB, B.O. Arctic journey. (Explorers journal 1966. v.44, no.3, p.188-99, illus) Recounts some of the author's experiences during his ski expeditions from northern Canada towards the North Pole in 1964. DLC. ed. 100323 STAL', A.A., Kollektivizaissiiä sel'skogo khozi3Jstva v Sevemom ralone (1927-1937 gg). Vologda, SeveroZapadnoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1964. 696 p. tables. .Refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Agricultural collectivization in the Northern district, 1927-1937. Collection of 261 documents selected from about 23,000 preserved in state and party archives of Komi ASSR, Arkhangel'sk and Vologda Provinces. The process of collectivization during the first decade is discussed in the preface by V.A. Belov and K.V. Nekrasov, p. 5-29. Of particular interest are documents relating to legislation affecting Zyryans and Nenets Samoyeds, confiscation of property and inclusion of privately held reindeer into the common herd. Documents on the resettlement of exiled southern wealthy farmers (kulak) in the north, peasant revolts instigated by kulaks resistance to collectivization, e.g. the slaughter of cattle which reduced herds in Komi ASSR by about 38%, are cited among others. DLC. 100324 STALEY, J.T. and W.L. BOYD. L-serine dehydratase (deaminase) of psychrophiles and mesophiles from polar and temperate habitats. (Canadian journal of microbiology 1967. v.13, no.10), p. 1333-42, tables, illus) 17 refs. Compares the L-serine dehydratase of the mesophile Escherichia coli and the psychrophile Pseudomonas aeruginosa at the whole-cell and cell-free level and the effects of growth temperature on the enzymatic activity of cell suspensions. E co/i grew at a very slow rate when incubated at 8°C and showed no growth at 0°C. Ps. aeruginosa reached its maximum stationary phase at 8°C in about 150 hr. The optimum temp for enzymatic activity for both species was 25°C; the effect of growth temp on the rate of serine deamination of the species differed. The psychrophile produces increasingly greater amounts of enzyme at higher growth temp and is less affected at lower growth temp, DLC. particularly below 15°C. 1128

100325 STANLEY, E.A. Cretaceous pollen and spore assemblages from northern Alaska. (Review of palaeobotany and palynology 1967. v.1, Intl. Conference on Palynology, 2nd 1966. Papers. p.229-34, 19 refs. map, tables, illus) Plant microfossils from coals and associated sediments of the Corwin Formation at Kuk Inlet and a Meade River location, include no angiospermous pollen. The beds are assigned to the Albian. Pollen and spores from the Tuluvak tongue of the Prince Creek Formation, near Umiat, are generally different from those of the other two localities; the assemblage consists of about 3% angiospermous pollen. On the basis of invertebrates from interfingering marine units to the north, a Conacian or Santonian age is assigned to both the continental Tuluvak member and to its marine equivalent. DGS. 100326 STANLEY, G.M. Ground-based studies of the F region in the vicinity of the midlatitude trough. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v.71, no.21, p.5067-75, graphs, illus) Refs. Shows that the oblique echo observed at Lycksele, College, and Allakaket on ionograms at auroral and sub-auroral latitudes is present during most winter nights. The maximum electron number density of the regular nighttime F region in the vicinity of the midlatitude trough is found to be considerably less than previously thought. Observations of critical frequencies, foF 2, during ten winter nights at College seem to substantiate the suggestion that the residual ionization in the nighttime F region at midlatitude is a result of diffusion from the magnetic conjugate area. DLC. STANLEY, K.W., see No. 101235 100327 STAQUET, M. Modifications de l'iode protidique du serum chez l'homme (Journal de exposé å un climat polaire. physiologic 1965. v.57, no.4, p.499-502, table) 14 refs. In French. English summary. Tide tr.: Changes in serum proteinbound iodine of men exposed to a polar climate. Reports on study of six subjects abruptly exposed to antarctic climate for 3-9 days. This caused first a drop _in serum proteinbound iodine followed in some subjects by a return to normal or above normal. A nexus with increased peripheral thyroxine consumption is suggested. DNLM. 100328 STARBUCK, A. History of the American whale fishery from its earliest inception to the year 1876. New York,

Argosy-Antiquarian 1964. 2 v.: 779 p. tables, illus. Republication of part of No 16698. Presents the most comprehensive account of this industry from its origin in the early 17th century to 1876. Most of the material is documentary, detailing the worldwide range of the Massachusetts whalers, and includes 588 pages of tabulated returns of US whaling vessels by year, port, owner, results of voyage, etc. Frequent reference is made to whaling in arctic waters by both Pacific and Atlantic routes. Logs indicate that whalers in the mid-19th century reached far north of 70°N. Data were continued from 1876 by R.B. Hegarty. DLC. STARICHENKOV, I.P., see No. 96778 100329 STARIKOV, G.F. Khermesy v lesakh servernogo poberezh'iå Okhotskogo monå (Akademiiå nauk SSSR. Dal'nevostochnyi filial. Soobshchenirå 1959. no.11, p.145.47.) Title tr.: Ref. In Russian. Chermes in forests of the northern coastal area of the Sea of Okhotsk. Discusses a sudden infestation in 1955 in the vicinity of Nayakhan, Ola, and Okhotsk: an aphid-like pest apparently a new local form of Chermes i.e. Adelges fam Phylloxeridae; it infested only larch. DLC.

1965, p.150-67, table, illus) 18 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr. Metallogeny of the Siberian platform. Distinguishes between the metallogeny of the crystalline basement and that of the cover. The first of three stages in the development of the platform cover (Upper Proterozoic-Lower Cambrian) is represented by basic (trappean) and ultrabasic-alkaline magmatism, with formation of Cu, Ti, Cr, Pt, rare metals and rare earths in carbonatites, polymetals, nepheline, and exogenic deposits of oil, rock salt, K-salt, phosphorites, and Fe. The second (and most important) stage is in three substances, viz' Lower-Middle Cambrian, Middle Cambrian-Lower Triassic, and Middle Triassic-Quaternary. Continental carboniferous sedimentation with poorly shown magmatism mark the second substage. Strong magmatic activity and almost no sedimentation occurred during the Lower Triassic. Deposits of Fe, Cu-Ni, Pb-Zn, and graphite are associated with trappean magmas; phlogopite, vermiculite, rare metals, Ti, Fe, Al, and kimberlite pipes with diamonds, are associated with ultrabasic-alkaline magma; sedimentary mineralization is represented by Cu, salts, phosphorites, coal, and Fe. From Middle Triassic time on, there was sedimentation in depressions and none on a greater part of the platform. Magmatism is represented only by kimberlites with diamonds; sedimentary deposits by coal, gas, oil, weathering crust (bauxite, Ti, Fe), and alluvial Au, Pt and diamonds. DGS.

100330 STARITSKII, ILI.G. and E.V. TUGANOVA. Gruppy i tipy mestorozhdenii formatoi medno-nikelevykh rud, na primere Sibirskoi platformy. (Akademiih nauk SSSR. Sibirskoe otd-ie. Nauchnyt sovet po teorii obrazovanirå i razmeshcheniiä endogennykh rudnykh mestorozhdenii v Sibiri i na Dal'nem Vostoke. Endogennye rudnye forma-Eiji... Moskva, Izd-vo Nauka 1966. p.90-95, table, illus) In Russian. Title d:: The groups and types of deposits of a copper-nickel ore formation as exemplified in the Siberian platform. These deposits are of two groups: folded zones such as the Monche Tundra, Pechenga, Sudbury, Bushveld, and platformic zones. In platformic zones, three types of copper-nickel deposits are distinguished: segregated, as Noril'sk I and Talnakh; connected with intrusions of the Noril'sk complex; and late magmatic, as in the Gorbiachin, Kulyumbe, and Kureyka River basins, connected with intrusions of the Kureyka complex. The third type is hydrothermal with only a small ore manifestation, and its connection is not yet clarified. DLC.

100332 STARI_TSYNA, G.N. and Iu.I. TOMANOVSKAIA. Osnovnye etapy razvitirå trappovogo magmatizma EniseIskoT rudnoi provinisii, severo-zapadna►a chast' Sibirskoi platformy. (Leningrad. N:isel. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1967. v.151, p.20-34, graphs, tables) Refs. In Russian. Title Main stages of the development of trap magmatism in the Yenisey ore province, northwestern part of the Siberian platform. Authors examine various general plans of trap magmatism development and present their own. A close genetic unity between effusive and intrusive facies is characteristic in this area. Three different stages are distinguished in the development of trap magmatism. The evolution of each stage proceeded during the course of several DLC. tectonic-magmatic phases.

100331 STARITSKII, IU.G. Kratkii ocherk metallogenii Sibirskol platformy. (Intl. Geological Congress, 22d, New Delhi 1964. Doklady sovetskikh geologov. Problema 16[c]: voprosy metallogenii. Moskva

100333 STARFTSYNA, G.N. and L.I. Znachenie pervichnykh KRAVTSOVA. tekstur techeniia dlia raschlenenii trappa vykh intruzil. (Leningrad. N: issl. inst. geologii Arktiki. Trudy 1965. v.145, p.119-37,

STARITSKII, 111.G., see also No. 93351

1129

maps, illus.) 16 refs. In Russian. Title E.: Importance of primary flow structure for the separation of trap intrusions. Reports a study of traprock structures in about 60 intrusions in the Kureyka, Gorbiachin, Severnaya and Brus River basins. Primary flow structure occurs in intrusions as primary banding, lineation, diagonal joints, etc. Differentiated intrusions such as the upper Gorbiachin, Degena, Dzhatula, and others are analyzed and their structure, composition and other features are described. Non-differentiated or weakly differentiated intrusions also are treated and their structures characterized. Crystallization of the magmatic solutions is discussed. DLC.

rates are divided into three groups, according to geomag coordinates of the observation stations: Abisko, Kiruna and Murmansk; Muostakh, Tiksi and Kazach'ye; Ft Yukon, College, and Farewell. The daily variations of auroral activity at Julianehåb, Murmansk, Dikson, Tiksi, Kotzebue, College, and FlinFlon are shown to have their maxima in the region of local geomagnetic midnight, but deformation of these rates depends upon the universal time. The daily variations generally are concluded to depend on local time, but variational peculiarities may be related substantially to the orientation with respect to the sun of the earth's geographic and geomagnetic dipole axes. DLC.

STARIfSYNA, G.N., see also No. 96633, 96635, 97088, 100734, 100913

100337 STARKOV, G.V. and IA.I. FEL'D SHTEIN. Orientatsiia protiäzhennykh form polihrnykh siiani. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomitå 1967. v.7, no.1, p.72-77, graphs, illus) 20 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Orientation of extended forms of auroras. Presents the daily rate of azimuths of auroral arcs of linearly extended forms, using IGY-IGC records at the Chelyuskin and Pyramiden stations. The jump of 6 hr LT in the azimuths of about 30° reported earlier from Godhavn and Kiruna is not confirmed. The auroral zone is constructed in geomagnetic time corrected geomagnetic latitude coordinates, by using data on the orientation of extended auroral forms at different latitudes. The constructed auroral zone is found to agree well in positions with those of the auroral oval. DLC.

100334 STARK, L.P. Positions of monthly mean troughs and ridges in the Northern Hemisphere, 1949-1963. (US. Weather Bureau. Monthly weather review 1965. v.93, no.11, p.705-720, maps) 7 refs. Presents 20 charts on a polar projection showing position of trough lines and ridge lines for each month during this period. These circulation features, it is evident, have preferred paths in certain months or seasons. DLC. 100335 STARKOV, G.V. and IE1.I. FEL'DSHTEIN. Izmenenie grants oval'noi zony pohårnykh siianii. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiia 1967. v.7, no.1, p.62-71, graphs, illus) 27 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Variation in the limits of the oval zone of the auroras. Investigates the positions of the northern and southern boundaries of the auroral zone on the day- and night sides of the earth, using records of photographic and visual observations at the Pyramiden, Chelyuskin, Murmansk, and Verkhoyansk stations, and comparing these data with geomagnetic index, Q, at the Kiruna, and Tiksi stations during the daytime. The position of the boundaries at Murmansk and Pyramiden during the nighttime is compared with Q-indices at Murchison Bay and Yellowknife. Variation of parameters determining the position of the auroral oval during geomagnetic disturbances of Q = 0, 1, 4, and 7 is given. DLC. 100336 STARKOV, G.V. 0 dolgotnom effekte aktivnosti poliiirnykh siianii. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomii 1966. v.6, no.5, p.901-906, graphs, illus) 13 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Longitude effect of auroral activity. Investigates the universal time effect on daily variations of auroral activity. These 1130

100338 STARKOV, G.V. and IA.I. FEL'DSHTEIN. Polosa siianii v period MGSS. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomitå 1967. v.7, no.4, p.744-45, graph) 6 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: The auroral belt during the IQSY period. Determines the latitude interval in which auroras are observed at zenith (auroral belt), using photographic material of 1963-66. The southern limit of this belt is determined from ascafilms taken at Chelyuskin, Murmansk, Olenek, and Verkhoyansk, and the northern limit from ascafilms at the Kheysa Island and Chelyuskin stations. Positions of these boundaries are compared with the geomagnetic index, Q, recorded at the Kiruna, Chelyuskin, and Tiksi stations. The southern limit of auroras during IQSY is found to shift monotonically to the equator increasing magnetic activity, and the northern limit to shift monotonically northward with increasing Q, after Q = 1 is reached. DLC. 100339 STARKOV, G.V. and IA.I. FEL'DSHTEIN. Skhema elementarnogo vozmushcheniiii v polihrnykh siianiiakh na dnev-

not storone zemli. (Geomagnetizm i aeronomiiå 1967. v.7, no.2, p.367-69, graph, 5 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: A illus) scheme of elementary disturbance in auroras on the day side of the earth. Discusses a detailed scheme of the development of auroral disturbance on the day side, analyzing 15 geomagnetic disturbances, DP i.e. polar substorms, from ascafilms taken at Pyramiden and Chelyuskin stations in Dec 1958 and Jan 1959. The results are presented in a graph of auroral disturbance amplitude against local time, showing two maxima: the first, of lower amplitude, 5-10 min after the DP commencement and the second, of higher amplitude, 40-50 min after the DP commencement. The day-side auroras concentrate at —76-77* N. Six polar diagrams of auroral development from zero hr to 1-2 hr local time depict four auroral activation phases, and two phases of restoration of the quiet field. DLC.

large subsidence of northeast orientation. This subsidence is called the Igarka-Kheta. Its margins are described. DLC. 100343 STAROSEL'TSEV, V. S. Predvaritel'natä oisenka perspektivnosti poiskov poleznykh iskopaemykh po lednikovym valunam. (Geologiia i geofizika 1964, no. 6, p. 2 refs. In Russian. Title Ir.: 128-30.) Preliminary appraisal of prospecting for useful minerals using glacial boulders. Discusses the boulder method in searching for copper-nickel deposits in the Noril'sk region. With a map of the Quaternary deposits, knowledge of the structural-fades conditions of the region, and a few other prerequisites, this method can bring good results. STAROSEL'TSEV, V.S., see also No. 97413, 98736, 100474, 100475 STARfSEV, V.A., see No. 93578

STARKOV, G.V., see also No. 95253 100340 STARKOV, N.P. Drevniaia formatsiia pikritovykh porfiritov zapadnogo (Akademiia nauk SSSR. skinna Urals. Doklady 1967. v.177, no.1, p.189-92, tables, illus) 10 refs. In Russian. Tide tr.: An old formation of picritic porphyrites in the western slope of the Urals. Describes pre-Ordovician picritic porphyrite intrusions in the Subpolar and Polar Ural rock bodies which are 20-90 m thick. Their mineral composition and chemical analyses are reported. Petrochemically, the intrusion resembles ultrabasites of Siberia. DLC. 100341 STAROBOGATOV, IA. I. O zoogeograficheskom ralonirovanii kontinental'nykh vodoemov palearktiki. (Akademifi nauk SSSR. Doklady 1964. v. 158, no. 5, p. 1223-26, map.) 8 refs. In Russian. Tide tr. Zoogeographic division of the freshwater basins of the Palearctic. Proposes a division and subdivision of this area based on the distribution of molluscs. The following arctic provinces are discerned: Arctic Ocean, Yenisey-Kolyma, Chukotka, DLC. and Kamchatka. 100342 STAROSEL'TSEV, V.S. and V.M. LEBEDEV. 0 perikratonnom opuskanii na severo-zapade Sibirskoi platformy. (Sibirskil n: issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syr ia. Trudy 1967, no. 57, p. 88-94, graph, Title tr.: A map) Refs. In Russian. pericratonic subsidence in the northwest of the Siberian platform. Reports study of the thickness of Lower and Middle Paleozoic deposits in the IgarkaNoril'sk-Turukhansk region, which indicates a

100344 STARTSEV, V.V. Kolichestvennye izmenenii v sostave rabochego klassa (IstorikoKomi ASSR v 1956-1962 gg. filologicheskil sbornik 1965. no. 9, p. 92-102, Title tr.: tables) 10 refs. In Russian. Changes in the numerical strength of the working class of Komi ASSR in 1956-1962. Statistical study of labor resources, their distribution by industry, nationality, and sex. The reduced birthrate during the 1940's, extension of compulsory school attendance, diminishing job-appeal of industry to kolkhoz youth, etc fostered recruitment outside Komi, and by 1962 the labor force was 54.56% Russian and only 14.82% Zyryan. The food, woodworking, and lumbering industries however had respectively 57.68%, 41.8%, and 24.33% Zyryan labor. Certain drawbacks to outside recruitment are noted: the 2-5 yr contracts are often broken, fostering instability, and reshuffling personnel prevents specialization and proper use of skilled labor. Irregular labor growth rate often results from mechanization: the labor force increased 10.7% in the 7-yr period, but in the coal industry it diminished 5.64% and in oil 4.5% though gross production rose in both. Other industries had a labor increase, e.g. logging 49%, construction materials 33% reflecting development. Women are only 32% of the labor force in Komi ASSR versus 45% in the entire USSR, due to more of Komi industry being physically unsuited to women. DLC. 100345 STARTSEV, V.V. Rost kul'turno-tekhnicheskogo urovni rabochego klassa (IstorikoKomi ASSR v 1956-1962 gg. filologicheskil sbornik 1965. no.9, p.103-114, tables) 7 refs. In Russian. Tide tr» 1131

Growth of cultural and technological standards among the working class of Komi ASSR in 1956-1962. Presents data on the educational status of industrial workers, number of schools and students, etc. In 1959, over 42% of the workers were graduates of 7-yr or secondary schools, incl 58.3% of those 25-yr old or younger; 50.6% of the metal-workers and up to 76.3% of those in specialized industry, e.g. milling-machine operators; lowest were those in logging 31.8% and construction work 34%. In 1956-62, schools increased fivefold in number, students fourfold. 113, 000 industrial workers got on-the-job training for skilled work, and 150 thousand others raised their professional skills. Data are given on nightclass attendance and extramural technical school students. Rise in educational status is indicated by the percentage of workers in skilled job categories, tabulated by industry for 1959-62. DLC. 100346 STASOVA, O.F. Geokhimicheskaia kharakteristika neftel Nizhne-Vartovskogo svoda. (Sibirskil n: issl. inst. geologii, geofiziki i mineral'nogo syr'ia. Trudy 1966, no. 47, p. 167-77, graphs, tables) Refs. In Russian. Mk tr.: Geochemical characteristic of oils of the Nizhnevartovskoye arch. Notes 11 oil deposits discovered to date in this arch from Lower and Middle Jurassic to Aptian. The physical and chemical characteristics of the oils such as specific weight, hydrocarbons, content of sulfur, etc are tabulated, and some regularities established in the composition of the oils. Effects of metamorphism and cryptogenesis on oil composition are noted. DLC. STASOVA, O.F., see also No. 96656 100347 STAUDER, W. and G.A. BOLLINGER. The focal mechanism of the Alaska earthquake of March 28, 1964, and of its aftershock sequence. (Journal of geophysical research 1966. v. 71, no.22, p.5283-96, graphs, maps, table, illus) Refs. Determines focal mechanisms for the main shock, one preshock, and more than 25 aftershocks of the earthquake, thus illustrating the uniformity of motion in the entire earthquake sequence, and indicating a systematic change in the fracture system corresponding to the change in trend of the tectonic features. Differential slip and/or a dipping thrust plane are shown to explain satisfactorily the observed vertical displacements at the surface. DLC. STAUFFER, M.R., see No. 97323 1132

100348 STAVELEY, M. The population geography of Yellowknife, North West Territories. (Albertan geographer 1965-66, no. 2, p. 12-24, tables, illus) 26 refs. Reviews population figures in the Yellowknife area from the first white settlement in 1935, and assesses the validity of early statistics. A 1964 census indicated a population of 3787. The distribution of population within the municipal area, defined as a circle of 15 mi radius from the post office, is outlined. The demographic characteristics of the population are analyzed, with emphasis on employment, place of origin and rate of increase. More than 90% are Canadian citizens and less than 10% are Eskimo and Indian. The town is considered to have attained considerable social stability and maturity, but it contains a significant shifting element. Decline is forecast from 1970-75 on wards as a result of mine closure, and the future of the town is uncertain. CaOGB, DLC. STAVITSKII, B.P., see No. 95839, 98412 100349 STAVSETH, R. Nordover med hurtigruten, historie og hverdagsbilder gjennom sytti år. Oslo, J.G. Tanum 1963. 204 p. maps, illus. In Norwegian. 7YUe tr.: Northward by the express route, 70 years in story and pictures. Presents the story of Norway's thousand mile marine highway through the offshore islands from Stavanger north to Vads0. When first opened by Richard With, it went from Trondheim to Hammerfest. The region traversed and life along the coast, changes in ships and improvements in schedule, various skippers, wellknown passengers, and memorable occasions are described, as are the weather, communications, and recent development of northern Norway. This is mainly a new edition of the 50-yr memorial volume pub in 1943, with substitution of two chapters to include the war years, reconstruction, and current activities. Many of the older pictures are new to this edition. DLC. 100350 STEARN, C.W. Upper Devonian stromatoporoids from southern Northwest Territories and northern Alberta. (Canada. Geological Survey. Bulletin 1966. no.133, p.35-68, tables, illus) 27 refs. French summary. Devonian rocks, which outcrop extensively south of the Mackenzie headwaters, west of Great Slave Lake and in the lower Peace River valley, northern Alberta, are separated by Cretaceous rocks that extend eastward. The Devonian of the two areas has not yet been precisely correlated. The generally wellpreserved stromatoporoid specimens, here

described, are from the Hay River, Twin Falls, and Kakisa formations (NWT) and the Mikkwa formation (Alberta). All of these rocks are Frasnian in age. These fossils fall into a lower fauna from the first three formations, characterized by and named for Ferestromatopora parks! n sp, and an upper fauna from the Kakisa formation characterized by the new species Stictostroma maclareni, Anostylostroma phricum, and Trupetostroma saintjeani. The stromatoporoid faunas indicate similar ages for the Mikkwa and Twin Falls formations. The paleontologic section describes 20 species, of which eight are new. DGS. 100351 STEARNS, S.R. Permafrost (Perennially frozen ground). Hanover, N.H. 1966. 77 p. graphs, maps, tables, illus. Refs. (US. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory. Cold regions science and engineering. Pt. 1, Sect. A2) Summarizes knowledge on aspects of permafrost relevant for construction and engineering. The first section consists of definitions of terms used, incl talik, pereletok, tjaele, tale, fell; also notes on Russian usage. The origin, structure and distribution of permafrost are discussed. The thermal regime and the factors influencing it are considered in detail. Patterned ground and vegetation in the cold regions are dealt with. Problems posed by permafrost affecting transportaion, buildings, drilling, roads, water supply and sewerage are summarized with possible methods of control suggested. CaMAI, DLC. STEBNTTSKII, S.N., see No. 97461 100352 STEELE, D. H. The life cycle of the marine amphipod Stegocephalus inflatus Krøyer in the northwest Atlantic. (Canadian journal of zoology 1967. v.45, no.5, p.623-28, graphs, tables, illus) Refs. Studies this circumpolar crustacean from arctic areas and the Gulf of St Lawrence. It was found to be protandrous, to reproduce throughout the yr, each female having more than one brood. DLC. 100353 STEEN, A. Samene emner og oppslag I. Trondheim, Sami varas 1967. 108 p. Refs. In Norwegian. 7Ytle tr.: Lappish topics and reference I. Presents summary information and bibliographic references on the Lapps and their way of life in response to recent interest in the effort to conserve their culture. Their anthropology, language, art, literature, religion, mythology, occupations, nomadism, folk groups and dialects, and folk medicine are dealt with in turn. The work of von

Weston, Stockfleth, and Laestadius is reviewed. DLC. 100354 STEERE, W.C. The boreal bryophyte flora as affected by Quaternary glaciation. (In: Intl. Assoc. for Quaternary Research, Congress 1965. Quaternary of the US... 1965. p. 485-95, maps) Refs. Reviews past and current work on fossil and sub-fossil mosses of the Pleistocene. The distribution of bryophytes in the arctic land areas of the world is examined, and a list of 63 species identified as members of a circumpolar, high-arctic group. Maps show the distribution of several arctic species. Mosses whose distribution shows them to be relics from interglacial and preglacial times are discussed, with maps. Several such disjunct bryophytes in Alaska are described in detail, and the relationships of their distribution to Quaternary glaciation considered. The anomalous geographical distribution of Bryoxiphium norvegicum is shown to be closely related to the limits of the last glaciation. A group of species is mentioned which is characteristic of temperate climates but is isolated on the unglaciated arctic slope of the Brooks Range, Alaska. The various agents active in the dispersal of bryophytes are reviewed in the context of Recent climatic history. DGS. 100355 STEERE, W.C. The geographic distribution of Funaria polaris. (Bryologist 1963. v.66, no.4, p.213-17, map, illus) This moss collected in 1900 on Ellesmere Island and described in 1906, remained unknown from other localities till 1949 when it was rediscovered on Southampton Island. Further collections are recorded from Greenland, Alaska and the Canadian Arctic. It is generally associated with lemming habitats. DSI. STEERE, W.C., see also No. 94195A 100356 STEGANTSEV, V.P. Zimni iä ekspluatat`siui turbinnogo truboprovoda v surovykh klimaticheskikh uslovhäkh. (Gidrotekhnicheskoe stroitel'stvo 1966. v. 36, no. 1, Title fr. p. 15-19, graphs) In Russian. Winter use of a turbine pipeline under harsh climatic conditions. Considers the performance and efficiency of a pipe 557 m long, 1820 mm in diam and walls 10-14 mm thick. Maximum head at the end of the line is 63 m. The aqueduct was constructed in 1961 in northeastern Siberia. Intensive icing of inner walls of the pipes was observed during operation from Nov 1961 to Jan 1962, a period in which wind velocity reached >4 m/sec, and ambient air temperature fell to -40°C, the icing reaching a 1133

thickness of 57 cm on Dec 27. The rate of freezing and melting of the inner ice is presented graphically for this period. A hipped roof of a single layer of wood planks laid in Jan 1962 over the line excluded the wind effect on the pipe, thereby reducing the icing. The earth-filled and roofed pipe-line was found to transport water of 0.01-0.02°C efficiently without warming to prevent icDLC. ing. 100357 Migration of STEHLE, N.S. bubbles in ice under a temperature gradient. (In: Intl. Conf. on Low Temp. Science; Physics of snow and ice... 1967, v. 1, pt. 1, p.219-32, illus) 25 refs. Concludes from laboratory investigation that bubble migration under a temperature gradient apparently cannot account for the large occurrences of bubble-free ice in temperate and polar glaciers. Also, foliation is a passive structure within temperate glaciers, and bubble migration under a temperature gradient does not account for the bubble-free layers in foliation in temperate glaciers. The larger temperature gradients in polar glaciers, however, could significantly modify foliation, which then would not lie passively within the ice. DGS. STEHLE, N.S., see also No. 96044 STEILA, D., see No. 98726 100358 STEINBRUGGE, K.V. Structural damage, soil mechanics and foundation engineering. (In: ESSA Symposium on Earthquake Prediction, 1966. Proceedings p.112-18, illus) Discusses earthquake motion in the Mar 1964 Alaska earthquake from an engineering standpoint. Failure of several major earthquake-resistant buildings is considered (illus). The effect of surficial geology in some cases is noted, and recommendations for further study are made. DLC. 100359 STEINMETZ, N. Medical care of Eskimo children. (Canadian nurse 1967. v. 63, no. 3, p.29-31, illus) 8 refs. Senior pediatric residents from the Montreal Children's Hospital spend since 1965 one month on a rotation basis serving the hospital at Frobisher Bay, Baffin Island. Ca 3000 or nearly one half of the Eskimos of the Eastern Arctic now live in this community. The infant death rate per 1000 live births is 61/2 times, and of children 1-4 yr of age, 15 times that of the rest of Canada. Diseases are associated with low living standards and ignorance. Lower and upper respiratory diseases, vitamin- and iron-deficiency, impetigo, drain1134

ing ear, viral, and venereal diseases are DNLM. considered serious. 100360 STEINMETZ, N. Pediatric services and residency training in the Canadian Arctic. (Canadian journal of public health 1967. v.58, no.10, p.461-63, table) 5 refs. Senior pediatric residents of Montreal Children's Hospital, sent on monthly rotation to Frobisher Bay General Hospital, find the lower respiratory tract infections the most common illness; meningitis, anemia, middle ear disease, upper respiratory infection, and impetigo also occur. The frequency of the illness is often related to poor nutrition, DNLM. housing and education. 100361 STEINTVEIT, G. Zink, trekk fra metallets produksjon og anvendelse. (Tidsskrift for kjemi, bergvesen og metallurgi 1966. v.26, no.8-9, p.141-50, tables, graphs, illus) In Norwegian. Title tr.: Zinc, survey of the metal's production and use. Reviews briefly the history of this metal, from its first production in pure form to the 20th century revolution in the industry as result of flotation techniques. Zinc-sulfide now represents more than 90% of world zinc production. Its mineral and chemical composition, and the several mechanical processes used in zinc extraction are discussed. The main uses for high and lower grades of zinc are identified. Ore analyses are given for some twenty major mines, Intl Sulitjelma and DLC. Mo-i-Rana in northern Norway. STEKHNOVSKII, A.V., see No. 101017 100362 STEKHNOVSKII, D.I. Osobennosti tsirkuliatsii atmosfery severnogo i iuzhnogo polusharit pri krupnykh anomaliibkh davlenii v severnom polusharii v 1955-1959 gg. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyi geofizicheskii komitet. Meteorologicheskie issledovaniig. Sbomik stater 1966. no.11, p.126-57, tables, graphs, maps) 29 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Characteristic features of atmospheric circulation of the Northern and Southern Hemispheres during great anomalies of pressure in the Northern Hemisphere in 1955-1959. Discusses the relationship between the air mass transport in the two hemispheres during, predominantly, meridional type circulation. A positive correlation is established for the variation in solar activity, and the annual mass anomaly over the Northern Hemisphere. Relationships between the formation of stable air mass and intensity of zonal circulation, including the polar and subpolar DLC. zones, are determined.

STELFOX, J.G., see No. 97508 100363 STEL'MAKH, F. N. Mezhdusutochnaiå izmenchivost' vysoty i temperatury tropopauzy nad territories SSSR. (Moskva. N: issl. inst. aeroklimatologii. Trudy 1961. no.14, p.69-75, tables, graphs, maps.) In Russian. Title tr.: Interdiurnal changes of height and temperature of the tropopause over the territory of the USSR. Lower limits of the tropopause and its temp are calculated from the 1949-56 observations of 25 stations. The annual course of changes of height and temp is established and the Arctic is distinguished as a separate region and characterized. The amplitude of annual changes of height of the tropopause over Tikhaya Bay is 0.4 km and that of temp 1.0°C. Greatest average interdiurnal changes are observed in the winter time. Monthly changes also are given. DLC. 100364 STEL'NYKH, M.P. Pervye Sovety u evenov. (Voprosy geografii KamRef. In chatka 1967. no. 5, p.122-24) Russian. Title tr.: First Soviets of the Eveny. Discusses, on the basis of party archives, preliminary steps leading to the establishment, in 1926, of clan councils among the nomadic Lamut Tungus of Central Kamchatka. Activities of the first clan congress in the Bystrinskiy District are reported: resolutions on clan mergers, appeals to the Provincial Revolutionary Committee to organize food and trade-goods supply, establish DLC. co-ops, etc. 100365 STENBERG, A. and I.U. OLSSON, Uppsala radiocarbon measurements, VIII. (Radiocarbon 1967. v.9, p.471-76, Refs. tables, diagr) Presents samples measured since autumn 1964 to determine the increase of C14/C12 ratio due to explosion of nuclear devices; 34 from the Abisko station, 390 m above sea level near Lake Tometräsk, Sweden and 10 from Kapp Linn6 (78°04"N, 13°38"E), near the mouth of Isfjorden, Vestspitsbergen. DGS. STENBERG, A., see also No. 98750 100366 STENBORG, T. Some observations of differential ice-movements on Mikkaglaciären. (Geografiska annaler. Ser. A, physical geography 1966. v.48, no.1, p.32-39, map, tables, illus) 3 refs. Reports R. Öhman's Aug 1964 measurement under author's instructions, of differential movements and absolute horizontalmovement vectors on this glacier in northern Sweden. He determined absolute movement

by theodolite and tested calculated margins of error against tape measurements. Differential movements were investigated at single crevasses and some sites along a surface-moraine string. Measurements show a relatively large lateral component of glacier movement in the lee of a sharp bend on the eastern margin. Velocity gradient of the movement component in the glacier's main direction increased locally in connection with the surface moraine. Parts of the glacier tongue measured by tape show slight tendencies to compression and extension. CaMAI, DLC. 100367 STENDELL, R. Echinoderms collected from a drifting ice island off the East Greenland coast, with comments on their distribution in adjacent waters. (Canada. Fisheries Research Board. Journal 1967. v.24, no.4, p.833-44, map) Records echinoderms collected from ice island Arlis II on its drift southward. Sixteen species are represented and their distribution is discussed in relation to their occurrence in Greenland and adjacent waters: 14 belong to the east Greenland marine fauna, two are North Atlantic and two are found in both DLC. areas. 100368 STENMAN, L. Avvittringen i Västerbottens Lappmark. (Svensk lantmäteritidskrift 1966. v. 58, no.2, p.277-83) In Swedish. Title tr. Land partition in Västerbotten Lapland. Discusses partition as originally signifying a boundary determination and a potential tax imposition. Later it was used to separate arable land and that set aside for other purposes, delimit forest cutting, etc. The actual partition of land in this area of northern Sweden has been inconsistent. Concepts of land classification and homesteading DLC. are discussed. 100369 STENSLAND, B. Cosmic ray anisotropy associated with storm sudden commencements. (Arkiv för geofysik 1967. v.5, no.2, p.155-66, graphs, tables) Refs. Reports the observations of the relationship between sudden commencement of geomagnetic storms (ssc) and the ratio of the southern to northern meson influx as measured at Kiruna, Malmberget, and Uppsala. The disturbances are found to be well defined when ssc precedes a prominent Forbush decrease. A detailed table of the south to north ratio of meson influx is given. This cosmic ray perturbation starts 6-10 hr before and ends about 10 hr after the ssc. DLC. 100370 STENSLAND, B. Directional distribution of the cosmic ray meson com(Arkiv för ponent and solar activity. 1135

geofysik 1966. v.5, no.1, p.31-44, graphs, tables) 18 refs. Studies this distribution at a few hundred meters alt at Kiruna and Maimberget, using an unshielded inclined counting tube telescope. The azimuthal meson distribution at 30° zenith angle was measured with this instrument mounted on a turntable which swung back and forth through 180° every hour. A weak southerly excess in the azimuthal distribution of total cosmic ray meson component 1959-62 gradually diminished, the distribution being almost independent of azimuth in 1964. No atmospheric influence on the distribution ratio at 30° could be traced. At 45° zenith angle the northerly influx exceeded the southerly by a few percent. DLC. 100371 STEPANCHENKO, A. I. Gordost' nasha Sibir'. Irkutsk, VostochnoSibirskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1964. 93 p. illus. 7 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Siberia, our pride. Pamphlet to recruit young workers, extolling the industrial development of eastcentral Siberia. Northern and so-called hardship areas are included, e.g.: gold and oil fields on the Lena, power projects on the Angara and Mamakan Rivers, mica and muscovite mining near Mama, lumber and cellulose complex at Bratsk, etc. DLC. 100372 STEPANOV, A. Starelshee nauchnoe obshchestvo Dal'nego Vostoka. (Dal'nlI Vostok 1964. v.31, no.1, p.144-45) In Russian. Title tr. The oldest scientific society in the Far East. Outlines the activities of the Amur Basin Division (Priamurskil otdel) of the Geographical Society of the USSR, for the 70th anniversary of its establishment on 30 Jan 1894. Its exploration of the Amur taiga, of Kamchatka with the first scientific observations of earthquakes, of the Commander Islands with discovery of a complete carcass of the extinct Steller sea cow, etc are noted, as are its museum, library, and publications. The division currently has 170 members. DLC. 100373 STEPANOV, A.I. and M.E. SINAMATI. Zalezhi nefti gorizonta Bx v Surgutskom neftenosnom raione Zapadnoi Sibiri. (Neftegazovatä geologia i geofizika 1967, no.9, p.3-11, map, illus) In Russian. Title tr.: Oil pools of the BA horizon in the Surgut oil-bearing region of West Siberia. This horizon in the lower part of the Surgut series of the Valanginian stage is the main oil-bearing horizon of the region, where 14 oil-bearing areas are known. Its structure, distribution, depths, and oil-bearing properties 1136

are described. Comparison of its section is made. Further prospecting for oil pools is DLC. discussed. STEPANOV, A.P., see No. 94287 100374 STEPANOV, I.S. Novyi tip mestorozhdenitä almazov na Urale. (Akademii nauk SSSR. Doklady 1967. v.177, 10 refs. In no.5, p.1166-69, graph, illus) Russian. Title tr.: New type of diamond deposits in the Ural. Reports a 1963-66 geologic study and describes a new type of diamond deposit connected with karst. A geologic-geomorphic profile of the Vishera diamond-bearing region is presented and the origin, development and distribution of diamond placers is summarized. Development of relief is outlined. DLC. 100375 STEPANOV, It. V. Dostovemost' opredeleniiä zol'nosti ugol'nykh plastov po kemovym probam na Intinskom i Kozhimskom mestorozhdeniiakh (Geologiiä nefti i Pechorskogo basseina. gaza severo-vostoka evropeiskol chasti SSSR 7 1964. no.1, p.208-213, table, section.) refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Authenticity of the determination of ash content in coal beds from core samples in the Inca and Kozhim deposits of the Pechora basin. Reports study of the ash content in these depostis. All coal beds have a high content of ashes, which is explained by their content of mineral admixture and the presence of argillite. Results of the analysis are reported and comparison made with such in other coal basins. These studies are considered of high authenticity. DLC. 100376 STEPANOV, K. Osobennosti stroitel'stva v ralonakh Krainego Severe. (Zhilishchnoe stroitel'stvo 1964, no.11, Title tr.: p.14-16, illus.) In Russian. Features of construction in the regions of the far North. Discusses snowfall, snowdrifts, and snow retention measures in population centers of the region, citing the cost of controlling snowdrift, e.g. at Noril'sk. Plans are presented for compact or long narrow clusters of buildings, and snow retention in streets of different profiles is discussed. Examples are given of city blocks and microregions planned for Noril'sk and Vorkuta to achieve minimum snowdrift and snow retention. Protection of communities from snow hazards by streamlined snow fences, and by measures reducing DLC. wind velocity is recommended. STEPANOV, N.N., see No. 97069

STEPANOVA, N.A., see No. 100902 100377 STEPANOVA, R.Z. Rai ional'no ispol'zovat' lesnye bogatstva Karelii. (Lesnoe khozTsistvo 1966. v.19, no.10, p.11-14, illus) In Russian. Title tr. Effective use of the forest resources of Karelia. Describes measures proposed in the Kareliya ASSR, where the lumber industry amounts to 54% of the gross industrial product, for planting and regrowth of forests. Presently 19.5 million m3/yr is being cut, 5 million m3 in excess of annual growth, that would deplete Karelian forests in 25-30 yr. DLC. 100378 STEPHENSON, J.M. Survey of quake damage at Anchorage produces valuable engineering data. (Navy civil engineer 1965. v.6, no.3, p.11-16, map, illus) Reviews effects of March 1964 earthquake upon power, water supply and telephone utilities in this city. Damage to mechanical services within buildings (compressors, air conditioning, ductwork, elevators, etc) is indicated. DLC. 100379 STEPINA, Z. A. Metod hüminesisentnoikorreli i ii i raschleneniih karbonatnykh tolshch na primere razreza nizhnego i srednego karbona IUzhnogo Timana. (Litologiiä i poleznye iskopaemye 1965, no.6, p.20-33, sections.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title tr.: Method of luminescent correlation and subdivision of carbonate strata as illustrated by sections of the Lower and Middle Carboniferous of Southern Timan. Reports use of this method for study of carbonate rocks collected from the OmraSoyva uplift and Ukhta-Izhemsk fold. Luminescent properties of dolomites are considered being good indicators for the subdivision of Lower and Middle Carboniferous rocks. DLC. STERLIGOVA, V.E., see No. 95699 100380 STERN, D. Geomagnetic Euler potentials. (Journal of geophysical research 1967. v. 72, no.15, p.3995-4005, tables, illus) 11 refs. Develops a mathematical perturbation scheme by which the cross product of the gradients of the two scalars, a and /3 (Euler potentials), can be derived, when the spherical harmonic expansion of the geomagnetic scalar potential is given and treated as a perturbed dipole field. A chart of lines of constant first-order Euler potentials, connecting 25 conjugate points on the surface of the earth in the Northern and Southern Hemispheres, including Anchorage, Arkhan-

gel'sk, Deep River, and Kiruna, is given with a typical accuracy of 1-2°. DLC. 100381 STESHENKO, A.P. 0 vskhozhesti semiln rastenil PoliIrnogo Urala. (Botanicheskil zhurnal 1966. v.51, no.2, p.221-33, graphs, tables) Refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Germination capacity of seeds from Polar Ural plants. Studies seeds from 37 species collected at altitudes 2-6 hundred m. Both freshly-collected and stored material was germinated at room temp. Highest germination capacity appeared in arctic and arcto-alpine species; it was high in subarctic forms and low in boreal species. DLC. 100382 STEVENS, E.E. The CHEC sounding system. (In: NATO Inst. on Ionospheric Radio Communications in the Arctic. Proceedings 1967 pub 1968. p.359-69, graphs, illus) 3 refs. Describes the channel evaluation and calling radio-sounding system, designed to assist long-range patrol aircraft in the north of the auroral belt to maintain reliable high frequency radio communications with their base. The basic concepts, operational assumptions, and instrumentation features are presented. Comparison of predictions of maximum usable frequencies (MUF) with median observed MUF and median observed lowest usable frequencies on the Ottawa - Resolute circuit in Dec 1960 is presented graphically. Results of evaluation trails are discussed together with established calling procedures. DLC. 100383 STEVENS, E.E. The significance of sporadic E propagation in determining the MUF. (In: NATO Inst. on Ionospheric Communications in the Arctic. Proceedings 1967 pub 1968. p.289-93, graphs, tables) Considers the two aspects of Es-layer radio-wave propagation in the ionosphere: the frequency prediction systems which include probability predictions for Es layer propagation, and the Es-layer characteristics as observed at world-wide stations (tabulated data). An outline is given of the results from analysis of oblique incidence ionograms for the radio transmission paths, Ottawa-Resolute 3300 km, and Ottawa-The Hague 5500 km in 1960 and 1961. The results are summarized in tables of the percentage time that E, layer propagation was a significant factor in determining the upper frequency limit of the maximum observed frequencies for both radio DLC. circuits. STEVENS, M.E., see No. 94047 1137

STEVENS, R.D., see No. 101239 100384 STEVENSON, A. Apprentice voyage 1867. (Beaver 1967. v. 297, no.4, p.50-55, illus) Describes the experiences of Isaac Cowie at the Hudson's Bay Co post York Factory and on his trip with Swampy Cree Indians via Norway House and Fort Garry to Fort Qu'Appelle 4 Sept - 26 Oct 1867. Tracking operations on the Hayes River (when no wind) are described, as is Norway House, headquarters of the boat transportation system of the Company's Northern Dept. CaMAI, DLC. 100385 STEVENSON, A. Penny's polar probe, 1850-51. (North 1966. v.13, no.6, p. 31-37, map, illus) Ref. The whaling master, William Penny, commanded a Franklin search expedition in the Lady Franklin and Sophia, wintering in Assistance Bay, Cornwallis Island, in the company of the Felix, under Sir John Ross, 1850-51. Mapping and surveying during sledge journeys across Cornwallis Island, and data on geography, ice conditions, climate, and resources were provided by this expedition. Extensive quotations from P.C. Sutherland's journal describe the school, library, and theater, organized for the crews, and the pastimes and discipline practiced during the long winter. The expedition had a small printing machine and published a monthly paper. CaMAI. DLC. 100386 STEVENSON, A. Qimminik; the huskies. (Beaver 1966. v.297, no.3, p.26-33, illus) Discusses the relative advantages and disadvantages of the dog team and the motorized skidoo as a mode of travel in the Arctic. The author believes that the skidoo is changing trapping habits and life generally, and causing decline in the use of the husky except as an Eskimo pet. CaMAI, DLC. 100387 STEVENSON, A. The romance of northern names. (North 1966. v.13, no.4, p. 21-25, illus) With a plea for the preservation of distinctive names in the Canadian North, traces the origin of many names given in honor of explorers, their ships, relations, friends, officials of the Admiralty fur traders, politicians, whaling vessels, whalers, expressions of human endurance and emotions, the flora and fauna, royalty of many nations, authors, and Eskimo and Indian names. CaMAI, DLC. 1138

100388 STEVENSON, A. Telltale tat(North 1967. v.14, no.6, p.36-43, toos. illus) Discusses tattooing, an ancient practice of Eskimos that seems to have disappeared before the turn of the 20th century, at least in northern Baffin Island. The differences in decoration, design, method and purpose are discussed, with observations drawn from early and 20th c explorers. CaMAI, DLC. 100389 STEVENSON, A. Tundra trading. (North 1966. v.13, no.2, p.26-30, illus) Hudson's Bay Co interest shifted to the tundra regions when the white fox market developed in the early 20th century. Wolstenholme was the first post established for this trade in 1909, and by the early 1930s there were some forty Hudson's Bay Co and about forty other organizations' posts devoted to this trade. White fox ranks fifth in the Canadian wild fur economy though the four-yr cycles show peaks in the 9000-70,000 pelt range. Early contacts of whites with Eskimos, subsequent exploration in the Canadian North and various opinions on the effects of acculturation on the Eskimos are noted. CaMAI, DSI. 100390 STEVENSON, A. Valiant viking. (North 1967. v.14, no.5, p.40-45, map, illus) Tribute to RCMP Supt Henry Larsen who with the St Roch made the first west-east transit of Canadian arctic waters, in a Vancouver-Halifax trip 1940-42. Hazards, hardships, and ice conditions encountered, sledge patrols from the winter base, etc during this and the return voyage via Lancaster Sound, Melvile Island, Prince of Wales Strait, Amundsen Gulf, July-Oct 1944 CaMAI, DSI. are recounted. 100391 STEVENSON, A. Wrangel Is(North 1966. v.13, no.5, land wrangle. 5 refs. p.20-29, maps, illus) From 1701, when Gagarin made an unsuccessful attempt to find the legendary northern continent, von Wrangel's sledge party, Franklin search parties, and American whalers continued the search. Hooper and Berry of the USS Corwin and Rodgers, in search of the Jeannette, made the first landing Aug 1881. The international competition for sovereignty of Vrangelya Island during the first quarter of the 20th century, incl role of V. Stefansson, and expeditions of the Karluk and subsequent relief vessels, is described. The small colony which had been established to bring Vrangelya Island under British title

was removed to the Soviet armed transport,

Red October, on 20 Aug 1924. CaMAI, DLC. 100392 STEVENSON, D.S. Problems of Eskimo relocation for industrial employment, a preliminary study. Ottawa 1968. 25 p. map. (Canada. Dept. of Indian Affairs and Northern Development. Northern Science Research Group NSRG 68-1) Reports research into reasons for variable success in accommodating Eskimos into industrial employment and residence in nonEskimo areas of northern Canada. 105 Eskimos were interviewed at three localities: Roma Junction (Great Slave Ry), Lynn Lake and Yellowknife. In all cases absence of family housing was a major problem. Stresses between Eskimos and other groups have arisen chiefly in the non-work situation. While employers rate Eskimos as satisfactory, landlords and businessmen view many of them as undesirable citizens, excessive use of alcohol being a frequent cause of complaint. Adjustment appears most satisfactory at Lynn Lake. Distance from home area and high cost of travel are viewed as serious disincentives to relocating the Eskimo population, especially at Yellowknife. Some wives show excessive withdrawal from normal social interaction, and cases of child neglect are documented. Excessive expectations on the part of new employees, inadequate skills, lack of comprehension of southern employment practices such as salary deductions, and language difficulties all complicate acculturation and relocation. CaMAI. 100393 STEVENSON, I.M. Goose Bay map-area, Labrador (13 F). Ottawa 1967. 12 p. map, table. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper no. 67-33) 8 refs. This map area, entirely within the Grenville structural province, forms part of the Laurentian plateau, has an average elevation of about 1200 ft, and is drained to the east by major rivers, incl the Churchill. Many and varied glacial landforms indicate that the entire area was glaciated. The area is underlain mainly by a mixed assemblage of quartzo-feldspathic gneisses of probable sedimentary origin. Intrusive into these gneisses are granitic rocks with abundant associated pegmatitic material. Anorthosite with related basic and acidic rock types is apparently intrusive into the gneisses. Most of the gneisses and granitic rocks are in the epidote-amphibolite metamorphic facies; some of the anorthositic rocks are in the granulite fades. CaMAI, DGS. STEVENSON, I.M., see also No. 94444

100394 STEVENSON, J.A.F. and B.M. BOX. Adrenaline anorexia in a cold environment. (Canadian journal of physiology and pharmacology 1967. v.45, no.3, p.562-64, table) 4 refs. The increase in food intake of rats at 5°C was sufficient to counteract the anorexigenic effect of adrenaline. The greater anorexia in response to adrenaline at 23°C is related to a higher level of blood glucose rather than to the general calorigenic action of adrenaline. DLC. STEVENSON, J.A.F., see No. 100657 100395 STEWARD, M.D. Chena hit by Alaska quake. (Mariners' weather log 1964. v. 8, no.4, p.119-20, map, illus) Master of USS Chena describes the Mar 1964 Alaska earthquake; the ship was discharging cargo at Valdez when it occurred. The 7,180-ton vessel was washed over the site of the dock and cannery and grounded several times but turbulent waves refloated it and carried it seaward. The casualties sustained are mentioned; fire prevented any assistance by the Chena to the earthquake DWB. victims in Valdez. STEWART, F.G., see No. 98802 100396 STEWART, P.A. Hooting of Sitka blue grouse in relation to weather, season, and time of day. (Journal of wildlife management 1967. v. 31, no.1, p.28-34, graphs, tables) Refs. Describes hooting behavior on Mitkof Island, Southeastern Alaska, which lasted from April 7 until June 12. Duration of daily hooting and individual hoots are recorded. Bad weather inhibited hooting, except at peak DLC. activity, at the end of April. 100397 STEZHENSKAIA, I.N. Gidrologicheskie sezony i shirotnaih zonal'nost' Zapadno-Sibirskoi nizmennosti. (Akademiia nauk SSSR. Izvestii 1965, ser. geog. no.6, p.55-64, table, graphs.) 9 refs. In Russian. Title h.: Hydrological seasons and latitudinal zonality of the West Siberian lowland. Analyzes the drainage system and annual water balance of the smaller rivers with drainage area to 10,000 km2, and those of medium size with 10,000-100,000 km2 of the lowland, incl the tundra regions 50-66°N in Tyumen Province. The hydrologic seasons of spring flood, summer-autumn, and the winter low-water period are calculated and their duration stated for each latitudinal zone. The Shchuch'ya and Sob' Rivers are included. DLC. 1139

100398 STEZHENSKAIA, I.N. Zonal= nye zakonomernosti sezonnogo stoka rek Zapadnol Sibiri v gody razlichnol vodnosti. (Akademis nauk SSSR. Izvestiih 1966, ser. geog. no.5, p.97-105, table, graphs, maps) 6 refs. In Russian. ?itle tr. Zonal patterns in seasonal discharge of rivers of Western Siberia during the years of varying water abundance. Distinguishes three seasons in river discharge, the spring flooding, summer-fall, and winter. Patterns of discharge are reviewed for various zones including the tundra and forest-tundra, the taiga, the forest-steppe and steppe. In the tundra and forest-tundra zone the high spring discharge is due to the prior prolonged and deep freezing of the ground. Winter discharge has little fluctuation in all rivers of Western Siberia. CaMAI. 100399 STICKNEY, W.J. Cadmium extraction from the ores of the Hudson Bay Mining and Smelting Company. (Canadian mining and metallurgical bulletin 1966. v.59, no.653, p. 1080-1084, illus) Describes the recovery of cadmium from zinc ores in northern Manitoba, with notes on plant safety and other aspects of refinery operation. DLC. 100400 STIRLING, I. Noteworthy bird records from the Porcupine River drainage, Yukon. (Canadian field-naturalist 1967. v.81, no.1, p.78) Ref. Supplements No 65352, with summer 1964 data on distribution and breeding of canvasbacks, sharp-tailed grouse, spruce grouse (not seen by Irving), horned larks, Townsend's solitaries, tree sparrows, goldencrowned sparrows. CaMAI, DGS. STOCKWELL, C.H., see No. 94445 100401 STORMER, P. Johannes Lid 80 (Blyttia 1966. v.24, no.4, p.139-40, år. illus) In Norwegian. Title fr.: Johannes Lid, 80 years. Summarizes the scientific activities of this widely known Norwegian botanist in a volume of Blyttia dedicated to him for his 80th brithday. His expeditions to Svalbard and Jan Mayen are noted, as are some of his book-length publications. DLC. 100402 STOLERMAN, S.S. Shakhtery Vorkuty v bor'be za vypolnenie semiletnego plana. (Ugol' 1965. v.40, no.8, p.16-18) In Russian. Title tr» Vorkuta miners strive to fulfil the seven-year plan. Summarizes the 1965 achievements in coal production. Instead of the 200,000 t pledged by the Vorkutaugol' Combine 260,000 t were excavated in the first seven months of the 1140

year. Total production since the beginning of the seven-yr plan is 1.4 million t. Organization of the mine work is described, individual and team achievements are cited. DLC. 100403 STOLFTSA, E.I. Na "Ermake" vo l'dakh k severu of Shpitsbergena. (Letopis' Severa 1962, no.3, p.148-57, illus.) In Russian. Title tr.: On the Ermak in the ice north of Spitsbergen. Describes the 1899 trip of icebreaker Ermak with author, an artist, aboard. A biographical sketch of Evgenil Ivanovich Stoliüa, 1870-1929, is added by his widow, who also lists his main canvases relating to the Arctic. DLC. 100404 STOLOV, H.L. Ionospheric response to particle precipitation by Ainblackout technique. (In: H.M. McCormac, ed. Radiation trapped in the earth's magnetic field... 1966. p. 538-46, maps) Refs. Analyzes the data from over 50 ionosonde stations in the Northern Hemisphere during the geomagnetic storm with sudden commencement 0810 UT on 28 Oct 1961, by using the minimum frequency radio-wave blackout method of studying auroral absorption. Global patterns of Afmin at 1600, 1800, 2000, and 2200 UT on 28 Oct 1961, and the satellite Injun I passes 1685, 1686, 1687, and 1688, respectively, are given in geomagnetic coordinates, showing 213 G-M directional detector counting rate in counts/sec on a log scale. Auroral absorption is shown present on both sides of the high-latitude boundary of the trapping region for electrons of greater than 40 Key energy. The increased auroral absorption observed during the morning hours is apparently associated with the increased precipitation of energetic electrons during the morning hours, reported by several investigators. Large fluxes of electrons with energies between 10-40 Key, reported north of the 40 Key boundary, and the associated auroral absorption observed north of the boundary suggest that the high-latitude trapping boundary for 10 Key electrons might be at a greater latitude than the high-latitude trapping boundary for 40 Key electrons. Ionospheric responses to isolated high-latitude spikes of 40 Key electrons DLC. have not been detected. STONE, K., see No. 94460 100405 STONE, B.H. Finnish fringe of settlement zones. (Tijdschrift voor economische en sociale geografie 1966. v.57, 37 refs. In no.6, p.222-32, maps, table) English. Discusses the concept of regional advance

of settlement zones and guidelines provided by Finland for other high latitude areas. Classification of isolation and determination of location and settlement fringe characteristics are essential. In the Finnish fringe region are zones whose isolation factors for humans and their goods have been determined from existing situations. Beyond the continuous settlement region 62-64°N is the discontinuous settlement of the northern two-thirds of the country in which inner, middle, outer, and outermost fringes are distinguished. Beyond this fringe zone of discontinuous settlement in North America there is an unpopulated region, which does not occur in Finland. Several unsolved problems are mentioned for the attention of scientists and administrators planning adDLC. aptation of Finnish practices. 100406 STONELEY, R. The structural development of the Gulf of Alaska sedimentary province in southern Alaska. (Geological Society of London. Proceedings 1966. no.1635, p. 178-81) An explanation of the structural events which took place during late Cretaceous-early Tertiary and in Plio-Pleistocene times, suggests that the floor of the northeastern Pacific Ocean is moving northwards relative to the North American continent and the overlying sediments tend to be carried with it. As the ocean floor impinges against the continental margin, it is deflected downward and a downwarp is created at the surface. When the movement becomes stronger, the sedimentary layers are stripped off against the continent and thrust back towards the ocean. Wrenchfaulting appears to have been active during the Plio-Pleistocene phase of thrusting and may have exercised some control over the strike-directions of the structures in the sediments. As part of a wrench-fault system extending through southern Alaska, it may have caused the relative displacement of DGS. ocean and continent.

troduce labor and time-saving methods, etc aboard the older vessels on the herring grounds. DLC. 100408 STOTT, D.F. Ferree and Minnes strata north of Peace River, foothills of northeastern British Columbia. Ottawa, Queen's Printer 1967. 58 p. maps, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 67-19, Pt. A) 56 refs. Describes an early Jurassic-early Cretaceous sequence of shales, siltstones and sandstones which outcrops in the British Columbia foothills between 56°and 57° 40'N. From a maximum thickness of 2800 ft along the western foothills, the succession decreases eastward and northward to an erosional edge. The Nordegg Member and five informal lithologic units are recognized in the Ferree Formation (Jurassic) which intertongues with and grades upward into the marine Cretaceous Minnes, here raised to Group rank to include the Monteith, Beattie Peaks, and Monach Formations. A regional unconformity truncates these rocks, bevelling successively older rocks northward and eastward. The succession is overlain by conglomeratic DGS. sediments of the Bullhead Group.

STOROZHEV, A.D., see No. 101571

100409 STOTT, D.F. Jurassic and Cretaceous stratigraphy between Peace and Tetsa Rivers, northeastern British Columbia. Ottawa 1967. 73 p. map, tables, illus. (Canada. Geological Survey. Paper 66-7) 53 refs. Jurassic and Cretaceous rocks in the area covered (56° - 58° 45'N 121°- 124° 10'W), comprise a thick succession of intertonguing marine and continental sandstones and shales, resting unconformably on rocks of Triassic age. A regional unconformity within the Cretaceous sequence truncates lowermost Cretaceous and Jurassic strata. The nomenclature used is tentative due to difficulties arising from complex facies changes. A table correlating this northern Rocky Mountain foothills succession with Jurassic and Cretaceous rocks in adjacent areas is included and an extensive appendix presents detailed data on measured stratigraphic sections. DGS.

STORR, J.W., see No. 94652, 97513

STOUT, J.G., see No. 98804 § 9

100407 STORUBLENKOV, V.P. Goriat ogni mailakov. Murmansk, Murmanskoe knizhnoe izd-vo 1962. 40 p. In Russian. Title tr.: Lighthouse beacons are flashing. Evaluates (favorably) the production-standards of vessels recently commissioned to improve output of the herring trawler fleet based on Murmansk. Nicknamed fishing academies, these leading trawlers retrain fishing crews, correct poor techniques, in-

100410 STOVAS, M.V. Molodoe tektonicheskoe podniltie poberezh'ia morel' Karskogo, Laptevykh, Vostochno-Sibirskogo i Chukotskogo. (AkademiI nauk SSSR. Doklady 1965. v.161, no.l, p. 193-94, table.) Title tr.: Young 12 refs. In Russian. tectonic uplift in the coastal areas of the Kara, Laptev, East Siberian and Chukchi Seas. This uplift varies from a few mm to 20-30 cm/100,000 yr. The latest measurements are

STOREY, T.E., see No. 96203

1141

reviewed and rate of uplift noted at various stations. Causes of such an uplift are briefly discussed. DLC. 100411 STOVAS, M. V. Molodoe tektonicheskoe podniatie sevemykh sklonov Sibiri i Chukotskogo poluostrova. (Akademiia nauk URSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyi geofizicheski komitet. Geofizika i astronomitå. Informatsionnyi bitilleten' 1966. no.9, p.69-72, table) 15 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Recent tectonic uplift of northern slopes of Siberia and the Chukchi Peninsula. Presents the records of an apparent decrease in the level of the Kara, Laptev, East Siberian and Chukchi Seas, measured at 21 coastal stations during 1941-64. Small rises in level recorded in Ob Bay and Bering Strait indicate uneven uplift over the vast stretch of the northern slopes of Siberia and Chukotka. The mean rate of the uplift during the Holocene (last 5-10 thousand yr) is in agreement with that of Franz Joseph Land and Svalbard, 1.5-5.7 mm/yr. DLC. 100412 STOVAS, M.V. 0 kharaktere sovremennykh vertikal'nykh dvizhenil Severnol Ameriki. (Akademit nauk URSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyi geofizicheskil komitet. Geofizika i astronomii Informaüionnyi b illeten' 1965. no.8, p.56-61) 46 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: On the nature of recent vertical movements of North America. Considers the uplift of the north coast and the subsidence of the southern part of the continent. The rate of recent uplift of northern slopes at different places was found to range 2-20 mm/yr; subsidence in the south is at the rate of 4-15 mm/yr. The tilt axis passes approx through Seattle, the north shores of the Great Lakes and Newfoundland. As result of subsidence of the south shore of Lake Michigan, Chicago should be completely submerged in 45 thousand yr. These vertical movements are of an inherited nature, being complicated by the glacio-eustatic factor. DLC. 100413 STOVAS, M.V. Sovremennoe tektonicheskoe podniatie poberezhia Belogo i Barentsova morel. (Akademiii nauk URSR. Mezhduvedomstvennyi geofizicheskii komitet. Informatsionnyl biulleten' 1964. no.6, p.125-32, tables, graphs) 30 refs. In Russian. English summary. Title tr.: Recent tectonic uplift of the White and Barents seacoast. Applies observational data of level in the Kem, Severnaya Dvina, Mezen, and Pechora River mouth areas, and the Solovetskiye Islands, and of their geology to a con1142

sideration of the recent tectonic uplift of the northern part of the Russian platform.